{"text_format":"3","workbook":"xlsx","n_sheets":2,"sheets":["Info","Data"],"bounds":{"halvings":1},"cells_cut":392,"read":"whole","date_system":"1900"}

{"sheet":"Info","index":0,"n_rows":31,"n_cols":2,"rows_kept":31}
["Информация о файле"]
[]
["Часть","1 из 1"]
["Строк в этой части","8,610"]
["Всего строк","8,610"]
["Столбцов","20"]
["Создано","2025-11-07 17:04:31"]
["Размер исходного файла","3.86 MB"]
[]
["Структура данных"]
["Название столбца","Тип данных"]
["DATAFLOW","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["REF_AREA","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["SECTOR_FDIRRI","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["POL_CAT","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["MEASURE","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["UNIT_MEASURE","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["TIME_PERIOD","INT64"]
["OBS_VALUE","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["EXPLANATORY_NOTES","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["LEG_PROV","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["OFF_SOURCES","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["UNOFF_SOURCES","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["LINK_SOURCES","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["EU_EX","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["SAF","BYTE_ARRAY"]
["RESTRICTION_STATUS","INT64"]
["MEASURE_ID","INT64"]
["DECIMALS","INT64"]
["UNIT_MULT","INT64"]
["OBS_STATUS","BYTE_ARRAY"]

{"sheet":"Data","index":1,"n_rows":8611,"n_cols":20,"rows_kept":2250,"cut":true,"bounds":{"rows_first":1000,"rows_last":250,"rows_between":1000,"halvings":1}}
["DATAFLOW","REF_AREA","SECTOR_FDIRRI","POL_CAT","MEASURE","UNIT_MEASURE","TIME_PERIOD","OBS_VALUE","EXPLANATORY_NOTES","LEG_PROV","OFF_SOURCES","UNOFF_SOURCES","LINK_SOURCES","EU_EX","SAF","RESTRICTION_STATUS","MEASURE_ID","DECIMALS","UNIT_MULT","OBS_STATUS"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ALB","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.00625","Property (private or state-owned land plots and real estate units) may be purchased by foreign natural and legal persons, but only if the proposed investment is worth three times the price of the land. Albanian individuals as well as Albanian legal entities, including foreign-owned ones, may own real estate without such restrictions.","\"Article 1\nSite is called the entire land that is located within the boundaries of the cities (municipalities), even though if it is used for construction, garden, arable land, etc. as well as the land outside the boundaries, which at the moment of the treatment is used or will be used for construction, providing that the documentation, which verifies its alienation, as it is not agricultural land, meadow or pasture, etc. anymore, is completed. \n[...]\nArticle 2\nThe Albanian natural and legal persons are entitled to freely buy and sell sites among themselves without any limitations.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (Added with Law No. 8260/1997)\nThe foreign natural or legal persons who make or have made investments in the territory of the Republic of Albania, in compliance with Law No. 7764, dated 2.11.1993 “On foreign investments”, are entitled to buy a site for investments, state or private property, or the site of the investments that have been made or that are being made. \nThe foreign natural or legal persons are entitled to buy a site after they have managed to make the investments in compliance with the construction permit, up to a value not smaller than three times the value of the site, according to the stipulation of the Council of Ministers.\nThe foreign physical or legal persons, who have bought or constructed objects worth three times over the price of their site, are also entitled to buy the site of these objects.  \n[...]\nArticle 7\nThe sites with museum, archaeological, historical values, the national parks the reservations of the flora and fauna, the sites with special environmental values and the ones of a military character are excluded from the sale for the foreign natural and legal persons. [...]\" (Law no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997)\n-------------------\n\"Article 1 - General Provisions (Amended by Law No. 10 316, dated 16.09.2010, Article 1)\nFor the purposes of this Law, “territory” means the territory under the sovereignty of the Republic of Albania, including the territorial waters and the maritime zone and continental shelf, on which the Republic of Albania exercises its sovereign and legal rights in accordance with international norms.\n- “Foreign Investor” means:\na) any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country; or \nb) any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Albania, but who is permanently resident abroad; or\nc) any legal person established under the law of a foreign country, which directly or indirectly intends to make or is making an investment in the territory of the Republic of Albania in accordance with its laws or has made an investment in accordance with the laws pertaining to the period from 31.7.1990 and following;\n[...]\nArticle 2 - Permission and Treatment\n1. Foreign investments in the Republic of Albania shall not be subject to prior authorization. They are permitted and treated on the basis of conditions no less favorable than those which are recognized to domestic investments under similar conditions, with the exception of land ownership, which is governed by a special law.\n2. In all cases and at any time, investments have equal and unbiased treatment, enjoy full protection and security.\n3. In any case, foreign investments have a treatment not less favorable than the one provided by the generally accepted norms of international law. [...]\" (Law No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\")","Law no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997\nLaw No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\"","Questionnaire responded by Government Official, for the OECD SEE Competitiveness Outlook 2017\nTonucci & Partners (2017), Business Guide: Albania 2017, Tirana. ","[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=73&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=68&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1776,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ALB","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.00625","Property (private or state-owned land plots and real estate units) may be purchased by foreign natural and legal persons, but only if the proposed investment is worth three times the price of the land. Albanian individuals as well as Albanian legal entities, including foreign-owned ones, may own real estate without such restrictions.","\"Article 1\nSite is called the entire land that is located within the boundaries of the cities (municipalities), even though if it is used for construction, garden, arable land, etc. as well as the land outside the boundaries, which at the moment of the treatment is used or will be used for construction, providing that the documentation, which verifies its alienation, as it is not agricultural land, meadow or pasture, etc. anymore, is completed. \n[...]\nArticle 2\nThe Albanian natural and legal persons are entitled to freely buy and sell sites among themselves without any limitations.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (Added with Law No. 8260/1997)\nThe foreign natural or legal persons who make or have made investments in the territory of the Republic of Albania, in compliance with Law No. 7764, dated 2.11.1993 “On foreign investments”, are entitled to buy a site for investments, state or private property, or the site of the investments that have been made or that are being made. \nThe foreign natural or legal persons are entitled to buy a site after they have managed to make the investments in compliance with the construction permit, up to a value not smaller than three times the value of the site, according to the stipulation of the Council of Ministers.\nThe foreign physical or legal persons, who have bought or constructed objects worth three times over the price of their site, are also entitled to buy the site of these objects.  \n[...]\nArticle 7\nThe sites with museum, archaeological, historical values, the national parks the reservations of the flora and fauna, the sites with special environmental values and the ones of a military character are excluded from the sale for the foreign natural and legal persons. [...]\" (Law no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997)\n-------------------\n\"Article 1 - General Provisions (Amended by Law No. 10 316, dated 16.09.2010, Article 1)\nFor the purposes of this Law, “territory” means the territory under the sovereignty of the Republic of Albania, including the territorial waters and the maritime zone and continental shelf, on which the Republic of Albania exercises its sovereign and legal rights in accordance with international norms.\n- “Foreign Investor” means:\na) any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country; or \nb) any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Albania, but who is permanently resident abroad; or\nc) any legal person established under the law of a foreign country, which directly or indirectly intends to make or is making an investment in the territory of the Republic of Albania in accordance with its laws or has made an investment in accordance with the laws pertaining to the period from 31.7.1990 and following;\n[...]\nArticle 2 - Permission and Treatment\n1. Foreign investments in the Republic of Albania shall not be subject to prior authorization. They are permitted and treated on the basis of conditions no less favorable than those which are recognized to domestic investments under similar conditions, with the exception of land ownership, which is governed by a special law.\n2. In all cases and at any time, investments have equal and unbiased treatment, enjoy full protection and security.\n3. In any case, foreign investments have a treatment not less favorable than the one provided by the generally accepted norms of international law. [...]\" (Law No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\")","Law no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997\nLaw No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\"","Questionnaire responded by Government Official, for the OECD SEE Competitiveness Outlook 2017\nTonucci & Partners (2017), Business Guide: Albania 2017, Tirana. ","[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=73&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=68&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1776,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ALB","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.00625","Property (private or state-owned land plots and real estate units) may be purchased by foreign natural and legal persons, but only if the proposed investment is worth three times the price of the land. Albanian individuals as well as Albanian legal entities, including foreign-owned ones, may own real estate without such restrictions.","\"Article 1\nSite is called the entire land that is located within the boundaries of the cities (municipalities), even though if it is used for construction, garden, arable land, etc. as well as the land outside the boundaries, which at the moment of the treatment is used or will be used for construction, providing that the documentation, which verifies its alienation, as it is not agricultural land, meadow or pasture, etc. anymore, is completed. \n[...]\nArticle 2\nThe Albanian natural and legal persons are entitled to freely buy and sell sites among themselves without any limitations.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (Added with Law No. 8260/1997)\nThe foreign natural or legal persons who make or have made investments in the territory of the Republic of Albania, in compliance with Law No. 7764, dated 2.11.1993 “On foreign investments”, are entitled to buy a site for investments, state or private property, or the site of the investments that have been made or that are being made. \nThe foreign natural or legal persons are entitled to buy a site after they have managed to make the investments in compliance with the construction permit, up to a value not smaller than three times the value of the site, according to the stipulation of the Council of Ministers.\nThe foreign physical or legal persons, who have bought or constructed objects worth three times over the price of their site, are also entitled to buy the site of these objects.  \n[...]\nArticle 7\nThe sites with museum, archaeological, historical values, the national parks the reservations of the flora and fauna, the sites with special environmental values and the ones of a military character are excluded from the sale for the foreign natural and legal persons. [...]\" (Law no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997)\n-------------------\n\"Article 1 - General Provisions (Amended by Law No. 10 316, dated 16.09.2010, Article 1)\nFor the purposes of this Law, “territory” means the territory under the sovereignty of the Republic of Albania, including the territorial waters and the maritime zone and continental shelf, on which the Republic of Albania exercises its sovereign and legal rights in accordance with international norms.\n- “Foreign Investor” means:\na) any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country; or \nb) any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Albania, but who is permanently resident abroad; or\nc) any legal person established under the law of a foreign country, which directly or indirectly intends to make or is making an investment in the territory of the Republic of Albania in accordance with its laws or has made an investment in accordance with the laws pertaining to the period from 31.7.1990 and following;\n[...]\nArticle 2 - Permission and Treatment\n1. Foreign investments in the Republic of Albania shall not be subject to prior authorization. They are permitted and treated on the basis of conditions no less favorable than those which are recognized to domestic investments under similar conditions, with the exception of land ownership, which is governed by a special law.\n2. In all cases and at any time, investments have equal and unbiased treatment, enjoy full protection and security.\n3. In any case, foreign investments have a treatment not less favorable than the one provided by the generally accepted norms of international law. [...]\" (Law No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\")","Law no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997\nLaw No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\"","Questionnaire responded by Government Official, for the OECD SEE Competitiveness Outlook 2017\nTonucci & Partners (2017), Business Guide: Albania 2017, Tirana. ","[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=73&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=68&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1776,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ALB","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.00625","Property (private or state-owned land plots and real estate units) may be purchased by foreign natural and legal persons, but only if the proposed investment is worth three times the price of the land. Albanian individuals as well as Albanian legal entities, including foreign-owned ones, may own real estate without such restrictions.","\"Article 1\nSite is called the entire land that is located within the boundaries of the cities (municipalities), even though if it is used for construction, garden, arable land, etc. as well as the land outside the boundaries, which at the moment of the treatment is used or will be used for construction, providing that the documentation, which verifies its alienation, as it is not agricultural land, meadow or pasture, etc. anymore, is completed. \n[...]\nArticle 2\nThe Albanian natural and legal persons are entitled to freely buy and sell sites among themselves without any limitations.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (Added with Law No. 8260/1997)\nThe foreign natural or legal persons who make or have made investments in the territory of the Republic of Albania, in compliance with Law No. 7764, dated 2.11.1993 “On foreign investments”, are entitled to buy a site for investments, state or private property, or the site of the investments that have been made or that are being made. \nThe foreign natural or legal persons are entitled to buy a site after they have managed to make the investments in compliance with the construction permit, up to a value not smaller than three times the value of the site, according to the stipulation of the Council of Ministers.\nThe foreign physical or legal persons, who have bought or constructed objects worth three times over the price of their site, are also entitled to buy the site of these objects.  \n[...]\nArticle 7\nThe sites with museum, archaeological, historical values, the national parks the reservations of the flora and fauna, the sites with special environmental values and the ones of a military character are excluded from the sale for the foreign natural and legal persons. [...]\" (Law no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997)\n-------------------\n\"Article 1 - General Provisions (Amended by Law No. 10 316, dated 16.09.2010, Article 1)\nFor the purposes of this Law, “territory” means the territory under the sovereignty of the Republic of Albania, including the territorial waters and the maritime zone and continental shelf, on which the Republic of Albania exercises its sovereign and legal rights in accordance with international norms.\n- “Foreign Investor” means:\na) any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country; or \nb) any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Albania, but who is permanently resident abroad; or\nc) any legal person established under the law of a foreign country, which directly or indirectly intends to make or is making an investment in the territory of the Republic of Albania in accordance with its laws or has made an investment in accordance with the laws pertaining to the period from 31.7.1990 and following;\n[...]\nArticle 2 - Permission and Treatment\n1. Foreign investments in the Republic of Albania shall not be subject to prior authorization. They are permitted and treated on the basis of conditions no less favorable than those which are recognized to domestic investments under similar conditions, with the exception of land ownership, which is governed by a special law.\n2. In all cases and at any time, investments have equal and unbiased treatment, enjoy full protection and security.\n3. In any case, foreign investments have a treatment not less favorable than the one provided by the generally accepted norms of international law. [...]\" (Law No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\")","Law no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997\nLaw No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\"","Questionnaire responded by Government Official, for the OECD SEE Competitiveness Outlook 2017\nTonucci & Partners (2017), Business Guide: Albania 2017, Tirana. ","[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=73&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=68&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1776,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000166667","Investment in other financial services activities requires local incorporation. ","\"TITLE II - MUTUAL INVESTMENT FUNDS (F.C.P)\nChapter I - Definition and purpose\nArt. 13. — The mutual fund, hereinafter referred to as F.C.P, is a co-ownership of transferable securities whose units are issued and redeemed at the request of holders at the net asset value, plus or minus, as the case may be, fees and commissions. The F.C.P does not have legal personality.\n[...]\nArt. 28. — The manager of the FCP is a natural or legal person who manages the fund in accordance with the regulations and in the exclusive interest of the unitholders. It must have its registered office or residence in Algeria\n[...]\nTITLE III - COMMON PROVISIONS [...]\nChapter II - Asset Management\nArt. 36. — The custody of the assets of an OPCVM must be ensured by a single depository institution separate from the S.I.C.A.V or the manager of the FCP, chosen from a list of legal persons drawn up by the Minister responsible for finance.\n[...]\nArt. 37. — The depository institution must have its head office in Algeria. [...] (Order No. 96-08 of 19 Chaâbane 1416 corresponding to January 10, 1996 relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (O.P.C.V.M) (S.I.C.A.V) and (F.C.P) [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1 - AUTHORIZATION OF STOCK EXCHANGE INTERMEDIARIES\nSection 1 - Definition\nArt. 2 - The intermediary in stock market transactions designates any authorized intermediary who intervenes on the stock market to negotiate on behalf of his clients, or for his own account, transferable securities and other listed financial products and rights relating thereto [...]\nArt. 4 - Commercial companies whose main purpose is intermediation in stock market transactions, as well as banks and financial establishments, can receive the approval of the commission, to carry out the activity of IOB.\nArt. 5 - Companies, other than banks and financial institutions, requesting IOB approval must: [...] have their registered office in Algeria [...]\" (COSOB Regulation n°15-01 of 15 April 2015 on the licensing conditions, obligations and supervision of stock market intermediaries [google translation])","Ordinance No. 96-08 of 19 Chaâbane 1416 corresponding to January 10, 1996 relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (OPCVM) (S.I.C.A.V) and (F.C.P) [google translation]\nCOSOB Regulation No. 15-01 of April 15, 2015 on the licensing conditions, obligations and supervision of stock market intermediaries [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cosob.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Recueil-de-textes-l%C3%A9gislatifs-et-r%C3%A9glementaires-MAJ-03-2018.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1859,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Investment in other financial services activities requires local incorporation. ","\"TITLE II - MUTUAL INVESTMENT FUNDS (F.C.P)\nChapter I - Definition and purpose\nArt. 13. — The mutual fund, hereinafter referred to as F.C.P, is a co-ownership of transferable securities whose units are issued and redeemed at the request of holders at the net asset value, plus or minus, as the case may be, fees and commissions. The F.C.P does not have legal personality.\n[...]\nArt. 28. — The manager of the FCP is a natural or legal person who manages the fund in accordance with the regulations and in the exclusive interest of the unitholders. It must have its registered office or residence in Algeria\n[...]\nTITLE III - COMMON PROVISIONS [...]\nChapter II - Asset Management\nArt. 36. — The custody of the assets of an OPCVM must be ensured by a single depository institution separate from the S.I.C.A.V or the manager of the FCP, chosen from a list of legal persons drawn up by the Minister responsible for finance.\n[...]\nArt. 37. — The depository institution must have its head office in Algeria. [...] (Order No. 96-08 of 19 Chaâbane 1416 corresponding to January 10, 1996 relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (O.P.C.V.M) (S.I.C.A.V) and (F.C.P) [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1 - AUTHORIZATION OF STOCK EXCHANGE INTERMEDIARIES\nSection 1 - Definition\nArt. 2 - The intermediary in stock market transactions designates any authorized intermediary who intervenes on the stock market to negotiate on behalf of his clients, or for his own account, transferable securities and other listed financial products and rights relating thereto [...]\nArt. 4 - Commercial companies whose main purpose is intermediation in stock market transactions, as well as banks and financial establishments, can receive the approval of the commission, to carry out the activity of IOB.\nArt. 5 - Companies, other than banks and financial institutions, requesting IOB approval must: [...] have their registered office in Algeria [...]\" (COSOB Regulation n°15-01 of 15 April 2015 on the licensing conditions, obligations and supervision of stock market intermediaries [google translation])","Ordinance No. 96-08 of 19 Chaâbane 1416 corresponding to January 10, 1996 relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (OPCVM) (S.I.C.A.V) and (F.C.P) [google translation]\nCOSOB Regulation No. 15-01 of April 15, 2015 on the licensing conditions, obligations and supervision of stock market intermediaries [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cosob.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Recueil-de-textes-l%C3%A9gislatifs-et-r%C3%A9glementaires-MAJ-03-2018.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1859,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.000166667","Investment in other financial services activities requires local incorporation. ","\"TITLE II - MUTUAL INVESTMENT FUNDS (F.C.P)\nChapter I - Definition and purpose\nArt. 13. — The mutual fund, hereinafter referred to as F.C.P, is a co-ownership of transferable securities whose units are issued and redeemed at the request of holders at the net asset value, plus or minus, as the case may be, fees and commissions. The F.C.P does not have legal personality.\n[...]\nArt. 28. — The manager of the FCP is a natural or legal person who manages the fund in accordance with the regulations and in the exclusive interest of the unitholders. It must have its registered office or residence in Algeria\n[...]\nTITLE III - COMMON PROVISIONS [...]\nChapter II - Asset Management\nArt. 36. — The custody of the assets of an OPCVM must be ensured by a single depository institution separate from the S.I.C.A.V or the manager of the FCP, chosen from a list of legal persons drawn up by the Minister responsible for finance.\n[...]\nArt. 37. — The depository institution must have its head office in Algeria. [...] (Order No. 96-08 of 19 Chaâbane 1416 corresponding to January 10, 1996 relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (O.P.C.V.M) (S.I.C.A.V) and (F.C.P) [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1 - AUTHORIZATION OF STOCK EXCHANGE INTERMEDIARIES\nSection 1 - Definition\nArt. 2 - The intermediary in stock market transactions designates any authorized intermediary who intervenes on the stock market to negotiate on behalf of his clients, or for his own account, transferable securities and other listed financial products and rights relating thereto [...]\nArt. 4 - Commercial companies whose main purpose is intermediation in stock market transactions, as well as banks and financial establishments, can receive the approval of the commission, to carry out the activity of IOB.\nArt. 5 - Companies, other than banks and financial institutions, requesting IOB approval must: [...] have their registered office in Algeria [...]\" (COSOB Regulation n°15-01 of 15 April 2015 on the licensing conditions, obligations and supervision of stock market intermediaries [google translation])","Ordinance No. 96-08 of 19 Chaâbane 1416 corresponding to January 10, 1996 relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (OPCVM) (S.I.C.A.V) and (F.C.P) [google translation]\nCOSOB Regulation No. 15-01 of April 15, 2015 on the licensing conditions, obligations and supervision of stock market intermediaries [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cosob.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Recueil-de-textes-l%C3%A9gislatifs-et-r%C3%A9glementaires-MAJ-03-2018.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1859,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Investment in other financial services activities requires local incorporation. ","\"TITLE II - MUTUAL INVESTMENT FUNDS (F.C.P)\nChapter I - Definition and purpose\nArt. 13. — The mutual fund, hereinafter referred to as F.C.P, is a co-ownership of transferable securities whose units are issued and redeemed at the request of holders at the net asset value, plus or minus, as the case may be, fees and commissions. The F.C.P does not have legal personality.\n[...]\nArt. 28. — The manager of the FCP is a natural or legal person who manages the fund in accordance with the regulations and in the exclusive interest of the unitholders. It must have its registered office or residence in Algeria\n[...]\nTITLE III - COMMON PROVISIONS [...]\nChapter II - Asset Management\nArt. 36. — The custody of the assets of an OPCVM must be ensured by a single depository institution separate from the S.I.C.A.V or the manager of the FCP, chosen from a list of legal persons drawn up by the Minister responsible for finance.\n[...]\nArt. 37. — The depository institution must have its head office in Algeria. [...] (Order No. 96-08 of 19 Chaâbane 1416 corresponding to January 10, 1996 relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (O.P.C.V.M) (S.I.C.A.V) and (F.C.P) [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1 - AUTHORIZATION OF STOCK EXCHANGE INTERMEDIARIES\nSection 1 - Definition\nArt. 2 - The intermediary in stock market transactions designates any authorized intermediary who intervenes on the stock market to negotiate on behalf of his clients, or for his own account, transferable securities and other listed financial products and rights relating thereto [...]\nArt. 4 - Commercial companies whose main purpose is intermediation in stock market transactions, as well as banks and financial establishments, can receive the approval of the commission, to carry out the activity of IOB.\nArt. 5 - Companies, other than banks and financial institutions, requesting IOB approval must: [...] have their registered office in Algeria [...]\" (COSOB Regulation n°15-01 of 15 April 2015 on the licensing conditions, obligations and supervision of stock market intermediaries [google translation])","Ordinance No. 96-08 of 19 Chaâbane 1416 corresponding to January 10, 1996 relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (OPCVM) (S.I.C.A.V) and (F.C.P) [google translation]\nCOSOB Regulation No. 15-01 of April 15, 2015 on the licensing conditions, obligations and supervision of stock market intermediaries [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cosob.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Recueil-de-textes-l%C3%A9gislatifs-et-r%C3%A9glementaires-MAJ-03-2018.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1859,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00625","Only Algerian nationals may register with the Bar and practise law in Algeria. Only registered lawyers are admitted as partners in law firms. The law provides, however, for the temporary practice by a foreign lawyer upon special authorisation by the competent regional Chairman of the Bar and condition on the lawyer practising from the office of a local law firm. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RRI, the temporary license is not considered because it does not correspond to the principle of long-lasting foreign direct investment.","\"Art. 6. - Unless otherwise provided by international conventions and usages of the profession, a lawyer belonging to a foreign bar may assist, defend or represent the parties before an Algerian court, after having been specially authorized for this purpose by the cement worker of the territorially competent order, after election of domicile in the office of a lawyer practicing within the jurisdiction of the court.\nThis authorization is revocable in the same forms, at any time of the procedure.\nTITLE III - REGISTRATION\nArt. 7. — No one is authorized to use the title of lawyer if he is not registered on the roll of a bar association, under pain of incurring the penalties provided for in article 243 of the Penal Code.\nArt. 8. — The lawyer is required to open a practice within the jurisdiction of a court.\nHe may not have another firm under any name whatsoever and may not plead before the jurisdiction ot exercises as a magistrate, his spouse, his relative or ally up to and including the second degree.\nArt. 9. — No one may register with a bar association if he does not justify the following conditions:\n1°) be of Algerian nationality, subject to legal agreements,\n[...]\nTITLE XI - LAW COMPANIES AND GROUP FIRMS\nChapter I - Law firms by written agreement\nArt. 94. — It may be formed, by written agreement between two or more lawyers, a company with legal personality, called \"Society of lawyers\" and having as its object the joint exercise of the profession of lawyer as it is regulated by this law.\nArt. 95. — The corporate name of the law firm may only consist of the surnames and possibly the first names of the partners.\nArt. 96. — The law firm is entered on the list of lawyers, with mention of the jurisdiction of the court in which its registered office is located.\nArt. 97. — Law firms may retain, as secondary firms, the firms located outside the seat of the court where the registered office is located and all the partners may practice their profession there.\nArt. 98. — Each partner exercises the profession of lawyer as defined in this law in the name of the company.\nArt. 99. — Any partner may be a member of only one law firm. [...]\" (Law n° 91-04 of January 8, 1991 on the organization of the legal profession. [google translate])","Law n° 91-04 of January 8, 1991 on the organization of the legal profession. [google translate]","IBANET, \"Algeria International Trade in Legal Services\"","[<a href=\"https://archive.gazettes.africa/archive/dz/1991/dz-government-gazette-dated-1991-01-09-no-2.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/PPID/Constituent/Bar_Issues_Commission/ITILS_Algeria\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1861,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","Only Algerian nationals may register with the Bar and practise law in Algeria. Only registered lawyers are admitted as partners in law firms. The law provides, however, for the temporary practice by a foreign lawyer upon special authorisation by the competent regional Chairman of the Bar and condition on the lawyer practising from the office of a local law firm. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RRI, the temporary license is not considered because it does not correspond to the principle of long-lasting foreign direct investment.","\"Art. 6. - Unless otherwise provided by international conventions and usages of the profession, a lawyer belonging to a foreign bar may assist, defend or represent the parties before an Algerian court, after having been specially authorized for this purpose by the cement worker of the territorially competent order, after election of domicile in the office of a lawyer practicing within the jurisdiction of the court.\nThis authorization is revocable in the same forms, at any time of the procedure.\nTITLE III - REGISTRATION\nArt. 7. — No one is authorized to use the title of lawyer if he is not registered on the roll of a bar association, under pain of incurring the penalties provided for in article 243 of the Penal Code.\nArt. 8. — The lawyer is required to open a practice within the jurisdiction of a court.\nHe may not have another firm under any name whatsoever and may not plead before the jurisdiction ot exercises as a magistrate, his spouse, his relative or ally up to and including the second degree.\nArt. 9. — No one may register with a bar association if he does not justify the following conditions:\n1°) be of Algerian nationality, subject to legal agreements,\n[...]\nTITLE XI - LAW COMPANIES AND GROUP FIRMS\nChapter I - Law firms by written agreement\nArt. 94. — It may be formed, by written agreement between two or more lawyers, a company with legal personality, called \"Society of lawyers\" and having as its object the joint exercise of the profession of lawyer as it is regulated by this law.\nArt. 95. — The corporate name of the law firm may only consist of the surnames and possibly the first names of the partners.\nArt. 96. — The law firm is entered on the list of lawyers, with mention of the jurisdiction of the court in which its registered office is located.\nArt. 97. — Law firms may retain, as secondary firms, the firms located outside the seat of the court where the registered office is located and all the partners may practice their profession there.\nArt. 98. — Each partner exercises the profession of lawyer as defined in this law in the name of the company.\nArt. 99. — Any partner may be a member of only one law firm. [...]\" (Law n° 91-04 of January 8, 1991 on the organization of the legal profession. [google translate])","Law n° 91-04 of January 8, 1991 on the organization of the legal profession. [google translate]","IBANET, \"Algeria International Trade in Legal Services\"","[<a href=\"https://archive.gazettes.africa/archive/dz/1991/dz-government-gazette-dated-1991-01-09-no-2.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/PPID/Constituent/Bar_Issues_Commission/ITILS_Algeria\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1861,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00625","Only Algerian nationals may register with the Bar and practise law in Algeria. Only registered lawyers are admitted as partners in law firms. The law provides, however, for the temporary practice by a foreign lawyer upon special authorisation by the competent regional Chairman of the Bar and condition on the lawyer practising from the office of a local law firm. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RRI, the temporary license is not considered because it does not correspond to the principle of long-lasting foreign direct investment.","\"Art. 6. - Unless otherwise provided by international conventions and usages of the profession, a lawyer belonging to a foreign bar may assist, defend or represent the parties before an Algerian court, after having been specially authorized for this purpose by the cement worker of the territorially competent order, after election of domicile in the office of a lawyer practicing within the jurisdiction of the court.\nThis authorization is revocable in the same forms, at any time of the procedure.\nTITLE III - REGISTRATION\nArt. 7. — No one is authorized to use the title of lawyer if he is not registered on the roll of a bar association, under pain of incurring the penalties provided for in article 243 of the Penal Code.\nArt. 8. — The lawyer is required to open a practice within the jurisdiction of a court.\nHe may not have another firm under any name whatsoever and may not plead before the jurisdiction ot exercises as a magistrate, his spouse, his relative or ally up to and including the second degree.\nArt. 9. — No one may register with a bar association if he does not justify the following conditions:\n1°) be of Algerian nationality, subject to legal agreements,\n[...]\nTITLE XI - LAW COMPANIES AND GROUP FIRMS\nChapter I - Law firms by written agreement\nArt. 94. — It may be formed, by written agreement between two or more lawyers, a company with legal personality, called \"Society of lawyers\" and having as its object the joint exercise of the profession of lawyer as it is regulated by this law.\nArt. 95. — The corporate name of the law firm may only consist of the surnames and possibly the first names of the partners.\nArt. 96. — The law firm is entered on the list of lawyers, with mention of the jurisdiction of the court in which its registered office is located.\nArt. 97. — Law firms may retain, as secondary firms, the firms located outside the seat of the court where the registered office is located and all the partners may practice their profession there.\nArt. 98. — Each partner exercises the profession of lawyer as defined in this law in the name of the company.\nArt. 99. — Any partner may be a member of only one law firm. [...]\" (Law n° 91-04 of January 8, 1991 on the organization of the legal profession. [google translate])","Law n° 91-04 of January 8, 1991 on the organization of the legal profession. [google translate]","IBANET, \"Algeria International Trade in Legal Services\"","[<a href=\"https://archive.gazettes.africa/archive/dz/1991/dz-government-gazette-dated-1991-01-09-no-2.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/PPID/Constituent/Bar_Issues_Commission/ITILS_Algeria\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1861,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00625","Only Algerian nationals may register with the Bar and practise law in Algeria. Only registered lawyers are admitted as partners in law firms. The law provides, however, for the temporary practice by a foreign lawyer upon special authorisation by the competent regional Chairman of the Bar and condition on the lawyer practising from the office of a local law firm. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RRI, the temporary license is not considered because it does not correspond to the principle of long-lasting foreign direct investment.","\"Art. 6. - Unless otherwise provided by international conventions and usages of the profession, a lawyer belonging to a foreign bar may assist, defend or represent the parties before an Algerian court, after having been specially authorized for this purpose by the cement worker of the territorially competent order, after election of domicile in the office of a lawyer practicing within the jurisdiction of the court.\nThis authorization is revocable in the same forms, at any time of the procedure.\nTITLE III - REGISTRATION\nArt. 7. — No one is authorized to use the title of lawyer if he is not registered on the roll of a bar association, under pain of incurring the penalties provided for in article 243 of the Penal Code.\nArt. 8. — The lawyer is required to open a practice within the jurisdiction of a court.\nHe may not have another firm under any name whatsoever and may not plead before the jurisdiction ot exercises as a magistrate, his spouse, his relative or ally up to and including the second degree.\nArt. 9. — No one may register with a bar association if he does not justify the following conditions:\n1°) be of Algerian nationality, subject to legal agreements,\n[...]\nTITLE XI - LAW COMPANIES AND GROUP FIRMS\nChapter I - Law firms by written agreement\nArt. 94. — It may be formed, by written agreement between two or more lawyers, a company with legal personality, called \"Society of lawyers\" and having as its object the joint exercise of the profession of lawyer as it is regulated by this law.\nArt. 95. — The corporate name of the law firm may only consist of the surnames and possibly the first names of the partners.\nArt. 96. — The law firm is entered on the list of lawyers, with mention of the jurisdiction of the court in which its registered office is located.\nArt. 97. — Law firms may retain, as secondary firms, the firms located outside the seat of the court where the registered office is located and all the partners may practice their profession there.\nArt. 98. — Each partner exercises the profession of lawyer as defined in this law in the name of the company.\nArt. 99. — Any partner may be a member of only one law firm. [...]\" (Law n° 91-04 of January 8, 1991 on the organization of the legal profession. [google translate])","Law n° 91-04 of January 8, 1991 on the organization of the legal profession. [google translate]","IBANET, \"Algeria International Trade in Legal Services\"","[<a href=\"https://archive.gazettes.africa/archive/dz/1991/dz-government-gazette-dated-1991-01-09-no-2.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/PPID/Constituent/Bar_Issues_Commission/ITILS_Algeria\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1861,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H5011","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.002","Maritime cabotage is reserved to Angolan citizens and companies wholly-owned by Angolan citizens.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Definition)\n1. The shipowner who carries out the activity of maritime transport is called commercial shipowner.\n2. The shipowner can be of the following types:\na) cabotage, maritime transport of goods and passengers between national ports, including support for oil activities and reserved exclusively for nationals;\nb) long distance, maritime transport of goods and passengers carried out with the ports of foreign countries.\n[...]\nARTICLE 3 (Registration)\n1. The exercise of trade shipowner activity requires registration with the Maritime and Port Institute of Angola.\n2. Entities whose corporate purpose and main activity is maritime transport and which meet the following requirements may register as commercial shipowners: a) commercial companies with headquarters and establishment in national territory; [...] (Presidential Decree n.º 54/14: Approves the Regulation on Maritime Transport Activity [google translation])","Presidential Decree n.º 54/14: Approves the Regulation on Maritime Transport Activity [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang132013.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,585,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H5011","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.002","Maritime cabotage is reserved to Angolan citizens and companies wholly-owned by Angolan citizens.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Definition)\n1. The shipowner who carries out the activity of maritime transport is called commercial shipowner.\n2. The shipowner can be of the following types:\na) cabotage, maritime transport of goods and passengers between national ports, including support for oil activities and reserved exclusively for nationals;\nb) long distance, maritime transport of goods and passengers carried out with the ports of foreign countries.\n[...]\nARTICLE 3 (Registration)\n1. The exercise of trade shipowner activity requires registration with the Maritime and Port Institute of Angola.\n2. Entities whose corporate purpose and main activity is maritime transport and which meet the following requirements may register as commercial shipowners: a) commercial companies with headquarters and establishment in national territory; [...] (Presidential Decree n.º 54/14: Approves the Regulation on Maritime Transport Activity [google translation])","Presidential Decree n.º 54/14: Approves the Regulation on Maritime Transport Activity [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang132013.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,585,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H5011","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.002","Maritime cabotage is reserved to Angolan citizens and companies wholly-owned by Angolan citizens.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Definition)\n1. The shipowner who carries out the activity of maritime transport is called commercial shipowner.\n2. The shipowner can be of the following types:\na) cabotage, maritime transport of goods and passengers between national ports, including support for oil activities and reserved exclusively for nationals;\nb) long distance, maritime transport of goods and passengers carried out with the ports of foreign countries.\n[...]\nARTICLE 3 (Registration)\n1. The exercise of trade shipowner activity requires registration with the Maritime and Port Institute of Angola.\n2. Entities whose corporate purpose and main activity is maritime transport and which meet the following requirements may register as commercial shipowners: a) commercial companies with headquarters and establishment in national territory; [...] (Presidential Decree n.º 54/14: Approves the Regulation on Maritime Transport Activity [google translation])","Presidential Decree n.º 54/14: Approves the Regulation on Maritime Transport Activity [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang132013.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,585,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H5011","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.002","Maritime cabotage is reserved to Angolan citizens and companies wholly-owned by Angolan citizens.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Definition)\n1. The shipowner who carries out the activity of maritime transport is called commercial shipowner.\n2. The shipowner can be of the following types:\na) cabotage, maritime transport of goods and passengers between national ports, including support for oil activities and reserved exclusively for nationals;\nb) long distance, maritime transport of goods and passengers carried out with the ports of foreign countries.\n[...]\nARTICLE 3 (Registration)\n1. The exercise of trade shipowner activity requires registration with the Maritime and Port Institute of Angola.\n2. Entities whose corporate purpose and main activity is maritime transport and which meet the following requirements may register as commercial shipowners: a) commercial companies with headquarters and establishment in national territory; [...] (Presidential Decree n.º 54/14: Approves the Regulation on Maritime Transport Activity [google translation])","Presidential Decree n.º 54/14: Approves the Regulation on Maritime Transport Activity [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang132013.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,585,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H491_492_5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.002","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. Sensitive businesses, as defined in the Regulation, include transport, media and telecommunications businesses, among others.","\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: […]\nforeign person means:\n(a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f) a foreign government; or\n(g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity or trust if:\n(a) for an entity—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity; or\n(b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n26  Meaning of sensitive business\n(1) A business is a sensitive business if the business meets the conditions specified in the regulations.\n[...]\n40  Meaning of significant action—entities\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n(b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n(c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n(a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n(i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n(b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n(i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n(c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n(i) an Australian unit trust; or\n(ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n(6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n41  Meaning of significant action—businesses\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness;\n(b) to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nThird condition—action results in change in control\n(5) If paragraph (2)(b) or (c) applies, the third condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the business as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n[...]\n44  Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n47  Meaning of notifiable action—general\n(1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness;\n(b) to acquire a substantial interest in an Australian entity;\n(c) to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n(a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(b) an Australian unit trust; or\n(c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48  Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n51  The threshold test for entities and businesses\nThe threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n67  Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n(1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n(a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n(b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n(2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n81  Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n(1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n(2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, 81)\n------------------------\n\"5  Definitions\nNote: A number of expressions used in this instrument are defined in the Act, including the following: [...]\n(e) foreign person;\n[...]\n22  Businesses that are sensitive businesses\n(1) This section prescribes conditions for subsection 26(1) of the Act.\n(2) A business is a sensitive business if:\n(a) the business is carried on wholly or partly in any of the following sectors (including such a business relating to infrastructure for those sectors): [...]\n(i) media;\n(ii) telecommunications;\n(iii) transport; or\n[...]\n51  Taking action in relation to entities and businesses\nThe following table prescribes values for section 51 of the Act (entities and businesses) to the extent that that section relates to items 2 to 5 of the table in that section. [see legal source for table]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 5, 28, 31, and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 5, 22, and 51","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/C2004A01402/2018-09-18/text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/F2015L01854/2018-12-30/text\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3901,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H491_492_5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.002","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. Sensitive businesses, as defined in the Regulation, include transport, media and telecommunications businesses, among others. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":19549,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.[ ...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity, trust or unincorporated limited partnership if:\n (a) for an entity or unincorporated limited partnership—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity or partnership; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n26 Meaning of sensitive business\n (1) A business is a sensitive business if the business meets the conditions specified in the regulations.\n [...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n (7) However, the last condition in subsection (6) is not required to be met if:\n (a) paragraph (2)(b) applies and the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person who controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken; or\n (b) paragraph (2)(c) applies and a foreign person controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken.\n[...]\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 22 and 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1659,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H491_492_5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.002","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. Sensitive businesses, as defined in the Regulation, include transport, media and telecommunications businesses, among others. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":19549,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.[ ...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity, trust or unincorporated limited partnership if:\n (a) for an entity or unincorporated limited partnership—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity or partnership; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n26 Meaning of sensitive business\n (1) A business is a sensitive business if the business meets the conditions specified in the regulations.\n [...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n (7) However, the last condition in subsection (6) is not required to be met if:\n (a) paragraph (2)(b) applies and the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person who controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken; or\n (b) paragraph (2)(c) applies and a foreign person controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken.\n[...]\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 22 and 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1659,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H491_492_5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.002","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. Sensitive businesses, as defined in the Regulation, include transport, media and telecommunications businesses, among others. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":19549,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.[ ...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity, trust or unincorporated limited partnership if:\n (a) for an entity or unincorporated limited partnership—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity or partnership; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n26 Meaning of sensitive business\n (1) A business is a sensitive business if the business meets the conditions specified in the regulations.\n [...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n (7) However, the last condition in subsection (6) is not required to be met if:\n (a) paragraph (2)(b) applies and the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person who controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken; or\n (b) paragraph (2)(c) applies and a foreign person controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken.\n[...]\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 22 and 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1659,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A02","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The acquisition of a direct interest in an Australian entity or business that is an agribusiness by a foreign person constitutes a significant action if a monetary threshold is met. Such acquisitions must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. Agribusiness, as defined in the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, covers entities and businesses in agriculture, forestry, fishing and certain food product manufacturing activities. Acquisition of a direct interest in an agribusiness generally refers to acquiring an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business. In principle, for an agribusiness acquisition to fall under investment screening, the value of the proposed investment must exceed a monetary threshold (55 million dollars, 2018). An exemption applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries, who are not subject to the rules regarding agribusinesses, but are instead subject to the requirements for significant and notifiable actions for general business acquisitions, to which a higher monetary threshold applies.\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. ","\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: […]\nagribusiness: an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness in the circumstances prescribed by the regulations. […]\nforeign person means:\n(a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f) a foreign government; or\n(g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n40  Meaning of significant action—entities\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n(a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n(i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n(b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n(i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n(c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n(i) an Australian unit trust; or\n(ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n41  Meaning of significant action—businesses\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n44  Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n47  Meaning of notifiable action—general\n(1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n(a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(b) an Australian unit trust; or\n(c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48  Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n51  The threshold test for entities and businesses\nThe threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n67  Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n(1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n(a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n(b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n(2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table] [...]\n(3) If the Treasurer makes an order under subsection (2), the Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, also make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n81  Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n(1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n(2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, and 81)\n-----------------------------\n\"12  When an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness\n(1) For the definition of agribusiness in section 4 of the Act, the following table prescribes the circumstances in which an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness. [see legal source for table] [...]\n(3) The business must be carried on wholly or partly in any of the following classes of the Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification Codes:\n(a) any of the classes in Division A (agriculture, forestry and fishing);\n(b) any of the classes in Subdivision 11 of Division C (food product manufacturing), other than any of the following:\n(i) class 1113 (cured meat and smallgoods manufacturing);\n(ii) class 1132 (ice cream manufacturing);\n(iii) class 1162 (cereal, pasta and baking mix manufacturing);\n(iv) a class in group 117 (bakery product manufacturing);\n(v) class 1182 (confectionery manufacturing);\n(vi) a class in group 119 (other food product manufacturing).\n[...]\n16  Meaning of direct interest in an entity or business\nFor the definition of direct interest in section 4 of the Act, a direct interest in an entity or business is:\n(a) an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business; or\n(b) an interest of at least 5% in the entity or business if the person who acquires the interest has entered a legal arrangement relating to the businesses of the person and the entity or business; or\n(c) an interest of any percentage in the entity or business if the person who acquired the interest is in a position:\n(i) to influence or participate in the central management and control of the entity or business; or\n(ii) to influence, participate in or determine the policy of the entity or business.\n[...]\n40  Action relating to agribusinesses and agricultural land for certain investors\nRelevant agreement country investors—exemption in relation to agribusinesses\n(1) Paragraphs 40(2)(a) and 41(2)(a) (significant action in relation to agribusinesses) of the Act, and any other provision of the Act to the extent that it relates to those paragraphs, do not apply in relation to relevant agreement country investors\n[...]\n50  Certain actions taken in relation to agribusinesses\nThe following table prescribes a value for section 51 of the Act (agribusinesses) to the extent that that section relates to item 1 of the table in that section.\nThreshold value for certain actions taken in relation to agribusinesses\nItem | For action taken by ... | the value (in millions of dollars) is ...\n1 | any foreign person | 55 [...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 12, 16, 40, and 50)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 12, 16, 40, and 50","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/C2004A01402/2018-09-18/text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/F2015L01854/2018-12-30/text\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3944,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A02","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The acquisition of a direct interest in an Australian entity or business that is an agribusiness by a foreign person constitutes a significant action if a monetary threshold is met. Such acquisitions must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. Agribusiness, as defined in the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, covers entities and businesses in agriculture, forestry, fishing and certain food product manufacturing activities. Acquisition of a direct interest in an agribusiness generally refers to acquiring an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business. In principle, for an agribusiness acquisition to fall under investment screening, the value of the proposed investment must exceed a monetary threshold (60 million dollars from 1.1.2021). An exemption applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries, who are not subject to the rules regarding agribusinesses, but are instead subject to the requirements for significant and notifiable actions for general business acquisitions, to which a higher monetary threshold applies. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":18405,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: [...]\nagribusiness: an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness in the circumstances prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.c[...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n [...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in:\n (i) an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; or\n (ii) an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n (4) If subparagraph (2)(a)(i) or paragraph (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 12, 16, 40 and 50","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 7 - Business investments, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN07_Business.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1677,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A02","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The acquisition of a direct interest in an Australian entity or business that is an agribusiness by a foreign person constitutes a significant action if a monetary threshold is met. Such acquisitions must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. Agribusiness, as defined in the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, covers entities and businesses in agriculture, forestry, fishing and certain food product manufacturing activities. Acquisition of a direct interest in an agribusiness generally refers to acquiring an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business. In principle, for an agribusiness acquisition to fall under investment screening, the value of the proposed investment must exceed a monetary threshold (60 million dollars from 1.1.2021). An exemption applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries, who are not subject to the rules regarding agribusinesses, but are instead subject to the requirements for significant and notifiable actions for general business acquisitions, to which a higher monetary threshold applies. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":18405,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: [...]\nagribusiness: an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness in the circumstances prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.c[...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n [...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in:\n (i) an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; or\n (ii) an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n (4) If subparagraph (2)(a)(i) or paragraph (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 12, 16, 40 and 50","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 7 - Business investments, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN07_Business.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1677,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A02","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The acquisition of a direct interest in an Australian entity or business that is an agribusiness by a foreign person constitutes a significant action if a monetary threshold is met. Such acquisitions must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. Agribusiness, as defined in the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, covers entities and businesses in agriculture, forestry, fishing and certain food product manufacturing activities. Acquisition of a direct interest in an agribusiness generally refers to acquiring an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business. In principle, for an agribusiness acquisition to fall under investment screening, the value of the proposed investment must exceed a monetary threshold (60 million dollars from 1.1.2021). An exemption applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries, who are not subject to the rules regarding agribusinesses, but are instead subject to the requirements for significant and notifiable actions for general business acquisitions, to which a higher monetary threshold applies. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":18405,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: [...]\nagribusiness: an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness in the circumstances prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.c[...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n [...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in:\n (i) an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; or\n (ii) an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n (4) If subparagraph (2)(a)(i) or paragraph (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 12, 16, 40 and 50","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 7 - Business investments, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN07_Business.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1677,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","K6419X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.006","The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 limits individual shareholdings in financial sector companies to a 20% stake. 'Financial sector companies' cover so-called authorised deposit‑taking institutions, authorised insurance companies and their holding companies. An investor wishing to exceed 20% equity will need approval from the Treasurer. Approval may be granted if the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to do so. What constitutes 'national interest' is not specified in the Act. From 1 April 2019, a higher shareholding cap may also be granted with regard to new or recently established financial sector companies if the applicant is a \"fit and proper person\" to hold a stake greater than 20% and the certain requirements regarding the value of the total resident assets of the company are satisfied. The provisions of the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act apply to both domestic and foreign investors.\nWhen the financial sector company is to be acquired by a foreign investor, the general foreign investment screening mechanism of the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 will also be relevant. Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met.\nThe monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. However, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April to 31 December 2021) in order to protect the national interest.","\"3 Definitions\n In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nfinancial sector company means:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) an authorised insurance company; or\n (c) a holding company of a company covered by paragraph (a) or (b).\n[...]\n4 Holding companies\n For the purposes of this Act, a company (the first company) is the holding company of another company if the other company is a 100% subsidiary of the first company.\n[...]\n10 Meaning of unacceptable shareholding situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a particular financial sector company and in relation to a particular person if the person holds a stake in the company of more than:\n (a) 20%; or\n (b) if an approval of a higher percentage is in force under Division 3 in relation to the company and in relation to the person—that higher percentage.\n[...]\n12 Remedial orders\n (1) If an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate for the purpose of ensuring that that situation ceases to exist.\n (2) If an unacceptable shareholding situation has existed in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate.\n (3) The Federal Court’s orders include:\n (a) an order directing the disposal of shares; or\n (b) an order restraining the exercise of any rights attached to shares; or\n (c) an order prohibiting or deferring the payment of any sums due to a person in respect of shares held by the person; or\n (d) an order that any exercise of rights attached to shares be disregarded.\n[...]\n13 Application for approval to exceed 20% shareholding limit\n (1) A person may apply to the Treasurer for approval to hold a stake in a particular financial sector company of more than 20%.\n (1A) The application may be in relation to a company that is not a financial sector company at the time the application is made.\n (2) The application must:\n (aa) specify whether the applicant is seeking for the approval to be granted on the basis of either paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b); and\n [...]\n14 Approval of application\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, grant the application if:\n (a) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to approve the applicant holding a stake in the company of more than 20%; or\n (b) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that the criteria in subsection 14A(1) are met in relation to the applicant and the company.\n[...]\n14A Criteria for applications relating to new or recently established financial sector companies\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 14(1)(b), the criteria are:\n (a) the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a stake in the company of more than 20%; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies; or\n (ii) a holding company of a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies.\nFit and proper person\n (2) The rules may prescribe matters that must be considered in determining whether a person is a fit and proper person for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and 18(1)(d). However, such rules do not limit the matters that may be considered.\nNew or recently established financial sector company\n (3) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company has applied for one of the following, but that application has not yet been decided:\n (i) authority under the Banking Act 1959 to carry on banking business;\n (ii) authorisation under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business;\n (iii) registration under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company (assuming the company is granted the authority, authorisation or registration concerned).\n (4) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (ii) a company that is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business; or\n (iii) a company that is registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) at the time of the application under subsection 13(1), the company has been such an institution, or so authorised or registered (whichever is applicable), for less than 5 years; and\n (d) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company. [...]\nAssets threshold\n (6) If a company is:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995;\nthe assets threshold for the company is:\n (c) $200 million; or\n (d) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (7) If a company is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business, the assets threshold for the company is:\n (a) $50 million; or\n (b) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (8) The Treasurer may, by legislative instrument, determine an amount for the purposes of paragraph (6)(d) or (7)(b).[...]\" (Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A)\n------------------------\n\"5 Interpretation\nDefinitions\n (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nauthorised deposit‑taking institution means a body corporate in relation to which an authority under subsection 9(3) is in force [...]\nbanking business means:\n (a) a business that consists of banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n (b) a business that is carried on by a corporation to which paragraph 51(xx) of the Constitution applies and that consists, to any extent, of:\n (i) both taking money on deposit (otherwise than as part‑payment for identified goods or services) and making advances of money; or\n (ii) other financial activities prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n[...]\n9 Authority to carry on banking business\n (2) A body corporate which desires authority to carry on banking business in Australia may apply in writing to APRA for authority accordingly. [...]\n (3) If an application has been made, APRA may grant the body corporate an authority to carry on banking business in Australia. The authority must be in writing, and APRA must give the body corporate written notice of the granting of the authority. [...]\" (Banking Act 1959 (Act No. 6 of 1959), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 5 and 9)\n------------------------\n\"51 Legislative powers of the Parliament\nThe Parliament shall, subject to this Constitution, have power to make laws for the peace, order, and good government of the Commonwealth with respect to: [...]\n(xiii) banking, other than State banking; also State banking extending beyond the limits of the State concerned, the incorporation of banks, and the issue of paper money; [...]\n(xx) foreign corporations, and trading or financial corporations formed within the limits of the Commonwealth;[...]\" (Commonwealth of Australia Constitution Act, consolidated version in force from 4 September 2013, Section 51)\n------------------------\n\"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity or trust if:\n (a) for an entity—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust. [...]\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business;  [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).[...]\nThird condition—action results in change in control\n (5) If paragraph (2)(b) or (c) applies, the third condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the business as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire a substantial interest in an Australian entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n51 The threshold test for entities and businesses\n The threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations.\n [see the legal source for table] \n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities. [...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82)\n------------------------\n\"51 Taking action in relation to entities and businesses (including agribusinesses)\n For the purposes of section 51 of the Act, the prescribed value is nil.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51)\"","Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A\nBanking Act 1959 (Act No. 6 of 1959), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 5 and 9\nCommonwealth of Australia Constitution Act, consolidated version in force from 4 September 2013, Section 51\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by  Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasurer, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", last updated 24 April 2020","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00315\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00335\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2013Q00005\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00397\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2020C00820\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/inline-files/2020-FIP-cv.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1669,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","K6419X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0045","The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 limits individual shareholdings in financial sector companies to a 20% stake. 'Financial sector companies' cover so-called authorised deposit‑taking institutions, authorised insurance companies and their holding companies. An investor wishing to exceed 20% equity will need approval from the Treasurer. Approval may be granted if the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to do so. What constitutes 'national interest' is not specified in the Act. From 1 April 2019, a higher shareholding cap may also be granted with regard to new or recently established financial sector companies if the applicant is a \"fit and proper person\" to hold a stake greater than 20% and the certain requirements regarding the value of the total resident assets of the company are satisfied. The provisions of the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act apply to both domestic and foreign investors.\nWhen the financial sector company is to be acquired by a foreign investor, the general foreign investment screening mechanism of the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 will also be relevant. Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met.\nThe monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. However, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April to 31 December 2021) in order to protect the national interest.","\"3 Definitions\n In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nfinancial sector company means:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) an authorised insurance company; or\n (c) a holding company of a company covered by paragraph (a) or (b).\n[...]\n4 Holding companies\n For the purposes of this Act, a company (the first company) is the holding company of another company if the other company is a 100% subsidiary of the first company.\n[...]\n10 Meaning of unacceptable shareholding situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a particular financial sector company and in relation to a particular person if the person holds a stake in the company of more than:\n (a) 20%; or\n (b) if an approval of a higher percentage is in force under Division 3 in relation to the company and in relation to the person—that higher percentage.\n[...]\n12 Remedial orders\n (1) If an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate for the purpose of ensuring that that situation ceases to exist.\n (2) If an unacceptable shareholding situation has existed in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate.\n (3) The Federal Court’s orders include:\n (a) an order directing the disposal of shares; or\n (b) an order restraining the exercise of any rights attached to shares; or\n (c) an order prohibiting or deferring the payment of any sums due to a person in respect of shares held by the person; or\n (d) an order that any exercise of rights attached to shares be disregarded.\n[...]\n13 Application for approval to exceed 20% shareholding limit\n (1) A person may apply to the Treasurer for approval to hold a stake in a particular financial sector company of more than 20%.\n (1A) The application may be in relation to a company that is not a financial sector company at the time the application is made.\n (2) The application must:\n (aa) specify whether the applicant is seeking for the approval to be granted on the basis of either paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b); and\n [...]\n14 Approval of application\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, grant the application if:\n (a) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to approve the applicant holding a stake in the company of more than 20%; or\n (b) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that the criteria in subsection 14A(1) are met in relation to the applicant and the company.\n[...]\n14A Criteria for applications relating to new or recently established financial sector companies\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 14(1)(b), the criteria are:\n (a) the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a stake in the company of more than 20%; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies; or\n (ii) a holding company of a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies.\nFit and proper person\n (2) The rules may prescribe matters that must be considered in determining whether a person is a fit and proper person for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and 18(1)(d). However, such rules do not limit the matters that may be considered.\nNew or recently established financial sector company\n (3) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company has applied for one of the following, but that application has not yet been decided:\n (i) authority under the Banking Act 1959 to carry on banking business;\n (ii) authorisation under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business;\n (iii) registration under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company (assuming the company is granted the authority, authorisation or registration concerned).\n (4) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (ii) a company that is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business; or\n (iii) a company that is registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) at the time of the application under subsection 13(1), the company has been such an institution, or so authorised or registered (whichever is applicable), for less than 5 years; and\n (d) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company. [...]\nAssets threshold\n (6) If a company is:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995;\nthe assets threshold for the company is:\n (c) $200 million; or\n (d) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (7) If a company is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business, the assets threshold for the company is:\n (a) $50 million; or\n (b) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (8) The Treasurer may, by legislative instrument, determine an amount for the purposes of paragraph (6)(d) or (7)(b).[...]\" (Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A)\n------------------------\n\"5 Interpretation\nDefinitions\n (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nauthorised deposit‑taking institution means a body corporate in relation to which an authority under subsection 9(3) is in force [...]\nbanking business means:\n (a) a business that consists of banking within the meaning of paragraph 51(xiii) of the Constitution; or\n (b) a business that is carried on by a corporation to which paragraph 51(xx) of the Constitution applies and that consists, to any extent, of:\n (i) both taking money on deposit (otherwise than as part‑payment for identified goods or services) and making advances of money; or\n (ii) other financial activities prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this definition.\n[...]\n9 Authority to carry on banking business\n (2) A body corporate which desires authority to carry on banking business in Australia may apply in writing to APRA for authority accordingly. [...]\n (3) If an application has been made, APRA may grant the body corporate an authority to carry on banking business in Australia. The authority must be in writing, and APRA must give the body corporate written notice of the granting of the authority. [...]\" (Banking Act 1959 (Act No. 6 of 1959), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 5 and 9)\n------------------------\n\"51 Legislative powers of the Parliament\nThe Parliament shall, subject to this Constitution, have power to make laws for the peace, order, and good government of the Commonwealth with respect to: [...]\n(xiii) banking, other than State banking; also State banking extending beyond the limits of the State concerned, the incorporation of banks, and the issue of paper money; [...]\n(xx) foreign corporations, and trading or financial corporations formed within the limits of the Commonwealth;[...]\" (Commonwealth of Australia Constitution Act, consolidated version in force from 4 September 2013, Section 51)\n------------------------\n\"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity or trust if:\n (a) for an entity—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust. [...]\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business;  [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).[...]\nThird condition—action results in change in control\n (5) If paragraph (2)(b) or (c) applies, the third condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the business as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire a substantial interest in an Australian entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n51 The threshold test for entities and businesses\n The threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations.\n [see the legal source for table] \n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities. [...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82)\n------------------------\n\"51 Taking action in relation to entities and businesses (including agribusinesses)\n For the purposes of section 51 of the Act, the prescribed value is nil.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51)\"","Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A\nBanking Act 1959 (Act No. 6 of 1959), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 5 and 9\nCommonwealth of Australia Constitution Act, consolidated version in force from 4 September 2013, Section 51\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by  Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasurer, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", last updated 24 April 2020","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00315\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00335\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2013Q00005\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00397\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2020C00820\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/inline-files/2020-FIP-cv.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1665,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","K6419X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0045","The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 limits individual shareholdings in financial sector companies to a 20% stake. 'Financial sector companies' cover so-called authorised deposit‑taking institutions, authorised insurance companies and their holding companies. An investor wishing to exceed 20% equity will need approval from the Treasurer. Approval may be granted if the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to do so. What constitutes 'national interest' is not specified in the Act. From 1 April 2019, a higher shareholding cap may also be granted with regard to new or recently established financial sector companies if the applicant is a \"fit and proper person\" to hold a stake greater than 20% and the certain requirements regarding the value of the total resident assets of the company are satisfied. The provisions of the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act apply to both domestic and foreign investors.\nWhen the financial sector company is to be acquired by a foreign investor, the general foreign investment screening mechanism of the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 will also be relevant. Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met.\nThe monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. However, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April to 31 December 2020) in order to protect the national interest. Since 1 January 2021, the prior tiered threshold regime has been reinstated. For a table of all the applicable thresholds since 2021, see Treasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\" (1 January 2021), Annex 1, pp. 15-16.\nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.\nThe Security Legislation Amendment (Critical Infrastructure) Act 2021, in force as of December 2021, expands the scope of the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018 to include critical infrastructure entities in a wider range of sectors including: communications; financial services and markets; data storage or processing; defence industry; higher education and research; energy; food and grocery; health care and medical; space technology; transport; and water and sewerage. \nThe Security Legislation Amendment (Critical Infrastructure) Act 2022, in force as of April 2022, revisit some of the critical infrastructure assets definitions and introduce enhanced cybersecurity obligations for highly critical assets.\nOn 1 April 2022, the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment Regulations 2022 came into effect (the Regulations). The Regulations, which amended the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, clarified certain aspects of the foreign investment review framework and streamlined the process for certain less sensitive types of investment. The Regulations intended inter alia to reduce the regulatory burden for foreign investors that engage in moneylending, invest in unlisted land entities or Australian media businesses, acquire shares or units under rights issues and other pro-rata offers, or transact on behalf of institutional investors as part of a custodian service (through amendments that refine the rules for the notification of these kinds of foreign investments, including raising thresholds and providing broader exemptions from foreign investment screening).",{"$cut":{"chars":17885,"head":"\"3 Definitions\n In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nfinancial sector company means:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) an authorised insurance company; or\n (c) a holding company of a company covered by paragraph (a) or (b).\n[...]\n4 Holding companies\n For the purposes of this Act, a company (the first company) is the holding company of another company if the other company is a 100% subsidiary of the first company.\n[...]\n10 Meaning of unacceptable shareholding situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a particular financial sector company and in relation to a particular person if the person holds a stake in the company of more than:\n (a) 20%; or\n (b) if an approval of a higher percentage is in force under Division 3 in relation to the company and in relation to the person—that higher percentage.\n[...]\n12 Remedial orders\n (1) If an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate for the purpose of ensuring that that situation ceases to exist.\n (2) If an unacceptable shareholding situation has existed in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate.\n (3) The Federal Court’s orders include:\n (a) an order directing the disposal of shares; or\n (b) an order restraining the exercise of any rights attached to shares; or\n (c) an order prohibiting or deferring the payment of any sums due to a person in respect of shares held by the person; or\n (d) an order that any exercise of rights attached to shares be disregarded.\n[...]\n13 Application for approval to exceed 20% shareholding limit\n (1) A person may apply to the Treasurer for approval to hold a stake in a particular financial sector company of more than 20%.\n (1A) The application may be in relation to a company that is not a financial sector company at the time the application is made.\n (2) The application must:\n (aa) specify whether the applicant is seeking for the approval to be granted on the basis of either paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b); and\n [...]\n14 Approval of application\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, grant the application if:\n (a) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to approve the applicant holding a stake in the company of more than 20%; or\n (b) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that the criteria in subsection 14A(1) are met in relation to the applicant and the company.\n[...]\n14A Criteria for applications relating to new or recently established financial sector companies\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 14(1)(b), the criteria are:\n (a) the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a stake in the company of more than 20%; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies; or\n (ii) a holding company of a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies.\nFit and proper person\n (2) The rules may prescribe matters that must be considered in determining whether a person is a fit and proper person for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and 18(1)(d). However, such rules do not limit the matters that may be considered.\nNew or recently established financial sector company\n (3) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company has applied for one of the following, but that application has not yet been decided:\n (i) authority under the Banking Act 1959 to carry on banking business;\n (ii) authorisation under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business;\n (iii) registration under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company (assuming the company is granted the authority, authorisation or registration concerned).\n (4) This subsection"}},"Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A\nBanking Act 1959 (Act No. 6 of 1959), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 5 and 9\nCommonwealth of Australia Constitution Act, consolidated version in force from 4 September 2013, Section 51\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment Regulations 2022 on 31 March 2022","Treasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021\nExplanatory Statement, Australian Treasurer, 31 March 2022;\nGuidance Notes, Foreign Investment Review Board, 13 April 2022","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00315\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00335\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2013Q00005\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00397\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2022L00465\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"https://foreigninvestment.gov.au/investing-in-australia/foreign-investment-framework\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2022L00465/Explanatory%20Statement/Text\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://foreigninvestment.gov.au/guidance\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2872,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","K6419X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0045","The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 limits individual shareholdings in financial sector companies to a 20% stake. 'Financial sector companies' cover so-called authorised deposit‑taking institutions, authorised insurance companies and their holding companies. An investor wishing to exceed 20% equity will need approval from the Treasurer. Approval may be granted if the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to do so. What constitutes 'national interest' is not specified in the Act. From 1 April 2019, a higher shareholding cap may also be granted with regard to new or recently established financial sector companies if the applicant is a \"fit and proper person\" to hold a stake greater than 20% and the certain requirements regarding the value of the total resident assets of the company are satisfied. The provisions of the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act apply to both domestic and foreign investors.\nWhen the financial sector company is to be acquired by a foreign investor, the general foreign investment screening mechanism of the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 will also be relevant. Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met.\nThe monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. However, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April to 31 December 2020) in order to protect the national interest. Since 1 January 2021, the prior tiered threshold regime has been reinstated. For a table of all the applicable thresholds since 2021, see Treasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\" (1 January 2021), Annex 1, pp. 15-16.\nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.\nThe Security Legislation Amendment (Critical Infrastructure) Act 2021, in force as of December 2021, expands the scope of the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018 to include critical infrastructure entities in a wider range of sectors including: communications; financial services and markets; data storage or processing; defence industry; higher education and research; energy; food and grocery; health care and medical; space technology; transport; and water and sewerage. \nThe Security Legislation Amendment (Critical Infrastructure) Act 2022, in force as of April 2022, revisit some of the critical infrastructure assets definitions and introduce enhanced cybersecurity obligations for highly critical assets.\nOn 1 April 2022, the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment Regulations 2022 came into effect (the Regulations). The Regulations, which amended the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, clarified certain aspects of the foreign investment review framework and streamlined the process for certain less sensitive types of investment. The Regulations intended inter alia to reduce the regulatory burden for foreign investors that engage in moneylending, invest in unlisted land entities or Australian media businesses, acquire shares or units under rights issues and other pro-rata offers, or transact on behalf of institutional investors as part of a custodian service (through amendments that refine the rules for the notification of these kinds of foreign investments, including raising thresholds and providing broader exemptions from foreign investment screening).",{"$cut":{"chars":17885,"head":"\"3 Definitions\n In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nfinancial sector company means:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) an authorised insurance company; or\n (c) a holding company of a company covered by paragraph (a) or (b).\n[...]\n4 Holding companies\n For the purposes of this Act, a company (the first company) is the holding company of another company if the other company is a 100% subsidiary of the first company.\n[...]\n10 Meaning of unacceptable shareholding situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a particular financial sector company and in relation to a particular person if the person holds a stake in the company of more than:\n (a) 20%; or\n (b) if an approval of a higher percentage is in force under Division 3 in relation to the company and in relation to the person—that higher percentage.\n[...]\n12 Remedial orders\n (1) If an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate for the purpose of ensuring that that situation ceases to exist.\n (2) If an unacceptable shareholding situation has existed in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate.\n (3) The Federal Court’s orders include:\n (a) an order directing the disposal of shares; or\n (b) an order restraining the exercise of any rights attached to shares; or\n (c) an order prohibiting or deferring the payment of any sums due to a person in respect of shares held by the person; or\n (d) an order that any exercise of rights attached to shares be disregarded.\n[...]\n13 Application for approval to exceed 20% shareholding limit\n (1) A person may apply to the Treasurer for approval to hold a stake in a particular financial sector company of more than 20%.\n (1A) The application may be in relation to a company that is not a financial sector company at the time the application is made.\n (2) The application must:\n (aa) specify whether the applicant is seeking for the approval to be granted on the basis of either paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b); and\n [...]\n14 Approval of application\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, grant the application if:\n (a) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to approve the applicant holding a stake in the company of more than 20%; or\n (b) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that the criteria in subsection 14A(1) are met in relation to the applicant and the company.\n[...]\n14A Criteria for applications relating to new or recently established financial sector companies\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 14(1)(b), the criteria are:\n (a) the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a stake in the company of more than 20%; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies; or\n (ii) a holding company of a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies.\nFit and proper person\n (2) The rules may prescribe matters that must be considered in determining whether a person is a fit and proper person for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and 18(1)(d). However, such rules do not limit the matters that may be considered.\nNew or recently established financial sector company\n (3) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company has applied for one of the following, but that application has not yet been decided:\n (i) authority under the Banking Act 1959 to carry on banking business;\n (ii) authorisation under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business;\n (iii) registration under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company (assuming the company is granted the authority, authorisation or registration concerned).\n (4) This subsection"}},"Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A\nBanking Act 1959 (Act No. 6 of 1959), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 5 and 9\nCommonwealth of Australia Constitution Act, consolidated version in force from 4 September 2013, Section 51\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment Regulations 2022 on 31 March 2022","Treasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021\nExplanatory Statement, Australian Treasurer, 31 March 2022;\nGuidance Notes, Foreign Investment Review Board, 13 April 2022","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00315\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00335\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2013Q00005\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00397\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2022L00465\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"https://foreigninvestment.gov.au/investing-in-australia/foreign-investment-framework\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2022L00465/Explanatory%20Statement/Text\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://foreigninvestment.gov.au/guidance\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2872,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AZE","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.003","On 9 February 2022, the new Law on media № 471-VIQ, dated 30 December 2021, became effectice. Pursuant to the law, foreign participation in mass media company, including TV and radio broadcasting and printed media companies cannot exceed 25% of its authorised capital. \nPreviously, legal entities and citizens of foreign countries coul not establish a mass media in Azerbaijan, unless there was an interstate agreement to the contrary. A legal entity of foreign state was defined as a legal entity of which more than 30% of the authorized capital or shares belonged to legal entities and citizens of a foreign state or of which 1/3 of founders are legal entities or citizens of a foreign state. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this measure was interpreted as establishing a foreign equity threhold at 30%. Foreign shareholding above such a theshold was exceptionally possible if provided by an international agreement.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Basic concepts\n1.1. For the purposes of this Law, the following basic concepts are used:\n1.1.1. mass information - information published and (or) broadcasted by media subjects in order to reach an unlimited number of people, whose acquisition, transmission, production and distribution are not limited by the laws of the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n1.1.2. media - tools and means used to carry out periodic or regular publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information, as well as the information environment formed through them;\n1.1.3. media entity - a physical (except for journalists) or legal entity whose main activity is the publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information;\n[...]\nArticle 16. Dissemination of information received from foreign sources\n16.1. Citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan have the right to obtain information directly from foreign sources, including foreign media subjects.\n16.2. Broadcasting of foreign television and radio programs using radio frequencies intended for terrestrial broadcasting in the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party.\n16.3. The distribution of foreign print media products whose editorial office is outside the borders of the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party. If these agreements do not provide for the distribution of foreign print media products, these issues are determined by the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority.\n[...]\nChapter 2 - Media subjects\nArticle 25. Media subjects\n25.1. Media subjects are:\n25.1.1. audiovisual media subjects;\n25.1.2. print media subjects;\n25.1.3. online media entities;\n25.1.4. information agencies.\nArticle 26. Requirements for the media subject\n26.1. The media subject requirements are as follows:\n26.1.1. if the founder is a natural person, he must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.2. if the founder is a legal entity, the majority share in its charter capital (75 percent) must belong to a citizen (citizens) of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and (or) a legal entity (legal entities) registered in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.3. if the media subject is a natural person, he/she must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and must meet the requirements of Article 26.3 of this Law.\n26.2. The requirements stipulated in Articles 26.1.1 and 26.1.2 of this Law shall also apply to the participants of the persons who are direct and indirect participants of the legal entity that is the founder of the media entity.\n26.3. The following persons cannot be the founder (participant) of a media entity:\n26.3.1. persons previously convicted of serious or particularly serious crimes, as well as crimes against public morality;\n26.3.2. persons whose convictions have not been paid or not expunged;\n26.3.3. persons deemed by the court to be incapacitated or with limited capacity.\n26.4. Political parties and religious organizations can only be founders (participants) of print media.\n26.5. It is not allowed to finance the media subject by individuals or legal entities of foreign countries that are not its founders (participants), their branches and representative offices, legal entities established by those individuals in the Republic of Azerbaijan, as well as state institutions of foreign countries.\n26.6. The Council must be informed 1 (one) month before making any changes in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject. The Council issues a reasoned opinion within 1 (one) month that the change is in accordance with the requirements of this Law. Based on the positive opinion given, documents confirming the changes made in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject must be submitted to the Council within 1 (one) month.\n26.7. Audiovisual media subjects must submit information about founders and participants, as well as the head of the management body, to the Council, and other media subjects to the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority by December 30.\n26.8. The head of the management body of the media subject must have a higher education, as well as meet the requirements of Articles 26.1.1 and 26.3 of this Law. \n[...]\nArticle 69. Sponsorship in print media and online media\n69.1. Activities of print media and online media subjects and broadcasting of media products can be financed by the sponsorship of citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan. Persons engaged in the production and (or) sale of goods whose advertising is prohibited by the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\" cannot be sponsors.\n69.2. Legal and natural persons of foreign countries can sponsor only up to 25 (twenty-five) percent of each product of print media and online media subjects.\n69.3. Sponsorship of print media and online media entities cannot affect the journalist's independence.\n69.4. Information about this should be printed in periodical publications prepared with the sponsor's financial assistance.\n69.5. Sponsor advertisement is published in accordance with the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\".\n[...]\nArticle 78. Transitional provisions [...]\n78.6. From the day this Law entered into force, the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \" On Mass Media \" (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2000, No. 2, Article 82; 2001, No. 12, Article 736; 2002, No. 3, Article 116, No. 5, Article 245; 2004, No. 2, Articles 57, 58; 2005, No. 4, Article 278; 2007, No. 8, Article 752, No. 11, Article 1079; 2009, No. 4, Article 212, No. 8, Article 611; 2010, No. 3 , Article 172; 2015, No. 2, Article 82, No. 11, Articles 1258, 1292; 2016, No. 1, Article 40, No. 5, Article 837, No. 12, Article 1986; 2017, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2254; 2018, No. 1, Article 16, No. 5, Article 891, No. 6, Article 1166; 2019, No. 3, Article 376, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6, Article 671) and \"Television and radio broadcasting about\" Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2002, No. 10, Article 583; 2004, No. 1, Article 10; 2005, No. 4, Article 278, No. 6, Article 469; 2006, No. 11, Article 932, No. 12 , Article 1005; 2007, No. 6, Article 560, No. 8, Article 749, No. 11, Article 1053; 2009, No. 6, Article 394; 2010, No. 7, Article 600; 2011, No. 2, Article 70; 2015, No. 4, Article 354; 2016, No. 12, Article 1987; 2018, No. 2, Article 153, No. 6, Article 1167, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2477; 2019, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6 , articles 671, 673) are canceled.[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]).\n-----------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------\n\"Chapter I - GENERAL PROVİSİONS [...]\nArticle 3. Basic concepts\nDefinitions used in this Law have the following meanings: [...]\nmass media - periodicals, TV and radio programs, news agencies, internet information resources , cinematographic programs and other forms of broadcasting;\n[...]\nChapter III - THE LEGAL BASİS FOR THE ORGANİZATİON OF MASS MEDİA\nArticle 14. Establishment of Mass Media\nPermission is not required from the state authorities to establish media outlets.\nA legal or natural person wishing to establish a press release must file an official appeal to the relevant executive authority 7 days before the publication of the publication. The request should include:name, purpose, periodicity, legal address of the press; the name and surname of the founder, if any, of the publisher (editor-in-chief); registered charter if the founder or editorial board of the press is a legal entity.\n[...]\nThe right to establish mass media alone or jointly with public authorities, municipalities, political parties (for press releases only), public associations, offices, enterprises and organizations, citizens permanently residing on the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\nEstablishment of mass media in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan by legal entities and natural persons of foreign states is regulated by an interstate agreement signed by the Republic of Azerbaijan. (legal entity of a foreign state means legal entities with more than 30% of the authorized capital or shares of a legal entity owned by foreign legal entities or citizens or more than 1/3 of its founders are foreign legal entities or citizens).\nFinancing of mass media by state bodies, legal entities and physical persons of foreign countries is not allowed except for the cases specified in the fifth part of this article and article 21 of the present Law, as well as provided by the legislation of the Republic of Azerbaijan.\n[...]\nChapter IV - LEGAL BASİS OF PRESS RELEASE PRODUCTİON\nArticle 22. Editorial staff of the press\nThe editorial office carries out its activity on the basis of professional independence and charter . [43]\nThe editorial staff can be a legal person, founder of the periodical press, property owner, publisher and distributor. [44]\nThe editor (editor-in-chief) of the press should have higher education and be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://e-qanun.az/framework/49124\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.e-qanun.az/framework/30\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2208,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AZE","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.003","On 9 February 2022, the new Law on media № 471-VIQ, dated 30 December 2021, became effectice. Pursuant to the law, foreign participation in mass media company, including TV and radio broadcasting and printed media companies cannot exceed 25% of its authorised capital. \nPreviously, legal entities and citizens of foreign countries coul not establish a mass media in Azerbaijan, unless there was an interstate agreement to the contrary. A legal entity of foreign state was defined as a legal entity of which more than 30% of the authorized capital or shares belonged to legal entities and citizens of a foreign state or of which 1/3 of founders are legal entities or citizens of a foreign state. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this measure was interpreted as establishing a foreign equity threhold at 30%. Foreign shareholding above such a theshold was exceptionally possible if provided by an international agreement.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Basic concepts\n1.1. For the purposes of this Law, the following basic concepts are used:\n1.1.1. mass information - information published and (or) broadcasted by media subjects in order to reach an unlimited number of people, whose acquisition, transmission, production and distribution are not limited by the laws of the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n1.1.2. media - tools and means used to carry out periodic or regular publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information, as well as the information environment formed through them;\n1.1.3. media entity - a physical (except for journalists) or legal entity whose main activity is the publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information;\n[...]\nArticle 16. Dissemination of information received from foreign sources\n16.1. Citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan have the right to obtain information directly from foreign sources, including foreign media subjects.\n16.2. Broadcasting of foreign television and radio programs using radio frequencies intended for terrestrial broadcasting in the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party.\n16.3. The distribution of foreign print media products whose editorial office is outside the borders of the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party. If these agreements do not provide for the distribution of foreign print media products, these issues are determined by the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority.\n[...]\nChapter 2 - Media subjects\nArticle 25. Media subjects\n25.1. Media subjects are:\n25.1.1. audiovisual media subjects;\n25.1.2. print media subjects;\n25.1.3. online media entities;\n25.1.4. information agencies.\nArticle 26. Requirements for the media subject\n26.1. The media subject requirements are as follows:\n26.1.1. if the founder is a natural person, he must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.2. if the founder is a legal entity, the majority share in its charter capital (75 percent) must belong to a citizen (citizens) of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and (or) a legal entity (legal entities) registered in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.3. if the media subject is a natural person, he/she must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and must meet the requirements of Article 26.3 of this Law.\n26.2. The requirements stipulated in Articles 26.1.1 and 26.1.2 of this Law shall also apply to the participants of the persons who are direct and indirect participants of the legal entity that is the founder of the media entity.\n26.3. The following persons cannot be the founder (participant) of a media entity:\n26.3.1. persons previously convicted of serious or particularly serious crimes, as well as crimes against public morality;\n26.3.2. persons whose convictions have not been paid or not expunged;\n26.3.3. persons deemed by the court to be incapacitated or with limited capacity.\n26.4. Political parties and religious organizations can only be founders (participants) of print media.\n26.5. It is not allowed to finance the media subject by individuals or legal entities of foreign countries that are not its founders (participants), their branches and representative offices, legal entities established by those individuals in the Republic of Azerbaijan, as well as state institutions of foreign countries.\n26.6. The Council must be informed 1 (one) month before making any changes in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject. The Council issues a reasoned opinion within 1 (one) month that the change is in accordance with the requirements of this Law. Based on the positive opinion given, documents confirming the changes made in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject must be submitted to the Council within 1 (one) month.\n26.7. Audiovisual media subjects must submit information about founders and participants, as well as the head of the management body, to the Council, and other media subjects to the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority by December 30.\n26.8. The head of the management body of the media subject must have a higher education, as well as meet the requirements of Articles 26.1.1 and 26.3 of this Law. \n[...]\nArticle 69. Sponsorship in print media and online media\n69.1. Activities of print media and online media subjects and broadcasting of media products can be financed by the sponsorship of citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan. Persons engaged in the production and (or) sale of goods whose advertising is prohibited by the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\" cannot be sponsors.\n69.2. Legal and natural persons of foreign countries can sponsor only up to 25 (twenty-five) percent of each product of print media and online media subjects.\n69.3. Sponsorship of print media and online media entities cannot affect the journalist's independence.\n69.4. Information about this should be printed in periodical publications prepared with the sponsor's financial assistance.\n69.5. Sponsor advertisement is published in accordance with the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\".\n[...]\nArticle 78. Transitional provisions [...]\n78.6. From the day this Law entered into force, the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \" On Mass Media \" (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2000, No. 2, Article 82; 2001, No. 12, Article 736; 2002, No. 3, Article 116, No. 5, Article 245; 2004, No. 2, Articles 57, 58; 2005, No. 4, Article 278; 2007, No. 8, Article 752, No. 11, Article 1079; 2009, No. 4, Article 212, No. 8, Article 611; 2010, No. 3 , Article 172; 2015, No. 2, Article 82, No. 11, Articles 1258, 1292; 2016, No. 1, Article 40, No. 5, Article 837, No. 12, Article 1986; 2017, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2254; 2018, No. 1, Article 16, No. 5, Article 891, No. 6, Article 1166; 2019, No. 3, Article 376, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6, Article 671) and \"Television and radio broadcasting about\" Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2002, No. 10, Article 583; 2004, No. 1, Article 10; 2005, No. 4, Article 278, No. 6, Article 469; 2006, No. 11, Article 932, No. 12 , Article 1005; 2007, No. 6, Article 560, No. 8, Article 749, No. 11, Article 1053; 2009, No. 6, Article 394; 2010, No. 7, Article 600; 2011, No. 2, Article 70; 2015, No. 4, Article 354; 2016, No. 12, Article 1987; 2018, No. 2, Article 153, No. 6, Article 1167, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2477; 2019, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6 , articles 671, 673) are canceled.[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]).\n-----------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------\n\"Chapter I - GENERAL PROVİSİONS [...]\nArticle 3. Basic concepts\nDefinitions used in this Law have the following meanings: [...]\nmass media - periodicals, TV and radio programs, news agencies, internet information resources , cinematographic programs and other forms of broadcasting;\n[...]\nChapter III - THE LEGAL BASİS FOR THE ORGANİZATİON OF MASS MEDİA\nArticle 14. Establishment of Mass Media\nPermission is not required from the state authorities to establish media outlets.\nA legal or natural person wishing to establish a press release must file an official appeal to the relevant executive authority 7 days before the publication of the publication. The request should include:name, purpose, periodicity, legal address of the press; the name and surname of the founder, if any, of the publisher (editor-in-chief); registered charter if the founder or editorial board of the press is a legal entity.\n[...]\nThe right to establish mass media alone or jointly with public authorities, municipalities, political parties (for press releases only), public associations, offices, enterprises and organizations, citizens permanently residing on the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\nEstablishment of mass media in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan by legal entities and natural persons of foreign states is regulated by an interstate agreement signed by the Republic of Azerbaijan. (legal entity of a foreign state means legal entities with more than 30% of the authorized capital or shares of a legal entity owned by foreign legal entities or citizens or more than 1/3 of its founders are foreign legal entities or citizens).\nFinancing of mass media by state bodies, legal entities and physical persons of foreign countries is not allowed except for the cases specified in the fifth part of this article and article 21 of the present Law, as well as provided by the legislation of the Republic of Azerbaijan.\n[...]\nChapter IV - LEGAL BASİS OF PRESS RELEASE PRODUCTİON\nArticle 22. Editorial staff of the press\nThe editorial office carries out its activity on the basis of professional independence and charter . [43]\nThe editorial staff can be a legal person, founder of the periodical press, property owner, publisher and distributor. [44]\nThe editor (editor-in-chief) of the press should have higher education and be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://e-qanun.az/framework/49124\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.e-qanun.az/framework/30\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2208,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AZE","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.003","On 9 February 2022, the new Law on media № 471-VIQ, dated 30 December 2021, became effectice. Pursuant to the law, foreign participation in mass media company, including TV and radio broadcasting and printed media companies cannot exceed 25% of its authorised capital. \nPreviously, legal entities and citizens of foreign countries coul not establish a mass media in Azerbaijan, unless there was an interstate agreement to the contrary. A legal entity of foreign state was defined as a legal entity of which more than 30% of the authorized capital or shares belonged to legal entities and citizens of a foreign state or of which 1/3 of founders are legal entities or citizens of a foreign state. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this measure was interpreted as establishing a foreign equity threhold at 30%. Foreign shareholding above such a theshold was exceptionally possible if provided by an international agreement.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Basic concepts\n1.1. For the purposes of this Law, the following basic concepts are used:\n1.1.1. mass information - information published and (or) broadcasted by media subjects in order to reach an unlimited number of people, whose acquisition, transmission, production and distribution are not limited by the laws of the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n1.1.2. media - tools and means used to carry out periodic or regular publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information, as well as the information environment formed through them;\n1.1.3. media entity - a physical (except for journalists) or legal entity whose main activity is the publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information;\n[...]\nArticle 16. Dissemination of information received from foreign sources\n16.1. Citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan have the right to obtain information directly from foreign sources, including foreign media subjects.\n16.2. Broadcasting of foreign television and radio programs using radio frequencies intended for terrestrial broadcasting in the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party.\n16.3. The distribution of foreign print media products whose editorial office is outside the borders of the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party. If these agreements do not provide for the distribution of foreign print media products, these issues are determined by the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority.\n[...]\nChapter 2 - Media subjects\nArticle 25. Media subjects\n25.1. Media subjects are:\n25.1.1. audiovisual media subjects;\n25.1.2. print media subjects;\n25.1.3. online media entities;\n25.1.4. information agencies.\nArticle 26. Requirements for the media subject\n26.1. The media subject requirements are as follows:\n26.1.1. if the founder is a natural person, he must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.2. if the founder is a legal entity, the majority share in its charter capital (75 percent) must belong to a citizen (citizens) of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and (or) a legal entity (legal entities) registered in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.3. if the media subject is a natural person, he/she must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and must meet the requirements of Article 26.3 of this Law.\n26.2. The requirements stipulated in Articles 26.1.1 and 26.1.2 of this Law shall also apply to the participants of the persons who are direct and indirect participants of the legal entity that is the founder of the media entity.\n26.3. The following persons cannot be the founder (participant) of a media entity:\n26.3.1. persons previously convicted of serious or particularly serious crimes, as well as crimes against public morality;\n26.3.2. persons whose convictions have not been paid or not expunged;\n26.3.3. persons deemed by the court to be incapacitated or with limited capacity.\n26.4. Political parties and religious organizations can only be founders (participants) of print media.\n26.5. It is not allowed to finance the media subject by individuals or legal entities of foreign countries that are not its founders (participants), their branches and representative offices, legal entities established by those individuals in the Republic of Azerbaijan, as well as state institutions of foreign countries.\n26.6. The Council must be informed 1 (one) month before making any changes in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject. The Council issues a reasoned opinion within 1 (one) month that the change is in accordance with the requirements of this Law. Based on the positive opinion given, documents confirming the changes made in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject must be submitted to the Council within 1 (one) month.\n26.7. Audiovisual media subjects must submit information about founders and participants, as well as the head of the management body, to the Council, and other media subjects to the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority by December 30.\n26.8. The head of the management body of the media subject must have a higher education, as well as meet the requirements of Articles 26.1.1 and 26.3 of this Law. \n[...]\nArticle 69. Sponsorship in print media and online media\n69.1. Activities of print media and online media subjects and broadcasting of media products can be financed by the sponsorship of citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan. Persons engaged in the production and (or) sale of goods whose advertising is prohibited by the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\" cannot be sponsors.\n69.2. Legal and natural persons of foreign countries can sponsor only up to 25 (twenty-five) percent of each product of print media and online media subjects.\n69.3. Sponsorship of print media and online media entities cannot affect the journalist's independence.\n69.4. Information about this should be printed in periodical publications prepared with the sponsor's financial assistance.\n69.5. Sponsor advertisement is published in accordance with the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\".\n[...]\nArticle 78. Transitional provisions [...]\n78.6. From the day this Law entered into force, the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \" On Mass Media \" (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2000, No. 2, Article 82; 2001, No. 12, Article 736; 2002, No. 3, Article 116, No. 5, Article 245; 2004, No. 2, Articles 57, 58; 2005, No. 4, Article 278; 2007, No. 8, Article 752, No. 11, Article 1079; 2009, No. 4, Article 212, No. 8, Article 611; 2010, No. 3 , Article 172; 2015, No. 2, Article 82, No. 11, Articles 1258, 1292; 2016, No. 1, Article 40, No. 5, Article 837, No. 12, Article 1986; 2017, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2254; 2018, No. 1, Article 16, No. 5, Article 891, No. 6, Article 1166; 2019, No. 3, Article 376, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6, Article 671) and \"Television and radio broadcasting about\" Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2002, No. 10, Article 583; 2004, No. 1, Article 10; 2005, No. 4, Article 278, No. 6, Article 469; 2006, No. 11, Article 932, No. 12 , Article 1005; 2007, No. 6, Article 560, No. 8, Article 749, No. 11, Article 1053; 2009, No. 6, Article 394; 2010, No. 7, Article 600; 2011, No. 2, Article 70; 2015, No. 4, Article 354; 2016, No. 12, Article 1987; 2018, No. 2, Article 153, No. 6, Article 1167, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2477; 2019, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6 , articles 671, 673) are canceled.[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]).\n-----------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------\n\"Chapter I - GENERAL PROVİSİONS [...]\nArticle 3. Basic concepts\nDefinitions used in this Law have the following meanings: [...]\nmass media - periodicals, TV and radio programs, news agencies, internet information resources , cinematographic programs and other forms of broadcasting;\n[...]\nChapter III - THE LEGAL BASİS FOR THE ORGANİZATİON OF MASS MEDİA\nArticle 14. Establishment of Mass Media\nPermission is not required from the state authorities to establish media outlets.\nA legal or natural person wishing to establish a press release must file an official appeal to the relevant executive authority 7 days before the publication of the publication. The request should include:name, purpose, periodicity, legal address of the press; the name and surname of the founder, if any, of the publisher (editor-in-chief); registered charter if the founder or editorial board of the press is a legal entity.\n[...]\nThe right to establish mass media alone or jointly with public authorities, municipalities, political parties (for press releases only), public associations, offices, enterprises and organizations, citizens permanently residing on the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\nEstablishment of mass media in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan by legal entities and natural persons of foreign states is regulated by an interstate agreement signed by the Republic of Azerbaijan. (legal entity of a foreign state means legal entities with more than 30% of the authorized capital or shares of a legal entity owned by foreign legal entities or citizens or more than 1/3 of its founders are foreign legal entities or citizens).\nFinancing of mass media by state bodies, legal entities and physical persons of foreign countries is not allowed except for the cases specified in the fifth part of this article and article 21 of the present Law, as well as provided by the legislation of the Republic of Azerbaijan.\n[...]\nChapter IV - LEGAL BASİS OF PRESS RELEASE PRODUCTİON\nArticle 22. Editorial staff of the press\nThe editorial office carries out its activity on the basis of professional independence and charter . [43]\nThe editorial staff can be a legal person, founder of the periodical press, property owner, publisher and distributor. [44]\nThe editor (editor-in-chief) of the press should have higher education and be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://e-qanun.az/framework/49124\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.e-qanun.az/framework/30\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3676,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AZE","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.003","On 9 February 2022, the new Law on media № 471-VIQ, dated 30 December 2021, became effectice. Pursuant to the law, foreign participation in mass media company, including TV and radio broadcasting and printed media companies cannot exceed 25% of its authorised capital. \nPreviously, legal entities and citizens of foreign countries coul not establish a mass media in Azerbaijan, unless there was an interstate agreement to the contrary. A legal entity of foreign state was defined as a legal entity of which more than 30% of the authorized capital or shares belonged to legal entities and citizens of a foreign state or of which 1/3 of founders are legal entities or citizens of a foreign state. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this measure was interpreted as establishing a foreign equity threhold at 30%. Foreign shareholding above such a theshold was exceptionally possible if provided by an international agreement.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Basic concepts\n1.1. For the purposes of this Law, the following basic concepts are used:\n1.1.1. mass information - information published and (or) broadcasted by media subjects in order to reach an unlimited number of people, whose acquisition, transmission, production and distribution are not limited by the laws of the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n1.1.2. media - tools and means used to carry out periodic or regular publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information, as well as the information environment formed through them;\n1.1.3. media entity - a physical (except for journalists) or legal entity whose main activity is the publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information;\n[...]\nArticle 16. Dissemination of information received from foreign sources\n16.1. Citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan have the right to obtain information directly from foreign sources, including foreign media subjects.\n16.2. Broadcasting of foreign television and radio programs using radio frequencies intended for terrestrial broadcasting in the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party.\n16.3. The distribution of foreign print media products whose editorial office is outside the borders of the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party. If these agreements do not provide for the distribution of foreign print media products, these issues are determined by the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority.\n[...]\nChapter 2 - Media subjects\nArticle 25. Media subjects\n25.1. Media subjects are:\n25.1.1. audiovisual media subjects;\n25.1.2. print media subjects;\n25.1.3. online media entities;\n25.1.4. information agencies.\nArticle 26. Requirements for the media subject\n26.1. The media subject requirements are as follows:\n26.1.1. if the founder is a natural person, he must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.2. if the founder is a legal entity, the majority share in its charter capital (75 percent) must belong to a citizen (citizens) of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and (or) a legal entity (legal entities) registered in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.3. if the media subject is a natural person, he/she must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and must meet the requirements of Article 26.3 of this Law.\n26.2. The requirements stipulated in Articles 26.1.1 and 26.1.2 of this Law shall also apply to the participants of the persons who are direct and indirect participants of the legal entity that is the founder of the media entity.\n26.3. The following persons cannot be the founder (participant) of a media entity:\n26.3.1. persons previously convicted of serious or particularly serious crimes, as well as crimes against public morality;\n26.3.2. persons whose convictions have not been paid or not expunged;\n26.3.3. persons deemed by the court to be incapacitated or with limited capacity.\n26.4. Political parties and religious organizations can only be founders (participants) of print media.\n26.5. It is not allowed to finance the media subject by individuals or legal entities of foreign countries that are not its founders (participants), their branches and representative offices, legal entities established by those individuals in the Republic of Azerbaijan, as well as state institutions of foreign countries.\n26.6. The Council must be informed 1 (one) month before making any changes in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject. The Council issues a reasoned opinion within 1 (one) month that the change is in accordance with the requirements of this Law. Based on the positive opinion given, documents confirming the changes made in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject must be submitted to the Council within 1 (one) month.\n26.7. Audiovisual media subjects must submit information about founders and participants, as well as the head of the management body, to the Council, and other media subjects to the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority by December 30.\n26.8. The head of the management body of the media subject must have a higher education, as well as meet the requirements of Articles 26.1.1 and 26.3 of this Law. \n[...]\nArticle 69. Sponsorship in print media and online media\n69.1. Activities of print media and online media subjects and broadcasting of media products can be financed by the sponsorship of citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan. Persons engaged in the production and (or) sale of goods whose advertising is prohibited by the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\" cannot be sponsors.\n69.2. Legal and natural persons of foreign countries can sponsor only up to 25 (twenty-five) percent of each product of print media and online media subjects.\n69.3. Sponsorship of print media and online media entities cannot affect the journalist's independence.\n69.4. Information about this should be printed in periodical publications prepared with the sponsor's financial assistance.\n69.5. Sponsor advertisement is published in accordance with the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\".\n[...]\nArticle 78. Transitional provisions [...]\n78.6. From the day this Law entered into force, the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \" On Mass Media \" (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2000, No. 2, Article 82; 2001, No. 12, Article 736; 2002, No. 3, Article 116, No. 5, Article 245; 2004, No. 2, Articles 57, 58; 2005, No. 4, Article 278; 2007, No. 8, Article 752, No. 11, Article 1079; 2009, No. 4, Article 212, No. 8, Article 611; 2010, No. 3 , Article 172; 2015, No. 2, Article 82, No. 11, Articles 1258, 1292; 2016, No. 1, Article 40, No. 5, Article 837, No. 12, Article 1986; 2017, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2254; 2018, No. 1, Article 16, No. 5, Article 891, No. 6, Article 1166; 2019, No. 3, Article 376, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6, Article 671) and \"Television and radio broadcasting about\" Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2002, No. 10, Article 583; 2004, No. 1, Article 10; 2005, No. 4, Article 278, No. 6, Article 469; 2006, No. 11, Article 932, No. 12 , Article 1005; 2007, No. 6, Article 560, No. 8, Article 749, No. 11, Article 1053; 2009, No. 6, Article 394; 2010, No. 7, Article 600; 2011, No. 2, Article 70; 2015, No. 4, Article 354; 2016, No. 12, Article 1987; 2018, No. 2, Article 153, No. 6, Article 1167, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2477; 2019, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6 , articles 671, 673) are canceled.[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]).\n-----------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------\n\"Chapter I - GENERAL PROVİSİONS [...]\nArticle 3. Basic concepts\nDefinitions used in this Law have the following meanings: [...]\nmass media - periodicals, TV and radio programs, news agencies, internet information resources , cinematographic programs and other forms of broadcasting;\n[...]\nChapter III - THE LEGAL BASİS FOR THE ORGANİZATİON OF MASS MEDİA\nArticle 14. Establishment of Mass Media\nPermission is not required from the state authorities to establish media outlets.\nA legal or natural person wishing to establish a press release must file an official appeal to the relevant executive authority 7 days before the publication of the publication. The request should include:name, purpose, periodicity, legal address of the press; the name and surname of the founder, if any, of the publisher (editor-in-chief); registered charter if the founder or editorial board of the press is a legal entity.\n[...]\nThe right to establish mass media alone or jointly with public authorities, municipalities, political parties (for press releases only), public associations, offices, enterprises and organizations, citizens permanently residing on the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\nEstablishment of mass media in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan by legal entities and natural persons of foreign states is regulated by an interstate agreement signed by the Republic of Azerbaijan. (legal entity of a foreign state means legal entities with more than 30% of the authorized capital or shares of a legal entity owned by foreign legal entities or citizens or more than 1/3 of its founders are foreign legal entities or citizens).\nFinancing of mass media by state bodies, legal entities and physical persons of foreign countries is not allowed except for the cases specified in the fifth part of this article and article 21 of the present Law, as well as provided by the legislation of the Republic of Azerbaijan.\n[...]\nChapter IV - LEGAL BASİS OF PRESS RELEASE PRODUCTİON\nArticle 22. Editorial staff of the press\nThe editorial office carries out its activity on the basis of professional independence and charter . [43]\nThe editorial staff can be a legal person, founder of the periodical press, property owner, publisher and distributor. [44]\nThe editor (editor-in-chief) of the press should have higher education and be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://e-qanun.az/framework/49124\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.e-qanun.az/framework/30\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3676,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.00625","Pursuant to Art. 42 of the Constitution of Bangladesh, no person other Bangladeshi citizens may hold ownership right over land in Bangladesh. The Transfer of Property Act 1882 and the Registration Act 1908 are the two main laws regulating transfer of property in Bangladesh. These two laws do not have any provisions related to foreigners, but provide for the transfer of property by a 'living person'  to one or more other 'living persons', which is defined to include a company or associations or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not. Legal practitioners point to uncertainties regarding the rights of foreign investors, including foreign-owned companies incorporated in Bangladesh, to own immovable property in the country. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, drawing upon the interpretation of some legal practitioners and on the definition of 'foreign private investment' in the Foreign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, it is assumed that foreign-owned entities duly incorporated in Bangladesh under the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies (RJSC) are treated as Bangladeshi persons and thus are authorised to own immovable property used for business purposes at similar terms to Bangladeshi citizen. However, it is assumed that this right is not extended to branches of foreign companies in Bangladesh. These are assumed to only be able to hold (long-term) leasehold rights over land for business purposes in Bangladesh.","\"Rights to property\n42. (1) Subject to any restrictions imposed by law, every citizen shall have the right to acquire, hold, transfer or otherwise dispose of property, and no property shall be compulsorily acquired, nationalised or requisitioned save by authority of law.\n(2) A law made under clause (1) of this article shall provide for the acquisition, nationalisation or requisition with compensation and shall fix the amount of compensation or specify the principles on which, and the manner in which, the compensation is to be assessed and paid ; but no such law shall be called in question in any court on the ground that any provision of the law in respect of such compensation is not adequate. [...]\" (The Constitution of the People‌‌‍’s Republic of Bangladesh (ACT NO. OF 1972))\n-------------------------------\n\"[text not reproduce: no relevant restriction found in the main legislation governing property transactions] (The Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ( ACT NO. IV OF 1882))\n-------------------------------\n\"Definitions2. (1) In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,-\n(a) “foreign capital” means capital invested in Bangladesh in any industrial undertaking by a citizen of any foreign country or by a company incorporated outside Bangladesh, in the form of foreign exchange, imported machinery and equipment, or in such other form as the Government may approve for the purpose of such investment;\n(b) “foreign private investment” means investment of foreign capital by a person who is not a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company incorporated outside Bangladesh, but does not include investment by a foreign Government or an agency of foreign Government; \n[...]\nProtection and equitable treatment\n4. The Government shall accord fair and equitable treatment to foreign private investment which shall enjoy full protection and security in Bangladesh.\nTerms of sanction, etc. \n5. The terms of sanction, permission or licence granted by Government to an industrial undertaking having foreign private investment shall not be unilaterally changed so as to adversely alter the conditions under which the establishment of such undertaking was sanctioned; nor shall foreign private investment be accorded a less favourable treatment than what is accorded to similar private investment by the citizens of Bangladesh in the application of relevant rules and regulations. [...]\" (Foreign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, 1980 (ACT NO. XI OF 1980))\n","The Constitution of the People‌‌‍’s Republic of Bangladesh (ACT NO. OF 1972)\nThe Transfer of Property Act, 1882 (ACT NO. IV OF 1882)\nForeign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, 1980 (ACT NO. XI OF 1980)","The Legal Circle (2022), \"FAQ on owning Real Estate Properties by Dual Citizenship Holders in Bangladesh\", Dhaka, June.\nDFDL (2018), \"BANGLADESH: FOREIGN INVESTMENT GUIDE, 2018\", Dhaka","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-367.html\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-48.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-597.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legalcirclebd.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/FAQ-on-owning-Real-Estate-Properties-by-Dual-Citizenship-Holders-in-Bangladesh.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.itd.or.th/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/21.DFDL-Bangladesh-Foreign-Investment-Guide-2018-2-1.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2755,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.00625","Pursuant to Art. 42 of the Constitution of Bangladesh, no person other Bangladeshi citizens may hold ownership right over land in Bangladesh. The Transfer of Property Act 1882 and the Registration Act 1908 are the two main laws regulating transfer of property in Bangladesh. These two laws do not have any provisions related to foreigners, but provide for the transfer of property by a 'living person'  to one or more other 'living persons', which is defined to include a company or associations or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not. Legal practitioners point to uncertainties regarding the rights of foreign investors, including foreign-owned companies incorporated in Bangladesh, to own immovable property in the country. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, drawing upon the interpretation of some legal practitioners and on the definition of 'foreign private investment' in the Foreign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, it is assumed that foreign-owned entities duly incorporated in Bangladesh under the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies (RJSC) are treated as Bangladeshi persons and thus are authorised to own immovable property used for business purposes at similar terms to Bangladeshi citizen. However, it is assumed that this right is not extended to branches of foreign companies in Bangladesh. These are assumed to only be able to hold (long-term) leasehold rights over land for business purposes in Bangladesh.","\"Rights to property\n42. (1) Subject to any restrictions imposed by law, every citizen shall have the right to acquire, hold, transfer or otherwise dispose of property, and no property shall be compulsorily acquired, nationalised or requisitioned save by authority of law.\n(2) A law made under clause (1) of this article shall provide for the acquisition, nationalisation or requisition with compensation and shall fix the amount of compensation or specify the principles on which, and the manner in which, the compensation is to be assessed and paid ; but no such law shall be called in question in any court on the ground that any provision of the law in respect of such compensation is not adequate. [...]\" (The Constitution of the People‌‌‍’s Republic of Bangladesh (ACT NO. OF 1972))\n-------------------------------\n\"[text not reproduce: no relevant restriction found in the main legislation governing property transactions] (The Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ( ACT NO. IV OF 1882))\n-------------------------------\n\"Definitions2. (1) In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,-\n(a) “foreign capital” means capital invested in Bangladesh in any industrial undertaking by a citizen of any foreign country or by a company incorporated outside Bangladesh, in the form of foreign exchange, imported machinery and equipment, or in such other form as the Government may approve for the purpose of such investment;\n(b) “foreign private investment” means investment of foreign capital by a person who is not a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company incorporated outside Bangladesh, but does not include investment by a foreign Government or an agency of foreign Government; \n[...]\nProtection and equitable treatment\n4. The Government shall accord fair and equitable treatment to foreign private investment which shall enjoy full protection and security in Bangladesh.\nTerms of sanction, etc. \n5. The terms of sanction, permission or licence granted by Government to an industrial undertaking having foreign private investment shall not be unilaterally changed so as to adversely alter the conditions under which the establishment of such undertaking was sanctioned; nor shall foreign private investment be accorded a less favourable treatment than what is accorded to similar private investment by the citizens of Bangladesh in the application of relevant rules and regulations. [...]\" (Foreign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, 1980 (ACT NO. XI OF 1980))\n","The Constitution of the People‌‌‍’s Republic of Bangladesh (ACT NO. OF 1972)\nThe Transfer of Property Act, 1882 (ACT NO. IV OF 1882)\nForeign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, 1980 (ACT NO. XI OF 1980)","The Legal Circle (2022), \"FAQ on owning Real Estate Properties by Dual Citizenship Holders in Bangladesh\", Dhaka, June.\nDFDL (2018), \"BANGLADESH: FOREIGN INVESTMENT GUIDE, 2018\", Dhaka","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-367.html\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-48.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-597.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legalcirclebd.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/FAQ-on-owning-Real-Estate-Properties-by-Dual-Citizenship-Holders-in-Bangladesh.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.itd.or.th/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/21.DFDL-Bangladesh-Foreign-Investment-Guide-2018-2-1.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2755,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.00625","Pursuant to Art. 42 of the Constitution of Bangladesh, no person other Bangladeshi citizens may hold ownership right over land in Bangladesh. The Transfer of Property Act 1882 and the Registration Act 1908 are the two main laws regulating transfer of property in Bangladesh. These two laws do not have any provisions related to foreigners, but provide for the transfer of property by a 'living person'  to one or more other 'living persons', which is defined to include a company or associations or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not. Legal practitioners point to uncertainties regarding the rights of foreign investors, including foreign-owned companies incorporated in Bangladesh, to own immovable property in the country. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, drawing upon the interpretation of some legal practitioners and on the definition of 'foreign private investment' in the Foreign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, it is assumed that foreign-owned entities duly incorporated in Bangladesh under the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies (RJSC) are treated as Bangladeshi persons and thus are authorised to own immovable property used for business purposes at similar terms to Bangladeshi citizen. However, it is assumed that this right is not extended to branches of foreign companies in Bangladesh. These are assumed to only be able to hold (long-term) leasehold rights over land for business purposes in Bangladesh.","\"Rights to property\n42. (1) Subject to any restrictions imposed by law, every citizen shall have the right to acquire, hold, transfer or otherwise dispose of property, and no property shall be compulsorily acquired, nationalised or requisitioned save by authority of law.\n(2) A law made under clause (1) of this article shall provide for the acquisition, nationalisation or requisition with compensation and shall fix the amount of compensation or specify the principles on which, and the manner in which, the compensation is to be assessed and paid ; but no such law shall be called in question in any court on the ground that any provision of the law in respect of such compensation is not adequate. [...]\" (The Constitution of the People‌‌‍’s Republic of Bangladesh (ACT NO. OF 1972))\n-------------------------------\n\"[text not reproduce: no relevant restriction found in the main legislation governing property transactions] (The Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ( ACT NO. IV OF 1882))\n-------------------------------\n\"Definitions2. (1) In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,-\n(a) “foreign capital” means capital invested in Bangladesh in any industrial undertaking by a citizen of any foreign country or by a company incorporated outside Bangladesh, in the form of foreign exchange, imported machinery and equipment, or in such other form as the Government may approve for the purpose of such investment;\n(b) “foreign private investment” means investment of foreign capital by a person who is not a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company incorporated outside Bangladesh, but does not include investment by a foreign Government or an agency of foreign Government; \n[...]\nProtection and equitable treatment\n4. The Government shall accord fair and equitable treatment to foreign private investment which shall enjoy full protection and security in Bangladesh.\nTerms of sanction, etc. \n5. The terms of sanction, permission or licence granted by Government to an industrial undertaking having foreign private investment shall not be unilaterally changed so as to adversely alter the conditions under which the establishment of such undertaking was sanctioned; nor shall foreign private investment be accorded a less favourable treatment than what is accorded to similar private investment by the citizens of Bangladesh in the application of relevant rules and regulations. [...]\" (Foreign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, 1980 (ACT NO. XI OF 1980))\n","The Constitution of the People‌‌‍’s Republic of Bangladesh (ACT NO. OF 1972)\nThe Transfer of Property Act, 1882 (ACT NO. IV OF 1882)\nForeign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, 1980 (ACT NO. XI OF 1980)","The Legal Circle (2022), \"FAQ on owning Real Estate Properties by Dual Citizenship Holders in Bangladesh\", Dhaka, June.\nDFDL (2018), \"BANGLADESH: FOREIGN INVESTMENT GUIDE, 2018\", Dhaka","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-367.html\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-48.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-597.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legalcirclebd.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/FAQ-on-owning-Real-Estate-Properties-by-Dual-Citizenship-Holders-in-Bangladesh.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.itd.or.th/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/21.DFDL-Bangladesh-Foreign-Investment-Guide-2018-2-1.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2755,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.00625","Pursuant to Art. 42 of the Constitution of Bangladesh, no person other Bangladeshi citizens may hold ownership right over land in Bangladesh. The Transfer of Property Act 1882 and the Registration Act 1908 are the two main laws regulating transfer of property in Bangladesh. These two laws do not have any provisions related to foreigners, but provide for the transfer of property by a 'living person'  to one or more other 'living persons', which is defined to include a company or associations or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not. Legal practitioners point to uncertainties regarding the rights of foreign investors, including foreign-owned companies incorporated in Bangladesh, to own immovable property in the country. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, drawing upon the interpretation of some legal practitioners and on the definition of 'foreign private investment' in the Foreign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, it is assumed that foreign-owned entities duly incorporated in Bangladesh under the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies (RJSC) are treated as Bangladeshi persons and thus are authorised to own immovable property used for business purposes at similar terms to Bangladeshi citizen. However, it is assumed that this right is not extended to branches of foreign companies in Bangladesh. These are assumed to only be able to hold (long-term) leasehold rights over land for business purposes in Bangladesh.","\"Rights to property\n42. (1) Subject to any restrictions imposed by law, every citizen shall have the right to acquire, hold, transfer or otherwise dispose of property, and no property shall be compulsorily acquired, nationalised or requisitioned save by authority of law.\n(2) A law made under clause (1) of this article shall provide for the acquisition, nationalisation or requisition with compensation and shall fix the amount of compensation or specify the principles on which, and the manner in which, the compensation is to be assessed and paid ; but no such law shall be called in question in any court on the ground that any provision of the law in respect of such compensation is not adequate. [...]\" (The Constitution of the People‌‌‍’s Republic of Bangladesh (ACT NO. OF 1972))\n-------------------------------\n\"[text not reproduce: no relevant restriction found in the main legislation governing property transactions] (The Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ( ACT NO. IV OF 1882))\n-------------------------------\n\"Definitions2. (1) In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,-\n(a) “foreign capital” means capital invested in Bangladesh in any industrial undertaking by a citizen of any foreign country or by a company incorporated outside Bangladesh, in the form of foreign exchange, imported machinery and equipment, or in such other form as the Government may approve for the purpose of such investment;\n(b) “foreign private investment” means investment of foreign capital by a person who is not a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company incorporated outside Bangladesh, but does not include investment by a foreign Government or an agency of foreign Government; \n[...]\nProtection and equitable treatment\n4. The Government shall accord fair and equitable treatment to foreign private investment which shall enjoy full protection and security in Bangladesh.\nTerms of sanction, etc. \n5. The terms of sanction, permission or licence granted by Government to an industrial undertaking having foreign private investment shall not be unilaterally changed so as to adversely alter the conditions under which the establishment of such undertaking was sanctioned; nor shall foreign private investment be accorded a less favourable treatment than what is accorded to similar private investment by the citizens of Bangladesh in the application of relevant rules and regulations. [...]\" (Foreign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, 1980 (ACT NO. XI OF 1980))\n","The Constitution of the People‌‌‍’s Republic of Bangladesh (ACT NO. OF 1972)\nThe Transfer of Property Act, 1882 (ACT NO. IV OF 1882)\nForeign Private Investment (Promotion and Protection) Act, 1980 (ACT NO. XI OF 1980)","The Legal Circle (2022), \"FAQ on owning Real Estate Properties by Dual Citizenship Holders in Bangladesh\", Dhaka, June.\nDFDL (2018), \"BANGLADESH: FOREIGN INVESTMENT GUIDE, 2018\", Dhaka","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-367.html\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-48.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-597.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legalcirclebd.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/FAQ-on-owning-Real-Estate-Properties-by-Dual-Citizenship-Holders-in-Bangladesh.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.itd.or.th/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/21.DFDL-Bangladesh-Foreign-Investment-Guide-2018-2-1.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2755,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","Foreign investment in maritime and inland water transport services involving vessels of size below 1,600 GT and not equiped with mechanical means of self-propulsion is limited to 49% of equity ownership.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-sector: Maritime passenger transport services, Maritime freight transport services, Services auxiliary to maritime transport\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), \nMarket Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide maritime passenger and freight transport services as Brunei Darussalam-flagged vessels in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) they register such vessels under the Brunei Darussalam flag through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 40 per cent equity shareholding in the joint venture; (b) they comply with any performance requirements imposed, including a requirement to transfer a particular technology or other proprietary knowledge as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam; and (c) a majority of the senior managers in the joint venture are Brunei nationals.\n2. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide services auxiliary to maritime transport services at Muara Port, unless:\n(a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any such enterprise providing services auxiliary to maritime transport services; and (b) a majority of the senior managers in any such enterprise established are Brunei nationals.\n3. The number of enterprises in Brunei Darussalam providing maritime passenger and freight transport services and services auxiliary to maritime transport at Muara Port may be subject to needs-based quantitative limits.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) \n----------------------------\n\"[...] Part I - Conditions for registration of ships [...]\nInterpretation.\n2. In this Part -\n\"age\", in relation to a ship, means the difference between - (a} the year in which its keel was laid, or was at a similar stage of construction; and (b} the year in which it is to be registered as a Brunei Darussalam ship;\n\"citizen of Brunei Darussalam\" includes a permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam;\n\"foreign-owned ship\" means a ship that is not locally owned;\n\"local company\" means a company, or a company which has a holding company, in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens of Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\nNon-application.\n4. These Regulations shall not apply to {a) any fishing vessel; {b) any pleasure craft; and {c) ships or classes of ships belonging to the Government carrying out safety, customs, fiscal, health or immigration enforcement functions. \n[...]\nOwners of ships registered under Part II of Order.\n5. The following persons are qualified to be owners of ships which are to be registered under Part II of the Order - {a) citizens of Brunei Darussalam; (b) bodies corporate incorporated in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) an international business company or a foreign international company incorporated, converted or registered under the International Business Companies Order, 2002 (S 56/2000).\nClosure of registry of certain tugs, barges and ships.\n6. The registry of a tug or a barge, or a ship of less than 1,600 tons, and owned wholly or partly by- (a) a local company shall be closed if all or a majority of the shares in the company or its holding company, if any, are; or (b) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam shall be closed if any share in the tug, barge or ship is, transferred to a person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or another local company.\n[...]\nRegistry of foreign-owned and locally-owned ships. \n10. (1) No foreign-owned ship shall be registered unless it is (a) fitted with mechanical means of self-propulsion; and (b) of not less than 1,600 tons. \n(2) No ship above 17 years of age shall be registered unless the Registrar is satisfied that the ship is in a satisfactory condition in all respects. (3) Sub-regulation (2) shall not apply to a Brunei Darussalam ship which is registered anew under subsection (1) of section 19 or subsection (1) of section 34 of the Order. [...]\"(Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, Amended 2009).\n----------------------------\n\"1.  Prerequisites For Registration\n1.1 Only the following persons may be registered as owners of Brunei vessels:  \n(1)   Citizens /  permanent residents (of Brunei; and  \n(2)  Companies incorporated in Brunei Darussalam.  \n1.2 A Vessel may be registered under the ownership of a foreign owned company or a local owner company.  \n(1) A foreign owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by non-citizens of Brunei Darussalam.  \n(2) A local owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by citizens of Brunei, or by another local Owned company. \n1.3 A Vessel owned by a foreign owned company may be registered under the following Conditions:  \n(1) The company must have a minimum paid-up capital of B$50,000. Notwithstanding the minimum paid-up capital requirement, the company’s Related company(s) may be waived from this requirement provided the Company and / or its related company(s) have registered, applied to register or have informed the Registrar that they will apply to register ship.\n(2) The vessel must be at least 1,600 GT and be self-propelled. \nThe restriction of a minimum of 1,600 GT on the size of ship being registered in the Registry of ship, this restriction applies to any ship-type if the ship is not owned by a local company. \nThe term “local Company” means a company in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are –  Citizen of Brunei; or Companies in which, or which have companies in which, all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens  of Brunei or local Companies. [...]\" (BRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship)\n----------------------------\n[text not reproduced here; see link] (MPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nMerchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, as amended\nBRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship\nMPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2006/EN/s062.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GUIDE-LINE-REGISTERING-BRUNEI-SHIP.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/2024_01_23-GUIDELINES-ON-THE-LICENSE-TO-OPERATE.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3091,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0048","Foreign investment in maritime and inland water transport services involving vessels of size below 1,600 GT and not equiped with mechanical means of self-propulsion is limited to 49% of equity ownership.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-sector: Maritime passenger transport services, Maritime freight transport services, Services auxiliary to maritime transport\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), \nMarket Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide maritime passenger and freight transport services as Brunei Darussalam-flagged vessels in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) they register such vessels under the Brunei Darussalam flag through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 40 per cent equity shareholding in the joint venture; (b) they comply with any performance requirements imposed, including a requirement to transfer a particular technology or other proprietary knowledge as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam; and (c) a majority of the senior managers in the joint venture are Brunei nationals.\n2. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide services auxiliary to maritime transport services at Muara Port, unless:\n(a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any such enterprise providing services auxiliary to maritime transport services; and (b) a majority of the senior managers in any such enterprise established are Brunei nationals.\n3. The number of enterprises in Brunei Darussalam providing maritime passenger and freight transport services and services auxiliary to maritime transport at Muara Port may be subject to needs-based quantitative limits.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) \n----------------------------\n\"[...] Part I - Conditions for registration of ships [...]\nInterpretation.\n2. In this Part -\n\"age\", in relation to a ship, means the difference between - (a} the year in which its keel was laid, or was at a similar stage of construction; and (b} the year in which it is to be registered as a Brunei Darussalam ship;\n\"citizen of Brunei Darussalam\" includes a permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam;\n\"foreign-owned ship\" means a ship that is not locally owned;\n\"local company\" means a company, or a company which has a holding company, in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens of Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\nNon-application.\n4. These Regulations shall not apply to {a) any fishing vessel; {b) any pleasure craft; and {c) ships or classes of ships belonging to the Government carrying out safety, customs, fiscal, health or immigration enforcement functions. \n[...]\nOwners of ships registered under Part II of Order.\n5. The following persons are qualified to be owners of ships which are to be registered under Part II of the Order - {a) citizens of Brunei Darussalam; (b) bodies corporate incorporated in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) an international business company or a foreign international company incorporated, converted or registered under the International Business Companies Order, 2002 (S 56/2000).\nClosure of registry of certain tugs, barges and ships.\n6. The registry of a tug or a barge, or a ship of less than 1,600 tons, and owned wholly or partly by- (a) a local company shall be closed if all or a majority of the shares in the company or its holding company, if any, are; or (b) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam shall be closed if any share in the tug, barge or ship is, transferred to a person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or another local company.\n[...]\nRegistry of foreign-owned and locally-owned ships. \n10. (1) No foreign-owned ship shall be registered unless it is (a) fitted with mechanical means of self-propulsion; and (b) of not less than 1,600 tons. \n(2) No ship above 17 years of age shall be registered unless the Registrar is satisfied that the ship is in a satisfactory condition in all respects. (3) Sub-regulation (2) shall not apply to a Brunei Darussalam ship which is registered anew under subsection (1) of section 19 or subsection (1) of section 34 of the Order. [...]\"(Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, Amended 2009).\n----------------------------\n\"1.  Prerequisites For Registration\n1.1 Only the following persons may be registered as owners of Brunei vessels:  \n(1)   Citizens /  permanent residents (of Brunei; and  \n(2)  Companies incorporated in Brunei Darussalam.  \n1.2 A Vessel may be registered under the ownership of a foreign owned company or a local owner company.  \n(1) A foreign owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by non-citizens of Brunei Darussalam.  \n(2) A local owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by citizens of Brunei, or by another local Owned company. \n1.3 A Vessel owned by a foreign owned company may be registered under the following Conditions:  \n(1) The company must have a minimum paid-up capital of B$50,000. Notwithstanding the minimum paid-up capital requirement, the company’s Related company(s) may be waived from this requirement provided the Company and / or its related company(s) have registered, applied to register or have informed the Registrar that they will apply to register ship.\n(2) The vessel must be at least 1,600 GT and be self-propelled. \nThe restriction of a minimum of 1,600 GT on the size of ship being registered in the Registry of ship, this restriction applies to any ship-type if the ship is not owned by a local company. \nThe term “local Company” means a company in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are –  Citizen of Brunei; or Companies in which, or which have companies in which, all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens  of Brunei or local Companies. [...]\" (BRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship)\n----------------------------\n[text not reproduced here; see link] (MPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nMerchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, as amended\nBRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship\nMPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2006/EN/s062.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GUIDE-LINE-REGISTERING-BRUNEI-SHIP.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/2024_01_23-GUIDELINES-ON-THE-LICENSE-TO-OPERATE.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3091,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0048","Foreign investment in maritime and inland water transport services involving vessels of size below 1,600 GT and not equiped with mechanical means of self-propulsion is limited to 49% of equity ownership.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-sector: Maritime passenger transport services, Maritime freight transport services, Services auxiliary to maritime transport\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), \nMarket Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide maritime passenger and freight transport services as Brunei Darussalam-flagged vessels in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) they register such vessels under the Brunei Darussalam flag through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 40 per cent equity shareholding in the joint venture; (b) they comply with any performance requirements imposed, including a requirement to transfer a particular technology or other proprietary knowledge as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam; and (c) a majority of the senior managers in the joint venture are Brunei nationals.\n2. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide services auxiliary to maritime transport services at Muara Port, unless:\n(a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any such enterprise providing services auxiliary to maritime transport services; and (b) a majority of the senior managers in any such enterprise established are Brunei nationals.\n3. The number of enterprises in Brunei Darussalam providing maritime passenger and freight transport services and services auxiliary to maritime transport at Muara Port may be subject to needs-based quantitative limits.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) \n----------------------------\n\"[...] Part I - Conditions for registration of ships [...]\nInterpretation.\n2. In this Part -\n\"age\", in relation to a ship, means the difference between - (a} the year in which its keel was laid, or was at a similar stage of construction; and (b} the year in which it is to be registered as a Brunei Darussalam ship;\n\"citizen of Brunei Darussalam\" includes a permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam;\n\"foreign-owned ship\" means a ship that is not locally owned;\n\"local company\" means a company, or a company which has a holding company, in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens of Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\nNon-application.\n4. These Regulations shall not apply to {a) any fishing vessel; {b) any pleasure craft; and {c) ships or classes of ships belonging to the Government carrying out safety, customs, fiscal, health or immigration enforcement functions. \n[...]\nOwners of ships registered under Part II of Order.\n5. The following persons are qualified to be owners of ships which are to be registered under Part II of the Order - {a) citizens of Brunei Darussalam; (b) bodies corporate incorporated in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) an international business company or a foreign international company incorporated, converted or registered under the International Business Companies Order, 2002 (S 56/2000).\nClosure of registry of certain tugs, barges and ships.\n6. The registry of a tug or a barge, or a ship of less than 1,600 tons, and owned wholly or partly by- (a) a local company shall be closed if all or a majority of the shares in the company or its holding company, if any, are; or (b) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam shall be closed if any share in the tug, barge or ship is, transferred to a person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or another local company.\n[...]\nRegistry of foreign-owned and locally-owned ships. \n10. (1) No foreign-owned ship shall be registered unless it is (a) fitted with mechanical means of self-propulsion; and (b) of not less than 1,600 tons. \n(2) No ship above 17 years of age shall be registered unless the Registrar is satisfied that the ship is in a satisfactory condition in all respects. (3) Sub-regulation (2) shall not apply to a Brunei Darussalam ship which is registered anew under subsection (1) of section 19 or subsection (1) of section 34 of the Order. [...]\"(Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, Amended 2009).\n----------------------------\n\"1.  Prerequisites For Registration\n1.1 Only the following persons may be registered as owners of Brunei vessels:  \n(1)   Citizens /  permanent residents (of Brunei; and  \n(2)  Companies incorporated in Brunei Darussalam.  \n1.2 A Vessel may be registered under the ownership of a foreign owned company or a local owner company.  \n(1) A foreign owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by non-citizens of Brunei Darussalam.  \n(2) A local owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by citizens of Brunei, or by another local Owned company. \n1.3 A Vessel owned by a foreign owned company may be registered under the following Conditions:  \n(1) The company must have a minimum paid-up capital of B$50,000. Notwithstanding the minimum paid-up capital requirement, the company’s Related company(s) may be waived from this requirement provided the Company and / or its related company(s) have registered, applied to register or have informed the Registrar that they will apply to register ship.\n(2) The vessel must be at least 1,600 GT and be self-propelled. \nThe restriction of a minimum of 1,600 GT on the size of ship being registered in the Registry of ship, this restriction applies to any ship-type if the ship is not owned by a local company. \nThe term “local Company” means a company in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are –  Citizen of Brunei; or Companies in which, or which have companies in which, all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens  of Brunei or local Companies. [...]\" (BRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship)\n----------------------------\n[text not reproduced here; see link] (MPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nMerchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, as amended\nBRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship\nMPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2006/EN/s062.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GUIDE-LINE-REGISTERING-BRUNEI-SHIP.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/2024_01_23-GUIDELINES-ON-THE-LICENSE-TO-OPERATE.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3091,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0048","Foreign investment in maritime and inland water transport services involving vessels of size below 1,600 GT and not equiped with mechanical means of self-propulsion is limited to 49% of equity ownership.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-sector: Maritime passenger transport services, Maritime freight transport services, Services auxiliary to maritime transport\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), \nMarket Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide maritime passenger and freight transport services as Brunei Darussalam-flagged vessels in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) they register such vessels under the Brunei Darussalam flag through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 40 per cent equity shareholding in the joint venture; (b) they comply with any performance requirements imposed, including a requirement to transfer a particular technology or other proprietary knowledge as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam; and (c) a majority of the senior managers in the joint venture are Brunei nationals.\n2. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide services auxiliary to maritime transport services at Muara Port, unless:\n(a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any such enterprise providing services auxiliary to maritime transport services; and (b) a majority of the senior managers in any such enterprise established are Brunei nationals.\n3. The number of enterprises in Brunei Darussalam providing maritime passenger and freight transport services and services auxiliary to maritime transport at Muara Port may be subject to needs-based quantitative limits.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) \n----------------------------\n\"[...] Part I - Conditions for registration of ships [...]\nInterpretation.\n2. In this Part -\n\"age\", in relation to a ship, means the difference between - (a} the year in which its keel was laid, or was at a similar stage of construction; and (b} the year in which it is to be registered as a Brunei Darussalam ship;\n\"citizen of Brunei Darussalam\" includes a permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam;\n\"foreign-owned ship\" means a ship that is not locally owned;\n\"local company\" means a company, or a company which has a holding company, in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens of Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\nNon-application.\n4. These Regulations shall not apply to {a) any fishing vessel; {b) any pleasure craft; and {c) ships or classes of ships belonging to the Government carrying out safety, customs, fiscal, health or immigration enforcement functions. \n[...]\nOwners of ships registered under Part II of Order.\n5. The following persons are qualified to be owners of ships which are to be registered under Part II of the Order - {a) citizens of Brunei Darussalam; (b) bodies corporate incorporated in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) an international business company or a foreign international company incorporated, converted or registered under the International Business Companies Order, 2002 (S 56/2000).\nClosure of registry of certain tugs, barges and ships.\n6. The registry of a tug or a barge, or a ship of less than 1,600 tons, and owned wholly or partly by- (a) a local company shall be closed if all or a majority of the shares in the company or its holding company, if any, are; or (b) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam shall be closed if any share in the tug, barge or ship is, transferred to a person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or another local company.\n[...]\nRegistry of foreign-owned and locally-owned ships. \n10. (1) No foreign-owned ship shall be registered unless it is (a) fitted with mechanical means of self-propulsion; and (b) of not less than 1,600 tons. \n(2) No ship above 17 years of age shall be registered unless the Registrar is satisfied that the ship is in a satisfactory condition in all respects. (3) Sub-regulation (2) shall not apply to a Brunei Darussalam ship which is registered anew under subsection (1) of section 19 or subsection (1) of section 34 of the Order. [...]\"(Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, Amended 2009).\n----------------------------\n\"1.  Prerequisites For Registration\n1.1 Only the following persons may be registered as owners of Brunei vessels:  \n(1)   Citizens /  permanent residents (of Brunei; and  \n(2)  Companies incorporated in Brunei Darussalam.  \n1.2 A Vessel may be registered under the ownership of a foreign owned company or a local owner company.  \n(1) A foreign owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by non-citizens of Brunei Darussalam.  \n(2) A local owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by citizens of Brunei, or by another local Owned company. \n1.3 A Vessel owned by a foreign owned company may be registered under the following Conditions:  \n(1) The company must have a minimum paid-up capital of B$50,000. Notwithstanding the minimum paid-up capital requirement, the company’s Related company(s) may be waived from this requirement provided the Company and / or its related company(s) have registered, applied to register or have informed the Registrar that they will apply to register ship.\n(2) The vessel must be at least 1,600 GT and be self-propelled. \nThe restriction of a minimum of 1,600 GT on the size of ship being registered in the Registry of ship, this restriction applies to any ship-type if the ship is not owned by a local company. \nThe term “local Company” means a company in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are –  Citizen of Brunei; or Companies in which, or which have companies in which, all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens  of Brunei or local Companies. [...]\" (BRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship)\n----------------------------\n[text not reproduced here; see link] (MPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nMerchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, as amended\nBRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship\nMPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2006/EN/s062.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GUIDE-LINE-REGISTERING-BRUNEI-SHIP.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/2024_01_23-GUIDELINES-ON-THE-LICENSE-TO-OPERATE.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3091,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00075","For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign investment in broadcasting companies is subject to a discriminatory screening because prior approval of the Minister is required for such companies to accept foreign funds (e.g. foreign direct investment).","\"Part IX - Ownership and control of broadcasting companies\nApplication of this Part to broadcasting companies.\n34. (1) This Part shall apply to every broadcasting company unless exempted in writing by the Minister.\n(2) For the purposes ofthis Part- \"broadcasting company\" means a broadcasting company registered under the Companies Act (Chapter 39) which holds a relevant licence; \"relevant licence\" means -- (a) any free-to-air licence; or (b) any broadcasting licence under which subscription a broadcasting service may be provided -- \nwhich permits broadcast which is capable of being received in ten thousand dwelling-houses or more, but does not include a class licence; or (c) such other broadcasting licence as the Minister may from time to time specify in the public interest or in the interests of public security or national defence.\n[...]\nFunds from foreign source for purposes of broadcasting service.\n37. (1) Subject to this section, no person shall, without the prior written approval of the Minister, receive any fund from any foreign source for the purposes of financing, directly or indirectly, wholly or in part, any broadcasting service owned or operated by any broadcasting company. [...] (9) For the purposes ofthis section and section 38- \"foreign source\" includes- (a) the government of a country outside Brunei Darussalam or the agent of any such government, whether or not he is resident in Brunei Darussalam; (b) any company, association or society incorporated or constituted under any law in force outside Brunei Darussalam, whether or not it has a branch office or place of business in Brunei Darussalam; (c) any person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam, whether or not he is resident in Brunei Darussalam; and [...] \"fund\" means money,securities, movable or immovable property or other valuable consideration.\nBroadcasting company owned by foreign source.\n38. No company shall, unless the Minister otherwise approves in writing, be granted or hold a relevant licence if he is satisfied that 49% or more of its issued paid-up capital is owned by or on behalf of a foreign source or that all or majority of the persons having the direction, control or management of the company were appointed by or on behalf of the govermnent of a country outside Brunei Darussalam or the agent of any such government. [...]\" (Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180)","Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.180.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3075,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00075","For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign investment in broadcasting companies is subject to a discriminatory screening because prior approval of the Minister is required for such companies to accept foreign funds (e.g. foreign direct investment).","\"Part IX - Ownership and control of broadcasting companies\nApplication of this Part to broadcasting companies.\n34. (1) This Part shall apply to every broadcasting company unless exempted in writing by the Minister.\n(2) For the purposes ofthis Part- \"broadcasting company\" means a broadcasting company registered under the Companies Act (Chapter 39) which holds a relevant licence; \"relevant licence\" means -- (a) any free-to-air licence; or (b) any broadcasting licence under which subscription a broadcasting service may be provided -- \nwhich permits broadcast which is capable of being received in ten thousand dwelling-houses or more, but does not include a class licence; or (c) such other broadcasting licence as the Minister may from time to time specify in the public interest or in the interests of public security or national defence.\n[...]\nFunds from foreign source for purposes of broadcasting service.\n37. (1) Subject to this section, no person shall, without the prior written approval of the Minister, receive any fund from any foreign source for the purposes of financing, directly or indirectly, wholly or in part, any broadcasting service owned or operated by any broadcasting company. [...] (9) For the purposes ofthis section and section 38- \"foreign source\" includes- (a) the government of a country outside Brunei Darussalam or the agent of any such government, whether or not he is resident in Brunei Darussalam; (b) any company, association or society incorporated or constituted under any law in force outside Brunei Darussalam, whether or not it has a branch office or place of business in Brunei Darussalam; (c) any person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam, whether or not he is resident in Brunei Darussalam; and [...] \"fund\" means money,securities, movable or immovable property or other valuable consideration.\nBroadcasting company owned by foreign source.\n38. No company shall, unless the Minister otherwise approves in writing, be granted or hold a relevant licence if he is satisfied that 49% or more of its issued paid-up capital is owned by or on behalf of a foreign source or that all or majority of the persons having the direction, control or management of the company were appointed by or on behalf of the govermnent of a country outside Brunei Darussalam or the agent of any such government. [...]\" (Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180)","Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.180.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3075,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00075","For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign investment in broadcasting companies is subject to a discriminatory screening because prior approval of the Minister is required for such companies to accept foreign funds (e.g. foreign direct investment).","\"Part IX - Ownership and control of broadcasting companies\nApplication of this Part to broadcasting companies.\n34. (1) This Part shall apply to every broadcasting company unless exempted in writing by the Minister.\n(2) For the purposes ofthis Part- \"broadcasting company\" means a broadcasting company registered under the Companies Act (Chapter 39) which holds a relevant licence; \"relevant licence\" means -- (a) any free-to-air licence; or (b) any broadcasting licence under which subscription a broadcasting service may be provided -- \nwhich permits broadcast which is capable of being received in ten thousand dwelling-houses or more, but does not include a class licence; or (c) such other broadcasting licence as the Minister may from time to time specify in the public interest or in the interests of public security or national defence.\n[...]\nFunds from foreign source for purposes of broadcasting service.\n37. (1) Subject to this section, no person shall, without the prior written approval of the Minister, receive any fund from any foreign source for the purposes of financing, directly or indirectly, wholly or in part, any broadcasting service owned or operated by any broadcasting company. [...] (9) For the purposes ofthis section and section 38- \"foreign source\" includes- (a) the government of a country outside Brunei Darussalam or the agent of any such government, whether or not he is resident in Brunei Darussalam; (b) any company, association or society incorporated or constituted under any law in force outside Brunei Darussalam, whether or not it has a branch office or place of business in Brunei Darussalam; (c) any person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam, whether or not he is resident in Brunei Darussalam; and [...] \"fund\" means money,securities, movable or immovable property or other valuable consideration.\nBroadcasting company owned by foreign source.\n38. No company shall, unless the Minister otherwise approves in writing, be granted or hold a relevant licence if he is satisfied that 49% or more of its issued paid-up capital is owned by or on behalf of a foreign source or that all or majority of the persons having the direction, control or management of the company were appointed by or on behalf of the govermnent of a country outside Brunei Darussalam or the agent of any such government. [...]\" (Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180)","Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.180.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3075,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00075","For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign investment in broadcasting companies is subject to a discriminatory screening because prior approval of the Minister is required for such companies to accept foreign funds (e.g. foreign direct investment).","\"Part IX - Ownership and control of broadcasting companies\nApplication of this Part to broadcasting companies.\n34. (1) This Part shall apply to every broadcasting company unless exempted in writing by the Minister.\n(2) For the purposes ofthis Part- \"broadcasting company\" means a broadcasting company registered under the Companies Act (Chapter 39) which holds a relevant licence; \"relevant licence\" means -- (a) any free-to-air licence; or (b) any broadcasting licence under which subscription a broadcasting service may be provided -- \nwhich permits broadcast which is capable of being received in ten thousand dwelling-houses or more, but does not include a class licence; or (c) such other broadcasting licence as the Minister may from time to time specify in the public interest or in the interests of public security or national defence.\n[...]\nFunds from foreign source for purposes of broadcasting service.\n37. (1) Subject to this section, no person shall, without the prior written approval of the Minister, receive any fund from any foreign source for the purposes of financing, directly or indirectly, wholly or in part, any broadcasting service owned or operated by any broadcasting company. [...] (9) For the purposes ofthis section and section 38- \"foreign source\" includes- (a) the government of a country outside Brunei Darussalam or the agent of any such government, whether or not he is resident in Brunei Darussalam; (b) any company, association or society incorporated or constituted under any law in force outside Brunei Darussalam, whether or not it has a branch office or place of business in Brunei Darussalam; (c) any person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam, whether or not he is resident in Brunei Darussalam; and [...] \"fund\" means money,securities, movable or immovable property or other valuable consideration.\nBroadcasting company owned by foreign source.\n38. No company shall, unless the Minister otherwise approves in writing, be granted or hold a relevant licence if he is satisfied that 49% or more of its issued paid-up capital is owned by or on behalf of a foreign source or that all or majority of the persons having the direction, control or management of the company were appointed by or on behalf of the govermnent of a country outside Brunei Darussalam or the agent of any such government. [...]\" (Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180)","Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.180.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3075,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","A02","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0005","Foreign investment in forestry activities, with the exception of logging activities, is limited to 70% equity ownership.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Forestry and Services Incidental to Forestry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5)\nMeasures: National Forestry Policy (1990), Brunei Darussalam Long-Term Development Plan, Administrative Measures and Guidelines (Strategic Plan 2004 – 2023)\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals or enterprises shall not establish an enterprise to undertake activities related to forestry or services incidental to forestry:\n(a) except through a joint venture with a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise in which the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 70 per cent equity; and\n(b) unless they comply with any performance requirements which may be imposed, including a requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge, as long as such requirement does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. For greater certainty, this entry does not apply to logging activities.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n----------------------------\n[text not reproduced] (FOREST ACT and FOREST RULES, as amended)\n----------------------------\n\"SPECIFIC POLICY STATEMENTS[...]\n3.0) ON INDUSTRIAL FORESTRY [...]\n3.7 To encourage foreign and local private investments in forestry and allied ventures which are in the national interest, particularly in premium value-added, diversified, and integrated industries.\n3.8 To enlist maximum participation of citizens of Brunei Darussalam in forest-based and related enterprise.\n[...]\nPOLICY IMPLEMENTATION PLAN [...]\n4.0) INDUSTRIAL FORESTRY [...]\n4.18)\tSufficient measures will be taken to encourage participation of the private sector, both local and foreign, in terms of investments and equity-sharing, in forestry and such related enterprises as forest produce harvesting, forest produce processing, forestation projects, recreational facility operation, and the like, at no detriment to the national interest.\n4.19)\t4.19 As much as possible, however, the participation of the citizens of Brunei Darussalam in forestry and associated ventures, with set priorities and objectives, will be maximized.[...]\" (NATIONAL FORESTRY POLICY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM)\n----------------------------\n\"Taking of Forest Produce \nProcedures and Rules for applying license to take forest produce on prepayment of royalty (Form 2)\nApplicant must be Brunei citizen or Brunei permanent resident. [...]\" (Forestry Department, 'aking of Forest Produce', website content)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nFOREST ACT and FOREST RULES, as amended\nNATIONAL FORESTRY POLICY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nForestry Department, 'aking of Forest Produce', website content","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap046.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap046,%20R1.pdf\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.forestry.gov.bn/SitePages/National%20Forest%20Policy.aspx\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.forestry.gov.bn/SitePages/Taking%20of%20Forest%20Produce.aspx\">Website</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3057,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","A02","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0005","Foreign investment in forestry activities, with the exception of logging activities, is limited to 70% equity ownership.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Forestry and Services Incidental to Forestry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5)\nMeasures: National Forestry Policy (1990), Brunei Darussalam Long-Term Development Plan, Administrative Measures and Guidelines (Strategic Plan 2004 – 2023)\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals or enterprises shall not establish an enterprise to undertake activities related to forestry or services incidental to forestry:\n(a) except through a joint venture with a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise in which the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 70 per cent equity; and\n(b) unless they comply with any performance requirements which may be imposed, including a requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge, as long as such requirement does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. For greater certainty, this entry does not apply to logging activities.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n----------------------------\n[text not reproduced] (FOREST ACT and FOREST RULES, as amended)\n----------------------------\n\"SPECIFIC POLICY STATEMENTS[...]\n3.0) ON INDUSTRIAL FORESTRY [...]\n3.7 To encourage foreign and local private investments in forestry and allied ventures which are in the national interest, particularly in premium value-added, diversified, and integrated industries.\n3.8 To enlist maximum participation of citizens of Brunei Darussalam in forest-based and related enterprise.\n[...]\nPOLICY IMPLEMENTATION PLAN [...]\n4.0) INDUSTRIAL FORESTRY [...]\n4.18)\tSufficient measures will be taken to encourage participation of the private sector, both local and foreign, in terms of investments and equity-sharing, in forestry and such related enterprises as forest produce harvesting, forest produce processing, forestation projects, recreational facility operation, and the like, at no detriment to the national interest.\n4.19)\t4.19 As much as possible, however, the participation of the citizens of Brunei Darussalam in forestry and associated ventures, with set priorities and objectives, will be maximized.[...]\" (NATIONAL FORESTRY POLICY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM)\n----------------------------\n\"Taking of Forest Produce \nProcedures and Rules for applying license to take forest produce on prepayment of royalty (Form 2)\nApplicant must be Brunei citizen or Brunei permanent resident. [...]\" (Forestry Department, 'aking of Forest Produce', website content)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nFOREST ACT and FOREST RULES, as amended\nNATIONAL FORESTRY POLICY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nForestry Department, 'aking of Forest Produce', website content","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap046.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap046,%20R1.pdf\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.forestry.gov.bn/SitePages/National%20Forest%20Policy.aspx\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.forestry.gov.bn/SitePages/Taking%20of%20Forest%20Produce.aspx\">Website</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3057,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","A02","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0005","Foreign investment in forestry activities, with the exception of logging activities, is limited to 70% equity ownership.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Forestry and Services Incidental to Forestry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5)\nMeasures: National Forestry Policy (1990), Brunei Darussalam Long-Term Development Plan, Administrative Measures and Guidelines (Strategic Plan 2004 – 2023)\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals or enterprises shall not establish an enterprise to undertake activities related to forestry or services incidental to forestry:\n(a) except through a joint venture with a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise in which the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 70 per cent equity; and\n(b) unless they comply with any performance requirements which may be imposed, including a requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge, as long as such requirement does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. For greater certainty, this entry does not apply to logging activities.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n----------------------------\n[text not reproduced] (FOREST ACT and FOREST RULES, as amended)\n----------------------------\n\"SPECIFIC POLICY STATEMENTS[...]\n3.0) ON INDUSTRIAL FORESTRY [...]\n3.7 To encourage foreign and local private investments in forestry and allied ventures which are in the national interest, particularly in premium value-added, diversified, and integrated industries.\n3.8 To enlist maximum participation of citizens of Brunei Darussalam in forest-based and related enterprise.\n[...]\nPOLICY IMPLEMENTATION PLAN [...]\n4.0) INDUSTRIAL FORESTRY [...]\n4.18)\tSufficient measures will be taken to encourage participation of the private sector, both local and foreign, in terms of investments and equity-sharing, in forestry and such related enterprises as forest produce harvesting, forest produce processing, forestation projects, recreational facility operation, and the like, at no detriment to the national interest.\n4.19)\t4.19 As much as possible, however, the participation of the citizens of Brunei Darussalam in forestry and associated ventures, with set priorities and objectives, will be maximized.[...]\" (NATIONAL FORESTRY POLICY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM)\n----------------------------\n\"Taking of Forest Produce \nProcedures and Rules for applying license to take forest produce on prepayment of royalty (Form 2)\nApplicant must be Brunei citizen or Brunei permanent resident. [...]\" (Forestry Department, 'aking of Forest Produce', website content)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nFOREST ACT and FOREST RULES, as amended\nNATIONAL FORESTRY POLICY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nForestry Department, 'aking of Forest Produce', website content","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap046.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap046,%20R1.pdf\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.forestry.gov.bn/SitePages/National%20Forest%20Policy.aspx\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.forestry.gov.bn/SitePages/Taking%20of%20Forest%20Produce.aspx\">Website</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3057,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","A02","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.0005","Foreign investment in forestry activities, with the exception of logging activities, is limited to 70% equity ownership.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Forestry and Services Incidental to Forestry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5)\nMeasures: National Forestry Policy (1990), Brunei Darussalam Long-Term Development Plan, Administrative Measures and Guidelines (Strategic Plan 2004 – 2023)\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals or enterprises shall not establish an enterprise to undertake activities related to forestry or services incidental to forestry:\n(a) except through a joint venture with a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise in which the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 70 per cent equity; and\n(b) unless they comply with any performance requirements which may be imposed, including a requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge, as long as such requirement does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. For greater certainty, this entry does not apply to logging activities.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n----------------------------\n[text not reproduced] (FOREST ACT and FOREST RULES, as amended)\n----------------------------\n\"SPECIFIC POLICY STATEMENTS[...]\n3.0) ON INDUSTRIAL FORESTRY [...]\n3.7 To encourage foreign and local private investments in forestry and allied ventures which are in the national interest, particularly in premium value-added, diversified, and integrated industries.\n3.8 To enlist maximum participation of citizens of Brunei Darussalam in forest-based and related enterprise.\n[...]\nPOLICY IMPLEMENTATION PLAN [...]\n4.0) INDUSTRIAL FORESTRY [...]\n4.18)\tSufficient measures will be taken to encourage participation of the private sector, both local and foreign, in terms of investments and equity-sharing, in forestry and such related enterprises as forest produce harvesting, forest produce processing, forestation projects, recreational facility operation, and the like, at no detriment to the national interest.\n4.19)\t4.19 As much as possible, however, the participation of the citizens of Brunei Darussalam in forestry and associated ventures, with set priorities and objectives, will be maximized.[...]\" (NATIONAL FORESTRY POLICY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM)\n----------------------------\n\"Taking of Forest Produce \nProcedures and Rules for applying license to take forest produce on prepayment of royalty (Form 2)\nApplicant must be Brunei citizen or Brunei permanent resident. [...]\" (Forestry Department, 'aking of Forest Produce', website content)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nFOREST ACT and FOREST RULES, as amended\nNATIONAL FORESTRY POLICY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nForestry Department, 'aking of Forest Produce', website content","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap046.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap046,%20R1.pdf\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.forestry.gov.bn/SitePages/National%20Forest%20Policy.aspx\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.forestry.gov.bn/SitePages/Taking%20of%20Forest%20Produce.aspx\">Website</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3057,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000166667","Foreign investment in payment system operators as well as in other financial services requiring a capital market service license (e.g. securities and commodity brokerage, investment advisory services) is subject to local incorporation.","\"2.  DEFINITION OF THE TERMS  \n2.1. For the purpose of this Guideline, the following terms shall have the following meanings, except where the context otherwise requires: [...]\n “CMSL” means capital market services licence; \n[...]\nAPPLICATION PROCESS FOR LICENSING OF COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES (CIS)\n 3.1 Any applications for the licensing of a CIS should be submitted by an operator and custodian, or proposed operator and custodian, who are independent of each other. The operator and the custodian must each:  (a) be a body corporate incorporated in Brunei Darussalam; and  (b) have a place of business in Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\n5. APPLICATION PROCESS FOR ISLAMIC COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES \n5.1 In addition to paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 where applicable, any applications for a licence or recognition of a Syariah-compliant CIS in Brunei Darussalam must also obtain the prior approval of the Syariah Financial Supervisory Board Order, 2006 (“SFSBO”).[...]\" (GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-2/2017/2 GUIDELINE ON LICENSING AND RECOGNITION APPLICATIONS  FOR COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES )\n----------------------------\n\"2. APPLICABILITY\n 2.1 This Guideline is aimed at any person who intends to apply for a CMSL or CMSRL to be endorsed to carry on business in one or more regulated activities.\n[...]\n3. DEFINITION OF THE TERMS \n3.1 The terms used in this Guideline shall except following meanings, except where the context otherwise requires:  Term Definition CMSL means capital markets services licence;    CMSRL means capital markets services representative’s licence;\n[...]\n4. CMSL AND CMSRL \n4.1 A company that carries on a business in any regulated activities in Brunei Darussalam is required to hold a CMSL under the SMO. Individuals who are employed by or acting for the company to carry on the regulated activity are required to hold a CMSRL under the SMO.  4.2 A CMSL holder or a CMSRL holder can only carry on any of the regulated activities as permitted by the Authority.  4.3 A CMSRL holder can only carry on the regulated activity/activities that a CMSL holder is licensed to carry on. \n[...]\n5. REGULATED ACTIVITIES \n5.1 The regulated activities are specified in the Schedule – Securities and Investment Business, the SMO which are as follows:  (a) Dealing in investments; (b) Arranging deals in investments;  (c) Safekeeping and administration of assets;  (d) Managing securities;  (e) Investment advice;  (f) Establishing collective investment schemes; and  (g) Using computer-based systems for giving investment instructions.  5.2 The definitions of the regulated activities are provided in Part II Activities Constituting Investment Business, Schedule – Securities and Investment Business of the SMO. \n[...]\n6. CRITERIA FOR GRANT OF A CMSL \nGeneral Criteria \n6.1 A CMSL may only be granted to a company in Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-1/2017/1    GUIDELINE ON APPLICATION FOR CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES LICENCE AND CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES REPRESENTATIVE’S LICENCE )\n----------------------------\n\"ANNEX III - Section B\nSector: Financial Services\nSub-Sector: Capital market; Clearing and settlement services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 11.3); Most-Favoured-Nation Treatment (Article 11.4); Market Access for Financial Services (Article 11.5); Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 11.9)\nLevel of Government: Central\nDescription: Brunei Darussalam reserves the right to limit the establishment or operation of the following:\n(a) clearing and settlement services; (b) central securities depository; (c) trade repository; (d) trading facilities; (e) credit rating agencies; (f) exchanges; or (g) securities and futures market.\nFor greater certainty, this reservation does not apply to financial institutions participating in, or seeking to participate in, any such exchange or securities market.\nExisting Measures: Autoriti Monetari Brunei Darussalam Order, 2010. Securities Markets Order, 2013.[...]\" (ANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n----------------------------\n\"2. DEFINITIONS 2.1. For the purposes of this Notice – [...]\n“Operator” means, in relation to a payment system, a person who operates the payment system that has been approved under paragraph 4.3; [...]\n“permanent place of business”, in relation to an Operator, means each fixed location in Brunei Darussalam used by the Operator for carrying on its business, regardless whether the business is carried on within a single building or at a single business address; [...]\n“registered office” means a registered office maintained under section 92 of the Companies Act, Chapter 39; and\n[...]\n4. REQUIREMENT ON OBTAINING APPROVAL FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS  \n4.1. No person shall operate a payment system unless that payment system has been approved by the Authority under this paragraph 4. [...]\n4.3. The Authority shall approve a payment system, with or without conditions, where –  (a) the information and documents that are furnished to the Authority are not false or misleading;  (b) the criteria set out in paragraph 7 has been fulfilled;   (c) where it is in the interests of Brunei Darussalam to approve the payment system. \n[...]\n7. CRITERIA FOR GRANT OF APPROVAL \n7.1. Any person applying for approval under paragraph 4.2 must fulfil the following criteria –  (a) The applicant must be a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act, Chapter 39;  (b) The applicant must satisfy the Authority that its directors, chief executive officer, shareholders, employees as well as the applicant itself are fit and proper;  (c) The applicant must satisfy AMBD of its track record and financial standing, where applicable;  (d) The applicant must have a permanent place of business or registered office located in Brunei Darussalam; and  (e) The applicant must have a base capital of B$100,000. [...]\" (NOTICE NO. PSO/ N-1/ 2020/ 1 - AMENDMENT NO.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS)","GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-2/2017/2 GUIDELINE ON LICENSING AND RECOGNITION APPLICATIONS  FOR COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES\nGUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-1/2017/1    GUIDELINE ON APPLICATION FOR CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES LICENCE AND CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES REPRESENTATIVE’S LICENCE\nANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nNOTICE NO. PSO/ N-1/ 2020/ 1 - AMENDMENT NO.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Pages/legislation-and-regulations/Guideline%20CMU%20-%20Guideline%20on%20Licensing%20and%20Recognition%20Application%20for%20Collective%20Investment%20Schemes.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Pages/Legislation-And-Regulations/Guideline%20on%20Application%20for%20CMSL%20and%20CMSRL%20(Final).pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"Notice\">CPTPPhttps//www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-III.-Brunei.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"\">https//www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/regulatory/legislation-notices-and-regulations/Notice-on-Requirements-for-Payment-Systems-Amendment.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3061,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Foreign investment in payment system operators as well as in other financial services requiring a capital market service license (e.g. securities and commodity brokerage, investment advisory services) is subject to local incorporation.","\"2.  DEFINITION OF THE TERMS  \n2.1. For the purpose of this Guideline, the following terms shall have the following meanings, except where the context otherwise requires: [...]\n “CMSL” means capital market services licence; \n[...]\nAPPLICATION PROCESS FOR LICENSING OF COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES (CIS)\n 3.1 Any applications for the licensing of a CIS should be submitted by an operator and custodian, or proposed operator and custodian, who are independent of each other. The operator and the custodian must each:  (a) be a body corporate incorporated in Brunei Darussalam; and  (b) have a place of business in Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\n5. APPLICATION PROCESS FOR ISLAMIC COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES \n5.1 In addition to paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 where applicable, any applications for a licence or recognition of a Syariah-compliant CIS in Brunei Darussalam must also obtain the prior approval of the Syariah Financial Supervisory Board Order, 2006 (“SFSBO”).[...]\" (GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-2/2017/2 GUIDELINE ON LICENSING AND RECOGNITION APPLICATIONS  FOR COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES )\n----------------------------\n\"2. APPLICABILITY\n 2.1 This Guideline is aimed at any person who intends to apply for a CMSL or CMSRL to be endorsed to carry on business in one or more regulated activities.\n[...]\n3. DEFINITION OF THE TERMS \n3.1 The terms used in this Guideline shall except following meanings, except where the context otherwise requires:  Term Definition CMSL means capital markets services licence;    CMSRL means capital markets services representative’s licence;\n[...]\n4. CMSL AND CMSRL \n4.1 A company that carries on a business in any regulated activities in Brunei Darussalam is required to hold a CMSL under the SMO. Individuals who are employed by or acting for the company to carry on the regulated activity are required to hold a CMSRL under the SMO.  4.2 A CMSL holder or a CMSRL holder can only carry on any of the regulated activities as permitted by the Authority.  4.3 A CMSRL holder can only carry on the regulated activity/activities that a CMSL holder is licensed to carry on. \n[...]\n5. REGULATED ACTIVITIES \n5.1 The regulated activities are specified in the Schedule – Securities and Investment Business, the SMO which are as follows:  (a) Dealing in investments; (b) Arranging deals in investments;  (c) Safekeeping and administration of assets;  (d) Managing securities;  (e) Investment advice;  (f) Establishing collective investment schemes; and  (g) Using computer-based systems for giving investment instructions.  5.2 The definitions of the regulated activities are provided in Part II Activities Constituting Investment Business, Schedule – Securities and Investment Business of the SMO. \n[...]\n6. CRITERIA FOR GRANT OF A CMSL \nGeneral Criteria \n6.1 A CMSL may only be granted to a company in Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-1/2017/1    GUIDELINE ON APPLICATION FOR CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES LICENCE AND CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES REPRESENTATIVE’S LICENCE )\n----------------------------\n\"ANNEX III - Section B\nSector: Financial Services\nSub-Sector: Capital market; Clearing and settlement services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 11.3); Most-Favoured-Nation Treatment (Article 11.4); Market Access for Financial Services (Article 11.5); Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 11.9)\nLevel of Government: Central\nDescription: Brunei Darussalam reserves the right to limit the establishment or operation of the following:\n(a) clearing and settlement services; (b) central securities depository; (c) trade repository; (d) trading facilities; (e) credit rating agencies; (f) exchanges; or (g) securities and futures market.\nFor greater certainty, this reservation does not apply to financial institutions participating in, or seeking to participate in, any such exchange or securities market.\nExisting Measures: Autoriti Monetari Brunei Darussalam Order, 2010. Securities Markets Order, 2013.[...]\" (ANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n----------------------------\n\"2. DEFINITIONS 2.1. For the purposes of this Notice – [...]\n“Operator” means, in relation to a payment system, a person who operates the payment system that has been approved under paragraph 4.3; [...]\n“permanent place of business”, in relation to an Operator, means each fixed location in Brunei Darussalam used by the Operator for carrying on its business, regardless whether the business is carried on within a single building or at a single business address; [...]\n“registered office” means a registered office maintained under section 92 of the Companies Act, Chapter 39; and\n[...]\n4. REQUIREMENT ON OBTAINING APPROVAL FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS  \n4.1. No person shall operate a payment system unless that payment system has been approved by the Authority under this paragraph 4. [...]\n4.3. The Authority shall approve a payment system, with or without conditions, where –  (a) the information and documents that are furnished to the Authority are not false or misleading;  (b) the criteria set out in paragraph 7 has been fulfilled;   (c) where it is in the interests of Brunei Darussalam to approve the payment system. \n[...]\n7. CRITERIA FOR GRANT OF APPROVAL \n7.1. Any person applying for approval under paragraph 4.2 must fulfil the following criteria –  (a) The applicant must be a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act, Chapter 39;  (b) The applicant must satisfy the Authority that its directors, chief executive officer, shareholders, employees as well as the applicant itself are fit and proper;  (c) The applicant must satisfy AMBD of its track record and financial standing, where applicable;  (d) The applicant must have a permanent place of business or registered office located in Brunei Darussalam; and  (e) The applicant must have a base capital of B$100,000. [...]\" (NOTICE NO. PSO/ N-1/ 2020/ 1 - AMENDMENT NO.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS)","GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-2/2017/2 GUIDELINE ON LICENSING AND RECOGNITION APPLICATIONS  FOR COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES\nGUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-1/2017/1    GUIDELINE ON APPLICATION FOR CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES LICENCE AND CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES REPRESENTATIVE’S LICENCE\nANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nNOTICE NO. PSO/ N-1/ 2020/ 1 - AMENDMENT NO.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Pages/legislation-and-regulations/Guideline%20CMU%20-%20Guideline%20on%20Licensing%20and%20Recognition%20Application%20for%20Collective%20Investment%20Schemes.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Pages/Legislation-And-Regulations/Guideline%20on%20Application%20for%20CMSL%20and%20CMSRL%20(Final).pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"Notice\">CPTPPhttps//www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-III.-Brunei.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"\">https//www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/regulatory/legislation-notices-and-regulations/Notice-on-Requirements-for-Payment-Systems-Amendment.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3061,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.000166667","Foreign investment in payment system operators as well as in other financial services requiring a capital market service license (e.g. securities and commodity brokerage, investment advisory services) is subject to local incorporation.","\"2.  DEFINITION OF THE TERMS  \n2.1. For the purpose of this Guideline, the following terms shall have the following meanings, except where the context otherwise requires: [...]\n “CMSL” means capital market services licence; \n[...]\nAPPLICATION PROCESS FOR LICENSING OF COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES (CIS)\n 3.1 Any applications for the licensing of a CIS should be submitted by an operator and custodian, or proposed operator and custodian, who are independent of each other. The operator and the custodian must each:  (a) be a body corporate incorporated in Brunei Darussalam; and  (b) have a place of business in Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\n5. APPLICATION PROCESS FOR ISLAMIC COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES \n5.1 In addition to paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 where applicable, any applications for a licence or recognition of a Syariah-compliant CIS in Brunei Darussalam must also obtain the prior approval of the Syariah Financial Supervisory Board Order, 2006 (“SFSBO”).[...]\" (GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-2/2017/2 GUIDELINE ON LICENSING AND RECOGNITION APPLICATIONS  FOR COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES )\n----------------------------\n\"2. APPLICABILITY\n 2.1 This Guideline is aimed at any person who intends to apply for a CMSL or CMSRL to be endorsed to carry on business in one or more regulated activities.\n[...]\n3. DEFINITION OF THE TERMS \n3.1 The terms used in this Guideline shall except following meanings, except where the context otherwise requires:  Term Definition CMSL means capital markets services licence;    CMSRL means capital markets services representative’s licence;\n[...]\n4. CMSL AND CMSRL \n4.1 A company that carries on a business in any regulated activities in Brunei Darussalam is required to hold a CMSL under the SMO. Individuals who are employed by or acting for the company to carry on the regulated activity are required to hold a CMSRL under the SMO.  4.2 A CMSL holder or a CMSRL holder can only carry on any of the regulated activities as permitted by the Authority.  4.3 A CMSRL holder can only carry on the regulated activity/activities that a CMSL holder is licensed to carry on. \n[...]\n5. REGULATED ACTIVITIES \n5.1 The regulated activities are specified in the Schedule – Securities and Investment Business, the SMO which are as follows:  (a) Dealing in investments; (b) Arranging deals in investments;  (c) Safekeeping and administration of assets;  (d) Managing securities;  (e) Investment advice;  (f) Establishing collective investment schemes; and  (g) Using computer-based systems for giving investment instructions.  5.2 The definitions of the regulated activities are provided in Part II Activities Constituting Investment Business, Schedule – Securities and Investment Business of the SMO. \n[...]\n6. CRITERIA FOR GRANT OF A CMSL \nGeneral Criteria \n6.1 A CMSL may only be granted to a company in Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-1/2017/1    GUIDELINE ON APPLICATION FOR CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES LICENCE AND CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES REPRESENTATIVE’S LICENCE )\n----------------------------\n\"ANNEX III - Section B\nSector: Financial Services\nSub-Sector: Capital market; Clearing and settlement services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 11.3); Most-Favoured-Nation Treatment (Article 11.4); Market Access for Financial Services (Article 11.5); Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 11.9)\nLevel of Government: Central\nDescription: Brunei Darussalam reserves the right to limit the establishment or operation of the following:\n(a) clearing and settlement services; (b) central securities depository; (c) trade repository; (d) trading facilities; (e) credit rating agencies; (f) exchanges; or (g) securities and futures market.\nFor greater certainty, this reservation does not apply to financial institutions participating in, or seeking to participate in, any such exchange or securities market.\nExisting Measures: Autoriti Monetari Brunei Darussalam Order, 2010. Securities Markets Order, 2013.[...]\" (ANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n----------------------------\n\"2. DEFINITIONS 2.1. For the purposes of this Notice – [...]\n“Operator” means, in relation to a payment system, a person who operates the payment system that has been approved under paragraph 4.3; [...]\n“permanent place of business”, in relation to an Operator, means each fixed location in Brunei Darussalam used by the Operator for carrying on its business, regardless whether the business is carried on within a single building or at a single business address; [...]\n“registered office” means a registered office maintained under section 92 of the Companies Act, Chapter 39; and\n[...]\n4. REQUIREMENT ON OBTAINING APPROVAL FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS  \n4.1. No person shall operate a payment system unless that payment system has been approved by the Authority under this paragraph 4. [...]\n4.3. The Authority shall approve a payment system, with or without conditions, where –  (a) the information and documents that are furnished to the Authority are not false or misleading;  (b) the criteria set out in paragraph 7 has been fulfilled;   (c) where it is in the interests of Brunei Darussalam to approve the payment system. \n[...]\n7. CRITERIA FOR GRANT OF APPROVAL \n7.1. Any person applying for approval under paragraph 4.2 must fulfil the following criteria –  (a) The applicant must be a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act, Chapter 39;  (b) The applicant must satisfy the Authority that its directors, chief executive officer, shareholders, employees as well as the applicant itself are fit and proper;  (c) The applicant must satisfy AMBD of its track record and financial standing, where applicable;  (d) The applicant must have a permanent place of business or registered office located in Brunei Darussalam; and  (e) The applicant must have a base capital of B$100,000. [...]\" (NOTICE NO. PSO/ N-1/ 2020/ 1 - AMENDMENT NO.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS)","GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-2/2017/2 GUIDELINE ON LICENSING AND RECOGNITION APPLICATIONS  FOR COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES\nGUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-1/2017/1    GUIDELINE ON APPLICATION FOR CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES LICENCE AND CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES REPRESENTATIVE’S LICENCE\nANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nNOTICE NO. PSO/ N-1/ 2020/ 1 - AMENDMENT NO.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Pages/legislation-and-regulations/Guideline%20CMU%20-%20Guideline%20on%20Licensing%20and%20Recognition%20Application%20for%20Collective%20Investment%20Schemes.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Pages/Legislation-And-Regulations/Guideline%20on%20Application%20for%20CMSL%20and%20CMSRL%20(Final).pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"Notice\">CPTPPhttps//www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-III.-Brunei.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"\">https//www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/regulatory/legislation-notices-and-regulations/Notice-on-Requirements-for-Payment-Systems-Amendment.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3061,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Foreign investment in payment system operators as well as in other financial services requiring a capital market service license (e.g. securities and commodity brokerage, investment advisory services) is subject to local incorporation.","\"2.  DEFINITION OF THE TERMS  \n2.1. For the purpose of this Guideline, the following terms shall have the following meanings, except where the context otherwise requires: [...]\n “CMSL” means capital market services licence; \n[...]\nAPPLICATION PROCESS FOR LICENSING OF COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES (CIS)\n 3.1 Any applications for the licensing of a CIS should be submitted by an operator and custodian, or proposed operator and custodian, who are independent of each other. The operator and the custodian must each:  (a) be a body corporate incorporated in Brunei Darussalam; and  (b) have a place of business in Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\n5. APPLICATION PROCESS FOR ISLAMIC COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES \n5.1 In addition to paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 where applicable, any applications for a licence or recognition of a Syariah-compliant CIS in Brunei Darussalam must also obtain the prior approval of the Syariah Financial Supervisory Board Order, 2006 (“SFSBO”).[...]\" (GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-2/2017/2 GUIDELINE ON LICENSING AND RECOGNITION APPLICATIONS  FOR COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES )\n----------------------------\n\"2. APPLICABILITY\n 2.1 This Guideline is aimed at any person who intends to apply for a CMSL or CMSRL to be endorsed to carry on business in one or more regulated activities.\n[...]\n3. DEFINITION OF THE TERMS \n3.1 The terms used in this Guideline shall except following meanings, except where the context otherwise requires:  Term Definition CMSL means capital markets services licence;    CMSRL means capital markets services representative’s licence;\n[...]\n4. CMSL AND CMSRL \n4.1 A company that carries on a business in any regulated activities in Brunei Darussalam is required to hold a CMSL under the SMO. Individuals who are employed by or acting for the company to carry on the regulated activity are required to hold a CMSRL under the SMO.  4.2 A CMSL holder or a CMSRL holder can only carry on any of the regulated activities as permitted by the Authority.  4.3 A CMSRL holder can only carry on the regulated activity/activities that a CMSL holder is licensed to carry on. \n[...]\n5. REGULATED ACTIVITIES \n5.1 The regulated activities are specified in the Schedule – Securities and Investment Business, the SMO which are as follows:  (a) Dealing in investments; (b) Arranging deals in investments;  (c) Safekeeping and administration of assets;  (d) Managing securities;  (e) Investment advice;  (f) Establishing collective investment schemes; and  (g) Using computer-based systems for giving investment instructions.  5.2 The definitions of the regulated activities are provided in Part II Activities Constituting Investment Business, Schedule – Securities and Investment Business of the SMO. \n[...]\n6. CRITERIA FOR GRANT OF A CMSL \nGeneral Criteria \n6.1 A CMSL may only be granted to a company in Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-1/2017/1    GUIDELINE ON APPLICATION FOR CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES LICENCE AND CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES REPRESENTATIVE’S LICENCE )\n----------------------------\n\"ANNEX III - Section B\nSector: Financial Services\nSub-Sector: Capital market; Clearing and settlement services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 11.3); Most-Favoured-Nation Treatment (Article 11.4); Market Access for Financial Services (Article 11.5); Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 11.9)\nLevel of Government: Central\nDescription: Brunei Darussalam reserves the right to limit the establishment or operation of the following:\n(a) clearing and settlement services; (b) central securities depository; (c) trade repository; (d) trading facilities; (e) credit rating agencies; (f) exchanges; or (g) securities and futures market.\nFor greater certainty, this reservation does not apply to financial institutions participating in, or seeking to participate in, any such exchange or securities market.\nExisting Measures: Autoriti Monetari Brunei Darussalam Order, 2010. Securities Markets Order, 2013.[...]\" (ANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n----------------------------\n\"2. DEFINITIONS 2.1. For the purposes of this Notice – [...]\n“Operator” means, in relation to a payment system, a person who operates the payment system that has been approved under paragraph 4.3; [...]\n“permanent place of business”, in relation to an Operator, means each fixed location in Brunei Darussalam used by the Operator for carrying on its business, regardless whether the business is carried on within a single building or at a single business address; [...]\n“registered office” means a registered office maintained under section 92 of the Companies Act, Chapter 39; and\n[...]\n4. REQUIREMENT ON OBTAINING APPROVAL FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS  \n4.1. No person shall operate a payment system unless that payment system has been approved by the Authority under this paragraph 4. [...]\n4.3. The Authority shall approve a payment system, with or without conditions, where –  (a) the information and documents that are furnished to the Authority are not false or misleading;  (b) the criteria set out in paragraph 7 has been fulfilled;   (c) where it is in the interests of Brunei Darussalam to approve the payment system. \n[...]\n7. CRITERIA FOR GRANT OF APPROVAL \n7.1. Any person applying for approval under paragraph 4.2 must fulfil the following criteria –  (a) The applicant must be a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act, Chapter 39;  (b) The applicant must satisfy the Authority that its directors, chief executive officer, shareholders, employees as well as the applicant itself are fit and proper;  (c) The applicant must satisfy AMBD of its track record and financial standing, where applicable;  (d) The applicant must have a permanent place of business or registered office located in Brunei Darussalam; and  (e) The applicant must have a base capital of B$100,000. [...]\" (NOTICE NO. PSO/ N-1/ 2020/ 1 - AMENDMENT NO.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS)","GUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-2/2017/2 GUIDELINE ON LICENSING AND RECOGNITION APPLICATIONS  FOR COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES\nGUIDELINE NO. CMU/G-1/2017/1    GUIDELINE ON APPLICATION FOR CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES LICENCE AND CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES REPRESENTATIVE’S LICENCE\nANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nNOTICE NO. PSO/ N-1/ 2020/ 1 - AMENDMENT NO.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT SYSTEMS","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Pages/legislation-and-regulations/Guideline%20CMU%20-%20Guideline%20on%20Licensing%20and%20Recognition%20Application%20for%20Collective%20Investment%20Schemes.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Pages/Legislation-And-Regulations/Guideline%20on%20Application%20for%20CMSL%20and%20CMSRL%20(Final).pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"Notice\">CPTPPhttps//www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-III.-Brunei.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"\">https//www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/regulatory/legislation-notices-and-regulations/Notice-on-Requirements-for-Payment-Systems-Amendment.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3061,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","C19T23","_O","IV41","IX",2018,"0.000625","Foreign-invested export-oriented enterprises and technology-certified enterprises are entitled to less advantegeous investment incentives than locally-owned firms meeting minimum local ownership thresholds.","\"Tax relief period. \n42. ( 1) The tax relief period of an export enterprise shall [a} not being a pioneer enterprise, commence from its export year and shall continue for a period of 8 years inclusive of the export year; or [bJ being a pioneer enterprise, commence on the first day of its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, on the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and shall continue for a period of 6 years and shall not in the aggregate exceed 11 years. \n(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where an export enterprise has incurred or is intending to incur a fixed capital expenditure of [aj not less than $50 million; or {bj not less than $500,000 but less than $50 million and(i) more than 40% of the paid-up capital of the export enterprise is held by citizens and persons to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17); and (ii) in the opinion of the Minister the export enterprise will promote or enhance the economic or technological development of Brunei Darussalam, its tax relief period(A) where the export enterprise is not a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year and continue for a period of 15 ye'ars inclusive of the export year; or (B) where the export enterprise is a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, from the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and continue for such period as together with its tax relief period as a pioneer enterprise will extend in the aggregate to 15 years. \n(3) The Minister may, where he is satisfied that it is expedient in the public interest to do so and subject to such terms and conditions as he may impose, extend the tax relief period of any export enterprise for such further period as he thinks fit.\n (4) In subsection (2), \"fixed capital expenditure\" means capital expenditure which has been or is intended to be incurred by the export enterprise, in connection with its export product, on its factory building (excluding land) in Brunei Darussalam, and on any new plant or new machinery used in Brunei Darussalam and, subject to the approval of the Minister, on any secondhand plant or secondhand machinery used in Brunei Darussalam.\n[...]\nPART XIII - INVESTMENTS IN NEW TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES\nInterpretation of this Part. \n98. For the purposes of this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"eligible holding company\", in relation to a technology company, means a company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam {a} which is resident in Brunei Darussalam; {b} which holds shares in the technology company; and {c} in respect of which not less than 30o/o of the paid-up capital is beneficially owned by citizens or person~ to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17) throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company, unless the Minister otherwise decides; [...]\n\"technology company\" means a company approved as a technology company under subsection (2) of section 99.\n[...]\nApplication for and issue of certificate to technology company. \n99. (1) Any company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam which is desirous of using in Brunei Darussalam a new technology in relation to a product, process or service may make an application in the prescribed form to the Minister to be approved as a technology company. \n(2) Where the Minister is satisfied that the technology, if introduced in Brunei Darussalam, would promote or enhance the economic or technological development in Brunei Darussalam, he may approve the company as a technology company and issue a certificate to that company subject to such conditions as he thinks fit.\n (3) Every certificate issued under this section shall specify a percentage, not exceeding 30o/o, of such amount of the paid-up capital of the technology company as is held by any eligible holding company for the purpose of determining the deduction under section 100.\nDeductions allowable to eligible holding company. \n100. ( 1) Where a technology company has incurred an overall loss in respect of its relevant trade or business at the end of its qualifying period, it may, within 6 years from that date, by notice in writing to the Collector elect for the overall loss (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) and the amount of any unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) to be made available to an eligible holding company as a deduction against the statutory income of the eligible holding company. \n(2) The deduction to be made available to an eligible holding company under subsection (1) shall be an amount to be ascertained by multiplying the overall loss !less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) or the unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice), as the case may be, by the percentage of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by that eligible holding company throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company.\n(3) The deduction shall not in the aggregate exceed such percentage as may be specified in the certificate issued to the technology company under section 99 of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by the eligible holding company (excluding any shares acquired from other shareholders of the technology company) as at the end of such qualifying period.  [...]\" (INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001)","INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/s048.pdf\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3097,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","C19T23","_O","IV41","IX",2021,"0.000625","Foreign-invested export-oriented enterprises and technology-certified enterprises are entitled to less advantegeous investment incentives than locally-owned firms meeting minimum local ownership thresholds.","\"Tax relief period. \n42. ( 1) The tax relief period of an export enterprise shall [a} not being a pioneer enterprise, commence from its export year and shall continue for a period of 8 years inclusive of the export year; or [bJ being a pioneer enterprise, commence on the first day of its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, on the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and shall continue for a period of 6 years and shall not in the aggregate exceed 11 years. \n(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where an export enterprise has incurred or is intending to incur a fixed capital expenditure of [aj not less than $50 million; or {bj not less than $500,000 but less than $50 million and(i) more than 40% of the paid-up capital of the export enterprise is held by citizens and persons to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17); and (ii) in the opinion of the Minister the export enterprise will promote or enhance the economic or technological development of Brunei Darussalam, its tax relief period(A) where the export enterprise is not a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year and continue for a period of 15 ye'ars inclusive of the export year; or (B) where the export enterprise is a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, from the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and continue for such period as together with its tax relief period as a pioneer enterprise will extend in the aggregate to 15 years. \n(3) The Minister may, where he is satisfied that it is expedient in the public interest to do so and subject to such terms and conditions as he may impose, extend the tax relief period of any export enterprise for such further period as he thinks fit.\n (4) In subsection (2), \"fixed capital expenditure\" means capital expenditure which has been or is intended to be incurred by the export enterprise, in connection with its export product, on its factory building (excluding land) in Brunei Darussalam, and on any new plant or new machinery used in Brunei Darussalam and, subject to the approval of the Minister, on any secondhand plant or secondhand machinery used in Brunei Darussalam.\n[...]\nPART XIII - INVESTMENTS IN NEW TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES\nInterpretation of this Part. \n98. For the purposes of this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"eligible holding company\", in relation to a technology company, means a company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam {a} which is resident in Brunei Darussalam; {b} which holds shares in the technology company; and {c} in respect of which not less than 30o/o of the paid-up capital is beneficially owned by citizens or person~ to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17) throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company, unless the Minister otherwise decides; [...]\n\"technology company\" means a company approved as a technology company under subsection (2) of section 99.\n[...]\nApplication for and issue of certificate to technology company. \n99. (1) Any company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam which is desirous of using in Brunei Darussalam a new technology in relation to a product, process or service may make an application in the prescribed form to the Minister to be approved as a technology company. \n(2) Where the Minister is satisfied that the technology, if introduced in Brunei Darussalam, would promote or enhance the economic or technological development in Brunei Darussalam, he may approve the company as a technology company and issue a certificate to that company subject to such conditions as he thinks fit.\n (3) Every certificate issued under this section shall specify a percentage, not exceeding 30o/o, of such amount of the paid-up capital of the technology company as is held by any eligible holding company for the purpose of determining the deduction under section 100.\nDeductions allowable to eligible holding company. \n100. ( 1) Where a technology company has incurred an overall loss in respect of its relevant trade or business at the end of its qualifying period, it may, within 6 years from that date, by notice in writing to the Collector elect for the overall loss (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) and the amount of any unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) to be made available to an eligible holding company as a deduction against the statutory income of the eligible holding company. \n(2) The deduction to be made available to an eligible holding company under subsection (1) shall be an amount to be ascertained by multiplying the overall loss !less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) or the unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice), as the case may be, by the percentage of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by that eligible holding company throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company.\n(3) The deduction shall not in the aggregate exceed such percentage as may be specified in the certificate issued to the technology company under section 99 of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by the eligible holding company (excluding any shares acquired from other shareholders of the technology company) as at the end of such qualifying period.  [...]\" (INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001)","INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/s048.pdf\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3097,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","C19T23","_O","IV41","IX",2022,"0.000625","Foreign-invested export-oriented enterprises and technology-certified enterprises are entitled to less advantegeous investment incentives than locally-owned firms meeting minimum local ownership thresholds.","\"Tax relief period. \n42. ( 1) The tax relief period of an export enterprise shall [a} not being a pioneer enterprise, commence from its export year and shall continue for a period of 8 years inclusive of the export year; or [bJ being a pioneer enterprise, commence on the first day of its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, on the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and shall continue for a period of 6 years and shall not in the aggregate exceed 11 years. \n(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where an export enterprise has incurred or is intending to incur a fixed capital expenditure of [aj not less than $50 million; or {bj not less than $500,000 but less than $50 million and(i) more than 40% of the paid-up capital of the export enterprise is held by citizens and persons to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17); and (ii) in the opinion of the Minister the export enterprise will promote or enhance the economic or technological development of Brunei Darussalam, its tax relief period(A) where the export enterprise is not a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year and continue for a period of 15 ye'ars inclusive of the export year; or (B) where the export enterprise is a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, from the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and continue for such period as together with its tax relief period as a pioneer enterprise will extend in the aggregate to 15 years. \n(3) The Minister may, where he is satisfied that it is expedient in the public interest to do so and subject to such terms and conditions as he may impose, extend the tax relief period of any export enterprise for such further period as he thinks fit.\n (4) In subsection (2), \"fixed capital expenditure\" means capital expenditure which has been or is intended to be incurred by the export enterprise, in connection with its export product, on its factory building (excluding land) in Brunei Darussalam, and on any new plant or new machinery used in Brunei Darussalam and, subject to the approval of the Minister, on any secondhand plant or secondhand machinery used in Brunei Darussalam.\n[...]\nPART XIII - INVESTMENTS IN NEW TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES\nInterpretation of this Part. \n98. For the purposes of this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"eligible holding company\", in relation to a technology company, means a company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam {a} which is resident in Brunei Darussalam; {b} which holds shares in the technology company; and {c} in respect of which not less than 30o/o of the paid-up capital is beneficially owned by citizens or person~ to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17) throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company, unless the Minister otherwise decides; [...]\n\"technology company\" means a company approved as a technology company under subsection (2) of section 99.\n[...]\nApplication for and issue of certificate to technology company. \n99. (1) Any company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam which is desirous of using in Brunei Darussalam a new technology in relation to a product, process or service may make an application in the prescribed form to the Minister to be approved as a technology company. \n(2) Where the Minister is satisfied that the technology, if introduced in Brunei Darussalam, would promote or enhance the economic or technological development in Brunei Darussalam, he may approve the company as a technology company and issue a certificate to that company subject to such conditions as he thinks fit.\n (3) Every certificate issued under this section shall specify a percentage, not exceeding 30o/o, of such amount of the paid-up capital of the technology company as is held by any eligible holding company for the purpose of determining the deduction under section 100.\nDeductions allowable to eligible holding company. \n100. ( 1) Where a technology company has incurred an overall loss in respect of its relevant trade or business at the end of its qualifying period, it may, within 6 years from that date, by notice in writing to the Collector elect for the overall loss (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) and the amount of any unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) to be made available to an eligible holding company as a deduction against the statutory income of the eligible holding company. \n(2) The deduction to be made available to an eligible holding company under subsection (1) shall be an amount to be ascertained by multiplying the overall loss !less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) or the unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice), as the case may be, by the percentage of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by that eligible holding company throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company.\n(3) The deduction shall not in the aggregate exceed such percentage as may be specified in the certificate issued to the technology company under section 99 of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by the eligible holding company (excluding any shares acquired from other shareholders of the technology company) as at the end of such qualifying period.  [...]\" (INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001)","INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/s048.pdf\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3097,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","C19T23","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.000625","Foreign-invested export-oriented enterprises and technology-certified enterprises are entitled to less advantegeous investment incentives than locally-owned firms meeting minimum local ownership thresholds.","\"Tax relief period. \n42. ( 1) The tax relief period of an export enterprise shall [a} not being a pioneer enterprise, commence from its export year and shall continue for a period of 8 years inclusive of the export year; or [bJ being a pioneer enterprise, commence on the first day of its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, on the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and shall continue for a period of 6 years and shall not in the aggregate exceed 11 years. \n(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where an export enterprise has incurred or is intending to incur a fixed capital expenditure of [aj not less than $50 million; or {bj not less than $500,000 but less than $50 million and(i) more than 40% of the paid-up capital of the export enterprise is held by citizens and persons to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17); and (ii) in the opinion of the Minister the export enterprise will promote or enhance the economic or technological development of Brunei Darussalam, its tax relief period(A) where the export enterprise is not a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year and continue for a period of 15 ye'ars inclusive of the export year; or (B) where the export enterprise is a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, from the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and continue for such period as together with its tax relief period as a pioneer enterprise will extend in the aggregate to 15 years. \n(3) The Minister may, where he is satisfied that it is expedient in the public interest to do so and subject to such terms and conditions as he may impose, extend the tax relief period of any export enterprise for such further period as he thinks fit.\n (4) In subsection (2), \"fixed capital expenditure\" means capital expenditure which has been or is intended to be incurred by the export enterprise, in connection with its export product, on its factory building (excluding land) in Brunei Darussalam, and on any new plant or new machinery used in Brunei Darussalam and, subject to the approval of the Minister, on any secondhand plant or secondhand machinery used in Brunei Darussalam.\n[...]\nPART XIII - INVESTMENTS IN NEW TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES\nInterpretation of this Part. \n98. For the purposes of this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"eligible holding company\", in relation to a technology company, means a company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam {a} which is resident in Brunei Darussalam; {b} which holds shares in the technology company; and {c} in respect of which not less than 30o/o of the paid-up capital is beneficially owned by citizens or person~ to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17) throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company, unless the Minister otherwise decides; [...]\n\"technology company\" means a company approved as a technology company under subsection (2) of section 99.\n[...]\nApplication for and issue of certificate to technology company. \n99. (1) Any company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam which is desirous of using in Brunei Darussalam a new technology in relation to a product, process or service may make an application in the prescribed form to the Minister to be approved as a technology company. \n(2) Where the Minister is satisfied that the technology, if introduced in Brunei Darussalam, would promote or enhance the economic or technological development in Brunei Darussalam, he may approve the company as a technology company and issue a certificate to that company subject to such conditions as he thinks fit.\n (3) Every certificate issued under this section shall specify a percentage, not exceeding 30o/o, of such amount of the paid-up capital of the technology company as is held by any eligible holding company for the purpose of determining the deduction under section 100.\nDeductions allowable to eligible holding company. \n100. ( 1) Where a technology company has incurred an overall loss in respect of its relevant trade or business at the end of its qualifying period, it may, within 6 years from that date, by notice in writing to the Collector elect for the overall loss (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) and the amount of any unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) to be made available to an eligible holding company as a deduction against the statutory income of the eligible holding company. \n(2) The deduction to be made available to an eligible holding company under subsection (1) shall be an amount to be ascertained by multiplying the overall loss !less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) or the unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice), as the case may be, by the percentage of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by that eligible holding company throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company.\n(3) The deduction shall not in the aggregate exceed such percentage as may be specified in the certificate issued to the technology company under section 99 of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by the eligible holding company (excluding any shares acquired from other shareholders of the technology company) as at the end of such qualifying period.  [...]\" (INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001)","INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/s048.pdf\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3097,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","A02","_O","IV91","IX",2018,"0.000375","Non-EU/EEA natural and legal persons may acquire forest land (wooded land) only upon local incorporation or access forestry land through short-term leases. Since 1 January 2012, pursuant to the terms of the act of accession of Bulgaria to the European Union, EU/EEA citizens and legal entities may acquire forest land (wooded land) in Bulgaria, irrespective of residency. ","\"3.   FREE MOVEMENT OF CAPITAL\nTreaty establishing a Constitution for Europe [...]\n2. Notwithstanding the obligations under the Treaty establishing a Constitution for Europe, Bulgaria may maintain in force for seven years from the date of accession the restrictions laid down in its legislation, existing at the time of signature of the Treaty of Accession, on the acquisition of agricultural land, forests and forestry land by nationals of another Member State, by nationals of the States which are a party to the European Economic Area Agreement and by legal persons formed in accordance with the laws of another Member State or an EEAA State. In no instance may a national of a Member State be treated less favourably in respect of the acquisition of agricultural land, forests and forestry land than at the date of signature of the Accession Treaty or be treated in a more restrictive way than a national of a third country. [...]\" (PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005)\n--------------------------\n\"Chapter Three - OWNERSHIP\nSection I - Ownership Rights\nArticle 22. Wooded areas may be owned by natural persons, legal entities, the state and municipalities. \nArticle 23. (1) Political parties, as well as political organizations, movements and coalitions cannot own wooded areas.\n(2) Foreign countries cannot own wooded areas.\n(3) Citizens of European Union member states and of the European Economic Area countries may acquire ownership of wooded areas subject to the provisions of this Act, following expiry of the time period as defined by the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Bulgaria to the European Union.\n(4) Legal entities of European Union member states and of the European Economic Area countries may acquire ownership of wooded areas subject to the terms and procedure as per (3) above.\n(5) Foreign nationals who are citizens of third countries as well as foreign legal entities established pursuant to third-country laws may acquire ownership of wooded areas pursuant to the provisions of an international treaty ratified in accordance with the procedure as per Article 22 (2) of the Constitution of the Republic of Bulgaria, duly promulgated and in force, as well as by way of legal inheritance. [...]\" (Forestry Act of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG No. 19/8.03.2011 [google translated])","PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005\nForestry Act of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG No. 19/8.03.2011 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://data.europa.eu/eli/treaty/acc_2005/pro_1/sign\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\" http://www.iag.bg/data/docs/Forestry_Act.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,2303,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","A02","_O","IV91","IX",2021,"0.000375","Non-EU/EEA natural and legal persons may acquire forest land (wooded land) only upon local incorporation or access forestry land through short-term leases. Since 1 January 2012, pursuant to the terms of the act of accession of Bulgaria to the European Union, EU/EEA citizens and legal entities may acquire forest land (wooded land) in Bulgaria, irrespective of residency. ","\"3.   FREE MOVEMENT OF CAPITAL\nTreaty establishing a Constitution for Europe [...]\n2. Notwithstanding the obligations under the Treaty establishing a Constitution for Europe, Bulgaria may maintain in force for seven years from the date of accession the restrictions laid down in its legislation, existing at the time of signature of the Treaty of Accession, on the acquisition of agricultural land, forests and forestry land by nationals of another Member State, by nationals of the States which are a party to the European Economic Area Agreement and by legal persons formed in accordance with the laws of another Member State or an EEAA State. In no instance may a national of a Member State be treated less favourably in respect of the acquisition of agricultural land, forests and forestry land than at the date of signature of the Accession Treaty or be treated in a more restrictive way than a national of a third country. [...]\" (PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005)\n--------------------------\n\"Chapter Three - OWNERSHIP\nSection I - Ownership Rights\nArticle 22. Wooded areas may be owned by natural persons, legal entities, the state and municipalities. \nArticle 23. (1) Political parties, as well as political organizations, movements and coalitions cannot own wooded areas.\n(2) Foreign countries cannot own wooded areas.\n(3) Citizens of European Union member states and of the European Economic Area countries may acquire ownership of wooded areas subject to the provisions of this Act, following expiry of the time period as defined by the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Bulgaria to the European Union.\n(4) Legal entities of European Union member states and of the European Economic Area countries may acquire ownership of wooded areas subject to the terms and procedure as per (3) above.\n(5) Foreign nationals who are citizens of third countries as well as foreign legal entities established pursuant to third-country laws may acquire ownership of wooded areas pursuant to the provisions of an international treaty ratified in accordance with the procedure as per Article 22 (2) of the Constitution of the Republic of Bulgaria, duly promulgated and in force, as well as by way of legal inheritance. [...]\" (Forestry Act of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG No. 19/8.03.2011 [google translated])","PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005\nForestry Act of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG No. 19/8.03.2011 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://data.europa.eu/eli/treaty/acc_2005/pro_1/sign\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\" http://www.iag.bg/data/docs/Forestry_Act.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,2303,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","A02","_O","IV91","IX",2022,"0.000375","Non-EU/EEA natural and legal persons may acquire forest land (wooded land) only upon local incorporation or access forestry land through short-term leases. Since 1 January 2012, pursuant to the terms of the act of accession of Bulgaria to the European Union, EU/EEA citizens and legal entities may acquire forest land (wooded land) in Bulgaria, irrespective of residency. ","\"3.   FREE MOVEMENT OF CAPITAL\nTreaty establishing a Constitution for Europe [...]\n2. Notwithstanding the obligations under the Treaty establishing a Constitution for Europe, Bulgaria may maintain in force for seven years from the date of accession the restrictions laid down in its legislation, existing at the time of signature of the Treaty of Accession, on the acquisition of agricultural land, forests and forestry land by nationals of another Member State, by nationals of the States which are a party to the European Economic Area Agreement and by legal persons formed in accordance with the laws of another Member State or an EEAA State. In no instance may a national of a Member State be treated less favourably in respect of the acquisition of agricultural land, forests and forestry land than at the date of signature of the Accession Treaty or be treated in a more restrictive way than a national of a third country. [...]\" (PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005)\n--------------------------\n\"Chapter Three - OWNERSHIP\nSection I - Ownership Rights\nArticle 22. Wooded areas may be owned by natural persons, legal entities, the state and municipalities. \nArticle 23. (1) Political parties, as well as political organizations, movements and coalitions cannot own wooded areas.\n(2) Foreign countries cannot own wooded areas.\n(3) Citizens of European Union member states and of the European Economic Area countries may acquire ownership of wooded areas subject to the provisions of this Act, following expiry of the time period as defined by the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Bulgaria to the European Union.\n(4) Legal entities of European Union member states and of the European Economic Area countries may acquire ownership of wooded areas subject to the terms and procedure as per (3) above.\n(5) Foreign nationals who are citizens of third countries as well as foreign legal entities established pursuant to third-country laws may acquire ownership of wooded areas pursuant to the provisions of an international treaty ratified in accordance with the procedure as per Article 22 (2) of the Constitution of the Republic of Bulgaria, duly promulgated and in force, as well as by way of legal inheritance. [...]\" (Forestry Act of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG No. 19/8.03.2011 [google translated])","PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005\nForestry Act of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG No. 19/8.03.2011 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://data.europa.eu/eli/treaty/acc_2005/pro_1/sign\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\" http://www.iag.bg/data/docs/Forestry_Act.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,2303,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","A02","_O","IV91","IX",2023,"0.000375","Non-EU/EEA natural and legal persons may acquire forest land (wooded land) only upon local incorporation or access forestry land through short-term leases. Since 1 January 2012, pursuant to the terms of the act of accession of Bulgaria to the European Union, EU/EEA citizens and legal entities may acquire forest land (wooded land) in Bulgaria, irrespective of residency. ","\"3.   FREE MOVEMENT OF CAPITAL\nTreaty establishing a Constitution for Europe [...]\n2. Notwithstanding the obligations under the Treaty establishing a Constitution for Europe, Bulgaria may maintain in force for seven years from the date of accession the restrictions laid down in its legislation, existing at the time of signature of the Treaty of Accession, on the acquisition of agricultural land, forests and forestry land by nationals of another Member State, by nationals of the States which are a party to the European Economic Area Agreement and by legal persons formed in accordance with the laws of another Member State or an EEAA State. In no instance may a national of a Member State be treated less favourably in respect of the acquisition of agricultural land, forests and forestry land than at the date of signature of the Accession Treaty or be treated in a more restrictive way than a national of a third country. [...]\" (PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005)\n--------------------------\n\"Chapter Three - OWNERSHIP\nSection I - Ownership Rights\nArticle 22. Wooded areas may be owned by natural persons, legal entities, the state and municipalities. \nArticle 23. (1) Political parties, as well as political organizations, movements and coalitions cannot own wooded areas.\n(2) Foreign countries cannot own wooded areas.\n(3) Citizens of European Union member states and of the European Economic Area countries may acquire ownership of wooded areas subject to the provisions of this Act, following expiry of the time period as defined by the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Bulgaria to the European Union.\n(4) Legal entities of European Union member states and of the European Economic Area countries may acquire ownership of wooded areas subject to the terms and procedure as per (3) above.\n(5) Foreign nationals who are citizens of third countries as well as foreign legal entities established pursuant to third-country laws may acquire ownership of wooded areas pursuant to the provisions of an international treaty ratified in accordance with the procedure as per Article 22 (2) of the Constitution of the Republic of Bulgaria, duly promulgated and in force, as well as by way of legal inheritance. [...]\" (Forestry Act of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG No. 19/8.03.2011 [google translated])","PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005\nForestry Act of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG No. 19/8.03.2011 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://data.europa.eu/eli/treaty/acc_2005/pro_1/sign\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\" http://www.iag.bg/data/docs/Forestry_Act.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,2303,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.01875","Access to land is subject to discriminatory restriction as foreign natural or legal persons (including any legal entity constituted in Burundi whose capital is majority owned by foreigners) are only granted freehold land for specific purposes (industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use) subject to reciprocity. Otherwise, foreign persons may lease land on a medium-term basis up to 50 years. Foreign natural or legal persons cannot own agricultural land unless under a leashold term.","\"Article 5\nLand within the meaning of this Code means any real right exercised over a built or unbuilt building, namely ownership, emphyteusis, usufruct, use and habitation, easements and mortgage.\n[...]\nTITLE I: General provisions [...]\nArticle 12\nAny natural or legal person may enjoy, without discrimination, all the rights defined by the present Code and exercise them freely, subject to respect for the rights of others and restrictions resulting from the law.\nArticle 13\nSubject to reciprocity, foreign natural or legal persons enjoy the same rights and protections as nationals; in particular, they may benefit from the transfer or concessions of state-owned land as defined and organized by the present law.\nHowever, they may only be granted freehold land for industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use.\nIf the transferred or granted property is not put to use for five years, the transfer or concession contract is terminated. The terms of application of this paragraph shall be determined by regulation. \nLand for agricultural or livestock use may not be the subject of freehold transfers to foreign natural or legal persons.\nArticle 14\nThe provisions of the preceding article do not preclude, subject to reciprocity, the application of more favorable rules which are or will be provided for, in favor of foreign natural persons or legal entities by bilateral or multilateral international agreements to which Burundi is a party\n[...]\nArticle 15\nFor the application of the provisions of this Code, any natural person not having Burundian nationality within the meaning of the Burundian Nationality Code is considered a foreigner. Any legal entity falling into one of the following two categories is also considered foreign: \n1° legal entities which are not constituted under Burundian law or for those constituted under Burundian law whose capital is majority owned by foreigners;\n2° associations of foreigners or made up mainly of foreigners.\n[...]\nChapter I. - Long-term Lease\nArticle 44\nA long-term lease is the right to have, for a fixed period, full enjoyment of a building belonging to another, with the responsibility of developing it, maintaining it and paying the owner a fee in kind or in money as agreed. \nIt cannot be established for a term of less than eighteen years. If it is granted for a shorter period, it is deemed void.\nNor can it be granted for a period exceeding fifty years. If it is granted for a longer period, it is automatically reduced to this term. [...]\" (LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI)","LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fao.org/faolex/results/details/fr/c/LEX-FAOC111284\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3199,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2021,"0.01875","Access to land is subject to discriminatory restriction as foreign natural or legal persons (including any legal entity constituted in Burundi whose capital is majority owned by foreigners) are only granted freehold land for specific purposes (industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use) subject to reciprocity. Otherwise, foreign persons may lease land on a medium-term basis up to 50 years. Foreign natural or legal persons cannot own agricultural land unless under a leashold term.","\"Article 5\nLand within the meaning of this Code means any real right exercised over a built or unbuilt building, namely ownership, emphyteusis, usufruct, use and habitation, easements and mortgage.\n[...]\nTITLE I: General provisions [...]\nArticle 12\nAny natural or legal person may enjoy, without discrimination, all the rights defined by the present Code and exercise them freely, subject to respect for the rights of others and restrictions resulting from the law.\nArticle 13\nSubject to reciprocity, foreign natural or legal persons enjoy the same rights and protections as nationals; in particular, they may benefit from the transfer or concessions of state-owned land as defined and organized by the present law.\nHowever, they may only be granted freehold land for industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use.\nIf the transferred or granted property is not put to use for five years, the transfer or concession contract is terminated. The terms of application of this paragraph shall be determined by regulation. \nLand for agricultural or livestock use may not be the subject of freehold transfers to foreign natural or legal persons.\nArticle 14\nThe provisions of the preceding article do not preclude, subject to reciprocity, the application of more favorable rules which are or will be provided for, in favor of foreign natural persons or legal entities by bilateral or multilateral international agreements to which Burundi is a party\n[...]\nArticle 15\nFor the application of the provisions of this Code, any natural person not having Burundian nationality within the meaning of the Burundian Nationality Code is considered a foreigner. Any legal entity falling into one of the following two categories is also considered foreign: \n1° legal entities which are not constituted under Burundian law or for those constituted under Burundian law whose capital is majority owned by foreigners;\n2° associations of foreigners or made up mainly of foreigners.\n[...]\nChapter I. - Long-term Lease\nArticle 44\nA long-term lease is the right to have, for a fixed period, full enjoyment of a building belonging to another, with the responsibility of developing it, maintaining it and paying the owner a fee in kind or in money as agreed. \nIt cannot be established for a term of less than eighteen years. If it is granted for a shorter period, it is deemed void.\nNor can it be granted for a period exceeding fifty years. If it is granted for a longer period, it is automatically reduced to this term. [...]\" (LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI)","LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fao.org/faolex/results/details/fr/c/LEX-FAOC111284\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3199,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2022,"0.01875","Access to land is subject to discriminatory restriction as foreign natural or legal persons (including any legal entity constituted in Burundi whose capital is majority owned by foreigners) are only granted freehold land for specific purposes (industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use) subject to reciprocity. Otherwise, foreign persons may lease land on a medium-term basis up to 50 years. Foreign natural or legal persons cannot own agricultural land unless under a leashold term.","\"Article 5\nLand within the meaning of this Code means any real right exercised over a built or unbuilt building, namely ownership, emphyteusis, usufruct, use and habitation, easements and mortgage.\n[...]\nTITLE I: General provisions [...]\nArticle 12\nAny natural or legal person may enjoy, without discrimination, all the rights defined by the present Code and exercise them freely, subject to respect for the rights of others and restrictions resulting from the law.\nArticle 13\nSubject to reciprocity, foreign natural or legal persons enjoy the same rights and protections as nationals; in particular, they may benefit from the transfer or concessions of state-owned land as defined and organized by the present law.\nHowever, they may only be granted freehold land for industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use.\nIf the transferred or granted property is not put to use for five years, the transfer or concession contract is terminated. The terms of application of this paragraph shall be determined by regulation. \nLand for agricultural or livestock use may not be the subject of freehold transfers to foreign natural or legal persons.\nArticle 14\nThe provisions of the preceding article do not preclude, subject to reciprocity, the application of more favorable rules which are or will be provided for, in favor of foreign natural persons or legal entities by bilateral or multilateral international agreements to which Burundi is a party\n[...]\nArticle 15\nFor the application of the provisions of this Code, any natural person not having Burundian nationality within the meaning of the Burundian Nationality Code is considered a foreigner. Any legal entity falling into one of the following two categories is also considered foreign: \n1° legal entities which are not constituted under Burundian law or for those constituted under Burundian law whose capital is majority owned by foreigners;\n2° associations of foreigners or made up mainly of foreigners.\n[...]\nChapter I. - Long-term Lease\nArticle 44\nA long-term lease is the right to have, for a fixed period, full enjoyment of a building belonging to another, with the responsibility of developing it, maintaining it and paying the owner a fee in kind or in money as agreed. \nIt cannot be established for a term of less than eighteen years. If it is granted for a shorter period, it is deemed void.\nNor can it be granted for a period exceeding fifty years. If it is granted for a longer period, it is automatically reduced to this term. [...]\" (LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI)","LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fao.org/faolex/results/details/fr/c/LEX-FAOC111284\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3199,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2023,"0.01875","Access to land is subject to discriminatory restriction as foreign natural or legal persons (including any legal entity constituted in Burundi whose capital is majority owned by foreigners) are only granted freehold land for specific purposes (industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use) subject to reciprocity. Otherwise, foreign persons may lease land on a medium-term basis up to 50 years. Foreign natural or legal persons cannot own agricultural land unless under a leashold term.","\"Article 5\nLand within the meaning of this Code means any real right exercised over a built or unbuilt building, namely ownership, emphyteusis, usufruct, use and habitation, easements and mortgage.\n[...]\nTITLE I: General provisions [...]\nArticle 12\nAny natural or legal person may enjoy, without discrimination, all the rights defined by the present Code and exercise them freely, subject to respect for the rights of others and restrictions resulting from the law.\nArticle 13\nSubject to reciprocity, foreign natural or legal persons enjoy the same rights and protections as nationals; in particular, they may benefit from the transfer or concessions of state-owned land as defined and organized by the present law.\nHowever, they may only be granted freehold land for industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use.\nIf the transferred or granted property is not put to use for five years, the transfer or concession contract is terminated. The terms of application of this paragraph shall be determined by regulation. \nLand for agricultural or livestock use may not be the subject of freehold transfers to foreign natural or legal persons.\nArticle 14\nThe provisions of the preceding article do not preclude, subject to reciprocity, the application of more favorable rules which are or will be provided for, in favor of foreign natural persons or legal entities by bilateral or multilateral international agreements to which Burundi is a party\n[...]\nArticle 15\nFor the application of the provisions of this Code, any natural person not having Burundian nationality within the meaning of the Burundian Nationality Code is considered a foreigner. Any legal entity falling into one of the following two categories is also considered foreign: \n1° legal entities which are not constituted under Burundian law or for those constituted under Burundian law whose capital is majority owned by foreigners;\n2° associations of foreigners or made up mainly of foreigners.\n[...]\nChapter I. - Long-term Lease\nArticle 44\nA long-term lease is the right to have, for a fixed period, full enjoyment of a building belonging to another, with the responsibility of developing it, maintaining it and paying the owner a fee in kind or in money as agreed. \nIt cannot be established for a term of less than eighteen years. If it is granted for a shorter period, it is deemed void.\nNor can it be granted for a period exceeding fifty years. If it is granted for a longer period, it is automatically reduced to this term. [...]\" (LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI)","LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fao.org/faolex/results/details/fr/c/LEX-FAOC111284\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3199,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0096","The controlling stake in an air transport companies must be held by Chinese investors, and the stake of any given foreign company and its subsidiaries should not exceed 25%. Foreign investment in companies providing aerial services for agriculture, forestry and fishery is subject to the form of equity joint venture with Chinese investors. All other general airlines/aerial services companies must be controlled by Chinese investors.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2529,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0096","The controlling stake in an air transport companies must be held by Chinese investors, and the stake of any given foreign company and its subsidiaries should not exceed 25%. Foreign investment in companies providing aerial services for agriculture, forestry and fishery is subject to the form of equity joint venture with Chinese investors. All other general airlines/aerial services companies must be controlled by Chinese investors.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2529,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0096","The controlling stake in an air transport companies must be held by Chinese investors, and the stake of any given foreign company and its subsidiaries should not exceed 25%. Foreign investment in companies providing aerial services for agriculture, forestry and fishery is subject to the form of equity joint venture with Chinese investors. All other general airlines/aerial services companies must be controlled by Chinese investors.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2529,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0096","The controlling stake in an air transport companies must be held by Chinese investors, and the stake of any given foreign company and its subsidiaries should not exceed 25%. Foreign investment in companies providing aerial services for agriculture, forestry and fishery is subject to the form of equity joint venture with Chinese investors. All other general airlines/aerial services companies must be controlled by Chinese investors.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2529,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","L68","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0081","As a rule, foreign legal entities can only acquire ownership of real estate in Croatia under the condition of reciprocity and subject to consent by the Minister of Justice, except through a company incorporated in Croatia, in which case the incorporated company will be treated as a Croatian national. Foreign legal entities cannot acquire or hold any property rights in agricultural land or forests, or in areas legally declared as restricted to foreign investors in view of protecting the interests and safety of the Republic of Croatia.\nHowever, legal entities incorporated in EU/EEA member states can acquire and own real estate assets in Croatia under the same conditions as those applied to domestic legal entities, with the exception of agricultural land and other real estate localed in protected nature areas. Pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union, citizens and legal entities of the European Union cannot acquire agricultural land for a period of seven years from the date of accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union [1 July 2013]. In 2020, the ban was extended until 30 June 2023 by a decision of the European Commission.","\"Article 355\n(1) From the standpoint of this Act, a natural person shall be considered a party when he or she does not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law. [...]\n(3) A legal person shall be considered a foreign person from the point of view of this Act when it has a registered office outside the territory of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nArticle 356 [...]\n(2) Foreign natural and legal persons may, unless otherwise provided by law, on the assumption of reciprocity, acquire ownership of real estate in the territory of the Republic of Croatia, if the consent is given by the Minister competent for justice of the Republic of Croatia.\n[…]\nArticle 358\n(1) A foreign person may not be the owner of real estate located in an area which, for the protection of the interests and security of the Republic of Croatia, has been declared an area in which foreign persons cannot have the right of ownership, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[…]\nArticle 358a\n(1) The provisions of Articles 354 to 358 of the Property and Other Real Rights Act (Official Gazette 91/96, 68/98, 137/99, 22/00, 73/00, 114/01, 79/06 and 141/06) do not apply to citizens and legal entities from the Member States of the European Union. These persons acquire the right of ownership of real estate under the preconditions that apply to the acquisition of the right of ownership for citizens of the Republic of Croatia and legal persons with a registered office in the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) The provision of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to real estate in the exempted areas:\n- agricultural land determined by a special law,\n- protected parts of nature according to a special law.[…]\" (Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2\n(1) Agricultural land is of good interest to the Republic of Croatia and has its special protection.\n(2) Foreign legal and natural persons may not be holders of land ownership rights referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, unless otherwise determined by an international agreement and a special regulation. [...]\" (Agricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia referred to in Chapter 3 of Annex V to the 2011 Act of Accession shall be extended until 30 June 2023. [...]\" (Commission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1)\n------------------------\n\"Article 56\n(1) Forests and forest lands owned by the Republic of Croatia may not be alienated from the property of the Republic of Croatia, except in cases provided for by this Act.\n(2) Foreign persons, namely natural persons when they do not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia or other Member States of the European Union and a legal person having a registered office outside the Republic of Croatia and other Member States of the European Union, may not acquire ownership of forests and forest land in owned by the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by an international agreement.[...]\" (Forestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56 [google translation])","Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a\nAgricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2\nCommission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1\nForestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2015_07_81_1548.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_03_20_402.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32020D0787\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_68_1392.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3717,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","L68","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0081","As a rule, foreign legal entities can only acquire ownership of real estate in Croatia under the condition of reciprocity and subject to consent by the Minister of Justice, except through a company incorporated in Croatia, in which case the incorporated company will be treated as a Croatian national. Foreign legal entities cannot acquire or hold any property rights in agricultural land or forests, or in areas legally declared as restricted to foreign investors in view of protecting the interests and safety of the Republic of Croatia.\nHowever, legal entities incorporated in EU/EEA member states can acquire and own real estate assets in Croatia under the same conditions as those applied to domestic legal entities, with the exception of agricultural land and other real estate localed in protected nature areas. Pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union, citizens and legal entities of the European Union cannot acquire agricultural land for a period of seven years from the date of accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union [1 July 2013]. In 2020, the ban was extended until 30 June 2023 by a decision of the European Commission.","\"Article 355\n(1) From the standpoint of this Act, a natural person shall be considered a party when he or she does not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law. [...]\n(3) A legal person shall be considered a foreign person from the point of view of this Act when it has a registered office outside the territory of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nArticle 356 [...]\n(2) Foreign natural and legal persons may, unless otherwise provided by law, on the assumption of reciprocity, acquire ownership of real estate in the territory of the Republic of Croatia, if the consent is given by the Minister competent for justice of the Republic of Croatia.\n[…]\nArticle 358\n(1) A foreign person may not be the owner of real estate located in an area which, for the protection of the interests and security of the Republic of Croatia, has been declared an area in which foreign persons cannot have the right of ownership, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[…]\nArticle 358a\n(1) The provisions of Articles 354 to 358 of the Property and Other Real Rights Act (Official Gazette 91/96, 68/98, 137/99, 22/00, 73/00, 114/01, 79/06 and 141/06) do not apply to citizens and legal entities from the Member States of the European Union. These persons acquire the right of ownership of real estate under the preconditions that apply to the acquisition of the right of ownership for citizens of the Republic of Croatia and legal persons with a registered office in the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) The provision of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to real estate in the exempted areas:\n- agricultural land determined by a special law,\n- protected parts of nature according to a special law.[…]\" (Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2\n(1) Agricultural land is of good interest to the Republic of Croatia and has its special protection.\n(2) Foreign legal and natural persons may not be holders of land ownership rights referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, unless otherwise determined by an international agreement and a special regulation. [...]\" (Agricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia referred to in Chapter 3 of Annex V to the 2011 Act of Accession shall be extended until 30 June 2023. [...]\" (Commission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1)\n------------------------\n\"Article 56\n(1) Forests and forest lands owned by the Republic of Croatia may not be alienated from the property of the Republic of Croatia, except in cases provided for by this Act.\n(2) Foreign persons, namely natural persons when they do not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia or other Member States of the European Union and a legal person having a registered office outside the Republic of Croatia and other Member States of the European Union, may not acquire ownership of forests and forest land in owned by the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by an international agreement.[...]\" (Forestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56 [google translation])","Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a\nAgricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2\nCommission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1\nForestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2015_07_81_1548.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_03_20_402.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32020D0787\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_68_1392.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1044,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","L68","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0081","As a rule, foreign legal entities can only acquire ownership of real estate in Croatia under the condition of reciprocity and subject to consent by the Minister of Justice, except through a company incorporated in Croatia, in which case the incorporated company will be treated as a Croatian national. Foreign legal entities cannot acquire or hold any property rights in agricultural land or forests, or in areas legally declared as restricted to foreign investors in view of protecting the interests and safety of the Republic of Croatia.\nHowever, legal entities incorporated in EU/EEA member states can acquire and own real estate assets in Croatia under the same conditions as those applied to domestic legal entities, with the exception of agricultural land and other real estate localed in protected nature areas. Pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union, citizens and legal entities of the European Union cannot acquire agricultural land for a period of seven years from the date of accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union [1 July 2013]. In 2020, the ban was extended until 30 June 2023 by a decision of the European Commission.","\"Article 355\n(1) From the standpoint of this Act, a natural person shall be considered a party when he or she does not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law. [...]\n(3) A legal person shall be considered a foreign person from the point of view of this Act when it has a registered office outside the territory of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nArticle 356 [...]\n(2) Foreign natural and legal persons may, unless otherwise provided by law, on the assumption of reciprocity, acquire ownership of real estate in the territory of the Republic of Croatia, if the consent is given by the Minister competent for justice of the Republic of Croatia.\n[…]\nArticle 358\n(1) A foreign person may not be the owner of real estate located in an area which, for the protection of the interests and security of the Republic of Croatia, has been declared an area in which foreign persons cannot have the right of ownership, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[…]\nArticle 358a\n(1) The provisions of Articles 354 to 358 of the Property and Other Real Rights Act (Official Gazette 91/96, 68/98, 137/99, 22/00, 73/00, 114/01, 79/06 and 141/06) do not apply to citizens and legal entities from the Member States of the European Union. These persons acquire the right of ownership of real estate under the preconditions that apply to the acquisition of the right of ownership for citizens of the Republic of Croatia and legal persons with a registered office in the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) The provision of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to real estate in the exempted areas:\n- agricultural land determined by a special law,\n- protected parts of nature according to a special law.[…]\" (Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2\n(1) Agricultural land is of good interest to the Republic of Croatia and has its special protection.\n(2) Foreign legal and natural persons may not be holders of land ownership rights referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, unless otherwise determined by an international agreement and a special regulation. [...]\" (Agricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia referred to in Chapter 3 of Annex V to the 2011 Act of Accession shall be extended until 30 June 2023. [...]\" (Commission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1)\n------------------------\n\"Article 56\n(1) Forests and forest lands owned by the Republic of Croatia may not be alienated from the property of the Republic of Croatia, except in cases provided for by this Act.\n(2) Foreign persons, namely natural persons when they do not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia or other Member States of the European Union and a legal person having a registered office outside the Republic of Croatia and other Member States of the European Union, may not acquire ownership of forests and forest land in owned by the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by an international agreement.[...]\" (Forestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56 [google translation])","Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a\nAgricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2\nCommission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1\nForestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2015_07_81_1548.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_03_20_402.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32020D0787\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_68_1392.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1044,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","L68","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0081","As a rule, foreign legal entities can only acquire ownership of real estate in Croatia under the condition of reciprocity and subject to consent by the Minister of Justice, except through a company incorporated in Croatia, in which case the incorporated company will be treated as a Croatian national. Foreign legal entities cannot acquire or hold any property rights in agricultural land or forests, or in areas legally declared as restricted to foreign investors in view of protecting the interests and safety of the Republic of Croatia.\nHowever, legal entities incorporated in EU/EEA member states can acquire and own real estate assets in Croatia under the same conditions as those applied to domestic legal entities, with the exception of agricultural land and other real estate localed in protected nature areas. Pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union, citizens and legal entities of the European Union cannot acquire agricultural land for a period of seven years from the date of accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union [1 July 2013]. In 2020, the ban was extended until 30 June 2023 by a decision of the European Commission.","\"Article 355\n(1) From the standpoint of this Act, a natural person shall be considered a party when he or she does not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law. [...]\n(3) A legal person shall be considered a foreign person from the point of view of this Act when it has a registered office outside the territory of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nArticle 356 [...]\n(2) Foreign natural and legal persons may, unless otherwise provided by law, on the assumption of reciprocity, acquire ownership of real estate in the territory of the Republic of Croatia, if the consent is given by the Minister competent for justice of the Republic of Croatia.\n[…]\nArticle 358\n(1) A foreign person may not be the owner of real estate located in an area which, for the protection of the interests and security of the Republic of Croatia, has been declared an area in which foreign persons cannot have the right of ownership, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[…]\nArticle 358a\n(1) The provisions of Articles 354 to 358 of the Property and Other Real Rights Act (Official Gazette 91/96, 68/98, 137/99, 22/00, 73/00, 114/01, 79/06 and 141/06) do not apply to citizens and legal entities from the Member States of the European Union. These persons acquire the right of ownership of real estate under the preconditions that apply to the acquisition of the right of ownership for citizens of the Republic of Croatia and legal persons with a registered office in the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) The provision of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to real estate in the exempted areas:\n- agricultural land determined by a special law,\n- protected parts of nature according to a special law.[…]\" (Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2\n(1) Agricultural land is of good interest to the Republic of Croatia and has its special protection.\n(2) Foreign legal and natural persons may not be holders of land ownership rights referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, unless otherwise determined by an international agreement and a special regulation. [...]\" (Agricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia referred to in Chapter 3 of Annex V to the 2011 Act of Accession shall be extended until 30 June 2023. [...]\" (Commission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1)\n------------------------\n\"Article 56\n(1) Forests and forest lands owned by the Republic of Croatia may not be alienated from the property of the Republic of Croatia, except in cases provided for by this Act.\n(2) Foreign persons, namely natural persons when they do not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia or other Member States of the European Union and a legal person having a registered office outside the Republic of Croatia and other Member States of the European Union, may not acquire ownership of forests and forest land in owned by the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by an international agreement.[...]\" (Forestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56 [google translation])","Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a\nAgricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2\nCommission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1\nForestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2015_07_81_1548.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_03_20_402.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32020D0787\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_68_1392.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1044,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CZE","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","The Foreign Investments Screening Act, in effect from 1 May 2021, introduces national foreign investment screening mechanisms for the purpose of protecting the security of the state or its internal or public order. Non-EU investors acquiring effective control (for instance, 10% of voting rights) in particular sensitive areas, such as the defence industry, dual-use goods and critical infrastructure (which includes telecommunications), are subject to mandatory notifications and approval requirements. A second, cross-sectoral mechanism with voluntary notifications for reviews or ex officio investigations by the Ministry of Industry and Trade applies to other investments by non-EU investors which have the potential to endanger the state security or its internal and public order.","\"§ 1 Subject of legislation:\nThis law provides in connection with directly applicable European Union regulation 1 )\n(a) rules for the examination of certain foreign investments due to the protection of the security of the Czech Republic and internal or public order, and\nb) certain obligations of foreign investors.\n§ 2 Foreign investor:\n(1) For the purposes of this law means anyone who has carried out or intends to make foreign investments in the Czech Republic and\n(a) is not a national of the Czech Republic; or a citizen of another Member State of the European Union, \n(b) is not established in the Czech Republic or in another State of the European Union or\n(c) is directly or indirectly controlled by the compliance officer requirements under points (a) or (b).\n[...]\n§ 5 Effective degree of control carrying out an economic activity:\nAn effective measure of control over the activities for the purposes of this Act\n(a) the possibility for the foreign investor to less with a 10% share of voting rights or the possibility of exercising a corresponding influencein the person through whom the economic performs the activity (hereinafter referred to as the “target person”); to shares are also included in this share persons who are with a foreign investor subject to a single procedure, and the which deal with a foreign investor inagreement,\nb) membership of a foreign investor or person close to him in the body of the target person,\n(c) the ability of the foreign investor to dispose of technical rights to the matter through which the economic activity (hereinafter referred to as the case ”), or\n(d) another level of control which results in the ability to the ability of a foreign investor to gain access to formations, systems or technologies which are important from the point of view of safety protection Of the Czech Republic or internal or public all right.\n[...]\n§ 7 Without a permit pursuant to Section 14 (1) or authorization pursuant to Section 15 (3) may not be foreign investment in \na) the target person carrying out the production, research,development, innovation 2 ) or the provision of military material in accordance with the Regulation governing foreign trade in military material 3 ), or to the target object, the through which that activity is carried out,\n(b) the target person operating the critical investment infrastructure designated by the relevant central administrative office 4 ),\nc) the target person, who is the administrator of the information critical information infrastructure system,communication system administrator critical information infrastructure, the information basic service or operating system.basic service provider 5 ), or\n(d) the target person who develops or manufactures the goods listed in Annex IV to Council Regulation (EC) 428 // 2009 establishing a Community regime for export control, transport, mediation and transit of dual-use items, as amended,or to the target matter through which the develops or manufactures such goods.\n§ 8 (1) For foreign investments that are not foreign investments pursuant to § 7 and are eligible for the security of the Czech Republic or the internal or public order, the Ministry may initiate proceedings on the ex officio verification of foreign investment\n(a) on the basis of the outcome of the consultation proposed by a foreign investor pursuant to § 10 paragraph 1, or\nb) within 5 years from the date of completion of the foreign investment,if the foreign investor has not submitted a proposal for consultation pursuant to Section 10 (1).[...]\" (Foreign Investments Screening Act (34/2021), in effect from 1 May 2021, Sections 1, 2, 5, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Foreign Investments Screening Act (34/2021), in effect from 1 May 2021, Sections 1, 2, 5, 7 and 8 [google translation]","Ministry of Industry and Trade, Act no. 34/2021 Coll. on the screening of foreign investments and amendments of related laws (Foreign Investments Screening Act), consulted on 10.8.2021","[<a href=\"https://aplikace.mvcr.cz/sbirka-zakonu/SearchResult.aspx?q=34/2021&typeLaw=zakon&what=Cislo_zakona_smlouvy\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpo.cz/en/foreign-trade/investment-screening/legislation/legislation--261340/\">Ministry</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,723,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CZE","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","The Foreign Investments Screening Act, in effect from 1 May 2021, introduces national foreign investment screening mechanisms for the purpose of protecting the security of the state or its internal or public order. Non-EU investors acquiring effective control (for instance, 10% of voting rights) in particular sensitive areas, such as the defence industry, dual-use goods and critical infrastructure (which includes telecommunications), are subject to mandatory notifications and approval requirements. A second, cross-sectoral mechanism with voluntary notifications for reviews or ex officio investigations by the Ministry of Industry and Trade applies to other investments by non-EU investors which have the potential to endanger the state security or its internal and public order.","\"§ 1 Subject of legislation:\nThis law provides in connection with directly applicable European Union regulation 1 )\n(a) rules for the examination of certain foreign investments due to the protection of the security of the Czech Republic and internal or public order, and\nb) certain obligations of foreign investors.\n§ 2 Foreign investor:\n(1) For the purposes of this law means anyone who has carried out or intends to make foreign investments in the Czech Republic and\n(a) is not a national of the Czech Republic; or a citizen of another Member State of the European Union, \n(b) is not established in the Czech Republic or in another State of the European Union or\n(c) is directly or indirectly controlled by the compliance officer requirements under points (a) or (b).\n[...]\n§ 5 Effective degree of control carrying out an economic activity:\nAn effective measure of control over the activities for the purposes of this Act\n(a) the possibility for the foreign investor to less with a 10% share of voting rights or the possibility of exercising a corresponding influencein the person through whom the economic performs the activity (hereinafter referred to as the “target person”); to shares are also included in this share persons who are with a foreign investor subject to a single procedure, and the which deal with a foreign investor inagreement,\nb) membership of a foreign investor or person close to him in the body of the target person,\n(c) the ability of the foreign investor to dispose of technical rights to the matter through which the economic activity (hereinafter referred to as the case ”), or\n(d) another level of control which results in the ability to the ability of a foreign investor to gain access to formations, systems or technologies which are important from the point of view of safety protection Of the Czech Republic or internal or public all right.\n[...]\n§ 7 Without a permit pursuant to Section 14 (1) or authorization pursuant to Section 15 (3) may not be foreign investment in \na) the target person carrying out the production, research,development, innovation 2 ) or the provision of military material in accordance with the Regulation governing foreign trade in military material 3 ), or to the target object, the through which that activity is carried out,\n(b) the target person operating the critical investment infrastructure designated by the relevant central administrative office 4 ),\nc) the target person, who is the administrator of the information critical information infrastructure system,communication system administrator critical information infrastructure, the information basic service or operating system.basic service provider 5 ), or\n(d) the target person who develops or manufactures the goods listed in Annex IV to Council Regulation (EC) 428 // 2009 establishing a Community regime for export control, transport, mediation and transit of dual-use items, as amended,or to the target matter through which the develops or manufactures such goods.\n§ 8 (1) For foreign investments that are not foreign investments pursuant to § 7 and are eligible for the security of the Czech Republic or the internal or public order, the Ministry may initiate proceedings on the ex officio verification of foreign investment\n(a) on the basis of the outcome of the consultation proposed by a foreign investor pursuant to § 10 paragraph 1, or\nb) within 5 years from the date of completion of the foreign investment,if the foreign investor has not submitted a proposal for consultation pursuant to Section 10 (1).[...]\" (Foreign Investments Screening Act (34/2021), in effect from 1 May 2021, Sections 1, 2, 5, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Foreign Investments Screening Act (34/2021), in effect from 1 May 2021, Sections 1, 2, 5, 7 and 8 [google translation]","Ministry of Industry and Trade, Act no. 34/2021 Coll. on the screening of foreign investments and amendments of related laws (Foreign Investments Screening Act), consulted on 10.8.2021","[<a href=\"https://aplikace.mvcr.cz/sbirka-zakonu/SearchResult.aspx?q=34/2021&typeLaw=zakon&what=Cislo_zakona_smlouvy\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpo.cz/en/foreign-trade/investment-screening/legislation/legislation--261340/\">Ministry</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,723,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CZE","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","The Foreign Investments Screening Act, in effect from 1 May 2021, introduces national foreign investment screening mechanisms for the purpose of protecting the security of the state or its internal or public order. Non-EU investors acquiring effective control (for instance, 10% of voting rights) in particular sensitive areas, such as the defence industry, dual-use goods and critical infrastructure (which includes telecommunications), are subject to mandatory notifications and approval requirements. A second, cross-sectoral mechanism with voluntary notifications for reviews or ex officio investigations by the Ministry of Industry and Trade applies to other investments by non-EU investors which have the potential to endanger the state security or its internal and public order.","\"§ 1 Subject of legislation:\nThis law provides in connection with directly applicable European Union regulation 1 )\n(a) rules for the examination of certain foreign investments due to the protection of the security of the Czech Republic and internal or public order, and\nb) certain obligations of foreign investors.\n§ 2 Foreign investor:\n(1) For the purposes of this law means anyone who has carried out or intends to make foreign investments in the Czech Republic and\n(a) is not a national of the Czech Republic; or a citizen of another Member State of the European Union, \n(b) is not established in the Czech Republic or in another State of the European Union or\n(c) is directly or indirectly controlled by the compliance officer requirements under points (a) or (b).\n[...]\n§ 5 Effective degree of control carrying out an economic activity:\nAn effective measure of control over the activities for the purposes of this Act\n(a) the possibility for the foreign investor to less with a 10% share of voting rights or the possibility of exercising a corresponding influencein the person through whom the economic performs the activity (hereinafter referred to as the “target person”); to shares are also included in this share persons who are with a foreign investor subject to a single procedure, and the which deal with a foreign investor inagreement,\nb) membership of a foreign investor or person close to him in the body of the target person,\n(c) the ability of the foreign investor to dispose of technical rights to the matter through which the economic activity (hereinafter referred to as the case ”), or\n(d) another level of control which results in the ability to the ability of a foreign investor to gain access to formations, systems or technologies which are important from the point of view of safety protection Of the Czech Republic or internal or public all right.\n[...]\n§ 7 Without a permit pursuant to Section 14 (1) or authorization pursuant to Section 15 (3) may not be foreign investment in \na) the target person carrying out the production, research,development, innovation 2 ) or the provision of military material in accordance with the Regulation governing foreign trade in military material 3 ), or to the target object, the through which that activity is carried out,\n(b) the target person operating the critical investment infrastructure designated by the relevant central administrative office 4 ),\nc) the target person, who is the administrator of the information critical information infrastructure system,communication system administrator critical information infrastructure, the information basic service or operating system.basic service provider 5 ), or\n(d) the target person who develops or manufactures the goods listed in Annex IV to Council Regulation (EC) 428 // 2009 establishing a Community regime for export control, transport, mediation and transit of dual-use items, as amended,or to the target matter through which the develops or manufactures such goods.\n§ 8 (1) For foreign investments that are not foreign investments pursuant to § 7 and are eligible for the security of the Czech Republic or the internal or public order, the Ministry may initiate proceedings on the ex officio verification of foreign investment\n(a) on the basis of the outcome of the consultation proposed by a foreign investor pursuant to § 10 paragraph 1, or\nb) within 5 years from the date of completion of the foreign investment,if the foreign investor has not submitted a proposal for consultation pursuant to Section 10 (1).[...]\" (Foreign Investments Screening Act (34/2021), in effect from 1 May 2021, Sections 1, 2, 5, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Foreign Investments Screening Act (34/2021), in effect from 1 May 2021, Sections 1, 2, 5, 7 and 8 [google translation]","Ministry of Industry and Trade, Act no. 34/2021 Coll. on the screening of foreign investments and amendments of related laws (Foreign Investments Screening Act), consulted on 10.8.2021","[<a href=\"https://aplikace.mvcr.cz/sbirka-zakonu/SearchResult.aspx?q=34/2021&typeLaw=zakon&what=Cislo_zakona_smlouvy\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpo.cz/en/foreign-trade/investment-screening/legislation/legislation--261340/\">Ministry</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,723,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CZE","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00576","Airlines established in the Czech Republic must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,720,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CZE","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00576","Airlines established in the Czech Republic must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,720,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CZE","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00576","Airlines established in the Czech Republic must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,720,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CZE","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00576","Airlines established in the Czech Republic must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,720,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DNK","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00405","Acquisition of real estate is subject to permission. Exemptions apply to persons who have been residents of Denmark for at least five years; companies domiciled in Denmark; EU nationals working in Denmark and EU-based companies operating in Denmark, for residential or business purposes; non-EU  nationals  who  are  either  in  possession  of  a  valid residence  permit  or  are  entitled  to  stay  in  Denmark  without such a permit, for residential or active business purposes.","\"§ 1. \nPersons who are not resident in Denmark, and who have not previously resided in this country for a period of a total of 5 years, may only with the permission of the Minister of Justice acquire access to real estate in this country.\nPCS. 2. The same applies to companies, associations and other organizations, public or private institutions, foundations and endowments, which are not domiciled in Denmark, and foreign government agencies.\nPCS. 3. The Minister of Justice may lay down rules to the effect that certain persons who are not resident and have not previously resided in this country for a total period of 5 years, as well as certain companies etc. who are not domiciled in this country, without the permission of the Minister of Justice can acquire access to real estate in this country, which must serve as necessary year-round housing for the acquirer, or where the acquisition is a prerequisite for practicing self-employment or providing services.\"\n(Act on the acquisition of real estate (No. 265 of 21/03/2014), § 1 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"§ 1. \nThe following persons and companies etc. may acquire access to real estate in this country without the permission of the Ministry of Justice pursuant to § 1 of the Act on the acquisition of real estate, cf. Statutory Order no. 566 of 28 August 1986 as amended by Act no. 1102 of 21 December 1994, even if they are not domiciled or domiciled in this country or have not previously resided here for a total period of five years:\n1) Workers who are nationals of a Member State of the European Union (Community nationals) and who are employed as employees in this country or have a Community residence permit.\n2) Workers who are nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, and who are employed as employees in this country, or have an EEA residence permit.\n3) Community nationals or nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area who have established or will establish themselves in this country for the purpose of self-employment.\n4) Community nationals or nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and who has established or will establish agencies or branches in this country, or who will provide or receive services here.\n5) Companies etc.\nPCS. 2. The companies etc. mentioned in paragraph. 1, nr. 5, must either have its head office or head office within the Communities or a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or has its registered office there. In the latter case, the company's activities must have a genuine and lasting link with the business community of a Member State or State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area.\n\n§ 2. \nCommunity nationals who have a residence permit in Denmark pursuant to EC Directives 90/364 / EEC on the right of residence, 90/365 / EEC on the right of residence for employees and the self-employed who have ceased work or 93/96 / EEC on right of residence for students, may acquire access to real estate in this country without the permission of the Ministry of Justice pursuant to section 1 of the Act on the Acquisition of Real Estate, cf. Statutory Order no. in the country and have not previously resided here for a period of a total of 5 years.\n\n§ 3. \nThe provisions of § 1 and § 2 apply only to the acquisition of properties,\nWhich must serve as a necessary year-round residence for the acquirer, or\nwhere the acquisition is a prerequisite for self-employment or providing services.\"\n(Executive Order on the acquisition of immovable property in respect of certain Community nationals and companies, as well as certain persons and companies of countries which have acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (No. 764 of 18/09/1995), §§ 1-3 [google translation])","Act on the acquisition of real estate (No. 265 of 21/03/2014), § 1 \nExecutive Order on the acquisition of immovable property in respect of certain Community nationals and companies, as well as certain persons and companies of countries which have acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (No. 764 of 18/09/1995), §§ 1-3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2020/1718\">Act on Investment Associations</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2019/1047\">Act on Managers of Alternative Investment Funds</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,114,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DNK","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.00405","Acquisition of real estate is subject to permission. Exemptions apply to persons who have been residents of Denmark for at least five years; companies domiciled in Denmark; EU nationals working in Denmark and EU-based companies operating in Denmark, for residential or business purposes; non-EU  nationals  who  are  either  in  possession  of  a  valid residence  permit  or  are  entitled  to  stay  in  Denmark  without such a permit, for residential or active business purposes.","\"§ 1. \nPersons who are not resident in Denmark, and who have not previously resided in this country for a period of a total of 5 years, may only with the permission of the Minister of Justice acquire access to real estate in this country.\nPCS. 2. The same applies to companies, associations and other organizations, public or private institutions, foundations and endowments, which are not domiciled in Denmark, and foreign government agencies.\nPCS. 3. The Minister of Justice may lay down rules to the effect that certain persons who are not resident and have not previously resided in this country for a total period of 5 years, as well as certain companies etc. who are not domiciled in this country, without the permission of the Minister of Justice can acquire access to real estate in this country, which must serve as necessary year-round housing for the acquirer, or where the acquisition is a prerequisite for practicing self-employment or providing services.\"\n(Act on the acquisition of real estate (No. 265 of 21/03/2014), § 1 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"§ 1. \nThe following persons and companies etc. may acquire access to real estate in this country without the permission of the Ministry of Justice pursuant to § 1 of the Act on the acquisition of real estate, cf. Statutory Order no. 566 of 28 August 1986 as amended by Act no. 1102 of 21 December 1994, even if they are not domiciled or domiciled in this country or have not previously resided here for a total period of five years:\n1) Workers who are nationals of a Member State of the European Union (Community nationals) and who are employed as employees in this country or have a Community residence permit.\n2) Workers who are nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, and who are employed as employees in this country, or have an EEA residence permit.\n3) Community nationals or nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area who have established or will establish themselves in this country for the purpose of self-employment.\n4) Community nationals or nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and who has established or will establish agencies or branches in this country, or who will provide or receive services here.\n5) Companies etc.\nPCS. 2. The companies etc. mentioned in paragraph. 1, nr. 5, must either have its head office or head office within the Communities or a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or has its registered office there. In the latter case, the company's activities must have a genuine and lasting link with the business community of a Member State or State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area.\n\n§ 2. \nCommunity nationals who have a residence permit in Denmark pursuant to EC Directives 90/364 / EEC on the right of residence, 90/365 / EEC on the right of residence for employees and the self-employed who have ceased work or 93/96 / EEC on right of residence for students, may acquire access to real estate in this country without the permission of the Ministry of Justice pursuant to section 1 of the Act on the Acquisition of Real Estate, cf. Statutory Order no. in the country and have not previously resided here for a period of a total of 5 years.\n\n§ 3. \nThe provisions of § 1 and § 2 apply only to the acquisition of properties,\nWhich must serve as a necessary year-round residence for the acquirer, or\nwhere the acquisition is a prerequisite for self-employment or providing services.\"\n(Executive Order on the acquisition of immovable property in respect of certain Community nationals and companies, as well as certain persons and companies of countries which have acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (No. 764 of 18/09/1995), §§ 1-3 [google translation])","Act on the acquisition of real estate (No. 265 of 21/03/2014), § 1 \nExecutive Order on the acquisition of immovable property in respect of certain Community nationals and companies, as well as certain persons and companies of countries which have acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (No. 764 of 18/09/1995), §§ 1-3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2020/1718\">Act on Investment Associations</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2019/1047\">Act on Managers of Alternative Investment Funds</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,114,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DNK","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00405","Acquisition of real estate is subject to permission. Exemptions apply to persons who have been residents of Denmark for at least five years; companies domiciled in Denmark; EU nationals working in Denmark and EU-based companies operating in Denmark, for residential or business purposes; non-EU  nationals  who  are  either  in  possession  of  a  valid residence  permit  or  are  entitled  to  stay  in  Denmark  without such a permit, for residential or active business purposes.","\"§ 1. \nPersons who are not resident in Denmark, and who have not previously resided in this country for a period of a total of 5 years, may only with the permission of the Minister of Justice acquire access to real estate in this country.\nPCS. 2. The same applies to companies, associations and other organizations, public or private institutions, foundations and endowments, which are not domiciled in Denmark, and foreign government agencies.\nPCS. 3. The Minister of Justice may lay down rules to the effect that certain persons who are not resident and have not previously resided in this country for a total period of 5 years, as well as certain companies etc. who are not domiciled in this country, without the permission of the Minister of Justice can acquire access to real estate in this country, which must serve as necessary year-round housing for the acquirer, or where the acquisition is a prerequisite for practicing self-employment or providing services.\"\n(Act on the acquisition of real estate (No. 265 of 21/03/2014), § 1 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"§ 1. \nThe following persons and companies etc. may acquire access to real estate in this country without the permission of the Ministry of Justice pursuant to § 1 of the Act on the acquisition of real estate, cf. Statutory Order no. 566 of 28 August 1986 as amended by Act no. 1102 of 21 December 1994, even if they are not domiciled or domiciled in this country or have not previously resided here for a total period of five years:\n1) Workers who are nationals of a Member State of the European Union (Community nationals) and who are employed as employees in this country or have a Community residence permit.\n2) Workers who are nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, and who are employed as employees in this country, or have an EEA residence permit.\n3) Community nationals or nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area who have established or will establish themselves in this country for the purpose of self-employment.\n4) Community nationals or nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and who has established or will establish agencies or branches in this country, or who will provide or receive services here.\n5) Companies etc.\nPCS. 2. The companies etc. mentioned in paragraph. 1, nr. 5, must either have its head office or head office within the Communities or a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or has its registered office there. In the latter case, the company's activities must have a genuine and lasting link with the business community of a Member State or State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area.\n\n§ 2. \nCommunity nationals who have a residence permit in Denmark pursuant to EC Directives 90/364 / EEC on the right of residence, 90/365 / EEC on the right of residence for employees and the self-employed who have ceased work or 93/96 / EEC on right of residence for students, may acquire access to real estate in this country without the permission of the Ministry of Justice pursuant to section 1 of the Act on the Acquisition of Real Estate, cf. Statutory Order no. in the country and have not previously resided here for a period of a total of 5 years.\n\n§ 3. \nThe provisions of § 1 and § 2 apply only to the acquisition of properties,\nWhich must serve as a necessary year-round residence for the acquirer, or\nwhere the acquisition is a prerequisite for self-employment or providing services.\"\n(Executive Order on the acquisition of immovable property in respect of certain Community nationals and companies, as well as certain persons and companies of countries which have acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (No. 764 of 18/09/1995), §§ 1-3 [google translation])","Act on the acquisition of real estate (No. 265 of 21/03/2014), § 1 \nExecutive Order on the acquisition of immovable property in respect of certain Community nationals and companies, as well as certain persons and companies of countries which have acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (No. 764 of 18/09/1995), §§ 1-3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2020/1718\">Act on Investment Associations</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2019/1047\">Act on Managers of Alternative Investment Funds</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,114,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DNK","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.00405","Acquisition of real estate is subject to permission. Exemptions apply to persons who have been residents of Denmark for at least five years; companies domiciled in Denmark; EU nationals working in Denmark and EU-based companies operating in Denmark, for residential or business purposes; non-EU  nationals  who  are  either  in  possession  of  a  valid residence  permit  or  are  entitled  to  stay  in  Denmark  without such a permit, for residential or active business purposes.","\"§ 1. \nPersons who are not resident in Denmark, and who have not previously resided in this country for a period of a total of 5 years, may only with the permission of the Minister of Justice acquire access to real estate in this country.\nPCS. 2. The same applies to companies, associations and other organizations, public or private institutions, foundations and endowments, which are not domiciled in Denmark, and foreign government agencies.\nPCS. 3. The Minister of Justice may lay down rules to the effect that certain persons who are not resident and have not previously resided in this country for a total period of 5 years, as well as certain companies etc. who are not domiciled in this country, without the permission of the Minister of Justice can acquire access to real estate in this country, which must serve as necessary year-round housing for the acquirer, or where the acquisition is a prerequisite for practicing self-employment or providing services.\"\n(Act on the acquisition of real estate (No. 265 of 21/03/2014), § 1 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"§ 1. \nThe following persons and companies etc. may acquire access to real estate in this country without the permission of the Ministry of Justice pursuant to § 1 of the Act on the acquisition of real estate, cf. Statutory Order no. 566 of 28 August 1986 as amended by Act no. 1102 of 21 December 1994, even if they are not domiciled or domiciled in this country or have not previously resided here for a total period of five years:\n1) Workers who are nationals of a Member State of the European Union (Community nationals) and who are employed as employees in this country or have a Community residence permit.\n2) Workers who are nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, and who are employed as employees in this country, or have an EEA residence permit.\n3) Community nationals or nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area who have established or will establish themselves in this country for the purpose of self-employment.\n4) Community nationals or nationals of a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and who has established or will establish agencies or branches in this country, or who will provide or receive services here.\n5) Companies etc.\nPCS. 2. The companies etc. mentioned in paragraph. 1, nr. 5, must either have its head office or head office within the Communities or a State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or has its registered office there. In the latter case, the company's activities must have a genuine and lasting link with the business community of a Member State or State which has acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area.\n\n§ 2. \nCommunity nationals who have a residence permit in Denmark pursuant to EC Directives 90/364 / EEC on the right of residence, 90/365 / EEC on the right of residence for employees and the self-employed who have ceased work or 93/96 / EEC on right of residence for students, may acquire access to real estate in this country without the permission of the Ministry of Justice pursuant to section 1 of the Act on the Acquisition of Real Estate, cf. Statutory Order no. in the country and have not previously resided here for a period of a total of 5 years.\n\n§ 3. \nThe provisions of § 1 and § 2 apply only to the acquisition of properties,\nWhich must serve as a necessary year-round residence for the acquirer, or\nwhere the acquisition is a prerequisite for self-employment or providing services.\"\n(Executive Order on the acquisition of immovable property in respect of certain Community nationals and companies, as well as certain persons and companies of countries which have acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (No. 764 of 18/09/1995), §§ 1-3 [google translation])","Act on the acquisition of real estate (No. 265 of 21/03/2014), § 1 \nExecutive Order on the acquisition of immovable property in respect of certain Community nationals and companies, as well as certain persons and companies of countries which have acceded to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (No. 764 of 18/09/1995), §§ 1-3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2020/1718\">Act on Investment Associations</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2019/1047\">Act on Managers of Alternative Investment Funds</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,114,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","K6419X","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.00075","Statutory auditors of banking institutions in the DRC must either be Congolese nationals or legal persons established under the law of the DRC and with capital held in majority by Congolese nationals.","CHAPTER II: STATUTORY AUDITORS\nSection 49:\nThe General Meeting of shareholders, partners or members of each Credit Institution is required to appoint as Statutory Auditor either two natural persons or one\nlegal entity among those approved by the Central Bank.\nThe conditions of approval are:\n1.for natural persons\n- have Congolese nationality; [...]\n2.for legal persons\n- be under Congolese law and with capital held in majority by Congolese;\n- be managed by Nationals;\n- exercise an independent professional activity in the field of accounting control;\n- be affiliated with a recognized professional organization. [...]\" (Law n°003/2002 of 02/02/2002 relating to the activity and control of credit institutions [google translation])","Law n°003/2002 of 02/02/2002 relating to the activity and control of credit institutions [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.leganet.cd/Legislation/Droit%20economique/Banques/loi.003.02.02.2002.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,311,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","K6419X","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.00075","Statutory auditors of banking institutions in the DRC must either be Congolese nationals or legal persons established under the law of the DRC and with capital held in majority by Congolese nationals.","CHAPTER II: STATUTORY AUDITORS\nSection 49:\nThe General Meeting of shareholders, partners or members of each Credit Institution is required to appoint as Statutory Auditor either two natural persons or one\nlegal entity among those approved by the Central Bank.\nThe conditions of approval are:\n1.for natural persons\n- have Congolese nationality; [...]\n2.for legal persons\n- be under Congolese law and with capital held in majority by Congolese;\n- be managed by Nationals;\n- exercise an independent professional activity in the field of accounting control;\n- be affiliated with a recognized professional organization. [...]\" (Law n°003/2002 of 02/02/2002 relating to the activity and control of credit institutions [google translation])","Law n°003/2002 of 02/02/2002 relating to the activity and control of credit institutions [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.leganet.cd/Legislation/Droit%20economique/Banques/loi.003.02.02.2002.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,311,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","K6419X","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.00075","Statutory auditors of banking institutions in the DRC must either be Congolese nationals or legal persons established under the law of the DRC and with capital held in majority by Congolese nationals.","CHAPTER II: STATUTORY AUDITORS\nSection 49:\nThe General Meeting of shareholders, partners or members of each Credit Institution is required to appoint as Statutory Auditor either two natural persons or one\nlegal entity among those approved by the Central Bank.\nThe conditions of approval are:\n1.for natural persons\n- have Congolese nationality; [...]\n2.for legal persons\n- be under Congolese law and with capital held in majority by Congolese;\n- be managed by Nationals;\n- exercise an independent professional activity in the field of accounting control;\n- be affiliated with a recognized professional organization. [...]\" (Law n°003/2002 of 02/02/2002 relating to the activity and control of credit institutions [google translation])","Law n°003/2002 of 02/02/2002 relating to the activity and control of credit institutions [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.leganet.cd/Legislation/Droit%20economique/Banques/loi.003.02.02.2002.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,311,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","K6419X","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.00075","Statutory auditors of banking institutions in the DRC must either be Congolese nationals or legal persons established under the law of the DRC and with capital held in majority by Congolese nationals.","CHAPTER II: STATUTORY AUDITORS\nSection 49:\nThe General Meeting of shareholders, partners or members of each Credit Institution is required to appoint as Statutory Auditor either two natural persons or one\nlegal entity among those approved by the Central Bank.\nThe conditions of approval are:\n1.for natural persons\n- have Congolese nationality; [...]\n2.for legal persons\n- be under Congolese law and with capital held in majority by Congolese;\n- be managed by Nationals;\n- exercise an independent professional activity in the field of accounting control;\n- be affiliated with a recognized professional organization. [...]\" (Law n°003/2002 of 02/02/2002 relating to the activity and control of credit institutions [google translation])","Law n°003/2002 of 02/02/2002 relating to the activity and control of credit institutions [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.leganet.cd/Legislation/Droit%20economique/Banques/loi.003.02.02.2002.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,311,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_47","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.001875","From 2017, only the manager in charge for importation in a company engaging in imports into Egypt is required to be of Egyptian nationality (not considered a restriction under the OECD FDI RRI). Previously, all partners and directors of the partnerships and limited liability companies engaging in this activity were required to be of Egyptian nationality. In companies engaging in activities of commercial agents and intermediaries, all partners in joint liability companies and all managers or members of shareholder company council must be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1355,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_47","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0009375","From 2017, only the manager in charge for importation in a company engaging in imports into Egypt is required to be of Egyptian nationality (not considered a restriction under the OECD FDI RRI). Previously, all partners and directors of the partnerships and limited liability companies engaging in this activity were required to be of Egyptian nationality. In companies engaging in activities of commercial agents and intermediaries, all partners in joint liability companies and all managers or members of shareholder company council must be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1357,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_47","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0009375","From 2017, only the manager in charge for importation in a company engaging in imports into Egypt is required to be of Egyptian nationality (not considered a restriction under the OECD FDI RRI). Previously, all partners and directors of the partnerships and limited liability companies engaging in this activity were required to be of Egyptian nationality. In companies engaging in activities of commercial agents and intermediaries, all partners in joint liability companies and all managers or members of shareholder company council must be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1357,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_47","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0009375","From 2017, only the manager in charge for importation in a company engaging in imports into Egypt is required to be of Egyptian nationality (not considered a restriction under the OECD FDI RRI). Previously, all partners and directors of the partnerships and limited liability companies engaging in this activity were required to be of Egyptian nationality. In companies engaging in activities of commercial agents and intermediaries, all partners in joint liability companies and all managers or members of shareholder company council must be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1357,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0008","Foreign investment in air transport is allowed up to 49% in companies involved in regular international and domestic flights (for both passenger and cargo services).  ","\"Article 75 Establishment of Companies:\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws governing the establishment of companies and facilities, no company or facility may be established to practice any of the civil aviation activities specified under a decree by the competent Minister, or adding one of such activities to existing companies unless upon his/her approval after submitting the technical and economic feasibility study. \nThe companies and facilities referred to in the preceding paragraph shall not practice the activity unless obtaining authorization to practice the civil aviation activity and the Air Operator Certificate (AOC).[...]\" (Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"121.1 Applicability\n(a) Except as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, this Part prescribes rules governing the certification and operations of the following:\n(1) Each air operator engaging in international or domestic air transportation under an air operator certificate (AOC) issued by the Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority (ECAA).\nThis includes both air carrier and air taxi certificates;\n(2) Each AOC holder covered by this section when engaging in charter flights or other special service operations; and\n(3) Each AOC holder when it engages in the carriage of persons or property for compensation or hire under an air operator certificate issued by the ECAA.\n[...]\n121.2 Definitions for the purpose of this Part\n(a) “Passenger-carrying aircraft” or “passenger-carrying operation” means one carrying any person other than a person listed in 121.583, or carrying any person other than a cockpit crewmember or other crewmember, company employee, authorized government representative, or person accompanying a shipment.\n(b) “Air Taxi Operations“  Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of less than 50, including any required crewmember seat or a maximum certificated take-off mass of less than 20,500 kg.\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this operation\n(c) “Air carrier Operations“ Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of (50 or more ) including any required crewmember seat and a maximum certificated take-off mass of (20,500 or more ).\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this Subpart.\n(d) “Egyptian citizen” means one of the following:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of Egypt;\n(2) A partnership of which each member is such an individual; and\n(3) A corporation or association created or organized under the Egyptian laws of which the president and two-thirds or more of the board of directors and other managing officers thereof are such individuals and in which at least 51 percent of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons who are Egyptian citizens.\n(e) “Common carriage” means the carriage of persons or property for compensation and hire.\nA ”common carrier\" means an operation in which the main purpose is for compensation and hire.\n121.3 General requirements\nA person may not operate as an air operator unless that person:\n(a) Is a citizen of the Arab Republic of Egypt;\n(b) Obtains an air carrier or air taxi certificate; and [...]\" (Ministry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3 [unofficial translation])","Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75\nMinistry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/ecaa/5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/download/solta/617\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1344,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0008","Foreign investment in air transport is allowed up to 49% in companies involved in regular international and domestic flights (for both passenger and cargo services).  ","\"Article 75 Establishment of Companies:\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws governing the establishment of companies and facilities, no company or facility may be established to practice any of the civil aviation activities specified under a decree by the competent Minister, or adding one of such activities to existing companies unless upon his/her approval after submitting the technical and economic feasibility study. \nThe companies and facilities referred to in the preceding paragraph shall not practice the activity unless obtaining authorization to practice the civil aviation activity and the Air Operator Certificate (AOC).[...]\" (Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"121.1 Applicability\n(a) Except as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, this Part prescribes rules governing the certification and operations of the following:\n(1) Each air operator engaging in international or domestic air transportation under an air operator certificate (AOC) issued by the Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority (ECAA).\nThis includes both air carrier and air taxi certificates;\n(2) Each AOC holder covered by this section when engaging in charter flights or other special service operations; and\n(3) Each AOC holder when it engages in the carriage of persons or property for compensation or hire under an air operator certificate issued by the ECAA.\n[...]\n121.2 Definitions for the purpose of this Part\n(a) “Passenger-carrying aircraft” or “passenger-carrying operation” means one carrying any person other than a person listed in 121.583, or carrying any person other than a cockpit crewmember or other crewmember, company employee, authorized government representative, or person accompanying a shipment.\n(b) “Air Taxi Operations“  Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of less than 50, including any required crewmember seat or a maximum certificated take-off mass of less than 20,500 kg.\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this operation\n(c) “Air carrier Operations“ Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of (50 or more ) including any required crewmember seat and a maximum certificated take-off mass of (20,500 or more ).\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this Subpart.\n(d) “Egyptian citizen” means one of the following:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of Egypt;\n(2) A partnership of which each member is such an individual; and\n(3) A corporation or association created or organized under the Egyptian laws of which the president and two-thirds or more of the board of directors and other managing officers thereof are such individuals and in which at least 51 percent of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons who are Egyptian citizens.\n(e) “Common carriage” means the carriage of persons or property for compensation and hire.\nA ”common carrier\" means an operation in which the main purpose is for compensation and hire.\n121.3 General requirements\nA person may not operate as an air operator unless that person:\n(a) Is a citizen of the Arab Republic of Egypt;\n(b) Obtains an air carrier or air taxi certificate; and [...]\" (Ministry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3 [unofficial translation])","Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75\nMinistry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/ecaa/5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/download/solta/617\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1344,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.0008","Foreign investment in air transport is allowed up to 49% in companies involved in regular international and domestic flights (for both passenger and cargo services).  ","\"Article 75 Establishment of Companies:\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws governing the establishment of companies and facilities, no company or facility may be established to practice any of the civil aviation activities specified under a decree by the competent Minister, or adding one of such activities to existing companies unless upon his/her approval after submitting the technical and economic feasibility study. \nThe companies and facilities referred to in the preceding paragraph shall not practice the activity unless obtaining authorization to practice the civil aviation activity and the Air Operator Certificate (AOC).[...]\" (Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"121.1 Applicability\n(a) Except as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, this Part prescribes rules governing the certification and operations of the following:\n(1) Each air operator engaging in international or domestic air transportation under an air operator certificate (AOC) issued by the Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority (ECAA).\nThis includes both air carrier and air taxi certificates;\n(2) Each AOC holder covered by this section when engaging in charter flights or other special service operations; and\n(3) Each AOC holder when it engages in the carriage of persons or property for compensation or hire under an air operator certificate issued by the ECAA.\n[...]\n121.2 Definitions for the purpose of this Part\n(a) “Passenger-carrying aircraft” or “passenger-carrying operation” means one carrying any person other than a person listed in 121.583, or carrying any person other than a cockpit crewmember or other crewmember, company employee, authorized government representative, or person accompanying a shipment.\n(b) “Air Taxi Operations“  Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of less than 50, including any required crewmember seat or a maximum certificated take-off mass of less than 20,500 kg.\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this operation\n(c) “Air carrier Operations“ Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of (50 or more ) including any required crewmember seat and a maximum certificated take-off mass of (20,500 or more ).\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this Subpart.\n(d) “Egyptian citizen” means one of the following:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of Egypt;\n(2) A partnership of which each member is such an individual; and\n(3) A corporation or association created or organized under the Egyptian laws of which the president and two-thirds or more of the board of directors and other managing officers thereof are such individuals and in which at least 51 percent of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons who are Egyptian citizens.\n(e) “Common carriage” means the carriage of persons or property for compensation and hire.\nA ”common carrier\" means an operation in which the main purpose is for compensation and hire.\n121.3 General requirements\nA person may not operate as an air operator unless that person:\n(a) Is a citizen of the Arab Republic of Egypt;\n(b) Obtains an air carrier or air taxi certificate; and [...]\" (Ministry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3 [unofficial translation])","Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75\nMinistry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/ecaa/5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/download/solta/617\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1344,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0008","Foreign investment in air transport is allowed up to 49% in companies involved in regular international and domestic flights (for both passenger and cargo services).  ","\"Article 75 Establishment of Companies:\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws governing the establishment of companies and facilities, no company or facility may be established to practice any of the civil aviation activities specified under a decree by the competent Minister, or adding one of such activities to existing companies unless upon his/her approval after submitting the technical and economic feasibility study. \nThe companies and facilities referred to in the preceding paragraph shall not practice the activity unless obtaining authorization to practice the civil aviation activity and the Air Operator Certificate (AOC).[...]\" (Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"121.1 Applicability\n(a) Except as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, this Part prescribes rules governing the certification and operations of the following:\n(1) Each air operator engaging in international or domestic air transportation under an air operator certificate (AOC) issued by the Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority (ECAA).\nThis includes both air carrier and air taxi certificates;\n(2) Each AOC holder covered by this section when engaging in charter flights or other special service operations; and\n(3) Each AOC holder when it engages in the carriage of persons or property for compensation or hire under an air operator certificate issued by the ECAA.\n[...]\n121.2 Definitions for the purpose of this Part\n(a) “Passenger-carrying aircraft” or “passenger-carrying operation” means one carrying any person other than a person listed in 121.583, or carrying any person other than a cockpit crewmember or other crewmember, company employee, authorized government representative, or person accompanying a shipment.\n(b) “Air Taxi Operations“  Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of less than 50, including any required crewmember seat or a maximum certificated take-off mass of less than 20,500 kg.\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this operation\n(c) “Air carrier Operations“ Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of (50 or more ) including any required crewmember seat and a maximum certificated take-off mass of (20,500 or more ).\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this Subpart.\n(d) “Egyptian citizen” means one of the following:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of Egypt;\n(2) A partnership of which each member is such an individual; and\n(3) A corporation or association created or organized under the Egyptian laws of which the president and two-thirds or more of the board of directors and other managing officers thereof are such individuals and in which at least 51 percent of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons who are Egyptian citizens.\n(e) “Common carriage” means the carriage of persons or property for compensation and hire.\nA ”common carrier\" means an operation in which the main purpose is for compensation and hire.\n121.3 General requirements\nA person may not operate as an air operator unless that person:\n(a) Is a citizen of the Arab Republic of Egypt;\n(b) Obtains an air carrier or air taxi certificate; and [...]\" (Ministry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3 [unofficial translation])","Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75\nMinistry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/ecaa/5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/download/solta/617\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1344,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0045","Foreign investors may not hold a majority shareholding stake in television and radio broadcasting entities, nor another stake entitling them to the right to manage such an entity.","\"Article 1\nIn applying the provisions of this law, the following words and phrases shall have the meaning indicated next to each of them: [...]\nMedia Institutions: Institutions that manage media outlets. [...]\nMedia medium: terrestrial and satellite television channels, and wired, wireless and electronic radio stations.\n[...]\nChapter Four: The Media Institution\nChapter One: Ownership and Establishment of the Media Facility\nArticle 49\nEgyptians, whether natural or legal persons, public or private, have the right to own media outlets or media websites in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nArticle 52\nIn all cases, non-Egyptian shareholders, who are natural or legal persons, may not own a majority share of the shares, or a percentage that entitles them to the right of management.[...]\" (Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 49 and 52 [google translation])","Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 49 and 52","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wipolex.wipo.int/en/text/578755\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1369,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0045","Foreign investors may not hold a majority shareholding stake in television and radio broadcasting entities, nor another stake entitling them to the right to manage such an entity.","\"Article 1\nIn applying the provisions of this law, the following words and phrases shall have the meaning indicated next to each of them: [...]\nMedia Institutions: Institutions that manage media outlets. [...]\nMedia medium: terrestrial and satellite television channels, and wired, wireless and electronic radio stations.\n[...]\nChapter Four: The Media Institution\nChapter One: Ownership and Establishment of the Media Facility\nArticle 49\nEgyptians, whether natural or legal persons, public or private, have the right to own media outlets or media websites in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nArticle 52\nIn all cases, non-Egyptian shareholders, who are natural or legal persons, may not own a majority share of the shares, or a percentage that entitles them to the right of management.[...]\" (Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 49 and 52 [google translation])","Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 49 and 52","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wipolex.wipo.int/en/text/578755\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1369,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0045","Foreign investors may not hold a majority shareholding stake in television and radio broadcasting entities, nor another stake entitling them to the right to manage such an entity.","\"Article 1\nIn applying the provisions of this law, the following words and phrases shall have the meaning indicated next to each of them: [...]\nMedia Institutions: Institutions that manage media outlets. [...]\nMedia medium: terrestrial and satellite television channels, and wired, wireless and electronic radio stations.\n[...]\nChapter Four: The Media Institution\nChapter One: Ownership and Establishment of the Media Facility\nArticle 49\nEgyptians, whether natural or legal persons, public or private, have the right to own media outlets or media websites in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nArticle 52\nIn all cases, non-Egyptian shareholders, who are natural or legal persons, may not own a majority share of the shares, or a percentage that entitles them to the right of management.[...]\" (Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 49 and 52 [google translation])","Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 49 and 52","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wipolex.wipo.int/en/text/578755\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1369,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0045","Foreign investors may not hold a majority shareholding stake in television and radio broadcasting entities, nor another stake entitling them to the right to manage such an entity.","\"Article 1\nIn applying the provisions of this law, the following words and phrases shall have the meaning indicated next to each of them: [...]\nMedia Institutions: Institutions that manage media outlets. [...]\nMedia medium: terrestrial and satellite television channels, and wired, wireless and electronic radio stations.\n[...]\nChapter Four: The Media Institution\nChapter One: Ownership and Establishment of the Media Facility\nArticle 49\nEgyptians, whether natural or legal persons, public or private, have the right to own media outlets or media websites in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nArticle 52\nIn all cases, non-Egyptian shareholders, who are natural or legal persons, may not own a majority share of the shares, or a percentage that entitles them to the right of management.[...]\" (Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 49 and 52 [google translation])","Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 49 and 52","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wipolex.wipo.int/en/text/578755\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1369,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0135","From 2017, foreign equity is allowed up to 49% in companies engaging in imports into Egypt. Moreover, the activities of commercial agents and intermediaries are reserved for companies where partners are either Egyptian nationals or Egyptian legal persons with majority Egyptian ownership. Previously, no foreign equity was allowed in companies engaging in importing activity and partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations had to be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1352,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.027","From 2017, foreign equity is allowed up to 49% in companies engaging in imports into Egypt. Moreover, the activities of commercial agents and intermediaries are reserved for companies where partners are either Egyptian nationals or Egyptian legal persons with majority Egyptian ownership. Previously, no foreign equity was allowed in companies engaging in importing activity and partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations had to be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1345,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.027","From 2017, foreign equity is allowed up to 49% in companies engaging in imports into Egypt. Moreover, the activities of commercial agents and intermediaries are reserved for companies where partners are either Egyptian nationals or Egyptian legal persons with majority Egyptian ownership. Previously, no foreign equity was allowed in companies engaging in importing activity and partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations had to be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1345,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0135","From 2017, foreign equity is allowed up to 49% in companies engaging in imports into Egypt. Moreover, the activities of commercial agents and intermediaries are reserved for companies where partners are either Egyptian nationals or Egyptian legal persons with majority Egyptian ownership. Previously, no foreign equity was allowed in companies engaging in importing activity and partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations had to be of Egyptian nationality.\nOn 29 October 2023, Egypt's Importer Registry Law No. 121/1982 was amended to allow companies fully owned by non-Egyptians to obtain importation licenses for trading. Previously, a 51% Egyptian ownership was required. Eligible companies must meet criteria including a minimum share capital of EGP 2,000,000, a minimum turnover of at least EGP 5,000,000 during the year preceding the application (as recorded in the tax return), and payment of an insurance amount of EGP 200,000. Importation licenses are issued for up to 10 years, renewable for another 10 years with Cabinet approval. The activities of commercial agents and intermediaries remain reserved for companies with majority Egyptian ownership.","\"(Article 1)\nAs an exception to the first paragraph of clause (II/e) of Article (2) of Law No. 121 of 1982 regarding the Importers' Register, joint stock companies or joint stock companies may be registered limited liability companies, limited liability companies or private companies whose whose partners' shares or quotas are not owned by Egyptians or are owned by Egyptians with a percentage less than (51%) in the importers' register, provided that the total period of registration in the register shall not exceed Ten years from the effective date of the provisions of this Law, which may be extended for only one term not exceeding ten years by a decision of the Council of Ministers based on the proposal of the Minister in charge of Foreign Trade Affairs.[...]\" (Law No. 173 of 2023 amending the Importers Registry Law No. 121 of 1982 [google translation])\n------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In addition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The companies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. [...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. [...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as per the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability companies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 173 of 2023 amending the Importers Registry Law No. 121 of 1982\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017)\nLaw No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982)\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982)","Baker & McKenzie (2023), \"Egypt lifts the Egyptian ownership requirement for importation for commercial trading\", 6 November 2023.\nRiad&Riad (2023), \"Egypt Removes Restrictions on Foreign Companies to Obtain Importation License\", 4 November 2023.","[<a href=\"https://manshurat.org/content/stthn-qyd-bd-lshrkt-gyr-lmmlwk-llmsryyn-w-lmmlwk-lhm-bnsb-51-mn-bd-hkm-qnwn-sjl-lmstwrdyn\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/international-commercial-trade/egypt-lifts-the-egyptian-ownership-requirement-for-importation-for-commercial-trading\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://riad-riad.com/egypt-removes-restrictions-on-obtaining-importation-license/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3317,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.0075","Ownership of large pieces of agricultural land and forest (exceeding 10 hectares) can be transferred to foreigners and foreign legal persons only with the authorisation of the council of the local government. Citizens of EEA states or OECD member states are not subject to any restrictions.  Restrictions also do not apply to legal persons whose seat is in an EEA state or OECD member state, provided that the purchaser has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in forest management or agricultural production.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions  \n§ 1.  Area of regulation of Act:\n (1) This Act provides the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables used as profit yielding land arising from public interest and the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables arising from national security reasons. For the purposes of this Act, public interest is, in particular, development of the management for specific purposes and sustainable management of immovables used as profit yielding land which contain agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, agricultural land is a land parcel in the land use type category of land under cultivation or natural grassland or both such lands of an immovable used as profit yielding land or a part thereof.\n[...]\n\nChapter 2 - Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Used as Profit Yielding Land\n§ 4.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of Contracting States:\n (1) A citizen of Estonia or another country which is a contracting party to the EEA Agreement or a member state of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (hereinafter Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land without restrictions.\n(2) A legal person the seat of which is in a Contracting State (hereinafter legal person of a Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total without restrictions.\n(3) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products listed in Annex I to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, except fishery products and cotton (hereinafter agricultural product).\n[...]\n(5) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land and less than ten hectares of forest land, but ten hectares or more of agricultural and forest land in total, if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products or forest management.\n (6) If a legal person of a Contracting State does not meet the requirements provided for in subsections (3)–(5) of this section, the legal person may acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total only with the authorisation of the council of the local government of the location of the immovable to be acquired (hereinafter council).\n\n§ 5.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of third countries:\n (1) A citizen of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the citizen has resided in Estonia permanently for a period of at least six months immediately before applying for the authorisation or if the citizen has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, as a sole proprietor in:\n 1) production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains agricultural land, or\n 2) forest management or production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains forest land or both agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, a citizen of a third country is a natural person who is not a citizen of a Contracting State.\n (3) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n[...]\n (5) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains both agricultural and forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products or forest management and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n (6) For the purposes of this Act, a legal person of a third country is a legal person whose seat is not in a Contracting State.\n\n§ 7.  Processing of applications for authorisation for acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land:\n[...]\n(4) The council may make a decision on refusal to grant authorisation for acquisition of an immovable if:\n 1) the applicant or the application for authorisation does not meet requirements provided for in this Act;\n 2) the grant of authorisation is contrary to the public interest within the meaning of this Act and there is no other predominant public interest;\n 3) the grant of authorisation prevents the local government to perform the functions assigned thereto by law.\n[...]\"\n(Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7 [unofficial translation])","Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/514112013013/consolide/current\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,66,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.0075","Ownership of large pieces of agricultural land and forest (exceeding 10 hectares) can be transferred to foreigners and foreign legal persons only with the authorisation of the council of the local government. Citizens of EEA states or OECD member states are not subject to any restrictions.  Restrictions also do not apply to legal persons whose seat is in an EEA state or OECD member state, provided that the purchaser has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in forest management or agricultural production.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions  \n§ 1.  Area of regulation of Act:\n (1) This Act provides the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables used as profit yielding land arising from public interest and the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables arising from national security reasons. For the purposes of this Act, public interest is, in particular, development of the management for specific purposes and sustainable management of immovables used as profit yielding land which contain agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, agricultural land is a land parcel in the land use type category of land under cultivation or natural grassland or both such lands of an immovable used as profit yielding land or a part thereof.\n[...]\n\nChapter 2 - Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Used as Profit Yielding Land\n§ 4.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of Contracting States:\n (1) A citizen of Estonia or another country which is a contracting party to the EEA Agreement or a member state of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (hereinafter Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land without restrictions.\n(2) A legal person the seat of which is in a Contracting State (hereinafter legal person of a Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total without restrictions.\n(3) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products listed in Annex I to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, except fishery products and cotton (hereinafter agricultural product).\n[...]\n(5) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land and less than ten hectares of forest land, but ten hectares or more of agricultural and forest land in total, if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products or forest management.\n (6) If a legal person of a Contracting State does not meet the requirements provided for in subsections (3)–(5) of this section, the legal person may acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total only with the authorisation of the council of the local government of the location of the immovable to be acquired (hereinafter council).\n\n§ 5.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of third countries:\n (1) A citizen of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the citizen has resided in Estonia permanently for a period of at least six months immediately before applying for the authorisation or if the citizen has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, as a sole proprietor in:\n 1) production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains agricultural land, or\n 2) forest management or production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains forest land or both agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, a citizen of a third country is a natural person who is not a citizen of a Contracting State.\n (3) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n[...]\n (5) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains both agricultural and forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products or forest management and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n (6) For the purposes of this Act, a legal person of a third country is a legal person whose seat is not in a Contracting State.\n\n§ 7.  Processing of applications for authorisation for acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land:\n[...]\n(4) The council may make a decision on refusal to grant authorisation for acquisition of an immovable if:\n 1) the applicant or the application for authorisation does not meet requirements provided for in this Act;\n 2) the grant of authorisation is contrary to the public interest within the meaning of this Act and there is no other predominant public interest;\n 3) the grant of authorisation prevents the local government to perform the functions assigned thereto by law.\n[...]\"\n(Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7 [unofficial translation])","Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/514112013013/consolide/current\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,66,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.0075","Ownership of large pieces of agricultural land and forest (exceeding 10 hectares) can be transferred to foreigners and foreign legal persons only with the authorisation of the council of the local government. Citizens of EEA states or OECD member states are not subject to any restrictions.  Restrictions also do not apply to legal persons whose seat is in an EEA state or OECD member state, provided that the purchaser has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in forest management or agricultural production.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions  \n§ 1.  Area of regulation of Act:\n (1) This Act provides the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables used as profit yielding land arising from public interest and the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables arising from national security reasons. For the purposes of this Act, public interest is, in particular, development of the management for specific purposes and sustainable management of immovables used as profit yielding land which contain agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, agricultural land is a land parcel in the land use type category of land under cultivation or natural grassland or both such lands of an immovable used as profit yielding land or a part thereof.\n[...]\n\nChapter 2 - Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Used as Profit Yielding Land\n§ 4.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of Contracting States:\n (1) A citizen of Estonia or another country which is a contracting party to the EEA Agreement or a member state of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (hereinafter Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land without restrictions.\n(2) A legal person the seat of which is in a Contracting State (hereinafter legal person of a Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total without restrictions.\n(3) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products listed in Annex I to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, except fishery products and cotton (hereinafter agricultural product).\n[...]\n(5) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land and less than ten hectares of forest land, but ten hectares or more of agricultural and forest land in total, if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products or forest management.\n (6) If a legal person of a Contracting State does not meet the requirements provided for in subsections (3)–(5) of this section, the legal person may acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total only with the authorisation of the council of the local government of the location of the immovable to be acquired (hereinafter council).\n\n§ 5.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of third countries:\n (1) A citizen of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the citizen has resided in Estonia permanently for a period of at least six months immediately before applying for the authorisation or if the citizen has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, as a sole proprietor in:\n 1) production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains agricultural land, or\n 2) forest management or production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains forest land or both agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, a citizen of a third country is a natural person who is not a citizen of a Contracting State.\n (3) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n[...]\n (5) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains both agricultural and forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products or forest management and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n (6) For the purposes of this Act, a legal person of a third country is a legal person whose seat is not in a Contracting State.\n\n§ 7.  Processing of applications for authorisation for acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land:\n[...]\n(4) The council may make a decision on refusal to grant authorisation for acquisition of an immovable if:\n 1) the applicant or the application for authorisation does not meet requirements provided for in this Act;\n 2) the grant of authorisation is contrary to the public interest within the meaning of this Act and there is no other predominant public interest;\n 3) the grant of authorisation prevents the local government to perform the functions assigned thereto by law.\n[...]\"\n(Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7 [unofficial translation])","Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/514112013013/consolide/current\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,66,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.0075","Ownership of large pieces of agricultural land and forest (exceeding 10 hectares) can be transferred to foreigners and foreign legal persons only with the authorisation of the council of the local government. Citizens of EEA states or OECD member states are not subject to any restrictions.  Restrictions also do not apply to legal persons whose seat is in an EEA state or OECD member state, provided that the purchaser has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in forest management or agricultural production.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions  \n§ 1.  Area of regulation of Act:\n (1) This Act provides the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables used as profit yielding land arising from public interest and the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables arising from national security reasons. For the purposes of this Act, public interest is, in particular, development of the management for specific purposes and sustainable management of immovables used as profit yielding land which contain agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, agricultural land is a land parcel in the land use type category of land under cultivation or natural grassland or both such lands of an immovable used as profit yielding land or a part thereof.\n[...]\n\nChapter 2 - Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Used as Profit Yielding Land\n§ 4.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of Contracting States:\n (1) A citizen of Estonia or another country which is a contracting party to the EEA Agreement or a member state of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (hereinafter Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land without restrictions.\n(2) A legal person the seat of which is in a Contracting State (hereinafter legal person of a Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total without restrictions.\n(3) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products listed in Annex I to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, except fishery products and cotton (hereinafter agricultural product).\n[...]\n(5) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land and less than ten hectares of forest land, but ten hectares or more of agricultural and forest land in total, if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products or forest management.\n (6) If a legal person of a Contracting State does not meet the requirements provided for in subsections (3)–(5) of this section, the legal person may acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total only with the authorisation of the council of the local government of the location of the immovable to be acquired (hereinafter council).\n\n§ 5.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of third countries:\n (1) A citizen of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the citizen has resided in Estonia permanently for a period of at least six months immediately before applying for the authorisation or if the citizen has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, as a sole proprietor in:\n 1) production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains agricultural land, or\n 2) forest management or production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains forest land or both agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, a citizen of a third country is a natural person who is not a citizen of a Contracting State.\n (3) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n[...]\n (5) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains both agricultural and forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products or forest management and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n (6) For the purposes of this Act, a legal person of a third country is a legal person whose seat is not in a Contracting State.\n\n§ 7.  Processing of applications for authorisation for acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land:\n[...]\n(4) The council may make a decision on refusal to grant authorisation for acquisition of an immovable if:\n 1) the applicant or the application for authorisation does not meet requirements provided for in this Act;\n 2) the grant of authorisation is contrary to the public interest within the meaning of this Act and there is no other predominant public interest;\n 3) the grant of authorisation prevents the local government to perform the functions assigned thereto by law.\n[...]\"\n(Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7 [unofficial translation])","Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/514112013013/consolide/current\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,66,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000166667","Local incorporation for investing in several other financial services.","\"Application for an exchange licence\n12. (1) A public company may apply for an exchange licence in respect of one or more types of securities.\n[...]\nPART V - LICENSING OF DEALERS, INVESTMENT ADVISERS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES [...]\nGrant of dealer’s licence or investment adviser’s licence\n31. (1) A dealer's licence shall only be granted to a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 2009, if it meets:\n(a) the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, and, (b) minimum financial requirements as may be determined by rules of a securities exchange as approved by the Registrar.\n(2) In cases where an investment adviser intends to carry on a class of business involving the management of a portfolio of securities on behalf of clients for investment purposes, an investment adviser's licence shall only be granted if the investment adviser meets and continues to meet the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act.\n[...]\nPART VI - COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES [...]\nConditions for authorisation of schemes\n41. Subject to the provisions of this Part, the Registrar may only authorise a collective investment scheme if the:\n(a) scheme has both a manager and a trustee or custodian;\n(b) manager of the scheme is incorporated in Swaziland and has its registered office in Swaziland;\n[...]\nRestriction on management of collective investment schemes\n43. (1) A person who is not a company which has been registered as a manager under this Part or its authorised agent shall not manage or carry on any scheme.\n(2) A person who is not a company which: (a) is registered under the Companies Act, 2009; and, (b) meets the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, shall not be or remain registered as a manager in terms of this Act.\n[...]\nQualifications of trustees or custodians\n55. (1) A person other than: (a) a company registered as a company under the Companies Act, 2009; (b) an institution licensed to carry on business as a banking institution under the Financial Institutions Act, 2005; or, (c) an institution which is registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act, 2005; shall not become or act as a trustee or custodian under a scheme.\n[...]\nPART XII - CENTRAL SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES AND CLEARING AND SETTLEMENT OF SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS [...]\nLicensing of central securities depositories\n107. (1) A public company may apply to the Registrar for a licence to establish and operate a central securities depository [...]\" (SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010)","SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fsra.co.sz/legal/legislation/TheSecuritiesAct2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,510,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Local incorporation for investing in several other financial services.","\"Application for an exchange licence\n12. (1) A public company may apply for an exchange licence in respect of one or more types of securities.\n[...]\nPART V - LICENSING OF DEALERS, INVESTMENT ADVISERS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES [...]\nGrant of dealer’s licence or investment adviser’s licence\n31. (1) A dealer's licence shall only be granted to a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 2009, if it meets:\n(a) the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, and, (b) minimum financial requirements as may be determined by rules of a securities exchange as approved by the Registrar.\n(2) In cases where an investment adviser intends to carry on a class of business involving the management of a portfolio of securities on behalf of clients for investment purposes, an investment adviser's licence shall only be granted if the investment adviser meets and continues to meet the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act.\n[...]\nPART VI - COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES [...]\nConditions for authorisation of schemes\n41. Subject to the provisions of this Part, the Registrar may only authorise a collective investment scheme if the:\n(a) scheme has both a manager and a trustee or custodian;\n(b) manager of the scheme is incorporated in Swaziland and has its registered office in Swaziland;\n[...]\nRestriction on management of collective investment schemes\n43. (1) A person who is not a company which has been registered as a manager under this Part or its authorised agent shall not manage or carry on any scheme.\n(2) A person who is not a company which: (a) is registered under the Companies Act, 2009; and, (b) meets the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, shall not be or remain registered as a manager in terms of this Act.\n[...]\nQualifications of trustees or custodians\n55. (1) A person other than: (a) a company registered as a company under the Companies Act, 2009; (b) an institution licensed to carry on business as a banking institution under the Financial Institutions Act, 2005; or, (c) an institution which is registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act, 2005; shall not become or act as a trustee or custodian under a scheme.\n[...]\nPART XII - CENTRAL SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES AND CLEARING AND SETTLEMENT OF SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS [...]\nLicensing of central securities depositories\n107. (1) A public company may apply to the Registrar for a licence to establish and operate a central securities depository [...]\" (SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010)","SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fsra.co.sz/legal/legislation/TheSecuritiesAct2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,510,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.000166667","Local incorporation for investing in several other financial services.","\"Application for an exchange licence\n12. (1) A public company may apply for an exchange licence in respect of one or more types of securities.\n[...]\nPART V - LICENSING OF DEALERS, INVESTMENT ADVISERS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES [...]\nGrant of dealer’s licence or investment adviser’s licence\n31. (1) A dealer's licence shall only be granted to a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 2009, if it meets:\n(a) the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, and, (b) minimum financial requirements as may be determined by rules of a securities exchange as approved by the Registrar.\n(2) In cases where an investment adviser intends to carry on a class of business involving the management of a portfolio of securities on behalf of clients for investment purposes, an investment adviser's licence shall only be granted if the investment adviser meets and continues to meet the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act.\n[...]\nPART VI - COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES [...]\nConditions for authorisation of schemes\n41. Subject to the provisions of this Part, the Registrar may only authorise a collective investment scheme if the:\n(a) scheme has both a manager and a trustee or custodian;\n(b) manager of the scheme is incorporated in Swaziland and has its registered office in Swaziland;\n[...]\nRestriction on management of collective investment schemes\n43. (1) A person who is not a company which has been registered as a manager under this Part or its authorised agent shall not manage or carry on any scheme.\n(2) A person who is not a company which: (a) is registered under the Companies Act, 2009; and, (b) meets the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, shall not be or remain registered as a manager in terms of this Act.\n[...]\nQualifications of trustees or custodians\n55. (1) A person other than: (a) a company registered as a company under the Companies Act, 2009; (b) an institution licensed to carry on business as a banking institution under the Financial Institutions Act, 2005; or, (c) an institution which is registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act, 2005; shall not become or act as a trustee or custodian under a scheme.\n[...]\nPART XII - CENTRAL SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES AND CLEARING AND SETTLEMENT OF SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS [...]\nLicensing of central securities depositories\n107. (1) A public company may apply to the Registrar for a licence to establish and operate a central securities depository [...]\" (SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010)","SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fsra.co.sz/legal/legislation/TheSecuritiesAct2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,510,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Local incorporation for investing in several other financial services.","\"Application for an exchange licence\n12. (1) A public company may apply for an exchange licence in respect of one or more types of securities.\n[...]\nPART V - LICENSING OF DEALERS, INVESTMENT ADVISERS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES [...]\nGrant of dealer’s licence or investment adviser’s licence\n31. (1) A dealer's licence shall only be granted to a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 2009, if it meets:\n(a) the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, and, (b) minimum financial requirements as may be determined by rules of a securities exchange as approved by the Registrar.\n(2) In cases where an investment adviser intends to carry on a class of business involving the management of a portfolio of securities on behalf of clients for investment purposes, an investment adviser's licence shall only be granted if the investment adviser meets and continues to meet the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act.\n[...]\nPART VI - COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES [...]\nConditions for authorisation of schemes\n41. Subject to the provisions of this Part, the Registrar may only authorise a collective investment scheme if the:\n(a) scheme has both a manager and a trustee or custodian;\n(b) manager of the scheme is incorporated in Swaziland and has its registered office in Swaziland;\n[...]\nRestriction on management of collective investment schemes\n43. (1) A person who is not a company which has been registered as a manager under this Part or its authorised agent shall not manage or carry on any scheme.\n(2) A person who is not a company which: (a) is registered under the Companies Act, 2009; and, (b) meets the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, shall not be or remain registered as a manager in terms of this Act.\n[...]\nQualifications of trustees or custodians\n55. (1) A person other than: (a) a company registered as a company under the Companies Act, 2009; (b) an institution licensed to carry on business as a banking institution under the Financial Institutions Act, 2005; or, (c) an institution which is registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act, 2005; shall not become or act as a trustee or custodian under a scheme.\n[...]\nPART XII - CENTRAL SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES AND CLEARING AND SETTLEMENT OF SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS [...]\nLicensing of central securities depositories\n107. (1) A public company may apply to the Registrar for a licence to establish and operate a central securities depository [...]\" (SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010)","SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fsra.co.sz/legal/legislation/TheSecuritiesAct2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,510,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.027","Majority foreign-owned companies cannot own land in Eswatini even if for business purposes. However, long-term leases (99 years) are possible according to the authorities. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are allowed to acquire condominium units without restrictions as per the Sectional Titles Act 2003 [according to the authorities]. ","\"Land\n211. (1) From the date of commencement of this Constitution, all land (including any existing concessions) in Swaziland, save privately held title-deed land, shall continue to vest in iNgwenyama in trust for the Swazi Nation as it vested on the 12th April, 1973.\n(2) Save as may be required by the exigencies of any particular situation, a citizen of Swaziland, without regard to gender, shall have equal access to land for normal domestic purposes.\"[...]\n(4) Subect to subsection (5), all agreements the effect of which is to vest ownership in land in Swaziland in a non-citizen or a company the majority of whose share-holders are not citizens shall be of no force and effect unless that agreement was made prior to the commencement of this Constitution.\n(5) A provision of this chapter may not be used to undermine or frustrate an existing or new legitimate business undertaking of which land is a significant factor or base.[...]\" (CONSTITUTION OF THE KINGDOM OF SWAZILAND ACT, 2005)\n----------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"land concession\" shall mean any concession confirmed by the Chid' Court (other rhan a mineral concession) which confers any ritle or right (not being a right included in section 4 of the Concessions Act No. 3 or 1904) to land Of the use thereof for agricultural or other purposes;\n\"later land concession' shall mean a land concession of subsequent uarc to a prior land COi1CCSSil'n, but conferring rights similar to those and over the same area, or a portion or the same area as that, covered by and exercisable only after the expiry of, the rights granted under such prior land concession;\n\"mineral concession\" shall mean a concession confirmed by the Chief Court, conferring a right (not bing a right included in section 4 of the Concessions Act No. 3 of 1904) to mine, dig, search or otherwise explore for precious or base metals, or coal, or for precious stones, or in the case of any such concession which confers any such right in addition to any other rights, such concession in as far as it relates to such right;\n[...]\nissue offreehold title.\n5. If a concessionaire has under a land concession been granted - (a) title to the ownership of land; or (b) a lease of land which, with or without rights of renewal, is of not less than ninety-nine years' duration, there shall be issued to such concessionaire freehold title in respect of any portion of land held under such title or lease, not demarcated, selected or transferred as aforesaid, subject to such leasesand servitudes as may be determined by the Commission under the provisions of the Concessions Act, No.3 of 1904 and to such other servitudes as may have been awarded by the Special Commissioner, and further subject to such mortgage bonds, leases or other encumbrances as are at the date of issue of such freehold tule registered against such concession. (Amended P.41! 1962) [This section must be read in conjunction with King's Order-in-Council No. I5 of 1973. Land Concession Order)[...]\" (Concessions Partitions Act 1907 (No. 28 of 1907)0.","CONSTITUTION OF THE KINGDOM OF SWAZILAND ACT, 2005\nConcessions Partitions Act 1907 (No. 28 of 1907).","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/swa132849.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,473,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.027","Majority foreign-owned companies cannot own land in Eswatini even if for business purposes. However, long-term leases (99 years) are possible according to the authorities. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are allowed to acquire condominium units without restrictions as per the Sectional Titles Act 2003 [according to the authorities]. ","\"Land\n211. (1) From the date of commencement of this Constitution, all land (including any existing concessions) in Swaziland, save privately held title-deed land, shall continue to vest in iNgwenyama in trust for the Swazi Nation as it vested on the 12th April, 1973.\n(2) Save as may be required by the exigencies of any particular situation, a citizen of Swaziland, without regard to gender, shall have equal access to land for normal domestic purposes.\"[...]\n(4) Subect to subsection (5), all agreements the effect of which is to vest ownership in land in Swaziland in a non-citizen or a company the majority of whose share-holders are not citizens shall be of no force and effect unless that agreement was made prior to the commencement of this Constitution.\n(5) A provision of this chapter may not be used to undermine or frustrate an existing or new legitimate business undertaking of which land is a significant factor or base.[...]\" (CONSTITUTION OF THE KINGDOM OF SWAZILAND ACT, 2005)\n----------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"land concession\" shall mean any concession confirmed by the Chid' Court (other rhan a mineral concession) which confers any ritle or right (not being a right included in section 4 of the Concessions Act No. 3 or 1904) to land Of the use thereof for agricultural or other purposes;\n\"later land concession' shall mean a land concession of subsequent uarc to a prior land COi1CCSSil'n, but conferring rights similar to those and over the same area, or a portion or the same area as that, covered by and exercisable only after the expiry of, the rights granted under such prior land concession;\n\"mineral concession\" shall mean a concession confirmed by the Chief Court, conferring a right (not bing a right included in section 4 of the Concessions Act No. 3 of 1904) to mine, dig, search or otherwise explore for precious or base metals, or coal, or for precious stones, or in the case of any such concession which confers any such right in addition to any other rights, such concession in as far as it relates to such right;\n[...]\nissue offreehold title.\n5. If a concessionaire has under a land concession been granted - (a) title to the ownership of land; or (b) a lease of land which, with or without rights of renewal, is of not less than ninety-nine years' duration, there shall be issued to such concessionaire freehold title in respect of any portion of land held under such title or lease, not demarcated, selected or transferred as aforesaid, subject to such leasesand servitudes as may be determined by the Commission under the provisions of the Concessions Act, No.3 of 1904 and to such other servitudes as may have been awarded by the Special Commissioner, and further subject to such mortgage bonds, leases or other encumbrances as are at the date of issue of such freehold tule registered against such concession. (Amended P.41! 1962) [This section must be read in conjunction with King's Order-in-Council No. I5 of 1973. Land Concession Order)[...]\" (Concessions Partitions Act 1907 (No. 28 of 1907)0.","CONSTITUTION OF THE KINGDOM OF SWAZILAND ACT, 2005\nConcessions Partitions Act 1907 (No. 28 of 1907).","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/swa132849.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,473,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.027","Majority foreign-owned companies cannot own land in Eswatini even if for business purposes. However, long-term leases (99 years) are possible according to the authorities. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are allowed to acquire condominium units without restrictions as per the Sectional Titles Act 2003 [according to the authorities]. ","\"Land\n211. (1) From the date of commencement of this Constitution, all land (including any existing concessions) in Swaziland, save privately held title-deed land, shall continue to vest in iNgwenyama in trust for the Swazi Nation as it vested on the 12th April, 1973.\n(2) Save as may be required by the exigencies of any particular situation, a citizen of Swaziland, without regard to gender, shall have equal access to land for normal domestic purposes.\"[...]\n(4) Subect to subsection (5), all agreements the effect of which is to vest ownership in land in Swaziland in a non-citizen or a company the majority of whose share-holders are not citizens shall be of no force and effect unless that agreement was made prior to the commencement of this Constitution.\n(5) A provision of this chapter may not be used to undermine or frustrate an existing or new legitimate business undertaking of which land is a significant factor or base.[...]\" (CONSTITUTION OF THE KINGDOM OF SWAZILAND ACT, 2005)\n----------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"land concession\" shall mean any concession confirmed by the Chid' Court (other rhan a mineral concession) which confers any ritle or right (not being a right included in section 4 of the Concessions Act No. 3 or 1904) to land Of the use thereof for agricultural or other purposes;\n\"later land concession' shall mean a land concession of subsequent uarc to a prior land COi1CCSSil'n, but conferring rights similar to those and over the same area, or a portion or the same area as that, covered by and exercisable only after the expiry of, the rights granted under such prior land concession;\n\"mineral concession\" shall mean a concession confirmed by the Chief Court, conferring a right (not bing a right included in section 4 of the Concessions Act No. 3 of 1904) to mine, dig, search or otherwise explore for precious or base metals, or coal, or for precious stones, or in the case of any such concession which confers any such right in addition to any other rights, such concession in as far as it relates to such right;\n[...]\nissue offreehold title.\n5. If a concessionaire has under a land concession been granted - (a) title to the ownership of land; or (b) a lease of land which, with or without rights of renewal, is of not less than ninety-nine years' duration, there shall be issued to such concessionaire freehold title in respect of any portion of land held under such title or lease, not demarcated, selected or transferred as aforesaid, subject to such leasesand servitudes as may be determined by the Commission under the provisions of the Concessions Act, No.3 of 1904 and to such other servitudes as may have been awarded by the Special Commissioner, and further subject to such mortgage bonds, leases or other encumbrances as are at the date of issue of such freehold tule registered against such concession. (Amended P.41! 1962) [This section must be read in conjunction with King's Order-in-Council No. I5 of 1973. Land Concession Order)[...]\" (Concessions Partitions Act 1907 (No. 28 of 1907)0.","CONSTITUTION OF THE KINGDOM OF SWAZILAND ACT, 2005\nConcessions Partitions Act 1907 (No. 28 of 1907).","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/swa132849.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,473,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.027","Majority foreign-owned companies cannot own land in Eswatini even if for business purposes. However, long-term leases (99 years) are possible according to the authorities. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are allowed to acquire condominium units without restrictions as per the Sectional Titles Act 2003 [according to the authorities]. ","\"Land\n211. (1) From the date of commencement of this Constitution, all land (including any existing concessions) in Swaziland, save privately held title-deed land, shall continue to vest in iNgwenyama in trust for the Swazi Nation as it vested on the 12th April, 1973.\n(2) Save as may be required by the exigencies of any particular situation, a citizen of Swaziland, without regard to gender, shall have equal access to land for normal domestic purposes.\"[...]\n(4) Subect to subsection (5), all agreements the effect of which is to vest ownership in land in Swaziland in a non-citizen or a company the majority of whose share-holders are not citizens shall be of no force and effect unless that agreement was made prior to the commencement of this Constitution.\n(5) A provision of this chapter may not be used to undermine or frustrate an existing or new legitimate business undertaking of which land is a significant factor or base.[...]\" (CONSTITUTION OF THE KINGDOM OF SWAZILAND ACT, 2005)\n----------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"land concession\" shall mean any concession confirmed by the Chid' Court (other rhan a mineral concession) which confers any ritle or right (not being a right included in section 4 of the Concessions Act No. 3 or 1904) to land Of the use thereof for agricultural or other purposes;\n\"later land concession' shall mean a land concession of subsequent uarc to a prior land COi1CCSSil'n, but conferring rights similar to those and over the same area, or a portion or the same area as that, covered by and exercisable only after the expiry of, the rights granted under such prior land concession;\n\"mineral concession\" shall mean a concession confirmed by the Chief Court, conferring a right (not bing a right included in section 4 of the Concessions Act No. 3 of 1904) to mine, dig, search or otherwise explore for precious or base metals, or coal, or for precious stones, or in the case of any such concession which confers any such right in addition to any other rights, such concession in as far as it relates to such right;\n[...]\nissue offreehold title.\n5. If a concessionaire has under a land concession been granted - (a) title to the ownership of land; or (b) a lease of land which, with or without rights of renewal, is of not less than ninety-nine years' duration, there shall be issued to such concessionaire freehold title in respect of any portion of land held under such title or lease, not demarcated, selected or transferred as aforesaid, subject to such leasesand servitudes as may be determined by the Commission under the provisions of the Concessions Act, No.3 of 1904 and to such other servitudes as may have been awarded by the Special Commissioner, and further subject to such mortgage bonds, leases or other encumbrances as are at the date of issue of such freehold tule registered against such concession. (Amended P.41! 1962) [This section must be read in conjunction with King's Order-in-Council No. I5 of 1973. Land Concession Order)[...]\" (Concessions Partitions Act 1907 (No. 28 of 1907)0.","CONSTITUTION OF THE KINGDOM OF SWAZILAND ACT, 2005\nConcessions Partitions Act 1907 (No. 28 of 1907).","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/swa132849.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,473,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00216","The right to carry out transport of goods and persons between two points on the inland waterways covered by the Revised Convention for the navigation on the Rhine is reserved to vessels owned by either nationals of Contracting States of that Convention or Member States of the EU, or companies based on the territory of any of these States, which are owned in majority and controlled by nationals of these States.","\"Article 2\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and the rafts or wooden trains coming from the Rhine will have the right to choose any route they like when crossing the Netherlands to return from the Rhine to the open sea or to Belgium and vice versa.\nIf, as a result of natural events or works of art, one of the waterways connecting the open sea at the Rhine by Dordrecht, Rotterdam, Hellevoetsluis and Brielle, became impracticable for navigation, the waterway which would be indicated to Dutch navigation in replacement of the intercepted passage will also be open to navigation by others Riparian states.\nWill be considered as belonging to the navigation of the Rhine any boat having the right to fly the flag of one of the Contracting States and can justify this right by means of a document issued by the competent authority.\nArticle 3\nNo rights based solely on the fact of navigation may be levied on the ships or their loads no more than on rafts navigating on the Rhine, on its tributaries, in so far as they are located in the territory of the High Contracting Parties, and on the waterways mentioned in article 2.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine are authorized to carry out transport of goods and people between two points on the waterways mentioned in the first paragraph of article 3. The other buildings are not authorized to carry out such transport operations only under conditions determined by the Commission Central.\nThe conditions of transport of goods and people by boats not belonging to not to the navigation of the Rhine, between a place situated on the waterways mentioned above and a place situated on the territory of a third State, are determined in agreements to conclude between the two Parties concerned. The Central Commission is consulted before the conclusion of such agreements.\nAs regards the inland waterways mentioned above, national treatment, in all respects, will be granted to vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and to their loads.[...]\" (Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"1. The document referred to in Article 2, paragraph 3, of the Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, amended by Additional Protocol No. 2, shall be issued by the competent authorities of the State concerned only for a vessel which has a genuine link with that State, the aspects of which shall be determined on the basis of the equality of treatment between Contracting States which shall take the necessary steps to ensure its standard adoption. When the conditions for the issue of this document are no longer met, it shall cease to be valid and shall then be withdrawn by the authority which issued it.\n2. With a view to the development of a common policy for transport and the Rhine regime, the Contracting States shall. be prepared to take the necessary steps to permit the negotiation of such amendments to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation as might prove necessary with a view to the possible accession of the European Economic Community to the international regulations on the Rhine.\n 3. With a view to this possible accession, the same treatment accorded to vessels belonging to the Rhine navigation system shall be accorded as soon as this Protocol enters into force to vessels with the right to fly the flag of any state member of the European Community. The same treatment may be accorded by a decision taken pursuant to the procedure of Article II, first paragraph, second sentence, of Additional Protocol No. 2, to vessels flying the flag of another State.[...]\" (Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Numbers 1, 2 and 3)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1\nFor the application of this Regulation, the States referred to in the 1st sentence of paragraph 3 of the Protocol of signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of Rhine are assimilated to the Contracting States of the said Convention. The term \"Contracting State\" in the these Regulations always include each of these assimilated States.\n[...]\nArticle 3\n1. The document referred to in paragraph 1 of article 2 will only be drawn up for a boat if its owner:\na) as a natural person has the nationality of one of the Contracting States and his domicile or habitual residence in one of these States; Where\nb) as a legal person governed by public law is constituted under the legislation of a Contracting State and has its head office; Where\nc) as a legal person or company governed by private law:  aa) is incorporated in a Contracting State in accordance with its laws;  bb) has the seat and center of commercial activity as well as the place from which the operation of the vessel is directed, in that Contracting State, and  cc) is managed and directed by people, the majority of whom are nationals of States Contractors and who have their domicile or habitual residence as well as, in the case of a person moral, their seat in one of these states.\n2. However, the establishment of the document for a boat of a legal person or company of private law must be refused, if it is composed in such a way that the persons participating directly or indirectly with the majority of the financial results of the company or having the majority of the shares giving the right to the vote or to the majority of the voting rights, or are not nationals of the States Contracting parties either do not have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.\n3. In the presence of trust relationships or similar arrangements, the conditions set out above must also be completed by the persons on whose behalf or in whose interests it is processed.\n4. A Contracting State may, exceptionally, after consultation with the Central Commission, grant exceptions to the majority required in paragraphs 1, letter c) cc) and 2 above, provided that the objective of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of the Rhine is not compromise. The Central Commission may set the general conditions under which these exemptions will be granted.\nArticle 4\n1. In the case of a boat held in co-ownership, the co-owner (s) who hold the majority of the shares of the co-ownership and who manage the co-ownership must or must meet the conditions referred to in article 3.\n2. If among the co-owners concerned there are legal persons or companies governed by private law, the people who manage and direct these companies as well as those who directly or indirectly to the financial results of these must all be nationals of the Contracting States\nand have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.[...]\" (Application Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4  [google translation])","Revised Convention for the Navigation on the Rhine, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979\nProtocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Sections 1, 2 and 3\nApplication Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/convrev_f.pdf\">Convention</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/ProtAdd2_en.pdf\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/fondjurtextes/Resolution1984-I-3_fr.pdf\">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF2",1,726,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00216","The right to carry out transport of goods and persons between two points on the inland waterways covered by the Revised Convention for the navigation on the Rhine is reserved to vessels owned by either nationals of Contracting States of that Convention or Member States of the EU, or companies based on the territory of any of these States, which are owned in majority and controlled by nationals of these States.","\"Article 2\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and the rafts or wooden trains coming from the Rhine will have the right to choose any route they like when crossing the Netherlands to return from the Rhine to the open sea or to Belgium and vice versa.\nIf, as a result of natural events or works of art, one of the waterways connecting the open sea at the Rhine by Dordrecht, Rotterdam, Hellevoetsluis and Brielle, became impracticable for navigation, the waterway which would be indicated to Dutch navigation in replacement of the intercepted passage will also be open to navigation by others Riparian states.\nWill be considered as belonging to the navigation of the Rhine any boat having the right to fly the flag of one of the Contracting States and can justify this right by means of a document issued by the competent authority.\nArticle 3\nNo rights based solely on the fact of navigation may be levied on the ships or their loads no more than on rafts navigating on the Rhine, on its tributaries, in so far as they are located in the territory of the High Contracting Parties, and on the waterways mentioned in article 2.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine are authorized to carry out transport of goods and people between two points on the waterways mentioned in the first paragraph of article 3. The other buildings are not authorized to carry out such transport operations only under conditions determined by the Commission Central.\nThe conditions of transport of goods and people by boats not belonging to not to the navigation of the Rhine, between a place situated on the waterways mentioned above and a place situated on the territory of a third State, are determined in agreements to conclude between the two Parties concerned. The Central Commission is consulted before the conclusion of such agreements.\nAs regards the inland waterways mentioned above, national treatment, in all respects, will be granted to vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and to their loads.[...]\" (Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"1. The document referred to in Article 2, paragraph 3, of the Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, amended by Additional Protocol No. 2, shall be issued by the competent authorities of the State concerned only for a vessel which has a genuine link with that State, the aspects of which shall be determined on the basis of the equality of treatment between Contracting States which shall take the necessary steps to ensure its standard adoption. When the conditions for the issue of this document are no longer met, it shall cease to be valid and shall then be withdrawn by the authority which issued it.\n2. With a view to the development of a common policy for transport and the Rhine regime, the Contracting States shall. be prepared to take the necessary steps to permit the negotiation of such amendments to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation as might prove necessary with a view to the possible accession of the European Economic Community to the international regulations on the Rhine.\n 3. With a view to this possible accession, the same treatment accorded to vessels belonging to the Rhine navigation system shall be accorded as soon as this Protocol enters into force to vessels with the right to fly the flag of any state member of the European Community. The same treatment may be accorded by a decision taken pursuant to the procedure of Article II, first paragraph, second sentence, of Additional Protocol No. 2, to vessels flying the flag of another State.[...]\" (Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Numbers 1, 2 and 3)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1\nFor the application of this Regulation, the States referred to in the 1st sentence of paragraph 3 of the Protocol of signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of Rhine are assimilated to the Contracting States of the said Convention. The term \"Contracting State\" in the these Regulations always include each of these assimilated States.\n[...]\nArticle 3\n1. The document referred to in paragraph 1 of article 2 will only be drawn up for a boat if its owner:\na) as a natural person has the nationality of one of the Contracting States and his domicile or habitual residence in one of these States; Where\nb) as a legal person governed by public law is constituted under the legislation of a Contracting State and has its head office; Where\nc) as a legal person or company governed by private law:  aa) is incorporated in a Contracting State in accordance with its laws;  bb) has the seat and center of commercial activity as well as the place from which the operation of the vessel is directed, in that Contracting State, and  cc) is managed and directed by people, the majority of whom are nationals of States Contractors and who have their domicile or habitual residence as well as, in the case of a person moral, their seat in one of these states.\n2. However, the establishment of the document for a boat of a legal person or company of private law must be refused, if it is composed in such a way that the persons participating directly or indirectly with the majority of the financial results of the company or having the majority of the shares giving the right to the vote or to the majority of the voting rights, or are not nationals of the States Contracting parties either do not have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.\n3. In the presence of trust relationships or similar arrangements, the conditions set out above must also be completed by the persons on whose behalf or in whose interests it is processed.\n4. A Contracting State may, exceptionally, after consultation with the Central Commission, grant exceptions to the majority required in paragraphs 1, letter c) cc) and 2 above, provided that the objective of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of the Rhine is not compromise. The Central Commission may set the general conditions under which these exemptions will be granted.\nArticle 4\n1. In the case of a boat held in co-ownership, the co-owner (s) who hold the majority of the shares of the co-ownership and who manage the co-ownership must or must meet the conditions referred to in article 3.\n2. If among the co-owners concerned there are legal persons or companies governed by private law, the people who manage and direct these companies as well as those who directly or indirectly to the financial results of these must all be nationals of the Contracting States\nand have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.[...]\" (Application Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4  [google translation])","Revised Convention for the Navigation on the Rhine, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979\nProtocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Sections 1, 2 and 3\nApplication Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/convrev_f.pdf\">Convention</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/ProtAdd2_en.pdf\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/fondjurtextes/Resolution1984-I-3_fr.pdf\">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF2",1,726,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00216","The right to carry out transport of goods and persons between two points on the inland waterways covered by the Revised Convention for the navigation on the Rhine is reserved to vessels owned by either nationals of Contracting States of that Convention or Member States of the EU, or companies based on the territory of any of these States, which are owned in majority and controlled by nationals of these States.","\"Article 2\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and the rafts or wooden trains coming from the Rhine will have the right to choose any route they like when crossing the Netherlands to return from the Rhine to the open sea or to Belgium and vice versa.\nIf, as a result of natural events or works of art, one of the waterways connecting the open sea at the Rhine by Dordrecht, Rotterdam, Hellevoetsluis and Brielle, became impracticable for navigation, the waterway which would be indicated to Dutch navigation in replacement of the intercepted passage will also be open to navigation by others Riparian states.\nWill be considered as belonging to the navigation of the Rhine any boat having the right to fly the flag of one of the Contracting States and can justify this right by means of a document issued by the competent authority.\nArticle 3\nNo rights based solely on the fact of navigation may be levied on the ships or their loads no more than on rafts navigating on the Rhine, on its tributaries, in so far as they are located in the territory of the High Contracting Parties, and on the waterways mentioned in article 2.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine are authorized to carry out transport of goods and people between two points on the waterways mentioned in the first paragraph of article 3. The other buildings are not authorized to carry out such transport operations only under conditions determined by the Commission Central.\nThe conditions of transport of goods and people by boats not belonging to not to the navigation of the Rhine, between a place situated on the waterways mentioned above and a place situated on the territory of a third State, are determined in agreements to conclude between the two Parties concerned. The Central Commission is consulted before the conclusion of such agreements.\nAs regards the inland waterways mentioned above, national treatment, in all respects, will be granted to vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and to their loads.[...]\" (Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"1. The document referred to in Article 2, paragraph 3, of the Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, amended by Additional Protocol No. 2, shall be issued by the competent authorities of the State concerned only for a vessel which has a genuine link with that State, the aspects of which shall be determined on the basis of the equality of treatment between Contracting States which shall take the necessary steps to ensure its standard adoption. When the conditions for the issue of this document are no longer met, it shall cease to be valid and shall then be withdrawn by the authority which issued it.\n2. With a view to the development of a common policy for transport and the Rhine regime, the Contracting States shall. be prepared to take the necessary steps to permit the negotiation of such amendments to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation as might prove necessary with a view to the possible accession of the European Economic Community to the international regulations on the Rhine.\n 3. With a view to this possible accession, the same treatment accorded to vessels belonging to the Rhine navigation system shall be accorded as soon as this Protocol enters into force to vessels with the right to fly the flag of any state member of the European Community. The same treatment may be accorded by a decision taken pursuant to the procedure of Article II, first paragraph, second sentence, of Additional Protocol No. 2, to vessels flying the flag of another State.[...]\" (Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Numbers 1, 2 and 3)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1\nFor the application of this Regulation, the States referred to in the 1st sentence of paragraph 3 of the Protocol of signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of Rhine are assimilated to the Contracting States of the said Convention. The term \"Contracting State\" in the these Regulations always include each of these assimilated States.\n[...]\nArticle 3\n1. The document referred to in paragraph 1 of article 2 will only be drawn up for a boat if its owner:\na) as a natural person has the nationality of one of the Contracting States and his domicile or habitual residence in one of these States; Where\nb) as a legal person governed by public law is constituted under the legislation of a Contracting State and has its head office; Where\nc) as a legal person or company governed by private law:  aa) is incorporated in a Contracting State in accordance with its laws;  bb) has the seat and center of commercial activity as well as the place from which the operation of the vessel is directed, in that Contracting State, and  cc) is managed and directed by people, the majority of whom are nationals of States Contractors and who have their domicile or habitual residence as well as, in the case of a person moral, their seat in one of these states.\n2. However, the establishment of the document for a boat of a legal person or company of private law must be refused, if it is composed in such a way that the persons participating directly or indirectly with the majority of the financial results of the company or having the majority of the shares giving the right to the vote or to the majority of the voting rights, or are not nationals of the States Contracting parties either do not have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.\n3. In the presence of trust relationships or similar arrangements, the conditions set out above must also be completed by the persons on whose behalf or in whose interests it is processed.\n4. A Contracting State may, exceptionally, after consultation with the Central Commission, grant exceptions to the majority required in paragraphs 1, letter c) cc) and 2 above, provided that the objective of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of the Rhine is not compromise. The Central Commission may set the general conditions under which these exemptions will be granted.\nArticle 4\n1. In the case of a boat held in co-ownership, the co-owner (s) who hold the majority of the shares of the co-ownership and who manage the co-ownership must or must meet the conditions referred to in article 3.\n2. If among the co-owners concerned there are legal persons or companies governed by private law, the people who manage and direct these companies as well as those who directly or indirectly to the financial results of these must all be nationals of the Contracting States\nand have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.[...]\" (Application Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4  [google translation])","Revised Convention for the Navigation on the Rhine, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979\nProtocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Sections 1, 2 and 3\nApplication Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/convrev_f.pdf\">Convention</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/ProtAdd2_en.pdf\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/fondjurtextes/Resolution1984-I-3_fr.pdf\">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF2",1,726,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00216","The right to carry out transport of goods and persons between two points on the inland waterways covered by the Revised Convention for the navigation on the Rhine is reserved to vessels owned by either nationals of Contracting States of that Convention or Member States of the EU, or companies based on the territory of any of these States, which are owned in majority and controlled by nationals of these States.","\"Article 2\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and the rafts or wooden trains coming from the Rhine will have the right to choose any route they like when crossing the Netherlands to return from the Rhine to the open sea or to Belgium and vice versa.\nIf, as a result of natural events or works of art, one of the waterways connecting the open sea at the Rhine by Dordrecht, Rotterdam, Hellevoetsluis and Brielle, became impracticable for navigation, the waterway which would be indicated to Dutch navigation in replacement of the intercepted passage will also be open to navigation by others Riparian states.\nWill be considered as belonging to the navigation of the Rhine any boat having the right to fly the flag of one of the Contracting States and can justify this right by means of a document issued by the competent authority.\nArticle 3\nNo rights based solely on the fact of navigation may be levied on the ships or their loads no more than on rafts navigating on the Rhine, on its tributaries, in so far as they are located in the territory of the High Contracting Parties, and on the waterways mentioned in article 2.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine are authorized to carry out transport of goods and people between two points on the waterways mentioned in the first paragraph of article 3. The other buildings are not authorized to carry out such transport operations only under conditions determined by the Commission Central.\nThe conditions of transport of goods and people by boats not belonging to not to the navigation of the Rhine, between a place situated on the waterways mentioned above and a place situated on the territory of a third State, are determined in agreements to conclude between the two Parties concerned. The Central Commission is consulted before the conclusion of such agreements.\nAs regards the inland waterways mentioned above, national treatment, in all respects, will be granted to vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and to their loads.[...]\" (Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"1. The document referred to in Article 2, paragraph 3, of the Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, amended by Additional Protocol No. 2, shall be issued by the competent authorities of the State concerned only for a vessel which has a genuine link with that State, the aspects of which shall be determined on the basis of the equality of treatment between Contracting States which shall take the necessary steps to ensure its standard adoption. When the conditions for the issue of this document are no longer met, it shall cease to be valid and shall then be withdrawn by the authority which issued it.\n2. With a view to the development of a common policy for transport and the Rhine regime, the Contracting States shall. be prepared to take the necessary steps to permit the negotiation of such amendments to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation as might prove necessary with a view to the possible accession of the European Economic Community to the international regulations on the Rhine.\n 3. With a view to this possible accession, the same treatment accorded to vessels belonging to the Rhine navigation system shall be accorded as soon as this Protocol enters into force to vessels with the right to fly the flag of any state member of the European Community. The same treatment may be accorded by a decision taken pursuant to the procedure of Article II, first paragraph, second sentence, of Additional Protocol No. 2, to vessels flying the flag of another State.[...]\" (Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Numbers 1, 2 and 3)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1\nFor the application of this Regulation, the States referred to in the 1st sentence of paragraph 3 of the Protocol of signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of Rhine are assimilated to the Contracting States of the said Convention. The term \"Contracting State\" in the these Regulations always include each of these assimilated States.\n[...]\nArticle 3\n1. The document referred to in paragraph 1 of article 2 will only be drawn up for a boat if its owner:\na) as a natural person has the nationality of one of the Contracting States and his domicile or habitual residence in one of these States; Where\nb) as a legal person governed by public law is constituted under the legislation of a Contracting State and has its head office; Where\nc) as a legal person or company governed by private law:  aa) is incorporated in a Contracting State in accordance with its laws;  bb) has the seat and center of commercial activity as well as the place from which the operation of the vessel is directed, in that Contracting State, and  cc) is managed and directed by people, the majority of whom are nationals of States Contractors and who have their domicile or habitual residence as well as, in the case of a person moral, their seat in one of these states.\n2. However, the establishment of the document for a boat of a legal person or company of private law must be refused, if it is composed in such a way that the persons participating directly or indirectly with the majority of the financial results of the company or having the majority of the shares giving the right to the vote or to the majority of the voting rights, or are not nationals of the States Contracting parties either do not have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.\n3. In the presence of trust relationships or similar arrangements, the conditions set out above must also be completed by the persons on whose behalf or in whose interests it is processed.\n4. A Contracting State may, exceptionally, after consultation with the Central Commission, grant exceptions to the majority required in paragraphs 1, letter c) cc) and 2 above, provided that the objective of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of the Rhine is not compromise. The Central Commission may set the general conditions under which these exemptions will be granted.\nArticle 4\n1. In the case of a boat held in co-ownership, the co-owner (s) who hold the majority of the shares of the co-ownership and who manage the co-ownership must or must meet the conditions referred to in article 3.\n2. If among the co-owners concerned there are legal persons or companies governed by private law, the people who manage and direct these companies as well as those who directly or indirectly to the financial results of these must all be nationals of the Contracting States\nand have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.[...]\" (Application Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4  [google translation])","Revised Convention for the Navigation on the Rhine, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979\nProtocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Sections 1, 2 and 3\nApplication Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/convrev_f.pdf\">Convention</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/ProtAdd2_en.pdf\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/fondjurtextes/Resolution1984-I-3_fr.pdf\">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF2",1,726,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00048","Airlines established in Greece must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory. In order to be recognised as Greek, aircraft must be (at a minimum) majority owned by EEA nationals or Greek legal entities majority owned by EEA nationals. In the case of limited liability companies, 75% of company shares must be owned by EEA nationals and the directors and three quarters of the partners/company shares must be owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries. In the case of public limited companies, all shares must be registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are EEA nationals and 2/3 of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers must be natural persons who are EEA nationals. Cabotage is reserved to national and EU airline companies. ","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2 - Traffic conditions [...]\n3 . The commercial transport of passengers and goods between two points of Greek territory as well as the transport of mail is reserved for Greek aircraft without prejudice to special and temporary and certainly not exclusive concessions to foreign aircraft, as long as they do not affect the interests of Greek air transport.\n[...]\nArticle 18 - Aircraft nationality\n 1. Greek aircraft are those aircraft, which belong to natural persons who have the citizenship of countries of the European Economic Area in a percentage greater than fifty percent (50%).\n 2. Aircraft belonging to Greek legal entities by more than fifty percent (50%) are also recognized as Greek aircraft, provided that:\n a. in general partnerships, all partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n b. in limited liability companies, all general partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and the share capital is paid by two thirds of natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n c. in limited liability companies, the directors and three quarters of the partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and three quarters of the company shares are owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n d. in public limited companies all shares are registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and two thirds of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers are natural persons who are nationals of countries of the European Economic Area,\n e. in cooperatives or unions two thirds of the members, as well as all the members of the Board of Directors and the Supervisory Board are natural persons who have the citizenship of the countries of the European Economic Area.[...]\" (Aviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wFWG2Ogb2ANFndtvSoClrL8cSHdHNezY5d5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx3UnKl3nP8NxdnJ5r9cmWyJWelDvWS_18kAEhATUkJb0x1LIdQ163nV9K--td6SIufiWDmXHs3QQEjK2p4lAsYRV_7yMZcWloaY561F-Ujtm\">Aviation Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/260972\">Aviation Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,799,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00048","Airlines established in Greece must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory. In order to be recognised as Greek, aircraft must be (at a minimum) majority owned by EEA nationals or Greek legal entities majority owned by EEA nationals. In the case of limited liability companies, 75% of company shares must be owned by EEA nationals and the directors and three quarters of the partners/company shares must be owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries. In the case of public limited companies, all shares must be registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are EEA nationals and 2/3 of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers must be natural persons who are EEA nationals. Cabotage is reserved to national and EU airline companies. ","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2 - Traffic conditions [...]\n3 . The commercial transport of passengers and goods between two points of Greek territory as well as the transport of mail is reserved for Greek aircraft without prejudice to special and temporary and certainly not exclusive concessions to foreign aircraft, as long as they do not affect the interests of Greek air transport.\n[...]\nArticle 18 - Aircraft nationality\n 1. Greek aircraft are those aircraft, which belong to natural persons who have the citizenship of countries of the European Economic Area in a percentage greater than fifty percent (50%).\n 2. Aircraft belonging to Greek legal entities by more than fifty percent (50%) are also recognized as Greek aircraft, provided that:\n a. in general partnerships, all partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n b. in limited liability companies, all general partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and the share capital is paid by two thirds of natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n c. in limited liability companies, the directors and three quarters of the partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and three quarters of the company shares are owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n d. in public limited companies all shares are registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and two thirds of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers are natural persons who are nationals of countries of the European Economic Area,\n e. in cooperatives or unions two thirds of the members, as well as all the members of the Board of Directors and the Supervisory Board are natural persons who have the citizenship of the countries of the European Economic Area.[...]\" (Aviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wFWG2Ogb2ANFndtvSoClrL8cSHdHNezY5d5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx3UnKl3nP8NxdnJ5r9cmWyJWelDvWS_18kAEhATUkJb0x1LIdQ163nV9K--td6SIufiWDmXHs3QQEjK2p4lAsYRV_7yMZcWloaY561F-Ujtm\">Aviation Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/260972\">Aviation Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,799,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.00048","Airlines established in Greece must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory. In order to be recognised as Greek, aircraft must be (at a minimum) majority owned by EEA nationals or Greek legal entities majority owned by EEA nationals. In the case of limited liability companies, 75% of company shares must be owned by EEA nationals and the directors and three quarters of the partners/company shares must be owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries. In the case of public limited companies, all shares must be registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are EEA nationals and 2/3 of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers must be natural persons who are EEA nationals. Cabotage is reserved to national and EU airline companies. ","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2 - Traffic conditions [...]\n3 . The commercial transport of passengers and goods between two points of Greek territory as well as the transport of mail is reserved for Greek aircraft without prejudice to special and temporary and certainly not exclusive concessions to foreign aircraft, as long as they do not affect the interests of Greek air transport.\n[...]\nArticle 18 - Aircraft nationality\n 1. Greek aircraft are those aircraft, which belong to natural persons who have the citizenship of countries of the European Economic Area in a percentage greater than fifty percent (50%).\n 2. Aircraft belonging to Greek legal entities by more than fifty percent (50%) are also recognized as Greek aircraft, provided that:\n a. in general partnerships, all partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n b. in limited liability companies, all general partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and the share capital is paid by two thirds of natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n c. in limited liability companies, the directors and three quarters of the partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and three quarters of the company shares are owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n d. in public limited companies all shares are registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and two thirds of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers are natural persons who are nationals of countries of the European Economic Area,\n e. in cooperatives or unions two thirds of the members, as well as all the members of the Board of Directors and the Supervisory Board are natural persons who have the citizenship of the countries of the European Economic Area.[...]\" (Aviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wFWG2Ogb2ANFndtvSoClrL8cSHdHNezY5d5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx3UnKl3nP8NxdnJ5r9cmWyJWelDvWS_18kAEhATUkJb0x1LIdQ163nV9K--td6SIufiWDmXHs3QQEjK2p4lAsYRV_7yMZcWloaY561F-Ujtm\">Aviation Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/260972\">Aviation Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,799,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00048","Airlines established in Greece must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory. In order to be recognised as Greek, aircraft must be (at a minimum) majority owned by EEA nationals or Greek legal entities majority owned by EEA nationals. In the case of limited liability companies, 75% of company shares must be owned by EEA nationals and the directors and three quarters of the partners/company shares must be owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries. In the case of public limited companies, all shares must be registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are EEA nationals and 2/3 of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers must be natural persons who are EEA nationals. Cabotage is reserved to national and EU airline companies. ","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2 - Traffic conditions [...]\n3 . The commercial transport of passengers and goods between two points of Greek territory as well as the transport of mail is reserved for Greek aircraft without prejudice to special and temporary and certainly not exclusive concessions to foreign aircraft, as long as they do not affect the interests of Greek air transport.\n[...]\nArticle 18 - Aircraft nationality\n 1. Greek aircraft are those aircraft, which belong to natural persons who have the citizenship of countries of the European Economic Area in a percentage greater than fifty percent (50%).\n 2. Aircraft belonging to Greek legal entities by more than fifty percent (50%) are also recognized as Greek aircraft, provided that:\n a. in general partnerships, all partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n b. in limited liability companies, all general partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and the share capital is paid by two thirds of natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n c. in limited liability companies, the directors and three quarters of the partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and three quarters of the company shares are owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n d. in public limited companies all shares are registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and two thirds of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers are natural persons who are nationals of countries of the European Economic Area,\n e. in cooperatives or unions two thirds of the members, as well as all the members of the Board of Directors and the Supervisory Board are natural persons who have the citizenship of the countries of the European Economic Area.[...]\" (Aviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wFWG2Ogb2ANFndtvSoClrL8cSHdHNezY5d5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx3UnKl3nP8NxdnJ5r9cmWyJWelDvWS_18kAEhATUkJb0x1LIdQ163nV9K--td6SIufiWDmXHs3QQEjK2p4lAsYRV_7yMZcWloaY561F-Ujtm\">Aviation Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/260972\">Aviation Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,799,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000525","Establishment of travel agencies by enterprises originating in non-EU member countries is subject to a reciprocity requirement.","\"Article 3 - Notification of the operation of a [travel agency] [...]\n2 . Natural persons, third-country nationals, as well as legal entities established in third countries have the right to operate a [travel agency] if they make a special power of attorney in Greece. The above right is recognized under the condition that according to the legislation of the state of their citizenship or registered office, the same right is recognized for Greek citizens and for companies based in Greece.\nOtherwise, the natural or legal persons mentioned in the first paragraph are entitled to provide tourist services only if they contract for this purpose with a [travel agency] operating legally in Greece.[...]\" (Law on the establishment and operation of travel agencies (393/1976), last amended by Law 4811/2021, Article 3 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on the establishment and operation of travel agencies (393/1976), last amended by Law 4811/2021, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEE8HdDZpIXTHdtvSoClrL8Rc9TCA8iZVd5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQfUVZwUjpGqGjuKbnui3IWqquhuamS5KFPPAypihm2hY.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/326631\">Law (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,808,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000525","Establishment of travel agencies by enterprises originating in non-EU member countries is subject to a reciprocity requirement.","\"Article 3 - Notification of the operation of a [travel agency] [...]\n2 . Natural persons, third-country nationals, as well as legal entities established in third countries have the right to operate a [travel agency] if they make a special power of attorney in Greece. The above right is recognized under the condition that according to the legislation of the state of their citizenship or registered office, the same right is recognized for Greek citizens and for companies based in Greece.\nOtherwise, the natural or legal persons mentioned in the first paragraph are entitled to provide tourist services only if they contract for this purpose with a [travel agency] operating legally in Greece.[...]\" (Law on the establishment and operation of travel agencies (393/1976), last amended by Law 4811/2021, Article 3 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on the establishment and operation of travel agencies (393/1976), last amended by Law 4811/2021, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEE8HdDZpIXTHdtvSoClrL8Rc9TCA8iZVd5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQfUVZwUjpGqGjuKbnui3IWqquhuamS5KFPPAypihm2hY.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/326631\">Law (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,808,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000525","Establishment of travel agencies by enterprises originating in non-EU member countries is subject to a reciprocity requirement.","\"Article 3 - Notification of the operation of a [travel agency] [...]\n2 . Natural persons, third-country nationals, as well as legal entities established in third countries have the right to operate a [travel agency] if they make a special power of attorney in Greece. The above right is recognized under the condition that according to the legislation of the state of their citizenship or registered office, the same right is recognized for Greek citizens and for companies based in Greece.\nOtherwise, the natural or legal persons mentioned in the first paragraph are entitled to provide tourist services only if they contract for this purpose with a [travel agency] operating legally in Greece.[...]\" (Law on the establishment and operation of travel agencies (393/1976), last amended by Law 4811/2021, Article 3 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on the establishment and operation of travel agencies (393/1976), last amended by Law 4811/2021, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEE8HdDZpIXTHdtvSoClrL8Rc9TCA8iZVd5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQfUVZwUjpGqGjuKbnui3IWqquhuamS5KFPPAypihm2hY.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/326631\">Law (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,808,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000525","Establishment of travel agencies by enterprises originating in non-EU member countries is subject to a reciprocity requirement.","\"Article 3 - Notification of the operation of a [travel agency] [...]\n2 . Natural persons, third-country nationals, as well as legal entities established in third countries have the right to operate a [travel agency] if they make a special power of attorney in Greece. The above right is recognized under the condition that according to the legislation of the state of their citizenship or registered office, the same right is recognized for Greek citizens and for companies based in Greece.\nOtherwise, the natural or legal persons mentioned in the first paragraph are entitled to provide tourist services only if they contract for this purpose with a [travel agency] operating legally in Greece.[...]\" (Law on the establishment and operation of travel agencies (393/1976), last amended by Law 4811/2021, Article 3 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on the establishment and operation of travel agencies (393/1976), last amended by Law 4811/2021, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEE8HdDZpIXTHdtvSoClrL8Rc9TCA8iZVd5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQfUVZwUjpGqGjuKbnui3IWqquhuamS5KFPPAypihm2hY.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/326631\">Law (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,808,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.0001","A depository of an  undertaking  for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country (Directive 85/611/EEC). Licences for Alternative Investment Funds Managers (AIFM) are granted to companies which have their registered office and central administration in Greece (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"Article 36 - Responsibilities and obligations of the depositary [...]\n2. The depositary is:\n(a) a credit institution established in Greece or in another Member State with a branch office; or\n(b) an investment firm domiciled in Greece or an investment firm situated in another Member State and operating through a branch, which has been authorized to act as depositary and which is subject to capital adequacy requirements which do not fall short of the requirements calculated according to the selected according to articles 315 or 317 of Regulation (EU) 575/2013, and has own funds not lower than the amount of the initial capital, according to par. 2 of article 29 of law 4261/2014 (AD 107) [ article 28 par. 2 of Directive 2013/36]. [...]\" (Law on Collective investment undertakings in transferable securities and mutual fund management companies, Directive 2009/65 / EC. Adaptation of Greek legislation to the provisions of Directives 2010/78 / EU, 2010/73 / EU, 2011/96 / EU, 2009/133 / EC, 2004/113 / EC. European Cooperative Society. Implementing measures Regulations (EC) 1338/2001 and (EU) 1210/2010 on the protection of the euro and other provisions (4099/2012), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Article 36 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])\n----------------------\n\"Article 4 - Definitions (Article 4 of Directive 2011/61 / EU)\n1 . For the purposes of Part AD (Articles 1-53), the following definitions apply:\n(a) \"AIF\" means any collective investment undertaking, including any of its investment divisions, which:\naa) Raises funds from investors for the purpose of their investment in accordance with a defined investment policy for the benefit of such investors; and\nbb) no license is required in accordance with article 4 of Law 4099/2012 (AD 250) or article 5 of Directive 2009/65 / EC.\n(b) (aa) \"AIFM\" means any legal entity whose ordinary business is the management of one or more AIF.\nbb) \"Alternative Management Company of Alternative Investment Organizations (AEDOEE)\" means the AIFM which is a societe anonyme, is based in Greece and has received an operating license from the Hellenic Capital Market Commission.\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Conditions for granting an AEDOEE operating license (Article 8 of Directive 2011/61 / EU)\n1 . The Hellenic Capital Market Commission grants an AEDOEE operating license, only if: [...]\ne) the registered office and the central administration of AEDOEE are located in Greece [...]\" (Law on the Adaptation of the Greek legislation to the Directive 2011/61 / EU on the managers of alternative investment institutions and the Directive 2011/89 / EU on the supplementary supervision of financial entities belonging to financial groups of heterogeneous activities, measures for the implementation of the Regulation (EU) ) 648/2012 / EU on OTC derivatives, CCPs and transaction logs and other provisions (4209/2013), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 4 and 8 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on Collective investment undertakings in transferable securities and mutual fund management companies, Directive 2009/65 / EC. Adaptation of Greek legislation to the provisions of Directives 2010/78 / EU, 2010/73 / EU, 2011/96 / EU, 2009/133 / EC, 2004/113 / EC. European Cooperative Society. Implementing measures Regulations (EC) 1338/2001 and (EU) 1210/2010 on the protection of the euro and other provisions (4099/2012), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Article 36\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nLaw on the Adaptation of the Greek legislation to the Directive 2011/61 / EU on the managers of alternative investment institutions and the Directive 2011/89 / EU on the supplementary supervision of financial entities belonging to financial groups of heterogeneous activities, measures for the implementation of the Regulation (EU) ) 648/2012 / EU on OTC derivatives, CCPs and transaction logs and other provisions (4209/2013), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 4 and 8\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEbA_BZxkczbHdtvSoClrL8cSHdHNezY5d5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ2phY1PrQPAe-PvGv3UTfUgwuL4t9674YW7UzMYkGhFE.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/69448\">Law (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEaosRGzKxO6XdtvSoClrL8r8vpvR2eNoN5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ767PP0xYkceG5WY7iuSVlMBqGKy3bhHx0VdCPITlSZg.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/77798\">Law (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,807,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0001","A depository of an  undertaking  for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country (Directive 85/611/EEC). Licences for Alternative Investment Funds Managers (AIFM) are granted to companies which have their registered office and central administration in Greece (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"Article 36 - Responsibilities and obligations of the depositary [...]\n2. The depositary is:\n(a) a credit institution established in Greece or in another Member State with a branch office; or\n(b) an investment firm domiciled in Greece or an investment firm situated in another Member State and operating through a branch, which has been authorized to act as depositary and which is subject to capital adequacy requirements which do not fall short of the requirements calculated according to the selected according to articles 315 or 317 of Regulation (EU) 575/2013, and has own funds not lower than the amount of the initial capital, according to par. 2 of article 29 of law 4261/2014 (AD 107) [ article 28 par. 2 of Directive 2013/36]. [...]\" (Law on Collective investment undertakings in transferable securities and mutual fund management companies, Directive 2009/65 / EC. Adaptation of Greek legislation to the provisions of Directives 2010/78 / EU, 2010/73 / EU, 2011/96 / EU, 2009/133 / EC, 2004/113 / EC. European Cooperative Society. Implementing measures Regulations (EC) 1338/2001 and (EU) 1210/2010 on the protection of the euro and other provisions (4099/2012), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Article 36 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])\n----------------------\n\"Article 4 - Definitions (Article 4 of Directive 2011/61 / EU)\n1 . For the purposes of Part AD (Articles 1-53), the following definitions apply:\n(a) \"AIF\" means any collective investment undertaking, including any of its investment divisions, which:\naa) Raises funds from investors for the purpose of their investment in accordance with a defined investment policy for the benefit of such investors; and\nbb) no license is required in accordance with article 4 of Law 4099/2012 (AD 250) or article 5 of Directive 2009/65 / EC.\n(b) (aa) \"AIFM\" means any legal entity whose ordinary business is the management of one or more AIF.\nbb) \"Alternative Management Company of Alternative Investment Organizations (AEDOEE)\" means the AIFM which is a societe anonyme, is based in Greece and has received an operating license from the Hellenic Capital Market Commission.\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Conditions for granting an AEDOEE operating license (Article 8 of Directive 2011/61 / EU)\n1 . The Hellenic Capital Market Commission grants an AEDOEE operating license, only if: [...]\ne) the registered office and the central administration of AEDOEE are located in Greece [...]\" (Law on the Adaptation of the Greek legislation to the Directive 2011/61 / EU on the managers of alternative investment institutions and the Directive 2011/89 / EU on the supplementary supervision of financial entities belonging to financial groups of heterogeneous activities, measures for the implementation of the Regulation (EU) ) 648/2012 / EU on OTC derivatives, CCPs and transaction logs and other provisions (4209/2013), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 4 and 8 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on Collective investment undertakings in transferable securities and mutual fund management companies, Directive 2009/65 / EC. Adaptation of Greek legislation to the provisions of Directives 2010/78 / EU, 2010/73 / EU, 2011/96 / EU, 2009/133 / EC, 2004/113 / EC. European Cooperative Society. Implementing measures Regulations (EC) 1338/2001 and (EU) 1210/2010 on the protection of the euro and other provisions (4099/2012), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Article 36\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nLaw on the Adaptation of the Greek legislation to the Directive 2011/61 / EU on the managers of alternative investment institutions and the Directive 2011/89 / EU on the supplementary supervision of financial entities belonging to financial groups of heterogeneous activities, measures for the implementation of the Regulation (EU) ) 648/2012 / EU on OTC derivatives, CCPs and transaction logs and other provisions (4209/2013), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 4 and 8\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEbA_BZxkczbHdtvSoClrL8cSHdHNezY5d5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ2phY1PrQPAe-PvGv3UTfUgwuL4t9674YW7UzMYkGhFE.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/69448\">Law (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEaosRGzKxO6XdtvSoClrL8r8vpvR2eNoN5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ767PP0xYkceG5WY7iuSVlMBqGKy3bhHx0VdCPITlSZg.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/77798\">Law (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,807,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.0001","A depository of an  undertaking  for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country (Directive 85/611/EEC). Licences for Alternative Investment Funds Managers (AIFM) are granted to companies which have their registered office and central administration in Greece (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"Article 36 - Responsibilities and obligations of the depositary [...]\n2. The depositary is:\n(a) a credit institution established in Greece or in another Member State with a branch office; or\n(b) an investment firm domiciled in Greece or an investment firm situated in another Member State and operating through a branch, which has been authorized to act as depositary and which is subject to capital adequacy requirements which do not fall short of the requirements calculated according to the selected according to articles 315 or 317 of Regulation (EU) 575/2013, and has own funds not lower than the amount of the initial capital, according to par. 2 of article 29 of law 4261/2014 (AD 107) [ article 28 par. 2 of Directive 2013/36]. [...]\" (Law on Collective investment undertakings in transferable securities and mutual fund management companies, Directive 2009/65 / EC. Adaptation of Greek legislation to the provisions of Directives 2010/78 / EU, 2010/73 / EU, 2011/96 / EU, 2009/133 / EC, 2004/113 / EC. European Cooperative Society. Implementing measures Regulations (EC) 1338/2001 and (EU) 1210/2010 on the protection of the euro and other provisions (4099/2012), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Article 36 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])\n----------------------\n\"Article 4 - Definitions (Article 4 of Directive 2011/61 / EU)\n1 . For the purposes of Part AD (Articles 1-53), the following definitions apply:\n(a) \"AIF\" means any collective investment undertaking, including any of its investment divisions, which:\naa) Raises funds from investors for the purpose of their investment in accordance with a defined investment policy for the benefit of such investors; and\nbb) no license is required in accordance with article 4 of Law 4099/2012 (AD 250) or article 5 of Directive 2009/65 / EC.\n(b) (aa) \"AIFM\" means any legal entity whose ordinary business is the management of one or more AIF.\nbb) \"Alternative Management Company of Alternative Investment Organizations (AEDOEE)\" means the AIFM which is a societe anonyme, is based in Greece and has received an operating license from the Hellenic Capital Market Commission.\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Conditions for granting an AEDOEE operating license (Article 8 of Directive 2011/61 / EU)\n1 . The Hellenic Capital Market Commission grants an AEDOEE operating license, only if: [...]\ne) the registered office and the central administration of AEDOEE are located in Greece [...]\" (Law on the Adaptation of the Greek legislation to the Directive 2011/61 / EU on the managers of alternative investment institutions and the Directive 2011/89 / EU on the supplementary supervision of financial entities belonging to financial groups of heterogeneous activities, measures for the implementation of the Regulation (EU) ) 648/2012 / EU on OTC derivatives, CCPs and transaction logs and other provisions (4209/2013), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 4 and 8 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on Collective investment undertakings in transferable securities and mutual fund management companies, Directive 2009/65 / EC. Adaptation of Greek legislation to the provisions of Directives 2010/78 / EU, 2010/73 / EU, 2011/96 / EU, 2009/133 / EC, 2004/113 / EC. European Cooperative Society. Implementing measures Regulations (EC) 1338/2001 and (EU) 1210/2010 on the protection of the euro and other provisions (4099/2012), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Article 36\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nLaw on the Adaptation of the Greek legislation to the Directive 2011/61 / EU on the managers of alternative investment institutions and the Directive 2011/89 / EU on the supplementary supervision of financial entities belonging to financial groups of heterogeneous activities, measures for the implementation of the Regulation (EU) ) 648/2012 / EU on OTC derivatives, CCPs and transaction logs and other provisions (4209/2013), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 4 and 8\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEbA_BZxkczbHdtvSoClrL8cSHdHNezY5d5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ2phY1PrQPAe-PvGv3UTfUgwuL4t9674YW7UzMYkGhFE.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/69448\">Law (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEaosRGzKxO6XdtvSoClrL8r8vpvR2eNoN5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ767PP0xYkceG5WY7iuSVlMBqGKy3bhHx0VdCPITlSZg.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/77798\">Law (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,807,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0001","A depository of an  undertaking  for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country (Directive 85/611/EEC). Licences for Alternative Investment Funds Managers (AIFM) are granted to companies which have their registered office and central administration in Greece (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"Article 36 - Responsibilities and obligations of the depositary [...]\n2. The depositary is:\n(a) a credit institution established in Greece or in another Member State with a branch office; or\n(b) an investment firm domiciled in Greece or an investment firm situated in another Member State and operating through a branch, which has been authorized to act as depositary and which is subject to capital adequacy requirements which do not fall short of the requirements calculated according to the selected according to articles 315 or 317 of Regulation (EU) 575/2013, and has own funds not lower than the amount of the initial capital, according to par. 2 of article 29 of law 4261/2014 (AD 107) [ article 28 par. 2 of Directive 2013/36]. [...]\" (Law on Collective investment undertakings in transferable securities and mutual fund management companies, Directive 2009/65 / EC. Adaptation of Greek legislation to the provisions of Directives 2010/78 / EU, 2010/73 / EU, 2011/96 / EU, 2009/133 / EC, 2004/113 / EC. European Cooperative Society. Implementing measures Regulations (EC) 1338/2001 and (EU) 1210/2010 on the protection of the euro and other provisions (4099/2012), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Article 36 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])\n----------------------\n\"Article 4 - Definitions (Article 4 of Directive 2011/61 / EU)\n1 . For the purposes of Part AD (Articles 1-53), the following definitions apply:\n(a) \"AIF\" means any collective investment undertaking, including any of its investment divisions, which:\naa) Raises funds from investors for the purpose of their investment in accordance with a defined investment policy for the benefit of such investors; and\nbb) no license is required in accordance with article 4 of Law 4099/2012 (AD 250) or article 5 of Directive 2009/65 / EC.\n(b) (aa) \"AIFM\" means any legal entity whose ordinary business is the management of one or more AIF.\nbb) \"Alternative Management Company of Alternative Investment Organizations (AEDOEE)\" means the AIFM which is a societe anonyme, is based in Greece and has received an operating license from the Hellenic Capital Market Commission.\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Conditions for granting an AEDOEE operating license (Article 8 of Directive 2011/61 / EU)\n1 . The Hellenic Capital Market Commission grants an AEDOEE operating license, only if: [...]\ne) the registered office and the central administration of AEDOEE are located in Greece [...]\" (Law on the Adaptation of the Greek legislation to the Directive 2011/61 / EU on the managers of alternative investment institutions and the Directive 2011/89 / EU on the supplementary supervision of financial entities belonging to financial groups of heterogeneous activities, measures for the implementation of the Regulation (EU) ) 648/2012 / EU on OTC derivatives, CCPs and transaction logs and other provisions (4209/2013), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 4 and 8 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on Collective investment undertakings in transferable securities and mutual fund management companies, Directive 2009/65 / EC. Adaptation of Greek legislation to the provisions of Directives 2010/78 / EU, 2010/73 / EU, 2011/96 / EU, 2009/133 / EC, 2004/113 / EC. European Cooperative Society. Implementing measures Regulations (EC) 1338/2001 and (EU) 1210/2010 on the protection of the euro and other provisions (4099/2012), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Article 36\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nLaw on the Adaptation of the Greek legislation to the Directive 2011/61 / EU on the managers of alternative investment institutions and the Directive 2011/89 / EU on the supplementary supervision of financial entities belonging to financial groups of heterogeneous activities, measures for the implementation of the Regulation (EU) ) 648/2012 / EU on OTC derivatives, CCPs and transaction logs and other provisions (4209/2013), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 4 and 8\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEbA_BZxkczbHdtvSoClrL8cSHdHNezY5d5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ2phY1PrQPAe-PvGv3UTfUgwuL4t9674YW7UzMYkGhFE.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/69448\">Law (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEaosRGzKxO6XdtvSoClrL8r8vpvR2eNoN5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ767PP0xYkceG5WY7iuSVlMBqGKy3bhHx0VdCPITlSZg.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/77798\">Law (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,807,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","M691X1","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00009375","A law firm, under the Greek Law, is a civil association between practicing Lawyers and its supreme body/institution is the “General Meeting of Partners”. All partners of the “General Meeting” must fulfil the Greek/EU/EEA citizenship requirement for obtaining a license to practice Law in Greece.","\"Article 6 - Legal requirements - Barriers\nThe lawyer must:\n1 . Be a Greek citizen or a citizen of a member state of the European Union or of another state, which is a party to the Convention on the European Economic Area. A Greek can be appointed a lawyer with the permission of the Minister of Justice, which is issued after the opinion of the relevant bar association.\n[...]\nArticle 49 - Establishment of a Law Firm - Headquarters Branches - Legal entity Company name\n1 . A Civil Law Firm (hereinafter referred to as the \"Law Firm\" or the \"Company\") may be established only between practicing lawyers (hereinafter referred to as the \"Partners\") for the sole purpose of providing legal services (anywhere, inside or outside Greece) and the distribution exclusively between the Partners (according to the method, which they will agree at their non-binding judgment) of the total profits, which will result from the activity of the company.\n[...]\nArticle 52 - Contributions - Corporate Property - Corporate Shares\n1 . The Partners obligatorily contribute their work to the Company. In addition, the contribution of money or movables and the use of movable and immovable things is allowed exclusively for the service of the needs of the Company. It is also allowed the acquisition of property ownership by the Company for its professional installation only. The valuation of the contributions, as well as any omissions and refunds of any amounts to the Partners, due to departure or for any other reason, are decided by the Partners of the Law Firm.\n2 . The contributions of the Partners and everything else, acquired in any way in the name or on behalf of the Company, belong to the Company.\n3 . The shares of each Partner are set freely by the General Meeting in percentages and are not linked to the Partner's contribution.\n4 . By a decision of the General Meeting taken in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association with the required quorum and majority, the shares are redistributed either with the entry or departure of a Partner or with its expulsion for a good reason, or for any other reason. Unless otherwise specified in the Articles of Association, a decision of the Partners representing 3/4 of the shares is required. The change of the shares for any reason constitutes an amendment of the Articles of Association.\n5 . By decision of the General Meeting of Partners it may be provided that fees from participation in Boards of Directors or from a paid mandate can be collected by the Partner directly if this collection is not made by the Company but individually by the Partner.[...]\" (Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequetly amended, Articles 6, 49 and 52 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequently amended, Articles 6, 49 and 52","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEaosRGzKxO6XdtvSoClrL8A9d-yAUcKEJ5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQZo6QYW-uV-ENHV699Y3tkm_Vc8nmsGuL9nO7gKwnjWc.\">Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/76222\">Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,814,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","M691X1","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00009375","A law firm, under the Greek Law, is a civil association between practicing Lawyers and its supreme body/institution is the “General Meeting of Partners”. All partners of the “General Meeting” must fulfil the Greek/EU/EEA citizenship requirement for obtaining a license to practice Law in Greece.","\"Article 6 - Legal requirements - Barriers\nThe lawyer must:\n1 . Be a Greek citizen or a citizen of a member state of the European Union or of another state, which is a party to the Convention on the European Economic Area. A Greek can be appointed a lawyer with the permission of the Minister of Justice, which is issued after the opinion of the relevant bar association.\n[...]\nArticle 49 - Establishment of a Law Firm - Headquarters Branches - Legal entity Company name\n1 . A Civil Law Firm (hereinafter referred to as the \"Law Firm\" or the \"Company\") may be established only between practicing lawyers (hereinafter referred to as the \"Partners\") for the sole purpose of providing legal services (anywhere, inside or outside Greece) and the distribution exclusively between the Partners (according to the method, which they will agree at their non-binding judgment) of the total profits, which will result from the activity of the company.\n[...]\nArticle 52 - Contributions - Corporate Property - Corporate Shares\n1 . The Partners obligatorily contribute their work to the Company. In addition, the contribution of money or movables and the use of movable and immovable things is allowed exclusively for the service of the needs of the Company. It is also allowed the acquisition of property ownership by the Company for its professional installation only. The valuation of the contributions, as well as any omissions and refunds of any amounts to the Partners, due to departure or for any other reason, are decided by the Partners of the Law Firm.\n2 . The contributions of the Partners and everything else, acquired in any way in the name or on behalf of the Company, belong to the Company.\n3 . The shares of each Partner are set freely by the General Meeting in percentages and are not linked to the Partner's contribution.\n4 . By a decision of the General Meeting taken in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association with the required quorum and majority, the shares are redistributed either with the entry or departure of a Partner or with its expulsion for a good reason, or for any other reason. Unless otherwise specified in the Articles of Association, a decision of the Partners representing 3/4 of the shares is required. The change of the shares for any reason constitutes an amendment of the Articles of Association.\n5 . By decision of the General Meeting of Partners it may be provided that fees from participation in Boards of Directors or from a paid mandate can be collected by the Partner directly if this collection is not made by the Company but individually by the Partner.[...]\" (Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequetly amended, Articles 6, 49 and 52 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequently amended, Articles 6, 49 and 52","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEaosRGzKxO6XdtvSoClrL8A9d-yAUcKEJ5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQZo6QYW-uV-ENHV699Y3tkm_Vc8nmsGuL9nO7gKwnjWc.\">Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/76222\">Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,814,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","M691X1","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.00009375","A law firm, under the Greek Law, is a civil association between practicing Lawyers and its supreme body/institution is the “General Meeting of Partners”. All partners of the “General Meeting” must fulfil the Greek/EU/EEA citizenship requirement for obtaining a license to practice Law in Greece.","\"Article 6 - Legal requirements - Barriers\nThe lawyer must:\n1 . Be a Greek citizen or a citizen of a member state of the European Union or of another state, which is a party to the Convention on the European Economic Area. A Greek can be appointed a lawyer with the permission of the Minister of Justice, which is issued after the opinion of the relevant bar association.\n[...]\nArticle 49 - Establishment of a Law Firm - Headquarters Branches - Legal entity Company name\n1 . A Civil Law Firm (hereinafter referred to as the \"Law Firm\" or the \"Company\") may be established only between practicing lawyers (hereinafter referred to as the \"Partners\") for the sole purpose of providing legal services (anywhere, inside or outside Greece) and the distribution exclusively between the Partners (according to the method, which they will agree at their non-binding judgment) of the total profits, which will result from the activity of the company.\n[...]\nArticle 52 - Contributions - Corporate Property - Corporate Shares\n1 . The Partners obligatorily contribute their work to the Company. In addition, the contribution of money or movables and the use of movable and immovable things is allowed exclusively for the service of the needs of the Company. It is also allowed the acquisition of property ownership by the Company for its professional installation only. The valuation of the contributions, as well as any omissions and refunds of any amounts to the Partners, due to departure or for any other reason, are decided by the Partners of the Law Firm.\n2 . The contributions of the Partners and everything else, acquired in any way in the name or on behalf of the Company, belong to the Company.\n3 . The shares of each Partner are set freely by the General Meeting in percentages and are not linked to the Partner's contribution.\n4 . By a decision of the General Meeting taken in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association with the required quorum and majority, the shares are redistributed either with the entry or departure of a Partner or with its expulsion for a good reason, or for any other reason. Unless otherwise specified in the Articles of Association, a decision of the Partners representing 3/4 of the shares is required. The change of the shares for any reason constitutes an amendment of the Articles of Association.\n5 . By decision of the General Meeting of Partners it may be provided that fees from participation in Boards of Directors or from a paid mandate can be collected by the Partner directly if this collection is not made by the Company but individually by the Partner.[...]\" (Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequetly amended, Articles 6, 49 and 52 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequently amended, Articles 6, 49 and 52","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEaosRGzKxO6XdtvSoClrL8A9d-yAUcKEJ5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQZo6QYW-uV-ENHV699Y3tkm_Vc8nmsGuL9nO7gKwnjWc.\">Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/76222\">Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,814,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","M691X1","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00009375","A law firm, under the Greek Law, is a civil association between practicing Lawyers and its supreme body/institution is the “General Meeting of Partners”. All partners of the “General Meeting” must fulfil the Greek/EU/EEA citizenship requirement for obtaining a license to practice Law in Greece.","\"Article 6 - Legal requirements - Barriers\nThe lawyer must:\n1 . Be a Greek citizen or a citizen of a member state of the European Union or of another state, which is a party to the Convention on the European Economic Area. A Greek can be appointed a lawyer with the permission of the Minister of Justice, which is issued after the opinion of the relevant bar association.\n[...]\nArticle 49 - Establishment of a Law Firm - Headquarters Branches - Legal entity Company name\n1 . A Civil Law Firm (hereinafter referred to as the \"Law Firm\" or the \"Company\") may be established only between practicing lawyers (hereinafter referred to as the \"Partners\") for the sole purpose of providing legal services (anywhere, inside or outside Greece) and the distribution exclusively between the Partners (according to the method, which they will agree at their non-binding judgment) of the total profits, which will result from the activity of the company.\n[...]\nArticle 52 - Contributions - Corporate Property - Corporate Shares\n1 . The Partners obligatorily contribute their work to the Company. In addition, the contribution of money or movables and the use of movable and immovable things is allowed exclusively for the service of the needs of the Company. It is also allowed the acquisition of property ownership by the Company for its professional installation only. The valuation of the contributions, as well as any omissions and refunds of any amounts to the Partners, due to departure or for any other reason, are decided by the Partners of the Law Firm.\n2 . The contributions of the Partners and everything else, acquired in any way in the name or on behalf of the Company, belong to the Company.\n3 . The shares of each Partner are set freely by the General Meeting in percentages and are not linked to the Partner's contribution.\n4 . By a decision of the General Meeting taken in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association with the required quorum and majority, the shares are redistributed either with the entry or departure of a Partner or with its expulsion for a good reason, or for any other reason. Unless otherwise specified in the Articles of Association, a decision of the Partners representing 3/4 of the shares is required. The change of the shares for any reason constitutes an amendment of the Articles of Association.\n5 . By decision of the General Meeting of Partners it may be provided that fees from participation in Boards of Directors or from a paid mandate can be collected by the Partner directly if this collection is not made by the Company but individually by the Partner.[...]\" (Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequetly amended, Articles 6, 49 and 52 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequently amended, Articles 6, 49 and 52","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEaosRGzKxO6XdtvSoClrL8A9d-yAUcKEJ5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQZo6QYW-uV-ENHV699Y3tkm_Vc8nmsGuL9nO7gKwnjWc.\">Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/76222\">Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,814,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","On 2 December 2021, the Governmental Decree 648/2021 entered into force. The Governmental Decree amended Government Decree 246/2018 on the implementation of Act LVII of 2018 on the Control of Foreign Investments Affecting Hungary's Security Interests by adding insurance activities and reinsurance activities to the scope of the screening mechanism.","\"2. Notification obligation of the foreign investor\nSection 2 [...]\n(1) A foreign investorin a Hungarian-based business company carrying out the activities defined in paragraph (4) - by establishing a business company or by acquiring a stake -\na) directly or indirectly, an ownership share exceeding 25% - 10% in the case of a publicly-operated joint-stock company, or\nb) the Civil Code determining influence according to can be obtained after reporting to the minister designated in the Government Decree (hereinafter: minister) and confirming receipt of the report.\n(2) The notification obligation according to paragraph (1) also exists if the foreign investor's acquisition of less than 25% of ownership would result in the Hungarian-based economic company engaged in the activities specified in paragraph (4) - with the exception of publicly-operated joint-stock companies - the combined ownership share of foreign investors would exceed 25% as a whole.\n[...]\n(4) The activities subject to notification according to paragraphs (1)–(3) are the following: [...]\nj) LXXXVIII of 2014 on insurance activities, insurance and reinsurance activities in accordance with the law , as well as activities subject to reporting obligations among activities directly related to insurance activities certain activities defined in the Government's decree within the scope of activities.[...]\" (Act on Controlling Foreign Investments Violating Hungary’s Security Interests (LVII of 2018), last amended 1 December 2021, Section 2 [google translation])","Government Decree 648/2021, Government of Hungary, 1 December 2021\nAct on Controlling Foreign Investments Violating Hungary’s Security Interests (LVII of 2018), last amended 1 December 2021, Section 2\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2021-648-20-22\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2018-246-20-22\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2018-57-00-00\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2984,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","On 2 December 2021, the Governmental Decree 648/2021 entered into force. The Governmental Decree amended Government Decree 246/2018 on the implementation of Act LVII of 2018 on the Control of Foreign Investments Affecting Hungary's Security Interests by adding insurance activities and reinsurance activities to the scope of the screening mechanism.","\"2. Notification obligation of the foreign investor\nSection 2 [...]\n(1) A foreign investorin a Hungarian-based business company carrying out the activities defined in paragraph (4) - by establishing a business company or by acquiring a stake -\na) directly or indirectly, an ownership share exceeding 25% - 10% in the case of a publicly-operated joint-stock company, or\nb) the Civil Code determining influence according to can be obtained after reporting to the minister designated in the Government Decree (hereinafter: minister) and confirming receipt of the report.\n(2) The notification obligation according to paragraph (1) also exists if the foreign investor's acquisition of less than 25% of ownership would result in the Hungarian-based economic company engaged in the activities specified in paragraph (4) - with the exception of publicly-operated joint-stock companies - the combined ownership share of foreign investors would exceed 25% as a whole.\n[...]\n(4) The activities subject to notification according to paragraphs (1)–(3) are the following: [...]\nj) LXXXVIII of 2014 on insurance activities, insurance and reinsurance activities in accordance with the law , as well as activities subject to reporting obligations among activities directly related to insurance activities certain activities defined in the Government's decree within the scope of activities.[...]\" (Act on Controlling Foreign Investments Violating Hungary’s Security Interests (LVII of 2018), last amended 1 December 2021, Section 2 [google translation])","Government Decree 648/2021, Government of Hungary, 1 December 2021\nAct on Controlling Foreign Investments Violating Hungary’s Security Interests (LVII of 2018), last amended 1 December 2021, Section 2\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2021-648-20-22\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2018-246-20-22\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2018-57-00-00\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2984,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","On 2 December 2021, the Governmental Decree 648/2021 entered into force. The Governmental Decree amended Government Decree 246/2018 on the implementation of Act LVII of 2018 on the Control of Foreign Investments Affecting Hungary's Security Interests by adding insurance activities and reinsurance activities to the scope of the screening mechanism.","\"2. Notification obligation of the foreign investor\nSection 2 [...]\n(1) A foreign investorin a Hungarian-based business company carrying out the activities defined in paragraph (4) - by establishing a business company or by acquiring a stake -\na) directly or indirectly, an ownership share exceeding 25% - 10% in the case of a publicly-operated joint-stock company, or\nb) the Civil Code determining influence according to can be obtained after reporting to the minister designated in the Government Decree (hereinafter: minister) and confirming receipt of the report.\n(2) The notification obligation according to paragraph (1) also exists if the foreign investor's acquisition of less than 25% of ownership would result in the Hungarian-based economic company engaged in the activities specified in paragraph (4) - with the exception of publicly-operated joint-stock companies - the combined ownership share of foreign investors would exceed 25% as a whole.\n[...]\n(4) The activities subject to notification according to paragraphs (1)–(3) are the following: [...]\nj) LXXXVIII of 2014 on insurance activities, insurance and reinsurance activities in accordance with the law , as well as activities subject to reporting obligations among activities directly related to insurance activities certain activities defined in the Government's decree within the scope of activities.[...]\" (Act on Controlling Foreign Investments Violating Hungary’s Security Interests (LVII of 2018), last amended 1 December 2021, Section 2 [google translation])","Government Decree 648/2021, Government of Hungary, 1 December 2021\nAct on Controlling Foreign Investments Violating Hungary’s Security Interests (LVII of 2018), last amended 1 December 2021, Section 2\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2021-648-20-22\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2018-246-20-22\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2018-57-00-00\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2984,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","On 2 December 2021, the Governmental Decree 648/2021 entered into force. The Governmental Decree amended Government Decree 246/2018 on the implementation of Act LVII of 2018 on the Control of Foreign Investments Affecting Hungary's Security Interests by adding insurance activities and reinsurance activities to the scope of the screening mechanism.","\"2. Notification obligation of the foreign investor\nSection 2 [...]\n(1) A foreign investorin a Hungarian-based business company carrying out the activities defined in paragraph (4) - by establishing a business company or by acquiring a stake -\na) directly or indirectly, an ownership share exceeding 25% - 10% in the case of a publicly-operated joint-stock company, or\nb) the Civil Code determining influence according to can be obtained after reporting to the minister designated in the Government Decree (hereinafter: minister) and confirming receipt of the report.\n(2) The notification obligation according to paragraph (1) also exists if the foreign investor's acquisition of less than 25% of ownership would result in the Hungarian-based economic company engaged in the activities specified in paragraph (4) - with the exception of publicly-operated joint-stock companies - the combined ownership share of foreign investors would exceed 25% as a whole.\n[...]\n(4) The activities subject to notification according to paragraphs (1)–(3) are the following: [...]\nj) LXXXVIII of 2014 on insurance activities, insurance and reinsurance activities in accordance with the law , as well as activities subject to reporting obligations among activities directly related to insurance activities certain activities defined in the Government's decree within the scope of activities.[...]\" (Act on Controlling Foreign Investments Violating Hungary’s Security Interests (LVII of 2018), last amended 1 December 2021, Section 2 [google translation])","Government Decree 648/2021, Government of Hungary, 1 December 2021\nAct on Controlling Foreign Investments Violating Hungary’s Security Interests (LVII of 2018), last amended 1 December 2021, Section 2\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2021-648-20-22\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2018-246-20-22\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2018-57-00-00\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2984,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","D35102","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.002625","FDI in power exchanges is limited to 49%. No prior government approval is required.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.1 PROHIBITED SECTORS\nFDI is prohibited in: [...]\nh) Activities/sectors not open to private sector investment e.g.(I) Atomic Energy and (II) Railway operations (other than permitted activities mentioned in para 5.2). \n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.24 POWER EXCHANGES\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.24.1 Power Exchanges registered under the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Power Market) Regulations, 2010.| % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.24.2 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(i) No non-resident investor/entity, including persons acting in concert, will hold more than 5% of the equity in these companies; and\n(ii) The foreign investment would be in compliance with SEBI Regulations; other applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2427,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","D35102","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.002625","FDI in power exchanges is limited to 49%. No prior government approval is required.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.1 PROHIBITED SECTORS\nFDI is prohibited in: [...]\nh) Activities/sectors not open to private sector investment e.g.(I) Atomic Energy and (II) Railway operations (other than permitted activities mentioned in para 5.2). \n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.24 POWER EXCHANGES\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.24.1 Power Exchanges registered under the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Power Market) Regulations, 2010.| % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.24.2 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(i) No non-resident investor/entity, including persons acting in concert, will hold more than 5% of the equity in these companies; and\n(ii) The foreign investment would be in compliance with SEBI Regulations; other applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2427,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","D35102","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.002625","FDI in power exchanges is limited to 49%. No prior government approval is required.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.1 PROHIBITED SECTORS\nFDI is prohibited in: [...]\nh) Activities/sectors not open to private sector investment e.g.(I) Atomic Energy and (II) Railway operations (other than permitted activities mentioned in para 5.2). \n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.24 POWER EXCHANGES\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.24.1 Power Exchanges registered under the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Power Market) Regulations, 2010.| % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.24.2 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(i) No non-resident investor/entity, including persons acting in concert, will hold more than 5% of the equity in these companies; and\n(ii) The foreign investment would be in compliance with SEBI Regulations; other applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2427,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","D35102","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.002625","FDI in power exchanges is limited to 49%. No prior government approval is required.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.1 PROHIBITED SECTORS\nFDI is prohibited in: [...]\nh) Activities/sectors not open to private sector investment e.g.(I) Atomic Energy and (II) Railway operations (other than permitted activities mentioned in para 5.2). \n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.24 POWER EXCHANGES\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.24.1 Power Exchanges registered under the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Power Market) Regulations, 2010.| % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.24.2 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(i) No non-resident investor/entity, including persons acting in concert, will hold more than 5% of the equity in these companies; and\n(ii) The foreign investment would be in compliance with SEBI Regulations; other applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2427,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0015","Maximum foreign equity share allowed in an insurance company has been raised to 74% in 2021 [from 49% up to 2020]. FDI in pension funds remains at 49%. Such investments can be done through the automatic route (i.e., without prior approval). Branches of foreign insurance companies are not permitted, but branches of reinsurance companies are permitted (since 2015).  Insurance companies having foreign investment are now (since 2021) required to appoint a resident Indian Citizen to at least one high-level executive position among the Chairsperson of the Board, the Managing Director and the Chief Executive Officer, as well as to the majority of Director-level positions [previously the ownership and control of Indian insurance companies and Indian pension funds were required to be at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities; such 'control' restriction was assumed to refer to a requirement for the majority of the board of diretors be in the hands of resident Indian citizens. Hence, no change in this respect]. Foreign investment in intermediary (auxiliary) insurance services remains allowed up to 100%, but where foreign shareholding is majority, local incorporation is required and at least one executive from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen.","\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 74% [previously 49%] | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed seventy-four [previously forty-nine] percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d) (i) In an Indian insurance company having foreign investment - \ni. a majority of its directors;\nii. a majority of its Key Management Persons; and\niii. at least one among the Chairsperson of its Board, its Managing Director and its Chief Executive Officer \nshall be resident Indian Citizens [...]\n(i) The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following: \ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013; \nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen; \niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend;  [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)) \n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2021\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.  [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 100 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. However, the condition of Indian owned and controlled, as specified in Clause (d) above, shall not be applicable to Intermediaries and Insurance Intermediaries and composition of the Board of Directors and key management persons shall be as specified by the concerned regulators from time to time.[...]\n(i)  The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following:\ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013;\nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen;\niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend; \niv. shall bring in the latest technological, managerial and other skills;\n[...]\n5.2.23 PENSION SECTOR \nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n-------------------------\n\"2C. Prohibition of transaction of insurance business by certain persons. -- (1) Save as hereinafter provided, no person shall, after the commencement of the Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1950 (47 of 1950), begin to carry on any class of insurance business in 2[India] and no insurer carrying on any class of insurance business in 2[India] shall after the expiry of one year from such commencement, continue to carry on any such business unless he is--\n(a) a public company, or\n(b) a society registered under the Co-operative Societies Act, 1912 (2 of 1912), or under any other law for the time being in force in any State relating to co-operative societies, or\n(c) a body corporate incorporated under the law of any country outside 3[India] not being of the nature of a private company [...]\nProvided also that no insurer other than an Indian insurance company shall begin to carry on any class of insurance business in India under this Act on or after the commencement of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999).[...]\" (The Insurance Act, 1938, as amended)\n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2019\n----------------------------\n\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 (i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors(i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors (v)Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Other Conditions\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 49 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to Insurance Brokers, Third Party Administrators, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act,1999 (41 of 1999). \n[...]\n5.2.23 Pension Sector\nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)) ","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nThe Insurance Act, 1938, as amended\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn2-2021.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/2304?view_type=browse&sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/CFPC_2017_FINAL_RELEASED_28.8.17_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2481,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0015","Maximum foreign equity share allowed in an insurance company has been raised to 74% in 2021 [from 49% up to 2020]. FDI in pension funds remains at 49%. Such investments can be done through the automatic route (i.e., without prior approval). Branches of foreign insurance companies are not permitted, but branches of reinsurance companies are permitted (since 2015).  Insurance companies having foreign investment are now (since 2021) required to appoint a resident Indian Citizen to at least one high-level executive position among the Chairsperson of the Board, the Managing Director and the Chief Executive Officer, as well as to the majority of Director-level positions [previously the ownership and control of Indian insurance companies and Indian pension funds were required to be at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities; such 'control' restriction was assumed to refer to a requirement for the majority of the board of diretors be in the hands of resident Indian citizens. Hence, no change in this respect]. Foreign investment in intermediary (auxiliary) insurance services remains allowed up to 100%, but where foreign shareholding is majority, local incorporation is required and at least one executive from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen.","\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 74% [previously 49%] | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed seventy-four [previously forty-nine] percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d) (i) In an Indian insurance company having foreign investment - \ni. a majority of its directors;\nii. a majority of its Key Management Persons; and\niii. at least one among the Chairsperson of its Board, its Managing Director and its Chief Executive Officer \nshall be resident Indian Citizens [...]\n(i) The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following: \ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013; \nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen; \niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend;  [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)) \n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2021\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.  [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 100 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. However, the condition of Indian owned and controlled, as specified in Clause (d) above, shall not be applicable to Intermediaries and Insurance Intermediaries and composition of the Board of Directors and key management persons shall be as specified by the concerned regulators from time to time.[...]\n(i)  The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following:\ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013;\nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen;\niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend; \niv. shall bring in the latest technological, managerial and other skills;\n[...]\n5.2.23 PENSION SECTOR \nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n-------------------------\n\"2C. Prohibition of transaction of insurance business by certain persons. -- (1) Save as hereinafter provided, no person shall, after the commencement of the Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1950 (47 of 1950), begin to carry on any class of insurance business in 2[India] and no insurer carrying on any class of insurance business in 2[India] shall after the expiry of one year from such commencement, continue to carry on any such business unless he is--\n(a) a public company, or\n(b) a society registered under the Co-operative Societies Act, 1912 (2 of 1912), or under any other law for the time being in force in any State relating to co-operative societies, or\n(c) a body corporate incorporated under the law of any country outside 3[India] not being of the nature of a private company [...]\nProvided also that no insurer other than an Indian insurance company shall begin to carry on any class of insurance business in India under this Act on or after the commencement of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999).[...]\" (The Insurance Act, 1938, as amended)\n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2019\n----------------------------\n\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 (i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors(i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors (v)Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Other Conditions\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 49 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to Insurance Brokers, Third Party Administrators, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act,1999 (41 of 1999). \n[...]\n5.2.23 Pension Sector\nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)) ","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nThe Insurance Act, 1938, as amended\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn2-2021.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/2304?view_type=browse&sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/CFPC_2017_FINAL_RELEASED_28.8.17_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2481,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.0015","Maximum foreign equity share allowed in an insurance company has been raised to 74% in 2021 [from 49% up to 2020]. FDI in pension funds remains at 49%. Such investments can be done through the automatic route (i.e., without prior approval). Branches of foreign insurance companies are not permitted, but branches of reinsurance companies are permitted (since 2015).  Insurance companies having foreign investment are now (since 2021) required to appoint a resident Indian Citizen to at least one high-level executive position among the Chairsperson of the Board, the Managing Director and the Chief Executive Officer, as well as to the majority of Director-level positions [previously the ownership and control of Indian insurance companies and Indian pension funds were required to be at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities; such 'control' restriction was assumed to refer to a requirement for the majority of the board of diretors be in the hands of resident Indian citizens. Hence, no change in this respect]. Foreign investment in intermediary (auxiliary) insurance services remains allowed up to 100%, but where foreign shareholding is majority, local incorporation is required and at least one executive from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen.","\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 74% [previously 49%] | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed seventy-four [previously forty-nine] percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d) (i) In an Indian insurance company having foreign investment - \ni. a majority of its directors;\nii. a majority of its Key Management Persons; and\niii. at least one among the Chairsperson of its Board, its Managing Director and its Chief Executive Officer \nshall be resident Indian Citizens [...]\n(i) The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following: \ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013; \nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen; \niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend;  [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)) \n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2021\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.  [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 100 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. However, the condition of Indian owned and controlled, as specified in Clause (d) above, shall not be applicable to Intermediaries and Insurance Intermediaries and composition of the Board of Directors and key management persons shall be as specified by the concerned regulators from time to time.[...]\n(i)  The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following:\ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013;\nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen;\niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend; \niv. shall bring in the latest technological, managerial and other skills;\n[...]\n5.2.23 PENSION SECTOR \nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n-------------------------\n\"2C. Prohibition of transaction of insurance business by certain persons. -- (1) Save as hereinafter provided, no person shall, after the commencement of the Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1950 (47 of 1950), begin to carry on any class of insurance business in 2[India] and no insurer carrying on any class of insurance business in 2[India] shall after the expiry of one year from such commencement, continue to carry on any such business unless he is--\n(a) a public company, or\n(b) a society registered under the Co-operative Societies Act, 1912 (2 of 1912), or under any other law for the time being in force in any State relating to co-operative societies, or\n(c) a body corporate incorporated under the law of any country outside 3[India] not being of the nature of a private company [...]\nProvided also that no insurer other than an Indian insurance company shall begin to carry on any class of insurance business in India under this Act on or after the commencement of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999).[...]\" (The Insurance Act, 1938, as amended)\n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2019\n----------------------------\n\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 (i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors(i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors (v)Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Other Conditions\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 49 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to Insurance Brokers, Third Party Administrators, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act,1999 (41 of 1999). \n[...]\n5.2.23 Pension Sector\nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)) ","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nThe Insurance Act, 1938, as amended\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn2-2021.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/2304?view_type=browse&sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/CFPC_2017_FINAL_RELEASED_28.8.17_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2481,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","B07_08","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.000145833","FDI in mining activities has been largely liberalised, except for mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals and ores, its value addition and integrated activities, which 100% foreign ownership is permitted, but requires the prior approval of the government. In addition, FDI in the separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores are subject to addditional conditions, such as technology transfer and investment in the establishment of value addition facilities in India. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the additional requirement to invest in downstream activity in India is considered a restriction equivalent to a 'minimum capital requirement' and recorded as such in the database.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.3 MINING \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/ FDI Cap | Entry Route [...]\n5.2.3.1  Mining and Exploration of metal and non-metal ores including diamond, gold, silver and precious ores but excluding titanium bearing minerals and its ores; subject to the Mines and Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.2  Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing.\n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.3 Mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals and ores, its value addition and integrated activities 5.2.3.3.1 Mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores, its value addition and integrated activities subject to sectoral regulations and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation Act 1957). | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.3.3.2 OTHER CONDITIONS \n(i)  FDI for separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores will be subject to the following additional conditions viz.: \n(A)  value addition facilities are set up within India along with transfer of technology;\n(B)  disposal of tailings during the mineral separation shall be carried out in accordance with Rules framed by the Atomic Energy Regulatory Board such as Atomic Energy (Radiation Protection) Rules, 2004 and the Atomic Energy (Safe Disposal of Radioactive Wastes) Rules, 1987.\n(ii)  FDI will not be allowed in mining of “prescribed substances” listed in the Notification No. S.O. 61(E), dated 18.1.2006, issued by the Department of Atomic Energy.\n(iii) “Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic) [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n------------------------------\n\"The Government of India has reviewed the extant FDI policy on various sectors and has made following amendments in the Consolidated FDI Policy Circular of 2017 (FDI Policy), effective from August 28, 2017, and as amended from time to time.\n2. Coal Mining: Para 5.2.3.2 of FDI Policy is amended to be read as under: \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n[Sector/Activity] 5.2.3.2 Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject.  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nFollowing new Clause 5.2.3.3.2 (iii) is added under other conditions of Para 5.2.3.3.2 of FDI Policy: \"Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic).\" [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series))  ","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4_2019.pdf\">PN</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2419,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","B07_08","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.000145833","FDI in mining activities has been largely liberalised, except for mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals and ores, its value addition and integrated activities, which 100% foreign ownership is permitted, but requires the prior approval of the government. In addition, FDI in the separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores are subject to addditional conditions, such as technology transfer and investment in the establishment of value addition facilities in India. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the additional requirement to invest in downstream activity in India is considered a restriction equivalent to a 'minimum capital requirement' and recorded as such in the database.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.3 MINING \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/ FDI Cap | Entry Route [...]\n5.2.3.1  Mining and Exploration of metal and non-metal ores including diamond, gold, silver and precious ores but excluding titanium bearing minerals and its ores; subject to the Mines and Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.2  Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing.\n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.3 Mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals and ores, its value addition and integrated activities 5.2.3.3.1 Mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores, its value addition and integrated activities subject to sectoral regulations and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation Act 1957). | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.3.3.2 OTHER CONDITIONS \n(i)  FDI for separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores will be subject to the following additional conditions viz.: \n(A)  value addition facilities are set up within India along with transfer of technology;\n(B)  disposal of tailings during the mineral separation shall be carried out in accordance with Rules framed by the Atomic Energy Regulatory Board such as Atomic Energy (Radiation Protection) Rules, 2004 and the Atomic Energy (Safe Disposal of Radioactive Wastes) Rules, 1987.\n(ii)  FDI will not be allowed in mining of “prescribed substances” listed in the Notification No. S.O. 61(E), dated 18.1.2006, issued by the Department of Atomic Energy.\n(iii) “Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic) [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n------------------------------\n\"The Government of India has reviewed the extant FDI policy on various sectors and has made following amendments in the Consolidated FDI Policy Circular of 2017 (FDI Policy), effective from August 28, 2017, and as amended from time to time.\n2. Coal Mining: Para 5.2.3.2 of FDI Policy is amended to be read as under: \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n[Sector/Activity] 5.2.3.2 Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject.  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nFollowing new Clause 5.2.3.3.2 (iii) is added under other conditions of Para 5.2.3.3.2 of FDI Policy: \"Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic).\" [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series))  ","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4_2019.pdf\">PN</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2419,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","B07_08","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.000145833","FDI in mining activities has been largely liberalised, except for mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals and ores, its value addition and integrated activities, which 100% foreign ownership is permitted, but requires the prior approval of the government. In addition, FDI in the separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores are subject to addditional conditions, such as technology transfer and investment in the establishment of value addition facilities in India. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the additional requirement to invest in downstream activity in India is considered a restriction equivalent to a 'minimum capital requirement' and recorded as such in the database.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.3 MINING \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/ FDI Cap | Entry Route [...]\n5.2.3.1  Mining and Exploration of metal and non-metal ores including diamond, gold, silver and precious ores but excluding titanium bearing minerals and its ores; subject to the Mines and Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.2  Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing.\n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.3 Mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals and ores, its value addition and integrated activities 5.2.3.3.1 Mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores, its value addition and integrated activities subject to sectoral regulations and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation Act 1957). | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.3.3.2 OTHER CONDITIONS \n(i)  FDI for separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores will be subject to the following additional conditions viz.: \n(A)  value addition facilities are set up within India along with transfer of technology;\n(B)  disposal of tailings during the mineral separation shall be carried out in accordance with Rules framed by the Atomic Energy Regulatory Board such as Atomic Energy (Radiation Protection) Rules, 2004 and the Atomic Energy (Safe Disposal of Radioactive Wastes) Rules, 1987.\n(ii)  FDI will not be allowed in mining of “prescribed substances” listed in the Notification No. S.O. 61(E), dated 18.1.2006, issued by the Department of Atomic Energy.\n(iii) “Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic) [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n------------------------------\n\"The Government of India has reviewed the extant FDI policy on various sectors and has made following amendments in the Consolidated FDI Policy Circular of 2017 (FDI Policy), effective from August 28, 2017, and as amended from time to time.\n2. Coal Mining: Para 5.2.3.2 of FDI Policy is amended to be read as under: \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n[Sector/Activity] 5.2.3.2 Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject.  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nFollowing new Clause 5.2.3.3.2 (iii) is added under other conditions of Para 5.2.3.3.2 of FDI Policy: \"Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic).\" [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series))  ","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4_2019.pdf\">PN</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2419,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","B07_08","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.000145833","FDI in mining activities has been largely liberalised, except for mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals and ores, its value addition and integrated activities, which 100% foreign ownership is permitted, but requires the prior approval of the government. In addition, FDI in the separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores are subject to addditional conditions, such as technology transfer and investment in the establishment of value addition facilities in India. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the additional requirement to invest in downstream activity in India is considered a restriction equivalent to a 'minimum capital requirement' and recorded as such in the database.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.3 MINING \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/ FDI Cap | Entry Route [...]\n5.2.3.1  Mining and Exploration of metal and non-metal ores including diamond, gold, silver and precious ores but excluding titanium bearing minerals and its ores; subject to the Mines and Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.2  Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing.\n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.3 Mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals and ores, its value addition and integrated activities 5.2.3.3.1 Mining and mineral separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores, its value addition and integrated activities subject to sectoral regulations and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation Act 1957). | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.3.3.2 OTHER CONDITIONS \n(i)  FDI for separation of titanium bearing minerals & ores will be subject to the following additional conditions viz.: \n(A)  value addition facilities are set up within India along with transfer of technology;\n(B)  disposal of tailings during the mineral separation shall be carried out in accordance with Rules framed by the Atomic Energy Regulatory Board such as Atomic Energy (Radiation Protection) Rules, 2004 and the Atomic Energy (Safe Disposal of Radioactive Wastes) Rules, 1987.\n(ii)  FDI will not be allowed in mining of “prescribed substances” listed in the Notification No. S.O. 61(E), dated 18.1.2006, issued by the Department of Atomic Energy.\n(iii) “Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic) [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n------------------------------\n\"The Government of India has reviewed the extant FDI policy on various sectors and has made following amendments in the Consolidated FDI Policy Circular of 2017 (FDI Policy), effective from August 28, 2017, and as amended from time to time.\n2. Coal Mining: Para 5.2.3.2 of FDI Policy is amended to be read as under: \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n[Sector/Activity] 5.2.3.2 Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject.  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nFollowing new Clause 5.2.3.3.2 (iii) is added under other conditions of Para 5.2.3.3.2 of FDI Policy: \"Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic).\" [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series))  ","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4_2019.pdf\">PN</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2419,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00625","Foreigners are not allowed to establish law firms or representative offices in Indonesia, both for domestic and international law.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS \nArticle 1. In this Act referred to as:\n(1) Advocate is a person who has a legal service profession both inside and outside the court that meets the requirements under the provisions of this Law.\n(2) Legal Services are services provided by an Advocate in the form of providing legal consultations, legal assistance, exercising power, representing, accompanying, defending and taking other legal actions for the client's legal interests. [...]\n(4) Advocate Organizations are professional organizations established under this Act; [...]\n(8) Foreign Advocate is an advocate of foreign nationality who carries out his profession in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia under the terms of the provisions of the laws and regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 3.\n(1) To be appointed an Advocate must meet the following requirements: \na. citizens of the Republic of Indonesia;\nb. residing in Indonesia;\n[...]\nCHAPTER VII - FOREIGN ADVOCACY \nArticle 23.\n(1) Foreign lawyers are prohibited from conducting trials, practicing and / or opening up their legal services or representatives in Indonesia.\n(2) The Advocate Office may hire foreign advocates as employees or experts in the field of foreign law with the permission of the Government with the recommendation of the Advocate Organization.\n(3) Foreign lawyers are required to provide free legal services for a certain time to the world of education and legal research.\n(4) The provisions concerning the requirements and procedures for employing foreign advocates and the obligation to provide legal services free of charge to the world of education and legal research shall be further stipulated by a Ministerial Decree [...]\"(LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 18 OF 2003 CONCERNING LAWYERS [google translation]).","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 18 OF 2003 CONCERNING LAWYERS [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/43018/uu-no-18-tahun-2003\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2678,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","Foreigners are not allowed to establish law firms or representative offices in Indonesia, both for domestic and international law.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS \nArticle 1. In this Act referred to as:\n(1) Advocate is a person who has a legal service profession both inside and outside the court that meets the requirements under the provisions of this Law.\n(2) Legal Services are services provided by an Advocate in the form of providing legal consultations, legal assistance, exercising power, representing, accompanying, defending and taking other legal actions for the client's legal interests. [...]\n(4) Advocate Organizations are professional organizations established under this Act; [...]\n(8) Foreign Advocate is an advocate of foreign nationality who carries out his profession in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia under the terms of the provisions of the laws and regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 3.\n(1) To be appointed an Advocate must meet the following requirements: \na. citizens of the Republic of Indonesia;\nb. residing in Indonesia;\n[...]\nCHAPTER VII - FOREIGN ADVOCACY \nArticle 23.\n(1) Foreign lawyers are prohibited from conducting trials, practicing and / or opening up their legal services or representatives in Indonesia.\n(2) The Advocate Office may hire foreign advocates as employees or experts in the field of foreign law with the permission of the Government with the recommendation of the Advocate Organization.\n(3) Foreign lawyers are required to provide free legal services for a certain time to the world of education and legal research.\n(4) The provisions concerning the requirements and procedures for employing foreign advocates and the obligation to provide legal services free of charge to the world of education and legal research shall be further stipulated by a Ministerial Decree [...]\"(LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 18 OF 2003 CONCERNING LAWYERS [google translation]).","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 18 OF 2003 CONCERNING LAWYERS [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/43018/uu-no-18-tahun-2003\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2678,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00625","Foreigners are not allowed to establish law firms or representative offices in Indonesia, both for domestic and international law.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS \nArticle 1. In this Act referred to as:\n(1) Advocate is a person who has a legal service profession both inside and outside the court that meets the requirements under the provisions of this Law.\n(2) Legal Services are services provided by an Advocate in the form of providing legal consultations, legal assistance, exercising power, representing, accompanying, defending and taking other legal actions for the client's legal interests. [...]\n(4) Advocate Organizations are professional organizations established under this Act; [...]\n(8) Foreign Advocate is an advocate of foreign nationality who carries out his profession in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia under the terms of the provisions of the laws and regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 3.\n(1) To be appointed an Advocate must meet the following requirements: \na. citizens of the Republic of Indonesia;\nb. residing in Indonesia;\n[...]\nCHAPTER VII - FOREIGN ADVOCACY \nArticle 23.\n(1) Foreign lawyers are prohibited from conducting trials, practicing and / or opening up their legal services or representatives in Indonesia.\n(2) The Advocate Office may hire foreign advocates as employees or experts in the field of foreign law with the permission of the Government with the recommendation of the Advocate Organization.\n(3) Foreign lawyers are required to provide free legal services for a certain time to the world of education and legal research.\n(4) The provisions concerning the requirements and procedures for employing foreign advocates and the obligation to provide legal services free of charge to the world of education and legal research shall be further stipulated by a Ministerial Decree [...]\"(LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 18 OF 2003 CONCERNING LAWYERS [google translation]).","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 18 OF 2003 CONCERNING LAWYERS [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/43018/uu-no-18-tahun-2003\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2678,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00625","Foreigners are not allowed to establish law firms or representative offices in Indonesia, both for domestic and international law.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS \nArticle 1. In this Act referred to as:\n(1) Advocate is a person who has a legal service profession both inside and outside the court that meets the requirements under the provisions of this Law.\n(2) Legal Services are services provided by an Advocate in the form of providing legal consultations, legal assistance, exercising power, representing, accompanying, defending and taking other legal actions for the client's legal interests. [...]\n(4) Advocate Organizations are professional organizations established under this Act; [...]\n(8) Foreign Advocate is an advocate of foreign nationality who carries out his profession in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia under the terms of the provisions of the laws and regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 3.\n(1) To be appointed an Advocate must meet the following requirements: \na. citizens of the Republic of Indonesia;\nb. residing in Indonesia;\n[...]\nCHAPTER VII - FOREIGN ADVOCACY \nArticle 23.\n(1) Foreign lawyers are prohibited from conducting trials, practicing and / or opening up their legal services or representatives in Indonesia.\n(2) The Advocate Office may hire foreign advocates as employees or experts in the field of foreign law with the permission of the Government with the recommendation of the Advocate Organization.\n(3) Foreign lawyers are required to provide free legal services for a certain time to the world of education and legal research.\n(4) The provisions concerning the requirements and procedures for employing foreign advocates and the obligation to provide legal services free of charge to the world of education and legal research shall be further stipulated by a Ministerial Decree [...]\"(LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 18 OF 2003 CONCERNING LAWYERS [google translation]).","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 18 OF 2003 CONCERNING LAWYERS [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/43018/uu-no-18-tahun-2003\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2678,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M692","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign investment in accounting and auditing firms is subject to joint venture with Indonesian partners in the limits established by the law (the number of foreign Partner in the KAP who are foreign citizens shall not not exceed 1/5 (one-fifths) of the overall Partners of KAP). For accounting offices in the form of limited liability companies, the number of foreign directors and commissioners shall be no more than 1/5 (one-fifth) of all directors and commissioners.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISION\nArticle 1. The following definitions shall be applied in this Law:\n1. Public Accountant shall be persons who have obtained license to provide the service as set forth herein;\n2. Foreign Public Accountant shall be foreign citizens who have obtained license to provide the service under the law of country origin of the Foreign Public Accountant in question to provide the service at least audit service on the information of financial history; [...]\n5. Office of Public Accountant, hereinafter referred to as KAP, shall be the business entities of which are established under the provisions of the law and regulation as well obtaining license under this Law;\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - FIELD OF SERVICE\nPart First - Type of Service\nArticle 3.\n(1) The Public Accountant provides insurance service of which includes: a. audit service on the information of historical financial; b. review service on the information of historical financial; c. other insurance services.\n(2) Insurance service as set forth in Section (1) above can only be provided by the Public Accountant.\n(3) Other than insurance service as mentioned in Section (1) above, the Public Accountant can also provide other services of which is related to the account, financial, management in accordance with the law and regulation. \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - OFFICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT\nPart First - Form of the Business\nArticle 12.\n(1) Form of business of the KAP could be: a. individual; b. civil partnership; c. firm; or Part Second - Establishment and Management; d. other business forms of which is matching to the characteristic of the profession of Public Accountant of which is set forth in the Law.\n(2) The Minister could determine the other business form as set forth in section (1) point d above as the business form of KAP. \nPart Second - Establishment and Management \nArticle 13.\n(1) KAP of which is in the form of individual business as set forth in Article 12 section (1) point a, shall only be allowed to be established and managed by 1 (one) the Indonesia Citizen Public Accountant.\n(2) KAP of which is in the form of business as set forth in Article 12 section (1) point b, point c, and point d shall only be allowed to be established and managed by 2/3 (two-thirds) of the all partners of which are the Public Accountant.\n(3) KAP as set forth in the section (2) above can only be directed by the Indonesia Citizen Public Accountant of which is Partner on the concerned KAP and having domicile in accordance with the domicile of the KAP.\n(4) In the event that there are Partners who are foreign citizen in the KAP, the number of foreign Partner in the KAP who are foreign citizen no more than 1/5 (one-fifths) of the overall Partners of KAP.\nPart Third - Non-Public Accountant Partner\nArticle 14.\n(1) Anyone who intends to be the Non-Public Accountant Partner shall be obliged to register to the Minister.\n(2) Registration as set forth in section (1) above shall be performed in written with the requirements as follow: a. possessing degree at least Bachelor Degree (S-1) or the equal; b. experienced at least 5 (five) years in the field of skill of which is supported Public Accountant profession; c. having domicile in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia; d. possessing Taxpayer Identity (NPWP); e. having been take part in the training of professional ethics of the Public Accountant of which is organized by the Association of Public Accountant Profession; and f. never being sentenced of which is legally enforceable due to criminal case of which is punishable with imprisonment 5 (five) years or more.\n(3) Further provisions regarding to the requirements and procedures of being the Non-Public Accountant Partner as set forth in section (1) above shall be set with the Minister Regulation. \nArticle 15\nNon-Public Accountant Partner shall be forbidden to perform actions as follow: a. being the Partner of 2 (double) KAP or more; b. concurrently as: 1. state officer;\n2. director or employee on the government institution, state institution, or other institutions that are established using law and regulation; and 3. other position that resulted conflict of interest. c. signing and issuing the report service provision result through KAP. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 5 YEAR 2011 ON PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT [google translation])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 5 YEAR 2011 ON PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/39139/uu-no-5-tahun-2011\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2676,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M692","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign investment in accounting and auditing firms is subject to joint venture with Indonesian partners in the limits established by the law (the number of foreign Partner in the KAP who are foreign citizens shall not not exceed 1/5 (one-fifths) of the overall Partners of KAP). For accounting offices in the form of limited liability companies, the number of foreign directors and commissioners shall be no more than 1/5 (one-fifth) of all directors and commissioners.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISION\nArticle 1. The following definitions shall be applied in this Law:\n1. Public Accountant shall be persons who have obtained license to provide the service as set forth herein;\n2. Foreign Public Accountant shall be foreign citizens who have obtained license to provide the service under the law of country origin of the Foreign Public Accountant in question to provide the service at least audit service on the information of financial history; [...]\n5. Office of Public Accountant, hereinafter referred to as KAP, shall be the business entities of which are established under the provisions of the law and regulation as well obtaining license under this Law;\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - FIELD OF SERVICE\nPart First - Type of Service\nArticle 3.\n(1) The Public Accountant provides insurance service of which includes: a. audit service on the information of historical financial; b. review service on the information of historical financial; c. other insurance services.\n(2) Insurance service as set forth in Section (1) above can only be provided by the Public Accountant.\n(3) Other than insurance service as mentioned in Section (1) above, the Public Accountant can also provide other services of which is related to the account, financial, management in accordance with the law and regulation. \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - OFFICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT\nPart First - Form of the Business\nArticle 12.\n(1) Form of business of the KAP could be: a. individual; b. civil partnership; c. firm; or Part Second - Establishment and Management; d. other business forms of which is matching to the characteristic of the profession of Public Accountant of which is set forth in the Law.\n(2) The Minister could determine the other business form as set forth in section (1) point d above as the business form of KAP. \nPart Second - Establishment and Management \nArticle 13.\n(1) KAP of which is in the form of individual business as set forth in Article 12 section (1) point a, shall only be allowed to be established and managed by 1 (one) the Indonesia Citizen Public Accountant.\n(2) KAP of which is in the form of business as set forth in Article 12 section (1) point b, point c, and point d shall only be allowed to be established and managed by 2/3 (two-thirds) of the all partners of which are the Public Accountant.\n(3) KAP as set forth in the section (2) above can only be directed by the Indonesia Citizen Public Accountant of which is Partner on the concerned KAP and having domicile in accordance with the domicile of the KAP.\n(4) In the event that there are Partners who are foreign citizen in the KAP, the number of foreign Partner in the KAP who are foreign citizen no more than 1/5 (one-fifths) of the overall Partners of KAP.\nPart Third - Non-Public Accountant Partner\nArticle 14.\n(1) Anyone who intends to be the Non-Public Accountant Partner shall be obliged to register to the Minister.\n(2) Registration as set forth in section (1) above shall be performed in written with the requirements as follow: a. possessing degree at least Bachelor Degree (S-1) or the equal; b. experienced at least 5 (five) years in the field of skill of which is supported Public Accountant profession; c. having domicile in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia; d. possessing Taxpayer Identity (NPWP); e. having been take part in the training of professional ethics of the Public Accountant of which is organized by the Association of Public Accountant Profession; and f. never being sentenced of which is legally enforceable due to criminal case of which is punishable with imprisonment 5 (five) years or more.\n(3) Further provisions regarding to the requirements and procedures of being the Non-Public Accountant Partner as set forth in section (1) above shall be set with the Minister Regulation. \nArticle 15\nNon-Public Accountant Partner shall be forbidden to perform actions as follow: a. being the Partner of 2 (double) KAP or more; b. concurrently as: 1. state officer;\n2. director or employee on the government institution, state institution, or other institutions that are established using law and regulation; and 3. other position that resulted conflict of interest. c. signing and issuing the report service provision result through KAP. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 5 YEAR 2011 ON PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT [google translation])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 5 YEAR 2011 ON PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/39139/uu-no-5-tahun-2011\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2676,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M692","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign investment in accounting and auditing firms is subject to joint venture with Indonesian partners in the limits established by the law (the number of foreign Partner in the KAP who are foreign citizens shall not not exceed 1/5 (one-fifths) of the overall Partners of KAP). For accounting offices in the form of limited liability companies, the number of foreign directors and commissioners shall be no more than 1/5 (one-fifth) of all directors and commissioners.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISION\nArticle 1. The following definitions shall be applied in this Law:\n1. Public Accountant shall be persons who have obtained license to provide the service as set forth herein;\n2. Foreign Public Accountant shall be foreign citizens who have obtained license to provide the service under the law of country origin of the Foreign Public Accountant in question to provide the service at least audit service on the information of financial history; [...]\n5. Office of Public Accountant, hereinafter referred to as KAP, shall be the business entities of which are established under the provisions of the law and regulation as well obtaining license under this Law;\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - FIELD OF SERVICE\nPart First - Type of Service\nArticle 3.\n(1) The Public Accountant provides insurance service of which includes: a. audit service on the information of historical financial; b. review service on the information of historical financial; c. other insurance services.\n(2) Insurance service as set forth in Section (1) above can only be provided by the Public Accountant.\n(3) Other than insurance service as mentioned in Section (1) above, the Public Accountant can also provide other services of which is related to the account, financial, management in accordance with the law and regulation. \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - OFFICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT\nPart First - Form of the Business\nArticle 12.\n(1) Form of business of the KAP could be: a. individual; b. civil partnership; c. firm; or Part Second - Establishment and Management; d. other business forms of which is matching to the characteristic of the profession of Public Accountant of which is set forth in the Law.\n(2) The Minister could determine the other business form as set forth in section (1) point d above as the business form of KAP. \nPart Second - Establishment and Management \nArticle 13.\n(1) KAP of which is in the form of individual business as set forth in Article 12 section (1) point a, shall only be allowed to be established and managed by 1 (one) the Indonesia Citizen Public Accountant.\n(2) KAP of which is in the form of business as set forth in Article 12 section (1) point b, point c, and point d shall only be allowed to be established and managed by 2/3 (two-thirds) of the all partners of which are the Public Accountant.\n(3) KAP as set forth in the section (2) above can only be directed by the Indonesia Citizen Public Accountant of which is Partner on the concerned KAP and having domicile in accordance with the domicile of the KAP.\n(4) In the event that there are Partners who are foreign citizen in the KAP, the number of foreign Partner in the KAP who are foreign citizen no more than 1/5 (one-fifths) of the overall Partners of KAP.\nPart Third - Non-Public Accountant Partner\nArticle 14.\n(1) Anyone who intends to be the Non-Public Accountant Partner shall be obliged to register to the Minister.\n(2) Registration as set forth in section (1) above shall be performed in written with the requirements as follow: a. possessing degree at least Bachelor Degree (S-1) or the equal; b. experienced at least 5 (five) years in the field of skill of which is supported Public Accountant profession; c. having domicile in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia; d. possessing Taxpayer Identity (NPWP); e. having been take part in the training of professional ethics of the Public Accountant of which is organized by the Association of Public Accountant Profession; and f. never being sentenced of which is legally enforceable due to criminal case of which is punishable with imprisonment 5 (five) years or more.\n(3) Further provisions regarding to the requirements and procedures of being the Non-Public Accountant Partner as set forth in section (1) above shall be set with the Minister Regulation. \nArticle 15\nNon-Public Accountant Partner shall be forbidden to perform actions as follow: a. being the Partner of 2 (double) KAP or more; b. concurrently as: 1. state officer;\n2. director or employee on the government institution, state institution, or other institutions that are established using law and regulation; and 3. other position that resulted conflict of interest. c. signing and issuing the report service provision result through KAP. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 5 YEAR 2011 ON PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT [google translation])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 5 YEAR 2011 ON PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/39139/uu-no-5-tahun-2011\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2676,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M692","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00375","Foreign investment in accounting and auditing firms is subject to joint venture with Indonesian partners in the limits established by the law (the number of foreign Partner in the KAP who are foreign citizens shall not not exceed 1/5 (one-fifths) of the overall Partners of KAP). For accounting offices in the form of limited liability companies, the number of foreign directors and commissioners shall be no more than 1/5 (one-fifth) of all directors and commissioners.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISION\nArticle 1. The following definitions shall be applied in this Law:\n1. Public Accountant shall be persons who have obtained license to provide the service as set forth herein;\n2. Foreign Public Accountant shall be foreign citizens who have obtained license to provide the service under the law of country origin of the Foreign Public Accountant in question to provide the service at least audit service on the information of financial history; [...]\n5. Office of Public Accountant, hereinafter referred to as KAP, shall be the business entities of which are established under the provisions of the law and regulation as well obtaining license under this Law;\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - FIELD OF SERVICE\nPart First - Type of Service\nArticle 3.\n(1) The Public Accountant provides insurance service of which includes: a. audit service on the information of historical financial; b. review service on the information of historical financial; c. other insurance services.\n(2) Insurance service as set forth in Section (1) above can only be provided by the Public Accountant.\n(3) Other than insurance service as mentioned in Section (1) above, the Public Accountant can also provide other services of which is related to the account, financial, management in accordance with the law and regulation. \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - OFFICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT\nPart First - Form of the Business\nArticle 12.\n(1) Form of business of the KAP could be: a. individual; b. civil partnership; c. firm; or Part Second - Establishment and Management; d. other business forms of which is matching to the characteristic of the profession of Public Accountant of which is set forth in the Law.\n(2) The Minister could determine the other business form as set forth in section (1) point d above as the business form of KAP. \nPart Second - Establishment and Management \nArticle 13.\n(1) KAP of which is in the form of individual business as set forth in Article 12 section (1) point a, shall only be allowed to be established and managed by 1 (one) the Indonesia Citizen Public Accountant.\n(2) KAP of which is in the form of business as set forth in Article 12 section (1) point b, point c, and point d shall only be allowed to be established and managed by 2/3 (two-thirds) of the all partners of which are the Public Accountant.\n(3) KAP as set forth in the section (2) above can only be directed by the Indonesia Citizen Public Accountant of which is Partner on the concerned KAP and having domicile in accordance with the domicile of the KAP.\n(4) In the event that there are Partners who are foreign citizen in the KAP, the number of foreign Partner in the KAP who are foreign citizen no more than 1/5 (one-fifths) of the overall Partners of KAP.\nPart Third - Non-Public Accountant Partner\nArticle 14.\n(1) Anyone who intends to be the Non-Public Accountant Partner shall be obliged to register to the Minister.\n(2) Registration as set forth in section (1) above shall be performed in written with the requirements as follow: a. possessing degree at least Bachelor Degree (S-1) or the equal; b. experienced at least 5 (five) years in the field of skill of which is supported Public Accountant profession; c. having domicile in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia; d. possessing Taxpayer Identity (NPWP); e. having been take part in the training of professional ethics of the Public Accountant of which is organized by the Association of Public Accountant Profession; and f. never being sentenced of which is legally enforceable due to criminal case of which is punishable with imprisonment 5 (five) years or more.\n(3) Further provisions regarding to the requirements and procedures of being the Non-Public Accountant Partner as set forth in section (1) above shall be set with the Minister Regulation. \nArticle 15\nNon-Public Accountant Partner shall be forbidden to perform actions as follow: a. being the Partner of 2 (double) KAP or more; b. concurrently as: 1. state officer;\n2. director or employee on the government institution, state institution, or other institutions that are established using law and regulation; and 3. other position that resulted conflict of interest. c. signing and issuing the report service provision result through KAP. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 5 YEAR 2011 ON PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT [google translation])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 5 YEAR 2011 ON PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/39139/uu-no-5-tahun-2011\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2676,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A032","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.000015625","The right of exploitation is the right to cultivate the land for agriculture, fishery [aquaculture] or cattle breeding purposes [does not apply to forestry, which is permitted only through the right of use]. This right is only available to Indonesian citizens and corporations which have been established according to the Indonesian law and have their seat in Indonesia. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, as local incorporation is required for a foreign investors to obtain land for the purposes of carrying out aquaculture activities in the same conditions as domestic investors, this measure is recorded as a restriction on access to land in the FDIRRI database. As for the recorded horizontal restriction on access to land [see related database entry], the measure is considered a restriction because domestic investors establishing indirect branches for carrying out aquaculture activities in Indonesia are indirectly favoured in their access to land conditions because they can access land under the right to cultivate via their incorporated parent entity. Foreign investors, on the other hand, cannot unless they establish a locally incorporated company (PMA). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, since a foreign-owned company cannot access land on equivalent terms with domestic investors, the measure is taken into account in the FDIRRI, even though the extent of discrimination is not major.","\"CHAPTER 11 - THE RIGHTS ON LAND WATER AND AIR SPACE, AND LAND REGISTRATION [...]\nPART III: RIGTH OF OWNERSHIP [Hak Milik]\nArticle 20.\n(1) The right of ownership is hereditary right and be strongest and fullest right one can have on land that may be possessed by citizen, considering the provision laid down in Article 6.\n(2) The right of ownership may go over to and transferred to another party.\nArticle 21.\n(1). Only an Indonesia citizen may have rights of ownership.\n(2). Corporations which may posses the right of ownership and its requirements shall be determined by Government.\n[...]\nPART IV: THE RIGHT OF EXPLOITATION\nArticle 28.\n(1) The right of exploitation is the right to cultivate the land which is directly controlled by the State for a period of time as stipulated in Article 29 for enterprises in the field  of agriculture, fishery or cattle breeding. \n[...]\nArticle 29.\n(1). The right of exploitation is granted for a period of not longer than 25 years.\n(2). To an enterprise that needs a longer period, a right of exploitation for not longer than 35 years may be granted.\n(3). At the request of the holder of the right and considering the situation of his enterprise the period of time as meant in paragraph (1) and (2) of this Article, may be extended with a period of not longer than 25 years.\nArticle 30.\n(1) Those who may have the right of exploitation are: \na. Indonesian citizens; b. Corporation which has been establish according to the Indonesian law and have their seat in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART V: THE RIGHT OF BUILDING\nArticle 35.\n(1) The right of building is the right to build and to own buildings on land which is not one’s property for a period of not longer than 30 years.\n(2) At the request of the holder of the right and considering the necessity as well as the condition of the building, the period of time meant in paragraph (1) can be extended by a period not longer than 20 years.\n(3) The right of building may go over to and be transferred to another party.\nArticle 36.\n(1) Those who may posses the right of building are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Corporation established according to Indonesia Law and having their domicile in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VI: THE RIGHT OF USE\nArticle 41.\n(1) The right of use is the right to use and/or to collect the product, from land directly controlled by the State, or land owned by other persons which gives the rights and obligations stipulated in the decision upon grating this right by the authorized official, or in the agreement to work the land, as far as it not conflict with the spirit and the provision of this law.\n(2) The right of use may be granted:\na. for a certain period of time as long as the land is utilized for a specific purpose; b. gratis, against payment, or against services in whatever form.\n(3) The granting of the right of use may not be accompanied of conditions bearing elements of extortion.\nArticle 42.\nThose who may obtain the right of use are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which have been established according to Indonesian Law and having they seat in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporations having a representation in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VII: THE RIGHT TO LEASE LAND FOR BUILDING\nArticle 44.\n(1) A person or a corporation has the right to lease land, if he is entitled to utilize land owned by another for the purpose of building, by paying to its owner an amount of money as rent.\n(2) The payment of rent may be effected: a. Once or at intervals; b. Before or after use of the land.\n(3) Agreement for the leas of land meant in this Article may not be accompanied by conditions having the elements of extortion.\nArticle 45.\nThose who may become holders of the right to lease are:\na. Indonesian citizens; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which has been established according to Indonesia law and having their seats in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporation having a representative in Indonesia;\nPART VIII: THE RIGHT OF OPENING-UP LAND OF COLLECTING FOREST PRODUCT\nArticle 46.\n(1) The right of opening-up land and of collecting forest products may only be possessed by Indonesian citizens and is regulated by Government Regulation.\n(2) By using right to collect forest products legally, it does not naturally simply ownership with regard to that land. [...]\" (ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation])\n---------------------------------------\n\"Chapter X. Investment facility [...]\nArticle 21\nIn addition to facilities set forth in Article 18, Government will provide service and/or licensing convenience to investment companies in obtaining:\na. land rights;\n[...]\nArticle 22\n1) Ease of service and/or land right permit set forth in Article 21(a) may be given, extended and renewed in advance simultaneously and may be further renewed upon request of investors in form of:\na. Hak Guna Usaha (Leasehold) may be given for 95 (ninety-five) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 60 (sixty) years, and it may be further renewed for 35 (thirty-five) years.\nb. Hak Guna Bangunan (Building Rights) may be given for 80 (eighty) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 50 (fifty) years, and it may be further renewed for 30 (thirty) years.\nc. Hak Pakai (Right of Use) may be given for 70 (seventy) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 45 (forty-five) years, and it may be further renewed for 25 (twenty-five) years.\n2) Land Rights set forth at Article 21(a) may be granted and simultaneously renewed in advance for any investment activity, with, among others, the following conditions :\na. such investment is for long term and associated with the structural change of Indonesian economy into the more competitive one;\nb. such investment is with the level of investment risk requiring long-term return on investment according to the types of the investment activity;\nc. such investment does not require extensive area;\nd. such investment uses state-owned land rights; and \ne. such investment does not interrupt the sense of impartiality in the community as well as public interest.\n3) Land Rights may be renewed after being evaluated that the land can be further used according to the condition, nature, and objective of granting such rights.\n4) The granting and the simultaneous renewal of land rights in advance and further renewal set forth in paragraph (1) and (2) above may be halted or annulled by the Government if the investment company abandons the land, inflicts damage to public interest, uses or make use of the land in violation with the purpose and objective of such granting of land rights, or violates any rules of law applicable to land matters.\" (Law Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]).","ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation]\nLaw Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/1960/UU0051960.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/2007/uu25-2007.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2584,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A032","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.000015625","The right of exploitation is the right to cultivate the land for agriculture, fishery [aquaculture] or cattle breeding purposes [does not apply to forestry, which is permitted only through the right of use]. This right is only available to Indonesian citizens and corporations which have been established according to the Indonesian law and have their seat in Indonesia. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, as local incorporation is required for a foreign investors to obtain land for the purposes of carrying out aquaculture activities in the same conditions as domestic investors, this measure is recorded as a restriction on access to land in the FDIRRI database. As for the recorded horizontal restriction on access to land [see related database entry], the measure is considered a restriction because domestic investors establishing indirect branches for carrying out aquaculture activities in Indonesia are indirectly favoured in their access to land conditions because they can access land under the right to cultivate via their incorporated parent entity. Foreign investors, on the other hand, cannot unless they establish a locally incorporated company (PMA). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, since a foreign-owned company cannot access land on equivalent terms with domestic investors, the measure is taken into account in the FDIRRI, even though the extent of discrimination is not major.","\"CHAPTER 11 - THE RIGHTS ON LAND WATER AND AIR SPACE, AND LAND REGISTRATION [...]\nPART III: RIGTH OF OWNERSHIP [Hak Milik]\nArticle 20.\n(1) The right of ownership is hereditary right and be strongest and fullest right one can have on land that may be possessed by citizen, considering the provision laid down in Article 6.\n(2) The right of ownership may go over to and transferred to another party.\nArticle 21.\n(1). Only an Indonesia citizen may have rights of ownership.\n(2). Corporations which may posses the right of ownership and its requirements shall be determined by Government.\n[...]\nPART IV: THE RIGHT OF EXPLOITATION\nArticle 28.\n(1) The right of exploitation is the right to cultivate the land which is directly controlled by the State for a period of time as stipulated in Article 29 for enterprises in the field  of agriculture, fishery or cattle breeding. \n[...]\nArticle 29.\n(1). The right of exploitation is granted for a period of not longer than 25 years.\n(2). To an enterprise that needs a longer period, a right of exploitation for not longer than 35 years may be granted.\n(3). At the request of the holder of the right and considering the situation of his enterprise the period of time as meant in paragraph (1) and (2) of this Article, may be extended with a period of not longer than 25 years.\nArticle 30.\n(1) Those who may have the right of exploitation are: \na. Indonesian citizens; b. Corporation which has been establish according to the Indonesian law and have their seat in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART V: THE RIGHT OF BUILDING\nArticle 35.\n(1) The right of building is the right to build and to own buildings on land which is not one’s property for a period of not longer than 30 years.\n(2) At the request of the holder of the right and considering the necessity as well as the condition of the building, the period of time meant in paragraph (1) can be extended by a period not longer than 20 years.\n(3) The right of building may go over to and be transferred to another party.\nArticle 36.\n(1) Those who may posses the right of building are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Corporation established according to Indonesia Law and having their domicile in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VI: THE RIGHT OF USE\nArticle 41.\n(1) The right of use is the right to use and/or to collect the product, from land directly controlled by the State, or land owned by other persons which gives the rights and obligations stipulated in the decision upon grating this right by the authorized official, or in the agreement to work the land, as far as it not conflict with the spirit and the provision of this law.\n(2) The right of use may be granted:\na. for a certain period of time as long as the land is utilized for a specific purpose; b. gratis, against payment, or against services in whatever form.\n(3) The granting of the right of use may not be accompanied of conditions bearing elements of extortion.\nArticle 42.\nThose who may obtain the right of use are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which have been established according to Indonesian Law and having they seat in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporations having a representation in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VII: THE RIGHT TO LEASE LAND FOR BUILDING\nArticle 44.\n(1) A person or a corporation has the right to lease land, if he is entitled to utilize land owned by another for the purpose of building, by paying to its owner an amount of money as rent.\n(2) The payment of rent may be effected: a. Once or at intervals; b. Before or after use of the land.\n(3) Agreement for the leas of land meant in this Article may not be accompanied by conditions having the elements of extortion.\nArticle 45.\nThose who may become holders of the right to lease are:\na. Indonesian citizens; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which has been established according to Indonesia law and having their seats in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporation having a representative in Indonesia;\nPART VIII: THE RIGHT OF OPENING-UP LAND OF COLLECTING FOREST PRODUCT\nArticle 46.\n(1) The right of opening-up land and of collecting forest products may only be possessed by Indonesian citizens and is regulated by Government Regulation.\n(2) By using right to collect forest products legally, it does not naturally simply ownership with regard to that land. [...]\" (ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation])\n---------------------------------------\n\"Chapter X. Investment facility [...]\nArticle 21\nIn addition to facilities set forth in Article 18, Government will provide service and/or licensing convenience to investment companies in obtaining:\na. land rights;\n[...]\nArticle 22\n1) Ease of service and/or land right permit set forth in Article 21(a) may be given, extended and renewed in advance simultaneously and may be further renewed upon request of investors in form of:\na. Hak Guna Usaha (Leasehold) may be given for 95 (ninety-five) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 60 (sixty) years, and it may be further renewed for 35 (thirty-five) years.\nb. Hak Guna Bangunan (Building Rights) may be given for 80 (eighty) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 50 (fifty) years, and it may be further renewed for 30 (thirty) years.\nc. Hak Pakai (Right of Use) may be given for 70 (seventy) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 45 (forty-five) years, and it may be further renewed for 25 (twenty-five) years.\n2) Land Rights set forth at Article 21(a) may be granted and simultaneously renewed in advance for any investment activity, with, among others, the following conditions :\na. such investment is for long term and associated with the structural change of Indonesian economy into the more competitive one;\nb. such investment is with the level of investment risk requiring long-term return on investment according to the types of the investment activity;\nc. such investment does not require extensive area;\nd. such investment uses state-owned land rights; and \ne. such investment does not interrupt the sense of impartiality in the community as well as public interest.\n3) Land Rights may be renewed after being evaluated that the land can be further used according to the condition, nature, and objective of granting such rights.\n4) The granting and the simultaneous renewal of land rights in advance and further renewal set forth in paragraph (1) and (2) above may be halted or annulled by the Government if the investment company abandons the land, inflicts damage to public interest, uses or make use of the land in violation with the purpose and objective of such granting of land rights, or violates any rules of law applicable to land matters.\" (Law Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]).","ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation]\nLaw Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/1960/UU0051960.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/2007/uu25-2007.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2584,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A032","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.000015625","The right of exploitation is the right to cultivate the land for agriculture, fishery [aquaculture] or cattle breeding purposes [does not apply to forestry, which is permitted only through the right of use]. This right is only available to Indonesian citizens and corporations which have been established according to the Indonesian law and have their seat in Indonesia. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, as local incorporation is required for a foreign investors to obtain land for the purposes of carrying out aquaculture activities in the same conditions as domestic investors, this measure is recorded as a restriction on access to land in the FDIRRI database. As for the recorded horizontal restriction on access to land [see related database entry], the measure is considered a restriction because domestic investors establishing indirect branches for carrying out aquaculture activities in Indonesia are indirectly favoured in their access to land conditions because they can access land under the right to cultivate via their incorporated parent entity. Foreign investors, on the other hand, cannot unless they establish a locally incorporated company (PMA). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, since a foreign-owned company cannot access land on equivalent terms with domestic investors, the measure is taken into account in the FDIRRI, even though the extent of discrimination is not major.","\"CHAPTER 11 - THE RIGHTS ON LAND WATER AND AIR SPACE, AND LAND REGISTRATION [...]\nPART III: RIGTH OF OWNERSHIP [Hak Milik]\nArticle 20.\n(1) The right of ownership is hereditary right and be strongest and fullest right one can have on land that may be possessed by citizen, considering the provision laid down in Article 6.\n(2) The right of ownership may go over to and transferred to another party.\nArticle 21.\n(1). Only an Indonesia citizen may have rights of ownership.\n(2). Corporations which may posses the right of ownership and its requirements shall be determined by Government.\n[...]\nPART IV: THE RIGHT OF EXPLOITATION\nArticle 28.\n(1) The right of exploitation is the right to cultivate the land which is directly controlled by the State for a period of time as stipulated in Article 29 for enterprises in the field  of agriculture, fishery or cattle breeding. \n[...]\nArticle 29.\n(1). The right of exploitation is granted for a period of not longer than 25 years.\n(2). To an enterprise that needs a longer period, a right of exploitation for not longer than 35 years may be granted.\n(3). At the request of the holder of the right and considering the situation of his enterprise the period of time as meant in paragraph (1) and (2) of this Article, may be extended with a period of not longer than 25 years.\nArticle 30.\n(1) Those who may have the right of exploitation are: \na. Indonesian citizens; b. Corporation which has been establish according to the Indonesian law and have their seat in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART V: THE RIGHT OF BUILDING\nArticle 35.\n(1) The right of building is the right to build and to own buildings on land which is not one’s property for a period of not longer than 30 years.\n(2) At the request of the holder of the right and considering the necessity as well as the condition of the building, the period of time meant in paragraph (1) can be extended by a period not longer than 20 years.\n(3) The right of building may go over to and be transferred to another party.\nArticle 36.\n(1) Those who may posses the right of building are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Corporation established according to Indonesia Law and having their domicile in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VI: THE RIGHT OF USE\nArticle 41.\n(1) The right of use is the right to use and/or to collect the product, from land directly controlled by the State, or land owned by other persons which gives the rights and obligations stipulated in the decision upon grating this right by the authorized official, or in the agreement to work the land, as far as it not conflict with the spirit and the provision of this law.\n(2) The right of use may be granted:\na. for a certain period of time as long as the land is utilized for a specific purpose; b. gratis, against payment, or against services in whatever form.\n(3) The granting of the right of use may not be accompanied of conditions bearing elements of extortion.\nArticle 42.\nThose who may obtain the right of use are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which have been established according to Indonesian Law and having they seat in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporations having a representation in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VII: THE RIGHT TO LEASE LAND FOR BUILDING\nArticle 44.\n(1) A person or a corporation has the right to lease land, if he is entitled to utilize land owned by another for the purpose of building, by paying to its owner an amount of money as rent.\n(2) The payment of rent may be effected: a. Once or at intervals; b. Before or after use of the land.\n(3) Agreement for the leas of land meant in this Article may not be accompanied by conditions having the elements of extortion.\nArticle 45.\nThose who may become holders of the right to lease are:\na. Indonesian citizens; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which has been established according to Indonesia law and having their seats in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporation having a representative in Indonesia;\nPART VIII: THE RIGHT OF OPENING-UP LAND OF COLLECTING FOREST PRODUCT\nArticle 46.\n(1) The right of opening-up land and of collecting forest products may only be possessed by Indonesian citizens and is regulated by Government Regulation.\n(2) By using right to collect forest products legally, it does not naturally simply ownership with regard to that land. [...]\" (ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation])\n---------------------------------------\n\"Chapter X. Investment facility [...]\nArticle 21\nIn addition to facilities set forth in Article 18, Government will provide service and/or licensing convenience to investment companies in obtaining:\na. land rights;\n[...]\nArticle 22\n1) Ease of service and/or land right permit set forth in Article 21(a) may be given, extended and renewed in advance simultaneously and may be further renewed upon request of investors in form of:\na. Hak Guna Usaha (Leasehold) may be given for 95 (ninety-five) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 60 (sixty) years, and it may be further renewed for 35 (thirty-five) years.\nb. Hak Guna Bangunan (Building Rights) may be given for 80 (eighty) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 50 (fifty) years, and it may be further renewed for 30 (thirty) years.\nc. Hak Pakai (Right of Use) may be given for 70 (seventy) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 45 (forty-five) years, and it may be further renewed for 25 (twenty-five) years.\n2) Land Rights set forth at Article 21(a) may be granted and simultaneously renewed in advance for any investment activity, with, among others, the following conditions :\na. such investment is for long term and associated with the structural change of Indonesian economy into the more competitive one;\nb. such investment is with the level of investment risk requiring long-term return on investment according to the types of the investment activity;\nc. such investment does not require extensive area;\nd. such investment uses state-owned land rights; and \ne. such investment does not interrupt the sense of impartiality in the community as well as public interest.\n3) Land Rights may be renewed after being evaluated that the land can be further used according to the condition, nature, and objective of granting such rights.\n4) The granting and the simultaneous renewal of land rights in advance and further renewal set forth in paragraph (1) and (2) above may be halted or annulled by the Government if the investment company abandons the land, inflicts damage to public interest, uses or make use of the land in violation with the purpose and objective of such granting of land rights, or violates any rules of law applicable to land matters.\" (Law Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]).","ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation]\nLaw Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/1960/UU0051960.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/2007/uu25-2007.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2584,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A032","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.000015625","The right of exploitation is the right to cultivate the land for agriculture, fishery [aquaculture] or cattle breeding purposes [does not apply to forestry, which is permitted only through the right of use]. This right is only available to Indonesian citizens and corporations which have been established according to the Indonesian law and have their seat in Indonesia. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, as local incorporation is required for a foreign investors to obtain land for the purposes of carrying out aquaculture activities in the same conditions as domestic investors, this measure is recorded as a restriction on access to land in the FDIRRI database. As for the recorded horizontal restriction on access to land [see related database entry], the measure is considered a restriction because domestic investors establishing indirect branches for carrying out aquaculture activities in Indonesia are indirectly favoured in their access to land conditions because they can access land under the right to cultivate via their incorporated parent entity. Foreign investors, on the other hand, cannot unless they establish a locally incorporated company (PMA). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, since a foreign-owned company cannot access land on equivalent terms with domestic investors, the measure is taken into account in the FDIRRI, even though the extent of discrimination is not major.","\"CHAPTER 11 - THE RIGHTS ON LAND WATER AND AIR SPACE, AND LAND REGISTRATION [...]\nPART III: RIGTH OF OWNERSHIP [Hak Milik]\nArticle 20.\n(1) The right of ownership is hereditary right and be strongest and fullest right one can have on land that may be possessed by citizen, considering the provision laid down in Article 6.\n(2) The right of ownership may go over to and transferred to another party.\nArticle 21.\n(1). Only an Indonesia citizen may have rights of ownership.\n(2). Corporations which may posses the right of ownership and its requirements shall be determined by Government.\n[...]\nPART IV: THE RIGHT OF EXPLOITATION\nArticle 28.\n(1) The right of exploitation is the right to cultivate the land which is directly controlled by the State for a period of time as stipulated in Article 29 for enterprises in the field  of agriculture, fishery or cattle breeding. \n[...]\nArticle 29.\n(1). The right of exploitation is granted for a period of not longer than 25 years.\n(2). To an enterprise that needs a longer period, a right of exploitation for not longer than 35 years may be granted.\n(3). At the request of the holder of the right and considering the situation of his enterprise the period of time as meant in paragraph (1) and (2) of this Article, may be extended with a period of not longer than 25 years.\nArticle 30.\n(1) Those who may have the right of exploitation are: \na. Indonesian citizens; b. Corporation which has been establish according to the Indonesian law and have their seat in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART V: THE RIGHT OF BUILDING\nArticle 35.\n(1) The right of building is the right to build and to own buildings on land which is not one’s property for a period of not longer than 30 years.\n(2) At the request of the holder of the right and considering the necessity as well as the condition of the building, the period of time meant in paragraph (1) can be extended by a period not longer than 20 years.\n(3) The right of building may go over to and be transferred to another party.\nArticle 36.\n(1) Those who may posses the right of building are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Corporation established according to Indonesia Law and having their domicile in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VI: THE RIGHT OF USE\nArticle 41.\n(1) The right of use is the right to use and/or to collect the product, from land directly controlled by the State, or land owned by other persons which gives the rights and obligations stipulated in the decision upon grating this right by the authorized official, or in the agreement to work the land, as far as it not conflict with the spirit and the provision of this law.\n(2) The right of use may be granted:\na. for a certain period of time as long as the land is utilized for a specific purpose; b. gratis, against payment, or against services in whatever form.\n(3) The granting of the right of use may not be accompanied of conditions bearing elements of extortion.\nArticle 42.\nThose who may obtain the right of use are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which have been established according to Indonesian Law and having they seat in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporations having a representation in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VII: THE RIGHT TO LEASE LAND FOR BUILDING\nArticle 44.\n(1) A person or a corporation has the right to lease land, if he is entitled to utilize land owned by another for the purpose of building, by paying to its owner an amount of money as rent.\n(2) The payment of rent may be effected: a. Once or at intervals; b. Before or after use of the land.\n(3) Agreement for the leas of land meant in this Article may not be accompanied by conditions having the elements of extortion.\nArticle 45.\nThose who may become holders of the right to lease are:\na. Indonesian citizens; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which has been established according to Indonesia law and having their seats in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporation having a representative in Indonesia;\nPART VIII: THE RIGHT OF OPENING-UP LAND OF COLLECTING FOREST PRODUCT\nArticle 46.\n(1) The right of opening-up land and of collecting forest products may only be possessed by Indonesian citizens and is regulated by Government Regulation.\n(2) By using right to collect forest products legally, it does not naturally simply ownership with regard to that land. [...]\" (ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation])\n---------------------------------------\n\"Chapter X. Investment facility [...]\nArticle 21\nIn addition to facilities set forth in Article 18, Government will provide service and/or licensing convenience to investment companies in obtaining:\na. land rights;\n[...]\nArticle 22\n1) Ease of service and/or land right permit set forth in Article 21(a) may be given, extended and renewed in advance simultaneously and may be further renewed upon request of investors in form of:\na. Hak Guna Usaha (Leasehold) may be given for 95 (ninety-five) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 60 (sixty) years, and it may be further renewed for 35 (thirty-five) years.\nb. Hak Guna Bangunan (Building Rights) may be given for 80 (eighty) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 50 (fifty) years, and it may be further renewed for 30 (thirty) years.\nc. Hak Pakai (Right of Use) may be given for 70 (seventy) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 45 (forty-five) years, and it may be further renewed for 25 (twenty-five) years.\n2) Land Rights set forth at Article 21(a) may be granted and simultaneously renewed in advance for any investment activity, with, among others, the following conditions :\na. such investment is for long term and associated with the structural change of Indonesian economy into the more competitive one;\nb. such investment is with the level of investment risk requiring long-term return on investment according to the types of the investment activity;\nc. such investment does not require extensive area;\nd. such investment uses state-owned land rights; and \ne. such investment does not interrupt the sense of impartiality in the community as well as public interest.\n3) Land Rights may be renewed after being evaluated that the land can be further used according to the condition, nature, and objective of granting such rights.\n4) The granting and the simultaneous renewal of land rights in advance and further renewal set forth in paragraph (1) and (2) above may be halted or annulled by the Government if the investment company abandons the land, inflicts damage to public interest, uses or make use of the land in violation with the purpose and objective of such granting of land rights, or violates any rules of law applicable to land matters.\" (Law Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]).","ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation]\nLaw Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/1960/UU0051960.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/2007/uu25-2007.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2584,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J59","_O","IV41","IX",2018,"0.00009375","Governmental subsidies are given to local Israeli film productions. According to the Cinema Regulations only an Israeli production can benefit from subsidies. \"Israeli production\" is defined as an Israeli resident for a physical person or that its main commercial activity is in Israel, it is controlled by Israelis, its manager and at least half its directors are Israelis for a legal person.","\"Functions of the Council\n3. (a) These are the functions of the Council: [...]\n(2) Advise the Minister regarding the determination of tests for support of public institutions as stated in section 3A of the Budget Basics Law, in order to promote the objectives listed below, and taking into account, inter alia, the types of public institutions and trends and changes that occur from time to time in cinema:\n(A) promoting and encouraging the creation, production and distribution of Israeli films, including full-length and short-length feature films and documentaries;\n(B) encouraging international cooperation in the field of cinema;\n(C) promoting the Israeli film;\n(D) awarding prizes to films, professionals and young filmmakers;\n(E) encouraging film festivals;\n(F) Support for the preservation of the Israeli film.\n[...]\nProviding supports and a pool of vectors\n12. (a) Grants from the cinema budget shall be made according to tests to support public institutions, as stated in section 3 (2), determined by the Minister after consultation with the Council, provided that at least 60% of the cinema budget will be directed to Israeli films. Israeli films in the international film market.\n[...]\nConditions for recognition of an Israeli film\n13. The   Minister, in consultation with the Council and with the approval of the Committee, shall determine in the rules conditions for the recognition of a film made by Israeli entities as an Israeli film for the purposes of this Law, including conditions for recognition of such film in joint production with non-Israeli entities.[...]\" (Cinema Law (10.1.1999), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 3, 12 and 13 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n1 . (A) In these regulations - [...]\n\"Israeli resident\" - an Israeli citizen and a resident who resides permanently or a permanent resident who resides there permanently.\n[...]\nConditions for recognition of an Israeli film\n2. (a) A film is an Israeli film for the purposes of the law if all of the following are met (hereinafter - the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film):\n(1) the provisions of Regulation 3 are met in the body producing the film;\n[...]\nA body that produces an Israeli film\n3. In order to meet the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film, the following conditions will be met by the body that produces the film:\n(1) In a producer body that is not a corporation -\n(A) If he is an individual - he is an Israeli resident;\n(B) if he is a member of the people - more than half of them are Israeli residents;\n(2) All of the following shall take place in the body of a producer which is a corporation:\n(A) the center of his business in Israel;\n(B) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli resident;\n(C) half or more of its directors or officers equivalent to directors are Israeli residents;\n(D) control or more than 50% of a particular type of means of control in the producer's body is held by Israeli residents; If the control or more than 50% of a particular type of means of control in the body of the producer is held by one or more corporations, the control or holding of more than 50% of a certain type of means of control in such corporation or corporations, whether directly or indirectly, is held. In the hands of Israeli residents;\n(E) The rate and attribution of the holdings shall be made as follows:\n(1) To a controlling shareholder in a corporation - the holding of the means of control held by the corporation shall be attributed in full;\n(2) A holder of a means of control who is not a controlling shareholder in a corporation - the holding of the means of control held by the corporation shall be attributed according to the rate of holdings of the right holder in the corporation;\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2), if the corporation is a limited partnership, any general partner referred to in paragraph (1) shall exist, and if the general partner is a corporation, the provisions of paragraph (2) shall apply.\n[...]\nAssistance in producing an Israeli film\n5 . An assisting public institution shall examine the existence of the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film before approving the body of an aid producer for the production of a film using support funds from the cinema budget earmarked for producing Israeli films, in accordance with section 12 of the Law. During all stages of its production, and in the basic copy.[...]\" (Cinema Regulations (Recognition of the Film as an Israeli Film) (27.2.2005), Sections 1, 2, 3 and 5 [google translation])","Cinema Law (10.1.1999), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 3, 12 and 13\nCinema Regulations (Recognition of the Film as an Israeli Film) (27.2.2005), Sections 1, 2, 3 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/P202K2_001.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/999_401.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3503,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J59","_O","IV41","IX",2021,"0.00009375","Governmental subsidies are given to local Israeli film productions. According to the Cinema Regulations only an Israeli production can benefit from subsidies. \"Israeli production\" is defined as an Israeli resident for a physical person or that its main commercial activity is in Israel, it is controlled by Israelis, its manager and at least half its directors are Israelis for a legal person.","\"Functions of the Council\n3. (a) These are the functions of the Council: [...]\n(2) Advise the Minister regarding the determination of tests for support of public institutions as stated in section 3A of the Budget Basics Law, in order to promote the objectives listed below, and taking into account, inter alia, the types of public institutions and trends and changes that occur from time to time in cinema:\n(A) promoting and encouraging the creation, production and distribution of Israeli films, including full-length and short-length feature films and documentaries;\n(B) encouraging international cooperation in the field of cinema;\n(C) promoting the Israeli film;\n(D) awarding prizes to films, professionals and young filmmakers;\n(E) encouraging film festivals;\n(F) Support for the preservation of the Israeli film.\n[...]\nProviding supports and a pool of vectors\n12. (a) Grants from the cinema budget shall be made according to tests to support public institutions, as stated in section 3 (2), determined by the Minister after consultation with the Council, provided that at least 60% of the cinema budget will be directed to Israeli films. Israeli films in the international film market.\n[...]\nConditions for recognition of an Israeli film\n13. The   Minister, in consultation with the Council and with the approval of the Committee, shall determine in the rules conditions for the recognition of a film made by Israeli entities as an Israeli film for the purposes of this Law, including conditions for recognition of such film in joint production with non-Israeli entities.[...]\" (Cinema Law (10.1.1999), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 3, 12 and 13 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n1 . (A) In these regulations - [...]\n\"Israeli resident\" - an Israeli citizen and a resident who resides permanently or a permanent resident who resides there permanently.\n[...]\nConditions for recognition of an Israeli film\n2. (a) A film is an Israeli film for the purposes of the law if all of the following are met (hereinafter - the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film):\n(1) the provisions of Regulation 3 are met in the body producing the film;\n[...]\nA body that produces an Israeli film\n3. In order to meet the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film, the following conditions will be met by the body that produces the film:\n(1) In a producer body that is not a corporation -\n(A) If he is an individual - he is an Israeli resident;\n(B) if he is a member of the people - more than half of them are Israeli residents;\n(2) All of the following shall take place in the body of a producer which is a corporation:\n(A) the center of his business in Israel;\n(B) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli resident;\n(C) half or more of its directors or officers equivalent to directors are Israeli residents;\n(D) control or more than 50% of a particular type of means of control in the producer's body is held by Israeli residents; If the control or more than 50% of a particular type of means of control in the body of the producer is held by one or more corporations, the control or holding of more than 50% of a certain type of means of control in such corporation or corporations, whether directly or indirectly, is held. In the hands of Israeli residents;\n(E) The rate and attribution of the holdings shall be made as follows:\n(1) To a controlling shareholder in a corporation - the holding of the means of control held by the corporation shall be attributed in full;\n(2) A holder of a means of control who is not a controlling shareholder in a corporation - the holding of the means of control held by the corporation shall be attributed according to the rate of holdings of the right holder in the corporation;\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2), if the corporation is a limited partnership, any general partner referred to in paragraph (1) shall exist, and if the general partner is a corporation, the provisions of paragraph (2) shall apply.\n[...]\nAssistance in producing an Israeli film\n5 . An assisting public institution shall examine the existence of the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film before approving the body of an aid producer for the production of a film using support funds from the cinema budget earmarked for producing Israeli films, in accordance with section 12 of the Law. During all stages of its production, and in the basic copy.[...]\" (Cinema Regulations (Recognition of the Film as an Israeli Film) (27.2.2005), Sections 1, 2, 3 and 5 [google translation])","Cinema Law (10.1.1999), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 3, 12 and 13\nCinema Regulations (Recognition of the Film as an Israeli Film) (27.2.2005), Sections 1, 2, 3 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/P202K2_001.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/999_401.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1414,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J59","_O","IV41","IX",2022,"0.00009375","Governmental subsidies are given to local Israeli film productions. According to the Cinema Regulations only an Israeli production can benefit from subsidies. \"Israeli production\" is defined as an Israeli resident for a physical person or that its main commercial activity is in Israel, it is controlled by Israelis, its manager and at least half its directors are Israelis for a legal person.","\"Functions of the Council\n3. (a) These are the functions of the Council: [...]\n(2) Advise the Minister regarding the determination of tests for support of public institutions as stated in section 3A of the Budget Basics Law, in order to promote the objectives listed below, and taking into account, inter alia, the types of public institutions and trends and changes that occur from time to time in cinema:\n(A) promoting and encouraging the creation, production and distribution of Israeli films, including full-length and short-length feature films and documentaries;\n(B) encouraging international cooperation in the field of cinema;\n(C) promoting the Israeli film;\n(D) awarding prizes to films, professionals and young filmmakers;\n(E) encouraging film festivals;\n(F) Support for the preservation of the Israeli film.\n[...]\nProviding supports and a pool of vectors\n12. (a) Grants from the cinema budget shall be made according to tests to support public institutions, as stated in section 3 (2), determined by the Minister after consultation with the Council, provided that at least 60% of the cinema budget will be directed to Israeli films. Israeli films in the international film market.\n[...]\nConditions for recognition of an Israeli film\n13. The   Minister, in consultation with the Council and with the approval of the Committee, shall determine in the rules conditions for the recognition of a film made by Israeli entities as an Israeli film for the purposes of this Law, including conditions for recognition of such film in joint production with non-Israeli entities.[...]\" (Cinema Law (10.1.1999), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 3, 12 and 13 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n1 . (A) In these regulations - [...]\n\"Israeli resident\" - an Israeli citizen and a resident who resides permanently or a permanent resident who resides there permanently.\n[...]\nConditions for recognition of an Israeli film\n2. (a) A film is an Israeli film for the purposes of the law if all of the following are met (hereinafter - the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film):\n(1) the provisions of Regulation 3 are met in the body producing the film;\n[...]\nA body that produces an Israeli film\n3. In order to meet the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film, the following conditions will be met by the body that produces the film:\n(1) In a producer body that is not a corporation -\n(A) If he is an individual - he is an Israeli resident;\n(B) if he is a member of the people - more than half of them are Israeli residents;\n(2) All of the following shall take place in the body of a producer which is a corporation:\n(A) the center of his business in Israel;\n(B) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli resident;\n(C) half or more of its directors or officers equivalent to directors are Israeli residents;\n(D) control or more than 50% of a particular type of means of control in the producer's body is held by Israeli residents; If the control or more than 50% of a particular type of means of control in the body of the producer is held by one or more corporations, the control or holding of more than 50% of a certain type of means of control in such corporation or corporations, whether directly or indirectly, is held. In the hands of Israeli residents;\n(E) The rate and attribution of the holdings shall be made as follows:\n(1) To a controlling shareholder in a corporation - the holding of the means of control held by the corporation shall be attributed in full;\n(2) A holder of a means of control who is not a controlling shareholder in a corporation - the holding of the means of control held by the corporation shall be attributed according to the rate of holdings of the right holder in the corporation;\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2), if the corporation is a limited partnership, any general partner referred to in paragraph (1) shall exist, and if the general partner is a corporation, the provisions of paragraph (2) shall apply.\n[...]\nAssistance in producing an Israeli film\n5 . An assisting public institution shall examine the existence of the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film before approving the body of an aid producer for the production of a film using support funds from the cinema budget earmarked for producing Israeli films, in accordance with section 12 of the Law. During all stages of its production, and in the basic copy.[...]\" (Cinema Regulations (Recognition of the Film as an Israeli Film) (27.2.2005), Sections 1, 2, 3 and 5 [google translation])","Cinema Law (10.1.1999), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 3, 12 and 13\nCinema Regulations (Recognition of the Film as an Israeli Film) (27.2.2005), Sections 1, 2, 3 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/P202K2_001.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/999_401.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1414,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J59","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.00009375","Governmental subsidies are given to local Israeli film productions. According to the Cinema Regulations only an Israeli production can benefit from subsidies. \"Israeli production\" is defined as an Israeli resident for a physical person or that its main commercial activity is in Israel, it is controlled by Israelis, its manager and at least half its directors are Israelis for a legal person.","\"Functions of the Council\n3. (a) These are the functions of the Council: [...]\n(2) Advise the Minister regarding the determination of tests for support of public institutions as stated in section 3A of the Budget Basics Law, in order to promote the objectives listed below, and taking into account, inter alia, the types of public institutions and trends and changes that occur from time to time in cinema:\n(A) promoting and encouraging the creation, production and distribution of Israeli films, including full-length and short-length feature films and documentaries;\n(B) encouraging international cooperation in the field of cinema;\n(C) promoting the Israeli film;\n(D) awarding prizes to films, professionals and young filmmakers;\n(E) encouraging film festivals;\n(F) Support for the preservation of the Israeli film.\n[...]\nProviding supports and a pool of vectors\n12. (a) Grants from the cinema budget shall be made according to tests to support public institutions, as stated in section 3 (2), determined by the Minister after consultation with the Council, provided that at least 60% of the cinema budget will be directed to Israeli films. Israeli films in the international film market.\n[...]\nConditions for recognition of an Israeli film\n13. The   Minister, in consultation with the Council and with the approval of the Committee, shall determine in the rules conditions for the recognition of a film made by Israeli entities as an Israeli film for the purposes of this Law, including conditions for recognition of such film in joint production with non-Israeli entities.[...]\" (Cinema Law (10.1.1999), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 3, 12 and 13 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n1 . (A) In these regulations - [...]\n\"Israeli resident\" - an Israeli citizen and a resident who resides permanently or a permanent resident who resides there permanently.\n[...]\nConditions for recognition of an Israeli film\n2. (a) A film is an Israeli film for the purposes of the law if all of the following are met (hereinafter - the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film):\n(1) the provisions of Regulation 3 are met in the body producing the film;\n[...]\nA body that produces an Israeli film\n3. In order to meet the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film, the following conditions will be met by the body that produces the film:\n(1) In a producer body that is not a corporation -\n(A) If he is an individual - he is an Israeli resident;\n(B) if he is a member of the people - more than half of them are Israeli residents;\n(2) All of the following shall take place in the body of a producer which is a corporation:\n(A) the center of his business in Israel;\n(B) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli resident;\n(C) half or more of its directors or officers equivalent to directors are Israeli residents;\n(D) control or more than 50% of a particular type of means of control in the producer's body is held by Israeli residents; If the control or more than 50% of a particular type of means of control in the body of the producer is held by one or more corporations, the control or holding of more than 50% of a certain type of means of control in such corporation or corporations, whether directly or indirectly, is held. In the hands of Israeli residents;\n(E) The rate and attribution of the holdings shall be made as follows:\n(1) To a controlling shareholder in a corporation - the holding of the means of control held by the corporation shall be attributed in full;\n(2) A holder of a means of control who is not a controlling shareholder in a corporation - the holding of the means of control held by the corporation shall be attributed according to the rate of holdings of the right holder in the corporation;\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2), if the corporation is a limited partnership, any general partner referred to in paragraph (1) shall exist, and if the general partner is a corporation, the provisions of paragraph (2) shall apply.\n[...]\nAssistance in producing an Israeli film\n5 . An assisting public institution shall examine the existence of the conditions for recognition of an Israeli film before approving the body of an aid producer for the production of a film using support funds from the cinema budget earmarked for producing Israeli films, in accordance with section 12 of the Law. During all stages of its production, and in the basic copy.[...]\" (Cinema Regulations (Recognition of the Film as an Israeli Film) (27.2.2005), Sections 1, 2, 3 and 5 [google translation])","Cinema Law (10.1.1999), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 3, 12 and 13\nCinema Regulations (Recognition of the Film as an Israeli Film) (27.2.2005), Sections 1, 2, 3 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/P202K2_001.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/999_401.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1414,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.00045","Broadcasting licenses are granted to enterprises having their headquarters in Italy or in another EEA country. Enterprises having their headquarters in other countries may obtain an authorisation on the basis of reciprocity.","\"CHAPTER II - AUTHORIZATIONS FOR PROVIDERS OF AUDIOVISUAL MEDIA SERVICES LINEARS ON TERRESTRIAL TELEVISION FREQUENCIES\nArticle 3 (Methods of granting authorizations)\n1. The Ministry, on the basis of the rules of this regulation, issues the authorization, in national or local, for the supply of linear audiovisual media services for the diffusion in digital technique on terrestrial television frequencies. Until the entry into force of the legislation pertaining to the Regions referred to in Article 12 of the Consolidated Law, the authorizations of referred to in this paragraph intended for dissemination in the regional or provincial context are issued by the Ministry.\n2. The subjects who have their registered office in Italy or in a State of the European Economic Area (IF IT'S). The issuing of authorizations to subjects who do not have their headquarters in Italy, or in a State of the European Economic Area, is allowed on condition that the State where the subject applicant has its registered office and practices a treatment of effective reciprocity towards Italian subjects. In any case, the provisions contained in international agreements are reserved.[...]\" (Resolution no. 353/11 / CONS of 23 June 2011, \"New Regulation Relating to Terrestrial Television Broadcast in Digital Technique\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 3 - Authorization\n1. The provision of linear or radio audiovisual media services on other media electronic communication that falls within the scope as outlined in Article 2, is subject to authorization issued by the Authority.\n2. The authorization referred to in paragraph 1 can be issued to joint stock companies or companies persons, cooperatives, foundations, recognized and unrecognized associations e to individuals who have their registered office or residence in Italy, or in one State of the European Economic Area, or outside the Economic Area European provided that the State where the applicant has its registered office or residence practices a treatment of reciprocity towards Italian subjects. I'm in any case, without prejudice to the provisions contained in international agreements.[...]\" (Resolution no. 606/10 / CONS of 25 November 2010, \"Regulation concerning the provision of linear audiovisual media services o radio on other means of electronic communication pursuant to art. 21, paragraph 1-bis of the Consolidated Law on audiovisual and radio media services\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 3 - Authorization\n1. The broadcasting by satellite of television programs, including those with access conditional, by the subjects referred to in art. 2, paragraph 2, is subject to authorization issued by the Authority, on the basis of the rules of this regulation.\n2. The authorization referred to in paragraph 1 may be issued to joint stock companies which have their registered office in Italy, or in a State of the Economic Area European. The issuing of authorization to joint stock companies that do not have their own headquartered in Italy, or in a State of the European Economic Area, it is allowed to provided that the State where the applicant has its registered office applies a reciprocity treatment towards Italian subjects. In any case, the provisions contained in international agreements. [...]\" (Resolution no. 127/00 / CONS of 1 March 2000, \"Regulation Concerning the Broadcast via Satellite of Television Programs\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])","Resolution no. 353/11 / CONS of 23 June 2011, \"New Regulation Relating to Terrestrial Television Broadcast in Digital Technique\", Annex A, Article 3\nResolution no. 606/10 / CONS of 25 November 2010, \"Regulation concerning the provision of linear audiovisual media services o radio on other means of electronic communication pursuant to art. 21, paragraph 1-bis of the Consolidated Law on audiovisual and radio media services\", Annex A, Article 3\nResolution no. 127/00 / CONS of 1 March 2000, \"Regulation Concerning the Broadcast via Satellite of Television Programs\", Annex A, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/539615/Allegato+22-06-2011+4/7b04938a-08c9-4420-b2d0-48aa84112713?version=1.0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/539471/Allegato+25-11-2010/f9f1859f-f31b-4043-ac4c-beb236883f13?version=1.0&targetExtension=pdf\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/538493/Allegato+01-03-2000/2b400314-8e38-4893-813e-4c23a882863d?version=1.0&targetExtension=pdf\">Resolution</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,997,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.00045","Broadcasting licenses are granted to enterprises having their headquarters in Italy or in another EEA country. Enterprises having their headquarters in other countries may obtain an authorisation on the basis of reciprocity.","\"CHAPTER II - AUTHORIZATIONS FOR PROVIDERS OF AUDIOVISUAL MEDIA SERVICES LINEARS ON TERRESTRIAL TELEVISION FREQUENCIES\nArticle 3 (Methods of granting authorizations)\n1. The Ministry, on the basis of the rules of this regulation, issues the authorization, in national or local, for the supply of linear audiovisual media services for the diffusion in digital technique on terrestrial television frequencies. Until the entry into force of the legislation pertaining to the Regions referred to in Article 12 of the Consolidated Law, the authorizations of referred to in this paragraph intended for dissemination in the regional or provincial context are issued by the Ministry.\n2. The subjects who have their registered office in Italy or in a State of the European Economic Area (IF IT'S). The issuing of authorizations to subjects who do not have their headquarters in Italy, or in a State of the European Economic Area, is allowed on condition that the State where the subject applicant has its registered office and practices a treatment of effective reciprocity towards Italian subjects. In any case, the provisions contained in international agreements are reserved.[...]\" (Resolution no. 353/11 / CONS of 23 June 2011, \"New Regulation Relating to Terrestrial Television Broadcast in Digital Technique\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 3 - Authorization\n1. The provision of linear or radio audiovisual media services on other media electronic communication that falls within the scope as outlined in Article 2, is subject to authorization issued by the Authority.\n2. The authorization referred to in paragraph 1 can be issued to joint stock companies or companies persons, cooperatives, foundations, recognized and unrecognized associations e to individuals who have their registered office or residence in Italy, or in one State of the European Economic Area, or outside the Economic Area European provided that the State where the applicant has its registered office or residence practices a treatment of reciprocity towards Italian subjects. I'm in any case, without prejudice to the provisions contained in international agreements.[...]\" (Resolution no. 606/10 / CONS of 25 November 2010, \"Regulation concerning the provision of linear audiovisual media services o radio on other means of electronic communication pursuant to art. 21, paragraph 1-bis of the Consolidated Law on audiovisual and radio media services\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 3 - Authorization\n1. The broadcasting by satellite of television programs, including those with access conditional, by the subjects referred to in art. 2, paragraph 2, is subject to authorization issued by the Authority, on the basis of the rules of this regulation.\n2. The authorization referred to in paragraph 1 may be issued to joint stock companies which have their registered office in Italy, or in a State of the Economic Area European. The issuing of authorization to joint stock companies that do not have their own headquartered in Italy, or in a State of the European Economic Area, it is allowed to provided that the State where the applicant has its registered office applies a reciprocity treatment towards Italian subjects. In any case, the provisions contained in international agreements. [...]\" (Resolution no. 127/00 / CONS of 1 March 2000, \"Regulation Concerning the Broadcast via Satellite of Television Programs\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])","Resolution no. 353/11 / CONS of 23 June 2011, \"New Regulation Relating to Terrestrial Television Broadcast in Digital Technique\", Annex A, Article 3\nResolution no. 606/10 / CONS of 25 November 2010, \"Regulation concerning the provision of linear audiovisual media services o radio on other means of electronic communication pursuant to art. 21, paragraph 1-bis of the Consolidated Law on audiovisual and radio media services\", Annex A, Article 3\nResolution no. 127/00 / CONS of 1 March 2000, \"Regulation Concerning the Broadcast via Satellite of Television Programs\", Annex A, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/539615/Allegato+22-06-2011+4/7b04938a-08c9-4420-b2d0-48aa84112713?version=1.0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/539471/Allegato+25-11-2010/f9f1859f-f31b-4043-ac4c-beb236883f13?version=1.0&targetExtension=pdf\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/538493/Allegato+01-03-2000/2b400314-8e38-4893-813e-4c23a882863d?version=1.0&targetExtension=pdf\">Resolution</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,996,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.00045","Broadcasting licenses are granted to enterprises having their headquarters in Italy or in another EEA country. Enterprises having their headquarters in other countries may obtain an authorisation on the basis of reciprocity.","\"CHAPTER II - AUTHORIZATIONS FOR PROVIDERS OF AUDIOVISUAL MEDIA SERVICES LINEARS ON TERRESTRIAL TELEVISION FREQUENCIES\nArticle 3 (Methods of granting authorizations)\n1. The Ministry, on the basis of the rules of this regulation, issues the authorization, in national or local, for the supply of linear audiovisual media services for the diffusion in digital technique on terrestrial television frequencies. Until the entry into force of the legislation pertaining to the Regions referred to in Article 12 of the Consolidated Law, the authorizations of referred to in this paragraph intended for dissemination in the regional or provincial context are issued by the Ministry.\n2. The subjects who have their registered office in Italy or in a State of the European Economic Area (IF IT'S). The issuing of authorizations to subjects who do not have their headquarters in Italy, or in a State of the European Economic Area, is allowed on condition that the State where the subject applicant has its registered office and practices a treatment of effective reciprocity towards Italian subjects. In any case, the provisions contained in international agreements are reserved.[...]\" (Resolution no. 353/11 / CONS of 23 June 2011, \"New Regulation Relating to Terrestrial Television Broadcast in Digital Technique\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 3 - Authorization\n1. The provision of linear or radio audiovisual media services on other media electronic communication that falls within the scope as outlined in Article 2, is subject to authorization issued by the Authority.\n2. The authorization referred to in paragraph 1 can be issued to joint stock companies or companies persons, cooperatives, foundations, recognized and unrecognized associations e to individuals who have their registered office or residence in Italy, or in one State of the European Economic Area, or outside the Economic Area European provided that the State where the applicant has its registered office or residence practices a treatment of reciprocity towards Italian subjects. I'm in any case, without prejudice to the provisions contained in international agreements.[...]\" (Resolution no. 606/10 / CONS of 25 November 2010, \"Regulation concerning the provision of linear audiovisual media services o radio on other means of electronic communication pursuant to art. 21, paragraph 1-bis of the Consolidated Law on audiovisual and radio media services\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 3 - Authorization\n1. The broadcasting by satellite of television programs, including those with access conditional, by the subjects referred to in art. 2, paragraph 2, is subject to authorization issued by the Authority, on the basis of the rules of this regulation.\n2. The authorization referred to in paragraph 1 may be issued to joint stock companies which have their registered office in Italy, or in a State of the Economic Area European. The issuing of authorization to joint stock companies that do not have their own headquartered in Italy, or in a State of the European Economic Area, it is allowed to provided that the State where the applicant has its registered office applies a reciprocity treatment towards Italian subjects. In any case, the provisions contained in international agreements. [...]\" (Resolution no. 127/00 / CONS of 1 March 2000, \"Regulation Concerning the Broadcast via Satellite of Television Programs\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])","Resolution no. 353/11 / CONS of 23 June 2011, \"New Regulation Relating to Terrestrial Television Broadcast in Digital Technique\", Annex A, Article 3\nResolution no. 606/10 / CONS of 25 November 2010, \"Regulation concerning the provision of linear audiovisual media services o radio on other means of electronic communication pursuant to art. 21, paragraph 1-bis of the Consolidated Law on audiovisual and radio media services\", Annex A, Article 3\nResolution no. 127/00 / CONS of 1 March 2000, \"Regulation Concerning the Broadcast via Satellite of Television Programs\", Annex A, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/539615/Allegato+22-06-2011+4/7b04938a-08c9-4420-b2d0-48aa84112713?version=1.0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/539471/Allegato+25-11-2010/f9f1859f-f31b-4043-ac4c-beb236883f13?version=1.0&targetExtension=pdf\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/538493/Allegato+01-03-2000/2b400314-8e38-4893-813e-4c23a882863d?version=1.0&targetExtension=pdf\">Resolution</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,996,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.00045","Broadcasting licenses are granted to enterprises having their headquarters in Italy or in another EEA country. Enterprises having their headquarters in other countries may obtain an authorisation on the basis of reciprocity.","\"CHAPTER II - AUTHORIZATIONS FOR PROVIDERS OF AUDIOVISUAL MEDIA SERVICES LINEARS ON TERRESTRIAL TELEVISION FREQUENCIES\nArticle 3 (Methods of granting authorizations)\n1. The Ministry, on the basis of the rules of this regulation, issues the authorization, in national or local, for the supply of linear audiovisual media services for the diffusion in digital technique on terrestrial television frequencies. Until the entry into force of the legislation pertaining to the Regions referred to in Article 12 of the Consolidated Law, the authorizations of referred to in this paragraph intended for dissemination in the regional or provincial context are issued by the Ministry.\n2. The subjects who have their registered office in Italy or in a State of the European Economic Area (IF IT'S). The issuing of authorizations to subjects who do not have their headquarters in Italy, or in a State of the European Economic Area, is allowed on condition that the State where the subject applicant has its registered office and practices a treatment of effective reciprocity towards Italian subjects. In any case, the provisions contained in international agreements are reserved.[...]\" (Resolution no. 353/11 / CONS of 23 June 2011, \"New Regulation Relating to Terrestrial Television Broadcast in Digital Technique\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 3 - Authorization\n1. The provision of linear or radio audiovisual media services on other media electronic communication that falls within the scope as outlined in Article 2, is subject to authorization issued by the Authority.\n2. The authorization referred to in paragraph 1 can be issued to joint stock companies or companies persons, cooperatives, foundations, recognized and unrecognized associations e to individuals who have their registered office or residence in Italy, or in one State of the European Economic Area, or outside the Economic Area European provided that the State where the applicant has its registered office or residence practices a treatment of reciprocity towards Italian subjects. I'm in any case, without prejudice to the provisions contained in international agreements.[...]\" (Resolution no. 606/10 / CONS of 25 November 2010, \"Regulation concerning the provision of linear audiovisual media services o radio on other means of electronic communication pursuant to art. 21, paragraph 1-bis of the Consolidated Law on audiovisual and radio media services\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 3 - Authorization\n1. The broadcasting by satellite of television programs, including those with access conditional, by the subjects referred to in art. 2, paragraph 2, is subject to authorization issued by the Authority, on the basis of the rules of this regulation.\n2. The authorization referred to in paragraph 1 may be issued to joint stock companies which have their registered office in Italy, or in a State of the Economic Area European. The issuing of authorization to joint stock companies that do not have their own headquartered in Italy, or in a State of the European Economic Area, it is allowed to provided that the State where the applicant has its registered office applies a reciprocity treatment towards Italian subjects. In any case, the provisions contained in international agreements. [...]\" (Resolution no. 127/00 / CONS of 1 March 2000, \"Regulation Concerning the Broadcast via Satellite of Television Programs\", Annex A, Article 3 [google translation])","Resolution no. 353/11 / CONS of 23 June 2011, \"New Regulation Relating to Terrestrial Television Broadcast in Digital Technique\", Annex A, Article 3\nResolution no. 606/10 / CONS of 25 November 2010, \"Regulation concerning the provision of linear audiovisual media services o radio on other means of electronic communication pursuant to art. 21, paragraph 1-bis of the Consolidated Law on audiovisual and radio media services\", Annex A, Article 3\nResolution no. 127/00 / CONS of 1 March 2000, \"Regulation Concerning the Broadcast via Satellite of Television Programs\", Annex A, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/539615/Allegato+22-06-2011+4/7b04938a-08c9-4420-b2d0-48aa84112713?version=1.0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/539471/Allegato+25-11-2010/f9f1859f-f31b-4043-ac4c-beb236883f13?version=1.0&targetExtension=pdf\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agcom.it/documents/10179/538493/Allegato+01-03-2000/2b400314-8e38-4893-813e-4c23a882863d?version=1.0&targetExtension=pdf\">Resolution</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,996,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0125","Foreign investment in the cultivation of rice and barley is not permitted.","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n01110 | Grains and other food crop growing business | Permitted, except for cultivation of rice and barley[...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1462,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0125","Foreign investment in the cultivation of rice and barley is not permitted.","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n01110 | Grains and other food crop growing business | Permitted, except for cultivation of rice and barley[...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1462,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.0125","Foreign investment in the cultivation of rice and barley is not permitted.","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n01110 | Grains and other food crop growing business | Permitted, except for cultivation of rice and barley[...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1462,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.0125","Foreign investment in the cultivation of rice and barley is not permitted.","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n01110 | Grains and other food crop growing business | Permitted, except for cultivation of rice and barley[...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1462,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","XKV","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.025","Foreign legal and natural persons are entitled to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo subject to reciprocity. EU Member State citizens and legal persons established under the law of an EU member state may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the citizens and legal entities of Kosovo. Under no circumstance, a foreign legal and natural person shall have the right to hold rights over the following public properties: 1.1. natural resources; 1.2. public goods for general use; 1.3. agricultural land in public ownership; 1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership; among others. Foreign persons are entitled, however, the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over such properties under the same conditions as the national persons. Long-term leases are possible.","\"Article 2 - Scope\nProvisions of this law shall be implemented by natural foreign citizens and legal persons registered in foreign countries.\nArticle 3 - Definitions\n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning:\n1.1. Natural foreign person – means any natural person who is not a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.2. Foreign legal person – means the legal person which is registered and has its seat outside the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.3. Public property - means the movable and immovable property, assets and resources which are designated for use by everyone, for various activities except those prohibited by law and which could be property of Republic of Kosovo or units of local self-governance. The content, rights, obligations and responsibilities for the administration of public properties are governed by a separate law;\n1.4. State-owned property -  means the property registered in the name of the Republic of Kosovo or in the name of central state bodies or institutions or central public enterprises that exercise ownership powers over public property provided by law, in the name of the owner of the public property;\n[…]\nArticle 4 - Acquisition of property rights by foreign persons\n1. Foreign natural and legal persons have the right to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo, based on the principle of reciprocity and requirements specified in this law or International Agreement.\n2. Foreign persons under paragraph 1. of this Article may acquire property rights over the immovable property based on the valid legal transaction, inheritance, decision of a state body or other valid ways of property acquisition as provided by law.\n3. Foreign natural and legal persons may be holders of ownership right over movable property under the same conditions as the citizens of the Republic of Kosovo.\nArticle 5 - Reciprocity\n1. Reciprocity exists when a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo or a legal person with seat in Kosovo can acquire the right to immovable property in the state of foreign citizen under the same conditions as the foreign citizen can acquire the right to immovable property in the Republic of Kosovo.\n[...]\nArticle 7 - Limitation of ownership rights to immovable property for a foreign person\n1. A foreigner shall not have the right to the following public properties envisaged in the respective Law on Public Property: \n1.1. natural resources;\n1.2. public goods for general use;\n1.3. agricultural land in public ownership;\n1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership;\n1.5. movable or immovable public property announced a cultural heritage of special significance;\n1.6. immovable property which is located within the radius of one (1) kilometer from the border;\n1.7. immovable property which is located in the area which presents protection of the interest and security of state and to which, by a separate law, foreign citizen shall not have the ownership right;\n1.8. immovable property in public ownership which, based on the applicable laws, cannot be transferred to private ownership of Kosovo citizens.\n2. Exceptionally from paragraph 1. of this Article, a foreign natural person can acquire the ownership rights over agricultural properties, forests and forestry lands with an area of up to five thousand (5000) m2 only if the subject of agreement relates to residential building located in that area.\n3. A foreign person may have the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over immovable properties from paragraph 1. subparagraph 1.1. through 1.6. of this Article, under the same conditions as the national persons.\n[...]\nArticle 9 - Property rights of citizens of European Union member states\n1. Persons of European Union member states (hereafter: EU) are the natural persons who are citizens of an EU member state and legal persons established under the law of one of the EU member states that have a representation or branch in the Republic of Kosovo.\n2. Persons of EU member states may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the Kosovo citizens, respectively legal persons under the same conditions as legal persons in Kosovo, based on the principle of non-discrimination.\n3. For the exercise of the rights specified in paragraph 1. of this Article, the EU citizens have to prove that:\n3.1. natural person is the citizen of an EU member state, or\n3.2. legal person is established based on the law of an EU member state, and\n3.3. the right of holding the property right is related to the exercise of fundamental rights guaranteed by the EU legislation. [...]\" (LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 121 [Property]\n1. Types of property shall be defined by law.\n2. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may acquire ownership rights over immovable property in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law or international agreement.\n3. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may, in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law, acquire concession rights and other rights to use and/or exploit publicly owned resources, including natural resources, and publicly owned infrastructure.[...]\" (Constitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 2 Definitions \n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning: [...]\n1.3. Foreign Person :\n1.3.1. any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country;\n1.3.2. any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo, but has residence abroad;\n1.3.3. a legal person established according to the Law of a foreign country. \n1.4. Investment -any asset owned or otherwise lawfully held by a Foreign Person in the Republic of Kosovo for the purpose of conducting lawful commercial activities, including but not limited to:\n1.4.1. movable and immovable property, including rights in and to such property such as a mortgage, lien, pledge, lease or servitude;\n[...]\nArticle 4 Non-discrimination\n1. Republic of Kosovo shall provide the foreign investments the same treatment, regardless of their citizenship, origin, residency, place of establishment of business or control.\n2. Foreign investors and their investments shall comply with, and have the rights and obligations established by, the law applicable in Kosovo to the same extent as domestic investors and their investments.\n[...]\nArticle 12 Respect of Rights\nPublic authorities shall recognize and respect all rights of a foreign investor relating to a foreign investment in the Republic of Kosovo, especially when such rights relate to immovable and movable property, intellectual property and other assets, contract rights, and the rights established by this Law. \" (Law No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation])","LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation]\nConstitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation]\nLaw No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation]","Boga & Associates (2022), \"Changes to Legislation in Kosovo\", April 8.","[<a href=\"https://gzk.rks-gov.net/ActDocumentDetail.aspx?ActID=53715\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/Constitution_of_the_Republic_of_Kosovo_with_amend.I-XXV_2017.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/ligjet/04-L-220%20a.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bogalaw.com/pdf/Changes%20to%20Legislation%20in%20Kosovo.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2969,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","XKV","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.025","Foreign legal and natural persons are entitled to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo subject to reciprocity. EU Member State citizens and legal persons established under the law of an EU member state may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the citizens and legal entities of Kosovo. Under no circumstance, a foreign legal and natural person shall have the right to hold rights over the following public properties: 1.1. natural resources; 1.2. public goods for general use; 1.3. agricultural land in public ownership; 1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership; among others. Foreign persons are entitled, however, the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over such properties under the same conditions as the national persons. Long-term leases are possible.","\"Article 2 - Scope\nProvisions of this law shall be implemented by natural foreign citizens and legal persons registered in foreign countries.\nArticle 3 - Definitions\n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning:\n1.1. Natural foreign person – means any natural person who is not a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.2. Foreign legal person – means the legal person which is registered and has its seat outside the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.3. Public property - means the movable and immovable property, assets and resources which are designated for use by everyone, for various activities except those prohibited by law and which could be property of Republic of Kosovo or units of local self-governance. The content, rights, obligations and responsibilities for the administration of public properties are governed by a separate law;\n1.4. State-owned property -  means the property registered in the name of the Republic of Kosovo or in the name of central state bodies or institutions or central public enterprises that exercise ownership powers over public property provided by law, in the name of the owner of the public property;\n[…]\nArticle 4 - Acquisition of property rights by foreign persons\n1. Foreign natural and legal persons have the right to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo, based on the principle of reciprocity and requirements specified in this law or International Agreement.\n2. Foreign persons under paragraph 1. of this Article may acquire property rights over the immovable property based on the valid legal transaction, inheritance, decision of a state body or other valid ways of property acquisition as provided by law.\n3. Foreign natural and legal persons may be holders of ownership right over movable property under the same conditions as the citizens of the Republic of Kosovo.\nArticle 5 - Reciprocity\n1. Reciprocity exists when a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo or a legal person with seat in Kosovo can acquire the right to immovable property in the state of foreign citizen under the same conditions as the foreign citizen can acquire the right to immovable property in the Republic of Kosovo.\n[...]\nArticle 7 - Limitation of ownership rights to immovable property for a foreign person\n1. A foreigner shall not have the right to the following public properties envisaged in the respective Law on Public Property: \n1.1. natural resources;\n1.2. public goods for general use;\n1.3. agricultural land in public ownership;\n1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership;\n1.5. movable or immovable public property announced a cultural heritage of special significance;\n1.6. immovable property which is located within the radius of one (1) kilometer from the border;\n1.7. immovable property which is located in the area which presents protection of the interest and security of state and to which, by a separate law, foreign citizen shall not have the ownership right;\n1.8. immovable property in public ownership which, based on the applicable laws, cannot be transferred to private ownership of Kosovo citizens.\n2. Exceptionally from paragraph 1. of this Article, a foreign natural person can acquire the ownership rights over agricultural properties, forests and forestry lands with an area of up to five thousand (5000) m2 only if the subject of agreement relates to residential building located in that area.\n3. A foreign person may have the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over immovable properties from paragraph 1. subparagraph 1.1. through 1.6. of this Article, under the same conditions as the national persons.\n[...]\nArticle 9 - Property rights of citizens of European Union member states\n1. Persons of European Union member states (hereafter: EU) are the natural persons who are citizens of an EU member state and legal persons established under the law of one of the EU member states that have a representation or branch in the Republic of Kosovo.\n2. Persons of EU member states may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the Kosovo citizens, respectively legal persons under the same conditions as legal persons in Kosovo, based on the principle of non-discrimination.\n3. For the exercise of the rights specified in paragraph 1. of this Article, the EU citizens have to prove that:\n3.1. natural person is the citizen of an EU member state, or\n3.2. legal person is established based on the law of an EU member state, and\n3.3. the right of holding the property right is related to the exercise of fundamental rights guaranteed by the EU legislation. [...]\" (LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 121 [Property]\n1. Types of property shall be defined by law.\n2. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may acquire ownership rights over immovable property in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law or international agreement.\n3. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may, in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law, acquire concession rights and other rights to use and/or exploit publicly owned resources, including natural resources, and publicly owned infrastructure.[...]\" (Constitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 2 Definitions \n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning: [...]\n1.3. Foreign Person :\n1.3.1. any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country;\n1.3.2. any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo, but has residence abroad;\n1.3.3. a legal person established according to the Law of a foreign country. \n1.4. Investment -any asset owned or otherwise lawfully held by a Foreign Person in the Republic of Kosovo for the purpose of conducting lawful commercial activities, including but not limited to:\n1.4.1. movable and immovable property, including rights in and to such property such as a mortgage, lien, pledge, lease or servitude;\n[...]\nArticle 4 Non-discrimination\n1. Republic of Kosovo shall provide the foreign investments the same treatment, regardless of their citizenship, origin, residency, place of establishment of business or control.\n2. Foreign investors and their investments shall comply with, and have the rights and obligations established by, the law applicable in Kosovo to the same extent as domestic investors and their investments.\n[...]\nArticle 12 Respect of Rights\nPublic authorities shall recognize and respect all rights of a foreign investor relating to a foreign investment in the Republic of Kosovo, especially when such rights relate to immovable and movable property, intellectual property and other assets, contract rights, and the rights established by this Law. \" (Law No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation])","LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation]\nConstitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation]\nLaw No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation]","Boga & Associates (2022), \"Changes to Legislation in Kosovo\", April 8.","[<a href=\"https://gzk.rks-gov.net/ActDocumentDetail.aspx?ActID=53715\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/Constitution_of_the_Republic_of_Kosovo_with_amend.I-XXV_2017.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/ligjet/04-L-220%20a.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bogalaw.com/pdf/Changes%20to%20Legislation%20in%20Kosovo.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2969,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","A02","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.000625","Foreign legal entities, including foreign-owned firms established in the Kyrgyz Republic in which foreign shareholding exceeds 20%, cannot own forestry land, but they may lease forestry land for 50 years renewable based on negotiation with the land owner. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that the provisions of the Land Code, including its definition of foreign legal entity, applies to forestry.","\"Article 37. Transfer of the right to a plot of land in the order of universal inheritance\n1. In accordance with the civil laws of the Kyrgyz Republic, the right to a plot of land can be freely transferred from the first person to the second person in accordance with the order of universal succession (inheritance, reorganization).\n2. If the inheritor of agricultural land is a foreigner, he is obliged to alienate the right to the land plot to a citizen of the Kyrgyz Republic within one year.\n21. If a foreign citizen who has acquired the status of a compatriot with the citizenship of a foreign country is the heir of agricultural land, he is obliged to transfer it to a citizen of the Kyrgyz Republic within ten years from the moment of his right to the plot of land.\n3. If the right to a plot of land inherited by a foreign person is not withdrawn within the period indicated in paragraph 2 of this article, it shall be carried out in accordance with the procedure provided for in Article 283 of the Civil Code of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n4. In cases where the plot of land is not separated within the period specified in clause 21 of this article, then its separation is carried out in accordance with the procedure provided for in clause 2 of Article 283 of the Civil Code of the Kyrgyz Republic.[...]\" (Land Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45, last amended 5 August 2022 [google translated])\n-------------------------\n\"Chapter 2 - Forest Fund\nArticle 6. Forest Fund \nAll forests and lands being in the state, communal, and private ownership and allocated for forestry purposes shall form the unified Forest Fund of the Kyrgyz Republic. \nArticle 7. State Forest Fund\nAll forests and lands allocated for forestry purposes, excepting communally and privately owned forests, shall form the State Forest Fund.[...]\nArticle 8. Forest Fund Lands\nThe Forest Fund lands shall be deemed the lands with forest cover, as well as unforested lands but allocated for forestry purposes.\nWithin the Forest Fund lands shall be:\n- forest lands including forests (lands covered by forest vegetation) and lands not covered by forest vegetation (low density forest cultures, plantations, nurseries, glades, burned down areas, scarce areas, gaps, waste land); \n- non-forest lands forming an integral natural unity with forests (agricultural and other lands, as well as lands from which forest was removed due to economic activities-related construction of roads, fire control digs, electric lines, pipelines, etc.).\nThe boundaries of the Forest Fund lands separating them from other land categories shall be marked according to the procedure established by the legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nChapter 3 - Ownership of the forest fund [...]\nSection 12. Private Forest Land\nIn accordance with the constitutional provision on the right of private ownership of land in the Kyrgyz Republic, private forest lands are allowed on the basis of the provision of land plots in private ownership for artificial forest cultivation.\nLand plots are provided in private ownership for the purpose of artificial afforestation from unused lands. The provision of land for these purposes from the lands of the state forest fund is prohibited.\nThe procedure for granting land to private ownership for artificial forest cultivation is carried out in accordance with the land legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 14. Use of Forest Fund\nThe Forest Fund plots may be given for use to organizations and citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic, foreign legal entities and individuals, as well as to international organizations for the purposes provided by Article 48 of this Code.\nAllocation of the Forest Fund plots for use shall be carried out according to the procedure established by this Code and other legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nSECTION IV - FOREST USES\nChapter 9 - Types of Forest Uses\nArticle 48. Types of Forest Uses\nIn the State Forest Fund, the following types of forest uses may be executed:\n- land cultivation, hay-making, pasturing, bee-farming, collection of wild vegetables and fruits, medicinal plants, technical raw materials, etc.;\n- harvesting of secondary forest resources (stumps, bark, etc.);\n- forest use for scientific research, cultural, health, recreation and tourism purposes, as well as for hunting;\n- tree felling and timber harvesting according to the established procedure;\n- other types of forest use may also be identified in the Kyrgyz Republic.\nForest use rules shall be established by the Republican State Forest Management Body in accordance with the legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Forest Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 8, 1999 No. 66 [google translated])\n----------------------------------\n\"SECTION I - BASIC PROVISIONS\nChapter One - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions Used in This Code\nThe following concepts apply in this Code: [...]\n11) foreign legal entity - a legal entity that has one of the following characteristics:\na) created and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state;\nb) belongs wholly to one or more foreign individuals or legal entities;\nc) is controlled or managed by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities through: a written contract, the right to sell the majority of voting shares, the right to appoint a majority of the members of the executive or supervisory body;\nd) is registered in the Kyrgyz Republic and has at least twenty percent of the authorized capital owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons or legal entities referred to in this paragraph;\ne) created on the basis of an interstate agreement or agreement; [...]\n18) transfer of a land plot in the manner of universal succession - the occurrence of a right of ownership or the right to use a land plot upon inheritance or upon reorganization of a legal entity;\n[...]\nSection 5. Right to a Land Plot of Foreign Persons\n1. The granting and transfer of ownership of agricultural land to foreign persons is not allowed, unless otherwise provided by this article.\nThe transfer to an alien of a land plot of agricultural purpose in the manner of universal succession entails the consequences provided for in paragraphs 2, 3 of Article 37 of this Code.\n2. Land plots within the boundaries of a settlement (cities, villages, rural settlements) may be provided to foreign persons, foreign legal entities on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use or may be transferred into ownership in case of mortgage financing of housing construction with the obligation of subsequent alienation of the land plot within two years from the moment of the ownership right in accordance with the Mortgage law of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. Land plots outside settlements except agricultural land, may be allocated to foreign persons on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use by the Government of the Kyrgyz Republic. In other cases, lands outside settlements shall be allocated, transferred, assigned to foreign persons in the procedure of universal succession for fixed-term (temporary) use.\n3-1. For foreign citizens, stateless persons and foreign legal entities, with the exception of kayrylman, land plots located in the border territories cannot be granted temporary (temporary) use rights.\nLand for the use of subsoil is provided to foreign persons for temporary use in the same manner as for subsoil users - citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n4. Agricultural lands transferred into ownership by foreign banks and specialized financial and credit institutions upon foreclosure of a land plot shall be alienated by these entities within two years from the moment of the creation of the right of ownership in the manner established by the legislation on pledge. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 7. Term of Utilization of a Land Plot by Land Users\n1. The use of a land plot may be termless (without indication of term) or fixed-term (temporary).\n2. The fixed-term (temporary) use of the land plot including the use right on the conditions of the lease agreement shall be recognized the use of land limited in term up to 50 years.After this period, by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended.\n3. Land plots shall be provided to foreigners  for fixed-term (temporary) use only.\n4. Agricultural land from the State Agricultural Land Fund is leased for 5 years, with the exception of land of arable land and occupied by perennial plantings, land for seed, pedigree, experimental farming, research, experimental selection, varietal testing and agricultural cooperatives which are provided for up to 20 years. After the expiration of these terms by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended. [...]\n[...]\nSECTION II -  RIGHT TO LAND PLOT AS OBJECT OF CIVIL RIGHTS\nChapter Three - The right to a land plot as an object of civil rights and transactions with it [...]\n§ 4. Transfer of title to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\nArticle 37. Transfer of the right to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\n1. The right to a land plot may freely transfer from one natural and legal person to another in the manner of universal succession (inheritance, reorganization) in accordance with the civil legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n2. If the heir to the agricultural land is a foreign person, it is obliged within one year from the moment the right to the land plot arises to alienate it to a citizen of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. In the event that the alien did not alienate the right to a land plot that was inherited within the time periods specified in clause 2 of this article, the alienation is carried out in the manner prescribed by article 283 of the Civil Code of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Land Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated])","Land Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45, last amended 5 August 2022 [google translated]\nForest Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 8, 1999 No. 66 [google translated]\nLand Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/8/edition/1285814/kg\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/10/140?cl=ky-kg&mode=tekst\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/8/510?cl=ru-ru&mode=tekst\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3744,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","A02","_O","IV92","IX",2021,"0.000625","Foreign legal entities, including foreign-owned firms established in KZ with foreign shareholding in excess of 20%, cannot own forestry land, but they may lease forestry land for 50 years renewable based on negotiation with the land owner. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that the provisions of the Land Code, including its definition of foreign legal entity, applies to forestry.","\"Chapter 2 - Forest Fund\nArticle 6. Forest Fund \nAll forests and lands being in the state, communal, and private ownership and allocated for forestry purposes shall form the unified Forest Fund of the Kyrgyz Republic. \nArticle 7. State Forest Fund\nAll forests and lands allocated for forestry purposes, excepting communally and privately owned forests, shall form the State Forest Fund.[...]\nArticle 8. Forest Fund Lands\nThe Forest Fund lands shall be deemed the lands with forest cover, as well as unforested lands but allocated for forestry purposes.\nWithin the Forest Fund lands shall be:\n- forest lands including forests (lands covered by forest vegetation) and lands not covered by forest vegetation (low density forest cultures, plantations, nurseries, glades, burned down areas, scarce areas, gaps, waste land); \n- non-forest lands forming an integral natural unity with forests (agricultural and other lands, as well as lands from which forest was removed due to economic activities-related construction of roads, fire control digs, electric lines, pipelines, etc.).\nThe boundaries of the Forest Fund lands separating them from other land categories shall be marked according to the procedure established by the legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nChapter 3 - Ownership of the forest fund [...]\nSection 12. Private Forest Land\nIn accordance with the constitutional provision on the right of private ownership of land in the Kyrgyz Republic, private forest lands are allowed on the basis of the provision of land plots in private ownership for artificial forest cultivation.\nLand plots are provided in private ownership for the purpose of artificial afforestation from unused lands. The provision of land for these purposes from the lands of the state forest fund is prohibited.\nThe procedure for granting land to private ownership for artificial forest cultivation is carried out in accordance with the land legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 14. Use of Forest Fund\nThe Forest Fund plots may be given for use to organizations and citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic, foreign legal entities and individuals, as well as to international organizations for the purposes provided by Article 48 of this Code.\nAllocation of the Forest Fund plots for use shall be carried out according to the procedure established by this Code and other legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nSECTION IV - FOREST USES\nChapter 9 - Types of Forest Uses\nArticle 48. Types of Forest Uses\nIn the State Forest Fund, the following types of forest uses may be executed:\n- land cultivation, hay-making, pasturing, bee-farming, collection of wild vegetables and fruits, medicinal plants, technical raw materials, etc.;\n- harvesting of secondary forest resources (stumps, bark, etc.);\n- forest use for scientific research, cultural, health, recreation and tourism purposes, as well as for hunting;\n- tree felling and timber harvesting according to the established procedure;\n- other types of forest use may also be identified in the Kyrgyz Republic.\nForest use rules shall be established by the Republican State Forest Management Body in accordance with the legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Forest Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 8, 1999 No. 66 [google translated])\n----------------------------------\n\"SECTION I - BASIC PROVISIONS\nChapter One - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions Used in This Code\nThe following concepts apply in this Code: [...]\n11) foreign legal entity - a legal entity that has one of the following characteristics:\na) created and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state;\nb) belongs wholly to one or more foreign individuals or legal entities;\nc) is controlled or managed by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities through: a written contract, the right to sell the majority of voting shares, the right to appoint a majority of the members of the executive or supervisory body;\nd) is registered in the Kyrgyz Republic and has at least twenty percent of the authorized capital owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons or legal entities referred to in this paragraph;\ne) created on the basis of an interstate agreement or agreement; [...]\n18) transfer of a land plot in the manner of universal succession - the occurrence of a right of ownership or the right to use a land plot upon inheritance or upon reorganization of a legal entity;\n[...]\nSection 5. Right to a Land Plot of Foreign Persons\n1. The granting and transfer of ownership of agricultural land to foreign persons is not allowed, unless otherwise provided by this article.\nThe transfer to an alien of a land plot of agricultural purpose in the manner of universal succession entails the consequences provided for in paragraphs 2, 3 of Article 37 of this Code.\n2. Land plots within the boundaries of a settlement (cities, villages, rural settlements) may be provided to foreign persons, foreign legal entities on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use or may be transferred into ownership in case of mortgage financing of housing construction with the obligation of subsequent alienation of the land plot within two years from the moment of the ownership right in accordance with the Mortgage law of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. Land plots outside settlements except agricultural land, may be allocated to foreign persons on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use by the Government of the Kyrgyz Republic. In other cases, lands outside settlements shall be allocated, transferred, assigned to foreign persons in the procedure of universal succession for fixed-term (temporary) use.\n3-1. For foreign citizens, stateless persons and foreign legal entities, with the exception of kayrylman, land plots located in the border territories cannot be granted temporary (temporary) use rights.\nLand for the use of subsoil is provided to foreign persons for temporary use in the same manner as for subsoil users - citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n4. Agricultural lands transferred into ownership by foreign banks and specialized financial and credit institutions upon foreclosure of a land plot shall be alienated by these entities within two years from the moment of the creation of the right of ownership in the manner established by the legislation on pledge. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 7. Term of Utilization of a Land Plot by Land Users\n1. The use of a land plot may be termless (without indication of term) or fixed-term (temporary).\n2. The fixed-term (temporary) use of the land plot including the use right on the conditions of the lease agreement shall be recognized the use of land limited in term up to 50 years.After this period, by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended.\n3. Land plots shall be provided to foreigners  for fixed-term (temporary) use only.\n4. Agricultural land from the State Agricultural Land Fund is leased for 5 years, with the exception of land of arable land and occupied by perennial plantings, land for seed, pedigree, experimental farming, research, experimental selection, varietal testing and agricultural cooperatives which are provided for up to 20 years. After the expiration of these terms by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended. [...]\n[...]\nSECTION II -  RIGHT TO LAND PLOT AS OBJECT OF CIVIL RIGHTS\nChapter Three - The right to a land plot as an object of civil rights and transactions with it [...]\n§ 4. Transfer of title to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\nArticle 37. Transfer of the right to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\n1. The right to a land plot may freely transfer from one natural and legal person to another in the manner of universal succession (inheritance, reorganization) in accordance with the civil legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n2. If the heir to the agricultural land is a foreign person, it is obliged within one year from the moment the right to the land plot arises to alienate it to a citizen of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. In the event that the alien did not alienate the right to a land plot that was inherited within the time periods specified in clause 2 of this article, the alienation is carried out in the manner prescribed by article 283 of the Civil Code of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Land Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated])","Forest Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 8, 1999 No. 66 [google translated]\nLand Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/10/140?cl=ky-kg&mode=tekst\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/8/510?cl=ru-ru&mode=tekst\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2823,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","A02","_O","IV92","IX",2022,"0.000625","Foreign legal entities, including foreign-owned firms established in KZ with foreign shareholding in excess of 20%, cannot own forestry land, but they may lease forestry land for 50 years renewable based on negotiation with the land owner. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that the provisions of the Land Code, including its definition of foreign legal entity, applies to forestry.","\"Chapter 2 - Forest Fund\nArticle 6. Forest Fund \nAll forests and lands being in the state, communal, and private ownership and allocated for forestry purposes shall form the unified Forest Fund of the Kyrgyz Republic. \nArticle 7. State Forest Fund\nAll forests and lands allocated for forestry purposes, excepting communally and privately owned forests, shall form the State Forest Fund.[...]\nArticle 8. Forest Fund Lands\nThe Forest Fund lands shall be deemed the lands with forest cover, as well as unforested lands but allocated for forestry purposes.\nWithin the Forest Fund lands shall be:\n- forest lands including forests (lands covered by forest vegetation) and lands not covered by forest vegetation (low density forest cultures, plantations, nurseries, glades, burned down areas, scarce areas, gaps, waste land); \n- non-forest lands forming an integral natural unity with forests (agricultural and other lands, as well as lands from which forest was removed due to economic activities-related construction of roads, fire control digs, electric lines, pipelines, etc.).\nThe boundaries of the Forest Fund lands separating them from other land categories shall be marked according to the procedure established by the legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nChapter 3 - Ownership of the forest fund [...]\nSection 12. Private Forest Land\nIn accordance with the constitutional provision on the right of private ownership of land in the Kyrgyz Republic, private forest lands are allowed on the basis of the provision of land plots in private ownership for artificial forest cultivation.\nLand plots are provided in private ownership for the purpose of artificial afforestation from unused lands. The provision of land for these purposes from the lands of the state forest fund is prohibited.\nThe procedure for granting land to private ownership for artificial forest cultivation is carried out in accordance with the land legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 14. Use of Forest Fund\nThe Forest Fund plots may be given for use to organizations and citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic, foreign legal entities and individuals, as well as to international organizations for the purposes provided by Article 48 of this Code.\nAllocation of the Forest Fund plots for use shall be carried out according to the procedure established by this Code and other legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nSECTION IV - FOREST USES\nChapter 9 - Types of Forest Uses\nArticle 48. Types of Forest Uses\nIn the State Forest Fund, the following types of forest uses may be executed:\n- land cultivation, hay-making, pasturing, bee-farming, collection of wild vegetables and fruits, medicinal plants, technical raw materials, etc.;\n- harvesting of secondary forest resources (stumps, bark, etc.);\n- forest use for scientific research, cultural, health, recreation and tourism purposes, as well as for hunting;\n- tree felling and timber harvesting according to the established procedure;\n- other types of forest use may also be identified in the Kyrgyz Republic.\nForest use rules shall be established by the Republican State Forest Management Body in accordance with the legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Forest Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 8, 1999 No. 66 [google translated])\n----------------------------------\n\"SECTION I - BASIC PROVISIONS\nChapter One - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions Used in This Code\nThe following concepts apply in this Code: [...]\n11) foreign legal entity - a legal entity that has one of the following characteristics:\na) created and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state;\nb) belongs wholly to one or more foreign individuals or legal entities;\nc) is controlled or managed by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities through: a written contract, the right to sell the majority of voting shares, the right to appoint a majority of the members of the executive or supervisory body;\nd) is registered in the Kyrgyz Republic and has at least twenty percent of the authorized capital owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons or legal entities referred to in this paragraph;\ne) created on the basis of an interstate agreement or agreement; [...]\n18) transfer of a land plot in the manner of universal succession - the occurrence of a right of ownership or the right to use a land plot upon inheritance or upon reorganization of a legal entity;\n[...]\nSection 5. Right to a Land Plot of Foreign Persons\n1. The granting and transfer of ownership of agricultural land to foreign persons is not allowed, unless otherwise provided by this article.\nThe transfer to an alien of a land plot of agricultural purpose in the manner of universal succession entails the consequences provided for in paragraphs 2, 3 of Article 37 of this Code.\n2. Land plots within the boundaries of a settlement (cities, villages, rural settlements) may be provided to foreign persons, foreign legal entities on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use or may be transferred into ownership in case of mortgage financing of housing construction with the obligation of subsequent alienation of the land plot within two years from the moment of the ownership right in accordance with the Mortgage law of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. Land plots outside settlements except agricultural land, may be allocated to foreign persons on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use by the Government of the Kyrgyz Republic. In other cases, lands outside settlements shall be allocated, transferred, assigned to foreign persons in the procedure of universal succession for fixed-term (temporary) use.\n3-1. For foreign citizens, stateless persons and foreign legal entities, with the exception of kayrylman, land plots located in the border territories cannot be granted temporary (temporary) use rights.\nLand for the use of subsoil is provided to foreign persons for temporary use in the same manner as for subsoil users - citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n4. Agricultural lands transferred into ownership by foreign banks and specialized financial and credit institutions upon foreclosure of a land plot shall be alienated by these entities within two years from the moment of the creation of the right of ownership in the manner established by the legislation on pledge. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 7. Term of Utilization of a Land Plot by Land Users\n1. The use of a land plot may be termless (without indication of term) or fixed-term (temporary).\n2. The fixed-term (temporary) use of the land plot including the use right on the conditions of the lease agreement shall be recognized the use of land limited in term up to 50 years.After this period, by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended.\n3. Land plots shall be provided to foreigners  for fixed-term (temporary) use only.\n4. Agricultural land from the State Agricultural Land Fund is leased for 5 years, with the exception of land of arable land and occupied by perennial plantings, land for seed, pedigree, experimental farming, research, experimental selection, varietal testing and agricultural cooperatives which are provided for up to 20 years. After the expiration of these terms by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended. [...]\n[...]\nSECTION II -  RIGHT TO LAND PLOT AS OBJECT OF CIVIL RIGHTS\nChapter Three - The right to a land plot as an object of civil rights and transactions with it [...]\n§ 4. Transfer of title to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\nArticle 37. Transfer of the right to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\n1. The right to a land plot may freely transfer from one natural and legal person to another in the manner of universal succession (inheritance, reorganization) in accordance with the civil legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n2. If the heir to the agricultural land is a foreign person, it is obliged within one year from the moment the right to the land plot arises to alienate it to a citizen of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. In the event that the alien did not alienate the right to a land plot that was inherited within the time periods specified in clause 2 of this article, the alienation is carried out in the manner prescribed by article 283 of the Civil Code of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Land Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated])","Forest Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 8, 1999 No. 66 [google translated]\nLand Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/10/140?cl=ky-kg&mode=tekst\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/8/510?cl=ru-ru&mode=tekst\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2823,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","A02","_O","IV92","IX",2023,"0.000625","Foreign legal entities, including foreign-owned firms established in KZ with foreign shareholding in excess of 20%, cannot own forestry land, but they may lease forestry land for 50 years renewable based on negotiation with the land owner. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that the provisions of the Land Code, including its definition of foreign legal entity, applies to forestry.","\"Chapter 2 - Forest Fund\nArticle 6. Forest Fund \nAll forests and lands being in the state, communal, and private ownership and allocated for forestry purposes shall form the unified Forest Fund of the Kyrgyz Republic. \nArticle 7. State Forest Fund\nAll forests and lands allocated for forestry purposes, excepting communally and privately owned forests, shall form the State Forest Fund.[...]\nArticle 8. Forest Fund Lands\nThe Forest Fund lands shall be deemed the lands with forest cover, as well as unforested lands but allocated for forestry purposes.\nWithin the Forest Fund lands shall be:\n- forest lands including forests (lands covered by forest vegetation) and lands not covered by forest vegetation (low density forest cultures, plantations, nurseries, glades, burned down areas, scarce areas, gaps, waste land); \n- non-forest lands forming an integral natural unity with forests (agricultural and other lands, as well as lands from which forest was removed due to economic activities-related construction of roads, fire control digs, electric lines, pipelines, etc.).\nThe boundaries of the Forest Fund lands separating them from other land categories shall be marked according to the procedure established by the legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nChapter 3 - Ownership of the forest fund [...]\nSection 12. Private Forest Land\nIn accordance with the constitutional provision on the right of private ownership of land in the Kyrgyz Republic, private forest lands are allowed on the basis of the provision of land plots in private ownership for artificial forest cultivation.\nLand plots are provided in private ownership for the purpose of artificial afforestation from unused lands. The provision of land for these purposes from the lands of the state forest fund is prohibited.\nThe procedure for granting land to private ownership for artificial forest cultivation is carried out in accordance with the land legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 14. Use of Forest Fund\nThe Forest Fund plots may be given for use to organizations and citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic, foreign legal entities and individuals, as well as to international organizations for the purposes provided by Article 48 of this Code.\nAllocation of the Forest Fund plots for use shall be carried out according to the procedure established by this Code and other legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\n[...]\nSECTION IV - FOREST USES\nChapter 9 - Types of Forest Uses\nArticle 48. Types of Forest Uses\nIn the State Forest Fund, the following types of forest uses may be executed:\n- land cultivation, hay-making, pasturing, bee-farming, collection of wild vegetables and fruits, medicinal plants, technical raw materials, etc.;\n- harvesting of secondary forest resources (stumps, bark, etc.);\n- forest use for scientific research, cultural, health, recreation and tourism purposes, as well as for hunting;\n- tree felling and timber harvesting according to the established procedure;\n- other types of forest use may also be identified in the Kyrgyz Republic.\nForest use rules shall be established by the Republican State Forest Management Body in accordance with the legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Forest Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 8, 1999 No. 66 [google translated])\n----------------------------------\n\"SECTION I - BASIC PROVISIONS\nChapter One - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions Used in This Code\nThe following concepts apply in this Code: [...]\n11) foreign legal entity - a legal entity that has one of the following characteristics:\na) created and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state;\nb) belongs wholly to one or more foreign individuals or legal entities;\nc) is controlled or managed by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities through: a written contract, the right to sell the majority of voting shares, the right to appoint a majority of the members of the executive or supervisory body;\nd) is registered in the Kyrgyz Republic and has at least twenty percent of the authorized capital owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons or legal entities referred to in this paragraph;\ne) created on the basis of an interstate agreement or agreement; [...]\n18) transfer of a land plot in the manner of universal succession - the occurrence of a right of ownership or the right to use a land plot upon inheritance or upon reorganization of a legal entity;\n[...]\nSection 5. Right to a Land Plot of Foreign Persons\n1. The granting and transfer of ownership of agricultural land to foreign persons is not allowed, unless otherwise provided by this article.\nThe transfer to an alien of a land plot of agricultural purpose in the manner of universal succession entails the consequences provided for in paragraphs 2, 3 of Article 37 of this Code.\n2. Land plots within the boundaries of a settlement (cities, villages, rural settlements) may be provided to foreign persons, foreign legal entities on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use or may be transferred into ownership in case of mortgage financing of housing construction with the obligation of subsequent alienation of the land plot within two years from the moment of the ownership right in accordance with the Mortgage law of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. Land plots outside settlements except agricultural land, may be allocated to foreign persons on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use by the Government of the Kyrgyz Republic. In other cases, lands outside settlements shall be allocated, transferred, assigned to foreign persons in the procedure of universal succession for fixed-term (temporary) use.\n3-1. For foreign citizens, stateless persons and foreign legal entities, with the exception of kayrylman, land plots located in the border territories cannot be granted temporary (temporary) use rights.\nLand for the use of subsoil is provided to foreign persons for temporary use in the same manner as for subsoil users - citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n4. Agricultural lands transferred into ownership by foreign banks and specialized financial and credit institutions upon foreclosure of a land plot shall be alienated by these entities within two years from the moment of the creation of the right of ownership in the manner established by the legislation on pledge. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 7. Term of Utilization of a Land Plot by Land Users\n1. The use of a land plot may be termless (without indication of term) or fixed-term (temporary).\n2. The fixed-term (temporary) use of the land plot including the use right on the conditions of the lease agreement shall be recognized the use of land limited in term up to 50 years.After this period, by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended.\n3. Land plots shall be provided to foreigners  for fixed-term (temporary) use only.\n4. Agricultural land from the State Agricultural Land Fund is leased for 5 years, with the exception of land of arable land and occupied by perennial plantings, land for seed, pedigree, experimental farming, research, experimental selection, varietal testing and agricultural cooperatives which are provided for up to 20 years. After the expiration of these terms by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended. [...]\n[...]\nSECTION II -  RIGHT TO LAND PLOT AS OBJECT OF CIVIL RIGHTS\nChapter Three - The right to a land plot as an object of civil rights and transactions with it [...]\n§ 4. Transfer of title to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\nArticle 37. Transfer of the right to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\n1. The right to a land plot may freely transfer from one natural and legal person to another in the manner of universal succession (inheritance, reorganization) in accordance with the civil legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n2. If the heir to the agricultural land is a foreign person, it is obliged within one year from the moment the right to the land plot arises to alienate it to a citizen of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. In the event that the alien did not alienate the right to a land plot that was inherited within the time periods specified in clause 2 of this article, the alienation is carried out in the manner prescribed by article 283 of the Civil Code of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Land Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated])","Forest Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 8, 1999 No. 66 [google translated]\nLand Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/10/140?cl=ky-kg&mode=tekst\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/8/510?cl=ru-ru&mode=tekst\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2823,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","F42","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.00046875","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the construction of roads, bridges and railroads, site preparation for construction work, other construction installation and completing and finshing buidling, such as interior decoration [considered under architectural services in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. Essentially, foreign ownership in 'small-scale' civil engineering construction works (up to 240 billion Lak) is limited to 49%; wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed in 'large-scale' works. In supporting construction activities (e.g. site preparation, other installation work etc.), foreign investment is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement and foreign shareholding is limited to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Road and Railway Construction (minimum registered capital: from 1 to 240 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%; if registered capital is above 240 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed);\n- Site preparation for construction [clearing construction sites, including excavation and landfill] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\n- Other construction installation [specifically assembling of building parts] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%);\n- Completing and finishing buildings [specifically for interior and exterior design/decorating (final phase)] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2129,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","F42","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.00046875","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the construction of roads, bridges and railroads, site preparation for construction work, other construction installation and completing and finshing buidling, such as interior decoration [considered under architectural services in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. Essentially, foreign ownership in 'small-scale' civil engineering construction works (up to 240 billion Lak) is limited to 49%; wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed in 'large-scale' works. In supporting construction activities (e.g. site preparation, other installation work etc.), foreign investment is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement and foreign shareholding is limited to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Road and Railway Construction (minimum registered capital: from 1 to 240 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%; if registered capital is above 240 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed);\n- Site preparation for construction [clearing construction sites, including excavation and landfill] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\n- Other construction installation [specifically assembling of building parts] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%);\n- Completing and finishing buildings [specifically for interior and exterior design/decorating (final phase)] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2129,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","F42","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.00046875","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the construction of roads, bridges and railroads, site preparation for construction work, other construction installation and completing and finshing buidling, such as interior decoration [considered under architectural services in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. Essentially, foreign ownership in 'small-scale' civil engineering construction works (up to 240 billion Lak) is limited to 49%; wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed in 'large-scale' works. In supporting construction activities (e.g. site preparation, other installation work etc.), foreign investment is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement and foreign shareholding is limited to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Road and Railway Construction (minimum registered capital: from 1 to 240 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%; if registered capital is above 240 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed);\n- Site preparation for construction [clearing construction sites, including excavation and landfill] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\n- Other construction installation [specifically assembling of building parts] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%);\n- Completing and finishing buildings [specifically for interior and exterior design/decorating (final phase)] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2129,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","F42","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.00046875","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the construction of roads, bridges and railroads, site preparation for construction work, other construction installation and completing and finshing buidling, such as interior decoration [considered under architectural services in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. Essentially, foreign ownership in 'small-scale' civil engineering construction works (up to 240 billion Lak) is limited to 49%; wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed in 'large-scale' works. In supporting construction activities (e.g. site preparation, other installation work etc.), foreign investment is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement and foreign shareholding is limited to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Road and Railway Construction (minimum registered capital: from 1 to 240 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%; if registered capital is above 240 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed);\n- Site preparation for construction [clearing construction sites, including excavation and landfill] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\n- Other construction installation [specifically assembling of building parts] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%);\n- Completing and finishing buildings [specifically for interior and exterior design/decorating (final phase)] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2129,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0135","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign participation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of non-specialised retail wholesale activities: 1) a 100% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital above 20 billion Lak; 2) up to 70% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 10-20 billion Lak; 3) up to 50% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 4-10 billion Lak; 4) projects with registered capital below 4 billion Lak are reserved to Lao nationals according to Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade [i.e. wholesale business] (minimum registered capital: 4-10 billion Lak, foreign equity participation limited to  50%; if registered capital is 10-20 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 70%; if registered capital is above 20 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)\n----------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade (i.e. wholesale business with registered capital of less than 4 billion kip)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2145,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0135","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign participation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of non-specialised retail wholesale activities: 1) a 100% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital above 20 billion Lak; 2) up to 70% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 10-20 billion Lak; 3) up to 50% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 4-10 billion Lak; 4) projects with registered capital below 4 billion Lak are reserved to Lao nationals according to Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade [i.e. wholesale business] (minimum registered capital: 4-10 billion Lak, foreign equity participation limited to  50%; if registered capital is 10-20 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 70%; if registered capital is above 20 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)\n----------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade (i.e. wholesale business with registered capital of less than 4 billion kip)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2145,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0135","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign participation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of non-specialised retail wholesale activities: 1) a 100% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital above 20 billion Lak; 2) up to 70% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 10-20 billion Lak; 3) up to 50% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 4-10 billion Lak; 4) projects with registered capital below 4 billion Lak are reserved to Lao nationals according to Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade [i.e. wholesale business] (minimum registered capital: 4-10 billion Lak, foreign equity participation limited to  50%; if registered capital is 10-20 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 70%; if registered capital is above 20 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)\n----------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade (i.e. wholesale business with registered capital of less than 4 billion kip)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2145,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0135","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign participation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of non-specialised retail wholesale activities: 1) a 100% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital above 20 billion Lak; 2) up to 70% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 10-20 billion Lak; 3) up to 50% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 4-10 billion Lak; 4) projects with registered capital below 4 billion Lak are reserved to Lao nationals according to Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade [i.e. wholesale business] (minimum registered capital: 4-10 billion Lak, foreign equity participation limited to  50%; if registered capital is 10-20 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 70%; if registered capital is above 20 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)\n----------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade (i.e. wholesale business with registered capital of less than 4 billion kip)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2145,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0045","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015, requires foreign investors in wholesale and retail business [only foreign investors - no equivalent provision exist to domestic investors] to obtain regulatory approval regarding the location of business operations. For the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered a discriminatory approval since it explicitly mentions foreign investors, and no other similar provision seems to apply to domestic investors.","\"Article 13 Establishment and Wholesale and Retail Business Operation for foreign investors: \nForeign investors (individuals or juridical persons) can establish and operate wholesale and retail business in Lao PDR as follows: [...]\n2. Locate business operation office in a shopping mall or department store or places that approved by government specifically to each case; [...]\"(Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015)","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1005_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2143,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0045","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015, requires foreign investors in wholesale and retail business [only foreign investors - no equivalent provision exist to domestic investors] to obtain regulatory approval regarding the location of business operations. For the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered a discriminatory approval since it explicitly mentions foreign investors, and no other similar provision seems to apply to domestic investors.","\"Article 13 Establishment and Wholesale and Retail Business Operation for foreign investors: \nForeign investors (individuals or juridical persons) can establish and operate wholesale and retail business in Lao PDR as follows: [...]\n2. Locate business operation office in a shopping mall or department store or places that approved by government specifically to each case; [...]\"(Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015)","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1005_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2143,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0045","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015, requires foreign investors in wholesale and retail business [only foreign investors - no equivalent provision exist to domestic investors] to obtain regulatory approval regarding the location of business operations. For the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered a discriminatory approval since it explicitly mentions foreign investors, and no other similar provision seems to apply to domestic investors.","\"Article 13 Establishment and Wholesale and Retail Business Operation for foreign investors: \nForeign investors (individuals or juridical persons) can establish and operate wholesale and retail business in Lao PDR as follows: [...]\n2. Locate business operation office in a shopping mall or department store or places that approved by government specifically to each case; [...]\"(Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015)","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1005_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2143,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0045","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015, requires foreign investors in wholesale and retail business [only foreign investors - no equivalent provision exist to domestic investors] to obtain regulatory approval regarding the location of business operations. For the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered a discriminatory approval since it explicitly mentions foreign investors, and no other similar provision seems to apply to domestic investors.","\"Article 13 Establishment and Wholesale and Retail Business Operation for foreign investors: \nForeign investors (individuals or juridical persons) can establish and operate wholesale and retail business in Lao PDR as follows: [...]\n2. Locate business operation office in a shopping mall or department store or places that approved by government specifically to each case; [...]\"(Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015)","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1005_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2143,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","A02","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00025","Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals are types of businesses that are long operated by Lao people and tribes, which are business activities that do not require high level of knowledge or big amount of capital for doing business or some business activities that the government has an aim to reserve because they are important, crucial or unique for the nation and always being together with Lao people in order to create jobs, create incomes and for a better standard of living for Lao people. Lao nationals refer to natural persons described in the Law of Nationality. Gathering of non-wood forest products refer to gathering of wild growing forest product and plants, such as mushrooms, truffles, berries, nuts etc.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): \n- Gathering of non-wood forest products (reserved specifically for the exploitation of natural medicines) […]\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2134,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","A02","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00025","Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals are types of businesses that are long operated by Lao people and tribes, which are business activities that do not require high level of knowledge or big amount of capital for doing business or some business activities that the government has an aim to reserve because they are important, crucial or unique for the nation and always being together with Lao people in order to create jobs, create incomes and for a better standard of living for Lao people. Lao nationals refer to natural persons described in the Law of Nationality. Gathering of non-wood forest products refer to gathering of wild growing forest product and plants, such as mushrooms, truffles, berries, nuts etc.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): \n- Gathering of non-wood forest products (reserved specifically for the exploitation of natural medicines) […]\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2134,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","A02","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00025","Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals are types of businesses that are long operated by Lao people and tribes, which are business activities that do not require high level of knowledge or big amount of capital for doing business or some business activities that the government has an aim to reserve because they are important, crucial or unique for the nation and always being together with Lao people in order to create jobs, create incomes and for a better standard of living for Lao people. Lao nationals refer to natural persons described in the Law of Nationality. Gathering of non-wood forest products refer to gathering of wild growing forest product and plants, such as mushrooms, truffles, berries, nuts etc.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): \n- Gathering of non-wood forest products (reserved specifically for the exploitation of natural medicines) […]\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2134,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","A02","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00025","Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals are types of businesses that are long operated by Lao people and tribes, which are business activities that do not require high level of knowledge or big amount of capital for doing business or some business activities that the government has an aim to reserve because they are important, crucial or unique for the nation and always being together with Lao people in order to create jobs, create incomes and for a better standard of living for Lao people. Lao nationals refer to natural persons described in the Law of Nationality. Gathering of non-wood forest products refer to gathering of wild growing forest product and plants, such as mushrooms, truffles, berries, nuts etc.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): \n- Gathering of non-wood forest products (reserved specifically for the exploitation of natural medicines) […]\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2134,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0015625","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is various 'minor' other architectural and engineering activities.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy (specifically for the  consultancy on surveying, design, construction and architectural installation, Lao engineering services related to history, nature and culture and design, construction and installation of   22kv-35 kv and below 0.4 kv electrical distribution network)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2186,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0015625","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is various 'minor' other architectural and engineering activities.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy (specifically for the  consultancy on surveying, design, construction and architectural installation, Lao engineering services related to history, nature and culture and design, construction and installation of   22kv-35 kv and below 0.4 kv electrical distribution network)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2186,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.0015625","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is various 'minor' other architectural and engineering activities.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy (specifically for the  consultancy on surveying, design, construction and architectural installation, Lao engineering services related to history, nature and culture and design, construction and installation of   22kv-35 kv and below 0.4 kv electrical distribution network)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2186,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.0015625","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is various 'minor' other architectural and engineering activities.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy (specifically for the  consultancy on surveying, design, construction and architectural installation, Lao engineering services related to history, nature and culture and design, construction and installation of   22kv-35 kv and below 0.4 kv electrical distribution network)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2186,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","Investment in or acquisition of certain assets, in particular enterprises or facilities with significance to national security and national-level or European critical infrastructure, is subject to permission of the Cabinet of Ministers. The review mechanism applies regardless of the nationality of the acquirer.\n","\"Section 22.2 Critical Infrastructure:\n(1) Critical infrastructure is objects, systems or parts thereof and services located in the Republic of Latvia which are essential for the implementation of essential public functions, as well as for the protection of human health, safety, economic or social welfare and the destruction or disruption of which would significantly affect the state and implementation of the basic functions of the company, except for the critical financial services referred to in Section 22.3 of this Law and related financial market infrastructures, including payment and financial instruments settlement systems within the meaning of the Law on Settlement Finality in Payment and Financial Instruments Settlement Systems.\n(2) Critical infrastructure shall be classified as follows:\n1) especially important critical infrastructure of State level (Category A critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which significantly endangers State administration and national security;\n2) important critical infrastructure of State level (Category B critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which hinders State administration and endangers public and national security;\n3) critical infrastructure of local governments and sectors (Category C critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which hinders administration of local government activities or sectors, as well as endangers public security;\n4) sectoral critical infrastructure (critical infrastructure of category D) the destruction, reduction of capacity or interruption of the provision of critical services during a declared state of emergency or during a war poses a significant threat to public and national security.\n(3) A separate critical infrastructure, destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which would significantly affect at least two European Union Member States, may also be determined as a European critical infrastructure. [...]\n(7) A permission from the Cabinet shall be required for transfer of the critical infrastructure referred to in Paragraph two, Clause 1 or 2 or Paragraph three of this Section into possession or ownership of another person.\n[...]\nSection 37. Commercial Companies of Significance to National Security:\nThe restrictions specified in this Chapter shall apply to a commercial company registered in the Republic of Latvia which conforms to at least one of the following conditions:\n1) is an electronic communications merchant with a significant market power which has been imposed liabilities for tariff regulation and cost accounting in accordance with the procedures provided for in the Electronic Communications Law;\n2) is an audible electronic mass medium the coverage zone of the programme of which, using technical means for terrestrial broadcasting, according to the broadcasting permit issued by the National Electronic Mass Media Council is Latvia or at least 60 per cent of its territory, or is an audio-visual electronic mass medium the coverage zone of the programme of which, using technical means for terrestrial broadcasting, according to the broadcasting permit issued by the National Electronic Mass Media Council is Latvia or at least 95 per cent of its territory;\n3) has received a licence in the Republic of Latvia for transmission, distribution, storage of natural gas or has, in its ownership, a liquefied natural gas facility connected to a transmission system;\n4) is an electricity or thermal energy producer the installed actual capacity of which exceeds 50 megawatts;\n5) is a thermal energy transmission and distribution operator which has heat supply networks in its ownership in length of at least 100 kilometres;\n6) has received a licence for electricity transmission in the Republic of Latvia.\nSection 38. Restrictions on Obtaining Influence:\n(1) In order to preclude an influence endangering or potentially endangering national security in a commercial company of significance to national security, the Cabinet shall determine the obligations referred to in this Chapter for commercial companies of significance to national security and decide on permission for the following activities:\n1) in relation to capital companies:\na) obtaining of qualifying holding;\nb) obtaining of decisive influence;\nc) transition of an undertaking;\nd) preservation of the status of a stockholder or shareholder or preservation of the right to exercise indirect holding (right to vote), if the beneficial owner changes;\n2) in relation to partnerships:\na) joining of a new member;\nb) preservation of the status of a member if the beneficial owner changes.\n(2) The concept \"qualifying holding\" used in this Law conforms to the concept of qualifying holding within the meaning of the Financial Instrument Market Law, if a smaller proportion of holding or other additional conditions have not been specified in another law; the concept \"decisive influence\" conforms to the concept of decisive influence within the meaning of the Group of Companies Law; the concept \"beneficial owner\" conforms to the concept of the beneficial owner within the meaning of the Law on the Prevention of Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing.\n[...]\nSection 40. Receipt of a Permit for Obtaining Qualifying Holding or Decisive Influence:\n(1) A permit of the Cabinet shall be necessary before a person or several persons who act in a co-ordinated manner obtain qualifying holding or decisive influence in a commercial company of significance to national security or become a member of such commercial company, or also obtain influence in a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia which is a member of a commercial company of significance to national security.\n(2) If a direct prohibition is imposed in another law on specific legal subjects in relation to obtaining holding of specific type in any of the commercial companies of significance to national security, such prohibition shall be applicable regardless of a permit of the Cabinet.\n(3) An application for the receipt of a permit shall be submitted by a person who wishes to obtain qualifying holding or decisive influence in a commercial company of significance to national security.[...]\" (National Security Law (473/476, 29.12.2000; last amended 20 May 2021), Sections 22.2, 37, 38 and 40 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 31.12.2020; complemented by google translation of amendments of 20.05.2021 to Section 22.2])\n-----------------------\n\"Section 1. Terms Used in this Law:\n(1) The following terms are used in this Law: [...] \n20) qualifying holding - a holding acquired directly or indirectly by one or several persons, which are acting in concert on the basis of an agreement, and representing 10 per cent or more of the share capital or of the voting rights of shares or stocks of a commercial company or making it possible to exercise a significant influence over the management of the financial and operational policy of the commercial company; [...]\" (Financial Instrument Market Law (175, 11.12.2003; last amended 27 May 2021), Section 1 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 3.10.2017])","National Security Law (473/476, 29.12.2000; last amended 20 May 2021), Sections 22.2, 37, 38 and 40\nFinancial Instrument Market Law (175, 11.12.2003; last amended 27 May 2021), Section 1 ","Investment policy related to national security, Notification by Latvia (DAF/INV/RD(2018)1)","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/14011\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/81995-financial-instrument-market-law\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://one.oecd.org/document/DAF/INV/RD(2018)1/en/pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,116,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Investment in or acquisition of certain assets, in particular enterprises or facilities with significance to national security and national-level or European critical infrastructure, is subject to permission of the Cabinet of Ministers. The review mechanism applies regardless of the nationality of the acquirer.\n","\"Section 22.2 Critical Infrastructure:\n(1) Critical infrastructure is objects, systems or parts thereof and services located in the Republic of Latvia which are essential for the implementation of essential public functions, as well as for the protection of human health, safety, economic or social welfare and the destruction or disruption of which would significantly affect the state and implementation of the basic functions of the company, except for the critical financial services referred to in Section 22.3 of this Law and related financial market infrastructures, including payment and financial instruments settlement systems within the meaning of the Law on Settlement Finality in Payment and Financial Instruments Settlement Systems.\n(2) Critical infrastructure shall be classified as follows:\n1) especially important critical infrastructure of State level (Category A critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which significantly endangers State administration and national security;\n2) important critical infrastructure of State level (Category B critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which hinders State administration and endangers public and national security;\n3) critical infrastructure of local governments and sectors (Category C critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which hinders administration of local government activities or sectors, as well as endangers public security;\n4) sectoral critical infrastructure (critical infrastructure of category D) the destruction, reduction of capacity or interruption of the provision of critical services during a declared state of emergency or during a war poses a significant threat to public and national security.\n(3) A separate critical infrastructure, destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which would significantly affect at least two European Union Member States, may also be determined as a European critical infrastructure. [...]\n(7) A permission from the Cabinet shall be required for transfer of the critical infrastructure referred to in Paragraph two, Clause 1 or 2 or Paragraph three of this Section into possession or ownership of another person.\n[...]\nSection 37. Commercial Companies of Significance to National Security:\nThe restrictions specified in this Chapter shall apply to a commercial company registered in the Republic of Latvia which conforms to at least one of the following conditions:\n1) is an electronic communications merchant with a significant market power which has been imposed liabilities for tariff regulation and cost accounting in accordance with the procedures provided for in the Electronic Communications Law;\n2) is an audible electronic mass medium the coverage zone of the programme of which, using technical means for terrestrial broadcasting, according to the broadcasting permit issued by the National Electronic Mass Media Council is Latvia or at least 60 per cent of its territory, or is an audio-visual electronic mass medium the coverage zone of the programme of which, using technical means for terrestrial broadcasting, according to the broadcasting permit issued by the National Electronic Mass Media Council is Latvia or at least 95 per cent of its territory;\n3) has received a licence in the Republic of Latvia for transmission, distribution, storage of natural gas or has, in its ownership, a liquefied natural gas facility connected to a transmission system;\n4) is an electricity or thermal energy producer the installed actual capacity of which exceeds 50 megawatts;\n5) is a thermal energy transmission and distribution operator which has heat supply networks in its ownership in length of at least 100 kilometres;\n6) has received a licence for electricity transmission in the Republic of Latvia.\nSection 38. Restrictions on Obtaining Influence:\n(1) In order to preclude an influence endangering or potentially endangering national security in a commercial company of significance to national security, the Cabinet shall determine the obligations referred to in this Chapter for commercial companies of significance to national security and decide on permission for the following activities:\n1) in relation to capital companies:\na) obtaining of qualifying holding;\nb) obtaining of decisive influence;\nc) transition of an undertaking;\nd) preservation of the status of a stockholder or shareholder or preservation of the right to exercise indirect holding (right to vote), if the beneficial owner changes;\n2) in relation to partnerships:\na) joining of a new member;\nb) preservation of the status of a member if the beneficial owner changes.\n(2) The concept \"qualifying holding\" used in this Law conforms to the concept of qualifying holding within the meaning of the Financial Instrument Market Law, if a smaller proportion of holding or other additional conditions have not been specified in another law; the concept \"decisive influence\" conforms to the concept of decisive influence within the meaning of the Group of Companies Law; the concept \"beneficial owner\" conforms to the concept of the beneficial owner within the meaning of the Law on the Prevention of Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing.\n[...]\nSection 40. Receipt of a Permit for Obtaining Qualifying Holding or Decisive Influence:\n(1) A permit of the Cabinet shall be necessary before a person or several persons who act in a co-ordinated manner obtain qualifying holding or decisive influence in a commercial company of significance to national security or become a member of such commercial company, or also obtain influence in a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia which is a member of a commercial company of significance to national security.\n(2) If a direct prohibition is imposed in another law on specific legal subjects in relation to obtaining holding of specific type in any of the commercial companies of significance to national security, such prohibition shall be applicable regardless of a permit of the Cabinet.\n(3) An application for the receipt of a permit shall be submitted by a person who wishes to obtain qualifying holding or decisive influence in a commercial company of significance to national security.[...]\" (National Security Law (473/476, 29.12.2000; last amended 20 May 2021), Sections 22.2, 37, 38 and 40 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 31.12.2020; complemented by google translation of amendments of 20.05.2021 to Section 22.2])\n-----------------------\n\"Section 1. Terms Used in this Law:\n(1) The following terms are used in this Law: [...] \n20) qualifying holding - a holding acquired directly or indirectly by one or several persons, which are acting in concert on the basis of an agreement, and representing 10 per cent or more of the share capital or of the voting rights of shares or stocks of a commercial company or making it possible to exercise a significant influence over the management of the financial and operational policy of the commercial company; [...]\" (Financial Instrument Market Law (175, 11.12.2003; last amended 27 May 2021), Section 1 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 3.10.2017])","National Security Law (473/476, 29.12.2000; last amended 20 May 2021), Sections 22.2, 37, 38 and 40\nFinancial Instrument Market Law (175, 11.12.2003; last amended 27 May 2021), Section 1 ","Investment policy related to national security, Notification by Latvia (DAF/INV/RD(2018)1)","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/14011\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/81995-financial-instrument-market-law\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://one.oecd.org/document/DAF/INV/RD(2018)1/en/pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,116,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","Investment in or acquisition of certain assets, in particular enterprises or facilities with significance to national security and national-level or European critical infrastructure, is subject to permission of the Cabinet of Ministers. The review mechanism applies regardless of the nationality of the acquirer.\nOn 14 November 2022, an Amendment to the National Security Law entered into force. Among others, the Amendment extends the scope of the screening mechanism so as to include foundations and associations as subjects to the review (in addition to commercial companies, as under the previous regime) and companies owning or possessing critical infrastructure. The Act also expands the criteria to consider a company as important for national security (e.g., the production of dual-use goods).\n","\"Article 10. Competence of the Cabinet of Ministers\n(1) Cabinet of Ministers: [...]\n9) decides on the preservation of a person's influence or permission to obtain influence in commercial companies and associations important for national security, as well as on the permission to transfer possession or ownership of critical infrastructure to another person; [...]\n[...]\nSection 22.2 Critical Infrastructure:\n(1) Critical infrastructure is objects, systems or parts thereof and services located in the Republic of Latvia which are essential for the implementation of essential public functions, as well as for the protection of human health, safety, economic or social welfare and the destruction or disruption of which would significantly affect the state and implementation of the basic functions of the company, except for the critical financial services referred to in Section 22.3 of this Law and related financial market infrastructures, including payment and financial instruments settlement systems within the meaning of the Law on Settlement Finality in Payment and Financial Instruments Settlement Systems.\n(2) Critical infrastructure shall be classified as follows:\n1) especially important critical infrastructure of State level (Category A critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which significantly endangers State administration and national security;\n2) important critical infrastructure of State level (Category B critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which hinders State administration and endangers public and national security;\n3) critical infrastructure of local governments and sectors (Category C critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which hinders administration of local government activities or sectors, as well as endangers public security;\n4) sectoral critical infrastructure (critical infrastructure of category D) the destruction, reduction of capacity or interruption of the provision of critical services during a declared state of emergency or during a war poses a significant threat to public and national security.\n(3) A separate critical infrastructure, destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which would significantly affect at least two European Union Member States, may also be determined as a European critical infrastructure. [...]\n(7) A permission from the Cabinet shall be required for transfer of the critical infrastructure referred to in Paragraph two, Clause 1 or 2 or Paragraph three of this Section into possession or ownership of another person.\n[...]\nChapter VI - Prevention of threat to commercial companies, associations and foundations important for national security\nArticle 37. Commercial companies, associations and foundations important for national security.\nThe restrictions set out in this chapter apply to a commercial company, foundation and association registered in the Republic of Latvia, if it owns or possesses critical infrastructure or meets at least one of the following conditions:\n1) is an electronic communications merchant with a significant impact on the market, for whom tariff regulation and cost calculation obligations have been determined in accordance with the procedure provided for in the Electronic Communications Law ;\n2) is an audio electronic media whose program coverage area, using terrestrial broadcasting technical means, in accordance with the broadcast permit issued by the National Electronic Media Council, is Latvia or at least 60 percent of its territory, or is an audiovisual electronic media whose program coverage area, using the technical means of terrestrial broadcasting, in accordance with the broadcasting permit issued by the National Council of Electronic Media, is Latvia or at least 95 percent of its territory;\n3) has received a license for natural gas transmission, distribution, storage in the Republic of Latvia or owns a liquefied natural gas facility connected to a transmission or distribution system;\n4) is a producer of electricity or thermal energy whose installed actual capacity exceeds 50 megawatts;\n5) is a heat energy transmission and distribution operator that owns heat networks of at least 100 kilometers in length;\n6) has received a license for electricity transmission in the Republic of Latvia;\n7) is the owner of forest land in the Republic of Latvia with an area of ​​at least 10,000 hectares;\n8) is the owner of agricultural land in the Republic of Latvia with an area of ​​at least 4,000 hectares;\n9) has received a special permit (license) issued by the Ministry of Defense for commercial activity with goods of strategic importance or a military manufacturer's certificate, and has a valid strategic partnership agreement with the Ministry of Defense;\n10) within the last two years, there has been a manufacturer of goods listed in Annex I of Regulation (EU) 2021/821 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2021 , which establishes a Union regime for the control of export, mediation, technical assistance, transit and transportation of dual-use goods and a developer that exports such dual-use items to foreign countries other than the European Union, the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, the United Kingdom, Iceland and Liechtenstein;\n11) has access to personal data of voters, as well as personal data of candidates for deputies, which cannot be published in accordance with the law; \n12) processes the data sets included in the state's critical infrastructure systems, except for the cases when it is performed by financial market participants;\n13) is a commercial company that produces or develops the goods listed in Annex I of Regulation (EU) 2021/821 of 20 May 2021 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a Union regime for the control of export, mediation, technical assistance, transit and transportation of dual-use goods or produces or develops technologies, for example in the field of artificial intelligence, robotics, smart and autonomous mobility, cyber security, energy storage, quantum technology, nuclear technology, nanotechnology, biotechnology, and which the Cabinet of Ministers, based on the opinion of the national security authority, has determined to be important for national security commercial company.\nArticle 38. Impact assessment and limitation mechanisms\n(1) In order to prevent national security threatening or potentially threatening influence in a commercial company, association or foundation important to national security, the Cabinet of Ministers determines the obligations mentioned in this chapter for commercial companies, associations or foundations important to national security and decides on permission for the following activities:\n1) in relation to capital companies:\n(a) acquisition of a significant participation; (b) obtaining decisive influence; (c) company transfer; (d) preservation of the status of a shareholder or participant or preservation of the right to use indirect participation, if the true beneficiary changes or if it is not possible to ascertain the true beneficiary and all possible means of ascertainment have been used, as well as doubts that the legal entity has another true beneficiary are excluded, — the last legal entity in the chain of control that can be found to have influence in a capital company important for national security (hereinafter — the beneficiary of indirect influence); and (e) receiving a loan;\n2) in relation to partnerships and associations:\n(a) entry of a new member; (b) maintaining the status of a member if the beneficial owner changes or if it is not possible to ascertain the beneficial owner and all possible means of investigation have been used, and doubts have been ruled out that the legal entity has another beneficial owner, the last legal entity in the chain of control to whom influence can be found in a personal association or association important for national security (hereinafter - beneficiary of indirect influence); and (c) receiving a loan;\n3) in relation to foundations - receiving a loan.\n(2) The Russian Federation or the Republic of Belarus, its citizens or legal entities registered in the Russian Federation or the Republic of Belarus (hereinafter referred to as \"persons belonging to Russia or Belarus\") cannot acquire a significant shareholding or decisive influence in a capital company important for national security or become a company important for national security a member of a partnership, as well as being the true beneficiary of a commercial company important to national security.\n(3) In this law, the concept of \"significant participation\" corresponds to the concept of significant participation in the sense of the Financial Instruments Market Law , if a lower share of participation or other additional conditions are not stipulated in another law. The concept of \"decisive influence\" corresponds to the concept of decisive influence within the meaning of the Law on Concerns . The concept of \"real beneficiary\" corresponds to the concept of real beneficiary within the meaning of the Law on the Prevention of Money Laundering and Financing of Terrorism and Proliferation, observing the amount of participation determined by this law.\n(4) When determining the true beneficiary or beneficiary of indirect influence, regulatory acts issued on the basis of Article 4.2 of the Financial Instruments Market Law shall also be applied  .\n[...]\nArticle 40. Obtaining permission to acquire significant participation or decisive influence\n(1) The permission of the Cabinet of Ministers is required before a person or several persons, acting in concert, acquires a significant share or decisive influence in a capital company important for national security or becomes a member of a personal partnership or association important for national security, or acquires influence in a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, which is a member of a partnership or association important to national security.\n(2) If another law stipulates a direct prohibition for specific legal entities to acquire a specific type of participation in any of the commercial companies or associations important for national security, this prohibition is applicable regardless of the permission of the Cabinet of Ministers.\n(3) An application for obtaining a permit shall be submitted by a person who wishes to acquire a significant share or a decisive influence in a capital company important for national security or to become a member of a private partnership or association important for national security.\n(4) The Cabinet of Ministers, when issuing a permit, is entitled to set restrictions on the implementation of significant participation or decisive influence, or participation in order to prevent risks to national security.[...]\" National Security Law (473/476, 29.12.2000; last amended 14 November 2022), Sections 10, 37, 38, 39 and 40.\n-----------------------\n\"Section 1. Terms Used in this Law:\n(1) The following terms are used in this Law: [...] \n20) qualifying holding - a holding acquired directly or indirectly by one or several persons, which are acting in concert on the basis of an agreement, and representing 10 per cent or more of the share capital or of the voting rights of shares or stocks of a commercial company or making it possible to exercise a significant influence over the management of the financial and operational policy of the commercial company; [...]\" (Financial Instrument Market Law (175, 11.12.2003; last amended 27 May 2021), Section 1 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 3.10.2017])","National Security Law (473/476, 29.12.2000; last amended 14 November 2022), Sections 10, 37, 38, 39 and 40\nFinancial Instrument Market Law (175, 11.12.2003; last amended 27 May 2021), Section 1 ","Investment policy related to national security, Notification by Latvia (DAF/INV/RD(2018)1)","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/id/14011-nacionalas-drosibas-likums\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/81995-financial-instrument-market-law\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://one.oecd.org/document/DAF/INV/RD(2018)1/en/pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2966,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","Investment in or acquisition of certain assets, in particular enterprises or facilities with significance to national security and national-level or European critical infrastructure, is subject to permission of the Cabinet of Ministers. The review mechanism applies regardless of the nationality of the acquirer.\nOn 14 November 2022, an Amendment to the National Security Law entered into force. Among others, the Amendment extends the scope of the screening mechanism so as to include foundations and associations as subjects to the review (in addition to commercial companies, as under the previous regime) and companies owning or possessing critical infrastructure. The Act also expands the criteria to consider a company as important for national security (e.g., the production of dual-use goods).\n","\"Article 10. Competence of the Cabinet of Ministers\n(1) Cabinet of Ministers: [...]\n9) decides on the preservation of a person's influence or permission to obtain influence in commercial companies and associations important for national security, as well as on the permission to transfer possession or ownership of critical infrastructure to another person; [...]\n[...]\nSection 22.2 Critical Infrastructure:\n(1) Critical infrastructure is objects, systems or parts thereof and services located in the Republic of Latvia which are essential for the implementation of essential public functions, as well as for the protection of human health, safety, economic or social welfare and the destruction or disruption of which would significantly affect the state and implementation of the basic functions of the company, except for the critical financial services referred to in Section 22.3 of this Law and related financial market infrastructures, including payment and financial instruments settlement systems within the meaning of the Law on Settlement Finality in Payment and Financial Instruments Settlement Systems.\n(2) Critical infrastructure shall be classified as follows:\n1) especially important critical infrastructure of State level (Category A critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which significantly endangers State administration and national security;\n2) important critical infrastructure of State level (Category B critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which hinders State administration and endangers public and national security;\n3) critical infrastructure of local governments and sectors (Category C critical infrastructure), destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which hinders administration of local government activities or sectors, as well as endangers public security;\n4) sectoral critical infrastructure (critical infrastructure of category D) the destruction, reduction of capacity or interruption of the provision of critical services during a declared state of emergency or during a war poses a significant threat to public and national security.\n(3) A separate critical infrastructure, destruction of or reduction of operational capabilities of which would significantly affect at least two European Union Member States, may also be determined as a European critical infrastructure. [...]\n(7) A permission from the Cabinet shall be required for transfer of the critical infrastructure referred to in Paragraph two, Clause 1 or 2 or Paragraph three of this Section into possession or ownership of another person.\n[...]\nChapter VI - Prevention of threat to commercial companies, associations and foundations important for national security\nArticle 37. Commercial companies, associations and foundations important for national security.\nThe restrictions set out in this chapter apply to a commercial company, foundation and association registered in the Republic of Latvia, if it owns or possesses critical infrastructure or meets at least one of the following conditions:\n1) is an electronic communications merchant with a significant impact on the market, for whom tariff regulation and cost calculation obligations have been determined in accordance with the procedure provided for in the Electronic Communications Law ;\n2) is an audio electronic media whose program coverage area, using terrestrial broadcasting technical means, in accordance with the broadcast permit issued by the National Electronic Media Council, is Latvia or at least 60 percent of its territory, or is an audiovisual electronic media whose program coverage area, using the technical means of terrestrial broadcasting, in accordance with the broadcasting permit issued by the National Council of Electronic Media, is Latvia or at least 95 percent of its territory;\n3) has received a license for natural gas transmission, distribution, storage in the Republic of Latvia or owns a liquefied natural gas facility connected to a transmission or distribution system;\n4) is a producer of electricity or thermal energy whose installed actual capacity exceeds 50 megawatts;\n5) is a heat energy transmission and distribution operator that owns heat networks of at least 100 kilometers in length;\n6) has received a license for electricity transmission in the Republic of Latvia;\n7) is the owner of forest land in the Republic of Latvia with an area of ​​at least 10,000 hectares;\n8) is the owner of agricultural land in the Republic of Latvia with an area of ​​at least 4,000 hectares;\n9) has received a special permit (license) issued by the Ministry of Defense for commercial activity with goods of strategic importance or a military manufacturer's certificate, and has a valid strategic partnership agreement with the Ministry of Defense;\n10) within the last two years, there has been a manufacturer of goods listed in Annex I of Regulation (EU) 2021/821 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2021 , which establishes a Union regime for the control of export, mediation, technical assistance, transit and transportation of dual-use goods and a developer that exports such dual-use items to foreign countries other than the European Union, the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, the United Kingdom, Iceland and Liechtenstein;\n11) has access to personal data of voters, as well as personal data of candidates for deputies, which cannot be published in accordance with the law; \n12) processes the data sets included in the state's critical infrastructure systems, except for the cases when it is performed by financial market participants;\n13) is a commercial company that produces or develops the goods listed in Annex I of Regulation (EU) 2021/821 of 20 May 2021 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a Union regime for the control of export, mediation, technical assistance, transit and transportation of dual-use goods or produces or develops technologies, for example in the field of artificial intelligence, robotics, smart and autonomous mobility, cyber security, energy storage, quantum technology, nuclear technology, nanotechnology, biotechnology, and which the Cabinet of Ministers, based on the opinion of the national security authority, has determined to be important for national security commercial company.\nArticle 38. Impact assessment and limitation mechanisms\n(1) In order to prevent national security threatening or potentially threatening influence in a commercial company, association or foundation important to national security, the Cabinet of Ministers determines the obligations mentioned in this chapter for commercial companies, associations or foundations important to national security and decides on permission for the following activities:\n1) in relation to capital companies:\n(a) acquisition of a significant participation; (b) obtaining decisive influence; (c) company transfer; (d) preservation of the status of a shareholder or participant or preservation of the right to use indirect participation, if the true beneficiary changes or if it is not possible to ascertain the true beneficiary and all possible means of ascertainment have been used, as well as doubts that the legal entity has another true beneficiary are excluded, — the last legal entity in the chain of control that can be found to have influence in a capital company important for national security (hereinafter — the beneficiary of indirect influence); and (e) receiving a loan;\n2) in relation to partnerships and associations:\n(a) entry of a new member; (b) maintaining the status of a member if the beneficial owner changes or if it is not possible to ascertain the beneficial owner and all possible means of investigation have been used, and doubts have been ruled out that the legal entity has another beneficial owner, the last legal entity in the chain of control to whom influence can be found in a personal association or association important for national security (hereinafter - beneficiary of indirect influence); and (c) receiving a loan;\n3) in relation to foundations - receiving a loan.\n(2) The Russian Federation or the Republic of Belarus, its citizens or legal entities registered in the Russian Federation or the Republic of Belarus (hereinafter referred to as \"persons belonging to Russia or Belarus\") cannot acquire a significant shareholding or decisive influence in a capital company important for national security or become a company important for national security a member of a partnership, as well as being the true beneficiary of a commercial company important to national security.\n(3) In this law, the concept of \"significant participation\" corresponds to the concept of significant participation in the sense of the Financial Instruments Market Law , if a lower share of participation or other additional conditions are not stipulated in another law. The concept of \"decisive influence\" corresponds to the concept of decisive influence within the meaning of the Law on Concerns . The concept of \"real beneficiary\" corresponds to the concept of real beneficiary within the meaning of the Law on the Prevention of Money Laundering and Financing of Terrorism and Proliferation, observing the amount of participation determined by this law.\n(4) When determining the true beneficiary or beneficiary of indirect influence, regulatory acts issued on the basis of Article 4.2 of the Financial Instruments Market Law shall also be applied  .\n[...]\nArticle 40. Obtaining permission to acquire significant participation or decisive influence\n(1) The permission of the Cabinet of Ministers is required before a person or several persons, acting in concert, acquires a significant share or decisive influence in a capital company important for national security or becomes a member of a personal partnership or association important for national security, or acquires influence in a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, which is a member of a partnership or association important to national security.\n(2) If another law stipulates a direct prohibition for specific legal entities to acquire a specific type of participation in any of the commercial companies or associations important for national security, this prohibition is applicable regardless of the permission of the Cabinet of Ministers.\n(3) An application for obtaining a permit shall be submitted by a person who wishes to acquire a significant share or a decisive influence in a capital company important for national security or to become a member of a private partnership or association important for national security.\n(4) The Cabinet of Ministers, when issuing a permit, is entitled to set restrictions on the implementation of significant participation or decisive influence, or participation in order to prevent risks to national security.[...]\" National Security Law (473/476, 29.12.2000; last amended 14 November 2022), Sections 10, 37, 38, 39 and 40.\n-----------------------\n\"Section 1. Terms Used in this Law:\n(1) The following terms are used in this Law: [...] \n20) qualifying holding - a holding acquired directly or indirectly by one or several persons, which are acting in concert on the basis of an agreement, and representing 10 per cent or more of the share capital or of the voting rights of shares or stocks of a commercial company or making it possible to exercise a significant influence over the management of the financial and operational policy of the commercial company; [...]\" (Financial Instrument Market Law (175, 11.12.2003; last amended 27 May 2021), Section 1 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 3.10.2017])","National Security Law (473/476, 29.12.2000; last amended 14 November 2022), Sections 10, 37, 38, 39 and 40\nFinancial Instrument Market Law (175, 11.12.2003; last amended 27 May 2021), Section 1 ","Investment policy related to national security, Notification by Latvia (DAF/INV/RD(2018)1)","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/id/14011-nacionalas-drosibas-likums\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/81995-financial-instrument-market-law\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://one.oecd.org/document/DAF/INV/RD(2018)1/en/pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2966,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign ownership is not allowed in printed media services.","\"Chapter One: General Provisions\nArticle 1\nThe printing press, the press, the library, and the publishing and distribution house are free, and this freedom is not restricted except within the scope of general laws and the provisions of this law.\nArticle 2\nBy printing press, it means every device prepared for the production of publications. This definition does not include the device prepared for photocopying, regular typewriters used in departments, shops, and institutions, and the device used for purely commercial purposes or for making copies of documents.\nArticle 3\nPublication means the means of publishing based on codifying words and forms in letters, pictures and drawings. Each publication must mention the name of the author, the name of the publication, the publisher, its address and the date of printing.\nArticle 4\nPress publication means various types of periodical publications.\n[...]\nArticle 13\nThe printing press must have a manager who is responsible for the violations it commits, and he must be an educated Lebanese who has completed twenty-one years of age and has not been convicted of any heinous crime.\n[...]\nArticle 23\nThe responsible director must fulfill the following conditions:\n1- He must be a Lebanese journalist who fulfills all the conditions required for a journalist in accordance with the previous article, and he actually exercises his work in the publication of which he is the director.\n2- To be an actual resident of the place where the publication is issued, and if he is absent for three consecutive months, the owner of the publication or his representative must nominate a manager to replace him. If the absenteeism occurred as a result of the disappearance of the responsible director due to a judicial prosecution arising from practicing a profession in his publication, the publication shall be suspended by a decision of the Minister of Guidance, News and Tourism after a month has passed since his disappearance until the new responsible director is named.\n3- He should not be one of the persons enjoying legal immunity according to the law.\n4- He should not be a responsible manager for more than one publication.\n5- To present a certificate from the syndicate to which he belongs proving that he is proficient in the language of the publication for which he was appointed as a responsible director.\nArticle 24\nThe owner of the publication has the right to be a responsible director for it or for others if he is a journalist who fulfills the conditions imposed on the responsible director.\nA non-journalist has the right to be a responsible director of a non-political publication whose topics fall within his competence, provided that he adheres to the special conditions specified for his case in the internal regulations of the Lebanese Press Union, and his name is removed from the union’s list in this case.\n[...]\nChapter Four: - Licensing the press publication\nArticle 27\nIt is absolutely forbidden to issue any press publication before obtaining a prior license from the Minister of Guidance, News and Tourism after consulting the Press Syndicate.\n[...]\nChapter Five: - The conditions that must be met to obtain the license\nArticle 30\nThe license applicant must:\n1- be Lebanese, residing in Lebanon or taking a place of residence in Lebanon,\n2- enjoying his civil and political rights,\n3- not having been convicted of a felony or one of the infamous misdemeanors listed in the Election Law,\n4- not serving the state foreign.\nArticle 31 (amended by an enforceable law by Decree 2143/1971 )\nA license for a political press publication is not granted except to:\nA - to a journalist.\nB - For press companies of all kinds that meet the following conditions: \n1- In partnerships and limited liability companies, all partners must be of Lebanese nationality.\n2- In limited partnership companies: the authorized partners must be of Lebanese nationality, and all the shares are nominal owned by Lebanese natural persons or companies considered purely Lebanese by virtue of the law issued by virtue of Decree No. 11614 dated January 4, 1969\n3- In joint-stock companies: it must All the shares are nominal and owned by Lebanese natural persons or purely Lebanese companies by virtue of the law mentioned in the above paragraph.\n4- It is prohibited to transfer the nominal shares mentioned in the two above-mentioned paragraphs to non-Lebanese natural persons or to non-Lebanese companies.\n5- Every contract or work conducted in violation of the above-mentioned provisions shall be considered null and void, and the violator shall be punished with imprisonment for a minimum period of one year and a maximum of three years, and a fine of no less than three times the value of the subject matter of the violation, and the lapse of time does not apply to the aforementioned penalty.\n6- Previously established companies must comply with the provisions of the above amendments within a maximum period of one year from the date of publication of this law in the Official Gazette.\nArticle 32\nA press publication may not be transferred from one owner to another unless the conditions specified in the previous article are met, and only the heir is excluded from this restriction. [...]\" (Press Law of 14 September 1962 [google translation])","Press Law of 14 September 1962 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legallaw.ul.edu.lb/LawView.aspx?opt=view&LawID=257669\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2115,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign ownership is not allowed in printed media services.","\"Chapter One: General Provisions\nArticle 1\nThe printing press, the press, the library, and the publishing and distribution house are free, and this freedom is not restricted except within the scope of general laws and the provisions of this law.\nArticle 2\nBy printing press, it means every device prepared for the production of publications. This definition does not include the device prepared for photocopying, regular typewriters used in departments, shops, and institutions, and the device used for purely commercial purposes or for making copies of documents.\nArticle 3\nPublication means the means of publishing based on codifying words and forms in letters, pictures and drawings. Each publication must mention the name of the author, the name of the publication, the publisher, its address and the date of printing.\nArticle 4\nPress publication means various types of periodical publications.\n[...]\nArticle 13\nThe printing press must have a manager who is responsible for the violations it commits, and he must be an educated Lebanese who has completed twenty-one years of age and has not been convicted of any heinous crime.\n[...]\nArticle 23\nThe responsible director must fulfill the following conditions:\n1- He must be a Lebanese journalist who fulfills all the conditions required for a journalist in accordance with the previous article, and he actually exercises his work in the publication of which he is the director.\n2- To be an actual resident of the place where the publication is issued, and if he is absent for three consecutive months, the owner of the publication or his representative must nominate a manager to replace him. If the absenteeism occurred as a result of the disappearance of the responsible director due to a judicial prosecution arising from practicing a profession in his publication, the publication shall be suspended by a decision of the Minister of Guidance, News and Tourism after a month has passed since his disappearance until the new responsible director is named.\n3- He should not be one of the persons enjoying legal immunity according to the law.\n4- He should not be a responsible manager for more than one publication.\n5- To present a certificate from the syndicate to which he belongs proving that he is proficient in the language of the publication for which he was appointed as a responsible director.\nArticle 24\nThe owner of the publication has the right to be a responsible director for it or for others if he is a journalist who fulfills the conditions imposed on the responsible director.\nA non-journalist has the right to be a responsible director of a non-political publication whose topics fall within his competence, provided that he adheres to the special conditions specified for his case in the internal regulations of the Lebanese Press Union, and his name is removed from the union’s list in this case.\n[...]\nChapter Four: - Licensing the press publication\nArticle 27\nIt is absolutely forbidden to issue any press publication before obtaining a prior license from the Minister of Guidance, News and Tourism after consulting the Press Syndicate.\n[...]\nChapter Five: - The conditions that must be met to obtain the license\nArticle 30\nThe license applicant must:\n1- be Lebanese, residing in Lebanon or taking a place of residence in Lebanon,\n2- enjoying his civil and political rights,\n3- not having been convicted of a felony or one of the infamous misdemeanors listed in the Election Law,\n4- not serving the state foreign.\nArticle 31 (amended by an enforceable law by Decree 2143/1971 )\nA license for a political press publication is not granted except to:\nA - to a journalist.\nB - For press companies of all kinds that meet the following conditions: \n1- In partnerships and limited liability companies, all partners must be of Lebanese nationality.\n2- In limited partnership companies: the authorized partners must be of Lebanese nationality, and all the shares are nominal owned by Lebanese natural persons or companies considered purely Lebanese by virtue of the law issued by virtue of Decree No. 11614 dated January 4, 1969\n3- In joint-stock companies: it must All the shares are nominal and owned by Lebanese natural persons or purely Lebanese companies by virtue of the law mentioned in the above paragraph.\n4- It is prohibited to transfer the nominal shares mentioned in the two above-mentioned paragraphs to non-Lebanese natural persons or to non-Lebanese companies.\n5- Every contract or work conducted in violation of the above-mentioned provisions shall be considered null and void, and the violator shall be punished with imprisonment for a minimum period of one year and a maximum of three years, and a fine of no less than three times the value of the subject matter of the violation, and the lapse of time does not apply to the aforementioned penalty.\n6- Previously established companies must comply with the provisions of the above amendments within a maximum period of one year from the date of publication of this law in the Official Gazette.\nArticle 32\nA press publication may not be transferred from one owner to another unless the conditions specified in the previous article are met, and only the heir is excluded from this restriction. [...]\" (Press Law of 14 September 1962 [google translation])","Press Law of 14 September 1962 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legallaw.ul.edu.lb/LawView.aspx?opt=view&LawID=257669\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2115,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign ownership is not allowed in printed media services.","\"Chapter One: General Provisions\nArticle 1\nThe printing press, the press, the library, and the publishing and distribution house are free, and this freedom is not restricted except within the scope of general laws and the provisions of this law.\nArticle 2\nBy printing press, it means every device prepared for the production of publications. This definition does not include the device prepared for photocopying, regular typewriters used in departments, shops, and institutions, and the device used for purely commercial purposes or for making copies of documents.\nArticle 3\nPublication means the means of publishing based on codifying words and forms in letters, pictures and drawings. Each publication must mention the name of the author, the name of the publication, the publisher, its address and the date of printing.\nArticle 4\nPress publication means various types of periodical publications.\n[...]\nArticle 13\nThe printing press must have a manager who is responsible for the violations it commits, and he must be an educated Lebanese who has completed twenty-one years of age and has not been convicted of any heinous crime.\n[...]\nArticle 23\nThe responsible director must fulfill the following conditions:\n1- He must be a Lebanese journalist who fulfills all the conditions required for a journalist in accordance with the previous article, and he actually exercises his work in the publication of which he is the director.\n2- To be an actual resident of the place where the publication is issued, and if he is absent for three consecutive months, the owner of the publication or his representative must nominate a manager to replace him. If the absenteeism occurred as a result of the disappearance of the responsible director due to a judicial prosecution arising from practicing a profession in his publication, the publication shall be suspended by a decision of the Minister of Guidance, News and Tourism after a month has passed since his disappearance until the new responsible director is named.\n3- He should not be one of the persons enjoying legal immunity according to the law.\n4- He should not be a responsible manager for more than one publication.\n5- To present a certificate from the syndicate to which he belongs proving that he is proficient in the language of the publication for which he was appointed as a responsible director.\nArticle 24\nThe owner of the publication has the right to be a responsible director for it or for others if he is a journalist who fulfills the conditions imposed on the responsible director.\nA non-journalist has the right to be a responsible director of a non-political publication whose topics fall within his competence, provided that he adheres to the special conditions specified for his case in the internal regulations of the Lebanese Press Union, and his name is removed from the union’s list in this case.\n[...]\nChapter Four: - Licensing the press publication\nArticle 27\nIt is absolutely forbidden to issue any press publication before obtaining a prior license from the Minister of Guidance, News and Tourism after consulting the Press Syndicate.\n[...]\nChapter Five: - The conditions that must be met to obtain the license\nArticle 30\nThe license applicant must:\n1- be Lebanese, residing in Lebanon or taking a place of residence in Lebanon,\n2- enjoying his civil and political rights,\n3- not having been convicted of a felony or one of the infamous misdemeanors listed in the Election Law,\n4- not serving the state foreign.\nArticle 31 (amended by an enforceable law by Decree 2143/1971 )\nA license for a political press publication is not granted except to:\nA - to a journalist.\nB - For press companies of all kinds that meet the following conditions: \n1- In partnerships and limited liability companies, all partners must be of Lebanese nationality.\n2- In limited partnership companies: the authorized partners must be of Lebanese nationality, and all the shares are nominal owned by Lebanese natural persons or companies considered purely Lebanese by virtue of the law issued by virtue of Decree No. 11614 dated January 4, 1969\n3- In joint-stock companies: it must All the shares are nominal and owned by Lebanese natural persons or purely Lebanese companies by virtue of the law mentioned in the above paragraph.\n4- It is prohibited to transfer the nominal shares mentioned in the two above-mentioned paragraphs to non-Lebanese natural persons or to non-Lebanese companies.\n5- Every contract or work conducted in violation of the above-mentioned provisions shall be considered null and void, and the violator shall be punished with imprisonment for a minimum period of one year and a maximum of three years, and a fine of no less than three times the value of the subject matter of the violation, and the lapse of time does not apply to the aforementioned penalty.\n6- Previously established companies must comply with the provisions of the above amendments within a maximum period of one year from the date of publication of this law in the Official Gazette.\nArticle 32\nA press publication may not be transferred from one owner to another unless the conditions specified in the previous article are met, and only the heir is excluded from this restriction. [...]\" (Press Law of 14 September 1962 [google translation])","Press Law of 14 September 1962 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legallaw.ul.edu.lb/LawView.aspx?opt=view&LawID=257669\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2115,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00375","Foreign ownership is not allowed in printed media services.","\"Chapter One: General Provisions\nArticle 1\nThe printing press, the press, the library, and the publishing and distribution house are free, and this freedom is not restricted except within the scope of general laws and the provisions of this law.\nArticle 2\nBy printing press, it means every device prepared for the production of publications. This definition does not include the device prepared for photocopying, regular typewriters used in departments, shops, and institutions, and the device used for purely commercial purposes or for making copies of documents.\nArticle 3\nPublication means the means of publishing based on codifying words and forms in letters, pictures and drawings. Each publication must mention the name of the author, the name of the publication, the publisher, its address and the date of printing.\nArticle 4\nPress publication means various types of periodical publications.\n[...]\nArticle 13\nThe printing press must have a manager who is responsible for the violations it commits, and he must be an educated Lebanese who has completed twenty-one years of age and has not been convicted of any heinous crime.\n[...]\nArticle 23\nThe responsible director must fulfill the following conditions:\n1- He must be a Lebanese journalist who fulfills all the conditions required for a journalist in accordance with the previous article, and he actually exercises his work in the publication of which he is the director.\n2- To be an actual resident of the place where the publication is issued, and if he is absent for three consecutive months, the owner of the publication or his representative must nominate a manager to replace him. If the absenteeism occurred as a result of the disappearance of the responsible director due to a judicial prosecution arising from practicing a profession in his publication, the publication shall be suspended by a decision of the Minister of Guidance, News and Tourism after a month has passed since his disappearance until the new responsible director is named.\n3- He should not be one of the persons enjoying legal immunity according to the law.\n4- He should not be a responsible manager for more than one publication.\n5- To present a certificate from the syndicate to which he belongs proving that he is proficient in the language of the publication for which he was appointed as a responsible director.\nArticle 24\nThe owner of the publication has the right to be a responsible director for it or for others if he is a journalist who fulfills the conditions imposed on the responsible director.\nA non-journalist has the right to be a responsible director of a non-political publication whose topics fall within his competence, provided that he adheres to the special conditions specified for his case in the internal regulations of the Lebanese Press Union, and his name is removed from the union’s list in this case.\n[...]\nChapter Four: - Licensing the press publication\nArticle 27\nIt is absolutely forbidden to issue any press publication before obtaining a prior license from the Minister of Guidance, News and Tourism after consulting the Press Syndicate.\n[...]\nChapter Five: - The conditions that must be met to obtain the license\nArticle 30\nThe license applicant must:\n1- be Lebanese, residing in Lebanon or taking a place of residence in Lebanon,\n2- enjoying his civil and political rights,\n3- not having been convicted of a felony or one of the infamous misdemeanors listed in the Election Law,\n4- not serving the state foreign.\nArticle 31 (amended by an enforceable law by Decree 2143/1971 )\nA license for a political press publication is not granted except to:\nA - to a journalist.\nB - For press companies of all kinds that meet the following conditions: \n1- In partnerships and limited liability companies, all partners must be of Lebanese nationality.\n2- In limited partnership companies: the authorized partners must be of Lebanese nationality, and all the shares are nominal owned by Lebanese natural persons or companies considered purely Lebanese by virtue of the law issued by virtue of Decree No. 11614 dated January 4, 1969\n3- In joint-stock companies: it must All the shares are nominal and owned by Lebanese natural persons or purely Lebanese companies by virtue of the law mentioned in the above paragraph.\n4- It is prohibited to transfer the nominal shares mentioned in the two above-mentioned paragraphs to non-Lebanese natural persons or to non-Lebanese companies.\n5- Every contract or work conducted in violation of the above-mentioned provisions shall be considered null and void, and the violator shall be punished with imprisonment for a minimum period of one year and a maximum of three years, and a fine of no less than three times the value of the subject matter of the violation, and the lapse of time does not apply to the aforementioned penalty.\n6- Previously established companies must comply with the provisions of the above amendments within a maximum period of one year from the date of publication of this law in the Official Gazette.\nArticle 32\nA press publication may not be transferred from one owner to another unless the conditions specified in the previous article are met, and only the heir is excluded from this restriction. [...]\" (Press Law of 14 September 1962 [google translation])","Press Law of 14 September 1962 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legallaw.ul.edu.lb/LawView.aspx?opt=view&LawID=257669\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2115,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000166667","Local incorporation required for investing in stock exchange, stock brokerage and investment advisory activities.","\"Interpretation\n4. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"public company\" has the same meaning assigned to it under the Companies Act of 2011;\n[...]\nPart V - Licensing of Securities Exchange […]\nApplication for an exchange licence\n15.(1) A public company may apply for an exchange licence in respect of one or more types of securities.\n[...]\nPart VI - Licensing of Broker-Dealers, Stock Brokers, Dearlers, Investment Advisers and their Representatives [...]\n30.(1) A stock broker, broker-dealer or dealer's licence shall only be granted to a company incorporated under the Companies Act of 2011.\n(2) An investment adviser's licence may be granted to an individual taking into account - […]\" (Central Bank (Capital Markets) Regulations, 2014 (Legal Notice No. 107 of 2014))","Central Bank (Capital Markets) Regulations, 2014 (Legal Notice No. 107 of 2014)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.ls/images/Legislation/Financial_Markets/Central_Bank_Capital_Markets_Regulations_2014_Part_I.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.ls/images/Legislation/Financial_Markets/Central_Bank_Capital_Markets_Regualation_2014_Part_II.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,467,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Local incorporation required for investing in stock exchange, stock brokerage and investment advisory activities.","\"Interpretation\n4. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"public company\" has the same meaning assigned to it under the Companies Act of 2011;\n[...]\nPart V - Licensing of Securities Exchange […]\nApplication for an exchange licence\n15.(1) A public company may apply for an exchange licence in respect of one or more types of securities.\n[...]\nPart VI - Licensing of Broker-Dealers, Stock Brokers, Dearlers, Investment Advisers and their Representatives [...]\n30.(1) A stock broker, broker-dealer or dealer's licence shall only be granted to a company incorporated under the Companies Act of 2011.\n(2) An investment adviser's licence may be granted to an individual taking into account - […]\" (Central Bank (Capital Markets) Regulations, 2014 (Legal Notice No. 107 of 2014))","Central Bank (Capital Markets) Regulations, 2014 (Legal Notice No. 107 of 2014)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.ls/images/Legislation/Financial_Markets/Central_Bank_Capital_Markets_Regulations_2014_Part_I.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.ls/images/Legislation/Financial_Markets/Central_Bank_Capital_Markets_Regualation_2014_Part_II.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,467,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.000166667","Local incorporation required for investing in stock exchange, stock brokerage and investment advisory activities.","\"Interpretation\n4. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"public company\" has the same meaning assigned to it under the Companies Act of 2011;\n[...]\nPart V - Licensing of Securities Exchange […]\nApplication for an exchange licence\n15.(1) A public company may apply for an exchange licence in respect of one or more types of securities.\n[...]\nPart VI - Licensing of Broker-Dealers, Stock Brokers, Dearlers, Investment Advisers and their Representatives [...]\n30.(1) A stock broker, broker-dealer or dealer's licence shall only be granted to a company incorporated under the Companies Act of 2011.\n(2) An investment adviser's licence may be granted to an individual taking into account - […]\" (Central Bank (Capital Markets) Regulations, 2014 (Legal Notice No. 107 of 2014))","Central Bank (Capital Markets) Regulations, 2014 (Legal Notice No. 107 of 2014)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.ls/images/Legislation/Financial_Markets/Central_Bank_Capital_Markets_Regulations_2014_Part_I.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.ls/images/Legislation/Financial_Markets/Central_Bank_Capital_Markets_Regualation_2014_Part_II.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,467,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Local incorporation required for investing in stock exchange, stock brokerage and investment advisory activities.","\"Interpretation\n4. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"public company\" has the same meaning assigned to it under the Companies Act of 2011;\n[...]\nPart V - Licensing of Securities Exchange […]\nApplication for an exchange licence\n15.(1) A public company may apply for an exchange licence in respect of one or more types of securities.\n[...]\nPart VI - Licensing of Broker-Dealers, Stock Brokers, Dearlers, Investment Advisers and their Representatives [...]\n30.(1) A stock broker, broker-dealer or dealer's licence shall only be granted to a company incorporated under the Companies Act of 2011.\n(2) An investment adviser's licence may be granted to an individual taking into account - […]\" (Central Bank (Capital Markets) Regulations, 2014 (Legal Notice No. 107 of 2014))","Central Bank (Capital Markets) Regulations, 2014 (Legal Notice No. 107 of 2014)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.ls/images/Legislation/Financial_Markets/Central_Bank_Capital_Markets_Regulations_2014_Part_I.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.ls/images/Legislation/Financial_Markets/Central_Bank_Capital_Markets_Regualation_2014_Part_II.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,467,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0225","Foreign shareholding in many retail business (e.g. all retail in non-specialised stores, via internet or mail orders, as well as retail of certain goods in stalls and markets ( food, beverages, tobacco, textiles, clothing and footwear in stalls and markets) and in specialised stores (motor dealerships (inlcuding repair and maintenance services); household fuels, bottled gas and coal; cultural and recreation goods; business agents and brokers activities in specialise stores, including of health-related products; animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; bread and confectionary products; motor vehicle and motorcyle parts and accessoires, including repair activities; alcoholic beverages; meat and meat products, including poultry; fruits and vegetables; prepared meat and meat dishes; hardware, paints and glass products; pharmaceuticals and medical products, including cosmetics and toilet products; health-related products) is limited to 30% in the case of a company and to 49% in the case of partnerships.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,448,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.0225","Foreign shareholding in many retail business (e.g. all retail in non-specialised stores, via internet or mail orders, as well as retail of certain goods in stalls and markets ( food, beverages, tobacco, textiles, clothing and footwear in stalls and markets) and in specialised stores (motor dealerships (inlcuding repair and maintenance services); household fuels, bottled gas and coal; cultural and recreation goods; business agents and brokers activities in specialise stores, including of health-related products; animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; bread and confectionary products; motor vehicle and motorcyle parts and accessoires, including repair activities; alcoholic beverages; meat and meat products, including poultry; fruits and vegetables; prepared meat and meat dishes; hardware, paints and glass products; pharmaceuticals and medical products, including cosmetics and toilet products; health-related products) is limited to 30% in the case of a company and to 49% in the case of partnerships.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,448,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.013125","Foreign investment in catering services is prohibited. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the restriction is assumed to affect restaurants and cafés outside hotels.","\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies [...]\nArticle 6\nIt is prohibited to establish joint-venture companies for carrying out the hereunder activities, whereas such activities shall be confined to Libyans only in exclusion to any others:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Catering services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of handling, loading and unloading in sea ports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations [...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)","Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2067,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.013125","Foreign investment in catering services is prohibited. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the restriction is assumed to affect restaurants and cafés outside hotels.","\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies [...]\nArticle 6\nIt is prohibited to establish joint-venture companies for carrying out the hereunder activities, whereas such activities shall be confined to Libyans only in exclusion to any others:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Catering services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of handling, loading and unloading in sea ports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations [...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)","Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2067,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.013125","Foreign investment in catering services is prohibited. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the restriction is assumed to affect restaurants and cafés outside hotels too (tourism and cultiral activities not contemplated).","\"Article 5 Prohibitions\nForeigners and entities subject to this regulation are prohibited from practicing the activities mentioned in this article. These activities are limited to national persons only per the following terms:\n1. Wholesale and retail trade.\n2. Import and export business.\n3. Catering services.\n4. The work of commercial agencies of all kinds and fields.\n5. Inspection activity on all imported and exported merchandise\n6. Accounting, auditing, financial advisory, legal advisory, and lawyers’ business only with the permission of the Bar Association and in accordance with special legislation.\n7. The act of bringing in foreign labor and the act of recruitment.\n8. Security work.\n9. Non-profit business.\n10. Ground [road] transportation.\n11. Any field restricted to Libyan persons in accordance with the legislation in force or by a decision from the Minister.\n[...]\nArticle 18 Property Distribution\nForeigners' contribution to the joint venture for its duration may not exceed 75% seventy-five per cent. However, this ownership may extend to 89% eighty-nine percent by a decision from the Minister after providing the reasons in the application submitted to the Minister.[...]\" (Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022  [Translation provided by Libya's Ministry of Economy])\n---------------------\n\"Article 1\nIn implementation of the provisions of the legislation regulating commercial activity prohibiting non-Libyans from practicing all retail or wholesale commercial activities, municipal guard offices, labor inspection offices, and all regulatory authorities are responsible for taking legal measures regarding any violations that are caught, especially foreigners practicing the following activities:\n1. Buying and selling transactions, whether directly or on behalf of others.\n2. Rent bakeries and shops for themselves.\n3. Carrying out real estate brokerage work.[...]\" (Resolution No. 508 of 2022 AD regarding the report on provisions for commercial activity [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies [...]\nArticle 6\nIt is prohibited to establish joint-venture companies for carrying out the hereunder activities, whereas such activities shall be confined to Libyans only in exclusion to any others:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Catering services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of handling, loading and unloading in sea ports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations [...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya, as amended)","Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022\nResolution No. 508 of 2022 AD regarding the report on provisions for commercial activity [google translation]\nDecision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya, as amended","Amereller (2022), \" Libya – Decree 944/2022 on the Regulation of the Activities of Foreign Enterprises in Libya\", Client Alert, October 19.\nItkan Law Firm (2022), \"The Provisions of Law No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment\", September 30.\nLibyaHerald (2023), \"Recent legal opinion on foreign investment in Libya does not impose blanket ban in oil sector: Tumi Law Firm\", February 2.","[<a href=\"https://euroly.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/Decree-No.-944-on-the-Foreigners-Participation-and-Foreign-Companies-Branches-and-Representative-Offices-in-Libya.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawsociety.ly/legislation/%d9%82%d8%b1%d8%a7%d8%b1-%d8%b1%d9%82%d9%85-508-%d9%84%d8%b3%d9%86%d8%a9-2022-%d9%85-%d8%a8%d8%b4%d8%a3%d9%86-%d8%aa%d9%82%d8%b1%d9%8a%d8%b1-%d8%a3%d8%ad%d9%83%d8%a7%d9%85-%d8%a8%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%86/\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=20374709-5734-4d8e-a159-90af5a3394b2\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://itkan.ly/the-provisions-of-law-no-9-of-2010-on-promoting-investment/#:~:text=9%20of%202010%20is%20a,stretched%20beyond%20what%20it%20bears.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://libyaherald.com/2023/02/recent-legal-opinion-on-foreign-investment-in-libya-does-not-impose-blanket-ban-in-oil-sector-tumi-law-firm/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3029,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.013125","Foreign investment in catering services is prohibited. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the restriction is assumed to affect restaurants and cafés outside hotels too (tourism and cultiral activities not contemplated).","\"Article 5 Prohibitions\nForeigners and entities subject to this regulation are prohibited from practicing the activities mentioned in this article. These activities are limited to national persons only per the following terms:\n1. Wholesale and retail trade.\n2. Import and export business.\n3. Catering services.\n4. The work of commercial agencies of all kinds and fields.\n5. Inspection activity on all imported and exported merchandise\n6. Accounting, auditing, financial advisory, legal advisory, and lawyers’ business only with the permission of the Bar Association and in accordance with special legislation.\n7. The act of bringing in foreign labor and the act of recruitment.\n8. Security work.\n9. Non-profit business.\n10. Ground [road] transportation.\n11. Any field restricted to Libyan persons in accordance with the legislation in force or by a decision from the Minister.\n[...]\nArticle 18 Property Distribution\nForeigners' contribution to the joint venture for its duration may not exceed 75% seventy-five per cent. However, this ownership may extend to 89% eighty-nine percent by a decision from the Minister after providing the reasons in the application submitted to the Minister.[...]\" (Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022  [Translation provided by Libya's Ministry of Economy])\n---------------------\n\"Article 1\nIn implementation of the provisions of the legislation regulating commercial activity prohibiting non-Libyans from practicing all retail or wholesale commercial activities, municipal guard offices, labor inspection offices, and all regulatory authorities are responsible for taking legal measures regarding any violations that are caught, especially foreigners practicing the following activities:\n1. Buying and selling transactions, whether directly or on behalf of others.\n2. Rent bakeries and shops for themselves.\n3. Carrying out real estate brokerage work.[...]\" (Resolution No. 508 of 2022 AD regarding the report on provisions for commercial activity [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies [...]\nArticle 6\nIt is prohibited to establish joint-venture companies for carrying out the hereunder activities, whereas such activities shall be confined to Libyans only in exclusion to any others:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Catering services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of handling, loading and unloading in sea ports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations [...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya, as amended)","Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022\nResolution No. 508 of 2022 AD regarding the report on provisions for commercial activity [google translation]\nDecision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya, as amended","Amereller (2022), \" Libya – Decree 944/2022 on the Regulation of the Activities of Foreign Enterprises in Libya\", Client Alert, October 19.\nItkan Law Firm (2022), \"The Provisions of Law No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment\", September 30.\nLibyaHerald (2023), \"Recent legal opinion on foreign investment in Libya does not impose blanket ban in oil sector: Tumi Law Firm\", February 2.","[<a href=\"https://euroly.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/Decree-No.-944-on-the-Foreigners-Participation-and-Foreign-Companies-Branches-and-Representative-Offices-in-Libya.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawsociety.ly/legislation/%d9%82%d8%b1%d8%a7%d8%b1-%d8%b1%d9%82%d9%85-508-%d9%84%d8%b3%d9%86%d8%a9-2022-%d9%85-%d8%a8%d8%b4%d8%a3%d9%86-%d8%aa%d9%82%d8%b1%d9%8a%d8%b1-%d8%a3%d8%ad%d9%83%d8%a7%d9%85-%d8%a8%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%86/\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=20374709-5734-4d8e-a159-90af5a3394b2\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://itkan.ly/the-provisions-of-law-no-9-of-2010-on-promoting-investment/#:~:text=9%20of%202010%20is%20a,stretched%20beyond%20what%20it%20bears.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://libyaherald.com/2023/02/recent-legal-opinion-on-foreign-investment-in-libya-does-not-impose-blanket-ban-in-oil-sector-tumi-law-firm/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3029,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00576","From 29 May 2007, conditions for the granting of an air carrier license are no longer contained in domestic law. Instead, EU regulations apply, stipulating that community air carriers must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU Member States and/or nationals of EU Member States (Regulation (EEC) No. 2407/92, subsequently repealed and replaced by Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 in 2008).","\"Article 56 . Operating license:\n1 . The carrier must have a license issued by the Ministry of Transport or the CAA authorized by it.\n[...]\n2 . Expired 2007-05-29 .\n[...]\n3 . The license provided for in paragraph 1 shall be issued to the carrier in accordance with Council Regulation (EEC) No. 2407/92 on licensing of air carriers.\n[...]\"\n(Aviation Law (17 October 2000, No.VIII-2066; as amended by law of 10 May 2007, No. X-1117), Article 56 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 4\n1. No undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by a Member State unless:\n(a) its principal place of business and, if any, its registered office are located in that Member State; and\n(b) its main occupation is air transport in isolation or combined with any other commercial operation of aircraft or repair and maintenance of aircraft.\n2. Without prejudice to agreements and conventions to which the Community is a contracting party, the undertaking shall be owned and continue to be owned directly or through majority ownership by Member States and/or nationals of Member States. It shall at all times be effectively controlled by such States or such nationals.\n[...]\"\n(Regulation (EEC) No 2407/92 of 23 July 1992 on licensing of air carriers, Article 4)","Aviation Law (17 October 2000, No.VIII-2066; as amended by law of 10 May 2007, No. X-1117), Article 56\nRegulation (EEC) No 2407/92 of 23 July 1992 on licensing of air carriers, Article 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/TAIS.112075/xbDosXaEYu\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/FR/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A31992R2407\">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,134,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00576","Operating license for air transport services can only be granted to enterprises which are majority owned and effectively controlled by EU Member States and/or nationals of EU Member States,  unless  otherwise  provided  for through  an  international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\"\n(Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218 \">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,133,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00576","Operating license for air transport services can only be granted to enterprises which are majority owned and effectively controlled by EU Member States and/or nationals of EU Member States,  unless  otherwise  provided  for through  an  international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\"\n(Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218 \">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,133,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00576","Operating license for air transport services can only be granted to enterprises which are majority owned and effectively controlled by EU Member States and/or nationals of EU Member States,  unless  otherwise  provided  for through  an  international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\"\n(Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218 \">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,133,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","A031","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000075","Issue of a fishing vessel certificate to an undertaking requires that the fishing vessel is registered in the Lithuanian ship registry and that the undertaking has a valid permit for the ship to fly the Lithuanian flag. Accoriding to the Law of Merchant Shipping, registration in the Lithuanian ship register requires that the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.","\"Article 7 . Ship's flag:\n1 . The right to fly the flag of the State of Lithuania is granted to ships registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\n\nArticle 8 . Ship registration:\n1 . A ship shall be registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania if it is designed and built for navigation at sea and has documents confirming this, and the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 7 and 8 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 2 . The basic concepts of this law:\n[...]\n12 . Fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania - a fishing vessel registered in the Register of the Fishing Fleet of the European Union, flying the flag of the State of Lithuania and having a fishing vessel certificate issued to it by the Republic of Lithuania. \n13 . Fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania - issued by an institution authorized by the Ministry of Agriculture in accordance with Regulation (EC) No Document as defined in Article 4 (9) of Regulation (EC) No 1224/2009.\n[...]\n\nArticle 13 . Issuance of a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania, suspension, revocation of suspension, amendment of a certificate and revocation of a certificate:\n1 . A fishing vessel operated by an undertaking shall be included in the data system of vessels fishing in marine waters and a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania shall be issued to the undertaking if the undertaking complies with all the requirements specified in this Part:\n1 ) the undertaking has submitted an application for the issue of a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania;\n2 ) the operator owns or operates a fishing vessel on another legal basis;\n3 ) the fishing vessel is registered in the Register of Seagoing Vessels of the Republic of Lithuania or in the Register of Inland Waterway Vessels of the Republic of Lithuania;\n4 ) the undertaking has a valid permit for the ship to fly the flag of the State of Lithuania or a permit for the ship to temporarily fly the flag of the State of Lithuania;\n[...]\n\nArticle 17 . Commercial fishing in marine waters:\n[...]\n2 . Operators have the right to engage in commercial fishing in marine waters, except for coastal fishing, only with a permit for commercial fishing in marine waters, issued separately for the operation of each fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania, and individual fishing opportunities, except in the case provided for in paragraph 9. Operators may engage in inshore fishing with the right to use fishing gear and a permit for commercial fishing in marine waters, issued separately for the operation of each fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania, except for Regulation (EU) No. The exemption provided for in Article 4 (5) of Regulation (EU) No 404/2011.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Fisheries (27 June 2000, No. VIII-1756; last amended 15 April 2021), Articles 2, 13 and 17 [google translation])","Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 7 and 8\nLaw on Fisheries (27 June 2000, No. VIII-1756; last amended 15 April 2021), Articles 2, 13 and 17","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/TAR.38B0127A21E8/asr\">Law on Merchant Shipping</a>],[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/TAIS.104591/asr\">Law on Fisheries</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,129,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","A031","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000075","Issue of a fishing vessel certificate to an undertaking requires that the fishing vessel is registered in the Lithuanian ship registry and that the undertaking has a valid permit for the ship to fly the Lithuanian flag. Accoriding to the Law of Merchant Shipping, registration in the Lithuanian ship register requires that the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.","\"Article 7 . Ship's flag:\n1 . The right to fly the flag of the State of Lithuania is granted to ships registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\n\nArticle 8 . Ship registration:\n1 . A ship shall be registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania if it is designed and built for navigation at sea and has documents confirming this, and the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 7 and 8 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 2 . The basic concepts of this law:\n[...]\n12 . Fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania - a fishing vessel registered in the Register of the Fishing Fleet of the European Union, flying the flag of the State of Lithuania and having a fishing vessel certificate issued to it by the Republic of Lithuania. \n13 . Fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania - issued by an institution authorized by the Ministry of Agriculture in accordance with Regulation (EC) No Document as defined in Article 4 (9) of Regulation (EC) No 1224/2009.\n[...]\n\nArticle 13 . Issuance of a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania, suspension, revocation of suspension, amendment of a certificate and revocation of a certificate:\n1 . A fishing vessel operated by an undertaking shall be included in the data system of vessels fishing in marine waters and a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania shall be issued to the undertaking if the undertaking complies with all the requirements specified in this Part:\n1 ) the undertaking has submitted an application for the issue of a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania;\n2 ) the operator owns or operates a fishing vessel on another legal basis;\n3 ) the fishing vessel is registered in the Register of Seagoing Vessels of the Republic of Lithuania or in the Register of Inland Waterway Vessels of the Republic of Lithuania;\n4 ) the undertaking has a valid permit for the ship to fly the flag of the State of Lithuania or a permit for the ship to temporarily fly the flag of the State of Lithuania;\n[...]\n\nArticle 17 . Commercial fishing in marine waters:\n[...]\n2 . Operators have the right to engage in commercial fishing in marine waters, except for coastal fishing, only with a permit for commercial fishing in marine waters, issued separately for the operation of each fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania, and individual fishing opportunities, except in the case provided for in paragraph 9. Operators may engage in inshore fishing with the right to use fishing gear and a permit for commercial fishing in marine waters, issued separately for the operation of each fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania, except for Regulation (EU) No. The exemption provided for in Article 4 (5) of Regulation (EU) No 404/2011.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Fisheries (27 June 2000, No. VIII-1756; last amended 15 April 2021), Articles 2, 13 and 17 [google translation])","Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 7 and 8\nLaw on Fisheries (27 June 2000, No. VIII-1756; last amended 15 April 2021), Articles 2, 13 and 17","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/TAR.38B0127A21E8/asr\">Law on Merchant Shipping</a>],[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/TAIS.104591/asr\">Law on Fisheries</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,129,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","A031","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.000075","Issue of a fishing vessel certificate to an undertaking requires that the fishing vessel is registered in the Lithuanian ship registry and that the undertaking has a valid permit for the ship to fly the Lithuanian flag. Accoriding to the Law of Merchant Shipping, registration in the Lithuanian ship register requires that the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.","\"Article 7 . Ship's flag:\n1 . The right to fly the flag of the State of Lithuania is granted to ships registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\n\nArticle 8 . Ship registration:\n1 . A ship shall be registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania if it is designed and built for navigation at sea and has documents confirming this, and the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 7 and 8 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 2 . The basic concepts of this law:\n[...]\n12 . Fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania - a fishing vessel registered in the Register of the Fishing Fleet of the European Union, flying the flag of the State of Lithuania and having a fishing vessel certificate issued to it by the Republic of Lithuania. \n13 . Fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania - issued by an institution authorized by the Ministry of Agriculture in accordance with Regulation (EC) No Document as defined in Article 4 (9) of Regulation (EC) No 1224/2009.\n[...]\n\nArticle 13 . Issuance of a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania, suspension, revocation of suspension, amendment of a certificate and revocation of a certificate:\n1 . A fishing vessel operated by an undertaking shall be included in the data system of vessels fishing in marine waters and a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania shall be issued to the undertaking if the undertaking complies with all the requirements specified in this Part:\n1 ) the undertaking has submitted an application for the issue of a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania;\n2 ) the operator owns or operates a fishing vessel on another legal basis;\n3 ) the fishing vessel is registered in the Register of Seagoing Vessels of the Republic of Lithuania or in the Register of Inland Waterway Vessels of the Republic of Lithuania;\n4 ) the undertaking has a valid permit for the ship to fly the flag of the State of Lithuania or a permit for the ship to temporarily fly the flag of the State of Lithuania;\n[...]\n\nArticle 17 . Commercial fishing in marine waters:\n[...]\n2 . Operators have the right to engage in commercial fishing in marine waters, except for coastal fishing, only with a permit for commercial fishing in marine waters, issued separately for the operation of each fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania, and individual fishing opportunities, except in the case provided for in paragraph 9. Operators may engage in inshore fishing with the right to use fishing gear and a permit for commercial fishing in marine waters, issued separately for the operation of each fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania, except for Regulation (EU) No. The exemption provided for in Article 4 (5) of Regulation (EU) No 404/2011.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Fisheries (27 June 2000, No. VIII-1756; last amended 15 April 2021), Articles 2, 13 and 17 [google translation])","Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 7 and 8\nLaw on Fisheries (27 June 2000, No. VIII-1756; last amended 15 April 2021), Articles 2, 13 and 17","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/TAR.38B0127A21E8/asr\">Law on Merchant Shipping</a>],[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/TAIS.104591/asr\">Law on Fisheries</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,129,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","A031","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000075","Issue of a fishing vessel certificate to an undertaking requires that the fishing vessel is registered in the Lithuanian ship registry and that the undertaking has a valid permit for the ship to fly the Lithuanian flag. Accoriding to the Law of Merchant Shipping, registration in the Lithuanian ship register requires that the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.","\"Article 7 . Ship's flag:\n1 . The right to fly the flag of the State of Lithuania is granted to ships registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\n\nArticle 8 . Ship registration:\n1 . A ship shall be registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania if it is designed and built for navigation at sea and has documents confirming this, and the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 7 and 8 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 2 . The basic concepts of this law:\n[...]\n12 . Fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania - a fishing vessel registered in the Register of the Fishing Fleet of the European Union, flying the flag of the State of Lithuania and having a fishing vessel certificate issued to it by the Republic of Lithuania. \n13 . Fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania - issued by an institution authorized by the Ministry of Agriculture in accordance with Regulation (EC) No Document as defined in Article 4 (9) of Regulation (EC) No 1224/2009.\n[...]\n\nArticle 13 . Issuance of a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania, suspension, revocation of suspension, amendment of a certificate and revocation of a certificate:\n1 . A fishing vessel operated by an undertaking shall be included in the data system of vessels fishing in marine waters and a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania shall be issued to the undertaking if the undertaking complies with all the requirements specified in this Part:\n1 ) the undertaking has submitted an application for the issue of a fishing vessel certificate of the Republic of Lithuania;\n2 ) the operator owns or operates a fishing vessel on another legal basis;\n3 ) the fishing vessel is registered in the Register of Seagoing Vessels of the Republic of Lithuania or in the Register of Inland Waterway Vessels of the Republic of Lithuania;\n4 ) the undertaking has a valid permit for the ship to fly the flag of the State of Lithuania or a permit for the ship to temporarily fly the flag of the State of Lithuania;\n[...]\n\nArticle 17 . Commercial fishing in marine waters:\n[...]\n2 . Operators have the right to engage in commercial fishing in marine waters, except for coastal fishing, only with a permit for commercial fishing in marine waters, issued separately for the operation of each fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania, and individual fishing opportunities, except in the case provided for in paragraph 9. Operators may engage in inshore fishing with the right to use fishing gear and a permit for commercial fishing in marine waters, issued separately for the operation of each fishing vessel of the Republic of Lithuania, except for Regulation (EU) No. The exemption provided for in Article 4 (5) of Regulation (EU) No 404/2011.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Fisheries (27 June 2000, No. VIII-1756; last amended 15 April 2021), Articles 2, 13 and 17 [google translation])","Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 7 and 8\nLaw on Fisheries (27 June 2000, No. VIII-1756; last amended 15 April 2021), Articles 2, 13 and 17","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/TAR.38B0127A21E8/asr\">Law on Merchant Shipping</a>],[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/TAIS.104591/asr\">Law on Fisheries</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,129,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0004","National cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag. The crew [including its captain] of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality.","\"CHAPTER 3 - Naturalization\nArt. 2.3.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.3.02. - Definition\nNaturalization is the administrative act which gives the ship the right to fly the Malagasy flag with the privileges attached to it.\nArt. 2.3.03. - Possession of an act of naturalization\nAny Malagasy vessel setting sail must have its naturalization certificate on board.\nThe maritime administrative authority may exempt from the act of naturalization certain ships of less than ten tons of gross tonnage.\nArt. 2.3.04. - Conditions of naturalization\nTo be naturalized Malagasy, a vessel must meet the following conditions:\n1. belong either to a natural person residing on Malagasy territory, or to a company having its registered office in Madagascar;\n2. produce the documents required in article 2.2.08;\n3. have undergone a commissioning visit by the central safety committee;\n4. be manned by a Malagasy crew. However, an exemption may be granted by the central service of the Merchant Navy in the event of a shortage of Malagasy officers. In return, the shipowner will pay a special contribution to the operating budget of the National School of Maritime Education of Mahajanga, the amount of which will be fixed by decree.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - Genres and titles of navigation\nArt. 2.4.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.4.02. - Types of navigation\nCommerce navigation is subdivided into:\n- port navigation\n- navigation at boundary;\n- cabotage navigation;\n- long-distance navigation;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Conditions for exercising the profession of seafarer\nArt. 3.2.01. - Nationality\nThe quality of Malagasy sailor is reserved for Malagasy nationals holding a passport or a sailor's identity booklet.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 9 - Function on board and composition of the crew\nArt. 3.9.01. - Authority of the captain\nThe crew of a ship constitutes a hierarchical society under the authority of the captain who is the sole judge of the conduct of the expedition and the decisions to be made.\n[...]\nArt. 3.9.05. - Nationality of the crew\nThe crew of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality, except for derogation provided for in article 2.3.04 paragraph b, or have, subject to reciprocity, the nationality of one of the States having concluded with the Republic of Madagascar special agreements.\n[...]\nBOOK IV - THE ORGANIZATION OF MARITIME TRANSPORT\nCHAPTER ONE - General organization [...]\n[...]\n4.1.02. - Reserved transport\nNational cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag, unless waived by the maritime administrative authority. However, the above provisions do not apply in the event of assistance and rescue. [...]\" (Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation])","Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.apmf.mg/sites/default/files/inline-files/Code%20maritime.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,622,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0004","National cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag. The crew [including its captain] of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality.","\"CHAPTER 3 - Naturalization\nArt. 2.3.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.3.02. - Definition\nNaturalization is the administrative act which gives the ship the right to fly the Malagasy flag with the privileges attached to it.\nArt. 2.3.03. - Possession of an act of naturalization\nAny Malagasy vessel setting sail must have its naturalization certificate on board.\nThe maritime administrative authority may exempt from the act of naturalization certain ships of less than ten tons of gross tonnage.\nArt. 2.3.04. - Conditions of naturalization\nTo be naturalized Malagasy, a vessel must meet the following conditions:\n1. belong either to a natural person residing on Malagasy territory, or to a company having its registered office in Madagascar;\n2. produce the documents required in article 2.2.08;\n3. have undergone a commissioning visit by the central safety committee;\n4. be manned by a Malagasy crew. However, an exemption may be granted by the central service of the Merchant Navy in the event of a shortage of Malagasy officers. In return, the shipowner will pay a special contribution to the operating budget of the National School of Maritime Education of Mahajanga, the amount of which will be fixed by decree.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - Genres and titles of navigation\nArt. 2.4.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.4.02. - Types of navigation\nCommerce navigation is subdivided into:\n- port navigation\n- navigation at boundary;\n- cabotage navigation;\n- long-distance navigation;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Conditions for exercising the profession of seafarer\nArt. 3.2.01. - Nationality\nThe quality of Malagasy sailor is reserved for Malagasy nationals holding a passport or a sailor's identity booklet.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 9 - Function on board and composition of the crew\nArt. 3.9.01. - Authority of the captain\nThe crew of a ship constitutes a hierarchical society under the authority of the captain who is the sole judge of the conduct of the expedition and the decisions to be made.\n[...]\nArt. 3.9.05. - Nationality of the crew\nThe crew of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality, except for derogation provided for in article 2.3.04 paragraph b, or have, subject to reciprocity, the nationality of one of the States having concluded with the Republic of Madagascar special agreements.\n[...]\nBOOK IV - THE ORGANIZATION OF MARITIME TRANSPORT\nCHAPTER ONE - General organization [...]\n[...]\n4.1.02. - Reserved transport\nNational cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag, unless waived by the maritime administrative authority. However, the above provisions do not apply in the event of assistance and rescue. [...]\" (Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation])","Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.apmf.mg/sites/default/files/inline-files/Code%20maritime.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,622,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0004","National cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag. The crew [including its captain] of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality.","\"CHAPTER 3 - Naturalization\nArt. 2.3.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.3.02. - Definition\nNaturalization is the administrative act which gives the ship the right to fly the Malagasy flag with the privileges attached to it.\nArt. 2.3.03. - Possession of an act of naturalization\nAny Malagasy vessel setting sail must have its naturalization certificate on board.\nThe maritime administrative authority may exempt from the act of naturalization certain ships of less than ten tons of gross tonnage.\nArt. 2.3.04. - Conditions of naturalization\nTo be naturalized Malagasy, a vessel must meet the following conditions:\n1. belong either to a natural person residing on Malagasy territory, or to a company having its registered office in Madagascar;\n2. produce the documents required in article 2.2.08;\n3. have undergone a commissioning visit by the central safety committee;\n4. be manned by a Malagasy crew. However, an exemption may be granted by the central service of the Merchant Navy in the event of a shortage of Malagasy officers. In return, the shipowner will pay a special contribution to the operating budget of the National School of Maritime Education of Mahajanga, the amount of which will be fixed by decree.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - Genres and titles of navigation\nArt. 2.4.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.4.02. - Types of navigation\nCommerce navigation is subdivided into:\n- port navigation\n- navigation at boundary;\n- cabotage navigation;\n- long-distance navigation;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Conditions for exercising the profession of seafarer\nArt. 3.2.01. - Nationality\nThe quality of Malagasy sailor is reserved for Malagasy nationals holding a passport or a sailor's identity booklet.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 9 - Function on board and composition of the crew\nArt. 3.9.01. - Authority of the captain\nThe crew of a ship constitutes a hierarchical society under the authority of the captain who is the sole judge of the conduct of the expedition and the decisions to be made.\n[...]\nArt. 3.9.05. - Nationality of the crew\nThe crew of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality, except for derogation provided for in article 2.3.04 paragraph b, or have, subject to reciprocity, the nationality of one of the States having concluded with the Republic of Madagascar special agreements.\n[...]\nBOOK IV - THE ORGANIZATION OF MARITIME TRANSPORT\nCHAPTER ONE - General organization [...]\n[...]\n4.1.02. - Reserved transport\nNational cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag, unless waived by the maritime administrative authority. However, the above provisions do not apply in the event of assistance and rescue. [...]\" (Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation])","Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.apmf.mg/sites/default/files/inline-files/Code%20maritime.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,622,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0004","National cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag. The crew [including its captain] of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality.","\"CHAPTER 3 - Naturalization\nArt. 2.3.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.3.02. - Definition\nNaturalization is the administrative act which gives the ship the right to fly the Malagasy flag with the privileges attached to it.\nArt. 2.3.03. - Possession of an act of naturalization\nAny Malagasy vessel setting sail must have its naturalization certificate on board.\nThe maritime administrative authority may exempt from the act of naturalization certain ships of less than ten tons of gross tonnage.\nArt. 2.3.04. - Conditions of naturalization\nTo be naturalized Malagasy, a vessel must meet the following conditions:\n1. belong either to a natural person residing on Malagasy territory, or to a company having its registered office in Madagascar;\n2. produce the documents required in article 2.2.08;\n3. have undergone a commissioning visit by the central safety committee;\n4. be manned by a Malagasy crew. However, an exemption may be granted by the central service of the Merchant Navy in the event of a shortage of Malagasy officers. In return, the shipowner will pay a special contribution to the operating budget of the National School of Maritime Education of Mahajanga, the amount of which will be fixed by decree.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - Genres and titles of navigation\nArt. 2.4.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.4.02. - Types of navigation\nCommerce navigation is subdivided into:\n- port navigation\n- navigation at boundary;\n- cabotage navigation;\n- long-distance navigation;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Conditions for exercising the profession of seafarer\nArt. 3.2.01. - Nationality\nThe quality of Malagasy sailor is reserved for Malagasy nationals holding a passport or a sailor's identity booklet.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 9 - Function on board and composition of the crew\nArt. 3.9.01. - Authority of the captain\nThe crew of a ship constitutes a hierarchical society under the authority of the captain who is the sole judge of the conduct of the expedition and the decisions to be made.\n[...]\nArt. 3.9.05. - Nationality of the crew\nThe crew of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality, except for derogation provided for in article 2.3.04 paragraph b, or have, subject to reciprocity, the nationality of one of the States having concluded with the Republic of Madagascar special agreements.\n[...]\nBOOK IV - THE ORGANIZATION OF MARITIME TRANSPORT\nCHAPTER ONE - General organization [...]\n[...]\n4.1.02. - Reserved transport\nNational cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag, unless waived by the maritime administrative authority. However, the above provisions do not apply in the event of assistance and rescue. [...]\" (Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation])","Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.apmf.mg/sites/default/files/inline-files/Code%20maritime.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,622,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00075","Pursuant to Law n°2020-005 of 2 June 20202 on Insurance, local incorporation incorporation is required for insurance companies and intermediaries. Only branches of reinsurance companies are authorised.\nPrior to that, local incorporation was required for companies undertaking insurance and reinsurance activities in Madagascar.","\"Section 2. Subject entities\nArticle 2. This law is applicable to insurance or reinsurance service providers provided for in Title VII of this law, which are classified as:\n- insurance or reinsurance companies, abbreviated as “EA”;\n- branches of foreign reinsurance companies;\n- insurance or reinsurance intermediaries, abbreviated as “IAR”;\n- distribution channels.\nThe terms “insurance service providers” designate in this law “insurance or reinsurance service providers”, except for specific provisions concerning the insurance or reinsurance providers themselves.\nEAs designate all legal persons which carry out, as their usual profession, one or more insurance or reinsurance operations provided for in Articles 5 and 8 to 12 of this law.\nIARs designate all natural or legal persons who carry out, as a usual profession, the presentation of insurance or reinsurance transactions provided for in Articles 5 and 8 to 12 of this law on behalf of EAs and customers.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 3. BRANCH OF A FOREIGN RESINSURANCE COMPANY\nArticle 211. The CSBF may authorize the opening of a branch of a foreign reinsurance company to carry out the reinsurance operations provided for in Article 8 of this law on the territory of the Republic of Madagascar subject to obtaining an authorization provided for in article 229 of this law.\nThe provisions of this law concerning EAs apply to branches of foreign reinsurance companies, except for those relating to legal form and registered office.\nBranches of foreign reinsurance companies are governed by the provisions of the law on commercial companies.\nAll the provisions of this law concerning the corporate officers provided for in article 291 of this law are applicable to the general agents of the branches.\n[...]\nSub-section 3. IAR capacity requirements\nArticle 216. Any natural person authorized to present insurance or reinsurance transactions must:\n1. have reached the age of legal majority;\n2. be of Malagasy nationality or otherwise be a resident in good standing with the regulations concerning the situation and the police of foreigners;\n3. meet the conditions of professional capacity set by CSBF instruction;\n4. not be subject to one of the prohibitions provided for in article 415 of this law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2. APPLICABLE RULES AND STANDARDS\nSection 1. Legal form - minimum capital\nSubsection 1. Legal form\nArticle 279. EAs approved as insurance and reinsurance companies are constituted in the form of a multi-personal public limited company governed by the law on commercial companies.\nEAs approved as mutual insurance companies are incorporated in the form of a mutual insurance company governed by this law and its articles of association.[...]\" (Law n°2020-005 of June 2, 2020 ON INSURANCE [google translation])\n--------------------------\nPreviously\n--------------------------\n\"CHAPTER ONE - General provisions\nArt. 191: Legal form of insurance companies\nCompanies likely to be approved in Madagascar to carry out insurance, capitalization or assistance operations must be constituted in the form of a limited company or mutual insurance company.\nArt. 192: Direct insurance abroad\nNo one may take out direct insurance for a risk concerning a person having the status of resident, property or liability located in the territory of the Republic of Madagascar abroad.[...]\" (Law No. 99-013, Insurance Code [google translation])","Law n°2020-005 of June 2, 2020 ON INSURANCE [google translation]\nLaw No. 99-013, Insurance Code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.assemblee-nationale.mg/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Loi-n%C2%B02020-005_assurances.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.tresorpublic.mg/tresorpublic/download.php?path=wp-content/themes/tresor-public/statik-content/tresor-public/temp/lois/dof/lois/&file=99_013.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3778,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0005625","Pursuant to Law n°2020-005 of 2 June 20202 on Insurance, local incorporation incorporation is required for insurance companies and intermediaries. Only branches of reinsurance companies are authorised.\nPrior to that, local incorporation was required for companies undertaking insurance and reinsurance activities in Madagascar.","\"Section 2. Subject entities\nArticle 2. This law is applicable to insurance or reinsurance service providers provided for in Title VII of this law, which are classified as:\n- insurance or reinsurance companies, abbreviated as “EA”;\n- branches of foreign reinsurance companies;\n- insurance or reinsurance intermediaries, abbreviated as “IAR”;\n- distribution channels.\nThe terms “insurance service providers” designate in this law “insurance or reinsurance service providers”, except for specific provisions concerning the insurance or reinsurance providers themselves.\nEAs designate all legal persons which carry out, as their usual profession, one or more insurance or reinsurance operations provided for in Articles 5 and 8 to 12 of this law.\nIARs designate all natural or legal persons who carry out, as a usual profession, the presentation of insurance or reinsurance transactions provided for in Articles 5 and 8 to 12 of this law on behalf of EAs and customers.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 3. BRANCH OF A FOREIGN RESINSURANCE COMPANY\nArticle 211. The CSBF may authorize the opening of a branch of a foreign reinsurance company to carry out the reinsurance operations provided for in Article 8 of this law on the territory of the Republic of Madagascar subject to obtaining an authorization provided for in article 229 of this law.\nThe provisions of this law concerning EAs apply to branches of foreign reinsurance companies, except for those relating to legal form and registered office.\nBranches of foreign reinsurance companies are governed by the provisions of the law on commercial companies.\nAll the provisions of this law concerning the corporate officers provided for in article 291 of this law are applicable to the general agents of the branches.\n[...]\nSub-section 3. IAR capacity requirements\nArticle 216. Any natural person authorized to present insurance or reinsurance transactions must:\n1. have reached the age of legal majority;\n2. be of Malagasy nationality or otherwise be a resident in good standing with the regulations concerning the situation and the police of foreigners;\n3. meet the conditions of professional capacity set by CSBF instruction;\n4. not be subject to one of the prohibitions provided for in article 415 of this law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2. APPLICABLE RULES AND STANDARDS\nSection 1. Legal form - minimum capital\nSubsection 1. Legal form\nArticle 279. EAs approved as insurance and reinsurance companies are constituted in the form of a multi-personal public limited company governed by the law on commercial companies.\nEAs approved as mutual insurance companies are incorporated in the form of a mutual insurance company governed by this law and its articles of association.[...]\" (Law n°2020-005 of June 2, 2020 ON INSURANCE [google translation])\n--------------------------\nPreviously\n--------------------------\n\"CHAPTER ONE - General provisions\nArt. 191: Legal form of insurance companies\nCompanies likely to be approved in Madagascar to carry out insurance, capitalization or assistance operations must be constituted in the form of a limited company or mutual insurance company.\nArt. 192: Direct insurance abroad\nNo one may take out direct insurance for a risk concerning a person having the status of resident, property or liability located in the territory of the Republic of Madagascar abroad.[...]\" (Law No. 99-013, Insurance Code [google translation])","Law n°2020-005 of June 2, 2020 ON INSURANCE [google translation]\nLaw No. 99-013, Insurance Code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.assemblee-nationale.mg/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Loi-n%C2%B02020-005_assurances.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.tresorpublic.mg/tresorpublic/download.php?path=wp-content/themes/tresor-public/statik-content/tresor-public/temp/lois/dof/lois/&file=99_013.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,628,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.0005625","Pursuant to Law n°2020-005 of 2 June 20202 on Insurance, local incorporation incorporation is required for insurance companies and intermediaries. Only branches of reinsurance companies are authorised.\nPrior to that, local incorporation was required for companies undertaking insurance and reinsurance activities in Madagascar.","\"Section 2. Subject entities\nArticle 2. This law is applicable to insurance or reinsurance service providers provided for in Title VII of this law, which are classified as:\n- insurance or reinsurance companies, abbreviated as “EA”;\n- branches of foreign reinsurance companies;\n- insurance or reinsurance intermediaries, abbreviated as “IAR”;\n- distribution channels.\nThe terms “insurance service providers” designate in this law “insurance or reinsurance service providers”, except for specific provisions concerning the insurance or reinsurance providers themselves.\nEAs designate all legal persons which carry out, as their usual profession, one or more insurance or reinsurance operations provided for in Articles 5 and 8 to 12 of this law.\nIARs designate all natural or legal persons who carry out, as a usual profession, the presentation of insurance or reinsurance transactions provided for in Articles 5 and 8 to 12 of this law on behalf of EAs and customers.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 3. BRANCH OF A FOREIGN RESINSURANCE COMPANY\nArticle 211. The CSBF may authorize the opening of a branch of a foreign reinsurance company to carry out the reinsurance operations provided for in Article 8 of this law on the territory of the Republic of Madagascar subject to obtaining an authorization provided for in article 229 of this law.\nThe provisions of this law concerning EAs apply to branches of foreign reinsurance companies, except for those relating to legal form and registered office.\nBranches of foreign reinsurance companies are governed by the provisions of the law on commercial companies.\nAll the provisions of this law concerning the corporate officers provided for in article 291 of this law are applicable to the general agents of the branches.\n[...]\nSub-section 3. IAR capacity requirements\nArticle 216. Any natural person authorized to present insurance or reinsurance transactions must:\n1. have reached the age of legal majority;\n2. be of Malagasy nationality or otherwise be a resident in good standing with the regulations concerning the situation and the police of foreigners;\n3. meet the conditions of professional capacity set by CSBF instruction;\n4. not be subject to one of the prohibitions provided for in article 415 of this law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2. APPLICABLE RULES AND STANDARDS\nSection 1. Legal form - minimum capital\nSubsection 1. Legal form\nArticle 279. EAs approved as insurance and reinsurance companies are constituted in the form of a multi-personal public limited company governed by the law on commercial companies.\nEAs approved as mutual insurance companies are incorporated in the form of a mutual insurance company governed by this law and its articles of association.[...]\" (Law n°2020-005 of June 2, 2020 ON INSURANCE [google translation])\n--------------------------\nPreviously\n--------------------------\n\"CHAPTER ONE - General provisions\nArt. 191: Legal form of insurance companies\nCompanies likely to be approved in Madagascar to carry out insurance, capitalization or assistance operations must be constituted in the form of a limited company or mutual insurance company.\nArt. 192: Direct insurance abroad\nNo one may take out direct insurance for a risk concerning a person having the status of resident, property or liability located in the territory of the Republic of Madagascar abroad.[...]\" (Law No. 99-013, Insurance Code [google translation])","Law n°2020-005 of June 2, 2020 ON INSURANCE [google translation]\nLaw No. 99-013, Insurance Code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.assemblee-nationale.mg/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Loi-n%C2%B02020-005_assurances.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.tresorpublic.mg/tresorpublic/download.php?path=wp-content/themes/tresor-public/statik-content/tresor-public/temp/lois/dof/lois/&file=99_013.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,628,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0005625","Pursuant to Law n°2020-005 of 2 June 20202 on Insurance, local incorporation incorporation is required for insurance companies and intermediaries. Only branches of reinsurance companies are authorised.\nPrior to that, local incorporation was required for companies undertaking insurance and reinsurance activities in Madagascar.","\"Section 2. Subject entities\nArticle 2. This law is applicable to insurance or reinsurance service providers provided for in Title VII of this law, which are classified as:\n- insurance or reinsurance companies, abbreviated as “EA”;\n- branches of foreign reinsurance companies;\n- insurance or reinsurance intermediaries, abbreviated as “IAR”;\n- distribution channels.\nThe terms “insurance service providers” designate in this law “insurance or reinsurance service providers”, except for specific provisions concerning the insurance or reinsurance providers themselves.\nEAs designate all legal persons which carry out, as their usual profession, one or more insurance or reinsurance operations provided for in Articles 5 and 8 to 12 of this law.\nIARs designate all natural or legal persons who carry out, as a usual profession, the presentation of insurance or reinsurance transactions provided for in Articles 5 and 8 to 12 of this law on behalf of EAs and customers.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 3. BRANCH OF A FOREIGN RESINSURANCE COMPANY\nArticle 211. The CSBF may authorize the opening of a branch of a foreign reinsurance company to carry out the reinsurance operations provided for in Article 8 of this law on the territory of the Republic of Madagascar subject to obtaining an authorization provided for in article 229 of this law.\nThe provisions of this law concerning EAs apply to branches of foreign reinsurance companies, except for those relating to legal form and registered office.\nBranches of foreign reinsurance companies are governed by the provisions of the law on commercial companies.\nAll the provisions of this law concerning the corporate officers provided for in article 291 of this law are applicable to the general agents of the branches.\n[...]\nSub-section 3. IAR capacity requirements\nArticle 216. Any natural person authorized to present insurance or reinsurance transactions must:\n1. have reached the age of legal majority;\n2. be of Malagasy nationality or otherwise be a resident in good standing with the regulations concerning the situation and the police of foreigners;\n3. meet the conditions of professional capacity set by CSBF instruction;\n4. not be subject to one of the prohibitions provided for in article 415 of this law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2. APPLICABLE RULES AND STANDARDS\nSection 1. Legal form - minimum capital\nSubsection 1. Legal form\nArticle 279. EAs approved as insurance and reinsurance companies are constituted in the form of a multi-personal public limited company governed by the law on commercial companies.\nEAs approved as mutual insurance companies are incorporated in the form of a mutual insurance company governed by this law and its articles of association.[...]\" (Law n°2020-005 of June 2, 2020 ON INSURANCE [google translation])\n--------------------------\nPreviously\n--------------------------\n\"CHAPTER ONE - General provisions\nArt. 191: Legal form of insurance companies\nCompanies likely to be approved in Madagascar to carry out insurance, capitalization or assistance operations must be constituted in the form of a limited company or mutual insurance company.\nArt. 192: Direct insurance abroad\nNo one may take out direct insurance for a risk concerning a person having the status of resident, property or liability located in the territory of the Republic of Madagascar abroad.[...]\" (Law No. 99-013, Insurance Code [google translation])","Law n°2020-005 of June 2, 2020 ON INSURANCE [google translation]\nLaw No. 99-013, Insurance Code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.assemblee-nationale.mg/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Loi-n%C2%B02020-005_assurances.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.tresorpublic.mg/tresorpublic/download.php?path=wp-content/themes/tresor-public/statik-content/tresor-public/temp/lois/dof/lois/&file=99_013.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,628,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","M692X1","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.0025","Qualified foreign nationals may register with Order of Accountants upon meeting requirements and subject to reciprocity. Only foreigners who have resided in Madagascar for over 10 years and that meet qualification requirements are entitled to register and practice as chartered accountants [auditors]. Only registered accountants and chartered accountants can be nominated for the positions of chairman, managing director and manager of accounting and auditing firms, and 3/4 of accounting and auditing firms assuming a limited liability form must be owned by registered accountants and chartered accountants.","\"Art. 4 - No one may use the title of chartered accountant and financier and practice the profession if he is not a member of the Order as defined in article 11.\nArt. 5 - The profession of chartered accountant and financier is incompatible with any activity and in particular any act likely to undermine the independence of the person who exercises it.\n(Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) It is forbidden for the accountant and financial expert to hold a salaried job and to carry out commercial acts on a regular basis. However, the accountant and financial expert may provide education related to the exercise of his profession, or hold a paid job with an accountant and financial expert or in an accounting firm.\nThe accountant and financial expert can neither act as a business agent nor represent one of the parties before the courts of the administrative order or the judicial order.\nHe must not devote the major part of his activity to work concerning a single company, a single financial group or a single community or association of interests.\n[...]\nArt. 9 - Chartered accountants and financiers may set up among themselves accounting and financial chartered companies in the form of:\nA - Either civil companies or general partnerships, under the dual conditions:\n1 That all associates be individually members of the Order\n2 That the companies in question be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in public accounting.\nB - Either public limited companies or limited liability companies provided that these companies:\n- have as their object the exercise of the accounting profession;\n- justify that at least three quarters of their shares or shares are held by accountants and financial experts, the rest may be held by persons bound to the company by an employment contract;\n- choose their Chairman, their Managing Director, their managers or their proxies from among the chartered accountant and financial partners;\n- have, in the case of joint-stock companies, their shares in registered form and, in all cases, make the admission of any new shareholder subject to the prior approval either of the Board of Directors or of the unitholders;\n- communicate to the Council of the Order the list of their associates as well as any modification made to this list, keep the same information available to the public authorities and all interested third parties;\n- be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in accounting and financial expertise.\nThe provisions of article 5 relating to the accountant and financial expert are applicable to accounting and financial expertise companies.\n[...]\nArt. 11 - (Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) - Any person of Malagasy nationality who intends to devote his activity to accounting and financial expertise in Madagascar must request his registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\n1° Possession of an official accountant and financial expert diploma or a diploma recognized as equivalent by the Equivalence Commission which is instituted by a regulatory text;\n2° Of the enjoyment of his civil rights;\n3° The absence of conviction for acts contrary to honor, probity and good morals and for the illegal exercise of the profession.\nIt must also declare:\n1° That it has never been declared bankrupt or in receivership;\n2° That he has not exercised the functions of Manager, Director or Chief Executive Officer of a company declared bankrupt or in legal settlement;\n3° That she has not been excluded from the profession of auxiliary of justice;\n4° And in general, that it has not infringed the legislation on the prohibitions of the right to manage and administer companies;\n5° That she is at least 25 years old;\n6° That he is resident in the territory of the Republic of Madagascar.\nArt. 12 - (Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) -Any person of foreign nationality who intends to devote his activity to accounting and financial expertise must apply for registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\nThat she meets all the conditions of article 11 with the exception of nationality, and that she has also successfully passed an aptitude test to assess the acquired knowledge of business law applicable in Madagascar ; the composition of the jury, the program and the organization of the aptitude test are governed by a regulatory text, provided that the applicant's country authorizes the professional practice of Malagasy accountants and financial experts under a protocol specific agreement.\n[...]\nSection III - Chartered accountant\nArt. 18 - Is a certified accountant the technician who has the habitual profession of organizing, opening, keeping, centralizing, assisting and monitoring and, in the exercise of these missions, rectifying the accounts of the companies and organizations to which he is not bound by an employment contract.\n[...]\nArt. 21 - Any person who intends to practice the profession of chartered accountant, in accordance with article 18 of this ordinance, must request his registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\n1° Possession of Malagasy nationality;\n2° Of the enjoyment of his civil rights;\n3° The absence of conviction for acts contrary to honour, probity and good morals and for the illegal exercise of the profession.\n[...]\nArt. 22 - By way of derogation from paragraph 1 of article 21, persons who are not of Malagasy nationality but residing in the territory of the Malagasy Republic for 10 years may be registered on the roll of the Order as chartered accountants. at least, and which meet the conditions set out in the preceding article 21.\n[...]\nArt. 29 - Chartered accountants may set up accounting companies among themselves in the form of:\nA - Either civil companies or general partnerships, under the double conditions:\n1° That all associates be individually members of the Order.\n2° That the companies in question be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in the activity of chartered accountant.\nB - Or public limited companies or companies with limited liability provided that these companies:\n- have as their object the practice of the chartered accountant profession;\n- justify that at least three quarters of their shares or units are held by chartered accountants, the rest may be held by persons bound to the company by an employment contract;\n- choose their chairman, their managing director, their managers or their proxies from among the chartered accountant partners;\n- have, in the case of joint-stock companies, their shares in registered form and, in all cases, make the admission of any new shareholder subject to the prior approval, either of the Board of Directors or of the bearers of shares;\n- communicate to the Council of the Order the list of their partners, as well as any modification made to this list, keep the same information at the disposal of the public authorities and all interested third parties;\n- are recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in the activity of chartered accountant. [...]\" (ORDINANCE N° 92-047 OF NOVEMBER 5, 1992 relating to the organization of the professions of chartered accountant and finance and chartered accountant and the restructuring of the Order bringing together the members of these professions ( JO n° of 14.12.92 p. 2790) supplemented by law n° 96-019 of 4 September 1996 (JO n° of 23.09.96 p. 2060 [google translation])","ORDINANCE N° 92-047 OF NOVEMBER 5, 1992 relating to the organization of the professions of chartered accountant and finance and chartered accountant and the restructuring of the Order bringing together the members of these professions ( JO n° of 14.12.92 p. 2790) supplemented by law n° 96-019 of 4 September 1996 (JO n° of 23.09.96 p. 2060 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://jwf-legal2.fr.gd/Ordonnance-14.htm\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,634,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","M692X1","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.0025","Qualified foreign nationals may register with Order of Accountants upon meeting requirements and subject to reciprocity. Only foreigners who have resided in Madagascar for over 10 years and that meet qualification requirements are entitled to register and practice as chartered accountants [auditors]. Only registered accountants and chartered accountants can be nominated for the positions of chairman, managing director and manager of accounting and auditing firms, and 3/4 of accounting and auditing firms assuming a limited liability form must be owned by registered accountants and chartered accountants.","\"Art. 4 - No one may use the title of chartered accountant and financier and practice the profession if he is not a member of the Order as defined in article 11.\nArt. 5 - The profession of chartered accountant and financier is incompatible with any activity and in particular any act likely to undermine the independence of the person who exercises it.\n(Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) It is forbidden for the accountant and financial expert to hold a salaried job and to carry out commercial acts on a regular basis. However, the accountant and financial expert may provide education related to the exercise of his profession, or hold a paid job with an accountant and financial expert or in an accounting firm.\nThe accountant and financial expert can neither act as a business agent nor represent one of the parties before the courts of the administrative order or the judicial order.\nHe must not devote the major part of his activity to work concerning a single company, a single financial group or a single community or association of interests.\n[...]\nArt. 9 - Chartered accountants and financiers may set up among themselves accounting and financial chartered companies in the form of:\nA - Either civil companies or general partnerships, under the dual conditions:\n1 That all associates be individually members of the Order\n2 That the companies in question be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in public accounting.\nB - Either public limited companies or limited liability companies provided that these companies:\n- have as their object the exercise of the accounting profession;\n- justify that at least three quarters of their shares or shares are held by accountants and financial experts, the rest may be held by persons bound to the company by an employment contract;\n- choose their Chairman, their Managing Director, their managers or their proxies from among the chartered accountant and financial partners;\n- have, in the case of joint-stock companies, their shares in registered form and, in all cases, make the admission of any new shareholder subject to the prior approval either of the Board of Directors or of the unitholders;\n- communicate to the Council of the Order the list of their associates as well as any modification made to this list, keep the same information available to the public authorities and all interested third parties;\n- be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in accounting and financial expertise.\nThe provisions of article 5 relating to the accountant and financial expert are applicable to accounting and financial expertise companies.\n[...]\nArt. 11 - (Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) - Any person of Malagasy nationality who intends to devote his activity to accounting and financial expertise in Madagascar must request his registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\n1° Possession of an official accountant and financial expert diploma or a diploma recognized as equivalent by the Equivalence Commission which is instituted by a regulatory text;\n2° Of the enjoyment of his civil rights;\n3° The absence of conviction for acts contrary to honor, probity and good morals and for the illegal exercise of the profession.\nIt must also declare:\n1° That it has never been declared bankrupt or in receivership;\n2° That he has not exercised the functions of Manager, Director or Chief Executive Officer of a company declared bankrupt or in legal settlement;\n3° That she has not been excluded from the profession of auxiliary of justice;\n4° And in general, that it has not infringed the legislation on the prohibitions of the right to manage and administer companies;\n5° That she is at least 25 years old;\n6° That he is resident in the territory of the Republic of Madagascar.\nArt. 12 - (Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) -Any person of foreign nationality who intends to devote his activity to accounting and financial expertise must apply for registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\nThat she meets all the conditions of article 11 with the exception of nationality, and that she has also successfully passed an aptitude test to assess the acquired knowledge of business law applicable in Madagascar ; the composition of the jury, the program and the organization of the aptitude test are governed by a regulatory text, provided that the applicant's country authorizes the professional practice of Malagasy accountants and financial experts under a protocol specific agreement.\n[...]\nSection III - Chartered accountant\nArt. 18 - Is a certified accountant the technician who has the habitual profession of organizing, opening, keeping, centralizing, assisting and monitoring and, in the exercise of these missions, rectifying the accounts of the companies and organizations to which he is not bound by an employment contract.\n[...]\nArt. 21 - Any person who intends to practice the profession of chartered accountant, in accordance with article 18 of this ordinance, must request his registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\n1° Possession of Malagasy nationality;\n2° Of the enjoyment of his civil rights;\n3° The absence of conviction for acts contrary to honour, probity and good morals and for the illegal exercise of the profession.\n[...]\nArt. 22 - By way of derogation from paragraph 1 of article 21, persons who are not of Malagasy nationality but residing in the territory of the Malagasy Republic for 10 years may be registered on the roll of the Order as chartered accountants. at least, and which meet the conditions set out in the preceding article 21.\n[...]\nArt. 29 - Chartered accountants may set up accounting companies among themselves in the form of:\nA - Either civil companies or general partnerships, under the double conditions:\n1° That all associates be individually members of the Order.\n2° That the companies in question be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in the activity of chartered accountant.\nB - Or public limited companies or companies with limited liability provided that these companies:\n- have as their object the practice of the chartered accountant profession;\n- justify that at least three quarters of their shares or units are held by chartered accountants, the rest may be held by persons bound to the company by an employment contract;\n- choose their chairman, their managing director, their managers or their proxies from among the chartered accountant partners;\n- have, in the case of joint-stock companies, their shares in registered form and, in all cases, make the admission of any new shareholder subject to the prior approval, either of the Board of Directors or of the bearers of shares;\n- communicate to the Council of the Order the list of their partners, as well as any modification made to this list, keep the same information at the disposal of the public authorities and all interested third parties;\n- are recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in the activity of chartered accountant. [...]\" (ORDINANCE N° 92-047 OF NOVEMBER 5, 1992 relating to the organization of the professions of chartered accountant and finance and chartered accountant and the restructuring of the Order bringing together the members of these professions ( JO n° of 14.12.92 p. 2790) supplemented by law n° 96-019 of 4 September 1996 (JO n° of 23.09.96 p. 2060 [google translation])","ORDINANCE N° 92-047 OF NOVEMBER 5, 1992 relating to the organization of the professions of chartered accountant and finance and chartered accountant and the restructuring of the Order bringing together the members of these professions ( JO n° of 14.12.92 p. 2790) supplemented by law n° 96-019 of 4 September 1996 (JO n° of 23.09.96 p. 2060 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://jwf-legal2.fr.gd/Ordonnance-14.htm\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,634,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","M692X1","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0025","Qualified foreign nationals may register with Order of Accountants upon meeting requirements and subject to reciprocity. Only foreigners who have resided in Madagascar for over 10 years and that meet qualification requirements are entitled to register and practice as chartered accountants [auditors]. Only registered accountants and chartered accountants can be nominated for the positions of chairman, managing director and manager of accounting and auditing firms, and 3/4 of accounting and auditing firms assuming a limited liability form must be owned by registered accountants and chartered accountants.","\"Art. 4 - No one may use the title of chartered accountant and financier and practice the profession if he is not a member of the Order as defined in article 11.\nArt. 5 - The profession of chartered accountant and financier is incompatible with any activity and in particular any act likely to undermine the independence of the person who exercises it.\n(Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) It is forbidden for the accountant and financial expert to hold a salaried job and to carry out commercial acts on a regular basis. However, the accountant and financial expert may provide education related to the exercise of his profession, or hold a paid job with an accountant and financial expert or in an accounting firm.\nThe accountant and financial expert can neither act as a business agent nor represent one of the parties before the courts of the administrative order or the judicial order.\nHe must not devote the major part of his activity to work concerning a single company, a single financial group or a single community or association of interests.\n[...]\nArt. 9 - Chartered accountants and financiers may set up among themselves accounting and financial chartered companies in the form of:\nA - Either civil companies or general partnerships, under the dual conditions:\n1 That all associates be individually members of the Order\n2 That the companies in question be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in public accounting.\nB - Either public limited companies or limited liability companies provided that these companies:\n- have as their object the exercise of the accounting profession;\n- justify that at least three quarters of their shares or shares are held by accountants and financial experts, the rest may be held by persons bound to the company by an employment contract;\n- choose their Chairman, their Managing Director, their managers or their proxies from among the chartered accountant and financial partners;\n- have, in the case of joint-stock companies, their shares in registered form and, in all cases, make the admission of any new shareholder subject to the prior approval either of the Board of Directors or of the unitholders;\n- communicate to the Council of the Order the list of their associates as well as any modification made to this list, keep the same information available to the public authorities and all interested third parties;\n- be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in accounting and financial expertise.\nThe provisions of article 5 relating to the accountant and financial expert are applicable to accounting and financial expertise companies.\n[...]\nArt. 11 - (Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) - Any person of Malagasy nationality who intends to devote his activity to accounting and financial expertise in Madagascar must request his registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\n1° Possession of an official accountant and financial expert diploma or a diploma recognized as equivalent by the Equivalence Commission which is instituted by a regulatory text;\n2° Of the enjoyment of his civil rights;\n3° The absence of conviction for acts contrary to honor, probity and good morals and for the illegal exercise of the profession.\nIt must also declare:\n1° That it has never been declared bankrupt or in receivership;\n2° That he has not exercised the functions of Manager, Director or Chief Executive Officer of a company declared bankrupt or in legal settlement;\n3° That she has not been excluded from the profession of auxiliary of justice;\n4° And in general, that it has not infringed the legislation on the prohibitions of the right to manage and administer companies;\n5° That she is at least 25 years old;\n6° That he is resident in the territory of the Republic of Madagascar.\nArt. 12 - (Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) -Any person of foreign nationality who intends to devote his activity to accounting and financial expertise must apply for registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\nThat she meets all the conditions of article 11 with the exception of nationality, and that she has also successfully passed an aptitude test to assess the acquired knowledge of business law applicable in Madagascar ; the composition of the jury, the program and the organization of the aptitude test are governed by a regulatory text, provided that the applicant's country authorizes the professional practice of Malagasy accountants and financial experts under a protocol specific agreement.\n[...]\nSection III - Chartered accountant\nArt. 18 - Is a certified accountant the technician who has the habitual profession of organizing, opening, keeping, centralizing, assisting and monitoring and, in the exercise of these missions, rectifying the accounts of the companies and organizations to which he is not bound by an employment contract.\n[...]\nArt. 21 - Any person who intends to practice the profession of chartered accountant, in accordance with article 18 of this ordinance, must request his registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\n1° Possession of Malagasy nationality;\n2° Of the enjoyment of his civil rights;\n3° The absence of conviction for acts contrary to honour, probity and good morals and for the illegal exercise of the profession.\n[...]\nArt. 22 - By way of derogation from paragraph 1 of article 21, persons who are not of Malagasy nationality but residing in the territory of the Malagasy Republic for 10 years may be registered on the roll of the Order as chartered accountants. at least, and which meet the conditions set out in the preceding article 21.\n[...]\nArt. 29 - Chartered accountants may set up accounting companies among themselves in the form of:\nA - Either civil companies or general partnerships, under the double conditions:\n1° That all associates be individually members of the Order.\n2° That the companies in question be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in the activity of chartered accountant.\nB - Or public limited companies or companies with limited liability provided that these companies:\n- have as their object the practice of the chartered accountant profession;\n- justify that at least three quarters of their shares or units are held by chartered accountants, the rest may be held by persons bound to the company by an employment contract;\n- choose their chairman, their managing director, their managers or their proxies from among the chartered accountant partners;\n- have, in the case of joint-stock companies, their shares in registered form and, in all cases, make the admission of any new shareholder subject to the prior approval, either of the Board of Directors or of the bearers of shares;\n- communicate to the Council of the Order the list of their partners, as well as any modification made to this list, keep the same information at the disposal of the public authorities and all interested third parties;\n- are recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in the activity of chartered accountant. [...]\" (ORDINANCE N° 92-047 OF NOVEMBER 5, 1992 relating to the organization of the professions of chartered accountant and finance and chartered accountant and the restructuring of the Order bringing together the members of these professions ( JO n° of 14.12.92 p. 2790) supplemented by law n° 96-019 of 4 September 1996 (JO n° of 23.09.96 p. 2060 [google translation])","ORDINANCE N° 92-047 OF NOVEMBER 5, 1992 relating to the organization of the professions of chartered accountant and finance and chartered accountant and the restructuring of the Order bringing together the members of these professions ( JO n° of 14.12.92 p. 2790) supplemented by law n° 96-019 of 4 September 1996 (JO n° of 23.09.96 p. 2060 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://jwf-legal2.fr.gd/Ordonnance-14.htm\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,634,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","M692X1","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.0025","Qualified foreign nationals may register with Order of Accountants upon meeting requirements and subject to reciprocity. Only foreigners who have resided in Madagascar for over 10 years and that meet qualification requirements are entitled to register and practice as chartered accountants [auditors]. Only registered accountants and chartered accountants can be nominated for the positions of chairman, managing director and manager of accounting and auditing firms, and 3/4 of accounting and auditing firms assuming a limited liability form must be owned by registered accountants and chartered accountants.","\"Art. 4 - No one may use the title of chartered accountant and financier and practice the profession if he is not a member of the Order as defined in article 11.\nArt. 5 - The profession of chartered accountant and financier is incompatible with any activity and in particular any act likely to undermine the independence of the person who exercises it.\n(Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) It is forbidden for the accountant and financial expert to hold a salaried job and to carry out commercial acts on a regular basis. However, the accountant and financial expert may provide education related to the exercise of his profession, or hold a paid job with an accountant and financial expert or in an accounting firm.\nThe accountant and financial expert can neither act as a business agent nor represent one of the parties before the courts of the administrative order or the judicial order.\nHe must not devote the major part of his activity to work concerning a single company, a single financial group or a single community or association of interests.\n[...]\nArt. 9 - Chartered accountants and financiers may set up among themselves accounting and financial chartered companies in the form of:\nA - Either civil companies or general partnerships, under the dual conditions:\n1 That all associates be individually members of the Order\n2 That the companies in question be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in public accounting.\nB - Either public limited companies or limited liability companies provided that these companies:\n- have as their object the exercise of the accounting profession;\n- justify that at least three quarters of their shares or shares are held by accountants and financial experts, the rest may be held by persons bound to the company by an employment contract;\n- choose their Chairman, their Managing Director, their managers or their proxies from among the chartered accountant and financial partners;\n- have, in the case of joint-stock companies, their shares in registered form and, in all cases, make the admission of any new shareholder subject to the prior approval either of the Board of Directors or of the unitholders;\n- communicate to the Council of the Order the list of their associates as well as any modification made to this list, keep the same information available to the public authorities and all interested third parties;\n- be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in accounting and financial expertise.\nThe provisions of article 5 relating to the accountant and financial expert are applicable to accounting and financial expertise companies.\n[...]\nArt. 11 - (Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) - Any person of Malagasy nationality who intends to devote his activity to accounting and financial expertise in Madagascar must request his registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\n1° Possession of an official accountant and financial expert diploma or a diploma recognized as equivalent by the Equivalence Commission which is instituted by a regulatory text;\n2° Of the enjoyment of his civil rights;\n3° The absence of conviction for acts contrary to honor, probity and good morals and for the illegal exercise of the profession.\nIt must also declare:\n1° That it has never been declared bankrupt or in receivership;\n2° That he has not exercised the functions of Manager, Director or Chief Executive Officer of a company declared bankrupt or in legal settlement;\n3° That she has not been excluded from the profession of auxiliary of justice;\n4° And in general, that it has not infringed the legislation on the prohibitions of the right to manage and administer companies;\n5° That she is at least 25 years old;\n6° That he is resident in the territory of the Republic of Madagascar.\nArt. 12 - (Law n° 96-019 of 04.09.96) -Any person of foreign nationality who intends to devote his activity to accounting and financial expertise must apply for registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\nThat she meets all the conditions of article 11 with the exception of nationality, and that she has also successfully passed an aptitude test to assess the acquired knowledge of business law applicable in Madagascar ; the composition of the jury, the program and the organization of the aptitude test are governed by a regulatory text, provided that the applicant's country authorizes the professional practice of Malagasy accountants and financial experts under a protocol specific agreement.\n[...]\nSection III - Chartered accountant\nArt. 18 - Is a certified accountant the technician who has the habitual profession of organizing, opening, keeping, centralizing, assisting and monitoring and, in the exercise of these missions, rectifying the accounts of the companies and organizations to which he is not bound by an employment contract.\n[...]\nArt. 21 - Any person who intends to practice the profession of chartered accountant, in accordance with article 18 of this ordinance, must request his registration on the roll of the Order by justifying:\n1° Possession of Malagasy nationality;\n2° Of the enjoyment of his civil rights;\n3° The absence of conviction for acts contrary to honour, probity and good morals and for the illegal exercise of the profession.\n[...]\nArt. 22 - By way of derogation from paragraph 1 of article 21, persons who are not of Malagasy nationality but residing in the territory of the Malagasy Republic for 10 years may be registered on the roll of the Order as chartered accountants. at least, and which meet the conditions set out in the preceding article 21.\n[...]\nArt. 29 - Chartered accountants may set up accounting companies among themselves in the form of:\nA - Either civil companies or general partnerships, under the double conditions:\n1° That all associates be individually members of the Order.\n2° That the companies in question be recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in the activity of chartered accountant.\nB - Or public limited companies or companies with limited liability provided that these companies:\n- have as their object the practice of the chartered accountant profession;\n- justify that at least three quarters of their shares or units are held by chartered accountants, the rest may be held by persons bound to the company by an employment contract;\n- choose their chairman, their managing director, their managers or their proxies from among the chartered accountant partners;\n- have, in the case of joint-stock companies, their shares in registered form and, in all cases, make the admission of any new shareholder subject to the prior approval, either of the Board of Directors or of the bearers of shares;\n- communicate to the Council of the Order the list of their partners, as well as any modification made to this list, keep the same information at the disposal of the public authorities and all interested third parties;\n- are recognized by the Council of the Order as being able to legally engage in the activity of chartered accountant. [...]\" (ORDINANCE N° 92-047 OF NOVEMBER 5, 1992 relating to the organization of the professions of chartered accountant and finance and chartered accountant and the restructuring of the Order bringing together the members of these professions ( JO n° of 14.12.92 p. 2790) supplemented by law n° 96-019 of 4 September 1996 (JO n° of 23.09.96 p. 2060 [google translation])","ORDINANCE N° 92-047 OF NOVEMBER 5, 1992 relating to the organization of the professions of chartered accountant and finance and chartered accountant and the restructuring of the Order bringing together the members of these professions ( JO n° of 14.12.92 p. 2790) supplemented by law n° 96-019 of 4 September 1996 (JO n° of 23.09.96 p. 2060 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://jwf-legal2.fr.gd/Ordonnance-14.htm\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,634,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00075","Local incorporation is required for undertaking insurance/reinsurance and pension fund business.","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n\"insurer\" means a corporation incorporated under the Companies Act carrying on an insurance business, otherwise than as a broker, an agent for brokers or as an insurance agent and includes a reinsurer, a friendly society and a medical aid scheme unless this Act contains a separate provision specifically applicable to the reinsurer, the friendly society and the medical scheme in which case that provision shall apply;\n[…]\n8. Registration criteria\n(1) If the Registrar is satisfied—\n(a) that the applicant for a licence as an insurer, other than as an external reinsurer, is a company incorporated under the Companies Act;[…]\" (Insurance Act (Chapter 47:01), 2010, as amended)\n-----------------\n\"Part III - Pension Services Company\n5.(1) A limited liability company licensed to operate as an administrator and any of the following:\n(a) corporate trustee of a pension fund; (b) operator of an umbrella fund; and (c) provider of programmed withdrawals, is hereby defined as a pension services company.[...]\" (Financial Services (Licensing and Registation of Pension Entities) Directive, 2014)\n","Insurance Act (Chapter 47:01), 2010, as amended\nFinancial Services (Licensing and Registation of Pension Entities) Directive, 2014","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.rbm.mw/Home/GetContentFile/?ContentID=3744\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.rbm.mw/FinancialSectorRegulation/GetContentFile/?ContentID=4523\">Dir</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,442,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.00075","Local incorporation is required for undertaking insurance/reinsurance and pension fund business.","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n\"insurer\" means a corporation incorporated under the Companies Act carrying on an insurance business, otherwise than as a broker, an agent for brokers or as an insurance agent and includes a reinsurer, a friendly society and a medical aid scheme unless this Act contains a separate provision specifically applicable to the reinsurer, the friendly society and the medical scheme in which case that provision shall apply;\n[…]\n8. Registration criteria\n(1) If the Registrar is satisfied—\n(a) that the applicant for a licence as an insurer, other than as an external reinsurer, is a company incorporated under the Companies Act;[…]\" (Insurance Act (Chapter 47:01), 2010, as amended)\n-----------------\n\"Part III - Pension Services Company\n5.(1) A limited liability company licensed to operate as an administrator and any of the following:\n(a) corporate trustee of a pension fund; (b) operator of an umbrella fund; and (c) provider of programmed withdrawals, is hereby defined as a pension services company.[...]\" (Financial Services (Licensing and Registation of Pension Entities) Directive, 2014)\n","Insurance Act (Chapter 47:01), 2010, as amended\nFinancial Services (Licensing and Registation of Pension Entities) Directive, 2014","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.rbm.mw/Home/GetContentFile/?ContentID=3744\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.rbm.mw/FinancialSectorRegulation/GetContentFile/?ContentID=4523\">Dir</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,442,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00075","Local incorporation is required for undertaking insurance/reinsurance and pension fund business.","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n\"insurer\" means a corporation incorporated under the Companies Act carrying on an insurance business, otherwise than as a broker, an agent for brokers or as an insurance agent and includes a reinsurer, a friendly society and a medical aid scheme unless this Act contains a separate provision specifically applicable to the reinsurer, the friendly society and the medical scheme in which case that provision shall apply;\n[…]\n8. Registration criteria\n(1) If the Registrar is satisfied—\n(a) that the applicant for a licence as an insurer, other than as an external reinsurer, is a company incorporated under the Companies Act;[…]\" (Insurance Act (Chapter 47:01), 2010, as amended)\n-----------------\n\"Part III - Pension Services Company\n5.(1) A limited liability company licensed to operate as an administrator and any of the following:\n(a) corporate trustee of a pension fund; (b) operator of an umbrella fund; and (c) provider of programmed withdrawals, is hereby defined as a pension services company.[...]\" (Financial Services (Licensing and Registation of Pension Entities) Directive, 2014)\n","Insurance Act (Chapter 47:01), 2010, as amended\nFinancial Services (Licensing and Registation of Pension Entities) Directive, 2014","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.rbm.mw/Home/GetContentFile/?ContentID=3744\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.rbm.mw/FinancialSectorRegulation/GetContentFile/?ContentID=4523\">Dir</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,442,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.00075","Local incorporation is required for undertaking insurance/reinsurance and pension fund business.","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n\"insurer\" means a corporation incorporated under the Companies Act carrying on an insurance business, otherwise than as a broker, an agent for brokers or as an insurance agent and includes a reinsurer, a friendly society and a medical aid scheme unless this Act contains a separate provision specifically applicable to the reinsurer, the friendly society and the medical scheme in which case that provision shall apply;\n[…]\n8. Registration criteria\n(1) If the Registrar is satisfied—\n(a) that the applicant for a licence as an insurer, other than as an external reinsurer, is a company incorporated under the Companies Act;[…]\" (Insurance Act (Chapter 47:01), 2010, as amended)\n-----------------\n\"Part III - Pension Services Company\n5.(1) A limited liability company licensed to operate as an administrator and any of the following:\n(a) corporate trustee of a pension fund; (b) operator of an umbrella fund; and (c) provider of programmed withdrawals, is hereby defined as a pension services company.[...]\" (Financial Services (Licensing and Registation of Pension Entities) Directive, 2014)\n","Insurance Act (Chapter 47:01), 2010, as amended\nFinancial Services (Licensing and Registation of Pension Entities) Directive, 2014","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.rbm.mw/Home/GetContentFile/?ContentID=3744\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.rbm.mw/FinancialSectorRegulation/GetContentFile/?ContentID=4523\">Dir</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,442,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F42","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.015","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2898,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F42","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.015","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2898,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F42","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.015","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2898,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F42","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.015","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2898,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F42","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0009375","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2901,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F42","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0009375","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2901,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F42","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.0009375","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2901,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F42","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0009375","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2901,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.005625","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is subject to approval by the Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism. Conditions for approval vary depending on the format of the distribution services envisaged but generally include consideration of contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia.\n",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2909,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.005625","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is subject to approval by the Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism. Conditions for approval vary depending on the format of the distribution services envisaged but generally include consideration of contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia.\n",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2909,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.005625","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is subject to approval by the Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism. Conditions for approval vary depending on the format of the distribution services envisaged but generally include consideration of contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia.\n",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2909,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.005625","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is subject to approval by the Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism. Conditions for approval vary depending on the format of the distribution services envisaged but generally include consideration of contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia.\n",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2909,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A032","_O","IV91","IX",2018,"0.0000625","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities [includes aquaculture] on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2938,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A032","_O","IV91","IX",2021,"0.0000625","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities [includes aquaculture] on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2938,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A032","_O","IV91","IX",2022,"0.0000625","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities [includes aquaculture] on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2938,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A032","_O","IV91","IX",2023,"0.0000625","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities [includes aquaculture] on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2938,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.00125","Foreign-owned engineering/architecture consultant firms are not allowed to provide consultancy services in Mauritius unless in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor. In the case of foreign consultancy services, the local consultant’s share of the consultancy fee shall be not be less than 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee. Foreign-owned engineering/architecture consultant firms are exempted from the application of this rule in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act—[...]\n“construction works” includes, whether for a permanent purpose or not, any of the following works –\n(a) reclaiming of land, draining or preventing subsidence of land, movement or erosion of land; [...]\n(c) constructing a building or structure, that forms or will form part of land or the sea bed, whether above or below it;\n(d) fixing or installing any thing to a building or structure, including – [...]\n(e) altering, repairing, restoring, maintaining, extending, dismantling, demolishing or removing any thing to a building or structure or any fittings as described in paragraph (d)\n(f) civil works;\n(g) any work that is preparatory to, or necessary for the completion of, any work referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e), including –\n(v) site restoration and landscaping;\n(h) such other works as may be prescribed\n“consultancy services”–\n(a) means all aspects of architectural, engineering, quantity surveying, project management and any other services related to construction works; and\n(b) includes services related to such other fields of specialisation as may be prescribed;[...]\n“consultant” –\n(a) means a firm that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and\n(b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign consultant;\n“contractor” –\n(a) means a person who, or a firm that, carries out construction works in the construction industry; and (b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign contractor; [...]\n“foreign consultant” means a firm –\n(a) that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and (b) the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen;\n“foreign contractor” means –\n(a) in the case of an individual, a contractor who is a non-citizen and carries out construction works in the construction industry; or (b) a firm, the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen, that carries out construction works in the construction industry; [...]\n“non-citizen” has the same meaning as in the Non-Citizens (Property Restriction) Act;\n[...]\n3. Application of Act\n(1) This Act shall not apply to—\n(a) any person who undertakes construction works of the value specified in the First Schedule [Value of construction works: Less than one million rupees];\n(b) a statutory corporation which acts as consultant or contractor for any consultancy services or construction works, as the case may be, for or on behalf of the Government;\n(c) a foreign consultant or foreign contractor that provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works, as the case may be, in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.\n[...]\n20. Provisional or temporary registration of foreign consultant or foreign contractor\n(1) No foreign consultant or foreign contractor shall provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius, as the case may be, unless he or it undertakes to work in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor, as the case may be, and he or it is temporarily registered under this Act.[...]\n(7) (a) This section shall not apply to a –\n(i) foreign consultant –\n(A) who has been providing consultancy services in the construction industry during the 10 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its employees are citizens of Mauritius; or\n(ii) foreign contractor –\n(A) who has been carrying construction works in the construction industry during the 20 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two-thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its or his employees are as citizens of Mauritius. [...]\n(8) This section shall not apply to an individual foreign professional architect, individual foreign quantity surveyor or individual registered engineer appointed as such by the Public Service Commission.[...]\"(CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009)\n----------------\n\"2. In these regulations – [...]\n“local consultant” means a firm which –\n(a) is registered as a consultant under section 19 of the Act; and [...]\n[...]\n3. (1) For the purpose of section 20(1) of the Act, no foreign consultant shall provide consultancy services in a field of specialisation unless it –\n(a) collaborates with a local consultant providing consultancy services in that field of specialisation; and (b) is temporarily registered under the Act.\n(2) The form of collaboration between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be a joint venture agreement, a sub-consultancy agreement or any other form of agreement between the consultants.\n(3) The conditions of the collaboration agreement between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be based on their experience, capability, respective input in delivering the project, and the requirements of the project concerned.\n(4) (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the apportioning of the consultancy fee between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be commensurate with the services to be provided by each consultant.\n(b) A local consultant’s share of the consultancy fee shall be based on the apportioning of tasks or input but shall, subject to paragraph (c), be not be less than 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee payable.\n(c) The requirement for the payment of at least 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee shall only apply to a local consultant which provides architectural, engineering or quantity surveying services, as the case may be.\n(5) Where no local consultant has the necessary experience or expertise in a field of specialisation, the requirement for collaboration shall not be applicable and a foreign consultant may provide consultancy services without collaborating with a local consultant. [...]\" ( Construction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Consultants) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 251 of 2021)\n----------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius; (ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; (iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act; or\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as – (i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary, under the Foundations Act;[...]\"  (NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No 22 of 1975 – 12 July 1975 as amended)\n----------------\n\"3. Application of Act\n(1) This Act shall not apply to— (a) any person who undertakes construction works of the value specified in the First Schedule;\n(b) a statutory corporation which acts as consultant or contractor for any consultancy services or construction works, as the case may be, for or on behalf of the Government;\n(c) a foreign consultant or foreign contractor that provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works, as the case may be, in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a  foreign State.\n(2) (a) Where a statutory corporation acts as a consultant or contractor pursuant to subsection (1) (b), that statutory corporation shall inform the Council accordingly.\n(b) Where a foreign consultant or foreign contractor provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works pursuant to subsection (1) (c), the Ministry or such other body to whom responsibility for that project is assigned shall inform the Council of the name of the foreign consultant or foreign contractor.\n[...]\n20. Provisional or temporary registration of foreign consultant or foreign contractor\n(1) No foreign consultant or foreign contractor shall provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius, as the case may be, unless he or it is temporarily registered under this Act. [...]\n(7) (a) This section shall not apply to a—\n(i) foreign consultant—\n(A) who has been providing consultancy services in the construction industry during the 10 years preceding 1 March 2017; and\n(B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its employees are citizens of Mauritius; or\n(ii) foreign contractor—\n(A) who has been carrying construction works in the construction industry during the 20 years preceding 1 March 2018; and\n(B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its or his employees are as citizens of Mauritius.\n(b) A foreign consultant or contractor referred to in paragraph (a) shall, for the purpose of registration, make an application under section 19.\" (CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009, last amended 1 March 2017)","CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009  - Amended 38/11 (P13/12 – cio 2/4/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); P 25/14 (cio 1/8/14– sections 18 to 25); 2/15 (cio 1/2/15, 26/3/15); 31/16 (P 15/17 – cio 1/3/17 except for s. 5); 31/16 – P 11/19 (s. 5(a) – cio 1/4/19); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 12/21 – P 9/21 (cio 1/10/21);\nConstruction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Consultants) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 251 of 2021\nNON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No 22 of 1975 – 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)\nCONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009, last amended 1 March 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ConstructionIndustryDevelopmentBoardAct.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CIDB-Collaboration-between-Foreign-and-Local-Consultants-Regulations-2021.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mauritiuslii.org/akn/mu/act/2008/35/eng@2017-06-30#sec_20\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3601,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.00125","Foreign-owned engineering/architecture consultant firms are not allowed to provide consultancy services in Mauritius unless in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor. In the case of foreign consultancy services, the local consultant’s share of the consultancy fee shall be not be less than 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee. Foreign-owned engineering/architecture consultant firms are exempted from the application of this rule in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act—[...]\n“construction works” includes, whether for a permanent purpose or not, any of the following works –\n(a) reclaiming of land, draining or preventing subsidence of land, movement or erosion of land; [...]\n(c) constructing a building or structure, that forms or will form part of land or the sea bed, whether above or below it;\n(d) fixing or installing any thing to a building or structure, including – [...]\n(e) altering, repairing, restoring, maintaining, extending, dismantling, demolishing or removing any thing to a building or structure or any fittings as described in paragraph (d)\n(f) civil works;\n(g) any work that is preparatory to, or necessary for the completion of, any work referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e), including –\n(v) site restoration and landscaping;\n(h) such other works as may be prescribed\n“consultancy services”–\n(a) means all aspects of architectural, engineering, quantity surveying, project management and any other services related to construction works; and\n(b) includes services related to such other fields of specialisation as may be prescribed;[...]\n“consultant” –\n(a) means a firm that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and\n(b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign consultant;\n“contractor” –\n(a) means a person who, or a firm that, carries out construction works in the construction industry; and (b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign contractor; [...]\n“foreign consultant” means a firm –\n(a) that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and (b) the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen;\n“foreign contractor” means –\n(a) in the case of an individual, a contractor who is a non-citizen and carries out construction works in the construction industry; or (b) a firm, the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen, that carries out construction works in the construction industry; [...]\n“non-citizen” has the same meaning as in the Non-Citizens (Property Restriction) Act;\n[...]\n3. Application of Act\n(1) This Act shall not apply to—\n(a) any person who undertakes construction works of the value specified in the First Schedule [Value of construction works: Less than one million rupees];\n(b) a statutory corporation which acts as consultant or contractor for any consultancy services or construction works, as the case may be, for or on behalf of the Government;\n(c) a foreign consultant or foreign contractor that provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works, as the case may be, in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.\n[...]\n20. Provisional or temporary registration of foreign consultant or foreign contractor\n(1) No foreign consultant or foreign contractor shall provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius, as the case may be, unless he or it undertakes to work in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor, as the case may be, and he or it is temporarily registered under this Act.[...]\n(7) (a) This section shall not apply to a –\n(i) foreign consultant –\n(A) who has been providing consultancy services in the construction industry during the 10 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its employees are citizens of Mauritius; or\n(ii) foreign contractor –\n(A) who has been carrying construction works in the construction industry during the 20 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two-thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its or his employees are as citizens of Mauritius. [...]\n(8) This section shall not apply to an individual foreign professional architect, individual foreign quantity surveyor or individual registered engineer appointed as such by the Public Service Commission.[...]\"(CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009)\n\n----------------\n\"2. In these regulations – [...]\n“local consultant” means a firm which –\n(a) is registered as a consultant under section 19 of the Act; and [...]\n[...]\n3. (1) For the purpose of section 20(1) of the Act, no foreign consultant shall provide consultancy services in a field of specialisation unless it –\n(a) collaborates with a local consultant providing consultancy services in that field of specialisation; and (b) is temporarily registered under the Act.\n(2) The form of collaboration between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be a joint venture agreement, a sub-consultancy agreement or any other form of agreement between the consultants.\n(3) The conditions of the collaboration agreement between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be based on their experience, capability, respective input in delivering the project, and the requirements of the project concerned.\n(4) (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the apportioning of the consultancy fee between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be commensurate with the services to be provided by each consultant.\n(b) A local consultant’s share of the consultancy fee shall be based on the apportioning of tasks or input but shall, subject to paragraph (c), be not be less than 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee payable.\n(c) The requirement for the payment of at least 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee shall only apply to a local consultant which provides architectural, engineering or quantity surveying services, as the case may be.\n(5) Where no local consultant has the necessary experience or expertise in a field of specialisation, the requirement for collaboration shall not be applicable and a foreign consultant may provide consultancy services without collaborating with a local consultant. [...]\" ( Construction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Consultants) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 251 of 2021)\n\n----------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius; (ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; (iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act; or\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as – (i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary, under the Foundations Act;[...]\" (","CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009  - Amended 38/11 (P13/12 – cio 2/4/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); P 25/14 (cio 1/8/14– sections 18 to 25); 2/15 (cio 1/2/15, 26/3/15); 31/16 (P 15/17 – cio 1/3/17 except for s. 5); 31/16 – P 11/19 (s. 5(a) – cio 1/4/19); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 12/21 – P 9/21 (cio 1/10/21);\nConstruction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Consultants) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 251 of 2021\nNON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No 22 of 1975 – 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ConstructionIndustryDevelopmentBoardAct.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CIDB-Collaboration-between-Foreign-and-Local-Consultants-Regulations-2021.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,166,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.00125","Foreign-owned engineering/architecture consultant firms are not allowed to provide consultancy services in Mauritius unless in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor. In the case of foreign consultancy services, the local consultant’s share of the consultancy fee shall be not be less than 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee. Foreign-owned engineering/architecture consultant firms are exempted from the application of this rule in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act—[...]\n“construction works” includes, whether for a permanent purpose or not, any of the following works –\n(a) reclaiming of land, draining or preventing subsidence of land, movement or erosion of land; [...]\n(c) constructing a building or structure, that forms or will form part of land or the sea bed, whether above or below it;\n(d) fixing or installing any thing to a building or structure, including – [...]\n(e) altering, repairing, restoring, maintaining, extending, dismantling, demolishing or removing any thing to a building or structure or any fittings as described in paragraph (d)\n(f) civil works;\n(g) any work that is preparatory to, or necessary for the completion of, any work referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e), including –\n(v) site restoration and landscaping;\n(h) such other works as may be prescribed\n“consultancy services”–\n(a) means all aspects of architectural, engineering, quantity surveying, project management and any other services related to construction works; and\n(b) includes services related to such other fields of specialisation as may be prescribed;[...]\n“consultant” –\n(a) means a firm that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and\n(b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign consultant;\n“contractor” –\n(a) means a person who, or a firm that, carries out construction works in the construction industry; and (b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign contractor; [...]\n“foreign consultant” means a firm –\n(a) that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and (b) the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen;\n“foreign contractor” means –\n(a) in the case of an individual, a contractor who is a non-citizen and carries out construction works in the construction industry; or (b) a firm, the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen, that carries out construction works in the construction industry; [...]\n“non-citizen” has the same meaning as in the Non-Citizens (Property Restriction) Act;\n[...]\n3. Application of Act\n(1) This Act shall not apply to—\n(a) any person who undertakes construction works of the value specified in the First Schedule [Value of construction works: Less than one million rupees];\n(b) a statutory corporation which acts as consultant or contractor for any consultancy services or construction works, as the case may be, for or on behalf of the Government;\n(c) a foreign consultant or foreign contractor that provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works, as the case may be, in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.\n[...]\n20. Provisional or temporary registration of foreign consultant or foreign contractor\n(1) No foreign consultant or foreign contractor shall provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius, as the case may be, unless he or it undertakes to work in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor, as the case may be, and he or it is temporarily registered under this Act.[...]\n(7) (a) This section shall not apply to a –\n(i) foreign consultant –\n(A) who has been providing consultancy services in the construction industry during the 10 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its employees are citizens of Mauritius; or\n(ii) foreign contractor –\n(A) who has been carrying construction works in the construction industry during the 20 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two-thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its or his employees are as citizens of Mauritius. [...]\n(8) This section shall not apply to an individual foreign professional architect, individual foreign quantity surveyor or individual registered engineer appointed as such by the Public Service Commission.[...]\"(CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009)\n\n----------------\n\"2. In these regulations – [...]\n“local consultant” means a firm which –\n(a) is registered as a consultant under section 19 of the Act; and [...]\n[...]\n3. (1) For the purpose of section 20(1) of the Act, no foreign consultant shall provide consultancy services in a field of specialisation unless it –\n(a) collaborates with a local consultant providing consultancy services in that field of specialisation; and (b) is temporarily registered under the Act.\n(2) The form of collaboration between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be a joint venture agreement, a sub-consultancy agreement or any other form of agreement between the consultants.\n(3) The conditions of the collaboration agreement between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be based on their experience, capability, respective input in delivering the project, and the requirements of the project concerned.\n(4) (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the apportioning of the consultancy fee between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be commensurate with the services to be provided by each consultant.\n(b) A local consultant’s share of the consultancy fee shall be based on the apportioning of tasks or input but shall, subject to paragraph (c), be not be less than 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee payable.\n(c) The requirement for the payment of at least 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee shall only apply to a local consultant which provides architectural, engineering or quantity surveying services, as the case may be.\n(5) Where no local consultant has the necessary experience or expertise in a field of specialisation, the requirement for collaboration shall not be applicable and a foreign consultant may provide consultancy services without collaborating with a local consultant. [...]\" ( Construction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Consultants) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 251 of 2021)\n\n----------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius; (ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; (iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act; or\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as – (i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary, under the Foundations Act;[...]\" (","CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009  - Amended 38/11 (P13/12 – cio 2/4/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); P 25/14 (cio 1/8/14– sections 18 to 25); 2/15 (cio 1/2/15, 26/3/15); 31/16 (P 15/17 – cio 1/3/17 except for s. 5); 31/16 – P 11/19 (s. 5(a) – cio 1/4/19); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 12/21 – P 9/21 (cio 1/10/21);\nConstruction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Consultants) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 251 of 2021\nNON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No 22 of 1975 – 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ConstructionIndustryDevelopmentBoardAct.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CIDB-Collaboration-between-Foreign-and-Local-Consultants-Regulations-2021.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,166,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.00125","Foreign-owned engineering/architecture consultant firms are not allowed to provide consultancy services in Mauritius unless in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor. In the case of foreign consultancy services, the local consultant’s share of the consultancy fee shall be not be less than 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee. Foreign-owned engineering/architecture consultant firms are exempted from the application of this rule in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act—[...]\n“construction works” includes, whether for a permanent purpose or not, any of the following works –\n(a) reclaiming of land, draining or preventing subsidence of land, movement or erosion of land; [...]\n(c) constructing a building or structure, that forms or will form part of land or the sea bed, whether above or below it;\n(d) fixing or installing any thing to a building or structure, including – [...]\n(e) altering, repairing, restoring, maintaining, extending, dismantling, demolishing or removing any thing to a building or structure or any fittings as described in paragraph (d)\n(f) civil works;\n(g) any work that is preparatory to, or necessary for the completion of, any work referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e), including –\n(v) site restoration and landscaping;\n(h) such other works as may be prescribed\n“consultancy services”–\n(a) means all aspects of architectural, engineering, quantity surveying, project management and any other services related to construction works; and\n(b) includes services related to such other fields of specialisation as may be prescribed;[...]\n“consultant” –\n(a) means a firm that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and\n(b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign consultant;\n“contractor” –\n(a) means a person who, or a firm that, carries out construction works in the construction industry; and (b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign contractor; [...]\n“foreign consultant” means a firm –\n(a) that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and (b) the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen;\n“foreign contractor” means –\n(a) in the case of an individual, a contractor who is a non-citizen and carries out construction works in the construction industry; or (b) a firm, the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen, that carries out construction works in the construction industry; [...]\n“non-citizen” has the same meaning as in the Non-Citizens (Property Restriction) Act;\n[...]\n3. Application of Act\n(1) This Act shall not apply to—\n(a) any person who undertakes construction works of the value specified in the First Schedule [Value of construction works: Less than one million rupees];\n(b) a statutory corporation which acts as consultant or contractor for any consultancy services or construction works, as the case may be, for or on behalf of the Government;\n(c) a foreign consultant or foreign contractor that provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works, as the case may be, in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.\n[...]\n20. Provisional or temporary registration of foreign consultant or foreign contractor\n(1) No foreign consultant or foreign contractor shall provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius, as the case may be, unless he or it undertakes to work in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor, as the case may be, and he or it is temporarily registered under this Act.[...]\n(7) (a) This section shall not apply to a –\n(i) foreign consultant –\n(A) who has been providing consultancy services in the construction industry during the 10 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its employees are citizens of Mauritius; or\n(ii) foreign contractor –\n(A) who has been carrying construction works in the construction industry during the 20 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two-thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its or his employees are as citizens of Mauritius. [...]\n(8) This section shall not apply to an individual foreign professional architect, individual foreign quantity surveyor or individual registered engineer appointed as such by the Public Service Commission.[...]\"(CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009)\n\n----------------\n\"2. In these regulations – [...]\n“local consultant” means a firm which –\n(a) is registered as a consultant under section 19 of the Act; and [...]\n[...]\n3. (1) For the purpose of section 20(1) of the Act, no foreign consultant shall provide consultancy services in a field of specialisation unless it –\n(a) collaborates with a local consultant providing consultancy services in that field of specialisation; and (b) is temporarily registered under the Act.\n(2) The form of collaboration between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be a joint venture agreement, a sub-consultancy agreement or any other form of agreement between the consultants.\n(3) The conditions of the collaboration agreement between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be based on their experience, capability, respective input in delivering the project, and the requirements of the project concerned.\n(4) (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the apportioning of the consultancy fee between a foreign consultant and a local consultant shall be commensurate with the services to be provided by each consultant.\n(b) A local consultant’s share of the consultancy fee shall be based on the apportioning of tasks or input but shall, subject to paragraph (c), be not be less than 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee payable.\n(c) The requirement for the payment of at least 25 per cent of the total consultancy fee shall only apply to a local consultant which provides architectural, engineering or quantity surveying services, as the case may be.\n(5) Where no local consultant has the necessary experience or expertise in a field of specialisation, the requirement for collaboration shall not be applicable and a foreign consultant may provide consultancy services without collaborating with a local consultant. [...]\" ( Construction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Consultants) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 251 of 2021)\n\n----------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius; (ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; (iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act; or\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as – (i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary, under the Foundations Act;[...]\" (","CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009  - Amended 38/11 (P13/12 – cio 2/4/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); P 25/14 (cio 1/8/14– sections 18 to 25); 2/15 (cio 1/2/15, 26/3/15); 31/16 (P 15/17 – cio 1/3/17 except for s. 5); 31/16 – P 11/19 (s. 5(a) – cio 1/4/19); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 12/21 – P 9/21 (cio 1/10/21);\nConstruction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Consultants) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 251 of 2021\nNON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No 22 of 1975 – 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ConstructionIndustryDevelopmentBoardAct.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CIDB-Collaboration-between-Foreign-and-Local-Consultants-Regulations-2021.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,166,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.1","Under the Foreign Investment Law, an authorisation from the Foreign Investment Commission is needed for foreign investors to participate, directly or indirectly, in a percentage higher than 49% of the capital stock of companies in several specific sectors of the economy (e.g. port services, high-seas maritime transportation, airport operation, education services, legal services and rail transport services). A favourable prior resolution from the Foreign Investment Commission is also required for foreign investors to acquire a higher percentage than 49% of the equity capital of Mexican companies when the aggregated value of the assets of such companies at the time of the application exceed the amount of MXN 20,184,671,346.26 (approximately USD 1 billion) [value applied until June 2022; since then: MXN22,647,201,.250.50 (approx. USD 1.13 billion)]. The criteria for authorisation by the Foreign Investment Commission include the impact on employment and the training of employees; the technological contribution; compliance with environmental regulations; and the general contribution to improve the competitiveness of the Mexican industry. The Commission may also prohibit a foreign investment on the grounds of national security. Additionally, foreign companies must obtain an authorisation from the Ministry of Economy to establish themselves in Mexico and perform commercial activities in the country. Foreign legal entities from certain countries with whom Mexico has entered into a free trade agreement with investment chapter, or who are incorporated under the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization and intent to provide a service in the Mexican Republic, are exempted from this authorisation requirement.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 8.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required for foreign investment to participate in a percentage greater than 49% in the economic activities and companies mentioned below:\nI.- Port services to vessels to carry out their inland navigation operations, such as towing, rope mooring and launching;\nII.- Shipping companies dedicated to the exploitation of vessels exclusively in high-altitude traffic;\nIII.- Concessionary or permitting companies for public service aerodromes;\nIV.- Private services of preschool, primary, secondary, upper secondary, higher and combined education;\nV.- Legal services;\nVI. Is repealed\nVII. Is repealed\nVIII. Is repealed\nIX.- It is repealed\nX. (To be repealed.)\nXI. (It is repealed.)\nXII.- Construction, operation and exploitation of railways that are a general means of communication, and provision of the public rail transport service.\nARTICLE 9.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required so that in Mexican companies where foreign investment intends to participate, directly or indirectly, in a proportion greater than 49% of its capital stock, only when the total value of assets of the companies In question, at the time of submitting the acquisition request, the amount determined annually by the Commission itself is exceeded.\n[...]\nARTICLE 17.- Without prejudice to what is established in the international treaties and conventions to which Mexico is a party, the following must obtain authorization from the Secretariat:\nI.- Foreign legal entities who habitually intend to carry out commercial acts in the Republic, and\nII.- The persons referred to in article 2,736 of the Civil Code for the Federal District in common matters, and for the entire Republic in federal matters, who intend to establish themselves in the Republic and who are not regulated by laws other than said Code.\nARTICLE 17 A.- The authorization referred to in the previous article will be granted when the following requirements are met:\na) That said persons verify that they are constituted in accordance with the laws of their country;\nb) That the social contract and other constitutive documents of said persons are not contrary to the public order precepts established in Mexican law, and\nc) In the case of the persons referred to in section I of the preceding article, who are established in the Republic or have an agency or branch in it; or, in the case of the persons referred to in section II of the previous article, who have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond to the obligations they contract.\nAny request that meets the aforementioned requirements must be granted within fifteen business days following the date of submission. Once said period has concluded without a resolution being issued, it shall be deemed approved.\nThe Secretariat shall send the Secretariat of Foreign Relations a copy of the requests and authorizations granted based on this article.\n[...]\nARTICLE 29.- To evaluate the requests submitted for its consideration, the Commission will meet the following criteria:\nI.- The impact on the employment and training of workers;\nII.- The technological contribution;\nIII.- Compliance with the provisions on environmental matters contained in the ecological regulations that govern the matter; and\nIV.- In general, the contribution to increase the competitiveness of the country's production plant.\nThe Commission, when deciding on the origin of an application, may only impose requirements that do not distort international trade.\nARTICLE 30.- For reasons of national security, the Commission may prevent acquisitions by foreign investment.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 17, 17A, 29 and 30 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"UNIQUE. For the purposes of the provisions of article 9. of the Foreign Investment Law, the National Foreign Investment Commission has determined the total value of the assets of the Mexican companies in question as $ 20,184,671,346.26 pesos (twenty thousand one hundred eighty-four million six hundred seventy-one thousand three hundred forty-six pesos and twenty-six cents)[amount applied until June 2022. Since then, the applied total value of the assets is $22,647,201,250.50 (twenty-two thousand six hundred and forty- seven million two hundred one thousand two hundred and fifty pesos and fifty cents MN) as per the Fourth General Resolution][...]\" (Third General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (7 May 2020), First and unique article [abrogated by Fourth General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9. of the Foreign Investment Law (6 June 2022)] [google translation]\n--------------------------\n\"FIRST .- Foreign legal entities incorporated under the laws of the United States, Canada, Republic of Chile, Republic of Costa Rica, Republic of Colombia, Republic of Nicaragua, Republic of El Salvador, Republic of Guatemala, Republic of Honduras, the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, Japan, the Republic of Peru, the Republic of Panama, Australia, New Zealand, the Republic of Singapore and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, are not obliged to obtain the authorization referred to in article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, as long as they present, through their legal representative or attorney-in-fact, a letter under oath of telling the truth in which they declare that:\n(i ) their social contract and other constituent documents are not contrary to public order, and must provide the main activity they intend to carry out in the national territory, which must comply with the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law;    \n(i i) they have been incorporated in accordance with the laws of their country of origin;    \n( i ii) in the case of the persons referred to in section I of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons will establish themselves in the Republic or will have an agency or branch in it; providing the corresponding address, and   \n( i v ) in the case of the persons referred to in section II of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons shall have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond for the obligations they contract, providing the corresponding name and address.[...]\"  (General Resolution establishing the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic, constituted in accordance with the laws of countries with which Mexico has entered into a Treaty of Free Trade with investment chapter (25 March 2020), Article 1 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"FIRST .- Foreign legal entities which intent to set up branch or representative offices in the Mexican Republic in order to provide a service, incorporated under the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization included in Annex 1 of the present Resolution, and those who adhere after the entry into force of the present General Resolution, are not obliged to obtain the authorization referred to in article 17 of the Law of Foreign Investment, as long as they present, through their legal representative or attorney-in-fact, a letter under oath of telling the truth in which they declare that:\n(i ) their social contract and other constituent documents are not contrary to public order, and must provide the main activity they intend to carry out in the national territory, which must comply with the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law;    \n(i i) they have been incorporated in accordance with the laws of their country of origin;    \n( i ii) in the case of the persons referred to in section I of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons will establish themselves in the Republic or will have an agency or branch in it; providing the corresponding address, and   \n( i v ) in the case of the persons referred to in section II of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons shall have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond for the obligations they contract, providing the corresponding name and address.[...]\"  (General Resolution expanding the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic that are intended to provide a service, constituted in accordance with the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization (25 March 2020), Article 1 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 17, 17A, 29 and 30\nThird General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (7 May 2020), First and unique article [abrogated by the Fourth General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (6 June 2022)],\nGeneral Resolution establishing the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic, constituted in accordance with the laws of countries with which Mexico has entered into a Treaty of Free Trade with investment chapter (25 March 2020), Article 1\nGeneral Resolution expanding the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic that are intended to provide a service, constituted in accordance with the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization (25 March 2020), Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5592923&fecha=07/05/2020\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5654193&fecha=06/06/2022#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5590349&fecha=25/03/2020#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5590348&fecha=25/03/2020#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1210,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.1","Under the Foreign Investment Law, an authorisation from the Foreign Investment Commission is needed for foreign investors to participate, directly or indirectly, in a percentage higher than 49% of the capital stock of companies in several specific sectors of the economy (e.g. port services, high-seas maritime transportation, airport operation, education services, legal services and rail transport services). A favourable prior resolution from the Foreign Investment Commission is also required for foreign investors to acquire a higher percentage than 49% of the equity capital of Mexican companies when the aggregated value of the assets of such companies at the time of the application exceed the amount of MXN 20,184,671,346.26 (approximately USD 1 billion) [value applied until June 2022; since then: MXN22,647,201,.250.50 (approx. USD 1.13 billion)]. The criteria for authorisation by the Foreign Investment Commission include the impact on employment and the training of employees; the technological contribution; compliance with environmental regulations; and the general contribution to improve the competitiveness of the Mexican industry. The Commission may also prohibit a foreign investment on the grounds of national security. Additionally, foreign companies must obtain an authorisation from the Ministry of Economy to establish themselves in Mexico and perform commercial activities in the country. Foreign legal entities from certain countries with whom Mexico has entered into a free trade agreement with investment chapter, or who are incorporated under the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization and intent to provide a service in the Mexican Republic, are exempted from this authorisation requirement.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 8.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required for foreign investment to participate in a percentage greater than 49% in the economic activities and companies mentioned below:\nI.- Port services to vessels to carry out their inland navigation operations, such as towing, rope mooring and launching;\nII.- Shipping companies dedicated to the exploitation of vessels exclusively in high-altitude traffic;\nIII.- Concessionary or permitting companies for public service aerodromes;\nIV.- Private services of preschool, primary, secondary, upper secondary, higher and combined education;\nV.- Legal services;\nVI. Is repealed\nVII. Is repealed\nVIII. Is repealed\nIX.- It is repealed\nX. (To be repealed.)\nXI. (It is repealed.)\nXII.- Construction, operation and exploitation of railways that are a general means of communication, and provision of the public rail transport service.\nARTICLE 9.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required so that in Mexican companies where foreign investment intends to participate, directly or indirectly, in a proportion greater than 49% of its capital stock, only when the total value of assets of the companies In question, at the time of submitting the acquisition request, the amount determined annually by the Commission itself is exceeded.\n[...]\nARTICLE 17.- Without prejudice to what is established in the international treaties and conventions to which Mexico is a party, the following must obtain authorization from the Secretariat:\nI.- Foreign legal entities who habitually intend to carry out commercial acts in the Republic, and\nII.- The persons referred to in article 2,736 of the Civil Code for the Federal District in common matters, and for the entire Republic in federal matters, who intend to establish themselves in the Republic and who are not regulated by laws other than said Code.\nARTICLE 17 A.- The authorization referred to in the previous article will be granted when the following requirements are met:\na) That said persons verify that they are constituted in accordance with the laws of their country;\nb) That the social contract and other constitutive documents of said persons are not contrary to the public order precepts established in Mexican law, and\nc) In the case of the persons referred to in section I of the preceding article, who are established in the Republic or have an agency or branch in it; or, in the case of the persons referred to in section II of the previous article, who have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond to the obligations they contract.\nAny request that meets the aforementioned requirements must be granted within fifteen business days following the date of submission. Once said period has concluded without a resolution being issued, it shall be deemed approved.\nThe Secretariat shall send the Secretariat of Foreign Relations a copy of the requests and authorizations granted based on this article.\n[...]\nARTICLE 29.- To evaluate the requests submitted for its consideration, the Commission will meet the following criteria:\nI.- The impact on the employment and training of workers;\nII.- The technological contribution;\nIII.- Compliance with the provisions on environmental matters contained in the ecological regulations that govern the matter; and\nIV.- In general, the contribution to increase the competitiveness of the country's production plant.\nThe Commission, when deciding on the origin of an application, may only impose requirements that do not distort international trade.\nARTICLE 30.- For reasons of national security, the Commission may prevent acquisitions by foreign investment.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 17, 17A, 29 and 30 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"UNIQUE. For the purposes of the provisions of article 9. of the Foreign Investment Law, the National Foreign Investment Commission has determined the total value of the assets of the Mexican companies in question as $ 20,184,671,346.26 pesos (twenty thousand one hundred eighty-four million six hundred seventy-one thousand three hundred forty-six pesos and twenty-six cents)[amount applied until June 2022. Since then, the applied total value of the assets is $22,647,201,250.50 (twenty-two thousand six hundred and forty- seven million two hundred one thousand two hundred and fifty pesos and fifty cents MN) as per the Fourth General Resolution][...]\" (Third General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (7 May 2020), First and unique article [abrogated by Fourth General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9. of the Foreign Investment Law (6 June 2022)] [google translation]\n--------------------------\n\"FIRST .- Foreign legal entities incorporated under the laws of the United States, Canada, Republic of Chile, Republic of Costa Rica, Republic of Colombia, Republic of Nicaragua, Republic of El Salvador, Republic of Guatemala, Republic of Honduras, the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, Japan, the Republic of Peru, the Republic of Panama, Australia, New Zealand, the Republic of Singapore and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, are not obliged to obtain the authorization referred to in article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, as long as they present, through their legal representative or attorney-in-fact, a letter under oath of telling the truth in which they declare that:\n(i ) their social contract and other constituent documents are not contrary to public order, and must provide the main activity they intend to carry out in the national territory, which must comply with the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law;    \n(i i) they have been incorporated in accordance with the laws of their country of origin;    \n( i ii) in the case of the persons referred to in section I of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons will establish themselves in the Republic or will have an agency or branch in it; providing the corresponding address, and   \n( i v ) in the case of the persons referred to in section II of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons shall have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond for the obligations they contract, providing the corresponding name and address.[...]\"  (General Resolution establishing the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic, constituted in accordance with the laws of countries with which Mexico has entered into a Treaty of Free Trade with investment chapter (25 March 2020), Article 1 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"FIRST .- Foreign legal entities which intent to set up branch or representative offices in the Mexican Republic in order to provide a service, incorporated under the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization included in Annex 1 of the present Resolution, and those who adhere after the entry into force of the present General Resolution, are not obliged to obtain the authorization referred to in article 17 of the Law of Foreign Investment, as long as they present, through their legal representative or attorney-in-fact, a letter under oath of telling the truth in which they declare that:\n(i ) their social contract and other constituent documents are not contrary to public order, and must provide the main activity they intend to carry out in the national territory, which must comply with the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law;    \n(i i) they have been incorporated in accordance with the laws of their country of origin;    \n( i ii) in the case of the persons referred to in section I of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons will establish themselves in the Republic or will have an agency or branch in it; providing the corresponding address, and   \n( i v ) in the case of the persons referred to in section II of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons shall have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond for the obligations they contract, providing the corresponding name and address.[...]\"  (General Resolution expanding the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic that are intended to provide a service, constituted in accordance with the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization (25 March 2020), Article 1 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 17, 17A, 29 and 30\nThird General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (7 May 2020), First and unique article [abrogated by the Fourth General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (6 June 2022)],\nGeneral Resolution establishing the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic, constituted in accordance with the laws of countries with which Mexico has entered into a Treaty of Free Trade with investment chapter (25 March 2020), Article 1\nGeneral Resolution expanding the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic that are intended to provide a service, constituted in accordance with the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization (25 March 2020), Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5592923&fecha=07/05/2020\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5654193&fecha=06/06/2022#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5590349&fecha=25/03/2020#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5590348&fecha=25/03/2020#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1210,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.1","Under the Foreign Investment Law, an authorisation from the Foreign Investment Commission is needed for foreign investors to participate, directly or indirectly, in a percentage higher than 49% of the capital stock of companies in several specific sectors of the economy (e.g. port services, high-seas maritime transportation, airport operation, education services, legal services and rail transport services). A favourable prior resolution from the Foreign Investment Commission is also required for foreign investors to acquire a higher percentage than 49% of the equity capital of Mexican companies when the aggregated value of the assets of such companies at the time of the application exceed the amount of MXN 20,184,671,346.26 (approximately USD 1 billion) [value applied until June 2022; since then: MXN22,647,201,.250.50 (approx. USD 1.13 billion)]. The criteria for authorisation by the Foreign Investment Commission include the impact on employment and the training of employees; the technological contribution; compliance with environmental regulations; and the general contribution to improve the competitiveness of the Mexican industry. The Commission may also prohibit a foreign investment on the grounds of national security. Additionally, foreign companies must obtain an authorisation from the Ministry of Economy to establish themselves in Mexico and perform commercial activities in the country. Foreign legal entities from certain countries with whom Mexico has entered into a free trade agreement with investment chapter, or who are incorporated under the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization and intent to provide a service in the Mexican Republic, are exempted from this authorisation requirement.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 8.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required for foreign investment to participate in a percentage greater than 49% in the economic activities and companies mentioned below:\nI.- Port services to vessels to carry out their inland navigation operations, such as towing, rope mooring and launching;\nII.- Shipping companies dedicated to the exploitation of vessels exclusively in high-altitude traffic;\nIII.- Concessionary or permitting companies for public service aerodromes;\nIV.- Private services of preschool, primary, secondary, upper secondary, higher and combined education;\nV.- Legal services;\nVI. Is repealed\nVII. Is repealed\nVIII. Is repealed\nIX.- It is repealed\nX. (To be repealed.)\nXI. (It is repealed.)\nXII.- Construction, operation and exploitation of railways that are a general means of communication, and provision of the public rail transport service.\nARTICLE 9.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required so that in Mexican companies where foreign investment intends to participate, directly or indirectly, in a proportion greater than 49% of its capital stock, only when the total value of assets of the companies In question, at the time of submitting the acquisition request, the amount determined annually by the Commission itself is exceeded.\n[...]\nARTICLE 17.- Without prejudice to what is established in the international treaties and conventions to which Mexico is a party, the following must obtain authorization from the Secretariat:\nI.- Foreign legal entities who habitually intend to carry out commercial acts in the Republic, and\nII.- The persons referred to in article 2,736 of the Civil Code for the Federal District in common matters, and for the entire Republic in federal matters, who intend to establish themselves in the Republic and who are not regulated by laws other than said Code.\nARTICLE 17 A.- The authorization referred to in the previous article will be granted when the following requirements are met:\na) That said persons verify that they are constituted in accordance with the laws of their country;\nb) That the social contract and other constitutive documents of said persons are not contrary to the public order precepts established in Mexican law, and\nc) In the case of the persons referred to in section I of the preceding article, who are established in the Republic or have an agency or branch in it; or, in the case of the persons referred to in section II of the previous article, who have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond to the obligations they contract.\nAny request that meets the aforementioned requirements must be granted within fifteen business days following the date of submission. Once said period has concluded without a resolution being issued, it shall be deemed approved.\nThe Secretariat shall send the Secretariat of Foreign Relations a copy of the requests and authorizations granted based on this article.\n[...]\nARTICLE 29.- To evaluate the requests submitted for its consideration, the Commission will meet the following criteria:\nI.- The impact on the employment and training of workers;\nII.- The technological contribution;\nIII.- Compliance with the provisions on environmental matters contained in the ecological regulations that govern the matter; and\nIV.- In general, the contribution to increase the competitiveness of the country's production plant.\nThe Commission, when deciding on the origin of an application, may only impose requirements that do not distort international trade.\nARTICLE 30.- For reasons of national security, the Commission may prevent acquisitions by foreign investment.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 17, 17A, 29 and 30 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"UNIQUE. For the purposes of the provisions of article 9. of the Foreign Investment Law, the National Foreign Investment Commission has determined the total value of the assets of the Mexican companies in question as $ 20,184,671,346.26 pesos (twenty thousand one hundred eighty-four million six hundred seventy-one thousand three hundred forty-six pesos and twenty-six cents)[amount applied until June 2022. Since then, the applied total value of the assets is $22,647,201,250.50 (twenty-two thousand six hundred and forty- seven million two hundred one thousand two hundred and fifty pesos and fifty cents MN) as per the Fourth General Resolution][...]\" (Third General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (7 May 2020), First and unique article [abrogated by Fourth General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9. of the Foreign Investment Law (6 June 2022)] [google translation]\n--------------------------\n\"FIRST .- Foreign legal entities incorporated under the laws of the United States, Canada, Republic of Chile, Republic of Costa Rica, Republic of Colombia, Republic of Nicaragua, Republic of El Salvador, Republic of Guatemala, Republic of Honduras, the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, Japan, the Republic of Peru, the Republic of Panama, Australia, New Zealand, the Republic of Singapore and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, are not obliged to obtain the authorization referred to in article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, as long as they present, through their legal representative or attorney-in-fact, a letter under oath of telling the truth in which they declare that:\n(i ) their social contract and other constituent documents are not contrary to public order, and must provide the main activity they intend to carry out in the national territory, which must comply with the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law;    \n(i i) they have been incorporated in accordance with the laws of their country of origin;    \n( i ii) in the case of the persons referred to in section I of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons will establish themselves in the Republic or will have an agency or branch in it; providing the corresponding address, and   \n( i v ) in the case of the persons referred to in section II of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons shall have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond for the obligations they contract, providing the corresponding name and address.[...]\"  (General Resolution establishing the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic, constituted in accordance with the laws of countries with which Mexico has entered into a Treaty of Free Trade with investment chapter (25 March 2020), Article 1 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"FIRST .- Foreign legal entities which intent to set up branch or representative offices in the Mexican Republic in order to provide a service, incorporated under the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization included in Annex 1 of the present Resolution, and those who adhere after the entry into force of the present General Resolution, are not obliged to obtain the authorization referred to in article 17 of the Law of Foreign Investment, as long as they present, through their legal representative or attorney-in-fact, a letter under oath of telling the truth in which they declare that:\n(i ) their social contract and other constituent documents are not contrary to public order, and must provide the main activity they intend to carry out in the national territory, which must comply with the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law;    \n(i i) they have been incorporated in accordance with the laws of their country of origin;    \n( i ii) in the case of the persons referred to in section I of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons will establish themselves in the Republic or will have an agency or branch in it; providing the corresponding address, and   \n( i v ) in the case of the persons referred to in section II of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons shall have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond for the obligations they contract, providing the corresponding name and address.[...]\"  (General Resolution expanding the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic that are intended to provide a service, constituted in accordance with the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization (25 March 2020), Article 1 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 17, 17A, 29 and 30\nThird General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (7 May 2020), First and unique article [abrogated by the Fourth General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (6 June 2022)],\nGeneral Resolution establishing the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic, constituted in accordance with the laws of countries with which Mexico has entered into a Treaty of Free Trade with investment chapter (25 March 2020), Article 1\nGeneral Resolution expanding the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic that are intended to provide a service, constituted in accordance with the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization (25 March 2020), Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5592923&fecha=07/05/2020\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5654193&fecha=06/06/2022#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5590349&fecha=25/03/2020#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5590348&fecha=25/03/2020#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1210,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.1","Under the Foreign Investment Law, an authorisation from the Foreign Investment Commission is needed for foreign investors to participate, directly or indirectly, in a percentage higher than 49% of the capital stock of companies in several specific sectors of the economy (e.g. port services, high-seas maritime transportation, airport operation, education services, legal services and rail transport services). A favourable prior resolution from the Foreign Investment Commission is also required for foreign investors to acquire a higher percentage than 49% of the equity capital of Mexican companies when the aggregated value of the assets of such companies at the time of the application exceed the amount of MXN 20,184,671,346.26 (approximately USD 1 billion) [value applied until June 2022; since then: MXN22,647,201,.250.50 (approx. USD 1.13 billion)]. The criteria for authorisation by the Foreign Investment Commission include the impact on employment and the training of employees; the technological contribution; compliance with environmental regulations; and the general contribution to improve the competitiveness of the Mexican industry. The Commission may also prohibit a foreign investment on the grounds of national security. Additionally, foreign companies must obtain an authorisation from the Ministry of Economy to establish themselves in Mexico and perform commercial activities in the country. Foreign legal entities from certain countries with whom Mexico has entered into a free trade agreement with investment chapter, or who are incorporated under the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization and intent to provide a service in the Mexican Republic, are exempted from this authorisation requirement.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 8.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required for foreign investment to participate in a percentage greater than 49% in the economic activities and companies mentioned below:\nI.- Port services to vessels to carry out their inland navigation operations, such as towing, rope mooring and launching;\nII.- Shipping companies dedicated to the exploitation of vessels exclusively in high-altitude traffic;\nIII.- Concessionary or permitting companies for public service aerodromes;\nIV.- Private services of preschool, primary, secondary, upper secondary, higher and combined education;\nV.- Legal services;\nVI. Is repealed\nVII. Is repealed\nVIII. Is repealed\nIX.- It is repealed\nX. (To be repealed.)\nXI. (It is repealed.)\nXII.- Construction, operation and exploitation of railways that are a general means of communication, and provision of the public rail transport service.\nARTICLE 9.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required so that in Mexican companies where foreign investment intends to participate, directly or indirectly, in a proportion greater than 49% of its capital stock, only when the total value of assets of the companies In question, at the time of submitting the acquisition request, the amount determined annually by the Commission itself is exceeded.\n[...]\nARTICLE 17.- Without prejudice to what is established in the international treaties and conventions to which Mexico is a party, the following must obtain authorization from the Secretariat:\nI.- Foreign legal entities who habitually intend to carry out commercial acts in the Republic, and\nII.- The persons referred to in article 2,736 of the Civil Code for the Federal District in common matters, and for the entire Republic in federal matters, who intend to establish themselves in the Republic and who are not regulated by laws other than said Code.\nARTICLE 17 A.- The authorization referred to in the previous article will be granted when the following requirements are met:\na) That said persons verify that they are constituted in accordance with the laws of their country;\nb) That the social contract and other constitutive documents of said persons are not contrary to the public order precepts established in Mexican law, and\nc) In the case of the persons referred to in section I of the preceding article, who are established in the Republic or have an agency or branch in it; or, in the case of the persons referred to in section II of the previous article, who have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond to the obligations they contract.\nAny request that meets the aforementioned requirements must be granted within fifteen business days following the date of submission. Once said period has concluded without a resolution being issued, it shall be deemed approved.\nThe Secretariat shall send the Secretariat of Foreign Relations a copy of the requests and authorizations granted based on this article.\n[...]\nARTICLE 29.- To evaluate the requests submitted for its consideration, the Commission will meet the following criteria:\nI.- The impact on the employment and training of workers;\nII.- The technological contribution;\nIII.- Compliance with the provisions on environmental matters contained in the ecological regulations that govern the matter; and\nIV.- In general, the contribution to increase the competitiveness of the country's production plant.\nThe Commission, when deciding on the origin of an application, may only impose requirements that do not distort international trade.\nARTICLE 30.- For reasons of national security, the Commission may prevent acquisitions by foreign investment.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 17, 17A, 29 and 30 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"UNIQUE. For the purposes of the provisions of article 9. of the Foreign Investment Law, the National Foreign Investment Commission has determined the total value of the assets of the Mexican companies in question as $ 20,184,671,346.26 pesos (twenty thousand one hundred eighty-four million six hundred seventy-one thousand three hundred forty-six pesos and twenty-six cents)[amount applied until June 2022. Since then, the applied total value of the assets is $22,647,201,250.50 (twenty-two thousand six hundred and forty- seven million two hundred one thousand two hundred and fifty pesos and fifty cents MN) as per the Fourth General Resolution][...]\" (Third General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (7 May 2020), First and unique article [abrogated by Fourth General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9. of the Foreign Investment Law (6 June 2022)] [google translation]\n--------------------------\n\"FIRST .- Foreign legal entities incorporated under the laws of the United States, Canada, Republic of Chile, Republic of Costa Rica, Republic of Colombia, Republic of Nicaragua, Republic of El Salvador, Republic of Guatemala, Republic of Honduras, the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, Japan, the Republic of Peru, the Republic of Panama, Australia, New Zealand, the Republic of Singapore and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, are not obliged to obtain the authorization referred to in article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, as long as they present, through their legal representative or attorney-in-fact, a letter under oath of telling the truth in which they declare that:\n(i ) their social contract and other constituent documents are not contrary to public order, and must provide the main activity they intend to carry out in the national territory, which must comply with the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law;    \n(i i) they have been incorporated in accordance with the laws of their country of origin;    \n( i ii) in the case of the persons referred to in section I of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons will establish themselves in the Republic or will have an agency or branch in it; providing the corresponding address, and   \n( i v ) in the case of the persons referred to in section II of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons shall have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond for the obligations they contract, providing the corresponding name and address.[...]\"  (General Resolution establishing the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic, constituted in accordance with the laws of countries with which Mexico has entered into a Treaty of Free Trade with investment chapter (25 March 2020), Article 1 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"FIRST .- Foreign legal entities which intent to set up branch or representative offices in the Mexican Republic in order to provide a service, incorporated under the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization included in Annex 1 of the present Resolution, and those who adhere after the entry into force of the present General Resolution, are not obliged to obtain the authorization referred to in article 17 of the Law of Foreign Investment, as long as they present, through their legal representative or attorney-in-fact, a letter under oath of telling the truth in which they declare that:\n(i ) their social contract and other constituent documents are not contrary to public order, and must provide the main activity they intend to carry out in the national territory, which must comply with the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law;    \n(i i) they have been incorporated in accordance with the laws of their country of origin;    \n( i ii) in the case of the persons referred to in section I of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons will establish themselves in the Republic or will have an agency or branch in it; providing the corresponding address, and   \n( i v ) in the case of the persons referred to in section II of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law , that such persons shall have a representative domiciled in the place where they are going to operate, authorized to respond for the obligations they contract, providing the corresponding name and address.[...]\"  (General Resolution expanding the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic that are intended to provide a service, constituted in accordance with the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization (25 March 2020), Article 1 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 17, 17A, 29 and 30\nThird General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (7 May 2020), First and unique article [abrogated by the Fourth General Resolution determining the amount of the total value of the assets referred to in article 9 of the Foreign Investment Law (6 June 2022)],\nGeneral Resolution establishing the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic, constituted in accordance with the laws of countries with which Mexico has entered into a Treaty of Free Trade with investment chapter (25 March 2020), Article 1\nGeneral Resolution expanding the criteria for the application of article 17 of the Foreign Investment Law, relating to the establishment of foreign legal entities in the Mexican Republic that are intended to provide a service, constituted in accordance with the laws of the Members of the World Trade Organization (25 March 2020), Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5592923&fecha=07/05/2020\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5654193&fecha=06/06/2022#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5590349&fecha=25/03/2020#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gob.mx/nota_detalle.php?codigo=5590348&fecha=25/03/2020#gsc.tab=0\">Resolution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1210,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.003125","Foreign-owned companies established in Moldova cannot own agricultural and forestry land. They may only lease such lands for business purposes on a long-term basis. The previous legislation established the maximum lease term at 99 years. Current legislation seem not to impose any limitation. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that leases up to 99 years are allowed.","\"Chapter I- GENERAL DISPOSITIONS\nArticle 1. Scope of the law\nThis law applies in the following cases:\na) the sale-purchase of the land, including the land related to the privatized or privatized objectives, the land related to the private objective, as well as the land related to the unfinished constructions;\n[...]\nSection 4. Sale of publicly owned land\n(1) Lands owned by the state shall be divided into lands owned by the state and lands owned by the administrative-territorial units, the procedure for attribution to which is established by law. [...]\n(3) Lands owned by the state may be sold both to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Moldova, and to foreign investors, with the exception of agricultural land and lands of the forest fund, which can only be sold to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Moldova.\n[...]\nSection 6. Purchase and sale of privately owned agricultural land [...]\n(2) The right to purchase and sell agricultural land is vested in the state, individuals who are citizens of the Republic of Moldova, as well as legal entities whose authorized capital does not contain foreign investments.\n(3) If foreign citizens or stateless persons become owners of agricultural land or forest fund lands as a result of inheritance by law or by will, they are entitled to alienate these lands by concluding legal acts that enter into force during the person’s life, only in favor of citizens of the Republic Moldova. [...]\" (Law No. 1308 dated 25 July 1997 on the “Normative Price of Land and Sale – Purchase Operations with Land Plots” [google translated])\n-------------------------------\n\"Chapter II - Lease Agreement\nArticle 7. Lease Agreement Conclusion\nThe key document to regulate the relations between the Lessee and the Lessor shall be the lease agreement.  Such agreement shall be signed in writing for a specific period, not greater than 99 years [...]\" (Law No. 861-XII of January 14, 1992 on Leasing [google translated][no longer in force])\n-------------------------------\n\"Foreign individuals and entities may freely participate in M&A transactions involving entities, shares or assets in Moldova, with certain exceptions.  (1) Restrictions to own agricultural land and land plots from the forestry fund: Foreign companies or individuals, as well as Moldovan companies with foreign investment are prohibited from owning agricultural land and land plots from the forestry fund. [...]\" (Invest Moldova (2020), \"Investment Guide Moldova\", The Moldovan Investment Agency)","Law No. 1308 dated 25 July 1997 on the “Normative Price of Land and Sale – Purchase Operations with Land Plots” [google translated]\nLaw No. 861-XII of January 14, 1992 on Leasing [google translated][no longer in force]","Invest Moldova (2020), \"Investment Guide Moldova\", The Moldovan Investment Agency ","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=109088&lang=ro\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/mol42194.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://invest.gov.md/attached_files/2021/03/04//Investment%20Guide.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2696,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.003125","Foreign-owned companies established in Moldova cannot own agricultural and forestry land. They may only lease such lands for business purposes on a long-term basis. The previous legislation established the maximum lease term at 99 years. Current legislation seem not to impose any limitation. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that leases up to 99 years are allowed.","\"Chapter I- GENERAL DISPOSITIONS\nArticle 1. Scope of the law\nThis law applies in the following cases:\na) the sale-purchase of the land, including the land related to the privatized or privatized objectives, the land related to the private objective, as well as the land related to the unfinished constructions;\n[...]\nSection 4. Sale of publicly owned land\n(1) Lands owned by the state shall be divided into lands owned by the state and lands owned by the administrative-territorial units, the procedure for attribution to which is established by law. [...]\n(3) Lands owned by the state may be sold both to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Moldova, and to foreign investors, with the exception of agricultural land and lands of the forest fund, which can only be sold to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Moldova.\n[...]\nSection 6. Purchase and sale of privately owned agricultural land [...]\n(2) The right to purchase and sell agricultural land is vested in the state, individuals who are citizens of the Republic of Moldova, as well as legal entities whose authorized capital does not contain foreign investments.\n(3) If foreign citizens or stateless persons become owners of agricultural land or forest fund lands as a result of inheritance by law or by will, they are entitled to alienate these lands by concluding legal acts that enter into force during the person’s life, only in favor of citizens of the Republic Moldova. [...]\" (Law No. 1308 dated 25 July 1997 on the “Normative Price of Land and Sale – Purchase Operations with Land Plots” [google translated])\n-------------------------------\n\"Chapter II - Lease Agreement\nArticle 7. Lease Agreement Conclusion\nThe key document to regulate the relations between the Lessee and the Lessor shall be the lease agreement.  Such agreement shall be signed in writing for a specific period, not greater than 99 years [...]\" (Law No. 861-XII of January 14, 1992 on Leasing [google translated][no longer in force])\n-------------------------------\n\"Foreign individuals and entities may freely participate in M&A transactions involving entities, shares or assets in Moldova, with certain exceptions.  (1) Restrictions to own agricultural land and land plots from the forestry fund: Foreign companies or individuals, as well as Moldovan companies with foreign investment are prohibited from owning agricultural land and land plots from the forestry fund. [...]\" (Invest Moldova (2020), \"Investment Guide Moldova\", The Moldovan Investment Agency)","Law No. 1308 dated 25 July 1997 on the “Normative Price of Land and Sale – Purchase Operations with Land Plots” [google translated]\nLaw No. 861-XII of January 14, 1992 on Leasing [google translated][no longer in force]","Invest Moldova (2020), \"Investment Guide Moldova\", The Moldovan Investment Agency ","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=109088&lang=ro\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/mol42194.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://invest.gov.md/attached_files/2021/03/04//Investment%20Guide.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2696,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.003125","Foreign-owned companies established in Moldova cannot own agricultural and forestry land. They may only lease such lands for business purposes on a long-term basis. The previous legislation established the maximum lease term at 99 years. Current legislation seem not to impose any limitation. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that leases up to 99 years are allowed.","\"Chapter I- GENERAL DISPOSITIONS\nArticle 1. Scope of the law\nThis law applies in the following cases:\na) the sale-purchase of the land, including the land related to the privatized or privatized objectives, the land related to the private objective, as well as the land related to the unfinished constructions;\n[...]\nSection 4. Sale of publicly owned land\n(1) Lands owned by the state shall be divided into lands owned by the state and lands owned by the administrative-territorial units, the procedure for attribution to which is established by law. [...]\n(3) Lands owned by the state may be sold both to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Moldova, and to foreign investors, with the exception of agricultural land and lands of the forest fund, which can only be sold to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Moldova.\n[...]\nSection 6. Purchase and sale of privately owned agricultural land [...]\n(2) The right to purchase and sell agricultural land is vested in the state, individuals who are citizens of the Republic of Moldova, as well as legal entities whose authorized capital does not contain foreign investments.\n(3) If foreign citizens or stateless persons become owners of agricultural land or forest fund lands as a result of inheritance by law or by will, they are entitled to alienate these lands by concluding legal acts that enter into force during the person’s life, only in favor of citizens of the Republic Moldova. [...]\" (Law No. 1308 dated 25 July 1997 on the “Normative Price of Land and Sale – Purchase Operations with Land Plots” [google translated])\n-------------------------------\n\"Chapter II - Lease Agreement\nArticle 7. Lease Agreement Conclusion\nThe key document to regulate the relations between the Lessee and the Lessor shall be the lease agreement.  Such agreement shall be signed in writing for a specific period, not greater than 99 years [...]\" (Law No. 861-XII of January 14, 1992 on Leasing [google translated][no longer in force])\n-------------------------------\n\"Foreign individuals and entities may freely participate in M&A transactions involving entities, shares or assets in Moldova, with certain exceptions.  (1) Restrictions to own agricultural land and land plots from the forestry fund: Foreign companies or individuals, as well as Moldovan companies with foreign investment are prohibited from owning agricultural land and land plots from the forestry fund. [...]\" (Invest Moldova (2020), \"Investment Guide Moldova\", The Moldovan Investment Agency)","Law No. 1308 dated 25 July 1997 on the “Normative Price of Land and Sale – Purchase Operations with Land Plots” [google translated]\nLaw No. 861-XII of January 14, 1992 on Leasing [google translated][no longer in force]","Invest Moldova (2020), \"Investment Guide Moldova\", The Moldovan Investment Agency ","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=109088&lang=ro\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/mol42194.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://invest.gov.md/attached_files/2021/03/04//Investment%20Guide.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2696,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.003125","Foreign-owned companies established in Moldova cannot own agricultural and forestry land. They may only lease such lands for business purposes on a long-term basis. The previous legislation established the maximum lease term at 99 years. Current legislation seem not to impose any limitation. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that leases up to 99 years are allowed.","\"Chapter I- GENERAL DISPOSITIONS\nArticle 1. Scope of the law\nThis law applies in the following cases:\na) the sale-purchase of the land, including the land related to the privatized or privatized objectives, the land related to the private objective, as well as the land related to the unfinished constructions;\n[...]\nSection 4. Sale of publicly owned land\n(1) Lands owned by the state shall be divided into lands owned by the state and lands owned by the administrative-territorial units, the procedure for attribution to which is established by law. [...]\n(3) Lands owned by the state may be sold both to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Moldova, and to foreign investors, with the exception of agricultural land and lands of the forest fund, which can only be sold to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Moldova.\n[...]\nSection 6. Purchase and sale of privately owned agricultural land [...]\n(2) The right to purchase and sell agricultural land is vested in the state, individuals who are citizens of the Republic of Moldova, as well as legal entities whose authorized capital does not contain foreign investments.\n(3) If foreign citizens or stateless persons become owners of agricultural land or forest fund lands as a result of inheritance by law or by will, they are entitled to alienate these lands by concluding legal acts that enter into force during the person’s life, only in favor of citizens of the Republic Moldova. [...]\" (Law No. 1308 dated 25 July 1997 on the “Normative Price of Land and Sale – Purchase Operations with Land Plots” [google translated])\n-------------------------------\n\"Chapter II - Lease Agreement\nArticle 7. Lease Agreement Conclusion\nThe key document to regulate the relations between the Lessee and the Lessor shall be the lease agreement.  Such agreement shall be signed in writing for a specific period, not greater than 99 years [...]\" (Law No. 861-XII of January 14, 1992 on Leasing [google translated][no longer in force])\n-------------------------------\n\"Foreign individuals and entities may freely participate in M&A transactions involving entities, shares or assets in Moldova, with certain exceptions.  (1) Restrictions to own agricultural land and land plots from the forestry fund: Foreign companies or individuals, as well as Moldovan companies with foreign investment are prohibited from owning agricultural land and land plots from the forestry fund. [...]\" (Invest Moldova (2020), \"Investment Guide Moldova\", The Moldovan Investment Agency)","Law No. 1308 dated 25 July 1997 on the “Normative Price of Land and Sale – Purchase Operations with Land Plots” [google translated]\nLaw No. 861-XII of January 14, 1992 on Leasing [google translated][no longer in force]","Invest Moldova (2020), \"Investment Guide Moldova\", The Moldovan Investment Agency ","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=109088&lang=ro\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/mol42194.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://invest.gov.md/attached_files/2021/03/04//Investment%20Guide.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2696,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for financial market ifnrasatructure operators, such as stock exchanges, and for other financial services intermediaries, such as investment companies and fund management firms. An exception is granted to EU-incorporated financial services intermediaries which are allowed to operate through branches in the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter III - INVESTMENT COMPANIES\nSection 1. General provisions regarding investment services and activities\nArticle 33.  Types of investment services and activities\n(1) Investment companies are entitled to carry out the following investment services and activities:\n(a) receiving and transmitting orders regarding one or more financial instruments; (b) executing orders regarding financial instruments on behalf of clients; (c) trading on own account; (d) portfolio management; (e) investment consulting; (f) intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments and / or placement of financial instruments based on a firm commitment; (g) placement of financial instruments without firm commitment; (h) operation of an MTF.\n(2) In addition to the investment services and activities listed in par. (1), investment companies may provide the following ancillary services: (a) fiduciary management of investments; (b) granting a loan or loan to a client to enable him to carry out a transaction with one or more financial instruments, in which the investment company granting the credit or loan is involved; (c) consulting to joint stock companies regarding capital structure, industrial strategy and related aspects, services related to mergers and acquisitions of companies; (d) currency exchange operations, if these operations are directly linked to the provision of investment services; (e) investments research and financial analysis or any other general recommendation regarding transactions with financial instruments; (f) services related to the intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments; (g) investment services and activities, as well as the auxiliary services mentioned in par. (1) lit. a) –f) and in par. (2) regarding derivatives, if they are related to the provision of investment services or ancillary services.\n(3) Investment services and activities regarding financial instruments may be performed only by: (a) investment companies, according to the license issued by the National Commission; (b) the persons accepted, on the basis of the approval by the National Commission.\n[...]\nSection 2 - Requirements regarding the activity\nArticle 35.  Investment company license(2) In order to obtain the investment company license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, to which he attaches the documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) has the form of legal organization of joint stock company, legally constituted and registered in the Republic of Moldova; \n[...]\nArticle 36.  Accepted persons\n(1) Foreign legal persons, authorized to perform investment services and activities and supervised by the competent authorities of the Member States of the European Unions are considered to be accepted persons and do not need the license of investment firm on the basis of agreements concluded between these bodies and the National commission.\n(2) The accepted persons carry on activity in the territory of the Republic of Moldova through branches registered in the Republic of Moldova.\n(3) Persons who hold the authorization for carrying out investment services and activities granted by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union obtain the status of accepted person after approval of the National Commission.\n(4) For the obtaining of the status of accepted person applicant shall address to National Commission a request for this purpose and attach the documents confirming that the applicant holds the relevant authorizations issued by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union. \n[...]\nChapter IV - INFRASTRUCTURE OF THE CAPITAL MARKET\nSection 1. Market operators\nArticle 60.  General provisions regarding market operators and regulated markets [...]\n(5) No natural or legal person, except the market operator, is entitled to use the terms \"stock market\", \"regulated market\", \"trading system\" and their derivatives with reference to financial instruments in their own names, in the systems. of trading created in its brands and promotional materials.\n[...]\nArticle 61.  Market operator license\n(1) In order to obtain the market operator license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, which attaches documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) it has organizational form legal of a joint stock company, legally incorporated and registered in the Republic of Moldova; [...]\" (LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated])","LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=110281&lang=ro\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2715,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for financial market ifnrasatructure operators, such as stock exchanges, and for other financial services intermediaries, such as investment companies and fund management firms. An exception is granted to EU-incorporated financial services intermediaries which are allowed to operate through branches in the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter III - INVESTMENT COMPANIES\nSection 1. General provisions regarding investment services and activities\nArticle 33.  Types of investment services and activities\n(1) Investment companies are entitled to carry out the following investment services and activities:\n(a) receiving and transmitting orders regarding one or more financial instruments; (b) executing orders regarding financial instruments on behalf of clients; (c) trading on own account; (d) portfolio management; (e) investment consulting; (f) intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments and / or placement of financial instruments based on a firm commitment; (g) placement of financial instruments without firm commitment; (h) operation of an MTF.\n(2) In addition to the investment services and activities listed in par. (1), investment companies may provide the following ancillary services: (a) fiduciary management of investments; (b) granting a loan or loan to a client to enable him to carry out a transaction with one or more financial instruments, in which the investment company granting the credit or loan is involved; (c) consulting to joint stock companies regarding capital structure, industrial strategy and related aspects, services related to mergers and acquisitions of companies; (d) currency exchange operations, if these operations are directly linked to the provision of investment services; (e) investments research and financial analysis or any other general recommendation regarding transactions with financial instruments; (f) services related to the intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments; (g) investment services and activities, as well as the auxiliary services mentioned in par. (1) lit. a) –f) and in par. (2) regarding derivatives, if they are related to the provision of investment services or ancillary services.\n(3) Investment services and activities regarding financial instruments may be performed only by: (a) investment companies, according to the license issued by the National Commission; (b) the persons accepted, on the basis of the approval by the National Commission.\n[...]\nSection 2 - Requirements regarding the activity\nArticle 35.  Investment company license(2) In order to obtain the investment company license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, to which he attaches the documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) has the form of legal organization of joint stock company, legally constituted and registered in the Republic of Moldova; \n[...]\nArticle 36.  Accepted persons\n(1) Foreign legal persons, authorized to perform investment services and activities and supervised by the competent authorities of the Member States of the European Unions are considered to be accepted persons and do not need the license of investment firm on the basis of agreements concluded between these bodies and the National commission.\n(2) The accepted persons carry on activity in the territory of the Republic of Moldova through branches registered in the Republic of Moldova.\n(3) Persons who hold the authorization for carrying out investment services and activities granted by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union obtain the status of accepted person after approval of the National Commission.\n(4) For the obtaining of the status of accepted person applicant shall address to National Commission a request for this purpose and attach the documents confirming that the applicant holds the relevant authorizations issued by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union. \n[...]\nChapter IV - INFRASTRUCTURE OF THE CAPITAL MARKET\nSection 1. Market operators\nArticle 60.  General provisions regarding market operators and regulated markets [...]\n(5) No natural or legal person, except the market operator, is entitled to use the terms \"stock market\", \"regulated market\", \"trading system\" and their derivatives with reference to financial instruments in their own names, in the systems. of trading created in its brands and promotional materials.\n[...]\nArticle 61.  Market operator license\n(1) In order to obtain the market operator license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, which attaches documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) it has organizational form legal of a joint stock company, legally incorporated and registered in the Republic of Moldova; [...]\" (LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated])","LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=110281&lang=ro\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2715,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for financial market ifnrasatructure operators, such as stock exchanges, and for other financial services intermediaries, such as investment companies and fund management firms. An exception is granted to EU-incorporated financial services intermediaries which are allowed to operate through branches in the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter III - INVESTMENT COMPANIES\nSection 1. General provisions regarding investment services and activities\nArticle 33.  Types of investment services and activities\n(1) Investment companies are entitled to carry out the following investment services and activities:\n(a) receiving and transmitting orders regarding one or more financial instruments; (b) executing orders regarding financial instruments on behalf of clients; (c) trading on own account; (d) portfolio management; (e) investment consulting; (f) intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments and / or placement of financial instruments based on a firm commitment; (g) placement of financial instruments without firm commitment; (h) operation of an MTF.\n(2) In addition to the investment services and activities listed in par. (1), investment companies may provide the following ancillary services: (a) fiduciary management of investments; (b) granting a loan or loan to a client to enable him to carry out a transaction with one or more financial instruments, in which the investment company granting the credit or loan is involved; (c) consulting to joint stock companies regarding capital structure, industrial strategy and related aspects, services related to mergers and acquisitions of companies; (d) currency exchange operations, if these operations are directly linked to the provision of investment services; (e) investments research and financial analysis or any other general recommendation regarding transactions with financial instruments; (f) services related to the intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments; (g) investment services and activities, as well as the auxiliary services mentioned in par. (1) lit. a) –f) and in par. (2) regarding derivatives, if they are related to the provision of investment services or ancillary services.\n(3) Investment services and activities regarding financial instruments may be performed only by: (a) investment companies, according to the license issued by the National Commission; (b) the persons accepted, on the basis of the approval by the National Commission.\n[...]\nSection 2 - Requirements regarding the activity\nArticle 35.  Investment company license(2) In order to obtain the investment company license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, to which he attaches the documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) has the form of legal organization of joint stock company, legally constituted and registered in the Republic of Moldova; \n[...]\nArticle 36.  Accepted persons\n(1) Foreign legal persons, authorized to perform investment services and activities and supervised by the competent authorities of the Member States of the European Unions are considered to be accepted persons and do not need the license of investment firm on the basis of agreements concluded between these bodies and the National commission.\n(2) The accepted persons carry on activity in the territory of the Republic of Moldova through branches registered in the Republic of Moldova.\n(3) Persons who hold the authorization for carrying out investment services and activities granted by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union obtain the status of accepted person after approval of the National Commission.\n(4) For the obtaining of the status of accepted person applicant shall address to National Commission a request for this purpose and attach the documents confirming that the applicant holds the relevant authorizations issued by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union. \n[...]\nChapter IV - INFRASTRUCTURE OF THE CAPITAL MARKET\nSection 1. Market operators\nArticle 60.  General provisions regarding market operators and regulated markets [...]\n(5) No natural or legal person, except the market operator, is entitled to use the terms \"stock market\", \"regulated market\", \"trading system\" and their derivatives with reference to financial instruments in their own names, in the systems. of trading created in its brands and promotional materials.\n[...]\nArticle 61.  Market operator license\n(1) In order to obtain the market operator license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, which attaches documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) it has organizational form legal of a joint stock company, legally incorporated and registered in the Republic of Moldova; [...]\" (LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated])","LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=110281&lang=ro\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2715,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for financial market ifnrasatructure operators, such as stock exchanges, and for other financial services intermediaries, such as investment companies and fund management firms. An exception is granted to EU-incorporated financial services intermediaries which are allowed to operate through branches in the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter III - INVESTMENT COMPANIES\nSection 1. General provisions regarding investment services and activities\nArticle 33.  Types of investment services and activities\n(1) Investment companies are entitled to carry out the following investment services and activities:\n(a) receiving and transmitting orders regarding one or more financial instruments; (b) executing orders regarding financial instruments on behalf of clients; (c) trading on own account; (d) portfolio management; (e) investment consulting; (f) intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments and / or placement of financial instruments based on a firm commitment; (g) placement of financial instruments without firm commitment; (h) operation of an MTF.\n(2) In addition to the investment services and activities listed in par. (1), investment companies may provide the following ancillary services: (a) fiduciary management of investments; (b) granting a loan or loan to a client to enable him to carry out a transaction with one or more financial instruments, in which the investment company granting the credit or loan is involved; (c) consulting to joint stock companies regarding capital structure, industrial strategy and related aspects, services related to mergers and acquisitions of companies; (d) currency exchange operations, if these operations are directly linked to the provision of investment services; (e) investments research and financial analysis or any other general recommendation regarding transactions with financial instruments; (f) services related to the intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments; (g) investment services and activities, as well as the auxiliary services mentioned in par. (1) lit. a) –f) and in par. (2) regarding derivatives, if they are related to the provision of investment services or ancillary services.\n(3) Investment services and activities regarding financial instruments may be performed only by: (a) investment companies, according to the license issued by the National Commission; (b) the persons accepted, on the basis of the approval by the National Commission.\n[...]\nSection 2 - Requirements regarding the activity\nArticle 35.  Investment company license(2) In order to obtain the investment company license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, to which he attaches the documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) has the form of legal organization of joint stock company, legally constituted and registered in the Republic of Moldova; \n[...]\nArticle 36.  Accepted persons\n(1) Foreign legal persons, authorized to perform investment services and activities and supervised by the competent authorities of the Member States of the European Unions are considered to be accepted persons and do not need the license of investment firm on the basis of agreements concluded between these bodies and the National commission.\n(2) The accepted persons carry on activity in the territory of the Republic of Moldova through branches registered in the Republic of Moldova.\n(3) Persons who hold the authorization for carrying out investment services and activities granted by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union obtain the status of accepted person after approval of the National Commission.\n(4) For the obtaining of the status of accepted person applicant shall address to National Commission a request for this purpose and attach the documents confirming that the applicant holds the relevant authorizations issued by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union. \n[...]\nChapter IV - INFRASTRUCTURE OF THE CAPITAL MARKET\nSection 1. Market operators\nArticle 60.  General provisions regarding market operators and regulated markets [...]\n(5) No natural or legal person, except the market operator, is entitled to use the terms \"stock market\", \"regulated market\", \"trading system\" and their derivatives with reference to financial instruments in their own names, in the systems. of trading created in its brands and promotional materials.\n[...]\nArticle 61.  Market operator license\n(1) In order to obtain the market operator license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, which attaches documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) it has organizational form legal of a joint stock company, legally incorporated and registered in the Republic of Moldova; [...]\" (LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated])","LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=110281&lang=ro\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2715,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","J58_63","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.000375","The establishment of any foreign-owned and directed newspaper or periodical in Morocco is subject to a discriminatory authorisation procedure.","SECTION 1:\n The freedom of publication of newspapers of printing, publishing and bookstores is guaranteed in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - PERIODIC PRESS\nSECTION 1 - RIGHT TO PUBLICATION, MANAGEMENT, AND DECLARATION\nSECTION 3:\nAny newspaper or periodical may be published freely after completion of the formalities prescribed by article 5 of this Dahir.\n[...]\nSECTION 5:\nBefore the publication of any newspaper or periodical, a statement in triplicate containing:\n1- the title of the newspaper or periodical and its methods of publication and distribution;\n2- marital status, nationality, domicile, level of studies and the numbers of national identity cards and, if they are foreigners, of residence permits, of the director of the publication or possibly of the co-director as well than permanent editors;\n3- the name and address of the printing press responsible for printing;\n4- the company's registration number in the commercial register, if applicable;\n5- the amount of capital invested in the company, with an indication of the origin of the funds thus invested and, if it is a legal person, the nationality of the owners of the securities representing the share capital;\n6- indication of the language or languages ​​in which the publication will be made;\nAnd for incorporated businesses:\n7- the date of the memorandum of association of the company and the place where the legal publication was made;\n8- the marital status, profession, nationality and domicile of the members of the Board of Directors, the shareholders or unitholders and, in general, the managers and members of the company, as well as the name commercial, industrial or financial companies of which they are administrators, directors or managers.\n[...]\nSECTION 11:\nThe term \"publication\" within the meaning of this Dahir means all newspapers, magazines, notebooks or information sheets not having a strictly scientific, artistic, technical or professional character and appearing at regular intervals and once a month at least\nSECTION 12:\nAll owners, partners, shareholders, sponsors, donors and other participants in the financial life of publications published in Morocco must be of Moroccan nationality.\nNewspapers and writings published in accordance with the provisions of articles 27 and 28 of this law are not subject to the provisions of this article.\n[...]\n SECTION 3 FOREIGN NEWSPAPERS OR WRITINGS\nSECTION 27:\nAny newspaper or periodical which is either created or published in whole or in part using foreign funds, or directed by a foreigner, is deemed to be foreign with regard to this Dahir, whatever the language of expression.\nSECTION 28:\nAny foreign newspaper or periodical printed in Morocco is subject to the general provisions of this law and to the specific provisions below:\nNo newspaper or periodical may be created, published or printed without a prior authorization decree having been issued upon written request made in the forms provided for in article 5 above and addressed to the government authority responsible for communication.\nThe authorization is deemed null and void if the publication of the newspaper or periodical does not occur within one year of obtaining the authorization or if its publication is interrupted for one year.[...]\" (Dahir n ° 1-02-207 of Rejeb 25, 1423 (October 3, 2002) promulgating Law No. 77-00 amending and supplementing Dahir No. 1-58-378 of Joumada I 3, 1378 (November 15, 1958) forming the code of Press and Publishing.[google translation])","Dahir n ° 1-02-207 of Rejeb 25, 1423 (October 3, 2002) promulgating Law No. 77-00 amending and supplementing Dahir No. 1-58-378 of Joumada I 3, 1378 (November 15, 1958) forming the code of Press and Publishing.[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.haca.ma/fr/dahir-n%C2%B0-1-02-207-du-3-octobre-2002-portant-promulgation-de-la-loi-n%C2%B077-00-modifiant-et-compl%C3%A9tant\">Dahir</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1175,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","J58_63","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.000375","The establishment of any foreign-owned and directed newspaper or periodical in Morocco is subject to a discriminatory authorisation procedure.","SECTION 1:\n The freedom of publication of newspapers of printing, publishing and bookstores is guaranteed in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - PERIODIC PRESS\nSECTION 1 - RIGHT TO PUBLICATION, MANAGEMENT, AND DECLARATION\nSECTION 3:\nAny newspaper or periodical may be published freely after completion of the formalities prescribed by article 5 of this Dahir.\n[...]\nSECTION 5:\nBefore the publication of any newspaper or periodical, a statement in triplicate containing:\n1- the title of the newspaper or periodical and its methods of publication and distribution;\n2- marital status, nationality, domicile, level of studies and the numbers of national identity cards and, if they are foreigners, of residence permits, of the director of the publication or possibly of the co-director as well than permanent editors;\n3- the name and address of the printing press responsible for printing;\n4- the company's registration number in the commercial register, if applicable;\n5- the amount of capital invested in the company, with an indication of the origin of the funds thus invested and, if it is a legal person, the nationality of the owners of the securities representing the share capital;\n6- indication of the language or languages ​​in which the publication will be made;\nAnd for incorporated businesses:\n7- the date of the memorandum of association of the company and the place where the legal publication was made;\n8- the marital status, profession, nationality and domicile of the members of the Board of Directors, the shareholders or unitholders and, in general, the managers and members of the company, as well as the name commercial, industrial or financial companies of which they are administrators, directors or managers.\n[...]\nSECTION 11:\nThe term \"publication\" within the meaning of this Dahir means all newspapers, magazines, notebooks or information sheets not having a strictly scientific, artistic, technical or professional character and appearing at regular intervals and once a month at least\nSECTION 12:\nAll owners, partners, shareholders, sponsors, donors and other participants in the financial life of publications published in Morocco must be of Moroccan nationality.\nNewspapers and writings published in accordance with the provisions of articles 27 and 28 of this law are not subject to the provisions of this article.\n[...]\n SECTION 3 FOREIGN NEWSPAPERS OR WRITINGS\nSECTION 27:\nAny newspaper or periodical which is either created or published in whole or in part using foreign funds, or directed by a foreigner, is deemed to be foreign with regard to this Dahir, whatever the language of expression.\nSECTION 28:\nAny foreign newspaper or periodical printed in Morocco is subject to the general provisions of this law and to the specific provisions below:\nNo newspaper or periodical may be created, published or printed without a prior authorization decree having been issued upon written request made in the forms provided for in article 5 above and addressed to the government authority responsible for communication.\nThe authorization is deemed null and void if the publication of the newspaper or periodical does not occur within one year of obtaining the authorization or if its publication is interrupted for one year.[...]\" (Dahir n ° 1-02-207 of Rejeb 25, 1423 (October 3, 2002) promulgating Law No. 77-00 amending and supplementing Dahir No. 1-58-378 of Joumada I 3, 1378 (November 15, 1958) forming the code of Press and Publishing.[google translation])","Dahir n ° 1-02-207 of Rejeb 25, 1423 (October 3, 2002) promulgating Law No. 77-00 amending and supplementing Dahir No. 1-58-378 of Joumada I 3, 1378 (November 15, 1958) forming the code of Press and Publishing.[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.haca.ma/fr/dahir-n%C2%B0-1-02-207-du-3-octobre-2002-portant-promulgation-de-la-loi-n%C2%B077-00-modifiant-et-compl%C3%A9tant\">Dahir</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1175,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","J58_63","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000375","The establishment of any foreign-owned and directed newspaper or periodical in Morocco is subject to a discriminatory authorisation procedure.","SECTION 1:\n The freedom of publication of newspapers of printing, publishing and bookstores is guaranteed in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - PERIODIC PRESS\nSECTION 1 - RIGHT TO PUBLICATION, MANAGEMENT, AND DECLARATION\nSECTION 3:\nAny newspaper or periodical may be published freely after completion of the formalities prescribed by article 5 of this Dahir.\n[...]\nSECTION 5:\nBefore the publication of any newspaper or periodical, a statement in triplicate containing:\n1- the title of the newspaper or periodical and its methods of publication and distribution;\n2- marital status, nationality, domicile, level of studies and the numbers of national identity cards and, if they are foreigners, of residence permits, of the director of the publication or possibly of the co-director as well than permanent editors;\n3- the name and address of the printing press responsible for printing;\n4- the company's registration number in the commercial register, if applicable;\n5- the amount of capital invested in the company, with an indication of the origin of the funds thus invested and, if it is a legal person, the nationality of the owners of the securities representing the share capital;\n6- indication of the language or languages ​​in which the publication will be made;\nAnd for incorporated businesses:\n7- the date of the memorandum of association of the company and the place where the legal publication was made;\n8- the marital status, profession, nationality and domicile of the members of the Board of Directors, the shareholders or unitholders and, in general, the managers and members of the company, as well as the name commercial, industrial or financial companies of which they are administrators, directors or managers.\n[...]\nSECTION 11:\nThe term \"publication\" within the meaning of this Dahir means all newspapers, magazines, notebooks or information sheets not having a strictly scientific, artistic, technical or professional character and appearing at regular intervals and once a month at least\nSECTION 12:\nAll owners, partners, shareholders, sponsors, donors and other participants in the financial life of publications published in Morocco must be of Moroccan nationality.\nNewspapers and writings published in accordance with the provisions of articles 27 and 28 of this law are not subject to the provisions of this article.\n[...]\n SECTION 3 FOREIGN NEWSPAPERS OR WRITINGS\nSECTION 27:\nAny newspaper or periodical which is either created or published in whole or in part using foreign funds, or directed by a foreigner, is deemed to be foreign with regard to this Dahir, whatever the language of expression.\nSECTION 28:\nAny foreign newspaper or periodical printed in Morocco is subject to the general provisions of this law and to the specific provisions below:\nNo newspaper or periodical may be created, published or printed without a prior authorization decree having been issued upon written request made in the forms provided for in article 5 above and addressed to the government authority responsible for communication.\nThe authorization is deemed null and void if the publication of the newspaper or periodical does not occur within one year of obtaining the authorization or if its publication is interrupted for one year.[...]\" (Dahir n ° 1-02-207 of Rejeb 25, 1423 (October 3, 2002) promulgating Law No. 77-00 amending and supplementing Dahir No. 1-58-378 of Joumada I 3, 1378 (November 15, 1958) forming the code of Press and Publishing.[google translation])","Dahir n ° 1-02-207 of Rejeb 25, 1423 (October 3, 2002) promulgating Law No. 77-00 amending and supplementing Dahir No. 1-58-378 of Joumada I 3, 1378 (November 15, 1958) forming the code of Press and Publishing.[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.haca.ma/fr/dahir-n%C2%B0-1-02-207-du-3-octobre-2002-portant-promulgation-de-la-loi-n%C2%B077-00-modifiant-et-compl%C3%A9tant\">Dahir</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1175,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","J58_63","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.000375","The establishment of any foreign-owned and directed newspaper or periodical in Morocco is subject to a discriminatory authorisation procedure.","SECTION 1:\n The freedom of publication of newspapers of printing, publishing and bookstores is guaranteed in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - PERIODIC PRESS\nSECTION 1 - RIGHT TO PUBLICATION, MANAGEMENT, AND DECLARATION\nSECTION 3:\nAny newspaper or periodical may be published freely after completion of the formalities prescribed by article 5 of this Dahir.\n[...]\nSECTION 5:\nBefore the publication of any newspaper or periodical, a statement in triplicate containing:\n1- the title of the newspaper or periodical and its methods of publication and distribution;\n2- marital status, nationality, domicile, level of studies and the numbers of national identity cards and, if they are foreigners, of residence permits, of the director of the publication or possibly of the co-director as well than permanent editors;\n3- the name and address of the printing press responsible for printing;\n4- the company's registration number in the commercial register, if applicable;\n5- the amount of capital invested in the company, with an indication of the origin of the funds thus invested and, if it is a legal person, the nationality of the owners of the securities representing the share capital;\n6- indication of the language or languages ​​in which the publication will be made;\nAnd for incorporated businesses:\n7- the date of the memorandum of association of the company and the place where the legal publication was made;\n8- the marital status, profession, nationality and domicile of the members of the Board of Directors, the shareholders or unitholders and, in general, the managers and members of the company, as well as the name commercial, industrial or financial companies of which they are administrators, directors or managers.\n[...]\nSECTION 11:\nThe term \"publication\" within the meaning of this Dahir means all newspapers, magazines, notebooks or information sheets not having a strictly scientific, artistic, technical or professional character and appearing at regular intervals and once a month at least\nSECTION 12:\nAll owners, partners, shareholders, sponsors, donors and other participants in the financial life of publications published in Morocco must be of Moroccan nationality.\nNewspapers and writings published in accordance with the provisions of articles 27 and 28 of this law are not subject to the provisions of this article.\n[...]\n SECTION 3 FOREIGN NEWSPAPERS OR WRITINGS\nSECTION 27:\nAny newspaper or periodical which is either created or published in whole or in part using foreign funds, or directed by a foreigner, is deemed to be foreign with regard to this Dahir, whatever the language of expression.\nSECTION 28:\nAny foreign newspaper or periodical printed in Morocco is subject to the general provisions of this law and to the specific provisions below:\nNo newspaper or periodical may be created, published or printed without a prior authorization decree having been issued upon written request made in the forms provided for in article 5 above and addressed to the government authority responsible for communication.\nThe authorization is deemed null and void if the publication of the newspaper or periodical does not occur within one year of obtaining the authorization or if its publication is interrupted for one year.[...]\" (Dahir n ° 1-02-207 of Rejeb 25, 1423 (October 3, 2002) promulgating Law No. 77-00 amending and supplementing Dahir No. 1-58-378 of Joumada I 3, 1378 (November 15, 1958) forming the code of Press and Publishing.[google translation])","Dahir n ° 1-02-207 of Rejeb 25, 1423 (October 3, 2002) promulgating Law No. 77-00 amending and supplementing Dahir No. 1-58-378 of Joumada I 3, 1378 (November 15, 1958) forming the code of Press and Publishing.[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.haca.ma/fr/dahir-n%C2%B0-1-02-207-du-3-octobre-2002-portant-promulgation-de-la-loi-n%C2%B077-00-modifiant-et-compl%C3%A9tant\">Dahir</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1175,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","F42","CLAS1_1","I53","IX",2018,"0.005625","Foreign and majority foreign-owned companies established in Mozambique cannot obtain public works and public consultancy services permits unless after legally operating in Mozambican territory for more than ten years.","\"ARTICLE 2\n(Access and exercise of the activity)\n1. National or foreign contractors or consultants who are legally authorized may exercise the activity of contractor and civil construction consultant.\n2. Contractors or national consultants are sole proprietorships belonging to Mozambican citizens and commercial companies incorporated under Mozambican legislation, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs to more than 50% of national citizens. or Mozambican private or public companies or institutions.\n3. Foreign contractors or consultants are sole proprietorships not belonging to Mozambican citizens or, in the case of commercial companies, all those that have been incorporated under legislation different from that of Mozambican legislation or that, having been incorporated in the Republic of Mozambique , under Mozambican legislation, more than 50% of the respective share capital is held by foreign persons.\n[...]\nARTICLE 5\n(Normal exercise in public works or public consulting services)\n1. Authorization for the permanent exercise of the activity of contractor or consultant in public works or public consulting services is granted through a permit issued by the Licensing Commission for Contractors and Civil Construction Consultants.\n2. Contractors or national consultants holding public works permits and public consultancy services, authorized under the terms of this regulation, operate and compete permanently in public works and public consultancy services.\n3. Foreign contractors or consultants who satisfy one of the following conditions may be authorized to operate permanently in public works or public consulting services:\na) Be operating in the national territory with authorization to perform public works or public consultancy services under the law;\nb) Having been incorporated and legally operating in the activity of contractor and civil construction consultant in the Republic of Mozambique for more than ten years;\nc) be a branch or subsidiary of a foreign construction contractor or consultant, incorporated and registered in the country of origin and having been legally operating in Mozambican territory for more than ten years.[...]\" (Decree 94/2013 of 31st December Approving the Regulation for the Activity of Contractor and Civil Construction Consultant [google translate]).","Decree 94/2013 of 31st December Approving the Regulation for the Activity of Contractor and Civil Construction Consultant [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lexlink.eu/FileGet.aspx?FileId=38991\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,519,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","F42","CLAS1_1","I53","IX",2021,"0.005625","Foreign and majority foreign-owned companies established in Mozambique cannot obtain public works and public consultancy services permits unless after legally operating in Mozambican territory for more than ten years.","\"ARTICLE 2\n(Access and exercise of the activity)\n1. National or foreign contractors or consultants who are legally authorized may exercise the activity of contractor and civil construction consultant.\n2. Contractors or national consultants are sole proprietorships belonging to Mozambican citizens and commercial companies incorporated under Mozambican legislation, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs to more than 50% of national citizens. or Mozambican private or public companies or institutions.\n3. Foreign contractors or consultants are sole proprietorships not belonging to Mozambican citizens or, in the case of commercial companies, all those that have been incorporated under legislation different from that of Mozambican legislation or that, having been incorporated in the Republic of Mozambique , under Mozambican legislation, more than 50% of the respective share capital is held by foreign persons.\n[...]\nARTICLE 5\n(Normal exercise in public works or public consulting services)\n1. Authorization for the permanent exercise of the activity of contractor or consultant in public works or public consulting services is granted through a permit issued by the Licensing Commission for Contractors and Civil Construction Consultants.\n2. Contractors or national consultants holding public works permits and public consultancy services, authorized under the terms of this regulation, operate and compete permanently in public works and public consultancy services.\n3. Foreign contractors or consultants who satisfy one of the following conditions may be authorized to operate permanently in public works or public consulting services:\na) Be operating in the national territory with authorization to perform public works or public consultancy services under the law;\nb) Having been incorporated and legally operating in the activity of contractor and civil construction consultant in the Republic of Mozambique for more than ten years;\nc) be a branch or subsidiary of a foreign construction contractor or consultant, incorporated and registered in the country of origin and having been legally operating in Mozambican territory for more than ten years.[...]\" (Decree 94/2013 of 31st December Approving the Regulation for the Activity of Contractor and Civil Construction Consultant [google translate]).","Decree 94/2013 of 31st December Approving the Regulation for the Activity of Contractor and Civil Construction Consultant [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lexlink.eu/FileGet.aspx?FileId=38991\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,519,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","F42","CLAS1_1","I53","IX",2022,"0.005625","Foreign and majority foreign-owned companies established in Mozambique cannot obtain public works and public consultancy services permits unless after legally operating in Mozambican territory for more than ten years.","\"ARTICLE 2\n(Access and exercise of the activity)\n1. National or foreign contractors or consultants who are legally authorized may exercise the activity of contractor and civil construction consultant.\n2. Contractors or national consultants are sole proprietorships belonging to Mozambican citizens and commercial companies incorporated under Mozambican legislation, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs to more than 50% of national citizens. or Mozambican private or public companies or institutions.\n3. Foreign contractors or consultants are sole proprietorships not belonging to Mozambican citizens or, in the case of commercial companies, all those that have been incorporated under legislation different from that of Mozambican legislation or that, having been incorporated in the Republic of Mozambique , under Mozambican legislation, more than 50% of the respective share capital is held by foreign persons.\n[...]\nARTICLE 5\n(Normal exercise in public works or public consulting services)\n1. Authorization for the permanent exercise of the activity of contractor or consultant in public works or public consulting services is granted through a permit issued by the Licensing Commission for Contractors and Civil Construction Consultants.\n2. Contractors or national consultants holding public works permits and public consultancy services, authorized under the terms of this regulation, operate and compete permanently in public works and public consultancy services.\n3. Foreign contractors or consultants who satisfy one of the following conditions may be authorized to operate permanently in public works or public consulting services:\na) Be operating in the national territory with authorization to perform public works or public consultancy services under the law;\nb) Having been incorporated and legally operating in the activity of contractor and civil construction consultant in the Republic of Mozambique for more than ten years;\nc) be a branch or subsidiary of a foreign construction contractor or consultant, incorporated and registered in the country of origin and having been legally operating in Mozambican territory for more than ten years.[...]\" (Decree 94/2013 of 31st December Approving the Regulation for the Activity of Contractor and Civil Construction Consultant [google translate]).","Decree 94/2013 of 31st December Approving the Regulation for the Activity of Contractor and Civil Construction Consultant [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lexlink.eu/FileGet.aspx?FileId=38991\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,519,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","F42","CLAS1_1","I53","IX",2023,"0.005625","Foreign and majority foreign-owned companies established in Mozambique cannot obtain public works and public consultancy services permits unless after legally operating in Mozambican territory for more than ten years.","\"ARTICLE 2\n(Access and exercise of the activity)\n1. National or foreign contractors or consultants who are legally authorized may exercise the activity of contractor and civil construction consultant.\n2. Contractors or national consultants are sole proprietorships belonging to Mozambican citizens and commercial companies incorporated under Mozambican legislation, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs to more than 50% of national citizens. or Mozambican private or public companies or institutions.\n3. Foreign contractors or consultants are sole proprietorships not belonging to Mozambican citizens or, in the case of commercial companies, all those that have been incorporated under legislation different from that of Mozambican legislation or that, having been incorporated in the Republic of Mozambique , under Mozambican legislation, more than 50% of the respective share capital is held by foreign persons.\n[...]\nARTICLE 5\n(Normal exercise in public works or public consulting services)\n1. Authorization for the permanent exercise of the activity of contractor or consultant in public works or public consulting services is granted through a permit issued by the Licensing Commission for Contractors and Civil Construction Consultants.\n2. Contractors or national consultants holding public works permits and public consultancy services, authorized under the terms of this regulation, operate and compete permanently in public works and public consultancy services.\n3. Foreign contractors or consultants who satisfy one of the following conditions may be authorized to operate permanently in public works or public consulting services:\na) Be operating in the national territory with authorization to perform public works or public consultancy services under the law;\nb) Having been incorporated and legally operating in the activity of contractor and civil construction consultant in the Republic of Mozambique for more than ten years;\nc) be a branch or subsidiary of a foreign construction contractor or consultant, incorporated and registered in the country of origin and having been legally operating in Mozambican territory for more than ten years.[...]\" (Decree 94/2013 of 31st December Approving the Regulation for the Activity of Contractor and Civil Construction Consultant [google translate]).","Decree 94/2013 of 31st December Approving the Regulation for the Activity of Contractor and Civil Construction Consultant [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lexlink.eu/FileGet.aspx?FileId=38991\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,519,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0036","Cabotge is reserved to national companies, i.e. in which foreign shareholding does not exceed 49 of the equity capital.","\"Article 3\nScope of application\n1. This Regulation applies to national shipowners involved in different trades and activities.\n2. National shipowners are individual commercial entrepreneurs or shipping companies established and headquartered in the Republic of Mozambique.\nArticle 4\nvessels to explore\nThe national shipowner carries out its activity with vessels registered and registered in the Republic of Mozambique, and may operate in the covered trades any and all others, provided that they are duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 16\n1. The exercise of commercial maritime transport activity covers the following areas of navigation and operating modalities: a) international maritime transport; b) National cabotage; c) Local traffic.\n[...]\nArticle 17 (International maritime transport)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of long-distance traffic, covering non-national ports, may be carried out by shipowners under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 18 (National cabotage)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of national cabotage is reserved for national shipowners and Mozambican registered and flagged vessels, duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 18 (Local traffic)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of Local Traffic l is reserved for national shipowners and Mozambican registered and flagged vessels, duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.[...]\" (Decree No. 35/2007 of 14 August on the Regulation of Commercial Maritime Transport [google translation])","Decree No. 35/2007 of 14 August on the Regulation of Commercial Maritime Transport [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz111525.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,553,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0036","Cabotge is reserved to national companies, i.e. in which foreign shareholding does not exceed 49 of the equity capital.","\"Article 3\nScope of application\n1. This Regulation applies to national shipowners involved in different trades and activities.\n2. National shipowners are individual commercial entrepreneurs or shipping companies established and headquartered in the Republic of Mozambique.\nArticle 4\nvessels to explore\nThe national shipowner carries out its activity with vessels registered and registered in the Republic of Mozambique, and may operate in the covered trades any and all others, provided that they are duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 16\n1. The exercise of commercial maritime transport activity covers the following areas of navigation and operating modalities: a) international maritime transport; b) National cabotage; c) Local traffic.\n[...]\nArticle 17 (International maritime transport)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of long-distance traffic, covering non-national ports, may be carried out by shipowners under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 18 (National cabotage)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of national cabotage is reserved for national shipowners and Mozambican registered and flagged vessels, duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 18 (Local traffic)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of Local Traffic l is reserved for national shipowners and Mozambican registered and flagged vessels, duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.[...]\" (Decree No. 35/2007 of 14 August on the Regulation of Commercial Maritime Transport [google translation])","Decree No. 35/2007 of 14 August on the Regulation of Commercial Maritime Transport [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz111525.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,553,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0036","Cabotge is reserved to national companies, i.e. in which foreign shareholding does not exceed 49 of the equity capital.","\"Article 3\nScope of application\n1. This Regulation applies to national shipowners involved in different trades and activities.\n2. National shipowners are individual commercial entrepreneurs or shipping companies established and headquartered in the Republic of Mozambique.\nArticle 4\nvessels to explore\nThe national shipowner carries out its activity with vessels registered and registered in the Republic of Mozambique, and may operate in the covered trades any and all others, provided that they are duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 16\n1. The exercise of commercial maritime transport activity covers the following areas of navigation and operating modalities: a) international maritime transport; b) National cabotage; c) Local traffic.\n[...]\nArticle 17 (International maritime transport)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of long-distance traffic, covering non-national ports, may be carried out by shipowners under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 18 (National cabotage)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of national cabotage is reserved for national shipowners and Mozambican registered and flagged vessels, duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 18 (Local traffic)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of Local Traffic l is reserved for national shipowners and Mozambican registered and flagged vessels, duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.[...]\" (Decree No. 35/2007 of 14 August on the Regulation of Commercial Maritime Transport [google translation])","Decree No. 35/2007 of 14 August on the Regulation of Commercial Maritime Transport [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz111525.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,553,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0036","Cabotge is reserved to national companies, i.e. in which foreign shareholding does not exceed 49 of the equity capital.","\"Article 3\nScope of application\n1. This Regulation applies to national shipowners involved in different trades and activities.\n2. National shipowners are individual commercial entrepreneurs or shipping companies established and headquartered in the Republic of Mozambique.\nArticle 4\nvessels to explore\nThe national shipowner carries out its activity with vessels registered and registered in the Republic of Mozambique, and may operate in the covered trades any and all others, provided that they are duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 16\n1. The exercise of commercial maritime transport activity covers the following areas of navigation and operating modalities: a) international maritime transport; b) National cabotage; c) Local traffic.\n[...]\nArticle 17 (International maritime transport)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of long-distance traffic, covering non-national ports, may be carried out by shipowners under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 18 (National cabotage)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of national cabotage is reserved for national shipowners and Mozambican registered and flagged vessels, duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 18 (Local traffic)\n1. Commercial maritime transport of passengers and cargo carried out within the scope of Local Traffic l is reserved for national shipowners and Mozambican registered and flagged vessels, duly authorized under the terms of this Regulation.[...]\" (Decree No. 35/2007 of 14 August on the Regulation of Commercial Maritime Transport [google translation])","Decree No. 35/2007 of 14 August on the Regulation of Commercial Maritime Transport [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz111525.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,553,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","M691","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.0003125","Subject to reciprocity conditions, qualified foreign lawyers are eligible to enroll to the Mozambican BAR and, consequently, practice the legal profession and become partners in Mozambican law firms.","\"ARllGoal50\n(Exercise of law by foreigners)\nI. Foreigners who have graduated from any Faculty of Law in Mozambique may register with the Portuguese Bar Association, under the same terms as Mozambicans.\n2. Foreign lawyers who have graduated from any foreign institution of higher education in Law may register with the Portuguese Bar Association. since:\na) there are governmental agreements or treaties that establish a reciprocity regime;\nb) carry out, in the order of Lawyers, an assessment and aptitude exam;\nc) meet the other requirements stipulated by the Bar Association.\n3. The examination requirement referred to in subparagraph b) of the previous paragraph becomes effective from the date and under the conditions defined by the National Council.\n4. The foreigners referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article may elect, but cannot be elected to, the bodies of the Bar Association.[...]\" (","Law No. 28/2009 - Statute of the Bar Association [google translation]      ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/en/publications/articles/doc_download/245-lei-n-28-2009-estatuto-da-ordem-dos-advogados\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,567,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","M691","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0003125","Subject to reciprocity conditions, qualified foreign lawyers are eligible to enroll to the Mozambican BAR and, consequently, practice the legal profession and become partners in Mozambican law firms.","\"ARllGoal50\n(Exercise of law by foreigners)\nI. Foreigners who have graduated from any Faculty of Law in Mozambique may register with the Portuguese Bar Association, under the same terms as Mozambicans.\n2. Foreign lawyers who have graduated from any foreign institution of higher education in Law may register with the Portuguese Bar Association. since:\na) there are governmental agreements or treaties that establish a reciprocity regime;\nb) carry out, in the order of Lawyers, an assessment and aptitude exam;\nc) meet the other requirements stipulated by the Bar Association.\n3. The examination requirement referred to in subparagraph b) of the previous paragraph becomes effective from the date and under the conditions defined by the National Council.\n4. The foreigners referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article may elect, but cannot be elected to, the bodies of the Bar Association.[...]\" (","Law No. 28/2009 - Statute of the Bar Association [google translation]      ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/en/publications/articles/doc_download/245-lei-n-28-2009-estatuto-da-ordem-dos-advogados\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,567,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","M691","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.0003125","Subject to reciprocity conditions, qualified foreign lawyers are eligible to enroll to the Mozambican BAR and, consequently, practice the legal profession and become partners in Mozambican law firms.","\"ARllGoal50\n(Exercise of law by foreigners)\nI. Foreigners who have graduated from any Faculty of Law in Mozambique may register with the Portuguese Bar Association, under the same terms as Mozambicans.\n2. Foreign lawyers who have graduated from any foreign institution of higher education in Law may register with the Portuguese Bar Association. since:\na) there are governmental agreements or treaties that establish a reciprocity regime;\nb) carry out, in the order of Lawyers, an assessment and aptitude exam;\nc) meet the other requirements stipulated by the Bar Association.\n3. The examination requirement referred to in subparagraph b) of the previous paragraph becomes effective from the date and under the conditions defined by the National Council.\n4. The foreigners referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article may elect, but cannot be elected to, the bodies of the Bar Association.[...]\" (","Law No. 28/2009 - Statute of the Bar Association [google translation]      ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/en/publications/articles/doc_download/245-lei-n-28-2009-estatuto-da-ordem-dos-advogados\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,567,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","M691","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0003125","Subject to reciprocity conditions, qualified foreign lawyers are eligible to enroll to the Mozambican BAR and, consequently, practice the legal profession and become partners in Mozambican law firms.","\"ARllGoal50\n(Exercise of law by foreigners)\nI. Foreigners who have graduated from any Faculty of Law in Mozambique may register with the Portuguese Bar Association, under the same terms as Mozambicans.\n2. Foreign lawyers who have graduated from any foreign institution of higher education in Law may register with the Portuguese Bar Association. since:\na) there are governmental agreements or treaties that establish a reciprocity regime;\nb) carry out, in the order of Lawyers, an assessment and aptitude exam;\nc) meet the other requirements stipulated by the Bar Association.\n3. The examination requirement referred to in subparagraph b) of the previous paragraph becomes effective from the date and under the conditions defined by the National Council.\n4. The foreigners referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article may elect, but cannot be elected to, the bodies of the Bar Association.[...]\" (","Law No. 28/2009 - Statute of the Bar Association [google translation]      ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/en/publications/articles/doc_download/245-lei-n-28-2009-estatuto-da-ordem-dos-advogados\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,567,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign investment in agriculture of crops, including cereals (including rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises. Excluded activities from the scope of the measure: vegetables and melons, roots and tubers; sugar cane; tobacco; fibre crops and other non-perennial crops.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen: [...]\nGrowing of cereals (including rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds (Cultivation of crops in agriculture land, distribution them to the local market and exporting them) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...] \n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen;[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%.[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2760,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign investment in agriculture of crops, including cereals (including rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises. Excluded activities from the scope of the measure: vegetables and melons, roots and tubers; sugar cane; tobacco; fibre crops and other non-perennial crops.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen: [...]\nGrowing of cereals (including rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds (Cultivation of crops in agriculture land, distribution them to the local market and exporting them) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...] \n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen;[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%.[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2760,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign investment in agriculture of crops, including cereals (including rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises. Excluded activities from the scope of the measure: vegetables and melons, roots and tubers; sugar cane; tobacco; fibre crops and other non-perennial crops.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen: [...]\nGrowing of cereals (including rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds (Cultivation of crops in agriculture land, distribution them to the local market and exporting them) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...] \n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen;[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%.[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2760,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.00375","Foreign investment in agriculture of crops, including cereals (including rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises. Excluded activities from the scope of the measure: vegetables and melons, roots and tubers; sugar cane; tobacco; fibre crops and other non-perennial crops.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen: [...]\nGrowing of cereals (including rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds (Cultivation of crops in agriculture land, distribution them to the local market and exporting them) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...] \n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen;[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%.[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2760,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign investment in the construction of and real estate investment in residential buildings is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises, with an exception for registered condominium projects, in which foreigners may own units not exceeding 40 percent of the private space/units. ","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nConstruction of buildings & Real estate activities with own or leased property (Development, sales and lease of residential apartments and condominiums) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment:\n[...] (c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen; [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter (5) -  Registration and establishment of a condominium: [...] \n15. The developer - (a) shall, upon receiving the permit issued under section 14, construct the condominium on the registered collectively owned land as prescribed; (b) may sell not more than 40% of units in a condominium to foreigners according to this law; (c) may develop a condominium on land which is state-owned or under the control of a government department or governmental organization or city development committee or any city development organization with the approval of the Union government.\n[...]\nChapter (7) - The rights and duties of developers\n24. The rights of developers are as follows- (a) May appoint a co-developer with the approval of the relevant management committee; (b) May sell the units in advance before the construction of the condominium is completed; (c) May sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to foreigners in accordance with this law. \n[...]\nChapter (8) - Rights and duties of co-owners\n26. The rights of co-owners are as follows - [...] (d) (i) shall have the right to lease or mortgage the unit to a foreigner or allow a foreigner to occupy it; (ii) shall have the right to sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to a foreigner; [...]\"(The Condomium Law, No. 24/2016, Art. 12, 24 and 26)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.\nThe Condominium Law, Law No. 24/2016 of 29 January 2016, art. 12, 24 and 26.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lincolnmyanmar.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/The-Condominium-Law.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2785,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign investment in the construction of and real estate investment in residential buildings is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises, with an exception for registered condominium projects, in which foreigners may own units not exceeding 40 percent of the private space/units. ","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nConstruction of buildings & Real estate activities with own or leased property (Development, sales and lease of residential apartments and condominiums) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment:\n[...] (c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen; [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter (5) -  Registration and establishment of a condominium: [...] \n15. The developer - (a) shall, upon receiving the permit issued under section 14, construct the condominium on the registered collectively owned land as prescribed; (b) may sell not more than 40% of units in a condominium to foreigners according to this law; (c) may develop a condominium on land which is state-owned or under the control of a government department or governmental organization or city development committee or any city development organization with the approval of the Union government.\n[...]\nChapter (7) - The rights and duties of developers\n24. The rights of developers are as follows- (a) May appoint a co-developer with the approval of the relevant management committee; (b) May sell the units in advance before the construction of the condominium is completed; (c) May sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to foreigners in accordance with this law. \n[...]\nChapter (8) - Rights and duties of co-owners\n26. The rights of co-owners are as follows - [...] (d) (i) shall have the right to lease or mortgage the unit to a foreigner or allow a foreigner to occupy it; (ii) shall have the right to sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to a foreigner; [...]\"(The Condomium Law, No. 24/2016, Art. 12, 24 and 26)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.\nThe Condominium Law, Law No. 24/2016 of 29 January 2016, art. 12, 24 and 26.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lincolnmyanmar.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/The-Condominium-Law.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2785,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign investment in the construction of and real estate investment in residential buildings is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises, with an exception for registered condominium projects, in which foreigners may own units not exceeding 40 percent of the private space/units. ","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nConstruction of buildings & Real estate activities with own or leased property (Development, sales and lease of residential apartments and condominiums) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment:\n[...] (c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen; [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter (5) -  Registration and establishment of a condominium: [...] \n15. The developer - (a) shall, upon receiving the permit issued under section 14, construct the condominium on the registered collectively owned land as prescribed; (b) may sell not more than 40% of units in a condominium to foreigners according to this law; (c) may develop a condominium on land which is state-owned or under the control of a government department or governmental organization or city development committee or any city development organization with the approval of the Union government.\n[...]\nChapter (7) - The rights and duties of developers\n24. The rights of developers are as follows- (a) May appoint a co-developer with the approval of the relevant management committee; (b) May sell the units in advance before the construction of the condominium is completed; (c) May sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to foreigners in accordance with this law. \n[...]\nChapter (8) - Rights and duties of co-owners\n26. The rights of co-owners are as follows - [...] (d) (i) shall have the right to lease or mortgage the unit to a foreigner or allow a foreigner to occupy it; (ii) shall have the right to sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to a foreigner; [...]\"(The Condomium Law, No. 24/2016, Art. 12, 24 and 26)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.\nThe Condominium Law, Law No. 24/2016 of 29 January 2016, art. 12, 24 and 26.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lincolnmyanmar.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/The-Condominium-Law.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2785,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.00375","Foreign investment in the construction of and real estate investment in residential buildings is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises, with an exception for registered condominium projects, in which foreigners may own units not exceeding 40 percent of the private space/units. ","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nConstruction of buildings & Real estate activities with own or leased property (Development, sales and lease of residential apartments and condominiums) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment:\n[...] (c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen; [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter (5) -  Registration and establishment of a condominium: [...] \n15. The developer - (a) shall, upon receiving the permit issued under section 14, construct the condominium on the registered collectively owned land as prescribed; (b) may sell not more than 40% of units in a condominium to foreigners according to this law; (c) may develop a condominium on land which is state-owned or under the control of a government department or governmental organization or city development committee or any city development organization with the approval of the Union government.\n[...]\nChapter (7) - The rights and duties of developers\n24. The rights of developers are as follows- (a) May appoint a co-developer with the approval of the relevant management committee; (b) May sell the units in advance before the construction of the condominium is completed; (c) May sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to foreigners in accordance with this law. \n[...]\nChapter (8) - Rights and duties of co-owners\n26. The rights of co-owners are as follows - [...] (d) (i) shall have the right to lease or mortgage the unit to a foreigner or allow a foreigner to occupy it; (ii) shall have the right to sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to a foreigner; [...]\"(The Condomium Law, No. 24/2016, Art. 12, 24 and 26)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.\nThe Condominium Law, Law No. 24/2016 of 29 January 2016, art. 12, 24 and 26.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lincolnmyanmar.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/The-Condominium-Law.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2785,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","K6512_652_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0045","As of April 2019, the insurance sector is no longer closed to foreign companies [i.e. those with foreign shareholding above 35% as per the new Myanmar Companies Law of 2017, in force since August 2018]. In January 2019, the Ministry of Planning and Finance had announced its plans to liberalise the insurance market for foreign participation, under the following conditions: (a) foreign non-life insurance companies would be allowed to enter the market only via joint ventures with local life insurance companies; and (b) in the case of foreign life insurance companies, not more than 3 licenses would be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurance companies. Other licences would only be allowed to enter the market via joint ventures with local life insurance companies. In April 2019, the MOPF started to implement its plan. It gave provisional licenses to foreign life insurance licenses and allowed six joint venture insurance companies to provide services in the country (three life insurance companies and three non-life insurance companies). As such, since 2019, foreign investors are subject to joint-venture requirements [foreign shareholding remains limited to up to 35%] only in respect to non-life insurance business, besides being bound by the limitation in the number of licenses (3 maximum) to be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurers. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the latter is considered equivalent to a restriction on greenfield investments since it constraint prospective foreign investors to enter the market via the acquisition of other foreign insurers or via JVs and minority participation (up to 35%) in a local insurance company. \n\n","\"1. In practice of the prerrogative granted under the Insurance Business Law, Section 29, 'the Ministry of Planning and Finance, the Republic of the Union  of Myanmar may, with the approval of the Government, grant permission to a company which wishes to operate the business of insurance, underwriting agency or insurance broking with foreign investment'.\n[...]\n4. Therefore, the MoPF invites interest local and foreign insurers the Expression of Interest (EoI) and/or the Request for Proposal (RFP) in order to transact insurance business in Myanmar. The Financial Regulatory Department (FRD) will facilitate the clarifications and discussions on the EoI and/or RFP.\n[...]\n6. The following methods of licensing shall  be implemented in accord with the Myanmar Insurance Sector Liberalisation Roadmap:\n(a) Life insurance companies:\n- Option 1: Allowing not more than 3 licenses for foreign life insurers as 100% wholly owned subsidiaries.\n- Option 2: Allowing foreign life insurers with a life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local life insurers\n(b) Non-life insurance companies:\n- Allowing foreign non-life insurers with a non-life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local non-life insurers.[...]\" (Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar).\n--------------------------------\n\"PART A – PROPOSAL CONDITIONS\n1.0 INTRODUCTION\n1.1 Authority [...]\n1.1.2 This RFP is pursuant to the Invitation Letter for the Expression of Interest (“EOI”) to form Joint Ventures in order to carry out the Non-Life Insurance Business in Myanmar (“the EOI Invitation Letter”) which was released on 18 January 2019 for local Myanmar non-life insurers interested to form JVs with foreign insurers. The EOI had set the motion for a RFP on JVs between local and foreign insurers for the non-life insurance sector. Successful EOI Applicants at the EOI stage have been invited to participate in this RFP.\n1.1.3 Local composite insurers have been mandated to split their licenses by forming separate legal entities that cover the non-life insurance business. Following from the announcement made by the MoPF on 2 January 2019 under the Announcement No. 1/ 2019, all local insurers, including local composite insurers that have successfully split their operations into life and non-life insurance entities, can now enter into joint ventures with foreign insurers. The maximum permitted percentage shareholding for foreign insurers in each joint venture has now been set to a maximum of 35% [...]\" (MINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, Request for Proposal NON-LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“NON-LIFE INSURANCE JV”, 17 May 2019)\n--------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar.\nMINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, Request for Proposal NON-LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“NON-LIFE INSURANCE JV”, 17 May 2019\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Tilleke & Gibbins (2022), \"Insurance and Reinsurance in Myanmar: Overview\", December 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/01/Announcement%20E.pdf\">Announcement</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/05/Non-Life%20Insurance%20JV.pdf\">RFP</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com/w-018-8356?transitionType=Default&contextData=(sc.Default)&firstPage=true#co_anchor_a992988\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4010,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","K6512_652_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0045","As of April 2019, the insurance sector is no longer closed to foreign companies [i.e. those with foreign shareholding above 35% as per the new Myanmar Companies Law of 2017, in force since August 2018]. In January 2019, the Ministry of Planning and Finance had announced its plans to liberalise the insurance market for foreign participation, under the following conditions: (a) foreign non-life insurance companies would be allowed to enter the market only via joint ventures with local life insurance companies; and (b) in the case of foreign life insurance companies, not more than 3 licenses would be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurance companies. Other licences would only be allowed to enter the market via joint ventures with local life insurance companies. In April 2019, the MOPF started to implement its plan. It gave provisional licenses to foreign life insurance licenses and allowed six joint venture insurance companies to provide services in the country (three life insurance companies and three non-life insurance companies). As such, since 2019, foreign investors are subject to joint-venture requirements [foreign shareholding remains limited to up to 35%] only in respect to non-life insurance business, besides being bound by the limitation in the number of licenses (3 maximum) to be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurers. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the latter is considered equivalent to a restriction on greenfield investments since it constraint prospective foreign investors to enter the market via the acquisition of other foreign insurers or via JVs and minority participation (up to 35%) in a local insurance company. \n\n","\"1. In practice of the prerrogative granted under the Insurance Business Law, Section 29, 'the Ministry of Planning and Finance, the Republic of the Union  of Myanmar may, with the approval of the Government, grant permission to a company which wishes to operate the business of insurance, underwriting agency or insurance broking with foreign investment'.\n[...]\n4. Therefore, the MoPF invites interest local and foreign insurers the Expression of Interest (EoI) and/or the Request for Proposal (RFP) in order to transact insurance business in Myanmar. The Financial Regulatory Department (FRD) will facilitate the clarifications and discussions on the EoI and/or RFP.\n[...]\n6. The following methods of licensing shall  be implemented in accord with the Myanmar Insurance Sector Liberalisation Roadmap:\n(a) Life insurance companies:\n- Option 1: Allowing not more than 3 licenses for foreign life insurers as 100% wholly owned subsidiaries.\n- Option 2: Allowing foreign life insurers with a life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local life insurers\n(b) Non-life insurance companies:\n- Allowing foreign non-life insurers with a non-life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local non-life insurers.[...]\" (Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar).\n--------------------------------\n\"PART A – PROPOSAL CONDITIONS\n1.0 INTRODUCTION\n1.1 Authority [...]\n1.1.2 This RFP is pursuant to the Invitation Letter for the Expression of Interest (“EOI”) to form Joint Ventures in order to carry out the Non-Life Insurance Business in Myanmar (“the EOI Invitation Letter”) which was released on 18 January 2019 for local Myanmar non-life insurers interested to form JVs with foreign insurers. The EOI had set the motion for a RFP on JVs between local and foreign insurers for the non-life insurance sector. Successful EOI Applicants at the EOI stage have been invited to participate in this RFP.\n1.1.3 Local composite insurers have been mandated to split their licenses by forming separate legal entities that cover the non-life insurance business. Following from the announcement made by the MoPF on 2 January 2019 under the Announcement No. 1/ 2019, all local insurers, including local composite insurers that have successfully split their operations into life and non-life insurance entities, can now enter into joint ventures with foreign insurers. The maximum permitted percentage shareholding for foreign insurers in each joint venture has now been set to a maximum of 35% [...]\" (MINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, Request for Proposal NON-LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“NON-LIFE INSURANCE JV”, 17 May 2019)\n--------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar.\nMINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, Request for Proposal NON-LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“NON-LIFE INSURANCE JV”, 17 May 2019\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Tilleke & Gibbins (2022), \"Insurance and Reinsurance in Myanmar: Overview\", December 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/01/Announcement%20E.pdf\">Announcement</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/05/Non-Life%20Insurance%20JV.pdf\">RFP</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com/w-018-8356?transitionType=Default&contextData=(sc.Default)&firstPage=true#co_anchor_a992988\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2813,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","K6512_652_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0045","As of April 2019, the insurance sector is no longer closed to foreign companies [i.e. those with foreign shareholding above 35% as per the new Myanmar Companies Law of 2017, in force since August 2018]. In January 2019, the Ministry of Planning and Finance had announced its plans to liberalise the insurance market for foreign participation, under the following conditions: (a) foreign non-life insurance companies would be allowed to enter the market only via joint ventures with local life insurance companies; and (b) in the case of foreign life insurance companies, not more than 3 licenses would be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurance companies. Other licences would only be allowed to enter the market via joint ventures with local life insurance companies. In April 2019, the MOPF started to implement its plan. It gave provisional licenses to foreign life insurance licenses and allowed six joint venture insurance companies to provide services in the country (three life insurance companies and three non-life insurance companies). As such, since 2019, foreign investors are subject to joint-venture requirements [foreign shareholding remains limited to up to 35%] only in respect to non-life insurance business, besides being bound by the limitation in the number of licenses (3 maximum) to be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurers. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the latter is considered equivalent to a restriction on greenfield investments since it constraint prospective foreign investors to enter the market via the acquisition of other foreign insurers or via JVs and minority participation (up to 35%) in a local insurance company. \n\n","\"1. In practice of the prerrogative granted under the Insurance Business Law, Section 29, 'the Ministry of Planning and Finance, the Republic of the Union  of Myanmar may, with the approval of the Government, grant permission to a company which wishes to operate the business of insurance, underwriting agency or insurance broking with foreign investment'.\n[...]\n4. Therefore, the MoPF invites interest local and foreign insurers the Expression of Interest (EoI) and/or the Request for Proposal (RFP) in order to transact insurance business in Myanmar. The Financial Regulatory Department (FRD) will facilitate the clarifications and discussions on the EoI and/or RFP.\n[...]\n6. The following methods of licensing shall  be implemented in accord with the Myanmar Insurance Sector Liberalisation Roadmap:\n(a) Life insurance companies:\n- Option 1: Allowing not more than 3 licenses for foreign life insurers as 100% wholly owned subsidiaries.\n- Option 2: Allowing foreign life insurers with a life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local life insurers\n(b) Non-life insurance companies:\n- Allowing foreign non-life insurers with a non-life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local non-life insurers.[...]\" (Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar).\n--------------------------------\n\"PART A – PROPOSAL CONDITIONS\n1.0 INTRODUCTION\n1.1 Authority [...]\n1.1.2 This RFP is pursuant to the Invitation Letter for the Expression of Interest (“EOI”) to form Joint Ventures in order to carry out the Non-Life Insurance Business in Myanmar (“the EOI Invitation Letter”) which was released on 18 January 2019 for local Myanmar non-life insurers interested to form JVs with foreign insurers. The EOI had set the motion for a RFP on JVs between local and foreign insurers for the non-life insurance sector. Successful EOI Applicants at the EOI stage have been invited to participate in this RFP.\n1.1.3 Local composite insurers have been mandated to split their licenses by forming separate legal entities that cover the non-life insurance business. Following from the announcement made by the MoPF on 2 January 2019 under the Announcement No. 1/ 2019, all local insurers, including local composite insurers that have successfully split their operations into life and non-life insurance entities, can now enter into joint ventures with foreign insurers. The maximum permitted percentage shareholding for foreign insurers in each joint venture has now been set to a maximum of 35% [...]\" (MINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, Request for Proposal NON-LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“NON-LIFE INSURANCE JV”, 17 May 2019)\n--------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar.\nMINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, Request for Proposal NON-LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“NON-LIFE INSURANCE JV”, 17 May 2019\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Tilleke & Gibbins (2022), \"Insurance and Reinsurance in Myanmar: Overview\", December 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/01/Announcement%20E.pdf\">Announcement</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/05/Non-Life%20Insurance%20JV.pdf\">RFP</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com/w-018-8356?transitionType=Default&contextData=(sc.Default)&firstPage=true#co_anchor_a992988\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2813,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","K6512_652_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0045","As of April 2019, the insurance sector is no longer closed to foreign companies [i.e. those with foreign shareholding above 35% as per the new Myanmar Companies Law of 2017, in force since August 2018]. In January 2019, the Ministry of Planning and Finance had announced its plans to liberalise the insurance market for foreign participation, under the following conditions: (a) foreign non-life insurance companies would be allowed to enter the market only via joint ventures with local life insurance companies; and (b) in the case of foreign life insurance companies, not more than 3 licenses would be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurance companies. Other licences would only be allowed to enter the market via joint ventures with local life insurance companies. In April 2019, the MOPF started to implement its plan. It gave provisional licenses to foreign life insurance licenses and allowed six joint venture insurance companies to provide services in the country (three life insurance companies and three non-life insurance companies). As such, since 2019, foreign investors are subject to joint-venture requirements [foreign shareholding remains limited to up to 35%] only in respect to non-life insurance business, besides being bound by the limitation in the number of licenses (3 maximum) to be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurers. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the latter is considered equivalent to a restriction on greenfield investments since it constraint prospective foreign investors to enter the market via the acquisition of other foreign insurers or via JVs and minority participation (up to 35%) in a local insurance company. \n\n","\"1. In practice of the prerrogative granted under the Insurance Business Law, Section 29, 'the Ministry of Planning and Finance, the Republic of the Union  of Myanmar may, with the approval of the Government, grant permission to a company which wishes to operate the business of insurance, underwriting agency or insurance broking with foreign investment'.\n[...]\n4. Therefore, the MoPF invites interest local and foreign insurers the Expression of Interest (EoI) and/or the Request for Proposal (RFP) in order to transact insurance business in Myanmar. The Financial Regulatory Department (FRD) will facilitate the clarifications and discussions on the EoI and/or RFP.\n[...]\n6. The following methods of licensing shall  be implemented in accord with the Myanmar Insurance Sector Liberalisation Roadmap:\n(a) Life insurance companies:\n- Option 1: Allowing not more than 3 licenses for foreign life insurers as 100% wholly owned subsidiaries.\n- Option 2: Allowing foreign life insurers with a life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local life insurers\n(b) Non-life insurance companies:\n- Allowing foreign non-life insurers with a non-life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local non-life insurers.[...]\" (Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar).\n--------------------------------\n\"PART A – PROPOSAL CONDITIONS\n1.0 INTRODUCTION\n1.1 Authority [...]\n1.1.2 This RFP is pursuant to the Invitation Letter for the Expression of Interest (“EOI”) to form Joint Ventures in order to carry out the Non-Life Insurance Business in Myanmar (“the EOI Invitation Letter”) which was released on 18 January 2019 for local Myanmar non-life insurers interested to form JVs with foreign insurers. The EOI had set the motion for a RFP on JVs between local and foreign insurers for the non-life insurance sector. Successful EOI Applicants at the EOI stage have been invited to participate in this RFP.\n1.1.3 Local composite insurers have been mandated to split their licenses by forming separate legal entities that cover the non-life insurance business. Following from the announcement made by the MoPF on 2 January 2019 under the Announcement No. 1/ 2019, all local insurers, including local composite insurers that have successfully split their operations into life and non-life insurance entities, can now enter into joint ventures with foreign insurers. The maximum permitted percentage shareholding for foreign insurers in each joint venture has now been set to a maximum of 35% [...]\" (MINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, Request for Proposal NON-LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“NON-LIFE INSURANCE JV”, 17 May 2019)\n--------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar.\nMINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, Request for Proposal NON-LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“NON-LIFE INSURANCE JV”, 17 May 2019\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Tilleke & Gibbins (2022), \"Insurance and Reinsurance in Myanmar: Overview\", December 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/01/Announcement%20E.pdf\">Announcement</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/05/Non-Life%20Insurance%20JV.pdf\">RFP</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com/w-018-8356?transitionType=Default&contextData=(sc.Default)&firstPage=true#co_anchor_a992988\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2813,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.000375","Foreign investment is life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens. Unlisted investment managing companies who administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds must equally be locally incorporated and have appointed a Namibian citizen to be its portfolio manager and Chief Executive Officer (CEO).","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on long-term insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on longterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide long-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\nPart III – CLASSIFICATION OF LONG-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS AND REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION OF INSURERS AND REINSURERS\n13. Classes of long-term insurance business\n(1) The classes of long-term insurance business in respect of which -\n(a) an insurer may be registered to carry on business other than reinsurance business;\n(b) a reinsurer may be registered to carry on reinsurance business only, in Namibia are -\n(i) disability insurance business; (ii) fund insurance business; (iii) funeral insurance business; (iv) health insurance business; (v) life insurance business; (vi) sinking fund insurance business.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of long-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen. [...]\" (Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998)\n------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations a word or an expression defined in the Act has that meaning unless the context indicates otherwise - [...]\n“principal officer” means the principal executive officer referred to in section 8 of the Act who may be a member of the body administering the fund;\n[...]\nPART 8 - INVESTMENT OF PENSION FUND ASSETS IN UNLISTED INVESTMENTS\nDefinitions for purposes of this Part\n14. (1) In this Part - [...]\n“unlisted investment manager” means a person who is registered in terms of regulation 28(3) and engages in the buying, selling or otherwise dealing with unlisted investments on behalf of a special purpose vehicle.\n[...]\nUnregistered person may not administer unlisted investments\n25. A person may not administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds pursuant to regulation 13(5), unless such a person is registered in terms of regulation 28(3).\n[...]\nRequirements for unlisted investment manager\n27. (1) A person other than a company which -\n(a) is incorporated as either a public or private company under the Companies Act and its object is to administer unlisted investments;\n(b)  has a registered office and operates in Namibia;[...]\n(f) has appointed persons, or a person, to be its portfolio manager and chief executive officer, who are, unless the registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise allows on such conditions as specified by the registrar, Namibian citizens resident in Namibia, may not be registered as an unlisted investment manager.[...]\" (PENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018))","Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998\nPENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-5-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"\">Reghttps//gazettes.africa/archive/na/2018/na-government-gazette-dated-2018-08-31-no-6697.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,267,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.000375","Foreign investment is life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens. Unlisted investment managing companies who administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds must equally be locally incorporated and have appointed a Namibian citizen to be its portfolio manager and Chief Executive Officer (CEO).","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on long-term insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on longterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide long-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\nPart III – CLASSIFICATION OF LONG-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS AND REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION OF INSURERS AND REINSURERS\n13. Classes of long-term insurance business\n(1) The classes of long-term insurance business in respect of which -\n(a) an insurer may be registered to carry on business other than reinsurance business;\n(b) a reinsurer may be registered to carry on reinsurance business only, in Namibia are -\n(i) disability insurance business; (ii) fund insurance business; (iii) funeral insurance business; (iv) health insurance business; (v) life insurance business; (vi) sinking fund insurance business.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of long-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen. [...]\" (Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998)\n------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations a word or an expression defined in the Act has that meaning unless the context indicates otherwise - [...]\n“principal officer” means the principal executive officer referred to in section 8 of the Act who may be a member of the body administering the fund;\n[...]\nPART 8 - INVESTMENT OF PENSION FUND ASSETS IN UNLISTED INVESTMENTS\nDefinitions for purposes of this Part\n14. (1) In this Part - [...]\n“unlisted investment manager” means a person who is registered in terms of regulation 28(3) and engages in the buying, selling or otherwise dealing with unlisted investments on behalf of a special purpose vehicle.\n[...]\nUnregistered person may not administer unlisted investments\n25. A person may not administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds pursuant to regulation 13(5), unless such a person is registered in terms of regulation 28(3).\n[...]\nRequirements for unlisted investment manager\n27. (1) A person other than a company which -\n(a) is incorporated as either a public or private company under the Companies Act and its object is to administer unlisted investments;\n(b)  has a registered office and operates in Namibia;[...]\n(f) has appointed persons, or a person, to be its portfolio manager and chief executive officer, who are, unless the registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise allows on such conditions as specified by the registrar, Namibian citizens resident in Namibia, may not be registered as an unlisted investment manager.[...]\" (PENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018))","Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998\nPENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-5-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"\">Reghttps//gazettes.africa/archive/na/2018/na-government-gazette-dated-2018-08-31-no-6697.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,267,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.000375","Foreign investment is life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens. Unlisted investment managing companies who administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds must equally be locally incorporated and have appointed a Namibian citizen to be its portfolio manager and Chief Executive Officer (CEO).","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on long-term insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on longterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide long-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\nPart III – CLASSIFICATION OF LONG-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS AND REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION OF INSURERS AND REINSURERS\n13. Classes of long-term insurance business\n(1) The classes of long-term insurance business in respect of which -\n(a) an insurer may be registered to carry on business other than reinsurance business;\n(b) a reinsurer may be registered to carry on reinsurance business only, in Namibia are -\n(i) disability insurance business; (ii) fund insurance business; (iii) funeral insurance business; (iv) health insurance business; (v) life insurance business; (vi) sinking fund insurance business.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of long-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen. [...]\" (Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998)\n------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations a word or an expression defined in the Act has that meaning unless the context indicates otherwise - [...]\n“principal officer” means the principal executive officer referred to in section 8 of the Act who may be a member of the body administering the fund;\n[...]\nPART 8 - INVESTMENT OF PENSION FUND ASSETS IN UNLISTED INVESTMENTS\nDefinitions for purposes of this Part\n14. (1) In this Part - [...]\n“unlisted investment manager” means a person who is registered in terms of regulation 28(3) and engages in the buying, selling or otherwise dealing with unlisted investments on behalf of a special purpose vehicle.\n[...]\nUnregistered person may not administer unlisted investments\n25. A person may not administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds pursuant to regulation 13(5), unless such a person is registered in terms of regulation 28(3).\n[...]\nRequirements for unlisted investment manager\n27. (1) A person other than a company which -\n(a) is incorporated as either a public or private company under the Companies Act and its object is to administer unlisted investments;\n(b)  has a registered office and operates in Namibia;[...]\n(f) has appointed persons, or a person, to be its portfolio manager and chief executive officer, who are, unless the registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise allows on such conditions as specified by the registrar, Namibian citizens resident in Namibia, may not be registered as an unlisted investment manager.[...]\" (PENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018))","Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998\nPENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-5-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"\">Reghttps//gazettes.africa/archive/na/2018/na-government-gazette-dated-2018-08-31-no-6697.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,267,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.000375","Foreign investment is life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens. Unlisted investment managing companies who administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds must equally be locally incorporated and have appointed a Namibian citizen to be its portfolio manager and Chief Executive Officer (CEO).","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on long-term insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on longterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide long-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\nPart III – CLASSIFICATION OF LONG-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS AND REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION OF INSURERS AND REINSURERS\n13. Classes of long-term insurance business\n(1) The classes of long-term insurance business in respect of which -\n(a) an insurer may be registered to carry on business other than reinsurance business;\n(b) a reinsurer may be registered to carry on reinsurance business only, in Namibia are -\n(i) disability insurance business; (ii) fund insurance business; (iii) funeral insurance business; (iv) health insurance business; (v) life insurance business; (vi) sinking fund insurance business.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of long-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen. [...]\" (Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998)\n------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations a word or an expression defined in the Act has that meaning unless the context indicates otherwise - [...]\n“principal officer” means the principal executive officer referred to in section 8 of the Act who may be a member of the body administering the fund;\n[...]\nPART 8 - INVESTMENT OF PENSION FUND ASSETS IN UNLISTED INVESTMENTS\nDefinitions for purposes of this Part\n14. (1) In this Part - [...]\n“unlisted investment manager” means a person who is registered in terms of regulation 28(3) and engages in the buying, selling or otherwise dealing with unlisted investments on behalf of a special purpose vehicle.\n[...]\nUnregistered person may not administer unlisted investments\n25. A person may not administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds pursuant to regulation 13(5), unless such a person is registered in terms of regulation 28(3).\n[...]\nRequirements for unlisted investment manager\n27. (1) A person other than a company which -\n(a) is incorporated as either a public or private company under the Companies Act and its object is to administer unlisted investments;\n(b)  has a registered office and operates in Namibia;[...]\n(f) has appointed persons, or a person, to be its portfolio manager and chief executive officer, who are, unless the registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise allows on such conditions as specified by the registrar, Namibian citizens resident in Namibia, may not be registered as an unlisted investment manager.[...]\" (PENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018))","Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998\nPENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-5-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"\">Reghttps//gazettes.africa/archive/na/2018/na-government-gazette-dated-2018-08-31-no-6697.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,267,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6512_652_662","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000375","Foreign investment is non-life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens.","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on shortterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide short-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of short-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen.\n[...]\nSchedule 1\nCLASSES OF SHORT-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS (Section 13(1))\n1. Fire [...] 2. Marine [...] 3. Aviation [...] 4. Vehicles [...] 5. Guarantee [...] 6. Miscellaneous [...] (a) Personal accident [...] (b) Sickness [...] (c) General liability [...] (d) Damage to property [...] (e) Goods in transit [...] (f) Credit [...] (g) Railway rolling stock [...] (h) Legal expenses [...] (i) Expropriation and confiscation of property [...] 7. Personal [...] 8. Co-insurance business [...]\" (Short-term Insurance Act No 4 of 1998)\n","Short-term Insurance Act No 4 of 1998","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-4-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,264,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6512_652_662","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000375","Foreign investment is non-life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens.","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on shortterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide short-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of short-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen.\n[...]\nSchedule 1\nCLASSES OF SHORT-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS (Section 13(1))\n1. Fire [...] 2. Marine [...] 3. Aviation [...] 4. Vehicles [...] 5. Guarantee [...] 6. Miscellaneous [...] (a) Personal accident [...] (b) Sickness [...] (c) General liability [...] (d) Damage to property [...] (e) Goods in transit [...] (f) Credit [...] (g) Railway rolling stock [...] (h) Legal expenses [...] (i) Expropriation and confiscation of property [...] 7. Personal [...] 8. Co-insurance business [...]\" (Short-term Insurance Act No 4 of 1998)\n","Short-term Insurance Act No 4 of 1998","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-4-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,264,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6512_652_662","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.000375","Foreign investment is non-life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens.","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on shortterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide short-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of short-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen.\n[...]\nSchedule 1\nCLASSES OF SHORT-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS (Section 13(1))\n1. Fire [...] 2. Marine [...] 3. Aviation [...] 4. Vehicles [...] 5. Guarantee [...] 6. Miscellaneous [...] (a) Personal accident [...] (b) Sickness [...] (c) General liability [...] (d) Damage to property [...] (e) Goods in transit [...] (f) Credit [...] (g) Railway rolling stock [...] (h) Legal expenses [...] (i) Expropriation and confiscation of property [...] 7. Personal [...] 8. Co-insurance business [...]\" (Short-term Insurance Act No 4 of 1998)\n","Short-term Insurance Act No 4 of 1998","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-4-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,264,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6512_652_662","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000375","Foreign investment is non-life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens.","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on shortterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide short-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of short-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen.\n[...]\nSchedule 1\nCLASSES OF SHORT-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS (Section 13(1))\n1. Fire [...] 2. Marine [...] 3. Aviation [...] 4. Vehicles [...] 5. Guarantee [...] 6. Miscellaneous [...] (a) Personal accident [...] (b) Sickness [...] (c) General liability [...] (d) Damage to property [...] (e) Goods in transit [...] (f) Credit [...] (g) Railway rolling stock [...] (h) Legal expenses [...] (i) Expropriation and confiscation of property [...] 7. Personal [...] 8. Co-insurance business [...]\" (Short-term Insurance Act No 4 of 1998)\n","Short-term Insurance Act No 4 of 1998","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-4-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,264,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NLD","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00024","In principle, only nationals of the Netherlands may be appointed as captain of a Dutch flagged fishing vessel. Exemptions may be granted to EU/EEA nationals.","\"Article 29\n1 On Dutch ships, only Dutchmen are appointed as captains.\n2 Exemption from the requirement referred to in the first paragraph may be granted for fishing vessels by ministerial regulation, subject to conditions or restrictions.\n[...]\nArticle 30\n1 Our Minister may, at the request of a ship manager, grant an exemption from the obligation referred to in Article 29 for his ship or for his ships, for a period not exceeding two years. Conditions and restrictions can be attached to an exemption.\n2 The ship manager demonstrates with the application:\na.that his ship cannot be manned with a Dutch captain, or that his ships cannot be manned with a sufficient number of Dutch captains, and\nb.that if this situation continues, his shipping company will be in serious trouble.\n3 An exemption as referred to in the first paragraph is only granted if the master for whom the exemption has been applied for is a national of one of the member states of the European Union or of one of the other states that are parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, and if there are no objections to the master in connection with the security of the state. [...]\" (Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; consolidated version in force on 01-02-2002; Articles 29 and 30 [google translation])","Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; last amended 01-07-2021; Articles 29 and 30","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0009124/2002-02-01\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,964,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NLD","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00024","In principle, only nationals of the Netherlands and other EU/EEA states may be appointed as captain of a Dutch flagged ship. Third-country nationals may exceptionally be granted an exemption based on the recognition of certificates of competency under the STCW Convention.","\"Article 29\n1 On Dutch ships only persons are appointed as captains who possess the nationality of:\na.the Kingdom of the Netherlands, or\nb.from another state, but only if they are exempted from the requirement referred to in the preamble and under a pursuant to Article 30 .\n2 Exemption from the requirement referred to in the first paragraph may be granted for fishing vessels by ministerial regulation, subject to conditions or restrictions.\nArticle 30\n1 Persons who hold the nationality of one of the member states of the European Union or of one of the other states that are parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are exempt from the nationality requirement, referred to in Article 29, first paragraph, opening words and under a , for service on Dutch ships that are not fishing vessels.\n2 Persons who have the nationality of another state may be granted an exemption from the nationality requirement, referred to in Article 29, first paragraph, opening words and under a , by order of Our Minister , for serving on Dutch ships that are not fishing vessels, provided it concerns : [...]\" (Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; last amended 01-07-2021; Articles 29 and 30 [google translation])","Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; last amended 01-07-2021; Articles 29 and 30","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0009124/2021-07-01\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,962,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NLD","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.00024","In principle, only nationals of the Netherlands and other EU/EEA states may be appointed as captain of a Dutch flagged ship. Third-country nationals may exceptionally be granted an exemption based on the recognition of certificates of competency under the STCW Convention.","\"Article 29\n1 On Dutch ships only persons are appointed as captains who possess the nationality of:\na.the Kingdom of the Netherlands, or\nb.from another state, but only if they are exempted from the requirement referred to in the preamble and under a pursuant to Article 30 .\n2 Exemption from the requirement referred to in the first paragraph may be granted for fishing vessels by ministerial regulation, subject to conditions or restrictions.\nArticle 30\n1 Persons who hold the nationality of one of the member states of the European Union or of one of the other states that are parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are exempt from the nationality requirement, referred to in Article 29, first paragraph, opening words and under a , for service on Dutch ships that are not fishing vessels.\n2 Persons who have the nationality of another state may be granted an exemption from the nationality requirement, referred to in Article 29, first paragraph, opening words and under a , by order of Our Minister , for serving on Dutch ships that are not fishing vessels, provided it concerns : [...]\" (Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; last amended 01-07-2021; Articles 29 and 30 [google translation])","Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; last amended 01-07-2021; Articles 29 and 30","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0009124/2021-07-01\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,962,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NLD","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00024","In principle, only nationals of the Netherlands and other EU/EEA states may be appointed as captain of a Dutch flagged ship. Third-country nationals may exceptionally be granted an exemption based on the recognition of certificates of competency under the STCW Convention.","\"Article 29\n1 On Dutch ships only persons are appointed as captains who possess the nationality of:\na.the Kingdom of the Netherlands, or\nb.from another state, but only if they are exempted from the requirement referred to in the preamble and under a pursuant to Article 30 .\n2 Exemption from the requirement referred to in the first paragraph may be granted for fishing vessels by ministerial regulation, subject to conditions or restrictions.\nArticle 30\n1 Persons who hold the nationality of one of the member states of the European Union or of one of the other states that are parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are exempt from the nationality requirement, referred to in Article 29, first paragraph, opening words and under a , for service on Dutch ships that are not fishing vessels.\n2 Persons who have the nationality of another state may be granted an exemption from the nationality requirement, referred to in Article 29, first paragraph, opening words and under a , by order of Our Minister , for serving on Dutch ships that are not fishing vessels, provided it concerns : [...]\" (Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; last amended 01-07-2021; Articles 29 and 30 [google translation])","Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; last amended 01-07-2021; Articles 29 and 30","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0009124/2021-07-01\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,962,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000125","The majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, must consist of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived in Norway for the past two years.","\"Chapter II. Acquisition permit\n§ 4. Requirement for an acquisition permit\nA vessel may not be used for commercial fishing or fishing without a permit from the Ministry. Conditions may be set for such a permit.\nAn acquisition permit is granted to the vessel's owner for a specific vessel. The permit does not give the right to use another vessel. Other than the natural or legal person holding the permit, may not fish or catch with the vessel without their own permit.\nAn acquisition permit only gives the right to fish or catch in accordance with the provisions laid down at any time in or pursuant to the Act on the Management of Wild Marine Resources or the Act here.\n§ 5. Nationality requirements\nAn employment permit can only be granted to a Norwegian citizen or on an equal footing with a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway is considered equal to a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway can only be granted an employment permit when the vessel's maximum length is less than 15 meters.\nThe following companies and associations are considered equal to a Norwegian citizen:\na. limited liability company, public limited company and other limited liability company when the company's head office and board seat are in Norway, when the majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, consists of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived here for the past two years, and when Norwegian citizens own shares or participations corresponding to at least 6/10 of the company's capital and may exercise voting rights in the company with at least 6/10 of the votes.\nb. partner shipping company or other Norwegian company when the members are unlimitedly liable for the company's obligations, and when Norwegian citizens are co-owners for at least 6/10.\nc. limited partnerships when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the subordinated capital, and when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the limited partnerships.\nFor the purposes of this section, what is owned by Norwegian citizens shall be deemed to be owned by the Norwegian state, institution or fund controlled by the Norwegian state and Norwegian municipalities.[...]\" (Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5 [google translation])","Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1999-03-26-15\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,979,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.000125","The majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, must consist of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived in Norway for the past two years.","\"Chapter II. Acquisition permit\n§ 4. Requirement for an acquisition permit\nA vessel may not be used for commercial fishing or fishing without a permit from the Ministry. Conditions may be set for such a permit.\nAn acquisition permit is granted to the vessel's owner for a specific vessel. The permit does not give the right to use another vessel. Other than the natural or legal person holding the permit, may not fish or catch with the vessel without their own permit.\nAn acquisition permit only gives the right to fish or catch in accordance with the provisions laid down at any time in or pursuant to the Act on the Management of Wild Marine Resources or the Act here.\n§ 5. Nationality requirements\nAn employment permit can only be granted to a Norwegian citizen or on an equal footing with a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway is considered equal to a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway can only be granted an employment permit when the vessel's maximum length is less than 15 meters.\nThe following companies and associations are considered equal to a Norwegian citizen:\na. limited liability company, public limited company and other limited liability company when the company's head office and board seat are in Norway, when the majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, consists of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived here for the past two years, and when Norwegian citizens own shares or participations corresponding to at least 6/10 of the company's capital and may exercise voting rights in the company with at least 6/10 of the votes.\nb. partner shipping company or other Norwegian company when the members are unlimitedly liable for the company's obligations, and when Norwegian citizens are co-owners for at least 6/10.\nc. limited partnerships when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the subordinated capital, and when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the limited partnerships.\nFor the purposes of this section, what is owned by Norwegian citizens shall be deemed to be owned by the Norwegian state, institution or fund controlled by the Norwegian state and Norwegian municipalities.[...]\" (Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5 [google translation])","Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1999-03-26-15\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,979,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000125","The majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, must consist of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived in Norway for the past two years.","\"Chapter II. Acquisition permit\n§ 4. Requirement for an acquisition permit\nA vessel may not be used for commercial fishing or fishing without a permit from the Ministry. Conditions may be set for such a permit.\nAn acquisition permit is granted to the vessel's owner for a specific vessel. The permit does not give the right to use another vessel. Other than the natural or legal person holding the permit, may not fish or catch with the vessel without their own permit.\nAn acquisition permit only gives the right to fish or catch in accordance with the provisions laid down at any time in or pursuant to the Act on the Management of Wild Marine Resources or the Act here.\n§ 5. Nationality requirements\nAn employment permit can only be granted to a Norwegian citizen or on an equal footing with a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway is considered equal to a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway can only be granted an employment permit when the vessel's maximum length is less than 15 meters.\nThe following companies and associations are considered equal to a Norwegian citizen:\na. limited liability company, public limited company and other limited liability company when the company's head office and board seat are in Norway, when the majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, consists of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived here for the past two years, and when Norwegian citizens own shares or participations corresponding to at least 6/10 of the company's capital and may exercise voting rights in the company with at least 6/10 of the votes.\nb. partner shipping company or other Norwegian company when the members are unlimitedly liable for the company's obligations, and when Norwegian citizens are co-owners for at least 6/10.\nc. limited partnerships when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the subordinated capital, and when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the limited partnerships.\nFor the purposes of this section, what is owned by Norwegian citizens shall be deemed to be owned by the Norwegian state, institution or fund controlled by the Norwegian state and Norwegian municipalities.[...]\" (Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5 [google translation])","Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1999-03-26-15\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,979,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.000125","The majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, must consist of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived in Norway for the past two years.","\"Chapter II. Acquisition permit\n§ 4. Requirement for an acquisition permit\nA vessel may not be used for commercial fishing or fishing without a permit from the Ministry. Conditions may be set for such a permit.\nAn acquisition permit is granted to the vessel's owner for a specific vessel. The permit does not give the right to use another vessel. Other than the natural or legal person holding the permit, may not fish or catch with the vessel without their own permit.\nAn acquisition permit only gives the right to fish or catch in accordance with the provisions laid down at any time in or pursuant to the Act on the Management of Wild Marine Resources or the Act here.\n§ 5. Nationality requirements\nAn employment permit can only be granted to a Norwegian citizen or on an equal footing with a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway is considered equal to a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway can only be granted an employment permit when the vessel's maximum length is less than 15 meters.\nThe following companies and associations are considered equal to a Norwegian citizen:\na. limited liability company, public limited company and other limited liability company when the company's head office and board seat are in Norway, when the majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, consists of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived here for the past two years, and when Norwegian citizens own shares or participations corresponding to at least 6/10 of the company's capital and may exercise voting rights in the company with at least 6/10 of the votes.\nb. partner shipping company or other Norwegian company when the members are unlimitedly liable for the company's obligations, and when Norwegian citizens are co-owners for at least 6/10.\nc. limited partnerships when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the subordinated capital, and when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the limited partnerships.\nFor the purposes of this section, what is owned by Norwegian citizens shall be deemed to be owned by the Norwegian state, institution or fund controlled by the Norwegian state and Norwegian municipalities.[...]\" (Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5 [google translation])","Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1999-03-26-15\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,979,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0003125","The legislation on certified auditors allows for foreign-licensed certified auditors to be recognised in the Palestine Authority and practice the profession and be partners in audit firm in the Palestine Authority. However, this is subject to a reciprocity requirement. In the case of branches of foreign audit firms, the representative of the branch office in the Palestine Authority must be a Palestinian citizen. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the representative of a foreign audit firm is assumed to be equivalent to a CEO/Country Director position.","\"Chapter Three - License Stipulations\nArticle (9)\nTo award the license, it is stipulated That:\n1. The license applicant shall be Palestinian.\n2. To be fully qualified. \n3. He has not previously been convicted of an offense against honor or honesty unless he has been rehabilitated. \n4. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (5) of this Article shall be a student license holder on one of the following qualifications:\n(a). Bachelor's degree or equivalent, accounting specialization and practical experience for at least five years in accounting and auditing work, including at least two years in the audit work as a principal auditor after obtaining the certificate. \n(b). Bachelor's degree or equivalent of at least one of the colleges of commerce or economics with at least seven years of practical experience in accounting and auditing, including at least three years in auditing as a principal auditor after receiving the academic qualification.\n(c). A Master's degree or equivalent in accounting and has at least three years of practical experience in accounting and auditing, including at least one year of auditing as a principal auditor after obtaining the certificate. \n(d). A PhD in Accounting with at least one year of practical experience in auditing work after obtaining the certificate or teaching auditing at a Palestinian university or college for at least two years after obtaining a doctorate. \n(e). To be affiliated with one of the societies or institutions of the legal auditors and have a certificate of practicing auditing profession approved by the Council provided that he has at least one year of experience in the audit work in Palestine.\n(f) Any person who has worked as an auditor in the Public Control Authority or in any of the official departments or public institution of the State institutions for a period of ten years and holds a first university degree (bachelor or equivalent) contrary to what is stipulated in paragraph (d) of paragraph (4) Article\n[…] \nArticle (11)\nIn coordination with the related ministry, a license to practice the profession can be awarded to any person of nationality other than Palestinian if licensed to do so in the country he holds its nationality provided that availability of\nlicensing stipulations of clauses (2, 3, and 4) of Article (9) provided similar treatment.\n[...]\nArticle (16)\n1. Common companies can be set up among licensed auditors provided that the company is registered at the Companies Registrar in accordance with applicable laws, and also provided that the auditor is not a partner in more than one company. Also, the auditor does not practice his work outside the established company whether independently or for others.\n2. The Board must be notified when an auditor joins the company or withdraws from it.[...]\" (Practicing Auditing Profession Law No. (9) for the Year 2004)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Article (40) - Application for a license from a foreigner\nA person who holds a non-Palestinian nationality may obtain a license in Palestine if the following conditions are met: \n1. To be licensed to practice the profession in the country of which he is a national. \n2. The license conditions stipulated in paragraphs (2, 3 and 4) of Article (9) of the Law are met . \n3. The requirement of reciprocity between the Palestinian National Authority and the State of nationality shall be met. \n4. To obtain residence in the country and abide by the applicable labor law. \n5. The Council may establish conditions or request other documents if necessary.\n[...]\nArticle (47) - Foreign audit companies\n1. Foreign audit companies may open branches in Palestine if they meet the conditions specified by the Board. \n2. The foreign branch of the company must obtain the following license: \n(a). To present the license of the legal person or the certificate of practicing the legal auditing profession issued by the competent authority in the country of registration. \n(b). The representative of the branch shall be a licensed and practicing legal auditor. \n(c). The representative of the branch shall be a Palestinian citizen and resident in the Palestinian territories. \n(d). At least two licensed legal auditors who are practicing the profession in accordance with the provisions of the law and this regulation. \n(e). The branch shall be registered and complying with the provisions of the Companies Law in force. [...] (Cabinet Decision No. (24) for the year 2010 in the executive regulations of the law of practicing auditing profession No. (9) for the year 2004)","Practicing Auditing Profession Law No. (9) for the Year 2004.\nCabinet Decision No. (24) for the year 2010 in the executive regulations of the law of practicing auditing profession No. (9) for the year 2004 [google translation]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://www.pacpa.ps/files/server/law_no_9_of_the_year_2004.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?LegPath=2010&MID=16260 \">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2084,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0003125","The legislation on certified auditors allows for foreign-licensed certified auditors to be recognised in the Palestine Authority and practice the profession and be partners in audit firm in the Palestine Authority. However, this is subject to a reciprocity requirement. In the case of branches of foreign audit firms, the representative of the branch office in the Palestine Authority must be a Palestinian citizen. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the representative of a foreign audit firm is assumed to be equivalent to a CEO/Country Director position.","\"Chapter Three - License Stipulations\nArticle (9)\nTo award the license, it is stipulated That:\n1. The license applicant shall be Palestinian.\n2. To be fully qualified. \n3. He has not previously been convicted of an offense against honor or honesty unless he has been rehabilitated. \n4. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (5) of this Article shall be a student license holder on one of the following qualifications:\n(a). Bachelor's degree or equivalent, accounting specialization and practical experience for at least five years in accounting and auditing work, including at least two years in the audit work as a principal auditor after obtaining the certificate. \n(b). Bachelor's degree or equivalent of at least one of the colleges of commerce or economics with at least seven years of practical experience in accounting and auditing, including at least three years in auditing as a principal auditor after receiving the academic qualification.\n(c). A Master's degree or equivalent in accounting and has at least three years of practical experience in accounting and auditing, including at least one year of auditing as a principal auditor after obtaining the certificate. \n(d). A PhD in Accounting with at least one year of practical experience in auditing work after obtaining the certificate or teaching auditing at a Palestinian university or college for at least two years after obtaining a doctorate. \n(e). To be affiliated with one of the societies or institutions of the legal auditors and have a certificate of practicing auditing profession approved by the Council provided that he has at least one year of experience in the audit work in Palestine.\n(f) Any person who has worked as an auditor in the Public Control Authority or in any of the official departments or public institution of the State institutions for a period of ten years and holds a first university degree (bachelor or equivalent) contrary to what is stipulated in paragraph (d) of paragraph (4) Article\n[…] \nArticle (11)\nIn coordination with the related ministry, a license to practice the profession can be awarded to any person of nationality other than Palestinian if licensed to do so in the country he holds its nationality provided that availability of\nlicensing stipulations of clauses (2, 3, and 4) of Article (9) provided similar treatment.\n[...]\nArticle (16)\n1. Common companies can be set up among licensed auditors provided that the company is registered at the Companies Registrar in accordance with applicable laws, and also provided that the auditor is not a partner in more than one company. Also, the auditor does not practice his work outside the established company whether independently or for others.\n2. The Board must be notified when an auditor joins the company or withdraws from it.[...]\" (Practicing Auditing Profession Law No. (9) for the Year 2004)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Article (40) - Application for a license from a foreigner\nA person who holds a non-Palestinian nationality may obtain a license in Palestine if the following conditions are met: \n1. To be licensed to practice the profession in the country of which he is a national. \n2. The license conditions stipulated in paragraphs (2, 3 and 4) of Article (9) of the Law are met . \n3. The requirement of reciprocity between the Palestinian National Authority and the State of nationality shall be met. \n4. To obtain residence in the country and abide by the applicable labor law. \n5. The Council may establish conditions or request other documents if necessary.\n[...]\nArticle (47) - Foreign audit companies\n1. Foreign audit companies may open branches in Palestine if they meet the conditions specified by the Board. \n2. The foreign branch of the company must obtain the following license: \n(a). To present the license of the legal person or the certificate of practicing the legal auditing profession issued by the competent authority in the country of registration. \n(b). The representative of the branch shall be a licensed and practicing legal auditor. \n(c). The representative of the branch shall be a Palestinian citizen and resident in the Palestinian territories. \n(d). At least two licensed legal auditors who are practicing the profession in accordance with the provisions of the law and this regulation. \n(e). The branch shall be registered and complying with the provisions of the Companies Law in force. [...] (Cabinet Decision No. (24) for the year 2010 in the executive regulations of the law of practicing auditing profession No. (9) for the year 2004)","Practicing Auditing Profession Law No. (9) for the Year 2004.\nCabinet Decision No. (24) for the year 2010 in the executive regulations of the law of practicing auditing profession No. (9) for the year 2004 [google translation]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://www.pacpa.ps/files/server/law_no_9_of_the_year_2004.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?LegPath=2010&MID=16260 \">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2084,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0003125","The legislation on certified auditors allows for foreign-licensed certified auditors to be recognised in the Palestine Authority and practice the profession and be partners in audit firm in the Palestine Authority. However, this is subject to a reciprocity requirement. In the case of branches of foreign audit firms, the representative of the branch office in the Palestine Authority must be a Palestinian citizen. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the representative of a foreign audit firm is assumed to be equivalent to a CEO/Country Director position.","\"Chapter Three - License Stipulations\nArticle (9)\nTo award the license, it is stipulated That:\n1. The license applicant shall be Palestinian.\n2. To be fully qualified. \n3. He has not previously been convicted of an offense against honor or honesty unless he has been rehabilitated. \n4. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (5) of this Article shall be a student license holder on one of the following qualifications:\n(a). Bachelor's degree or equivalent, accounting specialization and practical experience for at least five years in accounting and auditing work, including at least two years in the audit work as a principal auditor after obtaining the certificate. \n(b). Bachelor's degree or equivalent of at least one of the colleges of commerce or economics with at least seven years of practical experience in accounting and auditing, including at least three years in auditing as a principal auditor after receiving the academic qualification.\n(c). A Master's degree or equivalent in accounting and has at least three years of practical experience in accounting and auditing, including at least one year of auditing as a principal auditor after obtaining the certificate. \n(d). A PhD in Accounting with at least one year of practical experience in auditing work after obtaining the certificate or teaching auditing at a Palestinian university or college for at least two years after obtaining a doctorate. \n(e). To be affiliated with one of the societies or institutions of the legal auditors and have a certificate of practicing auditing profession approved by the Council provided that he has at least one year of experience in the audit work in Palestine.\n(f) Any person who has worked as an auditor in the Public Control Authority or in any of the official departments or public institution of the State institutions for a period of ten years and holds a first university degree (bachelor or equivalent) contrary to what is stipulated in paragraph (d) of paragraph (4) Article\n[…] \nArticle (11)\nIn coordination with the related ministry, a license to practice the profession can be awarded to any person of nationality other than Palestinian if licensed to do so in the country he holds its nationality provided that availability of\nlicensing stipulations of clauses (2, 3, and 4) of Article (9) provided similar treatment.\n[...]\nArticle (16)\n1. Common companies can be set up among licensed auditors provided that the company is registered at the Companies Registrar in accordance with applicable laws, and also provided that the auditor is not a partner in more than one company. Also, the auditor does not practice his work outside the established company whether independently or for others.\n2. The Board must be notified when an auditor joins the company or withdraws from it.[...]\" (Practicing Auditing Profession Law No. (9) for the Year 2004)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Article (40) - Application for a license from a foreigner\nA person who holds a non-Palestinian nationality may obtain a license in Palestine if the following conditions are met: \n1. To be licensed to practice the profession in the country of which he is a national. \n2. The license conditions stipulated in paragraphs (2, 3 and 4) of Article (9) of the Law are met . \n3. The requirement of reciprocity between the Palestinian National Authority and the State of nationality shall be met. \n4. To obtain residence in the country and abide by the applicable labor law. \n5. The Council may establish conditions or request other documents if necessary.\n[...]\nArticle (47) - Foreign audit companies\n1. Foreign audit companies may open branches in Palestine if they meet the conditions specified by the Board. \n2. The foreign branch of the company must obtain the following license: \n(a). To present the license of the legal person or the certificate of practicing the legal auditing profession issued by the competent authority in the country of registration. \n(b). The representative of the branch shall be a licensed and practicing legal auditor. \n(c). The representative of the branch shall be a Palestinian citizen and resident in the Palestinian territories. \n(d). At least two licensed legal auditors who are practicing the profession in accordance with the provisions of the law and this regulation. \n(e). The branch shall be registered and complying with the provisions of the Companies Law in force. [...] (Cabinet Decision No. (24) for the year 2010 in the executive regulations of the law of practicing auditing profession No. (9) for the year 2004)","Practicing Auditing Profession Law No. (9) for the Year 2004.\nCabinet Decision No. (24) for the year 2010 in the executive regulations of the law of practicing auditing profession No. (9) for the year 2004 [google translation]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://www.pacpa.ps/files/server/law_no_9_of_the_year_2004.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?LegPath=2010&MID=16260 \">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2084,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0003125","The legislation on certified auditors allows for foreign-licensed certified auditors to be recognised in the Palestine Authority and practice the profession and be partners in audit firm in the Palestine Authority. However, this is subject to a reciprocity requirement. In the case of branches of foreign audit firms, the representative of the branch office in the Palestine Authority must be a Palestinian citizen. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the representative of a foreign audit firm is assumed to be equivalent to a CEO/Country Director position.","\"Chapter Three - License Stipulations\nArticle (9)\nTo award the license, it is stipulated That:\n1. The license applicant shall be Palestinian.\n2. To be fully qualified. \n3. He has not previously been convicted of an offense against honor or honesty unless he has been rehabilitated. \n4. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (5) of this Article shall be a student license holder on one of the following qualifications:\n(a). Bachelor's degree or equivalent, accounting specialization and practical experience for at least five years in accounting and auditing work, including at least two years in the audit work as a principal auditor after obtaining the certificate. \n(b). Bachelor's degree or equivalent of at least one of the colleges of commerce or economics with at least seven years of practical experience in accounting and auditing, including at least three years in auditing as a principal auditor after receiving the academic qualification.\n(c). A Master's degree or equivalent in accounting and has at least three years of practical experience in accounting and auditing, including at least one year of auditing as a principal auditor after obtaining the certificate. \n(d). A PhD in Accounting with at least one year of practical experience in auditing work after obtaining the certificate or teaching auditing at a Palestinian university or college for at least two years after obtaining a doctorate. \n(e). To be affiliated with one of the societies or institutions of the legal auditors and have a certificate of practicing auditing profession approved by the Council provided that he has at least one year of experience in the audit work in Palestine.\n(f) Any person who has worked as an auditor in the Public Control Authority or in any of the official departments or public institution of the State institutions for a period of ten years and holds a first university degree (bachelor or equivalent) contrary to what is stipulated in paragraph (d) of paragraph (4) Article\n[…] \nArticle (11)\nIn coordination with the related ministry, a license to practice the profession can be awarded to any person of nationality other than Palestinian if licensed to do so in the country he holds its nationality provided that availability of\nlicensing stipulations of clauses (2, 3, and 4) of Article (9) provided similar treatment.\n[...]\nArticle (16)\n1. Common companies can be set up among licensed auditors provided that the company is registered at the Companies Registrar in accordance with applicable laws, and also provided that the auditor is not a partner in more than one company. Also, the auditor does not practice his work outside the established company whether independently or for others.\n2. The Board must be notified when an auditor joins the company or withdraws from it.[...]\" (Practicing Auditing Profession Law No. (9) for the Year 2004)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Article (40) - Application for a license from a foreigner\nA person who holds a non-Palestinian nationality may obtain a license in Palestine if the following conditions are met: \n1. To be licensed to practice the profession in the country of which he is a national. \n2. The license conditions stipulated in paragraphs (2, 3 and 4) of Article (9) of the Law are met . \n3. The requirement of reciprocity between the Palestinian National Authority and the State of nationality shall be met. \n4. To obtain residence in the country and abide by the applicable labor law. \n5. The Council may establish conditions or request other documents if necessary.\n[...]\nArticle (47) - Foreign audit companies\n1. Foreign audit companies may open branches in Palestine if they meet the conditions specified by the Board. \n2. The foreign branch of the company must obtain the following license: \n(a). To present the license of the legal person or the certificate of practicing the legal auditing profession issued by the competent authority in the country of registration. \n(b). The representative of the branch shall be a licensed and practicing legal auditor. \n(c). The representative of the branch shall be a Palestinian citizen and resident in the Palestinian territories. \n(d). At least two licensed legal auditors who are practicing the profession in accordance with the provisions of the law and this regulation. \n(e). The branch shall be registered and complying with the provisions of the Companies Law in force. [...] (Cabinet Decision No. (24) for the year 2010 in the executive regulations of the law of practicing auditing profession No. (9) for the year 2004)","Practicing Auditing Profession Law No. (9) for the Year 2004.\nCabinet Decision No. (24) for the year 2010 in the executive regulations of the law of practicing auditing profession No. (9) for the year 2004 [google translation]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://www.pacpa.ps/files/server/law_no_9_of_the_year_2004.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?LegPath=2010&MID=16260 \">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2084,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2018,"0.05","Unless the foreign investor's home country laws or regulations grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines, only minority foreign-owned firms are allowed to supply the government and government-owned or controlled corporations.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n21. Contracts for the supply of materials, goods and commodities to government-owned or controlled corporation, company, agency or municipal corporation (Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5183)12 [12 A contract may be awarded to any contractor or bidder who is a citizen, corporation or association of a foreign country the laws or regulations of which grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines (Sec. 1 of R. A. No. 5183).[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 1 . No contract either through a public bidding or negotiated contract for the supply to, or procurement by, any government-owned or controlled corporation, company, agency or municipal corporation of materials, equipment, goods and commodities shall be awarded to any contractor or bidder who is not a citizen of the Philippines or which is not a corporation or association at least sixty percent of the capital of which is owned by Filipino citizens, except, as to a citizen, corporation or association of a country the laws or regulations of which grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines. In the latter case the Flag Law shall continue to be applicable\" (RA 5183)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nSec. 1 of RA 5183","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra1967/ra_5183_1967.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2374,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.05","Unless the foreign investor's home country laws or regulations grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines, only minority foreign-owned firms are allowed to supply the government and government-owned or controlled corporations.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n21. Contracts for the supply of materials, goods and commodities to government-owned or controlled corporation, company, agency or municipal corporation (Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5183)12 [12 A contract may be awarded to any contractor or bidder who is a citizen, corporation or association of a foreign country the laws or regulations of which grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines (Sec. 1 of R. A. No. 5183).[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 1 . No contract either through a public bidding or negotiated contract for the supply to, or procurement by, any government-owned or controlled corporation, company, agency or municipal corporation of materials, equipment, goods and commodities shall be awarded to any contractor or bidder who is not a citizen of the Philippines or which is not a corporation or association at least sixty percent of the capital of which is owned by Filipino citizens, except, as to a citizen, corporation or association of a country the laws or regulations of which grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines. In the latter case the Flag Law shall continue to be applicable\" (RA 5183)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nSec. 1 of RA 5183","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra1967/ra_5183_1967.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2374,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2022,"0.05","Unless the foreign investor's home country laws or regulations grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines, only minority foreign-owned firms are allowed to supply the government and government-owned or controlled corporations.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n21. Contracts for the supply of materials, goods and commodities to government-owned or controlled corporation, company, agency or municipal corporation (Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5183)12 [12 A contract may be awarded to any contractor or bidder who is a citizen, corporation or association of a foreign country the laws or regulations of which grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines (Sec. 1 of R. A. No. 5183).[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 1 . No contract either through a public bidding or negotiated contract for the supply to, or procurement by, any government-owned or controlled corporation, company, agency or municipal corporation of materials, equipment, goods and commodities shall be awarded to any contractor or bidder who is not a citizen of the Philippines or which is not a corporation or association at least sixty percent of the capital of which is owned by Filipino citizens, except, as to a citizen, corporation or association of a country the laws or regulations of which grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines. In the latter case the Flag Law shall continue to be applicable\" (RA 5183)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nSec. 1 of RA 5183","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra1967/ra_5183_1967.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2374,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2023,"0.05","Unless the foreign investor's home country laws or regulations grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines, only minority foreign-owned firms are allowed to supply the government and government-owned or controlled corporations.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n21. Contracts for the supply of materials, goods and commodities to government-owned or controlled corporation, company, agency or municipal corporation (Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5183)12 [12 A contract may be awarded to any contractor or bidder who is a citizen, corporation or association of a foreign country the laws or regulations of which grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines (Sec. 1 of R. A. No. 5183).[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 1 . No contract either through a public bidding or negotiated contract for the supply to, or procurement by, any government-owned or controlled corporation, company, agency or municipal corporation of materials, equipment, goods and commodities shall be awarded to any contractor or bidder who is not a citizen of the Philippines or which is not a corporation or association at least sixty percent of the capital of which is owned by Filipino citizens, except, as to a citizen, corporation or association of a country the laws or regulations of which grant similar rights or privileges to citizens of the Philippines. In the latter case the Flag Law shall continue to be applicable\" (RA 5183)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nSec. 1 of RA 5183","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra1967/ra_5183_1967.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2374,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","FDI in TV broadcasting and printed media is prohibited. FDI in radio broadcasting was increased from 20% to 40% in 2018. FDI in advertising companies [assuming here to include production of audiovisual and printed commercials] is limited to 30%.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[…]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity:\n1. Mass Media, except recording (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the 1987 Constitution; Presidential Memorandum dated 05 May 1994) and internet business (DOJ Opinion No. 40, s. 1998)¹ [¹DOJ Opinion No. 40 (s. 1998) uses the term “Internet Business” to refer to internet access providers that merely serve as carriers for transmitting message, rather than being the creator of messages/information].\n[...]\nUp to Thirty Percent (30%) Foreign Equity\n14. Advertising (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the Constitution)\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n24. Private radio communications network (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution, NTC Memorandum Circular No. 10-8-91)[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n----------------------------------------\n\"SECTION 11. (1) The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly-owned and managed by such citizens. The Congress shall regulate or prohibit monopolies in commercial mass media when the public interest so requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or unfair competition therein shall be allowed. (2) The advertising industry is impressed with public interest, and shall be regulated by law for the protection of consumers and the promotion of the general welfare. Only Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least seventy per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens shall be allowed to engage in the advertising industry. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of entities in such industry shall be limited to their proportionate share in the capital thereof, and all the executive and managing officers of such entities must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XVI, Sec 11 (1) of the Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n----------------------------------------\n\"The term \"mass media\" in the Constitution refers to any medium of communication designed to reach the masses and that tends to set the standards, ideals and aims of the masses. In addition, the term \"mass media\" shall mean the gathering, transmission of news, information, messages, signals, and forms of written, oral and all visual communications and shall embrace the print medium, radio, television, film, movies, wire and radio communication services, advertising in all its phases, and their business managerial. The distinctive feature of any mass media undertaking is the dissemination of information and ideas to the public, or a portion thereof. The citizenship requirement is intended to prevent the use of such facility by aliens to influence public opinion to the detriment of the best interests of the nation. In fact, \"(t)he ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly named and managed by such citizens [...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 11-08, 3 march 2011)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2337,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00375","FDI in TV broadcasting and printed media is prohibited. FDI in radio broadcasting was increased from 20% to 40% in 2018. FDI in advertising companies [assuming here to include production of audiovisual and printed commercials] is limited to 30%.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[…]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity:\n1. Mass Media, except recording (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the 1987 Constitution; Presidential Memorandum dated 05 May 1994) and internet business (DOJ Opinion No. 40, s. 1998)¹ [¹DOJ Opinion No. 40 (s. 1998) uses the term “Internet Business” to refer to internet access providers that merely serve as carriers for transmitting message, rather than being the creator of messages/information].\n[...]\nUp to Thirty Percent (30%) Foreign Equity\n14. Advertising (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the Constitution)\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n24. Private radio communications network (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution, NTC Memorandum Circular No. 10-8-91)[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n----------------------------------------\n\"SECTION 11. (1) The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly-owned and managed by such citizens. The Congress shall regulate or prohibit monopolies in commercial mass media when the public interest so requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or unfair competition therein shall be allowed. (2) The advertising industry is impressed with public interest, and shall be regulated by law for the protection of consumers and the promotion of the general welfare. Only Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least seventy per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens shall be allowed to engage in the advertising industry. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of entities in such industry shall be limited to their proportionate share in the capital thereof, and all the executive and managing officers of such entities must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XVI, Sec 11 (1) of the Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n----------------------------------------\n\"The term \"mass media\" in the Constitution refers to any medium of communication designed to reach the masses and that tends to set the standards, ideals and aims of the masses. In addition, the term \"mass media\" shall mean the gathering, transmission of news, information, messages, signals, and forms of written, oral and all visual communications and shall embrace the print medium, radio, television, film, movies, wire and radio communication services, advertising in all its phases, and their business managerial. The distinctive feature of any mass media undertaking is the dissemination of information and ideas to the public, or a portion thereof. The citizenship requirement is intended to prevent the use of such facility by aliens to influence public opinion to the detriment of the best interests of the nation. In fact, \"(t)he ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly named and managed by such citizens [...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 11-08, 3 march 2011)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2337,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00375","FDI in TV broadcasting and printed media is prohibited. FDI in radio broadcasting was increased from 20% to 40% in 2018. FDI in advertising companies [assuming here to include production of audiovisual and printed commercials] is limited to 30%.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[…]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity:\n1. Mass Media, except recording (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the 1987 Constitution; Presidential Memorandum dated 05 May 1994) and internet business (DOJ Opinion No. 40, s. 1998)¹ [¹DOJ Opinion No. 40 (s. 1998) uses the term “Internet Business” to refer to internet access providers that merely serve as carriers for transmitting message, rather than being the creator of messages/information].\n[...]\nUp to Thirty Percent (30%) Foreign Equity\n14. Advertising (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the Constitution)\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n24. Private radio communications network (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution, NTC Memorandum Circular No. 10-8-91)[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n----------------------------------------\n\"SECTION 11. (1) The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly-owned and managed by such citizens. The Congress shall regulate or prohibit monopolies in commercial mass media when the public interest so requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or unfair competition therein shall be allowed. (2) The advertising industry is impressed with public interest, and shall be regulated by law for the protection of consumers and the promotion of the general welfare. Only Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least seventy per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens shall be allowed to engage in the advertising industry. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of entities in such industry shall be limited to their proportionate share in the capital thereof, and all the executive and managing officers of such entities must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XVI, Sec 11 (1) of the Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n----------------------------------------\n\"The term \"mass media\" in the Constitution refers to any medium of communication designed to reach the masses and that tends to set the standards, ideals and aims of the masses. In addition, the term \"mass media\" shall mean the gathering, transmission of news, information, messages, signals, and forms of written, oral and all visual communications and shall embrace the print medium, radio, television, film, movies, wire and radio communication services, advertising in all its phases, and their business managerial. The distinctive feature of any mass media undertaking is the dissemination of information and ideas to the public, or a portion thereof. The citizenship requirement is intended to prevent the use of such facility by aliens to influence public opinion to the detriment of the best interests of the nation. In fact, \"(t)he ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly named and managed by such citizens [...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 11-08, 3 march 2011)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2337,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00375","FDI in TV broadcasting and printed media is prohibited. FDI in radio broadcasting was increased from 20% to 40% in 2018. FDI in advertising companies [assuming here to include production of audiovisual and printed commercials] is limited to 30%.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[…]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity:\n1. Mass Media, except recording (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the 1987 Constitution; Presidential Memorandum dated 05 May 1994) and internet business (DOJ Opinion No. 40, s. 1998)¹ [¹DOJ Opinion No. 40 (s. 1998) uses the term “Internet Business” to refer to internet access providers that merely serve as carriers for transmitting message, rather than being the creator of messages/information].\n[...]\nUp to Thirty Percent (30%) Foreign Equity\n14. Advertising (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the Constitution)\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n24. Private radio communications network (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution, NTC Memorandum Circular No. 10-8-91)[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n----------------------------------------\n\"SECTION 11. (1) The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly-owned and managed by such citizens. The Congress shall regulate or prohibit monopolies in commercial mass media when the public interest so requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or unfair competition therein shall be allowed. (2) The advertising industry is impressed with public interest, and shall be regulated by law for the protection of consumers and the promotion of the general welfare. Only Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least seventy per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens shall be allowed to engage in the advertising industry. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of entities in such industry shall be limited to their proportionate share in the capital thereof, and all the executive and managing officers of such entities must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XVI, Sec 11 (1) of the Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n----------------------------------------\n\"The term \"mass media\" in the Constitution refers to any medium of communication designed to reach the masses and that tends to set the standards, ideals and aims of the masses. In addition, the term \"mass media\" shall mean the gathering, transmission of news, information, messages, signals, and forms of written, oral and all visual communications and shall embrace the print medium, radio, television, film, movies, wire and radio communication services, advertising in all its phases, and their business managerial. The distinctive feature of any mass media undertaking is the dissemination of information and ideas to the public, or a portion thereof. The citizenship requirement is intended to prevent the use of such facility by aliens to influence public opinion to the detriment of the best interests of the nation. In fact, \"(t)he ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly named and managed by such citizens [...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 11-08, 3 march 2011)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2337,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2018,"0.000135417","Restrictions on foreign participation in Board of directors in firms engaging in forestry and wood processing seem to exist, based on Philippines's [negative] reservation list under ACIA and by explicit limitations under the Forestry Profession Act, which inter alia requires the Board of Directors of corporations involved in forestry business to be composed o 'registered foresters'. Only Philippine citizens and foreigners of a country or state that has a reciprocity agreement with the Philippines on the practice of forestry can qualify to become a 'registered forester'. For the Purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that at least one member of the BOD needs to be Filipino.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS [Law is not present in the list of professions in items A and B of this Annex]\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions:\n-Forestry (Sections 14 and 27, R.A. No.10690)[...]\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\n-Forestry (Section 25, R.A. No. 10690) [...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...]\nSECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-----------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE I - TITLE, POLICY, OBJECTIVES, TERMS AND SCOPE OF PRACTICE [...]\nSECTION 5. Scope of Practice of Forestry. – The practice of forestry shall include the following: [...]\n(b) The preparation and conduct of feasibility studies pertaining to natural forest and plantation forest management, watershed management, range or grazing land management, wildlife and biodiversity systems management, wood technology and timber engineering, wood products manufacturing and marketing management, and technical or management consultancy;\n[...]\nARTICLE III - EXAMINATION, REGISTRATION, CERTIFICATION, AND LICENSURE\n[...]\nSECTION 14. Qualifications of an Applicant for the Licensure Examination. – An applicant for the licensure examination for foresters shall satisfactorily prove possession of the following qualifications: (a) Philippine citizenship, or in the case of a foreigner, citizenship of a country or state that has a reciprocity agreement with the Philippines on the practice of forestry;\n[...]\nARTICLE IV - PRACTICE OF FORESTRY\nSECTION 25. Lawful Practitioners of Forestry. – The following natural persons and juridical persons shall be authorized to practice the forestry profession: [...]\n(b) Juridical persons: (1) Single proprietorship whose owner and staff are registered foresters; (2) Partnership duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as professional partnership pursuant to the New Civil Code, and composed of partners who are all duly registered foresters; (3) Corporation duly registered with the SEC as engaged in the practice of forestry with officers and Board of Directors who are all registered foresters; and (4) Association duly registered with the SEC as nonprofit and nonstock corporation whose officers, Board of Trustees, and members are all registered foresters.These juridical persons shall also be registered with the Board and the PRC in accordance with duly issued rules and regulations. \n[...]\nSECTION 27. Foreign Reciprocity. – No foreigner shall be allowed to take the licensure examination for foresters, register, or receive one’s certificate of registration and professional identification card, or practice forestry in the Philippines unless the requirements for the licensure examination and the registration and practice of forestry imposed under the laws and regulations in one’s foreign country or state are substantially the same as those required and contemplated by the Philippine laws and regulations, and unless the said foreign laws and regulations allow Philippine citizens to practice forestry within the territory of the said foreign country or state on the same basis, and grant the same privileges as those enjoyed by the citizens, subjects or nationals thereof.\" (RA 10690)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Sector: Manufacturing and Services Incidental\nIndustry Classification: ISIC Division 15-36 (All manufacturing) [...] ISIC 2710 (Manufacture of basic iron and steel) and 2731 (Casting of iron and steel); \n[...]\nDescription of Measure: [...] National Treatment and the Senior Management and Board of Directors obligations shall not apply to measures relating to investments such as but not limited to the following sectors, consistent with economic development goals: \n1. Manufacture of iron and steel products; and, \n2. Establishment, installation, addition and operation of any wood or forest products processing plants.\nMeasures may include but not be limited to foreign equity restrictions and export requirements.\nSource of Measure: - 1987 Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines. - Foreign Investments Act of 1991 (R.A. No. 7042, as amended by R.A. No. 8179.) - Iron & Steel Industry Act (R.A. No.  7103). [...]\" (ASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation [negative] List)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nArt XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nRA 10690, Art. III, Sec. 14 and Art. IV, Sec. 25 and 27.\nASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation List.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2015/ra_10690_2015.html&hl=en&gl=fr&strip=1&vwsrc=0\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://investasean.asean.org/files/upload/Philippines%20Rsv%20List%20%20(Final%2016%20Aug%202010).pdf\">ACIA</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2385,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2021,"0.000135417","Restrictions on foreign participation in Board of directors in firms engaging in forestry and wood processing seem to exist, based on Philippines's [negative] reservation list under ACIA and by explicit limitations under the Forestry Profession Act, which inter alia requires the Board of Directors of corporations involved in forestry business to be composed o 'registered foresters'. Only Philippine citizens and foreigners of a country or state that has a reciprocity agreement with the Philippines on the practice of forestry can qualify to become a 'registered forester'. For the Purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that at least one member of the BOD needs to be Filipino.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS [Law is not present in the list of professions in items A and B of this Annex]\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions:\n-Forestry (Sections 14 and 27, R.A. No.10690)[...]\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\n-Forestry (Section 25, R.A. No. 10690) [...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...]\nSECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-----------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE I - TITLE, POLICY, OBJECTIVES, TERMS AND SCOPE OF PRACTICE [...]\nSECTION 5. Scope of Practice of Forestry. – The practice of forestry shall include the following: [...]\n(b) The preparation and conduct of feasibility studies pertaining to natural forest and plantation forest management, watershed management, range or grazing land management, wildlife and biodiversity systems management, wood technology and timber engineering, wood products manufacturing and marketing management, and technical or management consultancy;\n[...]\nARTICLE III - EXAMINATION, REGISTRATION, CERTIFICATION, AND LICENSURE\n[...]\nSECTION 14. Qualifications of an Applicant for the Licensure Examination. – An applicant for the licensure examination for foresters shall satisfactorily prove possession of the following qualifications: (a) Philippine citizenship, or in the case of a foreigner, citizenship of a country or state that has a reciprocity agreement with the Philippines on the practice of forestry;\n[...]\nARTICLE IV - PRACTICE OF FORESTRY\nSECTION 25. Lawful Practitioners of Forestry. – The following natural persons and juridical persons shall be authorized to practice the forestry profession: [...]\n(b) Juridical persons: (1) Single proprietorship whose owner and staff are registered foresters; (2) Partnership duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as professional partnership pursuant to the New Civil Code, and composed of partners who are all duly registered foresters; (3) Corporation duly registered with the SEC as engaged in the practice of forestry with officers and Board of Directors who are all registered foresters; and (4) Association duly registered with the SEC as nonprofit and nonstock corporation whose officers, Board of Trustees, and members are all registered foresters.These juridical persons shall also be registered with the Board and the PRC in accordance with duly issued rules and regulations. \n[...]\nSECTION 27. Foreign Reciprocity. – No foreigner shall be allowed to take the licensure examination for foresters, register, or receive one’s certificate of registration and professional identification card, or practice forestry in the Philippines unless the requirements for the licensure examination and the registration and practice of forestry imposed under the laws and regulations in one’s foreign country or state are substantially the same as those required and contemplated by the Philippine laws and regulations, and unless the said foreign laws and regulations allow Philippine citizens to practice forestry within the territory of the said foreign country or state on the same basis, and grant the same privileges as those enjoyed by the citizens, subjects or nationals thereof.\" (RA 10690)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Sector: Manufacturing and Services Incidental\nIndustry Classification: ISIC Division 15-36 (All manufacturing) [...] ISIC 2710 (Manufacture of basic iron and steel) and 2731 (Casting of iron and steel); \n[...]\nDescription of Measure: [...] National Treatment and the Senior Management and Board of Directors obligations shall not apply to measures relating to investments such as but not limited to the following sectors, consistent with economic development goals: \n1. Manufacture of iron and steel products; and, \n2. Establishment, installation, addition and operation of any wood or forest products processing plants.\nMeasures may include but not be limited to foreign equity restrictions and export requirements.\nSource of Measure: - 1987 Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines. - Foreign Investments Act of 1991 (R.A. No. 7042, as amended by R.A. No. 8179.) - Iron & Steel Industry Act (R.A. No.  7103). [...]\" (ASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation [negative] List)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nArt XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nRA 10690, Art. III, Sec. 14 and Art. IV, Sec. 25 and 27.\nASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation List.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2015/ra_10690_2015.html&hl=en&gl=fr&strip=1&vwsrc=0\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://investasean.asean.org/files/upload/Philippines%20Rsv%20List%20%20(Final%2016%20Aug%202010).pdf\">ACIA</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2385,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2022,"0.000135417","Restrictions on foreign participation in Board of directors in firms engaging in forestry and wood processing seem to exist, based on Philippines's [negative] reservation list under ACIA and by explicit limitations under the Forestry Profession Act, which inter alia requires the Board of Directors of corporations involved in forestry business to be composed o 'registered foresters'. Only Philippine citizens and foreigners of a country or state that has a reciprocity agreement with the Philippines on the practice of forestry can qualify to become a 'registered forester'. For the Purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that at least one member of the BOD needs to be Filipino.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS [Law is not present in the list of professions in items A and B of this Annex]\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions:\n-Forestry (Sections 14 and 27, R.A. No.10690)[...]\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\n-Forestry (Section 25, R.A. No. 10690) [...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...]\nSECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-----------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE I - TITLE, POLICY, OBJECTIVES, TERMS AND SCOPE OF PRACTICE [...]\nSECTION 5. Scope of Practice of Forestry. – The practice of forestry shall include the following: [...]\n(b) The preparation and conduct of feasibility studies pertaining to natural forest and plantation forest management, watershed management, range or grazing land management, wildlife and biodiversity systems management, wood technology and timber engineering, wood products manufacturing and marketing management, and technical or management consultancy;\n[...]\nARTICLE III - EXAMINATION, REGISTRATION, CERTIFICATION, AND LICENSURE\n[...]\nSECTION 14. Qualifications of an Applicant for the Licensure Examination. – An applicant for the licensure examination for foresters shall satisfactorily prove possession of the following qualifications: (a) Philippine citizenship, or in the case of a foreigner, citizenship of a country or state that has a reciprocity agreement with the Philippines on the practice of forestry;\n[...]\nARTICLE IV - PRACTICE OF FORESTRY\nSECTION 25. Lawful Practitioners of Forestry. – The following natural persons and juridical persons shall be authorized to practice the forestry profession: [...]\n(b) Juridical persons: (1) Single proprietorship whose owner and staff are registered foresters; (2) Partnership duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as professional partnership pursuant to the New Civil Code, and composed of partners who are all duly registered foresters; (3) Corporation duly registered with the SEC as engaged in the practice of forestry with officers and Board of Directors who are all registered foresters; and (4) Association duly registered with the SEC as nonprofit and nonstock corporation whose officers, Board of Trustees, and members are all registered foresters.These juridical persons shall also be registered with the Board and the PRC in accordance with duly issued rules and regulations. \n[...]\nSECTION 27. Foreign Reciprocity. – No foreigner shall be allowed to take the licensure examination for foresters, register, or receive one’s certificate of registration and professional identification card, or practice forestry in the Philippines unless the requirements for the licensure examination and the registration and practice of forestry imposed under the laws and regulations in one’s foreign country or state are substantially the same as those required and contemplated by the Philippine laws and regulations, and unless the said foreign laws and regulations allow Philippine citizens to practice forestry within the territory of the said foreign country or state on the same basis, and grant the same privileges as those enjoyed by the citizens, subjects or nationals thereof.\" (RA 10690)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Sector: Manufacturing and Services Incidental\nIndustry Classification: ISIC Division 15-36 (All manufacturing) [...] ISIC 2710 (Manufacture of basic iron and steel) and 2731 (Casting of iron and steel); \n[...]\nDescription of Measure: [...] National Treatment and the Senior Management and Board of Directors obligations shall not apply to measures relating to investments such as but not limited to the following sectors, consistent with economic development goals: \n1. Manufacture of iron and steel products; and, \n2. Establishment, installation, addition and operation of any wood or forest products processing plants.\nMeasures may include but not be limited to foreign equity restrictions and export requirements.\nSource of Measure: - 1987 Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines. - Foreign Investments Act of 1991 (R.A. No. 7042, as amended by R.A. No. 8179.) - Iron & Steel Industry Act (R.A. No.  7103). [...]\" (ASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation [negative] List)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nArt XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nRA 10690, Art. III, Sec. 14 and Art. IV, Sec. 25 and 27.\nASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation List.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2015/ra_10690_2015.html&hl=en&gl=fr&strip=1&vwsrc=0\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://investasean.asean.org/files/upload/Philippines%20Rsv%20List%20%20(Final%2016%20Aug%202010).pdf\">ACIA</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2385,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2023,"0.000135417","Restrictions on foreign participation in Board of directors in firms engaging in forestry and wood processing seem to exist, based on Philippines's [negative] reservation list under ACIA and by explicit limitations under the Forestry Profession Act, which inter alia requires the Board of Directors of corporations involved in forestry business to be composed o 'registered foresters'. Only Philippine citizens and foreigners of a country or state that has a reciprocity agreement with the Philippines on the practice of forestry can qualify to become a 'registered forester'. For the Purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that at least one member of the BOD needs to be Filipino.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS [Law is not present in the list of professions in items A and B of this Annex]\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions:\n-Forestry (Sections 14 and 27, R.A. No.10690)[...]\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\n-Forestry (Section 25, R.A. No. 10690) [...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...]\nSECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-----------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE I - TITLE, POLICY, OBJECTIVES, TERMS AND SCOPE OF PRACTICE [...]\nSECTION 5. Scope of Practice of Forestry. – The practice of forestry shall include the following: [...]\n(b) The preparation and conduct of feasibility studies pertaining to natural forest and plantation forest management, watershed management, range or grazing land management, wildlife and biodiversity systems management, wood technology and timber engineering, wood products manufacturing and marketing management, and technical or management consultancy;\n[...]\nARTICLE III - EXAMINATION, REGISTRATION, CERTIFICATION, AND LICENSURE\n[...]\nSECTION 14. Qualifications of an Applicant for the Licensure Examination. – An applicant for the licensure examination for foresters shall satisfactorily prove possession of the following qualifications: (a) Philippine citizenship, or in the case of a foreigner, citizenship of a country or state that has a reciprocity agreement with the Philippines on the practice of forestry;\n[...]\nARTICLE IV - PRACTICE OF FORESTRY\nSECTION 25. Lawful Practitioners of Forestry. – The following natural persons and juridical persons shall be authorized to practice the forestry profession: [...]\n(b) Juridical persons: (1) Single proprietorship whose owner and staff are registered foresters; (2) Partnership duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as professional partnership pursuant to the New Civil Code, and composed of partners who are all duly registered foresters; (3) Corporation duly registered with the SEC as engaged in the practice of forestry with officers and Board of Directors who are all registered foresters; and (4) Association duly registered with the SEC as nonprofit and nonstock corporation whose officers, Board of Trustees, and members are all registered foresters.These juridical persons shall also be registered with the Board and the PRC in accordance with duly issued rules and regulations. \n[...]\nSECTION 27. Foreign Reciprocity. – No foreigner shall be allowed to take the licensure examination for foresters, register, or receive one’s certificate of registration and professional identification card, or practice forestry in the Philippines unless the requirements for the licensure examination and the registration and practice of forestry imposed under the laws and regulations in one’s foreign country or state are substantially the same as those required and contemplated by the Philippine laws and regulations, and unless the said foreign laws and regulations allow Philippine citizens to practice forestry within the territory of the said foreign country or state on the same basis, and grant the same privileges as those enjoyed by the citizens, subjects or nationals thereof.\" (RA 10690)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Sector: Manufacturing and Services Incidental\nIndustry Classification: ISIC Division 15-36 (All manufacturing) [...] ISIC 2710 (Manufacture of basic iron and steel) and 2731 (Casting of iron and steel); \n[...]\nDescription of Measure: [...] National Treatment and the Senior Management and Board of Directors obligations shall not apply to measures relating to investments such as but not limited to the following sectors, consistent with economic development goals: \n1. Manufacture of iron and steel products; and, \n2. Establishment, installation, addition and operation of any wood or forest products processing plants.\nMeasures may include but not be limited to foreign equity restrictions and export requirements.\nSource of Measure: - 1987 Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines. - Foreign Investments Act of 1991 (R.A. No. 7042, as amended by R.A. No. 8179.) - Iron & Steel Industry Act (R.A. No.  7103). [...]\" (ASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation [negative] List)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nArt XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nRA 10690, Art. III, Sec. 14 and Art. IV, Sec. 25 and 27.\nASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation List.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2015/ra_10690_2015.html&hl=en&gl=fr&strip=1&vwsrc=0\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://investasean.asean.org/files/upload/Philippines%20Rsv%20List%20%20(Final%2016%20Aug%202010).pdf\">ACIA</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2385,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0075","FDI in retail trade is subject to reciprocity requirement.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.\" (RA 8762)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRA 8762","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2350,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0075","FDI in retail trade is subject to reciprocity requirement.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.\" (RA 8762)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRA 8762","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2350,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0075","Until 2021, FDI in retail trade was subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nIn 2022, the regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business was modified and restrictions on FDI were relaxed.  On 21 January 2022, Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\") amending the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RA 8762) took effect. The Act simplified the regime for foreign investment in the sector, lowered the minimum paid-up capital requirement for 'foreign retail enterprises', defined as companies which are  more than 40% owned by foreign investors, and lifted the previous divestment requirement among others. As of 2022:\n- A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Php 25 million (approximately USD 500,000) [previously the minimum paid-up capital threshold applied was USD2,500,000];\n- In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Php l0 million (approximately USD 200,000) [previously a minimum investment of USD 830,000 oer store was required]\n- The previous requirement for foreign retailers exceeding 80% of foreign shareholding to offer a minimum of 30% of their equity to the public through the stock exchange was lifted. \n- Foreign investors in retail trade activity remain subject to a reciprocity requirement. ","\"LIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than PhP25,000,000 (Section 2 of RA 11595, amending RA 8762)(6)[Footnote 6: Foreing-owned partnerships, associations or corporations are allowed: to engage in retail trade provided that: a) the foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of P25 million; b) the foreign retailer's country of origin does not prohibit entry of Filipino retailers; and c) foreign retailer with more than one physical store must have at least P10 million minimum investment per store (Section 2 of RA No. 11595 amending RA 8762)][...]\" (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Section 5 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby amended to read as follows:\n     \"Section 5. Foreign Equity Participation. – Foreign-owned partnerships, associations, and corporations may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), engage or invest in the retail trade business, under the following conditions:\n(a) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00);\n(b) The foreign retailer’s country of origin does not prohibit the entry of Filipino retailers; and\n(c) In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00): Provided, That this requirement shall not apply to foreign investors and foreign retailers who are legitimately engaged in retail trade and were not required to comply with the minimum investment per store at the time of the effectivity of this Act: Provided, further, That proof of qualification to engage in retail trade under Republic Act No. 8762 and its implementing rules and regulations is submitted to the DTI.\nThe foreign retailer shall be required to maintain in the Philippines at all times the paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), unless the foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, whichever is appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the minimum paid-up capital shall be monitored by the SEC, or by the DTI, whichever is appropriate.\"\n[...]\nSection 4. Section 7 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby deleted and replaced with a new Section 7, to read as follows:\n    \"Section 7. Labor Policy. – In all cases, the employment of foreign nationals by foreign retailers shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Labor Code on the determination of nonavailability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national, with due regard to the State policy under the Constitution to promote the preferential use of Filipino labor.\"\nSection 5. Sections 8 and 9 of Republic Act No. 8762 are hereby deleted.\nSection 6. A new Section is hereby inserted to read as follows:\n    \"Section 8. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. – Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines.\" [...](REPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”)\n------------------------------------------\n\"RULE I -  Definition of Terms\nSECTION 1. Definition of Terms. For the purposes of these Rules, the following are defined as follows: [...]\nd) \"Foreign Retailer\" shall mean a foreign national, partnership, association, or corporation of which more than forty percent (40%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by such foreign national, engaged in retail trade.\ne) \"Locally Manufactured Products\" shall mean products or goods manufactured, assembled or processed in the Philippines, regardless of the source of the raw materials and components used in the manufacture of such products or goods. [...]\nl) \"Reciprocity\" shall denote the relation between two States when each of them, by their respective laws or by treaty, allows the citizens or nationals of the other to undertake retail trade in their own territories.\n[...]\nRULE III - Registration\nSECTION 1. Registration of Foreign Retailers. Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporations, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), may engage or invest in retail trade, under the following conditions:\na) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00); and\nb) The foreign retailer's country of origin provides for reciprocity to Filipinos.\n[...]\nSECTION 3. Online Retailing. The registration requirements under Sections 1 and 2, Rule III of these Rules shall apply to foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade as defined herein, through purely online channels.\nSECTION 4. Philippine Nationals. The minimum paid-up capital requirement under Section 1 hereof as well as the minimum investment per store requirement under Section 2, Rule V of these Rules shall not apply to corporations engaged in retail trade of which at least sixty percent (60%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by citizens of the Philippines.\nRULE IV -  Exempt Transactions\nSECTION 1. Sales Not Considered as Retail. The following sales are not considered as retail:\na) Sales of a manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker of products manufactured, processed or produced by him to the general public whose capital does not exceed One hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00);\nb) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm, regardless of capital;\nc) Sales arising from restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount of capital, provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business;\nd) Sales through a single outlet owned by a manufacturer of products manufactured, processed or assembled in the Philippines, irrespective of capitalization;\ne) Sales to industrial and commercial users or consumers who use the products bought by them to render service to the general public and/or produce or manufacture of goods which are in turn sold by them; or\n[...]\nRULE V - Compliance Requirements\nSECTION 1. Maintenance of the Required Paid-up Capital. Registered foreign retailers shall maintain in the Philippines, at all times, a paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), which may be in cash or in property, unless the said foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, as appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. \n[...]\nSECTION 2. Minimum Investment Requirement per Store. Registered foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store shall comply with the minimum investment per store of at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00).\n[...]\nSECTION 5. Compliance with Labor Laws. The foreign retailer shall, in all cases, comply with the applicable provisions of labor laws, rules and regulations, including the determination of non-availability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national.\nSECTION 6. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines through any of the following:\na) Designation of a store space as Filipino section; b) Use of locally made packaging materials such as bags, boxes, or containers; c) Utilization of locally sourced raw materials in the production of the goods; or d) Any other arrangements that will promote locally manufactured products.\nRULE VI - Prohibited Activities\nSECTION 1. Prohibited Modes of Retailing. Registered foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in retailing activities outside their stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities.[...]\" (Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595)\n------------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.[...]\" (Republic Act 8762, \"Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\")","Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”\nImplementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRepublic Act 8762, \"ReRetail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\"","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011595.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://neda.gov.ph/irr-of-ra-8762-rtla-of-2000-as-amended-by-ra-11595/\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3239,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0075","Until 2021, FDI in retail trade was subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nIn 2022, the regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business was modified and restrictions on FDI were relaxed.  On 21 January 2022, Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\") amending the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RA 8762) took effect. The Act simplified the regime for foreign investment in the sector, lowered the minimum paid-up capital requirement for 'foreign retail enterprises', defined as companies which are  more than 40% owned by foreign investors, and lifted the previous divestment requirement among others. As of 2022:\n- A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Php 25 million (approximately USD 500,000) [previously the minimum paid-up capital threshold applied was USD2,500,000];\n- In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Php l0 million (approximately USD 200,000) [previously a minimum investment of USD 830,000 oer store was required]\n- The previous requirement for foreign retailers exceeding 80% of foreign shareholding to offer a minimum of 30% of their equity to the public through the stock exchange was lifted. \n- Foreign investors in retail trade activity remain subject to a reciprocity requirement. ","\"LIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than PhP25,000,000 (Section 2 of RA 11595, amending RA 8762)(6)[Footnote 6: Foreing-owned partnerships, associations or corporations are allowed: to engage in retail trade provided that: a) the foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of P25 million; b) the foreign retailer's country of origin does not prohibit entry of Filipino retailers; and c) foreign retailer with more than one physical store must have at least P10 million minimum investment per store (Section 2 of RA No. 11595 amending RA 8762)][...]\" (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Section 5 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby amended to read as follows:\n     \"Section 5. Foreign Equity Participation. – Foreign-owned partnerships, associations, and corporations may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), engage or invest in the retail trade business, under the following conditions:\n(a) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00);\n(b) The foreign retailer’s country of origin does not prohibit the entry of Filipino retailers; and\n(c) In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00): Provided, That this requirement shall not apply to foreign investors and foreign retailers who are legitimately engaged in retail trade and were not required to comply with the minimum investment per store at the time of the effectivity of this Act: Provided, further, That proof of qualification to engage in retail trade under Republic Act No. 8762 and its implementing rules and regulations is submitted to the DTI.\nThe foreign retailer shall be required to maintain in the Philippines at all times the paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), unless the foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, whichever is appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the minimum paid-up capital shall be monitored by the SEC, or by the DTI, whichever is appropriate.\"\n[...]\nSection 4. Section 7 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby deleted and replaced with a new Section 7, to read as follows:\n    \"Section 7. Labor Policy. – In all cases, the employment of foreign nationals by foreign retailers shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Labor Code on the determination of nonavailability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national, with due regard to the State policy under the Constitution to promote the preferential use of Filipino labor.\"\nSection 5. Sections 8 and 9 of Republic Act No. 8762 are hereby deleted.\nSection 6. A new Section is hereby inserted to read as follows:\n    \"Section 8. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. – Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines.\" [...](REPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”)\n------------------------------------------\n\"RULE I -  Definition of Terms\nSECTION 1. Definition of Terms. For the purposes of these Rules, the following are defined as follows: [...]\nd) \"Foreign Retailer\" shall mean a foreign national, partnership, association, or corporation of which more than forty percent (40%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by such foreign national, engaged in retail trade.\ne) \"Locally Manufactured Products\" shall mean products or goods manufactured, assembled or processed in the Philippines, regardless of the source of the raw materials and components used in the manufacture of such products or goods. [...]\nl) \"Reciprocity\" shall denote the relation between two States when each of them, by their respective laws or by treaty, allows the citizens or nationals of the other to undertake retail trade in their own territories.\n[...]\nRULE III - Registration\nSECTION 1. Registration of Foreign Retailers. Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporations, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), may engage or invest in retail trade, under the following conditions:\na) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00); and\nb) The foreign retailer's country of origin provides for reciprocity to Filipinos.\n[...]\nSECTION 3. Online Retailing. The registration requirements under Sections 1 and 2, Rule III of these Rules shall apply to foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade as defined herein, through purely online channels.\nSECTION 4. Philippine Nationals. The minimum paid-up capital requirement under Section 1 hereof as well as the minimum investment per store requirement under Section 2, Rule V of these Rules shall not apply to corporations engaged in retail trade of which at least sixty percent (60%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by citizens of the Philippines.\nRULE IV -  Exempt Transactions\nSECTION 1. Sales Not Considered as Retail. The following sales are not considered as retail:\na) Sales of a manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker of products manufactured, processed or produced by him to the general public whose capital does not exceed One hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00);\nb) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm, regardless of capital;\nc) Sales arising from restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount of capital, provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business;\nd) Sales through a single outlet owned by a manufacturer of products manufactured, processed or assembled in the Philippines, irrespective of capitalization;\ne) Sales to industrial and commercial users or consumers who use the products bought by them to render service to the general public and/or produce or manufacture of goods which are in turn sold by them; or\n[...]\nRULE V - Compliance Requirements\nSECTION 1. Maintenance of the Required Paid-up Capital. Registered foreign retailers shall maintain in the Philippines, at all times, a paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), which may be in cash or in property, unless the said foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, as appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. \n[...]\nSECTION 2. Minimum Investment Requirement per Store. Registered foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store shall comply with the minimum investment per store of at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00).\n[...]\nSECTION 5. Compliance with Labor Laws. The foreign retailer shall, in all cases, comply with the applicable provisions of labor laws, rules and regulations, including the determination of non-availability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national.\nSECTION 6. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines through any of the following:\na) Designation of a store space as Filipino section; b) Use of locally made packaging materials such as bags, boxes, or containers; c) Utilization of locally sourced raw materials in the production of the goods; or d) Any other arrangements that will promote locally manufactured products.\nRULE VI - Prohibited Activities\nSECTION 1. Prohibited Modes of Retailing. Registered foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in retailing activities outside their stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities.[...]\" (Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595)\n------------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.[...]\" (Republic Act 8762, \"Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\")","Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”\nImplementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRepublic Act 8762, \"ReRetail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\"","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011595.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://neda.gov.ph/irr-of-ra-8762-rtla-of-2000-as-amended-by-ra-11595/\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3239,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","POL","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.000525","Activity in gambling and betting, including casinos, may be carried out by a joint stock company or a limited liability company with its registered office in Poland. Shares in such companies can be acquired by EU/EEA incorporated companies and EU/EEA nationals.","\"Art. 6\n1. Activities in the field of cylinder games, card games, dice games and slot machine games can be run after obtaining a casino license, subject to Art. 5 sec. 1 and 1b and article. 6a sec. 2.\n2. Activity in the field of cash bingo games may be conducted after obtaining a permit to operate a cash bingo hall.\n3. The activity in the field of mutual wagering may be conducted -according to the permit granted - only at reception points betting or via the Internet after obtaining a permit to arrange mutual wagering.\n4. Activities in the scope specified in par. 1-3 is conducted on the basis of principles and the conditions specified in the approved regulations and the granted concession or the granted permit, as well as those resulting from the provisions of the Act.\n5. Conducting activities consisting in arranging gambling games to the extent specified in sec. 1-3 is possible only in the form of a joint stock company or a limited liability company established in the territory of the Republic of Poland, subject to Art. 7a paragraph 1.\n6. The stocks (shares) in the companies referred to in sec. 5, may purchase or include:\n1) a legal person or a company without legal personality that has its registered office in the territory of a Member State of the European Union or a country member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) -parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area;\n2) a natural person who is a citizen of a European Union Member State or a member state of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area.\n7. The provision of para. 6 shall not apply to the companies referred to in Art. 7a paragraph. 1.\n[...]\nArt. 7a. \n1. Joint stock companies or limited liability companies, or companies operating on the terms applicable to these companies, having their registered office at territory of another Member State of the European Union or state member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - party agreements on the European Economic Area, operating in the field of referred to in art. 6 sec. 1-3 or in art. 7 sec. 2, can carry out this activity on the territory of the Republic of Poland on the terms and conditions specified in the approved regulations, the granted license or the granted permit, as well as resulting from the provisions of the Act, provided it is established representative or in the form of a branch.\n[...]\" (Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6 and 7a [google translation])","Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6 and 7a","n/a","[<a href=\"http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU20092011540\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,1199,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","POL","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.000525","Activity in gambling and betting, including casinos, may be carried out by a joint stock company or a limited liability company with its registered office in Poland. Shares in such companies can be acquired by EU/EEA incorporated companies and EU/EEA nationals.","\"Art. 6\n1. Activities in the field of cylinder games, card games, dice games and slot machine games can be run after obtaining a casino license, subject to Art. 5 sec. 1 and 1b and article. 6a sec. 2.\n2. Activity in the field of cash bingo games may be conducted after obtaining a permit to operate a cash bingo hall.\n3. The activity in the field of mutual wagering may be conducted -according to the permit granted - only at reception points betting or via the Internet after obtaining a permit to arrange mutual wagering.\n4. Activities in the scope specified in par. 1-3 is conducted on the basis of principles and the conditions specified in the approved regulations and the granted concession or the granted permit, as well as those resulting from the provisions of the Act.\n5. Conducting activities consisting in arranging gambling games to the extent specified in sec. 1-3 is possible only in the form of a joint stock company or a limited liability company established in the territory of the Republic of Poland, subject to Art. 7a paragraph 1.\n6. The stocks (shares) in the companies referred to in sec. 5, may purchase or include:\n1) a legal person or a company without legal personality that has its registered office in the territory of a Member State of the European Union or a country member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) -parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area;\n2) a natural person who is a citizen of a European Union Member State or a member state of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area.\n7. The provision of para. 6 shall not apply to the companies referred to in Art. 7a paragraph. 1.\n[...]\nArt. 7a. \n1. Joint stock companies or limited liability companies, or companies operating on the terms applicable to these companies, having their registered office at territory of another Member State of the European Union or state member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - party agreements on the European Economic Area, operating in the field of referred to in art. 6 sec. 1-3 or in art. 7 sec. 2, can carry out this activity on the territory of the Republic of Poland on the terms and conditions specified in the approved regulations, the granted license or the granted permit, as well as resulting from the provisions of the Act, provided it is established representative or in the form of a branch.\n[...]\" (Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6 and 7a [google translation])","Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6 and 7a","n/a","[<a href=\"http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU20092011540\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,1198,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","POL","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.000525","Activity in gambling and betting, including casinos, may be carried out by a joint stock company or a limited liability company with its registered office in Poland. Shares in such companies can be acquired by EU/EEA incorporated companies and EU/EEA nationals.","\"Art. 6\n1. Activities in the field of cylinder games, card games, dice games and slot machine games can be run after obtaining a casino license, subject to Art. 5 sec. 1 and 1b and article. 6a sec. 2.\n2. Activity in the field of cash bingo games may be conducted after obtaining a permit to operate a cash bingo hall.\n3. The activity in the field of mutual wagering may be conducted -according to the permit granted - only at reception points betting or via the Internet after obtaining a permit to arrange mutual wagering.\n4. Activities in the scope specified in par. 1-3 is conducted on the basis of principles and the conditions specified in the approved regulations and the granted concession or the granted permit, as well as those resulting from the provisions of the Act.\n5. Conducting activities consisting in arranging gambling games to the extent specified in sec. 1-3 is possible only in the form of a joint stock company or a limited liability company established in the territory of the Republic of Poland, subject to Art. 7a paragraph 1.\n6. The stocks (shares) in the companies referred to in sec. 5, may purchase or include:\n1) a legal person or a company without legal personality that has its registered office in the territory of a Member State of the European Union or a country member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) -parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area;\n2) a natural person who is a citizen of a European Union Member State or a member state of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area.\n7. The provision of para. 6 shall not apply to the companies referred to in Art. 7a paragraph. 1.\n[...]\nArt. 7a. \n1. Joint stock companies or limited liability companies, or companies operating on the terms applicable to these companies, having their registered office at territory of another Member State of the European Union or state member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - party agreements on the European Economic Area, operating in the field of referred to in art. 6 sec. 1-3 or in art. 7 sec. 2, can carry out this activity on the territory of the Republic of Poland on the terms and conditions specified in the approved regulations, the granted license or the granted permit, as well as resulting from the provisions of the Act, provided it is established representative or in the form of a branch.\n[...]\" (Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6 and 7a [google translation])","Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6 and 7a","n/a","[<a href=\"http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU20092011540\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,1198,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","POL","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.000525","Activity in gambling and betting, including casinos, may be carried out by a joint stock company or a limited liability company with its registered office in Poland. Shares in such companies can be acquired by EU/EEA incorporated companies and EU/EEA nationals.","\"Art. 6\n1. Activities in the field of cylinder games, card games, dice games and slot machine games can be run after obtaining a casino license, subject to Art. 5 sec. 1 and 1b and article. 6a sec. 2.\n2. Activity in the field of cash bingo games may be conducted after obtaining a permit to operate a cash bingo hall.\n3. The activity in the field of mutual wagering may be conducted -according to the permit granted - only at reception points betting or via the Internet after obtaining a permit to arrange mutual wagering.\n4. Activities in the scope specified in par. 1-3 is conducted on the basis of principles and the conditions specified in the approved regulations and the granted concession or the granted permit, as well as those resulting from the provisions of the Act.\n5. Conducting activities consisting in arranging gambling games to the extent specified in sec. 1-3 is possible only in the form of a joint stock company or a limited liability company established in the territory of the Republic of Poland, subject to Art. 7a paragraph 1.\n6. The stocks (shares) in the companies referred to in sec. 5, may purchase or include:\n1) a legal person or a company without legal personality that has its registered office in the territory of a Member State of the European Union or a country member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) -parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area;\n2) a natural person who is a citizen of a European Union Member State or a member state of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area.\n7. The provision of para. 6 shall not apply to the companies referred to in Art. 7a paragraph. 1.\n[...]\nArt. 7a. \n1. Joint stock companies or limited liability companies, or companies operating on the terms applicable to these companies, having their registered office at territory of another Member State of the European Union or state member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - party agreements on the European Economic Area, operating in the field of referred to in art. 6 sec. 1-3 or in art. 7 sec. 2, can carry out this activity on the territory of the Republic of Poland on the terms and conditions specified in the approved regulations, the granted license or the granted permit, as well as resulting from the provisions of the Act, provided it is established representative or in the form of a branch.\n[...]\" (Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6 and 7a [google translation])","Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6 and 7a","n/a","[<a href=\"http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU20092011540\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,1198,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.0001","A depository of an undertaking  for  collective  investment  in  transferable  securities (UCITS)  must  either  have  its  registered  office  in  the  same  EU country  as  that  of  the  undertaking  or  be  established  in  the  EU country if its registered office is in another EU country (Directive 85/611/EEC).","\"Article 2 - Definitions\n1 - For the purposes of this regime, the following definitions apply:\na) \"collective investment undertaking\", or abbreviated \"OIC\", institutions, whether or not they have legal personality, whose purpose is the collective investment of capital obtained from investors, whose operation is subject to a principle of sharing risks and the pursuit of the exclusive interest of the participants;\n[...]\nArticle 91 - Depositary\n1 - The assets that make up the OIC's portfolio are entrusted to a depositary.\n2 - Credit institutions referred to in sub-paragraphs a) to d) of article 3 of the General Regime of Credit Institutions and Financial Companies that have their own funds of no less than EUR 7,500,000 and that have their registered office in Portugal or head office in another Member State and branch in Portugal.\n3 - The provision of the depositary service to entities outside the consolidation perimeter in which the depositary entity belongs is ensured under non-discriminatory economic conditions.\n4 - The CMVM may request a justification for the refusal to provide the depositary service to the entities referred to in the previous number.\n5 - Upon request, the depositary must provide Banco de Portugal or the CMVM with all the information it has obtained in the exercise of its functions and which is necessary for the supervision of the CIU.[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 63-A/2013 (2013-05-10), entered into force 2013-09-07, repealed 26.03.2015 by Law No. 16/2015 (2015-02-24), Articles 2 and 91 [google translation])","Decree-Law No. 63-A/2013 (2013-05-10), entered into force 2013-09-07, repealed 26.03.2015 by Law No. 16/2015 (2015-02-24), Articles 2 and 91\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23","n/a","[<a href=\"https://data.dre.pt/eli/dec-lei/63-a/2013/05/10/p/dre/pt/html\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,935,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0001","Under EU Directive 85/611/EEC, a depository of an undertaking for collective investment in transferable  securities (UCITS) must either have its registered offic  in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country. Managament of 'Alternative Investment Undertakings' (OIA) by thid-country management entities is subject to prior authorisation.","\"Article 2 - Definitions\n1 - For the purposes of the provisions of this General Regime, the following definitions apply: [...]\naa) \"Collective investment bodies\" means institutions, whether or not they have legal personality, whose purpose is the collective investment of capital obtained from investors, whose operation is subject to a principle of risk sharing and the pursuit of exclusive rights. interest of the participants, subdivided into:\ni) 'Undertakings for collective investment in securities' (UCITS), which are open bodies:\n1º) Whose exclusive object is the collective investment of capital from investors not exclusively qualified in securities or other liquid financial assets referred to in subsection I of section I of chapter II of title III and that comply with the limits set out in subsection II of the same section; and\n2º) Whose participation units are, at the request of their holders, directly or indirectly repurchased or redeemed, under the responsibility of these bodies, equating to these repurchases or redemptions the fact that an undertaking for collective investment in securities acts as a so that the value of its participating units in a regulated market does not significantly depart from its net asset value; and\nii) 'Alternative Investment Undertakings' (OIA), which are the others, namely those provided for in subparagraph a) of paragraph 2 of the previous article and also:\n1) Open or closed entities, whose object is the collective investment in securities or other financial assets, referred to as Alternative Investment in Securities (OIAVM);\n2º) Open or closed bodies, whose object is the investment in real estate assets, called real estate investment bodies (OII);\n3) Other closed-end bodies whose object includes investment in non-financial assets that are durable goods and have a determinable value, designated investment bodies in non-financial assets (OIAnF);\n[...]\nArticle 96 - Application for authorization and connection elements to Portugal\n1 - The third country management entity that wishes to:\na) Only manage one or more OIA incorporated in Portugal must obtain prior authorization from the CMVM ; [...]\n2 - The third country management entity that wishes to:\na) Manage one or more alternative investment undertakings of the European Union, provided that most of them are incorporated in Portugal or managed in the national territory , must submit a request for prior authorization to the CMVM. greater volume of the respective assets;\n[...]\nArticle 99 - Authorization conditions\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the following article, authorization by the CMVM may only be granted if the following conditions are met:\na) Portugal has been chosen as the reference Member State in accordance with the criteria established in paragraphs 1 and 2 of article 96, based on the information on the marketing strategy, and the procedure established in the previous article having been followed by the CMVM;\nb) The managing entity of a third country has appointed a legal representative established in Portugal;\nc) The legal representative, together with the managing entity of the third country:\ni) Establish the contact point of the third country management company in the European Union, and all official correspondence between the competent authorities and the third country management company and between the European Union investors of the alternative investment company in question and the entity third country manager;\n[...]\nArticle 114 - Right of establishment and freedom to provide services\n1 - UCITS management entities authorized in other Member States and subject to the supervision of the respective authorities may, alternatively or cumulatively, exercise in Portugal, through the establishment of a branch or under the freedom to provide services, the activities covered by the respective authorization, including:\na) UCITS-related activities;\nb) The activities referred to in paragraph 4 of article 71-B.\n2 - The management entities referred to in the preceding paragraph may also market in Portugal the participating units of a UCITS authorized in another Member State they manage.\n3 - OIA management entities authorized in other Member States may exercise in Portugal, alternatively or cumulatively, through the establishment of a branch or under the freedom to provide services:\na) Activities relating to European Union OIA established in another Member State , provided that the managing entity is authorized to manage this type of OIA;\nb) The activities referred to in paragraph 5 of article 71-B, covered by the respective authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 120 - Depositary\n1 - The assets that make up the collective investment undertaking's portfolio are entrusted to a single depositary.\n2 - The following may be depositaries:\na) The credit institutions referred to in sub-paragraphs a) to d) of article 3 of the General Regime of Credit Institutions and Financial Companies, approved by Decree-Law No. 298/92, of 31 st December, which have own funds of not less than (euro) 5,000,000;\nb) Investment firms authorized to provide the service of registration and deposit of financial instruments on behalf of clients and which are subject to own funds requirements pursuant to Article 92 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013, of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 26 June, including the own funds requirements for operational risk under the terms provided for in subparagraph e) of paragraph 3 of the same article of that Regulation, and that meet the following minimum requirements: [...]\n3 - The depositary must be established in Portugal. [...]\" (Law No. 16/2015 (2015-02-24), last amended 09/01/2021, Articles 2, 96, 99, 114 and 120 [google translation])","Law No. 16/2015 (2015-02-24), last amended 09/01/2021, Articles 2, 96, 99, 114 and 120\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dre.pt/dre/legislacao-consolidada/lei/2015-67040495\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,934,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.0001","Under EU Directive 85/611/EEC, a depository of an undertaking for collective investment in transferable  securities (UCITS) must either have its registered offic  in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country. Managament of 'Alternative Investment Undertakings' (OIA) by thid-country management entities is subject to prior authorisation.","\"Article 2 - Definitions\n1 - For the purposes of the provisions of this General Regime, the following definitions apply: [...]\naa) \"Collective investment bodies\" means institutions, whether or not they have legal personality, whose purpose is the collective investment of capital obtained from investors, whose operation is subject to a principle of risk sharing and the pursuit of exclusive rights. interest of the participants, subdivided into:\ni) 'Undertakings for collective investment in securities' (UCITS), which are open bodies:\n1º) Whose exclusive object is the collective investment of capital from investors not exclusively qualified in securities or other liquid financial assets referred to in subsection I of section I of chapter II of title III and that comply with the limits set out in subsection II of the same section; and\n2º) Whose participation units are, at the request of their holders, directly or indirectly repurchased or redeemed, under the responsibility of these bodies, equating to these repurchases or redemptions the fact that an undertaking for collective investment in securities acts as a so that the value of its participating units in a regulated market does not significantly depart from its net asset value; and\nii) 'Alternative Investment Undertakings' (OIA), which are the others, namely those provided for in subparagraph a) of paragraph 2 of the previous article and also:\n1) Open or closed entities, whose object is the collective investment in securities or other financial assets, referred to as Alternative Investment in Securities (OIAVM);\n2º) Open or closed bodies, whose object is the investment in real estate assets, called real estate investment bodies (OII);\n3) Other closed-end bodies whose object includes investment in non-financial assets that are durable goods and have a determinable value, designated investment bodies in non-financial assets (OIAnF);\n[...]\nArticle 96 - Application for authorization and connection elements to Portugal\n1 - The third country management entity that wishes to:\na) Only manage one or more OIA incorporated in Portugal must obtain prior authorization from the CMVM ; [...]\n2 - The third country management entity that wishes to:\na) Manage one or more alternative investment undertakings of the European Union, provided that most of them are incorporated in Portugal or managed in the national territory , must submit a request for prior authorization to the CMVM. greater volume of the respective assets;\n[...]\nArticle 99 - Authorization conditions\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the following article, authorization by the CMVM may only be granted if the following conditions are met:\na) Portugal has been chosen as the reference Member State in accordance with the criteria established in paragraphs 1 and 2 of article 96, based on the information on the marketing strategy, and the procedure established in the previous article having been followed by the CMVM;\nb) The managing entity of a third country has appointed a legal representative established in Portugal;\nc) The legal representative, together with the managing entity of the third country:\ni) Establish the contact point of the third country management company in the European Union, and all official correspondence between the competent authorities and the third country management company and between the European Union investors of the alternative investment company in question and the entity third country manager;\n[...]\nArticle 114 - Right of establishment and freedom to provide services\n1 - UCITS management entities authorized in other Member States and subject to the supervision of the respective authorities may, alternatively or cumulatively, exercise in Portugal, through the establishment of a branch or under the freedom to provide services, the activities covered by the respective authorization, including:\na) UCITS-related activities;\nb) The activities referred to in paragraph 4 of article 71-B.\n2 - The management entities referred to in the preceding paragraph may also market in Portugal the participating units of a UCITS authorized in another Member State they manage.\n3 - OIA management entities authorized in other Member States may exercise in Portugal, alternatively or cumulatively, through the establishment of a branch or under the freedom to provide services:\na) Activities relating to European Union OIA established in another Member State , provided that the managing entity is authorized to manage this type of OIA;\nb) The activities referred to in paragraph 5 of article 71-B, covered by the respective authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 120 - Depositary\n1 - The assets that make up the collective investment undertaking's portfolio are entrusted to a single depositary.\n2 - The following may be depositaries:\na) The credit institutions referred to in sub-paragraphs a) to d) of article 3 of the General Regime of Credit Institutions and Financial Companies, approved by Decree-Law No. 298/92, of 31 st December, which have own funds of not less than (euro) 5,000,000;\nb) Investment firms authorized to provide the service of registration and deposit of financial instruments on behalf of clients and which are subject to own funds requirements pursuant to Article 92 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013, of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 26 June, including the own funds requirements for operational risk under the terms provided for in subparagraph e) of paragraph 3 of the same article of that Regulation, and that meet the following minimum requirements: [...]\n3 - The depositary must be established in Portugal. [...]\" (Law No. 16/2015 (2015-02-24), last amended 09/01/2021, Articles 2, 96, 99, 114 and 120 [google translation])","Law No. 16/2015 (2015-02-24), last amended 09/01/2021, Articles 2, 96, 99, 114 and 120\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dre.pt/dre/legislacao-consolidada/lei/2015-67040495\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,934,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0001","Under EU Directive 85/611/EEC, a depository of an undertaking for collective investment in transferable  securities (UCITS) must either have its registered offic  in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country. Managament of 'Alternative Investment Undertakings' (OIA) by thid-country management entities is subject to prior authorisation.","\"Article 2 - Definitions\n1 - For the purposes of the provisions of this General Regime, the following definitions apply: [...]\naa) \"Collective investment bodies\" means institutions, whether or not they have legal personality, whose purpose is the collective investment of capital obtained from investors, whose operation is subject to a principle of risk sharing and the pursuit of exclusive rights. interest of the participants, subdivided into:\ni) 'Undertakings for collective investment in securities' (UCITS), which are open bodies:\n1º) Whose exclusive object is the collective investment of capital from investors not exclusively qualified in securities or other liquid financial assets referred to in subsection I of section I of chapter II of title III and that comply with the limits set out in subsection II of the same section; and\n2º) Whose participation units are, at the request of their holders, directly or indirectly repurchased or redeemed, under the responsibility of these bodies, equating to these repurchases or redemptions the fact that an undertaking for collective investment in securities acts as a so that the value of its participating units in a regulated market does not significantly depart from its net asset value; and\nii) 'Alternative Investment Undertakings' (OIA), which are the others, namely those provided for in subparagraph a) of paragraph 2 of the previous article and also:\n1) Open or closed entities, whose object is the collective investment in securities or other financial assets, referred to as Alternative Investment in Securities (OIAVM);\n2º) Open or closed bodies, whose object is the investment in real estate assets, called real estate investment bodies (OII);\n3) Other closed-end bodies whose object includes investment in non-financial assets that are durable goods and have a determinable value, designated investment bodies in non-financial assets (OIAnF);\n[...]\nArticle 96 - Application for authorization and connection elements to Portugal\n1 - The third country management entity that wishes to:\na) Only manage one or more OIA incorporated in Portugal must obtain prior authorization from the CMVM ; [...]\n2 - The third country management entity that wishes to:\na) Manage one or more alternative investment undertakings of the European Union, provided that most of them are incorporated in Portugal or managed in the national territory , must submit a request for prior authorization to the CMVM. greater volume of the respective assets;\n[...]\nArticle 99 - Authorization conditions\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the following article, authorization by the CMVM may only be granted if the following conditions are met:\na) Portugal has been chosen as the reference Member State in accordance with the criteria established in paragraphs 1 and 2 of article 96, based on the information on the marketing strategy, and the procedure established in the previous article having been followed by the CMVM;\nb) The managing entity of a third country has appointed a legal representative established in Portugal;\nc) The legal representative, together with the managing entity of the third country:\ni) Establish the contact point of the third country management company in the European Union, and all official correspondence between the competent authorities and the third country management company and between the European Union investors of the alternative investment company in question and the entity third country manager;\n[...]\nArticle 114 - Right of establishment and freedom to provide services\n1 - UCITS management entities authorized in other Member States and subject to the supervision of the respective authorities may, alternatively or cumulatively, exercise in Portugal, through the establishment of a branch or under the freedom to provide services, the activities covered by the respective authorization, including:\na) UCITS-related activities;\nb) The activities referred to in paragraph 4 of article 71-B.\n2 - The management entities referred to in the preceding paragraph may also market in Portugal the participating units of a UCITS authorized in another Member State they manage.\n3 - OIA management entities authorized in other Member States may exercise in Portugal, alternatively or cumulatively, through the establishment of a branch or under the freedom to provide services:\na) Activities relating to European Union OIA established in another Member State , provided that the managing entity is authorized to manage this type of OIA;\nb) The activities referred to in paragraph 5 of article 71-B, covered by the respective authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 120 - Depositary\n1 - The assets that make up the collective investment undertaking's portfolio are entrusted to a single depositary.\n2 - The following may be depositaries:\na) The credit institutions referred to in sub-paragraphs a) to d) of article 3 of the General Regime of Credit Institutions and Financial Companies, approved by Decree-Law No. 298/92, of 31 st December, which have own funds of not less than (euro) 5,000,000;\nb) Investment firms authorized to provide the service of registration and deposit of financial instruments on behalf of clients and which are subject to own funds requirements pursuant to Article 92 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013, of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 26 June, including the own funds requirements for operational risk under the terms provided for in subparagraph e) of paragraph 3 of the same article of that Regulation, and that meet the following minimum requirements: [...]\n3 - The depositary must be established in Portugal. [...]\" (Law No. 16/2015 (2015-02-24), last amended 09/01/2021, Articles 2, 96, 99, 114 and 120 [google translation])","Law No. 16/2015 (2015-02-24), last amended 09/01/2021, Articles 2, 96, 99, 114 and 120\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dre.pt/dre/legislacao-consolidada/lei/2015-67040495\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,934,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0016","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2282,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0016","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2282,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0016","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2282,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0016","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2282,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","L68","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0675","Foreign ownership of real estate is only permitted subject to a minimum capital requirement of not less than SR 30 million [approx. USD 8 million], unless for business purposes and entrepreneur/employee residential purposes. Local incorporation is required for legal entities to aquire real estate property in Saudi Arabia. Real estate brokerage is no longer a restricted activity to FDI since 2011 [scores adjusted slightly to record the liberalisation effort in that year]. Foreign ownerhsip of real estate in Medina and Mecca is prohibited [not considered in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is thus retained that foreign investment in real estate (e.g. urban land, residential, commercial or mixed use property) for the purpose of holding as a real estate investment (rather than for the purpose of developing the property and selling [classified under construction] or using it for business operations) is prohibited, unless above total investment is above SR30 million. The scores are adjusted to reflect the reduced scope of the measure.","\"Article 2\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws and agreements, the authority shall issue a license for foreign capital investment in any investment activity in the Kingdom, whether permanent or temporary. [...] If the authority rejects the application within the prescribed period, the decision must be justified, and the party whose application has been rejected shall have the right to appeal such decision according to laws. [...]\nArticle 4\nSubject to the provisions of Article 2, the foreign investor may obtain more than one license for different activities, and the regulation shall specify the necessary requirements.\nArticle 5\nForeign investments licensed under the provisions of this Law may be in either of the two following forms: -Firms owned by a national and foreign investor; -Firms wholly owned by a foreign investor. The legal form of the firm shall be determined in accordance with Regulation and directives. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019) [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n------------------------------\n\"11.03 Types of Licenses, Minimum Capital Requirement and Percentage of Saudi Partnership [...]\n7. Property Investment: Minimum Capital (SR): The value of each project is not less than30,000,000 (covering land and construction) ; the land and building will be outside the perimeter of the two Holy Mosques [...]\" (Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)\n------------------------------\n\"Article 5:\nForeign Investment projects shall enjoy all the benefits, incentives and guarantees extended to national projects, including the following:\n1. The incentives stipulated in the Protection and Promotion of National Industries Act issued by Royal Decree No. 50 dated 23.12.1381 H.\n2. Ownership of real estate required to carry out the investor’s licensed activity or for his residence and his staff housing according to the provisions of the Regulation of Ownership and Investment in Real Estate by Non–Saudis issued by Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H. [...]\" (Executive Rules of the Foreign Investment Act of 2019)\n------------------------------\nArticle 1\nA. A non-Saudi investor with natural or corporate personality, licensed to practice any professional, vocational, or economic activity may acquire the real estate necessary for practicing the activity. It shall include the real estate required for his residence and the residence of his employees, pursuant to the approval of the body issuing the license. Said real estate may also be rented subject to the provisions of Article 5 of this Law.\nB. If the abovementioned license includes purchasing buildings or lands in order to construct buildings on them and invest them by means of selling or renting, the total cost of the project, land and construction, shall not be less than 30,000,000 riyals. This amount may be amended by the Council of Ministers. It is also stipulated that such real estate be invested within five years from its acquirement.\n[...]\nArticle 5\n1. Other than by way of inheritance, a non-Saudi may not have the right to ownership, easement, or benefit of real estate located within the boundaries of the cities of Mecca and Medina. Acquirement of right to ownership shall be excepted if the owned real estate is endowed to a specific Saudi entity, in accordance with the provisions of Sharia, and provided that it is stipulated in the endowment document that the relevant endowment entity has the right to practice trusteeship over the endowed property, in accordance with the Regulations. \n2. The term \"Non-Saudi\" mentioned in paragraph (1) of this Article shall mean the following:\na) a natural person not holding the Saudi nationality. b) a non-Saudi company. c) a Saudi company founded, co-founded, or partially owned by a natural or corporate person not holding the Saudi nationality [...]\" (Law of Real Estate Ownership and Investment by Non-Saudis of 2000 [Regulation of Ownership and Investment in Real Estate by Non–Saudis issued by Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H)\n------------------------------\n\"The Cabinet [...] Decides:\nModifying the list of types of activity excluded from foreign investment, issued by the Supreme Economic Council (canceled) by its decision No. (1-28) and the date of 5-3-1428 AH, by excluding from the services sector mentioned in that list, the following: [...]\nFourth: Real estate brokerage services. [...]\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (103) dated 14-2-1440 A.H [23-10-2018])","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020\nExecutive Rules of the Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nLaw of Real Estate Ownership and Investment by Non-Saudis of 2000, Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H [20/07/2000]\nCabinet Resolution Resolution No. (103) dated 14-2-1440 A.H [23-10-2018]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\" Available at\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"Resolution\">https//www.moj.gov.sa/Documents/Regulations/pdf/En/37.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2270,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","L68","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0675","Foreign ownership of real estate is only permitted subject to a minimum capital requirement of not less than SR 30 million [approx. USD 8 million], unless for business purposes and entrepreneur/employee residential purposes. Local incorporation is required for legal entities to aquire real estate property in Saudi Arabia. Real estate brokerage is no longer a restricted activity to FDI since 2011 [scores adjusted slightly to record the liberalisation effort in that year]. Foreign ownerhsip of real estate in Medina and Mecca is prohibited [not considered in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is thus retained that foreign investment in real estate (e.g. urban land, residential, commercial or mixed use property) for the purpose of holding as a real estate investment (rather than for the purpose of developing the property and selling [classified under construction] or using it for business operations) is prohibited, unless above total investment is above SR30 million. The scores are adjusted to reflect the reduced scope of the measure.","\"Article 2\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws and agreements, the authority shall issue a license for foreign capital investment in any investment activity in the Kingdom, whether permanent or temporary. [...] If the authority rejects the application within the prescribed period, the decision must be justified, and the party whose application has been rejected shall have the right to appeal such decision according to laws. [...]\nArticle 4\nSubject to the provisions of Article 2, the foreign investor may obtain more than one license for different activities, and the regulation shall specify the necessary requirements.\nArticle 5\nForeign investments licensed under the provisions of this Law may be in either of the two following forms: -Firms owned by a national and foreign investor; -Firms wholly owned by a foreign investor. The legal form of the firm shall be determined in accordance with Regulation and directives. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019) [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n------------------------------\n\"11.03 Types of Licenses, Minimum Capital Requirement and Percentage of Saudi Partnership [...]\n7. Property Investment: Minimum Capital (SR): The value of each project is not less than30,000,000 (covering land and construction) ; the land and building will be outside the perimeter of the two Holy Mosques [...]\" (Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)\n------------------------------\n\"Article 5:\nForeign Investment projects shall enjoy all the benefits, incentives and guarantees extended to national projects, including the following:\n1. The incentives stipulated in the Protection and Promotion of National Industries Act issued by Royal Decree No. 50 dated 23.12.1381 H.\n2. Ownership of real estate required to carry out the investor’s licensed activity or for his residence and his staff housing according to the provisions of the Regulation of Ownership and Investment in Real Estate by Non–Saudis issued by Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H. [...]\" (Executive Rules of the Foreign Investment Act of 2019)\n------------------------------\nArticle 1\nA. A non-Saudi investor with natural or corporate personality, licensed to practice any professional, vocational, or economic activity may acquire the real estate necessary for practicing the activity. It shall include the real estate required for his residence and the residence of his employees, pursuant to the approval of the body issuing the license. Said real estate may also be rented subject to the provisions of Article 5 of this Law.\nB. If the abovementioned license includes purchasing buildings or lands in order to construct buildings on them and invest them by means of selling or renting, the total cost of the project, land and construction, shall not be less than 30,000,000 riyals. This amount may be amended by the Council of Ministers. It is also stipulated that such real estate be invested within five years from its acquirement.\n[...]\nArticle 5\n1. Other than by way of inheritance, a non-Saudi may not have the right to ownership, easement, or benefit of real estate located within the boundaries of the cities of Mecca and Medina. Acquirement of right to ownership shall be excepted if the owned real estate is endowed to a specific Saudi entity, in accordance with the provisions of Sharia, and provided that it is stipulated in the endowment document that the relevant endowment entity has the right to practice trusteeship over the endowed property, in accordance with the Regulations. \n2. The term \"Non-Saudi\" mentioned in paragraph (1) of this Article shall mean the following:\na) a natural person not holding the Saudi nationality. b) a non-Saudi company. c) a Saudi company founded, co-founded, or partially owned by a natural or corporate person not holding the Saudi nationality [...]\" (Law of Real Estate Ownership and Investment by Non-Saudis of 2000 [Regulation of Ownership and Investment in Real Estate by Non–Saudis issued by Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H)\n------------------------------\n\"The Cabinet [...] Decides:\nModifying the list of types of activity excluded from foreign investment, issued by the Supreme Economic Council (canceled) by its decision No. (1-28) and the date of 5-3-1428 AH, by excluding from the services sector mentioned in that list, the following: [...]\nFourth: Real estate brokerage services. [...]\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (103) dated 14-2-1440 A.H [23-10-2018])","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020\nExecutive Rules of the Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nLaw of Real Estate Ownership and Investment by Non-Saudis of 2000, Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H [20/07/2000]\nCabinet Resolution Resolution No. (103) dated 14-2-1440 A.H [23-10-2018]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\" Available at\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"Resolution\">https//www.moj.gov.sa/Documents/Regulations/pdf/En/37.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2270,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","L68","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.0675","Foreign ownership of real estate is only permitted subject to a minimum capital requirement of not less than SR 30 million [approx. USD 8 million], unless for business purposes and entrepreneur/employee residential purposes. Local incorporation is required for legal entities to aquire real estate property in Saudi Arabia. Real estate brokerage is no longer a restricted activity to FDI since 2011 [scores adjusted slightly to record the liberalisation effort in that year]. Foreign ownerhsip of real estate in Medina and Mecca is prohibited [not considered in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is thus retained that foreign investment in real estate (e.g. urban land, residential, commercial or mixed use property) for the purpose of holding as a real estate investment (rather than for the purpose of developing the property and selling [classified under construction] or using it for business operations) is prohibited, unless above total investment is above SR30 million. The scores are adjusted to reflect the reduced scope of the measure.","\"Article 2\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws and agreements, the authority shall issue a license for foreign capital investment in any investment activity in the Kingdom, whether permanent or temporary. [...] If the authority rejects the application within the prescribed period, the decision must be justified, and the party whose application has been rejected shall have the right to appeal such decision according to laws. [...]\nArticle 4\nSubject to the provisions of Article 2, the foreign investor may obtain more than one license for different activities, and the regulation shall specify the necessary requirements.\nArticle 5\nForeign investments licensed under the provisions of this Law may be in either of the two following forms: -Firms owned by a national and foreign investor; -Firms wholly owned by a foreign investor. The legal form of the firm shall be determined in accordance with Regulation and directives. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019) [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n------------------------------\n\"11.03 Types of Licenses, Minimum Capital Requirement and Percentage of Saudi Partnership [...]\n7. Property Investment: Minimum Capital (SR): The value of each project is not less than30,000,000 (covering land and construction) ; the land and building will be outside the perimeter of the two Holy Mosques [...]\" (Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)\n------------------------------\n\"Article 5:\nForeign Investment projects shall enjoy all the benefits, incentives and guarantees extended to national projects, including the following:\n1. The incentives stipulated in the Protection and Promotion of National Industries Act issued by Royal Decree No. 50 dated 23.12.1381 H.\n2. Ownership of real estate required to carry out the investor’s licensed activity or for his residence and his staff housing according to the provisions of the Regulation of Ownership and Investment in Real Estate by Non–Saudis issued by Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H. [...]\" (Executive Rules of the Foreign Investment Act of 2019)\n------------------------------\nArticle 1\nA. A non-Saudi investor with natural or corporate personality, licensed to practice any professional, vocational, or economic activity may acquire the real estate necessary for practicing the activity. It shall include the real estate required for his residence and the residence of his employees, pursuant to the approval of the body issuing the license. Said real estate may also be rented subject to the provisions of Article 5 of this Law.\nB. If the abovementioned license includes purchasing buildings or lands in order to construct buildings on them and invest them by means of selling or renting, the total cost of the project, land and construction, shall not be less than 30,000,000 riyals. This amount may be amended by the Council of Ministers. It is also stipulated that such real estate be invested within five years from its acquirement.\n[...]\nArticle 5\n1. Other than by way of inheritance, a non-Saudi may not have the right to ownership, easement, or benefit of real estate located within the boundaries of the cities of Mecca and Medina. Acquirement of right to ownership shall be excepted if the owned real estate is endowed to a specific Saudi entity, in accordance with the provisions of Sharia, and provided that it is stipulated in the endowment document that the relevant endowment entity has the right to practice trusteeship over the endowed property, in accordance with the Regulations. \n2. The term \"Non-Saudi\" mentioned in paragraph (1) of this Article shall mean the following:\na) a natural person not holding the Saudi nationality. b) a non-Saudi company. c) a Saudi company founded, co-founded, or partially owned by a natural or corporate person not holding the Saudi nationality [...]\" (Law of Real Estate Ownership and Investment by Non-Saudis of 2000 [Regulation of Ownership and Investment in Real Estate by Non–Saudis issued by Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H)\n------------------------------\n\"The Cabinet [...] Decides:\nModifying the list of types of activity excluded from foreign investment, issued by the Supreme Economic Council (canceled) by its decision No. (1-28) and the date of 5-3-1428 AH, by excluding from the services sector mentioned in that list, the following: [...]\nFourth: Real estate brokerage services. [...]\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (103) dated 14-2-1440 A.H [23-10-2018])","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020\nExecutive Rules of the Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nLaw of Real Estate Ownership and Investment by Non-Saudis of 2000, Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H [20/07/2000]\nCabinet Resolution Resolution No. (103) dated 14-2-1440 A.H [23-10-2018]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\" Available at\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"Resolution\">https//www.moj.gov.sa/Documents/Regulations/pdf/En/37.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2270,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","L68","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.0675","Foreign ownership of real estate is only permitted subject to a minimum capital requirement of not less than SR 30 million [approx. USD 8 million], unless for business purposes and entrepreneur/employee residential purposes. Local incorporation is required for legal entities to aquire real estate property in Saudi Arabia. Real estate brokerage is no longer a restricted activity to FDI since 2011 [scores adjusted slightly to record the liberalisation effort in that year]. Foreign ownerhsip of real estate in Medina and Mecca is prohibited [not considered in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is thus retained that foreign investment in real estate (e.g. urban land, residential, commercial or mixed use property) for the purpose of holding as a real estate investment (rather than for the purpose of developing the property and selling [classified under construction] or using it for business operations) is prohibited, unless above total investment is above SR30 million. The scores are adjusted to reflect the reduced scope of the measure.","\"Article 2\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws and agreements, the authority shall issue a license for foreign capital investment in any investment activity in the Kingdom, whether permanent or temporary. [...] If the authority rejects the application within the prescribed period, the decision must be justified, and the party whose application has been rejected shall have the right to appeal such decision according to laws. [...]\nArticle 4\nSubject to the provisions of Article 2, the foreign investor may obtain more than one license for different activities, and the regulation shall specify the necessary requirements.\nArticle 5\nForeign investments licensed under the provisions of this Law may be in either of the two following forms: -Firms owned by a national and foreign investor; -Firms wholly owned by a foreign investor. The legal form of the firm shall be determined in accordance with Regulation and directives. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019) [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n------------------------------\n\"11.03 Types of Licenses, Minimum Capital Requirement and Percentage of Saudi Partnership [...]\n7. Property Investment: Minimum Capital (SR): The value of each project is not less than30,000,000 (covering land and construction) ; the land and building will be outside the perimeter of the two Holy Mosques [...]\" (Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)\n------------------------------\n\"Article 5:\nForeign Investment projects shall enjoy all the benefits, incentives and guarantees extended to national projects, including the following:\n1. The incentives stipulated in the Protection and Promotion of National Industries Act issued by Royal Decree No. 50 dated 23.12.1381 H.\n2. Ownership of real estate required to carry out the investor’s licensed activity or for his residence and his staff housing according to the provisions of the Regulation of Ownership and Investment in Real Estate by Non–Saudis issued by Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H. [...]\" (Executive Rules of the Foreign Investment Act of 2019)\n------------------------------\nArticle 1\nA. A non-Saudi investor with natural or corporate personality, licensed to practice any professional, vocational, or economic activity may acquire the real estate necessary for practicing the activity. It shall include the real estate required for his residence and the residence of his employees, pursuant to the approval of the body issuing the license. Said real estate may also be rented subject to the provisions of Article 5 of this Law.\nB. If the abovementioned license includes purchasing buildings or lands in order to construct buildings on them and invest them by means of selling or renting, the total cost of the project, land and construction, shall not be less than 30,000,000 riyals. This amount may be amended by the Council of Ministers. It is also stipulated that such real estate be invested within five years from its acquirement.\n[...]\nArticle 5\n1. Other than by way of inheritance, a non-Saudi may not have the right to ownership, easement, or benefit of real estate located within the boundaries of the cities of Mecca and Medina. Acquirement of right to ownership shall be excepted if the owned real estate is endowed to a specific Saudi entity, in accordance with the provisions of Sharia, and provided that it is stipulated in the endowment document that the relevant endowment entity has the right to practice trusteeship over the endowed property, in accordance with the Regulations. \n2. The term \"Non-Saudi\" mentioned in paragraph (1) of this Article shall mean the following:\na) a natural person not holding the Saudi nationality. b) a non-Saudi company. c) a Saudi company founded, co-founded, or partially owned by a natural or corporate person not holding the Saudi nationality [...]\" (Law of Real Estate Ownership and Investment by Non-Saudis of 2000 [Regulation of Ownership and Investment in Real Estate by Non–Saudis issued by Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H)\n------------------------------\n\"The Cabinet [...] Decides:\nModifying the list of types of activity excluded from foreign investment, issued by the Supreme Economic Council (canceled) by its decision No. (1-28) and the date of 5-3-1428 AH, by excluding from the services sector mentioned in that list, the following: [...]\nFourth: Real estate brokerage services. [...]\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (103) dated 14-2-1440 A.H [23-10-2018])","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020\nExecutive Rules of the Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nLaw of Real Estate Ownership and Investment by Non-Saudis of 2000, Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17.04.1421 H [20/07/2000]\nCabinet Resolution Resolution No. (103) dated 14-2-1440 A.H [23-10-2018]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\" Available at\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"Resolution\">https//www.moj.gov.sa/Documents/Regulations/pdf/En/37.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2270,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0025","Foreign investment in fisheries activities is prohibited.","\"Article 3\nThe Council shall have the authority to issue a list of activities excluded from foreign investment. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n--------------------------\n\"14.01 Appendix (1): List of Businesses Excluded from Foreign Investment […]\nService Sector: […]\n8. Fisheries. […]\"(Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2267,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0025","Foreign investment in fisheries activities is prohibited.","\"Article 3\nThe Council shall have the authority to issue a list of activities excluded from foreign investment. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n--------------------------\n\"14.01 Appendix (1): List of Businesses Excluded from Foreign Investment […]\nService Sector: […]\n8. Fisheries. […]\"(Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2267,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.0025","Foreign investment in fisheries activities is prohibited.","\"Article 3\nThe Council shall have the authority to issue a list of activities excluded from foreign investment. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n--------------------------\n\"14.01 Appendix (1): List of Businesses Excluded from Foreign Investment […]\nService Sector: […]\n8. Fisheries. […]\"(Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2267,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.0025","Foreign investment in fisheries activities is prohibited.","\"Article 3\nThe Council shall have the authority to issue a list of activities excluded from foreign investment. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n--------------------------\n\"14.01 Appendix (1): List of Businesses Excluded from Foreign Investment […]\nService Sector: […]\n8. Fisheries. […]\"(Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2267,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.01125","Foreign ownership of vacant residential land and residential property, except a condominium unit, flat unit and strata landed house in an approved condominium development, is prohibited unless for own residential purpose. In this case, it is subject to approval under the Residential Property Act. No restriction with regards to foreign ownership of industrial or commercial properties.","\"PART I - PRELIMINARY [...]\nInterpretation\n2.—(1)  In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n“foreign person” means any person who is not any of the following: (a) a citizen of Singapore; (b) a Singapore company; (c) a Singapore limited liability partnership; (d) a Singapore society;\n“residential property” includes — (a) any vacant land upon which no building or other structure exists or any land upon which exists any building or other structure which is constructed or used contrary to any written law; (b) any house, building or other premises or any part thereof which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law as a dwelling-house or which is lawfully so used; (c) any land zoned for residential purposes in the Master Plan; and (d) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be residential property for the purposes of this Act, but does not include — (i) any land, whether or not vacant, which is zoned for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes in the Master Plan or which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes; (ii) any house, building or other premises, or any part thereof, which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes or which is lawfully so used; (iii) any hotel registered under the provisions of the Hotels Act (Cap. 127); and (iv) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be industrial, commercial or non-residential property for the purposes of this Act; [...]\n“member”, in relation to any company, means — (a) any person who owns a share or holds a membership in the company; (b) in the case of a share or membership in the company that is held in trust, the person who is the beneficiary of the trust; or (c) any person, not being an owner of a share or a holder of a membership in the company, who controls any rights attached to any share or membership in the company through a contract or other arrangement; [...]\n“Singapore company” means any company which satisfies the following requirements: (a) the company is incorporated in Singapore and its directors and members are all citizens; (b) if any member of the company is another company, that other company satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a); (c) if that other company referred to in paragraph (b) has a member which is a company, which in turn has a member which is also a company and so on, all the members of each such company consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) companies that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any member of the company is a limited liability partnership, that limited liability partnership is a Singapore limited liability partnership;\n“Singapore limited liability partnership” means any limited liability partnership that satisfies the following requirements: (a) the limited liability partnership is registered in Singapore under the Limited Liability Partnerships Act (Cap. 163A) and all its partners are citizens; (b) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is another limited liability partnership, that other limited liability partnership satisfies the requirements under paragraph (a); (c) if that other limited liability partnership referred to in paragraph (b) has a partner which is a limited liability partnership, which in turn has a partner which is also a limited liability partnership and so on, all the partners of each such limited liability partnership consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) limited liability partnerships that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is a company, that company is a Singapore company;\n[...]\nPART II - PROHIBITION ON PURCHASE OR ACQUISITION OF RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY BY FOREIGN PERSONS\nProhibition on transfer to, or purchase or acquisition by, foreign persons of residential property\n3.—(1) Except as provided in this Act —\n(a) no person shall, whether for consideration or by way of gift inter vivos or otherwise, transfer any residential property or any estate or interest therein to any foreign person; (b) no person shall create any trust for sale in respect of any residential property or any estate or interest therein in favour of any foreign person; (c) and no foreign person shall purchase or acquire any residential property or any estate or interest therein except by way of a mortgage, charge or reconveyance. [...]\nFlats in buildings and condominiums\n4.—(1)  Subject to this section, this Act shall not apply to any transfer to or any purchase or acquisition by any foreign person of any estate or interest in any of the following residential properties: (a) any flat (including any share in land appurtenant to that flat) that is comprised in any building in a development permitted to be used under the Planning Act (Cap. 232) for residential purposes, and that is not a landed dwelling-house; (b) any unit comprised in a development which is shown in an approved plan bearing the title “condominium” and issued by the competent authority under the Planning Act; (c) any unit in a development comprising housing accommodation sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act (Cap. 99A).\n(2)  Notwithstanding subsection (1) but subject to subsection (7), no foreign person shall, without the prior approval of the Minister, purchase or acquire (whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions) — (a) all the flats in every building in a development permitted to be used for residential purposes under the Planning Act; (b) all the units in a development approved by the competent authority under the Planning Act as a condominium development; or (c) all the units in a development sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act. [...] “landed dwelling-house” means a detached house, a semi-detached house or a terrace house (including a linked house or a townhouse), whether or not comprised within a strata title plan registered under the Land Titles (Strata) Act (Cap. 158);\n[...]\nPART III - APPROVAL TO PURCHASE, ACQUIRE OR RETAIN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY\nApplication by foreign person for approval to purchase, acquire or retain residential property\n25.— [...](2)  Subject to subsection (14), any foreign person who desires to purchase, acquire or retain any estate or interest in any residential property other than non-restricted residential property shall apply to the Minister through the Controller for the grant of the Minister’s approval to acquire or to retain residential property, as the case may be. [...] (6)  Without prejudice to the generality of the powers of the Minister under subsection (4), he may grant approval, with or without conditions, to an applicant, being a foreign company or a foreign limited liability partnership which — (a) in the opinion of the Minister — (i) is of economic benefit to Singapore; or (ii) makes or is able to make an adequate economic contribution to Singapore; and (b) intends to purchase or acquire, or retain any interest in, residential property for the purpose of occupation as a dwelling-house by its executives, managers, partners, employees or other personnel and their families and not for any other purpose.\n[...]\nPART IV - MISCELLANEOUS\nHousing developers\n31.—(1)  Except as provided in subsection (4), section 25 shall not apply to housing developers. (2)  A housing developer shall, before he purchases or acquires an estate or interest in any residential property, apply to the Controller for approval to purchase or acquire the residential property.[...] (18)  In this section, “housing developer” means any person, being —\n(a) an individual who is not a citizen;\n(b) a foreign company, a converted foreign company, a foreign limited liability partnership, a converted foreign limited liability partnership, a foreign society or a converted society; (c) a Singapore company which has not complied with section 10(1); (d) a Singapore limited liability partnership which has not complied with section 11(1); or (e) a Singapore society which has not complied with section 16(1), who or which constructs or intends to construct flats or dwelling-houses for sale, whether or not such person, company, limited liability partnership or society is licensed or required to be licensed as a housing developer under the Housing Developers (Control and Licensing) Act (Cap. 130).[...]\" (Residential Property Act, Chapter 274)","Residential Property Act, Chapter 274","n/a","[<a href=\"https://sso.agc.gov.sg/Act/RPA1976\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1894,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.01125","Foreign ownership of vacant residential land and residential property, except a condominium unit, flat unit and strata landed house in an approved condominium development, is prohibited unless for own residential purpose. In this case, it is subject to approval under the Residential Property Act. No restriction with regards to foreign ownership of industrial or commercial properties.","\"PART I - PRELIMINARY [...]\nInterpretation\n2.—(1)  In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n“foreign person” means any person who is not any of the following: (a) a citizen of Singapore; (b) a Singapore company; (c) a Singapore limited liability partnership; (d) a Singapore society;\n“residential property” includes — (a) any vacant land upon which no building or other structure exists or any land upon which exists any building or other structure which is constructed or used contrary to any written law; (b) any house, building or other premises or any part thereof which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law as a dwelling-house or which is lawfully so used; (c) any land zoned for residential purposes in the Master Plan; and (d) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be residential property for the purposes of this Act, but does not include — (i) any land, whether or not vacant, which is zoned for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes in the Master Plan or which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes; (ii) any house, building or other premises, or any part thereof, which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes or which is lawfully so used; (iii) any hotel registered under the provisions of the Hotels Act (Cap. 127); and (iv) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be industrial, commercial or non-residential property for the purposes of this Act; [...]\n“member”, in relation to any company, means — (a) any person who owns a share or holds a membership in the company; (b) in the case of a share or membership in the company that is held in trust, the person who is the beneficiary of the trust; or (c) any person, not being an owner of a share or a holder of a membership in the company, who controls any rights attached to any share or membership in the company through a contract or other arrangement; [...]\n“Singapore company” means any company which satisfies the following requirements: (a) the company is incorporated in Singapore and its directors and members are all citizens; (b) if any member of the company is another company, that other company satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a); (c) if that other company referred to in paragraph (b) has a member which is a company, which in turn has a member which is also a company and so on, all the members of each such company consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) companies that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any member of the company is a limited liability partnership, that limited liability partnership is a Singapore limited liability partnership;\n“Singapore limited liability partnership” means any limited liability partnership that satisfies the following requirements: (a) the limited liability partnership is registered in Singapore under the Limited Liability Partnerships Act (Cap. 163A) and all its partners are citizens; (b) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is another limited liability partnership, that other limited liability partnership satisfies the requirements under paragraph (a); (c) if that other limited liability partnership referred to in paragraph (b) has a partner which is a limited liability partnership, which in turn has a partner which is also a limited liability partnership and so on, all the partners of each such limited liability partnership consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) limited liability partnerships that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is a company, that company is a Singapore company;\n[...]\nPART II - PROHIBITION ON PURCHASE OR ACQUISITION OF RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY BY FOREIGN PERSONS\nProhibition on transfer to, or purchase or acquisition by, foreign persons of residential property\n3.—(1) Except as provided in this Act —\n(a) no person shall, whether for consideration or by way of gift inter vivos or otherwise, transfer any residential property or any estate or interest therein to any foreign person; (b) no person shall create any trust for sale in respect of any residential property or any estate or interest therein in favour of any foreign person; (c) and no foreign person shall purchase or acquire any residential property or any estate or interest therein except by way of a mortgage, charge or reconveyance. [...]\nFlats in buildings and condominiums\n4.—(1)  Subject to this section, this Act shall not apply to any transfer to or any purchase or acquisition by any foreign person of any estate or interest in any of the following residential properties: (a) any flat (including any share in land appurtenant to that flat) that is comprised in any building in a development permitted to be used under the Planning Act (Cap. 232) for residential purposes, and that is not a landed dwelling-house; (b) any unit comprised in a development which is shown in an approved plan bearing the title “condominium” and issued by the competent authority under the Planning Act; (c) any unit in a development comprising housing accommodation sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act (Cap. 99A).\n(2)  Notwithstanding subsection (1) but subject to subsection (7), no foreign person shall, without the prior approval of the Minister, purchase or acquire (whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions) — (a) all the flats in every building in a development permitted to be used for residential purposes under the Planning Act; (b) all the units in a development approved by the competent authority under the Planning Act as a condominium development; or (c) all the units in a development sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act. [...] “landed dwelling-house” means a detached house, a semi-detached house or a terrace house (including a linked house or a townhouse), whether or not comprised within a strata title plan registered under the Land Titles (Strata) Act (Cap. 158);\n[...]\nPART III - APPROVAL TO PURCHASE, ACQUIRE OR RETAIN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY\nApplication by foreign person for approval to purchase, acquire or retain residential property\n25.— [...](2)  Subject to subsection (14), any foreign person who desires to purchase, acquire or retain any estate or interest in any residential property other than non-restricted residential property shall apply to the Minister through the Controller for the grant of the Minister’s approval to acquire or to retain residential property, as the case may be. [...] (6)  Without prejudice to the generality of the powers of the Minister under subsection (4), he may grant approval, with or without conditions, to an applicant, being a foreign company or a foreign limited liability partnership which — (a) in the opinion of the Minister — (i) is of economic benefit to Singapore; or (ii) makes or is able to make an adequate economic contribution to Singapore; and (b) intends to purchase or acquire, or retain any interest in, residential property for the purpose of occupation as a dwelling-house by its executives, managers, partners, employees or other personnel and their families and not for any other purpose.\n[...]\nPART IV - MISCELLANEOUS\nHousing developers\n31.—(1)  Except as provided in subsection (4), section 25 shall not apply to housing developers. (2)  A housing developer shall, before he purchases or acquires an estate or interest in any residential property, apply to the Controller for approval to purchase or acquire the residential property.[...] (18)  In this section, “housing developer” means any person, being —\n(a) an individual who is not a citizen;\n(b) a foreign company, a converted foreign company, a foreign limited liability partnership, a converted foreign limited liability partnership, a foreign society or a converted society; (c) a Singapore company which has not complied with section 10(1); (d) a Singapore limited liability partnership which has not complied with section 11(1); or (e) a Singapore society which has not complied with section 16(1), who or which constructs or intends to construct flats or dwelling-houses for sale, whether or not such person, company, limited liability partnership or society is licensed or required to be licensed as a housing developer under the Housing Developers (Control and Licensing) Act (Cap. 130).[...]\" (Residential Property Act, Chapter 274)","Residential Property Act, Chapter 274","n/a","[<a href=\"https://sso.agc.gov.sg/Act/RPA1976\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1894,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.01125","Foreign ownership of vacant residential land and residential property, except a condominium unit, flat unit and strata landed house in an approved condominium development, is prohibited unless for own residential purpose. In this case, it is subject to approval under the Residential Property Act. No restriction with regards to foreign ownership of industrial or commercial properties.","\"PART I - PRELIMINARY [...]\nInterpretation\n2.—(1)  In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n“foreign person” means any person who is not any of the following: (a) a citizen of Singapore; (b) a Singapore company; (c) a Singapore limited liability partnership; (d) a Singapore society;\n“residential property” includes — (a) any vacant land upon which no building or other structure exists or any land upon which exists any building or other structure which is constructed or used contrary to any written law; (b) any house, building or other premises or any part thereof which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law as a dwelling-house or which is lawfully so used; (c) any land zoned for residential purposes in the Master Plan; and (d) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be residential property for the purposes of this Act, but does not include — (i) any land, whether or not vacant, which is zoned for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes in the Master Plan or which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes; (ii) any house, building or other premises, or any part thereof, which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes or which is lawfully so used; (iii) any hotel registered under the provisions of the Hotels Act (Cap. 127); and (iv) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be industrial, commercial or non-residential property for the purposes of this Act; [...]\n“member”, in relation to any company, means — (a) any person who owns a share or holds a membership in the company; (b) in the case of a share or membership in the company that is held in trust, the person who is the beneficiary of the trust; or (c) any person, not being an owner of a share or a holder of a membership in the company, who controls any rights attached to any share or membership in the company through a contract or other arrangement; [...]\n“Singapore company” means any company which satisfies the following requirements: (a) the company is incorporated in Singapore and its directors and members are all citizens; (b) if any member of the company is another company, that other company satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a); (c) if that other company referred to in paragraph (b) has a member which is a company, which in turn has a member which is also a company and so on, all the members of each such company consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) companies that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any member of the company is a limited liability partnership, that limited liability partnership is a Singapore limited liability partnership;\n“Singapore limited liability partnership” means any limited liability partnership that satisfies the following requirements: (a) the limited liability partnership is registered in Singapore under the Limited Liability Partnerships Act (Cap. 163A) and all its partners are citizens; (b) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is another limited liability partnership, that other limited liability partnership satisfies the requirements under paragraph (a); (c) if that other limited liability partnership referred to in paragraph (b) has a partner which is a limited liability partnership, which in turn has a partner which is also a limited liability partnership and so on, all the partners of each such limited liability partnership consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) limited liability partnerships that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is a company, that company is a Singapore company;\n[...]\nPART II - PROHIBITION ON PURCHASE OR ACQUISITION OF RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY BY FOREIGN PERSONS\nProhibition on transfer to, or purchase or acquisition by, foreign persons of residential property\n3.—(1) Except as provided in this Act —\n(a) no person shall, whether for consideration or by way of gift inter vivos or otherwise, transfer any residential property or any estate or interest therein to any foreign person; (b) no person shall create any trust for sale in respect of any residential property or any estate or interest therein in favour of any foreign person; (c) and no foreign person shall purchase or acquire any residential property or any estate or interest therein except by way of a mortgage, charge or reconveyance. [...]\nFlats in buildings and condominiums\n4.—(1)  Subject to this section, this Act shall not apply to any transfer to or any purchase or acquisition by any foreign person of any estate or interest in any of the following residential properties: (a) any flat (including any share in land appurtenant to that flat) that is comprised in any building in a development permitted to be used under the Planning Act (Cap. 232) for residential purposes, and that is not a landed dwelling-house; (b) any unit comprised in a development which is shown in an approved plan bearing the title “condominium” and issued by the competent authority under the Planning Act; (c) any unit in a development comprising housing accommodation sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act (Cap. 99A).\n(2)  Notwithstanding subsection (1) but subject to subsection (7), no foreign person shall, without the prior approval of the Minister, purchase or acquire (whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions) — (a) all the flats in every building in a development permitted to be used for residential purposes under the Planning Act; (b) all the units in a development approved by the competent authority under the Planning Act as a condominium development; or (c) all the units in a development sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act. [...] “landed dwelling-house” means a detached house, a semi-detached house or a terrace house (including a linked house or a townhouse), whether or not comprised within a strata title plan registered under the Land Titles (Strata) Act (Cap. 158);\n[...]\nPART III - APPROVAL TO PURCHASE, ACQUIRE OR RETAIN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY\nApplication by foreign person for approval to purchase, acquire or retain residential property\n25.— [...](2)  Subject to subsection (14), any foreign person who desires to purchase, acquire or retain any estate or interest in any residential property other than non-restricted residential property shall apply to the Minister through the Controller for the grant of the Minister’s approval to acquire or to retain residential property, as the case may be. [...] (6)  Without prejudice to the generality of the powers of the Minister under subsection (4), he may grant approval, with or without conditions, to an applicant, being a foreign company or a foreign limited liability partnership which — (a) in the opinion of the Minister — (i) is of economic benefit to Singapore; or (ii) makes or is able to make an adequate economic contribution to Singapore; and (b) intends to purchase or acquire, or retain any interest in, residential property for the purpose of occupation as a dwelling-house by its executives, managers, partners, employees or other personnel and their families and not for any other purpose.\n[...]\nPART IV - MISCELLANEOUS\nHousing developers\n31.—(1)  Except as provided in subsection (4), section 25 shall not apply to housing developers. (2)  A housing developer shall, before he purchases or acquires an estate or interest in any residential property, apply to the Controller for approval to purchase or acquire the residential property.[...] (18)  In this section, “housing developer” means any person, being —\n(a) an individual who is not a citizen;\n(b) a foreign company, a converted foreign company, a foreign limited liability partnership, a converted foreign limited liability partnership, a foreign society or a converted society; (c) a Singapore company which has not complied with section 10(1); (d) a Singapore limited liability partnership which has not complied with section 11(1); or (e) a Singapore society which has not complied with section 16(1), who or which constructs or intends to construct flats or dwelling-houses for sale, whether or not such person, company, limited liability partnership or society is licensed or required to be licensed as a housing developer under the Housing Developers (Control and Licensing) Act (Cap. 130).[...]\" (Residential Property Act, Chapter 274)","Residential Property Act, Chapter 274","n/a","[<a href=\"https://sso.agc.gov.sg/Act/RPA1976\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1894,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.01125","Foreign ownership of vacant residential land and residential property, except a condominium unit, flat unit and strata landed house in an approved condominium development, is prohibited unless for own residential purpose. In this case, it is subject to approval under the Residential Property Act. No restriction with regards to foreign ownership of industrial or commercial properties.","\"PART I - PRELIMINARY [...]\nInterpretation\n2.—(1)  In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n“foreign person” means any person who is not any of the following: (a) a citizen of Singapore; (b) a Singapore company; (c) a Singapore limited liability partnership; (d) a Singapore society;\n“residential property” includes — (a) any vacant land upon which no building or other structure exists or any land upon which exists any building or other structure which is constructed or used contrary to any written law; (b) any house, building or other premises or any part thereof which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law as a dwelling-house or which is lawfully so used; (c) any land zoned for residential purposes in the Master Plan; and (d) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be residential property for the purposes of this Act, but does not include — (i) any land, whether or not vacant, which is zoned for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes in the Master Plan or which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes; (ii) any house, building or other premises, or any part thereof, which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes or which is lawfully so used; (iii) any hotel registered under the provisions of the Hotels Act (Cap. 127); and (iv) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be industrial, commercial or non-residential property for the purposes of this Act; [...]\n“member”, in relation to any company, means — (a) any person who owns a share or holds a membership in the company; (b) in the case of a share or membership in the company that is held in trust, the person who is the beneficiary of the trust; or (c) any person, not being an owner of a share or a holder of a membership in the company, who controls any rights attached to any share or membership in the company through a contract or other arrangement; [...]\n“Singapore company” means any company which satisfies the following requirements: (a) the company is incorporated in Singapore and its directors and members are all citizens; (b) if any member of the company is another company, that other company satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a); (c) if that other company referred to in paragraph (b) has a member which is a company, which in turn has a member which is also a company and so on, all the members of each such company consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) companies that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any member of the company is a limited liability partnership, that limited liability partnership is a Singapore limited liability partnership;\n“Singapore limited liability partnership” means any limited liability partnership that satisfies the following requirements: (a) the limited liability partnership is registered in Singapore under the Limited Liability Partnerships Act (Cap. 163A) and all its partners are citizens; (b) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is another limited liability partnership, that other limited liability partnership satisfies the requirements under paragraph (a); (c) if that other limited liability partnership referred to in paragraph (b) has a partner which is a limited liability partnership, which in turn has a partner which is also a limited liability partnership and so on, all the partners of each such limited liability partnership consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) limited liability partnerships that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is a company, that company is a Singapore company;\n[...]\nPART II - PROHIBITION ON PURCHASE OR ACQUISITION OF RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY BY FOREIGN PERSONS\nProhibition on transfer to, or purchase or acquisition by, foreign persons of residential property\n3.—(1) Except as provided in this Act —\n(a) no person shall, whether for consideration or by way of gift inter vivos or otherwise, transfer any residential property or any estate or interest therein to any foreign person; (b) no person shall create any trust for sale in respect of any residential property or any estate or interest therein in favour of any foreign person; (c) and no foreign person shall purchase or acquire any residential property or any estate or interest therein except by way of a mortgage, charge or reconveyance. [...]\nFlats in buildings and condominiums\n4.—(1)  Subject to this section, this Act shall not apply to any transfer to or any purchase or acquisition by any foreign person of any estate or interest in any of the following residential properties: (a) any flat (including any share in land appurtenant to that flat) that is comprised in any building in a development permitted to be used under the Planning Act (Cap. 232) for residential purposes, and that is not a landed dwelling-house; (b) any unit comprised in a development which is shown in an approved plan bearing the title “condominium” and issued by the competent authority under the Planning Act; (c) any unit in a development comprising housing accommodation sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act (Cap. 99A).\n(2)  Notwithstanding subsection (1) but subject to subsection (7), no foreign person shall, without the prior approval of the Minister, purchase or acquire (whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions) — (a) all the flats in every building in a development permitted to be used for residential purposes under the Planning Act; (b) all the units in a development approved by the competent authority under the Planning Act as a condominium development; or (c) all the units in a development sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act. [...] “landed dwelling-house” means a detached house, a semi-detached house or a terrace house (including a linked house or a townhouse), whether or not comprised within a strata title plan registered under the Land Titles (Strata) Act (Cap. 158);\n[...]\nPART III - APPROVAL TO PURCHASE, ACQUIRE OR RETAIN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY\nApplication by foreign person for approval to purchase, acquire or retain residential property\n25.— [...](2)  Subject to subsection (14), any foreign person who desires to purchase, acquire or retain any estate or interest in any residential property other than non-restricted residential property shall apply to the Minister through the Controller for the grant of the Minister’s approval to acquire or to retain residential property, as the case may be. [...] (6)  Without prejudice to the generality of the powers of the Minister under subsection (4), he may grant approval, with or without conditions, to an applicant, being a foreign company or a foreign limited liability partnership which — (a) in the opinion of the Minister — (i) is of economic benefit to Singapore; or (ii) makes or is able to make an adequate economic contribution to Singapore; and (b) intends to purchase or acquire, or retain any interest in, residential property for the purpose of occupation as a dwelling-house by its executives, managers, partners, employees or other personnel and their families and not for any other purpose.\n[...]\nPART IV - MISCELLANEOUS\nHousing developers\n31.—(1)  Except as provided in subsection (4), section 25 shall not apply to housing developers. (2)  A housing developer shall, before he purchases or acquires an estate or interest in any residential property, apply to the Controller for approval to purchase or acquire the residential property.[...] (18)  In this section, “housing developer” means any person, being —\n(a) an individual who is not a citizen;\n(b) a foreign company, a converted foreign company, a foreign limited liability partnership, a converted foreign limited liability partnership, a foreign society or a converted society; (c) a Singapore company which has not complied with section 10(1); (d) a Singapore limited liability partnership which has not complied with section 11(1); or (e) a Singapore society which has not complied with section 16(1), who or which constructs or intends to construct flats or dwelling-houses for sale, whether or not such person, company, limited liability partnership or society is licensed or required to be licensed as a housing developer under the Housing Developers (Control and Licensing) Act (Cap. 130).[...]\" (Residential Property Act, Chapter 274)","Residential Property Act, Chapter 274","n/a","[<a href=\"https://sso.agc.gov.sg/Act/RPA1976\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1894,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.0125","Generally, a foreign investor may not own land, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years, renewable.  However, in the case of agricultural and forestry  land, a foreign investor may only lease such lands for up to 30 and 60 years, respectively. These can be renewed upon mutual consent by the parties.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n\"Foreign company\" means a company as defined by the Southern Sudan Investment law. [...]\n\"Land\" means all land-based natural resources, including urban land, rural land, forest land, pastureland, swampland, floodplains, flora, and local fishing grounds, and lands under which subterranean resources exist, but not those subterranean resources themselves.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: LAND OWNERSHIP [...]\nSection 7. Ownership and Tenure System\n(1) All land in Southern Sudan is owned by the people of Southern Sudan and its usage shall be regulated by the Government. \n(2) Land may be acquired, held and transacted through the following tenure systems:-\na) Customary; b) Freehold; and c) Leasehold.\n[...]\nSection 9. Classification of Land: \nAll land in Southern Sudan shall be classified as public, community or private land.\n[...]\nSection 12. Private Land\nPrivate land includes:(1) any registered land held by any person under a freehold tenure; or (2) land held by any person under leasehold tenure; or (3) any other land that may be declared private land by law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: RIGHTS TO LAND [...]\nSection 14. Rights of Non-Citizens to Land\nSubject to the provisions of section 16 of this Act, individual or collective foreign entities may acquire leasehold or other interest in Land for a specified period and not freehold in land in Southern Sudan, for residential or investment purposes or for any other reasons in conformity with the interest of the people of Southern Sudan and in accordance with the provisions of the Investment law or any other Law. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VI DERIVATIVE RIGHTS TO LAND\nSection 18. Lease \n(1) Any person owning land in Southern Sudan may lease this right to another person or persons for a fixed period of time in accordance with the provisions of this Act. \n(2) The contract of lease shall not be more than 99 years.\n(3) Unless otherwise provided for in this Act or any other law, the provisions of subsection (1) above, shall apply to all leases including those governed by customary law and any other law. \nSection 19. Long Term Lease \n(1) A long term lease is a lease for more than one year and such a lease shall be in a written form. \n(2) A long term lease shall not exceed 99 years, and any lease for more than 99 years shall be considered a lease for 99 years with in the meaning of this section.[...]\" (Land Act, 2009, Sections 7, 14 and 27)\n---------------\n\"Article 5. Definitions\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall carry the meanings assigned to them — [...]\n\"domestic business organization\" means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n\"foreign direct investment\" means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise;\n\"foreign investor\" means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n\"national\" mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation;\n[...]\nSecond schedule. Benefits and incentives [...]\n3. Access to Land for Investment\nThe Government of Southern Sudan and the Local Authorities shall provide land for investment in any of the priority areas mentioned in First Schedule. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the law, the following conditions shall be deemed included in the decisions on investment in the priority areas listed in the First Schedule:\na. general investments in agriculture - other than forestry and paper wood - shall not exceed 30 years for a foreign investor subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nb. a foreign investor who wishes to invest in plantation forestry and depending on periods of harvest, shall not exceed 60 years subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nc. quarrying shall not exceed the life of the quarry and, subject to renewal of license, renegotiate favorable terms with the ministry concerned; and\nd. mining shall not exceed the lifespan of the mine, as defined in a concession agreement and subject to renewal of the license through favorable terms between the parties.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3)","Land Act of 2009, \nInvestment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Land-Act-2009.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3720,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.0125","Generally, a foreign investor may not own land, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years, renewable.  However, in the case of agricultural and forestry  land, a foreign investor may only lease such lands for up to 30 and 60 years, respectively. These can be renewed upon mutual consent by the parties.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n\"Foreign company\" means a company as defined by the Southern Sudan Investment law. [...]\n\"Land\" means all land-based natural resources, including urban land, rural land, forest land, pastureland, swampland, floodplains, flora, and local fishing grounds, and lands under which subterranean resources exist, but not those subterranean resources themselves.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: LAND OWNERSHIP [...]\nSection 7. Ownership and Tenure System\n(1) All land in Southern Sudan is owned by the people of Southern Sudan and its usage shall be regulated by the Government. \n(2) Land may be acquired, held and transacted through the following tenure systems:-\na) Customary; b) Freehold; and c) Leasehold.\n[...]\nSection 9. Classification of Land: \nAll land in Southern Sudan shall be classified as public, community or private land.\n[...]\nSection 12. Private Land\nPrivate land includes:(1) any registered land held by any person under a freehold tenure; or (2) land held by any person under leasehold tenure; or (3) any other land that may be declared private land by law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: RIGHTS TO LAND [...]\nSection 14. Rights of Non-Citizens to Land\nSubject to the provisions of section 16 of this Act, individual or collective foreign entities may acquire leasehold or other interest in Land for a specified period and not freehold in land in Southern Sudan, for residential or investment purposes or for any other reasons in conformity with the interest of the people of Southern Sudan and in accordance with the provisions of the Investment law or any other Law. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VI DERIVATIVE RIGHTS TO LAND\nSection 18. Lease \n(1) Any person owning land in Southern Sudan may lease this right to another person or persons for a fixed period of time in accordance with the provisions of this Act. \n(2) The contract of lease shall not be more than 99 years.\n(3) Unless otherwise provided for in this Act or any other law, the provisions of subsection (1) above, shall apply to all leases including those governed by customary law and any other law. \nSection 19. Long Term Lease \n(1) A long term lease is a lease for more than one year and such a lease shall be in a written form. \n(2) A long term lease shall not exceed 99 years, and any lease for more than 99 years shall be considered a lease for 99 years with in the meaning of this section.[...]\" (Land Act, 2009, Sections 7, 14 and 27)\n---------------\n\"Article 5. Definitions\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall carry the meanings assigned to them — [...]\n\"domestic business organization\" means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n\"foreign direct investment\" means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise;\n\"foreign investor\" means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n\"national\" mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation;\n[...]\nSecond schedule. Benefits and incentives [...]\n3. Access to Land for Investment\nThe Government of Southern Sudan and the Local Authorities shall provide land for investment in any of the priority areas mentioned in First Schedule. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the law, the following conditions shall be deemed included in the decisions on investment in the priority areas listed in the First Schedule:\na. general investments in agriculture - other than forestry and paper wood - shall not exceed 30 years for a foreign investor subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nb. a foreign investor who wishes to invest in plantation forestry and depending on periods of harvest, shall not exceed 60 years subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nc. quarrying shall not exceed the life of the quarry and, subject to renewal of license, renegotiate favorable terms with the ministry concerned; and\nd. mining shall not exceed the lifespan of the mine, as defined in a concession agreement and subject to renewal of the license through favorable terms between the parties.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3)","Land Act of 2009, \nInvestment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Land-Act-2009.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3720,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.0125","Generally, a foreign investor may not own land, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years, renewable.  However, in the case of agricultural and forestry  land, a foreign investor may only lease such lands for up to 30 and 60 years, respectively. These can be renewed upon mutual consent by the parties.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n\"Foreign company\" means a company as defined by the Southern Sudan Investment law. [...]\n\"Land\" means all land-based natural resources, including urban land, rural land, forest land, pastureland, swampland, floodplains, flora, and local fishing grounds, and lands under which subterranean resources exist, but not those subterranean resources themselves.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: LAND OWNERSHIP [...]\nSection 7. Ownership and Tenure System\n(1) All land in Southern Sudan is owned by the people of Southern Sudan and its usage shall be regulated by the Government. \n(2) Land may be acquired, held and transacted through the following tenure systems:-\na) Customary; b) Freehold; and c) Leasehold.\n[...]\nSection 9. Classification of Land: \nAll land in Southern Sudan shall be classified as public, community or private land.\n[...]\nSection 12. Private Land\nPrivate land includes:(1) any registered land held by any person under a freehold tenure; or (2) land held by any person under leasehold tenure; or (3) any other land that may be declared private land by law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: RIGHTS TO LAND [...]\nSection 14. Rights of Non-Citizens to Land\nSubject to the provisions of section 16 of this Act, individual or collective foreign entities may acquire leasehold or other interest in Land for a specified period and not freehold in land in Southern Sudan, for residential or investment purposes or for any other reasons in conformity with the interest of the people of Southern Sudan and in accordance with the provisions of the Investment law or any other Law. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VI DERIVATIVE RIGHTS TO LAND\nSection 18. Lease \n(1) Any person owning land in Southern Sudan may lease this right to another person or persons for a fixed period of time in accordance with the provisions of this Act. \n(2) The contract of lease shall not be more than 99 years.\n(3) Unless otherwise provided for in this Act or any other law, the provisions of subsection (1) above, shall apply to all leases including those governed by customary law and any other law. \nSection 19. Long Term Lease \n(1) A long term lease is a lease for more than one year and such a lease shall be in a written form. \n(2) A long term lease shall not exceed 99 years, and any lease for more than 99 years shall be considered a lease for 99 years with in the meaning of this section.[...]\" (Land Act, 2009, Sections 7, 14 and 27)\n---------------\n\"Article 5. Definitions\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall carry the meanings assigned to them — [...]\n\"domestic business organization\" means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n\"foreign direct investment\" means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise;\n\"foreign investor\" means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n\"national\" mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation;\n[...]\nSecond schedule. Benefits and incentives [...]\n3. Access to Land for Investment\nThe Government of Southern Sudan and the Local Authorities shall provide land for investment in any of the priority areas mentioned in First Schedule. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the law, the following conditions shall be deemed included in the decisions on investment in the priority areas listed in the First Schedule:\na. general investments in agriculture - other than forestry and paper wood - shall not exceed 30 years for a foreign investor subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nb. a foreign investor who wishes to invest in plantation forestry and depending on periods of harvest, shall not exceed 60 years subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nc. quarrying shall not exceed the life of the quarry and, subject to renewal of license, renegotiate favorable terms with the ministry concerned; and\nd. mining shall not exceed the lifespan of the mine, as defined in a concession agreement and subject to renewal of the license through favorable terms between the parties.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3)","Land Act of 2009, \nInvestment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Land-Act-2009.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3720,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.0125","Generally, a foreign investor may not own land, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years, renewable.  However, in the case of agricultural and forestry  land, a foreign investor may only lease such lands for up to 30 and 60 years, respectively. These can be renewed upon mutual consent by the parties.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n\"Foreign company\" means a company as defined by the Southern Sudan Investment law. [...]\n\"Land\" means all land-based natural resources, including urban land, rural land, forest land, pastureland, swampland, floodplains, flora, and local fishing grounds, and lands under which subterranean resources exist, but not those subterranean resources themselves.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: LAND OWNERSHIP [...]\nSection 7. Ownership and Tenure System\n(1) All land in Southern Sudan is owned by the people of Southern Sudan and its usage shall be regulated by the Government. \n(2) Land may be acquired, held and transacted through the following tenure systems:-\na) Customary; b) Freehold; and c) Leasehold.\n[...]\nSection 9. Classification of Land: \nAll land in Southern Sudan shall be classified as public, community or private land.\n[...]\nSection 12. Private Land\nPrivate land includes:(1) any registered land held by any person under a freehold tenure; or (2) land held by any person under leasehold tenure; or (3) any other land that may be declared private land by law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: RIGHTS TO LAND [...]\nSection 14. Rights of Non-Citizens to Land\nSubject to the provisions of section 16 of this Act, individual or collective foreign entities may acquire leasehold or other interest in Land for a specified period and not freehold in land in Southern Sudan, for residential or investment purposes or for any other reasons in conformity with the interest of the people of Southern Sudan and in accordance with the provisions of the Investment law or any other Law. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VI DERIVATIVE RIGHTS TO LAND\nSection 18. Lease \n(1) Any person owning land in Southern Sudan may lease this right to another person or persons for a fixed period of time in accordance with the provisions of this Act. \n(2) The contract of lease shall not be more than 99 years.\n(3) Unless otherwise provided for in this Act or any other law, the provisions of subsection (1) above, shall apply to all leases including those governed by customary law and any other law. \nSection 19. Long Term Lease \n(1) A long term lease is a lease for more than one year and such a lease shall be in a written form. \n(2) A long term lease shall not exceed 99 years, and any lease for more than 99 years shall be considered a lease for 99 years with in the meaning of this section.[...]\" (Land Act, 2009, Sections 7, 14 and 27)\n---------------\n\"Article 5. Definitions\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall carry the meanings assigned to them — [...]\n\"domestic business organization\" means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n\"foreign direct investment\" means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise;\n\"foreign investor\" means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n\"national\" mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation;\n[...]\nSecond schedule. Benefits and incentives [...]\n3. Access to Land for Investment\nThe Government of Southern Sudan and the Local Authorities shall provide land for investment in any of the priority areas mentioned in First Schedule. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the law, the following conditions shall be deemed included in the decisions on investment in the priority areas listed in the First Schedule:\na. general investments in agriculture - other than forestry and paper wood - shall not exceed 30 years for a foreign investor subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nb. a foreign investor who wishes to invest in plantation forestry and depending on periods of harvest, shall not exceed 60 years subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nc. quarrying shall not exceed the life of the quarry and, subject to renewal of license, renegotiate favorable terms with the ministry concerned; and\nd. mining shall not exceed the lifespan of the mine, as defined in a concession agreement and subject to renewal of the license through favorable terms between the parties.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3)","Land Act of 2009, \nInvestment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Land-Act-2009.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3720,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","H4921_4922","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00004","The national investor shall be given priority in cars hire and taxi operations.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n“domestic business organization” means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n“foreign direct investment” means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise; \n“foreign investor” means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n“national” mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation; \n“national treatment” means, with respect to all the laws, regulations and administrative instructions, that foreign investments in Southern Sudan shall be treated on same favorable conditions similar to those of domestic investments; \n“strategic list” means the list of enterprises that are partially or wholly excluded from foreign investment as published by the Board of Directors of the Investment Authority from time to time with the approval of the Council of Ministers and Sothern Sudan Legislative Assembly; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IX:. Investment guarantees\nArticle 33. Prohibition of Discrimination\n1) Subject to such strategic list as may be published by the Board with the approval of the Council of Ministers from time to time, foreign investors may own, or control business organizations in any sector of the economy of Southern Sudan as domestic business organizations.\n2) The Board may, in consultation with the appropriate Ministers, classify or declassify an activity as an activity reserved for nationals.\n3) Amendment to the list of activities reserved for nationals made in accordance with the provision of this section shall be promulgated by way of a legislative instrument within ten (10) days of their adoption, and shall be published in the Government Gazette.\n4) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (2) and (3) above, foreign investors, employees and workers, shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same duties and obligations applicable to nationals.\n5) No official, agency, law or other legal authority shall discriminate against investors from a particular country or give special treatment to prospective foreign investors based upon their country of origin or nationality.\n6) Foreign investors shall be subject to the same laws that apply to domestic business organizations, in particular —\na. any licenses or other permits for conducting specific business activities that are required of domestic business organizations shall be similarly required of foreign investments;\nb. foreign investments shall maintain business books and records in accordance with the same accounting standards that apply to similar domestic business organizations;\nc. foreign investments are subject to the same insurance requirements that apply to similar domestic business organizations; and\nd. foreign investments shall be taxed in the same manner as similar domestic business organizations.\n7) Without prejudice to the provisions of this section, section 42 and the Third Schedule herein, the Board shall facilitate, promote, encourage and protect the indigenous business and investments.\n[...]\nTHIRD SCHEDULE: Priority businesses\nFor the benefit of Southern Sudanese businesses - especially small business enterprise growth and guaranteeing business opportunities and employment to the Southern Sudanese citizens, the national investor shall be given priority in the businesses listed below:\n1. Micro-enterprises.\n2. Postal services.\n3. Cars hire and taxi operations.\n4. Public relations businesses.\n5. Retail commerce.\n6. Security services.\n7. Cooperative services.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Article 33 and Third Schedule)","Investment Promotion Act, 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3733,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","H4921_4922","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00004","The national investor shall be given priority in cars hire and taxi operations.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n“domestic business organization” means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n“foreign direct investment” means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise; \n“foreign investor” means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n“national” mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation; \n“national treatment” means, with respect to all the laws, regulations and administrative instructions, that foreign investments in Southern Sudan shall be treated on same favorable conditions similar to those of domestic investments; \n“strategic list” means the list of enterprises that are partially or wholly excluded from foreign investment as published by the Board of Directors of the Investment Authority from time to time with the approval of the Council of Ministers and Sothern Sudan Legislative Assembly; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IX:. Investment guarantees\nArticle 33. Prohibition of Discrimination\n1) Subject to such strategic list as may be published by the Board with the approval of the Council of Ministers from time to time, foreign investors may own, or control business organizations in any sector of the economy of Southern Sudan as domestic business organizations.\n2) The Board may, in consultation with the appropriate Ministers, classify or declassify an activity as an activity reserved for nationals.\n3) Amendment to the list of activities reserved for nationals made in accordance with the provision of this section shall be promulgated by way of a legislative instrument within ten (10) days of their adoption, and shall be published in the Government Gazette.\n4) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (2) and (3) above, foreign investors, employees and workers, shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same duties and obligations applicable to nationals.\n5) No official, agency, law or other legal authority shall discriminate against investors from a particular country or give special treatment to prospective foreign investors based upon their country of origin or nationality.\n6) Foreign investors shall be subject to the same laws that apply to domestic business organizations, in particular —\na. any licenses or other permits for conducting specific business activities that are required of domestic business organizations shall be similarly required of foreign investments;\nb. foreign investments shall maintain business books and records in accordance with the same accounting standards that apply to similar domestic business organizations;\nc. foreign investments are subject to the same insurance requirements that apply to similar domestic business organizations; and\nd. foreign investments shall be taxed in the same manner as similar domestic business organizations.\n7) Without prejudice to the provisions of this section, section 42 and the Third Schedule herein, the Board shall facilitate, promote, encourage and protect the indigenous business and investments.\n[...]\nTHIRD SCHEDULE: Priority businesses\nFor the benefit of Southern Sudanese businesses - especially small business enterprise growth and guaranteeing business opportunities and employment to the Southern Sudanese citizens, the national investor shall be given priority in the businesses listed below:\n1. Micro-enterprises.\n2. Postal services.\n3. Cars hire and taxi operations.\n4. Public relations businesses.\n5. Retail commerce.\n6. Security services.\n7. Cooperative services.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Article 33 and Third Schedule)","Investment Promotion Act, 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3733,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","H4921_4922","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00004","The national investor shall be given priority in cars hire and taxi operations.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n“domestic business organization” means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n“foreign direct investment” means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise; \n“foreign investor” means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n“national” mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation; \n“national treatment” means, with respect to all the laws, regulations and administrative instructions, that foreign investments in Southern Sudan shall be treated on same favorable conditions similar to those of domestic investments; \n“strategic list” means the list of enterprises that are partially or wholly excluded from foreign investment as published by the Board of Directors of the Investment Authority from time to time with the approval of the Council of Ministers and Sothern Sudan Legislative Assembly; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IX:. Investment guarantees\nArticle 33. Prohibition of Discrimination\n1) Subject to such strategic list as may be published by the Board with the approval of the Council of Ministers from time to time, foreign investors may own, or control business organizations in any sector of the economy of Southern Sudan as domestic business organizations.\n2) The Board may, in consultation with the appropriate Ministers, classify or declassify an activity as an activity reserved for nationals.\n3) Amendment to the list of activities reserved for nationals made in accordance with the provision of this section shall be promulgated by way of a legislative instrument within ten (10) days of their adoption, and shall be published in the Government Gazette.\n4) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (2) and (3) above, foreign investors, employees and workers, shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same duties and obligations applicable to nationals.\n5) No official, agency, law or other legal authority shall discriminate against investors from a particular country or give special treatment to prospective foreign investors based upon their country of origin or nationality.\n6) Foreign investors shall be subject to the same laws that apply to domestic business organizations, in particular —\na. any licenses or other permits for conducting specific business activities that are required of domestic business organizations shall be similarly required of foreign investments;\nb. foreign investments shall maintain business books and records in accordance with the same accounting standards that apply to similar domestic business organizations;\nc. foreign investments are subject to the same insurance requirements that apply to similar domestic business organizations; and\nd. foreign investments shall be taxed in the same manner as similar domestic business organizations.\n7) Without prejudice to the provisions of this section, section 42 and the Third Schedule herein, the Board shall facilitate, promote, encourage and protect the indigenous business and investments.\n[...]\nTHIRD SCHEDULE: Priority businesses\nFor the benefit of Southern Sudanese businesses - especially small business enterprise growth and guaranteeing business opportunities and employment to the Southern Sudanese citizens, the national investor shall be given priority in the businesses listed below:\n1. Micro-enterprises.\n2. Postal services.\n3. Cars hire and taxi operations.\n4. Public relations businesses.\n5. Retail commerce.\n6. Security services.\n7. Cooperative services.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Article 33 and Third Schedule)","Investment Promotion Act, 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3733,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","H4921_4922","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00004","The national investor shall be given priority in cars hire and taxi operations.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n“domestic business organization” means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n“foreign direct investment” means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise; \n“foreign investor” means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n“national” mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation; \n“national treatment” means, with respect to all the laws, regulations and administrative instructions, that foreign investments in Southern Sudan shall be treated on same favorable conditions similar to those of domestic investments; \n“strategic list” means the list of enterprises that are partially or wholly excluded from foreign investment as published by the Board of Directors of the Investment Authority from time to time with the approval of the Council of Ministers and Sothern Sudan Legislative Assembly; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IX:. Investment guarantees\nArticle 33. Prohibition of Discrimination\n1) Subject to such strategic list as may be published by the Board with the approval of the Council of Ministers from time to time, foreign investors may own, or control business organizations in any sector of the economy of Southern Sudan as domestic business organizations.\n2) The Board may, in consultation with the appropriate Ministers, classify or declassify an activity as an activity reserved for nationals.\n3) Amendment to the list of activities reserved for nationals made in accordance with the provision of this section shall be promulgated by way of a legislative instrument within ten (10) days of their adoption, and shall be published in the Government Gazette.\n4) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (2) and (3) above, foreign investors, employees and workers, shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same duties and obligations applicable to nationals.\n5) No official, agency, law or other legal authority shall discriminate against investors from a particular country or give special treatment to prospective foreign investors based upon their country of origin or nationality.\n6) Foreign investors shall be subject to the same laws that apply to domestic business organizations, in particular —\na. any licenses or other permits for conducting specific business activities that are required of domestic business organizations shall be similarly required of foreign investments;\nb. foreign investments shall maintain business books and records in accordance with the same accounting standards that apply to similar domestic business organizations;\nc. foreign investments are subject to the same insurance requirements that apply to similar domestic business organizations; and\nd. foreign investments shall be taxed in the same manner as similar domestic business organizations.\n7) Without prejudice to the provisions of this section, section 42 and the Third Schedule herein, the Board shall facilitate, promote, encourage and protect the indigenous business and investments.\n[...]\nTHIRD SCHEDULE: Priority businesses\nFor the benefit of Southern Sudanese businesses - especially small business enterprise growth and guaranteeing business opportunities and employment to the Southern Sudanese citizens, the national investor shall be given priority in the businesses listed below:\n1. Micro-enterprises.\n2. Postal services.\n3. Cars hire and taxi operations.\n4. Public relations businesses.\n5. Retail commerce.\n6. Security services.\n7. Cooperative services.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Article 33 and Third Schedule)","Investment Promotion Act, 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3733,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000225","Terrestrial broadcasting licenses may be granted only to EEA nationals and EEA incorporated companies, unless the foreign state grants reciprocical treatment to Spanish nationals/companies. The participation in the capital stock of terrestrial broadcasting companies by foreign non-EEA nationals or legal persons is subject to reciprocity. The individual participation of a non-EEA national or legal person may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital, and the total of the holdings in the same broadcasting company by various non-EEA nationals or legal persons must be less than 50% of the share capital.","\"Article 2. Definitions. [...]\n2. Audiovisual communication services.\nAudiovisual communication services are those whose editorial responsibility corresponds to a service provider and whose main purpose is to provide, through electronic communications networks, programs and content in order to inform, entertain or educate the general public, as well as to issue communications. commercial.\nThe modalities of the audiovisual communication service are:\na) The television audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous viewing of programs based on a programming schedule.\nb) The television audiovisual communication service on request, which is provided for viewing programs and content at the time chosen by the viewer and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nc) The television audiovisual communication service on the move or \"television on the move\", which is provided for viewing programs and content on a mobile device.\nd) The radio audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous audition of programs and contents on the basis of a programming schedule.\ne) Radio audiovisual communication services on request, which is provided for the audition of programs and content at the time chosen by the listener and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nf) The mobile radio audiovisual communication service or \"mobile radio\", which is provided for listening to programs and content on a mobile device.\n[...]\nArticle 22. Legal regime of audiovisual communication services of general interest.\n1. Radio, television and related and interactive audiovisual communication services are services of general interest that are provided in the exercise of the right to free expression of ideas, the right to communicate and receive information, the right to participate in life political and social rights and the right to freedom of business and within the promotion of equality, plurality and democratic values. [...]\n3. When said services are provided by terrestrial hertzian waves, they will need a prior license granted by means of a competition by the competent audiovisual authority.\n[...]\nArticle 25. Requirements to be the holder of an audiovisual communication license.\nTo be the holder of a license it will be necessary to meet the following requirements:\n1. In the case of natural persons, have the nationality of a Member State of the European Economic Area or of any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish citizens.\n2. In the case of legal persons, have their registered office in a Member State of the European Economic Area or in any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish companies.\n3. The owner must have a representative domiciled in Spain for the purposes of notifications.\n4. In the case of legal persons, the participation in their capital stock of natural or legal persons nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must comply with the principle of reciprocity.\nFurthermore, the individual participation of a natural or legal person from countries that are not members of the European Economic Area may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital. Likewise, the total of the holdings in the same legal person of various natural or legal persons of nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must be less than 50% of the share capital.[...]\" (General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), last amended on 1 May 2015, Articles 2, 22 and 25 [google translation])","General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), in force from 05/01/2010 (subsequently amended), Articles 22 and 25","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2010-5292\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,872,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000225","Terrestrial broadcasting licenses may be granted only to EEA nationals and EEA incorporated companies, unless the foreign state grants reciprocical treatment to Spanish nationals/companies. The participation in the capital stock of terrestrial broadcasting companies by foreign non-EEA nationals or legal persons is subject to reciprocity. The individual participation of a non-EEA national or legal person may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital, and the total of the holdings in the same broadcasting company by various non-EEA nationals or legal persons must be less than 50% of the share capital.","\"Article 2. Definitions. [...]\n2. Audiovisual communication services.\nAudiovisual communication services are those whose editorial responsibility corresponds to a service provider and whose main purpose is to provide, through electronic communications networks, programs and content in order to inform, entertain or educate the general public, as well as to issue communications. commercial.\nThe modalities of the audiovisual communication service are:\na) The television audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous viewing of programs based on a programming schedule.\nb) The television audiovisual communication service on request, which is provided for viewing programs and content at the time chosen by the viewer and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nc) The television audiovisual communication service on the move or \"television on the move\", which is provided for viewing programs and content on a mobile device.\nd) The radio audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous audition of programs and contents on the basis of a programming schedule.\ne) Radio audiovisual communication services on request, which is provided for the audition of programs and content at the time chosen by the listener and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nf) The mobile radio audiovisual communication service or \"mobile radio\", which is provided for listening to programs and content on a mobile device.\n[...]\nArticle 22. Legal regime of audiovisual communication services of general interest.\n1. Radio, television and related and interactive audiovisual communication services are services of general interest that are provided in the exercise of the right to free expression of ideas, the right to communicate and receive information, the right to participate in life political and social rights and the right to freedom of business and within the promotion of equality, plurality and democratic values. [...]\n3. When said services are provided by terrestrial hertzian waves, they will need a prior license granted by means of a competition by the competent audiovisual authority.\n[...]\nArticle 25. Requirements to be the holder of an audiovisual communication license.\nTo be the holder of a license it will be necessary to meet the following requirements:\n1. In the case of natural persons, have the nationality of a Member State of the European Economic Area or of any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish citizens.\n2. In the case of legal persons, have their registered office in a Member State of the European Economic Area or in any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish companies.\n3. The owner must have a representative domiciled in Spain for the purposes of notifications.\n4. In the case of legal persons, the participation in their capital stock of natural or legal persons nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must comply with the principle of reciprocity.\nFurthermore, the individual participation of a natural or legal person from countries that are not members of the European Economic Area may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital. Likewise, the total of the holdings in the same legal person of various natural or legal persons of nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must be less than 50% of the share capital.[...]\" (General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), last amended on 1 May 2015, Articles 2, 22 and 25 [google translation])","General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), in force from 05/01/2010 (subsequently amended), Articles 22 and 25","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2010-5292\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,872,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000225","Terrestrial broadcasting licenses may be granted only to EEA nationals and EEA incorporated companies, unless the foreign state grants reciprocical treatment to Spanish nationals/companies. The participation in the capital stock of terrestrial broadcasting companies by foreign non-EEA nationals or legal persons is subject to reciprocity. The individual participation of a non-EEA national or legal person may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital, and the total of the holdings in the same broadcasting company by various non-EEA nationals or legal persons must be less than 50% of the share capital.","\"Article 2. Definitions. [...]\n2. Audiovisual communication services.\nAudiovisual communication services are those whose editorial responsibility corresponds to a service provider and whose main purpose is to provide, through electronic communications networks, programs and content in order to inform, entertain or educate the general public, as well as to issue communications. commercial.\nThe modalities of the audiovisual communication service are:\na) The television audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous viewing of programs based on a programming schedule.\nb) The television audiovisual communication service on request, which is provided for viewing programs and content at the time chosen by the viewer and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nc) The television audiovisual communication service on the move or \"television on the move\", which is provided for viewing programs and content on a mobile device.\nd) The radio audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous audition of programs and contents on the basis of a programming schedule.\ne) Radio audiovisual communication services on request, which is provided for the audition of programs and content at the time chosen by the listener and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nf) The mobile radio audiovisual communication service or \"mobile radio\", which is provided for listening to programs and content on a mobile device.\n[...]\nArticle 22. Legal regime of audiovisual communication services of general interest.\n1. Radio, television and related and interactive audiovisual communication services are services of general interest that are provided in the exercise of the right to free expression of ideas, the right to communicate and receive information, the right to participate in life political and social rights and the right to freedom of business and within the promotion of equality, plurality and democratic values. [...]\n3. When said services are provided by terrestrial hertzian waves, they will need a prior license granted by means of a competition by the competent audiovisual authority.\n[...]\nArticle 25. Requirements to be the holder of an audiovisual communication license.\nTo be the holder of a license it will be necessary to meet the following requirements:\n1. In the case of natural persons, have the nationality of a Member State of the European Economic Area or of any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish citizens.\n2. In the case of legal persons, have their registered office in a Member State of the European Economic Area or in any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish companies.\n3. The owner must have a representative domiciled in Spain for the purposes of notifications.\n4. In the case of legal persons, the participation in their capital stock of natural or legal persons nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must comply with the principle of reciprocity.\nFurthermore, the individual participation of a natural or legal person from countries that are not members of the European Economic Area may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital. Likewise, the total of the holdings in the same legal person of various natural or legal persons of nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must be less than 50% of the share capital.[...]\" (General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), last amended on 1 May 2015, Articles 2, 22 and 25 [google translation])","General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), in force from 05/01/2010 (subsequently amended), Articles 22 and 25","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2010-5292\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,872,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000225","Terrestrial broadcasting licenses may be granted only to EEA nationals and EEA incorporated companies, unless the foreign state grants reciprocical treatment to Spanish nationals/companies. The participation in the capital stock of terrestrial broadcasting companies by foreign non-EEA nationals or legal persons is subject to reciprocity. The individual participation of a non-EEA national or legal person may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital, and the total of the holdings in the same broadcasting company by various non-EEA nationals or legal persons must be less than 50% of the share capital.","\"Article 2. Definitions. [...]\n2. Audiovisual communication services.\nAudiovisual communication services are those whose editorial responsibility corresponds to a service provider and whose main purpose is to provide, through electronic communications networks, programs and content in order to inform, entertain or educate the general public, as well as to issue communications. commercial.\nThe modalities of the audiovisual communication service are:\na) The television audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous viewing of programs based on a programming schedule.\nb) The television audiovisual communication service on request, which is provided for viewing programs and content at the time chosen by the viewer and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nc) The television audiovisual communication service on the move or \"television on the move\", which is provided for viewing programs and content on a mobile device.\nd) The radio audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous audition of programs and contents on the basis of a programming schedule.\ne) Radio audiovisual communication services on request, which is provided for the audition of programs and content at the time chosen by the listener and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nf) The mobile radio audiovisual communication service or \"mobile radio\", which is provided for listening to programs and content on a mobile device.\n[...]\nArticle 22. Legal regime of audiovisual communication services of general interest.\n1. Radio, television and related and interactive audiovisual communication services are services of general interest that are provided in the exercise of the right to free expression of ideas, the right to communicate and receive information, the right to participate in life political and social rights and the right to freedom of business and within the promotion of equality, plurality and democratic values. [...]\n3. When said services are provided by terrestrial hertzian waves, they will need a prior license granted by means of a competition by the competent audiovisual authority.\n[...]\nArticle 25. Requirements to be the holder of an audiovisual communication license.\nTo be the holder of a license it will be necessary to meet the following requirements:\n1. In the case of natural persons, have the nationality of a Member State of the European Economic Area or of any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish citizens.\n2. In the case of legal persons, have their registered office in a Member State of the European Economic Area or in any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish companies.\n3. The owner must have a representative domiciled in Spain for the purposes of notifications.\n4. In the case of legal persons, the participation in their capital stock of natural or legal persons nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must comply with the principle of reciprocity.\nFurthermore, the individual participation of a natural or legal person from countries that are not members of the European Economic Area may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital. Likewise, the total of the holdings in the same legal person of various natural or legal persons of nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must be less than 50% of the share capital.[...]\" (General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), last amended on 1 May 2015, Articles 2, 22 and 25 [google translation])","General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), in force from 05/01/2010 (subsequently amended), Articles 22 and 25","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2010-5292\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,872,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","An enterprise may register a vessel for the commercial transport of persons or goods or for commercial maritime activities if its head office and real centre of activities is located in Switzerland and if at least the majority of its capital and two thirds of its voting rights are owned by Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland and/or by substantially Swiss-owned and Swiss-controlled enterprises with registered office in Switzerland.","\"Art. 17\n1 Only ships which are used or intended for the professional transport of persons or goods or for another professional activity at sea, and in respect of which the legal conditions of ownership are met, are registered in the Swiss ship register. admission to navigation, name, procedure, as well as those relating to financial means.\n2 The registration and cancellation of the vessel are published by the Office of the Swiss Ship Register in the Federal Gazette and in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce.\n[...]\nArt. 19\nSole proprietorships, trading companies and cooperative societies (companies) registered in Switzerland in the trade register and whose head office and real center of their activities are in Switzerland can register their vessels in their name in the ship register. Swiss as long as they meet the conditions set out in art. 20 to 24.\nArt. 20\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be satisfied by natural persons, owners of a sole proprietorship, partners, limited partners, shareholders, partners of a cooperative society or other beneficiaries of shares, as well as all managers of a general, limited or limited liability partnership.\nArt. 21\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be met by the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, of a limited partnership with shares. , a limited liability company or a cooperative society, as well as the persons in charge of the control of these companies.[...]\" (Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Chapter II: Of the Swiss ship\nI. Conditions for the registration of Swiss vessels and checks carried out by auditors\n1. General conditions\nArt. 5\nA ship is only registered in the Swiss Ship Register if all the conditions provided for by law and this Ordinance are met.\n2. Domicile or registered office\nArt. 5a\nMust have their domicile or registered office in Switzerland:\na. the owner of a sole proprietorship;\nb. at least three quarters of the partners or other beneficiaries of shares in a general, limited or limited liability partnership, who have at least three quarters of the corporate assets, the sponsorship or the share capital;\nc. shareholders of a public limited company or a limited partnership with shares, who have at least a majority of the share capital and at least two-thirds of the votes;\nd. at least two-thirds of the partners of a cooperative society, who at the same time have at least two-thirds of the shares in the share capital.\n3. Nationality and control\nArt. 5b\n1 The natural persons mentioned in art. 5a must be Swiss nationals.\n2 If a commercial company or a legal person has interests in the business of the Swiss shipowner as a partner, limited partner, shareholder or unitholder or if it has rights over said business as usufructuary or in another capacity, it must have an unmistakably Swiss character through its partners, limited partners, shareholders, unitholders or members, by the persons in charge of administration, as well as by its financial resources.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require the shareholders or partners who provide the necessary capital of the company pursuant to art. 24 of the law, either Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland or commercial companies or legal persons in Swiss hands within the meaning of para. 2.\n4. Administration and management\nArt. 5c\n1 At least two-thirds of the members of the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, limited by shares, limited liability or cooperative must be Swiss nationals.\n2 When only one person is responsible for administration or management, he or she must be domiciled in Switzerland. If one of these bodies has several members, the majority of the members of each of them must be domiciled in Switzerland.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require other company directors to be Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland.[...]\" (Maritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c [google translation])","Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21\nMaritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1305_1395_1407/fr\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1369_1458_1473/fr\">Ordinance</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1445,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0048","An enterprise may register a vessel for the commercial transport of persons or goods or for commercial maritime activities if its head office and real centre of activities is located in Switzerland and if at least the majority of its capital and two thirds of its voting rights are owned by Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland and/or by substantially Swiss-owned and Swiss-controlled enterprises with registered office in Switzerland.","\"Art. 17\n1 Only ships which are used or intended for the professional transport of persons or goods or for another professional activity at sea, and in respect of which the legal conditions of ownership are met, are registered in the Swiss ship register. admission to navigation, name, procedure, as well as those relating to financial means.\n2 The registration and cancellation of the vessel are published by the Office of the Swiss Ship Register in the Federal Gazette and in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce.\n[...]\nArt. 19\nSole proprietorships, trading companies and cooperative societies (companies) registered in Switzerland in the trade register and whose head office and real center of their activities are in Switzerland can register their vessels in their name in the ship register. Swiss as long as they meet the conditions set out in art. 20 to 24.\nArt. 20\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be satisfied by natural persons, owners of a sole proprietorship, partners, limited partners, shareholders, partners of a cooperative society or other beneficiaries of shares, as well as all managers of a general, limited or limited liability partnership.\nArt. 21\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be met by the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, of a limited partnership with shares. , a limited liability company or a cooperative society, as well as the persons in charge of the control of these companies.[...]\" (Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Chapter II: Of the Swiss ship\nI. Conditions for the registration of Swiss vessels and checks carried out by auditors\n1. General conditions\nArt. 5\nA ship is only registered in the Swiss Ship Register if all the conditions provided for by law and this Ordinance are met.\n2. Domicile or registered office\nArt. 5a\nMust have their domicile or registered office in Switzerland:\na. the owner of a sole proprietorship;\nb. at least three quarters of the partners or other beneficiaries of shares in a general, limited or limited liability partnership, who have at least three quarters of the corporate assets, the sponsorship or the share capital;\nc. shareholders of a public limited company or a limited partnership with shares, who have at least a majority of the share capital and at least two-thirds of the votes;\nd. at least two-thirds of the partners of a cooperative society, who at the same time have at least two-thirds of the shares in the share capital.\n3. Nationality and control\nArt. 5b\n1 The natural persons mentioned in art. 5a must be Swiss nationals.\n2 If a commercial company or a legal person has interests in the business of the Swiss shipowner as a partner, limited partner, shareholder or unitholder or if it has rights over said business as usufructuary or in another capacity, it must have an unmistakably Swiss character through its partners, limited partners, shareholders, unitholders or members, by the persons in charge of administration, as well as by its financial resources.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require the shareholders or partners who provide the necessary capital of the company pursuant to art. 24 of the law, either Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland or commercial companies or legal persons in Swiss hands within the meaning of para. 2.\n4. Administration and management\nArt. 5c\n1 At least two-thirds of the members of the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, limited by shares, limited liability or cooperative must be Swiss nationals.\n2 When only one person is responsible for administration or management, he or she must be domiciled in Switzerland. If one of these bodies has several members, the majority of the members of each of them must be domiciled in Switzerland.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require other company directors to be Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland.[...]\" (Maritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c [google translation])","Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21\nMaritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1305_1395_1407/fr\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1369_1458_1473/fr\">Ordinance</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1445,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0048","An enterprise may register a vessel for the commercial transport of persons or goods or for commercial maritime activities if its head office and real centre of activities is located in Switzerland and if at least the majority of its capital and two thirds of its voting rights are owned by Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland and/or by substantially Swiss-owned and Swiss-controlled enterprises with registered office in Switzerland.","\"Art. 17\n1 Only ships which are used or intended for the professional transport of persons or goods or for another professional activity at sea, and in respect of which the legal conditions of ownership are met, are registered in the Swiss ship register. admission to navigation, name, procedure, as well as those relating to financial means.\n2 The registration and cancellation of the vessel are published by the Office of the Swiss Ship Register in the Federal Gazette and in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce.\n[...]\nArt. 19\nSole proprietorships, trading companies and cooperative societies (companies) registered in Switzerland in the trade register and whose head office and real center of their activities are in Switzerland can register their vessels in their name in the ship register. Swiss as long as they meet the conditions set out in art. 20 to 24.\nArt. 20\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be satisfied by natural persons, owners of a sole proprietorship, partners, limited partners, shareholders, partners of a cooperative society or other beneficiaries of shares, as well as all managers of a general, limited or limited liability partnership.\nArt. 21\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be met by the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, of a limited partnership with shares. , a limited liability company or a cooperative society, as well as the persons in charge of the control of these companies.[...]\" (Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Chapter II: Of the Swiss ship\nI. Conditions for the registration of Swiss vessels and checks carried out by auditors\n1. General conditions\nArt. 5\nA ship is only registered in the Swiss Ship Register if all the conditions provided for by law and this Ordinance are met.\n2. Domicile or registered office\nArt. 5a\nMust have their domicile or registered office in Switzerland:\na. the owner of a sole proprietorship;\nb. at least three quarters of the partners or other beneficiaries of shares in a general, limited or limited liability partnership, who have at least three quarters of the corporate assets, the sponsorship or the share capital;\nc. shareholders of a public limited company or a limited partnership with shares, who have at least a majority of the share capital and at least two-thirds of the votes;\nd. at least two-thirds of the partners of a cooperative society, who at the same time have at least two-thirds of the shares in the share capital.\n3. Nationality and control\nArt. 5b\n1 The natural persons mentioned in art. 5a must be Swiss nationals.\n2 If a commercial company or a legal person has interests in the business of the Swiss shipowner as a partner, limited partner, shareholder or unitholder or if it has rights over said business as usufructuary or in another capacity, it must have an unmistakably Swiss character through its partners, limited partners, shareholders, unitholders or members, by the persons in charge of administration, as well as by its financial resources.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require the shareholders or partners who provide the necessary capital of the company pursuant to art. 24 of the law, either Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland or commercial companies or legal persons in Swiss hands within the meaning of para. 2.\n4. Administration and management\nArt. 5c\n1 At least two-thirds of the members of the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, limited by shares, limited liability or cooperative must be Swiss nationals.\n2 When only one person is responsible for administration or management, he or she must be domiciled in Switzerland. If one of these bodies has several members, the majority of the members of each of them must be domiciled in Switzerland.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require other company directors to be Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland.[...]\" (Maritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c [google translation])","Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21\nMaritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1305_1395_1407/fr\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1369_1458_1473/fr\">Ordinance</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1445,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0048","An enterprise may register a vessel for the commercial transport of persons or goods or for commercial maritime activities if its head office and real centre of activities is located in Switzerland and if at least the majority of its capital and two thirds of its voting rights are owned by Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland and/or by substantially Swiss-owned and Swiss-controlled enterprises with registered office in Switzerland.","\"Art. 17\n1 Only ships which are used or intended for the professional transport of persons or goods or for another professional activity at sea, and in respect of which the legal conditions of ownership are met, are registered in the Swiss ship register. admission to navigation, name, procedure, as well as those relating to financial means.\n2 The registration and cancellation of the vessel are published by the Office of the Swiss Ship Register in the Federal Gazette and in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce.\n[...]\nArt. 19\nSole proprietorships, trading companies and cooperative societies (companies) registered in Switzerland in the trade register and whose head office and real center of their activities are in Switzerland can register their vessels in their name in the ship register. Swiss as long as they meet the conditions set out in art. 20 to 24.\nArt. 20\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be satisfied by natural persons, owners of a sole proprietorship, partners, limited partners, shareholders, partners of a cooperative society or other beneficiaries of shares, as well as all managers of a general, limited or limited liability partnership.\nArt. 21\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be met by the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, of a limited partnership with shares. , a limited liability company or a cooperative society, as well as the persons in charge of the control of these companies.[...]\" (Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Chapter II: Of the Swiss ship\nI. Conditions for the registration of Swiss vessels and checks carried out by auditors\n1. General conditions\nArt. 5\nA ship is only registered in the Swiss Ship Register if all the conditions provided for by law and this Ordinance are met.\n2. Domicile or registered office\nArt. 5a\nMust have their domicile or registered office in Switzerland:\na. the owner of a sole proprietorship;\nb. at least three quarters of the partners or other beneficiaries of shares in a general, limited or limited liability partnership, who have at least three quarters of the corporate assets, the sponsorship or the share capital;\nc. shareholders of a public limited company or a limited partnership with shares, who have at least a majority of the share capital and at least two-thirds of the votes;\nd. at least two-thirds of the partners of a cooperative society, who at the same time have at least two-thirds of the shares in the share capital.\n3. Nationality and control\nArt. 5b\n1 The natural persons mentioned in art. 5a must be Swiss nationals.\n2 If a commercial company or a legal person has interests in the business of the Swiss shipowner as a partner, limited partner, shareholder or unitholder or if it has rights over said business as usufructuary or in another capacity, it must have an unmistakably Swiss character through its partners, limited partners, shareholders, unitholders or members, by the persons in charge of administration, as well as by its financial resources.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require the shareholders or partners who provide the necessary capital of the company pursuant to art. 24 of the law, either Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland or commercial companies or legal persons in Swiss hands within the meaning of para. 2.\n4. Administration and management\nArt. 5c\n1 At least two-thirds of the members of the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, limited by shares, limited liability or cooperative must be Swiss nationals.\n2 When only one person is responsible for administration or management, he or she must be domiciled in Switzerland. If one of these bodies has several members, the majority of the members of each of them must be domiciled in Switzerland.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require other company directors to be Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland.[...]\" (Maritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c [google translation])","Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21\nMaritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1305_1395_1407/fr\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1369_1458_1473/fr\">Ordinance</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1445,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00075","Foreign investment in insurance activities is subject to local incorporation.","\"Article 8. Insurance (reinsurance) company\n1. The insurance (reinsurance) company is created in the form of a joint stock company and a limited liability company, and the state insurance organization - in the form of a state unitary enterprise. [...]\n4. When creating an insurance (reinsurance) company and carrying out activities with the participation of foreign investors, the following requirements must be observed:\n- a foreign investor is required to submit documents confirming its solvency and an audit report (as of the latest date);\n- At least 50 percent of the members of the governing bodies of the insurance organization, created with the participation of foreign investors, are citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan; \n- the insurance (reinsurance) company is required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to increase the size of its authorized capital at the expense of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries to alienate their shares (shares in shares to foreign investors (including for sale to foreign investors)) in the authorized capital), and local shareholders (participants) are required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to alienate their shares (shares in the authorized capital) of the insurance (re insurance) organizations in favor of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries (as amended by the Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated 02.01.2018, No. 1487); [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated])\n--------------------------\n\"Chapter 54. Features of licensing insurance activities\n1. Licensed type of activity: insurance activity. [...]\n5. An insurance company based on foreign investment is required to submit the following additional documents to the licensing authority in order to obtain a license to carry out insurance activities:\n1) foreign insurance company:\n- a decision of the relevant body of a foreign insurance organization on its participation in the creation of an insurance organization on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan. [...]\" (Decree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172\n\"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated]\nDecree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172 \"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=19042\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=7901\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2857,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.00075","Foreign investment in insurance activities is subject to local incorporation.","\"Article 8. Insurance (reinsurance) company\n1. The insurance (reinsurance) company is created in the form of a joint stock company and a limited liability company, and the state insurance organization - in the form of a state unitary enterprise. [...]\n4. When creating an insurance (reinsurance) company and carrying out activities with the participation of foreign investors, the following requirements must be observed:\n- a foreign investor is required to submit documents confirming its solvency and an audit report (as of the latest date);\n- At least 50 percent of the members of the governing bodies of the insurance organization, created with the participation of foreign investors, are citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan; \n- the insurance (reinsurance) company is required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to increase the size of its authorized capital at the expense of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries to alienate their shares (shares in shares to foreign investors (including for sale to foreign investors)) in the authorized capital), and local shareholders (participants) are required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to alienate their shares (shares in the authorized capital) of the insurance (re insurance) organizations in favor of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries (as amended by the Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated 02.01.2018, No. 1487); [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated])\n--------------------------\n\"Chapter 54. Features of licensing insurance activities\n1. Licensed type of activity: insurance activity. [...]\n5. An insurance company based on foreign investment is required to submit the following additional documents to the licensing authority in order to obtain a license to carry out insurance activities:\n1) foreign insurance company:\n- a decision of the relevant body of a foreign insurance organization on its participation in the creation of an insurance organization on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan. [...]\" (Decree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172\n\"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated]\nDecree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172 \"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=19042\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=7901\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2857,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00075","Foreign investment in insurance activities is subject to local incorporation.","\"Article 8. Insurance (reinsurance) company\n1. The insurance (reinsurance) company is created in the form of a joint stock company and a limited liability company, and the state insurance organization - in the form of a state unitary enterprise. [...]\n4. When creating an insurance (reinsurance) company and carrying out activities with the participation of foreign investors, the following requirements must be observed:\n- a foreign investor is required to submit documents confirming its solvency and an audit report (as of the latest date);\n- At least 50 percent of the members of the governing bodies of the insurance organization, created with the participation of foreign investors, are citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan; \n- the insurance (reinsurance) company is required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to increase the size of its authorized capital at the expense of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries to alienate their shares (shares in shares to foreign investors (including for sale to foreign investors)) in the authorized capital), and local shareholders (participants) are required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to alienate their shares (shares in the authorized capital) of the insurance (re insurance) organizations in favor of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries (as amended by the Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated 02.01.2018, No. 1487); [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated])\n--------------------------\n\"Chapter 54. Features of licensing insurance activities\n1. Licensed type of activity: insurance activity. [...]\n5. An insurance company based on foreign investment is required to submit the following additional documents to the licensing authority in order to obtain a license to carry out insurance activities:\n1) foreign insurance company:\n- a decision of the relevant body of a foreign insurance organization on its participation in the creation of an insurance organization on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan. [...]\" (Decree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172\n\"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated]\nDecree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172 \"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=19042\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=7901\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2857,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.00075","Foreign investment in insurance activities is subject to local incorporation.","\"Article 8. Insurance (reinsurance) company\n1. The insurance (reinsurance) company is created in the form of a joint stock company and a limited liability company, and the state insurance organization - in the form of a state unitary enterprise. [...]\n4. When creating an insurance (reinsurance) company and carrying out activities with the participation of foreign investors, the following requirements must be observed:\n- a foreign investor is required to submit documents confirming its solvency and an audit report (as of the latest date);\n- At least 50 percent of the members of the governing bodies of the insurance organization, created with the participation of foreign investors, are citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan; \n- the insurance (reinsurance) company is required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to increase the size of its authorized capital at the expense of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries to alienate their shares (shares in shares to foreign investors (including for sale to foreign investors)) in the authorized capital), and local shareholders (participants) are required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to alienate their shares (shares in the authorized capital) of the insurance (re insurance) organizations in favor of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries (as amended by the Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated 02.01.2018, No. 1487); [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated])\n--------------------------\n\"Chapter 54. Features of licensing insurance activities\n1. Licensed type of activity: insurance activity. [...]\n5. An insurance company based on foreign investment is required to submit the following additional documents to the licensing authority in order to obtain a license to carry out insurance activities:\n1) foreign insurance company:\n- a decision of the relevant body of a foreign insurance organization on its participation in the creation of an insurance organization on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan. [...]\" (Decree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172\n\"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated]\nDecree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172 \"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=19042\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=7901\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2857,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","A031","_O","IV41","IX",2021,"0.00009375","Foreign-owned investors are not entitled to receive investment incentives available to citizen-owned companies conducting fishing activites in the Exclusive Economic Zone.","\"Application\n2.-(1) This Act shall apply to Mainland Tanzania as well as Tanzania Zanzibar.\n(2) This Act shall be construed as being in addition to and not in derogation of the Territorial Sea and Exclusive Economic Zone Act for fishing purposes in the Exclusive Economic Zone and other areas which the United Republic exercises jurisdiction rights or sovereign rights, and shall for all fishing intents and purposes complement that Act.\n[...]\n45.- (1) For the purpose of promoting access to and fisheries in the Exclusive Economic Zone, the Authority may-\n(a) on application by citizens or entities owned by citizens of the United Republic;\n(b) after consultation with the Ministers responsible for fisheries in Mainland Tanzania and Tanzania Zanzibar; and\n(c) subject to the list of incentives issued pursuant to subsection (2) and the regulations prescribed pursuant to subsection (3), recommend to the relevant institutions responsible for investment incentives in Mainland Tanzania and Tanzania Zanzibar for provision of incentives for matters regulated under this Act.[...]\" (Deep Sea Fisheries Management and Development Act, 2020)","Deep Sea Fisheries Management and Development Act, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/tan199110.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,327,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","A031","_O","IV41","IX",2022,"0.00009375","Foreign-owned investors are not entitled to receive investment incentives available to citizen-owned companies conducting fishing activites in the Exclusive Economic Zone.","\"Application\n2.-(1) This Act shall apply to Mainland Tanzania as well as Tanzania Zanzibar.\n(2) This Act shall be construed as being in addition to and not in derogation of the Territorial Sea and Exclusive Economic Zone Act for fishing purposes in the Exclusive Economic Zone and other areas which the United Republic exercises jurisdiction rights or sovereign rights, and shall for all fishing intents and purposes complement that Act.\n[...]\n45.- (1) For the purpose of promoting access to and fisheries in the Exclusive Economic Zone, the Authority may-\n(a) on application by citizens or entities owned by citizens of the United Republic;\n(b) after consultation with the Ministers responsible for fisheries in Mainland Tanzania and Tanzania Zanzibar; and\n(c) subject to the list of incentives issued pursuant to subsection (2) and the regulations prescribed pursuant to subsection (3), recommend to the relevant institutions responsible for investment incentives in Mainland Tanzania and Tanzania Zanzibar for provision of incentives for matters regulated under this Act.[...]\" (Deep Sea Fisheries Management and Development Act, 2020)","Deep Sea Fisheries Management and Development Act, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/tan199110.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,327,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","A031","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.00009375","Foreign-owned investors are not entitled to receive investment incentives available to citizen-owned companies conducting fishing activites in the Exclusive Economic Zone.","\"Application\n2.-(1) This Act shall apply to Mainland Tanzania as well as Tanzania Zanzibar.\n(2) This Act shall be construed as being in addition to and not in derogation of the Territorial Sea and Exclusive Economic Zone Act for fishing purposes in the Exclusive Economic Zone and other areas which the United Republic exercises jurisdiction rights or sovereign rights, and shall for all fishing intents and purposes complement that Act.\n[...]\n45.- (1) For the purpose of promoting access to and fisheries in the Exclusive Economic Zone, the Authority may-\n(a) on application by citizens or entities owned by citizens of the United Republic;\n(b) after consultation with the Ministers responsible for fisheries in Mainland Tanzania and Tanzania Zanzibar; and\n(c) subject to the list of incentives issued pursuant to subsection (2) and the regulations prescribed pursuant to subsection (3), recommend to the relevant institutions responsible for investment incentives in Mainland Tanzania and Tanzania Zanzibar for provision of incentives for matters regulated under this Act.[...]\" (Deep Sea Fisheries Management and Development Act, 2020)","Deep Sea Fisheries Management and Development Act, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/tan199110.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,327,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.001","Majority foreign investment in domestic air transportation services is subject to approval under List 2 of the Foreign Business Act, and all other air transportation services and auxiliary services are subject to approval under List 3 of the FBA. \n[In the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that all other air transport services activities (including international) are also subject to approval under list 3 of the FBA (parag. 21). It is considered that all services sectors, which are neither explicilty excluded from FBA purview nor explicitly subjected to minority foreign equity holdings under sector-specific legislation nor disqualified from FBA screening under such legislation, are subject to discriminatory screening as provided in the FBA].","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter I. Businesses related to National Safety or Security [...] \n2. Domestic transportation by land, water or air, including domestic aviation\n[...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(21) Other service businesses, with the exception of service businesses as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n----------------------------------\n\"By virtue of the provisions of section 46 paragraph one of the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999) and List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999), which is the law containing certain provisions in relation to the restriction of rights and liberties of persons, in respect of which section 29 in conjunction with section 33 and section 43 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Thailand so permits by virtue of provisions of law, the Minister of Commerce issues this Ministerial Regulation, as follows. The following service businesses are the service businesses excluded from (21) of List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999):\n(1) Securities business and other businesses under the law on securities and securities exchange:\n (a) securities trading; (b) serving as an investment consultant; (c) securities underwriting; (d) borrowing and lending securities; (e) mutual fund management; (f) private fund management; (g) venture capital management; (h) granting loans for securities business; (i) serving as a financial consultant; (j) serving as a securities registrar;\n (k) trusteeship of assets of securities companies’ or derivatives traders’ customers; (l) serving as a private fund custodian; (m) serving as a mutual fund supervisor; and\n (n) serving as a debentureholders’ representative;\n(2) Derivatives business under the law on derivatives:\n (a) serving as a derivatives dealer; (b) serving as a derivatives advisor; and (c) serving as a derivatives fund manager; and\n(3) Serving as a trustee under the law on trust for transactions in capital market.\n(4) financial institution business, businesses incidental to or necessary for the operation of a financial institution business and the businesses of companies in the financial group of a financial institution pursuant to the law on financial institutions [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]:\n (a) commercial banking business;  (b) bank representative office service business;  (c) Shariah financial service; (d) financial institution agent; (e) cash deposit services under terms of withdrawal on demand by a customer and custodian services; (f) private sector repurchase; (g) agent to receive applications and collect insurance premiums or service fees for export insurance and credit insurance for customers; (h) services relating to financial businesses offered to financial institutions, companies within the financial group, the Bank of Thailand and government agencies; (i) leasing of immovable property; (j) purchase or assignment of loan debts; (k) financing service; (l) documentation relating to customer’s businesses; (m) debt collection or application receiving agent;  (n) hire purchase and leasing.\n(5) life insurance business under the law on life insurance; [as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(6) insurance business under the law on insurance.”[as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(7) asset management business under the law on asset management company; [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(8) representative office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(9) regional office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(10) service business to which a government agency under the law on budgetary procedures is a party;[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(11) service business to which a state enterprise under the law on budgetary procedures is a party[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]. \"(MINISTERIAL REGULATION PRESCRIBING SERVICE BUSINESSES NOT SUBJECT TO APPLICATION FOR FOREIGN BUSINESS PERMISSION, B.E. 2556 (2013); amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017), Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1919,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.001","Majority foreign investment in domestic air transportation services is subject to approval under List 2 of the Foreign Business Act, and all other air transportation services and auxiliary services are subject to approval under List 3 of the FBA. \n[In the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that all other air transport services activities (including international) are also subject to approval under list 3 of the FBA (parag. 21). It is considered that all services sectors, which are neither explicilty excluded from FBA purview nor explicitly subjected to minority foreign equity holdings under sector-specific legislation nor disqualified from FBA screening under such legislation, are subject to discriminatory screening as provided in the FBA].","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter I. Businesses related to National Safety or Security [...] \n2. Domestic transportation by land, water or air, including domestic aviation\n[...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(21) Other service businesses, with the exception of service businesses as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n----------------------------------\n\"By virtue of the provisions of section 46 paragraph one of the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999) and List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999), which is the law containing certain provisions in relation to the restriction of rights and liberties of persons, in respect of which section 29 in conjunction with section 33 and section 43 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Thailand so permits by virtue of provisions of law, the Minister of Commerce issues this Ministerial Regulation, as follows. The following service businesses are the service businesses excluded from (21) of List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999):\n(1) Securities business and other businesses under the law on securities and securities exchange:\n (a) securities trading; (b) serving as an investment consultant; (c) securities underwriting; (d) borrowing and lending securities; (e) mutual fund management; (f) private fund management; (g) venture capital management; (h) granting loans for securities business; (i) serving as a financial consultant; (j) serving as a securities registrar;\n (k) trusteeship of assets of securities companies’ or derivatives traders’ customers; (l) serving as a private fund custodian; (m) serving as a mutual fund supervisor; and\n (n) serving as a debentureholders’ representative;\n(2) Derivatives business under the law on derivatives:\n (a) serving as a derivatives dealer; (b) serving as a derivatives advisor; and (c) serving as a derivatives fund manager; and\n(3) Serving as a trustee under the law on trust for transactions in capital market.\n(4) financial institution business, businesses incidental to or necessary for the operation of a financial institution business and the businesses of companies in the financial group of a financial institution pursuant to the law on financial institutions [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]:\n (a) commercial banking business;  (b) bank representative office service business;  (c) Shariah financial service; (d) financial institution agent; (e) cash deposit services under terms of withdrawal on demand by a customer and custodian services; (f) private sector repurchase; (g) agent to receive applications and collect insurance premiums or service fees for export insurance and credit insurance for customers; (h) services relating to financial businesses offered to financial institutions, companies within the financial group, the Bank of Thailand and government agencies; (i) leasing of immovable property; (j) purchase or assignment of loan debts; (k) financing service; (l) documentation relating to customer’s businesses; (m) debt collection or application receiving agent;  (n) hire purchase and leasing.\n(5) life insurance business under the law on life insurance; [as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(6) insurance business under the law on insurance.”[as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(7) asset management business under the law on asset management company; [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(8) representative office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(9) regional office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(10) service business to which a government agency under the law on budgetary procedures is a party;[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(11) service business to which a state enterprise under the law on budgetary procedures is a party[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]. \"(MINISTERIAL REGULATION PRESCRIBING SERVICE BUSINESSES NOT SUBJECT TO APPLICATION FOR FOREIGN BUSINESS PERMISSION, B.E. 2556 (2013); amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017), Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1919,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.001","Majority foreign investment in domestic air transportation services is subject to approval under List 2 of the Foreign Business Act, and all other air transportation services and auxiliary services are subject to approval under List 3 of the FBA. \n[In the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that all other air transport services activities (including international) are also subject to approval under list 3 of the FBA (parag. 21). It is considered that all services sectors, which are neither explicilty excluded from FBA purview nor explicitly subjected to minority foreign equity holdings under sector-specific legislation nor disqualified from FBA screening under such legislation, are subject to discriminatory screening as provided in the FBA].","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter I. Businesses related to National Safety or Security [...] \n2. Domestic transportation by land, water or air, including domestic aviation\n[...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(21) Other service businesses, with the exception of service businesses as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n----------------------------------\n\"By virtue of the provisions of section 46 paragraph one of the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999) and List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999), which is the law containing certain provisions in relation to the restriction of rights and liberties of persons, in respect of which section 29 in conjunction with section 33 and section 43 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Thailand so permits by virtue of provisions of law, the Minister of Commerce issues this Ministerial Regulation, as follows. The following service businesses are the service businesses excluded from (21) of List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999):\n(1) Securities business and other businesses under the law on securities and securities exchange:\n (a) securities trading; (b) serving as an investment consultant; (c) securities underwriting; (d) borrowing and lending securities; (e) mutual fund management; (f) private fund management; (g) venture capital management; (h) granting loans for securities business; (i) serving as a financial consultant; (j) serving as a securities registrar;\n (k) trusteeship of assets of securities companies’ or derivatives traders’ customers; (l) serving as a private fund custodian; (m) serving as a mutual fund supervisor; and\n (n) serving as a debentureholders’ representative;\n(2) Derivatives business under the law on derivatives:\n (a) serving as a derivatives dealer; (b) serving as a derivatives advisor; and (c) serving as a derivatives fund manager; and\n(3) Serving as a trustee under the law on trust for transactions in capital market.\n(4) financial institution business, businesses incidental to or necessary for the operation of a financial institution business and the businesses of companies in the financial group of a financial institution pursuant to the law on financial institutions [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]:\n (a) commercial banking business;  (b) bank representative office service business;  (c) Shariah financial service; (d) financial institution agent; (e) cash deposit services under terms of withdrawal on demand by a customer and custodian services; (f) private sector repurchase; (g) agent to receive applications and collect insurance premiums or service fees for export insurance and credit insurance for customers; (h) services relating to financial businesses offered to financial institutions, companies within the financial group, the Bank of Thailand and government agencies; (i) leasing of immovable property; (j) purchase or assignment of loan debts; (k) financing service; (l) documentation relating to customer’s businesses; (m) debt collection or application receiving agent;  (n) hire purchase and leasing.\n(5) life insurance business under the law on life insurance; [as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(6) insurance business under the law on insurance.”[as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(7) asset management business under the law on asset management company; [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(8) representative office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(9) regional office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(10) service business to which a government agency under the law on budgetary procedures is a party;[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(11) service business to which a state enterprise under the law on budgetary procedures is a party[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]. \"(MINISTERIAL REGULATION PRESCRIBING SERVICE BUSINESSES NOT SUBJECT TO APPLICATION FOR FOREIGN BUSINESS PERMISSION, B.E. 2556 (2013); amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017), Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1919,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.001","Majority foreign investment in domestic air transportation services is subject to approval under List 2 of the Foreign Business Act, and all other air transportation services and auxiliary services are subject to approval under List 3 of the FBA. \n[In the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that all other air transport services activities (including international) are also subject to approval under list 3 of the FBA (parag. 21). It is considered that all services sectors, which are neither explicilty excluded from FBA purview nor explicitly subjected to minority foreign equity holdings under sector-specific legislation nor disqualified from FBA screening under such legislation, are subject to discriminatory screening as provided in the FBA].","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter I. Businesses related to National Safety or Security [...] \n2. Domestic transportation by land, water or air, including domestic aviation\n[...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(21) Other service businesses, with the exception of service businesses as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n----------------------------------\n\"By virtue of the provisions of section 46 paragraph one of the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999) and List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999), which is the law containing certain provisions in relation to the restriction of rights and liberties of persons, in respect of which section 29 in conjunction with section 33 and section 43 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Thailand so permits by virtue of provisions of law, the Minister of Commerce issues this Ministerial Regulation, as follows. The following service businesses are the service businesses excluded from (21) of List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999):\n(1) Securities business and other businesses under the law on securities and securities exchange:\n (a) securities trading; (b) serving as an investment consultant; (c) securities underwriting; (d) borrowing and lending securities; (e) mutual fund management; (f) private fund management; (g) venture capital management; (h) granting loans for securities business; (i) serving as a financial consultant; (j) serving as a securities registrar;\n (k) trusteeship of assets of securities companies’ or derivatives traders’ customers; (l) serving as a private fund custodian; (m) serving as a mutual fund supervisor; and\n (n) serving as a debentureholders’ representative;\n(2) Derivatives business under the law on derivatives:\n (a) serving as a derivatives dealer; (b) serving as a derivatives advisor; and (c) serving as a derivatives fund manager; and\n(3) Serving as a trustee under the law on trust for transactions in capital market.\n(4) financial institution business, businesses incidental to or necessary for the operation of a financial institution business and the businesses of companies in the financial group of a financial institution pursuant to the law on financial institutions [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]:\n (a) commercial banking business;  (b) bank representative office service business;  (c) Shariah financial service; (d) financial institution agent; (e) cash deposit services under terms of withdrawal on demand by a customer and custodian services; (f) private sector repurchase; (g) agent to receive applications and collect insurance premiums or service fees for export insurance and credit insurance for customers; (h) services relating to financial businesses offered to financial institutions, companies within the financial group, the Bank of Thailand and government agencies; (i) leasing of immovable property; (j) purchase or assignment of loan debts; (k) financing service; (l) documentation relating to customer’s businesses; (m) debt collection or application receiving agent;  (n) hire purchase and leasing.\n(5) life insurance business under the law on life insurance; [as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(6) insurance business under the law on insurance.”[as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(7) asset management business under the law on asset management company; [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(8) representative office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(9) regional office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(10) service business to which a government agency under the law on budgetary procedures is a party;[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(11) service business to which a state enterprise under the law on budgetary procedures is a party[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]. \"(MINISTERIAL REGULATION PRESCRIBING SERVICE BUSINESSES NOT SUBJECT TO APPLICATION FOR FOREIGN BUSINESS PERMISSION, B.E. 2556 (2013); amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017), Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1919,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.002625","Foreign investment in tourism business (essentially travel agencies and tour operator services) are limited to up to 49% of voting capital, and more than 50% of directors must be Thai. ","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 13. In the case where there exist other laws which govern shareholding, partnership or investment of foreigners, permission or prohibition of the operation of certain businesses vis‐à‐vis foreigners or which prescribe rules in connection with the operation of businesses of foreigners, such laws shall prevail and the provisions of this Act shall not apply to matters insofar as they are specifically provided by other laws\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(17) Hotel business, with the exception of the hotel management service\n(18) Guided touring\n(19) Sale of food and beverages [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n-----------------------------\n\"[...] Section 4. In this Act: “Tourism business” means a business relating to guiding tourists for touring or for other purposes of traveling by providing either one or several services or conveniences such as lodging, food, guide, or any other services as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER I - Tourism Business\nSection 15. Any person who intends to operate a tourism business shall apply for a tourism business licence with the registrar. An application of licence, issuance of licence, and issuance of duplicate copy of licence shall be in accordance with the criteria and procedure prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\nSection 16. A natural person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows: (A) being not less than twenty years of age on an application date of tourism business licence; (B) being of Thai nationality; (C) being domiciled or resided in the Kingdom of Thailand [...]\nSection 17. A juristic person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows; (A) being the juristic person under Thai law whose objective is to operate business concerning with tourism. If such juristic person is a registered partnership, an unlimited liability partner shall have Thai nationality. If such juristic person is a limited company or public limited company, no less than fifty one percent of a company’s capital shall belong to a natural person who has Thai nationality and more than half of such company’s directors shall have Thai nationality; (B) the director or a person who has the power to act on behalf of the juristic person shall have qualifications and not be under the prohibitions under section 16; [...]\"(Tourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008))\"","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nTourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/TOURISM_BUSINESS_AND_GUIDE_ACT_B.E._2551.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1959,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.002625","Foreign investment in tourism business (essentially travel agencies and tour operator services) are limited to up to 49% of voting capital, and more than 50% of directors must be Thai. ","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 13. In the case where there exist other laws which govern shareholding, partnership or investment of foreigners, permission or prohibition of the operation of certain businesses vis‐à‐vis foreigners or which prescribe rules in connection with the operation of businesses of foreigners, such laws shall prevail and the provisions of this Act shall not apply to matters insofar as they are specifically provided by other laws\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(17) Hotel business, with the exception of the hotel management service\n(18) Guided touring\n(19) Sale of food and beverages [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n-----------------------------\n\"[...] Section 4. In this Act: “Tourism business” means a business relating to guiding tourists for touring or for other purposes of traveling by providing either one or several services or conveniences such as lodging, food, guide, or any other services as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER I - Tourism Business\nSection 15. Any person who intends to operate a tourism business shall apply for a tourism business licence with the registrar. An application of licence, issuance of licence, and issuance of duplicate copy of licence shall be in accordance with the criteria and procedure prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\nSection 16. A natural person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows: (A) being not less than twenty years of age on an application date of tourism business licence; (B) being of Thai nationality; (C) being domiciled or resided in the Kingdom of Thailand [...]\nSection 17. A juristic person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows; (A) being the juristic person under Thai law whose objective is to operate business concerning with tourism. If such juristic person is a registered partnership, an unlimited liability partner shall have Thai nationality. If such juristic person is a limited company or public limited company, no less than fifty one percent of a company’s capital shall belong to a natural person who has Thai nationality and more than half of such company’s directors shall have Thai nationality; (B) the director or a person who has the power to act on behalf of the juristic person shall have qualifications and not be under the prohibitions under section 16; [...]\"(Tourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008))\"","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nTourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/TOURISM_BUSINESS_AND_GUIDE_ACT_B.E._2551.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1959,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.002625","Foreign investment in tourism business (essentially travel agencies and tour operator services) are limited to up to 49% of voting capital, and more than 50% of directors must be Thai. ","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 13. In the case where there exist other laws which govern shareholding, partnership or investment of foreigners, permission or prohibition of the operation of certain businesses vis‐à‐vis foreigners or which prescribe rules in connection with the operation of businesses of foreigners, such laws shall prevail and the provisions of this Act shall not apply to matters insofar as they are specifically provided by other laws\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(17) Hotel business, with the exception of the hotel management service\n(18) Guided touring\n(19) Sale of food and beverages [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n-----------------------------\n\"[...] Section 4. In this Act: “Tourism business” means a business relating to guiding tourists for touring or for other purposes of traveling by providing either one or several services or conveniences such as lodging, food, guide, or any other services as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER I - Tourism Business\nSection 15. Any person who intends to operate a tourism business shall apply for a tourism business licence with the registrar. An application of licence, issuance of licence, and issuance of duplicate copy of licence shall be in accordance with the criteria and procedure prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\nSection 16. A natural person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows: (A) being not less than twenty years of age on an application date of tourism business licence; (B) being of Thai nationality; (C) being domiciled or resided in the Kingdom of Thailand [...]\nSection 17. A juristic person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows; (A) being the juristic person under Thai law whose objective is to operate business concerning with tourism. If such juristic person is a registered partnership, an unlimited liability partner shall have Thai nationality. If such juristic person is a limited company or public limited company, no less than fifty one percent of a company’s capital shall belong to a natural person who has Thai nationality and more than half of such company’s directors shall have Thai nationality; (B) the director or a person who has the power to act on behalf of the juristic person shall have qualifications and not be under the prohibitions under section 16; [...]\"(Tourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008))\"","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nTourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/TOURISM_BUSINESS_AND_GUIDE_ACT_B.E._2551.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1959,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.002625","Foreign investment in tourism business (essentially travel agencies and tour operator services) are limited to up to 49% of voting capital, and more than 50% of directors must be Thai. ","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 13. In the case where there exist other laws which govern shareholding, partnership or investment of foreigners, permission or prohibition of the operation of certain businesses vis‐à‐vis foreigners or which prescribe rules in connection with the operation of businesses of foreigners, such laws shall prevail and the provisions of this Act shall not apply to matters insofar as they are specifically provided by other laws\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(17) Hotel business, with the exception of the hotel management service\n(18) Guided touring\n(19) Sale of food and beverages [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n-----------------------------\n\"[...] Section 4. In this Act: “Tourism business” means a business relating to guiding tourists for touring or for other purposes of traveling by providing either one or several services or conveniences such as lodging, food, guide, or any other services as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER I - Tourism Business\nSection 15. Any person who intends to operate a tourism business shall apply for a tourism business licence with the registrar. An application of licence, issuance of licence, and issuance of duplicate copy of licence shall be in accordance with the criteria and procedure prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\nSection 16. A natural person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows: (A) being not less than twenty years of age on an application date of tourism business licence; (B) being of Thai nationality; (C) being domiciled or resided in the Kingdom of Thailand [...]\nSection 17. A juristic person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows; (A) being the juristic person under Thai law whose objective is to operate business concerning with tourism. If such juristic person is a registered partnership, an unlimited liability partner shall have Thai nationality. If such juristic person is a limited company or public limited company, no less than fifty one percent of a company’s capital shall belong to a natural person who has Thai nationality and more than half of such company’s directors shall have Thai nationality; (B) the director or a person who has the power to act on behalf of the juristic person shall have qualifications and not be under the prohibitions under section 16; [...]\"(Tourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008))\"","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nTourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/TOURISM_BUSINESS_AND_GUIDE_ACT_B.E._2551.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1959,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","M691","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0003125","Majority foreign investment in legal service business is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...]\n7. Provision of legal services [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1933,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","M691","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0003125","Majority foreign investment in legal service business is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...]\n7. Provision of legal services [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1933,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","M691","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0003125","Majority foreign investment in legal service business is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...]\n7. Provision of legal services [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1933,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","M691","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0003125","Majority foreign investment in legal service business is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...]\n7. Provision of legal services [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1933,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0024","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in commercial road freight transport, tourist transport, vehicle rental, freight forwarders and non-regular public road transport of passenger by taxis, hire cards and rural transport.","\"First article. - The purpose of this law is to organize the land transport of people and goods and to set the rules and conditions for the exercise of the activity in this field.\nLand transport includes, within the meaning of this law, rail transport, road transport and vehicle rental.\nInternal land transport is considered to be any transport carried out between two points located on national territory by means of road or rail transport. Other land transport operations are considered international land transport.\n[...]\nArt. 22. - The organization of non-regular public road transport of persons is fixed by decree. The maximum age of the cars used and their technical specifications, the methods for fixing the routes of collective taxis and rental cars and rural transport, as well as the general rules relating to the operation are fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport. \n[...]\nArt. 25. - The exercise of the various tourist transport activities is subject to specifications and prior declarations to the competent services of the ministry in charge of transport.\nA joint decree of the ministers responsible for transport and tourism establishes the list of these activities and approves the related specifications.\n[...]\nArt. 28. - The exercise of the activity of road transport of goods for the account of others, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight is less than or equal to a threshold fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport, is free and is not subject to authorization or declaration.\nThe exercise of this same activity, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight exceeds the threshold referred to in the first paragraph of this article, is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 30. - The operation of freight centers is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 33. - The exercise of the rental activity of each category or set of categories of vehicles intended for the transport of people or goods is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport . These specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\nArt. 34. - The person wishing to exercise one of the activities mentioned in articles 22, 25, 28, 30 and 33 of this law, must fulfill the conditions fixed by decree, relating to nationality and professional qualifications. [...]\" (Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1 - The purpose of this governmental decree is to set the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification for the exercise of the following activities:\n1- Tourist transport;\n2- Vehicle rental,\n3- Road transport of goods on behalf of others,\n4- The operation of freight centers,\n5- Non-regular public road transport of people by taxis, hire cars and rural transport.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - The legal person wishing to exercise one of the activities provided for in article 1 of this decree must be of Tunisian nationality in accordance with the provisions of Decree-Law 61-14 of August 30, 1961 referred to below or possibly obtain the agreement of the higher investment commission provided for in article 23 of the investment incentive code promulgated by law No. 93-120 of December 27, 1993 if the rate of participation of foreigners in the capital of the company is greater than 50%.\nArticle 4 - The activities provided for in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of article 1 of this government decree can only be carried out by legal persons and the activity provided for in paragraph 5 of article 1 of this government decree cannot be carried out. be exercised only by natural persons.[...]\" (Decree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Art. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"First article. - The purpose of this decree is to organize the non-regular public road transport of people by individual taxi cars, collective taxis, grand touring taxis, hire, rural transport and occasional transport.\nArt. 2. - The authorization to exercise the activity of non-scheduled public road transport of persons can be granted to a natural or legal person with the exception of rural transport which only natural persons are authorized to exercise and occasional transport that only legal persons are authorized to exercise.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - The authorization to exercise one of the activities mentioned in article 1 of this decree is granted to the legal person who justifies the following:\n- have fulfilled the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification set by Decree No. 2006-2118 of July 31, 2006 referred to above,[...]\" (Decree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1: The forwarder is the person who performs on behalf of the shipper or recipient of legal acts and material operations related to the international transport of goods.\nHe may also organize or have all or part of the international transport of goods carried out, including related operations, in particular those relating to insurance, packaging, groupage, pointing, allotment, security, etc. warehousing and delivery. It may also, subject to the regulations in force, charter any means of international transport of goods as well as containers and trailers.\nHe performs the administrative procedures required by the transport and its related operations, including customs formalities if he is authorized to do so, otherwise has them carried out.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - Persons of foreign nationality may exercise the activity of forwarding agent when authorized to do so under international agreements in force, and this, subject to reciprocity.\nIn the absence of such agreements, the exercise of the activity of forwarding agent by foreigners is subject to the laws and regulations in force governing the investments and participation of foreigners.[...]\" (Law on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4 [google translation])","Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34\nDecree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3\nDecree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4\nLaw on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.transport.tn/fr/terrestre/reglement\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/84070?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/77824?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/83267?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112612?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109855?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1716,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0024","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in commercial road freight transport, tourist transport, vehicle rental, freight forwarders and non-regular public road transport of passenger by taxis, hire cards and rural transport.","\"First article. - The purpose of this law is to organize the land transport of people and goods and to set the rules and conditions for the exercise of the activity in this field.\nLand transport includes, within the meaning of this law, rail transport, road transport and vehicle rental.\nInternal land transport is considered to be any transport carried out between two points located on national territory by means of road or rail transport. Other land transport operations are considered international land transport.\n[...]\nArt. 22. - The organization of non-regular public road transport of persons is fixed by decree. The maximum age of the cars used and their technical specifications, the methods for fixing the routes of collective taxis and rental cars and rural transport, as well as the general rules relating to the operation are fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport. \n[...]\nArt. 25. - The exercise of the various tourist transport activities is subject to specifications and prior declarations to the competent services of the ministry in charge of transport.\nA joint decree of the ministers responsible for transport and tourism establishes the list of these activities and approves the related specifications.\n[...]\nArt. 28. - The exercise of the activity of road transport of goods for the account of others, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight is less than or equal to a threshold fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport, is free and is not subject to authorization or declaration.\nThe exercise of this same activity, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight exceeds the threshold referred to in the first paragraph of this article, is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 30. - The operation of freight centers is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 33. - The exercise of the rental activity of each category or set of categories of vehicles intended for the transport of people or goods is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport . These specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\nArt. 34. - The person wishing to exercise one of the activities mentioned in articles 22, 25, 28, 30 and 33 of this law, must fulfill the conditions fixed by decree, relating to nationality and professional qualifications. [...]\" (Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1 - The purpose of this governmental decree is to set the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification for the exercise of the following activities:\n1- Tourist transport;\n2- Vehicle rental,\n3- Road transport of goods on behalf of others,\n4- The operation of freight centers,\n5- Non-regular public road transport of people by taxis, hire cars and rural transport.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - The legal person wishing to exercise one of the activities provided for in article 1 of this decree must be of Tunisian nationality in accordance with the provisions of Decree-Law 61-14 of August 30, 1961 referred to below or possibly obtain the agreement of the higher investment commission provided for in article 23 of the investment incentive code promulgated by law No. 93-120 of December 27, 1993 if the rate of participation of foreigners in the capital of the company is greater than 50%.\nArticle 4 - The activities provided for in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of article 1 of this government decree can only be carried out by legal persons and the activity provided for in paragraph 5 of article 1 of this government decree cannot be carried out. be exercised only by natural persons.[...]\" (Decree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Art. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"First article. - The purpose of this decree is to organize the non-regular public road transport of people by individual taxi cars, collective taxis, grand touring taxis, hire, rural transport and occasional transport.\nArt. 2. - The authorization to exercise the activity of non-scheduled public road transport of persons can be granted to a natural or legal person with the exception of rural transport which only natural persons are authorized to exercise and occasional transport that only legal persons are authorized to exercise.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - The authorization to exercise one of the activities mentioned in article 1 of this decree is granted to the legal person who justifies the following:\n- have fulfilled the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification set by Decree No. 2006-2118 of July 31, 2006 referred to above,[...]\" (Decree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1: The forwarder is the person who performs on behalf of the shipper or recipient of legal acts and material operations related to the international transport of goods.\nHe may also organize or have all or part of the international transport of goods carried out, including related operations, in particular those relating to insurance, packaging, groupage, pointing, allotment, security, etc. warehousing and delivery. It may also, subject to the regulations in force, charter any means of international transport of goods as well as containers and trailers.\nHe performs the administrative procedures required by the transport and its related operations, including customs formalities if he is authorized to do so, otherwise has them carried out.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - Persons of foreign nationality may exercise the activity of forwarding agent when authorized to do so under international agreements in force, and this, subject to reciprocity.\nIn the absence of such agreements, the exercise of the activity of forwarding agent by foreigners is subject to the laws and regulations in force governing the investments and participation of foreigners.[...]\" (Law on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4 [google translation])","Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34\nDecree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3\nDecree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4\nLaw on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.transport.tn/fr/terrestre/reglement\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/84070?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/77824?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/83267?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112612?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109855?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1716,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0024","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in commercial road freight transport, tourist transport, vehicle rental, freight forwarders and non-regular public road transport of passenger by taxis, hire cards and rural transport.","\"First article. - The purpose of this law is to organize the land transport of people and goods and to set the rules and conditions for the exercise of the activity in this field.\nLand transport includes, within the meaning of this law, rail transport, road transport and vehicle rental.\nInternal land transport is considered to be any transport carried out between two points located on national territory by means of road or rail transport. Other land transport operations are considered international land transport.\n[...]\nArt. 22. - The organization of non-regular public road transport of persons is fixed by decree. The maximum age of the cars used and their technical specifications, the methods for fixing the routes of collective taxis and rental cars and rural transport, as well as the general rules relating to the operation are fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport. \n[...]\nArt. 25. - The exercise of the various tourist transport activities is subject to specifications and prior declarations to the competent services of the ministry in charge of transport.\nA joint decree of the ministers responsible for transport and tourism establishes the list of these activities and approves the related specifications.\n[...]\nArt. 28. - The exercise of the activity of road transport of goods for the account of others, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight is less than or equal to a threshold fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport, is free and is not subject to authorization or declaration.\nThe exercise of this same activity, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight exceeds the threshold referred to in the first paragraph of this article, is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 30. - The operation of freight centers is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 33. - The exercise of the rental activity of each category or set of categories of vehicles intended for the transport of people or goods is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport . These specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\nArt. 34. - The person wishing to exercise one of the activities mentioned in articles 22, 25, 28, 30 and 33 of this law, must fulfill the conditions fixed by decree, relating to nationality and professional qualifications. [...]\" (Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1 - The purpose of this governmental decree is to set the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification for the exercise of the following activities:\n1- Tourist transport;\n2- Vehicle rental,\n3- Road transport of goods on behalf of others,\n4- The operation of freight centers,\n5- Non-regular public road transport of people by taxis, hire cars and rural transport.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - The legal person wishing to exercise one of the activities provided for in article 1 of this decree must be of Tunisian nationality in accordance with the provisions of Decree-Law 61-14 of August 30, 1961 referred to below or possibly obtain the agreement of the higher investment commission provided for in article 23 of the investment incentive code promulgated by law No. 93-120 of December 27, 1993 if the rate of participation of foreigners in the capital of the company is greater than 50%.\nArticle 4 - The activities provided for in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of article 1 of this government decree can only be carried out by legal persons and the activity provided for in paragraph 5 of article 1 of this government decree cannot be carried out. be exercised only by natural persons.[...]\" (Decree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Art. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"First article. - The purpose of this decree is to organize the non-regular public road transport of people by individual taxi cars, collective taxis, grand touring taxis, hire, rural transport and occasional transport.\nArt. 2. - The authorization to exercise the activity of non-scheduled public road transport of persons can be granted to a natural or legal person with the exception of rural transport which only natural persons are authorized to exercise and occasional transport that only legal persons are authorized to exercise.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - The authorization to exercise one of the activities mentioned in article 1 of this decree is granted to the legal person who justifies the following:\n- have fulfilled the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification set by Decree No. 2006-2118 of July 31, 2006 referred to above,[...]\" (Decree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1: The forwarder is the person who performs on behalf of the shipper or recipient of legal acts and material operations related to the international transport of goods.\nHe may also organize or have all or part of the international transport of goods carried out, including related operations, in particular those relating to insurance, packaging, groupage, pointing, allotment, security, etc. warehousing and delivery. It may also, subject to the regulations in force, charter any means of international transport of goods as well as containers and trailers.\nHe performs the administrative procedures required by the transport and its related operations, including customs formalities if he is authorized to do so, otherwise has them carried out.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - Persons of foreign nationality may exercise the activity of forwarding agent when authorized to do so under international agreements in force, and this, subject to reciprocity.\nIn the absence of such agreements, the exercise of the activity of forwarding agent by foreigners is subject to the laws and regulations in force governing the investments and participation of foreigners.[...]\" (Law on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4 [google translation])","Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34\nDecree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3\nDecree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4\nLaw on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.transport.tn/fr/terrestre/reglement\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/84070?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/77824?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/83267?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112612?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109855?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1716,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0024","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in commercial road freight transport, tourist transport, vehicle rental, freight forwarders and non-regular public road transport of passenger by taxis, hire cards and rural transport.","\"First article. - The purpose of this law is to organize the land transport of people and goods and to set the rules and conditions for the exercise of the activity in this field.\nLand transport includes, within the meaning of this law, rail transport, road transport and vehicle rental.\nInternal land transport is considered to be any transport carried out between two points located on national territory by means of road or rail transport. Other land transport operations are considered international land transport.\n[...]\nArt. 22. - The organization of non-regular public road transport of persons is fixed by decree. The maximum age of the cars used and their technical specifications, the methods for fixing the routes of collective taxis and rental cars and rural transport, as well as the general rules relating to the operation are fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport. \n[...]\nArt. 25. - The exercise of the various tourist transport activities is subject to specifications and prior declarations to the competent services of the ministry in charge of transport.\nA joint decree of the ministers responsible for transport and tourism establishes the list of these activities and approves the related specifications.\n[...]\nArt. 28. - The exercise of the activity of road transport of goods for the account of others, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight is less than or equal to a threshold fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport, is free and is not subject to authorization or declaration.\nThe exercise of this same activity, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight exceeds the threshold referred to in the first paragraph of this article, is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 30. - The operation of freight centers is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 33. - The exercise of the rental activity of each category or set of categories of vehicles intended for the transport of people or goods is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport . These specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\nArt. 34. - The person wishing to exercise one of the activities mentioned in articles 22, 25, 28, 30 and 33 of this law, must fulfill the conditions fixed by decree, relating to nationality and professional qualifications. [...]\" (Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1 - The purpose of this governmental decree is to set the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification for the exercise of the following activities:\n1- Tourist transport;\n2- Vehicle rental,\n3- Road transport of goods on behalf of others,\n4- The operation of freight centers,\n5- Non-regular public road transport of people by taxis, hire cars and rural transport.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - The legal person wishing to exercise one of the activities provided for in article 1 of this decree must be of Tunisian nationality in accordance with the provisions of Decree-Law 61-14 of August 30, 1961 referred to below or possibly obtain the agreement of the higher investment commission provided for in article 23 of the investment incentive code promulgated by law No. 93-120 of December 27, 1993 if the rate of participation of foreigners in the capital of the company is greater than 50%.\nArticle 4 - The activities provided for in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of article 1 of this government decree can only be carried out by legal persons and the activity provided for in paragraph 5 of article 1 of this government decree cannot be carried out. be exercised only by natural persons.[...]\" (Decree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Art. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"First article. - The purpose of this decree is to organize the non-regular public road transport of people by individual taxi cars, collective taxis, grand touring taxis, hire, rural transport and occasional transport.\nArt. 2. - The authorization to exercise the activity of non-scheduled public road transport of persons can be granted to a natural or legal person with the exception of rural transport which only natural persons are authorized to exercise and occasional transport that only legal persons are authorized to exercise.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - The authorization to exercise one of the activities mentioned in article 1 of this decree is granted to the legal person who justifies the following:\n- have fulfilled the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification set by Decree No. 2006-2118 of July 31, 2006 referred to above,[...]\" (Decree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1: The forwarder is the person who performs on behalf of the shipper or recipient of legal acts and material operations related to the international transport of goods.\nHe may also organize or have all or part of the international transport of goods carried out, including related operations, in particular those relating to insurance, packaging, groupage, pointing, allotment, security, etc. warehousing and delivery. It may also, subject to the regulations in force, charter any means of international transport of goods as well as containers and trailers.\nHe performs the administrative procedures required by the transport and its related operations, including customs formalities if he is authorized to do so, otherwise has them carried out.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - Persons of foreign nationality may exercise the activity of forwarding agent when authorized to do so under international agreements in force, and this, subject to reciprocity.\nIn the absence of such agreements, the exercise of the activity of forwarding agent by foreigners is subject to the laws and regulations in force governing the investments and participation of foreigners.[...]\" (Law on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4 [google translation])","Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34\nDecree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3\nDecree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4\nLaw on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.transport.tn/fr/terrestre/reglement\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/84070?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/77824?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/83267?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112612?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109855?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1716,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.00016","A license to operate aircraft maintenance workshops may only be granted to companies having Tunisian nationality. Subject to government authorisation, however, the level of participation of foreign investors in the capital of the company may be raised up to 59%.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\n [...]\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n8. List of authorizations relating to the exercise of certain services and commercial activities [...]\n89. License to operate aircraft maintenance workshops\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must have Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of a participation of foreign investors in the capital of the company of a percentage not exceeding 59%)\n[...]\n90. License to operate the activity of supervising air services at Tunisian airports\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must be of Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of the participation of foreign investors in the composition of the capital of the company of no more than 49%).[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1752,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2021,"0.00016","A license to operate aircraft maintenance workshops may only be granted to companies having Tunisian nationality. Subject to government authorisation, however, the level of participation of foreign investors in the capital of the company may be raised up to 59%.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\n [...]\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n8. List of authorizations relating to the exercise of certain services and commercial activities [...]\n89. License to operate aircraft maintenance workshops\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must have Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of a participation of foreign investors in the capital of the company of a percentage not exceeding 59%)\n[...]\n90. License to operate the activity of supervising air services at Tunisian airports\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must be of Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of the participation of foreign investors in the composition of the capital of the company of no more than 49%).[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1752,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"0.00016","A license to operate aircraft maintenance workshops may only be granted to companies having Tunisian nationality. Subject to government authorisation, however, the level of participation of foreign investors in the capital of the company may be raised up to 59%.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\n [...]\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n8. List of authorizations relating to the exercise of certain services and commercial activities [...]\n89. License to operate aircraft maintenance workshops\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must have Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of a participation of foreign investors in the capital of the company of a percentage not exceeding 59%)\n[...]\n90. License to operate the activity of supervising air services at Tunisian airports\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must be of Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of the participation of foreign investors in the composition of the capital of the company of no more than 49%).[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1752,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2023,"0.00016","A license to operate aircraft maintenance workshops may only be granted to companies having Tunisian nationality. Subject to government authorisation, however, the level of participation of foreign investors in the capital of the company may be raised up to 59%.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\n [...]\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n8. List of authorizations relating to the exercise of certain services and commercial activities [...]\n89. License to operate aircraft maintenance workshops\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must have Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of a participation of foreign investors in the capital of the company of a percentage not exceeding 59%)\n[...]\n90. License to operate the activity of supervising air services at Tunisian airports\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must be of Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of the participation of foreign investors in the composition of the capital of the company of no more than 49%).[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1752,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.003","The activities of virtual telecommunications network operators and internet service providers are subject to authorisation, which may be granted to legal persons whose share capital is held in majority by Tunisians.","\"Article 2:\nFor the purposes of this code, the following terms are understood to mean: [...]\n[Indent 28] - Operator of a virtual telecommunications network: any legal person holding an authorization for the provision of telecommunications services by means of a telecommunications network and radio frequencies which it does not have.\n[Indent 29] - Internet services: Services which ensure the connection of the public to the Internet through a public telecommunications network and the provision of services based on the Internet protocol.\n[Indent 30] - Internet access service: The service offered to the public through a public telecommunications network connected to the Internet and which allows access to data with a view to consulting or consulting and exchanging them.\n[Indent 31] - Internet service provider: any natural or legal person meeting the legal and regulatory conditions and providing Internet services.\n[...]\nArticle 5:\nThe provision of telecommunications services is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for Telecommunications. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by a decree which provides in particular for the procedures for submitting the authorization request and the response time from the Ministry responsible for Telecommunications, as well as the reasons for the refusal decision.\nArticle 6:\nThe provisions of article 5 of this code do not apply to universal telecommunications services, television broadcasting services and any other telecommunications service which will be fixed by decree. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 8:\nSubject to the provisions of Article 5 of this code, the supplier of telecommunications services must meet the following conditions: [...]\n- for the legal person, be constituted in accordance with Tunisian legislation;\n[...]\nArticle 31 (ter) - The operation of a virtual telecommunications network is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications after consulting the national telecommunications authority. An agreement is concluded for this purpose with the operator of the public telecommunications network concerned. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by decree.\n[...]\nArticle 31 (quater) - The activity of internet service provider is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications, after consultation with the Minister of the Interior and the national telecommunications authority. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by decree.\n[...]\" (Telecommunications Code (Law n° 2001-1 of 15 January 2001), as amended by Law n° 2013-10 of 12 April 2013, Articles 2, 5, 6, 8, 31 (ter) and 31 (quater) [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 - This decree sets the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of internet service provider, in accordance with the provisions of indent 29, 30, 31 of article 2 and l Article 31 (quater) of the telecommunications code, as well as the obligations of service providers and the penalties to which they are subject in the event of infringement of the provisions of this decree. [...]\nArt. 2 - The activity of Internet service provider is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications, after consultation with the Minister of the Interior and the National Authority for Telecommunications.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - Anyone wishing to obtain an authorization from an internet service provider must meet the following conditions: [...]\n- for the legal person: be constituted in accordance with Tunisian law, having a share capital of at least one million (1) dinars, held by name and in majority Tunisian, [...]\" (Decree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the activity of internet service provider (No. 2014-4773 of 26 December 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 - This decree sets the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network.\nArt. 2 - The activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network is subject to the authorization of the Minister in charge of telecommunications after consulting the national telecommunications authority.\n[...]\nArt. 5 - Anyone wishing to obtain an operator authorization for a virtual telecommunications network must meet the following conditions:\n- be a legal person constituted in accordance with Tunisian law, having a share capital of at least one hundred and fifty (150) thousand dinars, held by name and in majority by Tunisians, [...]\" (Decree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network (n° 2014-412 of 16 January 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 5 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n7. List of authorizations relating to activities in the telecommunications sector\n66. Exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network\n1- Conditions relating to the person:\n- Legal person, formed in accordance with Tunisian law, not having the status of public communication network operator in Tunisia.\n- The legal representative of the legal person must be a natural person, of Tunisian nationality, holder of a university degree or an equivalent diploma or an approved training diploma of the above-mentioned level in the field of computer science, communication or multimedia, with no criminal record and in a situation that does not conflict with the conditions for exercising a profession [...]\n2- Financial conditions:\n- A minimum capital of one hundred and fifty (150) thousand Tunisian dinars in its own possession and of which most of the persons, natural or legal, who have it, of Tunisian nationality\n[...]\n67. Activity of internet service provider and activity of internet access provider\n1. Conditions relating to the person and required for obtaining an initial agreement or authorization:\n- The applicant must be a legal person, constituted in accordance with Tunisian law\n- The natural person who legally represents the legal person must be:\n• Of Tunisian nationality, holder of a university degree or an equivalent diploma or an approved training diploma of the above-mentioned level in the field of computer science, communication or multimedia. [...]\n2. Financial terms:\nDuring the authorization assignment stage:\n- When taking the decision to grant the authorization: it is mandatory to have a minimum capital of one (1) million Tunisian dinars in one's own possession and of which most persons, natural or morals, who have it, of Tunisian nationality [...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])","Telecommunications Code (Law n° 2001-1 of 15 January 2001), as amended by Law n° 2013-10 of 12 April 2013, Articles 2, 5, 6, 8, 31 (ter) and 31 (quater)\nDecree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the activity of internet service provider (No. 2014-4773 of 26 December 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 3\nDecree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network (n° 2014-412 of 16 January 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 5\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/111519?ln=fr\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.intt.tn/upload/txts/fr/loi2013_10.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/78632?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/79084?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1749,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.003","The activities of virtual telecommunications network operators and internet service providers are subject to authorisation, which may be granted to legal persons whose share capital is held in majority by Tunisians.","\"Article 2:\nFor the purposes of this code, the following terms are understood to mean: [...]\n[Indent 28] - Operator of a virtual telecommunications network: any legal person holding an authorization for the provision of telecommunications services by means of a telecommunications network and radio frequencies which it does not have.\n[Indent 29] - Internet services: Services which ensure the connection of the public to the Internet through a public telecommunications network and the provision of services based on the Internet protocol.\n[Indent 30] - Internet access service: The service offered to the public through a public telecommunications network connected to the Internet and which allows access to data with a view to consulting or consulting and exchanging them.\n[Indent 31] - Internet service provider: any natural or legal person meeting the legal and regulatory conditions and providing Internet services.\n[...]\nArticle 5:\nThe provision of telecommunications services is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for Telecommunications. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by a decree which provides in particular for the procedures for submitting the authorization request and the response time from the Ministry responsible for Telecommunications, as well as the reasons for the refusal decision.\nArticle 6:\nThe provisions of article 5 of this code do not apply to universal telecommunications services, television broadcasting services and any other telecommunications service which will be fixed by decree. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 8:\nSubject to the provisions of Article 5 of this code, the supplier of telecommunications services must meet the following conditions: [...]\n- for the legal person, be constituted in accordance with Tunisian legislation;\n[...]\nArticle 31 (ter) - The operation of a virtual telecommunications network is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications after consulting the national telecommunications authority. An agreement is concluded for this purpose with the operator of the public telecommunications network concerned. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by decree.\n[...]\nArticle 31 (quater) - The activity of internet service provider is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications, after consultation with the Minister of the Interior and the national telecommunications authority. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by decree.\n[...]\" (Telecommunications Code (Law n° 2001-1 of 15 January 2001), as amended by Law n° 2013-10 of 12 April 2013, Articles 2, 5, 6, 8, 31 (ter) and 31 (quater) [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 - This decree sets the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of internet service provider, in accordance with the provisions of indent 29, 30, 31 of article 2 and l Article 31 (quater) of the telecommunications code, as well as the obligations of service providers and the penalties to which they are subject in the event of infringement of the provisions of this decree. [...]\nArt. 2 - The activity of Internet service provider is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications, after consultation with the Minister of the Interior and the National Authority for Telecommunications.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - Anyone wishing to obtain an authorization from an internet service provider must meet the following conditions: [...]\n- for the legal person: be constituted in accordance with Tunisian law, having a share capital of at least one million (1) dinars, held by name and in majority Tunisian, [...]\" (Decree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the activity of internet service provider (No. 2014-4773 of 26 December 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 - This decree sets the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network.\nArt. 2 - The activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network is subject to the authorization of the Minister in charge of telecommunications after consulting the national telecommunications authority.\n[...]\nArt. 5 - Anyone wishing to obtain an operator authorization for a virtual telecommunications network must meet the following conditions:\n- be a legal person constituted in accordance with Tunisian law, having a share capital of at least one hundred and fifty (150) thousand dinars, held by name and in majority by Tunisians, [...]\" (Decree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network (n° 2014-412 of 16 January 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 5 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n7. List of authorizations relating to activities in the telecommunications sector\n66. Exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network\n1- Conditions relating to the person:\n- Legal person, formed in accordance with Tunisian law, not having the status of public communication network operator in Tunisia.\n- The legal representative of the legal person must be a natural person, of Tunisian nationality, holder of a university degree or an equivalent diploma or an approved training diploma of the above-mentioned level in the field of computer science, communication or multimedia, with no criminal record and in a situation that does not conflict with the conditions for exercising a profession [...]\n2- Financial conditions:\n- A minimum capital of one hundred and fifty (150) thousand Tunisian dinars in its own possession and of which most of the persons, natural or legal, who have it, of Tunisian nationality\n[...]\n67. Activity of internet service provider and activity of internet access provider\n1. Conditions relating to the person and required for obtaining an initial agreement or authorization:\n- The applicant must be a legal person, constituted in accordance with Tunisian law\n- The natural person who legally represents the legal person must be:\n• Of Tunisian nationality, holder of a university degree or an equivalent diploma or an approved training diploma of the above-mentioned level in the field of computer science, communication or multimedia. [...]\n2. Financial terms:\nDuring the authorization assignment stage:\n- When taking the decision to grant the authorization: it is mandatory to have a minimum capital of one (1) million Tunisian dinars in one's own possession and of which most persons, natural or morals, who have it, of Tunisian nationality [...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])","Telecommunications Code (Law n° 2001-1 of 15 January 2001), as amended by Law n° 2013-10 of 12 April 2013, Articles 2, 5, 6, 8, 31 (ter) and 31 (quater)\nDecree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the activity of internet service provider (No. 2014-4773 of 26 December 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 3\nDecree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network (n° 2014-412 of 16 January 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 5\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/111519?ln=fr\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.intt.tn/upload/txts/fr/loi2013_10.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/78632?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/79084?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1749,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.003","The activities of virtual telecommunications network operators and internet service providers are subject to authorisation, which may be granted to legal persons whose share capital is held in majority by Tunisians.","\"Article 2:\nFor the purposes of this code, the following terms are understood to mean: [...]\n[Indent 28] - Operator of a virtual telecommunications network: any legal person holding an authorization for the provision of telecommunications services by means of a telecommunications network and radio frequencies which it does not have.\n[Indent 29] - Internet services: Services which ensure the connection of the public to the Internet through a public telecommunications network and the provision of services based on the Internet protocol.\n[Indent 30] - Internet access service: The service offered to the public through a public telecommunications network connected to the Internet and which allows access to data with a view to consulting or consulting and exchanging them.\n[Indent 31] - Internet service provider: any natural or legal person meeting the legal and regulatory conditions and providing Internet services.\n[...]\nArticle 5:\nThe provision of telecommunications services is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for Telecommunications. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by a decree which provides in particular for the procedures for submitting the authorization request and the response time from the Ministry responsible for Telecommunications, as well as the reasons for the refusal decision.\nArticle 6:\nThe provisions of article 5 of this code do not apply to universal telecommunications services, television broadcasting services and any other telecommunications service which will be fixed by decree. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 8:\nSubject to the provisions of Article 5 of this code, the supplier of telecommunications services must meet the following conditions: [...]\n- for the legal person, be constituted in accordance with Tunisian legislation;\n[...]\nArticle 31 (ter) - The operation of a virtual telecommunications network is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications after consulting the national telecommunications authority. An agreement is concluded for this purpose with the operator of the public telecommunications network concerned. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by decree.\n[...]\nArticle 31 (quater) - The activity of internet service provider is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications, after consultation with the Minister of the Interior and the national telecommunications authority. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by decree.\n[...]\" (Telecommunications Code (Law n° 2001-1 of 15 January 2001), as amended by Law n° 2013-10 of 12 April 2013, Articles 2, 5, 6, 8, 31 (ter) and 31 (quater) [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 - This decree sets the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of internet service provider, in accordance with the provisions of indent 29, 30, 31 of article 2 and l Article 31 (quater) of the telecommunications code, as well as the obligations of service providers and the penalties to which they are subject in the event of infringement of the provisions of this decree. [...]\nArt. 2 - The activity of Internet service provider is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications, after consultation with the Minister of the Interior and the National Authority for Telecommunications.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - Anyone wishing to obtain an authorization from an internet service provider must meet the following conditions: [...]\n- for the legal person: be constituted in accordance with Tunisian law, having a share capital of at least one million (1) dinars, held by name and in majority Tunisian, [...]\" (Decree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the activity of internet service provider (No. 2014-4773 of 26 December 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 - This decree sets the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network.\nArt. 2 - The activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network is subject to the authorization of the Minister in charge of telecommunications after consulting the national telecommunications authority.\n[...]\nArt. 5 - Anyone wishing to obtain an operator authorization for a virtual telecommunications network must meet the following conditions:\n- be a legal person constituted in accordance with Tunisian law, having a share capital of at least one hundred and fifty (150) thousand dinars, held by name and in majority by Tunisians, [...]\" (Decree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network (n° 2014-412 of 16 January 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 5 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n7. List of authorizations relating to activities in the telecommunications sector\n66. Exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network\n1- Conditions relating to the person:\n- Legal person, formed in accordance with Tunisian law, not having the status of public communication network operator in Tunisia.\n- The legal representative of the legal person must be a natural person, of Tunisian nationality, holder of a university degree or an equivalent diploma or an approved training diploma of the above-mentioned level in the field of computer science, communication or multimedia, with no criminal record and in a situation that does not conflict with the conditions for exercising a profession [...]\n2- Financial conditions:\n- A minimum capital of one hundred and fifty (150) thousand Tunisian dinars in its own possession and of which most of the persons, natural or legal, who have it, of Tunisian nationality\n[...]\n67. Activity of internet service provider and activity of internet access provider\n1. Conditions relating to the person and required for obtaining an initial agreement or authorization:\n- The applicant must be a legal person, constituted in accordance with Tunisian law\n- The natural person who legally represents the legal person must be:\n• Of Tunisian nationality, holder of a university degree or an equivalent diploma or an approved training diploma of the above-mentioned level in the field of computer science, communication or multimedia. [...]\n2. Financial terms:\nDuring the authorization assignment stage:\n- When taking the decision to grant the authorization: it is mandatory to have a minimum capital of one (1) million Tunisian dinars in one's own possession and of which most persons, natural or morals, who have it, of Tunisian nationality [...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])","Telecommunications Code (Law n° 2001-1 of 15 January 2001), as amended by Law n° 2013-10 of 12 April 2013, Articles 2, 5, 6, 8, 31 (ter) and 31 (quater)\nDecree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the activity of internet service provider (No. 2014-4773 of 26 December 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 3\nDecree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network (n° 2014-412 of 16 January 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 5\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/111519?ln=fr\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.intt.tn/upload/txts/fr/loi2013_10.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/78632?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/79084?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1749,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.003","The activities of virtual telecommunications network operators and internet service providers are subject to authorisation, which may be granted to legal persons whose share capital is held in majority by Tunisians.","\"Article 2:\nFor the purposes of this code, the following terms are understood to mean: [...]\n[Indent 28] - Operator of a virtual telecommunications network: any legal person holding an authorization for the provision of telecommunications services by means of a telecommunications network and radio frequencies which it does not have.\n[Indent 29] - Internet services: Services which ensure the connection of the public to the Internet through a public telecommunications network and the provision of services based on the Internet protocol.\n[Indent 30] - Internet access service: The service offered to the public through a public telecommunications network connected to the Internet and which allows access to data with a view to consulting or consulting and exchanging them.\n[Indent 31] - Internet service provider: any natural or legal person meeting the legal and regulatory conditions and providing Internet services.\n[...]\nArticle 5:\nThe provision of telecommunications services is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for Telecommunications. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by a decree which provides in particular for the procedures for submitting the authorization request and the response time from the Ministry responsible for Telecommunications, as well as the reasons for the refusal decision.\nArticle 6:\nThe provisions of article 5 of this code do not apply to universal telecommunications services, television broadcasting services and any other telecommunications service which will be fixed by decree. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 8:\nSubject to the provisions of Article 5 of this code, the supplier of telecommunications services must meet the following conditions: [...]\n- for the legal person, be constituted in accordance with Tunisian legislation;\n[...]\nArticle 31 (ter) - The operation of a virtual telecommunications network is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications after consulting the national telecommunications authority. An agreement is concluded for this purpose with the operator of the public telecommunications network concerned. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by decree.\n[...]\nArticle 31 (quater) - The activity of internet service provider is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications, after consultation with the Minister of the Interior and the national telecommunications authority. The conditions and procedures for granting this authorization are set by decree.\n[...]\" (Telecommunications Code (Law n° 2001-1 of 15 January 2001), as amended by Law n° 2013-10 of 12 April 2013, Articles 2, 5, 6, 8, 31 (ter) and 31 (quater) [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 - This decree sets the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of internet service provider, in accordance with the provisions of indent 29, 30, 31 of article 2 and l Article 31 (quater) of the telecommunications code, as well as the obligations of service providers and the penalties to which they are subject in the event of infringement of the provisions of this decree. [...]\nArt. 2 - The activity of Internet service provider is subject to the prior authorization of the Minister responsible for telecommunications, after consultation with the Minister of the Interior and the National Authority for Telecommunications.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - Anyone wishing to obtain an authorization from an internet service provider must meet the following conditions: [...]\n- for the legal person: be constituted in accordance with Tunisian law, having a share capital of at least one million (1) dinars, held by name and in majority Tunisian, [...]\" (Decree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the activity of internet service provider (No. 2014-4773 of 26 December 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 3 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 - This decree sets the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network.\nArt. 2 - The activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network is subject to the authorization of the Minister in charge of telecommunications after consulting the national telecommunications authority.\n[...]\nArt. 5 - Anyone wishing to obtain an operator authorization for a virtual telecommunications network must meet the following conditions:\n- be a legal person constituted in accordance with Tunisian law, having a share capital of at least one hundred and fifty (150) thousand dinars, held by name and in majority by Tunisians, [...]\" (Decree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network (n° 2014-412 of 16 January 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 5 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n7. List of authorizations relating to activities in the telecommunications sector\n66. Exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network\n1- Conditions relating to the person:\n- Legal person, formed in accordance with Tunisian law, not having the status of public communication network operator in Tunisia.\n- The legal representative of the legal person must be a natural person, of Tunisian nationality, holder of a university degree or an equivalent diploma or an approved training diploma of the above-mentioned level in the field of computer science, communication or multimedia, with no criminal record and in a situation that does not conflict with the conditions for exercising a profession [...]\n2- Financial conditions:\n- A minimum capital of one hundred and fifty (150) thousand Tunisian dinars in its own possession and of which most of the persons, natural or legal, who have it, of Tunisian nationality\n[...]\n67. Activity of internet service provider and activity of internet access provider\n1. Conditions relating to the person and required for obtaining an initial agreement or authorization:\n- The applicant must be a legal person, constituted in accordance with Tunisian law\n- The natural person who legally represents the legal person must be:\n• Of Tunisian nationality, holder of a university degree or an equivalent diploma or an approved training diploma of the above-mentioned level in the field of computer science, communication or multimedia. [...]\n2. Financial terms:\nDuring the authorization assignment stage:\n- When taking the decision to grant the authorization: it is mandatory to have a minimum capital of one (1) million Tunisian dinars in one's own possession and of which most persons, natural or morals, who have it, of Tunisian nationality [...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])","Telecommunications Code (Law n° 2001-1 of 15 January 2001), as amended by Law n° 2013-10 of 12 April 2013, Articles 2, 5, 6, 8, 31 (ter) and 31 (quater)\nDecree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the activity of internet service provider (No. 2014-4773 of 26 December 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 3\nDecree setting the conditions and procedures for granting authorization for the exercise of the activity of operator of a virtual telecommunications network (n° 2014-412 of 16 January 2014), Articles 1, 2 and 5\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/111519?ln=fr\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.intt.tn/upload/txts/fr/loi2013_10.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/78632?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/79084?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1749,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J611","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0015","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory adminstrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity. As the activities of virtual telecommunications network operators and internet service providers may only be conducted by Tunisian nationals or legal persons whose share capital is held in majority by Tunisians (see related entry in the OECD FDI RRI database), the above-mentioned authorisation requirement associated with the process for obtening a 'foreign merchant card' is assumed to impinge only on fixed telecom providers and facilities-based mobile telecom providers.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1751,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J611","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0015","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory adminstrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity. As the activities of virtual telecommunications network operators and internet service providers may only be conducted by Tunisian nationals or legal persons whose share capital is held in majority by Tunisians (see related entry in the OECD FDI RRI database), the above-mentioned authorisation requirement associated with the process for obtening a 'foreign merchant card' is assumed to impinge only on fixed telecom providers and facilities-based mobile telecom providers.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1751,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J611","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0015","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory adminstrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity. As the activities of virtual telecommunications network operators and internet service providers may only be conducted by Tunisian nationals or legal persons whose share capital is held in majority by Tunisians (see related entry in the OECD FDI RRI database), the above-mentioned authorisation requirement associated with the process for obtening a 'foreign merchant card' is assumed to impinge only on fixed telecom providers and facilities-based mobile telecom providers.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1751,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J611","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0015","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory adminstrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity. As the activities of virtual telecommunications network operators and internet service providers may only be conducted by Tunisian nationals or legal persons whose share capital is held in majority by Tunisians (see related entry in the OECD FDI RRI database), the above-mentioned authorisation requirement associated with the process for obtening a 'foreign merchant card' is assumed to impinge only on fixed telecom providers and facilities-based mobile telecom providers.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1751,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K661","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0015","Stock exchange intermediaries must be natural persons with Tunisian nationality, or legal persons of Tunisian nationality, i.e. 50% of the capital must be held by Tunisians.","\"First article. - Natural persons wishing to exercise the activity of stock market intermediary must:\n1 - have Tunisian nationality, [...]\nArt. 2. - Counterparty, market making and performance guarantee activities can only be carried out by stock market intermediaries specialized public limited companies.\nArt. 3. - Public limited companies wishing to exercise the activity of stock market intermediary must:\n1 - have Tunisian nationality, [...]\" (Decree on  the  status  of  stock  exchange intermediaries (n° 99-2478  of  1  November  1999), as amended by Decree n° 2007-1678 of 05 July 2007, Articles 1, 2 and 3 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER ONE: STOCK EXCHANGE INTERMEDIARIES\nSection 55:\nStock market intermediaries are the agents in charge, to the exclusion of any other person, of the negotiation and registration of securities on the Tunis Stock Exchange, rights relating thereto and financial products. They can also perform operations related to these missions.\nThe activity of stock market intermediary must be exercised on a permanent basis. It is incompatible with any other activity carried out on a professional basis.\nSection 56:\nStock market intermediaries may, under the conditions set by decree establishing the status of stock market intermediaries, engage in the following activities:\n− financial advice;\n− financial canvassing;\n− individual portfolio management;\n− portfolio management for Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities;\n− the placement of transferable securities and financial products;\n− the guarantee of successful completion of issues for public or private companies;\n− the consideration;\n− market making;\n− the carrying of shares.\nThe individual management of portfolios and the carrying of shares can only be ensured by virtue of a written agreement. [...]\" (Law N° 94-117 of November 14, 1994, Reorganizing The Financial Market, as amended, Article 55-56).\n---------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Decree on  the  status  of  stock  exchange intermediaries (n° 99-2478  of  1  November  1999), as amended by Decree n° 2007-1678 of 05 July 2007, Articles 1, 2 and 3\nLaw N° 94-117 of November 14, 1994, Reorganizing The Financial Market, as amended, Article 55-56\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/88519?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112733?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1739,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K661","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0015","Stock exchange intermediaries must be natural persons with Tunisian nationality, or legal persons of Tunisian nationality, i.e. 50% of the capital must be held by Tunisians.","\"First article. - Natural persons wishing to exercise the activity of stock market intermediary must:\n1 - have Tunisian nationality, [...]\nArt. 2. - Counterparty, market making and performance guarantee activities can only be carried out by stock market intermediaries specialized public limited companies.\nArt. 3. - Public limited companies wishing to exercise the activity of stock market intermediary must:\n1 - have Tunisian nationality, [...]\" (Decree on  the  status  of  stock  exchange intermediaries (n° 99-2478  of  1  November  1999), as amended by Decree n° 2007-1678 of 05 July 2007, Articles 1, 2 and 3 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER ONE: STOCK EXCHANGE INTERMEDIARIES\nSection 55:\nStock market intermediaries are the agents in charge, to the exclusion of any other person, of the negotiation and registration of securities on the Tunis Stock Exchange, rights relating thereto and financial products. They can also perform operations related to these missions.\nThe activity of stock market intermediary must be exercised on a permanent basis. It is incompatible with any other activity carried out on a professional basis.\nSection 56:\nStock market intermediaries may, under the conditions set by decree establishing the status of stock market intermediaries, engage in the following activities:\n− financial advice;\n− financial canvassing;\n− individual portfolio management;\n− portfolio management for Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities;\n− the placement of transferable securities and financial products;\n− the guarantee of successful completion of issues for public or private companies;\n− the consideration;\n− market making;\n− the carrying of shares.\nThe individual management of portfolios and the carrying of shares can only be ensured by virtue of a written agreement. [...]\" (Law N° 94-117 of November 14, 1994, Reorganizing The Financial Market, as amended, Article 55-56).\n---------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Decree on  the  status  of  stock  exchange intermediaries (n° 99-2478  of  1  November  1999), as amended by Decree n° 2007-1678 of 05 July 2007, Articles 1, 2 and 3\nLaw N° 94-117 of November 14, 1994, Reorganizing The Financial Market, as amended, Article 55-56\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/88519?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112733?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1739,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K661","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0015","Stock exchange intermediaries must be natural persons with Tunisian nationality, or legal persons of Tunisian nationality, i.e. 50% of the capital must be held by Tunisians.","\"First article. - Natural persons wishing to exercise the activity of stock market intermediary must:\n1 - have Tunisian nationality, [...]\nArt. 2. - Counterparty, market making and performance guarantee activities can only be carried out by stock market intermediaries specialized public limited companies.\nArt. 3. - Public limited companies wishing to exercise the activity of stock market intermediary must:\n1 - have Tunisian nationality, [...]\" (Decree on  the  status  of  stock  exchange intermediaries (n° 99-2478  of  1  November  1999), as amended by Decree n° 2007-1678 of 05 July 2007, Articles 1, 2 and 3 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER ONE: STOCK EXCHANGE INTERMEDIARIES\nSection 55:\nStock market intermediaries are the agents in charge, to the exclusion of any other person, of the negotiation and registration of securities on the Tunis Stock Exchange, rights relating thereto and financial products. They can also perform operations related to these missions.\nThe activity of stock market intermediary must be exercised on a permanent basis. It is incompatible with any other activity carried out on a professional basis.\nSection 56:\nStock market intermediaries may, under the conditions set by decree establishing the status of stock market intermediaries, engage in the following activities:\n− financial advice;\n− financial canvassing;\n− individual portfolio management;\n− portfolio management for Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities;\n− the placement of transferable securities and financial products;\n− the guarantee of successful completion of issues for public or private companies;\n− the consideration;\n− market making;\n− the carrying of shares.\nThe individual management of portfolios and the carrying of shares can only be ensured by virtue of a written agreement. [...]\" (Law N° 94-117 of November 14, 1994, Reorganizing The Financial Market, as amended, Article 55-56).\n---------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Decree on  the  status  of  stock  exchange intermediaries (n° 99-2478  of  1  November  1999), as amended by Decree n° 2007-1678 of 05 July 2007, Articles 1, 2 and 3\nLaw N° 94-117 of November 14, 1994, Reorganizing The Financial Market, as amended, Article 55-56\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/88519?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112733?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1739,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K661","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0015","Stock exchange intermediaries must be natural persons with Tunisian nationality, or legal persons of Tunisian nationality, i.e. 50% of the capital must be held by Tunisians.","\"First article. - Natural persons wishing to exercise the activity of stock market intermediary must:\n1 - have Tunisian nationality, [...]\nArt. 2. - Counterparty, market making and performance guarantee activities can only be carried out by stock market intermediaries specialized public limited companies.\nArt. 3. - Public limited companies wishing to exercise the activity of stock market intermediary must:\n1 - have Tunisian nationality, [...]\" (Decree on  the  status  of  stock  exchange intermediaries (n° 99-2478  of  1  November  1999), as amended by Decree n° 2007-1678 of 05 July 2007, Articles 1, 2 and 3 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER ONE: STOCK EXCHANGE INTERMEDIARIES\nSection 55:\nStock market intermediaries are the agents in charge, to the exclusion of any other person, of the negotiation and registration of securities on the Tunis Stock Exchange, rights relating thereto and financial products. They can also perform operations related to these missions.\nThe activity of stock market intermediary must be exercised on a permanent basis. It is incompatible with any other activity carried out on a professional basis.\nSection 56:\nStock market intermediaries may, under the conditions set by decree establishing the status of stock market intermediaries, engage in the following activities:\n− financial advice;\n− financial canvassing;\n− individual portfolio management;\n− portfolio management for Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities;\n− the placement of transferable securities and financial products;\n− the guarantee of successful completion of issues for public or private companies;\n− the consideration;\n− market making;\n− the carrying of shares.\nThe individual management of portfolios and the carrying of shares can only be ensured by virtue of a written agreement. [...]\" (Law N° 94-117 of November 14, 1994, Reorganizing The Financial Market, as amended, Article 55-56).\n---------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Decree on  the  status  of  stock  exchange intermediaries (n° 99-2478  of  1  November  1999), as amended by Decree n° 2007-1678 of 05 July 2007, Articles 1, 2 and 3\nLaw N° 94-117 of November 14, 1994, Reorganizing The Financial Market, as amended, Article 55-56\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/88519?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112733?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1739,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2023,"0.05","On 19 October 2022, Tunisia adopted Decree-Law No. 2022-68, whereby promotes private investment while prioritising Tunisian companies and start-ups in public contracts, with up to 10% of contract values earmarked for them. Additionally, foreign bidders must involve local firms for at least 20% of order values. Tunisian economic operators are granted a 20% advantage in contracts over foreign counterparts, while Tunisian-origin products receive preference in supply markets, provided they meet quality standards and price constraints.","\"Article 1 - The objective of this decree-law is to enact special provisions relating to the acceleration of the implementation of public projects and the promotion of private sector projects with a view to responding to the priorities of economic and social development at the level national and regional.\n[...]\nArt. 10 - The specifications obligatorily provide for the recourse of foreign bidders to local companies for the realization of a minimum percentage of 20% of the value of the orders or the supply of goods, equipment and services and this in all cases where local industries and businesses are likely to respond at a percentage which is not less than 20%.\nArt. 11 - The public buyer may provide in the specifications for the granting of an advance within the limit of 20% and not less than 10% for works, studies and supply of goods and services contracts in accordance with the legislation and regulations in force.\nArt. 12 - A preference of 20% of the overall market price is granted for the benefit of offers from Tunisian economic operators for studies, works and supply of goods and services, compared to offers from foreign economic operators.\nPreference is given to products of Tunisian origin in all markets for the supply of goods compared to all other products whatever their origin, provided that they are of equal quality and without the prices of Tunisian products exceed those of their foreign counterparts by 20%.\n[...]\nArt. 16 - Subject to the regulations in force on foreign exchange and foreign trade, resident companies may present financial offers in foreign currency for products, materials, equipment imported and not manufactured locally.\" (Decree-law No. 2022-68 of October 19, 2022, enacting special provisions for improving the efficiency of carrying out public and private projects, Articles 1, 10, 11, 12, and 16 [google translation])","Decree-law No. 2022-68 of October 19, 2022, enacting special provisions for improving the efficiency of carrying out public and private projects","UNCTAD: \"Issues law for improving the effectiveness of PPPs and promoting investment in priority sectors\", 19 October 2022\nINSTANCE GÉNÉRALE DE PARTENARIAT PUBLIC PRIVÉ: \"Decree-law No. 2022-68 of October 19, 2022, enacting special provisions for improving the efficiency of carrying out public and private projects\"","[<a href=\"https://igppp.tn/sites/default/files/D%C3%A9cret-loi2022_68.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-policy-monitor/measures/4438/tunisia-issues-law-for-improving-the-effectiveness-of-ppps-and-promoting-investment-in-priority-sectors\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://igppp.tn/fr/decret-loi-ndeg-2022-68-du-19-octobre-2022-edictant-des-dispositions-speciales-pour-lamelioration\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4040,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0003125","More than half of the capital and voting rights in an audit firm must belong to locally licensed auditors working in the firm and all its partners must be locally licensed auditors. In principle, Turkish citizenship is required to become a locally licensed auditor, but foreign professionals may be approved in accordance with the principle of reciprocity.","\"Article 2 – A) Subject of the profession of accounting and financial advisor:\nEnterprises and businesses belonging to real and legal persons;\na) To keep the books, to prepare the balance sheet, profit and loss statements, statements and other documents in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles and the provisions of the relevant legislation, and to perform similar works.\nb) Establishing and developing accounting systems, arranging business, accounting, finance, financial legislation and their applications, or providing consultancy on these issues.\nc) To conduct examinations, analyzes, audits, to give written opinions on matters related to financial statements and declarations, to prepare reports and the like, to perform arbitration, expertise and similar works on the subjects written in the above paragraph, based on the documents.\nThe works listed above; Those who do not be affiliated with a workplace are called independent accountants and financial advisors.\nB) Subject of chartered accountant profession:\nIn addition to carrying out the works written in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of paragraph (a), it is to carry out certification works within the framework of the regulation to be issued in accordance with Article 12 of the Law.\nCertified public accountants cannot keep accounting books, open accounting offices and cannot be partners in accounting offices.\n[...]\nArticle 4 – The general conditions of being a member of the profession are as follows:\na) Being a Turkish citizen (the provision about foreign public accountants and financial advisors is reserved).\n[...]\nArticle 8 – The services within the scope of Article 2 from the rights they have obtained in their home country of the persons who are nationals of a foreign state who have officially regulated the profession of public accountant and financial advisor, provided that they have the qualifications sought in the independent accountant financial advisory service under the title of independent accountant financial advisor with the condition of reciprocity. They may be allowed to do so in Turkey with the approval of the President.[...]\" (Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"ARTICLE 4 – (1) In this Regulation;\na) Independent auditor: Persons authorized by the Agency from among the professionals who have obtained the certificate of certified public accountant or certified public accountant in accordance with the Law on Certified Public Accountant and Sworn-in Certified Public Accountant, dated 1/6/1989 and numbered 3568, to conduct independent audits, [...]\nö) Member of the profession: Certified public accountants and certified public accountants who have been licensed in accordance with the Law No. 3568,\n[...]\nARTICLE 13 – (1) Without prejudice to the conditions stipulated in the Law No. 3568 and the relevant legislation, the organization requesting an activity permit in the field of inspection; [...]\ne) More than half of its capital and voting rights belong to its auditors and all its partners are members of the profession, [...]\nı) All the members of the management body are members of the profession, and the majority, not exceeding seventy-five percent, consists of auditors on their staff, [...]\" (Regulation on Independent Auditing (26.12.2012), last amended 23.11.2018, Articles 4 and 13 [google translation])","Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8\nRegulation on Independent Auditing (26.12.2012), last amended 23.11.2018, Articles 4 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=3568&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=16907&MevzuatTur=7&MevzuatTertip=5\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1421,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0003125","More than half of the capital and voting rights in an audit firm must belong to locally licensed auditors working in the firm and all its partners must be locally licensed auditors. In principle, Turkish citizenship is required to become a locally licensed auditor, but foreign professionals may be approved in accordance with the principle of reciprocity.","\"Article 2 – A) Subject of the profession of accounting and financial advisor:\nEnterprises and businesses belonging to real and legal persons;\na) To keep the books, to prepare the balance sheet, profit and loss statements, statements and other documents in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles and the provisions of the relevant legislation, and to perform similar works.\nb) Establishing and developing accounting systems, arranging business, accounting, finance, financial legislation and their applications, or providing consultancy on these issues.\nc) To conduct examinations, analyzes, audits, to give written opinions on matters related to financial statements and declarations, to prepare reports and the like, to perform arbitration, expertise and similar works on the subjects written in the above paragraph, based on the documents.\nThe works listed above; Those who do not be affiliated with a workplace are called independent accountants and financial advisors.\nB) Subject of chartered accountant profession:\nIn addition to carrying out the works written in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of paragraph (a), it is to carry out certification works within the framework of the regulation to be issued in accordance with Article 12 of the Law.\nCertified public accountants cannot keep accounting books, open accounting offices and cannot be partners in accounting offices.\n[...]\nArticle 4 – The general conditions of being a member of the profession are as follows:\na) Being a Turkish citizen (the provision about foreign public accountants and financial advisors is reserved).\n[...]\nArticle 8 – The services within the scope of Article 2 from the rights they have obtained in their home country of the persons who are nationals of a foreign state who have officially regulated the profession of public accountant and financial advisor, provided that they have the qualifications sought in the independent accountant financial advisory service under the title of independent accountant financial advisor with the condition of reciprocity. They may be allowed to do so in Turkey with the approval of the President.[...]\" (Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"ARTICLE 4 – (1) In this Regulation;\na) Independent auditor: Persons authorized by the Agency from among the professionals who have obtained the certificate of certified public accountant or certified public accountant in accordance with the Law on Certified Public Accountant and Sworn-in Certified Public Accountant, dated 1/6/1989 and numbered 3568, to conduct independent audits, [...]\nö) Member of the profession: Certified public accountants and certified public accountants who have been licensed in accordance with the Law No. 3568,\n[...]\nARTICLE 13 – (1) Without prejudice to the conditions stipulated in the Law No. 3568 and the relevant legislation, the organization requesting an activity permit in the field of inspection; [...]\ne) More than half of its capital and voting rights belong to its auditors and all its partners are members of the profession, [...]\nı) All the members of the management body are members of the profession, and the majority, not exceeding seventy-five percent, consists of auditors on their staff, [...]\" (Regulation on Independent Auditing (26.12.2012), last amended 23.11.2018, Articles 4 and 13 [google translation])","Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8\nRegulation on Independent Auditing (26.12.2012), last amended 23.11.2018, Articles 4 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=3568&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=16907&MevzuatTur=7&MevzuatTertip=5\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1421,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0003125","More than half of the capital and voting rights in an audit firm must belong to locally licensed auditors working in the firm and all its partners must be locally licensed auditors. In principle, Turkish citizenship is required to become a locally licensed auditor, but foreign professionals may be approved in accordance with the principle of reciprocity.","\"Article 2 – A) Subject of the profession of accounting and financial advisor:\nEnterprises and businesses belonging to real and legal persons;\na) To keep the books, to prepare the balance sheet, profit and loss statements, statements and other documents in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles and the provisions of the relevant legislation, and to perform similar works.\nb) Establishing and developing accounting systems, arranging business, accounting, finance, financial legislation and their applications, or providing consultancy on these issues.\nc) To conduct examinations, analyzes, audits, to give written opinions on matters related to financial statements and declarations, to prepare reports and the like, to perform arbitration, expertise and similar works on the subjects written in the above paragraph, based on the documents.\nThe works listed above; Those who do not be affiliated with a workplace are called independent accountants and financial advisors.\nB) Subject of chartered accountant profession:\nIn addition to carrying out the works written in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of paragraph (a), it is to carry out certification works within the framework of the regulation to be issued in accordance with Article 12 of the Law.\nCertified public accountants cannot keep accounting books, open accounting offices and cannot be partners in accounting offices.\n[...]\nArticle 4 – The general conditions of being a member of the profession are as follows:\na) Being a Turkish citizen (the provision about foreign public accountants and financial advisors is reserved).\n[...]\nArticle 8 – The services within the scope of Article 2 from the rights they have obtained in their home country of the persons who are nationals of a foreign state who have officially regulated the profession of public accountant and financial advisor, provided that they have the qualifications sought in the independent accountant financial advisory service under the title of independent accountant financial advisor with the condition of reciprocity. They may be allowed to do so in Turkey with the approval of the President.[...]\" (Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"ARTICLE 4 – (1) In this Regulation;\na) Independent auditor: Persons authorized by the Agency from among the professionals who have obtained the certificate of certified public accountant or certified public accountant in accordance with the Law on Certified Public Accountant and Sworn-in Certified Public Accountant, dated 1/6/1989 and numbered 3568, to conduct independent audits, [...]\nö) Member of the profession: Certified public accountants and certified public accountants who have been licensed in accordance with the Law No. 3568,\n[...]\nARTICLE 13 – (1) Without prejudice to the conditions stipulated in the Law No. 3568 and the relevant legislation, the organization requesting an activity permit in the field of inspection; [...]\ne) More than half of its capital and voting rights belong to its auditors and all its partners are members of the profession, [...]\nı) All the members of the management body are members of the profession, and the majority, not exceeding seventy-five percent, consists of auditors on their staff, [...]\" (Regulation on Independent Auditing (26.12.2012), last amended 23.11.2018, Articles 4 and 13 [google translation])","Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8\nRegulation on Independent Auditing (26.12.2012), last amended 23.11.2018, Articles 4 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=3568&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=16907&MevzuatTur=7&MevzuatTertip=5\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1421,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0003125","More than half of the capital and voting rights in an audit firm must belong to locally licensed auditors working in the firm and all its partners must be locally licensed auditors. In principle, Turkish citizenship is required to become a locally licensed auditor, but foreign professionals may be approved in accordance with the principle of reciprocity.","\"Article 2 – A) Subject of the profession of accounting and financial advisor:\nEnterprises and businesses belonging to real and legal persons;\na) To keep the books, to prepare the balance sheet, profit and loss statements, statements and other documents in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles and the provisions of the relevant legislation, and to perform similar works.\nb) Establishing and developing accounting systems, arranging business, accounting, finance, financial legislation and their applications, or providing consultancy on these issues.\nc) To conduct examinations, analyzes, audits, to give written opinions on matters related to financial statements and declarations, to prepare reports and the like, to perform arbitration, expertise and similar works on the subjects written in the above paragraph, based on the documents.\nThe works listed above; Those who do not be affiliated with a workplace are called independent accountants and financial advisors.\nB) Subject of chartered accountant profession:\nIn addition to carrying out the works written in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of paragraph (a), it is to carry out certification works within the framework of the regulation to be issued in accordance with Article 12 of the Law.\nCertified public accountants cannot keep accounting books, open accounting offices and cannot be partners in accounting offices.\n[...]\nArticle 4 – The general conditions of being a member of the profession are as follows:\na) Being a Turkish citizen (the provision about foreign public accountants and financial advisors is reserved).\n[...]\nArticle 8 – The services within the scope of Article 2 from the rights they have obtained in their home country of the persons who are nationals of a foreign state who have officially regulated the profession of public accountant and financial advisor, provided that they have the qualifications sought in the independent accountant financial advisory service under the title of independent accountant financial advisor with the condition of reciprocity. They may be allowed to do so in Turkey with the approval of the President.[...]\" (Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"ARTICLE 4 – (1) In this Regulation;\na) Independent auditor: Persons authorized by the Agency from among the professionals who have obtained the certificate of certified public accountant or certified public accountant in accordance with the Law on Certified Public Accountant and Sworn-in Certified Public Accountant, dated 1/6/1989 and numbered 3568, to conduct independent audits, [...]\nö) Member of the profession: Certified public accountants and certified public accountants who have been licensed in accordance with the Law No. 3568,\n[...]\nARTICLE 13 – (1) Without prejudice to the conditions stipulated in the Law No. 3568 and the relevant legislation, the organization requesting an activity permit in the field of inspection; [...]\ne) More than half of its capital and voting rights belong to its auditors and all its partners are members of the profession, [...]\nı) All the members of the management body are members of the profession, and the majority, not exceeding seventy-five percent, consists of auditors on their staff, [...]\" (Regulation on Independent Auditing (26.12.2012), last amended 23.11.2018, Articles 4 and 13 [google translation])","Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8\nRegulation on Independent Auditing (26.12.2012), last amended 23.11.2018, Articles 4 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=3568&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=16907&MevzuatTur=7&MevzuatTertip=5\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1421,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","J60","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.000375","Local content rules gives preference to content produced by Ugandan citizens and companies owned by them.","\"Part V - Local Content Promotion\n32. Local Content\n(1) Every Free-to-Air operator shall promote the incorporation of a minimum 70% local content of all programme content in its programming schedule. [...]\n(3) Local content shall comprise content produced within and outside the territory of the Republic of Uganda and must be content –\n(a) produced by natural persons who are citizens or permanent residents of Uganda or produced by legal persons whose legal domicile and a majority of whose shareholders and directors are citizens of permanent residents of Uganda; and\n(b) which reflects the artistic creativity, culture, socio-economic conditions and values of Uganda [...]\n(5) Every broadcaster and producer of a broadcasting station or disseminating apparatus shall disseminate news that include local and regional content for at twice in each 24 hour period [...]\" (Uganda Communications (Content) Regulations, 2019)","Uganda Communications (Content) Regulations, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ucc.co.ug/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Content-Regulations-2019.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3185,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","J60","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.000375","Local content rules gives preference to content produced by Ugandan citizens and companies owned by them.","\"Part V - Local Content Promotion\n32. Local Content\n(1) Every Free-to-Air operator shall promote the incorporation of a minimum 70% local content of all programme content in its programming schedule. [...]\n(3) Local content shall comprise content produced within and outside the territory of the Republic of Uganda and must be content –\n(a) produced by natural persons who are citizens or permanent residents of Uganda or produced by legal persons whose legal domicile and a majority of whose shareholders and directors are citizens of permanent residents of Uganda; and\n(b) which reflects the artistic creativity, culture, socio-economic conditions and values of Uganda [...]\n(5) Every broadcaster and producer of a broadcasting station or disseminating apparatus shall disseminate news that include local and regional content for at twice in each 24 hour period [...]\" (Uganda Communications (Content) Regulations, 2019)","Uganda Communications (Content) Regulations, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ucc.co.ug/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Content-Regulations-2019.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3185,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","J60","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.000375","Local content rules gives preference to content produced by Ugandan citizens and companies owned by them.","\"Part V - Local Content Promotion\n32. Local Content\n(1) Every Free-to-Air operator shall promote the incorporation of a minimum 70% local content of all programme content in its programming schedule. [...]\n(3) Local content shall comprise content produced within and outside the territory of the Republic of Uganda and must be content –\n(a) produced by natural persons who are citizens or permanent residents of Uganda or produced by legal persons whose legal domicile and a majority of whose shareholders and directors are citizens of permanent residents of Uganda; and\n(b) which reflects the artistic creativity, culture, socio-economic conditions and values of Uganda [...]\n(5) Every broadcaster and producer of a broadcasting station or disseminating apparatus shall disseminate news that include local and regional content for at twice in each 24 hour period [...]\" (Uganda Communications (Content) Regulations, 2019)","Uganda Communications (Content) Regulations, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ucc.co.ug/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Content-Regulations-2019.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3185,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","J60","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.000375","Local content rules gives preference to content produced by Ugandan citizens and companies owned by them.","\"Part V - Local Content Promotion\n32. Local Content\n(1) Every Free-to-Air operator shall promote the incorporation of a minimum 70% local content of all programme content in its programming schedule. [...]\n(3) Local content shall comprise content produced within and outside the territory of the Republic of Uganda and must be content –\n(a) produced by natural persons who are citizens or permanent residents of Uganda or produced by legal persons whose legal domicile and a majority of whose shareholders and directors are citizens of permanent residents of Uganda; and\n(b) which reflects the artistic creativity, culture, socio-economic conditions and values of Uganda [...]\n(5) Every broadcaster and producer of a broadcasting station or disseminating apparatus shall disseminate news that include local and regional content for at twice in each 24 hour period [...]\" (Uganda Communications (Content) Regulations, 2019)","Uganda Communications (Content) Regulations, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ucc.co.ug/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Content-Regulations-2019.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3185,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.027","Foreign investors (including majority foreign-owned companies established in Uganda) are not entitled to own freehold land in Uganda as domestic investors are, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years.","\"PART II—LAND HOLDING.\n2. Land ownership.\nSubject to article 237 of the Constitution, all land in Uganda shall vest in the citizens of Uganda and shall be owned in accordance with the following land tenure systems—\ncustomary;\nfreehold;\nmailo; and\nleasehold.\n[...]\n40. Acquisition of land by a noncitizen.\n(1) Subject to article 237(2)(c) of the Constitution, a noncitizen may acquire a lease in land in accordance with this section.\n(2) A lease of five years or more acquired by a noncitizen shall be registered in accordance with the Registration of Titles Act.\n(3) A noncitizen shall not be granted a lease exceeding ninety-nine years.\n(4) Subject to the other provisions of this section, a noncitizen shall not acquire or hold mailo or freehold land.\n(5) For the avoidance of doubt, any non-citizen who immediately before the coming into force of the Constitution held land as lessee on conversion within the meaning of the Land Reform Decree, 1975 shall be deemed to have continued to hold a lease for ninety nine years from the first day of June, 1975. \n(6) Any citizen who holds land under freehold or mailo tenure and who ceases to be a citizen of Uganda, shall by virtue of ceasing to be a citizen, cease to hold land under freehold or mailo tenure and any such tenure shall automatically and without any other legal requirement than this subsection, be converted into a lease for a period of ninety nine years from the date of that person ceasing to be a citizen of Uganda.\n(7) For the purposes of this section, “non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Uganda as defined by the Constitution and the Uganda Citizenship Act;\nin the case of a corporate body, a corporate body in which the controlling interest lies with non-citizens;\nin the case of bodies where shares are not applicable, where the body’s decision making lies with non-citizens;\na company in which the shares are held in trust for non-citizens;\na company incorporated in Uganda whose articles of association do not contain a provision restricting transfer or issue of shares to non-citizens.\n(8) For purposes of subsection (7), “controlling interest” means—\nin the case of companies with shares, the majority shares are held by persons who are not citizens; and\nin the case of companies without shares, a company in which decisions are arrived at by the majority who are not citizens. [...]\" (Land Act, Cap. 227, 1998, as amended)","Land Act, Cap. 227, 1998, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/consolidated-act/227\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2004/2004/land%20ammendment%20Act%202004.pdf\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3176,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.027","Foreign investors (including majority foreign-owned companies established in Uganda) are not entitled to own freehold land in Uganda as domestic investors are, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years.","\"PART II—LAND HOLDING.\n2. Land ownership.\nSubject to article 237 of the Constitution, all land in Uganda shall vest in the citizens of Uganda and shall be owned in accordance with the following land tenure systems—\ncustomary;\nfreehold;\nmailo; and\nleasehold.\n[...]\n40. Acquisition of land by a noncitizen.\n(1) Subject to article 237(2)(c) of the Constitution, a noncitizen may acquire a lease in land in accordance with this section.\n(2) A lease of five years or more acquired by a noncitizen shall be registered in accordance with the Registration of Titles Act.\n(3) A noncitizen shall not be granted a lease exceeding ninety-nine years.\n(4) Subject to the other provisions of this section, a noncitizen shall not acquire or hold mailo or freehold land.\n(5) For the avoidance of doubt, any non-citizen who immediately before the coming into force of the Constitution held land as lessee on conversion within the meaning of the Land Reform Decree, 1975 shall be deemed to have continued to hold a lease for ninety nine years from the first day of June, 1975. \n(6) Any citizen who holds land under freehold or mailo tenure and who ceases to be a citizen of Uganda, shall by virtue of ceasing to be a citizen, cease to hold land under freehold or mailo tenure and any such tenure shall automatically and without any other legal requirement than this subsection, be converted into a lease for a period of ninety nine years from the date of that person ceasing to be a citizen of Uganda.\n(7) For the purposes of this section, “non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Uganda as defined by the Constitution and the Uganda Citizenship Act;\nin the case of a corporate body, a corporate body in which the controlling interest lies with non-citizens;\nin the case of bodies where shares are not applicable, where the body’s decision making lies with non-citizens;\na company in which the shares are held in trust for non-citizens;\na company incorporated in Uganda whose articles of association do not contain a provision restricting transfer or issue of shares to non-citizens.\n(8) For purposes of subsection (7), “controlling interest” means—\nin the case of companies with shares, the majority shares are held by persons who are not citizens; and\nin the case of companies without shares, a company in which decisions are arrived at by the majority who are not citizens. [...]\" (Land Act, Cap. 227, 1998, as amended)","Land Act, Cap. 227, 1998, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/consolidated-act/227\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2004/2004/land%20ammendment%20Act%202004.pdf\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3176,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.027","Foreign investors (including majority foreign-owned companies established in Uganda) are not entitled to own freehold land in Uganda as domestic investors are, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years.","\"PART II—LAND HOLDING.\n2. Land ownership.\nSubject to article 237 of the Constitution, all land in Uganda shall vest in the citizens of Uganda and shall be owned in accordance with the following land tenure systems—\ncustomary;\nfreehold;\nmailo; and\nleasehold.\n[...]\n40. Acquisition of land by a noncitizen.\n(1) Subject to article 237(2)(c) of the Constitution, a noncitizen may acquire a lease in land in accordance with this section.\n(2) A lease of five years or more acquired by a noncitizen shall be registered in accordance with the Registration of Titles Act.\n(3) A noncitizen shall not be granted a lease exceeding ninety-nine years.\n(4) Subject to the other provisions of this section, a noncitizen shall not acquire or hold mailo or freehold land.\n(5) For the avoidance of doubt, any non-citizen who immediately before the coming into force of the Constitution held land as lessee on conversion within the meaning of the Land Reform Decree, 1975 shall be deemed to have continued to hold a lease for ninety nine years from the first day of June, 1975. \n(6) Any citizen who holds land under freehold or mailo tenure and who ceases to be a citizen of Uganda, shall by virtue of ceasing to be a citizen, cease to hold land under freehold or mailo tenure and any such tenure shall automatically and without any other legal requirement than this subsection, be converted into a lease for a period of ninety nine years from the date of that person ceasing to be a citizen of Uganda.\n(7) For the purposes of this section, “non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Uganda as defined by the Constitution and the Uganda Citizenship Act;\nin the case of a corporate body, a corporate body in which the controlling interest lies with non-citizens;\nin the case of bodies where shares are not applicable, where the body’s decision making lies with non-citizens;\na company in which the shares are held in trust for non-citizens;\na company incorporated in Uganda whose articles of association do not contain a provision restricting transfer or issue of shares to non-citizens.\n(8) For purposes of subsection (7), “controlling interest” means—\nin the case of companies with shares, the majority shares are held by persons who are not citizens; and\nin the case of companies without shares, a company in which decisions are arrived at by the majority who are not citizens. [...]\" (Land Act, Cap. 227, 1998, as amended)","Land Act, Cap. 227, 1998, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/consolidated-act/227\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2004/2004/land%20ammendment%20Act%202004.pdf\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3176,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.027","Foreign investors (including majority foreign-owned companies established in Uganda) are not entitled to own freehold land in Uganda as domestic investors are, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years.","\"PART II—LAND HOLDING.\n2. Land ownership.\nSubject to article 237 of the Constitution, all land in Uganda shall vest in the citizens of Uganda and shall be owned in accordance with the following land tenure systems—\ncustomary;\nfreehold;\nmailo; and\nleasehold.\n[...]\n40. Acquisition of land by a noncitizen.\n(1) Subject to article 237(2)(c) of the Constitution, a noncitizen may acquire a lease in land in accordance with this section.\n(2) A lease of five years or more acquired by a noncitizen shall be registered in accordance with the Registration of Titles Act.\n(3) A noncitizen shall not be granted a lease exceeding ninety-nine years.\n(4) Subject to the other provisions of this section, a noncitizen shall not acquire or hold mailo or freehold land.\n(5) For the avoidance of doubt, any non-citizen who immediately before the coming into force of the Constitution held land as lessee on conversion within the meaning of the Land Reform Decree, 1975 shall be deemed to have continued to hold a lease for ninety nine years from the first day of June, 1975. \n(6) Any citizen who holds land under freehold or mailo tenure and who ceases to be a citizen of Uganda, shall by virtue of ceasing to be a citizen, cease to hold land under freehold or mailo tenure and any such tenure shall automatically and without any other legal requirement than this subsection, be converted into a lease for a period of ninety nine years from the date of that person ceasing to be a citizen of Uganda.\n(7) For the purposes of this section, “non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Uganda as defined by the Constitution and the Uganda Citizenship Act;\nin the case of a corporate body, a corporate body in which the controlling interest lies with non-citizens;\nin the case of bodies where shares are not applicable, where the body’s decision making lies with non-citizens;\na company in which the shares are held in trust for non-citizens;\na company incorporated in Uganda whose articles of association do not contain a provision restricting transfer or issue of shares to non-citizens.\n(8) For purposes of subsection (7), “controlling interest” means—\nin the case of companies with shares, the majority shares are held by persons who are not citizens; and\nin the case of companies without shares, a company in which decisions are arrived at by the majority who are not citizens. [...]\" (Land Act, Cap. 227, 1998, as amended)","Land Act, Cap. 227, 1998, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/consolidated-act/227\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2004/2004/land%20ammendment%20Act%202004.pdf\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3176,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C29_30","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1291,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C29_30","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1291,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C29_30","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1291,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C29_30","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1291,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","Under a mechanism that is integrated in the UK merger control regime, as laid out in the 2002 Enterprise Act, the government can intervene to review a transaction from the perspective of public interest considerations, including national security but also media plurality and financial stability. Where an investigation finds that the transaction operates against the stated public interest consideration, remedial measures may be taken, including blocking the transaction or allowing it to proceed subject to certain conditions. Under the review mechanism, a merger or acquisition can be reviewed if the target company's turnover exceeds £70 million, or if the transaction results in the creation or enhancement of a \"share of supply\" of goods and services of at least 25% in the UK or in a substantial part of the UK. In 2018, the Act was amended to lower the turnover test threshold to £1 million with regard to \"relevant enterprises\". Relevant enterprises are involved in activities connected with the development or production of items for military or military and civilian use (‘dual use’); the design and maintenance of aspects of computing hardware; or the development and production of quantum technology. The share of supply test was likewise amended to also cover situations where the acquisition target already supplies 25% of the UK market in its sector.\n\nThe provisions of the Enterprise Act are of general application and not specific to foreign investors.","\"23 Relevant merger situations\n(1)For the purposes of this Part, a relevant merger situation has been created if—\n(a)two or more enterprises have ceased to be distinct enterprises at a time or in circumstances falling within section 24; and\n(b)the value of the turnover in the United Kingdom of the enterprise being taken over exceeds—\n[(i)£1 million, if in the course of the enterprises ceasing to be distinct, a person or group of persons has brought a relevant enterprise (see section 23A) under the ownership or control of the person or group; or\n(ii)£70 million, in any other case.]\n(2)For the purposes of this Part, a relevant merger situation has also been created if—\n(a)two or more enterprises have ceased to be distinct enterprises at a time or in circumstances falling within section 24; and\n[(b)the share of supply test is met.]\n[(2A)The share of supply test is met if—\n(a)as a result of the enterprises ceasing to be distinct enterprises, one or both of the conditions mentioned in subsections (3) and (4) below prevails or prevails to a greater extent; or\n(b)in the course of the enterprises ceasing to be distinct a person or group of persons has brought a relevant enterprise under the ownership or control of the person or group and one or both of the conditions mentioned in subsections (4A) and (4B) below was satisfied in relation to the relevant enterprise before it ceased to be a distinct enterprise.]\n(3)The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in relation to the supply of goods of any description, at least one-quarter of all the goods of that description which are supplied in the United Kingdom, or in a substantial part of the United Kingdom—\n(a)are supplied by one and the same person or are supplied to one and the same person; or\n(b)are supplied by the persons by whom the enterprises concerned are carried on, or are supplied to those persons.\n(4)The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in relation to the supply of services of any description, the supply of services of that description in the United Kingdom, or in a substantial part of the United Kingdom, is to the extent of at least one-quarter—\n(a)supply by one and the same person, or supply for one and the same person; or\n(b)supply by the persons by whom the enterprises concerned are carried on, or supply for those persons.\n[(4A)The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in relation to the supply of goods of any description—\n(a)at least one-quarter of all goods of that description which were supplied in the United Kingdom, or in a substantial part of the United Kingdom, were supplied by or to the person or persons by whom the enterprise was carried on, and\n(b)that supply was made in connection with activities of the enterprise by virtue of which it was a relevant enterprise.\n(4B)The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in relation to the supply of services of any description—\n(a)the supply of services of that description in the United Kingdom, or in a substantial part of the United Kingdom, was to the extent of at least one-quarter of all the services of that description, supply by or for the person or persons by whom the enterprise is carried on, and\n(b)that supply was made in connection with activities of the enterprise by virtue of which it was a relevant enterprise.]\n[...]\n23A. Relevant enterprises\n(1)In section 23 “relevant enterprise” means an enterprise the activities of which consist in or include—\n(a)developing or producing restricted goods;\n(b)holding information (including but not limited to information comprised in software and documents such as blueprints, manuals, diagrams and designs) that—\n(i)is capable of use in connection with the development or production of restricted goods; and\n(ii)is responsible for achieving or exceeding the performance levels, characteristics or functions of the restricted goods that are specified in the relevant export control legislation;\n(c)owning, creating or supplying intellectual property relating to the functional capability of—\n(i)computer processing units;\n(ii)the instruction set architecture for such units;\n(iii)computer code that provides low level control for such units;\n(d)designing, maintaining or providing support for the secure provisioning or management of—\n(i)roots of trust of computer processing units;\n(ii)computer code that provides low level control for such units;\n(e)research into—\n(i)quantum computing or simulation;\n(ii)quantum imaging, sensing, timing or navigation;\n(iii)quantum communications; or\n(iv)quantum resistant cryptography;\n(f)developing or producing anything designed for use in—\n(i)quantum computing or simulation;\n(ii)quantum imaging, sensing, timing or navigation;\n(iii)quantum communications; or\n(iv)quantum resistant cryptography;\n(g)supplying services employing—\n(i)quantum computing or simulation;\n(ii)quantum imaging, sensing, timing or navigation;\n(iii)quantum communications; or\n(iv)quantum resistant cryptography.\n(2)In this section—\n“intellectual property” means—\n(a) any patent, trade mark, registered design, copyright or design right,\n(b) any right under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom corresponding to, or similar to, a right within paragraph (a), or\n(c) any information or technique not protected by a right within paragraph (a) or (b) but having industrial, commercial or other economic value;\n“quantum communications”—\n(a) means the transmission of information, utilising the properties of quantum mechanics, in particular superposition or entanglement, and\n(b) includes the establishment of cryptographic keys and the generation of true random numbers using a quantum physical process;\n“quantum computing or simulation” means the study, simulation or realisation of systems that utilise certain properties of quantum mechanics, in particular superposition or entanglement, to process information, run algorithms or perform operations on data;\n“quantum imaging” means utilising certain properties of quantum mechanics, in particular superposition or entanglement, to create images of objects with a resolution or other imaging criteria that is beyond what is possible in non-quantum optics;\n“quantum navigation” means utilising certain properties of quantum mechanics, including measurements of suspensions of atoms or ions, to establish the location or movement of objects with a resolution or sensitivity that is beyond what is possible in non-quantum devices or systems;\n“quantum resistant cryptography” means methods of securing information or data being transmitted or stored, including by non-quantum means, with a view to resisting attack by a quantum computer;\n“quantum sensing” means utilising certain properties of quantum mechanics, including measurements of suspensions of atoms or ions, to determine a property or rate of change in the property of an object, or the effect of an object on a measurable quantity, with a resolution or sensitivity that is beyond what is possible in non-quantum devices or systems;\n“quantum timing” means utilising certain properties of quantum mechanics, including measurements of suspensions of atoms or ions, to provide a timing signal with a resolution or sensitivity that is beyond what is possible in non-quantum devices or systems;\n“relevant export control legislation” means—\n(a) Schedules 2 and 3 to the Export Control Order 2008;\n(b) the Schedule to the Export of Radioactive Sources (Control) Order 2006;\n(c) Annex I to Council Regulation (EC) No. 428/2009;\n“restricted goods” means goods, software or information the export or transfer of which is controlled by virtue of their being specified in the relevant export control legislation but excluding any goods, software or information which are controlled only to the extent that they are prohibited from being exported or transferred to one country only;\n“roots of trust”—\n(a) means hardware, firmware, or software components that are inherently trusted to perform critical security functions, and\n(b) includes cryptographic key material bound to a device that can identify the device or verify a digital signature to authenticate a remote entity.\n[...]\n42 Intervention by Secretary of State in certain public interest cases\n(1)Subsection (2) applies where—\n(a)the Secretary of State has reasonable grounds for suspecting that it is or may be the case that a relevant merger situation has been created or that arrangements are in progress or in contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in the creation of a relevant merger situation;\n(b)no reference under section 22 or 33 has been made in relation to the relevant merger situation concerned;\n(c)no decision has been made not to make such a reference (other than a decision made by virtue of subsection (2)(b) of section 33 or a decision to accept undertakings under section 73 instead of making such a reference); and\n(d)no reference is prevented from being made under section 22 or 33 by virtue of—\n(i)[section 22(3)(za), (a) or (e)] or (as the case may be) [33(3)(za), (a) or (e)]; or\n(ii)[EU] law or anything done under or in accordance with it.\n(2)The Secretary of State may give a notice to the [CMA] (in this Part “an intervention notice”) if he believes that it is or may be the case that one or more than one public interest consideration is relevant to a consideration of the relevant merger situation concerned.\n(3)For the purposes of this Part a public interest consideration is a consideration which, at the time of the giving of the intervention notice concerned, is specified in section 58 or is not so specified but, in the opinion of the Secretary of State, ought to be so specified. [...]\n(5)For the purposes of deciding whether a relevant merger situation has been created or whether arrangements are in progress or in contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in the creation of a relevant merger situation, sections 23 [to 30] (read together with section 34) shall apply for the purposes of this Chapter as they do for the purposes of Chapter 1 but subject to subsection (6).\n[...]\n55 Enforcement action by Secretary of State\n(1)Subsection (2) applies where the Secretary of State has decided under subsection (2) of section 54 within the period required by subsection (5) of that section to make an adverse public interest finding in relation to a relevant merger situation and has published his decision within the period so required.\n(2)The Secretary of State may take such action under paragraph 9 or 11 of Schedule 7 as he considers to be reasonable and practicable to remedy, mitigate or prevent any of the effects adverse to the public interest which have resulted from, or may be expected to result from, the creation of the relevant merger situation concerned.\n(3)In making a decision under subsection (2) the Secretary of State shall, in particular, have regard to the report of the [CMA] under section 50.\n(4)In making a decision under subsection (2) in any case of a substantial lessening of competition, the Secretary of State may, in particular, have regard to the effect of any action on any relevant customer benefits in relation to the creation of the relevant merger situation concerned.\n[...]\n58 Specified considerations\n(1)The interests of national security are specified in this section.\n(2)In subsection (1) “national security” includes public security; and in this subsection “public security” has the same meaning as in article [21(4) of the EC Merger Regulation] .\n[(2A)The need for—\n(a)accurate presentation of news; and\n(b)free expression of opinion;in newspapers is specified in this section.\n(2B)The need for, to the extent that it is reasonable and practicable, a sufficient plurality of views in newspapers in each market for newspapers in the United Kingdom or a part of the United Kingdom is specified in this section.\n(2C)The following are specified in this section—\n(a)the need, in relation to every different audience in the United Kingdom or in a particular area or locality of the United Kingdom, for there to be a sufficient plurality of persons with control of the media enterprises serving that audience;\n(b)the need for the availability throughout the United Kingdom of a wide range of broadcasting which (taken as a whole) is both of high quality and calculated to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and interests; and\n(c)the need for persons carrying on media enterprises, and for those with control of such enterprises, to have a genuine commitment to the attainment in relation to broadcasting of the standards objectives set out in section 319 of the Communications Act 2003.]\n[(2D)The interest of maintaining the stability of the UK financial system is specified in this section (other than for the purposes of sections 67 and 68 or references made, or deemed to be made, by the European Commission to the OFT under article 4(4) or 9 of the EC Merger Regulation).]\n(3)The Secretary of State may by order modify this section for the purpose of specifying in this section a new consideration or removing or amending any consideration which is for the time being specified in this section.\n(4)An order under this section may, in particular—\n(a)provide for a consideration to be specified in this section for a particular purpose or purposes or for all purposes;\n(b)apply in relation to cases under consideration by the [CMA, OFCOM] or the Secretary of State before the making of the order as well as cases under consideration on or after the making of the order.\n[...]\n66 Decision and enforcement action by Secretary of State\n(1)Subsection (2) applies where the Secretary of State has received a report of the [CMA] under section 65 in relation to a special merger situation.\n(2)The Secretary of State shall, in connection with a reference under section 62(2) or (3), decide the questions which the [CMA] is required to decide by virtue of section 63(1) to (3).\n(3)The Secretary of State shall make and publish his decision under subsection (2) within the period of 30 days beginning with the receipt of the report of the [CMA] under section 65; and subsection (8) of section 54 shall apply for the purposes of this subsection as it applies for the purposes of subsection (5) of that section.\n(4)In making his decisions under subsection (2), the Secretary of State shall accept the decisions of the report of the [CMA] under section 65 as to whether a special merger situation has been created or whether arrangements are in progress or in contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in the creation of a special merger situation.\n(5)Subsection (6) applies where the Secretary of State has decided under subsection (2) that—\n(a)a special merger situation has been created or arrangements are in progress or in contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in the creation of a special merger situation;\n(b)at least one consideration which is mentioned in the special intervention notice concerned is relevant to a consideration of the special merger situation concerned; and\n(c)taking account only of the relevant consideration or considerations concerned, the creation of that situation operates or may be expected to operate against the public interest;and has so decided, and published his decision, within the period required by subsection (3).\n(6)The Secretary of State may take such action under paragraph 9 or 11 of Schedule 7 as he considers to be reasonable and practicable to remedy, mitigate or prevent any of the effects adverse to the public interest which have resulted from, or may be expected to result from, the creation of the special merger situation concerned.\n(7)In making a decision under subsection (6), the Secretary of State shall, in particular, have regard to the report of the [CMA] under section 65.\" (Enterprise Act 2002 (UKPGA 2002 c. 40); last amended on 11.06.2018; Sections 23, 23A, 42, 55, 58, and 66; see also SCHEDULE 7: Enforcement regime for public interest and special public interest cases, and SCHEDULE 8: Provision that may be contained in certain enforcement orders)","Enterprise Act 2002 (UKPGA 2002 c. 40); last amended on 11.06.2018; Sections 23, 23A, 42, 55, 58, and 66; see also SCHEDULE 7: Enforcement regime for public interest and special public interest cases, and SCHEDULE 8: Provision that may be contained in certain enforcement orders","Investment Policy related to national security, Notification by the United Kingdom (DAF/INV/RD(2018)7), 3 October 2018","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2002/40/contents/2018-06-11\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/officialdocuments/publicdisplaydocumentpdf/?cote=DAF/INV/RD(2018)7&docLanguage=En\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3877,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Under a mechanism that is integrated in the UK merger control regime, as laid out in the 2002 Enterprise Act, the government can intervene to review a transaction from the perspective of public interest considerations, including national security but also media plurality and financial stability. 2020 amendments to the Act added the “need to maintain in the UK the capability to combat, and mitigate the effects of public health emergencies” as a “specified consideration” under the Act in relation to which UK authorities may intervene in certain mergers. Where an investigation finds that the transaction operates against the stated public interest consideration, remedial measures may be taken, including blocking the transaction or allowing it to proceed subject to certain conditions. Under the review mechanism, a merger or acquisition can be reviewed if the target company's turnover exceeds £70 million, or if the transaction results in the creation or enhancement of a \"share of supply\" of goods and services of at least 25% in the UK or in a substantial part of the UK. In 2018, the Act was amended to lower the turnover test threshold to £1 million with regard to \"relevant enterprises\". Relevant enterprises are involved in activities connected with the development or production of items for military or military and civilian use (‘dual use’); the design and maintenance of aspects of computing hardware; or the development and production of quantum technology. The share of supply test was likewise amended to also cover situations where the acquisition target already supplies 25% of the UK market in its sector. The concept of relevant enterprise was further extended in 2020 to include enterprises involved in activities connected with artificial intelligence, advanced materials or cryptographic authentication technology. \n\nThe provisions of the Enterprise Act are of general application and not specific to foreign investors.",{"$cut":{"chars":25349,"head":"\"23 Relevant merger situations\n(1)For the purposes of this Part, a relevant merger situation has been created if—\n(a)two or more enterprises have ceased to be distinct enterprises at a time or in circumstances falling within section 24; and\n[(b)the value of the turnover in the United Kingdom of the enterprise being taken over exceeds—\n(i)£70 million; or\n(ii)£1 million, where the value of the turnover does not exceed £70 million and in the course of the enterprises ceasing to be distinct, a person or group of persons has brought a relevant enterprise (within the meaning of either subsection (2) or (3) of section 23A) under the ownership or control of the person or group.]\n(2)For the purposes of this Part, a relevant merger situation has also been created if—\n(a)two or more enterprises have ceased to be distinct enterprises at a time or in circumstances falling within section 24; and\n[(b)the share of supply test is met.]\n[(2A)The share of supply test is met if—\n(a)as a result of the enterprises ceasing to be distinct enterprises, one or both of the conditions mentioned in subsections (3) and (4) below prevails or prevails to a greater extent; or\n(b)in the course of the enterprises ceasing to be distinct a person or group of persons has brought a relevant enterprise under the ownership or control of the person or group and one or both of the conditions mentioned in subsections (4A) and (4B) below was satisfied in relation to the relevant enterprise before it ceased to be a distinct enterprise.]\n(3)The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in relation to the supply of goods of any description, at least one-quarter of all the goods of that description which are supplied in the United Kingdom, or in a substantial part of the United Kingdom—\n(a)are supplied by one and the same person or are supplied to one and the same person; or\n(b)are supplied by the persons by whom the enterprises concerned are carried on, or are supplied to those persons.\n(4)The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in relation to the supply of services of any description, the supply of services of that description in the United Kingdom, or in a substantial part of the United Kingdom, is to the extent of at least one-quarter—\n(a)supply by one and the same person, or supply for one and the same person; or\n(b)supply by the persons by whom the enterprises concerned are carried on, or supply for those persons.\n[(4A)The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in relation to the supply of goods of any description—\n(a)at least one-quarter of all goods of that description which were supplied in the United Kingdom, or in a substantial part of the United Kingdom, were supplied by or to the person or persons by whom the enterprise was carried on, and\n(b)that supply was made in connection with activities of the enterprise by virtue of which it was a relevant enterprise.\n(4B)The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in relation to the supply of services of any description—\n(a)the supply of services of that description in the United Kingdom, or in a substantial part of the United Kingdom, was to the extent of at least one-quarter of all the services of that description, supply by or for the person or persons by whom the enterprise is carried on, and\n(b)that supply was made in connection with activities of the enterprise by virtue of which it was a relevant enterprise.]\n[...]\n23A. Relevant enterprises\n(1)In section 23 “relevant enterprise” means an enterprise falling within subsection (2) or (3).\n(2)An enterprise falls within this subsection if its activities consist in or include—\n(a)developing or producing restricted goods;\n(b)holding information (including but not limited to information comprised in software and documents such as blueprints, manuals, diagrams and designs) that—\n  (i)is capable of use in connection with the development or production of restricted goods; and\n  (ii)is responsible for achieving or exceeding the performance levels, characteristics or functions of the restricted goods that are specified in the relevant e"}},"Enterprise Act 2002 (UKPGA 2002 c. 40); last amended on 31.12.2020; Sections 23, 23A, 26, 42, 55, 58, 59 and 66; see also SCHEDULE 7: Enforcement regime for public interest and special public interest cases, and SCHEDULE 8: Provision that may be contained in certain enforcement orders","Investment Policy related to national security, Notification by the United Kingdom (DAF/INV/RD(2018)7), 3 October 2018","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2002/40/introduction\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/officialdocuments/publicdisplaydocumentpdf/?cote=DAF/INV/RD(2018)7&docLanguage=En\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1292,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","A new investment screening mechanism introduced by the National Security and Investment Act 2021 will enter into force on 4 January 2022. The mechanism will allow the government to scrutinise and intervene in certain acquisitions to protect national security. The Act is of general application and not specific to foreign investors. It will not apply to acquisitions completed before 12 November 2020. Under the Act, certain acquisitions in one of the defined sensitive areas of the economy will require prior approval and be subject to a mandatory notification requirement. According to a Draft notifiable acquisition statutory instrument (published on 20 July 2021), the 17 sectors of the economy that will be subject to the mandatory notification requirements are the following:\nAdvanced Materials, Advanced Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Civil Nuclear, Communications,Computing Hardware, Critical Suppliers to Government, Cryptographic Authentication,Data Infrastructure, Defence, Energy, Military and Dual-Use, Quantum Technologies, Satellite and Space Technologies, Suppliers to the Emergency Services, Synthetic Biology, Transport.\nOn 4 January 2022, the National Security and Investment Act 2021 and its implementing regulations entered into force. The Act sets investment screening in the United Kingdom on a new footing and replaces the previous mechanism under the Enterprise Act. The new rules allow the United Kingdom’s authorities to scrutinise, impose conditions on, and block acquisitions that pose an undue risk to the country’s national security interests. Among others, the new framework also requires mandatory notification for acquisitions of certain entities in seventeen areas of the United Kingdom’s economy and gives the competence to the Secretary of State to exercise a call-in power regarding certain acquisitions and under certain conditions.","\"PART 1 - Call-in for national security [...]\nCall-in power\n1Call-in notice for national security purposes\n(1)The Secretary of State may give a notice if the Secretary of State reasonably suspects that—\n(a)a trigger event has taken place in relation to a qualifying entity or qualifying asset, and the event has given rise to or may give rise to a risk to national security, or\n(b)arrangements are in progress or contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in a trigger event taking place in relation to a qualifying entity or qualifying asset, and the event may give rise to a risk to national security.\n(2)For the purposes of this Act, in considering whether a trigger event has taken place, or whether arrangements are in progress or contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in a trigger event taking place, the effect of section 13(1) (notifiable acquisitions that are void) must be disregarded.\n(3)A notice under subsection (1) is referred to in this Act as a call-in notice.\n[...]\n2 Further provision about call-in notices [...]\n(2)Subject to subsections (3) and (4), a call-in notice given on the grounds mentioned in section 1(1)(a)—\n(a)may not be given after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the day on which the Secretary of State became aware of the trigger event, and\n(b)may not be given after the end of the period of 5 years beginning with the day on which the trigger event took place.\n(3)Subsection (2)(b) does not apply where the trigger event is one in relation to which section 13(1) has effect.\n(4)In relation to a trigger event taking place during the period beginning with 12 November 2020 and ending with the day before commencement day, a call-in notice given on the grounds mentioned in section 1(1)(a)—\n(a)if the Secretary of State became aware of the trigger event before commencement day, may not be given after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with commencement day,\n(b)if the Secretary of State became aware of the trigger event on or after commencement day—\n(i)may not be given after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the day on which the Secretary of State became aware of the trigger event, and\n(ii)may not be given after the end of the period of 5 years beginning with commencement day.\n(5)In this section “commencement day” means the day on which this section comes into force.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2\nInterpretation\n5Meaning of “trigger event” and “acquirer”\n(1)For the purposes of this Act, a “trigger event” takes place when—\n(a)a person gains control of a qualifying entity, as set out in section 8, or\n(b)a person gains control of a qualifying asset, as set out in section 9.\n(2)In this Act “acquirer” means the person who gains the control referred to in subsection (1) (or in relation to a trigger event that has not yet taken place, would gain that control).\n6Notifiable acquisitions\n(1)The Secretary of State may make regulations for the purposes of this section (“notifiable acquisition regulations”).\n(2)A notifiable acquisition takes place when a person gains control, by virtue of one or more of the cases described in subsection (2), (5) or (6) of section 8, of a qualifying entity of a specified description.J11\n(3)But a notifiable acquisition does not take place if complying with the requirement to give a mandatory notice under section 14(1) would be impossible for the person within subsection (2).\n(4)A description of qualifying entity that is specified must include provision that the entity carries on activities in the United Kingdom which are of a specified description (whether or not it also carries on other activities).\n[...]\n(8)In this section “specified” means specified in notifiable acquisition regulations.\n7Qualifying entities and assets\n(1)This section defines “qualifying entity” and “qualifying asset” for the purposes of this Act.\n(2)A “qualifying entity” is (subject to subsection (3)) any entity, whether or not a legal person, that is not an individual, and includes a company, a limited liability partnership, any other body corporate, a partnership, an unincorporated association and a trust.\n(3)An entity which is formed or recognised under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom is a “qualifying entity” only if it—\n(a)carries on activities in the United Kingdom, or\n(b)supplies goods or services to persons in the United Kingdom.\n(4)A “qualifying asset” is (subject to subsection (6)) an asset of any of the following types—\n(a)land,\n(b)tangible (or, in Scotland, corporeal) moveable property,\n(c)ideas, information or techniques which have industrial, commercial or other economic value.\n(5)Examples of assets within subsection (4)(c) include—\n(a)trade secrets,\n(b)databases,\n(c)source code,\n(d)algorithms,\n(e)formulae,\n(f)designs,\n(g)plans, drawings and specifications,\n(h)software.\n(6)Land or moveable property situated outside the United Kingdom or the territorial sea, or any asset within subsection (4)(c), is a “qualifying asset” only if it is used in connection with—\n(a)activities carried on in the United Kingdom, or\n(b)the supply of goods or services to persons in the United Kingdom.\n8Control of entities\n(1)For the purposes of this Act, a person gains control of a qualifying entity if the person acquires a right or interest in, or in relation to, the entity and as a result one or more of the cases described in this section arises.\n(2)The first case is where the percentage of the shares that the person holds in the entity increases—\n(a)from 25% or less to more than 25%,\n(b)from 50% or less to more than 50%, or\n(c)from less than 75% to 75% or more.\n(3)In subsection (2), the reference to holding a percentage of shares is—\n(a)in the case of an entity that has a share capital, to holding shares comprised in the issued share capital of the entity of a nominal value (in aggregate) of that percentage of the share capital,\n(b)in the case of an entity that does not have a share capital, to holding a right to a share of that percentage of the capital or profits of the entity,\n(c)in the case of a limited liability partnership, to holding a right to a share of that percentage of any surplus assets of the partnership on a winding up.\n(4)For the purposes of subsection (3)(c), to the extent that rights to share in any surplus assets of the limited liability partnership on a winding up are not expressly provided for, each member of the partnership is to be treated as holding the right to an equal share of such assets.\n(5)The second case is where the percentage of the voting rights that the person holds in the entity increases—\n(a)from 25% or less to more than 25%,\n(b)from 50% or less to more than 50%, or\n(c)from less than 75% to 75% or more.\n(6)The third case is where the acquisition is of voting rights in the entity that (whether alone or together with other voting rights held by the person) enable the person to secure or prevent the passage of any class of resolution governing the affairs of the entity.\n(7)In subsections (5) and (6), a reference to the voting rights in an entity is—\n(a)in the case of an entity that has a share capital, to the rights conferred on shareholders in respect of their shares to vote at general meetings of the entity on all or substantially all matters,\n(b)in the case of an entity that does not have a share capital, to the rights conferred on members to vote at general meetings of the entity on all or substantially all matters,and, in the case of an entity that does not have general meetings at which matters are decided by such votes, includes any rights in relation to the entity that are of the equivalent effect.\n(8)The fourth case is (subject to subsection (9)) where the acquisition, whether alone or together with other interests or rights held by the person, enables the person materially to influence the policy of the entity.\n(9)Subsection (8) does not include a case where the person already holds any interest or right that enables the person materially to influence the policy of the entity.\n9 Control of assets\n(1)For the purposes of this Act, a person gains control of a qualifying asset if the person acquires a right or interest in, or in relation to, the asset and as a result the person is able—\n(a)to use the asset, or use it to a greater extent than prior to the acquisition, or\n(b)to direct or control how the asset is used, or direct or control how it is used to a greater extent than prior to the acquisition.This is subject to section 11.\n(2)In this section, references to the use of an asset include references to its exploitation, alteration, manipulation, disposal or destruction.\n[...]\n11Exceptions relating to control of assets\n(1)For the purposes of this Act a person is not to be regarded as gaining control of a qualifying asset by reason of an acquisition made by an individual for purposes that are wholly or mainly outside the individual’s trade, business or craft.\n(2)Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to an asset that—\n(a)is land, or\n(b)falls within any of the following (as it has effect from time to time)—\n(i)the Schedule to the Export of Radioactive Sources (Control) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/1846),\n(ii)article 4A of, or Schedule 2 or 3 to, the Export Control Order 2008 (S.I. 2008/3231),\n(iii)Annex I or IV to Council Regulation (EC) No 428/2009 of 5 May 2009,\n(iv)Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 258/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 March 2012,\n(v)Annex II or III to Regulation (EU) 2019/125 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 1 January 2019.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 3\nApproval of notifiable acquisition\n13Approval of notifiable acquisition\n(1)A notifiable acquisition that is completed without the approval of the Secretary of State is void.\n(2)The Secretary of State may approve a notifiable acquisition by—\n(a)giving a notification under section 14(8)(b)(ii),\n(b)making a final order under section 26, subject to subsection (3),\n(c)giving a final notification under section 26.\n(3)A notifiable acquisition, in relation to which a final order has been made, that is completed otherwise than in accordance with the final order, is void.\nCHAPTER 4\nProcedure\nProcedure in respect of notifiable acquisition\n14Mandatory notification procedure\n(1)Subject to subsection (2), a person must give notice to the Secretary of State before the person, pursuant to a notifiable acquisition, gains control in circumstances falling within section 6(2).\n(2)Subsection (1) does not apply if the Secretary of State has already given a call-in notice, which has not been revoked, in relation to the proposed notifiable acquisition.\n(3)A notice under subsection (1) is referred to in this Act as a mandatory notice.\n(4)The Secretary of State may by regulations prescribe the form and content of a mandatory notice.\n(5)As soon as reasonably practicable after receiving a mandatory notice, the Secretary of State must decide whether to reject or accept the notice.\n(6)The Secretary of State may reject the mandatory notice on one or more of the following grounds—\n(a)it does not meet the requirements of this section,\n(b)it does not meet the requirements prescribed by the regulations,\n(c)it does not contain sufficient information to allow the Secretary of State to decide whether to give a call-in notice in relation to the proposed notifiable acquisition.\n(7)If the mandatory notice is rejected, the Secretary of State must, as soon as practicable, provide reasons in writing for that decision to the person who gave the notice.\n(8)If the mandatory notice is accepted, the Secretary of State must—\n(a)as soon as practicable, notify each relevant person, and\n(b)before the end of the review period—\n(i)give a call-in notice in relation to the proposed notifiable acquisition, or\n(ii)notify each relevant person that no further action will be taken under this Act in relation to the proposed notifiable acquisition.\n(9)The “review period” is the period of 30 working days beginning with the day on which the notification under subsection (8)(a) is given to the person who gave the mandatory notice.\n(10)In this section “relevant person” means the person who gave the mandatory notice and such other persons as the Secretary of State considers appropriate.\n[...]\n18Voluntary notification procedure\n(1)This section does not apply in relation to—\n(a)arrangements which would result in a notifiable acquisition,\n(b)a trigger event that is, or includes, a notifiable acquisition.\n(2)A seller, acquirer or the qualifying entity concerned may give a notice to the Secretary of State stating that —\n(a)a trigger event has taken place in relation to a qualifying entity or a qualifying asset, or\n(b)arrangements are in progress or contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in a trigger event taking place in relation to a qualifying entity or a qualifying asset.\n(3)A notice under subsection (2) is referred to in this Act as a voluntary notice.\n(4)The Secretary of State may by regulations prescribe the form and content of a voluntary notice.\n(5)As soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the voluntary notice, the Secretary of State must decide whether to reject or accept the notice.\n(6)The Secretary of State may reject the voluntary notice on one or more of the following grounds—\n(a)it does not meet the requirements of this section,\n(b)it does not meet the requirements prescribed by the regulations,\n(c)it does not contain sufficient information to allow the Secretary of State to decide whether to give a call-in notice,\n(d)there is no reasonable prospect of being able to give a call-in notice due to the operation of the time-limits in subsection (2) or (4) of section 2.\n(7)If the voluntary notice is rejected, the Secretary of State must, as soon as practicable, provide reasons in writing for that decision to each relevant person.\n(8)If the voluntary notice is accepted, the Secretary of State must—\n(a)as soon as practicable, notify each relevant person, and\n(b)before the end of the review period—\n(i)give a call-in notice in relation to the trigger event, or\n(ii)notify each relevant person that no further action will be taken under this Act in relation to the trigger event.\n(9)The “review period” is the period of 30 working days beginning with the day on which the notification under subsection (8)(a) is given to the person who gave the voluntary notice; but this does not affect the operation of the time-limits in subsections (2) and (4) of section 2.\n(10)In this section—\n“relevant person” means the person who gave the voluntary notice and such other persons as the Secretary of State considers appropriate,\n“seller”, in relation to a trigger event, means a person who has ceded control of the qualifying entity or a qualifying asset (or in relation to a trigger event that has not yet taken place, would cede that control).[...]\" (National Security and Investment Act 2021 (UKPGA 2021 c. 25), original, as enacted, Sections 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14 and 18)","National Security and Investment Act 2021 (UKPGA 2021 c. 25), original, as enacted, Sections 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14 and 18","National Security and Investment Act: draft notifiable acquisition statutory instrument (20 July 2021)\nDepartment for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy, \"National Security and Investment Act: prepare for new rules about acquisitions which could harm the UK’s national security\" (Guidance, Published 20 July 2021)\nNational Security and Investment Act: details of the 17 types of notifiable acquisitions, Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (20 July 2022)\nApplicability of the National Security and Investment Act 2021 to new build downstream gas and electricity assets, Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (20 July 2022)","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2021/25/contents/enacted\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-security-and-investment-act-draft-notifiable-acquisition-statutory-instrument\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-security-and-investment-act-prepare-for-new-rules-about-acquisitions/national-security-and-investment-act-prepare-for-new-rules-about-acquisitions-which-could-harm-the-uks-national-security\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-security-and-investment-act-guidance-on-notifiable-acquisitions/national-security-and-investment-act-guidance-on-notifiable-acquisitions\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-security-and-investment-act-2021-guidance-for-new-build-downstream-gas-and-electricity-assets/applicability-of-the-national-security-and-investment-act-2021-to-new-build-downstream-gas-and-electricity-assets\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1293,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","A new investment screening mechanism introduced by the National Security and Investment Act 2021 will enter into force on 4 January 2022. The mechanism will allow the government to scrutinise and intervene in certain acquisitions to protect national security. The Act is of general application and not specific to foreign investors. It will not apply to acquisitions completed before 12 November 2020. Under the Act, certain acquisitions in one of the defined sensitive areas of the economy will require prior approval and be subject to a mandatory notification requirement. According to a Draft notifiable acquisition statutory instrument (published on 20 July 2021), the 17 sectors of the economy that will be subject to the mandatory notification requirements are the following:\nAdvanced Materials, Advanced Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Civil Nuclear, Communications,Computing Hardware, Critical Suppliers to Government, Cryptographic Authentication,Data Infrastructure, Defence, Energy, Military and Dual-Use, Quantum Technologies, Satellite and Space Technologies, Suppliers to the Emergency Services, Synthetic Biology, Transport.\nOn 4 January 2022, the National Security and Investment Act 2021 and its implementing regulations entered into force. The Act sets investment screening in the United Kingdom on a new footing and replaces the previous mechanism under the Enterprise Act. The new rules allow the United Kingdom’s authorities to scrutinise, impose conditions on, and block acquisitions that pose an undue risk to the country’s national security interests. Among others, the new framework also requires mandatory notification for acquisitions of certain entities in seventeen areas of the United Kingdom’s economy and gives the competence to the Secretary of State to exercise a call-in power regarding certain acquisitions and under certain conditions.","\"PART 1 - Call-in for national security [...]\nCall-in power\n1Call-in notice for national security purposes\n(1)The Secretary of State may give a notice if the Secretary of State reasonably suspects that—\n(a)a trigger event has taken place in relation to a qualifying entity or qualifying asset, and the event has given rise to or may give rise to a risk to national security, or\n(b)arrangements are in progress or contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in a trigger event taking place in relation to a qualifying entity or qualifying asset, and the event may give rise to a risk to national security.\n(2)For the purposes of this Act, in considering whether a trigger event has taken place, or whether arrangements are in progress or contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in a trigger event taking place, the effect of section 13(1) (notifiable acquisitions that are void) must be disregarded.\n(3)A notice under subsection (1) is referred to in this Act as a call-in notice.\n[...]\n2 Further provision about call-in notices [...]\n(2)Subject to subsections (3) and (4), a call-in notice given on the grounds mentioned in section 1(1)(a)—\n(a)may not be given after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the day on which the Secretary of State became aware of the trigger event, and\n(b)may not be given after the end of the period of 5 years beginning with the day on which the trigger event took place.\n(3)Subsection (2)(b) does not apply where the trigger event is one in relation to which section 13(1) has effect.\n(4)In relation to a trigger event taking place during the period beginning with 12 November 2020 and ending with the day before commencement day, a call-in notice given on the grounds mentioned in section 1(1)(a)—\n(a)if the Secretary of State became aware of the trigger event before commencement day, may not be given after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with commencement day,\n(b)if the Secretary of State became aware of the trigger event on or after commencement day—\n(i)may not be given after the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the day on which the Secretary of State became aware of the trigger event, and\n(ii)may not be given after the end of the period of 5 years beginning with commencement day.\n(5)In this section “commencement day” means the day on which this section comes into force.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2\nInterpretation\n5Meaning of “trigger event” and “acquirer”\n(1)For the purposes of this Act, a “trigger event” takes place when—\n(a)a person gains control of a qualifying entity, as set out in section 8, or\n(b)a person gains control of a qualifying asset, as set out in section 9.\n(2)In this Act “acquirer” means the person who gains the control referred to in subsection (1) (or in relation to a trigger event that has not yet taken place, would gain that control).\n6Notifiable acquisitions\n(1)The Secretary of State may make regulations for the purposes of this section (“notifiable acquisition regulations”).\n(2)A notifiable acquisition takes place when a person gains control, by virtue of one or more of the cases described in subsection (2), (5) or (6) of section 8, of a qualifying entity of a specified description.J11\n(3)But a notifiable acquisition does not take place if complying with the requirement to give a mandatory notice under section 14(1) would be impossible for the person within subsection (2).\n(4)A description of qualifying entity that is specified must include provision that the entity carries on activities in the United Kingdom which are of a specified description (whether or not it also carries on other activities).\n[...]\n(8)In this section “specified” means specified in notifiable acquisition regulations.\n7Qualifying entities and assets\n(1)This section defines “qualifying entity” and “qualifying asset” for the purposes of this Act.\n(2)A “qualifying entity” is (subject to subsection (3)) any entity, whether or not a legal person, that is not an individual, and includes a company, a limited liability partnership, any other body corporate, a partnership, an unincorporated association and a trust.\n(3)An entity which is formed or recognised under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom is a “qualifying entity” only if it—\n(a)carries on activities in the United Kingdom, or\n(b)supplies goods or services to persons in the United Kingdom.\n(4)A “qualifying asset” is (subject to subsection (6)) an asset of any of the following types—\n(a)land,\n(b)tangible (or, in Scotland, corporeal) moveable property,\n(c)ideas, information or techniques which have industrial, commercial or other economic value.\n(5)Examples of assets within subsection (4)(c) include—\n(a)trade secrets,\n(b)databases,\n(c)source code,\n(d)algorithms,\n(e)formulae,\n(f)designs,\n(g)plans, drawings and specifications,\n(h)software.\n(6)Land or moveable property situated outside the United Kingdom or the territorial sea, or any asset within subsection (4)(c), is a “qualifying asset” only if it is used in connection with—\n(a)activities carried on in the United Kingdom, or\n(b)the supply of goods or services to persons in the United Kingdom.\n8Control of entities\n(1)For the purposes of this Act, a person gains control of a qualifying entity if the person acquires a right or interest in, or in relation to, the entity and as a result one or more of the cases described in this section arises.\n(2)The first case is where the percentage of the shares that the person holds in the entity increases—\n(a)from 25% or less to more than 25%,\n(b)from 50% or less to more than 50%, or\n(c)from less than 75% to 75% or more.\n(3)In subsection (2), the reference to holding a percentage of shares is—\n(a)in the case of an entity that has a share capital, to holding shares comprised in the issued share capital of the entity of a nominal value (in aggregate) of that percentage of the share capital,\n(b)in the case of an entity that does not have a share capital, to holding a right to a share of that percentage of the capital or profits of the entity,\n(c)in the case of a limited liability partnership, to holding a right to a share of that percentage of any surplus assets of the partnership on a winding up.\n(4)For the purposes of subsection (3)(c), to the extent that rights to share in any surplus assets of the limited liability partnership on a winding up are not expressly provided for, each member of the partnership is to be treated as holding the right to an equal share of such assets.\n(5)The second case is where the percentage of the voting rights that the person holds in the entity increases—\n(a)from 25% or less to more than 25%,\n(b)from 50% or less to more than 50%, or\n(c)from less than 75% to 75% or more.\n(6)The third case is where the acquisition is of voting rights in the entity that (whether alone or together with other voting rights held by the person) enable the person to secure or prevent the passage of any class of resolution governing the affairs of the entity.\n(7)In subsections (5) and (6), a reference to the voting rights in an entity is—\n(a)in the case of an entity that has a share capital, to the rights conferred on shareholders in respect of their shares to vote at general meetings of the entity on all or substantially all matters,\n(b)in the case of an entity that does not have a share capital, to the rights conferred on members to vote at general meetings of the entity on all or substantially all matters,and, in the case of an entity that does not have general meetings at which matters are decided by such votes, includes any rights in relation to the entity that are of the equivalent effect.\n(8)The fourth case is (subject to subsection (9)) where the acquisition, whether alone or together with other interests or rights held by the person, enables the person materially to influence the policy of the entity.\n(9)Subsection (8) does not include a case where the person already holds any interest or right that enables the person materially to influence the policy of the entity.\n9 Control of assets\n(1)For the purposes of this Act, a person gains control of a qualifying asset if the person acquires a right or interest in, or in relation to, the asset and as a result the person is able—\n(a)to use the asset, or use it to a greater extent than prior to the acquisition, or\n(b)to direct or control how the asset is used, or direct or control how it is used to a greater extent than prior to the acquisition.This is subject to section 11.\n(2)In this section, references to the use of an asset include references to its exploitation, alteration, manipulation, disposal or destruction.\n[...]\n11Exceptions relating to control of assets\n(1)For the purposes of this Act a person is not to be regarded as gaining control of a qualifying asset by reason of an acquisition made by an individual for purposes that are wholly or mainly outside the individual’s trade, business or craft.\n(2)Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to an asset that—\n(a)is land, or\n(b)falls within any of the following (as it has effect from time to time)—\n(i)the Schedule to the Export of Radioactive Sources (Control) Order 2006 (S.I. 2006/1846),\n(ii)article 4A of, or Schedule 2 or 3 to, the Export Control Order 2008 (S.I. 2008/3231),\n(iii)Annex I or IV to Council Regulation (EC) No 428/2009 of 5 May 2009,\n(iv)Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 258/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 March 2012,\n(v)Annex II or III to Regulation (EU) 2019/125 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 1 January 2019.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 3\nApproval of notifiable acquisition\n13Approval of notifiable acquisition\n(1)A notifiable acquisition that is completed without the approval of the Secretary of State is void.\n(2)The Secretary of State may approve a notifiable acquisition by—\n(a)giving a notification under section 14(8)(b)(ii),\n(b)making a final order under section 26, subject to subsection (3),\n(c)giving a final notification under section 26.\n(3)A notifiable acquisition, in relation to which a final order has been made, that is completed otherwise than in accordance with the final order, is void.\nCHAPTER 4\nProcedure\nProcedure in respect of notifiable acquisition\n14Mandatory notification procedure\n(1)Subject to subsection (2), a person must give notice to the Secretary of State before the person, pursuant to a notifiable acquisition, gains control in circumstances falling within section 6(2).\n(2)Subsection (1) does not apply if the Secretary of State has already given a call-in notice, which has not been revoked, in relation to the proposed notifiable acquisition.\n(3)A notice under subsection (1) is referred to in this Act as a mandatory notice.\n(4)The Secretary of State may by regulations prescribe the form and content of a mandatory notice.\n(5)As soon as reasonably practicable after receiving a mandatory notice, the Secretary of State must decide whether to reject or accept the notice.\n(6)The Secretary of State may reject the mandatory notice on one or more of the following grounds—\n(a)it does not meet the requirements of this section,\n(b)it does not meet the requirements prescribed by the regulations,\n(c)it does not contain sufficient information to allow the Secretary of State to decide whether to give a call-in notice in relation to the proposed notifiable acquisition.\n(7)If the mandatory notice is rejected, the Secretary of State must, as soon as practicable, provide reasons in writing for that decision to the person who gave the notice.\n(8)If the mandatory notice is accepted, the Secretary of State must—\n(a)as soon as practicable, notify each relevant person, and\n(b)before the end of the review period—\n(i)give a call-in notice in relation to the proposed notifiable acquisition, or\n(ii)notify each relevant person that no further action will be taken under this Act in relation to the proposed notifiable acquisition.\n(9)The “review period” is the period of 30 working days beginning with the day on which the notification under subsection (8)(a) is given to the person who gave the mandatory notice.\n(10)In this section “relevant person” means the person who gave the mandatory notice and such other persons as the Secretary of State considers appropriate.\n[...]\n18Voluntary notification procedure\n(1)This section does not apply in relation to—\n(a)arrangements which would result in a notifiable acquisition,\n(b)a trigger event that is, or includes, a notifiable acquisition.\n(2)A seller, acquirer or the qualifying entity concerned may give a notice to the Secretary of State stating that —\n(a)a trigger event has taken place in relation to a qualifying entity or a qualifying asset, or\n(b)arrangements are in progress or contemplation which, if carried into effect, will result in a trigger event taking place in relation to a qualifying entity or a qualifying asset.\n(3)A notice under subsection (2) is referred to in this Act as a voluntary notice.\n(4)The Secretary of State may by regulations prescribe the form and content of a voluntary notice.\n(5)As soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the voluntary notice, the Secretary of State must decide whether to reject or accept the notice.\n(6)The Secretary of State may reject the voluntary notice on one or more of the following grounds—\n(a)it does not meet the requirements of this section,\n(b)it does not meet the requirements prescribed by the regulations,\n(c)it does not contain sufficient information to allow the Secretary of State to decide whether to give a call-in notice,\n(d)there is no reasonable prospect of being able to give a call-in notice due to the operation of the time-limits in subsection (2) or (4) of section 2.\n(7)If the voluntary notice is rejected, the Secretary of State must, as soon as practicable, provide reasons in writing for that decision to each relevant person.\n(8)If the voluntary notice is accepted, the Secretary of State must—\n(a)as soon as practicable, notify each relevant person, and\n(b)before the end of the review period—\n(i)give a call-in notice in relation to the trigger event, or\n(ii)notify each relevant person that no further action will be taken under this Act in relation to the trigger event.\n(9)The “review period” is the period of 30 working days beginning with the day on which the notification under subsection (8)(a) is given to the person who gave the voluntary notice; but this does not affect the operation of the time-limits in subsections (2) and (4) of section 2.\n(10)In this section—\n“relevant person” means the person who gave the voluntary notice and such other persons as the Secretary of State considers appropriate,\n“seller”, in relation to a trigger event, means a person who has ceded control of the qualifying entity or a qualifying asset (or in relation to a trigger event that has not yet taken place, would cede that control).[...]\" (National Security and Investment Act 2021 (UKPGA 2021 c. 25), original, as enacted, Sections 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14 and 18)","National Security and Investment Act 2021 (UKPGA 2021 c. 25), original, as enacted, Sections 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14 and 18","National Security and Investment Act: draft notifiable acquisition statutory instrument (20 July 2021)\nDepartment for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy, \"National Security and Investment Act: prepare for new rules about acquisitions which could harm the UK’s national security\" (Guidance, Published 20 July 2021)\nNational Security and Investment Act: details of the 17 types of notifiable acquisitions, Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (20 July 2022)\nApplicability of the National Security and Investment Act 2021 to new build downstream gas and electricity assets, Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (20 July 2022)","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2021/25/contents/enacted\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-security-and-investment-act-draft-notifiable-acquisition-statutory-instrument\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-security-and-investment-act-prepare-for-new-rules-about-acquisitions/national-security-and-investment-act-prepare-for-new-rules-about-acquisitions-which-could-harm-the-uks-national-security\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-security-and-investment-act-guidance-on-notifiable-acquisitions/national-security-and-investment-act-guidance-on-notifiable-acquisitions\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-security-and-investment-act-2021-guidance-for-new-build-downstream-gas-and-electricity-assets/applicability-of-the-national-security-and-investment-act-2021-to-new-build-downstream-gas-and-electricity-assets\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1293,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","D3510X11","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.00004375","For a US-incorporated company to be eligible for a license to own, construct or operate an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship, the president or other executive officer, the chairman of the board of directors and a majority of the directors of the corporation must be United States citizens.","\"§9102. Definitions\nAs used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the term— [...] \n(11) \"ocean thermal energy conversion facility\" means any facility which is standing, fixed or moored in whole or in part seaward of the highwater mark and which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such facility to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any cable or pipeline used to deliver such electricity, fresh water, or product to shore, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such facility, to the extent they are located seaward of the highwater mark;\n(12) \"ocean thermal energy conversion plantship\" means any vessel which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water while floating unmoored or moving through such water, to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such vessel to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any equipment used to transfer such product to other vessels for transportation to users, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such vessel; [...]\n(18) \"United States citizen\" means (A) any individual who is a citizen of the United States by law, birth, or naturalization; (B) any Federal, State, or local government in the United States, or any entity of any such government; or (C) any corporation, partnership, association, or other entity, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, or of any State, which has as its president or other executive officer and as its chairman of the board of directors, or holder of similar office, an individual who is a United States citizen and which has no more of its directors who are not United States citizens than constitute a minority of the number required for a quorum necessary to conduct the business of the board.\n[...]\n§9111. License for ownership, construction, and operation of ocean thermal energy conversion facilities or plantships\n(a) License requirement\nNo person may engage in the ownership, construction, or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility which is documented under the laws of the United States, which is located in whole or in part between the highwater mark and the seaward boundary of the territorial sea of the United States, or which is connected to the United States by pipeline or cable, except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter. No citizen of the United States may engage in the ownership, construction or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion plantship except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter, or in accordance with a license issued by a foreign nation whose licenses are found by the Administrator, after consultation with the Secretary of State, to be compatible with licenses issued pursuant to this chapter. [...]\n(f) License eligibility\nAny United States citizen who otherwise qualifies under the terms of this chapter shall be eligible to be issued a license for the ownership, construction, and operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship. [...]\" (Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111)","Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111\nFederal Power Act (16 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 797\nGeothermal Steam Act (30 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 1002 and 1015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title42/chapter99&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter12/subchapter1&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title30/chapter23&edition=prelim\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1573,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","D3510X11","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.00004375","For a US-incorporated company to be eligible for a license to own, construct or operate an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship, the president or other executive officer, the chairman of the board of directors and a majority of the directors of the corporation must be United States citizens.","\"§9102. Definitions\nAs used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the term— [...] \n(11) \"ocean thermal energy conversion facility\" means any facility which is standing, fixed or moored in whole or in part seaward of the highwater mark and which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such facility to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any cable or pipeline used to deliver such electricity, fresh water, or product to shore, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such facility, to the extent they are located seaward of the highwater mark;\n(12) \"ocean thermal energy conversion plantship\" means any vessel which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water while floating unmoored or moving through such water, to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such vessel to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any equipment used to transfer such product to other vessels for transportation to users, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such vessel; [...]\n(18) \"United States citizen\" means (A) any individual who is a citizen of the United States by law, birth, or naturalization; (B) any Federal, State, or local government in the United States, or any entity of any such government; or (C) any corporation, partnership, association, or other entity, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, or of any State, which has as its president or other executive officer and as its chairman of the board of directors, or holder of similar office, an individual who is a United States citizen and which has no more of its directors who are not United States citizens than constitute a minority of the number required for a quorum necessary to conduct the business of the board.\n[...]\n§9111. License for ownership, construction, and operation of ocean thermal energy conversion facilities or plantships\n(a) License requirement\nNo person may engage in the ownership, construction, or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility which is documented under the laws of the United States, which is located in whole or in part between the highwater mark and the seaward boundary of the territorial sea of the United States, or which is connected to the United States by pipeline or cable, except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter. No citizen of the United States may engage in the ownership, construction or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion plantship except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter, or in accordance with a license issued by a foreign nation whose licenses are found by the Administrator, after consultation with the Secretary of State, to be compatible with licenses issued pursuant to this chapter. [...]\n(f) License eligibility\nAny United States citizen who otherwise qualifies under the terms of this chapter shall be eligible to be issued a license for the ownership, construction, and operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship. [...]\" (Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111)","Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111\nFederal Power Act (16 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 797\nGeothermal Steam Act (30 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 1002 and 1015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title42/chapter99&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter12/subchapter1&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title30/chapter23&edition=prelim\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1573,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","D3510X11","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.00004375","For a US-incorporated company to be eligible for a license to own, construct or operate an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship, the president or other executive officer, the chairman of the board of directors and a majority of the directors of the corporation must be United States citizens.","\"§9102. Definitions\nAs used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the term— [...] \n(11) \"ocean thermal energy conversion facility\" means any facility which is standing, fixed or moored in whole or in part seaward of the highwater mark and which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such facility to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any cable or pipeline used to deliver such electricity, fresh water, or product to shore, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such facility, to the extent they are located seaward of the highwater mark;\n(12) \"ocean thermal energy conversion plantship\" means any vessel which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water while floating unmoored or moving through such water, to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such vessel to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any equipment used to transfer such product to other vessels for transportation to users, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such vessel; [...]\n(18) \"United States citizen\" means (A) any individual who is a citizen of the United States by law, birth, or naturalization; (B) any Federal, State, or local government in the United States, or any entity of any such government; or (C) any corporation, partnership, association, or other entity, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, or of any State, which has as its president or other executive officer and as its chairman of the board of directors, or holder of similar office, an individual who is a United States citizen and which has no more of its directors who are not United States citizens than constitute a minority of the number required for a quorum necessary to conduct the business of the board.\n[...]\n§9111. License for ownership, construction, and operation of ocean thermal energy conversion facilities or plantships\n(a) License requirement\nNo person may engage in the ownership, construction, or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility which is documented under the laws of the United States, which is located in whole or in part between the highwater mark and the seaward boundary of the territorial sea of the United States, or which is connected to the United States by pipeline or cable, except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter. No citizen of the United States may engage in the ownership, construction or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion plantship except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter, or in accordance with a license issued by a foreign nation whose licenses are found by the Administrator, after consultation with the Secretary of State, to be compatible with licenses issued pursuant to this chapter. [...]\n(f) License eligibility\nAny United States citizen who otherwise qualifies under the terms of this chapter shall be eligible to be issued a license for the ownership, construction, and operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship. [...]\" (Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111)","Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111\nFederal Power Act (16 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 797\nGeothermal Steam Act (30 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 1002 and 1015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title42/chapter99&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter12/subchapter1&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title30/chapter23&edition=prelim\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1573,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","D3510X11","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.00004375","For a US-incorporated company to be eligible for a license to own, construct or operate an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship, the president or other executive officer, the chairman of the board of directors and a majority of the directors of the corporation must be United States citizens.","\"§9102. Definitions\nAs used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the term— [...] \n(11) \"ocean thermal energy conversion facility\" means any facility which is standing, fixed or moored in whole or in part seaward of the highwater mark and which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such facility to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any cable or pipeline used to deliver such electricity, fresh water, or product to shore, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such facility, to the extent they are located seaward of the highwater mark;\n(12) \"ocean thermal energy conversion plantship\" means any vessel which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water while floating unmoored or moving through such water, to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such vessel to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any equipment used to transfer such product to other vessels for transportation to users, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such vessel; [...]\n(18) \"United States citizen\" means (A) any individual who is a citizen of the United States by law, birth, or naturalization; (B) any Federal, State, or local government in the United States, or any entity of any such government; or (C) any corporation, partnership, association, or other entity, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, or of any State, which has as its president or other executive officer and as its chairman of the board of directors, or holder of similar office, an individual who is a United States citizen and which has no more of its directors who are not United States citizens than constitute a minority of the number required for a quorum necessary to conduct the business of the board.\n[...]\n§9111. License for ownership, construction, and operation of ocean thermal energy conversion facilities or plantships\n(a) License requirement\nNo person may engage in the ownership, construction, or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility which is documented under the laws of the United States, which is located in whole or in part between the highwater mark and the seaward boundary of the territorial sea of the United States, or which is connected to the United States by pipeline or cable, except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter. No citizen of the United States may engage in the ownership, construction or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion plantship except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter, or in accordance with a license issued by a foreign nation whose licenses are found by the Administrator, after consultation with the Secretary of State, to be compatible with licenses issued pursuant to this chapter. [...]\n(f) License eligibility\nAny United States citizen who otherwise qualifies under the terms of this chapter shall be eligible to be issued a license for the ownership, construction, and operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship. [...]\" (Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111)","Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111\nFederal Power Act (16 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 797\nGeothermal Steam Act (30 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 1002 and 1015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title42/chapter99&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter12/subchapter1&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title30/chapter23&edition=prelim\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1573,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H501","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.0032","Maritime cabotage of both goods and passengers is reserved to ships owned by US citizens or US-incorporated companies with minimum 75 per cent ownership by US citizens.","\"§12102. Vessels requiring documentation\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may engage in a trade only if the vessel has been issued a certificate of documentation with an endorsement for that trade under this chapter.\n(b) Vessels Less Than 5 Net Tons.—A vessel of less than 5 net tons may engage in a trade without being documented if the vessel otherwise satisfies the requirements to engage in the particular trade.\n(c) Barges.—A barge qualified to engage in the coastwise trade may engage in the coastwise trade, without being documented, on rivers, harbors, lakes (except the Great Lakes), canals, and inland waters.\n[...]\n§12103. General eligibility requirements\n(a) In General.-Except as otherwise provided, a certificate of documentation for a vessel may be issued under this chapter only if the vessel is-\n(1) wholly owned by one or more individuals or entities described in subsection (b);\n(2) at least 5 net tons as measured under part J of this subtitle; and\n(3) not documented under the laws of a foreign country.\n(b) Eligible Owners.-For purposes of subsection (a)(1), the following are eligible owners:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States.\n(2) An association, trust, joint venture, or other entity if-\n(A) each of its members is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) it is capable of holding title to a vessel under the laws of the United States or a State.\n(3) A partnership if-\n(A) each general partner is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) the controlling interest in the partnership is owned by citizens of the United States.\n(4) A corporation if-\n(A) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(B) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(C) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(5) The United States Government.\n(6) The government of a State.\n[...]\n§50501. Entities deemed citizens of the United States\n(a) In General.-In this subtitle [Subtitle V-Merchant Marine], a corporation, partnership, or association is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if the controlling interest is owned by citizens of the United States. However, if the corporation, partnership, or association is operating a vessel in the coastwise trade, at least 75 percent of the interest must be owned by citizens of the United States.\n(b) Additional Requirements for Corporations.-In this subtitle, a corporation is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if, in addition to satisfying the requirements in subsection (a)-\n(1) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(2) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(3) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(c) Determination of Controlling Corporate Interest.-The controlling interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to the majority of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) the majority of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which the majority of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n(d) Determination of 75 Percent Corporate Interest.-At least 75 percent of the interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to at least 75 percent of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) at least 75 percent of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which more than 25 percent of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of more than 25 percent of any interest in the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n§55102. Transportation of merchandise [...]\n(b) Requirements.-Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not provide any part of the transportation of merchandise by water, or by land and water, between points in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel-\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.\n[...]\n§55103. Transportation of passengers\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not transport passengers between ports or places in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel—\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.[...]\" (Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103)","Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title46&saved=%7CKHRpdGxlOjQ2IHNlY3Rpb246NTUxMDIgZWRpdGlvbjpwcmVsaW0pIE9SIChncmFudWxlaWQ6VVNDLXByZWxpbS10aXRsZTQ2LXNlY3Rpb241NTEwMik%3D%7CdHJlZXNvcnQ%3D%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1581,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H501","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.0032","Maritime cabotage of both goods and passengers is reserved to ships owned by US citizens or US-incorporated companies with minimum 75 per cent ownership by US citizens.","\"§12102. Vessels requiring documentation\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may engage in a trade only if the vessel has been issued a certificate of documentation with an endorsement for that trade under this chapter.\n(b) Vessels Less Than 5 Net Tons.—A vessel of less than 5 net tons may engage in a trade without being documented if the vessel otherwise satisfies the requirements to engage in the particular trade.\n(c) Barges.—A barge qualified to engage in the coastwise trade may engage in the coastwise trade, without being documented, on rivers, harbors, lakes (except the Great Lakes), canals, and inland waters.\n[...]\n§12103. General eligibility requirements\n(a) In General.-Except as otherwise provided, a certificate of documentation for a vessel may be issued under this chapter only if the vessel is-\n(1) wholly owned by one or more individuals or entities described in subsection (b);\n(2) at least 5 net tons as measured under part J of this subtitle; and\n(3) not documented under the laws of a foreign country.\n(b) Eligible Owners.-For purposes of subsection (a)(1), the following are eligible owners:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States.\n(2) An association, trust, joint venture, or other entity if-\n(A) each of its members is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) it is capable of holding title to a vessel under the laws of the United States or a State.\n(3) A partnership if-\n(A) each general partner is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) the controlling interest in the partnership is owned by citizens of the United States.\n(4) A corporation if-\n(A) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(B) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(C) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(5) The United States Government.\n(6) The government of a State.\n[...]\n§50501. Entities deemed citizens of the United States\n(a) In General.-In this subtitle [Subtitle V-Merchant Marine], a corporation, partnership, or association is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if the controlling interest is owned by citizens of the United States. However, if the corporation, partnership, or association is operating a vessel in the coastwise trade, at least 75 percent of the interest must be owned by citizens of the United States.\n(b) Additional Requirements for Corporations.-In this subtitle, a corporation is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if, in addition to satisfying the requirements in subsection (a)-\n(1) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(2) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(3) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(c) Determination of Controlling Corporate Interest.-The controlling interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to the majority of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) the majority of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which the majority of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n(d) Determination of 75 Percent Corporate Interest.-At least 75 percent of the interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to at least 75 percent of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) at least 75 percent of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which more than 25 percent of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of more than 25 percent of any interest in the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n§55102. Transportation of merchandise [...]\n(b) Requirements.-Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not provide any part of the transportation of merchandise by water, or by land and water, between points in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel-\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.\n[...]\n§55103. Transportation of passengers\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not transport passengers between ports or places in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel—\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.[...]\" (Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103)","Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title46&saved=%7CKHRpdGxlOjQ2IHNlY3Rpb246NTUxMDIgZWRpdGlvbjpwcmVsaW0pIE9SIChncmFudWxlaWQ6VVNDLXByZWxpbS10aXRsZTQ2LXNlY3Rpb241NTEwMik%3D%7CdHJlZXNvcnQ%3D%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1581,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H501","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0032","Maritime cabotage of both goods and passengers is reserved to ships owned by US citizens or US-incorporated companies with minimum 75 per cent ownership by US citizens.","\"§12102. Vessels requiring documentation\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may engage in a trade only if the vessel has been issued a certificate of documentation with an endorsement for that trade under this chapter.\n(b) Vessels Less Than 5 Net Tons.—A vessel of less than 5 net tons may engage in a trade without being documented if the vessel otherwise satisfies the requirements to engage in the particular trade.\n(c) Barges.—A barge qualified to engage in the coastwise trade may engage in the coastwise trade, without being documented, on rivers, harbors, lakes (except the Great Lakes), canals, and inland waters.\n[...]\n§12103. General eligibility requirements\n(a) In General.-Except as otherwise provided, a certificate of documentation for a vessel may be issued under this chapter only if the vessel is-\n(1) wholly owned by one or more individuals or entities described in subsection (b);\n(2) at least 5 net tons as measured under part J of this subtitle; and\n(3) not documented under the laws of a foreign country.\n(b) Eligible Owners.-For purposes of subsection (a)(1), the following are eligible owners:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States.\n(2) An association, trust, joint venture, or other entity if-\n(A) each of its members is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) it is capable of holding title to a vessel under the laws of the United States or a State.\n(3) A partnership if-\n(A) each general partner is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) the controlling interest in the partnership is owned by citizens of the United States.\n(4) A corporation if-\n(A) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(B) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(C) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(5) The United States Government.\n(6) The government of a State.\n[...]\n§50501. Entities deemed citizens of the United States\n(a) In General.-In this subtitle [Subtitle V-Merchant Marine], a corporation, partnership, or association is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if the controlling interest is owned by citizens of the United States. However, if the corporation, partnership, or association is operating a vessel in the coastwise trade, at least 75 percent of the interest must be owned by citizens of the United States.\n(b) Additional Requirements for Corporations.-In this subtitle, a corporation is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if, in addition to satisfying the requirements in subsection (a)-\n(1) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(2) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(3) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(c) Determination of Controlling Corporate Interest.-The controlling interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to the majority of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) the majority of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which the majority of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n(d) Determination of 75 Percent Corporate Interest.-At least 75 percent of the interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to at least 75 percent of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) at least 75 percent of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which more than 25 percent of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of more than 25 percent of any interest in the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n§55102. Transportation of merchandise [...]\n(b) Requirements.-Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not provide any part of the transportation of merchandise by water, or by land and water, between points in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel-\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.\n[...]\n§55103. Transportation of passengers\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not transport passengers between ports or places in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel—\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.[...]\" (Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103)","Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title46&saved=%7CKHRpdGxlOjQ2IHNlY3Rpb246NTUxMDIgZWRpdGlvbjpwcmVsaW0pIE9SIChncmFudWxlaWQ6VVNDLXByZWxpbS10aXRsZTQ2LXNlY3Rpb241NTEwMik%3D%7CdHJlZXNvcnQ%3D%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1581,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H501","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.0032","Maritime cabotage of both goods and passengers is reserved to ships owned by US citizens or US-incorporated companies with minimum 75 per cent ownership by US citizens.","\"§12102. Vessels requiring documentation\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may engage in a trade only if the vessel has been issued a certificate of documentation with an endorsement for that trade under this chapter.\n(b) Vessels Less Than 5 Net Tons.—A vessel of less than 5 net tons may engage in a trade without being documented if the vessel otherwise satisfies the requirements to engage in the particular trade.\n(c) Barges.—A barge qualified to engage in the coastwise trade may engage in the coastwise trade, without being documented, on rivers, harbors, lakes (except the Great Lakes), canals, and inland waters.\n[...]\n§12103. General eligibility requirements\n(a) In General.-Except as otherwise provided, a certificate of documentation for a vessel may be issued under this chapter only if the vessel is-\n(1) wholly owned by one or more individuals or entities described in subsection (b);\n(2) at least 5 net tons as measured under part J of this subtitle; and\n(3) not documented under the laws of a foreign country.\n(b) Eligible Owners.-For purposes of subsection (a)(1), the following are eligible owners:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States.\n(2) An association, trust, joint venture, or other entity if-\n(A) each of its members is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) it is capable of holding title to a vessel under the laws of the United States or a State.\n(3) A partnership if-\n(A) each general partner is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) the controlling interest in the partnership is owned by citizens of the United States.\n(4) A corporation if-\n(A) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(B) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(C) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(5) The United States Government.\n(6) The government of a State.\n[...]\n§50501. Entities deemed citizens of the United States\n(a) In General.-In this subtitle [Subtitle V-Merchant Marine], a corporation, partnership, or association is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if the controlling interest is owned by citizens of the United States. However, if the corporation, partnership, or association is operating a vessel in the coastwise trade, at least 75 percent of the interest must be owned by citizens of the United States.\n(b) Additional Requirements for Corporations.-In this subtitle, a corporation is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if, in addition to satisfying the requirements in subsection (a)-\n(1) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(2) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(3) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(c) Determination of Controlling Corporate Interest.-The controlling interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to the majority of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) the majority of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which the majority of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n(d) Determination of 75 Percent Corporate Interest.-At least 75 percent of the interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to at least 75 percent of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) at least 75 percent of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which more than 25 percent of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of more than 25 percent of any interest in the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n§55102. Transportation of merchandise [...]\n(b) Requirements.-Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not provide any part of the transportation of merchandise by water, or by land and water, between points in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel-\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.\n[...]\n§55103. Transportation of passengers\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not transport passengers between ports or places in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel—\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.[...]\" (Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103)","Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title46&saved=%7CKHRpdGxlOjQ2IHNlY3Rpb246NTUxMDIgZWRpdGlvbjpwcmVsaW0pIE9SIChncmFudWxlaWQ6VVNDLXByZWxpbS10aXRsZTQ2LXNlY3Rpb241NTEwMik%3D%7CdHJlZXNvcnQ%3D%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1581,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0008","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), and according to the legislation regulating conditional business lines in the field of civil aviation, at least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2018,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0008","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), and according to the legislation regulating conditional business lines in the field of civil aviation, at least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2018,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.0008","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), and according to the legislation regulating conditional business lines in the field of civil aviation, at least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2018,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0008","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), and according to the legislation regulating conditional business lines in the field of civil aviation, at least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2018,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J61","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.001","In Viet Nam, investment projects in several economic activities, and regardless of the investor nationality, are subject to prior approval by the National Assembly, the Prime Minister or the Provincial People’s Committees depending on the project. Foreign investors and majority foreign-invested companies (i.e. majority foreign shareholding) are, nonetheless, subject to discriminatory approval requirement in relation to certain projects.\nAs of 2021, the range of activities where foreign investors are subject to such a discriminatory cross-sectoral approval mechanism (Prime Minister’s approval or provincial People’s Committees) has been further narrowed: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press; and businesses executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security. Previously, in addition to projects where both foreign and domestic investment projects required prior approval, foreign investment in the following sectors were subject to the Prime Minister’s approval: maritime transportation; telecommunications services with network infrastructure; forestry; publication and press (incl. broadcasting); and establishment of scientific and technological organization or enterprise with one hundred per cent (100%) foreign owned capital.\nIn addition, contrary to domestic investors, majority foreign-investors are required to obtain an 'investment registration certificate' in order to carry out activities in Viet Nam. Although discriminatory and potentially administrative burdensome to foreign investors, the IRC process is assumed to amount to a simple registration procedure of capital contribution or purchase of shares by the foreign investor, not a proper screening of foreign investment. Therefore, the IRC process is not considered a restriction in the OECD FDIRRI; only the above-mentioned discriminatory project approval requirement is taken into account (recorded in each relevant sector).","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 22. Investment in establishment of a business organization\nEvery investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with the following regulations:\na/ A domestic investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with regulations of law on enterprises and law corresponding to each type of business organization;\nb/ A foreign investor that establishes a business organization shall satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in Article 9 of this Law;\nc/ Before establishing a business organization, the foreign investor must have an investment project and follow the procedures for issuance or adjustment of an investment registration certificate, except for establishment of a small and medium-sized start-up enterprise and a  startup investment fund in accordance with regulations of the Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Conduct of investment activities by foreign-invested business organizations\n1. When establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract in one of the following cases, the foreign investor must satisfy the conditions and follow investment procedures applied to foreign investors:\na/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) or the majority of the general partners are foreigners if the business organization is a partnership;\nb/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) and a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause.\n2. Business organizations other than those mentioned in Points a, b and c Clause 1 of this Article shall satisfy conditions and follow investment procedures applied to domestic investors when establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract.\n3. If a foreign-invested business organization that is established in Vietnam has a new investment project, procedures for executing such investment project shall be followed without having to establish a new business organization.\n4. The Government shall elaborate procedures for establishing business organizations, and conduct of investment activities by foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing capital contributions\n1. Investors are entitled to contribute capital, purchase shares or purchase stakes of business organizations.\n2. Foreign investors making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares and purchasing stakes of business organizations must:\na/ satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors as prescribed in Article 9 of this Law;\nb/ ensure national defense and security in accordance with this Law;\nc/ comply with regulations of the law on land and conditions for receipt of land use rights and conditions for use of land on islands or border or coastal communes.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Procedures for making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes\n1. Upon contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization, the investor shall satisfy conditions and follow procedures for change of members or shareholders in accordance with regulations of law applicable to each type of business organization.\n2. A foreign investor shall follow procedures for registration of capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of a business organization prior to change of members or shareholders in one of the following cases:\na/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes increases the ownership ratio by foreign investors in a business organization conducting business in the restricted business lines;\nb/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes results in a foreign investor or business organization specified in Points a, b and c Clause 1 Article 23 of this Law holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization in the following cases: The holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased from less than or equal to 50% to over 50%; the holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased while such foreign investor is holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization.\nc/ The foreign investor that contributes capital, purchases shares or stakes of a business organization has a certificate of rights to use land on an island or in a border or coastal commune; in a coastal commune; in another area that affects national defense and security.\n3. Investors other than those mentioned in Clause 2 of this Article shall follow procedures for changing shareholders/members as prescribed by law when contributing capital, purchasing shares or stakes of business organizations. If such investors wish to register their capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of business organizations, regulations in Clause 2 of this Article shall be complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 31. The Prime Minister’s power to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects mentioned in Article 30 of this Law, the Prime Minister shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\n1. Investment projects regardless of capital sources in any one of the following cases: [...]\n2. Foreign investors’ investment projects in the following fields: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press;\n[...]\nArticle 32. The power of provincial People’s Committees to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects set out in Articles 30 and 31 of this Law, the provincial People’s Committees shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\nd/ Investment projects of foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Applications for and contents of appraisal of requests for investment guideline approval [...]\n3. Contents of appraisal of the request for investment guideline approval include: [...]\nc/ Preliminary assessment of the socio-economic efficiency of the project; [...]\ndd/ Assessment of the technology to be used in the investment project if the project requires appraisal and collection of opinions on the technology in accordance with the Law on Technology Transfer; [...]\n[...]\nSection 3. PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE, ADJUSTMENT AND REVOCATION OF INVESTMENT REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE\nArticle 37. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is required\n1. The investment registration certificate is required in the following cases:\na/ Investment projects of foreign investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 1 Article 23 of this Article.\n2. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is not required:\na/ Investment projects of domestic investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 2 Article 23 of this Article;\n[...]\nArticle 38. Procedures for issuance of the investment registration certificate\n1. If the investment project is subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investment registration authority shall issue the investment registration certificate to the investor within: [...]\n2. If the investment project is not subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investor shall be issued with the investment registration certificate if the following conditions are met:\na/ The investment project does not involve any banned business line;\nb/ There is a location for execution of the investment project;\nc/ The investment project is conformable with the planning specified in Point a Clause 3 Article 33 of this Law;\nd/ The investment per m2 (or investment per employee) is not smaller than the minimum requirement.\ndd) Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are satisfied. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1981,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J61","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.001","In Viet Nam, investment projects in several economic activities, and regardless of the investor nationality, are subject to prior approval by the National Assembly, the Prime Minister or the Provincial People’s Committees depending on the project. Foreign investors and majority foreign-invested companies (i.e. majority foreign shareholding) are, nonetheless, subject to discriminatory approval requirement in relation to certain projects.\nAs of 2021, the range of activities where foreign investors are subject to such a discriminatory cross-sectoral approval mechanism (Prime Minister’s approval or provincial People’s Committees) has been further narrowed: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press; and businesses executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security. Previously, in addition to projects where both foreign and domestic investment projects required prior approval, foreign investment in the following sectors were subject to the Prime Minister’s approval: maritime transportation; telecommunications services with network infrastructure; forestry; publication and press (incl. broadcasting); and establishment of scientific and technological organization or enterprise with one hundred per cent (100%) foreign owned capital.\nIn addition, contrary to domestic investors, majority foreign-investors are required to obtain an 'investment registration certificate' in order to carry out activities in Viet Nam. Although discriminatory and potentially administrative burdensome to foreign investors, the IRC process is assumed to amount to a simple registration procedure of capital contribution or purchase of shares by the foreign investor, not a proper screening of foreign investment. Therefore, the IRC process is not considered a restriction in the OECD FDIRRI; only the above-mentioned discriminatory project approval requirement is taken into account (recorded in each relevant sector).","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 22. Investment in establishment of a business organization\nEvery investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with the following regulations:\na/ A domestic investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with regulations of law on enterprises and law corresponding to each type of business organization;\nb/ A foreign investor that establishes a business organization shall satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in Article 9 of this Law;\nc/ Before establishing a business organization, the foreign investor must have an investment project and follow the procedures for issuance or adjustment of an investment registration certificate, except for establishment of a small and medium-sized start-up enterprise and a  startup investment fund in accordance with regulations of the Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Conduct of investment activities by foreign-invested business organizations\n1. When establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract in one of the following cases, the foreign investor must satisfy the conditions and follow investment procedures applied to foreign investors:\na/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) or the majority of the general partners are foreigners if the business organization is a partnership;\nb/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) and a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause.\n2. Business organizations other than those mentioned in Points a, b and c Clause 1 of this Article shall satisfy conditions and follow investment procedures applied to domestic investors when establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract.\n3. If a foreign-invested business organization that is established in Vietnam has a new investment project, procedures for executing such investment project shall be followed without having to establish a new business organization.\n4. The Government shall elaborate procedures for establishing business organizations, and conduct of investment activities by foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing capital contributions\n1. Investors are entitled to contribute capital, purchase shares or purchase stakes of business organizations.\n2. Foreign investors making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares and purchasing stakes of business organizations must:\na/ satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors as prescribed in Article 9 of this Law;\nb/ ensure national defense and security in accordance with this Law;\nc/ comply with regulations of the law on land and conditions for receipt of land use rights and conditions for use of land on islands or border or coastal communes.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Procedures for making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes\n1. Upon contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization, the investor shall satisfy conditions and follow procedures for change of members or shareholders in accordance with regulations of law applicable to each type of business organization.\n2. A foreign investor shall follow procedures for registration of capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of a business organization prior to change of members or shareholders in one of the following cases:\na/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes increases the ownership ratio by foreign investors in a business organization conducting business in the restricted business lines;\nb/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes results in a foreign investor or business organization specified in Points a, b and c Clause 1 Article 23 of this Law holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization in the following cases: The holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased from less than or equal to 50% to over 50%; the holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased while such foreign investor is holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization.\nc/ The foreign investor that contributes capital, purchases shares or stakes of a business organization has a certificate of rights to use land on an island or in a border or coastal commune; in a coastal commune; in another area that affects national defense and security.\n3. Investors other than those mentioned in Clause 2 of this Article shall follow procedures for changing shareholders/members as prescribed by law when contributing capital, purchasing shares or stakes of business organizations. If such investors wish to register their capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of business organizations, regulations in Clause 2 of this Article shall be complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 31. The Prime Minister’s power to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects mentioned in Article 30 of this Law, the Prime Minister shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\n1. Investment projects regardless of capital sources in any one of the following cases: [...]\n2. Foreign investors’ investment projects in the following fields: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press;\n[...]\nArticle 32. The power of provincial People’s Committees to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects set out in Articles 30 and 31 of this Law, the provincial People’s Committees shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\nd/ Investment projects of foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Applications for and contents of appraisal of requests for investment guideline approval [...]\n3. Contents of appraisal of the request for investment guideline approval include: [...]\nc/ Preliminary assessment of the socio-economic efficiency of the project; [...]\ndd/ Assessment of the technology to be used in the investment project if the project requires appraisal and collection of opinions on the technology in accordance with the Law on Technology Transfer; [...]\n[...]\nSection 3. PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE, ADJUSTMENT AND REVOCATION OF INVESTMENT REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE\nArticle 37. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is required\n1. The investment registration certificate is required in the following cases:\na/ Investment projects of foreign investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 1 Article 23 of this Article.\n2. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is not required:\na/ Investment projects of domestic investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 2 Article 23 of this Article;\n[...]\nArticle 38. Procedures for issuance of the investment registration certificate\n1. If the investment project is subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investment registration authority shall issue the investment registration certificate to the investor within: [...]\n2. If the investment project is not subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investor shall be issued with the investment registration certificate if the following conditions are met:\na/ The investment project does not involve any banned business line;\nb/ There is a location for execution of the investment project;\nc/ The investment project is conformable with the planning specified in Point a Clause 3 Article 33 of this Law;\nd/ The investment per m2 (or investment per employee) is not smaller than the minimum requirement.\ndd) Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are satisfied. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1981,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J61","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.001","In Viet Nam, investment projects in several economic activities, and regardless of the investor nationality, are subject to prior approval by the National Assembly, the Prime Minister or the Provincial People’s Committees depending on the project. Foreign investors and majority foreign-invested companies (i.e. majority foreign shareholding) are, nonetheless, subject to discriminatory approval requirement in relation to certain projects.\nAs of 2021, the range of activities where foreign investors are subject to such a discriminatory cross-sectoral approval mechanism (Prime Minister’s approval or provincial People’s Committees) has been further narrowed: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press; and businesses executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security. Previously, in addition to projects where both foreign and domestic investment projects required prior approval, foreign investment in the following sectors were subject to the Prime Minister’s approval: maritime transportation; telecommunications services with network infrastructure; forestry; publication and press (incl. broadcasting); and establishment of scientific and technological organization or enterprise with one hundred per cent (100%) foreign owned capital.\nIn addition, contrary to domestic investors, majority foreign-investors are required to obtain an 'investment registration certificate' in order to carry out activities in Viet Nam. Although discriminatory and potentially administrative burdensome to foreign investors, the IRC process is assumed to amount to a simple registration procedure of capital contribution or purchase of shares by the foreign investor, not a proper screening of foreign investment. Therefore, the IRC process is not considered a restriction in the OECD FDIRRI; only the above-mentioned discriminatory project approval requirement is taken into account (recorded in each relevant sector).","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 22. Investment in establishment of a business organization\nEvery investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with the following regulations:\na/ A domestic investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with regulations of law on enterprises and law corresponding to each type of business organization;\nb/ A foreign investor that establishes a business organization shall satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in Article 9 of this Law;\nc/ Before establishing a business organization, the foreign investor must have an investment project and follow the procedures for issuance or adjustment of an investment registration certificate, except for establishment of a small and medium-sized start-up enterprise and a  startup investment fund in accordance with regulations of the Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Conduct of investment activities by foreign-invested business organizations\n1. When establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract in one of the following cases, the foreign investor must satisfy the conditions and follow investment procedures applied to foreign investors:\na/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) or the majority of the general partners are foreigners if the business organization is a partnership;\nb/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) and a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause.\n2. Business organizations other than those mentioned in Points a, b and c Clause 1 of this Article shall satisfy conditions and follow investment procedures applied to domestic investors when establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract.\n3. If a foreign-invested business organization that is established in Vietnam has a new investment project, procedures for executing such investment project shall be followed without having to establish a new business organization.\n4. The Government shall elaborate procedures for establishing business organizations, and conduct of investment activities by foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing capital contributions\n1. Investors are entitled to contribute capital, purchase shares or purchase stakes of business organizations.\n2. Foreign investors making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares and purchasing stakes of business organizations must:\na/ satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors as prescribed in Article 9 of this Law;\nb/ ensure national defense and security in accordance with this Law;\nc/ comply with regulations of the law on land and conditions for receipt of land use rights and conditions for use of land on islands or border or coastal communes.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Procedures for making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes\n1. Upon contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization, the investor shall satisfy conditions and follow procedures for change of members or shareholders in accordance with regulations of law applicable to each type of business organization.\n2. A foreign investor shall follow procedures for registration of capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of a business organization prior to change of members or shareholders in one of the following cases:\na/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes increases the ownership ratio by foreign investors in a business organization conducting business in the restricted business lines;\nb/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes results in a foreign investor or business organization specified in Points a, b and c Clause 1 Article 23 of this Law holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization in the following cases: The holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased from less than or equal to 50% to over 50%; the holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased while such foreign investor is holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization.\nc/ The foreign investor that contributes capital, purchases shares or stakes of a business organization has a certificate of rights to use land on an island or in a border or coastal commune; in a coastal commune; in another area that affects national defense and security.\n3. Investors other than those mentioned in Clause 2 of this Article shall follow procedures for changing shareholders/members as prescribed by law when contributing capital, purchasing shares or stakes of business organizations. If such investors wish to register their capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of business organizations, regulations in Clause 2 of this Article shall be complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 31. The Prime Minister’s power to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects mentioned in Article 30 of this Law, the Prime Minister shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\n1. Investment projects regardless of capital sources in any one of the following cases: [...]\n2. Foreign investors’ investment projects in the following fields: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press;\n[...]\nArticle 32. The power of provincial People’s Committees to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects set out in Articles 30 and 31 of this Law, the provincial People’s Committees shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\nd/ Investment projects of foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Applications for and contents of appraisal of requests for investment guideline approval [...]\n3. Contents of appraisal of the request for investment guideline approval include: [...]\nc/ Preliminary assessment of the socio-economic efficiency of the project; [...]\ndd/ Assessment of the technology to be used in the investment project if the project requires appraisal and collection of opinions on the technology in accordance with the Law on Technology Transfer; [...]\n[...]\nSection 3. PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE, ADJUSTMENT AND REVOCATION OF INVESTMENT REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE\nArticle 37. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is required\n1. The investment registration certificate is required in the following cases:\na/ Investment projects of foreign investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 1 Article 23 of this Article.\n2. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is not required:\na/ Investment projects of domestic investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 2 Article 23 of this Article;\n[...]\nArticle 38. Procedures for issuance of the investment registration certificate\n1. If the investment project is subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investment registration authority shall issue the investment registration certificate to the investor within: [...]\n2. If the investment project is not subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investor shall be issued with the investment registration certificate if the following conditions are met:\na/ The investment project does not involve any banned business line;\nb/ There is a location for execution of the investment project;\nc/ The investment project is conformable with the planning specified in Point a Clause 3 Article 33 of this Law;\nd/ The investment per m2 (or investment per employee) is not smaller than the minimum requirement.\ndd) Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are satisfied. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1981,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J61","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.001","In Viet Nam, investment projects in several economic activities, and regardless of the investor nationality, are subject to prior approval by the National Assembly, the Prime Minister or the Provincial People’s Committees depending on the project. Foreign investors and majority foreign-invested companies (i.e. majority foreign shareholding) are, nonetheless, subject to discriminatory approval requirement in relation to certain projects.\nAs of 2021, the range of activities where foreign investors are subject to such a discriminatory cross-sectoral approval mechanism (Prime Minister’s approval or provincial People’s Committees) has been further narrowed: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press; and businesses executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security. Previously, in addition to projects where both foreign and domestic investment projects required prior approval, foreign investment in the following sectors were subject to the Prime Minister’s approval: maritime transportation; telecommunications services with network infrastructure; forestry; publication and press (incl. broadcasting); and establishment of scientific and technological organization or enterprise with one hundred per cent (100%) foreign owned capital.\nIn addition, contrary to domestic investors, majority foreign-investors are required to obtain an 'investment registration certificate' in order to carry out activities in Viet Nam. Although discriminatory and potentially administrative burdensome to foreign investors, the IRC process is assumed to amount to a simple registration procedure of capital contribution or purchase of shares by the foreign investor, not a proper screening of foreign investment. Therefore, the IRC process is not considered a restriction in the OECD FDIRRI; only the above-mentioned discriminatory project approval requirement is taken into account (recorded in each relevant sector).","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 22. Investment in establishment of a business organization\nEvery investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with the following regulations:\na/ A domestic investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with regulations of law on enterprises and law corresponding to each type of business organization;\nb/ A foreign investor that establishes a business organization shall satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in Article 9 of this Law;\nc/ Before establishing a business organization, the foreign investor must have an investment project and follow the procedures for issuance or adjustment of an investment registration certificate, except for establishment of a small and medium-sized start-up enterprise and a  startup investment fund in accordance with regulations of the Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Conduct of investment activities by foreign-invested business organizations\n1. When establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract in one of the following cases, the foreign investor must satisfy the conditions and follow investment procedures applied to foreign investors:\na/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) or the majority of the general partners are foreigners if the business organization is a partnership;\nb/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) and a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause.\n2. Business organizations other than those mentioned in Points a, b and c Clause 1 of this Article shall satisfy conditions and follow investment procedures applied to domestic investors when establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract.\n3. If a foreign-invested business organization that is established in Vietnam has a new investment project, procedures for executing such investment project shall be followed without having to establish a new business organization.\n4. The Government shall elaborate procedures for establishing business organizations, and conduct of investment activities by foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing capital contributions\n1. Investors are entitled to contribute capital, purchase shares or purchase stakes of business organizations.\n2. Foreign investors making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares and purchasing stakes of business organizations must:\na/ satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors as prescribed in Article 9 of this Law;\nb/ ensure national defense and security in accordance with this Law;\nc/ comply with regulations of the law on land and conditions for receipt of land use rights and conditions for use of land on islands or border or coastal communes.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Procedures for making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes\n1. Upon contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization, the investor shall satisfy conditions and follow procedures for change of members or shareholders in accordance with regulations of law applicable to each type of business organization.\n2. A foreign investor shall follow procedures for registration of capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of a business organization prior to change of members or shareholders in one of the following cases:\na/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes increases the ownership ratio by foreign investors in a business organization conducting business in the restricted business lines;\nb/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes results in a foreign investor or business organization specified in Points a, b and c Clause 1 Article 23 of this Law holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization in the following cases: The holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased from less than or equal to 50% to over 50%; the holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased while such foreign investor is holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization.\nc/ The foreign investor that contributes capital, purchases shares or stakes of a business organization has a certificate of rights to use land on an island or in a border or coastal commune; in a coastal commune; in another area that affects national defense and security.\n3. Investors other than those mentioned in Clause 2 of this Article shall follow procedures for changing shareholders/members as prescribed by law when contributing capital, purchasing shares or stakes of business organizations. If such investors wish to register their capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of business organizations, regulations in Clause 2 of this Article shall be complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 31. The Prime Minister’s power to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects mentioned in Article 30 of this Law, the Prime Minister shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\n1. Investment projects regardless of capital sources in any one of the following cases: [...]\n2. Foreign investors’ investment projects in the following fields: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press;\n[...]\nArticle 32. The power of provincial People’s Committees to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects set out in Articles 30 and 31 of this Law, the provincial People’s Committees shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\nd/ Investment projects of foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Applications for and contents of appraisal of requests for investment guideline approval [...]\n3. Contents of appraisal of the request for investment guideline approval include: [...]\nc/ Preliminary assessment of the socio-economic efficiency of the project; [...]\ndd/ Assessment of the technology to be used in the investment project if the project requires appraisal and collection of opinions on the technology in accordance with the Law on Technology Transfer; [...]\n[...]\nSection 3. PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE, ADJUSTMENT AND REVOCATION OF INVESTMENT REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE\nArticle 37. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is required\n1. The investment registration certificate is required in the following cases:\na/ Investment projects of foreign investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 1 Article 23 of this Article.\n2. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is not required:\na/ Investment projects of domestic investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 2 Article 23 of this Article;\n[...]\nArticle 38. Procedures for issuance of the investment registration certificate\n1. If the investment project is subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investment registration authority shall issue the investment registration certificate to the investor within: [...]\n2. If the investment project is not subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investor shall be issued with the investment registration certificate if the following conditions are met:\na/ The investment project does not involve any banned business line;\nb/ There is a location for execution of the investment project;\nc/ The investment project is conformable with the planning specified in Point a Clause 3 Article 33 of this Law;\nd/ The investment per m2 (or investment per employee) is not smaller than the minimum requirement.\ndd) Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are satisfied. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1981,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H4923","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0024","Investment in certain sectors/activities (e.g. poultry and domestic haulage sectors, commercial cleaning services and transportation of heavy and bulk commodities by road) are reserved to targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizen-empowered or citizen-owned companies as per the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act and its implementing regulations.","\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n21. (1) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act, the Ministry responsible for commerce, trade and industry shall reserve, as prescribed by the President, specific areas of commerce, trade and industry for targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies.\n(2) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act- (a) where any business deals with technological developments, as prescribed by the President, targeted citizens and companies specified under subsection (1) shall be granted concessionary licences; (b) licences to foreign investors to engate in specific businesses, as prescribed by the President, shall be granted on the basis of joint ventures and partnerships with citizens and citizen empowered companies; \n(c) every State institution shall apply criteria, prescribed by the President, for any particular license or concession in relation to any specific business, prescribed by the President, when granting any licence or concession to any person to operate an asset or enterprise on its behalf; and (d) priority for concessions, licences and incentives given under any law shall be granted to companies that are implementing broad based economic empowerment programmes under this Act.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise reqmres- [...]\n\"market\"has the meaning assigned to it in the Markets and Bus Stations Act, 2007; and\n\"reservation scheme\" means the area of business within the poultry and domestic haulage sectors or sub-sectors that are reserved for targeted citizens, citizen- influenced, citizen-empowered and citizen- owned companies.\n[...]\n4. ( 1) Domestic haulage for alI public procurement works is reserved for targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizenempowered and citizen- owned companies.\n(2) Non-targeted citizens and companies may continue to operate for private haulage transactions only.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"commercial cleaning\" means the provision of a  cleaning service on a contractual basis;\n[...]\n3. (1) Commercial cleaning is reserved for targeted citizens, citizen influenced companies, citizen empowered companies and citizen owned companies.[...]\n(3)    A non-targeted company wishing to engage or continue engaging in commercial cleaning shall become a citizen influenced company, citizen empowered company or citizen owned company. ( 4) A state institution and non-state institution shali not engage a non-targeted citizen or company in commercial cleaning.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“commodity” means a heavy and bulky commodity set out inthe Schedule;[...]\n“local  road  transporter”  means  a  citizen  empoweredcompany,  citizen  owned  company,  citizen  influencedcompany and a targeted citizen;\n[...]\n3.(1) Subject  to  the  Railways  (Transportation  of  Heavy Goods)  Regulations,  2018,  a  person  who  intends  to  transport  a commodity by road shall give preference to a local road transporter in accordance with these Regulations.\n(2)These Regulations apply to—(a) a producer, manufacturer or user of a raw material of acommodity;(b) an oil supplier;(c) the following companies:(i) a logistics company;(ii) a clearing and forwarding company; and(iii) an oil marketing company; and(d) the transportation by road of a commodity to a person’splant, industry or place of business.\n4.A person who intends to export a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, from the Republic to another country, shall ensurethat at least fifty percent of the commodity is transported by a localroad  transporter.\n5.A person who intends to transport a commodity referred toin the Schedule within the Republic shall ensure that the commodityis transported only by a local road transporter.\n6.A person who intends to import a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, into the Republic, shall ensure that at least fifty percentof the commodity is transported by a local road transporter.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE(Regulations 5, 6 and 7)\nPREFERENTIAL ROAD FREIGHT COMMODITIES\nA. EXPORT COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Fertilizer; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nB. DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Coal; Fertilizer; Fuels-Local; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nC. IMPORT COMMODITY\nFertilizer; Petroleum; Maize [...]\" (Citizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021)\n\n","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019\nCitizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/zam172589.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/14097\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/statutory-instrument/2021/no35-2021\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,364,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H4923","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0024","Investment in certain sectors/activities (e.g. poultry and domestic haulage sectors, commercial cleaning services and transportation of heavy and bulk commodities by road) are reserved to targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizen-empowered or citizen-owned companies as per the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act and its implementing regulations.","\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n21. (1) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act, the Ministry responsible for commerce, trade and industry shall reserve, as prescribed by the President, specific areas of commerce, trade and industry for targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies.\n(2) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act- (a) where any business deals with technological developments, as prescribed by the President, targeted citizens and companies specified under subsection (1) shall be granted concessionary licences; (b) licences to foreign investors to engate in specific businesses, as prescribed by the President, shall be granted on the basis of joint ventures and partnerships with citizens and citizen empowered companies; \n(c) every State institution shall apply criteria, prescribed by the President, for any particular license or concession in relation to any specific business, prescribed by the President, when granting any licence or concession to any person to operate an asset or enterprise on its behalf; and (d) priority for concessions, licences and incentives given under any law shall be granted to companies that are implementing broad based economic empowerment programmes under this Act.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise reqmres- [...]\n\"market\"has the meaning assigned to it in the Markets and Bus Stations Act, 2007; and\n\"reservation scheme\" means the area of business within the poultry and domestic haulage sectors or sub-sectors that are reserved for targeted citizens, citizen- influenced, citizen-empowered and citizen- owned companies.\n[...]\n4. ( 1) Domestic haulage for alI public procurement works is reserved for targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizenempowered and citizen- owned companies.\n(2) Non-targeted citizens and companies may continue to operate for private haulage transactions only.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"commercial cleaning\" means the provision of a  cleaning service on a contractual basis;\n[...]\n3. (1) Commercial cleaning is reserved for targeted citizens, citizen influenced companies, citizen empowered companies and citizen owned companies.[...]\n(3)    A non-targeted company wishing to engage or continue engaging in commercial cleaning shall become a citizen influenced company, citizen empowered company or citizen owned company. ( 4) A state institution and non-state institution shali not engage a non-targeted citizen or company in commercial cleaning.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“commodity” means a heavy and bulky commodity set out inthe Schedule;[...]\n“local  road  transporter”  means  a  citizen  empoweredcompany,  citizen  owned  company,  citizen  influencedcompany and a targeted citizen;\n[...]\n3.(1) Subject  to  the  Railways  (Transportation  of  Heavy Goods)  Regulations,  2018,  a  person  who  intends  to  transport  a commodity by road shall give preference to a local road transporter in accordance with these Regulations.\n(2)These Regulations apply to—(a) a producer, manufacturer or user of a raw material of acommodity;(b) an oil supplier;(c) the following companies:(i) a logistics company;(ii) a clearing and forwarding company; and(iii) an oil marketing company; and(d) the transportation by road of a commodity to a person’splant, industry or place of business.\n4.A person who intends to export a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, from the Republic to another country, shall ensurethat at least fifty percent of the commodity is transported by a localroad  transporter.\n5.A person who intends to transport a commodity referred toin the Schedule within the Republic shall ensure that the commodityis transported only by a local road transporter.\n6.A person who intends to import a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, into the Republic, shall ensure that at least fifty percentof the commodity is transported by a local road transporter.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE(Regulations 5, 6 and 7)\nPREFERENTIAL ROAD FREIGHT COMMODITIES\nA. EXPORT COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Fertilizer; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nB. DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Coal; Fertilizer; Fuels-Local; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nC. IMPORT COMMODITY\nFertilizer; Petroleum; Maize [...]\" (Citizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021)\n\n","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019\nCitizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/zam172589.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/14097\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/statutory-instrument/2021/no35-2021\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,364,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H4923","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0024","Investment in certain sectors/activities (e.g. poultry and domestic haulage sectors, commercial cleaning services and transportation of heavy and bulk commodities by road) are reserved to targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizen-empowered or citizen-owned companies as per the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act and its implementing regulations.","\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n21. (1) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act, the Ministry responsible for commerce, trade and industry shall reserve, as prescribed by the President, specific areas of commerce, trade and industry for targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies.\n(2) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act- (a) where any business deals with technological developments, as prescribed by the President, targeted citizens and companies specified under subsection (1) shall be granted concessionary licences; (b) licences to foreign investors to engate in specific businesses, as prescribed by the President, shall be granted on the basis of joint ventures and partnerships with citizens and citizen empowered companies; \n(c) every State institution shall apply criteria, prescribed by the President, for any particular license or concession in relation to any specific business, prescribed by the President, when granting any licence or concession to any person to operate an asset or enterprise on its behalf; and (d) priority for concessions, licences and incentives given under any law shall be granted to companies that are implementing broad based economic empowerment programmes under this Act.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise reqmres- [...]\n\"market\"has the meaning assigned to it in the Markets and Bus Stations Act, 2007; and\n\"reservation scheme\" means the area of business within the poultry and domestic haulage sectors or sub-sectors that are reserved for targeted citizens, citizen- influenced, citizen-empowered and citizen- owned companies.\n[...]\n4. ( 1) Domestic haulage for alI public procurement works is reserved for targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizenempowered and citizen- owned companies.\n(2) Non-targeted citizens and companies may continue to operate for private haulage transactions only.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"commercial cleaning\" means the provision of a  cleaning service on a contractual basis;\n[...]\n3. (1) Commercial cleaning is reserved for targeted citizens, citizen influenced companies, citizen empowered companies and citizen owned companies.[...]\n(3)    A non-targeted company wishing to engage or continue engaging in commercial cleaning shall become a citizen influenced company, citizen empowered company or citizen owned company. ( 4) A state institution and non-state institution shali not engage a non-targeted citizen or company in commercial cleaning.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“commodity” means a heavy and bulky commodity set out inthe Schedule;[...]\n“local  road  transporter”  means  a  citizen  empoweredcompany,  citizen  owned  company,  citizen  influencedcompany and a targeted citizen;\n[...]\n3.(1) Subject  to  the  Railways  (Transportation  of  Heavy Goods)  Regulations,  2018,  a  person  who  intends  to  transport  a commodity by road shall give preference to a local road transporter in accordance with these Regulations.\n(2)These Regulations apply to—(a) a producer, manufacturer or user of a raw material of acommodity;(b) an oil supplier;(c) the following companies:(i) a logistics company;(ii) a clearing and forwarding company; and(iii) an oil marketing company; and(d) the transportation by road of a commodity to a person’splant, industry or place of business.\n4.A person who intends to export a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, from the Republic to another country, shall ensurethat at least fifty percent of the commodity is transported by a localroad  transporter.\n5.A person who intends to transport a commodity referred toin the Schedule within the Republic shall ensure that the commodityis transported only by a local road transporter.\n6.A person who intends to import a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, into the Republic, shall ensure that at least fifty percentof the commodity is transported by a local road transporter.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE(Regulations 5, 6 and 7)\nPREFERENTIAL ROAD FREIGHT COMMODITIES\nA. EXPORT COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Fertilizer; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nB. DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Coal; Fertilizer; Fuels-Local; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nC. IMPORT COMMODITY\nFertilizer; Petroleum; Maize [...]\" (Citizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021)\n\n","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019\nCitizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/zam172589.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/14097\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/statutory-instrument/2021/no35-2021\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,364,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.003125","The right to own agricultural land is reserved to Zimbabwean citizens. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are entitled to lease agricultural land for up to 99 years.","\"72 Rights to agricultural land\n(1) In this section—\n“agricultural land” means land used or suitable for agriculture, that is to say for horticulture, viticulture, forestry or aquaculture or for any purpose of husbandry, including— (a) the keeping or breeding of livestock, game, poultry, animals or bees; or (b) the grazing of livestock or game; but does not include Communal Land or land within the boundaries of an urban local authority or within a township established under a law relating to town and country planning or as defined in a law relating to land survey;\n“land” includes anything permanently attached to or growing on land;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 16 - AGRICULTURAL LAND\n288 Interpretation of Chapter 16\nIn this Chapter—\n“agricultural land” has the meaning given to it by section 72.\n289 Principles guiding policy on agricultural land\nIn order to redress the unjust and unfair pattern of land ownership that was brought about by colonialism, and to bring about land reform and the equitable access by all Zimbabweans to the country’s natural resources, policies regarding agricultural land must be guided by the following principles—\n(a) land is a finite natural resource that forms part of Zimbabweans’ common heritage;\n(b) subject to section 72, every Zimbabwean citizen has a right to acquire, hold, occupy, use, transfer, hypothecate, lease or dispose of agricultural land regardless of his or her race or colour; [...]\" (Constitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013)\n--------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“lease” means a ninety-nine year lease or lease with a purchase option or other lease of agricultural land, and “lease” shall be construed accordingly;\n[...]\n21. Regulations under Part IV\n(1) The Minister shall have power to make such regulations as he or she may deem expedient to give force or effect to this Part or for its better administration.\n(2) The appropriate Minister may make regulations in terms of subsection (1) providing for—[...]\n(c) restricting the right of—\n(i) individuals who are not indigenous citizens of Zimbabwe to own, lease or otherwise occupy State land in Zimbabwe;\n(ii) individuals who are not residents or citizens of Zimbabwe, or companies or bodies corporate whose activities are controlled by individuals who are not resident in Zimbabwe, to own, lease or otherwise occupy land in Zimbabwe.[...]\" (LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008)","LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008\nConstitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2017/12/eng@2018-02-26\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zimlii.org/zw/legislation/num-act/2013/Amendment%20No.%2020%20of%20The%20Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe/Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe%20-%2020th%20Amendment%2022%20May%202013.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,393,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.003125","The right to own agricultural land is reserved to Zimbabwean citizens. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are entitled to lease agricultural land for up to 99 years.","\"72 Rights to agricultural land\n(1) In this section—\n“agricultural land” means land used or suitable for agriculture, that is to say for horticulture, viticulture, forestry or aquaculture or for any purpose of husbandry, including— (a) the keeping or breeding of livestock, game, poultry, animals or bees; or (b) the grazing of livestock or game; but does not include Communal Land or land within the boundaries of an urban local authority or within a township established under a law relating to town and country planning or as defined in a law relating to land survey;\n“land” includes anything permanently attached to or growing on land;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 16 - AGRICULTURAL LAND\n288 Interpretation of Chapter 16\nIn this Chapter—\n“agricultural land” has the meaning given to it by section 72.\n289 Principles guiding policy on agricultural land\nIn order to redress the unjust and unfair pattern of land ownership that was brought about by colonialism, and to bring about land reform and the equitable access by all Zimbabweans to the country’s natural resources, policies regarding agricultural land must be guided by the following principles—\n(a) land is a finite natural resource that forms part of Zimbabweans’ common heritage;\n(b) subject to section 72, every Zimbabwean citizen has a right to acquire, hold, occupy, use, transfer, hypothecate, lease or dispose of agricultural land regardless of his or her race or colour; [...]\" (Constitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013)\n--------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“lease” means a ninety-nine year lease or lease with a purchase option or other lease of agricultural land, and “lease” shall be construed accordingly;\n[...]\n21. Regulations under Part IV\n(1) The Minister shall have power to make such regulations as he or she may deem expedient to give force or effect to this Part or for its better administration.\n(2) The appropriate Minister may make regulations in terms of subsection (1) providing for—[...]\n(c) restricting the right of—\n(i) individuals who are not indigenous citizens of Zimbabwe to own, lease or otherwise occupy State land in Zimbabwe;\n(ii) individuals who are not residents or citizens of Zimbabwe, or companies or bodies corporate whose activities are controlled by individuals who are not resident in Zimbabwe, to own, lease or otherwise occupy land in Zimbabwe.[...]\" (LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008)","LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008\nConstitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2017/12/eng@2018-02-26\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zimlii.org/zw/legislation/num-act/2013/Amendment%20No.%2020%20of%20The%20Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe/Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe%20-%2020th%20Amendment%2022%20May%202013.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,393,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.003125","The right to own agricultural land is reserved to Zimbabwean citizens. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are entitled to lease agricultural land for up to 99 years.","\"72 Rights to agricultural land\n(1) In this section—\n“agricultural land” means land used or suitable for agriculture, that is to say for horticulture, viticulture, forestry or aquaculture or for any purpose of husbandry, including— (a) the keeping or breeding of livestock, game, poultry, animals or bees; or (b) the grazing of livestock or game; but does not include Communal Land or land within the boundaries of an urban local authority or within a township established under a law relating to town and country planning or as defined in a law relating to land survey;\n“land” includes anything permanently attached to or growing on land;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 16 - AGRICULTURAL LAND\n288 Interpretation of Chapter 16\nIn this Chapter—\n“agricultural land” has the meaning given to it by section 72.\n289 Principles guiding policy on agricultural land\nIn order to redress the unjust and unfair pattern of land ownership that was brought about by colonialism, and to bring about land reform and the equitable access by all Zimbabweans to the country’s natural resources, policies regarding agricultural land must be guided by the following principles—\n(a) land is a finite natural resource that forms part of Zimbabweans’ common heritage;\n(b) subject to section 72, every Zimbabwean citizen has a right to acquire, hold, occupy, use, transfer, hypothecate, lease or dispose of agricultural land regardless of his or her race or colour; [...]\" (Constitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013)\n--------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“lease” means a ninety-nine year lease or lease with a purchase option or other lease of agricultural land, and “lease” shall be construed accordingly;\n[...]\n21. Regulations under Part IV\n(1) The Minister shall have power to make such regulations as he or she may deem expedient to give force or effect to this Part or for its better administration.\n(2) The appropriate Minister may make regulations in terms of subsection (1) providing for—[...]\n(c) restricting the right of—\n(i) individuals who are not indigenous citizens of Zimbabwe to own, lease or otherwise occupy State land in Zimbabwe;\n(ii) individuals who are not residents or citizens of Zimbabwe, or companies or bodies corporate whose activities are controlled by individuals who are not resident in Zimbabwe, to own, lease or otherwise occupy land in Zimbabwe.[...]\" (LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008)","LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008\nConstitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2017/12/eng@2018-02-26\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zimlii.org/zw/legislation/num-act/2013/Amendment%20No.%2020%20of%20The%20Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe/Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe%20-%2020th%20Amendment%2022%20May%202013.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,393,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.003125","The right to own agricultural land is reserved to Zimbabwean citizens. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are entitled to lease agricultural land for up to 99 years.","\"72 Rights to agricultural land\n(1) In this section—\n“agricultural land” means land used or suitable for agriculture, that is to say for horticulture, viticulture, forestry or aquaculture or for any purpose of husbandry, including— (a) the keeping or breeding of livestock, game, poultry, animals or bees; or (b) the grazing of livestock or game; but does not include Communal Land or land within the boundaries of an urban local authority or within a township established under a law relating to town and country planning or as defined in a law relating to land survey;\n“land” includes anything permanently attached to or growing on land;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 16 - AGRICULTURAL LAND\n288 Interpretation of Chapter 16\nIn this Chapter—\n“agricultural land” has the meaning given to it by section 72.\n289 Principles guiding policy on agricultural land\nIn order to redress the unjust and unfair pattern of land ownership that was brought about by colonialism, and to bring about land reform and the equitable access by all Zimbabweans to the country’s natural resources, policies regarding agricultural land must be guided by the following principles—\n(a) land is a finite natural resource that forms part of Zimbabweans’ common heritage;\n(b) subject to section 72, every Zimbabwean citizen has a right to acquire, hold, occupy, use, transfer, hypothecate, lease or dispose of agricultural land regardless of his or her race or colour; [...]\" (Constitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013)\n--------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“lease” means a ninety-nine year lease or lease with a purchase option or other lease of agricultural land, and “lease” shall be construed accordingly;\n[...]\n21. Regulations under Part IV\n(1) The Minister shall have power to make such regulations as he or she may deem expedient to give force or effect to this Part or for its better administration.\n(2) The appropriate Minister may make regulations in terms of subsection (1) providing for—[...]\n(c) restricting the right of—\n(i) individuals who are not indigenous citizens of Zimbabwe to own, lease or otherwise occupy State land in Zimbabwe;\n(ii) individuals who are not residents or citizens of Zimbabwe, or companies or bodies corporate whose activities are controlled by individuals who are not resident in Zimbabwe, to own, lease or otherwise occupy land in Zimbabwe.[...]\" (LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008)","LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008\nConstitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2017/12/eng@2018-02-26\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zimlii.org/zw/legislation/num-act/2013/Amendment%20No.%2020%20of%20The%20Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe/Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe%20-%2020th%20Amendment%2022%20May%202013.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,393,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_472T477","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00009375","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,407,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_472T477","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00009375","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,407,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_472T477","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.00009375","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,407,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_472T477","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00009375","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,407,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","D35102","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00175","According to the supplementary finance law for 2020, foreign acquisition of equity held by other foreign parties in an Algerian entity operating in distribution activities or other strategic setors, as defined in the law, is subject to government authorization.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to the April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1816,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","D35102","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00175","According to the supplementary finance law for 2020, foreign acquisition of equity held by other foreign parties in an Algerian entity operating in distribution activities or other strategic setors, as defined in the law, is subject to government authorization.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to the April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1816,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","D35102","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00175","According to the supplementary finance law for 2020, foreign acquisition of equity held by other foreign parties in an Algerian entity operating in distribution activities or other strategic setors, as defined in the law, is subject to government authorization.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to the April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1816,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","D35102","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00175","According to the supplementary finance law for 2020, foreign acquisition of equity held by other foreign parties in an Algerian entity operating in distribution activities or other strategic setors, as defined in the law, is subject to government authorization.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to the April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1816,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.001","The chief executive officer and the majority of the board of directors of an air transportation and auxiliary services company needs to be Algerian. ","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nSection 2 -General Principles […]\nArt. 8 - The construction and commissioning of aerodromes are the responsibility of the State. They may be granted to natural persons of Algerian nationality or to legal persons governed by Algerian law under the conditions set by this law.\nArt. 9 - Public air transport and aerial work services are provided by one or more national air transport companies.\n[...]\nArt. 10 - The operation of a public air transport service may also be the subject of a concession for the benefit of natural persons of Algerian nationality and legal persons governed by Algerian law.\n[...]\nArt. 14 - The aircraft registered in a foreign State may only be used for the exercise in Algeria of public air transport activity by virtue of the agreements or conventions concluded between Algeria and the State of registration of the aircraft or a provisional authorization granted by the authority responsible for civil aviation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - AIRCRAFT [...]\nArt. 22 - An aircraft may only be registered if it is the exclusive property of a natural person of Algerian nationality or belonging to a legal person governed by Algerian law. In the latter case, the following must have Algerian nationality:\n- in partnerships, general partners or limited partners;\n- in limited liability companies, the owners of the majority of shares;\n- in joint-stock companies, the owners of the majority of the capital and, as the case may be, the chief executive officer and the majority of the members of the board of directors or the management board and the majority of the members of the supervisory board;\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - AIRPORTS, AERODROMES AND HELISTATIONS [...]\nArt. 43 - Apart from the State, only natural persons of Algerian nationality or legal persons governed by Algerian law, the majority of whose capital is held by natural persons of Algerian nationality, may create and/or operate an aerodrome, an airport or a heliport open to public air traffic. [...]\" (Law n° 98-06 of 3 Rabie El Aouel 1419 corresponding to June 27, 1998, amended and supplemented, laying down the general rules relating to civil aviation [google translation])","Law n° 98-06 of 3 Rabie El Aouel 1419 corresponding to June 27, 1998, amended and supplemented, laying down the general rules relating to civil aviation [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.enna.dz/telechargement/textes_legislatifs/Lois/loi-98-06.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1845,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.001","The chief executive officer and the majority of the board of directors of an air transportation and auxiliary services company needs to be Algerian. ","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nSection 2 -General Principles […]\nArt. 8 - The construction and commissioning of aerodromes are the responsibility of the State. They may be granted to natural persons of Algerian nationality or to legal persons governed by Algerian law under the conditions set by this law.\nArt. 9 - Public air transport and aerial work services are provided by one or more national air transport companies.\n[...]\nArt. 10 - The operation of a public air transport service may also be the subject of a concession for the benefit of natural persons of Algerian nationality and legal persons governed by Algerian law.\n[...]\nArt. 14 - The aircraft registered in a foreign State may only be used for the exercise in Algeria of public air transport activity by virtue of the agreements or conventions concluded between Algeria and the State of registration of the aircraft or a provisional authorization granted by the authority responsible for civil aviation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - AIRCRAFT [...]\nArt. 22 - An aircraft may only be registered if it is the exclusive property of a natural person of Algerian nationality or belonging to a legal person governed by Algerian law. In the latter case, the following must have Algerian nationality:\n- in partnerships, general partners or limited partners;\n- in limited liability companies, the owners of the majority of shares;\n- in joint-stock companies, the owners of the majority of the capital and, as the case may be, the chief executive officer and the majority of the members of the board of directors or the management board and the majority of the members of the supervisory board;\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - AIRPORTS, AERODROMES AND HELISTATIONS [...]\nArt. 43 - Apart from the State, only natural persons of Algerian nationality or legal persons governed by Algerian law, the majority of whose capital is held by natural persons of Algerian nationality, may create and/or operate an aerodrome, an airport or a heliport open to public air traffic. [...]\" (Law n° 98-06 of 3 Rabie El Aouel 1419 corresponding to June 27, 1998, amended and supplemented, laying down the general rules relating to civil aviation [google translation])","Law n° 98-06 of 3 Rabie El Aouel 1419 corresponding to June 27, 1998, amended and supplemented, laying down the general rules relating to civil aviation [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.enna.dz/telechargement/textes_legislatifs/Lois/loi-98-06.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1845,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.001","The chief executive officer and the majority of the board of directors of an air transportation and auxiliary services company needs to be Algerian. ","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nSection 2 -General Principles […]\nArt. 8 - The construction and commissioning of aerodromes are the responsibility of the State. They may be granted to natural persons of Algerian nationality or to legal persons governed by Algerian law under the conditions set by this law.\nArt. 9 - Public air transport and aerial work services are provided by one or more national air transport companies.\n[...]\nArt. 10 - The operation of a public air transport service may also be the subject of a concession for the benefit of natural persons of Algerian nationality and legal persons governed by Algerian law.\n[...]\nArt. 14 - The aircraft registered in a foreign State may only be used for the exercise in Algeria of public air transport activity by virtue of the agreements or conventions concluded between Algeria and the State of registration of the aircraft or a provisional authorization granted by the authority responsible for civil aviation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - AIRCRAFT [...]\nArt. 22 - An aircraft may only be registered if it is the exclusive property of a natural person of Algerian nationality or belonging to a legal person governed by Algerian law. In the latter case, the following must have Algerian nationality:\n- in partnerships, general partners or limited partners;\n- in limited liability companies, the owners of the majority of shares;\n- in joint-stock companies, the owners of the majority of the capital and, as the case may be, the chief executive officer and the majority of the members of the board of directors or the management board and the majority of the members of the supervisory board;\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - AIRPORTS, AERODROMES AND HELISTATIONS [...]\nArt. 43 - Apart from the State, only natural persons of Algerian nationality or legal persons governed by Algerian law, the majority of whose capital is held by natural persons of Algerian nationality, may create and/or operate an aerodrome, an airport or a heliport open to public air traffic. [...]\" (Law n° 98-06 of 3 Rabie El Aouel 1419 corresponding to June 27, 1998, amended and supplemented, laying down the general rules relating to civil aviation [google translation])","Law n° 98-06 of 3 Rabie El Aouel 1419 corresponding to June 27, 1998, amended and supplemented, laying down the general rules relating to civil aviation [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.enna.dz/telechargement/textes_legislatifs/Lois/loi-98-06.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1845,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.001","The chief executive officer and the majority of the board of directors of an air transportation and auxiliary services company needs to be Algerian. ","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nSection 2 -General Principles […]\nArt. 8 - The construction and commissioning of aerodromes are the responsibility of the State. They may be granted to natural persons of Algerian nationality or to legal persons governed by Algerian law under the conditions set by this law.\nArt. 9 - Public air transport and aerial work services are provided by one or more national air transport companies.\n[...]\nArt. 10 - The operation of a public air transport service may also be the subject of a concession for the benefit of natural persons of Algerian nationality and legal persons governed by Algerian law.\n[...]\nArt. 14 - The aircraft registered in a foreign State may only be used for the exercise in Algeria of public air transport activity by virtue of the agreements or conventions concluded between Algeria and the State of registration of the aircraft or a provisional authorization granted by the authority responsible for civil aviation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - AIRCRAFT [...]\nArt. 22 - An aircraft may only be registered if it is the exclusive property of a natural person of Algerian nationality or belonging to a legal person governed by Algerian law. In the latter case, the following must have Algerian nationality:\n- in partnerships, general partners or limited partners;\n- in limited liability companies, the owners of the majority of shares;\n- in joint-stock companies, the owners of the majority of the capital and, as the case may be, the chief executive officer and the majority of the members of the board of directors or the management board and the majority of the members of the supervisory board;\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - AIRPORTS, AERODROMES AND HELISTATIONS [...]\nArt. 43 - Apart from the State, only natural persons of Algerian nationality or legal persons governed by Algerian law, the majority of whose capital is held by natural persons of Algerian nationality, may create and/or operate an aerodrome, an airport or a heliport open to public air traffic. [...]\" (Law n° 98-06 of 3 Rabie El Aouel 1419 corresponding to June 27, 1998, amended and supplemented, laying down the general rules relating to civil aviation [google translation])","Law n° 98-06 of 3 Rabie El Aouel 1419 corresponding to June 27, 1998, amended and supplemented, laying down the general rules relating to civil aviation [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.enna.dz/telechargement/textes_legislatifs/Lois/loi-98-06.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1845,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign investment in media activities, broadcasting, audiovisuel and printed media, is prohibited. ","\"TITLE I - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nArt. 3. By information activities, it is understood within the meaning of this organic law, any publication or dissemination of news, messages, opinions, ideas and knowledge, by any written, sound or television medium. or electronically, intended for the public or a category of public.\nArt. 4. Information activities are ensured in particular by:\n- the media belonging to the public sector,\n- media created by public institutions,\n- media owned or created by political parties or approved associations,\n- the media owned or created by legal persons governed by Algerian law and whose capital is held by natural or legal persons of Algerian nationality. [...]\" (Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation])","Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://amb-algerie.fr/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/LOI-ORGANIQUE-N%C2%B0-12-05-DU-12-JANVIER-2012-CORRESPONDANT-A-L%E2%80%99INFORMATION.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1853,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign investment in media activities, broadcasting, audiovisuel and printed media, is prohibited. ","\"TITLE I - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nArt. 3. By information activities, it is understood within the meaning of this organic law, any publication or dissemination of news, messages, opinions, ideas and knowledge, by any written, sound or television medium. or electronically, intended for the public or a category of public.\nArt. 4. Information activities are ensured in particular by:\n- the media belonging to the public sector,\n- media created by public institutions,\n- media owned or created by political parties or approved associations,\n- the media owned or created by legal persons governed by Algerian law and whose capital is held by natural or legal persons of Algerian nationality. [...]\" (Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation])","Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://amb-algerie.fr/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/LOI-ORGANIQUE-N%C2%B0-12-05-DU-12-JANVIER-2012-CORRESPONDANT-A-L%E2%80%99INFORMATION.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1853,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign investment in media activities, broadcasting, audiovisuel and printed media, is prohibited. ","\"TITLE I - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nArt. 3. By information activities, it is understood within the meaning of this organic law, any publication or dissemination of news, messages, opinions, ideas and knowledge, by any written, sound or television medium. or electronically, intended for the public or a category of public.\nArt. 4. Information activities are ensured in particular by:\n- the media belonging to the public sector,\n- media created by public institutions,\n- media owned or created by political parties or approved associations,\n- the media owned or created by legal persons governed by Algerian law and whose capital is held by natural or legal persons of Algerian nationality. [...]\" (Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation])","Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://amb-algerie.fr/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/LOI-ORGANIQUE-N%C2%B0-12-05-DU-12-JANVIER-2012-CORRESPONDANT-A-L%E2%80%99INFORMATION.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1853,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00375","Foreign investment in media activities, broadcasting, audiovisuel and printed media, is prohibited. ","\"TITLE I - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nArt. 3. By information activities, it is understood within the meaning of this organic law, any publication or dissemination of news, messages, opinions, ideas and knowledge, by any written, sound or television medium. or electronically, intended for the public or a category of public.\nArt. 4. Information activities are ensured in particular by:\n- the media belonging to the public sector,\n- media created by public institutions,\n- media owned or created by political parties or approved associations,\n- the media owned or created by legal persons governed by Algerian law and whose capital is held by natural or legal persons of Algerian nationality. [...]\" (Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation])","Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://amb-algerie.fr/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/LOI-ORGANIQUE-N%C2%B0-12-05-DU-12-JANVIER-2012-CORRESPONDANT-A-L%E2%80%99INFORMATION.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1853,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H4923","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0024","Foreign shareholding in road freight transportation companies is limited to 50%.","\"CHAPTER I - General Provisions\nARTICLE 1. (Scope)\n1. This Regulation applies to road transport of goods carried out for remuneration using motor vehicles or a combination of goods vehicles.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Access to Activity\nARTICLE 5.(Activity licensing)\n1. The activity of public road transport of goods or on behalf of third parties, internally or internationally, may be carried out by natural or legal persons licensed by the National Directorate of Road Transport.[...]\n5. Licensing to natural persons is only allowed to national citizens and resident foreigners and in the case of legal persons, foreign entities may only hold up to 50% of the capital stock of the companies to be licensed.[...]\"(Presidential Decree no. 160/10 of 30 July: REGULATION FOR ROAD TRANSPORT OF GOODS [google translation])","Presidential Decree no. 160/10 of 30 July: REGULATION FOR ROAD TRANSPORT OF GOODS [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.atroma.org/data/uploads/pdfs/Regulamento-Transporte-Rodoviario-Mercadorias.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,582,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H4923","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0024","Foreign shareholding in road freight transportation companies is limited to 50%.","\"CHAPTER I - General Provisions\nARTICLE 1. (Scope)\n1. This Regulation applies to road transport of goods carried out for remuneration using motor vehicles or a combination of goods vehicles.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Access to Activity\nARTICLE 5.(Activity licensing)\n1. The activity of public road transport of goods or on behalf of third parties, internally or internationally, may be carried out by natural or legal persons licensed by the National Directorate of Road Transport.[...]\n5. Licensing to natural persons is only allowed to national citizens and resident foreigners and in the case of legal persons, foreign entities may only hold up to 50% of the capital stock of the companies to be licensed.[...]\"(Presidential Decree no. 160/10 of 30 July: REGULATION FOR ROAD TRANSPORT OF GOODS [google translation])","Presidential Decree no. 160/10 of 30 July: REGULATION FOR ROAD TRANSPORT OF GOODS [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.atroma.org/data/uploads/pdfs/Regulamento-Transporte-Rodoviario-Mercadorias.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,582,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H4923","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0024","Foreign shareholding in road freight transportation companies is limited to 50%.","\"CHAPTER I - General Provisions\nARTICLE 1. (Scope)\n1. This Regulation applies to road transport of goods carried out for remuneration using motor vehicles or a combination of goods vehicles.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Access to Activity\nARTICLE 5.(Activity licensing)\n1. The activity of public road transport of goods or on behalf of third parties, internally or internationally, may be carried out by natural or legal persons licensed by the National Directorate of Road Transport.[...]\n5. Licensing to natural persons is only allowed to national citizens and resident foreigners and in the case of legal persons, foreign entities may only hold up to 50% of the capital stock of the companies to be licensed.[...]\"(Presidential Decree no. 160/10 of 30 July: REGULATION FOR ROAD TRANSPORT OF GOODS [google translation])","Presidential Decree no. 160/10 of 30 July: REGULATION FOR ROAD TRANSPORT OF GOODS [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.atroma.org/data/uploads/pdfs/Regulamento-Transporte-Rodoviario-Mercadorias.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,582,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H4923","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0024","Foreign shareholding in road freight transportation companies is limited to 50%.","\"CHAPTER I - General Provisions\nARTICLE 1. (Scope)\n1. This Regulation applies to road transport of goods carried out for remuneration using motor vehicles or a combination of goods vehicles.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Access to Activity\nARTICLE 5.(Activity licensing)\n1. The activity of public road transport of goods or on behalf of third parties, internally or internationally, may be carried out by natural or legal persons licensed by the National Directorate of Road Transport.[...]\n5. Licensing to natural persons is only allowed to national citizens and resident foreigners and in the case of legal persons, foreign entities may only hold up to 50% of the capital stock of the companies to be licensed.[...]\"(Presidential Decree no. 160/10 of 30 July: REGULATION FOR ROAD TRANSPORT OF GOODS [google translation])","Presidential Decree no. 160/10 of 30 July: REGULATION FOR ROAD TRANSPORT OF GOODS [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.atroma.org/data/uploads/pdfs/Regulamento-Transporte-Rodoviario-Mercadorias.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,582,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","A031","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.00025","Commercial fishing in Angola's territorial sea and continental waters is reserved to Angolan citizens and companies (defined as companies wholly or majority-owned and controlled by Angolan citizens). Commercial fishing licenses for fisihng in Angola's Exclusive Economic Zone can be granted to foerign and foreign majority-owned firms in association with in Angolan companies.","\"Article 1 (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this law and its regulations, it is understood as: [...]\n1. 'Fisheries-related activities' means all activities related to the exploitation of aquatic biological resources and include, in particular, the processing, storage, transport and marketing of fish and/or fish-derived products, as well as aquaculture. [...]\n28. 'foreign fishing vessel' means a vessel registered in a foreign country under the legislation applicable in that country.\n29. «Angolan fishing vessel» means a fishing vessel registered in Angola which: a) Is fully owned or over which one or more Angolan persons exercise control powers; b) Has renounced the foreign flag, if applicable; c) Be registered with the Captaincy of Porto and with the Commercial Registry Office of Angola.\n30. «Angolan company»:\na) a company in an individual name or in a corporate form, legally or regularly established or incorporated, with headquarters in national territory, which is entirely owned by Angolan citizens, either individually or in the family, or which, at least, 51% of the share capital is property of Angolan citizens or Angolan companies in which the majority or all of the share capital is held by Angolan citizens and that these exercise effective control of the company or society; [...]\n64. «Angolan person»:\na) the Angolan citizen under the terms of the Nationality Law;\nb) the Angolan company as defined in paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by the present law;\nc) any other legal person, wholly or mainly owned by Angolan citizens or Angolan companies, as defined in subparagraph a) of paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by this law, and where they exercise effective control over the legal person.\n[...]\nArticle 31 (Ownership of Fishing Rights)\n1. Natural or legal persons, nationals or foreigners, who fulfill the requirements set out in this law and in the legislation that regulates it, may be holders of fishing rights.\n2. Commercial fishing rights are only granted to natural or legal persons with good repute and technical capacity for the type of fishing they intend to carry out and who fulfill other requirements set out in this law and in a regulation approved by the Council of Ministers.\n3. Artisanal fishing rights are only granted to Angolan people.\nArticle 32 (Priorities in the Granting of Fishing Rights)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, the SADC Fisheries Protocol and international agreements to which Angola is a party, Angolan people have preference in granting fishing rights.\n2. Fishing rights in the territorial sea are granted exclusively to Angolan persons or to natural or legal persons who are nationals of SADC member states in relation to which there is reciprocity.\n3. Fishing rights in international rivers and in continental waters under Angolan jurisdiction are exclusively granted to Angolan people.\n4. Fishing rights at sea beyond 12 nautical miles are only granted to foreign natural or legal persons, provided they are in association with Angolan persons.\n[...]\nArticle 118 (Licensing)\n1. The exercise of fishing activities on the high seas by vessels flying the Angolan flag is subject to licensing by the competent Ministry, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.\n2. The attribution of a fishing license on the high seas to fishing vessels flying a foreign flag is prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 205 (Licensing of Activities)\n1. Aquaculture activities can only be carried out after licensing, under the terms that may be defined in regulation, by the Ministry, by the competent provincial or municipal bodies.\n2. All natural or legal persons, national or foreign, who intend to carry out aquaculture activities must apply for a license to the competent Minister, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.[...]\" (Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation])","Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang50971.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,578,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","A031","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.00025","Commercial fishing in Angola's territorial sea and continental waters is reserved to Angolan citizens and companies (defined as companies wholly or majority-owned and controlled by Angolan citizens). Commercial fishing licenses for fisihng in Angola's Exclusive Economic Zone can be granted to foerign and foreign majority-owned firms in association with in Angolan companies.","\"Article 1 (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this law and its regulations, it is understood as: [...]\n1. 'Fisheries-related activities' means all activities related to the exploitation of aquatic biological resources and include, in particular, the processing, storage, transport and marketing of fish and/or fish-derived products, as well as aquaculture. [...]\n28. 'foreign fishing vessel' means a vessel registered in a foreign country under the legislation applicable in that country.\n29. «Angolan fishing vessel» means a fishing vessel registered in Angola which: a) Is fully owned or over which one or more Angolan persons exercise control powers; b) Has renounced the foreign flag, if applicable; c) Be registered with the Captaincy of Porto and with the Commercial Registry Office of Angola.\n30. «Angolan company»:\na) a company in an individual name or in a corporate form, legally or regularly established or incorporated, with headquarters in national territory, which is entirely owned by Angolan citizens, either individually or in the family, or which, at least, 51% of the share capital is property of Angolan citizens or Angolan companies in which the majority or all of the share capital is held by Angolan citizens and that these exercise effective control of the company or society; [...]\n64. «Angolan person»:\na) the Angolan citizen under the terms of the Nationality Law;\nb) the Angolan company as defined in paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by the present law;\nc) any other legal person, wholly or mainly owned by Angolan citizens or Angolan companies, as defined in subparagraph a) of paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by this law, and where they exercise effective control over the legal person.\n[...]\nArticle 31 (Ownership of Fishing Rights)\n1. Natural or legal persons, nationals or foreigners, who fulfill the requirements set out in this law and in the legislation that regulates it, may be holders of fishing rights.\n2. Commercial fishing rights are only granted to natural or legal persons with good repute and technical capacity for the type of fishing they intend to carry out and who fulfill other requirements set out in this law and in a regulation approved by the Council of Ministers.\n3. Artisanal fishing rights are only granted to Angolan people.\nArticle 32 (Priorities in the Granting of Fishing Rights)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, the SADC Fisheries Protocol and international agreements to which Angola is a party, Angolan people have preference in granting fishing rights.\n2. Fishing rights in the territorial sea are granted exclusively to Angolan persons or to natural or legal persons who are nationals of SADC member states in relation to which there is reciprocity.\n3. Fishing rights in international rivers and in continental waters under Angolan jurisdiction are exclusively granted to Angolan people.\n4. Fishing rights at sea beyond 12 nautical miles are only granted to foreign natural or legal persons, provided they are in association with Angolan persons.\n[...]\nArticle 118 (Licensing)\n1. The exercise of fishing activities on the high seas by vessels flying the Angolan flag is subject to licensing by the competent Ministry, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.\n2. The attribution of a fishing license on the high seas to fishing vessels flying a foreign flag is prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 205 (Licensing of Activities)\n1. Aquaculture activities can only be carried out after licensing, under the terms that may be defined in regulation, by the Ministry, by the competent provincial or municipal bodies.\n2. All natural or legal persons, national or foreign, who intend to carry out aquaculture activities must apply for a license to the competent Minister, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.[...]\" (Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation])","Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang50971.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,578,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","A031","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.00025","Commercial fishing in Angola's territorial sea and continental waters is reserved to Angolan citizens and companies (defined as companies wholly or majority-owned and controlled by Angolan citizens). Commercial fishing licenses for fisihng in Angola's Exclusive Economic Zone can be granted to foerign and foreign majority-owned firms in association with in Angolan companies.","\"Article 1 (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this law and its regulations, it is understood as: [...]\n1. 'Fisheries-related activities' means all activities related to the exploitation of aquatic biological resources and include, in particular, the processing, storage, transport and marketing of fish and/or fish-derived products, as well as aquaculture. [...]\n28. 'foreign fishing vessel' means a vessel registered in a foreign country under the legislation applicable in that country.\n29. «Angolan fishing vessel» means a fishing vessel registered in Angola which: a) Is fully owned or over which one or more Angolan persons exercise control powers; b) Has renounced the foreign flag, if applicable; c) Be registered with the Captaincy of Porto and with the Commercial Registry Office of Angola.\n30. «Angolan company»:\na) a company in an individual name or in a corporate form, legally or regularly established or incorporated, with headquarters in national territory, which is entirely owned by Angolan citizens, either individually or in the family, or which, at least, 51% of the share capital is property of Angolan citizens or Angolan companies in which the majority or all of the share capital is held by Angolan citizens and that these exercise effective control of the company or society; [...]\n64. «Angolan person»:\na) the Angolan citizen under the terms of the Nationality Law;\nb) the Angolan company as defined in paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by the present law;\nc) any other legal person, wholly or mainly owned by Angolan citizens or Angolan companies, as defined in subparagraph a) of paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by this law, and where they exercise effective control over the legal person.\n[...]\nArticle 31 (Ownership of Fishing Rights)\n1. Natural or legal persons, nationals or foreigners, who fulfill the requirements set out in this law and in the legislation that regulates it, may be holders of fishing rights.\n2. Commercial fishing rights are only granted to natural or legal persons with good repute and technical capacity for the type of fishing they intend to carry out and who fulfill other requirements set out in this law and in a regulation approved by the Council of Ministers.\n3. Artisanal fishing rights are only granted to Angolan people.\nArticle 32 (Priorities in the Granting of Fishing Rights)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, the SADC Fisheries Protocol and international agreements to which Angola is a party, Angolan people have preference in granting fishing rights.\n2. Fishing rights in the territorial sea are granted exclusively to Angolan persons or to natural or legal persons who are nationals of SADC member states in relation to which there is reciprocity.\n3. Fishing rights in international rivers and in continental waters under Angolan jurisdiction are exclusively granted to Angolan people.\n4. Fishing rights at sea beyond 12 nautical miles are only granted to foreign natural or legal persons, provided they are in association with Angolan persons.\n[...]\nArticle 118 (Licensing)\n1. The exercise of fishing activities on the high seas by vessels flying the Angolan flag is subject to licensing by the competent Ministry, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.\n2. The attribution of a fishing license on the high seas to fishing vessels flying a foreign flag is prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 205 (Licensing of Activities)\n1. Aquaculture activities can only be carried out after licensing, under the terms that may be defined in regulation, by the Ministry, by the competent provincial or municipal bodies.\n2. All natural or legal persons, national or foreign, who intend to carry out aquaculture activities must apply for a license to the competent Minister, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.[...]\" (Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation])","Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang50971.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,578,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","A031","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.00025","Commercial fishing in Angola's territorial sea and continental waters is reserved to Angolan citizens and companies (defined as companies wholly or majority-owned and controlled by Angolan citizens). Commercial fishing licenses for fisihng in Angola's Exclusive Economic Zone can be granted to foerign and foreign majority-owned firms in association with in Angolan companies.","\"Article 1 (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this law and its regulations, it is understood as: [...]\n1. 'Fisheries-related activities' means all activities related to the exploitation of aquatic biological resources and include, in particular, the processing, storage, transport and marketing of fish and/or fish-derived products, as well as aquaculture. [...]\n28. 'foreign fishing vessel' means a vessel registered in a foreign country under the legislation applicable in that country.\n29. «Angolan fishing vessel» means a fishing vessel registered in Angola which: a) Is fully owned or over which one or more Angolan persons exercise control powers; b) Has renounced the foreign flag, if applicable; c) Be registered with the Captaincy of Porto and with the Commercial Registry Office of Angola.\n30. «Angolan company»:\na) a company in an individual name or in a corporate form, legally or regularly established or incorporated, with headquarters in national territory, which is entirely owned by Angolan citizens, either individually or in the family, or which, at least, 51% of the share capital is property of Angolan citizens or Angolan companies in which the majority or all of the share capital is held by Angolan citizens and that these exercise effective control of the company or society; [...]\n64. «Angolan person»:\na) the Angolan citizen under the terms of the Nationality Law;\nb) the Angolan company as defined in paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by the present law;\nc) any other legal person, wholly or mainly owned by Angolan citizens or Angolan companies, as defined in subparagraph a) of paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by this law, and where they exercise effective control over the legal person.\n[...]\nArticle 31 (Ownership of Fishing Rights)\n1. Natural or legal persons, nationals or foreigners, who fulfill the requirements set out in this law and in the legislation that regulates it, may be holders of fishing rights.\n2. Commercial fishing rights are only granted to natural or legal persons with good repute and technical capacity for the type of fishing they intend to carry out and who fulfill other requirements set out in this law and in a regulation approved by the Council of Ministers.\n3. Artisanal fishing rights are only granted to Angolan people.\nArticle 32 (Priorities in the Granting of Fishing Rights)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, the SADC Fisheries Protocol and international agreements to which Angola is a party, Angolan people have preference in granting fishing rights.\n2. Fishing rights in the territorial sea are granted exclusively to Angolan persons or to natural or legal persons who are nationals of SADC member states in relation to which there is reciprocity.\n3. Fishing rights in international rivers and in continental waters under Angolan jurisdiction are exclusively granted to Angolan people.\n4. Fishing rights at sea beyond 12 nautical miles are only granted to foreign natural or legal persons, provided they are in association with Angolan persons.\n[...]\nArticle 118 (Licensing)\n1. The exercise of fishing activities on the high seas by vessels flying the Angolan flag is subject to licensing by the competent Ministry, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.\n2. The attribution of a fishing license on the high seas to fishing vessels flying a foreign flag is prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 205 (Licensing of Activities)\n1. Aquaculture activities can only be carried out after licensing, under the terms that may be defined in regulation, by the Ministry, by the competent provincial or municipal bodies.\n2. All natural or legal persons, national or foreign, who intend to carry out aquaculture activities must apply for a license to the competent Minister, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.[...]\" (Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation])","Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang50971.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,578,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0024","Pursuant to the Airports Act 1996, airport‑operator companies are subject to a 49% limit on ownership by foreign persons. By 'foreign persons' is notably understood foreign citizens not ordinarily resident in Australia, or companies where foreign citizens not ordinarily resident in Australia hold  a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 15% individually or not less than 40% in aggregate.","\"40 Meaning of unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation exists in relation to an airport‑operator company if there is a group of foreign persons who hold, in total, a particular type of stake in the company of more than 49%.\n[...]\n42 Compliance by airport‑operator company\n (1) An airport‑operator company must take all reasonable steps to ensure that an unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation does not exist in relation to the company. [...]\nSchedule—Ownership definitions\n2 Definitions\n (1) In Part 3 and this Schedule, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a foreign government body; or\n (c) a company where:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 15%; or\n (d) a company where a group of 2 or more persons, each of whom is:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds, in total, a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 40%; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust estate in which:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds a substantial interest; or\n (f) the trustee of a trust estate in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n hold an aggregate substantial interest. [...]\" (Airports Act 1996 (Act No. 42 of 1996), last amended by National Emergency Declaration (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 16 December 2020, Sections 40, 42 and Schedule, Section 2)","Airports Act 1996 (Act No. 42 of 1996), last amended by National Emergency Declaration (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 16 December 2020, Sections 40, 42 and Schedule, Section 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00019\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1662,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0024","Pursuant to the Airports Act 1996, airport‑operator companies are subject to a 49% limit on ownership by foreign persons. By 'foreign persons' is notably understood foreign citizens not ordinarily resident in Australia, or companies where foreign citizens not ordinarily resident in Australia hold  a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 15% individually or not less than 40% in aggregate.","\"40 Meaning of unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation exists in relation to an airport‑operator company if there is a group of foreign persons who hold, in total, a particular type of stake in the company of more than 49%.\n[...]\n42 Compliance by airport‑operator company\n (1) An airport‑operator company must take all reasonable steps to ensure that an unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation does not exist in relation to the company. [...]\nSchedule—Ownership definitions\n2 Definitions\n (1) In Part 3 and this Schedule, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a foreign government body; or\n (c) a company where:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 15%; or\n (d) a company where a group of 2 or more persons, each of whom is:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds, in total, a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 40%; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust estate in which:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds a substantial interest; or\n (f) the trustee of a trust estate in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n hold an aggregate substantial interest. [...]\" (Airports Act 1996 (Act No. 42 of 1996), last amended by National Emergency Declaration (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 16 December 2020, Sections 40, 42 and Schedule, Section 2)","Airports Act 1996 (Act No. 42 of 1996), last amended by National Emergency Declaration (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 16 December 2020, Sections 40, 42 and Schedule, Section 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00019\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1662,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0024","Pursuant to the Airports Act 1996, airport‑operator companies are subject to a 49% limit on ownership by foreign persons. By 'foreign persons' is notably understood foreign citizens not ordinarily resident in Australia, or companies where foreign citizens not ordinarily resident in Australia hold  a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 15% individually or not less than 40% in aggregate.","\"40 Meaning of unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation exists in relation to an airport‑operator company if there is a group of foreign persons who hold, in total, a particular type of stake in the company of more than 49%.\n[...]\n42 Compliance by airport‑operator company\n (1) An airport‑operator company must take all reasonable steps to ensure that an unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation does not exist in relation to the company. [...]\nSchedule—Ownership definitions\n2 Definitions\n (1) In Part 3 and this Schedule, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a foreign government body; or\n (c) a company where:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 15%; or\n (d) a company where a group of 2 or more persons, each of whom is:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds, in total, a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 40%; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust estate in which:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds a substantial interest; or\n (f) the trustee of a trust estate in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n hold an aggregate substantial interest. [...]\" (Airports Act 1996 (Act No. 42 of 1996), last amended by National Emergency Declaration (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 16 December 2020, Sections 40, 42 and Schedule, Section 2)","Airports Act 1996 (Act No. 42 of 1996), last amended by National Emergency Declaration (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 16 December 2020, Sections 40, 42 and Schedule, Section 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00019\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1662,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0024","Pursuant to the Airports Act 1996, airport‑operator companies are subject to a 49% limit on ownership by foreign persons. By 'foreign persons' is notably understood foreign citizens not ordinarily resident in Australia, or companies where foreign citizens not ordinarily resident in Australia hold  a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 15% individually or not less than 40% in aggregate.","\"40 Meaning of unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation exists in relation to an airport‑operator company if there is a group of foreign persons who hold, in total, a particular type of stake in the company of more than 49%.\n[...]\n42 Compliance by airport‑operator company\n (1) An airport‑operator company must take all reasonable steps to ensure that an unacceptable foreign‑ownership situation does not exist in relation to the company. [...]\nSchedule—Ownership definitions\n2 Definitions\n (1) In Part 3 and this Schedule, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a foreign government body; or\n (c) a company where:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 15%; or\n (d) a company where a group of 2 or more persons, each of whom is:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds, in total, a particular type of stake in the company of not less than 40%; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust estate in which:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n holds a substantial interest; or\n (f) the trustee of a trust estate in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is:\n (i) a foreign citizen not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (ii) a foreign government body; or\n (iii) a foreign company;\n hold an aggregate substantial interest. [...]\" (Airports Act 1996 (Act No. 42 of 1996), last amended by National Emergency Declaration (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 16 December 2020, Sections 40, 42 and Schedule, Section 2)","Airports Act 1996 (Act No. 42 of 1996), last amended by National Emergency Declaration (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 16 December 2020, Sections 40, 42 and Schedule, Section 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00019\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1662,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 limits individual shareholdings in financial sector companies to a 20% stake. 'Financial sector companies' cover so-called authorised deposit‑taking institutions, authorised insurance companies and their holding companies. An investor wishing to exceed 20% equity will need approval from the Treasurer. Approval may be granted if the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to do so. What constitutes 'national interest' is not specified in the Act. From 1 April 2019, a higher shareholding cap may also be granted with regard to new or recently established financial sector companies if the applicant is a \"fit and proper person\" to hold a stake greater than 20% and the certain requirements regarding the value of the total resident assets of the company are satisfied. The provisions of the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act apply to both domestic and foreign investors.\nWhen the financial sector company is to be acquired by a foreign investor, the general foreign investment screening mechanism of the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 will also be relevant. Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met.\nThe monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. However, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April to 31 December 2021) in order to protect the national interest.","\"3 Definitions\n In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nfinancial sector company means:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) an authorised insurance company; or\n (c) a holding company of a company covered by paragraph (a) or (b).\n[...]\n4 Holding companies\n For the purposes of this Act, a company (the first company) is the holding company of another company if the other company is a 100% subsidiary of the first company.\n[...]\n10 Meaning of unacceptable shareholding situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a particular financial sector company and in relation to a particular person if the person holds a stake in the company of more than:\n (a) 20%; or\n (b) if an approval of a higher percentage is in force under Division 3 in relation to the company and in relation to the person—that higher percentage.\n[...]\n12 Remedial orders\n (1) If an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate for the purpose of ensuring that that situation ceases to exist.\n (2) If an unacceptable shareholding situation has existed in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate.\n (3) The Federal Court’s orders include:\n (a) an order directing the disposal of shares; or\n (b) an order restraining the exercise of any rights attached to shares; or\n (c) an order prohibiting or deferring the payment of any sums due to a person in respect of shares held by the person; or\n (d) an order that any exercise of rights attached to shares be disregarded.\n[...]\n13 Application for approval to exceed 20% shareholding limit\n (1) A person may apply to the Treasurer for approval to hold a stake in a particular financial sector company of more than 20%.\n (1A) The application may be in relation to a company that is not a financial sector company at the time the application is made.\n (2) The application must:\n (aa) specify whether the applicant is seeking for the approval to be granted on the basis of either paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b); and\n [...]\n14 Approval of application\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, grant the application if:\n (a) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to approve the applicant holding a stake in the company of more than 20%; or\n (b) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that the criteria in subsection 14A(1) are met in relation to the applicant and the company.\n[...]\n14A Criteria for applications relating to new or recently established financial sector companies\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 14(1)(b), the criteria are:\n (a) the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a stake in the company of more than 20%; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies; or\n (ii) a holding company of a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies.\nFit and proper person\n (2) The rules may prescribe matters that must be considered in determining whether a person is a fit and proper person for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and 18(1)(d). However, such rules do not limit the matters that may be considered.\nNew or recently established financial sector company\n (3) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company has applied for one of the following, but that application has not yet been decided:\n (i) authority under the Banking Act 1959 to carry on banking business;\n (ii) authorisation under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business;\n (iii) registration under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company (assuming the company is granted the authority, authorisation or registration concerned).\n (4) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (ii) a company that is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business; or\n (iii) a company that is registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) at the time of the application under subsection 13(1), the company has been such an institution, or so authorised or registered (whichever is applicable), for less than 5 years; and\n (d) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company.[...]\nAssets threshold\n (6) If a company is:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995;\nthe assets threshold for the company is:\n (c) $200 million; or\n (d) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (7) If a company is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business, the assets threshold for the company is:\n (a) $50 million; or\n (b) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (8) The Treasurer may, by legislative instrument, determine an amount for the purposes of paragraph (6)(d) or (7)(b).[...]\" (Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A)\n----------------------\n\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity or trust if:\n (a) for an entity—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.[...]\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).[...]\nThird condition—action results in change in control\n (5) If paragraph (2)(b) or (c) applies, the third condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the business as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire a substantial interest in an Australian entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n51 The threshold test for entities and businesses\n The threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations.\n [see the legal source for table] \n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities.[...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82)\n----------------------\n\"51 Taking action in relation to entities and businesses (including agribusinesses)\n For the purposes of section 51 of the Act, the prescribed value is nil.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51)\"","Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by  Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasurer, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", last updated 24 April 2020","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00315\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00397\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2020C00820\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/inline-files/2020-FIP-cv.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1672,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 limits individual shareholdings in financial sector companies to a 20% stake. 'Financial sector companies' cover so-called authorised deposit‑taking institutions, authorised insurance companies and their holding companies. An investor wishing to exceed 20% equity will need approval from the Treasurer. Approval may be granted if the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to do so. What constitutes 'national interest' is not specified in the Act. From 1 April 2019, a higher shareholding cap may also be granted with regard to new or recently established financial sector companies if the applicant is a \"fit and proper person\" to hold a stake greater than 20% and the certain requirements regarding the value of the total resident assets of the company are satisfied. The provisions of the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act apply to both domestic and foreign investors.\nWhen the financial sector company is to be acquired by a foreign investor, the general foreign investment screening mechanism of the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 will also be relevant. Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met.\nThe monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. However, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April to 31 December 2021) in order to protect the national interest.","\"3 Definitions\n In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nfinancial sector company means:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) an authorised insurance company; or\n (c) a holding company of a company covered by paragraph (a) or (b).\n[...]\n4 Holding companies\n For the purposes of this Act, a company (the first company) is the holding company of another company if the other company is a 100% subsidiary of the first company.\n[...]\n10 Meaning of unacceptable shareholding situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a particular financial sector company and in relation to a particular person if the person holds a stake in the company of more than:\n (a) 20%; or\n (b) if an approval of a higher percentage is in force under Division 3 in relation to the company and in relation to the person—that higher percentage.\n[...]\n12 Remedial orders\n (1) If an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate for the purpose of ensuring that that situation ceases to exist.\n (2) If an unacceptable shareholding situation has existed in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate.\n (3) The Federal Court’s orders include:\n (a) an order directing the disposal of shares; or\n (b) an order restraining the exercise of any rights attached to shares; or\n (c) an order prohibiting or deferring the payment of any sums due to a person in respect of shares held by the person; or\n (d) an order that any exercise of rights attached to shares be disregarded.\n[...]\n13 Application for approval to exceed 20% shareholding limit\n (1) A person may apply to the Treasurer for approval to hold a stake in a particular financial sector company of more than 20%.\n (1A) The application may be in relation to a company that is not a financial sector company at the time the application is made.\n (2) The application must:\n (aa) specify whether the applicant is seeking for the approval to be granted on the basis of either paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b); and\n [...]\n14 Approval of application\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, grant the application if:\n (a) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to approve the applicant holding a stake in the company of more than 20%; or\n (b) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that the criteria in subsection 14A(1) are met in relation to the applicant and the company.\n[...]\n14A Criteria for applications relating to new or recently established financial sector companies\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 14(1)(b), the criteria are:\n (a) the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a stake in the company of more than 20%; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies; or\n (ii) a holding company of a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies.\nFit and proper person\n (2) The rules may prescribe matters that must be considered in determining whether a person is a fit and proper person for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and 18(1)(d). However, such rules do not limit the matters that may be considered.\nNew or recently established financial sector company\n (3) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company has applied for one of the following, but that application has not yet been decided:\n (i) authority under the Banking Act 1959 to carry on banking business;\n (ii) authorisation under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business;\n (iii) registration under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company (assuming the company is granted the authority, authorisation or registration concerned).\n (4) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (ii) a company that is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business; or\n (iii) a company that is registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) at the time of the application under subsection 13(1), the company has been such an institution, or so authorised or registered (whichever is applicable), for less than 5 years; and\n (d) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company.[...]\nAssets threshold\n (6) If a company is:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995;\nthe assets threshold for the company is:\n (c) $200 million; or\n (d) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (7) If a company is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business, the assets threshold for the company is:\n (a) $50 million; or\n (b) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (8) The Treasurer may, by legislative instrument, determine an amount for the purposes of paragraph (6)(d) or (7)(b).[...]\" (Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A)\n----------------------\n\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity or trust if:\n (a) for an entity—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.[...]\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).[...]\nThird condition—action results in change in control\n (5) If paragraph (2)(b) or (c) applies, the third condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the business as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire a substantial interest in an Australian entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n51 The threshold test for entities and businesses\n The threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations.\n [see the legal source for table] \n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities.[...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82)\n----------------------\n\"51 Taking action in relation to entities and businesses (including agribusinesses)\n For the purposes of section 51 of the Act, the prescribed value is nil.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51)\"","Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by  Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasurer, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", last updated 24 April 2020","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00315\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00397\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2020C00820\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/inline-files/2020-FIP-cv.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1668,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 limits individual shareholdings in financial sector companies to a 20% stake. 'Financial sector companies' cover so-called authorised deposit‑taking institutions, authorised insurance companies and their holding companies. An investor wishing to exceed 20% equity will need approval from the Treasurer. Approval may be granted if the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to do so. What constitutes 'national interest' is not specified in the Act. From 1 April 2019, a higher shareholding cap may also be granted with regard to new or recently established financial sector companies if the applicant is a \"fit and proper person\" to hold a stake greater than 20% and the certain requirements regarding the value of the total resident assets of the company are satisfied. The provisions of the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act apply to both domestic and foreign investors.\nWhen the financial sector company is to be acquired by a foreign investor, the general foreign investment screening mechanism of the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 will also be relevant. Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met.\nThe monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. However, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April to 31 December 2021) in order to protect the national interest.","\"3 Definitions\n In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nfinancial sector company means:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) an authorised insurance company; or\n (c) a holding company of a company covered by paragraph (a) or (b).\n[...]\n4 Holding companies\n For the purposes of this Act, a company (the first company) is the holding company of another company if the other company is a 100% subsidiary of the first company.\n[...]\n10 Meaning of unacceptable shareholding situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a particular financial sector company and in relation to a particular person if the person holds a stake in the company of more than:\n (a) 20%; or\n (b) if an approval of a higher percentage is in force under Division 3 in relation to the company and in relation to the person—that higher percentage.\n[...]\n12 Remedial orders\n (1) If an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate for the purpose of ensuring that that situation ceases to exist.\n (2) If an unacceptable shareholding situation has existed in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate.\n (3) The Federal Court’s orders include:\n (a) an order directing the disposal of shares; or\n (b) an order restraining the exercise of any rights attached to shares; or\n (c) an order prohibiting or deferring the payment of any sums due to a person in respect of shares held by the person; or\n (d) an order that any exercise of rights attached to shares be disregarded.\n[...]\n13 Application for approval to exceed 20% shareholding limit\n (1) A person may apply to the Treasurer for approval to hold a stake in a particular financial sector company of more than 20%.\n (1A) The application may be in relation to a company that is not a financial sector company at the time the application is made.\n (2) The application must:\n (aa) specify whether the applicant is seeking for the approval to be granted on the basis of either paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b); and\n [...]\n14 Approval of application\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, grant the application if:\n (a) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to approve the applicant holding a stake in the company of more than 20%; or\n (b) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that the criteria in subsection 14A(1) are met in relation to the applicant and the company.\n[...]\n14A Criteria for applications relating to new or recently established financial sector companies\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 14(1)(b), the criteria are:\n (a) the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a stake in the company of more than 20%; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies; or\n (ii) a holding company of a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies.\nFit and proper person\n (2) The rules may prescribe matters that must be considered in determining whether a person is a fit and proper person for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and 18(1)(d). However, such rules do not limit the matters that may be considered.\nNew or recently established financial sector company\n (3) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company has applied for one of the following, but that application has not yet been decided:\n (i) authority under the Banking Act 1959 to carry on banking business;\n (ii) authorisation under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business;\n (iii) registration under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company (assuming the company is granted the authority, authorisation or registration concerned).\n (4) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (ii) a company that is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business; or\n (iii) a company that is registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) at the time of the application under subsection 13(1), the company has been such an institution, or so authorised or registered (whichever is applicable), for less than 5 years; and\n (d) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company.[...]\nAssets threshold\n (6) If a company is:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995;\nthe assets threshold for the company is:\n (c) $200 million; or\n (d) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (7) If a company is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business, the assets threshold for the company is:\n (a) $50 million; or\n (b) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (8) The Treasurer may, by legislative instrument, determine an amount for the purposes of paragraph (6)(d) or (7)(b).[...]\" (Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A)\n----------------------\n\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity or trust if:\n (a) for an entity—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.[...]\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).[...]\nThird condition—action results in change in control\n (5) If paragraph (2)(b) or (c) applies, the third condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the business as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire a substantial interest in an Australian entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n51 The threshold test for entities and businesses\n The threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations.\n [see the legal source for table] \n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities.[...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82)\n----------------------\n\"51 Taking action in relation to entities and businesses (including agribusinesses)\n For the purposes of section 51 of the Act, the prescribed value is nil.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51)\"","Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by  Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasurer, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", last updated 24 April 2020","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00315\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00397\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2020C00820\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/inline-files/2020-FIP-cv.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1668,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 limits individual shareholdings in financial sector companies to a 20% stake. 'Financial sector companies' cover so-called authorised deposit‑taking institutions, authorised insurance companies and their holding companies. An investor wishing to exceed 20% equity will need approval from the Treasurer. Approval may be granted if the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to do so. What constitutes 'national interest' is not specified in the Act. From 1 April 2019, a higher shareholding cap may also be granted with regard to new or recently established financial sector companies if the applicant is a \"fit and proper person\" to hold a stake greater than 20% and the certain requirements regarding the value of the total resident assets of the company are satisfied. The provisions of the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act apply to both domestic and foreign investors.\nWhen the financial sector company is to be acquired by a foreign investor, the general foreign investment screening mechanism of the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 will also be relevant. Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met.\nThe monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. However, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April to 31 December 2021) in order to protect the national interest.","\"3 Definitions\n In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears: [...]\nfinancial sector company means:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) an authorised insurance company; or\n (c) a holding company of a company covered by paragraph (a) or (b).\n[...]\n4 Holding companies\n For the purposes of this Act, a company (the first company) is the holding company of another company if the other company is a 100% subsidiary of the first company.\n[...]\n10 Meaning of unacceptable shareholding situation\n For the purposes of this Act, an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a particular financial sector company and in relation to a particular person if the person holds a stake in the company of more than:\n (a) 20%; or\n (b) if an approval of a higher percentage is in force under Division 3 in relation to the company and in relation to the person—that higher percentage.\n[...]\n12 Remedial orders\n (1) If an unacceptable shareholding situation exists in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate for the purpose of ensuring that that situation ceases to exist.\n (2) If an unacceptable shareholding situation has existed in relation to a financial sector company, the Federal Court may, on application by the Treasurer or the company, make such orders as the court considers appropriate.\n (3) The Federal Court’s orders include:\n (a) an order directing the disposal of shares; or\n (b) an order restraining the exercise of any rights attached to shares; or\n (c) an order prohibiting or deferring the payment of any sums due to a person in respect of shares held by the person; or\n (d) an order that any exercise of rights attached to shares be disregarded.\n[...]\n13 Application for approval to exceed 20% shareholding limit\n (1) A person may apply to the Treasurer for approval to hold a stake in a particular financial sector company of more than 20%.\n (1A) The application may be in relation to a company that is not a financial sector company at the time the application is made.\n (2) The application must:\n (aa) specify whether the applicant is seeking for the approval to be granted on the basis of either paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b); and\n [...]\n14 Approval of application\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, grant the application if:\n (a) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that it is in the national interest to approve the applicant holding a stake in the company of more than 20%; or\n (b) the applicant satisfies the Treasurer that the criteria in subsection 14A(1) are met in relation to the applicant and the company.\n[...]\n14A Criteria for applications relating to new or recently established financial sector companies\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 14(1)(b), the criteria are:\n (a) the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a stake in the company of more than 20%; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies; or\n (ii) a holding company of a company to which subsection (3) or (4) applies.\nFit and proper person\n (2) The rules may prescribe matters that must be considered in determining whether a person is a fit and proper person for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and 18(1)(d). However, such rules do not limit the matters that may be considered.\nNew or recently established financial sector company\n (3) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company has applied for one of the following, but that application has not yet been decided:\n (i) authority under the Banking Act 1959 to carry on banking business;\n (ii) authorisation under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business;\n (iii) registration under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company (assuming the company is granted the authority, authorisation or registration concerned).\n (4) This subsection applies to a company if:\n (a) the company is a body corporate incorporated in Australia; and\n (b) the company is:\n (i) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (ii) a company that is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business; or\n (iii) a company that is registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995; and\n (c) at the time of the application under subsection 13(1), the company has been such an institution, or so authorised or registered (whichever is applicable), for less than 5 years; and\n (d) the value of the total resident assets of the company is less than the assets threshold for the company.[...]\nAssets threshold\n (6) If a company is:\n (a) an authorised deposit‑taking institution; or\n (b) registered under section 21 of the Life Insurance Act 1995;\nthe assets threshold for the company is:\n (c) $200 million; or\n (d) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (7) If a company is authorised under the Insurance Act 1973 to carry on insurance business, the assets threshold for the company is:\n (a) $50 million; or\n (b) if another amount is determined in an instrument under subsection (8)—that other amount.\n (8) The Treasurer may, by legislative instrument, determine an amount for the purposes of paragraph (6)(d) or (7)(b).[...]\" (Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A)\n----------------------\n\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity or trust if:\n (a) for an entity—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.[...]\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).[...]\nThird condition—action results in change in control\n (5) If paragraph (2)(b) or (c) applies, the third condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the business as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n (b) to acquire a substantial interest in an Australian entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n51 The threshold test for entities and businesses\n The threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations.\n [see the legal source for table] \n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities.[...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82)\n----------------------\n\"51 Taking action in relation to entities and businesses (including agribusinesses)\n For the purposes of section 51 of the Act, the prescribed value is nil.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51)\"","Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998), last amended by Treasury Laws Amendment (2019 Measures No. 3) Act 2020, Sections 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 14A\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 10 December 2020, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by  Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment (Commercial Land Lease Threshold Test) Regulations 2020, Section 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasurer, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", last updated 24 April 2020","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00315\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2020C00397\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2020C00820\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/inline-files/2020-FIP-cv.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1668,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.00125","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. Proposed investments in agricultural land by foreign persons generally constitute a significant action if the cumulative value of a foreign person's agricultural land holdings exceeds a specific monetary threshold. Such investments must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken.  A higher monetary threshold applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries. Agricultural land is defined in the Act as land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business. The documents of the Foreign Investment Review Board give further guidance as to what the concept of agricultural land covers (see Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance note 17 - Agricultural land investments, last updated 24 April 2020, pp. 6-10).\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. In the case of acquisitions of an interest in agricultural land that will be used for a primary production business or residential development, the national interest test includes a consideration of whether there was an opportunity for Australian investors to acquire the given parcel of agricultural land or agricultural land entity, as well a the openness and transparency of the sale process.","\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: […]\nagricultural land means land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business. […]\nAustralian land means agricultural land, commercial land, residential land or a mining or production tenement. [...]\nforeign person means:\n(a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f) a foreign government; or\n(g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n12  Meaning of interest in Australian land\n(1) An interest in Australian land (however described) is:\n(a) a legal or equitable interest in Australian land, other than:\n(i) an interest under a lease or licence or in a unit in a unit trust; or\n(ii) an interest in an agreement giving a right (known as a profit à prendre) to take something off another person’s land, or to take something out of the soil of that land; or\n(iii) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land; or\n(b) an interest in a security in an entity that owns Australian land, being a security that entitles the holder to a right to occupy a dwelling of a kind known as a flat or home unit situated on the land; or\n(c) an interest as lessee or licensee in a lease or licence giving rights to occupy Australian land if the term of the lease or licence (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n(d) an interest in an agreement giving a right of a kind mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii) if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n(e) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n(f) an interest in a share in an Australian land corporation or agricultural land corporation; or\n(g) an interest in a unit in an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust; or\n(h) if the trustee of an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust is a corporation—an interest in a share in that corporation.\n(2) An interest is an interest in Australian land even if it is the only interest that exists in the land or other thing concerned.\n(3) A person acquires an interest in Australian land even if:\n(a) the person has previously acquired an interest in Australian land; or\n(b) the interest is an increase in the amount of an existing interest of the person in Australian land.\n[...]\n43  Meaning of significant action—land\nAn action is a significant action if:\n(a) the action is for a foreign person to acquire an interest in Australian land; and\n(b) the threshold test is met in relation to the land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n44  Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n(2) Sections 40, 41 and 43 do not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n47  Meaning of notifiable action—general\n(1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following: [...]\n(c) to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n(a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(b) an Australian unit trust; or\n(c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48  Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n(2) Section 47 does not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n52  The threshold test for land [...]\nAgricultural land where total value of interests is above threshold value\n(2) The threshold test is met in relation to land if both of the following apply:\n(a) the land is agricultural land;\n(b) the total value of the following is more than the value prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph:\n(i) all interests in agricultural land held by the foreign person, alone or together with one or more associates;\n(ii) the consideration for the acquisition of the interest in the land.\n[...]\n55  Regulations\n(1) Regulations made for the purposes of this Part may prescribe any of, or any combination of, the following:\n(a) values of nil;\n(b) different values for different kinds of entities, businesses or land;\n(c) different values for different kinds of foreign persons;\n(d) different values for:\n(i) sensitive businesses generally; or\n(ii) different sensitive businesses for different foreign persons.\n[...]\n67  Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n(1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n(a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n(b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n(2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n81  Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n(1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n(2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82  Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n(1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n(2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n(a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n(b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n(c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, and 81)\n--------------------------\n \"40  Action relating to agribusinesses and agricultural land for certain investors [...]\n(3) A relevant agreement country investor, or an enterprise or national of Thailand (other than a foreign government investor), who takes an action relating to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business may, for the purposes of section 13 of this instrument, disregard the fact that the land is agricultural land.\n(4) To avoid doubt, an action taken in relation to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business includes an action taken by acquiring a security in a land entity that holds agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business.\n[...]\n52  Land [...]\nThreshold value for agricultural land\n(4) The following table prescribes a value for paragraph 52(2)(b) of the Act (agricultural land).\nThreshold value for agricultural land\nItem | For this kind of land … | the value (in millions of dollars) is …\n1 | agricultural land that is being acquired by a foreign person | 15\n2 |agricultural land that is held by an agricultural land corporation or an agricultural land trust if the interest that is being acquired by a foreign person is an interest in a share in the corporation or a unit in the trust | 15 [...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 40 and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 40 and 52","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/C2004A01402/2018-09-18/text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/F2015L01854/2018-12-30/text\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3953,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.00125","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. Proposed investments in agricultural land by foreign persons generally constitute a significant action if the cumulative value of a foreign person's agricultural land holdings exceeds a specific monetary threshold. Such investments must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken.  A higher monetary threshold applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries. Agricultural land is defined in the Act as land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business. The documents of the Foreign Investment Review Board give further guidance as to what the concept of agricultural land covers (see Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance note 17 - Agricultural land investments, last updated 24 April 2020, pp. 6-10).\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. In the case of acquisitions of an interest in agricultural land that will be used for a primary production business or residential development, the national interest test includes a consideration of whether there was an opportunity for Australian investors to acquire the given parcel of agricultural land or agricultural land entity, as well a the openness and transparency of the sale process.","\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nagricultural land means land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business [...]\nAustralian land means agricultural land, commercial land, residential land or a mining or production tenement. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n12 Meaning of interest in Australian land\n (1) An interest in Australian land (however described) is:\n (a) a legal or equitable interest in Australian land, other than:\n (i) an interest under a lease or licence or in a unit in a unit trust; or\n (ii) an interest in an agreement giving a right (known as a profit à prendre) to take something off another person’s land, or to take something out of the soil of that land; or\n (iii) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land; or\n (b) an interest in a security in an entity that owns Australian land, being a security that entitles the holder to a right to occupy a dwelling of a kind known as a flat or home unit situated on the land; or\n (c) an interest as lessee or licensee in a lease or licence giving rights to occupy Australian land if the term of the lease or licence (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (d) an interest in an agreement giving a right of a kind mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii) if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (e) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (f) an interest in a share in an Australian land corporation or agricultural land corporation; or\n (g) an interest in a unit in an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust; or\n (h) if the trustee of an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust is a corporation—an interest in a share in that corporation.\n (2) An interest is an interest in Australian land even if it is the only interest that exists in the land or other thing concerned.\n (3) A person acquires an interest in Australian land even if:\n (a) the person has previously acquired an interest in Australian land; or\n (b) the interest is an increase in the amount of an existing interest of the person in Australian land.\n[...]\n43 Meaning of significant action—land\n An action is a significant action if:\n (a) the action is for a foreign person to acquire an interest in Australian land; and\n (b) the threshold test is met in relation to the land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Sections 40, 41 and 43 do not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (c) to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Section 47 does not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n52 The threshold test for land [...]\nAgricultural land where total value of interests is above threshold value\n (2) The threshold test is met in relation to land if both of the following apply:\n (a) the land is agricultural land;\n (b) the total value of the following is more than the value prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph:\n (i) all interests in agricultural land held by the foreign person, alone or together with one or more associates;\n (ii) the consideration for the acquisition of the interest in the land.\n[...]\n55 Regulations\n (1) Regulations made for the purposes of this Part may prescribe any of, or any combination of, the following:\n (a) values of nil;\n (b) different values for different kinds of entities, businesses or land;\n (c) different values for different kinds of foreign persons;\n (d) different values for:\n (i) sensitive businesses generally; or\n (ii) different sensitive businesses for different foreign persons.\n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities. [...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...] (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82)\n--------------------------\n\"40 Action relating to agribusinesses and agricultural land for certain investors [...]\nLand entities\n (3) A relevant agreement country investor, or an enterprise or national of Thailand (other than a foreign government investor), who takes an action relating to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business may, for the purposes of section 13 of this instrument, disregard the fact that the land is agricultural land.\n (4) To avoid doubt, an action taken in relation to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business includes an action taken by acquiring a security in a land entity that holds agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business.\n[...]\n52 Land [...]\nThreshold value for agricultural land\n (4) The following table prescribes a value for paragraph 52(2)(b) of the Act (agricultural land).\nThreshold value for agricultural land\nItem | For this kind of land … | the value (in millions of dollars) is …\n1 | agricultural land that is being acquired by a foreign person | 15\n2 | agricultural land that is held by an agricultural land corporation or an agricultural land trust if the interest that is being acquired by a foreign person is an interest in a share in the corporation or a unit in the trust | 15 [...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 3 - Agricultural land, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN03_Agriculture.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1683,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.00125","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. Proposed investments in agricultural land by foreign persons generally constitute a significant action if the cumulative value of a foreign person's agricultural land holdings exceeds a specific monetary threshold. Such investments must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken.  A higher monetary threshold applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries. Agricultural land is defined in the Act as land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business. The documents of the Foreign Investment Review Board give further guidance as to what the concept of agricultural land covers (see Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance note 17 - Agricultural land investments, last updated 24 April 2020, pp. 6-10).\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. In the case of acquisitions of an interest in agricultural land that will be used for a primary production business or residential development, the national interest test includes a consideration of whether there was an opportunity for Australian investors to acquire the given parcel of agricultural land or agricultural land entity, as well a the openness and transparency of the sale process.","\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nagricultural land means land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business [...]\nAustralian land means agricultural land, commercial land, residential land or a mining or production tenement. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n12 Meaning of interest in Australian land\n (1) An interest in Australian land (however described) is:\n (a) a legal or equitable interest in Australian land, other than:\n (i) an interest under a lease or licence or in a unit in a unit trust; or\n (ii) an interest in an agreement giving a right (known as a profit à prendre) to take something off another person’s land, or to take something out of the soil of that land; or\n (iii) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land; or\n (b) an interest in a security in an entity that owns Australian land, being a security that entitles the holder to a right to occupy a dwelling of a kind known as a flat or home unit situated on the land; or\n (c) an interest as lessee or licensee in a lease or licence giving rights to occupy Australian land if the term of the lease or licence (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (d) an interest in an agreement giving a right of a kind mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii) if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (e) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (f) an interest in a share in an Australian land corporation or agricultural land corporation; or\n (g) an interest in a unit in an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust; or\n (h) if the trustee of an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust is a corporation—an interest in a share in that corporation.\n (2) An interest is an interest in Australian land even if it is the only interest that exists in the land or other thing concerned.\n (3) A person acquires an interest in Australian land even if:\n (a) the person has previously acquired an interest in Australian land; or\n (b) the interest is an increase in the amount of an existing interest of the person in Australian land.\n[...]\n43 Meaning of significant action—land\n An action is a significant action if:\n (a) the action is for a foreign person to acquire an interest in Australian land; and\n (b) the threshold test is met in relation to the land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Sections 40, 41 and 43 do not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (c) to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Section 47 does not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n52 The threshold test for land [...]\nAgricultural land where total value of interests is above threshold value\n (2) The threshold test is met in relation to land if both of the following apply:\n (a) the land is agricultural land;\n (b) the total value of the following is more than the value prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph:\n (i) all interests in agricultural land held by the foreign person, alone or together with one or more associates;\n (ii) the consideration for the acquisition of the interest in the land.\n[...]\n55 Regulations\n (1) Regulations made for the purposes of this Part may prescribe any of, or any combination of, the following:\n (a) values of nil;\n (b) different values for different kinds of entities, businesses or land;\n (c) different values for different kinds of foreign persons;\n (d) different values for:\n (i) sensitive businesses generally; or\n (ii) different sensitive businesses for different foreign persons.\n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities. [...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...] (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82)\n--------------------------\n\"40 Action relating to agribusinesses and agricultural land for certain investors [...]\nLand entities\n (3) A relevant agreement country investor, or an enterprise or national of Thailand (other than a foreign government investor), who takes an action relating to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business may, for the purposes of section 13 of this instrument, disregard the fact that the land is agricultural land.\n (4) To avoid doubt, an action taken in relation to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business includes an action taken by acquiring a security in a land entity that holds agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business.\n[...]\n52 Land [...]\nThreshold value for agricultural land\n (4) The following table prescribes a value for paragraph 52(2)(b) of the Act (agricultural land).\nThreshold value for agricultural land\nItem | For this kind of land … | the value (in millions of dollars) is …\n1 | agricultural land that is being acquired by a foreign person | 15\n2 | agricultural land that is held by an agricultural land corporation or an agricultural land trust if the interest that is being acquired by a foreign person is an interest in a share in the corporation or a unit in the trust | 15 [...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 3 - Agricultural land, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN03_Agriculture.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1683,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.00125","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. Proposed investments in agricultural land by foreign persons generally constitute a significant action if the cumulative value of a foreign person's agricultural land holdings exceeds a specific monetary threshold. Such investments must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken.  A higher monetary threshold applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries. Agricultural land is defined in the Act as land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business. The documents of the Foreign Investment Review Board give further guidance as to what the concept of agricultural land covers (see Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance note 17 - Agricultural land investments, last updated 24 April 2020, pp. 6-10).\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. In the case of acquisitions of an interest in agricultural land that will be used for a primary production business or residential development, the national interest test includes a consideration of whether there was an opportunity for Australian investors to acquire the given parcel of agricultural land or agricultural land entity, as well a the openness and transparency of the sale process.","\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nagricultural land means land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business [...]\nAustralian land means agricultural land, commercial land, residential land or a mining or production tenement. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n12 Meaning of interest in Australian land\n (1) An interest in Australian land (however described) is:\n (a) a legal or equitable interest in Australian land, other than:\n (i) an interest under a lease or licence or in a unit in a unit trust; or\n (ii) an interest in an agreement giving a right (known as a profit à prendre) to take something off another person’s land, or to take something out of the soil of that land; or\n (iii) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land; or\n (b) an interest in a security in an entity that owns Australian land, being a security that entitles the holder to a right to occupy a dwelling of a kind known as a flat or home unit situated on the land; or\n (c) an interest as lessee or licensee in a lease or licence giving rights to occupy Australian land if the term of the lease or licence (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (d) an interest in an agreement giving a right of a kind mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii) if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (e) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (f) an interest in a share in an Australian land corporation or agricultural land corporation; or\n (g) an interest in a unit in an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust; or\n (h) if the trustee of an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust is a corporation—an interest in a share in that corporation.\n (2) An interest is an interest in Australian land even if it is the only interest that exists in the land or other thing concerned.\n (3) A person acquires an interest in Australian land even if:\n (a) the person has previously acquired an interest in Australian land; or\n (b) the interest is an increase in the amount of an existing interest of the person in Australian land.\n[...]\n43 Meaning of significant action—land\n An action is a significant action if:\n (a) the action is for a foreign person to acquire an interest in Australian land; and\n (b) the threshold test is met in relation to the land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Sections 40, 41 and 43 do not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (c) to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Section 47 does not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n52 The threshold test for land [...]\nAgricultural land where total value of interests is above threshold value\n (2) The threshold test is met in relation to land if both of the following apply:\n (a) the land is agricultural land;\n (b) the total value of the following is more than the value prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph:\n (i) all interests in agricultural land held by the foreign person, alone or together with one or more associates;\n (ii) the consideration for the acquisition of the interest in the land.\n[...]\n55 Regulations\n (1) Regulations made for the purposes of this Part may prescribe any of, or any combination of, the following:\n (a) values of nil;\n (b) different values for different kinds of entities, businesses or land;\n (c) different values for different kinds of foreign persons;\n (d) different values for:\n (i) sensitive businesses generally; or\n (ii) different sensitive businesses for different foreign persons.\n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities. [...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...] (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82)\n--------------------------\n\"40 Action relating to agribusinesses and agricultural land for certain investors [...]\nLand entities\n (3) A relevant agreement country investor, or an enterprise or national of Thailand (other than a foreign government investor), who takes an action relating to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business may, for the purposes of section 13 of this instrument, disregard the fact that the land is agricultural land.\n (4) To avoid doubt, an action taken in relation to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business includes an action taken by acquiring a security in a land entity that holds agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business.\n[...]\n52 Land [...]\nThreshold value for agricultural land\n (4) The following table prescribes a value for paragraph 52(2)(b) of the Act (agricultural land).\nThreshold value for agricultural land\nItem | For this kind of land … | the value (in millions of dollars) is …\n1 | agricultural land that is being acquired by a foreign person | 15\n2 | agricultural land that is held by an agricultural land corporation or an agricultural land trust if the interest that is being acquired by a foreign person is an interest in a share in the corporation or a unit in the trust | 15 [...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 3 - Agricultural land, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN03_Agriculture.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1683,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2018,"0.025","Bangladesh maintains a price-preference scheme for domestic suppliers in the case of international tendering. Domestic manufacturers/producers remain eligible for a price preference of up to 7.5% in the case of works, and up to 15% in the case of goods, compared to international competitors with the same conditions. Joint ventures, consortia and associations between national and foreign firms are not eligible for domestic preferences if the local partner's share is below 50%. ","\"Chapter III: PURCHASE PRINCIPLES,\nPart II : PARTICIPATION IN PROCUREMENT PROCESS\nArticle 25. Non-discrimination\nUnless otherwise decided by the Government, the procuring entity shall not exclude any person from participating in the procurement process on the basis of his colour, nationality or race, or qualifications mentioned in the procurement documents, or on any other criterion unrelated to any action taken against any person under this Act\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - Procedures for procurement of goods, works, etc. and its application\nPart-II - International Procurement\nApplication of open tender procedure in procurement of goods, works, etc\n33 . In the case of procurement of goods, related services, works or physical services, in cases where it is reasonably apparent to the purchaser that it is not possible to procure the same by inviting competitive tenders within the country and it is not possible to ensure international effective competition without taking special measures, in such cases the purchaser shall have the third and sixth provisions of this Act. As per the provisions of the Chapter, where applicable, after pre-qualification of the tenderers and following the following conditions shall apply international open tendering procedure, namely-[...]\n(vii) In the tender document, in the case of goods, the quoted price for delivery at destination, exclusive of duties and taxes, and in the case of works, the price of work, inclusive of duties and taxes, to provide compulsory domestic preference at the rate prescribed by rules:\nProvided that the recommendation of the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs shall be accepted for relaxation in giving domestic priority.\n(viia) For taking priority measures under clause (vii)--  (a) tenders in respect of supply of related goods; And (b) fulfilling the conditions prescribed to the tenderer in respect of the works;\n(viii) encouraging local participation in joint ventures, but not imposing it as a mandatory condition;\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Intellectual and professional services procurement procedures and their application\nPart-II - International Procurement\nSelection of international consultants in the procurement of intellectual and professional services\n39 (1) If it reasonably appears to a purchaser that a local consultancy firm does not have the necessary experience and expertise to render intellectual and professional services, he shall, in accordance with Chapters III and VI of this Act and by following any of the procedures mentioned in Sections 37 and 38, and under International Consultants may undertake the selection process by fulfilling the conditions, namely:-[...]\n(2) Local participation in joint ventures shall be encouraged, but not imposed as a mandatory condition, in the procurement of services under this section..[...]\" (ACT No. 24 of 6 July 2006 on Public Procurement [google translated])\n------------------------------------\n\"PART – 6 INTERNATIONAL PROCUREMENT  \n83.  Conditions and Procedures for Open Tendering with International Competition for Procurement of Goods and Works etc. |—)\n(1) For the purposes of fulfilling the provisions   of  Section 33 of the Act a Procuring Entity shall comply with the following additional requirements for International Tendering - [...]\n2)  If a Procurement Entity decides, in the case of Procurement of Goods, that an international open Tender shall include domestic preference, Tenders will be classified in the following groups, namely - \n(a)  Group A which shall comprise Tenders offering Goods manufactured in Bangladesh for which labour, raw materials and components from within Bangladesh make up more than thirty percent (30%) of the ex-Works (EXW) price of the Goods and the production facility in which they will be manufactured or assembled has been engaged in manufacturing or assembling such Goods since, at least, the date of submission of the Tender. \n(b)  Group B which shall include all Tenders for offering Goods of foreign origin to be imported by the Procuring Entity directly or through the Supplier’s local representative.\n(3)  If a Procuring Entity decides, in case of Procurement of Works, that an International Open Tender shall include the provision for domestic preference, then in such cases domestic Tenderers shall meet the following requirements in order to qualify for domestic preference, namely -  \n(a)  they shall be registered within Bangladesh;  \n(b)  they shall have majority ownership by nationals of Bangladesh;\n(c)  they shall not sub-contract more than twenty percent (20%) of the Tender price, excluding ‘provisional sums’, to foreign Contractors; and\n(d)  they shall meet other requirements for domestic preference which have been specified in the Tender Document.  \n(4)  Joint Ventures, Consortia or Associations of national companies formed as per Rule 54 may be qualified for domestic preference, provided that – \n(a)  the individual partners are registered in Bangladesh and have a majority ownership of Bangladesh nationals; \n(b)  the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association (JVCA) is registered in Bangladesh;\n(c)  the JVCA shall not sub-contract more than twenty percent (20%) of the Tender price excluding provisional sums, to foreign Contractors; and \n(d)  the JVCA meets any other requirements for domestic preference which have been specified in the Tender Document.  \n(5)  A JVCA between national and foreign firms shall not be eligible for domestic preference if the local partners share is below 50%.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE  II \nRule # | Times, Values, etc [...]\n83(1) (e) & 98(21)(e) | Domestic preference for national Suppliers and Contractors: - Maximum 15% (fifteen percent) of the delivered price for Goods;- Maximum 7.5% (seven and a half percent) of the contract price for Works [...]\" (Public Procurement Rules 2008, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section I. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS, Sub-section F. TENDER OPENING AND EVALUATION\nArticle 51. Domestic Preference\n(1) Domestic preference shall be a factor in tender evaluation, unless otherwise specified in the TDS\n(2) If domestic preference shall be a tender-evaluation factor, the Purchaser will grant a margin of fifteen percent (15%) domestic preference to Goods manufactured in Bangladesh during the evaluation of its Tender while comparing the same with those of other Tenderers under the classification set out in ITT Sub-Clause 51.3. The evaluation will be carried out in accordance with the provisions set out in ITT Clause 54. [...]' (Standard Tender Document (STD) For Procurement of Goods (International): Open Tendering Method (For any value), Central Procurement Technical Unit, Implementation Monitoring and Evaluation Division of the Ministry of Planning, Published 09 October 2019)\n------------------------------------\n\"Section I. INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANTS, Sub-section C. QUALIFICATION CRITERIA\nArticle 20: Domestic Preference\n(1) If so specified in the ADS, a national Applicant including Joint Venture comprising only national partners if pre-qualified, shall qualify for a percentage margin of ‘domestic preference’ in the subsequent Tender provided the conditions set out in ITA Sub Clause 20.2 are fully met.\n[...]\n(3) The national Applicant and subsequently the Tenderer qualifying for ‘domestic preference’, as stated under ITA Sub Clause 20.2, shall receive a seven and half (7.5) percent margin of preference only in the evaluation of its subsequent Tender(s) while comparing the same with those of other Tenderers. [...]\" (Preliminary Working Draft of the Standard Pre-qualification Document For Procurement of Works (International) [Open Tendering Method](for values above Tk.350 million) Published 10 January 2010","ACT No. 24 of 6 July 2006 on Public Procurement [google translated]\nPublic Procurement Rules 2008, as amended [google translation]\nStandard Tender Document (STD) For Procurement of Goods (International): Open Tendering Method (For any value), Central Procurement Technical Unit, Implementation Monitoring and Evaluation Division of the Ministry of Planning, Published 09 October 2019\nPreliminary Working Draft of the Standard Pre-qualification Document For Procurement of Works (International) [Open Tendering Method] (for values above Tk.350 million), Published 10 January 2010","WTO (2019), \"Trade Policy Review: Bangladesh\", Report by the Secretariat, WT/TPR/S/385/Rev.1 , 21 May 2019.","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-942.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/procurement-policy-and-procedure-documents/procurement-rules.html\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/standard-documents/standard-tender-document.html\">STD</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/upload/standarddocument/2019-10-15-17-21-59-PG4,-Updated-October-2019.docx\">STD_PG4</a>],[<a href=\"(PQW5) Preliminary Working draft\">STD_PQW5</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/upload/standarddocument/2017-08-02-18-42-55-PQW5_Final_86.docx\">Standard Pre-qualification Document (International) for Procurement of Works (for values above BDT 3500 lakh )</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2726,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.025","Bangladesh maintains a price-preference scheme for domestic suppliers in the case of international tendering. Domestic manufacturers/producers remain eligible for a price preference of up to 7.5% in the case of works, and up to 15% in the case of goods, compared to international competitors with the same conditions. Joint ventures, consortia and associations between national and foreign firms are not eligible for domestic preferences if the local partner's share is below 50%. ","\"Chapter III: PURCHASE PRINCIPLES,\nPart II : PARTICIPATION IN PROCUREMENT PROCESS\nArticle 25. Non-discrimination\nUnless otherwise decided by the Government, the procuring entity shall not exclude any person from participating in the procurement process on the basis of his colour, nationality or race, or qualifications mentioned in the procurement documents, or on any other criterion unrelated to any action taken against any person under this Act\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - Procedures for procurement of goods, works, etc. and its application\nPart-II - International Procurement\nApplication of open tender procedure in procurement of goods, works, etc\n33 . In the case of procurement of goods, related services, works or physical services, in cases where it is reasonably apparent to the purchaser that it is not possible to procure the same by inviting competitive tenders within the country and it is not possible to ensure international effective competition without taking special measures, in such cases the purchaser shall have the third and sixth provisions of this Act. As per the provisions of the Chapter, where applicable, after pre-qualification of the tenderers and following the following conditions shall apply international open tendering procedure, namely-[...]\n(vii) In the tender document, in the case of goods, the quoted price for delivery at destination, exclusive of duties and taxes, and in the case of works, the price of work, inclusive of duties and taxes, to provide compulsory domestic preference at the rate prescribed by rules:\nProvided that the recommendation of the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs shall be accepted for relaxation in giving domestic priority.\n(viia) For taking priority measures under clause (vii)--  (a) tenders in respect of supply of related goods; And (b) fulfilling the conditions prescribed to the tenderer in respect of the works;\n(viii) encouraging local participation in joint ventures, but not imposing it as a mandatory condition;\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Intellectual and professional services procurement procedures and their application\nPart-II - International Procurement\nSelection of international consultants in the procurement of intellectual and professional services\n39 (1) If it reasonably appears to a purchaser that a local consultancy firm does not have the necessary experience and expertise to render intellectual and professional services, he shall, in accordance with Chapters III and VI of this Act and by following any of the procedures mentioned in Sections 37 and 38, and under International Consultants may undertake the selection process by fulfilling the conditions, namely:-[...]\n(2) Local participation in joint ventures shall be encouraged, but not imposed as a mandatory condition, in the procurement of services under this section..[...]\" (ACT No. 24 of 6 July 2006 on Public Procurement [google translated])\n------------------------------------\n\"PART – 6 INTERNATIONAL PROCUREMENT  \n83.  Conditions and Procedures for Open Tendering with International Competition for Procurement of Goods and Works etc. |—)\n(1) For the purposes of fulfilling the provisions   of  Section 33 of the Act a Procuring Entity shall comply with the following additional requirements for International Tendering - [...]\n2)  If a Procurement Entity decides, in the case of Procurement of Goods, that an international open Tender shall include domestic preference, Tenders will be classified in the following groups, namely - \n(a)  Group A which shall comprise Tenders offering Goods manufactured in Bangladesh for which labour, raw materials and components from within Bangladesh make up more than thirty percent (30%) of the ex-Works (EXW) price of the Goods and the production facility in which they will be manufactured or assembled has been engaged in manufacturing or assembling such Goods since, at least, the date of submission of the Tender. \n(b)  Group B which shall include all Tenders for offering Goods of foreign origin to be imported by the Procuring Entity directly or through the Supplier’s local representative.\n(3)  If a Procuring Entity decides, in case of Procurement of Works, that an International Open Tender shall include the provision for domestic preference, then in such cases domestic Tenderers shall meet the following requirements in order to qualify for domestic preference, namely -  \n(a)  they shall be registered within Bangladesh;  \n(b)  they shall have majority ownership by nationals of Bangladesh;\n(c)  they shall not sub-contract more than twenty percent (20%) of the Tender price, excluding ‘provisional sums’, to foreign Contractors; and\n(d)  they shall meet other requirements for domestic preference which have been specified in the Tender Document.  \n(4)  Joint Ventures, Consortia or Associations of national companies formed as per Rule 54 may be qualified for domestic preference, provided that – \n(a)  the individual partners are registered in Bangladesh and have a majority ownership of Bangladesh nationals; \n(b)  the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association (JVCA) is registered in Bangladesh;\n(c)  the JVCA shall not sub-contract more than twenty percent (20%) of the Tender price excluding provisional sums, to foreign Contractors; and \n(d)  the JVCA meets any other requirements for domestic preference which have been specified in the Tender Document.  \n(5)  A JVCA between national and foreign firms shall not be eligible for domestic preference if the local partners share is below 50%.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE  II \nRule # | Times, Values, etc [...]\n83(1) (e) & 98(21)(e) | Domestic preference for national Suppliers and Contractors: - Maximum 15% (fifteen percent) of the delivered price for Goods;- Maximum 7.5% (seven and a half percent) of the contract price for Works [...]\" (Public Procurement Rules 2008, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section I. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS, Sub-section F. TENDER OPENING AND EVALUATION\nArticle 51. Domestic Preference\n(1) Domestic preference shall be a factor in tender evaluation, unless otherwise specified in the TDS\n(2) If domestic preference shall be a tender-evaluation factor, the Purchaser will grant a margin of fifteen percent (15%) domestic preference to Goods manufactured in Bangladesh during the evaluation of its Tender while comparing the same with those of other Tenderers under the classification set out in ITT Sub-Clause 51.3. The evaluation will be carried out in accordance with the provisions set out in ITT Clause 54. [...]' (Standard Tender Document (STD) For Procurement of Goods (International): Open Tendering Method (For any value), Central Procurement Technical Unit, Implementation Monitoring and Evaluation Division of the Ministry of Planning, Published 09 October 2019)\n------------------------------------\n\"Section I. INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANTS, Sub-section C. QUALIFICATION CRITERIA\nArticle 20: Domestic Preference\n(1) If so specified in the ADS, a national Applicant including Joint Venture comprising only national partners if pre-qualified, shall qualify for a percentage margin of ‘domestic preference’ in the subsequent Tender provided the conditions set out in ITA Sub Clause 20.2 are fully met.\n[...]\n(3) The national Applicant and subsequently the Tenderer qualifying for ‘domestic preference’, as stated under ITA Sub Clause 20.2, shall receive a seven and half (7.5) percent margin of preference only in the evaluation of its subsequent Tender(s) while comparing the same with those of other Tenderers. [...]\" (Preliminary Working Draft of the Standard Pre-qualification Document For Procurement of Works (International) [Open Tendering Method](for values above Tk.350 million) Published 10 January 2010","ACT No. 24 of 6 July 2006 on Public Procurement [google translated]\nPublic Procurement Rules 2008, as amended [google translation]\nStandard Tender Document (STD) For Procurement of Goods (International): Open Tendering Method (For any value), Central Procurement Technical Unit, Implementation Monitoring and Evaluation Division of the Ministry of Planning, Published 09 October 2019\nPreliminary Working Draft of the Standard Pre-qualification Document For Procurement of Works (International) [Open Tendering Method] (for values above Tk.350 million), Published 10 January 2010","WTO (2019), \"Trade Policy Review: Bangladesh\", Report by the Secretariat, WT/TPR/S/385/Rev.1 , 21 May 2019.","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-942.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/procurement-policy-and-procedure-documents/procurement-rules.html\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/standard-documents/standard-tender-document.html\">STD</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/upload/standarddocument/2019-10-15-17-21-59-PG4,-Updated-October-2019.docx\">STD_PG4</a>],[<a href=\"(PQW5) Preliminary Working draft\">STD_PQW5</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/upload/standarddocument/2017-08-02-18-42-55-PQW5_Final_86.docx\">Standard Pre-qualification Document (International) for Procurement of Works (for values above BDT 3500 lakh )</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2726,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2022,"0.025","Bangladesh maintains a price-preference scheme for domestic suppliers in the case of international tendering. Domestic manufacturers/producers remain eligible for a price preference of up to 7.5% in the case of works, and up to 15% in the case of goods, compared to international competitors with the same conditions. Joint ventures, consortia and associations between national and foreign firms are not eligible for domestic preferences if the local partner's share is below 50%. ","\"Chapter III: PURCHASE PRINCIPLES,\nPart II : PARTICIPATION IN PROCUREMENT PROCESS\nArticle 25. Non-discrimination\nUnless otherwise decided by the Government, the procuring entity shall not exclude any person from participating in the procurement process on the basis of his colour, nationality or race, or qualifications mentioned in the procurement documents, or on any other criterion unrelated to any action taken against any person under this Act\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - Procedures for procurement of goods, works, etc. and its application\nPart-II - International Procurement\nApplication of open tender procedure in procurement of goods, works, etc\n33 . In the case of procurement of goods, related services, works or physical services, in cases where it is reasonably apparent to the purchaser that it is not possible to procure the same by inviting competitive tenders within the country and it is not possible to ensure international effective competition without taking special measures, in such cases the purchaser shall have the third and sixth provisions of this Act. As per the provisions of the Chapter, where applicable, after pre-qualification of the tenderers and following the following conditions shall apply international open tendering procedure, namely-[...]\n(vii) In the tender document, in the case of goods, the quoted price for delivery at destination, exclusive of duties and taxes, and in the case of works, the price of work, inclusive of duties and taxes, to provide compulsory domestic preference at the rate prescribed by rules:\nProvided that the recommendation of the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs shall be accepted for relaxation in giving domestic priority.\n(viia) For taking priority measures under clause (vii)--  (a) tenders in respect of supply of related goods; And (b) fulfilling the conditions prescribed to the tenderer in respect of the works;\n(viii) encouraging local participation in joint ventures, but not imposing it as a mandatory condition;\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Intellectual and professional services procurement procedures and their application\nPart-II - International Procurement\nSelection of international consultants in the procurement of intellectual and professional services\n39 (1) If it reasonably appears to a purchaser that a local consultancy firm does not have the necessary experience and expertise to render intellectual and professional services, he shall, in accordance with Chapters III and VI of this Act and by following any of the procedures mentioned in Sections 37 and 38, and under International Consultants may undertake the selection process by fulfilling the conditions, namely:-[...]\n(2) Local participation in joint ventures shall be encouraged, but not imposed as a mandatory condition, in the procurement of services under this section..[...]\" (ACT No. 24 of 6 July 2006 on Public Procurement [google translated])\n------------------------------------\n\"PART – 6 INTERNATIONAL PROCUREMENT  \n83.  Conditions and Procedures for Open Tendering with International Competition for Procurement of Goods and Works etc. |—)\n(1) For the purposes of fulfilling the provisions   of  Section 33 of the Act a Procuring Entity shall comply with the following additional requirements for International Tendering - [...]\n2)  If a Procurement Entity decides, in the case of Procurement of Goods, that an international open Tender shall include domestic preference, Tenders will be classified in the following groups, namely - \n(a)  Group A which shall comprise Tenders offering Goods manufactured in Bangladesh for which labour, raw materials and components from within Bangladesh make up more than thirty percent (30%) of the ex-Works (EXW) price of the Goods and the production facility in which they will be manufactured or assembled has been engaged in manufacturing or assembling such Goods since, at least, the date of submission of the Tender. \n(b)  Group B which shall include all Tenders for offering Goods of foreign origin to be imported by the Procuring Entity directly or through the Supplier’s local representative.\n(3)  If a Procuring Entity decides, in case of Procurement of Works, that an International Open Tender shall include the provision for domestic preference, then in such cases domestic Tenderers shall meet the following requirements in order to qualify for domestic preference, namely -  \n(a)  they shall be registered within Bangladesh;  \n(b)  they shall have majority ownership by nationals of Bangladesh;\n(c)  they shall not sub-contract more than twenty percent (20%) of the Tender price, excluding ‘provisional sums’, to foreign Contractors; and\n(d)  they shall meet other requirements for domestic preference which have been specified in the Tender Document.  \n(4)  Joint Ventures, Consortia or Associations of national companies formed as per Rule 54 may be qualified for domestic preference, provided that – \n(a)  the individual partners are registered in Bangladesh and have a majority ownership of Bangladesh nationals; \n(b)  the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association (JVCA) is registered in Bangladesh;\n(c)  the JVCA shall not sub-contract more than twenty percent (20%) of the Tender price excluding provisional sums, to foreign Contractors; and \n(d)  the JVCA meets any other requirements for domestic preference which have been specified in the Tender Document.  \n(5)  A JVCA between national and foreign firms shall not be eligible for domestic preference if the local partners share is below 50%.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE  II \nRule # | Times, Values, etc [...]\n83(1) (e) & 98(21)(e) | Domestic preference for national Suppliers and Contractors: - Maximum 15% (fifteen percent) of the delivered price for Goods;- Maximum 7.5% (seven and a half percent) of the contract price for Works [...]\" (Public Procurement Rules 2008, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section I. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS, Sub-section F. TENDER OPENING AND EVALUATION\nArticle 51. Domestic Preference\n(1) Domestic preference shall be a factor in tender evaluation, unless otherwise specified in the TDS\n(2) If domestic preference shall be a tender-evaluation factor, the Purchaser will grant a margin of fifteen percent (15%) domestic preference to Goods manufactured in Bangladesh during the evaluation of its Tender while comparing the same with those of other Tenderers under the classification set out in ITT Sub-Clause 51.3. The evaluation will be carried out in accordance with the provisions set out in ITT Clause 54. [...]' (Standard Tender Document (STD) For Procurement of Goods (International): Open Tendering Method (For any value), Central Procurement Technical Unit, Implementation Monitoring and Evaluation Division of the Ministry of Planning, Published 09 October 2019)\n------------------------------------\n\"Section I. INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANTS, Sub-section C. QUALIFICATION CRITERIA\nArticle 20: Domestic Preference\n(1) If so specified in the ADS, a national Applicant including Joint Venture comprising only national partners if pre-qualified, shall qualify for a percentage margin of ‘domestic preference’ in the subsequent Tender provided the conditions set out in ITA Sub Clause 20.2 are fully met.\n[...]\n(3) The national Applicant and subsequently the Tenderer qualifying for ‘domestic preference’, as stated under ITA Sub Clause 20.2, shall receive a seven and half (7.5) percent margin of preference only in the evaluation of its subsequent Tender(s) while comparing the same with those of other Tenderers. [...]\" (Preliminary Working Draft of the Standard Pre-qualification Document For Procurement of Works (International) [Open Tendering Method](for values above Tk.350 million) Published 10 January 2010","ACT No. 24 of 6 July 2006 on Public Procurement [google translated]\nPublic Procurement Rules 2008, as amended [google translation]\nStandard Tender Document (STD) For Procurement of Goods (International): Open Tendering Method (For any value), Central Procurement Technical Unit, Implementation Monitoring and Evaluation Division of the Ministry of Planning, Published 09 October 2019\nPreliminary Working Draft of the Standard Pre-qualification Document For Procurement of Works (International) [Open Tendering Method] (for values above Tk.350 million), Published 10 January 2010","WTO (2019), \"Trade Policy Review: Bangladesh\", Report by the Secretariat, WT/TPR/S/385/Rev.1 , 21 May 2019.","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-942.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/procurement-policy-and-procedure-documents/procurement-rules.html\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/standard-documents/standard-tender-document.html\">STD</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/upload/standarddocument/2019-10-15-17-21-59-PG4,-Updated-October-2019.docx\">STD_PG4</a>],[<a href=\"(PQW5) Preliminary Working draft\">STD_PQW5</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/upload/standarddocument/2017-08-02-18-42-55-PQW5_Final_86.docx\">Standard Pre-qualification Document (International) for Procurement of Works (for values above BDT 3500 lakh )</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2726,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2023,"0.025","Bangladesh maintains a price-preference scheme for domestic suppliers in the case of international tendering. Domestic manufacturers/producers remain eligible for a price preference of up to 7.5% in the case of works, and up to 15% in the case of goods, compared to international competitors with the same conditions. Joint ventures, consortia and associations between national and foreign firms are not eligible for domestic preferences if the local partner's share is below 50%. ","\"Chapter III: PURCHASE PRINCIPLES,\nPart II : PARTICIPATION IN PROCUREMENT PROCESS\nArticle 25. Non-discrimination\nUnless otherwise decided by the Government, the procuring entity shall not exclude any person from participating in the procurement process on the basis of his colour, nationality or race, or qualifications mentioned in the procurement documents, or on any other criterion unrelated to any action taken against any person under this Act\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - Procedures for procurement of goods, works, etc. and its application\nPart-II - International Procurement\nApplication of open tender procedure in procurement of goods, works, etc\n33 . In the case of procurement of goods, related services, works or physical services, in cases where it is reasonably apparent to the purchaser that it is not possible to procure the same by inviting competitive tenders within the country and it is not possible to ensure international effective competition without taking special measures, in such cases the purchaser shall have the third and sixth provisions of this Act. As per the provisions of the Chapter, where applicable, after pre-qualification of the tenderers and following the following conditions shall apply international open tendering procedure, namely-[...]\n(vii) In the tender document, in the case of goods, the quoted price for delivery at destination, exclusive of duties and taxes, and in the case of works, the price of work, inclusive of duties and taxes, to provide compulsory domestic preference at the rate prescribed by rules:\nProvided that the recommendation of the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs shall be accepted for relaxation in giving domestic priority.\n(viia) For taking priority measures under clause (vii)--  (a) tenders in respect of supply of related goods; And (b) fulfilling the conditions prescribed to the tenderer in respect of the works;\n(viii) encouraging local participation in joint ventures, but not imposing it as a mandatory condition;\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Intellectual and professional services procurement procedures and their application\nPart-II - International Procurement\nSelection of international consultants in the procurement of intellectual and professional services\n39 (1) If it reasonably appears to a purchaser that a local consultancy firm does not have the necessary experience and expertise to render intellectual and professional services, he shall, in accordance with Chapters III and VI of this Act and by following any of the procedures mentioned in Sections 37 and 38, and under International Consultants may undertake the selection process by fulfilling the conditions, namely:-[...]\n(2) Local participation in joint ventures shall be encouraged, but not imposed as a mandatory condition, in the procurement of services under this section..[...]\" (ACT No. 24 of 6 July 2006 on Public Procurement [google translated])\n------------------------------------\n\"PART – 6 INTERNATIONAL PROCUREMENT  \n83.  Conditions and Procedures for Open Tendering with International Competition for Procurement of Goods and Works etc. |—)\n(1) For the purposes of fulfilling the provisions   of  Section 33 of the Act a Procuring Entity shall comply with the following additional requirements for International Tendering - [...]\n2)  If a Procurement Entity decides, in the case of Procurement of Goods, that an international open Tender shall include domestic preference, Tenders will be classified in the following groups, namely - \n(a)  Group A which shall comprise Tenders offering Goods manufactured in Bangladesh for which labour, raw materials and components from within Bangladesh make up more than thirty percent (30%) of the ex-Works (EXW) price of the Goods and the production facility in which they will be manufactured or assembled has been engaged in manufacturing or assembling such Goods since, at least, the date of submission of the Tender. \n(b)  Group B which shall include all Tenders for offering Goods of foreign origin to be imported by the Procuring Entity directly or through the Supplier’s local representative.\n(3)  If a Procuring Entity decides, in case of Procurement of Works, that an International Open Tender shall include the provision for domestic preference, then in such cases domestic Tenderers shall meet the following requirements in order to qualify for domestic preference, namely -  \n(a)  they shall be registered within Bangladesh;  \n(b)  they shall have majority ownership by nationals of Bangladesh;\n(c)  they shall not sub-contract more than twenty percent (20%) of the Tender price, excluding ‘provisional sums’, to foreign Contractors; and\n(d)  they shall meet other requirements for domestic preference which have been specified in the Tender Document.  \n(4)  Joint Ventures, Consortia or Associations of national companies formed as per Rule 54 may be qualified for domestic preference, provided that – \n(a)  the individual partners are registered in Bangladesh and have a majority ownership of Bangladesh nationals; \n(b)  the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association (JVCA) is registered in Bangladesh;\n(c)  the JVCA shall not sub-contract more than twenty percent (20%) of the Tender price excluding provisional sums, to foreign Contractors; and \n(d)  the JVCA meets any other requirements for domestic preference which have been specified in the Tender Document.  \n(5)  A JVCA between national and foreign firms shall not be eligible for domestic preference if the local partners share is below 50%.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE  II \nRule # | Times, Values, etc [...]\n83(1) (e) & 98(21)(e) | Domestic preference for national Suppliers and Contractors: - Maximum 15% (fifteen percent) of the delivered price for Goods;- Maximum 7.5% (seven and a half percent) of the contract price for Works [...]\" (Public Procurement Rules 2008, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section I. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS, Sub-section F. TENDER OPENING AND EVALUATION\nArticle 51. Domestic Preference\n(1) Domestic preference shall be a factor in tender evaluation, unless otherwise specified in the TDS\n(2) If domestic preference shall be a tender-evaluation factor, the Purchaser will grant a margin of fifteen percent (15%) domestic preference to Goods manufactured in Bangladesh during the evaluation of its Tender while comparing the same with those of other Tenderers under the classification set out in ITT Sub-Clause 51.3. The evaluation will be carried out in accordance with the provisions set out in ITT Clause 54. [...]' (Standard Tender Document (STD) For Procurement of Goods (International): Open Tendering Method (For any value), Central Procurement Technical Unit, Implementation Monitoring and Evaluation Division of the Ministry of Planning, Published 09 October 2019)\n------------------------------------\n\"Section I. INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANTS, Sub-section C. QUALIFICATION CRITERIA\nArticle 20: Domestic Preference\n(1) If so specified in the ADS, a national Applicant including Joint Venture comprising only national partners if pre-qualified, shall qualify for a percentage margin of ‘domestic preference’ in the subsequent Tender provided the conditions set out in ITA Sub Clause 20.2 are fully met.\n[...]\n(3) The national Applicant and subsequently the Tenderer qualifying for ‘domestic preference’, as stated under ITA Sub Clause 20.2, shall receive a seven and half (7.5) percent margin of preference only in the evaluation of its subsequent Tender(s) while comparing the same with those of other Tenderers. [...]\" (Preliminary Working Draft of the Standard Pre-qualification Document For Procurement of Works (International) [Open Tendering Method](for values above Tk.350 million) Published 10 January 2010","ACT No. 24 of 6 July 2006 on Public Procurement [google translated]\nPublic Procurement Rules 2008, as amended [google translation]\nStandard Tender Document (STD) For Procurement of Goods (International): Open Tendering Method (For any value), Central Procurement Technical Unit, Implementation Monitoring and Evaluation Division of the Ministry of Planning, Published 09 October 2019\nPreliminary Working Draft of the Standard Pre-qualification Document For Procurement of Works (International) [Open Tendering Method] (for values above Tk.350 million), Published 10 January 2010","WTO (2019), \"Trade Policy Review: Bangladesh\", Report by the Secretariat, WT/TPR/S/385/Rev.1 , 21 May 2019.","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-942.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/procurement-policy-and-procedure-documents/procurement-rules.html\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/standard-documents/standard-tender-document.html\">STD</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/upload/standarddocument/2019-10-15-17-21-59-PG4,-Updated-October-2019.docx\">STD_PG4</a>],[<a href=\"(PQW5) Preliminary Working draft\">STD_PQW5</a>],[<a href=\"https://cptu.gov.bd/upload/standarddocument/2017-08-02-18-42-55-PQW5_Final_86.docx\">Standard Pre-qualification Document (International) for Procurement of Works (for values above BDT 3500 lakh )</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2726,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5012","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0001","Pursuant to the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019, unless in accordance with international agreements between Bangladesh and its trading partners or subject to a waiver issued by the relevant authority (the Shippinng Department), at least 50% of the sea-borne cargoes relating to the country's foreign trade shall be carried by Bangladesh-flagged vessels and no foreign vessel shall carry coastal trade in Bangladesh. Permission (waiver) by the authority may be issued in favour of foreign vessels only when (a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available; (b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. A general waiver is currently applied to cargo trade with the United States and Canada, and to all foreign trade relationships with respect to the transport of cars carried by car carriers. According to the Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping, can register and qualify to fly the Bangladesh flag only those vessels owned by Bangladesh citizens or companies whose principal place of business is in Bangladesh and more than 50% of its voting capital is held by Bangladesh citizens, the majority of the directors of the company and either the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors are citizens of Bangladesh. As such, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is considered that since 2019 foreign investors may only hold up to 49% of the equity of companies providing maritime cabotage and international transportation services (in excess of 50% of Bangladesh's sea-borne cargoes trading). \nPrior to 2019, only cabotage and transhipment were reserved to Bangladesh-flagged vessels, and thus subject to the above-mentioned foreign shareholding limitations and restrictions on key foreign personnel.","\"Part I. INTRODUCTION, Chapter I. PRELIMINARY\nArticle 2. Definitions\n(3) “Bangladesh ship” means a ship belonging to a statutory corporation or a ship acquired and owned by a foreign national or company and leased out to the Government or a citizen of Bangladeshi or a Bangladesh company under such an agreement that the ownership of the ship shall be transferred after a specified period of time to the Government or such citizen or company in accordance with the terms of the agreement or a ship owned wholly by persons each of whom is-\na)\ta citizen of Bangladesh, or\nb)\ta company which fulfils the following conditions, namely:-\ni.\tthe principal place of business of the company is in Bangladesh,\nii.\tshares representing more than fifty per cent of the share capital of the company or shares carrying more than fifty per cent of the total voting power of the company are held by citizen of Bangladesh,\niii.\tthe majority of the directors of the company are citizens of Bangladesh,\niv.\teither the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors of the company is a citizen of Bangladesh\n(4) “coasting ship” means a ship not exceeding one thousand five hundred tons gross which is exclusively employed in trading coastwise within ports or places in Bangladesh or between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Calcutta, or Burma not beyond Akyab, or between Akyab and Calcutta;  \n(5) “coasting trade” means the carriage by sea of passengers or goods between ports or places in Bangladesh or from any such port or place to a port or place in India not beyond Calcutta or to a port or place in Burma not beyond Akyab or between Akyab and Calcutta; [...]\n(17) “foreign going ship” means a ship employed in trading between any port or place in Bangladesh and any other port or place outside Bangladesh, but does not include a coasting ship or a home trade ship; [...]\n(20) “home trade ship” means a ship not exceeding three thousand tons gross which is employed in trading between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Vishakkhapatnam or between ports and places in Bangladesh and Burma not beyond Moulmein; [...]\n(42) “sailing vessel” means any description of vessel- (a) which is fitted exclusively with sails, or  (b) which is provided with sufficient sail area for navigation under sails alone and, if fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, such means are meant for auxiliary purposes only, and includes a rowing boat or canoe, but does not include a pleasure craft; \n[...]\nPART III  CONTROL OF SHIPPING  CHAPTER 6  LICENSING OF CERTAIN SHIPS\n64. This Part applies only to such power driven sea going ships as are of not less than one hundred and fifty tons gross or of such other tonnage as the Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, fix.  \n[...]\nLicences for taking ships to sea    \n66. (1) No Bangladesh ship, and no ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company, officer or other authority shall be taken to sea from a port or place within or outside Bangladesh except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nLicences for coasting trade  \n67. (1) No ship, not being a Bangladesh ship or a ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh, or by a company, officer or other authority, shall be engaged in coasting trade except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nRestriction on the use of certain ships, etc\n70. (1) No ship, other than a Bangladesh ship, shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, be engaged or used in lighterage of foodgrains and other cargo or transhipment of any cargo other than foodgrains at any point within the territorial waters of Bangladesh for carriage to any destination within Bangladesh.\n(2) No foreign ship shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, use, for the purpose of loading and unloading of bulk cargo within the territorial waters of Bangladesh, any device or equipment which is not permanently attached to the ship. \n[...].\nForeign sailing vessels not to engage in coasting trade without permission   \n 411. (1) A sailing vessel not owned by a citizen of Bangladesh or a company which fulfils the condition set out in sub clause (b) of clause (3) of section 2 shall not engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh without the previous permission in writing of the Government.  \n(2) The Government may, when granting such permission, impose such terms and conditions as it thinks fit and may require the owner or other person in charge of the vessel to deposit such amount as it thinks necessary as security for the due fulfilment of such terms and conditions. \n(3) The Collector of Customs shall not grant a port clearance to a sailing vessel not registered under this Chapter which engages or attempts to engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh until after the production by the owner or person in charge of the vessel of the permission under sub section (1).  [...]\" (Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping)\n-------------------------------------\n\"2. Definitions-\nIn this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-\n(1) “Bangladesh Flag Vessel” means a vessel registered in Bangladesh; \n[...]\n3. Limitation on carriage of cargoes by sea.-\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, at least fifty percent [50%] of the sea-borne cargoes relating to foreign trade of Bangladesh shall, subject to the other provisions of this Act, be carried by Bangladesh flag vessels : \nProvided that this provision shall not apply to the following cases,  namely :-\n(a) any cargo, subject to the no-objection from the Prescribed Authority, which is required to be carried by any other vessel in accordance with any reciprocal arrangement made between the two trading partners;\n(b) any cargo in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority;\n(c) any cargo in respect of which a general waiver is announced by the Prescribed Authority; \n(d) carriage of cargoes to such places where no Bangladesh flag vessel is operated for transporting cargoes directly between Bangladesh and its trading partners. \n(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the sea-borne cargoes to be carried at the expense of the public fund shall be carried through any state-owned shipping corporation. \n(3) For obtaining the certificate of waiver under clause (b) of subsection(1), the owner of the vessel or his agent shall have to make an application to the Prescribed Authority at least 15 (Fifteen) working days before loading of cargoes.\n4. Carriage of cargoes by third country flag vessels.-\nThe Prescribed Authority may permit the carriage or cargoes from of to Bangladesh by a third country flag vessel, if-\n(a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available;\n(b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. \n5. Prohibition on carriage of coastal trade cargoes by the flag vessel of a foreign country.-\nNo vessel of a foreign country which is not a Bangladesh flag vessel shall carry coastal trade cargoes of Bangladesh : \nProvided that this restriction shall not apply to a vessel in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority. [...]\" (Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019)\n-------------------------------------\n\"General Waiver Notification\n1. This is to inform all concern that due to increased no of Bangladesh flag vessels presently available for trade the Prescribed Authority hereby amend the waiver notification No. DGA{TLISHIPPING/201316023(7), dated 04.08.2013 to liberates the carriage of cargo by a third country flag vessel, in accordance with the section 4 of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019 and declares general waiver, in accordance with Section 3(c) of the said act, and the relevant section of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019, as follows : \n(1) Any cargo when carried between Bangladesh and \n(a) United states of America;\n(b) Canada \n(2) Any of the following Cargo when carried between Bangladesh and any other countries : \n(a) All kinds of Car carried by Car Carrier. [...]\" (Notification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021)","Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping\nBangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019\nNotification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-642.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/upload/act/2022-01-31-10-52-20-59.The-Bangladesh-Flag-Vessels-(Protecstion-of-Interest)-Act,-2019.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dos.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/dos.portal.gov.bd/office_order/7094dc25_6c28_4d04_8d18_e456308721fe/2021-02-03-16-04-bfa481f29907ed947bbdffebde604691.pdf\">Not</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3660,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5012","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.00015","Pursuant to the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019, unless in accordance with international agreements between Bangladesh and its trading partners or subject to a waiver issued by the relevant authority (the Shippinng Department), at least 50% of the sea-borne cargoes relating to the country's foreign trade shall be carried by Bangladesh-flagged vessels and no foreign vessel shall carry coastal trade in Bangladesh. Permission (waiver) by the authority may be issued in favour of foreign vessels only when (a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available; (b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. A general waiver is currently applied to cargo trade with the United States and Canada, and to all foreign trade relationships with respect to the transport of cars carried by car carriers. According to the Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping, can register and qualify to fly the Bangladesh flag only those vessels owned by Bangladesh citizens or companies whose principal place of business is in Bangladesh and more than 50% of its voting capital is held by Bangladesh citizens, the majority of the directors of the company and either the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors are citizens of Bangladesh. As such, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, is is considered that foreign investors may only hold up to 49% of the equity of companies providing maritime cabotage and international transportation services (in excess of 50% of Bangladesh's sea-borne cargoes trading). Waivers are not considered as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology.\n","\"Part I. INTRODUCTION, Chapter I. PRELIMINARY\nArticle 2. Definitions\n(3) “Bangladesh ship” means a ship belonging to a statutory corporation or a ship acquired and owned by a foreign national or company and leased out to the Government or a citizen of Bangladeshi or a Bangladesh company under such an agreement that the ownership of the ship shall be transferred after a specified period of time to the Government or such citizen or company in accordance with the terms of the agreement or a ship owned wholly by persons each of whom is-\na)\ta citizen of Bangladesh, or\nb)\ta company which fulfils the following conditions, namely:-\ni.\tthe principal place of business of the company is in Bangladesh,\nii.\tshares representing more than fifty per cent of the share capital of the company or shares carrying more than fifty per cent of the total voting power of the company are held by citizen of Bangladesh,\niii.\tthe majority of the directors of the company are citizens of Bangladesh,\niv.\teither the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors of the company is a citizen of Bangladesh\n(4) “coasting ship” means a ship not exceeding one thousand five hundred tons gross which is exclusively employed in trading coastwise within ports or places in Bangladesh or between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Calcutta, or Burma not beyond Akyab, or between Akyab and Calcutta;  \n(5) “coasting trade” means the carriage by sea of passengers or goods between ports or places in Bangladesh or from any such port or place to a port or place in India not beyond Calcutta or to a port or place in Burma not beyond Akyab or between Akyab and Calcutta; [...]\n(17) “foreign going ship” means a ship employed in trading between any port or place in Bangladesh and any other port or place outside Bangladesh, but does not include a coasting ship or a home trade ship; [...]\n(20) “home trade ship” means a ship not exceeding three thousand tons gross which is employed in trading between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Vishakkhapatnam or between ports and places in Bangladesh and Burma not beyond Moulmein; [...]\n(42) “sailing vessel” means any description of vessel- (a) which is fitted exclusively with sails, or  (b) which is provided with sufficient sail area for navigation under sails alone and, if fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, such means are meant for auxiliary purposes only, and includes a rowing boat or canoe, but does not include a pleasure craft; \n[...]\nPART III  CONTROL OF SHIPPING  CHAPTER 6  LICENSING OF CERTAIN SHIPS\n64. This Part applies only to such power driven sea going ships as are of not less than one hundred and fifty tons gross or of such other tonnage as the Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, fix.  \n[...]\nLicences for taking ships to sea    \n66. (1) No Bangladesh ship, and no ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company, officer or other authority shall be taken to sea from a port or place within or outside Bangladesh except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nLicences for coasting trade  \n67. (1) No ship, not being a Bangladesh ship or a ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh, or by a company, officer or other authority, shall be engaged in coasting trade except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nRestriction on the use of certain ships, etc\n70. (1) No ship, other than a Bangladesh ship, shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, be engaged or used in lighterage of foodgrains and other cargo or transhipment of any cargo other than foodgrains at any point within the territorial waters of Bangladesh for carriage to any destination within Bangladesh.\n(2) No foreign ship shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, use, for the purpose of loading and unloading of bulk cargo within the territorial waters of Bangladesh, any device or equipment which is not permanently attached to the ship. \n[...].\nForeign sailing vessels not to engage in coasting trade without permission   \n 411. (1) A sailing vessel not owned by a citizen of Bangladesh or a company which fulfils the condition set out in sub clause (b) of clause (3) of section 2 shall not engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh without the previous permission in writing of the Government.  \n(2) The Government may, when granting such permission, impose such terms and conditions as it thinks fit and may require the owner or other person in charge of the vessel to deposit such amount as it thinks necessary as security for the due fulfilment of such terms and conditions. \n(3) The Collector of Customs shall not grant a port clearance to a sailing vessel not registered under this Chapter which engages or attempts to engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh until after the production by the owner or person in charge of the vessel of the permission under sub section (1).  [...]\" (Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping)\n-------------------------------------\n\"2. Definitions-\nIn this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-\n(1) “Bangladesh Flag Vessel” means a vessel registered in Bangladesh; \n[...]\n3. Limitation on carriage of cargoes by sea.-\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, at least fifty percent [50%] of the sea-borne cargoes relating to foreign trade of Bangladesh shall, subject to the other provisions of this Act, be carried by Bangladesh flag vessels : \nProvided that this provision shall not apply to the following cases,  namely :-\n(a) any cargo, subject to the no-objection from the Prescribed Authority, which is required to be carried by any other vessel in accordance with any reciprocal arrangement made between the two trading partners;\n(b) any cargo in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority;\n(c) any cargo in respect of which a general waiver is announced by the Prescribed Authority; \n(d) carriage of cargoes to such places where no Bangladesh flag vessel is operated for transporting cargoes directly between Bangladesh and its trading partners. \n(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the sea-borne cargoes to be carried at the expense of the public fund shall be carried through any state-owned shipping corporation. \n(3) For obtaining the certificate of waiver under clause (b) of subsection(1), the owner of the vessel or his agent shall have to make an application to the Prescribed Authority at least 15 (Fifteen) working days before loading of cargoes.\n4. Carriage of cargoes by third country flag vessels.-\nThe Prescribed Authority may permit the carriage or cargoes from of to Bangladesh by a third country flag vessel, if-\n(a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available;\n(b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. \n5. Prohibition on carriage of coastal trade cargoes by the flag vessel of a foreign country.-\nNo vessel of a foreign country which is not a Bangladesh flag vessel shall carry coastal trade cargoes of Bangladesh : \nProvided that this restriction shall not apply to a vessel in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority. [...]\" (Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019)\n-------------------------------------\n\"General Waiver Notification\n1. This is to inform all concern that due to increased no of Bangladesh flag vessels presently available for trade the Prescribed Authority hereby amend the waiver notification No. DGA{TLISHIPPING/201316023(7), dated 04.08.2013 to liberates the carriage of cargo by a third country flag vessel, in accordance with the section 4 of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019 and declares general waiver, in accordance with Section 3(c) of the said act, and the relevant section of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019, as follows : \n(1) Any cargo when carried between Bangladesh and \n(a) United states of America;\n(b) Canada \n(2) Any of the following Cargo when carried between Bangladesh and any other countries : \n(a) All kinds of Car carried by Car Carrier. [...]\" (Notification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021)","Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping\nBangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019\nNotification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-642.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/upload/act/2022-01-31-10-52-20-59.The-Bangladesh-Flag-Vessels-(Protecstion-of-Interest)-Act,-2019.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dos.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/dos.portal.gov.bd/office_order/7094dc25_6c28_4d04_8d18_e456308721fe/2021-02-03-16-04-bfa481f29907ed947bbdffebde604691.pdf\">Not</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2736,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5012","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.00015","Pursuant to the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019, unless in accordance with international agreements between Bangladesh and its trading partners or subject to a waiver issued by the relevant authority (the Shippinng Department), at least 50% of the sea-borne cargoes relating to the country's foreign trade shall be carried by Bangladesh-flagged vessels and no foreign vessel shall carry coastal trade in Bangladesh. Permission (waiver) by the authority may be issued in favour of foreign vessels only when (a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available; (b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. A general waiver is currently applied to cargo trade with the United States and Canada, and to all foreign trade relationships with respect to the transport of cars carried by car carriers. According to the Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping, can register and qualify to fly the Bangladesh flag only those vessels owned by Bangladesh citizens or companies whose principal place of business is in Bangladesh and more than 50% of its voting capital is held by Bangladesh citizens, the majority of the directors of the company and either the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors are citizens of Bangladesh. As such, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, is is considered that foreign investors may only hold up to 49% of the equity of companies providing maritime cabotage and international transportation services (in excess of 50% of Bangladesh's sea-borne cargoes trading). Waivers are not considered as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology.\n","\"Part I. INTRODUCTION, Chapter I. PRELIMINARY\nArticle 2. Definitions\n(3) “Bangladesh ship” means a ship belonging to a statutory corporation or a ship acquired and owned by a foreign national or company and leased out to the Government or a citizen of Bangladeshi or a Bangladesh company under such an agreement that the ownership of the ship shall be transferred after a specified period of time to the Government or such citizen or company in accordance with the terms of the agreement or a ship owned wholly by persons each of whom is-\na)\ta citizen of Bangladesh, or\nb)\ta company which fulfils the following conditions, namely:-\ni.\tthe principal place of business of the company is in Bangladesh,\nii.\tshares representing more than fifty per cent of the share capital of the company or shares carrying more than fifty per cent of the total voting power of the company are held by citizen of Bangladesh,\niii.\tthe majority of the directors of the company are citizens of Bangladesh,\niv.\teither the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors of the company is a citizen of Bangladesh\n(4) “coasting ship” means a ship not exceeding one thousand five hundred tons gross which is exclusively employed in trading coastwise within ports or places in Bangladesh or between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Calcutta, or Burma not beyond Akyab, or between Akyab and Calcutta;  \n(5) “coasting trade” means the carriage by sea of passengers or goods between ports or places in Bangladesh or from any such port or place to a port or place in India not beyond Calcutta or to a port or place in Burma not beyond Akyab or between Akyab and Calcutta; [...]\n(17) “foreign going ship” means a ship employed in trading between any port or place in Bangladesh and any other port or place outside Bangladesh, but does not include a coasting ship or a home trade ship; [...]\n(20) “home trade ship” means a ship not exceeding three thousand tons gross which is employed in trading between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Vishakkhapatnam or between ports and places in Bangladesh and Burma not beyond Moulmein; [...]\n(42) “sailing vessel” means any description of vessel- (a) which is fitted exclusively with sails, or  (b) which is provided with sufficient sail area for navigation under sails alone and, if fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, such means are meant for auxiliary purposes only, and includes a rowing boat or canoe, but does not include a pleasure craft; \n[...]\nPART III  CONTROL OF SHIPPING  CHAPTER 6  LICENSING OF CERTAIN SHIPS\n64. This Part applies only to such power driven sea going ships as are of not less than one hundred and fifty tons gross or of such other tonnage as the Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, fix.  \n[...]\nLicences for taking ships to sea    \n66. (1) No Bangladesh ship, and no ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company, officer or other authority shall be taken to sea from a port or place within or outside Bangladesh except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nLicences for coasting trade  \n67. (1) No ship, not being a Bangladesh ship or a ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh, or by a company, officer or other authority, shall be engaged in coasting trade except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nRestriction on the use of certain ships, etc\n70. (1) No ship, other than a Bangladesh ship, shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, be engaged or used in lighterage of foodgrains and other cargo or transhipment of any cargo other than foodgrains at any point within the territorial waters of Bangladesh for carriage to any destination within Bangladesh.\n(2) No foreign ship shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, use, for the purpose of loading and unloading of bulk cargo within the territorial waters of Bangladesh, any device or equipment which is not permanently attached to the ship. \n[...].\nForeign sailing vessels not to engage in coasting trade without permission   \n 411. (1) A sailing vessel not owned by a citizen of Bangladesh or a company which fulfils the condition set out in sub clause (b) of clause (3) of section 2 shall not engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh without the previous permission in writing of the Government.  \n(2) The Government may, when granting such permission, impose such terms and conditions as it thinks fit and may require the owner or other person in charge of the vessel to deposit such amount as it thinks necessary as security for the due fulfilment of such terms and conditions. \n(3) The Collector of Customs shall not grant a port clearance to a sailing vessel not registered under this Chapter which engages or attempts to engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh until after the production by the owner or person in charge of the vessel of the permission under sub section (1).  [...]\" (Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping)\n-------------------------------------\n\"2. Definitions-\nIn this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-\n(1) “Bangladesh Flag Vessel” means a vessel registered in Bangladesh; \n[...]\n3. Limitation on carriage of cargoes by sea.-\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, at least fifty percent [50%] of the sea-borne cargoes relating to foreign trade of Bangladesh shall, subject to the other provisions of this Act, be carried by Bangladesh flag vessels : \nProvided that this provision shall not apply to the following cases,  namely :-\n(a) any cargo, subject to the no-objection from the Prescribed Authority, which is required to be carried by any other vessel in accordance with any reciprocal arrangement made between the two trading partners;\n(b) any cargo in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority;\n(c) any cargo in respect of which a general waiver is announced by the Prescribed Authority; \n(d) carriage of cargoes to such places where no Bangladesh flag vessel is operated for transporting cargoes directly between Bangladesh and its trading partners. \n(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the sea-borne cargoes to be carried at the expense of the public fund shall be carried through any state-owned shipping corporation. \n(3) For obtaining the certificate of waiver under clause (b) of subsection(1), the owner of the vessel or his agent shall have to make an application to the Prescribed Authority at least 15 (Fifteen) working days before loading of cargoes.\n4. Carriage of cargoes by third country flag vessels.-\nThe Prescribed Authority may permit the carriage or cargoes from of to Bangladesh by a third country flag vessel, if-\n(a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available;\n(b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. \n5. Prohibition on carriage of coastal trade cargoes by the flag vessel of a foreign country.-\nNo vessel of a foreign country which is not a Bangladesh flag vessel shall carry coastal trade cargoes of Bangladesh : \nProvided that this restriction shall not apply to a vessel in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority. [...]\" (Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019)\n-------------------------------------\n\"General Waiver Notification\n1. This is to inform all concern that due to increased no of Bangladesh flag vessels presently available for trade the Prescribed Authority hereby amend the waiver notification No. DGA{TLISHIPPING/201316023(7), dated 04.08.2013 to liberates the carriage of cargo by a third country flag vessel, in accordance with the section 4 of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019 and declares general waiver, in accordance with Section 3(c) of the said act, and the relevant section of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019, as follows : \n(1) Any cargo when carried between Bangladesh and \n(a) United states of America;\n(b) Canada \n(2) Any of the following Cargo when carried between Bangladesh and any other countries : \n(a) All kinds of Car carried by Car Carrier. [...]\" (Notification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021)","Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping\nBangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019\nNotification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-642.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/upload/act/2022-01-31-10-52-20-59.The-Bangladesh-Flag-Vessels-(Protecstion-of-Interest)-Act,-2019.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dos.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/dos.portal.gov.bd/office_order/7094dc25_6c28_4d04_8d18_e456308721fe/2021-02-03-16-04-bfa481f29907ed947bbdffebde604691.pdf\">Not</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2736,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5012","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.00015","Pursuant to the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019, unless in accordance with international agreements between Bangladesh and its trading partners or subject to a waiver issued by the relevant authority (the Shippinng Department), at least 50% of the sea-borne cargoes relating to the country's foreign trade shall be carried by Bangladesh-flagged vessels and no foreign vessel shall carry coastal trade in Bangladesh. Permission (waiver) by the authority may be issued in favour of foreign vessels only when (a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available; (b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. A general waiver is currently applied to cargo trade with the United States and Canada, and to all foreign trade relationships with respect to the transport of cars carried by car carriers. According to the Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping, can register and qualify to fly the Bangladesh flag only those vessels owned by Bangladesh citizens or companies whose principal place of business is in Bangladesh and more than 50% of its voting capital is held by Bangladesh citizens, the majority of the directors of the company and either the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors are citizens of Bangladesh. As such, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, is is considered that foreign investors may only hold up to 49% of the equity of companies providing maritime cabotage and international transportation services (in excess of 50% of Bangladesh's sea-borne cargoes trading). Waivers are not considered as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology.\n","\"Part I. INTRODUCTION, Chapter I. PRELIMINARY\nArticle 2. Definitions\n(3) “Bangladesh ship” means a ship belonging to a statutory corporation or a ship acquired and owned by a foreign national or company and leased out to the Government or a citizen of Bangladeshi or a Bangladesh company under such an agreement that the ownership of the ship shall be transferred after a specified period of time to the Government or such citizen or company in accordance with the terms of the agreement or a ship owned wholly by persons each of whom is-\na)\ta citizen of Bangladesh, or\nb)\ta company which fulfils the following conditions, namely:-\ni.\tthe principal place of business of the company is in Bangladesh,\nii.\tshares representing more than fifty per cent of the share capital of the company or shares carrying more than fifty per cent of the total voting power of the company are held by citizen of Bangladesh,\niii.\tthe majority of the directors of the company are citizens of Bangladesh,\niv.\teither the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors of the company is a citizen of Bangladesh\n(4) “coasting ship” means a ship not exceeding one thousand five hundred tons gross which is exclusively employed in trading coastwise within ports or places in Bangladesh or between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Calcutta, or Burma not beyond Akyab, or between Akyab and Calcutta;  \n(5) “coasting trade” means the carriage by sea of passengers or goods between ports or places in Bangladesh or from any such port or place to a port or place in India not beyond Calcutta or to a port or place in Burma not beyond Akyab or between Akyab and Calcutta; [...]\n(17) “foreign going ship” means a ship employed in trading between any port or place in Bangladesh and any other port or place outside Bangladesh, but does not include a coasting ship or a home trade ship; [...]\n(20) “home trade ship” means a ship not exceeding three thousand tons gross which is employed in trading between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Vishakkhapatnam or between ports and places in Bangladesh and Burma not beyond Moulmein; [...]\n(42) “sailing vessel” means any description of vessel- (a) which is fitted exclusively with sails, or  (b) which is provided with sufficient sail area for navigation under sails alone and, if fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, such means are meant for auxiliary purposes only, and includes a rowing boat or canoe, but does not include a pleasure craft; \n[...]\nPART III  CONTROL OF SHIPPING  CHAPTER 6  LICENSING OF CERTAIN SHIPS\n64. This Part applies only to such power driven sea going ships as are of not less than one hundred and fifty tons gross or of such other tonnage as the Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, fix.  \n[...]\nLicences for taking ships to sea    \n66. (1) No Bangladesh ship, and no ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company, officer or other authority shall be taken to sea from a port or place within or outside Bangladesh except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nLicences for coasting trade  \n67. (1) No ship, not being a Bangladesh ship or a ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh, or by a company, officer or other authority, shall be engaged in coasting trade except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nRestriction on the use of certain ships, etc\n70. (1) No ship, other than a Bangladesh ship, shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, be engaged or used in lighterage of foodgrains and other cargo or transhipment of any cargo other than foodgrains at any point within the territorial waters of Bangladesh for carriage to any destination within Bangladesh.\n(2) No foreign ship shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, use, for the purpose of loading and unloading of bulk cargo within the territorial waters of Bangladesh, any device or equipment which is not permanently attached to the ship. \n[...].\nForeign sailing vessels not to engage in coasting trade without permission   \n 411. (1) A sailing vessel not owned by a citizen of Bangladesh or a company which fulfils the condition set out in sub clause (b) of clause (3) of section 2 shall not engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh without the previous permission in writing of the Government.  \n(2) The Government may, when granting such permission, impose such terms and conditions as it thinks fit and may require the owner or other person in charge of the vessel to deposit such amount as it thinks necessary as security for the due fulfilment of such terms and conditions. \n(3) The Collector of Customs shall not grant a port clearance to a sailing vessel not registered under this Chapter which engages or attempts to engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh until after the production by the owner or person in charge of the vessel of the permission under sub section (1).  [...]\" (Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping)\n-------------------------------------\n\"2. Definitions-\nIn this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-\n(1) “Bangladesh Flag Vessel” means a vessel registered in Bangladesh; \n[...]\n3. Limitation on carriage of cargoes by sea.-\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, at least fifty percent [50%] of the sea-borne cargoes relating to foreign trade of Bangladesh shall, subject to the other provisions of this Act, be carried by Bangladesh flag vessels : \nProvided that this provision shall not apply to the following cases,  namely :-\n(a) any cargo, subject to the no-objection from the Prescribed Authority, which is required to be carried by any other vessel in accordance with any reciprocal arrangement made between the two trading partners;\n(b) any cargo in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority;\n(c) any cargo in respect of which a general waiver is announced by the Prescribed Authority; \n(d) carriage of cargoes to such places where no Bangladesh flag vessel is operated for transporting cargoes directly between Bangladesh and its trading partners. \n(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the sea-borne cargoes to be carried at the expense of the public fund shall be carried through any state-owned shipping corporation. \n(3) For obtaining the certificate of waiver under clause (b) of subsection(1), the owner of the vessel or his agent shall have to make an application to the Prescribed Authority at least 15 (Fifteen) working days before loading of cargoes.\n4. Carriage of cargoes by third country flag vessels.-\nThe Prescribed Authority may permit the carriage or cargoes from of to Bangladesh by a third country flag vessel, if-\n(a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available;\n(b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. \n5. Prohibition on carriage of coastal trade cargoes by the flag vessel of a foreign country.-\nNo vessel of a foreign country which is not a Bangladesh flag vessel shall carry coastal trade cargoes of Bangladesh : \nProvided that this restriction shall not apply to a vessel in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority. [...]\" (Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019)\n-------------------------------------\n\"General Waiver Notification\n1. This is to inform all concern that due to increased no of Bangladesh flag vessels presently available for trade the Prescribed Authority hereby amend the waiver notification No. DGA{TLISHIPPING/201316023(7), dated 04.08.2013 to liberates the carriage of cargo by a third country flag vessel, in accordance with the section 4 of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019 and declares general waiver, in accordance with Section 3(c) of the said act, and the relevant section of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019, as follows : \n(1) Any cargo when carried between Bangladesh and \n(a) United states of America;\n(b) Canada \n(2) Any of the following Cargo when carried between Bangladesh and any other countries : \n(a) All kinds of Car carried by Car Carrier. [...]\" (Notification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021)","Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping\nBangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019\nNotification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-642.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/upload/act/2022-01-31-10-52-20-59.The-Bangladesh-Flag-Vessels-(Protecstion-of-Interest)-Act,-2019.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dos.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/dos.portal.gov.bd/office_order/7094dc25_6c28_4d04_8d18_e456308721fe/2021-02-03-16-04-bfa481f29907ed947bbdffebde604691.pdf\">Not</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2736,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0015","The government reserves the right to impose reciprocity clauses on insurance companies from countries where restrictions are imposed on Bangladeshi insurance companies. ","\"4. Restriction on transaction of insurance and reinsurance business.\n(1) No person shall be permitted to carry oninsurance or reinsurance business in Bangladesh except for the following companies or societies, namely :\n(a) a public limited company under the Company Act; \n(b) cooperative societies registered under the Cooperative act having registration as an insurer under the Insurance act, 1938 immediately before this act coming into force; and \n(c) a statutory insurance company formed under the law of any country outside Bangladesh not being of the nature of a private company or a subsidiary of a private company. \n(2) No mutual insurance company shall transact a nonlife insurance business under this Act.\n5. Classification of insurance business.\n(1) For thre purposes of this Act, there shall be two classes of insurance business to be called life insurance and nonlife insurance. \n[...]\n8. Registration certificate, etc.\n(1) No person shall, without obtaining a registration certificate from the Authority, carry on any insurance business under this Act : [...]\n(2) Any person willing to carry on any life insurance on nonlife insurance business shall have to apply to the authority for registration certificate in such form and manner as may be prescribed by regulations. [...]\n(5) An applicantion for registration certificate under this section shall be accompanied by the following documents, papers and information, namely : [...]\n(e) in the case of an insurer having its principal office of business or domicile outside Bangladesh, a statement verified by an affidavit made by the Chief Executive Officer of the insurer setting forth the requirements, if any, not applicable to nationals of that country in which such insurer is constituted, incorporated or domiciled which are imposed by the laws or practice of that country upon Bangladeshi nationals as a condition of carrying on insurance business in that country;\n22. Foreign sponsor’s share.\nAny foreign sponsor may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by rules, subscribe to, or hold the shares of, an insurance company and the shares held by him shall not exceed the maximum limit to be determined by the Government. \n[...]\nSPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR EXTERNAL COMPANIES\nArticle 113. Power of Government to impose reciprocal disabilities on non-Bangladeshi companies.\nWhere, by the law or practice of any country outside Bangladesh, in which insurers are subject to certain special conditions for carrying on insurance business in that country and those conditions are also applicable to insurers constituted or incorporated in Bangladesh; in such cases, the Government shall, if satisfied of the existence of such special requirement, by Gazette notification, direct that the same requirement, or requirements as similar thereto as may be, shall be imposed upon insurers of that country as a condition of carrying on the business of insurance in Bangladesh.[...]\" (ACT No. 13 of 2010 on Insurance)","ACT No. 13 of 2010 on Insurance","n/a","[<a href=\"https://idra.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/idra.portal.gov.bd/law/ae93f691_281b_4efb_998d_d5462025f99e/Insurance%20Act%202010%20english%20version.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2747,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0015","The government reserves the right to impose reciprocity clauses on insurance companies from countries where restrictions are imposed on Bangladeshi insurance companies. ","\"4. Restriction on transaction of insurance and reinsurance business.\n(1) No person shall be permitted to carry oninsurance or reinsurance business in Bangladesh except for the following companies or societies, namely :\n(a) a public limited company under the Company Act; \n(b) cooperative societies registered under the Cooperative act having registration as an insurer under the Insurance act, 1938 immediately before this act coming into force; and \n(c) a statutory insurance company formed under the law of any country outside Bangladesh not being of the nature of a private company or a subsidiary of a private company. \n(2) No mutual insurance company shall transact a nonlife insurance business under this Act.\n5. Classification of insurance business.\n(1) For thre purposes of this Act, there shall be two classes of insurance business to be called life insurance and nonlife insurance. \n[...]\n8. Registration certificate, etc.\n(1) No person shall, without obtaining a registration certificate from the Authority, carry on any insurance business under this Act : [...]\n(2) Any person willing to carry on any life insurance on nonlife insurance business shall have to apply to the authority for registration certificate in such form and manner as may be prescribed by regulations. [...]\n(5) An applicantion for registration certificate under this section shall be accompanied by the following documents, papers and information, namely : [...]\n(e) in the case of an insurer having its principal office of business or domicile outside Bangladesh, a statement verified by an affidavit made by the Chief Executive Officer of the insurer setting forth the requirements, if any, not applicable to nationals of that country in which such insurer is constituted, incorporated or domiciled which are imposed by the laws or practice of that country upon Bangladeshi nationals as a condition of carrying on insurance business in that country;\n22. Foreign sponsor’s share.\nAny foreign sponsor may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by rules, subscribe to, or hold the shares of, an insurance company and the shares held by him shall not exceed the maximum limit to be determined by the Government. \n[...]\nSPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR EXTERNAL COMPANIES\nArticle 113. Power of Government to impose reciprocal disabilities on non-Bangladeshi companies.\nWhere, by the law or practice of any country outside Bangladesh, in which insurers are subject to certain special conditions for carrying on insurance business in that country and those conditions are also applicable to insurers constituted or incorporated in Bangladesh; in such cases, the Government shall, if satisfied of the existence of such special requirement, by Gazette notification, direct that the same requirement, or requirements as similar thereto as may be, shall be imposed upon insurers of that country as a condition of carrying on the business of insurance in Bangladesh.[...]\" (ACT No. 13 of 2010 on Insurance)","ACT No. 13 of 2010 on Insurance","n/a","[<a href=\"https://idra.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/idra.portal.gov.bd/law/ae93f691_281b_4efb_998d_d5462025f99e/Insurance%20Act%202010%20english%20version.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2747,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0015","The government reserves the right to impose reciprocity clauses on insurance companies from countries where restrictions are imposed on Bangladeshi insurance companies. ","\"4. Restriction on transaction of insurance and reinsurance business.\n(1) No person shall be permitted to carry oninsurance or reinsurance business in Bangladesh except for the following companies or societies, namely :\n(a) a public limited company under the Company Act; \n(b) cooperative societies registered under the Cooperative act having registration as an insurer under the Insurance act, 1938 immediately before this act coming into force; and \n(c) a statutory insurance company formed under the law of any country outside Bangladesh not being of the nature of a private company or a subsidiary of a private company. \n(2) No mutual insurance company shall transact a nonlife insurance business under this Act.\n5. Classification of insurance business.\n(1) For thre purposes of this Act, there shall be two classes of insurance business to be called life insurance and nonlife insurance. \n[...]\n8. Registration certificate, etc.\n(1) No person shall, without obtaining a registration certificate from the Authority, carry on any insurance business under this Act : [...]\n(2) Any person willing to carry on any life insurance on nonlife insurance business shall have to apply to the authority for registration certificate in such form and manner as may be prescribed by regulations. [...]\n(5) An applicantion for registration certificate under this section shall be accompanied by the following documents, papers and information, namely : [...]\n(e) in the case of an insurer having its principal office of business or domicile outside Bangladesh, a statement verified by an affidavit made by the Chief Executive Officer of the insurer setting forth the requirements, if any, not applicable to nationals of that country in which such insurer is constituted, incorporated or domiciled which are imposed by the laws or practice of that country upon Bangladeshi nationals as a condition of carrying on insurance business in that country;\n22. Foreign sponsor’s share.\nAny foreign sponsor may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by rules, subscribe to, or hold the shares of, an insurance company and the shares held by him shall not exceed the maximum limit to be determined by the Government. \n[...]\nSPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR EXTERNAL COMPANIES\nArticle 113. Power of Government to impose reciprocal disabilities on non-Bangladeshi companies.\nWhere, by the law or practice of any country outside Bangladesh, in which insurers are subject to certain special conditions for carrying on insurance business in that country and those conditions are also applicable to insurers constituted or incorporated in Bangladesh; in such cases, the Government shall, if satisfied of the existence of such special requirement, by Gazette notification, direct that the same requirement, or requirements as similar thereto as may be, shall be imposed upon insurers of that country as a condition of carrying on the business of insurance in Bangladesh.[...]\" (ACT No. 13 of 2010 on Insurance)","ACT No. 13 of 2010 on Insurance","n/a","[<a href=\"https://idra.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/idra.portal.gov.bd/law/ae93f691_281b_4efb_998d_d5462025f99e/Insurance%20Act%202010%20english%20version.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2747,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0015","The government reserves the right to impose reciprocity clauses on insurance companies from countries where restrictions are imposed on Bangladeshi insurance companies. ","\"4. Restriction on transaction of insurance and reinsurance business.\n(1) No person shall be permitted to carry oninsurance or reinsurance business in Bangladesh except for the following companies or societies, namely :\n(a) a public limited company under the Company Act; \n(b) cooperative societies registered under the Cooperative act having registration as an insurer under the Insurance act, 1938 immediately before this act coming into force; and \n(c) a statutory insurance company formed under the law of any country outside Bangladesh not being of the nature of a private company or a subsidiary of a private company. \n(2) No mutual insurance company shall transact a nonlife insurance business under this Act.\n5. Classification of insurance business.\n(1) For thre purposes of this Act, there shall be two classes of insurance business to be called life insurance and nonlife insurance. \n[...]\n8. Registration certificate, etc.\n(1) No person shall, without obtaining a registration certificate from the Authority, carry on any insurance business under this Act : [...]\n(2) Any person willing to carry on any life insurance on nonlife insurance business shall have to apply to the authority for registration certificate in such form and manner as may be prescribed by regulations. [...]\n(5) An applicantion for registration certificate under this section shall be accompanied by the following documents, papers and information, namely : [...]\n(e) in the case of an insurer having its principal office of business or domicile outside Bangladesh, a statement verified by an affidavit made by the Chief Executive Officer of the insurer setting forth the requirements, if any, not applicable to nationals of that country in which such insurer is constituted, incorporated or domiciled which are imposed by the laws or practice of that country upon Bangladeshi nationals as a condition of carrying on insurance business in that country;\n22. Foreign sponsor’s share.\nAny foreign sponsor may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by rules, subscribe to, or hold the shares of, an insurance company and the shares held by him shall not exceed the maximum limit to be determined by the Government. \n[...]\nSPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR EXTERNAL COMPANIES\nArticle 113. Power of Government to impose reciprocal disabilities on non-Bangladeshi companies.\nWhere, by the law or practice of any country outside Bangladesh, in which insurers are subject to certain special conditions for carrying on insurance business in that country and those conditions are also applicable to insurers constituted or incorporated in Bangladesh; in such cases, the Government shall, if satisfied of the existence of such special requirement, by Gazette notification, direct that the same requirement, or requirements as similar thereto as may be, shall be imposed upon insurers of that country as a condition of carrying on the business of insurance in Bangladesh.[...]\" (ACT No. 13 of 2010 on Insurance)","ACT No. 13 of 2010 on Insurance","n/a","[<a href=\"https://idra.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/idra.portal.gov.bd/law/ae93f691_281b_4efb_998d_d5462025f99e/Insurance%20Act%202010%20english%20version.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2747,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J612T619","_O","IV41","IX",2018,"0.0005","In several mobile telecommunication services, e.g., satellite operators, 3G/4G mobile services providers and telecommunications value-added services (TVAS) providers, foreign investors are required to invest foreign currency directly according to their percentage of ownership and are not allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. ","\"22. TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT AND PLEDGE OF LICENSE AS SECURITY\n22.01 This License and any right accrued hereunder shall not be transferred without the permission of the Commission, wholly or partly, and as such transfer, if any shall be void. \n22.02 Satellite Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act I994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permiffed.\n In case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfilment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Banl</ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. In that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20%o of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR SATELLITE OPERATOR IN BANGLADESH, No.: 14.32.0000.7 02.51.001.19.2102, 3 January 2022)\n-----------------------\n\"5. Eligibility:\n(i) Proprietorship, partnership and companies registered under 'Joint Stock of Companies and Firms'underthe Companies Act 1994 are eligible to apply for the License to establish, maintain and operate VSAT systems and network in Bangladesh. \n(ii) VSAT Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships,  partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act 1994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permitted.\nIn case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule BanV Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfillment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20o/o of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. In that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh.\n(iii) The existing VSAT providers, VSAT provider with HUB and new applicants excluding Cellular Mobile Phone Operators and BWA operators licensed from the Commission are eligible to apply to the Commission to obtain VSAT HUB OPERATOR AND VSAT USER LICENSE. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR VSAT HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I 4.32.0000.702.5 1. 102.20.15, 11 January 2022)\n-----------------------\n\"Article 9: ELIGIBILITY\n(1) The Joint Venture entities having Foreign Shareholding (constitution and companies/partnerships farms registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the law(s) of Bangladesh) are eligible to apply for Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. In case of consortium, the entity shall have to form a company under the law(s) of Bangladesh before issuing the certificate. \n(2) In case of foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity is limited to maximum 70% (seventy percent). In case of any reputed foreign partner the Commission may increase the foreign equity if required. The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial institution/Leasing company shall be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(3) In case of NRB applying together with Bangladeshi partner, there is no limitation on the quantity of foreign equity. NRB shall invest directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing company shall be raised for his part of the investment.\n(4) According to the license conditions of CMPO they are eligible for providing TVVAS. After issuing this guideline they will also be entitled as “CMPO-TVASP” and are allowed to provide Telecommunication Value Added Services within their own network only, following all terms & conditions mentioned in this guideline.\n(5) Bangladeshi entities (consortium, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the laws(s) of Bangladesh) or Any Bangladeshi entity holding valid trade license are eligible to apply for TVASP Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. [...]\" (Regulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018)\n-----------------------\n\"5. ELIGIBILITY [...]\n5.04 For the development, operation and roll out of 4G/LTE for Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 100% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) or Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture or investment from NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi) is permitted. The foreign partner shall invest foreign currency directly equal to its percentage of ownership and no loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment to pay License fee, spectrum acquisition fee and to purchase equipment (hardware and software) and services from abroad during the roll-out period. The rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Board of Investment and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the Licensee regarding the financial matters. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING 4G/LTE CELLULAR MOBILE PHONE SERVICES IN BANGLADESH, 4 December 2017)\n-----------------------\n\"6. ELIGIBILITY [...]\n6.01 [...] (vi) For the development, operation and roll out of 3G services, 100% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) or Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture or investment from NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi) is permitted. The foreign partner shall invest foreign currency directly equal to its percentage of ownership and no loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment to pay License fee, spectrum acquisition fee and to purchase equipment (hardware and software) and services from abroad during the roll-out period. The rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Board of Investment and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the Licensee regarding the financial matters [...]\" (Regualtory and Licensing Guidelines for 3G Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 14 February 2013)","REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR SATELLITE OPERATOR IN BANGLADESH, No.: 14.32.0000.7 02.51.001.19.2102, 3 January 2022\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR c HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I4.32.0000.702.51.102.20.15, 11 January 2022\nRegulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING 4G/LTE CELLULAR MOBILE PHONE SERVICES IN BANGLADESH, 4 December 2017\nRegualtory and Licensing Guidelines for 3G Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 14 February 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-04-34-76f033be83eee72e4eb25148fc47e780.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-27-fe49f0daa42656b8761844f4153514f7.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-02-06-57-68a10aca672e64da7ffc5b9f6fc01987.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-08-55-0f83cc91583f2f93804a9f43d01f3d15.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-05-09-05-32-6e2505345f9c37ace5868c4a9c197821.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2742,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J612T619","_O","IV41","IX",2021,"0.0005","In several mobile telecommunication services, e.g., satellite operators, 3G/4G mobile services providers and telecommunications value-added services (TVAS) providers, foreign investors are required to invest foreign currency directly according to their percentage of ownership and are not allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. ","\"22. TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT AND PLEDGE OF LICENSE AS SECURITY\n22.01 This License and any right accrued hereunder shall not be transferred without the permission of the Commission, wholly or partly, and as such transfer, if any shall be void. \n22.02 Satellite Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act I994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permiffed.\n In case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfilment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Banl</ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. In that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20%o of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR SATELLITE OPERATOR IN BANGLADESH, No.: 14.32.0000.7 02.51.001.19.2102, 3 January 2022)\n-----------------------\n\"5. Eligibility:\n(i) Proprietorship, partnership and companies registered under 'Joint Stock of Companies and Firms'underthe Companies Act 1994 are eligible to apply for the License to establish, maintain and operate VSAT systems and network in Bangladesh. \n(ii) VSAT Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships,  partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act 1994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permitted.\nIn case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule BanV Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfillment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20o/o of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. In that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh.\n(iii) The existing VSAT providers, VSAT provider with HUB and new applicants excluding Cellular Mobile Phone Operators and BWA operators licensed from the Commission are eligible to apply to the Commission to obtain VSAT HUB OPERATOR AND VSAT USER LICENSE. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR VSAT HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I 4.32.0000.702.5 1. 102.20.15, 11 January 2022)\n-----------------------\n\"Article 9: ELIGIBILITY\n(1) The Joint Venture entities having Foreign Shareholding (constitution and companies/partnerships farms registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the law(s) of Bangladesh) are eligible to apply for Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. In case of consortium, the entity shall have to form a company under the law(s) of Bangladesh before issuing the certificate. \n(2) In case of foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity is limited to maximum 70% (seventy percent). In case of any reputed foreign partner the Commission may increase the foreign equity if required. The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial institution/Leasing company shall be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(3) In case of NRB applying together with Bangladeshi partner, there is no limitation on the quantity of foreign equity. NRB shall invest directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing company shall be raised for his part of the investment.\n(4) According to the license conditions of CMPO they are eligible for providing TVVAS. After issuing this guideline they will also be entitled as “CMPO-TVASP” and are allowed to provide Telecommunication Value Added Services within their own network only, following all terms & conditions mentioned in this guideline.\n(5) Bangladeshi entities (consortium, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the laws(s) of Bangladesh) or Any Bangladeshi entity holding valid trade license are eligible to apply for TVASP Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. [...]\" (Regulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018)\n-----------------------\n\"5. ELIGIBILITY [...]\n5.04 For the development, operation and roll out of 4G/LTE for Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 100% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) or Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture or investment from NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi) is permitted. The foreign partner shall invest foreign currency directly equal to its percentage of ownership and no loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment to pay License fee, spectrum acquisition fee and to purchase equipment (hardware and software) and services from abroad during the roll-out period. The rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Board of Investment and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the Licensee regarding the financial matters. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING 4G/LTE CELLULAR MOBILE PHONE SERVICES IN BANGLADESH, 4 December 2017)\n-----------------------\n\"6. ELIGIBILITY [...]\n6.01 [...] (vi) For the development, operation and roll out of 3G services, 100% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) or Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture or investment from NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi) is permitted. The foreign partner shall invest foreign currency directly equal to its percentage of ownership and no loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment to pay License fee, spectrum acquisition fee and to purchase equipment (hardware and software) and services from abroad during the roll-out period. The rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Board of Investment and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the Licensee regarding the financial matters [...]\" (Regualtory and Licensing Guidelines for 3G Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 14 February 2013)","REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR SATELLITE OPERATOR IN BANGLADESH, No.: 14.32.0000.7 02.51.001.19.2102, 3 January 2022\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR c HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I4.32.0000.702.51.102.20.15, 11 January 2022\nRegulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING 4G/LTE CELLULAR MOBILE PHONE SERVICES IN BANGLADESH, 4 December 2017\nRegualtory and Licensing Guidelines for 3G Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 14 February 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-04-34-76f033be83eee72e4eb25148fc47e780.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-27-fe49f0daa42656b8761844f4153514f7.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-02-06-57-68a10aca672e64da7ffc5b9f6fc01987.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-08-55-0f83cc91583f2f93804a9f43d01f3d15.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-05-09-05-32-6e2505345f9c37ace5868c4a9c197821.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2742,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J612T619","_O","IV41","IX",2022,"0.0005","In several mobile telecommunication services, e.g., satellite operators, 3G/4G mobile services providers and telecommunications value-added services (TVAS) providers, foreign investors are required to invest foreign currency directly according to their percentage of ownership and are not allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. ","\"22. TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT AND PLEDGE OF LICENSE AS SECURITY\n22.01 This License and any right accrued hereunder shall not be transferred without the permission of the Commission, wholly or partly, and as such transfer, if any shall be void. \n22.02 Satellite Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act I994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permiffed.\n In case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfilment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Banl</ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. In that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20%o of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR SATELLITE OPERATOR IN BANGLADESH, No.: 14.32.0000.7 02.51.001.19.2102, 3 January 2022)\n-----------------------\n\"5. Eligibility:\n(i) Proprietorship, partnership and companies registered under 'Joint Stock of Companies and Firms'underthe Companies Act 1994 are eligible to apply for the License to establish, maintain and operate VSAT systems and network in Bangladesh. \n(ii) VSAT Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships,  partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act 1994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permitted.\nIn case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule BanV Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfillment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20o/o of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. In that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh.\n(iii) The existing VSAT providers, VSAT provider with HUB and new applicants excluding Cellular Mobile Phone Operators and BWA operators licensed from the Commission are eligible to apply to the Commission to obtain VSAT HUB OPERATOR AND VSAT USER LICENSE. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR VSAT HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I 4.32.0000.702.5 1. 102.20.15, 11 January 2022)\n-----------------------\n\"Article 9: ELIGIBILITY\n(1) The Joint Venture entities having Foreign Shareholding (constitution and companies/partnerships farms registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the law(s) of Bangladesh) are eligible to apply for Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. In case of consortium, the entity shall have to form a company under the law(s) of Bangladesh before issuing the certificate. \n(2) In case of foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity is limited to maximum 70% (seventy percent). In case of any reputed foreign partner the Commission may increase the foreign equity if required. The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial institution/Leasing company shall be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(3) In case of NRB applying together with Bangladeshi partner, there is no limitation on the quantity of foreign equity. NRB shall invest directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing company shall be raised for his part of the investment.\n(4) According to the license conditions of CMPO they are eligible for providing TVVAS. After issuing this guideline they will also be entitled as “CMPO-TVASP” and are allowed to provide Telecommunication Value Added Services within their own network only, following all terms & conditions mentioned in this guideline.\n(5) Bangladeshi entities (consortium, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the laws(s) of Bangladesh) or Any Bangladeshi entity holding valid trade license are eligible to apply for TVASP Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. [...]\" (Regulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018)\n-----------------------\n\"5. ELIGIBILITY [...]\n5.04 For the development, operation and roll out of 4G/LTE for Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 100% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) or Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture or investment from NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi) is permitted. The foreign partner shall invest foreign currency directly equal to its percentage of ownership and no loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment to pay License fee, spectrum acquisition fee and to purchase equipment (hardware and software) and services from abroad during the roll-out period. The rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Board of Investment and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the Licensee regarding the financial matters. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING 4G/LTE CELLULAR MOBILE PHONE SERVICES IN BANGLADESH, 4 December 2017)\n-----------------------\n\"6. ELIGIBILITY [...]\n6.01 [...] (vi) For the development, operation and roll out of 3G services, 100% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) or Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture or investment from NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi) is permitted. The foreign partner shall invest foreign currency directly equal to its percentage of ownership and no loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment to pay License fee, spectrum acquisition fee and to purchase equipment (hardware and software) and services from abroad during the roll-out period. The rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Board of Investment and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the Licensee regarding the financial matters [...]\" (Regualtory and Licensing Guidelines for 3G Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 14 February 2013)","REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR SATELLITE OPERATOR IN BANGLADESH, No.: 14.32.0000.7 02.51.001.19.2102, 3 January 2022\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR c HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I4.32.0000.702.51.102.20.15, 11 January 2022\nRegulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING 4G/LTE CELLULAR MOBILE PHONE SERVICES IN BANGLADESH, 4 December 2017\nRegualtory and Licensing Guidelines for 3G Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 14 February 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-04-34-76f033be83eee72e4eb25148fc47e780.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-27-fe49f0daa42656b8761844f4153514f7.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-02-06-57-68a10aca672e64da7ffc5b9f6fc01987.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-08-55-0f83cc91583f2f93804a9f43d01f3d15.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-05-09-05-32-6e2505345f9c37ace5868c4a9c197821.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2745,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J612T619","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.0005","In several mobile telecommunication services, e.g., satellite operators, 3G/4G mobile services providers and telecommunications value-added services (TVAS) providers, foreign investors are required to invest foreign currency directly according to their percentage of ownership and are not allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. ","\"22. TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT AND PLEDGE OF LICENSE AS SECURITY\n22.01 This License and any right accrued hereunder shall not be transferred without the permission of the Commission, wholly or partly, and as such transfer, if any shall be void. \n22.02 Satellite Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act I994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permiffed.\n In case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfilment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Banl</ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. In that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20%o of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR SATELLITE OPERATOR IN BANGLADESH, No.: 14.32.0000.7 02.51.001.19.2102, 3 January 2022)\n-----------------------\n\"5. Eligibility:\n(i) Proprietorship, partnership and companies registered under 'Joint Stock of Companies and Firms'underthe Companies Act 1994 are eligible to apply for the License to establish, maintain and operate VSAT systems and network in Bangladesh. \n(ii) VSAT Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships,  partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act 1994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permitted.\nIn case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule BanV Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfillment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20o/o of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. In that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh.\n(iii) The existing VSAT providers, VSAT provider with HUB and new applicants excluding Cellular Mobile Phone Operators and BWA operators licensed from the Commission are eligible to apply to the Commission to obtain VSAT HUB OPERATOR AND VSAT USER LICENSE. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR VSAT HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I 4.32.0000.702.5 1. 102.20.15, 11 January 2022)\n-----------------------\n\"Article 9: ELIGIBILITY\n(1) The Joint Venture entities having Foreign Shareholding (constitution and companies/partnerships farms registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the law(s) of Bangladesh) are eligible to apply for Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. In case of consortium, the entity shall have to form a company under the law(s) of Bangladesh before issuing the certificate. \n(2) In case of foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity is limited to maximum 70% (seventy percent). In case of any reputed foreign partner the Commission may increase the foreign equity if required. The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial institution/Leasing company shall be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(3) In case of NRB applying together with Bangladeshi partner, there is no limitation on the quantity of foreign equity. NRB shall invest directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing company shall be raised for his part of the investment.\n(4) According to the license conditions of CMPO they are eligible for providing TVVAS. After issuing this guideline they will also be entitled as “CMPO-TVASP” and are allowed to provide Telecommunication Value Added Services within their own network only, following all terms & conditions mentioned in this guideline.\n(5) Bangladeshi entities (consortium, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the laws(s) of Bangladesh) or Any Bangladeshi entity holding valid trade license are eligible to apply for TVASP Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. [...]\" (Regulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018)\n-----------------------\n\"5. ELIGIBILITY [...]\n5.04 For the development, operation and roll out of 4G/LTE for Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 100% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) or Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture or investment from NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi) is permitted. The foreign partner shall invest foreign currency directly equal to its percentage of ownership and no loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment to pay License fee, spectrum acquisition fee and to purchase equipment (hardware and software) and services from abroad during the roll-out period. The rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Board of Investment and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the Licensee regarding the financial matters. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING 4G/LTE CELLULAR MOBILE PHONE SERVICES IN BANGLADESH, 4 December 2017)\n-----------------------\n\"6. ELIGIBILITY [...]\n6.01 [...] (vi) For the development, operation and roll out of 3G services, 100% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) or Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture or investment from NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi) is permitted. The foreign partner shall invest foreign currency directly equal to its percentage of ownership and no loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment to pay License fee, spectrum acquisition fee and to purchase equipment (hardware and software) and services from abroad during the roll-out period. The rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Board of Investment and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the Licensee regarding the financial matters [...]\" (Regualtory and Licensing Guidelines for 3G Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 14 February 2013)","REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR SATELLITE OPERATOR IN BANGLADESH, No.: 14.32.0000.7 02.51.001.19.2102, 3 January 2022\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR c HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I4.32.0000.702.51.102.20.15, 11 January 2022\nRegulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING 4G/LTE CELLULAR MOBILE PHONE SERVICES IN BANGLADESH, 4 December 2017\nRegualtory and Licensing Guidelines for 3G Cellular Mobile Phone Services, 14 February 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-04-34-76f033be83eee72e4eb25148fc47e780.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-27-fe49f0daa42656b8761844f4153514f7.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-02-06-57-68a10aca672e64da7ffc5b9f6fc01987.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-08-55-0f83cc91583f2f93804a9f43d01f3d15.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-05-09-05-32-6e2505345f9c37ace5868c4a9c197821.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2745,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.006","Since 2014, foreign investment in mass media companies, comprising radio and TV broadcasting, as well as printed media, cannot exceeed 20% of their authorised capital. Previously, foreign investment could not exceed 30% of the authorised capital.","\"CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Basic terms used in this Law and their definitions [...]\n2. Type of mass media - a newspaper, magazine, bulletin, radio, television, video, newsreel program, online publication, other set of information messages and (or) materials (transmissions) of a periodic nature and intended for an indefinite circle of persons . [...]\n26. A legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of a mass media is a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus that produces and issues a mass media on the basis of a decision of the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the decision on the editorial office of the mass media) or, if the specified legal entity is not the founder of the mass media or is one of the co-founders, on the basis of an agreement between this legal entity and the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the agreement on the editorial office of the mass media).\n[...]\nArticle 8. Financing of the media\n1. Sources of financing the media may be funds of the founder (s), funds of the republican and local budgets, as well as other sources not prohibited by the legislation of the Republic of Belarus.\n2. It is forbidden to receive money and other property in order to finance the media from:\n2.1. foreign legal entities, foreign citizens and stateless persons who do not permanently reside in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, with the exception of cases of participation of these persons in the authorized capital of a legal entity that is entrusted with the functions of the media editorial office, as well as other cases provided for by legislative acts of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - PROCEDURE FOR ESTABLISHMENT AND STATE REGISTRATION (RE-REGISTRATION) OF MASS MEDIA\nSection 10. Establishment of Mass Media\n1. Individuals, state bodies, political parties, other public associations, other legal entities, with the exception of those listed in subparagraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of paragraph 3 of this article, establish mass media in the manner and on the terms established by this Law and other legislative acts of the Republic Belarus.\n2. Excluded.\n3. The following may not act as a founder of a mass media:\n3.1. an individual who has not reached the age of eighteen years, with the exception of cases when, in accordance with the civil legislation of the Republic of Belarus, a minor acquires full legal capacity before reaching the age of eighteen;\n3.2. an individual serving a sentence by a court verdict or declared legally incompetent by a court decision;\n3.3. an individual who previously acted as the founder of the mass media, the release of which was discontinued on the grounds provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 51 of this Law, - within three years from the date of entry into force of a court decision to terminate the release of the mass media;\n3.4. an individual who is deprived of the right to engage in activities related to the production and release of mass media in the prescribed manner;\n3.5. a foreign legal entity, as well as a foreign citizen and a stateless person;\n3.6. a legal entity whose shares in the authorized capital of 20% or more directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are owned individually or collectively by a foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal a person (organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a stateless person, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a legal entity are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of mass media\n1. The grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of the mass media are: \n1.1. non-compliance with the requirements provided for in paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law; [...]\n1.5. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a commercial organization, whose shares, shares (stakes) in the authorized capital of which are at least 20 percent directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are individually or collectively owned foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal entity (organization that is not a legal entity), foreign citizen, stateless person, legal entity, share of foreign participation in the authorized capital of which constitutes 20% or more, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a commercial organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.6. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a non-profit organization, 20% or more of the founders (participants, members) of which are a foreign state, a foreign and (or) international legal entity (an organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a person without citizenship, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a non-profit organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.7.  appointment as editor-in-chief of a mass media outlet of a person who does not meet the requirement provided for in paragraph 1 1 of Article 31 of this Law;\n1.8. assigning the functions of the media editorial office to a person who is not a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nArticle 31\n1. The editor-in-chief of a mass media may be the head of the legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of the mass media, or a person authorized by him, carrying out his professional activities in accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Belarus, this Law and other acts of legislation.\n1 1 . The editor-in-chief of a mass medium cannot be individuals specified in  subparagraphs 3.1–3.6 of paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law.\n2. The editor-in-chief of the media makes the final decision regarding the production and release of the media.\n3. The editor-in-chief of the media is responsible for compliance with the requirements for the activities of the media by this Law and other legislative acts.\nArticle 32\nNews agencies, as well as the mass media established by them, shall be registered in accordance with the procedure provided for by Articles 11-13 of this Law for mass media.\n[...]\nArticle 51 3. Application of retaliatory measures against foreign mass media, Internet resources, and journalists of foreign mass media [\n1. By decision of the republican body of state administration in the sphere of mass media, based on the notification of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs on the prohibition of the activities of a mass media outlet registered in accordance with this Law on the territory of a foreign state, the activities of a foreign mass media outlet or Internet resource may be prohibited as a retaliatory measure.\n2. A ban on the activities of a foreign mass media outlet or Internet resource entails:\n2.1. a ban on the distribution of products, information messages and (or) materials of this foreign mass media outlet, including through other mass media and (or) using the global computer network Internet, as well as on the production of such products, messages and (or) materials for the purpose of distribution;\n2.2. deprivation of accreditation of journalists of this foreign mass media outlet in accordance with the procedure established by the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus;\n2.3. a ban on the opening of correspondent offices of foreign mass media that are representative offices of foreign organizations or branches of foreign legal entities that are entrusted with the functions of the editorial board of the mass media, and the termination of the activities of such correspondent offices previously opened on the territory of the Republic of Belarus;\n2.4. cancellation of permission;\n2.5. restriction of access to an Internet resource, online publication, news aggregator.\n3. The resumption of the activities of a foreign mass media outlet or Internet resource on the territory of the Republic of Belarus shall be carried out by decision of the republican government body in the sphere of mass media on the resumption of the activities of a foreign mass media outlet or Internet resource on the territory of the Republic of Belarus on the basis of notification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.\n4. The decision to ban (resume) the activities of a foreign mass media outlet or Internet resource on the territory of the Republic of Belarus shall be made by the republican government body in the sphere of mass media within one month from the date of receipt of notification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.\n[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media, as amended [google translated])\n-------------\n\"Article 15. Grounds for Refusal of State Registration of Mass Medium\nThe grounds to refuse in the state registration of a mass media shall be:\nnon-observance of the requirements envisaged by clause 2 and 3 of Article 10 of the present Law;\nuntruthfulness of the data specified in the application for the state registration of the mass medium;\nthe title or specialization (topics) of the mass medium is in contradiction with requirements of Article 38 of the present Law;\navailability in the State Register of Mass Media of a mass medium with the same title;\nentrusting functions of the editorial board of the mass media to the legal person (non- commercial organization) in the fund of those the share of foreign investment shall be 30 and more percents;\nentrusting with functions of the editorial board of a mass media to the legal person (non-commercial organization), 30 and more percent of founders (participants, members) of which are foreign legal persons, foreign citizens and/or stateless persons which do not reside permanently in the territory of the Republic of Belarus.\nA notice about refusal of state registration of the mass medium shall be directed to the applicant in writing within ten days from the day of taking the decision with indication of the grounds for the refusal, but not later than a month from the day of receipt of the document envisaged by Article 12 of the present Law.\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text] [google translated]))","Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 the media, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=h10800427&q_id=1432122\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.refworld.org/legal/legislation/natlegbod/2009/en/73685\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3706,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.006","Since 2014, foreign investment in mass media companies, comprising radio and TV broadcasting, as well as printed media, cannot exceeed 20% of their authorised capital. Previously, foreign investment could not exceed 30% of the authorised capital.\nIn 2023, the Law on Media was amended to provide for the possibility of imposing a ban on the activities of foreign media on the territory of the Republic of Belarus in the event of unfriendly actions by foreign governments against the Belarusian media. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered equivalent to the introduction of a 'reciprocity requirement'.","\"CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Basic terms used in this Law and their definitions [...]\n2. Type of mass media - a newspaper, magazine, bulletin, radio, television, video, newsreel program, online publication, other set of information messages and (or) materials (transmissions) of a periodic nature and intended for an indefinite circle of persons . [...]\n26. A legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of a mass media is a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus that produces and issues a mass media on the basis of a decision of the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the decision on the editorial office of the mass media) or, if the specified legal entity is not the founder of the mass media or is one of the co-founders, on the basis of an agreement between this legal entity and the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the agreement on the editorial office of the mass media).\n[...]\nArticle 8. Financing of the media\n1. Sources of financing the media may be funds of the founder (s), funds of the republican and local budgets, as well as other sources not prohibited by the legislation of the Republic of Belarus.\n2. It is forbidden to receive money and other property in order to finance the media from:\n2.1. foreign legal entities, foreign citizens and stateless persons who do not permanently reside in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, with the exception of cases of participation of these persons in the authorized capital of a legal entity that is entrusted with the functions of the media editorial office, as well as other cases provided for by legislative acts of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - PROCEDURE FOR ESTABLISHMENT AND STATE REGISTRATION (RE-REGISTRATION) OF MASS MEDIA\nSection 10. Establishment of Mass Media\n1. Individuals, state bodies, political parties, other public associations, other legal entities, with the exception of those listed in subparagraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of paragraph 3 of this article, establish mass media in the manner and on the terms established by this Law and other legislative acts of the Republic Belarus.\n2. Excluded.\n3. The following may not act as a founder of a mass media:\n3.1. an individual who has not reached the age of eighteen years, with the exception of cases when, in accordance with the civil legislation of the Republic of Belarus, a minor acquires full legal capacity before reaching the age of eighteen;\n3.2. an individual serving a sentence by a court verdict or declared legally incompetent by a court decision;\n3.3. an individual who previously acted as the founder of the mass media, the release of which was discontinued on the grounds provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 51 of this Law, - within three years from the date of entry into force of a court decision to terminate the release of the mass media;\n3.4. an individual who is deprived of the right to engage in activities related to the production and release of mass media in the prescribed manner;\n3.5. a foreign legal entity, as well as a foreign citizen and a stateless person;\n3.6. a legal entity whose shares in the authorized capital of 20% or more directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are owned individually or collectively by a foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal a person (organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a stateless person, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a legal entity are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of mass media\n1. The grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of the mass media are: \n1.1. non-compliance with the requirements provided for in paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law; [...]\n1.5. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a commercial organization, whose shares, shares (stakes) in the authorized capital of which are at least 20 percent directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are individually or collectively owned foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal entity (organization that is not a legal entity), foreign citizen, stateless person, legal entity, share of foreign participation in the authorized capital of which constitutes 20% or more, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a commercial organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.6. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a non-profit organization, 20% or more of the founders (participants, members) of which are a foreign state, a foreign and (or) international legal entity (an organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a person without citizenship, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a non-profit organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.7.  appointment as editor-in-chief of a mass media outlet of a person who does not meet the requirement provided for in paragraph 1 1 of Article 31 of this Law;\n1.8. assigning the functions of the media editorial office to a person who is not a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nArticle 31\n1. The editor-in-chief of a mass media may be the head of the legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of the mass media, or a person authorized by him, carrying out his professional activities in accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Belarus, this Law and other acts of legislation.\n1 1 . The editor-in-chief of a mass medium cannot be individuals specified in  subparagraphs 3.1–3.6 of paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law.\n2. The editor-in-chief of the media makes the final decision regarding the production and release of the media.\n3. The editor-in-chief of the media is responsible for compliance with the requirements for the activities of the media by this Law and other legislative acts.\nArticle 32\nNews agencies, as well as the mass media established by them, shall be registered in accordance with the procedure provided for by Articles 11-13 of this Law for mass media.[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media, as amended [google translated])\n-------------\n\"Article 15. Grounds for Refusal of State Registration of Mass Medium\nThe grounds to refuse in the state registration of a mass media shall be:\nnon-observance of the requirements envisaged by clause 2 and 3 of Article 10 of the present Law;\nuntruthfulness of the data specified in the application for the state registration of the mass medium;\nthe title or specialization (topics) of the mass medium is in contradiction with requirements of Article 38 of the present Law;\navailability in the State Register of Mass Media of a mass medium with the same title;\nentrusting functions of the editorial board of the mass media to the legal person (non- commercial organization) in the fund of those the share of foreign investment shall be 30 and more percents;\nentrusting with functions of the editorial board of a mass media to the legal person (non-commercial organization), 30 and more percent of founders (participants, members) of which are foreign legal persons, foreign citizens and/or stateless persons which do not reside permanently in the territory of the Republic of Belarus.\nA notice about refusal of state registration of the mass medium shall be directed to the applicant in writing within ten days from the day of taking the decision with indication of the grounds for the refusal, but not later than a month from the day of receipt of the document envisaged by Article 12 of the present Law.\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text] [google translated]))","Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 the media, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=h10800427&q_id=1432122\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.refworld.org/legal/legislation/natlegbod/2009/en/73685\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2234,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.006","Since 2014, foreign investment in mass media companies, comprising radio and TV broadcasting, as well as printed media, cannot exceeed 20% of their authorised capital. Previously, foreign investment could not exceed 30% of the authorised capital.\nIn 2023, the Law on Media was amended to provide for the possibility of imposing a ban on the activities of foreign media on the territory of the Republic of Belarus in the event of unfriendly actions by foreign governments against the Belarusian media. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered equivalent to the introduction of a 'reciprocity requirement'.","\"CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Basic terms used in this Law and their definitions [...]\n2. Type of mass media - a newspaper, magazine, bulletin, radio, television, video, newsreel program, online publication, other set of information messages and (or) materials (transmissions) of a periodic nature and intended for an indefinite circle of persons . [...]\n26. A legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of a mass media is a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus that produces and issues a mass media on the basis of a decision of the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the decision on the editorial office of the mass media) or, if the specified legal entity is not the founder of the mass media or is one of the co-founders, on the basis of an agreement between this legal entity and the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the agreement on the editorial office of the mass media).\n[...]\nArticle 8. Financing of the media\n1. Sources of financing the media may be funds of the founder (s), funds of the republican and local budgets, as well as other sources not prohibited by the legislation of the Republic of Belarus.\n2. It is forbidden to receive money and other property in order to finance the media from:\n2.1. foreign legal entities, foreign citizens and stateless persons who do not permanently reside in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, with the exception of cases of participation of these persons in the authorized capital of a legal entity that is entrusted with the functions of the media editorial office, as well as other cases provided for by legislative acts of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - PROCEDURE FOR ESTABLISHMENT AND STATE REGISTRATION (RE-REGISTRATION) OF MASS MEDIA\nSection 10. Establishment of Mass Media\n1. Individuals, state bodies, political parties, other public associations, other legal entities, with the exception of those listed in subparagraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of paragraph 3 of this article, establish mass media in the manner and on the terms established by this Law and other legislative acts of the Republic Belarus.\n2. Excluded.\n3. The following may not act as a founder of a mass media:\n3.1. an individual who has not reached the age of eighteen years, with the exception of cases when, in accordance with the civil legislation of the Republic of Belarus, a minor acquires full legal capacity before reaching the age of eighteen;\n3.2. an individual serving a sentence by a court verdict or declared legally incompetent by a court decision;\n3.3. an individual who previously acted as the founder of the mass media, the release of which was discontinued on the grounds provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 51 of this Law, - within three years from the date of entry into force of a court decision to terminate the release of the mass media;\n3.4. an individual who is deprived of the right to engage in activities related to the production and release of mass media in the prescribed manner;\n3.5. a foreign legal entity, as well as a foreign citizen and a stateless person;\n3.6. a legal entity whose shares in the authorized capital of 20% or more directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are owned individually or collectively by a foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal a person (organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a stateless person, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a legal entity are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of mass media\n1. The grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of the mass media are: \n1.1. non-compliance with the requirements provided for in paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law; [...]\n1.5. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a commercial organization, whose shares, shares (stakes) in the authorized capital of which are at least 20 percent directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are individually or collectively owned foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal entity (organization that is not a legal entity), foreign citizen, stateless person, legal entity, share of foreign participation in the authorized capital of which constitutes 20% or more, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a commercial organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.6. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a non-profit organization, 20% or more of the founders (participants, members) of which are a foreign state, a foreign and (or) international legal entity (an organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a person without citizenship, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a non-profit organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.7.  appointment as editor-in-chief of a mass media outlet of a person who does not meet the requirement provided for in paragraph 1 1 of Article 31 of this Law;\n1.8. assigning the functions of the media editorial office to a person who is not a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nArticle 31\n1. The editor-in-chief of a mass media may be the head of the legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of the mass media, or a person authorized by him, carrying out his professional activities in accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Belarus, this Law and other acts of legislation.\n1 1 . The editor-in-chief of a mass medium cannot be individuals specified in  subparagraphs 3.1–3.6 of paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law.\n2. The editor-in-chief of the media makes the final decision regarding the production and release of the media.\n3. The editor-in-chief of the media is responsible for compliance with the requirements for the activities of the media by this Law and other legislative acts.\nArticle 32\nNews agencies, as well as the mass media established by them, shall be registered in accordance with the procedure provided for by Articles 11-13 of this Law for mass media.[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media, as amended [google translated])\n-------------\n\"Article 15. Grounds for Refusal of State Registration of Mass Medium\nThe grounds to refuse in the state registration of a mass media shall be:\nnon-observance of the requirements envisaged by clause 2 and 3 of Article 10 of the present Law;\nuntruthfulness of the data specified in the application for the state registration of the mass medium;\nthe title or specialization (topics) of the mass medium is in contradiction with requirements of Article 38 of the present Law;\navailability in the State Register of Mass Media of a mass medium with the same title;\nentrusting functions of the editorial board of the mass media to the legal person (non- commercial organization) in the fund of those the share of foreign investment shall be 30 and more percents;\nentrusting with functions of the editorial board of a mass media to the legal person (non-commercial organization), 30 and more percent of founders (participants, members) of which are foreign legal persons, foreign citizens and/or stateless persons which do not reside permanently in the territory of the Republic of Belarus.\nA notice about refusal of state registration of the mass medium shall be directed to the applicant in writing within ten days from the day of taking the decision with indication of the grounds for the refusal, but not later than a month from the day of receipt of the document envisaged by Article 12 of the present Law.\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text] [google translated]))","Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 the media, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=h10800427&q_id=1432122\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.refworld.org/legal/legislation/natlegbod/2009/en/73685\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2234,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.006","Since 2014, foreign investment in mass media companies, comprising radio and TV broadcasting, as well as printed media, cannot exceeed 20% of their authorised capital. Previously, foreign investment could not exceed 30% of the authorised capital.\nIn 2023, the Law on Media was amended to provide for the possibility of imposing a ban on the activities of foreign media on the territory of the Republic of Belarus in the event of unfriendly actions by foreign governments against the Belarusian media. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered equivalent to the introduction of a 'reciprocity requirement'.","\"CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Basic terms used in this Law and their definitions [...]\n2. Type of mass media - a newspaper, magazine, bulletin, radio, television, video, newsreel program, online publication, other set of information messages and (or) materials (transmissions) of a periodic nature and intended for an indefinite circle of persons . [...]\n26. A legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of a mass media is a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus that produces and issues a mass media on the basis of a decision of the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the decision on the editorial office of the mass media) or, if the specified legal entity is not the founder of the mass media or is one of the co-founders, on the basis of an agreement between this legal entity and the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the agreement on the editorial office of the mass media).\n[...]\nArticle 8. Financing of the media\n1. Sources of financing the media may be funds of the founder (s), funds of the republican and local budgets, as well as other sources not prohibited by the legislation of the Republic of Belarus.\n2. It is forbidden to receive money and other property in order to finance the media from:\n2.1. foreign legal entities, foreign citizens and stateless persons who do not permanently reside in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, with the exception of cases of participation of these persons in the authorized capital of a legal entity that is entrusted with the functions of the media editorial office, as well as other cases provided for by legislative acts of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - PROCEDURE FOR ESTABLISHMENT AND STATE REGISTRATION (RE-REGISTRATION) OF MASS MEDIA\nSection 10. Establishment of Mass Media\n1. Individuals, state bodies, political parties, other public associations, other legal entities, with the exception of those listed in subparagraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of paragraph 3 of this article, establish mass media in the manner and on the terms established by this Law and other legislative acts of the Republic Belarus.\n2. Excluded.\n3. The following may not act as a founder of a mass media:\n3.1. an individual who has not reached the age of eighteen years, with the exception of cases when, in accordance with the civil legislation of the Republic of Belarus, a minor acquires full legal capacity before reaching the age of eighteen;\n3.2. an individual serving a sentence by a court verdict or declared legally incompetent by a court decision;\n3.3. an individual who previously acted as the founder of the mass media, the release of which was discontinued on the grounds provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 51 of this Law, - within three years from the date of entry into force of a court decision to terminate the release of the mass media;\n3.4. an individual who is deprived of the right to engage in activities related to the production and release of mass media in the prescribed manner;\n3.5. a foreign legal entity, as well as a foreign citizen and a stateless person;\n3.6. a legal entity whose shares in the authorized capital of 20% or more directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are owned individually or collectively by a foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal a person (organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a stateless person, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a legal entity are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of mass media\n1. The grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of the mass media are: \n1.1. non-compliance with the requirements provided for in paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law; [...]\n1.5. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a commercial organization, whose shares, shares (stakes) in the authorized capital of which are at least 20 percent directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are individually or collectively owned foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal entity (organization that is not a legal entity), foreign citizen, stateless person, legal entity, share of foreign participation in the authorized capital of which constitutes 20% or more, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a commercial organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.6. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a non-profit organization, 20% or more of the founders (participants, members) of which are a foreign state, a foreign and (or) international legal entity (an organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a person without citizenship, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a non-profit organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.7.  appointment as editor-in-chief of a mass media outlet of a person who does not meet the requirement provided for in paragraph 1 1 of Article 31 of this Law;\n1.8. assigning the functions of the media editorial office to a person who is not a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nArticle 31\n1. The editor-in-chief of a mass media may be the head of the legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of the mass media, or a person authorized by him, carrying out his professional activities in accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Belarus, this Law and other acts of legislation.\n1 1 . The editor-in-chief of a mass medium cannot be individuals specified in  subparagraphs 3.1–3.6 of paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law.\n2. The editor-in-chief of the media makes the final decision regarding the production and release of the media.\n3. The editor-in-chief of the media is responsible for compliance with the requirements for the activities of the media by this Law and other legislative acts.\nArticle 32\nNews agencies, as well as the mass media established by them, shall be registered in accordance with the procedure provided for by Articles 11-13 of this Law for mass media.[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media, as amended [google translated])\n-------------\n\"Article 15. Grounds for Refusal of State Registration of Mass Medium\nThe grounds to refuse in the state registration of a mass media shall be:\nnon-observance of the requirements envisaged by clause 2 and 3 of Article 10 of the present Law;\nuntruthfulness of the data specified in the application for the state registration of the mass medium;\nthe title or specialization (topics) of the mass medium is in contradiction with requirements of Article 38 of the present Law;\navailability in the State Register of Mass Media of a mass medium with the same title;\nentrusting functions of the editorial board of the mass media to the legal person (non- commercial organization) in the fund of those the share of foreign investment shall be 30 and more percents;\nentrusting with functions of the editorial board of a mass media to the legal person (non-commercial organization), 30 and more percent of founders (participants, members) of which are foreign legal persons, foreign citizens and/or stateless persons which do not reside permanently in the territory of the Republic of Belarus.\nA notice about refusal of state registration of the mass medium shall be directed to the applicant in writing within ten days from the day of taking the decision with indication of the grounds for the refusal, but not later than a month from the day of receipt of the document envisaged by Article 12 of the present Law.\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text] [google translated]))","Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 the media, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=h10800427&q_id=1432122\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.refworld.org/legal/legislation/natlegbod/2009/en/73685\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2234,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00625","Foreign lawyers and law firms cannot establish or be partners in law firms in the Republic of Belarus unless if provided for in international treaties to which Belarus is a party.","\"CHAPTER 2 - LAWYERS [...]\nArticle 7. Lawyer in the Republic of Belarus\n1. A lawyer in the Republic of Belarus may be an individual who is a citizen of the Republic of Belarus, has a higher legal education and at least three years of experience in the specialty, the calculation procedure of which is established by the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus or an authorized body, which underwent an internship in the cases established by this Law and who passed the qualification exam, received special permission (license) to carry out advocacy (hereinafter, unless otherwise provided, - license ziya) and is a member of the territorial college of lawyers.\n2. Lawyers of foreign states acting in accordance with international treaties of the Republic of Belarus may provide legal assistance in the territory of the Republic of Belarus after their inclusion in the Register of Lawyers, Law Offices, legal consultations and special permits (licenses) for the right to carry out advocacy (hereinafter referred to as the Register) lawyers) in the manner determined by the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - ORGANIZATION OF LAWYER ACTIVITIES [...]\nArticle 31. The Law Office\n1. The Law Office is a non-profit organization created in order to carry out legal assistance activities.\nThe law office has the right to hire lawyers, assistant lawyers and other employees under an employment contract.\nAn employment contract with a lawyer is subject to termination in the event of cancellation or termination of the license.\n2. Two or more lawyers may be partners of a law office, unless otherwise provided by legislative acts. One and the same lawyer cannot be a partner of two or more law offices.[...]\nThe law office is not entitled to engage in other types of activities, except the provision of legal assistance, as well as act as the founder (participant) of other legal entities or the owner of their property. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 30, 2011 N 334-З ON LAWYER AND LAWYER ACTIVITIES IN THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS [google translate])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 30, 2011 N 334-З ON LAWYER AND LAWYER ACTIVITIES IN THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.advokat.by/content/zakonodatelstvo/zakon_ob_advokature/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2245,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","Foreign lawyers and law firms cannot establish or be partners in law firms in the Republic of Belarus unless if provided for in international treaties to which Belarus is a party.","\"CHAPTER 2 - LAWYERS [...]\nArticle 7. Lawyer in the Republic of Belarus\n1. A lawyer in the Republic of Belarus may be an individual who is a citizen of the Republic of Belarus, has a higher legal education and at least three years of experience in the specialty, the calculation procedure of which is established by the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus or an authorized body, which underwent an internship in the cases established by this Law and who passed the qualification exam, received special permission (license) to carry out advocacy (hereinafter, unless otherwise provided, - license ziya) and is a member of the territorial college of lawyers.\n2. Lawyers of foreign states acting in accordance with international treaties of the Republic of Belarus may provide legal assistance in the territory of the Republic of Belarus after their inclusion in the Register of Lawyers, Law Offices, legal consultations and special permits (licenses) for the right to carry out advocacy (hereinafter referred to as the Register) lawyers) in the manner determined by the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - ORGANIZATION OF LAWYER ACTIVITIES [...]\nArticle 31. The Law Office\n1. The Law Office is a non-profit organization created in order to carry out legal assistance activities.\nThe law office has the right to hire lawyers, assistant lawyers and other employees under an employment contract.\nAn employment contract with a lawyer is subject to termination in the event of cancellation or termination of the license.\n2. Two or more lawyers may be partners of a law office, unless otherwise provided by legislative acts. One and the same lawyer cannot be a partner of two or more law offices.[...]\nThe law office is not entitled to engage in other types of activities, except the provision of legal assistance, as well as act as the founder (participant) of other legal entities or the owner of their property. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 30, 2011 N 334-З ON LAWYER AND LAWYER ACTIVITIES IN THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS [google translate])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 30, 2011 N 334-З ON LAWYER AND LAWYER ACTIVITIES IN THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.advokat.by/content/zakonodatelstvo/zakon_ob_advokature/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2245,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00625","Foreign lawyers and law firms cannot establish or be partners in law firms in the Republic of Belarus unless if provided for in international treaties to which Belarus is a party.","\"CHAPTER 2 - LAWYERS [...]\nArticle 7. Lawyer in the Republic of Belarus\n1. A lawyer in the Republic of Belarus may be an individual who is a citizen of the Republic of Belarus, has a higher legal education and at least three years of experience in the specialty, the calculation procedure of which is established by the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus or an authorized body, which underwent an internship in the cases established by this Law and who passed the qualification exam, received special permission (license) to carry out advocacy (hereinafter, unless otherwise provided, - license ziya) and is a member of the territorial college of lawyers.\n2. Lawyers of foreign states acting in accordance with international treaties of the Republic of Belarus may provide legal assistance in the territory of the Republic of Belarus after their inclusion in the Register of Lawyers, Law Offices, legal consultations and special permits (licenses) for the right to carry out advocacy (hereinafter referred to as the Register) lawyers) in the manner determined by the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - ORGANIZATION OF LAWYER ACTIVITIES [...]\nArticle 31. The Law Office\n1. The Law Office is a non-profit organization created in order to carry out legal assistance activities.\nThe law office has the right to hire lawyers, assistant lawyers and other employees under an employment contract.\nAn employment contract with a lawyer is subject to termination in the event of cancellation or termination of the license.\n2. Two or more lawyers may be partners of a law office, unless otherwise provided by legislative acts. One and the same lawyer cannot be a partner of two or more law offices.[...]\nThe law office is not entitled to engage in other types of activities, except the provision of legal assistance, as well as act as the founder (participant) of other legal entities or the owner of their property. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 30, 2011 N 334-З ON LAWYER AND LAWYER ACTIVITIES IN THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS [google translate])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 30, 2011 N 334-З ON LAWYER AND LAWYER ACTIVITIES IN THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.advokat.by/content/zakonodatelstvo/zakon_ob_advokature/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2245,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00625","Foreign lawyers and law firms cannot establish or be partners in law firms in the Republic of Belarus unless if provided for in international treaties to which Belarus is a party.","\"CHAPTER 2 - LAWYERS [...]\nArticle 7. Lawyer in the Republic of Belarus\n1. A lawyer in the Republic of Belarus may be an individual who is a citizen of the Republic of Belarus, has a higher legal education and at least three years of experience in the specialty, the calculation procedure of which is established by the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus or an authorized body, which underwent an internship in the cases established by this Law and who passed the qualification exam, received special permission (license) to carry out advocacy (hereinafter, unless otherwise provided, - license ziya) and is a member of the territorial college of lawyers.\n2. Lawyers of foreign states acting in accordance with international treaties of the Republic of Belarus may provide legal assistance in the territory of the Republic of Belarus after their inclusion in the Register of Lawyers, Law Offices, legal consultations and special permits (licenses) for the right to carry out advocacy (hereinafter referred to as the Register) lawyers) in the manner determined by the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - ORGANIZATION OF LAWYER ACTIVITIES [...]\nArticle 31. The Law Office\n1. The Law Office is a non-profit organization created in order to carry out legal assistance activities.\nThe law office has the right to hire lawyers, assistant lawyers and other employees under an employment contract.\nAn employment contract with a lawyer is subject to termination in the event of cancellation or termination of the license.\n2. Two or more lawyers may be partners of a law office, unless otherwise provided by legislative acts. One and the same lawyer cannot be a partner of two or more law offices.[...]\nThe law office is not entitled to engage in other types of activities, except the provision of legal assistance, as well as act as the founder (participant) of other legal entities or the owner of their property. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 30, 2011 N 334-З ON LAWYER AND LAWYER ACTIVITIES IN THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS [google translate])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 30, 2011 N 334-З ON LAWYER AND LAWYER ACTIVITIES IN THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.advokat.by/content/zakonodatelstvo/zakon_ob_advokature/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2245,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.05","The acquisition or lease of immovable property by a majority foreign-owned company is subject to discriminatory transfer duty tax (30% vs. 5% in the case of a transaction involving a citizen of Botswana or companies majority-owned by Botswana citizens). In 2023, the Botswana's Unified Revenue Service issued the Transfer Duty Amendment Act 5 of 2023 (“Amendment Act”) which reduced the rate of transfer duty to non-citizens from 30% to 10% of the purchase price or value of property up to 2 million pula (“P”), and 15% of the purchase price or value of property in excess over P2 million.","\"2. Imposition of transfer duty\n(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Act, a duty (hereinafter called \"transfer duty\") at the rate specified in subsection (4), shall be payable upon the purchase price or value of any immovable property, whether-\n(a)   freehold; (b) held from Government upon quitrent or other leasehold tenure; (c) sold or otherwise alienated or transferred; or (d) held under a customary land grant in the form of- (i)   a registered lease which runs or is capable of running at the option of the lessee for 10 years or more, or (ii) a registered grant, lease or concession of tribal land.\n(2) Transfer duty shall be payable by- (a) the purchaser of any such property; (b) every person becoming entitled to any such property by way of exchange, donation, legacy, testamentary or other inheritance or in any manner otherwise than through the medium or by means of purchase and sale; (c) every person into whose name any such property registered in the Deeds Registry in the name of any other person is to be registered or transferred; (d) every lessee who registers a lease of immovable property, which runs or is capable of running for a period of 50 years or their aggregate period; and (e)   every person who registers a grant or concession including a tribal land lease or concession.[...]\n(4) The rate of transfer duty referred to in subsection (3) shall-\n (a)   in the case of a transaction involving any immovable property sold or alienated-\n  (i)   where the person liable to pay the duty is a citizen of Botswana, be P5 per centum; and\n  (ii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is not a citizen of Botswana, P30 per centum;\n  (iii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is an entity which is neither a natural person nor a company, P5 per centum; and\n (b)   in the case of a customary land grant, be calculated on the aggregate rental payable or on the value of the immovable property leased, whichever is greater.[...]\n(6) For the purposes of this section-\n\"agricultural land\" means any land, other than land in a township, used or capable of being used for the purposes of agriculture or horticulture or for breeding or keeping domestic animals, poultry or bees;\n\"citizen of Botswana\" includes a company incorporated in Botswana and of which a majority of every class of equity shares is held by citizens of Botswana.\n3.   Transactions involving immovable property\n(1) Where the effect of the issue of any shares in any company or a change in the beneficial ownership of any of the issued shares in any company is to pass the control of or entitlement to benefit from any immovable property from one person to another, such issue of shares or change in beneficial ownership shall constitute a transaction involving immovable property for the purposes of section 2..[...]\" (CHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891)\n---------------------------------\n\"The Botswana Unified Revenue Service (“BURS”) has published Guidelines to the Transfer Duty Amendment Act 5 of 2023 (“Amendment Act”), as follows:\n1) Introduction [Paragraph A] [...]\nb) The Amendment Act addressed the implementation challenges of the Transfer Duty Act 6 of 2003 (“Act”). The challenges include:\ni) The requirement for new allocations of state and tribal land to be subject to the Act;\nii) The impact of the 30% transfer duty payable by non-citizens on transfer of immoveable property;\t\niii) The cost implication on many of the citizens especially that the Act requires transfer duty to be paid on tribal land; and\t\niv) Provision of valuation reports for all transactions irrespective of exemption status.\n[...]\n4) Change in rate for non-citizens [Paragraph E]\nThe amendment Act introduces a reduction in the rate of transfer duty to non-citizens from 30% to 10% of the purchase price or value of property up to 2 million pula (“P”), and 15% of the purchase price or value of property in excess over P2 million[...]' (Botswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023) ","CHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891\nBotswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023","n/a","[<a href=\"https://botswanalaws.com/alphabetical-list-of-statutes/transfer-duty\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"www.burs.org.bw\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,214,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.05","The acquisition or lease of immovable property by a majority foreign-owned company is subject to discriminatory transfer duty tax (30% vs. 5% in the case of a transaction involving a citizen of Botswana or companies majority-owned by Botswana citizens). In 2023, the Botswana's Unified Revenue Service issued the Transfer Duty Amendment Act 5 of 2023 (“Amendment Act”) which reduced the rate of transfer duty to non-citizens from 30% to 10% of the purchase price or value of property up to 2 million pula (“P”), and 15% of the purchase price or value of property in excess over P2 million.","\"2. Imposition of transfer duty\n(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Act, a duty (hereinafter called \"transfer duty\") at the rate specified in subsection (4), shall be payable upon the purchase price or value of any immovable property, whether-\n(a)   freehold; (b) held from Government upon quitrent or other leasehold tenure; (c) sold or otherwise alienated or transferred; or (d) held under a customary land grant in the form of- (i)   a registered lease which runs or is capable of running at the option of the lessee for 10 years or more, or (ii) a registered grant, lease or concession of tribal land.\n(2) Transfer duty shall be payable by- (a) the purchaser of any such property; (b) every person becoming entitled to any such property by way of exchange, donation, legacy, testamentary or other inheritance or in any manner otherwise than through the medium or by means of purchase and sale; (c) every person into whose name any such property registered in the Deeds Registry in the name of any other person is to be registered or transferred; (d) every lessee who registers a lease of immovable property, which runs or is capable of running for a period of 50 years or their aggregate period; and (e)   every person who registers a grant or concession including a tribal land lease or concession.[...]\n(4) The rate of transfer duty referred to in subsection (3) shall-\n (a)   in the case of a transaction involving any immovable property sold or alienated-\n  (i)   where the person liable to pay the duty is a citizen of Botswana, be P5 per centum; and\n  (ii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is not a citizen of Botswana, P30 per centum;\n  (iii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is an entity which is neither a natural person nor a company, P5 per centum; and\n (b)   in the case of a customary land grant, be calculated on the aggregate rental payable or on the value of the immovable property leased, whichever is greater.[...]\n(6) For the purposes of this section-\n\"agricultural land\" means any land, other than land in a township, used or capable of being used for the purposes of agriculture or horticulture or for breeding or keeping domestic animals, poultry or bees;\n\"citizen of Botswana\" includes a company incorporated in Botswana and of which a majority of every class of equity shares is held by citizens of Botswana.\n3.   Transactions involving immovable property\n(1) Where the effect of the issue of any shares in any company or a change in the beneficial ownership of any of the issued shares in any company is to pass the control of or entitlement to benefit from any immovable property from one person to another, such issue of shares or change in beneficial ownership shall constitute a transaction involving immovable property for the purposes of section 2..[...]\" (CHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891)\n---------------------------------\n\"The Botswana Unified Revenue Service (“BURS”) has published Guidelines to the Transfer Duty Amendment Act 5 of 2023 (“Amendment Act”), as follows:\n1) Introduction [Paragraph A] [...]\nb) The Amendment Act addressed the implementation challenges of the Transfer Duty Act 6 of 2003 (“Act”). The challenges include:\ni) The requirement for new allocations of state and tribal land to be subject to the Act;\nii) The impact of the 30% transfer duty payable by non-citizens on transfer of immoveable property;\t\niii) The cost implication on many of the citizens especially that the Act requires transfer duty to be paid on tribal land; and\t\niv) Provision of valuation reports for all transactions irrespective of exemption status.\n[...]\n4) Change in rate for non-citizens [Paragraph E]\nThe amendment Act introduces a reduction in the rate of transfer duty to non-citizens from 30% to 10% of the purchase price or value of property up to 2 million pula (“P”), and 15% of the purchase price or value of property in excess over P2 million[...]' (Botswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023) ","CHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891\nBotswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023","n/a","[<a href=\"https://botswanalaws.com/alphabetical-list-of-statutes/transfer-duty\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"www.burs.org.bw\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,214,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.05","The acquisition or lease of immovable property by a majority foreign-owned company is subject to discriminatory transfer duty tax (30% vs. 5% in the case of a transaction involving a citizen of Botswana or companies majority-owned by Botswana citizens). In 2023, the Botswana's Unified Revenue Service issued the Transfer Duty Amendment Act 5 of 2023 (“Amendment Act”) which reduced the rate of transfer duty to non-citizens from 30% to 10% of the purchase price or value of property up to 2 million pula (“P”), and 15% of the purchase price or value of property in excess over P2 million.","\"2. Imposition of transfer duty\n(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Act, a duty (hereinafter called \"transfer duty\") at the rate specified in subsection (4), shall be payable upon the purchase price or value of any immovable property, whether-\n(a)   freehold; (b) held from Government upon quitrent or other leasehold tenure; (c) sold or otherwise alienated or transferred; or (d) held under a customary land grant in the form of- (i)   a registered lease which runs or is capable of running at the option of the lessee for 10 years or more, or (ii) a registered grant, lease or concession of tribal land.\n(2) Transfer duty shall be payable by- (a) the purchaser of any such property; (b) every person becoming entitled to any such property by way of exchange, donation, legacy, testamentary or other inheritance or in any manner otherwise than through the medium or by means of purchase and sale; (c) every person into whose name any such property registered in the Deeds Registry in the name of any other person is to be registered or transferred; (d) every lessee who registers a lease of immovable property, which runs or is capable of running for a period of 50 years or their aggregate period; and (e)   every person who registers a grant or concession including a tribal land lease or concession.[...]\n(4) The rate of transfer duty referred to in subsection (3) shall-\n (a)   in the case of a transaction involving any immovable property sold or alienated-\n  (i)   where the person liable to pay the duty is a citizen of Botswana, be P5 per centum; and\n  (ii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is not a citizen of Botswana, P30 per centum;\n  (iii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is an entity which is neither a natural person nor a company, P5 per centum; and\n (b)   in the case of a customary land grant, be calculated on the aggregate rental payable or on the value of the immovable property leased, whichever is greater.[...]\n(6) For the purposes of this section-\n\"agricultural land\" means any land, other than land in a township, used or capable of being used for the purposes of agriculture or horticulture or for breeding or keeping domestic animals, poultry or bees;\n\"citizen of Botswana\" includes a company incorporated in Botswana and of which a majority of every class of equity shares is held by citizens of Botswana.\n3.   Transactions involving immovable property\n(1) Where the effect of the issue of any shares in any company or a change in the beneficial ownership of any of the issued shares in any company is to pass the control of or entitlement to benefit from any immovable property from one person to another, such issue of shares or change in beneficial ownership shall constitute a transaction involving immovable property for the purposes of section 2..[...]\" (CHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891)\n---------------------------------\n\"The Botswana Unified Revenue Service (“BURS”) has published Guidelines to the Transfer Duty Amendment Act 5 of 2023 (“Amendment Act”), as follows:\n1) Introduction [Paragraph A] [...]\nb) The Amendment Act addressed the implementation challenges of the Transfer Duty Act 6 of 2003 (“Act”). The challenges include:\ni) The requirement for new allocations of state and tribal land to be subject to the Act;\nii) The impact of the 30% transfer duty payable by non-citizens on transfer of immoveable property;\t\niii) The cost implication on many of the citizens especially that the Act requires transfer duty to be paid on tribal land; and\t\niv) Provision of valuation reports for all transactions irrespective of exemption status.\n[...]\n4) Change in rate for non-citizens [Paragraph E]\nThe amendment Act introduces a reduction in the rate of transfer duty to non-citizens from 30% to 10% of the purchase price or value of property up to 2 million pula (“P”), and 15% of the purchase price or value of property in excess over P2 million[...]' (Botswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023) ","CHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891\nBotswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023","n/a","[<a href=\"https://botswanalaws.com/alphabetical-list-of-statutes/transfer-duty\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"www.burs.org.bw\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,214,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.05","The acquisition or lease of immovable property by a majority foreign-owned company is subject to discriminatory transfer duty tax (30% vs. 5% in the case of a transaction involving a citizen of Botswana or companies majority-owned by Botswana citizens). In 2023, the Botswana's Unified Revenue Service issued the Transfer Duty Amendment Act 5 of 2023 (“Amendment Act”) which reduced the rate of transfer duty to non-citizens from 30% to 10% of the purchase price or value of property up to 2 million pula (“P”), and 15% of the purchase price or value of property in excess over P2 million.","\"2. Imposition of transfer duty\n(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Act, a duty (hereinafter called \"transfer duty\") at the rate specified in subsection (4), shall be payable upon the purchase price or value of any immovable property, whether-\n(a)   freehold; (b) held from Government upon quitrent or other leasehold tenure; (c) sold or otherwise alienated or transferred; or (d) held under a customary land grant in the form of- (i)   a registered lease which runs or is capable of running at the option of the lessee for 10 years or more, or (ii) a registered grant, lease or concession of tribal land.\n(2) Transfer duty shall be payable by- (a) the purchaser of any such property; (b) every person becoming entitled to any such property by way of exchange, donation, legacy, testamentary or other inheritance or in any manner otherwise than through the medium or by means of purchase and sale; (c) every person into whose name any such property registered in the Deeds Registry in the name of any other person is to be registered or transferred; (d) every lessee who registers a lease of immovable property, which runs or is capable of running for a period of 50 years or their aggregate period; and (e)   every person who registers a grant or concession including a tribal land lease or concession.[...]\n(4) The rate of transfer duty referred to in subsection (3) shall-\n (a)   in the case of a transaction involving any immovable property sold or alienated-\n  (i)   where the person liable to pay the duty is a citizen of Botswana, be P5 per centum; and\n  (ii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is not a citizen of Botswana, P30 per centum;\n  (iii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is an entity which is neither a natural person nor a company, P5 per centum; and\n (b)   in the case of a customary land grant, be calculated on the aggregate rental payable or on the value of the immovable property leased, whichever is greater.[...]\n(6) For the purposes of this section-\n\"agricultural land\" means any land, other than land in a township, used or capable of being used for the purposes of agriculture or horticulture or for breeding or keeping domestic animals, poultry or bees;\n\"citizen of Botswana\" includes a company incorporated in Botswana and of which a majority of every class of equity shares is held by citizens of Botswana.\n3.   Transactions involving immovable property\n(1) Where the effect of the issue of any shares in any company or a change in the beneficial ownership of any of the issued shares in any company is to pass the control of or entitlement to benefit from any immovable property from one person to another, such issue of shares or change in beneficial ownership shall constitute a transaction involving immovable property for the purposes of section 2..[...]\" (CHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891)\n---------------------------------\n\"The Botswana Unified Revenue Service (“BURS”) has published Guidelines to the Transfer Duty Amendment Act 5 of 2023 (“Amendment Act”), as follows:\n1) Introduction [Paragraph A] [...]\nb) The Amendment Act addressed the implementation challenges of the Transfer Duty Act 6 of 2003 (“Act”). The challenges include:\ni) The requirement for new allocations of state and tribal land to be subject to the Act;\nii) The impact of the 30% transfer duty payable by non-citizens on transfer of immoveable property;\t\niii) The cost implication on many of the citizens especially that the Act requires transfer duty to be paid on tribal land; and\t\niv) Provision of valuation reports for all transactions irrespective of exemption status.\n[...]\n4) Change in rate for non-citizens [Paragraph E]\nThe amendment Act introduces a reduction in the rate of transfer duty to non-citizens from 30% to 10% of the purchase price or value of property up to 2 million pula (“P”), and 15% of the purchase price or value of property in excess over P2 million[...]' (Botswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023) ","CHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891\nBotswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023","n/a","[<a href=\"https://botswanalaws.com/alphabetical-list-of-statutes/transfer-duty\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"www.burs.org.bw\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,214,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.05","The establishment of foreign branches is subject to a specific approval regime, which requires the publication of an executive decree issued by the Federal government authorizing the incorporation of the branch upon the evaluation if that is good for Brazilian national interests.","\"Art. 1.134. The foreign company, whatever its purpose, cannot, without authorization from the Executive Branch, operate in the country, even through subordinate establishments, and may, however, except in the cases expressed by law, be a shareholder of a Brazilian corporation. [...]\nArticle 1.135. In order to grant authorization, the Executive Power is entitled to establish convenient conditions for the defense of national interests.\nSingle paragraph. Once the conditions are accepted, the Executive Power will issue an authorization decree, which will include the amount of capital allocated to operations in the country, and the company will be responsible for promoting the publication of the acts referred to in art. 1.131 and in § 1 of art. 1.134.[...]\" (Civil Code (Law No. 10406 of 10 January 2002), last amended by Law No. 14,179 of 2021, Articles 1134 and 1135 [google translation])","Civil Code (Law No. 10406 of 10 January 2002), last amended by Law No. 14,179 of 2021, Articles 1134 and 1135","Ministry of Industry, Foreign Trade and Services Special Secretariat for Micro and Small Enterprises (2018), Department of Registration and Business Integration\"FOREIGN COMPANY: Opening of branch in Brazil\", April 19.","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Leis/2002/L10406.htm\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.br/produtividade-e-comercio-exterior/pt-br/images/REPOSITORIO/SEMPE/DREI/MANUAIS/Traduo-Ingls---EMPRESA-ESTRANGEIRA-NO-BRASIL-16-04.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1341,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.05","The establishment of foreign branches is subject to a specific approval regime, which requires the publication of an executive decree issued by the Federal government authorizing the incorporation of the branch upon the evaluation if that is good for Brazilian national interests.","\"Art. 1.134. The foreign company, whatever its purpose, cannot, without authorization from the Executive Branch, operate in the country, even through subordinate establishments, and may, however, except in the cases expressed by law, be a shareholder of a Brazilian corporation. [...]\nArticle 1.135. In order to grant authorization, the Executive Power is entitled to establish convenient conditions for the defense of national interests.\nSingle paragraph. Once the conditions are accepted, the Executive Power will issue an authorization decree, which will include the amount of capital allocated to operations in the country, and the company will be responsible for promoting the publication of the acts referred to in art. 1.131 and in § 1 of art. 1.134.[...]\" (Civil Code (Law No. 10406 of 10 January 2002), last amended by Law No. 14,179 of 2021, Articles 1134 and 1135 [google translation])","Civil Code (Law No. 10406 of 10 January 2002), last amended by Law No. 14,179 of 2021, Articles 1134 and 1135","Ministry of Industry, Foreign Trade and Services Special Secretariat for Micro and Small Enterprises (2018), Department of Registration and Business Integration\"FOREIGN COMPANY: Opening of branch in Brazil\", April 19.","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Leis/2002/L10406.htm\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.br/produtividade-e-comercio-exterior/pt-br/images/REPOSITORIO/SEMPE/DREI/MANUAIS/Traduo-Ingls---EMPRESA-ESTRANGEIRA-NO-BRASIL-16-04.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1341,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.05","The establishment of foreign branches is subject to a specific approval regime, which requires the publication of an executive decree issued by the Federal government authorizing the incorporation of the branch upon the evaluation if that is good for Brazilian national interests.","\"Art. 1.134. The foreign company, whatever its purpose, cannot, without authorization from the Executive Branch, operate in the country, even through subordinate establishments, and may, however, except in the cases expressed by law, be a shareholder of a Brazilian corporation. [...]\nArticle 1.135. In order to grant authorization, the Executive Power is entitled to establish convenient conditions for the defense of national interests.\nSingle paragraph. Once the conditions are accepted, the Executive Power will issue an authorization decree, which will include the amount of capital allocated to operations in the country, and the company will be responsible for promoting the publication of the acts referred to in art. 1.131 and in § 1 of art. 1.134.[...]\" (Civil Code (Law No. 10406 of 10 January 2002), last amended by Law No. 14,179 of 2021, Articles 1134 and 1135 [google translation])","Civil Code (Law No. 10406 of 10 January 2002), last amended by Law No. 14,179 of 2021, Articles 1134 and 1135","Ministry of Industry, Foreign Trade and Services Special Secretariat for Micro and Small Enterprises (2018), Department of Registration and Business Integration\"FOREIGN COMPANY: Opening of branch in Brazil\", April 19.","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Leis/2002/L10406.htm\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.br/produtividade-e-comercio-exterior/pt-br/images/REPOSITORIO/SEMPE/DREI/MANUAIS/Traduo-Ingls---EMPRESA-ESTRANGEIRA-NO-BRASIL-16-04.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1341,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.05","The establishment of foreign branches is subject to a specific approval regime, which requires the publication of an executive decree issued by the Federal government authorizing the incorporation of the branch upon the evaluation if that is good for Brazilian national interests.","\"Art. 1.134. The foreign company, whatever its purpose, cannot, without authorization from the Executive Branch, operate in the country, even through subordinate establishments, and may, however, except in the cases expressed by law, be a shareholder of a Brazilian corporation. [...]\nArticle 1.135. In order to grant authorization, the Executive Power is entitled to establish convenient conditions for the defense of national interests.\nSingle paragraph. Once the conditions are accepted, the Executive Power will issue an authorization decree, which will include the amount of capital allocated to operations in the country, and the company will be responsible for promoting the publication of the acts referred to in art. 1.131 and in § 1 of art. 1.134.[...]\" (Civil Code (Law No. 10406 of 10 January 2002), last amended by Law No. 14,179 of 2021, Articles 1134 and 1135 [google translation])","Civil Code (Law No. 10406 of 10 January 2002), last amended by Law No. 14,179 of 2021, Articles 1134 and 1135","Ministry of Industry, Foreign Trade and Services Special Secretariat for Micro and Small Enterprises (2018), Department of Registration and Business Integration\"FOREIGN COMPANY: Opening of branch in Brazil\", April 19.","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Leis/2002/L10406.htm\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.br/produtividade-e-comercio-exterior/pt-br/images/REPOSITORIO/SEMPE/DREI/MANUAIS/Traduo-Ingls---EMPRESA-ESTRANGEIRA-NO-BRASIL-16-04.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1341,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.0025","Regarding the purchase of rural lands, foreigners (individuals and companies) can only acquire properties with an area up to 50 indefinite exploration modules (MEI). MEI varies from 5 to 100 acres, depending on the municipality. Brazilian companies controlled by foreign nationals need prior approval from the government to complete an acquisition of between 3 and 50 MEI. Foreign companies can only acquire rural land for agricultural, cattle-raising, industrial or development projects. No more than 25% of the rural areas of any municipality may be owned by foreigners, and no more than 40% may be owned by foreigners of the same nationality.","\"Article 190. The law shall regulate and limit the acquisition or lease of rural property by a foreign individual or legal entity, and shall establish the cases that shall depend on authorization by the National Congress.\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), Article 190 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1 - Foreigners residing in the country and foreign legal entities authorized to operate in Brazil may only acquire rural property as provided for in this Law.\n§ 1 - The Brazilian legal entity in which foreign natural or legal persons who have the majority of its share capital and reside or are headquartered abroad are, however, subject to the regime established by this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 3 - The acquisition of rural property by a foreign individual cannot exceed 50 (fifty) modules of indefinite exploitation, in a continuous or discontinuous area.\n§ 1 - In the case of property with an area not exceeding 3 (three) modules, the acquisition will be free, regardless of any authorization or license, except for the general requirements determined by law.\n§ 2 - The Executive Branch will issue rules for the acquisition of an area comprised between 3 (three) and 50 (fifty) indefinite exploration modules.              \n§ 3 - The President of the Republic, after consulting the National Security Council, may increase the limit established in this article.\nArticle 4 - In rural subdivisions carried out by private colonization companies, the acquisition and occupation of at least 30% (thirty percent) of the total area must be carried out by Brazilians.\nArticle 5 - The foreign legal entities referred to in art. 1 of this Law may only acquire rural properties intended for the implementation of agricultural, livestock, industrial, or colonization projects, linked to their statutory objectives.\n§ 1 - The projects referred to in this article must be approved by the Ministry of Agriculture, after consulting the competent federal agency for regional development in the respective area.\n§ 2 - Regarding industrial projects, the Ministry of Industry and Commerce will be heard.\n[...]\nArt. 12 - The sum of rural areas belonging to foreign persons, natural or legal, may not exceed one quarter of the surface of the Municipalities where they are located, as evidenced by a certificate from the Real Estate Registry, based on the auxiliary book referred to in art. . 10.\n§ 1 - Persons of the same nationality cannot own, in each Municipality, more than 40% (forty percent) of the limit established in this article.\n§ 2 - The purchases of rural areas are excluded from the restrictions of this article: I - less than 3 (three) modules;[...]\" (Law No. 5.709 Regulating the Acquisition of Rural Property by Foreign Persons (7 October 1971), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 1, 3, 4, 5 and 12 [google translation])","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), Article 190\nLaw No. 5.709 Regulating the Acquisition of Rural Property by Foreign Persons (7 October 1971), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 1, 3, 4, 5 and 12","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_ENG</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/L5709.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1328,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.0025","Regarding the purchase of rural lands, foreigners (individuals and companies) can only acquire properties with an area up to 50 indefinite exploration modules (MEI). MEI varies from 5 to 100 acres, depending on the municipality. Brazilian companies controlled by foreign nationals need prior approval from the government to complete an acquisition of between 3 and 50 MEI. Foreign companies can only acquire rural land for agricultural, cattle-raising, industrial or development projects. No more than 25% of the rural areas of any municipality may be owned by foreigners, and no more than 40% may be owned by foreigners of the same nationality.","\"Article 190. The law shall regulate and limit the acquisition or lease of rural property by a foreign individual or legal entity, and shall establish the cases that shall depend on authorization by the National Congress.\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), Article 190 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1 - Foreigners residing in the country and foreign legal entities authorized to operate in Brazil may only acquire rural property as provided for in this Law.\n§ 1 - The Brazilian legal entity in which foreign natural or legal persons who have the majority of its share capital and reside or are headquartered abroad are, however, subject to the regime established by this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 3 - The acquisition of rural property by a foreign individual cannot exceed 50 (fifty) modules of indefinite exploitation, in a continuous or discontinuous area.\n§ 1 - In the case of property with an area not exceeding 3 (three) modules, the acquisition will be free, regardless of any authorization or license, except for the general requirements determined by law.\n§ 2 - The Executive Branch will issue rules for the acquisition of an area comprised between 3 (three) and 50 (fifty) indefinite exploration modules.              \n§ 3 - The President of the Republic, after consulting the National Security Council, may increase the limit established in this article.\nArticle 4 - In rural subdivisions carried out by private colonization companies, the acquisition and occupation of at least 30% (thirty percent) of the total area must be carried out by Brazilians.\nArticle 5 - The foreign legal entities referred to in art. 1 of this Law may only acquire rural properties intended for the implementation of agricultural, livestock, industrial, or colonization projects, linked to their statutory objectives.\n§ 1 - The projects referred to in this article must be approved by the Ministry of Agriculture, after consulting the competent federal agency for regional development in the respective area.\n§ 2 - Regarding industrial projects, the Ministry of Industry and Commerce will be heard.\n[...]\nArt. 12 - The sum of rural areas belonging to foreign persons, natural or legal, may not exceed one quarter of the surface of the Municipalities where they are located, as evidenced by a certificate from the Real Estate Registry, based on the auxiliary book referred to in art. . 10.\n§ 1 - Persons of the same nationality cannot own, in each Municipality, more than 40% (forty percent) of the limit established in this article.\n§ 2 - The purchases of rural areas are excluded from the restrictions of this article: I - less than 3 (three) modules;[...]\" (Law No. 5.709 Regulating the Acquisition of Rural Property by Foreign Persons (7 October 1971), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 1, 3, 4, 5 and 12 [google translation])","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), Article 190\nLaw No. 5.709 Regulating the Acquisition of Rural Property by Foreign Persons (7 October 1971), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 1, 3, 4, 5 and 12","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_ENG</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/L5709.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1328,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.0025","Regarding the purchase of rural lands, foreigners (individuals and companies) can only acquire properties with an area up to 50 indefinite exploration modules (MEI). MEI varies from 5 to 100 acres, depending on the municipality. Brazilian companies controlled by foreign nationals need prior approval from the government to complete an acquisition of between 3 and 50 MEI. Foreign companies can only acquire rural land for agricultural, cattle-raising, industrial or development projects. No more than 25% of the rural areas of any municipality may be owned by foreigners, and no more than 40% may be owned by foreigners of the same nationality.","\"Article 190. The law shall regulate and limit the acquisition or lease of rural property by a foreign individual or legal entity, and shall establish the cases that shall depend on authorization by the National Congress.\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), Article 190 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1 - Foreigners residing in the country and foreign legal entities authorized to operate in Brazil may only acquire rural property as provided for in this Law.\n§ 1 - The Brazilian legal entity in which foreign natural or legal persons who have the majority of its share capital and reside or are headquartered abroad are, however, subject to the regime established by this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 3 - The acquisition of rural property by a foreign individual cannot exceed 50 (fifty) modules of indefinite exploitation, in a continuous or discontinuous area.\n§ 1 - In the case of property with an area not exceeding 3 (three) modules, the acquisition will be free, regardless of any authorization or license, except for the general requirements determined by law.\n§ 2 - The Executive Branch will issue rules for the acquisition of an area comprised between 3 (three) and 50 (fifty) indefinite exploration modules.              \n§ 3 - The President of the Republic, after consulting the National Security Council, may increase the limit established in this article.\nArticle 4 - In rural subdivisions carried out by private colonization companies, the acquisition and occupation of at least 30% (thirty percent) of the total area must be carried out by Brazilians.\nArticle 5 - The foreign legal entities referred to in art. 1 of this Law may only acquire rural properties intended for the implementation of agricultural, livestock, industrial, or colonization projects, linked to their statutory objectives.\n§ 1 - The projects referred to in this article must be approved by the Ministry of Agriculture, after consulting the competent federal agency for regional development in the respective area.\n§ 2 - Regarding industrial projects, the Ministry of Industry and Commerce will be heard.\n[...]\nArt. 12 - The sum of rural areas belonging to foreign persons, natural or legal, may not exceed one quarter of the surface of the Municipalities where they are located, as evidenced by a certificate from the Real Estate Registry, based on the auxiliary book referred to in art. . 10.\n§ 1 - Persons of the same nationality cannot own, in each Municipality, more than 40% (forty percent) of the limit established in this article.\n§ 2 - The purchases of rural areas are excluded from the restrictions of this article: I - less than 3 (three) modules;[...]\" (Law No. 5.709 Regulating the Acquisition of Rural Property by Foreign Persons (7 October 1971), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 1, 3, 4, 5 and 12 [google translation])","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), Article 190\nLaw No. 5.709 Regulating the Acquisition of Rural Property by Foreign Persons (7 October 1971), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 1, 3, 4, 5 and 12","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_ENG</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/L5709.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1328,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.0025","Regarding the purchase of rural lands, foreigners (individuals and companies) can only acquire properties with an area up to 50 indefinite exploration modules (MEI). MEI varies from 5 to 100 acres, depending on the municipality. Brazilian companies controlled by foreign nationals need prior approval from the government to complete an acquisition of between 3 and 50 MEI. Foreign companies can only acquire rural land for agricultural, cattle-raising, industrial or development projects. No more than 25% of the rural areas of any municipality may be owned by foreigners, and no more than 40% may be owned by foreigners of the same nationality.","\"Article 190. The law shall regulate and limit the acquisition or lease of rural property by a foreign individual or legal entity, and shall establish the cases that shall depend on authorization by the National Congress.\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), Article 190 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1 - Foreigners residing in the country and foreign legal entities authorized to operate in Brazil may only acquire rural property as provided for in this Law.\n§ 1 - The Brazilian legal entity in which foreign natural or legal persons who have the majority of its share capital and reside or are headquartered abroad are, however, subject to the regime established by this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 3 - The acquisition of rural property by a foreign individual cannot exceed 50 (fifty) modules of indefinite exploitation, in a continuous or discontinuous area.\n§ 1 - In the case of property with an area not exceeding 3 (three) modules, the acquisition will be free, regardless of any authorization or license, except for the general requirements determined by law.\n§ 2 - The Executive Branch will issue rules for the acquisition of an area comprised between 3 (three) and 50 (fifty) indefinite exploration modules.              \n§ 3 - The President of the Republic, after consulting the National Security Council, may increase the limit established in this article.\nArticle 4 - In rural subdivisions carried out by private colonization companies, the acquisition and occupation of at least 30% (thirty percent) of the total area must be carried out by Brazilians.\nArticle 5 - The foreign legal entities referred to in art. 1 of this Law may only acquire rural properties intended for the implementation of agricultural, livestock, industrial, or colonization projects, linked to their statutory objectives.\n§ 1 - The projects referred to in this article must be approved by the Ministry of Agriculture, after consulting the competent federal agency for regional development in the respective area.\n§ 2 - Regarding industrial projects, the Ministry of Industry and Commerce will be heard.\n[...]\nArt. 12 - The sum of rural areas belonging to foreign persons, natural or legal, may not exceed one quarter of the surface of the Municipalities where they are located, as evidenced by a certificate from the Real Estate Registry, based on the auxiliary book referred to in art. . 10.\n§ 1 - Persons of the same nationality cannot own, in each Municipality, more than 40% (forty percent) of the limit established in this article.\n§ 2 - The purchases of rural areas are excluded from the restrictions of this article: I - less than 3 (three) modules;[...]\" (Law No. 5.709 Regulating the Acquisition of Rural Property by Foreign Persons (7 October 1971), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 1, 3, 4, 5 and 12 [google translation])","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), Article 190\nLaw No. 5.709 Regulating the Acquisition of Rural Property by Foreign Persons (7 October 1971), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 1, 3, 4, 5 and 12","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_ENG</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/L5709.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1328,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","H5022","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0002","Only Brazilian-flagged vessels may engage in the transport of goods in cabotage navigation and inland navigation along the national route, as well as in port support navigation and maritime support navigation. Brazilian-flagged vessels must have a Brazilian captain.\nThe operation or exploration of the transport of goods in long-distance maritime navigation, as well as inland navigation on an international route, is open to shipowners, shipping companies and vessels from all countries subject to reciprocity and in compliance with the internatinoal agreements signed by Brazil.","\" Chapter III - On the Flag of Vessels\nArt. 3 The following vessels will have the right to fly the Brazilian flag:\nI - registered in the Maritime Property Registry, owned by an individual resident and domiciled in the country or by a Brazilian company;\nII - under a bareboat charter contract, by a Brazilian shipping company, subject to the provisional suspension of the flag in the country of origin.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Crew\nArt. 4. In Brazilian-flagged vessels, the captain, the chief engineer and two-thirds of the crew will necessarily be Brazilian.\n[...]\nChapter V - Navigation Regimes\nArt. 5th The operation or exploration of the transport of goods in long-distance navigation is open to shipowners, shipping companies and vessels from all countries, in compliance with the agreements signed by the Union, in compliance with the principle of reciprocity.\nArt. 6 The operation or exploration of inland navigation on an international route is open to shipping companies and vessels from all countries, exclusively in the form of agreements signed by the Union, in compliance with the principle of reciprocity.\nArt. 7th Foreign vessels may only participate in the transport of goods in cabotage navigation and inland navigation along the national route, as well as in port support navigation and maritime support navigation, when chartered by Brazilian shipping companies, subject to the provisions of arts . 9th and 10th.[…]\" (Law No. 9,432 reordering the maritime transport (8 January 1997), Article 4 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Art 1 The National Superintendence of the Merchant Marine - SUNAMAN, in the exercise of its regulatory function of maritime transport, is responsible for disciplining and controlling, through resolutions that it issues, the participation of the national merchant fleet in international shipping lines.\nSingle paragraph. For the purposes of this article, in the traffic between Brazil and other countries, the national shipowners of the exporting and importing country of goods shall predominate, until the equal participation between the same shipowners, recommended by the Brazilian policy of international maritime transport, is obtained.\n[...]\nArt 3 The import or export cargo, mandatorily linked to transport in Brazilian-flagged ships, may be released in favor of the flag of the exporting or importing country, weighing up to 50% of its total, provided that the legislation of the buying or selling country grants , at least, equal treatment in relation to ships flying the Brazilian flag.\n§ 1 In case of absolute lack of own or chartered Brazilian-flagged ships, for the transport of the total or part of the percentage that fits, it must be released in favor of a ship flying the flag of the exporting or importing country.[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 666, of July 2, 1969 Establishing the obligation to transport on a Brazilian flag ship and makes other provisions [google translation])","Law No. 9,432 reordering the maritime transport (8 January 1997), last amended by Law No. 12,599 of 2012, Article 4\nDecree-Law No. 666, of July 2, 1969 Establishing the obligation to transport on a Brazilian flag ship and makes other provisions","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/L9432.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Decreto-Lei/Del0666.htm\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1322,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","H5022","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0002","Only Brazilian-flagged vessels may engage in the transport of goods in cabotage navigation and inland navigation along the national route, as well as in port support navigation and maritime support navigation. Brazilian-flagged vessels must have a Brazilian captain.\nThe operation or exploration of the transport of goods in long-distance maritime navigation, as well as inland navigation on an international route, is open to shipowners, shipping companies and vessels from all countries subject to reciprocity and in compliance with the internatinoal agreements signed by Brazil.","\" Chapter III - On the Flag of Vessels\nArt. 3 The following vessels will have the right to fly the Brazilian flag:\nI - registered in the Maritime Property Registry, owned by an individual resident and domiciled in the country or by a Brazilian company;\nII - under a bareboat charter contract, by a Brazilian shipping company, subject to the provisional suspension of the flag in the country of origin.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Crew\nArt. 4. In Brazilian-flagged vessels, the captain, the chief engineer and two-thirds of the crew will necessarily be Brazilian.\n[...]\nChapter V - Navigation Regimes\nArt. 5th The operation or exploration of the transport of goods in long-distance navigation is open to shipowners, shipping companies and vessels from all countries, in compliance with the agreements signed by the Union, in compliance with the principle of reciprocity.\nArt. 6 The operation or exploration of inland navigation on an international route is open to shipping companies and vessels from all countries, exclusively in the form of agreements signed by the Union, in compliance with the principle of reciprocity.\nArt. 7th Foreign vessels may only participate in the transport of goods in cabotage navigation and inland navigation along the national route, as well as in port support navigation and maritime support navigation, when chartered by Brazilian shipping companies, subject to the provisions of arts . 9th and 10th.[…]\" (Law No. 9,432 reordering the maritime transport (8 January 1997), Article 4 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Art 1 The National Superintendence of the Merchant Marine - SUNAMAN, in the exercise of its regulatory function of maritime transport, is responsible for disciplining and controlling, through resolutions that it issues, the participation of the national merchant fleet in international shipping lines.\nSingle paragraph. For the purposes of this article, in the traffic between Brazil and other countries, the national shipowners of the exporting and importing country of goods shall predominate, until the equal participation between the same shipowners, recommended by the Brazilian policy of international maritime transport, is obtained.\n[...]\nArt 3 The import or export cargo, mandatorily linked to transport in Brazilian-flagged ships, may be released in favor of the flag of the exporting or importing country, weighing up to 50% of its total, provided that the legislation of the buying or selling country grants , at least, equal treatment in relation to ships flying the Brazilian flag.\n§ 1 In case of absolute lack of own or chartered Brazilian-flagged ships, for the transport of the total or part of the percentage that fits, it must be released in favor of a ship flying the flag of the exporting or importing country.[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 666, of July 2, 1969 Establishing the obligation to transport on a Brazilian flag ship and makes other provisions [google translation])","Law No. 9,432 reordering the maritime transport (8 January 1997), last amended by Law No. 12,599 of 2012, Article 4\nDecree-Law No. 666, of July 2, 1969 Establishing the obligation to transport on a Brazilian flag ship and makes other provisions","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/L9432.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Decreto-Lei/Del0666.htm\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1322,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","H5022","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0002","Only Brazilian-flagged vessels may engage in the transport of goods in cabotage navigation and inland navigation along the national route, as well as in port support navigation and maritime support navigation. Brazilian-flagged vessels must have a Brazilian captain.\nThe operation or exploration of the transport of goods in long-distance maritime navigation, as well as inland navigation on an international route, is open to shipowners, shipping companies and vessels from all countries subject to reciprocity and in compliance with the internatinoal agreements signed by Brazil.","\" Chapter III - On the Flag of Vessels\nArt. 3 The following vessels will have the right to fly the Brazilian flag:\nI - registered in the Maritime Property Registry, owned by an individual resident and domiciled in the country or by a Brazilian company;\nII - under a bareboat charter contract, by a Brazilian shipping company, subject to the provisional suspension of the flag in the country of origin.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Crew\nArt. 4. In Brazilian-flagged vessels, the captain, the chief engineer and two-thirds of the crew will necessarily be Brazilian.\n[...]\nChapter V - Navigation Regimes\nArt. 5th The operation or exploration of the transport of goods in long-distance navigation is open to shipowners, shipping companies and vessels from all countries, in compliance with the agreements signed by the Union, in compliance with the principle of reciprocity.\nArt. 6 The operation or exploration of inland navigation on an international route is open to shipping companies and vessels from all countries, exclusively in the form of agreements signed by the Union, in compliance with the principle of reciprocity.\nArt. 7th Foreign vessels may only participate in the transport of goods in cabotage navigation and inland navigation along the national route, as well as in port support navigation and maritime support navigation, when chartered by Brazilian shipping companies, subject to the provisions of arts . 9th and 10th.[…]\" (Law No. 9,432 reordering the maritime transport (8 January 1997), Article 4 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Art 1 The National Superintendence of the Merchant Marine - SUNAMAN, in the exercise of its regulatory function of maritime transport, is responsible for disciplining and controlling, through resolutions that it issues, the participation of the national merchant fleet in international shipping lines.\nSingle paragraph. For the purposes of this article, in the traffic between Brazil and other countries, the national shipowners of the exporting and importing country of goods shall predominate, until the equal participation between the same shipowners, recommended by the Brazilian policy of international maritime transport, is obtained.\n[...]\nArt 3 The import or export cargo, mandatorily linked to transport in Brazilian-flagged ships, may be released in favor of the flag of the exporting or importing country, weighing up to 50% of its total, provided that the legislation of the buying or selling country grants , at least, equal treatment in relation to ships flying the Brazilian flag.\n§ 1 In case of absolute lack of own or chartered Brazilian-flagged ships, for the transport of the total or part of the percentage that fits, it must be released in favor of a ship flying the flag of the exporting or importing country.[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 666, of July 2, 1969 Establishing the obligation to transport on a Brazilian flag ship and makes other provisions [google translation])","Law No. 9,432 reordering the maritime transport (8 January 1997), last amended by Law No. 12,599 of 2012, Article 4\nDecree-Law No. 666, of July 2, 1969 Establishing the obligation to transport on a Brazilian flag ship and makes other provisions","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/L9432.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Decreto-Lei/Del0666.htm\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1322,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","H5022","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0002","Only Brazilian-flagged vessels may engage in the transport of goods in cabotage navigation and inland navigation along the national route, as well as in port support navigation and maritime support navigation. Brazilian-flagged vessels must have a Brazilian captain.\nThe operation or exploration of the transport of goods in long-distance maritime navigation, as well as inland navigation on an international route, is open to shipowners, shipping companies and vessels from all countries subject to reciprocity and in compliance with the internatinoal agreements signed by Brazil.","\" Chapter III - On the Flag of Vessels\nArt. 3 The following vessels will have the right to fly the Brazilian flag:\nI - registered in the Maritime Property Registry, owned by an individual resident and domiciled in the country or by a Brazilian company;\nII - under a bareboat charter contract, by a Brazilian shipping company, subject to the provisional suspension of the flag in the country of origin.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Crew\nArt. 4. In Brazilian-flagged vessels, the captain, the chief engineer and two-thirds of the crew will necessarily be Brazilian.\n[...]\nChapter V - Navigation Regimes\nArt. 5th The operation or exploration of the transport of goods in long-distance navigation is open to shipowners, shipping companies and vessels from all countries, in compliance with the agreements signed by the Union, in compliance with the principle of reciprocity.\nArt. 6 The operation or exploration of inland navigation on an international route is open to shipping companies and vessels from all countries, exclusively in the form of agreements signed by the Union, in compliance with the principle of reciprocity.\nArt. 7th Foreign vessels may only participate in the transport of goods in cabotage navigation and inland navigation along the national route, as well as in port support navigation and maritime support navigation, when chartered by Brazilian shipping companies, subject to the provisions of arts . 9th and 10th.[…]\" (Law No. 9,432 reordering the maritime transport (8 January 1997), Article 4 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Art 1 The National Superintendence of the Merchant Marine - SUNAMAN, in the exercise of its regulatory function of maritime transport, is responsible for disciplining and controlling, through resolutions that it issues, the participation of the national merchant fleet in international shipping lines.\nSingle paragraph. For the purposes of this article, in the traffic between Brazil and other countries, the national shipowners of the exporting and importing country of goods shall predominate, until the equal participation between the same shipowners, recommended by the Brazilian policy of international maritime transport, is obtained.\n[...]\nArt 3 The import or export cargo, mandatorily linked to transport in Brazilian-flagged ships, may be released in favor of the flag of the exporting or importing country, weighing up to 50% of its total, provided that the legislation of the buying or selling country grants , at least, equal treatment in relation to ships flying the Brazilian flag.\n§ 1 In case of absolute lack of own or chartered Brazilian-flagged ships, for the transport of the total or part of the percentage that fits, it must be released in favor of a ship flying the flag of the exporting or importing country.[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 666, of July 2, 1969 Establishing the obligation to transport on a Brazilian flag ship and makes other provisions [google translation])","Law No. 9,432 reordering the maritime transport (8 January 1997), last amended by Law No. 12,599 of 2012, Article 4\nDecree-Law No. 666, of July 2, 1969 Establishing the obligation to transport on a Brazilian flag ship and makes other provisions","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/L9432.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Decreto-Lei/Del0666.htm\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1322,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.012","Foreign persons may not have majority vote or control of the an applicant for a licence from AiTi. This applies to providers of mobile and fixed telecommunication services, as well as public broadcasting companies.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Telecommunication Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Telecommunications Order 2001, AiTi Operational Framework  [...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide telecommunication services for which Brunei Darussalam requires a licence (Software application-based services provided over the Internet (Over-the-Top services) do not currently require a licence in Brunei Darussalam) in the territory of Brunei Darussalam, unless: (a) they maintain a physical business presence in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they provide such services through a commercial arrangement with a licensed operator in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) where so required, they locate their transmission equipment used for the provision of public telecommunications networks or supply of public telecommunications services within Brunei Darussalam.\n2. Except where specifically approved by the Ministry of Communications, foreign nationals and enterprises may not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any telecommunication enterprises. The approval process for exceeding this 51 per cent threshold shall be based on objective criteria and be implemented in an impartial manner.\n3. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not undertake activities related to telecommunication services unless they comply with any performance requirements that may be imposed. Such performance requirements shall not include a requirement to purchase domestic telecommunications equipment.\n4. For greater certainty, telecommunication services means any services for telecommunications, which means a transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, optical or other electro-magnetic systems whether or not such signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence have been subjected to rearrangement, computation or other processes by any means in the course of their transmission, emission or reception; but excludes any broadcasting service.[...]” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n-----------------------\n[text not reproduced here] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001)\n-----------------------\n\"PART IV REQUIREMENT FOR LICENSING \nLicensing requirement. \n24. (1) Subject to such privilege conferred by section 3 and exemption under section 36, a radio-communication equipment shall not be possessed, established, installed, maintained, provided or operated by any person otherwise than as authorised by (a) an apparatus (spectrum) licence; {b) an apparatus licence; or {c) a class licence.\n[...]\nGrant of licence.\n25. A licence, other than a class licence, shall only be granted by the Authority to (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or permanent resident; {b) a business registered under the Business Names Act !Chapter 92); {c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act !Chapter 39); or (d) such other person as the Authority considers appropriate. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013)\n-----------------------\n\"3.1 Under the Section 3 of the Telecommunications Order 2001 (the “Order”), AiTi has the exclusive privilege for the operation and provision of telecommunication systems and services in Brunei Darussalam. AiTi may, under Section 5 of the Order, grant licences to a person to operate telecommunication systems and services, subject to conditions imposed by AiTi. Any person who provides a telecommunication system or service within Brunei Darussalam without a licence granted under Section 5 commits an offence under Section 33 of the Order. Sections 33(1) and 33(2) of the Order provides that a fine of up to B$100,000 can to be imposed by AiTi for a offence of providing an unlicensed telecommunication service, and further fine of up to B$10,000 every day for a continuing  offence after conviction.  \n3.2 AiTi will issue two broad categories of licences:\n3.2.1 The first category of licence is the Infrastructure Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“InTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by an operator to own and provide infrastructure, systems, networks, facilities and other equipment (except for customer premises equipment (“CPE”)) (collectively known as “infrastructure”) for the purposes of enabling telecommunication services to be provided. There are two main variants of this licence. One variant is for licensees that are allocated frequency spectrum to be used in conjunction with the infrastructure operated, and the other variant is for licensees that have not been granted any frequency spectrum. Users of frequency spectrum for purposes other than telecommunications (e.g. broadcasting) must also obtain a specialised InTi Licence from AiTi. This is to ensure that there will not be interference and safety issues are addressed in relation to the use of the frequency spectrum. \n3.2.2 The second category of licence is the Service Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“SeTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by a operator to sell services to consumers or corporate customers. A SeTi Licensee does not own its own infrastructure outside of its own premises, but uses the infrastructure provided by InTi Licensees. However, a SeTi may provide CPE to its customers, or may own infrastructure within its premises to offer services to customers within its premises. \n[...]\n3.4 An applicant for a licence from AiTi must be a corporate entity incorporated in Brunei Darussalam or a Brunei Darussalam government department. Where the applicant is a joint venture vehicle between a local and a foreign party, or where one or more foreign parties control or hold any shares conferring voting rights (whether directly or indirectly) in the applicant, then the foreign party\nmust not have majority vote or control of the applicant. A foreign party is deemed to have a majority vote or have control of an applicant if: \n3.4.1 the foreign party has the power or right (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities, and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the applicant or otherwise controls or has the power or right to determine the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; \n3.4.2 the foreign party possesses, controls or has the right to exercise (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the voting power at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the voting at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; or\n3.4.3 if the foreign party holds or owns or has an interest in (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the issued share capital of the applicant (including preference and other shares as long as such shares confer voting rights); “interest” in this context includes any beneficial or equitable interest or ownership, or interest conferred as a result of any instrument of trust. \n3.5  A “foreign party” includes:\n3.5.1 in the case of an individual, anyone who is not a Brunei Darussalam citizen; and \n3.5.2 in the case of a company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity, any such company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity (whether established or incorporated in or outside Brunei Darussalam) which is ultimately owned (whether partially or wholly) or controlled, by one or more persons who are not Brunei Darussalam citizens or by one or more entities incorporated or established outside Brunei Darussalam. “Control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over management and decision-making. [...]\" (AiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\")","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001 \nTELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013\nAiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\"","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/S038a.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2013/EN/s086.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aiti.gov.bn/media/ocgngjfs/aiti-operational-framework.pdf\">Framework</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3084,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.012","Foreign persons may not have majority vote or control of the an applicant for a licence from AiTi. This applies to providers of mobile and fixed telecommunication services, as well as public broadcasting companies.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Telecommunication Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Telecommunications Order 2001, AiTi Operational Framework  [...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide telecommunication services for which Brunei Darussalam requires a licence (Software application-based services provided over the Internet (Over-the-Top services) do not currently require a licence in Brunei Darussalam) in the territory of Brunei Darussalam, unless: (a) they maintain a physical business presence in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they provide such services through a commercial arrangement with a licensed operator in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) where so required, they locate their transmission equipment used for the provision of public telecommunications networks or supply of public telecommunications services within Brunei Darussalam.\n2. Except where specifically approved by the Ministry of Communications, foreign nationals and enterprises may not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any telecommunication enterprises. The approval process for exceeding this 51 per cent threshold shall be based on objective criteria and be implemented in an impartial manner.\n3. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not undertake activities related to telecommunication services unless they comply with any performance requirements that may be imposed. Such performance requirements shall not include a requirement to purchase domestic telecommunications equipment.\n4. For greater certainty, telecommunication services means any services for telecommunications, which means a transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, optical or other electro-magnetic systems whether or not such signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence have been subjected to rearrangement, computation or other processes by any means in the course of their transmission, emission or reception; but excludes any broadcasting service.[...]” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n-----------------------\n[text not reproduced here] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001)\n-----------------------\n\"PART IV REQUIREMENT FOR LICENSING \nLicensing requirement. \n24. (1) Subject to such privilege conferred by section 3 and exemption under section 36, a radio-communication equipment shall not be possessed, established, installed, maintained, provided or operated by any person otherwise than as authorised by (a) an apparatus (spectrum) licence; {b) an apparatus licence; or {c) a class licence.\n[...]\nGrant of licence.\n25. A licence, other than a class licence, shall only be granted by the Authority to (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or permanent resident; {b) a business registered under the Business Names Act !Chapter 92); {c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act !Chapter 39); or (d) such other person as the Authority considers appropriate. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013)\n-----------------------\n\"3.1 Under the Section 3 of the Telecommunications Order 2001 (the “Order”), AiTi has the exclusive privilege for the operation and provision of telecommunication systems and services in Brunei Darussalam. AiTi may, under Section 5 of the Order, grant licences to a person to operate telecommunication systems and services, subject to conditions imposed by AiTi. Any person who provides a telecommunication system or service within Brunei Darussalam without a licence granted under Section 5 commits an offence under Section 33 of the Order. Sections 33(1) and 33(2) of the Order provides that a fine of up to B$100,000 can to be imposed by AiTi for a offence of providing an unlicensed telecommunication service, and further fine of up to B$10,000 every day for a continuing  offence after conviction.  \n3.2 AiTi will issue two broad categories of licences:\n3.2.1 The first category of licence is the Infrastructure Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“InTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by an operator to own and provide infrastructure, systems, networks, facilities and other equipment (except for customer premises equipment (“CPE”)) (collectively known as “infrastructure”) for the purposes of enabling telecommunication services to be provided. There are two main variants of this licence. One variant is for licensees that are allocated frequency spectrum to be used in conjunction with the infrastructure operated, and the other variant is for licensees that have not been granted any frequency spectrum. Users of frequency spectrum for purposes other than telecommunications (e.g. broadcasting) must also obtain a specialised InTi Licence from AiTi. This is to ensure that there will not be interference and safety issues are addressed in relation to the use of the frequency spectrum. \n3.2.2 The second category of licence is the Service Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“SeTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by a operator to sell services to consumers or corporate customers. A SeTi Licensee does not own its own infrastructure outside of its own premises, but uses the infrastructure provided by InTi Licensees. However, a SeTi may provide CPE to its customers, or may own infrastructure within its premises to offer services to customers within its premises. \n[...]\n3.4 An applicant for a licence from AiTi must be a corporate entity incorporated in Brunei Darussalam or a Brunei Darussalam government department. Where the applicant is a joint venture vehicle between a local and a foreign party, or where one or more foreign parties control or hold any shares conferring voting rights (whether directly or indirectly) in the applicant, then the foreign party\nmust not have majority vote or control of the applicant. A foreign party is deemed to have a majority vote or have control of an applicant if: \n3.4.1 the foreign party has the power or right (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities, and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the applicant or otherwise controls or has the power or right to determine the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; \n3.4.2 the foreign party possesses, controls or has the right to exercise (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the voting power at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the voting at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; or\n3.4.3 if the foreign party holds or owns or has an interest in (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the issued share capital of the applicant (including preference and other shares as long as such shares confer voting rights); “interest” in this context includes any beneficial or equitable interest or ownership, or interest conferred as a result of any instrument of trust. \n3.5  A “foreign party” includes:\n3.5.1 in the case of an individual, anyone who is not a Brunei Darussalam citizen; and \n3.5.2 in the case of a company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity, any such company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity (whether established or incorporated in or outside Brunei Darussalam) which is ultimately owned (whether partially or wholly) or controlled, by one or more persons who are not Brunei Darussalam citizens or by one or more entities incorporated or established outside Brunei Darussalam. “Control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over management and decision-making. [...]\" (AiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\")","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001 \nTELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013\nAiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\"","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/S038a.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2013/EN/s086.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aiti.gov.bn/media/ocgngjfs/aiti-operational-framework.pdf\">Framework</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3084,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.012","Foreign persons may not have majority vote or control of the an applicant for a licence from AiTi. This applies to providers of mobile and fixed telecommunication services, as well as public broadcasting companies.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Telecommunication Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Telecommunications Order 2001, AiTi Operational Framework  [...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide telecommunication services for which Brunei Darussalam requires a licence (Software application-based services provided over the Internet (Over-the-Top services) do not currently require a licence in Brunei Darussalam) in the territory of Brunei Darussalam, unless: (a) they maintain a physical business presence in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they provide such services through a commercial arrangement with a licensed operator in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) where so required, they locate their transmission equipment used for the provision of public telecommunications networks or supply of public telecommunications services within Brunei Darussalam.\n2. Except where specifically approved by the Ministry of Communications, foreign nationals and enterprises may not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any telecommunication enterprises. The approval process for exceeding this 51 per cent threshold shall be based on objective criteria and be implemented in an impartial manner.\n3. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not undertake activities related to telecommunication services unless they comply with any performance requirements that may be imposed. Such performance requirements shall not include a requirement to purchase domestic telecommunications equipment.\n4. For greater certainty, telecommunication services means any services for telecommunications, which means a transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, optical or other electro-magnetic systems whether or not such signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence have been subjected to rearrangement, computation or other processes by any means in the course of their transmission, emission or reception; but excludes any broadcasting service.[...]” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n-----------------------\n[text not reproduced here] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001)\n-----------------------\n\"PART IV REQUIREMENT FOR LICENSING \nLicensing requirement. \n24. (1) Subject to such privilege conferred by section 3 and exemption under section 36, a radio-communication equipment shall not be possessed, established, installed, maintained, provided or operated by any person otherwise than as authorised by (a) an apparatus (spectrum) licence; {b) an apparatus licence; or {c) a class licence.\n[...]\nGrant of licence.\n25. A licence, other than a class licence, shall only be granted by the Authority to (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or permanent resident; {b) a business registered under the Business Names Act !Chapter 92); {c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act !Chapter 39); or (d) such other person as the Authority considers appropriate. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013)\n-----------------------\n\"3.1 Under the Section 3 of the Telecommunications Order 2001 (the “Order”), AiTi has the exclusive privilege for the operation and provision of telecommunication systems and services in Brunei Darussalam. AiTi may, under Section 5 of the Order, grant licences to a person to operate telecommunication systems and services, subject to conditions imposed by AiTi. Any person who provides a telecommunication system or service within Brunei Darussalam without a licence granted under Section 5 commits an offence under Section 33 of the Order. Sections 33(1) and 33(2) of the Order provides that a fine of up to B$100,000 can to be imposed by AiTi for a offence of providing an unlicensed telecommunication service, and further fine of up to B$10,000 every day for a continuing  offence after conviction.  \n3.2 AiTi will issue two broad categories of licences:\n3.2.1 The first category of licence is the Infrastructure Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“InTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by an operator to own and provide infrastructure, systems, networks, facilities and other equipment (except for customer premises equipment (“CPE”)) (collectively known as “infrastructure”) for the purposes of enabling telecommunication services to be provided. There are two main variants of this licence. One variant is for licensees that are allocated frequency spectrum to be used in conjunction with the infrastructure operated, and the other variant is for licensees that have not been granted any frequency spectrum. Users of frequency spectrum for purposes other than telecommunications (e.g. broadcasting) must also obtain a specialised InTi Licence from AiTi. This is to ensure that there will not be interference and safety issues are addressed in relation to the use of the frequency spectrum. \n3.2.2 The second category of licence is the Service Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“SeTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by a operator to sell services to consumers or corporate customers. A SeTi Licensee does not own its own infrastructure outside of its own premises, but uses the infrastructure provided by InTi Licensees. However, a SeTi may provide CPE to its customers, or may own infrastructure within its premises to offer services to customers within its premises. \n[...]\n3.4 An applicant for a licence from AiTi must be a corporate entity incorporated in Brunei Darussalam or a Brunei Darussalam government department. Where the applicant is a joint venture vehicle between a local and a foreign party, or where one or more foreign parties control or hold any shares conferring voting rights (whether directly or indirectly) in the applicant, then the foreign party\nmust not have majority vote or control of the applicant. A foreign party is deemed to have a majority vote or have control of an applicant if: \n3.4.1 the foreign party has the power or right (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities, and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the applicant or otherwise controls or has the power or right to determine the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; \n3.4.2 the foreign party possesses, controls or has the right to exercise (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the voting power at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the voting at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; or\n3.4.3 if the foreign party holds or owns or has an interest in (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the issued share capital of the applicant (including preference and other shares as long as such shares confer voting rights); “interest” in this context includes any beneficial or equitable interest or ownership, or interest conferred as a result of any instrument of trust. \n3.5  A “foreign party” includes:\n3.5.1 in the case of an individual, anyone who is not a Brunei Darussalam citizen; and \n3.5.2 in the case of a company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity, any such company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity (whether established or incorporated in or outside Brunei Darussalam) which is ultimately owned (whether partially or wholly) or controlled, by one or more persons who are not Brunei Darussalam citizens or by one or more entities incorporated or established outside Brunei Darussalam. “Control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over management and decision-making. [...]\" (AiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\")","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001 \nTELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013\nAiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\"","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/S038a.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2013/EN/s086.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aiti.gov.bn/media/ocgngjfs/aiti-operational-framework.pdf\">Framework</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3084,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.012","Foreign persons may not have majority vote or control of the an applicant for a licence from AiTi. This applies to providers of mobile and fixed telecommunication services, as well as public broadcasting companies.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Telecommunication Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Telecommunications Order 2001, AiTi Operational Framework  [...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide telecommunication services for which Brunei Darussalam requires a licence (Software application-based services provided over the Internet (Over-the-Top services) do not currently require a licence in Brunei Darussalam) in the territory of Brunei Darussalam, unless: (a) they maintain a physical business presence in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they provide such services through a commercial arrangement with a licensed operator in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) where so required, they locate their transmission equipment used for the provision of public telecommunications networks or supply of public telecommunications services within Brunei Darussalam.\n2. Except where specifically approved by the Ministry of Communications, foreign nationals and enterprises may not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any telecommunication enterprises. The approval process for exceeding this 51 per cent threshold shall be based on objective criteria and be implemented in an impartial manner.\n3. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not undertake activities related to telecommunication services unless they comply with any performance requirements that may be imposed. Such performance requirements shall not include a requirement to purchase domestic telecommunications equipment.\n4. For greater certainty, telecommunication services means any services for telecommunications, which means a transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, optical or other electro-magnetic systems whether or not such signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence have been subjected to rearrangement, computation or other processes by any means in the course of their transmission, emission or reception; but excludes any broadcasting service.[...]” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n-----------------------\n[text not reproduced here] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001)\n-----------------------\n\"PART IV REQUIREMENT FOR LICENSING \nLicensing requirement. \n24. (1) Subject to such privilege conferred by section 3 and exemption under section 36, a radio-communication equipment shall not be possessed, established, installed, maintained, provided or operated by any person otherwise than as authorised by (a) an apparatus (spectrum) licence; {b) an apparatus licence; or {c) a class licence.\n[...]\nGrant of licence.\n25. A licence, other than a class licence, shall only be granted by the Authority to (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or permanent resident; {b) a business registered under the Business Names Act !Chapter 92); {c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act !Chapter 39); or (d) such other person as the Authority considers appropriate. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013)\n-----------------------\n\"3.1 Under the Section 3 of the Telecommunications Order 2001 (the “Order”), AiTi has the exclusive privilege for the operation and provision of telecommunication systems and services in Brunei Darussalam. AiTi may, under Section 5 of the Order, grant licences to a person to operate telecommunication systems and services, subject to conditions imposed by AiTi. Any person who provides a telecommunication system or service within Brunei Darussalam without a licence granted under Section 5 commits an offence under Section 33 of the Order. Sections 33(1) and 33(2) of the Order provides that a fine of up to B$100,000 can to be imposed by AiTi for a offence of providing an unlicensed telecommunication service, and further fine of up to B$10,000 every day for a continuing  offence after conviction.  \n3.2 AiTi will issue two broad categories of licences:\n3.2.1 The first category of licence is the Infrastructure Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“InTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by an operator to own and provide infrastructure, systems, networks, facilities and other equipment (except for customer premises equipment (“CPE”)) (collectively known as “infrastructure”) for the purposes of enabling telecommunication services to be provided. There are two main variants of this licence. One variant is for licensees that are allocated frequency spectrum to be used in conjunction with the infrastructure operated, and the other variant is for licensees that have not been granted any frequency spectrum. Users of frequency spectrum for purposes other than telecommunications (e.g. broadcasting) must also obtain a specialised InTi Licence from AiTi. This is to ensure that there will not be interference and safety issues are addressed in relation to the use of the frequency spectrum. \n3.2.2 The second category of licence is the Service Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“SeTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by a operator to sell services to consumers or corporate customers. A SeTi Licensee does not own its own infrastructure outside of its own premises, but uses the infrastructure provided by InTi Licensees. However, a SeTi may provide CPE to its customers, or may own infrastructure within its premises to offer services to customers within its premises. \n[...]\n3.4 An applicant for a licence from AiTi must be a corporate entity incorporated in Brunei Darussalam or a Brunei Darussalam government department. Where the applicant is a joint venture vehicle between a local and a foreign party, or where one or more foreign parties control or hold any shares conferring voting rights (whether directly or indirectly) in the applicant, then the foreign party\nmust not have majority vote or control of the applicant. A foreign party is deemed to have a majority vote or have control of an applicant if: \n3.4.1 the foreign party has the power or right (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities, and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the applicant or otherwise controls or has the power or right to determine the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; \n3.4.2 the foreign party possesses, controls or has the right to exercise (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the voting power at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the voting at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; or\n3.4.3 if the foreign party holds or owns or has an interest in (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the issued share capital of the applicant (including preference and other shares as long as such shares confer voting rights); “interest” in this context includes any beneficial or equitable interest or ownership, or interest conferred as a result of any instrument of trust. \n3.5  A “foreign party” includes:\n3.5.1 in the case of an individual, anyone who is not a Brunei Darussalam citizen; and \n3.5.2 in the case of a company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity, any such company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity (whether established or incorporated in or outside Brunei Darussalam) which is ultimately owned (whether partially or wholly) or controlled, by one or more persons who are not Brunei Darussalam citizens or by one or more entities incorporated or established outside Brunei Darussalam. “Control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over management and decision-making. [...]\" (AiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\")","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001 \nTELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013\nAiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\"","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/S038a.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2013/EN/s086.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aiti.gov.bn/media/ocgngjfs/aiti-operational-framework.pdf\">Framework</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3084,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.012","Foreign persons may not have majority vote or control of the an applicant for a licence from AiTi. This applies to providers of mobile and fixed telecommunication services, as well as public broadcasting companies.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Telecommunication Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Telecommunications Order 2001, AiTi Operational Framework  [...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide telecommunication services for which Brunei Darussalam requires a licence (Software application-based services provided over the Internet (Over-the-Top services) do not currently require a licence in Brunei Darussalam) in the territory of Brunei Darussalam, unless: (a) they maintain a physical business presence in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they provide such services through a commercial arrangement with a licensed operator in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) where so required, they locate their transmission equipment used for the provision of public telecommunications networks or supply of public telecommunications services within Brunei Darussalam.\n2. Except where specifically approved by the Ministry of Communications, foreign nationals and enterprises may not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any telecommunication enterprises. The approval process for exceeding this 51 per cent threshold shall be based on objective criteria and be implemented in an impartial manner.\n3. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not undertake activities related to telecommunication services unless they comply with any performance requirements that may be imposed. Such performance requirements shall not include a requirement to purchase domestic telecommunications equipment.\n4. For greater certainty, telecommunication services means any services for telecommunications, which means a transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, optical or other electro-magnetic systems whether or not such signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence have been subjected to rearrangement, computation or other processes by any means in the course of their transmission, emission or reception; but excludes any broadcasting service.[...]” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n-----------------------\n[text not reproduced here] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001)\n-----------------------\n\"PART IV REQUIREMENT FOR LICENSING \nLicensing requirement. \n24. (1) Subject to such privilege conferred by section 3 and exemption under section 36, a radio-communication equipment shall not be possessed, established, installed, maintained, provided or operated by any person otherwise than as authorised by (a) an apparatus (spectrum) licence; {b) an apparatus licence; or {c) a class licence.\n[...]\nGrant of licence.\n25. A licence, other than a class licence, shall only be granted by the Authority to (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or permanent resident; {b) a business registered under the Business Names Act !Chapter 92); {c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act !Chapter 39); or (d) such other person as the Authority considers appropriate. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013)\n-----------------------\n\"3.1 Under the Section 3 of the Telecommunications Order 2001 (the “Order”), AiTi has the exclusive privilege for the operation and provision of telecommunication systems and services in Brunei Darussalam. AiTi may, under Section 5 of the Order, grant licences to a person to operate telecommunication systems and services, subject to conditions imposed by AiTi. Any person who provides a telecommunication system or service within Brunei Darussalam without a licence granted under Section 5 commits an offence under Section 33 of the Order. Sections 33(1) and 33(2) of the Order provides that a fine of up to B$100,000 can to be imposed by AiTi for a offence of providing an unlicensed telecommunication service, and further fine of up to B$10,000 every day for a continuing  offence after conviction.  \n3.2 AiTi will issue two broad categories of licences:\n3.2.1 The first category of licence is the Infrastructure Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“InTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by an operator to own and provide infrastructure, systems, networks, facilities and other equipment (except for customer premises equipment (“CPE”)) (collectively known as “infrastructure”) for the purposes of enabling telecommunication services to be provided. There are two main variants of this licence. One variant is for licensees that are allocated frequency spectrum to be used in conjunction with the infrastructure operated, and the other variant is for licensees that have not been granted any frequency spectrum. Users of frequency spectrum for purposes other than telecommunications (e.g. broadcasting) must also obtain a specialised InTi Licence from AiTi. This is to ensure that there will not be interference and safety issues are addressed in relation to the use of the frequency spectrum. \n3.2.2 The second category of licence is the Service Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“SeTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by a operator to sell services to consumers or corporate customers. A SeTi Licensee does not own its own infrastructure outside of its own premises, but uses the infrastructure provided by InTi Licensees. However, a SeTi may provide CPE to its customers, or may own infrastructure within its premises to offer services to customers within its premises. \n[...]\n3.4 An applicant for a licence from AiTi must be a corporate entity incorporated in Brunei Darussalam or a Brunei Darussalam government department. Where the applicant is a joint venture vehicle between a local and a foreign party, or where one or more foreign parties control or hold any shares conferring voting rights (whether directly or indirectly) in the applicant, then the foreign party\nmust not have majority vote or control of the applicant. A foreign party is deemed to have a majority vote or have control of an applicant if: \n3.4.1 the foreign party has the power or right (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities, and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the applicant or otherwise controls or has the power or right to determine the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; \n3.4.2 the foreign party possesses, controls or has the right to exercise (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the voting power at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the voting at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; or\n3.4.3 if the foreign party holds or owns or has an interest in (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the issued share capital of the applicant (including preference and other shares as long as such shares confer voting rights); “interest” in this context includes any beneficial or equitable interest or ownership, or interest conferred as a result of any instrument of trust. \n3.5  A “foreign party” includes:\n3.5.1 in the case of an individual, anyone who is not a Brunei Darussalam citizen; and \n3.5.2 in the case of a company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity, any such company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity (whether established or incorporated in or outside Brunei Darussalam) which is ultimately owned (whether partially or wholly) or controlled, by one or more persons who are not Brunei Darussalam citizens or by one or more entities incorporated or established outside Brunei Darussalam. “Control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over management and decision-making. [...]\" (AiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\")","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001 \nTELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013\nAiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\"","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/S038a.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2013/EN/s086.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aiti.gov.bn/media/ocgngjfs/aiti-operational-framework.pdf\">Framework</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3085,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.012","Foreign persons may not have majority vote or control of the an applicant for a licence from AiTi. This applies to providers of mobile and fixed telecommunication services, as well as public broadcasting companies.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Telecommunication Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Telecommunications Order 2001, AiTi Operational Framework  [...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide telecommunication services for which Brunei Darussalam requires a licence (Software application-based services provided over the Internet (Over-the-Top services) do not currently require a licence in Brunei Darussalam) in the territory of Brunei Darussalam, unless: (a) they maintain a physical business presence in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they provide such services through a commercial arrangement with a licensed operator in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) where so required, they locate their transmission equipment used for the provision of public telecommunications networks or supply of public telecommunications services within Brunei Darussalam.\n2. Except where specifically approved by the Ministry of Communications, foreign nationals and enterprises may not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any telecommunication enterprises. The approval process for exceeding this 51 per cent threshold shall be based on objective criteria and be implemented in an impartial manner.\n3. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not undertake activities related to telecommunication services unless they comply with any performance requirements that may be imposed. Such performance requirements shall not include a requirement to purchase domestic telecommunications equipment.\n4. For greater certainty, telecommunication services means any services for telecommunications, which means a transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, optical or other electro-magnetic systems whether or not such signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence have been subjected to rearrangement, computation or other processes by any means in the course of their transmission, emission or reception; but excludes any broadcasting service.[...]” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n-----------------------\n[text not reproduced here] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001)\n-----------------------\n\"PART IV REQUIREMENT FOR LICENSING \nLicensing requirement. \n24. (1) Subject to such privilege conferred by section 3 and exemption under section 36, a radio-communication equipment shall not be possessed, established, installed, maintained, provided or operated by any person otherwise than as authorised by (a) an apparatus (spectrum) licence; {b) an apparatus licence; or {c) a class licence.\n[...]\nGrant of licence.\n25. A licence, other than a class licence, shall only be granted by the Authority to (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or permanent resident; {b) a business registered under the Business Names Act !Chapter 92); {c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act !Chapter 39); or (d) such other person as the Authority considers appropriate. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013)\n-----------------------\n\"3.1 Under the Section 3 of the Telecommunications Order 2001 (the “Order”), AiTi has the exclusive privilege for the operation and provision of telecommunication systems and services in Brunei Darussalam. AiTi may, under Section 5 of the Order, grant licences to a person to operate telecommunication systems and services, subject to conditions imposed by AiTi. Any person who provides a telecommunication system or service within Brunei Darussalam without a licence granted under Section 5 commits an offence under Section 33 of the Order. Sections 33(1) and 33(2) of the Order provides that a fine of up to B$100,000 can to be imposed by AiTi for a offence of providing an unlicensed telecommunication service, and further fine of up to B$10,000 every day for a continuing  offence after conviction.  \n3.2 AiTi will issue two broad categories of licences:\n3.2.1 The first category of licence is the Infrastructure Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“InTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by an operator to own and provide infrastructure, systems, networks, facilities and other equipment (except for customer premises equipment (“CPE”)) (collectively known as “infrastructure”) for the purposes of enabling telecommunication services to be provided. There are two main variants of this licence. One variant is for licensees that are allocated frequency spectrum to be used in conjunction with the infrastructure operated, and the other variant is for licensees that have not been granted any frequency spectrum. Users of frequency spectrum for purposes other than telecommunications (e.g. broadcasting) must also obtain a specialised InTi Licence from AiTi. This is to ensure that there will not be interference and safety issues are addressed in relation to the use of the frequency spectrum. \n3.2.2 The second category of licence is the Service Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“SeTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by a operator to sell services to consumers or corporate customers. A SeTi Licensee does not own its own infrastructure outside of its own premises, but uses the infrastructure provided by InTi Licensees. However, a SeTi may provide CPE to its customers, or may own infrastructure within its premises to offer services to customers within its premises. \n[...]\n3.4 An applicant for a licence from AiTi must be a corporate entity incorporated in Brunei Darussalam or a Brunei Darussalam government department. Where the applicant is a joint venture vehicle between a local and a foreign party, or where one or more foreign parties control or hold any shares conferring voting rights (whether directly or indirectly) in the applicant, then the foreign party\nmust not have majority vote or control of the applicant. A foreign party is deemed to have a majority vote or have control of an applicant if: \n3.4.1 the foreign party has the power or right (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities, and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the applicant or otherwise controls or has the power or right to determine the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; \n3.4.2 the foreign party possesses, controls or has the right to exercise (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the voting power at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the voting at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; or\n3.4.3 if the foreign party holds or owns or has an interest in (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the issued share capital of the applicant (including preference and other shares as long as such shares confer voting rights); “interest” in this context includes any beneficial or equitable interest or ownership, or interest conferred as a result of any instrument of trust. \n3.5  A “foreign party” includes:\n3.5.1 in the case of an individual, anyone who is not a Brunei Darussalam citizen; and \n3.5.2 in the case of a company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity, any such company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity (whether established or incorporated in or outside Brunei Darussalam) which is ultimately owned (whether partially or wholly) or controlled, by one or more persons who are not Brunei Darussalam citizens or by one or more entities incorporated or established outside Brunei Darussalam. “Control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over management and decision-making. [...]\" (AiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\")","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001 \nTELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013\nAiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\"","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/S038a.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2013/EN/s086.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aiti.gov.bn/media/ocgngjfs/aiti-operational-framework.pdf\">Framework</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3085,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.012","Foreign persons may not have majority vote or control of the an applicant for a licence from AiTi. This applies to providers of mobile and fixed telecommunication services, as well as public broadcasting companies.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Telecommunication Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Telecommunications Order 2001, AiTi Operational Framework  [...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide telecommunication services for which Brunei Darussalam requires a licence (Software application-based services provided over the Internet (Over-the-Top services) do not currently require a licence in Brunei Darussalam) in the territory of Brunei Darussalam, unless: (a) they maintain a physical business presence in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they provide such services through a commercial arrangement with a licensed operator in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) where so required, they locate their transmission equipment used for the provision of public telecommunications networks or supply of public telecommunications services within Brunei Darussalam.\n2. Except where specifically approved by the Ministry of Communications, foreign nationals and enterprises may not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any telecommunication enterprises. The approval process for exceeding this 51 per cent threshold shall be based on objective criteria and be implemented in an impartial manner.\n3. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not undertake activities related to telecommunication services unless they comply with any performance requirements that may be imposed. Such performance requirements shall not include a requirement to purchase domestic telecommunications equipment.\n4. For greater certainty, telecommunication services means any services for telecommunications, which means a transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, optical or other electro-magnetic systems whether or not such signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence have been subjected to rearrangement, computation or other processes by any means in the course of their transmission, emission or reception; but excludes any broadcasting service.[...]” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n-----------------------\n[text not reproduced here] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001)\n-----------------------\n\"PART IV REQUIREMENT FOR LICENSING \nLicensing requirement. \n24. (1) Subject to such privilege conferred by section 3 and exemption under section 36, a radio-communication equipment shall not be possessed, established, installed, maintained, provided or operated by any person otherwise than as authorised by (a) an apparatus (spectrum) licence; {b) an apparatus licence; or {c) a class licence.\n[...]\nGrant of licence.\n25. A licence, other than a class licence, shall only be granted by the Authority to (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or permanent resident; {b) a business registered under the Business Names Act !Chapter 92); {c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act !Chapter 39); or (d) such other person as the Authority considers appropriate. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013)\n-----------------------\n\"3.1 Under the Section 3 of the Telecommunications Order 2001 (the “Order”), AiTi has the exclusive privilege for the operation and provision of telecommunication systems and services in Brunei Darussalam. AiTi may, under Section 5 of the Order, grant licences to a person to operate telecommunication systems and services, subject to conditions imposed by AiTi. Any person who provides a telecommunication system or service within Brunei Darussalam without a licence granted under Section 5 commits an offence under Section 33 of the Order. Sections 33(1) and 33(2) of the Order provides that a fine of up to B$100,000 can to be imposed by AiTi for a offence of providing an unlicensed telecommunication service, and further fine of up to B$10,000 every day for a continuing  offence after conviction.  \n3.2 AiTi will issue two broad categories of licences:\n3.2.1 The first category of licence is the Infrastructure Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“InTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by an operator to own and provide infrastructure, systems, networks, facilities and other equipment (except for customer premises equipment (“CPE”)) (collectively known as “infrastructure”) for the purposes of enabling telecommunication services to be provided. There are two main variants of this licence. One variant is for licensees that are allocated frequency spectrum to be used in conjunction with the infrastructure operated, and the other variant is for licensees that have not been granted any frequency spectrum. Users of frequency spectrum for purposes other than telecommunications (e.g. broadcasting) must also obtain a specialised InTi Licence from AiTi. This is to ensure that there will not be interference and safety issues are addressed in relation to the use of the frequency spectrum. \n3.2.2 The second category of licence is the Service Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“SeTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by a operator to sell services to consumers or corporate customers. A SeTi Licensee does not own its own infrastructure outside of its own premises, but uses the infrastructure provided by InTi Licensees. However, a SeTi may provide CPE to its customers, or may own infrastructure within its premises to offer services to customers within its premises. \n[...]\n3.4 An applicant for a licence from AiTi must be a corporate entity incorporated in Brunei Darussalam or a Brunei Darussalam government department. Where the applicant is a joint venture vehicle between a local and a foreign party, or where one or more foreign parties control or hold any shares conferring voting rights (whether directly or indirectly) in the applicant, then the foreign party\nmust not have majority vote or control of the applicant. A foreign party is deemed to have a majority vote or have control of an applicant if: \n3.4.1 the foreign party has the power or right (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities, and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the applicant or otherwise controls or has the power or right to determine the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; \n3.4.2 the foreign party possesses, controls or has the right to exercise (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the voting power at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the voting at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; or\n3.4.3 if the foreign party holds or owns or has an interest in (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the issued share capital of the applicant (including preference and other shares as long as such shares confer voting rights); “interest” in this context includes any beneficial or equitable interest or ownership, or interest conferred as a result of any instrument of trust. \n3.5  A “foreign party” includes:\n3.5.1 in the case of an individual, anyone who is not a Brunei Darussalam citizen; and \n3.5.2 in the case of a company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity, any such company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity (whether established or incorporated in or outside Brunei Darussalam) which is ultimately owned (whether partially or wholly) or controlled, by one or more persons who are not Brunei Darussalam citizens or by one or more entities incorporated or established outside Brunei Darussalam. “Control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over management and decision-making. [...]\" (AiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\")","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001 \nTELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013\nAiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\"","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/S038a.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2013/EN/s086.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aiti.gov.bn/media/ocgngjfs/aiti-operational-framework.pdf\">Framework</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3085,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.012","Foreign persons may not have majority vote or control of the an applicant for a licence from AiTi. This applies to providers of mobile and fixed telecommunication services, as well as public broadcasting companies.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Telecommunication Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Telecommunications Order 2001, AiTi Operational Framework  [...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide telecommunication services for which Brunei Darussalam requires a licence (Software application-based services provided over the Internet (Over-the-Top services) do not currently require a licence in Brunei Darussalam) in the territory of Brunei Darussalam, unless: (a) they maintain a physical business presence in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they provide such services through a commercial arrangement with a licensed operator in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) where so required, they locate their transmission equipment used for the provision of public telecommunications networks or supply of public telecommunications services within Brunei Darussalam.\n2. Except where specifically approved by the Ministry of Communications, foreign nationals and enterprises may not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any telecommunication enterprises. The approval process for exceeding this 51 per cent threshold shall be based on objective criteria and be implemented in an impartial manner.\n3. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not undertake activities related to telecommunication services unless they comply with any performance requirements that may be imposed. Such performance requirements shall not include a requirement to purchase domestic telecommunications equipment.\n4. For greater certainty, telecommunication services means any services for telecommunications, which means a transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, optical or other electro-magnetic systems whether or not such signs, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence have been subjected to rearrangement, computation or other processes by any means in the course of their transmission, emission or reception; but excludes any broadcasting service.[...]” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n-----------------------\n[text not reproduced here] (TELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001)\n-----------------------\n\"PART IV REQUIREMENT FOR LICENSING \nLicensing requirement. \n24. (1) Subject to such privilege conferred by section 3 and exemption under section 36, a radio-communication equipment shall not be possessed, established, installed, maintained, provided or operated by any person otherwise than as authorised by (a) an apparatus (spectrum) licence; {b) an apparatus licence; or {c) a class licence.\n[...]\nGrant of licence.\n25. A licence, other than a class licence, shall only be granted by the Authority to (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or permanent resident; {b) a business registered under the Business Names Act !Chapter 92); {c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act !Chapter 39); or (d) such other person as the Authority considers appropriate. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013)\n-----------------------\n\"3.1 Under the Section 3 of the Telecommunications Order 2001 (the “Order”), AiTi has the exclusive privilege for the operation and provision of telecommunication systems and services in Brunei Darussalam. AiTi may, under Section 5 of the Order, grant licences to a person to operate telecommunication systems and services, subject to conditions imposed by AiTi. Any person who provides a telecommunication system or service within Brunei Darussalam without a licence granted under Section 5 commits an offence under Section 33 of the Order. Sections 33(1) and 33(2) of the Order provides that a fine of up to B$100,000 can to be imposed by AiTi for a offence of providing an unlicensed telecommunication service, and further fine of up to B$10,000 every day for a continuing  offence after conviction.  \n3.2 AiTi will issue two broad categories of licences:\n3.2.1 The first category of licence is the Infrastructure Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“InTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by an operator to own and provide infrastructure, systems, networks, facilities and other equipment (except for customer premises equipment (“CPE”)) (collectively known as “infrastructure”) for the purposes of enabling telecommunication services to be provided. There are two main variants of this licence. One variant is for licensees that are allocated frequency spectrum to be used in conjunction with the infrastructure operated, and the other variant is for licensees that have not been granted any frequency spectrum. Users of frequency spectrum for purposes other than telecommunications (e.g. broadcasting) must also obtain a specialised InTi Licence from AiTi. This is to ensure that there will not be interference and safety issues are addressed in relation to the use of the frequency spectrum. \n3.2.2 The second category of licence is the Service Provider for the Telecommunication Industry (“SeTi”) Licence. Such a Licence is required by a operator to sell services to consumers or corporate customers. A SeTi Licensee does not own its own infrastructure outside of its own premises, but uses the infrastructure provided by InTi Licensees. However, a SeTi may provide CPE to its customers, or may own infrastructure within its premises to offer services to customers within its premises. \n[...]\n3.4 An applicant for a licence from AiTi must be a corporate entity incorporated in Brunei Darussalam or a Brunei Darussalam government department. Where the applicant is a joint venture vehicle between a local and a foreign party, or where one or more foreign parties control or hold any shares conferring voting rights (whether directly or indirectly) in the applicant, then the foreign party\nmust not have majority vote or control of the applicant. A foreign party is deemed to have a majority vote or have control of an applicant if: \n3.4.1 the foreign party has the power or right (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities, and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the applicant or otherwise controls or has the power or right to determine the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the composition of the board of directors of the applicant; \n3.4.2 the foreign party possesses, controls or has the right to exercise (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the voting power at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; “control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over the voting at a general meeting or board meeting of the applicant; or\n3.4.3 if the foreign party holds or owns or has an interest in (whether directly or indirectly through one or more other persons or entities and whether alone or together with one or more other foreign parties) more than half of the issued share capital of the applicant (including preference and other shares as long as such shares confer voting rights); “interest” in this context includes any beneficial or equitable interest or ownership, or interest conferred as a result of any instrument of trust. \n3.5  A “foreign party” includes:\n3.5.1 in the case of an individual, anyone who is not a Brunei Darussalam citizen; and \n3.5.2 in the case of a company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity, any such company, partnership, unincorporated body or association, body corporate or other entity (whether established or incorporated in or outside Brunei Darussalam) which is ultimately owned (whether partially or wholly) or controlled, by one or more persons who are not Brunei Darussalam citizens or by one or more entities incorporated or established outside Brunei Darussalam. “Control” in this context refers to the ability or power to exercise a significant influence over management and decision-making. [...]\" (AiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\")","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS ORDER, 2001 \nTELECOMMUNICATIONS (RADIO-COMMUNICATION) REGULATIONS, 2013\nAiTi (2006), \"Licensing and Regulatory Operational Framework\"","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/S038a.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2013/EN/s086.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aiti.gov.bn/media/ocgngjfs/aiti-operational-framework.pdf\">Framework</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3085,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K649","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2018,"0.0001","Where a remittance licensee is locally owned, more than 50% of the equity shareholdings must be beneficially owned and effectively controlled by citizens of Brunei Darussalam and a majority of the board of directors of the company must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam.","\" 5. (1) No person shall carry on any money-changing business unless he is in possession of a valid money-changer's licence.\n[...]\n6. (1) No person shall carryon any remittance business unless he is in possession of a valid remittance licence.\n[...]\n7. (1) Any person who desires to obtain a licence shall make an application to the Authority in such form as the Authority may require. \n2) Upon receiving an application under subsection (1), the Authority shall consider the application and may grant a licence with or without conditions or refuse to grant a licence without assigning any reason therefor. [...]\" (MONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended)\n---------------------------------\n\"I. Application for Remmitance Licence\nThe following sets-out the Authority's expectations when considering applications for a remittance licence under section 7 of the Money-Changing and Remittance Business Act [...]\nLicensing criteria:\nGeneral criteria\nAn applicant must be incorporated as a company in Brunei Darussalam and fullfill governance and ownership requirements set out below:\nGovernance and Ownership Requirements:\nApplicants must be incorporated in Brunei Darussalam and have at least two directors.\n- If there are only two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and the other director must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\n- If there are more than two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and at least two of the other directors must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\nWhere a company is locally owned, more than 50% of the equity shareholdings must be beneficially owned and effectively controlled by citizens of Brunei Darussalam and a majority of the board of directors of the company must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (Brunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024)","MONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended\nBrunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.174.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Guide%20to%20Brunei%20Darussalam%20Financial%20Sector%20(as%20of%202%20January%202024).pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3065,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K649","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2021,"0.0001","Where a remittance licensee is locally owned, more than 50% of the equity shareholdings must be beneficially owned and effectively controlled by citizens of Brunei Darussalam and a majority of the board of directors of the company must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam.","\" 5. (1) No person shall carry on any money-changing business unless he is in possession of a valid money-changer's licence.\n[...]\n6. (1) No person shall carryon any remittance business unless he is in possession of a valid remittance licence.\n[...]\n7. (1) Any person who desires to obtain a licence shall make an application to the Authority in such form as the Authority may require. \n2) Upon receiving an application under subsection (1), the Authority shall consider the application and may grant a licence with or without conditions or refuse to grant a licence without assigning any reason therefor. [...]\" (MONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended)\n---------------------------------\n\"I. Application for Remmitance Licence\nThe following sets-out the Authority's expectations when considering applications for a remittance licence under section 7 of the Money-Changing and Remittance Business Act [...]\nLicensing criteria:\nGeneral criteria\nAn applicant must be incorporated as a company in Brunei Darussalam and fullfill governance and ownership requirements set out below:\nGovernance and Ownership Requirements:\nApplicants must be incorporated in Brunei Darussalam and have at least two directors.\n- If there are only two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and the other director must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\n- If there are more than two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and at least two of the other directors must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\nWhere a company is locally owned, more than 50% of the equity shareholdings must be beneficially owned and effectively controlled by citizens of Brunei Darussalam and a majority of the board of directors of the company must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (Brunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024)","MONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended\nBrunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.174.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Guide%20to%20Brunei%20Darussalam%20Financial%20Sector%20(as%20of%202%20January%202024).pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3065,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K649","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2022,"0.0001","Where a remittance licensee is locally owned, more than 50% of the equity shareholdings must be beneficially owned and effectively controlled by citizens of Brunei Darussalam and a majority of the board of directors of the company must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam.","\" 5. (1) No person shall carry on any money-changing business unless he is in possession of a valid money-changer's licence.\n[...]\n6. (1) No person shall carryon any remittance business unless he is in possession of a valid remittance licence.\n[...]\n7. (1) Any person who desires to obtain a licence shall make an application to the Authority in such form as the Authority may require. \n2) Upon receiving an application under subsection (1), the Authority shall consider the application and may grant a licence with or without conditions or refuse to grant a licence without assigning any reason therefor. [...]\" (MONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended)\n---------------------------------\n\"I. Application for Remmitance Licence\nThe following sets-out the Authority's expectations when considering applications for a remittance licence under section 7 of the Money-Changing and Remittance Business Act [...]\nLicensing criteria:\nGeneral criteria\nAn applicant must be incorporated as a company in Brunei Darussalam and fullfill governance and ownership requirements set out below:\nGovernance and Ownership Requirements:\nApplicants must be incorporated in Brunei Darussalam and have at least two directors.\n- If there are only two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and the other director must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\n- If there are more than two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and at least two of the other directors must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\nWhere a company is locally owned, more than 50% of the equity shareholdings must be beneficially owned and effectively controlled by citizens of Brunei Darussalam and a majority of the board of directors of the company must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (Brunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024)","MONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended\nBrunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.174.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Guide%20to%20Brunei%20Darussalam%20Financial%20Sector%20(as%20of%202%20January%202024).pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3065,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K649","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2023,"0.0001","Where a remittance licensee is locally owned, more than 50% of the equity shareholdings must be beneficially owned and effectively controlled by citizens of Brunei Darussalam and a majority of the board of directors of the company must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam.","\" 5. (1) No person shall carry on any money-changing business unless he is in possession of a valid money-changer's licence.\n[...]\n6. (1) No person shall carryon any remittance business unless he is in possession of a valid remittance licence.\n[...]\n7. (1) Any person who desires to obtain a licence shall make an application to the Authority in such form as the Authority may require. \n2) Upon receiving an application under subsection (1), the Authority shall consider the application and may grant a licence with or without conditions or refuse to grant a licence without assigning any reason therefor. [...]\" (MONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended)\n---------------------------------\n\"I. Application for Remmitance Licence\nThe following sets-out the Authority's expectations when considering applications for a remittance licence under section 7 of the Money-Changing and Remittance Business Act [...]\nLicensing criteria:\nGeneral criteria\nAn applicant must be incorporated as a company in Brunei Darussalam and fullfill governance and ownership requirements set out below:\nGovernance and Ownership Requirements:\nApplicants must be incorporated in Brunei Darussalam and have at least two directors.\n- If there are only two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and the other director must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\n- If there are more than two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and at least two of the other directors must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\nWhere a company is locally owned, more than 50% of the equity shareholdings must be beneficially owned and effectively controlled by citizens of Brunei Darussalam and a majority of the board of directors of the company must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (Brunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024)","MONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended\nBrunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.174.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Guide%20to%20Brunei%20Darussalam%20Financial%20Sector%20(as%20of%202%20January%202024).pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3065,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B05_06","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2018,"0.000291667","Foreign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream O&G industry are required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions as per theDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018) [see link].",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3081,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B05_06","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2021,"0.000291667","Foreign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream O&G industry are required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions as per theDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018) [see link].",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3081,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B05_06","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2022,"0.000291667","Foreign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream O&G industry are required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions as per theDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018) [see link].",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3081,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B05_06","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2023,"0.000291667","Foreign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream O&G industry are required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions as per theDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018) [see link].",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3081,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B09","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.002916667","Foreign investment in various auxiliary oil and gas services is restricted by the Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry imposing local content and employment limitations on O&G operators contracting activities [see link]. Namely, the provision of services falling in the categories 'Basic' and 'Development' of the 'LBD Allocation of Contract' framework are, respectively, reserved to Bumiputra and 'local companies' (i.e. those companies fully owned by Brunei Citizens). The market reservation for local companies in the 'Development' category is considered a restriction under the OECD FDIRRI [the reservation for Bumiputra is not taken into account]. Local employment targets imposed on companies providing services falling in the category 'Core' and 'Development' of theLBD Allocation of Contract' framework are equally considered a restriction on key foreign personnel (only in respect of the restriction affecting managerial positions at all levels, which limits the possibility of nominating foreigners for top executive positions).",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3078,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B09","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.002916667","Foreign investment in various auxiliary oil and gas services is restricted by the Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry imposing local content and employment limitations on O&G operators contracting activities [see link]. Namely, the provision of services falling in the categories 'Basic' and 'Development' of the 'LBD Allocation of Contract' framework are, respectively, reserved to Bumiputra and 'local companies' (i.e. those companies fully owned by Brunei Citizens). The market reservation for local companies in the 'Development' category is considered a restriction under the OECD FDIRRI [the reservation for Bumiputra is not taken into account]. Local employment targets imposed on companies providing services falling in the category 'Core' and 'Development' of theLBD Allocation of Contract' framework are equally considered a restriction on key foreign personnel (only in respect of the restriction affecting managerial positions at all levels, which limits the possibility of nominating foreigners for top executive positions).",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3078,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B09","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.002916667","Foreign investment in various auxiliary oil and gas services is restricted by the Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry imposing local content and employment limitations on O&G operators contracting activities [see link]. Namely, the provision of services falling in the categories 'Basic' and 'Development' of the 'LBD Allocation of Contract' framework are, respectively, reserved to Bumiputra and 'local companies' (i.e. those companies fully owned by Brunei Citizens). The market reservation for local companies in the 'Development' category is considered a restriction under the OECD FDIRRI [the reservation for Bumiputra is not taken into account]. Local employment targets imposed on companies providing services falling in the category 'Core' and 'Development' of theLBD Allocation of Contract' framework are equally considered a restriction on key foreign personnel (only in respect of the restriction affecting managerial positions at all levels, which limits the possibility of nominating foreigners for top executive positions).",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3078,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B09","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.002916667","Foreign investment in various auxiliary oil and gas services is restricted by the Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry imposing local content and employment limitations on O&G operators contracting activities [see link]. Namely, the provision of services falling in the categories 'Basic' and 'Development' of the 'LBD Allocation of Contract' framework are, respectively, reserved to Bumiputra and 'local companies' (i.e. those companies fully owned by Brunei Citizens). The market reservation for local companies in the 'Development' category is considered a restriction under the OECD FDIRRI [the reservation for Bumiputra is not taken into account]. Local employment targets imposed on companies providing services falling in the category 'Core' and 'Development' of theLBD Allocation of Contract' framework are equally considered a restriction on key foreign personnel (only in respect of the restriction affecting managerial positions at all levels, which limits the possibility of nominating foreigners for top executive positions).",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3078,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.0001","Depositaries of undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must be incorporated in Bulgaria or another EU/EEA country, as required by EU law. ","\"SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS\n§ 2. (Amended, SG No. 21/2012) The Act transposes the requirements of:\n1. Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) (OJ, L 302/32 of 17 November 2009). [...]\"(Collective Investment Schemes and Other Undertakings for Collective Investments Act, SG No. 77/4.10.2011, amended.)\n------------------------\n\"Article 23\n1.  A depositary shall either have its registered office or be established in the UCITS home Member State.\n2.  The depositary shall be:\n(a)  a national central bank;\n(b)  a credit institution authorised in accordance with Directive 2013/36/EU; or\n(c)  another legal entity, authorised by the competent authority under the law of the Member State to carry out depositary activities under this Directive, which is subject to capital adequacy requirements not less than the requirements calculated depending on the selected approach in accordance with Article 315 or 317 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council ( 12 ) and which has own funds not less than the amount of initial capital under Article 28(2) of Directive 2013/36/EU. [...]\" (DIRECTIVE 2009/65/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 13 July 2009)","Collective Investment Schemes and Other Undertakings for Collective Investments Act, SG No. 77/4.10.2011, amended.\nDIRECTIVE 2009/65/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 13 July 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://baud.bg/download/useful-links/Collective_Investment_Schemes_and_Other_Undertakings_for_Collective_Investments_Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2318,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0001","Depositaries of undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must be incorporated in Bulgaria or another EU/EEA country, as required by EU law. ","\"SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS\n§ 2. (Amended, SG No. 21/2012) The Act transposes the requirements of:\n1. Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) (OJ, L 302/32 of 17 November 2009). [...]\"(Collective Investment Schemes and Other Undertakings for Collective Investments Act, SG No. 77/4.10.2011, amended.)\n------------------------\n\"Article 23\n1.  A depositary shall either have its registered office or be established in the UCITS home Member State.\n2.  The depositary shall be:\n(a)  a national central bank;\n(b)  a credit institution authorised in accordance with Directive 2013/36/EU; or\n(c)  another legal entity, authorised by the competent authority under the law of the Member State to carry out depositary activities under this Directive, which is subject to capital adequacy requirements not less than the requirements calculated depending on the selected approach in accordance with Article 315 or 317 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council ( 12 ) and which has own funds not less than the amount of initial capital under Article 28(2) of Directive 2013/36/EU. [...]\" (DIRECTIVE 2009/65/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 13 July 2009)","Collective Investment Schemes and Other Undertakings for Collective Investments Act, SG No. 77/4.10.2011, amended.\nDIRECTIVE 2009/65/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 13 July 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://baud.bg/download/useful-links/Collective_Investment_Schemes_and_Other_Undertakings_for_Collective_Investments_Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2318,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.0001","Depositaries of undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must be incorporated in Bulgaria or another EU/EEA country, as required by EU law. ","\"SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS\n§ 2. (Amended, SG No. 21/2012) The Act transposes the requirements of:\n1. Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) (OJ, L 302/32 of 17 November 2009). [...]\"(Collective Investment Schemes and Other Undertakings for Collective Investments Act, SG No. 77/4.10.2011, amended.)\n------------------------\n\"Article 23\n1.  A depositary shall either have its registered office or be established in the UCITS home Member State.\n2.  The depositary shall be:\n(a)  a national central bank;\n(b)  a credit institution authorised in accordance with Directive 2013/36/EU; or\n(c)  another legal entity, authorised by the competent authority under the law of the Member State to carry out depositary activities under this Directive, which is subject to capital adequacy requirements not less than the requirements calculated depending on the selected approach in accordance with Article 315 or 317 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council ( 12 ) and which has own funds not less than the amount of initial capital under Article 28(2) of Directive 2013/36/EU. [...]\" (DIRECTIVE 2009/65/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 13 July 2009)","Collective Investment Schemes and Other Undertakings for Collective Investments Act, SG No. 77/4.10.2011, amended.\nDIRECTIVE 2009/65/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 13 July 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://baud.bg/download/useful-links/Collective_Investment_Schemes_and_Other_Undertakings_for_Collective_Investments_Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2318,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0001","Depositaries of undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must be incorporated in Bulgaria or another EU/EEA country, as required by EU law. ","\"SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS\n§ 2. (Amended, SG No. 21/2012) The Act transposes the requirements of:\n1. Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) (OJ, L 302/32 of 17 November 2009). [...]\"(Collective Investment Schemes and Other Undertakings for Collective Investments Act, SG No. 77/4.10.2011, amended.)\n------------------------\n\"Article 23\n1.  A depositary shall either have its registered office or be established in the UCITS home Member State.\n2.  The depositary shall be:\n(a)  a national central bank;\n(b)  a credit institution authorised in accordance with Directive 2013/36/EU; or\n(c)  another legal entity, authorised by the competent authority under the law of the Member State to carry out depositary activities under this Directive, which is subject to capital adequacy requirements not less than the requirements calculated depending on the selected approach in accordance with Article 315 or 317 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council ( 12 ) and which has own funds not less than the amount of initial capital under Article 28(2) of Directive 2013/36/EU. [...]\" (DIRECTIVE 2009/65/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 13 July 2009)","Collective Investment Schemes and Other Undertakings for Collective Investments Act, SG No. 77/4.10.2011, amended.\nDIRECTIVE 2009/65/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 13 July 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://baud.bg/download/useful-links/Collective_Investment_Schemes_and_Other_Undertakings_for_Collective_Investments_Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2318,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","Enterprises providing legal consultancy services (law firms) and partnerships can only be created by groups of lawyers authorised to practice in Bulgaria, the EU/EEA or Switzerland. Only Bulgarian and EU/EEA/Swiss citizens are entitled of becoming a lawyer upon meeting the conditions established in the legislation. In addition, law firms must be locally incorporated and registered in the Bar Council.","\"Chapter one. - GENERAL PROVISIONS […]\nArticle 3.\n(1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) The profession of lawyer may only be pursued by an attorney or a European Union lawyer practicing independently or in partnership under this Act.\n(2) An attorney can be only an individual who has taken oath and is registered in the register of the Bar Association.\nChapter two.\nACQUISITION OF RIGHTS OF ATTORNEY\nArticle 4.\n(1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) Any legally capable Bulgarian citizen or a citizen of the European Union, of a state –party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation may become an attorney, if he/she meets the following conditions:\n[...]\nChapter three. - \"A\" EUROPEAN UNION LAWYERS (NEW –SG 97/12)\nSection I. General provisions (new –SG 97/12)\nArticle 11. (in force from 01.01.2007; amend. and suppl. - SG 10/06; amend. –SG 53/10; amend. – SG 97/12)\n(1) A European Union lawyer shall be any citizen of the European Union, of a state –party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation, who has acquired authorization to pursue the legal profession according the legislation of any of the aforementioned states. [...]\n(4) European Union lawyers may practise the legal profession in the Republic of Bulgaria as a member of a group, unless the group includes non-lawyers. [...]\n(9) Upon application by a European Union lawyer in the Unified register of foreign attorneys at the Supreme Bar Council and in the register of foreign attorneys of the respective bar association shall be entered, the name (company name) of the group in which he or she is a member in the Member State by origin.\n[...]\nChapter ten. - JOINT EXERCISING OF THE ATTORNEY PROFESSION\nSection I. Lawfirm\nArt. 52. (1) (suppl. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groups of lawyers, who are permanently established in the territory of the republic of Bulgaria or who practise the profession of lawyer, can bring together their activities by contract for partnership. [...]\n(2) (suppl. –SG 97/12) By a partnership contract can be associated attorneys or European Union lawyers and law firms, entered in the registers of different bar associations. [...]\nArt. 54. (1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) Partnered attorneys under Art. 52, para 1 shall practice the profession of lawyer in a way supposing the existence of shared clients, which shall be considered publicly announced with the registration of art. 53.\n(2) (amend. –SG 97/12) In his papers each of the partnered attorneys, European Union lawyers and law firms may indicate the association with the words \"in partnership\" or \"in association with\", listing the other partnered persons or part of them.\n[...]\nSection II. Lawfirm\nArt. 57. (1) (suppl. –SG 53/10) Attorneys and foreign attorneys entered in the Unified register of foreign attorneys can form law firm. The law firm shall be a corporate body.\n(2) In the law firm, cannot be members persons who are not attorneys.\n(3) An attorney cannot be member of more than one law firm.\n[...]\nArt. 58. (suppl. –SG 53/10; suppl. –SG 97/12) Law firms shall be founded with contracts in writing between two or more attorneys and/or European Union lawyers and shall contain the following: \n[...]\nArt. 58a. (New - SG 97/12) (1) A grouping of European Union lawyers who have permanently established themselves in the Republic of Bulgaria according to Art. 16, para 1 may be established as a law firm in the territory of the republic of Bulgaria.\n(2) Members of a law firm, individually or jointly, may be attorneys and European Union lawyers permanently established in the Republic of Bulgaria.\n(3) The registration and activities of law firms shall be carried out pursuant to Art. 57, 58 and 60-75, provided the application and the contract referred to in Art. 58 are to be submitted along with:\n1. a document issued by a body of the bar at the seat of the grouping in the Member State of origin which confirms the existence of the grouping and its name, seat, registered office and form of association;\n2. a document issued by the grouping which authorises specific attorneys or European Union lawyers to establish a law firm in the Republic of Bulgaria.\n[...]\nSection III - Contracts between attorneys and law firms\nArt. 76. (amend. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groupings of European Union lawyers, permanently established or pursuing the profession of lawyer on a temporary basis pursuant to Art. 19d in the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria, may enter into cooperation contracts with one another. The contract shall regulate the performance of certain legal work, or work on certain cases shall be taken jointly.\nArt. 77. (1) (amend. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groupings of European Union lawyers, permanently established or pursuing the profession of lawyer on a temporary basis pursuant to Art. 19d in the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria, may enter into written contracts with one another, for a fixed or for an indefinite period, permanent work in return for a fixed remuneration. Unless otherwise provided for in the contract, the remuneration shall be payable on a monthly basis. \n[...]\nSection IV. - Branch (new –SG 53/10; title amend. –SG 97/12)\nArt. 77a. (new –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) (1) One or more European Union lawyers may pursue the profession of lawyer in the Republic of Bulgaria in a branch of a European Union grouping.\n(2) In branches under para 1 may be included attorneys individually or jointly with European Union lawyers.\n(3) The registration and business of branches under para 1 shall be carried out pursuant to Art. 57, 58 and 60-75, provided that the limitation relating to the number of attorneys set out in Art. 58 shall not apply. [...]\n(4) The name of the branch shall include the name of the European Union grouping, the word \"branch\", the legalstatus of the grouping in the Member State of its origin and at least one of the names of the branch members who are practising the profession of lawyer in the Republic of Bulgaria. [...]\" (Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, as amended)","Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004","n/a","[<a href=\"https://justice.government.bg/home/normdoc/2135486731\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3594,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00375","Enterprises providing legal consultancy services (law firms) and partnerships can only be created by groups of lawyers authorised to practice in Bulgaria, the EU/EEA or Switzerland. Only Bulgarian and EU/EEA/Swiss citizens are entitled of becoming a lawyer upon meeting the conditions established in the legislation. In addition, law firms must be locally incorporated and registered in the Bar Council.","\"Section II. Law Firm\nArt. 57. (1) (Amended - SG No. 53 of 2010, amended - SG No. 97 of 2012, amended - SG No. 17 of 2021) A law firm may formed by one or more lawyers, as well as lawyers from the European Union, permanently established on the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria or temporarily practicing the profession under the conditions of art. 19 years The law firm is a legal entity.\n(2) Persons who are not lawyers may not be members of the law society.\n(3) (Supplement - SG No. 97 of 2012) A lawyer, as well as a lawyer from the European Union, cannot be a partner in more than one law firm.\n(4) The law firm and its partners may not represent clients who have conflicting interests.\nArt. 58. (1) (Amended - SG No. 53 of 2010, amended - SG No. 97 of 2012, previous text of Art. 58 - SG No. 17 of 2021) The lawyer a company is established by a contract between two or more lawyers or lawyers from the European Union, in writing, which contains:\n1. name of the company;\n2. (supplemented - SG No. 97 of 2012) the names and addresses of the offices of the lawyers - partners. When the founder or partner is a lawyer from the European Union who temporarily practices the legal profession on the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria under the conditions of Art. 19d , the contract contains in addition to the name of the lawyer and his address in the country where he is permanently established;\n3. the seat and address of the company;\n4. subject of activity;\n5. the type and amount of the contributions of each partner and the assessment of non-monetary contributions;\n6. the method of distribution of income and expenses;\n7. the way of management and representation of the company;\n8. the conditions for accepting new partners;\n9. the conditions for leaving partners;\n10. the grounds for excluding a partner;\n11. the grounds for termination of the company;\n12. the method of liquidation of the company.\n(2) (New - SG No. 17 of 2021) When the law firm is established by one lawyer, instead of a contract, a written act of incorporation with the relevant content under para. 1.\" (Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, last amended 17 February 2021)\n----------------------\n\"Chapter one. - GENERAL PROVISIONS […]\nArticle 3.\n(1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) The profession of lawyer may only be pursued by an attorney or a European Union lawyer practicing independently or in partnership under this Act.\n(2) An attorney can be only an individual who has taken oath and is registered in the register of the Bar Association.\nChapter two.\nACQUISITION OF RIGHTS OF ATTORNEY\nArticle 4.\n(1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) Any legally capable Bulgarian citizen or a citizen of the European Union, of a state –party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation may become an attorney, if he/she meets the following conditions:\n[...]\nChapter three. - \"A\" EUROPEAN UNION LAWYERS (NEW –SG 97/12)\nSection I. General provisions (new –SG 97/12)\nArticle 11. (in force from 01.01.2007; amend. and suppl. - SG 10/06; amend. –SG 53/10; amend. – SG 97/12)\n(1) A European Union lawyer shall be any citizen of the European Union, of a state –party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation, who has acquired authorization to pursue the legal profession according the legislation of any of the aforementioned states. [...]\n(4) European Union lawyers may practise the legal profession in the Republic of Bulgaria as a member of a group, unless the group includes non-lawyers. [...]\n(9) Upon application by a European Union lawyer in the Unified register of foreign attorneys at the Supreme Bar Council and in the register of foreign attorneys of the respective bar association shall be entered, the name (company name) of the group in which he or she is a member in the Member State by origin.\n[...]\nChapter ten. - JOINT EXERCISING OF THE ATTORNEY PROFESSION\nSection I. Lawfirm\nArt. 52. (1) (suppl. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groups of lawyers, who are permanently established in the territory of the republic of Bulgaria or who practise the profession of lawyer, can bring together their activities by contract for partnership. [...]\n(2) (suppl. –SG 97/12) By a partnership contract can be associated attorneys or European Union lawyers and law firms, entered in the registers of different bar associations. [...]\nArt. 54. (1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) Partnered attorneys under Art. 52, para 1 shall practice the profession of lawyer in a way supposing the existence of shared clients, which shall be considered publicly announced with the registration of art. 53.\n(2) (amend. –SG 97/12) In his papers each of the partnered attorneys, European Union lawyers and law firms may indicate the association with the words \"in partnership\" or \"in association with\", listing the other partnered persons or part of them.\n[...]\nSection II. Lawfirm\nArt. 57. (1) (suppl. –SG 53/10) Attorneys and foreign attorneys entered in the Unified register of foreign attorneys can form law firm. The law firm shall be a corporate body.\n(2) In the law firm, cannot be members persons who are not attorneys.\n(3) An attorney cannot be member of more than one law firm.\n[...]\nArt. 58. (suppl. –SG 53/10; suppl. –SG 97/12) Law firms shall be founded with contracts in writing between two or more attorneys and/or European Union lawyers and shall contain the following: \n[...]\nArt. 58a. (New - SG 97/12) (1) A grouping of European Union lawyers who have permanently established themselves in the Republic of Bulgaria according to Art. 16, para 1 may be established as a law firm in the territory of the republic of Bulgaria.\n(2) Members of a law firm, individually or jointly, may be attorneys and European Union lawyers permanently established in the Republic of Bulgaria.\n(3) The registration and activities of law firms shall be carried out pursuant to Art. 57, 58 and 60-75, provided the application and the contract referred to in Art. 58 are to be submitted along with:\n1. a document issued by a body of the bar at the seat of the grouping in the Member State of origin which confirms the existence of the grouping and its name, seat, registered office and form of association;\n2. a document issued by the grouping which authorises specific attorneys or European Union lawyers to establish a law firm in the Republic of Bulgaria.\n[...]\nSection III - Contracts between attorneys and law firms\nArt. 76. (amend. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groupings of European Union lawyers, permanently established or pursuing the profession of lawyer on a temporary basis pursuant to Art. 19d in the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria, may enter into cooperation contracts with one another. The contract shall regulate the performance of certain legal work, or work on certain cases shall be taken jointly.\nArt. 77. (1) (amend. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groupings of European Union lawyers, permanently established or pursuing the profession of lawyer on a temporary basis pursuant to Art. 19d in the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria, may enter into written contracts with one another, for a fixed or for an indefinite period, permanent work in return for a fixed remuneration. Unless otherwise provided for in the contract, the remuneration shall be payable on a monthly basis. \n[...]\nSection IV. - Branch (new –SG 53/10; title amend. –SG 97/12)\nArt. 77a. (new –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) (1) One or more European Union lawyers may pursue the profession of lawyer in the Republic of Bulgaria in a branch of a European Union grouping.\n(2) In branches under para 1 may be included attorneys individually or jointly with European Union lawyers.\n(3) The registration and business of branches under para 1 shall be carried out pursuant to Art. 57, 58 and 60-75, provided that the limitation relating to the number of attorneys set out in Art. 58 shall not apply. [...]\n(4) The name of the branch shall include the name of the European Union grouping, the word \"branch\", the legalstatus of the grouping in the Member State of its origin and at least one of the names of the branch members who are practising the profession of lawyer in the Republic of Bulgaria. [...]\" (Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, as amended)","Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, last amended 17 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://justice.government.bg/home/normdoc/2135486731\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3593,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00375","Enterprises providing legal consultancy services (law firms) and partnerships can only be created by groups of lawyers authorised to practice in Bulgaria, the EU/EEA or Switzerland. Only Bulgarian and EU/EEA/Swiss citizens are entitled of becoming a lawyer upon meeting the conditions established in the legislation. In addition, law firms must be locally incorporated and registered in the Bar Council.","\"Section II. Law Firm\nArt. 57. (1) (Amended - SG No. 53 of 2010, amended - SG No. 97 of 2012, amended - SG No. 17 of 2021) A law firm may formed by one or more lawyers, as well as lawyers from the European Union, permanently established on the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria or temporarily practicing the profession under the conditions of art. 19 years The law firm is a legal entity.\n(2) Persons who are not lawyers may not be members of the law society.\n(3) (Supplement - SG No. 97 of 2012) A lawyer, as well as a lawyer from the European Union, cannot be a partner in more than one law firm.\n(4) The law firm and its partners may not represent clients who have conflicting interests.\nArt. 58. (1) (Amended - SG No. 53 of 2010, amended - SG No. 97 of 2012, previous text of Art. 58 - SG No. 17 of 2021) The lawyer a company is established by a contract between two or more lawyers or lawyers from the European Union, in writing, which contains:\n1. name of the company;\n2. (supplemented - SG No. 97 of 2012) the names and addresses of the offices of the lawyers - partners. When the founder or partner is a lawyer from the European Union who temporarily practices the legal profession on the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria under the conditions of Art. 19d , the contract contains in addition to the name of the lawyer and his address in the country where he is permanently established;\n3. the seat and address of the company;\n4. subject of activity;\n5. the type and amount of the contributions of each partner and the assessment of non-monetary contributions;\n6. the method of distribution of income and expenses;\n7. the way of management and representation of the company;\n8. the conditions for accepting new partners;\n9. the conditions for leaving partners;\n10. the grounds for excluding a partner;\n11. the grounds for termination of the company;\n12. the method of liquidation of the company.\n(2) (New - SG No. 17 of 2021) When the law firm is established by one lawyer, instead of a contract, a written act of incorporation with the relevant content under para. 1.\" (Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, last amended 17 February 2021)\n----------------------\n\"Chapter one. - GENERAL PROVISIONS […]\nArticle 3.\n(1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) The profession of lawyer may only be pursued by an attorney or a European Union lawyer practicing independently or in partnership under this Act.\n(2) An attorney can be only an individual who has taken oath and is registered in the register of the Bar Association.\nChapter two.\nACQUISITION OF RIGHTS OF ATTORNEY\nArticle 4.\n(1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) Any legally capable Bulgarian citizen or a citizen of the European Union, of a state –party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation may become an attorney, if he/she meets the following conditions:\n[...]\nChapter three. - \"A\" EUROPEAN UNION LAWYERS (NEW –SG 97/12)\nSection I. General provisions (new –SG 97/12)\nArticle 11. (in force from 01.01.2007; amend. and suppl. - SG 10/06; amend. –SG 53/10; amend. – SG 97/12)\n(1) A European Union lawyer shall be any citizen of the European Union, of a state –party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation, who has acquired authorization to pursue the legal profession according the legislation of any of the aforementioned states. [...]\n(4) European Union lawyers may practise the legal profession in the Republic of Bulgaria as a member of a group, unless the group includes non-lawyers. [...]\n(9) Upon application by a European Union lawyer in the Unified register of foreign attorneys at the Supreme Bar Council and in the register of foreign attorneys of the respective bar association shall be entered, the name (company name) of the group in which he or she is a member in the Member State by origin.\n[...]\nChapter ten. - JOINT EXERCISING OF THE ATTORNEY PROFESSION\nSection I. Lawfirm\nArt. 52. (1) (suppl. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groups of lawyers, who are permanently established in the territory of the republic of Bulgaria or who practise the profession of lawyer, can bring together their activities by contract for partnership. [...]\n(2) (suppl. –SG 97/12) By a partnership contract can be associated attorneys or European Union lawyers and law firms, entered in the registers of different bar associations. [...]\nArt. 54. (1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) Partnered attorneys under Art. 52, para 1 shall practice the profession of lawyer in a way supposing the existence of shared clients, which shall be considered publicly announced with the registration of art. 53.\n(2) (amend. –SG 97/12) In his papers each of the partnered attorneys, European Union lawyers and law firms may indicate the association with the words \"in partnership\" or \"in association with\", listing the other partnered persons or part of them.\n[...]\nSection II. Lawfirm\nArt. 57. (1) (suppl. –SG 53/10) Attorneys and foreign attorneys entered in the Unified register of foreign attorneys can form law firm. The law firm shall be a corporate body.\n(2) In the law firm, cannot be members persons who are not attorneys.\n(3) An attorney cannot be member of more than one law firm.\n[...]\nArt. 58. (suppl. –SG 53/10; suppl. –SG 97/12) Law firms shall be founded with contracts in writing between two or more attorneys and/or European Union lawyers and shall contain the following: \n[...]\nArt. 58a. (New - SG 97/12) (1) A grouping of European Union lawyers who have permanently established themselves in the Republic of Bulgaria according to Art. 16, para 1 may be established as a law firm in the territory of the republic of Bulgaria.\n(2) Members of a law firm, individually or jointly, may be attorneys and European Union lawyers permanently established in the Republic of Bulgaria.\n(3) The registration and activities of law firms shall be carried out pursuant to Art. 57, 58 and 60-75, provided the application and the contract referred to in Art. 58 are to be submitted along with:\n1. a document issued by a body of the bar at the seat of the grouping in the Member State of origin which confirms the existence of the grouping and its name, seat, registered office and form of association;\n2. a document issued by the grouping which authorises specific attorneys or European Union lawyers to establish a law firm in the Republic of Bulgaria.\n[...]\nSection III - Contracts between attorneys and law firms\nArt. 76. (amend. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groupings of European Union lawyers, permanently established or pursuing the profession of lawyer on a temporary basis pursuant to Art. 19d in the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria, may enter into cooperation contracts with one another. The contract shall regulate the performance of certain legal work, or work on certain cases shall be taken jointly.\nArt. 77. (1) (amend. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groupings of European Union lawyers, permanently established or pursuing the profession of lawyer on a temporary basis pursuant to Art. 19d in the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria, may enter into written contracts with one another, for a fixed or for an indefinite period, permanent work in return for a fixed remuneration. Unless otherwise provided for in the contract, the remuneration shall be payable on a monthly basis. \n[...]\nSection IV. - Branch (new –SG 53/10; title amend. –SG 97/12)\nArt. 77a. (new –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) (1) One or more European Union lawyers may pursue the profession of lawyer in the Republic of Bulgaria in a branch of a European Union grouping.\n(2) In branches under para 1 may be included attorneys individually or jointly with European Union lawyers.\n(3) The registration and business of branches under para 1 shall be carried out pursuant to Art. 57, 58 and 60-75, provided that the limitation relating to the number of attorneys set out in Art. 58 shall not apply. [...]\n(4) The name of the branch shall include the name of the European Union grouping, the word \"branch\", the legalstatus of the grouping in the Member State of its origin and at least one of the names of the branch members who are practising the profession of lawyer in the Republic of Bulgaria. [...]\" (Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, as amended)","Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, last amended 17 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://justice.government.bg/home/normdoc/2135486731\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3593,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00375","Enterprises providing legal consultancy services (law firms) and partnerships can only be created by groups of lawyers authorised to practice in Bulgaria, the EU/EEA or Switzerland. Only Bulgarian and EU/EEA/Swiss citizens are entitled of becoming a lawyer upon meeting the conditions established in the legislation. In addition, law firms must be locally incorporated and registered in the Bar Council.","\"Section II. Law Firm\nArt. 57. (1) (Amended - SG No. 53 of 2010, amended - SG No. 97 of 2012, amended - SG No. 17 of 2021) A law firm may formed by one or more lawyers, as well as lawyers from the European Union, permanently established on the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria or temporarily practicing the profession under the conditions of art. 19 years The law firm is a legal entity.\n(2) Persons who are not lawyers may not be members of the law society.\n(3) (Supplement - SG No. 97 of 2012) A lawyer, as well as a lawyer from the European Union, cannot be a partner in more than one law firm.\n(4) The law firm and its partners may not represent clients who have conflicting interests.\nArt. 58. (1) (Amended - SG No. 53 of 2010, amended - SG No. 97 of 2012, previous text of Art. 58 - SG No. 17 of 2021) The lawyer a company is established by a contract between two or more lawyers or lawyers from the European Union, in writing, which contains:\n1. name of the company;\n2. (supplemented - SG No. 97 of 2012) the names and addresses of the offices of the lawyers - partners. When the founder or partner is a lawyer from the European Union who temporarily practices the legal profession on the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria under the conditions of Art. 19d , the contract contains in addition to the name of the lawyer and his address in the country where he is permanently established;\n3. the seat and address of the company;\n4. subject of activity;\n5. the type and amount of the contributions of each partner and the assessment of non-monetary contributions;\n6. the method of distribution of income and expenses;\n7. the way of management and representation of the company;\n8. the conditions for accepting new partners;\n9. the conditions for leaving partners;\n10. the grounds for excluding a partner;\n11. the grounds for termination of the company;\n12. the method of liquidation of the company.\n(2) (New - SG No. 17 of 2021) When the law firm is established by one lawyer, instead of a contract, a written act of incorporation with the relevant content under para. 1.\" (Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, last amended 17 February 2021)\n----------------------\n\"Chapter one. - GENERAL PROVISIONS […]\nArticle 3.\n(1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) The profession of lawyer may only be pursued by an attorney or a European Union lawyer practicing independently or in partnership under this Act.\n(2) An attorney can be only an individual who has taken oath and is registered in the register of the Bar Association.\nChapter two.\nACQUISITION OF RIGHTS OF ATTORNEY\nArticle 4.\n(1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) Any legally capable Bulgarian citizen or a citizen of the European Union, of a state –party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation may become an attorney, if he/she meets the following conditions:\n[...]\nChapter three. - \"A\" EUROPEAN UNION LAWYERS (NEW –SG 97/12)\nSection I. General provisions (new –SG 97/12)\nArticle 11. (in force from 01.01.2007; amend. and suppl. - SG 10/06; amend. –SG 53/10; amend. – SG 97/12)\n(1) A European Union lawyer shall be any citizen of the European Union, of a state –party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation, who has acquired authorization to pursue the legal profession according the legislation of any of the aforementioned states. [...]\n(4) European Union lawyers may practise the legal profession in the Republic of Bulgaria as a member of a group, unless the group includes non-lawyers. [...]\n(9) Upon application by a European Union lawyer in the Unified register of foreign attorneys at the Supreme Bar Council and in the register of foreign attorneys of the respective bar association shall be entered, the name (company name) of the group in which he or she is a member in the Member State by origin.\n[...]\nChapter ten. - JOINT EXERCISING OF THE ATTORNEY PROFESSION\nSection I. Lawfirm\nArt. 52. (1) (suppl. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groups of lawyers, who are permanently established in the territory of the republic of Bulgaria or who practise the profession of lawyer, can bring together their activities by contract for partnership. [...]\n(2) (suppl. –SG 97/12) By a partnership contract can be associated attorneys or European Union lawyers and law firms, entered in the registers of different bar associations. [...]\nArt. 54. (1) (suppl. –SG 97/12) Partnered attorneys under Art. 52, para 1 shall practice the profession of lawyer in a way supposing the existence of shared clients, which shall be considered publicly announced with the registration of art. 53.\n(2) (amend. –SG 97/12) In his papers each of the partnered attorneys, European Union lawyers and law firms may indicate the association with the words \"in partnership\" or \"in association with\", listing the other partnered persons or part of them.\n[...]\nSection II. Lawfirm\nArt. 57. (1) (suppl. –SG 53/10) Attorneys and foreign attorneys entered in the Unified register of foreign attorneys can form law firm. The law firm shall be a corporate body.\n(2) In the law firm, cannot be members persons who are not attorneys.\n(3) An attorney cannot be member of more than one law firm.\n[...]\nArt. 58. (suppl. –SG 53/10; suppl. –SG 97/12) Law firms shall be founded with contracts in writing between two or more attorneys and/or European Union lawyers and shall contain the following: \n[...]\nArt. 58a. (New - SG 97/12) (1) A grouping of European Union lawyers who have permanently established themselves in the Republic of Bulgaria according to Art. 16, para 1 may be established as a law firm in the territory of the republic of Bulgaria.\n(2) Members of a law firm, individually or jointly, may be attorneys and European Union lawyers permanently established in the Republic of Bulgaria.\n(3) The registration and activities of law firms shall be carried out pursuant to Art. 57, 58 and 60-75, provided the application and the contract referred to in Art. 58 are to be submitted along with:\n1. a document issued by a body of the bar at the seat of the grouping in the Member State of origin which confirms the existence of the grouping and its name, seat, registered office and form of association;\n2. a document issued by the grouping which authorises specific attorneys or European Union lawyers to establish a law firm in the Republic of Bulgaria.\n[...]\nSection III - Contracts between attorneys and law firms\nArt. 76. (amend. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groupings of European Union lawyers, permanently established or pursuing the profession of lawyer on a temporary basis pursuant to Art. 19d in the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria, may enter into cooperation contracts with one another. The contract shall regulate the performance of certain legal work, or work on certain cases shall be taken jointly.\nArt. 77. (1) (amend. –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) Attorneys, law firms, European Union lawyers and groupings of European Union lawyers, permanently established or pursuing the profession of lawyer on a temporary basis pursuant to Art. 19d in the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria, may enter into written contracts with one another, for a fixed or for an indefinite period, permanent work in return for a fixed remuneration. Unless otherwise provided for in the contract, the remuneration shall be payable on a monthly basis. \n[...]\nSection IV. - Branch (new –SG 53/10; title amend. –SG 97/12)\nArt. 77a. (new –SG 53/10; amend. –SG 97/12) (1) One or more European Union lawyers may pursue the profession of lawyer in the Republic of Bulgaria in a branch of a European Union grouping.\n(2) In branches under para 1 may be included attorneys individually or jointly with European Union lawyers.\n(3) The registration and business of branches under para 1 shall be carried out pursuant to Art. 57, 58 and 60-75, provided that the limitation relating to the number of attorneys set out in Art. 58 shall not apply. [...]\n(4) The name of the branch shall include the name of the European Union grouping, the word \"branch\", the legalstatus of the grouping in the Member State of its origin and at least one of the names of the branch members who are practising the profession of lawyer in the Republic of Bulgaria. [...]\" (Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, as amended)","Attorney Act, SG. 55/25 Jun 2004, last amended 17 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://justice.government.bg/home/normdoc/2135486731\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3593,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.001125","In the book publishing and distribution sector, foreign investment in new business enterprises is limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures. Acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business in book publishing/distribution by a non-Canadian is generally not permitted. Only in extraordinary circumstances an exception to the limitation on the acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business by a non-Canadian investor may be considered. ","\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the book publishing and distribution sector be compatible with national cultural policies and be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian-controlled sector.\nAs part of the measures to strengthen the book publishing and distribution sector the Government is announcing a revised foreign investment policy for this sector.\n[...]\nII : Policy Guidelines\ni) Foreign investment in new business enterprises will be limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures.\nii) Acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business by a non-Canadian will not be permitted. Under extraordinary circumstances, the Government may consider an exception to this guideline. In such a situation, the Government must have credible evidence from the vendor that: 1. the business is in clear financial distress; and 2. Canadians have had full and fair opportunity to purchase.\nIf a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to the net benefit test set out in (iv) below.\niii) If a non-Canadian wishes to sell an existing Canadian business independent of any other transaction, the vendor will be expected to ensure that potential Canadian investors have full and fair opportunity to purchase; if a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to review under the net benefit test as set out in (iv) below, and credible evidence from the vendor that Canadians had full and fair opportunity to purchase will be required.\niv) Indirect acquisitions will be reviewed to determine whether they are likely to be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian controlled sector and will be assessed on their merits by reference to the factors set out in Section 20 of the Act. [...]\nThese guidelines will be strictly enforced and any undertakings negotiated under the net benefit test will be closely monitored. The Act provides remedies for non-compliance and the Government will apply them when necessary. [...]\"(Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the cultural industries, including the production, distribution and sale of periodicals, be compatible with national cultural policies in addition to being of \"net benefit\" to Canada.\nThe Government of Canada is announcing a foreign investment policy for the periodicals publishing sector that will allow investment opportunities in the publication, distribution and sale of periodicals, provided that such investments result in the production of Canadian content in magazines. The following policy statement and investment review guidelines are intended to provide guidance to investors in respect of the application of the Investment Canada Act to the periodical publishing sector.\nI : Policy Statement [...]\nUnder the Investment Canada Act, investments in the cultural industries must be of \"net benefit\" to Canada, including compatibility with Canada's cultural policy objectives.\nIn this regard, it is the policy of the Government of Canada to ensure a commitment to the production of majority Canadian editorial content in respect of foreign investments in the periodical publishing sector, including investments to establish or, directly or indirectly, acquire foreign businesses to produce and sell periodicals in Canada and to access the Canadian advertising services market. Further, it is the policy of the Government of Canada not to permit foreign acquisitions of Canadian-owned and Canadian-controlled periodical publishing businesses.[...]\" (Government of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"Reviewable investments\n14 (1) The following investments by non-Canadians are reviewable under this Part:\n(a) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in any manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (c), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(b) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(i), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(c) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) and the limits set out in subsection (3) apply; and\n(d) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) do not apply and the limits set out in subsection (4) apply.\nCircumstances\n(2) The circumstances referred to in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) are that the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, amounts to more than fifty per cent of the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of all entities the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the transaction of which the acquisition of control of the Canadian business forms a part.\nLimits\n(3) An investment described in paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of\n(a) the assets acquired, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(c), or\n(b) the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (d),\nis five million dollars or more.\nLimits\n(4) An investment described in paragraph (1)(d) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, is fifty million dollars or more.\nLimits for WTO investors\n14.1 (1) Despite the limits set out in subsection 14(3), but subject to subsection (1.1), an investment described in paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b) by a WTO investor or — if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor — by a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, is reviewable under section 14 only if the enterprise value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets described in paragraph 14(3)(a) or (b), as the case may be, is equal to or greater than,\n(a) to (c) [Repealed, 2017, c. 20, s. 192]\n(d) for an investment implemented at any time in the period that begins on the day on which this paragraph comes into force and that ends on December 31 of the following year, $1,000,000,000; and\n(e) for an investment implemented at any time in the year that begins after the period referred to in paragraph (d), or in any subsequent year, the amount determined under subsection (2).\n[...]\nInvestments not reviewable\n(4) Despite paragraphs 14(1)(c) and (d), an investment described in either paragraph that is implemented after this subsection comes into force is not reviewable under section 14 if it is made by\n(a) a WTO investor; or\n(b) a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor.\n[...]\nException\n(5) This section does not apply in respect of an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business that is a cultural business.\nDefinitions\n(6) In this section and section 14.2,\n[...]\ncultural business means a Canadian business that carries on any of the following activities, namely,\n(a) the publication, distribution or sale of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers in print or machine readable form, other than the sole activity of printing or typesetting of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers,\n(b) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of film or video recordings,\n(c) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of audio or video music recordings,\n(d) the publication, distribution or sale of music in print or machine readable form, or\n(e) radio communication in which the transmissions are intended for direct reception by the general public, any radio, television and cable television broadcasting undertakings and any satellite programming and broadcast network services; (entreprise culturelle)\n[...]\nFactors\n20 For the purposes of section 21, the factors to be taken into account, where relevant, are\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Canada, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the effect on employment, on resource processing, on the utilization of parts, components and services produced in Canada and on exports from Canada;\n(b) the degree and significance of participation by Canadians in the Canadian business or new Canadian business and in any industry or industries in Canada of which the Canadian business or new Canadian business forms or would form a part;\n(c) the effect of the investment on productivity, industrial efficiency, technological development, product innovation and product variety in Canada;\n(d) the effect of the investment on competition within any industry or industries in Canada;\n(e) the compatibility of the investment with national industrial, economic and cultural policies, taking into consideration industrial, economic and cultural policy objectives enunciated by the government or legislature of any province likely to be significantly affected by the investment; and\n(f) the contribution of the investment to Canada’s ability to compete in world markets.\nNet benefit\n21 (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (8) and sections 22 and 23, the Minister shall, within 45 days after the certified date referred to in subsection 18(1), send a notice to the applicant that the Minister, having taken into account any information, undertakings and representations referred to the Minister by the Director under section 19 and the relevant factors set out in section 20, is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.[...]\"(Investment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21)","Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21\nGovernment of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21\nInvestment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/foreign-investment.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/magazines.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-21.8/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,699,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.001125","In the book publishing and distribution sector, foreign investment in new business enterprises is limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures. Acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business in book publishing/distribution by a non-Canadian is generally not permitted. Only in extraordinary circumstances an exception to the limitation on the acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business by a non-Canadian investor may be considered. ","\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the book publishing and distribution sector be compatible with national cultural policies and be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian-controlled sector.\nAs part of the measures to strengthen the book publishing and distribution sector the Government is announcing a revised foreign investment policy for this sector.\n[...]\nII : Policy Guidelines\ni) Foreign investment in new business enterprises will be limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures.\nii) Acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business by a non-Canadian will not be permitted. Under extraordinary circumstances, the Government may consider an exception to this guideline. In such a situation, the Government must have credible evidence from the vendor that: 1. the business is in clear financial distress; and 2. Canadians have had full and fair opportunity to purchase.\nIf a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to the net benefit test set out in (iv) below.\niii) If a non-Canadian wishes to sell an existing Canadian business independent of any other transaction, the vendor will be expected to ensure that potential Canadian investors have full and fair opportunity to purchase; if a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to review under the net benefit test as set out in (iv) below, and credible evidence from the vendor that Canadians had full and fair opportunity to purchase will be required.\niv) Indirect acquisitions will be reviewed to determine whether they are likely to be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian controlled sector and will be assessed on their merits by reference to the factors set out in Section 20 of the Act. [...]\nThese guidelines will be strictly enforced and any undertakings negotiated under the net benefit test will be closely monitored. The Act provides remedies for non-compliance and the Government will apply them when necessary. [...]\"(Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the cultural industries, including the production, distribution and sale of periodicals, be compatible with national cultural policies in addition to being of \"net benefit\" to Canada.\nThe Government of Canada is announcing a foreign investment policy for the periodicals publishing sector that will allow investment opportunities in the publication, distribution and sale of periodicals, provided that such investments result in the production of Canadian content in magazines. The following policy statement and investment review guidelines are intended to provide guidance to investors in respect of the application of the Investment Canada Act to the periodical publishing sector.\nI : Policy Statement [...]\nUnder the Investment Canada Act, investments in the cultural industries must be of \"net benefit\" to Canada, including compatibility with Canada's cultural policy objectives.\nIn this regard, it is the policy of the Government of Canada to ensure a commitment to the production of majority Canadian editorial content in respect of foreign investments in the periodical publishing sector, including investments to establish or, directly or indirectly, acquire foreign businesses to produce and sell periodicals in Canada and to access the Canadian advertising services market. Further, it is the policy of the Government of Canada not to permit foreign acquisitions of Canadian-owned and Canadian-controlled periodical publishing businesses.[...]\" (Government of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"Reviewable investments\n14 (1) The following investments by non-Canadians are reviewable under this Part:\n(a) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in any manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (c), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(b) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(i), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(c) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) and the limits set out in subsection (3) apply; and\n(d) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) do not apply and the limits set out in subsection (4) apply.\nCircumstances\n(2) The circumstances referred to in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) are that the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, amounts to more than fifty per cent of the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of all entities the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the transaction of which the acquisition of control of the Canadian business forms a part.\nLimits\n(3) An investment described in paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of\n(a) the assets acquired, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(c), or\n(b) the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (d),\nis five million dollars or more.\nLimits\n(4) An investment described in paragraph (1)(d) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, is fifty million dollars or more.\nLimits for WTO investors\n14.1 (1) Despite the limits set out in subsection 14(3), but subject to subsection (1.1), an investment described in paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b) by a WTO investor or — if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor — by a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, is reviewable under section 14 only if the enterprise value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets described in paragraph 14(3)(a) or (b), as the case may be, is equal to or greater than,\n(a) to (c) [Repealed, 2017, c. 20, s. 192]\n(d) for an investment implemented at any time in the period that begins on the day on which this paragraph comes into force and that ends on December 31 of the following year, $1,000,000,000; and\n(e) for an investment implemented at any time in the year that begins after the period referred to in paragraph (d), or in any subsequent year, the amount determined under subsection (2).\n[...]\nInvestments not reviewable\n(4) Despite paragraphs 14(1)(c) and (d), an investment described in either paragraph that is implemented after this subsection comes into force is not reviewable under section 14 if it is made by\n(a) a WTO investor; or\n(b) a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor.\n[...]\nException\n(5) This section does not apply in respect of an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business that is a cultural business.\nDefinitions\n(6) In this section and section 14.2,\n[...]\ncultural business means a Canadian business that carries on any of the following activities, namely,\n(a) the publication, distribution or sale of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers in print or machine readable form, other than the sole activity of printing or typesetting of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers,\n(b) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of film or video recordings,\n(c) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of audio or video music recordings,\n(d) the publication, distribution or sale of music in print or machine readable form, or\n(e) radio communication in which the transmissions are intended for direct reception by the general public, any radio, television and cable television broadcasting undertakings and any satellite programming and broadcast network services; (entreprise culturelle)\n[...]\nFactors\n20 For the purposes of section 21, the factors to be taken into account, where relevant, are\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Canada, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the effect on employment, on resource processing, on the utilization of parts, components and services produced in Canada and on exports from Canada;\n(b) the degree and significance of participation by Canadians in the Canadian business or new Canadian business and in any industry or industries in Canada of which the Canadian business or new Canadian business forms or would form a part;\n(c) the effect of the investment on productivity, industrial efficiency, technological development, product innovation and product variety in Canada;\n(d) the effect of the investment on competition within any industry or industries in Canada;\n(e) the compatibility of the investment with national industrial, economic and cultural policies, taking into consideration industrial, economic and cultural policy objectives enunciated by the government or legislature of any province likely to be significantly affected by the investment; and\n(f) the contribution of the investment to Canada’s ability to compete in world markets.\nNet benefit\n21 (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (8) and sections 22 and 23, the Minister shall, within 45 days after the certified date referred to in subsection 18(1), send a notice to the applicant that the Minister, having taken into account any information, undertakings and representations referred to the Minister by the Director under section 19 and the relevant factors set out in section 20, is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.[...]\"(Investment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21)","Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21\nGovernment of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21\nInvestment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/foreign-investment.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/magazines.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-21.8/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,699,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.001125","In the book publishing and distribution sector, foreign investment in new business enterprises is limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures. Acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business in book publishing/distribution by a non-Canadian is generally not permitted. Only in extraordinary circumstances an exception to the limitation on the acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business by a non-Canadian investor may be considered. ","\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the book publishing and distribution sector be compatible with national cultural policies and be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian-controlled sector.\nAs part of the measures to strengthen the book publishing and distribution sector the Government is announcing a revised foreign investment policy for this sector.\n[...]\nII : Policy Guidelines\ni) Foreign investment in new business enterprises will be limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures.\nii) Acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business by a non-Canadian will not be permitted. Under extraordinary circumstances, the Government may consider an exception to this guideline. In such a situation, the Government must have credible evidence from the vendor that: 1. the business is in clear financial distress; and 2. Canadians have had full and fair opportunity to purchase.\nIf a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to the net benefit test set out in (iv) below.\niii) If a non-Canadian wishes to sell an existing Canadian business independent of any other transaction, the vendor will be expected to ensure that potential Canadian investors have full and fair opportunity to purchase; if a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to review under the net benefit test as set out in (iv) below, and credible evidence from the vendor that Canadians had full and fair opportunity to purchase will be required.\niv) Indirect acquisitions will be reviewed to determine whether they are likely to be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian controlled sector and will be assessed on their merits by reference to the factors set out in Section 20 of the Act. [...]\nThese guidelines will be strictly enforced and any undertakings negotiated under the net benefit test will be closely monitored. The Act provides remedies for non-compliance and the Government will apply them when necessary. [...]\"(Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the cultural industries, including the production, distribution and sale of periodicals, be compatible with national cultural policies in addition to being of \"net benefit\" to Canada.\nThe Government of Canada is announcing a foreign investment policy for the periodicals publishing sector that will allow investment opportunities in the publication, distribution and sale of periodicals, provided that such investments result in the production of Canadian content in magazines. The following policy statement and investment review guidelines are intended to provide guidance to investors in respect of the application of the Investment Canada Act to the periodical publishing sector.\nI : Policy Statement [...]\nUnder the Investment Canada Act, investments in the cultural industries must be of \"net benefit\" to Canada, including compatibility with Canada's cultural policy objectives.\nIn this regard, it is the policy of the Government of Canada to ensure a commitment to the production of majority Canadian editorial content in respect of foreign investments in the periodical publishing sector, including investments to establish or, directly or indirectly, acquire foreign businesses to produce and sell periodicals in Canada and to access the Canadian advertising services market. Further, it is the policy of the Government of Canada not to permit foreign acquisitions of Canadian-owned and Canadian-controlled periodical publishing businesses.[...]\" (Government of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"Reviewable investments\n14 (1) The following investments by non-Canadians are reviewable under this Part:\n(a) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in any manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (c), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(b) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(i), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(c) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) and the limits set out in subsection (3) apply; and\n(d) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) do not apply and the limits set out in subsection (4) apply.\nCircumstances\n(2) The circumstances referred to in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) are that the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, amounts to more than fifty per cent of the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of all entities the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the transaction of which the acquisition of control of the Canadian business forms a part.\nLimits\n(3) An investment described in paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of\n(a) the assets acquired, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(c), or\n(b) the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (d),\nis five million dollars or more.\nLimits\n(4) An investment described in paragraph (1)(d) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, is fifty million dollars or more.\nLimits for WTO investors\n14.1 (1) Despite the limits set out in subsection 14(3), but subject to subsection (1.1), an investment described in paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b) by a WTO investor or — if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor — by a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, is reviewable under section 14 only if the enterprise value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets described in paragraph 14(3)(a) or (b), as the case may be, is equal to or greater than,\n(a) to (c) [Repealed, 2017, c. 20, s. 192]\n(d) for an investment implemented at any time in the period that begins on the day on which this paragraph comes into force and that ends on December 31 of the following year, $1,000,000,000; and\n(e) for an investment implemented at any time in the year that begins after the period referred to in paragraph (d), or in any subsequent year, the amount determined under subsection (2).\n[...]\nInvestments not reviewable\n(4) Despite paragraphs 14(1)(c) and (d), an investment described in either paragraph that is implemented after this subsection comes into force is not reviewable under section 14 if it is made by\n(a) a WTO investor; or\n(b) a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor.\n[...]\nException\n(5) This section does not apply in respect of an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business that is a cultural business.\nDefinitions\n(6) In this section and section 14.2,\n[...]\ncultural business means a Canadian business that carries on any of the following activities, namely,\n(a) the publication, distribution or sale of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers in print or machine readable form, other than the sole activity of printing or typesetting of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers,\n(b) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of film or video recordings,\n(c) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of audio or video music recordings,\n(d) the publication, distribution or sale of music in print or machine readable form, or\n(e) radio communication in which the transmissions are intended for direct reception by the general public, any radio, television and cable television broadcasting undertakings and any satellite programming and broadcast network services; (entreprise culturelle)\n[...]\nFactors\n20 For the purposes of section 21, the factors to be taken into account, where relevant, are\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Canada, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the effect on employment, on resource processing, on the utilization of parts, components and services produced in Canada and on exports from Canada;\n(b) the degree and significance of participation by Canadians in the Canadian business or new Canadian business and in any industry or industries in Canada of which the Canadian business or new Canadian business forms or would form a part;\n(c) the effect of the investment on productivity, industrial efficiency, technological development, product innovation and product variety in Canada;\n(d) the effect of the investment on competition within any industry or industries in Canada;\n(e) the compatibility of the investment with national industrial, economic and cultural policies, taking into consideration industrial, economic and cultural policy objectives enunciated by the government or legislature of any province likely to be significantly affected by the investment; and\n(f) the contribution of the investment to Canada’s ability to compete in world markets.\nNet benefit\n21 (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (8) and sections 22 and 23, the Minister shall, within 45 days after the certified date referred to in subsection 18(1), send a notice to the applicant that the Minister, having taken into account any information, undertakings and representations referred to the Minister by the Director under section 19 and the relevant factors set out in section 20, is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.[...]\"(Investment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21)","Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21\nGovernment of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21\nInvestment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/foreign-investment.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/magazines.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-21.8/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,699,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.001125","In the book publishing and distribution sector, foreign investment in new business enterprises is limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures. Acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business in book publishing/distribution by a non-Canadian is generally not permitted. Only in extraordinary circumstances an exception to the limitation on the acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business by a non-Canadian investor may be considered. ","\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the book publishing and distribution sector be compatible with national cultural policies and be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian-controlled sector.\nAs part of the measures to strengthen the book publishing and distribution sector the Government is announcing a revised foreign investment policy for this sector.\n[...]\nII : Policy Guidelines\ni) Foreign investment in new business enterprises will be limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures.\nii) Acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business by a non-Canadian will not be permitted. Under extraordinary circumstances, the Government may consider an exception to this guideline. In such a situation, the Government must have credible evidence from the vendor that: 1. the business is in clear financial distress; and 2. Canadians have had full and fair opportunity to purchase.\nIf a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to the net benefit test set out in (iv) below.\niii) If a non-Canadian wishes to sell an existing Canadian business independent of any other transaction, the vendor will be expected to ensure that potential Canadian investors have full and fair opportunity to purchase; if a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to review under the net benefit test as set out in (iv) below, and credible evidence from the vendor that Canadians had full and fair opportunity to purchase will be required.\niv) Indirect acquisitions will be reviewed to determine whether they are likely to be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian controlled sector and will be assessed on their merits by reference to the factors set out in Section 20 of the Act. [...]\nThese guidelines will be strictly enforced and any undertakings negotiated under the net benefit test will be closely monitored. The Act provides remedies for non-compliance and the Government will apply them when necessary. [...]\"(Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the cultural industries, including the production, distribution and sale of periodicals, be compatible with national cultural policies in addition to being of \"net benefit\" to Canada.\nThe Government of Canada is announcing a foreign investment policy for the periodicals publishing sector that will allow investment opportunities in the publication, distribution and sale of periodicals, provided that such investments result in the production of Canadian content in magazines. The following policy statement and investment review guidelines are intended to provide guidance to investors in respect of the application of the Investment Canada Act to the periodical publishing sector.\nI : Policy Statement [...]\nUnder the Investment Canada Act, investments in the cultural industries must be of \"net benefit\" to Canada, including compatibility with Canada's cultural policy objectives.\nIn this regard, it is the policy of the Government of Canada to ensure a commitment to the production of majority Canadian editorial content in respect of foreign investments in the periodical publishing sector, including investments to establish or, directly or indirectly, acquire foreign businesses to produce and sell periodicals in Canada and to access the Canadian advertising services market. Further, it is the policy of the Government of Canada not to permit foreign acquisitions of Canadian-owned and Canadian-controlled periodical publishing businesses.[...]\" (Government of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"Reviewable investments\n14 (1) The following investments by non-Canadians are reviewable under this Part:\n(a) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in any manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (c), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(b) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(i), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(c) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) and the limits set out in subsection (3) apply; and\n(d) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) do not apply and the limits set out in subsection (4) apply.\nCircumstances\n(2) The circumstances referred to in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) are that the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, amounts to more than fifty per cent of the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of all entities the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the transaction of which the acquisition of control of the Canadian business forms a part.\nLimits\n(3) An investment described in paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of\n(a) the assets acquired, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(c), or\n(b) the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (d),\nis five million dollars or more.\nLimits\n(4) An investment described in paragraph (1)(d) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, is fifty million dollars or more.\nLimits for WTO investors\n14.1 (1) Despite the limits set out in subsection 14(3), but subject to subsection (1.1), an investment described in paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b) by a WTO investor or — if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor — by a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, is reviewable under section 14 only if the enterprise value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets described in paragraph 14(3)(a) or (b), as the case may be, is equal to or greater than,\n(a) to (c) [Repealed, 2017, c. 20, s. 192]\n(d) for an investment implemented at any time in the period that begins on the day on which this paragraph comes into force and that ends on December 31 of the following year, $1,000,000,000; and\n(e) for an investment implemented at any time in the year that begins after the period referred to in paragraph (d), or in any subsequent year, the amount determined under subsection (2).\n[...]\nInvestments not reviewable\n(4) Despite paragraphs 14(1)(c) and (d), an investment described in either paragraph that is implemented after this subsection comes into force is not reviewable under section 14 if it is made by\n(a) a WTO investor; or\n(b) a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor.\n[...]\nException\n(5) This section does not apply in respect of an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business that is a cultural business.\nDefinitions\n(6) In this section and section 14.2,\n[...]\ncultural business means a Canadian business that carries on any of the following activities, namely,\n(a) the publication, distribution or sale of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers in print or machine readable form, other than the sole activity of printing or typesetting of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers,\n(b) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of film or video recordings,\n(c) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of audio or video music recordings,\n(d) the publication, distribution or sale of music in print or machine readable form, or\n(e) radio communication in which the transmissions are intended for direct reception by the general public, any radio, television and cable television broadcasting undertakings and any satellite programming and broadcast network services; (entreprise culturelle)\n[...]\nFactors\n20 For the purposes of section 21, the factors to be taken into account, where relevant, are\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Canada, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the effect on employment, on resource processing, on the utilization of parts, components and services produced in Canada and on exports from Canada;\n(b) the degree and significance of participation by Canadians in the Canadian business or new Canadian business and in any industry or industries in Canada of which the Canadian business or new Canadian business forms or would form a part;\n(c) the effect of the investment on productivity, industrial efficiency, technological development, product innovation and product variety in Canada;\n(d) the effect of the investment on competition within any industry or industries in Canada;\n(e) the compatibility of the investment with national industrial, economic and cultural policies, taking into consideration industrial, economic and cultural policy objectives enunciated by the government or legislature of any province likely to be significantly affected by the investment; and\n(f) the contribution of the investment to Canada’s ability to compete in world markets.\nNet benefit\n21 (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (8) and sections 22 and 23, the Minister shall, within 45 days after the certified date referred to in subsection 18(1), send a notice to the applicant that the Minister, having taken into account any information, undertakings and representations referred to the Minister by the Director under section 19 and the relevant factors set out in section 20, is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.[...]\"(Investment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21)","Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21\nGovernment of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21\nInvestment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/foreign-investment.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/magazines.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-21.8/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,699,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H5021","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0002","Chilean nationality is required for the  president, manager and majority of the directors or administrators of an enterprise operating a vessel flying the Chilean flag and of an enterprise carrying out activities of stowage and dockage on Chilean ports. The captain, officers and crew of Chilean flag vessels must be Chilean nationals. Temporary exceptions can be granted for any of those functions, except that of the captain.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.\n[...]\nArt. 41. In towing tasks, or in other maneuvers in Chilean ports, only national flag tugs may be used.\nHowever, the Directorate may authorize, in qualified cases, the use of foreign flag tugboats.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 .- [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\"[...] (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3644,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H5021","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0002","Chilean nationality is required for the  president, manager and majority of the directors or administrators of an enterprise operating a vessel flying the Chilean flag and of an enterprise carrying out activities of stowage and dockage on Chilean ports. The captain, officers and crew of Chilean flag vessels must be Chilean nationals. Temporary exceptions can be granted for any of those functions, except that of the captain.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.\n[...]\nArt. 41. In towing tasks, or in other maneuvers in Chilean ports, only national flag tugs may be used.\nHowever, the Directorate may authorize, in qualified cases, the use of foreign flag tugboats.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 .- [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\"[...] (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3626,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H5021","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0002","Chilean nationality is required for the  president, manager and majority of the directors or administrators of an enterprise operating a vessel flying the Chilean flag and of an enterprise carrying out activities of stowage and dockage on Chilean ports. The captain, officers and crew of Chilean flag vessels must be Chilean nationals. Temporary exceptions can be granted for any of those functions, except that of the captain.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.\n[...]\nArt. 41. In towing tasks, or in other maneuvers in Chilean ports, only national flag tugs may be used.\nHowever, the Directorate may authorize, in qualified cases, the use of foreign flag tugboats.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 .- [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\"[...] (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3626,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H5021","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0002","Chilean nationality is required for the  president, manager and majority of the directors or administrators of an enterprise operating a vessel flying the Chilean flag and of an enterprise carrying out activities of stowage and dockage on Chilean ports. The captain, officers and crew of Chilean flag vessels must be Chilean nationals. Temporary exceptions can be granted for any of those functions, except that of the captain.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.\n[...]\nArt. 41. In towing tasks, or in other maneuvers in Chilean ports, only national flag tugs may be used.\nHowever, the Directorate may authorize, in qualified cases, the use of foreign flag tugboats.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 .- [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\"[...] (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3626,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","J601","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000375","Granting and use of radio broadcasting concessions is limited to enterprises with no more than 10% foreign capital, unless the legislation of the country of origin of the foreign capital grants similar conditions on the basis of reciprocity.","\"Article 9.- [...]\nConcessions for free reception sound broadcasting requested by legal persons with foreign capital participation greater than ten percent, may only be granted if it is previously proven that in their country of origin, Chileans are granted rights and obligations similar to the conditions that these applicants will enjoy in Chile.\nThe same requirement must be met to acquire an existing concession. The infringement of compliance with this condition will mean the expiration of the concession.[...]\" (Law 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), subsequently amended, Article 9 [google translation])","Law 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), last amended on 23 December 2013, Article 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=186049\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1101,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","J601","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000375","Granting and use of radio broadcasting concessions is limited to enterprises with no more than 10% foreign capital, unless the legislation of the country of origin of the foreign capital grants similar conditions on the basis of reciprocity.","\"Article 9.- [...]\nConcessions for free reception sound broadcasting requested by legal persons with foreign capital participation greater than ten percent, may only be granted if it is previously proven that in their country of origin, Chileans are granted rights and obligations similar to the conditions that these applicants will enjoy in Chile.\nThe same requirement must be met to acquire an existing concession. The infringement of compliance with this condition will mean the expiration of the concession.[...]\" (Law 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), subsequently amended, Article 9 [google translation])","Law 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), last amended on 23 December 2013, Article 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=186049\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1100,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","J601","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000375","Granting and use of radio broadcasting concessions is limited to enterprises with no more than 10% foreign capital, unless the legislation of the country of origin of the foreign capital grants similar conditions on the basis of reciprocity.","\"Article 9.- [...]\nConcessions for free reception sound broadcasting requested by legal persons with foreign capital participation greater than ten percent, may only be granted if it is previously proven that in their country of origin, Chileans are granted rights and obligations similar to the conditions that these applicants will enjoy in Chile.\nThe same requirement must be met to acquire an existing concession. The infringement of compliance with this condition will mean the expiration of the concession.[...]\" (Law 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), subsequently amended, Article 9 [google translation])","Law 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), last amended on 23 December 2013, Article 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=186049\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1100,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","J601","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000375","Granting and use of radio broadcasting concessions is limited to enterprises with no more than 10% foreign capital, unless the legislation of the country of origin of the foreign capital grants similar conditions on the basis of reciprocity.","\"Article 9.- [...]\nConcessions for free reception sound broadcasting requested by legal persons with foreign capital participation greater than ten percent, may only be granted if it is previously proven that in their country of origin, Chileans are granted rights and obligations similar to the conditions that these applicants will enjoy in Chile.\nThe same requirement must be met to acquire an existing concession. The infringement of compliance with this condition will mean the expiration of the concession.[...]\" (Law 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), subsequently amended, Article 9 [google translation])","Law 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), last amended on 23 December 2013, Article 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=186049\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1100,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","Article 35 of the Foreign Investment Law provides for the \"security review of foreign investments that affect or may affect national security\". On 18 January 2021, the Order No.37 of 2020, “Measures for the Security Review of Foreign Investment” entered into force. The Order establishes a new body dedicated to national security reviews (the NSR Office) jointly headed by the NDRC and the Ministry of Commerce. The new framework establishes both a sector-specific mandatory review for all foreign investments in the defense industry or related sector irrespective of value, and a mandatory review mechanism for certain acquisitions in specified sectors that include \"important agricultural products, important energy and resources, critical equipment manufacturing, important infrastructure, important transportation services, important cultural products and services, important information technology and Internet products and services, important financial services, key technology, or any other important field related to national security\".\nOn 1 September 2021, review requirements for operations involving companies headquartered in or having branches in China as well as local companies engaging with foreign investors changed: If these operations imply a transfer of “important data” overseas, the transaction is henceforth subject to a security assessment by the Cyberspace Administration of China. The change results from the entry into force of China’s Data Security Law on 1 September 2021. Among others, the Law establishes a classification system of different types of data in relation to their national security sensitivity. The classification makes some of these data fall under the scope of China’s Cybersecurity Law., with the described consequences for their transfer abroad in the context of international investment. This Law applies to both foreigners and nationals of China. \nPreviously in 2018, the State Council in China had already implemented 'Working Measures for Outbound Transfers of Intellectual Property Rights (for Trial Implementation)', which conditioned the outbound transfer of certain kinds of intellectual property rights to a specific examination regime. The examination applied to the transfers of IPRs occuring in the context of exporting technologies, or in foreign investors’ acquisitions of domestic enterprises. The examination focused on the transfer’s impact on China’s national safety and capacity for the creation and development of key technologies in important industries.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 35 The state establishes a foreign investment security review system to conduct security reviews of foreign investments that affect or may affect national security.\nThe security review decision made in accordance with the law is final.\n[...]\nChapter VI - Supplementary Provisions\nArticle 40. If any country or region adopts discriminatory prohibition, restriction or other similar measures against the People's Republic of China in terms of investment, the People's Republic of China may take corresponding measures against the country or region according to the actual situation.\nArticle 41. If the state has other regulations on the management of foreign investors investing in banking, securities, insurance and other financial industries within the territory of China, or investing in securities markets, foreign exchange markets and other financial markets, such regulations shall prevail[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n-----------------------------\n\"Article 4 Foreign investors or the relevant parties in China (hereinafter collectively referred to as the \"parties\") shall proactively report any foreign investment within the following scope to the Office of the Working Mechanism before making the investment:\t \t　\n(1) Investment in the arms industry, an ancillary to the arms industry, or any other field related to national defense security and investment in an area surrounding a military installation or an arms industry facility.\t \t\n(2) Investment in important agricultural products, important energy and resources, critical equipment manufacturing, important infrastructure, important transportation services, important cultural products and services, important information technology and Internet products and services, important financial services, key technology, or any other important field related to national security, resulting in the foreign investor's acquisition of actual control of the enterprise invested in. \nFor the purposes of subparagraph (2) of the preceding paragraph, \"acquisition of actual control of the enterprise invested in\" shall include the following circumstances:\n(1) The foreign investor holds not less than 50% of the equities of the enterprise.\t \t\n(2) The foreign investor holds less than 50% of the equities of the enterprise, but has voting rights that have a material effect on the resolutions of the board of directors or the members' or shareholders' meeting.\t \t\n(3) The foreign investor is otherwise caused to be able to have a material effect on the business decision-making, personnel, finance, and technology, among others, of the enterprise.\t \t\nThe Office of the Working Mechanism shall have the power to require the parties to report any foreign investment within the scope specified in the first paragraph of this article (hereinafter referred to as the \"reporting scope\").[...]\" (Foreign Investment Security Review Measures, Order No. 37 of 2020 of of the Ministry of Commerce of the National Development and Reform Commission [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Article 2. This Law applies to data processing activities and their security supervision within the territory of the People's Republic of China.\nWhere data processing activities are carried out outside the territory of the People's Republic of China and harm the national security, public interests, or legitimate rights and interests of citizens and organizations of the People's Republic of China, legal responsibility shall be investigated according to law.\nArticle 3. The term \"data\" as mentioned in this Law refers to any electronic or other records of information.\nData processing, including data collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, provision, disclosure, etc.\nData security refers to taking necessary measures to ensure that data is in a state of effective protection and legal use, as well as the ability to ensure a continuous security state.\n[...]\nArticle 24. The state establishes a data security review system to conduct national security reviews of data processing activities that affect or may affect national security.\nThe security review decision made in accordance with the law is final.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Where any country or region adopts discriminatory prohibitions, restrictions, or other similar measures against the People's Republic of China in terms of investment and trade related to data and data development and utilization technologies, the People's Republic of China may, according to the actual situation, The country or region takes reciprocal measures.\n[...]\nArticle 31　The \"Network Security Law of the People's Republic of China\" applies to the outbound security management of important data collected and generated by key information infrastructure operators operating within the territory of the People's Republic of China; other data processors in the People's Republic of China The security management measures for the exit of important data collected and generated during domestic operations shall be formulated by the national network information department in conjunction with relevant departments of the State Council.[...]\" (Data Security Law of the People's Republic of China, 10 June 2021 [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Work Measures for Foreign Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (for Trial Implementation)\nIn order to implement the overall national security concept, improve the national security system, safeguard national security and major public interests, and regulate the order of the transfer of intellectual property rights abroad, these measures are formulated in accordance with relevant laws and regulations on national security, foreign trade, and intellectual property rights.\n1. Scope of review\n(1) If the transfer of intellectual property rights such as patent rights, exclusive rights to integrated circuit layout designs, computer software copyrights, and new plant variety rights stipulated in these Measures is involved in activities such as technology export, foreign investors' mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises, etc., it is necessary to comply with these regulations. approach to review. The intellectual property rights include their application rights. [..]\" (Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Printing and Distributing the \"Working Measures for External Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (Trial), State Banfa [2018] No. 19 of 18 March 2018 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThese implementation rules are formulated in accordance with the provisions of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China.\nArticle 2\nForeign-funded enterprises shall be governed and protected by Chinese laws. Foreign-funded enterprises engaging in business activities in China must abide by Chinese laws and regulations and must not harm China's social and public interests.\n[...]\nArticle 5 \nIf an application for the establishment of a foreign-invested enterprise falls under any of the following circumstances, it will not be approved:\n(1) It harms China’s sovereignty or social and public interests;\n(2) It endangers China’s national security;\n(3) It violates Chinese laws and regulations ;\n(4) Does not meet the requirements of China's national economic development;\n(5) May cause environmental pollution.\n[...]\nArticle 7\nAn application for the establishment of a foreign-invested enterprise shall be reviewed and approved by the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation), and an approval certificate will be issued.\nIf the application for establishing a foreign-invested enterprise falls under the following circumstances, the State Council authorizes the people's governments of provinces, autonomous regions, municipalities directly under the Central Government, cities under separate state planning, and special economic zones to review and approve the application and issue an approval certificate:\n(1) The total investment is within the investment approval authority stipulated by the State Council;\n(2) It does not require the state to allocate raw materials and does not affect the national comprehensive balance of energy, transportation, foreign trade export quotas, etc. [...]\" (Implementation Rules of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China, 12 December 1990, last amended 19 February 2019, Articles 1, 2, 5, and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nForeign Investment Security Review Measures, Order No. 37 of 2020 of of the Ministry of Commerce of the National Development and Reform Commission [google translation]\nData Security Law of the People's Republic of China, 10 June 2021 [google translation]\nNotice of the General Office of the State Council on Printing and Distributing the \"Working Measures for External Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (Trial), State Banfa [2018] No. 19 of 18 March 2018 [google translation]\nImplementation Rules of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China, 12 December 1990, last amended 19 February 2019 [google translation]","CMS Law-Now (2018), \"New restrictions on the outbound transfer of intellectual property rights\", April 10.","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/zhengceku/2020-12/19/content_5571291.htm\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/c30834/202106/7c9af12f51334a73b56d7938f99a788a.shtml\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/content/2018-03/29/content_5278276.htm\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2014/content_2692699.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://cms-lawnow.com/en/ealerts/2018/04/new-restrictions-on-the-outbound-transfer-of-intellectual-property-rights\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2495,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Article 35 of the Foreign Investment Law provides for the \"security review of foreign investments that affect or may affect national security\". On 18 January 2021, the Order No.37 of 2020, “Measures for the Security Review of Foreign Investment” entered into force. The Order establishes a new body dedicated to national security reviews (the NSR Office) jointly headed by the NDRC and the Ministry of Commerce. The new framework establishes both a sector-specific mandatory review for all foreign investments in the defense industry or related sector irrespective of value, and a mandatory review mechanism for certain acquisitions in specified sectors that include \"important agricultural products, important energy and resources, critical equipment manufacturing, important infrastructure, important transportation services, important cultural products and services, important information technology and Internet products and services, important financial services, key technology, or any other important field related to national security\".\nOn 1 September 2021, review requirements for operations involving companies headquartered in or having branches in China as well as local companies engaging with foreign investors changed: If these operations imply a transfer of “important data” overseas, the transaction is henceforth subject to a security assessment by the Cyberspace Administration of China. The change results from the entry into force of China’s Data Security Law on 1 September 2021. Among others, the Law establishes a classification system of different types of data in relation to their national security sensitivity. The classification makes some of these data fall under the scope of China’s Cybersecurity Law., with the described consequences for their transfer abroad in the context of international investment. This Law applies to both foreigners and nationals of China. \nPreviously in 2018, the State Council in China had already implemented 'Working Measures for Outbound Transfers of Intellectual Property Rights (for Trial Implementation)', which conditioned the outbound transfer of certain kinds of intellectual property rights to a specific examination regime. The examination applied to the transfers of IPRs occuring in the context of exporting technologies, or in foreign investors’ acquisitions of domestic enterprises. The examination focused on the transfer’s impact on China’s national safety and capacity for the creation and development of key technologies in important industries.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 35 The state establishes a foreign investment security review system to conduct security reviews of foreign investments that affect or may affect national security.\nThe security review decision made in accordance with the law is final.\n[...]\nChapter VI - Supplementary Provisions\nArticle 40. If any country or region adopts discriminatory prohibition, restriction or other similar measures against the People's Republic of China in terms of investment, the People's Republic of China may take corresponding measures against the country or region according to the actual situation.\nArticle 41. If the state has other regulations on the management of foreign investors investing in banking, securities, insurance and other financial industries within the territory of China, or investing in securities markets, foreign exchange markets and other financial markets, such regulations shall prevail[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n-----------------------------\n\"Article 4 Foreign investors or the relevant parties in China (hereinafter collectively referred to as the \"parties\") shall proactively report any foreign investment within the following scope to the Office of the Working Mechanism before making the investment:\t \t　\n(1) Investment in the arms industry, an ancillary to the arms industry, or any other field related to national defense security and investment in an area surrounding a military installation or an arms industry facility.\t \t\n(2) Investment in important agricultural products, important energy and resources, critical equipment manufacturing, important infrastructure, important transportation services, important cultural products and services, important information technology and Internet products and services, important financial services, key technology, or any other important field related to national security, resulting in the foreign investor's acquisition of actual control of the enterprise invested in. \nFor the purposes of subparagraph (2) of the preceding paragraph, \"acquisition of actual control of the enterprise invested in\" shall include the following circumstances:\n(1) The foreign investor holds not less than 50% of the equities of the enterprise.\t \t\n(2) The foreign investor holds less than 50% of the equities of the enterprise, but has voting rights that have a material effect on the resolutions of the board of directors or the members' or shareholders' meeting.\t \t\n(3) The foreign investor is otherwise caused to be able to have a material effect on the business decision-making, personnel, finance, and technology, among others, of the enterprise.\t \t\nThe Office of the Working Mechanism shall have the power to require the parties to report any foreign investment within the scope specified in the first paragraph of this article (hereinafter referred to as the \"reporting scope\").[...]\" (Foreign Investment Security Review Measures, Order No. 37 of 2020 of of the Ministry of Commerce of the National Development and Reform Commission [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Article 2. This Law applies to data processing activities and their security supervision within the territory of the People's Republic of China.\nWhere data processing activities are carried out outside the territory of the People's Republic of China and harm the national security, public interests, or legitimate rights and interests of citizens and organizations of the People's Republic of China, legal responsibility shall be investigated according to law.\nArticle 3. The term \"data\" as mentioned in this Law refers to any electronic or other records of information.\nData processing, including data collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, provision, disclosure, etc.\nData security refers to taking necessary measures to ensure that data is in a state of effective protection and legal use, as well as the ability to ensure a continuous security state.\n[...]\nArticle 24. The state establishes a data security review system to conduct national security reviews of data processing activities that affect or may affect national security.\nThe security review decision made in accordance with the law is final.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Where any country or region adopts discriminatory prohibitions, restrictions, or other similar measures against the People's Republic of China in terms of investment and trade related to data and data development and utilization technologies, the People's Republic of China may, according to the actual situation, The country or region takes reciprocal measures.\n[...]\nArticle 31　The \"Network Security Law of the People's Republic of China\" applies to the outbound security management of important data collected and generated by key information infrastructure operators operating within the territory of the People's Republic of China; other data processors in the People's Republic of China The security management measures for the exit of important data collected and generated during domestic operations shall be formulated by the national network information department in conjunction with relevant departments of the State Council.[...]\" (Data Security Law of the People's Republic of China, 10 June 2021 [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Work Measures for Foreign Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (for Trial Implementation)\nIn order to implement the overall national security concept, improve the national security system, safeguard national security and major public interests, and regulate the order of the transfer of intellectual property rights abroad, these measures are formulated in accordance with relevant laws and regulations on national security, foreign trade, and intellectual property rights.\n1. Scope of review\n(1) If the transfer of intellectual property rights such as patent rights, exclusive rights to integrated circuit layout designs, computer software copyrights, and new plant variety rights stipulated in these Measures is involved in activities such as technology export, foreign investors' mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises, etc., it is necessary to comply with these regulations. approach to review. The intellectual property rights include their application rights. [..]\" (Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Printing and Distributing the \"Working Measures for External Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (Trial), State Banfa [2018] No. 19 of 18 March 2018 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThese implementation rules are formulated in accordance with the provisions of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China.\nArticle 2\nForeign-funded enterprises shall be governed and protected by Chinese laws. Foreign-funded enterprises engaging in business activities in China must abide by Chinese laws and regulations and must not harm China's social and public interests.\n[...]\nArticle 5 \nIf an application for the establishment of a foreign-invested enterprise falls under any of the following circumstances, it will not be approved:\n(1) It harms China’s sovereignty or social and public interests;\n(2) It endangers China’s national security;\n(3) It violates Chinese laws and regulations ;\n(4) Does not meet the requirements of China's national economic development;\n(5) May cause environmental pollution.\n[...]\nArticle 7\nAn application for the establishment of a foreign-invested enterprise shall be reviewed and approved by the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation), and an approval certificate will be issued.\nIf the application for establishing a foreign-invested enterprise falls under the following circumstances, the State Council authorizes the people's governments of provinces, autonomous regions, municipalities directly under the Central Government, cities under separate state planning, and special economic zones to review and approve the application and issue an approval certificate:\n(1) The total investment is within the investment approval authority stipulated by the State Council;\n(2) It does not require the state to allocate raw materials and does not affect the national comprehensive balance of energy, transportation, foreign trade export quotas, etc. [...]\" (Implementation Rules of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China, 12 December 1990, last amended 19 February 2019, Articles 1, 2, 5, and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nForeign Investment Security Review Measures, Order No. 37 of 2020 of of the Ministry of Commerce of the National Development and Reform Commission [google translation]\nData Security Law of the People's Republic of China, 10 June 2021 [google translation]\nNotice of the General Office of the State Council on Printing and Distributing the \"Working Measures for External Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (Trial), State Banfa [2018] No. 19 of 18 March 2018 [google translation]\nImplementation Rules of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China, 12 December 1990, last amended 19 February 2019 [google translation]","CMS Law-Now (2018), \"New restrictions on the outbound transfer of intellectual property rights\", April 10.","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/zhengceku/2020-12/19/content_5571291.htm\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/c30834/202106/7c9af12f51334a73b56d7938f99a788a.shtml\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/content/2018-03/29/content_5278276.htm\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2014/content_2692699.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://cms-lawnow.com/en/ealerts/2018/04/new-restrictions-on-the-outbound-transfer-of-intellectual-property-rights\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2495,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","Article 35 of the Foreign Investment Law provides for the \"security review of foreign investments that affect or may affect national security\". On 18 January 2021, the Order No.37 of 2020, “Measures for the Security Review of Foreign Investment” entered into force. The Order establishes a new body dedicated to national security reviews (the NSR Office) jointly headed by the NDRC and the Ministry of Commerce. The new framework establishes both a sector-specific mandatory review for all foreign investments in the defense industry or related sector irrespective of value, and a mandatory review mechanism for certain acquisitions in specified sectors that include \"important agricultural products, important energy and resources, critical equipment manufacturing, important infrastructure, important transportation services, important cultural products and services, important information technology and Internet products and services, important financial services, key technology, or any other important field related to national security\".\nOn 1 September 2021, review requirements for operations involving companies headquartered in or having branches in China as well as local companies engaging with foreign investors changed: If these operations imply a transfer of “important data” overseas, the transaction is henceforth subject to a security assessment by the Cyberspace Administration of China. The change results from the entry into force of China’s Data Security Law on 1 September 2021. Among others, the Law establishes a classification system of different types of data in relation to their national security sensitivity. The classification makes some of these data fall under the scope of China’s Cybersecurity Law., with the described consequences for their transfer abroad in the context of international investment. This Law applies to both foreigners and nationals of China. \nPreviously in 2018, the State Council in China had already implemented 'Working Measures for Outbound Transfers of Intellectual Property Rights (for Trial Implementation)', which conditioned the outbound transfer of certain kinds of intellectual property rights to a specific examination regime. The examination applied to the transfers of IPRs occuring in the context of exporting technologies, or in foreign investors’ acquisitions of domestic enterprises. The examination focused on the transfer’s impact on China’s national safety and capacity for the creation and development of key technologies in important industries.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 35 The state establishes a foreign investment security review system to conduct security reviews of foreign investments that affect or may affect national security.\nThe security review decision made in accordance with the law is final.\n[...]\nChapter VI - Supplementary Provisions\nArticle 40. If any country or region adopts discriminatory prohibition, restriction or other similar measures against the People's Republic of China in terms of investment, the People's Republic of China may take corresponding measures against the country or region according to the actual situation.\nArticle 41. If the state has other regulations on the management of foreign investors investing in banking, securities, insurance and other financial industries within the territory of China, or investing in securities markets, foreign exchange markets and other financial markets, such regulations shall prevail[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n-----------------------------\n\"Article 4 Foreign investors or the relevant parties in China (hereinafter collectively referred to as the \"parties\") shall proactively report any foreign investment within the following scope to the Office of the Working Mechanism before making the investment:\t \t　\n(1) Investment in the arms industry, an ancillary to the arms industry, or any other field related to national defense security and investment in an area surrounding a military installation or an arms industry facility.\t \t\n(2) Investment in important agricultural products, important energy and resources, critical equipment manufacturing, important infrastructure, important transportation services, important cultural products and services, important information technology and Internet products and services, important financial services, key technology, or any other important field related to national security, resulting in the foreign investor's acquisition of actual control of the enterprise invested in. \nFor the purposes of subparagraph (2) of the preceding paragraph, \"acquisition of actual control of the enterprise invested in\" shall include the following circumstances:\n(1) The foreign investor holds not less than 50% of the equities of the enterprise.\t \t\n(2) The foreign investor holds less than 50% of the equities of the enterprise, but has voting rights that have a material effect on the resolutions of the board of directors or the members' or shareholders' meeting.\t \t\n(3) The foreign investor is otherwise caused to be able to have a material effect on the business decision-making, personnel, finance, and technology, among others, of the enterprise.\t \t\nThe Office of the Working Mechanism shall have the power to require the parties to report any foreign investment within the scope specified in the first paragraph of this article (hereinafter referred to as the \"reporting scope\").[...]\" (Foreign Investment Security Review Measures, Order No. 37 of 2020 of of the Ministry of Commerce of the National Development and Reform Commission [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Article 2. This Law applies to data processing activities and their security supervision within the territory of the People's Republic of China.\nWhere data processing activities are carried out outside the territory of the People's Republic of China and harm the national security, public interests, or legitimate rights and interests of citizens and organizations of the People's Republic of China, legal responsibility shall be investigated according to law.\nArticle 3. The term \"data\" as mentioned in this Law refers to any electronic or other records of information.\nData processing, including data collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, provision, disclosure, etc.\nData security refers to taking necessary measures to ensure that data is in a state of effective protection and legal use, as well as the ability to ensure a continuous security state.\n[...]\nArticle 24. The state establishes a data security review system to conduct national security reviews of data processing activities that affect or may affect national security.\nThe security review decision made in accordance with the law is final.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Where any country or region adopts discriminatory prohibitions, restrictions, or other similar measures against the People's Republic of China in terms of investment and trade related to data and data development and utilization technologies, the People's Republic of China may, according to the actual situation, The country or region takes reciprocal measures.\n[...]\nArticle 31　The \"Network Security Law of the People's Republic of China\" applies to the outbound security management of important data collected and generated by key information infrastructure operators operating within the territory of the People's Republic of China; other data processors in the People's Republic of China The security management measures for the exit of important data collected and generated during domestic operations shall be formulated by the national network information department in conjunction with relevant departments of the State Council.[...]\" (Data Security Law of the People's Republic of China, 10 June 2021 [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Work Measures for Foreign Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (for Trial Implementation)\nIn order to implement the overall national security concept, improve the national security system, safeguard national security and major public interests, and regulate the order of the transfer of intellectual property rights abroad, these measures are formulated in accordance with relevant laws and regulations on national security, foreign trade, and intellectual property rights.\n1. Scope of review\n(1) If the transfer of intellectual property rights such as patent rights, exclusive rights to integrated circuit layout designs, computer software copyrights, and new plant variety rights stipulated in these Measures is involved in activities such as technology export, foreign investors' mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises, etc., it is necessary to comply with these regulations. approach to review. The intellectual property rights include their application rights. [..]\" (Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Printing and Distributing the \"Working Measures for External Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (Trial), State Banfa [2018] No. 19 of 18 March 2018 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThese implementation rules are formulated in accordance with the provisions of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China.\nArticle 2\nForeign-funded enterprises shall be governed and protected by Chinese laws. Foreign-funded enterprises engaging in business activities in China must abide by Chinese laws and regulations and must not harm China's social and public interests.\n[...]\nArticle 5 \nIf an application for the establishment of a foreign-invested enterprise falls under any of the following circumstances, it will not be approved:\n(1) It harms China’s sovereignty or social and public interests;\n(2) It endangers China’s national security;\n(3) It violates Chinese laws and regulations ;\n(4) Does not meet the requirements of China's national economic development;\n(5) May cause environmental pollution.\n[...]\nArticle 7\nAn application for the establishment of a foreign-invested enterprise shall be reviewed and approved by the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation), and an approval certificate will be issued.\nIf the application for establishing a foreign-invested enterprise falls under the following circumstances, the State Council authorizes the people's governments of provinces, autonomous regions, municipalities directly under the Central Government, cities under separate state planning, and special economic zones to review and approve the application and issue an approval certificate:\n(1) The total investment is within the investment approval authority stipulated by the State Council;\n(2) It does not require the state to allocate raw materials and does not affect the national comprehensive balance of energy, transportation, foreign trade export quotas, etc. [...]\" (Implementation Rules of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China, 12 December 1990, last amended 19 February 2019, Articles 1, 2, 5, and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nForeign Investment Security Review Measures, Order No. 37 of 2020 of of the Ministry of Commerce of the National Development and Reform Commission [google translation]\nData Security Law of the People's Republic of China, 10 June 2021 [google translation]\nNotice of the General Office of the State Council on Printing and Distributing the \"Working Measures for External Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (Trial), State Banfa [2018] No. 19 of 18 March 2018 [google translation]\nImplementation Rules of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China, 12 December 1990, last amended 19 February 2019 [google translation]","CMS Law-Now (2018), \"New restrictions on the outbound transfer of intellectual property rights\", April 10.","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/zhengceku/2020-12/19/content_5571291.htm\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/c30834/202106/7c9af12f51334a73b56d7938f99a788a.shtml\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/content/2018-03/29/content_5278276.htm\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2014/content_2692699.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://cms-lawnow.com/en/ealerts/2018/04/new-restrictions-on-the-outbound-transfer-of-intellectual-property-rights\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3009,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","Article 35 of the Foreign Investment Law provides for the \"security review of foreign investments that affect or may affect national security\". On 18 January 2021, the Order No.37 of 2020, “Measures for the Security Review of Foreign Investment” entered into force. The Order establishes a new body dedicated to national security reviews (the NSR Office) jointly headed by the NDRC and the Ministry of Commerce. The new framework establishes both a sector-specific mandatory review for all foreign investments in the defense industry or related sector irrespective of value, and a mandatory review mechanism for certain acquisitions in specified sectors that include \"important agricultural products, important energy and resources, critical equipment manufacturing, important infrastructure, important transportation services, important cultural products and services, important information technology and Internet products and services, important financial services, key technology, or any other important field related to national security\".\nOn 1 September 2021, review requirements for operations involving companies headquartered in or having branches in China as well as local companies engaging with foreign investors changed: If these operations imply a transfer of “important data” overseas, the transaction is henceforth subject to a security assessment by the Cyberspace Administration of China. The change results from the entry into force of China’s Data Security Law on 1 September 2021. Among others, the Law establishes a classification system of different types of data in relation to their national security sensitivity. The classification makes some of these data fall under the scope of China’s Cybersecurity Law., with the described consequences for their transfer abroad in the context of international investment. This Law applies to both foreigners and nationals of China. \nPreviously in 2018, the State Council in China had already implemented 'Working Measures for Outbound Transfers of Intellectual Property Rights (for Trial Implementation)', which conditioned the outbound transfer of certain kinds of intellectual property rights to a specific examination regime. The examination applied to the transfers of IPRs occuring in the context of exporting technologies, or in foreign investors’ acquisitions of domestic enterprises. The examination focused on the transfer’s impact on China’s national safety and capacity for the creation and development of key technologies in important industries.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 35 The state establishes a foreign investment security review system to conduct security reviews of foreign investments that affect or may affect national security.\nThe security review decision made in accordance with the law is final.\n[...]\nChapter VI - Supplementary Provisions\nArticle 40. If any country or region adopts discriminatory prohibition, restriction or other similar measures against the People's Republic of China in terms of investment, the People's Republic of China may take corresponding measures against the country or region according to the actual situation.\nArticle 41. If the state has other regulations on the management of foreign investors investing in banking, securities, insurance and other financial industries within the territory of China, or investing in securities markets, foreign exchange markets and other financial markets, such regulations shall prevail[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n-----------------------------\n\"Article 4 Foreign investors or the relevant parties in China (hereinafter collectively referred to as the \"parties\") shall proactively report any foreign investment within the following scope to the Office of the Working Mechanism before making the investment:\t \t　\n(1) Investment in the arms industry, an ancillary to the arms industry, or any other field related to national defense security and investment in an area surrounding a military installation or an arms industry facility.\t \t\n(2) Investment in important agricultural products, important energy and resources, critical equipment manufacturing, important infrastructure, important transportation services, important cultural products and services, important information technology and Internet products and services, important financial services, key technology, or any other important field related to national security, resulting in the foreign investor's acquisition of actual control of the enterprise invested in. \nFor the purposes of subparagraph (2) of the preceding paragraph, \"acquisition of actual control of the enterprise invested in\" shall include the following circumstances:\n(1) The foreign investor holds not less than 50% of the equities of the enterprise.\t \t\n(2) The foreign investor holds less than 50% of the equities of the enterprise, but has voting rights that have a material effect on the resolutions of the board of directors or the members' or shareholders' meeting.\t \t\n(3) The foreign investor is otherwise caused to be able to have a material effect on the business decision-making, personnel, finance, and technology, among others, of the enterprise.\t \t\nThe Office of the Working Mechanism shall have the power to require the parties to report any foreign investment within the scope specified in the first paragraph of this article (hereinafter referred to as the \"reporting scope\").[...]\" (Foreign Investment Security Review Measures, Order No. 37 of 2020 of of the Ministry of Commerce of the National Development and Reform Commission [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Article 2. This Law applies to data processing activities and their security supervision within the territory of the People's Republic of China.\nWhere data processing activities are carried out outside the territory of the People's Republic of China and harm the national security, public interests, or legitimate rights and interests of citizens and organizations of the People's Republic of China, legal responsibility shall be investigated according to law.\nArticle 3. The term \"data\" as mentioned in this Law refers to any electronic or other records of information.\nData processing, including data collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, provision, disclosure, etc.\nData security refers to taking necessary measures to ensure that data is in a state of effective protection and legal use, as well as the ability to ensure a continuous security state.\n[...]\nArticle 24. The state establishes a data security review system to conduct national security reviews of data processing activities that affect or may affect national security.\nThe security review decision made in accordance with the law is final.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Where any country or region adopts discriminatory prohibitions, restrictions, or other similar measures against the People's Republic of China in terms of investment and trade related to data and data development and utilization technologies, the People's Republic of China may, according to the actual situation, The country or region takes reciprocal measures.\n[...]\nArticle 31　The \"Network Security Law of the People's Republic of China\" applies to the outbound security management of important data collected and generated by key information infrastructure operators operating within the territory of the People's Republic of China; other data processors in the People's Republic of China The security management measures for the exit of important data collected and generated during domestic operations shall be formulated by the national network information department in conjunction with relevant departments of the State Council.[...]\" (Data Security Law of the People's Republic of China, 10 June 2021 [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Work Measures for Foreign Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (for Trial Implementation)\nIn order to implement the overall national security concept, improve the national security system, safeguard national security and major public interests, and regulate the order of the transfer of intellectual property rights abroad, these measures are formulated in accordance with relevant laws and regulations on national security, foreign trade, and intellectual property rights.\n1. Scope of review\n(1) If the transfer of intellectual property rights such as patent rights, exclusive rights to integrated circuit layout designs, computer software copyrights, and new plant variety rights stipulated in these Measures is involved in activities such as technology export, foreign investors' mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises, etc., it is necessary to comply with these regulations. approach to review. The intellectual property rights include their application rights. [..]\" (Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Printing and Distributing the \"Working Measures for External Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (Trial), State Banfa [2018] No. 19 of 18 March 2018 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThese implementation rules are formulated in accordance with the provisions of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China.\nArticle 2\nForeign-funded enterprises shall be governed and protected by Chinese laws. Foreign-funded enterprises engaging in business activities in China must abide by Chinese laws and regulations and must not harm China's social and public interests.\n[...]\nArticle 5 \nIf an application for the establishment of a foreign-invested enterprise falls under any of the following circumstances, it will not be approved:\n(1) It harms China’s sovereignty or social and public interests;\n(2) It endangers China’s national security;\n(3) It violates Chinese laws and regulations ;\n(4) Does not meet the requirements of China's national economic development;\n(5) May cause environmental pollution.\n[...]\nArticle 7\nAn application for the establishment of a foreign-invested enterprise shall be reviewed and approved by the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation), and an approval certificate will be issued.\nIf the application for establishing a foreign-invested enterprise falls under the following circumstances, the State Council authorizes the people's governments of provinces, autonomous regions, municipalities directly under the Central Government, cities under separate state planning, and special economic zones to review and approve the application and issue an approval certificate:\n(1) The total investment is within the investment approval authority stipulated by the State Council;\n(2) It does not require the state to allocate raw materials and does not affect the national comprehensive balance of energy, transportation, foreign trade export quotas, etc. [...]\" (Implementation Rules of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China, 12 December 1990, last amended 19 February 2019, Articles 1, 2, 5, and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nForeign Investment Security Review Measures, Order No. 37 of 2020 of of the Ministry of Commerce of the National Development and Reform Commission [google translation]\nData Security Law of the People's Republic of China, 10 June 2021 [google translation]\nNotice of the General Office of the State Council on Printing and Distributing the \"Working Measures for External Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights (Trial), State Banfa [2018] No. 19 of 18 March 2018 [google translation]\nImplementation Rules of the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the People's Republic of China, 12 December 1990, last amended 19 February 2019 [google translation]","CMS Law-Now (2018), \"New restrictions on the outbound transfer of intellectual property rights\", April 10.","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/zhengceku/2020-12/19/content_5571291.htm\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/c30834/202106/7c9af12f51334a73b56d7938f99a788a.shtml\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/content/2018-03/29/content_5278276.htm\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2014/content_2692699.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://cms-lawnow.com/en/ealerts/2018/04/new-restrictions-on-the-outbound-transfer-of-intellectual-property-rights\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3009,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000625","Professional services such as engineering can only be supplied by Egyptian national persons or by qualified foreign persons subject to reciprocity. Engineers must be registered with the Egyptian Syndicate of Engineers.","\"Chapter Two\nConditions for membership and registration in the Syndicate’s schedules\n(a) To have a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering from an Egyptian university or a scientific degree considered\nby the Supreme Council of Universities to be equivalent to a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering (1) (2). )\n(b) He shall have the nationality of the Arab Republic of Egypt, and the Syndicate Council may accept the membership of the Syndicate for nationals of countries who meet the conditions for membership on the condition of reciprocity. [...]\" (Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation])","Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation]","Egyptian Engineers Syndicate, website.","[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/PageDetails.aspx?ID=207\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1366,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000625","Professional services such as engineering can only be supplied by Egyptian national persons or by qualified foreign persons subject to reciprocity. Engineers must be registered with the Egyptian Syndicate of Engineers.","\"Chapter Two\nConditions for membership and registration in the Syndicate’s schedules\n(a) To have a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering from an Egyptian university or a scientific degree considered\nby the Supreme Council of Universities to be equivalent to a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering (1) (2). )\n(b) He shall have the nationality of the Arab Republic of Egypt, and the Syndicate Council may accept the membership of the Syndicate for nationals of countries who meet the conditions for membership on the condition of reciprocity. [...]\" (Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation])","Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation]","Egyptian Engineers Syndicate, website.","[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/PageDetails.aspx?ID=207\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1366,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000625","Professional services such as engineering can only be supplied by Egyptian national persons or by qualified foreign persons subject to reciprocity. Engineers must be registered with the Egyptian Syndicate of Engineers.","\"Chapter Two\nConditions for membership and registration in the Syndicate’s schedules\n(a) To have a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering from an Egyptian university or a scientific degree considered\nby the Supreme Council of Universities to be equivalent to a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering (1) (2). )\n(b) He shall have the nationality of the Arab Republic of Egypt, and the Syndicate Council may accept the membership of the Syndicate for nationals of countries who meet the conditions for membership on the condition of reciprocity. [...]\" (Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation])","Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation]","Egyptian Engineers Syndicate, website.","[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/PageDetails.aspx?ID=207\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1366,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000625","Professional services such as engineering can only be supplied by Egyptian national persons or by qualified foreign persons subject to reciprocity. Engineers must be registered with the Egyptian Syndicate of Engineers.","\"Chapter Two\nConditions for membership and registration in the Syndicate’s schedules\n(a) To have a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering from an Egyptian university or a scientific degree considered\nby the Supreme Council of Universities to be equivalent to a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering (1) (2). )\n(b) He shall have the nationality of the Arab Republic of Egypt, and the Syndicate Council may accept the membership of the Syndicate for nationals of countries who meet the conditions for membership on the condition of reciprocity. [...]\" (Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation])","Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation]","Egyptian Engineers Syndicate, website.","[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/PageDetails.aspx?ID=207\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1366,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00024","The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia and engaged in domestic voyages or regular service from an Estonian port may only be an Estonian or EEA citizen, or a citizen of another state on the basis of reciprocity.","\"§ 3.  Master of Estonian ship:\n (1) The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia and engaged in domestic voyages or regular service from an Estonian port may only be an Estonian citizen or a citizen of a Contracting State [of the European Economic Area].\n\n (2) The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia specified in subsection (1) of this section may also be a citizen of a state not specified in subsection (1) of this section if that state grants a similar right to the citizens of Estonia by an international agreement.\"\n(Law of Ship Flag and Ship Registers Act (RT I 1998, 23, 321; last amended 25.11.2020), §3 [unofficial translation])","Law of Ship Flag and Ship Registers Act (RT I 1998, 23, 321; last amended 25.11.2020), §3 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/509122020003/consolide/current\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,70,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00024","The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia and engaged in domestic voyages or regular service from an Estonian port may only be an Estonian or EEA citizen, or a citizen of another state on the basis of reciprocity.","\"§ 3.  Master of Estonian ship:\n (1) The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia and engaged in domestic voyages or regular service from an Estonian port may only be an Estonian citizen or a citizen of a Contracting State [of the European Economic Area].\n\n (2) The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia specified in subsection (1) of this section may also be a citizen of a state not specified in subsection (1) of this section if that state grants a similar right to the citizens of Estonia by an international agreement.\"\n(Law of Ship Flag and Ship Registers Act (RT I 1998, 23, 321; last amended 25.11.2020), §3 [unofficial translation])","Law of Ship Flag and Ship Registers Act (RT I 1998, 23, 321; last amended 25.11.2020), §3 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/509122020003/consolide/current\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,70,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.00024","The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia and engaged in domestic voyages or regular service from an Estonian port may only be an Estonian or EEA citizen, or a citizen of another state on the basis of reciprocity.","\"§ 3.  Master of Estonian ship:\n (1) The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia and engaged in domestic voyages or regular service from an Estonian port may only be an Estonian citizen or a citizen of a Contracting State [of the European Economic Area].\n\n (2) The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia specified in subsection (1) of this section may also be a citizen of a state not specified in subsection (1) of this section if that state grants a similar right to the citizens of Estonia by an international agreement.\"\n(Law of Ship Flag and Ship Registers Act (RT I 1998, 23, 321; last amended 25.11.2020), §3 [unofficial translation])","Law of Ship Flag and Ship Registers Act (RT I 1998, 23, 321; last amended 25.11.2020), §3 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/509122020003/consolide/current\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,70,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00024","The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia and engaged in domestic voyages or regular service from an Estonian port may only be an Estonian or EEA citizen, or a citizen of another state on the basis of reciprocity.","\"§ 3.  Master of Estonian ship:\n (1) The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia and engaged in domestic voyages or regular service from an Estonian port may only be an Estonian citizen or a citizen of a Contracting State [of the European Economic Area].\n\n (2) The master of a seagoing vessel flying the national flag of Estonia specified in subsection (1) of this section may also be a citizen of a state not specified in subsection (1) of this section if that state grants a similar right to the citizens of Estonia by an international agreement.\"\n(Law of Ship Flag and Ship Registers Act (RT I 1998, 23, 321; last amended 25.11.2020), §3 [unofficial translation])","Law of Ship Flag and Ship Registers Act (RT I 1998, 23, 321; last amended 25.11.2020), §3 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/509122020003/consolide/current\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,70,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00175","Trading licence in some commercial activities, including manufacturing-related, wholesale and retail-related and food services-related activities among others [listed in Schedule 2 of the referenced Regulation], are reserved to Eswatini citizens and companies wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,498,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00175","Trading licence in some commercial activities, including manufacturing-related, wholesale and retail-related and food services-related activities among others [listed in Schedule 2 of the referenced Regulation], are reserved to Eswatini citizens and companies wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,498,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00175","Trading licence in some commercial activities, including manufacturing-related, wholesale and retail-related and food services-related activities among others [listed in Schedule 2 of the referenced Regulation], are reserved to Eswatini citizens and companies wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,498,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00175","Trading licence in some commercial activities, including manufacturing-related, wholesale and retail-related and food services-related activities among others [listed in Schedule 2 of the referenced Regulation], are reserved to Eswatini citizens and companies wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,498,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GEO","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.0125","Pursuant to the Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership of 2019, foreign persons cannot own agricultural land in Georgia, and legal entities registered in Georgia, which are 50% or more owned by aliens and/or by legal entities registered abroad, may only own agricultural land under the following cirscuntances: i) on the basis of an investment plan, according to the decision of the Government of Georgia (typically for government 'endorsed' projects, such as infrastructure); and (ii) by a financial institution if the title to an agricultural land parcel arises within the scope of its activities as permitted by the legislation of Georgia (including if a creditor purchases a collateral). Leasehold of agricultural land by foreign and majority foreign-owned persons registered in Georgia is authorised. The maximum lease term for a state-owned agricultural land plot is 49 years, while there is no legal term limit for agricultural land leases between private parties. \nPreviously, only foreign natural persons and legal entities registered abroad were restricted from owning agricultural land, being obliged to alienate any agricultural land in their possession to a Georgian citizen, household and/or legal person registered in Georgia within six months from the origination of their title to such an agricultural land.","\"Chapter I – General Provisions\nArticle 1 – Scope of the Law\nThis Law applies to the agricultural land within the territory of Georgia. This Law regulates the relations related to the ownership of agricultural land parcels. \n[...]\nArticle 3 – Definition of terms\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms used herein have the following meanings:\na) agricultural land – land area of either a pasture, a hayfield, an arable land (including the land under perennial crops) or a homestead land category, which is used or may be used for agricultural purposes with or without buildings and structures on it;\nb) a citizen of Georgia – a citizen of Georgia, including a citizen of Georgia who is at the same time a citizen of a foreign country as provided for by the legislation of Georgia;\nc) an alien – a natural person who is neither a citizen of Georgia nor a person having a status of stateless person in Georgia;\nd) a dominant partner – a partner or a group of partners of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia that owns more than 50 per cent of the equity/shares/units and/or constitutes a majority of the partners (in the case of partners of a general partnership or general partners (komplementars) of a limited partnership) or the founders/members (in the case of a non-entrepreneurial (non-commercial) legal entity) and, at the same time, has a practical ability to have a decisive influence on the decision of a legal entity in relation to agricultural land;\ne) an investment plan – the documents on the use of an agricultural land parcel that provide for making investments in the production of agricultural products and/or other products, the introduction of innovation activities, the development of tourism infrastructure, the fulfilment of the projects of international, state and/or local importance, that will facilitate social and economic development of the state, protection of national security and creation of new workplaces.\nChapter II – Title to Agricultural Land\nArticle 4 – Title to agricultural land\n1. Agricultural land may be:\na) in the ownership of the state of Georgia, an autonomous republic of Georgia, a municipality of Georgia;\nb) in the ownership of a legal entity under public law of Georgia in the cases provided for by the legislation of Georgia;\nc) in the ownership of a citizen of Georgia;\nd) in the ownership of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose dominant partner is an entity determined by sub-paragraphs (a)-(c) of this paragraph;\ne) in the ownership of an organisational entity, that is not a legal person, if the entities determined by sub-paragraphs (a)-(d) of this paragraph constitute the majority of its members and at the same time have a practical ability to have a decisive influence on the decisions of the organisational entity in relation to agricultural land.\n2. Taking into consideration the limitations established by this Law, agricultural land may be:\na) in the ownership of an alien if the land was inherited by the alien;\nb) in the ownership of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose dominant partner is an alien and/or a legal entity registered abroad or whose dominant partner cannot be established under paragraph 1(d) of this article, on the basis of an investment plan, according to the decision of the Government of Georgia.\n3. The limitations established by this Law shall not apply to an international financial institution determined by an ordinance of the Government of Georgia or a financial institution determined by the legislation of Georgia, whose dominant partner is an alien and/or a legal entity registered abroad, or whose dominant partner cannot be established under paragraph 1(d) of this article if the title to an agricultural land parcel arises within the scope of activities, permitted by the legislation of Georgia, that are carried out by international financial institutions or financial institutions (including if a creditor purchases a collateral).\n4. The title to an agricultural land parcel of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose partner is a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, shall be determined in accordance with the dominant partner of a partner legal entity, taking into consideration the procedures established by paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article. This rule shall apply to each subsequent partner legal entity. [...]\" (Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership was adopted on June 25, 2019)\n----------------------------\n\"Chapter Six - Lease of agricultural land\nArticle 592 – Concept\n1. Under a farm lease contract, a plot of land is transferred for agricultural use, with or without residential or utility buildings (enterprise) intended for economic use.\n2. The rules governing lease contracts shall apply to a farm lease unless otherwise prescribed by the farm lease.\n[...]\nArticle 605 – Termination of lease upon expiry of its period\nThe lease relationship shall terminate by the lapse of the term of the contract. A contract concluded for a term of more than three years may be extended for an indefinite term if an offer of one party to extend the lease is not rejected by the other party within three months. The offer and the rejection shall be made in writing. [...]\" (Civil Code of Georgia, June 26, 1997, as amended)\n----------------------------\nChapter II - State-owned Agricultural Land\nArticle 7 - Forms of privatisation of state-owned agricultural land and agencies conducting privatisation\n1. The forms of privatisation of state-owned agricultural land are:\na) an auction;\nb) direct sale: b.a) direct sale; b.b) competitive direct sale; b.c) direct sale of leased agricultural land;\nc) transfer of title free of charge.\n1¹ . A legal entity of private law registered in Georgia defined in Article 4 (2) (b ) of the Organic Law of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership may acquire agricultural land under paragraph 1 (b) of this Article, in the form of privatization provided for in subparagraph (b).\n[...]\nChapter VII - Use of State Property [...]\nArticle 36 - Procedure for transfer of state property for use to natural persons and legal entities under private law [...]\nA state-owned agricultural land plot may be transferred for use to natural persons and legal entities under private law for a maximum term of 49 years, except for the cases determined by law. With the consent of the property administrator, the National Forestry Agency, a legal entity under public law operating within the system of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia, and in the case of the Autonomous Republic of Ajara, the LEPL Ajara Forestry Agency, a legal entity under public law operating within the system of the subordinate authority of the Government of the Autonomous Republic of Ajara, the Department of Environment and Natural Resources Protection shall transfer for use the lands of the state forest fund for agricultural purposes for a maximum term of 10 years, and for non-agricultural purposes for a maximum term of 49 years. [...] (Law on State Property, July 21, 2010,as amended  [google translation])\n---------------------\nPreviously: up to 2018\n---------------------\n\"Article 4. Ownership of agricultural land\n1. The following have the right to own agricultural land (including inherited land):\na) a citizen of Georgia, a household, a legal entity registered in Georgia by a citizen of Georgia in accordance with the legislation of Georgia;\nb) a foreigner, a legal entity registered abroad, a legal entity registered by a foreigner in Georgia in accordance with the legislation of Georgia.\n1(1). Foreigners  and legal entities registered abroad are obliged to alienate agricultural plots of land in their possession within six months from the origination of ownership rights to Georgian citizens, households and/or legal entities registered in Georgia in accordance with Georgian legislation. \n[The words \"foreign and\" of paragraph 1 of Article 4 shall be declared invalid  - Decision No. 3/1/512  of the Constitutional Court of Georgia dated June 26, 2012 - website, 07.04.2012].\n1(2). In case of non-fulfilment of the obligations provided for in paragraph 1(​1) of this article, a foreigner and a legal entity registered abroad will be deprived of their agricultural plots of land in favor of the state by a court decision and due compensation.\n1 3 . When confiscating agricultural land, the norms established by the law of Georgia \"On the procedure for confiscation of property for essential public needs\" are used. [...]\" (Law of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership, 22 March 1996 [unofficial translation])","Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership, June 25, 2019\nCivil Code of Georgia, June 26, 1997, as amended.\nLaw on State Property, July 21, 2010,as amended\nLaw of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership, 22 March 1996","n/a","[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/4596123?publication=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/31702?impose=original&publication=103\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/ka/document/view/112588?publication=36\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/32998?publication=17\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1796,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GEO","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.0125","Pursuant to the Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership of 2019, foreign persons cannot own agricultural land in Georgia, and legal entities registered in Georgia, which are 50% or more owned by aliens and/or by legal entities registered abroad, may only own agricultural land under the following cirscuntances: i) on the basis of an investment plan, according to the decision of the Government of Georgia (typically for government 'endorsed' projects, such as infrastructure); and (ii) by a financial institution if the title to an agricultural land parcel arises within the scope of its activities as permitted by the legislation of Georgia (including if a creditor purchases a collateral). Leasehold of agricultural land by foreign and majority foreign-owned persons registered in Georgia is authorised. The maximum lease term for a state-owned agricultural land plot is 49 years, while there is no legal term limit for agricultural land leases between private parties. \nPreviously, only foreign natural persons and legal entities registered abroad were restricted from owning agricultural land, being obliged to alienate any agricultural land in their possession to a Georgian citizen, household and/or legal person registered in Georgia within six months from the origination of their title to such an agricultural land.","\"Chapter I – General Provisions\nArticle 1 – Scope of the Law\nThis Law applies to the agricultural land within the territory of Georgia. This Law regulates the relations related to the ownership of agricultural land parcels. \n[...]\nArticle 3 – Definition of terms\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms used herein have the following meanings:\na) agricultural land – land area of either a pasture, a hayfield, an arable land (including the land under perennial crops) or a homestead land category, which is used or may be used for agricultural purposes with or without buildings and structures on it;\nb) a citizen of Georgia – a citizen of Georgia, including a citizen of Georgia who is at the same time a citizen of a foreign country as provided for by the legislation of Georgia;\nc) an alien – a natural person who is neither a citizen of Georgia nor a person having a status of stateless person in Georgia;\nd) a dominant partner – a partner or a group of partners of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia that owns more than 50 per cent of the equity/shares/units and/or constitutes a majority of the partners (in the case of partners of a general partnership or general partners (komplementars) of a limited partnership) or the founders/members (in the case of a non-entrepreneurial (non-commercial) legal entity) and, at the same time, has a practical ability to have a decisive influence on the decision of a legal entity in relation to agricultural land;\ne) an investment plan – the documents on the use of an agricultural land parcel that provide for making investments in the production of agricultural products and/or other products, the introduction of innovation activities, the development of tourism infrastructure, the fulfilment of the projects of international, state and/or local importance, that will facilitate social and economic development of the state, protection of national security and creation of new workplaces.\nChapter II – Title to Agricultural Land\nArticle 4 – Title to agricultural land\n1. Agricultural land may be:\na) in the ownership of the state of Georgia, an autonomous republic of Georgia, a municipality of Georgia;\nb) in the ownership of a legal entity under public law of Georgia in the cases provided for by the legislation of Georgia;\nc) in the ownership of a citizen of Georgia;\nd) in the ownership of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose dominant partner is an entity determined by sub-paragraphs (a)-(c) of this paragraph;\ne) in the ownership of an organisational entity, that is not a legal person, if the entities determined by sub-paragraphs (a)-(d) of this paragraph constitute the majority of its members and at the same time have a practical ability to have a decisive influence on the decisions of the organisational entity in relation to agricultural land.\n2. Taking into consideration the limitations established by this Law, agricultural land may be:\na) in the ownership of an alien if the land was inherited by the alien;\nb) in the ownership of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose dominant partner is an alien and/or a legal entity registered abroad or whose dominant partner cannot be established under paragraph 1(d) of this article, on the basis of an investment plan, according to the decision of the Government of Georgia.\n3. The limitations established by this Law shall not apply to an international financial institution determined by an ordinance of the Government of Georgia or a financial institution determined by the legislation of Georgia, whose dominant partner is an alien and/or a legal entity registered abroad, or whose dominant partner cannot be established under paragraph 1(d) of this article if the title to an agricultural land parcel arises within the scope of activities, permitted by the legislation of Georgia, that are carried out by international financial institutions or financial institutions (including if a creditor purchases a collateral).\n4. The title to an agricultural land parcel of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose partner is a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, shall be determined in accordance with the dominant partner of a partner legal entity, taking into consideration the procedures established by paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article. This rule shall apply to each subsequent partner legal entity. [...]\" (Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership was adopted on June 25, 2019)\n----------------------------\n\"Chapter Six - Lease of agricultural land\nArticle 592 – Concept\n1. Under a farm lease contract, a plot of land is transferred for agricultural use, with or without residential or utility buildings (enterprise) intended for economic use.\n2. The rules governing lease contracts shall apply to a farm lease unless otherwise prescribed by the farm lease.\n[...]\nArticle 605 – Termination of lease upon expiry of its period\nThe lease relationship shall terminate by the lapse of the term of the contract. A contract concluded for a term of more than three years may be extended for an indefinite term if an offer of one party to extend the lease is not rejected by the other party within three months. The offer and the rejection shall be made in writing. [...]\" (Civil Code of Georgia, June 26, 1997, as amended)\n----------------------------\nChapter II - State-owned Agricultural Land\nArticle 7 - Forms of privatisation of state-owned agricultural land and agencies conducting privatisation\n1. The forms of privatisation of state-owned agricultural land are:\na) an auction;\nb) direct sale: b.a) direct sale; b.b) competitive direct sale; b.c) direct sale of leased agricultural land;\nc) transfer of title free of charge.\n1¹ . A legal entity of private law registered in Georgia defined in Article 4 (2) (b ) of the Organic Law of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership may acquire agricultural land under paragraph 1 (b) of this Article, in the form of privatization provided for in subparagraph (b).\n[...]\nChapter VII - Use of State Property [...]\nArticle 36 - Procedure for transfer of state property for use to natural persons and legal entities under private law [...]\nA state-owned agricultural land plot may be transferred for use to natural persons and legal entities under private law for a maximum term of 49 years, except for the cases determined by law. With the consent of the property administrator, the National Forestry Agency, a legal entity under public law operating within the system of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia, and in the case of the Autonomous Republic of Ajara, the LEPL Ajara Forestry Agency, a legal entity under public law operating within the system of the subordinate authority of the Government of the Autonomous Republic of Ajara, the Department of Environment and Natural Resources Protection shall transfer for use the lands of the state forest fund for agricultural purposes for a maximum term of 10 years, and for non-agricultural purposes for a maximum term of 49 years. [...] (Law on State Property, July 21, 2010,as amended  [google translation])\n---------------------\nPreviously: up to 2018\n---------------------\n\"Article 4. Ownership of agricultural land\n1. The following have the right to own agricultural land (including inherited land):\na) a citizen of Georgia, a household, a legal entity registered in Georgia by a citizen of Georgia in accordance with the legislation of Georgia;\nb) a foreigner, a legal entity registered abroad, a legal entity registered by a foreigner in Georgia in accordance with the legislation of Georgia.\n1(1). Foreigners  and legal entities registered abroad are obliged to alienate agricultural plots of land in their possession within six months from the origination of ownership rights to Georgian citizens, households and/or legal entities registered in Georgia in accordance with Georgian legislation. \n[The words \"foreign and\" of paragraph 1 of Article 4 shall be declared invalid  - Decision No. 3/1/512  of the Constitutional Court of Georgia dated June 26, 2012 - website, 07.04.2012].\n1(2). In case of non-fulfilment of the obligations provided for in paragraph 1(​1) of this article, a foreigner and a legal entity registered abroad will be deprived of their agricultural plots of land in favor of the state by a court decision and due compensation.\n1 3 . When confiscating agricultural land, the norms established by the law of Georgia \"On the procedure for confiscation of property for essential public needs\" are used. [...]\" (Law of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership, 22 March 1996 [unofficial translation])","Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership, June 25, 2019\nCivil Code of Georgia, June 26, 1997, as amended.\nLaw on State Property, July 21, 2010,as amended\nLaw of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership, 22 March 1996","n/a","[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/4596123?publication=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/31702?impose=original&publication=103\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/ka/document/view/112588?publication=36\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/32998?publication=17\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1796,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GEO","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.0125","Pursuant to the Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership of 2019, foreign persons cannot own agricultural land in Georgia, and legal entities registered in Georgia, which are 50% or more owned by aliens and/or by legal entities registered abroad, may only own agricultural land under the following cirscuntances: i) on the basis of an investment plan, according to the decision of the Government of Georgia (typically for government 'endorsed' projects, such as infrastructure); and (ii) by a financial institution if the title to an agricultural land parcel arises within the scope of its activities as permitted by the legislation of Georgia (including if a creditor purchases a collateral). Leasehold of agricultural land by foreign and majority foreign-owned persons registered in Georgia is authorised. The maximum lease term for a state-owned agricultural land plot is 49 years, while there is no legal term limit for agricultural land leases between private parties. \nPreviously, only foreign natural persons and legal entities registered abroad were restricted from owning agricultural land, being obliged to alienate any agricultural land in their possession to a Georgian citizen, household and/or legal person registered in Georgia within six months from the origination of their title to such an agricultural land.","\"Chapter I – General Provisions\nArticle 1 – Scope of the Law\nThis Law applies to the agricultural land within the territory of Georgia. This Law regulates the relations related to the ownership of agricultural land parcels. \n[...]\nArticle 3 – Definition of terms\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms used herein have the following meanings:\na) agricultural land – land area of either a pasture, a hayfield, an arable land (including the land under perennial crops) or a homestead land category, which is used or may be used for agricultural purposes with or without buildings and structures on it;\nb) a citizen of Georgia – a citizen of Georgia, including a citizen of Georgia who is at the same time a citizen of a foreign country as provided for by the legislation of Georgia;\nc) an alien – a natural person who is neither a citizen of Georgia nor a person having a status of stateless person in Georgia;\nd) a dominant partner – a partner or a group of partners of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia that owns more than 50 per cent of the equity/shares/units and/or constitutes a majority of the partners (in the case of partners of a general partnership or general partners (komplementars) of a limited partnership) or the founders/members (in the case of a non-entrepreneurial (non-commercial) legal entity) and, at the same time, has a practical ability to have a decisive influence on the decision of a legal entity in relation to agricultural land;\ne) an investment plan – the documents on the use of an agricultural land parcel that provide for making investments in the production of agricultural products and/or other products, the introduction of innovation activities, the development of tourism infrastructure, the fulfilment of the projects of international, state and/or local importance, that will facilitate social and economic development of the state, protection of national security and creation of new workplaces.\nChapter II – Title to Agricultural Land\nArticle 4 – Title to agricultural land\n1. Agricultural land may be:\na) in the ownership of the state of Georgia, an autonomous republic of Georgia, a municipality of Georgia;\nb) in the ownership of a legal entity under public law of Georgia in the cases provided for by the legislation of Georgia;\nc) in the ownership of a citizen of Georgia;\nd) in the ownership of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose dominant partner is an entity determined by sub-paragraphs (a)-(c) of this paragraph;\ne) in the ownership of an organisational entity, that is not a legal person, if the entities determined by sub-paragraphs (a)-(d) of this paragraph constitute the majority of its members and at the same time have a practical ability to have a decisive influence on the decisions of the organisational entity in relation to agricultural land.\n2. Taking into consideration the limitations established by this Law, agricultural land may be:\na) in the ownership of an alien if the land was inherited by the alien;\nb) in the ownership of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose dominant partner is an alien and/or a legal entity registered abroad or whose dominant partner cannot be established under paragraph 1(d) of this article, on the basis of an investment plan, according to the decision of the Government of Georgia.\n3. The limitations established by this Law shall not apply to an international financial institution determined by an ordinance of the Government of Georgia or a financial institution determined by the legislation of Georgia, whose dominant partner is an alien and/or a legal entity registered abroad, or whose dominant partner cannot be established under paragraph 1(d) of this article if the title to an agricultural land parcel arises within the scope of activities, permitted by the legislation of Georgia, that are carried out by international financial institutions or financial institutions (including if a creditor purchases a collateral).\n4. The title to an agricultural land parcel of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose partner is a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, shall be determined in accordance with the dominant partner of a partner legal entity, taking into consideration the procedures established by paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article. This rule shall apply to each subsequent partner legal entity. [...]\" (Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership was adopted on June 25, 2019)\n----------------------------\n\"Chapter Six - Lease of agricultural land\nArticle 592 – Concept\n1. Under a farm lease contract, a plot of land is transferred for agricultural use, with or without residential or utility buildings (enterprise) intended for economic use.\n2. The rules governing lease contracts shall apply to a farm lease unless otherwise prescribed by the farm lease.\n[...]\nArticle 605 – Termination of lease upon expiry of its period\nThe lease relationship shall terminate by the lapse of the term of the contract. A contract concluded for a term of more than three years may be extended for an indefinite term if an offer of one party to extend the lease is not rejected by the other party within three months. The offer and the rejection shall be made in writing. [...]\" (Civil Code of Georgia, June 26, 1997, as amended)\n----------------------------\nChapter II - State-owned Agricultural Land\nArticle 7 - Forms of privatisation of state-owned agricultural land and agencies conducting privatisation\n1. The forms of privatisation of state-owned agricultural land are:\na) an auction;\nb) direct sale: b.a) direct sale; b.b) competitive direct sale; b.c) direct sale of leased agricultural land;\nc) transfer of title free of charge.\n1¹ . A legal entity of private law registered in Georgia defined in Article 4 (2) (b ) of the Organic Law of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership may acquire agricultural land under paragraph 1 (b) of this Article, in the form of privatization provided for in subparagraph (b).\n[...]\nChapter VII - Use of State Property [...]\nArticle 36 - Procedure for transfer of state property for use to natural persons and legal entities under private law [...]\nA state-owned agricultural land plot may be transferred for use to natural persons and legal entities under private law for a maximum term of 49 years, except for the cases determined by law. With the consent of the property administrator, the National Forestry Agency, a legal entity under public law operating within the system of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia, and in the case of the Autonomous Republic of Ajara, the LEPL Ajara Forestry Agency, a legal entity under public law operating within the system of the subordinate authority of the Government of the Autonomous Republic of Ajara, the Department of Environment and Natural Resources Protection shall transfer for use the lands of the state forest fund for agricultural purposes for a maximum term of 10 years, and for non-agricultural purposes for a maximum term of 49 years. [...] (Law on State Property, July 21, 2010,as amended  [google translation])\n---------------------\nPreviously: up to 2018\n---------------------\n\"Article 4. Ownership of agricultural land\n1. The following have the right to own agricultural land (including inherited land):\na) a citizen of Georgia, a household, a legal entity registered in Georgia by a citizen of Georgia in accordance with the legislation of Georgia;\nb) a foreigner, a legal entity registered abroad, a legal entity registered by a foreigner in Georgia in accordance with the legislation of Georgia.\n1(1). Foreigners  and legal entities registered abroad are obliged to alienate agricultural plots of land in their possession within six months from the origination of ownership rights to Georgian citizens, households and/or legal entities registered in Georgia in accordance with Georgian legislation. \n[The words \"foreign and\" of paragraph 1 of Article 4 shall be declared invalid  - Decision No. 3/1/512  of the Constitutional Court of Georgia dated June 26, 2012 - website, 07.04.2012].\n1(2). In case of non-fulfilment of the obligations provided for in paragraph 1(​1) of this article, a foreigner and a legal entity registered abroad will be deprived of their agricultural plots of land in favor of the state by a court decision and due compensation.\n1 3 . When confiscating agricultural land, the norms established by the law of Georgia \"On the procedure for confiscation of property for essential public needs\" are used. [...]\" (Law of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership, 22 March 1996 [unofficial translation])","Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership, June 25, 2019\nCivil Code of Georgia, June 26, 1997, as amended.\nLaw on State Property, July 21, 2010,as amended\nLaw of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership, 22 March 1996","n/a","[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/4596123?publication=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/31702?impose=original&publication=103\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/ka/document/view/112588?publication=36\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/32998?publication=17\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1796,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DEU","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000075","The captain of a merchant vessel flying the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany must be an EU/EEA national.","\"§ 1 - Scope and definitions\n(1) This Ordinance shall apply to the manning of merchant vessels flying the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany (ships).\n(2) The following definitions shall apply [...]\n3.  “Citizen of the Union” means a national of a Member State of the European Union.\nTo the extent that, in accordance with these Regulations, a citizen of the Union holds or has been assigned rights or obligations or that provisions are applicable which require the citizenship of the Union, a national of a Contracting State of the Agreement on the European Economic Area which is not a Member State of the European Union shall be treated in the same way as a citizen of the Union.\n[...]\n§ 4 - Master\nRegardless of the gross tonnage of the ship the master must be a citizen of the Union. [...]\" (Safe Manning Ordinance (18 July 2013; Federal Law Gazette I, p. 2575), last amended by the Ordinance of June 23, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I, p. 1849), Sections 1 and 4 [unofficial English translation including amendments up to 9 June 2016 (Federal Law Gazette I p. 1350)])\n","Safe Manning Ordinance (18 July 2013; Federal Law Gazette I, p. 2575), last amended by the Ordinance of June 23, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I, p. 1849), Sections 1 and 4 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/schbesv_2013/index.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/englisch_schbesv/index.html\">Ordinance_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,769,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DEU","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.000075","The captain of a merchant vessel flying the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany must be an EU/EEA national.","\"§ 1 - Scope and definitions\n(1) This Ordinance shall apply to the manning of merchant vessels flying the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany (ships).\n(2) The following definitions shall apply [...]\n3.  “Citizen of the Union” means a national of a Member State of the European Union.\nTo the extent that, in accordance with these Regulations, a citizen of the Union holds or has been assigned rights or obligations or that provisions are applicable which require the citizenship of the Union, a national of a Contracting State of the Agreement on the European Economic Area which is not a Member State of the European Union shall be treated in the same way as a citizen of the Union.\n[...]\n§ 4 - Master\nRegardless of the gross tonnage of the ship the master must be a citizen of the Union. [...]\" (Safe Manning Ordinance (18 July 2013; Federal Law Gazette I, p. 2575), last amended by the Ordinance of June 23, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I, p. 1849), Sections 1 and 4 [unofficial English translation including amendments up to 9 June 2016 (Federal Law Gazette I p. 1350)])\n","Safe Manning Ordinance (18 July 2013; Federal Law Gazette I, p. 2575), last amended by the Ordinance of June 23, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I, p. 1849), Sections 1 and 4 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/schbesv_2013/index.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/englisch_schbesv/index.html\">Ordinance_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,769,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DEU","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000075","The captain of a merchant vessel flying the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany must be an EU/EEA national.","\"§ 1 - Scope and definitions\n(1) This Ordinance shall apply to the manning of merchant vessels flying the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany (ships).\n(2) The following definitions shall apply [...]\n3.  “Citizen of the Union” means a national of a Member State of the European Union.\nTo the extent that, in accordance with these Regulations, a citizen of the Union holds or has been assigned rights or obligations or that provisions are applicable which require the citizenship of the Union, a national of a Contracting State of the Agreement on the European Economic Area which is not a Member State of the European Union shall be treated in the same way as a citizen of the Union.\n[...]\n§ 4 - Master\nRegardless of the gross tonnage of the ship the master must be a citizen of the Union. [...]\" (Safe Manning Ordinance (18 July 2013; Federal Law Gazette I, p. 2575), last amended by the Ordinance of June 23, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I, p. 1849), Sections 1 and 4 [unofficial English translation including amendments up to 9 June 2016 (Federal Law Gazette I p. 1350)])\n","Safe Manning Ordinance (18 July 2013; Federal Law Gazette I, p. 2575), last amended by the Ordinance of June 23, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I, p. 1849), Sections 1 and 4 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/schbesv_2013/index.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/englisch_schbesv/index.html\">Ordinance_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,769,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DEU","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.000075","The captain of a merchant vessel flying the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany must be an EU/EEA national.","\"§ 1 - Scope and definitions\n(1) This Ordinance shall apply to the manning of merchant vessels flying the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany (ships).\n(2) The following definitions shall apply [...]\n3.  “Citizen of the Union” means a national of a Member State of the European Union.\nTo the extent that, in accordance with these Regulations, a citizen of the Union holds or has been assigned rights or obligations or that provisions are applicable which require the citizenship of the Union, a national of a Contracting State of the Agreement on the European Economic Area which is not a Member State of the European Union shall be treated in the same way as a citizen of the Union.\n[...]\n§ 4 - Master\nRegardless of the gross tonnage of the ship the master must be a citizen of the Union. [...]\" (Safe Manning Ordinance (18 July 2013; Federal Law Gazette I, p. 2575), last amended by the Ordinance of June 23, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I, p. 1849), Sections 1 and 4 [unofficial English translation including amendments up to 9 June 2016 (Federal Law Gazette I p. 1350)])\n","Safe Manning Ordinance (18 July 2013; Federal Law Gazette I, p. 2575), last amended by the Ordinance of June 23, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I, p. 1849), Sections 1 and 4 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/schbesv_2013/index.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/englisch_schbesv/index.html\">Ordinance_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,769,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G471_478_479","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.001875","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval. In addition, foreign investors in MBRT are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (established at US$100 million) and local content requirement (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs). Lastly, foreign invested MBRT companies are prohibited from engaging in e-commerce activities. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2464,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G471_478_479","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.001875","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval. In addition, foreign investors in MBRT are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (established at US$100 million) and local content requirement (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs). Lastly, foreign invested MBRT companies are prohibited from engaging in e-commerce activities. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2464,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G471_478_479","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.001875","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval. In addition, foreign investors in MBRT are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (established at US$100 million) and local content requirement (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs). Lastly, foreign invested MBRT companies are prohibited from engaging in e-commerce activities. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2464,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G471_478_479","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.001875","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval. In addition, foreign investors in MBRT are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (established at US$100 million) and local content requirement (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs). Lastly, foreign invested MBRT companies are prohibited from engaging in e-commerce activities. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2464,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0004","The Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors of Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines and Regional Air Transport Service companies must be citizens of India.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.9 CIVIL AVIATION\n5.2.9.1 AIRPORTS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n(a) Greenfield projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(b)  Existing projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.9.2 AIR TRANSPORT SERVICES\n(1) (a) Scheduled Air Transport Service*/ Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline\n(b) Regional Air Transport Service  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route:  Automatic up to 49% (Automatic up to 100% for NRIs) & Government route beyond 49%\n(2) Non-Scheduled Air Transport Services | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(3) Helicopter services/seaplane services requiring DGCA approval | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n[*As per Schedule XI of Aircraft Rules, 1937, Air Operator Certificate to operate Scheduled air transport services (including Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline or Regional Air Transport Service) may be granted to a company or a body corporate provided that: - (a) it is registered and has its principal place of business within India;  (b) the Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors are citizens of India; and (c) its substantial ownership and effective control is vested in Indian nationals]\n5.2.9.3 OTHER SERVICES UNDER CIVIL AVIATION SECTOR \n(1) Ground Handling Services subject to sectoral regulations and security clearance | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(2) Maintenance and Repair organizations; flying training institutes; and technical training institutions. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n[...]\nOTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  Air Transport Services would include Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines; NonScheduled Air Transport Services, helicopter and seaplane services.\n(b)  Foreign airlines are allowed to participate in the equity of companies operating Cargo airlines, helicopter and seaplane services, as per the limits and entry routes mentioned above.\n(c)  Foreign airlines are also allowed to invest in the capital of Indian companies, operating scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services, up to the limit of 49% of their paidup capital. Such investment would be subject to the following conditions: (i) It would be made under the Government approval route, (ii)  The 49% limit will subsume FDI and FPI investment, [...]\n(d) In addition to the above conditions, foreign investment in M/s Air India Ltd. shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Foreign investment(s) in M/s Air India Ltd., including that of foreign airline(s) shall not exceed 49% either directly or indirectly except in case of those NRIs, who are Indian Nationals, where foreign investment(s) is permitted up to100% under automatic route.  (ii) Substantial ownership and effective control of M/s Air India Ltd. shall continue to be vested in Indian Nationals as stipulated in Aircraft Rules, 1937.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2444,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0004","The Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors of Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines and Regional Air Transport Service companies must be citizens of India.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.9 CIVIL AVIATION\n5.2.9.1 AIRPORTS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n(a) Greenfield projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(b)  Existing projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.9.2 AIR TRANSPORT SERVICES\n(1) (a) Scheduled Air Transport Service*/ Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline\n(b) Regional Air Transport Service  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route:  Automatic up to 49% (Automatic up to 100% for NRIs) & Government route beyond 49%\n(2) Non-Scheduled Air Transport Services | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(3) Helicopter services/seaplane services requiring DGCA approval | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n[*As per Schedule XI of Aircraft Rules, 1937, Air Operator Certificate to operate Scheduled air transport services (including Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline or Regional Air Transport Service) may be granted to a company or a body corporate provided that: - (a) it is registered and has its principal place of business within India;  (b) the Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors are citizens of India; and (c) its substantial ownership and effective control is vested in Indian nationals]\n5.2.9.3 OTHER SERVICES UNDER CIVIL AVIATION SECTOR \n(1) Ground Handling Services subject to sectoral regulations and security clearance | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(2) Maintenance and Repair organizations; flying training institutes; and technical training institutions. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n[...]\nOTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  Air Transport Services would include Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines; NonScheduled Air Transport Services, helicopter and seaplane services.\n(b)  Foreign airlines are allowed to participate in the equity of companies operating Cargo airlines, helicopter and seaplane services, as per the limits and entry routes mentioned above.\n(c)  Foreign airlines are also allowed to invest in the capital of Indian companies, operating scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services, up to the limit of 49% of their paidup capital. Such investment would be subject to the following conditions: (i) It would be made under the Government approval route, (ii)  The 49% limit will subsume FDI and FPI investment, [...]\n(d) In addition to the above conditions, foreign investment in M/s Air India Ltd. shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Foreign investment(s) in M/s Air India Ltd., including that of foreign airline(s) shall not exceed 49% either directly or indirectly except in case of those NRIs, who are Indian Nationals, where foreign investment(s) is permitted up to100% under automatic route.  (ii) Substantial ownership and effective control of M/s Air India Ltd. shall continue to be vested in Indian Nationals as stipulated in Aircraft Rules, 1937.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2444,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.0004","The Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors of Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines and Regional Air Transport Service companies must be citizens of India.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.9 CIVIL AVIATION\n5.2.9.1 AIRPORTS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n(a) Greenfield projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(b)  Existing projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.9.2 AIR TRANSPORT SERVICES\n(1) (a) Scheduled Air Transport Service*/ Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline\n(b) Regional Air Transport Service  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route:  Automatic up to 49% (Automatic up to 100% for NRIs) & Government route beyond 49%\n(2) Non-Scheduled Air Transport Services | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(3) Helicopter services/seaplane services requiring DGCA approval | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n[*As per Schedule XI of Aircraft Rules, 1937, Air Operator Certificate to operate Scheduled air transport services (including Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline or Regional Air Transport Service) may be granted to a company or a body corporate provided that: - (a) it is registered and has its principal place of business within India;  (b) the Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors are citizens of India; and (c) its substantial ownership and effective control is vested in Indian nationals]\n5.2.9.3 OTHER SERVICES UNDER CIVIL AVIATION SECTOR \n(1) Ground Handling Services subject to sectoral regulations and security clearance | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(2) Maintenance and Repair organizations; flying training institutes; and technical training institutions. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n[...]\nOTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  Air Transport Services would include Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines; NonScheduled Air Transport Services, helicopter and seaplane services.\n(b)  Foreign airlines are allowed to participate in the equity of companies operating Cargo airlines, helicopter and seaplane services, as per the limits and entry routes mentioned above.\n(c)  Foreign airlines are also allowed to invest in the capital of Indian companies, operating scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services, up to the limit of 49% of their paidup capital. Such investment would be subject to the following conditions: (i) It would be made under the Government approval route, (ii)  The 49% limit will subsume FDI and FPI investment, [...]\n(d) In addition to the above conditions, foreign investment in M/s Air India Ltd. shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Foreign investment(s) in M/s Air India Ltd., including that of foreign airline(s) shall not exceed 49% either directly or indirectly except in case of those NRIs, who are Indian Nationals, where foreign investment(s) is permitted up to100% under automatic route.  (ii) Substantial ownership and effective control of M/s Air India Ltd. shall continue to be vested in Indian Nationals as stipulated in Aircraft Rules, 1937.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2444,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0004","The Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors of Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines and Regional Air Transport Service companies must be citizens of India.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.9 CIVIL AVIATION\n5.2.9.1 AIRPORTS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n(a) Greenfield projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(b)  Existing projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.9.2 AIR TRANSPORT SERVICES\n(1) (a) Scheduled Air Transport Service*/ Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline\n(b) Regional Air Transport Service  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route:  Automatic up to 49% (Automatic up to 100% for NRIs) & Government route beyond 49%\n(2) Non-Scheduled Air Transport Services | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(3) Helicopter services/seaplane services requiring DGCA approval | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n[*As per Schedule XI of Aircraft Rules, 1937, Air Operator Certificate to operate Scheduled air transport services (including Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline or Regional Air Transport Service) may be granted to a company or a body corporate provided that: - (a) it is registered and has its principal place of business within India;  (b) the Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors are citizens of India; and (c) its substantial ownership and effective control is vested in Indian nationals]\n5.2.9.3 OTHER SERVICES UNDER CIVIL AVIATION SECTOR \n(1) Ground Handling Services subject to sectoral regulations and security clearance | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(2) Maintenance and Repair organizations; flying training institutes; and technical training institutions. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n[...]\nOTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  Air Transport Services would include Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines; NonScheduled Air Transport Services, helicopter and seaplane services.\n(b)  Foreign airlines are allowed to participate in the equity of companies operating Cargo airlines, helicopter and seaplane services, as per the limits and entry routes mentioned above.\n(c)  Foreign airlines are also allowed to invest in the capital of Indian companies, operating scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services, up to the limit of 49% of their paidup capital. Such investment would be subject to the following conditions: (i) It would be made under the Government approval route, (ii)  The 49% limit will subsume FDI and FPI investment, [...]\n(d) In addition to the above conditions, foreign investment in M/s Air India Ltd. shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Foreign investment(s) in M/s Air India Ltd., including that of foreign airline(s) shall not exceed 49% either directly or indirectly except in case of those NRIs, who are Indian Nationals, where foreign investment(s) is permitted up to100% under automatic route.  (ii) Substantial ownership and effective control of M/s Air India Ltd. shall continue to be vested in Indian Nationals as stipulated in Aircraft Rules, 1937.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2444,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J602","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","Foreign investment in broadcasting carriage services is subject to national security screening. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.7 BROADCASTING\n5.2.7.1 BROADCASTING CARRIAGE SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.1.1\n(1)Teleports(setting up of up-linking HUBs/Teleports);\n(2)Direct to Home (DTH);\n(3)Cable Networks (Multi System operators (MSOs) operating at National or State or District level and undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability);\n(4)Mobile TV;\n(5)Headend-in-the Sky Broadcasting Service(HITS) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.7.1.2 Cable Networks(Other MSOs not undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability and Local Cable Operators (LCOs))  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nNote [to parag. 5.2.7.1.1-2]: Infusion of fresh foreign investment, beyond 49% in a company not seeking license/permission from sectoral Ministry, resulting in change in the ownership pattern or transfer of stake by existing investor to new foreign investor, will require Government approval. \n5.2.7.2 BROADCASTING CONTENT SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.2.1 Terrestrial Broadcasting FM (FM Radio), subject to such terms and conditions, as specified from time to time, by Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, for grant of permission for setting up of FM Radio stations | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.2  Up-linking of ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route:  Government\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.4 Up-linking of Non- ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels/ Down-linking of TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.7.3 Detailed guidelines on the Broadcasting Sector are given in Annexure-6. \n[...]\nAnnexure-6 Conditions for Broadcasting Sector  \n1.3 Foreign investment in the aforestated broadcasting carriage services will be subject to the following security conditions/terms:  Mandatory Requirement for Key Executives of the Company (i) The majority of Directors on the Board of the Company shall be Indian citizens. (ii) The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Officer in-charge of technical network operations and Chief Security Officer should be resident Indian citizens.  Security Clearance of Personnel (iii) The Company, all Directors on the Board of Directors and such key executives like Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Security Officer (CSO), Chief Technical Officer (CTO), Chief Operating Officer (COO), shareholders who individually hold 10% or more paid-up capital in the company and any other category, as may be specified by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting from time to time, shall require to be security cleared.  [...]\nNational Security Conditions  (xviii)It shall be open to the licensor to restrict the Licensee Company from operating in any sensitive area from the National Security angle. The Government of India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting shall have the right to temporarily suspend the permission of the permission holder/Licensee in public interest or for national security for such period or periods as it may direct. The company shall immediately comply with any directives issued in this regard failing which the permission issued shall be revoked and the company disqualified to hold any such permission in future for a period of five years. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2437,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J602","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Foreign investment in broadcasting carriage services is subject to national security screening. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.7 BROADCASTING\n5.2.7.1 BROADCASTING CARRIAGE SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.1.1\n(1)Teleports(setting up of up-linking HUBs/Teleports);\n(2)Direct to Home (DTH);\n(3)Cable Networks (Multi System operators (MSOs) operating at National or State or District level and undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability);\n(4)Mobile TV;\n(5)Headend-in-the Sky Broadcasting Service(HITS) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.7.1.2 Cable Networks(Other MSOs not undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability and Local Cable Operators (LCOs))  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nNote [to parag. 5.2.7.1.1-2]: Infusion of fresh foreign investment, beyond 49% in a company not seeking license/permission from sectoral Ministry, resulting in change in the ownership pattern or transfer of stake by existing investor to new foreign investor, will require Government approval. \n5.2.7.2 BROADCASTING CONTENT SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.2.1 Terrestrial Broadcasting FM (FM Radio), subject to such terms and conditions, as specified from time to time, by Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, for grant of permission for setting up of FM Radio stations | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.2  Up-linking of ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route:  Government\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.4 Up-linking of Non- ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels/ Down-linking of TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.7.3 Detailed guidelines on the Broadcasting Sector are given in Annexure-6. \n[...]\nAnnexure-6 Conditions for Broadcasting Sector  \n1.3 Foreign investment in the aforestated broadcasting carriage services will be subject to the following security conditions/terms:  Mandatory Requirement for Key Executives of the Company (i) The majority of Directors on the Board of the Company shall be Indian citizens. (ii) The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Officer in-charge of technical network operations and Chief Security Officer should be resident Indian citizens.  Security Clearance of Personnel (iii) The Company, all Directors on the Board of Directors and such key executives like Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Security Officer (CSO), Chief Technical Officer (CTO), Chief Operating Officer (COO), shareholders who individually hold 10% or more paid-up capital in the company and any other category, as may be specified by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting from time to time, shall require to be security cleared.  [...]\nNational Security Conditions  (xviii)It shall be open to the licensor to restrict the Licensee Company from operating in any sensitive area from the National Security angle. The Government of India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting shall have the right to temporarily suspend the permission of the permission holder/Licensee in public interest or for national security for such period or periods as it may direct. The company shall immediately comply with any directives issued in this regard failing which the permission issued shall be revoked and the company disqualified to hold any such permission in future for a period of five years. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2437,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J602","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","Foreign investment in broadcasting carriage services is subject to national security screening. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.7 BROADCASTING\n5.2.7.1 BROADCASTING CARRIAGE SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.1.1\n(1)Teleports(setting up of up-linking HUBs/Teleports);\n(2)Direct to Home (DTH);\n(3)Cable Networks (Multi System operators (MSOs) operating at National or State or District level and undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability);\n(4)Mobile TV;\n(5)Headend-in-the Sky Broadcasting Service(HITS) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.7.1.2 Cable Networks(Other MSOs not undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability and Local Cable Operators (LCOs))  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nNote [to parag. 5.2.7.1.1-2]: Infusion of fresh foreign investment, beyond 49% in a company not seeking license/permission from sectoral Ministry, resulting in change in the ownership pattern or transfer of stake by existing investor to new foreign investor, will require Government approval. \n5.2.7.2 BROADCASTING CONTENT SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.2.1 Terrestrial Broadcasting FM (FM Radio), subject to such terms and conditions, as specified from time to time, by Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, for grant of permission for setting up of FM Radio stations | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.2  Up-linking of ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route:  Government\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.4 Up-linking of Non- ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels/ Down-linking of TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.7.3 Detailed guidelines on the Broadcasting Sector are given in Annexure-6. \n[...]\nAnnexure-6 Conditions for Broadcasting Sector  \n1.3 Foreign investment in the aforestated broadcasting carriage services will be subject to the following security conditions/terms:  Mandatory Requirement for Key Executives of the Company (i) The majority of Directors on the Board of the Company shall be Indian citizens. (ii) The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Officer in-charge of technical network operations and Chief Security Officer should be resident Indian citizens.  Security Clearance of Personnel (iii) The Company, all Directors on the Board of Directors and such key executives like Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Security Officer (CSO), Chief Technical Officer (CTO), Chief Operating Officer (COO), shareholders who individually hold 10% or more paid-up capital in the company and any other category, as may be specified by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting from time to time, shall require to be security cleared.  [...]\nNational Security Conditions  (xviii)It shall be open to the licensor to restrict the Licensee Company from operating in any sensitive area from the National Security angle. The Government of India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting shall have the right to temporarily suspend the permission of the permission holder/Licensee in public interest or for national security for such period or periods as it may direct. The company shall immediately comply with any directives issued in this regard failing which the permission issued shall be revoked and the company disqualified to hold any such permission in future for a period of five years. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2437,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J602","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","Foreign investment in broadcasting carriage services is subject to national security screening. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.7 BROADCASTING\n5.2.7.1 BROADCASTING CARRIAGE SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.1.1\n(1)Teleports(setting up of up-linking HUBs/Teleports);\n(2)Direct to Home (DTH);\n(3)Cable Networks (Multi System operators (MSOs) operating at National or State or District level and undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability);\n(4)Mobile TV;\n(5)Headend-in-the Sky Broadcasting Service(HITS) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.7.1.2 Cable Networks(Other MSOs not undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability and Local Cable Operators (LCOs))  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nNote [to parag. 5.2.7.1.1-2]: Infusion of fresh foreign investment, beyond 49% in a company not seeking license/permission from sectoral Ministry, resulting in change in the ownership pattern or transfer of stake by existing investor to new foreign investor, will require Government approval. \n5.2.7.2 BROADCASTING CONTENT SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.2.1 Terrestrial Broadcasting FM (FM Radio), subject to such terms and conditions, as specified from time to time, by Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, for grant of permission for setting up of FM Radio stations | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.2  Up-linking of ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route:  Government\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.4 Up-linking of Non- ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels/ Down-linking of TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.7.3 Detailed guidelines on the Broadcasting Sector are given in Annexure-6. \n[...]\nAnnexure-6 Conditions for Broadcasting Sector  \n1.3 Foreign investment in the aforestated broadcasting carriage services will be subject to the following security conditions/terms:  Mandatory Requirement for Key Executives of the Company (i) The majority of Directors on the Board of the Company shall be Indian citizens. (ii) The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Officer in-charge of technical network operations and Chief Security Officer should be resident Indian citizens.  Security Clearance of Personnel (iii) The Company, all Directors on the Board of Directors and such key executives like Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Security Officer (CSO), Chief Technical Officer (CTO), Chief Operating Officer (COO), shareholders who individually hold 10% or more paid-up capital in the company and any other category, as may be specified by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting from time to time, shall require to be security cleared.  [...]\nNational Security Conditions  (xviii)It shall be open to the licensor to restrict the Licensee Company from operating in any sensitive area from the National Security angle. The Government of India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting shall have the right to temporarily suspend the permission of the permission holder/Licensee in public interest or for national security for such period or periods as it may direct. The company shall immediately comply with any directives issued in this regard failing which the permission issued shall be revoked and the company disqualified to hold any such permission in future for a period of five years. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2437,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","C20_21","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.000208333","Foreign participation in pharmaceutical activites, regardless of the entry route, is subject to certain operational conditions, such as the prohibition of applying 'non-compete' clauses [not considered under the OECD FDIRRI] and the imposition of minimum R&D expenses in the case of brownfield FDI in pharmaceuticals [considered equivalent to 'local content requirement' and recorded as such in the OECD FDIRRI database].","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\nMANUFACTURING\n5.2.5 MANUFACTURING\n5.2.5.1 Subject to the provisions of the FDI policy, foreign investment in ‘manufacturing’ sector is under automatic route. Manufacturing activities may be either self-manufacturing by the investee entity or contract manufacturing in India through a legally tenable contract, whether on Principal to Principal or Principal to Agent basis.  Further, a manufacturer is permitted to sell its products manufactured in India through wholesale and/or retail, including through e-commerce, without Government approval. \n5.2.5.2 Notwithstanding the FDI policy provisions on trading sector, 100% FDI under Government approval route is allowed for retail trading, including through e-commerce, in respect of food products manufactured and/or produced in India. \n[...]\nOTHERS 5.2.27\nPHARMACEUTICALS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n5.2.27.1 Greenfield | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.27.2 Brownfield | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Automatic up to 74%; Government route beyond 74% \n5.2.27.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(i) ‘Non-compete’ clause would not be allowed in automatic or government approval route  except in special circumstances with the approval of the Government.\n(ii) The prospective investor and the prospective investee are required to provide a certificate along with the application for foreign investment as per Annexure-9.\n(iii) Government may incorporate appropriate conditions for FDI in brownfield cases, at the time of granting approval.\n(iv) FDI in brownfield pharmaceuticals, under both automatic and government approval routes, is further subject to compliance of following conditions:\n (a) The production level of National List of Essential Medicines (NLEM) drugs and/or consumables and their supply to the domestic market at the time of induction of FDI, being maintained over the next five years at an absolute quantitative level. The benchmark for this level would be decided with reference to the level of production of NLEM drugs and/or consumables in the three financial years, immediately preceding the year of induction of FDI.  Of these, the highest level of production in any of these three years would be taken as the level.\n (b) R&D expenses being maintained in value terms for 5 years at an absolute quantitative level at the time of induction of FDI.  The benchmark for this level would be decided with reference to the highest level of R&D expenses which has been incurred in any of the three financial years immediately preceding the year of induction of FDI.\n (c) The administrative Ministry will be provided complete information pertaining to the transfer of technology, if any, along with induction of foreign investment into the investee company. \n (d) The administrative Ministry (s) i.e. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Department of Pharmaceuticals or any other regulatory Agency/Development as notified by Central Government from time to time, will monitor the compliance of conditionalities. NOTE: i.  FDI up to 100%, under the automatic route is permitted for manufacturing of medical devices. The above mentioned conditions will, therefore, not be applicable to greenfield as well as brownfield projects of this industry. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2424,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","C20_21","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.000208333","Foreign participation in pharmaceutical activites, regardless of the entry route, is subject to certain operational conditions, such as the prohibition of applying 'non-compete' clauses [not considered under the OECD FDIRRI] and the imposition of minimum R&D expenses in the case of brownfield FDI in pharmaceuticals [considered equivalent to 'local content requirement' and recorded as such in the OECD FDIRRI database].","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\nMANUFACTURING\n5.2.5 MANUFACTURING\n5.2.5.1 Subject to the provisions of the FDI policy, foreign investment in ‘manufacturing’ sector is under automatic route. Manufacturing activities may be either self-manufacturing by the investee entity or contract manufacturing in India through a legally tenable contract, whether on Principal to Principal or Principal to Agent basis.  Further, a manufacturer is permitted to sell its products manufactured in India through wholesale and/or retail, including through e-commerce, without Government approval. \n5.2.5.2 Notwithstanding the FDI policy provisions on trading sector, 100% FDI under Government approval route is allowed for retail trading, including through e-commerce, in respect of food products manufactured and/or produced in India. \n[...]\nOTHERS 5.2.27\nPHARMACEUTICALS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n5.2.27.1 Greenfield | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.27.2 Brownfield | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Automatic up to 74%; Government route beyond 74% \n5.2.27.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(i) ‘Non-compete’ clause would not be allowed in automatic or government approval route  except in special circumstances with the approval of the Government.\n(ii) The prospective investor and the prospective investee are required to provide a certificate along with the application for foreign investment as per Annexure-9.\n(iii) Government may incorporate appropriate conditions for FDI in brownfield cases, at the time of granting approval.\n(iv) FDI in brownfield pharmaceuticals, under both automatic and government approval routes, is further subject to compliance of following conditions:\n (a) The production level of National List of Essential Medicines (NLEM) drugs and/or consumables and their supply to the domestic market at the time of induction of FDI, being maintained over the next five years at an absolute quantitative level. The benchmark for this level would be decided with reference to the level of production of NLEM drugs and/or consumables in the three financial years, immediately preceding the year of induction of FDI.  Of these, the highest level of production in any of these three years would be taken as the level.\n (b) R&D expenses being maintained in value terms for 5 years at an absolute quantitative level at the time of induction of FDI.  The benchmark for this level would be decided with reference to the highest level of R&D expenses which has been incurred in any of the three financial years immediately preceding the year of induction of FDI.\n (c) The administrative Ministry will be provided complete information pertaining to the transfer of technology, if any, along with induction of foreign investment into the investee company. \n (d) The administrative Ministry (s) i.e. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Department of Pharmaceuticals or any other regulatory Agency/Development as notified by Central Government from time to time, will monitor the compliance of conditionalities. NOTE: i.  FDI up to 100%, under the automatic route is permitted for manufacturing of medical devices. The above mentioned conditions will, therefore, not be applicable to greenfield as well as brownfield projects of this industry. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2424,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","C20_21","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.000208333","Foreign participation in pharmaceutical activites, regardless of the entry route, is subject to certain operational conditions, such as the prohibition of applying 'non-compete' clauses [not considered under the OECD FDIRRI] and the imposition of minimum R&D expenses in the case of brownfield FDI in pharmaceuticals [considered equivalent to 'local content requirement' and recorded as such in the OECD FDIRRI database].","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\nMANUFACTURING\n5.2.5 MANUFACTURING\n5.2.5.1 Subject to the provisions of the FDI policy, foreign investment in ‘manufacturing’ sector is under automatic route. Manufacturing activities may be either self-manufacturing by the investee entity or contract manufacturing in India through a legally tenable contract, whether on Principal to Principal or Principal to Agent basis.  Further, a manufacturer is permitted to sell its products manufactured in India through wholesale and/or retail, including through e-commerce, without Government approval. \n5.2.5.2 Notwithstanding the FDI policy provisions on trading sector, 100% FDI under Government approval route is allowed for retail trading, including through e-commerce, in respect of food products manufactured and/or produced in India. \n[...]\nOTHERS 5.2.27\nPHARMACEUTICALS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n5.2.27.1 Greenfield | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.27.2 Brownfield | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Automatic up to 74%; Government route beyond 74% \n5.2.27.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(i) ‘Non-compete’ clause would not be allowed in automatic or government approval route  except in special circumstances with the approval of the Government.\n(ii) The prospective investor and the prospective investee are required to provide a certificate along with the application for foreign investment as per Annexure-9.\n(iii) Government may incorporate appropriate conditions for FDI in brownfield cases, at the time of granting approval.\n(iv) FDI in brownfield pharmaceuticals, under both automatic and government approval routes, is further subject to compliance of following conditions:\n (a) The production level of National List of Essential Medicines (NLEM) drugs and/or consumables and their supply to the domestic market at the time of induction of FDI, being maintained over the next five years at an absolute quantitative level. The benchmark for this level would be decided with reference to the level of production of NLEM drugs and/or consumables in the three financial years, immediately preceding the year of induction of FDI.  Of these, the highest level of production in any of these three years would be taken as the level.\n (b) R&D expenses being maintained in value terms for 5 years at an absolute quantitative level at the time of induction of FDI.  The benchmark for this level would be decided with reference to the highest level of R&D expenses which has been incurred in any of the three financial years immediately preceding the year of induction of FDI.\n (c) The administrative Ministry will be provided complete information pertaining to the transfer of technology, if any, along with induction of foreign investment into the investee company. \n (d) The administrative Ministry (s) i.e. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Department of Pharmaceuticals or any other regulatory Agency/Development as notified by Central Government from time to time, will monitor the compliance of conditionalities. NOTE: i.  FDI up to 100%, under the automatic route is permitted for manufacturing of medical devices. The above mentioned conditions will, therefore, not be applicable to greenfield as well as brownfield projects of this industry. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2424,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","C20_21","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.000208333","Foreign participation in pharmaceutical activites, regardless of the entry route, is subject to certain operational conditions, such as the prohibition of applying 'non-compete' clauses [not considered under the OECD FDIRRI] and the imposition of minimum R&D expenses in the case of brownfield FDI in pharmaceuticals [considered equivalent to 'local content requirement' and recorded as such in the OECD FDIRRI database].","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\nMANUFACTURING\n5.2.5 MANUFACTURING\n5.2.5.1 Subject to the provisions of the FDI policy, foreign investment in ‘manufacturing’ sector is under automatic route. Manufacturing activities may be either self-manufacturing by the investee entity or contract manufacturing in India through a legally tenable contract, whether on Principal to Principal or Principal to Agent basis.  Further, a manufacturer is permitted to sell its products manufactured in India through wholesale and/or retail, including through e-commerce, without Government approval. \n5.2.5.2 Notwithstanding the FDI policy provisions on trading sector, 100% FDI under Government approval route is allowed for retail trading, including through e-commerce, in respect of food products manufactured and/or produced in India. \n[...]\nOTHERS 5.2.27\nPHARMACEUTICALS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n5.2.27.1 Greenfield | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.27.2 Brownfield | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Automatic up to 74%; Government route beyond 74% \n5.2.27.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(i) ‘Non-compete’ clause would not be allowed in automatic or government approval route  except in special circumstances with the approval of the Government.\n(ii) The prospective investor and the prospective investee are required to provide a certificate along with the application for foreign investment as per Annexure-9.\n(iii) Government may incorporate appropriate conditions for FDI in brownfield cases, at the time of granting approval.\n(iv) FDI in brownfield pharmaceuticals, under both automatic and government approval routes, is further subject to compliance of following conditions:\n (a) The production level of National List of Essential Medicines (NLEM) drugs and/or consumables and their supply to the domestic market at the time of induction of FDI, being maintained over the next five years at an absolute quantitative level. The benchmark for this level would be decided with reference to the level of production of NLEM drugs and/or consumables in the three financial years, immediately preceding the year of induction of FDI.  Of these, the highest level of production in any of these three years would be taken as the level.\n (b) R&D expenses being maintained in value terms for 5 years at an absolute quantitative level at the time of induction of FDI.  The benchmark for this level would be decided with reference to the highest level of R&D expenses which has been incurred in any of the three financial years immediately preceding the year of induction of FDI.\n (c) The administrative Ministry will be provided complete information pertaining to the transfer of technology, if any, along with induction of foreign investment into the investee company. \n (d) The administrative Ministry (s) i.e. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Department of Pharmaceuticals or any other regulatory Agency/Development as notified by Central Government from time to time, will monitor the compliance of conditionalities. NOTE: i.  FDI up to 100%, under the automatic route is permitted for manufacturing of medical devices. The above mentioned conditions will, therefore, not be applicable to greenfield as well as brownfield projects of this industry. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2424,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","As of March 2021, foreign investment in international passenger maritime transportation and port services are no longer restricted; all other maritime and inland water passenger and cargo transportation activities remain limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Domestic Liner and Tramper Sea Transportation for Passengers; Domestic Sea Transportation for Tourism; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Passengers: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Domestic Sea Transportation Liner and Tramper for Goods; Domestic Sea Transportation for Special Goods; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Goods [connecting remote areas]; Public Shipping Domestic Sea Transportation;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Overseas Liner and Tramper Marine Transportation for Goods; Overseas Sea Transportation for Special Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [overseas passenger marine tranportation now excluded];  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Interprovincial general inland water transportation; Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation; Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inner district/city general inland water transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Fixed Schedule and Regular Route; River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes; River and Lake Transportation with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes for Tourism;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for General Goods and/or Animals; River and Lake Transportation for Special Goods; River and Lake Transportation for Dangerous Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Port services/provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals; Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Domestic sea transportation, International sea transportation, Interprovincial general inland water transportation, Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation,Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation, Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation, Inner district/city general inland water transportation, River and lake transportation for passengers with fixed schedule and regular route, River and lake transportation for passengers with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for tourism with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for general freight and/or animal, River and lake transportation for Special freight, River and lake transportation for Hazardous freight, Provision of harbor facilities i.e., waste reception facilities, Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...] \n-  Provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% b. Subject to a special permits from the Ministry of Transportation for the minimum capital requirement [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3361,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0048","As of March 2021, foreign investment in international passenger maritime transportation and port services are no longer restricted; all other maritime and water passenger and cargo transportation activities remain limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Domestic Liner and Tramper Sea Transportation for Passengers; Domestic Sea Transportation for Tourism; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Passengers: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Domestic Sea Transportation Liner and Tramper for Goods; Domestic Sea Transportation for Special Goods; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Goods [connecting remote areas]; Public Shipping Domestic Sea Transportation;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Overseas Liner and Tramper Marine Transportation for Goods; Overseas Sea Transportation for Special Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [overseas passenger marine tranportation now excluded];  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Interprovincial general inland water transportation; Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation; Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inner district/city general inland water transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Fixed Schedule and Regular Route; River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes; River and Lake Transportation with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes for Tourism;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for General Goods and/or Animals; River and Lake Transportation for Special Goods; River and Lake Transportation for Dangerous Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Port services/provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals; Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Domestic sea transportation, International sea transportation, Interprovincial general inland water transportation, Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation,Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation, Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation, Inner district/city general inland water transportation, River and lake transportation for passengers with fixed schedule and regular route, River and lake transportation for passengers with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for tourism with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for general freight and/or animal, River and lake transportation for Special freight, River and lake transportation for Hazardous freight, Provision of harbor facilities i.e., waste reception facilities, Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...] \n-  Provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% b. Subject to a special permits from the Ministry of Transportation for the minimum capital requirement [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2624,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0048","As of March 2021, foreign investment in international passenger maritime transportation and port services are no longer restricted; all other maritime and water passenger and cargo transportation activities remain limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Domestic Liner and Tramper Sea Transportation for Passengers; Domestic Sea Transportation for Tourism; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Passengers: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Domestic Sea Transportation Liner and Tramper for Goods; Domestic Sea Transportation for Special Goods; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Goods [connecting remote areas]; Public Shipping Domestic Sea Transportation;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Overseas Liner and Tramper Marine Transportation for Goods; Overseas Sea Transportation for Special Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [overseas passenger marine tranportation now excluded];  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Interprovincial general inland water transportation; Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation; Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inner district/city general inland water transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Fixed Schedule and Regular Route; River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes; River and Lake Transportation with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes for Tourism;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for General Goods and/or Animals; River and Lake Transportation for Special Goods; River and Lake Transportation for Dangerous Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Port services/provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals; Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Domestic sea transportation, International sea transportation, Interprovincial general inland water transportation, Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation,Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation, Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation, Inner district/city general inland water transportation, River and lake transportation for passengers with fixed schedule and regular route, River and lake transportation for passengers with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for tourism with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for general freight and/or animal, River and lake transportation for Special freight, River and lake transportation for Hazardous freight, Provision of harbor facilities i.e., waste reception facilities, Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...] \n-  Provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% b. Subject to a special permits from the Ministry of Transportation for the minimum capital requirement [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2624,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0048","As of March 2021, foreign investment in international passenger maritime transportation and port services are no longer restricted; all other maritime and water passenger and cargo transportation activities remain limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Domestic Liner and Tramper Sea Transportation for Passengers; Domestic Sea Transportation for Tourism; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Passengers: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Domestic Sea Transportation Liner and Tramper for Goods; Domestic Sea Transportation for Special Goods; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Goods [connecting remote areas]; Public Shipping Domestic Sea Transportation;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Overseas Liner and Tramper Marine Transportation for Goods; Overseas Sea Transportation for Special Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [overseas passenger marine tranportation now excluded];  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Interprovincial general inland water transportation; Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation; Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inner district/city general inland water transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Fixed Schedule and Regular Route; River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes; River and Lake Transportation with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes for Tourism;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for General Goods and/or Animals; River and Lake Transportation for Special Goods; River and Lake Transportation for Dangerous Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Port services/provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals; Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Domestic sea transportation, International sea transportation, Interprovincial general inland water transportation, Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation,Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation, Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation, Inner district/city general inland water transportation, River and lake transportation for passengers with fixed schedule and regular route, River and lake transportation for passengers with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for tourism with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for general freight and/or animal, River and lake transportation for Special freight, River and lake transportation for Hazardous freight, Provision of harbor facilities i.e., waste reception facilities, Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...] \n-  Provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% b. Subject to a special permits from the Ministry of Transportation for the minimum capital requirement [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2624,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I55","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00175","As of March 2021, foreign investment in 2-stars hotels is no longer restricted, but investments in 1-star, budget (non-star) hotels, guesthouses/motels, cottage and villas for renting are now reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, foreign investment in the referred activities was limited to 67% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n-  Two-star hotel, Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] \n- One-star hotel, budget/non-start hotel, guesthouses and motels  [see 2019 restrictions]:  reserved for domestic SMEs[...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Two-star hotel, One-star hotel, Non-star hotel, guesthouses and motesl, Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67% [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2603,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I55","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00175","As of March 2021, foreign investment in 2-stars hotels is no longer restricted, but investments in 1-star, budget (non-star) hotels, guesthouses/motels, cottage and villas for renting are now reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, foreign investment in the referred activities was limited to 67% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n-  Two-star hotel, Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] \n- One-star hotel, budget/non-start hotel, guesthouses and motels  [see 2019 restrictions]:  reserved for domestic SMEs[...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Two-star hotel, One-star hotel, Non-star hotel, guesthouses and motesl, Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67% [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2603,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I55","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00175","As of March 2021, foreign investment in 2-stars hotels is no longer restricted, but investments in 1-star, budget (non-star) hotels, guesthouses/motels, cottage and villas for renting are now reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, foreign investment in the referred activities was limited to 67% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n-  Two-star hotel, Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] \n- One-star hotel, budget/non-start hotel, guesthouses and motels  [see 2019 restrictions]:  reserved for domestic SMEs[...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Two-star hotel, One-star hotel, Non-star hotel, guesthouses and motesl, Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67% [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2603,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.000875","As of March 2021, no longer restricted, except for specifc travel agency services for Umrah and Special Hajj, which is now closed to FDI. Previously, foreign investment in catering and travel bureau agencies and in a few other touristic activities was limited to 67% of equity interest [up from 51% previously]. Foreign investment in travel agents and tour guiding companies was reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements].","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Tourism travel bureau [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (with the following condition: Domestic capital 100% and Muslim for activities of the Travel Bureau for Umrah and Special Hajj [Islamic religious pilgrimage])\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Hotels & restaurants]\n- Tourism Travel agents, Tour guides, homestary(cottage): Reserved for SMEs. \n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70% \n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%[...]\n- Tourism travel bureau [agency]: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70%. [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2609,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.000875","As of March 2021, no longer restricted, except for specifc travel agency services for Umrah and Special Hajj, which is now closed to FDI. Previously, foreign investment in catering and travel bureau agencies and in a few other touristic activities was limited to 67% of equity interest [up from 51% previously]. Foreign investment in travel agents and tour guiding companies was reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements].","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Tourism travel bureau [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (with the following condition: Domestic capital 100% and Muslim for activities of the Travel Bureau for Umrah and Special Hajj [Islamic religious pilgrimage])\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Hotels & restaurants]\n- Tourism Travel agents, Tour guides, homestary(cottage): Reserved for SMEs. \n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70% \n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%[...]\n- Tourism travel bureau [agency]: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70%. [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2608,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.000875","As of March 2021, no longer restricted, except for specifc travel agency services for Umrah and Special Hajj, which is now closed to FDI. Previously, foreign investment in catering and travel bureau agencies and in a few other touristic activities was limited to 67% of equity interest [up from 51% previously]. Foreign investment in travel agents and tour guiding companies was reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements].","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Tourism travel bureau [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (with the following condition: Domestic capital 100% and Muslim for activities of the Travel Bureau for Umrah and Special Hajj [Islamic religious pilgrimage])\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Hotels & restaurants]\n- Tourism Travel agents, Tour guides, homestary(cottage): Reserved for SMEs. \n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70% \n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%[...]\n- Tourism travel bureau [agency]: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70%. [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2608,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.000875","As of March 2021, no longer restricted, except for specifc travel agency services for Umrah and Special Hajj, which is now closed to FDI. Previously, foreign investment in catering and travel bureau agencies and in a few other touristic activities was limited to 67% of equity interest [up from 51% previously]. Foreign investment in travel agents and tour guiding companies was reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements].","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Tourism travel bureau [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (with the following condition: Domestic capital 100% and Muslim for activities of the Travel Bureau for Umrah and Special Hajj [Islamic religious pilgrimage])\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Hotels & restaurants]\n- Tourism Travel agents, Tour guides, homestary(cottage): Reserved for SMEs. \n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70% \n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%[...]\n- Tourism travel bureau [agency]: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70%. [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2608,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C22_23","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.000208333","Foreign investment in clay/ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) and in in rubber fumigation industry remains reserved to indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry was also reserved for local SMEs. Foreign invetment in several non-metallic mineral activities is subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Home Appliances Industry from Clay/Ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber Fumigation Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[...]\"\n[...]\n- Brick Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Other Goods Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Lime Industry; Cement Products Industry; Limestone Products Industry; Other Goods Industry from Cement and Limestone: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Metals, Machinery and other Minerals]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay made household necessities industry especially earthenware, Hand tools Industry for agricultural for land preparation production process, harvesting, post-harvest and cultivation except hoe and spades, Manual or semi mechanical processed hand tools industry for handwork and cutting),: Reserved for SMEs \n- Business with specific capacities (Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry, [...] Rubber fumigation industry: Reserved for SMEs \n[...]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay/ceramics bricks industry, Other clay/ceramic products industry, Lime industry, Goods made from cement industry, Goods made from lime industry, Other goods made from cement and lime industry, Nail, nut, and bolt industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nB. Industrial Sector\n- Lead smelting industry: Recommendation from the Ministry of Environment and Ministry of Industry for industry using used accu raw materials\n- Cyclamate and saccharine industry: According to the requirement stipulated by BPOM and Ministry of Trade \n- Special ink industry, Crumb rubber industry : Specific license from the Minister of Industry only if integrated into the development of rubber estates: a. Sourcing of raw materials at least 20% of the production capacity comes from own rubber farms, and b. Sourcing of raw materials not exceeding 80% in a partnership system, at least 20% of the total farm area shall be a plasma farm.  [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2668,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C22_23","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.000208333","Foreign investment in clay/ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) and in in rubber fumigation industry remains reserved to indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry was also reserved for local SMEs. Foreign invetment in several non-metallic mineral activities is subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Home Appliances Industry from Clay/Ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber Fumigation Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[...]\"\n[...]\n- Brick Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Other Goods Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Lime Industry; Cement Products Industry; Limestone Products Industry; Other Goods Industry from Cement and Limestone: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Metals, Machinery and other Minerals]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay made household necessities industry especially earthenware, Hand tools Industry for agricultural for land preparation production process, harvesting, post-harvest and cultivation except hoe and spades, Manual or semi mechanical processed hand tools industry for handwork and cutting),: Reserved for SMEs \n- Business with specific capacities (Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry, [...] Rubber fumigation industry: Reserved for SMEs \n[...]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay/ceramics bricks industry, Other clay/ceramic products industry, Lime industry, Goods made from cement industry, Goods made from lime industry, Other goods made from cement and lime industry, Nail, nut, and bolt industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nB. Industrial Sector\n- Lead smelting industry: Recommendation from the Ministry of Environment and Ministry of Industry for industry using used accu raw materials\n- Cyclamate and saccharine industry: According to the requirement stipulated by BPOM and Ministry of Trade \n- Special ink industry, Crumb rubber industry : Specific license from the Minister of Industry only if integrated into the development of rubber estates: a. Sourcing of raw materials at least 20% of the production capacity comes from own rubber farms, and b. Sourcing of raw materials not exceeding 80% in a partnership system, at least 20% of the total farm area shall be a plasma farm.  [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2668,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C22_23","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.000208333","Foreign investment in clay/ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) and in in rubber fumigation industry remains reserved to indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry was also reserved for local SMEs. Foreign invetment in several non-metallic mineral activities is subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Home Appliances Industry from Clay/Ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber Fumigation Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[...]\"\n[...]\n- Brick Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Other Goods Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Lime Industry; Cement Products Industry; Limestone Products Industry; Other Goods Industry from Cement and Limestone: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Metals, Machinery and other Minerals]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay made household necessities industry especially earthenware, Hand tools Industry for agricultural for land preparation production process, harvesting, post-harvest and cultivation except hoe and spades, Manual or semi mechanical processed hand tools industry for handwork and cutting),: Reserved for SMEs \n- Business with specific capacities (Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry, [...] Rubber fumigation industry: Reserved for SMEs \n[...]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay/ceramics bricks industry, Other clay/ceramic products industry, Lime industry, Goods made from cement industry, Goods made from lime industry, Other goods made from cement and lime industry, Nail, nut, and bolt industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nB. Industrial Sector\n- Lead smelting industry: Recommendation from the Ministry of Environment and Ministry of Industry for industry using used accu raw materials\n- Cyclamate and saccharine industry: According to the requirement stipulated by BPOM and Ministry of Trade \n- Special ink industry, Crumb rubber industry : Specific license from the Minister of Industry only if integrated into the development of rubber estates: a. Sourcing of raw materials at least 20% of the production capacity comes from own rubber farms, and b. Sourcing of raw materials not exceeding 80% in a partnership system, at least 20% of the total farm area shall be a plasma farm.  [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2668,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C22_23","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.000208333","Foreign investment in clay/ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) and in in rubber fumigation industry remains reserved to indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry was also reserved for local SMEs. Foreign invetment in several non-metallic mineral activities is subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Home Appliances Industry from Clay/Ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber Fumigation Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[...]\"\n[...]\n- Brick Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Other Goods Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Lime Industry; Cement Products Industry; Limestone Products Industry; Other Goods Industry from Cement and Limestone: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Metals, Machinery and other Minerals]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay made household necessities industry especially earthenware, Hand tools Industry for agricultural for land preparation production process, harvesting, post-harvest and cultivation except hoe and spades, Manual or semi mechanical processed hand tools industry for handwork and cutting),: Reserved for SMEs \n- Business with specific capacities (Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry, [...] Rubber fumigation industry: Reserved for SMEs \n[...]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay/ceramics bricks industry, Other clay/ceramic products industry, Lime industry, Goods made from cement industry, Goods made from lime industry, Other goods made from cement and lime industry, Nail, nut, and bolt industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nB. Industrial Sector\n- Lead smelting industry: Recommendation from the Ministry of Environment and Ministry of Industry for industry using used accu raw materials\n- Cyclamate and saccharine industry: According to the requirement stipulated by BPOM and Ministry of Trade \n- Special ink industry, Crumb rubber industry : Specific license from the Minister of Industry only if integrated into the development of rubber estates: a. Sourcing of raw materials at least 20% of the production capacity comes from own rubber farms, and b. Sourcing of raw materials not exceeding 80% in a partnership system, at least 20% of the total farm area shall be a plasma farm.  [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2668,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J60","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0015","Since 2018: to obtain a commercial television or regional radio broadcasting license, at least 26% of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents, or by corporations registered in Israel in which the same condition is met; to obtain a satellite broadcasting license,  at least 26%  of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents; and to obtain a cable broadcasting license, at least 20% of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents, or by corporations controlled by an Israeli citizens who are residents.\nPreviously, at least 51% of the controlling interest in a commercial television and regional radio concession must be held by nationals who were residents of Israel, and at least 26% of the controlling interest in a licensee for cable and satellite broadcasting had to held by nationals who were residents of Israel.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In this law - [...]\n\"Concession for television broadcasts\" - a concession granted under this law for the conduct of television broadcasts;\n\"Concession for radio broadcasts\" - a concession granted under this law for conducting radio broadcasts in the analogous method;\n[...]\nConcession according to tender\n38. Concession for radio broadcasts until the date of the transition - also a concession for television broadcasts, will be given according to a public tender published by the Authority.\n[...]\nRight to participate in the tender and restrictions for the granting of a license for television broadcasts\n41. (a) A   tender may be attended by a corporation in which at least these conditions are met, and what is stated in subsections (b), (b1) and (c) is not met:\n(1) is a corporation registered in Israel whose ability to direct its operation and at least twenty-six percent of all means of control in it, are in the hands of Israeli citizens and residents of Israel, or in the hands of corporations registered in Israel in which the said conditions are met. In this paragraph, \"Israeli citizen\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952; [...]\" (The Second Authority for Television and Radio Law (13.02.1990), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 1, 38 and 41 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Location in Israel and citizenship\n13. In an applicant who is a corporation, all of the following will take place:\n(1) his business center in Israel;\n(2) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof;\n(3) half or more of the directors therein or officers corresponding to the directors, are citizens of Israel and residents thereof;\n(4) 26% or more of all means of control in the applicant are held by the citizens or residents of Israel.[...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11. (a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])\"","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nThe Second Authority for Television and Radio Law (13.02.1990), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 1, 38 and 41\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/law01/p213m1_074.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_080.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3499,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J60","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0015","To obtain a commercial television or regional radio broadcasting license, at least 26% of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents, or by corporations registered in Israel in which the same condition is met.\nTo obtain a satellite broadcasting license,  at least 26%  of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents.\nTo obtain a cable broadcasting license, at least 20% of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents, or by corporations controlled by an Israeli citizens who are residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In this law - [...]\n\"Concession for television broadcasts\" - a concession granted under this law for the conduct of television broadcasts;\n\"Concession for radio broadcasts\" - a concession granted under this law for conducting radio broadcasts in the analogous method;\n[...]\nConcession according to tender\n38. Concession for radio broadcasts until the date of the transition - also a concession for television broadcasts, will be given according to a public tender published by the Authority.\n[...]\nRight to participate in the tender and restrictions for the granting of a license for television broadcasts\n41. (a) A   tender may be attended by a corporation in which at least these conditions are met, and what is stated in subsections (b), (b1) and (c) is not met:\n(1) is a corporation registered in Israel whose ability to direct its operation and at least twenty-six percent of all means of control in it, are in the hands of Israeli citizens and residents of Israel, or in the hands of corporations registered in Israel in which the said conditions are met. In this paragraph, \"Israeli citizen\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952; [...]\" (The Second Authority for Television and Radio Law (13.02.1990), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 1, 38 and 41 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Location in Israel and citizenship\n13. In an applicant who is a corporation, all of the following will take place:\n(1) his business center in Israel;\n(2) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof;\n(3) half or more of the directors therein or officers corresponding to the directors, are citizens of Israel and residents thereof;\n(4) 26% or more of all means of control in the applicant are held by the citizens or residents of Israel.[...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11. (a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])\"","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nThe Second Authority for Television and Radio Law (13.02.1990), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 1, 38 and 41\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/law01/p213m1_074.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_080.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1398,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J60","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0015","To obtain a commercial television or regional radio broadcasting license, at least 26% of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents, or by corporations registered in Israel in which the same condition is met.\nTo obtain a satellite broadcasting license,  at least 26%  of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents.\nTo obtain a cable broadcasting license, at least 20% of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents, or by corporations controlled by an Israeli citizens who are residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In this law - [...]\n\"Concession for television broadcasts\" - a concession granted under this law for the conduct of television broadcasts;\n\"Concession for radio broadcasts\" - a concession granted under this law for conducting radio broadcasts in the analogous method;\n[...]\nConcession according to tender\n38. Concession for radio broadcasts until the date of the transition - also a concession for television broadcasts, will be given according to a public tender published by the Authority.\n[...]\nRight to participate in the tender and restrictions for the granting of a license for television broadcasts\n41. (a) A   tender may be attended by a corporation in which at least these conditions are met, and what is stated in subsections (b), (b1) and (c) is not met:\n(1) is a corporation registered in Israel whose ability to direct its operation and at least twenty-six percent of all means of control in it, are in the hands of Israeli citizens and residents of Israel, or in the hands of corporations registered in Israel in which the said conditions are met. In this paragraph, \"Israeli citizen\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952; [...]\" (The Second Authority for Television and Radio Law (13.02.1990), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 1, 38 and 41 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Location in Israel and citizenship\n13. In an applicant who is a corporation, all of the following will take place:\n(1) his business center in Israel;\n(2) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof;\n(3) half or more of the directors therein or officers corresponding to the directors, are citizens of Israel and residents thereof;\n(4) 26% or more of all means of control in the applicant are held by the citizens or residents of Israel.[...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11. (a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])\"","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nThe Second Authority for Television and Radio Law (13.02.1990), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 1, 38 and 41\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/law01/p213m1_074.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_080.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1398,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J60","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.0015","To obtain a commercial television or regional radio broadcasting license, at least 26% of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents, or by corporations registered in Israel in which the same condition is met.\nTo obtain a satellite broadcasting license,  at least 26%  of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents.\nTo obtain a cable broadcasting license, at least 20% of the controlling interest in the applicant must be held by Israeli citizens who are residents, or by corporations controlled by an Israeli citizens who are residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In this law - [...]\n\"Concession for television broadcasts\" - a concession granted under this law for the conduct of television broadcasts;\n\"Concession for radio broadcasts\" - a concession granted under this law for conducting radio broadcasts in the analogous method;\n[...]\nConcession according to tender\n38. Concession for radio broadcasts until the date of the transition - also a concession for television broadcasts, will be given according to a public tender published by the Authority.\n[...]\nRight to participate in the tender and restrictions for the granting of a license for television broadcasts\n41. (a) A   tender may be attended by a corporation in which at least these conditions are met, and what is stated in subsections (b), (b1) and (c) is not met:\n(1) is a corporation registered in Israel whose ability to direct its operation and at least twenty-six percent of all means of control in it, are in the hands of Israeli citizens and residents of Israel, or in the hands of corporations registered in Israel in which the said conditions are met. In this paragraph, \"Israeli citizen\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952; [...]\" (The Second Authority for Television and Radio Law (13.02.1990), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 1, 38 and 41 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Location in Israel and citizenship\n13. In an applicant who is a corporation, all of the following will take place:\n(1) his business center in Israel;\n(2) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof;\n(3) half or more of the directors therein or officers corresponding to the directors, are citizens of Israel and residents thereof;\n(4) 26% or more of all means of control in the applicant are held by the citizens or residents of Israel.[...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11. (a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])\"","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nThe Second Authority for Television and Radio Law (13.02.1990), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 1, 38 and 41\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/law01/p213m1_074.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_080.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1398,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J611","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.001","The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and a majority of the directors of a domestic fixed line telecommunications operator must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n1.    In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11.   \n(a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1392,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J611","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.001","The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and a majority of the directors of a domestic fixed line telecommunications operator must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n1.    In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11.   \n(a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1392,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J611","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.001","The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and a majority of the directors of a domestic fixed line telecommunications operator must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n1.    In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11.   \n(a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1392,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J611","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.001","The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and a majority of the directors of a domestic fixed line telecommunications operator must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n1.    In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11.   \n(a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1392,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J612T619","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.001","In radio and mobile telephone services firms, the General Manager and a majority of the directors must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein;  [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Prerequisites \n10 (a.) The person who met all of the following may apply:\n1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel and its business center in Israel, whose incorporation Intended for obtaining a mobile phone radio license on another network; However, the Minister may Exempting an applicant, who has a special license or who operates under a general permit, however Does not have a general license, from the incorporation requirement intended for the purpose of obtaining a license;\n2) At least twenty percent of each of the applicant's means of control are held Directly by an Israeli citizen and resident, or by a company whose person is a citizen Israel and its residents; The Minister may allow an applicant who is controlled by a general license, Submit an application even if the said conditions are not met;\n3) The General Manager and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents. [...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/Law_word/law06/tak-6860.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1396,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J612T619","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.001","In radio and mobile telephone services firms, the General Manager and a majority of the directors must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein;  [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Prerequisites \n10 (a.) The person who met all of the following may apply:\n1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel and its business center in Israel, whose incorporation Intended for obtaining a mobile phone radio license on another network; However, the Minister may Exempting an applicant, who has a special license or who operates under a general permit, however Does not have a general license, from the incorporation requirement intended for the purpose of obtaining a license;\n2) At least twenty percent of each of the applicant's means of control are held Directly by an Israeli citizen and resident, or by a company whose person is a citizen Israel and its residents; The Minister may allow an applicant who is controlled by a general license, Submit an application even if the said conditions are not met;\n3) The General Manager and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents. [...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/Law_word/law06/tak-6860.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1396,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J612T619","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.001","In radio and mobile telephone services firms, the General Manager and a majority of the directors must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein;  [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Prerequisites \n10 (a.) The person who met all of the following may apply:\n1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel and its business center in Israel, whose incorporation Intended for obtaining a mobile phone radio license on another network; However, the Minister may Exempting an applicant, who has a special license or who operates under a general permit, however Does not have a general license, from the incorporation requirement intended for the purpose of obtaining a license;\n2) At least twenty percent of each of the applicant's means of control are held Directly by an Israeli citizen and resident, or by a company whose person is a citizen Israel and its residents; The Minister may allow an applicant who is controlled by a general license, Submit an application even if the said conditions are not met;\n3) The General Manager and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents. [...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/Law_word/law06/tak-6860.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1396,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J612T619","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.001","In radio and mobile telephone services firms, the General Manager and a majority of the directors must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein;  [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Prerequisites \n10 (a.) The person who met all of the following may apply:\n1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel and its business center in Israel, whose incorporation Intended for obtaining a mobile phone radio license on another network; However, the Minister may Exempting an applicant, who has a special license or who operates under a general permit, however Does not have a general license, from the incorporation requirement intended for the purpose of obtaining a license;\n2) At least twenty percent of each of the applicant's means of control are held Directly by an Israeli citizen and resident, or by a company whose person is a citizen Israel and its residents; The Minister may allow an applicant who is controlled by a general license, Submit an application even if the said conditions are not met;\n3) The General Manager and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents. [...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/Law_word/law06/tak-6860.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1396,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","D3510X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00175","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include electricity generation and distribution [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1506,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","D3510X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00175","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include electricity generation and distribution [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1506,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","D3510X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00175","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include electricity generation and distribution [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1506,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","D3510X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00175","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include electricity generation and distribution [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1506,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","H501","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0008","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include sea and coastal transport [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1509,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","H501","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0008","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include sea and coastal transport [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1509,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","H501","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0008","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include sea and coastal transport [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1509,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","H501","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0008","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include sea and coastal transport [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1509,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","L68","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","On 20 September 2022, the Act on the Review and Regulation of the use of Real Estate Surrounding Important Facilities and on Remote Territorial Islands entered into force. The Act seeks to support the lives of the public and contribute to protecting the territorial waters and national security of Japan by preventing real estate in areas surrounding important facilities and on remote territorial islands from being used for acts that impede the functions of those facilities and islands. It allows Japanese authorities to review the use of real estate in certain areas, designated as “monitored areas” or “special monitored areas”. Moreover, the Act requires buyers and sellers of real estate to submit a pre-notification to the Japanese authorities when the real estate is located in the “special monitored areas”. This Act applies to both foreigners and nationals of Japan.","\"Chapter I General provisions\n(Purpose)\nArticle 1. The purpose of this Act is to prevent land, etc. in the area around important facilities and in the area of remote border islands, etc. from being used for acts that interfere with the functions of important facilities or remote border islands, etc., by establishing basic policies, designating watch areas and special watch areas, investigating the use of land, etc. in the watch areas, regulating the use of said land, etc., and notifying contracts pertaining to land, etc. in special watch areas. The purpose is to contribute to the maintenance of the infrastructure of national life and the preservation and security of Japan's territorial waters, etc.\n(Definitions, etc.)\nArticle 2. In this Act, \"land etc.\" means land and buildings.\n(2) The term \"important facilities\" as used in this Law means the following facilities:\n(i) Facilities of the Self-Defence Forces, and facilities and areas under Article 6 of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security between Japan and the United States of America and facilities and areas under Article 2, paragraph 1 of the Agreement on the Status of United States Armed Forces in Japan (referred to as \"defence-related facilities\" in paragraph 4, item 1).\n(ii) Coast Guard facilities.\n(iii) Facilities that are related to the lives of the people and are recognized to pose a risk of serious damage to the lives, bodies, or property of the people if any act that impairs their functions is carried out, and is specified by Cabinet Order ( Referred to as \"life-related facilities\" in Paragraph 4, Item 3 and Article 14, Paragraph 2, Item 1.\n[...]\n(Notification of Transfer of Ownership, etc. of Land, etc. in a Special Watched Area)\nArticle 13. Land, etc. located within special attention areas (land, etc. whose area (for buildings, floor area; the same applies in item 2) is less than 200 square meters and less than the size specified by Cabinet Order) Contracts (including reservations, Contracts in which the person receiving the transfer or establishment of ownership, etc. with respect to the land, etc. pertaining to the contract is the national government, local public entity, or other person specified by cabinet order, or any other contract after the transfer or establishment of the ownership, etc. of the land, etc. pursuant to such contract; Excludes contracts specified by Cabinet Order as those that are unlikely to be used for acts that impede the facility functions of specified important facilities or the functions of remote islands such as specified border remote islands. Hereinafter in this article and Article 26, item 1. (hereinafter referred to as a \"Land Sales, etc. Contract\"), the parties must notify the Prime Minister in advance of the following matters as specified by Cabinet Office Ordinance: [...]\n(2) The provision of the preceding paragraph shall not apply to the case of concluding a Contract on Sale and Purchase of Land etc. through conciliation under the Civil Conciliation Act (Act No. 222 of 1951) or other reasons specified by a Cabinet Order.\n(3) When a contract on sale and purchase of land etc. is concluded for land etc. in a special attention area on the grounds prescribed in the preceding paragraph, the parties concerned shall notify the Prime Minister of the matters listed in each item of paragraph 1 within two weeks from the date of conclusion of the said contract on sale and purchase of land etc., as provided for in a Cabinet Office Ordinance.\n(4) Upon receipt of a notification pursuant to paragraph (1) or the preceding paragraph, the Prime Minister shall conduct an investigation into the matters listed in the items of paragraph (1) pertaining to such notification.\n(5) The provisions of Articles 7 and 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the investigation under the preceding paragraph.[...]\" (Act on investigation of the status of use of land, etc. around important facilities and border islands, etc., and regulation of use, etc., 23 June 2021, Articles 1, 2 and 13 [unofficial translation])","Act on investigation of the status of use of land, etc. around important facilities and border islands, etc., and regulation of use, etc., 23 June 2021, Articles 1, 2 and 13 [unofficial translation]","Clifford Chance (2022), \"JAPAN TO REGULATE USE AND PURCHASE OF STRATEGIC REAL ESTATE\", April.","[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=503AC0000000084\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cliffordchance.com/content/dam/cliffordchance/briefings/2022/04/Japan-to-regulate-use-and-purchase-of-strategic-real-estate(30064317624.15).pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2968,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","L68","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","On 20 September 2022, the Act on the Review and Regulation of the use of Real Estate Surrounding Important Facilities and on Remote Territorial Islands entered into force. The Act seeks to support the lives of the public and contribute to protecting the territorial waters and national security of Japan by preventing real estate in areas surrounding important facilities and on remote territorial islands from being used for acts that impede the functions of those facilities and islands. It allows Japanese authorities to review the use of real estate in certain areas, designated as “monitored areas” or “special monitored areas”. Moreover, the Act requires buyers and sellers of real estate to submit a pre-notification to the Japanese authorities when the real estate is located in the “special monitored areas”. This Act applies to both foreigners and nationals of Japan.","\"Chapter I General provisions\n(Purpose)\nArticle 1. The purpose of this Act is to prevent land, etc. in the area around important facilities and in the area of remote border islands, etc. from being used for acts that interfere with the functions of important facilities or remote border islands, etc., by establishing basic policies, designating watch areas and special watch areas, investigating the use of land, etc. in the watch areas, regulating the use of said land, etc., and notifying contracts pertaining to land, etc. in special watch areas. The purpose is to contribute to the maintenance of the infrastructure of national life and the preservation and security of Japan's territorial waters, etc.\n(Definitions, etc.)\nArticle 2. In this Act, \"land etc.\" means land and buildings.\n(2) The term \"important facilities\" as used in this Law means the following facilities:\n(i) Facilities of the Self-Defence Forces, and facilities and areas under Article 6 of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security between Japan and the United States of America and facilities and areas under Article 2, paragraph 1 of the Agreement on the Status of United States Armed Forces in Japan (referred to as \"defence-related facilities\" in paragraph 4, item 1).\n(ii) Coast Guard facilities.\n(iii) Facilities that are related to the lives of the people and are recognized to pose a risk of serious damage to the lives, bodies, or property of the people if any act that impairs their functions is carried out, and is specified by Cabinet Order ( Referred to as \"life-related facilities\" in Paragraph 4, Item 3 and Article 14, Paragraph 2, Item 1.\n[...]\n(Notification of Transfer of Ownership, etc. of Land, etc. in a Special Watched Area)\nArticle 13. Land, etc. located within special attention areas (land, etc. whose area (for buildings, floor area; the same applies in item 2) is less than 200 square meters and less than the size specified by Cabinet Order) Contracts (including reservations, Contracts in which the person receiving the transfer or establishment of ownership, etc. with respect to the land, etc. pertaining to the contract is the national government, local public entity, or other person specified by cabinet order, or any other contract after the transfer or establishment of the ownership, etc. of the land, etc. pursuant to such contract; Excludes contracts specified by Cabinet Order as those that are unlikely to be used for acts that impede the facility functions of specified important facilities or the functions of remote islands such as specified border remote islands. Hereinafter in this article and Article 26, item 1. (hereinafter referred to as a \"Land Sales, etc. Contract\"), the parties must notify the Prime Minister in advance of the following matters as specified by Cabinet Office Ordinance: [...]\n(2) The provision of the preceding paragraph shall not apply to the case of concluding a Contract on Sale and Purchase of Land etc. through conciliation under the Civil Conciliation Act (Act No. 222 of 1951) or other reasons specified by a Cabinet Order.\n(3) When a contract on sale and purchase of land etc. is concluded for land etc. in a special attention area on the grounds prescribed in the preceding paragraph, the parties concerned shall notify the Prime Minister of the matters listed in each item of paragraph 1 within two weeks from the date of conclusion of the said contract on sale and purchase of land etc., as provided for in a Cabinet Office Ordinance.\n(4) Upon receipt of a notification pursuant to paragraph (1) or the preceding paragraph, the Prime Minister shall conduct an investigation into the matters listed in the items of paragraph (1) pertaining to such notification.\n(5) The provisions of Articles 7 and 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the investigation under the preceding paragraph.[...]\" (Act on investigation of the status of use of land, etc. around important facilities and border islands, etc., and regulation of use, etc., 23 June 2021, Articles 1, 2 and 13 [unofficial translation])","Act on investigation of the status of use of land, etc. around important facilities and border islands, etc., and regulation of use, etc., 23 June 2021, Articles 1, 2 and 13 [unofficial translation]","Clifford Chance (2022), \"JAPAN TO REGULATE USE AND PURCHASE OF STRATEGIC REAL ESTATE\", April.","[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=503AC0000000084\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cliffordchance.com/content/dam/cliffordchance/briefings/2022/04/Japan-to-regulate-use-and-purchase-of-strategic-real-estate(30064317624.15).pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2968,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0012","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in maritime transport and auxiliary services, including \"maritime survey, supplying ships, sea freight brokerage services, services of shipping agents\".","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nC- The following transport services:-\n1 - Sea transport and their services, including:\nA- Transport for passengers and goods, with the exception of transport on ships owned by non-Jordanians.\nB - Maritime survey.\nC- Supplying ships.\nD- Sea freight brokerage services.\nE- Services of shipping agents. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","American Chamber of Commerce in Jordan: \"Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77 of 2016 (as amended in 2019 & 2020)\", 2020","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://assets-global.website-files.com/601b3fe900f2a66ff84d23e2/60f0d27ac46014005895c42d_jordan-investment-law-l0rnabfi.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/3_-updated-Jordan-FDI-Regulation-English-Arabic-2020.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1616,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0012","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in maritime transport and auxiliary services, including \"maritime survey, supplying ships, sea freight brokerage services, services of shipping agents\".","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nC- The following transport services:-\n1 - Sea transport and their services, including:\nA- Transport for passengers and goods, with the exception of transport on ships owned by non-Jordanians.\nB - Maritime survey.\nC- Supplying ships.\nD- Sea freight brokerage services.\nE- Services of shipping agents. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","American Chamber of Commerce in Jordan: \"Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77 of 2016 (as amended in 2019 & 2020)\", 2020","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://assets-global.website-files.com/601b3fe900f2a66ff84d23e2/60f0d27ac46014005895c42d_jordan-investment-law-l0rnabfi.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/3_-updated-Jordan-FDI-Regulation-English-Arabic-2020.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1609,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0012","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in maritime transport and auxiliary services, including \"maritime survey, supplying ships, sea freight brokerage services, services of shipping agents\".","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nC- The following transport services:-\n1 - Sea transport and their services, including:\nA- Transport for passengers and goods, with the exception of transport on ships owned by non-Jordanians.\nB - Maritime survey.\nC- Supplying ships.\nD- Sea freight brokerage services.\nE- Services of shipping agents. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","American Chamber of Commerce in Jordan: \"Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77 of 2016 (as amended in 2019 & 2020)\", 2020","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://assets-global.website-files.com/601b3fe900f2a66ff84d23e2/60f0d27ac46014005895c42d_jordan-investment-law-l0rnabfi.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/3_-updated-Jordan-FDI-Regulation-English-Arabic-2020.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1609,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0012","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in maritime transport and auxiliary services, including \"maritime survey, supplying ships, sea freight brokerage services, services of shipping agents\".","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nC- The following transport services:-\n1 - Sea transport and their services, including:\nA- Transport for passengers and goods, with the exception of transport on ships owned by non-Jordanians.\nB - Maritime survey.\nC- Supplying ships.\nD- Sea freight brokerage services.\nE- Services of shipping agents. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","American Chamber of Commerce in Jordan: \"Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77 of 2016 (as amended in 2019 & 2020)\", 2020","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://assets-global.website-files.com/601b3fe900f2a66ff84d23e2/60f0d27ac46014005895c42d_jordan-investment-law-l0rnabfi.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/3_-updated-Jordan-FDI-Regulation-English-Arabic-2020.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1609,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.045","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods. Investment in bakeries (recorded under food manufacturing) and trading in firearms (not considered as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology) are wholly closed to foreign investment.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities:\nA- Retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n5 - Trading in, importing and maintaining firearms and ammunition. [...]\n8- Bakeries of all kinds. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1618,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.045","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods. Investment in bakeries (recorded under food manufacturing) and trading in firearms (not considered as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology) are wholly closed to foreign investment.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities:\nA- Retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n5 - Trading in, importing and maintaining firearms and ammunition. [...]\n8- Bakeries of all kinds. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1618,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.045","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods. Investment in bakeries (recorded under food manufacturing) and trading in firearms (not considered as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology) are wholly closed to foreign investment.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities:\nA- Retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n5 - Trading in, importing and maintaining firearms and ammunition. [...]\n8- Bakeries of all kinds. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1618,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.045","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods. Investment in bakeries (recorded under food manufacturing) and trading in firearms (not considered as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology) are wholly closed to foreign investment.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities:\nA- Retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n5 - Trading in, importing and maintaining firearms and ammunition. [...]\n8- Bakeries of all kinds. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1618,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00225","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in services of agents, commercial brokers and insurance brokers.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nB- The following services:- [...]\n4- Services of agents, commercial brokers and insurance brokers. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1633,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00225","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in services of agents, commercial brokers and insurance brokers.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nB- The following services:- [...]\n4- Services of agents, commercial brokers and insurance brokers. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1633,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00225","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in services of agents, commercial brokers and insurance brokers.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nB- The following services:- [...]\n4- Services of agents, commercial brokers and insurance brokers. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1633,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00225","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in services of agents, commercial brokers and insurance brokers.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nB- The following services:- [...]\n4- Services of agents, commercial brokers and insurance brokers. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1633,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","K661","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.000333333","Foreign ownership is prohibited in financial clearance services [which is restricted to the Securities Depository Centre, ASE and Central Bank], except when they are linked to listed transport services in which foreign ownership is limited to 50%.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nD- Clearance if it is related to any of the transport services referred to in Paragraph (C) of this Article.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n4- Clearance, while observing paragraph (d) of Article (4) of this regulation. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1637,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","K661","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.000333333","Foreign ownership is prohibited in financial clearance services [which is restricted to the Securities Depository Centre, ASE and Central Bank], except when they are linked to listed transport services in which foreign ownership is limited to 50%.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nD- Clearance if it is related to any of the transport services referred to in Paragraph (C) of this Article.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n4- Clearance, while observing paragraph (d) of Article (4) of this regulation. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1637,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","K661","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.000333333","Foreign ownership is prohibited in financial clearance services [which is restricted to the Securities Depository Centre, ASE and Central Bank], except when they are linked to listed transport services in which foreign ownership is limited to 50%.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nD- Clearance if it is related to any of the transport services referred to in Paragraph (C) of this Article.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n4- Clearance, while observing paragraph (d) of Article (4) of this regulation. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1637,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","K661","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.000333333","Foreign ownership is prohibited in financial clearance services [which is restricted to the Securities Depository Centre, ASE and Central Bank], except when they are linked to listed transport services in which foreign ownership is limited to 50%.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nD- Clearance if it is related to any of the transport services referred to in Paragraph (C) of this Article.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n4- Clearance, while observing paragraph (d) of Article (4) of this regulation. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1637,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","L68X3","_O","IV21","IX",2018,"0.001125","According to the Real Estate Ownership Law (No. 13 of 2019), foreign persons may not own real estate in border areas and archaeological or historical regions [not taken into account as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology]. Additionally, real estate acquisitions by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to permission issued by the Department of Land and Survey: i) Legal persons (both domestic and foreign) may acquire real estate for approved business activities in so-called organisational regions, subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; ii) They may also acquire real estate for investment purposes in line with their approved business activities outside the organisational regions, also subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; iii) Foreign natural persons may acquire real estate not exceeding 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) in area within the organisational regions, either for personal housing purposes, or for the purpose of investment in an industrial or service project, subject to authorisation and upon the condition of reciprocity; iv) Foreign natural or legal persons may lease land of more than 10 Dunums for over 3 years for business purposes or for own residential use only with the permission of the Minister of Interior; v) Foreign natural or legal persons who own real estate in the Kingdom must complete the project within 4 years if real estate is owned for residential use or within 6 years if for business purposes and cannot sell their real estate within these periods. These restrictions were in place at least since 2006, as noted on the Law on the Leasing and Sale of Immovable Property to non-Jordanians and Legal Persons. Lastly, according to the Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, legal persons with non-Jordanian shareholding not exceeding 49% may purchase land for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  \nIn sum, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own real estate, unless for business purposes or own residential use and subject to Ministerial approval [discriminatory in the case of foreign natural persons] and reciprocity. Ministerial approval is also required for land leases for more than 3 years and above 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) [discriminatory; recorded in the OECD FDI RRI as an horizontal measure in relation to land for business purposes]. Land purchases for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments is allowed with FDI limited to 49%.","\"Article 133\nChapter 7\nOwning and renting real estate by non-Jordanians and legal persons\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may own real estate in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions and objectives set forth in this chapter.\nB- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian to own real estate in the border, archaeological and historical areas.\n[...]\nArticle 134\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may acquire a right in kind in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions set forth in this chapter.\nB- The provisions of the ownership of real estate by a non-Jordanian and a legal person shall apply to his acquisition of real property rights.\n[...]\nArticle 135\nIt is not permissible for non-Jordanians and a legal person who holds the nationality of a country that is not recognized by the Kingdom to own a property or to acquire a real property right in it in any way.\n[...]\nArticle 139\nA- Subject to the provisions of legislation in force and the condition of reciprocity, a non-Jordanian may own real estate for the purpose of housing for himself or his family within the boundaries of the organization based on the approval of the concerned authorities with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers.\nI- By a decision of the director, for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, provided that the permission applicant does not have real estate owned in the Kingdom.\nII- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunams, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission requester had real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or for a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten dunums and was not permission requesting real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- The reciprocity condition stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article does not apply to non-Jordanians who hold the nationality of any Arab country.\nC- The condition of reciprocity stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article shall apply to every country whose nationality a non-Jordanian holds, in the event that the applicant for an ownership permit has the nationality of more than one country at the same time.\nArticle 140\nThe Minister may, upon the Director's recommendation, authorize a non-Jordanian to own within the boundaries of the planning areas with the intention of investing in an industrial or service project a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten acres, provided that the Jordanian is treated reciprocally. \n[...]\nArticle 142\nA non-Jordanian who holds the nationality of any Arab country may own a plot of land outside the boundaries of the planning areas, with the intention of investing in it by reclamation or cultivation, or by establishing an industrial or housing project on it, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 144\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own real estate within the boundaries of the planning areas in order to carry out his specific business within his goals listed in the legal documents for his registration, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the director for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has no real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunums, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed thirty dunums.\nC- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than thirty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 146\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own, with the intent of investing, real estate outside the boundaries of the regulation areas to carry out his specific business within his objectives listed in the legal documents for his registration with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the manager's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 148\nA- Non-Jordanians, whether natural or legal, may rent real estate in the Kingdom to conduct their business or to live with the permission of the Minister of Interior, provided that this is done in accordance with a regulation issued for this purpose.\nB- I- Subject to the provisions of Clause (II) of Paragraph (B) of this Article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for the purposes of work or housing.\nII- If the lease relates to a land area of more than ten dunams and for a total period of more than three years, the non-Jordanian person requesting the lease must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his authorized representative, under pain of nullity.\nArticle 149\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns real estate in accordance with the provisions of this law must complete the project for which the real estate is owned or any other project compatible with its objectives within four years if the ownership is for the purpose of housing, and within six years if the ownership is for any other purpose from the date of registering the real estate in his name.\n[...]\nArticle 150\nA- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns a real estate in accordance with the provisions of this chapter to dispose of the real estate in a manner than transfers ownership in any way before the lapse of the periods stipulated in Article 149 of this Law. [...]\nC- Excluded from the provisions of Paragraph (A) of this Article are real estate properties that were owned with the intention of developing them or investing them in the establishment of housing, commercial or industrial units on them for the purpose of selling them. To this end.\n[...]\nArticle 159\nExcluded from the application of the provisions of this chapter are the ownership by non-Jordanians and legal persons of real estate covered by the provisions of the Jordan Valley Development Law, the Aqaba Special Economic Zone Law, the Petra Development and Tourism Development Region Authority Law and the Investment Law, and any real estate located within the boundaries of any region whose establishment law decides to exclude the ownership of real estate located within its region from the application of the provisions of this chapter.\n[...]\nArticle 223\nA- When the provisions of this law come into force, the following laws shall be repealed: [...]\n13- Law No. 47 of Renting and Selling Immovable Property to Non-Jordanians and Legal Persons for the year 2006. [...]\" (Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA) The following words and expressions, wherever used in this Regulation, shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them, unless the context provides otherwise: [...] Non-Jordanian Investor: a natural person holding a non-Jordanian nationality or a juridical person incorporated and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA non-Jordanian investor’s ownership shall not exceed (49%) of the capital in any project within the following economic activities:\ne) Land purchase for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  [...]\" (Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016)\n--------------------------\n\"Article (2): The following words and phrases, wherever they appear in this law, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nMinister: Minister of Finance \nDirector: Director General of the Department of Lands and Survey \nNatural person: Individual, and spouses and minor children shall be considered as one individual \nLegal person: Legal person whose legal personality is established in accordance with the legislation of the state in which it is established and registered, whether Jordanian or foreign. \n[...]\nArticle (3) : Article 3 - A - Subject to the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, a non-Jordanian natural person may own immovable property for the purpose of private residence for himself or his family within the planning boundaries based on the approval of the competent authorities, in accordance with the following powers: 1 - With the approval of the Director if the ownership does not exceed two houses and an office for practicing his work. 2 - With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director for more than two houses and an office for practicing his work, provided that the area of ​​the plot of land allocated for this purpose does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose. B - Holders of the nationality of any Arab country are exempted from the condition of reciprocity stipulated in paragraph (A) of this article. C - If the natural person holds two nationalities, they must be disclosed upon registration, and the condition of reciprocity applies to the two countries of nationality, under penalty of invalidity of the sale contract.\nArticle (4) : Taking into account the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, the Minister, based on the recommendation of the Director based on the approval of the competent authorities, may allow a non-Jordanian natural person to own immovable property to practice his work or to establish industrial or service projects thereon, within the boundaries of the organization, provided that the area of ​​the plots of land designated for practicing the work or for establishing these projects thereon does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (10) : Taking into account the applicable legislation, any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own within the organizational boundaries the immovable property necessary to practice its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams.\nArticle (11) : Any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own, outside the boundaries of the planning areas, the real estate necessary for the practice of its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams.\nArticle (12) : -A- Subject to the provisions of paragraph (B) of this article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for work or residential purposes. B- If the rent relates to land with an area exceeding ten dunams and for a period exceeding three years in total, the non-Jordanian person requesting the rent must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his delegate, under penalty of nullity. The procedures related to registering such contracts shall be determined by instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (14) : No non-Jordanian natural person or any legal person who owns immovable property in accordance with the provisions of this law may dispose of it by transferring its ownership in any way before the lapse of three years from the date of ownership if it is for housing and five years if it is for any other purpose, under penalty of nullity, unless he obtains the approval of the Minister upon the recommendation of the Director, provided that the provisions of this law and the relevant applicable legislation are observed. B - Real estate owned by a non-Jordanian person are exempted from the provisions of paragraph (A) of this article if the purpose of owning it is to invest in residential or commercial projects, after the establishment of the project, provided that the instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose are adhered to.[...]\" (Regarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223\nRegulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, Articles 2 and 5\nRegarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14","Al Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign and legal persons’ ownership and leasing of property under the New Ownership of Real Estate Law\" (July 2020)","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3256,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/3_Regulating-Non_Jordanian-Investments.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://sub.eastlaws.com/GeneralSearch/Home/ArticlesTDetails?MasterID=279432#:~:text=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AF%D8%A9%20(14)%20%3A%20%D9%84%D8%A7%20%D9%8A%D8%AC%D9%88%D8%B2,%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%B1%20%D8%B4%D8%B1%D9%8A%D8%B7%D8%A9%20%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%A9%20%D8%A7%D8%AD%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%87%D8%B0%D8%A7\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-and-legal-persons-ownership-and-leasing-of-property-under-the-new-ownership-of-real-estate-law/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1601,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","L68X3","_O","IV21","IX",2021,"0.001125","According to the Real Estate Ownership Law (No. 13 of 2019), foreign persons may not own real estate in border areas and archaeological or historical regions [not taken into account as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology]. Additionally, real estate acquisitions by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to permission issued by the Department of Land and Survey: i) Legal persons (both domestic and foreign) may acquire real estate for approved business activities in so-called organisational regions, subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; ii) They may also acquire real estate for investment purposes in line with their approved business activities outside the organisational regions, also subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; iii) Foreign natural persons may acquire real estate not exceeding 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) in area within the organisational regions, either for personal housing purposes, or for the purpose of investment in an industrial or service project, subject to authorisation and upon the condition of reciprocity; iv) Foreign natural or legal persons may lease land of more than 10 Dunums for over 3 years for business purposes or for own residential use only with the permission of the Minister of Interior; v) Foreign natural or legal persons who own real estate in the Kingdom must complete the project within 4 years if real estate is owned for residential use or within 6 years if for business purposes and cannot sell their real estate within these periods. These restrictions were in place at least since 2006, as noted on the Law on the Leasing and Sale of Immovable Property to non-Jordanians and Legal Persons. Lastly, according to the Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, legal persons with non-Jordanian shareholding not exceeding 49% may purchase land for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  \nIn sum, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own real estate, unless for business purposes or own residential use and subject to Ministerial approval [discriminatory in the case of foreign natural persons] and reciprocity. Ministerial approval is also required for land leases for more than 3 years and above 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) [discriminatory; recorded in the OECD FDI RRI as an horizontal measure in relation to land for business purposes]. Land purchases for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments is allowed with FDI limited to 49%.","\"Article 133\nChapter 7\nOwning and renting real estate by non-Jordanians and legal persons\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may own real estate in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions and objectives set forth in this chapter.\nB- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian to own real estate in the border, archaeological and historical areas.\n[...]\nArticle 134\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may acquire a right in kind in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions set forth in this chapter.\nB- The provisions of the ownership of real estate by a non-Jordanian and a legal person shall apply to his acquisition of real property rights.\n[...]\nArticle 135\nIt is not permissible for non-Jordanians and a legal person who holds the nationality of a country that is not recognized by the Kingdom to own a property or to acquire a real property right in it in any way.\n[...]\nArticle 139\nA- Subject to the provisions of legislation in force and the condition of reciprocity, a non-Jordanian may own real estate for the purpose of housing for himself or his family within the boundaries of the organization based on the approval of the concerned authorities with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers.\nI- By a decision of the director, for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, provided that the permission applicant does not have real estate owned in the Kingdom.\nII- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunams, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission requester had real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or for a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten dunums and was not permission requesting real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- The reciprocity condition stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article does not apply to non-Jordanians who hold the nationality of any Arab country.\nC- The condition of reciprocity stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article shall apply to every country whose nationality a non-Jordanian holds, in the event that the applicant for an ownership permit has the nationality of more than one country at the same time.\nArticle 140\nThe Minister may, upon the Director's recommendation, authorize a non-Jordanian to own within the boundaries of the planning areas with the intention of investing in an industrial or service project a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten acres, provided that the Jordanian is treated reciprocally. \n[...]\nArticle 142\nA non-Jordanian who holds the nationality of any Arab country may own a plot of land outside the boundaries of the planning areas, with the intention of investing in it by reclamation or cultivation, or by establishing an industrial or housing project on it, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 144\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own real estate within the boundaries of the planning areas in order to carry out his specific business within his goals listed in the legal documents for his registration, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the director for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has no real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunums, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed thirty dunums.\nC- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than thirty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 146\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own, with the intent of investing, real estate outside the boundaries of the regulation areas to carry out his specific business within his objectives listed in the legal documents for his registration with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the manager's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 148\nA- Non-Jordanians, whether natural or legal, may rent real estate in the Kingdom to conduct their business or to live with the permission of the Minister of Interior, provided that this is done in accordance with a regulation issued for this purpose.\nB- I- Subject to the provisions of Clause (II) of Paragraph (B) of this Article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for the purposes of work or housing.\nII- If the lease relates to a land area of more than ten dunams and for a total period of more than three years, the non-Jordanian person requesting the lease must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his authorized representative, under pain of nullity.\nArticle 149\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns real estate in accordance with the provisions of this law must complete the project for which the real estate is owned or any other project compatible with its objectives within four years if the ownership is for the purpose of housing, and within six years if the ownership is for any other purpose from the date of registering the real estate in his name.\n[...]\nArticle 150\nA- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns a real estate in accordance with the provisions of this chapter to dispose of the real estate in a manner than transfers ownership in any way before the lapse of the periods stipulated in Article 149 of this Law. [...]\nC- Excluded from the provisions of Paragraph (A) of this Article are real estate properties that were owned with the intention of developing them or investing them in the establishment of housing, commercial or industrial units on them for the purpose of selling them. To this end.\n[...]\nArticle 159\nExcluded from the application of the provisions of this chapter are the ownership by non-Jordanians and legal persons of real estate covered by the provisions of the Jordan Valley Development Law, the Aqaba Special Economic Zone Law, the Petra Development and Tourism Development Region Authority Law and the Investment Law, and any real estate located within the boundaries of any region whose establishment law decides to exclude the ownership of real estate located within its region from the application of the provisions of this chapter.\n[...]\nArticle 223\nA- When the provisions of this law come into force, the following laws shall be repealed: [...]\n13- Law No. 47 of Renting and Selling Immovable Property to Non-Jordanians and Legal Persons for the year 2006. [...]\" (Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA) The following words and expressions, wherever used in this Regulation, shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them, unless the context provides otherwise: [...] Non-Jordanian Investor: a natural person holding a non-Jordanian nationality or a juridical person incorporated and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA non-Jordanian investor’s ownership shall not exceed (49%) of the capital in any project within the following economic activities:\ne) Land purchase for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  [...]\" (Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016)\n--------------------------\n\"Article (2): The following words and phrases, wherever they appear in this law, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nMinister: Minister of Finance \nDirector: Director General of the Department of Lands and Survey \nNatural person: Individual, and spouses and minor children shall be considered as one individual \nLegal person: Legal person whose legal personality is established in accordance with the legislation of the state in which it is established and registered, whether Jordanian or foreign. \n[...]\nArticle (3) : Article 3 - A - Subject to the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, a non-Jordanian natural person may own immovable property for the purpose of private residence for himself or his family within the planning boundaries based on the approval of the competent authorities, in accordance with the following powers: 1 - With the approval of the Director if the ownership does not exceed two houses and an office for practicing his work. 2 - With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director for more than two houses and an office for practicing his work, provided that the area of ​​the plot of land allocated for this purpose does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose. B - Holders of the nationality of any Arab country are exempted from the condition of reciprocity stipulated in paragraph (A) of this article. C - If the natural person holds two nationalities, they must be disclosed upon registration, and the condition of reciprocity applies to the two countries of nationality, under penalty of invalidity of the sale contract.\nArticle (4) : Taking into account the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, the Minister, based on the recommendation of the Director based on the approval of the competent authorities, may allow a non-Jordanian natural person to own immovable property to practice his work or to establish industrial or service projects thereon, within the boundaries of the organization, provided that the area of ​​the plots of land designated for practicing the work or for establishing these projects thereon does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (10) : Taking into account the applicable legislation, any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own within the organizational boundaries the immovable property necessary to practice its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams.\nArticle (11) : Any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own, outside the boundaries of the planning areas, the real estate necessary for the practice of its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams.\nArticle (12) : -A- Subject to the provisions of paragraph (B) of this article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for work or residential purposes. B- If the rent relates to land with an area exceeding ten dunams and for a period exceeding three years in total, the non-Jordanian person requesting the rent must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his delegate, under penalty of nullity. The procedures related to registering such contracts shall be determined by instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (14) : No non-Jordanian natural person or any legal person who owns immovable property in accordance with the provisions of this law may dispose of it by transferring its ownership in any way before the lapse of three years from the date of ownership if it is for housing and five years if it is for any other purpose, under penalty of nullity, unless he obtains the approval of the Minister upon the recommendation of the Director, provided that the provisions of this law and the relevant applicable legislation are observed. B - Real estate owned by a non-Jordanian person are exempted from the provisions of paragraph (A) of this article if the purpose of owning it is to invest in residential or commercial projects, after the establishment of the project, provided that the instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose are adhered to.[...]\" (Regarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223\nRegulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, Articles 2 and 5\nRegarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14","Al Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign and legal persons’ ownership and leasing of property under the New Ownership of Real Estate Law\" (July 2020)","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3256,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/3_Regulating-Non_Jordanian-Investments.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://sub.eastlaws.com/GeneralSearch/Home/ArticlesTDetails?MasterID=279432#:~:text=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AF%D8%A9%20(14)%20%3A%20%D9%84%D8%A7%20%D9%8A%D8%AC%D9%88%D8%B2,%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%B1%20%D8%B4%D8%B1%D9%8A%D8%B7%D8%A9%20%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%A9%20%D8%A7%D8%AD%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%87%D8%B0%D8%A7\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-and-legal-persons-ownership-and-leasing-of-property-under-the-new-ownership-of-real-estate-law/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1601,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","L68X3","_O","IV21","IX",2022,"0.001125","According to the Real Estate Ownership Law (No. 13 of 2019), foreign persons may not own real estate in border areas and archaeological or historical regions [not taken into account as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology]. Additionally, real estate acquisitions by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to permission issued by the Department of Land and Survey: i) Legal persons (both domestic and foreign) may acquire real estate for approved business activities in so-called organisational regions, subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; ii) They may also acquire real estate for investment purposes in line with their approved business activities outside the organisational regions, also subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; iii) Foreign natural persons may acquire real estate not exceeding 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) in area within the organisational regions, either for personal housing purposes, or for the purpose of investment in an industrial or service project, subject to authorisation and upon the condition of reciprocity; iv) Foreign natural or legal persons may lease land of more than 10 Dunums for over 3 years for business purposes or for own residential use only with the permission of the Minister of Interior; v) Foreign natural or legal persons who own real estate in the Kingdom must complete the project within 4 years if real estate is owned for residential use or within 6 years if for business purposes and cannot sell their real estate within these periods. These restrictions were in place at least since 2006, as noted on the Law on the Leasing and Sale of Immovable Property to non-Jordanians and Legal Persons. Lastly, according to the Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, legal persons with non-Jordanian shareholding not exceeding 49% may purchase land for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  \nIn sum, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own real estate, unless for business purposes or own residential use and subject to Ministerial approval [discriminatory in the case of foreign natural persons] and reciprocity. Ministerial approval is also required for land leases for more than 3 years and above 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) [discriminatory; recorded in the OECD FDI RRI as an horizontal measure in relation to land for business purposes]. Land purchases for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments is allowed with FDI limited to 49%.","\"Article 133\nChapter 7\nOwning and renting real estate by non-Jordanians and legal persons\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may own real estate in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions and objectives set forth in this chapter.\nB- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian to own real estate in the border, archaeological and historical areas.\n[...]\nArticle 134\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may acquire a right in kind in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions set forth in this chapter.\nB- The provisions of the ownership of real estate by a non-Jordanian and a legal person shall apply to his acquisition of real property rights.\n[...]\nArticle 135\nIt is not permissible for non-Jordanians and a legal person who holds the nationality of a country that is not recognized by the Kingdom to own a property or to acquire a real property right in it in any way.\n[...]\nArticle 139\nA- Subject to the provisions of legislation in force and the condition of reciprocity, a non-Jordanian may own real estate for the purpose of housing for himself or his family within the boundaries of the organization based on the approval of the concerned authorities with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers.\nI- By a decision of the director, for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, provided that the permission applicant does not have real estate owned in the Kingdom.\nII- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunams, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission requester had real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or for a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten dunums and was not permission requesting real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- The reciprocity condition stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article does not apply to non-Jordanians who hold the nationality of any Arab country.\nC- The condition of reciprocity stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article shall apply to every country whose nationality a non-Jordanian holds, in the event that the applicant for an ownership permit has the nationality of more than one country at the same time.\nArticle 140\nThe Minister may, upon the Director's recommendation, authorize a non-Jordanian to own within the boundaries of the planning areas with the intention of investing in an industrial or service project a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten acres, provided that the Jordanian is treated reciprocally. \n[...]\nArticle 142\nA non-Jordanian who holds the nationality of any Arab country may own a plot of land outside the boundaries of the planning areas, with the intention of investing in it by reclamation or cultivation, or by establishing an industrial or housing project on it, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 144\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own real estate within the boundaries of the planning areas in order to carry out his specific business within his goals listed in the legal documents for his registration, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the director for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has no real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunums, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed thirty dunums.\nC- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than thirty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 146\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own, with the intent of investing, real estate outside the boundaries of the regulation areas to carry out his specific business within his objectives listed in the legal documents for his registration with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the manager's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 148\nA- Non-Jordanians, whether natural or legal, may rent real estate in the Kingdom to conduct their business or to live with the permission of the Minister of Interior, provided that this is done in accordance with a regulation issued for this purpose.\nB- I- Subject to the provisions of Clause (II) of Paragraph (B) of this Article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for the purposes of work or housing.\nII- If the lease relates to a land area of more than ten dunams and for a total period of more than three years, the non-Jordanian person requesting the lease must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his authorized representative, under pain of nullity.\nArticle 149\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns real estate in accordance with the provisions of this law must complete the project for which the real estate is owned or any other project compatible with its objectives within four years if the ownership is for the purpose of housing, and within six years if the ownership is for any other purpose from the date of registering the real estate in his name.\n[...]\nArticle 150\nA- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns a real estate in accordance with the provisions of this chapter to dispose of the real estate in a manner than transfers ownership in any way before the lapse of the periods stipulated in Article 149 of this Law. [...]\nC- Excluded from the provisions of Paragraph (A) of this Article are real estate properties that were owned with the intention of developing them or investing them in the establishment of housing, commercial or industrial units on them for the purpose of selling them. To this end.\n[...]\nArticle 159\nExcluded from the application of the provisions of this chapter are the ownership by non-Jordanians and legal persons of real estate covered by the provisions of the Jordan Valley Development Law, the Aqaba Special Economic Zone Law, the Petra Development and Tourism Development Region Authority Law and the Investment Law, and any real estate located within the boundaries of any region whose establishment law decides to exclude the ownership of real estate located within its region from the application of the provisions of this chapter.\n[...]\nArticle 223\nA- When the provisions of this law come into force, the following laws shall be repealed: [...]\n13- Law No. 47 of Renting and Selling Immovable Property to Non-Jordanians and Legal Persons for the year 2006. [...]\" (Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA) The following words and expressions, wherever used in this Regulation, shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them, unless the context provides otherwise: [...] Non-Jordanian Investor: a natural person holding a non-Jordanian nationality or a juridical person incorporated and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA non-Jordanian investor’s ownership shall not exceed (49%) of the capital in any project within the following economic activities:\ne) Land purchase for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  [...]\" (Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016)\n--------------------------\n\"Article (2): The following words and phrases, wherever they appear in this law, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nMinister: Minister of Finance \nDirector: Director General of the Department of Lands and Survey \nNatural person: Individual, and spouses and minor children shall be considered as one individual \nLegal person: Legal person whose legal personality is established in accordance with the legislation of the state in which it is established and registered, whether Jordanian or foreign. \n[...]\nArticle (3) : Article 3 - A - Subject to the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, a non-Jordanian natural person may own immovable property for the purpose of private residence for himself or his family within the planning boundaries based on the approval of the competent authorities, in accordance with the following powers: 1 - With the approval of the Director if the ownership does not exceed two houses and an office for practicing his work. 2 - With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director for more than two houses and an office for practicing his work, provided that the area of ​​the plot of land allocated for this purpose does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose. B - Holders of the nationality of any Arab country are exempted from the condition of reciprocity stipulated in paragraph (A) of this article. C - If the natural person holds two nationalities, they must be disclosed upon registration, and the condition of reciprocity applies to the two countries of nationality, under penalty of invalidity of the sale contract.\nArticle (4) : Taking into account the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, the Minister, based on the recommendation of the Director based on the approval of the competent authorities, may allow a non-Jordanian natural person to own immovable property to practice his work or to establish industrial or service projects thereon, within the boundaries of the organization, provided that the area of ​​the plots of land designated for practicing the work or for establishing these projects thereon does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (10) : Taking into account the applicable legislation, any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own within the organizational boundaries the immovable property necessary to practice its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams.\nArticle (11) : Any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own, outside the boundaries of the planning areas, the real estate necessary for the practice of its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams.\nArticle (12) : -A- Subject to the provisions of paragraph (B) of this article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for work or residential purposes. B- If the rent relates to land with an area exceeding ten dunams and for a period exceeding three years in total, the non-Jordanian person requesting the rent must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his delegate, under penalty of nullity. The procedures related to registering such contracts shall be determined by instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (14) : No non-Jordanian natural person or any legal person who owns immovable property in accordance with the provisions of this law may dispose of it by transferring its ownership in any way before the lapse of three years from the date of ownership if it is for housing and five years if it is for any other purpose, under penalty of nullity, unless he obtains the approval of the Minister upon the recommendation of the Director, provided that the provisions of this law and the relevant applicable legislation are observed. B - Real estate owned by a non-Jordanian person are exempted from the provisions of paragraph (A) of this article if the purpose of owning it is to invest in residential or commercial projects, after the establishment of the project, provided that the instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose are adhered to.[...]\" (Regarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223\nRegulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, Articles 2 and 5\nRegarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14","Al Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign and legal persons’ ownership and leasing of property under the New Ownership of Real Estate Law\" (July 2020)","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3256,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/3_Regulating-Non_Jordanian-Investments.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://sub.eastlaws.com/GeneralSearch/Home/ArticlesTDetails?MasterID=279432#:~:text=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AF%D8%A9%20(14)%20%3A%20%D9%84%D8%A7%20%D9%8A%D8%AC%D9%88%D8%B2,%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%B1%20%D8%B4%D8%B1%D9%8A%D8%B7%D8%A9%20%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%A9%20%D8%A7%D8%AD%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%87%D8%B0%D8%A7\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-and-legal-persons-ownership-and-leasing-of-property-under-the-new-ownership-of-real-estate-law/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1601,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","L68X3","_O","IV21","IX",2023,"0.001125","According to the Real Estate Ownership Law (No. 13 of 2019), foreign persons may not own real estate in border areas and archaeological or historical regions [not taken into account as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology]. Additionally, real estate acquisitions by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to permission issued by the Department of Land and Survey: i) Legal persons (both domestic and foreign) may acquire real estate for approved business activities in so-called organisational regions, subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; ii) They may also acquire real estate for investment purposes in line with their approved business activities outside the organisational regions, also subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; iii) Foreign natural persons may acquire real estate not exceeding 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) in area within the organisational regions, either for personal housing purposes, or for the purpose of investment in an industrial or service project, subject to authorisation and upon the condition of reciprocity; iv) Foreign natural or legal persons may lease land of more than 10 Dunums for over 3 years for business purposes or for own residential use only with the permission of the Minister of Interior; v) Foreign natural or legal persons who own real estate in the Kingdom must complete the project within 4 years if real estate is owned for residential use or within 6 years if for business purposes and cannot sell their real estate within these periods. These restrictions were in place at least since 2006, as noted on the Law on the Leasing and Sale of Immovable Property to non-Jordanians and Legal Persons. Lastly, according to the Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, legal persons with non-Jordanian shareholding not exceeding 49% may purchase land for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  \nIn sum, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own real estate, unless for business purposes or own residential use and subject to Ministerial approval [discriminatory in the case of foreign natural persons] and reciprocity. Ministerial approval is also required for land leases for more than 3 years and above 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) [discriminatory; recorded in the OECD FDI RRI as an horizontal measure in relation to land for business purposes]. Land purchases for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments is allowed with FDI limited to 49%.","\"Article 133\nChapter 7\nOwning and renting real estate by non-Jordanians and legal persons\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may own real estate in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions and objectives set forth in this chapter.\nB- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian to own real estate in the border, archaeological and historical areas.\n[...]\nArticle 134\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may acquire a right in kind in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions set forth in this chapter.\nB- The provisions of the ownership of real estate by a non-Jordanian and a legal person shall apply to his acquisition of real property rights.\n[...]\nArticle 135\nIt is not permissible for non-Jordanians and a legal person who holds the nationality of a country that is not recognized by the Kingdom to own a property or to acquire a real property right in it in any way.\n[...]\nArticle 139\nA- Subject to the provisions of legislation in force and the condition of reciprocity, a non-Jordanian may own real estate for the purpose of housing for himself or his family within the boundaries of the organization based on the approval of the concerned authorities with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers.\nI- By a decision of the director, for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, provided that the permission applicant does not have real estate owned in the Kingdom.\nII- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunams, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission requester had real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or for a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten dunums and was not permission requesting real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- The reciprocity condition stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article does not apply to non-Jordanians who hold the nationality of any Arab country.\nC- The condition of reciprocity stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article shall apply to every country whose nationality a non-Jordanian holds, in the event that the applicant for an ownership permit has the nationality of more than one country at the same time.\nArticle 140\nThe Minister may, upon the Director's recommendation, authorize a non-Jordanian to own within the boundaries of the planning areas with the intention of investing in an industrial or service project a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten acres, provided that the Jordanian is treated reciprocally. \n[...]\nArticle 142\nA non-Jordanian who holds the nationality of any Arab country may own a plot of land outside the boundaries of the planning areas, with the intention of investing in it by reclamation or cultivation, or by establishing an industrial or housing project on it, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 144\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own real estate within the boundaries of the planning areas in order to carry out his specific business within his goals listed in the legal documents for his registration, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the director for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has no real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunums, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed thirty dunums.\nC- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than thirty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 146\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own, with the intent of investing, real estate outside the boundaries of the regulation areas to carry out his specific business within his objectives listed in the legal documents for his registration with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the manager's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 148\nA- Non-Jordanians, whether natural or legal, may rent real estate in the Kingdom to conduct their business or to live with the permission of the Minister of Interior, provided that this is done in accordance with a regulation issued for this purpose.\nB- I- Subject to the provisions of Clause (II) of Paragraph (B) of this Article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for the purposes of work or housing.\nII- If the lease relates to a land area of more than ten dunams and for a total period of more than three years, the non-Jordanian person requesting the lease must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his authorized representative, under pain of nullity.\nArticle 149\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns real estate in accordance with the provisions of this law must complete the project for which the real estate is owned or any other project compatible with its objectives within four years if the ownership is for the purpose of housing, and within six years if the ownership is for any other purpose from the date of registering the real estate in his name.\n[...]\nArticle 150\nA- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns a real estate in accordance with the provisions of this chapter to dispose of the real estate in a manner than transfers ownership in any way before the lapse of the periods stipulated in Article 149 of this Law. [...]\nC- Excluded from the provisions of Paragraph (A) of this Article are real estate properties that were owned with the intention of developing them or investing them in the establishment of housing, commercial or industrial units on them for the purpose of selling them. To this end.\n[...]\nArticle 159\nExcluded from the application of the provisions of this chapter are the ownership by non-Jordanians and legal persons of real estate covered by the provisions of the Jordan Valley Development Law, the Aqaba Special Economic Zone Law, the Petra Development and Tourism Development Region Authority Law and the Investment Law, and any real estate located within the boundaries of any region whose establishment law decides to exclude the ownership of real estate located within its region from the application of the provisions of this chapter.\n[...]\nArticle 223\nA- When the provisions of this law come into force, the following laws shall be repealed: [...]\n13- Law No. 47 of Renting and Selling Immovable Property to Non-Jordanians and Legal Persons for the year 2006. [...]\" (Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA) The following words and expressions, wherever used in this Regulation, shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them, unless the context provides otherwise: [...] Non-Jordanian Investor: a natural person holding a non-Jordanian nationality or a juridical person incorporated and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA non-Jordanian investor’s ownership shall not exceed (49%) of the capital in any project within the following economic activities:\ne) Land purchase for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  [...]\" (Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016)\n--------------------------\n\"Article (2): The following words and phrases, wherever they appear in this law, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nMinister: Minister of Finance \nDirector: Director General of the Department of Lands and Survey \nNatural person: Individual, and spouses and minor children shall be considered as one individual \nLegal person: Legal person whose legal personality is established in accordance with the legislation of the state in which it is established and registered, whether Jordanian or foreign. \n[...]\nArticle (3) : Article 3 - A - Subject to the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, a non-Jordanian natural person may own immovable property for the purpose of private residence for himself or his family within the planning boundaries based on the approval of the competent authorities, in accordance with the following powers: 1 - With the approval of the Director if the ownership does not exceed two houses and an office for practicing his work. 2 - With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director for more than two houses and an office for practicing his work, provided that the area of ​​the plot of land allocated for this purpose does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose. B - Holders of the nationality of any Arab country are exempted from the condition of reciprocity stipulated in paragraph (A) of this article. C - If the natural person holds two nationalities, they must be disclosed upon registration, and the condition of reciprocity applies to the two countries of nationality, under penalty of invalidity of the sale contract.\nArticle (4) : Taking into account the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, the Minister, based on the recommendation of the Director based on the approval of the competent authorities, may allow a non-Jordanian natural person to own immovable property to practice his work or to establish industrial or service projects thereon, within the boundaries of the organization, provided that the area of ​​the plots of land designated for practicing the work or for establishing these projects thereon does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (10) : Taking into account the applicable legislation, any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own within the organizational boundaries the immovable property necessary to practice its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams.\nArticle (11) : Any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own, outside the boundaries of the planning areas, the real estate necessary for the practice of its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams.\nArticle (12) : -A- Subject to the provisions of paragraph (B) of this article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for work or residential purposes. B- If the rent relates to land with an area exceeding ten dunams and for a period exceeding three years in total, the non-Jordanian person requesting the rent must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his delegate, under penalty of nullity. The procedures related to registering such contracts shall be determined by instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (14) : No non-Jordanian natural person or any legal person who owns immovable property in accordance with the provisions of this law may dispose of it by transferring its ownership in any way before the lapse of three years from the date of ownership if it is for housing and five years if it is for any other purpose, under penalty of nullity, unless he obtains the approval of the Minister upon the recommendation of the Director, provided that the provisions of this law and the relevant applicable legislation are observed. B - Real estate owned by a non-Jordanian person are exempted from the provisions of paragraph (A) of this article if the purpose of owning it is to invest in residential or commercial projects, after the establishment of the project, provided that the instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose are adhered to.[...]\" (Regarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223\nRegulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, Articles 2 and 5\nRegarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14","Al Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign and legal persons’ ownership and leasing of property under the New Ownership of Real Estate Law\" (July 2020)","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3256,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/3_Regulating-Non_Jordanian-Investments.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://sub.eastlaws.com/GeneralSearch/Home/ArticlesTDetails?MasterID=279432#:~:text=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AF%D8%A9%20(14)%20%3A%20%D9%84%D8%A7%20%D9%8A%D8%AC%D9%88%D8%B2,%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%B1%20%D8%B4%D8%B1%D9%8A%D8%B7%D8%A9%20%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%A9%20%D8%A7%D8%AD%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%87%D8%B0%D8%A7\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-and-legal-persons-ownership-and-leasing-of-property-under-the-new-ownership-of-real-estate-law/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1601,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","A01","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.05","Freehold and leasehold ownership of agricultural land by non-citizens (including a body corporate not wholly owned by one or more citizens) is prohibited. For the purposes of the FDIRRI methodology, this is assumed to fully preclude investment by foreign investors in agricultural activities as foreign-owned entities cannot lease or own land for such purposes.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—\n\"agricultural land\" means—\n(a) land that is not within—\n(i) a municipality or a township; or\n(ii) an area which was, on or at any time after the 1st July 1952, a township under the Townships Act (Cap. 133), 1948 (repealed); or\n(iii) an area which was, on or at any time after the 1st July 1952, a trading centre under the Trading Centres Act (Cap. 278, 1948 repealed); or\n(iv) a market;\n(b) land in the Nairobi Area or in any municipality, township or urban centre that is declared by the Cabinet Secretary, by notice in the Gazette, to be agricultural land for the purposes of this Act, other than land which, by reason of any condition or covenant in the title thereto or any limitation imposed by law, is subject to the restriction that it may not be used for agriculture or to the requirement that it shall be used for a non- agricultural purpose;\n[...]\nPART IV – CONTROL OF DEALINGS IN AGRICULTURAL LAND\n6. Transactions affecting agricultural land\n(1) Each of the following transactions, that is to say—\n(a) the sale, transfer, lease, mortgage, exchange, partition or other disposal of or dealing with any agricultural land which is situated within a land control area;\n(b) the division of any such agricultural land into two or more parcels to be held under separate titles, other than the division of an area of less than twenty acres into plots in an area to which the Development and Use of Land (Planning) Regulations, 1961 (L.N. 516/1961) for the time being apply;\n(c) the issue, sale, transfer, mortgage or any other disposal of or dealing with any share in a private company or co-operative society which for the time being owns agricultural land situated within a land control area,\nis void for all purposes unless the land control board for the land control area or division in which the land is situated has given its consent in respect of that transaction in accordance with this Act.\n[...]\n9. Granting or refusal of consent\n(1) In deciding whether to grant or refuse consent in respect of a controlled transaction, a land control board shall— [...]\n(c) refuse consent in any case in which the land or share is to be disposed of by way of sale, transfer, lease, exchange or partition to a person who is not—\n(i)\ta citizen of Kenya; or\n(ii)\ta private company or co-operative society all of whose members are citizens of Kenya; or\n(iii)\tgroup representatives incorporated under the Land (Group Representatives) Act (Cap. 287); or\n(iv)\ta state corporation within the meaning of the State Corporations Act (Cap. 446).[...]\" (Land Control Act No. 34 of 1967, as amended)","Land Control Act No. 34 of 1967, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20302\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","A01","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.05","Freehold and leasehold ownership of agricultural land by non-citizens (including a body corporate not wholly owned by one or more citizens) is prohibited. For the purposes of the FDIRRI methodology, this is assumed to fully preclude investment by foreign investors in agricultural activities as foreign-owned entities cannot lease or own land for such purposes.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—\n\"agricultural land\" means—\n(a) land that is not within—\n(i) a municipality or a township; or\n(ii) an area which was, on or at any time after the 1st July 1952, a township under the Townships Act (Cap. 133), 1948 (repealed); or\n(iii) an area which was, on or at any time after the 1st July 1952, a trading centre under the Trading Centres Act (Cap. 278, 1948 repealed); or\n(iv) a market;\n(b) land in the Nairobi Area or in any municipality, township or urban centre that is declared by the Cabinet Secretary, by notice in the Gazette, to be agricultural land for the purposes of this Act, other than land which, by reason of any condition or covenant in the title thereto or any limitation imposed by law, is subject to the restriction that it may not be used for agriculture or to the requirement that it shall be used for a non- agricultural purpose;\n[...]\nPART IV – CONTROL OF DEALINGS IN AGRICULTURAL LAND\n6. Transactions affecting agricultural land\n(1) Each of the following transactions, that is to say—\n(a) the sale, transfer, lease, mortgage, exchange, partition or other disposal of or dealing with any agricultural land which is situated within a land control area;\n(b) the division of any such agricultural land into two or more parcels to be held under separate titles, other than the division of an area of less than twenty acres into plots in an area to which the Development and Use of Land (Planning) Regulations, 1961 (L.N. 516/1961) for the time being apply;\n(c) the issue, sale, transfer, mortgage or any other disposal of or dealing with any share in a private company or co-operative society which for the time being owns agricultural land situated within a land control area,\nis void for all purposes unless the land control board for the land control area or division in which the land is situated has given its consent in respect of that transaction in accordance with this Act.\n[...]\n9. Granting or refusal of consent\n(1) In deciding whether to grant or refuse consent in respect of a controlled transaction, a land control board shall— [...]\n(c) refuse consent in any case in which the land or share is to be disposed of by way of sale, transfer, lease, exchange or partition to a person who is not—\n(i)\ta citizen of Kenya; or\n(ii)\ta private company or co-operative society all of whose members are citizens of Kenya; or\n(iii)\tgroup representatives incorporated under the Land (Group Representatives) Act (Cap. 287); or\n(iv)\ta state corporation within the meaning of the State Corporations Act (Cap. 446).[...]\" (Land Control Act No. 34 of 1967, as amended)","Land Control Act No. 34 of 1967, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20302\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","A01","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.05","Freehold and leasehold ownership of agricultural land by non-citizens (including a body corporate not wholly owned by one or more citizens) is prohibited. For the purposes of the FDIRRI methodology, this is assumed to fully preclude investment by foreign investors in agricultural activities as foreign-owned entities cannot lease or own land for such purposes.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—\n\"agricultural land\" means—\n(a) land that is not within—\n(i) a municipality or a township; or\n(ii) an area which was, on or at any time after the 1st July 1952, a township under the Townships Act (Cap. 133), 1948 (repealed); or\n(iii) an area which was, on or at any time after the 1st July 1952, a trading centre under the Trading Centres Act (Cap. 278, 1948 repealed); or\n(iv) a market;\n(b) land in the Nairobi Area or in any municipality, township or urban centre that is declared by the Cabinet Secretary, by notice in the Gazette, to be agricultural land for the purposes of this Act, other than land which, by reason of any condition or covenant in the title thereto or any limitation imposed by law, is subject to the restriction that it may not be used for agriculture or to the requirement that it shall be used for a non- agricultural purpose;\n[...]\nPART IV – CONTROL OF DEALINGS IN AGRICULTURAL LAND\n6. Transactions affecting agricultural land\n(1) Each of the following transactions, that is to say—\n(a) the sale, transfer, lease, mortgage, exchange, partition or other disposal of or dealing with any agricultural land which is situated within a land control area;\n(b) the division of any such agricultural land into two or more parcels to be held under separate titles, other than the division of an area of less than twenty acres into plots in an area to which the Development and Use of Land (Planning) Regulations, 1961 (L.N. 516/1961) for the time being apply;\n(c) the issue, sale, transfer, mortgage or any other disposal of or dealing with any share in a private company or co-operative society which for the time being owns agricultural land situated within a land control area,\nis void for all purposes unless the land control board for the land control area or division in which the land is situated has given its consent in respect of that transaction in accordance with this Act.\n[...]\n9. Granting or refusal of consent\n(1) In deciding whether to grant or refuse consent in respect of a controlled transaction, a land control board shall— [...]\n(c) refuse consent in any case in which the land or share is to be disposed of by way of sale, transfer, lease, exchange or partition to a person who is not—\n(i)\ta citizen of Kenya; or\n(ii)\ta private company or co-operative society all of whose members are citizens of Kenya; or\n(iii)\tgroup representatives incorporated under the Land (Group Representatives) Act (Cap. 287); or\n(iv)\ta state corporation within the meaning of the State Corporations Act (Cap. 446).[...]\" (Land Control Act No. 34 of 1967, as amended)","Land Control Act No. 34 of 1967, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20302\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","A01","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.05","Freehold and leasehold ownership of agricultural land by non-citizens (including a body corporate not wholly owned by one or more citizens) is prohibited. For the purposes of the FDIRRI methodology, this is assumed to fully preclude investment by foreign investors in agricultural activities as foreign-owned entities cannot lease or own land for such purposes.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—\n\"agricultural land\" means—\n(a) land that is not within—\n(i) a municipality or a township; or\n(ii) an area which was, on or at any time after the 1st July 1952, a township under the Townships Act (Cap. 133), 1948 (repealed); or\n(iii) an area which was, on or at any time after the 1st July 1952, a trading centre under the Trading Centres Act (Cap. 278, 1948 repealed); or\n(iv) a market;\n(b) land in the Nairobi Area or in any municipality, township or urban centre that is declared by the Cabinet Secretary, by notice in the Gazette, to be agricultural land for the purposes of this Act, other than land which, by reason of any condition or covenant in the title thereto or any limitation imposed by law, is subject to the restriction that it may not be used for agriculture or to the requirement that it shall be used for a non- agricultural purpose;\n[...]\nPART IV – CONTROL OF DEALINGS IN AGRICULTURAL LAND\n6. Transactions affecting agricultural land\n(1) Each of the following transactions, that is to say—\n(a) the sale, transfer, lease, mortgage, exchange, partition or other disposal of or dealing with any agricultural land which is situated within a land control area;\n(b) the division of any such agricultural land into two or more parcels to be held under separate titles, other than the division of an area of less than twenty acres into plots in an area to which the Development and Use of Land (Planning) Regulations, 1961 (L.N. 516/1961) for the time being apply;\n(c) the issue, sale, transfer, mortgage or any other disposal of or dealing with any share in a private company or co-operative society which for the time being owns agricultural land situated within a land control area,\nis void for all purposes unless the land control board for the land control area or division in which the land is situated has given its consent in respect of that transaction in accordance with this Act.\n[...]\n9. Granting or refusal of consent\n(1) In deciding whether to grant or refuse consent in respect of a controlled transaction, a land control board shall— [...]\n(c) refuse consent in any case in which the land or share is to be disposed of by way of sale, transfer, lease, exchange or partition to a person who is not—\n(i)\ta citizen of Kenya; or\n(ii)\ta private company or co-operative society all of whose members are citizens of Kenya; or\n(iii)\tgroup representatives incorporated under the Land (Group Representatives) Act (Cap. 287); or\n(iv)\ta state corporation within the meaning of the State Corporations Act (Cap. 446).[...]\" (Land Control Act No. 34 of 1967, as amended)","Land Control Act No. 34 of 1967, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20302\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","B07_08","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.000583333","The local content requirement mandates that holders of mining licenses prioritize the use of locally made materials and products, employ local services and citizens, and favor companies owned by Kenyan citizens in all mining operations.","\"4. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n\"mineral\" means a geological substance whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form occurring naturally in or on the earth, in or under water, in mine waste or tailing and includes the minerals specified in the First Schedule but does not include petroleum, hydrocarbon gases or groundwater; [...]\n\"mineral right\" means— (a) a prospecting licence; (b) a retention licence; (c) a mining licence; (d) a prospecting permit; (e) a mining permit; or (f) an artisanal permit; [...]\n[...]\nPART VI – GENERAL PROVISIONS ON MINERAL RIGHTS [...]\n50. Preference for local products\nThe holder of a mineral right shall, in the conduct of prospecting, mining, processing, refining and treatment operations, transport or any other dealings in minerals give preference to the maximum extent possible—\n(a) to materials and products made in Kenya;\n(b) to services offered by members of the community and Kenyan citizens; and\n(c) to companies or businesses owned by Kenyan citizens..[...]\" (Mining Act No 12 of 2016)","Mining Act No 12 of 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"http://kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20306\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3128,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","B07_08","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.000583333","The local content requirement mandates that holders of mining licenses prioritize the use of locally made materials and products, employ local services and citizens, and favor companies owned by Kenyan citizens in all mining operations.","\"4. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n\"mineral\" means a geological substance whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form occurring naturally in or on the earth, in or under water, in mine waste or tailing and includes the minerals specified in the First Schedule but does not include petroleum, hydrocarbon gases or groundwater; [...]\n\"mineral right\" means— (a) a prospecting licence; (b) a retention licence; (c) a mining licence; (d) a prospecting permit; (e) a mining permit; or (f) an artisanal permit; [...]\n[...]\nPART VI – GENERAL PROVISIONS ON MINERAL RIGHTS [...]\n50. Preference for local products\nThe holder of a mineral right shall, in the conduct of prospecting, mining, processing, refining and treatment operations, transport or any other dealings in minerals give preference to the maximum extent possible—\n(a) to materials and products made in Kenya;\n(b) to services offered by members of the community and Kenyan citizens; and\n(c) to companies or businesses owned by Kenyan citizens..[...]\" (Mining Act No 12 of 2016)","Mining Act No 12 of 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"http://kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20306\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3128,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","B07_08","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.000583333","The local content requirement mandates that holders of mining licenses prioritize the use of locally made materials and products, employ local services and citizens, and favor companies owned by Kenyan citizens in all mining operations.","\"4. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n\"mineral\" means a geological substance whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form occurring naturally in or on the earth, in or under water, in mine waste or tailing and includes the minerals specified in the First Schedule but does not include petroleum, hydrocarbon gases or groundwater; [...]\n\"mineral right\" means— (a) a prospecting licence; (b) a retention licence; (c) a mining licence; (d) a prospecting permit; (e) a mining permit; or (f) an artisanal permit; [...]\n[...]\nPART VI – GENERAL PROVISIONS ON MINERAL RIGHTS [...]\n50. Preference for local products\nThe holder of a mineral right shall, in the conduct of prospecting, mining, processing, refining and treatment operations, transport or any other dealings in minerals give preference to the maximum extent possible—\n(a) to materials and products made in Kenya;\n(b) to services offered by members of the community and Kenyan citizens; and\n(c) to companies or businesses owned by Kenyan citizens..[...]\" (Mining Act No 12 of 2016)","Mining Act No 12 of 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"http://kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20306\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3128,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","B07_08","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.000583333","The local content requirement mandates that holders of mining licenses prioritize the use of locally made materials and products, employ local services and citizens, and favor companies owned by Kenyan citizens in all mining operations.","\"4. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n\"mineral\" means a geological substance whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form occurring naturally in or on the earth, in or under water, in mine waste or tailing and includes the minerals specified in the First Schedule but does not include petroleum, hydrocarbon gases or groundwater; [...]\n\"mineral right\" means— (a) a prospecting licence; (b) a retention licence; (c) a mining licence; (d) a prospecting permit; (e) a mining permit; or (f) an artisanal permit; [...]\n[...]\nPART VI – GENERAL PROVISIONS ON MINERAL RIGHTS [...]\n50. Preference for local products\nThe holder of a mineral right shall, in the conduct of prospecting, mining, processing, refining and treatment operations, transport or any other dealings in minerals give preference to the maximum extent possible—\n(a) to materials and products made in Kenya;\n(b) to services offered by members of the community and Kenyan citizens; and\n(c) to companies or businesses owned by Kenyan citizens..[...]\" (Mining Act No 12 of 2016)","Mining Act No 12 of 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"http://kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20306\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3128,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00024","Foreign investment in shipping companies engaged in coastal water passenger and freight transport is not permitted, except in shipping companies transporting passengers and/or cargo between North and South Korea, if foreign investors enter into joint ventures with domestic shipping companies and hold less than 50 per cent of the share capital. ","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n50121 | Coast-wise passenger transport business| Permitted if all of the following requirements are met: 1. Permissible objects: passenger or cargo transport between North and South Korea; 2. The business shall be performed jointly with a shipping company of the Republic of Korea; 3. Foreign investment ratio shall be less than 50%. \n50122 | Coast-wise cargo transport business | Same criteria as for permission of coast-wise passenger transport business. [...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1470,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00024","Foreign investment in shipping companies engaged in coastal water passenger and freight transport is not permitted, except in shipping companies transporting passengers and/or cargo between North and South Korea, if foreign investors enter into joint ventures with domestic shipping companies and hold less than 50 per cent of the share capital. ","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n50121 | Coast-wise passenger transport business| Permitted if all of the following requirements are met: 1. Permissible objects: passenger or cargo transport between North and South Korea; 2. The business shall be performed jointly with a shipping company of the Republic of Korea; 3. Foreign investment ratio shall be less than 50%. \n50122 | Coast-wise cargo transport business | Same criteria as for permission of coast-wise passenger transport business. [...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1470,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00024","Foreign investment in shipping companies engaged in coastal water passenger and freight transport is not permitted, except in shipping companies transporting passengers and/or cargo between North and South Korea, if foreign investors enter into joint ventures with domestic shipping companies and hold less than 50 per cent of the share capital. ","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n50121 | Coast-wise passenger transport business| Permitted if all of the following requirements are met: 1. Permissible objects: passenger or cargo transport between North and South Korea; 2. The business shall be performed jointly with a shipping company of the Republic of Korea; 3. Foreign investment ratio shall be less than 50%. \n50122 | Coast-wise cargo transport business | Same criteria as for permission of coast-wise passenger transport business. [...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1470,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00024","Foreign investment in shipping companies engaged in coastal water passenger and freight transport is not permitted, except in shipping companies transporting passengers and/or cargo between North and South Korea, if foreign investors enter into joint ventures with domestic shipping companies and hold less than 50 per cent of the share capital. ","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n50121 | Coast-wise passenger transport business| Permitted if all of the following requirements are met: 1. Permissible objects: passenger or cargo transport between North and South Korea; 2. The business shall be performed jointly with a shipping company of the Republic of Korea; 3. Foreign investment ratio shall be less than 50%. \n50122 | Coast-wise cargo transport business | Same criteria as for permission of coast-wise passenger transport business. [...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1470,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","L68X3","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0045","The 2016 Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. enables the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport to prohibit or restrict land acquisitions by foreign investors on the grounds of lack of reciprocity, as prescribed by a Presidential Decree. However, the government has not (yet) set forth a Presidential Decree for the implementation of the provision, hence foreign acquisitions are not currently subject to a reciprocity requirement. A 2020 proposal calls for strenghening restrictions based on reciprocity.","\"CHAPTER III SPECIAL CASES CONCERNING ACQUISITION, ETC. OF REAL ESTATES BY FOREIGNERS, ETC.\n Article 7 (Principle of Reciprocity)\nThe Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport may prohibit or restrict an individual, corporation or the government of a State that prohibits or restricts a national of the Republic of Korea, a corporation or organization incorporated under the statutes of the Republic of Korea, or the Government of the Republic of Korea from acquiring or transferring land in its territory, from acquiring or transferring of land in the territory of the Republic of Korea, as prescribed by Presidential Decree: Provided, That the same shall not apply where such acquisition or transfer is necessary to implement a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and any Act.[...]\" (Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 7 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 2 (Definition) In this Act, “foreigner” means an individual, corporation, or organization that falls under any of the following items. <Amended May 20, 2014>\n1. Individuals who do not possess Korean nationality\n2. A corporation or organization that falls under any of the following items:\n(a). A corporation or organization established under foreign laws and regulations\n(b). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the members or members fall under subparagraph 1.\n(c). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the executives, such as employees or directors, who carry out business are persons who fall under subparagraph 1.\n(d). A person falling under subparagraph 1 or a corporation or organization falling under item a holds more than 1/2 of the capital or more than 1/2 of the voting rights.\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.]\nArticle 3 (Reciprocity) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport shall protect citizens of the Republic of Korea, corporations or organizations established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, or individuals or corporations of countries that prohibit or restrict the acquisition or transfer of land within their country to the Government of the Republic of Korea. ㆍThe acquisition or transfer of land in the Republic of Korea may be prohibited or restricted by organizations or the government, as prescribed by Presidential Decree. However, this does not apply if it is necessary for the implementation of a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and laws. <Amended 2013. 3. 23.>\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.] [...]\" (Foreign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]]","Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 7 \nForeign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]","Foreign Investment Ombudsman, Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (Bill no. 13 of 2020-12-04)","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=191659#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=43032&type=sogan&key=4\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/lsSc.do?menuId=1&subMenuId=17&tabMenuId=93&query=%EC%99%B8%EA%B5%AD%EC%9D%B8%ED%86%A0%EC%A7%80%EB%B2%95#undefined\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ombudsman.kotra.or.kr/eng/rli/lgs/na.do?mode=view&blNo=2105972\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1494,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","L68X3","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0045","The 2016 Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. enables the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport to prohibit or restrict land acquisitions by foreign investors on the grounds of lack of reciprocity, as prescribed by a Presidential Decree. However, the government has not (yet) set forth a Presidential Decree for the implementation of the provision, hence foreign acquisitions are not currently subject to a reciprocity requirement. A 2020 proposal calls for strenghening restrictions based on reciprocity.","\"CHAPTER III SPECIAL CASES CONCERNING ACQUISITION, ETC. OF REAL ESTATES BY FOREIGNERS, ETC.\n Article 7 (Principle of Reciprocity)\nThe Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport may prohibit or restrict an individual, corporation or the government of a State that prohibits or restricts a national of the Republic of Korea, a corporation or organization incorporated under the statutes of the Republic of Korea, or the Government of the Republic of Korea from acquiring or transferring land in its territory, from acquiring or transferring of land in the territory of the Republic of Korea, as prescribed by Presidential Decree: Provided, That the same shall not apply where such acquisition or transfer is necessary to implement a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and any Act.[...]\" (Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 7 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 2 (Definition) In this Act, “foreigner” means an individual, corporation, or organization that falls under any of the following items. <Amended May 20, 2014>\n1. Individuals who do not possess Korean nationality\n2. A corporation or organization that falls under any of the following items:\n(a). A corporation or organization established under foreign laws and regulations\n(b). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the members or members fall under subparagraph 1.\n(c). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the executives, such as employees or directors, who carry out business are persons who fall under subparagraph 1.\n(d). A person falling under subparagraph 1 or a corporation or organization falling under item a holds more than 1/2 of the capital or more than 1/2 of the voting rights.\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.]\nArticle 3 (Reciprocity) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport shall protect citizens of the Republic of Korea, corporations or organizations established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, or individuals or corporations of countries that prohibit or restrict the acquisition or transfer of land within their country to the Government of the Republic of Korea. ㆍThe acquisition or transfer of land in the Republic of Korea may be prohibited or restricted by organizations or the government, as prescribed by Presidential Decree. However, this does not apply if it is necessary for the implementation of a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and laws. <Amended 2013. 3. 23.>\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.] [...]\" (Foreign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]]","Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 7 \nForeign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]","Foreign Investment Ombudsman, Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (Bill no. 13 of 2020-12-04)","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=191659#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=43032&type=sogan&key=4\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/lsSc.do?menuId=1&subMenuId=17&tabMenuId=93&query=%EC%99%B8%EA%B5%AD%EC%9D%B8%ED%86%A0%EC%A7%80%EB%B2%95#undefined\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ombudsman.kotra.or.kr/eng/rli/lgs/na.do?mode=view&blNo=2105972\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1494,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","L68X3","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0045","The 2016 Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. enables the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport to prohibit or restrict land acquisitions by foreign investors on the grounds of lack of reciprocity, as prescribed by a Presidential Decree. However, the government has not (yet) set forth a Presidential Decree for the implementation of the provision, hence foreign acquisitions are not currently subject to a reciprocity requirement. A 2020 proposal calls for strenghening restrictions based on reciprocity.","\"CHAPTER III SPECIAL CASES CONCERNING ACQUISITION, ETC. OF REAL ESTATES BY FOREIGNERS, ETC.\n Article 7 (Principle of Reciprocity)\nThe Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport may prohibit or restrict an individual, corporation or the government of a State that prohibits or restricts a national of the Republic of Korea, a corporation or organization incorporated under the statutes of the Republic of Korea, or the Government of the Republic of Korea from acquiring or transferring land in its territory, from acquiring or transferring of land in the territory of the Republic of Korea, as prescribed by Presidential Decree: Provided, That the same shall not apply where such acquisition or transfer is necessary to implement a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and any Act.[...]\" (Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 7 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 2 (Definition) In this Act, “foreigner” means an individual, corporation, or organization that falls under any of the following items. <Amended May 20, 2014>\n1. Individuals who do not possess Korean nationality\n2. A corporation or organization that falls under any of the following items:\n(a). A corporation or organization established under foreign laws and regulations\n(b). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the members or members fall under subparagraph 1.\n(c). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the executives, such as employees or directors, who carry out business are persons who fall under subparagraph 1.\n(d). A person falling under subparagraph 1 or a corporation or organization falling under item a holds more than 1/2 of the capital or more than 1/2 of the voting rights.\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.]\nArticle 3 (Reciprocity) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport shall protect citizens of the Republic of Korea, corporations or organizations established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, or individuals or corporations of countries that prohibit or restrict the acquisition or transfer of land within their country to the Government of the Republic of Korea. ㆍThe acquisition or transfer of land in the Republic of Korea may be prohibited or restricted by organizations or the government, as prescribed by Presidential Decree. However, this does not apply if it is necessary for the implementation of a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and laws. <Amended 2013. 3. 23.>\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.] [...]\" (Foreign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]]","Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 7 \nForeign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]","Foreign Investment Ombudsman, Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (Bill no. 13 of 2020-12-04)","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=191659#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=43032&type=sogan&key=4\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/lsSc.do?menuId=1&subMenuId=17&tabMenuId=93&query=%EC%99%B8%EA%B5%AD%EC%9D%B8%ED%86%A0%EC%A7%80%EB%B2%95#undefined\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ombudsman.kotra.or.kr/eng/rli/lgs/na.do?mode=view&blNo=2105972\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1494,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","L68X3","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0045","The 2016 Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. enables the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport to prohibit or restrict land acquisitions by foreign investors on the grounds of lack of reciprocity, as prescribed by a Presidential Decree. However, the government has not (yet) set forth a Presidential Decree for the implementation of the provision, hence foreign acquisitions are not currently subject to a reciprocity requirement. A 2020 proposal calls for strenghening restrictions based on reciprocity.","\"CHAPTER III SPECIAL CASES CONCERNING ACQUISITION, ETC. OF REAL ESTATES BY FOREIGNERS, ETC.\n Article 7 (Principle of Reciprocity)\nThe Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport may prohibit or restrict an individual, corporation or the government of a State that prohibits or restricts a national of the Republic of Korea, a corporation or organization incorporated under the statutes of the Republic of Korea, or the Government of the Republic of Korea from acquiring or transferring land in its territory, from acquiring or transferring of land in the territory of the Republic of Korea, as prescribed by Presidential Decree: Provided, That the same shall not apply where such acquisition or transfer is necessary to implement a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and any Act.[...]\" (Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 7 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 2 (Definition) In this Act, “foreigner” means an individual, corporation, or organization that falls under any of the following items. <Amended May 20, 2014>\n1. Individuals who do not possess Korean nationality\n2. A corporation or organization that falls under any of the following items:\n(a). A corporation or organization established under foreign laws and regulations\n(b). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the members or members fall under subparagraph 1.\n(c). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the executives, such as employees or directors, who carry out business are persons who fall under subparagraph 1.\n(d). A person falling under subparagraph 1 or a corporation or organization falling under item a holds more than 1/2 of the capital or more than 1/2 of the voting rights.\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.]\nArticle 3 (Reciprocity) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport shall protect citizens of the Republic of Korea, corporations or organizations established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, or individuals or corporations of countries that prohibit or restrict the acquisition or transfer of land within their country to the Government of the Republic of Korea. ㆍThe acquisition or transfer of land in the Republic of Korea may be prohibited or restricted by organizations or the government, as prescribed by Presidential Decree. However, this does not apply if it is necessary for the implementation of a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and laws. <Amended 2013. 3. 23.>\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.] [...]\" (Foreign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]]","Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 7 \nForeign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]","Foreign Investment Ombudsman, Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (Bill no. 13 of 2020-12-04)","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=191659#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=43032&type=sogan&key=4\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/lsSc.do?menuId=1&subMenuId=17&tabMenuId=93&query=%EC%99%B8%EA%B5%AD%EC%9D%B8%ED%86%A0%EC%A7%80%EB%B2%95#undefined\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ombudsman.kotra.or.kr/eng/rli/lgs/na.do?mode=view&blNo=2105972\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1494,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","XKV","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.00015625","Foreign legal and natural persons are entitled to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo subject to reciprocity. EU Member State citizens and legal persons established under the law of an EU member state may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the citizens and legal entities of Kosovo. Under no circumstance, a foreign legal and natural person shall have the right to hold rights over the following public properties: 1.1. natural resources; 1.2. public goods for general use; 1.3. agricultural land in public ownership; 1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership; among others. Foreign persons are entitled, however, the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over such properties under the same conditions as the national persons. Long-term leases are possible.","\"Article 2 - Scope\nProvisions of this law shall be implemented by natural foreign citizens and legal persons registered in foreign countries.\nArticle 3 - Definitions\n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning:\n1.1. Natural foreign person – means any natural person who is not a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.2. Foreign legal person – means the legal person which is registered and has its seat outside the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.3. Public property - means the movable and immovable property, assets and resources which are designated for use by everyone, for various activities except those prohibited by law and which could be property of Republic of Kosovo or units of local self-governance. The content, rights, obligations and responsibilities for the administration of public properties are governed by a separate law;\n1.4. State-owned property -  means the property registered in the name of the Republic of Kosovo or in the name of central state bodies or institutions or central public enterprises that exercise ownership powers over public property provided by law, in the name of the owner of the public property;\n[…]\nArticle 4 - Acquisition of property rights by foreign persons\n1. Foreign natural and legal persons have the right to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo, based on the principle of reciprocity and requirements specified in this law or International Agreement.\n2. Foreign persons under paragraph 1. of this Article may acquire property rights over the immovable property based on the valid legal transaction, inheritance, decision of a state body or other valid ways of property acquisition as provided by law.\n3. Foreign natural and legal persons may be holders of ownership right over movable property under the same conditions as the citizens of the Republic of Kosovo.\nArticle 5 - Reciprocity\n1. Reciprocity exists when a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo or a legal person with seat in Kosovo can acquire the right to immovable property in the state of foreign citizen under the same conditions as the foreign citizen can acquire the right to immovable property in the Republic of Kosovo.\n[...]\nArticle 7 - Limitation of ownership rights to immovable property for a foreign person\n1. A foreigner shall not have the right to the following public properties envisaged in the respective Law on Public Property: \n1.1. natural resources;\n1.2. public goods for general use;\n1.3. agricultural land in public ownership;\n1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership;\n1.5. movable or immovable public property announced a cultural heritage of special significance;\n1.6. immovable property which is located within the radius of one (1) kilometer from the border;\n1.7. immovable property which is located in the area which presents protection of the interest and security of state and to which, by a separate law, foreign citizen shall not have the ownership right;\n1.8. immovable property in public ownership which, based on the applicable laws, cannot be transferred to private ownership of Kosovo citizens.\n2. Exceptionally from paragraph 1. of this Article, a foreign natural person can acquire the ownership rights over agricultural properties, forests and forestry lands with an area of up to five thousand (5000) m2 only if the subject of agreement relates to residential building located in that area.\n3. A foreign person may have the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over immovable properties from paragraph 1. subparagraph 1.1. through 1.6. of this Article, under the same conditions as the national persons.\n[...]\nArticle 9 - Property rights of citizens of European Union member states\n1. Persons of European Union member states (hereafter: EU) are the natural persons who are citizens of an EU member state and legal persons established under the law of one of the EU member states that have a representation or branch in the Republic of Kosovo.\n2. Persons of EU member states may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the Kosovo citizens, respectively legal persons under the same conditions as legal persons in Kosovo, based on the principle of non-discrimination.\n3. For the exercise of the rights specified in paragraph 1. of this Article, the EU citizens have to prove that:\n3.1. natural person is the citizen of an EU member state, or\n3.2. legal person is established based on the law of an EU member state, and\n3.3. the right of holding the property right is related to the exercise of fundamental rights guaranteed by the EU legislation. [...]\" (LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 121 [Property]\n1. Types of property shall be defined by law.\n2. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may acquire ownership rights over immovable property in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law or international agreement.\n3. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may, in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law, acquire concession rights and other rights to use and/or exploit publicly owned resources, including natural resources, and publicly owned infrastructure.[...]\" (Constitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 2 Definitions \n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning: [...]\n1.3. Foreign Person :\n1.3.1. any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country;\n1.3.2. any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo, but has residence abroad;\n1.3.3. a legal person established according to the Law of a foreign country. \n1.4. Investment -any asset owned or otherwise lawfully held by a Foreign Person in the Republic of Kosovo for the purpose of conducting lawful commercial activities, including but not limited to:\n1.4.1. movable and immovable property, including rights in and to such property such as a mortgage, lien, pledge, lease or servitude;\n[...]\nArticle 4 Non-discrimination\n1. Republic of Kosovo shall provide the foreign investments the same treatment, regardless of their citizenship, origin, residency, place of establishment of business or control.\n2. Foreign investors and their investments shall comply with, and have the rights and obligations established by, the law applicable in Kosovo to the same extent as domestic investors and their investments.\n[...]\nArticle 12 Respect of Rights\nPublic authorities shall recognize and respect all rights of a foreign investor relating to a foreign investment in the Republic of Kosovo, especially when such rights relate to immovable and movable property, intellectual property and other assets, contract rights, and the rights established by this Law. [...]\" (Law No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation])","LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation]\nConstitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation]\nLaw No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation]","Boga & Associates (2022), \"Changes to Legislation in Kosovo\", April 8.","[<a href=\"https://gzk.rks-gov.net/ActDocumentDetail.aspx?ActID=53715\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/Constitution_of_the_Republic_of_Kosovo_with_amend.I-XXV_2017.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/ligjet/04-L-220%20a.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bogalaw.com/pdf/Changes%20to%20Legislation%20in%20Kosovo.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2971,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","XKV","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.00015625","Foreign legal and natural persons are entitled to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo subject to reciprocity. EU Member State citizens and legal persons established under the law of an EU member state may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the citizens and legal entities of Kosovo. Under no circumstance, a foreign legal and natural person shall have the right to hold rights over the following public properties: 1.1. natural resources; 1.2. public goods for general use; 1.3. agricultural land in public ownership; 1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership; among others. Foreign persons are entitled, however, the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over such properties under the same conditions as the national persons. Long-term leases are possible.","\"Article 2 - Scope\nProvisions of this law shall be implemented by natural foreign citizens and legal persons registered in foreign countries.\nArticle 3 - Definitions\n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning:\n1.1. Natural foreign person – means any natural person who is not a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.2. Foreign legal person – means the legal person which is registered and has its seat outside the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.3. Public property - means the movable and immovable property, assets and resources which are designated for use by everyone, for various activities except those prohibited by law and which could be property of Republic of Kosovo or units of local self-governance. The content, rights, obligations and responsibilities for the administration of public properties are governed by a separate law;\n1.4. State-owned property -  means the property registered in the name of the Republic of Kosovo or in the name of central state bodies or institutions or central public enterprises that exercise ownership powers over public property provided by law, in the name of the owner of the public property;\n[…]\nArticle 4 - Acquisition of property rights by foreign persons\n1. Foreign natural and legal persons have the right to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo, based on the principle of reciprocity and requirements specified in this law or International Agreement.\n2. Foreign persons under paragraph 1. of this Article may acquire property rights over the immovable property based on the valid legal transaction, inheritance, decision of a state body or other valid ways of property acquisition as provided by law.\n3. Foreign natural and legal persons may be holders of ownership right over movable property under the same conditions as the citizens of the Republic of Kosovo.\nArticle 5 - Reciprocity\n1. Reciprocity exists when a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo or a legal person with seat in Kosovo can acquire the right to immovable property in the state of foreign citizen under the same conditions as the foreign citizen can acquire the right to immovable property in the Republic of Kosovo.\n[...]\nArticle 7 - Limitation of ownership rights to immovable property for a foreign person\n1. A foreigner shall not have the right to the following public properties envisaged in the respective Law on Public Property: \n1.1. natural resources;\n1.2. public goods for general use;\n1.3. agricultural land in public ownership;\n1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership;\n1.5. movable or immovable public property announced a cultural heritage of special significance;\n1.6. immovable property which is located within the radius of one (1) kilometer from the border;\n1.7. immovable property which is located in the area which presents protection of the interest and security of state and to which, by a separate law, foreign citizen shall not have the ownership right;\n1.8. immovable property in public ownership which, based on the applicable laws, cannot be transferred to private ownership of Kosovo citizens.\n2. Exceptionally from paragraph 1. of this Article, a foreign natural person can acquire the ownership rights over agricultural properties, forests and forestry lands with an area of up to five thousand (5000) m2 only if the subject of agreement relates to residential building located in that area.\n3. A foreign person may have the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over immovable properties from paragraph 1. subparagraph 1.1. through 1.6. of this Article, under the same conditions as the national persons.\n[...]\nArticle 9 - Property rights of citizens of European Union member states\n1. Persons of European Union member states (hereafter: EU) are the natural persons who are citizens of an EU member state and legal persons established under the law of one of the EU member states that have a representation or branch in the Republic of Kosovo.\n2. Persons of EU member states may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the Kosovo citizens, respectively legal persons under the same conditions as legal persons in Kosovo, based on the principle of non-discrimination.\n3. For the exercise of the rights specified in paragraph 1. of this Article, the EU citizens have to prove that:\n3.1. natural person is the citizen of an EU member state, or\n3.2. legal person is established based on the law of an EU member state, and\n3.3. the right of holding the property right is related to the exercise of fundamental rights guaranteed by the EU legislation. [...]\" (LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 121 [Property]\n1. Types of property shall be defined by law.\n2. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may acquire ownership rights over immovable property in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law or international agreement.\n3. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may, in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law, acquire concession rights and other rights to use and/or exploit publicly owned resources, including natural resources, and publicly owned infrastructure.[...]\" (Constitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 2 Definitions \n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning: [...]\n1.3. Foreign Person :\n1.3.1. any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country;\n1.3.2. any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo, but has residence abroad;\n1.3.3. a legal person established according to the Law of a foreign country. \n1.4. Investment -any asset owned or otherwise lawfully held by a Foreign Person in the Republic of Kosovo for the purpose of conducting lawful commercial activities, including but not limited to:\n1.4.1. movable and immovable property, including rights in and to such property such as a mortgage, lien, pledge, lease or servitude;\n[...]\nArticle 4 Non-discrimination\n1. Republic of Kosovo shall provide the foreign investments the same treatment, regardless of their citizenship, origin, residency, place of establishment of business or control.\n2. Foreign investors and their investments shall comply with, and have the rights and obligations established by, the law applicable in Kosovo to the same extent as domestic investors and their investments.\n[...]\nArticle 12 Respect of Rights\nPublic authorities shall recognize and respect all rights of a foreign investor relating to a foreign investment in the Republic of Kosovo, especially when such rights relate to immovable and movable property, intellectual property and other assets, contract rights, and the rights established by this Law. [...]\" (Law No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation])","LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation]\nConstitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation]\nLaw No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation]","Boga & Associates (2022), \"Changes to Legislation in Kosovo\", April 8.","[<a href=\"https://gzk.rks-gov.net/ActDocumentDetail.aspx?ActID=53715\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/Constitution_of_the_Republic_of_Kosovo_with_amend.I-XXV_2017.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/ligjet/04-L-220%20a.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bogalaw.com/pdf/Changes%20to%20Legislation%20in%20Kosovo.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2971,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","H4911","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.002","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is urban or suburban land transportation of passengers, services activities incidental to land transportation, such as public transport stations, and other passenger land transportation.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Urban or suburban passenger land transportation\n- Other passenger land transportation (except for taxi meter services)\n- Services activities incidental to land transportation (specifically for the public transport stations)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2174,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","H4911","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.002","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is urban or suburban land transportation of passengers, services activities incidental to land transportation, such as public transport stations, and other passenger land transportation.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Urban or suburban passenger land transportation\n- Other passenger land transportation (except for taxi meter services)\n- Services activities incidental to land transportation (specifically for the public transport stations)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2174,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","H4911","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.002","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is urban or suburban land transportation of passengers, services activities incidental to land transportation, such as public transport stations, and other passenger land transportation.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Urban or suburban passenger land transportation\n- Other passenger land transportation (except for taxi meter services)\n- Services activities incidental to land transportation (specifically for the public transport stations)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2174,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","H4911","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.002","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is urban or suburban land transportation of passengers, services activities incidental to land transportation, such as public transport stations, and other passenger land transportation.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Urban or suburban passenger land transportation\n- Other passenger land transportation (except for taxi meter services)\n- Services activities incidental to land transportation (specifically for the public transport stations)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2174,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","I55","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.004375","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is short-term accomodation services, including guesthouses and up to 3stars hotels. The 2005 Law on Tourism also restrict foreign investors to conduct tourism-related activities (e.g. tour guides, guesthouses, daily room services), and transnational guided tours are reserved to joint ventures with domestic investors.","\"[...] For the business of transnational guided tours, the State permits foreign legal entities to jointly invest with domestic investors. Foreign individuals or organisations shall not be permitted to conduct certain tourism business reserved for Lao citizens, [such as]: the tour guide profession, the business of domestic guided tours, the tour business in a specific area, guesthouses, and daily room services. Detailed regulations on [obtaining] permission for investment and establishment of tourism enterprises in the Lao PDR by foreign individuals or legal entities are separately stipulated\" (Art. 64, Law on Tourism, 2005)\n--------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Short term accommodation services (specifically for the guesthouses, resorts, hotels that are graded less than 3 stars)\n- Other reservation services and related activities (specifically for some specific tourist attractions)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Law on Tourism No.10/NA, of 09 November 2005, Art. 64.\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.vientianetimes.org.la/Laws%20in%20English/62.%20Law%20on%20Tourism%20(2005)%20Eng.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2155,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","I55","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.004375","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is short-term accomodation services, including guesthouses and up to 3stars hotels. The 2005 Law on Tourism also restrict foreign investors to conduct tourism-related activities (e.g. tour guides, guesthouses, daily room services), and transnational guided tours are reserved to joint ventures with domestic investors.","\"[...] For the business of transnational guided tours, the State permits foreign legal entities to jointly invest with domestic investors. Foreign individuals or organisations shall not be permitted to conduct certain tourism business reserved for Lao citizens, [such as]: the tour guide profession, the business of domestic guided tours, the tour business in a specific area, guesthouses, and daily room services. Detailed regulations on [obtaining] permission for investment and establishment of tourism enterprises in the Lao PDR by foreign individuals or legal entities are separately stipulated\" (Art. 64, Law on Tourism, 2005)\n--------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Short term accommodation services (specifically for the guesthouses, resorts, hotels that are graded less than 3 stars)\n- Other reservation services and related activities (specifically for some specific tourist attractions)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Law on Tourism No.10/NA, of 09 November 2005, Art. 64.\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.vientianetimes.org.la/Laws%20in%20English/62.%20Law%20on%20Tourism%20(2005)%20Eng.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2155,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","I55","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.004375","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is short-term accomodation services, including guesthouses and up to 3stars hotels. The 2005 Law on Tourism also restrict foreign investors to conduct tourism-related activities (e.g. tour guides, guesthouses, daily room services), and transnational guided tours are reserved to joint ventures with domestic investors.","\"[...] For the business of transnational guided tours, the State permits foreign legal entities to jointly invest with domestic investors. Foreign individuals or organisations shall not be permitted to conduct certain tourism business reserved for Lao citizens, [such as]: the tour guide profession, the business of domestic guided tours, the tour business in a specific area, guesthouses, and daily room services. Detailed regulations on [obtaining] permission for investment and establishment of tourism enterprises in the Lao PDR by foreign individuals or legal entities are separately stipulated\" (Art. 64, Law on Tourism, 2005)\n--------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Short term accommodation services (specifically for the guesthouses, resorts, hotels that are graded less than 3 stars)\n- Other reservation services and related activities (specifically for some specific tourist attractions)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Law on Tourism No.10/NA, of 09 November 2005, Art. 64.\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.vientianetimes.org.la/Laws%20in%20English/62.%20Law%20on%20Tourism%20(2005)%20Eng.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2155,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","I55","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.004375","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is short-term accomodation services, including guesthouses and up to 3stars hotels. The 2005 Law on Tourism also restrict foreign investors to conduct tourism-related activities (e.g. tour guides, guesthouses, daily room services), and transnational guided tours are reserved to joint ventures with domestic investors.","\"[...] For the business of transnational guided tours, the State permits foreign legal entities to jointly invest with domestic investors. Foreign individuals or organisations shall not be permitted to conduct certain tourism business reserved for Lao citizens, [such as]: the tour guide profession, the business of domestic guided tours, the tour business in a specific area, guesthouses, and daily room services. Detailed regulations on [obtaining] permission for investment and establishment of tourism enterprises in the Lao PDR by foreign individuals or legal entities are separately stipulated\" (Art. 64, Law on Tourism, 2005)\n--------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Short term accommodation services (specifically for the guesthouses, resorts, hotels that are graded less than 3 stars)\n- Other reservation services and related activities (specifically for some specific tourist attractions)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Law on Tourism No.10/NA, of 09 November 2005, Art. 64.\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.vientianetimes.org.la/Laws%20in%20English/62.%20Law%20on%20Tourism%20(2005)%20Eng.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2155,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_721X","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.000234375","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is architectural and engineering services. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy [specifically for research and feasibility study of a project, surveying and urban planning, interior and exterior design/decoration, construction consultancy, surveying, design and civil engineering] (minimum registered capital ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak depending on the activity; foreign equity participation limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2184,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_721X","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.000234375","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is architectural and engineering services. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy [specifically for research and feasibility study of a project, surveying and urban planning, interior and exterior design/decoration, construction consultancy, surveying, design and civil engineering] (minimum registered capital ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak depending on the activity; foreign equity participation limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2184,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_721X","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.000234375","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is architectural and engineering services. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy [specifically for research and feasibility study of a project, surveying and urban planning, interior and exterior design/decoration, construction consultancy, surveying, design and civil engineering] (minimum registered capital ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak depending on the activity; foreign equity participation limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2184,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_721X","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.000234375","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is architectural and engineering services. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy [specifically for research and feasibility study of a project, surveying and urban planning, interior and exterior design/decoration, construction consultancy, surveying, design and civil engineering] (minimum registered capital ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak depending on the activity; foreign equity participation limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2184,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.004333333","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the manufacturing of i) food products, such as coffee-based products, tea and herbal infusions, soups, baby food and milk, spices, sauces and other condiments. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement of at least 1 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 20%.\n","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Manufacturing of other food products not classified elsewhere (minimum registered capital: more than 1 billion Lak; foreign equity participation limited to 20%);\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.004333333","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the manufacturing of i) food products, such as coffee-based products, tea and herbal infusions, soups, baby food and milk, spices, sauces and other condiments. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement of at least 1 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 20%.\n","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Manufacturing of other food products not classified elsewhere (minimum registered capital: more than 1 billion Lak; foreign equity participation limited to 20%);\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.004333333","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the manufacturing of i) food products, such as coffee-based products, tea and herbal infusions, soups, baby food and milk, spices, sauces and other condiments. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement of at least 1 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 20%.\n","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Manufacturing of other food products not classified elsewhere (minimum registered capital: more than 1 billion Lak; foreign equity participation limited to 20%);\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.004333333","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the manufacturing of i) food products, such as coffee-based products, tea and herbal infusions, soups, baby food and milk, spices, sauces and other condiments. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement of at least 1 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 20%.\n","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Manufacturing of other food products not classified elsewhere (minimum registered capital: more than 1 billion Lak; foreign equity participation limited to 20%);\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.000315","Licenses for conducting activity in gambling and lotteries are issued only to enterprises with equity participation by foreign investors of 49 per cent or less. The said  requirement  does  not  apply  to  investors  from  the  European  Union  Member  States, \nEuropean  Economic  Area  States  and  Members  of  the  Organisation  for  Economic  Cooperation and Development, as well as when different provisions for foreign investments are prescribed by international treaties ratified by the Saeima.","\"Section 8. Requirements for the Gambling Operator:\nThe licence to operate gambling (hereinafter - the licence) may be received by a gambling operator who meets the following criteria:\n1) it is a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, the paid-up share capital of which is not less than 1,400,000 euros;\n2) the share of foreign members or stockholders in the share capital of a capital company does not exceed 49 per cent. This requirement shall not apply to investors from the Member States of the European Union, the states of the European Economic Area and the Member States of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (residents), and also in cases in which different regulations for foreign investments are provided for by international agreements ratified by the Saeima.\"\n(Law On Gambling and Lotteries (195, 07.12.2005; last amended 15 April 2021), Section 8 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 8.11.2017])","Law On Gambling and Lotteries (195, 07.12.2005; last amended 15 April 2021), Section 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/122941-on-gambling-and-lotteries\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,123,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.000315","Licenses for conducting activity in gambling and lotteries are issued only to enterprises with equity participation by foreign investors of 49 per cent or less. The said  requirement  does  not  apply  to  investors  from  the  European  Union  Member  States, \nEuropean  Economic  Area  States  and  Members  of  the  Organisation  for  Economic  Cooperation and Development, as well as when different provisions for foreign investments are prescribed by international treaties ratified by the Saeima.","\"Section 8. Requirements for the Gambling Operator:\nThe licence to operate gambling (hereinafter - the licence) may be received by a gambling operator who meets the following criteria:\n1) it is a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, the paid-up share capital of which is not less than 1,400,000 euros;\n2) the share of foreign members or stockholders in the share capital of a capital company does not exceed 49 per cent. This requirement shall not apply to investors from the Member States of the European Union, the states of the European Economic Area and the Member States of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (residents), and also in cases in which different regulations for foreign investments are provided for by international agreements ratified by the Saeima.\"\n(Law On Gambling and Lotteries (195, 07.12.2005; last amended 15 April 2021), Section 8 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 8.11.2017])","Law On Gambling and Lotteries (195, 07.12.2005; last amended 15 April 2021), Section 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/122941-on-gambling-and-lotteries\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,123,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.000315","Licenses for conducting activity in gambling and lotteries are issued only to enterprises with equity participation by foreign investors of 49 per cent or less. The said  requirement  does  not  apply  to  investors  from  the  European  Union  Member  States, \nEuropean  Economic  Area  States  and  Members  of  the  Organisation  for  Economic  Cooperation and Development, as well as when different provisions for foreign investments are prescribed by international treaties ratified by the Saeima.","\"Section 8. Requirements for the Gambling Operator:\nThe licence to operate gambling (hereinafter - the licence) may be received by a gambling operator who meets the following criteria:\n1) it is a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, the paid-up share capital of which is not less than 1,400,000 euros;\n2) the share of foreign members or stockholders in the share capital of a capital company does not exceed 49 per cent. This requirement shall not apply to investors from the Member States of the European Union, the states of the European Economic Area and the Member States of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (residents), and also in cases in which different regulations for foreign investments are provided for by international agreements ratified by the Saeima.\"\n(Law On Gambling and Lotteries (195, 07.12.2005; last amended 15 April 2021), Section 8 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 8.11.2017])","Law On Gambling and Lotteries (195, 07.12.2005; last amended 15 April 2021), Section 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/122941-on-gambling-and-lotteries\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,123,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.000315","Licenses for conducting activity in gambling and lotteries are issued only to enterprises with equity participation by foreign investors of 49 per cent or less. The said  requirement  does  not  apply  to  investors  from  the  European  Union  Member  States, \nEuropean  Economic  Area  States  and  Members  of  the  Organisation  for  Economic  Cooperation and Development, as well as when different provisions for foreign investments are prescribed by international treaties ratified by the Saeima.","\"Section 8. Requirements for the Gambling Operator:\nThe licence to operate gambling (hereinafter - the licence) may be received by a gambling operator who meets the following criteria:\n1) it is a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, the paid-up share capital of which is not less than 1,400,000 euros;\n2) the share of foreign members or stockholders in the share capital of a capital company does not exceed 49 per cent. This requirement shall not apply to investors from the Member States of the European Union, the states of the European Economic Area and the Member States of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (residents), and also in cases in which different regulations for foreign investments are provided for by international agreements ratified by the Saeima.\"\n(Law On Gambling and Lotteries (195, 07.12.2005; last amended 15 April 2021), Section 8 [unofficial translation; translation validity up to 8.11.2017])","Law On Gambling and Lotteries (195, 07.12.2005; last amended 15 April 2021), Section 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/122941-on-gambling-and-lotteries\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,123,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.0001875","Land usable for forestry may only be acquired by:\n-  Latvian citizens and the citizens of other EU countries, EEA countries, Switzerland and, since 10 March 2020, OECD countries;\n-  State and self-governments and its enterprises; \n-  Enterprises  registered  in  the  Republic  of  Latvia  or  enterprises  registered  in  other  EU countries,  EEA  countries,  Switzerland or OECD countries and  registered  as  taxable  persons  in  the Republic of Latvia, which are fully jointly owned by Latvian citizens, other citizens of EU countries, citizens of EEA countries, citizens of Switzerland, citizens of OECD countries, the Latvian State or self-government, or which are owned by natural or legal persons from countries with which Latvia has signed and ratified an international agreement on the promotion and protection of investments before 31 December 1996 or an agreement signed and ratified by Latvia after that date, which provides for reciprocal rights to land acquisition. ","\"Section 28. Subjects of Transactions:\nLand may be acquired into ownership by the following subjects:\n1) citizens of the Republic of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union, as well as citizens of the countries of the European Economic Area, the Swiss Confederation and the Member States of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development;\n2) the Republic of Latvia as the initial legal person governed by public law, and derived public persons;\n3) a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, as well as a capital company registered in another Member State of the European Union, European Economic Area country, Swiss Confederation or Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer in the Republic of Latvia and:\na) all shareholders of which are the subjects referred to in Clause 1 or 2 of this Paragraph each individually or all together;\nb) all shareholders of which are natural or legal persons from states, with which the Republic of Latvia has entered into international agreements regarding the promotion and protection of investments, ratified by the Saeima by 31 December 1996. The abovementioned shall also be applicable to natural or legal persons from states, with which international agreements have been entered into after 31 December 1996, if such agreements provide for the rights of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to purchase land in the relevant state;\nc) all shareholders of which are several subjects referred to in Sub-clauses \"a\" and \"b\" of this Clause together;\n4) religious organisations registered in Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the day when they were registered without the obligation to re-register, or from the day when they provided a notice to the register institution in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years;\n5) a legal entity registered in the Republic of Latvia, another Member State of the European Union, a European Economic Area country, the Swiss Confederation or a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer or registered as an economic operator in the Republic of Latvia and is:\na) an individual undertaking, the owner of which is the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nb) an individual merchant, which has been registered by the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nc) a co-operative society, all members of which are the subjects referred to in Clauses 1, 2 and 3 of this Paragraph, as well as in Sub-clauses \"a\", \"b\" and \"c\" of this Clause each individually or all together;\nd) any other legal entity established in a Member State of the European Union, in a Member State of the European Economic Area, in the Swiss Confederation or in a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, comparable to the entities referred to in this paragraph;\n[...]\n7) associations and foundations registered in the Register of Associations and Foundations of the Republic of Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the moment of registration in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years, the purpose of operation of which is related to nature protection, production of agricultural crops or produce or organisation and maintenance of a hunting farm, and which purchase land for implementation of such purposes.\n[...]\nThe subjects of transactions, which are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, may acquire land into ownership in conformity with the restrictions laid down in Section 29 of this Law and in accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 30.\n\nSection 29. Restrictions to Transactions Involving Land Properties:\nThe persons referred to in Section 28, Paragraph four of this Law may not acquire in ownership:\n1) land in the border zone of the State;\n2) land in nature reserves and other protected nature areas in zones of nature reserves;\n3) land in the protection zone of coastal dunes of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga;\n4) land in the protection zones of public reservoirs and water courses, except sections, in which a group of constructions is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n5) the agricultural and forest land, except for sections in which construction is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n6) land in the mineral deposits of national significance. [...]\" (Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 27 February 2020), Sections 28 and 29 [unofficial translation; translation valid up to 2.7.2019; complemented by google translation of 27.2.2020 amendments to Section 28])\n----------------------\n\"Article 20. Business subjects:\n(1) Land may be acquired in ownership in accordance with the Civil Law and other laws:\n1) citizens of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union;\n2) state and local governments, state and local government enterprises (statutory companies);\n3) a statutory company (capital company) registered in the Republic of Latvia or another Member State of the European Union:\na) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to Latvian citizens, citizens of other Member States of the European Union, the State of Latvia or a local government - to each entity separately or to several of these entities together,\nb) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to natural or legal persons from countries with which the Republic of Latvia has concluded international agreements on the promotion and protection of investments approved by the Saeima until 31 December 1996. The above shall also apply to natural or legal persons from countries with which international agreements have been concluded after 31 December 1996, if these agreements provide for the right of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to acquire land in the respective country,\n(c) in which more than half of the share capital is held jointly by several of the entities referred to in points (a) and (b),\n(d) which is a public limited liability company, if its shares are listed on a stock exchange;\n4) religious organizations registered in Latvia until 21 July 1940;\n5) state and municipal higher education institutions.\n(2) Other natural and legal persons who are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section may acquire ownership of land with the restrictions specified in this Chapter.\n\nArticle 21. Restrictions on land transactions:\n(1) The land referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may be acquired as property in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 22 of this Law .\n(2) The persons referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may not acquire ownership of:\n1) land in state border zones;\n2) land in the dune protection zones of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga and in the protection zones of other public water bodies and watercourses, except in cases when they are intended for construction in accordance with the master plan of the city;\n3) agricultural and forest land in accordance with the spatial plan of the city municipality. [...]\" (Law on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21 [google translation])","Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 10 March 2020), Sections 28 and 29 \nLaw on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21\nAmendments to the Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions, implemented 10 March 2020, Sections 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/74241-on-land-privatisation-in-rural-areas\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/doc.php?id=70467\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.vestnesis.lv/op/2020/49.2\">Amendment</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,119,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.0001875","Land usable for forestry may only be acquired by:\n-  Latvian citizens and the citizens of other EU countries, EEA countries, Switzerland and, since 10 March 2020, OECD countries;\n-  State and self-governments and its enterprises; \n-  Enterprises  registered  in  the  Republic  of  Latvia  or  enterprises  registered  in  other  EU countries,  EEA  countries,  Switzerland or OECD countries and  registered  as  taxable  persons  in  the Republic of Latvia, which are fully jointly owned by Latvian citizens, other citizens of EU countries, citizens of EEA countries, citizens of Switzerland, citizens of OECD countries, the Latvian State or self-government, or which are owned by natural or legal persons from countries with which Latvia has signed and ratified an international agreement on the promotion and protection of investments before 31 December 1996 or an agreement signed and ratified by Latvia after that date, which provides for reciprocal rights to land acquisition. ","\"Section 28. Subjects of Transactions:\nLand may be acquired into ownership by the following subjects:\n1) citizens of the Republic of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union, as well as citizens of the countries of the European Economic Area, the Swiss Confederation and the Member States of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development;\n2) the Republic of Latvia as the initial legal person governed by public law, and derived public persons;\n3) a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, as well as a capital company registered in another Member State of the European Union, European Economic Area country, Swiss Confederation or Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer in the Republic of Latvia and:\na) all shareholders of which are the subjects referred to in Clause 1 or 2 of this Paragraph each individually or all together;\nb) all shareholders of which are natural or legal persons from states, with which the Republic of Latvia has entered into international agreements regarding the promotion and protection of investments, ratified by the Saeima by 31 December 1996. The abovementioned shall also be applicable to natural or legal persons from states, with which international agreements have been entered into after 31 December 1996, if such agreements provide for the rights of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to purchase land in the relevant state;\nc) all shareholders of which are several subjects referred to in Sub-clauses \"a\" and \"b\" of this Clause together;\n4) religious organisations registered in Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the day when they were registered without the obligation to re-register, or from the day when they provided a notice to the register institution in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years;\n5) a legal entity registered in the Republic of Latvia, another Member State of the European Union, a European Economic Area country, the Swiss Confederation or a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer or registered as an economic operator in the Republic of Latvia and is:\na) an individual undertaking, the owner of which is the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nb) an individual merchant, which has been registered by the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nc) a co-operative society, all members of which are the subjects referred to in Clauses 1, 2 and 3 of this Paragraph, as well as in Sub-clauses \"a\", \"b\" and \"c\" of this Clause each individually or all together;\nd) any other legal entity established in a Member State of the European Union, in a Member State of the European Economic Area, in the Swiss Confederation or in a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, comparable to the entities referred to in this paragraph;\n[...]\n7) associations and foundations registered in the Register of Associations and Foundations of the Republic of Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the moment of registration in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years, the purpose of operation of which is related to nature protection, production of agricultural crops or produce or organisation and maintenance of a hunting farm, and which purchase land for implementation of such purposes.\n[...]\nThe subjects of transactions, which are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, may acquire land into ownership in conformity with the restrictions laid down in Section 29 of this Law and in accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 30.\n\nSection 29. Restrictions to Transactions Involving Land Properties:\nThe persons referred to in Section 28, Paragraph four of this Law may not acquire in ownership:\n1) land in the border zone of the State;\n2) land in nature reserves and other protected nature areas in zones of nature reserves;\n3) land in the protection zone of coastal dunes of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga;\n4) land in the protection zones of public reservoirs and water courses, except sections, in which a group of constructions is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n5) the agricultural and forest land, except for sections in which construction is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n6) land in the mineral deposits of national significance. [...]\" (Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 27 February 2020), Sections 28 and 29 [unofficial translation; translation valid up to 2.7.2019; complemented by google translation of 27.2.2020 amendments to Section 28])\n----------------------\n\"Article 20. Business subjects:\n(1) Land may be acquired in ownership in accordance with the Civil Law and other laws:\n1) citizens of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union;\n2) state and local governments, state and local government enterprises (statutory companies);\n3) a statutory company (capital company) registered in the Republic of Latvia or another Member State of the European Union:\na) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to Latvian citizens, citizens of other Member States of the European Union, the State of Latvia or a local government - to each entity separately or to several of these entities together,\nb) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to natural or legal persons from countries with which the Republic of Latvia has concluded international agreements on the promotion and protection of investments approved by the Saeima until 31 December 1996. The above shall also apply to natural or legal persons from countries with which international agreements have been concluded after 31 December 1996, if these agreements provide for the right of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to acquire land in the respective country,\n(c) in which more than half of the share capital is held jointly by several of the entities referred to in points (a) and (b),\n(d) which is a public limited liability company, if its shares are listed on a stock exchange;\n4) religious organizations registered in Latvia until 21 July 1940;\n5) state and municipal higher education institutions.\n(2) Other natural and legal persons who are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section may acquire ownership of land with the restrictions specified in this Chapter.\n\nArticle 21. Restrictions on land transactions:\n(1) The land referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may be acquired as property in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 22 of this Law .\n(2) The persons referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may not acquire ownership of:\n1) land in state border zones;\n2) land in the dune protection zones of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga and in the protection zones of other public water bodies and watercourses, except in cases when they are intended for construction in accordance with the master plan of the city;\n3) agricultural and forest land in accordance with the spatial plan of the city municipality. [...]\" (Law on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21 [google translation])","Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 10 March 2020), Sections 28 and 29 \nLaw on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21\nAmendments to the Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions, implemented 10 March 2020, Sections 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/74241-on-land-privatisation-in-rural-areas\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/doc.php?id=70467\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.vestnesis.lv/op/2020/49.2\">Amendment</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,119,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.0001875","Land usable for forestry may only be acquired by:\n-  Latvian citizens and the citizens of other EU countries, EEA countries, Switzerland and, since 10 March 2020, OECD countries;\n-  State and self-governments and its enterprises; \n-  Enterprises  registered  in  the  Republic  of  Latvia  or  enterprises  registered  in  other  EU countries,  EEA  countries,  Switzerland or OECD countries and  registered  as  taxable  persons  in  the Republic of Latvia, which are fully jointly owned by Latvian citizens, other citizens of EU countries, citizens of EEA countries, citizens of Switzerland, citizens of OECD countries, the Latvian State or self-government, or which are owned by natural or legal persons from countries with which Latvia has signed and ratified an international agreement on the promotion and protection of investments before 31 December 1996 or an agreement signed and ratified by Latvia after that date, which provides for reciprocal rights to land acquisition. ","\"Section 28. Subjects of Transactions:\nLand may be acquired into ownership by the following subjects:\n1) citizens of the Republic of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union, as well as citizens of the countries of the European Economic Area, the Swiss Confederation and the Member States of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development;\n2) the Republic of Latvia as the initial legal person governed by public law, and derived public persons;\n3) a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, as well as a capital company registered in another Member State of the European Union, European Economic Area country, Swiss Confederation or Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer in the Republic of Latvia and:\na) all shareholders of which are the subjects referred to in Clause 1 or 2 of this Paragraph each individually or all together;\nb) all shareholders of which are natural or legal persons from states, with which the Republic of Latvia has entered into international agreements regarding the promotion and protection of investments, ratified by the Saeima by 31 December 1996. The abovementioned shall also be applicable to natural or legal persons from states, with which international agreements have been entered into after 31 December 1996, if such agreements provide for the rights of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to purchase land in the relevant state;\nc) all shareholders of which are several subjects referred to in Sub-clauses \"a\" and \"b\" of this Clause together;\n4) religious organisations registered in Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the day when they were registered without the obligation to re-register, or from the day when they provided a notice to the register institution in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years;\n5) a legal entity registered in the Republic of Latvia, another Member State of the European Union, a European Economic Area country, the Swiss Confederation or a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer or registered as an economic operator in the Republic of Latvia and is:\na) an individual undertaking, the owner of which is the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nb) an individual merchant, which has been registered by the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nc) a co-operative society, all members of which are the subjects referred to in Clauses 1, 2 and 3 of this Paragraph, as well as in Sub-clauses \"a\", \"b\" and \"c\" of this Clause each individually or all together;\nd) any other legal entity established in a Member State of the European Union, in a Member State of the European Economic Area, in the Swiss Confederation or in a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, comparable to the entities referred to in this paragraph;\n[...]\n7) associations and foundations registered in the Register of Associations and Foundations of the Republic of Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the moment of registration in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years, the purpose of operation of which is related to nature protection, production of agricultural crops or produce or organisation and maintenance of a hunting farm, and which purchase land for implementation of such purposes.\n[...]\nThe subjects of transactions, which are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, may acquire land into ownership in conformity with the restrictions laid down in Section 29 of this Law and in accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 30.\n\nSection 29. Restrictions to Transactions Involving Land Properties:\nThe persons referred to in Section 28, Paragraph four of this Law may not acquire in ownership:\n1) land in the border zone of the State;\n2) land in nature reserves and other protected nature areas in zones of nature reserves;\n3) land in the protection zone of coastal dunes of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga;\n4) land in the protection zones of public reservoirs and water courses, except sections, in which a group of constructions is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n5) the agricultural and forest land, except for sections in which construction is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n6) land in the mineral deposits of national significance. [...]\" (Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 27 February 2020), Sections 28 and 29 [unofficial translation; translation valid up to 2.7.2019; complemented by google translation of 27.2.2020 amendments to Section 28])\n----------------------\n\"Article 20. Business subjects:\n(1) Land may be acquired in ownership in accordance with the Civil Law and other laws:\n1) citizens of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union;\n2) state and local governments, state and local government enterprises (statutory companies);\n3) a statutory company (capital company) registered in the Republic of Latvia or another Member State of the European Union:\na) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to Latvian citizens, citizens of other Member States of the European Union, the State of Latvia or a local government - to each entity separately or to several of these entities together,\nb) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to natural or legal persons from countries with which the Republic of Latvia has concluded international agreements on the promotion and protection of investments approved by the Saeima until 31 December 1996. The above shall also apply to natural or legal persons from countries with which international agreements have been concluded after 31 December 1996, if these agreements provide for the right of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to acquire land in the respective country,\n(c) in which more than half of the share capital is held jointly by several of the entities referred to in points (a) and (b),\n(d) which is a public limited liability company, if its shares are listed on a stock exchange;\n4) religious organizations registered in Latvia until 21 July 1940;\n5) state and municipal higher education institutions.\n(2) Other natural and legal persons who are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section may acquire ownership of land with the restrictions specified in this Chapter.\n\nArticle 21. Restrictions on land transactions:\n(1) The land referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may be acquired as property in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 22 of this Law .\n(2) The persons referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may not acquire ownership of:\n1) land in state border zones;\n2) land in the dune protection zones of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga and in the protection zones of other public water bodies and watercourses, except in cases when they are intended for construction in accordance with the master plan of the city;\n3) agricultural and forest land in accordance with the spatial plan of the city municipality. [...]\" (Law on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21 [google translation])","Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 10 March 2020), Sections 28 and 29 \nLaw on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21\nAmendments to the Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions, implemented 10 March 2020, Sections 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/74241-on-land-privatisation-in-rural-areas\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/doc.php?id=70467\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.vestnesis.lv/op/2020/49.2\">Amendment</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,119,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.0001875","Land usable for forestry may only be acquired by:\n-  Latvian citizens and the citizens of other EU countries, EEA countries, Switzerland and, since 10 March 2020, OECD countries;\n-  State and self-governments and its enterprises; \n-  Enterprises  registered  in  the  Republic  of  Latvia  or  enterprises  registered  in  other  EU countries,  EEA  countries,  Switzerland or OECD countries and  registered  as  taxable  persons  in  the Republic of Latvia, which are fully jointly owned by Latvian citizens, other citizens of EU countries, citizens of EEA countries, citizens of Switzerland, citizens of OECD countries, the Latvian State or self-government, or which are owned by natural or legal persons from countries with which Latvia has signed and ratified an international agreement on the promotion and protection of investments before 31 December 1996 or an agreement signed and ratified by Latvia after that date, which provides for reciprocal rights to land acquisition. ","\"Section 28. Subjects of Transactions:\nLand may be acquired into ownership by the following subjects:\n1) citizens of the Republic of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union, as well as citizens of the countries of the European Economic Area, the Swiss Confederation and the Member States of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development;\n2) the Republic of Latvia as the initial legal person governed by public law, and derived public persons;\n3) a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, as well as a capital company registered in another Member State of the European Union, European Economic Area country, Swiss Confederation or Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer in the Republic of Latvia and:\na) all shareholders of which are the subjects referred to in Clause 1 or 2 of this Paragraph each individually or all together;\nb) all shareholders of which are natural or legal persons from states, with which the Republic of Latvia has entered into international agreements regarding the promotion and protection of investments, ratified by the Saeima by 31 December 1996. The abovementioned shall also be applicable to natural or legal persons from states, with which international agreements have been entered into after 31 December 1996, if such agreements provide for the rights of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to purchase land in the relevant state;\nc) all shareholders of which are several subjects referred to in Sub-clauses \"a\" and \"b\" of this Clause together;\n4) religious organisations registered in Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the day when they were registered without the obligation to re-register, or from the day when they provided a notice to the register institution in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years;\n5) a legal entity registered in the Republic of Latvia, another Member State of the European Union, a European Economic Area country, the Swiss Confederation or a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer or registered as an economic operator in the Republic of Latvia and is:\na) an individual undertaking, the owner of which is the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nb) an individual merchant, which has been registered by the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nc) a co-operative society, all members of which are the subjects referred to in Clauses 1, 2 and 3 of this Paragraph, as well as in Sub-clauses \"a\", \"b\" and \"c\" of this Clause each individually or all together;\nd) any other legal entity established in a Member State of the European Union, in a Member State of the European Economic Area, in the Swiss Confederation or in a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, comparable to the entities referred to in this paragraph;\n[...]\n7) associations and foundations registered in the Register of Associations and Foundations of the Republic of Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the moment of registration in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years, the purpose of operation of which is related to nature protection, production of agricultural crops or produce or organisation and maintenance of a hunting farm, and which purchase land for implementation of such purposes.\n[...]\nThe subjects of transactions, which are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, may acquire land into ownership in conformity with the restrictions laid down in Section 29 of this Law and in accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 30.\n\nSection 29. Restrictions to Transactions Involving Land Properties:\nThe persons referred to in Section 28, Paragraph four of this Law may not acquire in ownership:\n1) land in the border zone of the State;\n2) land in nature reserves and other protected nature areas in zones of nature reserves;\n3) land in the protection zone of coastal dunes of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga;\n4) land in the protection zones of public reservoirs and water courses, except sections, in which a group of constructions is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n5) the agricultural and forest land, except for sections in which construction is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n6) land in the mineral deposits of national significance. [...]\" (Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 27 February 2020), Sections 28 and 29 [unofficial translation; translation valid up to 2.7.2019; complemented by google translation of 27.2.2020 amendments to Section 28])\n----------------------\n\"Article 20. Business subjects:\n(1) Land may be acquired in ownership in accordance with the Civil Law and other laws:\n1) citizens of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union;\n2) state and local governments, state and local government enterprises (statutory companies);\n3) a statutory company (capital company) registered in the Republic of Latvia or another Member State of the European Union:\na) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to Latvian citizens, citizens of other Member States of the European Union, the State of Latvia or a local government - to each entity separately or to several of these entities together,\nb) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to natural or legal persons from countries with which the Republic of Latvia has concluded international agreements on the promotion and protection of investments approved by the Saeima until 31 December 1996. The above shall also apply to natural or legal persons from countries with which international agreements have been concluded after 31 December 1996, if these agreements provide for the right of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to acquire land in the respective country,\n(c) in which more than half of the share capital is held jointly by several of the entities referred to in points (a) and (b),\n(d) which is a public limited liability company, if its shares are listed on a stock exchange;\n4) religious organizations registered in Latvia until 21 July 1940;\n5) state and municipal higher education institutions.\n(2) Other natural and legal persons who are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section may acquire ownership of land with the restrictions specified in this Chapter.\n\nArticle 21. Restrictions on land transactions:\n(1) The land referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may be acquired as property in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 22 of this Law .\n(2) The persons referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may not acquire ownership of:\n1) land in state border zones;\n2) land in the dune protection zones of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga and in the protection zones of other public water bodies and watercourses, except in cases when they are intended for construction in accordance with the master plan of the city;\n3) agricultural and forest land in accordance with the spatial plan of the city municipality. [...]\" (Law on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21 [google translation])","Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 10 March 2020), Sections 28 and 29 \nLaw on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21\nAmendments to the Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions, implemented 10 March 2020, Sections 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/74241-on-land-privatisation-in-rural-areas\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/doc.php?id=70467\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.vestnesis.lv/op/2020/49.2\">Amendment</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,119,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0135","Commercial agents (distribution on a comission or profit margin basis) is limited to companies majority-owned by Lebanese nationals. See clarification below provided by local law firm:\n\"[...] Decree-Law 34/67 defines the persons and entities subject to its provisions and provides them with certain legal advantages with respect to the applicable law, and the courts having jurisdiction over the disputes that may arise from the commercial representation agreements.\na- Persons and entities subject to the provisions of Decree-Law 34/67 Article 1 of Decree-law No. 34/67 describes the persons and entities subject to its provisions and divides them into the following two categories:\n· The first category is a general category that includes the commercial agents whose regular and independent profession is to engage in negotiations to finalize the sale, purchase, rental or provision of service agreements and, if necessary, accomplish such operations in the name of the producers or merchants and for their account, i.e, all the commercial agents, whether exclusive or not, are included in this category. \n· The second category is more specific. It consists only of the merchants who sell, for their own account, the goods that they purchase by virtue of a contract appointing them as exclusive agents or distributors, i.e, only exclusive distributors are included in this category [...]\" (Nasser & Associates Law Office, \"Commercial Agency/Distribution Agreements\", website>resources>commercial agencies.)","\"Subject 1\nA commercial representative is an agent who, by virtue of his regular, independent business, without being associated with a service contract, negotiates the sale, purchase, leasing or provision of services and, if necessary, acts on behalf of the producers or traders. It is also considered by virtue of the commercial representative, the merchant who sells his purchases for a contract that includes his sole representative or distributor. \n[A paragraph added to the law implemented by decree No. 9639 dated 6/2/1975] \nFrom the date of the implementation of this law, and with the preservation of previous acquired rights and taking into account the reciprocity that the non-Lebanese commercial representatives must prove, the commercial representative must be Lebanese and have a business in Lebanon. \nIf the commercial representative is a company: \n(A) In partnerships and limited liability companies: The majority of the partners and the majority of the capital shall be Lebanese and the holder of the right to sign them shall be Lebanese. \n(B) In shareholding companies: they shall have nominal shares and the majority of their capital shall be Lebanese. Two-thirds of the members of their board of directors, their general manager or the person appointed by the chairman of the board of directors or the general manager of all its functions or part thereof shall be Lebanese [...]\" (Decree-Law No. 34 of August 5, 1967 on Commercial Representation [google translation])","Decree-Law No. 34 of August 5, 1967 on Commercial Representation [google translation]","Nasser & Associates Law Office, \"Commercial Agency/Distribution Agreements\", website>resources>commercial agencies.","[<a href=\"http://www.legallaw.ul.edu.lb/LawView.aspx?opt=view&LawID=203226\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nass-law.com/sites/default/files/Commercial%20Agency.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2106,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0135","Commercial agents (distribution on a comission or profit margin basis) is limited to companies majority-owned by Lebanese nationals. See clarification below provided by local law firm:\n\"[...] Decree-Law 34/67 defines the persons and entities subject to its provisions and provides them with certain legal advantages with respect to the applicable law, and the courts having jurisdiction over the disputes that may arise from the commercial representation agreements.\na- Persons and entities subject to the provisions of Decree-Law 34/67 Article 1 of Decree-law No. 34/67 describes the persons and entities subject to its provisions and divides them into the following two categories:\n· The first category is a general category that includes the commercial agents whose regular and independent profession is to engage in negotiations to finalize the sale, purchase, rental or provision of service agreements and, if necessary, accomplish such operations in the name of the producers or merchants and for their account, i.e, all the commercial agents, whether exclusive or not, are included in this category. \n· The second category is more specific. It consists only of the merchants who sell, for their own account, the goods that they purchase by virtue of a contract appointing them as exclusive agents or distributors, i.e, only exclusive distributors are included in this category [...]\" (Nasser & Associates Law Office, \"Commercial Agency/Distribution Agreements\", website>resources>commercial agencies.)","\"Subject 1\nA commercial representative is an agent who, by virtue of his regular, independent business, without being associated with a service contract, negotiates the sale, purchase, leasing or provision of services and, if necessary, acts on behalf of the producers or traders. It is also considered by virtue of the commercial representative, the merchant who sells his purchases for a contract that includes his sole representative or distributor. \n[A paragraph added to the law implemented by decree No. 9639 dated 6/2/1975] \nFrom the date of the implementation of this law, and with the preservation of previous acquired rights and taking into account the reciprocity that the non-Lebanese commercial representatives must prove, the commercial representative must be Lebanese and have a business in Lebanon. \nIf the commercial representative is a company: \n(A) In partnerships and limited liability companies: The majority of the partners and the majority of the capital shall be Lebanese and the holder of the right to sign them shall be Lebanese. \n(B) In shareholding companies: they shall have nominal shares and the majority of their capital shall be Lebanese. Two-thirds of the members of their board of directors, their general manager or the person appointed by the chairman of the board of directors or the general manager of all its functions or part thereof shall be Lebanese [...]\" (Decree-Law No. 34 of August 5, 1967 on Commercial Representation [google translation])","Decree-Law No. 34 of August 5, 1967 on Commercial Representation [google translation]","Nasser & Associates Law Office, \"Commercial Agency/Distribution Agreements\", website>resources>commercial agencies.","[<a href=\"http://www.legallaw.ul.edu.lb/LawView.aspx?opt=view&LawID=203226\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nass-law.com/sites/default/files/Commercial%20Agency.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2106,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0135","Commercial agents (distribution on a comission or profit margin basis) is limited to companies majority-owned by Lebanese nationals. See clarification below provided by local law firm:\n\"[...] Decree-Law 34/67 defines the persons and entities subject to its provisions and provides them with certain legal advantages with respect to the applicable law, and the courts having jurisdiction over the disputes that may arise from the commercial representation agreements.\na- Persons and entities subject to the provisions of Decree-Law 34/67 Article 1 of Decree-law No. 34/67 describes the persons and entities subject to its provisions and divides them into the following two categories:\n· The first category is a general category that includes the commercial agents whose regular and independent profession is to engage in negotiations to finalize the sale, purchase, rental or provision of service agreements and, if necessary, accomplish such operations in the name of the producers or merchants and for their account, i.e, all the commercial agents, whether exclusive or not, are included in this category. \n· The second category is more specific. It consists only of the merchants who sell, for their own account, the goods that they purchase by virtue of a contract appointing them as exclusive agents or distributors, i.e, only exclusive distributors are included in this category [...]\" (Nasser & Associates Law Office, \"Commercial Agency/Distribution Agreements\", website>resources>commercial agencies.)","\"Subject 1\nA commercial representative is an agent who, by virtue of his regular, independent business, without being associated with a service contract, negotiates the sale, purchase, leasing or provision of services and, if necessary, acts on behalf of the producers or traders. It is also considered by virtue of the commercial representative, the merchant who sells his purchases for a contract that includes his sole representative or distributor. \n[A paragraph added to the law implemented by decree No. 9639 dated 6/2/1975] \nFrom the date of the implementation of this law, and with the preservation of previous acquired rights and taking into account the reciprocity that the non-Lebanese commercial representatives must prove, the commercial representative must be Lebanese and have a business in Lebanon. \nIf the commercial representative is a company: \n(A) In partnerships and limited liability companies: The majority of the partners and the majority of the capital shall be Lebanese and the holder of the right to sign them shall be Lebanese. \n(B) In shareholding companies: they shall have nominal shares and the majority of their capital shall be Lebanese. Two-thirds of the members of their board of directors, their general manager or the person appointed by the chairman of the board of directors or the general manager of all its functions or part thereof shall be Lebanese [...]\" (Decree-Law No. 34 of August 5, 1967 on Commercial Representation [google translation])","Decree-Law No. 34 of August 5, 1967 on Commercial Representation [google translation]","Nasser & Associates Law Office, \"Commercial Agency/Distribution Agreements\", website>resources>commercial agencies.","[<a href=\"http://www.legallaw.ul.edu.lb/LawView.aspx?opt=view&LawID=203226\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nass-law.com/sites/default/files/Commercial%20Agency.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2106,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0135","Commercial agents (distribution on a comission or profit margin basis) is limited to companies majority-owned by Lebanese nationals. See clarification below provided by local law firm:\n\"[...] Decree-Law 34/67 defines the persons and entities subject to its provisions and provides them with certain legal advantages with respect to the applicable law, and the courts having jurisdiction over the disputes that may arise from the commercial representation agreements.\na- Persons and entities subject to the provisions of Decree-Law 34/67 Article 1 of Decree-law No. 34/67 describes the persons and entities subject to its provisions and divides them into the following two categories:\n· The first category is a general category that includes the commercial agents whose regular and independent profession is to engage in negotiations to finalize the sale, purchase, rental or provision of service agreements and, if necessary, accomplish such operations in the name of the producers or merchants and for their account, i.e, all the commercial agents, whether exclusive or not, are included in this category. \n· The second category is more specific. It consists only of the merchants who sell, for their own account, the goods that they purchase by virtue of a contract appointing them as exclusive agents or distributors, i.e, only exclusive distributors are included in this category [...]\" (Nasser & Associates Law Office, \"Commercial Agency/Distribution Agreements\", website>resources>commercial agencies.)","\"Subject 1\nA commercial representative is an agent who, by virtue of his regular, independent business, without being associated with a service contract, negotiates the sale, purchase, leasing or provision of services and, if necessary, acts on behalf of the producers or traders. It is also considered by virtue of the commercial representative, the merchant who sells his purchases for a contract that includes his sole representative or distributor. \n[A paragraph added to the law implemented by decree No. 9639 dated 6/2/1975] \nFrom the date of the implementation of this law, and with the preservation of previous acquired rights and taking into account the reciprocity that the non-Lebanese commercial representatives must prove, the commercial representative must be Lebanese and have a business in Lebanon. \nIf the commercial representative is a company: \n(A) In partnerships and limited liability companies: The majority of the partners and the majority of the capital shall be Lebanese and the holder of the right to sign them shall be Lebanese. \n(B) In shareholding companies: they shall have nominal shares and the majority of their capital shall be Lebanese. Two-thirds of the members of their board of directors, their general manager or the person appointed by the chairman of the board of directors or the general manager of all its functions or part thereof shall be Lebanese [...]\" (Decree-Law No. 34 of August 5, 1967 on Commercial Representation [google translation])","Decree-Law No. 34 of August 5, 1967 on Commercial Representation [google translation]","Nasser & Associates Law Office, \"Commercial Agency/Distribution Agreements\", website>resources>commercial agencies.","[<a href=\"http://www.legallaw.ul.edu.lb/LawView.aspx?opt=view&LawID=203226\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nass-law.com/sites/default/files/Commercial%20Agency.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2106,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00625","Foreign participation in law firms is prohibited. According to Law No. 8/70, a Lebanese lawyer must be registered in order to practise the profession. In order to register an applicant must: 1. Have held Lebanese nationality for at least 10 years; Only registered lawyers can constitute law firms. Foreign lawyers may only exceptionally, and subject to reciprocity, be authorised to plead before the Lebanese courts in a given case.","\"Article 5. Any person wishing to practice as a lawyer should fulfill the following conditions:\n1- Enjoy Lebanese citizenship for at least 10 years;\n[...]\nArticle 83\nCivil professional companies can be set up, grouping practicing lawyers as associates, and the object of those companies shall be to practice the profession of lawyer.\n[...]\nArticle 115. The President of the Bar Association can authorize a foreign lawyer to plead before the Lebanese Courts in a given case subject to reciprocal treatment from the Bar to which the lawyer belongs. [...]\" ( Law Organising the Legal Profession (amended by Law No.42, issued on 19/2/1991))","Law Organising the Legal Profession (amended by Law No.42, issued on 19/2/1991)","IBANET (2019), \"The IBA Global Cross Border Legal Services in the Middle East Report 2019\".","[<a href=\"http://bba.org.lb/content/uploads/Syndicate/141020111552894~Law%20organizing%20the%20profession%20of%20the%20lawyers%20n.8-70%20and%20its%20amendments.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/document?id=ITILS-Middle-East-2019\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","Foreign participation in law firms is prohibited. According to Law No. 8/70, a Lebanese lawyer must be registered in order to practise the profession. In order to register an applicant must: 1. Have held Lebanese nationality for at least 10 years; Only registered lawyers can constitute law firms. Foreign lawyers may only exceptionally, and subject to reciprocity, be authorised to plead before the Lebanese courts in a given case.","\"Article 5. Any person wishing to practice as a lawyer should fulfill the following conditions:\n1- Enjoy Lebanese citizenship for at least 10 years;\n[...]\nArticle 83\nCivil professional companies can be set up, grouping practicing lawyers as associates, and the object of those companies shall be to practice the profession of lawyer.\n[...]\nArticle 115. The President of the Bar Association can authorize a foreign lawyer to plead before the Lebanese Courts in a given case subject to reciprocal treatment from the Bar to which the lawyer belongs. [...]\" ( Law Organising the Legal Profession (amended by Law No.42, issued on 19/2/1991))","Law Organising the Legal Profession (amended by Law No.42, issued on 19/2/1991)","IBANET (2019), \"The IBA Global Cross Border Legal Services in the Middle East Report 2019\".","[<a href=\"http://bba.org.lb/content/uploads/Syndicate/141020111552894~Law%20organizing%20the%20profession%20of%20the%20lawyers%20n.8-70%20and%20its%20amendments.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/document?id=ITILS-Middle-East-2019\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00625","Foreign participation in law firms is prohibited. According to Law No. 8/70, a Lebanese lawyer must be registered in order to practise the profession. In order to register an applicant must: 1. Have held Lebanese nationality for at least 10 years; Only registered lawyers can constitute law firms. Foreign lawyers may only exceptionally, and subject to reciprocity, be authorised to plead before the Lebanese courts in a given case.","\"Article 5. Any person wishing to practice as a lawyer should fulfill the following conditions:\n1- Enjoy Lebanese citizenship for at least 10 years;\n[...]\nArticle 83\nCivil professional companies can be set up, grouping practicing lawyers as associates, and the object of those companies shall be to practice the profession of lawyer.\n[...]\nArticle 115. The President of the Bar Association can authorize a foreign lawyer to plead before the Lebanese Courts in a given case subject to reciprocal treatment from the Bar to which the lawyer belongs. [...]\" ( Law Organising the Legal Profession (amended by Law No.42, issued on 19/2/1991))","Law Organising the Legal Profession (amended by Law No.42, issued on 19/2/1991)","IBANET (2019), \"The IBA Global Cross Border Legal Services in the Middle East Report 2019\".","[<a href=\"http://bba.org.lb/content/uploads/Syndicate/141020111552894~Law%20organizing%20the%20profession%20of%20the%20lawyers%20n.8-70%20and%20its%20amendments.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/document?id=ITILS-Middle-East-2019\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00625","Foreign participation in law firms is prohibited. According to Law No. 8/70, a Lebanese lawyer must be registered in order to practise the profession. In order to register an applicant must: 1. Have held Lebanese nationality for at least 10 years; Only registered lawyers can constitute law firms. Foreign lawyers may only exceptionally, and subject to reciprocity, be authorised to plead before the Lebanese courts in a given case.","\"Article 5. Any person wishing to practice as a lawyer should fulfill the following conditions:\n1- Enjoy Lebanese citizenship for at least 10 years;\n[...]\nArticle 83\nCivil professional companies can be set up, grouping practicing lawyers as associates, and the object of those companies shall be to practice the profession of lawyer.\n[...]\nArticle 115. The President of the Bar Association can authorize a foreign lawyer to plead before the Lebanese Courts in a given case subject to reciprocal treatment from the Bar to which the lawyer belongs. [...]\" ( Law Organising the Legal Profession (amended by Law No.42, issued on 19/2/1991))","Law Organising the Legal Profession (amended by Law No.42, issued on 19/2/1991)","IBANET (2019), \"The IBA Global Cross Border Legal Services in the Middle East Report 2019\".","[<a href=\"http://bba.org.lb/content/uploads/Syndicate/141020111552894~Law%20organizing%20the%20profession%20of%20the%20lawyers%20n.8-70%20and%20its%20amendments.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/document?id=ITILS-Middle-East-2019\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2018,"0.05","The Government gives preference to Lesotho nationals-owned businesses over foreign investors in public procurement, including foreign-owned investors incorporated in Lesotho whilst still abiding by Lesotho's commitments under its trade agreements. However, foreign companies are allowed to go into Joint Venture with Lesotho nationals-owned businesses.","\"Interpretation\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“a foreign body” means a juristic person not registered in Lesotho, and in the case of a natural person, an individual who is not a Lesotho citizen;  […]\n“Basotho  business”  means  a  business  where  the  majority  of  directors  are  Lesotho nationals, and the majority of shares or ownership is held by Lesotho nationals;\n“Tender” means a proposal of an interested person or entity to supply goods, works or services, prepared in accordance with the terms and conditions set out by the Unit;\n[...]\nForeign tenderers\n11. A foreign body or entity is entitled to participate in the tender process.\nGranting of a margin\n12. (1) The Unit shall grant a 15 percent margin of preference in evaluating tender shareholding proposals to a Basotho business who can demonstrate a majority of 51 percent and above;\n(2) The Unit shall grant a 10 percent margin of preference to the following bodies in evaluating tender proposals: (a) a business that can demonstrate a shareholding of between 30 percent and 50 percent by Lesotho nationals; (b) a tenderer tendering to supply goods of Lesotho origin;(c) a tenderer proposing to perform at least 50 percent of the contract in Lesotho by setting up the necessary business and by using and developing the capacity of Basotho staff in the process; (d) a tenderer proposing to sub-contract at least 50 percent of the contract to one or more Basotho businesses; (e) a tenderer who has the largest use of locally produced goods, materials and services; or (f) a tenderer who employs the largest share of local labour.\n(3) The Unit shall grant a 5 percent margin of preference in evaluating tender proposals to a business who can demonstrate a shareholding of between 10 percent and 30 percent by Lesotho nationals [...]\" (Public Procurement Regulations 2007 (Legal Notice No 1 of 2007))\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","Public Procurement Regulations 2007 (Legal Notice No 1 of 2007)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lesotholii.org/legislation/sl/1-0\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,470,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.05","The Government gives preference to Lesotho nationals-owned businesses over foreign investors in public procurement, including foreign-owned investors incorporated in Lesotho whilst still abiding by Lesotho's commitments under its trade agreements. However, foreign companies are allowed to go into Joint Venture with Lesotho nationals-owned businesses.","\"Interpretation\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“a foreign body” means a juristic person not registered in Lesotho, and in the case of a natural person, an individual who is not a Lesotho citizen;  […]\n“Basotho  business”  means  a  business  where  the  majority  of  directors  are  Lesotho nationals, and the majority of shares or ownership is held by Lesotho nationals;\n“Tender” means a proposal of an interested person or entity to supply goods, works or services, prepared in accordance with the terms and conditions set out by the Unit;\n[...]\nForeign tenderers\n11. A foreign body or entity is entitled to participate in the tender process.\nGranting of a margin\n12. (1) The Unit shall grant a 15 percent margin of preference in evaluating tender shareholding proposals to a Basotho business who can demonstrate a majority of 51 percent and above;\n(2) The Unit shall grant a 10 percent margin of preference to the following bodies in evaluating tender proposals: (a) a business that can demonstrate a shareholding of between 30 percent and 50 percent by Lesotho nationals; (b) a tenderer tendering to supply goods of Lesotho origin;(c) a tenderer proposing to perform at least 50 percent of the contract in Lesotho by setting up the necessary business and by using and developing the capacity of Basotho staff in the process; (d) a tenderer proposing to sub-contract at least 50 percent of the contract to one or more Basotho businesses; (e) a tenderer who has the largest use of locally produced goods, materials and services; or (f) a tenderer who employs the largest share of local labour.\n(3) The Unit shall grant a 5 percent margin of preference in evaluating tender proposals to a business who can demonstrate a shareholding of between 10 percent and 30 percent by Lesotho nationals [...]\" (Public Procurement Regulations 2007 (Legal Notice No 1 of 2007))\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","Public Procurement Regulations 2007 (Legal Notice No 1 of 2007)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lesotholii.org/legislation/sl/1-0\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,470,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2022,"0.05","The Government gives preference to Lesotho nationals-owned businesses over foreign investors in public procurement, including foreign-owned investors incorporated in Lesotho whilst still abiding by Lesotho's commitments under its trade agreements. However, foreign companies are allowed to go into Joint Venture with Lesotho nationals-owned businesses.","\"Interpretation\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“a foreign body” means a juristic person not registered in Lesotho, and in the case of a natural person, an individual who is not a Lesotho citizen;  […]\n“Basotho  business”  means  a  business  where  the  majority  of  directors  are  Lesotho nationals, and the majority of shares or ownership is held by Lesotho nationals;\n“Tender” means a proposal of an interested person or entity to supply goods, works or services, prepared in accordance with the terms and conditions set out by the Unit;\n[...]\nForeign tenderers\n11. A foreign body or entity is entitled to participate in the tender process.\nGranting of a margin\n12. (1) The Unit shall grant a 15 percent margin of preference in evaluating tender shareholding proposals to a Basotho business who can demonstrate a majority of 51 percent and above;\n(2) The Unit shall grant a 10 percent margin of preference to the following bodies in evaluating tender proposals: (a) a business that can demonstrate a shareholding of between 30 percent and 50 percent by Lesotho nationals; (b) a tenderer tendering to supply goods of Lesotho origin;(c) a tenderer proposing to perform at least 50 percent of the contract in Lesotho by setting up the necessary business and by using and developing the capacity of Basotho staff in the process; (d) a tenderer proposing to sub-contract at least 50 percent of the contract to one or more Basotho businesses; (e) a tenderer who has the largest use of locally produced goods, materials and services; or (f) a tenderer who employs the largest share of local labour.\n(3) The Unit shall grant a 5 percent margin of preference in evaluating tender proposals to a business who can demonstrate a shareholding of between 10 percent and 30 percent by Lesotho nationals [...]\" (Public Procurement Regulations 2007 (Legal Notice No 1 of 2007))\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","Public Procurement Regulations 2007 (Legal Notice No 1 of 2007)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lesotholii.org/legislation/sl/1-0\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,470,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2023,"0.05","The Government gives preference to Lesotho nationals-owned businesses over foreign investors in public procurement, including foreign-owned investors incorporated in Lesotho whilst still abiding by Lesotho's commitments under its trade agreements. However, foreign companies are allowed to go into Joint Venture with Lesotho nationals-owned businesses.","\"Interpretation\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“a foreign body” means a juristic person not registered in Lesotho, and in the case of a natural person, an individual who is not a Lesotho citizen;  […]\n“Basotho  business”  means  a  business  where  the  majority  of  directors  are  Lesotho nationals, and the majority of shares or ownership is held by Lesotho nationals;\n“Tender” means a proposal of an interested person or entity to supply goods, works or services, prepared in accordance with the terms and conditions set out by the Unit;\n[...]\nForeign tenderers\n11. A foreign body or entity is entitled to participate in the tender process.\nGranting of a margin\n12. (1) The Unit shall grant a 15 percent margin of preference in evaluating tender shareholding proposals to a Basotho business who can demonstrate a majority of 51 percent and above;\n(2) The Unit shall grant a 10 percent margin of preference to the following bodies in evaluating tender proposals: (a) a business that can demonstrate a shareholding of between 30 percent and 50 percent by Lesotho nationals; (b) a tenderer tendering to supply goods of Lesotho origin;(c) a tenderer proposing to perform at least 50 percent of the contract in Lesotho by setting up the necessary business and by using and developing the capacity of Basotho staff in the process; (d) a tenderer proposing to sub-contract at least 50 percent of the contract to one or more Basotho businesses; (e) a tenderer who has the largest use of locally produced goods, materials and services; or (f) a tenderer who employs the largest share of local labour.\n(3) The Unit shall grant a 5 percent margin of preference in evaluating tender proposals to a business who can demonstrate a shareholding of between 10 percent and 30 percent by Lesotho nationals [...]\" (Public Procurement Regulations 2007 (Legal Notice No 1 of 2007))\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","Public Procurement Regulations 2007 (Legal Notice No 1 of 2007)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lesotholii.org/legislation/sl/1-0\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,470,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.1","Foreign-owned companies, in which foreigners hold more than 30% of the equity capital in the case of companies and 50% in the case of partnerships, are subject to screening involving the consideration of economic interests (e.g. employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens) in order to be granted a business permit and be allowed to engage in a business activity in Lesotho.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"business activity\" means an activity carried on for the purpose of generating revenue and includes a profession but does not include the hawking and selling of agricultural produce grown or reared by a local farmer mainly for subsistence purposes;\n\"business permit\" means a document issued under section 4 authorising a foreign business to engage in a business in Lesotho;\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; (d) transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.\n[...]\nSchedule 1: BUSINESS ACTIVITIES FOR WHICH A LICENCE IS REQUIRED\n1. Supply of Liquefied Petroleum Gas and Petroleum Products: a. Distribution and supply of liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum products; b. Retail sale of automotive fuel, liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum products in specialised stores; c. Retail sale of lubrificants\nd. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; e. Establishment for bulk processing, storage and handling of petroleum, petroleum products, liquefied gas, coal and petrol chemical products;[...]\n5. Wholesale and retail of health-related articles and products [...]\n6. Food and beverage services activities: 6.1 Fast food activities, without full restaurant services; 6.2 wholesale and retail sale of meat, including poultry, and meat products; 6.3 Wholesale and retail sale of dairy products, eggs, edible oils and fats; 6.4 Wholesale and retail sale of alcohol and alcoholic beverages not consumed on the spot; 6.5 Wholesale and retail sale of food and non alcoholic beverages;[...]\n10. Animal production: 10.1 Raising of cattle and buffaloes; 10.2 Raising of horses and other equines; 10.3 Raising of camels and camelids; 10.4 Raising of sheeps and goats; 10.5 Raising of swines/pigs; 10.6 Raising of poultry; 10.7 Raising of other animals; 10.8 Mixed farming; 10.9 Sale of livestock and livestock products.\n11. Fishing and aquaculture: 11.1 fishing; 11.2 marine fishing; 11.3 freshwater fishing; 11.4 aquaculture; 11.5 marine aquaculture; 11.6 freshwater aquaculture.\n12. Medical goods and chemicals (animals and crops): 12.1 Wholesale and retail sale of pesticides; 12.2 specialised store for wholesale and retail sale of animal drugs, plant chemicals and flora and fauna medicinal products [...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4087,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.1","Foreign-owned companies, in which foreigners hold more than 30% of the equity capital in the case of companies and 50% in the case of partnerships, are subject to screening involving the consideration of economic interests (e.g. employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens) in order to be granted a business permit and be allowed to engage in a business activity in Lesotho.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"business activity\" means an activity carried on for the purpose of generating revenue and includes a profession but does not include the hawking and selling of agricultural produce grown or reared by a local farmer mainly for subsistence purposes;\n\"business permit\" means a document issued under section 4 authorising a foreign business to engage in a business in Lesotho;\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; (d) transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.\n[...]\nSchedule 1: BUSINESS ACTIVITIES FOR WHICH A LICENCE IS REQUIRED\n1. Supply of Liquefied Petroleum Gas and Petroleum Products: a. Distribution and supply of liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum products; b. Retail sale of automotive fuel, liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum products in specialised stores; c. Retail sale of lubrificants\nd. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; e. Establishment for bulk processing, storage and handling of petroleum, petroleum products, liquefied gas, coal and petrol chemical products;[...]\n5. Wholesale and retail of health-related articles and products [...]\n6. Food and beverage services activities: 6.1 Fast food activities, without full restaurant services; 6.2 wholesale and retail sale of meat, including poultry, and meat products; 6.3 Wholesale and retail sale of dairy products, eggs, edible oils and fats; 6.4 Wholesale and retail sale of alcohol and alcoholic beverages not consumed on the spot; 6.5 Wholesale and retail sale of food and non alcoholic beverages;[...]\n10. Animal production: 10.1 Raising of cattle and buffaloes; 10.2 Raising of horses and other equines; 10.3 Raising of camels and camelids; 10.4 Raising of sheeps and goats; 10.5 Raising of swines/pigs; 10.6 Raising of poultry; 10.7 Raising of other animals; 10.8 Mixed farming; 10.9 Sale of livestock and livestock products.\n11. Fishing and aquaculture: 11.1 fishing; 11.2 marine fishing; 11.3 freshwater fishing; 11.4 aquaculture; 11.5 marine aquaculture; 11.6 freshwater aquaculture.\n12. Medical goods and chemicals (animals and crops): 12.1 Wholesale and retail sale of pesticides; 12.2 specialised store for wholesale and retail sale of animal drugs, plant chemicals and flora and fauna medicinal products [...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4087,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.025","\"The ownership of real estate in Libya is restricted to Libyan nationals and wholly owned Libyan companies. There are two exceptions to this rule. First, real estate may be owned by nationals of countries that Libya has a treaty in place with that permits this. At present, this is limited to nationals of or Libyan companies in which nationals of Malta, Egypt and Tunisia hold shares. Secondly, the Libyan Encouragement of Foreign Direct Investment Law (Law No.9 of 2010) permits the ownership of real estate in Libya by locally established project vehicles of foreign investors. However, such ownership is limited to leasehold ownership only.\" (Hogan Lovells, 2019). The OECD could not confirm the leasehold term. In absence of such informaiton, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the leasehold terms is assumed to be of a medium-term nature.","\"[...] Article 17. Rental of estates\nAs an exemption from the effective legislation related to privatization, the investor shall have the right to rent the necessary properties, in order to set up or operate the project, either public or private properties, which shall be according to the conditions and stipulations specified by the Executive Regulation. [...]\" (Law No. 9, 2010 on Investment Promotion)","Law No. 9, 2010 on Investment Promotion","Hogan Lovells (2019), Special Report on Investment in Africa: Libya chapter (online)","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/193/libya-law-on-investment-promotion\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://iclg.com/alb/special-report/libya\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2059,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2021,"0.025","\"The ownership of real estate in Libya is restricted to Libyan nationals and wholly owned Libyan companies. There are two exceptions to this rule. First, real estate may be owned by nationals of countries that Libya has a treaty in place with that permits this. At present, this is limited to nationals of or Libyan companies in which nationals of Malta, Egypt and Tunisia hold shares. Secondly, the Libyan Encouragement of Foreign Direct Investment Law (Law No.9 of 2010) permits the ownership of real estate in Libya by locally established project vehicles of foreign investors. However, such ownership is limited to leasehold ownership only.\" (Hogan Lovells, 2019). The OECD could not confirm the leasehold term. In absence of such informaiton, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the leasehold terms is assumed to be of a medium-term nature.","\"[...] Article 17. Rental of estates\nAs an exemption from the effective legislation related to privatization, the investor shall have the right to rent the necessary properties, in order to set up or operate the project, either public or private properties, which shall be according to the conditions and stipulations specified by the Executive Regulation. [...]\" (Law No. 9, 2010 on Investment Promotion)","Law No. 9, 2010 on Investment Promotion","Hogan Lovells (2019), Special Report on Investment in Africa: Libya chapter (online)","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/193/libya-law-on-investment-promotion\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://iclg.com/alb/special-report/libya\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2059,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2022,"0.025","\"The ownership of real estate in Libya is restricted to Libyan nationals and wholly owned Libyan companies. There are two exceptions to this rule. First, real estate may be owned by nationals of countries that Libya has a treaty in place with that permits this. At present, this is limited to nationals of or Libyan companies in which nationals of Malta, Egypt and Tunisia hold shares. Secondly, the Libyan Encouragement of Foreign Direct Investment Law (Law No.9 of 2010) permits the ownership of real estate in Libya by locally established project vehicles of foreign investors. However, such ownership is limited to leasehold ownership only.\" (Hogan Lovells, 2019). The OECD could not confirm the leasehold term. In absence of such informaiton, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the leasehold terms is assumed to be of a medium-term nature.","\"[...] Article 17. Rental of estates\nAs an exemption from the effective legislation related to privatization, the investor shall have the right to rent the necessary properties, in order to set up or operate the project, either public or private properties, which shall be according to the conditions and stipulations specified by the Executive Regulation. [...]\" (Law No. 9, 2010 on Investment Promotion)","Law No. 9, 2010 on Investment Promotion","Hogan Lovells (2019), Special Report on Investment in Africa: Libya chapter (online)","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/193/libya-law-on-investment-promotion\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://iclg.com/alb/special-report/libya\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2059,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2023,"0.025","\"The ownership of real estate in Libya is restricted to Libyan nationals and wholly owned Libyan companies. There are two exceptions to this rule. First, real estate may be owned by nationals of countries that Libya has a treaty in place with that permits this. At present, this is limited to nationals of or Libyan companies in which nationals of Malta, Egypt and Tunisia hold shares. Secondly, the Libyan Encouragement of Foreign Direct Investment Law (Law No.9 of 2010) permits the ownership of real estate in Libya by locally established project vehicles of foreign investors. However, such ownership is limited to leasehold ownership only.\" (Hogan Lovells, 2019). The OECD could not confirm the leasehold term. In absence of such informaiton, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the leasehold terms is assumed to be of a medium-term nature.","\"[...] Article 17. Rental of estates\nAs an exemption from the effective legislation related to privatization, the investor shall have the right to rent the necessary properties, in order to set up or operate the project, either public or private properties, which shall be according to the conditions and stipulations specified by the Executive Regulation. [...]\" (Law No. 9, 2010 on Investment Promotion)","Law No. 9, 2010 on Investment Promotion","Hogan Lovells (2019), Special Report on Investment in Africa: Libya chapter (online)","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/193/libya-law-on-investment-promotion\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://iclg.com/alb/special-report/libya\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2059,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","_H","CLAS1_1","I25","IX",2022,"0.1","According to legal practitiners, foreign investment in Libya is permitted either via the Libyan Investment Law No. 9 of 2010 and its implementing regulation (Decision No. 499/2010), or the Commercial Law No. 23 of 2010 regarding economic activity and the relevant implementing regulations. Under the Investment Law (No. 9/2010), foreign investors are allowed to constitute wholly-owned specific investment vehicles in Libya in order to carry out investing operations in specified areas of business (industry, heath care, tourism, services, and agriculture, with the exception of oil and gas business) provided a minimum capital of LYD 5 million is invested, or LYD 2 million in case the company is 50% or more owned by Libyan Nationals, and subject to approval by the relevant authority.\nOtherwise, via the Commercial Law (No. 23/2010), foreign investment is only permitted, subject to ministerial approval, through joint-ventures with Libyan investors with foreign shareholding limited to up to 49% (exceptionally with Ministerial permission this may be raised to up to 60%) and through branches in specified sectors. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is considered that the above-cited regulatory framework: \n1) allows the establishment of wholly foreign-owned special purpose entities subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval in all sectors covered by the OECD FDIRRI, except in Oil & Gas upstram activities and in those sectors specifically reserved to Libyan nationals/enterprises as per Decree 207/2012;\n2) allows the establishment of a local branch in the specified sectors (incl. Oil&Gas) subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval;\n3) precludes majority foreign investment in local companies outside the Investment Law route in all openned sectors, requiring the establishment of joint-venture with minority foreign shareholding subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval (assuming this is most relevant for foreign acquisitions; greenfield investments would be carried out via the Investment Law).\nOn October 13, 2022, Libya's Ministry of Economy and Commerce introduced Decree 944/2022 on the Participation of Foreigners, Branches and Representative Offices of Foreign Companies in Libya. This decree increases the maximum foreign ownership in Libyan companies to 75%, with the potential to reach 89% with Ministry approval. Previously, foreign ownership was restricted to 49%.","\"Article 1 -The following expressions mean the following: [...]\n5. Branch:the branch of a foreign company in Libya.\n6. The Parent Company:a foreign company whose headquartersis outside Libya and has the will to establish an entity in Libya. \n7. Joint venture: a national company jointly owned bya foreign person, whether a natural or legal entity, with a national person, whether legal or natural, according to the ownership ratios stipulated in these regulations.\n[...]\nChapter Three - Joint Ventures [...]\nArticle 18 - Property Distribution\nForeigners' contribution to the joint venture for its duration may not exceed 75% seventy-five per cent. However, this ownership may extend to 89% eighty-nine percent by a decision from the Minister after providing the reasons in the application submitted to the Minister.\nArticle 19 - Conversion into a Joint Venture \nThe national company must be converted into a joint venture under the following conditions: 1. When the National Company sells some of its shares to a foreign natural or legal person after obtaining permission from the Minister, taking into account the provisions of the previous article. 2. When shares or stocks in a national company are transferred by inheritance to a foreign natural person, this transfer must occur within six months from the date of the decedent’s death, taking into account the provisions of the previous article. In all cases, the participation percentages stipulated in Article 18 of these regulations must not be exceeded.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Foreign Affiliates \nArticle 20 - Incorporation\nFor foreign companies, after obtaining permission from the Minister to establish a branch in Libya, provided that the parent company is not a shareholder in a joint venture operating in the same field or activity; the branch's working period is from two to five years, subject to renewal, and the branch must request an extension of the permission for the period necessary to complete the work contracted.  The branch may also convert into a joint venture after meeting the requirements for establishing a joint venture. \nArticle 21 Allowed Branch Areas It is authorized to establish a branch of a foreign company in one of the fields listed below. The branch may combine only two of the specified fields after the approval of the Minister, provided that the payment is made.\n[...]\nArticle 25 Branch Prohibitions \n- The branch may not buy shares of national or foreign companies operating in Libya. \n- Working in areas and activities that are not in line with the parent company’s activities and purposes. \n- Working outside the scope of the fields authorized for the branch mentioned in Article 21.\nArticle 46 \nThe Minister of Economy’s Decree No. 207 of 2012 on Foreign Participation in Companies, Branches and Offices that Represent Foreign Companies in Libya and its amendments are repealed. [...].\" (Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022 [Translation provided by Libya's Ministry of Economy])\n---------------------\n\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies\nArticle 1\nSubject to the unity of object and specialization, formation of joint-venture companies shall be between the Libyan national and body corporate persons and the foreign national and body corporate persons according to their specialties as registered with the official departments in the country of abode of their main domicile, after obtaining permission from the Minister of Economy, provided the joint-venture shall not be a holding company.\nThe chairman of board of directors of the joint-venture (joint-sock) company or the manager of joint-venture (limited liability) company should be of Libyan nationality.\nArticle 2\nThe joint-venture companies shall take the legal form and status of a joint-stock company under the provisions of commercial activity law No. (23) of the year 2010 provided that its paid up capital upon incorporation shall not be less than one million dinars or three tenths (3/10) of the cash capital subscribed, whichever is the greater.\nSuch forms of companies may carry on economic activities in all fields in Libya under the effective legislations except the fields specified under article (6) hereof.\nThe joint-venture company may also take the form of limited liability company formed by natural body persons (Libyans and foreigners) and the capital in such case shall not be less than fifty thousand Libyan dinars in the fields stated in the List appended with this decision.\nArticle 3\nThe participation of foreigners in the capital of the joint-venture company, throughout its existence, shall not exceed (49%) forty-nine percent.\nHowever, for certain considerations concerning the nature of activity, its location, technical or technological requirements and under justifiable decision from the Minister of Economy, the foreigner's participation may exceed the portion stipulated but by no means shall surpass (60%) sixty percent.\n[...]\nArticle 6\nEstablishment of joint companies to undertake the activities in the following items is restricted; and these activities to be performed by Libyans only:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Supplying services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of stevedoring, loading and discharging in airports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations\n[...]\nSection Two - Branches of Foreign Companies\nArticle (7)\nForeign companies, after taking out permission from the Minister of Economy, shall have the right to open branches thereof in the fields specified under article (9) of this decision, provided they shall not be participating in a joint-venture company operating in the same field or activity. The duration of the branch shall be five (5) years subject to renewal.\nArticle (8)\nApplication for obtaining permission, provided for in the preceding article, should be appended with the following documents:\n1) Decision of Company's Board of Directors, approving the opening a branch for the Company in Libya that includes the following:\na) Define the activity of the Branch provided it should be falling within the activities permitted for foreign company branches to carry on in Libya.\nb) Amount allocated for opening and running the branch, should not be less than (LYD 250,000) two hundred and fifty thousand Libyan dinars.\nc) Nominate the branch's manager and his deputy, provided either of them should be Libyan.[...]\nArticle (9)\nFields and activities permitted for foreign companies to open branches and practice them in Libya are specified as follows:\nI. Contracting and Civil Works\n1- Building and construction./ 2- Construction of roads, bridges, viaducts and dams./ 3- Naval structures such as marine quays, breakwaters, ship building and maintenance docks and dredging in ports./ 4- Construction of airports and airfields./ 5- Construction of railways and their stations./6- Construction of gas conveyance and distribution networks using carbonsteel and polyethylene pipes of all types and sizes./ 7- Installation and maintenance of household gas networks and calibration of gas meters of all types.\nAs a condition for carrying on the fields referred to in the items from (1 to 5), the contract value shall not be less than (LYD 50,000,000) fifty million Libyan dinars.\nII. Electricity Works\n1- Construction and maintenance of power stations including those depending on renewable energies as well as transformer sub-stations of all types./ 2- Construction and maintenance of cable networks for transmission of electric power./ 3- Construction of desalination plants depending on thermal methods, membranes and renewable energies.\nIII. Oil Activities\n1- Oil exploration including subsurface strata survey by the various geological, geophysical and geochemical means … etc./ 2- Data processing and analysis and conducting geological and reservoir studies./ 3- Oil wells drilling and workover, installation and maintenance of drilling rigs / equipment, submersible and submerging pumps./ 4- Cementation, mud and drilling fluid services./ 5- Construction tanks, terminals, oil and gas conveyance pipelines and /pumping stations, their maintenance and cathodic protection thereof as necessary./ 6- Construction of floating marine platforms for oil and gas prospecting./ 7- Installation and maintenance of oil refineries and petrochemical plants./ 8- Rendering maritime transport services for materials, equipment and machinery for drilling operation in offshore areas./ 9- Mines clearing from oil fields and other sites.\nIV. Communications\n1- Installation and maintenance of telecommunication systems and stations./ 2- Construction of stations, towers, antennas for telecommunication and aeronautic stations and maintenance thereof.\nV. Industry\n1- Electrical, mechanical, electro-mechanical and technological works necessary for installation of factory machines and maintenance thereof./ 2- Mining, exploration and extraction of metals, excluding oil materials./ 3- Construction and maintenance of blast furnaces necessary for the different plants./ 4- Installation and maintenance of safety and industrial security systems.\nVI. Surveying & Planning\n1- Surveying and mapping work by various means and for different purposes./ 2- Providing engineering consultancy for city planning and urban areas./ 3- Preparation of studies and design for engineering projects.\nVII. Environment Protection\n1- Construction of stations for environmental sanitation./ 2- Treatment, processing and recycling of wastes./ 3- Environmental pollution remedy of, installation and maintenance of relevant equipment./ 4- Treatment of seawater encroachment with ground water and maintenance of water conveyance and wastewater systems and boosting stations.\nVIII. Computer\n1- Installation of automatic control systems and development of the relevant programs / software and maintenance thereof.\nIX. Consultancy, Technical Studies and Training\n1- Training and preparation of studies in the field of information technology, telecommunications and control systems, provision of the necessary consultancy in this respect and construction supervision./ 2- Training, capacity building and skills formation to answer the needs of labour market and without conflict with law No. (18) of the year 2010 regarding education./ 3- Preparation of technical studies and provision of engineering designs necessary of the execution of major industrial and constructional projects./ 4- Construction supervision of engineering projects.\nX. Health\n1. Installation, maintenance and calibration of medical machines and equipment./ 2. Management of hospitals and medical units.\nXI. Air Transport\n- According to the rules and conditions specified under the law.\nArticle (10)\nThe decision approving opening of a branch shall not involve combination between more than one of the fields and activities provided for under article (9) hereof. A separate permission shall be given for each field.\nArticle (11)\nAll national and foreign bodies operating in Libya are barred from engaging with foreign companies to carry out works inside Libya unless they have duly obtained the permission stipulated under article (7) hereof.\n[...]\nList attached to the Decision of Minister of Economy No. (207) of the year 2012 quoting the Activities permitted for Foreign Companies to practice through Limited Liability Companies in Participation with Foreign Natural Persons\n- Design, installation and maintenance of electronic systems and development of software.\n- Manufacture and maintenance of communication equipment, audio and video sets and appliances.\n- Establishment and running of medical laboratories.\n- Manufacture of spare parts.\n- Manufacture of medical equipment and requirements.\n- Food industry, vegetables and fruits conservation.\n- Wood industry, joinery and furniture.\n- Paper industry, Fishery, fish conservation and canning.\n- Manufacture of building materials and paints.\n- Manufacture of cleaning materials and insecticides.\n- Clothes and footwear industry.\n- Manufacture of pipes of different sizes and for different uses.\n- Industries feeding mechanical and electrical industries … etc.\n- Any other activities needed by development requirements permitted by the Minister in coordination with the ministries concerned.[...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)\n----------------------\n\"Article 2 - Area covered by this Law This law applies to national, foreign, or joint venture capital jointly invested in the areas targeted by this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Areas of Investment Investment shall be in all production and service areas. The Executive Regulation shall determine the areas of production and services, which are not covered by this Law, or which are restricted to Libyans only, or by way of partnership between Libyans and foreigners ; additionally , to determine the percentage of each side’s contribution in the project, the legal form of the project and the minimum capital that conforms with the nature of the activity.\n[...]\nArticle 27 - Exceptions within the scope of this Law The provision of this Law shall not apply on national and foreign capitals invested or will be invested in oil and gas projects.\nArticle 28 - Validity of legislation organizing the economic activity The provisions of legislation organizing the economic activity shall be applicable on those who are subject to the provisions of this Law, this is with regard to matters that are not covered herewith. [...]\" (Law No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment)\n----------------------\n\"Article (4) - Investment fields\nIt is allowed to invest capital stated in article (2) of these rules in all productive and service fields with the exception of the fields for exploration, extraction and marketing of oil and gas.\nThe decision for specifying the fields which are limited for Libyans only or participation with foreigners and percentage of each side in the investment project will be issued by GPC on presentation of proposal from the concerned secretary.\nArticle (5) - Capital of the investment project\nThe minimum limit of foreign capital or in case of participation with national capital in the invest project is five million dinars.\nThe minimum limit of the national capital in the investment project will be two million dinars.\nAny project which achieves one of the considerations stated in article (15) of the law by decision from the concerned secretary on presentation from the administration committee.\n[...]\nArticle (8) - The legal forms which exercise the investment\nThe activity of an investment project is exercised according provisions of these rules and effective legislations through all legal forms stipulated in the commercial law; the investment project is registered in the investment register with the authority according the procedures and regulations stated in these rules with the exception of individual activity, tsharokiat and joint stock companies. [...]\" (GPC decision No. 499 for 2010 for issuance of the executive rules of Law No. 9 for 2010 concerning encouragement of investment)\n----------------------\n[Not reproduced here: Ministry of Justice, Legal Opinion No. 11-4-2 on \"The right of foreigners to own the entire investment project in the form of a company or branch of a foreign company\", 23 January 2023.[google translation]]","Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022\nDecision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya\nLaw No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment\nGPC decision No. 499 for 2010 for issuance of the executive rules of Law No. 9 for 2010 concerning encouragement of investment\nMinistry of Justice, Legal Opinion No. 11-4-2 on \"The right of foreigners to own the entire investment project in the form of a company or branch of a foreign company\", 23 January 2023.","Amereller (2022), \" Libya – Decree 944/2022 on the Regulation of the Activities of Foreign Enterprises in Libya\", Client Alert, October 19.\nItkan Law Firm (2022), \"The Provisions of Law No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment\", September 30.\nLibyaHerald (2023), \"Recent legal opinion on foreign investment in Libya does not impose blanket ban in oil sector: Tumi Law Firm\", February 2.","[<a href=\"https://euroly.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/Decree-No.-944-on-the-Foreigners-Participation-and-Foreign-Companies-Branches-and-Representative-Offices-in-Libya.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://euroly.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/Law-No.-9-2010-Euro-Libyan-Trade-Center.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://libyaninvestment.com/gpc-decision-no-499-for-2010/\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawsociety.ly/fatwas/%d8%a3%d8%ad%d9%82%d9%8a%d8%a9-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a3%d8%ac%d8%a7%d9%86%d8%a8-%d8%aa%d9%85%d9%84%d9%83-%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%85%d8%b4%d8%b1%d9%88%d8%b9-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a7%d8%b3%d8%aa%d8%ab%d9%85%d8%a7%d8%b1/\">Opinion</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=20374709-5734-4d8e-a159-90af5a3394b2\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://itkan.ly/the-provisions-of-law-no-9-of-2010-on-promoting-investment/#:~:text=9%20of%202010%20is%20a,stretched%20beyond%20what%20it%20bears.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://libyaherald.com/2023/02/recent-legal-opinion-on-foreign-investment-in-libya-does-not-impose-blanket-ban-in-oil-sector-tumi-law-firm/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3016,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","_H","CLAS1_1","I25","IX",2023,"0.1","According to legal practitiners, foreign investment in Libya is permitted either via the Libyan Investment Law No. 9 of 2010 and its implementing regulation (Decision No. 499/2010), or the Commercial Law No. 23 of 2010 regarding economic activity and the relevant implementing regulations. Under the Investment Law (No. 9/2010), foreign investors are allowed to constitute wholly-owned specific investment vehicles in Libya in order to carry out investing operations in specified areas of business (industry, heath care, tourism, services, and agriculture, with the exception of oil and gas business) provided a minimum capital of LYD 5 million is invested, or LYD 2 million in case the company is 50% or more owned by Libyan Nationals, and subject to approval by the relevant authority.\nOtherwise, via the Commercial Law (No. 23/2010), foreign investment is only permitted, subject to ministerial approval, through joint-ventures with Libyan investors with foreign shareholding limited to up to 49% (exceptionally with Ministerial permission this may be raised to up to 60%) and through branches in specified sectors. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is considered that the above-cited regulatory framework: \n1) allows the establishment of wholly foreign-owned special purpose entities subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval in all sectors covered by the OECD FDIRRI, except in Oil & Gas upstram activities and in those sectors specifically reserved to Libyan nationals/enterprises as per Decree 207/2012;\n2) allows the establishment of a local branch in the specified sectors (incl. Oil&Gas) subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval;\n3) precludes majority foreign investment in local companies outside the Investment Law route in all openned sectors, requiring the establishment of joint-venture with minority foreign shareholding subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval (assuming this is most relevant for foreign acquisitions; greenfield investments would be carried out via the Investment Law).\nOn October 13, 2022, Libya's Ministry of Economy and Commerce introduced Decree 944/2022 on the Participation of Foreigners, Branches and Representative Offices of Foreign Companies in Libya. This decree increases the maximum foreign ownership in Libyan companies to 75%, with the potential to reach 89% with Ministry approval. Previously, foreign ownership was restricted to 49%.","\"Article 1 -The following expressions mean the following: [...]\n5. Branch:the branch of a foreign company in Libya.\n6. The Parent Company:a foreign company whose headquartersis outside Libya and has the will to establish an entity in Libya. \n7. Joint venture: a national company jointly owned bya foreign person, whether a natural or legal entity, with a national person, whether legal or natural, according to the ownership ratios stipulated in these regulations.\n[...]\nChapter Three - Joint Ventures [...]\nArticle 18 - Property Distribution\nForeigners' contribution to the joint venture for its duration may not exceed 75% seventy-five per cent. However, this ownership may extend to 89% eighty-nine percent by a decision from the Minister after providing the reasons in the application submitted to the Minister.\nArticle 19 - Conversion into a Joint Venture \nThe national company must be converted into a joint venture under the following conditions: 1. When the National Company sells some of its shares to a foreign natural or legal person after obtaining permission from the Minister, taking into account the provisions of the previous article. 2. When shares or stocks in a national company are transferred by inheritance to a foreign natural person, this transfer must occur within six months from the date of the decedent’s death, taking into account the provisions of the previous article. In all cases, the participation percentages stipulated in Article 18 of these regulations must not be exceeded.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Foreign Affiliates \nArticle 20 - Incorporation\nFor foreign companies, after obtaining permission from the Minister to establish a branch in Libya, provided that the parent company is not a shareholder in a joint venture operating in the same field or activity; the branch's working period is from two to five years, subject to renewal, and the branch must request an extension of the permission for the period necessary to complete the work contracted.  The branch may also convert into a joint venture after meeting the requirements for establishing a joint venture. \nArticle 21 Allowed Branch Areas It is authorized to establish a branch of a foreign company in one of the fields listed below. The branch may combine only two of the specified fields after the approval of the Minister, provided that the payment is made.\n[...]\nArticle 25 Branch Prohibitions \n- The branch may not buy shares of national or foreign companies operating in Libya. \n- Working in areas and activities that are not in line with the parent company’s activities and purposes. \n- Working outside the scope of the fields authorized for the branch mentioned in Article 21.\nArticle 46 \nThe Minister of Economy’s Decree No. 207 of 2012 on Foreign Participation in Companies, Branches and Offices that Represent Foreign Companies in Libya and its amendments are repealed. [...].\" (Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022 [Translation provided by Libya's Ministry of Economy])\n---------------------\n\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies\nArticle 1\nSubject to the unity of object and specialization, formation of joint-venture companies shall be between the Libyan national and body corporate persons and the foreign national and body corporate persons according to their specialties as registered with the official departments in the country of abode of their main domicile, after obtaining permission from the Minister of Economy, provided the joint-venture shall not be a holding company.\nThe chairman of board of directors of the joint-venture (joint-sock) company or the manager of joint-venture (limited liability) company should be of Libyan nationality.\nArticle 2\nThe joint-venture companies shall take the legal form and status of a joint-stock company under the provisions of commercial activity law No. (23) of the year 2010 provided that its paid up capital upon incorporation shall not be less than one million dinars or three tenths (3/10) of the cash capital subscribed, whichever is the greater.\nSuch forms of companies may carry on economic activities in all fields in Libya under the effective legislations except the fields specified under article (6) hereof.\nThe joint-venture company may also take the form of limited liability company formed by natural body persons (Libyans and foreigners) and the capital in such case shall not be less than fifty thousand Libyan dinars in the fields stated in the List appended with this decision.\nArticle 3\nThe participation of foreigners in the capital of the joint-venture company, throughout its existence, shall not exceed (49%) forty-nine percent.\nHowever, for certain considerations concerning the nature of activity, its location, technical or technological requirements and under justifiable decision from the Minister of Economy, the foreigner's participation may exceed the portion stipulated but by no means shall surpass (60%) sixty percent.\n[...]\nArticle 6\nEstablishment of joint companies to undertake the activities in the following items is restricted; and these activities to be performed by Libyans only:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Supplying services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of stevedoring, loading and discharging in airports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations\n[...]\nSection Two - Branches of Foreign Companies\nArticle (7)\nForeign companies, after taking out permission from the Minister of Economy, shall have the right to open branches thereof in the fields specified under article (9) of this decision, provided they shall not be participating in a joint-venture company operating in the same field or activity. The duration of the branch shall be five (5) years subject to renewal.\nArticle (8)\nApplication for obtaining permission, provided for in the preceding article, should be appended with the following documents:\n1) Decision of Company's Board of Directors, approving the opening a branch for the Company in Libya that includes the following:\na) Define the activity of the Branch provided it should be falling within the activities permitted for foreign company branches to carry on in Libya.\nb) Amount allocated for opening and running the branch, should not be less than (LYD 250,000) two hundred and fifty thousand Libyan dinars.\nc) Nominate the branch's manager and his deputy, provided either of them should be Libyan.[...]\nArticle (9)\nFields and activities permitted for foreign companies to open branches and practice them in Libya are specified as follows:\nI. Contracting and Civil Works\n1- Building and construction./ 2- Construction of roads, bridges, viaducts and dams./ 3- Naval structures such as marine quays, breakwaters, ship building and maintenance docks and dredging in ports./ 4- Construction of airports and airfields./ 5- Construction of railways and their stations./6- Construction of gas conveyance and distribution networks using carbonsteel and polyethylene pipes of all types and sizes./ 7- Installation and maintenance of household gas networks and calibration of gas meters of all types.\nAs a condition for carrying on the fields referred to in the items from (1 to 5), the contract value shall not be less than (LYD 50,000,000) fifty million Libyan dinars.\nII. Electricity Works\n1- Construction and maintenance of power stations including those depending on renewable energies as well as transformer sub-stations of all types./ 2- Construction and maintenance of cable networks for transmission of electric power./ 3- Construction of desalination plants depending on thermal methods, membranes and renewable energies.\nIII. Oil Activities\n1- Oil exploration including subsurface strata survey by the various geological, geophysical and geochemical means … etc./ 2- Data processing and analysis and conducting geological and reservoir studies./ 3- Oil wells drilling and workover, installation and maintenance of drilling rigs / equipment, submersible and submerging pumps./ 4- Cementation, mud and drilling fluid services./ 5- Construction tanks, terminals, oil and gas conveyance pipelines and /pumping stations, their maintenance and cathodic protection thereof as necessary./ 6- Construction of floating marine platforms for oil and gas prospecting./ 7- Installation and maintenance of oil refineries and petrochemical plants./ 8- Rendering maritime transport services for materials, equipment and machinery for drilling operation in offshore areas./ 9- Mines clearing from oil fields and other sites.\nIV. Communications\n1- Installation and maintenance of telecommunication systems and stations./ 2- Construction of stations, towers, antennas for telecommunication and aeronautic stations and maintenance thereof.\nV. Industry\n1- Electrical, mechanical, electro-mechanical and technological works necessary for installation of factory machines and maintenance thereof./ 2- Mining, exploration and extraction of metals, excluding oil materials./ 3- Construction and maintenance of blast furnaces necessary for the different plants./ 4- Installation and maintenance of safety and industrial security systems.\nVI. Surveying & Planning\n1- Surveying and mapping work by various means and for different purposes./ 2- Providing engineering consultancy for city planning and urban areas./ 3- Preparation of studies and design for engineering projects.\nVII. Environment Protection\n1- Construction of stations for environmental sanitation./ 2- Treatment, processing and recycling of wastes./ 3- Environmental pollution remedy of, installation and maintenance of relevant equipment./ 4- Treatment of seawater encroachment with ground water and maintenance of water conveyance and wastewater systems and boosting stations.\nVIII. Computer\n1- Installation of automatic control systems and development of the relevant programs / software and maintenance thereof.\nIX. Consultancy, Technical Studies and Training\n1- Training and preparation of studies in the field of information technology, telecommunications and control systems, provision of the necessary consultancy in this respect and construction supervision./ 2- Training, capacity building and skills formation to answer the needs of labour market and without conflict with law No. (18) of the year 2010 regarding education./ 3- Preparation of technical studies and provision of engineering designs necessary of the execution of major industrial and constructional projects./ 4- Construction supervision of engineering projects.\nX. Health\n1. Installation, maintenance and calibration of medical machines and equipment./ 2. Management of hospitals and medical units.\nXI. Air Transport\n- According to the rules and conditions specified under the law.\nArticle (10)\nThe decision approving opening of a branch shall not involve combination between more than one of the fields and activities provided for under article (9) hereof. A separate permission shall be given for each field.\nArticle (11)\nAll national and foreign bodies operating in Libya are barred from engaging with foreign companies to carry out works inside Libya unless they have duly obtained the permission stipulated under article (7) hereof.\n[...]\nList attached to the Decision of Minister of Economy No. (207) of the year 2012 quoting the Activities permitted for Foreign Companies to practice through Limited Liability Companies in Participation with Foreign Natural Persons\n- Design, installation and maintenance of electronic systems and development of software.\n- Manufacture and maintenance of communication equipment, audio and video sets and appliances.\n- Establishment and running of medical laboratories.\n- Manufacture of spare parts.\n- Manufacture of medical equipment and requirements.\n- Food industry, vegetables and fruits conservation.\n- Wood industry, joinery and furniture.\n- Paper industry, Fishery, fish conservation and canning.\n- Manufacture of building materials and paints.\n- Manufacture of cleaning materials and insecticides.\n- Clothes and footwear industry.\n- Manufacture of pipes of different sizes and for different uses.\n- Industries feeding mechanical and electrical industries … etc.\n- Any other activities needed by development requirements permitted by the Minister in coordination with the ministries concerned.[...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)\n----------------------\n\"Article 2 - Area covered by this Law This law applies to national, foreign, or joint venture capital jointly invested in the areas targeted by this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Areas of Investment Investment shall be in all production and service areas. The Executive Regulation shall determine the areas of production and services, which are not covered by this Law, or which are restricted to Libyans only, or by way of partnership between Libyans and foreigners ; additionally , to determine the percentage of each side’s contribution in the project, the legal form of the project and the minimum capital that conforms with the nature of the activity.\n[...]\nArticle 27 - Exceptions within the scope of this Law The provision of this Law shall not apply on national and foreign capitals invested or will be invested in oil and gas projects.\nArticle 28 - Validity of legislation organizing the economic activity The provisions of legislation organizing the economic activity shall be applicable on those who are subject to the provisions of this Law, this is with regard to matters that are not covered herewith. [...]\" (Law No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment)\n----------------------\n\"Article (4) - Investment fields\nIt is allowed to invest capital stated in article (2) of these rules in all productive and service fields with the exception of the fields for exploration, extraction and marketing of oil and gas.\nThe decision for specifying the fields which are limited for Libyans only or participation with foreigners and percentage of each side in the investment project will be issued by GPC on presentation of proposal from the concerned secretary.\nArticle (5) - Capital of the investment project\nThe minimum limit of foreign capital or in case of participation with national capital in the invest project is five million dinars.\nThe minimum limit of the national capital in the investment project will be two million dinars.\nAny project which achieves one of the considerations stated in article (15) of the law by decision from the concerned secretary on presentation from the administration committee.\n[...]\nArticle (8) - The legal forms which exercise the investment\nThe activity of an investment project is exercised according provisions of these rules and effective legislations through all legal forms stipulated in the commercial law; the investment project is registered in the investment register with the authority according the procedures and regulations stated in these rules with the exception of individual activity, tsharokiat and joint stock companies. [...]\" (GPC decision No. 499 for 2010 for issuance of the executive rules of Law No. 9 for 2010 concerning encouragement of investment)\n----------------------\n[Not reproduced here: Ministry of Justice, Legal Opinion No. 11-4-2 on \"The right of foreigners to own the entire investment project in the form of a company or branch of a foreign company\", 23 January 2023.[google translation]]","Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022\nDecision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya\nLaw No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment\nGPC decision No. 499 for 2010 for issuance of the executive rules of Law No. 9 for 2010 concerning encouragement of investment\nMinistry of Justice, Legal Opinion No. 11-4-2 on \"The right of foreigners to own the entire investment project in the form of a company or branch of a foreign company\", 23 January 2023.","Amereller (2022), \" Libya – Decree 944/2022 on the Regulation of the Activities of Foreign Enterprises in Libya\", Client Alert, October 19.\nItkan Law Firm (2022), \"The Provisions of Law No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment\", September 30.\nLibyaHerald (2023), \"Recent legal opinion on foreign investment in Libya does not impose blanket ban in oil sector: Tumi Law Firm\", February 2.","[<a href=\"https://euroly.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/Decree-No.-944-on-the-Foreigners-Participation-and-Foreign-Companies-Branches-and-Representative-Offices-in-Libya.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://euroly.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/Law-No.-9-2010-Euro-Libyan-Trade-Center.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://libyaninvestment.com/gpc-decision-no-499-for-2010/\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawsociety.ly/fatwas/%d8%a3%d8%ad%d9%82%d9%8a%d8%a9-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a3%d8%ac%d8%a7%d9%86%d8%a8-%d8%aa%d9%85%d9%84%d9%83-%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%85%d8%b4%d8%b1%d9%88%d8%b9-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a7%d8%b3%d8%aa%d8%ab%d9%85%d8%a7%d8%b1/\">Opinion</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=20374709-5734-4d8e-a159-90af5a3394b2\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://itkan.ly/the-provisions-of-law-no-9-of-2010-on-promoting-investment/#:~:text=9%20of%202010%20is%20a,stretched%20beyond%20what%20it%20bears.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://libyaherald.com/2023/02/recent-legal-opinion-on-foreign-investment-in-libya-does-not-impose-blanket-ban-in-oil-sector-tumi-law-firm/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3016,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LUX","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00576","Airlines established in Luxembourg must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,839,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LUX","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00576","Airlines established in Luxembourg must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,839,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LUX","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00576","Airlines established in Luxembourg must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,839,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LUX","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00576","Airlines established in Luxembourg must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,839,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H5210_5221_5224T5229","_O","IV71","IX",2018,"0.0001","When awarding a PPP contract, the government accords preference to bidders commiting to entrust part of the execution of the PPP contract to companies majority-owned by Malagasy nationals. This contracts to Madagascar's general public procurement regime which only provides for preferential treatment to Malagasy nationals and companies incorporated in the country, regardless of the nationality of the owners. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RR, PPPs are assumed to affect only energy and transport infrastructures.","Article 3. General and sectoral scope of application\nThe provisions of this law apply to all economic and social sectors including those managed by special regulations, excluding the mining and hydrocarbons sectors.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Criteria for awarding the PPP contract\nThe award criteria are defined in the final version of the tender dossier communicated in advance to potential candidates. The award criteria necessarily include:\n- the overall cost of the offer, which includes the cost and amount of the financing offered, the total cost of the works as well as the charges related to the operation of the works, installations and equipment, the amount of the tariffs, royalties, fees, subsidies or rents paid by users and/or the contracting public entity, as well as other revenue collected by the Holder over the entire duration of the PPP,\n- the performance objectives defined according to the subject of the PPP contract,\n- the robustness of the financial arrangement according to the expected results,\n- the allocation of risks between the parties.\nEconomic and social criteria may also be taken into account, such as the share of execution of the PPP contract that the candidate undertakes to entrust to companies governed by Malagasy law, majority owned by Malagasy nationals, or to Malagasy craftsmen, as well as environmental, social and governance criteria.\nOther criteria, related to the subject of the PPP contract, may be retained, in particular the technical quality and the innovative nature of the offer, the deadline for carrying out the works or equipment, their aesthetic or functional quality. [...]\" (LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]).","LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ore.mg/TextesDoc/Loi-2015-039PPP.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,618,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H5210_5221_5224T5229","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.0001","When awarding a PPP contract, the government accords preference to bidders commiting to entrust part of the execution of the PPP contract to companies majority-owned by Malagasy nationals. This contracts to Madagascar's general public procurement regime which only provides for preferential treatment to Malagasy nationals and companies incorporated in the country, regardless of the nationality of the owners. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RR, PPPs are assumed to affect only energy and transport infrastructures.","Article 3. General and sectoral scope of application\nThe provisions of this law apply to all economic and social sectors including those managed by special regulations, excluding the mining and hydrocarbons sectors.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Criteria for awarding the PPP contract\nThe award criteria are defined in the final version of the tender dossier communicated in advance to potential candidates. The award criteria necessarily include:\n- the overall cost of the offer, which includes the cost and amount of the financing offered, the total cost of the works as well as the charges related to the operation of the works, installations and equipment, the amount of the tariffs, royalties, fees, subsidies or rents paid by users and/or the contracting public entity, as well as other revenue collected by the Holder over the entire duration of the PPP,\n- the performance objectives defined according to the subject of the PPP contract,\n- the robustness of the financial arrangement according to the expected results,\n- the allocation of risks between the parties.\nEconomic and social criteria may also be taken into account, such as the share of execution of the PPP contract that the candidate undertakes to entrust to companies governed by Malagasy law, majority owned by Malagasy nationals, or to Malagasy craftsmen, as well as environmental, social and governance criteria.\nOther criteria, related to the subject of the PPP contract, may be retained, in particular the technical quality and the innovative nature of the offer, the deadline for carrying out the works or equipment, their aesthetic or functional quality. [...]\" (LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]).","LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ore.mg/TextesDoc/Loi-2015-039PPP.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,618,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H5210_5221_5224T5229","_O","IV71","IX",2022,"0.0001","When awarding a PPP contract, the government accords preference to bidders commiting to entrust part of the execution of the PPP contract to companies majority-owned by Malagasy nationals. This contracts to Madagascar's general public procurement regime which only provides for preferential treatment to Malagasy nationals and companies incorporated in the country, regardless of the nationality of the owners. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RR, PPPs are assumed to affect only energy and transport infrastructures.","Article 3. General and sectoral scope of application\nThe provisions of this law apply to all economic and social sectors including those managed by special regulations, excluding the mining and hydrocarbons sectors.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Criteria for awarding the PPP contract\nThe award criteria are defined in the final version of the tender dossier communicated in advance to potential candidates. The award criteria necessarily include:\n- the overall cost of the offer, which includes the cost and amount of the financing offered, the total cost of the works as well as the charges related to the operation of the works, installations and equipment, the amount of the tariffs, royalties, fees, subsidies or rents paid by users and/or the contracting public entity, as well as other revenue collected by the Holder over the entire duration of the PPP,\n- the performance objectives defined according to the subject of the PPP contract,\n- the robustness of the financial arrangement according to the expected results,\n- the allocation of risks between the parties.\nEconomic and social criteria may also be taken into account, such as the share of execution of the PPP contract that the candidate undertakes to entrust to companies governed by Malagasy law, majority owned by Malagasy nationals, or to Malagasy craftsmen, as well as environmental, social and governance criteria.\nOther criteria, related to the subject of the PPP contract, may be retained, in particular the technical quality and the innovative nature of the offer, the deadline for carrying out the works or equipment, their aesthetic or functional quality. [...]\" (LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]).","LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ore.mg/TextesDoc/Loi-2015-039PPP.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,618,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H5210_5221_5224T5229","_O","IV71","IX",2023,"0.0001","When awarding a PPP contract, the government accords preference to bidders commiting to entrust part of the execution of the PPP contract to companies majority-owned by Malagasy nationals. This contracts to Madagascar's general public procurement regime which only provides for preferential treatment to Malagasy nationals and companies incorporated in the country, regardless of the nationality of the owners. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RR, PPPs are assumed to affect only energy and transport infrastructures.","Article 3. General and sectoral scope of application\nThe provisions of this law apply to all economic and social sectors including those managed by special regulations, excluding the mining and hydrocarbons sectors.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Criteria for awarding the PPP contract\nThe award criteria are defined in the final version of the tender dossier communicated in advance to potential candidates. The award criteria necessarily include:\n- the overall cost of the offer, which includes the cost and amount of the financing offered, the total cost of the works as well as the charges related to the operation of the works, installations and equipment, the amount of the tariffs, royalties, fees, subsidies or rents paid by users and/or the contracting public entity, as well as other revenue collected by the Holder over the entire duration of the PPP,\n- the performance objectives defined according to the subject of the PPP contract,\n- the robustness of the financial arrangement according to the expected results,\n- the allocation of risks between the parties.\nEconomic and social criteria may also be taken into account, such as the share of execution of the PPP contract that the candidate undertakes to entrust to companies governed by Malagasy law, majority owned by Malagasy nationals, or to Malagasy craftsmen, as well as environmental, social and governance criteria.\nOther criteria, related to the subject of the PPP contract, may be retained, in particular the technical quality and the innovative nature of the offer, the deadline for carrying out the works or equipment, their aesthetic or functional quality. [...]\" (LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]).","LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ore.mg/TextesDoc/Loi-2015-039PPP.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,618,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.0045","Foreign investors are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (USD$250,000).","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“business” means any form of trade, commerce, craftsmanship or specified profession carried on for profit and to which this Act applies;\n[...]\nPart IV – Licensing of business activities\n12. Regulated and unregulated businesses\n(1) Subject to this Act, no person shall conduct a regulated or unregulated business in Malawi without obtaining a Business Licence, or otherwise than in accordance with the Business Licence.\n(2) The owner, manager or person in charge of a regulated business who wishes to have his business licensed under this Act shall—\n(a) produce to the Business Licensing Officer evidence of compliance with the relevant regulatory statute; and\n(b) produce to the Business Licensing Officer a certificate issued under the Business Registration Act,\nbefore a Business Licence is issued under this Act. [Cap. 46:02]\n(3) Subject to section 16, any business which is not regulated by any written law shall, upon application and payment of the prescribed fee, be issued with a Business Licence.\n(4) A Business Licence shall authorise the holder thereof to carry on business at premises, stated in the Business Licence, issued to him in relation to the business.\n13. Exemptions\n(1) No Business Licence under this Act shall be required by—\n(a) any person specially appointed to conduct a sale of any goods in execution of any order of any court;\n(b) a sheriff or his deputy selling in execution of his lawful duty;\n(c) any person selling any goods solely as a necessary incident to the provision of any professional or other personal services;\n(d) the owner or operator of any aircraft, ship, or railway coach in respect of sales made on board to passengers travelling thereon;\n(e) any religious organization selling only religious literature;\n(f) any person selling goods for charitable purposes only;\n(g) any person selling goods to any member of any naval, military or police service in any canteen, institute or mess recognised as such by the Ministry:\nProvided that this paragraph shall not apply to any person who is not a member of the force and who conducts the canteen for profit;\n(h) any person who sells goods or carries on business in a market established under any Act;\n(i) any person who sells goods by way of business, or carrying on any business from temporary premises, at a show or exhibition; or\n(j) any person who sells otherwise by retail goods manufactured, grown or produced in Malawi by him.\n(2) The Minister may, from time to time, by notice published in the Gazette, exempt from all or any of the provisions of this Act generally or in any area and subject to conditions that he may find fit, any person who sells goods by way of business or carries on a business, for which a licence is required under this Act, in circumstances that make it desirable in the public interest that the exemption be granted.\n[...]\nPart VIII – Businesses by non-Malawians\n30. Businesses by non-Malawians\n(1) No Business Licence shall be issued to a non-Malawian unless he holds a valid permit under laws relating to immigration, citizenship or refugees and otherwise satisfies the requirements of this Act.\n(2) A Business Licence shall not be issued to a non-Malawian unless he provides evidence showing that he is investing Malawi capital of not less than $250,000 brought from outside Malawi.\n(3) Where applicable, on application or renewal of a Business Licence under section 14, the applicant shall file a statement, in addition to any other documents, describing the participation in the management or finances of the business by a Malawian partner.\n(4) The Minister may by order published in the Gazette vary the monetary limits referred to in subsection (2).\n(5) For the purposes of this Part, “capital” means all cash contribution, plant, machinery, equipment, buildings, spare parts, and other business assets other than goodwill which are not consumed in the regular operations of the business and have a life of more than twelve months.\n[...]\nPart XI – Miscellaneous provisions\n36. Reserved businesses\nThe Minister may, for purposes of promoting the participation of Malawians in economic activity, by order published in the Gazette, reserve some businesses to be carried out by Malawians only.[...]\" (Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013)","Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/2012/27/eng@2014-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2758,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.0045","Foreign investors are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (USD$250,000).","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“business” means any form of trade, commerce, craftsmanship or specified profession carried on for profit and to which this Act applies;\n[...]\nPart IV – Licensing of business activities\n12. Regulated and unregulated businesses\n(1) Subject to this Act, no person shall conduct a regulated or unregulated business in Malawi without obtaining a Business Licence, or otherwise than in accordance with the Business Licence.\n(2) The owner, manager or person in charge of a regulated business who wishes to have his business licensed under this Act shall—\n(a) produce to the Business Licensing Officer evidence of compliance with the relevant regulatory statute; and\n(b) produce to the Business Licensing Officer a certificate issued under the Business Registration Act,\nbefore a Business Licence is issued under this Act. [Cap. 46:02]\n(3) Subject to section 16, any business which is not regulated by any written law shall, upon application and payment of the prescribed fee, be issued with a Business Licence.\n(4) A Business Licence shall authorise the holder thereof to carry on business at premises, stated in the Business Licence, issued to him in relation to the business.\n13. Exemptions\n(1) No Business Licence under this Act shall be required by—\n(a) any person specially appointed to conduct a sale of any goods in execution of any order of any court;\n(b) a sheriff or his deputy selling in execution of his lawful duty;\n(c) any person selling any goods solely as a necessary incident to the provision of any professional or other personal services;\n(d) the owner or operator of any aircraft, ship, or railway coach in respect of sales made on board to passengers travelling thereon;\n(e) any religious organization selling only religious literature;\n(f) any person selling goods for charitable purposes only;\n(g) any person selling goods to any member of any naval, military or police service in any canteen, institute or mess recognised as such by the Ministry:\nProvided that this paragraph shall not apply to any person who is not a member of the force and who conducts the canteen for profit;\n(h) any person who sells goods or carries on business in a market established under any Act;\n(i) any person who sells goods by way of business, or carrying on any business from temporary premises, at a show or exhibition; or\n(j) any person who sells otherwise by retail goods manufactured, grown or produced in Malawi by him.\n(2) The Minister may, from time to time, by notice published in the Gazette, exempt from all or any of the provisions of this Act generally or in any area and subject to conditions that he may find fit, any person who sells goods by way of business or carries on a business, for which a licence is required under this Act, in circumstances that make it desirable in the public interest that the exemption be granted.\n[...]\nPart VIII – Businesses by non-Malawians\n30. Businesses by non-Malawians\n(1) No Business Licence shall be issued to a non-Malawian unless he holds a valid permit under laws relating to immigration, citizenship or refugees and otherwise satisfies the requirements of this Act.\n(2) A Business Licence shall not be issued to a non-Malawian unless he provides evidence showing that he is investing Malawi capital of not less than $250,000 brought from outside Malawi.\n(3) Where applicable, on application or renewal of a Business Licence under section 14, the applicant shall file a statement, in addition to any other documents, describing the participation in the management or finances of the business by a Malawian partner.\n(4) The Minister may by order published in the Gazette vary the monetary limits referred to in subsection (2).\n(5) For the purposes of this Part, “capital” means all cash contribution, plant, machinery, equipment, buildings, spare parts, and other business assets other than goodwill which are not consumed in the regular operations of the business and have a life of more than twelve months.\n[...]\nPart XI – Miscellaneous provisions\n36. Reserved businesses\nThe Minister may, for purposes of promoting the participation of Malawians in economic activity, by order published in the Gazette, reserve some businesses to be carried out by Malawians only.[...]\" (Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013)","Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/2012/27/eng@2014-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2758,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.0045","Foreign investors are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (USD$250,000).","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“business” means any form of trade, commerce, craftsmanship or specified profession carried on for profit and to which this Act applies;\n[...]\nPart IV – Licensing of business activities\n12. Regulated and unregulated businesses\n(1) Subject to this Act, no person shall conduct a regulated or unregulated business in Malawi without obtaining a Business Licence, or otherwise than in accordance with the Business Licence.\n(2) The owner, manager or person in charge of a regulated business who wishes to have his business licensed under this Act shall—\n(a) produce to the Business Licensing Officer evidence of compliance with the relevant regulatory statute; and\n(b) produce to the Business Licensing Officer a certificate issued under the Business Registration Act,\nbefore a Business Licence is issued under this Act. [Cap. 46:02]\n(3) Subject to section 16, any business which is not regulated by any written law shall, upon application and payment of the prescribed fee, be issued with a Business Licence.\n(4) A Business Licence shall authorise the holder thereof to carry on business at premises, stated in the Business Licence, issued to him in relation to the business.\n13. Exemptions\n(1) No Business Licence under this Act shall be required by—\n(a) any person specially appointed to conduct a sale of any goods in execution of any order of any court;\n(b) a sheriff or his deputy selling in execution of his lawful duty;\n(c) any person selling any goods solely as a necessary incident to the provision of any professional or other personal services;\n(d) the owner or operator of any aircraft, ship, or railway coach in respect of sales made on board to passengers travelling thereon;\n(e) any religious organization selling only religious literature;\n(f) any person selling goods for charitable purposes only;\n(g) any person selling goods to any member of any naval, military or police service in any canteen, institute or mess recognised as such by the Ministry:\nProvided that this paragraph shall not apply to any person who is not a member of the force and who conducts the canteen for profit;\n(h) any person who sells goods or carries on business in a market established under any Act;\n(i) any person who sells goods by way of business, or carrying on any business from temporary premises, at a show or exhibition; or\n(j) any person who sells otherwise by retail goods manufactured, grown or produced in Malawi by him.\n(2) The Minister may, from time to time, by notice published in the Gazette, exempt from all or any of the provisions of this Act generally or in any area and subject to conditions that he may find fit, any person who sells goods by way of business or carries on a business, for which a licence is required under this Act, in circumstances that make it desirable in the public interest that the exemption be granted.\n[...]\nPart VIII – Businesses by non-Malawians\n30. Businesses by non-Malawians\n(1) No Business Licence shall be issued to a non-Malawian unless he holds a valid permit under laws relating to immigration, citizenship or refugees and otherwise satisfies the requirements of this Act.\n(2) A Business Licence shall not be issued to a non-Malawian unless he provides evidence showing that he is investing Malawi capital of not less than $250,000 brought from outside Malawi.\n(3) Where applicable, on application or renewal of a Business Licence under section 14, the applicant shall file a statement, in addition to any other documents, describing the participation in the management or finances of the business by a Malawian partner.\n(4) The Minister may by order published in the Gazette vary the monetary limits referred to in subsection (2).\n(5) For the purposes of this Part, “capital” means all cash contribution, plant, machinery, equipment, buildings, spare parts, and other business assets other than goodwill which are not consumed in the regular operations of the business and have a life of more than twelve months.\n[...]\nPart XI – Miscellaneous provisions\n36. Reserved businesses\nThe Minister may, for purposes of promoting the participation of Malawians in economic activity, by order published in the Gazette, reserve some businesses to be carried out by Malawians only.[...]\" (Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013)","Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/2012/27/eng@2014-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2758,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.0045","Foreign investors are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (USD$250,000).","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“business” means any form of trade, commerce, craftsmanship or specified profession carried on for profit and to which this Act applies;\n[...]\nPart IV – Licensing of business activities\n12. Regulated and unregulated businesses\n(1) Subject to this Act, no person shall conduct a regulated or unregulated business in Malawi without obtaining a Business Licence, or otherwise than in accordance with the Business Licence.\n(2) The owner, manager or person in charge of a regulated business who wishes to have his business licensed under this Act shall—\n(a) produce to the Business Licensing Officer evidence of compliance with the relevant regulatory statute; and\n(b) produce to the Business Licensing Officer a certificate issued under the Business Registration Act,\nbefore a Business Licence is issued under this Act. [Cap. 46:02]\n(3) Subject to section 16, any business which is not regulated by any written law shall, upon application and payment of the prescribed fee, be issued with a Business Licence.\n(4) A Business Licence shall authorise the holder thereof to carry on business at premises, stated in the Business Licence, issued to him in relation to the business.\n13. Exemptions\n(1) No Business Licence under this Act shall be required by—\n(a) any person specially appointed to conduct a sale of any goods in execution of any order of any court;\n(b) a sheriff or his deputy selling in execution of his lawful duty;\n(c) any person selling any goods solely as a necessary incident to the provision of any professional or other personal services;\n(d) the owner or operator of any aircraft, ship, or railway coach in respect of sales made on board to passengers travelling thereon;\n(e) any religious organization selling only religious literature;\n(f) any person selling goods for charitable purposes only;\n(g) any person selling goods to any member of any naval, military or police service in any canteen, institute or mess recognised as such by the Ministry:\nProvided that this paragraph shall not apply to any person who is not a member of the force and who conducts the canteen for profit;\n(h) any person who sells goods or carries on business in a market established under any Act;\n(i) any person who sells goods by way of business, or carrying on any business from temporary premises, at a show or exhibition; or\n(j) any person who sells otherwise by retail goods manufactured, grown or produced in Malawi by him.\n(2) The Minister may, from time to time, by notice published in the Gazette, exempt from all or any of the provisions of this Act generally or in any area and subject to conditions that he may find fit, any person who sells goods by way of business or carries on a business, for which a licence is required under this Act, in circumstances that make it desirable in the public interest that the exemption be granted.\n[...]\nPart VIII – Businesses by non-Malawians\n30. Businesses by non-Malawians\n(1) No Business Licence shall be issued to a non-Malawian unless he holds a valid permit under laws relating to immigration, citizenship or refugees and otherwise satisfies the requirements of this Act.\n(2) A Business Licence shall not be issued to a non-Malawian unless he provides evidence showing that he is investing Malawi capital of not less than $250,000 brought from outside Malawi.\n(3) Where applicable, on application or renewal of a Business Licence under section 14, the applicant shall file a statement, in addition to any other documents, describing the participation in the management or finances of the business by a Malawian partner.\n(4) The Minister may by order published in the Gazette vary the monetary limits referred to in subsection (2).\n(5) For the purposes of this Part, “capital” means all cash contribution, plant, machinery, equipment, buildings, spare parts, and other business assets other than goodwill which are not consumed in the regular operations of the business and have a life of more than twelve months.\n[...]\nPart XI – Miscellaneous provisions\n36. Reserved businesses\nThe Minister may, for purposes of promoting the participation of Malawians in economic activity, by order published in the Gazette, reserve some businesses to be carried out by Malawians only.[...]\" (Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013)","Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/2012/27/eng@2014-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2758,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","J61","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.008","An electronic communications licensee shall maintain local shareholding of at least 20 percent.","\"Interpretation\n3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires__[...]\n“broadcasting” means any form of transmission of content intended for reception by the public whether conveyed by means of radio or electronic communications;[...]\n“content” means information in the form of sound, data, text or images, whether still or moving, except where transmitted in private communications;\n“content service licensee” means a holder of a content service licence;[...]\n“electronic communications” means the emission, transmission or reception of signals, including content or intelligence of any nature, partially or fully transmitted by any radio, electro-magnetic, photo electronic or photo optical system, but does not include__\n(a) wire or direct oral communication; (b) communications made through a tone-only paging device; (c) communication from a tracking device; (d) electronic funds transfer information stored by a financial institution in a communications system used for electronic storage and the transfer of funds; or (e) postal or broadcasting service;\n“electronic communications licence” means a network service licence and an application service licence;[...]\n[...]\nLocal ownership requirement\n35. An electronic communications licensee shall maintain a local shareholding of at least twenty per cent.\n[...]\nPART XIII__REgULATION OF CONTENT SERVICES\n97. (1) The Authority shall regulate content services in accordance with this Act.\n(2) The Authority shall facilitate the investment and development of the broadcasting sector in Malawi, and shall, in particular__\n(a) issue licences to operators of content services;\n[...]\n99. The Authority shall issue the following types of content licences__\n(a) public content licence; (b) commercial content licence; (c) community content licence; (d) subscription content management; and (e) any other type as the Authority may determine from time to time.\n[..]\nRestrictions on foreign ownership\n104. A person who is not a citizen of Malawi shall not, directly or indirectly__\n(a) exercise control over content service; or (b) have a financial interest or an interest in voting shares or paid up capital in content service licence, exceeding 20 %.[...]\" (Communications Act, 2016 (Act 34 of 2016))\n------------------------------------------\n\"NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT\nIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 1 of the Communications Act, 2016, I, Nicholas Harry Dausi, Minister of Information and Communications Technology, hereby appoint the 1st day of June, 2017, as the date on which the provisions of Act, except section 104, shall come into operation\" (Government Notice No. 24, Communications Act (Act No. 34 of 2016) Notice of Commencement)\n","Communications Act, 2016\nGovernment Notice No. 24, Communications Act (Act No. 34 of 2016) Notice of Commencement.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://macra.mw/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/COMMUNICATIONS-ACT-2016.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/gn/2017/24/eng@2017-05-26\">Notice</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,436,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","J61","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.008","An electronic communications licensee shall maintain local shareholding of at least 20 percent.","\"Interpretation\n3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires__[...]\n“broadcasting” means any form of transmission of content intended for reception by the public whether conveyed by means of radio or electronic communications;[...]\n“content” means information in the form of sound, data, text or images, whether still or moving, except where transmitted in private communications;\n“content service licensee” means a holder of a content service licence;[...]\n“electronic communications” means the emission, transmission or reception of signals, including content or intelligence of any nature, partially or fully transmitted by any radio, electro-magnetic, photo electronic or photo optical system, but does not include__\n(a) wire or direct oral communication; (b) communications made through a tone-only paging device; (c) communication from a tracking device; (d) electronic funds transfer information stored by a financial institution in a communications system used for electronic storage and the transfer of funds; or (e) postal or broadcasting service;\n“electronic communications licence” means a network service licence and an application service licence;[...]\n[...]\nLocal ownership requirement\n35. An electronic communications licensee shall maintain a local shareholding of at least twenty per cent.\n[...]\nPART XIII__REgULATION OF CONTENT SERVICES\n97. (1) The Authority shall regulate content services in accordance with this Act.\n(2) The Authority shall facilitate the investment and development of the broadcasting sector in Malawi, and shall, in particular__\n(a) issue licences to operators of content services;\n[...]\n99. The Authority shall issue the following types of content licences__\n(a) public content licence; (b) commercial content licence; (c) community content licence; (d) subscription content management; and (e) any other type as the Authority may determine from time to time.\n[..]\nRestrictions on foreign ownership\n104. A person who is not a citizen of Malawi shall not, directly or indirectly__\n(a) exercise control over content service; or (b) have a financial interest or an interest in voting shares or paid up capital in content service licence, exceeding 20 %.[...]\" (Communications Act, 2016 (Act 34 of 2016))\n------------------------------------------\n\"NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT\nIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 1 of the Communications Act, 2016, I, Nicholas Harry Dausi, Minister of Information and Communications Technology, hereby appoint the 1st day of June, 2017, as the date on which the provisions of Act, except section 104, shall come into operation\" (Government Notice No. 24, Communications Act (Act No. 34 of 2016) Notice of Commencement)\n","Communications Act, 2016\nGovernment Notice No. 24, Communications Act (Act No. 34 of 2016) Notice of Commencement.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://macra.mw/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/COMMUNICATIONS-ACT-2016.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/gn/2017/24/eng@2017-05-26\">Notice</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,436,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","J61","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.008","An electronic communications licensee shall maintain local shareholding of at least 20 percent.","\"Interpretation\n3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires__[...]\n“broadcasting” means any form of transmission of content intended for reception by the public whether conveyed by means of radio or electronic communications;[...]\n“content” means information in the form of sound, data, text or images, whether still or moving, except where transmitted in private communications;\n“content service licensee” means a holder of a content service licence;[...]\n“electronic communications” means the emission, transmission or reception of signals, including content or intelligence of any nature, partially or fully transmitted by any radio, electro-magnetic, photo electronic or photo optical system, but does not include__\n(a) wire or direct oral communication; (b) communications made through a tone-only paging device; (c) communication from a tracking device; (d) electronic funds transfer information stored by a financial institution in a communications system used for electronic storage and the transfer of funds; or (e) postal or broadcasting service;\n“electronic communications licence” means a network service licence and an application service licence;[...]\n[...]\nLocal ownership requirement\n35. An electronic communications licensee shall maintain a local shareholding of at least twenty per cent.\n[...]\nPART XIII__REgULATION OF CONTENT SERVICES\n97. (1) The Authority shall regulate content services in accordance with this Act.\n(2) The Authority shall facilitate the investment and development of the broadcasting sector in Malawi, and shall, in particular__\n(a) issue licences to operators of content services;\n[...]\n99. The Authority shall issue the following types of content licences__\n(a) public content licence; (b) commercial content licence; (c) community content licence; (d) subscription content management; and (e) any other type as the Authority may determine from time to time.\n[..]\nRestrictions on foreign ownership\n104. A person who is not a citizen of Malawi shall not, directly or indirectly__\n(a) exercise control over content service; or (b) have a financial interest or an interest in voting shares or paid up capital in content service licence, exceeding 20 %.[...]\" (Communications Act, 2016 (Act 34 of 2016))\n------------------------------------------\n\"NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT\nIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 1 of the Communications Act, 2016, I, Nicholas Harry Dausi, Minister of Information and Communications Technology, hereby appoint the 1st day of June, 2017, as the date on which the provisions of Act, except section 104, shall come into operation\" (Government Notice No. 24, Communications Act (Act No. 34 of 2016) Notice of Commencement)\n","Communications Act, 2016\nGovernment Notice No. 24, Communications Act (Act No. 34 of 2016) Notice of Commencement.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://macra.mw/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/COMMUNICATIONS-ACT-2016.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/gn/2017/24/eng@2017-05-26\">Notice</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,436,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","J61","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.008","An electronic communications licensee shall maintain local shareholding of at least 20 percent.","\"Interpretation\n3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires__[...]\n“broadcasting” means any form of transmission of content intended for reception by the public whether conveyed by means of radio or electronic communications;[...]\n“content” means information in the form of sound, data, text or images, whether still or moving, except where transmitted in private communications;\n“content service licensee” means a holder of a content service licence;[...]\n“electronic communications” means the emission, transmission or reception of signals, including content or intelligence of any nature, partially or fully transmitted by any radio, electro-magnetic, photo electronic or photo optical system, but does not include__\n(a) wire or direct oral communication; (b) communications made through a tone-only paging device; (c) communication from a tracking device; (d) electronic funds transfer information stored by a financial institution in a communications system used for electronic storage and the transfer of funds; or (e) postal or broadcasting service;\n“electronic communications licence” means a network service licence and an application service licence;[...]\n[...]\nLocal ownership requirement\n35. An electronic communications licensee shall maintain a local shareholding of at least twenty per cent.\n[...]\nPART XIII__REgULATION OF CONTENT SERVICES\n97. (1) The Authority shall regulate content services in accordance with this Act.\n(2) The Authority shall facilitate the investment and development of the broadcasting sector in Malawi, and shall, in particular__\n(a) issue licences to operators of content services;\n[...]\n99. The Authority shall issue the following types of content licences__\n(a) public content licence; (b) commercial content licence; (c) community content licence; (d) subscription content management; and (e) any other type as the Authority may determine from time to time.\n[..]\nRestrictions on foreign ownership\n104. A person who is not a citizen of Malawi shall not, directly or indirectly__\n(a) exercise control over content service; or (b) have a financial interest or an interest in voting shares or paid up capital in content service licence, exceeding 20 %.[...]\" (Communications Act, 2016 (Act 34 of 2016))\n------------------------------------------\n\"NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT\nIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 1 of the Communications Act, 2016, I, Nicholas Harry Dausi, Minister of Information and Communications Technology, hereby appoint the 1st day of June, 2017, as the date on which the provisions of Act, except section 104, shall come into operation\" (Government Notice No. 24, Communications Act (Act No. 34 of 2016) Notice of Commencement)\n","Communications Act, 2016\nGovernment Notice No. 24, Communications Act (Act No. 34 of 2016) Notice of Commencement.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://macra.mw/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/COMMUNICATIONS-ACT-2016.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/gn/2017/24/eng@2017-05-26\">Notice</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,436,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","D3510X1","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.007875","Foreign participation in electricity generation and transmission activity is subject to the prevailing government policy on foreign equity holdings. Evidence suggests that foreign ownership of less than or equal to 49% was common until recently (see below). According to the government Guidelines on Lincensing under the Electricity Supply Act of 1990, no foreign equity restriction is applied in relation to distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n--------------\n\"Malaysia’s fourth competitive bidding programme (dubbed the LSS@MEnTARI and generally referred to by the industry as “LSS4”) for the development of large-scale solar (“LSS”) power plants was launched at the end of May 2020, with bid closing scheduled for 5.00pm, 2 September 2020. The programme deviated from the past three rounds in that this was the first time that participation was limited only to Malaysians. The previous three LSS rounds allowed foreign parties to hold up to 49% of the equity interest whereas the criteria for this round came as a surprise to many, as participation was open only to locally-incorporated companies 100% owned by Malaysians and companies listed on the local stock exchange (Bursa Malaysia) which have at least 75% of their shares held by Malaysians.[...]\" (Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that the more restrictive policy stance applies only to a segment of the power generation marekt","\"Appendix 12 - Frequently Asked Questions\nCriteria of Licence Application [...]\n4. Is there any restriction on foreign equity holdings for each type of licence?\n- There is no restriction for distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n- For licence of generation and transmission activity, the restriction on foreign equity holdings is subject to the prevailing government policy. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016)\n--------------------------------\n\"Announcement: Coal fired power plant open bidding\nThe Energy Commission (EC) is calling for Request For Qualification (RFQ) responses for the development of a 1000 MW (Fast Track Project 3A) supercritical/ultra-supercritical coal fired power plant to be commissioned in Oct 2017, and another 2 x 1000MW (Project 3B) coal plant at a new site that is scheduled to be in operation in stages in Oct 2018 and April 2019. Foreign developers with relevant experience are encouraged to form relationships with Malaysian partners as early as possible. Maximum allowable foreign equity is 49% and suitable foreign developer will be allowed to lead a consortium. The pre-qualification exercise is to screen the prospective bidder/consortium, proposed site and power evacuation line. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012)\n--------------------------------\n\"Appendix B - LSS Program Process Flow Chart\nGovernment Policy [...] Implementation Mechanism [...] Foreign ownership is less than or equal to 49% [...]\" (GUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B, pp. 20)\n--------------------------------\n\"Part I -Preliminary\n[...] Interpretation\n2. In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires - \"foreign person\" means -- [...] (c) a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965 [Act 125] or any other foreign entity; (d) a Malaysian entity in which the individual, foreign company or other foreign entity specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), as the case may be, holds more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares);\n[...]\nPart II - Application for Feed-in Approval\nEligibility criteria to apply for a feed in approval\n3. An eligible producer shall be as follows: (a) a Malaysian citizen of not less than twenty-one years of age; [...] (c) a company incorporated in Malaysia other than -- (i) a company in which a foreign person holds, directly or indirectly, more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares); [...]\" (Renewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011)","Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016\nEnergy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012.\nGUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B.\nRenewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011.","Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March","[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/ms/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2016/Guideline_Licensee_Nov2016.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/en/web/general/details/238\">RFQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.st.gov.my/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2017/Guidelines%20on%20Large%20Scale%20Solar%20Photovoltaic%20Plant%20for%20Connection%20to%20Electricity%20Networks_Feb2017.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://policy.asiapacificenergy.org/sites/default/files/RE%20%28Feed-in%20Approval%20and%20Feed-in%20Tariff%20Rate%29%20Rules%202011.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.christopherleeong.com/media/4341/2021_3_clo_lss4_results_analysis.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2918,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","D3510X1","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.007875","Foreign participation in electricity generation and transmission activity is subject to the prevailing government policy on foreign equity holdings. Evidence suggests that foreign ownership of less than or equal to 49% was common until recently (see below). According to the government Guidelines on Lincensing under the Electricity Supply Act of 1990, no foreign equity restriction is applied in relation to distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n--------------\n\"Malaysia’s fourth competitive bidding programme (dubbed the LSS@MEnTARI and generally referred to by the industry as “LSS4”) for the development of large-scale solar (“LSS”) power plants was launched at the end of May 2020, with bid closing scheduled for 5.00pm, 2 September 2020. The programme deviated from the past three rounds in that this was the first time that participation was limited only to Malaysians. The previous three LSS rounds allowed foreign parties to hold up to 49% of the equity interest whereas the criteria for this round came as a surprise to many, as participation was open only to locally-incorporated companies 100% owned by Malaysians and companies listed on the local stock exchange (Bursa Malaysia) which have at least 75% of their shares held by Malaysians.[...]\" (Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that the more restrictive policy stance applies only to a segment of the power generation marekt","\"Appendix 12 - Frequently Asked Questions\nCriteria of Licence Application [...]\n4. Is there any restriction on foreign equity holdings for each type of licence?\n- There is no restriction for distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n- For licence of generation and transmission activity, the restriction on foreign equity holdings is subject to the prevailing government policy. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016)\n--------------------------------\n\"Announcement: Coal fired power plant open bidding\nThe Energy Commission (EC) is calling for Request For Qualification (RFQ) responses for the development of a 1000 MW (Fast Track Project 3A) supercritical/ultra-supercritical coal fired power plant to be commissioned in Oct 2017, and another 2 x 1000MW (Project 3B) coal plant at a new site that is scheduled to be in operation in stages in Oct 2018 and April 2019. Foreign developers with relevant experience are encouraged to form relationships with Malaysian partners as early as possible. Maximum allowable foreign equity is 49% and suitable foreign developer will be allowed to lead a consortium. The pre-qualification exercise is to screen the prospective bidder/consortium, proposed site and power evacuation line. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012)\n--------------------------------\n\"Appendix B - LSS Program Process Flow Chart\nGovernment Policy [...] Implementation Mechanism [...] Foreign ownership is less than or equal to 49% [...]\" (GUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B, pp. 20)\n--------------------------------\n\"Part I -Preliminary\n[...] Interpretation\n2. In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires - \"foreign person\" means -- [...] (c) a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965 [Act 125] or any other foreign entity; (d) a Malaysian entity in which the individual, foreign company or other foreign entity specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), as the case may be, holds more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares);\n[...]\nPart II - Application for Feed-in Approval\nEligibility criteria to apply for a feed in approval\n3. An eligible producer shall be as follows: (a) a Malaysian citizen of not less than twenty-one years of age; [...] (c) a company incorporated in Malaysia other than -- (i) a company in which a foreign person holds, directly or indirectly, more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares); [...]\" (Renewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011)","Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016\nEnergy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012.\nGUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B.\nRenewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011.","Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March","[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/ms/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2016/Guideline_Licensee_Nov2016.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/en/web/general/details/238\">RFQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.st.gov.my/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2017/Guidelines%20on%20Large%20Scale%20Solar%20Photovoltaic%20Plant%20for%20Connection%20to%20Electricity%20Networks_Feb2017.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://policy.asiapacificenergy.org/sites/default/files/RE%20%28Feed-in%20Approval%20and%20Feed-in%20Tariff%20Rate%29%20Rules%202011.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.christopherleeong.com/media/4341/2021_3_clo_lss4_results_analysis.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2918,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","D3510X1","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.007875","Foreign participation in electricity generation and transmission activity is subject to the prevailing government policy on foreign equity holdings. Evidence suggests that foreign ownership of less than or equal to 49% was common until recently (see below). According to the government Guidelines on Lincensing under the Electricity Supply Act of 1990, no foreign equity restriction is applied in relation to distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n--------------\n\"Malaysia’s fourth competitive bidding programme (dubbed the LSS@MEnTARI and generally referred to by the industry as “LSS4”) for the development of large-scale solar (“LSS”) power plants was launched at the end of May 2020, with bid closing scheduled for 5.00pm, 2 September 2020. The programme deviated from the past three rounds in that this was the first time that participation was limited only to Malaysians. The previous three LSS rounds allowed foreign parties to hold up to 49% of the equity interest whereas the criteria for this round came as a surprise to many, as participation was open only to locally-incorporated companies 100% owned by Malaysians and companies listed on the local stock exchange (Bursa Malaysia) which have at least 75% of their shares held by Malaysians.[...]\" (Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that the more restrictive policy stance applies only to a segment of the power generation marekt","\"Appendix 12 - Frequently Asked Questions\nCriteria of Licence Application [...]\n4. Is there any restriction on foreign equity holdings for each type of licence?\n- There is no restriction for distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n- For licence of generation and transmission activity, the restriction on foreign equity holdings is subject to the prevailing government policy. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016)\n--------------------------------\n\"Announcement: Coal fired power plant open bidding\nThe Energy Commission (EC) is calling for Request For Qualification (RFQ) responses for the development of a 1000 MW (Fast Track Project 3A) supercritical/ultra-supercritical coal fired power plant to be commissioned in Oct 2017, and another 2 x 1000MW (Project 3B) coal plant at a new site that is scheduled to be in operation in stages in Oct 2018 and April 2019. Foreign developers with relevant experience are encouraged to form relationships with Malaysian partners as early as possible. Maximum allowable foreign equity is 49% and suitable foreign developer will be allowed to lead a consortium. The pre-qualification exercise is to screen the prospective bidder/consortium, proposed site and power evacuation line. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012)\n--------------------------------\n\"Appendix B - LSS Program Process Flow Chart\nGovernment Policy [...] Implementation Mechanism [...] Foreign ownership is less than or equal to 49% [...]\" (GUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B, pp. 20)\n--------------------------------\n\"Part I -Preliminary\n[...] Interpretation\n2. In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires - \"foreign person\" means -- [...] (c) a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965 [Act 125] or any other foreign entity; (d) a Malaysian entity in which the individual, foreign company or other foreign entity specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), as the case may be, holds more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares);\n[...]\nPart II - Application for Feed-in Approval\nEligibility criteria to apply for a feed in approval\n3. An eligible producer shall be as follows: (a) a Malaysian citizen of not less than twenty-one years of age; [...] (c) a company incorporated in Malaysia other than -- (i) a company in which a foreign person holds, directly or indirectly, more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares); [...]\" (Renewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011)","Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016\nEnergy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012.\nGUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B.\nRenewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011.","Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March","[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/ms/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2016/Guideline_Licensee_Nov2016.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/en/web/general/details/238\">RFQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.st.gov.my/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2017/Guidelines%20on%20Large%20Scale%20Solar%20Photovoltaic%20Plant%20for%20Connection%20to%20Electricity%20Networks_Feb2017.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://policy.asiapacificenergy.org/sites/default/files/RE%20%28Feed-in%20Approval%20and%20Feed-in%20Tariff%20Rate%29%20Rules%202011.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.christopherleeong.com/media/4341/2021_3_clo_lss4_results_analysis.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2918,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","D3510X1","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.007875","Foreign participation in electricity generation and transmission activity is subject to the prevailing government policy on foreign equity holdings. Evidence suggests that foreign ownership of less than or equal to 49% was common until recently (see below). According to the government Guidelines on Lincensing under the Electricity Supply Act of 1990, no foreign equity restriction is applied in relation to distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n--------------\n\"Malaysia’s fourth competitive bidding programme (dubbed the LSS@MEnTARI and generally referred to by the industry as “LSS4”) for the development of large-scale solar (“LSS”) power plants was launched at the end of May 2020, with bid closing scheduled for 5.00pm, 2 September 2020. The programme deviated from the past three rounds in that this was the first time that participation was limited only to Malaysians. The previous three LSS rounds allowed foreign parties to hold up to 49% of the equity interest whereas the criteria for this round came as a surprise to many, as participation was open only to locally-incorporated companies 100% owned by Malaysians and companies listed on the local stock exchange (Bursa Malaysia) which have at least 75% of their shares held by Malaysians.[...]\" (Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that the more restrictive policy stance applies only to a segment of the power generation marekt","\"Appendix 12 - Frequently Asked Questions\nCriteria of Licence Application [...]\n4. Is there any restriction on foreign equity holdings for each type of licence?\n- There is no restriction for distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n- For licence of generation and transmission activity, the restriction on foreign equity holdings is subject to the prevailing government policy. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016)\n--------------------------------\n\"Announcement: Coal fired power plant open bidding\nThe Energy Commission (EC) is calling for Request For Qualification (RFQ) responses for the development of a 1000 MW (Fast Track Project 3A) supercritical/ultra-supercritical coal fired power plant to be commissioned in Oct 2017, and another 2 x 1000MW (Project 3B) coal plant at a new site that is scheduled to be in operation in stages in Oct 2018 and April 2019. Foreign developers with relevant experience are encouraged to form relationships with Malaysian partners as early as possible. Maximum allowable foreign equity is 49% and suitable foreign developer will be allowed to lead a consortium. The pre-qualification exercise is to screen the prospective bidder/consortium, proposed site and power evacuation line. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012)\n--------------------------------\n\"Appendix B - LSS Program Process Flow Chart\nGovernment Policy [...] Implementation Mechanism [...] Foreign ownership is less than or equal to 49% [...]\" (GUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B, pp. 20)\n--------------------------------\n\"Part I -Preliminary\n[...] Interpretation\n2. In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires - \"foreign person\" means -- [...] (c) a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965 [Act 125] or any other foreign entity; (d) a Malaysian entity in which the individual, foreign company or other foreign entity specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), as the case may be, holds more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares);\n[...]\nPart II - Application for Feed-in Approval\nEligibility criteria to apply for a feed in approval\n3. An eligible producer shall be as follows: (a) a Malaysian citizen of not less than twenty-one years of age; [...] (c) a company incorporated in Malaysia other than -- (i) a company in which a foreign person holds, directly or indirectly, more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares); [...]\" (Renewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011)","Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016\nEnergy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012.\nGUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B.\nRenewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011.","Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March","[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/ms/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2016/Guideline_Licensee_Nov2016.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/en/web/general/details/238\">RFQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.st.gov.my/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2017/Guidelines%20on%20Large%20Scale%20Solar%20Photovoltaic%20Plant%20for%20Connection%20to%20Electricity%20Networks_Feb2017.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://policy.asiapacificenergy.org/sites/default/files/RE%20%28Feed-in%20Approval%20and%20Feed-in%20Tariff%20Rate%29%20Rules%202011.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.christopherleeong.com/media/4341/2021_3_clo_lss4_results_analysis.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2918,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.0045","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements (e.g. utilise local professional services when available in Malaysia and have at least 30% of products in their stock/shelf space sourced from Bumiputera or Malay-owned SMEs goods / products).",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2913,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.0045","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements (e.g. utilise local professional services when available in Malaysia and have at least 30% of products in their stock/shelf space sourced from Bumiputera or Malay-owned SMEs goods / products).",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2913,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.0045","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements (e.g. utilise local professional services when available in Malaysia and have at least 30% of products in their stock/shelf space sourced from Bumiputera or Malay-owned SMEs goods / products).",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2913,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.0045","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements (e.g. utilise local professional services when available in Malaysia and have at least 30% of products in their stock/shelf space sourced from Bumiputera or Malay-owned SMEs goods / products).",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2913,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.036","Foreign investment is limited to 30% in domestic commercial banks and limited to 70% in investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. The legislation does not specifically provide for such restrictions. The Minister of Finance and/or the Central Bank may impose limits to foreign shareholding as part of the lincensing process. As has been publicy announced, the current policy is to impose the mentioned foreign equity restrictions. Such policies are not formally published, but have been announced and practioneers seem to confirm that such restrictions apply (see below). \n---------------------\n\"Banking regulation in Malaysia: overview [...]\nForeign investment\n22. Are there specific restrictions on foreign shareholdings in banks?\nForeign shareholdings of up to 70% are allowed in domestic Islamic banks which have a paid-up capital of at least US$1 billion and up to 70% for investment banks. The permissible foreign shareholding for commercial banks is 30%. These limits do not apply to international Islamic banks, \"grandfathered\" banks (banks which were granted licenses under the now-repealed predecessor statutes to the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA)), pre-existing foreign-owned banks and those which were granted licences immediately following the liberalisation of the financial sector in 2009.\" (Azman bin Othman Luk, Karen Foong and Elaine Heung, Rahmat Lim & Partners (2017), \"Banking Regulation in Malaysia: Overview\", Practical Guide: Banking Regulation: Global Guide 2017/18, Thomson Reuters.)\n\"KUALA LUMPUR, March 23 [2011] (Reuters)  - Malaysia’s central bank chief Zeti Akhtar Aziz said on Wednesday the threshold for foreign ownership of local banks remained at 30 percent but this cap may be reviewed on rare occasions. “At this point in time the threshold is 30 percent and that threshold remains for now because we want a core of domestic banks within our financial system (to facilitate) financial inclusion,” Zeti told reporters.\"[...] Zeti added that Bank Negara may “from time to time” consider breaching the threshold, but it would be on a very rare occasion. [...] (Reporting by Min Hun Fong; editing by Liau Y-Sing)\" (Press Article, \"Malaysia's c.bank says 30pct foreign ownership of banks stands\", Reuters Staff, March 23, 2011 / 11:10 AM).","\"PRESS STATEMENT: LIBERALISATION OF THE FINANCIAL SECTOR\n[…]\nFlexibility will be accorded for an increase in the foreign equity limits from 49% to 70% of investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. Such alliances will strengthen business potential and enhance growth prospects of financial institutions through the international expertise and global networks of foreign shareholders. The foreign equity limit for domestic commercial banks will remain at the current 30%;[...]\" (Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART III - AUTHORIZATION AND REGISTRATION\nDivision 1 - Authorized business   \nAuthorized business to be carried on by authorized person\n8.(1) No person shall carry on any authorized business unless it is— (a) licensed by the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business or investment banking business; or (b) approved by the Bank under section 11 to carry on any of the businesses set out in Division 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n[...]\nApplication for authorization\n9. An applicant for a licence under section 10 or an approval under section 11 to carry on an authorized business shall submit the application in writing to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank.\nGrant of licence by Minister\n10.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any licensed business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n(2)   Upon making an assessment under subsection (1) and where the Bank is satisfied that such applicant may be granted a licence, the Bank shall make a recommendation to the Minister to grant a licence under subsection (4) with or without conditions.\n[...]\nApproval by Bank\n11.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any approved business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n[...]\nPART VI - OWNERSHIP, CONTROL AND TRANSFER OF BUSINESS [...]\nAcquisition of interest in shares requiring approval\n87.(1) Subject to section 92 and except with the prior written approval of the Bank, no person— (a) shall enter into an agreement or arrangement, to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate interest of five per cent or more in the shares of the licensed person; or [...]\n(2)   Notwithstanding subsection (1), no person shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate of more than fifty per cent of the interest in shares of the licensed person, without obtaining the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nControl over licensed person prohibited in some cases \n88.(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall have control over a licensed person, unless such person obtains the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nDisposal of interest in shares requiring approval \n89. Except with the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, no person who has an aggregate interest in shares of a licensed person of— (a) more than fifty per cent; or (b) fifty per cent or less but has control over the licensed person, shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to dispose any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, such disposal would result in the person holding an interest in shares of less than fifty per cent or in any way ceasing to have control over the licensed person. \nApplication procedures for section 87, 88 or 89 90.\n(1) An application for an approval of— (a) the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88(1), or section 89, as the case may be, shall be made by submitting the application to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank. \n(2) In assessing the suitability of an applicant for the purposes of— (a) granting an approval of the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) recommending to the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88 (1), the Bank shall take into consideration matters that the Bank considers relevant including any of the factors set out in Schedule 6, and any standards as may be specified by the Bank under subsection 91(1). \n[...]\nPower of bank to specify standards on shareholder suitability\n91.(1) The Bank may specify standards on shareholder suitability to give full effect to Schedule 6.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 5 [Sections 10 and 11]  - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING APPLICATION FOR LICENCE UNDER SECTION 10 OR APPROVAL UNDER SECTION 11 [...]\n7.   Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 6 [Subsections 90(2), 91(1) and 112(2)] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING SHAREHOLDER SUITABILITY [...]\n6. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [...]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])\n---------------------------------\n\"1 Introduction\n1.1  Pursuant to section 10 of the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA), Bank Negara Malaysia (the Bank) shall assess an application for a licence to carry on banking business, Islamic banking business, insurance business, takaful business or investment banking business, having regard to relevant factors including prudential requirements and whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia.\n1.2 This policy document aims to set out the application and assessment process for– (a) prospective applicants under section 10 of the FSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) banking business; (ii) investment banking business; (iii) life business; (iv) general business; or (v) professional reinsurer business; or (b) prospective applicants under section 10 of the IFSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) Islamic banking business; (ii) international Islamic banking business; (iii) family takaful business; (iv) general takaful business; (v) professional retakaful business; or (vi) international takaful operator business. \n[...]\n4 Effective Date\n4.1 This policy document comes into effect on 27 December 2019. \n[...]\n8 Considerations under the law\n8.1 Pursuant to section 10 of the FSA and IFSA, in assessing an application to carry on any licensed business under the respective Act, the Bank shall consider all the factors set out in Part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA, and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n8.3 The factors set out in Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA are as follows– [...](h) whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to– (iv) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector; and  \n[...]\nForm of Establishment\n9.4 Subject to paragraph 9.5, all licensed persons are required to be public companies incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act 20165.\n9.5 A professional reinsurer, a professional retakaful operator, a licensed international Islamic bank, and a licensed international takaful operator may be established as a branch of a foreign institution. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27)\n---------------------------------\n\"8 Factors for consideration in assessing shareholders [...]\n8.4 The presence of strong and well-managed domestic banking institutions is important for the stability of the financial system and its orderly growth and development. In this respect and in consideration of the factors set out in Schedule 6 of the FSA and IFSA, the Bank will review whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, including the degree and significance of Malaysian participation in the financial sector. In this regard, preference will be accorded to an application where the controlling equity interest in the proposed licensed digital bank are held by Malaysians. [...]\" (Bank Negar Malaysia (2020), \"Licensing Framework for Digital Banks\",BNM/RH/PD 030-12, 31 December)\n","Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009.\nFinancial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27\nBank Negar Malaysia (2020), \"Licensing Framework for Digital Banks\",BNM/RH/PD 030-12, December 31.","Azman bin Othman Luk, Karen Foong and Elaine Heung, Rahmat Lim & Partners (2017), \"Banking Regulation in Malaysia: Overview\", Practical Guide: Banking Regulation: Global Guide 2017/18, Thomson Reuters.\nPress Article, \"Malaysia's c.bank says 30pct foreign ownership of banks stands\", Reuters Staff, March 23, 2011 / 11:10 AM.","[<a href=\"http://www.pmo.gov.my/home.php?menu=news&news_id=44&news_cat=4&page=1729&sort_year=2009&sort_month=04\">Press</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/820862/Financial+Services+Act+2013.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/PD+030-4_Licensing+Guide_FDI_FSA-IFSA.pdf/3ddc8322-3358-a22c-b751-2d4ab1e33e96?t=1592251348473\">Procedures</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/20201231_Licensing%20Framework%20for%20Digital%20Banks.pdf\">Framework</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.reuters.com/article/malaysia-banks/malaysias-c-bank-says-30pct-foreign-ownership-of-banks-stands-idUSL3E7EN1LZ20110323\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com/w-008-0538?transitionType=Default&contextData=(sc.Default)\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2920,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.036","Foreign investment is limited to 30% in domestic commercial banks and limited to 70% in investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. The legislation does not specifically provide for such restrictions. The Minister of Finance and/or the Central Bank may impose limits to foreign shareholding as part of the lincensing process. As has been publicy announced, the current policy is to impose the mentioned foreign equity restrictions. Such policies are not formally published, but have been announced and practioneers seem to confirm that such restrictions apply (see below). \n---------------------\n\"Banking regulation in Malaysia: overview [...]\nForeign investment\n22. Are there specific restrictions on foreign shareholdings in banks?\nForeign shareholdings of up to 70% are allowed in domestic Islamic banks which have a paid-up capital of at least US$1 billion and up to 70% for investment banks. The permissible foreign shareholding for commercial banks is 30%. These limits do not apply to international Islamic banks, \"grandfathered\" banks (banks which were granted licenses under the now-repealed predecessor statutes to the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA)), pre-existing foreign-owned banks and those which were granted licences immediately following the liberalisation of the financial sector in 2009.\" (Azman bin Othman Luk, Karen Foong and Elaine Heung, Rahmat Lim & Partners (2017), \"Banking Regulation in Malaysia: Overview\", Practical Guide: Banking Regulation: Global Guide 2017/18, Thomson Reuters.)\n\"KUALA LUMPUR, March 23 [2011] (Reuters)  - Malaysia’s central bank chief Zeti Akhtar Aziz said on Wednesday the threshold for foreign ownership of local banks remained at 30 percent but this cap may be reviewed on rare occasions. “At this point in time the threshold is 30 percent and that threshold remains for now because we want a core of domestic banks within our financial system (to facilitate) financial inclusion,” Zeti told reporters.\"[...] Zeti added that Bank Negara may “from time to time” consider breaching the threshold, but it would be on a very rare occasion. [...] (Reporting by Min Hun Fong; editing by Liau Y-Sing)\" (Press Article, \"Malaysia's c.bank says 30pct foreign ownership of banks stands\", Reuters Staff, March 23, 2011 / 11:10 AM).","\"PRESS STATEMENT: LIBERALISATION OF THE FINANCIAL SECTOR\n[…]\nFlexibility will be accorded for an increase in the foreign equity limits from 49% to 70% of investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. Such alliances will strengthen business potential and enhance growth prospects of financial institutions through the international expertise and global networks of foreign shareholders. The foreign equity limit for domestic commercial banks will remain at the current 30%;[...]\" (Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART III - AUTHORIZATION AND REGISTRATION\nDivision 1 - Authorized business   \nAuthorized business to be carried on by authorized person\n8.(1) No person shall carry on any authorized business unless it is— (a) licensed by the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business or investment banking business; or (b) approved by the Bank under section 11 to carry on any of the businesses set out in Division 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n[...]\nApplication for authorization\n9. An applicant for a licence under section 10 or an approval under section 11 to carry on an authorized business shall submit the application in writing to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank.\nGrant of licence by Minister\n10.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any licensed business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n(2)   Upon making an assessment under subsection (1) and where the Bank is satisfied that such applicant may be granted a licence, the Bank shall make a recommendation to the Minister to grant a licence under subsection (4) with or without conditions.\n[...]\nApproval by Bank\n11.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any approved business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n[...]\nPART VI - OWNERSHIP, CONTROL AND TRANSFER OF BUSINESS [...]\nAcquisition of interest in shares requiring approval\n87.(1) Subject to section 92 and except with the prior written approval of the Bank, no person— (a) shall enter into an agreement or arrangement, to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate interest of five per cent or more in the shares of the licensed person; or [...]\n(2)   Notwithstanding subsection (1), no person shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate of more than fifty per cent of the interest in shares of the licensed person, without obtaining the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nControl over licensed person prohibited in some cases \n88.(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall have control over a licensed person, unless such person obtains the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nDisposal of interest in shares requiring approval \n89. Except with the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, no person who has an aggregate interest in shares of a licensed person of— (a) more than fifty per cent; or (b) fifty per cent or less but has control over the licensed person, shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to dispose any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, such disposal would result in the person holding an interest in shares of less than fifty per cent or in any way ceasing to have control over the licensed person. \nApplication procedures for section 87, 88 or 89 90.\n(1) An application for an approval of— (a) the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88(1), or section 89, as the case may be, shall be made by submitting the application to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank. \n(2) In assessing the suitability of an applicant for the purposes of— (a) granting an approval of the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) recommending to the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88 (1), the Bank shall take into consideration matters that the Bank considers relevant including any of the factors set out in Schedule 6, and any standards as may be specified by the Bank under subsection 91(1). \n[...]\nPower of bank to specify standards on shareholder suitability\n91.(1) The Bank may specify standards on shareholder suitability to give full effect to Schedule 6.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 5 [Sections 10 and 11]  - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING APPLICATION FOR LICENCE UNDER SECTION 10 OR APPROVAL UNDER SECTION 11 [...]\n7.   Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 6 [Subsections 90(2), 91(1) and 112(2)] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING SHAREHOLDER SUITABILITY [...]\n6. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [...]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])\n---------------------------------\n\"1 Introduction\n1.1  Pursuant to section 10 of the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA), Bank Negara Malaysia (the Bank) shall assess an application for a licence to carry on banking business, Islamic banking business, insurance business, takaful business or investment banking business, having regard to relevant factors including prudential requirements and whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia.\n1.2 This policy document aims to set out the application and assessment process for– (a) prospective applicants under section 10 of the FSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) banking business; (ii) investment banking business; (iii) life business; (iv) general business; or (v) professional reinsurer business; or (b) prospective applicants under section 10 of the IFSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) Islamic banking business; (ii) international Islamic banking business; (iii) family takaful business; (iv) general takaful business; (v) professional retakaful business; or (vi) international takaful operator business. \n[...]\n4 Effective Date\n4.1 This policy document comes into effect on 27 December 2019. \n[...]\n8 Considerations under the law\n8.1 Pursuant to section 10 of the FSA and IFSA, in assessing an application to carry on any licensed business under the respective Act, the Bank shall consider all the factors set out in Part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA, and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n8.3 The factors set out in Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA are as follows– [...](h) whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to– (iv) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector; and  \n[...]\nForm of Establishment\n9.4 Subject to paragraph 9.5, all licensed persons are required to be public companies incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act 20165.\n9.5 A professional reinsurer, a professional retakaful operator, a licensed international Islamic bank, and a licensed international takaful operator may be established as a branch of a foreign institution. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27)\n---------------------------------\n\"8 Factors for consideration in assessing shareholders [...]\n8.4 The presence of strong and well-managed domestic banking institutions is important for the stability of the financial system and its orderly growth and development. In this respect and in consideration of the factors set out in Schedule 6 of the FSA and IFSA, the Bank will review whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, including the degree and significance of Malaysian participation in the financial sector. In this regard, preference will be accorded to an application where the controlling equity interest in the proposed licensed digital bank are held by Malaysians. [...]\" (Bank Negar Malaysia (2020), \"Licensing Framework for Digital Banks\",BNM/RH/PD 030-12, 31 December)\n","Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009.\nFinancial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27\nBank Negar Malaysia (2020), \"Licensing Framework for Digital Banks\",BNM/RH/PD 030-12, December 31.","Azman bin Othman Luk, Karen Foong and Elaine Heung, Rahmat Lim & Partners (2017), \"Banking Regulation in Malaysia: Overview\", Practical Guide: Banking Regulation: Global Guide 2017/18, Thomson Reuters.\nPress Article, \"Malaysia's c.bank says 30pct foreign ownership of banks stands\", Reuters Staff, March 23, 2011 / 11:10 AM.","[<a href=\"http://www.pmo.gov.my/home.php?menu=news&news_id=44&news_cat=4&page=1729&sort_year=2009&sort_month=04\">Press</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/820862/Financial+Services+Act+2013.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/PD+030-4_Licensing+Guide_FDI_FSA-IFSA.pdf/3ddc8322-3358-a22c-b751-2d4ab1e33e96?t=1592251348473\">Procedures</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/20201231_Licensing%20Framework%20for%20Digital%20Banks.pdf\">Framework</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.reuters.com/article/malaysia-banks/malaysias-c-bank-says-30pct-foreign-ownership-of-banks-stands-idUSL3E7EN1LZ20110323\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com/w-008-0538?transitionType=Default&contextData=(sc.Default)\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2920,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.036","Foreign investment is limited to 30% in domestic commercial banks and limited to 70% in investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. The legislation does not specifically provide for such restrictions. The Minister of Finance and/or the Central Bank may impose limits to foreign shareholding as part of the lincensing process. As has been publicy announced, the current policy is to impose the mentioned foreign equity restrictions. Such policies are not formally published, but have been announced and practioneers seem to confirm that such restrictions apply (see below). \n---------------------\n\"Banking regulation in Malaysia: overview [...]\nForeign investment\n22. Are there specific restrictions on foreign shareholdings in banks?\nForeign shareholdings of up to 70% are allowed in domestic Islamic banks which have a paid-up capital of at least US$1 billion and up to 70% for investment banks. The permissible foreign shareholding for commercial banks is 30%. These limits do not apply to international Islamic banks, \"grandfathered\" banks (banks which were granted licenses under the now-repealed predecessor statutes to the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA)), pre-existing foreign-owned banks and those which were granted licences immediately following the liberalisation of the financial sector in 2009.\" (Azman bin Othman Luk, Karen Foong and Elaine Heung, Rahmat Lim & Partners (2017), \"Banking Regulation in Malaysia: Overview\", Practical Guide: Banking Regulation: Global Guide 2017/18, Thomson Reuters.)\n\"KUALA LUMPUR, March 23 [2011] (Reuters)  - Malaysia’s central bank chief Zeti Akhtar Aziz said on Wednesday the threshold for foreign ownership of local banks remained at 30 percent but this cap may be reviewed on rare occasions. “At this point in time the threshold is 30 percent and that threshold remains for now because we want a core of domestic banks within our financial system (to facilitate) financial inclusion,” Zeti told reporters.\"[...] Zeti added that Bank Negara may “from time to time” consider breaching the threshold, but it would be on a very rare occasion. [...] (Reporting by Min Hun Fong; editing by Liau Y-Sing)\" (Press Article, \"Malaysia's c.bank says 30pct foreign ownership of banks stands\", Reuters Staff, March 23, 2011 / 11:10 AM).","\"PRESS STATEMENT: LIBERALISATION OF THE FINANCIAL SECTOR\n[…]\nFlexibility will be accorded for an increase in the foreign equity limits from 49% to 70% of investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. Such alliances will strengthen business potential and enhance growth prospects of financial institutions through the international expertise and global networks of foreign shareholders. The foreign equity limit for domestic commercial banks will remain at the current 30%;[...]\" (Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART III - AUTHORIZATION AND REGISTRATION\nDivision 1 - Authorized business   \nAuthorized business to be carried on by authorized person\n8.(1) No person shall carry on any authorized business unless it is— (a) licensed by the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business or investment banking business; or (b) approved by the Bank under section 11 to carry on any of the businesses set out in Division 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n[...]\nApplication for authorization\n9. An applicant for a licence under section 10 or an approval under section 11 to carry on an authorized business shall submit the application in writing to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank.\nGrant of licence by Minister\n10.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any licensed business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n(2)   Upon making an assessment under subsection (1) and where the Bank is satisfied that such applicant may be granted a licence, the Bank shall make a recommendation to the Minister to grant a licence under subsection (4) with or without conditions.\n[...]\nApproval by Bank\n11.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any approved business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n[...]\nPART VI - OWNERSHIP, CONTROL AND TRANSFER OF BUSINESS [...]\nAcquisition of interest in shares requiring approval\n87.(1) Subject to section 92 and except with the prior written approval of the Bank, no person— (a) shall enter into an agreement or arrangement, to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate interest of five per cent or more in the shares of the licensed person; or [...]\n(2)   Notwithstanding subsection (1), no person shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate of more than fifty per cent of the interest in shares of the licensed person, without obtaining the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nControl over licensed person prohibited in some cases \n88.(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall have control over a licensed person, unless such person obtains the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nDisposal of interest in shares requiring approval \n89. Except with the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, no person who has an aggregate interest in shares of a licensed person of— (a) more than fifty per cent; or (b) fifty per cent or less but has control over the licensed person, shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to dispose any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, such disposal would result in the person holding an interest in shares of less than fifty per cent or in any way ceasing to have control over the licensed person. \nApplication procedures for section 87, 88 or 89 90.\n(1) An application for an approval of— (a) the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88(1), or section 89, as the case may be, shall be made by submitting the application to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank. \n(2) In assessing the suitability of an applicant for the purposes of— (a) granting an approval of the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) recommending to the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88 (1), the Bank shall take into consideration matters that the Bank considers relevant including any of the factors set out in Schedule 6, and any standards as may be specified by the Bank under subsection 91(1). \n[...]\nPower of bank to specify standards on shareholder suitability\n91.(1) The Bank may specify standards on shareholder suitability to give full effect to Schedule 6.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 5 [Sections 10 and 11]  - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING APPLICATION FOR LICENCE UNDER SECTION 10 OR APPROVAL UNDER SECTION 11 [...]\n7.   Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 6 [Subsections 90(2), 91(1) and 112(2)] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING SHAREHOLDER SUITABILITY [...]\n6. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [...]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])\n---------------------------------\n\"1 Introduction\n1.1  Pursuant to section 10 of the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA), Bank Negara Malaysia (the Bank) shall assess an application for a licence to carry on banking business, Islamic banking business, insurance business, takaful business or investment banking business, having regard to relevant factors including prudential requirements and whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia.\n1.2 This policy document aims to set out the application and assessment process for– (a) prospective applicants under section 10 of the FSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) banking business; (ii) investment banking business; (iii) life business; (iv) general business; or (v) professional reinsurer business; or (b) prospective applicants under section 10 of the IFSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) Islamic banking business; (ii) international Islamic banking business; (iii) family takaful business; (iv) general takaful business; (v) professional retakaful business; or (vi) international takaful operator business. \n[...]\n4 Effective Date\n4.1 This policy document comes into effect on 27 December 2019. \n[...]\n8 Considerations under the law\n8.1 Pursuant to section 10 of the FSA and IFSA, in assessing an application to carry on any licensed business under the respective Act, the Bank shall consider all the factors set out in Part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA, and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n8.3 The factors set out in Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA are as follows– [...](h) whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to– (iv) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector; and  \n[...]\nForm of Establishment\n9.4 Subject to paragraph 9.5, all licensed persons are required to be public companies incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act 20165.\n9.5 A professional reinsurer, a professional retakaful operator, a licensed international Islamic bank, and a licensed international takaful operator may be established as a branch of a foreign institution. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27)\n---------------------------------\n\"8 Factors for consideration in assessing shareholders [...]\n8.4 The presence of strong and well-managed domestic banking institutions is important for the stability of the financial system and its orderly growth and development. In this respect and in consideration of the factors set out in Schedule 6 of the FSA and IFSA, the Bank will review whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, including the degree and significance of Malaysian participation in the financial sector. In this regard, preference will be accorded to an application where the controlling equity interest in the proposed licensed digital bank are held by Malaysians. [...]\" (Bank Negar Malaysia (2020), \"Licensing Framework for Digital Banks\",BNM/RH/PD 030-12, 31 December)\n","Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009.\nFinancial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27\nBank Negar Malaysia (2020), \"Licensing Framework for Digital Banks\",BNM/RH/PD 030-12, December 31.","Azman bin Othman Luk, Karen Foong and Elaine Heung, Rahmat Lim & Partners (2017), \"Banking Regulation in Malaysia: Overview\", Practical Guide: Banking Regulation: Global Guide 2017/18, Thomson Reuters.\nPress Article, \"Malaysia's c.bank says 30pct foreign ownership of banks stands\", Reuters Staff, March 23, 2011 / 11:10 AM.","[<a href=\"http://www.pmo.gov.my/home.php?menu=news&news_id=44&news_cat=4&page=1729&sort_year=2009&sort_month=04\">Press</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/820862/Financial+Services+Act+2013.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/PD+030-4_Licensing+Guide_FDI_FSA-IFSA.pdf/3ddc8322-3358-a22c-b751-2d4ab1e33e96?t=1592251348473\">Procedures</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/20201231_Licensing%20Framework%20for%20Digital%20Banks.pdf\">Framework</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.reuters.com/article/malaysia-banks/malaysias-c-bank-says-30pct-foreign-ownership-of-banks-stands-idUSL3E7EN1LZ20110323\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com/w-008-0538?transitionType=Default&contextData=(sc.Default)\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2920,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.036","Foreign investment is limited to 30% in domestic commercial banks and limited to 70% in investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. The legislation does not specifically provide for such restrictions. The Minister of Finance and/or the Central Bank may impose limits to foreign shareholding as part of the lincensing process. As has been publicy announced, the current policy is to impose the mentioned foreign equity restrictions. Such policies are not formally published, but have been announced and practioneers seem to confirm that such restrictions apply (see below). \n---------------------\n\"Banking regulation in Malaysia: overview [...]\nForeign investment\n22. Are there specific restrictions on foreign shareholdings in banks?\nForeign shareholdings of up to 70% are allowed in domestic Islamic banks which have a paid-up capital of at least US$1 billion and up to 70% for investment banks. The permissible foreign shareholding for commercial banks is 30%. These limits do not apply to international Islamic banks, \"grandfathered\" banks (banks which were granted licenses under the now-repealed predecessor statutes to the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA)), pre-existing foreign-owned banks and those which were granted licences immediately following the liberalisation of the financial sector in 2009.\" (Azman bin Othman Luk, Karen Foong and Elaine Heung, Rahmat Lim & Partners (2017), \"Banking Regulation in Malaysia: Overview\", Practical Guide: Banking Regulation: Global Guide 2017/18, Thomson Reuters.)\n\"KUALA LUMPUR, March 23 [2011] (Reuters)  - Malaysia’s central bank chief Zeti Akhtar Aziz said on Wednesday the threshold for foreign ownership of local banks remained at 30 percent but this cap may be reviewed on rare occasions. “At this point in time the threshold is 30 percent and that threshold remains for now because we want a core of domestic banks within our financial system (to facilitate) financial inclusion,” Zeti told reporters.\"[...] Zeti added that Bank Negara may “from time to time” consider breaching the threshold, but it would be on a very rare occasion. [...] (Reporting by Min Hun Fong; editing by Liau Y-Sing)\" (Press Article, \"Malaysia's c.bank says 30pct foreign ownership of banks stands\", Reuters Staff, March 23, 2011 / 11:10 AM).","\"PRESS STATEMENT: LIBERALISATION OF THE FINANCIAL SECTOR\n[…]\nFlexibility will be accorded for an increase in the foreign equity limits from 49% to 70% of investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. Such alliances will strengthen business potential and enhance growth prospects of financial institutions through the international expertise and global networks of foreign shareholders. The foreign equity limit for domestic commercial banks will remain at the current 30%;[...]\" (Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART III - AUTHORIZATION AND REGISTRATION\nDivision 1 - Authorized business   \nAuthorized business to be carried on by authorized person\n8.(1) No person shall carry on any authorized business unless it is— (a) licensed by the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business or investment banking business; or (b) approved by the Bank under section 11 to carry on any of the businesses set out in Division 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n[...]\nApplication for authorization\n9. An applicant for a licence under section 10 or an approval under section 11 to carry on an authorized business shall submit the application in writing to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank.\nGrant of licence by Minister\n10.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any licensed business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n(2)   Upon making an assessment under subsection (1) and where the Bank is satisfied that such applicant may be granted a licence, the Bank shall make a recommendation to the Minister to grant a licence under subsection (4) with or without conditions.\n[...]\nApproval by Bank\n11.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any approved business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n[...]\nPART VI - OWNERSHIP, CONTROL AND TRANSFER OF BUSINESS [...]\nAcquisition of interest in shares requiring approval\n87.(1) Subject to section 92 and except with the prior written approval of the Bank, no person— (a) shall enter into an agreement or arrangement, to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate interest of five per cent or more in the shares of the licensed person; or [...]\n(2)   Notwithstanding subsection (1), no person shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate of more than fifty per cent of the interest in shares of the licensed person, without obtaining the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nControl over licensed person prohibited in some cases \n88.(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall have control over a licensed person, unless such person obtains the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nDisposal of interest in shares requiring approval \n89. Except with the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, no person who has an aggregate interest in shares of a licensed person of— (a) more than fifty per cent; or (b) fifty per cent or less but has control over the licensed person, shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to dispose any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, such disposal would result in the person holding an interest in shares of less than fifty per cent or in any way ceasing to have control over the licensed person. \nApplication procedures for section 87, 88 or 89 90.\n(1) An application for an approval of— (a) the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88(1), or section 89, as the case may be, shall be made by submitting the application to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank. \n(2) In assessing the suitability of an applicant for the purposes of— (a) granting an approval of the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) recommending to the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88 (1), the Bank shall take into consideration matters that the Bank considers relevant including any of the factors set out in Schedule 6, and any standards as may be specified by the Bank under subsection 91(1). \n[...]\nPower of bank to specify standards on shareholder suitability\n91.(1) The Bank may specify standards on shareholder suitability to give full effect to Schedule 6.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 5 [Sections 10 and 11]  - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING APPLICATION FOR LICENCE UNDER SECTION 10 OR APPROVAL UNDER SECTION 11 [...]\n7.   Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 6 [Subsections 90(2), 91(1) and 112(2)] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING SHAREHOLDER SUITABILITY [...]\n6. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [...]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])\n---------------------------------\n\"1 Introduction\n1.1  Pursuant to section 10 of the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA), Bank Negara Malaysia (the Bank) shall assess an application for a licence to carry on banking business, Islamic banking business, insurance business, takaful business or investment banking business, having regard to relevant factors including prudential requirements and whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia.\n1.2 This policy document aims to set out the application and assessment process for– (a) prospective applicants under section 10 of the FSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) banking business; (ii) investment banking business; (iii) life business; (iv) general business; or (v) professional reinsurer business; or (b) prospective applicants under section 10 of the IFSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) Islamic banking business; (ii) international Islamic banking business; (iii) family takaful business; (iv) general takaful business; (v) professional retakaful business; or (vi) international takaful operator business. \n[...]\n4 Effective Date\n4.1 This policy document comes into effect on 27 December 2019. \n[...]\n8 Considerations under the law\n8.1 Pursuant to section 10 of the FSA and IFSA, in assessing an application to carry on any licensed business under the respective Act, the Bank shall consider all the factors set out in Part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA, and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n8.3 The factors set out in Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA are as follows– [...](h) whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to– (iv) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector; and  \n[...]\nForm of Establishment\n9.4 Subject to paragraph 9.5, all licensed persons are required to be public companies incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act 20165.\n9.5 A professional reinsurer, a professional retakaful operator, a licensed international Islamic bank, and a licensed international takaful operator may be established as a branch of a foreign institution. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27)\n---------------------------------\n\"8 Factors for consideration in assessing shareholders [...]\n8.4 The presence of strong and well-managed domestic banking institutions is important for the stability of the financial system and its orderly growth and development. In this respect and in consideration of the factors set out in Schedule 6 of the FSA and IFSA, the Bank will review whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, including the degree and significance of Malaysian participation in the financial sector. In this regard, preference will be accorded to an application where the controlling equity interest in the proposed licensed digital bank are held by Malaysians. [...]\" (Bank Negar Malaysia (2020), \"Licensing Framework for Digital Banks\",BNM/RH/PD 030-12, 31 December)\n","Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009.\nFinancial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27\nBank Negar Malaysia (2020), \"Licensing Framework for Digital Banks\",BNM/RH/PD 030-12, December 31.","Azman bin Othman Luk, Karen Foong and Elaine Heung, Rahmat Lim & Partners (2017), \"Banking Regulation in Malaysia: Overview\", Practical Guide: Banking Regulation: Global Guide 2017/18, Thomson Reuters.\nPress Article, \"Malaysia's c.bank says 30pct foreign ownership of banks stands\", Reuters Staff, March 23, 2011 / 11:10 AM.","[<a href=\"http://www.pmo.gov.my/home.php?menu=news&news_id=44&news_cat=4&page=1729&sort_year=2009&sort_month=04\">Press</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/820862/Financial+Services+Act+2013.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/PD+030-4_Licensing+Guide_FDI_FSA-IFSA.pdf/3ddc8322-3358-a22c-b751-2d4ab1e33e96?t=1592251348473\">Procedures</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/20201231_Licensing%20Framework%20for%20Digital%20Banks.pdf\">Framework</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.reuters.com/article/malaysia-banks/malaysias-c-bank-says-30pct-foreign-ownership-of-banks-stands-idUSL3E7EN1LZ20110323\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com/w-008-0538?transitionType=Default&contextData=(sc.Default)\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2920,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","M691X2","CLAS1_1","I51","IX",2018,"0.000390625","Foreign law firms and foreign lawyers are permitted to practise in Peninsular Malaysia in the manner set out in the legislation. Under the newly-created Part IVA of the LPA, licences may be issued to foreign law firms to operate either an International Partnership with a Malaysian law firm, or as a Qualified Foreign Law Firm (“QFLF”). As its name connotes, an International Partnership will be a partnership between a foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm. In this case, the Malaysian law firm should not have less than 60%, and the foreign law firm no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights and of the total number of lawyers in the International Partnership. A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. However only up to five QFLF licences will be granted and will only be granted to international law firms that have proven expertise in international Islamic finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC. Following the first 5 licenced QFLFs, foreign entry as QFLFs is assumed to be permitted only upon acquisition of previously existing QFLF firms (greenfield investment is assumed closed).\nInternational Partnerships, QFLFs and foreign lawyers employed by Malaysian law firms can only practise in the permitted practice areas.  This is defined as a transaction regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law. Practice in the permitted practice areas specifically excludes several domestic law issues, as well as any appearance or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, and finally appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia.","“Part IVa INTERNATIONAL PARTNERSHIPS, QUALIFIED FOREIGN LAW FIRMS AND REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN LAWYERS […]\nSelection Committee\n40c. (1) A Selection Committee is established under this Part to make recommendations to the Bar Council for the granting of licence for international partnerships and qualified foreign law firms and to Malaysian law firms to employ foreign lawyers and the registration of foreign lawyers to practise in the permitted practice areas.\n[...]\nInternational partnership\n40f. (1) A foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm may apply jointly to the Bar Council for an international partnership licence if they satisfy such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(2) A foreign law firm shall not be part of more than one international partnership in Malaysia at any one time.\n(3) Upon receiving the application, the Bar Council shall refer such application to the Selection Committee for consideration and recommendation.\n(4) The Bar Council shall, upon the recommendation of the Selection Committee, grant an application made under subsection (1) on such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case or refuse the application\n(6) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing— (a) impose any new or additional conditions on the licence; or (b) vary or revoke any of the conditions imposed on the licence.\n(7) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(8) An international partnership is entitled to— (a) practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be prescribed; (b) bill its clients as a single law firm; and (c) recover costs and retain payments in respect of such practice.\n(9) The permissible equity ownership and voting rights of the foreign law firm in the international partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee from time to time.\nQualified foreign law firm\n40g. (1) A foreign law firm may apply for a qualified foreign law firm licence if it satisfies such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(6) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(7) A qualified foreign law firm is entitled to practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be determined by the Bar Council.\n(8) A Malaysian lawyer employed in a qualified foreign law firm shall be disqualified from obtaining a practising certificate under Part III.\n[...]\nSuspension or revocation of licence\n40i. (1) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing, suspend or revoke the licence granted under section 40f, 40g or 40h if the Bar Council is satisfied that there is sufficient reason for doing so. [...] \n(b) there is any change in respect of any information regarding the foreign law firm which was submitted for the purposes of obtaining the international partnership licence or the qualified foreign law firm licence including but not limited to—[...] (ii) a merger of the international partnership with any other firm or body corporate; or (iii) a change of up to one-half (½) in the number of the partners in any international partnership; [...]\n(4) A licence shall not be suspended or revoked without the international partnership or qualified foreign law firm being given a reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Bar Council.\"(Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Part IVa, Art. 40c, 40f-g, 40i)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Permitted Practice Areas\n[…] The permitted practice areas in respect of an international partnership, a qualified foreign law firm (QFLF) and a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm shall be work regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law provided that in the case of a QFLF, such aspect of work regulated by Malaysian law shall be undertaken with one or more advocates and solicitors of the High Court of Malaya holding a valid Practising Certificate.[...]\n(3) Nothing in these Rules shall authorise an international partnership, a QFLF or a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm to provide any legal services in the following areas--- (a) constitutional and administrative law; (b) conveyancing; (c) criminal law; (d) family law; (e) succession law, including wills, intestacy, probate and administration; (f) trust law, where the settlor is an individual, and the law relating to charities and foundations, whether the settlor is an individual or a corporation; (g) retail banking, including corporate or commercial loans to small and medium enterprises; (h) registration of patents and trademarks; (i) appearing or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, whether or not the main purpose of which is to advise the client on the conduct of such proceedings, except where such appearance, pleading, representation or advice is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law; and (j) appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia, except where such appearance is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law.\n[...]\nInternational Partnership Licence\n3 (3) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (g) the equity ownership and voting rights of the Malaysian law firm and the foreign law firm in the International Partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee; [...]\n(j) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council; \n[...]\nQualified Foreign Law Firm Licence\n4 (2) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (i) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council;[...]\" (Legal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Guidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(1) A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. Liberalisation will begin with the initial offering of up to five QFLF licences, as this avenue has been created to support the Malaysian Government’s Malaysian International Islamic Finance Centre (“MIFC”) initiative as announced by the Prime Minister in his policy speech on 22 April 2009. QFLF licences will therefore only be granted to FLFs that have proven expertise in International Islamic Finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC initiative.[...].\"(Qualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council) \n-------------------------------------\nGuidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(7) The MLF should not have less than 60%, and the FLF no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights in the IP. The total number of foreign lawyers in the IP shall not be less than 40% of the total number of lawyers in the IP, unless otherwise determined by the Selection Committee.[...].\"(International Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.) ","Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1455] and Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1456], Part IVa, Art. 40a-40o.\nLegal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”).\nQualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council.\nInternational Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/legal_profession_act_1976/\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4585&Itemid=332\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.federalgazette.agc.gov.my/outputp/pua_20140602_P.U.%20(A)%20148-KAEDAH-KAEDAH%20LPA%20-%20DISEMAK%2020%205%202014%20-BM%20BI%20-%20final.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_details&gid=4589\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4588\">Guidance</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2892,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","M691X2","CLAS1_1","I51","IX",2021,"0.000390625","Foreign law firms and foreign lawyers are permitted to practise in Peninsular Malaysia in the manner set out in the legislation. Under the newly-created Part IVA of the LPA, licences may be issued to foreign law firms to operate either an International Partnership with a Malaysian law firm, or as a Qualified Foreign Law Firm (“QFLF”). As its name connotes, an International Partnership will be a partnership between a foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm. In this case, the Malaysian law firm should not have less than 60%, and the foreign law firm no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights and of the total number of lawyers in the International Partnership. A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. However only up to five QFLF licences will be granted and will only be granted to international law firms that have proven expertise in international Islamic finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC. Following the first 5 licenced QFLFs, foreign entry as QFLFs is assumed to be permitted only upon acquisition of previously existing QFLF firms (greenfield investment is assumed closed).\nInternational Partnerships, QFLFs and foreign lawyers employed by Malaysian law firms can only practise in the permitted practice areas.  This is defined as a transaction regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law. Practice in the permitted practice areas specifically excludes several domestic law issues, as well as any appearance or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, and finally appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia.","“Part IVa INTERNATIONAL PARTNERSHIPS, QUALIFIED FOREIGN LAW FIRMS AND REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN LAWYERS […]\nSelection Committee\n40c. (1) A Selection Committee is established under this Part to make recommendations to the Bar Council for the granting of licence for international partnerships and qualified foreign law firms and to Malaysian law firms to employ foreign lawyers and the registration of foreign lawyers to practise in the permitted practice areas.\n[...]\nInternational partnership\n40f. (1) A foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm may apply jointly to the Bar Council for an international partnership licence if they satisfy such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(2) A foreign law firm shall not be part of more than one international partnership in Malaysia at any one time.\n(3) Upon receiving the application, the Bar Council shall refer such application to the Selection Committee for consideration and recommendation.\n(4) The Bar Council shall, upon the recommendation of the Selection Committee, grant an application made under subsection (1) on such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case or refuse the application\n(6) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing— (a) impose any new or additional conditions on the licence; or (b) vary or revoke any of the conditions imposed on the licence.\n(7) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(8) An international partnership is entitled to— (a) practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be prescribed; (b) bill its clients as a single law firm; and (c) recover costs and retain payments in respect of such practice.\n(9) The permissible equity ownership and voting rights of the foreign law firm in the international partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee from time to time.\nQualified foreign law firm\n40g. (1) A foreign law firm may apply for a qualified foreign law firm licence if it satisfies such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(6) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(7) A qualified foreign law firm is entitled to practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be determined by the Bar Council.\n(8) A Malaysian lawyer employed in a qualified foreign law firm shall be disqualified from obtaining a practising certificate under Part III.\n[...]\nSuspension or revocation of licence\n40i. (1) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing, suspend or revoke the licence granted under section 40f, 40g or 40h if the Bar Council is satisfied that there is sufficient reason for doing so. [...] \n(b) there is any change in respect of any information regarding the foreign law firm which was submitted for the purposes of obtaining the international partnership licence or the qualified foreign law firm licence including but not limited to—[...] (ii) a merger of the international partnership with any other firm or body corporate; or (iii) a change of up to one-half (½) in the number of the partners in any international partnership; [...]\n(4) A licence shall not be suspended or revoked without the international partnership or qualified foreign law firm being given a reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Bar Council.\"(Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Part IVa, Art. 40c, 40f-g, 40i)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Permitted Practice Areas\n[…] The permitted practice areas in respect of an international partnership, a qualified foreign law firm (QFLF) and a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm shall be work regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law provided that in the case of a QFLF, such aspect of work regulated by Malaysian law shall be undertaken with one or more advocates and solicitors of the High Court of Malaya holding a valid Practising Certificate.[...]\n(3) Nothing in these Rules shall authorise an international partnership, a QFLF or a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm to provide any legal services in the following areas--- (a) constitutional and administrative law; (b) conveyancing; (c) criminal law; (d) family law; (e) succession law, including wills, intestacy, probate and administration; (f) trust law, where the settlor is an individual, and the law relating to charities and foundations, whether the settlor is an individual or a corporation; (g) retail banking, including corporate or commercial loans to small and medium enterprises; (h) registration of patents and trademarks; (i) appearing or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, whether or not the main purpose of which is to advise the client on the conduct of such proceedings, except where such appearance, pleading, representation or advice is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law; and (j) appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia, except where such appearance is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law.\n[...]\nInternational Partnership Licence\n3 (3) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (g) the equity ownership and voting rights of the Malaysian law firm and the foreign law firm in the International Partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee; [...]\n(j) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council; \n[...]\nQualified Foreign Law Firm Licence\n4 (2) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (i) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council;[...]\" (Legal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Guidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(1) A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. Liberalisation will begin with the initial offering of up to five QFLF licences, as this avenue has been created to support the Malaysian Government’s Malaysian International Islamic Finance Centre (“MIFC”) initiative as announced by the Prime Minister in his policy speech on 22 April 2009. QFLF licences will therefore only be granted to FLFs that have proven expertise in International Islamic Finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC initiative.[...].\"(Qualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council) \n-------------------------------------\nGuidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(7) The MLF should not have less than 60%, and the FLF no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights in the IP. The total number of foreign lawyers in the IP shall not be less than 40% of the total number of lawyers in the IP, unless otherwise determined by the Selection Committee.[...].\"(International Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.) ","Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1455] and Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1456], Part IVa, Art. 40a-40o.\nLegal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”).\nQualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council.\nInternational Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/legal_profession_act_1976/\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4585&Itemid=332\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.federalgazette.agc.gov.my/outputp/pua_20140602_P.U.%20(A)%20148-KAEDAH-KAEDAH%20LPA%20-%20DISEMAK%2020%205%202014%20-BM%20BI%20-%20final.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_details&gid=4589\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4588\">Guidance</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2892,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","M691X2","CLAS1_1","I51","IX",2022,"0.000390625","Foreign law firms and foreign lawyers are permitted to practise in Peninsular Malaysia in the manner set out in the legislation. Under the newly-created Part IVA of the LPA, licences may be issued to foreign law firms to operate either an International Partnership with a Malaysian law firm, or as a Qualified Foreign Law Firm (“QFLF”). As its name connotes, an International Partnership will be a partnership between a foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm. In this case, the Malaysian law firm should not have less than 60%, and the foreign law firm no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights and of the total number of lawyers in the International Partnership. A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. However only up to five QFLF licences will be granted and will only be granted to international law firms that have proven expertise in international Islamic finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC. Following the first 5 licenced QFLFs, foreign entry as QFLFs is assumed to be permitted only upon acquisition of previously existing QFLF firms (greenfield investment is assumed closed).\nInternational Partnerships, QFLFs and foreign lawyers employed by Malaysian law firms can only practise in the permitted practice areas.  This is defined as a transaction regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law. Practice in the permitted practice areas specifically excludes several domestic law issues, as well as any appearance or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, and finally appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia.","“Part IVa INTERNATIONAL PARTNERSHIPS, QUALIFIED FOREIGN LAW FIRMS AND REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN LAWYERS […]\nSelection Committee\n40c. (1) A Selection Committee is established under this Part to make recommendations to the Bar Council for the granting of licence for international partnerships and qualified foreign law firms and to Malaysian law firms to employ foreign lawyers and the registration of foreign lawyers to practise in the permitted practice areas.\n[...]\nInternational partnership\n40f. (1) A foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm may apply jointly to the Bar Council for an international partnership licence if they satisfy such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(2) A foreign law firm shall not be part of more than one international partnership in Malaysia at any one time.\n(3) Upon receiving the application, the Bar Council shall refer such application to the Selection Committee for consideration and recommendation.\n(4) The Bar Council shall, upon the recommendation of the Selection Committee, grant an application made under subsection (1) on such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case or refuse the application\n(6) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing— (a) impose any new or additional conditions on the licence; or (b) vary or revoke any of the conditions imposed on the licence.\n(7) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(8) An international partnership is entitled to— (a) practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be prescribed; (b) bill its clients as a single law firm; and (c) recover costs and retain payments in respect of such practice.\n(9) The permissible equity ownership and voting rights of the foreign law firm in the international partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee from time to time.\nQualified foreign law firm\n40g. (1) A foreign law firm may apply for a qualified foreign law firm licence if it satisfies such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(6) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(7) A qualified foreign law firm is entitled to practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be determined by the Bar Council.\n(8) A Malaysian lawyer employed in a qualified foreign law firm shall be disqualified from obtaining a practising certificate under Part III.\n[...]\nSuspension or revocation of licence\n40i. (1) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing, suspend or revoke the licence granted under section 40f, 40g or 40h if the Bar Council is satisfied that there is sufficient reason for doing so. [...] \n(b) there is any change in respect of any information regarding the foreign law firm which was submitted for the purposes of obtaining the international partnership licence or the qualified foreign law firm licence including but not limited to—[...] (ii) a merger of the international partnership with any other firm or body corporate; or (iii) a change of up to one-half (½) in the number of the partners in any international partnership; [...]\n(4) A licence shall not be suspended or revoked without the international partnership or qualified foreign law firm being given a reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Bar Council.\"(Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Part IVa, Art. 40c, 40f-g, 40i)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Permitted Practice Areas\n[…] The permitted practice areas in respect of an international partnership, a qualified foreign law firm (QFLF) and a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm shall be work regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law provided that in the case of a QFLF, such aspect of work regulated by Malaysian law shall be undertaken with one or more advocates and solicitors of the High Court of Malaya holding a valid Practising Certificate.[...]\n(3) Nothing in these Rules shall authorise an international partnership, a QFLF or a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm to provide any legal services in the following areas--- (a) constitutional and administrative law; (b) conveyancing; (c) criminal law; (d) family law; (e) succession law, including wills, intestacy, probate and administration; (f) trust law, where the settlor is an individual, and the law relating to charities and foundations, whether the settlor is an individual or a corporation; (g) retail banking, including corporate or commercial loans to small and medium enterprises; (h) registration of patents and trademarks; (i) appearing or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, whether or not the main purpose of which is to advise the client on the conduct of such proceedings, except where such appearance, pleading, representation or advice is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law; and (j) appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia, except where such appearance is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law.\n[...]\nInternational Partnership Licence\n3 (3) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (g) the equity ownership and voting rights of the Malaysian law firm and the foreign law firm in the International Partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee; [...]\n(j) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council; \n[...]\nQualified Foreign Law Firm Licence\n4 (2) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (i) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council;[...]\" (Legal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Guidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(1) A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. Liberalisation will begin with the initial offering of up to five QFLF licences, as this avenue has been created to support the Malaysian Government’s Malaysian International Islamic Finance Centre (“MIFC”) initiative as announced by the Prime Minister in his policy speech on 22 April 2009. QFLF licences will therefore only be granted to FLFs that have proven expertise in International Islamic Finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC initiative.[...].\"(Qualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council) \n-------------------------------------\nGuidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(7) The MLF should not have less than 60%, and the FLF no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights in the IP. The total number of foreign lawyers in the IP shall not be less than 40% of the total number of lawyers in the IP, unless otherwise determined by the Selection Committee.[...].\"(International Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.) ","Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1455] and Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1456], Part IVa, Art. 40a-40o.\nLegal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”).\nQualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council.\nInternational Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/legal_profession_act_1976/\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4585&Itemid=332\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.federalgazette.agc.gov.my/outputp/pua_20140602_P.U.%20(A)%20148-KAEDAH-KAEDAH%20LPA%20-%20DISEMAK%2020%205%202014%20-BM%20BI%20-%20final.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_details&gid=4589\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4588\">Guidance</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2892,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","M691X2","CLAS1_1","I51","IX",2023,"0.000390625","Foreign law firms and foreign lawyers are permitted to practise in Peninsular Malaysia in the manner set out in the legislation. Under the newly-created Part IVA of the LPA, licences may be issued to foreign law firms to operate either an International Partnership with a Malaysian law firm, or as a Qualified Foreign Law Firm (“QFLF”). As its name connotes, an International Partnership will be a partnership between a foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm. In this case, the Malaysian law firm should not have less than 60%, and the foreign law firm no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights and of the total number of lawyers in the International Partnership. A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. However only up to five QFLF licences will be granted and will only be granted to international law firms that have proven expertise in international Islamic finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC. Following the first 5 licenced QFLFs, foreign entry as QFLFs is assumed to be permitted only upon acquisition of previously existing QFLF firms (greenfield investment is assumed closed).\nInternational Partnerships, QFLFs and foreign lawyers employed by Malaysian law firms can only practise in the permitted practice areas.  This is defined as a transaction regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law. Practice in the permitted practice areas specifically excludes several domestic law issues, as well as any appearance or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, and finally appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia.","“Part IVa INTERNATIONAL PARTNERSHIPS, QUALIFIED FOREIGN LAW FIRMS AND REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN LAWYERS […]\nSelection Committee\n40c. (1) A Selection Committee is established under this Part to make recommendations to the Bar Council for the granting of licence for international partnerships and qualified foreign law firms and to Malaysian law firms to employ foreign lawyers and the registration of foreign lawyers to practise in the permitted practice areas.\n[...]\nInternational partnership\n40f. (1) A foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm may apply jointly to the Bar Council for an international partnership licence if they satisfy such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(2) A foreign law firm shall not be part of more than one international partnership in Malaysia at any one time.\n(3) Upon receiving the application, the Bar Council shall refer such application to the Selection Committee for consideration and recommendation.\n(4) The Bar Council shall, upon the recommendation of the Selection Committee, grant an application made under subsection (1) on such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case or refuse the application\n(6) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing— (a) impose any new or additional conditions on the licence; or (b) vary or revoke any of the conditions imposed on the licence.\n(7) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(8) An international partnership is entitled to— (a) practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be prescribed; (b) bill its clients as a single law firm; and (c) recover costs and retain payments in respect of such practice.\n(9) The permissible equity ownership and voting rights of the foreign law firm in the international partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee from time to time.\nQualified foreign law firm\n40g. (1) A foreign law firm may apply for a qualified foreign law firm licence if it satisfies such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(6) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(7) A qualified foreign law firm is entitled to practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be determined by the Bar Council.\n(8) A Malaysian lawyer employed in a qualified foreign law firm shall be disqualified from obtaining a practising certificate under Part III.\n[...]\nSuspension or revocation of licence\n40i. (1) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing, suspend or revoke the licence granted under section 40f, 40g or 40h if the Bar Council is satisfied that there is sufficient reason for doing so. [...] \n(b) there is any change in respect of any information regarding the foreign law firm which was submitted for the purposes of obtaining the international partnership licence or the qualified foreign law firm licence including but not limited to—[...] (ii) a merger of the international partnership with any other firm or body corporate; or (iii) a change of up to one-half (½) in the number of the partners in any international partnership; [...]\n(4) A licence shall not be suspended or revoked without the international partnership or qualified foreign law firm being given a reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Bar Council.\"(Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Part IVa, Art. 40c, 40f-g, 40i)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Permitted Practice Areas\n[…] The permitted practice areas in respect of an international partnership, a qualified foreign law firm (QFLF) and a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm shall be work regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law provided that in the case of a QFLF, such aspect of work regulated by Malaysian law shall be undertaken with one or more advocates and solicitors of the High Court of Malaya holding a valid Practising Certificate.[...]\n(3) Nothing in these Rules shall authorise an international partnership, a QFLF or a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm to provide any legal services in the following areas--- (a) constitutional and administrative law; (b) conveyancing; (c) criminal law; (d) family law; (e) succession law, including wills, intestacy, probate and administration; (f) trust law, where the settlor is an individual, and the law relating to charities and foundations, whether the settlor is an individual or a corporation; (g) retail banking, including corporate or commercial loans to small and medium enterprises; (h) registration of patents and trademarks; (i) appearing or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, whether or not the main purpose of which is to advise the client on the conduct of such proceedings, except where such appearance, pleading, representation or advice is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law; and (j) appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia, except where such appearance is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law.\n[...]\nInternational Partnership Licence\n3 (3) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (g) the equity ownership and voting rights of the Malaysian law firm and the foreign law firm in the International Partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee; [...]\n(j) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council; \n[...]\nQualified Foreign Law Firm Licence\n4 (2) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (i) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council;[...]\" (Legal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Guidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(1) A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. Liberalisation will begin with the initial offering of up to five QFLF licences, as this avenue has been created to support the Malaysian Government’s Malaysian International Islamic Finance Centre (“MIFC”) initiative as announced by the Prime Minister in his policy speech on 22 April 2009. QFLF licences will therefore only be granted to FLFs that have proven expertise in International Islamic Finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC initiative.[...].\"(Qualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council) \n-------------------------------------\nGuidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(7) The MLF should not have less than 60%, and the FLF no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights in the IP. The total number of foreign lawyers in the IP shall not be less than 40% of the total number of lawyers in the IP, unless otherwise determined by the Selection Committee.[...].\"(International Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.) ","Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1455] and Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1456], Part IVa, Art. 40a-40o.\nLegal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”).\nQualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council.\nInternational Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/legal_profession_act_1976/\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4585&Itemid=332\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.federalgazette.agc.gov.my/outputp/pua_20140602_P.U.%20(A)%20148-KAEDAH-KAEDAH%20LPA%20-%20DISEMAK%2020%205%202014%20-BM%20BI%20-%20final.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_details&gid=4589\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4588\">Guidance</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2892,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A03","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.000125","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities [includes aquaculture] on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2939,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A03","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.000125","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities [includes aquaculture] on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2939,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A03","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.000125","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities [includes aquaculture] on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2939,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A03","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.000125","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities [includes aquaculture] on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2939,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","I55","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.0004375","Foreign investment in certain types of tourism accommodation, notably guesthouse and tourist residences, are subject to discriminatory minimum capital/investment requirements.","\"INTRODUCTION\nThis Application Guide defines the process to be followed when seeking a a Letter of Approval from the Ministry of Tourism.\n[...]\nPROJECTS INVOLVING NON-CITIZENS:\nA non-citizen is not allowed to invest in and to manage a guesthouse or tourist residence.\nA non-citizen is only allowed to manage residential property as Tourist Residence under the following schemes:\ni. Integrated Resort Scheme;\nii. Real Estate Scheme;\niii. Property Development Scheme and should satisfy the following criteria:\ni. An individual owner of a residential property under IRS/RES/PDS cannot rent except if the application is made by the IRS/RES/PDS Company or a Property Management Company designated by the IRS/RES/PDS Company.\nii. The non-citizen must have a track record in management and show evidence of previous managerial positions held in similar establishments.\niii. Except for the Managing Director, all employees should be locals.\" (Application Guide, Issue of Letter of Approval by the Ministry of Tourism for projects with respect to the Accommodation Sector, 2017)\n----------------\n\"A. IMPORTANT NOTE\n1. *New Guesthouse / Tourist Residence means project proposal for construction of new guesthouse/tourist residence or conversion of an existing building into guesthouse/tourist residence\n2. *Existing Guesthouse / Tourist Residence means a guesthouse/tourist residence holder of a valid Tourist Accommodation Certificate from the Tourism Authority\n3. The acquisition of an immovable property by a non-citizen is governed by the provisions of the Non-citizens (Property Restriction) Act. Pursuant to section 3(3)(iv) of the Act, a non-citizen who intends to acquire an immovable property for business purpose, including a guesthouse or tourist residence, requires an authorisation from the Economic Development Board (EDB) prior to signing the deed witnessing the transfer of the immovable property.[...]\n5. For investors wishing to acquire shares within a company that does not hold any immovable property, the minimum investment shall be at least Rs 10m.[...]\nB. ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA\n8. A non-citizen cannot submit an application to acquire or lease a guesthouse or tourist residence unless:\na. the non-citizen is a company incorporated under the Companies Act 2001\nb. the non-citizen holds a letter of no objection in respect of the project proposal from the Ministry of Tourism\nc. the minimum investment, excluding land cost, in the acquisition or lease of an existing guesthouse or tourist residence, shall be at least Rs 10 million\nd. the minimum investment, excluding land cost, of developing a new guesthouse or tourist residence shall be at least Rs 30 million. [...]\nD. Management\n11. Management must be tied up with investment. However:\na. In case the investor has no managerial expertise, a local Manager shall be appointed.\nb. In case the investor will also act as the manager, he must show a track record in management and show evidence of previous managerial positions held in similar establishments abroad for at least 5 years.\nE. Local staff\n12. Except for the owner/Manager, all other employees should be locals. [...]\" (Policy on Investment by a non-citizen in a NEW / EXISTING * and MANAGEMENT of a stand-alone (not within IRS/RES/PDS) Guesthouse/Tourist Residence, 2019)","Application Guide, Issue of Letter of Approval by the Ministry of Tourism for projects with respect to the Accommodation Sector, 2017;\nPolicy on Investment by a non-citizen in a NEW / EXISTING * and MANAGEMENT of a stand-alone (not within IRS/RES/PDS) Guesthouse/Tourist Residence, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/file/Application%20Guide%20for%20processing%20of%20projects%20approved%20by%20Minister%2012%20oct%202017%20MT%2040%20158%205%20V5.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/file/Final%20Policy%20Paper%20Investment%20by%20Non-Citizen.pdf\">Pol</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,171,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","I55","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.0004375","Foreign investment in certain types of tourism accommodation, notably guesthouse and tourist residences, are subject to discriminatory minimum capital/investment requirements.","\"INTRODUCTION\nThis Application Guide defines the process to be followed when seeking a a Letter of Approval from the Ministry of Tourism.\n[...]\nPROJECTS INVOLVING NON-CITIZENS:\nA non-citizen is not allowed to invest in and to manage a guesthouse or tourist residence.\nA non-citizen is only allowed to manage residential property as Tourist Residence under the following schemes:\ni. Integrated Resort Scheme;\nii. Real Estate Scheme;\niii. Property Development Scheme and should satisfy the following criteria:\ni. An individual owner of a residential property under IRS/RES/PDS cannot rent except if the application is made by the IRS/RES/PDS Company or a Property Management Company designated by the IRS/RES/PDS Company.\nii. The non-citizen must have a track record in management and show evidence of previous managerial positions held in similar establishments.\niii. Except for the Managing Director, all employees should be locals.\" (Application Guide, Issue of Letter of Approval by the Ministry of Tourism for projects with respect to the Accommodation Sector, 2017)\n----------------\n\"A. IMPORTANT NOTE\n1. *New Guesthouse / Tourist Residence means project proposal for construction of new guesthouse/tourist residence or conversion of an existing building into guesthouse/tourist residence\n2. *Existing Guesthouse / Tourist Residence means a guesthouse/tourist residence holder of a valid Tourist Accommodation Certificate from the Tourism Authority\n3. The acquisition of an immovable property by a non-citizen is governed by the provisions of the Non-citizens (Property Restriction) Act. Pursuant to section 3(3)(iv) of the Act, a non-citizen who intends to acquire an immovable property for business purpose, including a guesthouse or tourist residence, requires an authorisation from the Economic Development Board (EDB) prior to signing the deed witnessing the transfer of the immovable property.[...]\n5. For investors wishing to acquire shares within a company that does not hold any immovable property, the minimum investment shall be at least Rs 10m.[...]\nB. ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA\n8. A non-citizen cannot submit an application to acquire or lease a guesthouse or tourist residence unless:\na. the non-citizen is a company incorporated under the Companies Act 2001\nb. the non-citizen holds a letter of no objection in respect of the project proposal from the Ministry of Tourism\nc. the minimum investment, excluding land cost, in the acquisition or lease of an existing guesthouse or tourist residence, shall be at least Rs 10 million\nd. the minimum investment, excluding land cost, of developing a new guesthouse or tourist residence shall be at least Rs 30 million. [...]\nD. Management\n11. Management must be tied up with investment. However:\na. In case the investor has no managerial expertise, a local Manager shall be appointed.\nb. In case the investor will also act as the manager, he must show a track record in management and show evidence of previous managerial positions held in similar establishments abroad for at least 5 years.\nE. Local staff\n12. Except for the owner/Manager, all other employees should be locals. [...]\" (Policy on Investment by a non-citizen in a NEW / EXISTING * and MANAGEMENT of a stand-alone (not within IRS/RES/PDS) Guesthouse/Tourist Residence, 2019)","Application Guide, Issue of Letter of Approval by the Ministry of Tourism for projects with respect to the Accommodation Sector, 2017;\nPolicy on Investment by a non-citizen in a NEW / EXISTING * and MANAGEMENT of a stand-alone (not within IRS/RES/PDS) Guesthouse/Tourist Residence, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/file/Application%20Guide%20for%20processing%20of%20projects%20approved%20by%20Minister%2012%20oct%202017%20MT%2040%20158%205%20V5.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/file/Final%20Policy%20Paper%20Investment%20by%20Non-Citizen.pdf\">Pol</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,171,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","I55","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.0004375","Foreign investment in certain types of tourism accommodation, notably guesthouse and tourist residences, are subject to discriminatory minimum capital/investment requirements.","\"INTRODUCTION\nThis Application Guide defines the process to be followed when seeking a a Letter of Approval from the Ministry of Tourism.\n[...]\nPROJECTS INVOLVING NON-CITIZENS:\nA non-citizen is not allowed to invest in and to manage a guesthouse or tourist residence.\nA non-citizen is only allowed to manage residential property as Tourist Residence under the following schemes:\ni. Integrated Resort Scheme;\nii. Real Estate Scheme;\niii. Property Development Scheme and should satisfy the following criteria:\ni. An individual owner of a residential property under IRS/RES/PDS cannot rent except if the application is made by the IRS/RES/PDS Company or a Property Management Company designated by the IRS/RES/PDS Company.\nii. The non-citizen must have a track record in management and show evidence of previous managerial positions held in similar establishments.\niii. Except for the Managing Director, all employees should be locals.\" (Application Guide, Issue of Letter of Approval by the Ministry of Tourism for projects with respect to the Accommodation Sector, 2017)\n----------------\n\"A. IMPORTANT NOTE\n1. *New Guesthouse / Tourist Residence means project proposal for construction of new guesthouse/tourist residence or conversion of an existing building into guesthouse/tourist residence\n2. *Existing Guesthouse / Tourist Residence means a guesthouse/tourist residence holder of a valid Tourist Accommodation Certificate from the Tourism Authority\n3. The acquisition of an immovable property by a non-citizen is governed by the provisions of the Non-citizens (Property Restriction) Act. Pursuant to section 3(3)(iv) of the Act, a non-citizen who intends to acquire an immovable property for business purpose, including a guesthouse or tourist residence, requires an authorisation from the Economic Development Board (EDB) prior to signing the deed witnessing the transfer of the immovable property.[...]\n5. For investors wishing to acquire shares within a company that does not hold any immovable property, the minimum investment shall be at least Rs 10m.[...]\nB. ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA\n8. A non-citizen cannot submit an application to acquire or lease a guesthouse or tourist residence unless:\na. the non-citizen is a company incorporated under the Companies Act 2001\nb. the non-citizen holds a letter of no objection in respect of the project proposal from the Ministry of Tourism\nc. the minimum investment, excluding land cost, in the acquisition or lease of an existing guesthouse or tourist residence, shall be at least Rs 10 million\nd. the minimum investment, excluding land cost, of developing a new guesthouse or tourist residence shall be at least Rs 30 million. [...]\nD. Management\n11. Management must be tied up with investment. However:\na. In case the investor has no managerial expertise, a local Manager shall be appointed.\nb. In case the investor will also act as the manager, he must show a track record in management and show evidence of previous managerial positions held in similar establishments abroad for at least 5 years.\nE. Local staff\n12. Except for the owner/Manager, all other employees should be locals. [...]\" (Policy on Investment by a non-citizen in a NEW / EXISTING * and MANAGEMENT of a stand-alone (not within IRS/RES/PDS) Guesthouse/Tourist Residence, 2019)","Application Guide, Issue of Letter of Approval by the Ministry of Tourism for projects with respect to the Accommodation Sector, 2017;\nPolicy on Investment by a non-citizen in a NEW / EXISTING * and MANAGEMENT of a stand-alone (not within IRS/RES/PDS) Guesthouse/Tourist Residence, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/file/Application%20Guide%20for%20processing%20of%20projects%20approved%20by%20Minister%2012%20oct%202017%20MT%2040%20158%205%20V5.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/file/Final%20Policy%20Paper%20Investment%20by%20Non-Citizen.pdf\">Pol</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,171,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0045","Foreign ownership is limited to 49.9% in radio and television broadcasting companies.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n\"broadcast\" means emit sound or images by means of Hertzian waves, satellite or a wired electromagnetic system for reception by the public—\n(a) otherwise than within a self-contained building; and\n(b) extending to or connecting at least 2 buildings;\n[...]\n4. Objects of Authority\nThe Authority shall—[...]\n(e) ensure that broadcasting services are not controlled by foreign nationals;\n[...]\nPART IV – LICENSING\n18. Prohibition against broadcasting\n(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall provide a broadcasting service unless—(a) he is licensed to do so under this Act;\n[...]\n19. Application for licence\n(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a licence under this Act shall make an application to the Authority in the prescribed form.[…]\n(3) Subject to subsections (3A), (3B) and (3C), the Authority shall not grant a licence where the applicant— [...]\n(h) is a company or body corporate—\n(i) formed, registered or incorporated in a foreign country; or\n(ii) 49.9 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a foreign national, company or body corporate, where the Authority is satisfied that the control of the company or body corporate, as the case may be, is not by virtue of any shareholder agreement or other instrument, effectively vested in a foreign national, a foreign company or a foreign body corporate; or\n(iii) 49.9 per cent or more of the directors of which are foreign nationals; or\n(iv) 20 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by an individual who, or by another company or body corporate which, owns or controls, directly or indirectly, any newspaper or magazine, or any printing press publishing such newspaper or magazine.\n(3A) The Authority may grant a licence specified in item 2A of Part III of the First Schedule to a company, notwithstanding that it does not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3) (h) (ii), (iii) or (iv).\n(3B) The Authority may grant, with regard to Internet Service Providers licensed by the Information and Communcation Technologies Authority, a licence specified in Part III of the First Schedule notwithstanding the fact that the licensed Internet Service Provider did not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3)(h)(ii) and (iii).\n[...]\nFIRST SCHEDULE [Section 2]\nLICENCES [...]\nPART III – Subscription Television Broadcasting Licences [...]\n2A. Subscription Television Direct to Home Satellite Broadcasting Services Provider Licence (For companies operating only elsewhere than in Mauritius)\nTo provide subscription television direct to home satellite broadcasting services to the public elsewhere than in Mauritius, whereby television signals are transmitted by satellite for direct reception by the general public, upon payment of a monthly subscription fee.[...]\n4. Internet Protocol Television Service Licence\nTo establish and operate a service which provides scheduled television programming over a public network and which may provide additional features such as data, text and audio signals which are ancillary to the scheduled television programming.[...]\" (INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001, as amended)\n","INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001 Amended 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); GN 153/16 (cio 1/5/16); 21/16 (P56/16 – cio 15/12/16); GN 87/18 (cio 1/10/10); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 18/21 (cio 1/1/21, P14/21 – cio 4/12/21);","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.iba.mu/documents/iba_act(2021).pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,174,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0045","Foreign ownership is limited to 49.9% in radio and television broadcasting companies.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n\"broadcast\" means emit sound or images by means of Hertzian waves, satellite or a wired electromagnetic system for reception by the public—\n(a) otherwise than within a self-contained building; and\n(b) extending to or connecting at least 2 buildings;\n[...]\n4. Objects of Authority\nThe Authority shall—[...]\n(e) ensure that broadcasting services are not controlled by foreign nationals;\n[...]\nPART IV – LICENSING\n18. Prohibition against broadcasting\n(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall provide a broadcasting service unless—(a) he is licensed to do so under this Act;\n[...]\n19. Application for licence\n(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a licence under this Act shall make an application to the Authority in the prescribed form.[…]\n(3) Subject to subsections (3A), (3B) and (3C), the Authority shall not grant a licence where the applicant— [...]\n(h) is a company or body corporate—\n(i) formed, registered or incorporated in a foreign country; or\n(ii) 49.9 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a foreign national, company or body corporate, where the Authority is satisfied that the control of the company or body corporate, as the case may be, is not by virtue of any shareholder agreement or other instrument, effectively vested in a foreign national, a foreign company or a foreign body corporate; or\n(iii) 49.9 per cent or more of the directors of which are foreign nationals; or\n(iv) 20 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by an individual who, or by another company or body corporate which, owns or controls, directly or indirectly, any newspaper or magazine, or any printing press publishing such newspaper or magazine.\n(3A) The Authority may grant a licence specified in item 2A of Part III of the First Schedule to a company, notwithstanding that it does not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3) (h) (ii), (iii) or (iv).\n(3B) The Authority may grant, with regard to Internet Service Providers licensed by the Information and Communcation Technologies Authority, a licence specified in Part III of the First Schedule notwithstanding the fact that the licensed Internet Service Provider did not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3)(h)(ii) and (iii).\n[...]\nFIRST SCHEDULE [Section 2]\nLICENCES [...]\nPART III – Subscription Television Broadcasting Licences [...]\n2A. Subscription Television Direct to Home Satellite Broadcasting Services Provider Licence (For companies operating only elsewhere than in Mauritius)\nTo provide subscription television direct to home satellite broadcasting services to the public elsewhere than in Mauritius, whereby television signals are transmitted by satellite for direct reception by the general public, upon payment of a monthly subscription fee.[...]\n4. Internet Protocol Television Service Licence\nTo establish and operate a service which provides scheduled television programming over a public network and which may provide additional features such as data, text and audio signals which are ancillary to the scheduled television programming.[...]\" (INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001, as amended)\n","INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001 Amended 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); GN 153/16 (cio 1/5/16); 21/16 (P56/16 – cio 15/12/16); GN 87/18 (cio 1/10/10); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 18/21 (cio 1/1/21, P14/21 – cio 4/12/21);","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.iba.mu/documents/iba_act(2021).pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,174,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0045","Foreign ownership is limited to 49.9% in radio and television broadcasting companies.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n\"broadcast\" means emit sound or images by means of Hertzian waves, satellite or a wired electromagnetic system for reception by the public—\n(a) otherwise than within a self-contained building; and\n(b) extending to or connecting at least 2 buildings;\n[...]\n4. Objects of Authority\nThe Authority shall—[...]\n(e) ensure that broadcasting services are not controlled by foreign nationals;\n[...]\nPART IV – LICENSING\n18. Prohibition against broadcasting\n(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall provide a broadcasting service unless—(a) he is licensed to do so under this Act;\n[...]\n19. Application for licence\n(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a licence under this Act shall make an application to the Authority in the prescribed form.[…]\n(3) Subject to subsections (3A), (3B) and (3C), the Authority shall not grant a licence where the applicant— [...]\n(h) is a company or body corporate—\n(i) formed, registered or incorporated in a foreign country; or\n(ii) 49.9 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a foreign national, company or body corporate, where the Authority is satisfied that the control of the company or body corporate, as the case may be, is not by virtue of any shareholder agreement or other instrument, effectively vested in a foreign national, a foreign company or a foreign body corporate; or\n(iii) 49.9 per cent or more of the directors of which are foreign nationals; or\n(iv) 20 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by an individual who, or by another company or body corporate which, owns or controls, directly or indirectly, any newspaper or magazine, or any printing press publishing such newspaper or magazine.\n(3A) The Authority may grant a licence specified in item 2A of Part III of the First Schedule to a company, notwithstanding that it does not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3) (h) (ii), (iii) or (iv).\n(3B) The Authority may grant, with regard to Internet Service Providers licensed by the Information and Communcation Technologies Authority, a licence specified in Part III of the First Schedule notwithstanding the fact that the licensed Internet Service Provider did not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3)(h)(ii) and (iii).\n[...]\nFIRST SCHEDULE [Section 2]\nLICENCES [...]\nPART III – Subscription Television Broadcasting Licences [...]\n2A. Subscription Television Direct to Home Satellite Broadcasting Services Provider Licence (For companies operating only elsewhere than in Mauritius)\nTo provide subscription television direct to home satellite broadcasting services to the public elsewhere than in Mauritius, whereby television signals are transmitted by satellite for direct reception by the general public, upon payment of a monthly subscription fee.[...]\n4. Internet Protocol Television Service Licence\nTo establish and operate a service which provides scheduled television programming over a public network and which may provide additional features such as data, text and audio signals which are ancillary to the scheduled television programming.[...]\" (INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001, as amended)\n","INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001 Amended 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); GN 153/16 (cio 1/5/16); 21/16 (P56/16 – cio 15/12/16); GN 87/18 (cio 1/10/10); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 18/21 (cio 1/1/21, P14/21 – cio 4/12/21);","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.iba.mu/documents/iba_act(2021).pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,174,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0045","Foreign ownership is limited to 49.9% in radio and television broadcasting companies.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n\"broadcast\" means emit sound or images by means of Hertzian waves, satellite or a wired electromagnetic system for reception by the public—\n(a) otherwise than within a self-contained building; and\n(b) extending to or connecting at least 2 buildings;\n[...]\n4. Objects of Authority\nThe Authority shall—[...]\n(e) ensure that broadcasting services are not controlled by foreign nationals;\n[...]\nPART IV – LICENSING\n18. Prohibition against broadcasting\n(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall provide a broadcasting service unless—(a) he is licensed to do so under this Act;\n[...]\n19. Application for licence\n(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a licence under this Act shall make an application to the Authority in the prescribed form.[…]\n(3) Subject to subsections (3A), (3B) and (3C), the Authority shall not grant a licence where the applicant— [...]\n(h) is a company or body corporate—\n(i) formed, registered or incorporated in a foreign country; or\n(ii) 49.9 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a foreign national, company or body corporate, where the Authority is satisfied that the control of the company or body corporate, as the case may be, is not by virtue of any shareholder agreement or other instrument, effectively vested in a foreign national, a foreign company or a foreign body corporate; or\n(iii) 49.9 per cent or more of the directors of which are foreign nationals; or\n(iv) 20 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by an individual who, or by another company or body corporate which, owns or controls, directly or indirectly, any newspaper or magazine, or any printing press publishing such newspaper or magazine.\n(3A) The Authority may grant a licence specified in item 2A of Part III of the First Schedule to a company, notwithstanding that it does not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3) (h) (ii), (iii) or (iv).\n(3B) The Authority may grant, with regard to Internet Service Providers licensed by the Information and Communcation Technologies Authority, a licence specified in Part III of the First Schedule notwithstanding the fact that the licensed Internet Service Provider did not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3)(h)(ii) and (iii).\n[...]\nFIRST SCHEDULE [Section 2]\nLICENCES [...]\nPART III – Subscription Television Broadcasting Licences [...]\n2A. Subscription Television Direct to Home Satellite Broadcasting Services Provider Licence (For companies operating only elsewhere than in Mauritius)\nTo provide subscription television direct to home satellite broadcasting services to the public elsewhere than in Mauritius, whereby television signals are transmitted by satellite for direct reception by the general public, upon payment of a monthly subscription fee.[...]\n4. Internet Protocol Television Service Licence\nTo establish and operate a service which provides scheduled television programming over a public network and which may provide additional features such as data, text and audio signals which are ancillary to the scheduled television programming.[...]\" (INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001, as amended)\n","INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001 Amended 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); GN 153/16 (cio 1/5/16); 21/16 (P56/16 – cio 15/12/16); GN 87/18 (cio 1/10/10); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 18/21 (cio 1/1/21, P14/21 – cio 4/12/21);","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.iba.mu/documents/iba_act(2021).pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,174,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0045","A non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire immovable property in Mauritius, whether freehold or leasehold land, needs prior authorisation from either the Prime Minister's Office or Economic Development Board unless in certain specified cases (e.g. (i)​ Holding of immovable property for commercial purposes under a lease agreement not exceeding 20 years; ​(ii) Holding of shares in companies which do not own immoveable property;​ ​(iii) Holding of immovable property by inheritance or effect of marriage to a citizen under ‘régime legal de communauté’.​ ​(iv) ​Holding of shares in companies listed on the Stock Exchange of Mauritius; and ​(v) ​Through a unit trust scheme or any collective investment vehicle as defined in the Securities Act. \nThere are also exceptions for non-citizens who wish to buy freehold land and property under specific investment schemes, namely the Invest Hotel Scheme; Smart City Scheme; Property Development Scheme, Integrated Resort Scheme, Real Estate Scheme, Local Apartments (in condominium developments of at least two levels above ground (G+2). These are typically subject to minimum investment amounts.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[…]\n―Minister means the Minister to whom responsibility for the subject of internal affairs is assigned [The Prime Minister's Office].\n―non-citizen means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius;\n(ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; or\n(iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act;\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as –\n(i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary,\nunder the Foundations Act;\n\n―property—\n(a) means an immovable property, whether freehold or leasehold, in Mauritius; and\n(b) includes—\n(i) in relation to a trust or otherwise, any right or interest in immovable property, whether legal or beneficial; or\n(ii) any share;\n[...]\n―resident in Mauritius‖ means—\n(a) in relation to an individual, a person who has his domicile in Mauritius;\n(b) in relation to a body corporate, a body incorporated or registered under the law of Mauritius;[...]\n\n3. Non-citizens’ property rights\n(1) Subject to subsection (3), a non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire a property shall make a written application to the Minister giving, wherever applicable—\n[...]\n(d) the reason for which the application is made; and\n(e) such other information as the Minister may require\n[...]\n(2) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the Minister may issue to the applicant a certificate authorising him to hold, purchase or other-wise acquire the property, subject to such terms and conditions as the Minister may determine.\n(3) No certificate shall be required—\n(a) to enable a non-citizen to hold property in virtue of—\n(i) a lease agreement for industrial or commercial purposes, other than a lease agreement or a sublease agreement in respect of a residential property, for a term not exceeding 20 years;\n(ii) a deed of concession under the Fisheries and Marine Resources Act; or\n(iii) a tenancy agreement for a term not exceeding 4 years;\n\n(b) in the case of a non-citizen—\n(i) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires any property in accordance with any other enactment or any convention to which Mauritius is a party;\n(ii) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires property—\n(A) while he is the spouse, married in accordance with the régime légal de communauté, of a citizen;\n(B) by inheritance; or\n(C) by the effect of marriage;\n[...]\n(c) in the case of a non-citizen or a person not resident in Mauritius who—\n(i) holds, purchase or otherwise acquires, sells or otherwise deals with shares or other securities of a company which is desirous of being admitted for quotation on the Official List of the Stock Exchange through a public issue, offer for sale of shares and private placement of shares, or quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market which may be established under the Stock Exchange Act; or\n(ii) invests in a unit trust scheme and any other collective investment vehicle;\n(iii) purchases or otherwise acquires any luxury villa, apartment, penthouse or other similar properties used, or available for use, as residence with or without attending services or amenities from a company holding a certificate under the Invest Hotel Scheme, Property Development Scheme or Smart City Scheme, prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(iv) purchases or otherwise acquires an immovable property, a right to immovable property or part of a building, for business purposes, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(v) purchases or otherwise acquires an apartment used, or available for use, as residence, in a building of at least 2 floors above ground floor, provided the purchase price is not less than 6 million rupees or its equivalent in any other hard convertible foreign currency, or in such other amount as may be prescribed, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(vi) purchases or acquires a plot of service land for the construction of a residence from a company holding a certificate under the Smart City Scheme prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(vii) notwithstanding the repeal of the provisions relating to the IRS certificate or RES certificate under the Economic Development Board Act 2017, purchases or otherwise acquires a residential property from a company holding an IRS certificate or a RES certificate.[...]\" (NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975, as amended)\n","NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)\n\n","Economic Development Board (Property Development Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nInvestment Promotion (Invest Hotel Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nGuidelines for Buyers of Residential Property under the IRS / RES / PDS;\nGuidelines Acquisition of Residential Properties by Non-Citizens;\n","[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/economic-development-board-property-development-scheme-regulations-2015-rev-2019_0.pdf\">PDS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/investment-promotion-invest-hotel-scheme-regulations-2015-v17.pdf\">IHS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/guidelines-for-irs-res-pds-jul-20_3.pdf\">IRS/RES/PDS Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-11/Guidelines%20acquisition%20of%20apartment%28s%29%20incl.residency.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0045","A non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire immovable property in Mauritius, whether freehold or leasehold land, needs prior authorisation from either the Prime Minister's Office or Economic Development Board unless in certain specified cases (e.g. (i)​ Holding of immovable property for commercial purposes under a lease agreement not exceeding 20 years; ​(ii) Holding of shares in companies which do not own immoveable property;​ ​(iii) Holding of immovable property by inheritance or effect of marriage to a citizen under ‘régime legal de communauté’.​ ​(iv) ​Holding of shares in companies listed on the Stock Exchange of Mauritius; and ​(v) ​Through a unit trust scheme or any collective investment vehicle as defined in the Securities Act. \nThere are also exceptions for non-citizens who wish to buy freehold land and property under specific investment schemes, namely the Invest Hotel Scheme; Smart City Scheme; Property Development Scheme, Integrated Resort Scheme, Real Estate Scheme, Local Apartments (in condominium developments of at least two levels above ground (G+2). These are typically subject to minimum investment amounts.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[…]\n―Minister means the Minister to whom responsibility for the subject of internal affairs is assigned [The Prime Minister's Office].\n―non-citizen means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius;\n(ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; or\n(iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act;\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as –\n(i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary,\nunder the Foundations Act;\n\n―property—\n(a) means an immovable property, whether freehold or leasehold, in Mauritius; and\n(b) includes—\n(i) in relation to a trust or otherwise, any right or interest in immovable property, whether legal or beneficial; or\n(ii) any share;\n[...]\n―resident in Mauritius‖ means—\n(a) in relation to an individual, a person who has his domicile in Mauritius;\n(b) in relation to a body corporate, a body incorporated or registered under the law of Mauritius;[...]\n\n3. Non-citizens’ property rights\n(1) Subject to subsection (3), a non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire a property shall make a written application to the Minister giving, wherever applicable—\n[...]\n(d) the reason for which the application is made; and\n(e) such other information as the Minister may require\n[...]\n(2) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the Minister may issue to the applicant a certificate authorising him to hold, purchase or other-wise acquire the property, subject to such terms and conditions as the Minister may determine.\n(3) No certificate shall be required—\n(a) to enable a non-citizen to hold property in virtue of—\n(i) a lease agreement for industrial or commercial purposes, other than a lease agreement or a sublease agreement in respect of a residential property, for a term not exceeding 20 years;\n(ii) a deed of concession under the Fisheries and Marine Resources Act; or\n(iii) a tenancy agreement for a term not exceeding 4 years;\n\n(b) in the case of a non-citizen—\n(i) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires any property in accordance with any other enactment or any convention to which Mauritius is a party;\n(ii) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires property—\n(A) while he is the spouse, married in accordance with the régime légal de communauté, of a citizen;\n(B) by inheritance; or\n(C) by the effect of marriage;\n[...]\n(c) in the case of a non-citizen or a person not resident in Mauritius who—\n(i) holds, purchase or otherwise acquires, sells or otherwise deals with shares or other securities of a company which is desirous of being admitted for quotation on the Official List of the Stock Exchange through a public issue, offer for sale of shares and private placement of shares, or quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market which may be established under the Stock Exchange Act; or\n(ii) invests in a unit trust scheme and any other collective investment vehicle;\n(iii) purchases or otherwise acquires any luxury villa, apartment, penthouse or other similar properties used, or available for use, as residence with or without attending services or amenities from a company holding a certificate under the Invest Hotel Scheme, Property Development Scheme or Smart City Scheme, prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(iv) purchases or otherwise acquires an immovable property, a right to immovable property or part of a building, for business purposes, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(v) purchases or otherwise acquires an apartment used, or available for use, as residence, in a building of at least 2 floors above ground floor, provided the purchase price is not less than 6 million rupees or its equivalent in any other hard convertible foreign currency, or in such other amount as may be prescribed, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(vi) purchases or acquires a plot of service land for the construction of a residence from a company holding a certificate under the Smart City Scheme prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(vii) notwithstanding the repeal of the provisions relating to the IRS certificate or RES certificate under the Economic Development Board Act 2017, purchases or otherwise acquires a residential property from a company holding an IRS certificate or a RES certificate.[...]\" (NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975, as amended)\n","NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)\n\n","Economic Development Board (Property Development Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nInvestment Promotion (Invest Hotel Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nGuidelines for Buyers of Residential Property under the IRS / RES / PDS;\nGuidelines Acquisition of Residential Properties by Non-Citizens;\n","[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/economic-development-board-property-development-scheme-regulations-2015-rev-2019_0.pdf\">PDS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/investment-promotion-invest-hotel-scheme-regulations-2015-v17.pdf\">IHS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/guidelines-for-irs-res-pds-jul-20_3.pdf\">IRS/RES/PDS Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-11/Guidelines%20acquisition%20of%20apartment%28s%29%20incl.residency.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0045","A non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire immovable property in Mauritius, whether freehold or leasehold land, needs prior authorisation from either the Prime Minister's Office or Economic Development Board unless in certain specified cases (e.g. (i)​ Holding of immovable property for commercial purposes under a lease agreement not exceeding 20 years; ​(ii) Holding of shares in companies which do not own immoveable property;​ ​(iii) Holding of immovable property by inheritance or effect of marriage to a citizen under ‘régime legal de communauté’.​ ​(iv) ​Holding of shares in companies listed on the Stock Exchange of Mauritius; and ​(v) ​Through a unit trust scheme or any collective investment vehicle as defined in the Securities Act. \nThere are also exceptions for non-citizens who wish to buy freehold land and property under specific investment schemes, namely the Invest Hotel Scheme; Smart City Scheme; Property Development Scheme, Integrated Resort Scheme, Real Estate Scheme, Local Apartments (in condominium developments of at least two levels above ground (G+2). These are typically subject to minimum investment amounts.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[…]\n―Minister means the Minister to whom responsibility for the subject of internal affairs is assigned [The Prime Minister's Office].\n―non-citizen means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius;\n(ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; or\n(iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act;\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as –\n(i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary,\nunder the Foundations Act;\n\n―property—\n(a) means an immovable property, whether freehold or leasehold, in Mauritius; and\n(b) includes—\n(i) in relation to a trust or otherwise, any right or interest in immovable property, whether legal or beneficial; or\n(ii) any share;\n[...]\n―resident in Mauritius‖ means—\n(a) in relation to an individual, a person who has his domicile in Mauritius;\n(b) in relation to a body corporate, a body incorporated or registered under the law of Mauritius;[...]\n\n3. Non-citizens’ property rights\n(1) Subject to subsection (3), a non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire a property shall make a written application to the Minister giving, wherever applicable—\n[...]\n(d) the reason for which the application is made; and\n(e) such other information as the Minister may require\n[...]\n(2) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the Minister may issue to the applicant a certificate authorising him to hold, purchase or other-wise acquire the property, subject to such terms and conditions as the Minister may determine.\n(3) No certificate shall be required—\n(a) to enable a non-citizen to hold property in virtue of—\n(i) a lease agreement for industrial or commercial purposes, other than a lease agreement or a sublease agreement in respect of a residential property, for a term not exceeding 20 years;\n(ii) a deed of concession under the Fisheries and Marine Resources Act; or\n(iii) a tenancy agreement for a term not exceeding 4 years;\n\n(b) in the case of a non-citizen—\n(i) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires any property in accordance with any other enactment or any convention to which Mauritius is a party;\n(ii) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires property—\n(A) while he is the spouse, married in accordance with the régime légal de communauté, of a citizen;\n(B) by inheritance; or\n(C) by the effect of marriage;\n[...]\n(c) in the case of a non-citizen or a person not resident in Mauritius who—\n(i) holds, purchase or otherwise acquires, sells or otherwise deals with shares or other securities of a company which is desirous of being admitted for quotation on the Official List of the Stock Exchange through a public issue, offer for sale of shares and private placement of shares, or quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market which may be established under the Stock Exchange Act; or\n(ii) invests in a unit trust scheme and any other collective investment vehicle;\n(iii) purchases or otherwise acquires any luxury villa, apartment, penthouse or other similar properties used, or available for use, as residence with or without attending services or amenities from a company holding a certificate under the Invest Hotel Scheme, Property Development Scheme or Smart City Scheme, prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(iv) purchases or otherwise acquires an immovable property, a right to immovable property or part of a building, for business purposes, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(v) purchases or otherwise acquires an apartment used, or available for use, as residence, in a building of at least 2 floors above ground floor, provided the purchase price is not less than 6 million rupees or its equivalent in any other hard convertible foreign currency, or in such other amount as may be prescribed, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(vi) purchases or acquires a plot of service land for the construction of a residence from a company holding a certificate under the Smart City Scheme prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(vii) notwithstanding the repeal of the provisions relating to the IRS certificate or RES certificate under the Economic Development Board Act 2017, purchases or otherwise acquires a residential property from a company holding an IRS certificate or a RES certificate.[...]\" (NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975, as amended)\n","NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)\n\n","Economic Development Board (Property Development Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nInvestment Promotion (Invest Hotel Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nGuidelines for Buyers of Residential Property under the IRS / RES / PDS;\nGuidelines Acquisition of Residential Properties by Non-Citizens;\n","[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/economic-development-board-property-development-scheme-regulations-2015-rev-2019_0.pdf\">PDS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/investment-promotion-invest-hotel-scheme-regulations-2015-v17.pdf\">IHS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/guidelines-for-irs-res-pds-jul-20_3.pdf\">IRS/RES/PDS Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-11/Guidelines%20acquisition%20of%20apartment%28s%29%20incl.residency.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0045","A non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire immovable property in Mauritius, whether freehold or leasehold land, needs prior authorisation from either the Prime Minister's Office or Economic Development Board unless in certain specified cases (e.g. (i)​ Holding of immovable property for commercial purposes under a lease agreement not exceeding 20 years; ​(ii) Holding of shares in companies which do not own immoveable property;​ ​(iii) Holding of immovable property by inheritance or effect of marriage to a citizen under ‘régime legal de communauté’.​ ​(iv) ​Holding of shares in companies listed on the Stock Exchange of Mauritius; and ​(v) ​Through a unit trust scheme or any collective investment vehicle as defined in the Securities Act. \nThere are also exceptions for non-citizens who wish to buy freehold land and property under specific investment schemes, namely the Invest Hotel Scheme; Smart City Scheme; Property Development Scheme, Integrated Resort Scheme, Real Estate Scheme, Local Apartments (in condominium developments of at least two levels above ground (G+2). These are typically subject to minimum investment amounts.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[…]\n―Minister means the Minister to whom responsibility for the subject of internal affairs is assigned [The Prime Minister's Office].\n―non-citizen means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius;\n(ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; or\n(iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act;\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as –\n(i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary,\nunder the Foundations Act;\n\n―property—\n(a) means an immovable property, whether freehold or leasehold, in Mauritius; and\n(b) includes—\n(i) in relation to a trust or otherwise, any right or interest in immovable property, whether legal or beneficial; or\n(ii) any share;\n[...]\n―resident in Mauritius‖ means—\n(a) in relation to an individual, a person who has his domicile in Mauritius;\n(b) in relation to a body corporate, a body incorporated or registered under the law of Mauritius;[...]\n\n3. Non-citizens’ property rights\n(1) Subject to subsection (3), a non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire a property shall make a written application to the Minister giving, wherever applicable—\n[...]\n(d) the reason for which the application is made; and\n(e) such other information as the Minister may require\n[...]\n(2) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the Minister may issue to the applicant a certificate authorising him to hold, purchase or other-wise acquire the property, subject to such terms and conditions as the Minister may determine.\n(3) No certificate shall be required—\n(a) to enable a non-citizen to hold property in virtue of—\n(i) a lease agreement for industrial or commercial purposes, other than a lease agreement or a sublease agreement in respect of a residential property, for a term not exceeding 20 years;\n(ii) a deed of concession under the Fisheries and Marine Resources Act; or\n(iii) a tenancy agreement for a term not exceeding 4 years;\n\n(b) in the case of a non-citizen—\n(i) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires any property in accordance with any other enactment or any convention to which Mauritius is a party;\n(ii) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires property—\n(A) while he is the spouse, married in accordance with the régime légal de communauté, of a citizen;\n(B) by inheritance; or\n(C) by the effect of marriage;\n[...]\n(c) in the case of a non-citizen or a person not resident in Mauritius who—\n(i) holds, purchase or otherwise acquires, sells or otherwise deals with shares or other securities of a company which is desirous of being admitted for quotation on the Official List of the Stock Exchange through a public issue, offer for sale of shares and private placement of shares, or quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market which may be established under the Stock Exchange Act; or\n(ii) invests in a unit trust scheme and any other collective investment vehicle;\n(iii) purchases or otherwise acquires any luxury villa, apartment, penthouse or other similar properties used, or available for use, as residence with or without attending services or amenities from a company holding a certificate under the Invest Hotel Scheme, Property Development Scheme or Smart City Scheme, prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(iv) purchases or otherwise acquires an immovable property, a right to immovable property or part of a building, for business purposes, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(v) purchases or otherwise acquires an apartment used, or available for use, as residence, in a building of at least 2 floors above ground floor, provided the purchase price is not less than 6 million rupees or its equivalent in any other hard convertible foreign currency, or in such other amount as may be prescribed, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(vi) purchases or acquires a plot of service land for the construction of a residence from a company holding a certificate under the Smart City Scheme prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(vii) notwithstanding the repeal of the provisions relating to the IRS certificate or RES certificate under the Economic Development Board Act 2017, purchases or otherwise acquires a residential property from a company holding an IRS certificate or a RES certificate.[...]\" (NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975, as amended)\n","NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)\n\n","Economic Development Board (Property Development Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nInvestment Promotion (Invest Hotel Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nGuidelines for Buyers of Residential Property under the IRS / RES / PDS;\nGuidelines Acquisition of Residential Properties by Non-Citizens;\n","[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/economic-development-board-property-development-scheme-regulations-2015-rev-2019_0.pdf\">PDS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/investment-promotion-invest-hotel-scheme-regulations-2015-v17.pdf\">IHS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/guidelines-for-irs-res-pds-jul-20_3.pdf\">IRS/RES/PDS Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-11/Guidelines%20acquisition%20of%20apartment%28s%29%20incl.residency.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.001125","Foreign participation  in  the  supply  of  fuels  and  lubricants  for  ship,  aircraft  and  railroad equipment may not exceed a total of 49% of equity. ","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\nw) Supply of fuels and lubricants for ships and aircraft and railway equipment; [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1221,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.001125","Foreign participation  in  the  supply  of  fuels  and  lubricants  for  ship,  aircraft  and  railroad equipment may not exceed a total of 49% of equity. ","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\nw) Supply of fuels and lubricants for ships and aircraft and railway equipment; [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1221,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.001125","Foreign participation  in  the  supply  of  fuels  and  lubricants  for  ship,  aircraft  and  railroad equipment may not exceed a total of 49% of equity. ","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\nw) Supply of fuels and lubricants for ships and aircraft and railway equipment; [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1221,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.001125","Foreign participation  in  the  supply  of  fuels  and  lubricants  for  ship,  aircraft  and  railroad equipment may not exceed a total of 49% of equity. ","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\nw) Supply of fuels and lubricants for ships and aircraft and railway equipment; [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1221,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","I55","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.000109375","In principle, only Mexicans and Mexican companies may acquire ownership of land in the Mexican territory. Other persons may lease land generally for a term not exceeding 10 years for residential use and 20 years for commercial and industrial use [although this may vary depending on Mexican state-level civil codes which contaim most provisions governing lease agreements (each state has its own applicable civil code)]. Nevertheless, the State may allow foreigners to acquire land through an agreement in which they renounce the possibility of invoking the protection of their Government regarding said property. However, under no circumstance may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters.within a \"restricted zone\" consisting of a 100-kilometre strip alongside the Mexican land border and a 50-kilometre strip inland from the Mexican coast. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas by foreigners and foreign-owned entities is assumed for national security purposes and, hence, not considered a restrictive measure under the index; the restriction on access to land in proximity to the coast is, however, considered a restriction under the index and assumed to affect only accommodation, food service and real estate investment activities.","\"Article 27. [...]\nThe ability to acquire ownership of the lands and waters of the Nation shall be governed by the following prescriptions:\nI. Only Mexicans by birth or naturalization and Mexican companies have the right to acquire ownership of lands, waters and their accessions or to obtain mining or water exploitation concessions. The State may grant the same right to foreigners, provided that they agree before the Secretary of Relations to consider themselves as nationals with respect to said goods and not therefore invoke the protection of their governments with respect to them; under the penalty, in case of breach of the agreement, of losing for the benefit of the Nation, the goods that they have acquired by virtue of it. In a strip of one hundred kilometers along the borders and fifty on the beaches, for no reason may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters. [...]\nIV. Trading companies by shares may be owners of rustic land but only to the extent necessary for the fulfillment of their purpose. In no case may companies of this class own land dedicated to agricultural, livestock or forestry activities to a greater extent than the respective equivalent to twenty-five times the limits indicated in section XV of this article. The regulatory law will regulate the capital structure and the minimum number of partners of these companies, so that the lands owned by the company do not exceed the limits of the small property in relation to each partner. In this case, all individual share ownership, corresponding to rustic land, will be cumulative for computational purposes. Likewise, the law will establish the conditions for foreign participation in said companies. [...]\" (Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 10.- In accordance with the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, Mexican companies with an exclusion clause for foreigners or that have entered into the agreement to which said provision refers, may acquire the domain of real estate in the national territory.\nIn the case of companies whose statutes include the agreement provided for in section I of Article 27 of the Constitution, the following will apply:\nI.- They may acquire the domain of real estate located in the restricted area, destined to carry out non-residential activities, having to give notice of said acquisition to the Ministry of Foreign Relations, within sixty business days following the one in which the acquisition is made, and\nII.- They may acquire rights to real estate in the restricted area, which are intended for residential purposes, in accordance with the provisions of the following chapter.\nARTICLE 10 A.- Foreigners who intend to acquire real estate outside the restricted area, or obtain concessions for the exploration and exploitation of mines and waters in the national territory, must previously submit a document in which they agree the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States and obtain the corresponding permission from said agency. [...]\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may determine, through general agreements that will be published in the Official Gazette of the Federation, cases in which foreigners, in order to have the right referred to in this article, should only submit to said agency a letter in which they agree to the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Constitution, without requiring the corresponding permission of said agency.\nARTICLE 11.- Permission from the Ministry of Foreign Relations is required for credit institutions to acquire as trustees, rights over real estate located within the restricted area, when the purpose of the trust is to allow the use and exploitation of such assets without constituting real rights over them, and the trustees are:\nI.- Mexican companies without a foreigner exclusion clause in the case provided for in section II of article 10 of this Law; and\nII.- Foreign individuals or legal entities.\nARTICLE 12.- The use and exploitation of real estate located in the restricted area will be understood as the rights to use or enjoy them, including where appropriate, obtaining fruits, products and, in general, any resulting performance of the profitable operation and exploitation, through third parties or the fiduciary institution.\nARTICLE 13.- The duration of the trusts referred to in this chapter will be for a maximum period of fifty years, which may be extended at the request of the interested party.\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may verify at any time compliance with the conditions under which the permits provided for in this Title are granted, as well as the presentation and veracity of the content of the notices provided therein.\nARTICLE 14.- The Ministry of Foreign Relations will decide on the permits referred to in this chapter, considering the economic and social benefit that the performance of these operations implies for the Nation. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14 [google traslation])","Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 \nForeign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14","World Trade Organisation, Trade Policy Review. Report by the Secretariat. Mexico (23 June 2017), p. 43\nBaker Mckenzie (2018), GLOBAL CORPORATE REAL ESTATE GUIDE.","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/1_280521.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S352R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"\">Otherhttps//resourcehub.bakermckenzie.com/en/resources/global-corporate-real-estate-guide/latin-america/mexico/topics/real-estate-law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1219,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","I55","_O","IV92","IX",2021,"0.000109375","In principle, only Mexicans and Mexican companies may acquire ownership of land in the Mexican territory. Other persons may lease land generally for a term not exceeding 10 years for residential use and 20 years for commercial and industrial use [although this may vary depending on Mexican state-level civil codes which contaim most provisions governing lease agreements (each state has its own applicable civil code)]. Nevertheless, the State may allow foreigners to acquire land through an agreement in which they renounce the possibility of invoking the protection of their Government regarding said property. However, under no circumstance may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters.within a \"restricted zone\" consisting of a 100-kilometre strip alongside the Mexican land border and a 50-kilometre strip inland from the Mexican coast. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas by foreigners and foreign-owned entities is assumed for national security purposes and, hence, not considered a restrictive measure under the index; the restriction on access to land in proximity to the coast is, however, considered a restriction under the index and assumed to affect only accommodation, food service and real estate investment activities.","\"Article 27. [...]\nThe ability to acquire ownership of the lands and waters of the Nation shall be governed by the following prescriptions:\nI. Only Mexicans by birth or naturalization and Mexican companies have the right to acquire ownership of lands, waters and their accessions or to obtain mining or water exploitation concessions. The State may grant the same right to foreigners, provided that they agree before the Secretary of Relations to consider themselves as nationals with respect to said goods and not therefore invoke the protection of their governments with respect to them; under the penalty, in case of breach of the agreement, of losing for the benefit of the Nation, the goods that they have acquired by virtue of it. In a strip of one hundred kilometers along the borders and fifty on the beaches, for no reason may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters. [...]\nIV. Trading companies by shares may be owners of rustic land but only to the extent necessary for the fulfillment of their purpose. In no case may companies of this class own land dedicated to agricultural, livestock or forestry activities to a greater extent than the respective equivalent to twenty-five times the limits indicated in section XV of this article. The regulatory law will regulate the capital structure and the minimum number of partners of these companies, so that the lands owned by the company do not exceed the limits of the small property in relation to each partner. In this case, all individual share ownership, corresponding to rustic land, will be cumulative for computational purposes. Likewise, the law will establish the conditions for foreign participation in said companies. [...]\" (Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 10.- In accordance with the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, Mexican companies with an exclusion clause for foreigners or that have entered into the agreement to which said provision refers, may acquire the domain of real estate in the national territory.\nIn the case of companies whose statutes include the agreement provided for in section I of Article 27 of the Constitution, the following will apply:\nI.- They may acquire the domain of real estate located in the restricted area, destined to carry out non-residential activities, having to give notice of said acquisition to the Ministry of Foreign Relations, within sixty business days following the one in which the acquisition is made, and\nII.- They may acquire rights to real estate in the restricted area, which are intended for residential purposes, in accordance with the provisions of the following chapter.\nARTICLE 10 A.- Foreigners who intend to acquire real estate outside the restricted area, or obtain concessions for the exploration and exploitation of mines and waters in the national territory, must previously submit a document in which they agree the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States and obtain the corresponding permission from said agency. [...]\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may determine, through general agreements that will be published in the Official Gazette of the Federation, cases in which foreigners, in order to have the right referred to in this article, should only submit to said agency a letter in which they agree to the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Constitution, without requiring the corresponding permission of said agency.\nARTICLE 11.- Permission from the Ministry of Foreign Relations is required for credit institutions to acquire as trustees, rights over real estate located within the restricted area, when the purpose of the trust is to allow the use and exploitation of such assets without constituting real rights over them, and the trustees are:\nI.- Mexican companies without a foreigner exclusion clause in the case provided for in section II of article 10 of this Law; and\nII.- Foreign individuals or legal entities.\nARTICLE 12.- The use and exploitation of real estate located in the restricted area will be understood as the rights to use or enjoy them, including where appropriate, obtaining fruits, products and, in general, any resulting performance of the profitable operation and exploitation, through third parties or the fiduciary institution.\nARTICLE 13.- The duration of the trusts referred to in this chapter will be for a maximum period of fifty years, which may be extended at the request of the interested party.\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may verify at any time compliance with the conditions under which the permits provided for in this Title are granted, as well as the presentation and veracity of the content of the notices provided therein.\nARTICLE 14.- The Ministry of Foreign Relations will decide on the permits referred to in this chapter, considering the economic and social benefit that the performance of these operations implies for the Nation. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14 [google traslation])","Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 \nForeign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14","World Trade Organisation, Trade Policy Review. Report by the Secretariat. Mexico (23 June 2017), p. 43\nBaker Mckenzie (2018), GLOBAL CORPORATE REAL ESTATE GUIDE.","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/1_280521.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S352R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"\">Otherhttps//resourcehub.bakermckenzie.com/en/resources/global-corporate-real-estate-guide/latin-america/mexico/topics/real-estate-law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1219,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","I55","_O","IV92","IX",2022,"0.000109375","In principle, only Mexicans and Mexican companies may acquire ownership of land in the Mexican territory. Other persons may lease land generally for a term not exceeding 10 years for residential use and 20 years for commercial and industrial use [although this may vary depending on Mexican state-level civil codes which contaim most provisions governing lease agreements (each state has its own applicable civil code)]. Nevertheless, the State may allow foreigners to acquire land through an agreement in which they renounce the possibility of invoking the protection of their Government regarding said property. However, under no circumstance may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters.within a \"restricted zone\" consisting of a 100-kilometre strip alongside the Mexican land border and a 50-kilometre strip inland from the Mexican coast. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas by foreigners and foreign-owned entities is assumed for national security purposes and, hence, not considered a restrictive measure under the index; the restriction on access to land in proximity to the coast is, however, considered a restriction under the index and assumed to affect only accommodation, food service and real estate investment activities.","\"Article 27. [...]\nThe ability to acquire ownership of the lands and waters of the Nation shall be governed by the following prescriptions:\nI. Only Mexicans by birth or naturalization and Mexican companies have the right to acquire ownership of lands, waters and their accessions or to obtain mining or water exploitation concessions. The State may grant the same right to foreigners, provided that they agree before the Secretary of Relations to consider themselves as nationals with respect to said goods and not therefore invoke the protection of their governments with respect to them; under the penalty, in case of breach of the agreement, of losing for the benefit of the Nation, the goods that they have acquired by virtue of it. In a strip of one hundred kilometers along the borders and fifty on the beaches, for no reason may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters. [...]\nIV. Trading companies by shares may be owners of rustic land but only to the extent necessary for the fulfillment of their purpose. In no case may companies of this class own land dedicated to agricultural, livestock or forestry activities to a greater extent than the respective equivalent to twenty-five times the limits indicated in section XV of this article. The regulatory law will regulate the capital structure and the minimum number of partners of these companies, so that the lands owned by the company do not exceed the limits of the small property in relation to each partner. In this case, all individual share ownership, corresponding to rustic land, will be cumulative for computational purposes. Likewise, the law will establish the conditions for foreign participation in said companies. [...]\" (Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 10.- In accordance with the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, Mexican companies with an exclusion clause for foreigners or that have entered into the agreement to which said provision refers, may acquire the domain of real estate in the national territory.\nIn the case of companies whose statutes include the agreement provided for in section I of Article 27 of the Constitution, the following will apply:\nI.- They may acquire the domain of real estate located in the restricted area, destined to carry out non-residential activities, having to give notice of said acquisition to the Ministry of Foreign Relations, within sixty business days following the one in which the acquisition is made, and\nII.- They may acquire rights to real estate in the restricted area, which are intended for residential purposes, in accordance with the provisions of the following chapter.\nARTICLE 10 A.- Foreigners who intend to acquire real estate outside the restricted area, or obtain concessions for the exploration and exploitation of mines and waters in the national territory, must previously submit a document in which they agree the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States and obtain the corresponding permission from said agency. [...]\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may determine, through general agreements that will be published in the Official Gazette of the Federation, cases in which foreigners, in order to have the right referred to in this article, should only submit to said agency a letter in which they agree to the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Constitution, without requiring the corresponding permission of said agency.\nARTICLE 11.- Permission from the Ministry of Foreign Relations is required for credit institutions to acquire as trustees, rights over real estate located within the restricted area, when the purpose of the trust is to allow the use and exploitation of such assets without constituting real rights over them, and the trustees are:\nI.- Mexican companies without a foreigner exclusion clause in the case provided for in section II of article 10 of this Law; and\nII.- Foreign individuals or legal entities.\nARTICLE 12.- The use and exploitation of real estate located in the restricted area will be understood as the rights to use or enjoy them, including where appropriate, obtaining fruits, products and, in general, any resulting performance of the profitable operation and exploitation, through third parties or the fiduciary institution.\nARTICLE 13.- The duration of the trusts referred to in this chapter will be for a maximum period of fifty years, which may be extended at the request of the interested party.\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may verify at any time compliance with the conditions under which the permits provided for in this Title are granted, as well as the presentation and veracity of the content of the notices provided therein.\nARTICLE 14.- The Ministry of Foreign Relations will decide on the permits referred to in this chapter, considering the economic and social benefit that the performance of these operations implies for the Nation. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14 [google traslation])","Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 \nForeign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14","World Trade Organisation, Trade Policy Review. Report by the Secretariat. Mexico (23 June 2017), p. 43\nBaker Mckenzie (2018), GLOBAL CORPORATE REAL ESTATE GUIDE.","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/1_280521.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S352R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"\">Otherhttps//resourcehub.bakermckenzie.com/en/resources/global-corporate-real-estate-guide/latin-america/mexico/topics/real-estate-law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1219,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","I55","_O","IV92","IX",2023,"0.000109375","In principle, only Mexicans and Mexican companies may acquire ownership of land in the Mexican territory. Other persons may lease land generally for a term not exceeding 10 years for residential use and 20 years for commercial and industrial use [although this may vary depending on Mexican state-level civil codes which contaim most provisions governing lease agreements (each state has its own applicable civil code)]. Nevertheless, the State may allow foreigners to acquire land through an agreement in which they renounce the possibility of invoking the protection of their Government regarding said property. However, under no circumstance may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters.within a \"restricted zone\" consisting of a 100-kilometre strip alongside the Mexican land border and a 50-kilometre strip inland from the Mexican coast. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas by foreigners and foreign-owned entities is assumed for national security purposes and, hence, not considered a restrictive measure under the index; the restriction on access to land in proximity to the coast is, however, considered a restriction under the index and assumed to affect only accommodation, food service and real estate investment activities.","\"Article 27. [...]\nThe ability to acquire ownership of the lands and waters of the Nation shall be governed by the following prescriptions:\nI. Only Mexicans by birth or naturalization and Mexican companies have the right to acquire ownership of lands, waters and their accessions or to obtain mining or water exploitation concessions. The State may grant the same right to foreigners, provided that they agree before the Secretary of Relations to consider themselves as nationals with respect to said goods and not therefore invoke the protection of their governments with respect to them; under the penalty, in case of breach of the agreement, of losing for the benefit of the Nation, the goods that they have acquired by virtue of it. In a strip of one hundred kilometers along the borders and fifty on the beaches, for no reason may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters. [...]\nIV. Trading companies by shares may be owners of rustic land but only to the extent necessary for the fulfillment of their purpose. In no case may companies of this class own land dedicated to agricultural, livestock or forestry activities to a greater extent than the respective equivalent to twenty-five times the limits indicated in section XV of this article. The regulatory law will regulate the capital structure and the minimum number of partners of these companies, so that the lands owned by the company do not exceed the limits of the small property in relation to each partner. In this case, all individual share ownership, corresponding to rustic land, will be cumulative for computational purposes. Likewise, the law will establish the conditions for foreign participation in said companies. [...]\" (Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 10.- In accordance with the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, Mexican companies with an exclusion clause for foreigners or that have entered into the agreement to which said provision refers, may acquire the domain of real estate in the national territory.\nIn the case of companies whose statutes include the agreement provided for in section I of Article 27 of the Constitution, the following will apply:\nI.- They may acquire the domain of real estate located in the restricted area, destined to carry out non-residential activities, having to give notice of said acquisition to the Ministry of Foreign Relations, within sixty business days following the one in which the acquisition is made, and\nII.- They may acquire rights to real estate in the restricted area, which are intended for residential purposes, in accordance with the provisions of the following chapter.\nARTICLE 10 A.- Foreigners who intend to acquire real estate outside the restricted area, or obtain concessions for the exploration and exploitation of mines and waters in the national territory, must previously submit a document in which they agree the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States and obtain the corresponding permission from said agency. [...]\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may determine, through general agreements that will be published in the Official Gazette of the Federation, cases in which foreigners, in order to have the right referred to in this article, should only submit to said agency a letter in which they agree to the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Constitution, without requiring the corresponding permission of said agency.\nARTICLE 11.- Permission from the Ministry of Foreign Relations is required for credit institutions to acquire as trustees, rights over real estate located within the restricted area, when the purpose of the trust is to allow the use and exploitation of such assets without constituting real rights over them, and the trustees are:\nI.- Mexican companies without a foreigner exclusion clause in the case provided for in section II of article 10 of this Law; and\nII.- Foreign individuals or legal entities.\nARTICLE 12.- The use and exploitation of real estate located in the restricted area will be understood as the rights to use or enjoy them, including where appropriate, obtaining fruits, products and, in general, any resulting performance of the profitable operation and exploitation, through third parties or the fiduciary institution.\nARTICLE 13.- The duration of the trusts referred to in this chapter will be for a maximum period of fifty years, which may be extended at the request of the interested party.\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may verify at any time compliance with the conditions under which the permits provided for in this Title are granted, as well as the presentation and veracity of the content of the notices provided therein.\nARTICLE 14.- The Ministry of Foreign Relations will decide on the permits referred to in this chapter, considering the economic and social benefit that the performance of these operations implies for the Nation. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14 [google traslation])","Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 \nForeign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14","World Trade Organisation, Trade Policy Review. Report by the Secretariat. Mexico (23 June 2017), p. 43\nBaker Mckenzie (2018), GLOBAL CORPORATE REAL ESTATE GUIDE.","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/1_280521.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S352R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"\">Otherhttps//resourcehub.bakermckenzie.com/en/resources/global-corporate-real-estate-guide/latin-america/mexico/topics/real-estate-law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1219,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0003125","Foreign advocates are admitted to practice in Moldova provided they meet all conditions of the national law for the legal profession, except for the condition to hold citizenship. However, foreign advocates are not eligible to represent clients in courts or before public authorities, nor are they authorised to practice criminal and administrative law. In such cases, foreign advocates are required to be assisted by a lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter I - General Dispositions [...]\nArticle 6. Practicing the profession of lawyer by lawyers from other states\n(1) Lawyers from other states can practice the profession of lawyer on the territory of the Republic of Moldova if they meet the conditions provided by the Law, with the exception of the condition regarding the possession of citizenship.\n(2) The lawyer from another state can carry out his professional activity on the territory of the Republic of Moldova if he certifies the qualification of a lawyer in his state of origin and is registered in the special register kept by the Council of the Union of Lawyers from the Republic of Moldova.\n(3) The lawyer from another state cannot represent the interests of natural or legal persons in courts of law and in relations with other public authorities except in international commercial arbitration. If the client's interests require it, as well as at his request, the lawyer from another state can assist the lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.\n(4) The lawyer from another state can carry out his activity within the lawyer's office or within the associated office of lawyers on the basis of the contract. In criminal and contravention cases, the foreign lawyer is to be assisted by a lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.\n(5) The register of lawyers from other states who have the right to practice the profession of lawyer on the territory of the Republic of Moldova is published on the official website of the Union of Lawyers.\n[...]\nChapter II - LAWYERS\nArticle 10.  Requirements for exercising the profession of lawyer\n(1) The profession of lawyer can be exercised by the person who has the citizenship of the Republic of Moldova, in respect of whom no judicial protection measure has been instituted in the form of guardianship, has a law degree or its equivalent, enjoys an impeccable reputation and was admitted to the profession of lawyer after completing the professional internship and passing the qualification exam. \n(2) Persons who have at least 10 years of experience in the position of judge or prosecutor are exempted from performing the professional internship, if, within 6 months from the resignation from the respective position, they have requested to participate in the qualification exam.\n[...]\nChapter V - FORMS OF ORGANIZATION OF LAWYER ACTIVITY\nArticle 29.  Forms of organization\n(1) The lawyer profession is exercised, at the discretion of each lawyer, in one of the following forms:\na) lawyer's office;\nb) associate office of lawyers.\n(2) The lawyer can only be the founder of a cabinet or an office associated with lawyers.\n[...]\nArticle 30.  The lawyer's office\n(1) In the lawyer's office, only one lawyer (the founder of the office) exercises his profession.\n(2) The lawyer's office operates and presents itself in legal relations as a natural person.\nArticle 31.  The associated office of lawyers\n(1) The associated law firm is founded by two or more lawyers (founders of the firm). Lawyers practice their profession independently.[...]\" (LAW No. 1260 of 19-07-2002 regarding the law, as amended [google translation])","LAW No. 1260 of 19-07-2002 regarding the law, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=129643&lang=ro#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2717,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0003125","Foreign advocates are admitted to practice in Moldova provided they meet all conditions of the national law for the legal profession, except for the condition to hold citizenship. However, foreign advocates are not eligible to represent clients in courts or before public authorities, nor are they authorised to practice criminal and administrative law. In such cases, foreign advocates are required to be assisted by a lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter I - General Dispositions [...]\nArticle 6. Practicing the profession of lawyer by lawyers from other states\n(1) Lawyers from other states can practice the profession of lawyer on the territory of the Republic of Moldova if they meet the conditions provided by the Law, with the exception of the condition regarding the possession of citizenship.\n(2) The lawyer from another state can carry out his professional activity on the territory of the Republic of Moldova if he certifies the qualification of a lawyer in his state of origin and is registered in the special register kept by the Council of the Union of Lawyers from the Republic of Moldova.\n(3) The lawyer from another state cannot represent the interests of natural or legal persons in courts of law and in relations with other public authorities except in international commercial arbitration. If the client's interests require it, as well as at his request, the lawyer from another state can assist the lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.\n(4) The lawyer from another state can carry out his activity within the lawyer's office or within the associated office of lawyers on the basis of the contract. In criminal and contravention cases, the foreign lawyer is to be assisted by a lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.\n(5) The register of lawyers from other states who have the right to practice the profession of lawyer on the territory of the Republic of Moldova is published on the official website of the Union of Lawyers.\n[...]\nChapter II - LAWYERS\nArticle 10.  Requirements for exercising the profession of lawyer\n(1) The profession of lawyer can be exercised by the person who has the citizenship of the Republic of Moldova, in respect of whom no judicial protection measure has been instituted in the form of guardianship, has a law degree or its equivalent, enjoys an impeccable reputation and was admitted to the profession of lawyer after completing the professional internship and passing the qualification exam. \n(2) Persons who have at least 10 years of experience in the position of judge or prosecutor are exempted from performing the professional internship, if, within 6 months from the resignation from the respective position, they have requested to participate in the qualification exam.\n[...]\nChapter V - FORMS OF ORGANIZATION OF LAWYER ACTIVITY\nArticle 29.  Forms of organization\n(1) The lawyer profession is exercised, at the discretion of each lawyer, in one of the following forms:\na) lawyer's office;\nb) associate office of lawyers.\n(2) The lawyer can only be the founder of a cabinet or an office associated with lawyers.\n[...]\nArticle 30.  The lawyer's office\n(1) In the lawyer's office, only one lawyer (the founder of the office) exercises his profession.\n(2) The lawyer's office operates and presents itself in legal relations as a natural person.\nArticle 31.  The associated office of lawyers\n(1) The associated law firm is founded by two or more lawyers (founders of the firm). Lawyers practice their profession independently.[...]\" (LAW No. 1260 of 19-07-2002 regarding the law, as amended [google translation])","LAW No. 1260 of 19-07-2002 regarding the law, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=129643&lang=ro#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2717,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0003125","Foreign advocates are admitted to practice in Moldova provided they meet all conditions of the national law for the legal profession, except for the condition to hold citizenship. However, foreign advocates are not eligible to represent clients in courts or before public authorities, nor are they authorised to practice criminal and administrative law. In such cases, foreign advocates are required to be assisted by a lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter I - General Dispositions [...]\nArticle 6. Practicing the profession of lawyer by lawyers from other states\n(1) Lawyers from other states can practice the profession of lawyer on the territory of the Republic of Moldova if they meet the conditions provided by the Law, with the exception of the condition regarding the possession of citizenship.\n(2) The lawyer from another state can carry out his professional activity on the territory of the Republic of Moldova if he certifies the qualification of a lawyer in his state of origin and is registered in the special register kept by the Council of the Union of Lawyers from the Republic of Moldova.\n(3) The lawyer from another state cannot represent the interests of natural or legal persons in courts of law and in relations with other public authorities except in international commercial arbitration. If the client's interests require it, as well as at his request, the lawyer from another state can assist the lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.\n(4) The lawyer from another state can carry out his activity within the lawyer's office or within the associated office of lawyers on the basis of the contract. In criminal and contravention cases, the foreign lawyer is to be assisted by a lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.\n(5) The register of lawyers from other states who have the right to practice the profession of lawyer on the territory of the Republic of Moldova is published on the official website of the Union of Lawyers.\n[...]\nChapter II - LAWYERS\nArticle 10.  Requirements for exercising the profession of lawyer\n(1) The profession of lawyer can be exercised by the person who has the citizenship of the Republic of Moldova, in respect of whom no judicial protection measure has been instituted in the form of guardianship, has a law degree or its equivalent, enjoys an impeccable reputation and was admitted to the profession of lawyer after completing the professional internship and passing the qualification exam. \n(2) Persons who have at least 10 years of experience in the position of judge or prosecutor are exempted from performing the professional internship, if, within 6 months from the resignation from the respective position, they have requested to participate in the qualification exam.\n[...]\nChapter V - FORMS OF ORGANIZATION OF LAWYER ACTIVITY\nArticle 29.  Forms of organization\n(1) The lawyer profession is exercised, at the discretion of each lawyer, in one of the following forms:\na) lawyer's office;\nb) associate office of lawyers.\n(2) The lawyer can only be the founder of a cabinet or an office associated with lawyers.\n[...]\nArticle 30.  The lawyer's office\n(1) In the lawyer's office, only one lawyer (the founder of the office) exercises his profession.\n(2) The lawyer's office operates and presents itself in legal relations as a natural person.\nArticle 31.  The associated office of lawyers\n(1) The associated law firm is founded by two or more lawyers (founders of the firm). Lawyers practice their profession independently.[...]\" (LAW No. 1260 of 19-07-2002 regarding the law, as amended [google translation])","LAW No. 1260 of 19-07-2002 regarding the law, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=129643&lang=ro#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2717,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.0003125","Foreign advocates are admitted to practice in Moldova provided they meet all conditions of the national law for the legal profession, except for the condition to hold citizenship. However, foreign advocates are not eligible to represent clients in courts or before public authorities, nor are they authorised to practice criminal and administrative law. In such cases, foreign advocates are required to be assisted by a lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter I - General Dispositions [...]\nArticle 6. Practicing the profession of lawyer by lawyers from other states\n(1) Lawyers from other states can practice the profession of lawyer on the territory of the Republic of Moldova if they meet the conditions provided by the Law, with the exception of the condition regarding the possession of citizenship.\n(2) The lawyer from another state can carry out his professional activity on the territory of the Republic of Moldova if he certifies the qualification of a lawyer in his state of origin and is registered in the special register kept by the Council of the Union of Lawyers from the Republic of Moldova.\n(3) The lawyer from another state cannot represent the interests of natural or legal persons in courts of law and in relations with other public authorities except in international commercial arbitration. If the client's interests require it, as well as at his request, the lawyer from another state can assist the lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.\n(4) The lawyer from another state can carry out his activity within the lawyer's office or within the associated office of lawyers on the basis of the contract. In criminal and contravention cases, the foreign lawyer is to be assisted by a lawyer from the Republic of Moldova.\n(5) The register of lawyers from other states who have the right to practice the profession of lawyer on the territory of the Republic of Moldova is published on the official website of the Union of Lawyers.\n[...]\nChapter II - LAWYERS\nArticle 10.  Requirements for exercising the profession of lawyer\n(1) The profession of lawyer can be exercised by the person who has the citizenship of the Republic of Moldova, in respect of whom no judicial protection measure has been instituted in the form of guardianship, has a law degree or its equivalent, enjoys an impeccable reputation and was admitted to the profession of lawyer after completing the professional internship and passing the qualification exam. \n(2) Persons who have at least 10 years of experience in the position of judge or prosecutor are exempted from performing the professional internship, if, within 6 months from the resignation from the respective position, they have requested to participate in the qualification exam.\n[...]\nChapter V - FORMS OF ORGANIZATION OF LAWYER ACTIVITY\nArticle 29.  Forms of organization\n(1) The lawyer profession is exercised, at the discretion of each lawyer, in one of the following forms:\na) lawyer's office;\nb) associate office of lawyers.\n(2) The lawyer can only be the founder of a cabinet or an office associated with lawyers.\n[...]\nArticle 30.  The lawyer's office\n(1) In the lawyer's office, only one lawyer (the founder of the office) exercises his profession.\n(2) The lawyer's office operates and presents itself in legal relations as a natural person.\nArticle 31.  The associated office of lawyers\n(1) The associated law firm is founded by two or more lawyers (founders of the firm). Lawyers practice their profession independently.[...]\" (LAW No. 1260 of 19-07-2002 regarding the law, as amended [google translation])","LAW No. 1260 of 19-07-2002 regarding the law, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=129643&lang=ro#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2717,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","On 17 May 2012, the Law on foreign investment in strategic sectors - SFIL (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) came into force. Under this law, government approval is required for the acquisition of, or the right to acquire, 33% or more of the shares in a business entity of strategic importance (BESI) by a foreign investor. Government approval is also required if as a result of a proposed acquisition of an interest in an BESI, a foreign investor has the right, regardless of percentage of equity interest to: (1) solely appoint the executive management or a majority of the board; (2) veto decisions of the executive management or board of directors, or (3) determine or implment decisions and/or operations. Parliament approval is required  if a foreign investor stake in companies operating in strategic industries exceeds 49% and the investment amount exceeds MNT100bn (US$70mn). On 19 April 2013, Mongolia's parliament passed amendments to the SFIL to ease restrictions on foreign investors. The new amendment removed parliamentary approvals for foreign non-state owned companies and threshold of MNT100bn (US$70mn). A notification is however required in the case a foreign investor acquires an interest in a BESI of between 5% and 33%, and government approval is required if private foreign investment exceeds 49% stake. The investments of state owned or state participated companies still need parliamentary approval in case the investment exceeds 49% stake.  \nOn 3 Oct 2013, Mongolian parliament approved the country's new Investment Law. The new law abolishes the previous Law (from 17 May 2012) on foreign investment in strategic sectors (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) and the 1993 Foreign Investment Law. The new Investment Law does not maintain the governmental approval requirement (which had been introduced in 2012 by SFIL), with the exception of cases where a foreign state-owned entity (which is defined as an entity which has at least 50% of its shares owned by a foreign states) attempt to acquire 33% or more of the shares of a Mongolian legal entity operating in a strategic sector. The screening of investment by foreign SOEs is not considered a restriction under the FDIRRI, and is therefore only recorded for transparency purposes as 'screning for safeguarding essentials ecurity interests'.","\"Article 3. Definition of terms\n1) Terms used in this Law shall be understood in the following meaning: […]\n3.1.3.\"foreign investor\" means a foreign legal entity or individual /a foreign citizen or stateless person who is a non-resident in Mongolia and a Mongolian citizen residing permanently in a foreign country/ that invests in Mongolia;\n3.1.4.\"domestic investor\" means a legal entity or individual registered in Mongolia /a Mongolian citizen and a foreign citizen or stateless person who resides permanently in Mongolia/ that makes an investment in Mongolia; [...]\n3.1.5.\"business entity with foreign investment\" means a business entity incorporated according to the legislation of Mongolia and not less than 25 percent of the total share capital is held by a foreign investor, and the investment amount by each foreign investor equals or more than USD 100,000 or its equivalent in Mongolian tugriks;\n3.1.6.\"representative office of a foreign business entity\" means a person that has no legal entity status and was established in Mongolia by a foreign legal entity for the purpose of having representation based on a power of attorney;\n[...]\nCHAPTER SIX - INVESTMENT BY A FOREIGN STATE OWNED LEGAL ENTITY\nArticle 21.Investment by a foreign state-owned legal entities\n21.1.Permit shall be obtained if foreign state-owned legal entities holds 33 or more of the total issued shares of Mongolian legal entities operating in the following fields:\n21.1.1.mining;\n21.1.2.bank and finance;\n21.1.3.the media and communications.[...]\" [Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, amended]\n","Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16532311213281\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2253,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","On 17 May 2012, the Law on foreign investment in strategic sectors - SFIL (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) came into force. Under this law, government approval is required for the acquisition of, or the right to acquire, 33% or more of the shares in a business entity of strategic importance (BESI) by a foreign investor. Government approval is also required if as a result of a proposed acquisition of an interest in an BESI, a foreign investor has the right, regardless of percentage of equity interest to: (1) solely appoint the executive management or a majority of the board; (2) veto decisions of the executive management or board of directors, or (3) determine or implment decisions and/or operations. Parliament approval is required  if a foreign investor stake in companies operating in strategic industries exceeds 49% and the investment amount exceeds MNT100bn (US$70mn). On 19 April 2013, Mongolia's parliament passed amendments to the SFIL to ease restrictions on foreign investors. The new amendment removed parliamentary approvals for foreign non-state owned companies and threshold of MNT100bn (US$70mn). A notification is however required in the case a foreign investor acquires an interest in a BESI of between 5% and 33%, and government approval is required if private foreign investment exceeds 49% stake. The investments of state owned or state participated companies still need parliamentary approval in case the investment exceeds 49% stake.  \nOn 3 Oct 2013, Mongolian parliament approved the country's new Investment Law. The new law abolishes the previous Law (from 17 May 2012) on foreign investment in strategic sectors (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) and the 1993 Foreign Investment Law. The new Investment Law does not maintain the governmental approval requirement (which had been introduced in 2012 by SFIL), with the exception of cases where a foreign state-owned entity (which is defined as an entity which has at least 50% of its shares owned by a foreign states) attempt to acquire 33% or more of the shares of a Mongolian legal entity operating in a strategic sector. The screening of investment by foreign SOEs is not considered a restriction under the FDIRRI, and is therefore only recorded for transparency purposes as 'screning for safeguarding essentials ecurity interests'.","\"Article 3. Definition of terms\n1) Terms used in this Law shall be understood in the following meaning: […]\n3.1.3.\"foreign investor\" means a foreign legal entity or individual /a foreign citizen or stateless person who is a non-resident in Mongolia and a Mongolian citizen residing permanently in a foreign country/ that invests in Mongolia;\n3.1.4.\"domestic investor\" means a legal entity or individual registered in Mongolia /a Mongolian citizen and a foreign citizen or stateless person who resides permanently in Mongolia/ that makes an investment in Mongolia; [...]\n3.1.5.\"business entity with foreign investment\" means a business entity incorporated according to the legislation of Mongolia and not less than 25 percent of the total share capital is held by a foreign investor, and the investment amount by each foreign investor equals or more than USD 100,000 or its equivalent in Mongolian tugriks;\n3.1.6.\"representative office of a foreign business entity\" means a person that has no legal entity status and was established in Mongolia by a foreign legal entity for the purpose of having representation based on a power of attorney;\n[...]\nCHAPTER SIX - INVESTMENT BY A FOREIGN STATE OWNED LEGAL ENTITY\nArticle 21.Investment by a foreign state-owned legal entities\n21.1.Permit shall be obtained if foreign state-owned legal entities holds 33 or more of the total issued shares of Mongolian legal entities operating in the following fields:\n21.1.1.mining;\n21.1.2.bank and finance;\n21.1.3.the media and communications.[...]\" [Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, amended]\n","Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16532311213281\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2253,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","On 17 May 2012, the Law on foreign investment in strategic sectors - SFIL (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) came into force. Under this law, government approval is required for the acquisition of, or the right to acquire, 33% or more of the shares in a business entity of strategic importance (BESI) by a foreign investor. Government approval is also required if as a result of a proposed acquisition of an interest in an BESI, a foreign investor has the right, regardless of percentage of equity interest to: (1) solely appoint the executive management or a majority of the board; (2) veto decisions of the executive management or board of directors, or (3) determine or implment decisions and/or operations. Parliament approval is required  if a foreign investor stake in companies operating in strategic industries exceeds 49% and the investment amount exceeds MNT100bn (US$70mn). On 19 April 2013, Mongolia's parliament passed amendments to the SFIL to ease restrictions on foreign investors. The new amendment removed parliamentary approvals for foreign non-state owned companies and threshold of MNT100bn (US$70mn). A notification is however required in the case a foreign investor acquires an interest in a BESI of between 5% and 33%, and government approval is required if private foreign investment exceeds 49% stake. The investments of state owned or state participated companies still need parliamentary approval in case the investment exceeds 49% stake.  \nOn 3 Oct 2013, Mongolian parliament approved the country's new Investment Law. The new law abolishes the previous Law (from 17 May 2012) on foreign investment in strategic sectors (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) and the 1993 Foreign Investment Law. The new Investment Law does not maintain the governmental approval requirement (which had been introduced in 2012 by SFIL), with the exception of cases where a foreign state-owned entity (which is defined as an entity which has at least 50% of its shares owned by a foreign states) attempt to acquire 33% or more of the shares of a Mongolian legal entity operating in a strategic sector. The screening of investment by foreign SOEs is not considered a restriction under the FDIRRI, and is therefore only recorded for transparency purposes as 'screning for safeguarding essentials ecurity interests'.","\"Article 3. Definition of terms\n1) Terms used in this Law shall be understood in the following meaning: […]\n3.1.3.\"foreign investor\" means a foreign legal entity or individual /a foreign citizen or stateless person who is a non-resident in Mongolia and a Mongolian citizen residing permanently in a foreign country/ that invests in Mongolia;\n3.1.4.\"domestic investor\" means a legal entity or individual registered in Mongolia /a Mongolian citizen and a foreign citizen or stateless person who resides permanently in Mongolia/ that makes an investment in Mongolia; [...]\n3.1.5.\"business entity with foreign investment\" means a business entity incorporated according to the legislation of Mongolia and not less than 25 percent of the total share capital is held by a foreign investor, and the investment amount by each foreign investor equals or more than USD 100,000 or its equivalent in Mongolian tugriks;\n3.1.6.\"representative office of a foreign business entity\" means a person that has no legal entity status and was established in Mongolia by a foreign legal entity for the purpose of having representation based on a power of attorney;\n[...]\nCHAPTER SIX - INVESTMENT BY A FOREIGN STATE OWNED LEGAL ENTITY\nArticle 21.Investment by a foreign state-owned legal entities\n21.1.Permit shall be obtained if foreign state-owned legal entities holds 33 or more of the total issued shares of Mongolian legal entities operating in the following fields:\n21.1.1.mining;\n21.1.2.bank and finance;\n21.1.3.the media and communications.[...]\" [Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, amended]\n","Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16532311213281\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2253,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","On 17 May 2012, the Law on foreign investment in strategic sectors - SFIL (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) came into force. Under this law, government approval is required for the acquisition of, or the right to acquire, 33% or more of the shares in a business entity of strategic importance (BESI) by a foreign investor. Government approval is also required if as a result of a proposed acquisition of an interest in an BESI, a foreign investor has the right, regardless of percentage of equity interest to: (1) solely appoint the executive management or a majority of the board; (2) veto decisions of the executive management or board of directors, or (3) determine or implment decisions and/or operations. Parliament approval is required  if a foreign investor stake in companies operating in strategic industries exceeds 49% and the investment amount exceeds MNT100bn (US$70mn). On 19 April 2013, Mongolia's parliament passed amendments to the SFIL to ease restrictions on foreign investors. The new amendment removed parliamentary approvals for foreign non-state owned companies and threshold of MNT100bn (US$70mn). A notification is however required in the case a foreign investor acquires an interest in a BESI of between 5% and 33%, and government approval is required if private foreign investment exceeds 49% stake. The investments of state owned or state participated companies still need parliamentary approval in case the investment exceeds 49% stake.  \nOn 3 Oct 2013, Mongolian parliament approved the country's new Investment Law. The new law abolishes the previous Law (from 17 May 2012) on foreign investment in strategic sectors (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) and the 1993 Foreign Investment Law. The new Investment Law does not maintain the governmental approval requirement (which had been introduced in 2012 by SFIL), with the exception of cases where a foreign state-owned entity (which is defined as an entity which has at least 50% of its shares owned by a foreign states) attempt to acquire 33% or more of the shares of a Mongolian legal entity operating in a strategic sector. The screening of investment by foreign SOEs is not considered a restriction under the FDIRRI, and is therefore only recorded for transparency purposes as 'screning for safeguarding essentials ecurity interests'.","\"Article 3. Definition of terms\n1) Terms used in this Law shall be understood in the following meaning: […]\n3.1.3.\"foreign investor\" means a foreign legal entity or individual /a foreign citizen or stateless person who is a non-resident in Mongolia and a Mongolian citizen residing permanently in a foreign country/ that invests in Mongolia;\n3.1.4.\"domestic investor\" means a legal entity or individual registered in Mongolia /a Mongolian citizen and a foreign citizen or stateless person who resides permanently in Mongolia/ that makes an investment in Mongolia; [...]\n3.1.5.\"business entity with foreign investment\" means a business entity incorporated according to the legislation of Mongolia and not less than 25 percent of the total share capital is held by a foreign investor, and the investment amount by each foreign investor equals or more than USD 100,000 or its equivalent in Mongolian tugriks;\n3.1.6.\"representative office of a foreign business entity\" means a person that has no legal entity status and was established in Mongolia by a foreign legal entity for the purpose of having representation based on a power of attorney;\n[...]\nCHAPTER SIX - INVESTMENT BY A FOREIGN STATE OWNED LEGAL ENTITY\nArticle 21.Investment by a foreign state-owned legal entities\n21.1.Permit shall be obtained if foreign state-owned legal entities holds 33 or more of the total issued shares of Mongolian legal entities operating in the following fields:\n21.1.1.mining;\n21.1.2.bank and finance;\n21.1.3.the media and communications.[...]\" [Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, amended]\n","Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16532311213281\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2253,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","I55","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0013125","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\nI Accommodation, catering and similar\n55 Accommodation\n559 5590 55900 Rent of Rooms for Tourist Purposes and Private Accommodation for Tourist Purposes 5590[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,540,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","I55","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0013125","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\nI Accommodation, catering and similar\n55 Accommodation\n559 5590 55900 Rent of Rooms for Tourist Purposes and Private Accommodation for Tourist Purposes 5590[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,540,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","I55","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0013125","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\nI Accommodation, catering and similar\n55 Accommodation\n559 5590 55900 Rent of Rooms for Tourist Purposes and Private Accommodation for Tourist Purposes 5590[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,540,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","I55","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0013125","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\nI Accommodation, catering and similar\n55 Accommodation\n559 5590 55900 Rent of Rooms for Tourist Purposes and Private Accommodation for Tourist Purposes 5590[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,540,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.000175","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\n56 Restoration and alikes\n562 Providing meals for events and other meal service activities\n5629 56290 Canteen, cafeteria and social center [...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,541,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.000175","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\n56 Restoration and alikes\n562 Providing meals for events and other meal service activities\n5629 56290 Canteen, cafeteria and social center [...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,541,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000175","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\n56 Restoration and alikes\n562 Providing meals for events and other meal service activities\n5629 56290 Canteen, cafeteria and social center [...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,541,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.000175","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\n56 Restoration and alikes\n562 Providing meals for events and other meal service activities\n5629 56290 Canteen, cafeteria and social center [...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,541,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","M692","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000625","Subject to reciprocity, foreign auditing/accounting firms and qualified foreign accountants/auditors can register with OCAM for the purposing of undertaking auditing and accounting activities in Mozambique.","\"CHAPTER IV - Societies of Certified Accountants and Certified Auditors\nSection I - Common Provisions\nArticle 49 (Requirements, registration and regime)\n1. Enrollment in the OCAM of Societies of Certified Accountants and Certified Auditors implies the verification of the following assumptions:\na) control of the company by partners who hold the professional category of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors, or are foreign companies recognized as Societies of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors in their country of origin and with representation in Mozambican territory, on a reciprocal basis .\nb) holding of a qualified majority of the capital by the members referred to in the preceding paragraph, by associate members or by non-national companies that perform the functions proper to a company of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors in their country of origin.\n2. The companies referred to in the previous number are subject to the mandatory registration regime with OCAM, through the deposit of a full copy of the respective statutes.\n3. Enrollment with OCAM under the terms of the previous number is a necessary condition for the company to exercise functions specific to the professional categories of Certified Accountant and Certified Auditor throughout the national territory.\n4. Acts relating to the exercise of the accounting profession performed by companies that are not members of OCAM are null and void.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Access to the profession\nSection I - Common Provisions\nArticle 51 (General requirements)\nThe following are general requirements for registration as an effective member of OCAM, without prejudice to the special rules relating to the registration process during the transitional period regulated in Chapter VIII:\na) be of Mozambican nationality or, being a foreigner, have permission to work in the country or be a member of Certified Accountants or Audit Firms Certificates established in the country for more than one year, as well as proof of knowledge of the Portuguese language and of fiscal and commercial law of the Republic of Mozambique, under the terms defined by OCAM; b) have the technical capacity to exercise the profession; c) not have been convicted of an intentional crime, namely of a fiscal, economic or financial nature, unless rehabilitation has been granted; d) not be inhibited or prohibited from exercising the profession.\n[...]\nSection II - Certified Accountants\nArticle 53 (Specific registration requirements) [...]\n4. As long as they meet the general requirements set out in article 51, the following may also register as Certified Accountants:\na) Mozambicans licensed abroad who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the State in question, being exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1 for this purpose.\nb) nationals of any member state of SADC, CPLP or Commonwealth, who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the state in question, and are also exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1;\nc) nationals of any other State, under the conditions set out in the preceding paragraphs, provided that there is reciprocity of treatment.\n[...]\nSection III - Certified Auditors\nArticle 54 (Specific registration requirements)\n1. Enrollment in OCAM as a Certified Auditor implies passing an admission exam, under the terms regulated by the respective College. [...]\n5. As long as they meet the general requirements set out in article 51, they can also register as Certified Auditors, exempting from internships and admission exams:\na) Mozambicans licensed abroad who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the country in question, being exempt from the examination provided for in the\nno. 1;\nb) nationals of any member state of SADC, CPLP or Commonwealth, who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the state in question, and are also exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1;\nc) nationals of any other State, under the conditions set out in the preceding paragraphs, provided that there is reciprocity of treatment.[...]\" (Law no. 8/2012: Creates the Order of Accountants and Auditors of Mozambique and approves its Statute [google translation])","Law no. 8/2012: Creates the Order of Accountants and Auditors of Mozambique and approves its Statute [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2012/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2012-02-08-no-6.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,570,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","M692","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000625","Subject to reciprocity, foreign auditing/accounting firms and qualified foreign accountants/auditors can register with OCAM for the purposing of undertaking auditing and accounting activities in Mozambique.","\"CHAPTER IV - Societies of Certified Accountants and Certified Auditors\nSection I - Common Provisions\nArticle 49 (Requirements, registration and regime)\n1. Enrollment in the OCAM of Societies of Certified Accountants and Certified Auditors implies the verification of the following assumptions:\na) control of the company by partners who hold the professional category of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors, or are foreign companies recognized as Societies of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors in their country of origin and with representation in Mozambican territory, on a reciprocal basis .\nb) holding of a qualified majority of the capital by the members referred to in the preceding paragraph, by associate members or by non-national companies that perform the functions proper to a company of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors in their country of origin.\n2. The companies referred to in the previous number are subject to the mandatory registration regime with OCAM, through the deposit of a full copy of the respective statutes.\n3. Enrollment with OCAM under the terms of the previous number is a necessary condition for the company to exercise functions specific to the professional categories of Certified Accountant and Certified Auditor throughout the national territory.\n4. Acts relating to the exercise of the accounting profession performed by companies that are not members of OCAM are null and void.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Access to the profession\nSection I - Common Provisions\nArticle 51 (General requirements)\nThe following are general requirements for registration as an effective member of OCAM, without prejudice to the special rules relating to the registration process during the transitional period regulated in Chapter VIII:\na) be of Mozambican nationality or, being a foreigner, have permission to work in the country or be a member of Certified Accountants or Audit Firms Certificates established in the country for more than one year, as well as proof of knowledge of the Portuguese language and of fiscal and commercial law of the Republic of Mozambique, under the terms defined by OCAM; b) have the technical capacity to exercise the profession; c) not have been convicted of an intentional crime, namely of a fiscal, economic or financial nature, unless rehabilitation has been granted; d) not be inhibited or prohibited from exercising the profession.\n[...]\nSection II - Certified Accountants\nArticle 53 (Specific registration requirements) [...]\n4. As long as they meet the general requirements set out in article 51, the following may also register as Certified Accountants:\na) Mozambicans licensed abroad who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the State in question, being exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1 for this purpose.\nb) nationals of any member state of SADC, CPLP or Commonwealth, who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the state in question, and are also exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1;\nc) nationals of any other State, under the conditions set out in the preceding paragraphs, provided that there is reciprocity of treatment.\n[...]\nSection III - Certified Auditors\nArticle 54 (Specific registration requirements)\n1. Enrollment in OCAM as a Certified Auditor implies passing an admission exam, under the terms regulated by the respective College. [...]\n5. As long as they meet the general requirements set out in article 51, they can also register as Certified Auditors, exempting from internships and admission exams:\na) Mozambicans licensed abroad who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the country in question, being exempt from the examination provided for in the\nno. 1;\nb) nationals of any member state of SADC, CPLP or Commonwealth, who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the state in question, and are also exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1;\nc) nationals of any other State, under the conditions set out in the preceding paragraphs, provided that there is reciprocity of treatment.[...]\" (Law no. 8/2012: Creates the Order of Accountants and Auditors of Mozambique and approves its Statute [google translation])","Law no. 8/2012: Creates the Order of Accountants and Auditors of Mozambique and approves its Statute [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2012/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2012-02-08-no-6.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,570,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","M692","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000625","Subject to reciprocity, foreign auditing/accounting firms and qualified foreign accountants/auditors can register with OCAM for the purposing of undertaking auditing and accounting activities in Mozambique.","\"CHAPTER IV - Societies of Certified Accountants and Certified Auditors\nSection I - Common Provisions\nArticle 49 (Requirements, registration and regime)\n1. Enrollment in the OCAM of Societies of Certified Accountants and Certified Auditors implies the verification of the following assumptions:\na) control of the company by partners who hold the professional category of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors, or are foreign companies recognized as Societies of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors in their country of origin and with representation in Mozambican territory, on a reciprocal basis .\nb) holding of a qualified majority of the capital by the members referred to in the preceding paragraph, by associate members or by non-national companies that perform the functions proper to a company of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors in their country of origin.\n2. The companies referred to in the previous number are subject to the mandatory registration regime with OCAM, through the deposit of a full copy of the respective statutes.\n3. Enrollment with OCAM under the terms of the previous number is a necessary condition for the company to exercise functions specific to the professional categories of Certified Accountant and Certified Auditor throughout the national territory.\n4. Acts relating to the exercise of the accounting profession performed by companies that are not members of OCAM are null and void.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Access to the profession\nSection I - Common Provisions\nArticle 51 (General requirements)\nThe following are general requirements for registration as an effective member of OCAM, without prejudice to the special rules relating to the registration process during the transitional period regulated in Chapter VIII:\na) be of Mozambican nationality or, being a foreigner, have permission to work in the country or be a member of Certified Accountants or Audit Firms Certificates established in the country for more than one year, as well as proof of knowledge of the Portuguese language and of fiscal and commercial law of the Republic of Mozambique, under the terms defined by OCAM; b) have the technical capacity to exercise the profession; c) not have been convicted of an intentional crime, namely of a fiscal, economic or financial nature, unless rehabilitation has been granted; d) not be inhibited or prohibited from exercising the profession.\n[...]\nSection II - Certified Accountants\nArticle 53 (Specific registration requirements) [...]\n4. As long as they meet the general requirements set out in article 51, the following may also register as Certified Accountants:\na) Mozambicans licensed abroad who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the State in question, being exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1 for this purpose.\nb) nationals of any member state of SADC, CPLP or Commonwealth, who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the state in question, and are also exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1;\nc) nationals of any other State, under the conditions set out in the preceding paragraphs, provided that there is reciprocity of treatment.\n[...]\nSection III - Certified Auditors\nArticle 54 (Specific registration requirements)\n1. Enrollment in OCAM as a Certified Auditor implies passing an admission exam, under the terms regulated by the respective College. [...]\n5. As long as they meet the general requirements set out in article 51, they can also register as Certified Auditors, exempting from internships and admission exams:\na) Mozambicans licensed abroad who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the country in question, being exempt from the examination provided for in the\nno. 1;\nb) nationals of any member state of SADC, CPLP or Commonwealth, who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the state in question, and are also exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1;\nc) nationals of any other State, under the conditions set out in the preceding paragraphs, provided that there is reciprocity of treatment.[...]\" (Law no. 8/2012: Creates the Order of Accountants and Auditors of Mozambique and approves its Statute [google translation])","Law no. 8/2012: Creates the Order of Accountants and Auditors of Mozambique and approves its Statute [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2012/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2012-02-08-no-6.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,570,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","M692","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000625","Subject to reciprocity, foreign auditing/accounting firms and qualified foreign accountants/auditors can register with OCAM for the purposing of undertaking auditing and accounting activities in Mozambique.","\"CHAPTER IV - Societies of Certified Accountants and Certified Auditors\nSection I - Common Provisions\nArticle 49 (Requirements, registration and regime)\n1. Enrollment in the OCAM of Societies of Certified Accountants and Certified Auditors implies the verification of the following assumptions:\na) control of the company by partners who hold the professional category of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors, or are foreign companies recognized as Societies of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors in their country of origin and with representation in Mozambican territory, on a reciprocal basis .\nb) holding of a qualified majority of the capital by the members referred to in the preceding paragraph, by associate members or by non-national companies that perform the functions proper to a company of Certified Accountants or Certified Auditors in their country of origin.\n2. The companies referred to in the previous number are subject to the mandatory registration regime with OCAM, through the deposit of a full copy of the respective statutes.\n3. Enrollment with OCAM under the terms of the previous number is a necessary condition for the company to exercise functions specific to the professional categories of Certified Accountant and Certified Auditor throughout the national territory.\n4. Acts relating to the exercise of the accounting profession performed by companies that are not members of OCAM are null and void.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Access to the profession\nSection I - Common Provisions\nArticle 51 (General requirements)\nThe following are general requirements for registration as an effective member of OCAM, without prejudice to the special rules relating to the registration process during the transitional period regulated in Chapter VIII:\na) be of Mozambican nationality or, being a foreigner, have permission to work in the country or be a member of Certified Accountants or Audit Firms Certificates established in the country for more than one year, as well as proof of knowledge of the Portuguese language and of fiscal and commercial law of the Republic of Mozambique, under the terms defined by OCAM; b) have the technical capacity to exercise the profession; c) not have been convicted of an intentional crime, namely of a fiscal, economic or financial nature, unless rehabilitation has been granted; d) not be inhibited or prohibited from exercising the profession.\n[...]\nSection II - Certified Accountants\nArticle 53 (Specific registration requirements) [...]\n4. As long as they meet the general requirements set out in article 51, the following may also register as Certified Accountants:\na) Mozambicans licensed abroad who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the State in question, being exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1 for this purpose.\nb) nationals of any member state of SADC, CPLP or Commonwealth, who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the state in question, and are also exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1;\nc) nationals of any other State, under the conditions set out in the preceding paragraphs, provided that there is reciprocity of treatment.\n[...]\nSection III - Certified Auditors\nArticle 54 (Specific registration requirements)\n1. Enrollment in OCAM as a Certified Auditor implies passing an admission exam, under the terms regulated by the respective College. [...]\n5. As long as they meet the general requirements set out in article 51, they can also register as Certified Auditors, exempting from internships and admission exams:\na) Mozambicans licensed abroad who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the country in question, being exempt from the examination provided for in the\nno. 1;\nb) nationals of any member state of SADC, CPLP or Commonwealth, who hold an equivalent professional qualification certified by a regulatory body for the profession in the state in question, and are also exempt from the examination provided for in paragraph 1;\nc) nationals of any other State, under the conditions set out in the preceding paragraphs, provided that there is reciprocity of treatment.[...]\" (Law no. 8/2012: Creates the Order of Accountants and Auditors of Mozambique and approves its Statute [google translation])","Law no. 8/2012: Creates the Order of Accountants and Auditors of Mozambique and approves its Statute [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2012/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2012-02-08-no-6.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,570,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.01125","Foreign investment in convinience stores and mini-markets of up to 10,000 square feet is not permitted. Since the entering into force of Myanmar Companies Law in August 2018, a foreign company is defined as a company in which an overseas person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than 35%.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(B) Investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by foreign investors:\nRetail trade services (Mini-market, convenience store: Floor area must be above (100 ft.x100 ft.) 10,000 square feet or 929 squaremeter) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(b) investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by Foreign investors;  [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n21. Myanmar citizen investors may carry out investment activity stipulated under subsection (b) of section 42 of the Law. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21.\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2788,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.01125","Foreign investment in convinience stores and mini-markets of up to 10,000 square feet is not permitted. Since the entering into force of Myanmar Companies Law in August 2018, a foreign company is defined as a company in which an overseas person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than 35%.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(B) Investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by foreign investors:\nRetail trade services (Mini-market, convenience store: Floor area must be above (100 ft.x100 ft.) 10,000 square feet or 929 squaremeter) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(b) investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by Foreign investors;  [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n21. Myanmar citizen investors may carry out investment activity stipulated under subsection (b) of section 42 of the Law. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21.\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2788,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.01125","Foreign investment in convinience stores and mini-markets of up to 10,000 square feet is not permitted. Since the entering into force of Myanmar Companies Law in August 2018, a foreign company is defined as a company in which an overseas person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than 35%.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(B) Investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by foreign investors:\nRetail trade services (Mini-market, convenience store: Floor area must be above (100 ft.x100 ft.) 10,000 square feet or 929 squaremeter) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(b) investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by Foreign investors;  [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n21. Myanmar citizen investors may carry out investment activity stipulated under subsection (b) of section 42 of the Law. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21.\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2788,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.01125","Foreign investment in convinience stores and mini-markets of up to 10,000 square feet is not permitted. Since the entering into force of Myanmar Companies Law in August 2018, a foreign company is defined as a company in which an overseas person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than 35%.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(B) Investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by foreign investors:\nRetail trade services (Mini-market, convenience store: Floor area must be above (100 ft.x100 ft.) 10,000 square feet or 929 squaremeter) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(b) investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by Foreign investors;  [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n21. Myanmar citizen investors may carry out investment activity stipulated under subsection (b) of section 42 of the Law. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21.\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2788,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","_H","_O","IV41","IX",2018,"0.0375","Companies in which foreign investors hold 75% or more of the capital are subject to local borrowing and other financial assistance limitations, except in relation to working capital finance.","\"Definition of Terms\n1. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise indicates -\n\"affected person\" means a body corporate, foundation, trust or partnership operating in the Republic, or an estate, in respect of which -\n(i) 75 per cent or more of the capital, assets or earnings thereof may be utilised for payment to, or to the benefit in any manner of, any person who is not resident in the Republic; or\n(ii) 75 per cent or more of the voting securities, voting power, power of control, capital, assets or earnings thereof, are directly or indirectly vested in, or controlled by or on behalf of, any person who is not resident in the Republic; [...]\n\"financial assistance\" includes the lending of currency, the granting of credit, the taking up of securities, the conclusion of a hire purchase or a lease, the financing of sales or stocks, discounting, factoring , the guaranteeing of acceptance of credits, the guaranteeing or acceptance of any obligation, a suretyship, a buy-back and a leaseback but excluding -\n(a) the granting of credit by a seller in respect of any commercial transaction directly involving the passing of ownership of the goods sold from seller to purchaser; and\n(b) the granting of credit solely in respect of the payment for services rendered;\n[...]\nRESTRICTION ON THE EXPORT OF CURRENCY, GOLD, SECURITIES, ETC., AND THE IMPORT OF SOUTH AFRICAN BANK NOTES\n3. (1) Subject to any exemption which may be granted by the Treasury or a person authorised by the Treasury, no person shall, without permission granted by the Treasury or a person authorised by the Treasury and in accordance with such conditions as the Treasury or such authorised person may impose:-[...]\n(e) grant any financial assistance to any person in the Republic, where as security for such financial assistance, the person granting the financial assistance in turn relies on any security, guarantee, undertaking or financial assistance, directly or indirectly furnished by:- (i) any person resident outside the Republic; or (ii) an affected person;\n(f) grant any financial assistance to any person in the Republic, where such Person:- (i) is not resident in the Republic; or (ii) is an affected person.[...]\" (Exchange Control Regulations, 1966)\n----------------------\n\"22.0 Local financial assistance to affected persons\n22.1 Introduction\nRegulation 3(1)(e) and (f) prohibits the granting of local financial assistance to, and the acceptance of collateral from, affected persons. The party granting local financial assistance to non-residents or affected persons must obtain exemption from the provisions of the Regulations. It is, therefore, the lender’s responsibility to establish whether or not a prospective borrower is an affected person or a non-resident.\n22.2 Availing of local financial assistance\nBusiness entities who are affected persons as defined below may apply to an Authorised Dealer for local financial assistance. \nAn affected person means a body corporate, foundation, trust or partnership operating in Namibia, or an estate, in respect of which:\n(a) 75 per cent or more of the capital, assets or earnings thereof may be utilised for payment to, or to the benefit in any manner of, any person who is not resident in Namibia; or\n(b) 75 per cent or more of the voting securities, voting power, power of control, capital, assets or earnings thereof, are directly or indirectly vested in, or controlled by or on behalf of, any person who is not resident in Namibia.\nThere is no restriction on the amount that may be borrowed locally in instances where an affected person wishes to borrow locally from an Authorised Dealer to finance a foreign direct investment into Namibia or for domestic working capital requirements.\nWhere the funds to be borrowed are required for financial transactions and/or the acquisition of residential property in Namibia, a 1:1 ratio will apply, i.e. for every N$1 in cash or assets that a non-resident introduces or owns, such non-resident may borrow an equivalent amount in the local market. An Authorised Dealer must be approached for further details in this regard.\nFinancial transactions, inter alia, include the purchase and sale of any securities (listed or unlisted), repurchase agreements and any derivative transactions on securities. If facilities are granted for the acquisition of fixed property, such facilities may not be increased at any stage based on a revaluation of the property in question.[...]\" (Bank of Namibia, Currency and Exchanges Guidelines for Business Entities, 2018)","Exchange Control Regulations, 1966\nBank of Namibia, Currency and Exchanges Guidelines for Business Entities, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bon.com.na/CMSTemplates/Bon/Files/bon.com.na/ad/ad4875ef-3cfa-414b-8c15-ba575c6b5cd8.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bon.com.na/CMSTemplates/Bon/Files/bon.com.na/e2/e201f924-f0ee-4b17-bb0d-f285ebd1b131.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,259,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","_H","_O","IV41","IX",2021,"0.0375","Companies in which foreign investors hold 75% or more of the capital are subject to local borrowing and other financial assistance limitations, except in relation to working capital finance.","\"Definition of Terms\n1. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise indicates -\n\"affected person\" means a body corporate, foundation, trust or partnership operating in the Republic, or an estate, in respect of which -\n(i) 75 per cent or more of the capital, assets or earnings thereof may be utilised for payment to, or to the benefit in any manner of, any person who is not resident in the Republic; or\n(ii) 75 per cent or more of the voting securities, voting power, power of control, capital, assets or earnings thereof, are directly or indirectly vested in, or controlled by or on behalf of, any person who is not resident in the Republic; [...]\n\"financial assistance\" includes the lending of currency, the granting of credit, the taking up of securities, the conclusion of a hire purchase or a lease, the financing of sales or stocks, discounting, factoring , the guaranteeing of acceptance of credits, the guaranteeing or acceptance of any obligation, a suretyship, a buy-back and a leaseback but excluding -\n(a) the granting of credit by a seller in respect of any commercial transaction directly involving the passing of ownership of the goods sold from seller to purchaser; and\n(b) the granting of credit solely in respect of the payment for services rendered;\n[...]\nRESTRICTION ON THE EXPORT OF CURRENCY, GOLD, SECURITIES, ETC., AND THE IMPORT OF SOUTH AFRICAN BANK NOTES\n3. (1) Subject to any exemption which may be granted by the Treasury or a person authorised by the Treasury, no person shall, without permission granted by the Treasury or a person authorised by the Treasury and in accordance with such conditions as the Treasury or such authorised person may impose:-[...]\n(e) grant any financial assistance to any person in the Republic, where as security for such financial assistance, the person granting the financial assistance in turn relies on any security, guarantee, undertaking or financial assistance, directly or indirectly furnished by:- (i) any person resident outside the Republic; or (ii) an affected person;\n(f) grant any financial assistance to any person in the Republic, where such Person:- (i) is not resident in the Republic; or (ii) is an affected person.[...]\" (Exchange Control Regulations, 1966)\n----------------------\n\"22.0 Local financial assistance to affected persons\n22.1 Introduction\nRegulation 3(1)(e) and (f) prohibits the granting of local financial assistance to, and the acceptance of collateral from, affected persons. The party granting local financial assistance to non-residents or affected persons must obtain exemption from the provisions of the Regulations. It is, therefore, the lender’s responsibility to establish whether or not a prospective borrower is an affected person or a non-resident.\n22.2 Availing of local financial assistance\nBusiness entities who are affected persons as defined below may apply to an Authorised Dealer for local financial assistance. \nAn affected person means a body corporate, foundation, trust or partnership operating in Namibia, or an estate, in respect of which:\n(a) 75 per cent or more of the capital, assets or earnings thereof may be utilised for payment to, or to the benefit in any manner of, any person who is not resident in Namibia; or\n(b) 75 per cent or more of the voting securities, voting power, power of control, capital, assets or earnings thereof, are directly or indirectly vested in, or controlled by or on behalf of, any person who is not resident in Namibia.\nThere is no restriction on the amount that may be borrowed locally in instances where an affected person wishes to borrow locally from an Authorised Dealer to finance a foreign direct investment into Namibia or for domestic working capital requirements.\nWhere the funds to be borrowed are required for financial transactions and/or the acquisition of residential property in Namibia, a 1:1 ratio will apply, i.e. for every N$1 in cash or assets that a non-resident introduces or owns, such non-resident may borrow an equivalent amount in the local market. An Authorised Dealer must be approached for further details in this regard.\nFinancial transactions, inter alia, include the purchase and sale of any securities (listed or unlisted), repurchase agreements and any derivative transactions on securities. If facilities are granted for the acquisition of fixed property, such facilities may not be increased at any stage based on a revaluation of the property in question.[...]\" (Bank of Namibia, Currency and Exchanges Guidelines for Business Entities, 2018)","Exchange Control Regulations, 1966\nBank of Namibia, Currency and Exchanges Guidelines for Business Entities, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bon.com.na/CMSTemplates/Bon/Files/bon.com.na/ad/ad4875ef-3cfa-414b-8c15-ba575c6b5cd8.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bon.com.na/CMSTemplates/Bon/Files/bon.com.na/e2/e201f924-f0ee-4b17-bb0d-f285ebd1b131.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,259,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","_H","_O","IV41","IX",2022,"0.0375","Companies in which foreign investors hold 75% or more of the capital are subject to local borrowing and other financial assistance limitations, except in relation to working capital finance.","\"Definition of Terms\n1. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise indicates -\n\"affected person\" means a body corporate, foundation, trust or partnership operating in the Republic, or an estate, in respect of which -\n(i) 75 per cent or more of the capital, assets or earnings thereof may be utilised for payment to, or to the benefit in any manner of, any person who is not resident in the Republic; or\n(ii) 75 per cent or more of the voting securities, voting power, power of control, capital, assets or earnings thereof, are directly or indirectly vested in, or controlled by or on behalf of, any person who is not resident in the Republic; [...]\n\"financial assistance\" includes the lending of currency, the granting of credit, the taking up of securities, the conclusion of a hire purchase or a lease, the financing of sales or stocks, discounting, factoring , the guaranteeing of acceptance of credits, the guaranteeing or acceptance of any obligation, a suretyship, a buy-back and a leaseback but excluding -\n(a) the granting of credit by a seller in respect of any commercial transaction directly involving the passing of ownership of the goods sold from seller to purchaser; and\n(b) the granting of credit solely in respect of the payment for services rendered;\n[...]\nRESTRICTION ON THE EXPORT OF CURRENCY, GOLD, SECURITIES, ETC., AND THE IMPORT OF SOUTH AFRICAN BANK NOTES\n3. (1) Subject to any exemption which may be granted by the Treasury or a person authorised by the Treasury, no person shall, without permission granted by the Treasury or a person authorised by the Treasury and in accordance with such conditions as the Treasury or such authorised person may impose:-[...]\n(e) grant any financial assistance to any person in the Republic, where as security for such financial assistance, the person granting the financial assistance in turn relies on any security, guarantee, undertaking or financial assistance, directly or indirectly furnished by:- (i) any person resident outside the Republic; or (ii) an affected person;\n(f) grant any financial assistance to any person in the Republic, where such Person:- (i) is not resident in the Republic; or (ii) is an affected person.[...]\" (Exchange Control Regulations, 1966)\n----------------------\n\"22.0 Local financial assistance to affected persons\n22.1 Introduction\nRegulation 3(1)(e) and (f) prohibits the granting of local financial assistance to, and the acceptance of collateral from, affected persons. The party granting local financial assistance to non-residents or affected persons must obtain exemption from the provisions of the Regulations. It is, therefore, the lender’s responsibility to establish whether or not a prospective borrower is an affected person or a non-resident.\n22.2 Availing of local financial assistance\nBusiness entities who are affected persons as defined below may apply to an Authorised Dealer for local financial assistance. \nAn affected person means a body corporate, foundation, trust or partnership operating in Namibia, or an estate, in respect of which:\n(a) 75 per cent or more of the capital, assets or earnings thereof may be utilised for payment to, or to the benefit in any manner of, any person who is not resident in Namibia; or\n(b) 75 per cent or more of the voting securities, voting power, power of control, capital, assets or earnings thereof, are directly or indirectly vested in, or controlled by or on behalf of, any person who is not resident in Namibia.\nThere is no restriction on the amount that may be borrowed locally in instances where an affected person wishes to borrow locally from an Authorised Dealer to finance a foreign direct investment into Namibia or for domestic working capital requirements.\nWhere the funds to be borrowed are required for financial transactions and/or the acquisition of residential property in Namibia, a 1:1 ratio will apply, i.e. for every N$1 in cash or assets that a non-resident introduces or owns, such non-resident may borrow an equivalent amount in the local market. An Authorised Dealer must be approached for further details in this regard.\nFinancial transactions, inter alia, include the purchase and sale of any securities (listed or unlisted), repurchase agreements and any derivative transactions on securities. If facilities are granted for the acquisition of fixed property, such facilities may not be increased at any stage based on a revaluation of the property in question.[...]\" (Bank of Namibia, Currency and Exchanges Guidelines for Business Entities, 2018)","Exchange Control Regulations, 1966\nBank of Namibia, Currency and Exchanges Guidelines for Business Entities, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bon.com.na/CMSTemplates/Bon/Files/bon.com.na/ad/ad4875ef-3cfa-414b-8c15-ba575c6b5cd8.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bon.com.na/CMSTemplates/Bon/Files/bon.com.na/e2/e201f924-f0ee-4b17-bb0d-f285ebd1b131.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,259,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","_H","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.0375","Companies in which foreign investors hold 75% or more of the capital are subject to local borrowing and other financial assistance limitations, except in relation to working capital finance.","\"Definition of Terms\n1. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise indicates -\n\"affected person\" means a body corporate, foundation, trust or partnership operating in the Republic, or an estate, in respect of which -\n(i) 75 per cent or more of the capital, assets or earnings thereof may be utilised for payment to, or to the benefit in any manner of, any person who is not resident in the Republic; or\n(ii) 75 per cent or more of the voting securities, voting power, power of control, capital, assets or earnings thereof, are directly or indirectly vested in, or controlled by or on behalf of, any person who is not resident in the Republic; [...]\n\"financial assistance\" includes the lending of currency, the granting of credit, the taking up of securities, the conclusion of a hire purchase or a lease, the financing of sales or stocks, discounting, factoring , the guaranteeing of acceptance of credits, the guaranteeing or acceptance of any obligation, a suretyship, a buy-back and a leaseback but excluding -\n(a) the granting of credit by a seller in respect of any commercial transaction directly involving the passing of ownership of the goods sold from seller to purchaser; and\n(b) the granting of credit solely in respect of the payment for services rendered;\n[...]\nRESTRICTION ON THE EXPORT OF CURRENCY, GOLD, SECURITIES, ETC., AND THE IMPORT OF SOUTH AFRICAN BANK NOTES\n3. (1) Subject to any exemption which may be granted by the Treasury or a person authorised by the Treasury, no person shall, without permission granted by the Treasury or a person authorised by the Treasury and in accordance with such conditions as the Treasury or such authorised person may impose:-[...]\n(e) grant any financial assistance to any person in the Republic, where as security for such financial assistance, the person granting the financial assistance in turn relies on any security, guarantee, undertaking or financial assistance, directly or indirectly furnished by:- (i) any person resident outside the Republic; or (ii) an affected person;\n(f) grant any financial assistance to any person in the Republic, where such Person:- (i) is not resident in the Republic; or (ii) is an affected person.[...]\" (Exchange Control Regulations, 1966)\n----------------------\n\"22.0 Local financial assistance to affected persons\n22.1 Introduction\nRegulation 3(1)(e) and (f) prohibits the granting of local financial assistance to, and the acceptance of collateral from, affected persons. The party granting local financial assistance to non-residents or affected persons must obtain exemption from the provisions of the Regulations. It is, therefore, the lender’s responsibility to establish whether or not a prospective borrower is an affected person or a non-resident.\n22.2 Availing of local financial assistance\nBusiness entities who are affected persons as defined below may apply to an Authorised Dealer for local financial assistance. \nAn affected person means a body corporate, foundation, trust or partnership operating in Namibia, or an estate, in respect of which:\n(a) 75 per cent or more of the capital, assets or earnings thereof may be utilised for payment to, or to the benefit in any manner of, any person who is not resident in Namibia; or\n(b) 75 per cent or more of the voting securities, voting power, power of control, capital, assets or earnings thereof, are directly or indirectly vested in, or controlled by or on behalf of, any person who is not resident in Namibia.\nThere is no restriction on the amount that may be borrowed locally in instances where an affected person wishes to borrow locally from an Authorised Dealer to finance a foreign direct investment into Namibia or for domestic working capital requirements.\nWhere the funds to be borrowed are required for financial transactions and/or the acquisition of residential property in Namibia, a 1:1 ratio will apply, i.e. for every N$1 in cash or assets that a non-resident introduces or owns, such non-resident may borrow an equivalent amount in the local market. An Authorised Dealer must be approached for further details in this regard.\nFinancial transactions, inter alia, include the purchase and sale of any securities (listed or unlisted), repurchase agreements and any derivative transactions on securities. If facilities are granted for the acquisition of fixed property, such facilities may not be increased at any stage based on a revaluation of the property in question.[...]\" (Bank of Namibia, Currency and Exchanges Guidelines for Business Entities, 2018)","Exchange Control Regulations, 1966\nBank of Namibia, Currency and Exchanges Guidelines for Business Entities, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bon.com.na/CMSTemplates/Bon/Files/bon.com.na/ad/ad4875ef-3cfa-414b-8c15-ba575c6b5cd8.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bon.com.na/CMSTemplates/Bon/Files/bon.com.na/e2/e201f924-f0ee-4b17-bb0d-f285ebd1b131.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,259,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0015","Foreign investment in fishing activities is subject to a 49% foreign shareholding limit.","\"PART VI - COMMERCIAL HARVESTING OF MARINE RESOURCES\nPrerequisites to harvesting\n32. (1) Except as may be otherwise provided under this Act, no person shall in Namibia or in Namibian waters harvest any marine resource for commercial purposes, except under a right, an exploratory right or a fisheries agreement.\n[...]\nRight to harvest marine resources\n33. (1) The Minister may from time to time, by notice in the Gazette, announce a period during which applications may be made for rights to harvest for commercial purposes any marine resource, and the conditions on which such marine resource may be harvested, and the Minister shall not consider any application received outside such period.\n(2) A person who wishes to apply for a right referred to in subsection (1) shall submit an application to the Minister in the manner prescribed.\n(3) The Minister may, subject to subsection (4), grant a right to harvest any marine resource for commercial purposes to any person who applies for such a right under subsection (2), subject to such conditions in addition to those specified in the notice under subsection (1) as may be determined by the Minister.\n(4) When considering, an application for a right, the Minister may have regard to - (a) whether or not the applicant is a Namibian citizen; (b) where the applicant is a company, the extent to which the beneficial control of the company vests in Namibian citizens; (c) the beneficial ownership of any vessel which will be used by the applicant;[...]\" (Marine Resources Act 27 of 2000)\n----------------\n\"3. GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVEST MARINE RESOURCES\nGranting of fishing rights is one of the current fisheries management systems in Namibia. The main purpose of these rights is to limit the number of entry and control fishing for resource management purposes. In addition the rights base system has also been used to promote Namibianisation of the sector.\n[...]\n4. NAMIBIANIZATION AND FOREINGN OWNERSHIP\nNamibianisation refers to the measures undertaken through the fisheries policy of Namibia, which is aimed at securing increasing benefits for Namibia, especially through onshore development. While priority will be given to Namibians and Namibian businesses as far as granting of rights and allocation of quotas are concerned, scope is provided for foreign investment through joint ventures or wholly owned foreign ventures:\na. Foreign investors who would like to participate in fishing ventures will be expected to cooperate with Namibian businesses through joint ventures. However, in exceptional cases rights may be granted to wholly foreign owned ventures: -where the foreign investment can be shown to contribute to economic and overall development in Namibia; -where there is an appropriate plan for Namibianisation of the business.\nb. Applications by new joint ventures should be based on the expectation that rights will be granted to the Namibian participants in the venture.\nc. For existing joint ventures, priority will be given to applications from the Namibian partners, considering the level of ownership and control of the Namibian interests. Rights may also be granted to the existing joint venture right holders rather than to the Namibian partners, with the agreement of the Namibian, where it can be shown that the joint venture business and Namibia will benefit.[...]\" (POLICY STATEMENT (GUIDELINES) FOR THE GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVETS MARINE RESOURCES, 2013)\n----------------\n\"Interpretation\n1. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“foreign national” means -\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Namibia;\n(b) a company incorporated under the laws of any country other than Namibia;\n(c) a company incorporated within Namibia in which the majority of the issued share capital is benefically owned by foreign nationals within the meaning of this definition;[...]\n“Namibian” means a citizen of Namibia and includes a company incorporated under the laws of Namibia in which the majority of the share capital is owned by Namibians within the meaning of this definition.[...]\" (Foreign Investments Act 27 of 1990)","Marine Resources Act 27 of 2000\nPOLICY STATEMENT (GUIDELINES) FOR THE GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVETS MARINE RESOURCES, 2013\nForeign Investments Act 27 of 1990","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lac.org.na/laws/annoSTAT/Marine%20Resources%20Act%2027%20of%202000.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mfmr.gov.na/documents/411764/417987/POLICY+STATEMENT+%28GUIDELINES%29+FOR+THE+GRANTING+OF+RIGHTS+TO+HARVETS+MARINE+RESOURCES.pdf/427b96bf-6572-5df4-6cc5-d5d62d547480\">Pol</a>],[<a href=\"https://mit.gov.na/documents/41692/88494/1+Foreign+Investment+Act.pdf/45f765c6-7f31-edfa-3a6e-f8b411f6f25a?version=1.0&t=1603782678048&download=true\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,253,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0015","Foreign investment in fishing activities is subject to a 49% foreign shareholding limit.","\"PART VI - COMMERCIAL HARVESTING OF MARINE RESOURCES\nPrerequisites to harvesting\n32. (1) Except as may be otherwise provided under this Act, no person shall in Namibia or in Namibian waters harvest any marine resource for commercial purposes, except under a right, an exploratory right or a fisheries agreement.\n[...]\nRight to harvest marine resources\n33. (1) The Minister may from time to time, by notice in the Gazette, announce a period during which applications may be made for rights to harvest for commercial purposes any marine resource, and the conditions on which such marine resource may be harvested, and the Minister shall not consider any application received outside such period.\n(2) A person who wishes to apply for a right referred to in subsection (1) shall submit an application to the Minister in the manner prescribed.\n(3) The Minister may, subject to subsection (4), grant a right to harvest any marine resource for commercial purposes to any person who applies for such a right under subsection (2), subject to such conditions in addition to those specified in the notice under subsection (1) as may be determined by the Minister.\n(4) When considering, an application for a right, the Minister may have regard to - (a) whether or not the applicant is a Namibian citizen; (b) where the applicant is a company, the extent to which the beneficial control of the company vests in Namibian citizens; (c) the beneficial ownership of any vessel which will be used by the applicant;[...]\" (Marine Resources Act 27 of 2000)\n----------------\n\"3. GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVEST MARINE RESOURCES\nGranting of fishing rights is one of the current fisheries management systems in Namibia. The main purpose of these rights is to limit the number of entry and control fishing for resource management purposes. In addition the rights base system has also been used to promote Namibianisation of the sector.\n[...]\n4. NAMIBIANIZATION AND FOREINGN OWNERSHIP\nNamibianisation refers to the measures undertaken through the fisheries policy of Namibia, which is aimed at securing increasing benefits for Namibia, especially through onshore development. While priority will be given to Namibians and Namibian businesses as far as granting of rights and allocation of quotas are concerned, scope is provided for foreign investment through joint ventures or wholly owned foreign ventures:\na. Foreign investors who would like to participate in fishing ventures will be expected to cooperate with Namibian businesses through joint ventures. However, in exceptional cases rights may be granted to wholly foreign owned ventures: -where the foreign investment can be shown to contribute to economic and overall development in Namibia; -where there is an appropriate plan for Namibianisation of the business.\nb. Applications by new joint ventures should be based on the expectation that rights will be granted to the Namibian participants in the venture.\nc. For existing joint ventures, priority will be given to applications from the Namibian partners, considering the level of ownership and control of the Namibian interests. Rights may also be granted to the existing joint venture right holders rather than to the Namibian partners, with the agreement of the Namibian, where it can be shown that the joint venture business and Namibia will benefit.[...]\" (POLICY STATEMENT (GUIDELINES) FOR THE GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVETS MARINE RESOURCES, 2013)\n----------------\n\"Interpretation\n1. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“foreign national” means -\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Namibia;\n(b) a company incorporated under the laws of any country other than Namibia;\n(c) a company incorporated within Namibia in which the majority of the issued share capital is benefically owned by foreign nationals within the meaning of this definition;[...]\n“Namibian” means a citizen of Namibia and includes a company incorporated under the laws of Namibia in which the majority of the share capital is owned by Namibians within the meaning of this definition.[...]\" (Foreign Investments Act 27 of 1990)","Marine Resources Act 27 of 2000\nPOLICY STATEMENT (GUIDELINES) FOR THE GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVETS MARINE RESOURCES, 2013\nForeign Investments Act 27 of 1990","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lac.org.na/laws/annoSTAT/Marine%20Resources%20Act%2027%20of%202000.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mfmr.gov.na/documents/411764/417987/POLICY+STATEMENT+%28GUIDELINES%29+FOR+THE+GRANTING+OF+RIGHTS+TO+HARVETS+MARINE+RESOURCES.pdf/427b96bf-6572-5df4-6cc5-d5d62d547480\">Pol</a>],[<a href=\"https://mit.gov.na/documents/41692/88494/1+Foreign+Investment+Act.pdf/45f765c6-7f31-edfa-3a6e-f8b411f6f25a?version=1.0&t=1603782678048&download=true\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,253,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0015","Foreign investment in fishing activities is subject to a 49% foreign shareholding limit.","\"PART VI - COMMERCIAL HARVESTING OF MARINE RESOURCES\nPrerequisites to harvesting\n32. (1) Except as may be otherwise provided under this Act, no person shall in Namibia or in Namibian waters harvest any marine resource for commercial purposes, except under a right, an exploratory right or a fisheries agreement.\n[...]\nRight to harvest marine resources\n33. (1) The Minister may from time to time, by notice in the Gazette, announce a period during which applications may be made for rights to harvest for commercial purposes any marine resource, and the conditions on which such marine resource may be harvested, and the Minister shall not consider any application received outside such period.\n(2) A person who wishes to apply for a right referred to in subsection (1) shall submit an application to the Minister in the manner prescribed.\n(3) The Minister may, subject to subsection (4), grant a right to harvest any marine resource for commercial purposes to any person who applies for such a right under subsection (2), subject to such conditions in addition to those specified in the notice under subsection (1) as may be determined by the Minister.\n(4) When considering, an application for a right, the Minister may have regard to - (a) whether or not the applicant is a Namibian citizen; (b) where the applicant is a company, the extent to which the beneficial control of the company vests in Namibian citizens; (c) the beneficial ownership of any vessel which will be used by the applicant;[...]\" (Marine Resources Act 27 of 2000)\n----------------\n\"3. GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVEST MARINE RESOURCES\nGranting of fishing rights is one of the current fisheries management systems in Namibia. The main purpose of these rights is to limit the number of entry and control fishing for resource management purposes. In addition the rights base system has also been used to promote Namibianisation of the sector.\n[...]\n4. NAMIBIANIZATION AND FOREINGN OWNERSHIP\nNamibianisation refers to the measures undertaken through the fisheries policy of Namibia, which is aimed at securing increasing benefits for Namibia, especially through onshore development. While priority will be given to Namibians and Namibian businesses as far as granting of rights and allocation of quotas are concerned, scope is provided for foreign investment through joint ventures or wholly owned foreign ventures:\na. Foreign investors who would like to participate in fishing ventures will be expected to cooperate with Namibian businesses through joint ventures. However, in exceptional cases rights may be granted to wholly foreign owned ventures: -where the foreign investment can be shown to contribute to economic and overall development in Namibia; -where there is an appropriate plan for Namibianisation of the business.\nb. Applications by new joint ventures should be based on the expectation that rights will be granted to the Namibian participants in the venture.\nc. For existing joint ventures, priority will be given to applications from the Namibian partners, considering the level of ownership and control of the Namibian interests. Rights may also be granted to the existing joint venture right holders rather than to the Namibian partners, with the agreement of the Namibian, where it can be shown that the joint venture business and Namibia will benefit.[...]\" (POLICY STATEMENT (GUIDELINES) FOR THE GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVETS MARINE RESOURCES, 2013)\n----------------\n\"Interpretation\n1. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“foreign national” means -\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Namibia;\n(b) a company incorporated under the laws of any country other than Namibia;\n(c) a company incorporated within Namibia in which the majority of the issued share capital is benefically owned by foreign nationals within the meaning of this definition;[...]\n“Namibian” means a citizen of Namibia and includes a company incorporated under the laws of Namibia in which the majority of the share capital is owned by Namibians within the meaning of this definition.[...]\" (Foreign Investments Act 27 of 1990)","Marine Resources Act 27 of 2000\nPOLICY STATEMENT (GUIDELINES) FOR THE GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVETS MARINE RESOURCES, 2013\nForeign Investments Act 27 of 1990","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lac.org.na/laws/annoSTAT/Marine%20Resources%20Act%2027%20of%202000.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mfmr.gov.na/documents/411764/417987/POLICY+STATEMENT+%28GUIDELINES%29+FOR+THE+GRANTING+OF+RIGHTS+TO+HARVETS+MARINE+RESOURCES.pdf/427b96bf-6572-5df4-6cc5-d5d62d547480\">Pol</a>],[<a href=\"https://mit.gov.na/documents/41692/88494/1+Foreign+Investment+Act.pdf/45f765c6-7f31-edfa-3a6e-f8b411f6f25a?version=1.0&t=1603782678048&download=true\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,253,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0015","Foreign investment in fishing activities is subject to a 49% foreign shareholding limit.","\"PART VI - COMMERCIAL HARVESTING OF MARINE RESOURCES\nPrerequisites to harvesting\n32. (1) Except as may be otherwise provided under this Act, no person shall in Namibia or in Namibian waters harvest any marine resource for commercial purposes, except under a right, an exploratory right or a fisheries agreement.\n[...]\nRight to harvest marine resources\n33. (1) The Minister may from time to time, by notice in the Gazette, announce a period during which applications may be made for rights to harvest for commercial purposes any marine resource, and the conditions on which such marine resource may be harvested, and the Minister shall not consider any application received outside such period.\n(2) A person who wishes to apply for a right referred to in subsection (1) shall submit an application to the Minister in the manner prescribed.\n(3) The Minister may, subject to subsection (4), grant a right to harvest any marine resource for commercial purposes to any person who applies for such a right under subsection (2), subject to such conditions in addition to those specified in the notice under subsection (1) as may be determined by the Minister.\n(4) When considering, an application for a right, the Minister may have regard to - (a) whether or not the applicant is a Namibian citizen; (b) where the applicant is a company, the extent to which the beneficial control of the company vests in Namibian citizens; (c) the beneficial ownership of any vessel which will be used by the applicant;[...]\" (Marine Resources Act 27 of 2000)\n----------------\n\"3. GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVEST MARINE RESOURCES\nGranting of fishing rights is one of the current fisheries management systems in Namibia. The main purpose of these rights is to limit the number of entry and control fishing for resource management purposes. In addition the rights base system has also been used to promote Namibianisation of the sector.\n[...]\n4. NAMIBIANIZATION AND FOREINGN OWNERSHIP\nNamibianisation refers to the measures undertaken through the fisheries policy of Namibia, which is aimed at securing increasing benefits for Namibia, especially through onshore development. While priority will be given to Namibians and Namibian businesses as far as granting of rights and allocation of quotas are concerned, scope is provided for foreign investment through joint ventures or wholly owned foreign ventures:\na. Foreign investors who would like to participate in fishing ventures will be expected to cooperate with Namibian businesses through joint ventures. However, in exceptional cases rights may be granted to wholly foreign owned ventures: -where the foreign investment can be shown to contribute to economic and overall development in Namibia; -where there is an appropriate plan for Namibianisation of the business.\nb. Applications by new joint ventures should be based on the expectation that rights will be granted to the Namibian participants in the venture.\nc. For existing joint ventures, priority will be given to applications from the Namibian partners, considering the level of ownership and control of the Namibian interests. Rights may also be granted to the existing joint venture right holders rather than to the Namibian partners, with the agreement of the Namibian, where it can be shown that the joint venture business and Namibia will benefit.[...]\" (POLICY STATEMENT (GUIDELINES) FOR THE GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVETS MARINE RESOURCES, 2013)\n----------------\n\"Interpretation\n1. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“foreign national” means -\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Namibia;\n(b) a company incorporated under the laws of any country other than Namibia;\n(c) a company incorporated within Namibia in which the majority of the issued share capital is benefically owned by foreign nationals within the meaning of this definition;[...]\n“Namibian” means a citizen of Namibia and includes a company incorporated under the laws of Namibia in which the majority of the share capital is owned by Namibians within the meaning of this definition.[...]\" (Foreign Investments Act 27 of 1990)","Marine Resources Act 27 of 2000\nPOLICY STATEMENT (GUIDELINES) FOR THE GRANTING OF RIGHTS TO HARVETS MARINE RESOURCES, 2013\nForeign Investments Act 27 of 1990","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lac.org.na/laws/annoSTAT/Marine%20Resources%20Act%2027%20of%202000.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mfmr.gov.na/documents/411764/417987/POLICY+STATEMENT+%28GUIDELINES%29+FOR+THE+GRANTING+OF+RIGHTS+TO+HARVETS+MARINE+RESOURCES.pdf/427b96bf-6572-5df4-6cc5-d5d62d547480\">Pol</a>],[<a href=\"https://mit.gov.na/documents/41692/88494/1+Foreign+Investment+Act.pdf/45f765c6-7f31-edfa-3a6e-f8b411f6f25a?version=1.0&t=1603782678048&download=true\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,253,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I25","IX",2021,"0.000875","Foreign investors can acquire only up to 85% of a mineral licence held by a Namibian licence holders.","\"1. Definitions.\n(1) In this Act unless the context indicates otherwise -[...]\n“mineral licence” means a reconnaissance licence, an exclusive prospecting licence, a mining licence or a mineral deposit retention licence and includes the renewal of any such licence;\n[...]\nPART VIII -  General provisions relating to mineral licences\n46. Persons who may apply for, or for transfer of, mineral licences or for approval to grant, cede or assign interests in such licences or to be joined as joint holders of such licences or interests.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, a mineral licence shall not be granted or transferred or any interest in such mineral licence be granted, ceded or assigned to any person other than -\n(a) a company; or (b) a Namibian citizen who has reached the age of 18 years and who, in the opinion of the Minister, is a fit and proper person to hold such licence, and no person other than such person shall be joined as a joint holder of any such mineral licence or interest.\n47. Applications for, or for renewal or transfer of, mineral licences, or for approval for grant, cession or assignment of interests in mineral licences, or to be joined as joint holders of such mineral licences or interests.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, an application for –\n(a) a mineral licence or the renewal thereof; (b) the amendment of a mineral licence; or (c) the approval of the Minister for the transfer of a mineral licence, or the grant, cession or assignment of any interest in any mineral licence, or to be joined as a joint holder of a mineral licence or such interest, shall be made to the Minister in such form as may be determined in writing by the Commissioner and shall be accompanied by such application fee and such licence fee as may be payable in respect of the licence period or first licence period, as the case may be, of such licence as my be determined under section 123.\n(2) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Minister -\n(a) may grant on such terms and conditions as may be determined in writing by him or her, or refuse to grant, an application referred to in subsection (1); or\n(b) shall grant an application for the transfer of a mineral licence referred to in paragraph (c) of subsection (1) where such mineral licence is to be transferred from a company which is the holder of such mineral licence to a company which is controlling, controlled by or under common control with such holder, if the Minister is on reasonable grounds satisfied that such holder is not contravening or failing to comply with the terms and conditions of such licence or any other mineral licence held by it or any provision of this Act.[...]\" (MINERALS (PROSPECTING AND MINING) ACT No 33 of 1992, as amended)\n--------------------\n“In terms of the powers vested in the minister under section 47(2) (a) of the Minerals (Prospecting and Mining) Act 1992 (Act No. 33 of 1992), the minister hereby determines that as of April 1, 2021, applications submitted by Namibian license holders for the transfer of mineral licenses, or the cession or assignment of interest in a mineral license may be granted subject to the condition that 15 percent interest in the license must be retained by Namibians,”\" (Public Notice, Ministry of Mines and Energy, 2 March 2021)","MINERALS (PROSPECTING AND MINING) ACT No 33 of 1992, as amended\nPublic Notice, Ministry of Mines and Energy, 2 March 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://namiblii.org/akn/na/act/1992/33/eng@2008-12-29#sec_47\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mme.gov.na/files/publications/eb0_Public%20Notice_Effective%201%20April%202021.pdf\">Notice</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,257,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I25","IX",2022,"0.000875","Foreign investors can acquire only up to 85% of a mineral licence held by a Namibian licence holders.","\"1. Definitions.\n(1) In this Act unless the context indicates otherwise -[...]\n“mineral licence” means a reconnaissance licence, an exclusive prospecting licence, a mining licence or a mineral deposit retention licence and includes the renewal of any such licence;\n[...]\nPART VIII -  General provisions relating to mineral licences\n46. Persons who may apply for, or for transfer of, mineral licences or for approval to grant, cede or assign interests in such licences or to be joined as joint holders of such licences or interests.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, a mineral licence shall not be granted or transferred or any interest in such mineral licence be granted, ceded or assigned to any person other than -\n(a) a company; or (b) a Namibian citizen who has reached the age of 18 years and who, in the opinion of the Minister, is a fit and proper person to hold such licence, and no person other than such person shall be joined as a joint holder of any such mineral licence or interest.\n47. Applications for, or for renewal or transfer of, mineral licences, or for approval for grant, cession or assignment of interests in mineral licences, or to be joined as joint holders of such mineral licences or interests.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, an application for –\n(a) a mineral licence or the renewal thereof; (b) the amendment of a mineral licence; or (c) the approval of the Minister for the transfer of a mineral licence, or the grant, cession or assignment of any interest in any mineral licence, or to be joined as a joint holder of a mineral licence or such interest, shall be made to the Minister in such form as may be determined in writing by the Commissioner and shall be accompanied by such application fee and such licence fee as may be payable in respect of the licence period or first licence period, as the case may be, of such licence as my be determined under section 123.\n(2) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Minister -\n(a) may grant on such terms and conditions as may be determined in writing by him or her, or refuse to grant, an application referred to in subsection (1); or\n(b) shall grant an application for the transfer of a mineral licence referred to in paragraph (c) of subsection (1) where such mineral licence is to be transferred from a company which is the holder of such mineral licence to a company which is controlling, controlled by or under common control with such holder, if the Minister is on reasonable grounds satisfied that such holder is not contravening or failing to comply with the terms and conditions of such licence or any other mineral licence held by it or any provision of this Act.[...]\" (MINERALS (PROSPECTING AND MINING) ACT No 33 of 1992, as amended)\n--------------------\n“In terms of the powers vested in the minister under section 47(2) (a) of the Minerals (Prospecting and Mining) Act 1992 (Act No. 33 of 1992), the minister hereby determines that as of April 1, 2021, applications submitted by Namibian license holders for the transfer of mineral licenses, or the cession or assignment of interest in a mineral license may be granted subject to the condition that 15 percent interest in the license must be retained by Namibians,”\" (Public Notice, Ministry of Mines and Energy, 2 March 2021)","MINERALS (PROSPECTING AND MINING) ACT No 33 of 1992, as amended\nPublic Notice, Ministry of Mines and Energy, 2 March 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://namiblii.org/akn/na/act/1992/33/eng@2008-12-29#sec_47\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mme.gov.na/files/publications/eb0_Public%20Notice_Effective%201%20April%202021.pdf\">Notice</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,257,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I25","IX",2023,"0.000875","Foreign investors can acquire only up to 85% of a mineral licence held by a Namibian licence holders.","\"1. Definitions.\n(1) In this Act unless the context indicates otherwise -[...]\n“mineral licence” means a reconnaissance licence, an exclusive prospecting licence, a mining licence or a mineral deposit retention licence and includes the renewal of any such licence;\n[...]\nPART VIII -  General provisions relating to mineral licences\n46. Persons who may apply for, or for transfer of, mineral licences or for approval to grant, cede or assign interests in such licences or to be joined as joint holders of such licences or interests.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, a mineral licence shall not be granted or transferred or any interest in such mineral licence be granted, ceded or assigned to any person other than -\n(a) a company; or (b) a Namibian citizen who has reached the age of 18 years and who, in the opinion of the Minister, is a fit and proper person to hold such licence, and no person other than such person shall be joined as a joint holder of any such mineral licence or interest.\n47. Applications for, or for renewal or transfer of, mineral licences, or for approval for grant, cession or assignment of interests in mineral licences, or to be joined as joint holders of such mineral licences or interests.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, an application for –\n(a) a mineral licence or the renewal thereof; (b) the amendment of a mineral licence; or (c) the approval of the Minister for the transfer of a mineral licence, or the grant, cession or assignment of any interest in any mineral licence, or to be joined as a joint holder of a mineral licence or such interest, shall be made to the Minister in such form as may be determined in writing by the Commissioner and shall be accompanied by such application fee and such licence fee as may be payable in respect of the licence period or first licence period, as the case may be, of such licence as my be determined under section 123.\n(2) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Minister -\n(a) may grant on such terms and conditions as may be determined in writing by him or her, or refuse to grant, an application referred to in subsection (1); or\n(b) shall grant an application for the transfer of a mineral licence referred to in paragraph (c) of subsection (1) where such mineral licence is to be transferred from a company which is the holder of such mineral licence to a company which is controlling, controlled by or under common control with such holder, if the Minister is on reasonable grounds satisfied that such holder is not contravening or failing to comply with the terms and conditions of such licence or any other mineral licence held by it or any provision of this Act.[...]\" (MINERALS (PROSPECTING AND MINING) ACT No 33 of 1992, as amended)\n--------------------\n“In terms of the powers vested in the minister under section 47(2) (a) of the Minerals (Prospecting and Mining) Act 1992 (Act No. 33 of 1992), the minister hereby determines that as of April 1, 2021, applications submitted by Namibian license holders for the transfer of mineral licenses, or the cession or assignment of interest in a mineral license may be granted subject to the condition that 15 percent interest in the license must be retained by Namibians,”\" (Public Notice, Ministry of Mines and Energy, 2 March 2021)","MINERALS (PROSPECTING AND MINING) ACT No 33 of 1992, as amended\nPublic Notice, Ministry of Mines and Energy, 2 March 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://namiblii.org/akn/na/act/1992/33/eng@2008-12-29#sec_47\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mme.gov.na/files/publications/eb0_Public%20Notice_Effective%201%20April%202021.pdf\">Notice</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,257,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0045","Foreign investors wishing to purchase land falling within the scope of 'sensitive land' must seek prior approval for the acquisition. 'Sensitive land' includes rural land, residential land, offshore islands, etc. exceeding specified areal thresholds. One of the criteria which may be considered when assessing a foreign investment in sensitive land is whether a so-called 'benefit to New Zealand test' is met. Such benefit is assessed against various economic and non-economic factors. ",{"$cut":{"chars":19643,"head":"\"6 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise,—\nacquisition includes obtaining ownership or coming into possession by any means [...]\nfarm land means land (other than residential (but not otherwise sensitive) land) used exclusively or principally for agricultural, horticultural, or pastoral purposes, or for the keeping of bees, poultry, or livestock [...]\nnon-urban land means—\n(a) farm land; and\n(b) any land other than land that is both—\n(i) in an urban area; and\n(ii) used for commercial, industrial, or residential purposes [...]\nresidential (but not otherwise sensitive) land means land that—\n(a) is or includes residential land; but\n(b) is not otherwise sensitive under Part 1 of Schedule 1\nresidential dwelling—\n(a) means a building or group of buildings, or part of a building or group of buildings, that is—\n(i) used, or intended to be used, only or mainly for residential purposes; and\n(ii) occupied, or intended to be occupied, exclusively as the home or residence of not more than 1 household; but\n(b) does not include any dwelling—\n(i) to the extent that it is, or is part of, a long-term accommodation facility or an excluded accommodation facility; or\n(ii) within a class set out in regulations as a class of dwellings not to be treated as residential dwellings in this Act\nresidential land—\n(a) means land that has a property category of residential or lifestyle in, or for the purpose of, the relevant district valuation roll (for example, the land’s first character category code is “R” or “L”); and\n(b) includes a residential flat in a building owned by a flat-owning company (regardless of whether the building is on land within a property category referred to in paragraph (a)), and, for that purpose, references in this Act to interest include a licence to occupy that flat, where terms in this paragraph have a meaning corresponding to those in section 121A of the Land Transfer Act 1952 or section 122 of the Land Transfer Act 2017\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of"}},"Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 1 December 2020; Sections 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16 and 16A; Schedule 1, Part 1; Schedule 2, Sections 10, 11, 17 and 20; Schedule 3, Section 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1262,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0045","Foreign investors wishing to purchase land falling within the scope of 'sensitive land' must seek prior approval for the acquisition. 'Sensitive land' includes rural land, residential land, offshore islands, etc. exceeding specified areal thresholds. One of the criteria which may be considered when assessing a foreign investment in sensitive land is whether a so-called 'benefit to New Zealand test' is met. Such benefit is assessed against various economic and non-economic factors. ",{"$cut":{"chars":19643,"head":"\"6 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise,—\nacquisition includes obtaining ownership or coming into possession by any means [...]\nfarm land means land (other than residential (but not otherwise sensitive) land) used exclusively or principally for agricultural, horticultural, or pastoral purposes, or for the keeping of bees, poultry, or livestock [...]\nnon-urban land means—\n(a) farm land; and\n(b) any land other than land that is both—\n(i) in an urban area; and\n(ii) used for commercial, industrial, or residential purposes [...]\nresidential (but not otherwise sensitive) land means land that—\n(a) is or includes residential land; but\n(b) is not otherwise sensitive under Part 1 of Schedule 1\nresidential dwelling—\n(a) means a building or group of buildings, or part of a building or group of buildings, that is—\n(i) used, or intended to be used, only or mainly for residential purposes; and\n(ii) occupied, or intended to be occupied, exclusively as the home or residence of not more than 1 household; but\n(b) does not include any dwelling—\n(i) to the extent that it is, or is part of, a long-term accommodation facility or an excluded accommodation facility; or\n(ii) within a class set out in regulations as a class of dwellings not to be treated as residential dwellings in this Act\nresidential land—\n(a) means land that has a property category of residential or lifestyle in, or for the purpose of, the relevant district valuation roll (for example, the land’s first character category code is “R” or “L”); and\n(b) includes a residential flat in a building owned by a flat-owning company (regardless of whether the building is on land within a property category referred to in paragraph (a)), and, for that purpose, references in this Act to interest include a licence to occupy that flat, where terms in this paragraph have a meaning corresponding to those in section 121A of the Land Transfer Act 1952 or section 122 of the Land Transfer Act 2017\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of"}},"Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 1 December 2020; Sections 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16 and 16A; Schedule 1, Part 1; Schedule 2, Sections 10, 11, 17 and 20; Schedule 3, Section 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1262,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0045","Foreign investors wishing to purchase land falling within the scope of 'sensitive land' must seek prior approval for the acquisition. 'Sensitive land' includes rural land, residential land, offshore islands, etc. exceeding specified areal thresholds. One of the criteria which may be considered when assessing a foreign investment in sensitive land is whether a so-called 'benefit to New Zealand test' is met. Such benefit is assessed against various economic and non-economic factors. ",{"$cut":{"chars":19643,"head":"\"6 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise,—\nacquisition includes obtaining ownership or coming into possession by any means [...]\nfarm land means land (other than residential (but not otherwise sensitive) land) used exclusively or principally for agricultural, horticultural, or pastoral purposes, or for the keeping of bees, poultry, or livestock [...]\nnon-urban land means—\n(a) farm land; and\n(b) any land other than land that is both—\n(i) in an urban area; and\n(ii) used for commercial, industrial, or residential purposes [...]\nresidential (but not otherwise sensitive) land means land that—\n(a) is or includes residential land; but\n(b) is not otherwise sensitive under Part 1 of Schedule 1\nresidential dwelling—\n(a) means a building or group of buildings, or part of a building or group of buildings, that is—\n(i) used, or intended to be used, only or mainly for residential purposes; and\n(ii) occupied, or intended to be occupied, exclusively as the home or residence of not more than 1 household; but\n(b) does not include any dwelling—\n(i) to the extent that it is, or is part of, a long-term accommodation facility or an excluded accommodation facility; or\n(ii) within a class set out in regulations as a class of dwellings not to be treated as residential dwellings in this Act\nresidential land—\n(a) means land that has a property category of residential or lifestyle in, or for the purpose of, the relevant district valuation roll (for example, the land’s first character category code is “R” or “L”); and\n(b) includes a residential flat in a building owned by a flat-owning company (regardless of whether the building is on land within a property category referred to in paragraph (a)), and, for that purpose, references in this Act to interest include a licence to occupy that flat, where terms in this paragraph have a meaning corresponding to those in section 121A of the Land Transfer Act 1952 or section 122 of the Land Transfer Act 2017\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of"}},"Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 1 December 2020; Sections 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16 and 16A; Schedule 1, Part 1; Schedule 2, Sections 10, 11, 17 and 20; Schedule 3, Section 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1262,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0045","Foreign investors wishing to purchase land falling within the scope of 'sensitive land' must seek prior approval for the acquisition. 'Sensitive land' includes rural land, residential land, offshore islands, etc. exceeding specified areal thresholds. One of the criteria which may be considered when assessing a foreign investment in sensitive land is whether a so-called 'benefit to New Zealand test' is met. Such benefit is assessed against various economic and non-economic factors. ",{"$cut":{"chars":19643,"head":"\"6 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise,—\nacquisition includes obtaining ownership or coming into possession by any means [...]\nfarm land means land (other than residential (but not otherwise sensitive) land) used exclusively or principally for agricultural, horticultural, or pastoral purposes, or for the keeping of bees, poultry, or livestock [...]\nnon-urban land means—\n(a) farm land; and\n(b) any land other than land that is both—\n(i) in an urban area; and\n(ii) used for commercial, industrial, or residential purposes [...]\nresidential (but not otherwise sensitive) land means land that—\n(a) is or includes residential land; but\n(b) is not otherwise sensitive under Part 1 of Schedule 1\nresidential dwelling—\n(a) means a building or group of buildings, or part of a building or group of buildings, that is—\n(i) used, or intended to be used, only or mainly for residential purposes; and\n(ii) occupied, or intended to be occupied, exclusively as the home or residence of not more than 1 household; but\n(b) does not include any dwelling—\n(i) to the extent that it is, or is part of, a long-term accommodation facility or an excluded accommodation facility; or\n(ii) within a class set out in regulations as a class of dwellings not to be treated as residential dwellings in this Act\nresidential land—\n(a) means land that has a property category of residential or lifestyle in, or for the purpose of, the relevant district valuation roll (for example, the land’s first character category code is “R” or “L”); and\n(b) includes a residential flat in a building owned by a flat-owning company (regardless of whether the building is on land within a property category referred to in paragraph (a)), and, for that purpose, references in this Act to interest include a licence to occupy that flat, where terms in this paragraph have a meaning corresponding to those in section 121A of the Land Transfer Act 1952 or section 122 of the Land Transfer Act 2017\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of"}},"Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 1 December 2020; Sections 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16 and 16A; Schedule 1, Part 1; Schedule 2, Sections 10, 11, 17 and 20; Schedule 3, Section 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1262,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","A031","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.002","Purchase of fishing quota is reserved to New Zealand citizens, residents and incorporated enterprises no more than 25% owned or controlled by foreigners, unless prior consent has been obtained for the foreign investment in fishing quota. Consent can be granted by the relevant Minister only if the investment meets all the criteria required, including meeting, or likely meeting, the various conditions of national interest stipulated in the legislation. According to the OECD FDI RR Index methodology, this measure is classified as a 'foreign equity limitation' instead of 'foreign investment screening' as the above-mentioned consent is understood to be granted on a rather exceptional basis given the conditions needed to be fullfilled.","\"5 Act incorporates sections 56 to 58B of Fisheries Act 1996\n(1) This Act incorporates sections 56 to 58B of the Fisheries Act 1996 (which in this section are called the overseas investment fishing provisions) as if they were part of this Act, so that a reference in this Act to “this Act” includes a reference to the overseas investment fishing provisions.\n(2) See section 57A of the Fisheries Act 1996 for further provisions on the interpretation of the overseas investment fishing provisions.\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property.\n[...]\n10 Consent required for overseas investments in sensitive New Zealand assets [...]\n(2) See also sections 56 to 58B of the Fisheries Act 1996, which require consent for a transaction that will result in an overseas investment in fishing quota.\n[...]\n12 What are overseas investments in sensitive land\nAn overseas investment in sensitive land is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of all or any of the following (a section 12 interest): [...]\n(b) [...]\n(i) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has a more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(ii) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has an increase in an existing more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(iii) A becomes an overseas person.[...]\" (Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 5, 7, 10 and 12)\n--------------------------\n\"2 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,— [...]\noverseas person has the meaning set out in section 7 of the Overseas Investment Act 2005\n[...]\n45 Criteria of eligibility to receive quota\nA person is eligible to receive quota for any stock declared by notice in the Gazette under section 18 to be subject to the quota management system if the person— [...]\n(b) is not an overseas person or, if an overseas person, either has obtained consent under the overseas investment fishing provisions to acquire provisional catch history or quota or is exempt from the requirement for that consent; and\n[...]\n57B Consent required for overseas investments in fishing quota\nA transaction requires consent under the overseas investment fishing provisions if it will result in an overseas investment in fishing quota.\n57C Consent must be obtained before overseas investment given effect\n(1) Consent must be obtained for a transaction before the overseas investment is given effect under the transaction.\n(2) The procedure for obtaining consent (including who must obtain consent) is set out in subpart 2 of Part 2 of the Overseas Investment Act 2005.\n57D What are overseas investments in fishing quota\nAn overseas investment in fishing quota is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of—\n(a) an interest in fishing quota; or\n(b) rights or interests in securities of a person (A) if A owns or controls (directly or indirectly) an interest in fishing quota and, as a result of the acquisition, 1 or more of the things referred to in section 12(b)﻿(i) to (iii) of the Overseas Investment Act 2005 happens.\n[...]\n57E Approach to criteria for consent\n(1) The relevant Ministers, in considering whether or not to grant consent to an overseas investment transaction under the overseas investment fishing provisions,—\n(a) must have regard to only the criteria and factors that apply under the overseas investment fishing provisions (subject to this section); and\n(b) may consult with any other person or persons, as the Ministers consider appropriate; and\n(c) must grant consent if satisfied that all of the criteria in section 57G are met; and\n(d) must decline to grant consent if not satisfied that all of the criteria in section 57G are met.\n[...]\n57G Criteria for overseas investments in fishing quota\n(1) The criteria for an overseas investment in fishing quota are all of the following:\n(a) the relevant overseas person is a body corporate:\n(b) the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person collectively have business experience and acumen relevant to that overseas investment:\n(c) the relevant overseas person has demonstrated financial commitment to the overseas investment:\n(d) all the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person are of good character:\n(e) none of the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person are individuals of the kind referred to in section 15 or 16 of the Immigration Act 2009 (which list certain persons not eligible for visas or entry permission under that Act):\n(f) the interest in fishing quota is capable of being registered in the Quota Register or the Annual Catch Entitlement Register:\n(g) the granting of consent is in the national interest, as determined by the relevant Ministers under section 57H:\n(h) if the overseas investment in fishing quota is a transaction of national interest, the Minister has not declined consent to the transaction (see section 20C of the Overseas Investment Act 2005).\n57H Factors for determining whether or not overseas investment in fishing quota is in national interest\n(1) The relevant Ministers—\n(a) must consider all the factors in subsection (2) to determine which factor or factors (or parts of them) are relevant to the overseas investment; and\n(b) must determine whether the criterion in section 57G(1)﻿(g) is met after having regard to those relevant factors; and\n(c) may, in doing so, determine the relative importance to be given to each relevant factor (or part).\n(2) The factors are—\n(a) whether the overseas investment will, or is likely to, result in—\n(i) the creation of new job opportunities in New Zealand or the retention of existing jobs in New Zealand that would or might otherwise be lost; or\n(ii) the introduction into New Zealand of new technology or business skills; or\n(iii) increased export receipts for New Zealand exporters; or\n(iv) added market competition, greater efficiency or productivity, or enhanced domestic services, in New Zealand; or\n(v) the introduction into New Zealand of additional investment for purposes of significant development; or\n(vi) increased processing in New Zealand of fish, aquatic life, or seaweed:[...]\" (Fisheries Act (1996 No 88), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 2, 45, 57B, 57C and 57D)","Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 5, 7, 10 and 12\nFisheries Act (1996 No 88), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 2, 45, 57B, 57C and 57D","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1996/0088/220.0/DLM394192.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1258,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","A031","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.002","Purchase of fishing quota is reserved to New Zealand citizens, residents and incorporated enterprises no more than 25% owned or controlled by foreigners, unless prior consent has been obtained for the foreign investment in fishing quota. Consent can be granted by the relevant Minister only if the investment meets all the criteria required, including meeting, or likely meeting, the various conditions of national interest stipulated in the legislation. According to the OECD FDI RR Index methodology, this measure is classified as a 'foreign equity limitation' instead of 'foreign investment screening' as the above-mentioned consent is understood to be granted on a rather exceptional basis given the conditions needed to be fullfilled.","\"5 Act incorporates sections 56 to 58B of Fisheries Act 1996\n(1) This Act incorporates sections 56 to 58B of the Fisheries Act 1996 (which in this section are called the overseas investment fishing provisions) as if they were part of this Act, so that a reference in this Act to “this Act” includes a reference to the overseas investment fishing provisions.\n(2) See section 57A of the Fisheries Act 1996 for further provisions on the interpretation of the overseas investment fishing provisions.\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property.\n[...]\n10 Consent required for overseas investments in sensitive New Zealand assets [...]\n(2) See also sections 56 to 58B of the Fisheries Act 1996, which require consent for a transaction that will result in an overseas investment in fishing quota.\n[...]\n12 What are overseas investments in sensitive land\nAn overseas investment in sensitive land is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of all or any of the following (a section 12 interest): [...]\n(b) [...]\n(i) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has a more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(ii) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has an increase in an existing more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(iii) A becomes an overseas person.[...]\" (Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 5, 7, 10 and 12)\n--------------------------\n\"2 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,— [...]\noverseas person has the meaning set out in section 7 of the Overseas Investment Act 2005\n[...]\n45 Criteria of eligibility to receive quota\nA person is eligible to receive quota for any stock declared by notice in the Gazette under section 18 to be subject to the quota management system if the person— [...]\n(b) is not an overseas person or, if an overseas person, either has obtained consent under the overseas investment fishing provisions to acquire provisional catch history or quota or is exempt from the requirement for that consent; and\n[...]\n57B Consent required for overseas investments in fishing quota\nA transaction requires consent under the overseas investment fishing provisions if it will result in an overseas investment in fishing quota.\n57C Consent must be obtained before overseas investment given effect\n(1) Consent must be obtained for a transaction before the overseas investment is given effect under the transaction.\n(2) The procedure for obtaining consent (including who must obtain consent) is set out in subpart 2 of Part 2 of the Overseas Investment Act 2005.\n57D What are overseas investments in fishing quota\nAn overseas investment in fishing quota is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of—\n(a) an interest in fishing quota; or\n(b) rights or interests in securities of a person (A) if A owns or controls (directly or indirectly) an interest in fishing quota and, as a result of the acquisition, 1 or more of the things referred to in section 12(b)﻿(i) to (iii) of the Overseas Investment Act 2005 happens.\n[...]\n57E Approach to criteria for consent\n(1) The relevant Ministers, in considering whether or not to grant consent to an overseas investment transaction under the overseas investment fishing provisions,—\n(a) must have regard to only the criteria and factors that apply under the overseas investment fishing provisions (subject to this section); and\n(b) may consult with any other person or persons, as the Ministers consider appropriate; and\n(c) must grant consent if satisfied that all of the criteria in section 57G are met; and\n(d) must decline to grant consent if not satisfied that all of the criteria in section 57G are met.\n[...]\n57G Criteria for overseas investments in fishing quota\n(1) The criteria for an overseas investment in fishing quota are all of the following:\n(a) the relevant overseas person is a body corporate:\n(b) the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person collectively have business experience and acumen relevant to that overseas investment:\n(c) the relevant overseas person has demonstrated financial commitment to the overseas investment:\n(d) all the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person are of good character:\n(e) none of the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person are individuals of the kind referred to in section 15 or 16 of the Immigration Act 2009 (which list certain persons not eligible for visas or entry permission under that Act):\n(f) the interest in fishing quota is capable of being registered in the Quota Register or the Annual Catch Entitlement Register:\n(g) the granting of consent is in the national interest, as determined by the relevant Ministers under section 57H:\n(h) if the overseas investment in fishing quota is a transaction of national interest, the Minister has not declined consent to the transaction (see section 20C of the Overseas Investment Act 2005).\n57H Factors for determining whether or not overseas investment in fishing quota is in national interest\n(1) The relevant Ministers—\n(a) must consider all the factors in subsection (2) to determine which factor or factors (or parts of them) are relevant to the overseas investment; and\n(b) must determine whether the criterion in section 57G(1)﻿(g) is met after having regard to those relevant factors; and\n(c) may, in doing so, determine the relative importance to be given to each relevant factor (or part).\n(2) The factors are—\n(a) whether the overseas investment will, or is likely to, result in—\n(i) the creation of new job opportunities in New Zealand or the retention of existing jobs in New Zealand that would or might otherwise be lost; or\n(ii) the introduction into New Zealand of new technology or business skills; or\n(iii) increased export receipts for New Zealand exporters; or\n(iv) added market competition, greater efficiency or productivity, or enhanced domestic services, in New Zealand; or\n(v) the introduction into New Zealand of additional investment for purposes of significant development; or\n(vi) increased processing in New Zealand of fish, aquatic life, or seaweed:[...]\" (Fisheries Act (1996 No 88), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 2, 45, 57B, 57C and 57D)","Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 5, 7, 10 and 12\nFisheries Act (1996 No 88), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 2, 45, 57B, 57C and 57D","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1996/0088/220.0/DLM394192.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1258,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","A031","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.002","Purchase of fishing quota is reserved to New Zealand citizens, residents and incorporated enterprises no more than 25% owned or controlled by foreigners, unless prior consent has been obtained for the foreign investment in fishing quota. Consent can be granted by the relevant Minister only if the investment meets all the criteria required, including meeting, or likely meeting, the various conditions of national interest stipulated in the legislation. According to the OECD FDI RR Index methodology, this measure is classified as a 'foreign equity limitation' instead of 'foreign investment screening' as the above-mentioned consent is understood to be granted on a rather exceptional basis given the conditions needed to be fullfilled.","\"5 Act incorporates sections 56 to 58B of Fisheries Act 1996\n(1) This Act incorporates sections 56 to 58B of the Fisheries Act 1996 (which in this section are called the overseas investment fishing provisions) as if they were part of this Act, so that a reference in this Act to “this Act” includes a reference to the overseas investment fishing provisions.\n(2) See section 57A of the Fisheries Act 1996 for further provisions on the interpretation of the overseas investment fishing provisions.\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property.\n[...]\n10 Consent required for overseas investments in sensitive New Zealand assets [...]\n(2) See also sections 56 to 58B of the Fisheries Act 1996, which require consent for a transaction that will result in an overseas investment in fishing quota.\n[...]\n12 What are overseas investments in sensitive land\nAn overseas investment in sensitive land is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of all or any of the following (a section 12 interest): [...]\n(b) [...]\n(i) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has a more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(ii) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has an increase in an existing more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(iii) A becomes an overseas person.[...]\" (Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 5, 7, 10 and 12)\n--------------------------\n\"2 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,— [...]\noverseas person has the meaning set out in section 7 of the Overseas Investment Act 2005\n[...]\n45 Criteria of eligibility to receive quota\nA person is eligible to receive quota for any stock declared by notice in the Gazette under section 18 to be subject to the quota management system if the person— [...]\n(b) is not an overseas person or, if an overseas person, either has obtained consent under the overseas investment fishing provisions to acquire provisional catch history or quota or is exempt from the requirement for that consent; and\n[...]\n57B Consent required for overseas investments in fishing quota\nA transaction requires consent under the overseas investment fishing provisions if it will result in an overseas investment in fishing quota.\n57C Consent must be obtained before overseas investment given effect\n(1) Consent must be obtained for a transaction before the overseas investment is given effect under the transaction.\n(2) The procedure for obtaining consent (including who must obtain consent) is set out in subpart 2 of Part 2 of the Overseas Investment Act 2005.\n57D What are overseas investments in fishing quota\nAn overseas investment in fishing quota is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of—\n(a) an interest in fishing quota; or\n(b) rights or interests in securities of a person (A) if A owns or controls (directly or indirectly) an interest in fishing quota and, as a result of the acquisition, 1 or more of the things referred to in section 12(b)﻿(i) to (iii) of the Overseas Investment Act 2005 happens.\n[...]\n57E Approach to criteria for consent\n(1) The relevant Ministers, in considering whether or not to grant consent to an overseas investment transaction under the overseas investment fishing provisions,—\n(a) must have regard to only the criteria and factors that apply under the overseas investment fishing provisions (subject to this section); and\n(b) may consult with any other person or persons, as the Ministers consider appropriate; and\n(c) must grant consent if satisfied that all of the criteria in section 57G are met; and\n(d) must decline to grant consent if not satisfied that all of the criteria in section 57G are met.\n[...]\n57G Criteria for overseas investments in fishing quota\n(1) The criteria for an overseas investment in fishing quota are all of the following:\n(a) the relevant overseas person is a body corporate:\n(b) the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person collectively have business experience and acumen relevant to that overseas investment:\n(c) the relevant overseas person has demonstrated financial commitment to the overseas investment:\n(d) all the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person are of good character:\n(e) none of the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person are individuals of the kind referred to in section 15 or 16 of the Immigration Act 2009 (which list certain persons not eligible for visas or entry permission under that Act):\n(f) the interest in fishing quota is capable of being registered in the Quota Register or the Annual Catch Entitlement Register:\n(g) the granting of consent is in the national interest, as determined by the relevant Ministers under section 57H:\n(h) if the overseas investment in fishing quota is a transaction of national interest, the Minister has not declined consent to the transaction (see section 20C of the Overseas Investment Act 2005).\n57H Factors for determining whether or not overseas investment in fishing quota is in national interest\n(1) The relevant Ministers—\n(a) must consider all the factors in subsection (2) to determine which factor or factors (or parts of them) are relevant to the overseas investment; and\n(b) must determine whether the criterion in section 57G(1)﻿(g) is met after having regard to those relevant factors; and\n(c) may, in doing so, determine the relative importance to be given to each relevant factor (or part).\n(2) The factors are—\n(a) whether the overseas investment will, or is likely to, result in—\n(i) the creation of new job opportunities in New Zealand or the retention of existing jobs in New Zealand that would or might otherwise be lost; or\n(ii) the introduction into New Zealand of new technology or business skills; or\n(iii) increased export receipts for New Zealand exporters; or\n(iv) added market competition, greater efficiency or productivity, or enhanced domestic services, in New Zealand; or\n(v) the introduction into New Zealand of additional investment for purposes of significant development; or\n(vi) increased processing in New Zealand of fish, aquatic life, or seaweed:[...]\" (Fisheries Act (1996 No 88), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 2, 45, 57B, 57C and 57D)","Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 5, 7, 10 and 12\nFisheries Act (1996 No 88), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 2, 45, 57B, 57C and 57D","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1996/0088/220.0/DLM394192.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1258,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","A031","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.002","Purchase of fishing quota is reserved to New Zealand citizens, residents and incorporated enterprises no more than 25% owned or controlled by foreigners, unless prior consent has been obtained for the foreign investment in fishing quota. Consent can be granted by the relevant Minister only if the investment meets all the criteria required, including meeting, or likely meeting, the various conditions of national interest stipulated in the legislation. According to the OECD FDI RR Index methodology, this measure is classified as a 'foreign equity limitation' instead of 'foreign investment screening' as the above-mentioned consent is understood to be granted on a rather exceptional basis given the conditions needed to be fullfilled.","\"5 Act incorporates sections 56 to 58B of Fisheries Act 1996\n(1) This Act incorporates sections 56 to 58B of the Fisheries Act 1996 (which in this section are called the overseas investment fishing provisions) as if they were part of this Act, so that a reference in this Act to “this Act” includes a reference to the overseas investment fishing provisions.\n(2) See section 57A of the Fisheries Act 1996 for further provisions on the interpretation of the overseas investment fishing provisions.\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property.\n[...]\n10 Consent required for overseas investments in sensitive New Zealand assets [...]\n(2) See also sections 56 to 58B of the Fisheries Act 1996, which require consent for a transaction that will result in an overseas investment in fishing quota.\n[...]\n12 What are overseas investments in sensitive land\nAn overseas investment in sensitive land is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of all or any of the following (a section 12 interest): [...]\n(b) [...]\n(i) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has a more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(ii) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has an increase in an existing more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(iii) A becomes an overseas person.[...]\" (Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 5, 7, 10 and 12)\n--------------------------\n\"2 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,— [...]\noverseas person has the meaning set out in section 7 of the Overseas Investment Act 2005\n[...]\n45 Criteria of eligibility to receive quota\nA person is eligible to receive quota for any stock declared by notice in the Gazette under section 18 to be subject to the quota management system if the person— [...]\n(b) is not an overseas person or, if an overseas person, either has obtained consent under the overseas investment fishing provisions to acquire provisional catch history or quota or is exempt from the requirement for that consent; and\n[...]\n57B Consent required for overseas investments in fishing quota\nA transaction requires consent under the overseas investment fishing provisions if it will result in an overseas investment in fishing quota.\n57C Consent must be obtained before overseas investment given effect\n(1) Consent must be obtained for a transaction before the overseas investment is given effect under the transaction.\n(2) The procedure for obtaining consent (including who must obtain consent) is set out in subpart 2 of Part 2 of the Overseas Investment Act 2005.\n57D What are overseas investments in fishing quota\nAn overseas investment in fishing quota is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of—\n(a) an interest in fishing quota; or\n(b) rights or interests in securities of a person (A) if A owns or controls (directly or indirectly) an interest in fishing quota and, as a result of the acquisition, 1 or more of the things referred to in section 12(b)﻿(i) to (iii) of the Overseas Investment Act 2005 happens.\n[...]\n57E Approach to criteria for consent\n(1) The relevant Ministers, in considering whether or not to grant consent to an overseas investment transaction under the overseas investment fishing provisions,—\n(a) must have regard to only the criteria and factors that apply under the overseas investment fishing provisions (subject to this section); and\n(b) may consult with any other person or persons, as the Ministers consider appropriate; and\n(c) must grant consent if satisfied that all of the criteria in section 57G are met; and\n(d) must decline to grant consent if not satisfied that all of the criteria in section 57G are met.\n[...]\n57G Criteria for overseas investments in fishing quota\n(1) The criteria for an overseas investment in fishing quota are all of the following:\n(a) the relevant overseas person is a body corporate:\n(b) the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person collectively have business experience and acumen relevant to that overseas investment:\n(c) the relevant overseas person has demonstrated financial commitment to the overseas investment:\n(d) all the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person are of good character:\n(e) none of the individuals with control of the relevant overseas person are individuals of the kind referred to in section 15 or 16 of the Immigration Act 2009 (which list certain persons not eligible for visas or entry permission under that Act):\n(f) the interest in fishing quota is capable of being registered in the Quota Register or the Annual Catch Entitlement Register:\n(g) the granting of consent is in the national interest, as determined by the relevant Ministers under section 57H:\n(h) if the overseas investment in fishing quota is a transaction of national interest, the Minister has not declined consent to the transaction (see section 20C of the Overseas Investment Act 2005).\n57H Factors for determining whether or not overseas investment in fishing quota is in national interest\n(1) The relevant Ministers—\n(a) must consider all the factors in subsection (2) to determine which factor or factors (or parts of them) are relevant to the overseas investment; and\n(b) must determine whether the criterion in section 57G(1)﻿(g) is met after having regard to those relevant factors; and\n(c) may, in doing so, determine the relative importance to be given to each relevant factor (or part).\n(2) The factors are—\n(a) whether the overseas investment will, or is likely to, result in—\n(i) the creation of new job opportunities in New Zealand or the retention of existing jobs in New Zealand that would or might otherwise be lost; or\n(ii) the introduction into New Zealand of new technology or business skills; or\n(iii) increased export receipts for New Zealand exporters; or\n(iv) added market competition, greater efficiency or productivity, or enhanced domestic services, in New Zealand; or\n(v) the introduction into New Zealand of additional investment for purposes of significant development; or\n(vi) increased processing in New Zealand of fish, aquatic life, or seaweed:[...]\" (Fisheries Act (1996 No 88), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 2, 45, 57B, 57C and 57D)","Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 5, 7, 10 and 12\nFisheries Act (1996 No 88), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 2, 45, 57B, 57C and 57D","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/1996/0088/220.0/DLM394192.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1258,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","On 23 August 2023, the Natural and Built Environment Act 2023 expanded the scope of the call-in regime under part 3 of the Overseas Investment Act 2005 aimed at managing national security and public order risks associated with transactions by overseas persons. Businesses involved in an irrigation scheme and having “one or more resource consents under the Natural and Built Environment Act 2023 to take (in total) more than 25 million cubic meters of water per year” are now identified as strategically important businesses under section 3C of the Overseas Investment Regulations 2005. Acquisitions by foreign investors in such businesses may thus be subject to the Overseas Investment Act 2005 call-in regime.","\"3C Strategically important businesses\n(1) This regulation prescribes classes of businesses that are SIBs for the purposes of the definition of SIB or strategically important business in section 6(1) of the Act. [...]\nIrrigation\n(6) A business that is involved in an irrigation scheme is a SIB if—\n(a) the scheme involves a water supply system for the collection and storage or reticulation (or both) of water primarily for agricultural production; and\n(b) the business has 1 or more resource consents under the Resource Management Act 1991 to take (in total) more than 25 million cubic meters of water per year. [...]\" (Overseas Investment Regulations 2005 (SR 2005/220), last amended on 24 August 2023, Section 3C)\n--------------------------------\n\"81 Purpose of Part\n(1) The purpose of this Part is to manage significant national security and public order risks associated with transactions by overseas persons.\n(2) In order to give effect to that purpose, the Minister may—\n(a) review call-in transactions in accordance with subpart 1; and\n(b) take any of the following actions in accordance with subpart 2:\n(i) make a direction order in relation to a call-in transaction (see sections 88 to 90):\n(ii) make a prohibition order in relation to a call-in transaction (see section 92):\n(iii) make a disposal order in relation to an investment given effect to under a call-in transaction or a transaction of national interest (see section 93):\n(iv) make a recommendation that a person be put into statutory management (see section 96).\n(3) The Minister may also make an interim direction order if the Minister is considering whether to take any of those actions, or what kind of action to take, in relation to a call-in transaction (see section 91).\n82 What is call-in transaction and overseas investment in SIB assets\n(1)A  call-in transaction is a transaction by an overseas person or an associate of an overseas person that—\n(a) is an overseas investment in SIB assets; but\n(b) does not require consent (see section 10).\n(2) An overseas investment in SIB assets is—\nInvestment in strategically important businesses\n(a) the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of rights or interests in securities of a person (A) who is (directly or indirectly) carrying on a SIB if,—\nInvestment in media businesses with significant impact\n(i) in the case of a SIB that is a media business with significant impact, as a result of the acquisition the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has—\n(A) a more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(B) an increase in an existing more than 25% ownership or control interest in A of a type referred to in subsection (3); or\nInvestment in listed issuers\n(ii) in the case of A being a listed issuer (or an issuer that would be within the definition of listed issuer if references in that definition to a licensed market operator included equivalent overseas market operators) that is not carrying on a media business with significant impact, as a result of the acquisition the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has—\n(A) a 10% or more ownership or control interest in A; or\n(B) an increase in an existing 10% or more ownership or control interest in A that is of a type referred to in subsection (3); or\n(C) any or more disproportionate access to or control of a SIB; or\nAny other investment in SIB business\n(iii) in any other case, as a result of the acquisition the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has—\n(A) any ownership or control interest in A; or\n(B) an increase in any existing ownership or control interest in A that is of a type referred to in subsection (3); or\nInvestment in SIB property\n(b) the acquisition by the overseas person or the associate of property (including goodwill and other intangible assets) in New Zealand used in carrying on a SIB,—\n(i) in the case of an acquisition of property used by a critical direct supplier, if that supplier considers that the acquisition may impact its ability to provide contracted services to an intelligence or security agency; or\n(ii) in the case of an acquisition of property that is used by a media business with significant impact, if the value of the property acquired is more than 25% of the value of all property owned by the media business immediately before the acquisition; or\n(iii) in any other case, if the acquisition of the property would result in the overseas person or associate becoming or being a SIB, or being capable of being a SIB if it were to use the property for an activity of a type referred to in the definition of a SIB in section 6, (for example, because it acquires intellectual property on military or dual-use technology).\n(3) An increase is of a type referred to in this subsection if it—\n(a) results in an ownership or control interest in A that equals or exceeds their ownership or control interest limit as follows:\n(i) if their existing ownership or control interest in A amounted to 25% or less, their ownership or control interest limit is 25%:\n(ii) if their existing ownership or control interest in A amounted to more than 25% but less than 50%, their ownership or control interest limit is 50%:\n(iii) if their existing ownership or control interest in A amounted to 50% or more but less than 75%, their ownership or control interest limit is 75%:\n(iv) if their existing ownership or control interest in A amounted to 75% or more, their ownership or control interest limit is 100%; or\n(b) is in securities of A of a different class to the class in which their existing interest is held; or\n(c) gives the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) any or more disproportionate access to or control of a SIB. [...]\" (Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 5 July 2021; Sections 81 and 82)","Overseas Investment Regulations 2005 (SR 2005/220), last amended on 24 August 2023\nOverseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 5 July 2021","New Zeland Treasury (2021), \"Foreign Investment Policy and National Interest Guidance\", Guidance Note, 8 June 2021.","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/regulation/public/2005/0220/126.0/whole.html#LMS357396\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/latest/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.treasury.govt.nz/publications/guide/foreign-investment-policy-and-national-interest-guidance\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3277,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MKD","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.000625","Foreign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD [including their branches in North Macedonia] may only acquire ownership over apartments and offices in North Macedonia subject to reciprocity. In the case of land, they may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease subject to both reciprocity and approval by the Government. Reciprocity, however, is not needed for foreign-owned locally-incoporated firms. EU and OECD investors can also invest in the same manner as the citizens and legal entities of North Macedonia. With regard to acquiring ownership on agricultural land in North Macedonia, this right remains exclusively reserved for North Macedonian citizens and legal entities. Foreign investors [including branches of EU and OECD resident companies] may only acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of North Macedonia under the conditions of reciprocity and subject to government approval. ","\"(PART FOUR -  REAL RIGHTS OF FOREIGN PERSONS)\nArt. 241\n[...] A foreign legal entity, according to this law, is considered to be a legal entity which has a registered headquarters outside the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, unless it is otherwise determined by law.\nArt. 244\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership of an apartment, residential building, and business premises in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as the citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD may acquire ownership over apartments and offices in Republic of Macedonia by contract only under the condition of reciprocity\nArt. 245\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as domestic legal entities and natural persons, citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeigners who reside in states who are not members of the EU or OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia under the condition of reciprocity and with the consent of the Ministry of Justice and the opinion of the Ministry of Transport and Relations and the Ministry of Finance\nArt. 246\nForeign natural persons and legal entities cannot acquire the right of ownership of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural persons and legal entities may, under the conditions of reciprocity, acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, on the basis of consent of the minister of justice, upon previously acquired opinion of the minister of agriculture, forestry and water resource management and the minister of finance [...]\" (Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation])","Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.slvesnik.com.mk/besplaten-pristap-do-izdanija.nspx#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2681,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MKD","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.000625","Foreign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD [including their branches in North Macedonia] may only acquire ownership over apartments and offices in North Macedonia subject to reciprocity. In the case of land, they may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease subject to both reciprocity and approval by the Government. Reciprocity, however, is not needed for foreign-owned locally-incoporated firms. EU and OECD investors can also invest in the same manner as the citizens and legal entities of North Macedonia. With regard to acquiring ownership on agricultural land in North Macedonia, this right remains exclusively reserved for North Macedonian citizens and legal entities. Foreign investors [including branches of EU and OECD resident companies] may only acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of North Macedonia under the conditions of reciprocity and subject to government approval. ","\"(PART FOUR -  REAL RIGHTS OF FOREIGN PERSONS)\nArt. 241\n[...] A foreign legal entity, according to this law, is considered to be a legal entity which has a registered headquarters outside the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, unless it is otherwise determined by law.\nArt. 244\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership of an apartment, residential building, and business premises in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as the citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD may acquire ownership over apartments and offices in Republic of Macedonia by contract only under the condition of reciprocity\nArt. 245\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as domestic legal entities and natural persons, citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeigners who reside in states who are not members of the EU or OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia under the condition of reciprocity and with the consent of the Ministry of Justice and the opinion of the Ministry of Transport and Relations and the Ministry of Finance\nArt. 246\nForeign natural persons and legal entities cannot acquire the right of ownership of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural persons and legal entities may, under the conditions of reciprocity, acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, on the basis of consent of the minister of justice, upon previously acquired opinion of the minister of agriculture, forestry and water resource management and the minister of finance [...]\" (Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation])","Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.slvesnik.com.mk/besplaten-pristap-do-izdanija.nspx#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2681,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MKD","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.000625","Foreign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD [including their branches in North Macedonia] may only acquire ownership over apartments and offices in North Macedonia subject to reciprocity. In the case of land, they may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease subject to both reciprocity and approval by the Government. Reciprocity, however, is not needed for foreign-owned locally-incoporated firms. EU and OECD investors can also invest in the same manner as the citizens and legal entities of North Macedonia. With regard to acquiring ownership on agricultural land in North Macedonia, this right remains exclusively reserved for North Macedonian citizens and legal entities. Foreign investors [including branches of EU and OECD resident companies] may only acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of North Macedonia under the conditions of reciprocity and subject to government approval. ","\"(PART FOUR -  REAL RIGHTS OF FOREIGN PERSONS)\nArt. 241\n[...] A foreign legal entity, according to this law, is considered to be a legal entity which has a registered headquarters outside the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, unless it is otherwise determined by law.\nArt. 244\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership of an apartment, residential building, and business premises in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as the citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD may acquire ownership over apartments and offices in Republic of Macedonia by contract only under the condition of reciprocity\nArt. 245\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as domestic legal entities and natural persons, citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeigners who reside in states who are not members of the EU or OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia under the condition of reciprocity and with the consent of the Ministry of Justice and the opinion of the Ministry of Transport and Relations and the Ministry of Finance\nArt. 246\nForeign natural persons and legal entities cannot acquire the right of ownership of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural persons and legal entities may, under the conditions of reciprocity, acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, on the basis of consent of the minister of justice, upon previously acquired opinion of the minister of agriculture, forestry and water resource management and the minister of finance [...]\" (Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation])","Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.slvesnik.com.mk/besplaten-pristap-do-izdanija.nspx#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2681,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MKD","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.000625","Foreign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD [including their branches in North Macedonia] may only acquire ownership over apartments and offices in North Macedonia subject to reciprocity. In the case of land, they may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease subject to both reciprocity and approval by the Government. Reciprocity, however, is not needed for foreign-owned locally-incoporated firms. EU and OECD investors can also invest in the same manner as the citizens and legal entities of North Macedonia. With regard to acquiring ownership on agricultural land in North Macedonia, this right remains exclusively reserved for North Macedonian citizens and legal entities. Foreign investors [including branches of EU and OECD resident companies] may only acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of North Macedonia under the conditions of reciprocity and subject to government approval. ","\"(PART FOUR -  REAL RIGHTS OF FOREIGN PERSONS)\nArt. 241\n[...] A foreign legal entity, according to this law, is considered to be a legal entity which has a registered headquarters outside the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, unless it is otherwise determined by law.\nArt. 244\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership of an apartment, residential building, and business premises in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as the citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD may acquire ownership over apartments and offices in Republic of Macedonia by contract only under the condition of reciprocity\nArt. 245\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as domestic legal entities and natural persons, citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeigners who reside in states who are not members of the EU or OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia under the condition of reciprocity and with the consent of the Ministry of Justice and the opinion of the Ministry of Transport and Relations and the Ministry of Finance\nArt. 246\nForeign natural persons and legal entities cannot acquire the right of ownership of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural persons and legal entities may, under the conditions of reciprocity, acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, on the basis of consent of the minister of justice, upon previously acquired opinion of the minister of agriculture, forestry and water resource management and the minister of finance [...]\" (Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation])","Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.slvesnik.com.mk/besplaten-pristap-do-izdanija.nspx#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2681,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0004","Maritime cabotage and inland water transport services were previously reserved for national shipping companies with majority Peruvian ownership (51% of the paid-in capital owned by Peruvian citizens) and where the Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager were Peruvian nationals. The captain and crew of the ships of national shipping companies were also required to hold Peruvian nationality.\nIn 2018, maritime cabotage transport of passengers and cargo (except for the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas) was liberalised by Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 stipulates that cabotage may be carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru with foreign or national capital, lifting the previous Peruvian majority ownership and nationality requirements for directors and management for such a legal entity. Shipping companies carrying out maritime cabotage are also exempted from the requirement to have a crew consisting exclusively of Peruvian nationals, including the captain of the ship. Companies engaging in the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas remain subject to the previously applied restrictions. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018 entered into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of its implementing regulations.","\"Article 4.- Definitions\nFor the application of this Law, it is understood by:\n1. National Shipowner or National Shipping Company.- To the natural person of Peruvian nationality or legal person incorporated in Peru, with main domicile, real and effective headquarters in the country, that is dedicated to the service of water transport in national traffic or cabotage and / or international traffic and is the owner or lessee under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with compulsory purchase option, of at least one Peruvian-flag merchant ship and has obtained the corresponding Operation Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport.\nThe property of the legal entity must be national and that at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the company, subscribed and paid, must be owned by Peruvian citizens. The Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager must be of Peruvian nationality and reside in Peru.\n[...]\nArticle 6.- On the Operation Permits for the Merchant Marine\n6.1 The Operation Permit is the administrative authorization with an indefinite term to carry out maritime, river and lake transport activities granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport to a national shipowner or national shipping company, certifying that it has submitted all the documentation and complied with the requirements indicated in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision. Said permit must be issued within seven (7) calendar days of the application.\nThe General Directorate of Aquatic Transportation will issue a conditional Operation Permit, valid for one hundred and eighty (180) days, which enables the acquisition of the ship in the modalities established by paragraph 1 of article 4. Said permit automatically becomes indefinite from the date of moment in which the shipowner acquires the ship and delivers the proofs of compliance, at the same time, of the requirements established in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision of the Capital Law.\n[...]\nArticle 7.- Cabotage transport\n7.1 Commercial water transport in national or cabotage traffic is reserved exclusively for Peruvian-flag merchant ships owned by the National Shipowner or National Shipping Company or under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with a mandatory purchase option; Except as provided in section 7.4.\n7.2 For water transport between Peruvian ports only, and in cases of non-existence of own or leased vessels under the modalities referred to in paragraph 7.1, the chartering of foreign flag vessels will be allowed to be operated only by national shipowners or national shipping companies, for a period of three years from the issuance of the respective operating permit granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications. Said period can be extended for a period of up to a maximum of one year, by the Ministry of Transport and Communications at the request of the national shipowner or national shipping company\n7.3 The National Shipowners or National Shipping Companies must send a copy of the charter contract to the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport. The General Directorate of Aquatic Transport will issue the charter certificate of foreign flag vessels, upon verification of the absence of national flag vessels.\n[...]\nArticle 13.- Of the competition regime [...]\n13.6 The captain and crew of the ships of the national shipping companies will be of Peruvian nationality in their entirety, authorized by the General Directorate of Captaincies and Coast Guard. In exceptional cases and after the finding of non-availability of Peruvian personnel duly qualified and with experience in the type of ship in question, the contracting of services of foreign nationality could be authorized, up to a maximum of fifteen percent (15%) of the total crew of each ship and for the limited time. This exception does not apply to the captain of the ship.[...]\" (Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2. Scope of application\n2.1. This Legislative Decree applies to all natural or legal persons, under public or private law and entities of the Public Administration linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast.\n2.2. The maritime transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas, is excluded from the effects of this Legislative Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Access to maritime cabotage for passengers and cargo\nThe maritime cabotage traffic of passengers and cargo is carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru, with social capital of national or foreign origin and that has obtained the corresponding Operating Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transportation and Communications, excepting the provisions of paragraph 1 of article 4, in paragraphs 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 of article 7, in paragraph 13.6 of article 13 and in the Second Transitory and Final Provision of Law No. 28583, Law of Reactivation and Promotion of the National Merchant Marine.\n[...]\nFinal Supplementary Provisions [...]\nSECOND. Validity\nThis Legislative Decree enters into force as of the day following the publication of its Regulations.\n[...]\nTransitional Supplementary Provision\nONLY. Temporary exception for national and foreign shipping companies\nExcept for the natural person or legal entity, with social capital of national or foreign origin linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for a period of three (3) years from the effective date of this Legislative Decree, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding operating permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications, in order to generate a greater supply of vessels to meet the needs of the maritime transport by cabotage traffic, for the benefit of users and the competitiveness of the country.\nThe Ministry of Transportation and Communications must evaluate the continuity of this provision according to the benefits that are registered after the expiration of the three (3) year period from the effective date of this regulation.\nIf applicable, the extension of the term is established by a supreme decree endorsed by the Minister of Transport and Communications.\n(*) In accordance with the First Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, the national or foreign natural person or the legal person with capital is excepted company of national or foreign origin, linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for the period indicated in this Provision, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding permission of operation issued by the DTA. As long as the indicated exception lasts, the natural or legal persons mentioned above are only obliged to obtain the Certificate of Transport Safety Conditions.\n(*) In accordance with the Third Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, it is provided that the Ministry of Transportation and Communications within a period of one (1 ) year before the end of the three (3) years, indicated in this Provision, performs the impact assessment that allows evaluating the continuity or not of the exemption for national or foreign natural or legal persons.[...]\" (Legislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision [google translation])","Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13\nLegislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision\nSupreme Decree approving the Regulation of Legislative Decree No. 1413 (No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H896669\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1216098\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1241083\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3704,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0002","Maritime cabotage and inland water transport services were previously reserved for national shipping companies with majority Peruvian ownership (51% of the paid-in capital owned by Peruvian citizens) and where the Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager were Peruvian nationals. The captain and crew of the ships of national shipping companies were also required to hold Peruvian nationality.\nIn 2018, maritime cabotage transport of passengers and cargo (except for the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas) was liberalised by Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 stipulates that cabotage may be carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru with foreign or national capital, lifting the previous Peruvian majority ownership and nationality requirements for directors and management for such a legal entity. Shipping companies carrying out maritime cabotage are also exempted from the requirement to have a crew consisting exclusively of Peruvian nationals, including the captain of the ship. Companies engaging in the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas remain subject to the previously applied restrictions. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018 entered into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of its implementing regulations.","\"Article 4.- Definitions\nFor the application of this Law, it is understood by:\n1. National Shipowner or National Shipping Company.- To the natural person of Peruvian nationality or legal person incorporated in Peru, with main domicile, real and effective headquarters in the country, that is dedicated to the service of water transport in national traffic or cabotage and / or international traffic and is the owner or lessee under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with compulsory purchase option, of at least one Peruvian-flag merchant ship and has obtained the corresponding Operation Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport.\nThe property of the legal entity must be national and that at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the company, subscribed and paid, must be owned by Peruvian citizens. The Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager must be of Peruvian nationality and reside in Peru.\n[...]\nArticle 6.- On the Operation Permits for the Merchant Marine\n6.1 The Operation Permit is the administrative authorization with an indefinite term to carry out maritime, river and lake transport activities granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport to a national shipowner or national shipping company, certifying that it has submitted all the documentation and complied with the requirements indicated in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision. Said permit must be issued within seven (7) calendar days of the application.\nThe General Directorate of Aquatic Transportation will issue a conditional Operation Permit, valid for one hundred and eighty (180) days, which enables the acquisition of the ship in the modalities established by paragraph 1 of article 4. Said permit automatically becomes indefinite from the date of moment in which the shipowner acquires the ship and delivers the proofs of compliance, at the same time, of the requirements established in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision of the Capital Law.\n[...]\nArticle 7.- Cabotage transport\n7.1 Commercial water transport in national or cabotage traffic is reserved exclusively for Peruvian-flag merchant ships owned by the National Shipowner or National Shipping Company or under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with a mandatory purchase option; Except as provided in section 7.4.\n7.2 For water transport between Peruvian ports only, and in cases of non-existence of own or leased vessels under the modalities referred to in paragraph 7.1, the chartering of foreign flag vessels will be allowed to be operated only by national shipowners or national shipping companies, for a period of three years from the issuance of the respective operating permit granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications. Said period can be extended for a period of up to a maximum of one year, by the Ministry of Transport and Communications at the request of the national shipowner or national shipping company\n7.3 The National Shipowners or National Shipping Companies must send a copy of the charter contract to the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport. The General Directorate of Aquatic Transport will issue the charter certificate of foreign flag vessels, upon verification of the absence of national flag vessels.\n[...]\nArticle 13.- Of the competition regime [...]\n13.6 The captain and crew of the ships of the national shipping companies will be of Peruvian nationality in their entirety, authorized by the General Directorate of Captaincies and Coast Guard. In exceptional cases and after the finding of non-availability of Peruvian personnel duly qualified and with experience in the type of ship in question, the contracting of services of foreign nationality could be authorized, up to a maximum of fifteen percent (15%) of the total crew of each ship and for the limited time. This exception does not apply to the captain of the ship.[...]\" (Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2. Scope of application\n2.1. This Legislative Decree applies to all natural or legal persons, under public or private law and entities of the Public Administration linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast.\n2.2. The maritime transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas, is excluded from the effects of this Legislative Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Access to maritime cabotage for passengers and cargo\nThe maritime cabotage traffic of passengers and cargo is carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru, with social capital of national or foreign origin and that has obtained the corresponding Operating Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transportation and Communications, excepting the provisions of paragraph 1 of article 4, in paragraphs 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 of article 7, in paragraph 13.6 of article 13 and in the Second Transitory and Final Provision of Law No. 28583, Law of Reactivation and Promotion of the National Merchant Marine.\n[...]\nFinal Supplementary Provisions [...]\nSECOND. Validity\nThis Legislative Decree enters into force as of the day following the publication of its Regulations.\n[...]\nTransitional Supplementary Provision\nONLY. Temporary exception for national and foreign shipping companies\nExcept for the natural person or legal entity, with social capital of national or foreign origin linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for a period of three (3) years from the effective date of this Legislative Decree, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding operating permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications, in order to generate a greater supply of vessels to meet the needs of the maritime transport by cabotage traffic, for the benefit of users and the competitiveness of the country.\nThe Ministry of Transportation and Communications must evaluate the continuity of this provision according to the benefits that are registered after the expiration of the three (3) year period from the effective date of this regulation.\nIf applicable, the extension of the term is established by a supreme decree endorsed by the Minister of Transport and Communications.\n(*) In accordance with the First Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, the national or foreign natural person or the legal person with capital is excepted company of national or foreign origin, linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for the period indicated in this Provision, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding permission of operation issued by the DTA. As long as the indicated exception lasts, the natural or legal persons mentioned above are only obliged to obtain the Certificate of Transport Safety Conditions.\n(*) In accordance with the Third Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, it is provided that the Ministry of Transportation and Communications within a period of one (1 ) year before the end of the three (3) years, indicated in this Provision, performs the impact assessment that allows evaluating the continuity or not of the exemption for national or foreign natural or legal persons.[...]\" (Legislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision [google translation])","Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13\nLegislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision\nSupreme Decree approving the Regulation of Legislative Decree No. 1413 (No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H896669\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1216098\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1241083\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,914,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0002","Maritime cabotage and inland water transport services were previously reserved for national shipping companies with majority Peruvian ownership (51% of the paid-in capital owned by Peruvian citizens) and where the Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager were Peruvian nationals. The captain and crew of the ships of national shipping companies were also required to hold Peruvian nationality.\nIn 2018, maritime cabotage transport of passengers and cargo (except for the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas) was liberalised by Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 stipulates that cabotage may be carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru with foreign or national capital, lifting the previous Peruvian majority ownership and nationality requirements for directors and management for such a legal entity. Shipping companies carrying out maritime cabotage are also exempted from the requirement to have a crew consisting exclusively of Peruvian nationals, including the captain of the ship. Companies engaging in the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas remain subject to the previously applied restrictions. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018 entered into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of its implementing regulations.","\"Article 4.- Definitions\nFor the application of this Law, it is understood by:\n1. National Shipowner or National Shipping Company.- To the natural person of Peruvian nationality or legal person incorporated in Peru, with main domicile, real and effective headquarters in the country, that is dedicated to the service of water transport in national traffic or cabotage and / or international traffic and is the owner or lessee under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with compulsory purchase option, of at least one Peruvian-flag merchant ship and has obtained the corresponding Operation Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport.\nThe property of the legal entity must be national and that at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the company, subscribed and paid, must be owned by Peruvian citizens. The Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager must be of Peruvian nationality and reside in Peru.\n[...]\nArticle 6.- On the Operation Permits for the Merchant Marine\n6.1 The Operation Permit is the administrative authorization with an indefinite term to carry out maritime, river and lake transport activities granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport to a national shipowner or national shipping company, certifying that it has submitted all the documentation and complied with the requirements indicated in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision. Said permit must be issued within seven (7) calendar days of the application.\nThe General Directorate of Aquatic Transportation will issue a conditional Operation Permit, valid for one hundred and eighty (180) days, which enables the acquisition of the ship in the modalities established by paragraph 1 of article 4. Said permit automatically becomes indefinite from the date of moment in which the shipowner acquires the ship and delivers the proofs of compliance, at the same time, of the requirements established in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision of the Capital Law.\n[...]\nArticle 7.- Cabotage transport\n7.1 Commercial water transport in national or cabotage traffic is reserved exclusively for Peruvian-flag merchant ships owned by the National Shipowner or National Shipping Company or under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with a mandatory purchase option; Except as provided in section 7.4.\n7.2 For water transport between Peruvian ports only, and in cases of non-existence of own or leased vessels under the modalities referred to in paragraph 7.1, the chartering of foreign flag vessels will be allowed to be operated only by national shipowners or national shipping companies, for a period of three years from the issuance of the respective operating permit granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications. Said period can be extended for a period of up to a maximum of one year, by the Ministry of Transport and Communications at the request of the national shipowner or national shipping company\n7.3 The National Shipowners or National Shipping Companies must send a copy of the charter contract to the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport. The General Directorate of Aquatic Transport will issue the charter certificate of foreign flag vessels, upon verification of the absence of national flag vessels.\n[...]\nArticle 13.- Of the competition regime [...]\n13.6 The captain and crew of the ships of the national shipping companies will be of Peruvian nationality in their entirety, authorized by the General Directorate of Captaincies and Coast Guard. In exceptional cases and after the finding of non-availability of Peruvian personnel duly qualified and with experience in the type of ship in question, the contracting of services of foreign nationality could be authorized, up to a maximum of fifteen percent (15%) of the total crew of each ship and for the limited time. This exception does not apply to the captain of the ship.[...]\" (Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2. Scope of application\n2.1. This Legislative Decree applies to all natural or legal persons, under public or private law and entities of the Public Administration linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast.\n2.2. The maritime transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas, is excluded from the effects of this Legislative Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Access to maritime cabotage for passengers and cargo\nThe maritime cabotage traffic of passengers and cargo is carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru, with social capital of national or foreign origin and that has obtained the corresponding Operating Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transportation and Communications, excepting the provisions of paragraph 1 of article 4, in paragraphs 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 of article 7, in paragraph 13.6 of article 13 and in the Second Transitory and Final Provision of Law No. 28583, Law of Reactivation and Promotion of the National Merchant Marine.\n[...]\nFinal Supplementary Provisions [...]\nSECOND. Validity\nThis Legislative Decree enters into force as of the day following the publication of its Regulations.\n[...]\nTransitional Supplementary Provision\nONLY. Temporary exception for national and foreign shipping companies\nExcept for the natural person or legal entity, with social capital of national or foreign origin linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for a period of three (3) years from the effective date of this Legislative Decree, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding operating permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications, in order to generate a greater supply of vessels to meet the needs of the maritime transport by cabotage traffic, for the benefit of users and the competitiveness of the country.\nThe Ministry of Transportation and Communications must evaluate the continuity of this provision according to the benefits that are registered after the expiration of the three (3) year period from the effective date of this regulation.\nIf applicable, the extension of the term is established by a supreme decree endorsed by the Minister of Transport and Communications.\n(*) In accordance with the First Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, the national or foreign natural person or the legal person with capital is excepted company of national or foreign origin, linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for the period indicated in this Provision, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding permission of operation issued by the DTA. As long as the indicated exception lasts, the natural or legal persons mentioned above are only obliged to obtain the Certificate of Transport Safety Conditions.\n(*) In accordance with the Third Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, it is provided that the Ministry of Transportation and Communications within a period of one (1 ) year before the end of the three (3) years, indicated in this Provision, performs the impact assessment that allows evaluating the continuity or not of the exemption for national or foreign natural or legal persons.[...]\" (Legislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision [google translation])","Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13\nLegislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision\nSupreme Decree approving the Regulation of Legislative Decree No. 1413 (No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H896669\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1216098\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1241083\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,914,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0002","Maritime cabotage and inland water transport services were previously reserved for national shipping companies with majority Peruvian ownership (51% of the paid-in capital owned by Peruvian citizens) and where the Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager were Peruvian nationals. The captain and crew of the ships of national shipping companies were also required to hold Peruvian nationality.\nIn 2018, maritime cabotage transport of passengers and cargo (except for the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas) was liberalised by Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 stipulates that cabotage may be carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru with foreign or national capital, lifting the previous Peruvian majority ownership and nationality requirements for directors and management for such a legal entity. Shipping companies carrying out maritime cabotage are also exempted from the requirement to have a crew consisting exclusively of Peruvian nationals, including the captain of the ship. Companies engaging in the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas remain subject to the previously applied restrictions. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018 entered into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of its implementing regulations.","\"Article 4.- Definitions\nFor the application of this Law, it is understood by:\n1. National Shipowner or National Shipping Company.- To the natural person of Peruvian nationality or legal person incorporated in Peru, with main domicile, real and effective headquarters in the country, that is dedicated to the service of water transport in national traffic or cabotage and / or international traffic and is the owner or lessee under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with compulsory purchase option, of at least one Peruvian-flag merchant ship and has obtained the corresponding Operation Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport.\nThe property of the legal entity must be national and that at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the company, subscribed and paid, must be owned by Peruvian citizens. The Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager must be of Peruvian nationality and reside in Peru.\n[...]\nArticle 6.- On the Operation Permits for the Merchant Marine\n6.1 The Operation Permit is the administrative authorization with an indefinite term to carry out maritime, river and lake transport activities granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport to a national shipowner or national shipping company, certifying that it has submitted all the documentation and complied with the requirements indicated in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision. Said permit must be issued within seven (7) calendar days of the application.\nThe General Directorate of Aquatic Transportation will issue a conditional Operation Permit, valid for one hundred and eighty (180) days, which enables the acquisition of the ship in the modalities established by paragraph 1 of article 4. Said permit automatically becomes indefinite from the date of moment in which the shipowner acquires the ship and delivers the proofs of compliance, at the same time, of the requirements established in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision of the Capital Law.\n[...]\nArticle 7.- Cabotage transport\n7.1 Commercial water transport in national or cabotage traffic is reserved exclusively for Peruvian-flag merchant ships owned by the National Shipowner or National Shipping Company or under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with a mandatory purchase option; Except as provided in section 7.4.\n7.2 For water transport between Peruvian ports only, and in cases of non-existence of own or leased vessels under the modalities referred to in paragraph 7.1, the chartering of foreign flag vessels will be allowed to be operated only by national shipowners or national shipping companies, for a period of three years from the issuance of the respective operating permit granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications. Said period can be extended for a period of up to a maximum of one year, by the Ministry of Transport and Communications at the request of the national shipowner or national shipping company\n7.3 The National Shipowners or National Shipping Companies must send a copy of the charter contract to the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport. The General Directorate of Aquatic Transport will issue the charter certificate of foreign flag vessels, upon verification of the absence of national flag vessels.\n[...]\nArticle 13.- Of the competition regime [...]\n13.6 The captain and crew of the ships of the national shipping companies will be of Peruvian nationality in their entirety, authorized by the General Directorate of Captaincies and Coast Guard. In exceptional cases and after the finding of non-availability of Peruvian personnel duly qualified and with experience in the type of ship in question, the contracting of services of foreign nationality could be authorized, up to a maximum of fifteen percent (15%) of the total crew of each ship and for the limited time. This exception does not apply to the captain of the ship.[...]\" (Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2. Scope of application\n2.1. This Legislative Decree applies to all natural or legal persons, under public or private law and entities of the Public Administration linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast.\n2.2. The maritime transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas, is excluded from the effects of this Legislative Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Access to maritime cabotage for passengers and cargo\nThe maritime cabotage traffic of passengers and cargo is carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru, with social capital of national or foreign origin and that has obtained the corresponding Operating Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transportation and Communications, excepting the provisions of paragraph 1 of article 4, in paragraphs 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 of article 7, in paragraph 13.6 of article 13 and in the Second Transitory and Final Provision of Law No. 28583, Law of Reactivation and Promotion of the National Merchant Marine.\n[...]\nFinal Supplementary Provisions [...]\nSECOND. Validity\nThis Legislative Decree enters into force as of the day following the publication of its Regulations.\n[...]\nTransitional Supplementary Provision\nONLY. Temporary exception for national and foreign shipping companies\nExcept for the natural person or legal entity, with social capital of national or foreign origin linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for a period of three (3) years from the effective date of this Legislative Decree, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding operating permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications, in order to generate a greater supply of vessels to meet the needs of the maritime transport by cabotage traffic, for the benefit of users and the competitiveness of the country.\nThe Ministry of Transportation and Communications must evaluate the continuity of this provision according to the benefits that are registered after the expiration of the three (3) year period from the effective date of this regulation.\nIf applicable, the extension of the term is established by a supreme decree endorsed by the Minister of Transport and Communications.\n(*) In accordance with the First Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, the national or foreign natural person or the legal person with capital is excepted company of national or foreign origin, linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for the period indicated in this Provision, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding permission of operation issued by the DTA. As long as the indicated exception lasts, the natural or legal persons mentioned above are only obliged to obtain the Certificate of Transport Safety Conditions.\n(*) In accordance with the Third Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, it is provided that the Ministry of Transportation and Communications within a period of one (1 ) year before the end of the three (3) years, indicated in this Provision, performs the impact assessment that allows evaluating the continuity or not of the exemption for national or foreign natural or legal persons.[...]\" (Legislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision [google translation])","Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13\nLegislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision\nSupreme Decree approving the Regulation of Legislative Decree No. 1413 (No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H896669\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1216098\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1241083\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,914,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0004","At least half plus one of the directors, managers, and persons who control or manage a company rendering domestic commercial aviation service must be Peruvian nationals or have permanent residence in the Republic of Peru.","\"Article 79.- Of the National Commercial Aviation\n79.1 National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons.\n79.2 A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements within its corporate constitution:\na) Have established their main domicile in the territory of the Republic;\nb) At least half plus one of the directors, managers and persons in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality or have permanent domicile in Peru, and\nc) The property of the legal person must be substantially national. At least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the company's capital stock must be Peruvian-owned and under the real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality with permanent domicile in Peru. The regulations shall establish the term of validity of this limitation.[...]\" (Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 159.- National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons. A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements:\na) Be constituted in accordance with Peruvian laws and have its domicile in Peru and indicate in its corporate purpose the commercial aviation activity, to which it will be dedicated. To be considered domiciled, it must develop its main activities and install its administration in Peru;\nb) Half plus one of the directors, managers and persons who are in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality with domicile in Peru or, in the case of being foreigners, must have domicile or habitual residence in Peru;\nc) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the legal entity must be owned by Peruvians and be under real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality who have domicile or habitual residence in the Peru;\nArticle 160.- The percentage of the capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained for six (6) months from the effective date of the operation permit, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%). (*)\n(*) Article modified by Article One of Supreme Decree No. 038-2007-MTC, published on October 26, 2007, the text of which is as follows:\n\"Article 160.- The percentage of capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained during the first six (6) months from of the validity of the first operating permit obtained by the Peruvian legal entity, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%).\nFor this purpose, in the case of public limited companies, the shares without voting rights are not computable in the determination of the percentage of the capital stock.\"\n[...]\nTitle XIX - Complementary Provisions [...]\nSixth.- The limitation established in literal c) of Article 79.2 of the Law, will not be applicable to those companies that were established under Law No. 24882, who may maintain the ownership percentages within the margins established therein.[...]\" (Regulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision [google translation])","Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79\nRegulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H790663\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H818624\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,911,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0004","At least half plus one of the directors, managers, and persons who control or manage a company rendering domestic commercial aviation service must be Peruvian nationals or have permanent residence in the Republic of Peru.","\"Article 79.- Of the National Commercial Aviation\n79.1 National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons.\n79.2 A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements within its corporate constitution:\na) Have established their main domicile in the territory of the Republic;\nb) At least half plus one of the directors, managers and persons in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality or have permanent domicile in Peru, and\nc) The property of the legal person must be substantially national. At least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the company's capital stock must be Peruvian-owned and under the real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality with permanent domicile in Peru. The regulations shall establish the term of validity of this limitation.[...]\" (Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 159.- National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons. A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements:\na) Be constituted in accordance with Peruvian laws and have its domicile in Peru and indicate in its corporate purpose the commercial aviation activity, to which it will be dedicated. To be considered domiciled, it must develop its main activities and install its administration in Peru;\nb) Half plus one of the directors, managers and persons who are in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality with domicile in Peru or, in the case of being foreigners, must have domicile or habitual residence in Peru;\nc) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the legal entity must be owned by Peruvians and be under real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality who have domicile or habitual residence in the Peru;\nArticle 160.- The percentage of the capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained for six (6) months from the effective date of the operation permit, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%). (*)\n(*) Article modified by Article One of Supreme Decree No. 038-2007-MTC, published on October 26, 2007, the text of which is as follows:\n\"Article 160.- The percentage of capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained during the first six (6) months from of the validity of the first operating permit obtained by the Peruvian legal entity, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%).\nFor this purpose, in the case of public limited companies, the shares without voting rights are not computable in the determination of the percentage of the capital stock.\"\n[...]\nTitle XIX - Complementary Provisions [...]\nSixth.- The limitation established in literal c) of Article 79.2 of the Law, will not be applicable to those companies that were established under Law No. 24882, who may maintain the ownership percentages within the margins established therein.[...]\" (Regulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision [google translation])","Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79\nRegulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H790663\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H818624\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,911,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.0004","At least half plus one of the directors, managers, and persons who control or manage a company rendering domestic commercial aviation service must be Peruvian nationals or have permanent residence in the Republic of Peru.","\"Article 79.- Of the National Commercial Aviation\n79.1 National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons.\n79.2 A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements within its corporate constitution:\na) Have established their main domicile in the territory of the Republic;\nb) At least half plus one of the directors, managers and persons in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality or have permanent domicile in Peru, and\nc) The property of the legal person must be substantially national. At least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the company's capital stock must be Peruvian-owned and under the real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality with permanent domicile in Peru. The regulations shall establish the term of validity of this limitation.[...]\" (Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 159.- National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons. A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements:\na) Be constituted in accordance with Peruvian laws and have its domicile in Peru and indicate in its corporate purpose the commercial aviation activity, to which it will be dedicated. To be considered domiciled, it must develop its main activities and install its administration in Peru;\nb) Half plus one of the directors, managers and persons who are in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality with domicile in Peru or, in the case of being foreigners, must have domicile or habitual residence in Peru;\nc) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the legal entity must be owned by Peruvians and be under real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality who have domicile or habitual residence in the Peru;\nArticle 160.- The percentage of the capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained for six (6) months from the effective date of the operation permit, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%). (*)\n(*) Article modified by Article One of Supreme Decree No. 038-2007-MTC, published on October 26, 2007, the text of which is as follows:\n\"Article 160.- The percentage of capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained during the first six (6) months from of the validity of the first operating permit obtained by the Peruvian legal entity, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%).\nFor this purpose, in the case of public limited companies, the shares without voting rights are not computable in the determination of the percentage of the capital stock.\"\n[...]\nTitle XIX - Complementary Provisions [...]\nSixth.- The limitation established in literal c) of Article 79.2 of the Law, will not be applicable to those companies that were established under Law No. 24882, who may maintain the ownership percentages within the margins established therein.[...]\" (Regulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision [google translation])","Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79\nRegulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H790663\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H818624\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,911,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0004","At least half plus one of the directors, managers, and persons who control or manage a company rendering domestic commercial aviation service must be Peruvian nationals or have permanent residence in the Republic of Peru.","\"Article 79.- Of the National Commercial Aviation\n79.1 National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons.\n79.2 A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements within its corporate constitution:\na) Have established their main domicile in the territory of the Republic;\nb) At least half plus one of the directors, managers and persons in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality or have permanent domicile in Peru, and\nc) The property of the legal person must be substantially national. At least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the company's capital stock must be Peruvian-owned and under the real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality with permanent domicile in Peru. The regulations shall establish the term of validity of this limitation.[...]\" (Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 159.- National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons. A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements:\na) Be constituted in accordance with Peruvian laws and have its domicile in Peru and indicate in its corporate purpose the commercial aviation activity, to which it will be dedicated. To be considered domiciled, it must develop its main activities and install its administration in Peru;\nb) Half plus one of the directors, managers and persons who are in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality with domicile in Peru or, in the case of being foreigners, must have domicile or habitual residence in Peru;\nc) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the legal entity must be owned by Peruvians and be under real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality who have domicile or habitual residence in the Peru;\nArticle 160.- The percentage of the capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained for six (6) months from the effective date of the operation permit, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%). (*)\n(*) Article modified by Article One of Supreme Decree No. 038-2007-MTC, published on October 26, 2007, the text of which is as follows:\n\"Article 160.- The percentage of capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained during the first six (6) months from of the validity of the first operating permit obtained by the Peruvian legal entity, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%).\nFor this purpose, in the case of public limited companies, the shares without voting rights are not computable in the determination of the percentage of the capital stock.\"\n[...]\nTitle XIX - Complementary Provisions [...]\nSixth.- The limitation established in literal c) of Article 79.2 of the Law, will not be applicable to those companies that were established under Law No. 24882, who may maintain the ownership percentages within the margins established therein.[...]\" (Regulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision [google translation])","Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79\nRegulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H790663\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H818624\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,911,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.01875","FDI in retail trade is subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nThe regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business has, however, been slightly liberalised in December 2021. On 10 December 2021, President Rodrigo Duterte signed into law Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\"), otherwise known as 'An Act amending Republic Act No. 8762 or the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RTLA), by lowering the paid-up capital requirement for foreign retail enterprises and other purposes.' RA 11595 took effect on 21 January 2022. Hence, as of 2022, a lower threshold capital requirement is applied to FDI in retail trade business; the amendment also lifted the previous divestment requirement.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.\" (RA 8762)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRA 8762","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2349,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.01875","FDI in retail trade is subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nThe regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business has, however, been slightly liberalised in December 2021. On 10 December 2021, President Rodrigo Duterte signed into law Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\"), otherwise known as 'An Act amending Republic Act No. 8762 or the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RTLA), by lowering the paid-up capital requirement for foreign retail enterprises and other purposes.' RA 11595 took effect on 21 January 2022. Hence, as of 2022, a lower threshold capital requirement is applied to FDI in retail trade business; the amendment also lifted the previous divestment requirement.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.\" (RA 8762)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRA 8762","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2349,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.01875","FDI in retail trade is subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nThe regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business has, however, been slightly liberalised in December 2021. On 10 December 2021, President Rodrigo Duterte signed into law Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\"), otherwise known as 'An Act amending Republic Act No. 8762 or the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RTLA), by lowering the paid-up capital requirement for foreign retail enterprises and other purposes.' RA 11595 took effect on 21 January 2022. Hence, as of 2022, a lower threshold capital requirement is applied to FDI in retail trade business; the amendment also lifted the previous divestment requirement.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.\" (RA 8762)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRA 8762","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2349,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.01875","FDI in retail trade is subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nThe regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business has, however, been slightly liberalised in December 2021. On 10 December 2021, President Rodrigo Duterte signed into law Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\"), otherwise known as 'An Act amending Republic Act No. 8762 or the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RTLA), by lowering the paid-up capital requirement for foreign retail enterprises and other purposes.' RA 11595 took effect on 21 January 2022. Hence, as of 2022, a lower threshold capital requirement is applied to FDI in retail trade business; the amendment also lifted the previous divestment requirement.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.\" (RA 8762)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRA 8762","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2349,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00625","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of professions, although foreigners may practice the engineering profession subject to reciprocity.  According the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List, the corporate practice is allowed for a few engineering activities only, excluding for instance civil engineering. However, even for those activities which investments through the corporate form is explicity admitted, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of such profession may not apply: cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3, related to the Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the \"no foreign equity\" restriction is thus assume to apply to the entire sector.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions: \nAccountancy (Sec. 34, R.A. No. 9298) \nAeronautical engineering (Section 14, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Sections 15 and 31, R.A. No.10915) [...]\nArchitecture (Sections 13 and 27, R.A. No. 9266) \nChemical engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 9297 [...]\nCivil engineering (Section 25, R.A. NO, 544, as amended) [...]\nElectrical engineering (Section 38, R.A. No. 7920)\nElectronics engineering (Sections 13 and 33. R.A. No. 9292) [...]\nGeodetic engineering (Section26, R.A. No. 8560) [...]\nInterior design (Sections 15 and 29 R.A. No. 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Sections 13 and 29) R.A. No. 9053) [...]\nMechanical engineering (Section 39, R.A. No. 8495) [...]\nMetallurgical engineering (Sections 17 and 34, R.A. No. 10688) [...]\nMining engineering (Sections 15, 16, and 28, R.A. No. 10698)\nNaval architecture (Sections 13 and 31 R.A. No. 10698)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\nAeronautical engineering (Section 28, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Section 29, R.A. No. 10915)\nArchitecture (Section 37, R.A. No. 9266) [...]\nElectronics engineering (Section 28, R.A. No. 9292)\nEnvironmental planning (Section 25, R.A. No. 10587) [...]\nInterior design (Section 26, R.A. No 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Section 26, R.A. No. 9053)\nNaval Architecture (Section 30 [g], R.A. No. 10698) [...]\nSanitary engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 1364)\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)\n-----------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreignequity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)\n","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2346,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of professions, although foreigners may practice the engineering profession subject to reciprocity.  According the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List, the corporate practice is allowed for a few engineering activities only, excluding for instance civil engineering. However, even for those activities which investments through the corporate form is explicity admitted, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of such profession may not apply: cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3, related to the Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the \"no foreign equity\" restriction is thus assume to apply to the entire sector.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions: \nAccountancy (Sec. 34, R.A. No. 9298) \nAeronautical engineering (Section 14, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Sections 15 and 31, R.A. No.10915) [...]\nArchitecture (Sections 13 and 27, R.A. No. 9266) \nChemical engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 9297 [...]\nCivil engineering (Section 25, R.A. NO, 544, as amended) [...]\nElectrical engineering (Section 38, R.A. No. 7920)\nElectronics engineering (Sections 13 and 33. R.A. No. 9292) [...]\nGeodetic engineering (Section26, R.A. No. 8560) [...]\nInterior design (Sections 15 and 29 R.A. No. 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Sections 13 and 29) R.A. No. 9053) [...]\nMechanical engineering (Section 39, R.A. No. 8495) [...]\nMetallurgical engineering (Sections 17 and 34, R.A. No. 10688) [...]\nMining engineering (Sections 15, 16, and 28, R.A. No. 10698)\nNaval architecture (Sections 13 and 31 R.A. No. 10698)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\nAeronautical engineering (Section 28, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Section 29, R.A. No. 10915)\nArchitecture (Section 37, R.A. No. 9266) [...]\nElectronics engineering (Section 28, R.A. No. 9292)\nEnvironmental planning (Section 25, R.A. No. 10587) [...]\nInterior design (Section 26, R.A. No 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Section 26, R.A. No. 9053)\nNaval Architecture (Section 30 [g], R.A. No. 10698) [...]\nSanitary engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 1364)\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)\n-----------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreignequity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)\n","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2346,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00625","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of professions, although foreigners may practice the engineering profession subject to reciprocity.  According the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List, the corporate practice is allowed for a few engineering activities only, excluding for instance civil engineering. However, even for those activities which investments through the corporate form is explicity admitted, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of such profession may not apply: cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3, related to the Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the \"no foreign equity\" restriction is thus assume to apply to the entire sector.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions: \nAccountancy (Sec. 34, R.A. No. 9298) \nAeronautical engineering (Section 14, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Sections 15 and 31, R.A. No.10915) [...]\nArchitecture (Sections 13 and 27, R.A. No. 9266) \nChemical engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 9297 [...]\nCivil engineering (Section 25, R.A. NO, 544, as amended) [...]\nElectrical engineering (Section 38, R.A. No. 7920)\nElectronics engineering (Sections 13 and 33. R.A. No. 9292) [...]\nGeodetic engineering (Section26, R.A. No. 8560) [...]\nInterior design (Sections 15 and 29 R.A. No. 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Sections 13 and 29) R.A. No. 9053) [...]\nMechanical engineering (Section 39, R.A. No. 8495) [...]\nMetallurgical engineering (Sections 17 and 34, R.A. No. 10688) [...]\nMining engineering (Sections 15, 16, and 28, R.A. No. 10698)\nNaval architecture (Sections 13 and 31 R.A. No. 10698)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\nAeronautical engineering (Section 28, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Section 29, R.A. No. 10915)\nArchitecture (Section 37, R.A. No. 9266) [...]\nElectronics engineering (Section 28, R.A. No. 9292)\nEnvironmental planning (Section 25, R.A. No. 10587) [...]\nInterior design (Section 26, R.A. No 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Section 26, R.A. No. 9053)\nNaval Architecture (Section 30 [g], R.A. No. 10698) [...]\nSanitary engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 1364)\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)\n-----------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreignequity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)\n","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2346,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00625","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of professions, although foreigners may practice the engineering profession subject to reciprocity.  According the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List, the corporate practice is allowed for a few engineering activities only, excluding for instance civil engineering. However, even for those activities which investments through the corporate form is explicity admitted, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of such profession may not apply: cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3, related to the Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the \"no foreign equity\" restriction is thus assume to apply to the entire sector.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions: \nAccountancy (Sec. 34, R.A. No. 9298) \nAeronautical engineering (Section 14, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Sections 15 and 31, R.A. No.10915) [...]\nArchitecture (Sections 13 and 27, R.A. No. 9266) \nChemical engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 9297 [...]\nCivil engineering (Section 25, R.A. NO, 544, as amended) [...]\nElectrical engineering (Section 38, R.A. No. 7920)\nElectronics engineering (Sections 13 and 33. R.A. No. 9292) [...]\nGeodetic engineering (Section26, R.A. No. 8560) [...]\nInterior design (Sections 15 and 29 R.A. No. 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Sections 13 and 29) R.A. No. 9053) [...]\nMechanical engineering (Section 39, R.A. No. 8495) [...]\nMetallurgical engineering (Sections 17 and 34, R.A. No. 10688) [...]\nMining engineering (Sections 15, 16, and 28, R.A. No. 10698)\nNaval architecture (Sections 13 and 31 R.A. No. 10698)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\nAeronautical engineering (Section 28, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Section 29, R.A. No. 10915)\nArchitecture (Section 37, R.A. No. 9266) [...]\nElectronics engineering (Section 28, R.A. No. 9292)\nEnvironmental planning (Section 25, R.A. No. 10587) [...]\nInterior design (Section 26, R.A. No 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Section 26, R.A. No. 9053)\nNaval Architecture (Section 30 [g], R.A. No. 10698) [...]\nSanitary engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 1364)\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)\n-----------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreignequity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)\n","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2346,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00625","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of  professions, but foreigners may practice the architecture profession subject to reciprocity. According to the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List, the corporate practice is allowed in the Architecture sector. However, even for those activities which investments through the corporate form is explicity admitted, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of the practice of such profession by a foreigner may not apply to the corporate case: cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3, related to the Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). A similar opinion has been issued in relation to 'interior design' activity (cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04, 16 February 2016, p. 3). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the \"no foreign equity\" restriction is thus assume to apply to the entire sector.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions: \nAccountancy (Sec. 34, R.A. No. 9298) \nAeronautical engineering (Section 14, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Sections 15 and 31, R.A. No.10915) [...]\nArchitecture (Sections 13 and 27, R.A. No. 9266) \nChemical engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 9297 [...]\nCivil engineering (Section 25, R.A. NO, 544, as amended) [...]\nElectrical engineering (Section 38, R.A. No. 7920)\nElectronics engineering (Sections 13 and 33. R.A. No. 9292) [...]\nGeodetic engineering (Section26, R.A. No. 8560) [...]\nInterior design (Sections 15 and 29 R.A. No. 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Sections 13 and 29) R.A. No. 9053) [...]\nMechanical engineering (Section 39, R.A. No. 8495) [...]\nMetallurgical engineering (Sections 17 and 34, R.A. No. 10688) [...]\nMining engineering (Sections 15, 16, and 28, R.A. No. 10698)\nNaval architecture (Sections 13 and 31 R.A. No. 10698)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\nAeronautical engineering (Section 28, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Section 29, R.A. No. 10915)\nArchitecture (Section 37, R.A. No. 9266) [...]\nElectronics engineering (Section 28, R.A. No. 9292)\nEnvironmental planning (Section 25, R.A. No. 10587) [...]\nInterior design (Section 26, R.A. No 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Section 26, R.A. No. 9053)\nNaval Architecture (Section 30 [g], R.A. No. 10698) [...]\nSanitary engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 1364)\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)\n-----------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreignequity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 on Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)\n-----------------------------------\n\"In particular, you request clarification of the following:\n1. Whether the Commission will allow the registration of a domesticcorporation with foreign equity (e.g., a non-Philippine national, such as awholly-owned subsidiary of a foreign corporation) that will engage in thepractice of interior design in the Philippines.\n[...]\nWe answer your first query in the negative. [...]\nIn this connection, you pointed out that the Ninth Regular Foreign InvestmentNegative List (FINL-9) expressly disallows foreign equity in the practice of interior design.Yet, you claim that the prohibition made by FINL-9 is based on PIDA of 1998, whichexpressly did not allow corporate practice of interior design, and had not taken into accountthe new law, PIDA of 2012, which now explicitly allows corporate practice of interiordesign. In other words, you argue that, with the repeal of the PIDA of 1998, there should alsobe a change in the interpretation, i.e. corporations that will engage in the practice of interiordesign should be allowed to have foreign equity.\nWe have a contrary view. Foreign equity participation cannot be allowed in theregistration of corporations that intend to engage in the practice of interior design.\nWe base our opinion on the provision of Section 14, Article XII of the 1987Constitution, which declares that \"the practice of all professions in the Philippines shall belimited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law\".5 The provision clearly setsthe standard with regard to the practice of profession, as well as the exception thereto. As ageneral rule, the practice of all professions in the country is exclusively reserved to Filipinocitizens, except when there is a law which provides otherwise.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04 of 16 February 2016 on Registration of a Corporation to Engagein the Practice of Interior Design; Qualifications of Board of Directors)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04 of 16 February 2016 on Registration of a Corporation to Engagein the Practice of Interior Design; Qualifications of Board of Directors","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-04.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2348,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of  professions, but foreigners may practice the architecture profession subject to reciprocity. According to the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List, the corporate practice is allowed in the Architecture sector. However, even for those activities which investments through the corporate form is explicity admitted, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of the practice of such profession by a foreigner may not apply to the corporate case: cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3, related to the Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). A similar opinion has been issued in relation to 'interior design' activity (cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04, 16 February 2016, p. 3). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the \"no foreign equity\" restriction is thus assume to apply to the entire sector.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions: \nAccountancy (Sec. 34, R.A. No. 9298) \nAeronautical engineering (Section 14, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Sections 15 and 31, R.A. No.10915) [...]\nArchitecture (Sections 13 and 27, R.A. No. 9266) \nChemical engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 9297 [...]\nCivil engineering (Section 25, R.A. NO, 544, as amended) [...]\nElectrical engineering (Section 38, R.A. No. 7920)\nElectronics engineering (Sections 13 and 33. R.A. No. 9292) [...]\nGeodetic engineering (Section26, R.A. No. 8560) [...]\nInterior design (Sections 15 and 29 R.A. No. 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Sections 13 and 29) R.A. No. 9053) [...]\nMechanical engineering (Section 39, R.A. No. 8495) [...]\nMetallurgical engineering (Sections 17 and 34, R.A. No. 10688) [...]\nMining engineering (Sections 15, 16, and 28, R.A. No. 10698)\nNaval architecture (Sections 13 and 31 R.A. No. 10698)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\nAeronautical engineering (Section 28, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Section 29, R.A. No. 10915)\nArchitecture (Section 37, R.A. No. 9266) [...]\nElectronics engineering (Section 28, R.A. No. 9292)\nEnvironmental planning (Section 25, R.A. No. 10587) [...]\nInterior design (Section 26, R.A. No 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Section 26, R.A. No. 9053)\nNaval Architecture (Section 30 [g], R.A. No. 10698) [...]\nSanitary engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 1364)\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)\n-----------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreignequity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 on Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)\n-----------------------------------\n\"In particular, you request clarification of the following:\n1. Whether the Commission will allow the registration of a domesticcorporation with foreign equity (e.g., a non-Philippine national, such as awholly-owned subsidiary of a foreign corporation) that will engage in thepractice of interior design in the Philippines.\n[...]\nWe answer your first query in the negative. [...]\nIn this connection, you pointed out that the Ninth Regular Foreign InvestmentNegative List (FINL-9) expressly disallows foreign equity in the practice of interior design.Yet, you claim that the prohibition made by FINL-9 is based on PIDA of 1998, whichexpressly did not allow corporate practice of interior design, and had not taken into accountthe new law, PIDA of 2012, which now explicitly allows corporate practice of interiordesign. In other words, you argue that, with the repeal of the PIDA of 1998, there should alsobe a change in the interpretation, i.e. corporations that will engage in the practice of interiordesign should be allowed to have foreign equity.\nWe have a contrary view. Foreign equity participation cannot be allowed in theregistration of corporations that intend to engage in the practice of interior design.\nWe base our opinion on the provision of Section 14, Article XII of the 1987Constitution, which declares that \"the practice of all professions in the Philippines shall belimited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law\".5 The provision clearly setsthe standard with regard to the practice of profession, as well as the exception thereto. As ageneral rule, the practice of all professions in the country is exclusively reserved to Filipinocitizens, except when there is a law which provides otherwise.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04 of 16 February 2016 on Registration of a Corporation to Engagein the Practice of Interior Design; Qualifications of Board of Directors)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04 of 16 February 2016 on Registration of a Corporation to Engagein the Practice of Interior Design; Qualifications of Board of Directors","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-04.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2348,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00625","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of  professions, but foreigners may practice the architecture profession subject to reciprocity. According to the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List, the corporate practice is allowed in the Architecture sector. However, even for those activities which investments through the corporate form is explicity admitted, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of the practice of such profession by a foreigner may not apply to the corporate case: cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3, related to the Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). A similar opinion has been issued in relation to 'interior design' activity (cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04, 16 February 2016, p. 3). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the \"no foreign equity\" restriction is thus assume to apply to the entire sector.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions: \nAccountancy (Sec. 34, R.A. No. 9298) \nAeronautical engineering (Section 14, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Sections 15 and 31, R.A. No.10915) [...]\nArchitecture (Sections 13 and 27, R.A. No. 9266) \nChemical engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 9297 [...]\nCivil engineering (Section 25, R.A. NO, 544, as amended) [...]\nElectrical engineering (Section 38, R.A. No. 7920)\nElectronics engineering (Sections 13 and 33. R.A. No. 9292) [...]\nGeodetic engineering (Section26, R.A. No. 8560) [...]\nInterior design (Sections 15 and 29 R.A. No. 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Sections 13 and 29) R.A. No. 9053) [...]\nMechanical engineering (Section 39, R.A. No. 8495) [...]\nMetallurgical engineering (Sections 17 and 34, R.A. No. 10688) [...]\nMining engineering (Sections 15, 16, and 28, R.A. No. 10698)\nNaval architecture (Sections 13 and 31 R.A. No. 10698)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\nAeronautical engineering (Section 28, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Section 29, R.A. No. 10915)\nArchitecture (Section 37, R.A. No. 9266) [...]\nElectronics engineering (Section 28, R.A. No. 9292)\nEnvironmental planning (Section 25, R.A. No. 10587) [...]\nInterior design (Section 26, R.A. No 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Section 26, R.A. No. 9053)\nNaval Architecture (Section 30 [g], R.A. No. 10698) [...]\nSanitary engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 1364)\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)\n-----------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreignequity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 on Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)\n-----------------------------------\n\"In particular, you request clarification of the following:\n1. Whether the Commission will allow the registration of a domesticcorporation with foreign equity (e.g., a non-Philippine national, such as awholly-owned subsidiary of a foreign corporation) that will engage in thepractice of interior design in the Philippines.\n[...]\nWe answer your first query in the negative. [...]\nIn this connection, you pointed out that the Ninth Regular Foreign InvestmentNegative List (FINL-9) expressly disallows foreign equity in the practice of interior design.Yet, you claim that the prohibition made by FINL-9 is based on PIDA of 1998, whichexpressly did not allow corporate practice of interior design, and had not taken into accountthe new law, PIDA of 2012, which now explicitly allows corporate practice of interiordesign. In other words, you argue that, with the repeal of the PIDA of 1998, there should alsobe a change in the interpretation, i.e. corporations that will engage in the practice of interiordesign should be allowed to have foreign equity.\nWe have a contrary view. Foreign equity participation cannot be allowed in theregistration of corporations that intend to engage in the practice of interior design.\nWe base our opinion on the provision of Section 14, Article XII of the 1987Constitution, which declares that \"the practice of all professions in the Philippines shall belimited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law\".5 The provision clearly setsthe standard with regard to the practice of profession, as well as the exception thereto. As ageneral rule, the practice of all professions in the country is exclusively reserved to Filipinocitizens, except when there is a law which provides otherwise.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04 of 16 February 2016 on Registration of a Corporation to Engagein the Practice of Interior Design; Qualifications of Board of Directors)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04 of 16 February 2016 on Registration of a Corporation to Engagein the Practice of Interior Design; Qualifications of Board of Directors","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-04.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2348,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00625","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of  professions, but foreigners may practice the architecture profession subject to reciprocity. According to the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List, the corporate practice is allowed in the Architecture sector. However, even for those activities which investments through the corporate form is explicity admitted, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of the practice of such profession by a foreigner may not apply to the corporate case: cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3, related to the Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). A similar opinion has been issued in relation to 'interior design' activity (cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04, 16 February 2016, p. 3). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the \"no foreign equity\" restriction is thus assume to apply to the entire sector.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions: \nAccountancy (Sec. 34, R.A. No. 9298) \nAeronautical engineering (Section 14, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Sections 15 and 31, R.A. No.10915) [...]\nArchitecture (Sections 13 and 27, R.A. No. 9266) \nChemical engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 9297 [...]\nCivil engineering (Section 25, R.A. NO, 544, as amended) [...]\nElectrical engineering (Section 38, R.A. No. 7920)\nElectronics engineering (Sections 13 and 33. R.A. No. 9292) [...]\nGeodetic engineering (Section26, R.A. No. 8560) [...]\nInterior design (Sections 15 and 29 R.A. No. 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Sections 13 and 29) R.A. No. 9053) [...]\nMechanical engineering (Section 39, R.A. No. 8495) [...]\nMetallurgical engineering (Sections 17 and 34, R.A. No. 10688) [...]\nMining engineering (Sections 15, 16, and 28, R.A. No. 10698)\nNaval architecture (Sections 13 and 31 R.A. No. 10698)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\nAeronautical engineering (Section 28, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Section 29, R.A. No. 10915)\nArchitecture (Section 37, R.A. No. 9266) [...]\nElectronics engineering (Section 28, R.A. No. 9292)\nEnvironmental planning (Section 25, R.A. No. 10587) [...]\nInterior design (Section 26, R.A. No 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Section 26, R.A. No. 9053)\nNaval Architecture (Section 30 [g], R.A. No. 10698) [...]\nSanitary engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 1364)\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)\n-----------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreignequity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 on Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)\n-----------------------------------\n\"In particular, you request clarification of the following:\n1. Whether the Commission will allow the registration of a domesticcorporation with foreign equity (e.g., a non-Philippine national, such as awholly-owned subsidiary of a foreign corporation) that will engage in thepractice of interior design in the Philippines.\n[...]\nWe answer your first query in the negative. [...]\nIn this connection, you pointed out that the Ninth Regular Foreign InvestmentNegative List (FINL-9) expressly disallows foreign equity in the practice of interior design.Yet, you claim that the prohibition made by FINL-9 is based on PIDA of 1998, whichexpressly did not allow corporate practice of interior design, and had not taken into accountthe new law, PIDA of 2012, which now explicitly allows corporate practice of interiordesign. In other words, you argue that, with the repeal of the PIDA of 1998, there should alsobe a change in the interpretation, i.e. corporations that will engage in the practice of interiordesign should be allowed to have foreign equity.\nWe have a contrary view. Foreign equity participation cannot be allowed in theregistration of corporations that intend to engage in the practice of interior design.\nWe base our opinion on the provision of Section 14, Article XII of the 1987Constitution, which declares that \"the practice of all professions in the Philippines shall belimited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law\".5 The provision clearly setsthe standard with regard to the practice of profession, as well as the exception thereto. As ageneral rule, the practice of all professions in the country is exclusively reserved to Filipinocitizens, except when there is a law which provides otherwise.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04 of 16 February 2016 on Registration of a Corporation to Engagein the Practice of Interior Design; Qualifications of Board of Directors)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-04 of 16 February 2016 on Registration of a Corporation to Engagein the Practice of Interior Design; Qualifications of Board of Directors","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-04.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2348,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","B","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.021","The Constitution allow firms with up to 40% foreign equity to explore, develop and use natural resources, which minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils. Through an agreement with the President, full foreign ownership may be allowed. For the OECD FDI RRI, this is assumed to be rather an exceptionally acepted condition, as the policy is clearly in support of Filipino participation. Hence, for the purposes of the Index, the 40% foreign equity limitation has been retained. The restriction on small-scale mining is not considered since it seems to refer more to artisanal mining, relying heavily on manual labor and simple methods instead of explosives or heavy mining equipment.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n6. Small-scale mining (Sec. 3 of R.A. 7076)\n[...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\nExploration, development and utilization of natural resources (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)7 [7  Full foreign participation is allowed through financial or technical assistance agreement entered into with the President (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...] The President may enter into agreements with foreign-owned corporations involving either technical or financial assistance for large-scale exploration, development, and utilization of minerals, petroleum, and other mineral oils according to the general terms and conditions provided by law, based on real contributions to the economic growth and general welfare of the country. In such agreements, the State shall promote the development and use of local scientific and technical resources. \" (Art XII, Section 2 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definitions. – For purposes of this Act, the following terms shall be defined as follows: [...]\n(b) “Small-scale mining” refers to mining activities which rely heavily on manual labor using simple implement and methods and do not use explosives or heavy mining equipment;[...]\" (REPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 2 of the Constitution\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dayananconsulting.com/republic-act-7076/\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","B","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.021","The Constitution allow firms with up to 40% foreign equity to explore, develop and use natural resources, which minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils. Through an agreement with the President, full foreign ownership may be allowed. For the OECD FDI RRI, this is assumed to be rather an exceptionally acepted condition, as the policy is clearly in support of Filipino participation. Hence, for the purposes of the Index, the 40% foreign equity limitation has been retained. The restriction on small-scale mining is not considered since it seems to refer more to artisanal mining, relying heavily on manual labor and simple methods instead of explosives or heavy mining equipment.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n6. Small-scale mining (Sec. 3 of R.A. 7076)\n[...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\nExploration, development and utilization of natural resources (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)7 [7  Full foreign participation is allowed through financial or technical assistance agreement entered into with the President (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...] The President may enter into agreements with foreign-owned corporations involving either technical or financial assistance for large-scale exploration, development, and utilization of minerals, petroleum, and other mineral oils according to the general terms and conditions provided by law, based on real contributions to the economic growth and general welfare of the country. In such agreements, the State shall promote the development and use of local scientific and technical resources. \" (Art XII, Section 2 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definitions. – For purposes of this Act, the following terms shall be defined as follows: [...]\n(b) “Small-scale mining” refers to mining activities which rely heavily on manual labor using simple implement and methods and do not use explosives or heavy mining equipment;[...]\" (REPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 2 of the Constitution\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dayananconsulting.com/republic-act-7076/\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","B","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.021","The Constitution allow firms with up to 40% foreign equity to explore, develop and use natural resources, which minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils. Through an agreement with the President, full foreign ownership may be allowed. For the OECD FDI RRI, this is assumed to be rather an exceptionally acepted condition, as the policy is clearly in support of Filipino participation. Hence, for the purposes of the Index, the 40% foreign equity limitation has been retained. The restriction on small-scale mining is not considered since it seems to refer more to artisanal mining, relying heavily on manual labor and simple methods instead of explosives or heavy mining equipment.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n6. Small-scale mining (Sec. 3 of R.A. 7076)\n[...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\nExploration, development and utilization of natural resources (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)7 [7  Full foreign participation is allowed through financial or technical assistance agreement entered into with the President (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...] The President may enter into agreements with foreign-owned corporations involving either technical or financial assistance for large-scale exploration, development, and utilization of minerals, petroleum, and other mineral oils according to the general terms and conditions provided by law, based on real contributions to the economic growth and general welfare of the country. In such agreements, the State shall promote the development and use of local scientific and technical resources. \" (Art XII, Section 2 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definitions. – For purposes of this Act, the following terms shall be defined as follows: [...]\n(b) “Small-scale mining” refers to mining activities which rely heavily on manual labor using simple implement and methods and do not use explosives or heavy mining equipment;[...]\" (REPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 2 of the Constitution\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dayananconsulting.com/republic-act-7076/\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","B","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.021","The Constitution allow firms with up to 40% foreign equity to explore, develop and use natural resources, which minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils. Through an agreement with the President, full foreign ownership may be allowed. For the OECD FDI RRI, this is assumed to be rather an exceptionally acepted condition, as the policy is clearly in support of Filipino participation. Hence, for the purposes of the Index, the 40% foreign equity limitation has been retained. The restriction on small-scale mining is not considered since it seems to refer more to artisanal mining, relying heavily on manual labor and simple methods instead of explosives or heavy mining equipment.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n6. Small-scale mining (Sec. 3 of R.A. 7076)\n[...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\nExploration, development and utilization of natural resources (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)7 [7  Full foreign participation is allowed through financial or technical assistance agreement entered into with the President (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...] The President may enter into agreements with foreign-owned corporations involving either technical or financial assistance for large-scale exploration, development, and utilization of minerals, petroleum, and other mineral oils according to the general terms and conditions provided by law, based on real contributions to the economic growth and general welfare of the country. In such agreements, the State shall promote the development and use of local scientific and technical resources. \" (Art XII, Section 2 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definitions. – For purposes of this Act, the following terms shall be defined as follows: [...]\n(b) “Small-scale mining” refers to mining activities which rely heavily on manual labor using simple implement and methods and do not use explosives or heavy mining equipment;[...]\" (REPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 2 of the Constitution\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dayananconsulting.com/republic-act-7076/\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.0028125","FDI in retail trade is subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nThe regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business has, however, been slightly liberalised in December 2021. On 10 December 2021, President Rodrigo Duterte signed into law Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\"), otherwise known as 'An Act amending Republic Act No. 8762 or the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RTLA), by lowering the paid-up capital requirement for foreign retail enterprises and other purposes.' RA 11595 took effect on 21 January 2022. Hence, as of 2022, a lower threshold capital requirement is applied to FDI in retail trade business; the amendment also lifted the previous divestment requirement.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.\" (RA 8762)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRA 8762","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2384,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.0028125","FDI in retail trade is subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nThe regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business has, however, been slightly liberalised in December 2021. On 10 December 2021, President Rodrigo Duterte signed into law Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\"), otherwise known as 'An Act amending Republic Act No. 8762 or the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RTLA), by lowering the paid-up capital requirement for foreign retail enterprises and other purposes.' RA 11595 took effect on 21 January 2022. Hence, as of 2022, a lower threshold capital requirement is applied to FDI in retail trade business; the amendment also lifted the previous divestment requirement.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.\" (RA 8762)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRA 8762","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2384,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.0028125","Until 2021, FDI in retail trade was subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nIn 2022, the regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business was modified and restrictions on FDI were relaxed.  On 21 January 2022, Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\") amending the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RA 8762) took effect. The Act simplified the regime for foreign investment in the sector, lowered the minimum paid-up capital requirement for 'foreign retail enterprises', defined as companies which are  more than 40% owned by foreign investors, and lifted the previous divestment requirement among others. As of 2022:\n- A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Php 25 million (approximately USD 500,000) [previously the minimum paid-up capital threshold applied was USD2,500,000];\n- In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Php l0 million (approximately USD 200,000) [previously a minimum investment of USD 830,000 oer store was required]\n- The previous requirement for foreign retailers exceeding 80% of foreign shareholding to offer a minimum of 30% of their equity to the public through the stock exchange was lifted. \n- Foreign investors in retail trade activity remain subject to a reciprocity requirement. ","\"LIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than PhP25,000,000 (Section 2 of RA 11595, amending RA 8762)(6)[Footnote 6: Foreing-owned partnerships, associations or corporations are allowed: to engage in retail trade provided that: a) the foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of P25 million; b) the foreign retailer's country of origin does not prohibit entry of Filipino retailers; and c) foreign retailer with more than one physical store must have at least P10 million minimum investment per store (Section 2 of RA No. 11595 amending RA 8762)][...]\" (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Section 5 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby amended to read as follows:\n     \"Section 5. Foreign Equity Participation. – Foreign-owned partnerships, associations, and corporations may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), engage or invest in the retail trade business, under the following conditions:\n(a) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00);\n(b) The foreign retailer’s country of origin does not prohibit the entry of Filipino retailers; and\n(c) In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00): Provided, That this requirement shall not apply to foreign investors and foreign retailers who are legitimately engaged in retail trade and were not required to comply with the minimum investment per store at the time of the effectivity of this Act: Provided, further, That proof of qualification to engage in retail trade under Republic Act No. 8762 and its implementing rules and regulations is submitted to the DTI.\nThe foreign retailer shall be required to maintain in the Philippines at all times the paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), unless the foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, whichever is appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the minimum paid-up capital shall be monitored by the SEC, or by the DTI, whichever is appropriate.\"\n[...]\nSection 4. Section 7 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby deleted and replaced with a new Section 7, to read as follows:\n    \"Section 7. Labor Policy. – In all cases, the employment of foreign nationals by foreign retailers shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Labor Code on the determination of nonavailability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national, with due regard to the State policy under the Constitution to promote the preferential use of Filipino labor.\"\nSection 5. Sections 8 and 9 of Republic Act No. 8762 are hereby deleted.\nSection 6. A new Section is hereby inserted to read as follows:\n    \"Section 8. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. – Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines.\" [...](REPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”)\n------------------------------------------\n\"RULE I -  Definition of Terms\nSECTION 1. Definition of Terms. For the purposes of these Rules, the following are defined as follows: [...]\nd) \"Foreign Retailer\" shall mean a foreign national, partnership, association, or corporation of which more than forty percent (40%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by such foreign national, engaged in retail trade.\ne) \"Locally Manufactured Products\" shall mean products or goods manufactured, assembled or processed in the Philippines, regardless of the source of the raw materials and components used in the manufacture of such products or goods. [...]\nl) \"Reciprocity\" shall denote the relation between two States when each of them, by their respective laws or by treaty, allows the citizens or nationals of the other to undertake retail trade in their own territories.\n[...]\nRULE III - Registration\nSECTION 1. Registration of Foreign Retailers. Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporations, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), may engage or invest in retail trade, under the following conditions:\na) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00); and\nb) The foreign retailer's country of origin provides for reciprocity to Filipinos.\n[...]\nSECTION 3. Online Retailing. The registration requirements under Sections 1 and 2, Rule III of these Rules shall apply to foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade as defined herein, through purely online channels.\nSECTION 4. Philippine Nationals. The minimum paid-up capital requirement under Section 1 hereof as well as the minimum investment per store requirement under Section 2, Rule V of these Rules shall not apply to corporations engaged in retail trade of which at least sixty percent (60%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by citizens of the Philippines.\nRULE IV -  Exempt Transactions\nSECTION 1. Sales Not Considered as Retail. The following sales are not considered as retail:\na) Sales of a manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker of products manufactured, processed or produced by him to the general public whose capital does not exceed One hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00);\nb) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm, regardless of capital;\nc) Sales arising from restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount of capital, provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business;\nd) Sales through a single outlet owned by a manufacturer of products manufactured, processed or assembled in the Philippines, irrespective of capitalization;\ne) Sales to industrial and commercial users or consumers who use the products bought by them to render service to the general public and/or produce or manufacture of goods which are in turn sold by them; or\n[...]\nRULE V - Compliance Requirements\nSECTION 1. Maintenance of the Required Paid-up Capital. Registered foreign retailers shall maintain in the Philippines, at all times, a paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), which may be in cash or in property, unless the said foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, as appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. \n[...]\nSECTION 2. Minimum Investment Requirement per Store. Registered foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store shall comply with the minimum investment per store of at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00).\n[...]\nSECTION 5. Compliance with Labor Laws. The foreign retailer shall, in all cases, comply with the applicable provisions of labor laws, rules and regulations, including the determination of non-availability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national.\nSECTION 6. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines through any of the following:\na) Designation of a store space as Filipino section; b) Use of locally made packaging materials such as bags, boxes, or containers; c) Utilization of locally sourced raw materials in the production of the goods; or d) Any other arrangements that will promote locally manufactured products.\nRULE VI - Prohibited Activities\nSECTION 1. Prohibited Modes of Retailing. Registered foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in retailing activities outside their stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities.[...]\" (Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595)\n------------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.[...]\" (Republic Act 8762, \"Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\")","Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”\nImplementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRepublic Act 8762, \"ReRetail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\"","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011595.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://neda.gov.ph/irr-of-ra-8762-rtla-of-2000-as-amended-by-ra-11595/\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3240,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.0028125","Until 2021, FDI in retail trade was subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\n\nIn 2022, the regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business was modified and restrictions on FDI were relaxed.  On 21 January 2022, Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\") amending the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RA 8762) took effect. The Act simplified the regime for foreign investment in the sector, lowered the minimum paid-up capital requirement for 'foreign retail enterprises', defined as companies which are  more than 40% owned by foreign investors, and lifted the previous divestment requirement among others. As of 2022:\n- A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Php 25 million (approximately USD 500,000) [previously the minimum paid-up capital threshold applied was USD2,500,000];\n- In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Php l0 million (approximately USD 200,000) [previously a minimum investment of USD 830,000 oer store was required]\n- The previous requirement for foreign retailers exceeding 80% of foreign shareholding to offer a minimum of 30% of their equity to the public through the stock exchange was lifted. \n- Foreign investors in retail trade activity remain subject to a reciprocity requirement. ","\"LIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than PhP25,000,000 (Section 2 of RA 11595, amending RA 8762)(6)[Footnote 6: Foreing-owned partnerships, associations or corporations are allowed: to engage in retail trade provided that: a) the foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of P25 million; b) the foreign retailer's country of origin does not prohibit entry of Filipino retailers; and c) foreign retailer with more than one physical store must have at least P10 million minimum investment per store (Section 2 of RA No. 11595 amending RA 8762)][...]\" (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Section 5 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby amended to read as follows:\n     \"Section 5. Foreign Equity Participation. – Foreign-owned partnerships, associations, and corporations may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), engage or invest in the retail trade business, under the following conditions:\n(a) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00);\n(b) The foreign retailer’s country of origin does not prohibit the entry of Filipino retailers; and\n(c) In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00): Provided, That this requirement shall not apply to foreign investors and foreign retailers who are legitimately engaged in retail trade and were not required to comply with the minimum investment per store at the time of the effectivity of this Act: Provided, further, That proof of qualification to engage in retail trade under Republic Act No. 8762 and its implementing rules and regulations is submitted to the DTI.\nThe foreign retailer shall be required to maintain in the Philippines at all times the paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), unless the foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, whichever is appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the minimum paid-up capital shall be monitored by the SEC, or by the DTI, whichever is appropriate.\"\n[...]\nSection 4. Section 7 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby deleted and replaced with a new Section 7, to read as follows:\n    \"Section 7. Labor Policy. – In all cases, the employment of foreign nationals by foreign retailers shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Labor Code on the determination of nonavailability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national, with due regard to the State policy under the Constitution to promote the preferential use of Filipino labor.\"\nSection 5. Sections 8 and 9 of Republic Act No. 8762 are hereby deleted.\nSection 6. A new Section is hereby inserted to read as follows:\n    \"Section 8. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. – Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines.\" [...](REPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”)\n------------------------------------------\n\"RULE I -  Definition of Terms\nSECTION 1. Definition of Terms. For the purposes of these Rules, the following are defined as follows: [...]\nd) \"Foreign Retailer\" shall mean a foreign national, partnership, association, or corporation of which more than forty percent (40%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by such foreign national, engaged in retail trade.\ne) \"Locally Manufactured Products\" shall mean products or goods manufactured, assembled or processed in the Philippines, regardless of the source of the raw materials and components used in the manufacture of such products or goods. [...]\nl) \"Reciprocity\" shall denote the relation between two States when each of them, by their respective laws or by treaty, allows the citizens or nationals of the other to undertake retail trade in their own territories.\n[...]\nRULE III - Registration\nSECTION 1. Registration of Foreign Retailers. Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporations, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), may engage or invest in retail trade, under the following conditions:\na) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00); and\nb) The foreign retailer's country of origin provides for reciprocity to Filipinos.\n[...]\nSECTION 3. Online Retailing. The registration requirements under Sections 1 and 2, Rule III of these Rules shall apply to foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade as defined herein, through purely online channels.\nSECTION 4. Philippine Nationals. The minimum paid-up capital requirement under Section 1 hereof as well as the minimum investment per store requirement under Section 2, Rule V of these Rules shall not apply to corporations engaged in retail trade of which at least sixty percent (60%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by citizens of the Philippines.\nRULE IV -  Exempt Transactions\nSECTION 1. Sales Not Considered as Retail. The following sales are not considered as retail:\na) Sales of a manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker of products manufactured, processed or produced by him to the general public whose capital does not exceed One hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00);\nb) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm, regardless of capital;\nc) Sales arising from restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount of capital, provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business;\nd) Sales through a single outlet owned by a manufacturer of products manufactured, processed or assembled in the Philippines, irrespective of capitalization;\ne) Sales to industrial and commercial users or consumers who use the products bought by them to render service to the general public and/or produce or manufacture of goods which are in turn sold by them; or\n[...]\nRULE V - Compliance Requirements\nSECTION 1. Maintenance of the Required Paid-up Capital. Registered foreign retailers shall maintain in the Philippines, at all times, a paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), which may be in cash or in property, unless the said foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, as appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. \n[...]\nSECTION 2. Minimum Investment Requirement per Store. Registered foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store shall comply with the minimum investment per store of at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00).\n[...]\nSECTION 5. Compliance with Labor Laws. The foreign retailer shall, in all cases, comply with the applicable provisions of labor laws, rules and regulations, including the determination of non-availability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national.\nSECTION 6. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines through any of the following:\na) Designation of a store space as Filipino section; b) Use of locally made packaging materials such as bags, boxes, or containers; c) Utilization of locally sourced raw materials in the production of the goods; or d) Any other arrangements that will promote locally manufactured products.\nRULE VI - Prohibited Activities\nSECTION 1. Prohibited Modes of Retailing. Registered foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in retailing activities outside their stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities.[...]\" (Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595)\n------------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.[...]\" (Republic Act 8762, \"Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\")","Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”\nImplementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRepublic Act 8762, \"ReRetail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\"","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011595.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://neda.gov.ph/irr-of-ra-8762-rtla-of-2000-as-amended-by-ra-11595/\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3240,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H51_5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.002","Until 2021, FDI was limited to 40% in air transport and air transport-related infrastructure.\nOn 9 April 2022, RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limits the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution to: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. Corporations engaged in activities that were previously considered as public utilities, such as air transportation, are no longer considered as public utilities. Air transportation companies and auxiliary services, however, continue to be classified as \"critical infrastructure\", therefore  being subject to reciprocity conditions. Foreign nationals are allowed to own more than 50% of capital in public services engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure, but only if the country of such foreign nationals accords reciprocity to Philippine nationals under foreign law or a treaty. Reciprocity may be satisfied according to rights of similar value in other economic sectors, which shall be the subject of further rules by the National Economic Development Authority (NEDA).  Moreover, the amendment introduces preference for local workforce involved in public services relying on reciprocity too.","\"Sec. 3. Definition of Terms - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined as follows:\n(a) Air carrier refers to a person who undertakes, whether directly or indirectly, or by a lease or any other arrangements, to engage in air transportation services or the act of transporting persons, property, mail cargo, in whole or in part, by aircraft to points within or outside of the Philippines, as defined by Republic Act No. 9497, otherwise known as the Civil Aviation Authority Act of 2008, and Republic Act No. 776 or the Civil Aeronautics Act of the Philippines; [...]\n(d) Critical infrastructure refers to systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Philippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a debilitating impact on national security. It shall specifically refer to: (i) Telecommunications; (ii) Air carriers; (iii) Domestic Shipping; and (iv) Railways and subways. [...] (Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021)\n--------------------------------------\n\"Section l. Declaration of Policy. - The State recognizes the role ofthe private sector as one ofthe main engines for national growth and development. […] These policies are fulfilled by: (a) ensuring effective regulation ofpublic services; (b) providing reasonable rate of return to public services; (c) rationalizing foreign equity restrictions by clearly defining the term “public utilities”; and (d) instituting processes for the protection of national security.\nSec. 2. Definition of Terms. - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined asfollows: [...]\n(b) Certificates refer to any franchise, certificate of public convenience, certificate of public convenience and necessity, concession, or any other appropriate form of authorization for the operation of a public service, including a public utility, as may be applicable; [...]\n(e) Critical Infrastructure refers to any public service which owns, uses, or operates systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Phlippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a detrimental impact on national security, including telecommunications and other such vital services as may be declared by the President ofthe Philippines; [...]\n[...]\nSec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interestfor purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 25. Reciprocity Clause.- Foreign nationals shall not be allowed to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital of entities engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure unless the country of such foreign national accords reciprocity to Philippine Nationals as may be provided by foreign law, treaty orinternational agreement. Reciprocity may be satisfied by according rights of similar value in other economic sectors. [...] Unless otherwise provided by law, or by any international agreement, a public service shall employ a foreign national only after the determination of non-availability of a Philippine National who is competent, able and willingto perform the services for which the foreign nationalis desired.\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))\n-------------------------------------\n[not reproduced here] (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","Senate of the Philippines Press Release, 15 December 2021: \"Senate OKs amendments to Public Service Act\"\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/lis/bill_res.aspx?congress=18&q=SBN-2094\">Bill</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2021/1215_prib1.asp#:~:text=SBN%202094%2C%20according%20to%20Poe,operate%20as%20a%20public%20utility.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3218,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H51_5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.002","Until 2021, FDI was limited to 40% in air transport and air transport-related infrastructure.\nOn 9 April 2022, RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limits the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution to: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. Corporations engaged in activities that were previously considered as public utilities, such as air transportation, are no longer considered as public utilities. Air transportation companies and auxiliary services, however, continue to be classified as \"critical infrastructure\", therefore  being subject to reciprocity conditions. Foreign nationals are allowed to own more than 50% of capital in public services engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure, but only if the country of such foreign nationals accords reciprocity to Philippine nationals under foreign law or a treaty. Reciprocity may be satisfied according to rights of similar value in other economic sectors, which shall be the subject of further rules by the National Economic Development Authority (NEDA).  Moreover, the amendment introduces preference for local workforce involved in public services relying on reciprocity too.","\"Sec. 3. Definition of Terms - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined as follows:\n(a) Air carrier refers to a person who undertakes, whether directly or indirectly, or by a lease or any other arrangements, to engage in air transportation services or the act of transporting persons, property, mail cargo, in whole or in part, by aircraft to points within or outside of the Philippines, as defined by Republic Act No. 9497, otherwise known as the Civil Aviation Authority Act of 2008, and Republic Act No. 776 or the Civil Aeronautics Act of the Philippines; [...]\n(d) Critical infrastructure refers to systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Philippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a debilitating impact on national security. It shall specifically refer to: (i) Telecommunications; (ii) Air carriers; (iii) Domestic Shipping; and (iv) Railways and subways. [...] (Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021)\n--------------------------------------\n\"Section l. Declaration of Policy. - The State recognizes the role ofthe private sector as one ofthe main engines for national growth and development. […] These policies are fulfilled by: (a) ensuring effective regulation ofpublic services; (b) providing reasonable rate of return to public services; (c) rationalizing foreign equity restrictions by clearly defining the term “public utilities”; and (d) instituting processes for the protection of national security.\nSec. 2. Definition of Terms. - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined asfollows: [...]\n(b) Certificates refer to any franchise, certificate of public convenience, certificate of public convenience and necessity, concession, or any other appropriate form of authorization for the operation of a public service, including a public utility, as may be applicable; [...]\n(e) Critical Infrastructure refers to any public service which owns, uses, or operates systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Phlippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a detrimental impact on national security, including telecommunications and other such vital services as may be declared by the President ofthe Philippines; [...]\n[...]\nSec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interestfor purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 25. Reciprocity Clause.- Foreign nationals shall not be allowed to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital of entities engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure unless the country of such foreign national accords reciprocity to Philippine Nationals as may be provided by foreign law, treaty orinternational agreement. Reciprocity may be satisfied by according rights of similar value in other economic sectors. [...] Unless otherwise provided by law, or by any international agreement, a public service shall employ a foreign national only after the determination of non-availability of a Philippine National who is competent, able and willingto perform the services for which the foreign nationalis desired.\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))\n-------------------------------------\n[not reproduced here] (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","Senate of the Philippines Press Release, 15 December 2021: \"Senate OKs amendments to Public Service Act\"\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/lis/bill_res.aspx?congress=18&q=SBN-2094\">Bill</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2021/1215_prib1.asp#:~:text=SBN%202094%2C%20according%20to%20Poe,operate%20as%20a%20public%20utility.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3218,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H51_5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.002","Until 2021, FDI was limited to 40% in air transport and air transport-related infrastructure.\nOn 9 April 2022, RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limits the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution to: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. Corporations engaged in activities that were previously considered as public utilities, such as air transportation, are no longer considered as public utilities. Air transportation companies and auxiliary services, however, continue to be classified as \"critical infrastructure\", therefore  being subject to reciprocity conditions. Foreign nationals are allowed to own more than 50% of capital in public services engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure, but only if the country of such foreign nationals accords reciprocity to Philippine nationals under foreign law or a treaty. Reciprocity may be satisfied according to rights of similar value in other economic sectors, which shall be the subject of further rules by the National Economic Development Authority (NEDA).  Moreover, the amendment introduces preference for local workforce involved in public services relying on reciprocity too.","\"Sec. 3. Definition of Terms - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined as follows:\n(a) Air carrier refers to a person who undertakes, whether directly or indirectly, or by a lease or any other arrangements, to engage in air transportation services or the act of transporting persons, property, mail cargo, in whole or in part, by aircraft to points within or outside of the Philippines, as defined by Republic Act No. 9497, otherwise known as the Civil Aviation Authority Act of 2008, and Republic Act No. 776 or the Civil Aeronautics Act of the Philippines; [...]\n(d) Critical infrastructure refers to systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Philippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a debilitating impact on national security. It shall specifically refer to: (i) Telecommunications; (ii) Air carriers; (iii) Domestic Shipping; and (iv) Railways and subways. [...] (Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021)\n--------------------------------------\n\"Section l. Declaration of Policy. - The State recognizes the role ofthe private sector as one ofthe main engines for national growth and development. […] These policies are fulfilled by: (a) ensuring effective regulation ofpublic services; (b) providing reasonable rate of return to public services; (c) rationalizing foreign equity restrictions by clearly defining the term “public utilities”; and (d) instituting processes for the protection of national security.\nSec. 2. Definition of Terms. - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined asfollows: [...]\n(b) Certificates refer to any franchise, certificate of public convenience, certificate of public convenience and necessity, concession, or any other appropriate form of authorization for the operation of a public service, including a public utility, as may be applicable; [...]\n(e) Critical Infrastructure refers to any public service which owns, uses, or operates systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Phlippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a detrimental impact on national security, including telecommunications and other such vital services as may be declared by the President ofthe Philippines; [...]\n[...]\nSec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interestfor purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 25. Reciprocity Clause.- Foreign nationals shall not be allowed to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital of entities engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure unless the country of such foreign national accords reciprocity to Philippine Nationals as may be provided by foreign law, treaty orinternational agreement. Reciprocity may be satisfied by according rights of similar value in other economic sectors. [...] Unless otherwise provided by law, or by any international agreement, a public service shall employ a foreign national only after the determination of non-availability of a Philippine National who is competent, able and willingto perform the services for which the foreign nationalis desired.\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))\n-------------------------------------\n[not reproduced here] (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","Senate of the Philippines Press Release, 15 December 2021: \"Senate OKs amendments to Public Service Act\"\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/lis/bill_res.aspx?congress=18&q=SBN-2094\">Bill</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2021/1215_prib1.asp#:~:text=SBN%202094%2C%20according%20to%20Poe,operate%20as%20a%20public%20utility.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3218,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H51_5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.002","Until 2021, FDI was limited to 40% in air transport and air transport-related infrastructure.\nOn 9 April 2022, RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limits the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution to: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. Corporations engaged in activities that were previously considered as public utilities, such as air transportation, are no longer considered as public utilities. Air transportation companies and auxiliary services, however, continue to be classified as \"critical infrastructure\", therefore  being subject to reciprocity conditions. Foreign nationals are allowed to own more than 50% of capital in public services engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure, but only if the country of such foreign nationals accords reciprocity to Philippine nationals under foreign law or a treaty. Reciprocity may be satisfied according to rights of similar value in other economic sectors, which shall be the subject of further rules by the National Economic Development Authority (NEDA).  Moreover, the amendment introduces preference for local workforce involved in public services relying on reciprocity too.","\"Sec. 3. Definition of Terms - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined as follows:\n(a) Air carrier refers to a person who undertakes, whether directly or indirectly, or by a lease or any other arrangements, to engage in air transportation services or the act of transporting persons, property, mail cargo, in whole or in part, by aircraft to points within or outside of the Philippines, as defined by Republic Act No. 9497, otherwise known as the Civil Aviation Authority Act of 2008, and Republic Act No. 776 or the Civil Aeronautics Act of the Philippines; [...]\n(d) Critical infrastructure refers to systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Philippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a debilitating impact on national security. It shall specifically refer to: (i) Telecommunications; (ii) Air carriers; (iii) Domestic Shipping; and (iv) Railways and subways. [...] (Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021)\n--------------------------------------\n\"Section l. Declaration of Policy. - The State recognizes the role ofthe private sector as one ofthe main engines for national growth and development. […] These policies are fulfilled by: (a) ensuring effective regulation ofpublic services; (b) providing reasonable rate of return to public services; (c) rationalizing foreign equity restrictions by clearly defining the term “public utilities”; and (d) instituting processes for the protection of national security.\nSec. 2. Definition of Terms. - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined asfollows: [...]\n(b) Certificates refer to any franchise, certificate of public convenience, certificate of public convenience and necessity, concession, or any other appropriate form of authorization for the operation of a public service, including a public utility, as may be applicable; [...]\n(e) Critical Infrastructure refers to any public service which owns, uses, or operates systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Phlippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a detrimental impact on national security, including telecommunications and other such vital services as may be declared by the President ofthe Philippines; [...]\n[...]\nSec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interestfor purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 25. Reciprocity Clause.- Foreign nationals shall not be allowed to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital of entities engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure unless the country of such foreign national accords reciprocity to Philippine Nationals as may be provided by foreign law, treaty orinternational agreement. Reciprocity may be satisfied by according rights of similar value in other economic sectors. [...] Unless otherwise provided by law, or by any international agreement, a public service shall employ a foreign national only after the determination of non-availability of a Philippine National who is competent, able and willingto perform the services for which the foreign nationalis desired.\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))\n-------------------------------------\n[not reproduced here] (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","Senate of the Philippines Press Release, 15 December 2021: \"Senate OKs amendments to Public Service Act\"\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/lis/bill_res.aspx?congress=18&q=SBN-2094\">Bill</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2021/1215_prib1.asp#:~:text=SBN%202094%2C%20according%20to%20Poe,operate%20as%20a%20public%20utility.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3218,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0008","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2280,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0008","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2280,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0008","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2280,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0008","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2280,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.00125","A new Professional Corporate Law has passed in 2019 and entered into force in 2020. Accordingly, the foreign shareholding limitation of 75% in professional activities firms (e.g. law, auditing, accounting, engineering and architectural firms), which applied under the previous legislation, remained in place.","\"Article 2\nA professional company is a civil company with an independent legal personality incorporated by one person (or more) duly licensed to practice a single profession (or more), or by such licensees with others, for the purpose of practicing such professions.\nArticle 3\nA professional company shall take any of the following corporate forms:\na) Unlimited liability company.\nb) Joint-stock company.\nc) Limited partnership.\nd) Limited liability company.\n[...]\nArticle 5 [...]\n3. A professional company may be incorporated by persons licensed to practice more than one profession. A professional company may also be incorporated between a non-Saudi professional company and persons licensed to\npractice a single profession or more. The Regulations shall set the requirements for the incorporation of these companies and for their activities.\n4. A legal person or a natural person not licensed to practice any of the profession(s) of the professional company may become a partner or shareholder in such company, except in an unlimited liability company or a limited partnership with the capacity of a general partner. The Regulations shall set the relevant requirements and shall prescribe the general rules for managing such professional company in a manner that preserves the independence of professional partners and shareholders in the practice of their professions.\n[...]\nArticle 10\nA professional company may not render its professional services except through its licensed partners or shareholders. However, it may, for such purpose, engage other licensed professionals, provided they are supervised by the company and fall under its liability.[...]\" (Law of Professional Companies Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019)\n----------------------------\n\"Conditions and controls for establishing a professional company in partnership with a non-Saudi professional company\nTaking into account the provisions of the foreign investment law and related decisions, the following conditions are required to establish a professional company between a person licensed to practice one or more free professions and a non-Saudi professional company or companies: \na) The share of the Saudi licensees shall not be less than (25%) of the professional company’s capital.\nb) The non-Saudi professional company that intends to participate or contribute to the professional company should have a distinguished reputation in the field of self-employment.\nc) That the non-Saudi professional company participating in or contributing to the professional company have one or more representatives who have obtained a license to practice the free profession in the field of activity of the professional company from the competent authority in the home of the non-Saudi professional company or in his home, in each free profession in which you participate or contribute to the professional company .\nd). Obtaining the approval of the competent authority in the Kingdom in the cases where this is necessary.\ne). That the non-Saudi professional company transfer expertise and technical knowledge to the professional company and train Saudis. [...]\" (The executive regulations of the Professional Companies Law Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019 [google translation])\n----------------------------\nPreviously up to 2020 : see below\n----------------------------\n\"Article One\nPersons licensed to practice a profession may form amongst themselves civil companies enjoying corporate personality in accordance with the provisions of this Law. Licensed Saudi professionals may partner with foreign specialized professional companies, in accordance with conditions stipulated by the Minister of Commerce.\n[...]\nArticle Four\nA professional company may not practice the profession except through the partners. Nonetheless, the company may seek the assistance of licensed professionals under the supervision and responsibility of the company. [...]\" (Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH)\n----------------------------\n\"Article Five\nThe license for the establishment of mixed professional companies that take place between licensed Saudi professionals and professional foreign professional companies shall be authorized by a decision of the Minister of Commerce on the following conditions:\n1- That the foreign company has a distinguished reputation in the field of the profession.\n2- That the foreign company was established ten years ago, during which it conducted its business without interruption.\n3- The company should contribute to transferring rich experience and technology and training the Saudis.\n4- The foreign professional company must have a permanent representative - at least one - in the Kingdom, the duration of his residence should not be less than nine months in a year, and the representative must have at least a university qualification in the area of ​​the company's specialization, and that he is a member of one of the professional associations specializing in the same The profession is licensed, and his work experience should not be less than ten years in a row, and foreign companies that participated in the establishment of existing professional companies must adjust their conditions according to these conditions within a period of a maximum period of one year from the date of this decision in order to continue practicing the profession in The Kingdom.\n5- To submit a copy of its founding contract abroad, certified and translated into Arabic.\n6- The transfer of the share of a Saudi partner to a non-Saudi does not result in a decrease in the shares of the Saudi partners of 25% of the capital. [...]\" (Executive Regulation of the Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH)","Law of Professional Companies Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019\nThe executive regulations of the Professional Companies Law Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019 [google translation]\nProfessional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH\nExecutive Regulation of the Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mc.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=79e13b73-0391-43cf-b90e-ab50008c76a6\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://mc.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=79e13b73-0391-43cf-b90e-ab50008c76a6\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=3ac18b02-3a65-4009-b1ee-a81e00fcdfa4\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/ar/regulations/pages/details.aspx?lawId=71c7994d-a7fe-4e6f-938c-a84100b2237d\">Regulation</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2292,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.00125","A new Professional Corporate Law has passed in 2019 and entered into force in 2020. Accordingly, the foreign shareholding limitation of 75% in professional activities firms (e.g. law, auditing, accounting, engineering and architectural firms), which applied under the previous legislation, remained in place.","\"Article 2\nA professional company is a civil company with an independent legal personality incorporated by one person (or more) duly licensed to practice a single profession (or more), or by such licensees with others, for the purpose of practicing such professions.\nArticle 3\nA professional company shall take any of the following corporate forms:\na) Unlimited liability company.\nb) Joint-stock company.\nc) Limited partnership.\nd) Limited liability company.\n[...]\nArticle 5 [...]\n3. A professional company may be incorporated by persons licensed to practice more than one profession. A professional company may also be incorporated between a non-Saudi professional company and persons licensed to\npractice a single profession or more. The Regulations shall set the requirements for the incorporation of these companies and for their activities.\n4. A legal person or a natural person not licensed to practice any of the profession(s) of the professional company may become a partner or shareholder in such company, except in an unlimited liability company or a limited partnership with the capacity of a general partner. The Regulations shall set the relevant requirements and shall prescribe the general rules for managing such professional company in a manner that preserves the independence of professional partners and shareholders in the practice of their professions.\n[...]\nArticle 10\nA professional company may not render its professional services except through its licensed partners or shareholders. However, it may, for such purpose, engage other licensed professionals, provided they are supervised by the company and fall under its liability.[...]\" (Law of Professional Companies Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019)\n----------------------------\n\"Conditions and controls for establishing a professional company in partnership with a non-Saudi professional company\nTaking into account the provisions of the foreign investment law and related decisions, the following conditions are required to establish a professional company between a person licensed to practice one or more free professions and a non-Saudi professional company or companies: \na) The share of the Saudi licensees shall not be less than (25%) of the professional company’s capital.\nb) The non-Saudi professional company that intends to participate or contribute to the professional company should have a distinguished reputation in the field of self-employment.\nc) That the non-Saudi professional company participating in or contributing to the professional company have one or more representatives who have obtained a license to practice the free profession in the field of activity of the professional company from the competent authority in the home of the non-Saudi professional company or in his home, in each free profession in which you participate or contribute to the professional company .\nd). Obtaining the approval of the competent authority in the Kingdom in the cases where this is necessary.\ne). That the non-Saudi professional company transfer expertise and technical knowledge to the professional company and train Saudis. [...]\" (The executive regulations of the Professional Companies Law Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019 [google translation])\n----------------------------\nPreviously up to 2020 : see below\n----------------------------\n\"Article One\nPersons licensed to practice a profession may form amongst themselves civil companies enjoying corporate personality in accordance with the provisions of this Law. Licensed Saudi professionals may partner with foreign specialized professional companies, in accordance with conditions stipulated by the Minister of Commerce.\n[...]\nArticle Four\nA professional company may not practice the profession except through the partners. Nonetheless, the company may seek the assistance of licensed professionals under the supervision and responsibility of the company. [...]\" (Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH)\n----------------------------\n\"Article Five\nThe license for the establishment of mixed professional companies that take place between licensed Saudi professionals and professional foreign professional companies shall be authorized by a decision of the Minister of Commerce on the following conditions:\n1- That the foreign company has a distinguished reputation in the field of the profession.\n2- That the foreign company was established ten years ago, during which it conducted its business without interruption.\n3- The company should contribute to transferring rich experience and technology and training the Saudis.\n4- The foreign professional company must have a permanent representative - at least one - in the Kingdom, the duration of his residence should not be less than nine months in a year, and the representative must have at least a university qualification in the area of ​​the company's specialization, and that he is a member of one of the professional associations specializing in the same The profession is licensed, and his work experience should not be less than ten years in a row, and foreign companies that participated in the establishment of existing professional companies must adjust their conditions according to these conditions within a period of a maximum period of one year from the date of this decision in order to continue practicing the profession in The Kingdom.\n5- To submit a copy of its founding contract abroad, certified and translated into Arabic.\n6- The transfer of the share of a Saudi partner to a non-Saudi does not result in a decrease in the shares of the Saudi partners of 25% of the capital. [...]\" (Executive Regulation of the Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH)","Law of Professional Companies Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019\nThe executive regulations of the Professional Companies Law Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019 [google translation]\nProfessional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH\nExecutive Regulation of the Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mc.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=79e13b73-0391-43cf-b90e-ab50008c76a6\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://mc.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=79e13b73-0391-43cf-b90e-ab50008c76a6\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=3ac18b02-3a65-4009-b1ee-a81e00fcdfa4\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/ar/regulations/pages/details.aspx?lawId=71c7994d-a7fe-4e6f-938c-a84100b2237d\">Regulation</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2292,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.00125","A new Professional Corporate Law has passed in 2019 and entered into force in 2020. Accordingly, the foreign shareholding limitation of 75% in professional activities firms (e.g. law, auditing, accounting, engineering and architectural firms), which applied under the previous legislation, remained in place.","\"Article 2\nA professional company is a civil company with an independent legal personality incorporated by one person (or more) duly licensed to practice a single profession (or more), or by such licensees with others, for the purpose of practicing such professions.\nArticle 3\nA professional company shall take any of the following corporate forms:\na) Unlimited liability company.\nb) Joint-stock company.\nc) Limited partnership.\nd) Limited liability company.\n[...]\nArticle 5 [...]\n3. A professional company may be incorporated by persons licensed to practice more than one profession. A professional company may also be incorporated between a non-Saudi professional company and persons licensed to\npractice a single profession or more. The Regulations shall set the requirements for the incorporation of these companies and for their activities.\n4. A legal person or a natural person not licensed to practice any of the profession(s) of the professional company may become a partner or shareholder in such company, except in an unlimited liability company or a limited partnership with the capacity of a general partner. The Regulations shall set the relevant requirements and shall prescribe the general rules for managing such professional company in a manner that preserves the independence of professional partners and shareholders in the practice of their professions.\n[...]\nArticle 10\nA professional company may not render its professional services except through its licensed partners or shareholders. However, it may, for such purpose, engage other licensed professionals, provided they are supervised by the company and fall under its liability.[...]\" (Law of Professional Companies Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019)\n----------------------------\n\"Conditions and controls for establishing a professional company in partnership with a non-Saudi professional company\nTaking into account the provisions of the foreign investment law and related decisions, the following conditions are required to establish a professional company between a person licensed to practice one or more free professions and a non-Saudi professional company or companies: \na) The share of the Saudi licensees shall not be less than (25%) of the professional company’s capital.\nb) The non-Saudi professional company that intends to participate or contribute to the professional company should have a distinguished reputation in the field of self-employment.\nc) That the non-Saudi professional company participating in or contributing to the professional company have one or more representatives who have obtained a license to practice the free profession in the field of activity of the professional company from the competent authority in the home of the non-Saudi professional company or in his home, in each free profession in which you participate or contribute to the professional company .\nd). Obtaining the approval of the competent authority in the Kingdom in the cases where this is necessary.\ne). That the non-Saudi professional company transfer expertise and technical knowledge to the professional company and train Saudis. [...]\" (The executive regulations of the Professional Companies Law Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019 [google translation])\n----------------------------\nPreviously up to 2020 : see below\n----------------------------\n\"Article One\nPersons licensed to practice a profession may form amongst themselves civil companies enjoying corporate personality in accordance with the provisions of this Law. Licensed Saudi professionals may partner with foreign specialized professional companies, in accordance with conditions stipulated by the Minister of Commerce.\n[...]\nArticle Four\nA professional company may not practice the profession except through the partners. Nonetheless, the company may seek the assistance of licensed professionals under the supervision and responsibility of the company. [...]\" (Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH)\n----------------------------\n\"Article Five\nThe license for the establishment of mixed professional companies that take place between licensed Saudi professionals and professional foreign professional companies shall be authorized by a decision of the Minister of Commerce on the following conditions:\n1- That the foreign company has a distinguished reputation in the field of the profession.\n2- That the foreign company was established ten years ago, during which it conducted its business without interruption.\n3- The company should contribute to transferring rich experience and technology and training the Saudis.\n4- The foreign professional company must have a permanent representative - at least one - in the Kingdom, the duration of his residence should not be less than nine months in a year, and the representative must have at least a university qualification in the area of ​​the company's specialization, and that he is a member of one of the professional associations specializing in the same The profession is licensed, and his work experience should not be less than ten years in a row, and foreign companies that participated in the establishment of existing professional companies must adjust their conditions according to these conditions within a period of a maximum period of one year from the date of this decision in order to continue practicing the profession in The Kingdom.\n5- To submit a copy of its founding contract abroad, certified and translated into Arabic.\n6- The transfer of the share of a Saudi partner to a non-Saudi does not result in a decrease in the shares of the Saudi partners of 25% of the capital. [...]\" (Executive Regulation of the Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH)","Law of Professional Companies Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019\nThe executive regulations of the Professional Companies Law Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019 [google translation]\nProfessional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH\nExecutive Regulation of the Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mc.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=79e13b73-0391-43cf-b90e-ab50008c76a6\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://mc.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=79e13b73-0391-43cf-b90e-ab50008c76a6\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=3ac18b02-3a65-4009-b1ee-a81e00fcdfa4\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/ar/regulations/pages/details.aspx?lawId=71c7994d-a7fe-4e6f-938c-a84100b2237d\">Regulation</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2292,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.00125","A new Professional Corporate Law has passed in 2019 and entered into force in 2020. Accordingly, the foreign shareholding limitation of 75% in professional activities firms (e.g. law, auditing, accounting, engineering and architectural firms), which applied under the previous legislation, remained in place.","\"Article 2\nA professional company is a civil company with an independent legal personality incorporated by one person (or more) duly licensed to practice a single profession (or more), or by such licensees with others, for the purpose of practicing such professions.\nArticle 3\nA professional company shall take any of the following corporate forms:\na) Unlimited liability company.\nb) Joint-stock company.\nc) Limited partnership.\nd) Limited liability company.\n[...]\nArticle 5 [...]\n3. A professional company may be incorporated by persons licensed to practice more than one profession. A professional company may also be incorporated between a non-Saudi professional company and persons licensed to\npractice a single profession or more. The Regulations shall set the requirements for the incorporation of these companies and for their activities.\n4. A legal person or a natural person not licensed to practice any of the profession(s) of the professional company may become a partner or shareholder in such company, except in an unlimited liability company or a limited partnership with the capacity of a general partner. The Regulations shall set the relevant requirements and shall prescribe the general rules for managing such professional company in a manner that preserves the independence of professional partners and shareholders in the practice of their professions.\n[...]\nArticle 10\nA professional company may not render its professional services except through its licensed partners or shareholders. However, it may, for such purpose, engage other licensed professionals, provided they are supervised by the company and fall under its liability.[...]\" (Law of Professional Companies Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019)\n----------------------------\n\"Conditions and controls for establishing a professional company in partnership with a non-Saudi professional company\nTaking into account the provisions of the foreign investment law and related decisions, the following conditions are required to establish a professional company between a person licensed to practice one or more free professions and a non-Saudi professional company or companies: \na) The share of the Saudi licensees shall not be less than (25%) of the professional company’s capital.\nb) The non-Saudi professional company that intends to participate or contribute to the professional company should have a distinguished reputation in the field of self-employment.\nc) That the non-Saudi professional company participating in or contributing to the professional company have one or more representatives who have obtained a license to practice the free profession in the field of activity of the professional company from the competent authority in the home of the non-Saudi professional company or in his home, in each free profession in which you participate or contribute to the professional company .\nd). Obtaining the approval of the competent authority in the Kingdom in the cases where this is necessary.\ne). That the non-Saudi professional company transfer expertise and technical knowledge to the professional company and train Saudis. [...]\" (The executive regulations of the Professional Companies Law Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019 [google translation])\n----------------------------\nPreviously up to 2020 : see below\n----------------------------\n\"Article One\nPersons licensed to practice a profession may form amongst themselves civil companies enjoying corporate personality in accordance with the provisions of this Law. Licensed Saudi professionals may partner with foreign specialized professional companies, in accordance with conditions stipulated by the Minister of Commerce.\n[...]\nArticle Four\nA professional company may not practice the profession except through the partners. Nonetheless, the company may seek the assistance of licensed professionals under the supervision and responsibility of the company. [...]\" (Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH)\n----------------------------\n\"Article Five\nThe license for the establishment of mixed professional companies that take place between licensed Saudi professionals and professional foreign professional companies shall be authorized by a decision of the Minister of Commerce on the following conditions:\n1- That the foreign company has a distinguished reputation in the field of the profession.\n2- That the foreign company was established ten years ago, during which it conducted its business without interruption.\n3- The company should contribute to transferring rich experience and technology and training the Saudis.\n4- The foreign professional company must have a permanent representative - at least one - in the Kingdom, the duration of his residence should not be less than nine months in a year, and the representative must have at least a university qualification in the area of ​​the company's specialization, and that he is a member of one of the professional associations specializing in the same The profession is licensed, and his work experience should not be less than ten years in a row, and foreign companies that participated in the establishment of existing professional companies must adjust their conditions according to these conditions within a period of a maximum period of one year from the date of this decision in order to continue practicing the profession in The Kingdom.\n5- To submit a copy of its founding contract abroad, certified and translated into Arabic.\n6- The transfer of the share of a Saudi partner to a non-Saudi does not result in a decrease in the shares of the Saudi partners of 25% of the capital. [...]\" (Executive Regulation of the Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH)","Law of Professional Companies Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019\nThe executive regulations of the Professional Companies Law Royal Decree No. M/17 September 25, 2019 [google translation]\nProfessional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH\nExecutive Regulation of the Professional Companies Law issued by Royal Decree No. M / 4 dated 28/2/1412 AH","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mc.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=79e13b73-0391-43cf-b90e-ab50008c76a6\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://mc.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=79e13b73-0391-43cf-b90e-ab50008c76a6\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/ar/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=3ac18b02-3a65-4009-b1ee-a81e00fcdfa4\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/ar/regulations/pages/details.aspx?lawId=71c7994d-a7fe-4e6f-938c-a84100b2237d\">Regulation</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2292,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001083333","At least since 2014, foreign investment is not allowed in carpentry services. Since 2020, foreign investment is also restricted to the manufacturing and trading of handicrafts.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nManufacturing and trading of Handicrafts [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n-----------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nCarpentry\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nConstruction Class ii Foreign equity limited to 49%\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,193,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.001083333","At least since 2014, foreign investment is not allowed in carpentry services. Since 2020, foreign investment is also restricted to the manufacturing and trading of handicrafts.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nManufacturing and trading of Handicrafts [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n-----------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nCarpentry\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nConstruction Class ii Foreign equity limited to 49%\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,193,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.001083333","At least since 2014, foreign investment is not allowed in carpentry services. Since 2020, foreign investment is also restricted to the manufacturing and trading of handicrafts.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nManufacturing and trading of Handicrafts [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n-----------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nCarpentry\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nConstruction Class ii Foreign equity limited to 49%\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,193,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.001083333","At least since 2014, foreign investment is not allowed in carpentry services. Since 2020, foreign investment is also restricted to the manufacturing and trading of handicrafts.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nManufacturing and trading of Handicrafts [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n-----------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nCarpentry\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nConstruction Class ii Foreign equity limited to 49%\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,193,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","L68","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0135","Acquision of ownership of real estate, including for business purposes, by natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia and legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia is subject to reciprocity. The reciprocity condition also applies to acquisition of a building right on real estate.","\"Article 1 (content of the law)\nThis Act regulates the manner and procedure for determining the reciprocity determined by this Act as a condition for the acquisition of the property right of foreigners and foreign countries on real estate in the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 2 (foreigners)\nForeigners and foreigners (hereinafter: foreigners) under this Act are:\n- natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia,\n- legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 3 (application of the law and right to reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act shall be established in the event that an alien acquires ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia, if so provided by law or an international agreement governing the conditions for acquiring ownership of aliens in real estate, regardless of other conditions for acquiring ownership. on real estate. Reciprocity is determined for each property separately.\n(2) The right to establish reciprocity under this Act may be exercised by an alien who acquires the right of ownership over real estate in the manner and under the conditions determined for the acquisition of the right of ownership by the law or international agreement referred to in the preceding paragraph.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (reciprocity in building rights)\nThe existence of reciprocity shall, under the conditions determined by this Act, also be established in the case of the acquisition of a building right on real estate.\n\nArticle 6 (exceptions)\n(1) Reciprocity need not be established for the acquisition of ownership of real estate on the basis of a legal transaction concluded in the expropriation procedure, if the expropriation beneficiary is the state or a self-governing local community.\n(2) Reciprocity need not be established in the case of acquiring the right of ownership on the basis of an exchange contract, if the subject of the exchange contract are identical real estate located in the same area of ​​land in the Republic of Slovenia and are identical in area or smaller area. The opinion on the stated properties of the real estate, which is the subject of the exchange contract, is given by the competent geodetic authority. The opinion of the competent geodetic authority must be submitted by the contracting parties to the land registry permit.\n(3) Reciprocity need not be established if the alien acquires the right of ownership over the real estate on which he already holds a co-ownership share. The same applies if the alien is registered in the land register as a joint owner.\nArticle 7 (material reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act exists if a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person established in the Republic of Slovenia may acquire ownership of real estate in an alien country under the same or similar conditions under which they may acquire ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia. aliens and the fulfillment of which is not significantly more difficult for a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person with a registered office in the Republic of Slovenia than the fulfillment of conditions for aliens (material reciprocity) in the legal order of the Republic of Slovenia. [...]\" (Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7 [google translation])","Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO7397\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1025,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","L68","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0135","Acquision of ownership of real estate, including for business purposes, by natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia and legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia is subject to reciprocity. The reciprocity condition also applies to acquisition of a building right on real estate.","\"Article 1 (content of the law)\nThis Act regulates the manner and procedure for determining the reciprocity determined by this Act as a condition for the acquisition of the property right of foreigners and foreign countries on real estate in the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 2 (foreigners)\nForeigners and foreigners (hereinafter: foreigners) under this Act are:\n- natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia,\n- legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 3 (application of the law and right to reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act shall be established in the event that an alien acquires ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia, if so provided by law or an international agreement governing the conditions for acquiring ownership of aliens in real estate, regardless of other conditions for acquiring ownership. on real estate. Reciprocity is determined for each property separately.\n(2) The right to establish reciprocity under this Act may be exercised by an alien who acquires the right of ownership over real estate in the manner and under the conditions determined for the acquisition of the right of ownership by the law or international agreement referred to in the preceding paragraph.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (reciprocity in building rights)\nThe existence of reciprocity shall, under the conditions determined by this Act, also be established in the case of the acquisition of a building right on real estate.\n\nArticle 6 (exceptions)\n(1) Reciprocity need not be established for the acquisition of ownership of real estate on the basis of a legal transaction concluded in the expropriation procedure, if the expropriation beneficiary is the state or a self-governing local community.\n(2) Reciprocity need not be established in the case of acquiring the right of ownership on the basis of an exchange contract, if the subject of the exchange contract are identical real estate located in the same area of ​​land in the Republic of Slovenia and are identical in area or smaller area. The opinion on the stated properties of the real estate, which is the subject of the exchange contract, is given by the competent geodetic authority. The opinion of the competent geodetic authority must be submitted by the contracting parties to the land registry permit.\n(3) Reciprocity need not be established if the alien acquires the right of ownership over the real estate on which he already holds a co-ownership share. The same applies if the alien is registered in the land register as a joint owner.\nArticle 7 (material reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act exists if a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person established in the Republic of Slovenia may acquire ownership of real estate in an alien country under the same or similar conditions under which they may acquire ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia. aliens and the fulfillment of which is not significantly more difficult for a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person with a registered office in the Republic of Slovenia than the fulfillment of conditions for aliens (material reciprocity) in the legal order of the Republic of Slovenia. [...]\" (Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7 [google translation])","Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO7397\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1025,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","L68","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0135","Acquision of ownership of real estate, including for business purposes, by natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia and legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia is subject to reciprocity. The reciprocity condition also applies to acquisition of a building right on real estate.","\"Article 1 (content of the law)\nThis Act regulates the manner and procedure for determining the reciprocity determined by this Act as a condition for the acquisition of the property right of foreigners and foreign countries on real estate in the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 2 (foreigners)\nForeigners and foreigners (hereinafter: foreigners) under this Act are:\n- natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia,\n- legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 3 (application of the law and right to reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act shall be established in the event that an alien acquires ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia, if so provided by law or an international agreement governing the conditions for acquiring ownership of aliens in real estate, regardless of other conditions for acquiring ownership. on real estate. Reciprocity is determined for each property separately.\n(2) The right to establish reciprocity under this Act may be exercised by an alien who acquires the right of ownership over real estate in the manner and under the conditions determined for the acquisition of the right of ownership by the law or international agreement referred to in the preceding paragraph.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (reciprocity in building rights)\nThe existence of reciprocity shall, under the conditions determined by this Act, also be established in the case of the acquisition of a building right on real estate.\n\nArticle 6 (exceptions)\n(1) Reciprocity need not be established for the acquisition of ownership of real estate on the basis of a legal transaction concluded in the expropriation procedure, if the expropriation beneficiary is the state or a self-governing local community.\n(2) Reciprocity need not be established in the case of acquiring the right of ownership on the basis of an exchange contract, if the subject of the exchange contract are identical real estate located in the same area of ​​land in the Republic of Slovenia and are identical in area or smaller area. The opinion on the stated properties of the real estate, which is the subject of the exchange contract, is given by the competent geodetic authority. The opinion of the competent geodetic authority must be submitted by the contracting parties to the land registry permit.\n(3) Reciprocity need not be established if the alien acquires the right of ownership over the real estate on which he already holds a co-ownership share. The same applies if the alien is registered in the land register as a joint owner.\nArticle 7 (material reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act exists if a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person established in the Republic of Slovenia may acquire ownership of real estate in an alien country under the same or similar conditions under which they may acquire ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia. aliens and the fulfillment of which is not significantly more difficult for a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person with a registered office in the Republic of Slovenia than the fulfillment of conditions for aliens (material reciprocity) in the legal order of the Republic of Slovenia. [...]\" (Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7 [google translation])","Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO7397\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1025,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","L68","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0135","Acquision of ownership of real estate, including for business purposes, by natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia and legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia is subject to reciprocity. The reciprocity condition also applies to acquisition of a building right on real estate.","\"Article 1 (content of the law)\nThis Act regulates the manner and procedure for determining the reciprocity determined by this Act as a condition for the acquisition of the property right of foreigners and foreign countries on real estate in the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 2 (foreigners)\nForeigners and foreigners (hereinafter: foreigners) under this Act are:\n- natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia,\n- legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 3 (application of the law and right to reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act shall be established in the event that an alien acquires ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia, if so provided by law or an international agreement governing the conditions for acquiring ownership of aliens in real estate, regardless of other conditions for acquiring ownership. on real estate. Reciprocity is determined for each property separately.\n(2) The right to establish reciprocity under this Act may be exercised by an alien who acquires the right of ownership over real estate in the manner and under the conditions determined for the acquisition of the right of ownership by the law or international agreement referred to in the preceding paragraph.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (reciprocity in building rights)\nThe existence of reciprocity shall, under the conditions determined by this Act, also be established in the case of the acquisition of a building right on real estate.\n\nArticle 6 (exceptions)\n(1) Reciprocity need not be established for the acquisition of ownership of real estate on the basis of a legal transaction concluded in the expropriation procedure, if the expropriation beneficiary is the state or a self-governing local community.\n(2) Reciprocity need not be established in the case of acquiring the right of ownership on the basis of an exchange contract, if the subject of the exchange contract are identical real estate located in the same area of ​​land in the Republic of Slovenia and are identical in area or smaller area. The opinion on the stated properties of the real estate, which is the subject of the exchange contract, is given by the competent geodetic authority. The opinion of the competent geodetic authority must be submitted by the contracting parties to the land registry permit.\n(3) Reciprocity need not be established if the alien acquires the right of ownership over the real estate on which he already holds a co-ownership share. The same applies if the alien is registered in the land register as a joint owner.\nArticle 7 (material reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act exists if a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person established in the Republic of Slovenia may acquire ownership of real estate in an alien country under the same or similar conditions under which they may acquire ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia. aliens and the fulfillment of which is not significantly more difficult for a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person with a registered office in the Republic of Slovenia than the fulfillment of conditions for aliens (material reciprocity) in the legal order of the Republic of Slovenia. [...]\" (Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7 [google translation])","Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO7397\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1025,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2018,"0.025","A preferential margin of up to 15%, or any other preference, may be accorded to \"national providers\" (i.e. entities majority owned by South Sudanese persons)  or domestically produced suppliers in public procurement proceedings, if authorised or required by regulations enacted under the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act.","\"Section 5: intepretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires:  [...]\n\"Foreign Provider\" means a Provider or Contractor whose business is not registered in South Sudan;\n\"National Provider\" means a Provider or Contractor registered in South Sudan and owns majority shares by South Sudanese; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: Basic Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Rules [...]\nSection 38: Participation by Providers and Contractors\n(1) Candidates shall participate in procurement proceedings without discrimination except where participation is limited in accordance with this Act and the regulations;\n(2) Subject to sub-section one (1) above the Minister shall in consideration of economic and social development factors, prescribe preferences and or reservations in public procurement and disposal of assets;\n(3) The preferences and reservations referred to in sub-section (2) shall: i. be non-discriminatory in respect of the targeted groups;\nii. allow competition among the eligible providers or contractor's;\niii., be monitored and evaluated;\niv. works, services and goods, or any combination thereof,\nv. identified regions; and\nvi. such other categories as may be prescribed.\n(4) The preferences and reservations shall apply to;\ni. persons such as disadvantaged groups, Small and medium enterprises;\nii. women, youth and people with disabilities,\n(5) Applying the preferences and reservations under this section,\ni. exclusive preferences shall be given to citizens of South Sudan if the funding is 100% from the government of South Sudan;\nii. the amounts are below the prescribed threshold; and\na prescribed margin of preference may be given in the evaluation of bids to candidates offering manufactured goods, mining, and extraction grown in South Sudan.\n[...]\nSection 41: Evaluation Criteria and Procedures\n(1) The evaluation criteria relating to the subject matter of the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process shall include:\n(a) price;\n(b) the cost of operating, maintaining and repairing Supplies or construction, the time for delivery of Services, completion of construction or provision of Services, the characteristics of the subject matter of Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process, such as the functional characteristics of Services or construction and the environmental characteristics of the subject matter, the terms of payment and of guarantees in respect of the subject matter of the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process;\n(c) where relevant in Public Procurement Processes conducted in accordance with this Act, the experience, reliability and professional and managerial competence of the Provider or Contractor and of the personnel to be involved in providing the subject matter of the Procurement Process.\n(2) In addition to the criteria set out in sub-section(1) above, the evaluation criteria may include:\n(a) criteria that the regulations made under this Act or other provisions lof the laws of South Sudan authorise or require to be taken into account; or\n(b) a margin of preference for the benefit of National Providers or domestically produced Supplies, or any other preference, if:\n(i) authorised or required by the regulations made under this Act or other provisions of applicable law;\n(ii) such margin of preference has been calculated in accordance with the regulations made under this Act, but in no case should exceed fifteen percent 15%. [...]\" (Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act, 2018, Section 41)","Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mofp.gov.ss/laws/PublicProcurementandDissposalofAssetsAct2018.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3727,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.025","A preferential margin of up to 15%, or any other preference, may be accorded to \"national providers\" (i.e. entities majority owned by South Sudanese persons)  or domestically produced suppliers in public procurement proceedings, if authorised or required by regulations enacted under the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act.","\"Section 5: intepretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires:  [...]\n\"Foreign Provider\" means a Provider or Contractor whose business is not registered in South Sudan;\n\"National Provider\" means a Provider or Contractor registered in South Sudan and owns majority shares by South Sudanese; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: Basic Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Rules [...]\nSection 38: Participation by Providers and Contractors\n(1) Candidates shall participate in procurement proceedings without discrimination except where participation is limited in accordance with this Act and the regulations;\n(2) Subject to sub-section one (1) above the Minister shall in consideration of economic and social development factors, prescribe preferences and or reservations in public procurement and disposal of assets;\n(3) The preferences and reservations referred to in sub-section (2) shall: i. be non-discriminatory in respect of the targeted groups;\nii. allow competition among the eligible providers or contractor's;\niii., be monitored and evaluated;\niv. works, services and goods, or any combination thereof,\nv. identified regions; and\nvi. such other categories as may be prescribed.\n(4) The preferences and reservations shall apply to;\ni. persons such as disadvantaged groups, Small and medium enterprises;\nii. women, youth and people with disabilities,\n(5) Applying the preferences and reservations under this section,\ni. exclusive preferences shall be given to citizens of South Sudan if the funding is 100% from the government of South Sudan;\nii. the amounts are below the prescribed threshold; and\na prescribed margin of preference may be given in the evaluation of bids to candidates offering manufactured goods, mining, and extraction grown in South Sudan.\n[...]\nSection 41: Evaluation Criteria and Procedures\n(1) The evaluation criteria relating to the subject matter of the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process shall include:\n(a) price;\n(b) the cost of operating, maintaining and repairing Supplies or construction, the time for delivery of Services, completion of construction or provision of Services, the characteristics of the subject matter of Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process, such as the functional characteristics of Services or construction and the environmental characteristics of the subject matter, the terms of payment and of guarantees in respect of the subject matter of the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process;\n(c) where relevant in Public Procurement Processes conducted in accordance with this Act, the experience, reliability and professional and managerial competence of the Provider or Contractor and of the personnel to be involved in providing the subject matter of the Procurement Process.\n(2) In addition to the criteria set out in sub-section(1) above, the evaluation criteria may include:\n(a) criteria that the regulations made under this Act or other provisions lof the laws of South Sudan authorise or require to be taken into account; or\n(b) a margin of preference for the benefit of National Providers or domestically produced Supplies, or any other preference, if:\n(i) authorised or required by the regulations made under this Act or other provisions of applicable law;\n(ii) such margin of preference has been calculated in accordance with the regulations made under this Act, but in no case should exceed fifteen percent 15%. [...]\" (Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act, 2018, Section 41)","Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mofp.gov.ss/laws/PublicProcurementandDissposalofAssetsAct2018.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3727,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2022,"0.025","A preferential margin of up to 15%, or any other preference, may be accorded to \"national providers\" (i.e. entities majority owned by South Sudanese persons)  or domestically produced suppliers in public procurement proceedings, if authorised or required by regulations enacted under the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act.","\"Section 5: intepretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires:  [...]\n\"Foreign Provider\" means a Provider or Contractor whose business is not registered in South Sudan;\n\"National Provider\" means a Provider or Contractor registered in South Sudan and owns majority shares by South Sudanese; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: Basic Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Rules [...]\nSection 38: Participation by Providers and Contractors\n(1) Candidates shall participate in procurement proceedings without discrimination except where participation is limited in accordance with this Act and the regulations;\n(2) Subject to sub-section one (1) above the Minister shall in consideration of economic and social development factors, prescribe preferences and or reservations in public procurement and disposal of assets;\n(3) The preferences and reservations referred to in sub-section (2) shall: i. be non-discriminatory in respect of the targeted groups;\nii. allow competition among the eligible providers or contractor's;\niii., be monitored and evaluated;\niv. works, services and goods, or any combination thereof,\nv. identified regions; and\nvi. such other categories as may be prescribed.\n(4) The preferences and reservations shall apply to;\ni. persons such as disadvantaged groups, Small and medium enterprises;\nii. women, youth and people with disabilities,\n(5) Applying the preferences and reservations under this section,\ni. exclusive preferences shall be given to citizens of South Sudan if the funding is 100% from the government of South Sudan;\nii. the amounts are below the prescribed threshold; and\na prescribed margin of preference may be given in the evaluation of bids to candidates offering manufactured goods, mining, and extraction grown in South Sudan.\n[...]\nSection 41: Evaluation Criteria and Procedures\n(1) The evaluation criteria relating to the subject matter of the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process shall include:\n(a) price;\n(b) the cost of operating, maintaining and repairing Supplies or construction, the time for delivery of Services, completion of construction or provision of Services, the characteristics of the subject matter of Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process, such as the functional characteristics of Services or construction and the environmental characteristics of the subject matter, the terms of payment and of guarantees in respect of the subject matter of the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process;\n(c) where relevant in Public Procurement Processes conducted in accordance with this Act, the experience, reliability and professional and managerial competence of the Provider or Contractor and of the personnel to be involved in providing the subject matter of the Procurement Process.\n(2) In addition to the criteria set out in sub-section(1) above, the evaluation criteria may include:\n(a) criteria that the regulations made under this Act or other provisions lof the laws of South Sudan authorise or require to be taken into account; or\n(b) a margin of preference for the benefit of National Providers or domestically produced Supplies, or any other preference, if:\n(i) authorised or required by the regulations made under this Act or other provisions of applicable law;\n(ii) such margin of preference has been calculated in accordance with the regulations made under this Act, but in no case should exceed fifteen percent 15%. [...]\" (Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act, 2018, Section 41)","Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mofp.gov.ss/laws/PublicProcurementandDissposalofAssetsAct2018.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3727,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2023,"0.025","A preferential margin of up to 15%, or any other preference, may be accorded to \"national providers\" (i.e. entities majority owned by South Sudanese persons)  or domestically produced suppliers in public procurement proceedings, if authorised or required by regulations enacted under the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act.","\"Section 5: intepretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires:  [...]\n\"Foreign Provider\" means a Provider or Contractor whose business is not registered in South Sudan;\n\"National Provider\" means a Provider or Contractor registered in South Sudan and owns majority shares by South Sudanese; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: Basic Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Rules [...]\nSection 38: Participation by Providers and Contractors\n(1) Candidates shall participate in procurement proceedings without discrimination except where participation is limited in accordance with this Act and the regulations;\n(2) Subject to sub-section one (1) above the Minister shall in consideration of economic and social development factors, prescribe preferences and or reservations in public procurement and disposal of assets;\n(3) The preferences and reservations referred to in sub-section (2) shall: i. be non-discriminatory in respect of the targeted groups;\nii. allow competition among the eligible providers or contractor's;\niii., be monitored and evaluated;\niv. works, services and goods, or any combination thereof,\nv. identified regions; and\nvi. such other categories as may be prescribed.\n(4) The preferences and reservations shall apply to;\ni. persons such as disadvantaged groups, Small and medium enterprises;\nii. women, youth and people with disabilities,\n(5) Applying the preferences and reservations under this section,\ni. exclusive preferences shall be given to citizens of South Sudan if the funding is 100% from the government of South Sudan;\nii. the amounts are below the prescribed threshold; and\na prescribed margin of preference may be given in the evaluation of bids to candidates offering manufactured goods, mining, and extraction grown in South Sudan.\n[...]\nSection 41: Evaluation Criteria and Procedures\n(1) The evaluation criteria relating to the subject matter of the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process shall include:\n(a) price;\n(b) the cost of operating, maintaining and repairing Supplies or construction, the time for delivery of Services, completion of construction or provision of Services, the characteristics of the subject matter of Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process, such as the functional characteristics of Services or construction and the environmental characteristics of the subject matter, the terms of payment and of guarantees in respect of the subject matter of the Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Process;\n(c) where relevant in Public Procurement Processes conducted in accordance with this Act, the experience, reliability and professional and managerial competence of the Provider or Contractor and of the personnel to be involved in providing the subject matter of the Procurement Process.\n(2) In addition to the criteria set out in sub-section(1) above, the evaluation criteria may include:\n(a) criteria that the regulations made under this Act or other provisions lof the laws of South Sudan authorise or require to be taken into account; or\n(b) a margin of preference for the benefit of National Providers or domestically produced Supplies, or any other preference, if:\n(i) authorised or required by the regulations made under this Act or other provisions of applicable law;\n(ii) such margin of preference has been calculated in accordance with the regulations made under this Act, but in no case should exceed fifteen percent 15%. [...]\" (Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act, 2018, Section 41)","Public Procurement and Disposal of Assets Act, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mofp.gov.ss/laws/PublicProcurementandDissposalofAssetsAct2018.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3727,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","M711_741X","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.0003125","No foreign contractor, institution or firm shall conduct business in South Sudan whether individually or in partnership without engaging the participation of a registered South Sudanese contractor who shall be retained as a senior technical counterpart. Additionally, no contracting firm shall recruit foreign nationals to perform more than 40% of all the professional engineering tasks of the contract project. Moreover, any foreign consultant or consultancy firm wishing to provide engineering consultancy services shall have participation of a person or firm that is duly registered in the national registry.","\"CHAPTER V: REGISTRATION [...]\nArticle 22: Categories and Levels of Registration.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of section 21 above, the registration and licensure for individual applicants shall be issued in the following categories and grade levels:\n(a) Engineers: (i) Consultant Engineer; (ii) Professional Engineer; and (iii) Graduate Engineer.\n(b) Architects: (i) Consultant Architect; (ii) Professional Architect; and (iii) Graduate Architect.\n(c) Technologists: (i) Technologist Fellow; (ii) Technologist Member; and (iii) Graduate Technologist;\n(d) Engineering Technician: (i) Engineering technician Fellow; (ii) Engineering technician Member; and (iii) Graduate Engineering technician;\n(e) Skilled Workers; (i) Supervisor; (ii) Foreman; and (iii) Skilled Worker.\nArticle 23. Mandatory Registration.\nNo person shall practice in the Engineering profession in South Sudan in any of the categories specified under section 22 of this Act, whether in public or private sector, without first being registered and licensed in accordance with the provisions of this Act.\nArticle 24. Registration to the National Registry. [...]\n(4) Any applicant for registration to the National Registry shall provide sufficient proof of: \n(a) being a South Sudanese national; [...]\n[...]\n25. Temporary Registration of Non-South Sudanese.\n(1) The Council may grant Temporary Registration and limited licenses to non-South Sudanese who meet the registration and licensure requirements set forth in this Act; provided that the country of origin of such an applicant shall have a reciprocal policy of recognising and permitting registration and licensing of South Sudanese within its territory. \n[...]\n27. Registration of Consultancies and Contractors.\nEngineering firms, companies or entities engaged in professional engineering services within South Sudan organized under their own individual or partnership Consultancy Firms, Contractors or Contracting Companies, whether, national, regional or international, shall register by submitting an application for registration and depositing their documents of eligibility with the Council within a period of ninety (90) days from the date the Council shall commence its business.\n28. Eligibility for Registration of Contractors and Contracting Firms.\n(1) Contractors and Contracting Firms may be eligible for registration and licensure in South Sudan upon fulfilment of the following conditions:\n(a) have existing legitimate registration and verifiable physical place of business;\n(b) present a company profile and documents relating to its incorporation, business names, human and financial resources, operating capital and tract record of field experience including projects worked on in the past three years prior to submitting the application; and\n(c) Have not have been involved in fraudulent activities or professional misconduct for the past five years.\n(2) No government department or institution shall engage a contractor or contracting firm that has not been duly registered by the Council.\n(3) No foreign contractor, institution or firm shall conduct business in South Sudan whether individually or in partnership without engaging the participation of a registered South Sudanese contractor who shall be retained as a senior technical counterpart.\n(4) No contracting firm shall recruit foreign nationals to perform more than 40% of all the professional engineering tasks of the contract project.\n(5) The Council may waive the application of sub-section (3) of this section, where public interest requires, provided that due regard shall be had to the training of South Sudanese nationals.\n29. Consultancy Services.\n(1) Consultancy services include but are not limited to the following:\n(a) preparation of the preliminary studies including economic and technical feasibility studies for different projects;\n(b) Planning, designing or preparing detailed document necessary for executing engineering projects;\n(2) Preparation of environmental impact studies of development projects; and\n(3) Carrying out technical and financial evaluation for the performance of any establishment, company or projects.\n30. Foreign Consultants and Consultancy Firms.\n(1) No foreign consultants or consultancy firm shall render Engineering Consultancy Services in South Sudan without first being registered under either the National Registry or on the Temporary Registry for non-South Sudanese nationals.\n(2) Any foreign Consultant or Consultancy Firm wishing to provide Engineering Consultancy Services shall have participation of a person or firm that is duly registered in the National Registry.\n(3) The Council may waive the requirements of sub-section (2) of this section, where public interest requires; provided that where waiver is warranted, the Council shall ensure that due regard is given to training of South Sudanese nationals.[...]\" (Engineering Council Act, 2012, Articles 22-30)","Engineering Council Act, 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Engineering-Council-Act-32-of-2012.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3737,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","M711_741X","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.0003125","No foreign contractor, institution or firm shall conduct business in South Sudan whether individually or in partnership without engaging the participation of a registered South Sudanese contractor who shall be retained as a senior technical counterpart. Additionally, no contracting firm shall recruit foreign nationals to perform more than 40% of all the professional engineering tasks of the contract project. Moreover, any foreign consultant or consultancy firm wishing to provide engineering consultancy services shall have participation of a person or firm that is duly registered in the national registry.","\"CHAPTER V: REGISTRATION [...]\nArticle 22: Categories and Levels of Registration.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of section 21 above, the registration and licensure for individual applicants shall be issued in the following categories and grade levels:\n(a) Engineers: (i) Consultant Engineer; (ii) Professional Engineer; and (iii) Graduate Engineer.\n(b) Architects: (i) Consultant Architect; (ii) Professional Architect; and (iii) Graduate Architect.\n(c) Technologists: (i) Technologist Fellow; (ii) Technologist Member; and (iii) Graduate Technologist;\n(d) Engineering Technician: (i) Engineering technician Fellow; (ii) Engineering technician Member; and (iii) Graduate Engineering technician;\n(e) Skilled Workers; (i) Supervisor; (ii) Foreman; and (iii) Skilled Worker.\nArticle 23. Mandatory Registration.\nNo person shall practice in the Engineering profession in South Sudan in any of the categories specified under section 22 of this Act, whether in public or private sector, without first being registered and licensed in accordance with the provisions of this Act.\nArticle 24. Registration to the National Registry. [...]\n(4) Any applicant for registration to the National Registry shall provide sufficient proof of: \n(a) being a South Sudanese national; [...]\n[...]\n25. Temporary Registration of Non-South Sudanese.\n(1) The Council may grant Temporary Registration and limited licenses to non-South Sudanese who meet the registration and licensure requirements set forth in this Act; provided that the country of origin of such an applicant shall have a reciprocal policy of recognising and permitting registration and licensing of South Sudanese within its territory. \n[...]\n27. Registration of Consultancies and Contractors.\nEngineering firms, companies or entities engaged in professional engineering services within South Sudan organized under their own individual or partnership Consultancy Firms, Contractors or Contracting Companies, whether, national, regional or international, shall register by submitting an application for registration and depositing their documents of eligibility with the Council within a period of ninety (90) days from the date the Council shall commence its business.\n28. Eligibility for Registration of Contractors and Contracting Firms.\n(1) Contractors and Contracting Firms may be eligible for registration and licensure in South Sudan upon fulfilment of the following conditions:\n(a) have existing legitimate registration and verifiable physical place of business;\n(b) present a company profile and documents relating to its incorporation, business names, human and financial resources, operating capital and tract record of field experience including projects worked on in the past three years prior to submitting the application; and\n(c) Have not have been involved in fraudulent activities or professional misconduct for the past five years.\n(2) No government department or institution shall engage a contractor or contracting firm that has not been duly registered by the Council.\n(3) No foreign contractor, institution or firm shall conduct business in South Sudan whether individually or in partnership without engaging the participation of a registered South Sudanese contractor who shall be retained as a senior technical counterpart.\n(4) No contracting firm shall recruit foreign nationals to perform more than 40% of all the professional engineering tasks of the contract project.\n(5) The Council may waive the application of sub-section (3) of this section, where public interest requires, provided that due regard shall be had to the training of South Sudanese nationals.\n29. Consultancy Services.\n(1) Consultancy services include but are not limited to the following:\n(a) preparation of the preliminary studies including economic and technical feasibility studies for different projects;\n(b) Planning, designing or preparing detailed document necessary for executing engineering projects;\n(2) Preparation of environmental impact studies of development projects; and\n(3) Carrying out technical and financial evaluation for the performance of any establishment, company or projects.\n30. Foreign Consultants and Consultancy Firms.\n(1) No foreign consultants or consultancy firm shall render Engineering Consultancy Services in South Sudan without first being registered under either the National Registry or on the Temporary Registry for non-South Sudanese nationals.\n(2) Any foreign Consultant or Consultancy Firm wishing to provide Engineering Consultancy Services shall have participation of a person or firm that is duly registered in the National Registry.\n(3) The Council may waive the requirements of sub-section (2) of this section, where public interest requires; provided that where waiver is warranted, the Council shall ensure that due regard is given to training of South Sudanese nationals.[...]\" (Engineering Council Act, 2012, Articles 22-30)","Engineering Council Act, 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Engineering-Council-Act-32-of-2012.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3737,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","M711_741X","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.0003125","No foreign contractor, institution or firm shall conduct business in South Sudan whether individually or in partnership without engaging the participation of a registered South Sudanese contractor who shall be retained as a senior technical counterpart. Additionally, no contracting firm shall recruit foreign nationals to perform more than 40% of all the professional engineering tasks of the contract project. Moreover, any foreign consultant or consultancy firm wishing to provide engineering consultancy services shall have participation of a person or firm that is duly registered in the national registry.","\"CHAPTER V: REGISTRATION [...]\nArticle 22: Categories and Levels of Registration.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of section 21 above, the registration and licensure for individual applicants shall be issued in the following categories and grade levels:\n(a) Engineers: (i) Consultant Engineer; (ii) Professional Engineer; and (iii) Graduate Engineer.\n(b) Architects: (i) Consultant Architect; (ii) Professional Architect; and (iii) Graduate Architect.\n(c) Technologists: (i) Technologist Fellow; (ii) Technologist Member; and (iii) Graduate Technologist;\n(d) Engineering Technician: (i) Engineering technician Fellow; (ii) Engineering technician Member; and (iii) Graduate Engineering technician;\n(e) Skilled Workers; (i) Supervisor; (ii) Foreman; and (iii) Skilled Worker.\nArticle 23. Mandatory Registration.\nNo person shall practice in the Engineering profession in South Sudan in any of the categories specified under section 22 of this Act, whether in public or private sector, without first being registered and licensed in accordance with the provisions of this Act.\nArticle 24. Registration to the National Registry. [...]\n(4) Any applicant for registration to the National Registry shall provide sufficient proof of: \n(a) being a South Sudanese national; [...]\n[...]\n25. Temporary Registration of Non-South Sudanese.\n(1) The Council may grant Temporary Registration and limited licenses to non-South Sudanese who meet the registration and licensure requirements set forth in this Act; provided that the country of origin of such an applicant shall have a reciprocal policy of recognising and permitting registration and licensing of South Sudanese within its territory. \n[...]\n27. Registration of Consultancies and Contractors.\nEngineering firms, companies or entities engaged in professional engineering services within South Sudan organized under their own individual or partnership Consultancy Firms, Contractors or Contracting Companies, whether, national, regional or international, shall register by submitting an application for registration and depositing their documents of eligibility with the Council within a period of ninety (90) days from the date the Council shall commence its business.\n28. Eligibility for Registration of Contractors and Contracting Firms.\n(1) Contractors and Contracting Firms may be eligible for registration and licensure in South Sudan upon fulfilment of the following conditions:\n(a) have existing legitimate registration and verifiable physical place of business;\n(b) present a company profile and documents relating to its incorporation, business names, human and financial resources, operating capital and tract record of field experience including projects worked on in the past three years prior to submitting the application; and\n(c) Have not have been involved in fraudulent activities or professional misconduct for the past five years.\n(2) No government department or institution shall engage a contractor or contracting firm that has not been duly registered by the Council.\n(3) No foreign contractor, institution or firm shall conduct business in South Sudan whether individually or in partnership without engaging the participation of a registered South Sudanese contractor who shall be retained as a senior technical counterpart.\n(4) No contracting firm shall recruit foreign nationals to perform more than 40% of all the professional engineering tasks of the contract project.\n(5) The Council may waive the application of sub-section (3) of this section, where public interest requires, provided that due regard shall be had to the training of South Sudanese nationals.\n29. Consultancy Services.\n(1) Consultancy services include but are not limited to the following:\n(a) preparation of the preliminary studies including economic and technical feasibility studies for different projects;\n(b) Planning, designing or preparing detailed document necessary for executing engineering projects;\n(2) Preparation of environmental impact studies of development projects; and\n(3) Carrying out technical and financial evaluation for the performance of any establishment, company or projects.\n30. Foreign Consultants and Consultancy Firms.\n(1) No foreign consultants or consultancy firm shall render Engineering Consultancy Services in South Sudan without first being registered under either the National Registry or on the Temporary Registry for non-South Sudanese nationals.\n(2) Any foreign Consultant or Consultancy Firm wishing to provide Engineering Consultancy Services shall have participation of a person or firm that is duly registered in the National Registry.\n(3) The Council may waive the requirements of sub-section (2) of this section, where public interest requires; provided that where waiver is warranted, the Council shall ensure that due regard is given to training of South Sudanese nationals.[...]\" (Engineering Council Act, 2012, Articles 22-30)","Engineering Council Act, 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Engineering-Council-Act-32-of-2012.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3737,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","M711_741X","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.0003125","No foreign contractor, institution or firm shall conduct business in South Sudan whether individually or in partnership without engaging the participation of a registered South Sudanese contractor who shall be retained as a senior technical counterpart. Additionally, no contracting firm shall recruit foreign nationals to perform more than 40% of all the professional engineering tasks of the contract project. Moreover, any foreign consultant or consultancy firm wishing to provide engineering consultancy services shall have participation of a person or firm that is duly registered in the national registry.","\"CHAPTER V: REGISTRATION [...]\nArticle 22: Categories and Levels of Registration.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of section 21 above, the registration and licensure for individual applicants shall be issued in the following categories and grade levels:\n(a) Engineers: (i) Consultant Engineer; (ii) Professional Engineer; and (iii) Graduate Engineer.\n(b) Architects: (i) Consultant Architect; (ii) Professional Architect; and (iii) Graduate Architect.\n(c) Technologists: (i) Technologist Fellow; (ii) Technologist Member; and (iii) Graduate Technologist;\n(d) Engineering Technician: (i) Engineering technician Fellow; (ii) Engineering technician Member; and (iii) Graduate Engineering technician;\n(e) Skilled Workers; (i) Supervisor; (ii) Foreman; and (iii) Skilled Worker.\nArticle 23. Mandatory Registration.\nNo person shall practice in the Engineering profession in South Sudan in any of the categories specified under section 22 of this Act, whether in public or private sector, without first being registered and licensed in accordance with the provisions of this Act.\nArticle 24. Registration to the National Registry. [...]\n(4) Any applicant for registration to the National Registry shall provide sufficient proof of: \n(a) being a South Sudanese national; [...]\n[...]\n25. Temporary Registration of Non-South Sudanese.\n(1) The Council may grant Temporary Registration and limited licenses to non-South Sudanese who meet the registration and licensure requirements set forth in this Act; provided that the country of origin of such an applicant shall have a reciprocal policy of recognising and permitting registration and licensing of South Sudanese within its territory. \n[...]\n27. Registration of Consultancies and Contractors.\nEngineering firms, companies or entities engaged in professional engineering services within South Sudan organized under their own individual or partnership Consultancy Firms, Contractors or Contracting Companies, whether, national, regional or international, shall register by submitting an application for registration and depositing their documents of eligibility with the Council within a period of ninety (90) days from the date the Council shall commence its business.\n28. Eligibility for Registration of Contractors and Contracting Firms.\n(1) Contractors and Contracting Firms may be eligible for registration and licensure in South Sudan upon fulfilment of the following conditions:\n(a) have existing legitimate registration and verifiable physical place of business;\n(b) present a company profile and documents relating to its incorporation, business names, human and financial resources, operating capital and tract record of field experience including projects worked on in the past three years prior to submitting the application; and\n(c) Have not have been involved in fraudulent activities or professional misconduct for the past five years.\n(2) No government department or institution shall engage a contractor or contracting firm that has not been duly registered by the Council.\n(3) No foreign contractor, institution or firm shall conduct business in South Sudan whether individually or in partnership without engaging the participation of a registered South Sudanese contractor who shall be retained as a senior technical counterpart.\n(4) No contracting firm shall recruit foreign nationals to perform more than 40% of all the professional engineering tasks of the contract project.\n(5) The Council may waive the application of sub-section (3) of this section, where public interest requires, provided that due regard shall be had to the training of South Sudanese nationals.\n29. Consultancy Services.\n(1) Consultancy services include but are not limited to the following:\n(a) preparation of the preliminary studies including economic and technical feasibility studies for different projects;\n(b) Planning, designing or preparing detailed document necessary for executing engineering projects;\n(2) Preparation of environmental impact studies of development projects; and\n(3) Carrying out technical and financial evaluation for the performance of any establishment, company or projects.\n30. Foreign Consultants and Consultancy Firms.\n(1) No foreign consultants or consultancy firm shall render Engineering Consultancy Services in South Sudan without first being registered under either the National Registry or on the Temporary Registry for non-South Sudanese nationals.\n(2) Any foreign Consultant or Consultancy Firm wishing to provide Engineering Consultancy Services shall have participation of a person or firm that is duly registered in the National Registry.\n(3) The Council may waive the requirements of sub-section (2) of this section, where public interest requires; provided that where waiver is warranted, the Council shall ensure that due regard is given to training of South Sudanese nationals.[...]\" (Engineering Council Act, 2012, Articles 22-30)","Engineering Council Act, 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Engineering-Council-Act-32-of-2012.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3737,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","K661","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000166667","The granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution may be made contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity. The reciprocity condition applies to financial institutions that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland: a. asset management or trustee activities; b. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes; c. securities trading; d. conclusion of transactions; or e. client account management.","\"Art. 2 Scope of application\n1 Financial institutions within the meaning of this Act are as follows, irrespective of their legal form:\na. portfolio managers (Article 17 paragraph 1);\nb. trustees (Article 17 paragraph 2);\nc. managers of collective assets (Article 24);\nd. fund management companies (Article 32);\ne. securities firms (Article 41).\n2 This Act does not apply to:\na. persons who manage solely the assets of persons with whom they have business or family ties;\nb. persons who manage assets solely within the context of employee participation schemes;\nc. lawyers, notaries and their auxiliaries insofar as their activity is subject to professional confidentiality in accordance with Article 321 of the Swiss Criminal Code3 or Article 13 of the Lawyers Act of 23 June 20004, as well as the legal entities into which these persons are organised;\nd. persons who manage assets within the framework of a legally regulated mandate;\ne. the Swiss National Bank and the Bank for International Settlements;\nf. occupational pension schemes and other occupational pension institutions (occupational pension schemes), employer-sponsored foundations (employer-sponsored welfare funds); employers who manage the assets of their occupational pension schemes; employer and employee associations which manage the assets of their association schemes;\ng. social security institutions and compensation funds;\nh. insurance companies as defined in the Insurance Supervision Act of 17 December 20045;\ni. public insurance institutions in accordance with Article 67 paragraph 1 of the Federal Act of 25 June 19826 on Occupational Old Age, Survivors' and Invalidity Pension Provision;\nj. banks pursuant to the Banking Act of 8 November 19347 (BankA).\n[...]\nArt. 52 Duty to obtain authorisation\n1 Authorisation from FINMA is required by financial institutions that have their registered office abroad (foreign financial institutions) and that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland:\na. asset management or trustee activities;\nb. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes;\nc. securities trading;\nd. conclusion of transactions; or\ne. client account management.\n2 Foreign fund management companies may not establish branches in Switzerland.\n3 The Federal Council may sign international treaties allowing financial institutions from the treaty states to open a branch without requiring authorisation from FINMA if both sides recognise the equivalent nature of the respective regulation of financial institutions' activity and the supervisory measures.\n[...]\nArt. 54 Requirement of reciprocity\nFINMA may make the granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution additionally contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity with the states in which the foreign financial institution or the foreigners with qualified participations have their place of residence or registered office.[...]\" (Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54 [unofficial translation])","Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2018/801/en\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1458,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","K661","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000166667","The granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution may be made contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity. The reciprocity condition applies to financial institutions that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland: a. asset management or trustee activities; b. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes; c. securities trading; d. conclusion of transactions; or e. client account management.","\"Art. 2 Scope of application\n1 Financial institutions within the meaning of this Act are as follows, irrespective of their legal form:\na. portfolio managers (Article 17 paragraph 1);\nb. trustees (Article 17 paragraph 2);\nc. managers of collective assets (Article 24);\nd. fund management companies (Article 32);\ne. securities firms (Article 41).\n2 This Act does not apply to:\na. persons who manage solely the assets of persons with whom they have business or family ties;\nb. persons who manage assets solely within the context of employee participation schemes;\nc. lawyers, notaries and their auxiliaries insofar as their activity is subject to professional confidentiality in accordance with Article 321 of the Swiss Criminal Code3 or Article 13 of the Lawyers Act of 23 June 20004, as well as the legal entities into which these persons are organised;\nd. persons who manage assets within the framework of a legally regulated mandate;\ne. the Swiss National Bank and the Bank for International Settlements;\nf. occupational pension schemes and other occupational pension institutions (occupational pension schemes), employer-sponsored foundations (employer-sponsored welfare funds); employers who manage the assets of their occupational pension schemes; employer and employee associations which manage the assets of their association schemes;\ng. social security institutions and compensation funds;\nh. insurance companies as defined in the Insurance Supervision Act of 17 December 20045;\ni. public insurance institutions in accordance with Article 67 paragraph 1 of the Federal Act of 25 June 19826 on Occupational Old Age, Survivors' and Invalidity Pension Provision;\nj. banks pursuant to the Banking Act of 8 November 19347 (BankA).\n[...]\nArt. 52 Duty to obtain authorisation\n1 Authorisation from FINMA is required by financial institutions that have their registered office abroad (foreign financial institutions) and that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland:\na. asset management or trustee activities;\nb. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes;\nc. securities trading;\nd. conclusion of transactions; or\ne. client account management.\n2 Foreign fund management companies may not establish branches in Switzerland.\n3 The Federal Council may sign international treaties allowing financial institutions from the treaty states to open a branch without requiring authorisation from FINMA if both sides recognise the equivalent nature of the respective regulation of financial institutions' activity and the supervisory measures.\n[...]\nArt. 54 Requirement of reciprocity\nFINMA may make the granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution additionally contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity with the states in which the foreign financial institution or the foreigners with qualified participations have their place of residence or registered office.[...]\" (Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54 [unofficial translation])","Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2018/801/en\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1458,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","K661","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000166667","The granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution may be made contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity. The reciprocity condition applies to financial institutions that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland: a. asset management or trustee activities; b. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes; c. securities trading; d. conclusion of transactions; or e. client account management.","\"Art. 2 Scope of application\n1 Financial institutions within the meaning of this Act are as follows, irrespective of their legal form:\na. portfolio managers (Article 17 paragraph 1);\nb. trustees (Article 17 paragraph 2);\nc. managers of collective assets (Article 24);\nd. fund management companies (Article 32);\ne. securities firms (Article 41).\n2 This Act does not apply to:\na. persons who manage solely the assets of persons with whom they have business or family ties;\nb. persons who manage assets solely within the context of employee participation schemes;\nc. lawyers, notaries and their auxiliaries insofar as their activity is subject to professional confidentiality in accordance with Article 321 of the Swiss Criminal Code3 or Article 13 of the Lawyers Act of 23 June 20004, as well as the legal entities into which these persons are organised;\nd. persons who manage assets within the framework of a legally regulated mandate;\ne. the Swiss National Bank and the Bank for International Settlements;\nf. occupational pension schemes and other occupational pension institutions (occupational pension schemes), employer-sponsored foundations (employer-sponsored welfare funds); employers who manage the assets of their occupational pension schemes; employer and employee associations which manage the assets of their association schemes;\ng. social security institutions and compensation funds;\nh. insurance companies as defined in the Insurance Supervision Act of 17 December 20045;\ni. public insurance institutions in accordance with Article 67 paragraph 1 of the Federal Act of 25 June 19826 on Occupational Old Age, Survivors' and Invalidity Pension Provision;\nj. banks pursuant to the Banking Act of 8 November 19347 (BankA).\n[...]\nArt. 52 Duty to obtain authorisation\n1 Authorisation from FINMA is required by financial institutions that have their registered office abroad (foreign financial institutions) and that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland:\na. asset management or trustee activities;\nb. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes;\nc. securities trading;\nd. conclusion of transactions; or\ne. client account management.\n2 Foreign fund management companies may not establish branches in Switzerland.\n3 The Federal Council may sign international treaties allowing financial institutions from the treaty states to open a branch without requiring authorisation from FINMA if both sides recognise the equivalent nature of the respective regulation of financial institutions' activity and the supervisory measures.\n[...]\nArt. 54 Requirement of reciprocity\nFINMA may make the granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution additionally contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity with the states in which the foreign financial institution or the foreigners with qualified participations have their place of residence or registered office.[...]\" (Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54 [unofficial translation])","Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2018/801/en\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1458,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","K643_663","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000166667","The granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution may be made contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity. The reciprocity condition applies to financial institutions that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland: a. asset management or trustee activities; b. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes; c. securities trading; d. conclusion of transactions; or e. client account management.","\"Art. 2 Scope of application\n1 Financial institutions within the meaning of this Act are as follows, irrespective of their legal form:\na. portfolio managers (Article 17 paragraph 1);\nb. trustees (Article 17 paragraph 2);\nc. managers of collective assets (Article 24);\nd. fund management companies (Article 32);\ne. securities firms (Article 41).\n2 This Act does not apply to:\na. persons who manage solely the assets of persons with whom they have business or family ties;\nb. persons who manage assets solely within the context of employee participation schemes;\nc. lawyers, notaries and their auxiliaries insofar as their activity is subject to professional confidentiality in accordance with Article 321 of the Swiss Criminal Code3 or Article 13 of the Lawyers Act of 23 June 20004, as well as the legal entities into which these persons are organised;\nd. persons who manage assets within the framework of a legally regulated mandate;\ne. the Swiss National Bank and the Bank for International Settlements;\nf. occupational pension schemes and other occupational pension institutions (occupational pension schemes), employer-sponsored foundations (employer-sponsored welfare funds); employers who manage the assets of their occupational pension schemes; employer and employee associations which manage the assets of their association schemes;\ng. social security institutions and compensation funds;\nh. insurance companies as defined in the Insurance Supervision Act of 17 December 20045;\ni. public insurance institutions in accordance with Article 67 paragraph 1 of the Federal Act of 25 June 19826 on Occupational Old Age, Survivors' and Invalidity Pension Provision;\nj. banks pursuant to the Banking Act of 8 November 19347 (BankA).\n[...]\nArt. 52 Duty to obtain authorisation\n1 Authorisation from FINMA is required by financial institutions that have their registered office abroad (foreign financial institutions) and that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland:\na. asset management or trustee activities;\nb. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes;\nc. securities trading;\nd. conclusion of transactions; or\ne. client account management.\n2 Foreign fund management companies may not establish branches in Switzerland.\n3 The Federal Council may sign international treaties allowing financial institutions from the treaty states to open a branch without requiring authorisation from FINMA if both sides recognise the equivalent nature of the respective regulation of financial institutions' activity and the supervisory measures.\n[...]\nArt. 54 Requirement of reciprocity\nFINMA may make the granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution additionally contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity with the states in which the foreign financial institution or the foreigners with qualified participations have their place of residence or registered office.[...]\" (Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54 [unofficial translation])","Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2018/801/en\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1459,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","K643_663","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000166667","The granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution may be made contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity. The reciprocity condition applies to financial institutions that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland: a. asset management or trustee activities; b. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes; c. securities trading; d. conclusion of transactions; or e. client account management.","\"Art. 2 Scope of application\n1 Financial institutions within the meaning of this Act are as follows, irrespective of their legal form:\na. portfolio managers (Article 17 paragraph 1);\nb. trustees (Article 17 paragraph 2);\nc. managers of collective assets (Article 24);\nd. fund management companies (Article 32);\ne. securities firms (Article 41).\n2 This Act does not apply to:\na. persons who manage solely the assets of persons with whom they have business or family ties;\nb. persons who manage assets solely within the context of employee participation schemes;\nc. lawyers, notaries and their auxiliaries insofar as their activity is subject to professional confidentiality in accordance with Article 321 of the Swiss Criminal Code3 or Article 13 of the Lawyers Act of 23 June 20004, as well as the legal entities into which these persons are organised;\nd. persons who manage assets within the framework of a legally regulated mandate;\ne. the Swiss National Bank and the Bank for International Settlements;\nf. occupational pension schemes and other occupational pension institutions (occupational pension schemes), employer-sponsored foundations (employer-sponsored welfare funds); employers who manage the assets of their occupational pension schemes; employer and employee associations which manage the assets of their association schemes;\ng. social security institutions and compensation funds;\nh. insurance companies as defined in the Insurance Supervision Act of 17 December 20045;\ni. public insurance institutions in accordance with Article 67 paragraph 1 of the Federal Act of 25 June 19826 on Occupational Old Age, Survivors' and Invalidity Pension Provision;\nj. banks pursuant to the Banking Act of 8 November 19347 (BankA).\n[...]\nArt. 52 Duty to obtain authorisation\n1 Authorisation from FINMA is required by financial institutions that have their registered office abroad (foreign financial institutions) and that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland:\na. asset management or trustee activities;\nb. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes;\nc. securities trading;\nd. conclusion of transactions; or\ne. client account management.\n2 Foreign fund management companies may not establish branches in Switzerland.\n3 The Federal Council may sign international treaties allowing financial institutions from the treaty states to open a branch without requiring authorisation from FINMA if both sides recognise the equivalent nature of the respective regulation of financial institutions' activity and the supervisory measures.\n[...]\nArt. 54 Requirement of reciprocity\nFINMA may make the granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution additionally contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity with the states in which the foreign financial institution or the foreigners with qualified participations have their place of residence or registered office.[...]\" (Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54 [unofficial translation])","Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2018/801/en\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1459,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","K643_663","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000166667","The granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution may be made contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity. The reciprocity condition applies to financial institutions that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland: a. asset management or trustee activities; b. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes; c. securities trading; d. conclusion of transactions; or e. client account management.","\"Art. 2 Scope of application\n1 Financial institutions within the meaning of this Act are as follows, irrespective of their legal form:\na. portfolio managers (Article 17 paragraph 1);\nb. trustees (Article 17 paragraph 2);\nc. managers of collective assets (Article 24);\nd. fund management companies (Article 32);\ne. securities firms (Article 41).\n2 This Act does not apply to:\na. persons who manage solely the assets of persons with whom they have business or family ties;\nb. persons who manage assets solely within the context of employee participation schemes;\nc. lawyers, notaries and their auxiliaries insofar as their activity is subject to professional confidentiality in accordance with Article 321 of the Swiss Criminal Code3 or Article 13 of the Lawyers Act of 23 June 20004, as well as the legal entities into which these persons are organised;\nd. persons who manage assets within the framework of a legally regulated mandate;\ne. the Swiss National Bank and the Bank for International Settlements;\nf. occupational pension schemes and other occupational pension institutions (occupational pension schemes), employer-sponsored foundations (employer-sponsored welfare funds); employers who manage the assets of their occupational pension schemes; employer and employee associations which manage the assets of their association schemes;\ng. social security institutions and compensation funds;\nh. insurance companies as defined in the Insurance Supervision Act of 17 December 20045;\ni. public insurance institutions in accordance with Article 67 paragraph 1 of the Federal Act of 25 June 19826 on Occupational Old Age, Survivors' and Invalidity Pension Provision;\nj. banks pursuant to the Banking Act of 8 November 19347 (BankA).\n[...]\nArt. 52 Duty to obtain authorisation\n1 Authorisation from FINMA is required by financial institutions that have their registered office abroad (foreign financial institutions) and that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland:\na. asset management or trustee activities;\nb. portfolio management for collective investment schemes or occupational pension schemes;\nc. securities trading;\nd. conclusion of transactions; or\ne. client account management.\n2 Foreign fund management companies may not establish branches in Switzerland.\n3 The Federal Council may sign international treaties allowing financial institutions from the treaty states to open a branch without requiring authorisation from FINMA if both sides recognise the equivalent nature of the respective regulation of financial institutions' activity and the supervisory measures.\n[...]\nArt. 54 Requirement of reciprocity\nFINMA may make the granting of authorisation to establish a branch of a foreign financial institution additionally contingent upon a guarantee of reciprocity with the states in which the foreign financial institution or the foreigners with qualified participations have their place of residence or registered office.[...]\" (Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54 [unofficial translation])","Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 54","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2018/801/en\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1459,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00225","Foreign shareholding in printed media companies is limited to 49%, and any change to the shareholding structure of a foreign-owned media company requires the approval of the Director of Information Services Department.","\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“Act” means the Media Services Act, 2016;[...]\n“Director” means Director of Information Services Department created under section 4 of the Act;\n[...]\nPART II - OWNERSHIP OF MEDIA HOUSES AND OBLIGATIONS\nApplication 3. Notwithstanding the Regulations governing electronic media, this part shall apply to the Print Media.\nOwnership of print media\n4.-(1) Any person who intends to own print media-\n(a) shall, in case of local company or sole proprietor, whether in an individual capacity or jointly, have no shareholding limitation to own print media;\n(b) where an applicant for a print media license is a foreigner, shall be required when applying for a license to submit to the Director a list of shareholders with a minimum of fifty one percent local ownership.\n(2) A print media licensee shall notify the Director about any change in shareholding structures.\n(3) A company with a foreign shareholder shall obtain an approval from the Director before applying for any change in shareholding structure to the relevant authority.\n(4) Changes made under sub-regulations (2) and (3) shall be subject to payment of fees as prescribed in the Schedule to these Regulations.[...]\"(The Media Services Regulations, 2017)\n","The Media Services Regulations, 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.maelezo.go.tz/storage/app/uploads/public/58d/252/210/58d25221067f1018750655.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00225","Foreign shareholding in printed media companies is limited to 49%, and any change to the shareholding structure of a foreign-owned media company requires the approval of the Director of Information Services Department.","\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“Act” means the Media Services Act, 2016;[...]\n“Director” means Director of Information Services Department created under section 4 of the Act;\n[...]\nPART II - OWNERSHIP OF MEDIA HOUSES AND OBLIGATIONS\nApplication 3. Notwithstanding the Regulations governing electronic media, this part shall apply to the Print Media.\nOwnership of print media\n4.-(1) Any person who intends to own print media-\n(a) shall, in case of local company or sole proprietor, whether in an individual capacity or jointly, have no shareholding limitation to own print media;\n(b) where an applicant for a print media license is a foreigner, shall be required when applying for a license to submit to the Director a list of shareholders with a minimum of fifty one percent local ownership.\n(2) A print media licensee shall notify the Director about any change in shareholding structures.\n(3) A company with a foreign shareholder shall obtain an approval from the Director before applying for any change in shareholding structure to the relevant authority.\n(4) Changes made under sub-regulations (2) and (3) shall be subject to payment of fees as prescribed in the Schedule to these Regulations.[...]\"(The Media Services Regulations, 2017)\n","The Media Services Regulations, 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.maelezo.go.tz/storage/app/uploads/public/58d/252/210/58d25221067f1018750655.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00225","Foreign shareholding in printed media companies is limited to 49%, and any change to the shareholding structure of a foreign-owned media company requires the approval of the Director of Information Services Department.","\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“Act” means the Media Services Act, 2016;[...]\n“Director” means Director of Information Services Department created under section 4 of the Act;\n[...]\nPART II - OWNERSHIP OF MEDIA HOUSES AND OBLIGATIONS\nApplication 3. Notwithstanding the Regulations governing electronic media, this part shall apply to the Print Media.\nOwnership of print media\n4.-(1) Any person who intends to own print media-\n(a) shall, in case of local company or sole proprietor, whether in an individual capacity or jointly, have no shareholding limitation to own print media;\n(b) where an applicant for a print media license is a foreigner, shall be required when applying for a license to submit to the Director a list of shareholders with a minimum of fifty one percent local ownership.\n(2) A print media licensee shall notify the Director about any change in shareholding structures.\n(3) A company with a foreign shareholder shall obtain an approval from the Director before applying for any change in shareholding structure to the relevant authority.\n(4) Changes made under sub-regulations (2) and (3) shall be subject to payment of fees as prescribed in the Schedule to these Regulations.[...]\"(The Media Services Regulations, 2017)\n","The Media Services Regulations, 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.maelezo.go.tz/storage/app/uploads/public/58d/252/210/58d25221067f1018750655.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00225","Foreign shareholding in printed media companies is limited to 49%, and any change to the shareholding structure of a foreign-owned media company requires the approval of the Director of Information Services Department.","\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“Act” means the Media Services Act, 2016;[...]\n“Director” means Director of Information Services Department created under section 4 of the Act;\n[...]\nPART II - OWNERSHIP OF MEDIA HOUSES AND OBLIGATIONS\nApplication 3. Notwithstanding the Regulations governing electronic media, this part shall apply to the Print Media.\nOwnership of print media\n4.-(1) Any person who intends to own print media-\n(a) shall, in case of local company or sole proprietor, whether in an individual capacity or jointly, have no shareholding limitation to own print media;\n(b) where an applicant for a print media license is a foreigner, shall be required when applying for a license to submit to the Director a list of shareholders with a minimum of fifty one percent local ownership.\n(2) A print media licensee shall notify the Director about any change in shareholding structures.\n(3) A company with a foreign shareholder shall obtain an approval from the Director before applying for any change in shareholding structure to the relevant authority.\n(4) Changes made under sub-regulations (2) and (3) shall be subject to payment of fees as prescribed in the Schedule to these Regulations.[...]\"(The Media Services Regulations, 2017)\n","The Media Services Regulations, 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.maelezo.go.tz/storage/app/uploads/public/58d/252/210/58d25221067f1018750655.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign participation in engineering companies is limited to minority shareholding.","\"11.-(1) Where a person satisfies the Board-\n(a) that he is not ordinarily resident in Tanzania;\n(b) that he is or intends to be present in Tanzania in the capacity of a professionally qualified engineer for the express purpose of carrying out specific work or works for which he has been engaged; and\n'(c) that he is, or immediately prior to entering Tanzania was in practice as an engineer in a capacity which satisfies the Board of his fitness to serve the public as a professionally qualified engineer.\nProvided that, such qualifications, expertise and skills are not available amongst Tanzanian engineers and engineering techinicians.\nthe Board may, if it thinks fit, direct that person be registered under this section either for a period not exceeding one year, or for the duration of any specific work or works.\n[...]\n12.-(1) No person or body of persons not citizen of the United Republic shall be registered as a local consultant or consulting firms unless-\n(a) in the case of a natural person, he is a citizen of the United Republic.\n(b) in the case of a company, it is incorporated in Tanzania and the firms majority of its shares are owned by the citizens of United Republic;\n(2) If the conditions stipulated in subsection (1) are not fulfilled, the person or company shall be registered as a foreign engineer, consultant or consulting firm as the case may be.\n[...]\n13.-(1) No person other than a registered engineer shall engage in professional engineering work or services.[...]\" (ENGINEERS REGISTRATION ACT, 1997, as amended)","ENGINEERS REGISTRATION ACT, 1997, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://erb.go.tz/index.php/the-act-of-1997-and-amendment\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,338,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign participation in engineering companies is limited to minority shareholding.","\"11.-(1) Where a person satisfies the Board-\n(a) that he is not ordinarily resident in Tanzania;\n(b) that he is or intends to be present in Tanzania in the capacity of a professionally qualified engineer for the express purpose of carrying out specific work or works for which he has been engaged; and\n'(c) that he is, or immediately prior to entering Tanzania was in practice as an engineer in a capacity which satisfies the Board of his fitness to serve the public as a professionally qualified engineer.\nProvided that, such qualifications, expertise and skills are not available amongst Tanzanian engineers and engineering techinicians.\nthe Board may, if it thinks fit, direct that person be registered under this section either for a period not exceeding one year, or for the duration of any specific work or works.\n[...]\n12.-(1) No person or body of persons not citizen of the United Republic shall be registered as a local consultant or consulting firms unless-\n(a) in the case of a natural person, he is a citizen of the United Republic.\n(b) in the case of a company, it is incorporated in Tanzania and the firms majority of its shares are owned by the citizens of United Republic;\n(2) If the conditions stipulated in subsection (1) are not fulfilled, the person or company shall be registered as a foreign engineer, consultant or consulting firm as the case may be.\n[...]\n13.-(1) No person other than a registered engineer shall engage in professional engineering work or services.[...]\" (ENGINEERS REGISTRATION ACT, 1997, as amended)","ENGINEERS REGISTRATION ACT, 1997, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://erb.go.tz/index.php/the-act-of-1997-and-amendment\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,338,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign participation in engineering companies is limited to minority shareholding.","\"11.-(1) Where a person satisfies the Board-\n(a) that he is not ordinarily resident in Tanzania;\n(b) that he is or intends to be present in Tanzania in the capacity of a professionally qualified engineer for the express purpose of carrying out specific work or works for which he has been engaged; and\n'(c) that he is, or immediately prior to entering Tanzania was in practice as an engineer in a capacity which satisfies the Board of his fitness to serve the public as a professionally qualified engineer.\nProvided that, such qualifications, expertise and skills are not available amongst Tanzanian engineers and engineering techinicians.\nthe Board may, if it thinks fit, direct that person be registered under this section either for a period not exceeding one year, or for the duration of any specific work or works.\n[...]\n12.-(1) No person or body of persons not citizen of the United Republic shall be registered as a local consultant or consulting firms unless-\n(a) in the case of a natural person, he is a citizen of the United Republic.\n(b) in the case of a company, it is incorporated in Tanzania and the firms majority of its shares are owned by the citizens of United Republic;\n(2) If the conditions stipulated in subsection (1) are not fulfilled, the person or company shall be registered as a foreign engineer, consultant or consulting firm as the case may be.\n[...]\n13.-(1) No person other than a registered engineer shall engage in professional engineering work or services.[...]\" (ENGINEERS REGISTRATION ACT, 1997, as amended)","ENGINEERS REGISTRATION ACT, 1997, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://erb.go.tz/index.php/the-act-of-1997-and-amendment\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,338,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00375","Foreign participation in engineering companies is limited to minority shareholding.","\"11.-(1) Where a person satisfies the Board-\n(a) that he is not ordinarily resident in Tanzania;\n(b) that he is or intends to be present in Tanzania in the capacity of a professionally qualified engineer for the express purpose of carrying out specific work or works for which he has been engaged; and\n'(c) that he is, or immediately prior to entering Tanzania was in practice as an engineer in a capacity which satisfies the Board of his fitness to serve the public as a professionally qualified engineer.\nProvided that, such qualifications, expertise and skills are not available amongst Tanzanian engineers and engineering techinicians.\nthe Board may, if it thinks fit, direct that person be registered under this section either for a period not exceeding one year, or for the duration of any specific work or works.\n[...]\n12.-(1) No person or body of persons not citizen of the United Republic shall be registered as a local consultant or consulting firms unless-\n(a) in the case of a natural person, he is a citizen of the United Republic.\n(b) in the case of a company, it is incorporated in Tanzania and the firms majority of its shares are owned by the citizens of United Republic;\n(2) If the conditions stipulated in subsection (1) are not fulfilled, the person or company shall be registered as a foreign engineer, consultant or consulting firm as the case may be.\n[...]\n13.-(1) No person other than a registered engineer shall engage in professional engineering work or services.[...]\" (ENGINEERS REGISTRATION ACT, 1997, as amended)","ENGINEERS REGISTRATION ACT, 1997, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://erb.go.tz/index.php/the-act-of-1997-and-amendment\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,338,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign participation in architectural service companies is limited to minority shareholding.","\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign firm\" means a firm registered under Section 16 of this Act whose majority shares are owned by non-citizens;\n[...]\n13.(1) A foreign architect or quantity surveyor shall not practice as an architect or quantity surveyor in Tanzania unless he is registered under this Act.\n(2) A foreign architect or quantity surveyor who wishes to be registered under this Act shall satisfy the Board that-[...]\n(e) in the case of a foreign firm, is a firm that has employed foreign persons whose qualifications and skills are not available in Tanzania and has entered into a joint venture agreement with a local firm for carrying out the specific assignment;\n[...]\n16.(1) A foreign firm shall not be registered as a local architect or quantity surveyor or allowed to form a local firm unless-\n(a) in the case of a  firm, it is registered in Tanzania and the majority of the shares are owned by the citizens of the United Republic of Tanzania; and\n(b) at least one of the foreign principals is practising in Tanzania.[...]\" (ARCHITECTS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS (REGISTRATION) ACT, 2010)","ARCHITECTS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS (REGISTRATION) ACT, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.aqrb.go.tz/uploads/publications/en-1604923201-Act_no_4_of_2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,337,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign participation in architectural service companies is limited to minority shareholding.","\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign firm\" means a firm registered under Section 16 of this Act whose majority shares are owned by non-citizens;\n[...]\n13.(1) A foreign architect or quantity surveyor shall not practice as an architect or quantity surveyor in Tanzania unless he is registered under this Act.\n(2) A foreign architect or quantity surveyor who wishes to be registered under this Act shall satisfy the Board that-[...]\n(e) in the case of a foreign firm, is a firm that has employed foreign persons whose qualifications and skills are not available in Tanzania and has entered into a joint venture agreement with a local firm for carrying out the specific assignment;\n[...]\n16.(1) A foreign firm shall not be registered as a local architect or quantity surveyor or allowed to form a local firm unless-\n(a) in the case of a  firm, it is registered in Tanzania and the majority of the shares are owned by the citizens of the United Republic of Tanzania; and\n(b) at least one of the foreign principals is practising in Tanzania.[...]\" (ARCHITECTS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS (REGISTRATION) ACT, 2010)","ARCHITECTS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS (REGISTRATION) ACT, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.aqrb.go.tz/uploads/publications/en-1604923201-Act_no_4_of_2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,337,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign participation in architectural service companies is limited to minority shareholding.","\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign firm\" means a firm registered under Section 16 of this Act whose majority shares are owned by non-citizens;\n[...]\n13.(1) A foreign architect or quantity surveyor shall not practice as an architect or quantity surveyor in Tanzania unless he is registered under this Act.\n(2) A foreign architect or quantity surveyor who wishes to be registered under this Act shall satisfy the Board that-[...]\n(e) in the case of a foreign firm, is a firm that has employed foreign persons whose qualifications and skills are not available in Tanzania and has entered into a joint venture agreement with a local firm for carrying out the specific assignment;\n[...]\n16.(1) A foreign firm shall not be registered as a local architect or quantity surveyor or allowed to form a local firm unless-\n(a) in the case of a  firm, it is registered in Tanzania and the majority of the shares are owned by the citizens of the United Republic of Tanzania; and\n(b) at least one of the foreign principals is practising in Tanzania.[...]\" (ARCHITECTS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS (REGISTRATION) ACT, 2010)","ARCHITECTS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS (REGISTRATION) ACT, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.aqrb.go.tz/uploads/publications/en-1604923201-Act_no_4_of_2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,337,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00375","Foreign participation in architectural service companies is limited to minority shareholding.","\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign firm\" means a firm registered under Section 16 of this Act whose majority shares are owned by non-citizens;\n[...]\n13.(1) A foreign architect or quantity surveyor shall not practice as an architect or quantity surveyor in Tanzania unless he is registered under this Act.\n(2) A foreign architect or quantity surveyor who wishes to be registered under this Act shall satisfy the Board that-[...]\n(e) in the case of a foreign firm, is a firm that has employed foreign persons whose qualifications and skills are not available in Tanzania and has entered into a joint venture agreement with a local firm for carrying out the specific assignment;\n[...]\n16.(1) A foreign firm shall not be registered as a local architect or quantity surveyor or allowed to form a local firm unless-\n(a) in the case of a  firm, it is registered in Tanzania and the majority of the shares are owned by the citizens of the United Republic of Tanzania; and\n(b) at least one of the foreign principals is practising in Tanzania.[...]\" (ARCHITECTS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS (REGISTRATION) ACT, 2010)","ARCHITECTS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS (REGISTRATION) ACT, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.aqrb.go.tz/uploads/publications/en-1604923201-Act_no_4_of_2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,337,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.000875","Majority foreign investment in hotels, restaurants and recreational activities is subject to approval, with the exception of tourism business (travel agencies and tour operators included) in which majority foreign shareholding is prohibited as per the relevant sectoral law.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 13. In the case where there exist other laws which govern shareholding, partnership or investment of foreigners, permission or prohibition of the operation of certain businesses vis‐à‐vis foreigners or which prescribe rules in connection with the operation of businesses of foreigners, such laws shall prevail and the provisions of this Act shall not apply to matters insofar as they are specifically provided by other laws\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(17) Hotel business, with the exception of the hotel management service\n(18) Guided touring\n(19) Sale of food and beverages [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Section 4. In this Act: “Tourism business” means a business relating to guiding tourists for touring or for other purposes of traveling by providing either one or several services or conveniences such as lodging, food, guide, or any other services as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER I - Tourism Business\nSection 15. Any person who intends to operate a tourism business shall apply for a tourism business licence with the registrar. An application of licence, issuance of licence, and issuance of duplicate copy of licence shall be in accordance with the criteria and procedure prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\nSection 16. A natural person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows: (A) being not less than twenty years of age on an application date of tourism business licence; (B) being of Thai nationality; (C) being domiciled or resided in the Kingdom of Thailand [...]\nSection 17. A juristic person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows; (A) being the juristic person under Thai law whose objective is to operate business concerning with tourism. If such juristic person is a registered partnership, an unlimited liability partner shall have Thai nationality. If such juristic person is a limited company or public limited company, no less than fifty one percent of a company’s capital shall belong to a natural person who has Thai nationality and more than half of such company’s directors shall have Thai nationality; (B) the director or a person who has the power to act on behalf of the juristic person shall have qualifications and not be under the prohibitions under section 16; [...]\"(Tourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008))\"","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).\nTourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/TOURISM_BUSINESS_AND_GUIDE_ACT_B.E._2551.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1923,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.000875","Majority foreign investment in hotels, restaurants and recreational activities is subject to approval, with the exception of tourism business (travel agencies and tour operators included) in which majority foreign shareholding is prohibited as per the relevant sectoral law.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 13. In the case where there exist other laws which govern shareholding, partnership or investment of foreigners, permission or prohibition of the operation of certain businesses vis‐à‐vis foreigners or which prescribe rules in connection with the operation of businesses of foreigners, such laws shall prevail and the provisions of this Act shall not apply to matters insofar as they are specifically provided by other laws\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(17) Hotel business, with the exception of the hotel management service\n(18) Guided touring\n(19) Sale of food and beverages [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Section 4. In this Act: “Tourism business” means a business relating to guiding tourists for touring or for other purposes of traveling by providing either one or several services or conveniences such as lodging, food, guide, or any other services as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER I - Tourism Business\nSection 15. Any person who intends to operate a tourism business shall apply for a tourism business licence with the registrar. An application of licence, issuance of licence, and issuance of duplicate copy of licence shall be in accordance with the criteria and procedure prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\nSection 16. A natural person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows: (A) being not less than twenty years of age on an application date of tourism business licence; (B) being of Thai nationality; (C) being domiciled or resided in the Kingdom of Thailand [...]\nSection 17. A juristic person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows; (A) being the juristic person under Thai law whose objective is to operate business concerning with tourism. If such juristic person is a registered partnership, an unlimited liability partner shall have Thai nationality. If such juristic person is a limited company or public limited company, no less than fifty one percent of a company’s capital shall belong to a natural person who has Thai nationality and more than half of such company’s directors shall have Thai nationality; (B) the director or a person who has the power to act on behalf of the juristic person shall have qualifications and not be under the prohibitions under section 16; [...]\"(Tourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008))\"","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).\nTourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/TOURISM_BUSINESS_AND_GUIDE_ACT_B.E._2551.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1923,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000875","Majority foreign investment in hotels, restaurants and recreational activities is subject to approval, with the exception of tourism business (travel agencies and tour operators included) in which majority foreign shareholding is prohibited as per the relevant sectoral law.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 13. In the case where there exist other laws which govern shareholding, partnership or investment of foreigners, permission or prohibition of the operation of certain businesses vis‐à‐vis foreigners or which prescribe rules in connection with the operation of businesses of foreigners, such laws shall prevail and the provisions of this Act shall not apply to matters insofar as they are specifically provided by other laws\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(17) Hotel business, with the exception of the hotel management service\n(18) Guided touring\n(19) Sale of food and beverages [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Section 4. In this Act: “Tourism business” means a business relating to guiding tourists for touring or for other purposes of traveling by providing either one or several services or conveniences such as lodging, food, guide, or any other services as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER I - Tourism Business\nSection 15. Any person who intends to operate a tourism business shall apply for a tourism business licence with the registrar. An application of licence, issuance of licence, and issuance of duplicate copy of licence shall be in accordance with the criteria and procedure prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\nSection 16. A natural person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows: (A) being not less than twenty years of age on an application date of tourism business licence; (B) being of Thai nationality; (C) being domiciled or resided in the Kingdom of Thailand [...]\nSection 17. A juristic person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows; (A) being the juristic person under Thai law whose objective is to operate business concerning with tourism. If such juristic person is a registered partnership, an unlimited liability partner shall have Thai nationality. If such juristic person is a limited company or public limited company, no less than fifty one percent of a company’s capital shall belong to a natural person who has Thai nationality and more than half of such company’s directors shall have Thai nationality; (B) the director or a person who has the power to act on behalf of the juristic person shall have qualifications and not be under the prohibitions under section 16; [...]\"(Tourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008))\"","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).\nTourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/TOURISM_BUSINESS_AND_GUIDE_ACT_B.E._2551.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1923,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.000875","Majority foreign investment in hotels, restaurants and recreational activities is subject to approval, with the exception of tourism business (travel agencies and tour operators included) in which majority foreign shareholding is prohibited as per the relevant sectoral law.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 13. In the case where there exist other laws which govern shareholding, partnership or investment of foreigners, permission or prohibition of the operation of certain businesses vis‐à‐vis foreigners or which prescribe rules in connection with the operation of businesses of foreigners, such laws shall prevail and the provisions of this Act shall not apply to matters insofar as they are specifically provided by other laws\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(17) Hotel business, with the exception of the hotel management service\n(18) Guided touring\n(19) Sale of food and beverages [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Section 4. In this Act: “Tourism business” means a business relating to guiding tourists for touring or for other purposes of traveling by providing either one or several services or conveniences such as lodging, food, guide, or any other services as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\n[...]\nCHAPTER I - Tourism Business\nSection 15. Any person who intends to operate a tourism business shall apply for a tourism business licence with the registrar. An application of licence, issuance of licence, and issuance of duplicate copy of licence shall be in accordance with the criteria and procedure prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation.\nSection 16. A natural person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows: (A) being not less than twenty years of age on an application date of tourism business licence; (B) being of Thai nationality; (C) being domiciled or resided in the Kingdom of Thailand [...]\nSection 17. A juristic person who applies for a tourism business licence shall: (1) have qualifications as follows; (A) being the juristic person under Thai law whose objective is to operate business concerning with tourism. If such juristic person is a registered partnership, an unlimited liability partner shall have Thai nationality. If such juristic person is a limited company or public limited company, no less than fifty one percent of a company’s capital shall belong to a natural person who has Thai nationality and more than half of such company’s directors shall have Thai nationality; (B) the director or a person who has the power to act on behalf of the juristic person shall have qualifications and not be under the prohibitions under section 16; [...]\"(Tourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008))\"","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).\nTourism Business and Guide Act, B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/TOURISM_BUSINESS_AND_GUIDE_ACT_B.E._2551.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1923,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","K65_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.00075","Foreign shareholding in insurance activities is limited up to 49% of total voting capital and the majority of the board of directors must be Thai citizens.\n[Obs.: as indicated by legal practitioners in Thailand: the notification issued in Janurary 2017 by the Minister of Finance does not change the foreign shareholding limits established by the law; it only clarifies the rules, conditions and procedures for an insurance company to request the authorisation of the Ministry of Finance to hold foreign shareholding in excess of the limitations established by law. This, however, is only possible on an exceptional basis in the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the Thailand's insurance business industry (For more information, please see Kennedys, 2017 and Tilleke & Gibbins International, 2017)].","\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 109. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\nIn case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors. \nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph. The application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.When permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the\nOffice of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette [...]\"(LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 9. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals. In case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors.\nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the non-life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph.\nThe application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.\nWhen permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the Office of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette.[...]\"(Non-Life Insurance Act B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria: (1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Life Insurance Companies; and (2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the life insurance company and life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications: (1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business; (2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations; (3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and (4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability. [...]\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))\"\n------------------------------\n\"Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria:\n(1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Non-Life Insurance Companies; and\n(2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the non-life insurance company and non-life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications:\n(1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business;\n(2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations;\n(3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and\n(4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability.\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Non-Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Non-Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))","LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\nNON-LIFE INSUREANCE ACT B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558)\nNotification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016)","Tilleke & Gibbins International (2017), \"Thailand Insurance Market Liberalization: Relaxation of Foreign Shareholding Limits\", Bangkok.\nKennedys (2017), \"Thailand: Clarity on Obtaining Permission for Majority Foreign Ownership in Insurers\",  Bangkok.","[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/84240/883-4137.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/86505/unofficial-non-life-insurance-act-b.e.2535-amended-2551-and-2558.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88133/87.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88134/88.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tilleke.com/sites/default/files/2017_Feb_Thailand_Insurance_Market_Liberalization.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kennedyslaw.com/thought-leadership/article/thailand-clarity-on-obtaining-permission-for-majority-foreign-ownership-in-insurers\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1968,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","K65_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.00075","Foreign shareholding in insurance activities is limited up to 49% of total voting capital and the majority of the board of directors must be Thai citizens.\n[Obs.: as indicated by legal practitioners in Thailand: the notification issued in Janurary 2017 by the Minister of Finance does not change the foreign shareholding limits established by the law; it only clarifies the rules, conditions and procedures for an insurance company to request the authorisation of the Ministry of Finance to hold foreign shareholding in excess of the limitations established by law. This, however, is only possible on an exceptional basis in the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the Thailand's insurance business industry (For more information, please see Kennedys, 2017 and Tilleke & Gibbins International, 2017)].","\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 109. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\nIn case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors. \nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph. The application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.When permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the\nOffice of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette [...]\"(LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 9. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals. In case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors.\nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the non-life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph.\nThe application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.\nWhen permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the Office of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette.[...]\"(Non-Life Insurance Act B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria: (1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Life Insurance Companies; and (2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the life insurance company and life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications: (1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business; (2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations; (3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and (4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability. [...]\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))\"\n------------------------------\n\"Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria:\n(1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Non-Life Insurance Companies; and\n(2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the non-life insurance company and non-life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications:\n(1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business;\n(2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations;\n(3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and\n(4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability.\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Non-Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Non-Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))","LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\nNON-LIFE INSUREANCE ACT B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558)\nNotification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016)","Tilleke & Gibbins International (2017), \"Thailand Insurance Market Liberalization: Relaxation of Foreign Shareholding Limits\", Bangkok.\nKennedys (2017), \"Thailand: Clarity on Obtaining Permission for Majority Foreign Ownership in Insurers\",  Bangkok.","[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/84240/883-4137.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/86505/unofficial-non-life-insurance-act-b.e.2535-amended-2551-and-2558.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88133/87.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88134/88.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tilleke.com/sites/default/files/2017_Feb_Thailand_Insurance_Market_Liberalization.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kennedyslaw.com/thought-leadership/article/thailand-clarity-on-obtaining-permission-for-majority-foreign-ownership-in-insurers\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1968,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","K65_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.00075","Foreign shareholding in insurance activities is limited up to 49% of total voting capital and the majority of the board of directors must be Thai citizens.\n[Obs.: as indicated by legal practitioners in Thailand: the notification issued in Janurary 2017 by the Minister of Finance does not change the foreign shareholding limits established by the law; it only clarifies the rules, conditions and procedures for an insurance company to request the authorisation of the Ministry of Finance to hold foreign shareholding in excess of the limitations established by law. This, however, is only possible on an exceptional basis in the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the Thailand's insurance business industry (For more information, please see Kennedys, 2017 and Tilleke & Gibbins International, 2017)].","\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 109. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\nIn case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors. \nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph. The application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.When permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the\nOffice of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette [...]\"(LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 9. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals. In case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors.\nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the non-life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph.\nThe application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.\nWhen permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the Office of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette.[...]\"(Non-Life Insurance Act B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria: (1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Life Insurance Companies; and (2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the life insurance company and life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications: (1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business; (2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations; (3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and (4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability. [...]\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))\"\n------------------------------\n\"Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria:\n(1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Non-Life Insurance Companies; and\n(2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the non-life insurance company and non-life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications:\n(1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business;\n(2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations;\n(3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and\n(4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability.\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Non-Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Non-Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))","LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\nNON-LIFE INSUREANCE ACT B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558)\nNotification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016)","Tilleke & Gibbins International (2017), \"Thailand Insurance Market Liberalization: Relaxation of Foreign Shareholding Limits\", Bangkok.\nKennedys (2017), \"Thailand: Clarity on Obtaining Permission for Majority Foreign Ownership in Insurers\",  Bangkok.","[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/84240/883-4137.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/86505/unofficial-non-life-insurance-act-b.e.2535-amended-2551-and-2558.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88133/87.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88134/88.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tilleke.com/sites/default/files/2017_Feb_Thailand_Insurance_Market_Liberalization.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kennedyslaw.com/thought-leadership/article/thailand-clarity-on-obtaining-permission-for-majority-foreign-ownership-in-insurers\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1968,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","K65_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.00075","Foreign shareholding in insurance activities is limited up to 49% of total voting capital and the majority of the board of directors must be Thai citizens.\n[Obs.: as indicated by legal practitioners in Thailand: the notification issued in Janurary 2017 by the Minister of Finance does not change the foreign shareholding limits established by the law; it only clarifies the rules, conditions and procedures for an insurance company to request the authorisation of the Ministry of Finance to hold foreign shareholding in excess of the limitations established by law. This, however, is only possible on an exceptional basis in the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the Thailand's insurance business industry (For more information, please see Kennedys, 2017 and Tilleke & Gibbins International, 2017)].","\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 109. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\nIn case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors. \nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph. The application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.When permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the\nOffice of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette [...]\"(LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 9. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals. In case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors.\nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the non-life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph.\nThe application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.\nWhen permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the Office of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette.[...]\"(Non-Life Insurance Act B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria: (1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Life Insurance Companies; and (2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the life insurance company and life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications: (1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business; (2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations; (3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and (4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability. [...]\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))\"\n------------------------------\n\"Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria:\n(1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Non-Life Insurance Companies; and\n(2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the non-life insurance company and non-life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications:\n(1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business;\n(2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations;\n(3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and\n(4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability.\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Non-Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Non-Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))","LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\nNON-LIFE INSUREANCE ACT B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558)\nNotification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016)","Tilleke & Gibbins International (2017), \"Thailand Insurance Market Liberalization: Relaxation of Foreign Shareholding Limits\", Bangkok.\nKennedys (2017), \"Thailand: Clarity on Obtaining Permission for Majority Foreign Ownership in Insurers\",  Bangkok.","[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/84240/883-4137.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/86505/unofficial-non-life-insurance-act-b.e.2535-amended-2551-and-2558.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88133/87.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88134/88.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tilleke.com/sites/default/files/2017_Feb_Thailand_Insurance_Market_Liberalization.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kennedyslaw.com/thought-leadership/article/thailand-clarity-on-obtaining-permission-for-majority-foreign-ownership-in-insurers\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1968,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C10T12","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2018,"5.42E-05","Foreign investment in the production of sugar and salt is limited to 75%of equity ownership and at least two-fifths of directors need to be Thai citizens.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...]\nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n1. Production of sugar from sugar cane; 2. Salt farming, including non-sea salt farming;3. Production of rock salt [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1942,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C10T12","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2021,"5.42E-05","Foreign investment in the production of sugar and salt is limited to 75%of equity ownership and at least two-fifths of directors need to be Thai citizens.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...]\nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n1. Production of sugar from sugar cane; 2. Salt farming, including non-sea salt farming;3. Production of rock salt [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1942,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C10T12","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2022,"5.42E-05","Foreign investment in the production of sugar and salt is limited to 75%of equity ownership and at least two-fifths of directors need to be Thai citizens.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...]\nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n1. Production of sugar from sugar cane; 2. Salt farming, including non-sea salt farming;3. Production of rock salt [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1942,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C10T12","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2023,"5.42E-05","Foreign investment in the production of sugar and salt is limited to 75%of equity ownership and at least two-fifths of directors need to be Thai citizens.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...]\nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n1. Production of sugar from sugar cane; 2. Salt farming, including non-sea salt farming;3. Production of rock salt [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1942,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.002166667","Foreign investment in timber processing for production of furniture and utensils is limited to up to 75% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n5. Timber processing for production of furniture and utensils[...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1940,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.002166667","Foreign investment in timber processing for production of furniture and utensils is limited to up to 75% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n5. Timber processing for production of furniture and utensils[...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1940,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.002166667","Foreign investment in timber processing for production of furniture and utensils is limited to up to 75% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n5. Timber processing for production of furniture and utensils[...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1940,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.002166667","Foreign investment in timber processing for production of furniture and utensils is limited to up to 75% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n5. Timber processing for production of furniture and utensils[...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1940,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00075","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory administrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1755,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00075","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory administrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1755,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00075","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory administrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1755,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00075","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory administrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1755,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00009375","The establishment of insurance intermediary companies, including insurance or reinsurance broker, insurance agent or life insurance producer, requires an authorisation which may only be granted to qualified Tunisian nationals and to legal persons in which qualified Tunisian nationals are in charge of their direction and management.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n3. List of authorizations relating to the activities of the banking and financial sector, insurance and the financial market\n20. Authorization to create insurance companies\nTerms :\n1. The company must be governed by Tunisian law.\n2. It must take the form of a public limited company or a mutual company or an agricultural mutual fund.\n[...]\n21. Establishment of non-resident insurance and reinsurance business (under an agreement)\nTerms :\n1. Insurance against risks not taking place in Tunisia and insurance for persons not resident in Tunisia.\n2. Approval of the Minister of Finance of the officer of the company or the branch.\n3. Conclusion of an agreement with the Minister of Finance to benefit from the privileges.\n[...]\n22. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance agent or to exercise the activity of life insurance producer\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.\n[...]\n23. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance or reinsurance broker\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.[...]\" (Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11 , 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.)\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - INSURANCE COMPANIES AND REINSURANCE COMPANIES)\nSection I. – Approval\nArticle 48.- Are considered as \"insurance companies\" and therefore subject to approval, all companies which engage, as a regular activity, in the subscription and execution of insurance contracts such as defined in article 1 of this code.\n\"Companies specializing in reinsurance are considered to be companies which engage exclusively, as a usual activity, in the operations of acceptance and transfer of risks and which do not practice the subscription and execution of insurance contracts. are, therefore, subject, within a period of one month from the date of their constitution, to the obligation to inform the Minister of Finance and to send him a file, the content of which is fixed by decree. (Added by article 3 of law n° 2002-37 of April 1, 2002).\n“Approval applications and information files are sent to the committee which examines them. To this end, he is authorized to request all the information and documents he deems necessary. (Paragraph 3 added by article 4 of law n° 2008-\n8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 49.- Insurance companies are required to indicate, when applying for approval, the category or categories of insurance that they intend to operate.\nThe list of insurance categories is fixed by order of the “Minister of Finance on a proposal from the committee”(1).\n[...]\nSection V. – Non-resident insurance and reinsurance companies\nArticle 67.- Insurance or reinsurance organizations working mainly with non-residents and branches in Tunisia of foreign insurance and reinsurance organizations may be admitted to carry out insurance in Tunisia of risks other than those whose hedging must be carried out locally under article 44 of this Code.\nThese bodies may, by virtue of \"an agreement concluded on the advice of the committee between the Minister of Finance and the insurer or reinsurer concerned\",(1) benefit from the regime provided for by law no. 85-108 of 6 December 1985 encouraging financial and banking organizations mainly with non-residents.\nThe aforementioned agreement will determine in particular the scope of activity as well as the terms and conditions for granting the benefit of the said regime provided for by the aforementioned law and will be ratified by decree. (Paragraph 3 modified by article 5 of law n°2008-8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 68 - The organizations referred to in article 67 of the present Code as well as the reinsurance companies not having their head office in Tunisia and previously approved, must present for the acceptance of the Minister of Finance an agent specially proposed to the management of all the operations they propose to perform in Tunisia.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - INTERMEDIARIES, INSURANCE ADJUSTERS AND DAMAGE COMMISSIONERS\nSection I. – Intermediaries\nArticle 69.- Insurance operations may be presented to the public through the following intermediaries:\n1) The insurance broker: The insurance broker is the person bringing together policyholders and insurance or reinsurance companies without being bound in the choice of these for the purpose of insuring or reinsure risks. The broker is the agent of the insured and is responsible towards him.\n2) The insurance agent: The insurance agent is the person charged under a mandate to conclude insurance contracts in the name and on behalf of one or more insurance companies. He exercises individually or within the framework of a professional civil society.\n3) The life insurance producer: the life insurance producer is the natural person, salaried or not, mandated by a company carrying out life insurance operations. The producer's activity is limited to the presentation of contracts and possibly the collection of premiums. The life insurance producer can only represent one insurance company.\n[...]\nArticle 70.- With the exception of banking establishments, micro-finance institutions and the national post office, the persons referred to in article 69 of this code must prove that they possess a professional card and their registration in a register kept for this purpose by the departments of the General Insurance Committee, in order to be able to present insurance transactions. (Repealed and replaced by art. 9 of decree-law no. 2011-117 of November 5, 2011)\nThe register referred to in the preceding paragraph of this article comprises three sections according to the category of intermediaries.\nThese sections are:\n- Section 1: Brokers and insurance brokerage firms.\n- Section 2: Insurance agents and companies of insurance agents.\n- Section 3: Life insurance producers.\nArticle 71.- The professional card referred to in Article 70 of this Code is issued by the “general insurance committee”(1) after consulting a commission whose composition and operating rules are fixed by decree.\nArticle 72.- Any insurance intermediary may hold only one professional card.\nArticle 73.- The professional card can only be granted to the natural person if he meets the following conditions:\n1) Be of Tunisian nationality. [...]\nThe professional card can only be granted to legal persons if the natural persons in charge of their direction and management meet the conditions provided for in this article. [...]\" (Law n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation])","Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]\nLaw n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/113253?ln=en\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cga.gov.tn/fileadmin/contenus/pdf/Code_Assurance_Version_FR.pdf\">Code_amend</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1760,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00009375","The establishment of insurance intermediary companies, including insurance or reinsurance broker, insurance agent or life insurance producer, requires an authorisation which may only be granted to qualified Tunisian nationals and to legal persons in which qualified Tunisian nationals are in charge of their direction and management.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n3. List of authorizations relating to the activities of the banking and financial sector, insurance and the financial market\n20. Authorization to create insurance companies\nTerms :\n1. The company must be governed by Tunisian law.\n2. It must take the form of a public limited company or a mutual company or an agricultural mutual fund.\n[...]\n21. Establishment of non-resident insurance and reinsurance business (under an agreement)\nTerms :\n1. Insurance against risks not taking place in Tunisia and insurance for persons not resident in Tunisia.\n2. Approval of the Minister of Finance of the officer of the company or the branch.\n3. Conclusion of an agreement with the Minister of Finance to benefit from the privileges.\n[...]\n22. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance agent or to exercise the activity of life insurance producer\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.\n[...]\n23. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance or reinsurance broker\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.[...]\" (Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11 , 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.)\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - INSURANCE COMPANIES AND REINSURANCE COMPANIES)\nSection I. – Approval\nArticle 48.- Are considered as \"insurance companies\" and therefore subject to approval, all companies which engage, as a regular activity, in the subscription and execution of insurance contracts such as defined in article 1 of this code.\n\"Companies specializing in reinsurance are considered to be companies which engage exclusively, as a usual activity, in the operations of acceptance and transfer of risks and which do not practice the subscription and execution of insurance contracts. are, therefore, subject, within a period of one month from the date of their constitution, to the obligation to inform the Minister of Finance and to send him a file, the content of which is fixed by decree. (Added by article 3 of law n° 2002-37 of April 1, 2002).\n“Approval applications and information files are sent to the committee which examines them. To this end, he is authorized to request all the information and documents he deems necessary. (Paragraph 3 added by article 4 of law n° 2008-\n8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 49.- Insurance companies are required to indicate, when applying for approval, the category or categories of insurance that they intend to operate.\nThe list of insurance categories is fixed by order of the “Minister of Finance on a proposal from the committee”(1).\n[...]\nSection V. – Non-resident insurance and reinsurance companies\nArticle 67.- Insurance or reinsurance organizations working mainly with non-residents and branches in Tunisia of foreign insurance and reinsurance organizations may be admitted to carry out insurance in Tunisia of risks other than those whose hedging must be carried out locally under article 44 of this Code.\nThese bodies may, by virtue of \"an agreement concluded on the advice of the committee between the Minister of Finance and the insurer or reinsurer concerned\",(1) benefit from the regime provided for by law no. 85-108 of 6 December 1985 encouraging financial and banking organizations mainly with non-residents.\nThe aforementioned agreement will determine in particular the scope of activity as well as the terms and conditions for granting the benefit of the said regime provided for by the aforementioned law and will be ratified by decree. (Paragraph 3 modified by article 5 of law n°2008-8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 68 - The organizations referred to in article 67 of the present Code as well as the reinsurance companies not having their head office in Tunisia and previously approved, must present for the acceptance of the Minister of Finance an agent specially proposed to the management of all the operations they propose to perform in Tunisia.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - INTERMEDIARIES, INSURANCE ADJUSTERS AND DAMAGE COMMISSIONERS\nSection I. – Intermediaries\nArticle 69.- Insurance operations may be presented to the public through the following intermediaries:\n1) The insurance broker: The insurance broker is the person bringing together policyholders and insurance or reinsurance companies without being bound in the choice of these for the purpose of insuring or reinsure risks. The broker is the agent of the insured and is responsible towards him.\n2) The insurance agent: The insurance agent is the person charged under a mandate to conclude insurance contracts in the name and on behalf of one or more insurance companies. He exercises individually or within the framework of a professional civil society.\n3) The life insurance producer: the life insurance producer is the natural person, salaried or not, mandated by a company carrying out life insurance operations. The producer's activity is limited to the presentation of contracts and possibly the collection of premiums. The life insurance producer can only represent one insurance company.\n[...]\nArticle 70.- With the exception of banking establishments, micro-finance institutions and the national post office, the persons referred to in article 69 of this code must prove that they possess a professional card and their registration in a register kept for this purpose by the departments of the General Insurance Committee, in order to be able to present insurance transactions. (Repealed and replaced by art. 9 of decree-law no. 2011-117 of November 5, 2011)\nThe register referred to in the preceding paragraph of this article comprises three sections according to the category of intermediaries.\nThese sections are:\n- Section 1: Brokers and insurance brokerage firms.\n- Section 2: Insurance agents and companies of insurance agents.\n- Section 3: Life insurance producers.\nArticle 71.- The professional card referred to in Article 70 of this Code is issued by the “general insurance committee”(1) after consulting a commission whose composition and operating rules are fixed by decree.\nArticle 72.- Any insurance intermediary may hold only one professional card.\nArticle 73.- The professional card can only be granted to the natural person if he meets the following conditions:\n1) Be of Tunisian nationality. [...]\nThe professional card can only be granted to legal persons if the natural persons in charge of their direction and management meet the conditions provided for in this article. [...]\" (Law n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation])","Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]\nLaw n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/113253?ln=en\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cga.gov.tn/fileadmin/contenus/pdf/Code_Assurance_Version_FR.pdf\">Code_amend</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1760,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.00009375","The establishment of insurance intermediary companies, including insurance or reinsurance broker, insurance agent or life insurance producer, requires an authorisation which may only be granted to qualified Tunisian nationals and to legal persons in which qualified Tunisian nationals are in charge of their direction and management.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n3. List of authorizations relating to the activities of the banking and financial sector, insurance and the financial market\n20. Authorization to create insurance companies\nTerms :\n1. The company must be governed by Tunisian law.\n2. It must take the form of a public limited company or a mutual company or an agricultural mutual fund.\n[...]\n21. Establishment of non-resident insurance and reinsurance business (under an agreement)\nTerms :\n1. Insurance against risks not taking place in Tunisia and insurance for persons not resident in Tunisia.\n2. Approval of the Minister of Finance of the officer of the company or the branch.\n3. Conclusion of an agreement with the Minister of Finance to benefit from the privileges.\n[...]\n22. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance agent or to exercise the activity of life insurance producer\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.\n[...]\n23. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance or reinsurance broker\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.[...]\" (Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11 , 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.)\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - INSURANCE COMPANIES AND REINSURANCE COMPANIES)\nSection I. – Approval\nArticle 48.- Are considered as \"insurance companies\" and therefore subject to approval, all companies which engage, as a regular activity, in the subscription and execution of insurance contracts such as defined in article 1 of this code.\n\"Companies specializing in reinsurance are considered to be companies which engage exclusively, as a usual activity, in the operations of acceptance and transfer of risks and which do not practice the subscription and execution of insurance contracts. are, therefore, subject, within a period of one month from the date of their constitution, to the obligation to inform the Minister of Finance and to send him a file, the content of which is fixed by decree. (Added by article 3 of law n° 2002-37 of April 1, 2002).\n“Approval applications and information files are sent to the committee which examines them. To this end, he is authorized to request all the information and documents he deems necessary. (Paragraph 3 added by article 4 of law n° 2008-\n8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 49.- Insurance companies are required to indicate, when applying for approval, the category or categories of insurance that they intend to operate.\nThe list of insurance categories is fixed by order of the “Minister of Finance on a proposal from the committee”(1).\n[...]\nSection V. – Non-resident insurance and reinsurance companies\nArticle 67.- Insurance or reinsurance organizations working mainly with non-residents and branches in Tunisia of foreign insurance and reinsurance organizations may be admitted to carry out insurance in Tunisia of risks other than those whose hedging must be carried out locally under article 44 of this Code.\nThese bodies may, by virtue of \"an agreement concluded on the advice of the committee between the Minister of Finance and the insurer or reinsurer concerned\",(1) benefit from the regime provided for by law no. 85-108 of 6 December 1985 encouraging financial and banking organizations mainly with non-residents.\nThe aforementioned agreement will determine in particular the scope of activity as well as the terms and conditions for granting the benefit of the said regime provided for by the aforementioned law and will be ratified by decree. (Paragraph 3 modified by article 5 of law n°2008-8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 68 - The organizations referred to in article 67 of the present Code as well as the reinsurance companies not having their head office in Tunisia and previously approved, must present for the acceptance of the Minister of Finance an agent specially proposed to the management of all the operations they propose to perform in Tunisia.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - INTERMEDIARIES, INSURANCE ADJUSTERS AND DAMAGE COMMISSIONERS\nSection I. – Intermediaries\nArticle 69.- Insurance operations may be presented to the public through the following intermediaries:\n1) The insurance broker: The insurance broker is the person bringing together policyholders and insurance or reinsurance companies without being bound in the choice of these for the purpose of insuring or reinsure risks. The broker is the agent of the insured and is responsible towards him.\n2) The insurance agent: The insurance agent is the person charged under a mandate to conclude insurance contracts in the name and on behalf of one or more insurance companies. He exercises individually or within the framework of a professional civil society.\n3) The life insurance producer: the life insurance producer is the natural person, salaried or not, mandated by a company carrying out life insurance operations. The producer's activity is limited to the presentation of contracts and possibly the collection of premiums. The life insurance producer can only represent one insurance company.\n[...]\nArticle 70.- With the exception of banking establishments, micro-finance institutions and the national post office, the persons referred to in article 69 of this code must prove that they possess a professional card and their registration in a register kept for this purpose by the departments of the General Insurance Committee, in order to be able to present insurance transactions. (Repealed and replaced by art. 9 of decree-law no. 2011-117 of November 5, 2011)\nThe register referred to in the preceding paragraph of this article comprises three sections according to the category of intermediaries.\nThese sections are:\n- Section 1: Brokers and insurance brokerage firms.\n- Section 2: Insurance agents and companies of insurance agents.\n- Section 3: Life insurance producers.\nArticle 71.- The professional card referred to in Article 70 of this Code is issued by the “general insurance committee”(1) after consulting a commission whose composition and operating rules are fixed by decree.\nArticle 72.- Any insurance intermediary may hold only one professional card.\nArticle 73.- The professional card can only be granted to the natural person if he meets the following conditions:\n1) Be of Tunisian nationality. [...]\nThe professional card can only be granted to legal persons if the natural persons in charge of their direction and management meet the conditions provided for in this article. [...]\" (Law n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation])","Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]\nLaw n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/113253?ln=en\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cga.gov.tn/fileadmin/contenus/pdf/Code_Assurance_Version_FR.pdf\">Code_amend</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1760,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00009375","The establishment of insurance intermediary companies, including insurance or reinsurance broker, insurance agent or life insurance producer, requires an authorisation which may only be granted to qualified Tunisian nationals and to legal persons in which qualified Tunisian nationals are in charge of their direction and management.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n3. List of authorizations relating to the activities of the banking and financial sector, insurance and the financial market\n20. Authorization to create insurance companies\nTerms :\n1. The company must be governed by Tunisian law.\n2. It must take the form of a public limited company or a mutual company or an agricultural mutual fund.\n[...]\n21. Establishment of non-resident insurance and reinsurance business (under an agreement)\nTerms :\n1. Insurance against risks not taking place in Tunisia and insurance for persons not resident in Tunisia.\n2. Approval of the Minister of Finance of the officer of the company or the branch.\n3. Conclusion of an agreement with the Minister of Finance to benefit from the privileges.\n[...]\n22. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance agent or to exercise the activity of life insurance producer\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.\n[...]\n23. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance or reinsurance broker\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.[...]\" (Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11 , 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.)\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - INSURANCE COMPANIES AND REINSURANCE COMPANIES)\nSection I. – Approval\nArticle 48.- Are considered as \"insurance companies\" and therefore subject to approval, all companies which engage, as a regular activity, in the subscription and execution of insurance contracts such as defined in article 1 of this code.\n\"Companies specializing in reinsurance are considered to be companies which engage exclusively, as a usual activity, in the operations of acceptance and transfer of risks and which do not practice the subscription and execution of insurance contracts. are, therefore, subject, within a period of one month from the date of their constitution, to the obligation to inform the Minister of Finance and to send him a file, the content of which is fixed by decree. (Added by article 3 of law n° 2002-37 of April 1, 2002).\n“Approval applications and information files are sent to the committee which examines them. To this end, he is authorized to request all the information and documents he deems necessary. (Paragraph 3 added by article 4 of law n° 2008-\n8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 49.- Insurance companies are required to indicate, when applying for approval, the category or categories of insurance that they intend to operate.\nThe list of insurance categories is fixed by order of the “Minister of Finance on a proposal from the committee”(1).\n[...]\nSection V. – Non-resident insurance and reinsurance companies\nArticle 67.- Insurance or reinsurance organizations working mainly with non-residents and branches in Tunisia of foreign insurance and reinsurance organizations may be admitted to carry out insurance in Tunisia of risks other than those whose hedging must be carried out locally under article 44 of this Code.\nThese bodies may, by virtue of \"an agreement concluded on the advice of the committee between the Minister of Finance and the insurer or reinsurer concerned\",(1) benefit from the regime provided for by law no. 85-108 of 6 December 1985 encouraging financial and banking organizations mainly with non-residents.\nThe aforementioned agreement will determine in particular the scope of activity as well as the terms and conditions for granting the benefit of the said regime provided for by the aforementioned law and will be ratified by decree. (Paragraph 3 modified by article 5 of law n°2008-8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 68 - The organizations referred to in article 67 of the present Code as well as the reinsurance companies not having their head office in Tunisia and previously approved, must present for the acceptance of the Minister of Finance an agent specially proposed to the management of all the operations they propose to perform in Tunisia.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - INTERMEDIARIES, INSURANCE ADJUSTERS AND DAMAGE COMMISSIONERS\nSection I. – Intermediaries\nArticle 69.- Insurance operations may be presented to the public through the following intermediaries:\n1) The insurance broker: The insurance broker is the person bringing together policyholders and insurance or reinsurance companies without being bound in the choice of these for the purpose of insuring or reinsure risks. The broker is the agent of the insured and is responsible towards him.\n2) The insurance agent: The insurance agent is the person charged under a mandate to conclude insurance contracts in the name and on behalf of one or more insurance companies. He exercises individually or within the framework of a professional civil society.\n3) The life insurance producer: the life insurance producer is the natural person, salaried or not, mandated by a company carrying out life insurance operations. The producer's activity is limited to the presentation of contracts and possibly the collection of premiums. The life insurance producer can only represent one insurance company.\n[...]\nArticle 70.- With the exception of banking establishments, micro-finance institutions and the national post office, the persons referred to in article 69 of this code must prove that they possess a professional card and their registration in a register kept for this purpose by the departments of the General Insurance Committee, in order to be able to present insurance transactions. (Repealed and replaced by art. 9 of decree-law no. 2011-117 of November 5, 2011)\nThe register referred to in the preceding paragraph of this article comprises three sections according to the category of intermediaries.\nThese sections are:\n- Section 1: Brokers and insurance brokerage firms.\n- Section 2: Insurance agents and companies of insurance agents.\n- Section 3: Life insurance producers.\nArticle 71.- The professional card referred to in Article 70 of this Code is issued by the “general insurance committee”(1) after consulting a commission whose composition and operating rules are fixed by decree.\nArticle 72.- Any insurance intermediary may hold only one professional card.\nArticle 73.- The professional card can only be granted to the natural person if he meets the following conditions:\n1) Be of Tunisian nationality. [...]\nThe professional card can only be granted to legal persons if the natural persons in charge of their direction and management meet the conditions provided for in this article. [...]\" (Law n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation])","Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]\nLaw n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/113253?ln=en\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cga.gov.tn/fileadmin/contenus/pdf/Code_Assurance_Version_FR.pdf\">Code_amend</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1760,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000625","Reciprocity applies in architecture and engineering.","n/a","n/a","n/a","[<a href=\"\">n/a</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1730,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000625","Reciprocity applies in architecture and engineering.","n/a","n/a","n/a","[<a href=\"\">n/a</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1730,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000625","Reciprocity applies in architecture and engineering.","n/a","n/a","n/a","[<a href=\"\">n/a</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1730,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000625","Reciprocity applies in architecture and engineering.","n/a","n/a","n/a","[<a href=\"\">n/a</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1730,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0024","Cabotage is reserved to ships flying the national flag. Ships belonging to legal persons set up in accordance with Turkish laws, with the majority of managerial staff and representatives of Turkish nationality and with the voting majority held by partners of Turkish nationality are accepted as Turkish and have the right to fly the Turkish flag.","\"ARTICLE 940 - (1) Every Turkish ship hoists the Turkish Flag.\n(2) The ship owned only by a Turkish citizen is a Turkish ship.\n(3) Ships owned by more than one person;\na) In case of joint ownership, the majority of the shares,\nb) In case of joint ownership, majority of the owners,\nThey are considered as Turkish ships provided that they are Turkish citizens.\n(4) Established in accordance with Turkish laws;\na) Ships belonging to organizations, institutions, associations and foundations having legal personality, majority of the persons constituting the management body are Turkish citizens,\nb) Ships belonging to Turkish commercial companies, the majority of those authorized to manage the company are Turkish citizens and the majority of the votes are in Turkish shareholders according to the company agreement, in joint stock companies and limited partnerships whose capital is divided into shares, the majority of the shares are registered and the transfer of the shares to a foreigner is subject to the permission of the company's board of directors,\nprovided that they are considered as Turkish ships.\n(5) Ships owned by armament subsidiaries registered in the Turkish trade registry are considered Turkish ships, provided that more than half of their shares are owned by Turkish citizens and majority of shareholder shipowners authorized to manage the subsidiary are Turkish citizens.[...]\" (Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 1 – Transporting goods and passengers from one point of the Turkish coast to another, and carrying out all port hidemats of any nature, within the ports or on the coasts or in the brain, is exclusive to the carrier and curiosity of the Turkish flag.\n[...]\" (Law concerning coastal shipping (cabotage) along Turkish shores and performance of trade and business in Turkish ports and territorial waters (No. 815 of 1926), last amended 11.6.2013, Article 1 [google translation])","Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940\nLaw concerning coastal shipping (cabotage) along Turkish shores and performance of trade and business in Turkish ports and territorial waters (No. 815 of 1926), last amended 11.6.2013, Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=6102&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=815&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=3\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1433,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0024","Cabotage is reserved to ships flying the national flag. Ships belonging to legal persons set up in accordance with Turkish laws, with the majority of managerial staff and representatives of Turkish nationality and with the voting majority held by partners of Turkish nationality are accepted as Turkish and have the right to fly the Turkish flag.","\"ARTICLE 940 - (1) Every Turkish ship hoists the Turkish Flag.\n(2) The ship owned only by a Turkish citizen is a Turkish ship.\n(3) Ships owned by more than one person;\na) In case of joint ownership, the majority of the shares,\nb) In case of joint ownership, majority of the owners,\nThey are considered as Turkish ships provided that they are Turkish citizens.\n(4) Established in accordance with Turkish laws;\na) Ships belonging to organizations, institutions, associations and foundations having legal personality, majority of the persons constituting the management body are Turkish citizens,\nb) Ships belonging to Turkish commercial companies, the majority of those authorized to manage the company are Turkish citizens and the majority of the votes are in Turkish shareholders according to the company agreement, in joint stock companies and limited partnerships whose capital is divided into shares, the majority of the shares are registered and the transfer of the shares to a foreigner is subject to the permission of the company's board of directors,\nprovided that they are considered as Turkish ships.\n(5) Ships owned by armament subsidiaries registered in the Turkish trade registry are considered Turkish ships, provided that more than half of their shares are owned by Turkish citizens and majority of shareholder shipowners authorized to manage the subsidiary are Turkish citizens.[...]\" (Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 1 – Transporting goods and passengers from one point of the Turkish coast to another, and carrying out all port hidemats of any nature, within the ports or on the coasts or in the brain, is exclusive to the carrier and curiosity of the Turkish flag.\n[...]\" (Law concerning coastal shipping (cabotage) along Turkish shores and performance of trade and business in Turkish ports and territorial waters (No. 815 of 1926), last amended 11.6.2013, Article 1 [google translation])","Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940\nLaw concerning coastal shipping (cabotage) along Turkish shores and performance of trade and business in Turkish ports and territorial waters (No. 815 of 1926), last amended 11.6.2013, Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=6102&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=815&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=3\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1433,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0024","Cabotage is reserved to ships flying the national flag. Ships belonging to legal persons set up in accordance with Turkish laws, with the majority of managerial staff and representatives of Turkish nationality and with the voting majority held by partners of Turkish nationality are accepted as Turkish and have the right to fly the Turkish flag.","\"ARTICLE 940 - (1) Every Turkish ship hoists the Turkish Flag.\n(2) The ship owned only by a Turkish citizen is a Turkish ship.\n(3) Ships owned by more than one person;\na) In case of joint ownership, the majority of the shares,\nb) In case of joint ownership, majority of the owners,\nThey are considered as Turkish ships provided that they are Turkish citizens.\n(4) Established in accordance with Turkish laws;\na) Ships belonging to organizations, institutions, associations and foundations having legal personality, majority of the persons constituting the management body are Turkish citizens,\nb) Ships belonging to Turkish commercial companies, the majority of those authorized to manage the company are Turkish citizens and the majority of the votes are in Turkish shareholders according to the company agreement, in joint stock companies and limited partnerships whose capital is divided into shares, the majority of the shares are registered and the transfer of the shares to a foreigner is subject to the permission of the company's board of directors,\nprovided that they are considered as Turkish ships.\n(5) Ships owned by armament subsidiaries registered in the Turkish trade registry are considered Turkish ships, provided that more than half of their shares are owned by Turkish citizens and majority of shareholder shipowners authorized to manage the subsidiary are Turkish citizens.[...]\" (Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 1 – Transporting goods and passengers from one point of the Turkish coast to another, and carrying out all port hidemats of any nature, within the ports or on the coasts or in the brain, is exclusive to the carrier and curiosity of the Turkish flag.\n[...]\" (Law concerning coastal shipping (cabotage) along Turkish shores and performance of trade and business in Turkish ports and territorial waters (No. 815 of 1926), last amended 11.6.2013, Article 1 [google translation])","Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940\nLaw concerning coastal shipping (cabotage) along Turkish shores and performance of trade and business in Turkish ports and territorial waters (No. 815 of 1926), last amended 11.6.2013, Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=6102&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=815&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=3\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1433,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0024","Cabotage is reserved to ships flying the national flag. Ships belonging to legal persons set up in accordance with Turkish laws, with the majority of managerial staff and representatives of Turkish nationality and with the voting majority held by partners of Turkish nationality are accepted as Turkish and have the right to fly the Turkish flag.","\"ARTICLE 940 - (1) Every Turkish ship hoists the Turkish Flag.\n(2) The ship owned only by a Turkish citizen is a Turkish ship.\n(3) Ships owned by more than one person;\na) In case of joint ownership, the majority of the shares,\nb) In case of joint ownership, majority of the owners,\nThey are considered as Turkish ships provided that they are Turkish citizens.\n(4) Established in accordance with Turkish laws;\na) Ships belonging to organizations, institutions, associations and foundations having legal personality, majority of the persons constituting the management body are Turkish citizens,\nb) Ships belonging to Turkish commercial companies, the majority of those authorized to manage the company are Turkish citizens and the majority of the votes are in Turkish shareholders according to the company agreement, in joint stock companies and limited partnerships whose capital is divided into shares, the majority of the shares are registered and the transfer of the shares to a foreigner is subject to the permission of the company's board of directors,\nprovided that they are considered as Turkish ships.\n(5) Ships owned by armament subsidiaries registered in the Turkish trade registry are considered Turkish ships, provided that more than half of their shares are owned by Turkish citizens and majority of shareholder shipowners authorized to manage the subsidiary are Turkish citizens.[...]\" (Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 1 – Transporting goods and passengers from one point of the Turkish coast to another, and carrying out all port hidemats of any nature, within the ports or on the coasts or in the brain, is exclusive to the carrier and curiosity of the Turkish flag.\n[...]\" (Law concerning coastal shipping (cabotage) along Turkish shores and performance of trade and business in Turkish ports and territorial waters (No. 815 of 1926), last amended 11.6.2013, Article 1 [google translation])","Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940\nLaw concerning coastal shipping (cabotage) along Turkish shores and performance of trade and business in Turkish ports and territorial waters (No. 815 of 1926), last amended 11.6.2013, Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=6102&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=815&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=3\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1433,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.003","Local incorporation is required for obtaining a licence to undertake financial institution businesses, which includes the activities of commercial banks, merchant banks, mortgage banks, post office savings banks, credit institutions, building societies, acceptance houses, discount houses, finance houses and any institution which by regulations is classified as a financial institution by the Central Bank.","\"3. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“company” means a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act and includes—(a) the Uganda Development Bank established by the Uganda Development Bank Act; (b) a building society duly incorporated under the Building Societies Act; and (c) any institution classified as a financial institution under this Act;\n“financial institution” means a company licensed to carryon or conduct financial institutions business in Uganda and includes a commercial bank, merchant bank, mortgage bank, post office savings bank, credit institution, a building society, an acceptance house, a discount house, a finance house or any institution which by regulations is classified as a financial institution by the Central Bank; \n“financial institution business” means the business of— (a) acceptance of deposits; (b) issue of deposit substitutes; (c) lending or extending credit, including— (i) consumer and mortgage credit; (ii) factoring with or without recourse; (iii) the financing of commercial transactions; (iv) the recovery by foreclosure or other means of amounts so lent, advanced or extended; (v) forfeiting, namely, the medium term discounting without recourse of bills, notes and other documents evidencing an exporter’ s claims on the person to whom the exports are sent; (vi) acceptance credits; (d) engaging in foreign exchange business, in particular buying and selling foreign currencies, including forward and option type contracts for the future sale of foreign currencies; ravell (e) issuing and administering means of payment, including credit cards,t ers’ cheques and banker’s draft (f) providing money transmission services; s; (g) trading for own account or for account of customers in— (i) money market instruments, including bills of exchange and certificates of deposit; (ii) debt securities and other transferable securities; (iii) futures, options and other financial derivatives relating to debt securities or interest rates; (h) safe custody and administration of securities; (i) soliciting of or advertising for deposits; (j) money broking; (k) financial leasing if conducted by a financial institution; (l) merchant banking; (m) mortgage banking; (n) creating and administration of electronic units of payment in computer networks; (o) dealing in securities business as an exempt dealer within the meaning of section 48 of the Capital Markets Authority Act; (p) transacting such other business as may be prescribed by the Central Bank. [...]\n“foreign bank” means a body corporate or entity incorporated or formed under the laws of a country other than Uganda that— (a) is a bank according to the laws of any foreign country where it carries on business; [...]\n“foreign company” means a company not being a local company; [...]\n“local company” means a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act in which the majority shares and actual controlling interest are held by citizens of Uganda; [...]\n“non-bank financial institution” includes a credit institution,a building society, an acceptance house, a discount house and a finance house and any other institution classified by the Central Bank as a non-bank financial institution;\n[...]\n10. Application for a licence \n(1) A company proposing to transact or carry on business as a financial institution shall apply, in writing, to the Central Bank for a licence under this Act. [...]\n(6) An application under subsection (1) of this section shall be accompanied by— (a) the applicant’s memorandum and articles of association or other instrument under which the company is incorporated, the certificate of incorporation and in the case of a person intending to conduct Islamic financial business, a statement stating that the business of the financial institution operations shall be conducted in accordance with the Shariah; (b) a certified copy of the resolution of the board of the applicant authorizing the preparation and submission of the application; (c) a sworn declaration for all individuals proposing to become directors, shareholders, controllers or managers, issued in a form specified by the Central Bank in regulations made under this Act. [...]\" (Financial Institutions Act, 2004, as amended)\n-------------------------------\n\"Part Ill—Licensing Procedures [...]\n12. Information and supporting documents\n1. Each application for a licence shall be accompanied by the following supporting documents— [...]\nf) the Certificate of Incorporation;\ng) the Memorandum and Articles of Association;\nh) with respect to foreign applicants, a statement from the supervisory authority of the home country declaring that it has given prior approval or a “No objection” for the establishment of a subsidiary or any other office in Uganda, and that the applicant’s chairperson, directors, managers and substantial shareholders as a whole, are fit and proper persons within the meaning of the Act;[...]\" (Financial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2005)\n","Financial Institutions Act, 2004, as amended\nFinancial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/act/2015/2004\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2016/2/eng@2016-02-04\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/statutory-instrument/2005/41\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3186,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.003","Local incorporation is required for obtaining a licence to undertake financial institution businesses, which includes the activities of commercial banks, merchant banks, mortgage banks, post office savings banks, credit institutions, building societies, acceptance houses, discount houses, finance houses and any institution which by regulations is classified as a financial institution by the Central Bank.","\"3. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“company” means a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act and includes—(a) the Uganda Development Bank established by the Uganda Development Bank Act; (b) a building society duly incorporated under the Building Societies Act; and (c) any institution classified as a financial institution under this Act;\n“financial institution” means a company licensed to carryon or conduct financial institutions business in Uganda and includes a commercial bank, merchant bank, mortgage bank, post office savings bank, credit institution, a building society, an acceptance house, a discount house, a finance house or any institution which by regulations is classified as a financial institution by the Central Bank; \n“financial institution business” means the business of— (a) acceptance of deposits; (b) issue of deposit substitutes; (c) lending or extending credit, including— (i) consumer and mortgage credit; (ii) factoring with or without recourse; (iii) the financing of commercial transactions; (iv) the recovery by foreclosure or other means of amounts so lent, advanced or extended; (v) forfeiting, namely, the medium term discounting without recourse of bills, notes and other documents evidencing an exporter’ s claims on the person to whom the exports are sent; (vi) acceptance credits; (d) engaging in foreign exchange business, in particular buying and selling foreign currencies, including forward and option type contracts for the future sale of foreign currencies; ravell (e) issuing and administering means of payment, including credit cards,t ers’ cheques and banker’s draft (f) providing money transmission services; s; (g) trading for own account or for account of customers in— (i) money market instruments, including bills of exchange and certificates of deposit; (ii) debt securities and other transferable securities; (iii) futures, options and other financial derivatives relating to debt securities or interest rates; (h) safe custody and administration of securities; (i) soliciting of or advertising for deposits; (j) money broking; (k) financial leasing if conducted by a financial institution; (l) merchant banking; (m) mortgage banking; (n) creating and administration of electronic units of payment in computer networks; (o) dealing in securities business as an exempt dealer within the meaning of section 48 of the Capital Markets Authority Act; (p) transacting such other business as may be prescribed by the Central Bank. [...]\n“foreign bank” means a body corporate or entity incorporated or formed under the laws of a country other than Uganda that— (a) is a bank according to the laws of any foreign country where it carries on business; [...]\n“foreign company” means a company not being a local company; [...]\n“local company” means a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act in which the majority shares and actual controlling interest are held by citizens of Uganda; [...]\n“non-bank financial institution” includes a credit institution,a building society, an acceptance house, a discount house and a finance house and any other institution classified by the Central Bank as a non-bank financial institution;\n[...]\n10. Application for a licence \n(1) A company proposing to transact or carry on business as a financial institution shall apply, in writing, to the Central Bank for a licence under this Act. [...]\n(6) An application under subsection (1) of this section shall be accompanied by— (a) the applicant’s memorandum and articles of association or other instrument under which the company is incorporated, the certificate of incorporation and in the case of a person intending to conduct Islamic financial business, a statement stating that the business of the financial institution operations shall be conducted in accordance with the Shariah; (b) a certified copy of the resolution of the board of the applicant authorizing the preparation and submission of the application; (c) a sworn declaration for all individuals proposing to become directors, shareholders, controllers or managers, issued in a form specified by the Central Bank in regulations made under this Act. [...]\" (Financial Institutions Act, 2004, as amended)\n-------------------------------\n\"Part Ill—Licensing Procedures [...]\n12. Information and supporting documents\n1. Each application for a licence shall be accompanied by the following supporting documents— [...]\nf) the Certificate of Incorporation;\ng) the Memorandum and Articles of Association;\nh) with respect to foreign applicants, a statement from the supervisory authority of the home country declaring that it has given prior approval or a “No objection” for the establishment of a subsidiary or any other office in Uganda, and that the applicant’s chairperson, directors, managers and substantial shareholders as a whole, are fit and proper persons within the meaning of the Act;[...]\" (Financial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2005)\n","Financial Institutions Act, 2004, as amended\nFinancial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/act/2015/2004\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2016/2/eng@2016-02-04\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/statutory-instrument/2005/41\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3186,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.003","Local incorporation is required for obtaining a licence to undertake financial institution businesses, which includes the activities of commercial banks, merchant banks, mortgage banks, post office savings banks, credit institutions, building societies, acceptance houses, discount houses, finance houses and any institution which by regulations is classified as a financial institution by the Central Bank.","\"3. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“company” means a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act and includes—(a) the Uganda Development Bank established by the Uganda Development Bank Act; (b) a building society duly incorporated under the Building Societies Act; and (c) any institution classified as a financial institution under this Act;\n“financial institution” means a company licensed to carryon or conduct financial institutions business in Uganda and includes a commercial bank, merchant bank, mortgage bank, post office savings bank, credit institution, a building society, an acceptance house, a discount house, a finance house or any institution which by regulations is classified as a financial institution by the Central Bank; \n“financial institution business” means the business of— (a) acceptance of deposits; (b) issue of deposit substitutes; (c) lending or extending credit, including— (i) consumer and mortgage credit; (ii) factoring with or without recourse; (iii) the financing of commercial transactions; (iv) the recovery by foreclosure or other means of amounts so lent, advanced or extended; (v) forfeiting, namely, the medium term discounting without recourse of bills, notes and other documents evidencing an exporter’ s claims on the person to whom the exports are sent; (vi) acceptance credits; (d) engaging in foreign exchange business, in particular buying and selling foreign currencies, including forward and option type contracts for the future sale of foreign currencies; ravell (e) issuing and administering means of payment, including credit cards,t ers’ cheques and banker’s draft (f) providing money transmission services; s; (g) trading for own account or for account of customers in— (i) money market instruments, including bills of exchange and certificates of deposit; (ii) debt securities and other transferable securities; (iii) futures, options and other financial derivatives relating to debt securities or interest rates; (h) safe custody and administration of securities; (i) soliciting of or advertising for deposits; (j) money broking; (k) financial leasing if conducted by a financial institution; (l) merchant banking; (m) mortgage banking; (n) creating and administration of electronic units of payment in computer networks; (o) dealing in securities business as an exempt dealer within the meaning of section 48 of the Capital Markets Authority Act; (p) transacting such other business as may be prescribed by the Central Bank. [...]\n“foreign bank” means a body corporate or entity incorporated or formed under the laws of a country other than Uganda that— (a) is a bank according to the laws of any foreign country where it carries on business; [...]\n“foreign company” means a company not being a local company; [...]\n“local company” means a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act in which the majority shares and actual controlling interest are held by citizens of Uganda; [...]\n“non-bank financial institution” includes a credit institution,a building society, an acceptance house, a discount house and a finance house and any other institution classified by the Central Bank as a non-bank financial institution;\n[...]\n10. Application for a licence \n(1) A company proposing to transact or carry on business as a financial institution shall apply, in writing, to the Central Bank for a licence under this Act. [...]\n(6) An application under subsection (1) of this section shall be accompanied by— (a) the applicant’s memorandum and articles of association or other instrument under which the company is incorporated, the certificate of incorporation and in the case of a person intending to conduct Islamic financial business, a statement stating that the business of the financial institution operations shall be conducted in accordance with the Shariah; (b) a certified copy of the resolution of the board of the applicant authorizing the preparation and submission of the application; (c) a sworn declaration for all individuals proposing to become directors, shareholders, controllers or managers, issued in a form specified by the Central Bank in regulations made under this Act. [...]\" (Financial Institutions Act, 2004, as amended)\n-------------------------------\n\"Part Ill—Licensing Procedures [...]\n12. Information and supporting documents\n1. Each application for a licence shall be accompanied by the following supporting documents— [...]\nf) the Certificate of Incorporation;\ng) the Memorandum and Articles of Association;\nh) with respect to foreign applicants, a statement from the supervisory authority of the home country declaring that it has given prior approval or a “No objection” for the establishment of a subsidiary or any other office in Uganda, and that the applicant’s chairperson, directors, managers and substantial shareholders as a whole, are fit and proper persons within the meaning of the Act;[...]\" (Financial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2005)\n","Financial Institutions Act, 2004, as amended\nFinancial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/act/2015/2004\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2016/2/eng@2016-02-04\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/statutory-instrument/2005/41\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3186,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.003","Local incorporation is required for obtaining a licence to undertake financial institution businesses, which includes the activities of commercial banks, merchant banks, mortgage banks, post office savings banks, credit institutions, building societies, acceptance houses, discount houses, finance houses and any institution which by regulations is classified as a financial institution by the Central Bank.","\"3. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“company” means a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act and includes—(a) the Uganda Development Bank established by the Uganda Development Bank Act; (b) a building society duly incorporated under the Building Societies Act; and (c) any institution classified as a financial institution under this Act;\n“financial institution” means a company licensed to carryon or conduct financial institutions business in Uganda and includes a commercial bank, merchant bank, mortgage bank, post office savings bank, credit institution, a building society, an acceptance house, a discount house, a finance house or any institution which by regulations is classified as a financial institution by the Central Bank; \n“financial institution business” means the business of— (a) acceptance of deposits; (b) issue of deposit substitutes; (c) lending or extending credit, including— (i) consumer and mortgage credit; (ii) factoring with or without recourse; (iii) the financing of commercial transactions; (iv) the recovery by foreclosure or other means of amounts so lent, advanced or extended; (v) forfeiting, namely, the medium term discounting without recourse of bills, notes and other documents evidencing an exporter’ s claims on the person to whom the exports are sent; (vi) acceptance credits; (d) engaging in foreign exchange business, in particular buying and selling foreign currencies, including forward and option type contracts for the future sale of foreign currencies; ravell (e) issuing and administering means of payment, including credit cards,t ers’ cheques and banker’s draft (f) providing money transmission services; s; (g) trading for own account or for account of customers in— (i) money market instruments, including bills of exchange and certificates of deposit; (ii) debt securities and other transferable securities; (iii) futures, options and other financial derivatives relating to debt securities or interest rates; (h) safe custody and administration of securities; (i) soliciting of or advertising for deposits; (j) money broking; (k) financial leasing if conducted by a financial institution; (l) merchant banking; (m) mortgage banking; (n) creating and administration of electronic units of payment in computer networks; (o) dealing in securities business as an exempt dealer within the meaning of section 48 of the Capital Markets Authority Act; (p) transacting such other business as may be prescribed by the Central Bank. [...]\n“foreign bank” means a body corporate or entity incorporated or formed under the laws of a country other than Uganda that— (a) is a bank according to the laws of any foreign country where it carries on business; [...]\n“foreign company” means a company not being a local company; [...]\n“local company” means a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act in which the majority shares and actual controlling interest are held by citizens of Uganda; [...]\n“non-bank financial institution” includes a credit institution,a building society, an acceptance house, a discount house and a finance house and any other institution classified by the Central Bank as a non-bank financial institution;\n[...]\n10. Application for a licence \n(1) A company proposing to transact or carry on business as a financial institution shall apply, in writing, to the Central Bank for a licence under this Act. [...]\n(6) An application under subsection (1) of this section shall be accompanied by— (a) the applicant’s memorandum and articles of association or other instrument under which the company is incorporated, the certificate of incorporation and in the case of a person intending to conduct Islamic financial business, a statement stating that the business of the financial institution operations shall be conducted in accordance with the Shariah; (b) a certified copy of the resolution of the board of the applicant authorizing the preparation and submission of the application; (c) a sworn declaration for all individuals proposing to become directors, shareholders, controllers or managers, issued in a form specified by the Central Bank in regulations made under this Act. [...]\" (Financial Institutions Act, 2004, as amended)\n-------------------------------\n\"Part Ill—Licensing Procedures [...]\n12. Information and supporting documents\n1. Each application for a licence shall be accompanied by the following supporting documents— [...]\nf) the Certificate of Incorporation;\ng) the Memorandum and Articles of Association;\nh) with respect to foreign applicants, a statement from the supervisory authority of the home country declaring that it has given prior approval or a “No objection” for the establishment of a subsidiary or any other office in Uganda, and that the applicant’s chairperson, directors, managers and substantial shareholders as a whole, are fit and proper persons within the meaning of the Act;[...]\" (Financial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2005)\n","Financial Institutions Act, 2004, as amended\nFinancial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/act/2015/2004\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2016/2/eng@2016-02-04\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/statutory-instrument/2005/41\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3186,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","B05_06","_O","IV71","IX",2018,"0.0004375","The legislation mandates that every licensee, contractor, and subcontractor prioritize goods and services produced and available in Uganda, requiring a minimum participation of forty-eight percent by Ugandan companies in joint ventures for goods and services not locally available, and allocating at least ten percent of the total evaluation score for national content, emphasizing employment, local goods and services utilization, and technology transfer during bid evaluation","\"2. Interpretation. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“petroleum” means— (a) any naturally occurring hydrocarbons, whether in gaseous, liquid or solid state; (b) any naturally occurring mixture of hydrocarbons, whether in a gaseous, liquid or solid state; or (c) any naturally occurring mixture of one or more hydrocarbons, (whether in a gaseous, liquid or solid state) and any other substances; and includes any petroleum as defined by paragraph (a), (b) or this paragraph that has been returned to a natural reservoir, but does not include coal, shale or any substance that may be extracted from coal or shale;\n\n\n74. Restrictions on grant of petroleum production licence.\n(1) A petroleum production licence shall not be granted to an applicant unless— [...]\n(e) the applicant’s proposals for the employment and training of citizens of Uganda are satisfactory; \n(f) the applicant’s proposals with respect to the procurement of goods and services  available in Uganda are satisfactory; and\n[...]\nPART VIII—STATE PARTICIPATION AND NATIONAL CONTENT [...]\n125. Provision of goods and services by Uganda entrepreneurs. \n(1) The licensee, its contractors and subcontractors shall give preference to goods which are produced or available in Uganda and services which are rendered by Ugandan citizens and companies.\n(2) Where the goods and services required by the contactor or licensee are not available in Uganda, they shall be provided by a company which has entered into a joint venture with a Ugandan company provided that the Ugandan company has a share capital of at least forty eight percent in the joint venture. [...]\" (Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act 2013)\n--------------------------------\n\"PART II - Monitoring and implementation of national content\nLocal Content Requirements During Procurement\nArticle 9 - Priority of Ugandan goods and services during procurement. \n(1) Every licensee, contractors and subcontractor shall give preference to goods and services which are produced and are available in Uganda and services which are rendered by Ugandan citizens and companies. \n(2) Where goods and services required by the licensee or contractor or subcontractor are not available in Uganda, the goods and services, shall be provided by a company which has entered into a joint venture with a Ugandan Company. \n(3) The Ugandan company referred to under subregulation (2) shall have a participating interest of at least fourty eight percent in the joint venture. \n(4) A Ugandan company shall, before entering into a joint venture under subregulation (2), be approved by the Authority and shall— \n(a)  have technical and financial competence and be able to deliver the goods and services in a timely manner; \n(b)  demonstrate capacity to transfer knowledge and technology to Ugandan citizens; and (c)  have experience in provision of the required goods and services. \n(5) The Ugandan company shall take an active participation in the joint venture. \n(6) Where a Ugandan citizen, Ugandan company or registered entity is unable to provide the required goods and services due to lack of technical capacity or financial competence, the licensee may, with the approval of the Authority, use any other company to provide the goods and services within a period specified by the Authority. \n(7) Where Ugandan citizens and companies do not have the required quality of goods and services, technical capacity or financial competence, the licensee may put in place a suppliers’ development plan which shall be approved by the Authority. \n[...]\nArticle 12 - Principles of bidding to take into consideration national content. \n(1) Every licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall ensure that the bidding process includes national content as one of the requirements for qualification. \n(2) Every licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall hold quarterly tender workshops to educate Ugandan citizens and companies about the procurement process, requirements, performance standards and lessons from previous bidding processes. \n(3) Whenever possible, a licensee, contractor or subcontractor shall provide contract periods that allow other Ugandan companies, Ugandan citizens and registered entities to join the petroleum sector as follows— \n(a) for a capital intensive contract, a maximum duration of five years; and \n(b) for low cost contracts, a maximum duration of three years. \n(4) A licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall provide payment terms that feature more frequent payment milestones, shorter durations and, where possible, up front to help Ugandan companies, Ugandan citizens and registered entities with purchases of materials. \nArticle 13 - Principles of bid evaluation. \n(1) National content shall form part of the bid evaluation criteria and in all circumstances, national content shall be allocated at least ten percent of the total evaluation score, which shall be rated wholly or substantially on— \n(a) employment and training of Ugandan citizens; \n(b)  utilisation of local goods and services; and \n(c)  the proposals for technology transfer. \n(2) Whenever bids are close to each other at financial evaluation stage by five percent, the bid containing the highest level of national content shall be selected over other bids. \n(e) any other information required by the Authority for the purposes of implementing the provisions of the Act and these Regulations. [...]\" (The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) (Metering) Regulations, 2016)","Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2013/3/Petroleum%20%28EDP%29%20Act%202013.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3178,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","B05_06","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.0004375","The legislation mandates that every licensee, contractor, and subcontractor prioritize goods and services produced and available in Uganda, requiring a minimum participation of forty-eight percent by Ugandan companies in joint ventures for goods and services not locally available, and allocating at least ten percent of the total evaluation score for national content, emphasizing employment, local goods and services utilization, and technology transfer during bid evaluation","\"2. Interpretation. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“petroleum” means— (a) any naturally occurring hydrocarbons, whether in gaseous, liquid or solid state; (b) any naturally occurring mixture of hydrocarbons, whether in a gaseous, liquid or solid state; or (c) any naturally occurring mixture of one or more hydrocarbons, (whether in a gaseous, liquid or solid state) and any other substances; and includes any petroleum as defined by paragraph (a), (b) or this paragraph that has been returned to a natural reservoir, but does not include coal, shale or any substance that may be extracted from coal or shale;\n\n\n74. Restrictions on grant of petroleum production licence.\n(1) A petroleum production licence shall not be granted to an applicant unless— [...]\n(e) the applicant’s proposals for the employment and training of citizens of Uganda are satisfactory; \n(f) the applicant’s proposals with respect to the procurement of goods and services  available in Uganda are satisfactory; and\n[...]\nPART VIII—STATE PARTICIPATION AND NATIONAL CONTENT [...]\n125. Provision of goods and services by Uganda entrepreneurs. \n(1) The licensee, its contractors and subcontractors shall give preference to goods which are produced or available in Uganda and services which are rendered by Ugandan citizens and companies.\n(2) Where the goods and services required by the contactor or licensee are not available in Uganda, they shall be provided by a company which has entered into a joint venture with a Ugandan company provided that the Ugandan company has a share capital of at least forty eight percent in the joint venture. [...]\" (Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act 2013)\n--------------------------------\n\"PART II - Monitoring and implementation of national content\nLocal Content Requirements During Procurement\nArticle 9 - Priority of Ugandan goods and services during procurement. \n(1) Every licensee, contractors and subcontractor shall give preference to goods and services which are produced and are available in Uganda and services which are rendered by Ugandan citizens and companies. \n(2) Where goods and services required by the licensee or contractor or subcontractor are not available in Uganda, the goods and services, shall be provided by a company which has entered into a joint venture with a Ugandan Company. \n(3) The Ugandan company referred to under subregulation (2) shall have a participating interest of at least fourty eight percent in the joint venture. \n(4) A Ugandan company shall, before entering into a joint venture under subregulation (2), be approved by the Authority and shall— \n(a)  have technical and financial competence and be able to deliver the goods and services in a timely manner; \n(b)  demonstrate capacity to transfer knowledge and technology to Ugandan citizens; and (c)  have experience in provision of the required goods and services. \n(5) The Ugandan company shall take an active participation in the joint venture. \n(6) Where a Ugandan citizen, Ugandan company or registered entity is unable to provide the required goods and services due to lack of technical capacity or financial competence, the licensee may, with the approval of the Authority, use any other company to provide the goods and services within a period specified by the Authority. \n(7) Where Ugandan citizens and companies do not have the required quality of goods and services, technical capacity or financial competence, the licensee may put in place a suppliers’ development plan which shall be approved by the Authority. \n[...]\nArticle 12 - Principles of bidding to take into consideration national content. \n(1) Every licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall ensure that the bidding process includes national content as one of the requirements for qualification. \n(2) Every licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall hold quarterly tender workshops to educate Ugandan citizens and companies about the procurement process, requirements, performance standards and lessons from previous bidding processes. \n(3) Whenever possible, a licensee, contractor or subcontractor shall provide contract periods that allow other Ugandan companies, Ugandan citizens and registered entities to join the petroleum sector as follows— \n(a) for a capital intensive contract, a maximum duration of five years; and \n(b) for low cost contracts, a maximum duration of three years. \n(4) A licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall provide payment terms that feature more frequent payment milestones, shorter durations and, where possible, up front to help Ugandan companies, Ugandan citizens and registered entities with purchases of materials. \nArticle 13 - Principles of bid evaluation. \n(1) National content shall form part of the bid evaluation criteria and in all circumstances, national content shall be allocated at least ten percent of the total evaluation score, which shall be rated wholly or substantially on— \n(a) employment and training of Ugandan citizens; \n(b)  utilisation of local goods and services; and \n(c)  the proposals for technology transfer. \n(2) Whenever bids are close to each other at financial evaluation stage by five percent, the bid containing the highest level of national content shall be selected over other bids. \n(e) any other information required by the Authority for the purposes of implementing the provisions of the Act and these Regulations. [...]\" (The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) (Metering) Regulations, 2016)","Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2013/3/Petroleum%20%28EDP%29%20Act%202013.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3178,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","B05_06","_O","IV71","IX",2022,"0.0004375","The legislation mandates that every licensee, contractor, and subcontractor prioritize goods and services produced and available in Uganda, requiring a minimum participation of forty-eight percent by Ugandan companies in joint ventures for goods and services not locally available, and allocating at least ten percent of the total evaluation score for national content, emphasizing employment, local goods and services utilization, and technology transfer during bid evaluation","\"2. Interpretation. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“petroleum” means— (a) any naturally occurring hydrocarbons, whether in gaseous, liquid or solid state; (b) any naturally occurring mixture of hydrocarbons, whether in a gaseous, liquid or solid state; or (c) any naturally occurring mixture of one or more hydrocarbons, (whether in a gaseous, liquid or solid state) and any other substances; and includes any petroleum as defined by paragraph (a), (b) or this paragraph that has been returned to a natural reservoir, but does not include coal, shale or any substance that may be extracted from coal or shale;\n\n\n74. Restrictions on grant of petroleum production licence.\n(1) A petroleum production licence shall not be granted to an applicant unless— [...]\n(e) the applicant’s proposals for the employment and training of citizens of Uganda are satisfactory; \n(f) the applicant’s proposals with respect to the procurement of goods and services  available in Uganda are satisfactory; and\n[...]\nPART VIII—STATE PARTICIPATION AND NATIONAL CONTENT [...]\n125. Provision of goods and services by Uganda entrepreneurs. \n(1) The licensee, its contractors and subcontractors shall give preference to goods which are produced or available in Uganda and services which are rendered by Ugandan citizens and companies.\n(2) Where the goods and services required by the contactor or licensee are not available in Uganda, they shall be provided by a company which has entered into a joint venture with a Ugandan company provided that the Ugandan company has a share capital of at least forty eight percent in the joint venture. [...]\" (Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act 2013)\n--------------------------------\n\"PART II - Monitoring and implementation of national content\nLocal Content Requirements During Procurement\nArticle 9 - Priority of Ugandan goods and services during procurement. \n(1) Every licensee, contractors and subcontractor shall give preference to goods and services which are produced and are available in Uganda and services which are rendered by Ugandan citizens and companies. \n(2) Where goods and services required by the licensee or contractor or subcontractor are not available in Uganda, the goods and services, shall be provided by a company which has entered into a joint venture with a Ugandan Company. \n(3) The Ugandan company referred to under subregulation (2) shall have a participating interest of at least fourty eight percent in the joint venture. \n(4) A Ugandan company shall, before entering into a joint venture under subregulation (2), be approved by the Authority and shall— \n(a)  have technical and financial competence and be able to deliver the goods and services in a timely manner; \n(b)  demonstrate capacity to transfer knowledge and technology to Ugandan citizens; and (c)  have experience in provision of the required goods and services. \n(5) The Ugandan company shall take an active participation in the joint venture. \n(6) Where a Ugandan citizen, Ugandan company or registered entity is unable to provide the required goods and services due to lack of technical capacity or financial competence, the licensee may, with the approval of the Authority, use any other company to provide the goods and services within a period specified by the Authority. \n(7) Where Ugandan citizens and companies do not have the required quality of goods and services, technical capacity or financial competence, the licensee may put in place a suppliers’ development plan which shall be approved by the Authority. \n[...]\nArticle 12 - Principles of bidding to take into consideration national content. \n(1) Every licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall ensure that the bidding process includes national content as one of the requirements for qualification. \n(2) Every licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall hold quarterly tender workshops to educate Ugandan citizens and companies about the procurement process, requirements, performance standards and lessons from previous bidding processes. \n(3) Whenever possible, a licensee, contractor or subcontractor shall provide contract periods that allow other Ugandan companies, Ugandan citizens and registered entities to join the petroleum sector as follows— \n(a) for a capital intensive contract, a maximum duration of five years; and \n(b) for low cost contracts, a maximum duration of three years. \n(4) A licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall provide payment terms that feature more frequent payment milestones, shorter durations and, where possible, up front to help Ugandan companies, Ugandan citizens and registered entities with purchases of materials. \nArticle 13 - Principles of bid evaluation. \n(1) National content shall form part of the bid evaluation criteria and in all circumstances, national content shall be allocated at least ten percent of the total evaluation score, which shall be rated wholly or substantially on— \n(a) employment and training of Ugandan citizens; \n(b)  utilisation of local goods and services; and \n(c)  the proposals for technology transfer. \n(2) Whenever bids are close to each other at financial evaluation stage by five percent, the bid containing the highest level of national content shall be selected over other bids. \n(e) any other information required by the Authority for the purposes of implementing the provisions of the Act and these Regulations. [...]\" (The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) (Metering) Regulations, 2016)","Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2013/3/Petroleum%20%28EDP%29%20Act%202013.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3178,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","B05_06","_O","IV71","IX",2023,"0.0004375","The legislation mandates that every licensee, contractor, and subcontractor prioritize goods and services produced and available in Uganda, requiring a minimum participation of forty-eight percent by Ugandan companies in joint ventures for goods and services not locally available, and allocating at least ten percent of the total evaluation score for national content, emphasizing employment, local goods and services utilization, and technology transfer during bid evaluation","\"2. Interpretation. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“petroleum” means— (a) any naturally occurring hydrocarbons, whether in gaseous, liquid or solid state; (b) any naturally occurring mixture of hydrocarbons, whether in a gaseous, liquid or solid state; or (c) any naturally occurring mixture of one or more hydrocarbons, (whether in a gaseous, liquid or solid state) and any other substances; and includes any petroleum as defined by paragraph (a), (b) or this paragraph that has been returned to a natural reservoir, but does not include coal, shale or any substance that may be extracted from coal or shale;\n\n\n74. Restrictions on grant of petroleum production licence.\n(1) A petroleum production licence shall not be granted to an applicant unless— [...]\n(e) the applicant’s proposals for the employment and training of citizens of Uganda are satisfactory; \n(f) the applicant’s proposals with respect to the procurement of goods and services  available in Uganda are satisfactory; and\n[...]\nPART VIII—STATE PARTICIPATION AND NATIONAL CONTENT [...]\n125. Provision of goods and services by Uganda entrepreneurs. \n(1) The licensee, its contractors and subcontractors shall give preference to goods which are produced or available in Uganda and services which are rendered by Ugandan citizens and companies.\n(2) Where the goods and services required by the contactor or licensee are not available in Uganda, they shall be provided by a company which has entered into a joint venture with a Ugandan company provided that the Ugandan company has a share capital of at least forty eight percent in the joint venture. [...]\" (Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act 2013)\n--------------------------------\n\"PART II - Monitoring and implementation of national content\nLocal Content Requirements During Procurement\nArticle 9 - Priority of Ugandan goods and services during procurement. \n(1) Every licensee, contractors and subcontractor shall give preference to goods and services which are produced and are available in Uganda and services which are rendered by Ugandan citizens and companies. \n(2) Where goods and services required by the licensee or contractor or subcontractor are not available in Uganda, the goods and services, shall be provided by a company which has entered into a joint venture with a Ugandan Company. \n(3) The Ugandan company referred to under subregulation (2) shall have a participating interest of at least fourty eight percent in the joint venture. \n(4) A Ugandan company shall, before entering into a joint venture under subregulation (2), be approved by the Authority and shall— \n(a)  have technical and financial competence and be able to deliver the goods and services in a timely manner; \n(b)  demonstrate capacity to transfer knowledge and technology to Ugandan citizens; and (c)  have experience in provision of the required goods and services. \n(5) The Ugandan company shall take an active participation in the joint venture. \n(6) Where a Ugandan citizen, Ugandan company or registered entity is unable to provide the required goods and services due to lack of technical capacity or financial competence, the licensee may, with the approval of the Authority, use any other company to provide the goods and services within a period specified by the Authority. \n(7) Where Ugandan citizens and companies do not have the required quality of goods and services, technical capacity or financial competence, the licensee may put in place a suppliers’ development plan which shall be approved by the Authority. \n[...]\nArticle 12 - Principles of bidding to take into consideration national content. \n(1) Every licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall ensure that the bidding process includes national content as one of the requirements for qualification. \n(2) Every licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall hold quarterly tender workshops to educate Ugandan citizens and companies about the procurement process, requirements, performance standards and lessons from previous bidding processes. \n(3) Whenever possible, a licensee, contractor or subcontractor shall provide contract periods that allow other Ugandan companies, Ugandan citizens and registered entities to join the petroleum sector as follows— \n(a) for a capital intensive contract, a maximum duration of five years; and \n(b) for low cost contracts, a maximum duration of three years. \n(4) A licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall provide payment terms that feature more frequent payment milestones, shorter durations and, where possible, up front to help Ugandan companies, Ugandan citizens and registered entities with purchases of materials. \nArticle 13 - Principles of bid evaluation. \n(1) National content shall form part of the bid evaluation criteria and in all circumstances, national content shall be allocated at least ten percent of the total evaluation score, which shall be rated wholly or substantially on— \n(a) employment and training of Ugandan citizens; \n(b)  utilisation of local goods and services; and \n(c)  the proposals for technology transfer. \n(2) Whenever bids are close to each other at financial evaluation stage by five percent, the bid containing the highest level of national content shall be selected over other bids. \n(e) any other information required by the Authority for the purposes of implementing the provisions of the Act and these Regulations. [...]\" (The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) (Metering) Regulations, 2016)","Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2013/3/Petroleum%20%28EDP%29%20Act%202013.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3178,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","The Defense Production Act gives the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS) the power to review any 'covered transaction' and to mitigate any national security risk that arises as a result of the transaction. The Act also empowers the President to suspend or prohibit any covered transaction if it is deemed to threaten United States national security. Historically, covered transactions would include mergers, acquisitions and takeovers by or with a foreign person that could result in foreign control of a United States business.","\"§4565. Authority to review certain mergers, acquisitions, and takeovers\n(a) Definitions\nFor purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:\n(1) Committee; chairperson\nThe terms \"Committee\" and \"chairperson\" mean the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States and the chairperson thereof, respectively.\n(2) Control\nThe term \"control\" has the meaning given to such term in regulations which the Committee shall prescribe.\n(3) Covered transaction\nThe term \"covered transaction\" means any merger, acquisition, or takeover that is proposed or pending after August 23, 1988, by or with any foreign person which could result in foreign control of any person engaged in interstate commerce in the United States.\n(4) Foreign government-controlled transaction\nThe term \"foreign government-controlled transaction\" means any covered transaction that could result in the control of any person engaged in interstate commerce in the United States by a foreign government or an entity controlled by or acting on behalf of a foreign government.\n[...]\n(b) National security reviews and investigations\n(1) National security reviews\n(A) In general\nUpon receiving written notification under subparagraph (C) of any covered transaction, or pursuant to a unilateral notification initiated under subparagraph (D) with respect to any covered transaction, the President, acting through the Committee-\n(i) shall review the covered transaction to determine the effects of the transaction on the national security of the United States; and\n(ii) shall consider the factors specified in subsection (f) for such purpose, as appropriate.\n(B) Control by foreign government\nIf the Committee determines that the covered transaction is a foreign government-controlled transaction, the Committee shall conduct an investigation of the transaction under paragraph (2). [...]\" (Defense Production Act (50 U.S.C., last amended 6 January 2017), § 4565)","Defense Production Act (50 U.S.C., last amended 6 January 2017), § 4565","n/a","[<a href=\"https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?hl=false&edition=2016&req=granuleid%3AUSC-2018-title50-section4565&num=0\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3875,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","The Defense Production Act gives the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS) the power to review any 'covered transaction' and to mitigate any national security risk that arises as a result of the transaction. The Act also empowers the President to suspend or prohibit any covered transaction if it is deemed to threaten United States national security. Historically, covered transactions would include mergers, acquisitions and takeovers by or with a foreign person that could result in foreign control of a United States business.\nOn 13 February 2020, regulations implementing reforms brought by the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 (FIRRMA) came into effect. FIRMMA expands the scope of CFIUS reviews to include certain non-controlling investments in companies involved with critical technologies, critical infrastructure or sensitive personal data, and certain real estate transactions. The reforms also introduced a mandatory notification process for certain investments. In relation to controlling investments, the regulations provide a complex and very broad definition of 'control'. It covers not only the majority of shares, voting rights or board representation, but also a dominant minority or formal or informal arrangements to act in concert.\nOn 4 April 2020, the U.S. President issued Executive Order 13913 establishing a new Committee for the Assessment of Foreign Participation in the United States Telecommunications Services Sector. The Executive Order, which came into effect on 8 April 2020, also expands federal authority to review license applications involving foreign ownership in telecommunication networks.\nOn 1 May 2020, the U.S. President issued Executive Order 13920 prohibiting certain transactions involving bulk power system electric equipment that has been developed, manufactured, or supplied by a foreign adversary if the Secretary of Energy, in consultation with the heads of other agencies, determines that the transaction raises significant national security concerns.\nPursuant to the Executive Order 13873 of 15 May 2019, regulations entitled “Securing the information and Communications Technology and Services and Services Supply Chain” (86 Fed. Reg. 4909) were published on 19 January 2021 and came into effect on 22 March 2021. The regulations allow the Secretary of Commerce to identify, assess, and address certain information and communications technology and services transactions that involve persons owned by, controlled by, or subject to the jurisdiction or direction of specified foreign adversaries and pose certain undue or unacceptable risks to critical infrastructure, the digital economy or national security. ",{"$cut":{"chars":25515,"head":"\"§4565. Authority to review certain mergers, acquisitions, and takeovers \n(a) Definitions - In this section:\n(1) Clarification - The term \"national security\" shall be construed so as to include those issues relating to \"homeland security\", including its application to critical infrastructure.\n(2) Committee; chairperson - The terms \"Committee\" and \"chairperson\" mean the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States and the chairperson thereof, respectively.\n(3) Control - The term \"control\" means the power, direct or indirect, whether exercised or not exercised, to determine, direct, or decide important matters affecting an entity, subject to regulations prescribed by the Committee.\n(4) Covered transaction\n(A) In general - Except as otherwise provided, the term \"covered transaction\" means-\n(i) any transaction described in subparagraph (B)(i); and\n(ii) any transaction described in clauses (ii) through (v) of subparagraph (B) that is proposed, pending, or completed on or after the effective date set forth in section 1727 of the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018.\n(B) Transactions described - A transaction described in this subparagraph is any of the following:\n(i) Any merger, acquisition, or takeover that is proposed or pending after August 23, 1988, by or with any foreign person that could result in foreign control of any United States business, including such a merger, acquisition, or takeover carried out through a joint venture. [...]\n(iii) Any other investment, subject to regulations prescribed under subparagraphs (D) and (E), by a foreign person in any unaffiliated United States business that-\n(I) owns, operates, manufactures, supplies, or services critical infrastructure;\n(II) produces, designs, tests, manufactures, fabricates, or develops one or more critical technologies; or\n(III) maintains or collects sensitive personal data of United States citizens that may be exploited in a manner that threatens national security.\n(iv) Any change in the rights that a foreign person has with respect to a United States business in which the foreign person has an investment, if that change could result in-\n(I) foreign control of the United States business; or\n(II) an investment described in clause (iii).\n(v) Any other transaction, transfer, agreement, or arrangement, the structure of which is designed or intended to evade or circumvent the application of this section, subject to regulations prescribed by the Committee. [...]\n(D) Other investments\n(i) Other investment defined - For purposes of subparagraph (B)(iii), the term \"other investment\" means an investment, direct or indirect, by a foreign person in a United States business described in that subparagraph that is not an investment described in subparagraph (B)(i) and that affords the foreign person-\n(I) access to any material nonpublic technical information in the possession of the United States business;\n(II) membership or observer rights on the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the United States business or the right to nominate an individual to a position on the board of directors or equivalent governing body; or\n(III) any involvement, other than through voting of shares, in substantive decisionmaking of the United States business regarding-\n(aa) the use, development, acquisition, safekeeping, or release of sensitive personal data of United States citizens maintained or collected by the United States business;\n(bb) the use, development acquisition, or release of critical technologies; or\n(cc) the management, operation, manufacture, or supply of critical infrastructure.\n(ii) Material nonpublic technical information defined\n(I) In general - For purposes of clause (i)(I), and subject to regulations prescribed by the Committee, the term \"material nonpublic technical information\" means information that-\n(aa) provides knowledge, know-how, or understanding, not available in the public domain, of the design, location, or operation of critical infrastructure; or\n(bb) is not available in the public domain, and is necessary to design, fabri"}},"Defense Production Act (50 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 4565        \nCode of Federal Regulations, 31 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) §§ 800.208 and 800.224\nExecutive Order No. 13913, 85 Fed. Reg. 19643 (April 4, 2020), Sections 2, 3, 5 and 6\nExecutive Order No. 13920, 85 Fed. Reg. 26595 (May 1, 2020), Sections 1 and 2\nSecuring the Information and Communications Technology and Services Supply Chain (86 Fed. Reg. 4909, 19 January 2021), 15 C.F.R. 7, §§ 7.3, 7.103 and 7.109","n/a","[<a href=\"https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid:USC-prelim-title50-section4565&num=0&edition=prelim\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-31/subtitle-B/chapter-VIII/part-800\">Regulations</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2020/04/08/2020-07530/establishing-the-committee-for-the-assessment-of-foreign-participation-in-the-united-states\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2020/05/04/2020-09695/securing-the-united-states-bulk-power-system\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2021/01/19/2021-01234/securing-the-information-and-communications-technology-and-services-supply-chain\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1596,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","The Defense Production Act gives the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS) the power to review any 'covered transaction' and to mitigate any national security risk that arises as a result of the transaction. The Act also empowers the President to suspend or prohibit any covered transaction if it is deemed to threaten United States national security. Historically, covered transactions would include mergers, acquisitions and takeovers by or with a foreign person that could result in foreign control of a United States business.\nOn 13 February 2020, regulations implementing reforms brought by the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 (FIRRMA) came into effect. FIRMMA expands the scope of CFIUS reviews to include certain non-controlling investments in companies involved with critical technologies, critical infrastructure or sensitive personal data, and certain real estate transactions. The reforms also introduced a mandatory notification process for certain investments. In relation to controlling investments, the regulations provide a complex and very broad definition of 'control'. It covers not only the majority of shares, voting rights or board representation, but also a dominant minority or formal or informal arrangements to act in concert.\nOn 4 April 2020, the U.S. President issued Executive Order 13913 establishing a new Committee for the Assessment of Foreign Participation in the United States Telecommunications Services Sector. The Executive Order, which came into effect on 8 April 2020, also expands federal authority to review license applications involving foreign ownership in telecommunication networks.\nOn 1 May 2020, the U.S. President issued Executive Order 13920 prohibiting certain transactions involving bulk power system electric equipment that has been developed, manufactured, or supplied by a foreign adversary if the Secretary of Energy, in consultation with the heads of other agencies, determines that the transaction raises significant national security concerns.\nPursuant to the Executive Order 13873 of 15 May 2019, regulations entitled “Securing the information and Communications Technology and Services and Services Supply Chain” (86 Fed. Reg. 4909) were published on 19 January 2021 and came into effect on 22 March 2021. The regulations allow the Secretary of Commerce to identify, assess, and address certain information and communications technology and services transactions that involve persons owned by, controlled by, or subject to the jurisdiction or direction of specified foreign adversaries and pose certain undue or unacceptable risks to critical infrastructure, the digital economy or national security. \nOn 4 February 2022, a final rule issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury came into effect. The final rule adopts without change a proposed rule issued on November 10, 2021, that would modify the definitions of “excepted foreign state” and “excepted real estate foreign state” by extending the date of the determination criterion in each definition by one year, to February 13, 2023. Under the final rule, until the new date, a CFIUS decision to identify a foreign state as an eligible foreign state is all that is needed for a foreign state to meet the definition of excepted foreign state and excepted real estate foreign state. The second determination criterion will not be an effective part of either definition until 13 February 2023. Investors meeting the regulatory criteria from excepted foreign states are recognized as \"excepted investors,\" and they receive exemptions from obligatory filing requirements as well as relief from CFIUS jurisdiction for certain non-passive, non-controlling minority investments. As of end-2022, CFIUS had declared Australia, New Zealand, UK and Canada as excepted foreign states and excepted real estate foreign states.\nOn 15 September 2022, the U.S. President signed the Executive Order 14083 on Ensuring Robust Consideration of Evolving National Security Risks by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States. The Order provides direction to CFIUS on the risks that it should consider when reviewing a covered transaction by elaborating on existing statutory factors and by adding several national security factors. The Order also explicitly recognizes that some countries use foreign investment to obtain access to sensitive data and technologies for purposes that are detrimental to U.S. national security, and seeks to ensure that CFIUS remains an effective tool to combat these threats now and in the future.",{"$cut":{"chars":32233,"head":"\"§4565. Authority to review certain mergers, acquisitions, and takeovers \n(a) Definitions - In this section:\n(1) Clarification - The term \"national security\" shall be construed so as to include those issues relating to \"homeland security\", including its application to critical infrastructure.\n(2) Committee; chairperson - The terms \"Committee\" and \"chairperson\" mean the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States and the chairperson thereof, respectively.\n(3) Control - The term \"control\" means the power, direct or indirect, whether exercised or not exercised, to determine, direct, or decide important matters affecting an entity, subject to regulations prescribed by the Committee.\n(4) Covered transaction\n(A) In general - Except as otherwise provided, the term \"covered transaction\" means-\n(i) any transaction described in subparagraph (B)(i); and\n(ii) any transaction described in clauses (ii) through (v) of subparagraph (B) that is proposed, pending, or completed on or after the effective date set forth in section 1727 of the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018.\n(B) Transactions described - A transaction described in this subparagraph is any of the following:\n(i) Any merger, acquisition, or takeover that is proposed or pending after August 23, 1988, by or with any foreign person that could result in foreign control of any United States business, including such a merger, acquisition, or takeover carried out through a joint venture. [...]\n(iii) Any other investment, subject to regulations prescribed under subparagraphs (D) and (E), by a foreign person in any unaffiliated United States business that-\n(I) owns, operates, manufactures, supplies, or services critical infrastructure;\n(II) produces, designs, tests, manufactures, fabricates, or develops one or more critical technologies; or\n(III) maintains or collects sensitive personal data of United States citizens that may be exploited in a manner that threatens national security.\n(iv) Any change in the rights that a foreign person has with respect to a United States business in which the foreign person has an investment, if that change could result in-\n(I) foreign control of the United States business; or\n(II) an investment described in clause (iii).\n(v) Any other transaction, transfer, agreement, or arrangement, the structure of which is designed or intended to evade or circumvent the application of this section, subject to regulations prescribed by the Committee. [...]\n(D) Other investments\n(i) Other investment defined - For purposes of subparagraph (B)(iii), the term \"other investment\" means an investment, direct or indirect, by a foreign person in a United States business described in that subparagraph that is not an investment described in subparagraph (B)(i) and that affords the foreign person-\n(I) access to any material nonpublic technical information in the possession of the United States business;\n(II) membership or observer rights on the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the United States business or the right to nominate an individual to a position on the board of directors or equivalent governing body; or\n(III) any involvement, other than through voting of shares, in substantive decisionmaking of the United States business regarding-\n(aa) the use, development, acquisition, safekeeping, or release of sensitive personal data of United States citizens maintained or collected by the United States business;\n(bb) the use, development acquisition, or release of critical technologies; or\n(cc) the management, operation, manufacture, or supply of critical infrastructure.\n(ii) Material nonpublic technical information defined\n(I) In general - For purposes of clause (i)(I), and subject to regulations prescribed by the Committee, the term \"material nonpublic technical information\" means information that-\n(aa) provides knowledge, know-how, or understanding, not available in the public domain, of the design, location, or operation of critical infrastructure; or\n(bb) is not available in the public domain, and is necessary to design, fabri"}},"Defense Production Act (50 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 4565        \nCode of Federal Regulations, 31 C.F.R. (last amended on 04/02/2022) §§ 800.1001, 800.1002, 800.218, and 802.214\nExecutive Order No. 13913, 85 Fed. Reg. 19643 (April 4, 2020), Sections 2, 3, 5 and 6\nExecutive Order No. 13920, 85 Fed. Reg. 26595 (May 1, 2020), Sections 1 and 2\nSecuring the Information and Communications Technology and Services Supply Chain (86 Fed. Reg. 4909, 19 January 2021), 15 C.F.R. 7, §§ 7.3, 7.103 and 7.109\nExecutive Order 14083 of September 15, 2022, Sections 1, 2 and 3","Final Rule, Certain Investments in the United States by Foreign Persons and Certain Transactions by Foreign Persons Involving Real Estate in the United States, Federal Register, Vol.87, No.46, 6 January 2022.\nUS Department of the Treasury (2022), \"CFIUS Excepted Foreign States\", website content.","[<a href=\"https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid:USC-prelim-title50-section4565&num=0&edition=prelim\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-31/subtitle-B/chapter-VIII/part-800\">Regulations</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2020/04/08/2020-07530/establishing-the-committee-for-the-assessment-of-foreign-participation-in-the-united-states\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2020/05/04/2020-09695/securing-the-united-states-bulk-power-system\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2021/01/19/2021-01234/securing-the-information-and-communications-technology-and-services-supply-chain\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/presidential-actions/2022/09/15/executive-order-on-ensuring-robust-consideration-of-evolving-national-security-risks-by-the-committee-on-foreign-investment-in-the-united-states/\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2022-01-06/pdf/2021-28599.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/international/the-committee-on-foreign-investment-in-the-united-states-cfius/cfius-excepted-foreign-states\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2816,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","The Defense Production Act gives the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS) the power to review any 'covered transaction' and to mitigate any national security risk that arises as a result of the transaction. The Act also empowers the President to suspend or prohibit any covered transaction if it is deemed to threaten United States national security. Historically, covered transactions would include mergers, acquisitions and takeovers by or with a foreign person that could result in foreign control of a United States business.\nOn 13 February 2020, regulations implementing reforms brought by the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 (FIRRMA) came into effect. FIRMMA expands the scope of CFIUS reviews to include certain non-controlling investments in companies involved with critical technologies, critical infrastructure or sensitive personal data, and certain real estate transactions. The reforms also introduced a mandatory notification process for certain investments. In relation to controlling investments, the regulations provide a complex and very broad definition of 'control'. It covers not only the majority of shares, voting rights or board representation, but also a dominant minority or formal or informal arrangements to act in concert.\nOn 4 April 2020, the U.S. President issued Executive Order 13913 establishing a new Committee for the Assessment of Foreign Participation in the United States Telecommunications Services Sector. The Executive Order, which came into effect on 8 April 2020, also expands federal authority to review license applications involving foreign ownership in telecommunication networks.\nOn 1 May 2020, the U.S. President issued Executive Order 13920 prohibiting certain transactions involving bulk power system electric equipment that has been developed, manufactured, or supplied by a foreign adversary if the Secretary of Energy, in consultation with the heads of other agencies, determines that the transaction raises significant national security concerns.\nPursuant to the Executive Order 13873 of 15 May 2019, regulations entitled “Securing the information and Communications Technology and Services and Services Supply Chain” (86 Fed. Reg. 4909) were published on 19 January 2021 and came into effect on 22 March 2021. The regulations allow the Secretary of Commerce to identify, assess, and address certain information and communications technology and services transactions that involve persons owned by, controlled by, or subject to the jurisdiction or direction of specified foreign adversaries and pose certain undue or unacceptable risks to critical infrastructure, the digital economy or national security. \nOn 4 February 2022, a final rule issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury came into effect. The final rule adopts without change a proposed rule issued on November 10, 2021, that would modify the definitions of “excepted foreign state” and “excepted real estate foreign state” by extending the date of the determination criterion in each definition by one year, to February 13, 2023. Under the final rule, until the new date, a CFIUS decision to identify a foreign state as an eligible foreign state is all that is needed for a foreign state to meet the definition of excepted foreign state and excepted real estate foreign state. The second determination criterion will not be an effective part of either definition until 13 February 2023. Investors meeting the regulatory criteria from excepted foreign states are recognized as \"excepted investors,\" and they receive exemptions from obligatory filing requirements as well as relief from CFIUS jurisdiction for certain non-passive, non-controlling minority investments. As of end-2022, CFIUS had declared Australia, New Zealand, UK and Canada as excepted foreign states and excepted real estate foreign states.\nOn 15 September 2022, the U.S. President signed the Executive Order 14083 on Ensuring Robust Consideration of Evolving National Security Risks by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States. The Order provides direction to CFIUS on the risks that it should consider when reviewing a covered transaction by elaborating on existing statutory factors and by adding several national security factors. The Order also explicitly recognizes that some countries use foreign investment to obtain access to sensitive data and technologies for purposes that are detrimental to U.S. national security, and seeks to ensure that CFIUS remains an effective tool to combat these threats now and in the future.",{"$cut":{"chars":32233,"head":"\"§4565. Authority to review certain mergers, acquisitions, and takeovers \n(a) Definitions - In this section:\n(1) Clarification - The term \"national security\" shall be construed so as to include those issues relating to \"homeland security\", including its application to critical infrastructure.\n(2) Committee; chairperson - The terms \"Committee\" and \"chairperson\" mean the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States and the chairperson thereof, respectively.\n(3) Control - The term \"control\" means the power, direct or indirect, whether exercised or not exercised, to determine, direct, or decide important matters affecting an entity, subject to regulations prescribed by the Committee.\n(4) Covered transaction\n(A) In general - Except as otherwise provided, the term \"covered transaction\" means-\n(i) any transaction described in subparagraph (B)(i); and\n(ii) any transaction described in clauses (ii) through (v) of subparagraph (B) that is proposed, pending, or completed on or after the effective date set forth in section 1727 of the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018.\n(B) Transactions described - A transaction described in this subparagraph is any of the following:\n(i) Any merger, acquisition, or takeover that is proposed or pending after August 23, 1988, by or with any foreign person that could result in foreign control of any United States business, including such a merger, acquisition, or takeover carried out through a joint venture. [...]\n(iii) Any other investment, subject to regulations prescribed under subparagraphs (D) and (E), by a foreign person in any unaffiliated United States business that-\n(I) owns, operates, manufactures, supplies, or services critical infrastructure;\n(II) produces, designs, tests, manufactures, fabricates, or develops one or more critical technologies; or\n(III) maintains or collects sensitive personal data of United States citizens that may be exploited in a manner that threatens national security.\n(iv) Any change in the rights that a foreign person has with respect to a United States business in which the foreign person has an investment, if that change could result in-\n(I) foreign control of the United States business; or\n(II) an investment described in clause (iii).\n(v) Any other transaction, transfer, agreement, or arrangement, the structure of which is designed or intended to evade or circumvent the application of this section, subject to regulations prescribed by the Committee. [...]\n(D) Other investments\n(i) Other investment defined - For purposes of subparagraph (B)(iii), the term \"other investment\" means an investment, direct or indirect, by a foreign person in a United States business described in that subparagraph that is not an investment described in subparagraph (B)(i) and that affords the foreign person-\n(I) access to any material nonpublic technical information in the possession of the United States business;\n(II) membership or observer rights on the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the United States business or the right to nominate an individual to a position on the board of directors or equivalent governing body; or\n(III) any involvement, other than through voting of shares, in substantive decisionmaking of the United States business regarding-\n(aa) the use, development, acquisition, safekeeping, or release of sensitive personal data of United States citizens maintained or collected by the United States business;\n(bb) the use, development acquisition, or release of critical technologies; or\n(cc) the management, operation, manufacture, or supply of critical infrastructure.\n(ii) Material nonpublic technical information defined\n(I) In general - For purposes of clause (i)(I), and subject to regulations prescribed by the Committee, the term \"material nonpublic technical information\" means information that-\n(aa) provides knowledge, know-how, or understanding, not available in the public domain, of the design, location, or operation of critical infrastructure; or\n(bb) is not available in the public domain, and is necessary to design, fabri"}},"Defense Production Act (50 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 4565        \nCode of Federal Regulations, 31 C.F.R. (last amended on 04/02/2022) §§ 800.1001, 800.1002, 800.218, and 802.214\nExecutive Order No. 13913, 85 Fed. Reg. 19643 (April 4, 2020), Sections 2, 3, 5 and 6\nExecutive Order No. 13920, 85 Fed. Reg. 26595 (May 1, 2020), Sections 1 and 2\nSecuring the Information and Communications Technology and Services Supply Chain (86 Fed. Reg. 4909, 19 January 2021), 15 C.F.R. 7, §§ 7.3, 7.103 and 7.109\nExecutive Order 14083 of September 15, 2022, Sections 1, 2 and 3","Final Rule, Certain Investments in the United States by Foreign Persons and Certain Transactions by Foreign Persons Involving Real Estate in the United States, Federal Register, Vol.87, No.46, 6 January 2022.\nUS Department of the Treasury (2022), \"CFIUS Excepted Foreign States\", website content.","[<a href=\"https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid:USC-prelim-title50-section4565&num=0&edition=prelim\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-31/subtitle-B/chapter-VIII/part-800\">Regulations</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2020/04/08/2020-07530/establishing-the-committee-for-the-assessment-of-foreign-participation-in-the-united-states\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2020/05/04/2020-09695/securing-the-united-states-bulk-power-system\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2021/01/19/2021-01234/securing-the-information-and-communications-technology-and-services-supply-chain\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/presidential-actions/2022/09/15/executive-order-on-ensuring-robust-consideration-of-evolving-national-security-risks-by-the-committee-on-foreign-investment-in-the-united-states/\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2022-01-06/pdf/2021-28599.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/international/the-committee-on-foreign-investment-in-the-united-states-cfius/cfius-excepted-foreign-states\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2816,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted.\nFor passenger transport (unloading and boarding) of cruise ships arriving in our country, the ship's foreign-flagged auxiliary vessels may be used, as long as their number does not exceed 50% (fifty percent) of those necessary for said transportation. The other boats must be of national flag. (*)\nIn special situations and with proven reasons of general interest, duly authorized auxiliary vessels of the cruise ship with a foreign flag may be used, in a number that exceeds the percentage established above.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,855,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0048","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted.\nFor passenger transport (unloading and boarding) of cruise ships arriving in our country, the ship's foreign-flagged auxiliary vessels may be used, as long as their number does not exceed 50% (fifty percent) of those necessary for said transportation. The other boats must be of national flag. (*)\nIn special situations and with proven reasons of general interest, duly authorized auxiliary vessels of the cruise ship with a foreign flag may be used, in a number that exceeds the percentage established above.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,855,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0048","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted.\nFor passenger transport (unloading and boarding) of cruise ships arriving in our country, the ship's foreign-flagged auxiliary vessels may be used, as long as their number does not exceed 50% (fifty percent) of those necessary for said transportation. The other boats must be of national flag. (*)\nIn special situations and with proven reasons of general interest, duly authorized auxiliary vessels of the cruise ship with a foreign flag may be used, in a number that exceeds the percentage established above.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,855,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0048","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted.\nFor passenger transport (unloading and boarding) of cruise ships arriving in our country, the ship's foreign-flagged auxiliary vessels may be used, as long as their number does not exceed 50% (fifty percent) of those necessary for said transportation. The other boats must be of national flag. (*)\nIn special situations and with proven reasons of general interest, duly authorized auxiliary vessels of the cruise ship with a foreign flag may be used, in a number that exceeds the percentage established above.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,855,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.045","Foreign ownership of land and real estate if not for business or own residential purpose is not permitted. Foreign citizens, foreign legal entities, as well as 'enterprises with foreign investments' (i.e. those in which foreign shareholding exceeds 15% of the voting capital) are not allowed to participate in the privatisation process of non-agricultural land, nor are they permitted to subsequently acquire privatised land from their private owners.","\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18\nThe right of ownership of legal entities and individuals to land plots arises in the manner prescribed by law, upon privatization of land plots for non-agricultural purposes.\nThe right of ownership to land plots of diplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan arises when they sell, in the manner prescribed by law, buildings or parts of buildings used for premises of representative offices, including the residence of the head of the mission, together with land plots on which they are located, as well as land plots for the construction of buildings of these representative offices.\nThe right of ownership of foreign legal entities and individuals to land plots - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis at enterprises with foreign investments, as well as persons permanently living in the republic and having a residence permit arises when they sell, in the manner prescribed by law, residential premises together with the land plots on which they are located.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement. [...]\nLand plots for non-agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\non the basis of an electronic online auction - to individuals and legal entities;\nThe Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan implementing a major investment project, determined by selecting the best proposal, worth the equivalent of at least 10 million US dollars - to individuals and legal entities. At the same time, the size of the provided land plot is determined by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan, depending on the volume of investment.\nLand plots to enterprises with foreign investments, international associations and organizations, foreign individuals and legal entities are leased by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan. These persons (with the exception of international associations and organizations) must pay the market value of the right to lease a land plot to the State Budget of the Republic of Uzbekistan in the amount determined by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\nIn the cases provided for by parts two , three and four of this article, a lease agreement for a land plot is concluded by the district (city) khokim.\nAgricultural enterprises, institutions and organizations may assign land plots to tenants in the order of on-farm lease only for agricultural production.\nThe sublease of a leased land plot or part thereof is prohibited, except for the cases provided for in Article 24 2 of this Code.\nLeased land plots cannot be the object of sale, donation, or exchange. The right to lease a land plot can only be pledged to obtain loans. The lessee has the right to transfer his lease rights to a land plot as a pledge without the consent of the lessor only in cases where this is provided for by law or the lease agreement.\nConditions and terms of lease of land plots are determined by agreement of the parties and fixed by the contract.\nLand intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years in the amount established by Article 46 1 of this Code.\nThe term of lease of non-agricultural land may not exceed one hundred years.\nEnterprises with the participation of foreign investments, international associations and organizations, foreign individuals and legal entities are leased land plots for a period of up to twenty-five years.[...]\" (LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"Article 3. General definitions\nThe following general definitions are applied in this Law: [...]\nprivatization of a land plot – the alienation of a non-agricultural land plot, which is in state ownership, into the ownership of citizens and (or) legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan;\n[...]\nArticle 6. The principle of voluntariness\nPrivatization of land plots is carried out on a voluntary basis.\nCitizens and legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan exercise their rights to privatize land plots at their own discretion and in their own interests.\nCoercion to privatize land plots is prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Privatization objects\nPrivatization objects are:\nland plots provided to legal entities for the implementation of entrepreneurial and urban planning activities;\nland plots provided to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for individual housing construction and maintenance of a residential building, as well as the implementation of entrepreneurial and urban planning activities;\nland plots on which state real estate objects subject to privatization are located;\nfree land plots.\n[...]\nArticle 13. Subjects of privatization\nThe subjects of privatization are citizens and legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\nForeign citizens, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments, as well as state bodies, institutions and enterprises are not subject to privatization.\n[...]\nArticle 30. The right of private ownership of a privatized land plot\nPrivatized land plots are private property and objects of civil circulation.\nThe right of private ownership of a privatized land plot arises from the moment of state registration of the right to it by entering the relevant information in the State Register of Rights to Real Estate in electronic form.\nThe right of private ownership of privatized land plots is inviolable and protected by the state in accordance with the law.\nArticle 31. Rights of owners of privatized land plots\nOwners of privatized land plots have the right to:\nfreely own, use and dispose of a privatized land plot at one’s own discretion and in one’s own interests, including using it as a pledge, making a contribution to the authorized capital (authorized fund) of a legal entity, leasing it without violating the rights and protected by law the interests of legal entities and individuals, the state;\ndemand the elimination of any violations of the ownership of the privatized land plot;\nmanage independently on a privatized land plot;\nerect residential, industrial, cultural and other buildings and structures, carry out their restructuring and demolition.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Emergence of ownership of land plots by persons who are not subjects of privatization\nForeign citizens, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments do not have the right to acquire privatized land plots, unless otherwise provided by law.\nIn the event that a foreign citizen, a stateless person, a foreign legal entity, an enterprise with foreign investment has the right to own land plots, these land plots are subject to alienation within six months from the date of such an event.\nIf the land plots are not alienated within the period provided for by part two of this article, the land plots shall become the property of the state, with the persons indicated by this article retaining the pre-emptive right to acquire them on lease in the manner prescribed by law.\n[...]\nArticle 41. Recognition as invalid of some legislative acts of the Republic of Uzbekistan\nRecognize as invalid the following legislative documents:\n1) Law No. LRU-552 of the Republic of Uzbekistan “On the privatization of land plots for non-agricultural purposes” dated August 13, 2019 (Bulletin of the chambers of the Oliy Majlis of the Republic of Uzbekistan, 2019, No. 8, Art. No. 463);[...]\" (Law of the Republic Uzbekistan, от 15.11.2021 г. № LRU-728 On the privatization of non-agricultural land plots)\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1. General provisions\nArticle 3. Key definitions\nThe following key terms are applied in this Law: [...]\ndomestic investors — citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan, foreign citizens and stateless persons who have the status of a resident of the Republic of Uzbekistan, including individual entrepreneurs, as well as legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan engaged in investment activities; [...]\nforeign investors — foreign states, administrative or territorial bodies of foreign states, international organizations founded in accordance with conventions or other agreements between states or being subjects of public international law, legal entities, any other partnerships, organizations or associations founded and acting in accordance with acts of legislation of foreign states, citizens of a foreign state and stateless persons permanently residing outside the Republic of Uzbekistan;\nenterprises with foreign investments in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan — enterprises in which foreign investments make up at least fifteen percent of the stocks (shares, units) or statutory fund (charter capital).\n[...]\nChapter 10. Enterprises with foreign investment [...]\nSection 54. Economic Activities of Foreign Investors [...]\nEnterprises with foreign investments are entitled to long-term leases of non-agricultural land for up to fifty years, but not less than the period specified in the application, for the implementation of investment projects.\nEnterprises with foreign investment can acquire land in cases and on conditions stipulated by law.\nUpon transfer of ownership of buildings and structures, along with these objects, the right to use land plots shall be transferred in the manner and on the conditions established by law.\nRental property to foreign investors is carried out by the lessor on the basis of relevant agreements [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated])","LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translation]\nLaw of the Republic Uzbekistan, от 15.11.2021 г. № LRU-728 On the privatization of non-agricultural land plots\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","Kinstellar (2022),  \"Uzbekistan reinforces legal framework for privatization of land\" , NEWS & INSIGHTS, January 2022.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/6116222\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kinstellar.com/news-and-insights/detail/1596/uzbekistan-reinforces-legal-framework-for-privatization-of-land\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2406,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.045","Foreign ownership of land and real estate if not for business or own residential purpose is not permitted. Foreign citizens, foreign legal entities, as well as 'enterprises with foreign investments' (i.e. those in which foreign shareholding exceeds 15% of the voting capital) are not allowed to participate in the privatisation process of non-agricultural land, nor are they permitted to subsequently acquire privatised land from their private owners.","\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18\nThe right of ownership of legal entities and individuals to land plots arises in the manner prescribed by law, upon privatization of land plots for non-agricultural purposes.\nThe right of ownership to land plots of diplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan arises when they sell, in the manner prescribed by law, buildings or parts of buildings used for premises of representative offices, including the residence of the head of the mission, together with land plots on which they are located, as well as land plots for the construction of buildings of these representative offices.\nThe right of ownership of foreign legal entities and individuals to land plots - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis at enterprises with foreign investments, as well as persons permanently living in the republic and having a residence permit arises when they sell, in the manner prescribed by law, residential premises together with the land plots on which they are located.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement. [...]\nLand plots for non-agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\non the basis of an electronic online auction - to individuals and legal entities;\nThe Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan implementing a major investment project, determined by selecting the best proposal, worth the equivalent of at least 10 million US dollars - to individuals and legal entities. At the same time, the size of the provided land plot is determined by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan, depending on the volume of investment.\nLand plots to enterprises with foreign investments, international associations and organizations, foreign individuals and legal entities are leased by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan. These persons (with the exception of international associations and organizations) must pay the market value of the right to lease a land plot to the State Budget of the Republic of Uzbekistan in the amount determined by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\nIn the cases provided for by parts two , three and four of this article, a lease agreement for a land plot is concluded by the district (city) khokim.\nAgricultural enterprises, institutions and organizations may assign land plots to tenants in the order of on-farm lease only for agricultural production.\nThe sublease of a leased land plot or part thereof is prohibited, except for the cases provided for in Article 24 2 of this Code.\nLeased land plots cannot be the object of sale, donation, or exchange. The right to lease a land plot can only be pledged to obtain loans. The lessee has the right to transfer his lease rights to a land plot as a pledge without the consent of the lessor only in cases where this is provided for by law or the lease agreement.\nConditions and terms of lease of land plots are determined by agreement of the parties and fixed by the contract.\nLand intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years in the amount established by Article 46 1 of this Code.\nThe term of lease of non-agricultural land may not exceed one hundred years.\nEnterprises with the participation of foreign investments, international associations and organizations, foreign individuals and legal entities are leased land plots for a period of up to twenty-five years.[...]\" (LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"Article 3. General definitions\nThe following general definitions are applied in this Law: [...]\nprivatization of a land plot – the alienation of a non-agricultural land plot, which is in state ownership, into the ownership of citizens and (or) legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan;\n[...]\nArticle 6. The principle of voluntariness\nPrivatization of land plots is carried out on a voluntary basis.\nCitizens and legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan exercise their rights to privatize land plots at their own discretion and in their own interests.\nCoercion to privatize land plots is prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Privatization objects\nPrivatization objects are:\nland plots provided to legal entities for the implementation of entrepreneurial and urban planning activities;\nland plots provided to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for individual housing construction and maintenance of a residential building, as well as the implementation of entrepreneurial and urban planning activities;\nland plots on which state real estate objects subject to privatization are located;\nfree land plots.\n[...]\nArticle 13. Subjects of privatization\nThe subjects of privatization are citizens and legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\nForeign citizens, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments, as well as state bodies, institutions and enterprises are not subject to privatization.\n[...]\nArticle 30. The right of private ownership of a privatized land plot\nPrivatized land plots are private property and objects of civil circulation.\nThe right of private ownership of a privatized land plot arises from the moment of state registration of the right to it by entering the relevant information in the State Register of Rights to Real Estate in electronic form.\nThe right of private ownership of privatized land plots is inviolable and protected by the state in accordance with the law.\nArticle 31. Rights of owners of privatized land plots\nOwners of privatized land plots have the right to:\nfreely own, use and dispose of a privatized land plot at one’s own discretion and in one’s own interests, including using it as a pledge, making a contribution to the authorized capital (authorized fund) of a legal entity, leasing it without violating the rights and protected by law the interests of legal entities and individuals, the state;\ndemand the elimination of any violations of the ownership of the privatized land plot;\nmanage independently on a privatized land plot;\nerect residential, industrial, cultural and other buildings and structures, carry out their restructuring and demolition.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Emergence of ownership of land plots by persons who are not subjects of privatization\nForeign citizens, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments do not have the right to acquire privatized land plots, unless otherwise provided by law.\nIn the event that a foreign citizen, a stateless person, a foreign legal entity, an enterprise with foreign investment has the right to own land plots, these land plots are subject to alienation within six months from the date of such an event.\nIf the land plots are not alienated within the period provided for by part two of this article, the land plots shall become the property of the state, with the persons indicated by this article retaining the pre-emptive right to acquire them on lease in the manner prescribed by law.\n[...]\nArticle 41. Recognition as invalid of some legislative acts of the Republic of Uzbekistan\nRecognize as invalid the following legislative documents:\n1) Law No. LRU-552 of the Republic of Uzbekistan “On the privatization of land plots for non-agricultural purposes” dated August 13, 2019 (Bulletin of the chambers of the Oliy Majlis of the Republic of Uzbekistan, 2019, No. 8, Art. No. 463);[...]\" (Law of the Republic Uzbekistan, от 15.11.2021 г. № LRU-728 On the privatization of non-agricultural land plots)\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1. General provisions\nArticle 3. Key definitions\nThe following key terms are applied in this Law: [...]\ndomestic investors — citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan, foreign citizens and stateless persons who have the status of a resident of the Republic of Uzbekistan, including individual entrepreneurs, as well as legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan engaged in investment activities; [...]\nforeign investors — foreign states, administrative or territorial bodies of foreign states, international organizations founded in accordance with conventions or other agreements between states or being subjects of public international law, legal entities, any other partnerships, organizations or associations founded and acting in accordance with acts of legislation of foreign states, citizens of a foreign state and stateless persons permanently residing outside the Republic of Uzbekistan;\nenterprises with foreign investments in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan — enterprises in which foreign investments make up at least fifteen percent of the stocks (shares, units) or statutory fund (charter capital).\n[...]\nChapter 10. Enterprises with foreign investment [...]\nSection 54. Economic Activities of Foreign Investors [...]\nEnterprises with foreign investments are entitled to long-term leases of non-agricultural land for up to fifty years, but not less than the period specified in the application, for the implementation of investment projects.\nEnterprises with foreign investment can acquire land in cases and on conditions stipulated by law.\nUpon transfer of ownership of buildings and structures, along with these objects, the right to use land plots shall be transferred in the manner and on the conditions established by law.\nRental property to foreign investors is carried out by the lessor on the basis of relevant agreements [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated])","LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translation]\nLaw of the Republic Uzbekistan, от 15.11.2021 г. № LRU-728 On the privatization of non-agricultural land plots\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","Kinstellar (2022),  \"Uzbekistan reinforces legal framework for privatization of land\" , NEWS & INSIGHTS, January 2022.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/6116222\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kinstellar.com/news-and-insights/detail/1596/uzbekistan-reinforces-legal-framework-for-privatization-of-land\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2406,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.045","Foreign ownership of land and real estate if not for business or own residential purpose is not permitted. Foreign citizens, foreign legal entities, as well as 'enterprises with foreign investments' (i.e. those in which foreign shareholding exceeds 15% of the voting capital) are not allowed to participate in the privatisation process of non-agricultural land, nor are they permitted to subsequently acquire privatised land from their private owners.","\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18\nThe right of ownership of legal entities and individuals to land plots arises in the manner prescribed by law, upon privatization of land plots for non-agricultural purposes.\nThe right of ownership to land plots of diplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan arises when they sell, in the manner prescribed by law, buildings or parts of buildings used for premises of representative offices, including the residence of the head of the mission, together with land plots on which they are located, as well as land plots for the construction of buildings of these representative offices.\nThe right of ownership of foreign legal entities and individuals to land plots - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis at enterprises with foreign investments, as well as persons permanently living in the republic and having a residence permit arises when they sell, in the manner prescribed by law, residential premises together with the land plots on which they are located.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement. [...]\nLand plots for non-agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\non the basis of an electronic online auction - to individuals and legal entities;\nThe Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan implementing a major investment project, determined by selecting the best proposal, worth the equivalent of at least 10 million US dollars - to individuals and legal entities. At the same time, the size of the provided land plot is determined by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan, depending on the volume of investment.\nLand plots to enterprises with foreign investments, international associations and organizations, foreign individuals and legal entities are leased by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan. These persons (with the exception of international associations and organizations) must pay the market value of the right to lease a land plot to the State Budget of the Republic of Uzbekistan in the amount determined by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\nIn the cases provided for by parts two , three and four of this article, a lease agreement for a land plot is concluded by the district (city) khokim.\nAgricultural enterprises, institutions and organizations may assign land plots to tenants in the order of on-farm lease only for agricultural production.\nThe sublease of a leased land plot or part thereof is prohibited, except for the cases provided for in Article 24 2 of this Code.\nLeased land plots cannot be the object of sale, donation, or exchange. The right to lease a land plot can only be pledged to obtain loans. The lessee has the right to transfer his lease rights to a land plot as a pledge without the consent of the lessor only in cases where this is provided for by law or the lease agreement.\nConditions and terms of lease of land plots are determined by agreement of the parties and fixed by the contract.\nLand intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years in the amount established by Article 46 1 of this Code.\nThe term of lease of non-agricultural land may not exceed one hundred years.\nEnterprises with the participation of foreign investments, international associations and organizations, foreign individuals and legal entities are leased land plots for a period of up to twenty-five years.[...]\" (LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"Article 3. General definitions\nThe following general definitions are applied in this Law: [...]\nprivatization of a land plot – the alienation of a non-agricultural land plot, which is in state ownership, into the ownership of citizens and (or) legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan;\n[...]\nArticle 6. The principle of voluntariness\nPrivatization of land plots is carried out on a voluntary basis.\nCitizens and legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan exercise their rights to privatize land plots at their own discretion and in their own interests.\nCoercion to privatize land plots is prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Privatization objects\nPrivatization objects are:\nland plots provided to legal entities for the implementation of entrepreneurial and urban planning activities;\nland plots provided to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for individual housing construction and maintenance of a residential building, as well as the implementation of entrepreneurial and urban planning activities;\nland plots on which state real estate objects subject to privatization are located;\nfree land plots.\n[...]\nArticle 13. Subjects of privatization\nThe subjects of privatization are citizens and legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\nForeign citizens, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments, as well as state bodies, institutions and enterprises are not subject to privatization.\n[...]\nArticle 30. The right of private ownership of a privatized land plot\nPrivatized land plots are private property and objects of civil circulation.\nThe right of private ownership of a privatized land plot arises from the moment of state registration of the right to it by entering the relevant information in the State Register of Rights to Real Estate in electronic form.\nThe right of private ownership of privatized land plots is inviolable and protected by the state in accordance with the law.\nArticle 31. Rights of owners of privatized land plots\nOwners of privatized land plots have the right to:\nfreely own, use and dispose of a privatized land plot at one’s own discretion and in one’s own interests, including using it as a pledge, making a contribution to the authorized capital (authorized fund) of a legal entity, leasing it without violating the rights and protected by law the interests of legal entities and individuals, the state;\ndemand the elimination of any violations of the ownership of the privatized land plot;\nmanage independently on a privatized land plot;\nerect residential, industrial, cultural and other buildings and structures, carry out their restructuring and demolition.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Emergence of ownership of land plots by persons who are not subjects of privatization\nForeign citizens, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments do not have the right to acquire privatized land plots, unless otherwise provided by law.\nIn the event that a foreign citizen, a stateless person, a foreign legal entity, an enterprise with foreign investment has the right to own land plots, these land plots are subject to alienation within six months from the date of such an event.\nIf the land plots are not alienated within the period provided for by part two of this article, the land plots shall become the property of the state, with the persons indicated by this article retaining the pre-emptive right to acquire them on lease in the manner prescribed by law.\n[...]\nArticle 41. Recognition as invalid of some legislative acts of the Republic of Uzbekistan\nRecognize as invalid the following legislative documents:\n1) Law No. LRU-552 of the Republic of Uzbekistan “On the privatization of land plots for non-agricultural purposes” dated August 13, 2019 (Bulletin of the chambers of the Oliy Majlis of the Republic of Uzbekistan, 2019, No. 8, Art. No. 463);[...]\" (Law of the Republic Uzbekistan, от 15.11.2021 г. № LRU-728 On the privatization of non-agricultural land plots)\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1. General provisions\nArticle 3. Key definitions\nThe following key terms are applied in this Law: [...]\ndomestic investors — citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan, foreign citizens and stateless persons who have the status of a resident of the Republic of Uzbekistan, including individual entrepreneurs, as well as legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan engaged in investment activities; [...]\nforeign investors — foreign states, administrative or territorial bodies of foreign states, international organizations founded in accordance with conventions or other agreements between states or being subjects of public international law, legal entities, any other partnerships, organizations or associations founded and acting in accordance with acts of legislation of foreign states, citizens of a foreign state and stateless persons permanently residing outside the Republic of Uzbekistan;\nenterprises with foreign investments in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan — enterprises in which foreign investments make up at least fifteen percent of the stocks (shares, units) or statutory fund (charter capital).\n[...]\nChapter 10. Enterprises with foreign investment [...]\nSection 54. Economic Activities of Foreign Investors [...]\nEnterprises with foreign investments are entitled to long-term leases of non-agricultural land for up to fifty years, but not less than the period specified in the application, for the implementation of investment projects.\nEnterprises with foreign investment can acquire land in cases and on conditions stipulated by law.\nUpon transfer of ownership of buildings and structures, along with these objects, the right to use land plots shall be transferred in the manner and on the conditions established by law.\nRental property to foreign investors is carried out by the lessor on the basis of relevant agreements [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated])","LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translation]\nLaw of the Republic Uzbekistan, от 15.11.2021 г. № LRU-728 On the privatization of non-agricultural land plots\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","Kinstellar (2022),  \"Uzbekistan reinforces legal framework for privatization of land\" , NEWS & INSIGHTS, January 2022.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/6116222\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kinstellar.com/news-and-insights/detail/1596/uzbekistan-reinforces-legal-framework-for-privatization-of-land\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2406,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.045","Foreign ownership of land and real estate if not for business or own residential purpose is not permitted. Foreign citizens, foreign legal entities, as well as 'enterprises with foreign investments' (i.e. those in which foreign shareholding exceeds 15% of the voting capital) are not allowed to participate in the privatisation process of non-agricultural land, nor are they permitted to subsequently acquire privatised land from their private owners.","\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18\nThe right of ownership of legal entities and individuals to land plots arises in the manner prescribed by law, upon privatization of land plots for non-agricultural purposes.\nThe right of ownership to land plots of diplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan arises when they sell, in the manner prescribed by law, buildings or parts of buildings used for premises of representative offices, including the residence of the head of the mission, together with land plots on which they are located, as well as land plots for the construction of buildings of these representative offices.\nThe right of ownership of foreign legal entities and individuals to land plots - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis at enterprises with foreign investments, as well as persons permanently living in the republic and having a residence permit arises when they sell, in the manner prescribed by law, residential premises together with the land plots on which they are located.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement. [...]\nLand plots for non-agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\non the basis of an electronic online auction - to individuals and legal entities;\nThe Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan implementing a major investment project, determined by selecting the best proposal, worth the equivalent of at least 10 million US dollars - to individuals and legal entities. At the same time, the size of the provided land plot is determined by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan, depending on the volume of investment.\nLand plots to enterprises with foreign investments, international associations and organizations, foreign individuals and legal entities are leased by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan. These persons (with the exception of international associations and organizations) must pay the market value of the right to lease a land plot to the State Budget of the Republic of Uzbekistan in the amount determined by the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\nIn the cases provided for by parts two , three and four of this article, a lease agreement for a land plot is concluded by the district (city) khokim.\nAgricultural enterprises, institutions and organizations may assign land plots to tenants in the order of on-farm lease only for agricultural production.\nThe sublease of a leased land plot or part thereof is prohibited, except for the cases provided for in Article 24 2 of this Code.\nLeased land plots cannot be the object of sale, donation, or exchange. The right to lease a land plot can only be pledged to obtain loans. The lessee has the right to transfer his lease rights to a land plot as a pledge without the consent of the lessor only in cases where this is provided for by law or the lease agreement.\nConditions and terms of lease of land plots are determined by agreement of the parties and fixed by the contract.\nLand intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years in the amount established by Article 46 1 of this Code.\nThe term of lease of non-agricultural land may not exceed one hundred years.\nEnterprises with the participation of foreign investments, international associations and organizations, foreign individuals and legal entities are leased land plots for a period of up to twenty-five years.[...]\" (LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"Article 3. General definitions\nThe following general definitions are applied in this Law: [...]\nprivatization of a land plot – the alienation of a non-agricultural land plot, which is in state ownership, into the ownership of citizens and (or) legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan;\n[...]\nArticle 6. The principle of voluntariness\nPrivatization of land plots is carried out on a voluntary basis.\nCitizens and legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan exercise their rights to privatize land plots at their own discretion and in their own interests.\nCoercion to privatize land plots is prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Privatization objects\nPrivatization objects are:\nland plots provided to legal entities for the implementation of entrepreneurial and urban planning activities;\nland plots provided to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for individual housing construction and maintenance of a residential building, as well as the implementation of entrepreneurial and urban planning activities;\nland plots on which state real estate objects subject to privatization are located;\nfree land plots.\n[...]\nArticle 13. Subjects of privatization\nThe subjects of privatization are citizens and legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\nForeign citizens, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments, as well as state bodies, institutions and enterprises are not subject to privatization.\n[...]\nArticle 30. The right of private ownership of a privatized land plot\nPrivatized land plots are private property and objects of civil circulation.\nThe right of private ownership of a privatized land plot arises from the moment of state registration of the right to it by entering the relevant information in the State Register of Rights to Real Estate in electronic form.\nThe right of private ownership of privatized land plots is inviolable and protected by the state in accordance with the law.\nArticle 31. Rights of owners of privatized land plots\nOwners of privatized land plots have the right to:\nfreely own, use and dispose of a privatized land plot at one’s own discretion and in one’s own interests, including using it as a pledge, making a contribution to the authorized capital (authorized fund) of a legal entity, leasing it without violating the rights and protected by law the interests of legal entities and individuals, the state;\ndemand the elimination of any violations of the ownership of the privatized land plot;\nmanage independently on a privatized land plot;\nerect residential, industrial, cultural and other buildings and structures, carry out their restructuring and demolition.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Emergence of ownership of land plots by persons who are not subjects of privatization\nForeign citizens, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments do not have the right to acquire privatized land plots, unless otherwise provided by law.\nIn the event that a foreign citizen, a stateless person, a foreign legal entity, an enterprise with foreign investment has the right to own land plots, these land plots are subject to alienation within six months from the date of such an event.\nIf the land plots are not alienated within the period provided for by part two of this article, the land plots shall become the property of the state, with the persons indicated by this article retaining the pre-emptive right to acquire them on lease in the manner prescribed by law.\n[...]\nArticle 41. Recognition as invalid of some legislative acts of the Republic of Uzbekistan\nRecognize as invalid the following legislative documents:\n1) Law No. LRU-552 of the Republic of Uzbekistan “On the privatization of land plots for non-agricultural purposes” dated August 13, 2019 (Bulletin of the chambers of the Oliy Majlis of the Republic of Uzbekistan, 2019, No. 8, Art. No. 463);[...]\" (Law of the Republic Uzbekistan, от 15.11.2021 г. № LRU-728 On the privatization of non-agricultural land plots)\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1. General provisions\nArticle 3. Key definitions\nThe following key terms are applied in this Law: [...]\ndomestic investors — citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan, foreign citizens and stateless persons who have the status of a resident of the Republic of Uzbekistan, including individual entrepreneurs, as well as legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan engaged in investment activities; [...]\nforeign investors — foreign states, administrative or territorial bodies of foreign states, international organizations founded in accordance with conventions or other agreements between states or being subjects of public international law, legal entities, any other partnerships, organizations or associations founded and acting in accordance with acts of legislation of foreign states, citizens of a foreign state and stateless persons permanently residing outside the Republic of Uzbekistan;\nenterprises with foreign investments in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan — enterprises in which foreign investments make up at least fifteen percent of the stocks (shares, units) or statutory fund (charter capital).\n[...]\nChapter 10. Enterprises with foreign investment [...]\nSection 54. Economic Activities of Foreign Investors [...]\nEnterprises with foreign investments are entitled to long-term leases of non-agricultural land for up to fifty years, but not less than the period specified in the application, for the implementation of investment projects.\nEnterprises with foreign investment can acquire land in cases and on conditions stipulated by law.\nUpon transfer of ownership of buildings and structures, along with these objects, the right to use land plots shall be transferred in the manner and on the conditions established by law.\nRental property to foreign investors is carried out by the lessor on the basis of relevant agreements [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated])","LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translation]\nLaw of the Republic Uzbekistan, от 15.11.2021 г. № LRU-728 On the privatization of non-agricultural land plots\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","Kinstellar (2022),  \"Uzbekistan reinforces legal framework for privatization of land\" , NEWS & INSIGHTS, January 2022.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/6116222\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kinstellar.com/news-and-insights/detail/1596/uzbekistan-reinforces-legal-framework-for-privatization-of-land\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2406,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","L68X1","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.00225","Starting from 1 May 2022, subject to certain minimum investment thresholds, foreign nationals have been allowed to acquire real estate under construction (with the exception of land plots) without having to be a resident/having residence permit in the country. Real estate investments (not for business and own residential purposes) by foreign persons were previously not allowed. Nonetheless, foreign citizens and non-residents of Uzbekistan have to pay higher fees for notarizing deals on purchase of residential property in new buildings than citizens of Uzbekistan.","\"3. Starting from May 1, 2022, citizens of foreign countries whose list will be approved by the Cabinet of Ministers should be given the right to invest in the following newly constructed real estate objects (excluding land plots) without requiring a residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nIn Tashkent region, Tashkent and Samarkand cities - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 150,000 US dollars based on contracts concluded during the construction period, real estate objects accepted for use not less than the equivalent value of 180,000 US dollars;\nin other regions - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 70,000 US dollars based on the contracts concluded during construction, and real estate objects accepted for use not less than the value of the equivalent of 85,000 US dollars.\nIn this case, the purchase of real estate objects considered in this paragraph is not a reason for citizens of foreign countries to obtain a permanent registration and residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan.[...]\" (Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\")","Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\"","Kosta Legal (2018),  \"Uzbekistan: Rights Of Foreign Citizens To Purchase Residential Property\", 28 December 2018.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/6359076\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mondaq.com/real-estate/767244/rights-of-foreign-citizens-to-purchase-residential-property\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2410,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","L68X1","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.00225","Starting from 1 May 2022, subject to certain minimum investment thresholds, foreign nationals have been allowed to acquire real estate under construction (with the exception of land plots) without having to be a resident/having residence permit in the country. Real estate investments (not for business and own residential purposes) by foreign persons were previously not allowed. Nonetheless, foreign citizens and non-residents of Uzbekistan have to pay higher fees for notarizing deals on purchase of residential property in new buildings than citizens of Uzbekistan.","\"3. Starting from May 1, 2022, citizens of foreign countries whose list will be approved by the Cabinet of Ministers should be given the right to invest in the following newly constructed real estate objects (excluding land plots) without requiring a residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nIn Tashkent region, Tashkent and Samarkand cities - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 150,000 US dollars based on contracts concluded during the construction period, real estate objects accepted for use not less than the equivalent value of 180,000 US dollars;\nin other regions - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 70,000 US dollars based on the contracts concluded during construction, and real estate objects accepted for use not less than the value of the equivalent of 85,000 US dollars.\nIn this case, the purchase of real estate objects considered in this paragraph is not a reason for citizens of foreign countries to obtain a permanent registration and residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan.[...]\" (Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\")","Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\"","Kosta Legal (2018),  \"Uzbekistan: Rights Of Foreign Citizens To Purchase Residential Property\", 28 December 2018.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/6359076\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mondaq.com/real-estate/767244/rights-of-foreign-citizens-to-purchase-residential-property\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2410,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","L68X1","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.001125","Starting from 1 May 2022, subject to certain minimum investment thresholds, foreign nationals have been allowed to acquire real estate under construction (with the exception of land plots) without having to be a resident/having residence permit in the country. Real estate investments (not for business and own residential purposes) by foreign persons were previously not allowed. Nonetheless, foreign citizens and non-residents of Uzbekistan have to pay higher fees for notarizing deals on purchase of residential property in new buildings than citizens of Uzbekistan.","\"3. Starting from May 1, 2022, citizens of foreign countries whose list will be approved by the Cabinet of Ministers should be given the right to invest in the following newly constructed real estate objects (excluding land plots) without requiring a residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nIn Tashkent region, Tashkent and Samarkand cities - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 150,000 US dollars based on contracts concluded during the construction period, real estate objects accepted for use not less than the equivalent value of 180,000 US dollars;\nin other regions - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 70,000 US dollars based on the contracts concluded during construction, and real estate objects accepted for use not less than the value of the equivalent of 85,000 US dollars.\nIn this case, the purchase of real estate objects considered in this paragraph is not a reason for citizens of foreign countries to obtain a permanent registration and residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan.[...]\" (Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\")","Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\"","Kosta Legal (2018),  \"Uzbekistan: Rights Of Foreign Citizens To Purchase Residential Property\", 28 December 2018.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/6359076\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mondaq.com/real-estate/767244/rights-of-foreign-citizens-to-purchase-residential-property\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3925,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","L68X1","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.001125","Starting from 1 May 2022, subject to certain minimum investment thresholds, foreign nationals have been allowed to acquire real estate under construction (with the exception of land plots) without having to be a resident/having residence permit in the country. Real estate investments (not for business and own residential purposes) by foreign persons were previously not allowed. Nonetheless, foreign citizens and non-residents of Uzbekistan have to pay higher fees for notarizing deals on purchase of residential property in new buildings than citizens of Uzbekistan.","\"3. Starting from May 1, 2022, citizens of foreign countries whose list will be approved by the Cabinet of Ministers should be given the right to invest in the following newly constructed real estate objects (excluding land plots) without requiring a residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nIn Tashkent region, Tashkent and Samarkand cities - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 150,000 US dollars based on contracts concluded during the construction period, real estate objects accepted for use not less than the equivalent value of 180,000 US dollars;\nin other regions - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 70,000 US dollars based on the contracts concluded during construction, and real estate objects accepted for use not less than the value of the equivalent of 85,000 US dollars.\nIn this case, the purchase of real estate objects considered in this paragraph is not a reason for citizens of foreign countries to obtain a permanent registration and residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan.[...]\" (Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\")","Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\"","Kosta Legal (2018),  \"Uzbekistan: Rights Of Foreign Citizens To Purchase Residential Property\", 28 December 2018.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/6359076\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mondaq.com/real-estate/767244/rights-of-foreign-citizens-to-purchase-residential-property\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3925,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0054","Decree No. 09/2018/ND-CP narrowed the scope of products for which foreign-owned (above 51%) wholesale enterprises require a trading licence for carrying out the activity. As of 2018, foreign-invested enteprises are required to obtain a trading license only for the import and wholesale of oil and lubricants, but preference is given to enterprises producting oil and lubrificants in Viet Nam or involved in the distribution of machinery, equipment and goods using special type oil and lubrificants. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is understood that foreign-invested enterprises are not eligible to carry out wholesale distribution of oil and lubricants unless in the two cases above-mentioned; hence, it is recorded that foreign ownership is generally limited to 49% in wholesale of oil and lubrificant.\nFurther, import of cigarettes is subect to state monopoly by Viet Nam Tobacco Corporation. It is not clear what does \"organise the network of goods purchase for export in Vietnam\" consists of. It is assumed it refers to intermediary services, including warehousing, freight stations and other logistics services as referenced in the Law on customs. Since 1 January 2009, foreign investors have been permitted to establish a wholly foreign-owned company to import or export pharmaceutical products and films and sell their imported products to licensed local distributors [assuming wholesale allowed; retail still prohibited]. In the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, state monopolies are not considered. Restrictions on warehousing and logistics network are considered under transport.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam\n22.1 Distribution Services: Franchise Services |\n1. Provisions in the Agreements:\nMeasures apply to all subsectors of distribution services: Tobacco and cigars, books, newspapers and magazines, videotaped articles, precious metals and gems, pharmaceuticals[1], drugs Explosives, crude and processed oils, rice, cane sugar and beet sugar are excluded from the scope of commitments.\n1.1. Distribution services include:\ni) Commission agency service (CPC 621, 61111, 6113, 6121)\nii) Wholesale services (CPC 622, 61111, 6113, 6121)\niii) Retail services (CPC 631 + 632, 61112, 6113, 6121).\nThe establishment of retail establishments (other than the first one) will be considered on the basis of an economic needs test (ENT)[2]. Particularly for CPTPP and EVFTA, 5 years after the Agreement comes into effect, the economic needs test will be abolished and this reservation will expire.\n1.2. Franchise service (CPC 8929): unlimited. Allows establishment of branches. The head of the branch must be a permanent resident in Vietnam.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nClause 1, Article 3 of Decree No. 09/2018/NDCP stipulates goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading, including the following activities:\na) Exercising the right to export;\nb) Exercise the right to import;\nc) Exercising the right to distribute;\nd) Providing commercial assessment services;\ndd) Provide logistics services;\ne) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing;\ng) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\nh) Providing commercial intermediary services;\ni) Providing e-commerce services;\nk) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services.\n- Regarding pharmaceutical distribution: Establishments that have the right to import but are not allowed to exercise the right to distribute drugs and medicinal ingredients in Vietnam, are not allowed to carry out activities directly related to the distribution of drugs and raw materials making drugs in Vietnam, except for drugs and medicinal ingredients produced by the establishment itself (Clause 10, Article 91 of Decree No. 54/2017/ND-CP).\n[1] In this schedule of commitments, “pharmaceuticals” does not include non-pharmaceutical nutritional products in the form of tablets, capsules or powders.\n[2] The application for permission to establish more than one retail establishment must follow an established and publicly available process and the authorization must be based on objective criteria. The main criteria for economic needs testing are the number of service providers present in a geographic area, market stability, and geographic size.  [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1 - General Provisions [...]\nArticle 3 Definitions\nIn this Decree the following terms are defined as follows:\n1. Activities of goods trading and directly related activities comprise the following activities:\n(a) Exercising the right to export; (b) Exercising the right to import; (c) Exercising the right to distribute; (d) Provision of commercial assessment services; (dd) Provision of logistics services; (e) Goods leasing but excluding financial leasing; (g) Provision of trade promotion services excluding advertising services; (h) Provision of trade intermediation services; (i) Provision of e-commerce services; (k) Provision of services of arranging tendering/bidding for goods and services.\n[...]\nArticle 5 Issuance of business licences and of licences to establish retail stores [retail store licences]\n1. Business licenses are granted to foreign-invested economic organizations to carry out the following activities:\na) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods, excluding goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nb) Exercise the right to import and wholesale distribution of goods specified at Point b, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nc) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nd) Provide logistics services; except for logistics service sub-sectors to which Vietnam has committed to open the market in international treaties to which Vietnam is a member;\ndd) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing; except for rental of construction equipment with operators;\ne) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\ng) Providing commercial intermediary services;\nh) Providing e-commerce services;\ni) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services. [...]\n5. Economic organizations that fall into the cases specified at Points b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment must satisfy the following conditions and perform: Procedures for granting a business license when carrying out activities requiring a business license business; procedures for granting a license to establish a retail establishment when setting up a retail establishment, according to the provisions of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 6 Cases not requiring a business licence\n1. Apart from the activities for which a business licence is required as prescribed in article 5.1 of this Decree, any economic organization with FOC and any economic organization in the cases prescribed in sub-clauses (b) and (c) of article 23.1 of the Law on Investment has the right to conduct goods trading and directly related activities prescribed in article 3.1 of this Decree after registering such activities in relevant data in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Investment and the Law on Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Business Licences\nArticle 9 Conditions for granting a business license\n1. In case a foreign investor belonging to a country or territory that is a contracting party to an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party commits to open the market for goods trading and activities directly related to sales of goods\na) Satisfy the conditions on market access in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party; [...]\n2. In case the foreign investor does not belong to a country or territory participating in an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party\na) Conditions specified at Points b and c, Clause 1 of this Article;\nb) Meet the following criteria:\n- Comply with the provisions of specialized laws;\n- Matching the level of competition of domestic enterprises in the same field of operation;\n- Ability to create jobs for domestic workers;\n- Ability and level of contribution to the state budget.\n3. In case business services have not yet been committed to market opening in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party: The conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n4. If there is not yet a commitment to open the market for business in the following goods in international treaties of which Vietnam is a member, namely: oil and lubricants; rice; sugar, articles with recorded images; and books, newspapers and magazines:\na) Conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article;\nb) For goods being lubricating oil and grease: Consider granting a license to exercise the right to import or wholesale distribution to a foreign-invested economic organization that performs one of the following activities:\n- Producing lubricating oil and grease in Vietnam;\n- Producing or being allowed to distribute in Vietnam machinery, equipment and goods using special oils and greases.\nc) For goods being rice; Street; recorded items; Books, newspapers and magazines: Consideration shall be given to licensing the exercise of retail distribution rights to foreign-invested economic organizations that already have retail establishments in the form of supermarkets, mini-marts, and convenience stores in order to conduct retail at those establishments.[...]\" (Decree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=127637&Keyword=09/2018/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2246,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0054","Decree No. 09/2018/ND-CP narrowed the scope of products for which foreign-owned (above 51%) wholesale enterprises require a trading licence for carrying out the activity. As of 2018, foreign-invested enteprises are required to obtain a trading license only for the import and wholesale of oil and lubricants, but preference is given to enterprises producting oil and lubrificants in Viet Nam or involved in the distribution of machinery, equipment and goods using special type oil and lubrificants. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is understood that foreign-invested enterprises are not eligible to carry out wholesale distribution of oil and lubricants unless in the two cases above-mentioned; hence, it is recorded that foreign ownership is generally limited to 49% in wholesale of oil and lubrificant.\nFurther, import of cigarettes is subect to state monopoly by Viet Nam Tobacco Corporation. It is not clear what does \"organise the network of goods purchase for export in Vietnam\" consists of. It is assumed it refers to intermediary services, including warehousing, freight stations and other logistics services as referenced in the Law on customs. Since 1 January 2009, foreign investors have been permitted to establish a wholly foreign-owned company to import or export pharmaceutical products and films and sell their imported products to licensed local distributors [assuming wholesale allowed; retail still prohibited]. In the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, state monopolies are not considered. Restrictions on warehousing and logistics network are considered under transport.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam\n22.1 Distribution Services: Franchise Services |\n1. Provisions in the Agreements:\nMeasures apply to all subsectors of distribution services: Tobacco and cigars, books, newspapers and magazines, videotaped articles, precious metals and gems, pharmaceuticals[1], drugs Explosives, crude and processed oils, rice, cane sugar and beet sugar are excluded from the scope of commitments.\n1.1. Distribution services include:\ni) Commission agency service (CPC 621, 61111, 6113, 6121)\nii) Wholesale services (CPC 622, 61111, 6113, 6121)\niii) Retail services (CPC 631 + 632, 61112, 6113, 6121).\nThe establishment of retail establishments (other than the first one) will be considered on the basis of an economic needs test (ENT)[2]. Particularly for CPTPP and EVFTA, 5 years after the Agreement comes into effect, the economic needs test will be abolished and this reservation will expire.\n1.2. Franchise service (CPC 8929): unlimited. Allows establishment of branches. The head of the branch must be a permanent resident in Vietnam.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nClause 1, Article 3 of Decree No. 09/2018/NDCP stipulates goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading, including the following activities:\na) Exercising the right to export;\nb) Exercise the right to import;\nc) Exercising the right to distribute;\nd) Providing commercial assessment services;\ndd) Provide logistics services;\ne) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing;\ng) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\nh) Providing commercial intermediary services;\ni) Providing e-commerce services;\nk) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services.\n- Regarding pharmaceutical distribution: Establishments that have the right to import but are not allowed to exercise the right to distribute drugs and medicinal ingredients in Vietnam, are not allowed to carry out activities directly related to the distribution of drugs and raw materials making drugs in Vietnam, except for drugs and medicinal ingredients produced by the establishment itself (Clause 10, Article 91 of Decree No. 54/2017/ND-CP).\n[1] In this schedule of commitments, “pharmaceuticals” does not include non-pharmaceutical nutritional products in the form of tablets, capsules or powders.\n[2] The application for permission to establish more than one retail establishment must follow an established and publicly available process and the authorization must be based on objective criteria. The main criteria for economic needs testing are the number of service providers present in a geographic area, market stability, and geographic size.  [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1 - General Provisions [...]\nArticle 3 Definitions\nIn this Decree the following terms are defined as follows:\n1. Activities of goods trading and directly related activities comprise the following activities:\n(a) Exercising the right to export; (b) Exercising the right to import; (c) Exercising the right to distribute; (d) Provision of commercial assessment services; (dd) Provision of logistics services; (e) Goods leasing but excluding financial leasing; (g) Provision of trade promotion services excluding advertising services; (h) Provision of trade intermediation services; (i) Provision of e-commerce services; (k) Provision of services of arranging tendering/bidding for goods and services.\n[...]\nArticle 5 Issuance of business licences and of licences to establish retail stores [retail store licences]\n1. Business licenses are granted to foreign-invested economic organizations to carry out the following activities:\na) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods, excluding goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nb) Exercise the right to import and wholesale distribution of goods specified at Point b, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nc) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nd) Provide logistics services; except for logistics service sub-sectors to which Vietnam has committed to open the market in international treaties to which Vietnam is a member;\ndd) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing; except for rental of construction equipment with operators;\ne) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\ng) Providing commercial intermediary services;\nh) Providing e-commerce services;\ni) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services. [...]\n5. Economic organizations that fall into the cases specified at Points b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment must satisfy the following conditions and perform: Procedures for granting a business license when carrying out activities requiring a business license business; procedures for granting a license to establish a retail establishment when setting up a retail establishment, according to the provisions of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 6 Cases not requiring a business licence\n1. Apart from the activities for which a business licence is required as prescribed in article 5.1 of this Decree, any economic organization with FOC and any economic organization in the cases prescribed in sub-clauses (b) and (c) of article 23.1 of the Law on Investment has the right to conduct goods trading and directly related activities prescribed in article 3.1 of this Decree after registering such activities in relevant data in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Investment and the Law on Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Business Licences\nArticle 9 Conditions for granting a business license\n1. In case a foreign investor belonging to a country or territory that is a contracting party to an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party commits to open the market for goods trading and activities directly related to sales of goods\na) Satisfy the conditions on market access in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party; [...]\n2. In case the foreign investor does not belong to a country or territory participating in an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party\na) Conditions specified at Points b and c, Clause 1 of this Article;\nb) Meet the following criteria:\n- Comply with the provisions of specialized laws;\n- Matching the level of competition of domestic enterprises in the same field of operation;\n- Ability to create jobs for domestic workers;\n- Ability and level of contribution to the state budget.\n3. In case business services have not yet been committed to market opening in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party: The conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n4. If there is not yet a commitment to open the market for business in the following goods in international treaties of which Vietnam is a member, namely: oil and lubricants; rice; sugar, articles with recorded images; and books, newspapers and magazines:\na) Conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article;\nb) For goods being lubricating oil and grease: Consider granting a license to exercise the right to import or wholesale distribution to a foreign-invested economic organization that performs one of the following activities:\n- Producing lubricating oil and grease in Vietnam;\n- Producing or being allowed to distribute in Vietnam machinery, equipment and goods using special oils and greases.\nc) For goods being rice; Street; recorded items; Books, newspapers and magazines: Consideration shall be given to licensing the exercise of retail distribution rights to foreign-invested economic organizations that already have retail establishments in the form of supermarkets, mini-marts, and convenience stores in order to conduct retail at those establishments.[...]\" (Decree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=127637&Keyword=09/2018/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2246,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0054","Decree No. 09/2018/ND-CP narrowed the scope of products for which foreign-owned (above 51%) wholesale enterprises require a trading licence for carrying out the activity. As of 2018, foreign-invested enteprises are required to obtain a trading license only for the import and wholesale of oil and lubricants, but preference is given to enterprises producting oil and lubrificants in Viet Nam or involved in the distribution of machinery, equipment and goods using special type oil and lubrificants. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is understood that foreign-invested enterprises are not eligible to carry out wholesale distribution of oil and lubricants unless in the two cases above-mentioned; hence, it is recorded that foreign ownership is generally limited to 49% in wholesale of oil and lubrificant.\nFurther, import of cigarettes is subect to state monopoly by Viet Nam Tobacco Corporation. It is not clear what does \"organise the network of goods purchase for export in Vietnam\" consists of. It is assumed it refers to intermediary services, including warehousing, freight stations and other logistics services as referenced in the Law on customs. Since 1 January 2009, foreign investors have been permitted to establish a wholly foreign-owned company to import or export pharmaceutical products and films and sell their imported products to licensed local distributors [assuming wholesale allowed; retail still prohibited]. In the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, state monopolies are not considered. Restrictions on warehousing and logistics network are considered under transport.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam\n22.1 Distribution Services: Franchise Services |\n1. Provisions in the Agreements:\nMeasures apply to all subsectors of distribution services: Tobacco and cigars, books, newspapers and magazines, videotaped articles, precious metals and gems, pharmaceuticals[1], drugs Explosives, crude and processed oils, rice, cane sugar and beet sugar are excluded from the scope of commitments.\n1.1. Distribution services include:\ni) Commission agency service (CPC 621, 61111, 6113, 6121)\nii) Wholesale services (CPC 622, 61111, 6113, 6121)\niii) Retail services (CPC 631 + 632, 61112, 6113, 6121).\nThe establishment of retail establishments (other than the first one) will be considered on the basis of an economic needs test (ENT)[2]. Particularly for CPTPP and EVFTA, 5 years after the Agreement comes into effect, the economic needs test will be abolished and this reservation will expire.\n1.2. Franchise service (CPC 8929): unlimited. Allows establishment of branches. The head of the branch must be a permanent resident in Vietnam.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nClause 1, Article 3 of Decree No. 09/2018/NDCP stipulates goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading, including the following activities:\na) Exercising the right to export;\nb) Exercise the right to import;\nc) Exercising the right to distribute;\nd) Providing commercial assessment services;\ndd) Provide logistics services;\ne) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing;\ng) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\nh) Providing commercial intermediary services;\ni) Providing e-commerce services;\nk) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services.\n- Regarding pharmaceutical distribution: Establishments that have the right to import but are not allowed to exercise the right to distribute drugs and medicinal ingredients in Vietnam, are not allowed to carry out activities directly related to the distribution of drugs and raw materials making drugs in Vietnam, except for drugs and medicinal ingredients produced by the establishment itself (Clause 10, Article 91 of Decree No. 54/2017/ND-CP).\n[1] In this schedule of commitments, “pharmaceuticals” does not include non-pharmaceutical nutritional products in the form of tablets, capsules or powders.\n[2] The application for permission to establish more than one retail establishment must follow an established and publicly available process and the authorization must be based on objective criteria. The main criteria for economic needs testing are the number of service providers present in a geographic area, market stability, and geographic size.  [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1 - General Provisions [...]\nArticle 3 Definitions\nIn this Decree the following terms are defined as follows:\n1. Activities of goods trading and directly related activities comprise the following activities:\n(a) Exercising the right to export; (b) Exercising the right to import; (c) Exercising the right to distribute; (d) Provision of commercial assessment services; (dd) Provision of logistics services; (e) Goods leasing but excluding financial leasing; (g) Provision of trade promotion services excluding advertising services; (h) Provision of trade intermediation services; (i) Provision of e-commerce services; (k) Provision of services of arranging tendering/bidding for goods and services.\n[...]\nArticle 5 Issuance of business licences and of licences to establish retail stores [retail store licences]\n1. Business licenses are granted to foreign-invested economic organizations to carry out the following activities:\na) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods, excluding goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nb) Exercise the right to import and wholesale distribution of goods specified at Point b, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nc) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nd) Provide logistics services; except for logistics service sub-sectors to which Vietnam has committed to open the market in international treaties to which Vietnam is a member;\ndd) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing; except for rental of construction equipment with operators;\ne) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\ng) Providing commercial intermediary services;\nh) Providing e-commerce services;\ni) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services. [...]\n5. Economic organizations that fall into the cases specified at Points b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment must satisfy the following conditions and perform: Procedures for granting a business license when carrying out activities requiring a business license business; procedures for granting a license to establish a retail establishment when setting up a retail establishment, according to the provisions of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 6 Cases not requiring a business licence\n1. Apart from the activities for which a business licence is required as prescribed in article 5.1 of this Decree, any economic organization with FOC and any economic organization in the cases prescribed in sub-clauses (b) and (c) of article 23.1 of the Law on Investment has the right to conduct goods trading and directly related activities prescribed in article 3.1 of this Decree after registering such activities in relevant data in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Investment and the Law on Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Business Licences\nArticle 9 Conditions for granting a business license\n1. In case a foreign investor belonging to a country or territory that is a contracting party to an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party commits to open the market for goods trading and activities directly related to sales of goods\na) Satisfy the conditions on market access in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party; [...]\n2. In case the foreign investor does not belong to a country or territory participating in an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party\na) Conditions specified at Points b and c, Clause 1 of this Article;\nb) Meet the following criteria:\n- Comply with the provisions of specialized laws;\n- Matching the level of competition of domestic enterprises in the same field of operation;\n- Ability to create jobs for domestic workers;\n- Ability and level of contribution to the state budget.\n3. In case business services have not yet been committed to market opening in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party: The conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n4. If there is not yet a commitment to open the market for business in the following goods in international treaties of which Vietnam is a member, namely: oil and lubricants; rice; sugar, articles with recorded images; and books, newspapers and magazines:\na) Conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article;\nb) For goods being lubricating oil and grease: Consider granting a license to exercise the right to import or wholesale distribution to a foreign-invested economic organization that performs one of the following activities:\n- Producing lubricating oil and grease in Vietnam;\n- Producing or being allowed to distribute in Vietnam machinery, equipment and goods using special oils and greases.\nc) For goods being rice; Street; recorded items; Books, newspapers and magazines: Consideration shall be given to licensing the exercise of retail distribution rights to foreign-invested economic organizations that already have retail establishments in the form of supermarkets, mini-marts, and convenience stores in order to conduct retail at those establishments.[...]\" (Decree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=127637&Keyword=09/2018/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2246,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0054","Decree No. 09/2018/ND-CP narrowed the scope of products for which foreign-owned (above 51%) wholesale enterprises require a trading licence for carrying out the activity. As of 2018, foreign-invested enteprises are required to obtain a trading license only for the import and wholesale of oil and lubricants, but preference is given to enterprises producting oil and lubrificants in Viet Nam or involved in the distribution of machinery, equipment and goods using special type oil and lubrificants. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is understood that foreign-invested enterprises are not eligible to carry out wholesale distribution of oil and lubricants unless in the two cases above-mentioned; hence, it is recorded that foreign ownership is generally limited to 49% in wholesale of oil and lubrificant.\nFurther, import of cigarettes is subect to state monopoly by Viet Nam Tobacco Corporation. It is not clear what does \"organise the network of goods purchase for export in Vietnam\" consists of. It is assumed it refers to intermediary services, including warehousing, freight stations and other logistics services as referenced in the Law on customs. Since 1 January 2009, foreign investors have been permitted to establish a wholly foreign-owned company to import or export pharmaceutical products and films and sell their imported products to licensed local distributors [assuming wholesale allowed; retail still prohibited]. In the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, state monopolies are not considered. Restrictions on warehousing and logistics network are considered under transport.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam\n22.1 Distribution Services: Franchise Services |\n1. Provisions in the Agreements:\nMeasures apply to all subsectors of distribution services: Tobacco and cigars, books, newspapers and magazines, videotaped articles, precious metals and gems, pharmaceuticals[1], drugs Explosives, crude and processed oils, rice, cane sugar and beet sugar are excluded from the scope of commitments.\n1.1. Distribution services include:\ni) Commission agency service (CPC 621, 61111, 6113, 6121)\nii) Wholesale services (CPC 622, 61111, 6113, 6121)\niii) Retail services (CPC 631 + 632, 61112, 6113, 6121).\nThe establishment of retail establishments (other than the first one) will be considered on the basis of an economic needs test (ENT)[2]. Particularly for CPTPP and EVFTA, 5 years after the Agreement comes into effect, the economic needs test will be abolished and this reservation will expire.\n1.2. Franchise service (CPC 8929): unlimited. Allows establishment of branches. The head of the branch must be a permanent resident in Vietnam.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nClause 1, Article 3 of Decree No. 09/2018/NDCP stipulates goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading, including the following activities:\na) Exercising the right to export;\nb) Exercise the right to import;\nc) Exercising the right to distribute;\nd) Providing commercial assessment services;\ndd) Provide logistics services;\ne) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing;\ng) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\nh) Providing commercial intermediary services;\ni) Providing e-commerce services;\nk) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services.\n- Regarding pharmaceutical distribution: Establishments that have the right to import but are not allowed to exercise the right to distribute drugs and medicinal ingredients in Vietnam, are not allowed to carry out activities directly related to the distribution of drugs and raw materials making drugs in Vietnam, except for drugs and medicinal ingredients produced by the establishment itself (Clause 10, Article 91 of Decree No. 54/2017/ND-CP).\n[1] In this schedule of commitments, “pharmaceuticals” does not include non-pharmaceutical nutritional products in the form of tablets, capsules or powders.\n[2] The application for permission to establish more than one retail establishment must follow an established and publicly available process and the authorization must be based on objective criteria. The main criteria for economic needs testing are the number of service providers present in a geographic area, market stability, and geographic size.  [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1 - General Provisions [...]\nArticle 3 Definitions\nIn this Decree the following terms are defined as follows:\n1. Activities of goods trading and directly related activities comprise the following activities:\n(a) Exercising the right to export; (b) Exercising the right to import; (c) Exercising the right to distribute; (d) Provision of commercial assessment services; (dd) Provision of logistics services; (e) Goods leasing but excluding financial leasing; (g) Provision of trade promotion services excluding advertising services; (h) Provision of trade intermediation services; (i) Provision of e-commerce services; (k) Provision of services of arranging tendering/bidding for goods and services.\n[...]\nArticle 5 Issuance of business licences and of licences to establish retail stores [retail store licences]\n1. Business licenses are granted to foreign-invested economic organizations to carry out the following activities:\na) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods, excluding goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nb) Exercise the right to import and wholesale distribution of goods specified at Point b, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nc) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nd) Provide logistics services; except for logistics service sub-sectors to which Vietnam has committed to open the market in international treaties to which Vietnam is a member;\ndd) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing; except for rental of construction equipment with operators;\ne) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\ng) Providing commercial intermediary services;\nh) Providing e-commerce services;\ni) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services. [...]\n5. Economic organizations that fall into the cases specified at Points b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment must satisfy the following conditions and perform: Procedures for granting a business license when carrying out activities requiring a business license business; procedures for granting a license to establish a retail establishment when setting up a retail establishment, according to the provisions of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 6 Cases not requiring a business licence\n1. Apart from the activities for which a business licence is required as prescribed in article 5.1 of this Decree, any economic organization with FOC and any economic organization in the cases prescribed in sub-clauses (b) and (c) of article 23.1 of the Law on Investment has the right to conduct goods trading and directly related activities prescribed in article 3.1 of this Decree after registering such activities in relevant data in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Investment and the Law on Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Business Licences\nArticle 9 Conditions for granting a business license\n1. In case a foreign investor belonging to a country or territory that is a contracting party to an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party commits to open the market for goods trading and activities directly related to sales of goods\na) Satisfy the conditions on market access in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party; [...]\n2. In case the foreign investor does not belong to a country or territory participating in an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party\na) Conditions specified at Points b and c, Clause 1 of this Article;\nb) Meet the following criteria:\n- Comply with the provisions of specialized laws;\n- Matching the level of competition of domestic enterprises in the same field of operation;\n- Ability to create jobs for domestic workers;\n- Ability and level of contribution to the state budget.\n3. In case business services have not yet been committed to market opening in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party: The conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n4. If there is not yet a commitment to open the market for business in the following goods in international treaties of which Vietnam is a member, namely: oil and lubricants; rice; sugar, articles with recorded images; and books, newspapers and magazines:\na) Conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article;\nb) For goods being lubricating oil and grease: Consider granting a license to exercise the right to import or wholesale distribution to a foreign-invested economic organization that performs one of the following activities:\n- Producing lubricating oil and grease in Vietnam;\n- Producing or being allowed to distribute in Vietnam machinery, equipment and goods using special oils and greases.\nc) For goods being rice; Street; recorded items; Books, newspapers and magazines: Consideration shall be given to licensing the exercise of retail distribution rights to foreign-invested economic organizations that already have retail establishments in the form of supermarkets, mini-marts, and convenience stores in order to conduct retail at those establishments.[...]\" (Decree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=127637&Keyword=09/2018/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2246,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H4923","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0016","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), depending on market demand, foreign investors may provide freight transport services through business cooperation contracts or joint ventures in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 51%; otherwise foreign shareholding is generally limited at 49%. A higher foreign shareholding threshold (70%) is allowed to investors in freight road transportation services from Asean Member States [preferential treatment not considered in the OECD FDIRRI]","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.3. Road transport services ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 7121 + 7122); b) Freight transport (CPC 7123)) |\nRegulations in Vietnamese Agreements and Laws\nForeign investors may provide freight and passenger transport services through business cooperation contracts or joint ventures in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 49%.\n- Depending on market demand (among the criteria for consideration, the following criteria can be used: ability to create jobs; ability to generate foreign currency; ability to apply advanced technology, including including management skills; ability to reduce industrial pollution; vocational training for Vietnamese workers; etc.), joint ventures in which foreign capital contribution does not exceed 51% are allowed to be established to provide transportation services. cargo loading. 100% of joint venture drivers must be Vietnamese citizens.\nParticularly AFAS: To provide freight transport services through a joint venture in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 70%. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 3. Classification of logistics services\nLogistics services provided include:\n1. Container handling services, except services provided at airports. 2. Container warehousing service belongs to sea transport support services. 3. Warehousing service is a service that supports all modes of transport. 4. Delivery service. 5. Cargo agency service. 6 . Customs clearance agency services (including customs clearance services). 7. Other services, including the following activities:  Bill of lading checking, freight brokerage services, goods inspection,  sampling and weight determination services; receiving and accepting services; Transport document preparation service. 8. Wholesale and retail support services, including inventory management, collection, collection, classification and delivery of goods. 9. Cargo transportation service belongs to sea transportation service. 10. Cargo transport service belongs to inland waterway transport service. 11. Cargo transport service under railway transport service. 12. Cargo transportation service belongs to road transport service. 13. Air freight services. 14. Multimodal transport services. 15. Technical analysis and verification services. 16. Other transportation support services. 17. Other services agreed upon by the logistics service trader and the customer in accordance with the basic principles of the Commercial Law. \nChapter II. CONDITIONS FOR BUSINESS OF LOGISTICS SERVICES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR TRADERS BUSING LOGISTICS SERVICES\nArticle 4. Conditions for providing logistics services [...]\n3. Conditions for foreign investors providing logistics services:\nIn addition to meeting the conditions specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are members of the World Trade Organization may provide logistics services under the following conditions: [...]\nc) In case the business of container handling services belongs to services supporting all modes of transport, except for services provided at airports, it is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or capital contributions in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 50%. [...]\ng) In case the business of freight transport services belongs to the road transport service, it is carried out in the form of a business cooperation contract or is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or contributed capital; in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 51%. 100% of business drivers must be Vietnamese citizens.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"http://vbpl.vn/bocongthuong/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=131285\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2022,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H4923","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2021,"0.0016","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), depending on market demand, foreign investors may provide freight transport services through business cooperation contracts or joint ventures in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 51%; otherwise foreign shareholding is generally limited at 49%. A higher foreign shareholding threshold (70%) is allowed to investors in freight road transportation services from Asean Member States [preferential treatment not considered in the OECD FDIRRI]","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.3. Road transport services ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 7121 + 7122); b) Freight transport (CPC 7123)) |\nRegulations in Vietnamese Agreements and Laws\nForeign investors may provide freight and passenger transport services through business cooperation contracts or joint ventures in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 49%.\n- Depending on market demand (among the criteria for consideration, the following criteria can be used: ability to create jobs; ability to generate foreign currency; ability to apply advanced technology, including including management skills; ability to reduce industrial pollution; vocational training for Vietnamese workers; etc.), joint ventures in which foreign capital contribution does not exceed 51% are allowed to be established to provide transportation services. cargo loading. 100% of joint venture drivers must be Vietnamese citizens.\nParticularly AFAS: To provide freight transport services through a joint venture in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 70%. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 3. Classification of logistics services\nLogistics services provided include:\n1. Container handling services, except services provided at airports. 2. Container warehousing service belongs to sea transport support services. 3. Warehousing service is a service that supports all modes of transport. 4. Delivery service. 5. Cargo agency service. 6 . Customs clearance agency services (including customs clearance services). 7. Other services, including the following activities:  Bill of lading checking, freight brokerage services, goods inspection,  sampling and weight determination services; receiving and accepting services; Transport document preparation service. 8. Wholesale and retail support services, including inventory management, collection, collection, classification and delivery of goods. 9. Cargo transportation service belongs to sea transportation service. 10. Cargo transport service belongs to inland waterway transport service. 11. Cargo transport service under railway transport service. 12. Cargo transportation service belongs to road transport service. 13. Air freight services. 14. Multimodal transport services. 15. Technical analysis and verification services. 16. Other transportation support services. 17. Other services agreed upon by the logistics service trader and the customer in accordance with the basic principles of the Commercial Law. \nChapter II. CONDITIONS FOR BUSINESS OF LOGISTICS SERVICES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR TRADERS BUSING LOGISTICS SERVICES\nArticle 4. Conditions for providing logistics services [...]\n3. Conditions for foreign investors providing logistics services:\nIn addition to meeting the conditions specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are members of the World Trade Organization may provide logistics services under the following conditions: [...]\nc) In case the business of container handling services belongs to services supporting all modes of transport, except for services provided at airports, it is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or capital contributions in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 50%. [...]\ng) In case the business of freight transport services belongs to the road transport service, it is carried out in the form of a business cooperation contract or is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or contributed capital; in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 51%. 100% of business drivers must be Vietnamese citizens.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"http://vbpl.vn/bocongthuong/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=131285\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2022,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H4923","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"0.0016","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), depending on market demand, foreign investors may provide freight transport services through business cooperation contracts or joint ventures in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 51%; otherwise foreign shareholding is generally limited at 49%. A higher foreign shareholding threshold (70%) is allowed to investors in freight road transportation services from Asean Member States [preferential treatment not considered in the OECD FDIRRI]","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.3. Road transport services ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 7121 + 7122); b) Freight transport (CPC 7123)) |\nRegulations in Vietnamese Agreements and Laws\nForeign investors may provide freight and passenger transport services through business cooperation contracts or joint ventures in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 49%.\n- Depending on market demand (among the criteria for consideration, the following criteria can be used: ability to create jobs; ability to generate foreign currency; ability to apply advanced technology, including including management skills; ability to reduce industrial pollution; vocational training for Vietnamese workers; etc.), joint ventures in which foreign capital contribution does not exceed 51% are allowed to be established to provide transportation services. cargo loading. 100% of joint venture drivers must be Vietnamese citizens.\nParticularly AFAS: To provide freight transport services through a joint venture in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 70%. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 3. Classification of logistics services\nLogistics services provided include:\n1. Container handling services, except services provided at airports. 2. Container warehousing service belongs to sea transport support services. 3. Warehousing service is a service that supports all modes of transport. 4. Delivery service. 5. Cargo agency service. 6 . Customs clearance agency services (including customs clearance services). 7. Other services, including the following activities:  Bill of lading checking, freight brokerage services, goods inspection,  sampling and weight determination services; receiving and accepting services; Transport document preparation service. 8. Wholesale and retail support services, including inventory management, collection, collection, classification and delivery of goods. 9. Cargo transportation service belongs to sea transportation service. 10. Cargo transport service belongs to inland waterway transport service. 11. Cargo transport service under railway transport service. 12. Cargo transportation service belongs to road transport service. 13. Air freight services. 14. Multimodal transport services. 15. Technical analysis and verification services. 16. Other transportation support services. 17. Other services agreed upon by the logistics service trader and the customer in accordance with the basic principles of the Commercial Law. \nChapter II. CONDITIONS FOR BUSINESS OF LOGISTICS SERVICES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR TRADERS BUSING LOGISTICS SERVICES\nArticle 4. Conditions for providing logistics services [...]\n3. Conditions for foreign investors providing logistics services:\nIn addition to meeting the conditions specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are members of the World Trade Organization may provide logistics services under the following conditions: [...]\nc) In case the business of container handling services belongs to services supporting all modes of transport, except for services provided at airports, it is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or capital contributions in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 50%. [...]\ng) In case the business of freight transport services belongs to the road transport service, it is carried out in the form of a business cooperation contract or is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or contributed capital; in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 51%. 100% of business drivers must be Vietnamese citizens.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"http://vbpl.vn/bocongthuong/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=131285\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2022,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H4923","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2023,"0.0016","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), depending on market demand, foreign investors may provide freight transport services through business cooperation contracts or joint ventures in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 51%; otherwise foreign shareholding is generally limited at 49%. A higher foreign shareholding threshold (70%) is allowed to investors in freight road transportation services from Asean Member States [preferential treatment not considered in the OECD FDIRRI]","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.3. Road transport services ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 7121 + 7122); b) Freight transport (CPC 7123)) |\nRegulations in Vietnamese Agreements and Laws\nForeign investors may provide freight and passenger transport services through business cooperation contracts or joint ventures in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 49%.\n- Depending on market demand (among the criteria for consideration, the following criteria can be used: ability to create jobs; ability to generate foreign currency; ability to apply advanced technology, including including management skills; ability to reduce industrial pollution; vocational training for Vietnamese workers; etc.), joint ventures in which foreign capital contribution does not exceed 51% are allowed to be established to provide transportation services. cargo loading. 100% of joint venture drivers must be Vietnamese citizens.\nParticularly AFAS: To provide freight transport services through a joint venture in which the foreign capital contribution ratio does not exceed 70%. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 3. Classification of logistics services\nLogistics services provided include:\n1. Container handling services, except services provided at airports. 2. Container warehousing service belongs to sea transport support services. 3. Warehousing service is a service that supports all modes of transport. 4. Delivery service. 5. Cargo agency service. 6 . Customs clearance agency services (including customs clearance services). 7. Other services, including the following activities:  Bill of lading checking, freight brokerage services, goods inspection,  sampling and weight determination services; receiving and accepting services; Transport document preparation service. 8. Wholesale and retail support services, including inventory management, collection, collection, classification and delivery of goods. 9. Cargo transportation service belongs to sea transportation service. 10. Cargo transport service belongs to inland waterway transport service. 11. Cargo transport service under railway transport service. 12. Cargo transportation service belongs to road transport service. 13. Air freight services. 14. Multimodal transport services. 15. Technical analysis and verification services. 16. Other transportation support services. 17. Other services agreed upon by the logistics service trader and the customer in accordance with the basic principles of the Commercial Law. \nChapter II. CONDITIONS FOR BUSINESS OF LOGISTICS SERVICES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR TRADERS BUSING LOGISTICS SERVICES\nArticle 4. Conditions for providing logistics services [...]\n3. Conditions for foreign investors providing logistics services:\nIn addition to meeting the conditions specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are members of the World Trade Organization may provide logistics services under the following conditions: [...]\nc) In case the business of container handling services belongs to services supporting all modes of transport, except for services provided at airports, it is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or capital contributions in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 50%. [...]\ng) In case the business of freight transport services belongs to the road transport service, it is carried out in the form of a business cooperation contract or is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or contributed capital; in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 51%. 100% of business drivers must be Vietnamese citizens.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"http://vbpl.vn/bocongthuong/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=131285\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2022,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0001875","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), and to the conditions established in the Decree No. 06/2016/ND-CP of 18 January 2016 on the Management, Provision and Utilization of Radio and Television Services, majority foreign investment in paid television and radio broadcasting services is subject to the approval of the Prime Minister.",{"$cut":{"chars":17451,"head":"\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees o"}},"Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors, webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 06/2016/ND-CP of 18 January 2016 on the Management, Provision and Utilization of Radio and Television Services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.\nDuane Morris Vietnam (2015), \"DOING BUSINESS IN MEDIA SECTOR IN VIETNAM\", January 6.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vanbanphapluat.co/decree-of-government-no-06-2016-nd-cp-management-provision-and-utilization-of-radio-television-services\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://blogs.duanemorris.com/vietnam/2015/01/06/doing-business-in-media-sector-in-vietnam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1992,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), and to the conditions established in the Decree No. 06/2016/ND-CP of 18 January 2016 on the Management, Provision and Utilization of Radio and Television Services, majority foreign investment in paid television and radio broadcasting services is subject to the approval of the Prime Minister.",{"$cut":{"chars":17451,"head":"\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees o"}},"Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors, webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 06/2016/ND-CP of 18 January 2016 on the Management, Provision and Utilization of Radio and Television Services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.\nDuane Morris Vietnam (2015), \"DOING BUSINESS IN MEDIA SECTOR IN VIETNAM\", January 6.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vanbanphapluat.co/decree-of-government-no-06-2016-nd-cp-management-provision-and-utilization-of-radio-television-services\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://blogs.duanemorris.com/vietnam/2015/01/06/doing-business-in-media-sector-in-vietnam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1992,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0001875","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), and to the conditions established in the Decree No. 06/2016/ND-CP of 18 January 2016 on the Management, Provision and Utilization of Radio and Television Services, majority foreign investment in paid television and radio broadcasting services is subject to the approval of the Prime Minister.",{"$cut":{"chars":17451,"head":"\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees o"}},"Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors, webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 06/2016/ND-CP of 18 January 2016 on the Management, Provision and Utilization of Radio and Television Services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.\nDuane Morris Vietnam (2015), \"DOING BUSINESS IN MEDIA SECTOR IN VIETNAM\", January 6.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vanbanphapluat.co/decree-of-government-no-06-2016-nd-cp-management-provision-and-utilization-of-radio-television-services\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://blogs.duanemorris.com/vietnam/2015/01/06/doing-business-in-media-sector-in-vietnam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1992,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0001875","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), and to the conditions established in the Decree No. 06/2016/ND-CP of 18 January 2016 on the Management, Provision and Utilization of Radio and Television Services, majority foreign investment in paid television and radio broadcasting services is subject to the approval of the Prime Minister.",{"$cut":{"chars":17451,"head":"\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees o"}},"Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors, webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 06/2016/ND-CP of 18 January 2016 on the Management, Provision and Utilization of Radio and Television Services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.\nDuane Morris Vietnam (2015), \"DOING BUSINESS IN MEDIA SECTOR IN VIETNAM\", January 6.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vanbanphapluat.co/decree-of-government-no-06-2016-nd-cp-management-provision-and-utilization-of-radio-television-services\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://blogs.duanemorris.com/vietnam/2015/01/06/doing-business-in-media-sector-in-vietnam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1992,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","L68X2","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.00225","Viet Nam's Law on Housing (Law No. 65/2014/QH13) does not impose any restrictions on the number of residential properties that a FIE can invest in Vietnam. However, it limits foreign ownership to up to 30% of the total number of units in an apartment building and up to 250 residential houses in a ward administrative unit. The period of house ownership is 50 years as per typical lease term, with the possibility of an extension. ","\"Article 3. Definitions:\nIn this Law, the following terms are construed as follows:\n1. Housing is a work built for the purpose of living and serving the daily-life needs of households and individuals. [...]\n3. An apartment building is a house with 2 floors or more, with many apartments, with common walkways and stairs, with a private part, a part under common ownership, and a system of infrastructure works for common use by households. families, individuals and organizations, including apartment buildings built for residential purposes and condominiums built with mixed-use purposes for residential and business purposes.\n[...]\nChapter II - HOUSING OWNERSHIP\nArticle 7. Subjects entitled to own houses in Vietnam\n1. Domestic organizations, households and individuals.\n2. Vietnamese residing abroad.\n3. Foreign organizations and individuals specified in Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law.\nArticle 8. Conditions for recognition of house ownership\n1. Domestic organizations, households and individuals; for overseas Vietnamese, they must be allowed to enter Vietnam; for foreign organizations and individuals, they must fully satisfy the conditions specified in Article 160 of this Law.\n2. Having a lawful house through the following forms:\na) For domestic organizations, households and individuals, through investment in construction, purchase, hire-purchase, donation, inheritance, capital contribution, housing exchange and other forms of other as prescribed by law; [...]\nc) For foreign organizations and individuals, the forms specified in Clause 2, Article 159 of this Law shall be adopted.\n[...]\nChapter IX - VIETNAM-BASED HOUSE OWNERSHIP OF FOREIGN ORGANIZATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS\nArticle 159. Subjects eligible to own Vietnam-based houses and forms of Vietnam-based house ownership of foreign organizations and individuals\n1. Foreign organizations and individuals entitled to own houses in Vietnam include:\na) Foreign organizations and individuals investing in housing construction under projects in Vietnam in accordance with this Law and relevant laws;\nb) Foreign-invested enterprises, branches and representative offices of foreign enterprises, foreign investment funds and branches of foreign banks operating in Vietnam (hereinafter referred to as foreign organizations and individuals);\nc) Foreign individuals allowed to enter Vietnam.\n2. Foreign organizations and individuals may own houses in Vietnam through the following forms:\na) Invest in housing projects under construction in Vietnam in accordance with this Law and relevant laws;\nb) Purchase, lease-purchase, gift or inheritance of commercial housing, including apartments and separate houses in housing construction investment projects, except for areas ensuring national defense and security according to regulations Government regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 160. Conditions for foreign organizations and individuals to own houses in Vietnam\n1. A foreign organization or individual prescribed at Point a, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law must have an investment certificate and houses constructed under a project prescribed by this Law and relevant laws.\n2. A foreign organization prescribed at Point b, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law must have an investment certificate or papers proving it is permitted to operate in Vietnam (below collectively referred to as investment certificates) granted by a competent Vietnamese state agency.\n3. A foreign individual prescribed at Point c, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law is permitted to enter Vietnam and not entitled to diplomatic or consular immunities and privileges prescribed by law.\n4. The Government shall stipulate in detail papers proving the eligibility of, and conditions for, foreign organizations and individuals to own houses in Vietnam.\nArticle 161. Rights of house owners being foreign organizations and individuals\n1. Foreign organizations and individuals prescribed at Point a, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law may exercise the rights of house owners prescribed in Article 10 of this Law. In case they construct houses on rented land, they are only entitled to lease such houses.\n2. Foreign organizations and individuals prescribed at Points b and c, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law have the rights of house owners like Vietnamese citizens but shall comply with the following provisions:\na/ They may only purchase, rent-purchase or receive as donation or inheritance, and own no more than 30% of the number of apartments in a condominium. For individual houses, including villas and semi-detached houses, in an area with a population equivalent to a wardlevel administrative unit, they may only purchase, rent-purchase or receive as donation or inheritance and own no more than two hundred and fifty houses.\nIn case there are many condominiums in an area with a population equivalent to a wardlevel administrative unit or individual houses in a street, the Government shall specify the number of apartments or individual houses which a foreign organization or individual may purchase, rent-purchase, receive as donation or inheritance and own. [...]\nc/ Foreign individuals may only own houses as agreed in house purchase and sale or rent-purchase contracts or donation or inheritance transactions for no more than 50 years from the date they are granted the certificates and may enjoy extensions under regulations of the Government if they so wish. The house ownership duration shall be clearly stated in the certificates. [...]\nd/ Foreign organizations may own houses as agreed in house purchase and sale or rent-purchase contracts or donation or inheritance transactions within the term stated in their investment certificates, including also extended duration. The house ownership duration shall be counted from the date they are granted the certificates and clearly stated in such certificates;\ndd/ Before the expiration of the house ownership duration prescribed in this Law, owners may donate or sell their houses to subjects eligible to own houses in Vietnam. Upon the expiration of the house ownership duration, if owners fail to sell or donate their houses, such houses must come under state ownership. [...] (Law No. 65/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014, Arts. 159, 161 [google translation])","Law No. 65/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014, Arts. 159, 161 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=46742&Keyword=65/2014/QH13\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2031,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","L68X2","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.00225","Viet Nam's Law on Housing (Law No. 65/2014/QH13) does not impose any restrictions on the number of residential properties that a FIE can invest in Vietnam. However, it limits foreign ownership to up to 30% of the total number of units in an apartment building and up to 250 residential houses in a ward administrative unit. The period of house ownership is 50 years as per typical lease term, with the possibility of an extension. ","\"Article 3. Definitions:\nIn this Law, the following terms are construed as follows:\n1. Housing is a work built for the purpose of living and serving the daily-life needs of households and individuals. [...]\n3. An apartment building is a house with 2 floors or more, with many apartments, with common walkways and stairs, with a private part, a part under common ownership, and a system of infrastructure works for common use by households. families, individuals and organizations, including apartment buildings built for residential purposes and condominiums built with mixed-use purposes for residential and business purposes.\n[...]\nChapter II - HOUSING OWNERSHIP\nArticle 7. Subjects entitled to own houses in Vietnam\n1. Domestic organizations, households and individuals.\n2. Vietnamese residing abroad.\n3. Foreign organizations and individuals specified in Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law.\nArticle 8. Conditions for recognition of house ownership\n1. Domestic organizations, households and individuals; for overseas Vietnamese, they must be allowed to enter Vietnam; for foreign organizations and individuals, they must fully satisfy the conditions specified in Article 160 of this Law.\n2. Having a lawful house through the following forms:\na) For domestic organizations, households and individuals, through investment in construction, purchase, hire-purchase, donation, inheritance, capital contribution, housing exchange and other forms of other as prescribed by law; [...]\nc) For foreign organizations and individuals, the forms specified in Clause 2, Article 159 of this Law shall be adopted.\n[...]\nChapter IX - VIETNAM-BASED HOUSE OWNERSHIP OF FOREIGN ORGANIZATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS\nArticle 159. Subjects eligible to own Vietnam-based houses and forms of Vietnam-based house ownership of foreign organizations and individuals\n1. Foreign organizations and individuals entitled to own houses in Vietnam include:\na) Foreign organizations and individuals investing in housing construction under projects in Vietnam in accordance with this Law and relevant laws;\nb) Foreign-invested enterprises, branches and representative offices of foreign enterprises, foreign investment funds and branches of foreign banks operating in Vietnam (hereinafter referred to as foreign organizations and individuals);\nc) Foreign individuals allowed to enter Vietnam.\n2. Foreign organizations and individuals may own houses in Vietnam through the following forms:\na) Invest in housing projects under construction in Vietnam in accordance with this Law and relevant laws;\nb) Purchase, lease-purchase, gift or inheritance of commercial housing, including apartments and separate houses in housing construction investment projects, except for areas ensuring national defense and security according to regulations Government regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 160. Conditions for foreign organizations and individuals to own houses in Vietnam\n1. A foreign organization or individual prescribed at Point a, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law must have an investment certificate and houses constructed under a project prescribed by this Law and relevant laws.\n2. A foreign organization prescribed at Point b, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law must have an investment certificate or papers proving it is permitted to operate in Vietnam (below collectively referred to as investment certificates) granted by a competent Vietnamese state agency.\n3. A foreign individual prescribed at Point c, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law is permitted to enter Vietnam and not entitled to diplomatic or consular immunities and privileges prescribed by law.\n4. The Government shall stipulate in detail papers proving the eligibility of, and conditions for, foreign organizations and individuals to own houses in Vietnam.\nArticle 161. Rights of house owners being foreign organizations and individuals\n1. Foreign organizations and individuals prescribed at Point a, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law may exercise the rights of house owners prescribed in Article 10 of this Law. In case they construct houses on rented land, they are only entitled to lease such houses.\n2. Foreign organizations and individuals prescribed at Points b and c, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law have the rights of house owners like Vietnamese citizens but shall comply with the following provisions:\na/ They may only purchase, rent-purchase or receive as donation or inheritance, and own no more than 30% of the number of apartments in a condominium. For individual houses, including villas and semi-detached houses, in an area with a population equivalent to a wardlevel administrative unit, they may only purchase, rent-purchase or receive as donation or inheritance and own no more than two hundred and fifty houses.\nIn case there are many condominiums in an area with a population equivalent to a wardlevel administrative unit or individual houses in a street, the Government shall specify the number of apartments or individual houses which a foreign organization or individual may purchase, rent-purchase, receive as donation or inheritance and own. [...]\nc/ Foreign individuals may only own houses as agreed in house purchase and sale or rent-purchase contracts or donation or inheritance transactions for no more than 50 years from the date they are granted the certificates and may enjoy extensions under regulations of the Government if they so wish. The house ownership duration shall be clearly stated in the certificates. [...]\nd/ Foreign organizations may own houses as agreed in house purchase and sale or rent-purchase contracts or donation or inheritance transactions within the term stated in their investment certificates, including also extended duration. The house ownership duration shall be counted from the date they are granted the certificates and clearly stated in such certificates;\ndd/ Before the expiration of the house ownership duration prescribed in this Law, owners may donate or sell their houses to subjects eligible to own houses in Vietnam. Upon the expiration of the house ownership duration, if owners fail to sell or donate their houses, such houses must come under state ownership. [...] (Law No. 65/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014, Arts. 159, 161 [google translation])","Law No. 65/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014, Arts. 159, 161 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=46742&Keyword=65/2014/QH13\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2031,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","L68X2","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.00225","Viet Nam's Law on Housing (Law No. 65/2014/QH13) does not impose any restrictions on the number of residential properties that a FIE can invest in Vietnam. However, it limits foreign ownership to up to 30% of the total number of units in an apartment building and up to 250 residential houses in a ward administrative unit. The period of house ownership is 50 years as per typical lease term, with the possibility of an extension. ","\"Article 3. Definitions:\nIn this Law, the following terms are construed as follows:\n1. Housing is a work built for the purpose of living and serving the daily-life needs of households and individuals. [...]\n3. An apartment building is a house with 2 floors or more, with many apartments, with common walkways and stairs, with a private part, a part under common ownership, and a system of infrastructure works for common use by households. families, individuals and organizations, including apartment buildings built for residential purposes and condominiums built with mixed-use purposes for residential and business purposes.\n[...]\nChapter II - HOUSING OWNERSHIP\nArticle 7. Subjects entitled to own houses in Vietnam\n1. Domestic organizations, households and individuals.\n2. Vietnamese residing abroad.\n3. Foreign organizations and individuals specified in Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law.\nArticle 8. Conditions for recognition of house ownership\n1. Domestic organizations, households and individuals; for overseas Vietnamese, they must be allowed to enter Vietnam; for foreign organizations and individuals, they must fully satisfy the conditions specified in Article 160 of this Law.\n2. Having a lawful house through the following forms:\na) For domestic organizations, households and individuals, through investment in construction, purchase, hire-purchase, donation, inheritance, capital contribution, housing exchange and other forms of other as prescribed by law; [...]\nc) For foreign organizations and individuals, the forms specified in Clause 2, Article 159 of this Law shall be adopted.\n[...]\nChapter IX - VIETNAM-BASED HOUSE OWNERSHIP OF FOREIGN ORGANIZATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS\nArticle 159. Subjects eligible to own Vietnam-based houses and forms of Vietnam-based house ownership of foreign organizations and individuals\n1. Foreign organizations and individuals entitled to own houses in Vietnam include:\na) Foreign organizations and individuals investing in housing construction under projects in Vietnam in accordance with this Law and relevant laws;\nb) Foreign-invested enterprises, branches and representative offices of foreign enterprises, foreign investment funds and branches of foreign banks operating in Vietnam (hereinafter referred to as foreign organizations and individuals);\nc) Foreign individuals allowed to enter Vietnam.\n2. Foreign organizations and individuals may own houses in Vietnam through the following forms:\na) Invest in housing projects under construction in Vietnam in accordance with this Law and relevant laws;\nb) Purchase, lease-purchase, gift or inheritance of commercial housing, including apartments and separate houses in housing construction investment projects, except for areas ensuring national defense and security according to regulations Government regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 160. Conditions for foreign organizations and individuals to own houses in Vietnam\n1. A foreign organization or individual prescribed at Point a, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law must have an investment certificate and houses constructed under a project prescribed by this Law and relevant laws.\n2. A foreign organization prescribed at Point b, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law must have an investment certificate or papers proving it is permitted to operate in Vietnam (below collectively referred to as investment certificates) granted by a competent Vietnamese state agency.\n3. A foreign individual prescribed at Point c, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law is permitted to enter Vietnam and not entitled to diplomatic or consular immunities and privileges prescribed by law.\n4. The Government shall stipulate in detail papers proving the eligibility of, and conditions for, foreign organizations and individuals to own houses in Vietnam.\nArticle 161. Rights of house owners being foreign organizations and individuals\n1. Foreign organizations and individuals prescribed at Point a, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law may exercise the rights of house owners prescribed in Article 10 of this Law. In case they construct houses on rented land, they are only entitled to lease such houses.\n2. Foreign organizations and individuals prescribed at Points b and c, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law have the rights of house owners like Vietnamese citizens but shall comply with the following provisions:\na/ They may only purchase, rent-purchase or receive as donation or inheritance, and own no more than 30% of the number of apartments in a condominium. For individual houses, including villas and semi-detached houses, in an area with a population equivalent to a wardlevel administrative unit, they may only purchase, rent-purchase or receive as donation or inheritance and own no more than two hundred and fifty houses.\nIn case there are many condominiums in an area with a population equivalent to a wardlevel administrative unit or individual houses in a street, the Government shall specify the number of apartments or individual houses which a foreign organization or individual may purchase, rent-purchase, receive as donation or inheritance and own. [...]\nc/ Foreign individuals may only own houses as agreed in house purchase and sale or rent-purchase contracts or donation or inheritance transactions for no more than 50 years from the date they are granted the certificates and may enjoy extensions under regulations of the Government if they so wish. The house ownership duration shall be clearly stated in the certificates. [...]\nd/ Foreign organizations may own houses as agreed in house purchase and sale or rent-purchase contracts or donation or inheritance transactions within the term stated in their investment certificates, including also extended duration. The house ownership duration shall be counted from the date they are granted the certificates and clearly stated in such certificates;\ndd/ Before the expiration of the house ownership duration prescribed in this Law, owners may donate or sell their houses to subjects eligible to own houses in Vietnam. Upon the expiration of the house ownership duration, if owners fail to sell or donate their houses, such houses must come under state ownership. [...] (Law No. 65/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014, Arts. 159, 161 [google translation])","Law No. 65/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014, Arts. 159, 161 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=46742&Keyword=65/2014/QH13\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2031,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","L68X2","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.00225","Viet Nam's Law on Housing (Law No. 65/2014/QH13) does not impose any restrictions on the number of residential properties that a FIE can invest in Vietnam. However, it limits foreign ownership to up to 30% of the total number of units in an apartment building and up to 250 residential houses in a ward administrative unit. The period of house ownership is 50 years as per typical lease term, with the possibility of an extension. ","\"Article 3. Definitions:\nIn this Law, the following terms are construed as follows:\n1. Housing is a work built for the purpose of living and serving the daily-life needs of households and individuals. [...]\n3. An apartment building is a house with 2 floors or more, with many apartments, with common walkways and stairs, with a private part, a part under common ownership, and a system of infrastructure works for common use by households. families, individuals and organizations, including apartment buildings built for residential purposes and condominiums built with mixed-use purposes for residential and business purposes.\n[...]\nChapter II - HOUSING OWNERSHIP\nArticle 7. Subjects entitled to own houses in Vietnam\n1. Domestic organizations, households and individuals.\n2. Vietnamese residing abroad.\n3. Foreign organizations and individuals specified in Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law.\nArticle 8. Conditions for recognition of house ownership\n1. Domestic organizations, households and individuals; for overseas Vietnamese, they must be allowed to enter Vietnam; for foreign organizations and individuals, they must fully satisfy the conditions specified in Article 160 of this Law.\n2. Having a lawful house through the following forms:\na) For domestic organizations, households and individuals, through investment in construction, purchase, hire-purchase, donation, inheritance, capital contribution, housing exchange and other forms of other as prescribed by law; [...]\nc) For foreign organizations and individuals, the forms specified in Clause 2, Article 159 of this Law shall be adopted.\n[...]\nChapter IX - VIETNAM-BASED HOUSE OWNERSHIP OF FOREIGN ORGANIZATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS\nArticle 159. Subjects eligible to own Vietnam-based houses and forms of Vietnam-based house ownership of foreign organizations and individuals\n1. Foreign organizations and individuals entitled to own houses in Vietnam include:\na) Foreign organizations and individuals investing in housing construction under projects in Vietnam in accordance with this Law and relevant laws;\nb) Foreign-invested enterprises, branches and representative offices of foreign enterprises, foreign investment funds and branches of foreign banks operating in Vietnam (hereinafter referred to as foreign organizations and individuals);\nc) Foreign individuals allowed to enter Vietnam.\n2. Foreign organizations and individuals may own houses in Vietnam through the following forms:\na) Invest in housing projects under construction in Vietnam in accordance with this Law and relevant laws;\nb) Purchase, lease-purchase, gift or inheritance of commercial housing, including apartments and separate houses in housing construction investment projects, except for areas ensuring national defense and security according to regulations Government regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 160. Conditions for foreign organizations and individuals to own houses in Vietnam\n1. A foreign organization or individual prescribed at Point a, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law must have an investment certificate and houses constructed under a project prescribed by this Law and relevant laws.\n2. A foreign organization prescribed at Point b, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law must have an investment certificate or papers proving it is permitted to operate in Vietnam (below collectively referred to as investment certificates) granted by a competent Vietnamese state agency.\n3. A foreign individual prescribed at Point c, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law is permitted to enter Vietnam and not entitled to diplomatic or consular immunities and privileges prescribed by law.\n4. The Government shall stipulate in detail papers proving the eligibility of, and conditions for, foreign organizations and individuals to own houses in Vietnam.\nArticle 161. Rights of house owners being foreign organizations and individuals\n1. Foreign organizations and individuals prescribed at Point a, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law may exercise the rights of house owners prescribed in Article 10 of this Law. In case they construct houses on rented land, they are only entitled to lease such houses.\n2. Foreign organizations and individuals prescribed at Points b and c, Clause 1, Article 159 of this Law have the rights of house owners like Vietnamese citizens but shall comply with the following provisions:\na/ They may only purchase, rent-purchase or receive as donation or inheritance, and own no more than 30% of the number of apartments in a condominium. For individual houses, including villas and semi-detached houses, in an area with a population equivalent to a wardlevel administrative unit, they may only purchase, rent-purchase or receive as donation or inheritance and own no more than two hundred and fifty houses.\nIn case there are many condominiums in an area with a population equivalent to a wardlevel administrative unit or individual houses in a street, the Government shall specify the number of apartments or individual houses which a foreign organization or individual may purchase, rent-purchase, receive as donation or inheritance and own. [...]\nc/ Foreign individuals may only own houses as agreed in house purchase and sale or rent-purchase contracts or donation or inheritance transactions for no more than 50 years from the date they are granted the certificates and may enjoy extensions under regulations of the Government if they so wish. The house ownership duration shall be clearly stated in the certificates. [...]\nd/ Foreign organizations may own houses as agreed in house purchase and sale or rent-purchase contracts or donation or inheritance transactions within the term stated in their investment certificates, including also extended duration. The house ownership duration shall be counted from the date they are granted the certificates and clearly stated in such certificates;\ndd/ Before the expiration of the house ownership duration prescribed in this Law, owners may donate or sell their houses to subjects eligible to own houses in Vietnam. Upon the expiration of the house ownership duration, if owners fail to sell or donate their houses, such houses must come under state ownership. [...] (Law No. 65/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014, Arts. 159, 161 [google translation])","Law No. 65/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014, Arts. 159, 161 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=46742&Keyword=65/2014/QH13\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2031,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0015","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-A) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in sea and freshwater fishing activity (excluding aquaculture) is prohibited.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n3. In addition to the market access conditions for the industries and trades specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations when conducting business investment activities Businesses in Vietnam must satisfy the following conditions (if any):\na) Use of land and labor; natural resources, minerals;\nb) Producing and supplying public goods and services or goods and services that are monopolistic in the state;\nc) Owning and trading in houses and real estate;\nd) Applying forms of support and subsidies of the State to a number of branches and fields or developing regions or territories;\ndd) Participating in the program and plan for the equitization of state-owned enterprises;\ne) Other conditions as prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government and international treaties on investment that do not allow allow or restrict market access for foreign-invested economic organizations.\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n2. For business investment activities carried out in Vietnam, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and hold foreign citizenship are entitled to choose to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as follows: regulations applicable to domestic or foreign investors. In the case of choosing to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as prescribed for domestic investors, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and have foreign nationality are not entitled to exercise their rights. and regulatory obligations for foreign investors.\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed. for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access. Schools are posted according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS \nA. INDUSTRY AND LINES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN ACCESSED TO THE MARKET FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\n1. Trading in goods and services on the list of goods and services subject to state monopoly in the field of commerce.\n2. Press activities and news gathering activities in all forms.\n3. Catching or harvesting marine life.\n4. Investigation and security services.\n5. Judicial administrative services, including judicial expertise services, bailiff services, property auction services, notary services, and services of asset administrators.\n6. Service of sending workers to work abroad under contract.\n7. Invest in building infrastructure for cemeteries and graveyards to transfer land use rights associated with infrastructure .\n8. Garbage collection service directly from households.\n9. Public opinion polling service (opinion poll).\n10. Blasting service.\n11. Producing and trading in weapons, explosives and supporting tools.\n12. Import and dismantle used ships.\n13. Public postal service.\n14. Goods transshipment business.\n15. Trading in temporary import for re-export.\n16. Export, import, and distribute goods featuring on the list of goods that foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations are not allowed to export, right import and distribution rights.\n17. Collection, purchase and disposal of public property at units of the armed forces.\n18. Manufacture of military materials or equipment; trading in military equipment, military equipment for the armed forces, military weapons, equipment, techniques, weapons, specialized military and police vehicles, components, parts, spare parts, supplies and special equipment, specialized technology to manufacture them;\n19. Industrial property representation service business and intellectual property assessment service.\n20. Services of setting up, operating, maintaining and maintaining navigational signals, water zones, waters, public navigational channels and navigational routes; survey services of water areas, water areas, public navigational channels and navigational routes serving the publication of maritime notices; survey services, building and publishing charts of water areas, seaports, navigational channels and routes; develop and publish maritime safety documents and publications.\n21. Regulatory services to ensure maritime safety in water zones, waters and public navigational channels; maritime electronic information services.\n22. Inspection services (inspection and testing) and issuance of certificates for means of transport (including systems, components, equipment and components of vehicles) ; services of inspection and issuance of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for specialized vehicles, equipment, containers, and equipment for packing dangerous goods used in transportation; inspection services and grant of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for means and equipment for oil and gas exploration, exploitation and transportation at sea; dTechnical inspection service for occupational safety for machines and equipment with strict requirements on occupational safety installed on means of transport and vehicles, exploration and mining equipment and transporting oil and gas at sea; fishing vessel registration service.\n23. Services of investigation, assessment and exploitation of natural forests (including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wild animals, management of genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture).\n24. Research or use genetic resources of new livestock breeds before being appraised and evaluated by the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.\n25. Travel services, except international travel services for inbound tourists.[...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1984,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0015","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-A) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in sea and freshwater fishing activity (excluding aquaculture) is prohibited.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n3. In addition to the market access conditions for the industries and trades specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations when conducting business investment activities Businesses in Vietnam must satisfy the following conditions (if any):\na) Use of land and labor; natural resources, minerals;\nb) Producing and supplying public goods and services or goods and services that are monopolistic in the state;\nc) Owning and trading in houses and real estate;\nd) Applying forms of support and subsidies of the State to a number of branches and fields or developing regions or territories;\ndd) Participating in the program and plan for the equitization of state-owned enterprises;\ne) Other conditions as prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government and international treaties on investment that do not allow allow or restrict market access for foreign-invested economic organizations.\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n2. For business investment activities carried out in Vietnam, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and hold foreign citizenship are entitled to choose to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as follows: regulations applicable to domestic or foreign investors. In the case of choosing to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as prescribed for domestic investors, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and have foreign nationality are not entitled to exercise their rights. and regulatory obligations for foreign investors.\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed. for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access. Schools are posted according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS \nA. INDUSTRY AND LINES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN ACCESSED TO THE MARKET FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\n1. Trading in goods and services on the list of goods and services subject to state monopoly in the field of commerce.\n2. Press activities and news gathering activities in all forms.\n3. Catching or harvesting marine life.\n4. Investigation and security services.\n5. Judicial administrative services, including judicial expertise services, bailiff services, property auction services, notary services, and services of asset administrators.\n6. Service of sending workers to work abroad under contract.\n7. Invest in building infrastructure for cemeteries and graveyards to transfer land use rights associated with infrastructure .\n8. Garbage collection service directly from households.\n9. Public opinion polling service (opinion poll).\n10. Blasting service.\n11. Producing and trading in weapons, explosives and supporting tools.\n12. Import and dismantle used ships.\n13. Public postal service.\n14. Goods transshipment business.\n15. Trading in temporary import for re-export.\n16. Export, import, and distribute goods featuring on the list of goods that foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations are not allowed to export, right import and distribution rights.\n17. Collection, purchase and disposal of public property at units of the armed forces.\n18. Manufacture of military materials or equipment; trading in military equipment, military equipment for the armed forces, military weapons, equipment, techniques, weapons, specialized military and police vehicles, components, parts, spare parts, supplies and special equipment, specialized technology to manufacture them;\n19. Industrial property representation service business and intellectual property assessment service.\n20. Services of setting up, operating, maintaining and maintaining navigational signals, water zones, waters, public navigational channels and navigational routes; survey services of water areas, water areas, public navigational channels and navigational routes serving the publication of maritime notices; survey services, building and publishing charts of water areas, seaports, navigational channels and routes; develop and publish maritime safety documents and publications.\n21. Regulatory services to ensure maritime safety in water zones, waters and public navigational channels; maritime electronic information services.\n22. Inspection services (inspection and testing) and issuance of certificates for means of transport (including systems, components, equipment and components of vehicles) ; services of inspection and issuance of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for specialized vehicles, equipment, containers, and equipment for packing dangerous goods used in transportation; inspection services and grant of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for means and equipment for oil and gas exploration, exploitation and transportation at sea; dTechnical inspection service for occupational safety for machines and equipment with strict requirements on occupational safety installed on means of transport and vehicles, exploration and mining equipment and transporting oil and gas at sea; fishing vessel registration service.\n23. Services of investigation, assessment and exploitation of natural forests (including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wild animals, management of genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture).\n24. Research or use genetic resources of new livestock breeds before being appraised and evaluated by the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.\n25. Travel services, except international travel services for inbound tourists.[...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1984,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0015","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-A) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in sea and freshwater fishing activity (excluding aquaculture) is prohibited.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n3. In addition to the market access conditions for the industries and trades specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations when conducting business investment activities Businesses in Vietnam must satisfy the following conditions (if any):\na) Use of land and labor; natural resources, minerals;\nb) Producing and supplying public goods and services or goods and services that are monopolistic in the state;\nc) Owning and trading in houses and real estate;\nd) Applying forms of support and subsidies of the State to a number of branches and fields or developing regions or territories;\ndd) Participating in the program and plan for the equitization of state-owned enterprises;\ne) Other conditions as prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government and international treaties on investment that do not allow allow or restrict market access for foreign-invested economic organizations.\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n2. For business investment activities carried out in Vietnam, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and hold foreign citizenship are entitled to choose to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as follows: regulations applicable to domestic or foreign investors. In the case of choosing to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as prescribed for domestic investors, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and have foreign nationality are not entitled to exercise their rights. and regulatory obligations for foreign investors.\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed. for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access. Schools are posted according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS \nA. INDUSTRY AND LINES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN ACCESSED TO THE MARKET FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\n1. Trading in goods and services on the list of goods and services subject to state monopoly in the field of commerce.\n2. Press activities and news gathering activities in all forms.\n3. Catching or harvesting marine life.\n4. Investigation and security services.\n5. Judicial administrative services, including judicial expertise services, bailiff services, property auction services, notary services, and services of asset administrators.\n6. Service of sending workers to work abroad under contract.\n7. Invest in building infrastructure for cemeteries and graveyards to transfer land use rights associated with infrastructure .\n8. Garbage collection service directly from households.\n9. Public opinion polling service (opinion poll).\n10. Blasting service.\n11. Producing and trading in weapons, explosives and supporting tools.\n12. Import and dismantle used ships.\n13. Public postal service.\n14. Goods transshipment business.\n15. Trading in temporary import for re-export.\n16. Export, import, and distribute goods featuring on the list of goods that foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations are not allowed to export, right import and distribution rights.\n17. Collection, purchase and disposal of public property at units of the armed forces.\n18. Manufacture of military materials or equipment; trading in military equipment, military equipment for the armed forces, military weapons, equipment, techniques, weapons, specialized military and police vehicles, components, parts, spare parts, supplies and special equipment, specialized technology to manufacture them;\n19. Industrial property representation service business and intellectual property assessment service.\n20. Services of setting up, operating, maintaining and maintaining navigational signals, water zones, waters, public navigational channels and navigational routes; survey services of water areas, water areas, public navigational channels and navigational routes serving the publication of maritime notices; survey services, building and publishing charts of water areas, seaports, navigational channels and routes; develop and publish maritime safety documents and publications.\n21. Regulatory services to ensure maritime safety in water zones, waters and public navigational channels; maritime electronic information services.\n22. Inspection services (inspection and testing) and issuance of certificates for means of transport (including systems, components, equipment and components of vehicles) ; services of inspection and issuance of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for specialized vehicles, equipment, containers, and equipment for packing dangerous goods used in transportation; inspection services and grant of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for means and equipment for oil and gas exploration, exploitation and transportation at sea; dTechnical inspection service for occupational safety for machines and equipment with strict requirements on occupational safety installed on means of transport and vehicles, exploration and mining equipment and transporting oil and gas at sea; fishing vessel registration service.\n23. Services of investigation, assessment and exploitation of natural forests (including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wild animals, management of genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture).\n24. Research or use genetic resources of new livestock breeds before being appraised and evaluated by the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.\n25. Travel services, except international travel services for inbound tourists.[...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1984,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0015","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-A) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in sea and freshwater fishing activity (excluding aquaculture) is prohibited.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n3. In addition to the market access conditions for the industries and trades specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations when conducting business investment activities Businesses in Vietnam must satisfy the following conditions (if any):\na) Use of land and labor; natural resources, minerals;\nb) Producing and supplying public goods and services or goods and services that are monopolistic in the state;\nc) Owning and trading in houses and real estate;\nd) Applying forms of support and subsidies of the State to a number of branches and fields or developing regions or territories;\ndd) Participating in the program and plan for the equitization of state-owned enterprises;\ne) Other conditions as prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government and international treaties on investment that do not allow allow or restrict market access for foreign-invested economic organizations.\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n2. For business investment activities carried out in Vietnam, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and hold foreign citizenship are entitled to choose to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as follows: regulations applicable to domestic or foreign investors. In the case of choosing to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as prescribed for domestic investors, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and have foreign nationality are not entitled to exercise their rights. and regulatory obligations for foreign investors.\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed. for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access. Schools are posted according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS \nA. INDUSTRY AND LINES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN ACCESSED TO THE MARKET FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\n1. Trading in goods and services on the list of goods and services subject to state monopoly in the field of commerce.\n2. Press activities and news gathering activities in all forms.\n3. Catching or harvesting marine life.\n4. Investigation and security services.\n5. Judicial administrative services, including judicial expertise services, bailiff services, property auction services, notary services, and services of asset administrators.\n6. Service of sending workers to work abroad under contract.\n7. Invest in building infrastructure for cemeteries and graveyards to transfer land use rights associated with infrastructure .\n8. Garbage collection service directly from households.\n9. Public opinion polling service (opinion poll).\n10. Blasting service.\n11. Producing and trading in weapons, explosives and supporting tools.\n12. Import and dismantle used ships.\n13. Public postal service.\n14. Goods transshipment business.\n15. Trading in temporary import for re-export.\n16. Export, import, and distribute goods featuring on the list of goods that foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations are not allowed to export, right import and distribution rights.\n17. Collection, purchase and disposal of public property at units of the armed forces.\n18. Manufacture of military materials or equipment; trading in military equipment, military equipment for the armed forces, military weapons, equipment, techniques, weapons, specialized military and police vehicles, components, parts, spare parts, supplies and special equipment, specialized technology to manufacture them;\n19. Industrial property representation service business and intellectual property assessment service.\n20. Services of setting up, operating, maintaining and maintaining navigational signals, water zones, waters, public navigational channels and navigational routes; survey services of water areas, water areas, public navigational channels and navigational routes serving the publication of maritime notices; survey services, building and publishing charts of water areas, seaports, navigational channels and routes; develop and publish maritime safety documents and publications.\n21. Regulatory services to ensure maritime safety in water zones, waters and public navigational channels; maritime electronic information services.\n22. Inspection services (inspection and testing) and issuance of certificates for means of transport (including systems, components, equipment and components of vehicles) ; services of inspection and issuance of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for specialized vehicles, equipment, containers, and equipment for packing dangerous goods used in transportation; inspection services and grant of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for means and equipment for oil and gas exploration, exploitation and transportation at sea; dTechnical inspection service for occupational safety for machines and equipment with strict requirements on occupational safety installed on means of transport and vehicles, exploration and mining equipment and transporting oil and gas at sea; fishing vessel registration service.\n23. Services of investigation, assessment and exploitation of natural forests (including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wild animals, management of genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture).\n24. Research or use genetic resources of new livestock breeds before being appraised and evaluated by the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.\n25. Travel services, except international travel services for inbound tourists.[...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1984,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.01125","The markets of civil engineering public works not exceeding 30 billion kwacha and of public building construction works not 20 billion kwacha (over USD 1.1 billion) are reserved for citizen-influenced, citizen-empowerment or citizen-owned companies.","3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n19. (1) Notwithstanding the Zambia National Tender Board Act or any other law relating to procurement of public services and goods, the commission shall, in consultation with the Tender Board, determine the thresholds to be prescribed by the Minister responsible for finance for the participation of targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies in tender for the procurement of services and goods for any State institution at national, provincial and district levels.\n(2) The Commission shall develop, in consultation with the Tender Board, policy guidelines to ensure that targeted citizens and companies specified in subsection (1) are given preferential treatment in accessing and being awarded tenders for procurement of services and goods for any State institution.  [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n--------------\n\"3. Application of preferential procurement system\nA State institution shall apply a preferential procurement system in accordance with the Act and these Regulations.\n4. Preferential treatment\nA State institution may, in evaluating a bid, adjust the bid price in order to facilitate preferential evaluation of a bid as follows:\n(a)    for a citizen-influenced company, by four percent;\n(b)    for a citizen-empowered company, by eight percent;\n(c)    for a citizen-owned company, by 12 percent; and\n(d)    for domestically manufactured goods by a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company and citizen-owned company, by 15 per cent.\n5. Reservation schemes\n(1) The Commissioner and the Authority shall reserve a public procurement for a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company or citizen-owned company with estimated values as follows–\n(a) with respect to goods, public procurement of goods not exceeding 3 billion kwacha (K3, 000,000,000.00); and\n(b) with respect to works– (i) building construction works not exceeding 20 billion kwacha (K20, 000,000,000.00); and (ii) civil and road works not exceeding 30 billion kwacha (K30, 000,000,000.00).\n(2) A citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company or a citizen-owned company participating in a public procurement that exceed the estimated values provided for in sub-regulation (1) shall not be eligible for reservation as specified in sub-regulation (1).\n6. Non-consulting services\nA procurement of a non-consulting service below the value of one billion kwacha (K1, 000,000,000.00) shall, unless it is not possible to acquire the services of a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowerment company or citizen-owned company, be exclusively reserved for a citizen-influenced company, citizen empowerment company or citizen-owned company. [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Preferential Procurement) Regulations, 2011)\n--------------\n\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“citizen bidder or citizen supplier” means, in the case of — (a) an individual, a bidder or supplier who is a citizen; (b) a firm or company, whether corporate or unincorporate, a firm or company wholly owned by a citizen; and (c) a body of persons wholly comprising of citizens;[...]\n“foreign bidder or supplier” means a non-citizen bidder or supplier who is not registered to undertake business activities in the Republic in accordance with the relevant law; [...]\n“local bidder or supplier” means a non-citizen bidder or supplier who is registered to undertake business activities in the Republic in accordance with the relevant written law;\n[...]\nApproval required for international procurement agreements\n4. (1) A procuring entity shall, before entering into an international procurement agreement, obtain the approval of the Authority and the Treasury and once the approval is given, seek the advice of the Attorney-General.\n(2) A procurement agreement under subsection (1) purportedly entered into without the approval of the Authority and the Treasury, and the advice of the Attorney-General, is void. \n(3) The financier of a commercial or concessional loan of an international procurement agreement under subsection (1) shall ensure that the contractor partners with a citizen bidder identified through a competitive process.\n[...]\nNational and international bidding\n39. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a procuring entity shall use open national bidding for procurement of goods, works and non—consulting services.\n(2) Participation in open national bidding shall be limited to citizen bidders and in the absence of successful citizen bids to local bidders. \n(3) A local bidder awarded a procurement contract in accordance with subsection (2), shall partner with a citizen supplier.\n(4) A procuring entity shall use open international bidding where—\n(a) the goods, works or non-consulting services are not available under competitive price and other conditions from at least three suppliers in the Republic; or\n(b) regional or international participation is required in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Government.\n(5) Participation in open international bidding shall be open to all bidders, including citizen bidders, local bidders and foreign bidders in partnership with citizen bidders or citizen suppliers.\n(6) A foreign bidder who participates in open international bidding under subsection (5) shall partner with a citizen supplier or citizen bidder.\n[...]\nNational and international selection\n41. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a procuring entity shall use open national selection in the procurement of consulting services.\n(2) A procuring entity shall use open international selection where—\n(a) the consulting services are not available under competitive price and other conditions from at least three suppliers in the Republic; or\n(b) regional or international participation is required in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Government.\n(3) Participation in open national selection shall be limited to citizen bidders and in the absence of successful citizen bids, to local bidders.\n(4) Participation in open international selection shall be open to all bidders, including citizen bidders, local bidders and foreign bidders.\n(5) Where open international selection is used a bid notice shall, in addition to the requirements under section 17, be published in any regional or international media and on the website of the procuring entity and the website set up by the Authority.\n(6) A foreign bidder who participates in open international selection under subsection (4) shall partner with a citizen bidder. [...]\" (THE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT ACT, 2020)","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Preferential Procurement) Regulations, 2011\nTHE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT ACT, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/12168\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2020/no8-2020/public-procurement-act-no-8-2020.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,366,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.01125","The markets of civil engineering public works not exceeding 30 billion kwacha and of public building construction works not 20 billion kwacha (over USD 1.1 billion) are reserved for citizen-influenced, citizen-empowerment or citizen-owned companies.","3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n19. (1) Notwithstanding the Zambia National Tender Board Act or any other law relating to procurement of public services and goods, the commission shall, in consultation with the Tender Board, determine the thresholds to be prescribed by the Minister responsible for finance for the participation of targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies in tender for the procurement of services and goods for any State institution at national, provincial and district levels.\n(2) The Commission shall develop, in consultation with the Tender Board, policy guidelines to ensure that targeted citizens and companies specified in subsection (1) are given preferential treatment in accessing and being awarded tenders for procurement of services and goods for any State institution.  [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n--------------\n\"3. Application of preferential procurement system\nA State institution shall apply a preferential procurement system in accordance with the Act and these Regulations.\n4. Preferential treatment\nA State institution may, in evaluating a bid, adjust the bid price in order to facilitate preferential evaluation of a bid as follows:\n(a)    for a citizen-influenced company, by four percent;\n(b)    for a citizen-empowered company, by eight percent;\n(c)    for a citizen-owned company, by 12 percent; and\n(d)    for domestically manufactured goods by a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company and citizen-owned company, by 15 per cent.\n5. Reservation schemes\n(1) The Commissioner and the Authority shall reserve a public procurement for a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company or citizen-owned company with estimated values as follows–\n(a) with respect to goods, public procurement of goods not exceeding 3 billion kwacha (K3, 000,000,000.00); and\n(b) with respect to works– (i) building construction works not exceeding 20 billion kwacha (K20, 000,000,000.00); and (ii) civil and road works not exceeding 30 billion kwacha (K30, 000,000,000.00).\n(2) A citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company or a citizen-owned company participating in a public procurement that exceed the estimated values provided for in sub-regulation (1) shall not be eligible for reservation as specified in sub-regulation (1).\n6. Non-consulting services\nA procurement of a non-consulting service below the value of one billion kwacha (K1, 000,000,000.00) shall, unless it is not possible to acquire the services of a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowerment company or citizen-owned company, be exclusively reserved for a citizen-influenced company, citizen empowerment company or citizen-owned company. [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Preferential Procurement) Regulations, 2011)\n--------------\n\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“citizen bidder or citizen supplier” means, in the case of — (a) an individual, a bidder or supplier who is a citizen; (b) a firm or company, whether corporate or unincorporate, a firm or company wholly owned by a citizen; and (c) a body of persons wholly comprising of citizens;[...]\n“foreign bidder or supplier” means a non-citizen bidder or supplier who is not registered to undertake business activities in the Republic in accordance with the relevant law; [...]\n“local bidder or supplier” means a non-citizen bidder or supplier who is registered to undertake business activities in the Republic in accordance with the relevant written law;\n[...]\nApproval required for international procurement agreements\n4. (1) A procuring entity shall, before entering into an international procurement agreement, obtain the approval of the Authority and the Treasury and once the approval is given, seek the advice of the Attorney-General.\n(2) A procurement agreement under subsection (1) purportedly entered into without the approval of the Authority and the Treasury, and the advice of the Attorney-General, is void. \n(3) The financier of a commercial or concessional loan of an international procurement agreement under subsection (1) shall ensure that the contractor partners with a citizen bidder identified through a competitive process.\n[...]\nNational and international bidding\n39. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a procuring entity shall use open national bidding for procurement of goods, works and non—consulting services.\n(2) Participation in open national bidding shall be limited to citizen bidders and in the absence of successful citizen bids to local bidders. \n(3) A local bidder awarded a procurement contract in accordance with subsection (2), shall partner with a citizen supplier.\n(4) A procuring entity shall use open international bidding where—\n(a) the goods, works or non-consulting services are not available under competitive price and other conditions from at least three suppliers in the Republic; or\n(b) regional or international participation is required in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Government.\n(5) Participation in open international bidding shall be open to all bidders, including citizen bidders, local bidders and foreign bidders in partnership with citizen bidders or citizen suppliers.\n(6) A foreign bidder who participates in open international bidding under subsection (5) shall partner with a citizen supplier or citizen bidder.\n[...]\nNational and international selection\n41. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a procuring entity shall use open national selection in the procurement of consulting services.\n(2) A procuring entity shall use open international selection where—\n(a) the consulting services are not available under competitive price and other conditions from at least three suppliers in the Republic; or\n(b) regional or international participation is required in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Government.\n(3) Participation in open national selection shall be limited to citizen bidders and in the absence of successful citizen bids, to local bidders.\n(4) Participation in open international selection shall be open to all bidders, including citizen bidders, local bidders and foreign bidders.\n(5) Where open international selection is used a bid notice shall, in addition to the requirements under section 17, be published in any regional or international media and on the website of the procuring entity and the website set up by the Authority.\n(6) A foreign bidder who participates in open international selection under subsection (4) shall partner with a citizen bidder. [...]\" (THE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT ACT, 2020)","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Preferential Procurement) Regulations, 2011\nTHE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT ACT, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/12168\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2020/no8-2020/public-procurement-act-no-8-2020.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,366,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.01125","The markets of civil engineering public works not exceeding 30 billion kwacha and of public building construction works not 20 billion kwacha (over USD 1.1 billion) are reserved for citizen-influenced, citizen-empowerment or citizen-owned companies.","3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n19. (1) Notwithstanding the Zambia National Tender Board Act or any other law relating to procurement of public services and goods, the commission shall, in consultation with the Tender Board, determine the thresholds to be prescribed by the Minister responsible for finance for the participation of targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies in tender for the procurement of services and goods for any State institution at national, provincial and district levels.\n(2) The Commission shall develop, in consultation with the Tender Board, policy guidelines to ensure that targeted citizens and companies specified in subsection (1) are given preferential treatment in accessing and being awarded tenders for procurement of services and goods for any State institution.  [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n--------------\n\"3. Application of preferential procurement system\nA State institution shall apply a preferential procurement system in accordance with the Act and these Regulations.\n4. Preferential treatment\nA State institution may, in evaluating a bid, adjust the bid price in order to facilitate preferential evaluation of a bid as follows:\n(a)    for a citizen-influenced company, by four percent;\n(b)    for a citizen-empowered company, by eight percent;\n(c)    for a citizen-owned company, by 12 percent; and\n(d)    for domestically manufactured goods by a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company and citizen-owned company, by 15 per cent.\n5. Reservation schemes\n(1) The Commissioner and the Authority shall reserve a public procurement for a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company or citizen-owned company with estimated values as follows–\n(a) with respect to goods, public procurement of goods not exceeding 3 billion kwacha (K3, 000,000,000.00); and\n(b) with respect to works– (i) building construction works not exceeding 20 billion kwacha (K20, 000,000,000.00); and (ii) civil and road works not exceeding 30 billion kwacha (K30, 000,000,000.00).\n(2) A citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company or a citizen-owned company participating in a public procurement that exceed the estimated values provided for in sub-regulation (1) shall not be eligible for reservation as specified in sub-regulation (1).\n6. Non-consulting services\nA procurement of a non-consulting service below the value of one billion kwacha (K1, 000,000,000.00) shall, unless it is not possible to acquire the services of a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowerment company or citizen-owned company, be exclusively reserved for a citizen-influenced company, citizen empowerment company or citizen-owned company. [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Preferential Procurement) Regulations, 2011)\n--------------\n\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“citizen bidder or citizen supplier” means, in the case of — (a) an individual, a bidder or supplier who is a citizen; (b) a firm or company, whether corporate or unincorporate, a firm or company wholly owned by a citizen; and (c) a body of persons wholly comprising of citizens;[...]\n“foreign bidder or supplier” means a non-citizen bidder or supplier who is not registered to undertake business activities in the Republic in accordance with the relevant law; [...]\n“local bidder or supplier” means a non-citizen bidder or supplier who is registered to undertake business activities in the Republic in accordance with the relevant written law;\n[...]\nApproval required for international procurement agreements\n4. (1) A procuring entity shall, before entering into an international procurement agreement, obtain the approval of the Authority and the Treasury and once the approval is given, seek the advice of the Attorney-General.\n(2) A procurement agreement under subsection (1) purportedly entered into without the approval of the Authority and the Treasury, and the advice of the Attorney-General, is void. \n(3) The financier of a commercial or concessional loan of an international procurement agreement under subsection (1) shall ensure that the contractor partners with a citizen bidder identified through a competitive process.\n[...]\nNational and international bidding\n39. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a procuring entity shall use open national bidding for procurement of goods, works and non—consulting services.\n(2) Participation in open national bidding shall be limited to citizen bidders and in the absence of successful citizen bids to local bidders. \n(3) A local bidder awarded a procurement contract in accordance with subsection (2), shall partner with a citizen supplier.\n(4) A procuring entity shall use open international bidding where—\n(a) the goods, works or non-consulting services are not available under competitive price and other conditions from at least three suppliers in the Republic; or\n(b) regional or international participation is required in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Government.\n(5) Participation in open international bidding shall be open to all bidders, including citizen bidders, local bidders and foreign bidders in partnership with citizen bidders or citizen suppliers.\n(6) A foreign bidder who participates in open international bidding under subsection (5) shall partner with a citizen supplier or citizen bidder.\n[...]\nNational and international selection\n41. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a procuring entity shall use open national selection in the procurement of consulting services.\n(2) A procuring entity shall use open international selection where—\n(a) the consulting services are not available under competitive price and other conditions from at least three suppliers in the Republic; or\n(b) regional or international participation is required in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Government.\n(3) Participation in open national selection shall be limited to citizen bidders and in the absence of successful citizen bids, to local bidders.\n(4) Participation in open international selection shall be open to all bidders, including citizen bidders, local bidders and foreign bidders.\n(5) Where open international selection is used a bid notice shall, in addition to the requirements under section 17, be published in any regional or international media and on the website of the procuring entity and the website set up by the Authority.\n(6) A foreign bidder who participates in open international selection under subsection (4) shall partner with a citizen bidder. [...]\" (THE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT ACT, 2020)","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Preferential Procurement) Regulations, 2011\nTHE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT ACT, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/12168\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2020/no8-2020/public-procurement-act-no-8-2020.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,366,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.01125","The markets of civil engineering public works not exceeding 30 billion kwacha and of public building construction works not 20 billion kwacha (over USD 1.1 billion) are reserved for citizen-influenced, citizen-empowerment or citizen-owned companies.","3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n19. (1) Notwithstanding the Zambia National Tender Board Act or any other law relating to procurement of public services and goods, the commission shall, in consultation with the Tender Board, determine the thresholds to be prescribed by the Minister responsible for finance for the participation of targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies in tender for the procurement of services and goods for any State institution at national, provincial and district levels.\n(2) The Commission shall develop, in consultation with the Tender Board, policy guidelines to ensure that targeted citizens and companies specified in subsection (1) are given preferential treatment in accessing and being awarded tenders for procurement of services and goods for any State institution.  [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n--------------\n\"3. Application of preferential procurement system\nA State institution shall apply a preferential procurement system in accordance with the Act and these Regulations.\n4. Preferential treatment\nA State institution may, in evaluating a bid, adjust the bid price in order to facilitate preferential evaluation of a bid as follows:\n(a)    for a citizen-influenced company, by four percent;\n(b)    for a citizen-empowered company, by eight percent;\n(c)    for a citizen-owned company, by 12 percent; and\n(d)    for domestically manufactured goods by a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company and citizen-owned company, by 15 per cent.\n5. Reservation schemes\n(1) The Commissioner and the Authority shall reserve a public procurement for a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company or citizen-owned company with estimated values as follows–\n(a) with respect to goods, public procurement of goods not exceeding 3 billion kwacha (K3, 000,000,000.00); and\n(b) with respect to works– (i) building construction works not exceeding 20 billion kwacha (K20, 000,000,000.00); and (ii) civil and road works not exceeding 30 billion kwacha (K30, 000,000,000.00).\n(2) A citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowered company or a citizen-owned company participating in a public procurement that exceed the estimated values provided for in sub-regulation (1) shall not be eligible for reservation as specified in sub-regulation (1).\n6. Non-consulting services\nA procurement of a non-consulting service below the value of one billion kwacha (K1, 000,000,000.00) shall, unless it is not possible to acquire the services of a citizen-influenced company, citizen-empowerment company or citizen-owned company, be exclusively reserved for a citizen-influenced company, citizen empowerment company or citizen-owned company. [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Preferential Procurement) Regulations, 2011)\n--------------\n\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“citizen bidder or citizen supplier” means, in the case of — (a) an individual, a bidder or supplier who is a citizen; (b) a firm or company, whether corporate or unincorporate, a firm or company wholly owned by a citizen; and (c) a body of persons wholly comprising of citizens;[...]\n“foreign bidder or supplier” means a non-citizen bidder or supplier who is not registered to undertake business activities in the Republic in accordance with the relevant law; [...]\n“local bidder or supplier” means a non-citizen bidder or supplier who is registered to undertake business activities in the Republic in accordance with the relevant written law;\n[...]\nApproval required for international procurement agreements\n4. (1) A procuring entity shall, before entering into an international procurement agreement, obtain the approval of the Authority and the Treasury and once the approval is given, seek the advice of the Attorney-General.\n(2) A procurement agreement under subsection (1) purportedly entered into without the approval of the Authority and the Treasury, and the advice of the Attorney-General, is void. \n(3) The financier of a commercial or concessional loan of an international procurement agreement under subsection (1) shall ensure that the contractor partners with a citizen bidder identified through a competitive process.\n[...]\nNational and international bidding\n39. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a procuring entity shall use open national bidding for procurement of goods, works and non—consulting services.\n(2) Participation in open national bidding shall be limited to citizen bidders and in the absence of successful citizen bids to local bidders. \n(3) A local bidder awarded a procurement contract in accordance with subsection (2), shall partner with a citizen supplier.\n(4) A procuring entity shall use open international bidding where—\n(a) the goods, works or non-consulting services are not available under competitive price and other conditions from at least three suppliers in the Republic; or\n(b) regional or international participation is required in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Government.\n(5) Participation in open international bidding shall be open to all bidders, including citizen bidders, local bidders and foreign bidders in partnership with citizen bidders or citizen suppliers.\n(6) A foreign bidder who participates in open international bidding under subsection (5) shall partner with a citizen supplier or citizen bidder.\n[...]\nNational and international selection\n41. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a procuring entity shall use open national selection in the procurement of consulting services.\n(2) A procuring entity shall use open international selection where—\n(a) the consulting services are not available under competitive price and other conditions from at least three suppliers in the Republic; or\n(b) regional or international participation is required in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Government.\n(3) Participation in open national selection shall be limited to citizen bidders and in the absence of successful citizen bids, to local bidders.\n(4) Participation in open international selection shall be open to all bidders, including citizen bidders, local bidders and foreign bidders.\n(5) Where open international selection is used a bid notice shall, in addition to the requirements under section 17, be published in any regional or international media and on the website of the procuring entity and the website set up by the Authority.\n(6) A foreign bidder who participates in open international selection under subsection (4) shall partner with a citizen bidder. [...]\" (THE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT ACT, 2020)","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Preferential Procurement) Regulations, 2011\nTHE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT ACT, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/12168\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2020/no8-2020/public-procurement-act-no-8-2020.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,366,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.006","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting companies is limited to 25%.","2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n\" broadcasting \" means the distribution of television or radio, by means of terrestrial or satellite transmitter received on suitable apparatus by the public; [...]\n\" commercial broadcasting \" means a broadcasting service operated for profit and controlled by a person who is not a public or community broadcaster; [...]\n\" public broadcasting \"means a broadcasting service which serves the overall public interest and is accountable to the public as represented by an independent board, and defined by the Zambia National Broadcasting Corporation Act; [...]\n[...]\nPART IV - BROADCASTING SERVICES AND LICENCES\n19. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall operate or provide a broadcasting service in Zambia otherwise than in accordance with the terms and conditions of a licence issued by the Authority and on payment of such fees as the Minister may, on the recommendation of the Authority, prescribe.\n(2) The Authority may issue a commercial, community, religious, subscription or public broadcasting licence, subject to the provisions of this Act and to the conditions as determined by the Authority: \nProvided that —\n(a) a political party or organisation or a legal entity founded by a political party or organisation shall not qualify to hold a broadcasting licence; and\n(b) a person who is not a citizen of Zambia shall not qualify to hold a broadcasting licence. \n(3) In this section, \" citizen of Zambia \" in relation to a body corporate means a company in which not less than seventy five percent of shares are held by citizens of Zambia.\n4) Subject to subsection (1) a broadcasting licence shall authorise the licensee to provide any of the following classes of broadcasting services:\n(a) a public broadcasting service; (b) a commercial broadcasting service; (c) a community and religious broadcasting service; or (d) a subscription broadcasting service. \n(5) The Minister may, in consultation with the Authority, by Statutory instrument, exempt any person, institution or organisation from any of the provisions of this section.[...]\" (THE INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT , 2002)","THE INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT , 2002","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/Independent%20Broadcasting%20Authority%2C%202002.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,377,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.006","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting companies is limited to 25%.","2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n\" broadcasting \" means the distribution of television or radio, by means of terrestrial or satellite transmitter received on suitable apparatus by the public; [...]\n\" commercial broadcasting \" means a broadcasting service operated for profit and controlled by a person who is not a public or community broadcaster; [...]\n\" public broadcasting \"means a broadcasting service which serves the overall public interest and is accountable to the public as represented by an independent board, and defined by the Zambia National Broadcasting Corporation Act; [...]\n[...]\nPART IV - BROADCASTING SERVICES AND LICENCES\n19. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall operate or provide a broadcasting service in Zambia otherwise than in accordance with the terms and conditions of a licence issued by the Authority and on payment of such fees as the Minister may, on the recommendation of the Authority, prescribe.\n(2) The Authority may issue a commercial, community, religious, subscription or public broadcasting licence, subject to the provisions of this Act and to the conditions as determined by the Authority: \nProvided that —\n(a) a political party or organisation or a legal entity founded by a political party or organisation shall not qualify to hold a broadcasting licence; and\n(b) a person who is not a citizen of Zambia shall not qualify to hold a broadcasting licence. \n(3) In this section, \" citizen of Zambia \" in relation to a body corporate means a company in which not less than seventy five percent of shares are held by citizens of Zambia.\n4) Subject to subsection (1) a broadcasting licence shall authorise the licensee to provide any of the following classes of broadcasting services:\n(a) a public broadcasting service; (b) a commercial broadcasting service; (c) a community and religious broadcasting service; or (d) a subscription broadcasting service. \n(5) The Minister may, in consultation with the Authority, by Statutory instrument, exempt any person, institution or organisation from any of the provisions of this section.[...]\" (THE INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT , 2002)","THE INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT , 2002","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/Independent%20Broadcasting%20Authority%2C%202002.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,377,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.006","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting companies is limited to 25%.","2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n\" broadcasting \" means the distribution of television or radio, by means of terrestrial or satellite transmitter received on suitable apparatus by the public; [...]\n\" commercial broadcasting \" means a broadcasting service operated for profit and controlled by a person who is not a public or community broadcaster; [...]\n\" public broadcasting \"means a broadcasting service which serves the overall public interest and is accountable to the public as represented by an independent board, and defined by the Zambia National Broadcasting Corporation Act; [...]\n[...]\nPART IV - BROADCASTING SERVICES AND LICENCES\n19. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall operate or provide a broadcasting service in Zambia otherwise than in accordance with the terms and conditions of a licence issued by the Authority and on payment of such fees as the Minister may, on the recommendation of the Authority, prescribe.\n(2) The Authority may issue a commercial, community, religious, subscription or public broadcasting licence, subject to the provisions of this Act and to the conditions as determined by the Authority: \nProvided that —\n(a) a political party or organisation or a legal entity founded by a political party or organisation shall not qualify to hold a broadcasting licence; and\n(b) a person who is not a citizen of Zambia shall not qualify to hold a broadcasting licence. \n(3) In this section, \" citizen of Zambia \" in relation to a body corporate means a company in which not less than seventy five percent of shares are held by citizens of Zambia.\n4) Subject to subsection (1) a broadcasting licence shall authorise the licensee to provide any of the following classes of broadcasting services:\n(a) a public broadcasting service; (b) a commercial broadcasting service; (c) a community and religious broadcasting service; or (d) a subscription broadcasting service. \n(5) The Minister may, in consultation with the Authority, by Statutory instrument, exempt any person, institution or organisation from any of the provisions of this section.[...]\" (THE INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT , 2002)","THE INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT , 2002","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/Independent%20Broadcasting%20Authority%2C%202002.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,377,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.006","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting companies is limited to 25%.","2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n\" broadcasting \" means the distribution of television or radio, by means of terrestrial or satellite transmitter received on suitable apparatus by the public; [...]\n\" commercial broadcasting \" means a broadcasting service operated for profit and controlled by a person who is not a public or community broadcaster; [...]\n\" public broadcasting \"means a broadcasting service which serves the overall public interest and is accountable to the public as represented by an independent board, and defined by the Zambia National Broadcasting Corporation Act; [...]\n[...]\nPART IV - BROADCASTING SERVICES AND LICENCES\n19. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall operate or provide a broadcasting service in Zambia otherwise than in accordance with the terms and conditions of a licence issued by the Authority and on payment of such fees as the Minister may, on the recommendation of the Authority, prescribe.\n(2) The Authority may issue a commercial, community, religious, subscription or public broadcasting licence, subject to the provisions of this Act and to the conditions as determined by the Authority: \nProvided that —\n(a) a political party or organisation or a legal entity founded by a political party or organisation shall not qualify to hold a broadcasting licence; and\n(b) a person who is not a citizen of Zambia shall not qualify to hold a broadcasting licence. \n(3) In this section, \" citizen of Zambia \" in relation to a body corporate means a company in which not less than seventy five percent of shares are held by citizens of Zambia.\n4) Subject to subsection (1) a broadcasting licence shall authorise the licensee to provide any of the following classes of broadcasting services:\n(a) a public broadcasting service; (b) a commercial broadcasting service; (c) a community and religious broadcasting service; or (d) a subscription broadcasting service. \n(5) The Minister may, in consultation with the Authority, by Statutory instrument, exempt any person, institution or organisation from any of the provisions of this section.[...]\" (THE INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT , 2002)","THE INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT , 2002","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/Independent%20Broadcasting%20Authority%2C%202002.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,377,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000166667","Trusts/custodians and fund management companies are required to be locally incorporated in Zambia. Branches of foreign companies are not allowed.","SCHEDULE (Rules 4-7)\nPART I-  STRUCTURE AND OPERATION OF A COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEME\nSECTION A-ROLE OF THE TRUSTEE/CUSTODIAN\n2. A trustee/custodian shall be- Qualifications for appointment\n(a) a bank registered under the Banking Act, or licensed or registered under any Act amending or replacing that Act; or (b) a trust company which is a subsidiary of such a bank; or (c) a trust company registered under the Companies Act; or (d) a banking institution or trust company incorporated outside Zambia, which has a subsidiary incorporated in Zambia, and which is acceptable to the Commission.\n[...]\nSECTION B-ROLE OF THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY AND AUDITOR\n7. Every collective investment scheme for which authorisation is requested shall appoint a management company acceptable to the Commission, except as provided for self-managed schemes below.\n8. A management company shall- Requirements for management company\n(a) be engaged primarily in the business of fund management; (b) have sufficient financial resources at its disposal to enable it to conduct its business effectively and meet its liabilities; in particular, it shall have a minimum issued and paid-up capital and capital reserves of\nten million kwacha or its equivalent in foreign currency; (c) not lend to a material extent; and (d) maintain at all times a positive net asset position.\n[...]\n12. (1) The type of licence required depends on the functions performed by the management company in Zambia. Licence requirement\n(2) Except as provided by subclause (3), a management company that is incorporated in Zambia shall be licensed as an investment adviser under the Act.\n(3) However, should it undertake the distribution function in Zambia or otherwise deal in securities, it shall be licensed as a dealer.[...]\" (Securities (Collective Investment Schemes) Rules, S. I 1631 of 1993)\n","Securities (Collective Investment Schemes) Rules, S. I 1631 of 1993","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.seczambia.org.zm/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/THE-SECURITIES-COLLECTIVE-INVESTMENT-SCHEMES-RULES.pdf\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,380,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Trusts/custodians and fund management companies are required to be locally incorporated in Zambia. Branches of foreign companies are not allowed.","SCHEDULE (Rules 4-7)\nPART I-  STRUCTURE AND OPERATION OF A COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEME\nSECTION A-ROLE OF THE TRUSTEE/CUSTODIAN\n2. A trustee/custodian shall be- Qualifications for appointment\n(a) a bank registered under the Banking Act, or licensed or registered under any Act amending or replacing that Act; or (b) a trust company which is a subsidiary of such a bank; or (c) a trust company registered under the Companies Act; or (d) a banking institution or trust company incorporated outside Zambia, which has a subsidiary incorporated in Zambia, and which is acceptable to the Commission.\n[...]\nSECTION B-ROLE OF THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY AND AUDITOR\n7. Every collective investment scheme for which authorisation is requested shall appoint a management company acceptable to the Commission, except as provided for self-managed schemes below.\n8. A management company shall- Requirements for management company\n(a) be engaged primarily in the business of fund management; (b) have sufficient financial resources at its disposal to enable it to conduct its business effectively and meet its liabilities; in particular, it shall have a minimum issued and paid-up capital and capital reserves of\nten million kwacha or its equivalent in foreign currency; (c) not lend to a material extent; and (d) maintain at all times a positive net asset position.\n[...]\n12. (1) The type of licence required depends on the functions performed by the management company in Zambia. Licence requirement\n(2) Except as provided by subclause (3), a management company that is incorporated in Zambia shall be licensed as an investment adviser under the Act.\n(3) However, should it undertake the distribution function in Zambia or otherwise deal in securities, it shall be licensed as a dealer.[...]\" (Securities (Collective Investment Schemes) Rules, S. I 1631 of 1993)\n","Securities (Collective Investment Schemes) Rules, S. I 1631 of 1993","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.seczambia.org.zm/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/THE-SECURITIES-COLLECTIVE-INVESTMENT-SCHEMES-RULES.pdf\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,380,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.000166667","Trusts/custodians and fund management companies are required to be locally incorporated in Zambia. Branches of foreign companies are not allowed.","SCHEDULE (Rules 4-7)\nPART I-  STRUCTURE AND OPERATION OF A COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEME\nSECTION A-ROLE OF THE TRUSTEE/CUSTODIAN\n2. A trustee/custodian shall be- Qualifications for appointment\n(a) a bank registered under the Banking Act, or licensed or registered under any Act amending or replacing that Act; or (b) a trust company which is a subsidiary of such a bank; or (c) a trust company registered under the Companies Act; or (d) a banking institution or trust company incorporated outside Zambia, which has a subsidiary incorporated in Zambia, and which is acceptable to the Commission.\n[...]\nSECTION B-ROLE OF THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY AND AUDITOR\n7. Every collective investment scheme for which authorisation is requested shall appoint a management company acceptable to the Commission, except as provided for self-managed schemes below.\n8. A management company shall- Requirements for management company\n(a) be engaged primarily in the business of fund management; (b) have sufficient financial resources at its disposal to enable it to conduct its business effectively and meet its liabilities; in particular, it shall have a minimum issued and paid-up capital and capital reserves of\nten million kwacha or its equivalent in foreign currency; (c) not lend to a material extent; and (d) maintain at all times a positive net asset position.\n[...]\n12. (1) The type of licence required depends on the functions performed by the management company in Zambia. Licence requirement\n(2) Except as provided by subclause (3), a management company that is incorporated in Zambia shall be licensed as an investment adviser under the Act.\n(3) However, should it undertake the distribution function in Zambia or otherwise deal in securities, it shall be licensed as a dealer.[...]\" (Securities (Collective Investment Schemes) Rules, S. I 1631 of 1993)\n","Securities (Collective Investment Schemes) Rules, S. I 1631 of 1993","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.seczambia.org.zm/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/THE-SECURITIES-COLLECTIVE-INVESTMENT-SCHEMES-RULES.pdf\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,380,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ALB","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.0015625","Agricultural and forest land cannot be purchased by foreign natural and legal persons, but may be rented for up to 99 years. However, agricultural and forest land may be owned by Albanian legal entities, including foreign-owned ones, without restrictions.","\"Article 1\nThe purpose of this law is the legal regulation of the transfer of ownership of agricultural, forest, meadow and pasture lands for the Albanian natural and legal entities. \n[…]\nArticle 4\nThe transfer of the right of the ownership of the agricultural, forest, meadow and pasture land shall not be recognized to the foreign natural and legal entities. The foreign natural and legal entities are entitled to rent it up to 99 years. Renting the agricultural, forest, meadow \nand pasture land shall be carried out according to the provisions of the Civil Code. [...]\" (Law no. 8337, dated 30.04.1998 “On the Ownership Transfer of Agricultural Land, Forests, Pastures and Meadows\")\n------------------------\n\"Article 1 - General Provisions (Amended by Law No. 10 316, dated 16.09.2010, Article 1)\nFor the purposes of this Law, “territory” means the territory under the sovereignty of the Republic of Albania, including the territorial waters and the maritime zone and continental shelf, on which the Republic of Albania exercises its sovereign and legal rights in accordance\nwith international norms.\n- “Foreign Investor” means:\na) any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country; or\nb) any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Albania, but who is permanently resident abroad; or\nc) any legal person established under the law of a foreign country, which directly or indirectly intends to make or is making an investment in the territory of the Republic of Albania in accordance with its laws or has made an investment in accordance with the laws pertaining to the period from 31.7.1990 and following;\n[...]\nArticle 2 - Permission and Treatment\n1. Foreign investments in the Republic of Albania shall not be subject to prior authorization. They are permitted and treated on the basis of conditions no less favorable than those which are recognized to domestic investments under similar conditions, with the exception of land ownership, which is governed by a special law.\n2. In all cases and at any time, investments have equal and unbiased treatment, enjoy full protection and security.\n3. In any case, foreign investments have a treatment not less favorable than the one provided by the generally accepted norms of international law. [...]\" (Law No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\")","Law no. 8337, dated 30.04.1998 “On the Ownership Transfer of Agricultural Land, Forests, Pastures and Meadows\"","Questionnaire responded by Government Official, for the OECD SEE Competitiveness Outlook 2017\nTonucci & Partners (2017), Business Guide: Albania 2017, Tirana. ","[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=31&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://tonucci.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/TP_businessguide2017_ita_16.03.17.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1778,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.00075","The establishment of foreign insurance branches in Algerie is subject to reciprocity. ","\"BOOK III: ORGANIZATION AND CONTROL OF THE INSURANCE ACTIVITY\nTITLE I: GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArt 204 c. - The opening in Algeria of foreign insurance branches is subject to the prior obtaining of an authorization issued by the Minister in charge of finance subject to the principle of reciprocity. [...]\" (Law n° 06-04 of 21 Moharram 1427 corresponding to February 20, 2006 modifying and supplementing Ordinance n° 95-07 of 23 Chabane 1415 corresponding to January 25, 1995 relating to insurance [google translation])","Law n° 06-04 of 21 Moharram 1427 corresponding to February 20, 2006 modifying and supplementing Ordinance n° 95-07 of 23 Chabane 1415 corresponding to January 25, 1995 relating to insurance [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.uar.dz/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/1-Ord-95-07_Mod-et-compl.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1856,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00625","Only Angolan nationals and foreign law graduates from Angolan universities (subject to reciprocity) may register with the Angolan Bar Association and constitute or become partners in law firms or law associations in Angola. Correspondence and cooperation relations between lawyers registered with the Angolan Bar Association and foreign lawyers is permitted, but intervention of the foreign correspondent is always secondary, and may only intervene upon request and to complement the Angolan correspondent. Contact and assistance to local clients must necessarily go through lawyers authorized to practice law in Angolan territory, and foreign correspondents cannot establish any type of direct contact with Angolan institutions in Angolan territory.\n","\"ARTICLE 3. (Law Practice)\n1. Advocacy, as an essential institution for the Administration of Justice, is exercised as a liberal profession and is governed by the Constitution of the Republic of Angola, by this Law, by the Statute of the Angolan Bar Association and by other applicable legislation.\n2. Advocacy and the specific acts inherent to the exercise of the profession can only be practiced by lawyers with current registration with the Angolan Bar Association.\n3. Angolan citizens, masters and doctors in law, teachers of Angolan Higher Education Institutions, may prepare paid written opinions, even if they are not registered with the Angolan Bar Association.\n4. It is considered illegal practice of law, when exercised by unqualified and titled persons under the terms of paragraph 1 of article 22 of this Law.\n[...]\nARTICLE 8. (Organization)\n1. The practice of law is based on individual law firms, in association or in law firms.\n2. Special law regulates the constitution of Law Firms in Associations and Law Firms.\nARTICLE 9. (International Organizations)\nLawyers can be members of international lawyer organizations:\na) Provided they do not lose their individuality and independence:\nb) Do not place themselves in a subordinate situation in relation to that organization;\nc) The other legal requirements regarding the publicity of the activity and the exercise of the profession of Lawyer in the Republic of Angola are observed.\nARTICLE 10. (Correspondence and cooperation between Lawyers)\n1. The establishment of correspondence and cooperation relations between lawyers registered with the Angolan Bar Association and foreign lawyers is permitted, under the terms of this Law and the Statutes of the Angolan Bar Association.\n2. The existence of relations of correspondence and cooperation between lawyers registered with the Angolan Bar Association and foreign lawyers is based on:\na) Collaboration, in terms of common clientele, which consists of sending clients by the foreign correspondent who, once in Angola, become clients of the Angolan correspondent, with or without negotiation between the correspondents on fees;\nb) The arrival of clients of the foreign correspondent accompanied by the latter, who may hold meetings outside or in the office of the Angolan correspondent;\nc) The exchange of information and professional exchange of a technical-legal nature, namely legislation, doctrine and jurisprudence.\n3. In the situation referred to in subparagraph b) of paragraph 2 of this article, the intervention of the foreign correspondent is always secondary, and may only intervene upon request and to complement the Angolan correspondent.\n4. Contact and assistance to local clients must necessarily go through lawyers authorized to practice law in Angolan territory, and foreign correspondents cannot establish any type of direct contact with Angolan institutions in Angolan territory.\n5. The offices of Angolan Lawyers cannot have foreign Lawyers working in them for more than thirty days, as defined in paragraph 3 of this article.\n6. Lawyers, as well as foreign Law Firms, may publicize their correspondence and cooperation with Angolan Lawyers, which may do the same for foreigners.\n7. Correspondence and cooperation agreements must be deposited at the Secretariat of the Angolan Bar Association, within eight days from the date of signature.\n[...]\nARTICLE 14. (Registration in the Order)\n1. Only Angolan nationals who hold a higher degree in law, who meet the other requirements established in the Statutes of the Order, can register with the Angolan Bar Association.\n2. Foreign law graduates from Angolan universities may register with the Angolan Bar Association, provided that, in their respective countries, Angolan graduates, under equal circumstances, enjoy the same right,\n3. Lawyers registered under the terms of the previous number cannot be elected to the governing bodies of the referred Bar.[...]\"\"(Law No. 8/17 of March 13 - Law on the Legal Profession [google translation]).\n--------------------\n\"Article 9. (Partners)\n1. Only law graduates registered with the OAA can be members of law firms.[...] (Law No. 16/16 of 30 September – Law on Law Firms and Associations [google translation])","Law No. 8/17 of March 13 - Law on the Legal Profession [google translation]\nLaw No. 16/16 of 30 September – Law on Law Firms and Associations [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.oaang.org/content/lei-advocacia-1\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.parlamento.ao/documents/91849/136379/LEI+N.%C2%BA+16-16%2C+LEI+DAS+SOCIEDADES+E+ASSOCIA%C3%87%C3%95ES+DE+ADVOGADOS.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,593,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00625","Only Angolan nationals and foreign law graduates from Angolan universities (subject to reciprocity), as well as foreigners residing in the country for more than 15 years and who have previously been enrolled in the Provincial Governments, may register with the Angolan Order of Architects and constitute or become partners in architecture companies in Angola.","\"ARTICLE 38. (Exercise of the profession in national territory)\n1. Only architects and urban planners with current membership in the Portuguese Architects Association may, throughout the national territory and before any public or private body, authority or entity, use the professional title of architect or urban planner and practice acts specific to the profession;\n[...]\nARTICLE 40. (Modes of exercising the profession)\n1. The profession of architect or urban planner can be exercised;\na) On their own account, as an independent professional or individual entrepreneur;\nb) As a partner, administrator or manager of a society of professionals working in the field of architecture or urbanism;\nc) As a civil servant or worker hired by the central or local administration;\nd) As an employee of another architect, urban planner, or other professionals.\n[...]\nTITLE II - Architects and Urban Planners\nCHAPTER IX - Registration\nARTICLE 74. (Registrations)\n1. Angolan citizens with a degree in architecture or urbanism who fulfill the requirements set out in this statute may apply to the Ordem dos Arquitectos as architects or urban planners.\n2. Foreign citizens with degrees in architecture or urbanism from Angolan universities may also apply if, in the respective countries, Angolan graduates can, in the same circumstances, register.\n3. Foreigners residing in the country for more than 15 years and who have previously been enrolled in the Provincial Governments may enroll in the Order of Architects.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 54/04 of 17 August 2004 - Statute of the Association of Architects [google translation])","Decree Law No. 54/04 of 17 August 2004 - Statute of the Association of Architects [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://oarquitectos.ao/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/lei_n_54-04_de_17_de_agosto_estatutos_ordem_arquitectos_de_Angola_1.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,596,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5011","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0002","Pursuant to the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019, unless in accordance with international agreements between Bangladesh and its trading partners or subject to a waiver issued by the relevant authority (the Shippinng Department), at least 50% of the sea-borne cargoes relating to the country's foreign trade shall be carried by Bangladesh-flagged vessels and no foreign vessel shall carry coastal trade in Bangladesh. Permission (waiver) by the authority may be issued in favour of foreign vessels only when (a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available; (b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. A general waiver is currently applied to cargo trade with the United States and Canada, and to all foreign trade relationships with respect to the transport of cars carried by car carriers. According to the Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping, can register and qualify to fly the Bangladesh flag only those vessels owned by Bangladesh citizens or companies whose principal place of business is in Bangladesh and more than 50% of its voting capital is held by Bangladesh citizens, the majority of the directors of the company and either the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors are citizens of Bangladesh. As such, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, is is considered that foreign investors may only hold up to 49% of the equity of companies providing maritime cabotage and international transportation services (in excess of 50% of Bangladesh's sea-borne cargoes trading). Waivers are not considered as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology.\n","\"Part I. INTRODUCTION, Chapter I. PRELIMINARY\nArticle 2. Definitions\n(3) “Bangladesh ship” means a ship belonging to a statutory corporation or a ship acquired and owned by a foreign national or company and leased out to the Government or a citizen of Bangladeshi or a Bangladesh company under such an agreement that the ownership of the ship shall be transferred after a specified period of time to the Government or such citizen or company in accordance with the terms of the agreement or a ship owned wholly by persons each of whom is-\na)\ta citizen of Bangladesh, or\nb)\ta company which fulfils the following conditions, namely:-\ni.\tthe principal place of business of the company is in Bangladesh,\nii.\tshares representing more than fifty per cent of the share capital of the company or shares carrying more than fifty per cent of the total voting power of the company are held by citizen of Bangladesh,\niii.\tthe majority of the directors of the company are citizens of Bangladesh,\niv.\teither the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors of the company is a citizen of Bangladesh\n(4) “coasting ship” means a ship not exceeding one thousand five hundred tons gross which is exclusively employed in trading coastwise within ports or places in Bangladesh or between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Calcutta, or Burma not beyond Akyab, or between Akyab and Calcutta;  \n(5) “coasting trade” means the carriage by sea of passengers or goods between ports or places in Bangladesh or from any such port or place to a port or place in India not beyond Calcutta or to a port or place in Burma not beyond Akyab or between Akyab and Calcutta; [...]\n(17) “foreign going ship” means a ship employed in trading between any port or place in Bangladesh and any other port or place outside Bangladesh, but does not include a coasting ship or a home trade ship; [...]\n(20) “home trade ship” means a ship not exceeding three thousand tons gross which is employed in trading between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Vishakkhapatnam or between ports and places in Bangladesh and Burma not beyond Moulmein; [...]\n(42) “sailing vessel” means any description of vessel- (a) which is fitted exclusively with sails, or  (b) which is provided with sufficient sail area for navigation under sails alone and, if fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, such means are meant for auxiliary purposes only, and includes a rowing boat or canoe, but does not include a pleasure craft; \n[...]\nPART III  CONTROL OF SHIPPING  CHAPTER 6  LICENSING OF CERTAIN SHIPS\n64. This Part applies only to such power driven sea going ships as are of not less than one hundred and fifty tons gross or of such other tonnage as the Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, fix.  \n[...]\nLicences for taking ships to sea    \n66. (1) No Bangladesh ship, and no ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company, officer or other authority shall be taken to sea from a port or place within or outside Bangladesh except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nLicences for coasting trade  \n67. (1) No ship, not being a Bangladesh ship or a ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh, or by a company, officer or other authority, shall be engaged in coasting trade except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nRestriction on the use of certain ships, etc\n70. (1) No ship, other than a Bangladesh ship, shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, be engaged or used in lighterage of foodgrains and other cargo or transhipment of any cargo other than foodgrains at any point within the territorial waters of Bangladesh for carriage to any destination within Bangladesh.\n(2) No foreign ship shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, use, for the purpose of loading and unloading of bulk cargo within the territorial waters of Bangladesh, any device or equipment which is not permanently attached to the ship. \n[...].\nForeign sailing vessels not to engage in coasting trade without permission   \n 411. (1) A sailing vessel not owned by a citizen of Bangladesh or a company which fulfils the condition set out in sub clause (b) of clause (3) of section 2 shall not engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh without the previous permission in writing of the Government.  \n(2) The Government may, when granting such permission, impose such terms and conditions as it thinks fit and may require the owner or other person in charge of the vessel to deposit such amount as it thinks necessary as security for the due fulfilment of such terms and conditions. \n(3) The Collector of Customs shall not grant a port clearance to a sailing vessel not registered under this Chapter which engages or attempts to engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh until after the production by the owner or person in charge of the vessel of the permission under sub section (1).  [...]\" (Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping)\n-------------------------------------\n\"2. Definitions-\nIn this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-\n(1) “Bangladesh Flag Vessel” means a vessel registered in Bangladesh; \n[...]\n3. Limitation on carriage of cargoes by sea.-\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, at least fifty percent [50%] of the sea-borne cargoes relating to foreign trade of Bangladesh shall, subject to the other provisions of this Act, be carried by Bangladesh flag vessels : \nProvided that this provision shall not apply to the following cases,  namely :-\n(a) any cargo, subject to the no-objection from the Prescribed Authority, which is required to be carried by any other vessel in accordance with any reciprocal arrangement made between the two trading partners;\n(b) any cargo in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority;\n(c) any cargo in respect of which a general waiver is announced by the Prescribed Authority; \n(d) carriage of cargoes to such places where no Bangladesh flag vessel is operated for transporting cargoes directly between Bangladesh and its trading partners. \n(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the sea-borne cargoes to be carried at the expense of the public fund shall be carried through any state-owned shipping corporation. \n(3) For obtaining the certificate of waiver under clause (b) of subsection(1), the owner of the vessel or his agent shall have to make an application to the Prescribed Authority at least 15 (Fifteen) working days before loading of cargoes.\n4. Carriage of cargoes by third country flag vessels.-\nThe Prescribed Authority may permit the carriage or cargoes from of to Bangladesh by a third country flag vessel, if-\n(a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available;\n(b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. \n5. Prohibition on carriage of coastal trade cargoes by the flag vessel of a foreign country.-\nNo vessel of a foreign country which is not a Bangladesh flag vessel shall carry coastal trade cargoes of Bangladesh : \nProvided that this restriction shall not apply to a vessel in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority. [...]\" (Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019)\n-------------------------------------\n\"General Waiver Notification\n1. This is to inform all concern that due to increased no of Bangladesh flag vessels presently available for trade the Prescribed Authority hereby amend the waiver notification No. DGA{TLISHIPPING/201316023(7), dated 04.08.2013 to liberates the carriage of cargo by a third country flag vessel, in accordance with the section 4 of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019 and declares general waiver, in accordance with Section 3(c) of the said act, and the relevant section of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019, as follows : \n(1) Any cargo when carried between Bangladesh and \n(a) United states of America;\n(b) Canada \n(2) Any of the following Cargo when carried between Bangladesh and any other countries : \n(a) All kinds of Car carried by Car Carrier. [...]\" (Notification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021)","Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping\nBangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019\nNotification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-642.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/upload/act/2022-01-31-10-52-20-59.The-Bangladesh-Flag-Vessels-(Protecstion-of-Interest)-Act,-2019.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dos.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/dos.portal.gov.bd/office_order/7094dc25_6c28_4d04_8d18_e456308721fe/2021-02-03-16-04-bfa481f29907ed947bbdffebde604691.pdf\">Not</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2733,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H502","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0004","The majority of the senior managers in the joint venture providing maritime and inland water transport services must be Brunei nationals as per indication in Brunei Darussalam's CPTPP list of on Non-Conforming Measures (Annex 1) including restrictions that are supposedly reflective of underlying regulations.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-sector: Maritime passenger transport services, Maritime freight transport services, Services auxiliary to maritime transport\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), \nMarket Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide maritime passenger and freight transport services as Brunei Darussalam-flagged vessels in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) they register such vessels under the Brunei Darussalam flag through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 40 per cent equity shareholding in the joint venture; (b) they comply with any performance requirements imposed, including a requirement to transfer a particular technology or other proprietary knowledge as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam; and (c) a majority of the senior managers in the joint venture are Brunei nationals.\n2. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide services auxiliary to maritime transport services at Muara Port, unless:\n(a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any such enterprise providing services auxiliary to maritime transport services; and (b) a majority of the senior managers in any such enterprise established are Brunei nationals.\n3. The number of enterprises in Brunei Darussalam providing maritime passenger and freight transport services and services auxiliary to maritime transport at Muara Port may be subject to needs-based quantitative limits.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) \n----------------------------\n\"[...] Part I - Conditions for registration of ships [...]\nInterpretation.\n2. In this Part -\n\"age\", in relation to a ship, means the difference between - (a} the year in which its keel was laid, or was at a similar stage of construction; and (b} the year in which it is to be registered as a Brunei Darussalam ship;\n\"citizen of Brunei Darussalam\" includes a permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam;\n\"foreign-owned ship\" means a ship that is not locally owned;\n\"local company\" means a company, or a company which has a holding company, in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens of Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\nNon-application.\n4. These Regulations shall not apply to {a) any fishing vessel; {b) any pleasure craft; and {c) ships or classes of ships belonging to the Government carrying out safety, customs, fiscal, health or immigration enforcement functions. \n[...]\nOwners of ships registered under Part II of Order.\n5. The following persons are qualified to be owners of ships which are to be registered under Part II of the Order - {a) citizens of Brunei Darussalam; (b) bodies corporate incorporated in Brunei Darussalam; and (c) an international business company or a foreign international company incorporated, converted or registered under the International Business Companies Order, 2002 (S 56/2000).\nClosure of registry of certain tugs, barges and ships.\n6. The registry of a tug or a barge, or a ship of less than 1,600 tons, and owned wholly or partly by- (a) a local company shall be closed if all or a majority of the shares in the company or its holding company, if any, are; or (b) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam shall be closed if any share in the tug, barge or ship is, transferred to a person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or another local company.\n[...]\nRegistry of foreign-owned and locally-owned ships. \n10. (1) No foreign-owned ship shall be registered unless it is (a) fitted with mechanical means of self-propulsion; and (b) of not less than 1,600 tons. \n(2) No ship above 17 years of age shall be registered unless the Registrar is satisfied that the ship is in a satisfactory condition in all respects. (3) Sub-regulation (2) shall not apply to a Brunei Darussalam ship which is registered anew under subsection (1) of section 19 or subsection (1) of section 34 of the Order. [...]\"(Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, Amended 2009).\n----------------------------\n\"1.  Prerequisites For Registration\n1.1 Only the following persons may be registered as owners of Brunei vessels:  \n(1)   Citizens /  permanent residents (of Brunei; and  \n(2)  Companies incorporated in Brunei Darussalam.  \n1.2 A Vessel may be registered under the ownership of a foreign owned company or a local owner company.  \n(1) A foreign owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by non-citizens of Brunei Darussalam.  \n(2) A local owned company is a company incorporated in Brunei in which more than 50% of its equity is owned by citizens of Brunei, or by another local Owned company. \n1.3 A Vessel owned by a foreign owned company may be registered under the following Conditions:  \n(1) The company must have a minimum paid-up capital of B$50,000. Notwithstanding the minimum paid-up capital requirement, the company’s Related company(s) may be waived from this requirement provided the Company and / or its related company(s) have registered, applied to register or have informed the Registrar that they will apply to register ship.\n(2) The vessel must be at least 1,600 GT and be self-propelled. \nThe restriction of a minimum of 1,600 GT on the size of ship being registered in the Registry of ship, this restriction applies to any ship-type if the ship is not owned by a local company. \nThe term “local Company” means a company in which all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are –  Citizen of Brunei; or Companies in which, or which have companies in which, all or a majority of the shares are owned by persons who are citizens  of Brunei or local Companies. [...]\" (BRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship)\n----------------------------\n[text not reproduced here; see link] (MPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nMerchant Shipping (Registration of Ships) Regulations, 2006, as amended\nBRUNEI DARUSSALAM REGISTRY OF SHIPs, Guidelines Application for Regristration As A Brunei Darussalam Ship\nMPABD, GUIDELINES ON THE  APPLICATION OF  LICENSE TO OPERATE FOR FOREIGN VESSEL","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2006/EN/s062.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GUIDE-LINE-REGISTERING-BRUNEI-SHIP.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://mpabd.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/2024_01_23-GUIDELINES-ON-THE-LICENSE-TO-OPERATE.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3094,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign investment in intermediary insurance services (insurance agents and brokers) is closed to FDI, as only citizens or permanent residents of Brunei Darussalam and companies owned by them are eligible for registering as intermediary providers. Corporate nominees (ie. managing directors) may be citizens, permanent residents, and foreign spouses or senior manager meeting qualification requirements.","\"ANNEX III - Section A\nSector: Financial Services\nSub-Sector: Insurance intermediaries\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 11.3), Market Access for Financial Institutions (Article 11.5)\nLevel of Government: Central\nMeasures: Insurance Order, 2006; Takaful Order, 2008; Companies Act (Chapter 39); Business Names Act (Chapter 92).\nDescription:\n1. Insurance agents: Only Brunei nationals are allowed to be registered as an insurance agent in Brunei Darussalam.\n2. Insurance brokers: Insurance brokers must be established as a company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam.\" (ANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n------------------------------\n\"PART I - PRELIMINARY [...]\nInterpretation.\n2. ( 1) In this Order - [...] \n\"compant' means a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act !Chapter 39); \n\"insurance agent\" means a person who does all or any of the following-{a} solicits or obtains a proposal for insurance on behalf of an insurer; {b) offers or assumes to act on behalf of an insurer in negotiating a policy; {c) does any act on behalf of an insurer in relation to the issuance, renewal or continuance of a policy;\n\"insurance broker\" means any company who, for compensation as an independent contractor, in any manner solicits, negotiates or procures insurance or the renewal or continuance thereof on behalf of an insured other than himself;\n\"insurance business\" includes the business of effecting and carrying out contracts {a} protecting persons against loss or liability to loss in respect of risks to which such persons may be exposed; or {b) to pay a sum of money or render money and includes reinsurance business; \n\"insurance intermediary\" means a person who, as an agent for one or more insurers or as an agent for insured or intending insured, arranges contracts of insurance; \n[...]\nPART III - CONDUCT OF INSURANCE BUSINESS\nGeneral restriction on insurers Requirements for carrying on business as insurer. \n5. (1) Subject to this Order, no person shall carry on any class of insurance business in Brunei Darussalam as insurer unless the person is registered as a company under the Companies Act (Chapter 39). \n[...]\nRequirements before registration. \n10. (l) The Authority shall not register any applicant under section 9, unless the applicant {a) is a company as defined in the Companies Act (Chapter 39) or a company incorporated outside Brunei Darussalam which has an established place of business in Brunei Darussalam; \n[...]\nInsurance Intermediaries [...]\nRegistration of insurance agents. \n48. (1) No person shall, without being registered by the Authority, carry on insurance business in Brunei Darussalam as an insurance agent. (2) In registering an insurance agent, the Authority may appoint a person, a body of persons or an association of insurers to administer examinations for a person who wishes to apply for registration as an insurance agent. (2A) In registering an insurance agent, the Authority may impose such conditions as he thinks fit and may at any time add to, vary or revoke such conditions. [...] (8) The Minister may, with the approval of His Majesty the Sultan and Yang Di-Pertuan, by regulations, prescribe such qualifications for insurance agents as he sees fit. \n[...]\nRegistration of insurance brokers. \n53. Ill (1) No person shall, without being registered by the Authority, carry on insurance business in Brunei Darussalam as an insurance broker. (1A) Such person shall not be registered by the Authority unless {a} it is a company defined in the Companies Act (Chapter 39); [...] (2) In registering an insurance broker, the Authority may impose such conditions as he thinks fi.t and may at any time add to, vary or revoke such conditions. [...]\"(Insurance Order, 2006, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"F. Application to be general insurance or general takaful operator [...]\nLicensing requirements: [...]\nCorporate\n- Must be a company registered with the Registrar of Companies and Business Names, Ministry of Finance and Economy;\n- The owner of the company must be a citizen or permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam;\n- Corporate nominees must be appointed to carry out the agency business and sign off policies:\n- Before applying to the BDCB, the corporate nominee must be: [...]\n--a citizen or permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam or foreign spouse or foreigner holding senior management position;\n[...]\nG. Application to be a life insurance or general takaful operator [...]\nLicensing requirements: [...]\nCorporate\n Must be a company registered with the Registrar of Companies and Business Names, Ministry of Finance and Economy;\n- The owner of the company must be a citizen or permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam;\n- Corporate nominees must be appointed to carry out the agency business and sign off policies:\n- Before applying to the BDCB, the corporate nominee must be: [...]\n--a citizen or permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam or foreign spouse or foreigner holding senior management position;[...]\" (Brunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024)\n------------------------------\nPrevious\n------------------------------\n\"GUIDELINES ON REGISTRATION OF GENERAL INSURANCE AGENTS [...]\n2. Legal Requirements\n2.1. Section 48(1) of the IO 2006 requires a person carrying on insurance business in Brunei Darussalam as an insurance agent to be registered under the IO 2006.\n3. Definitions\n3.1. The IO 2006 provide the following definitions:- \n“general business” means all insurance business which is not life business;\n“insurance agent” means a person who does all or any of the following – (a) solicits or obtains a proposal for insurance on behalf of an insurer; (b) offers or assumes to act on behalf of an insurer in negotiating a policy; (c) does any act on behalf of an insurer in relation to the issuance, renewal or continuance of a policy; \n“insurance business” includes the business of effecting and carrying out contracts – (a) protecting persons against loss or liability to loss in respect of risks to which\nsuch persons may be exposed; or (b) to pay a sum of money or render money and includes reinsurance business; “member of his immediate family” includes a wife, husband, father, mother, son and daughter; \n3.2. For the purposes of these Guidelines,\n“applicant” means an applicant for registration as a general insurance agent; [...]\n[...]\n4. Criteria for Registration [...]\n4.4. In order for the Authority to consider an application for registration to carry on general business in Brunei Darussalam as a general insurance agent, an applicant must meet the following criteria:- [...] 4.4.2. where the applicant intends to be a corporate agent, the applicant must be: (a) a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act (Chapter 39); (b) a citizen or permanent resident of Brunei Darussalam; and (c) approved and endorsed by BITA. [...]\"(GUIDELINES ON REGISTRATION OF GENERAL INSURANCE AGENTS, 2014)","ANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nInsurance Order, 2006 \nBrunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024\nGUIDELINES ON REGISTRATION OF GENERAL INSURANCE AGENTS, 2014, Guideline No: ITS/G-1/2014, July 1)","WTO (2015) Trade Policy Review of Brunei Darussalam: report by the Secretariat, WT/TPR/S/309/Rev.1, April 7.","[<a href=\"Order\">CPTPPhttps//www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-III.-Brunei.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"Guide\">https//www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2006/EN/s048.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"Guideline\">https//www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Guide%20to%20Brunei%20Darussalam%20Financial%20Sector%20(as%20of%202%20January%202024).pdf</a>],[<a href=\"Other\">http//www.ambd.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Pages/Legislation-And-Regulations/ITS-G%201%202014%20Guidelines%20on%20Registration%20of%20General%20Insurance%20Agents.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"\">https//docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S006.aspx?Query=((%20@Title=%20brunei%20darussalam)%20or%20(@CountryConcerned=%20brunei%20darussalam))%20and%20(%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/s/*%20)%20or%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/m/*%20not%20add*)%20or%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/m/*%20and%20add*))&Language=ENGLISH&Context=FomerScriptedSearch&languageUIChanged=true#</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3060,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.01875","Ownership of land is reserved to Cambodian citizens and legal entities in which 51% or more of the shares of the company are held by a person of Cambodian nationality. Foreign legal entities are only allowed to lease land serving the Investment Activity. The lease terms is up to 50 years, but renewable. Foreign nationals and entities (i.e. in which foreign shareholding is than 50%) can own private units in certain circumstances in accordance with the Law on Providing Foreigners with Ownership Rights in Private Units of Co-owned Buildings and its implementation Sub-Decree. Foreigners have ownership rights over the private parts of the co-owned buildings only from the first floor up - the ground floor and under-ground floor shall not be owned by the foreigners - and in the limit of 70% of the total private areas of co-owned buildings.","\"Article 1:\nThis Law aims to establish an open, transparent, predictable and favorable legal framework to attract and promote quality, effective and efficient investments by Cambodian nationals or foreigners for socio-economic development in the Kingdom of Cambodia\n[...]\nArticle 2:\nThis Law applies to all Qualified Investment Projects, Expanded Qualified Investment Projects and Guaranteed Investment Projects registered with the Council for the Development of Cambodia or Municipal-Provincial Investment Sub-Committees.\n[...]\nArticle 3: [...]\n\"Cambodian Legal Entity\" refers to a company that has a place of business and is registered in the Kingdom of Cambodia, whose 51 (fifty-one) percent or more of its shares are held by persons of Cambodian nationality. \n[...]\nArticle 15: [...]\nForeign investors shall not be subject to any discrimination on the basis of foreign nationality, except for land ownership as stipulated in the Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia and any other regulations in force.\n[...]\nArticle 21: Investors' ownership of land for the purpose of implementing Investment Projects is granted only to persons of Cambodian nationality in accordance with the laws and regulations in force.\nInvestors have the right to use land through economic land concessions or perpetual leases or leases for a fixed duration in accordance with the laws and regulations in force.[...]\" (Law on Investment (Royal Kram No. NS/RKM/1021/014), dated 15 October 2021, Articles 1, 2, 15, and 21 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 44. All persons, individually or collectively, shall have the right to ownership. Only natural person or legal entity of Khmer nationality shall have the right to land ownership.[...]\" (The Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia of 21 September 1993, Art. 44)\n--------------------------\n\"122. (Component of a land; principle rule)\nThings attached to land or comprising a part thereof, particularly buildings or structures immovably constructed on land [...] are components of the land unless they are severed from the land, and may not, except as otherwise provided by law, be the subject of rights separate from those applicable to the land.\n123. (Component of a land; exceptional rule)\nWhere the holder of a right [to occupy or use] a land of another has constructed buildings or structures [...] the land in the course of exercising such right, those constructed or grown shall not become components of the land [...]\n124. (Building built based on exercise of right [to occupy or use] land owned by another)\nFor the purposes of Article 123(Component of a land; exceptional rule), buildings and other structures built on land by a right-holder [...] shall be deemed components of the right [to occupy or use] the land of another. \n244. (Definition of perpetual leases)\nPerpetual lease” refers to a long-term lease of immovable for a term of not less than 15 years. \n247. (Term of perpetual lease)\n(1) The term of a perpetual lease may not exceed 50 years. If a perpetual lease is established with a term exceeding 50 years, it shall be shortened to 50 years.\n(2) A perpetual lease may be renewed; provided that the renewed term may not exceed 50 years counting from the date of renewal.\" (The Civil Code of Cambodia, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/1207/030 of 8 December 2007, Arts. 122-124, 244, 247)\n--------------------------\n\"Article 101: Nationality\nA company shall be deemed to be of Khmer nationality only if: (a) The company has a place of business and a registered office located in the Kingdom of Cambodia; (b) More than 51% of the voting shares of the company are held by natural or legal persons of Khmer nationality.\" (Law on Commercial Enterprises, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/0605/019 of 19 June 2005, Art. 101)\n--------------------------\n\"Article 13: Joint Ventures\nA QIP may be in the form of a joint venture. A joint venture may be formed between Cambodian Entities, between Cambodian Entities and Foreign Entities and between Foreign Entities themselves and may include a joint venture with institutions of the Royal Government. There are no limitations based on nationality or the share-holding proportions of each shareholder, other than if the joint venture owns, or intends to own, land, or an interest in land in the Kingdom of Cambodia. In such case, the maximum combined share-holding of all persons who are not Cambodian Entities must not exceed 49 (forty nine) percent. \nArticle 19: Ownership \n19.1 Ownership: The Land Ownership serving the Investment Activity is to be vested in a Cambodian natural person or legal entity in compliance with the Law in force [...]\n19.3 Ownership Rights: Under the Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia, the foreign natural person or legal entity may not own land in the Kingdom of Cambodia.\nArticle 20: Use of Land\n20.1 Cambodian Legal Entity: In addition to the Ownership Rights, the Cambodian Investor is entitled to use land in various forms, including concession, lease, transfer, and as securities; 20.2 Foreign Legal Entity: A Foreign Legal Entity may use the land in various forms, including concession, long term lease for 15 (fifteen) years or more, and renewable short term lease. Land Use rights include the rights on buildings, arrangements, or improvements made by the lessee for a duration specified in the contract, provided that the uses are exercised in compliance with the law in force; 20.3 Lease of State Land: Any natural or legal entity who leased any piece of land from the State shall act in compliance with regulations regarding the management of the State property; 20.4 Sub-Lease: Any natural or legal entity who leased any piece of land from the State may sub-lease such land to a third party only if he/she obtained express prior approval or authorization from the competent authority. \" (Sub-Decree on the Implementation of the Law on Investment, No. 111/ANK/BK of 27 September 2005, Arts. 13, 19-20)\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 4:The terms use in this law shall be defined as below:\n-Foreigner: refer to a natural or legal person of foreign national, and has no Khmer nationality, without any discrimination regardless of nationality, belief, religion or origin.\n- Legally Qualified Foreigners: refer to foreigners, who enjoy legal capacity of Cambodian laws, and have legally entered into Cambodia.\nArticle 6: Foreigners have ownership rights over the private parts of the co-owned buildings only from the first floor up. The ground floor and under-ground floor shall not be owned by the foreigners. For a co-owned building, proportion and the way of measuring of the private parts that can be the ownership of a foreigner shall be defined by the Sub Decree.  This ownership offering, is only made to the private parts of the co-owned building. For the common parts of the co-owned buildings shall keep for the benefits of all co-owners in the co-owned buildings.  In whatever situation, the plot of land of a co-owned buildings located, cannot be objective of ownership of the special co-owners. Foreigners are not permitted to have ownership rights over the private parts of the co-owned buildings situated of 30 (thirty) kilometers distance from land border, and other areas defined by the royal government, except the co-owned buildings located in the Special Economic Zone, important public meeting, and other areas defined by the royal government. In the case that the co-owned buildings constructed on the rent land from the third party, the foreigner have right to permanent rent on the private parts as Cambodian citizen.\" (Law on Providing Foreigners with Ownership Rights Over Private Part of the Co-Owned Buildings, Royal Decree NS/RKM/0510/006 of 27 April 2010, Arts. 4 and 6)\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2: Legally qualified foreigners may have ownership right in private units of co-owned buildings not exceeding 70 (Seventy) percent of the total private areas of co-owned buildings [...]\" (Sub-Decree No. 82-2010 on Determining The Proportion And Calculation Of The Private Areas Owned By Foreigners In A Co-owned Building, of 29 July 2010, Art. 2)\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 8: Only natural persons or legal entities of Khmer nationality have the right to ownership of land in the Kingdom of Cambodia.[...]\" (Law on Land of 20 July 2001, Art. 8).","Law on Investment (Royal Kram No. NS/RKM/1021/014), dated 15 October 2021\nThe Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia of 21 September 1993, Art. 44.\nThe Civil Code of Cambodia, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/1207/030 of 8 December 2007, Arts. 122-124, 244, 247.\nLaw on Commercial Enterprises, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/0605/019 of 19 June 2005, Art. 101.\nSub-Decree on the Implementation of the Law on Investment, No. 111/ANK/BK of 27 September 2005, Arts. 13, 19-20.\nLaw on Providing Foreigners with Ownership Rights Over Private Part of the Co-Owned Buildings, Royal Decree NS/RKM/0510/006 of 27 April 2010, Arts. 4 and 6.\nSub-Decree No. 82-2010 on Determining The Proportion And Calculation Of The Private Areas Owned By Foreigners In A Co-owned Building, of 29 July 2010, Art. 2\nLand Law, 20 July 2001.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://cdc.gov.kh/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/LOI_English-Updated-13Dec21.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/kh/kh009en.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.ilo.org/dyn/natlex/docs/ELECTRONIC/93489/109310/F757909474/KHM93489%20Eng.pdf\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.businessregistration.moc.gov.kh/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Law-Commercial-Enterprises-En1.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://perma.cc/5KMW-JMD6\">Law on Investment</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.cambodiainvestment.gov.kh/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sub-Decree-111-on-Implementation-LOI_050927.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://kansophano.files.wordpress.com/2012/03/law-on-providing-foreigners-with-ownership-rights-over-private-part-of-co-owned-buildings_en.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1864,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.001125","Foreign investment is limited to 49% in other publishing activities, i.e. micropublishing activities, reproduction of postcards, posters, greeting cards, photos, reproduction of works of art etc. In addition, total foreign ownership of Khmer language newspapers is limited to 20%.","\"Article 1: The following investment sectors shall be restricted on the basis of national security, social welfare, or economic needs as listed in the sensitive list for the opening of industries and for the granting of national treatment in the attached annex.\nAnnex 1 \n[...] IV. Manufacturing Related Services: Other publishing: foreign equity is restricted to maximum of 49%\" (Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1)\n-----------------------------\n\"Article 18: The total number of all Khmer language newspapers owned/possessed by foreigners shall not exceed 20 percent of the total of all Khmer language newspapers that are actually being published in the Kingdom of Cambodia. Once the newspapers owned/possessed by foreigners have been authorized to publish, may not be closed because of the decreasing of total number of Khmer language newspapers.\"(Law on the Regime of the Press, 1995, Art. 18)","Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1.\nLaw on the Regime of the Press, 1995, Art. 18","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/khm_e/wtacckhm3a3_leg_4.pdf\">Sub-decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.google.fr/search?q=law+on+the+press+cambodia&oq=law+on+the+press+cambodia&aqs=chrome..69i57j0l5.5359j0j4&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1875,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H5011","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0018","Ownership of Chilean flag merchant vessels is limited to Chilean natural persons, Chilean majority-owned corporations with principal domicile and real effective seat in Chile, and to co-ownerships in which a majority of members are Chilean naturals residing in Chile and in which the majority of rights belong to Chileans. Cabotage services are, in principle, reserved for Chilean flag vessels. Foreign vessels may be authorised to transport merchandise that weighs more than 900 tons if no Chilean vessels are available or through contracts awarded by public tender. Tugging activities performed in Chilean ports are reserved to Chilean flag vessels. Activities of stowage and dockage on Chilean ports must be carried out by Chilean majority-owned enterprises.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.\n[...]\nArt. 41. In towing tasks, or in other maneuvers in Chilean ports, only national flag tugs may be used.\nHowever, the Directorate may authorize, in qualified cases, the use of foreign flag tugboats.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 .- [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\"[...] (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11 and 41\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1086,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H501","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0004","Foreign investment in sectors/activities listed in the foreign investment 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access) requires prior government approval. This is the case of foreign investment in domestic water transport companies [including inland water transportation and domestic maritime transportation (cabotage)].","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2525,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COL","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.0000875","Foreigners are not authorised to own land along the Colombian  coastlines and in border regions with neighbouring countries. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas is assumed for national security reasons and, hence, not considered as a restriction. Only the restriction on access to land in coast areas is taken into account.","\"Article 5 The vacant lots located on the national coasts and in the border regions with the neighboring nations, whether it is the intermediate lots reserved by article 52 of the Fiscal Code or the non-reserved ones, will henceforth be adjudicated in accordance with the Current provisions on the matter, only to Colombians by birth. \nParagraph. The vacant land acquired in accordance with this article may not be transferred to foreigners under any title.[...]\" (Decree no. 1415 regarding assignment of vacant land (18 July 1940), Article 5 [google translation])","Decree no. 1415 regarding assignment of vacant land (18 July 1940), Article 5 ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.suin-juriscol.gov.co/viewDocument.asp?ruta=Decretos/1282551\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1140,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COL","J602","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000375","Foreign investment in an enterprise holding a television concession is subject to a reciprocity condition.","\"ARTICLE 1. Article 34 of Law 182 of 1995 will read as follows: Foreign investment is authorized in television concession companies, regardless of their territorial scope, up to forty percent (40%) of the total share capital of the concessionaire.\nThe country of origin of the investor must offer the same investment possibility to Colombian companies under reciprocal conditions and will imply a transfer of technology that, according to the analysis carried out by the National Television Commission, contributes to the development of the national television industry. TV.\nForeign investment may not be made through companies with bearer shares. The investment of a company whose partners are companies with bearer shares will not be accepted.[...]\" (Law no. 680 ameding Laws 14 of 1991, 182 of 1995 and 335 of 1996 and issuing other provisions on television (8 August 2001), last amended on 9 June 2015, Article 1 [google translation])","Law no. 680 ameding Laws 14 of 1991, 182 of 1995 and 335 of 1996 and issuing other provisions on television (8 August 2001), last amended on 9 June 2015, Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.secretariasenado.gov.co/senado/basedoc/ley_0680_2001.html\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1153,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.001875","As a rule, foreign legal entities can only acquire ownership of real estate in Croatia under the condition of reciprocity and subject to consent by the Minister of Justice, except through a company incorporated in Croatia, in which case the incorporated company will be treated as a Croatian national. Foreign legal entities cannot acquire or hold any property rights in agricultural land or forests, or in areas legally declared as restricted to foreign investors in view of protecting the interests and safety of the Republic of Croatia.\nHowever, legal entities incorporated in EU/EEA member states can acquire and own real estate assets in Croatia under the same conditions as those applied to domestic legal entities, with the exception of agricultural land and other real estate localed in protected nature areas. Pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union, citizens and legal entities of the European Union cannot acquire agricultural land for a period of seven years from the date of accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union [1 July 2013]. In 2020, the ban was extended until 30 June 2023 by a decision of the European Commission.","\"Article 355\n(1) From the standpoint of this Act, a natural person shall be considered a party when he or she does not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law. [...]\n(3) A legal person shall be considered a foreign person from the point of view of this Act when it has a registered office outside the territory of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nArticle 356 [...]\n(2) Foreign natural and legal persons may, unless otherwise provided by law, on the assumption of reciprocity, acquire ownership of real estate in the territory of the Republic of Croatia, if the consent is given by the Minister competent for justice of the Republic of Croatia.\n[…]\nArticle 358\n(1) A foreign person may not be the owner of real estate located in an area which, for the protection of the interests and security of the Republic of Croatia, has been declared an area in which foreign persons cannot have the right of ownership, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[…]\nArticle 358a\n(1) The provisions of Articles 354 to 358 of the Property and Other Real Rights Act (Official Gazette 91/96, 68/98, 137/99, 22/00, 73/00, 114/01, 79/06 and 141/06) do not apply to citizens and legal entities from the Member States of the European Union. These persons acquire the right of ownership of real estate under the preconditions that apply to the acquisition of the right of ownership for citizens of the Republic of Croatia and legal persons with a registered office in the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) The provision of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to real estate in the exempted areas:\n- agricultural land determined by a special law,\n- protected parts of nature according to a special law.[…]\" (Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2\n(1) Agricultural land is of good interest to the Republic of Croatia and has its special protection.\n(2) Foreign legal and natural persons may not be holders of land ownership rights referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, unless otherwise determined by an international agreement and a special regulation. [...]\" (Agricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia referred to in Chapter 3 of Annex V to the 2011 Act of Accession shall be extended until 30 June 2023. [...]\" (Commission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1)\n------------------------\n\"Article 56\n(1) Forests and forest lands owned by the Republic of Croatia may not be alienated from the property of the Republic of Croatia, except in cases provided for by this Act.\n(2) Foreign persons, namely natural persons when they do not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia or other Member States of the European Union and a legal person having a registered office outside the Republic of Croatia and other Member States of the European Union, may not acquire ownership of forests and forest land in owned by the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by an international agreement.[...]\" (Forestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56 [google translation])","Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a\nAgricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2\nCommission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1\nForestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2015_07_81_1548.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_03_20_402.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32020D0787\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_68_1392.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3715,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.001875","As a rule, foreign legal entities can only acquire ownership of real estate in Croatia under the condition of reciprocity and subject to consent by the Minister of Justice, except through a company incorporated in Croatia, in which case the incorporated company will be treated as a Croatian national. Foreign legal entities cannot acquire or hold any property rights in agricultural land or forests, or in areas legally declared as restricted to foreign investors in view of protecting the interests and safety of the Republic of Croatia.\nHowever, legal entities incorporated in EU/EEA member states can acquire and own real estate assets in Croatia under the same conditions as those applied to domestic legal entities, with the exception of agricultural land and other real estate localed in protected nature areas. Pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union, citizens and legal entities of the European Union cannot acquire agricultural land for a period of seven years from the date of accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union [1 July 2013]. In 2020, the ban was extended until 30 June 2023 by a decision of the European Commission.","\"Article 355\n(1) From the standpoint of this Act, a natural person shall be considered a party when he or she does not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law. [...]\n(3) A legal person shall be considered a foreign person from the point of view of this Act when it has a registered office outside the territory of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nArticle 356 [...]\n(2) Foreign natural and legal persons may, unless otherwise provided by law, on the assumption of reciprocity, acquire ownership of real estate in the territory of the Republic of Croatia, if the consent is given by the Minister competent for justice of the Republic of Croatia.\n[…]\nArticle 358\n(1) A foreign person may not be the owner of real estate located in an area which, for the protection of the interests and security of the Republic of Croatia, has been declared an area in which foreign persons cannot have the right of ownership, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[…]\nArticle 358a\n(1) The provisions of Articles 354 to 358 of the Property and Other Real Rights Act (Official Gazette 91/96, 68/98, 137/99, 22/00, 73/00, 114/01, 79/06 and 141/06) do not apply to citizens and legal entities from the Member States of the European Union. These persons acquire the right of ownership of real estate under the preconditions that apply to the acquisition of the right of ownership for citizens of the Republic of Croatia and legal persons with a registered office in the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) The provision of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to real estate in the exempted areas:\n- agricultural land determined by a special law,\n- protected parts of nature according to a special law.[…]\" (Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2\n(1) Agricultural land is of good interest to the Republic of Croatia and has its special protection.\n(2) Foreign legal and natural persons may not be holders of land ownership rights referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, unless otherwise determined by an international agreement and a special regulation. [...]\" (Agricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia referred to in Chapter 3 of Annex V to the 2011 Act of Accession shall be extended until 30 June 2023. [...]\" (Commission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1)\n------------------------\n\"Article 56\n(1) Forests and forest lands owned by the Republic of Croatia may not be alienated from the property of the Republic of Croatia, except in cases provided for by this Act.\n(2) Foreign persons, namely natural persons when they do not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia or other Member States of the European Union and a legal person having a registered office outside the Republic of Croatia and other Member States of the European Union, may not acquire ownership of forests and forest land in owned by the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by an international agreement.[...]\" (Forestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56 [google translation])","Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a\nAgricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2\nCommission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1\nForestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2015_07_81_1548.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_03_20_402.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32020D0787\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_68_1392.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1045,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DNK","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","A new Act, in force from 1.7.2021 and applicable to investments and agreements completed from 1.9.2021, introduces a mandatory and a voluntary foreign investment screening mechanism to protect Denmark against investments which may pose a threat to national security or public order. All foreign direct investment - including by companies domiciled in Denmark, EU or an EFTA country which are under the control or significant influence of nationals from a country outside the EU or EFTA or by companies, resident in a country outside the EU or EFTA - in particularly sensitive sectors and activities (e.g. defense sector, IT security functions or processing of classified information,production of dual-use items, critical technology, critical infrastructure companies) is subject to mandatory authorisation. A voluntary notification regime applies to non-EU/EEA investment of 25% of shares, voting rights or similar control by other means in other sectors.\nOn 1 July 2023, Law No. 736 entered into force. The law expands the Investment Screening Act's scope and revises the application procedure. The updated process introduces a two-phase review for foreign direct investment (FDI) applications. Phase 1 entails an initial assessment to ascertain Act compliance. Should an application fail this stage, Phase 2 involves further scrutiny, with the Danish Business Authority potentially requesting additional details. Moreover, the amendments mandate authorization for contracts linked to the North Sea energy island's establishment, co-ownership, and operation.","\"§ 1. The purpose of this law is to prevent foreign direct investments, special economic agreements and contracts regarding the establishment, co-ownership and operation of the energy island in the North Sea from posing a threat to national security or public order in Denmark, through screening and possible interventions against such investments and agreements.\nPCS. 2. The Act does not apply if rules are laid down in other legislation on screening of and possible intervention against foreign direct investments, special economic agreements and contracts regarding the establishment, co-ownership and operation of the energy island in the North Sea for reasons of national security or public order.\n[...]\nThe scope of contracts regarding the establishment, co-ownership and operation of the energy island in the North Sea\n§ 3 a. The Act applies to contracts relating to the establishment, co-ownership and operation of an energy island located in the exclusive economic zone in the North Sea, which is included in in connection with certain tenders pursuant to the Act on the design and construction of an energy island in the North Sea, cf. however subsection 2.\nPCS. 2. Sections 2 and 3 and chapters 2 and 3 do not apply to contracts covered by subsection 1.\n[...]\nChapter 2 a\nApplication for permission for contracts regarding the establishment, co-ownership and operation of the energy island in the North Sea\n§ 9 a. Prior to entering into a contract with a client, a contracting party must apply to the Danish Business Authority for permission to enter into the contract if the contract relates to the establishment, co-ownership and operation of an energy island located in the exclusive economic zone in the North Sea, and is entered into in accordance with Act on the design and construction of an energy island in the North Sea.\n§ 9 b. The Minister of Business, Industry and Commerce may, at the request of the Minister of Climate, Energy and Supply, decide that all participants in a tender for a contract pursuant to § 9 a must apply to the Danish Business Authority for permission to enter into the contract.\nPCS. 2. The Minister for Business determines the time for submitting applications pursuant to subsection 1.\n[...]\nChapter 3 a\nProcedures for applying for permission for foreign direct investments and special economic agreements as well as notification of foreign direct investments and special economic agreements\n§ 14 a. The Danish Business Authority makes a decision on permission in cases submitted pursuant to §§ 5, 7, 9 a or 9 b and approval of notifications in cases submitted pursuant to §§ 10 or 11, if the applied for or reported situation cannot constitute a threat to national security or public order. Permission or approval according to the 1st point can be given on specific terms, cf. section 16, subsection 1.[...]\" (Investment Screening Act (No. 842 of 10/05/2021), in force 1.7.2021, last amended 1.7.2023 by Act no. 736 of 13.06.2023, §§ 1, 3, 9a-9b, and 14a [google translation])\n----------------\nPreviously applied\n----------------\n\"Chapter 1 - Purpose, scope and definitions\n§ 1. The purpose of this Act is to prevent foreign direct investments and special economic agreements from constituting a threat to national security or public order in Denmark, through screening and any interference with such investments and agreements.\n[...]\n§ 2. This Act applies to foreign direct investments and special financial agreements made or entered into by foreign nationals. However, Sections 7, 10 and 11 do not apply to nationals of EU and EFTA countries.\nPCS. (2) This Act also applies to foreign direct investments and special financial agreements made or concluded by the following, cf. 3 and 4:\n1) Companies that are not domiciled in this kingdom. This also applies even if the company has a permanent establishment in Denmark.\n2) Companies domiciled in Denmark if the company is a subsidiary or a branch of a company that is not domiciled in this kingdom.\n3) Companies domiciled in Denmark if a foreign citizen covered by subsection 1 or a company that is not domiciled in this kingdom has control over or significant influence over it.\nPCS. 3. Notwithstanding paragraph. §§ 7, 10 and 11 do not apply to companies domiciled in an EU or EFTA country, provided that the company is not under the control or significant influence of nationals of a country outside the EU or EFTA or of companies, resident in a country outside the EU or EFTA.\nPCS. 4. Notwithstanding subsection 2, the Act applies to foreign direct investments and special economic agreements made or entered into by a company domiciled in Greenland or the Faroe Islands, if foreign nationals or companies domiciled outside the kingdom have control or significant influence over the company.\nPCS. 5. The Minister of Business and Industry may, after consultation with the Minister of Finance, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, the Minister of Justice, the Minister of Climate, Energy and Utilities and the Minister of Defense, lay down rules that this Act applies to foreign direct investment and special economic agreements made by legal entities. . 2-4, if the investment or agreement may pose a threat to national security or public order.\n§ 3. This Act applies to foreign direct investments in and special financial agreements with companies domiciled in Denmark.\nPCS. 2. In addition, the Act applies to the establishment of new companies in Denmark within particularly sensitive sectors or activities covered by section 6.\nPCS. (3) The Minister of Business and Industry may, after negotiation with the Minister of Finance, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, the Minister of Justice, the Minister of Climate, Energy and Utilities and the Minister of Defense, lay down rules that this Act applies to foreign direct investment in and special economic agreements with other Danish entities. 1, if the investment or agreement may pose a threat to national security or public order.\n§ 4. For the purposes of this Act:\n1) National security: Matters concerning Denmark's territorial integrity and the survival of the population. Threats to national security include actions that constitute or could pose a risk of disturbing international relations, the nations' peaceful coexistence or Danish military interests, and actions that intend to cause damage to Denmark, including crimes against the state's independence or crimes against the state constitution and the supreme state authorities.\n2) Public order: Matters concerning Denmark's ability to maintain an independent, democratic and secure society, without the circumstances thereby affecting national security.\n[...]\nChapter 2 - Authorization for foreign direct investment and special economic agreements in particularly sensitive sectors and activities\n§ 5. A foreign investor who intends to make a foreign direct investment by acquiring a qualified share in a company domiciled in Denmark within particularly sensitive sectors and activities covered by § 6, must apply in advance to the Danish Business Authority for permission for the investment.\nPCS. 2. Direct possession or control of at least 10 per cent is considered a qualifying share. of the ownership interests or voting rights or equivalent control by other means.\nPCS. 3. When calculating ownership interests or voting rights, shares from group-affiliated companies or closely related persons are included, as well as warrants and call options for investments that can currently be exercised or converted.\nPCS. 4. Stk. 1-3 shall apply correspondingly to an increase in the share, which means that after the acquisition it will constitute or exceed a limit of 20 per cent, one third, 50 per cent, two thirds or 100 per cent, respectively. of the ownership interest or voting rights in the Danish company.\nPCS. 5. Stk. 1-3 apply correspondingly to the establishment of new companies.\n[...]\n§ 6. Particularly sensitive sectors and activities in relation to national security or public order as mentioned in § 5, para. 1, and § 7, para. 1, includes the following:\n1) Companies in the defense sector.\n2) Companies in the field of IT security functions or processing of classified information.\n3) Undertakings producing dual-use items as defined in § 2 (1) of Council Regulation (EC) No 428/2009 of 5 May 2009, as amended.\n4) Companies in critical technology other than Nos. 1-3.\n5) Critical infrastructure companies.\n[...]\nChapter 3 - Notification of other foreign direct investment and special economic agreements relevant to national security or public order\n§ 10. A foreign investor who is not covered by the exceptions in § 2, para. 1, 2nd sentence, and para. 3, may submit a notification to the Danish Business Authority of an intended or implemented foreign direct investment if the investment may constitute a threat to national security or public order and the foreign investor directly or indirectly obtains possession of or control over at least 25 per cent. of the ownership interests or voting rights in a company domiciled in Denmark or equivalent control by other means.\nPCS. 2. When calculating ownership interests or voting rights, shares from group-affiliated companies or closely related persons are included, as well as warrants and call options for investments that can currently be exercised or converted.\n[...]\n§ 13. If the Danish Business Authority finds that a foreign direct investment or a special financial agreement notified in accordance with §§ 10 or 11 does not constitute a threat to national security or public order, the Danish Business Authority approves the investment or agreement.\n[...]\n§ 14. If the Danish Business Authority receives a presumption that a foreign direct investment or special financial agreement, which is covered by §§ 10 or 11, but which has not been notified to the Danish Business Authority, may constitute a threat to national security or public order, the Agency may decide to initiate an investigation for up to 5 years from the implementation of the investment or agreement. § 12, para. 3-5, and § 13, para. 1-3, shall apply mutatis mutandis.\nChapter 4 - Decision criteria\n§ 15. In assessing whether a foreign direct investment or a special financial agreement pursuant to this Act and rules issued pursuant thereto may constitute a threat to national security or public order, in relation to the Danish company, the investment or the agreement, all relevant circumstances and available information shall be taken into account, including the following criteria:\n1) Whether the Danish company operates within or affects critical infrastructure.\n2) Whether the Danish company processes or has access to classified information or sensitive personal information.\n3) The Danish company's position in the Danish market, including opportunities for substitution.\n4) Whether the Danish company belongs to the defense industry or produces products with dual use or other critical technology of importance to national security or public order.\n5) Whether the Danish company deals with the supply of critical raw materials, including energy, and food safety.\nPCS. 2. In assessing whether a foreign direct investment or a special economic agreement pursuant to this Act and rules issued pursuant thereto may constitute a threat to national security or public order, in relation to the foreign investor, all relevant circumstances and available information, including the following criteria:\n1) Whether the foreign investor is directly or indirectly controlled by a foreign government, foreign government agencies or foreign armed forces, including through ownership or substantial financing.\n2) Whether the foreign investor is or has been involved in activities affecting security or public order in an EU Member State or in other friendly and allied countries.\n3) Whether there is a serious risk that the foreign investor participates in or has relationships with illegal or criminal activities of importance to national security or public order.\n4) Whether there are indications that the foreign investor is deliberately trying to circumvent the screening rules, e.g. through the use of straw man-like company constructions. [...]\" (Investment Screening Act (No. 842 of 10/05/2021), in force 1.7.2021, applies to foreign direct investment and special financial agreements implemented from 1.9.2021, §§ 1-6, 10 and 13-15 [google translation])","Investment Screening Act (No. 842 of 10/05/2021), in force 1.7.2021, applies to foreign direct investment and special financial agreements implemented from 1.9.2021, §§ 1-6, 10 and 13-15\nInvestment Screening Act (No. 842 of 10/05/2021), in force 1.7.2021, last amended 1.7.2023 by Act no. 736 of 13.06.2023, §§ 1, 3, 9a-9b, and 14a\nAct amending the Investment Screening Act and Act on the Complaints Board for Tenders, Act no. 736 of 13/06/2023","Ernst & Young (2023), \"Amendment of the Danish Investment Screening Act is adopted\", 2 June 2023.","[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2023/1256\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2023/736\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2021/842\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ey.com/en_dk/law/amendment-of-the-danish-investment-screening-act-is-adopted\">Other</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3254,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0096","Foreign investment in air transport is allowed up to 49% in companies involved in regular international and domestic flights (for both passenger and cargo services).  ","\"Article 75 Establishment of Companies:\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws governing the establishment of companies and facilities, no company or facility may be established to practice any of the civil aviation activities specified under a decree by the competent Minister, or adding one of such activities to existing companies unless upon his/her approval after submitting the technical and economic feasibility study. \nThe companies and facilities referred to in the preceding paragraph shall not practice the activity unless obtaining authorization to practice the civil aviation activity and the Air Operator Certificate (AOC).[...]\" (Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"121.1 Applicability\n(a) Except as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, this Part prescribes rules governing the certification and operations of the following:\n(1) Each air operator engaging in international or domestic air transportation under an air operator certificate (AOC) issued by the Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority (ECAA).\nThis includes both air carrier and air taxi certificates;\n(2) Each AOC holder covered by this section when engaging in charter flights or other special service operations; and\n(3) Each AOC holder when it engages in the carriage of persons or property for compensation or hire under an air operator certificate issued by the ECAA.\n[...]\n121.2 Definitions for the purpose of this Part\n(a) “Passenger-carrying aircraft” or “passenger-carrying operation” means one carrying any person other than a person listed in 121.583, or carrying any person other than a cockpit crewmember or other crewmember, company employee, authorized government representative, or person accompanying a shipment.\n(b) “Air Taxi Operations“  Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of less than 50, including any required crewmember seat or a maximum certificated take-off mass of less than 20,500 kg.\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this operation\n(c) “Air carrier Operations“ Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of (50 or more ) including any required crewmember seat and a maximum certificated take-off mass of (20,500 or more ).\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this Subpart.\n(d) “Egyptian citizen” means one of the following:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of Egypt;\n(2) A partnership of which each member is such an individual; and\n(3) A corporation or association created or organized under the Egyptian laws of which the president and two-thirds or more of the board of directors and other managing officers thereof are such individuals and in which at least 51 percent of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons who are Egyptian citizens.\n(e) “Common carriage” means the carriage of persons or property for compensation and hire.\nA ”common carrier\" means an operation in which the main purpose is for compensation and hire.\n121.3 General requirements\nA person may not operate as an air operator unless that person:\n(a) Is a citizen of the Arab Republic of Egypt;\n(b) Obtains an air carrier or air taxi certificate; and [...]\" (Ministry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3 [unofficial translation])","Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75\nMinistry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/ecaa/5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/download/solta/617\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1342,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","J611","CLAS1_1","I62","IX",2021,"0.004","Foreign shareholding in any telecommunication company listed in the stock exchange is limited to 30%. However, according to the authorities, fixed line communication is only provided by public enterprise holding a de facto monopoly of such services in the country.","\"Interpretation\n2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires –[...]\n“licensed service” means any service provided in terms of an electronic communications network licence, electronic communications service licence, or radio frequency spectrum licence; \n[...]\nPART II - LICENCE TYPES [...]\nIndividual Licence\n5. (1) The Commission may issue an individual licence for –(a) electronic communications services, requiring the use of numbering resources; (b) electronic communications networks; (c) use of certain frequency spectrum bands. […]\n(4) The bidding criteria, shall be determined on a case-by-case basis, having due regard to the type of licence to be issued, the development of the market at the time, and the market structure.\n(5) Notwithstanding sub-regulation (4) the bidding criteria shall be developed to ensure that only bona fides bidders participate as per section 11(8) of the Act and shall take into account, amongst other things– (a) national universal access and service objectives; (b) local ownership requirements;\n[...]\nPART V- OWNERSHIP AND CONTROL [...]\nChange in Ownership and Control [...]\n17. (1) The Licensee shall notify and obtain the prior approval of the Commission in respect of –[...]\n(4) The provisions of this section shall not preclude the shares of any licensee from being listed on the Swaziland Stock Market, provided that such listing shall not have the effect of vesting more than thirty percent (30%) of the issued voting share capital of the licence in – (a) any non citizen of the Kingdom of Swaziland; (b) a manufacturer or supplier of equipment; or (c) a company which is either wholly owned by, or the majority of whose shareholders are non Swazi\ncitizens. [...] (THE ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS (LICENSING) REGULATIONS, 2016)\n\n","THE ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS (LICENSING) REGULATIONS, 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.esccom.org.sz/regulations/The-Electronic-CommunicationsLicencing-Regulations2016.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,504,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.00045","Branches of insurance undertakings not headquartered in the EU are subject to special authorisation and may also be required to provide security or guarantees if [the home country] has taken or was taking similar measures with regard to French companies.","\"Article L310-1\nState control is exercised in the interest of policyholders, subscribers and beneficiaries of insurance and capitalization contracts. Are subject to this control:\n1 ° companies which in the form of direct insurance contract commitments the execution of which depends on the length of human life, undertake to pay a capital in the event of marriage or the birth of children, or appeal to the 'savings with a view to capitalization and contract for this purpose specific commitments;\n2 ° companies which in the form of direct insurance cover the risks of bodily injury linked to accidents and illness;\n3 ° companies which in the form of direct insurance cover other risks, including those linked to an assistance activity.\nMutuals and unions governed by the Mutuality Code, including mutual societies and unions for supplementary occupational retirement benefits mentioned in Article L. 214-1 of this code, provident institutions and unions governed by Title III of Book IX of social security code and by II of article L. 727-2 of the rural and maritime fishing code and the supplementary occupational retirement institutions mentioned in article L. 942-1 of the social security codet are not subject to the provisions of this code, subject to the provisions of the latter to which the Mutuality Code and the Social Security Code refer.\nCompanies approved on January 1, 1993 which call on savings with a view to capitalization without subscribing to specific commitments are also subject to State control.\nArticle L310-2\nI. - Subject to the provisions of article L. 310-10, direct insurance operations defined in article L. 310-1 may only be carried out on the territory of the French Republic:\n1 ° by companies having their registered office in France, from their registered office or from their branches regularly established in a Member State of the European Union, when they are approved in accordance with the provisions of Article L. 321-1 ;\n2 ° by foreign companies having their registered office in a Member State of the European Union, from their registered office or from their branches duly established in a Member State of the European Communities, under the conditions set out in Title VI of this book ;\n3 ° by the foreign companies mentioned in Article L. 310-10-1, from their branches regularly established in France, when they are approved in accordance with the provisions of Article L. 321-7;\n4 ° by foreign companies other than those mentioned in 2 ° and 3 ° above, from their branches regularly established in France, when they meet the conditions set by Article L. 329-1.\nII. - Without prejudice to article L. 143-1, the operations mentioned in this article may also be carried out on the territory of the French Republic by the institutions mentioned in article L. 370-1 , under the conditions set by the title VII of this book.\n[...]\nArticle L310-10-1\nThe companies mentioned in 3 ° of I of article L. 310-2 are foreign companies having their head office in the Swiss Confederation and mentioned in 2 ° and 3 ° of article L. 310-1 .\nFor the application of this book, the companies mentioned in the previous paragraph are subject to the same provisions as the companies which have their head office in a State party to the agreement on the European Economic Area.\n[...]\nArticle L321-1\nThe companies mentioned in 1 ° of Article L. 310-2 can only start their operations after having obtained an administrative approval issued by the Prudential Control and Resolution Authority mentioned in Article L. 612-1. of the Monetary and Financial Code. However, for reinsurance acceptance transactions, this approval is not required.\nAuthorization is granted at the request of the company, for the operations of one or more branches of insurance. The company can only practice operations for which it is approved.\n[...]\nArticle L321-10\nTo grant or refuse the administrative approvals provided for in Articles L. 321-1 , L. 321-7 and L. 329-1, the Prudential Control and Resolution Authority checks that the following conditions are met:\n- the technical and financial resources that the company proposes to implement are sufficient and adequate with regard to its activity program;\n-the persons responsible for directing or administering it as well as, for the companies mentioned in 4 ° of Article L. 310-2 , the general representative, have the respectability, competence and experience necessary for their functions, which are assessed according to the conditions defined in Article L. 322-2;\n-the distribution of its capital and the status of shareholders or, for the companies mentioned in Article L. 322-26-1 , the mutual societies and unions mentioned in Article L. 211-8 of the Mutual Code and the provident institutions or unions mentioned in article L. 931-4 of the social security code, the terms of constitution of the establishment fund guarantee sound and prudent management. [...]\nThe granting of approval may be subject to compliance with commitments made by the requesting company.\nThe Prudential Control and Resolution Authority refuses authorization when the proper exercise of its supervisory role of the company is likely to be hampered by the existence of close links between the requesting company and other natural persons. or legal. It also refuses approval when the existence of legislative, regulatory or administrative provisions of a State which is not a party to the agreement on the European Economic Area and to which one or more of these persons fall, or difficulties holding to the application of these provisions, hamper the proper exercise of its supervisory role.\n[...]\nChapter IX: Branches of insurance companies whose head office is located in a State not party to the agreement on the European Economic Area (Articles L329-1 to L329-3-1)\nArticle L329-1\nThe companies referred to in 4 ° of I of Article L. 310-2 may only carry out the operations mentioned in Article L. 310-1 in the territory of the French Republic after having obtained administrative approval from their branch issued in accordance with the provisions of article L. 321-1 and article L. 321-10 and a special authorization accepting a general representative. These approvals are granted by the Prudential Control and Resolution Authority. These companies may also be required to provide security or guarantees if their country has taken or was taking similar measures with regard to French companies.\nAccording to specific procedures specified by decree of the Council of State, the branches of companies mentioned in 4 ° of I of article L. 310-2 comply with the provisions of articles L. 322-3-2 , L. 351- 1 , L. 351-2 , L. 351-6 , L. 352-1 , L. 352-5 , L. 353-1 , L. 354-1 to L. 354-3 and L. 355-1 to L. 355-4 .\nThe Prudential Control and Resolution Authority may apply to the branches of companies mentioned in 4 ° of I of Article L. 310-2, the provisions provided for in Article L. 352-3 , L. 351-3 , L. 352-7 and L. 352-8 .\n[...]\nArticle L370-1\nThis section applies to institutions for occupational retirement provision having their registered office or their main administration in another Member State of the European Union or in another State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and offering the operations mentioned. in the first paragraph of article L. 381-1 of this code and in article L. 3334-2 of the labor code.[...]\" (Insurance Code, last amended by Decree of 14 June 2021, Articles L310-1, L310-2, L310-10-1, L321-1, L321-10, L329-1, L370-1 [google translation])","Insurance Code, last amended by Decree of 14 June 2021, Articles L310-1, L310-2, L310-10-1, L321-1, L321-10, L329-1, L370-1 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/codes/texte_lc/LEGITEXT000006073984/2021-08-10\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,728,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GEO","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0096","Foreign investment in domestic air transportation companies is limited to 49%.","\"Article 1. Definition of terms\nThe terms used in this law have the following meanings: [...]\nl) commercial flight (commercial transportation) – a flight performed by an aircraft for the purpose of transporting passengers, baggage, cargo and/or mail on the basis of remuneration or for hire;\nm) air transportation certificate – a document confirming the right of the aircraft operator to carry out commercial air transportation of passengers, baggage, cargo and/or mail;\n[...]\nArticle 58 1 . Commercial air transportation\n1. The operator of an aircraft registered in Georgia is authorized to carry out commercial air transportation of passengers, baggage, cargo and/or mail, if he has an air transportation certificate.\n1.1 For the purposes of this article, commercial air transportation includes commercial air transportation of passengers, baggage, cargo and/or mail by an aircraft operator registered in Georgia, including leasing the aircraft to another operator.\n2. The air transportation certificate is issued to a legal entity registered in Georgia, whose main place of business is Georgia and in which citizens of Georgia and/or the state of Georgia and/or a legal entity based in Georgia (whose founder/founders and/or voting rights the direct or indirect owner/owners of more than 50% of the share or shares are/are citizens of Georgia, the state or self-governing unit/units of Georgia), owns/own more than 50% of the share or shares with voting rights, in addition:\na) whose main activity is commercial air transportation, which it carries out separately or in combination with other types of commercial operation of aircraft or its repair and maintenance services; [...]\" (Georgian Air Code, October 29, 1996, as amended [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 58 1 . Commercial air transportation\n1. An operator of an aircraft registered in Georgia shall be authorized to carry out air transportation of passengers, luggage, cargo and / or mail for commercial purposes if he / she has an Air Transport / Carriage Certificate.\n2. Air Carriage Certificate shall be issued in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation of Georgia to a legal person registered in Georgia whose principal place of business is Georgia and in which Georgian citizens and / or legal entities established in Georgia and / or the state own / own or manage / hold voting shares or shares more than 50%, am Immediately after the opening:\nA) the principal business of which is to carry out commercial air transport, carried out separately or in combination, with other commercial operation or repair and maintenance of the aircraft; [...]\" (Georgian Air Code, October 29, 1996, last amended 3 April 2019 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 58 1 . Commercial air transportation\n1. The operator of an aircraft registered in Georgia is authorized to carry out commercial air transportation of passengers, baggage, cargo and/or mail, if he has an air transportation certificate.\n2. The air transportation certificate is issued in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation of Georgia to a legal entity registered in Georgia, whose main place of business is Georgia and in which citizens of Georgia and/or legal entities based in Georgia and/or the state own/own or manage/manage voting shares or shares. More than 50%, in addition:\na) its main activity is commercial air transportation, which it carries out separately or together with other activities; [...]\" (Georgian Air Code, October 29, 1996, last amended 13 June 2018 [google translation])","Georgian Air Code, October 29, 1996, as amended [google translation]\nGeorgian Air Code, October 29, 1996, last amended 3 April 2019 [google translation]\nGeorgian Air Code, October 29, 1996, last amended 13 June 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/33298?impose=original&publication=24\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/33298?impose=original&publication=27\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/33298?impose=original&publication=29\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1800,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DEU","H51","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000096","Reciprocity conditions may apply to approval of occasional traffic by air carriers based outside the scope of the European Union's aviation law.","\"§ 22 \nIn commercial air traffic that is not scheduled air traffic (occasional traffic), the licensing authority can stipulate conditions and requirements or prohibit transport if this air traffic has a lasting negative impact on public transport interests. The approval of occasional traffic by air carriers based outside the scope of the European Union's aviation law can be made dependent on the existence of reciprocity. Air traffic by the airlines mentioned in sentence 2 and in § 23a sentence 2 with other states can be prohibited or provided with ancillary provisions, provided that this is necessary to protect against adverse effects for air carriers based in the area of ​​application of this Act.\n§ 23a \nFor the operation of air carriers that have their headquarters outside the scope of the European Community's aviation law, the licensing authority to establish and guarantee reciprocity beyond the provisions of Sections 20 to 23 can impose the same type and effect of restrictions as those of air carriers, who have their headquarters in the area of ​​application of this law are subject to those companies in their home country. The same applies, subject to European Community aviation law, to air carriers that have their headquarters within the scope of Community law, insofar as they carry out air traffic between the Federal Republic of Germany and states outside the scope of Community law.[...]\" (Aviation Act (May 10, 2007; Federal Law Gazette I p. 698), last amended by the Act of July 5, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I p. 2287), Sections 22 and 23a [google translation])","Aviation Act (May 10, 2007; Federal Law Gazette I p. 698), last amended by the Act of July 5, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I p. 2287), Sections 22 and 23a","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/luftvg/\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF5",1,764,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J601","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00225","Foreign shareholding in radio (FM) broadcasting companies and in ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels is limited to 49%, and the investment is subject to prior gorvernmental approval. Foreign shareholding in digital media outlets disseminating (uploading/streaming) news & current affairs is limited to 26% and such investment is equally subject to prior governemnt approval. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.7 BROADCASTING\n5.2.7.1 BROADCASTING CARRIAGE SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.1.1\n(1)Teleports(setting up of up-linking HUBs/Teleports);\n(2)Direct to Home (DTH);\n(3)Cable Networks (Multi System operators (MSOs) operating at National or State or District level and undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability);\n(4)Mobile TV;\n(5)Headend-in-the Sky Broadcasting Service(HITS) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.7.1.2 Cable Networks(Other MSOs not undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability and Local Cable Operators (LCOs))  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nNote [to parag. 5.2.7.1.1-2]: Infusion of fresh foreign investment, beyond 49% in a company not seeking license/permission from sectoral Ministry, resulting in change in the ownership pattern or transfer of stake by existing investor to new foreign investor, will require Government approval. \n5.2.7.2 BROADCASTING CONTENT SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.2.1 Terrestrial Broadcasting FM (FM Radio), subject to such terms and conditions, as specified from time to time, by Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, for grant of permission for setting up of FM Radio stations | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.2  Up-linking of ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route:  Government\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.4 Up-linking of Non- ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels/ Down-linking of TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.7.3 Detailed guidelines on the Broadcasting Sector are given in Annexure-6. \n[...]\nAnnexure-6 Conditions for Broadcasting Sector  \n1.3 Foreign investment in the aforestated broadcasting carriage services will be subject to the following security conditions/terms:  Mandatory Requirement for Key Executives of the Company (i) The majority of Directors on the Board of the Company shall be Indian citizens. (ii) The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Officer in-charge of technical network operations and Chief Security Officer should be resident Indian citizens.  Security Clearance of Personnel (iii) The Company, all Directors on the Board of Directors and such key executives like Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Security Officer (CSO), Chief Technical Officer (CTO), Chief Operating Officer (COO), shareholders who individually hold 10% or more paid-up capital in the company and any other category, as may be specified by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting from time to time, shall require to be security cleared.  [...]\nNational Security Conditions  (xviii)It shall be open to the licensor to restrict the Licensee Company from operating in any sensitive area from the National Security angle. The Government of India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting shall have the right to temporarily suspend the permission of the permission holder/Licensee in public interest or for national security for such period or periods as it may direct. The company shall immediately comply with any directives issued in this regard failing which the permission issued shall be revoked and the company disqualified to hold any such permission in future for a period of five years. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2432,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001166667","FDI is not permitted in mining of “prescribed substances” designated by the Department of Atomic Energy (e.g. uranium, plutonium, thorium, deuterium, heavy water, tritium, lithium). The list of substances covers nuuclear materials, nuclear-related other materials and related equipment and technology.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.3 MINING \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/ FDI Cap | Entry Route [...]\n5.2.3.2  Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing.\n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n[...]\n5.2.3.3.2 OTHER CONDITIONS \n(ii)  FDI will not be allowed in mining of “prescribed substances” listed in the Notification No. S.O. 61(E), dated 18.1.2006, issued by the Department of Atomic Energy.\n(iii) “Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic) [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n------------------------------\n\"S.O. 1592(E).—In pursuance of clauses (f) and (g) of sub-section (1) of Section 2 and Section 3 of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 (No. 33 of 1962) and in supersession of the notifications of the Government of India in the Department of Atomic Energy vide number S.O. 61(E) dated 20th January 2006, the Central Government hereby notifies the substances, equipment and technology specified in the Schedule appended hereto as ‘Prescribed Substances, Prescribed Equipment and Technology’. \nSCHEDULE \nCategory 0 Nuclear materials, nuclear-related other materials, equipment and technology\n0A  PRESCRIBED SUBSTANCES \nNote: Any radioactive material in Category 0A shall additionally attract the provisions of Radiation Protection Rules, 2004 made under the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 and the provisions of Section-16 of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962. \n0A1 Source Material\n0A101 Uranium containing the mixture of isotopes occurring in nature.\n0A102 Uranium depleted in the isotope 235.\n0A103 Thorium. \n[...]\n0A2 Special Fissionable Material\n0A201 Plutonium-239.\n0A202 Uranium-233. \n[...]\n0A3 Other Materials\n‘Other Materials’ means non-nuclear materials for reactors, nuclear related dual-use materials indicated below and such materials as determined by the Central Government from time to time. [e.g. Deuterium, Zirconium, Beryllium, Lithium, Niobbium and Tantalum, Tritium, Radium, Boron, Helium]\n[...]\n0B Prescribed Equipment\n0B001 Nuclear Reactors; associated equipment, components, and systems especially designed, prepared, or adapted or used or intended to be used in such reactors including but not limited to:- [...]\n0B002 Plants for processing, production, concentration, conversion or recovery of Prescribed Substances (such as uranium, plutonium, thorium, deuterium, heavy water, tritium, lithium); associated equipment, components and systems especially designed, prepared or adapted or used or intended to be used in such plants including but not limited to:\n[...]\n0C Technology and software \nTechnology and software for the development, production or use of prescribed substances or prescribed equipment specified in 0A or 0B. [...]\" (DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY  NOTIFICATION F. No. 32/02/2016-ER, \"Update of the List of Prescribed Substances, Prescribed Equipment and Technology Under Atomic Energy Act 1962, 28 April, 2016)","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series)\nDEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY  NOTIFICATION F. No. 32/02/2016-ER, \"Update of the List of Prescribed Substances, Prescribed Equipment and Technology Under Atomic Energy Act 1962, 28 April, 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4_2019.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://dae.gov.in/writereaddata/pres_subs_0516.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2420,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.001166667","FDI is not permitted in mining of “prescribed substances” designated by the Department of Atomic Energy (e.g. uranium, plutonium, thorium, deuterium, heavy water, tritium, lithium). The list of substances covers nuuclear materials, nuclear-related other materials and related equipment and technology.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.3 MINING \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/ FDI Cap | Entry Route [...]\n5.2.3.2  Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing.\n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n[...]\n5.2.3.3.2 OTHER CONDITIONS \n(ii)  FDI will not be allowed in mining of “prescribed substances” listed in the Notification No. S.O. 61(E), dated 18.1.2006, issued by the Department of Atomic Energy.\n(iii) “Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic) [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n------------------------------\n\"S.O. 1592(E).—In pursuance of clauses (f) and (g) of sub-section (1) of Section 2 and Section 3 of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 (No. 33 of 1962) and in supersession of the notifications of the Government of India in the Department of Atomic Energy vide number S.O. 61(E) dated 20th January 2006, the Central Government hereby notifies the substances, equipment and technology specified in the Schedule appended hereto as ‘Prescribed Substances, Prescribed Equipment and Technology’. \nSCHEDULE \nCategory 0 Nuclear materials, nuclear-related other materials, equipment and technology\n0A  PRESCRIBED SUBSTANCES \nNote: Any radioactive material in Category 0A shall additionally attract the provisions of Radiation Protection Rules, 2004 made under the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 and the provisions of Section-16 of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962. \n0A1 Source Material\n0A101 Uranium containing the mixture of isotopes occurring in nature.\n0A102 Uranium depleted in the isotope 235.\n0A103 Thorium. \n[...]\n0A2 Special Fissionable Material\n0A201 Plutonium-239.\n0A202 Uranium-233. \n[...]\n0A3 Other Materials\n‘Other Materials’ means non-nuclear materials for reactors, nuclear related dual-use materials indicated below and such materials as determined by the Central Government from time to time. [e.g. Deuterium, Zirconium, Beryllium, Lithium, Niobbium and Tantalum, Tritium, Radium, Boron, Helium]\n[...]\n0B Prescribed Equipment\n0B001 Nuclear Reactors; associated equipment, components, and systems especially designed, prepared, or adapted or used or intended to be used in such reactors including but not limited to:- [...]\n0B002 Plants for processing, production, concentration, conversion or recovery of Prescribed Substances (such as uranium, plutonium, thorium, deuterium, heavy water, tritium, lithium); associated equipment, components and systems especially designed, prepared or adapted or used or intended to be used in such plants including but not limited to:\n[...]\n0C Technology and software \nTechnology and software for the development, production or use of prescribed substances or prescribed equipment specified in 0A or 0B. [...]\" (DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY  NOTIFICATION F. No. 32/02/2016-ER, \"Update of the List of Prescribed Substances, Prescribed Equipment and Technology Under Atomic Energy Act 1962, 28 April, 2016)","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series)\nDEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY  NOTIFICATION F. No. 32/02/2016-ER, \"Update of the List of Prescribed Substances, Prescribed Equipment and Technology Under Atomic Energy Act 1962, 28 April, 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4_2019.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://dae.gov.in/writereaddata/pres_subs_0516.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2420,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A02","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0005","Foreign investment in a few forestry activities remains reserved to indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. The list of forestry activities that are reserved to indonesian-owned SMEs under the most recent investment (PR49/2021) is slightyl longer than previously the case. Under the previous list PR 44/2016, FDI in many of such activites were allowed subjec to the establishment of partnerships with indonesian-owned SMEs. Under the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary require an equity partnership/joint-venture obligation. ","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Collection of Forest Products: oleo pine, bamboo; Shellac, Gaharu, Palm Sugar, Frankincense, Masohi Bark, Lawang Bark, Cinnamon, Other Gums, Wallet's Bird's Nest in Nature and Beekeeping Miscellaneous; Rattan; Eucalyptus Leaves; Resin; Honey; Silkworm cocoon business (natural silk farming): reserved for SMEs. [...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2020\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Forestry Sector]\n-Other Forest Plantation Businesses (Sugar Palm, Pecan, Tamarind Seed, Charcoal Raw Material, Cinnamon), Primary forest product processing industry: Oleo pine resin, Primary forest product processing industry : Bamboo, Production of swallow nest in nature , Sawmill industry (production capacity of up to 2000M3/year, Rattan processing primary industry.:Reserved Sector for SMEs.\n-Forest business : rattan, oleo pine resin, bamboo, shoreajavanica,  agarwood Shellac, alternative food crops (sago), latex, and honeybee businesses, Silkworm cocoon business (natural silk farming): Partnership [with local SMEs] [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2590,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000375","The General Manager and a majority of the directors in cable and satellite broadcasting license holders must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Location in Israel and citizenship\n13. In an applicant who is a corporation, all of the following will take place:\n(1) his business center in Israel;\n(2) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof;\n(3) half or more of the directors therein or officers corresponding to the directors, are citizens of Israel and residents thereof;\n(4) 26% or more of all means of control in the applicant are held by the citizens or residents of Israel.[...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11. (a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])\"\n--------------------\n\"ISRAEL\nA. Measures Reported for Transparency at the Level of National Government\nI. Measures based on public order and essential security considerations […]\nb. Corporate organisation\nCertain directors, officers and position holders in the licence-holder or in a corporation may be required to be nationals who are residents of Israel in some cases with security clearance and are subject to approval in the following activities:\n- Transmission or distribution of electricity or production of a substantial part of electricity.\n- Natural gas operator.\n- Domestic fixed-line operator.\n- Radio and mobile telephone services operator.\n- Satellite broadcasting operator.\n- International communications services operator.\n- Cable broadcasting operator.\n- Television and radio operator.\n- Israeli airlines.\n- Defence corporations.\nAuthority: Communication Law, Second Authority for Television and Radio Act (1990); Natural Gas Act (1999)[...]\" (OECD (2017), \"National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises: List of Measures Reported for Transparency, Paris)","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11\nOECD (2017), \"National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises: List of Measures Reported for Transparency, Paris","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_080.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/daf/inv/investment-policy/NTItransparencyENG.pdf\">NTI</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1383,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.000375","The General Manager and a majority of the directors in cable and satellite broadcasting license holders must be Israeli citizens and residents.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Location in Israel and citizenship\n13. In an applicant who is a corporation, all of the following will take place:\n(1) his business center in Israel;\n(2) its general manager or a parallel position in the corporation is an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof;\n(3) half or more of the directors therein or officers corresponding to the directors, are citizens of Israel and residents thereof;\n(4) 26% or more of all means of control in the applicant are held by the citizens or residents of Israel.[...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11. (a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])\"\n--------------------\n\"ISRAEL\nA. Measures Reported for Transparency at the Level of National Government\nI. Measures based on public order and essential security considerations […]\nb. Corporate organisation\nCertain directors, officers and position holders in the licence-holder or in a corporation may be required to be nationals who are residents of Israel in some cases with security clearance and are subject to approval in the following activities:\n- Transmission or distribution of electricity or production of a substantial part of electricity.\n- Natural gas operator.\n- Domestic fixed-line operator.\n- Radio and mobile telephone services operator.\n- Satellite broadcasting operator.\n- International communications services operator.\n- Cable broadcasting operator.\n- Television and radio operator.\n- Israeli airlines.\n- Defence corporations.\nAuthority: Communication Law, Second Authority for Television and Radio Act (1990); Natural Gas Act (1999)[...]\" (OECD (2017), \"National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises: List of Measures Reported for Transparency, Paris)","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Licensing Satellite Broadcasting) (26.8.1998), last amended 5.1.2006, Section 13\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11\nOECD (2017), \"National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises: List of Measures Reported for Transparency, Paris","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_080.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/daf/inv/investment-policy/NTItransparencyENG.pdf\">NTI</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1383,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","M692X1","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.00009375","In an audit firm, the majority of board members must be natural persons authorised to perform statutory audits in one of the Member States of the European Union. Italian or EU citizenship is required to become a licensed auditor. Third-country nationals can obtain a license subject to reciprocity.","\"Article 2 (Licence to practice as a statutory auditor)\n1. Statutory auditing can only be carried out by those entered in the Register. [...]\n3. The following are eligible to entry the register:\na) natural persons authorised to perform statutory audits in one of the other Member States of the European Union who have passed an aptitude test, carried out in Italian, focusing on knowledge of the relevant Italian legislation in accordance with the procedures set out in the regulations of the Ministry of the Economy and Finance, having consulted Consob4;\nb) on condition that reciprocity of terms is guaranteed for Italian statutory auditors, Third country auditors who fulfil the conditions specified in section 2 who, if appropriate, have taken part in such States in refresher courses and passed an aptitude test carried out in Italian, focusing on knowledge of the relevant Italian legislation in accordance with the procedures set out in the regulations of the Ministry of the Economy and Finance, having consulted Consob.\n4. Companies which meet the following conditions are eligible to enter the Register:\na) the members of the Board of Directors or the administrative board who meet the professional conduct requirements drawn up by the Ministry of Economy and Finance having consulted with Consob;\nb) the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the administrative board are natural persons authorised to perform statutory audits in one of the Member States of the European Union;\nc) in the companies regulated by Chapters II, III and IV of Title V of Book V of the Civil Code, both numerical and shareholder majorities are made up of entities authorised to perform statutory audits in one of the Member States of the European Union;\nd) in the companies regulated by Chapters V and VI of Title V of Book V of the Civil Code, registered non transferable shares by endorsement;\ne) in the companies regulated by Chapters V, VI and VII of Title V of Book V of the Civil Code, the majorities are made up of entities authorised to perform statutory audits in one of the Member States of the European Union;\nf) those responsible for statutory audits are natural persons in the Register. [...]\n6. Entry in the Register confers the right to use the title of statutory auditor. [...]\" (Legislative Decree no. 39 of 27 January 2010, \"Implementation of directive 2006/43/EC on statutory audits of annual accounts and consolidated accounts, amending directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC and repealing directive 84/253/EEC\"; last amended by LEGISLATIVE DECREE of 2 February 2021, n. 17; Article 2 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Art. 36. (Requirements for registration in the Register)\n1. For registration in the Register it is necessary:\na) be an Italian citizen, or a citizen of a State member of the European Union or of a foreign country under the condition of reciprocity'; [...]\" (LEGISLATIVE DECREE of 28 June 2005, n. 139, \"Constitution of the Order of Chartered Accountants and Accounting Experts, pursuant to Article 2 of Law no. 34\"; last amended by LAW of 18 December 2020, n. 176; Article 36(1) [google translation])","Legislative Decree no. 39 of 27 January 2010, \"Implementation of directive 2006/43/EC on statutory audits of annual accounts and consolidated accounts, amending directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC and repealing directive 84/253/EEC\"; last amended by LEGISLATIVE DECREE of 2 February 2021, n. 17; Article 2\nLEGISLATIVE DECREE of 28 June 2005, n. 139, \"Constitution of the Order of Chartered Accountants and Accounting Experts, pursuant to Article 2 of Law no. 34\"; last amended by LAW of 18 December 2020, n. 176; Article 36(1)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:decreto.legislativo:2010-01-27;39\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.consob.it/web/consob-and-its-activities/laws-and-regulations/documenti/english/laws/fr_decree39_2010.htm?hkeywords=&docid=1&page=0&hits=24&nav=false\">Decree_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1016,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","L68X2","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.00225","According to the Real Estate Ownership Law (No. 13 of 2019), foreign persons may not own real estate in border areas and archaeological or historical regions [not taken into account as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology]. Additionally, real estate acquisitions by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to permission issued by the Department of Land and Survey: i) Legal persons (both domestic and foreign) may acquire real estate for approved business activities in so-called organisational regions, subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; ii) They may also acquire real estate for investment purposes in line with their approved business activities outside the organisational regions, also subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; iii) Foreign natural persons may acquire real estate not exceeding 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) in area within the organisational regions, either for personal housing purposes, or for the purpose of investment in an industrial or service project, subject to authorisation and upon the condition of reciprocity; iv) Foreign natural or legal persons may lease land of more than 10 Dunums for over 3 years for business purposes or for own residential use only with the permission of the Minister of Interior; v) Foreign natural or legal persons who own real estate in the Kingdom must complete the project within 4 years if real estate is owned for residential use or within 6 years if for business purposes and cannot sell their real estate within these periods. These restrictions were in place at least since 2006, as noted on the Law on the Leasing and Sale of Immovable Property to non-Jordanians and Legal Persons. Lastly, according to the Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, legal persons with non-Jordanian shareholding not exceeding 49% may purchase land for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  \nIn sum, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own real estate, unless for business purposes or own residential use and subject to Ministerial approval [discriminatory in the case of foreign natural persons] and reciprocity. Ministerial approval is also required for land leases for more than 3 years and above 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) [discriminatory; recorded in the OECD FDI RRI as an horizontal measure in relation to land for business purposes]. Land purchases for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments is allowed with FDI limited to 49%.","\"Article 133\nChapter 7\nOwning and renting real estate by non-Jordanians and legal persons\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may own real estate in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions and objectives set forth in this chapter.\nB- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian to own real estate in the border, archaeological and historical areas.\n[...]\nArticle 134\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may acquire a right in kind in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions set forth in this chapter.\nB- The provisions of the ownership of real estate by a non-Jordanian and a legal person shall apply to his acquisition of real property rights.\n[...]\nArticle 135\nIt is not permissible for non-Jordanians and a legal person who holds the nationality of a country that is not recognized by the Kingdom to own a property or to acquire a real property right in it in any way.\n[...]\nArticle 139\nA- Subject to the provisions of legislation in force and the condition of reciprocity, a non-Jordanian may own real estate for the purpose of housing for himself or his family within the boundaries of the organization based on the approval of the concerned authorities with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers.\nI- By a decision of the director, for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, provided that the permission applicant does not have real estate owned in the Kingdom.\nII- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunams, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission requester had real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or for a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten dunums and was not permission requesting real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- The reciprocity condition stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article does not apply to non-Jordanians who hold the nationality of any Arab country.\nC- The condition of reciprocity stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article shall apply to every country whose nationality a non-Jordanian holds, in the event that the applicant for an ownership permit has the nationality of more than one country at the same time.\nArticle 140\nThe Minister may, upon the Director's recommendation, authorize a non-Jordanian to own within the boundaries of the planning areas with the intention of investing in an industrial or service project a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten acres, provided that the Jordanian is treated reciprocally. \n[...]\nArticle 142\nA non-Jordanian who holds the nationality of any Arab country may own a plot of land outside the boundaries of the planning areas, with the intention of investing in it by reclamation or cultivation, or by establishing an industrial or housing project on it, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 144\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own real estate within the boundaries of the planning areas in order to carry out his specific business within his goals listed in the legal documents for his registration, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the director for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has no real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunums, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed thirty dunums.\nC- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than thirty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 146\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own, with the intent of investing, real estate outside the boundaries of the regulation areas to carry out his specific business within his objectives listed in the legal documents for his registration with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the manager's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 148\nA- Non-Jordanians, whether natural or legal, may rent real estate in the Kingdom to conduct their business or to live with the permission of the Minister of Interior, provided that this is done in accordance with a regulation issued for this purpose.\nB- I- Subject to the provisions of Clause (II) of Paragraph (B) of this Article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for the purposes of work or housing.\nII- If the lease relates to a land area of more than ten dunams and for a total period of more than three years, the non-Jordanian person requesting the lease must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his authorized representative, under pain of nullity.\nArticle 149\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns real estate in accordance with the provisions of this law must complete the project for which the real estate is owned or any other project compatible with its objectives within four years if the ownership is for the purpose of housing, and within six years if the ownership is for any other purpose from the date of registering the real estate in his name.\n[...]\nArticle 150\nA- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns a real estate in accordance with the provisions of this chapter to dispose of the real estate in a manner than transfers ownership in any way before the lapse of the periods stipulated in Article 149 of this Law. [...]\nC- Excluded from the provisions of Paragraph (A) of this Article are real estate properties that were owned with the intention of developing them or investing them in the establishment of housing, commercial or industrial units on them for the purpose of selling them. To this end.\n[...]\nArticle 159\nExcluded from the application of the provisions of this chapter are the ownership by non-Jordanians and legal persons of real estate covered by the provisions of the Jordan Valley Development Law, the Aqaba Special Economic Zone Law, the Petra Development and Tourism Development Region Authority Law and the Investment Law, and any real estate located within the boundaries of any region whose establishment law decides to exclude the ownership of real estate located within its region from the application of the provisions of this chapter.\n[...]\nArticle 223\nA- When the provisions of this law come into force, the following laws shall be repealed: [...]\n13- Law No. 47 of Renting and Selling Immovable Property to Non-Jordanians and Legal Persons for the year 2006. [...]\" (Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA) The following words and expressions, wherever used in this Regulation, shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them, unless the context provides otherwise: [...] Non-Jordanian Investor: a natural person holding a non-Jordanian nationality or a juridical person incorporated and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA non-Jordanian investor’s ownership shall not exceed (49%) of the capital in any project within the following economic activities:\ne) Land purchase for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  [...]\" (Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016)\n--------------------------\n\"Article (2): The following words and phrases, wherever they appear in this law, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nMinister: Minister of Finance \nDirector: Director General of the Department of Lands and Survey \nNatural person: Individual, and spouses and minor children shall be considered as one individual \nLegal person: Legal person whose legal personality is established in accordance with the legislation of the state in which it is established and registered, whether Jordanian or foreign. \n[...]\nArticle (3) : Article 3 - A - Subject to the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, a non-Jordanian natural person may own immovable property for the purpose of private residence for himself or his family within the planning boundaries based on the approval of the competent authorities, in accordance with the following powers: 1 - With the approval of the Director if the ownership does not exceed two houses and an office for practicing his work. 2 - With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director for more than two houses and an office for practicing his work, provided that the area of ​​the plot of land allocated for this purpose does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose. B - Holders of the nationality of any Arab country are exempted from the condition of reciprocity stipulated in paragraph (A) of this article. C - If the natural person holds two nationalities, they must be disclosed upon registration, and the condition of reciprocity applies to the two countries of nationality, under penalty of invalidity of the sale contract.\nArticle (4) : Taking into account the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, the Minister, based on the recommendation of the Director based on the approval of the competent authorities, may allow a non-Jordanian natural person to own immovable property to practice his work or to establish industrial or service projects thereon, within the boundaries of the organization, provided that the area of ​​the plots of land designated for practicing the work or for establishing these projects thereon does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (10) : Taking into account the applicable legislation, any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own within the organizational boundaries the immovable property necessary to practice its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams.\nArticle (11) : Any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own, outside the boundaries of the planning areas, the real estate necessary for the practice of its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams.\nArticle (12) : -A- Subject to the provisions of paragraph (B) of this article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for work or residential purposes. B- If the rent relates to land with an area exceeding ten dunams and for a period exceeding three years in total, the non-Jordanian person requesting the rent must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his delegate, under penalty of nullity. The procedures related to registering such contracts shall be determined by instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (14) : No non-Jordanian natural person or any legal person who owns immovable property in accordance with the provisions of this law may dispose of it by transferring its ownership in any way before the lapse of three years from the date of ownership if it is for housing and five years if it is for any other purpose, under penalty of nullity, unless he obtains the approval of the Minister upon the recommendation of the Director, provided that the provisions of this law and the relevant applicable legislation are observed. B - Real estate owned by a non-Jordanian person are exempted from the provisions of paragraph (A) of this article if the purpose of owning it is to invest in residential or commercial projects, after the establishment of the project, provided that the instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose are adhered to.[...]\" (Regarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223\nRegulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, Articles 2 and 5\nRegarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14","Al Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign and legal persons’ ownership and leasing of property under the New Ownership of Real Estate Law\" (July 2020)","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3256,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/3_Regulating-Non_Jordanian-Investments.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://sub.eastlaws.com/GeneralSearch/Home/ArticlesTDetails?MasterID=279432#:~:text=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AF%D8%A9%20(14)%20%3A%20%D9%84%D8%A7%20%D9%8A%D8%AC%D9%88%D8%B2,%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%B1%20%D8%B4%D8%B1%D9%8A%D8%B7%D8%A9%20%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%A9%20%D8%A7%D8%AD%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%87%D8%B0%D8%A7\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-and-legal-persons-ownership-and-leasing-of-property-under-the-new-ownership-of-real-estate-law/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1599,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.001083333","Investment in bakeries is closed to foreign investment.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities:\nA- Retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n5 - Trading in, importing and maintaining firearms and ammunition. [...]\n8- Bakeries of all kinds. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1619,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0096","Foreign ownership in airline companies is limited to less than 50%. Aircraft may not be registered by foreign nationals, foreign corporations or Korean-incorporated corporations where 50% or more of shares or equity stakes are in foreign ownership.","\"Article 10 (Restrictions on Aircraft Registration)\n(1) No aircraft owned or leased by any of the following persons shall be registered: Provided, That the foregoing shall not apply to an aircraft which citizens or corporations of the Republic of Korea have the right to lease and use:\n1. A person who is not a citizen of the Republic of Korea;\n2. A foreign government or foreign public organization;\n3. A foreign corporation or organization;\n4. A corporation at least half of whose shares or equity stakes are owned by a person falling under any of subparagraphs 1 through 3 or whose business is substantially controlled by such person;\n5. A corporation whose representative in its business registration certificate is a foreigner or in which foreigners account for at least half of the number of its executives in the business registration certificate.\n(2) Notwithstanding the proviso to paragraph (1), no aircraft with the foreign nationality shall be registered.[...]\" (Aviation Safety Act (No. 14116 of 2016), last amended by Act no. 17463 of 2020, Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 9 (Grounds for Disqualification for Granting License to Operate Domestic Air Transport Services and International Air Transport Services)  \nThe Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport shall not grant a license to operate domestic air transport services or international air transport services to any of the following persons:\n1. A person who falls under any of the subparagraphs of Article 10 (1) of the Aviation Safety Act; [...]\n6. A corporation that has a person as its executive officer falling under any of subparagraphs 1 through 5.[...]\" (Aviation Business Act (No. 14115 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17462 of 2020, Article 9 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business| Criteria for Permission [...]\n51 | [International, domestic and small-scale] air transport business | Permitted if foreign investment ratio is below 50% [...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Aviation Safety Act (No. 14116 of 2016), last amended by Act no. 17463 of 2020, Article 10\nAviation Business Act (No. 14115 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17462 of 2020, Article 9\nForeign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW//lsInfoP.do?lsiSeq=191167&lsId=012524&chrClsCd=010202&urlMode=lsInfoP&viewCls=lsInfoP&efYd=20170330&vSct=&ancYnChk=undefined\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW//lsInfoP.do?lsiSeq=191167&viewCls=engLsInfoR&urlMode=engLsInfoR&chrClsCd=010203#0000\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=200240#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=53100&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1477,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0054","Foreign participation in companies involved in the production and distribution of alcohol and alcoholic drinks shall not exceed 49%.","\"Article 2. Basic concepts used in this Law\nforeign legal entity - a legal entity that has one of the following characteristics:\n- created and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state;\n- wholly owned by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities;\n- is controlled or managed by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities through: a written contract, the right to sell the majority of voting shares, the right to appoint a majority of the members of the executive or supervisory body;\n- registered in the Kyrgyz Republic and has at least 49 percent of the authorized capital owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons or legal entities referred to in this concept;\n- created on the basis of an interstate agreement or agreement; [...]\nEthyl alcohol - a product obtained by rectification of alcohol brews or rectification of crude ethyl alcohol produced from grain, potatoes, sugar beets, molasses, molasses, raw sugar, fruits and other sugar and starch-containing edible vegetable raw materials, from wine material by direct or double distillation (cognac alcohol) and in another way from non-food raw materials;\n[...]\nArticle 5. Requirements for the production and turnover of ethyl alcohol and (or) alcohol products [...]\nThe production and distribution of ethyl alcohol by foreign legal entities is prohibited. [...]\" (Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of October 13, 2009 No. 269 \"On state regulation of the production and distribution of ethyl, alcoholic beverages,tonic non-alcoholic and low-alcohol drinks [google translated])","Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of October 13, 2009 No. 269 \"On state regulation of the production and distribution of ethyl, alcoholic beverages,tonic non-alcoholic and low-alcohol drinks [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/202669/90?cl=ru-ru&mode=tekst\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2827,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","H5210_5221_5224T5229","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.0001","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of warehousing and services incidiental to freight transportation and other freight support activities. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement ranging from 1 billion Lak for warehousing to 10 billion Lak for international freight transportation and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Other passenger land transport [specifically taxi meter services] (minimum registered capital: 5 billion Lak);\n- Freight transport through highway [domestic freight transportation] (minimum registered capital: 3 billion Lak);\n- Freight transport through highway [international or cross-border freight transportation] (minimum registered capital: 5 billion Lak; foreign equity participation limited to 49%)\n- Warehousing and storage, Service activities incidental to land transportation [specifically domestic,international and cross border  freight stations], and other transport support activities [domestic and international freight transportation] (minimum registered capital ranging from 1 billion Lak for warehousing to 10 billion Lak for international freight transportation; foreign equity participation limited to 49% in all activities)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2170,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M691X1","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.00015625","Pursuant to the Law on Lawyers, it seems that fully foreign-owned law firms established in Lao PDR are able to counsel on domestic law and represent clients on Laotian courts, as long as these activities are carried by a Laorian lawyer.","\"Article 49.      Foreign Legal Enterprises\nA foreign legal enterprise registered in the Lao PDR is entitled to provide consultancy/advice regarding foreign laws and international laws.\nForeign legal enterprises which have (a) Lao Lawyer(s) as joint investor(s) or employ Lao lawyers are entitled to provide consultancy/advice on Lao law and to litigate cases in the courts of the Lao PDR through such Lao Lawyer\". (Law on Lawyers No. 010/NA, dated 21 December 2011, Art. 49)","Law on Lawyers No. 010/NA, dated 21 December 2011, Art. 49.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://laoservicesportal.org.la/images/download/Announcement_2017040402040726.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2187,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","L68","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00675","A foreign investor (including a Lebanese company where the majority of capital shares is owned by foreign persons) are required to obtain prior authorisation by the Council of Ministers for acquiring land in excess of 3,000 square meters of land in the aggregate (including built property).","\"Legal Framework for Ownership of Land in Lebanon\nForeign ownership in Lebanon is governed by Legislative Decree Number 11614 dated 4 January 1969 and it subsequent amendments notably Law No. 296/2001.\nThe ownership of real estate properties in Lebanon by foreigners¹ [¹An individual who does not hold the Lebanese nationality is considered a foreigner. A entity / corporation which is established outside Lebanon is considered as foreign] is governed by the following principles:\nA. What are the Rules Regulating Foreign Ownership of Land?\n1. A foreign person/individual or Lebanese entity deemed as foreign² [² A Lebanese company is considered foreign when the majority of capital shares is owned by foreign physical persons or moral entities or 100% owned Lebanese companies which bylaws allows the cession of shares to non-Lebanese moral or physical persons] can own up to 3,000 square meters of land in the aggregate (including built property) without prior permit or authorization. Spouses and minor descendants are considered as one individual.\n2. The acquisition of property above 3,000 square meters requires approval by the Council of Ministers which issues a decree in that regard. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon, \"Legal Framework for Ownership of Land in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL), website)","Government of Lebanon, \"Legal Framework for Ownership of Land in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL), website","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/Content/uploads/Legal_Framework_for_Ownership_of_Land_in_Lebanon.pdf\">Website</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2122,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.036","Foreign shareholding in several wholesale businesses (e.g. motor dealer, health-related products, alcoholic beverages, meat and meat products, includng poultry, liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products, pharmaceutical and medical goods, including comestics and toilet products) is limited to 30% in the case of a company and to 49% in the case of partnerships.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,449,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LUX","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00012","Registration of a ship under the Luxembourg flag is subject to more than 50% ownership by EU residents or EU-incorporated companies, and the captain of such ship must be a person whose nationality is that of one of the Member States of the European Union.","\"Art. 5. Field of application\nShips which are owned to the extent of more than 50% by residents of the European Union or by commercial companies which have their registered office in a Member State of the European Union, together with ships chartered on a bareboat basis and ships operated by such persons, shall be eligible for entry in the Luxembourg shipping register, provided that all or a significant part of the management of the ship is carried on in Luxembourg.\n[...]\nSection 2 - Provisions concerning ships[...]\nArt. 20. Command of ships\nThe command of a ship flying the Luxembourg flag shall be entrusted to a person whose nationality is that of one of the Member States of the European Union and who is the holder of a diploma awarded by a school of navigation that is recognized in Luxembourg. Derogations from this nationality requirement may be granted by virtue of a specific authorization by the Minister in special cases, and in particular where the needs of commerce or of seafaring justify such a derogation, or else in the light of the origin of the ships which are applying for registration. \" (Act of 9 November 1990 to Establish a Luxembourg Maritime Register, Mém. A58 of 12/11/1990; as amended by the Act of 17th June 1994; Article 5 [unofficial translation])","Act of 9 November 1990 to Establish a Luxembourg Maritime Register, Mém. A58 of 12/11/1990; as amended by the Act of 17th June 1994; Article 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legilux.public.lu/eli/etat/leg/loi/1990/11/09/n1/jo\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.maritime.lu/sites/maritime.lu/files/files/pdf/maritime-act-1990_en.pdf\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,841,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H51","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0008","Reciprocity conditions apply for authorising foreign air carriers to exploit the traffic rights [international routes] negotiated under bilateral or multilateral agreements between Madagascar and the carrier's home State.","\"CHAPTER IV - OPERATING AUTHORIZATIONS ISSUED\nTO FOREIGN AIR CARRIERS\nArticle D6d.2.4-1 Application for authorization to operate a foreign air carrier\n1. The foreign air carrier which intends to exploit the traffic rights negotiated within the framework of a bilateral or multilateral agreement concluded by Madagascar with another State or several States must file with the Civil Aviation Authority a request authorization to operate a foreign air carrier at least two (2) months before the planned start of operations.\n[...]\nArticle D6d.2.4-5 Reciprocity of treatment and unfair practices\n1. In addition to the reasons set out in the paragraphs to articles D6d.2.5-2 and D6d.2.5-3, the Civil Aviation Authority may, subject to the approval of the Minister responsible for civil aviation, temporarily suspend , the operating authorization of a foreign air carrier, or modify or limit its activities, if it concludes that the Government, or a Civil Aviation Authority, or an air carrier, despite the objections formulated by the Malagasy Government :\n(a) has limited or denied the operating rights of a Malagasy air carrier;\n(b) engages in unfair, discriminatory or restrictive practices which have a serious adverse effect on a Malagasy air carrier in connection with air services negotiated with that country.\n[...]\nArticle D6d.2.5-2 Suspension of the operating license or authorization\n1. The operating license or authorization shall be suspended, in the event of non-compliance by the air carrier with all or part of the conditions of issue of the said license or authorization, if the air carrier does not remedy the situation within a period one (1) month from the notification of the formal notice.\n2. However, the suspension has immediate effect in the event that the offense affects the safety of persons and goods transported or not transported.\nArticle D6d.2.5-3 Withdrawal of operating license or authorization\n1. The operating license or authorization is withdrawn:\n(a) in the event of repeated breaches of the conditions of its issue; (b) if the air carrier loses its Air Operator's Certificate for any reason; c) if the air carrier ceases to exercise for more than six (6) consecutive months the activity for which the license or authorization was issued; d) if the air carrier has not commenced operations six (6) months after the issuance of the operating license or authorization; e) in the event of judicial liquidation or dissolution of the air carrier; or f) for any other reason that the Civil Aviation Authority considers justified to preserve the safety of civil aviation.\n2. In the event of withdrawal, the air carrier must submit a new application for the issuance of a license or authorization to operate.[...]\" (DECREE No. 2014-1106 on the economic regulation of the operation of air transport [google translation])","DECREE No. 2014-1106 on the economic regulation of the operation of air transport [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://cnlegis.gov.mg/page_acces_pdf/eoVdnWcmX4hrS\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,623,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","L68","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.135","Foreign investment in land and other real estate assets is only permitted in tandem with the carrying out of another commercial/economic activity. Foreign investors, including foreign-owned companies incorporated in Madagascar, cannot undertake \"pure\" financial real estate investments.","CHAPTER V - ACCESS TO CORPORATE REAL ESTATE\nArt. 18 - Access of foreign investors to real estate property\na- Companies governed by Malagasy law whose management is placed under the control of foreigners or organizations themselves dependent on foreigners within the meaning of amended art 22 of Ordinance No. 62-041 of September 19, 1962 relating to the general provisions of domestic law and private international law are authorized to acquire real estate subject to fulfilling the two conditions following accumulations:\nthe companies must have obtained from the EDBM, prior to the final conclusion of any real estate transfer deed, an authorization called “Land Acquisition Authorization” which will be issued under the conditions set out in Article 19 below;\nthe real estate must be assigned exclusively and continuously to the exercise of a commercial activity, in particular industrial, tourist or service activity or an agricultural or fishing activity. The commercial activity cannot consist in the acquisition of the building with a view to its resale, in the state or after completion of developments or constructions.\nb- Foreign natural or legal persons cannot directly access land ownership. However, they may freely and without prior authorization contract an emphyteutic lease, for a maximum period of ninety-nine years, renewable.\nArt. 19 - Land acquisition authorization\n1. The land acquisition authorization is issued at the level of the EDBM acting on behalf of the Ministry in charge of Lands, at the request of the investor, who, for this purpose, files a file with the EDBM containing the following parts:\n- written request presented on a printed form provided by the EDBM;\n- presentation of the planned activity and the reasons justifying the acquisition of the building intended for its exercise;\n- Certificate of legal status of the building whose acquisition is envisaged if the building is already registered or cadastralized;\n- and all other documents required, depending on the case, by the administration in charge of Domains, in support of a request to acquire a building.\nThe EDBM gives the applicant a receipt for submitting the file.\n2. Said authorization does not constitute in any case a title deed on the building which is the subject of it, but only the document allowing the parties to carry out the formalities legally provided for the transfer of a building.\n3. Real estate acquired on the Land Acquisition Authorization may be freely assigned or transferred, with the exception of assignments or transfers for the benefit of foreign persons.\nThe property may also be transferred to companies governed by Malagasy law whose management is placed under the control of foreigners or dependent organizations themselves of foreigners, subject to obtaining a Land Acquisition Authorization issued in accordance with the provisions of article 17 above and of this article..\"[...]\" (Law N° 2007-036 of January 14, 2008 on Investments in Madagascar [google translation])","Law N° 2007-036 of January 14, 2008 on Investments in Madagascar [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.assemblee-nationale.mg/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Loi-n%C2%B0-2007-036-sur-les-Inv.%C3%A0-Mcar.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,604,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001875","Foreign ownership of fuel and gas retail outlets is prohited in excess of two retail outlets. Additional outlets must be franchised out to Malawians. Wholesalers of liquid fuels and gas, regardless if foreign- or domestically-owned, may own and run a maximum of two retail outlets as well; any additional retail outlet must be franchised out to Malawians.","\"3. Act not to apply to exploration of oil and gas\nThe activities and installations related to the prospecting, exploration, discovery and development of oil and gas within Malawi as well as the storage, transportation and transformation of such oil and gas within the limits of the development area shall be governed by the Petroleum Exploration Act.\n[...[\n4. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“chain of supply” means all operations, activities, installation equipment and other facilities, directly or indirectly, related to liquid fuels and gas supply operations;[...]\n“franchising” means an agreement between a licensee and a retail dealer under which the retail dealer is permitted to retail liquid fuels and gas under a designated business name;[...]\n“liquid fuels and gas supply undertaking operation” means any operation or installation and activities for or in connexion with the import, landing, loading, transformation, transport, storage, distribution, wholesale, retail or franchising of liquid fuels and gas products which are owned and operated by a licensee;[...]\n“retailing” means selling of liquid fuels and gas on retail terms by a holder of a retail licence;\n[...]\nPart II – General principles\n5. Objectives\nThe objectives of this Act are to—[...]\n(g) promote empowerment of Malawians to participate in the liquid fuels and gas supply industry through operation and ownership of retail outlets.\n6. Activities in chain of supply open to any person\n(1) Any and all activities in the chain of supply, save those mentioned in paragraph (g) of section 5, shall be open to any person whether private or public, domestic or foreign subject to the provisions of this Act and any other applicable written law.\n(2) A holder of a wholesale licence shall own and run a maximum of two retail outlets and shall franchise out the rest of his retail outlets to Malawians.[...]\" (Liquid Fuels and Gas (Production and Supply) Act (Chapter 50:03), 2007, as amended)\n\n","Liquid Fuels and Gas (Production and Supply) Act (Chapter 50:03), 2007, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/2004/23/eng@2014-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,430,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.015","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.\n\nFor the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that the restrictions on foreign participation in government works affects solely the market for 'civil engineering' works,  which is typically government-driven. In respect to the market for ''buildings and other specialised activities', which is largely driven by the private sector, it is considered that the existing separate registration rules (local vs. foreign contractors) leads to a de facto market segmentation, limiting the share of the market that 'foreign contractors' are entitled to participate  - i.e. in practice, foreign contractors are constricted to participating only in the market for tendered projects. ","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2895,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_47","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2023,"0.00140625","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is allowed subject to the appointment of Bumiputera or Malay nationals for director/directors positions. The number of local directors to be appointed is not specified.",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2908,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0015","Foreign investment in banking, insurance and other financial services sector is subject to discriminatory approval criteria (i.e. approval takes into consideration the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector). ","\"PRESS STATEMENT: LIBERALISATION OF THE FINANCIAL SECTOR\n[…]\nFlexibility will be accorded for an increase in the foreign equity limits from 49% to 70% of investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. Such alliances will strengthen business potential and enhance growth prospects of financial institutions through the international expertise and global networks of foreign shareholders. The foreign equity limit for domestic commercial banks will remain at the current 30%;[...]\" (Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART III - AUTHORIZATION AND REGISTRATION\nDivision 1 - Authorized business   \nAuthorized business to be carried on by authorized person\n8.(1) No person shall carry on any authorized business unless it is— (a) licensed by the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business or investment banking business; or (b) approved by the Bank under section 11 to carry on any of the businesses set out in Division 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n[...]\nApplication for authorization\n9. An applicant for a licence under section 10 or an approval under section 11 to carry on an authorized business shall submit the application in writing to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank.\nGrant of licence by Minister\n10.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any licensed business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n(2)   Upon making an assessment under subsection (1) and where the Bank is satisfied that such applicant may be granted a licence, the Bank shall make a recommendation to the Minister to grant a licence under subsection (4) with or without conditions.\n[...]\nApproval by Bank\n11.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any approved business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n[...]\nPART VI - OWNERSHIP, CONTROL AND TRANSFER OF BUSINESS [...]\nAcquisition of interest in shares requiring approval\n87.(1) Subject to section 92 and except with the prior written approval of the Bank, no person— (a) shall enter into an agreement or arrangement, to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate interest of five per cent or more in the shares of the licensed person; or [...]\n(2)   Notwithstanding subsection (1), no person shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate of more than fifty per cent of the interest in shares of the licensed person, without obtaining the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nControl over licensed person prohibited in some cases \n88.(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall have control over a licensed person, unless such person obtains the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nDisposal of interest in shares requiring approval \n89. Except with the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, no person who has an aggregate interest in shares of a licensed person of— (a) more than fifty per cent; or (b) fifty per cent or less but has control over the licensed person, shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to dispose any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, such disposal would result in the person holding an interest in shares of less than fifty per cent or in any way ceasing to have control over the licensed person. \nApplication procedures for section 87, 88 or 89 90.\n(1) An application for an approval of— (a) the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88(1), or section 89, as the case may be, shall be made by submitting the application to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank. \n(2) In assessing the suitability of an applicant for the purposes of— (a) granting an approval of the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) recommending to the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88 (1), the Bank shall take into consideration matters that the Bank considers relevant including any of the factors set out in Schedule 6, and any standards as may be specified by the Bank under subsection 91(1). \n[...]\nPower of bank to specify standards on shareholder suitability\n91.(1) The Bank may specify standards on shareholder suitability to give full effect to Schedule 6.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 5 [Sections 10 and 11]  - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING APPLICATION FOR LICENCE UNDER SECTION 10 OR APPROVAL UNDER SECTION 11 [...]\n7.   Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 6 [Subsections 90(2), 91(1) and 112(2)] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING SHAREHOLDER SUITABILITY [...]\n6. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [...]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])\n---------------------------------\n\"1 Introduction\n1.1  Pursuant to section 10 of the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA), Bank Negara Malaysia (the Bank) shall assess an application for a licence to carry on banking business, Islamic banking business, insurance business, takaful business or investment banking business, having regard to relevant factors including prudential requirements and whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia.\n1.2 This policy document aims to set out the application and assessment process for– (a) prospective applicants under section 10 of the FSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) banking business; (ii) investment banking business; (iii) life business; (iv) general business; or (v) professional reinsurer business; or (b) prospective applicants under section 10 of the IFSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) Islamic banking business; (ii) international Islamic banking business; (iii) family takaful business; (iv) general takaful business; (v) professional retakaful business; or (vi) international takaful operator business. \n[...]\n4 Effective Date\n4.1 This policy document comes into effect on 27 December 2019. \n[...]\n8 Considerations under the law\n8.1 Pursuant to section 10 of the FSA and IFSA, in assessing an application to carry on any licensed business under the respective Act, the Bank shall consider all the factors set out in Part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA, and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n8.3 The factors set out in Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA are as follows– [...](h) whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to– (iv) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector; and  \n[...]\nForm of Establishment\n9.4 Subject to paragraph 9.5, all licensed persons are required to be public companies incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act 20165.\n9.5 A professional reinsurer, a professional retakaful operator, a licensed international Islamic bank, and a licensed international takaful operator may be established as a branch of a foreign institution. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27)","Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009.\nFinancial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pmo.gov.my/home.php?menu=news&news_id=44&news_cat=4&page=1729&sort_year=2009&sort_month=04\">Press</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/820862/Financial+Services+Act+2013.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/PD+030-4_Licensing+Guide_FDI_FSA-IFSA.pdf/3ddc8322-3358-a22c-b751-2d4ab1e33e96?t=1592251348473\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2927,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.0125","A non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire immovable property in Mauritius, whether freehold or leasehold land, needs an authorization from the Economic Development Board, after it has obtained an approval from the Minister, except in some cases as specified in the Non-Citizens (Property Restriction) Act (e.g. (i)​ Holding of immovable property for commercial purposes under a lease agreement not exceeding 20 years; ​(ii) Holding of shares in companies which do not own immoveable property;​ ​(iii) Holding of immovable property by inheritance or effect of marriage to a citizen under ‘régime legal de communauté’.​ ​(iv) ​Holding of shares in companies listed on the Stock Exchange of Mauritius; and ​(v) ​Through a unit trust scheme or any collective investment vehicle as defined in the Securities Act. \nThere are also exceptions for non-citizens who wish to buy freehold land and property under specific investment schemes, namely the Invest Hotel Scheme; Smart City Scheme; Property Development Scheme, Integrated Resort Scheme, Real Estate Scheme, Local Apartments (in condominium developments of at least two levels above ground (G+2). These are typically subject to minimum investment amounts.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[…]\n―Minister means the Minister to whom responsibility for the subject of internal affairs is assigned [The Prime Minister's Office].\n―non-citizen means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius;\n(ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; or\n(iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act;\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as –\n(i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary,\nunder the Foundations Act;\n\n―property—\n(a) means an immovable property, whether freehold or leasehold, in Mauritius; and\n(b) includes—\n(i) in relation to a trust or otherwise, any right or interest in immovable property, whether legal or beneficial; or\n(ii) any share;\n[...]\n―resident in Mauritius‖ means—\n(a) in relation to an individual, a person who has his domicile in Mauritius;\n(b) in relation to a body corporate, a body incorporated or registered under the law of Mauritius;[...]\n\n3. Non-citizens’ property rights\n(1) Subject to subsection (3), a non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire a property shall make a written application to the Minister giving, wherever applicable—\n[...]\n(d) the reason for which the application is made; and\n(e) such other information as the Minister may require\n[...]\n(2) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the Minister may issue to the applicant a certificate authorising him to hold, purchase or other-wise acquire the property, subject to such terms and conditions as the Minister may determine.\n(3) No certificate shall be required—\n(a) to enable a non-citizen to hold property in virtue of—\n(i) a lease agreement for industrial or commercial purposes, other than a lease agreement or a sublease agreement in respect of a residential property, for a term not exceeding 20 years;\n(ii) a deed of concession under the Fisheries and Marine Resources Act; or\n(iii) a tenancy agreement for a term not exceeding 4 years;\n\n(b) in the case of a non-citizen—\n(i) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires any property in accordance with any other enactment or any convention to which Mauritius is a party;\n(ii) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires property—\n(A) while he is the spouse, married in accordance with the régime légal de communauté, of a citizen;\n(B) by inheritance; or\n(C) by the effect of marriage;\n[...]\n(c) in the case of a non-citizen or a person not resident in Mauritius who—\n(i) holds, purchase or otherwise acquires, sells or otherwise deals with shares or other securities of a company which is desirous of being admitted for quotation on the Official List of the Stock Exchange through a public issue, offer for sale of shares and private placement of shares, or quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market which may be established under the Stock Exchange Act; or\n(ii) invests in a unit trust scheme and any other collective investment vehicle;\n(iii) purchases or otherwise acquires any luxury villa, apartment, penthouse or other similar properties used, or available for use, as residence with or without attending services or amenities from a company holding a certificate under the Invest Hotel Scheme, Property Development Scheme or Smart City Scheme, prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(iv) purchases or otherwise acquires an immovable property, a right to immovable property or part of a building, for business purposes, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(v) purchases or otherwise acquires an apartment used, or available for use, as residence, in a building of at least 2 floors above ground floor, provided the purchase price is not less than 6 million rupees or its equivalent in any other hard convertible foreign currency, or in such other amount as may be prescribed, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(vi) purchases or acquires a plot of service land for the construction of a residence from a company holding a certificate under the Smart City Scheme prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(vii) notwithstanding the repeal of the provisions relating to the IRS certificate or RES certificate under the Economic Development Board Act 2017, purchases or otherwise acquires a residential property from a company holding an IRS certificate or a RES certificate.[...]\" (NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975, as amended)\n","NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)\n\n","Economic Development Board (Property Development Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nInvestment Promotion (Invest Hotel Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nGuidelines for Buyers of Residential Property under the IRS / RES / PDS;\nGuidelines Acquisition of Residential Properties by Non-Citizens;\n","[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/economic-development-board-property-development-scheme-regulations-2015-rev-2019_0.pdf\">PDS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/investment-promotion-invest-hotel-scheme-regulations-2015-v17.pdf\">IHS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/guidelines-for-irs-res-pds-jul-20_3.pdf\">IRS/RES/PDS Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-11/Guidelines%20acquisition%20of%20apartment%28s%29%20incl.residency.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,155,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.00004375","In principle, only Mexicans and Mexican companies may acquire ownership of land in the Mexican territory. Other persons may lease land generally for a term not exceeding 10 years for residential use and 20 years for commercial and industrial use [although this may vary depending on Mexican state-level civil codes which contaim most provisions governing lease agreements (each state has its own applicable civil code)]. Nevertheless, the State may allow foreigners to acquire land through an agreement in which they renounce the possibility of invoking the protection of their Government regarding said property. However, under no circumstance may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters.within a \"restricted zone\" consisting of a 100-kilometre strip alongside the Mexican land border and a 50-kilometre strip inland from the Mexican coast. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas by foreigners and foreign-owned entities is assumed for national security purposes and, hence, not considered a restrictive measure under the index; the restriction on access to land in proximity to the coast is, however, considered a restriction under the index and assumed to affect only accommodation, food service and real estate investment activities.","\"Article 27. [...]\nThe ability to acquire ownership of the lands and waters of the Nation shall be governed by the following prescriptions:\nI. Only Mexicans by birth or naturalization and Mexican companies have the right to acquire ownership of lands, waters and their accessions or to obtain mining or water exploitation concessions. The State may grant the same right to foreigners, provided that they agree before the Secretary of Relations to consider themselves as nationals with respect to said goods and not therefore invoke the protection of their governments with respect to them; under the penalty, in case of breach of the agreement, of losing for the benefit of the Nation, the goods that they have acquired by virtue of it. In a strip of one hundred kilometers along the borders and fifty on the beaches, for no reason may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters. [...]\nIV. Trading companies by shares may be owners of rustic land but only to the extent necessary for the fulfillment of their purpose. In no case may companies of this class own land dedicated to agricultural, livestock or forestry activities to a greater extent than the respective equivalent to twenty-five times the limits indicated in section XV of this article. The regulatory law will regulate the capital structure and the minimum number of partners of these companies, so that the lands owned by the company do not exceed the limits of the small property in relation to each partner. In this case, all individual share ownership, corresponding to rustic land, will be cumulative for computational purposes. Likewise, the law will establish the conditions for foreign participation in said companies. [...]\" (Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 10.- In accordance with the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, Mexican companies with an exclusion clause for foreigners or that have entered into the agreement to which said provision refers, may acquire the domain of real estate in the national territory.\nIn the case of companies whose statutes include the agreement provided for in section I of Article 27 of the Constitution, the following will apply:\nI.- They may acquire the domain of real estate located in the restricted area, destined to carry out non-residential activities, having to give notice of said acquisition to the Ministry of Foreign Relations, within sixty business days following the one in which the acquisition is made, and\nII.- They may acquire rights to real estate in the restricted area, which are intended for residential purposes, in accordance with the provisions of the following chapter.\nARTICLE 10 A.- Foreigners who intend to acquire real estate outside the restricted area, or obtain concessions for the exploration and exploitation of mines and waters in the national territory, must previously submit a document in which they agree the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States and obtain the corresponding permission from said agency. [...]\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may determine, through general agreements that will be published in the Official Gazette of the Federation, cases in which foreigners, in order to have the right referred to in this article, should only submit to said agency a letter in which they agree to the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Constitution, without requiring the corresponding permission of said agency.\nARTICLE 11.- Permission from the Ministry of Foreign Relations is required for credit institutions to acquire as trustees, rights over real estate located within the restricted area, when the purpose of the trust is to allow the use and exploitation of such assets without constituting real rights over them, and the trustees are:\nI.- Mexican companies without a foreigner exclusion clause in the case provided for in section II of article 10 of this Law; and\nII.- Foreign individuals or legal entities.\nARTICLE 12.- The use and exploitation of real estate located in the restricted area will be understood as the rights to use or enjoy them, including where appropriate, obtaining fruits, products and, in general, any resulting performance of the profitable operation and exploitation, through third parties or the fiduciary institution.\nARTICLE 13.- The duration of the trusts referred to in this chapter will be for a maximum period of fifty years, which may be extended at the request of the interested party.\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may verify at any time compliance with the conditions under which the permits provided for in this Title are granted, as well as the presentation and veracity of the content of the notices provided therein.\nARTICLE 14.- The Ministry of Foreign Relations will decide on the permits referred to in this chapter, considering the economic and social benefit that the performance of these operations implies for the Nation. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14 [google traslation])","Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 \nForeign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14","World Trade Organisation, Trade Policy Review. Report by the Secretariat. Mexico (23 June 2017), p. 43\nBaker Mckenzie (2018), GLOBAL CORPORATE REAL ESTATE GUIDE.","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/1_280521.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S352R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"\">Otherhttps//resourcehub.bakermckenzie.com/en/resources/global-corporate-real-estate-guide/latin-america/mexico/topics/real-estate-law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1220,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","B05_06","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","On 5 May 2021, a decree amending the Hydrocarbons Law came into effect. Among others, the change allows to condition the attribution and continuity of permits to carry out hydrocarbon operations on the compliance with provision of a level of infrastructure defined by the Ministry of Energy. It also grants the “Secretaría de Energía y la Comisión Reguladora de Energía” with the power to suspend and to revoke hydrocarbon concessions in case of imminent danger to national security, energy security, or the national economy. Mexican authorities are also granted the power to temporarily occupy or intervene in oil facilities to guarantee the interests of the nation.","\"Article 1.- This Law regulates Articles 25, fourth paragraph; 27, seventh paragraph and 28, fourth paragraph of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, in matters of Hydrocarbons.\nThe Nation is the direct, inalienable and imprescriptible owner of all Hydrocarbons found in the subsoil of the national territory, including the continental shelf and the exclusive economic zone located outside and adjacent to the territorial sea, in layers or deposits, whatever their physical state. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 2.- The purpose of this Law is to regulate the following activities on national territory:\nI. Surface Exploration and Reconnaissance, and Exploration and Extraction of Hydrocarbons;\nII. The treatment, refining, sale, commercialisation, transport and storage of petroleum;\nIII. The processing, compression, liquefaction, decompression and regasification, as well as the transport, storage, distribution, marketing and sale to the public of natural gas;\nIV. The transport, storage, distribution, marketing and sale to the public of petroleum products; IV. Petroleum products, and\nV. Transport by pipeline and Storage linked to pipelines, of Petrochemicals. Petrochemicals.\n[...]\nArticle 53.- The assignment of permits or of the performance of regulated activities under such permits may only be carried out with the prior authorisation of the Ministry of Energy or the Energy Regulatory Commission, as the case may be, provided that the permits are in force, that the assignor has complied with all its obligations, as well as that the assignee meets the requirements to be a Permit Holder and undertakes to comply with the obligations set forth in such permits in their terms. permits.\nThe Ministry of Energy or the Energy Regulatory Commission, depending on the permit in question, shall resolve the assignment request within ninety calendar days from the day following receipt of the request. If no resolution is issued by the Ministry of Energy or the Energy Regulatory Commission, as the case may be, within the established period, it shall be understood to be in the sense of the following established, it shall be understood to be negative.\nAny transfer made without complying with the provisions of this article shall be null and void. null and void.\n[...]\nArticle 57.- In relation to the permits referred to in this Law, the issuing authority may carry out temporary occupation, intervention or suspension in order to guarantee the interests of the Nation, on the understanding that the rights of third parties shall be safeguarded.\nFor the continuity in the operation of the activities covered by the permit, the authority may contract State productive companies for the management and control of the occupied, intervened or suspended installations, intervened or suspended installations.\n[...]\nArticle 59 Bis.- The Ministry of Energy and the Energy Regulatory Commission may, within the scope of their respective competences, suspend permits issued under the terms established in this Law, when an imminent danger to national security, energy security or the national economy is foreseen. for the national economy. [...]\" (Hydrocarbons Law, implemented 11 August 2014, last amended 20 May 2021, Articles, 1, 2, 53, 57, 59 bis [google translation])","Hydrocarbons Law, implemented 11 August 2014, last amended 20 May 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/LHidro_200521.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3522,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0006","Investors in PPPs, large-scale projects and business concessions are required (i) to sell between 5% and 20% of the equity capital to Mozambican investors within 5 years from the start of operations, and (ii) to ensure the participation of Mozambican public or private legal entities in the capital of the venture/consortium, under the terms that the parties negotiate and agree on, without prejudice to the point (i).","\"Article 2\n(Object)\n1. The purpose of this Law is to establish the guidelines for the process of contracting, implementing and monitoring public-private partnership ventures, large-scale projects and business concessions.\n2. For the purposes of this Law, it constitutes:\na) public-private partnership, abbreviated as PPP, the enterprise in an area of public domain, excluding mineral and petroleum resources, or in an area of public service provision, in which, by contract and under financing, in whole or in part of the private partner, the latter undertakes, vis-à-vis the partner\npublic, to carry out the necessary investment and explore the respective activity, for the efficient provision of services or goods that the State is responsible for guaranteeing their availability to users.\nb) Large-scale project, abbreviated as PGD, the investment venture authorized or contracted by the Government, whose value exceeds, with reference to the date of 1 January\n2009, in the amount of 12,500,000,000.00MT (twelve thousand five hundred million meticais);\nc) Business concession, abbreviated as EC, the enterprise whose object is the prospecting, exploration, extraction and/or exploitation of natural resources or other national resources or heritage assets, carried out under the terms of the respective contract or other form of securitization of the rights granted by the Government within the scope of this undertaking.\n[...]\nArticle 33\n(Financial benefits)\n1. The financial benefits of the PPP, PGD and EC undertaking, for the Country, must be expressly included in the contract to be signed between the contracting party and the contracted party, namely:\na) the participation reserved for sale, via the stock market in favor of economic inclusion in commercial market terms, preferably of Mozambican individuals, in the capital of the venture or in the capital of the consortium, whether or not foreign investment is involved, guaranteed through:\n(i) from the State or another public entity indicated by it, in a percentage not lower than 5% nor higher than 20% of said capital; or\n(ii) of the entity implementing the project, of the same level of participation for its unconditional sale, under the same terms and conditions set forth in sub-item (i) above.\nb) the opportunity for Mozambican public or private legal entities to participate in the capital of the venture or in the capital of the consortium, under the terms that the parties negotiate and agree on, without prejudice to the provisions of (i) and (ii) of subparagraph a) above.\n[...]\nANNEX - GLOSSARY\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by:\n(THE) [...]\nPublic domain area - any area of natural resources or potential or activity whose property is reserved, on an exclusive basis, for the State, under the terms of the Constitution of the Republic, namely the areas of natural resources existing in the soil, subsoil, waters inland, territorial sea, continental maritime platform, exclusive economic zones, as well as roads and bridges, railways, ports and airports, energy and hydraulic potential, airspace and the telecommunications spectrum and other assets classified as such by law, in the territory of the Republic of Mozambique.[...]\" (Law No. 15/2011 establishing the guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions. [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"CHAPTER VI - Benefit sharing\nSECTION I - Financial benefits\nARTICLE 64\n(Participation of natural persons)\n1. The economic inclusion in each PPP, PGD and EC undertaking through the participation of 5% to 20% reserved for sale, through the stock market, preferably for Mozambican individuals in the share capital of the contractor or implementing entity or in the capital of the consortium, must be ensured, giving priority to the offer of shares of the aforementioned capital of the venture, under the terms provided for in subparagraph a) of paragraph 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August, and whose par value per share must be of an affordable amount for its acquisition by the majority of the Mozambican population with limited economic means.\n2. The size of the shareholding reserved for sale to individuals, up to a maximum of 20% of the share capital of the enterprise or the respective consortium, which must be guaranteed by the State or another public entity or by the implementing entity itself or under the terms in that they agree and to be explained in the contract, depends on the real purchasing capacity of its recipients, in the terms established in the previous number and in the following paragraphs 3 to 5.\n3. The sale of the participation referred to in paragraphs 1 to 2 of this article must take place in a phased manner and, at the latest, up to the fifth year from the start of operation of the enterprise, using to the banking network services throughout the Mozambican territory and ensuring the national dispersion of the sale of shares of the share capital in sale in favor of the economic inclusion of Mozambicans in each PPP, PGD and EC undertaking.\n4. The reference price for the sale, pursuant to paragraphs 1 to 3 of this article, of shares in venture or consortium capital not listed on the Stock Exchange must be determined by an independent entity selected through a tender.\n5. The provisions of paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of this article also apply in cases where the participation reserved for sale in favor of economic inclusion is guaranteed by the entity implementing the undertaking under the terms set out in subparagraph (ii) ) of paragraph a) of no. 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August.\nARTICLE 65\n(Participation of legal persons)\n1. The opportunity for Mozambican public or private legal entities to participate in PPP, PGD and EC undertakings, pursuant to subparagraph b) of paragraph 1 of article 33 of Law no. it can occur in any of the phases of the enterprise and in the terms in which the parties negotiate and agree.\n2. For the assignment of rights to exploit natural resources, the State reserves the right to negotiate a free participation, corresponding to at least 5% of the share capital, at any stage of the enterprise, pursuant to paragraph b) of no. 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August.[...]\" (Decree No. 16/2012 approving the Regulation on guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions.[google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment)","Law No. 15/2011 establishing the guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions. [google translation]\nDecree No. 16/2012 approving the Regulation on guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions.[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz165015.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz165016.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,527,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","C22_23","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000166667","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\n23 Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products\n239 Manufacture of Non-Metallic Mineral Products, N.E.\n23953 Manufacture of building blocks (except industrial production); p2395\n23961 Manufacture of articles of marble and similar rocks (except with a mining certificate); and p2396\n23969 Manufacture of stone articles (except with mining certificate). p2396[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,537,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.1","Foreign acquisitions and greenfield investment concerning 'significant business assets' are subject to prior authorisation. Screening applies to the acquisition or control of more than 25% of shares or voting power in a New Zealand enterprise where the total consideration payable or the total assets of the business being acquired exceed NZD 100 million, and the establishment of a new business where the total expenditure to be incurred exceeds NZD 100 million.","\"10 Consent required for overseas investments in sensitive New Zealand assets\n(1) A transaction requires consent under this Act if it will result in—\n(a) an overseas investment in sensitive land (see section 12):\n(b) an overseas investment in significant business assets (see section 13).\n(2) See also sections 56 to 58B of the Fisheries Act 1996, which require consent for a transaction that will result in an overseas investment in fishing quota.\n11 Consent must be obtained before overseas investment given effect\n(1) Consent must be obtained for a transaction before the overseas investment is given effect under the transaction.\n(2) The procedure for obtaining consent (including who must obtain consent) is set out in subpart 2.\n11A Exemptions from requirement for consent\n(1) The exemptions from the requirement for consent in Schedule 3 have effect.\n(2) See also the exemptions in the regulations.\n12 What are overseas investments in sensitive land\nAn overseas investment in sensitive land is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of—\n(a) an interest in land if—\n(i) the land is sensitive under Part 1 of Schedule 1; and\n(ii) the interest acquired is a freehold estate or a lease, or any other interest, for a term of 3 years or more (including rights of renewal, whether of the grantor or grantee), and is not an exempted interest; or\n(b) rights or interests in securities of a person (A) if A owns or controls (directly or indirectly) an interest in land described in paragraph (a) and,\nas a result of the acquisition,—\n(i) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has a 25% or more ownership or control interest in\nA; or\n(ii) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has an increase in an existing 25% or more ownership or control interest in A; or\n(iii) A becomes an overseas person.\n13 What are overseas investments in significant business assets\n(1) An overseas investment in significant business assets is—\n(a) the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of rights or interests in securities of a person (A) if—\n(i) as a result of the acquisition, the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has a 25% or more\nownership or control interest in A or an increase in an existing 25% or more ownership or control interest in A; and\n(ii) the value of the securities or consideration provided, or the value of the assets of A or A and its 25% or more subsidiaries, exceeds $100 million or an alternative monetary threshold that applies in accordance with regulations made under section 61A; or\n(b) the establishment by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of a business in New Zealand (either alone or with any other person) if—\n(i) the business is carried on for more than 90 days in any year (whether consecutively or in aggregate); and\n(ii) the total expenditure expected to be incurred, before commencing the business, in establishing that business exceeds $100 million or\nan alternative monetary threshold that applies in accordance with regulations made under section 61A; or\n(c) the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of property (including goodwill and other intangible assets) in New Zealand used in carrying on business in New Zealand (whether by 1 transaction or a series of related or linked transactions) if the total value of consideration provided exceeds $100 million or an alternative monetary threshold that applies in accordance with regulations made under section 61A.\" (Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 30 December 2018; Sections 10, 11, 12, and 13)","Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 30 December 2018; Sections 10, 11, 12, and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/latest/versions.aspx?av=True\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3868,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.0125","Foreigners wishing to purchase rural land must obtain prior consent for the transaction. 'Rural land' is defined as non-urban land, including farm land, that exceeds five hectares (other than 'forest land').","\"6 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise,—\nacquisition includes obtaining ownership or coming into possession by any means [...]\nfarm land means land (other than residential (but not otherwise sensitive) land) used exclusively or principally for agricultural, horticultural, or pastoral purposes, or for the keeping of bees, poultry, or livestock [...]\nnon-urban land means—\n(a) farm land; and\n(b) any land other than land that is both—\n(i) in an urban area; and\n(ii) used for commercial, industrial, or residential purposes\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property.\n[...]\n10 Consent required for overseas investments in sensitive New Zealand assets\n(1) A transaction requires consent under this Act if it will result in—\n(a) an overseas investment in sensitive land (see section 12):\n[...]\n11 Consent must be obtained before overseas investment given effect\n(1) Consent must be obtained for a transaction before the overseas investment is given effect under the transaction.\n(2) The procedure for obtaining consent (including who must obtain consent) is set out in subpart 2.\n12 What are overseas investments in sensitive land\nAn overseas investment in sensitive land is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of all or any of the following (a section 12 interest):\n(a) an estate or interest in land if—\n(i) the land that the estate or interest relates to is sensitive land under Part 1 of Schedule 1; and\n(ii) the estate or interest acquired is a freehold estate or a lease, or any other estate or interest, for a term of 3 years or more (including rights of renewal, whether of the grantor or grantee), and is not an exempted interest; or\n(b) rights or interests in securities of a person (A) if A owns or controls (directly or indirectly) an estate or interest in land described in paragraph (a) and, as a result of the acquisition,—\n(i) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has a more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(ii) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has an increase in an existing more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(iii) A becomes an overseas person.\n[...]\nSchedule 1 - Sensitive land\nPart 1 - What land is sensitive\nLand is sensitive under this Act if—\n(a) the land is or includes land of a type listed in table 1 and the area of that type of land exceeds the corresponding area threshold (either alone or together with any associated land of that type), if any; or\n(b) the land (land A) adjoins land of a type listed in table 2 and the area of land A exceeds the corresponding area threshold (either alone or together with any associated land), if any.\n[...]\nTable 1\nLand is sensitive if it is or includes this type of land / and that type exceeds this area threshold (if any)[...]\nnon-urban land / 5 hectares [...]\" (Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 6, 7, 10, 11 and 12, and Schedule 1, Part 1)","Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82), last amended on 1 December 2020, Sections 6, 7, 10, 11 and 12, and Schedule 1, Part 1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1259,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.00024","Ships in the Norwegian Ordinary Ship Register (NOR) have to be owned by EEA citizens or by an EEA company where EEA citizens own at least 60 per cent of the capital. Exemptions from the 60 per cent rule may exceptionally be granted. There is no such limitation for ships registered in the Norwegian International Ship Register (NIS). When the ship is registered in NOR and the ship-owning company is a limited liability company, it must be headquartered in the EEA area. The majority of the members of the board, including the chairman, must be EEA citizens resident in the EEA area, having resided in the EEA area the preceding two years. When the ship is registered in NIS and the ship owning company has more than 40 per cent  non-EEA ownership,  the ship must be operated by a Norwegian ship-owning company with head office in Norway, or by a Norwegian management company. If the ship is registered directly in the NIS by a foreign company, an EEA representative is required. The representative must be domiciled in Norway and be authorized to receive a lawsuit on behalf of the ship owner.","\"§ 1. Nationality conditions\nA ship shall be considered Norwegian when it has not been entered in another country's ship register and is owned by:\n1) Norwegian citizen;\n2) partner shipping company or other Norwegian company where the members are unlimitedly liable for the company's obligations, if Norwegian citizens are co-owners for at least 6/10;\n3) limited partnerships, if Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the liable capital and at least 6/10 of the limited partnerships;\n4) limited liability company that does not fall under no. 3, if the company's head office and board seat are in Norway and the majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, consists of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived here for the past two years, and Norwegian citizens own shares or participations corresponding to at least 6/10 of the company's capital and may exercise voting rights in the company with at least 6/10 of the votes.\nFor the purposes of this section, as in the case of a Norwegian citizen, it shall be deemed to be owned by the Norwegian state, institution or fund controlled by the Norwegian state, Norwegian municipality, company which itself fulfills the conditions in the first paragraph, or Norwegian bank, foundation or association if the board has its seat in Norway and the majority of the board consists of Norwegian citizens residing in Norway.\nFor the purposes of this section, what is owned by a Norwegian citizen shall be deemed to be owned by a person, company or business covered by the provisions of the EEA Agreement. If the ship is owned by a company, company or similar, this must be established in accordance with the legislation of one of the countries affiliated to the EEA Agreement and have its registered office, its principal administration or its principal place of business in one of these countries. Similar to the requirement for Norwegian citizenship and residence for the board members in the first paragraph no. 4, citizenship and residence in countries associated with the EEA agreement are considered. It is a condition that the ship is part of an economic activity established in Norway, and that the ship is operated from Norway. If the ship is used for leisure purposes and is not part of an economic activity, it may be owned by a person who is resident in Norway and who is a citizen of a country affiliated to the EEA Agreement.\nIf a ship is owned by a foreign citizen who is domiciled in Norway and who is not from one of the member states of the EEA Agreement, the Ministry may in special cases approve the ship as Norwegian. Likewise, the Ministry may in special cases make exceptions from the requirements in the first paragraph nos. 2 to 4, cf. the second paragraph that Norwegian citizens shall own at least 6/10 of the capital and be able to exercise voting rights with at least 6/10 of the votes.\nIf the owner is not domiciled in Norway, he shall appoint a representative, resident in Norway and with citizenship of a country affiliated to the EEA Agreement, who is authorized to receive legal action on behalf of the owner.\nA ship that is considered Norwegian pursuant to section 1, first paragraph, is nevertheless not considered Norwegian as long as, in accordance with section 40 b, it is bareboat registered in another country's ship register.\nA ship that is entered in another country's ship register is nevertheless considered Norwegian if it is bareboat registered in the Norwegian ship register in accordance with § 40 .\n[...]\n§ 101. Definition, deviation\nPartner shipping company means a company whose purpose is to conduct shipping business and where the members are unlimitedly liable for the company's obligations, either jointly and severally or in relation to their shares in the company. Co-shipping is also considered co-ownership in ships which, by agreement between the co-owners, are to be used for shipping activities for joint account.\n[...]\n§ 103. Managing owner\nIn any partner shipping company, there must be a managing shipowner.\nA person who is a Norwegian citizen resident in Norway or a responsible company where all participants are Norwegian citizens resident in Norway or a company with limited liability that fulfills the conditions in § 1 no. 4 can be chosen as managing director . from a country affiliated to the EEA Agreement.\nIn special cases, the Ministry may dispense with the requirement that all participants in the responsible company must be resident in Norway.[...]\" (Maritime Act (LOV-1994-06-24-39), last amended 01.07.2020, §§ 1, 101, 103 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"§ 1. Conditions for registration.\nUpon request, power-driven passenger ships, cargo ships and hovercraft, as well as drilling platforms and other mobile facilities, may be registered in the Norwegian International Ship Register when they are not entered in another country's register, and:\n1. the owner satisfies the nationality conditions in the Maritime Act § 1 ; or\n2. the owner, if this does not satisfy the nationality conditions in the Maritime Act § 1 ,\na) is a limited company, public limited company or limited partnership with headquarters in Norway; or\nb) is a partner shipping company, with a managing shipowner who satisfies the provisions on managing shipowners in the Maritime Act, Chapter 5.\n3. The owner, if he does not satisfy the conditions in point 1 or 2, has appointed a representative who is authorized to receive legal action on behalf of the owner. The representative must fulfill the nationality requirements set for the managing shipowner in section 103 of the Maritime Act .\nThe operation of ships registered in accordance with section 2 or 3 above shall be handled by a Norwegian shipping company with headquarters in Norway.\nThe King may by regulation grant access for registration of other vessels and facilities.\nA ship that is considered Norwegian pursuant to section 1, first paragraph, is nevertheless not considered Norwegian as long as it is bareboat registered in another state in accordance with section 16 .\nA ship that is entered in another country's ship register is nevertheless considered Norwegian if it is bareboat registered in the Norwegian ship register in accordance with §14. [...]\" (Act on the Norwegian International Ship Register (LOV-1987-06-12-48), last amended 01.07.2020, §1 [google translation])","Maritime Act (LOV-1994-06-24-39), last amended 01.07.2020, §§ 1, 101, 103\nAct on the Norwegian International Ship Register (LOV-1987-06-12-48), last amended 01.07.2020, §1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1994-06-24-39\">Maritime Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1987-06-12-48\">Act on the Norwegian International Ship Register</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,976,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","C24","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2022,"0.00075","All enterprises in the iron and steel industry with foreign equity shall be encouraged to undertake measures that will gradually increase Filipino participation in their businesses by taking in Filipino partners, electing Filipinos to the board of directors, implementing transfer of technology to the Filipinos, generating more employment for the economy and enhancing skills of Filipino workers\nFor the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, investors are assumed to comply with such requirement by meeting one of the above conditions. As per the OECD FDIRRI methodology, the least stringent condition is recorded as a restriction in this regard.","\"Section 4. Definitions of Terms. – Unless otherwise provided for in this Act:\n(a) \"Iron and steel industry\" refers to the preparation, smelting, crushing, soaking, blooming, slabbing, melting, firing, rolling, casting, shaping, plating, galvanizing and all other processes involved in transforming raw materials (i.e. iron ore, coke, limestones, flourspar, dolomite and silica) into semi-finished products (i.e. ingots, slabs, blooms and billets) and/or semi-finished products into finished products (products in their final physical state like hot-rolled coils and strips, plates and sheets)\n[...]\nSection 9. Divestment. – All enterprises in the iron and steel industry with foreign equity shall be encouraged to undertake measures that will gradually increase Filipino participation in their businesses by taking in Filipino partners, electing Filipinos to the board of directors, implementing transfer of technology to the Filipinos, generating more employment for the economy and enhancing skills of Filipino workers.\" (RA 7103).\n-----------------------------------\n\"Sector: Manufacturing and Services Incidental\nIndustry Classification: ISIC Division 15-36 (All manufacturing) [...] ISIC 2710 (Manufacture of basic iron and steel) and 2731 (Casting of iron and steel); \n[...]\nDescription of Measure: [...] National Treatment and the Senior Management and Board of Directors obligations shall not apply to measures relating to investments such as but not limited to the following sectors, consistent with economic development goals: \n1. Manufacture of iron and steel products; and, \n2. Establishment, installation, addition and operation of any wood or forest products processing plants.\nMeasures may include but not be limited to foreign equity restrictions and export requirements.\nSource of Measure: - 1987 Constitution of the Republic of the Philippines. - Foreign Investments Act of 1991 (R.A. No. 7042, as amended by R.A. No. 8179.) - Iron & Steel Industry Act (R.A. No.  7103). [...]\" (ASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation [negative] List)","Sec 9 of RA 7103\nASEAN Comprehensive Investment Agreement (ACIA), Philippines Reservation List.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra1991/ra_7103_1991.html&hl=en&gl=fr&strip=1&vwsrc=0\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://investasean.asean.org/files/upload/Philippines%20Rsv%20List%20%20(Final%2016%20Aug%202010).pdf\">ACIA</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2386,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","POL","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00075","\"Mortgage banks\" (the purpose of which is to \"grant mortgage loans and the issue of mortgage bonds and/or public mortgage bonds based on the claims of a mortgage bank\") may be established only in the form of a joint-stock company.","\"Art. 1.\nThe Act specifies:\n1) rules for the issue, sale, purchase, redemption and security of letters mortgage loans and\n2) the principles of establishing, organizing, operating and special supervision over mortgage banks.\n[...]\nArt. 9. \n1. A mortgage bank is established only in the form of a joint-stock company. [...]\" (Act on mortgage bonds and mortgage banks (Dz.U. 1997 nr 140 item 940), last amended by the Act of 16 October 2019, Articles 1 and 9 [google translation])","Act on mortgage bonds and mortgage banks (Dz.U. 1997 nr 140 item 940), last amended by the Act of 16 October 2019, Articles 1 and 9","Polish Financial Supervision Authority, \"Mortgage bank\", consulted 24.8.2021","[<a href=\"http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU19971400940\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.knf.gov.pl/en/MARKET/Licensing_and_registration/Banking/Banks/Forms_of_activity/Mortgage_bank\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1190,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","_H","_O","IV21","IX",2018,"0.05","Foreign-owned companies face discriminatory tax regime. While non-Saudi business entities are subject to income tax at 20% in general, Saudi entities are subject to Zakat, a levy of 2.5% applicable on the higher of the adjustable taxable profit or the zakat base comprising of equity, loans and provisions reduced by deductible investments and fixed assets. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, while this measures does not constitute a restriction on profit repatriation, it affects foreign-owned companies after-tax profits available for repatriation and is, therefore, recorded as a restriction for its discriminatory nature, regardless of whether the tax regime puts or not foreign investors at disadvanatage vis-à-vis Saudi-investors.","\"FISCAL REGIME: ELEMENTS RELEVANT FOR FOREIGN INVESTMENT\nFour main fiscal regime elements are particularly relevant for foreign investment\n- Corporate income tax, applicable on foreign ownership of Saudi Arabiabased company; with statutory corporate rate set at 20%, it is the lowest among the G20\n- Zakat, applicable on local ownership of Saudi Arabiabased company; set at 2.5% of the Zakat base\n- Value-Added-Tax\n- Social Security contribution; only for Saudi personnel. [...]\" (Invest Saudi (2019), Investor Guide, Saudi General Investment Authority). ","Invest Saudi (2019), Investor Guide, Saudi General Investment Authority.","KPMG: \"Corporate tax rates table\", 2020\nDeloitte: \"Middle East Tax Handbook\", p. 46, 2018","[<a href=\"https://www.investsaudi.sa/en/investor/guide\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://kpmg.com/sa/en/home/services/tax/tax-tools-and-resources/tax-rates-online/corporate-tax-rates-table.html#:~:text=As%20from%2001%20January%202018,the%20combined%20tax%20rate%2029.58%25.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www2.deloitte.com/content/dam/Deloitte/xe/Documents/tax/tax-handbook-2018.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2266,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.025","Foreign investment is not allowed in agricultural (crop production) activity.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nCrop Production [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n--------------------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,192,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","H4923","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.004","Foreign investment is not allowed in Truck Hiring service services.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nTruck Hiring service [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,198,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.01125","Foreign ownership of vacant residential land and residential property, except a condominium unit, flat unit and strata landed house in an approved condominium development, is prohibited unless for own residential purpose. In this case, it is subject to approval under the Residential Property Act. No restriction with regards to foreign ownership of industrial or commercial properties.","\"PART I - PRELIMINARY [...]\nInterpretation\n2.—(1)  In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n“foreign person” means any person who is not any of the following: (a) a citizen of Singapore; (b) a Singapore company; (c) a Singapore limited liability partnership; (d) a Singapore society;\n“residential property” includes — (a) any vacant land upon which no building or other structure exists or any land upon which exists any building or other structure which is constructed or used contrary to any written law; (b) any house, building or other premises or any part thereof which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law as a dwelling-house or which is lawfully so used; (c) any land zoned for residential purposes in the Master Plan; and (d) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be residential property for the purposes of this Act, but does not include — (i) any land, whether or not vacant, which is zoned for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes in the Master Plan or which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act (Cap. 232) or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes; (ii) any house, building or other premises, or any part thereof, which is permitted to be used pursuant to the Planning Act or any other written law solely for industrial or commercial purposes or both such purposes or which is lawfully so used; (iii) any hotel registered under the provisions of the Hotels Act (Cap. 127); and (iv) such other land or building, in whatever manner zoned in the Master Plan, as the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, declare to be industrial, commercial or non-residential property for the purposes of this Act; [...]\n“member”, in relation to any company, means — (a) any person who owns a share or holds a membership in the company; (b) in the case of a share or membership in the company that is held in trust, the person who is the beneficiary of the trust; or (c) any person, not being an owner of a share or a holder of a membership in the company, who controls any rights attached to any share or membership in the company through a contract or other arrangement; [...]\n“Singapore company” means any company which satisfies the following requirements: (a) the company is incorporated in Singapore and its directors and members are all citizens; (b) if any member of the company is another company, that other company satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a); (c) if that other company referred to in paragraph (b) has a member which is a company, which in turn has a member which is also a company and so on, all the members of each such company consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) companies that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any member of the company is a limited liability partnership, that limited liability partnership is a Singapore limited liability partnership;\n“Singapore limited liability partnership” means any limited liability partnership that satisfies the following requirements: (a) the limited liability partnership is registered in Singapore under the Limited Liability Partnerships Act (Cap. 163A) and all its partners are citizens; (b) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is another limited liability partnership, that other limited liability partnership satisfies the requirements under paragraph (a); (c) if that other limited liability partnership referred to in paragraph (b) has a partner which is a limited liability partnership, which in turn has a partner which is also a limited liability partnership and so on, all the partners of each such limited liability partnership consist only of any or any combination of the following: (i) citizens; and (ii) limited liability partnerships that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b); and (d) if any partner of the limited liability partnership is a company, that company is a Singapore company;\n[...]\nPART II - PROHIBITION ON PURCHASE OR ACQUISITION OF RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY BY FOREIGN PERSONS\nProhibition on transfer to, or purchase or acquisition by, foreign persons of residential property\n3.—(1) Except as provided in this Act —\n(a) no person shall, whether for consideration or by way of gift inter vivos or otherwise, transfer any residential property or any estate or interest therein to any foreign person; (b) no person shall create any trust for sale in respect of any residential property or any estate or interest therein in favour of any foreign person; (c) and no foreign person shall purchase or acquire any residential property or any estate or interest therein except by way of a mortgage, charge or reconveyance. [...]\nFlats in buildings and condominiums\n4.—(1)  Subject to this section, this Act shall not apply to any transfer to or any purchase or acquisition by any foreign person of any estate or interest in any of the following residential properties: (a) any flat (including any share in land appurtenant to that flat) that is comprised in any building in a development permitted to be used under the Planning Act (Cap. 232) for residential purposes, and that is not a landed dwelling-house; (b) any unit comprised in a development which is shown in an approved plan bearing the title “condominium” and issued by the competent authority under the Planning Act; (c) any unit in a development comprising housing accommodation sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act (Cap. 99A).\n(2)  Notwithstanding subsection (1) but subject to subsection (7), no foreign person shall, without the prior approval of the Minister, purchase or acquire (whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions) — (a) all the flats in every building in a development permitted to be used for residential purposes under the Planning Act; (b) all the units in a development approved by the competent authority under the Planning Act as a condominium development; or (c) all the units in a development sold under the executive condominium scheme established under the Executive Condominium Housing Scheme Act. [...] “landed dwelling-house” means a detached house, a semi-detached house or a terrace house (including a linked house or a townhouse), whether or not comprised within a strata title plan registered under the Land Titles (Strata) Act (Cap. 158);\n[...]\nPART III - APPROVAL TO PURCHASE, ACQUIRE OR RETAIN RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY\nApplication by foreign person for approval to purchase, acquire or retain residential property\n25.— [...](2)  Subject to subsection (14), any foreign person who desires to purchase, acquire or retain any estate or interest in any residential property other than non-restricted residential property shall apply to the Minister through the Controller for the grant of the Minister’s approval to acquire or to retain residential property, as the case may be. [...] (6)  Without prejudice to the generality of the powers of the Minister under subsection (4), he may grant approval, with or without conditions, to an applicant, being a foreign company or a foreign limited liability partnership which — (a) in the opinion of the Minister — (i) is of economic benefit to Singapore; or (ii) makes or is able to make an adequate economic contribution to Singapore; and (b) intends to purchase or acquire, or retain any interest in, residential property for the purpose of occupation as a dwelling-house by its executives, managers, partners, employees or other personnel and their families and not for any other purpose.\n[...]\nPART IV - MISCELLANEOUS\nHousing developers\n31.—(1)  Except as provided in subsection (4), section 25 shall not apply to housing developers. (2)  A housing developer shall, before he purchases or acquires an estate or interest in any residential property, apply to the Controller for approval to purchase or acquire the residential property.[...] (18)  In this section, “housing developer” means any person, being —\n(a) an individual who is not a citizen;\n(b) a foreign company, a converted foreign company, a foreign limited liability partnership, a converted foreign limited liability partnership, a foreign society or a converted society; (c) a Singapore company which has not complied with section 10(1); (d) a Singapore limited liability partnership which has not complied with section 11(1); or (e) a Singapore society which has not complied with section 16(1), who or which constructs or intends to construct flats or dwelling-houses for sale, whether or not such person, company, limited liability partnership or society is licensed or required to be licensed as a housing developer under the Housing Developers (Control and Licensing) Act (Cap. 130).[...]\" (Residential Property Act, Chapter 274)","Residential Property Act, Chapter 274","n/a","[<a href=\"https://sso.agc.gov.sg/Act/RPA1976\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1893,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVK","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00225","In commercial engineering firms a majority of shareholders have to be licensed engineers. Authorised engineers are required to have a citizenship of an EU/EEA country or Switzerland.","\"FIRST PART - GENERAL PROVISIONS\n§ 1 Subject matter\n(1) This law regulates\na) the conditions governing access to the occupations of architect, landscape architect and civil engineer by exercising the right of establishment, [...]\n(2) Unless otherwise provided by this Act, the rules and procedures referred to in paragraph 1 shall apply to nationals of the Member States. For the purposes of this Act, a Member State means a Member State of the European Union, a State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and the Swiss Confederation and, within the scope of an international agreement by which the Slovak Republic is bound, a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development.\n[...]\n§ 2 Authorization\nAuthorization is a decision according to the third part on the registration of the applicant in the list according to § 3 par. 1, 2 or 3 (hereinafter \"the list\") on the basis of\na) obtaining a professional qualification under this Act, or\nb) recognition of professional qualifications obtained in the home Member State.\nSECOND PART - PERFORMANCE OF REGULATED PROFESSIONS\n§ 3 Basic provisions\n(1) An authorized architect (hereinafter referred to as the \"architect\") is one who is registered in the list of authorized architects.\n[...]\n§ 9\n(1) An architect or engineer may provide services alone or in conjunction with other architects or engineers. Architects or engineers may set up a business for the exercise of their profession if they are the majority shareholders in it.\n[...]\nTHIRD PART - ACCESS TO REGULATED PROFESSIONS\n§ 15 Listing\n(1) The chamber shall enter the list on the basis of authorization\na) according to § 2 letter (a) who proves that:\n1.is a national of a Member State and has full legal capacity, [...]\nb) according to § 2 letter (b) who proves that\n1. is a national of a Member State [...]\" (Act on Authorized Architects and Authorized Civil Engineers (138/1992 Coll.), last amended by Act no. 357/2020 Coll. of 25 November 2020, §§ 1, 2, 3, 9 and 15 [google translation])","Act on Authorized Architects and Authorized Civil Engineers (138/1992 Coll.), last amended by Act no. 357/2020 Coll. of 25 November 2020, §§ 1, 2, 3, 9 and 15","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.slov-lex.sk/pravne-predpisy/SK/ZZ/2020/357/vyhlasene_znenie.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,953,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.0000625","Foreign investment in a few coffee-related processing activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement.","3. In these Regulations, unless the context requires otherwise-[…]\n“dry cherry” means picked and dried coffee cherry […]\n“parchment coffee” means dry coffee produced through wet processing;[...]\n“ripe cherry” means ripe fruit of a coffee tree picked after it has naturally ripened;\n[…]\nPART V - Licensing of Coffee Dealers\n26.-(l) The Board shall, upon application and subject to the fulfillment of all the requirements of a license application, issue a license to any coffee dealer registered pursuant to regulation 7. [...]\n(3) The Board may for the purposes of issuing a license under subregulation (1), issue the following categories of coffee licenses-\n(a) ripe cherry coffee processing licence; (b) dry cherry coffee buying license; (c) parchment coffee buying license; (d) coffee curing (washed coffee) license; (e) coffee curing(non washed coffee) license; (f) coffee warehouse license; (g) coffee liquorer license; (h) green coffee export license; (i) instant coffee export license;  (j) roast and ground coffee export license; (k) local coffee roaster’s license; (1) dry cherry coffee hulling license; and (m) premium coffee export license.\n[...]\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [...]\nAPPLICATION FOR RIPE CHERRY COFFEE PROCESSING LICENCE [...]\nCONDITIONS FOR APPLICATION FOR RIPE CHERRY COFFEE PROCESSING LICENCE [...]\nd. Applicant’s company shall have a paid up capital of not less than TShs. 30 million for all foreign owned companies and TShs. 5 million for wholly locally owned companies.\n[...]\nAPPLICATION FOR DRY CHERRY COFFEE BUYING LICENCE [...]\nCONDITIONS FOR APPLICATION FOR DRY CHERRY COFFEE BUYING LICENCE [...]\nd. Applicant shall have a paid up capital of not ?ess than TShs. 30 million for all foreign owned companies and TShs. 5 million for wholly locally owned companies.\n[...]\nCONDITIONS FOR APPLICATION FOR PARCHMENT COFFEE BUYING LICENCE [...]\n4. Applicant’s company shall have a paid up capital o not less than T.Shs. 30 million for all foreign owned companies and T.Shs. 5 n ll o i for wholly locally owned companies.[...]\" (Tanzania Coffee Industry Regulations, 2013 (G. N. No. 385 of 2013))","Tanzania Coffee Industry Regulations, 2013 (G. N. No. 385 of 2013)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/tan168710.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,325,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","H501","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2021,"0.0001","Foreign investment in domestic water transportation services is limited to 75% of equity ownership and at least two-fifths of directors need to be Thai citizens.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter I. Businesses related to National Safety or Security [...]\n2. Domestic transportation by land, water or air, including domestic aviation [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1955,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","M711_721X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0003125","Majority foreign investment in  Engineering service business is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...]\n9. Provision of engineering services [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1931,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","M711_721X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0003125","Majority foreign investment in  Engineering service business is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...]\n9. Provision of engineering services [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1931,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.003125","Ownership  of  agricultural  land  by  foreigners  is  not  authorised,  but foreigners may hold such land under long-term, renewable leases. The length of leases for public lands may be up to 40 years; for privately owned lands the length of lease is freely determined between the parties, but it may not be less than three years.","\"Article 1 - The right of ownership of agricultural land can only belong to natural persons of Tunisian nationality, to cooperatives, to legal persons of a public nature, to civil and limited liability companies, all of whose participants are natural persons of Tunisian nationality and to public limited companies created in accordance with the provisions of law n ° 89-43 of 8 March 1989 relating to the conditions for the exercise of agricultural activities by public limited companies.\n[...]\nArticle 2 - The exploitation of agricultural land is done by:\n1 - legal entities of a public nature, inter-professional groups and technical centers in the agricultural sector,\n2 - agricultural cooperatives,\n3 - natural persons,\n4 - civil societies of Tunisian nationality,\n5 - Tunisian limited liability companies.\n6 - public limited companies of Tunisian nationality authorized to exploit agricultural land in accordance with the legislation in force, including companies for the enhancement and agricultural development,\n7 - groups of farmers authorized to use agricultural land.\nIs of Tunisian nationality, any company incorporated in accordance with the laws in force, having its head office in Tunisia, having more than a third of its capital made up of registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons and having its board of directors, management , or surveillance, made up of representatives of Tunisian natural or legal persons up to the amount of their participation in the company's capital.\n[...]\nArticle 5 - The exploitation of agricultural land by a company in whose capital of which foreigners participate can only be done by way of rental and without the land being the object of contribution in the capital of the company.[...]\" (Law on the reform of agricultural structures (n°69-56 of 22 September 1969), as amended by Law n° 97-33 of 26 May 1997, Articles 1, 2 and 5 [google translation])\n-------------------\n\"Article 1 - By agricultural state buildings is meant the land owned by the State and which is intended for agricultural production, that which can be used as a support for this production or that which has been classified as such in accordance with the legislation in force, which whatever their location, as well as the buildings therein.\n[...]\nArt. 7. - The agricultural state lands and the buildings therein are leased by public auction, by call for tenders or by direct agreement, for the purposes of exploitation and development.\n[...]\nArt. 11. - The lease cannot be granted for a period of less than three years.\nFor agricultural development and development companies, the lease term can be set at twenty-five years. It is likely to be extended up to forty years.\nThe lease term can be set at forty years for technicians leaving agricultural training establishments and young farmers.[...]\" (Law on state-owned agricultural properties (n° 95-21 of 13 February 1995), last amended by Law n° 2001-63 of 25 June 2001, Articles 1, 7 and 11 [google translation])","Law on the reform of agricultural structures (n°69-56 of 22 September 1969), as amended by Law n° 97-33 of 26 May 1997, Articles 1, 2 and 5 \nLaw on state-owned agricultural properties (n° 95-21 of 13 February 1995), last amended by Law n° 2001-63 of 25 June 2001, Articles 1, 7 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/116888?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112277?ln=fr\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112625?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1702,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","G45_46","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0045","Commercial  activities,  including  wholesale  and  retail  trade, are reserved for enterprises where Tunisian natural or legal persons constitute the majority of members of the Board of Directors or the governance or oversight body. The president and the board chairman must be individuals of Tunisian nationality.","\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1725,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K6512_652_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.00009375","The establishment of insurance intermediary companies, including insurance or reinsurance broker, insurance agent or life insurance producer, requires an authorisation which may only be granted to qualified Tunisian nationals and to legal persons in which qualified Tunisian nationals are in charge of their direction and management.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n3. List of authorizations relating to the activities of the banking and financial sector, insurance and the financial market\n20. Authorization to create insurance companies\nTerms :\n1. The company must be governed by Tunisian law.\n2. It must take the form of a public limited company or a mutual company or an agricultural mutual fund.\n[...]\n21. Establishment of non-resident insurance and reinsurance business (under an agreement)\nTerms :\n1. Insurance against risks not taking place in Tunisia and insurance for persons not resident in Tunisia.\n2. Approval of the Minister of Finance of the officer of the company or the branch.\n3. Conclusion of an agreement with the Minister of Finance to benefit from the privileges.\n[...]\n22. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance agent or to exercise the activity of life insurance producer\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.\n[...]\n23. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance or reinsurance broker\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.[...]\" (Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11 , 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.)\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - INSURANCE COMPANIES AND REINSURANCE COMPANIES)\nSection I. – Approval\nArticle 48.- Are considered as \"insurance companies\" and therefore subject to approval, all companies which engage, as a regular activity, in the subscription and execution of insurance contracts such as defined in article 1 of this code.\n\"Companies specializing in reinsurance are considered to be companies which engage exclusively, as a usual activity, in the operations of acceptance and transfer of risks and which do not practice the subscription and execution of insurance contracts. are, therefore, subject, within a period of one month from the date of their constitution, to the obligation to inform the Minister of Finance and to send him a file, the content of which is fixed by decree. (Added by article 3 of law n° 2002-37 of April 1, 2002).\n“Approval applications and information files are sent to the committee which examines them. To this end, he is authorized to request all the information and documents he deems necessary. (Paragraph 3 added by article 4 of law n° 2008-\n8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 49.- Insurance companies are required to indicate, when applying for approval, the category or categories of insurance that they intend to operate.\nThe list of insurance categories is fixed by order of the “Minister of Finance on a proposal from the committee”(1).\n[...]\nSection V. – Non-resident insurance and reinsurance companies\nArticle 67.- Insurance or reinsurance organizations working mainly with non-residents and branches in Tunisia of foreign insurance and reinsurance organizations may be admitted to carry out insurance in Tunisia of risks other than those whose hedging must be carried out locally under article 44 of this Code.\nThese bodies may, by virtue of \"an agreement concluded on the advice of the committee between the Minister of Finance and the insurer or reinsurer concerned\",(1) benefit from the regime provided for by law no. 85-108 of 6 December 1985 encouraging financial and banking organizations mainly with non-residents.\nThe aforementioned agreement will determine in particular the scope of activity as well as the terms and conditions for granting the benefit of the said regime provided for by the aforementioned law and will be ratified by decree. (Paragraph 3 modified by article 5 of law n°2008-8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 68 - The organizations referred to in article 67 of the present Code as well as the reinsurance companies not having their head office in Tunisia and previously approved, must present for the acceptance of the Minister of Finance an agent specially proposed to the management of all the operations they propose to perform in Tunisia.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - INTERMEDIARIES, INSURANCE ADJUSTERS AND DAMAGE COMMISSIONERS\nSection I. – Intermediaries\nArticle 69.- Insurance operations may be presented to the public through the following intermediaries:\n1) The insurance broker: The insurance broker is the person bringing together policyholders and insurance or reinsurance companies without being bound in the choice of these for the purpose of insuring or reinsure risks. The broker is the agent of the insured and is responsible towards him.\n2) The insurance agent: The insurance agent is the person charged under a mandate to conclude insurance contracts in the name and on behalf of one or more insurance companies. He exercises individually or within the framework of a professional civil society.\n3) The life insurance producer: the life insurance producer is the natural person, salaried or not, mandated by a company carrying out life insurance operations. The producer's activity is limited to the presentation of contracts and possibly the collection of premiums. The life insurance producer can only represent one insurance company.\n[...]\nArticle 70.- With the exception of banking establishments, micro-finance institutions and the national post office, the persons referred to in article 69 of this code must prove that they possess a professional card and their registration in a register kept for this purpose by the departments of the General Insurance Committee, in order to be able to present insurance transactions. (Repealed and replaced by art. 9 of decree-law no. 2011-117 of November 5, 2011)\nThe register referred to in the preceding paragraph of this article comprises three sections according to the category of intermediaries.\nThese sections are:\n- Section 1: Brokers and insurance brokerage firms.\n- Section 2: Insurance agents and companies of insurance agents.\n- Section 3: Life insurance producers.\nArticle 71.- The professional card referred to in Article 70 of this Code is issued by the “general insurance committee”(1) after consulting a commission whose composition and operating rules are fixed by decree.\nArticle 72.- Any insurance intermediary may hold only one professional card.\nArticle 73.- The professional card can only be granted to the natural person if he meets the following conditions:\n1) Be of Tunisian nationality. [...]\nThe professional card can only be granted to legal persons if the natural persons in charge of their direction and management meet the conditions provided for in this article. [...]\" (Law n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation])","Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]\nLaw n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/113253?ln=en\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cga.gov.tn/fileadmin/contenus/pdf/Code_Assurance_Version_FR.pdf\">Code_amend</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1763,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0015","Foreigners may not fish within Turkish territorial or inland waters. And foreigners may not register a fishing vessel under the national flag, unless the vessel belongs to a legal person set up in accordance with Turkish laws, with the majority of managerial staff and representatives of Turkish nationality and with the voting majority held by partners of Turkish nationality.","\"ARTICLE 940 - (1) Every Turkish ship hoists the Turkish Flag.\n(2) The ship owned only by a Turkish citizen is a Turkish ship.\n(3) Ships owned by more than one person;\na) In case of joint ownership, the majority of the shares,\nb) In case of joint ownership, majority of the owners,\nThey are considered as Turkish ships provided that they are Turkish citizens.\n(4) Established in accordance with Turkish laws;\na) Ships belonging to organizations, institutions, associations and foundations having legal personality, majority of the persons constituting the management body are Turkish citizens,\nb) Ships belonging to Turkish commercial companies, the majority of those authorized to manage the company are Turkish citizens and the majority of the votes are in Turkish shareholders according to the company agreement, in joint stock companies and limited partnerships whose capital is divided into shares, the majority of the shares are registered and the transfer of the shares to a foreigner is subject to the permission of the company's board of directors,\nprovided that they are considered as Turkish ships.\n(5) Ships owned by armament subsidiaries registered in the Turkish trade registry are considered Turkish ships, provided that more than half of their shares are owned by Turkish citizens and majority of shareholder shipowners authorized to manage the subsidiary are Turkish citizens.[...]\" (Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Prohibition of foreign fisheries production:\nArticle 21 – (Amended first paragraph: 22/7/2003-4950/2 art.)  Persons who are not Turkish citizens enter the territorial waters specified in Article 1 of the Law No. 2674 or inland waters specified in Article 4 of the Law No. hunting is prohibited.\nHowever, foreign tourists listed in paragraph 7 of Article 3 and foreigners who will work in studies and research works specified in Article 14, pursuant to the permission of the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Rural Affairs, are exempt from this provision.[...]\" (Fisheries Law (No. 1380 of 1971), last amended on 17.2.2021, Article 21 [google translation])","Commercial Code (No. 6102 of 2011), last amended 3.2.2021, Article 940\nFisheries Law (No. 1380 of 1971), last amended on 17.2.2021, Article 21","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=6102&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=1380&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1435,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UKR","A01","_O","IV92","IX",2022,"0.00625","Foreign legal entities and subsidiaries of foreign companies (Ukrainian legal entities with foreign investment) are not authorised to own agricultural land. However, they can lease agricultural land for up to 50 years. ","\"Article 81. Ownership of land [...]\n2. Foreigners and stateless persons may acquire ownership rights to non-agricultural land plots within settlements, as well as to non-agricultural land plots outside settlements where real estate objects owned by them on private property rights are located.\n[...]\nArticle 82. Ownership of land by legal entities\n1. Legal entities (founded by citizens of Ukraine or legal entities of Ukraine) may acquire land plots for business activities in the case of:\na) purchase under a contract of sale, rent, gift, mine, other civil law agreements;\nb) contribution of land plots by its founders to the authorized capital;\nc) acceptance of inheritance;\nd) the emergence of other grounds provided by law.\n2. Legal entities established and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state may acquire the right of ownership over non-agricultural land plots:\na) within settlements in the case of acquisition of real estate and for the construction of facilities related to business activities in Ukraine;\nb) outside the settlements in the case of acquisition of real estate.\n[...]\nArticle 130. Acquisition of the property right to agricultural land plots\n1. Acquire the right of ownership of agricultural land may:\na) citizens of Ukraine;\nb) legal entities of Ukraine established and registered under the legislation of Ukraine, the participants (shareholders, members) of which are only citizens of Ukraine and / or the state and / or territorial communities;\nc) territorial communities;\nd) the state. [...]\nForeigners, stateless persons and legal entities are prohibited from acquiring shares in the authorized (composed) capital, shares, stakes, membership in legal entities (except in the authorized (composed) capital of banks), which are owners of agricultural land. This paragraph shall cease to be valid subject to and from the date of approval by referendum of the decision specified in the eighth paragraph of this part.\nAcquisition of ownership of agricultural land by legal entities established and registered under the legislation of Ukraine, participants (founders) or ultimate beneficial owners of which are persons who are not citizens of Ukraine, may be carried out from the date and subject to approval of such a decision by referendum. [...]\" (Land Code (№ 2768-III of 25.10.2001), last amended by Law № 1788-IX of 24.09.2021, Articles 81, 82 and 130 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 19. Term of the land lease agreement\nThe term of the land lease agreement is determined by agreement of the parties, but may not exceed 50 years. [...]\nWhen leasing agricultural land for commercial commodity production, farming, personal farming, the term of the land lease agreement is determined by agreement of the parties, but may not be less than 7 years.\nWhen leasing for the conduct of commodity agricultural production, farming, personal farming of agricultural land, which are land plots of reclaimed land and on which hydraulic reclamation is carried out, the term of the land lease agreement is determined by agreement of the parties, but may not be less than 10 years.[...]\" (Law on Land Lease (№ 161-XIV of 06.10.1998), last amended by Law № 1444-IX of 18.05.2021, Article 19 [google translation])","Land Code (№ 2768-III of 25.10.2001), last amended by Law № 1788-IX of 24.09.2021, Articles 81, 82 and 130 \nLaw on Land Lease (№ 161-XIV of 06.10.1998), last amended by Law № 1444-IX of 18.05.2021, Article 19","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/2768-14#Text\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/161-14#Text\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1178,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0008","The president and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other managing officers of a national air carrier must be citizens of the United States.","\"§41101. Requirement for a certificate\n(a) General.—Except as provided in this chapter or another law—\n(1) an air carrier may provide air transportation only if the air carrier holds a certificate issued under this chapter authorizing the air transportation;\n(2) a charter air carrier may provide charter air transportation only if the charter air carrier holds a certificate issued under this chapter authorizing the charter air transportation; and\n(3) an air carrier may provide all-cargo air transportation only if the air carrier holds a certificate issued under this chapter authorizing the all-cargo air transportation.\n[...]\n§41102. General, temporary, and charter air transportation certificates of air carriers\n(a) Issuance.—The Secretary of Transportation may issue a certificate of public convenience and necessity to a citizen of the United States authorizing the citizen to provide any part of the following air transportation the citizen has applied for under section 41108 of this title:\n(1) air transportation as an air carrier.\n(2) temporary air transportation as an air carrier for a limited period.\n(3) charter air transportation as a charter air carrier.\n[...]\n§41103. All-cargo air transportation certificates of air carriers\n(a) Applications.-A citizen of the United States may apply to the Secretary of Transportation for a certificate authorizing the citizen to provide all-cargo air transportation. [...]\n§41301. Requirement for a permit\nA foreign air carrier may provide foreign air transportation only if the foreign air carrier holds a permit issued under this chapter authorizing the foreign air transportation.[...]\" (Transportation Code (49 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 41101, 41102, 41103 and 41301)\n-----------------------\n\"§ 204.2 Definitions.\nAs used in this part:  [...]\n(c) Citizen of the United States  means: \n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States; \n(2) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the United States; or \n(3) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the United States or a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States, of which the president and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other managing officers are citizens of the United States, which is under the actual control of citizens of the United States, and in which at least 75 percent of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the United States. [...]\" (Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) § 204.2)","Transportation Code (49 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 41101, 41102 and 41103\nCode of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) § 204.2","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title49-subtitle7-partA-subpart2&saved=%7CZ3JhbnVsZWlkOlVTQy1wcmVsaW0tdGl0bGU0OS1zZWN0aW9uNDExMDM%3D%7C%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-14/chapter-II/subchapter-A/part-204/subpart-A/section-204.2\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1578,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H501","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0004","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Decree - Law 14,650, of May 12, 1977 and Decree 383/978, of July 3, 1978). [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,854,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign investors are allowed to provide inland waterway transportation services through the establishment of joint ventures with Vietnamese partners in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 49% of the total legal capital. A higher foreign shareholding threshold (51%) is allowed to investors in inland waterway transportation services from Asean Member States [preferential treatment not considered in the OECD FDIRRI]","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n43. Coastal shipping [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.4. Transportation services by river (inland waterways) ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 7221); (b) Freight transport )(CPC 7222) |\nRegulations in Vietnamese Agreements and Laws\nForeign investors are allowed to provide services through the establishment of joint ventures with Vietnamese partners in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 49% of the total legal capital.\nParticularly AFAS: It is allowed to provide services through the establishment of a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 51% of the total legal capital.\n[...]\n43. Coastal shipping\n1. EVFTA: Appendix 8-C: Vietnam may adopt or maintain any measure related to the operation of an enterprise as defined in points 1(e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 ( definitions) that are inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8-B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments to maritime transport industry.\n2. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-27: Coastal shipping services: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to the above sub-sectors. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 3. Classification of logistics services\nLogistics services provided include:\n1. Container handling services, except services provided at airports. 2. Container warehousing service belongs to sea transport support services. 3. Warehousing service is a service that supports all modes of transport. 4. Delivery service. 5. Cargo agency service. 6 . Customs clearance agency services (including customs clearance services). 7. Other services, including the following activities:  Bill of lading checking, freight brokerage services, goods inspection,  sampling and weight determination services; receiving and accepting services; Transport document preparation service. 8. Wholesale and retail support services, including inventory management, collection, collection, classification and delivery of goods. 9. Cargo transportation service belongs to sea transportation service. 10. Cargo transport service belongs to inland waterway transport service. 11. Cargo transport service under railway transport service. 12. Cargo transportation service belongs to road transport service. 13. Air freight services. 14. Multimodal transport services. 15. Technical analysis and verification services. 16. Other transportation support services. 17. Other services agreed upon by the logistics service trader and the customer in accordance with the basic principles of the Commercial Law. \nChapter II. CONDITIONS FOR BUSINESS OF LOGISTICS SERVICES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR TRADERS BUSING LOGISTICS SERVICES\nArticle 4. Conditions for providing logistics services [...]\n3. Conditions for foreign investors providing logistics services:\nIn addition to meeting the conditions specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are members of the World Trade Organization may provide logistics services under the following conditions: [...]\nc) In case the business of container handling services belongs to services supporting all modes of transport, except for services provided at airports, it is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or capital contributions in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 50%. [...]\ne) In case of business in freight transport services of inland waterway transport services, freight transport services of railway transport services, may establish an enterprise or contribute capital in the enterprise, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 49%.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"http://vbpl.vn/bocongthuong/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=131285\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2024,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0048","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign investors are allowed to provide inland waterway transportation services through the establishment of joint ventures with Vietnamese partners in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 49% of the total legal capital. A higher foreign shareholding threshold (51%) is allowed to investors in inland waterway transportation services from Asean Member States [preferential treatment not considered in the OECD FDIRRI]","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n43. Coastal shipping [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.4. Transportation services by river (inland waterways) ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 7221); (b) Freight transport )(CPC 7222) |\nRegulations in Vietnamese Agreements and Laws\nForeign investors are allowed to provide services through the establishment of joint ventures with Vietnamese partners in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 49% of the total legal capital.\nParticularly AFAS: It is allowed to provide services through the establishment of a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 51% of the total legal capital.\n[...]\n43. Coastal shipping\n1. EVFTA: Appendix 8-C: Vietnam may adopt or maintain any measure related to the operation of an enterprise as defined in points 1(e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 ( definitions) that are inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8-B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments to maritime transport industry.\n2. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-27: Coastal shipping services: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to the above sub-sectors. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 3. Classification of logistics services\nLogistics services provided include:\n1. Container handling services, except services provided at airports. 2. Container warehousing service belongs to sea transport support services. 3. Warehousing service is a service that supports all modes of transport. 4. Delivery service. 5. Cargo agency service. 6 . Customs clearance agency services (including customs clearance services). 7. Other services, including the following activities:  Bill of lading checking, freight brokerage services, goods inspection,  sampling and weight determination services; receiving and accepting services; Transport document preparation service. 8. Wholesale and retail support services, including inventory management, collection, collection, classification and delivery of goods. 9. Cargo transportation service belongs to sea transportation service. 10. Cargo transport service belongs to inland waterway transport service. 11. Cargo transport service under railway transport service. 12. Cargo transportation service belongs to road transport service. 13. Air freight services. 14. Multimodal transport services. 15. Technical analysis and verification services. 16. Other transportation support services. 17. Other services agreed upon by the logistics service trader and the customer in accordance with the basic principles of the Commercial Law. \nChapter II. CONDITIONS FOR BUSINESS OF LOGISTICS SERVICES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR TRADERS BUSING LOGISTICS SERVICES\nArticle 4. Conditions for providing logistics services [...]\n3. Conditions for foreign investors providing logistics services:\nIn addition to meeting the conditions specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are members of the World Trade Organization may provide logistics services under the following conditions: [...]\nc) In case the business of container handling services belongs to services supporting all modes of transport, except for services provided at airports, it is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or capital contributions in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 50%. [...]\ne) In case of business in freight transport services of inland waterway transport services, freight transport services of railway transport services, may establish an enterprise or contribute capital in the enterprise, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 49%.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"http://vbpl.vn/bocongthuong/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=131285\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2024,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","M692X2","CLAS1_1","I43","IX",2022,"0.000234375","Pursuant to Viet Nam's Law on Accounting of 2015 and its implemeting 2016 Decree, foreign investors can invest to perform accounting activities in Viet Nam in the following forms: 1. Contribute capital with auditing firms already established and operating in Viet Nam to establish accounting firms; 2. Establishment of branches of foreign accunting firms; 3. Provide cross-border accounting services according to the Government's regulations. As such, unlike domestic investors, which are allowed to set wholly-owned private enterprises delivering accounting services, foreign accounting firms are only allowed in partnership with domestic companies or through branches [although wholly-owned branches are allowed]. When investing together with a domestic partner, the total percentage of capital contribution of the foreign firm [in fact of all equity partners which are legal entities and not physical persons] is limited up to 35% of the charter capital of the firm. No nationality requirement exist limiting foreigners from obtaining practicing accountant certifications needed to practice the profession or act as a director at a domestic accounting firm. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, a restriction is recorded because, while foreign accounting firms may still establish branches in Viet Nam, they face some degree of discrimination/limitations when incorporating a firm in Viet Nam.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n32. Auditing, accounting, bookkeeping and hiring services [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n32. Auditing, accounting, bookkeeping and hiring services\n32.1 Accounting, auditing and bookkeeping services (CPC 862) |\n1. Provisions in Agreements: None\nParticularly, CPTPP adds regulations: Foreign service providers are not allowed to provide audit services unless they meet the requirements for presence in the host country in Vietnam in Appendix NCM I-VN-2 .\n2. Vietnamese law\n2.1. Accounting services:\na) Form of operation: Foreign accounting service enterprises conduct business in accounting services in Vietnam in the forms specified in Clause 4, Article 59 of the Law on Accounting 2015. (including: (i) ) Contributing capital with an accounting service enterprise already established and operating in Vietnam to establish an accounting service business; (ii) Establishing a branch of a foreign accounting service enterprise (iii) Providing cross-border services as prescribed by the Government.)\nb) Conditions for granting the Certificate of eligibility for business in accounting services:\n- A branch of a foreign accounting service enterprise in Vietnam may be granted a Certificate of eligibility to provide accounting services when it fully meets the conditions specified in Clause 4, Article 60 of the Law on Accounting 2015.\n2.2. Auditing service:\na) Mode of operation:\nForeign auditing firms perform audit activities in Vietnam in the following forms: (i) Contribute capital with auditing firms already established and operating in Vietnam to establish audit firms; (ii) Establishment of a branch of a foreign audit firm; (iii) Provide cross-border audit services in accordance with the Government's regulations.\nb) The cases in which a branch of a foreign auditing firm in Vietnam is not allowed to conduct an audit is specified in Article 30 of the Law on Independent Auditing 2011.\nc) Conditions for issuance of the Certificate of eligibility for business in auditing services:\n- A branch of a foreign audit firm in Vietnam, when applying for a Certificate of eligibility for business in auditing services, must fully satisfy the conditions specified in Clause 4, Article 21 of the Law on Independent Auditing 2011.\n[...]\n32.2 Tax Services (CPC 863)\n1. Provisions in Agreements: None\nParticularly under the CPTPP, Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure that is inconsistent with the obligation of Presence in the host country in Cross-Border Services in the areas of accounting services, bookkeeping. and taxes.\n2. Vietnamese law: Conditions for granting a certificate of eligibility for business in tax procedure service\n- Being an enterprise established in accordance with the law.\n- There are at least 02 people who are granted practice certificates of tax procedure service and work full-time at the enterprise.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Chapter IV - ACCOUNTING SERVICE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES [...]\nArticle 59. Enterprises providing accounting services\n1. Accounting service businesses are established in the following forms:\na) Limited liability company with two or more members;\nb) Partnership company;\nc) Private enterprise.\n2. An enterprise may only provide accounting services when it satisfies all of the business conditions prescribed by this Law and is granted a Certificate of eligibility for accounting service business.\n3. An accounting service enterprise may not contribute capital to establish another accounting service enterprise, except for the case of capital contribution with a foreign accounting service enterprise to establish a business enterprise. accounting services in Vietnam.\n4. Foreign accounting service enterprises shall provide accounting services in Vietnam in the following forms:\na) Contributing capital with an accounting service enterprise already established and operating in Vietnam to establish an accounting service business;\nb) Establishing a branch of a foreign accounting service enterprise;\nc) Providing cross-border services according to the Government's regulations.\nArticle 60. Conditions for issuance of the Certificate of eligibility for accounting service business\n1. A limited liability company with two or more members shall be granted a Certificate of eligibility for business in accounting services when fully meeting the following conditions:\na) Having an enterprise registration certificate, an investment registration certificate or another paper of equivalent value as prescribed by law;\nb) There are at least two capital contributors who are practicing accountants;\nc) The legal representative, director or general director of the limited liability company must be a practicing accountant;\nd) Ensure the proportion of capital contributed by accountants practicing in the enterprise and the proportion of capital contributed by members being organizations in accordance with the Government's regulations. [...]\n4. A branch of a foreign accounting service enterprise in Vietnam may be granted a Certificate of eligibility to provide accounting services when fully meeting the following conditions:\na) Foreign accounting service enterprises are allowed to provide accounting services according to the provisions of law of the country where the foreign accounting service enterprises are headquartered;\nb) Having at least two practicing accountants, including the director or general director of the branch;\nc) The director or general director of a branch of a foreign accounting service enterprise may not concurrently hold the position of manager or executive officer of another enterprise in Vietnam;\nd) A foreign accounting service enterprise must send a written request to the Ministry of Finance to ensure that it is responsible for all obligations and commitments of its branch in Vietnam.[...]\" (Law on Accounting No 88/2015/QH13 dated 20/11/2015 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 3. Explain words\nIn this Decree, the terms below are construed as follows:\n1. Accounting units in the business domain include enterprises established and operating under Vietnamese law; branches of foreign enterprises operating in Vietnam; cooperatives and unions of cooperatives; project management board, other unit with legal status established by the enterprise.\n[...]\nSection 3. ACCOUNTING SERVICES BUSINESS ACTIVITIES [...]\nArticle 26. Ratio of capital contribution of members who are organizations of limited liability companies with two or more members\nAn organization member is entitled to contribute up to 35% of the charter capital of a limited liability company providing accounting services with two or more members. In case there are many organizations contributing capital, the total capital contribution ratio of these organizations must not exceed 35% of the charter capital of the accounting service limited liability company with two or more members.\nArticle 27. Capital contribution ratio of practicing accountants in limited liability companies with two or more members\n1. An accounting service limited liability company must have at least 02 capital contributing members who are accountants registered to practice at the company. Capital contributed by practicing accountants must account for more than 50% of the company's charter capital.\n2. Practicing accountants may not concurrently register to practice accounting services at two or more accounting service business units at the same time.[...]\" (Decree No. 174/2016/ND-CP dated December 30, 2016 of the Government detailing a number of articles of the Law on Accounting [google translation])\n","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nLaw on Accounting No 88/2015/QH13 dated 20/11/2015 [google translation]\nDecree No. 174/2016/ND-CP dated December 30, 2016 of the Government detailing a number of articles of the Law on Accounting [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=95924&Keyword=88/2015/QH13\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/nganhangnhanuoc/Pages/vbpq-van-ban-goc.aspx?ItemID=118313\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2044,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_46","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.000225","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,408,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H50_5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. Sensitive businesses, as defined in the Regulation, include transport, media and telecommunications businesses, among others.","\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: […]\nforeign person means:\n(a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f) a foreign government; or\n(g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity or trust if:\n(a) for an entity—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity; or\n(b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n26  Meaning of sensitive business\n(1) A business is a sensitive business if the business meets the conditions specified in the regulations.\n[...]\n40  Meaning of significant action—entities\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n(b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n(c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n(a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n(i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n(b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n(i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n(c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n(i) an Australian unit trust; or\n(ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n(6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n41  Meaning of significant action—businesses\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness;\n(b) to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nThird condition—action results in change in control\n(5) If paragraph (2)(b) or (c) applies, the third condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the business as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n[...]\n44  Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n47  Meaning of notifiable action—general\n(1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness;\n(b) to acquire a substantial interest in an Australian entity;\n(c) to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n(a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(b) an Australian unit trust; or\n(c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48  Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n51  The threshold test for entities and businesses\nThe threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n67  Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n(1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n(a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n(b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n(2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n81  Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n(1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n(2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, 81)\n------------------------\n\"5  Definitions\nNote: A number of expressions used in this instrument are defined in the Act, including the following: [...]\n(e) foreign person;\n[...]\n22  Businesses that are sensitive businesses\n(1) This section prescribes conditions for subsection 26(1) of the Act.\n(2) A business is a sensitive business if:\n(a) the business is carried on wholly or partly in any of the following sectors (including such a business relating to infrastructure for those sectors): [...]\n(i) media;\n(ii) telecommunications;\n(iii) transport; or\n[...]\n51  Taking action in relation to entities and businesses\nThe following table prescribes values for section 51 of the Act (entities and businesses) to the extent that that section relates to items 2 to 5 of the table in that section. [see legal source for table]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 5, 28, 31, and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 5, 22, and 51","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/C2004A01402/2018-09-18/text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/F2015L01854/2018-12-30/text\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3902,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","M692X1","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.001125","Foreign ownership restrictions apply to foreign-licenced persons, and provided there is reciprocity in treatment between Austria and the foreign State: Qualified EU/EEA/Switzerland citizens are entitled to establish in Austria to practice a profession as a chartered accountant subject to equivalence/recognition of professional qualification. Others persons are required to go through the 'full licensing process\" (including examination requirements). The majority of the management and external representation of auditing firm must be carried out by persons entitled to exercise the professional license for the relevant professional group independently. Natural persons and companies entitled to practice as chartered accountants can be shareholders in Austrian auditing companies. Natural and legal persons entitled to practice under foreign law can be shareholders up to 25% and provided that there is reciprocity between Austria and the state in which the professional license was obtained and similar training can be proven and the management and representation to the outside are majority carried out by persons entitled to practice in Austria.\n","\"1st chapter\nprofessional law\n1. main piece\nFiduciary professions - scope of authorization\naccountancy professions\n§ 1.(1) Public accountant professions are the following professions:\n1. auditor and 2. Tax consultant.\n(2) The chartered accountancy professions are liberal professions.\n[...]\nPublic Order – Recognition\n§ 5.(1) Public accountant professions may be exercised independently by persons entitled to exercise the profession, i.e. either natural persons or companies.\n(2) A natural person is authorized to practice and is therefore entitled to independently exercise a profession as a chartered accountant after being publicly appointed by the Chamber of Chartered Accountants.\n(3) A company is authorized to exercise a profession and is therefore entitled to independently exercise a profession as a chartered accountant after it has been recognized by the Chamber of Chartered Accountants.\n[...]\nbranch office\n§ 7.(1) Citizens of a member state of the EU or a state party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or of Switzerland are entitled in accordance with paragraph 2 to settle in the territory of the Republic of Austria to practice a profession as a chartered accountant.\n(2) Prerequisites for establishment pursuant to para. 1 are:\n1. the nationality of a member state of the EU or a state party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or Switzerland,\n2. the valid authorization to practice a chartered accountancy profession in their home Member State,\n3. the existence of the general requirements according to § 8 paragraph 1,\n4. the existence of an equivalent professional qualification and\n5. the public appointment by the Chamber of Public Accountants.\n(3) The following must be attached to the application for a public appointment:\n1. a proof of identity,\n2. proof of nationality,\n3. the proof of professional qualification that entitles you to take up a job as a chartered accountant, and\n4. Certificates from the competent authorities of the home Member State of the existence of special trustworthiness, orderly economic circumstances and the absence of serious professional conduct. These certificates must not be older than three months when they are submitted.\n[...]\n2. main part - Natural people\n1st section - General\nRequirements\n§ 8th.(1) General requirements for the public appointment are: 1. the full ability to act; 2. the special trustworthiness, 3. orderly economic conditions, 4. a valid pecuniary damage liability insurance and 5. a professional seat.\nArticle 51.General requirements for the recognition of a company that intends to practice the profession of public accountant and activities that are compatible with it are:\n1. the existence of a company form according to § 54, 2. a written partnership agreement, 3. a company according to § 55, 4. Partners or shareholders according to § 56,\n[...]\nProfessional seat\n§ 12. \n(1) Persons entitled to practice professions are obliged to have a professional seat located in a member state of the EU or a signatory to the Agreement on the European Economic Area.\n(2) In the case of a self-employed person entitled to a profession, a professional seat is to be understood as a permanent establishment which, through its personnel, material and functional equipment, ensures that the professional requirements placed on a person entitled to practice are fulfilled.\n[...]\nManagement and external representation\nSection 52.(1) Management and external representation must be carried out by persons entitled to exercise their professional authorization independently.\n(2) The majority of management and external representation must be carried out by persons entitled to exercise the professional license for the relevant professional group independently, with the company being represented by persons entitled to exercise the professional license for the relevant professional group independently. must be guaranteed individually or collectively without the involvement of others. If there are only two managing directors, it is sufficient if one of them is entitled to exercise the relevant professional authorization independently.\n(3) Authorized signatories must be entitled to exercise their professional authorization independently, but can be authorized to represent them externally, regardless of their professional authorization and number.\n(4) In the case of auditing firms, the majority of management and external representation must be carried out by persons entitled to exercise the profession who, pursuant to Article 57, are entitled to sign an audit certificate.\n(5) If there are only two partners in partnerships or corporations, it is sufficient when exercising the profession of tax consultant and auditor if one of these is a person entitled to practice in the relevant professional group, has a majority interest and is authorized to represent independently. If both the chartered accountant profession of tax consultant and the chartered accountant profession of auditor are exercised at the same time, the partners have equal rights and each have the right to represent independently.\n(6) Statutory auditors and auditing firms pursuant to Art. 2 nos. 2 and 3 of the Auditing Directive, which are licensed in another EU Member State or in a signatory state to the EEA or the Swiss Confederation, are entitled to exercise the profession of chartered accountant with regard to company formations Equivalent to the provisions of Section 56.\n[...]\nShareholder\nArticle 56.(1) Shareholders may only be:\n1. natural persons entitled to practice, \n2. Spouses, children and registered partners of authorized professionals involved in the company, \n3. Companies that are authorized to practice a chartered accountancy profession, \n4. Private foundations set up by one or more partners in accordance with the Private Foundations Act, Federal Law Gazette No. 694/1993 , the sole purpose of which is to support the persons named in Items 1 and 2 and whose board of directors consists exclusively of persons entitled to exercise the profession,\n5. Persons entitled to practice under foreign law if their capital shares in the company assets and their voting rights do not exceed one quarter, provided that there is reciprocity between Austria and the state in which the professional license was obtained and similar training can be proven and the management and representation to the outside are majority carried out by persons entitled to practice in Austria, and\n6. For auditing companies, statutory auditors and auditing companies in accordance with Art. 2 Z 2 and 3 of the Auditing Directive that are licensed in another EU member state or a state party to the EEA or the Swiss Confederation, if their capital shares in the company's assets and their voting rights do not exceed three quarters.\n(2) Children include all descendants, in-laws, stepchildren and adopted children.\n(3) All shareholders are subject to the provisions of this federal law.\n(4) Shareholders pursuant to para. 1 no. 2 must have: 1. a main residence located in an EU or EEA member state, 2. the special trustworthiness according to § 9 and  3. Orderly economic circumstances according to § 10.\n(5) All shareholders must hold their rights in their own name and on their own account. The fiduciary exercise of company rights, profit-participating loans and similar contractual relationships are not permitted. Silent participations are only permitted by the group of people described in paragraph 1 and must be reported to the Chamber of Public Accountants immediately.\n(6) In the case of stock corporations, the shares must be registered. The transfer of registered shares is only permitted with the consent of the company.\n[...]\n2nd section - Interdisciplinary collaboration\nRequirements\nArticle 59.(1) General requirements for the recognition of a company to which shareholders other than those listed in Section 56 (1) belong and which intend to carry out other activities in addition to exercising a profession as a chartered accountant are:\n1. the professional appointment or recognition for the authorized exercise of other permissible professional activities according to § 60, 2. the existence of a company form according to § 61, 3. a written partnership agreement, 4. a company according to § 62, 5. Shareholders according to § 63, 6. a concluded pecuniary damage liability insurance according to § 11 and 7. Orderly economic circumstances according to § 10.\n(2) Further requirements for the recognition of a company that intends to carry out other activities in addition to exercising a profession as a chartered accountant are:\n1. When exercising the profession of chartered accountant, tax consultant\na) a division of the capital shares or the share capital or share capital and the voting rights and b) a management and a representative,  which guarantees at least equal rights for those entitled to exercise the profession of tax advisor with those of other professions pursuant to Section 60,\n2. when practicing the chartered accountancy profession\na) a division of the capital shares or the share capital or share capital and the voting rights and b) a management and a representative, which guarantees at least equal rights for persons entitled to practice who practice the chartered accountancy profession with those of other professions pursuant to Section 60,\n3. while simultaneously practicing the chartered accountancy professions of tax consultant and auditor\na) a division of the capital shares or the share capital or share capital and the voting rights, so that persons who have the professional license to act as tax consultants or auditors together have at least 25% of the shares and voting rights, whereby these in turn must have equal rights to each other and b) management and representation by persons entitled to exercise the professional license independently, individually or collectively without the involvement of others.\n(3) Representation of the company in matters relating to the scope of authorization of the chartered accountant by members of the professions pursuant to Section 60 (1) is inadmissible if the activity in question is not also covered by the authorization of the respective professional accountant. In all cases of paragraph 1, § 52 paragraph 2 applies accordingly.\n[...]\nshareholder\nSection 63.(1) Only the following persons may be shareholders:\n1. natural persons entitled to practice,\n2. Companies that are authorized to practice a chartered accountancy profession,\n3. natural persons who independently carry out another professional activity in accordance with Section 60 (1),\n4. Companies that exercise another professional activity according to § 60 paragraph 1, and\n5. persons authorized under foreign law to carry out another professional activity pursuant to Section 60 (1) if their capital share in the company's assets and their voting rights do not exceed one quarter.\n(2) Shareholders must have:\n1. a main residence located in an EU or EEA member state, 2. the special trustworthiness according to § 9 and 3. Orderly economic circumstances according to § 10.\n(3) Article 56, paragraph 5 shall apply to shareholders pursuant to paragraph 1, item 1.\n(4) Section 56 (7) applies to all shareholders. Section 56 (8) applies to company shares held by persons entitled to practice law. [...]\"(Act on Accounting, Auditing, Tax Advising and Related Professions (BGBl. I Nr. 137/2017), last amended by BGBl. I No. 141/2020, § 12 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"AUSTRIA\n*List A, I/A Direct investment:\n– In the country concerned by non-residents.\nRemark: The reservation applies only to: [...]\nii) auditing;\niii) investment by non-EU residents in accountancy services exceeding 49 per cent; [...]\" (OECD Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements, Annex B)","Act on Accounting, Auditing, Tax Advising and Related Professions (BGBl. I Nr. 137/2017), last amended by BGBl. I No. 141/2020, § 12 [google translation]\nOECD Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements, Annex B","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=20009983\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/investment/investment-policy/Code-capital-movements-EN.pdf\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF2",1,667,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","Only Bangladesh citizens can qualify to be admitted as an advocate and have the right to practice the profession in the country. Only locally licensed lawyers are allowed to establish law practices in Bangladesh. Hence, as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology, foreign participation in the legal services sector is considered prohibited.","\"19. (1) Save as otherwise provided in this Order, no person shall be entitled to practise the profession of law unless he is an advocate.\n (2) Subject to the provisions of this Order, the rules made thereunder and any other law for the time being in force, an advocate shall be entitled as of right to practise throughout Bangladesh, and to appear, act and plead before any court, tribunal or revenue authority in Bangladesh.\n[...]\n21. (1) No advocate other than an advocate 18[permitted to practise before the High Court] immediately before the commencement of this Order shall be permitted to practise before the High Court unless-\n(a) he has practised as an advocate before subordinate courts in Bangladesh for a period of two years;\n(b) he is a law graduate and has practised as an advocate before any High Court outside Bangladesh notified by the Government in the official Gazette;\n(c) he has, for reason of his legal training or experience, been exempted by the Bar Council from the foregoing requirements of this clause on the basis of the prescribed criteria.\n(2) Permission to practise before the High Court shall be given in the form prescribed by the Bar Council on proof that the fee prescribed under Article 22 has been paid and that the relevant condition laid down in clause (1) are duly satisfied.\n[...]\n27. (1) Subject to provisions of this Order and the rules made thereunder, a person shall be qualified to be admitted as an advocate if he fulfils the following conditions, namely:-\n(a) he is a citizen of Bangladesh;\n(b) he has completed the age of twenty-one years;\n(c) he had obtained-\n(i) 19[ * * * ] a degree in law from any university situated within the territory which forms part of Bangladesh; or\n(ii) before the 26th day of March, 1971, a degree in law from any university in Pakistan 20[:\nProvided that the Bar Council may recognise such degree obtained by such person after the 25th day of March, 1971, if it is satisfied that he was prevented by circumstances beyond his control from returning to Bangladesh after that date; or]\n(iii) before the 14th day of August, 1947, a degree in law from any university in any area which was comprised before that date within India as defined by the Government of India Act, 1935; or\n(iv) a bachelor's degree in law from any university outside Bangladesh recognised by the Bar Council; or 21[* * *] he is a barrister;\n(d) he has passed such examination as may be prescribed by the Bar Council; and\n(e) he has paid such enrolment fee and fulfils such other conditions as may be specified in the rules made by the Bar Council.\n22[(1A) Notwithstanding anything contained in clause (1), a person who has, for at least seven years, been a Mukhtar may, subject to the other provisions of this Order and the rules made thereunder, be admitted as an advocate if he fulfils the conditions specified in sub-clauses (a), (b), (d), and (e) of clause (1).]\n(2) Before a person is admitted as an advocate, the Bar Council may require him to undergo such course of training as it may prescribe.\n(3) A person shall be disqualified from being admitted as an advocate if-\n(a) he was dismissed from service of Government or of a public statutory corporation on a charge involving moral turpitude, unless a period to two years has elapsed since his dismissal; or\n(b) he has been convicted for an offence involving moral turpitude, unless a period of five years or such less period as the Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, specify in this behalf, had elapsed from the date of the expiration of the sentence.\n[...]\n41. Any person who is not an advocate and practises the profession of law and any person who is not entitled under this Order to practise in the High Court practises before that Court shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months.[...]\" (The Bangladesh Legal Practitioner's and Bar Council Order, 1972 (PRESIDENT'S ORDER NO. 46 OF 1972)\n","The Bangladesh Legal Practitioner's and Bar Council Order, 1972 (PRESIDENT'S ORDER NO. 46 OF 1972 ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-details-387.html\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2750,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.00625","Foreign legal entities (including branches of foreign companies) cannot access land on the same terms as locally incorporated entities. They may only access land on a leasehold long-term basis (up to 99 years), while legal entities of the Republic of Belarus may own certain types of land and hold land on a permanent use basis. Foreign-owned locally incorporated companies are not considered foreign legal entities and, hence, are not affected. Private ownership of agricultural and forestry land is not permitted, regardless of nationality. Legal entities may obtain agricultural and forestry land under permanent use right for such purposes.\n\nFrom January 1, 2023, the main part of the provisions of the new edition of the Land Code (amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of July 18, 2022 No. 195-Z) came into force. Among other changes, the new land code expanded the number of situations where foreign citizens (natural persons) or stateless persons can be owners of land plots for servicing residential houses or registered apartments in blocked residential buildings. While before it was only possible to receive such real estate assets by inheritance and under restricted conditions, the new code now allows: \n- receipt by inheritance of a land plot provided to the successor [the right is expanded to the successor, not only the 'close relative' as previously the case]\n- acquisition, on the basis of a civil law transaction, of registered shares in the ownership of a land plot with house located on, an apartment in blocked residential building, a garden house or recognition of them in a judicial proceeding, shares in the ownership of these objects;\n- acquisition by allocation of share in marital property acquired during marriage with a citizen of the Republic of Belarus, including in the case of subsequent division of the marital (common) property\n- receipt by inheritance of a land plot provided to the testator in private ownership;\nThe new land code also admited the possibility of obtaining land plots from agricultural purposes lands on lease for running a peasant farm and on temporary use for haymaking and grazing of farm animal.\n\nHence, for the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is considered that the regime for foreign investment in real estate has been liberalised, as since 2023 foreign individual investors have been allowed to acquire residential real estate units on the basis of a civil law transaction. Before this was forbidden.",{"$cut":{"chars":29075,"head":"\"With a view of improving the regulation of relationships in the sphere of land protection and use in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, including the order of allotment of land plots when selling immovable property owned by the state, extending the powers of local executive committees in considering the issues of seizure and allotment of the land plots:\n1. To establish that:\n1.1. land plots are allotted:\n-to citizens on the right of temporary use, lifetime hereditable possession, private ownership or lease;\n-to individual entrepreneurs, on the right of lease;\n-to legal persons of the Republic of Belarus, on the right of permanent or temporary use, private ownership or lease, to legal persons – not being residents of the Republic of Belarus – on the right of lease. [...]\" (Edict of the President of the Republic of Belarus No 667 of December 27, 2007 On Seizure and Allotment of Land Plots)\n---------------------------\n\"Article 13. Types of rights to land plots\n1. Land plots may be held by land users and provided to them on the basis of the following rights:\n1.1. state and private property, as well as on the right of ownership of foreign states, international organizations;\n1.2. lifetime inheritable possession;\n1.3. permanent use (use without a predetermined period);\n1.4. temporary use;\n1.5. lease (sublease).\n2. The type of right to land plots is determined in accordance with the requirements of this Code and other legislative acts, depending on the purposes of their use.\nArticle 14. Ownership of land, land plots\n1. Ownership of land, land plots can be state and private. Lands, land plots that are not privately owned by citizens, non-state legal entities of the Republic of Belarus (hereinafter, unless otherwise provided by this Code - private property) and owned by foreign states, international organizations, are owned by the state.\n2. A land plot may belong to several owners on the basis of common (shared or joint) ownership.\n3. Land plots may be privately owned by citizens, non-state legal entities of the Republic of Belarus, property of foreign states, international organizations.\n4. Land plots may be privately owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons, unless otherwise provided by legislative acts, in the event of:\n4.1. their receipt by inheritance of a land plot provided to the testator in private ownership;\n4.2. providing them with a land plot on which the residential house, dacha, which they inherited, including those not completed and mothballed in accordance with the procedure established by law, is located, registered by the organization for state registration of real estate, rights to it and transactions with it (hereinafter - the organization for state registration) an apartment in a blocked residential building, separated from other apartments by a vertical wall and located directly on a land plot (hereinafter referred to as an apartment in a blocked residential building), a garden house, a registered share in the ownership of these objects, if the testator did not draw up documents, certifying rights to a land plot;\n4.3. acquisition by them, on the basis of a civil law transaction, of registered shares in the right of ownership of a land plot and a residential building located on it, a dacha, including those that have not been completed and mothballed in accordance with the procedure established by law, an apartment registered by a state registration organization in a blocked residential building, a garden a house or recognition of their shares in the ownership of these objects in a judicial proceeding;\n4.4. acquisition by them during the period of marriage with a citizen of the Republic of Belarus into common joint ownership of a land plot and a residential building located on it, a summer cottage, including those not completed and mothballed in accordance with the procedure established by law, registered by the organization for state registration of an apartment in a blocked residential building, a garden house or registered shares in the ownership of these objects, including in the case of the sub"}},"Edict of the President of the Republic of Belarus No 667 of December 27, 2007 On Seizure and Allotment of Land Plots\nLAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS July 23, 2008 No. 425-З [google translated]\nLAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS, July 23, 2008 No. 425-З, last amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of July 18, 2022 No. 195-Z [google translation]","Grata International (2020), \"Belarus: Land Rights Of Foreign Subjects In Belarus\", June 12.\nGrata International (2022), \"New Land Code\", August 27.","[<a href=\"http://law.by/document/?guid=3871&p0=P30700667e\">Edict</a>],[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=Hk0800425\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mondaq.com/landlord-tenant--leases/952126/land-rights-of-foreign-subjects-in-belarus\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://gratanet.com/news/new-land-code-belarus\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2222,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00325","Foreign shareholding in companies undertaking certain medium/large-scale food and beverages activities (e.g. bread, meat, milk, sorghum cereal, drinking water etc.) is limited to 49%.","\"2. In this Act — […]\n“industrial licence” means a licence issued under section 8 to operate a manufacturing enterprise;\n[…]\nManufacturing enterprises requiring industrial licence\n5. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise, to manufacture for sale —\n(a) animal feed; (b) baby formula; (c) food; (d) beverages; (e) cement; f) chemical products; or (g) such other products as the Minister may prescribe,\nat any place in Botswana except in terms of an industrial licence issued by the Director, in accordance with this Act, authorising the person to manufacture such a product. [...]\n(5) The Minister may make regulations —\n(a) reserving industrial licences, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana —\n(i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises; and (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana; and\n(b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be licensed to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n(6) Regulations made under subsection (5) (b) shall impose conditions on industrial licences issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.\n6. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless he or she has been issued with an industrial licence in terms of this Act.\n(2) When applying for an industrial licence in terms of subsection (1), an applicant shall state — [...]\n(e) where the application is made by partners in a joint venture arrangement, information relating to the shareholding by the partners which demonstrates that the citizen partner has a minimum of 51 per cent shares.\n[...]\nPART III - Registration of Manufacturing Enterprises (ss 15-23)\n15. Application of Part III\n (1) This Part applies to all manufacturing enterprises that do not require to be licensed under Part II including micro manufacturing enterprises and small manufacturing enterprises.\n (2) A manufacturing enterprise requires registration under this Part where it does not-\n (a) present any health and safety concerns in its manufacturing processes or in the products or byproducts that it manufactures; or\n (b) pose a danger to public health or if, in the manufacturing process, a danger to public health will or is likely to occur.\n[...]\n16. Registration requirements\n (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless the manufacturing enterprise has been registered and the person issued with a registration certificate under this Part.\n (2) The Minister may make regulations-\n (a) reserving registration certificates, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana-\n (i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises, and  (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana;\n (b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be registered to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n (3) Regulations made under subsection (2)(b) shall impose conditions on registration certificates issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.[...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019)\n--------------------\n\"[...] Industrial licences reserved for citizens\nPART II — Industrial Licences\n3. An industrial licence to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 5 (5) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bread and confectionery; (b) ice making; (c) meat processing; (d) peanut butter; (e) purification and bottling of water; (f) traditional sour milk, and (g) sorghum.\n[...]\nPART III — Registration Certificates [...]\nRegistration certificates reserved for citizens\n11. A registration certificate to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 16 (2) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bricks; (b) burglar bars, gates and windows; (c) candles; (d) fencing materials excluding gum poles; (e) floor polish; (f) packaging; (g) protective clothing; (h) roof trusses; (i) school furniture; (j) school uniform; (k) screen printing and embroidery; (l) signage include electronic signage; (m) traditional crafts; (n) traditional leather products [...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020))\n---------------------\n\"16. Licence requirements\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall manufacture, for sale, any product at any place in Botswana unless he or she is in possession of a licence to manufacture such product at such place, issued by a licensing committee.\n(2) An application for a licence to carry on a manufacturing enterprise shall be made in the prescribed form to a licensing committee.\n(3) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of P10,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to both, and, in the case of a continuing offence shall be liable to a further fine of P500 or to imprisonment for one month in respect of each day on which the offence continues. \n[...]\n27. Certain industries to be reserved for citizens\n(1) The Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on such enterprises as may be prescribed shall be issued only to citizens of Botswana, or to companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana.\n(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that only citizens of Botswana shall be entitled to carry on a particular enterprise in such areas in the country as may be prescribed.\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on enterprises reserved for citizens and which enterprises fall within the medium or large scale category shall be issued to joint ventures between citizens and foreign partners, provided that the citizen partner holds a minimum of 51 per cent share holding in the joint venture.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008)\n----------------------\n\"13. Reservation of enterprises for Botswana citizens\n(1) The following types of small scale manufacturing enterprise shall be reserved for Botswana citizens or companies wholly owned by Botswana citizens–\n(a) the manufacture of school uniforms;\n(b) the manufacture of school furniture;\n(c) the manufacture of burglar bars;\n(d) the manufacture of protective clothing;\n(e) the milling of sorghum;\n(f) the manufacture of cement bricks and baked earth (mud) bricks;\n(g) the baking of bread and confectionery;\n(h) manufacture of peanut butter;\n(i) bottling of water;\n(j) the production of traditional sour milk;\n(k) packaging;\n(l) the manufacture of floor polish;\n(m) the manufacture of traditional leather products;\n(n) the manufacture of traditional crafts;\n(o) signage, including electronic signage;\n(p) fencing materials excluding gum poles;\n(q) the manufacture of candles;\n(r) ice making;\n(s) meat processing:\nProvided that any person engaged in the manufacturing enterprises referred to above and who is so engaged at the date of commencement of these Regulations shall be permitted to continue such manufacturing subject to compliance with other requirements of these Regulations.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008)","INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020)\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot195231.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bocra.org.bw/sites/default/files/covid19-docs/Extraordinary%20Gazette%2020th%20May%202020%20copy.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91753.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91760.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,227,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","J59","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.00009375","Pursuant to Provisional Measure No. 2,228-1, of September 6, 2001, for a period of twenty years, cinemas had to exhibit a quota of Brazilian cinematographic works according to rules fixed annually by decree of the federal government. \nOn 15 January 2024, Law Nº 14.815 entered into force. It extends the application of the above provisions establising screen quotas for Brazilian cinematographic works  until 2033. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed no interruption in the application of such policy.","\"Art. 1 This Law provides for audiovisual communication with conditioned access.\nSingle paragraph. Sound and sound and image broadcasting services are excluded from the scope of this Law, except for the provisions set forth in this Law that expressly mention these services or their providers.\nArt. 2 For the purposes of this Law, it is considered: [...]\nVIII - Brazilian Content: audiovisual content produced in accordance with the criteria established in item V of art. 1 of Provisional Measure No. 2,228-1, of September 6, 2001; [...]\nXVIII - Brazilian Producer: company that produces audiovisual content that meets the following conditions, cumulatively:\na) be incorporated under Brazilian law;\nb) have headquarters and administration in the country;\nc) 70% (seventy percent) of the total and voting capital must be owned, directly or indirectly, by native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years;\nd) the management of the company's activities and the editorial responsibility for the content produced must be exclusive to native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years; [...]\nXXI - Brazilian Programmer: programming company that performs its programming activities in Brazilian territory and that cumulatively meets the conditions set forth in items “a” to “c” of item XVIII of this article and whose management, editorial responsibility and selection of the contents of the programming channel are private to native Brazilians or those who have been naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years;\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - CONTENT PRODUCTION, PROGRAMMING AND PACKAGING\nArt. 9 The production, programming and packaging activities are free for companies incorporated under Brazilian laws and with headquarters and administration in the country. [...]\nArt. 10. The management, editorial responsibility and selection and direction activities inherent to programming and packaging are exclusive to native Brazilians or those who have been naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years.[...]\n§ 3 For the purpose of complying with the provisions of Chapter V, Ancine may request from the programmer documents proving that the content shown is Brazilian, including the Brazilian Product Certificate, in the cases referred to in Provisional Measure No. September 6, 2001.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BRAZILIAN CONTENT\nArt. 16. In qualified space channels, at least 3h30 (three hours and thirty minutes) per week of content broadcast during prime time must be Brazilian and be part of qualified space, and half must be produced by an independent Brazilian producer. (Term) (Term)\nArt. 17. In all packages offered to the subscriber, for every 3 (three) channels of qualified space existing in the package, at least 1 (one) must be a Brazilian channel of qualified space. (Term) (Term)\n§ 1 Of the minimum portion of Brazilian channels of qualified space mentioned in the caput, at least 1/3 (one third) must be programmed by an independent Brazilian programmer.\n§ 2 The packaging company will be obliged to comply with the provisions of the caput up to the limit of 12 (twelve) Brazilian channels of qualified space.\n§ 3 The packaging companies that offer packages distributed by technologies that make it possible to distribute, at most, packages with up to 31 (thirty-one) programming channels will be obliged to comply with the provisions of the caput of this article up to the limit of 3 (three) channels, as well as as they will be exempted from complying with the provisions of art. 18.\n§ 4 Of the Brazilian channels of qualified space to be broadcast in the packages, at least 2 (two) channels must broadcast at least 12 (twelve) hours daily of Brazilian audiovisual content produced by an independent Brazilian producer, 3 (three) of which in Prime time.\n[...]\nArt. 20. The programmer or packager, in compliance with the obligations provided for in arts. 16 to 18, will observe the following conditions: (Term)\nI - at least half of the audiovisual content must have been produced in the 7 (seven) years prior to its broadcast; (Validity)\nII - the content produced by a native Brazilian or naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years will be equivalent to that produced by a Brazilian producer;\nIII - the content produced by a native Brazilian or naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years will be equivalent to that produced by an independent Brazilian producer, if its producer meets the conditions provided for in item \"c\" of item XIX of art. 2nd;\n[...]\nArt. 41. Arts. 16 to 23 will cease to be in force after 12 (twelve) years of the promulgation of this Law. [repealed by by Law No. 14,815, of 2024]\nArt. 41. Arts. 16 to 23 will be in force until December 31, 2038. [ Added by Law No. 14,815, of 2024][...]\" (Law No. 12,485, of September 12, 2011 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 1 For the purposes of this Provisional Measure, it is understood as: [...]\nV - Brazilian cinematographic work or Brazilian videophonographic work: one that meets one of the following requirements:\na) be produced by a Brazilian production company, subject to the provisions of § 1, registered with ANCINE, be directed by a Brazilian or foreign director residing in the country for more than 3 (three) years, and use for its production, at least, 2/ 3 (two thirds) of Brazilian artists and technicians or resident in Brazil for more than 5 (five) years; (Wording provided by Law No. 10,454, of 5.13.2002)\nb) be carried out by a Brazilian production company registered with ANCINE, in association with companies from other countries with which Brazil has a film co-production agreement and in line with them.\nc) be carried out, in a co-production regime, by a Brazilian production company registered with ANCINE, in association with companies from other countries with which Brazil does not have a co-production agreement, ensuring ownership of at least 40% (forty percent) of the property rights of the work to the Brazilian production company and use for its production, at least 2/3 (two thirds) of Brazilian artists and technicians or resident in Brazil for more than 3 (three) years. (Included by Law No. 10,454, of 5.13.2002) [...]\n§ 1 For the purposes of item V of this article, a Brazilian company is understood to be one incorporated under Brazilian laws, with headquarters and administration in the country, whose majority of the total and voting capital is directly or indirectly held by native or naturalized Brazilians. for more than 10 (ten) years, who must exercise de facto and de jure the decision-making power of the company. (Wording provided by Law No. 10,454, of 5.13.2002)\n§ 2 For the purposes of the provisions of items XVII, XVIII and XX of this article, a Brazilian company is understood to be one constituted under Brazilian laws, with headquarters and administration in the country, whose majority of the capital is directly or indirectly held by native Brazilians. or naturalized for more than 5 (five) years, who must exercise de facto and de jure the decision-making power of the company. (Included by Law No. 10,454, of 5.13.2002)\n[...]\nArt. 55. For a period of twenty years, starting from September 5, 2001, companies that own, lease or lease rooms, spaces or places for commercial public exhibitions will exhibit feature-length Brazilian cinematographic works, for a number of days fixed annually by decree, after consulting the representative entities of producers, distributors and exhibitors.[Repealed by Law No. 14,814, of 2024]\nArt. 55. Until December 31, 2033, companies that own, rent or lease rooms, spaces, locations or commercial public exhibition complexes are obliged to show feature-length Brazilian cinematographic works within the scope of their programming, observing the minimum number of sessions and the diversity of titles, established under the terms of the regulation, on an annual basis, by means of a decree from the Executive Branch, after consulting Ancine and the entities representing producers, distributors and exhibitors. [New workding by Law No. 14,814, of 2024]\n§ 1 The exhibition of Brazilian cinematographic works will be carried out proportionally throughout the semester, with the exhibitor being able to anticipate the schedule for the following semester. [Repealed by Law No. 14,814, of 2024]\n§ 1 The exhibition of Brazilian cinematographic works referred to in the caput of this article will take place proportionally throughout the year, in accordance with the regulations, with Ancine being responsible for assessing compliance with the provisions of this article. [New workding by Law No. 14,814, of 2024][...]\" (Provisional Measure No. 2,228-1, of September 6, 2001 [google translation])","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended on May 28, 2002, Article 222\nLaw 10,610 (20 December 2002) providing for the participation of foreign capital in the newspaper and broadcasting companies, Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 12,485, of September 12, 2011 [google translation]\nProvisional Measure No. 2,228-1, of September 6, 2001 [google translation]\nLaw No. 14,815, of January 15, 2024 amending Provisional Measure No. 2,228-1, of September 6, 2001, which establishes general principles of the National Cinema Policy, and Law No. 12,485, of September 12, 2011, which provides for conditional access audiovisual communication, to extend the period for mandatory commercial exhibition of Brazilian cinematographic works – the policy of screen quotas on pay TV –, and provides other measures.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/2002/l10610.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_Ato2011-2014/2011/Lei/L12485.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/MPV/2228-1.htm\">Measure</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_Ato2023-2026/2024/Lei/L14815.htm#art2\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3309,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","F42","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.001875","Foreign investment in construction activities, with the exception of construction services incidental to mining and mechanical engineering services activities, is limited depending on the project amount to up to 90% of equity ownership. This applies only for firms applying for a Certificate A, which allows them to carry out construction works for the government and private sector. Firms applying for Certificate B, which allows them to carry out construction works for the private sector only, are not bound by such equity limitations. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that existing equity restrictions applicable to Certificate A firms, which seek to serve the public sector, affect more prominently the civil engineering contructions segment.\n","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Construction Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Order 2011, Building Control Order 2011 (Draft), Building Control Regulations (Draft), Procedures of Contractors and Suppliers Registration, Ministry of Development (Edition 2009), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises are not allowed to supply construction services such as: general construction work for building services, general construction work for civil engineering, installation and assembly work services, building completion and finishing work services, except mining, and mechanical engineering services, unless: (a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they register for either Certificate A or Certificate B, as a contractor or supplier; or (c) they comply with any requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge to persons in Brunei Darussalam as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. In the case of Certificate A, a foreign national or enterprise may not own equity shareholding other than what is prescribed in the table below, in any enterprise that applies to be registered as a contractor or supplier:\nTable - Class / Project Threshold / Level of Foreign Equity Allowed\n  I / Up to BND 50 000 / None\n II / Exceeding BND 50 000 but not more than BND 250 000 / None\nIII / Exceeding BND 250 000 but not more than BND 500 000 / 20 per cent\nIV / Exceeding BND 500 000 but not more than BND 1.5 million / 50 per cent\n V / Exceeding BND 1.5 million but not more than BND 5 million / 70 per cent\nVI / Exceeding BND 5 million / 90 per cent\n Building Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\nMechanical and Electrical Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\n3. For greater certainty, Certificate A refers to certificates which are required for participating in government and private projects, whilst Certificate B refers to certificates which are required for participating in private projects only.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------\n\"PART VII -LICENSING OF BUILDERS \nInterpretation. \n42. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"building works\" means any building works to which Part II applies; \"minor specialist building works\" means (a} specialist building works associated with minor building works; (b) structural steelwork comprising fabrication and erection work for structures with a cantilever length of not more than 3 metres, a clear span of less than 6 metres and a plan area not exceeding 150 square metres; (c) pre-cast concrete work compnsmg casting of pre-cast reinforced concrete slabs or planks on site; \n(2) In this Part (a) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) general building ·works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration, or reward other than wages, but not if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, general building works only as a sub-contractor; (b) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) any specialist building works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration or reward other than wages; (c) a person carries out general building works or specialist building works whether that person carries it out personally, or directly or indirectly causes it to be carried out; (d) a person shall be deemed to carry on the business of a builder if he carries out general building works or specialist building works, as the case may be, on or in respect of a building for himself; and {e} a person undertakes to carry out general building works or specialist building works if that person enters into a contract to carry it out or submits a tender or makes an offer to carry it out. \n[...]\nProhibition against unlicensed builders.\n43. (1) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a} advertise or hold himself out or conduct himself in any way or by any means as a person who is authorised to carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam; or {b) assume, take or use (either alone or in combination with any other word, letter or device) the name, title or description of \"licensed builder\", or any name, title or description calculated to lead others to believe he is so licensed, or by words or conduct hold himself out as being so licensed, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence. \n(2) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a) carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; (b) carry on a business carrying out, or undertaking to carry out, whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business, general building works and minor specialist building works or minor specialist building works only, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; \n[...]\nClasses of builder's licences.\n44. A licence may be granted under this Part to a builder authorising him to carry on such classes of business of a builder as may be prescribed. [...]\" (BUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"[Table of requirements per class of builder licence - text not reproduced here] (Ministry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nBUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended\nMinistry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2014/EN/s069.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://abci.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Perkhidmatan%20ABCi/Pendaftaran%20Syarikat/Lesen%20Pembina/Jadual%20A1%20kelas%20I%20ke%20VI.pdf\">Table</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3046,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H492","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0012","Brunei's CPTPP Annex 1 on Non-Conforming Measures lists a series of restrictions that are supposedly reflective of underlying regulations listed in the measures section of the Annex entry. Although no exact evidence of the restriction mentioned in teh CPTPP was identified in the domestic legislation, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that such a joint venture requirement for courier services, including express delivery services, applies to last-mile road freight transportation activities as the licensing authority is required to consider in the licensing process whether the greater part of the capital required for operation is derived or to be derived from persons resident or operating in Brunei Darussalam. Hence, assuming foreign ownerhsip is a criteria for discrimination.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Communication Services [transportation services for the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]\nSub-sector: Courier services, including express delivery services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign nationals and enterprises may not supply courier services, including express delivery services, in Brunei Darussalam, unless through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, to provide such services.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) \n---------------------------------\n\"Interpretation. 2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires —[...]\n“franchise” includes — (a) the grant either of an exclusive right to maintain a public service of road transport within a regulated area or part thereof or the right to operate, within a regulated area or part thereof, a public service of road transport by a vehicle or vehicles for which a public service vehicle licence is required which is not available to all persons holding licences of the same class: Provided that a right granted shall be deemed to be a franchise for the purpose of this part of this definition notwithstanding that it does not exclude the Government or persons to whom an exemption has been granted and notwithstanding that it may cease to be exclusive by virtue of the exercise by the Licensing Authority of the powers conferred by this Act or by any franchise issued hereunder; and (b) whether or not paragraph (a) applies, the grant of the right under section 64 to operate within a regulated area or part thereof a stage carriage of any class or description of public service vehicle to which section 64 from time to time applies;\n[...]\nProhibition of use of unlicensed public service vehicles. \n56. (1) Subject to the provision of this Part, no person shall on any road in any regulated area, use a motor vehicle, or cause or permit a motor vehicle to be used, as a public service vehicle unless there is in force, in respect of such vehicle, a valid licence granted under this Part authorising such use, or otherwise than in accordance with such licence and any conditions attached thereto; \n[...]\nClasses of public service vehicle licences. 59. (1) Public service vehicle licences shall be issued in respect of — (a) stage carriages; (b) motor omnibuses; (c) contract carriages; (d) taxicabs; (e) goods service vehicles; (f) such classes or description of public service vehicle as may be prescribed. \n[...]\nGrant of franchise. 64. (1) The Licensing Authority, subject to the provisions of this section and section 67, upon application under section 63 may grant or refuse any franchise: [...]\n[...]\nMatters to be considered by Licensing Authority. 67. On any application to which section 64 applies, the Licensing Authority in exercising its discretion to grant or refuse a franchise and to attach terms and conditions thereto shall have regard to the following matters — [...] e) the financial ability of the applicant to provide the proposed service, and whether the applicant is resident and carrying on business in Brunei Darussalam and whether the greater part of the capital required for operation is derived or to be derived from persons resident or operating in Brunei Darussalam; [...]\" (ROAD TRAFFIC ACT [CHAPTER 68])","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nROAD TRAFFIC ACT [CHAPTER 68]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap068.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3087,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","A01","_O","IV92","IX",2022,"0.00625","Access to land is subject to discriminatory restriction as foreign natural or legal persons (including any legal entity constituted in Burundi whose capital is majority owned by foreigners) are only granted freehold land for specific purposes (industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use) subject to reciprocity. Otherwise, foreign persons may lease land on a medium-term basis up to 50 years. Foreign natural or legal persons cannot own agricultural land unless under a leashold term.","\"Article 5\nLand within the meaning of this Code means any real right exercised over a built or unbuilt building, namely ownership, emphyteusis, usufruct, use and habitation, easements and mortgage.\n[...]\nTITLE I: General provisions [...]\nArticle 12\nAny natural or legal person may enjoy, without discrimination, all the rights defined by the present Code and exercise them freely, subject to respect for the rights of others and restrictions resulting from the law.\nArticle 13\nSubject to reciprocity, foreign natural or legal persons enjoy the same rights and protections as nationals; in particular, they may benefit from the transfer or concessions of state-owned land as defined and organized by the present law.\nHowever, they may only be granted freehold land for industrial, agro-industrial, commercial, social, cultural, scientific or residential use.\nIf the transferred or granted property is not put to use for five years, the transfer or concession contract is terminated. The terms of application of this paragraph shall be determined by regulation. \nLand for agricultural or livestock use may not be the subject of freehold transfers to foreign natural or legal persons.\nArticle 14\nThe provisions of the preceding article do not preclude, subject to reciprocity, the application of more favorable rules which are or will be provided for, in favor of foreign natural persons or legal entities by bilateral or multilateral international agreements to which Burundi is a party\n[...]\nArticle 15\nFor the application of the provisions of this Code, any natural person not having Burundian nationality within the meaning of the Burundian Nationality Code is considered a foreigner. Any legal entity falling into one of the following two categories is also considered foreign: \n1° legal entities which are not constituted under Burundian law or for those constituted under Burundian law whose capital is majority owned by foreigners;\n2° associations of foreigners or made up mainly of foreigners.\n[...]\nChapter I. - Long-term Lease\nArticle 44\nA long-term lease is the right to have, for a fixed period, full enjoyment of a building belonging to another, with the responsibility of developing it, maintaining it and paying the owner a fee in kind or in money as agreed. \nIt cannot be established for a term of less than eighteen years. If it is granted for a shorter period, it is deemed void.\nNor can it be granted for a period exceeding fifty years. If it is granted for a longer period, it is automatically reduced to this term. [...]\" (LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI)","LAW N°1/13 OF AUGUST 9, 2011 REVIEWING THE LAND CODE OF BURUNDI","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fao.org/faolex/results/details/fr/c/LEX-FAOC111284\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3200,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.003","Local incorporation is required for carrying out banking activities.","\"TITLE II: conditions for granting, exercise and withdrawal of approval\nCHAPTER I: grant of approval or authorization [...]\nArticle 20: Approval of foreign subsidiaries and representative offices \nForeign credit and payment institutions can only establish themselves in Burundi as subsidiaries or representative offices.\nThe opening in Burundi of subsidiaries and representative offices of these establishments are subject to approval by the Central Bank.\nThe requesting credit institution or payment institution must have obtained the agreement of the banking supervisory authority of its country of origin. [...]\" (Law No. 1/17 of August 22, 2017 governing banking activities)","Law No. 1/17 of August 22, 2017 governing banking activities","n/a","[<a href=\"\">https//investburundi.bi/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Burundi-Loi-2017-17-bancaire.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3209,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00075","Foreign investment in insurance services is only permitted through a local incorporated company. See also below information reported by legal firms operating in Cambodia:\n\"[...] 02 | Subsidiary/branch\nAn insurance company shall be registered as a Public Limited Company. A foreign insurer may not carry on business in Cambodia without establishing a locally incorporated company meeting this requirement, i.e. a branch of a foreign insurer is not permitted.\nAn insurance intermediary shall be registered as a Private Limited Company. [...] \"(Norton Rose Fulbright, 2017).\n\"[...] vii Ownership\nWhile there is no restriction for foreigners to invest in insurance businesses, there is only one entity form available. An insurance company must be registered in the form of a public limited liability company. [...]\" (Law Business Research Ltd., 2015).","\"Article 3:\nThis law shall cover and apply to all insurance activities carried out in the Kingdom of Cambodia, unless otherwise exceptionally prescribed in Chapter 12 of this law.\n[…]\nCHAPTER 6 - INSURANCE INSTITUTIONS & LICENSING\nSection 1 - Insurance Company\nArticle 41:\nAll insurers, whether state owned, private or mixed companies, shall be allowed to operate in the Kingdom of Cambodia only under the form of a public limited company.[...]\" (Royal Kram No. NS/RKM/0814/021 dated on 4 August 2014 on the Promulgation of the Law on Insurance)","Royal Kram No. NS/RKM/0814/021 dated on 4 August 2014 on the Promulgation of the Law on Insurance","Norton Rose Fulbright (2017), 2017: Insurance Regulation in Asia Pacific.\nLaw Business Research Ltd. (2015), The Insurance and Reinsurance Law Review.","[<a href=\"http://www.sithi.org/upload/Law_on_Insurance_2014.pdf\">Law (khmer only)</a>],[<a href=\"http://huskyandpartners.com/images/Law%20Library/Insurance/20190425-Law%20on%20Insurrance_2014_En.pdf.pdf\">Law (in english)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nortonrosefulbright.com/en-us/knowledge/publications/c78f334b/insurance-regulation-in-asia-pacific\">Article</a>],[<a href=\"https://bun-associates.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/BA-The-Insurance-Reinsurance-Law-Review-4th-edition-2016.pdf\">Article</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1880,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","C13T15","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.000216667","Foreign investment in silk production is only allowed through joint venture with Cambodian-owned investors. ","\"Article 1: The following investment sectors shall be restricted on the basis of national security, social welfare, or economic needs as listed in the sensitive list for the opening of industries and for the granting of national treatment in the attached annex.\nAnnex 1 \n[...] II. Industries Open with Restriction to Foreign Investors: Preparation and spinning of textile fibres; weaving of textiles [silk weaving]: subject to local equity participation\" (Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1)","Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/khm_e/wtacckhm3a3_leg_4.pdf\">Sub-decree</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1873,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","Pursuant to Part IV.1 of the Investment Canada Act, the Canadian government can review foreign investment that could be injurious to national security. Under this Part of the Act, if national security threats associated with investments in Canada by non-Canadians are identified, primarily by Canada's security and intelligence agencies, they will be brought to the attention of the Minister of Industry. Once identified, the Minister of Industry, after consultation with the Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness is responsible for deciding whether to refer these investments to the Governor in Council (GIC). The GIC is responsible for determining whether a review should be ordered. Once the GIC orders a review, the Minister of  Industry, after consultation with the Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness, conducts the review and, if required, submits a report to the GIC with recommendations. The GIC has the authority to take any measures in respect of the investment that it considers advisable to protect national security.\nOn 18 April 2020, the Canadian Government published a Policy Statement on Foreign Investment Review and COVID-19 that announces “enhanced scrutiny” of “foreign direct investments of any value, controlling or non-controlling, in Canadian businesses that are related to public health or involved in the supply of critical goods and services to Canadians or to the Government”. This measure was taken, according to the Canadian government in response to “opportunistic investment behaviour” caused by declines in valuations of Canadian businesses as well as by investment of state-owned enterprises that “may be motivated by non-commercial imperatives that could harm Canada’s economic or national security interests, a risk that is amplified in the current context”. The approach is temporary until the economy has recovered from the fallout of the COVID-19 pandemic.\nOn 27 July 2020, the Time Limits and Other Periods Act (COVID-19) entered into force. The Act expands certain time limits for administrative processes in light of the Coronavirus pandemic. On 31 July 2020, the Order Respecting Time Limits and Other Periods Established By or Under Certain Acts and Regulations for Which the Minister of Industry is Responsible (COVID-19) was issued based on the Act. Among others, it extends the initial review period under the National Security Review of Investments Regulations for any investments notified between 31 July 2020 and 31 December 2020 and by extending the time given to the Minister to take action for investments that are subject to the Investment Canada Act but do not require a filing.\nOn 24 March 2021, the Canadian Government issued updated Guidelines on the National Security Review of Investments under the Investment Canada Act. Such Guidelines had first been made public in December 2016. Among others, the revised Guidelines identify sensitive technology areas, critical minerals, sensitive personal data and investments by state-owned or state-influenced investors as areas of heightened scrutiny by Canadian authorities when assessing whether an investment poses a security risk.\nOn 8 March 2022, Canadian authorities published a Policy Statement announcing an adjustment of administrative practice and controls in relation to foreign acquisitions controlled by or subject to influence by the Russian Federation. According to the Statement, the existence of ties between the investment and an individual or entity associated with, controlled by or subject to influence by the Russian State constitutes a ground to assess that the investment could be harmful to national security. Foreign investors are thus asked to identify the components of proposed transactions holding such ties.\nOn 2 August 2022, the Regulations Amending the National Security Review of Investments Regulations came into force. These Regulations provide an option for non-Canadian investors to obtain pre-implementation regulatory certainty with respect to a national security review of investment that do not require a filing under the Investment Canada Act (ICA). Where a voluntary filing is submitted, non-Canadian investors benefit from a shorter period of 45 days (as compared to five years) during which the Canadian Government must initiate a national security review.",{"$cut":{"chars":18245,"head":"\"Prescribed Periods\nMinister’s notice\n2 For the purposes of subsection 25.2(1) of the Act, the prescribed period is [...]\n(c) in respect of an investment referred to in paragraph 25.1(c) of the Act, the period beginning on the day on which the investment first comes to the Minister’s attention and ending on the earlier of\n(i) 45 days after the day on which the required information set out in the schedule, or reasons for the inability to provide any part of the required information, has been received by the Minister, as certified by the Minister, and\n(ii) 5 years after the day on which the investment is implemented.\n[...]\nOrder for review\n4 For the purposes of subsection 25.3(1) of the Act, the prescribed period is [...]\n(iii) in respect of an investment referred to in paragraph 25.1(c) of the Act, the period beginning on the day on which the investment first comes to the Minister’s attention and ending on the earlier of\n(A) 45 days after the day on which the required information set out in the schedule, or reasons for the inability to provide any part of the required information, has been received by the Minister, as certified by the Minister, and\n(B) 5 years after the day on which the investment is implemented [...]\" (National Security Review of Investments Regulations (SOR/2009-271), last amended 2022-08-02, Sections 2 and 4)\n-------------------------\n\"1. The following Guidelines are issued under section 38 of the Investment Canada Act ('the Act') by the Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry ('the Minister'), who is the Minister responsible for the administration of the Act. These Guidelines inform investors of procedures that will be followed in the administration of the national security review process set out in Part IV.1 of the Act and in the National Security Review of Investments Regulations ('the Regulations'). [...]\n2. Section 25.1 of the Act identifies the scope of investments by non-Canadians, whether implemented or proposed, that may be subject to national security review under Part IV.1. These are: the establishment of a new Canadian business or an entity carrying on operations in Canada; acquisitions of control of a Canadian business of any dollar value; and acquisitions of all or part of an entity carrying on operations in Canada. [...]\n4. Under Part IV.1 of the Act, proposed or implemented investments are evaluated on the basis of the facts related to the investment, which may include sensitive information, including as defined in section 38 of the Canada Evidence Act. Investors and the other parties involved in an investment that is, or may be, subject to a national security review under section 25.3 are notified in a timely manner as required by the Act and the Regulations. If an order for review of an investment is made by the Governor in Council, the Act provides the opportunity for the non-Canadian or other parties to make representations to the Minister. Throughout this process, commercial information is protected by the strict confidentiality provisions contained in the Act. Sensitive information is protected under the Canada Evidence Act and other applicable laws. National security considerations may restrict the degree to which the Government can share information with the investor and others in this context.\n[...]\n7. In particular, some investments into Canada by state-owned enterprises may be motivated by non-commercial imperatives that could harm Canada's national security. The Government will subject all foreign investments by state-owned investors, or private investors assessed as being closely tied to or subject to direction from foreign governments, to enhanced scrutiny under Part IV.1, regardless of the value of the investment.\n8. For the purposes of making determinations under Part IV.1 of the Act, the Minister or Governor in Council may take into account factors including but not limited to the following as they relate to national security:\ni. The potential effects of the investment on Canada's defence capabilities and interests, including but not limited to the defence industri"}},"National Security Review of Investments Regulations (SOR/2009-271), last amended 2022-08-02, Sections 2 and 4\nGuidelines on the National Security Review of Investments, March 24, 2021\nInvestment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), as last amended on 2021-04-01\nGovernment of Canada, Policy Statement on Foreign Investment Review and COVID-19 (18 April 2020, modified 19 April 2020)\nTime Limits and Other Periods Act (COVID-19) (S.C. 2020, c. 11, s. 11), in force from 27 July 2020\nOrder Respecting Time Limits and Other Periods Established By or Under Certain Acts and Regulations for which the Minister of Industry is Responsible (COVID-19) (S.C. 2020, c. 11, s. 11), of 31 July 2020\nGovernment of Canada, Policy Statement on Foreign Investment Review and the Ukraine Crisis (8 March 2022)\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/sor-2009-271/page-1.html\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://ised-isde.canada.ca/site/investment-canada-act/en/investment-canada-act/guidelines/guidelines-national-security-review-investments\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-21.8/\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ic.gc.ca/eic/site/ica-lic.nsf/eng/lk81224.html\">Policy Statement</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/T-11.1/page-1.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.ic.gc.ca/eic/site/693.nsf/eng/h_00184.html\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://ised-isde.canada.ca/site/investment-canada-act/en/investment-canada-act/policy-statement-foreign-investment-review-and-ukraine-crisis\">Policy Statement</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2992,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COL","J59","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0005625","Advertising and commercial advertising companies may only operate in the country when their capital or majority of shares are Colombian nationals.","\"ARTICLE 13. To be a director, manager or owner of a newspaper that deals with national politics, the condition of a practicing Colombian citizen is required.\nAdvertising and commercial advertising companies may only operate in the country when their capital or majority of shares are Colombian nationals.[...]\" (Law no. 29 issuing provisions on the press (15 December 1944), last amended by Law no. 44 of 1993, Article 13 [google translation])","Law no. 29 issuing provisions on the press (15 December 1944), last amended by Law no. 44 of 1993, Article 13","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.suin-juriscol.gov.co/viewDocument.asp?ruta=Leyes/1585447\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1156,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001875","Only Croatian and EU lawyers can be founders of law firms providing legal advice on the law of the Republic of Croatia and representing clients before the courts. Non-EU lawyers and firms may only provide legal advice on home-country law, on EU law, international law.","\"Article 5\n(1) Only lawyers may provide legal aid as a profession, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nArticle 5a\n(1) A lawyer from another state who has acquired the right to practice law in the home Member State of the European Union may, in accordance with the conditions prescribed by this Act, practice in the Republic of Croatia:\n- legal activities, in accordance with Articles 36e and 36f of this Act,\n- a lawyer's title under the name of a profession from his home country, in accordance with Article 36.b of this Act,\n- a lawyer's summons entitled \"lawyer\" in accordance with Article 36a of this Act.\n[...]\nArticle 27\n(1) Two or more lawyers registered in the register of lawyers of the Chamber may establish a law office with the status of a legal entity (law firm).\n(2) A law firm shall be established as a public company.\n[...]\nArticle 27a\n(1) Law firms from a member state of the European Union and from a member state of the World Trade Organization may establish their branches in the Republic of Croatia in accordance with the obligations of the Republic of Croatia under international agreements, the Companies Act and this Act.\n(2) Branches referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article may provide legal services in the Republic of Croatia which include advisory services on the law of their home country, on the law of the European Union and international law.\nArticle 28\n(1) Only a lawyer may be a member of a law firm.\n[...]\nArticle 36a\n(1) A lawyer from a Member State of the European Union shall be entered in the Directory of Foreign Lawyers who may practice law in the Republic of Croatia under the title \"lawyer\", with all rights and duties in practicing law, if he meets the conditions referred to in Article 48, item 2, 3, 8, 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this Act and if he passes the exam in knowledge of the legal order of the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) The lawyer must attach to the application for entry in the Directory referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article a certificate of citizenship of a Member State of the European Union, proof that he has the right to practice law in his home country and other evidence of compliance with paragraph 1 of this Article. article.\n[...]\nArticle 36b \n(1) A lawyer from a Member State of the European Union shall be entered in the Directory of Foreign Lawyers who may practice law in the Republic of Croatia under the name of a profession from his home country if he submits a certificate of registration in law associations in his home country or another country. States.\n(2) The application for entry in the Directory referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be accompanied by a certificate of citizenship, proof of professional liability insurance, as well as a certificate and proof of membership in bar associations in the home country or another country. [...]\n(7) A lawyer referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article who practices law as a profession from his home country, and who regularly and successfully practices law in the Republic of Croatia for at least three years may register in the Register of Lawyers of the Croatian Bar Association and practice law under called a \"lawyer.\"\n(8) Lawyers from the Member States of the European Union may practice law as a law firm or joint law office under the name of a profession from their home country, and may use the name of a law firm or joint law office of which they are a member. [...]\n(9) Foreign lawyers referred to in Articles 36a and 36b of this Act may represent the parties before courts and other bodies in the Republic of Croatia under the conditions determined by this Act.\nArticle 36c\n(1) The lawyer referred to in Article 36.b of this Act may give advice on the law of his home country, on the law of the European Union, on international law and on the law of the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) When performing legal activities related to the representation of parties before courts in the Republic of Croatia, the lawyer referred to in Article 36.b of this Act must act together with a lawyer who has the right to practice law in the Republic of Croatia.\n[...]\nArticle 36d \n(1) A lawyer from a Member State of the European Union shall be entered in the Directory of Foreign Lawyers who practice law in the Republic of Croatia under the title \"lawyer\", regardless of the provisions of Article 36a of this Act, if he has practiced law for at least three years. from Article 36.b of this Act, and may also be entered as a lawyer in the Register of Lawyers of the Croatian Bar Association.\n[...]\nArticle 36.e \n(1) A lawyer from a Member State of the European Union, who is not registered in the Directory of Foreign Lawyers pursuant to Article 36a, 36b or 36d of this Act, may perform certain actions (freedom to provide services) within the scope of practicing law in in accordance with the provisions of Article 36.c, paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Act.\n[...]\nArticle 46\n(1) The right to practice law in the territory of the Republic of Croatia shall be acquired by entry in the register of lawyers, and after the solemn oath has been taken.\n[...]\nArticle 47\nIn proceedings before selected (arbitration) courts in legal matters with an international element, the parties may also be represented by lawyers registered in the bar associations of other non-member countries of the European Union.\nArticle 48\nA person who meets the following conditions has the right to be entered in the lawyer's directory:\n1. that he is a Croatian citizen,\n2. that he is a national of a Member State of the European Union or another state signatory to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, [...]\" (Law on the Legal Profession (NN 9/1994; 2 February 1994), as last amended by Law NN 18/2011 of 9 February 2011, Articles 5, 5a, 27, 27a, 28, 36a, 36b, 36c, 36d, 36e, 46, 47 and 48 [google translation])","Law on the Legal Profession (NN 9/1994; 2 February 1994), as last amended by Law NN 18/2011 of 9 February 2011, Articles 5, 5a, 27, 27a, 28, 36a, 36b, 36c, 36d, 36e, 46, 47 and 48","Point of Single Contact - Lawyers, webpage.","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/1994_02_9_157.html\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.hok-cba.hr/sites/default/files/zakon_o_odvjetnistvu.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://psc.hr/en/lawyers/\">Other</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1041,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DNK","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00576","Airlines established in Denmark must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory. An aircraft may not be registered in Denmark unless it is predominantly owned by Danish nationals or by companies or other entities controlled by Danish nationals. Cabotage is reserved to national carriers.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\"\n(Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n\n******\n\n\"§ 7. \nAn aircraft can only be registered in Denmark,\n1) when it has a Danish owner, and the owner is resident or domiciled in Denmark or in a state where the person in question cannot be the registered owner of an aircraft due to his nationality,\n2) when the aircraft is owned by EU or EEA nationals or EU or EEA companies, etc. (legal persons), insofar as these are covered by the rules of the European Union, or\n3) when the aircraft is owned by a person domiciled in Denmark and the aircraft is used with a place of departure in Denmark.\nPCS. 2. As a Danish owner is considered\n1) the Danish state and institutions controlled by the state,\n2) Danish municipalities,\n3) Danish citizens,\n4) foundations domiciled in Denmark, the management of which consists exclusively of Danish citizens or persons covered by subsection (1). 1, Nos. 2-3,\n5) associations and similar associations based in Denmark, where at least half of the members are Danish citizens or persons covered by subsection. 1, Nos. 2-3,\n6) public limited companies and other companies with limited liability when the predominant number of participants are Danish citizens or persons covered by subsection (1). 1, nos. 2-3, and the company is subject to the full control of these participants, and\n7) public limited companies, which exclusively have a Danish board of directors and executive board based in Denmark.\nPCS. (3) The Minister of Transport, Building and Housing may in special cases allow an aircraft that is predominantly used with a place of departure in Denmark to be registered, even if the conditions in subsection (1) apply. 1 is not met.\n\n§ 77. Permission for the carriage of passengers, mail and goods may, when the carriage only takes place between places within the realm, only be granted to the person who fulfills the conditions in § 7, para. 1, for registration of aircraft in this country set conditions.\n[...]\"\n(Aviation Act (No. 1149 of 13/10/2017), last amended by Act No. 2073 of 21/12/2020, §§ 7 and 77 [google translation])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAviation Act (No. 1149 of 13/10/2017), last amended by Act No. 2073 of 21/12/2020, §§ 7 and 77","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2017/1149\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,75,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","L68","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0003375","On 12 April 2022, the Law No. 21 of 2022 entered into force. The Law introduced nationality requirements for real estate brokerage activities in Egypt. These activities may be carried out only by Egyptian nationals or by enterprises headquartered in Egypt and having their shareholders, directors, and members of their management board being of Egyptian nationality. Citizens having obtained Egyptian nationality within the last 10 years are considered ineligible for the purposes of this policy. These requirements may be alleviated exceptionally by the Ministry of Trade and Industry.","\"Article (1):\nIn applying the provisions of this law, the following phrases and words shall have the meanings indicated next to each of them:\nCommercial agent: Every natural or legal person who, without being bound to an employment contract or a service rental contract, submits bids or concludes purchases, sales, rentals, or provides services in the name and for the account of producers, merchants, or distributors, or in his name and for the account of one of them.\nCommercial intermediary: Every natural or legal person whose activity, even for one transaction, is limited to searching for a contractor or negotiating with him to convince him to enter into a contract, as well as everyone who carries out any commercial agency work, even if it is unusual and for a single time, or who is associated with the producer, merchant, or Distributor with an employment contract.\nReal estate broker: anyone who is registered in the register established for this purpose, and who carries out brokerage work or seeks to conclude contracts related to real estate, cleared lands, or space, whether purchasing, selling, leasing, or mediating in any of the above.\nNegative lists: Lists of terrorist entities and terrorists regulated pursuant to Law No. 8 of 2015 regarding organizing lists of terrorist entities and terrorists, and names and entities included in the database of the Anti-Money Laundering Unit established pursuant to the Anti-Money Laundering Law promulgated by Law No. 80 of 2002.\nCompetent Ministry: The Ministry concerned with foreign trade affairs.\nArticle (2):\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of Law No. 34 of 1976 regarding the Commercial Register, it is prohibited to practice any business of commercial agency, commercial brokerage, or real estate brokerage, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers or real estate brokers, as the case may be, prepared for that purpose by the comptent Ministry.\nArticle (3):\nWhoever registers or renews his registration in the register of commercial agents and brokers referred to in Article (2) of this law must meet the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality. [...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as per the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability companies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.\n[...]\nArticle (3 bis):\nWhoever registers or renews his registration in the register of real estate brokers referred to in Article (2) of this law is required to fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst - with regard to the registration of natural persons:\n(a) Fulfilling the conditions required by Clause First of Article (3) of this law.[...]\nSecond - with regard to the registration of legal persons:\n(a) The company’s head office must be in Egypt. As an exception to this, by decision of the competent minister, and in accordance with the controls he determines, companies with a headquarters in the Arab Republic of Egypt may be registered.\n(b) One of the company’s purposes is to carry out real estate brokerage work in accordance with its bylaws or articles of association.\n(c) The company’s paid-up capital on the date of submitting the application for registration in the register must not be less than twenty thousand pounds.\n(d) That all joint partners, managers, members of the board of directors of joint-stock companies, or those in charge of actual management, as the case may be, meet the conditions stipulated in Clause First of this Article, and companies whose founders include foreigners are excluded from the nationality requirement by decision of the competent minister.\n(e) Fulfilling any other conditions required to register certain categories of practitioners of the real estate brokerage profession, as determined by a decision of the competent minister.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), last amended by law Law No. 21 of 2022 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), last amended by Law No. 21 of 2022 of April 11 [google translation]","ADSERO-Ragy Soliman & Partners (2022), \"Commercial Agency and Intermediary Law Amendment\", April 25.\nMinistry of Commerce & Industry (2022), \"Registration and re-registration of real estate brokers\", website content [google translation].","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.elmodawanaeg.com/%d9%82%d9%80%d8%a7%d9%86%d9%88%d9%86-%d8%b1%d9%82%d9%80%d9%85-21-%d9%84%d8%b3%d9%86%d9%80%d8%a9-2022-%d8%a8%d8%aa%d8%b9%d8%af%d9%8a%d9%84-%d8%a8%d8%b9%d8%b6-%d8%a3%d8%ad%d9%83%d8%a7%d9%85-%d8%a7%d9%84/\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=21fc373f-4dc3-4ab3-bc65-9ab8d203c9d7\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/ar/electronic-services/show/782\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2981,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","F41_43","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00375","A trading licence in various commercial activities, including manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail distribution, accommodation, food services and other touristic activities [listed in Schedule 1 of the referenced Regulation], shall only be granted to a non-Eswatini citizen or company not wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens where (i) there there are no available Eswatini citizens to provide the service; or (ii) where Eswatini citizens cannot meet the demand. In any case, a non-Eswatini Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Eswatini Nation Land. With regards to construction activities, foreign investment (including by locally-incorporated firms with 60% or more foreign shareholding) is not permitted where the Construction Industry Council (CIC) determines that the work can be undertaken by Eswatini citizens and/or local companies (owned 60% or more by Eswatini citizens). Where local expertise is in shortage, the CIC may authorise foreign investment subject to the investor partnering (estalbishing a joint-venture) with a local company.",{"$cut":{"chars":21317,"head":"\"Interpretation\n2.In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n’’contractor” means a person, or body of persons who undertakes to execute and complete construction works;[...]\n“construction works” means the provision of goods and or services for the development, extension, installation, repair, maintenance, renewal, removal, renovation, alteration, dismantling or demolition of a fixed asset including building and engineering infrastructure;[...]\n“foreign company” means a body corporate incorporated under the laws of a foreign country; [...]\n“Swazi company” means a company which is registered under the Companies Act and is controlled from within Swaziland and in which 60 percent or more ofthe shares are owned by a Swazi citizen or citizens;\n“Swazi firm” means a firm which is registered in Swaziland and whose partners are Swazi citizens; and\n[...]\nPART IV - REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS\nApplication for registration\n27. (1) A contractor shall not carry on business in the construction industry in Swaziland unless the contractor is registered under this Act.\n[…]\nContractor to operate under registered category\n28. A contractor registered under this Act shall not undertake construction work in a category in respect of which that person is not registered.\n[...]\nPART VI - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nUnregistered contractors\n38. (1) A contractor shall not undertake, carry out or complete any construction works or portion of such works for either a public or a private sector contract, awarded in terms of competitive tender or quotation, unless the contractor is registered with the Council and holds a valid certificate issued by the Council according to categorization of contractors. [...]\n(5) In this section “public sector contract” means a contract in respect ofconstruction works for the Government, a parastatal or a statutory body and “private sector contract” means a contract in respect of construction works for a private individual or company.\n[...]\nAward of contract to foreign company or firm\n40. (1) A person shall not award a contract for construction works to a foreign company or foreign firm without the approval ofthe Council.\n(2) Where an award for a contract is referred to the Council for approval and the Council determines that the construction work to be awarded can be undertaken by a Swazi company or a Swazi firm, the Council shall not endorse its approval and the person shall not award the contract to the foreign company or foreign firm.\n[...]\nPartnership with Swazi company or Swazi firm\n41. (1) A person shall not award a contract for any construction works to a foreign company or foreign firm unless the foreign company or foreign firm undertakes the construction works in partnership orjointly with a Swazi company or Swazi firm.[...]\" (Construction Industry Council Act, 2013)\n---------------------\n\"Interpretations\nIn these regulations unless the context otherwise requires -[...]\n“Foreign company” means\na) A company incorporated outside Swaziland; or\nb) a company incorporated in Swaziland in which 60% or more of the shares are held by a non-Swazi citizen [...]\" (Construction Industry Associations‘ Regulatory Policy 2016)\n---------------------\n\"20. The Minister may make regulations - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A no"}},"Construction Industry Council Act, 2013\nTRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/sz/2013/sz-government-gazette-supplement-dated-2013-08-09-no-103.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,481,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","H492","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.0002","Foreign trucking companies or their Eswatini subsidiaries are obliged to award a quota of not less than 20% of their transport requirements to the local small truckers.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“person” includes a legal person; [...]\n“road transportation” means the use on a public road of - (i) a motor car, minibus or midibus to carry passengers for reward; (ii) a bus or bus train; (iii) a goods vehicle, the gross vehicle mass ofwhich exceeds 3500 kilogrammes; or (iv) a goods vehicle, the gross vehicle mass ofwhich does not exceed 3500 kilogrammes, to carry goods for reward.[...]\n[...]\nPART IV - PERMITS\nPermit to be obtained for road transportation services\n12. (1) A person who wishes to provide transport service shall make written application for a road transportation service permit or renewal or amendment ofthe permit and shall specify the area or route and type ofservice he intends to provide to the Station Commander ofthe  district in which he intends to keep the vehicle and shall seek recommendation ofthe local authority or Regional Administrator where a local authority does not exist.\n(2) The local authority or Regional Administrator, as the case may be shall, before recommending the application in terms ofsubsection (1), consult with the Regional Transport Association concerned.\n(3) An operator who wishes to carry out road transportation to or through a country with which the Government ofSwaziland has entered into an agreement shall in addition to the permit referred to in subsection (1), obtain an international road transport permit in accordance with the provisions ofsuch agreement.\n(4) A person who wishes to carry out road transportation to, from or through Swaziland by means of a motor vehicle registered in a country with which the Government of Swaziland has entered into an agreement shall possess an international road transport permit issued in accordance with the provisions ofthat agreement.\n(5) A person who wishes to carry out road transportation to, from or through Swaziland by means ofa motor vehicle registered in a country other than a country referred to in subsection (4), shall obtain a special permit.[...]\n(8) In case of a passenger service operation subsection (1) does not apply to a person who is not a citizen or permanent resident of Swaziland.\n[...]\nTrucking in Swaziland.\n34. (1) Foreign trucking companies or their Swaziland subsidiaries shall be obliged to award a quota of not less than 20% of their transport requirements to the local small truckers so as to empower or contribute to the development of the small truckers..\n(2) A person who wishes to be a truck operator shall make an application in accordance with Part IV of this Act[...]\" (THE ROAD TRANSPORTATION ACT No. 5 of 2007)","THE ROAD TRANSPORTATION ACT No. 5 of 2007","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/sz/2007/sz-government-gazette-dated-2007-09-20-no-98.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,500,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.001875","Not licenced individuals cannot participate in any way in a Greek Law firm. Only Greek and EU/EEA nationals may qualify as lawyers.","\"Article 6 - Legal requirements - Barriers\nThe lawyer must:\n1 . Be a Greek citizen or a citizen of a member state of the European Union or of another state, which is a party to the Convention on the European Economic Area. A Greek can be appointed a lawyer with the permission of the Minister of Justice, which is issued after the opinion of the relevant bar association.\n[...]\nArticle 49 - Establishment of a Law Firm - Headquarters Branches - Legal entity Company name\n1 . A Civil Law Firm (hereinafter referred to as the \"Law Firm\" or the \"Company\") may be established only between practicing lawyers (hereinafter referred to as the \"Partners\") for the sole purpose of providing legal services (anywhere, inside or outside Greece) and the distribution exclusively between the Partners (according to the method, which they will agree at their non-binding judgment) of the total profits, which will result from the activity of the company. [...]\" (Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequently amended, Articles 6 and 49 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Lawyers' Code (4194/2013), subsequently amended, Articles 6 and 49","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEaosRGzKxO6XdtvSoClrL8A9d-yAUcKEJ5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQZo6QYW-uV-ENHV699Y3tkm_Vc8nmsGuL9nO7gKwnjWc.\">Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/76222\">Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,813,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0004","The Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors of Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines and Regional Air Transport Service companies must be citizens of India.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.9 CIVIL AVIATION\n5.2.9.1 AIRPORTS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n(a) Greenfield projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(b)  Existing projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.9.2 AIR TRANSPORT SERVICES\n(1) (a) Scheduled Air Transport Service*/ Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline\n(b) Regional Air Transport Service  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route:  Automatic up to 49% (Automatic up to 100% for NRIs) & Government route beyond 49%\n(2) Non-Scheduled Air Transport Services | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(3) Helicopter services/seaplane services requiring DGCA approval | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n[*As per Schedule XI of Aircraft Rules, 1937, Air Operator Certificate to operate Scheduled air transport services (including Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline or Regional Air Transport Service) may be granted to a company or a body corporate provided that: - (a) it is registered and has its principal place of business within India;  (b) the Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors are citizens of India; and (c) its substantial ownership and effective control is vested in Indian nationals]\n5.2.9.3 OTHER SERVICES UNDER CIVIL AVIATION SECTOR \n(1) Ground Handling Services subject to sectoral regulations and security clearance | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(2) Maintenance and Repair organizations; flying training institutes; and technical training institutions. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n[...]\nOTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  Air Transport Services would include Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines; NonScheduled Air Transport Services, helicopter and seaplane services.\n(b)  Foreign airlines are allowed to participate in the equity of companies operating Cargo airlines, helicopter and seaplane services, as per the limits and entry routes mentioned above.\n(c)  Foreign airlines are also allowed to invest in the capital of Indian companies, operating scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services, up to the limit of 49% of their paidup capital. Such investment would be subject to the following conditions: (i) It would be made under the Government approval route, (ii)  The 49% limit will subsume FDI and FPI investment, [...]\n(d) In addition to the above conditions, foreign investment in M/s Air India Ltd. shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Foreign investment(s) in M/s Air India Ltd., including that of foreign airline(s) shall not exceed 49% either directly or indirectly except in case of those NRIs, who are Indian Nationals, where foreign investment(s) is permitted up to100% under automatic route.  (ii) Substantial ownership and effective control of M/s Air India Ltd. shall continue to be vested in Indian Nationals as stipulated in Aircraft Rules, 1937.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2443,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","F42","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00375","As of March 2021, remains restricted: construction and installation of electric power (low/medium voltage electric power utilization), which is reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]; and construction of telecommunication centrals conducted by construction company using simple/medium technology remains prohibited to FDI as it is now reserved for MSME/cooperatives. Previously, foreign investment in these activies plus a few other construction activities, such as some utility installation activies, was prohibited.  ","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Oil and gas construction services: onshore pipeline installation, Oil and gas construction services: Horizontal/vertical tank, onshore oil and gas storage and marketing installation [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] \n- Construction and installation of electric power: Installation of low/medium voltage electric power utilization [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Provider, operator (operation and renting) and construction service provider for telecommunication tower  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition), except for telecommunication central construction conducted by construction company using simple/medium technology, which is allocated to MSME/cooperatives [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Contruction - civil engineering]\n- Oil and gas construction services: onshore pipeline installation, Oil and gas construction services: Horizontal/vertical tank, onshore oil and gas storage and marketing installation, Construction and installation of electric power: Installation of low/medium voltage electric power utilization, [...] Provider, operator (operation and renting) and construction service provider for telecommunication tower: Domestic capital: 100%  [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2649,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.009375","As of March 2021, foreign investment in e-commerce and supermarkets is no longer restricted; FDI in minimarket retailing with (up to 400sqm retail space) remains, however, reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, foreign investment was prohibited in direct e-commerce activities and some non-specialised retail activties, including supermarket of less than 1,200 m2 retail store space, and minimarkets with retail space extent of less than 400 m2, including convenience stores and community stores.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Supermarket with retail space extent of less than 1,200 m2  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Minimarkets with retail spaceextent of less than 400 m2, including convenience stores and community stores  [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for SMEs [no change][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Distribution - retail]\n- Retail sale through mail order and internet: Reserved for SMEs\n- Supermarket with retail space extent of less than 1,200 m2, Minimarkets with retail spaceextent of less than 400 m2, including convenience stores and community stores: Domestic capital 100% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3353,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.01875","As of March 2021, foreign investment in e-commerce and specialised retail stores is no longer restricted, except for food and beverage and footwear retail activities. Previously, foreign investment in various specialised retail stores was prohibited; and investment in internet retail and in the maintance and repair of motorcycles oher than those integrated to motorcycle concessionaries was reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Maintenance and repair of motorcycles other than those integrating with sale of motorcycle (agents/distributors) industry), Repair of personal and household necessities industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for SMEs [no change]\n- Retail sale through mail order and internet [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Retail trading activites not at a convenience store or department store: Footwear retail business; Food and beverage retail business (non-alcoholic drinks, rice, bread, pastries, wet cakes and the like; coffee, sugar and brown Sugar; tofu, tempe, tauco and oncom; processed meat and fish; other food) [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for SMEs [non-food and beverage retail activities liberalised, except footwear]\n- Pharmaceutical Goods and Drugs for Humans in Pharmacies; Pharmaceutical goods and drugs for humans not in pharmacies [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for SMEs [no change] \n- Liquor retail business, Sidewalk vendor liquor business [see 2019 restrictions below]: Distribution network and specific place required [no longer requires a Business License Certificate of Liquor (SIUP-MB)].[...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Distribution - retail]\n- Maintenance and repair of motorcycles other than those integrating with sale of motorcycle (agents/distributors) industry), Repair of personal and household necessities industry, Retail sale through mail order and internet: Reserved for SMEs\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Distribution - retail]\n- Retail business of car, motorcycle, and commercial vehicle, Retail business of spare-parts and accessories of car, motorcycle and commercial vehicle, Jewelry retail business, Antique retail business, Water transportation equipment and accessories retail business, Retail business in non-supermarket or non-minimarket, Retail business in non-department store, Textile retail business, Games and toys in stores retail business, Cosmetics retail business, Footwear retail business, Electronics retail business, Food and beverage retail business ,Retail business for any kind of product via electronic system (e.g. liquor), Pharmacy, drugstore, health equipment store and optician: Domestic capital 100% [...]\n- Liquor retail business, Sidewalk vendor liquor business: Must have: a. Business License Certificate of Liquor (SIUP-MB) b. Distribution network and specific place. \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2630,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J611","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.004","Control of a domestic fixed line telecommunications operator must be held by an Israeli individual or a corporation incorporated in Israel in which an Israeli individual holds at least 20%.","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein; [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n1.    In these regulations - [...]\n\"Means of control of a corporation\" - any of the following:\n(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in a parallel body of another corporation;\n(2) the right to appoint a director or general manager;\n(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;\n(4) the right to share in the balance of the corporation's assets at the time of liquidation after the liquidation of its liabilities;\n[...]\nPrerequisites\n11.   \n(a) A person in whom all of the following has taken place may apply:\n(1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5769-1999, or another corporation incorporated in Israel under any law, the incorporation of which is intended for the purpose of obtaining the license;\n(2) One of the following took place in it:\n(A) At least twenty percent of each of the means of control in the applicant is held directly by an Israeli citizen and a resident thereof, or is held by a corporation controlled by an Israeli citizen and resident;\n(B) he was given a provision under section 13 of the Act at the request of the General Security Service, and the General Security Service confirmed that it included alternative requirements to the requirement stated in sub-paragraph (a);\n(3) The General Manager, a director who has been granted executive powers and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents.\n(b) A person who has been convicted of an offense which, according to its nature, severity or circumstances, is not worthy, in the opinion of the director, to serve as an officer in it, shall not serve as an officer.\n(c) In this regulation -\n\"Citizen of Israel\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952;\n\"Resident\" - within the meaning of the Population Registry Law, 1965.[...]\" (Communications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulation (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License to Provide Fixed Domestic Telecommunications Services) (25.9.2000), last amended 7.10.2020, Sections 1 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_088.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1390,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","B05_06","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0007","Foreign (non-EU) investment in the exploration and exploitation of liquid and gaseous hydrocarbons is subject to a reciprocity requirement","\"TITLE II - HYDROCARBONS AND GEOTHERMAL\nCHAPTER I - RESEARCH AND CULTIVATION OF LIQUID AND GASEOUS HYDROCARBONS ON THE LAND IN THE TERRITORIAL SEA AND ON THE CONTINENTAL PLATFORM\nArt. 3. (Prospecting permit). \n1. The prospecting permit is granted upon request by submit to the Ministry of Industry, Trade e crafts, to natural or legal persons who have adequate technical and economic skills. ((2)) \n2. The prospecting permit is granted to Italian or Italian subjects other member states of the European Economic Community, as well as, a conditions of reciprocity, to subjects from other countries. \n[...]\nArt. 5. (Research permit and qualifications of applicants). [...]\n2. The research permit is granted to Italian or other subjects Member States of the European Economic Community, as well as, under conditions of reciprocity, to subjects from other countries. \n[...]\nArt. 9. (Cultivation concession. General provisions). \n1. To the permit holder who, following the drilling of one or more wells, has found liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons and granted the concession of cultivation if the production capacity of wells and other elements of geo-mining evaluation available technically and economically justify development of the discovered deposit. [...]\" (LAW of 9 January 1991, n. 9, \"Rules for the implementation of the new National Energy Plan: institutional aspects, hydroelectric power plants and power lines, hydrocarbons and geothermal energy, self-generation and tax provisions\"; last amended by DECREE-LAW 18 October 2012, n. 179; Articles 3, 5 and 9 [google translation])","LAW of 9 January 1991, n. 9, \"Rules for the implementation of the new National Energy Plan: institutional aspects, hydroelectric power plants and power lines, hydrocarbons and geothermal energy, self-generation and tax provisions\"; last amended by DECREE-LAW 18 October 2012, n. 179; Articles 3, 5 and 9","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:legge:1991-01-09;9!vig=2021-08-19\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,989,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","J611","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0005","Board members and auditors in Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation (NTT) and in the Regional Companies whose shares NTT owns are required to have Japanese nationality.","\"Article 1(1) Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the \"Company\") is a stock company whose purpose is to own all the shares issued by Nippon Telegraph and Telephone East Corporation and Nippon Telegraph and Telephone West Corporation, to ensure that appropriate and stable telecommunications services are provided by these two companies, as well as to conduct research on telecommunications technologies that would form the basis of telecommunications.\n(2)　Nippon Telegraph and Telephone East Corporation and Nippon Telegraph and Telephone West Corporation (hereinafter collectively referred to as \"the Regional Companies\") are stock companies whose purpose is to manage regional telecommunications business.\n[...]\nArticle 10(1) Any person who does not have Japanese nationality may not be appointed as a director or an auditor for the Company or the Regional Companies.[...]\" (Act on Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation (No. 85 of December 25, 1984) Articles 1 and 10 [unofficial translation])","Act on Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation (No. 85 of December 25, 1984), Articles 1 and 10","n;a","[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=359AC0000000085\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/laws/view/3768\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1527,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","A03","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0005","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors fishery and aquaculture.","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1499,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","K661","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"6.67E-05","At least 15% of the paid up equity share capital of a derivatives exchange shall be held by a Kenyan entity.","\"PART II – LICENSING REQUIREMENTS AND DUTIES OF A DERIVATIVES EXCHANGE [...]\n17.\tShareholding in a derivatives exchange\n(1)\tAt least fifteen percent of the paid up equity share capital of a derivatives exchange shall be held by a Kenyan entity. [...]\" (The Capital Markets (Derivatives Markets) Regulations, 2015, Part II, Section 17(1))","The Capital Markets (Derivatives Markets) Regulations, 2016, Part II, Section 17(1)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/sublegview.xql?subleg=CAP.%20485A\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3170,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00325","Foreign participation in companies involved in the production and distribution of alcohol and alcoholic drinks shall not exceed 49%.","\"Article 2. Basic concepts used in this Law\nforeign legal entity - a legal entity that has one of the following characteristics:\n- created and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state;\n- wholly owned by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities;\n- is controlled or managed by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities through: a written contract, the right to sell the majority of voting shares, the right to appoint a majority of the members of the executive or supervisory body;\n- registered in the Kyrgyz Republic and has at least 49 percent of the authorized capital owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons or legal entities referred to in this concept;\n- created on the basis of an interstate agreement or agreement; [...]\nEthyl alcohol - a product obtained by rectification of alcohol brews or rectification of crude ethyl alcohol produced from grain, potatoes, sugar beets, molasses, molasses, raw sugar, fruits and other sugar and starch-containing edible vegetable raw materials, from wine material by direct or double distillation (cognac alcohol) and in another way from non-food raw materials;\n[...]\nArticle 5. Requirements for the production and turnover of ethyl alcohol and (or) alcohol products [...]\nThe production and distribution of ethyl alcohol by foreign legal entities is prohibited. [...]\" (Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of October 13, 2009 No. 269 \"On state regulation of the production and distribution of ethyl, alcoholic beverages,tonic non-alcoholic and low-alcohol drinks [google translated])","Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of October 13, 2009 No. 269 \"On state regulation of the production and distribution of ethyl, alcoholic beverages,tonic non-alcoholic and low-alcohol drinks [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/202669/90?cl=ru-ru&mode=tekst\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2825,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00325","Foreign participation in companies involved in the production and distribution of alcohol and alcoholic drinks shall not exceed 49%.","\"Article 2. Basic concepts used in this Law\nforeign legal entity - a legal entity that has one of the following characteristics:\n- created and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state;\n- wholly owned by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities;\n- is controlled or managed by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities through: a written contract, the right to sell the majority of voting shares, the right to appoint a majority of the members of the executive or supervisory body;\n- registered in the Kyrgyz Republic and has at least 49 percent of the authorized capital owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons or legal entities referred to in this concept;\n- created on the basis of an interstate agreement or agreement; [...]\nEthyl alcohol - a product obtained by rectification of alcohol brews or rectification of crude ethyl alcohol produced from grain, potatoes, sugar beets, molasses, molasses, raw sugar, fruits and other sugar and starch-containing edible vegetable raw materials, from wine material by direct or double distillation (cognac alcohol) and in another way from non-food raw materials;\n[...]\nArticle 5. Requirements for the production and turnover of ethyl alcohol and (or) alcohol products [...]\nThe production and distribution of ethyl alcohol by foreign legal entities is prohibited. [...]\" (Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of October 13, 2009 No. 269 \"On state regulation of the production and distribution of ethyl, alcoholic beverages,tonic non-alcoholic and low-alcohol drinks [google translated])","Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of October 13, 2009 No. 269 \"On state regulation of the production and distribution of ethyl, alcoholic beverages,tonic non-alcoholic and low-alcohol drinks [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/202669/90?cl=ru-ru&mode=tekst\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2825,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.0015625","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is various 'minor' other architectural and engineering activities.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy (specifically for the  consultancy on surveying, design, construction and architectural installation, Lao engineering services related to history, nature and culture and design, construction and installation of   22kv-35 kv and below 0.4 kv electrical distribution network)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2185,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","B07_08","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.0000875","Land of deposits of mineral resources of State importance may only be acquired by:\n-  Latvian citizens and the citizens of other EU countries, EEA countries, Switzerland and, since 10 March 2020, OECD countries;\n-  State and self-governments and its enterprises; \n-  Enterprises  registered  in  the  Republic  of  Latvia  or  enterprises  registered  in  other  EU countries,  EEA  countries,  Switzerland or OECD countries and  registered  as  taxable  persons  in  the Republic of Latvia, which are fully jointly owned by Latvian citizens, other citizens of EU countries, citizens of EEA countries, citizens of Switzerland, citizens of OECD countries, the Latvian State or self-government, or which are owned by natural or legal persons from countries with which Latvia has signed and ratified an international agreement on the promotion and protection of investments before 31 December 1996 or an agreement signed and ratified by Latvia after that date, which provides for reciprocal rights to land acquisition. ","\"Section 28. Subjects of Transactions:\nLand may be acquired into ownership by the following subjects:\n1) citizens of the Republic of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union, as well as citizens of the countries of the European Economic Area, the Swiss Confederation and the Member States of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development;\n2) the Republic of Latvia as the initial legal person governed by public law, and derived public persons;\n3) a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, as well as a capital company registered in another Member State of the European Union, European Economic Area country, Swiss Confederation or Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer in the Republic of Latvia and:\na) all shareholders of which are the subjects referred to in Clause 1 or 2 of this Paragraph each individually or all together;\nb) all shareholders of which are natural or legal persons from states, with which the Republic of Latvia has entered into international agreements regarding the promotion and protection of investments, ratified by the Saeima by 31 December 1996. The abovementioned shall also be applicable to natural or legal persons from states, with which international agreements have been entered into after 31 December 1996, if such agreements provide for the rights of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to purchase land in the relevant state;\nc) all shareholders of which are several subjects referred to in Sub-clauses \"a\" and \"b\" of this Clause together;\n4) religious organisations registered in Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the day when they were registered without the obligation to re-register, or from the day when they provided a notice to the register institution in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years;\n5) a legal entity registered in the Republic of Latvia, another Member State of the European Union, a European Economic Area country, the Swiss Confederation or a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer or registered as an economic operator in the Republic of Latvia and is:\na) an individual undertaking, the owner of which is the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nb) an individual merchant, which has been registered by the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nc) a co-operative society, all members of which are the subjects referred to in Clauses 1, 2 and 3 of this Paragraph, as well as in Sub-clauses \"a\", \"b\" and \"c\" of this Clause each individually or all together;\nd) any other legal entity established in a Member State of the European Union, in a Member State of the European Economic Area, in the Swiss Confederation or in a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, comparable to the entities referred to in this paragraph;\n[...]\n7) associations and foundations registered in the Register of Associations and Foundations of the Republic of Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the moment of registration in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years, the purpose of operation of which is related to nature protection, production of agricultural crops or produce or organisation and maintenance of a hunting farm, and which purchase land for implementation of such purposes.\n[...]\nThe subjects of transactions, which are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, may acquire land into ownership in conformity with the restrictions laid down in Section 29 of this Law and in accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 30.\n\nSection 29. Restrictions to Transactions Involving Land Properties:\nThe persons referred to in Section 28, Paragraph four of this Law may not acquire in ownership:\n1) land in the border zone of the State;\n2) land in nature reserves and other protected nature areas in zones of nature reserves;\n3) land in the protection zone of coastal dunes of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga;\n4) land in the protection zones of public reservoirs and water courses, except sections, in which a group of constructions is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n5) the agricultural and forest land, except for sections in which construction is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n6) land in the mineral deposits of national significance. [...]\" (Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 27 February 2020), Sections 28 and 29 [unofficial translation; translation valid up to 2.7.2019; complemented by google translation of 27.2.2020 amendments to Section 28])\n----------------------\n\"Article 20. Business subjects:\n(1) Land may be acquired in ownership in accordance with the Civil Law and other laws:\n1) citizens of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union;\n2) state and local governments, state and local government enterprises (statutory companies);\n3) a statutory company (capital company) registered in the Republic of Latvia or another Member State of the European Union:\na) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to Latvian citizens, citizens of other Member States of the European Union, the State of Latvia or a local government - to each entity separately or to several of these entities together,\nb) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to natural or legal persons from countries with which the Republic of Latvia has concluded international agreements on the promotion and protection of investments approved by the Saeima until 31 December 1996. The above shall also apply to natural or legal persons from countries with which international agreements have been concluded after 31 December 1996, if these agreements provide for the right of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to acquire land in the respective country,\n(c) in which more than half of the share capital is held jointly by several of the entities referred to in points (a) and (b),\n(d) which is a public limited liability company, if its shares are listed on a stock exchange;\n4) religious organizations registered in Latvia until 21 July 1940;\n5) state and municipal higher education institutions.\n(2) Other natural and legal persons who are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section may acquire ownership of land with the restrictions specified in this Chapter.\n\nArticle 21. Restrictions on land transactions:\n(1) The land referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may be acquired as property in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 22 of this Law .\n(2) The persons referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may not acquire ownership of:\n1) land in state border zones;\n2) land in the dune protection zones of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga and in the protection zones of other public water bodies and watercourses, except in cases when they are intended for construction in accordance with the master plan of the city;\n3) agricultural and forest land in accordance with the spatial plan of the city municipality. [...]\" (Law on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21 [google translation])","Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 10 March 2020), Sections 28 and 29 \nLaw on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21\nAmendments to the Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions, implemented 10 March 2020, Sections 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/74241-on-land-privatisation-in-rural-areas\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/doc.php?id=70467\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.vestnesis.lv/op/2020/49.2\">Amendment</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,121,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","H512","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2021,"0.0002","Since 2019, one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies are required to be composed by Lebanese nationals. Investment in a few sectors - insurance, economics [financial services and real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - are particularly affected since joint-stock companies is the only form of business incorporation allowed according to sectoral regulations. Branches of foreign companies may sometimes be allowed (e.g. banking), but such requirement remains more burdensome for established foreign investors. For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the restriciton is considered only in the affected sectors.","[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).\n","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2088,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","J612T619","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","On 1 July 2021, Law No. XIV-347 of 25 May 2021 entered into force, amending Law No. IX-1132. The changes introduces new powers for the Lithuanian authorities to review the security compliance of manufacturers and suppliers willing to participate in the implementation of 5G mobile communications in Lithuania. In assessing the security risks, the Commission may, among others, take into account if the manufacturers or suppliers are or are not EU, NATO, or OECD nationals.","\"Article 13-2. Verification of compliance with national security interests in the allocation and/or use of radio frequencies (channels) intended for the provision of electronic communications networks and/or electronic communications services\n1 . To the Commission regarding persons who directly apply for the allocation of radio frequencies (channels) intended for the provision of electronic communication networks and/or electronic communication services (hereinafter referred to as certain radio frequencies (channels), or who have submitted applications to participate in the public tender, in the auction, when certain radio frequencies (channels), and ( or ) those who have the right to use certain radio frequencies (channels), as well as their use and (or) planned use of the equipment, devices and (or) ) verification of compliance of software manufacturers, suppliers and/or their maintenance and/or support service providers with the interests of national security is requested by the Communications Regulatory Authority of the Republic of Lithuania in the cases specified in the Law on Electronic Communications.\n2 . For the persons referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, manufacturers, suppliers and/or providers of hardware, devices and/or software used for electronic communications activities, and/or their maintenance and/or support service providers mutatis mutandis , the inspection provided for investors in Article 12, 5 of this law, In paragraphs 7, 8, 9, paragraphs 1 and 3 of paragraph 10, paragraphs 11-17, 19 and 20. The Commission states that the person specified in paragraph 1 of this article, the manufacturer, supplier and/or maintenance and/or support service provider of hardware, devices and/or software used to carry out electronic communications activities does not meet the national security interests, if it is determined that he meets at least one of the criteria set out in Article 11, Part 1 of this Law and/or the person referred to in Part 1 of this Article, the manufacturer, supplier and/or maintenance and/or support of hardware, devices and/or software used to carry out electronic communications activities the service provider and/or the person controlling them is registered in a third country. The manufacturers, suppliers and/or providers of maintenance and/or support services of the hardware, devices and/or software used to carry out electronic communications activities specified in Part 1 of this Article shall not be informed of the decisions of the Commission or the Government provided for in Article 12 of this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 19 . Commission\n1 . The Government establishes the Commission and approves the description of the Commission's work procedure. The Government may instruct the Prime Minister to approve the personnel composition of the Commission. Commissioners must be of impeccable reputation. [...]\n2 . The Commission, at the request of interested entities or on its own initiative: [...]\n12 ) performed by persons directly requesting to allocate certain radio frequencies (channels) or who submitted applications to participate in a public tender or auction, when certain radio frequencies (channels) are allocated, and/or who have the right to use certain radio frequencies (channels), as well as compliance with the national security interests of the hardware, devices and/or software manufacturers, suppliers and/or their maintenance and/or support service providers used and/or planned to be used in the list provided for in Article 57, Part 2 of the Electronic Communications Law inspection and makes a decision or submits a conclusion to the Government and to the person directly requesting the allocation of certain radio frequencies (channels) or to the person who submitted an application to participate in a public tender or auction when certain radio frequencies (channels) are allocated, and/or to the person who has the right to use certain radio frequencies ( channels) to the person who performed the check.\" (Law on the Protection of Objects of Importance to Ensuring National Security of the Republic of Lithuania (10 October 2002, No. IX-1132; as amended, 1 July 2021), Articles 13 and 19 [google translation])","Law on the Protection of Objects of Importance to Ensuring National Security of the Republic of Lithuania (10 October 2002, No. IX-1132; as amended, 1 July 2021), Articles 13 and 19","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/TAR.57E0E8B29108/asr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/774554a0c2df11eba2bad9a0748ee64d\">Amendment</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3862,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H5210_5222_5224T5229","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.0001","When awarding a PPP contract, the government accords preference to bidders commiting to entrust part of the execution of the PPP contract to companies majority-owned by Malagasy nationals. This contracts to Madagascar's general public procurement regime which only provides for preferential treatment to Malagasy nationals and companies incorporated in the country, regardless of the nationality of the owners. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RR, PPPs are assumed to affect only energy and transport infrastructures.","Article 3. General and sectoral scope of application\nThe provisions of this law apply to all economic and social sectors including those managed by special regulations, excluding the mining and hydrocarbons sectors.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Criteria for awarding the PPP contract\nThe award criteria are defined in the final version of the tender dossier communicated in advance to potential candidates. The award criteria necessarily include:\n- the overall cost of the offer, which includes the cost and amount of the financing offered, the total cost of the works as well as the charges related to the operation of the works, installations and equipment, the amount of the tariffs, royalties, fees, subsidies or rents paid by users and/or the contracting public entity, as well as other revenue collected by the Holder over the entire duration of the PPP,\n- the performance objectives defined according to the subject of the PPP contract,\n- the robustness of the financial arrangement according to the expected results,\n- the allocation of risks between the parties.\nEconomic and social criteria may also be taken into account, such as the share of execution of the PPP contract that the candidate undertakes to entrust to companies governed by Malagasy law, majority owned by Malagasy nationals, or to Malagasy craftsmen, as well as environmental, social and governance criteria.\nOther criteria, related to the subject of the PPP contract, may be retained, in particular the technical quality and the innovative nature of the offer, the deadline for carrying out the works or equipment, their aesthetic or functional quality. [...]\" (LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]).","LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ore.mg/TextesDoc/Loi-2015-039PPP.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,619,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F42","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.01125","Foreign investment in local construction contractors is limited to 30%. Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. A foreign contractor is required to obtain two different types of registrations: (1) a provisional foreign contractor registration for participating in tenders; and (2) a foreign contractor registration, which is issued on project-to-project basis after the foreign contractor is awarded the particular project, to be able to execute and undertake the specific construction project in Malaysia.  In addition, foreign participation in construction companies undertaking government works is limited as follows: (i) foreign shareholding is not permitted in companies carrying out public construction work tenders up to RM30 million; (ii) for tenders between RM30-50 million, foreign shareholding cannot exceed 30% and the Board and management of the company must be composed 100% by Malaysian citizens; (iii) for tenders above RM50 million, foreign sahreholding cannot exceed 49% and the majority of Board members, management and employees must be Malaysian citizens.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2899,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K649","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000333333","Foreign investment in banking, insurance and other financial services sector is subject to discriminatory approval criteria (i.e. approval takes into consideration the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector). ","\"PART III – CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES\nDivision 1 – Licensing and regulation \nRequirement for Capital Markets Services Licence\n58. (1) No person shall whether as a principal or agent, carry on a business in any regulated activity or hold himself out as carrying on such business unless he is the holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence or is a registered person; \n[...]\nRegistered persons\n76. (1) A person is a registered person for the purposes of subsection 58(1) where such person is– (a) specified to be a registered person in Schedule 4; [...]\n(5) In respect of registered persons referred to in paragraph 1(a) as specified in the third column of Part 1 of Schedule 4, the registered person shall comply with any guideline issued by the Commission under section 377 in respect of the carrying on of the particular regulated activity by the registered person.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 4 [Paragraph 76(1)(a)]\nRegistered persons - Part 1\nSecond Column / Activities: 1. Dealing in securities [various activities]; 2. Advising on corporate finance [various activities]; 3. Investment advice [various activities]; 4. Fund Management [various activities]; 5. Dealing in derivatives [various activities]; 6. Dealing in private retirement schemes.\nThird Column / Categories of Registered Persons: Islamic banks and all licensed institutions (e.g.licensed banks, KAF Investment Bank Berhad, licensed finance companies, insurance companies and takaful operators).\"(Capital Markets and Services Act  2007 [Act 671]).\n------------------------\n\"Chapter 1  - INTRODUCTION\n1.01 The Capital Markets and Services Act 2007 (CMSA) repeals the Securities Industry Act 1983 (SIA) and the Futures Industry Act 1993 (FIA). The CMSA, which takes effect on 28 September 2007, introduces a single licensing regime for capital market intermediaries. Under this regime, a capital market intermediary will only need one licence to carry on the business in any one or more regulated activities. This will mean less cost and paperwork for capital market intermediaries that carry on more than one regulated activity.\n[...]\n2.02 What are regulated activities?  \n(1) There are eight types of regulated activities under the CMSA. The list of regulated activities is set out in Schedule 2 of the CMSA. They are– • dealing in securities; • dealing in derivatives; • clearing for securities or derivatives; • fund management; • dealing in private retirement schemes; • advising on corporate finance; • investment advice; and • financial planning.  \n(2) The licence issued under the CMSA will set out the specific regulated activities that you can conduct. \n[...]\nChapter 4 -  LICENSING CRITERIA [...]\nIn authorising any person wishing to undertake capital market activities6, the SC will not grant authorisation unless the application is in the best interest of Malaysia. In determining the best interest of Malaysia, the SC will give regard to any one or more of the following: [...] (e) The degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the capital market [...]\" (Securities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14)\n------------------------\n\"PART III - AUTHORIZATION AND REGISTRATION\nDivision 1 - Authorized business\n[Authorized business to be carried on by authorized person]: \n8. (1) No person shall carry on any authorized business unless it is— (a) licensed by the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business or investment banking business; or (b) approved by the Bank under section 11 to carry on any of the businesses set out in Division 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n(2) Paragraph (1)(b) shall not apply, in respect of financial advisory business, to persons set out in Division 2 of Part 1 of Schedule 1.\n[...]\n[Grant of licence by Minister] \n10. (1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any licensed business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n[Approval by Bank] \n11. (1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any approved business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant.\n[...] \nForm of establishment\n24.(1)   A person who is to be licensed under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business (other than a person who is to be a professional reinsurer) or investment banking business shall be a public company.   (2)   The Bank may specify the form of establishment of— (a) a person who is to be licensed as a professional reinsurer; or (b) a person who is to be approved under section 11 to carry on an approved business. \n[...]\nPART VI - OWNERSHIP, CONTROL AND TRANSFER OF BUSINESS [...]\n[Acquisition of interest in shares requiring approval]\n87. (1) Subject to section 92 and except with the prior written approval of the Bank, no person—  (a) shall enter into an agreement or arrangement, to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate interest of five per cent or more in the shares of the licensed person [...];\n(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), no person shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate of more than fifty per cent of the interest in shares of the licensed person, without obtaining the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank.\n[...]\n[Application procedures for section 87, 88 or 89]\n90. (1) An application for an approval of— (a) the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88(1), or section 89, as the case may be, shall be made by submitting the application to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank.\n(2) In assessing the suitability of an applicant for the purposes of— (a) granting an approval of the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) recommending to the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88 (1), the Bank shall take into consideration matters that the Bank considers relevant including any of the factors set out in Schedule 6, and any standards as may be specified by the Bank under subsection 91(1). \n[...]\n[Power of bank to specify standards on shareholder suitability]\n91. (1) The Bank may specify standards on shareholder suitability to give full effect to Schedule 6.\n(2) Any person who has obtained the approval of the Bank under paragraph 90(3)(a) or the Minister under subsection 90(6) in respect of subsection 87(2) or 88(1), shall at all times comply with the standards as may be specified under subsection (1) to the satisfaction of the Bank \n[...]\nPART XIV - OTHER POWERS OF BANK  \nDivision 1 - Regulation of prescribed financial institutions \nInterpretation \n211.  For the purposes of this Division, “financial intermediation activities” includes— (a) the accepting of deposits; (b) the giving of any advance, loan or other facility in whatever form or by whatever name called; (c) leasing business; (d) factoring business; (e) the purchase of bills of exchange, promissory notes, certificates of deposit, debentures or other negotiable instruments; (f) the acceptance of, or the giving of any guarantee in relation to, liability, obligation or duty of any person; (g) hire-purchase, including hire-purchase transactions pursuant to the Hire-Purchase Act 1967; (h) acquiring rights or interests in a hire-purchase, leasing or other similar transaction; (i) any activity that is incidental, ancillary or otherwise facilitates or is closely related to the activities referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; and (j) such other business or activity as prescribed under section 3. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1 [Subsection 2(1), sections 8, 33, 35, 36, 156 and 278] - APPROVED AND REGISTERED BUSINESSES \nPART 1 - Approved business\nDivision 1 - Businesses which require approval:\n1. Operation of a payment system which— (a) enables the transfer of funds from one banking account to another, which includes any debit transfer, credit transfer or standing instructions but does not include the operation of a remittance system approved under section 40 of the Money Services Business Act 2011; or (b) provides payment instrument network operation which enables payments to be made through the use of a payment instrument; 2. Issuance of a designated payment instrument; 3. Insurance broking business; 4. Money-broking business; 5. Financial advisory business; \nDivision 2 - Persons who do not require approval for financial advisory business:\n6. A licensed person or an approved insurance broker under this Act; 7. An insurance agent; 8. A company registered under the Trust Companies Act 1949 [Act 100].\nPART 2 - Registered business\n9. Merchant acquiring services; 10. Adjusting business.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 5 [Sections 10 and 11] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING APPLICATION FOR LICENCE UNDER SECTION 10 OR APPROVAL UNDER SECTION 11 \nPART 1 [...] 7. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to— [...] (d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 6 [Subsections 90(2), 91(1) and 112(2)] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING SHAREHOLDER SUITABILITY\n[...] 6. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to— (d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [..]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])\n------------------------\n\"Applicable to:  1. Shareholders of approved insurance broker 2. Shareholders of approved takaful broker 3. Shareholders of approved money broker 4. Shareholders of approved financial adviser 5. Shareholders of approved Islamic financial adviser \n[...]\n7 Application procedures \nG 7.1 Where an application is received pursuant to section 97(2) FSA or section 109(2) IFSA, the Bank will take into consideration the following factors in assessing the applicant’s suitability to be a shareholder of an approved person: [...]\n(e) whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to— [...] (iv) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), Shareholder Suitability - Notification and Application Procedures, June 3)","Capital Markets and Services Act  2007 [Act 671]\nSecurities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14\nFinancial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), Shareholder Suitability - Notification and Application Procedures, June 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2093f82c-7929-47e8-9279-f88e3b85dbbf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2bb1b664-aa03-425e-9472-9cc5b1558ed1\">Handbook</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124///35ed2b4c-1995-f91d-3891-75d69d247d55\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/761679/2019-05-30+Shareholder+Suitability+-+Notification+Application+Procedures+%28final%29.pdf/84e805e5-e32a-fed6-f30d-c8ec3c84752d?t=1590726735235\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2933,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K649","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.000333333","Foreign investment in banking, insurance and other financial services sector is subject to discriminatory approval criteria (i.e. approval takes into consideration the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector). ","\"PART III – CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES\nDivision 1 – Licensing and regulation \nRequirement for Capital Markets Services Licence\n58. (1) No person shall whether as a principal or agent, carry on a business in any regulated activity or hold himself out as carrying on such business unless he is the holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence or is a registered person; \n[...]\nRegistered persons\n76. (1) A person is a registered person for the purposes of subsection 58(1) where such person is– (a) specified to be a registered person in Schedule 4; [...]\n(5) In respect of registered persons referred to in paragraph 1(a) as specified in the third column of Part 1 of Schedule 4, the registered person shall comply with any guideline issued by the Commission under section 377 in respect of the carrying on of the particular regulated activity by the registered person.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 4 [Paragraph 76(1)(a)]\nRegistered persons - Part 1\nSecond Column / Activities: 1. Dealing in securities [various activities]; 2. Advising on corporate finance [various activities]; 3. Investment advice [various activities]; 4. Fund Management [various activities]; 5. Dealing in derivatives [various activities]; 6. Dealing in private retirement schemes.\nThird Column / Categories of Registered Persons: Islamic banks and all licensed institutions (e.g.licensed banks, KAF Investment Bank Berhad, licensed finance companies, insurance companies and takaful operators).\"(Capital Markets and Services Act  2007 [Act 671]).\n------------------------\n\"Chapter 1  - INTRODUCTION\n1.01 The Capital Markets and Services Act 2007 (CMSA) repeals the Securities Industry Act 1983 (SIA) and the Futures Industry Act 1993 (FIA). The CMSA, which takes effect on 28 September 2007, introduces a single licensing regime for capital market intermediaries. Under this regime, a capital market intermediary will only need one licence to carry on the business in any one or more regulated activities. This will mean less cost and paperwork for capital market intermediaries that carry on more than one regulated activity.\n[...]\n2.02 What are regulated activities?  \n(1) There are eight types of regulated activities under the CMSA. The list of regulated activities is set out in Schedule 2 of the CMSA. They are– • dealing in securities; • dealing in derivatives; • clearing for securities or derivatives; • fund management; • dealing in private retirement schemes; • advising on corporate finance; • investment advice; and • financial planning.  \n(2) The licence issued under the CMSA will set out the specific regulated activities that you can conduct. \n[...]\nChapter 4 -  LICENSING CRITERIA [...]\nIn authorising any person wishing to undertake capital market activities6, the SC will not grant authorisation unless the application is in the best interest of Malaysia. In determining the best interest of Malaysia, the SC will give regard to any one or more of the following: [...] (e) The degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the capital market [...]\" (Securities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14)\n------------------------\n\"PART III - AUTHORIZATION AND REGISTRATION\nDivision 1 - Authorized business\n[Authorized business to be carried on by authorized person]: \n8. (1) No person shall carry on any authorized business unless it is— (a) licensed by the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business or investment banking business; or (b) approved by the Bank under section 11 to carry on any of the businesses set out in Division 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n(2) Paragraph (1)(b) shall not apply, in respect of financial advisory business, to persons set out in Division 2 of Part 1 of Schedule 1.\n[...]\n[Grant of licence by Minister] \n10. (1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any licensed business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n[Approval by Bank] \n11. (1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any approved business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant.\n[...] \nForm of establishment\n24.(1)   A person who is to be licensed under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business (other than a person who is to be a professional reinsurer) or investment banking business shall be a public company.   (2)   The Bank may specify the form of establishment of— (a) a person who is to be licensed as a professional reinsurer; or (b) a person who is to be approved under section 11 to carry on an approved business. \n[...]\nPART VI - OWNERSHIP, CONTROL AND TRANSFER OF BUSINESS [...]\n[Acquisition of interest in shares requiring approval]\n87. (1) Subject to section 92 and except with the prior written approval of the Bank, no person—  (a) shall enter into an agreement or arrangement, to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate interest of five per cent or more in the shares of the licensed person [...];\n(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), no person shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate of more than fifty per cent of the interest in shares of the licensed person, without obtaining the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank.\n[...]\n[Application procedures for section 87, 88 or 89]\n90. (1) An application for an approval of— (a) the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88(1), or section 89, as the case may be, shall be made by submitting the application to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank.\n(2) In assessing the suitability of an applicant for the purposes of— (a) granting an approval of the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) recommending to the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88 (1), the Bank shall take into consideration matters that the Bank considers relevant including any of the factors set out in Schedule 6, and any standards as may be specified by the Bank under subsection 91(1). \n[...]\n[Power of bank to specify standards on shareholder suitability]\n91. (1) The Bank may specify standards on shareholder suitability to give full effect to Schedule 6.\n(2) Any person who has obtained the approval of the Bank under paragraph 90(3)(a) or the Minister under subsection 90(6) in respect of subsection 87(2) or 88(1), shall at all times comply with the standards as may be specified under subsection (1) to the satisfaction of the Bank \n[...]\nPART XIV - OTHER POWERS OF BANK  \nDivision 1 - Regulation of prescribed financial institutions \nInterpretation \n211.  For the purposes of this Division, “financial intermediation activities” includes— (a) the accepting of deposits; (b) the giving of any advance, loan or other facility in whatever form or by whatever name called; (c) leasing business; (d) factoring business; (e) the purchase of bills of exchange, promissory notes, certificates of deposit, debentures or other negotiable instruments; (f) the acceptance of, or the giving of any guarantee in relation to, liability, obligation or duty of any person; (g) hire-purchase, including hire-purchase transactions pursuant to the Hire-Purchase Act 1967; (h) acquiring rights or interests in a hire-purchase, leasing or other similar transaction; (i) any activity that is incidental, ancillary or otherwise facilitates or is closely related to the activities referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; and (j) such other business or activity as prescribed under section 3. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1 [Subsection 2(1), sections 8, 33, 35, 36, 156 and 278] - APPROVED AND REGISTERED BUSINESSES \nPART 1 - Approved business\nDivision 1 - Businesses which require approval:\n1. Operation of a payment system which— (a) enables the transfer of funds from one banking account to another, which includes any debit transfer, credit transfer or standing instructions but does not include the operation of a remittance system approved under section 40 of the Money Services Business Act 2011; or (b) provides payment instrument network operation which enables payments to be made through the use of a payment instrument; 2. Issuance of a designated payment instrument; 3. Insurance broking business; 4. Money-broking business; 5. Financial advisory business; \nDivision 2 - Persons who do not require approval for financial advisory business:\n6. A licensed person or an approved insurance broker under this Act; 7. An insurance agent; 8. A company registered under the Trust Companies Act 1949 [Act 100].\nPART 2 - Registered business\n9. Merchant acquiring services; 10. Adjusting business.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 5 [Sections 10 and 11] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING APPLICATION FOR LICENCE UNDER SECTION 10 OR APPROVAL UNDER SECTION 11 \nPART 1 [...] 7. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to— [...] (d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 6 [Subsections 90(2), 91(1) and 112(2)] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING SHAREHOLDER SUITABILITY\n[...] 6. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to— (d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [..]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])\n------------------------\n\"Applicable to:  1. Shareholders of approved insurance broker 2. Shareholders of approved takaful broker 3. Shareholders of approved money broker 4. Shareholders of approved financial adviser 5. Shareholders of approved Islamic financial adviser \n[...]\n7 Application procedures \nG 7.1 Where an application is received pursuant to section 97(2) FSA or section 109(2) IFSA, the Bank will take into consideration the following factors in assessing the applicant’s suitability to be a shareholder of an approved person: [...]\n(e) whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to— [...] (iv) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), Shareholder Suitability - Notification and Application Procedures, June 3)","Capital Markets and Services Act  2007 [Act 671]\nSecurities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14\nFinancial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), Shareholder Suitability - Notification and Application Procedures, June 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2093f82c-7929-47e8-9279-f88e3b85dbbf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2bb1b664-aa03-425e-9472-9cc5b1558ed1\">Handbook</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124///35ed2b4c-1995-f91d-3891-75d69d247d55\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/761679/2019-05-30+Shareholder+Suitability+-+Notification+Application+Procedures+%28final%29.pdf/84e805e5-e32a-fed6-f30d-c8ec3c84752d?t=1590726735235\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2933,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for managing collective investment schemes","\"[...] PART VIII – COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES \nSub-Part A – Authorisation and Licensing\n98. CIS managers\n(1) No person shall act as a CIS manager for a collective investment scheme or hold himself out to act as a CIS manager for a collective investment scheme unless the person holds and is complying with the conditions of a CIS\nmanager licence.\n(2) The Commission shall not grant a CIS manager licence to an applicant unless—\n(a) the applicant is a body corporate;[...]\n101. Recognition of foreign schemes\n(1) The Commission may, on application, recognise a collective investment scheme established in a foreign country whose securities are marketed to retail investors in or from Mauritius\n[...]\n10. Conditions for authorisation\n(1) The Commission may authorise a collective investment scheme under section 97(5) of the Act where-\n(a) the scheme is established or incorporated under the laws of Mauritius;[...]\" (SECURITIES ACT No 22 of 2005 — 28 September 2007, as amended)\n-------------------\n\"PART III\nLICENSING, AUTHORISATION AND APPROVAL\nSUB-PART A\n\"[...]2. Interpretation[...]\n“CIS manager” means the board of the collective investment scheme when that scheme is constituted as a company or the CIS manager if that particular function has been delegated to the CIS manager by the board.\n[...]\nLICENSING - CIS MANAGERS AND CUSTODIANS\n6. CIS manager\n(1) A CIS manager holding a licence issued by the Commission shall be a body corporate which -\n(a) shall be incorporated or registered and have its place of business in Mauritius;\n(b) is engaged solely in the business of management of collective investment schemes or in private pension schemes under the Private Pension Schemes Act 2012, unless otherwise authorised under regulation 32(1).[...]\n(3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), a Global scheme may appoint and retain a CIS manager established in a foreign jurisdiction subject to the approval of the Commission.[...]\" (Securities (Collective Investment Schemes and Closed-end Funds) Regulations 2008, as amended)","SECURITIES ACT No 22 of 2005 — 28 September 2007 Amended 20/11 (cio 16/7/11); 38/11; 15/12 (cio 1/11/12); 27/12 (cio 22/12/12); 18/16 (cio 7/9/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 9/2021 (cio 31/7/2021)\nSecurities (Collective Investment Schemes and Closed-end Funds) Regulations 2008, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fscmauritius.org/media/67412/securities-act-2005pdf.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.fscmauritius.org/media/2169/securities__collective_investment_schemes_and_closed-end_funds__regulations_2008.pdf\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,175,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.01125","In principle, only Mexicans and Mexican companies may acquire ownership of land in the Mexican territory. Other persons may lease land generally for a term not exceeding 10 years for residential use and 20 years for commercial and industrial use [although this may vary depending on Mexican state-level civil codes which contaim most provisions governing lease agreements (each state has its own applicable civil code)]. Nevertheless, the State may allow foreigners to acquire land through an agreement in which they renounce the possibility of invoking the protection of their Government regarding said property. However, under no circumstance may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters.within a \"restricted zone\" consisting of a 100-kilometre strip alongside the Mexican land border and a 50-kilometre strip inland from the Mexican coast. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas by foreigners and foreign-owned entities is assumed for national security purposes and, hence, not considered a restrictive measure under the index; the restriction on access to land in proximity to the coast is, however, considered a restriction under the index and assumed to affect only accommodation, food service and real estate investment activities.","\"Article 27. [...]\nThe ability to acquire ownership of the lands and waters of the Nation shall be governed by the following prescriptions:\nI. Only Mexicans by birth or naturalization and Mexican companies have the right to acquire ownership of lands, waters and their accessions or to obtain mining or water exploitation concessions. The State may grant the same right to foreigners, provided that they agree before the Secretary of Relations to consider themselves as nationals with respect to said goods and not therefore invoke the protection of their governments with respect to them; under the penalty, in case of breach of the agreement, of losing for the benefit of the Nation, the goods that they have acquired by virtue of it. In a strip of one hundred kilometers along the borders and fifty on the beaches, for no reason may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters. [...]\nIV. Trading companies by shares may be owners of rustic land but only to the extent necessary for the fulfillment of their purpose. In no case may companies of this class own land dedicated to agricultural, livestock or forestry activities to a greater extent than the respective equivalent to twenty-five times the limits indicated in section XV of this article. The regulatory law will regulate the capital structure and the minimum number of partners of these companies, so that the lands owned by the company do not exceed the limits of the small property in relation to each partner. In this case, all individual share ownership, corresponding to rustic land, will be cumulative for computational purposes. Likewise, the law will establish the conditions for foreign participation in said companies. [...]\" (Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 10.- In accordance with the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, Mexican companies with an exclusion clause for foreigners or that have entered into the agreement to which said provision refers, may acquire the domain of real estate in the national territory.\nIn the case of companies whose statutes include the agreement provided for in section I of Article 27 of the Constitution, the following will apply:\nI.- They may acquire the domain of real estate located in the restricted area, destined to carry out non-residential activities, having to give notice of said acquisition to the Ministry of Foreign Relations, within sixty business days following the one in which the acquisition is made, and\nII.- They may acquire rights to real estate in the restricted area, which are intended for residential purposes, in accordance with the provisions of the following chapter.\nARTICLE 10 A.- Foreigners who intend to acquire real estate outside the restricted area, or obtain concessions for the exploration and exploitation of mines and waters in the national territory, must previously submit a document in which they agree the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States and obtain the corresponding permission from said agency. [...]\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may determine, through general agreements that will be published in the Official Gazette of the Federation, cases in which foreigners, in order to have the right referred to in this article, should only submit to said agency a letter in the that agree to the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Constitution, without requiring the corresponding permission of said agency.\nARTICLE 11.- Permission from the Ministry of Foreign Relations is required for credit institutions to acquire as trustees, rights over real estate located within the restricted area, when the purpose of the trust is to allow the use and exploitation of such assets without constituting real rights over them, and the trustees are:\nI.- Mexican companies without a foreigner exclusion clause in the case provided for in section II of article 10 of this Law; and\nII.- Foreign individuals or legal entities.\nARTICLE 12.- The use and exploitation of real estate located in the restricted area will be understood as the rights to use or enjoy them, including where appropriate, obtaining fruits, products and, in general, any resulting performance of the profitable operation and exploitation, through third parties or the fiduciary institution.\nARTICLE 13.- The duration of the trusts referred to in this chapter will be for a maximum period of fifty years, which may be extended at the request of the interested party.\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may verify at any time compliance with the conditions under which the permits provided for in this Title are granted, as well as the presentation and veracity of the content of the notices provided therein.\nARTICLE 14.- The Ministry of Foreign Relations will decide on the permits referred to in this chapter, considering the economic and social benefit that the performance of these operations implies for the Nation. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14 [google traslation])","Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 \nForeign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14","World Trade Organisation, Trade Policy Review. Report by the Secretariat. Mexico (23 June 2017), p. 43\nBaker Mckenzie (2018), GLOBAL CORPORATE REAL ESTATE GUIDE.","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/1_280521.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S352R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"\">Otherhttps//resourcehub.bakermckenzie.com/en/resources/global-corporate-real-estate-guide/latin-america/mexico/topics/real-estate-law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1214,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0096","Foreign investment in air transport companies is reported to be limited to 49% of capital. The OECD could not find the precise underlying regulation providing for such restriction, but this has been reported in previous WTO Trade Policy Reviews (2016) validated by the Moroccan authorities. The ITF (2019) also reports the following: \"Morocco defines a Moroccan carrier as one belonging in majority to Moroccan nationals or the Moroccan state, as per decree 2.61.161 of 10 July 10 1962. Control is determined by the number of votes held by Moroccan nationals on a board, with a majority being required for the carrier to be deemed Moroccan controlled, except in cases where Morocco has signed an agreement with another country to allow less stringent requirements.\"","\"TITLE II: AIR PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES \"CHAPTER ONE: DOMESTIC AND INTERNATIONAL TRANSPORT\nArticle 127: Internal transport\nPublic transport air services between any two points in Moroccan territory are provided by Moroccan companies.\nArticle 128: International transport - (modified by decree n° 851-67 of 01/26/1970)\nInternational air transport services, from or to Morocco, can be provided by Moroccan, foreign or international companies.\nThe admission of foreign companies on regular or non-regular international services is authorized by the Minister of Public Works in accordance with the terms of multilateral or bilateral conventions and agreements concluded by Morocco.\nForeign companies, whose State of origin has not concluded an air agreement with Morocco, may however obtain an authorization for the operation of regular international services on certain lines, provided that the State of origin of these companies grants reciprocity to Moroccan companies, and provided that a new service is not likely to cause ruinous competition for Moroccan companies.\n[...]\nArticle 134: Aircraft used - (modified by decree n° 2-99-1077 of 04/05/2000)\nAll aircraft used by Moroccan public transport companies must be registered in Morocco.\n[...]\nTITLE III: AERIAL WORK\nArticle 170: Companies\nAerial work services may be provided by Moroccan or foreign companies, duly authorized in accordance with article 122 of this decree.\nArticle 171: Aircraft used - (modified by decree n° 2-01-332 of 04/07/2002).\nMoroccan companies wishing to operate aerial work services must use aircraft registered in Morocco.[...]\" (Decree N° 2-61-161 of 07 Safar 1382 (July 10, 1962) regulating civil aeronautics [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1: object\nThe purpose of these specifications is to define the conditions to be met by Moroccan companies to obtain authorization for regular or non-scheduled public transport air services (passengers and freight) within the framework of the regulations in force. , in particular the decree of the Minister of Transport and the Merchant Marine n° 544-00 of November 2, 2000 setting the conditions relating to obtaining the authorization to operate public transport and aerial work air services such as it was modified by decree of the Minister of Transport and the Merchant Marine n° 953-02 of May 31, 2002.\nArticle 2: request for authorization\nThe application for authorization to operate non-scheduled scheduled public transport air services is subject to the following conditions:\n- The operator must be a public limited company, domiciled in Morocco, governed by Moroccan law;\n- The board of directors or the management board of the company must be chaired by a natural person of Moroccan nationality. [...]\" (ANNEX 3: SPECIFICATIONS SETTING THE CONDITIONS FOR GRANTING AUTHORIZATION TO OPERATE SCHEDULED AND NON-SCHEDULED PUBLIC TRANSPORT AIR SERVICES [google translation])","Decree N° 2-61-161 of 07 Safar 1382 (July 10, 1962) regulating civil aeronautics [google translation]\nANNEX 3: SPECIFICATIONS SETTING THE CONDITIONS FOR GRANTING AUTHORIZATION TO OPERATE SCHEDULED AND NON-SCHEDULED PUBLIC TRANSPORT AIR SERVICES [google translation]"," ITF (2019), Liberalisation of Air Transport, ITF Research Reports, OECD Publishing, Paris.\nWTO (2016), TRADE POLICY REVIEW - REPORT BY THE SECRETARIAT: KINGDOM OF MOROCCO, WT/TPR/S/329/Rev.1, June 15.","[<a href=\"http://www.equipement.gov.ma/aerien/reglementation/Documents/DNA/SCA/Decret-2-61-161.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dac-maroc.gov.ma/site%20dac/fichier_pdf/cahier_decharge.pdf\">Annex</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.itf-oecd.org/sites/default/files/docs/liberalisation_air_transport_1.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S329R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1162,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0045","Foreign investment in the wholesale distribution and exporting of agriculture crops, sweets, cocoa and chocolate, leather products, beverages, some perfumery and cosmestics products, gasoline and basic chemicals and other chemicals products is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nWholesale of food, beverages and tobacco (Cultivation of crops in agriculture land, distribution them to the local market and exporting them; Value added manufacturing and domestic distribution of cereal products such as biscuits, wafers, all kinds of noodles and vermicelli; Manufacturing and domestic distribution of all kind of confectionery including those of sweet, cocoa and chocolate; Manufacturing and domestic distribution of malt and malt liquors and non-aerated products; Manufacturing, distilling, blending, rectifying, bottling and domestic distribution of all kinds of spirits, alcohol, alcoholic beverages and nonalcoholic beverages; Manufacturing and distribution of purified drinking water); \nWholesale of textiles, clothing and footwear (Manufacturing and domestic distribution of leather products)\nWholesale of other household goods (Manufacturing and domestic distribution of all kinds of soap; Manufacturing and domestic wholesale of all kinds of cosmetic products)[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2791,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.00048","Foreign investment in air transport is prohibited, except through a limited liability company in which at least two-thirds of the capital is Norwegian and all board members are Norwegian. EU and EFTA investors are exempted based on the EEA agreement.","\"§ 1-1. General scope of the Act\nAviation can only take place here in the kingdom in accordance with this law and regulations issued pursuant to the law.\nFor aviation covered by the provisions of the EEA Agreement, the rules on completion and implementation of the EEA Agreement in the field of aviation in this Act apply before the other provisions of the Act.\n[...]\n§ 3-2. Nationality conditions not covered by the EEA Agreement in the field of aviation\nAn aircraft can only be registered when it has a Norwegian owner, unless otherwise provided by rules in this Act, cf. in particular § 16-1 . Norwegian is considered:\n1. the Norwegian state and facilities controlled by the state,\n2. Norwegian municipalities,\n3. Norwegian citizens,\n4. foundations that have an entirely Norwegian board based in Norway,\n5. associations, cooperatives and similar associations that have an entirely Norwegian board based in Norway, and where at least two thirds of the members are Norwegian citizens or equivalent to such under this section\n6. joint stock companies or public limited companies that have an entirely Norwegian board based in Norway, and where Norwegian citizens or someone equally equated under this section own shares corresponding to at least two thirds of the share capital and may exercise voting rights in the company's general meetings with at least two thirds of all votes,\n7. other companies which consist exclusively of Norwegian citizens or any equivalent under this section.\nWhen the circumstances so require, the Ministry may allow a vessel to be registered, even if the owner does not meet the conditions pursuant to the first paragraph.\n[...]\n§ 8-3. Requirements for Norwegian nationality\nA license to operate scheduled services exclusively within the realm can only be granted to someone who according to § 3-2 is considered Norwegian.\nIf the licensee no longer fulfills the conditions pursuant to the first paragraph, the license lapses, unless the matter is rectified within a deadline set by the relevant ministry.\nWhen special reasons justify it, the King may make exceptions to what is stipulated in this section.[...]\" (Aviation Act (LOV-1993-06-11-101), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 1-1, 3-2 and 8-3 [google translation])","Aviation Act (LOV-1993-06-11-101), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 1-1, 3-2 and 8-3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1993-06-11-101\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,973,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.00048","Foreign investment in air transport is prohibited, except through a limited liability company in which at least two-thirds of the capital is Norwegian and all board members are Norwegian. EU and EFTA investors are exempted based on the EEA agreement.","\"§ 1-1. General scope of the Act\nAviation can only take place here in the kingdom in accordance with this law and regulations issued pursuant to the law.\nFor aviation covered by the provisions of the EEA Agreement, the rules on completion and implementation of the EEA Agreement in the field of aviation in this Act apply before the other provisions of the Act.\n[...]\n§ 3-2. Nationality conditions not covered by the EEA Agreement in the field of aviation\nAn aircraft can only be registered when it has a Norwegian owner, unless otherwise provided by rules in this Act, cf. in particular § 16-1 . Norwegian is considered:\n1. the Norwegian state and facilities controlled by the state,\n2. Norwegian municipalities,\n3. Norwegian citizens,\n4. foundations that have an entirely Norwegian board based in Norway,\n5. associations, cooperatives and similar associations that have an entirely Norwegian board based in Norway, and where at least two thirds of the members are Norwegian citizens or equivalent to such under this section\n6. joint stock companies or public limited companies that have an entirely Norwegian board based in Norway, and where Norwegian citizens or someone equally equated under this section own shares corresponding to at least two thirds of the share capital and may exercise voting rights in the company's general meetings with at least two thirds of all votes,\n7. other companies which consist exclusively of Norwegian citizens or any equivalent under this section.\nWhen the circumstances so require, the Ministry may allow a vessel to be registered, even if the owner does not meet the conditions pursuant to the first paragraph.\n[...]\n§ 8-3. Requirements for Norwegian nationality\nA license to operate scheduled services exclusively within the realm can only be granted to someone who according to § 3-2 is considered Norwegian.\nIf the licensee no longer fulfills the conditions pursuant to the first paragraph, the license lapses, unless the matter is rectified within a deadline set by the relevant ministry.\nWhen special reasons justify it, the King may make exceptions to what is stipulated in this section.[...]\" (Aviation Act (LOV-1993-06-11-101), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 1-1, 3-2 and 8-3 [google translation])","Aviation Act (LOV-1993-06-11-101), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 1-1, 3-2 and 8-3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1993-06-11-101\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,973,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H50_5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.001","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2369,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","No foreign equity is allowed in Law firms in the Philippines, as these need to be constituted by accredited Filipino lawyers.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS [Law is not present in the list of professions in items A and B of this Annex]\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions:\nAccountancy (Sec. 34, R.A. No. 9298) \nAeronautical engineering (Section 14, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Sections 15 and 31, R.A. No.10915) [...]\nArchitecture (Sections 13 and 27, R.A. No. 9266) \nChemical engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 9297 [...]\nCivil engineering (Section 25, R.A. NO, 544, as amended) [...]\nElectrical engineering (Section 38, R.A. No. 7920)\nElectronics engineering (Sections 13 and 33. R.A. No. 9292) [...]\nGeodetic engineering (Section26, R.A. No. 8560) [...]\nInterior design (Sections 15 and 29 R.A. No. 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Sections 13 and 29) R.A. No. 9053) [...]\nMechanical engineering (Section 39, R.A. No. 8495) [...]\nMetallurgical engineering (Sections 17 and 34, R.A. No. 10688) [...]\nMining engineering (Sections 15, 16, and 28, R.A. No. 10698)\nNaval architecture (Sections 13 and 31 R.A. No. 10698)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\nAeronautical engineering (Section 28, P.D. No. 1570)\nAgricultural and biosystems engineering (Section 29, R.A. No. 10915)\nArchitecture (Section 37, R.A. No. 9266) [...]\nElectronics engineering (Section 28, R.A. No. 9292)\nEnvironmental planning (Section 25, R.A. No. 10587) [...]\nInterior design (Section 26, R.A. No 10350)\nLandscape architecture (Section 26, R.A. No. 9053)\nNaval Architecture (Section 30 [g], R.A. No. 10698) [...]\nSanitary engineering (Section 30, R.A. No. 1364)\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Requirements for all applicants for admission to the bar. — Every applicant for admission as a member of the bar must be a citizen of the Philippines, at least twenty-one years of age, of good moral character, and resident of the Philippines; and must produce before the Supreme Court satisfactory evidence of good moral character, and that no charges against him, involving moral turpitude, have been filed or are pending in any court in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 3. Requirements for lawyers who are citizens of the United States of America. — Citizens of the United States of America who, before July 4, 1946, were duly licensed members of the Philippine Bar, in active practice in the courts of the Philippines and in good and regular standing as such may, upon satisfactory proof of those facts before the Supreme Court, be allowed to continue such practice after taking the following oath of office\n[...]\nSection 4. Requirements for applicants from other jurisdictions. — Applicants for admission who, being Filipino citizens, are enrolled attorneys in good standing in the Supreme Court of the United States or in any circuit court of appeals or district court therein, or in the highest court of any State or Territory of the United States, and who can show by satisfactory certificates that they have practiced at least five years in any of said courts, that such practice began before July 4, 1946, and that they have never been suspended or disbarred, may, in the discretion of the Court, be admitted without examination.[...]\" (Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines)\n","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981\nArt. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/courts/rules/rc_138_bar.html\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2344,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H5210_5221_5224T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0003","Until 2021, FDI was limited to 40% ownership in rail and road transport and related auxiliary services, excluding warehousing businesses.\nOn 9 April 2022, RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limits the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution to: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. Corporations engaged in road transportation activities (i.e.  public utility vehicles') continue to be considered 'public utilities', and therefore subject to a 40% foreign shareholding limitation. Companies operating railways and rail infrastructure, as well as road transport infrastructure, are no longer considered as such, but are assumed to classify as \"critical infrastructure\", therefore  being subject to reciprocity conditions. Foreign nationals are allowed to own more than 50% of capital in public services engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure, but only if the country of such foreign nationals accords reciprocity to Philippine nationals under foreign law or a treaty. Reciprocity may be satisfied according to rights of similar value in other economic sectors, which shall be the subject of further rules by the National Economic Development Authority (NEDA).  Moreover, the amendment introduces preference for local workforce involved in public services relying on reciprocity too.\nHence, as of 2022, only road passenger and cargo transporation activities remain subject to a 40% foreign shareholding limitation. The remaining transportation and auxiliary infrastructure activities are assumed to be subject to reciprocity conditions, with the exception of warehouses which were exempt from restriction under previous legislation.","\"Sec. 3. Definition of Terms - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined as follows: [...]\n(d) Critical infrastructure refers to systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Philippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a debilitating impact on national security. It shall specifically refer to: (i) Telecommunications; (ii) Air carriers; (iii) Domestic Shipping; and (iv) Railways and subways. [...]\" (Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021)\n--------------------------------------\n\"Section l. Declaration of Policy. - The State recognizes the role ofthe private sector as one ofthe main engines for national growth and development. […] These policies are fulfilled by: (a) ensuring effective regulation ofpublic services; (b) providing reasonable rate of return to public services; (c) rationalizing foreign equity restrictions by clearly defining the term “public utilities”; and (d) instituting processes for the protection of national security.\nSec. 2. Definition of Terms. - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined asfollows: [...]\n(b) Certificates refer to any franchise, certificate of public convenience, certificate of public convenience and necessity, concession, or any other appropriate form of authorization for the operation of a public service, including a public utility, as may be applicable; [...]\n(e) Critical Infrastructure refers to any public service which owns, uses, or operates systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Phlippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a detrimental impact on national security, including telecommunications and other such vital services as may be declared by the President ofthe Philippines; [...]\n(k) Public Utility Vehicles (PUVs) refer to internal combustion engine vehicles that carry passengers and/or domestic cargo for a fee, offering services to the public, namely trucks-for-hire, UV express service, public utility buses (PUBs), public utility jeepneys (PUJs), tricycles, filcabs, and taxis: Provided, That transport vehicles accredited with and operating through transport network corporations shall not be considered as public utility vehicles;\n[...]\nSec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interestfor purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 25. Reciprocity Clause.- Foreign nationals shall not be allowed to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital of entities engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure unless the country of such foreign national accords reciprocity to Philippine Nationals as may be provided by foreign law, treaty orinternational agreement. Reciprocity may be satisfied by according rights of similar value in other economic sectors. [...] Unless otherwise provided by law, or by any international agreement, a public service shall employ a foreign national only after the determination of non-availability of a Philippine National who is competent, able and willingto perform the services for which the foreign nationalis desired.\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))\n-------------------------------------\n[not reproduced here] (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","Senate of the Philippines Press Release, 15 December 2021: \"Senate OKs amendments to Public Service Act\"\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/lis/bill_res.aspx?congress=18&q=SBN-2094\">Bill</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2021/1215_prib1.asp#:~:text=SBN%202094%2C%20according%20to%20Poe,operate%20as%20a%20public%20utility.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3227,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","RWA","K661","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"1.67E-05","Reciprocity is required for foreign investors to obtain authorisation from the central bank (i.e. National Bank of Rwanda) to establish and carry out the activity of securities depositors in Rwanda.","\"Chapter II - Authorization for taking up the activities of participant\nArticle 3 – Licensing\nWithout prejudice to provisions under the law, only a company authorized to do so by the Central Bank may act as a Participant within the meaning of the Law [Law governing holding and circulation of securities].\nA company governed by Rwandan law intending to carry out the activity of holding Book-Entry Securities on behalf of third parties in Rwanda is required, before starting operations, to be duly authorized by the Central Bank, irrespective of any other place where it may carry out its activities.\n[...]\nArticle 4 – Licensing requirements\nAuthorization may only be granted if the institution making the request meets the following conditions:\n1° having the status of Bank or intermediaries of the capital market governed by Rwandan law, and\n2° fulfilling the other requirements provided under this regulation.\nThe Participant must have the resources and procedures which are necessary to carry out the activity of holding Book-entry Securities on behalf of third parties.\nThese requirements relate to matters such as human resources, information systems, accounting, customer protection and the compliance and internal control system.\n[...]\nArticle 9 – Requirements for foreign participant\nSecurities depository under the laws of another State and authorized pursuant to the law of that State to hold book-entry Securities on behalf of third parties can be authorized to act as Participant under the following conditions:\n1° that it be subject to legislation providing a supervisory regime whose level of requirements is identical to that provided by the Law and this Regulation;\n2° the law of the foreign State governing the foreign Participant must allow access to the territory of this State by persons acting on behalf of the Central Bank for the exercise of their supervisory duties.\n3° A License to operate in the home/base country, where applicable;\nArticle 10 – The prerogative of Central Bank to authorize or not a foreign participant\nThe Central Bank may refuse to authorize a Participant governed by the law of a State which does not offer reciprocal market access under the same conditions to Participants governed by Rwandan law. [...]\" (Regulation No 8 of 2010 of the National Bank of Rwanda on the Licensing Requirements Participants in the Central Securities Depository and the Protective Measures of Securities)\n-------------------------------\n\"Article 2 – Interpretation of terms\nUnder this law, the following terms shall have the following meanings: [...]\n12° “CSD”: the Central Securities Depository;\n13° \"participants in CSD\": institutions authorized to open and hold Securities Accounts with the CSD; \n[...]\nChapter II - Central Securities Depository and its participants\nSection One – Central Securities Depository\nArticle 3 – Exercise of the functions of the Central Securities Depository\nThe Central Bank shall perform the functions of Central Securities Depository system which is abbreviated as “CSD”.\n[...]\nSection 2 – Participants in CSD\nArticle 6 – Persons who qualify for participation within CSD\nParticipants within CSD are as follows:\n1° banks;\n2° intermediaries of the capital market;\n3° any other authorized persons and who fulfil the conditions set by the Central Bank.\nArticle 7 – Rights of participants in CSD\nOnly Participants are authorized to hold Book-entry Securities on behalf of third parties. [...]\" (Law 26 of 2010 governing the Holding and Circulation of Securities)","Regulation No 8 of 2010 of the National Bank of Rwanda on the Licensing Requirements Participants in the Central Securities Depository and the Protective Measures of Securities\nLaw 26 of 2010 governing the Holding and Circulation of Securities","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.amategeko.gov.rw/document/legislation/2010_12_27_2010_12_30_LT_REG_BUS_TL_licensing_requirements_for_participants_in_central_securities_depository_and_the_protection_of_securities_holders_08_2010\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://rwandalii.org/akn/rw/act/law/2010/26/eng@2010-05-28\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3164,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00012","Foreign shareholding in companies providing vessel salvage and refloating services is limited to 49%","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\n9. Vessel salvage and refloating services: foreign equity limited to 49%\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,179,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.002","Foreign investment is not allowed in private omnibus transport services. Public transport services is a monopoly of the state-owned company Seychelles Public Transport Corporation (SPTC). ","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nOmnibus operator [...]\nTaxi Operator Service[...]\nLimousine services/chauffeur driven cars (excluding 5-star hotels)[...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n-----------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nLimousine Services [...]\nOmnibus operator [...]\nTaxi operator [...]\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\n\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,194,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00024","The captain of a ship flying the Spanish flag must be an EEA national.","\"Article 253. Vessel endowments. [...]\n2. The master and the first deck officer of national ships must have the nationality of a Member State of the European Economic Area, except in the cases in which it is established by the maritime Administration that these jobs must be carried out by citizens of nationality Spanish for implying the effective exercise in a regular way of public power prerogatives that do not represent a very small part of its activities. The rest of the crew, in the case of merchant ships, must be of Spanish nationality or of some other member state of the European Economic Area, at least 50 percent. [...]\" (Royal Legislative Decree approving the Consolidated Text of the Law on State Ports and the Merchant Marine (2/2011, of September 5), last amended on 31 December 2020, Article 253(2) [google translation])","Royal Legislative Decree approving the Consolidated Text of the Law on State Ports and the Merchant Marine (2/2011, of September 5), last amended on 31 December 2020, Article 253(2) ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2011-16467\">Decree</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,896,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","A01","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.025","Foreign investment in dekhan farms is prohibited and foreign legal entities, including branches of foreign companies in the country, cannot access agricultural land, not even on a leasehold basis.  For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that 'Dhekan' farms are one of the main types of private agricultural enterprises, although not the only one (e.g. breeding farms as established by the Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of September 19, 2013, No. 1020 \"On Pedigree\" [google translated] or business entities engaged in grain production as per the Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of February 21, 2018, No. 1506 \"On Grain and Products of its Processing\" [google translated], for instance, do not seem to be restricted to foreign participation). Foreign citizens right to participate in farming activities (e.g. through subsidiary plot farms) is not considered as the Index reflects only restrictions affecting foreign legal persons. ","\"CHAPTER 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Basic concepts\nThe following basic concepts are used in this Law:\n- dekhkan (farm) economy (hereinafter - dekhkan farm) - a business entity whose production storage, processing and sale of agricultural products are based on the personal activities of one person or joint activities of a group of individuals on a land plot and property belonging to them;\n- members of the dekhkan farm - citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan, with the exception of restrictions established by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n[...]\nArticle 3. The right to create a dekhkan farm and its form\n1. Legally capable citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan who have reached 18 years of age are eligible to create a dekhkan farm.\n2. A dekhkan farm is established in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan by one person or group of individuals in the following forms:\n- without the formation of a legal entity with the number of its members from 1 to 50 people;\n- with the formation of a legal entity without taking into account the number of members.\n3. A dekhkan farm, created without the formation of a legal entity by one and (or) from 2 to 50 individuals on the basis of an agreement on joint activities, has been operating since the moment of state registration as an individual entrepreneur, with the words \"Dekhkan farm\" in its name .\n4. A dekhkan farm with the formation of a legal entity may carry out its activities from the moment of state registration as a business partnership or company provided for by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan, with the words \"Dekhkan farm\" in its name.\nArticle 4. Membership in the dekhkan farm [...]\n2. A person operating in a dekhkan farm as an employee on the basis of an employment contract is not a member of the dekhan farm. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated March 15, 2016, No. 1289 \"On dekhkan (farm) economy\" [google translate])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 3. The concept of personal subsidiary plots\n1. A personal subsidiary farm is a farm maintained by the personal labor of a citizen or members of his family in order to produce agricultural products and satisfy their food needs and other needs.\n2. The activities of citizens in the conduct of personal subsidiary plots are not related to entrepreneurial activity.\n3. A personal subsidiary farm may be carried out by a citizen or members of his family.\n4. The members of the personal subsidiary plots are spouses, children, adopted children, parents and other relatives living together.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2. ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT OF PERSONAL AGRICULTURE\nArticle 4. The right of citizens to organize and maintain personal subsidiary plots [...]\n4. Foreign citizens and stateless persons have the right to organize and maintain personal subsidiary plots on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan in the manner and on the conditions that are determined by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan and in the presence of free land fund. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated December 8, 2003, No. 47 \"On personal subsidiary plots\" [google translated])\n-----------------------\n\"Rules for the reorganization and reform of agricultural organizations\n1. These Rules establish the possible ways and features of the reform of agricultural organizations (hereinafter referred to as the organization), also determine and regulate the main directions and methods of their reorganization.\nAgricultural organizations are organizations engaged in the production of agricultural products, processing and their sale. \n[...]\nII. The procedure for the liquidation and reorganization of agricultural organizations\n8. Agricultural organizations are transformed on the basis of the Civil Code of the Republic of Tajikistan, which determines the procedure for liquidation and reorganization.\nAgricultural organizations, at the request of members of their labor collective, can be transformed into dekhkan (farm) enterprises and other forms of management provided for by the current legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n9. Reorganization (association, accession, distribution, division, transformation) and the choice of the legal form of organization of agricultural enterprises is carried out by the decision of the founder or his authorized body.\nIntervention of local executive bodies of state power in making decisions of the general meeting of farm members on organization, dekhkan farms and other types of management is prohibited.\n10. Agricultural organizations, according to a joint decision of the creditors or by the courts, may be declared bankrupt. [...]\" (Rules for the reorganization and reform of agricultural organizations dated November 30, 2006 No. 1775 [google translated])\n-----------------------\n\"CHAPTER IY. TRANSFORMATION OF THE STRUCTURE OF AGRICULTURAL ORGANIZATIONS, ENTERPRISES AND LAND REFORM\nArticle 13. Forms of management\nThe transformation of the structure of agricultural organizations and enterprises, regardless of subordination, is carried out by creating dekhkan farms, business associations, production cooperatives and other forms of management with the consent of labor collectives[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 5, 1992, n 594 \"On Land Reform\" [google translated])\n-----------------------\n\"On the exercise of the right to use land\nIn order to effectively use the land in the interests of the people, ensure the rights and protect the interests of citizens, create favorable conditions for the development of agricultural production, I decide:\n1. To establish that the documents certifying the right to use the land are the Certificate (Certificate) for the right to use the land and the Certificate for the land share.\n2. It will establish that citizens with household plots, land plots for collective gardening, truck farming, personal subsidiary plots and dekhkan (farm) holdings are entitled through the Committee on Land Resources and Land Management under the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan and their authorized bodies to implement the Certificate (Certificate ) on the right to use land. [...]\" (Decree of the President of the Republic of Tajikistan dated June 22, 1998 No. 1021 \"On the realization of the right to use land\" [google translated])\n-----------------------\n\"Section 25. Provision of Land to Foreign Citizens and Foreign Legal Entities\nLand plots can be granted for foreign use for a term of up to 50 years to foreign citizens and foreign legal entities.\nAgricultural lands and lands of specially protected territories are not provided to foreign citizens and foreign legal entities.\nWhen transferring the right to use a land plot of agricultural purpose with the right of alienation to a foreign individual or legal entity, this right shall be alienated to an individual or legal entity of the Republic of Tajikistan within one year from the date of acquisition of the right to a land plot.\nIf for any reason the alienation of the right to use such a land plot to a physical or legal person of the Republic of Tajikistan is not possible, the right to use the land plot shall be transferred to the local executive body of state power on a reimbursable basis at the market value of the right to use the land plot.\nIn case of failure to comply with the requirements of parts three and four of this article, the seizure of the land, the right of use of which has been transferred to a foreign individual or legal entity, is carried out in court. [...]\" (LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF TAJIKISTAN dated December 13, 1996 No. 327 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated March 15, 2016, No. 1289 \"On dekhkan (farm) economy\" [google translate]\nRules for the reorganization and reform of agricultural organizations dated November 30, 2006 No. 1775 [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 5, 1992, n 594 \"On Land Reform\" [google translated]\nDecree of the President of the Republic of Tajikistan dated June 22, 1998 No. 1021 \"On the realization of the right to use land\" [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Tajikistan dated December 8, 2003, No. 47 \"On personal subsidiary plots\" [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Tajikistan of February 21, 2018, No. 1506 \"On Grain and Products of its Processing\" [google translated]\nLand Code of the Republic of Tajikistan of December 13, 1996 No. 327, as amended [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=18577\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=4545\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=83\">law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=1525\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=2008\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=20716\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://cis-legislation.com/document.fwx?rgn=2150\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2867,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","B07_08","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.000583333","Mineral right holders shall give preference to goods and services produced or rendered by Tanzanian citizens and or local companies fully or partly owned by Tanzanian citizens.","\"3. Disapplication to petroleum\nThis Act does not apply to exploration for or production of petroleum.\n4. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n\"mining licence\" means a mining licence for medium scale mining operation, whose capital investment is between US$100,000 and US$ 100,000,000 or its equivalent in Tanzanian shillings; [...]\n\"Primary mining licence\" means a licence for small scale mining characterized by minimal machinery or technology of an initial capital for investment which does not exceed US dollars 5 million or its equivalent in Tanzania Shilling;\n[...]\n8. Restriction on grant of mineral rights\n(1) Mineral rights shall not be granted to— [...]\n(b) a company—\n(i) which has not established a physical and postal address in the United Republic for the purpose of serving legal notices and other correspondences;\n(ii) unless, such company is incorporated under the Companies Act and intends to carry out the business of mining under a mining licence;\n(iii) which is in liquidation other than a liquidation that forms part of a scheme for the reconstruction or amalgamation of the holder;\n(iv) which has among its directors or shareholders any person who would be disqualified in terms of paragraph (a)(iii) and (iv).\n(2) A Primary Mining Licence for any minerals shall not be granted to an individual, partnership or body corporate unless-\n(a) in the case of an individual, the individual is a citizen of Tanzania;\n(b) in the case of a partnership, it is composed exclusively of citizens of Tanzania;\n(c) in the case of a body corporate, it is a company and—\n(i) its membership is composed exclusively of citizens of Tanzania;\n(ii) its directors are all citizens of Tanzania;\n(iii) control over the company, both direct and indirect, is exercised, from within Tanzania by persons all of whom are citizens of Tanzania.\n(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), the Commission may, on recommendation of the Resident Mines Officer and upon satisfying itself that a Primary Mining Licence holder needs a technical support which cannot be sourced within Tanzania, allow the Primary Mining licence holder to contract a foreigner for the technical support.[...]\n(5) A mining licence for mining gemstones shall only be granted to applicants who are Tanzanians.\n(6) Notwithstanding subsection (5), where the Minister after consultation with the Commission determines that the development of gemstone resources in an area of land subject to a mineral right, is most likely to require specialized skills, technology or high level of investment, he may grant a mining licence for gemstones to the applicant, where he is satisfied that the licence will be held by that person together with a non-citizen whose undivided participating shares amount to not more than fifty percent either alone, in the case of one person or in the aggregate in the case of more than one person.\n[...]\nPart VIII – Local content, corporate social responsibility and integrity pledge\n102. Provision of goods and services by Tanzanian entrepreneurs\n(1) A mineral right holder shall give preference to goods which are produced or available in Tanzania and services which are rendered by Tanzanian citizens and or local companies.\n(2) Where goods required by the mineral right holder are not available in Tanzania, the goods shall be provided by a local company which has entered into a joint venture with a foreign company.\n(3) The local company referred to in subsection (2) shall own share of at least twenty five percent in the joint venture or otherwise as provided for in the regulations. [...]\n(9) For the purpose of this Act—\n\"local company\" means a company or subsidiary company incorporated under the Companies Act, which is one hundred percent owned by a Tanzanian citizen or a company that is in a joint venture partnership with a Tanzanian citizen or citizens whose participating shares are not less than fifty one percent.[...]\" (Mining Act (Chapter 123), 2010, as amended)","Mining Act (Chapter 123), 2010, as amended\nMining Act (Chapter 123), 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://tanzlii.org/akn/tz/act/2010/14/eng@2019-11-30\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.madini.go.tz/media/The-Mining-Act-2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,320,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","J58_63","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000375","Foreign shareholding in printed media companies is limited to 49%, and any change to the shareholding structure of a foreign-owned media company requires the approval of the Director of Information Services Department.","\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“Act” means the Media Services Act, 2016;[...]\n“Director” means Director of Information Services Department created under section 4 of the Act;\n[...]\nPART II - OWNERSHIP OF MEDIA HOUSES AND OBLIGATIONS\nApplication 3. Notwithstanding the Regulations governing electronic media, this part shall apply to the Print Media.\nOwnership of print media\n4.-(1) Any person who intends to own print media-\n(a) shall, in case of local company or sole proprietor, whether in an individual capacity or jointly, have no shareholding limitation to own print media;\n(b) where an applicant for a print media license is a foreigner, shall be required when applying for a license to submit to the Director a list of shareholders with a minimum of fifty one percent local ownership.\n(2) A print media licensee shall notify the Director about any change in shareholding structures.\n(3) A company with a foreign shareholder shall obtain an approval from the Director before applying for any change in shareholding structure to the relevant authority.\n(4) Changes made under sub-regulations (2) and (3) shall be subject to payment of fees as prescribed in the Schedule to these Regulations.[...]\"(The Media Services Regulations, 2017)\n","The Media Services Regulations, 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.maelezo.go.tz/storage/app/uploads/public/58d/252/210/58d25221067f1018750655.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,352,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","M711_741X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0003125","Majority foreign investment in architectural services is subject to approval","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...]\n8. Provision of architectural services [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1930,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C22_23","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"8.33E-05","Majority foreign investment in  in the production of Thai crockery or porcelains is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...]\nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter II. Businesses Having Impacts on Arts, Culture, Traditions, Customs and Folklore Handicrafts [...]\n6. Production of crockery or porcelains representing Thai arts and culture [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1913,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C22_23","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2023,"2.08E-05","Foreign investment in the production of Thai crockery or porcelains is limited to 75% of equity ownership and at least two-fifths of directors need to be Thai citizens.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter II. Businesses Having Impacts on Arts, Culture, Traditions, Customs and Folklore Handicrafts [...]\n6. Production of crockery or porcelains representing Thai arts and culture [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1948,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","A01","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2023,"0.02","Ownership of agricultural land by foreigners is not authorised, but foreigners may hold such land under long-term, renewable leases. Foreign participation in companies operating agricultural land through leasing may be as high as 66%.","\"Article 1 - The right of ownership of agricultural land can only belong to natural persons of Tunisian nationality, to cooperatives, to legal persons of a public nature, to civil and limited liability companies, all of whose participants are natural persons of Tunisian nationality and to public limited companies created in accordance with the provisions of law n ° 89-43 of 8 March 1989 relating to the conditions for the exercise of agricultural activities by public limited companies.\n[...]\nArticle 2 - The exploitation of agricultural land is done by:\n1 - legal entities of a public nature, inter-professional groups and technical centers in the agricultural sector,\n2 - agricultural cooperatives,\n3 - natural persons,\n4 - civil societies of Tunisian nationality,\n5 - Tunisian limited liability companies.\n6 - public limited companies of Tunisian nationality authorized to exploit agricultural land in accordance with the legislation in force, including companies for the enhancement and agricultural development,\n7 - groups of farmers authorized to use agricultural land.\nIs of Tunisian nationality, any company incorporated in accordance with the laws in force, having its head office in Tunisia, having more than a third of its capital made up of registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons and having its board of directors, management , or surveillance, made up of representatives of Tunisian natural or legal persons up to the amount of their participation in the company's capital.\n[...]\nArticle 5 - The exploitation of agricultural land by a company in whose capital of which foreigners participate can only be done by way of rental and without the land being the object of contribution in the capital of the company.[...]\" (Law on the reform of agricultural structures (n°69-56 of 22 September 1969), as amended by Law n° 97-33 of 26 May 1997, Articles 1, 2 and 5 [google translation])","Law on the reform of agricultural structures (n°69-56 of 22 September 1969), as amended by Law n° 97-33 of 26 May 1997, Articles 1, 2 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/116888?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112277?ln=fr\">Law_amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1701,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.009","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory administrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1756,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0004","For a corporation to be eligible to register a vessel under the national flag, its chief executive officer, chairman of the board of directors and a majority of the directors must be citizens of the United States.","\"§12102. Vessels requiring documentation\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may engage in a trade only if the vessel has been issued a certificate of documentation with an endorsement for that trade under this chapter.\n(b) Vessels Less Than 5 Net Tons.—A vessel of less than 5 net tons may engage in a trade without being documented if the vessel otherwise satisfies the requirements to engage in the particular trade.\n(c) Barges.—A barge qualified to engage in the coastwise trade may engage in the coastwise trade, without being documented, on rivers, harbors, lakes (except the Great Lakes), canals, and inland waters.\n[...]\n§12103. General eligibility requirements\n(a) In General.-Except as otherwise provided, a certificate of documentation for a vessel may be issued under this chapter only if the vessel is-\n(1) wholly owned by one or more individuals or entities described in subsection (b);\n(2) at least 5 net tons as measured under part J of this subtitle; and\n(3) not documented under the laws of a foreign country.\n(b) Eligible Owners.-For purposes of subsection (a)(1), the following are eligible owners:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States.\n(2) An association, trust, joint venture, or other entity if-\n(A) each of its members is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) it is capable of holding title to a vessel under the laws of the United States or a State.\n(3) A partnership if-\n(A) each general partner is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) the controlling interest in the partnership is owned by citizens of the United States.\n(4) A corporation if-\n(A) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(B) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(C) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(5) The United States Government.\n(6) The government of a State.\n[...]\n§50501. Entities deemed citizens of the United States\n(a) In General.-In this subtitle [Subtitle V-Merchant Marine], a corporation, partnership, or association is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if the controlling interest is owned by citizens of the United States. However, if the corporation, partnership, or association is operating a vessel in the coastwise trade, at least 75 percent of the interest must be owned by citizens of the United States.\n(b) Additional Requirements for Corporations.-In this subtitle, a corporation is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if, in addition to satisfying the requirements in subsection (a)-\n(1) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(2) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(3) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(c) Determination of Controlling Corporate Interest.-The controlling interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to the majority of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) the majority of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which the majority of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n(d) Determination of 75 Percent Corporate Interest.-At least 75 percent of the interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to at least 75 percent of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) at least 75 percent of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which more than 25 percent of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of more than 25 percent of any interest in the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n§55102. Transportation of merchandise [...]\n(b) Requirements.-Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not provide any part of the transportation of merchandise by water, or by land and water, between points in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel-\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.\n[...]\n§55103. Transportation of passengers\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not transport passengers between ports or places in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel—\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement. [...]\" (Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103)","Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title46&saved=%7CKHRpdGxlOjQ2IHNlY3Rpb246NTUxMDIgZWRpdGlvbjpwcmVsaW0pIE9SIChncmFudWxlaWQ6VVNDLXByZWxpbS10aXRsZTQ2LXNlY3Rpb241NTEwMik%3D%7CdHJlZXNvcnQ%3D%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1582,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H501","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0004","For a corporation to be eligible to register a vessel under the national flag, its chief executive officer, chairman of the board of directors and a majority of the directors must be citizens of the United States.","\"§12102. Vessels requiring documentation\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may engage in a trade only if the vessel has been issued a certificate of documentation with an endorsement for that trade under this chapter.\n(b) Vessels Less Than 5 Net Tons.—A vessel of less than 5 net tons may engage in a trade without being documented if the vessel otherwise satisfies the requirements to engage in the particular trade.\n(c) Barges.—A barge qualified to engage in the coastwise trade may engage in the coastwise trade, without being documented, on rivers, harbors, lakes (except the Great Lakes), canals, and inland waters.\n[...]\n§12103. General eligibility requirements\n(a) In General.-Except as otherwise provided, a certificate of documentation for a vessel may be issued under this chapter only if the vessel is-\n(1) wholly owned by one or more individuals or entities described in subsection (b);\n(2) at least 5 net tons as measured under part J of this subtitle; and\n(3) not documented under the laws of a foreign country.\n(b) Eligible Owners.-For purposes of subsection (a)(1), the following are eligible owners:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States.\n(2) An association, trust, joint venture, or other entity if-\n(A) each of its members is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) it is capable of holding title to a vessel under the laws of the United States or a State.\n(3) A partnership if-\n(A) each general partner is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) the controlling interest in the partnership is owned by citizens of the United States.\n(4) A corporation if-\n(A) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(B) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(C) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(5) The United States Government.\n(6) The government of a State.\n[...]\n§50501. Entities deemed citizens of the United States\n(a) In General.-In this subtitle [Subtitle V-Merchant Marine], a corporation, partnership, or association is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if the controlling interest is owned by citizens of the United States. However, if the corporation, partnership, or association is operating a vessel in the coastwise trade, at least 75 percent of the interest must be owned by citizens of the United States.\n(b) Additional Requirements for Corporations.-In this subtitle, a corporation is deemed to be a citizen of the United States only if, in addition to satisfying the requirements in subsection (a)-\n(1) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(2) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(3) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n(c) Determination of Controlling Corporate Interest.-The controlling interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to the majority of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) the majority of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which the majority of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n(d) Determination of 75 Percent Corporate Interest.-At least 75 percent of the interest in a corporation is owned by citizens of the United States under subsection (a) only if-\n(1) title to at least 75 percent of the stock in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of a person not a citizen of the United States;\n(2) at least 75 percent of the voting power in the corporation is vested in citizens of the United States;\n(3) there is no contract or understanding by which more than 25 percent of the voting power in the corporation may be exercised, directly or indirectly, in behalf of a person not a citizen of the United States; and\n(4) there is no other means by which control of more than 25 percent of any interest in the corporation is given to or permitted to be exercised by a person not a citizen of the United States.\n§55102. Transportation of merchandise [...]\n(b) Requirements.-Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not provide any part of the transportation of merchandise by water, or by land and water, between points in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel-\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement.\n[...]\n§55103. Transportation of passengers\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or chapter 121 of this title, a vessel may not transport passengers between ports or places in the United States to which the coastwise laws apply, either directly or via a foreign port, unless the vessel—\n(1) is wholly owned by citizens of the United States for purposes of engaging in the coastwise trade; and\n(2) has been issued a certificate of documentation with a coastwise endorsement under chapter 121 or is exempt from documentation but would otherwise be eligible for such a certificate and endorsement. [...]\" (Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103)","Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103, 50501, 55102 and 55103","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title46&saved=%7CKHRpdGxlOjQ2IHNlY3Rpb246NTUxMDIgZWRpdGlvbjpwcmVsaW0pIE9SIChncmFudWxlaWQ6VVNDLXByZWxpbS10aXRsZTQ2LXNlY3Rpb241NTEwMik%3D%7CdHJlZXNvcnQ%3D%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1583,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","A031","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.002","Foreigners  may  not  hold  more  than a  minority  of shares comprising  ownership  in  companies  owning  vessels  which  operate  in  US  fisheries. A vessel owned by an entity is eligible for a fishery endorsement only if at least 75 percent of the interest in the entity, at each tier of ownership and in the aggregate, is owned and controlled by citizens of the United States. Foreign flag vessels may not fish in the Exclusive Economic Zone. ","\"§108. Fisheries\nIn this title, the term \"fisheries\" includes processing, storing, transporting (except in foreign commerce), planting, cultivating, catching, taking, or harvesting fish, shellfish, marine animals, pearls, shells, or marine vegetation in the navigable waters of the United States or in the exclusive economic zone.\n[...]\n§12102. Vessels requiring documentation\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may engage in a trade only if the vessel has been issued a certificate of documentation with an endorsement for that trade under this chapter.\n(b) Vessels Less Than 5 Net Tons.—A vessel of less than 5 net tons may engage in a trade without being documented if the vessel otherwise satisfies the requirements to engage in the particular trade.\n(c) Barges.—A barge qualified to engage in the coastwise trade may engage in the coastwise trade, without being documented, on rivers, harbors, lakes (except the Great Lakes), canals, and inland waters.\n(d) Aquaculture Waiver.—\n(1) Permitting of nonqualified vessels to perform certain aquaculture support operations.—Notwithstanding section 12113 and any other law, the Secretary of Transportation may issue a waiver allowing a documented vessel with a registry endorsement or a foreign flag vessel to be used in operations that treat aquaculture fish for or protect aquaculture fish from disease, parasitic infestation, or other threats to their health if the Secretary finds, after publishing a notice in the Federal Register, that a suitable vessel of the United States is not available that could perform those services.\n(2) Prohibition.—Vessels operating under a waiver issued under this subsection may not engage in any coastwise transportation.\n§12103. General eligibility requirements\n(a) In General.—Except as otherwise provided, a certificate of documentation for a vessel may be issued under this chapter only if the vessel is—\n(1) wholly owned by one or more individuals or entities described in subsection (b);\n(2) at least 5 net tons as measured under part J of this subtitle; and\n(3) not documented under the laws of a foreign country.\n(b) Eligible Owners.—For purposes of subsection (a)(1), the following are eligible owners:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States.\n(2) An association, trust, joint venture, or other entity if—\n(A) each of its members is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) it is capable of holding title to a vessel under the laws of the United States or a State.\n(3) A partnership if—\n(A) each general partner is a citizen of the United States; and\n(B) the controlling interest in the partnership is owned by citizens of the United States.\n(4) A corporation if—\n(A) it is incorporated under the laws of the United States or a State;\n(B) its chief executive officer, by whatever title, and the chairman of its board of directors are citizens of the United States; and\n(C) no more of its directors are noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum.\n[...]\n§12113. Fishery endorsement\n(a) Requirements.—A fishery endorsement may be issued for a vessel that—\n(1) satisfies the requirements of section 12103 of this title and, if owned by an entity, the entity satisfies the ownership requirements in subsection (c); [...]\n(b) Authorized Activity.—\n(1) In general.—Subject to the laws of the United States regulating the fisheries, a vessel for which a fishery endorsement is issued may engage in the fisheries.\n(2) Use by prohibited persons.—A fishery endorsement is invalid immediately if the vessel for which it is issued is used as a fishing vessel while it is chartered or leased to an individual who is not a citizen of the United States or to an entity that is not eligible to own a vessel with a fishery endorsement.\n(c) Ownership Requirements for Entities.—\n(1) In general.—A vessel owned by an entity is eligible for a fishery endorsement only if at least 75 percent of the interest in the entity, at each tier of ownership and in the aggregate, is owned and controlled by citizens of the United States.\n(2) Determining 75 percent interest.—In determining whether at least 75 percent of the interest in the entity is owned and controlled by citizens of the United States under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall apply section 50501(d) of this title, except that for this purpose the terms \"control\" or \"controlled\"—\n(A) include the right to—\n(i) direct the business of the entity;\n(ii) limit the actions of or replace the chief executive officer, a majority of the board of directors, any general partner, or any person serving in a management capacity of the entity; or\n(iii) direct the transfer, operation, or manning of a vessel with a fishery endorsement; but\n(B) do not include the right to simply participate in the activities under subparagraph (A), or the exercise of rights under loan or mortgage covenants by a mortgagee eligible to be a preferred mortgagee under section 31322(a) of this title, except that a mortgagee not eligible to own a vessel with a fishery endorsement may only operate such a vessel to the extent necessary for the immediate safety of the vessel or for repairs, drydocking, or berthing changes.\n(3) Exceptions.—This subsection does not apply to a vessel when it is engaged in the fisheries in the exclusive economic zone under the authority of the Western Pacific Fishery Management Council established under section 302(a)(1)(H) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1852(a)(1)(H)) or to a purse seine vessel when it is engaged in tuna fishing in the Pacific Ocean outside the exclusive economic zone or pursuant to the South Pacific Regional Fisheries Treaty, provided that the owner of the vessel continues to comply with the eligibility requirements for a fishery endorsement under the Federal law that was in effect on October 1, 1998. A fishery endorsement issued pursuant to this paragraph is valid for engaging only in the activities described in this paragraph.\n(d) Requirements Based on Length, Tonnage, or Horsepower.—\n(1) Application.—This subsection applies to a vessel that—\n(A) is greater than 165 feet in registered length;\n(B) is more than 750 gross registered tons as measured under chapter 145 of this title or 1,900 gross registered tons as measured under chapter 143 of this title; or\n(C) has an engine or engines capable of producing a total of more than 3,000 shaft horsepower.\n(2) Requirements.—A vessel subject to this subsection is not eligible for a fishery endorsement unless—\n(A)(i) a certificate of documentation was issued for the vessel and endorsed with a fishery endorsement that was effective on September 25, 1997; and\n(ii) the vessel is not placed under foreign registry after October 21, 1998;\n(B) the owner of the vessel demonstrates to the Secretary that—\n(i) the regional fishery management council of jurisdiction established under section 302(a)(1) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1852(a)(1)) has recommended after October 21, 1998, and the Secretary of Commerce has approved, conservation and management measures in accordance with the American Fisheries Act (Public Law 105–277, div. C, title II) (16 U.S.C. 1851 note) 1 to allow the vessel to be used in fisheries under the council's authority; and\n(ii) in the case of a vessel listed in paragraphs (1) through (20) of section 208(e) of the American Fisheries Act (title II of division C of Public Law 105–277; 112 Stat. 2681–625 et seq.), the vessel is neither participating in nor eligible to participate in the non-AFA trawl catcher processor subsector (as that term is defined under section 219(a)(7) of the Department of Commerce and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2005 (Public Law 108–447; 118 Stat. 2887));\n(C) the vessel—\n(i) is either a rebuilt vessel or replacement vessel under section 208(g) of the American Fisheries Act (title II of division C of Public Law 105–277; 112 Stat. 2681–627);\n(ii) is eligible for a fishery endorsement under this section; and\n(iii) in the case of a vessel listed in paragraphs (1) through (20) of section 208(e) of the American Fisheries Act (title II of division C of Public Law 105–277; 112 Stat. 2681–625 et seq.), is neither participating in nor eligible to participate in the non-AFA trawl catcher processor subsector (as that term is defined under section 219(a)(7) of the Department of Commerce and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2005 (Public Law 108–447; 118 Stat. 2887)); or\n(D) the vessel is a fish tender vessel that is not engaged in the harvesting or processing of fish.\n(e) Vessels Measuring 100 Feet or Greater.—\n(1) In general.—The Administrator of the Maritime Administration shall administer subsections (c) and (d) with respect to vessels 100 feet or greater in registered length. The owner of each such vessel shall file a statement of citizenship setting forth all relevant facts regarding vessel ownership and control with the Administrator on an annual basis to demonstrate compliance with those provisions.\n(2) Regulations.—Regulations to implement this subsection shall conform to the extent practicable with the regulations establishing the form of citizenship affidavit set forth in part 355 of title 46, Code of Federal Regulations, as in effect on September 25, 1997, except that the form of the statement shall be written in a manner to allow the owner of the vessel to satisfy any annual renewal requirements for a certificate of documentation for the vessel and to comply with this subsection and subsections (c) and (d), and shall not be required to be notarized.\n(3) Transfer of ownership.—Transfers of ownership and control of vessels subject to subsection (c) or (d), which are 100 feet or greater in registered length, shall be rigorously scrutinized for violations of those provisions, with particular attention given to—\n(A) leases, charters, mortgages, financing, and similar arrangements;\n(B) the control of persons not eligible to own a vessel with a fishery endorsement under subsection (c) or (d), over the management, sales, financing, or other operations of an entity; and\n(C) contracts involving the purchase over extended periods of time of all, or substantially all, of the living marine resources harvested by a fishing vessel.\n(f) Vessels Measuring Less Than 100 Feet.—The Secretary shall establish reasonable and necessary requirements to demonstrate compliance with subsections (c) and (d), with respect to vessels measuring less than 100 feet in registered length, and shall seek to minimize the administrative burden on individuals who own and operate those vessels.\n(g) Vessels Purchased Through Fishing Capacity Reduction Program.—A vessel purchased by the Secretary of Commerce through a fishing capacity reduction program under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) or section 308 of the Interjurisdictional Fisheries Act of 1986 (16 U.S.C. 4107) is not eligible for a fishery endorsement, and any fishery endorsement issued for that vessel is invalid.\n(h) Revocation of Endorsements.—The Secretary shall revoke the fishery endorsement of any vessel subject to subsection (c) or (d) whose owner does not comply with those provisions.\n(i) Regulations.—Regulations to implement subsections (c) and (d) and sections 12151(c) and 31322(b) of this title shall prohibit impermissible transfers of ownership or control, specify any transactions that require prior approval of an implementing agency, identify transactions that do not require prior agency approval, and to the extent practicable, minimize disruptions to the commercial fishing industry, to the traditional financing arrangements of that industry, and to the opportunity to form fishery cooperatives.[...]\" (Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 108, 12102, 12103 and 12113)","Shipping Code (46 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 12102, 12103 and 12113","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title46&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1589,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0002","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign investors may establish or contribute capital/purchase shares/stakes in maritime transportation companies operating fleets with Vietnamese flag, but the foreign shareholding in such company cannot exceed 49% [a higher foreign shareholding threshold (70%) is allowed to investors from Asean Member States and from the Euopean Union as per treaty commitment - preferential treatment not considered in the OECD FDIRRI]. The captain or first mate of a Vietnamese vessel must be a Vietnamese citizen. Foreign shipping companies may establish 100% foreign-invested enterprises to provide international shipping services.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n43. Coastal shipping [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.5. Transportation services by sea ((a) Passenger transport, excluding domestic transport (CPC 7211); (b) Carriage of goods, excluding domestic transport (CPC 7212)) |\nProvisions in the Agreements:\na) Establishment of companies operating fleets of ships flying the Vietnamese flag:\nIt is allowed to establish a joint venture in which the foreign capital contribution does not exceed 49% of the legal capital of the joint venture. Foreign seafarers are allowed to work on ships flying the Vietnamese flag (or registered in Vietnam) owned by joint-venture enterprises in Vietnam, but the total number does not exceed one third of the vessel's manning. The captain or first mate must be a Vietnamese citizen.\nParticularly for EVFTA: Foreign service suppliers are allowed to establish joint ventures in which the foreign capital contribution does not exceed 70% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\nParticularly AFAS: Transport of goods, except for domestic transportation (CPC 7212): It is allowed to establish a joint venture in which the capital contribution of the foreign side does not exceed 70% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\nb) Other forms of commercial presence to provide international shipping services[1]: Foreign shipping companies may establish 100% foreign-invested enterprises:\nc) Foreign-invested enterprises may only conduct activities as described below:\n- Selling and marketing shipping services through direct transactions with customers, from listing prices to preparing documents;\n- Representing the goods owner;\n- Provide business information upon request;\n- Prepare transport documents or documents including customs and other documents relating to the origin and character of the goods to be transported;\n- Providing sea transportation services including internal transportation services by ships flying the Vietnamese flag to provide transportation services [throughout].\n- On behalf of the company to organize for ships to enter the port or receive goods when required.\n- Negotiate and sign contracts for road, rail, and inland waterway transport related to goods transported by the company\nInternational sea freight service providers are entitled to use the following services at ports on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms:\n1. Pilots; 2. Towing; 3. Supply of food, fuel and water; 4. Collection of waste water and ballast water; 5. Services of the port authority; 6. Signal buoys; 7. Onshore services necessary for the operation of the ship, including communications, electricity and water supply; 8. Emergency repair equipment; 9. Anchor, berthing and mooring services; 10. Access to marine agency services.[2] \n[...]\n43. Coastal shipping\n1. EVFTA: Appendix 8-C: Vietnam may adopt or maintain any measure related to the operation of an enterprise as defined in points 1(e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 ( definitions) that are inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8-B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments to maritime transport industry.\n2. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-27: Coastal shipping services: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to the above sub-sectors.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 3. Classification of logistics services\nLogistics services provided include:\n1. Container handling services, except services provided at airports. 2. Container warehousing service belongs to sea transport support services. 3. Warehousing service is a service that supports all modes of transport. 4. Delivery service. 5. Cargo agency service. 6 . Customs clearance agency services (including customs clearance services). 7. Other services, including the following activities:  Bill of lading checking, freight brokerage services, goods inspection,  sampling and weight determination services; receiving and accepting services; Transport document preparation service. 8. Wholesale and retail support services, including inventory management, collection, collection, classification and delivery of goods. 9. Cargo transportation service belongs to sea transportation service. 10. Cargo transport service belongs to inland waterway transport service. 11. Cargo transport service under railway transport service. 12. Cargo transportation service belongs to road transport service. 13. Air freight services. 14. Multimodal transport services. 15. Technical analysis and verification services. 16. Other transportation support services. 17. Other services agreed upon by the logistics service trader and the customer in accordance with the basic principles of the Commercial Law. \nChapter II. CONDITIONS FOR BUSINESS OF LOGISTICS SERVICES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR TRADERS BUSING LOGISTICS SERVICES\nArticle 4. Conditions for providing logistics services [...]\n3. Conditions for foreign investors providing logistics services:\nIn addition to meeting the conditions specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are members of the World Trade Organization may provide logistics services under the following conditions: \na) In case of providing freight transport services under sea transport services (except for inland transportation):\n- To establish companies operating fleets of ships flying the Vietnamese flag or contribute capital, purchase shares or capital contributions in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 49%. The total number of foreign crew members working on ships flying the Vietnamese flag (or registered in Vietnam) owned by these companies in Vietnam does not exceed one third of the ship's manning. The captain or first mate must be a Vietnamese citizen.\n- A foreign shipping company may establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or contributed capital in an enterprise.\nb) In the case of container handling services in support of sea transport services (a number of areas may be reserved to provide services or apply licensing procedures in these areas), establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or contributed capital in an enterprise, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 50%. Foreign investors are allowed to establish a commercial presence in Vietnam in the form of a business cooperation contract.\nc) In case the business of container handling services belongs to services supporting all modes of transport, except for services provided at airports, it is allowed to establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or capital contributions in enterprises, in which the capital contribution ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 50%. \nd) In case of providing customs clearance services in the maritime transport support service, may establish an enterprise or contribute capital, purchase shares or contributed capital in an enterprise, including capital contributed by domestic investors. Foreign investors are allowed to establish a commercial presence in Vietnam in the form of a business cooperation contract.\ndd) In case of providing other services, including the following activities:  Bill of lading inspection, freight brokerage services, goods inspection, sampling and weight determination services; receiving and accepting services; services of preparing transport documents, establishing an enterprise or contributing capital, buying shares or contributed capital in an enterprise, including capital contributed by domestic investors.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 163/2017/NĐ-CP of 30/12/2017 on provision of logistics services [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2026,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H5012","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0006","Pursuant to the “Prohibited Market Access List” (Appendix I-A) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in goods transshipment business is prohibited.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n3. In addition to the market access conditions for the industries and trades specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations when conducting business investment activities Businesses in Vietnam must satisfy the following conditions (if any):\na) Use of land and labor; natural resources, minerals;\nb) Producing and supplying public goods and services or goods and services that are monopolistic in the state;\nc) Owning and trading in houses and real estate;\nd) Applying forms of support and subsidies of the State to a number of branches and fields or developing regions or territories;\ndd) Participating in the program and plan for the equitization of state-owned enterprises;\ne) Other conditions as prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government and international treaties on investment that do not allow allow or restrict market access for foreign-invested economic organizations.\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n2. For business investment activities carried out in Vietnam, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and hold foreign citizenship are entitled to choose to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as follows: regulations applicable to domestic or foreign investors. In the case of choosing to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as prescribed for domestic investors, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and have foreign nationality are not entitled to exercise their rights. and regulatory obligations for foreign investors.\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed. for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access. Schools are posted according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS \nA. INDUSTRY AND LINES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN ACCESSED TO THE MARKET FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\n1. Trading in goods and services on the list of goods and services subject to state monopoly in the field of commerce.\n2. Press activities and news gathering activities in all forms.\n3. Catching or harvesting marine life.\n4. Investigation and security services.\n5. Judicial administrative services, including judicial expertise services, bailiff services, property auction services, notary services, and services of asset administrators.\n6. Service of sending workers to work abroad under contract.\n7. Invest in building infrastructure for cemeteries and graveyards to transfer land use rights associated with infrastructure .\n8. Garbage collection service directly from households.\n9. Public opinion polling service (opinion poll).\n10. Blasting service.\n11. Producing and trading in weapons, explosives and supporting tools.\n12. Import and dismantle used ships.\n13. Public postal service.\n14. Goods transshipment business.\n15. Trading in temporary import for re-export.\n16. Export, import, and distribute goods featuring on the list of goods that foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations are not allowed to export, right import and distribution rights.\n17. Collection, purchase and disposal of public property at units of the armed forces.\n18. Manufacture of military materials or equipment; trading in military equipment, military equipment for the armed forces, military weapons, equipment, techniques, weapons, specialized military and police vehicles, components, parts, spare parts, supplies and special equipment, specialized technology to manufacture them;\n19. Industrial property representation service business and intellectual property assessment service.\n20. Services of setting up, operating, maintaining and maintaining navigational signals, water zones, waters, public navigational channels and navigational routes; survey services of water areas, water areas, public navigational channels and navigational routes serving the publication of maritime notices; survey services, building and publishing charts of water areas, seaports, navigational channels and routes; develop and publish maritime safety documents and publications.\n21. Regulatory services to ensure maritime safety in water zones, waters and public navigational channels; maritime electronic information services.\n22. Inspection services (inspection and testing) and issuance of certificates for means of transport (including systems, components, equipment and components of vehicles) ; services of inspection and issuance of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for specialized vehicles, equipment, containers, and equipment for packing dangerous goods used in transportation; inspection services and grant of certificates of technical safety and environmental protection for means and equipment for oil and gas exploration, exploitation and transportation at sea; dTechnical inspection service for occupational safety for machines and equipment with strict requirements on occupational safety installed on means of transport and vehicles, exploration and mining equipment and transporting oil and gas at sea; fishing vessel registration service.\n23. Services of investigation, assessment and exploitation of natural forests (including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wild animals, management of genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture).\n24. Research or use genetic resources of new livestock breeds before being appraised and evaluated by the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development.\n25. Travel services, except international travel services for inbound tourists.[...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1985,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00675","Local incorporation is required for foreigners to to undertake real estate investment.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nIn this Law, the following terms are construed as follows:\n1. Real estate business means the investment of capital to carry out construction, purchase, and transfer activities for sale or transfer; lease, sublease, lease purchase of real estate; real estate brokerage services; real estate trading floor services; real estate consulting or real estate management services for profit.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Conditions of organizations and individuals doing real estate business\n1. Organizations and individuals dealing in real estate must establish an enterprise or a cooperative (hereinafter referred to as an enterprise) and have a legal capital not lower than VND 20 billion, except for the case specified in Clause 1 of this Article. 2 This.\n2. Organizations, households and individuals that sell, transfer, lease, lease-purchase real estate on a small and irregular scale are not required to establish an enterprise but must declare and pay tax in accordance with law. the law.\n3. The Government shall detail this Article.[...]\" (Law on Real Estate Trading No. 66/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014 [google translation])","Law on Real Estate Trading No. 66/2014/QH13 of 25 November 2014 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=46749\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2032,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.003","On 23 December 2022, Zambia's new Insurance Act of 2021  came into force, following the issuance of Commencement Order No. 83 of 2022 by the Minister of Finance and National Planning. The new Act requires insurers and reinsurers to have no less than 30% of their subscribed share capital owned by Zambian citizens or citizen-owned companies. Insurance brokers are required to have no less than 51% of their subscribed shareholding owned by citizens or a citizen-owned company. Under the previous legislation (Insurance Act of 1997), there were no such requirements.","\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n\"citizen ” has the meaning assigned to the word in the Constitution;\n“ citizen owned company ” means a company where one hundred percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n[...]\nPART V -  MANAGEMENT AND SHAREHOLDING FOR INSURER, REINSURER AND INSURANCE BROKER\n 49. (1) A licensed insurer or reinsurer shall not have less than thirty percent of the licensed insurer or reinsurer’s subscribed share capital owned by citizens or a citizen owned company.\n(2) A licensed insurance broker shall not have less than fifty one percent of the licensed insurance broker’s subscribed share capital owned by citizens or a citizen owned company.[...]\" (Insurance Act No 38 of 2021)\n-----------------------\n\"PART II - REGULATION OF INSURERS AND OTHERS\n4. Insurance business\n(1) On and from a date prescribed by the Minister by statutory instrument, a person shall not carry on insurance business unless the person is a company licensed under this Act as an insurer.\n(2) On and from the date prescribed under sub-section (1), an insurer shall not carry on insurance business except—\n(a)   in accordance with the terms and conditions of its license under this Act; or\n[...]\n5. Insurance brokerage\n(1) On and from a date prescribed by the Minister by statutory instrument, a person shall not engage in insurance brokerage unless the person is a company or partnership licensed under this Act as a broker. [S 5(1) am by s 4 of Act 26 of 2005.]\n[...]\n10. Application for insurer’s license\n(1) A company having share capital may apply for an insurer’s license.\n(2) An application under sub-section (1) shall be in a form approved by the Registrar and shall specify—\n(a)   the name and address of the company; [...]\n(3) The application shall be accompanied by copies of— (a)   the certificate of incorporation of the company;\n[...]\n11. Grant of insurer’s license\n(1) A person shall not carry on insurance business in Zambia unless that person is registered as such under this Act.\n[...]\n13. Broker’s license\n(1) A person shall not carry on insurance brokerage in Zambia unless that person is registered as such under this Act.\n(2) The Registrar shall issue a broker’s license to an individual who has a minimum of ten years experience as a licensed agent\n(3) Except as provided by section 18, the Registrar shall issue a broker’s license to a partnership or corporate firm if\n(a)   a majority of its directors are persons who, in the opinion of the Registrar, are of good repute and-\n(i)   have had ten years’ practical experience at management level in insurance brokerage or other comparable work; or\n(ii)   hold qualifications approved by the Registrar and have had an adequate practical experience of insurance brokerage; or\n(b)   where there are only two directors, one of them meets the criteria specified in paragraph (a) and the Registrar is satisfied that the business will be under the management of that director;and [S 13(3)(b) am by s 5(a) of Act 26 of 2005.]\n(c)   the applicant is able to meet such minimum financial or other criteria as may be prescribed under this Act.[...]\" (Insurance Act No. 27 of 1997, as amended)\n","Insurance Act No 38 of 2021\nInsurance Act No. 27 of 1997, as amended","Bowmans (2023), \"Zambia: New insurance law takes effect\", 6 February 2023.\nA.L.N (2021), \"Requirements to have Zambian Shareholding in Insurance Companies\", 9 July 2021.","[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/Act%20No.%2038%20OF%202021%2C%20THE%20INSURANCE%20ACTpdf_0.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3834,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00002","Investment in customs brokerage activity requires a legal representative of Algerian citizenship.","\"SECTION 1 - OF THE CUSTOMS AGENT\nArt. 3. - Is considered as a customs broker any natural or legal person approved by the customs administration to accomplish for others the customs formalities concerning the declaration of goods in detail, on the whole of the national territory.\nArt. 4. - Legal persons applying for approval as customs brokers are required to appoint, among their legal representatives, one or more persons authorized to carry out customs formalities.\nArt. 5. - To apply for the approval of customs agent, natural persons and representatives of legal persons, designated in accordance with article 4 above, are required to meet the following conditions:\n1 - be of Algerian nationality; [...]\" (Executive Decree No. 10-288 of 8 Dhou El Hidja 1431 corresponding to November 14, 2010 relating to persons authorized to declare goods in detail [google translation])","Executive Decree No. 10-288 of 8 Dhou El Hidja 1431 corresponding to November 14, 2010 relating to persons authorized to declare goods in detail [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.douane.gov.dz/pdf/Decret/decret%20executif%2010-288.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1847,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AZE","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.00625","In general, Citizens and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan may acquire land on the right of ownership, use and lease of land. Foreign natural and legal entities, however, may only lease land. Foreign-owned locally incorporated companies are not considered foreign legal entities and, hence, are not discrminated in this matter. Only branches of foreign companies are subject to such a restriction on access to land. Long-term leases are permitted.","\"Chapter XII - LAND OF LEGAL AND PHYSICAL PERSONS RIGHTS ABOUT\nArticle 48. General characteristic of the rights of legal and natural persons on land\n1. Rights of legal and natural persons on land plot differ according to the amount of these rights determined by this Code, Civil Code of the Republic of Azerbaijan, other normative legal acts and land related agreements.\n2. Citizens and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan may acquire land on the right of ownership, use and lease of land.\n3. Foreigners and stateless persons, foreign legal entities, international associations and organizations, as well as foreign states may acquire land in the Azerbaijan Republic only on the right of lease.\n4. The land owner, user and lessee shall be given land in accordance with their designated purpose and legal status for the area.\n5. Legal and natural persons, land owners, users and lessees, while exercising their rights to land, shall not harm the environment, the rights and interests of other persons.\n6. Land owners, users and lessees can insure their land against the effects of natural disasters.\n[...]\nArticle 50 . Right of use over land\n1. The right to use a land plot shall be a permanent or temporary use of land on the basis of a relevant decision (agreement). There is no charge for land use except land tax.[...]\n3. Temporary land use is short-term and long-term. Short-term temporary use - can be set up to fifteen years. Long-term temporary use can be established for lands that are in private ownership - from fifteen to 99 years, and for lands owned by the state and municipality - from fifteen to 49 years.\n[...]\nArticle 51. The right of lease of land\n 1. The right to lease land on the parcel of land is to use the land on a contractual basis for a period of time. [...]\n 4. The terms, terms and conditions of the lease shall be determined by the agreement of the parties and shall be determined in the contract concluded between them in the manner prescribed by law. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan “On Approval of Land Code of the Republic of Azerbaijan” No 695-IQ dated June 25, 1999 [google translated])\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter II - LAND LEASE [...]\nArticle 13. Terms of lease\nTerm of lease of land is determined by the agreement of the parties and is defined in the contract concluded in the order established by the legislation. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan “On Land Lease” No 587-IQ dated December 11, 1998 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan “On Approval of Land Code of the Republic of Azerbaijan” No 695-IQ dated June 25, 1999 [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Azerbaijan “On Land Lease” No 587-IQ dated December 11, 1998 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-qanun.az/framework/46942\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://e-qanun.az/framework/3861\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2199,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5011","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0024","Pursuant to the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019, unless in accordance with international agreements between Bangladesh and its trading partners or subject to a waiver issued by the relevant authority (the Shippinng Department), at least 50% of the sea-borne cargoes relating to the country's foreign trade shall be carried by Bangladesh-flagged vessels and no foreign vessel shall carry coastal trade in Bangladesh. Permission (waiver) by the authority may be issued in favour of foreign vessels only when (a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available; (b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. A general waiver is currently applied to cargo trade with the United States and Canada, and to all foreign trade relationships with respect to the transport of cars carried by car carriers. According to the Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping, can register and qualify to fly the Bangladesh flag only those vessels owned by Bangladesh citizens or companies whose principal place of business is in Bangladesh and more than 50% of its voting capital is held by Bangladesh citizens, the majority of the directors of the company and either the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors are citizens of Bangladesh. As such, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, is is considered that foreign investors may only hold up to 49% of the equity of companies providing maritime cabotage and international transportation services (in excess of 50% of Bangladesh's sea-borne cargoes trading). Waivers are not considered as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology.\n","\"Part I. INTRODUCTION, Chapter I. PRELIMINARY\nArticle 2. Definitions\n(3) “Bangladesh ship” means a ship belonging to a statutory corporation or a ship acquired and owned by a foreign national or company and leased out to the Government or a citizen of Bangladeshi or a Bangladesh company under such an agreement that the ownership of the ship shall be transferred after a specified period of time to the Government or such citizen or company in accordance with the terms of the agreement or a ship owned wholly by persons each of whom is-\na)\ta citizen of Bangladesh, or\nb)\ta company which fulfils the following conditions, namely:-\ni.\tthe principal place of business of the company is in Bangladesh,\nii.\tshares representing more than fifty per cent of the share capital of the company or shares carrying more than fifty per cent of the total voting power of the company are held by citizen of Bangladesh,\niii.\tthe majority of the directors of the company are citizens of Bangladesh,\niv.\teither the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors of the company is a citizen of Bangladesh\n(4) “coasting ship” means a ship not exceeding one thousand five hundred tons gross which is exclusively employed in trading coastwise within ports or places in Bangladesh or between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Calcutta, or Burma not beyond Akyab, or between Akyab and Calcutta;  \n(5) “coasting trade” means the carriage by sea of passengers or goods between ports or places in Bangladesh or from any such port or place to a port or place in India not beyond Calcutta or to a port or place in Burma not beyond Akyab or between Akyab and Calcutta; [...]\n(17) “foreign going ship” means a ship employed in trading between any port or place in Bangladesh and any other port or place outside Bangladesh, but does not include a coasting ship or a home trade ship; [...]\n(20) “home trade ship” means a ship not exceeding three thousand tons gross which is employed in trading between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Vishakkhapatnam or between ports and places in Bangladesh and Burma not beyond Moulmein; [...]\n(42) “sailing vessel” means any description of vessel- (a) which is fitted exclusively with sails, or  (b) which is provided with sufficient sail area for navigation under sails alone and, if fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, such means are meant for auxiliary purposes only, and includes a rowing boat or canoe, but does not include a pleasure craft; \n[...]\nPART III  CONTROL OF SHIPPING  CHAPTER 6  LICENSING OF CERTAIN SHIPS\n64. This Part applies only to such power driven sea going ships as are of not less than one hundred and fifty tons gross or of such other tonnage as the Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, fix.  \n[...]\nLicences for taking ships to sea    \n66. (1) No Bangladesh ship, and no ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company, officer or other authority shall be taken to sea from a port or place within or outside Bangladesh except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nLicences for coasting trade  \n67. (1) No ship, not being a Bangladesh ship or a ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh, or by a company, officer or other authority, shall be engaged in coasting trade except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nRestriction on the use of certain ships, etc\n70. (1) No ship, other than a Bangladesh ship, shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, be engaged or used in lighterage of foodgrains and other cargo or transhipment of any cargo other than foodgrains at any point within the territorial waters of Bangladesh for carriage to any destination within Bangladesh.\n(2) No foreign ship shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, use, for the purpose of loading and unloading of bulk cargo within the territorial waters of Bangladesh, any device or equipment which is not permanently attached to the ship. \n[...].\nForeign sailing vessels not to engage in coasting trade without permission   \n 411. (1) A sailing vessel not owned by a citizen of Bangladesh or a company which fulfils the condition set out in sub clause (b) of clause (3) of section 2 shall not engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh without the previous permission in writing of the Government.  \n(2) The Government may, when granting such permission, impose such terms and conditions as it thinks fit and may require the owner or other person in charge of the vessel to deposit such amount as it thinks necessary as security for the due fulfilment of such terms and conditions. \n(3) The Collector of Customs shall not grant a port clearance to a sailing vessel not registered under this Chapter which engages or attempts to engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh until after the production by the owner or person in charge of the vessel of the permission under sub section (1).  [...]\" (Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping)\n-------------------------------------\n\"2. Definitions-\nIn this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-\n(1) “Bangladesh Flag Vessel” means a vessel registered in Bangladesh; \n[...]\n3. Limitation on carriage of cargoes by sea.-\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, at least fifty percent [50%] of the sea-borne cargoes relating to foreign trade of Bangladesh shall, subject to the other provisions of this Act, be carried by Bangladesh flag vessels : \nProvided that this provision shall not apply to the following cases,  namely :-\n(a) any cargo, subject to the no-objection from the Prescribed Authority, which is required to be carried by any other vessel in accordance with any reciprocal arrangement made between the two trading partners;\n(b) any cargo in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority;\n(c) any cargo in respect of which a general waiver is announced by the Prescribed Authority; \n(d) carriage of cargoes to such places where no Bangladesh flag vessel is operated for transporting cargoes directly between Bangladesh and its trading partners. \n(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the sea-borne cargoes to be carried at the expense of the public fund shall be carried through any state-owned shipping corporation. \n(3) For obtaining the certificate of waiver under clause (b) of subsection(1), the owner of the vessel or his agent shall have to make an application to the Prescribed Authority at least 15 (Fifteen) working days before loading of cargoes.\n4. Carriage of cargoes by third country flag vessels.-\nThe Prescribed Authority may permit the carriage or cargoes from of to Bangladesh by a third country flag vessel, if-\n(a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available;\n(b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. \n5. Prohibition on carriage of coastal trade cargoes by the flag vessel of a foreign country.-\nNo vessel of a foreign country which is not a Bangladesh flag vessel shall carry coastal trade cargoes of Bangladesh : \nProvided that this restriction shall not apply to a vessel in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority. [...]\" (Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019)\n-------------------------------------\n\"General Waiver Notification\n1. This is to inform all concern that due to increased no of Bangladesh flag vessels presently available for trade the Prescribed Authority hereby amend the waiver notification No. DGA{TLISHIPPING/201316023(7), dated 04.08.2013 to liberates the carriage of cargo by a third country flag vessel, in accordance with the section 4 of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019 and declares general waiver, in accordance with Section 3(c) of the said act, and the relevant section of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019, as follows : \n(1) Any cargo when carried between Bangladesh and \n(a) United states of America;\n(b) Canada \n(2) Any of the following Cargo when carried between Bangladesh and any other countries : \n(a) All kinds of Car carried by Car Carrier. [...]\" (Notification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021)","Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping\nBangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019\nNotification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-642.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/upload/act/2022-01-31-10-52-20-59.The-Bangladesh-Flag-Vessels-(Protecstion-of-Interest)-Act,-2019.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dos.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/dos.portal.gov.bd/office_order/7094dc25_6c28_4d04_8d18_e456308721fe/2021-02-03-16-04-bfa481f29907ed947bbdffebde604691.pdf\">Not</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2731,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0015","Foreign investment in fisheries is subject to additional conditions (art. 9 of the Marine Fisheries Act of 2020) when the activity is carried out by 'foreign fishing vessels', i.e. any vessel other than a local fishing vessel of which at least 51 (fifty one) percent is owned by a foreign person. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is understood (assumed) that 'foreign fishing vessels' are only granted a licence to undertake commercial fishing in Bangladesh waters in exceptional circumstances or when pursuant to Bangladesh's commitments under bileteral and/or international agreements.","\"Definition\nArticle 2. Unless there is anything contrary to the subject or context, in this Act— [...]\n(11) \"foreign fishing vessel\" means any vessel other than a local fishing vessel of which at least 51 (fifty one) percent is owned by a foreign person; [...]\n(24) \"local fishing vessel\" means a fishing vessel which—\n(a) wholly owned by a citizen of Bangladesh, or\n(b) Vessels wholly owned by a company, society or other association  established by law of which at least 51 (fifty one) percent of the total ownership is owned by citizens of Bangladesh and registered in Bangladesh and flying the flag of Bangladesh in a joint venture or any other arrangement subject to the approval of the Government. Vessels engaged in fishing activities as, or\n(c) any vessel operated wholly under the ownership of the Government or under the ownership of a body statutory under the laws of Bangladesh.\n[...]\nChapter III. GENERAL LICENSING MATTERS \nArticle 7.  \n(1) No person shall, except by obtaining a license or permit subject to the provisions of section 21, collect fish in marine fishing areas or in the deep sea by means of vessels or in any other manner:\n(a) Provided that the provisions of this section shall not apply in the case of deep sea fishing by foreign fishing vessels.\n[...]\n8. Power to issue licence. \n(1) The Director may issue licence to the owner of the fishing vessel, in such manner as may be prescribed, with prior approval of the Government in the case of commercial trawlers and, in the case of mechanised fishing vessels without prior approval of the Government.  \n(2) No licence shall be issued, in excess of the number of fishing vessels specified under section 4, by the Director.  \n9. Application for licence.\n(1) The owner of a fishing vessel shall, in order to obtain a licence for fishing, apply to the Director in such manner as may be prescribed.  \n(2) The application shall contain the following documents or information, namely:  (a) certificate, as a proof of citizenship or nationality of the applicant;  (b) valid documents of importing or building of fishing vessels;  (c) in the case of local fishing vessel, copy of Certificate of Registration and Certificate of Inspection issued under Bangladesh Merchant Shipping Ordinance, 1983 (Ordinance No. XXVI of 1983);  (d) documents as of proof of ownership of the fishing vessel;  (e) receipt of payment of fee as prescribed;  (f)  any other certificates or information as may be prescribed.  \n(3) The owner of a foreign fishing vessel shall, in lieu of the documents mentioned in clauses (b) and (c) of sub-section (2), attach such certificates issued by the concerned fishing vessel registration authority of his country. \n[...]\n15. Licence to be subject to conditions.\n(1) The Director may, in such manner as may be prescribed or determined by sub-section (3), impose conditions on the following matters, namely: (a)  the areas and the period for fishing is authorised; (b)  the species, size, sex, age and quantities of fish that shall be caught or transport;  (c)  the methods of fishing and transport; (d)  the type, size and amount of fishing gear that may be used by the fishing vessel; (e)  regarding compliance with the orders and instructions given by the Government from time to time; (f)  the matter of keeping licence, issued to the fishing vessel, on board the fishing vessel; (g)  the marking of the fishing vessel and other methods for its identification; (h)  other matters as may be prescribed. \n(2) In addition to the conditions imposed under sub-section (1), the Government may impose any other conditions in case of licence of foreign fishing vessels.\n[...]\nChapter V - Fishing activities by foreign fishing vessels \n22. Refusal of issuing licence to foreign fishing vessels.\nThe Government, by mentioning grounds or if thinks fit without mentioning any grounds, may refuse to issue a licence under section 8 in respect of a foreign fishing vessel. [...]\" (Act No. 19 of 26 November 2020 on Marine Fisheries) [google translated]","ACT No. 19 of 26 November 2020 on Marine Fisheries","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.dpp.gov.bd/upload_file/gazettes/48394_75231.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2729,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J611","_O","IV41","IX",2022,"0.00025","In several telecommunication services, where foreign investment is permitted, it the investor is required to invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. Such restrictions do not apply to public switched telephone operators and international terrestrial cable (ITC) operators.","\"4.8 ELIGIBILITY\n4.8.1 The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) invites offers/proposals from Bangladeshi companies/firms, or joint venture companies with Bangladeshi partners, or overseas companies, meeting the criteria as mentioned in Clause No. 4.3.1, having considerable experience in Telecommunication Services for granting of license to establish, maintain and operate such system for use in Bangladesh. [...]\n4.8.3 Submarine Cable Systems And Services Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, nonresident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act 1994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permitted.\nIn case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfilment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule BanV Financial Institution / Leasing Company. [n that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh. [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh, BTRC/LLISC (270)12008-177, 31 March 2011, as amended by BTRC Notification NO.14.32.0000.007.54.302.16.08, \"Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of offers/proposals for License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh\", 10 January 2022)  \n-----------------------\n\"Invitation to offers/proposals for granting License for Submarine Cable Systems and Services \nl. The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (the Commission) invites offers/proposals from eligible Bangladeshi entities (resident citizens, Non-Resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered with the 'Registrar of Joint Stock Companies and Firms' under the Companies Act, 1994) or joint venture with foreign entities or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies) for granting License to establish, maintain and operate Submarine Cable Systems and Services. Only entities having adequate financial, technical and organizational capability to serve in the field of the telecommunication will apply with an updated list of their business record and record ofexperiences.[...]\" (Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission, \"Invitation to offers/proposals for granting License for Submarine Cable Systems and Services\", No. 14.32.0 000.7 02.44.302.22.67, 22 February 2022)\n-----------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n-----------------------\n\"4.8 ELIGIBILITY\n4.8.1 The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) invites offers/proposals from Bangladeshi companies/firms or joint venture companies with Bangladeshi partners, or Bangladeshi companies' joint venture with overseas companies having considerable experience in Submarine Cable Systems and Services for granting of license to establish, maintain and operate such system for use in Bangladesh. [...]\n4.8.3 Foreign shareholding is limited to maximum 70%. The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh, BTRC/LLISC (270)12008-177, 31 March 2011)  \n-----------------------\n\"3. OBJECTIVES\nThe objectives of these guidelines are as follows: \n3.01 These Guidelines are intended to provide an overview of the licensing and regulatory framework for Applicant(s) seeking to obtain License under these guidelines to develop, build, own, acquire, rent, lease, operate and maintain Tower for providing telecommunications services in Bangladesh. No person or business entity shall be allowed to develop, build, operate and maintain Towers without a valid License issued by the Commission.\n[...]\nArticle 5. ELIGIBILITY \n(1) Bangladeshi entities (consortium, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the law(s) of Bangladesh are eligible to apply for Tower Sharing License. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible.\n(2) In case of foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity is limited to maximum 70% seventy percent). The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial institution/ Leasing Company shall be raised for the foreign part of the investment.\n(3) In case of NRB applying together with Bangladeshi partner, there is no limitation on the quantity of foreign equity. NRB shall invest directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company shall be raised for his part of the investment.\n(4) The cellular mobile operators and/or Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Operators having license from the Commission shall not be eligible to apply for this license. [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License for Tower Sharing in Bangladesh, 1 April 2018)\n-----------------------\n\"5. ELIGIBILITY \n5.01 Foreign shareholding is limited to maximum 60% (Sixty Percent). The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n5.02 For NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi), maximum 70% (Seventy Percent) of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) is allowed. The Foreign investment shall be invested directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment.\n5.03 NRB or foreign entity must have a Bangladeshi partner(s). A partnership/consortium of NRB and foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. In case of NRB and foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity from foreign entity shall not exceed 60% and the total foreign equity (both NRB and foreign entity) shall not exceed 70%. In any case Bangladeshi partner(s) shall hold minimum 30% equity. \n5.04 The mobile operators (CDMA/GSM) and Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Operators having license from the Commission and any of its existing shareholders (foreign/Bangladeshi) and any other company whose shareholders hold shares of any cellular mobile phone operator company and BWA Operators holding license from the Commission and any other person who is partner/ director/shareholder of licensed mobile operators and BWA operators in Bangladesh shall not be eligible to apply for this license. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR NATIONWIDE TELECOMMUNICATION TRANSMISSION NETWORK, No. BTRC/LL/NTTN (307)/2008-1346, 30 November 2008)\n-----------------------\n\"Invitation of proposals/offers for grant of license for Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Services\n1. The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (the Commission) invites proposals/offers from eligible Bangladeshi entities or joint venture companies with foreign/Bangladeshi partners (proprietorships, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the Companies Act 1994)  for grant of license to establish, maintain and operate Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Services. Only entities having adequate financial, technical and organizational capability to serve in the field should apply with an updated list of their business record and record of experience.\n[...]\n4.06 Eligibility\n(i)  Foreign Equity is limited to maximum 60% (sixty percent). The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(ii) For NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi), maximum 70% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) is allowed. The Foreign investment shall be invested directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(iii) The mobile operators (CDMA/GSM) having cellular mobile phone operator license from the Commission and any of its existing shareholders (foreign/Bangladeshi) and any other company whose shareholders hold shares of any cellular mobile phone operator company holding license from the Commission and any other person who is partner/ director/shareholder of licensed mobile operator in Bangladesh shall not be eligible to apply for this license. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES  FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SERVICES  IN BANGLADESH, No. BTRC/LL/BWA(275)/2008-1033, 6 August 2008)","Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh, BTRC/LLISC (270)12008-177, 31 March 2011, as amended by BTRC Notification NO.14.32.0000.007.54.302.16.08, \"Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of offers/proposals for License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh\", 10 January 2022\nBangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission, \"Invitation to offers/proposals for granting License for Submarine Cable Systems and Services\", No. 14.32.0 000.7 02.44.302.22.67, 22 February 2022\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh, BTRC/LLISC (270)12008-177, 31 March 2011\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License for Tower Sharing in Bangladesh, 1 April 2018\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR NATIONWIDE TELECOMMUNICATION TRANSMISSION NETWORK, No. BTRC/LL/NTTN (307)/2008-1346, 30 November 2008\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES  FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SERVICES  IN BANGLADESH, No. BTRC/LL/BWA(275)/2008-1033, 6 August 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/fdc38a75_d419_4f62_a5f0_54ab70882c38/2022-02-28-07-32-9bf1fd5b551fa63904ff9393b3d549f9.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/fdc38a75_d419_4f62_a5f0_54ab70882c38/2022-02-28-07-14-f9d9cd3fd069021f9540c932f4866786.pdf\">Invitation</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/fdc38a75_d419_4f62_a5f0_54ab70882c38/2022-02-28-07-32-9bf1fd5b551fa63904ff9393b3d549f9.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-08-14-07-31-3d42560060e8f5ff919858c4a8a61fd1.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-20-05-06-6da57a5ce394368ae2cbe1c3739f1ca4.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-21-5e04bcc505e3a52fe80142aa8273a1a3.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3667,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.00075","Foreign investment in construction activities, with the exception of construction services incidental to mining and mechanical engineering services activities, is limited depending on the project amount to up to 90% of equity ownership. This applies only for firms applying for a Certificate A, which allows them to carry out construction works for the government and private sector. Firms applying for Certificate B, which allows them to carry out construction works for the private sector only, are not bound by such equity limitations. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that existing equity restrictions applicable to Certificate A firms, which seek to serve the public sector, affect more prominently the civil engineering contructions segment.\n","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Construction Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Order 2011, Building Control Order 2011 (Draft), Building Control Regulations (Draft), Procedures of Contractors and Suppliers Registration, Ministry of Development (Edition 2009), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises are not allowed to supply construction services such as: general construction work for building services, general construction work for civil engineering, installation and assembly work services, building completion and finishing work services, except mining, and mechanical engineering services, unless: (a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they register for either Certificate A or Certificate B, as a contractor or supplier; or (c) they comply with any requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge to persons in Brunei Darussalam as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. In the case of Certificate A, a foreign national or enterprise may not own equity shareholding other than what is prescribed in the table below, in any enterprise that applies to be registered as a contractor or supplier:\nTable - Class / Project Threshold / Level of Foreign Equity Allowed\n  I / Up to BND 50 000 / None\n II / Exceeding BND 50 000 but not more than BND 250 000 / None\nIII / Exceeding BND 250 000 but not more than BND 500 000 / 20 per cent\nIV / Exceeding BND 500 000 but not more than BND 1.5 million / 50 per cent\n V / Exceeding BND 1.5 million but not more than BND 5 million / 70 per cent\nVI / Exceeding BND 5 million / 90 per cent\n Building Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\nMechanical and Electrical Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\n3. For greater certainty, Certificate A refers to certificates which are required for participating in government and private projects, whilst Certificate B refers to certificates which are required for participating in private projects only.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------\n\"PART VII -LICENSING OF BUILDERS \nInterpretation. \n42. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"building works\" means any building works to which Part II applies; \"minor specialist building works\" means (a} specialist building works associated with minor building works; (b) structural steelwork comprising fabrication and erection work for structures with a cantilever length of not more than 3 metres, a clear span of less than 6 metres and a plan area not exceeding 150 square metres; (c) pre-cast concrete work compnsmg casting of pre-cast reinforced concrete slabs or planks on site; \n(2) In this Part (a) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) general building ·works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration, or reward other than wages, but not if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, general building works only as a sub-contractor; (b) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) any specialist building works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration or reward other than wages; (c) a person carries out general building works or specialist building works whether that person carries it out personally, or directly or indirectly causes it to be carried out; (d) a person shall be deemed to carry on the business of a builder if he carries out general building works or specialist building works, as the case may be, on or in respect of a building for himself; and {e} a person undertakes to carry out general building works or specialist building works if that person enters into a contract to carry it out or submits a tender or makes an offer to carry it out. \n[...]\nProhibition against unlicensed builders.\n43. (1) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a} advertise or hold himself out or conduct himself in any way or by any means as a person who is authorised to carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam; or {b) assume, take or use (either alone or in combination with any other word, letter or device) the name, title or description of \"licensed builder\", or any name, title or description calculated to lead others to believe he is so licensed, or by words or conduct hold himself out as being so licensed, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence. \n(2) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a) carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; (b) carry on a business carrying out, or undertaking to carry out, whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business, general building works and minor specialist building works or minor specialist building works only, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; \n[...]\nClasses of builder's licences.\n44. A licence may be granted under this Part to a builder authorising him to carry on such classes of business of a builder as may be prescribed. [...]\" (BUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"[Table of requirements per class of builder licence - text not reproduced here] (Ministry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nBUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended\nMinistry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2014/EN/s069.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://abci.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Perkhidmatan%20ABCi/Pendaftaran%20Syarikat/Lesen%20Pembina/Jadual%20A1%20kelas%20I%20ke%20VI.pdf\">Table</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3047,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2023,"0.0025","Foreign investment in architectural and engineering services is allowed only through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a partnership or joint venture with at least one Brunei national who is registered as an architect, professional engineer or quantity surveyor. Foreign equity in a body corporate licensed to supply Architetural, Professional Engineering or Quantity Surveying services in Brunei Darussalam is limited to 51%. A foreign natural person is eligible for registration with the Board of Architets, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors (BAPEQS) upon meeting minimum academic qualification requirements approved by recognised foreign professional institutions & regulating authorities [list inludes institutions from Australia, Canada, Malaysia, New Zealand, Singapore, United States and United Kingdom only] and upon showing evidence of one year of professional engagement fully residence in Brunei Darussalam. For the purposes of the FDIRRI, pre-establishment minimum residence requirement is considered a restriction to foreign entry. As such, the 51% foreign shareholding limit is assumed to affect all forms of FDI possible in the sector.",{"$cut":{"chars":23827,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Business Services\nSub-sector: Architectural services, Engineering services, Integrated engineering services, Quantity surveying services, Related scientific and technical consulting services, Surveying services, Urban planning and landscape services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Order 2011, Licensed Land Surveyors Act (Chapter 100), Licensed Land Surveyors (Amendment) Order (Draft), Licensed Land Surveyors Regulations (Draft), Town Planners Registration Order (Draft), Town Planners (Forms and Fees) Rules (Draft), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not supply architectural services, engineering services, integrated engineering services or quantity surveying services, unless:\n(a) they are resident in Brunei Darussalam for at least 90 days per calendar year and are registered as an architect, professional engineer or quantity surveyor in that sector with Brunei Darussalam Board of Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors;\n(b) if they are not resident in Brunei Darussalam, through a local enterprise where the services suppliers are registered as an architect, professional engineer or quantity surveyor and hold a practising certificate in that sector with Brunei Darussalam Board of Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors; or\n(c) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a partnership or joint venture with at least one Brunei national who is registered as an architect, professional engineer or quantity surveyor and holds a practising certificate in that sector with Brunei Darussalam Board of Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors. [...]\" (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation. \n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires - \"allied professional\" means - (a) an architect, other than a naval architect or a landscape architect, who is registered under this Order; (b) a professional engineer who is registered under this Order; or (c) a quantity surveyor who is registered under this Order; \"architectural services\" includes selling or supplying for gain or reward any I architectural plan, drawing, tracing or the like for use in the construction, enlargement or alteration of any building or part thereof; \n[...]\nPART III - PRIVILEGES OF ARCHITECTS, PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS \nIllegal architectural practice. \n10. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Order, no person shall draw or prepare any architectural plan, drawing, tracing, design, specification or other document intended to govern the construction, enlargement or alteration of any building or part thereof in Brunei Darussalam unless he is - (a) a registered architect who has in force a practising certificate; (b) under the direction or supervision of a registered architect who has in force a practising certificate; or (c) authorised by the Board to work in collaboration (but without a right to any independent practice) with a registered architect who has in force a practising certificate authorising the registered architect to engage in that architectural service. \n(2) The Board may grant its authorisation to any person under subsection (l)(c) subject to such conditions as it thinks fit to impose. \n(3) Subject to the provisions of this Order, no person shall sign and submit to a building authority or a public authority - (a) any architectural plan, drawing, tracing, design, specification or other document intended to govern the construction, enlargement or alteration of any building or part thereof in Brunei Darussalam; or (b) any report, certificate or other document relating to the construction, enlargeme"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nARCHITECTS, PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS ORDER, 2011\nArchitects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Rules, 2016\nGD: 04/2017 - Requirements Registration For Registered Foreign Professional Engineer (RFPE)\nGD: 22/2018 - Requirements Registration For Registered Foreign Architects (RFA)\nGD: 23/2018 - Guidelines For Registration (RC)\nGD: 05/2018 (1st Edition Rev.1) - ​Qualification and Examination Guidelines","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2011/EN/S033.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2016/EN/S038.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bapeqs.gov.bn/Documents/GUIDELINES/GD04-2017%20-%20RFPE.pdf\">GD</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bapeqs.gov.bn/PublishingImages/SitePages/Act%20and%20Regulation/GD22-2018%20-%20RFA.pdf\">GD</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bapeqs.gov.bn/Documents/GUIDELINES/GD23-2018%20-%20Guideline%20for%20Registration.pdf\">GD</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bapeqs.gov.bn/Documents/GUIDELINES/GD05-2018%20(1st%20Edition%20Rev.01)%20-%20Qualification%20and%20Examination%20Guidelines-.pdf\">GD</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3039,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.05","Preference is granted to tender submissions from national bidders, defined as companies incorporated under Burundian law or domiciled in member states of regional economic organizations to which Burundi belongs, and owned and controlled in its majority by Burundi nationals and nationals from such states. A foreign bidder may also receive a maximum of 5% price preference if they subcontract at least 30% of the contract's total value to a national company for contracts with decentralized local authorities or their public establishment.","\"CHAPTER X: Procedures and evaluation criteria for offers [...]\nSection 2: Preferences [...]\nArticle 195 : Beneficiaries\nIn order to encourage the participation of national companies in the awarding of contracts, preference shall be given to the offer contained in the tender documents submitted by a national bidder.\nFor the purposes of the present document, the term \"national bidder\" refers to any company incorporated under Burundian law, Burundian nationals and resident for tax purposes,\nFor the purposes of the present law, a national bidder is any bidder domiciled and resident for tax purposes in one of the member states of any regional economic organization to which the Republic of Burundi is a party.\nArticle 196: Preference conditions\nThe provisions of paragraph 3 of article 195 may only be applied subject to :\n1) Respect for the principle of reciprocity in favour of Burundian tenderers from countries of which the beneficiaries of this preference are nationals;\n2) The applicable regional conventions determine the - threshold for application of this preference. Below this application threshold, the preference schemes defined in article 198 below may only benefit Burundian tenderers, subject to the application of the provisions of articles 199 to 202 of the present law.\nArticle 197: Margin of preference for a foreign company\nIn the case of a contract with a decentralized local authority or one of its public establishments, a foreign candidate who intends to subcontract at least thirty (30) percent of the total value of the contract to a national company may benefit from a margin of preference which may not exceed five (5) percent.\nArticle 198 : Preference\nPreference must be quantified in the tender documents as a percentage of the amount of the tender. Such a percentage may in no case exceed ten percent for works and fifteen percent for supplies and services.\nArticle 199 : Conditions of application\nThe national preference system may only be applied under the following conditions;\n1} With regard to building and public works contractors, if at least thirty (30) percent of national inputs are used and at least fifty (50) percent of the technical staff and personnel employed on site are of Burundian nationality;\n2) With regard to firms and design offices, if their volume of activity is estimated at 4 more than fifty (50) percent of the study;\n3) With regard to suppliers, on the basis of the origin of supplies manufactured either in Burundi or in one of the member states of any regional organization to which the Republic of Burundi is a party, and of imported supplies, regardless of the nationality of the bidders, provided that manufactured goods are offered whose manufacturing cost includes a value added of at least thirty (30) percent in Burundi or in one of the member states of any regional organization to which the Republic of Burundi is a party;\n4) In the case of suppliers, by reason of the nationality of the subcontractor, in the case of supplies which are exclusively imported.\nArticle 200: Conditions of national preference\nThe national preference system may only be applied to the legal entities referred to in Article 195 and subject to the provisions of Article 199 point 4:\n1) If more than half of their capital is owned by nationals, as defined in article 195 of the present law;\n2) If their deliberative and management bodies are also controlled or held by nationals.\nArticle 201 : National preference for temporary groupings\nGroupements momentanés d'opérateurs Girangers concluded with natural or legal persons from a member state of any regional organization & to which the Republic of Burundi is a party may also benefit from national preference if their bid meets the conditions laid down in the present Iai.\nHowever, as an exception to the conditions set out in article 199 point 2, for intellectual services, the percentage reserved for national consultancy firms must be at least thirty percent.\nWith regard to works and supplies, the provisions of article 199 points 1, 3 and 4 are applicable provided that one of the members of the consortium who can justify compliance with the conditions referred to in the said paragraph is a national company.\nArticle 202: Preference of decentralized local authorities \nIn the case of contracts awarded by decentralized local authorities, a margin of preference not exceeding two percent (2%) may be granted to local companies through the tender documents. [...]\" (Law No. 1/04 of January 29, 2018 amending Law No. 1/01 of February 4, 2008 on the public procurement code)","Law No. 1/04 of January 29, 2018 amending Law No. 1/01 of February 4, 2008 on the public procurement code","n/a","[<a href=\"https://assemblee.bi/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/04%20du%2029%20janvier%202018.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3197,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","M691","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000625","Foreign participation in legal services is subject to reciprocity.","\"Art. 1. The legal profession is an independent and autonomous profession involved in serving justice and may only be pursued from within the framework of the Bar Association.\n[...]\nArt 4. Apart from those lawyers who are members of the Bar Association, no one may perform this profession or provide legal consultation or prepare judicial documents for compensation, except when such legal consultation or preparation of documents is a ancillary job to their profession or is a function permitted by the law.\nArt 5. Foreign lawyers whose names have been registered by the Bar of a foreign country or who have been recognized and authorized by the countries of their origin to practice the legal profession have the right to practice the profession with a Khmer lawyer and accompany/assist Khmer lawyers before the courts or other institutions of the Kingdom of Cambodia. Foreign lawyers may not represent (stand in for) clients.\nArt. 6. Foreign lawyers may only practice their profession in the territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia with authorization from the Khmer Bar Council; this authorization will depend on the sufficiency of qualifications of the foreign lawyer and will only be granted when the country of origin of the foreign lawyer provides this same possibility to Cambodian lawyers.\n[...]\nArt. 7. Those foreign lawyers who have been authorized to practice this profession may not perform any activity to attract clients or do any commercial advertising.\n[...]\nSECTION 1: CONDITIONS\nArt. 31. A person may engage in the profession as a lawyer, provided that he or she has fulfilled the conditions hereunder:\n1. Shall have Khmer nationality\n[...]\nCHAPTER FOUR: PROCEDURES FOR PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE\nSECTION 1: THE PRACTICE OF LAW INDIVIDUALLY OR COLLECTIVELY\nArt. 46. Lawyers may practice their profession individually or within the context of a group or a Law Firm which is lawfully established.\nThis Firm must have a character of a civil company in which all of its members are lawyers.\nAn Honorary Lawyer may remain as a member of his or her original Firm.[...]\" (Law on the Bar, of 15 June 1995, Art. 1, 4-7, 31, 46)","Law on the Bar, of 15 June 1995, Art. 1, 4-7, 31 and 46.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/khm_e/WTACCKHM3A3_LEG_50.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1882,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H5021","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0002","Chilean nationality is required for the  president, manager and majority of the directors or administrators of an enterprise operating a vessel flying the Chilean flag and of an enterprise carrying out activities of stowage and dockage on Chilean ports. The captain, officers and crew of Chilean flag vessels must be Chilean nationals. Temporary exceptions can be granted for any of those functions, except that of the captain.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.\n[...]\nArt. 41. In towing tasks, or in other maneuvers in Chilean ports, only national flag tugs may be used.\nHowever, the Directorate may authorize, in qualified cases, the use of foreign flag tugboats.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 .- [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\"[...] (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3645,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H5021","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0002","Chilean nationality is required for the  president, manager and majority of the directors or administrators of an enterprise operating a vessel flying the Chilean flag and of an enterprise carrying out activities of stowage and dockage on Chilean ports. The captain, officers and crew of Chilean flag vessels must be Chilean nationals. Temporary exceptions can be granted for any of those functions, except that of the captain.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.\n[...]\nArt. 41. In towing tasks, or in other maneuvers in Chilean ports, only national flag tugs may be used.\nHowever, the Directorate may authorize, in qualified cases, the use of foreign flag tugboats.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 .- [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\"[...] (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3627,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","A031","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.00025","Fishing licenses can be granted to Chilean nationals, foreigners with permanent residence in Chile and legal entities which are legally constituted in Chile. Only fishing vessels registered in Chile in accordance with the provisions of the Navigation Law may be used for commercial fishing. In principle, ownership of Chilean fishing vessels is limited to Chilean natural persons or Chilean majority-owned corporations with principal domicile and real effective seat in Chile. However, exemptions may be granted on the basis of reciprocity to fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4 and 11 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 14.- In the territorial sea, with the exception of the reserve area for artisanal fishing, and in the exclusive economic zone of the Republic, there will be a general regime of access to industrial extractive fishing activity, in those fisheries that are not found declared in full exploitation regimes, in fisheries in recovery or incipient development referred to in the second and third paragraphs of this title.\nIf the activity requires the use of fishing vessels of any kind, they must be registered in Chile, in accordance with the provisions of the Navigation Law.\n[...]\nArticle 17.- In the event that the applicant is a natural person, he or she must be a Chilean or a foreigner who has permanent residence.\nIf the applicant is a legal entity, it must be legally constituted in Chile. If there is participation of foreign capital in it, the fact that the investment has been previously authorized, in accordance with current legal provisions, must be accredited when appropriate.\n[...]\nArticle 44.- When the holder of an authorization, license or permit is a legal person with a contribution of foreign capital, the fishing vessels required to make it effective must be registered in his name, in accordance with the provisions of the Navigation Law.[...]\" (Decree no. 430 setting the revised, coordinated and systematized text of Law no. 18.892 on Fisheries and Aquaculture (21 January 1992), last amended on 25 August 2021, Articles 14, 17 and 44 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4 and 11\nDecree no. 430 setting the revised, coordinated and systematized text of Law no. 18.892 on Fisheries and Aquaculture (21 January 1992), last amended on 25 August 2021, Articles 14, 17 and 44","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=13315\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1090,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","J61","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.008","Foreign shareholding in telecommunication companies is limited to 69%.","\"Section 27\nThe four categories of licenses below are subject to the concession regime:\n- network license and telecommunication services\n- network infrastructure license\n- license of services and applications\n- license to establish or operate a sound or television broadcasting station\n[...]\nSection 40\nThe legal person benefiting from a license must have the form of a Société Anonyme S.A.\nWithout prejudice to the agreements and conventions to which the Congolese State is a party, at least thirty percent (30%) of the share capital of the telecommunications company referred to in the previous paragraph are distributed as follows:\n-25% at least are held by Congolese natural persons or legal persons whose shares are held by Congolese, natural persons [...];\n-5% are reserved for Congolese workers of the company [...]” (Law No. 20/017 of November 25, 2020 relating to telecommunications and information and communication technologies [google translation])\n------------------------\nPreviously\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThis law governs the telecommunications sector in the Democratic Republic of Congo.\nAs such, its purpose is to:\na. Establish the terms of ownership, installation and operation of telecommunications throughout the national territory;\nb. Guarantee the harmonious and integrated development of telecommunications networks and services;\nc. Facilitate the mobilization of financial resources through the participation of the private sector in the development of telecommunications in a fair competitive environment.\n[...]\nArticle 17\nThere are three distinct operating regimes applying to equally different services and activities:\n- the concession regime\n- the authorization regime and\n- the declaration regime.\nSection 1: The Concession Regime\nSection 18\nThe concession regime is established by the concession of the public telecommunications service.\nIt concerns exclusively:\n- the provision of telephone service between fixed points as well as the provision of telex service;\n- the establishment and operation of radio networks, particularly cellular networks, intended to provide the public with a telecommunications service which meets a need of general interest;\n- the establishment of a telecommunications network open to the public, using other means of transmission.\n[...]\nArticle 19\nAn operating license is granted to the person benefiting from a concession.\nThe operating license and the specifications are prepared by the Regulatory Authority, approved and signed by the Minister and published in the Official Journal.\nWithout prejudice to the agreements and conventions to which the Congolese State is signatory, the legal entity benefiting from a concession license must have the form of a Limited Liability Joint Stock Company \"SARL\" and of which at least 30% of the capital is held by Congolese legal or natural persons; 5% of this quota must be reserved for the company's workers.\n[...]\nArticle 27\nThe declaration regime concerns telecommunications activities other than those subject to the two previous regimes.\nThese include the following activities:\n· the publication of lists of subscribers to networks open to the public; \n· telecommunications activities carried out by foreign and international organizations and institutions;\n[...]\nArticle 43\nHowever, concession licenses or authorizations may be withdrawn without prior notice in the event of substantial changes occurring in the composition of the share capital, if the latter becomes entirely relaxed by persons of foreign nationality.[...]\" (Law n°013-2002 of October 16, 2002 on telecommunications in the DRC [google translation])","Law No. 20/017 of November 25, 2020 relating to telecommunications and information and communication technologies [google translation]\nLaw n°013-2002 of October 16, 2002 on telecommunications in the DRC [google translation])","Autorité de Régulation de la Poste et des Télécommunications du Congo (ARPTC): \"Comparative table between law n°20/017 of November 25, 2020 on telecommunications and ICT and framework law n°013/2002 of October 16, 2002 on telecommunications\"\nCOMESA: \"Investor's Guide to the Democratic Republic of Congo\", September 2012","[<a href=\"https://legalrdc.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Loi-20017_Telecom-et-Tech.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.leganet.cd/Legislation/Droit%20economique/telecommunication/LC.013.2002.16.10.2002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://arptc.gouv.cd/les-lois/\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://ambardcstockholm.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/dr-congo-investora-s-guide.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,310,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.009","A trading licence in various commercial activities, including manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail distribution, accommodation, food services and other touristic activities [listed in Schedule 1 of the referenced Regulation], shall only be granted to a non-Eswatini citizen or company not wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens where (i) there there are no available Eswatini citizens to provide the service; or (ii) where Eswatini citizens cannot meet the demand. In any case, a non-Eswatini Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Eswatini Nation Land.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,483,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.00225","Without clauses of national assimilation or reciprocity, foreigners may not acquire, directly or indirectly, more than 20 per cent of the equity capital or voting rights of enterprises that issue press publications in the French language.","\"Article 1\nWithin the meaning of this law, the expression \"press publication\" designates any service using a written method of disseminating thought made available to the general public or to categories of public and appearing at regular intervals.\nBy online press service is meant any online public communication service published in a professional capacity by a natural or legal person who has editorial control of its content, consisting of the production and making available to the public of a content. original, of general interest, regularly renewed, composed of information presenting a link with current events and having been the subject of a journalistic treatment, which does not constitute a promotional tool or an accessory to an activity industrial or commercial.\nA decree specifies the conditions under which an online press service can be recognized, in particular with a view to benefiting from the advantages attached to it. For online press services of a political and general information nature, this recognition implies the employment, on a regular basis, of at least one professional journalist within the meaning of Article L. 7111-3 of the Labor Code. .\nArticle 2\nThe provisions of this law apply to publishing companies.\nWithin the meaning of this law, the expression \"publishing company\" designates any natural or legal person or legal group publishing, as owner or tenant-manager, a press publication or an online press service.\n[...]\nArticle 7\nSubject to international commitments entered into by France and comprising either a clause of national assimilation or a reciprocity clause in the field of the press, foreigners may not, from the publication of this law, proceed to a acquisition having the effect of increasing, directly or indirectly, their share to more than twenty percent of the share capital or voting rights of a company publishing a French-language publication.\nFor the application of the preceding paragraph, any company whose majority of the share capital or voting rights is held by foreigners, as well as any association of which the majority of directors are foreign, is foreign.[...]\" (Law n ° 86-897 of 1 August 1986 reforming the legal regime of the press, last amended by Law n°2019-486 of 22 May 2019, Articles 1, 2 and 7 [google translation])","Law n ° 86-897 of 1 August 1986 reforming the legal regime of the press, last amended by Law n°2019-486 of 22 May 2019, Articles 1, 2 and 7 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/loda/id/JORFTEXT000000687451/2021-08-11/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,738,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","B07_08","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0007","Transactions related to the acquisition of mining rights by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to prior approval.","\"Article 1 - Minerals\nFor the application of the present mineral materials, as they are found in nature, are legally distinguished into Mineral minerals or ores and Quarry minerals.\nArticle 2 - Mineral minerals\n1. The following minerals are considered as Mineral minerals or ores:\na) The metals in their natural state (such as copper, gold, etc.).\nb) The compounds of all metals (such as aluminum, silver, arsenic, antimony, vanadium, barium, bis, tungsten, potassium, zirconium, cadmium, tin, cobalt, platinum, manganese, magnesium, magnesium, molybdenum, molybdenum, molybdenum , mercury, copper, gold, chromium, zinc, etc.).\nc) The minerals of the metals of the group of rare earths.\nd) The minerals of the radioactive elements.\ne) Natural sulfur, graphite, phosphorite, fluorite, asbestos, talc, alunite, mica, astrium, alum, sodium chloride, compounds, boron, bromine, iodine , dolomite with a magnesium oxide content greater than 21%.\nf) The precious stones.\ng) Solid fuels and fossil fuels, including peat (coal).\nh) The natural deposits of organic fertilizers.\ni) Hydrocarbons of all kinds in solid liquids or gaseous states, as well as their oxidation products (ozocerite, asphalt, bitumen, bituminous limestones and shales, etc.).\nj) Resinous mineral materials.\nk) The gaseous sun and the native gases.\nl) the geothermal potential\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Acquisition by foreigners\n1. The drawing up of any contract which has as its object the transfer of mining rights to foreign natural or legal persons in general or the granting of the use and exercise of such rights in their favor requires, prior to its conclusion and on the penalty of absolute invalidity, the prior approval of the Minister of Industry subject to the provisions of Articles 74, 75, 76 and 77 hereof.\n2. Prior approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Industry, is also required for the acquisition of shares of domestic companies, acquired in general mining rights, by persons referred to in paragraph 1 of this article.\n3. The approval of the Council of Ministers is not required for the preparation of pre-contracts referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, provided that such pre-agreements shall include a clause in which the final contracts are subject to the condition of their prior approval of the the Council of Ministers.\n4. In case of compulsory auction of mines, regardless of the region in which they are not located, foreigners, natural or legal persons, may bid only if they submit to the auctioneer the approval of the Council of Ministers under paragraph 1 of this article.\n[...]\nArticle 11\nFor the application of the provisions of articles 8 and 9 of this company, acquired legal personality or other legal entities having their registered office in the country, are considered foreigners, if at the discretion of the \"Minister of Development\" they are under legal or financial dependence or influence of foreigners. taking into account the nationality of the majority of its shareholders, the nationality of the company's capital and other critical data in each specific case.  \nArticle 12\nForeign, natural or legal persons bearing shares of Societes Anonymes acquired rights to mines, may not, during the dissolution of the Company and distribution of corporate property, acquire rights over the mines of the dissolved Societe Anonyme, without the prior approval of the Deputy Minister.[...]\" (Mining Code (210/1973), last amended by Law 4512/2018, Articles 1, 2, 8, 11 and 13 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Mining Code (210/1973), last amended by Law 4512/2018, Articles 1, 2, 8, 11 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wF6rlIz2Gsd0ndtvSoClrL8Joyc7XVao2V5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ-l1L3i_XyoFo0CVxavc6cpKl790hlD4bhahm--xzmLg.\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/525606\">Law_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,792,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00024","The captain and first deputy of a large inland waterway or seagoing vessel flying the Hungarian flag engaged in international traffic must be EEA nationals.","\"§ 34. [...]\n(3) The master and first deputy of a large inland waterway or seagoing vessel flying the Hungarian flag engaged in international traffic may be a national of a Member State of the European Economic Area.[...]\" (Law on the management of water transport (XLII of 2000), last amended 1 July 2021, § 34 [google translation])","Law on the management of water transport (XLII of 2000), last amended 1 July 2021, § 34","n/a","[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2000-42-00-00\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,777,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G471_478_479","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.001875","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval. In addition, foreign investors in MBRT are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (established at US$100 million) and local content requirement (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs). Lastly, foreign invested MBRT companies are prohibited from engaging in e-commerce activities. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2463,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G471_478_479","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.001875","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval. In addition, foreign investors in MBRT are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (established at US$100 million) and local content requirement (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs). Lastly, foreign invested MBRT companies are prohibited from engaging in e-commerce activities. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2463,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J602","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.001125","Foreign shareholding in radio (FM) broadcasting companies and in ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels is limited to 49%, and the investment is subject to prior gorvernmental approval. Foreign shareholding in digital media outlets disseminating (uploading/streaming) news & current affairs is limited to 26% and such investment is equally subject to prior governemnt approval. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.7 BROADCASTING\n5.2.7.1 BROADCASTING CARRIAGE SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.1.1\n(1)Teleports(setting up of up-linking HUBs/Teleports);\n(2)Direct to Home (DTH);\n(3)Cable Networks (Multi System operators (MSOs) operating at National or State or District level and undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability);\n(4)Mobile TV;\n(5)Headend-in-the Sky Broadcasting Service(HITS) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.7.1.2 Cable Networks(Other MSOs not undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability and Local Cable Operators (LCOs))  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nNote [to parag. 5.2.7.1.1-2]: Infusion of fresh foreign investment, beyond 49% in a company not seeking license/permission from sectoral Ministry, resulting in change in the ownership pattern or transfer of stake by existing investor to new foreign investor, will require Government approval. \n5.2.7.2 BROADCASTING CONTENT SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.2.1 Terrestrial Broadcasting FM (FM Radio), subject to such terms and conditions, as specified from time to time, by Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, for grant of permission for setting up of FM Radio stations | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.2  Up-linking of ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route:  Government\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.4 Up-linking of Non- ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels/ Down-linking of TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.7.3 Detailed guidelines on the Broadcasting Sector are given in Annexure-6. \n[...]\nAnnexure-6 Conditions for Broadcasting Sector  \n1.3 Foreign investment in the aforestated broadcasting carriage services will be subject to the following security conditions/terms:  Mandatory Requirement for Key Executives of the Company (i) The majority of Directors on the Board of the Company shall be Indian citizens. (ii) The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Officer in-charge of technical network operations and Chief Security Officer should be resident Indian citizens.  Security Clearance of Personnel (iii) The Company, all Directors on the Board of Directors and such key executives like Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Security Officer (CSO), Chief Technical Officer (CTO), Chief Operating Officer (COO), shareholders who individually hold 10% or more paid-up capital in the company and any other category, as may be specified by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting from time to time, shall require to be security cleared.  [...]\nNational Security Conditions  (xviii)It shall be open to the licensor to restrict the Licensee Company from operating in any sensitive area from the National Security angle. The Government of India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting shall have the right to temporarily suspend the permission of the permission holder/Licensee in public interest or for national security for such period or periods as it may direct. The company shall immediately comply with any directives issued in this regard failing which the permission issued shall be revoked and the company disqualified to hold any such permission in future for a period of five years. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2435,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C20_21","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.001333333","As of March 2021, foreign investment in patent medicine manufacturing has been fully liberalised and foreign investment in traditional medicine processing has been opened up to 30% maximum foreign capital, but traditional cosmetics industry and traditional medicine raw material industry remain closed to FDI. Small-and micro-scale traditional medicine business activities remain reserved for SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements].. Some other activities are subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.\n\nPreviously, foreign investment in traditional medicine manufacturing was fully prohibited, whereas foreign shareholding in patent medicine manufacturing business was limited to 85%.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Patent medicine industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)\n- Traditional medicine processing [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open with condition (maximum of 30% Foreign Capital)\n- Traditional Medicine Raw Material Industry for Humans [see 2019 restrictions below]: Domestic capital: 100%\n- Traditional Cosmetics Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Domestic capital: 100% [new]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 10 YEAR 2021 ON INVESTMENT BUSINESS FIELDS - LIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIONS\n- Traditional Medicine Sector Business (Small-Scale Traditional Medicine Business/UKOT [usaha kecil obat tradisional] and Micro-Scale Traditional Medicine Business/UMOT [usaha mikro obat tradisional]): reserved for domestic SMEs.\n[...]\n- Essential oil industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Class A Medical Device Industry: Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Chemicals, pharma]\n- Business with specific capacities (Essential oils industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nP. Health Sector\n- Patent medicine industry: Foreign capital ownership: Max.85%\n- Traditional medicine processing, Traditional medicine/natural extract industry business: Domestic capital: 100% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2664,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.004","In radio and mobile telephone services firms, at least 20% of the shares must be held by an Israeli citizen or a corporation incorporated in Israel in which an Israeli citizen has control in. ","\"2. The right of the State and licensing obligation\n(a) The State has the right to conduct Telecommunication Activities and to provide Telecommunication Services.\n(b) No person shall conduct Telecommunication Activities and no person shall provide Telecommunication Services unless it obtains a license therefor from the Minister under this Law or by virtue of a General Permit therefor. \n[...]\n4. Grant, change and revocation of licenses\n(a) The Minister may grant a license for the conduct of Telecommunication Activities and for the provision of Telecommunication Services, and set out terms and conditions in the license, and he may direct that the license be granted by way of a tender; the license may be general or special; nothing in the grant of a General License shall prevent the grant of a Special License for an Activity or Service included in the General License.\n[...]\n46. A license application shall be submitted to the Minister in writing, and shall specify the details of the proposed Telecommunication Activities and Telecommunication Services the manner of their performance; the Minister may determine, in regulations, additional details to be included in the application.  [...]\n(d2) Without derogating from the provisions of subsections (b) and (e) or section 59, and taking into consideration, inter alia, the considerations said in subsection (b), the Minister may prescribe, by regulations or in a license, provisions concerning the following:\n(1) restrictions and conditions in respect of the holding, transferring or purchasing of Means of Control in a license applicant or in a Licensee, including by an Other Licensee under this Law or an Interested Party in any of them, all of which whether directly or indirectly, as well as restrictions and conditions concerning the appointment of Officers therein;  [...]\" (Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Prerequisites \n10 (a.) The person who met all of the following may apply:\n1) is a company that has been legally incorporated in Israel and its business center in Israel, whose incorporation Intended for obtaining a mobile phone radio license on another network; However, the Minister may Exempting an applicant, who has a special license or who operates under a general permit, however Does not have a general license, from the incorporation requirement intended for the purpose of obtaining a license;\n2) At least twenty percent of each of the applicant's means of control are held Directly by an Israeli citizen and resident, or by a company whose person is a citizen Israel and its residents; The Minister may allow an applicant who is controlled by a general license, Submit an application even if the said conditions are not met;\n3) The General Manager and most of the directors in the applicant are Israeli citizens and residents. [...]\" (Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10 [google translation])","Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (22.8.1982), last amended 24.12.2020, Sections 2 and 4\nCommunications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Proceedings and Conditions for Receiving a Mobile Phone Radio License in Another Network) (10.01.2010), last amended 05.02.2015, Section 10","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/032_002.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/il/il042en.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/Law_word/law06/tak-6860.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1394,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","K6419X","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0018","The first branch of a non-EU bank must be approved by the European Central Bank on the proposal of the Bank of Italy in coordination with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and subject to reciprocity. Non-EU banks already operating a branch in Italy can open other branches with the authorisation of the Bank of Italy. ","\"Art. 14  - Authorization for banking activities \n1. ((Banking authorization is issued)) when the following conditions are met: \na) the form of joint-stock company or company is adopted cooperative for limited responsabilita actions; \na-bis) the registered office and general management are located in territory of the Republic; \nb) the paid-up capital is not less than that determined by the Bank of Italy; \nc) a program concerning the activity is presented initial, together with the articles of association and the statute; [...]\ne) persons who perform administrative and management functions and control are suitable, pursuant to article 26;  [...]\n2. ((The authorization is issued by the ECB, on the proposal of the Bank of Italy; is denied, by the Bank of Italy or the ECB,)) when the verification of the conditions indicated in paragraph 1 does not result sound and prudent management guaranteed.  [...]\n4. The establishment in Italy of the first branch of a bank non-EU and 'authorized by the Bank of Italy, having heard the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, subject to compliance with conditions corresponding to those of paragraph 1, letters b), c) and e).\nThe authorization is issued also taking into account the condition of reciprocity. \n[...]\n Art. 15 Branches \n((01. Italian banks can establish branches in the territory of the Republic and of the other EU states in compliance with the procedures envisaged by the provisions of the SSM. The banks of other EU countries may establish branches in territory of the Republic in accordance with the established procedures by the provisions of the SSM and, for the banks of the EU member states not participating in the SSM, of paragraph 3.))  [...]\n3. ((For banks of EU countries not participating in the SSM who intend to establish branches in the territory of the Republic, the first settlement is preceded by a communication to the Bank of Italy by the competent authority of the State of membership; the branch begins operations two months after communication.))  [...]\n4. Non-EU banks already operating in the territory of Repubblica with a branch may establish other branches via authorization from the Bank of Italy.[...]\" (LEGISLATIVE DECREE 1 September 1993, n. 385, \"Consolidated text of banking and credit laws\"; last amended by LAW of 23 July 2021, n. 106; Articles 14 and 15 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 29-bis - Banks of the European Union\n1. The banks of the European Union may provide investment services or activities, with or without additional services, in the exercise of the right of establishment through branches or associate agents established in Italy. The establishment of branches is governed by article 15 of the consolidated banking law. The provision of investment services through associate agents is preceded by a communication to CONSOB, in conformance with the technical regulation and implementation regulations indicated in article 27, paragraph 1.\n[...]\nArticle 29-ter - Banks of non-EU countries\n1. In the case where the performance of investment services or activities, with or without additional services is envisaged, the establishment of branches by banks by banks of non-EU countries in Italy is authorised by the Bank of Italy, having consulted CONSOB, when the conditions referred to in article 28, paragraph 1 obtain. This is without prejudice to the application of the articles 13, 14, paragraph 4, and 15, paragraph 4, of the consolidated banking law.\n2. The Authorisation referred to in paragraph 1 is denied if the capacity of the branch of the bank of the non-EU country to respect the obligations applicable to it pursuant to this decree or contained in directly applicable deeds of the European Union is not guaranteed. [...]\"(LEGISLATIVE DECREE of February 24, 1998, n. 58, \"Consolidated text of the provisions on financial intermediation, pursuant to articles 8 and 21 of law no. 52\"; last amended by LEGISLATIVE DECREE 2 February 2021, n. 17; Articles 29-bis and 29-ter [unofficial translation])","LEGISLATIVE DECREE 1 September 1993, n. 385, \"Consolidated text of banking and credit laws\"; last amended by LAW of 23 July 2021, n. 106; Articles 14 and 15\nLEGISLATIVE DECREE of February 24, 1998, n. 58, \"Consolidated text of the provisions on financial intermediation, pursuant to articles 8 and 21 of law no. 52\"; last amended by LEGISLATIVE DECREE 2 February 2021, n. 17; Articles 29-bis and 29-ter ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:decreto.legislativo:1993-09-01;385!vig=2021-08-20\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:decreto.legislativo:1998-02-24;58!vig=2021-08-20\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.consob.it/web/consob-and-its-activities/laws-and-regulations/documenti/english/laws/fr_decree58_1998.htm\">Decree_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,1012,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0006","As of 2019, foreign ownership is limited to 50% in air transport and auxiliary services, including: \"examination, goods agent agencies, air freight brokers\". Previously, ground and cargo handling, warehousing and storage services were also restricted. FDI in airport operation is not subject to such restriction.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nC- The following transport services:-[...]\n2 - Air transport and their services, including:\nA- Regular and non-scheduled air transport services for passengers, goods and mail.\nB - the examination.\nC- Goods agent agencies.\nD- Air freight brokers.[...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","American Chamber of Commerce in Jordan: \"Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77 of 2016 (as amended in 2019 & 2020)\", 2020","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://assets-global.website-files.com/601b3fe900f2a66ff84d23e2/60f0d27ac46014005895c42d_jordan-investment-law-l0rnabfi.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/3_-updated-Jordan-FDI-Regulation-English-Arabic-2020.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1613,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","H51","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0004","In general, foreign air carriers are prohibited from operating international charter flights to/from Kazakhstan, unless otherwise provided by international treaties or approved by the Civil Aviation Committee.  ","\"Article 40. Flights of aerial vehicles of foreign states in the air space of the Republic of Kazakhstan [...]\n 4-1. Performance of international occasional (single) flights, linked with commercial airborne transportation, formed in the territory of the Republic of Kazakhstan by civil aerial vehicles of foreign air operators shall not be allowed, unless otherwise provided by the international treaties of the Republic of Kazakhstan or permits issued by the authorized body in the scope of civil aviation. [...]\" (Law On Use of Air Space of the Republic of Kazakhstan and Aviation Activity (No. 339-IV of 15 July 2010), as amended by Laws No. 132-V of 4.7.2013 and No. 239-V of 29.9.2014, Article 40 [unofficial translation])","Law On Use of Air Space of the Republic of Kazakhstan and Aviation Activity (No. 339-IV of 15 July 2010), as amended by Laws No. 132-V of 4.7.2013 and No. 239-V of 29.9.2014, Article 40","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/Z100000339_\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1560,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","K649","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"1.67E-05","Local incorporation is required for carrying out venture capital activities in Kenya.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n\"venture capital company\" means a company incorporated under the Companies Act with the primary objective of providing substantial risk capital to small and medium size businesses in Kenya through equity, quasi-equity investments or other instruments whether convertible into equity or not as well as managerial or technical expertise to such business entities;\n[...]\n3. Eligibility Requirements\nA venture capital company shall be entitled upon making an application to the Authority in the prescribed form and on payment of the prescribed fee to be registered under these Regulations as a registered venture company if it has—\n(a) been duly incorporated under the Companies Act (Cap. 486) as a company limited by shares;  [...]\" (THE CAPITAL MARKETS (REGISTERED VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANIES) REGULATIONS, 2007)","THE CAPITAL MARKETS (REGISTERED VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANIES) REGULATIONS, 2007","n/a","[<a href=\"http://kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/sublegview.xql?subleg=CAP.%20485A\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3171,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G471_478_479","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.00140625","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of non-specialised retail stores. Decision No. 1950/MOIC.DIT on Shopping Centers and Department Stores, dated 22 September 2015. establishes minimum capital and foreign shareholding conditions for foreign investors to participate in the business of shopping centres and department stores: 1) a 100% foreign equity is allwoed for investment projects with a total value of 160 Billion Kip or more; 2) up to 70% foreign equity is allowed for investment projects with a total value of 80 Billion to less than 160 Billion Kip; 3) up to 51% foreign equity is allowed for investment projects with a total value of 08 Billion to less than 80 Billion Kip; 4) For investment projects with a value of less than 08 Billion Kip, including shops, and sundry shops established independently and various forms of wholesale-retail outlets are reserved for Lao citizens.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Other retail in non-specialized stores [i.e. retail business] (minimum registered capital: 4-10 billion Lak, foreign equity participation limited to  50%; if registered capital is 10-20 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 70%; if registered capital is above 20 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed) [...]\n- Maintenance and repair of motor vehicles [establishment of garage for vehicle and mechanical repairs] (minimum registered capital: 1.5 billion Lak)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)\n----------------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Other retail in non-specialized stores (i.e. retail business with registered capital of less than 4 billion kip)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)\n----------------------------------\n\"Article 9 Investment in the Establishment of Shopping Centers and Department Stores by Foreign Investors\nForeign investors can invest in the establishment of shopping centers and department stores in accordance with the following conditions:\n1. Have a 100% foreign equity for investment projects with a total value of 160 Billion Kip or more;\n2. Have up to 70% foreign equity for investment projects with a total value of 80 Billion to less than 160 Billion Kip;\n3. Have up to 51% foreign equity for investment projects with a total value of 08 Billion to less than 80 Billion Kip.\nFor investment projects with a value of less than 08 Billion Kip, including shops, and sundry shops established independently and various forms of wholesale-retail outlets are reserved for Lao citizens.\" (Decision No. 1950/MOIC.DIT on Shopping Centers and Department Stores, dated 22 September 2015, Art. 9)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015\nDecision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015.\nDecision No. 1950/MOIC.DIT on Shopping Centers and Department Stores, dated 22 September 2015, Art. 9.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1005_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1950_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2140,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G471_478_479","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.00140625","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of non-specialised retail stores. Decision No. 1950/MOIC.DIT on Shopping Centers and Department Stores, dated 22 September 2015. establishes minimum capital and foreign shareholding conditions for foreign investors to participate in the business of shopping centres and department stores: 1) a 100% foreign equity is allwoed for investment projects with a total value of 160 Billion Kip or more; 2) up to 70% foreign equity is allowed for investment projects with a total value of 80 Billion to less than 160 Billion Kip; 3) up to 51% foreign equity is allowed for investment projects with a total value of 08 Billion to less than 80 Billion Kip; 4) For investment projects with a value of less than 08 Billion Kip, including shops, and sundry shops established independently and various forms of wholesale-retail outlets are reserved for Lao citizens.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Other retail in non-specialized stores [i.e. retail business] (minimum registered capital: 4-10 billion Lak, foreign equity participation limited to  50%; if registered capital is 10-20 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 70%; if registered capital is above 20 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed) [...]\n- Maintenance and repair of motor vehicles [establishment of garage for vehicle and mechanical repairs] (minimum registered capital: 1.5 billion Lak)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)\n----------------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Other retail in non-specialized stores (i.e. retail business with registered capital of less than 4 billion kip)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)\n----------------------------------\n\"Article 9 Investment in the Establishment of Shopping Centers and Department Stores by Foreign Investors\nForeign investors can invest in the establishment of shopping centers and department stores in accordance with the following conditions:\n1. Have a 100% foreign equity for investment projects with a total value of 160 Billion Kip or more;\n2. Have up to 70% foreign equity for investment projects with a total value of 80 Billion to less than 160 Billion Kip;\n3. Have up to 51% foreign equity for investment projects with a total value of 08 Billion to less than 80 Billion Kip.\nFor investment projects with a value of less than 08 Billion Kip, including shops, and sundry shops established independently and various forms of wholesale-retail outlets are reserved for Lao citizens.\" (Decision No. 1950/MOIC.DIT on Shopping Centers and Department Stores, dated 22 September 2015, Art. 9)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015\nDecision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015.\nDecision No. 1950/MOIC.DIT on Shopping Centers and Department Stores, dated 22 September 2015, Art. 9.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1005_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1950_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2140,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_741X","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.000234375","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is architectural and engineering services. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy [specifically for research and feasibility study of a project, surveying and urban planning, interior and exterior design/decoration, construction consultancy, surveying, design and civil engineering] (minimum registered capital ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak depending on the activity; foreign equity participation limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2182,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","H5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0006","Foreign shareholding in freight forwarding companies is limited to up to 49% of the voting and capital rights.","\"Article 1 - Definition of the freight forwarder\nA - The freight forwarder as a principal\nIs a principal freight forwarder any natural or juristic person acting in his personal name, but for the benefit of his mandatory (usually exporter or importer), and underkating the rendering of services and the transport of goods to their delivery place; the choice of means and ways shall be up to him against lump indemnities he cashes from his mandatory when the freight forwarder assumes the entire transport operation [...]\nB - The freight forwarder as agent\nIs the freight forwarder-agent any natural or juristic person acting in the name and for the benefit of his mandatory (usually exporter or importer; he executes his orders without having the choice of means and ways; therefore he is bound to one mean only)\n[...]\nArticle 3. Conditions of the freight forwarders' licenset: \nFirst: Conditions of the licensee of the freight forwarder as principal:\nNo person may practice the profession of a transport intermediary except by a license issued by the Minister of Public Works and Transport after taking the opinion of the trade union in Lebanon officially licensed and in accordance with the following conditions, workers settle their situation on the basis: \n1. Conditions for granting the license:\n- if a natural person [...]\n- If he is a legal person, he shall be subject to the following additional conditions: \n(a) if partnerships or limited liability companies, the capital shall not be less than five million Lebanese pounds 5.000.000 LL and that the absolute majority of the shares shall belong to Lebanese nationals or Lebanese companies that prohibit in its articles of association the transfer of shares to foreigners or non-Lebanese-owned companies.\n(b) if joint-stock companies, the capital shall not be less than thirty million Lebanese pounds 30.000.000 LL and at least half of its shares shall be nominal shares of Lebanese nationals or Lebanese companies which prohibit in its articles of association the transfer of shares to foreigners or non-Lebanese-owned companies.\n(c) In all cases mentioned in paragraphs above, the Director authorized to sign or the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be of Lebanese nationality and shall not be sentenced to a felony or attempted felony or misdemeanor.[...]\" (Resolution No. 156/2000 on Regulating the Freight Forward Profession [google translation])","Resolution No. 156/2000 on Regulating the Freight Forward Profession [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.lfs-lb.org/resoltion-number-156-n-2000/\">Res</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2108,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","H5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0006","Foreign shareholding in freight forwarding companies is limited to up to 49% of the voting and capital rights.","\"Article 1 - Definition of the freight forwarder\nA - The freight forwarder as a principal\nIs a principal freight forwarder any natural or juristic person acting in his personal name, but for the benefit of his mandatory (usually exporter or importer), and underkating the rendering of services and the transport of goods to their delivery place; the choice of means and ways shall be up to him against lump indemnities he cashes from his mandatory when the freight forwarder assumes the entire transport operation [...]\nB - The freight forwarder as agent\nIs the freight forwarder-agent any natural or juristic person acting in the name and for the benefit of his mandatory (usually exporter or importer; he executes his orders without having the choice of means and ways; therefore he is bound to one mean only)\n[...]\nArticle 3. Conditions of the freight forwarders' licenset: \nFirst: Conditions of the licensee of the freight forwarder as principal:\nNo person may practice the profession of a transport intermediary except by a license issued by the Minister of Public Works and Transport after taking the opinion of the trade union in Lebanon officially licensed and in accordance with the following conditions, workers settle their situation on the basis: \n1. Conditions for granting the license:\n- if a natural person [...]\n- If he is a legal person, he shall be subject to the following additional conditions: \n(a) if partnerships or limited liability companies, the capital shall not be less than five million Lebanese pounds 5.000.000 LL and that the absolute majority of the shares shall belong to Lebanese nationals or Lebanese companies that prohibit in its articles of association the transfer of shares to foreigners or non-Lebanese-owned companies.\n(b) if joint-stock companies, the capital shall not be less than thirty million Lebanese pounds 30.000.000 LL and at least half of its shares shall be nominal shares of Lebanese nationals or Lebanese companies which prohibit in its articles of association the transfer of shares to foreigners or non-Lebanese-owned companies.\n(c) In all cases mentioned in paragraphs above, the Director authorized to sign or the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be of Lebanese nationality and shall not be sentenced to a felony or attempted felony or misdemeanor.[...]\" (Resolution No. 156/2000 on Regulating the Freight Forward Profession [google translation])","Resolution No. 156/2000 on Regulating the Freight Forward Profession [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.lfs-lb.org/resoltion-number-156-n-2000/\">Res</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2108,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","_H","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.05","Foreign-invested joint ventures and branches of foreign companies are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement: LYD 1,000,000 for a joint stock company, LYD 500,000 for a limited liability company and LYD 2,000,000 for a foreign branch; whereas the minimum capital for a joint stock company is LYD100,000, of which 30% must be paid in at incorporation (Article 101 No. 4, Commercial Code and Article 1, Ministerial Decree No. 186 of 2010); The minimum capital for a limited liability company is LYD3,000. A minimum amount of LYD3,000 must be paid in at incorporation (Article 275, Commercial Code). \n\nOn October 13, 2022, Libya's Ministry of Economy and Commerce introduced Decree 944/2022 regarding the Participation of Foreigners, Branches, and Representative Offices of Foreign Companies in Libya. The decree maintained the policy of discriminatory minimum requirements for compaines with foreign participation. Under this decree, a joint venture company in the form of a joint stock company is required to have a minimum capital of LYD 1 million, with 30% of this capital to be paid upon incorporation. Additionally, the law allows the option to establish a joint venture company in the form of a limited liability company (LLC) rather than a joint stock company, provided that all shareholders are natural persons, and the company operates in specific sectors such as medical products, foodstuff, wood, recycling, clothing, and electronic systems. For LLCs with foreign participation, the minimum capital requirement is set at LYD 500,000 (in contrast to LYD 50,000 under Decree 207/2012), with 50% of this amount to be paid as a cash contribution upon incorporation.","\"Article 1 -The following expressions mean the following: [...]\n5. Branch:the branch of a foreign company in Libya.\n6. The Parent Company:a foreign company whose headquartersis outside Libya and has the will to establish an entity in Libya. \n7. Joint venture: a national company jointly owned bya foreign person, whether a natural or legal entity, with a national person, whether legal or natural, according to the ownership ratios stipulated in these regulations.\n[...]\nChapter Three - Joint Ventures [...]\nArticle 17 The Capital of the Joint Venture \nThe minimum capital of the joint stock company is LYD 1,000,000 one million dinars, and the capital paid in cash must not be less than 30% of the subscribed capital in accordance with the legislation in force. And the capital of the limited liability company must be no less than LYD 500,000 five hundred thousand dinars, provided that the capital in cash is no less than LYD 250,000 two hundred and fifty thousand dinars to be paid fully upon establishment.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Foreign Affiliates [...]\nArticle 22 Branch Capital \nThe minimum capital of the branch, must be LYD 2,000,000 - two million dinars, provided that the capital is LYD 4,000,000 - four million Libyan dinars if the branch operates in two of the specialized fields in Article 21. [...].\" (Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022 [Translation provided by Libya's Ministry of Economy])\n---------------------\n\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies\nArticle 2\nThe joint-venture companies shall take the legal form and status of a joint-stock company under the provisions of commercial activity law No. (23) of the year 2010 provided that its paid up capital upon incorporation shall not be less than one million dinars or three tenths (3/10) of the cash capital subscribed, whichever is the greater.\nSuch forms of companies may carry on economic activities in all fields in Libya under the effective legislations except the fields specified under article (6) hereof.\nThe joint-venture company may also take the form of limited liability company formed by natural body persons (Libyans and foreigners) and the capital in such case shall not be less than fifty thousand Libyan dinars in the fields stated in the List appended with this decision.\n[...]\nSection Two - Branches of Foreign Companies [...]\nArticle (8)\nApplication for obtaining permission, provided for in the preceding article, should be appended with the following documents:\n1) Decision of Company's Board of Directors, approving the opening a branch for the Company in Libya that includes the following:\na) Define the activity of the Branch provided it should be falling within the activities permitted for foreign company branches to carry on in Libya.\nb) Amount allocated for opening and running the branch, should not be less than (LYD 250,000) two hundred and fifty thousand Libyan dinars. [...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)\n----------------------\n\"Article 101 - Memorandum of the Company \nThe Joint-Stock Company shall not be established unless by a formal memorandum of association. The memorandum of association should include the following data:  1- Name, surname and fathers name of the shareholder, his country, domicile, nationality, date of birth, identity Card No.  and the number of the subscribed shares.  2- Company name and head office.  3- Company purposes.  4- Amount of the subscribed capital shall not be less than the minimum which shall be fixed by a resolution of the General Peoples Committee, to be fully subscribed and indication of the paid amount thereof so as not to be less than (30%) of the subscribed cash capital.\n[...]\nSecond: Limited Liability Company [...]\nArticle 275 Company Capital \nThe capital of the company shall not be less than three thousand Libyan Dinars (LD 3,000) to be divided into equal shares so that the nominal value of the share shall not be less than (LD 10) Ten Dinars. [...]\" (Law No. 23 for the Year 1378 PD 2010 Regarding Commercial Activities)\n----------------------\n\"Article 1 \nThe minimum subscribed capital of a joint-stock company shall be one hundred thousand dinars (100,000), and the amount paid from it upon incorporation must not be less than thirty percent (30% of the subscribed capital), and every shareholder with a cash share must pay upon incorporation the percentage stipulated in the establishment document or incorporation contract. According to the circumstances and in the articles of association, provided that it is not less than thirty percent (30%) of his share, and that he completes the payment of the remaining cash capital within a period not exceeding five years5 from the date of registration of the company in the commercial registry.\n[...]\nArticle 4 \nJoint stock companies whose capital exceeds 5,000,000 five million dinars must offer their shares for public subscription through the stock market.\nThe provision contained in the previous paragraph does not apply to public companies and companies that are established by a decision of the board of directors of a holding company or by a contract concluded between two or more joint stock companies.[...]\" (Resolution No. 186 of 2012 amending some provisions regarding joint stock companies [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 2 - Area covered by this Law This law applies to national, foreign, or joint venture capital jointly invested in the areas targeted by this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Areas of Investment Investment shall be in all production and service areas. The Executive Regulation shall determine the areas of production and services, which are not covered by this Law, or which are restricted to Libyans only, or by way of partnership between Libyans and foreigners ; additionally , to determine the percentage of each side’s contribution in the project, the legal form of the project and the minimum capital that conforms with the nature of the activity.\n[...]\nArticle 27 - Exceptions within the scope of this Law The provision of this Law shall not apply on national and foreign capitals invested or will be invested in oil and gas projects.\nArticle 28 - Validity of legislation organizing the economic activity The provisions of legislation organizing the economic activity shall be applicable on those who are subject to the provisions of this Law, this is with regard to matters that are not covered herewith. [...]\" (Law No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment)\n----------------------\n\"Article (4) - Investment fields\nIt is allowed to invest capital stated in article (2) of these rules in all productive and service fields with the exception of the fields for exploration, extraction and marketing of oil and gas.\nThe decision for specifying the fields which are limited for Libyans only or participation with foreigners and percentage of each side in the investment project will be issued by GPC on presentation of proposal from the concerned secretary.\nArticle (5) - Capital of the investment project\nThe minimum limit of foreign capital or in case of participation with national capital in the invest project is five million dinars.\nThe minimum limit of the national capital in the investment project will be two million dinars.\nAny project which achieves one of the considerations stated in article (15) of the law by decision from the concerned secretary on presentation from the administration committee.\n[...]\nArticle (8) - The legal forms which exercise the investment\nThe activity of an investment project is exercised according provisions of these rules and effective legislations through all legal forms stipulated in the commercial law; the investment project is registered in the investment register with the authority according the procedures and regulations stated in these rules with the exception of individual activity, tsharokiat and joint stock companies. [...]\" (GPC decision No. 499 for 2010 for issuance of the executive rules of Law No. 9 for 2010 concerning encouragement of investment)\n----------------------\n[Not reproduced here: Ministry of Justice, Legal Opinion No. 11-4-2 on \"The right of foreigners to own the entire investment project in the form of a company or branch of a foreign company\", 23 January 2023.[google translation]]","Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022\nDecision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya\nLaw No. 23 for the Year 1378 PD 2010 Regarding Commercial Activities\nResolution No. 186 of 2012 amending some provisions regarding joint stock companies [google translation]\nLaw No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment\nGPC decision No. 499 for 2010 for issuance of the executive rules of Law No. 9 for 2010 concerning encouragement of investment\nMinistry of Justice, Legal Opinion No. 11-4-2 on \"The right of foreigners to own the entire investment project in the form of a company or branch of a foreign company\", 23 January 2023.","Amereller (2022), \" Libya – Decree 944/2022 on the Regulation of the Activities of Foreign Enterprises in Libya\", Client Alert, October 19.\nItkan Law Firm (2022), \"The Provisions of Law No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment\", September 30.\nLibyaHerald (2023), \"Recent legal opinion on foreign investment in Libya does not impose blanket ban in oil sector: Tumi Law Firm\", February 2.","[<a href=\"https://euroly.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/Decree-No.-944-on-the-Foreigners-Participation-and-Foreign-Companies-Branches-and-Representative-Offices-in-Libya.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://ejraat.gov.ly/media/27%20June%202010%20-%20Law%20No.%2023-2010%20Regarding%20Commercial%20Activities_1.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawsociety.ly/legislation/%d9%82%d8%b1%d8%a7%d8%b1-%d8%b1%d9%82%d9%85-186-%d9%84%d8%b3%d9%86%d8%a9-2012-%d9%85-%d8%a8%d8%aa%d9%82%d8%b1%d9%8a%d8%b1-%d8%a8%d8%b9%d8%b6-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a3%d8%ad%d9%83%d8%a7%d9%85-%d9%81%d9%8a/\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://euroly.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/Law-No.-9-2010-Euro-Libyan-Trade-Center.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://libyaninvestment.com/gpc-decision-no-499-for-2010/\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawsociety.ly/fatwas/%d8%a3%d8%ad%d9%82%d9%8a%d8%a9-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a3%d8%ac%d8%a7%d9%86%d8%a8-%d8%aa%d9%85%d9%84%d9%83-%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%85%d8%b4%d8%b1%d9%88%d8%b9-%d8%a7%d9%84%d8%a7%d8%b3%d8%aa%d8%ab%d9%85%d8%a7%d8%b1/\">Opinion</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=20374709-5734-4d8e-a159-90af5a3394b2\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://itkan.ly/the-provisions-of-law-no-9-of-2010-on-promoting-investment/#:~:text=9%20of%202010%20is%20a,stretched%20beyond%20what%20it%20bears.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://libyaherald.com/2023/02/recent-legal-opinion-on-foreign-investment-in-libya-does-not-impose-blanket-ban-in-oil-sector-tumi-law-firm/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3018,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000125","The exercise of commercial fishing in Malagasy territorial waters is reserved for natural persons of Malagasy nationality or legal entities incorporated in Madagascar, using boats and vessels flying the Malagasy flag. The crew [including its captain] of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality.","TITLE IV - FISHERIES ACCESS REGIME\nCHAPTER 1 - MARINE FISHING\nFishing access regime\nArticle 23: The practice of fishing is subject to registration with the Ministry in charge of Fisheries and Aquaculture.\nThe exercise of commercial fishing in Malagasy territorial waters is reserved for natural persons of Malagasy nationality or legal entities under Malagasy law, using boats and vessels flying the Malagasy flag.\n[...]\nFishing rights for Malagasy vessels\nArticle 25: Any Malagasy vessel engaged in fishing:\n- in waters under Malagasy jurisdiction:\na) must be registered in Madagascar or acquired in the form of credit in accordance with the legislation and regulations in force by natural persons of Malagasy nationality or Malagasy legal entities;\nb) must be chartered by natural persons of Malagasy nationality or legal entities under Malagasy law;\n[...]\nFrom the collection of fishing products\nArticle 51: Without prejudice to the texts in force, any natural or legal person who collects fishery products from the maritime and continental waters referred to in Article 3a) and b) or in a port or landing place located on the Malagasy territory must cumulatively fulfill the following conditions:\n- be of Malagasy nationality; \n- be a legal resident in Madagascar;\n- hold a collection authorization issued by the Ministry in charge of Fisheries and Aquaculture. [...]\" (LAW n° 2015 – 053 on the Fisheries and Aquaculture Code [google translation])\n---------------------\nCHAPTER 3 - Naturalization\nArt. 2.3.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.3.02. - Definition\nNaturalization is the administrative act which gives the ship the right to fly the Malagasy flag with the privileges attached to it.\nArt. 2.3.03. - Possession of an act of naturalization\nAny Malagasy vessel setting sail must have its naturalization certificate on board.\nThe maritime administrative authority may exempt from the act of naturalization certain ships of less than ten tons of gross tonnage.\nArt. 2.3.04. - Conditions of naturalization\nTo be naturalized Malagasy, a vessel must meet the following conditions:\n1. belong either to a natural person residing on Malagasy territory, or to a company having its registered office in Madagascar;\n2. produce the documents required in article 2.2.08;\n3. have undergone a commissioning visit by the central safety committee;\n4. be manned by a Malagasy crew. However, an exemption may be granted by the central service of the Merchant Navy in the event of a shortage of Malagasy officers. In return, the shipowner will pay a special contribution to the operating budget of the National School of Maritime Education of Mahajanga, the amount of which will be fixed by decree.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Conditions for exercising the profession of seafarer\nArt. 3.2.01. - Nationality\nThe quality of Malagasy sailor is reserved for Malagasy nationals holding a passport or a sailor's identity booklet.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 9 - Function on board and composition of the crew\nArt. 3.9.01. - Authority of the captain\nThe crew of a ship constitutes a hierarchical society under the authority of the captain who is the sole judge of the conduct of the expedition and the decisions to be made.\n[...]\nArt. 3.9.05. - Nationality of the crew\nThe crew of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality, except for derogation provided for in article 2.3.04 paragraph b, or have, subject to reciprocity, the nationality of one of the States having concluded with the Republic of Madagascar special agreements.[...]\" (Madagascar - Law No. 99-028 of 3 February 2000 revising the Maritime Code\" [google translation])","LAW n° 2015 – 053 on the Fisheries and Aquaculture Code [google translation]\nMadagascar - Law No. 99-028 of 3 February 2000 revising the Maritime Code\" [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/Mad162704.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.apmf.mg/sites/default/files/inline-files/Code%20maritime.pdf\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,607,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.009375","Foreign shareholding is limited to up 70% in hypermarkets and up to 30% in convenience stores. Foreign investment in several specific wholesale and retail distribution activities is prohibited (e.g. supermarket/mini-market; provision shop/general vendor; news agent and miscellaneous goods store; medical hall (inclined towards traditional alternative medicines plus general dry foodstuff); fuel station; permanent wet market store; permanent pavement store; National Strategic Interest; and non-exclusive textile, food and beverage, jewellery shops). In other distribution activiites, such as departmental stores, superstores, specialty stores and franchise, 100% foreign ownership is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements.\n\n\"On 1 June 2020, Kuala Lumpur City Hall (DBKL) banned foreign nationals from applying licenses to open the following businesses in Kuala Lumpur:  supermarket/mini-marke; sundry shop; 24-hours convenience store; petrol station; wet market; cybercafe; bag shop; spa; jewelry shop; car workshop; computer and accessories shop; laundry service; hair salon and barbershop; five-foot-way kiosk; food and drinks kiosk; restaurant; furniture shop; retail shop; mobile phone shop; and herbal and Chinese medicine shop. The regulation aimed to control the number of foreign-owned businesses in the above sectors in Kuala Lumpur as they have impacted the revenues of the local businesses.  The regulation came into force on 1 June 2020.\" (Global Trade Alert database) \"[...] The target industries are mainly service industries such as restaurants, retail stores, and beauty salons, and some industries are excluded if they are international brands or luxury brands (see the attached document table). In addition, even if it corresponds to a specific industry, if it is not a store but a management office that manages operations and office work, it will not be subject to foreign capital regulations. In addition, before June 1, the business license of the store corresponding to a specific industry has been acquired, and this regulation does not apply in the case of renewal, but it applies in the case of a new application for a new store. Any changes to the application will also be considered as a new application. Business licenses need to be renewed annually.[...]\" (JETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that DBKL's new regulation extends only slightly the number of retail activities closed to FDI in the capital city, i.e. in the main Malaysian market.\n\n",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2910,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0004375","Foreign investment in food catering and restaurants outside hotel premises is allowed subject to the appointment of Bumiputera or Malay nationals for director/directors positions. The number of local directors to be appointed is not specified.","\"5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. [...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n9.0 SPECIALTY STORE\n9.1 Definition\n9.1.1 Specialty store means stores dealing with one main brand name/product/line of goods associated with one product in the following categories: 9.1.1.1  Exclusive food and beverage business; 9.1.1.2  Food/drink/tobacco 9.1.1.3  household/personal goods; 9.1.1.4  exclusive furniture; 9.1.1.5  household appliances; 9.1.1.6  electrical appliances; 9.1.1.7  healthcare products; 9.1.1.8  optical goods; 9.1.1.9  footwear; 9.1.1.10 clothing and apparel; 9.1.1.11 sports goods; 9.1.1.12 books; 9.1.1.13 jewelry; 9.1.1.14 electronic goods; 9.1.1.15 motorcycles / motor vehicles; 9.1.1.16 small machinery (e.g. industrial, agricultural equipment for     small users); 9.1.1.17 pharmacy, serviced by a pharmacist at each outlet (retailing  only drugs, health and beauty care goods); or 9.1.1.18 others. \n9.1.2 The criteria [for approval] of specialty store as categorized under paragraph 9.1.1 are as follows:  9.1.2.1 contribution to the socio-economic development in Malaysia; 9.1.2.2 generate substantial foreign direct investment; 9.1.2.3 absence of local players in proposed formats; 9.1.2.4 create employment opportunities; 9.1.2.5 transfer of technology/skills to locals; and 9.1.2.6 unique/ exclusive nature of business.\n9.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in specialty store is recommended to be in compliance with the following:\n9.2.1 Local Incorporation: All specialty store businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of specialty store.\n9.2.2 Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM1 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital. \n[...]\n12.0 VARIOUS OTHER DISTRIBUTION FORMATS  12.1 Definition 12.1.1 Various other distribution formats mean other types of distributive formats and unregulated sector, including e-commerce.  12.1.2 The criteria of various other distribution formats are as follows: a. contribution to the socio-economic development in Malaysia; b. generate substantial foreign direct investment; c. absence of local players in proposed formats; d. create employment opportunities; e. transfer of technology / skills to locals; and f. unique/ exclusive nature of business. 12.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions 12.2.1 Any foreign involvement in various other distribution formats are recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions:  12.2.1.1 Local Incorporation All various other distribution format businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition applies also to existing businesses operating under foreign branches.  12.2.1.2 Minimum Capital Requirement  The minimum capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds, which include paid-up capital is RM1 million. 12.3 Operational Conditions [...]  12.4 Feasibility and impact studies on existing local retailers and residents are to be carried out if the sales floor area is more than 5,000 square meters. \n[...]\n15.0 FOREIGN INVOLVEMENT\n15.1 The involvement of foreign business operators is subject and limited to the distributive trade sector as mentioned above. Sectors which are not applicable to foreign business operators include the following (the list of which is not exhaustive):\na. supermarket / mini market; b. provision shop / general vendor; c. news agent and miscellaneous goods store; d. medical hall (inclined towards traditional alternative medicines plus general dry foodstuff); e. fuel station; f. permanent wet market store; g. permanent pavement store; h. National Strategic Interest; and i. Non-exclusive textile, food and beverage, jewellery shops. \n[...]\n18.0 GLOSSARY [...]\n18.2  Definition of “Bumiputera” and “Malay”: a) “Bumiputera” must have the same meaning as assigned to it in Article 161A of the Federal Constitution; b) “Malay” must have the same meaning as assigned to it in Article 160 of the Federal Constitution; and  c) the expression “Bumiputera” or “Malay”  includes a company, an association or a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporate, a majority part of whose capital is owned by and the management and employees are made up of Malays or Bumiputera. [...]\n18.4  Foreign participation / Foreign Business Operator Foreign participation or foreign business operator means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises the following: i. individual (including permanent resident) who is not a Malaysian citizen;  ii. foreign company or institutions; or iii. local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (i) and/or (ii) hold more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the company or institution.[...]\n18.12 Small and Medium Enterprises (SME) The criteria to determine definition of small and medium enterprises are sales turnover and number of fulltime employees as well as the following:   i. for the manufacturing sector, SMEs are defined as firms with sales turnover not exceeding RM50 million or whereby the number of fulltime employees does not exceed 200 employees. ii. for the services and other sectors, SMEs are defined as firms with sales turnover not exceeding RM20 million or the number of fulltime employees does not exceed 75 employees. [...]\" (Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020)\n---------------------------------\n\"4. SPECIALTY STORE \nStore dealing with one main brand name/product/line of goods associated with one (1) product. They may specialise in: - Food catering and restaurant services outside hotel premises; -Food-drink-tobacco (e.g. food and beverage) [...]\nSpecialty store may be allowed to operate in the above categories  if it fulfils the following criteria: (a) Contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia; (b) Generate substantial foreign direct investment; (c) Absence of local players in proposed formats; (d) Create employment opportunities; (e) Transfer of technology/skills; and (f) Unique/exclusive nature of business.\n4.1 Licensing and Registration \nAny foreign involvement in these activities is subject to the following rules and conditions:\n(i) Local Incorporation: All specialty store businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the  Companies Act, 2016. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches. \n(ii) Minimum Capital Requirement: The minimum capital investment in terms of shareholders’ funds, which include paid-up capital and reserves is RM1 million for each specialty outlet, to be reviewed every three (3) years. \n4.2 Equity Policy\nTo increase local participation in business, the Government encourages joint-ventures between Malaysian and foreign investors. \nThe Government had announced on 7 October 2011 that specialty stores would be one of the 17 services sub-sectors that would be liberalised. [...]\n4.4 Environment and Public Interest Conditions\nImpact study on existing local retailers should be carried out if a specialty store is to be operational in a stand-alone building or if the business floor area is not less than 5,000 square meters.\n[...]\n5. OTHER DISTRIBUTIVE TRADE ACTIVITIES\nOther types of businesses  not specified will be considered  on the merit of each case with particular reference to their contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia. \nVarious other distribution formats may be allowed to operate in the above categories  if they fulfil the following criteria: (a) Contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia; (b) Generate substantial foreign direct investment; (c) Absence of local players in proposed formats; (d) Create employment opportunities; (e)\tTransfer\tof technology/skills; and (f) Unique/exclusive nature of business. \n5.1 Licensing and Registration\n Any foreign involvement in these activities is subject to the following rules and conditions: \n(i) Local Incorporation: All various other distribution businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act, 2016. This condition applies also to existing businesses operating under foreign branches. \n(ii) Minimum Capital Requirement The minimum capital investment in terms of shareholders’ funds, which include paid-up capital and reserves is RM1 million for each outlet. \n5.2 Equity Policy Foreign participation is allowed in other distributive trade activities except the following: [...] Textile, restaurant (non-exclusive), bistro, jewellery shops [...]\n5.4 Environment and Public Interest Conditions\nImpact study on existing local retailers should be carried out if the business is to be operational in a stand-alone building or if the business floor area is 5,000 square meters.[...]\" (MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 8: Distributive Trade Services)","Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nMIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 8: Distributive Trade Services","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mida.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/20191220163621_BOOKLET-8-DISTRIBUTIVE-TRADE-SERVICES.pdf\">Booklet</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2961,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.003","Local incorporation is required for investment in banking activities, except for international Islamic banks which may opt for local incorporation or operation as a branch.","\"PART I - PRELIMINARY \n[Interpretation]\n2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“public company” has the same meaning assigned to it in subsection 4(1) of the Companies Act 1965 [repealed by Companies Act 2016];\n[...]\nDivision 6 - General matters\n[Form of establishment]\n24. (1) A person who is to be licensed under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business (other than a person who is to be a professional reinsurer) or investment banking business shall be a public company.\n(2) The Bank may specify the form of establishment of— (a) a person who is to be licensed as a professional reinsurer; or (b) a person who is to be approved under section 11 to carry on an approved business.[...]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])\n--------------------------------\n\"PART I - PRELIMINARY\n4. Interpretation \n2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n\"private company\" means— (a) any company which immediately prior to the commencement of this Act was a private company under any corresponding previous written law; (b) any company incorporated as a private company under this Act; or (c) any company converted into a private company under Section 41, being a company which has not ceased to a private company under section 42 [...]\n“public company” means a company other than a private company;\n[...]\nPART II - FORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF COMPANIES\nDivision 1 - Types of Companies [...]\nTypes of companies  10.\n(1) A company may be incorporated as—  (a) a company limited by shares; (b) a company limited by guarantee; or (c) an unlimited company. [...]\nPrivate or public company  \n11. (1) A company limited by shares shall either be a private company or a public company.  (2) A company limited by guarantee shall be a public company.   (3) An unlimited company shall either be a private company or a public company. [...]\"(Companies Act 2016 [Act 777])\n--------------------------------\n\"1 Introduction\n1.1  Pursuant to section 10 of the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA), Bank Negara Malaysia (the Bank) shall assess an application for a licence to carry on banking business, Islamic banking business, insurance business, takaful business or investment banking business, having regard to relevant factors including prudential requirements and whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia.\n1.2 This policy document aims to set out the application and assessment process for– (a) prospective applicants under section 10 of the FSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) banking business; (ii) investment banking business; (iii) life business; (iv) general business; or (v) professional reinsurer business; or (b) prospective applicants under section 10 of the IFSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) Islamic banking business; (ii) international Islamic banking business; (iii) family takaful business; (iv) general takaful business; (v) professional retakaful business; or (vi) international takaful operator business. \n[...]\n4 Effective Date\n4.1 This policy document comes into effect on 27 December 2019. \n[...]\n8 Considerations under the law\n8.1 Pursuant to section 10 of the FSA and IFSA, in assessing an application to carry on any licensed business under the respective Act, the Bank shall consider all the factors set out in Part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA, and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n8.3 The factors set out in Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA are as follows– [...](h) whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to– (iv) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector; and  \n[...]\nForm of Establishment\n9.4 Subject to paragraph 9.5, all licensed persons are required to be public companies incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act 20165.\n9.5 A professional reinsurer, a professional retakaful operator, a licensed international Islamic bank, and a licensed international takaful operator may be established as a branch of a foreign institution. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27)","Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]\nCompanies Act 2016 [Act 777]\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/820862/Financial+Services+Act+2013.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ssm.com.my/sites/default/files/companies_act_2016/aktabi_20160915_companiesact2016act777_0.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/PD+030-4_Licensing+Guide_FDI_FSA-IFSA.pdf/3ddc8322-3358-a22c-b751-2d4ab1e33e96?t=1592251348473\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2922,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K649","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for investment in all regulated activities under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007, except financial planning: i.e. dealing in securities; dealing in derivatives; clearing for securities or derivatives; fund management (inclduing corporations undertaking fund management activity in relation to venture capital or private equity funds); dealing in private retirement schemes; advising on corporate finance; and investment advice.  And is also required for financial intermediation services under the Financial Services Act 2013, except for convetional reinsurance companies, and international islamic banks, insurer and reinsurer.","\"Chapter 1  - INTRODUCTION\n1.01 The Capital Markets and Services Act 2007 (CMSA) repeals the Securities Industry Act 1983 (SIA) and the Futures Industry Act 1993 (FIA). The CMSA, which takes effect on 28 September 2007, introduces a single licensing regime for capital market intermediaries. Under this regime, a capital market intermediary will only need one licence to carry on the business in any one or more regulated activities. This will mean less cost and paperwork for capital market intermediaries that carry on more than one regulated activity.\n[...]\n2.02 What are regulated activities?  \n(1) There are eight types of regulated activities under the CMSA. The list of regulated activities is set out in Schedule 2 of the CMSA. They are– • dealing in securities; • dealing in derivatives; • clearing for securities or derivatives; • fund management; • dealing in private retirement schemes; • advising on corporate finance; • investment advice; and • financial planning.  \n(2) The licence issued under the CMSA will set out the specific regulated activities that you can conduct. \n[...]\nChapter 4 -  LICENSING CRITERIA [...]\nIn authorising any person wishing to undertake capital market activities6, the SC will not grant authorisation unless the application is in the best interest of Malaysia. In determining the best interest of Malaysia, the SC will give regard to any one or more of the following: [...] (e) The degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the capital market. \n[...]\nWhat are the requirements for a CMSL? \n4.02 Organisational requirements\nIncorporation\n(1) If you want to carry on any of the following regulated activities, you must be a company incorporated in Malaysia: • Dealing in securities;  • Dealing in derivatives; • Clearing for securities or derivatives; • Fund management; • Dealing in private retirement schemes; • Advising on corporate finance; and • Investment advice. \n(2) However, if you want to carry on the regulated activity of financial planning, you may do so either as a company, sole proprietorship or partnership. If you are a sole proprietor or in a partnership, you will be granted a CMSL but you will not be allowed to have any licensed representative acting on your behalf. \n[...]\n4.03 Shareholder composition\n(1) Except for the shareholding requirement for investment banks which is a minimum of 30% local shareholding, there are no other specific shareholding requirements for the other regulated activities.  [...]\n(3) If you are a stockbroking company that is not an investment bank– (a) a person who wishes to acquire more than 51% of the total paid-up capital of a PO must be a company or corporation with shareholders' funds of not less than RM100 million; and (b) no individual other than a Malaysian citizen, may hold up to 10% of the total paid-up capital of a stockbroking company. The aggregate total participation of individuals in the share capital of the stockbroking company shall not be more than 49% of the total paidup capital. [...]\" (Securities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14)\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1 - INTRODUCTION\n1.01 These Guidelines on the Registration of Venture Capital and Private Equity Corporations and Management Corporations (Guidelines) are issued by the Securities Commission Malaysia (SC) under section 377 of the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007 (CMSA) read together with section 76 of the CMSA. \n1.02 These Guidelines set out the requirements for the registration of and ongoing requirements for corporations undertaking fund management activity in relation to venture capital or private equity funds. [...]\" (Securities Commission (2022),GUIDELINES ON THE REGISTRATION OF VENTURE CAPITAL AND PRIVATE EQUITY CORPORATIONS AND MANAGEMENT CORPORATIONS, November 28)\n------------------------------\n\"9. Other legal requirements  [...]\nForm of Establishment \n9.4 Subject to paragraph 9.5, all licensed persons are required to be public companies incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act 20165. \n9.5 A professional reinsurer, a professional retakaful operator, a licensed international Islamic bank, and a licensed international takaful operator may be established as a branch of a foreign institution6. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013, December 27)\n------------------------------\n\"PART C: OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS \n12. Local Incorporation\nS 12.1 A MSB shall be a company incorporated under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. [...]\"(Bank Negara Malaysia (2022), Governance, Risk Management, and Operations for Money Services Business (MSB), June 30)","Securities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14\nSecurities Commission (2022),GUIDELINES ON THE REGISTRATION OF VENTURE CAPITAL AND PRIVATE EQUITY CORPORATIONS AND MANAGEMENT CORPORATIONS, November 28\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013, December 27\nBank Negara Malaysia (2022), Governance, Risk Management, and Operations for Money Services Business (MSB), June 30","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2bb1b664-aa03-425e-9472-9cc5b1558ed1\">Handbook</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=ab596210-e6e3-4c47-8963-8aac7c11fa50\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/PD+030-4_Licensing+Guide_FDI_FSA-IFSA.pdf/3ddc8322-3358-a22c-b751-2d4ab1e33e96?t=1592251348473\">Procedures</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/964944/PD_GRMO_MSB.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2934,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0096","A holder of an Air Operator Certificate must be a \"qualified person\" majority-owned and controlled by a Mauritian registered company. As explained by the authorities during the of adherence to the OECD Declaration on International Invesmtent and Multinational Enterprises:  the definition of a \"qualified person\" under the Mauritius Civil Aviation Regulations 2007 (as amended) implies that the owner, lessor, lessee, any sub-lessee or operator of the aircraft be a citizen of Mauritius or a body corporate registered in Mauritius. According to the authority, only a \"qualified\" company, duly incorporated in Mauritius, with at least 51% shares controlled by the Mauritian nationals may be granted an Air Operator Certificate.","\"Any individual, organisation or Company that wishes to operate an aircraft for the purpose of Commercial Air transport must, by law, satisfy the requirements for an Air Transport Service Licence in order to obtain an Air Operator Certificate (AOC) from the Department of Civil Aviation. The Air Operator Certificate allows you to charge to fly passengers and / or cargo on your aircraft, whether this is a jet airliner operating on a transcontinental scheduled service, a helicopter flying. This leaflet sets out the procedure that an Applicant for an AOC must follow\n[…]\n7. Air Operator Certificate (AOC) ownership and nationality\nAll applicants for a DCA AOC must have their business registered in Mauritius and operate Mauritian-registered aircraft, with certain exceptions. The AOC must be owned by a legal entity. You will be provided with more information on these requirements at the Pre Application meeting. \n[...]\nNationality of Ownership and Control\nA holder of an AOC must be majority owned and effectively controlled by a Mauritian registered company. [...]\" (\"Applying for an AOC [Guide]\", Department of Civil Aviation)\n----------------------------------\n\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In these regulations – [...] \n“qualified person” means a citizen of Mauritius or a body corporate registered in Mauritius under any enactment;\n[...]\nPART II – REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT \n6. Registration of aircraft \n(1) No person shall, subject to paragraph (2), fly an aircraft in or over Mauritius unless it is registered in – (a) Mauritius; (b) a Contracting State; or (c) a State in relation to which there is in force an agreement between the Government of Mauritius and the Government of that State whereby an aircraft registered in that State is authorised to fly in or over Mauritius.\n[...]\n7. Procedure for registration of aircraft \n(1) The Authority shall be responsible for the registration of an aircraft in Mauritius and for maintaining the register and shall record therein the particulars specified in paragraph (6) in a legible form, or a non-legible form where the recording is capable of being reproduced in a legible form. [...]\n(3) Subject to paragraphs (4) and (5), an aircraft shall not be registered or continue to be registered unless the Authority is satisfied that – (a) the aircraft has not already been registered outside Mauritius, or if it has, that such registration will cease by operation of law upon the aircraft being registered in Mauritius; (b) the owner, lessor, lessee, any sub-lessee or operator of the aircraft is a qualified person; [...]\n(4) (a) Where any unqualified person residing or having a place of business in Mauritius, and holding a legal or beneficial interest in an aircraft, or a share therein, applies for registration of that aircraft, the Authority may, on being satisfied that the aircraft may otherwise be properly so registered, register the aircraft in the name of that person. (b) A person referred to in subparagraph (a) shall not cause or permit the aircraft, while it is registered, to be used for the purpose of public transport or aerial work. \n(5) Where an aircraft is leased to a qualified person, the Authority may, whether or not an unqualified person is entitled as owner to a legal or beneficial interest therein, register the aircraft in the name of the lessee on being satisfied that the aircraft may otherwise be properly so registered and, subject to this regulation, the aircraft may remain so registered during the subsistence of the lease. \n[...]\nPART III – AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATE \n11. Air operator certificate \n(1) An aircraft registered in Mauritius shall not fly for the purpose of public transport unless – (a) the operator of the aircraft is the holder of an air operator certificate; and (b) the aircraft flies in accordance with the terms of the air operator certificate. [...]\" (Civil Aviation Regulations 2007 [GN 133 of 2007 – 24 September 2007] [Section 11] \n\n","\"Applying for an AOC [Guide]\", Department of Civil Aviation\nCivil Aviation Regulations 2007 [GN 133 of 2007 – 24 September 2007] [Section 11]\nClarifications provided by Mauritian authorities during the process of adherence to the OECD Declaration on International Invesmtent and Multinational Enterprises","Clarifications provided by Mauritian authorities during the process of adherence to the OECD Declaration on International Invesmtent and Multinational Enterprises [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"https://civil-aviation.govmu.org/Documents/Regulatory/Flights%20Operations/DCA%20-AOC%20Application%20Brochure.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://civil-aviation.govmu.org/Pages/Legislation/Regulations.aspx\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"n/a\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,170,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","J61","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","On 17 May 2012, the Law on foreign investment in strategic sectors - SFIL (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) came into force. Under this law, government approval is required for the acquisition of, or the right to acquire, 33% or more of the shares in a business entity of strategic importance (BESI) by a foreign investor. Government approval is also required if as a result of a proposed acquisition of an interest in an BESI, a foreign investor has the right, regardless of percentage of equity interest to: (1) solely appoint the executive management or a majority of the board; (2) veto decisions of the executive management or board of directors, or (3) determine or implment decisions and/or operations. Parliament approval is required  if a foreign investor stake in companies operating in strategic industries exceeds 49% and the investment amount exceeds MNT100bn (US$70mn). On 19 April 2013, Mongolia's parliament passed amendments to the SFIL to ease restrictions on foreign investors. The new amendment removed parliamentary approvals for foreign non-state owned companies and threshold of MNT100bn (US$70mn). A notification is however required in the case a foreign investor acquires an interest in a BESI of between 5% and 33%, and government approval is required if private foreign investment exceeds 49% stake. The investments of state owned or state participated companies still need parliamentary approval in case the investment exceeds 49% stake.  \nOn 3 Oct 2013, Mongolian parliament approved the country's new Investment Law. The new law abolishes the previous Law (from 17 May 2012) on foreign investment in strategic sectors (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) and the 1993 Foreign Investment Law. The new Investment Law does not maintain the governmental approval requirement (which had been introduced in 2012 by SFIL), with the exception of cases where a foreign state-owned entity (which is defined as an entity which has at least 50% of its shares owned by a foreign states) attempt to acquire 33% or more of the shares of a Mongolian legal entity operating in a strategic sector. The screening of investment by foreign SOEs is not considered a restriction under the FDIRRI, and is therefore only recorded for transparency purposes as 'screning for safeguarding essentials ecurity interests'.","\"Article 3. Definition of terms\n1) Terms used in this Law shall be understood in the following meaning: […]\n3.1.3.\"foreign investor\" means a foreign legal entity or individual /a foreign citizen or stateless person who is a non-resident in Mongolia and a Mongolian citizen residing permanently in a foreign country/ that invests in Mongolia;\n3.1.4.\"domestic investor\" means a legal entity or individual registered in Mongolia /a Mongolian citizen and a foreign citizen or stateless person who resides permanently in Mongolia/ that makes an investment in Mongolia; [...]\n3.1.5.\"business entity with foreign investment\" means a business entity incorporated according to the legislation of Mongolia and not less than 25 percent of the total share capital is held by a foreign investor, and the investment amount by each foreign investor equals or more than USD 100,000 or its equivalent in Mongolian tugriks;\n3.1.6.\"representative office of a foreign business entity\" means a person that has no legal entity status and was established in Mongolia by a foreign legal entity for the purpose of having representation based on a power of attorney;\n[...]\nCHAPTER SIX - INVESTMENT BY A FOREIGN STATE OWNED LEGAL ENTITY\nArticle 21.Investment by a foreign state-owned legal entities\n21.1.Permit shall be obtained if foreign state-owned legal entities holds 33 or more of the total issued shares of Mongolian legal entities operating in the following fields:\n21.1.1.mining;\n21.1.2.bank and finance;\n21.1.3.the media and communications.[...]\" [Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, amended]\n","Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16532311213281\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2255,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNE","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.003125","Foreign-owned companies, including those incorporated in Montenegro and in which foreign shareholding exceeds 10%, are not allowed to acquire agricultural/forestry land but are allowed to lease it on a long-term basis, while domestic companies are allowed to acquire it. EU/EEA investors are not subject to such restrictions as per the Stabilisation and Association Agreement of May 2010. However, as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology, the preferential treatment accorded to EU/EEA invesrtors or any other investor as per commitments under international agreements is not taken into account. Per the FDIRRI methodology, which draws on the OECD's Code of Liberalisation on Capital Movements rules, only preferential treatment arising from EU/EEA membership is admitted to be reflected in the FDIRRI. ","\"Chapter XII - Rights of Foreign Persons [...]\nArt. 415: Limitations of Foreign Persons’ Rights\nA foreign person cannot have an ownership right on:\n1. natural resource;\n2. goods in general use;\n3. agricultural land;\n4. forest and forest land;\n5. cultural monument of special importance;\n6. immovable property located in the area that is, for the purpose of protection of interests and safety of the country, proclaimed by law as the area that a foreign person cannot have the ownership right on.\n7. immovable things that is in the area of which is to protect the interests and security of the land law declared area in which a foreign person can not have the right to property.\nSpecial law in the sense of paragraph 1 point 7 of this Article, the way and the procedure prescribed for the adoption of this law.\nExceptionally, a foreign physical person may acquire the ownership right on agricultural land, forests and forest land of a surface up to 5,000 m2, only if a residential building located on this land is subject to the contract of divestiture (sale, gift, exchange, etc.).\nA foreign person can be entitled to a long-term lease, concession and BOT on the immovable property referred to in items 1 to 6, paragraph 1 of this Article, as well as local people. [...]\" (Law on Property Relations (Zakon o svojinsko-pravnim odnosima), OG MNE No. 19/09 of 13/03/2009)\n-----------------------------\n\"I. General provisions [...]\nArticle 2\nFor the purpose of this Law, a foreign investor shall be:\n- Foreign legal entity or individual;\n- Legal entity having at least 10% share of foreign capital into the total entity’s capital;\n- Legal entity established in Montenegro by a foreign individual;\n- Citizen of Montenegro having place of residence abroad.\nFor the purpose of this Law, a foreign investor shall also be considered a person who has been granted Montenegrin citizenship in accordance with the Law, based on the executed investments. [...]\" (Law on Foreign Investment, OG MNE, No. 18/11 dated 01 April 2011 [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"TITLE V - MOVEMENT OF WORKERS, ESTABLISHMENT, SUPPLY OF SERVICES, CAPITAL [...]\nCHAPTER II - Establishment [...]\nArticle 53\n1.   Montenegro shall facilitate the setting-up of operations on its territory by Community companies and nationals. To that end, Montenegro shall grant, upon entry into force of this Agreement:\n(a) as regards the establishment of Community companies on the territory of Montenegro, treatment no less favourable than that accorded to its own companies or to any third country company, whichever is the better;\n(b) as regards the operation of subsidiaries and branches of Community companies on the territory of Montenegro once established, treatment no less favourable than that accorded to its own companies and branches or to any subsidiary and branch of any third country company, whichever is the better. [...]\n5.   Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article:\n(a) Subsidiaries and branches of Community companies shall have, from the entry into force of this Agreement, the right to use and rent real property in Montenegro;\n(b) Subsidiaries and branches of Community companies shall from the entry into force of this Agreement have the right to acquire and enjoy ownership rights over real property as Montenegrin companies and as regards public goods/goods of common interest, the same rights as enjoyed by Montenegrin companies respectively where these rights are necessary for the conduct of the economic activities for which they are established.[...]\" (Consolidated text: Stabilisation and Association Agreement between the European Communities and their Member States, of the one part, and the Republic of Montenegro, of the other part, Document 02010A0429(01)-20220209)\n-----------------------------\n\"Title XII - [...] LEASE\nSUBTITLE 6 - TERMINATION OF LEASE\nExpiration of Designated Time\nArticle 623\nA lease contract entered into for a definite period shall be terminated by the expiration of the time covered by the contract, or specified by law.\nImplicit Renewal of Lease\nArticle 624\n(1) Should after the expiration of time covered by contract of lease, the lessee continue to use the object without the lessor's objection, a new lease contract shall be considered to have been concluded for an indefinite period, and under the same terms and conditions as the previous one.\n(2) Performance pledges of third persons for the first lease shall be terminated after the expiration of that lease period.\nTermination by Notice\nArticle 625\n(1) A lease contract whose duration period is not determined or which can not be determined on the ground of circumstances of the case or of local trade practice, shall be terminated by notice, which may be given by each party, while honoring an agreed period of notice. \n[...]\nTitle XIV - LEASE OF BUSINESS PREMISSES [...]\nSUBTITLE 4 - TERMINATION OF LEASE CONCLUDED FOR AN UNDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME\nTermination by Notice\nArticle 651\nContract on lease of business premises concluded for an indefinite period of time shall not terminate by notice prior to expiry of six months from the date of concluding of the contract, unless otherwise stipulated. [...]\" (Law on Obligations (Zakon o Obligacionim Odnosima), OG  MNE No. 47/08 of 7 August 2008) ","Law on Property Relations (Zakon o svojinsko-pravnim odnosima), OG MNE No. 19/09 of 13/03/2009.\nLaw on Foreign Investment, OG MNE, No. 18/11 dated 01 April 2011 [google translation]\nConsolidated text: Stabilisation and Association Agreement between the European Communities and their Member States, of the one part, and the Republic of Montenegro, of the other part, Document 02010A0429(01)-20220209\nLaw on Obligations (Zakon o Obligacionim Odnosima), OG  MNE No. 47/08 of 7 August 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"http://sluzbenilist.me/pregled-dokumenta-3/?id={AB7581A7-EAE6-4A63-B94F-EB19B4409AEB}\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://sluzbenilist.me/pregled-dokumenta-2/?id={654BD3C5-3CC6-41E8-A668-8AE5E6B0340D}\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/121/montenegro-foreign-investment-law\">Law_ENG</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/agree_internation/2010/224/2022-02-09\">Agreement</a>],[<a href=\"http://sluzbenilist.me/pregled-dokumenta-3/?id={36F0683C-D02D-4EB4-BA0D-49AFEDAF4F95}\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2486,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","C19","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.000833333","Foreign investment in the manufacturing of gasoline is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises. ","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nManufacture of refined petroleum products (Manufacturing and domestic distribution of flammable solid, liquid, gaseous fuels and aerosol (Gasoline)[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2798,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2023,"0.05","Public procurement rules on goods, works and services accords a preferential treatment to enteprises majority-owned by Namibian citizens. In addition to margins of preference, public procurement of goods, works and services below the following thresholds established by the Minister of Finance are designated for Namibian majority-owned suppliers: Works: Not exceeding N$30 000 000; Consultancy Services: Not exceeding N$10 000 000; Goods: Not exceeding N$10 000 000; Non- Consultant Services: Not exceeding N$10 000 000.\nOn May 23, 2019, the Finance Minister issued a Directive under Section 73 of the Public Procurement Act, stipulating the reservation of goods, services, and works procurement for local suppliers. The Directive prohibits all public entities from importing a wide array of goods and services. Specifically, it extends the procurement reservation to:\n1) 100 percent Namibian-owned SMEs and entities with 51% or more equity owned by Namibian citizens. In joint ventures, each entity of the partnership must possess at least 51% equity ownership by Namibian citizens.\n2) Goods, services, and works to be reserved must contain a minimum of 65 percent local content, with categories such as professional services and labor works requiring 100 percent local content.\nThe list of domestically sourced goods now includes items ranging from foodstuffs to jewelry. Services, formerly provided by external entities, are now designated for local firms covering areas such as catering, cleaning, security, printing, event management, advertising, branding, transport, freight, logistics, environmental rehabilitation, and waste management. Additionally, local suppliers are required to maintain a Namibian bank account.","\"Definitions\n1. In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“Board” means the Central Procurement Board of Namibia established by section 8;\n“public entity” means any office, ministry or agency of the Government, and includes -\n(a) a local authority; (b) a regional council; (c) a public enterprise as referred to in the Public Enterprises Governance Act, 2006 (Act No. of 2006); (d) a body or trust that is owned or controlled by the Government, when engaged in any procurement individually or in consortium; and  (e) an entity declared as public entity in terms of section 5;\n[...]\nPART 11 - PREFERENCES […]\nNational preferences\n71. (1) The Board or public entity has the right to limit participation in procurement proceedings on the basis of citizenship in accordance with this Part.\n(2) The Board or public entity - (a) when procuring goods, works or services; or (b) when evaluating and comparing bids, must give preference and the weights prescribed under section 70 to the benefit of bidders for -\n(i) goods manufactured, mined, extracted or grown in Namibia; or (ii) works and services provided by Namibian citizens, but this must be clearly stated in the bidding documents subject to the prescribed requirements.\n(3) Namibian suppliers are eligible to be granted a margin of preference as provided for in subsection (2), if they meet the following criteria -\n(a) for a company if - (i) it is incorporated or registered in Namibia; (ii) the majority of the paid up share capital of the company is owned either by the Government or by citizens of Namibia; and (iii) major part of the net profits or other tangible benefits of the company accrues to Namibian citizens and no other arrangements by the company to the contrary. \n(b) for joint ventures of local companies if - (i) individual member companies are incorporated or registered in Namibia; (ii) the majority beneficial owner and majority shares in the joint venture company are held by citizens of Namibia; (iii) the joint venture itself is registered in Namibia; [...]\n(c) for partners or individuals trading as suppliers and the majority of shares in partnership is held by the citizens of Namibia, or the individuals are Namibian citizens.\n(4) For all procurement under international and national competitive bidding, prescribed incentives and conditions must be used to promote partnerships, joint venture arrangements and foreign entities to team up with Namibian bidders in the bidding process and for the period of the execution of procurement contracts.\nExclusive preference to local suppliers\n72. (1) The Minister may prescribe any nature of procurement supporting Government programmes to be reserved exclusively for categories of local suppliers and which is to be complied with by the Board and every public entity in the procurement of goods or services that has a value not exceeding that amount.\n(2) Where the Board or a public entity does not proceed with the local supplier as reserved in terms of subsection (1), and procures on unrestricted basis, the Board or public entity must include in the procurement file the reasons for the unrestricted procurement process.[...]\" (Public Procurement Act No. 15 of 2015, as amended)\n-----------------------–\n\"This afternoon I issued an economy-wide Procurement Directive on the Reservation of procurement of goods, services and works to local suppliers in terms of Section 73 of the Public Procurement Act. [...]\nIn particular, the Directive extends procurement reservation to:-\n- 100 percent Namibian-owned SMEs and entities which are 51% or more equity owned by Namibian citizens,\n- in case of Joint Ventures, each entity of the Joint Venture partnership to have at least 51% or more equity owned by Namibian citizens, and\n- goods, services and works to be so reserved must have at least 65 percent local content, with categories such professional services and labour works to have 100 percent local content.\nFurther, it is expected that entities benefiting from this directive shall have a bank account at a Namibian banking institution. [...]\" (Briefing on Public Debt Management and Public Procurement, 23 May 2019)","Public Procurement Act No. 15 of 2015, as amended\nBriefing on Public Debt Management and Public Procurement, 23 May 2019","UNCTAD (2019), \"Government orders official bodies to buy local\", 23 May 2019.","[<a href=\"https://www.cran.na/yglilidy/2019/12/Public-Procurement-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mfpe.gov.na/documents/76368/1284945/Briefing+on+Public+Debt+Management+and+Public+Procurement+by+the+Minister+of+Finance.pdf/6bd52626-b477-66a7-830a-513309cf1766?t=1667385248450&download=true\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-policy-monitor/measures/3388/namibia-government-orders-official-bodies-to-buy-local\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,247,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","L68X3","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0045","Foreign investors wishing to purchase land falling within the scope of 'sensitive land' must seek prior approval for the acquisition. 'Sensitive land' includes rural land, residential land, offshore islands, etc. exceeding specified areal thresholds. One of the criteria which may be considered when assessing a foreign investment in sensitive land is whether a so-called 'benefit to New Zealand test' is met. Such benefit is assessed against various economic and non-economic factors. ",{"$cut":{"chars":19643,"head":"\"6 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise,—\nacquisition includes obtaining ownership or coming into possession by any means [...]\nfarm land means land (other than residential (but not otherwise sensitive) land) used exclusively or principally for agricultural, horticultural, or pastoral purposes, or for the keeping of bees, poultry, or livestock [...]\nnon-urban land means—\n(a) farm land; and\n(b) any land other than land that is both—\n(i) in an urban area; and\n(ii) used for commercial, industrial, or residential purposes [...]\nresidential (but not otherwise sensitive) land means land that—\n(a) is or includes residential land; but\n(b) is not otherwise sensitive under Part 1 of Schedule 1\nresidential dwelling—\n(a) means a building or group of buildings, or part of a building or group of buildings, that is—\n(i) used, or intended to be used, only or mainly for residential purposes; and\n(ii) occupied, or intended to be occupied, exclusively as the home or residence of not more than 1 household; but\n(b) does not include any dwelling—\n(i) to the extent that it is, or is part of, a long-term accommodation facility or an excluded accommodation facility; or\n(ii) within a class set out in regulations as a class of dwellings not to be treated as residential dwellings in this Act\nresidential land—\n(a) means land that has a property category of residential or lifestyle in, or for the purpose of, the relevant district valuation roll (for example, the land’s first character category code is “R” or “L”); and\n(b) includes a residential flat in a building owned by a flat-owning company (regardless of whether the building is on land within a property category referred to in paragraph (a)), and, for that purpose, references in this Act to interest include a licence to occupy that flat, where terms in this paragraph have a meaning corresponding to those in section 121A of the Land Transfer Act 1952 or section 122 of the Land Transfer Act 2017\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of"}},"Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 1 December 2020; Sections 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16 and 16A; Schedule 1, Part 1; Schedule 2, Sections 10, 11, 17 and 20; Schedule 3, Section 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1263,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.027","Commercial agents (distribution on a commission or profit margin basis) is prohibited to foreign investors. The Companies Law No 2 of 1964, which applies in the West Bank, specifically provides for types of companies permitted in the country, including for the registration of companies with foreign ownership, either as a branch of the foreign company or incorporated in the territory. Palestinian authorities have indicated that Article(3/b) of foreign business control regulation No(51) of the year 1978 stipulates that the total value of the contribution of a foreigner at any time shall not exceed 49% of the capital except of a company industrial and tourist companies and services related to tourism and banking. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that foreign companies are those where part of the voting rights are held by foreign persons (legal persons incorporated outside the Palestine Authority). The example of licensing requirements for vehicle distribution, which requires Palestinian ownership, serves as an example.","\"Chapter One - Definitions\nArticle (1)\nFor the purposes of applying the provisions of this Law, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings set out below unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nCommercial Agent: A natural or legal person who has the right under an agreement to sell, distribute or promote goods and products or to provide services in Palestine for a producer or supplier for a commission or profit margin. \nSub-Agent: A natural or legal person who acts as an agent or sub-distributor under a contract between the commercial agent and the sale of the goods or services that the commercial agent has a commercial power to distribute or promote in exchange for a profit margin or commission.\n[...]\nChapter II - Conditions for practicing the business of commercial agents\nArticle (2)\nThose who dispose of the business of the commercial agencies are required to: The commercial agent and direct agent shall be registered in the register.\nThe individual agent (natural person) is required to be a full Palestinian citizen and resident in Palestine, to be registered in the Commercial Register, and (c) that he has not been convicted of bankruptcy, forgery or suspension of his debts, Of its assets or property unless it has been rehabilitated. \nArticle (3)\nNatural or legal persons who do not meet the conditions set forth in Article 2 of this Law may not carry out the activities of commercial agencies inside Palestine. [...]\" (Law No. (2) for the year 2222 on regulating the work of commercial agents [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"[...] Article 14. Persons, bodies or institutions permitted to import\nPersons, entities and institutions are allowed to import:\nif a Jordanian is a resident and has obtained a profession license.\nIf he is a national of the Arab countries or a foreign resident and has obtained a profession license entitling him to the right of wholesale trade and he may have been importing before the entry into force of these instructions.\nIf it is a scientific, religious, charitable or hospital institution, and the goods and materials required to be imported have been directly related to its work.\nIf the nationals of the Arab and foreign countries and the Minister allowed them to establish productive projects in the Kingdom provided that the goods to be imported are directly related to the establishment and operation of such projects.\nA decision by the Minister of National Economy for contractors and foreign companies registered in the Kingdom under the Companies Act allows them to import the necessary machinery, machinery, equipment, materials and supplies for the execution of their contracts with the Government directly or with any official institution of its quantity and type provided that such supplies are not produced in the Kingdom.\nFarmers, doctors, engineers, craftsmen, newspapers and individuals are allowed to import supplies directly into their business. [...]\" (Import instructions for the year 1966 [google translate])\n------------------------\n\"Article II - Doing Business \nWith the exception of persons, commercial houses and companies located in eastern Jordan and taking up their duties therein, no foreign persons, commercial houses, foreign companies, foreign commercial houses, and Jordanian companies, whose founders or foreign directors are to be employed in East Jordan Whether in particular or through mediation, unless it receives written approval from the Prime Minister and the President may revoke such approval.\nArticle III - Foreign persons and foreign commercial houses \nThe foreign companies, foreign commercial houses, foreign companies, commercial houses, and Jordanian companies, one of whose founders or foreign managers, are located in eastern Jordan after the enactment of the Defense Law for Eastern Jordan in 1935, and when the implementation of this system is in the hands of the Prime Minister, To cancel the ruling of this approval and then stand those people and those houses and companies from the abuse of work in eastern Jordan.[...]\" (The Foreign Business Control Law No. (804) of 1948 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article(3/b) of foreign business control regulation NO(51) OF THE YEAR 1978 stipulated that the total value of the contribution of a foreigner at any time shall not exceed 49%of the capital except industrial and tourist companies and services related to tourism and banking.\" [Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]]\n------------------------\n\"Companies Registration Department\nThe Companies Registration Department is operating under the Jordanian Law of Companies No. 12 of 1964.\nRegistration of Companies\nFollowing are the procedures applicable for the registration of companies by type of company:\n1. Public and Private Shareholding Companies: [...]\n2.Ordinary Companies [...]\n3. Foreign Shareholding Companies and Ordinary Companies [...]\" (Ministry of National Economy, Palestine Authority, website)\n------------------------\n\"Jordanian Law of Companies No. 12 of 1964\nPart I [..]\nChapter VI - Ordinary foreign company\nArticle 38. Registration of foreign companies \n1- No ordinary company established outside the Kingdom and not registered therein shall, until now, be engaged in its business in the Kingdom unless it is registered in the register of companies and the foreign company shall submit to the Controller a statement signed before it or by the notary public authorized to sign it\n[...]\nPart II [...]\nChapter XII - Foreign Shareholding Companies\nArticle 219. Requirement of registration \n(A) No foreign joint stock company or foreign entity engaged in business shall engage in any business in the Kingdom unless it is registered under the provisions of this Law. \n(B) Any violation of the provisions of this article shall expose the Company to a fine not exceeding JD (250).\n[...]\nArticle 220. Application for Registration \nThe application for registration shall be submitted to the Controller with the following data and documents: \n(1) A certified copy of its Memorandum of Association, its Bylaws, or any other document,  (2) Any evidence attesting to obtaining the approval of the competent authorities in the Kingdom for the exercise of the work and investment of foreign capital therein under any Jordanian laws, regulations and instructions.\n[...]\nArticle 221. Minister's authority to accept or refuse to register \nThe Controller shall submit to the Minister the application for registration of the foreign company with the documents and other statements accompanied by his opinion. The Minister may accept or refuse to register the said company. [...]\"(Companies Law [No. 12] of 1964 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Vehicle Trading License:\nPlaces of services: Ministry of Transport and Communications\nTerms of services: \n- The presence of the person concerned in person with the official document of proof (identity or valid passport) or his authorized by a legal agency and in the case of issuance of the agency from outside Palestine must be certified according to the approved rules.\n- The owner is a Palestinian citizen.[...]\"(Palestine Cabinet, Directory of Government Services, website, [google translation])","Law No. (2) for the year 2222 on regulating the work of commercial agents [google translation]\nImport instructions for the year 1966 [google translate]\nPalestine Cabinet, Directory of Government Services, website, [google translation]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"https://www.paltrade.org/upload/multimedia/admin/2014/06/53996be95b13c.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegConsFT.aspx?LegPath=1655\">Instruction</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?LegPath=1948&MID=2449\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mne.gov.ps/compreg.aspx?lng=1&tabindex=100\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?lnk=2&LegPath=1964&MID=1812\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://palestinecabinet.gov.ps/GovService/ViewService?ID=537\">Website</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2076,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","A014_015_0162_017","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.025","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of agriculture, although foreigners may practice the profession subject to reciprocity. Agriculture is, however, not listed among the activities under the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List where foreigners may practice through the corporate form. In this case, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of of the practice of such profession may not apply to foreign corporate investments, cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3 (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). \nFor the purposes of OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the \"no foreign equity\" restriction has been recorded to all agricultural activities, except for corn and rice production which are explictly subject to less stringent restricitons.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS [Law is not present in the list of professions in items A and B of this Annex]\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions:\n-Agriculture (Section 27, PRC Resolution No. 2000-663)[...]\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\n-[agriculture is not present in the list of professions in item B of this Annex] [...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"SECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 14 of the Constitution, Sec 1 of RA 5181, Sec 7.j of RA 8981)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2379,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","POL","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0027","The transmission of radio and television programmes is reserved to enterprises with a foreign equity participation of 49 per cent or less for enterprises from outside the European Economic Area.","\"Art. 2. \n1. The right to transmit radio and television programs is due to public radio and television broadcasting units and natural persons, legal persons and personal commercial companies that have obtained a license for such activities, or, in the case of broadcast television programs only in ICT systems - entry in the register of such programs.\n[...]\nArt. 35. \n1. A license may be granted to a natural person who owns Polish citizenship and permanent residence in the territory of the Republic of Poland Polish, legal person or personal commercial company established at territory of the Republic of Poland.\n2. A license for a company with foreign participation may be granted, if:\n1) equity participation of foreign persons in the company or participation of foreign persons in the share capital of a limited liability company or partnership joint-stock company, and in the case of a simple joint-stock company - in the total number of shares of this company\ncompanies, does not exceed 49%;\n2) the articles of association or statutes of the company provide that:\na) persons authorized to represent or manage the company's affairs or members of the company's management board will be mostly owners of Polish citizenship and permanent residence in Poland,\nb) the share of votes in the shareholders' meeting or the general meeting foreign persons and subsidiaries within the meaning of the Code of Companies commercial, from foreign persons may not exceed 49%,\nc) foreign persons cannot dispose directly or indirectly by a majority exceeding 49% of votes in a commercial partnership,\nd) majority of the company's supervisory board members will be owners Polish citizenship and permanent residence in Poland.\n3. The license may also be granted:\n1) a foreign person or\n2) a subsidiary, as defined in the Code of Commercial Companies, per person foreign\n- whose seat or permanent residence is in the State member states of the European Economic Area - without applying any restrictions contained in paragraph 2.[...]\" (Broadcasting Act (Dz.U. 1993 nr 7 item 34), last amended by Act of 9 January 2020, Articles 2 and 35 [google translation])","Broadcasting Act (Dz.U. 1993 nr 7 item 34), last amended by Act of 9 January 2020, Articles 2 and 35","n/a","[<a href=\"http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU19930070034\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1196,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","RWA","L68X3","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.00225","Local incorporation is required for foreign ownership of land not for business purposes.","\"Article 2: Definitions\nIn this Law, the following terms have the following meanings: [...]\n30º foreigner: an individual without Rwandan nationality, individuals who co-own land, a company, an international organisation or cooperative, with legal personality from a foreign country. \n[...]\nChapter I: GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 6: Right to freehold\nA Rwandan is entitled to freehold tenure.\nA Presidential Order may, for exceptional circumstances of strategic national interest, approve grant of a freehold title to a foreigner. \nPrivate individual’s land subject to freehold cannot exceed two (2) hectares per person unless an Order of the Minister authorises otherwise.\nAn order of the Minister determines categories of lands subject to freehold, modalities of acquisition of freehold, requirements for granting freehold and compliance requirements for the freehold holder.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: LAND TENURE AND REGISTRATION\nSection One: Modalities of land tenure and certification of land rights\nArticle 9: Modalities of land tenure\nA person who acquired land through inheritance, succession, purchase, donation, exchange, land sharing or legal grant by competent authorities, owns it in accordance with one of the following tenure modalities:\n(1) emphyteutic lease;\n(2) freehold.\nArticle 10: Land allocation, period of emphyteutic lease and land concession\nWithout prejudice to provisions of Article 9 of this Law, lands are allocated by the State in form of emphyteutic lease and land concession.\nThe emphyteutic lease and land concession period does not exceed ninety-nine (99) years which may be renewed.\nWhen the emphyteutic lease period expires, the lease period for a Rwandan is renewed automatically.\nA Prime Minister’s Order determines modalities for land allocation and acquisition, emphyteutic lease, State land concession and lease, the exact duration of emphyteutic lease and State land concession and lease and its renewal.\nArticle 11: Concession on a State land\nA State land may be subject to concession for:\n(1) improvement of social welfare of the population;\n(2) strategic investment.\nA concessionaire of a State land signs a land concession and acquires a concession title in accordance with the requirements determined by a Prime Minister’s Order.\nThe term of land concession depends on the nature of the project and the land use but cannot exceed forty-nine (49) years.\n[...]\nArticle 16: Foreigner’s rights on land \nWithout prejudice to provisions of Articles 6, 10, 11 and 12 of this Law, a foreigner has rights to:  1º an emphyteutic lease;   2º a land concession.  \nThe rights referred to under Paragraph One of this Article are only allocated for investment.  \nA Presidential Order may determine other modalities of land possession by a foreigner.  [...]\" (LAW N° 27/2021 OF GOVERNING LAND)","LAW N° 27/2021 OF GOVERNING LAND","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.amategeko.gov.rw/document/legislation/2021_06_10_2021_06_10_LT_LAW_CIV_TL_Land_27_2021\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3151,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.0135","Foreign investment in retail and wholesale activities was liberalised in 2016 to allow 100% foreign ownership with conditions as per the following: i) minimum capital of SR 30 million [approx. USD 8 million] is required for being entitled to 100% foreign ownership; ii) minimum capital of SR20 million [approx. USD 5.3 million] is required for being entitled to invest in partnership with Saudi local partner and hold up to 75% foreign ownership. Further conditions on employment of Saudi individuals and local procurement also apply. ","\"Summary:\nThe controls included: allowing foreigners to invest in the wholesale and retail trade sector with a percentage of ownership (100%) limited to companies who have a presence in (3) markets according to the controls and conditions stated in the decision, companies excluded from some provisions, exemption from some controls and conditions, reviewing the terms and conditions and results Apply them and give opinions and suggestions\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (377), dated 8/9/1437H [14/6/2016])\n---------------------------\n\"03.07 Commercial License\nConsidering the importance of commercial activities in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the pursuit the Kingdom to facilitate the entry of foreign entities to perform an activity in the wholesale trade and retail trade in the Saudi market, according to specific guidelines and conditions, it has introduced a number of options for ambitious foreign, namely:\n1. Commercial license with Saudi shareholder under the service number (03.07.01) of this manual.\n2. 100% foreign commercial license under the service number (03.07.02) of this manual.\n03.07.01 Commercial license with Saudi shareholder\n- Service Description: \nThis Service is provided to foreign entities that are interested in the activity of wholesale and retail trade in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia with a Saudi shareholder. [...]\n- Service Rules and Restrictions\n1. The existence of a Saudi shareholder in the investment license with a share of not less than 25% of the company.\n[...]\n03.07.02 100% foreign commercial license\n- Service Description\nThis Service is provided to 100% foreign entities that are interested in the activity of wholesale and retail trade and e-commerce in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. [...]\n Service Rules and Restrictions\n1- This service is limited to the foreign companies that have a presence at least in (3) regional or international markets. [...]\n3- The company shall comply to achieve following standards during the first five years:\n The company shall comply to achieve the localization rates as determined by the Ministry of Labor and Social Development. The company shall develop and implement\na plan to locate them in senior management posts in the first five years and to ensure their continuation.\n The company is complying with train (30%) of Saudi employees annually.[...]\n4- The company shall comply to achieve one of the following options:\n Option 1: the company shall comply with investing an amount of no less than 300 million Saudi Riyals (including 30 million Saudi Riyals as the cash capital of the company) over five years starting from the date of obtaining the investment license.\n Option 2: the company shall comply with investing an amount of no less than 200 million Saudi Riyals (including 30 million Saudi Riyals as the cash capital of the company) over five years starting from the date of obtaining the investment license, in addition to achieving one or more of the following requirements during the first five years:\nManufacturing - The minimum requirement:  % 30 or more of the company's products distributed locally shall be manufactured in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia\nResearch and development programs -The minimum requirement: % 5 or more of total sales shall be allocated to the establishment of a research and development programs in the Kingdom\nLogistics and distribution - The minimum requirement: The establishment of a unified center to provide those services, and provide after-sales services [...]\" (Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)","Cabinet Resolution No. (377), dated 8/9/1437H [14/6/2016]\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"http://ncar.gov.sa/Documents/Details?Id=AeG3gtq%2BOuLBp0om2yDe%2FQ%3D%3D\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">Manual</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2275,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001875","Foreign investment is not allowed in certain specific retail activities (e.g. distribution of pesticides, ship chandler services and fish mongering Services).","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nFish mongering Services [...]\nDealer in Pesticides [...]\nShip chandler [...]\nStandalone Fish mongering Services [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n-----------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nBacca manufacturer\nBarber shop [...]\nDealer in Coco de Mer\nDealer in Latanier leaves\nDealer in Pesticides [...]\nFishmonger [...]\nFlorist [...]\nShip chandler\n[...]\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,196,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","L68","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.135","Foreign investors are not allowed to acquire or lease private and state-owned land and real estate unless for business purposes or own residential use. In addition, foreign investment is not allowed in Real Estate Agency services.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires […]\n\"non Seychellois\" means -\n(a) an individual who is not a citizen of Seychelles;[...]\n(c) a body corporate incorporated or established under the laws of a country or jurisdiction other than Seychelles;\n(d) a body of persons unincorporated of which any of its members - (i) is not a citizen of Seychelles; or (ii) is a State or Government or body or company referred to in paragraph (b), paragraph (c), paragraph (e), paragraph (f), paragraph (g) or paragraph (h);\n(e) in relation to a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Seychelles, a company of which - (i) any of its directors is not a citizen of Seychelles, not being a company under the absolute control of the Government; (ii) any of its shares, not being a share which entitles its holder to a right to participate in any distribution by way of dividends only, is held by or under the control, whether actual or ultimate, of a person or State or Government or body or company referred to in paragraph (a), paragraph (b), paragraph (c), paragraph (d), subparagraph (i) or subparagraph (iii) of this paragraph, paragraph (f), paragraph (g), paragraph (h) or paragraph (i); [...];         \n(f) in relation to an unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Seychelles, a company of which - (i) any of its members is a person or State or Government or body or company referred to in paragraph (a), paragraph (b), paragraph (c), paragraph (d), paragraph (e), subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph, paragraph (g), paragraph (h) or paragraph (i);\n[...]\nRestrictions on sales and leases of immovable property to non Seychellois\n3. (1) *A non-Seychellois may not -\n(a) purchase or acquire by any means whatsoever and whether for valuable consideration or not, except by way of succession or under an order of the court in connection with the settlement of matrimonial property in relation to a divorce proceedings any immovable property situated in Seychelles or any right therein; or\n(b) lease any such property or rights for any period; or\n(c) enter into any agreement which includes an option to purchase or lease any such property or rights,\nwithout having first obtained the sanction of the Minister.\n[...]\nMatters to be considered and power of Minister to impose conditions\n4. (1) In considering applications for sanction under Section 4 the Minister shall have regard to the following matters \n(a) the character of the applicant or, if the applicant is a company, the character of every director of the company;\n(b) whether the applicant's declared purpose in acquiring the land in question is consistent with the policies of the Government on the use and development of land in Seychelles;\n(c) whether the proposed acquisition is in the interest of Seychelles.\n[...]\nRestriction on the issue and transfer of shares in companies owning immovable property or rights therein\n12. (1) Notwithstanding anything in the Civil Code of Seychelles or the Companies Act contained, a non Seychellois may not purchase or acquire by any means whatsoever shares in a company owning immovable property or rights therein by way of transfer, allotment, rights issued or otherwise without having first obtained the sanction of the Minister.[...]\" (Immovable Properties (Transfer Restriction) Act 1965, Cap 95)\n----------------\n\"1. Land Alienation\n1.1 Government will continue to consider applications or Sanction by NonSeychellois for both purchase and lease of immovable property and or rights therein in respect of immovable property and or rights therein held in private ownership viz:\n(a) In the case of commercial development involving bare land or redevelopment of an existing property only where there is an approved development project there for.\n(b) In the case of privately owned land for residential development only where such is in line with the relevant Approved or Draft Land Use Plan and or Planning permission has been granted for the proposed development.\n(c) In the case of a private residence only where the land was not purchased from Government under the Land Bank Scheme and/or the property does not form part of a GOS condominium or social housing scheme.\n(d) in connection with ongoing projects under the Villas Policy for which written commitments have been made by Government prior to the Villas Policy of April 2007 as well as new projects falling under the purview of the New Villas Policy of September 2013.\n(e) in respect of other social consideration eg: transfer between spouses/parent/children, partitioning amongst heirs, settlement of matrimonial property voluntarily or through Court judgments;\n(f) Where transfer of shares in an existing land owning entity is required in connection with the normal conduct of the business as an on-going concern in Seychelles (excluding residential properties and holiday homes) eg corporate restructuring, shares allotments following increases in share capital. [...]\n1.3 Where land is purchased or leased by a Non-Seychellois corporate entity, the condition of sanction shall make it explicitly clear that any subsequent transfer or dealings with the shares of the corporate body or the overseas or IBC holding entity will require sanction from the Government, such sanction to be granted in line with prevailing policies on ownership or lease of ongoing business concerns. (eg: the tourism sector where ownership of small tourism establishments of 15 rooms or less are exclusively reserved for Seychellois only).\n[...]\n3. Condominium Development\n3.1 In order to promote and facilitate condominium development in the Country, the current Sanction duty of 11% on all purchases of residential property by Non-Seychellois has with effect from 21st March 2017 been reduced to 1.5% where the purchase is in respect of a condominium property where the value of the condominium property is in excess of SR 30,000/- per sq metre. [...]\n3.2 All other applicable parts of the current Policy will be maintained including but not limited to:\n(a) Vehicle of ownership of a condominium property must be either:\n- natural persons and/or - a local company incorporated under the Companies Act 1972 with no corporate shareholding and if with corporate shareholding, the shareholders must be readily traceable in Seychelles to natural persons.\n(b) As is currently the case, Non-Seychellois will not be permitted to purchase condominium property constructed on land purchased from Government under the Land Bank Scheme.\n[...]\n6. Management and Sale of State Land\n6.1 No State Land is to be transferred freehold to any Non-Seychellois by Law except in the following circumstances, where Government considers that it is in the national interest for State Land to be transferred on a freehold basis:\n- both locally and internationally recognized conservation bodies solely for the purposes of furthering conservation of biodiversity in respect of the subject property; - Embassies or Mission premises of foreign Governments that have  established diplomatic relations with the Republic of Seychelles; - Approved exchange of land schemes involving Government and Non–Seychellois owners.[...]\n6.3 All state land leased to Seychellois or Non-Seychellois corporate entities for commercial purposes should in addition to development covenants and applicable project implementation time frames, contain a proviso in the lease that any transfer of shares in the Lessee (where the Lessee is a corporate entity) which amounts to and has the same effect as an assignment of the lease to a third party without approval in writing of the Government will constitute a material breach of the lease, resulting in termination of the lease and the land with or without improvements thereon, reverting back to the State.[...]\" (Government of Seychelles, POLICY: Alienation of Land and Management and Sale of State Land)\n\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nReal Estate Agency [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)","Immovable Properties (Transfer Restriction) Act 1965, Cap 95 as amended\nPOLICY: Alienation of Land and Management and Sale of State Land, Government of Seychelles\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://greybook.seylii.org/w/se/CAP95#!fragment/zoupio-_Toc384112366/BQCwhgziBcwMYgK4DsDWszIQewE4BUBTADwBdoAvbRABwEtsBaAfX2zgGYAOAFgEY+AJg4A2EQEoANMmylCEAIqJCuAJ7QA5BskRCYXAiUr1WnXoMgAynlIAhdQCUAogBknANQCCAOQDCTyVIwACNoUnZxcSA\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.luh.gov.sc/Files/Doc/Sanctions Docs 2020/Policy IPTR September 2017.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,201,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","M691","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000375","Only locally licensed lawyers can be partners in a law firm. Slovenian/EU/EEA/Swiss citizenship is required to become a licensed lawyer. Foreign licensed lawyers from third (non-EU) countries may exercise only subject to material reciprocity. ","\"Article 2\nAs part of the practice of the legal profession, a lawyer provides legal advice, represents and defends clients before courts and other state bodies, draws up documents and represents clients in their legal relations.\nOnly a lawyer may represent a party against payment in court, unless otherwise provided by law.\nArticle 2a\nA foreign lawyer who has acquired the right to practice law in his home country may, under the conditions determined by this Act, practice in the Republic of Slovenia:\n- legal services under professional title from their home country in accordance with Directive 77/249 / EEC,\n- the legal profession under the professional title of his home country in accordance with Directive 98/5 / EC,\n- the legal profession called \"lawyer\".\nHome is the country in which a lawyer has the right to practice law under a professional title obtained in accordance with the regulations of that country.\nUnder this Act, a lawyer from another country which is a Member State of the European Union, the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation is a lawyer entitled to practice law in any Member State of the European Union, the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation under a professional title under the regulations of that country.\n[...]\nArticle 25\nA lawyer can be someone who meets the following conditions:\n1. that he is a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia, another Member State of the European Union, the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation, [...]\nA foreign citizen who meets the conditions for practicing law under the law of the country of which he is a citizen shall, if reciprocity apply, enter himself in the register of lawyers who may practice law before state bodies in the Republic of Slovenia:\n1. if he passes the mock exam on knowledge of the legal order of the Republic of Slovenia according to a special law,\n2. (deleted)\n3. (deleted).\n[...]\nArticle 34f\nA lawyer from another country other than a Member State of the European Union, the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation who has the right to practice law in a country not a member of the European Union, the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation may practice law or practice under the conditions, which are determined by this Act for lawyers from another country, which is a Member State of the European Union, the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation, in Article 34.a of this Act, if the condition of actual reciprocity is met.\n[...]\nArticle 37\nThe activity of a law firm is limited to the practice of the legal profession.\nThe amalgamation of law firms for the purpose of joint practice of law is not permitted.\nThe partners of a law firm may only be lawyers who practice law in a law firm. Partners may not practice law in other law firms.\nThe management of a law firm cannot be entrusted to a person who is not a lawyer.\nA limited liability law firm must have an office at its registered office in which at least one partner practices law.\nThe law firm is obliged to notify the Bar Association of Slovenia of any change in the articles of association, the partner or the person authorized to represent, as well as the establishment or termination of the branch.[...]\" (Law on Advocacy (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, nos. 18/93), last amended on 7 June 2019, Articles 2, 2a, 25, 34f and 37 [google translation])","Law on Advocacy (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, nos. 18/93), last amended on 7 June 2019, Articles 2, 2a, 25, 34f and 37","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO265\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1030,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.0018","Terrestrial broadcasting licenses may be granted only to EEA nationals and EEA incorporated companies, unless the foreign state grants reciprocical treatment to Spanish nationals/companies. The participation in the capital stock of terrestrial broadcasting companies by foreign non-EEA nationals or legal persons is subject to reciprocity. The individual participation of a non-EEA national or legal person may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital, and the total of the holdings in the same broadcasting company by various non-EEA nationals or legal persons must be less than 50% of the share capital.","\"Article 2. Definitions. [...]\n2. Audiovisual communication services.\nAudiovisual communication services are those whose editorial responsibility corresponds to a service provider and whose main purpose is to provide, through electronic communications networks, programs and content in order to inform, entertain or educate the general public, as well as to issue communications. commercial.\nThe modalities of the audiovisual communication service are:\na) The television audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous viewing of programs based on a programming schedule.\nb) The television audiovisual communication service on request, which is provided for viewing programs and content at the time chosen by the viewer and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nc) The television audiovisual communication service on the move or \"television on the move\", which is provided for viewing programs and content on a mobile device.\nd) The radio audiovisual communication service, which is provided for the simultaneous audition of programs and contents on the basis of a programming schedule.\ne) Radio audiovisual communication services on request, which is provided for the audition of programs and content at the time chosen by the listener and at their own request based on a catalog of programs selected by the communication service provider.\nf) The mobile radio audiovisual communication service or \"mobile radio\", which is provided for listening to programs and content on a mobile device.\n[...]\nArticle 22. Legal regime of audiovisual communication services of general interest.\n1. Radio, television and related and interactive audiovisual communication services are services of general interest that are provided in the exercise of the right to free expression of ideas, the right to communicate and receive information, the right to participate in life political and social rights and the right to freedom of business and within the promotion of equality, plurality and democratic values. [...]\n3. When said services are provided by terrestrial hertzian waves, they will need a prior license granted by means of a competition by the competent audiovisual authority.\n[...]\nArticle 25. Requirements to be the holder of an audiovisual communication license.\nTo be the holder of a license it will be necessary to meet the following requirements:\n1. In the case of natural persons, have the nationality of a Member State of the European Economic Area or of any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish citizens.\n2. In the case of legal persons, have their registered office in a Member State of the European Economic Area or in any State that, in accordance with its internal regulations, recognizes this right for Spanish companies.\n3. The owner must have a representative domiciled in Spain for the purposes of notifications.\n4. In the case of legal persons, the participation in their capital stock of natural or legal persons nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must comply with the principle of reciprocity.\nFurthermore, the individual participation of a natural or legal person from countries that are not members of the European Economic Area may not directly or indirectly exceed 25% of the share capital. Likewise, the total of the holdings in the same legal person of various natural or legal persons of nationals of countries that are not members of the European Economic Area must be less than 50% of the share capital.[...]\" (General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), last amended on 1 May 2015, Articles 2, 22 and 25 [google translation])","General of Audiovisual Communication Law (7/2010, of March 31), in force from 05/01/2010 (subsequently amended), Articles 22 and 25","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2010-5292\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,871,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0001875","The majority of the capital and voting rights in an audit company must be held by auditors qualified in Spain or other EU Member States. Spanish or EU nationality is required to become a licensed auditor, with an exception made regarding certain types of auditing practice (for entities not based in Spain). Third-country auditors are authorised subject to reciprocity and domicile or permanent establishment in Spain or a representative with domicile in Spain.","\"Article 9. Authorization and registration in the Official Register of Accounts Auditors.\n1. To be registered in the Official Register of Account Auditors, the following will be required: [...]\nb) Have Spanish nationality or that of one of the Member States of the European Union, without prejudice to the provisions of the regulations on the right of establishment.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Auditors of accounts authorized in other Member States of the European Union and in third countries.\n1. Accounts auditors authorized to carry out the activity of auditing accounts in other Member States of the European Union may register in the Official Register of Account Auditors, in the terms that are determined by regulation. [...]\n2. The auditors authorized to carry out the activity of auditing accounts in third countries, under reciprocal conditions, who meet requirements equivalent to those required in letters a), b) and c), may register in the Official Register of Account Auditors. of article 9.2, as well as the obligation of continuous training referred to in article 8.7.\nTo obtain authorization from the Accounting and Auditing Institute, they must prove, at least, compliance with the requirements established in letters a) and c) of article 9.1, pass an aptitude test equivalent to that referred to in the previous section, in the terms that are determined by regulation, and have a domicile or permanent establishment in Spain or designate a representative with domicile in Spain.\n3. Without prejudice to the provisions of the European Union regulations, the auditors authorized to carry out the activity of auditing accounts in third countries who issue audit reports on annual accounts or consolidated annual accounts of an entity incorporated outside the European Union and whose securities are admitted to trading on an official secondary market in Spain, except when the audited entity exclusively issues obligations, bonds or other negotiable debt securities that meet any of the following conditions:\na) That they have been admitted to trading on an official secondary market in Spain before December 31, 2010 and whose nominal value per unit is at least 50,000 euros on the date of issue.\nb) That they have been admitted to trading on an official secondary market in Spain after December 31, 2010 and whose nominal value per unit is at least 100,000 euros on the date of issue.\nThis exception will not apply when the entity issues securities that are comparable to the shares of companies or that, if they are converted or if the rights they confer are exercised, give the right to acquire shares or securities comparable to shares.\nThe auditors referred to in this section must meet the following conditions:\n1. Comply with the requirements equivalent to those set forth in articles 9.1, letters a) and c), and 9.2, letters a) and b).\n2. Appoint a representative domiciled in Spain.\n3. Make the audit reports referred to in this section in accordance with the international auditing standards adopted by the European Union and as stipulated in sections 1 and 2 of chapter III of title I or, in your case, in accordance with the standards and requirements declared equivalent by the European Union.\n4. That they have published on their website the annual transparency report referred to in article 37, or a report that meets the equivalent information requirements.\nThe registration in the Official Register of Account Auditors of these account auditors does not entitle them to carry out the activity of auditing accounts in relation to entities domiciled in Spain.\nNotwithstanding the provisions of the European Union regulations, the audit reports issued by these third-country auditors not registered in the Official Register of Account Auditors will not have legal effect in Spain.\nArticle 11. Audit companies.\n1. Commercial companies that meet the following requirements may be registered in the Official Register of Account Auditors as account auditing companies:\na) That the natural persons who carry out the work and sign the audit reports on behalf of an audit firm are authorized to carry out the activity of auditing accounts in Spain.\nb) That the majority of the voting rights correspond to account auditors or audit firms authorized to carry out the activity of auditing accounts in any Member State of the European Union.\nc) That a majority of the members of the administrative body are partner auditors of accounts or audit companies authorized to carry out the activity of auditing accounts in any Member State of the European Union.\nIn the event that the administrative body has no more than two members, at least one of them must meet the conditions established in this section.\n2. The provisions of article 9.5 shall apply to audit firms. Likewise, Law 2/2007, of March 15, on professional companies will be applicable to account auditing companies as long as it does not contravene this Law.[...]\" (Law on Auditing of Accounts (22/2015, of July 20), last amended on 29 December 2018, Articles 9, 10 and 11 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 4. Composition.\n1. They are professional partners:\na) Natural persons who meet the requirements for the exercise of the professional activity that constitutes the corporate purpose and who exercise it within it.\nb) Professional societies duly registered in the respective Professional Associations that, constituted in accordance with the provisions of this Law, participate in another professional society.\n2. As a minimum, the majority of the capital and voting rights, or the majority of the corporate assets and the number of partners in non-capitalist companies, must belong to professional partners.\n3. Likewise, at least half plus one of the members of the administrative bodies, where appropriate, of the professional societies, must be professional partners. If the management body is unipersonal, or if there are CEOs, these functions must necessarily be performed by a professional partner. In any case, the decisions of the collegiate administrative bodies will require the favorable vote of the majority of professional partners, regardless of the number of concurrent members. [...]\" (Law on professional companies (2/2007, of March 15), last amended on 23 December 2009, Article 4 [google translation])","Law on Auditing of Accounts (22/2015, of July 20), last amended on 29 December 2018, Articles 9, 10 and 11 \nLaw on professional companies (2/2007, of March 15), last amended on 23 December 2009, Article 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2015-8147&tn=1&p=20181229\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2007-5584\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,887,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0008","Foreign investment in air transportation companies cannot exceed 49% of the charter capital, its head must be a citizen of the Republic of Tajikistan and the number of foreign citizens in the board of directors shall not exceed one third of the membership governing body.","\"CHAPTER 9. AIRCRAFT ENTERPRISES\nSection 54. Aviation Enterprise and Exploiter\nFor the purposes of this Code, an aviation enterprise is understood to be a legal entity, regardless of the legal form of ownership and ownership, having the main objectives of its activity as the implementation of air transportation of passengers, baggage, cargo, mail and (or) the performance of aviation work.\nThe creation of an aviation enterprise with the participation of foreign capital on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan is allowed under the conditions if the share of foreign capital does not exceed forty-nine percent of the charter capital of the aviation enterprise, its head is a citizen of the Republic of Tajikistan and the number of foreign citizens in the governing body of the aviation enterprise does not exceed one third of the membership governing body. [...]\" (Air Code of the Republic of Tajikistan dated November 13, 1998, No. 720 [google translated])","Air Code of the Republic of Tajikistan dated November 13, 1998, No. 720 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=323#A000000063\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2850,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Foreign participation in fund management activities is subject to local incorporation.","\"1. General Provisions\n1.1. This Regulation on investment funds (hereinafter referred to as the Regulation) defines the general procedure for the establishment and activities of all types of investment funds in the Republic of Tajikistan, including voucher investment funds accumulating personalized privatization checks of citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n1.2. Investment funds are created in the form of open joint stock companies that are engaged in investing, trading and owning securities. \nOther legal entities engaged in investment activities in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan, acquire the status of an investment fund after bringing their constituent documents in accordance with this Regulation. Combining with other activities is not allowed.[...]\n2. Establishment and registration of an investment fund [...]\n2.6. The manager of an investment fund may not be a limited organization or institution. A bank, an insurance organization or an enterprise in whose authorized capital the share of banks or insurance organizations is 60 percent or more, which are not the depository of this fund, may be its manager. [...]\" (Regulation on Investment Funds of May 4, 1997 No. 180 [google translated])","Regulation on Investment Funds of May 4, 1997 No. 180 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=8334\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2859,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.001166667","Foreign investment in companies holding a \"primary mining licence\" (i.e. small-scale mining) is prohibited. Foreign investment in mining of gemstones is also prohibited.","\"3. Disapplication to petroleum\nThis Act does not apply to exploration for or production of petroleum.\n4. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n\"Primary mining licence\" means a licence for small scale mining characterized by minimal machinery or technology of an initial capital for investment which does not exceed US dollars 5 million or its equivalent in Tanzania Shilling;\n[...]\n8. Restriction on grant of mineral rights\n(1) Mineral rights shall not be granted to— [...]\n(b) a company—\n(i) which has not established a physical and postal address in the United Republic for the purpose of serving legal notices and other correspondences;\n(ii) unless, such company is incorporated under the Companies Act and intends to carry out the business of mining under a mining licence;\n(iii) which is in liquidation other than a liquidation that forms part of a scheme for the reconstruction or amalgamation of the holder;\n(iv) which has among its directors or shareholders any person who would be disqualified in terms of paragraph (a)(iii) and (iv).\n(2) A Primary Mining Licence for any minerals shall not be granted to an individual, partnership or body corporate unless-\n(a) in the case of an individual, the individual is a citizen of Tanzania;\n(b) in the case of a partnership, it is composed exclusively of citizens of Tanzania;\n(c) in the case of a body corporate, it is a company and—\n(i) its membership is composed exclusively of citizens of Tanzania;\n(ii) its directors are all citizens of Tanzania;\n(iii) control over the company, both direct and indirect, is exercised, from within Tanzania by persons all of whom are citizens of Tanzania.\n(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), the Commission may, on recommendation of the Resident Mines Officer and upon satisfying itself that a Primary Mining Licence holder needs a technical support which cannot be sourced within Tanzania, allow the Primary Mining licence holder to contract a foreigner for the technical support.[...]\n(5) A mining licence for mining gemstones shall only be granted to applicants who are Tanzanians.\n(6) Notwithstanding subsection (5), where the Minister after consultation with the Commission determines that the development of gemstone resources in an area of land subject to a mineral right, is most likely to require specialized skills, technology or high level of investment, he may grant a mining licence for gemstones to the applicant, where he is satisfied that the licence will be held by that person together with a non-citizen whose undivided participating shares amount to not more than fifty percent either alone, in the case of one person or in the aggregate in the case of more than one person.\n[...]\nPart VIII – Local content, corporate social responsibility and integrity pledge\n102. Provision of goods and services by Tanzanian entrepreneurs\n(1) A mineral right holder shall give preference to goods which are produced or available in Tanzania and services which are rendered by Tanzanian citizens and or local companies.\n(2) Where goods required by the mineral right holder are not available in Tanzania, the goods shall be provided by a local company which has entered into a joint venture with a foreign company.\n(3) The local company referred to in subsection (2) shall own share of at least twenty five percent in the joint venture or otherwise as provided for in the regulations. [...]\n(9) For the purpose of this Act—\n\"local company\" means a company or subsidiary company incorporated under the Companies Act, which is one hundred percent owned by a Tanzanian citizen or a company that is in a joint venture partnership with a Tanzanian citizen or citizens whose participating shares are not less than fifty one percent.[...]\" (Mining Act (Chapter 123), 2010, as amended)\n-------------------\n\"4.-(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires [...]\n“primary mining licence” means a licence for small scale mining operations, whose capital investment is less than US$100,000 or its equivalent in Tanzanian shillings;\n[...]\n8.-(1) Mineral rights shall not be granted to- [...]\n(2) A primary mining licence for any minerals shall not be granted to an individual, partnership or body corporate unless-  (a) in the case of an individual, the individual is a citizen of Tanzania;\n(b) in the case of a partnership, it is composed exclusively of citizens of Tanzania;\n(c) in the case of a body corporate, it is a company and-\n(i) its membership is composed exclusively of citizens of Tanzania;\n(ii) its directors are all citizens of Tanzania;\n(iii) control over the company, both direct and indirect, is exercised, from within Tanzania by persons all of whom are citizens of Tanzania.\n(3) A mining licence for mining gemstones shall only be granted to applicants who are Tanzanians. [...]\" (Mining Act (Chapter 123), 2010)","Mining Act (Chapter 123), 2010, as amended\nMining Act (Chapter 123), 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://tanzlii.org/akn/tz/act/2010/14/eng@2019-11-30\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.madini.go.tz/media/The-Mining-Act-2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,318,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","A031","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.0005","Only Tanzanian vessels may be engaged in fishing activites in Tanzania's territorial water and in its Exclusive Economic Zone, unless exceptionally authorised by the Minister; registration of a Tanzanian fishing vessel is reserved to Tanzanian nationals, individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania, and individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania.","\"'2. For the purpose of this Act unless the context requires otherwise-[...]\n'foreign fishing vessel'' means a fishing vessel which is not registered in the United Republic of Tanzania and does not fly the flag of United Republic of Tanzania;\n[...]\nProhibition of foreign fishing in territorial water\n19. No foreign fishing vessel shall be licensed to fish in the territorial waters.\n20.-(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 19, the Director or any authorized officer shall for purposes of scientific research, complementary's educational and food supply with the consent in writing of the Minister, grant any fishing licence or to fish authority, as the case may be, to any person who is not a citizen of the United Republic, or, in the case of a body corporate, to any body corporate which is not incorporated by or under any written law. \nLicensing of foreigners\n(2) in case of a fishing vessel flying a foreign flag, such vessel shall not change her foreign flag unless the Registrar of Ships has consulted the Director on the same.[...]\" (FISHERIES ACT, 2003)\n--------------\n(c) Foreign Fishing Vessels and Fisheries Access\n46.-(1) Unless otherwise provided in this Act, no foreign fishing vessel shall be used for fishing or related activities in the Exclusive Economic Zone except under and in accordance with an applicable fisheries access agreement, licence or other permission for activities within the scope of this Act.[...]\n47.-(1) The foreign fishing vessels may be used in the Exclusive Economic Zone for fishing or related activities subject to a written agreement made in accordance with this Act, any applicable Fisheries Management Plan, international agreement, fisheries management agreement and national policy or strategy, and subject to stated terms and conditions.\n49.-(1) No agreement governing joint ventures or the chartering of any foreign fishing vessel for fishing or fishing related activities within or beyond the Exclusive Economic Zone, whether or not it involves changing the registration of the vessel, shall be valid unless it is approved by the Ministers on the advice of the Director General.\n(2) A joint venture or charter agreement may be approved if the following requirements are fully met:\n(a) a charter agreement vests operational control of the foreign fishing vessel to a Tanzanian citizen, resident or registered company;\n(b) the joint venture or charter agreement provides clearly identifiable benefits with no adverse effects to the United Republic, its fisheries or its marine environment, including: (i) development of the Tanzanian fishing industry; (ii) training of Tanzanian citizens; (iii) foreign exchange earnings for the United Republic; (iv) investment in the United Republic; (c) the joint venture, charter agreement, right or vessel approved under this Act shall:\n(i) be registered in Mainland Tanzania or Tanzania Zanzibar; [...]\" (Deep Sea Fisheries Management and Development Act, 2020)\n--------------\n\"Part III -  Qualification and entitlement for registration [...]\n6.(1). Subject to regulation 27(4) a ship shall be entitled to be registered if a majority interest in the ship is owned by one or more persons qualified to be owners of Tanzanian ships.\n(2) For the purposes of sub-regulation (1)-\n(a) one or more persons shall be treated as owning a majority interest in a ship if there is vested in that person or in those persons, taken together, the legal title to 33 or more shares; and\n(b) a body corporate shall be treated as resident in the United Republic of Tanzania if it has a place of business in  the United Republic of Tanzania.\n(3) The owner of such ship shall fulfull the following:\n(a) all ratings engaged on board of the ship shall be Tanzanian;\n[...]\nPart IV -  Qualification and entitlement of fishing vessels to be registered\n7.(1) The following persons are qualified to be owners of fishing vessels which are to be registered:\n(a) national of Tanzania;\n(b) individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania; \n(c) individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania as may be prescribed;\n(2) Subject to Regulations 8 and 27(2), (3) and (4), a ship shall be entitled to be registered only if the legal and beneficial title of the vessel are vested wholly in one or more of those persons qualified to be owners of a Tanzanian fishing vessel by virtue fo Regulation 7(1).\n8.(1) Notwithstanding that the requirements specified in Regulation 7(2) are satisfied a vessel shall not be registered unless:\n(a) it is managed, and its operations controlled and directed, from within the United Republic of Tanzania;\n(b) any charterer, manager or operator of the vessel is a person qualified to be the owner of a Tanzanian fishing vessel by virtue of Regulation 7(1)[...]\" (Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships and Lincensing of Vessels) Regulations, 2005)","FISHERIES ACT, 2003\nDeep Sea Fisheries Management and Development Act, 2020\nMerchant Shipping (Registration of Ships and Lincensing of Vessels) Regulations, 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/tan53024.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/tan199110.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tasac.go.tz/uploads/publications/sw1627210182-Merchant%20Shipping%20(Registration%20of%20Ships)%20Regulations,%202005.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,332,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","K6419X","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.003","Foreign shareholding in banking activities is limited up to 49% of total voting capital and the majority of the board of directors must be Thai citizens.","\"[…] CHAPTER 2 - STRUCTURE OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTION\nDIVISION 1 - Shares and Shareholders […]\nSection 16. The amount of shares of a financial institution held by persons of Thai nationality must not be less than seventy-five per cent of the total number of voting shares sold and the number of its directors who are persons of Thai nationality must not be less than three-fourths of the total number of directors. Where the Bank of Thailand deems appropriate, the Bank of Thailand may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to forty-nine per cent of the total number of voting shares sold, and may permit the number of directors of non-Thai nationality to be more than one-fourth but less than one-half of the total number of directors.\nWhere it is necessary to rectify the operation’s condition or to enhance the stability of any financial institution or for the stability of the financial institution system, the Minister may, with the advice of the Bank of Thailand, grant relaxation  for any financial institution to have the number of shares or directors other than that prescribed in the second paragraph. In this regard, rules or time clause on the relaxation may also be prescribed. [...]\"(FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS BUSINESSES ACT, B.E. 2551 (2008))","FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS BUSINESSES ACT, B.E. 2551 (2008), Section 16.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bot.or.th/English/AboutBOT/LawsAndRegulations/SiteAssets/Law_E24_Institution_Sep2011.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1966,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0008","Licences to operate commercial air transport are only granted to companies where the majority of the board of directors are Turkish nationals. Cabotage reserved to national aircraft owned by locally established companies with majority of persons with the authority to manage and represent the company of Turkish nationality.","\"Article 18 – It is a prerequisite for real and legal persons to obtain permission from the Ministry of Transport for commercial purposes, in order to carry passengers or cargo or passengers and cargo by aircraft in return for a fee, and to carry out other activities for commercial purposes.\n[...]\nArticle 31 – Passenger, mail and cargo transports for commercial purposes between two points within the country of the Republic of Turkey are carried out by Turkish aircraft.\n[...]\nArticle 49 – A civil aircraft is also considered a Turkish civil aircraft in the following cases.\nEstablished in accordance with Turkish laws;\na) Aircraft owned by professional organizations, associations, political parties, trade unions or foundations in the nature of public institutions, majority of persons constituting the administrative body are Turkish citizens,\nb) Aircraft owned by commercial companies, cooperatives and their unions registered in the Turkish Commercial Registry, majority of those authorized to manage and represent the company are Turkish citizens and the majority of votes are held by Turkish shareholders according to the company's articles of association.[...]\" (Civil Aviation Law (No. 2920 of 1983), last amended on 22.2.2019, Articles 18, 31 and 49 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"ARTICLE 9 – (1) Companies that will operate commercial air transport;\na) At least 51% of its shares are registered,\nb) The majority shares and the members of the board of directors and the majority of the voting rights and the control are held by the stakeholders who are citizens of the Republic of Turkey, [...]\n(2) It is not required that 51% of the shares of the companies that will carry out public commercial air transportation traded in BI or on international stock exchanges are registered. However, it is obligatory that the majority of the registered shares, excluding the shares traded in BI or on international stock exchanges, belong to the shareholders who are citizens of the Republic of Turkey, and that the majority of the persons authorized to represent and manage the enterprise must be citizens of the Republic of Turkey. [...]\" (Regulation of Commercial Air Transport Operations (16.11.2013), last amended on 6.1.2021, Article 9 [google translation])","Civil Aviation Law (No. 2920 of 1983), last amended on 22.2.2019, Articles 18, 31 and 49\nRegulation of Commercial Air Transport Operations (16.11.2013), last amended on 6.1.2021, Article 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=2920&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=19025&MevzuatTur=7&MevzuatTertip=5\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1431,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","M691X2","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0003125","Only licensed attorneys can be partners in an attorney partnership. Partners may transfer their shares only to partners or third parties that are attorneys. Only Turkish citizens can become locally licensed attorneys. Foreign attorney partnerships may operate in Türkiye only to offer services of consultancy in foreign laws and international law, subject to a reciprocity condition.","\"Article 3 – \nThe conditions below shall be met for admission into the profession of attorney:\na) Being a citizen of the Republic of Turkey.\n[...]\nArticle 44 – \nAttorneys may practice their profession together in the same office or as an attorney partnership. [...]\nB) Attorney partnership\nAn attorney partnership is a legal entity formed by more than one attorney enrolled with the same bar association to practice their profession in accordance with\nthe present Law. [...]\nForeign attorney partnerships wishing to operate in Turkey within the framework of the current laws on incentives for foreign capital may only offer services of consultancy in foreign laws and international law provided that they have been formed in compliance with the present Law and the arrangements stipulated for attorney partnerships. This restriction also applies to attorneys who are citizens of the Republic of Turkey or of foreign countries working for the foreign attorney partnership. The condition that the partners be enrolled with a bar association is not required for this type of attorney partnerships. The implementation of this rule is contingent upon reciprocality. [...]\na) The rights and liabilities of the partners\n1. The shares and percentages of partnership are determined freely. Partners may transfer their shares only to partners or third parties that are attorneys. [...]\" (Attorneyship Law (No. 1136 of 1969), last amended by Law No. 7249 of 2020, Articles 3 and 44 [unofficial translation including amendments up to 28.6.2002])\n----------------------\n\"Article 7- Lawyers who want to establish an Attorney Partnership; They apply to the Bar Association, where the Attorney Partnership will be registered, with a petition signed by all the partners. The following documents are attached to the application petition as two copies. [...]\ne) For foreign attorney partnerships; [...]\n( 3) A document issued by the relevant authorities stating that there is a principle of reciprocity between the country of citizenship of each of the foreign partners and the Republic of Turkey, in accordance with the provisions of the Attorneyship Law and regulations, and that Turkish lawyers can engage in Attorney Partnership activities in their countries under equal conditions.\n[...]\nArticle 11- Foreign Attorney Partnerships that want to operate within the framework of the foreign capital incentive legislation; They apply to the Bar Association of the place where they will operate.\nForeign Attorney Partnerships operate within the limits of reciprocity, provided that they are established in accordance with the Attorneyship Law and the Attorney Partnership regulation.  [...]\nForeign Attorney Partnerships can only provide consultancy services on foreign and international law issues. They cannot engage in professional activities and act as lawyers by going beyond this limitation. This limitation; It also includes lawyers who are citizens of the Republic of Turkey or foreign lawyers working in a Foreign Attorney Partnership. [...]\nDue to the reciprocity prerequisite in the Attorneyship Law, in order for Foreign Attorney Partnerships to provide consultancy services on foreign and international law issues in Turkey, each of its foreign partners must have the opportunity to provide legal services to Turkish lawyers and Turkish attorney partnerships in the same country.[...]\" (Attorney Partnership Regulations of the Union of Bar Associations of Turkey (25.11.2001), last amended on 28.12.2011, Articles 7 and 11 [google translation])","Attorneyship Law (No. 1136 of 1969), last amended by Law No. 7249 of 2020, Articles 3 and 44\nAttorney Partnership Regulations of the Union of Bar Associations of Turkey (25.11.2001), last amended on 28.12.2011, Articles 7 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=1136&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawsturkey.com/law/attorneyship-law-1136\">Lw_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=5776&MevzuatTur=7&MevzuatTertip=5\">Regulations</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1423,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.025","Government procurement legislation offers preference to majority Ugandan-owned firms in relation to works and services.","\"3. Interpretation.\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“foreign\tprovider” means\ta provider whose business is not registered in Uganda; [...]\n“national provider” means a provider registered in Uganda and wholly owned and controlled by Ugandans; [...]\n“resident provider” means a provider registered in Uganda who is not a national provider;\n[...]\n50. Preference and reservation\nSubject to the economic and social policies of Government and the international obligations of Government, preference shall be given to domestically manufactured goods and Ugandan contractors and Ugandan consultants, in order to promote their development, by giving them a competitive advantage when competing for public procurement contracts, with foreign manufactured goods, foreign contractors or foreign consultants.\nTo promote particular sectors within specified geographic areas, specified public procurement contracts or parts of a contract shall be subject to reservation schemes.\n[...]\n59A. Preference schemes. \n(1) Preference schemes shall be applied— (a) in respect of goods, works and non-consultancy services, where the open domestic or open international bidding methods are used, with a specified margin of preference being added during the financial comparison stage of the evaluation process to the evaluated price of the bid which does not qualify for preference; and (b) in respect of consultancy services, for the quality and cost based selection method and the least cost selection method, where proposals are invited from both national and foreign consultants, with\ta specified margin of preference being added to the evaluated price of the foreign proposal, during the financial comparison stage of the evaluation process.\n(2) The margin of preference specified in subsection (1) shall— \n(a) be based on only the price and shall be added to the evaluated price of a bid which does not qualify for preference or to the evaluated price of a bid of a foreign proposal;\n(b) in respect of goods that qualify as domestically manufactured goods, be related to the percentage of the labour, raw material and components of the goods that originate from Uganda; and \n(c) in respect of works and services— (i) be proportional to the percentage of the share capital of the contractor or consultant, where the consultant is\ta firm owned by Government or by Ugandans; or (ii) be based on only the price and shall be added to the evaluated price of a bid which does not qualify for preference or to the evaluated price of a bid of a foreign proposal, if the consultant is a Ugandan citizen. \n(3) A procuring and disposing entity shall when procuring goods, works or services under this section, grant a margin of preference— \n(a) of fifteen percent, in respect of goods; and\n(b) of seven percent, in respect of works or services. \n(4) Goods qualify for preference, as domestically manufactured goods, under subsection (2) (b) where— \n(a) where the labour or value addition to the good is more than thirty percent of the ex-works of the goods; and \n(b) the production facility in which the goods are to be manufactured, assembled or processed is in Uganda and is engaged in the manufacturing, assembling or processing of the goods at the time of submission of the bid. \n(5) A contractor and a consultant qualify for preference as a Ugandan contractor or a Ugandan consultant under subsection (2) (c) where— \n(a) the contractor or consultant is incorporated or registered in Uganda; \n(b) the contractor or consultant if an individual, is a Ugandan citizen; \n(c) the contractor or consultant if a company registered in Uganda, more than fifty percent of the capital of the contractor or consultant is owned by Ugandan citizens; and \n(d) the contractor or consultant if a legal entity, more than fifty percent of the capital of the contractor or consultant is owned by the Government or by a procuring and disposing entity. \n(6) A contractor or consultant who qualifies as such under subsection (5) (d) shall be— \n(a)  legally and financially autonomous;\n(b) established as a commercial venture; and \n(c) authorised by a competent authority or a professional body to operate as a contractor or to perform services as a consultant.\n(7) A procuring and disposing entity shall, when procuring works or services under a joint venture or under an association between a Ugandan contractor and a foreign partner or between a Ugandan consultant and a foreign partner, grant a margin of preference of four percent for the works or services. \n(8) A joint venture or an association between a Ugandan contractor and a foreign partner or between a Ugandan consultant and a foreign partner shall be eligible for preference where— \n(a) the joint venture is registered in Uganda; \n(b) the Ugandan contractor or Ugandan consultant in the joint venture qualifies for preference under subsection (5); or\n(c) the Ugandan contractor or Ugandan consultant demonstrates a beneficiary interest of more than fifty percent in the joint venture as demonstrated by the profit and loss sharing provisions of the joint venture agreement\n59B. Reservation schemes. \n(1) In accordance with section 50 (2), the Authority shall, in consultation with a competent authority, and the relevant stakeholders, specify the public procurement contracts to be subject to a reservation scheme and shall designate the particular sectors, within a specified geographical area, that are eligible to participate in the reservation scheme. \n(2) A public procurement contract shall be subject to a reservation scheme in order to— (a)  (b)  (c)\t(d)  (3) promote the use of local expertise and materials; promote the participation of local communities or local Organisations including registered small and medium enterprises and business ventures; apply specific technologies;or promote the participation of registered associations of women, youth and persons with disabilities, respectively.\n(3) A procuring and disposing entity that intends to make a procurement under a reservation scheme shall— (a) (b) apply to the Authority for permission to use alternative procurement procedures and documents and shall in the application indicate the contract packages, specifications and contracting processes to be included in the bidding documents; and deal with only the providers that are eligible to participate in a reservation scheme, in accordance with this section. \n[...]\n82. Restricted domestic bidding.\n(1) Restricted domestic bidding is the procurement method where bids are obtained by direct invitation without open advertisement. (2) Restricted domestic bidding is used to obtain competition and value for money to the extent possible, where the value or circumstances do not justify or permit the open bidding procedure. \n83. Restricted international bidding. (1) Restricted international bidding is the procurement procedure where bids are obtained by direct invitation without open advertisement and the invited bidders include foreign providers. (2) Restricted international bidding shall be used to obtain competition and value for money to the extent possible where the value or circumstances do not justify or permit an open bidding method and the short listed bidders include foreign providers. [...]\" (Public Procurement and Disposal of Public Assets Act, 2003, as amended)\n","Public Procurement and Disposal of Public Assets Act, 2003, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2002/2003/public%20procurement%20and%20disposal%20of%20public%20assets%20Act%202003.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/ug/legislation/act/2015/11-3\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3177,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","_H","_O","IV91","IX",2022,"0.05","Foreign legal entities and foreign-owned companies establised in Uzbekistan are not allowed to own land, but may hold lease titles to non-agricultural land for a period of up to 25 years since 16 August 2021 (previously they were allowed to hold leases up to 50 years). In turn, domestically-owned enterprises can own and lease land up to 100 years. Foreign legal entities and companies with foreign investment are also subject to different rules regarding the needed State authorisation to lease land. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies require approval by the Cabinet Ministers, while domestically-owned legal entities only need district and cities khokim (governor) approval.\n",{"$cut":{"chars":18249,"head":"\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18. Emergence of property rights to land plots of legal entities and individuals\nThe property rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots arise when non-agricultural land plots are privatized in accordance with the law.\nDiplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan have the right to property rights to the land plots of the building or parts of the building they use as the representative office building, including the residence of the head of the mission together with the land plots on which they are located, as well as the construction of the buildings of these representative offices. It is created when the land plots are realized in accordance with the law.\nForeign legal and natural persons - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis in enterprises with foreign investment, as well as permanent residents and residence certificates in the republic The property rights of the persons to the land plots arise when the housing buildings are realized to them along with the land plots on which these buildings are located in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation.\n[...]\nArticle 20. The right to permanent use of land plots\nBased on the decision of the governor of the region and the city of Tashkent, plots of land are given to state bodies, institutions and enterprises, self-government bodies of citizens for permanent use for public needs. \nAccording to the intended main purpose of the lands:\nlands on which administrative buildings and structures are built or lands given for the construction of such buildings and structures, lands for common use of settlements, lands occupied by tree groves in cities and settlements;\nlands intended for industrial, transport, communication, defense and other purposes;\nlands intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes;\nlands of historical and cultural significance;\nforest fund lands;\nwater fund lands;\nin the cases stipulated by the law, other categories of land of the land fund can be put to use.\nThe plot of land on which the multi-apartment house is located, as well as the plot of land adjacent to the multi-apartment house, if it does not belong to the owners of the premises in the multi-apartment house in a different way, are given to these owners by the regional and Tashkent city state authorities on the basis of the right of permanent use. is put to use.\nThe right to permanent use of the plot of land must be registered in the state register in accordance with the established procedure.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement.\nLand plots for agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\n1) on the basis of the results of an open electronic competition - to individuals and legal entities;\n2) Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nat the suggestion of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Republic of Uzbekistan for conducting research and experimental "}},"Land Code of the Republic of Uzbekistan of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2390,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","M692X1","CLAS1_1","I43","IX",2022,"0.000234375","Pursuant to Viet Nam's Law on Independent Audit of 2011 and its implemeting 2012 Decree, foreign investors can invest to perform auditing activities in Viet Nam in the following forms: 1. Contribute capital with auditing firms already established and operating in Viet Nam to establish audit firms; 2. Establishment of branches of foreign auditing firms; 3. Provide cross-border audit services according to the Government's regulations. As such, unlike domestic investors, which are allowed to set wholly-owned private enterprises delivering auditing services, foreign auditing firms are only allowed in partnership with domestic companies or through branches [although wholly-owned branches are allowed]. When investing together with a domestic partner, the total percentage of capital contribution of the foreign firm [in fact of all equity partners which are legal entities and not physical persons] is limited up to 35% of the charter capital of the firm. No nationality requirement exist limiting foreigners from obtaining practicing auditors certifications needed to practice the profession or act as a director at a domestic auditing firm. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, a restriction is recorded because, while foreign auditing firms may still establish branches in Viet Nam, they face some degree of discrimination/limitation when incorporating a firm in Viet Nam.",{"$cut":{"chars":17847,"head":"\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws"}},"Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nLaw on Independent Audit No 67/2011/QH12 dated 29/03/2011 [google translation]\nDecree No. 17/2012/ND-CP dated March 13, 2021 of the Government detailing and guiding the implementation of a number of articles of the Law on Independent Audit [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=26750&Keyword=67/2011/QH12\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=27508&Keyword=17/2012/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2043,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","A02","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign investment not allowed in timber production from a specified forest area. Timber processing is authorised, however, upon obtaining a sawmill licence to process timber using a sawmill or any other wood processing equipment for a period not exceeding five years.","\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[…]\n“citizen” means— (a) an individual who is a citizen of Zambia; or (b) an incorporated or unincorporated body of persons or a company which is composed exclusively of persons who are citizens of Zambia;[...]\n“forest area” means a National Forest, Local Forest, botanical reserve, plantation, private forest, community forest, joint forest management area and open areas; [...]\n“sawmill” means a factory where wood is processed mechanically into planks or boards using a saw; [...]\n“State Land” means all land in Zambia, other than customary areas, National Forests, Local Forests and land under leasehold tenure vested in any person;\n“timber” means the part of any felled or fallen tree which has been cut off or can be cut off to provide wood whether sawn, split, hewn, sliced, veneered or otherwise fashioned, which is sound and reasonably straight, and which is one point two metres or longer and thirty centimetres or more in minimum diameter under bark;\n[...]\n3. The ownership of all trees standing on, and all forest produce derived from, customary areas, National Forests, Local Forests, State Land, botanical reserves and open areas is vested in the President, on behalf of the Republic, until lawfully transferred or assigned under this Act or any other written law.\n[...]\nPART VI - REGULATION OF FOREST PRODUCE [...]\n52. (1) The following licences may be issued under this Part:\n(a) sawmill licence, to authorise a sawmill owner to process timber using a sawmill or any other wood processing equipment for a period not exceeding five years; and\n(b) concession licence, to authorise a citizen to cut, fell or process timber from a specified forest area for a period not exceeding five years.[...]\" (THE FORESTS ACT, 2015)","THE FORESTS ACT, 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/The%20Forest%20Act%202015.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,368,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_472T477","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.00009375","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a company in which the majority of directors are not citizens of Zimbabwe cannot be granted a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,402,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ALB","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0096","Investment by non-EEA investors is limited to minority ownership participateion (up to 49%).","\"Article 4 - Air traffic in the airspace of the Republic of Albania\nThe following are allowed to use the airspace of the Republic of Albania:\na) aircraft registered in the Republic of Albania;\nb) state aircraft of the Republic of Albania;\nc) aircraft registered in a member state of the European Union or a state party to the multilateral agreement on the establishment of the European Common Aviation Area, as defined in this agreement;\nç) aircraft registered in another country, which is not a party to the multilateral agreement, but operating on the basis of other international agreements on air services.\n[...]\nArticle 20 - Conditions for granting the operating license\n1. An enterprise has the right to be provided with an operating license, according to Article 19 of this Code, if it meets the following requirements:\na) the main place of activity is the Republic of Albania;\nb) possesses a valid air operator's certificate (AOC), issued according to Article 22 of this Code;\nc) has one or more aircraft available, through ownership or aircraft lease agreement without personnel and insurance (dry lease);\nç) is registered in the national commercial register with the main object of activity being air transport or air transport combined with any other commercial operation of aircraft, or air transport combined with aircraft repair and maintenance;\nd) its organizational structure enables the competent licensing authority to implement the provisions of this Code and the by-laws in its implementation for the operating license;\ndh) the Albanian state and/or its citizens own more than 50% of the enterprise and effectively control it, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediate enterprises, unless otherwise provided in a agreement with another state, where the Albanian state is a party, or the state of the ZPEA or citizens of the states of the ZPEA, according to the provisions of the multilateral agreement, own and continue to own more than 50% of the enterprise and effectively control it , directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediary enterprises, except when it is provided otherwise in an agreement with a country outside the ZPEA, in which the Albanian state or the European Union is a party;\ne) proves that it has sufficient financial power to carry out its activity;\në) prove sufficient insurance coverage in case of accident, especially for passengers, baggage, cargo, mail and third parties;\nf) proves that the persons who will manage the company effectively and continuously have a good reputation or have not been officially declared bankrupt.\n2. The detailed requirements for granting the operating license for the performance of air services are approved by decision of the Council of Ministers, with the proposal of the minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArticle 23 - Foreign air carriers\n1. Foreign air carriers to perform air services are provided with a permit from the CAA. For the granting of the permit, the conditions defined in the bilateral agreement between the Republic of Albania and the relevant state, or in any multilateral agreement on air services, are taken into account.\n2. The rules for granting permission to foreign air carriers are determined by a regulation approved by the minister.\n[...]\nArticle 30 - Aircraft registration\n1. The country of registry is the country in whose registry the aircraft is registered.\n2. CAA maintains the registry of civil aircraft of the Republic of Albania.\n3. The aircraft is registered in the Republic of Albania only if:\na) is not registered in another country;\nb) is owned by:\ni. of persons with Albanian citizenship, persons with citizenship of a member state of the multilateral agreement, but who have a permanent residence permit in the Republic of Albania;\nii. of an enterprise, which has its main place of activity in the Republic of Albania, with the main object of activity being air transport;\niii. of a company formed in accordance with the law of a member state of the European Union, or of a state party to the multilateral agreement, whose registration, central administration or main place of activity is located in that state.\nc) is dry leased from an air operator certified by CAA.\n4. The operator of the aircraft may be registered in the register instead of the owner, if he fulfills the requirements for registration, except for ownership.\n5. In special circumstances, CAA may allow exceptions to the requirements of this article.\n6. The Minister, in accordance with international obligations, approves the regulation for determining the detailed rules for the requirements, content and procedures of the register, as well as for the special circumstances provided for in point 5 of this article. [...]\" (Law No. 96/2020 AIR CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF ALBANIA [google translation])","Law No. 96/2020 AIR CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF ALBANIA [google translation]","Kalo Associates (2020), \"New Albanian Air Code Adopted to Reflect EU and ICAO Requirements\", Newsletter #16 - August 2020.","[<a href=\"http://qbz.gov.al/eli/ligj/2020/07/23/96\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kalo-attorneys.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/newsletter-16-New-Albanian-Air-Code-Adopted-to-Reflect-EU-and-ICAO-Requirements.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1781,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","K6419X","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.003","The establishment of foreign banking and other financial institution branches in Algerie is subject to reciprocity. ","\"Book 5 - Banking organization [...]\nTitle 4 - Authorization and approval [...]\nArt.85.- The opening in Algeria of branches of foreign banks and financial institutions may be authorized by the Council, subject to the principle of reciprocity. [...]\" (Ordinance No. 10-04 of Ramadhan 16, 1431 corresponding to August 26, 2010 amending and supplementing Ordinance No. 03-11 of Joumada Ethania 27, 1424 corresponding to August 26, 2003 relating to money and credit [google translate])","Ordinance No. 10-04 of Ramadhan 16, 1431 corresponding to August 26, 2010 amending and supplementing Ordinance No. 03-11 of Joumada Ethania 27, 1424 corresponding to August 26, 2003 relating to money and credit [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/algerie/Algerie-Ordonnance-2003-11-monnaie-credit.pdf\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1858,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00175","Until 2019, foreign shareholding in all Algerian companies were limited to 49% of its voting capital. In 2020, the supplementary finance law for 2020, published in the Official Gazette on 4 June 2020, repealed the previouslly applied 51/49 rule that prevented foreigners from acquisition majority-ownership in Algeria companies, except for distribution activities and strategic sectors for which the 51/49 rule remains applicable, including mining of non-strategic minerals.\nPrivate investment in the mining of strategic minerals is subject to a minority joint-venture requirement with the state-owned company. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRI, this is not considered a restriction as it is not discriminatory against foreign investors; it applies to all private investors, regardless of ownership nationality.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.[...]\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)\n-----------------------\n\"Chapter 2 - Exploration and exploitation of deposits of mineral or fossil substances other than those classified as strategic\nArt. 69. - Without prejudice to the legislative provisions in force, the activities of research and exploitation of mineral or fossil substances other than those classified as strategic may be undertaken, under the terms and conditions of this law, by any legal person governed by Algerian law, justifying sufficient technical and financial capacities. Artisanal mining permits and permits to collect, collect and/or harvest mineral substances under the quarry regime may be issued to any Algerian natural or legal person.\n[...]\nChapter 3 - Specific provisions applicable to mineral or fossil substances classified as strategic\nArt. 70. - The research and mining activities of deposits and deposits of strategic mineral or fossil substances, referred to in article 10 above, are carried out on the basis of a mining permit issued exclusively to a public economic company. whose share capital is exclusively held directly or indirectly by the State or a public establishment.\nTo carry out the said activities, the public economic enterprise, referred to above, or the public establishment may conclude a contract with any legal person governed by foreign law or any legal person governed by Algerian law, in accordance with the provisions of this law. This exploration and/or mining contract defines the rights and obligations of the parties to the contract.\n[...]\nArt. 72. - The mining exploration and/or exploitation contract, provided for in article 70 above, confers on the parties to the contract the right to exercise within the perimeter defined by the mining permit exploration and/or mining operations. The rate of participation in the contract of the public economic enterprise, referred to in Article 70 above, or of the public establishment must be a minimum of 51%. [...]\" (Law n° 14-05 of 24 Rabie Ethani 1435 corresponding to February 24, 2014 on mining law [google translation])","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature\nLaw n° 14-05 of 24 Rabie Ethani 1435 corresponding to February 24, 2014 on mining law [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/alg201099.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1803,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ARG","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.00125","The Law No. 26.737 limits the amount of rural land foreigners can purchase in Argentina and subjects such acquisitions to an authorisation certificate issued by the National Registry of Rural Lands. \"Rural land\" is defined as all land that is outside of an urban area. Total foreign ownership of rural land cannot exceed 15% of Argentina's total land mass, and foreign individual owners cannot own more than 1 000 hectares in \"core areas\". Foreign legal entities are defined as any legal entity registered as an owner of rural lands (whether incorporated in Argentina or abroad) in which foreign individuals or legal entities, directly or indirectly, control the majority vote. Since 2016, restrictions no longer apply with regard to land located in industrial zones, industrial areas or industrial parks. These lands are no longer considered to determine the hectares of rural land owned by a foreign person or entity.","\"ARTICLE 1 - This law governs the entire territory of the Argentine Nation, as a matter of public order.\nIt must be observed according to the respective jurisdictions, by the authorities of the federal, provincial and municipal governments, and will apply to all natural and legal persons who, by themselves or through a third party, own rural lands, whether for agricultural or forestry uses or production. , tourist or other uses.\nFor the purposes of this law, rural lands shall be understood to be any property located outside the urban ejido, regardless of its location or destination.\n[...]\nARTICLE 3 - For the purposes of this law, foreign ownership of the property or possession of rural lands shall be understood as any acquisition, transfer, assignment of possessory rights, whatever the form, denomination imposed by the parties, and extension temporary of the same, in favor of:\na) Natural persons of foreign nationality, whether or not they have their real domicile in the territory of the Argentine Nation, with the exceptions established in article 4 of this law;\nb) Legal persons, according to the framework provided in article 32 of the Civil Code, constituted in accordance with the corporate laws of the Argentine Nation or abroad, whose capital stock, in proportion greater than fifty-one percent (51%), or in proportion necessary to form majority corporate will regardless of the shareholding percentage, whether owned by natural or legal persons, of foreign nationality, under the conditions described in the preceding paragraph. [...]\nARTICLE 8 -The limit to all ownership of domain or possession of rural lands in the national territory is established at fifteen percent (15%), with respect to the persons and cases regulated by this chapter. Said percentage will also be computed on the territory of the province, municipality, or equivalent administrative entity in which the rural property is located.\nARTICLE 9 - In no case may natural or legal persons of the same foreign nationality exceed thirty percent (30%) of the percentage assigned in the preceding article to foreign ownership or possession of rural lands.\nARTICLE 10. -The rural lands of the same foreign owner may not exceed one thousand hectares (1,000 ha) in the core zone, or equivalent area, depending on the territorial location.\n[...]\nARTICLE 14. - The National Registry of Rural Lands is created within the scope of the Ministry of Justice and Human Rights, with integration of the Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries of the Nation, which will be the enforcement authority with the following specific functions: [...]\nc) Issue the authorization certificates for all acts by which property or possession rights are transferred over rural lands in the cases covered by this law. The authorization certificates will be regulated by the regulations of this law and will be processed by the notary public or judicial authority involved; [...]\" (Law No. 26.737 on Rural Land (22 December 2011), Articles 1, 3, 8, 9, 10 and 14 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 2 - [...]\n2.2. Counting of rural land area in special cases [...]\n(viii) Legal persons considered foreign according to Law No. 26,737: The area must be computed to the legal person considered foreign according to Law No. 26,737, owner of the domain of rural lands. In addition, for the sole purpose of computing the limit provided for in Article 10 of Law No. 26,737, the area must be computed to the foreign controlling human or legal person in proportion to their holdings, or to the foreign controlling human or legal persons in case of control jointly, or to foreign human or legal persons in the event that there is no control.\nARTICLE 3 - 3.1. For the purposes of Article 3, subsection b) of Law No. 26,737, a foreign legal entity shall be understood to be one in which foreign persons -human and / or legal-, directly or indirectly, form the majority will, regardless of their social participation. It is presumed, unless proven otherwise, that in the event that a foreign person - or more than one in the case of joint control - is the owner of more than FIFTY-ONE PERCENT (51%) of the capital stock of a legal entity, said person legal entity will be considered foreign for the purposes of Law No. 26,737.\n[...]\nARTICLE 14. - 14.1. For the purposes of article 14, subsection c) of Law No. 26,737, the notary or judicial authority involved must request from the NATIONAL REGISTRATION OF RURAL LANDS the authorization certificates for the acts of transfer of ownership of rural lands in favor of human persons or legal requirements reached by law. The request for the authorization certificate must contain the information that the NATIONAL REGISTRATION OF RURAL LANDS determines for each case, and will be made by the interested parties or professionals involved, who must accompany the duplicate of the cadastral plan and the corresponding report of ownership of the object property transfer.\nThe qualification certificate will have a validity period of ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY (120) days computed from its issuance.\nThe notary public or professional involved must notify the NATIONAL REGISTRATION OF RURAL LANDS the granting of the act within the period of TWENTY (20) days of authorization, in accordance with the form determined by said Registry.\nIn addition, within said period, the notary public must communicate the domain transfers that he had authorized, granted by foreigners in favor of persons not covered by Law No. 26,737.\n14.2. Authorization certificate should not be requested in the following cases: [...]\n(iii) Transfer of ownership of rural lands that, regardless of their cadastral nomenclature, are located within an “Industrial Zone”, “Industrial Area” or “Industrial Park”. In addition, said area will not be computed for the purposes of the limits set by articles 8 to 10 of Law No. 26,737. [...]\" (Decree No. 274/2012 approving the regulation of Law No. 26.737 on Rural Land (28 February 2012), as amended by Decree No. 820/2016 of 30 June 2016, Articles 2, 3 and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 26.737 on Rural Land (22 December 2011), as amended by Regulatory Decree 820/2016 of 30 June 2016, Articles 1, 3, 8, 9, 10 and 14\nDecree No. 274/2012 approving the regulation of Law No. 26.737 on Rural Land (28 February 2012), as amended by Decree No. 820/2016 of 30 June 2016, Articles 2, 3 and 14","n/a","[<a href=\"http://servicios.infoleg.gob.ar/infolegInternet/verNorma.do?id=192150\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://servicios.infoleg.gob.ar/infolegInternet/verNorma.do?id=194378\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1073,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H50_5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.002","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. Sensitive businesses, as defined in the Regulation, include transport, media and telecommunications businesses, among others.","\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: […]\nforeign person means:\n(a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f) a foreign government; or\n(g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity or trust if:\n(a) for an entity—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity; or\n(b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n26  Meaning of sensitive business\n(1) A business is a sensitive business if the business meets the conditions specified in the regulations.\n[...]\n40  Meaning of significant action—entities\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n(b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n(c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n(a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n(i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n(b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n(i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n(c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n(i) an Australian unit trust; or\n(ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n(6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n41  Meaning of significant action—businesses\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness;\n(b) to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nThird condition—action results in change in control\n(5) If paragraph (2)(b) or (c) applies, the third condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the business as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n[...]\n44  Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n47  Meaning of notifiable action—general\n(1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness;\n(b) to acquire a substantial interest in an Australian entity;\n(c) to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n(a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(b) an Australian unit trust; or\n(c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48  Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n51  The threshold test for entities and businesses\nThe threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n67  Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n(1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n(a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n(b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n(2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n81  Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n(1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n(2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, 81)\n------------------------\n\"5  Definitions\nNote: A number of expressions used in this instrument are defined in the Act, including the following: [...]\n(e) foreign person;\n[...]\n22  Businesses that are sensitive businesses\n(1) This section prescribes conditions for subsection 26(1) of the Act.\n(2) A business is a sensitive business if:\n(a) the business is carried on wholly or partly in any of the following sectors (including such a business relating to infrastructure for those sectors): [...]\n(i) media;\n(ii) telecommunications;\n(iii) transport; or\n[...]\n51  Taking action in relation to entities and businesses\nThe following table prescribes values for section 51 of the Act (entities and businesses) to the extent that that section relates to items 2 to 5 of the table in that section. [see legal source for table]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 5, 28, 31, and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 5, 22, and 51","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/C2004A01402/2018-09-18/text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/F2015L01854/2018-12-30/text\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3903,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A03","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The acquisition of a direct interest in an Australian entity or business that is an agribusiness by a foreign person constitutes a significant action if a monetary threshold is met. Such acquisitions must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. Agribusiness, as defined in the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, covers entities and businesses in agriculture, forestry, fishing and certain food product manufacturing activities. Acquisition of a direct interest in an agribusiness generally refers to acquiring an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business. In principle, for an agribusiness acquisition to fall under investment screening, the value of the proposed investment must exceed a monetary threshold (60 million dollars from 1.1.2021). An exemption applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries, who are not subject to the rules regarding agribusinesses, but are instead subject to the requirements for significant and notifiable actions for general business acquisitions, to which a higher monetary threshold applies. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":18405,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: [...]\nagribusiness: an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness in the circumstances prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.c[...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n [...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in:\n (i) an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; or\n (ii) an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n (4) If subparagraph (2)(a)(i) or paragraph (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 12, 16, 40 and 50","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 7 - Business investments, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN07_Business.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1679,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A03","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.00025","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. Proposed investments in agricultural land by foreign persons generally constitute a significant action if the cumulative value of a foreign person's agricultural land holdings exceeds a specific monetary threshold. Such investments must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken.  A higher monetary threshold applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries. Agricultural land is defined in the Act as land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business. The documents of the Foreign Investment Review Board give further guidance as to what the concept of agricultural land covers (see Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance note 17 - Agricultural land investments, last updated 24 April 2020, pp. 6-10).\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. In the case of acquisitions of an interest in agricultural land that will be used for a primary production business or residential development, the national interest test includes a consideration of whether there was an opportunity for Australian investors to acquire the given parcel of agricultural land or agricultural land entity, as well a the openness and transparency of the sale process.","\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nagricultural land means land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business [...]\nAustralian land means agricultural land, commercial land, residential land or a mining or production tenement. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n12 Meaning of interest in Australian land\n (1) An interest in Australian land (however described) is:\n (a) a legal or equitable interest in Australian land, other than:\n (i) an interest under a lease or licence or in a unit in a unit trust; or\n (ii) an interest in an agreement giving a right (known as a profit à prendre) to take something off another person’s land, or to take something out of the soil of that land; or\n (iii) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land; or\n (b) an interest in a security in an entity that owns Australian land, being a security that entitles the holder to a right to occupy a dwelling of a kind known as a flat or home unit situated on the land; or\n (c) an interest as lessee or licensee in a lease or licence giving rights to occupy Australian land if the term of the lease or licence (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (d) an interest in an agreement giving a right of a kind mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii) if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (e) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (f) an interest in a share in an Australian land corporation or agricultural land corporation; or\n (g) an interest in a unit in an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust; or\n (h) if the trustee of an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust is a corporation—an interest in a share in that corporation.\n (2) An interest is an interest in Australian land even if it is the only interest that exists in the land or other thing concerned.\n (3) A person acquires an interest in Australian land even if:\n (a) the person has previously acquired an interest in Australian land; or\n (b) the interest is an increase in the amount of an existing interest of the person in Australian land.\n[...]\n43 Meaning of significant action—land\n An action is a significant action if:\n (a) the action is for a foreign person to acquire an interest in Australian land; and\n (b) the threshold test is met in relation to the land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Sections 40, 41 and 43 do not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (c) to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Section 47 does not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n52 The threshold test for land [...]\nAgricultural land where total value of interests is above threshold value\n (2) The threshold test is met in relation to land if both of the following apply:\n (a) the land is agricultural land;\n (b) the total value of the following is more than the value prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph:\n (i) all interests in agricultural land held by the foreign person, alone or together with one or more associates;\n (ii) the consideration for the acquisition of the interest in the land.\n[...]\n55 Regulations\n (1) Regulations made for the purposes of this Part may prescribe any of, or any combination of, the following:\n (a) values of nil;\n (b) different values for different kinds of entities, businesses or land;\n (c) different values for different kinds of foreign persons;\n (d) different values for:\n (i) sensitive businesses generally; or\n (ii) different sensitive businesses for different foreign persons.\n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities. [...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...] (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82)\n--------------------------\n\"40 Action relating to agribusinesses and agricultural land for certain investors [...]\nLand entities\n (3) A relevant agreement country investor, or an enterprise or national of Thailand (other than a foreign government investor), who takes an action relating to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business may, for the purposes of section 13 of this instrument, disregard the fact that the land is agricultural land.\n (4) To avoid doubt, an action taken in relation to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business includes an action taken by acquiring a security in a land entity that holds agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business.\n[...]\n52 Land [...]\nThreshold value for agricultural land\n (4) The following table prescribes a value for paragraph 52(2)(b) of the Act (agricultural land).\nThreshold value for agricultural land\nItem | For this kind of land … | the value (in millions of dollars) is …\n1 | agricultural land that is being acquired by a foreign person | 15\n2 | agricultural land that is held by an agricultural land corporation or an agricultural land trust if the interest that is being acquired by a foreign person is an interest in a share in the corporation or a unit in the trust | 15 [...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 3 - Agricultural land, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN03_Agriculture.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1684,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000075","Authorisation to register a fishing vessel and to fly the Austrian flag is conditional on majority ownership by Austrian or EEA citizens, and is conditional on the majority of the members of a legal person (e.g. managing director, board of directors and the chairman) meeting the requirements of Austrian or EEA citizenship.","\"§ 2. \nFor the purposes of this federal law,\n1. “Austrian seagoing ship”: a seagoing ship that is approved for maritime navigation in accordance with this Federal Act;\n2. \"Seagoing ship\": a vehicle which, depending on its size, type and equipment, can be used for journeys at sea (passenger ship, cargo ship, yacht, special vehicle). A rowing and paddle boat and a type of boat that can usually only be used for trips in the immediate vicinity of the coast are not considered such [...]\n6. \"Special vehicle\": a vehicle that does not fall under Z 3 to 5, in particular [...]\nc) Tugboat, fishing vessel, launch,\n[...]\n§ 3.\n(1) The flag of the Republic of Austria at sea (sea flag) in the form in accordance with Paragraph 2 may only be carried by Austrian seagoing vessels; they are not allowed to fly the sea flag of another state.\n[...]\n§ 7. [...]\n(2) Admission to sea navigationg is associated with the right and obligation to use the sea flag.\n(3) The Federal Ministry for Transport, Innovation and Technology has to issue a certificate for admission to maritime shipping, which bears the designation Seebrief. This certificate counts as a decision.\n[...]\n§ 8. \n(1) Admission to sea navigation may only be granted\n1. a natural person if they\na) has Austrian citizenship,\n(Note: lit. b and c repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\nd) is more than 50% owner of the ocean-going vessel,\n(Note: lit. e repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\n2. a partnership under commercial law, if more than 50% of its personally liable partners who are authorized to represent the company meet the requirements according to item 1 letters a to c, the majority of these persons meet the requirements of item 1 letter e and the company is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and has met the prerequisite according to item 1 lit.d;\n3. a legal person, if the majority of the members of each of its organs (e.g. managing director, board of directors) including the chairman meet the requirements according to item 1 lit. . a to c, more than 50 per cent of Austrian citizens, the federal government, a state, a municipality or a community association are entitled to the voting rights and the legal person is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area has as well as fulfilled the requirement according to item 1 letter d;\n4. the federal government, the federal states, the municipalities and the municipal associations, if they meet the requirement according to item 1 lit.d.\n[...]\n(8) Citizens of a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are on an equal footing with Austrian citizens. [...]\" (Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 2, 3, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 3, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=10011537\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,679,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0004","Foreign key personnel (captain of the vessel) needs to be citizens of the Republic of Belarus.","\"CHAPTER 6 - SHIP CREW [...]\nSection 41. Requirements for crew members [...]\nThe crew of the vessel, in addition to citizens of the Republic of Belarus, may include foreign citizens, as well as stateless persons.\nOnly the citizens of the Republic of Belarus can hold the positions of captain (commander), senior assistant captain (commander), senior mechanic and radio specialists on a ship. The conditions under which foreign citizens and stateless persons may be included in the crew of the vessel are determined by the republican government in the field of inland water transport. [...]\" (CODE OF INLAND WATER TRANSPORT OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS June 24, 2002 No. 118-Z [google translated])\n--------------------------------\nSECTION III - SHIP CREW. SHIP CAPTAIN\nCHAPTER 7 - SHIP CREW [...]\nArticle 51. Citizenship of the crew\nThe crew of the vessel, along with citizens of the Republic of Belarus, may include foreign citizens, as well as stateless persons.\nOnly the citizens of the Republic of Belarus may hold the positions of ship's captain, senior assistant to the ship's captain, senior mechanic and radio specialist, unless otherwise provided by the legislation of the Republic of Belarus.[...]\" (CODE OF MERCHANT SHIPPING OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS November 15, 1999 No. 321-Z [google translated])","CODE OF INLAND WATER TRANSPORT OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS June 24, 2002 No. 118-Z [google translated]\nCODE OF MERCHANT SHIPPING OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS November 15, 1999 No. 321-Z [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=hk0200118\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=hk9900321\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2232,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","K65_662","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0015","Compulsory insurance market is a monopoly of state-owned insurance companies and insurance companies in which the state holds over 50% of their authorised capital. Foreign investment in voluntary insurance activities is subject to a quota of 30% at the aggregate private insurance industry level. Foreign ownership is limited to 49% in insurance companies involved in the provision of voluntary life insurance, property insurance related to delivery of goods, supplying services or performing contractor work for state needs, and insurance of the valuable interests of Belarus and its territorial administrative units. Local incorporation is required for foreign insurance companies to enter the market. Foreign investment approval is required for the acquisition of participation in locally-incorporate insurance firms for other purposes than controlling compliance with foreign ownerhsip quota level, but including to 'protect the interests of national insurance organizations'. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that foreign investors face ownership restrictions in all insurance markets open to private participation in the most restrictive manner (capped at 49% at the individual enterprise level; the industry cap being assumed to affect a minor share of the sector). It is also considered that the foreign investment approval mechanism is  discriminaotry and not for strictly national security purposes given the explict mentioning to the objective of 'protecting the interests of national insurance organizations' and considering the share the reserved to state-owned insurance companies. ","\"SECTION I - BASIC PROVISIONS\nCHAPTER 1- BASIS OF INSURANCE ACTIVITY [...]\n3. Insurance may be in voluntary and compulsory forms.insurance [...]\nCompulsory insurance is provided by state insurance organizations and (or) insurance organizations in whose authorized funds more than 50percent of shares (ordinary (ordinary) or other voting shares) arein the ownership of the Republic of Belarus and (or) its administrative-territorialunits and (or) in the ownership of legal entities in whose authorized funds more than 50percent of shares (shares) are owned by the Republic of Belarus and (or) its administrative-territorial units, unless otherwise provided by acts of the PresidentThe Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 3 - STATE REGISTRATION, REORGANIZATION, LIQUIDATION OF INSURERS AND INSURANCE BROKERS\n19. Quota of foreign investors in the authorized capital of insurance organizations Of the Republic of Belarus is established by the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus oncoordination with the President of the Republic of Belarus.If this quota is exceeded, the Ministry of Finance ceases registration insurance organizations with the participation of foreign investors and (or) issuance of such organizations of special permits (licenses) for insurance activities.\n20. The insurance company must obtain prior authorization from the Ministry of Finance for the following:\n-increase in the size of its authorized capital at the expense of foreign investorsand (or) insurance organizations that are subsidiary (dependent) business entities companies in relation to these foreign investors;\n-alienation shares in its authorized capital (shares) of 5% or more authorized capital of an insurance organization;\n-alienation of shares in its authorized capital (shares) in favor of foreign investors and(or) insurance organizations that are subsidiary (dependent) business entitiescompanies in relation to these foreign investors.\nParticipants of insurance organizations of the Republic of Belarus are required to obtain preliminary permission of the Ministry of Finance for alienation (acquisition) shares in the authorized capital (shares) of insurance organizations. Such prior authorization is refused if: \n-the quota specified in part one of clause 19 of these Regulations is exceeded or will be exceeded when performing the actions referred to in this paragraph;\n-legal entity to which the insurer, insurer participant intends to alienate his shares in the authorized capital (shares), has been operating for less than three years and has no profit on the basis of implementationits activities in the last three years;\n-there is a need to ensure the national security of the Republic Belarus, including in the economic sphere, protecting the interests of national insurance organizations.\n21. Insurance organizations that are subsidiaries (dependent) business companies with respect to foreign investors and (or) having a share of foreign investors in their authorized capital of more than 49 percent, can create separate divisions in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, as well as be founders (participants) of other insurance organizations after obtaining prior permission from the Ministry of Finance.\nSuch permission shall not be issued upon exceeding the quota indicated in the first part of clause 19 of these Regulations.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - FEATURES OF ACTIVITIES OF INSURERS, INSURANCE BROKERS AND INSURANCE AGENTS\n30. Insurance companies that are subsidiaries or affiliates in relation to foreign investors cannot carry out life insurance in the Republic of Belarus, compulsory insurance, including compulsory state insurance, property insurance related to the supply, provision of services or performance of work for state needs , as well as insurance of property interests of the Republic of Belarus and its administrative-territorial units, except as provided in part two of this article.\nInsurance companies that are subsidiaries or affiliates in relation to foreign investors are entitled to carry out types of insurance in the Republic of Belarus related to life insurance, subject to conclusion of insurance contracts only with individuals.[...]\" (Edict of the President of Belarus on Insurance Activities of 25 August 2006 No. 530 [google translated]).\n------------------------------\n\"The Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus DECIDES:\n1. To establish a quota of foreign investors in the authorized capital of all insurance organizations of the Republic of Belarus in the amount of 30 percent, the total amount of all contributions (shares) of subsidiaries in the authorized funds of insurance companies registered in the Republic of Belarus to the total authorized fund of all insurance organizations, registered ny in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, multiplied by 100. [...]\"  (RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF MINISTERS OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS September 11, 2006 No. 1174 On establishing quotas for foreign investors in statutory funds of insurance organizations of the Republic Belarus [google translated])","Edict of the President of Belarus on Insurance Activities of 25 August 2006 No. 530 [google translated]\nRESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF MINISTERS OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS September 11, 2006 No. 1174 On establishing quotas for foreign investors in statutory funds of insurance organizations of the Republic Belarus [google translated])","n/a","[<a href=\"https://pravo.by/document/?guid=3871&p0=p30600530\">Edict</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.minfin.gov.by/upload/insurance/acts/postsm_110906_1174.pdf\">Resolution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2242,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.00075","Since 2014, foreign investment in mass media companies, comprising radio and TV broadcasting, as well as printed media, cannot exceeed 20% of their authorised capital. Previously, foreign investment could not exceed 30% of the authorised capital.\nIn 2023, the Law on Media was amended to provide for the possibility of imposing a ban on the activities of foreign media on the territory of the Republic of Belarus in the event of unfriendly actions by foreign governments against the Belarusian media. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered equivalent to the introduction of a 'reciprocity requirement'.","\"CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Basic terms used in this Law and their definitions [...]\n2. Type of mass media - a newspaper, magazine, bulletin, radio, television, video, newsreel program, online publication, other set of information messages and (or) materials (transmissions) of a periodic nature and intended for an indefinite circle of persons . [...]\n26. A legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of a mass media is a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus that produces and issues a mass media on the basis of a decision of the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the decision on the editorial office of the mass media) or, if the specified legal entity is not the founder of the mass media or is one of the co-founders, on the basis of an agreement between this legal entity and the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the agreement on the editorial office of the mass media).\n[...]\nArticle 8. Financing of the media\n1. Sources of financing the media may be funds of the founder (s), funds of the republican and local budgets, as well as other sources not prohibited by the legislation of the Republic of Belarus.\n2. It is forbidden to receive money and other property in order to finance the media from:\n2.1. foreign legal entities, foreign citizens and stateless persons who do not permanently reside in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, with the exception of cases of participation of these persons in the authorized capital of a legal entity that is entrusted with the functions of the media editorial office, as well as other cases provided for by legislative acts of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - PROCEDURE FOR ESTABLISHMENT AND STATE REGISTRATION (RE-REGISTRATION) OF MASS MEDIA\nSection 10. Establishment of Mass Media\n1. Individuals, state bodies, political parties, other public associations, other legal entities, with the exception of those listed in subparagraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of paragraph 3 of this article, establish mass media in the manner and on the terms established by this Law and other legislative acts of the Republic Belarus.\n2. Excluded.\n3. The following may not act as a founder of a mass media:\n3.1. an individual who has not reached the age of eighteen years, with the exception of cases when, in accordance with the civil legislation of the Republic of Belarus, a minor acquires full legal capacity before reaching the age of eighteen;\n3.2. an individual serving a sentence by a court verdict or declared legally incompetent by a court decision;\n3.3. an individual who previously acted as the founder of the mass media, the release of which was discontinued on the grounds provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 51 of this Law, - within three years from the date of entry into force of a court decision to terminate the release of the mass media;\n3.4. an individual who is deprived of the right to engage in activities related to the production and release of mass media in the prescribed manner;\n3.5. a foreign legal entity, as well as a foreign citizen and a stateless person;\n3.6. a legal entity whose shares in the authorized capital of 20% or more directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are owned individually or collectively by a foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal a person (organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a stateless person, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a legal entity are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of mass media\n1. The grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of the mass media are: \n1.1. non-compliance with the requirements provided for in paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law; [...]\n1.5. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a commercial organization, whose shares, shares (stakes) in the authorized capital of which are at least 20 percent directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are individually or collectively owned foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal entity (organization that is not a legal entity), foreign citizen, stateless person, legal entity, share of foreign participation in the authorized capital of which constitutes 20% or more, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a commercial organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.6. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a non-profit organization, 20% or more of the founders (participants, members) of which are a foreign state, a foreign and (or) international legal entity (an organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a person without citizenship, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a non-profit organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus; [as amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus of December 20, 2014 No. 213-Z)\n1.7.  appointment as editor-in-chief of a mass media outlet of a person who does not meet the requirement provided for in paragraph 1 1 of Article 31 of this Law;\n1.8. assigning the functions of the media editorial office to a person who is not a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nArticle 31\n1. The editor-in-chief of a mass media may be the head of the legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of the mass media, or a person authorized by him, carrying out his professional activities in accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Belarus, this Law and other acts of legislation.\n1 1 . The editor-in-chief of a mass medium cannot be individuals specified in  subparagraphs 3.1–3.6 of paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law.\n2. The editor-in-chief of the media makes the final decision regarding the production and release of the media.\n3. The editor-in-chief of the media is responsible for compliance with the requirements for the activities of the media by this Law and other legislative acts.\nArticle 32\nNews agencies, as well as the mass media established by them, shall be registered in accordance with the procedure provided for by Articles 11-13 of this Law for mass media.[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media, as amended [google translated])\n-------------\n\"Article 15. Grounds for Refusal of State Registration of Mass Medium\nThe grounds to refuse in the state registration of a mass media shall be:\nnon-observance of the requirements envisaged by clause 2 and 3 of Article 10 of the present Law;\nuntruthfulness of the data specified in the application for the state registration of the mass medium;\nthe title or specialization (topics) of the mass medium is in contradiction with requirements of Article 38 of the present Law;\navailability in the State Register of Mass Media of a mass medium with the same title;\nentrusting functions of the editorial board of the mass media to the legal person (non- commercial organization) in the fund of those the share of foreign investment shall be 30 and more percents;\nentrusting with functions of the editorial board of a mass media to the legal person (non-commercial organization), 30 and more percent of founders (participants, members) of which are foreign legal persons, foreign citizens and/or stateless persons which do not reside permanently in the territory of the Republic of Belarus.\nA notice about refusal of state registration of the mass medium shall be directed to the applicant in writing within ten days from the day of taking the decision with indication of the grounds for the refusal, but not later than a month from the day of receipt of the document envisaged by Article 12 of the present Law.\" (Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text] [google translated]))","Law of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 the media, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Belarus No. 427-Z of 17 July 2008 about the media [original text]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=h10800427&q_id=1432122\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.refworld.org/legal/legislation/natlegbod/2009/en/73685\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3710,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BIH","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00675","Foreign legal persons and entities can aquire property under condition of reciprocity (Branches can purchase and own real estate (land) if there is reciprocity), or without any conditions if locally incorporated. The Ministry of Justice of Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina issues a list of countries with whom Bosnia and Herzegovina does not have reciprocity related to the acquisition of real estate each year by 31 January at the latest. Under Bosnia and Herzegovina's Foreign Direct Investment Policy Act, foreign investors wishing to invest in real estate must either acquire all or part of an entity owning real estate, or establish a new company in the Federation through which the real estate can be acquired under the same conditions as citizens of Bosnia and Herzegovina.\n","\"Article 3\nHolders of ownership and other real rights\n(1) Every natural and legal person can be the holder of ownership rights and other real rights.\n[...]\nChapter III - THE RIGHT OF FOREIGN PERSONS\nAcquisition of property by foreign persons\nArticle 15\n(1) The provisions of this law also apply to foreign natural and legal persons (hereinafter: foreign persons), unless otherwise stipulated by law or international agreement.\n(2) Foreign persons acquire ownership rights to immovable property in the Republic of Srpska (hereinafter: the Republic) under the condition of reciprocity, unless otherwise determined by law or international agreement.\nProperty restrictions\nArticle 16\n(1) A foreign person cannot be the owner of immovable property in an area that, for the purpose of protecting the interests and security of the Republic, that is Bosnia and Herzegovina, has been declared by law to be an area where foreign persons cannot have ownership rights.\n(2) If a foreign person acquired the right of ownership of immovable property before the area where the immovable property is located was declared an area referred to in paragraph (1) of this article, the right of ownership of that immovable property ceases, and the foreign person has the right to compensation according to the expropriation regulations.\n(3) The right to compensation from paragraph (2) of this article also belongs to a foreign person who would acquire immovable property in that area through inheritance.\n(4) A special law shall determine on which immovable property foreign persons may not acquire property rights.[...]\" (LAW ABOUT REAL RIGHTS (\"Official Gazette of RS\", No. 124/2008, 3/2009 - corrected, 58/2009, 95/2011, 60/2015, 18/2016 - US decision, 107/2019, 1/2021 - US decision and 119/2021 - US decision [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Article 3\nHolders of ownership and other real rights\n(1) Every natural and legal person can be the holder of ownership rights and other real rights.\n(2) Only one type of ownership right is independent of the holder of the ownership right.\n[...]\nChapter III  - THE RIGHT OF FOREIGN PERSONS\nArticle 15\nAcquisition of ownership by foreign persons\n(1) The provisions of this law also apply to foreign natural and legal persons, unless otherwise stipulated by law or international agreement.\n(2) Foreign persons acquire the right of ownership of real estate in the Federation under the condition of reciprocity, except when the right is acquired by inheritance unless otherwise determined by law or international agreement. Reciprocity is assumed. The list of countries with which there is no reciprocity is published by the Federal Ministry of Justice, with the prior opinion of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Bosnia and Herzegovina, every year no later than January 31.\n(3) Foreign persons who do not have the citizenship of Bosnia and Herzegovina are not considered foreign persons according to this law if they were born in Bosnia and Herzegovina or are their descendants.\nArticle 16\nRestrictions on acquisition of ownership\n(1) A foreign person cannot be the owner of real estate in an area that, for the purpose of protecting the interests and security of the Federation, has been declared by law to be an area where foreign persons cannot have the right of ownership.\n(2) If a foreign person acquired the right of ownership of real estate before the area where the real estate is located was declared the area referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, the right of ownership of that real estate ceases, and the foreign person has the right to compensation according to the regulations on expropriation.[...]\" (LAW ABOUT REAL RIGHTS (\"Official Gazette of the FBiH\", no. 66/2013, 100/2013 and 32/2019 - decision of the US) [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Article 2\nIn terms of this law, the terms used have the following meanings:\n\"Foreign investor\": means a natural person who does not have a permanent residence in Bosnia and Herzegovina and does not have his main place of business in Bosnia and Herzegovina or a legal entity formed in accordance with foreign law that has its registered office, central administration or main place of business in a foreign country the country;\n\"Foreign direct investment\" means an investment in a newly founded company or an investment in an existing domestic company, as well as an investment in a newly founded institution or an existing institution, which can be in money, things and rights.\n[...]\nArticle 12\nForeign investors have the same real property rights as persons who have the citizenship of Bosnia and Herzegovina, that is, belonging to Bosnia and Herzegovina. Foreign investors from one of the successor states of the former Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia have such rights, provided that investors who have citizenship of Bosnia and Herzegovina, i.e. belong to Bosnia and Herzegovina, have the same rights in the successor state in question. [...]\" (THE LAW ON THE POLICY OF DIRECT FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA (\"Official Gazette of BiH\", no. 4/1998, 17/1998, 13/2003, 48/2010 and 22/2015) [google translation])","LAW ABOUT REAL RIGHTS (\"Official Gazette of RS\", No. 124/2008, 3/2009 - corrected, 58/2009, 95/2011, 60/2015, 18/2016 - US decision, 107/2019, 1/2021 - US decision and 119/2021 - US decision) [google translation]\nLAW ABOUT REAL RIGHTS (\"Official Gazette of the FBiH\", no. 66/2013, 100/2013 and 32/2019 - decision of the US) [google translation]\nTHE LAW ON THE POLICY OF DIRECT FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA (\"Official Gazette of BiH\", no. 4/1998, 17/1998, 13/2003, 48/2010 and 22/2015) [google translation])","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.paragraf.ba/propisi/republika-srpska/zakon-o-stvarnim-pravima.html\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.paragraf.ba/propisi/fbih/zakon-o-stvarnim-pravima.html\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.paragraf.ba/propisi/bih/zakon-o-politici-direktnih-stranih-ulaganja-u-bosni-i-hercegovini.html\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2687,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00225","Foreign investment in construction activities, with the exception of construction services incidental to mining and mechanical engineering services activities, is limited depending on the project amount to up to 90% of equity ownership. This applies only for firms applying for a Certificate A, which allows them to carry out construction works for the government and private sector. Firms applying for Certificate B, which allows them to carry out construction works for the private sector only, are not bound by such equity limitations. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that existing equity restrictions applicable to Certificate A firms, which seek to serve the public sector, affect more prominently the civil engineering contructions segment.\n","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Construction Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Order 2011, Building Control Order 2011 (Draft), Building Control Regulations (Draft), Procedures of Contractors and Suppliers Registration, Ministry of Development (Edition 2009), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises are not allowed to supply construction services such as: general construction work for building services, general construction work for civil engineering, installation and assembly work services, building completion and finishing work services, except mining, and mechanical engineering services, unless: (a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they register for either Certificate A or Certificate B, as a contractor or supplier; or (c) they comply with any requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge to persons in Brunei Darussalam as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. In the case of Certificate A, a foreign national or enterprise may not own equity shareholding other than what is prescribed in the table below, in any enterprise that applies to be registered as a contractor or supplier:\nTable - Class / Project Threshold / Level of Foreign Equity Allowed\n  I / Up to BND 50 000 / None\n II / Exceeding BND 50 000 but not more than BND 250 000 / None\nIII / Exceeding BND 250 000 but not more than BND 500 000 / 20 per cent\nIV / Exceeding BND 500 000 but not more than BND 1.5 million / 50 per cent\n V / Exceeding BND 1.5 million but not more than BND 5 million / 70 per cent\nVI / Exceeding BND 5 million / 90 per cent\n Building Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\nMechanical and Electrical Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\n3. For greater certainty, Certificate A refers to certificates which are required for participating in government and private projects, whilst Certificate B refers to certificates which are required for participating in private projects only.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------\n\"PART VII -LICENSING OF BUILDERS \nInterpretation. \n42. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"building works\" means any building works to which Part II applies; \"minor specialist building works\" means (a} specialist building works associated with minor building works; (b) structural steelwork comprising fabrication and erection work for structures with a cantilever length of not more than 3 metres, a clear span of less than 6 metres and a plan area not exceeding 150 square metres; (c) pre-cast concrete work compnsmg casting of pre-cast reinforced concrete slabs or planks on site; \n(2) In this Part (a) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) general building ·works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration, or reward other than wages, but not if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, general building works only as a sub-contractor; (b) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) any specialist building works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration or reward other than wages; (c) a person carries out general building works or specialist building works whether that person carries it out personally, or directly or indirectly causes it to be carried out; (d) a person shall be deemed to carry on the business of a builder if he carries out general building works or specialist building works, as the case may be, on or in respect of a building for himself; and {e} a person undertakes to carry out general building works or specialist building works if that person enters into a contract to carry it out or submits a tender or makes an offer to carry it out. \n[...]\nProhibition against unlicensed builders.\n43. (1) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a} advertise or hold himself out or conduct himself in any way or by any means as a person who is authorised to carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam; or {b) assume, take or use (either alone or in combination with any other word, letter or device) the name, title or description of \"licensed builder\", or any name, title or description calculated to lead others to believe he is so licensed, or by words or conduct hold himself out as being so licensed, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence. \n(2) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a) carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; (b) carry on a business carrying out, or undertaking to carry out, whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business, general building works and minor specialist building works or minor specialist building works only, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; \n[...]\nClasses of builder's licences.\n44. A licence may be granted under this Part to a builder authorising him to carry on such classes of business of a builder as may be prescribed. [...]\" (BUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"[Table of requirements per class of builder licence - text not reproduced here] (Ministry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nBUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended\nMinistry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2014/EN/s069.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://abci.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Perkhidmatan%20ABCi/Pendaftaran%20Syarikat/Lesen%20Pembina/Jadual%20A1%20kelas%20I%20ke%20VI.pdf\">Table</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3048,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","C29_30","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.0003125","Foreign-invested export-oriented enterprises and technology-certified enterprises are entitled to less advantegeous investment incentives than locally-owned firms meeting minimum local ownership thresholds.","\"Tax relief period. \n42. ( 1) The tax relief period of an export enterprise shall [a} not being a pioneer enterprise, commence from its export year and shall continue for a period of 8 years inclusive of the export year; or [bJ being a pioneer enterprise, commence on the first day of its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, on the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and shall continue for a period of 6 years and shall not in the aggregate exceed 11 years. \n(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where an export enterprise has incurred or is intending to incur a fixed capital expenditure of [aj not less than $50 million; or {bj not less than $500,000 but less than $50 million and(i) more than 40% of the paid-up capital of the export enterprise is held by citizens and persons to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17); and (ii) in the opinion of the Minister the export enterprise will promote or enhance the economic or technological development of Brunei Darussalam, its tax relief period(A) where the export enterprise is not a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year and continue for a period of 15 ye'ars inclusive of the export year; or (B) where the export enterprise is a pioneer enterprise, shall commence from its export year or, if the export year falls within the period of its old trade or business, from the date of the commencement of its new trade or business, and continue for such period as together with its tax relief period as a pioneer enterprise will extend in the aggregate to 15 years. \n(3) The Minister may, where he is satisfied that it is expedient in the public interest to do so and subject to such terms and conditions as he may impose, extend the tax relief period of any export enterprise for such further period as he thinks fit.\n (4) In subsection (2), \"fixed capital expenditure\" means capital expenditure which has been or is intended to be incurred by the export enterprise, in connection with its export product, on its factory building (excluding land) in Brunei Darussalam, and on any new plant or new machinery used in Brunei Darussalam and, subject to the approval of the Minister, on any secondhand plant or secondhand machinery used in Brunei Darussalam.\n[...]\nPART XIII - INVESTMENTS IN NEW TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES\nInterpretation of this Part. \n98. For the purposes of this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"eligible holding company\", in relation to a technology company, means a company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam {a} which is resident in Brunei Darussalam; {b} which holds shares in the technology company; and {c} in respect of which not less than 30o/o of the paid-up capital is beneficially owned by citizens or person~ to whom a Resident Permit has been granted under regulations made under the Immigration Act (Chapter 17) throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company, unless the Minister otherwise decides; [...]\n\"technology company\" means a company approved as a technology company under subsection (2) of section 99.\n[...]\nApplication for and issue of certificate to technology company. \n99. (1) Any company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam which is desirous of using in Brunei Darussalam a new technology in relation to a product, process or service may make an application in the prescribed form to the Minister to be approved as a technology company. \n(2) Where the Minister is satisfied that the technology, if introduced in Brunei Darussalam, would promote or enhance the economic or technological development in Brunei Darussalam, he may approve the company as a technology company and issue a certificate to that company subject to such conditions as he thinks fit.\n (3) Every certificate issued under this section shall specify a percentage, not exceeding 30o/o, of such amount of the paid-up capital of the technology company as is held by any eligible holding company for the purpose of determining the deduction under section 100.\nDeductions allowable to eligible holding company. \n100. ( 1) Where a technology company has incurred an overall loss in respect of its relevant trade or business at the end of its qualifying period, it may, within 6 years from that date, by notice in writing to the Collector elect for the overall loss (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) and the amount of any unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) to be made available to an eligible holding company as a deduction against the statutory income of the eligible holding company. \n(2) The deduction to be made available to an eligible holding company under subsection (1) shall be an amount to be ascertained by multiplying the overall loss !less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice) or the unabsorbed capital allowances (less any amount which has been deducted up to the date of the notice), as the case may be, by the percentage of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by that eligible holding company throughout the whole of the qualifying period of the technology company.\n(3) The deduction shall not in the aggregate exceed such percentage as may be specified in the certificate issued to the technology company under section 99 of the paid-up capital of the technology company held by the eligible holding company (excluding any shares acquired from other shareholders of the technology company) as at the end of such qualifying period.  [...]\" (INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001)","INVESTMENT INCENTIVES ORDER, 2001","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2001/EN/s048.pdf\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3100,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I21","IX",2022,"0.0009375","In the production, distribution and sale of periodicals, foreign acquisitions of Canadian-owned and Canadian-controlled businesses is not permitted. Foreign investments to establish or, directly or indirectly, acquire foreign businesses to produce and sell periodicals in Canada and to access the Canadian advertising services market are subject to review under the Investment Canada Act.","\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the book publishing and distribution sector be compatible with national cultural policies and be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian-controlled sector.\nAs part of the measures to strengthen the book publishing and distribution sector the Government is announcing a revised foreign investment policy for this sector.\n[...]\nII : Policy Guidelines\ni) Foreign investment in new business enterprises will be limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures.\nii) Acquisition of an existing Canadian-controlled business by a non-Canadian will not be permitted. Under extraordinary circumstances, the Government may consider an exception to this guideline. In such a situation, the Government must have credible evidence from the vendor that: 1. the business is in clear financial distress; and 2. Canadians have had full and fair opportunity to purchase.\nIf a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to the net benefit test set out in (iv) below.\niii) If a non-Canadian wishes to sell an existing Canadian business independent of any other transaction, the vendor will be expected to ensure that potential Canadian investors have full and fair opportunity to purchase; if a non-Canadian is the successful bidder, its proposed investment will be subject to review under the net benefit test as set out in (iv) below, and credible evidence from the vendor that Canadians had full and fair opportunity to purchase will be required.\niv) Indirect acquisitions will be reviewed to determine whether they are likely to be of net benefit to Canada and to the Canadian controlled sector and will be assessed on their merits by reference to the factors set out in Section 20 of the Act. [...]\nThese guidelines will be strictly enforced and any undertakings negotiated under the net benefit test will be closely monitored. The Act provides remedies for non-compliance and the Government will apply them when necessary. [...]\"(Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the cultural industries, including the production, distribution and sale of periodicals, be compatible with national cultural policies in addition to being of \"net benefit\" to Canada.\nThe Government of Canada is announcing a foreign investment policy for the periodicals publishing sector that will allow investment opportunities in the publication, distribution and sale of periodicals, provided that such investments result in the production of Canadian content in magazines. The following policy statement and investment review guidelines are intended to provide guidance to investors in respect of the application of the Investment Canada Act to the periodical publishing sector.\nI : Policy Statement [...]\nUnder the Investment Canada Act, investments in the cultural industries must be of \"net benefit\" to Canada, including compatibility with Canada's cultural policy objectives.\nIn this regard, it is the policy of the Government of Canada to ensure a commitment to the production of majority Canadian editorial content in respect of foreign investments in the periodical publishing sector, including investments to establish or, directly or indirectly, acquire foreign businesses to produce and sell periodicals in Canada and to access the Canadian advertising services market. Further, it is the policy of the Government of Canada not to permit foreign acquisitions of Canadian-owned and Canadian-controlled periodical publishing businesses.[...]\" (Government of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21)\n-------------------------\n\"Reviewable investments\n14 (1) The following investments by non-Canadians are reviewable under this Part:\n(a) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in any manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (c), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(b) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(i), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(c) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) and the limits set out in subsection (3) apply; and\n(d) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) do not apply and the limits set out in subsection (4) apply.\nCircumstances\n(2) The circumstances referred to in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) are that the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, amounts to more than fifty per cent of the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of all entities the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the transaction of which the acquisition of control of the Canadian business forms a part.\nLimits\n(3) An investment described in paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of\n(a) the assets acquired, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(c), or\n(b) the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (d),\nis five million dollars or more.\nLimits\n(4) An investment described in paragraph (1)(d) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, is fifty million dollars or more.\nLimits for WTO investors\n14.1 (1) Despite the limits set out in subsection 14(3), but subject to subsection (1.1), an investment described in paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b) by a WTO investor or — if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor — by a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, is reviewable under section 14 only if the enterprise value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets described in paragraph 14(3)(a) or (b), as the case may be, is equal to or greater than,\n(a) to (c) [Repealed, 2017, c. 20, s. 192]\n(d) for an investment implemented at any time in the period that begins on the day on which this paragraph comes into force and that ends on December 31 of the following year, $1,000,000,000; and\n(e) for an investment implemented at any time in the year that begins after the period referred to in paragraph (d), or in any subsequent year, the amount determined under subsection (2).\n[...]\nInvestments not reviewable\n(4) Despite paragraphs 14(1)(c) and (d), an investment described in either paragraph that is implemented after this subsection comes into force is not reviewable under section 14 if it is made by\n(a) a WTO investor; or\n(b) a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor.\n[...]\nException\n(5) This section does not apply in respect of an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business that is a cultural business.\nDefinitions\n(6) In this section and section 14.2,\n[...]\ncultural business means a Canadian business that carries on any of the following activities, namely,\n(a) the publication, distribution or sale of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers in print or machine readable form, other than the sole activity of printing or typesetting of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers,\n(b) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of film or video recordings,\n(c) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of audio or video music recordings,\n(d) the publication, distribution or sale of music in print or machine readable form, or\n(e) radio communication in which the transmissions are intended for direct reception by the general public, any radio, television and cable television broadcasting undertakings and any satellite programming and broadcast network services; (entreprise culturelle)\n[...]\nFactors\n20 For the purposes of section 21, the factors to be taken into account, where relevant, are\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Canada, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the effect on employment, on resource processing, on the utilization of parts, components and services produced in Canada and on exports from Canada;\n(b) the degree and significance of participation by Canadians in the Canadian business or new Canadian business and in any industry or industries in Canada of which the Canadian business or new Canadian business forms or would form a part;\n(c) the effect of the investment on productivity, industrial efficiency, technological development, product innovation and product variety in Canada;\n(d) the effect of the investment on competition within any industry or industries in Canada;\n(e) the compatibility of the investment with national industrial, economic and cultural policies, taking into consideration industrial, economic and cultural policy objectives enunciated by the government or legislature of any province likely to be significantly affected by the investment; and\n(f) the contribution of the investment to Canada’s ability to compete in world markets.\nNet benefit\n21 (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (8) and sections 22 and 23, the Minister shall, within 45 days after the certified date referred to in subsection 18(1), send a notice to the applicant that the Minister, having taken into account any information, undertakings and representations referred to the Minister by the Director under section 19 and the relevant factors set out in section 20, is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.[...]\"(Investment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21)","Government of Canada, Revised Foreign Investment Policy in Book Publishing and Distribution, last modified on 2017-07-21\nGovernment of Canada, Canadian Content in Magazines, A Policy on Investment in the Periodical Publishing Sector, last modified on 2017-07-21\nInvestment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/foreign-investment.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/cultural-sector-investment-review/magazines.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-21.8/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,700,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H5012","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0002","Chilean nationality is required for the  president, manager and majority of the directors or administrators of an enterprise operating a vessel flying the Chilean flag and of an enterprise carrying out activities of stowage and dockage on Chilean ports. The captain, officers and crew of Chilean flag vessels must be Chilean nationals. Temporary exceptions can be granted for any of those functions, except that of the captain.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.\n[...]\nArt. 41. In towing tasks, or in other maneuvers in Chilean ports, only national flag tugs may be used.\nHowever, the Directorate may authorize, in qualified cases, the use of foreign flag tugboats.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 .- [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\"[...] (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1087,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign investment in news organizations (including but not limited to news agencies) is prohibited. Foreign investors are also prohibited from engaging in the editing, publishing and production business of books, newspapers, periodicals, audiovisual products and electronic publications. Internet news information service, internet publishing service, internet audiovisual program service, cyberculture operation (except for music), and internet public information dissemination service are also closed to FDI.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVII. Information transmission, software, and information technology service industry [...]\n17. Investment in Internet news information service, Internet publishing service, Internet audiovisual program service, cyberculture operation (except for music), and Internet public information dissemination service (except for contents opened up in China's WTO commitments) shall be prohibited. \n[...]\nXII. Culture, sports and entertainment \n27. Investment in news organizations (including but not limited to news agencies) shall be prohibited.\n28. Investment in the editing, publishing and production business of books, newspapers, periodicals, audiovisual products, and electronic publications shall be prohibited. \n29. Investment in various levels of radio stations, television stations, radio and television channels, radio and television transmission network (transmitter stations, relay stations, radio and television satellites, satellite uplink stations, satellite receiving stations, microwave stations, surveillance stations, and cable radio and television transmission network, etc.) shall be prohibited. It is also prohibited to engage in radio and TV video-on-demand business and the installation services of ground receiving facilities for satellite TV broadcasting.\n30. Investment in companies producing and operating radio and television programs (including brought-in businesses) shall be prohibited.\n31. Investment in film production companies, distribution companies, cinema companies, and film importation businesses shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2544,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C20_21","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.004166667","Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n6. For the printing of publication, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. \n7. Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited. \n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022).\n9. Satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components production. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2515,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COL","K643T649_661_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0005","All financial institutions subject to the inspection and surveillance of the Financial Superintendence of Colombia under Decree-Law no. 663 of 1993 must be constituted in the form of commercial stock companies or cooperative associations, with the exception of branches of foreign banks and foreign insurance companies.","\"ARTICLE 1. GENERAL STRUCTURE. The financial and insurance system is made up of the following:\na. Credit institutions.\nb. Financial services companies.\nc. Capitalization companies.\nd. Insurance entities.\ne. Insurance and reinsurance intermediaries\n[....]\nARTICLE 53. PROCEDURE.\n1. Social form. The entities that, according to this Statute, must be subject to the inspection and surveillance of the Financial Superintendence of Colombia will be constituted in the form of commercial stock companies or cooperative associations, with the exception of banks and foreign insurance companies that operate in the country through branches, which may operate under the legal form they have.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 663 on the Organic Statute of the Financial System (2 April 1993), last amended by Law no. 2071 of 2020, Articles 1 and 53 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 663 on the Organic Statute of the Financial System (2 April 1993), last amended by Law no. 2071 of 2020, Articles 1 and 53","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.secretariasenado.gov.co/senado/basedoc/estatuto_organico_sistema_financiero.html\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1143,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CRI","D3510X11","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2023,"0.0035","Private companies are allowed to invest in power plants in hydroelectric and non-conventional energy sources, provided that the Costa Rican Electricity Institute (Instituto Costarricense de Electricidad, ICE) purchases the electricity produced. 35% of the capital stock of the company must be owned by Costa Rican nationals. Participation of foreign capital in public or private legal persons entering into joint ventures with the Public Services Company of Heredia (ESPH) is limited to a maximum of 49% of the capital stock. There is no restriction on foreign investment in electricity generation for own consumption.","\"ARTICLE 1.- Definition.\nFor the purposes of this Law, autonomous or parallel generation is defined as the energy produced by power plants of limited capacity, belonging to private companies or cooperatives that can be integrated into the national electricity system.\nThe electrical energy generated from the municipal solid waste processing will be exempt from the provisions of this Law and may be acquired by the Costa Rican Electricity Institute (ICE) or the National Power and Light Company (CNFL), according to the rates approved by the National Electricity Service (SNE).\nARTICLE 2.- They are power plants with limited capacity, hydroelectric power plants and those not conventional that do not exceed twenty thousand kilowatts (20,000 KW).\nARTICLE 3.- Public interest.\nThe purchase of electricity, by ICE, from cooperatives and private companies in which at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the capital stock belongs to Costa Ricans, who establish power plants with limited capacity to exploit the hydraulic potential on a small scale and from non-conventional energy sources, is declared of public interest.\nARTICLE 4.- Conventional sources of energy are all those that use hydrocarbons, mineral coal or water as a basic element.\nARTICLE 5.- Powers of the SNE.\nThe (SNE) (*) will have the power to grant concessions destined to exploit power plants of limited capacity, up to a maximum of twenty thousand kilowatts (20,000 kw) and for a term not exceeding twenty years.\nLikewise, it may extend these concessions, modify or transfer them, without requiring legislative authorization; but this requirement will be essential when the exploitation exceeds twenty thousand kilowatts or the purchaser has approved concessions that, added to the new one, exceed that amount.\nThe kilowatt limit established in the previous paragraph will also apply to concessions that are granted in favor of individuals or legal entities that are not contemplated in articles 1 and 2 of this Law. From these provisions, the CNFL is exempted.\n[...]\nARTICLE 20.- Authorization for the purchase of energy.\nICE is authorized to purchase electricity from privately owned power plants, up to fifteen percent (15%) in addition to the limit indicated in Article 7 of this Law.\nThis authorization is to acquire energy from hydraulic, geothermal, wind and any other unconventional source, in blocks of no more than fifty thousand kilowatts (50,000 kw ) of maximum power.[...]\" (Law no. 7200 Authorizing Autonomous or Parallel Electricity Generation (09/28/1990), last amended by Law no. 8114 of 07/04/2001, Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 20 [google translation]) \n------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 1.- The Public Services Company of Heredia is transformed into a public utility company with an indefinite term, called Public Services Company of Heredia Sociedad Anónima, whose name may be abbreviated Empresa de Servicios Públicos de Heredia SA, hereinafter, the Company.\nThe registered office of the Company will be the city of Heredia.\n[...]\nARTICLE 15.- The Company is empowered to establish strategic alliances with persons of public or private law, provided that the latter have at least fifty-one percent (51%) of Costa Rican capital and their foreign participants have recognized technical and moral prestige. by the National University, with the purpose of financing, investing and developing the necessary projects to provide the services that have been entrusted to it. When the alliance with public law entities is established, no type of contest will be required; However, if it is carried out with private law persons, the Company will determine regulatory procedures that comply with the principles of publicity, equal opportunities, free competition and reasoned resolution.\nLikewise, for the fulfillment of its purposes, the Company may acquire by any title; movable or immovable property, real or personal rights, you may also mortgage, lease, lease, pledge in any other way or possess and dispose of them. In addition, it may grant guarantees, provided that it obtains some economic benefit from this, it may confer powers when it suits the interests of the company and establish trusts.[...]\" (Law no. 7789 on the Transformation of the Public Services Company of Heredia ESPH (04/30/1998), last amended by Law no. 8660 of 08/08/2008, Articles 1 and 15 [google translation])","Law no. 7200 Authorizing Autonomous or Parallel Electricity Generation (09/28/1990), last amended by Law no. 8114 of 07/04/2001, Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 20 \nLaw no. 7789 on the Transformation of the Public Services Company of Heredia ESPH (04/30/1998), last amended by Law no. 8660 of 08/08/2008, Articles 1 and 15","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=7591&nValor3=8139&strTipM=TC\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=39919&nValor3=73653&strTipM=TC\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1116,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","L68","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.00135","Foreign investment in real estate services (agents and brokers) is subject to reciprocity.","\"Section 2: Definitions\nSection 2\nWithin the meaning of this Decree, the following terms mean: [...]\n- Real estate expert: an independent professional, natural or legal person, whose job is to define, in all impartiality and with precision, the market or rental value of a property, a land right and a real estate right, which it is residential, business, business, agricultural, forestry, craft or industrial, leisure, office;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2: CONDITIONS FOR PRACTICE OF THE PROFESSION OF REAL ESTATE EXPERT\nSection 1: Terms.\nSection 3\nThe real estate experts are part of an organization called “Chamber of real estate experts of the Democratic Republic of Congo”\n[...]\nSection 4\nThe exercise of the profession of real estate expert is reserved for members of the Chamber. It is done either individually or in association, according to the procedures set out in the statutes and regulations of the Chamber.\n[...]\nSection 6\nNo one can be admitted as a member of the Chamber of Real Estate Experts if he does not meet the following conditions: - Have Congolese nationality;\n[...]\nSection 7\nSubject to reciprocity with the country of origin of the applicant or under international conventions, the exercise of the profession of real estate expert by a foreigner, individually or in association, is subject to the conditions set by the Chamber.\nPersons of foreign nationality take the following oath before the same court of appeal: \"I swear to fulfill faithfully, in soul and conscience, according to the prescriptions of the Constitution and the Laws of the Democratic Republic of Congo, the missions which will be entrusted as a real estate expert\".[...]\" (DECREE N° 13/032 OF JUNE 25, 2013 REGULATING THE PRACTICE OF THE PROFESSION OF REAL ESTATE EXPERT [google translation])","DECREE N° 13/032 OF JUNE 25, 2013 REGULATING THE PRACTICE OF THE PROFESSION OF REAL ESTATE EXPERT [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/cng140369.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,291,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","M711_741X","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000625","Professional services such as architecture can only be supplied by Egyptian national persons or by qualified foreign persons subject to reciprocity. Architects must be registered with the Egyptian Syndicate of Engineers.","\"Chapter Two\nConditions for membership and registration in the Syndicate’s schedules\n(a) To have a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering from an Egyptian university or a scientific degree considered\nby the Supreme Council of Universities to be equivalent to a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering (1) (2). )\n(b) He shall have the nationality of the Arab Republic of Egypt, and the Syndicate Council may accept the membership of the Syndicate for nationals of countries who meet the conditions for membership on the condition of reciprocity. [...]\" (Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation])","Law No. 66 of 1974 Concerning the Syndicate of Engineers [google translation]","Egyptian Engineers Syndicate, website.","[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/PageDetails.aspx?ID=207\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://eea.org.eg/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1365,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","I55","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00175","A trading licence in various commercial activities, including manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail distribution, accommodation, food services and other touristic activities [listed in Schedule 1 of the referenced Regulation], shall only be granted to a non-Eswatini citizen or company not wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens where (i) there there are no available Eswatini citizens to provide the service; or (ii) where Eswatini citizens cannot meet the demand. In any case, a non-Eswatini Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Eswatini Nation Land.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,484,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","K6419X","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.003","The majority of the board of directors of a banking institution, as well as its Chairman and Principal Officer, must be citizens of Eswatini.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires:[...]\n\"financial institution\" means any person licensed under this Act to carry on banking business;\n[...]\nBoard of Directors.\n56. (1) Within a period of six months from the coming into force of this Act, the board of a financial institution shall consist of not fewer than five or more than fifteen directors of which at least 50% shall be Swazi citizens including the Chairman and the principal officer of\nthe financial institution shall be a member of the board. \n[...]\nBylaws.\n63. The Bank shall make Bylaws, including prescribing:[...]\n(j) minimum shareholding to be held by Swazi citizens; and\n(k) a time limit for localization of senior management positions.[...]\"(FINANCIAL INSTTTUTIONS ACT No 6 of 2005)\n","FINANCIAL INSTTTUTIONS ACT No 6 of 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.sz/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/FIA-2005-optimized.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,505,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0001","A depository of an undertaking for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country (EU Directive 85/611/EEC). Management companies of Alternative Investment Funds must have their head office and central administration in France (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"Article L214-10-1\nI. - Only the following can exercise the activity of depositary of UCITS:\n1 ° The Bank of France;\n2 ° The Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations;\n3 ° Credit institutions having their head office in France;\n4 ° Credit institutions having their head office in a Member State of the European Union or party to the agreement on the European Economic Area other than France, through their branches established on French territory exercising their depositary activity under the same conditions as the credit institutions mentioned in 3 °;\n5 ° Investment firms having their registered office in France, whose own funds are not lower than the requirements calculated according to the approach chosen in accordance with Article 315 or Article 317 of Regulation (EU) no. ° 575/2013 of the Parliament and of the Council of June 26, 2013.\nTo exercise the activity of depositary of UCITS, the entities mentioned in 3 ° to 5 ° must be authorized to exercise the activity of account-keeping and custody of financial instruments in application of article L. 542-1 .\n[...]\nArticle L214-24 [...]\nV. - The head office and central administration of an AIF or of the portfolio management company which manages an AIF are located in France. Those of the management company may however be located in another Member State of the European Union or a third country when it carries out its activity in France under the freedom of establishment or the freedom to provide services in application of Article L. 532. -21-3 or article L. 532-30 .\n[...]\nArticle L532-30\nA manager established in a third country who wishes to manage AIFs of the European Union or to market in the European Union units or shares of AIFs that he manages obtains prior authorization from the Autorité des marchés financiers when his member state of reference is France. [...]\" (Monetary and Financial Code, last amended by Law  n°2021-1031 of 4 August 2021, Articles L214-10-1, L214-24, L532-30 [google translation])","Monetary and Financial Code, last amended by Law  n°2021-1031 of 4 August 2021, Articles L214-10-1, L214-24, L532-30\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/codes/texte_lc/LEGITEXT000006072026/2021-08-10  \">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive 2009/65/EC</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,729,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","F","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.00375","Until November 2015, FDI in constuction activities was subject to minimum size and capital requirements.","\"The Government of India has reviewed the extant FOi policy on various sectors and made following amendments in the Consolidated FOi Policy Circular of 2015 (FDI Policy), effective from May 12, 2015, and as amended from time to time. \n[...]\n21. Para 6.2.11 of the FOi Policy is amended to read as under: \nSector/Activity | Foreign Investment Cap | Entry Route\n6.2.11.1 Construction-development projects (which would include development of townships, construction of residential/commercial premises, roads or bridges, hotels, resorts, hospitals, educational institutions, recreational facilities, city and regional level infrastructure, townships) | Foreign Investment Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n6.2.11.2\nEach phase of the construction development project would be considered as a separate project for the purposes of FDI policy. Investment will be subject to the following conditions:\n(A) (i) The investor will be permitted to exit on completion of the project or after development of trunk infrastructure i.e. roads, water supply, street lighting, drainage and sewerage.\n(ii) Notwithstanding anything contained at (A) (i) above, a foreign investor will be permitted to exit and repatriate foreign investment before the completion of project under automatic route, provided that a lock-in-period of three years, calculated with reference to each tranche of foreign investment has been completed. Further, transfer of stake from one non-resident to another nonresident, without repatriation of investment will neither be subject to any lock-in period nor to any government approval. [...]\nNote [...]\n(ii) Condition of lock-in period at (A) above will not apply to Hotels &Tourist Resorts, Hospitals, Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Educational Institutions, Old Age Homes and investment by NRls. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2015), Press Note No. 12 (2015 Series))\n------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2015\n------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.1 PROHIBITED SECTORS\nFDI is prohibited in: [...]\nf) Real Estate Business or Construction of Farm Houses\n‘Real estate business’ shall not include development of townships, construction of residential /commercial premises, roads or bridges and Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) registered and regulated under the SEBI (REITs) Regulations 2014. \n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n6.2.11 CONSTRUCTION DEVELOPMENT: TOWNSHIPS, HOUSING, BUILT-UP INFRASTRUCTURE\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n6.2.11.1 Construction-development projects (which would include development of townships, construction of residential/commercial premises, roads or bridges, hotels, resorts, hospitals, educational institutions, recreational facilities, city and regional level infrastructure, townships) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n6.2.11.2 Investment will be subject to the following conditions:\n(A) Minimum area to be developed under each project would be as under:\n(i) In case of development of serviced plots, no minimum land area  requirement.\n(ii) In case of construction-development projects, a minimum floor area  of 20,000 sq. meter. \n(B)  Investee company will be required to bring minimum FDI of US$ 5 million within six months of commencement of the project. The commencement of the project will be the date of approval of the building plan/lay out plan by the relevant statutory authority. Subsequent tranches of FDI can be brought till the period of ten years from the commencement of the project or before the completion of project, whichever expires earlier.\n(C) (i) The investor will be permitted to exit on completion of the project or after development of trunk infrastructure i.e. roads, water supply, street lighting, drainage and sewerage. \n(ii)The Government may, in view of facts and circumstances of a case, permit repatriation of FDI or transfer of stake by one non-resident investor to another non-resident investor, before the completion of project. These proposals will be considered by FIPB on case to case basis inter-alia with specific reference to Note (i).[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2015), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from May 12, 2015)))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2015), Press Note No. 12 (2015 Series), 24t November, 2015\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2015), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from May 12, 2015)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn12_2015%20%281%29.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI_Circular_2015%20%201_0_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2431,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J602","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00009375","Foreign investment in the aforestated broadcasting carriage services is required to comply with Indian nationality requirements for the majority of the board of directors and in relation to key executive positions, such as the CEO.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.7 BROADCASTING\n5.2.7.1 BROADCASTING CARRIAGE SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.1.1\n(1)Teleports(setting up of up-linking HUBs/Teleports);\n(2)Direct to Home (DTH);\n(3)Cable Networks (Multi System operators (MSOs) operating at National or State or District level and undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability);\n(4)Mobile TV;\n(5)Headend-in-the Sky Broadcasting Service(HITS) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.7.1.2 Cable Networks(Other MSOs not undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability and Local Cable Operators (LCOs))  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nNote [to parag. 5.2.7.1.1-2]: Infusion of fresh foreign investment, beyond 49% in a company not seeking license/permission from sectoral Ministry, resulting in change in the ownership pattern or transfer of stake by existing investor to new foreign investor, will require Government approval. \n5.2.7.2 BROADCASTING CONTENT SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.2.1 Terrestrial Broadcasting FM (FM Radio), subject to such terms and conditions, as specified from time to time, by Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, for grant of permission for setting up of FM Radio stations | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.2  Up-linking of ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route:  Government\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.4 Up-linking of Non- ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels/ Down-linking of TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.7.3 Detailed guidelines on the Broadcasting Sector are given in Annexure-6. \n[...]\nAnnexure-6 Conditions for Broadcasting Sector  [...]\n1.3 Foreign investment in the aforestated broadcasting carriage services will be subject to the following security conditions/terms: \nMandatory Requirement for Key Executives of the Company\n(i) The majority of Directors on the Board of the Company shall be Indian citizens.\n(ii) The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Officer in-charge of technical network operations and Chief Security Officer should be resident Indian citizens.\nSecurity Clearance of Personnel\n(iii) The Company, all Directors on the Board of Directors and such key executives like Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Security Officer (CSO), Chief Technical Officer (CTO), Chief Operating Officer (COO), shareholders who individually hold 10% or more paid-up capital in the company and any other category, as may be specified by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting from time to time, shall require to be security cleared.  [...]\nNational Security Conditions  (xviii)It shall be open to the licensor to restrict the Licensee Company from operating in any sensitive area from the National Security angle. The Government of India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting shall have the right to temporarily suspend the permission of the permission holder/Licensee in public interest or for national security for such period or periods as it may direct. The company shall immediately comply with any directives issued in this regard failing which the permission issued shall be revoked and the company disqualified to hold any such permission in future for a period of five years. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2440,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.00225","All foreign investment in printed media activities is subject to government approval. In addition, FDI in certain printed media activities, such as newspapers and periodicals dealing with news and current affairs, as well as Indian editions of foreign magazines dealing with news and current affairs is limited to 26%. Since 2019, such foreign equity restriction has beenequally extended to digital media outlets disseminating (uploading/streaming) news & current affairs [these entities were not explictly contemplated in the previous policy]. No foreign shareholding limit applies to companies publishing/printing scientific and technical magazines/specialty journals/ periodicals and publishing facsimile editions of foreign newspapers.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.7.2 BROADCASTING CONTENT SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n[...]\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n[...]\n5.2.8 PRINT MEDIA \n5.2.8.1 Publishing of newspaper and periodicals dealing with news and current affairs | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.8.2 Publication of Indian editions of foreign magazines dealing with news and current affairs | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.8.2.1 OTHER CONDITIONS (i) ‘Magazine’, for the purpose of these guidelines, will be defined as a periodical publication, brought out on non-daily basis, containing public news or comments on public news.  \n5.2.8.3 Publishing/printing of scientific and technical magazines/specialty journals/ periodicals, subject to compliance with the legal framework as applicable and guidelines issued in this regard from time to time by Ministry of Information and Broadcasting | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.8.4 Publication of facsimile edition of foreign newspapers | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Government [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n--------------------------\n\"Subject: Review of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policy on various sectors \nThe Government of India has reviewed the extant FDI policy on various sectors and has made following amendments in the Consolidated FDI Policy Circular of 2017 (FDI Policy), effective from August 28, 2017, and as amended from time to time. \n[...]\n5. Digital Media\nFollowing new clause 5.2.7.2.3 is added under para 5.2.7:2 of the FDI policy:\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/ Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government [...]\" (Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series), DPIIT File No.: 5/3/2019-FDI Policy, dated 18.09.2019)\n--------------------------\n[not reproduced here] (Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Clarification on FDI Policy for uploading/streaming of new and current affairs through Digital Media, 16 Oct 2020)\n","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nPress Note No. 4 (2019 Series), DPIIT File No.: 5/3/2019-FDI Policy, dated 18.09.2019\nMinistry of Commerce & Industry, Clarification on FDI Policy for uploading/streaming of new and current affairs through Digital Media, 16 Oct 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4_2019.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://mib.gov.in/sites/default/files/Public%20Notice%20%20regarding%20FDI%20Policy%20.pdf\">Note</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2438,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I45","IX",2022,"0.006","Foreign investment in commercial banking remains limited to 99% of equity interest, but branches of foreign banks are allowed.","\"CHAPTER IV - LICENSING, FORM OF LEGAL ENTITY, AND OWNERSHIP\nPart One - Licensing [...]\nArticle 17\nIn order to obtain a business license as a Commercial Bank in the form of a joint venture bank, the requirements as referred to in Article 16 paragraph (3) and paragraph (6) must be met, as well as the provisions stipulated in a Government Regulation, which regulates:\na. the amount of permitted foreign ownership and management;\nb. parties that are allowed to cooperate;\nc. other matters which according to the Monetary Board need to be regulated in the interests of national development.\n[...]\nArticle 20.\n(1) A Branch Office, a sub-branch office, and a representative office of a Bank whose head office is domiciled overseas (foreign Bank), may only be established pursuant to a license granted by the Chairmen of Bank Indonesia.\n(2) The establishment of a sub-branch office of a bank referred to in paragraph (1) shall be reported to Bank Indonesia.\n(3) The requirements and procedures for the establishment of offices as referred to in paragraph (1) and paragraph (2) shall be provided in further detail in a Government Regulation.\n(4) The requirements and procedures for the establishment of offices of a Commercial Bank as referred to in paragraph (1), paragraph (2), and paragraph (3) shall be stipulated by Bank Indonesia.\n[...]\nPart Three - Ownership\nArticle 22\n(1) Commercial Banks can be established by:\na. Indonesian citizens;\nb. Indonesian legal entity; or\nc. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities with foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities in partnership.\n(2) Further provisions regarding the establishment requirements that must be met by the parties as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be stipulated by the Financial Services Authority.\nArticle 23\n(1) Rural Banks can only be established and owned by Indonesian citizens, Indonesian legal entities whose owners are all Indonesian citizens, local governments, or can be jointly owned by the three of them.\n[...]\nArticle 26\n(1) Commercial Banks may issue shares through the stock exchange in Indonesia.\n(2) Indonesian citizens, foreign nationals, Indonesian legal entities and/or foreign legal entities may purchase Commercial Bank shares that are sold based on the provisions referred to in paragraph (1).\n(3) Foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities may purchase Commercial Bank shares through the stock exchange, provided that they do not become a majority.\n(4) Specifically for state-owned Commercial Banks, the issuance of shares as referred to in paragraph (1) can only be carried out without causing a change in the majority share ownership by the state.\n(5) The implementation of the provisions referred to in paragraph (2), paragraph (3), and paragraph (4) shall be further regulated by a Government Regulation. [...]\"(Law (No. 7 of 1992 on Banking, as amended [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Financial Services Authority Regulation, what is meant by: [...]\n2. Banks with Indonesian legal entities, hereinafter referred to as Bank BHI, are banks that carry out banking business activities in the form of Indonesian legal entities in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations, including intermediary banks.\n3. Branch Offices of Banks Domiciled Overseas, hereinafter referred to as KCBLN, are Banks which are branch offices of banks that are legal entities and have head offices abroad.\n[...]\nArticle 13\n(1) Bank BHI is established and/or owned by:\na. Indonesian citizen and/or Indonesian legal entity; or\nb. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities with foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities in partnership.\n(2) Ownership by foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b is at most 99% (ninety nine percent) of the paid-up capital of Bank BHI. [...]\"(Financial Services Authority Regulation Number 12/POJK.03/2021 of 2021 on commercial banks [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Financial Services Authority Regulation, what is meant by:\n1. Sharia Commercial Banks, hereinafter referred to as Banks, are Banks that carry out business activities based on sharia principles which in their activities provide services in payment traffic.\n[...]\nArticle 12\n(1) Bank established and/or owned by:\na. Indonesian citizen and/or Indonesian legal entity;\nb. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities with foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities in partnership; or\nc. local government.\n(2) Ownership by foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b is at most 99% (ninety nine percent) of the paid-up capital of the Bank. [...]\" (Financial Services Authority Regulation Number 16/POJK.03/2022 of 2022 on Sharia Commercial Banks [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\n\"Article 9\n(1) Sharia Commercial Banks can only be established and/or owned by:\na. Indonesian citizens;\nb. Indonesian legal entity;\nc. Local government; or\nd. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities with foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities in partnership.\n(2) Sharia Rural Banks can only be established and/or owned by:\na. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities wholly owned by Indonesian citizens;\nb. Local government; or\nc. two or more parties as referred to in letter a and letter b.\n(3) The maximum ownership of Islamic Commercial Banks by foreign legal entities is determined in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations in the field of investment. [...]\" (Law Number 21 of 2008 concerning Sharia Banking, as amended [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\nPreviously (up to 2022)\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. The terminologies used in this Bank Indonesia Regulation have the following meanings:\n1. Bank is Sharia Commercial Bank as referred to in Act Number 21 of 2008 concerning Sharia Banking;\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - LICENSES\nSection One - Establishment of Bank [...]\nArticle 6. \n(1) A Bank could only be established and owned by: a. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities; b. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities in partnership with foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities; or c. local governments;\n(2) Ownership by foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b shall not exceed 99% (ninety nine percent) of Bank’s paid-up capital.\" (BANK INDONESIA REGULATION NUMBER: 11/3/PBI/2009 CONCERNING SHARIA COMMERCIAL BAN, as amended K [repealed in 2022 by Financial Services Authority Regulation Number 16/POJK.03/2022 of 2022 on Sharia Commercial Banks])","Law (No. 7 of 1992 on Banking, as amended [google translation]\nFinancial Services Authority Regulation Number 12/POJK.03/2021 of 2021 on commercial banks [google translation]\nFinancial Services Authority Regulation Number 16/POJK.03/2022 of 2022 on Sharia Commercial Banks [google translation]\nLaw Number 21 of 2008 concerning Sharia Banking, as amended [google translation]\nBANK INDONESIA REGULATION NUMBER: 11/3/PBI/2009 CONCERNING SHARIA COMMERCIAL BANK, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/46599/uu-no-7-tahun-1992\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/227209/peraturan-ojk-no-12pojk032021-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/227442/peraturan-ojk-no-16pojk032022-tahun-2022\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/39655/uu-no-21-tahun-2008\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/137019/peraturan-bi-no-1513pbi2013-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2635,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C20_21","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"4.17E-05","As of March 2021, foreign investment in patent medicine manufacturing has been fully liberalised and foreign investment in traditional medicine processing has been opened up to 30% maximum foreign capital, but traditional cosmetics industry and traditional medicine raw material industry remain closed to FDI. Small-and micro-scale traditional medicine business activities remain reserved for SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements].. Some other activities are subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.\n\nPreviously, foreign investment in traditional medicine manufacturing was fully prohibited, whereas foreign shareholding in patent medicine manufacturing business was limited to 85%.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Patent medicine industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)\n- Traditional medicine processing [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open with condition (maximum of 30% Foreign Capital)\n- Traditional Medicine Raw Material Industry for Humans [see 2019 restrictions below]: Domestic capital: 100%\n- Traditional Cosmetics Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Domestic capital: 100% [new]\n- Traditional Medicine Sector Business (Small-Scale Traditional Medicine Business/UKOT [usaha kecil obat tradisional] and Micro-Scale Traditional Medicine Business/UMOT [usaha mikro obat tradisional]): reserved for domestic SMEs.\n[...]\n- Essential oil industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Class A Medical Device Industry: Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Chemicals, pharma]\n- Business with specific capacities (Essential oils industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nP. Health Sector\n- Patent medicine industry: Foreign capital ownership: Max.85%\n- Traditional medicine processing, Traditional medicine/natural extract industry business: Domestic capital: 100% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2667,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00048","In the case of enterprises, in order to register an aircraft in the national register entitled to provide air transport services, the chairman, the majority of directors and the chief executive officer must be Italian citizens or citizens of another member state of the European Union. ","\"Art. 756. (((Aircraft nationality requirements).))\n ((Aircraft that fully or partially belong to the nationality requirements for registration in the national aeronautical register:\na) to the state, regions, provinces, municipalities and any other public or private body in Italy or in another member state of the European Union;\nb) to Italian citizens or citizens of another Member State of the European Union;\nc) to companies established or having a registered office in Italy or in another Member State of the European Union whose capital belongs wholly or in majority to Italian citizens or citizens of another Member State of the European Union, or to Italian legal persons or from another member state of the European Union with the same characteristics of corporate structure and whose chairman, the majority of the directors and the chief executive officer are Italian citizens or citizens of another European Union member state.\n[...]\nArt. 776. (((Intra-community air services for consideration on scheduled and non-scheduled basis).))\n((Except as provided in Chapter III, scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services for passengers, mail or freight on intra-Community routes are permitted to carry out for consideration air carriers that have obtained an operating license, as well as ', in advance, a certification as an aircraft operator, in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and Community legislation.))\n[...]\nArt. 778. (Issue of the operating license).\n((The operating license is issued by ENAC, pursuant to Council Regulation (EEC) No. 2407/92, of 23 July 1992, to companies established in Italy, whose effective control, also through a shareholding of majority, is exercised by a Member State of the European Union or by citizens of Member States of the European Union and whose main activity consists in air transport, exclusively or in conjunction with any other commercial activity that involves the exercise or repair or maintenance of aircraft.\n[...]\nArt. 781. (( (Diritti di traffico).)) \n ((Per lo svolgimento dei servizi aerei di linea e non di  linea  di cui al presente capo sono riconosciuti ai vettori aerei  titolari  di licenza comunitaria diritti di traffico sulle rotte  all'interno  del territorio nazionale ai sensi del regolamento (CEE)  n.  2408/92  del Consiglio, del 23 luglio 1992, e successive modificazioni.))[...] \" (Navigation Code (ROYAL DECREE 30 March 1942, n. 327), last amended by DECREE-LAW 14 August 2020, n. 104, Articles 756, 776, 778 and 781 [google translation])","Navigation Code (ROYAL DECREE 30 March 1942, n. 327), last amended by DECREE-LAW 14 August 2020, n. 104, Articles 756, 776, 778 and 781","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:regio.decreto:1942-03-30;327!vig=2014-09-12\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1001,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","In an audit firm, the majority of capital or equity must be held by individuals licensed in an EU Member State. Capital must be distributed in a way guaranteeing that licensed individuals possess a 2/3 majority. Italian or EU citizenship is required to become a licensed auditor. Third-country nationals can obtain a license subject to reciprocity.","\"Article 2 (Licence to practice as a statutory auditor)\n1. Statutory auditing can only be carried out by those entered in the Register. [...]\n3. The following are eligible to entry the register:\na) natural persons authorised to perform statutory audits in one of the other Member States of the European Union who have passed an aptitude test, carried out in Italian, focusing on knowledge of the relevant Italian legislation in accordance with the procedures set out in the regulations of the Ministry of the Economy and Finance, having consulted Consob4;\nb) on condition that reciprocity of terms is guaranteed for Italian statutory auditors, Third country auditors who fulfil the conditions specified in section 2 who, if appropriate, have taken part in such States in refresher courses and passed an aptitude test carried out in Italian, focusing on knowledge of the relevant Italian legislation in accordance with the procedures set out in the regulations of the Ministry of the Economy and Finance, having consulted Consob.\n4. Companies which meet the following conditions are eligible to enter the Register:\na) the members of the Board of Directors or the administrative board who meet the professional conduct requirements drawn up by the Ministry of Economy and Finance having consulted with Consob;\nb) the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the administrative board are natural persons authorised to perform statutory audits in one of the Member States of the European Union;\nc) in the companies regulated by Chapters II, III and IV of Title V of Book V of the Civil Code, both numerical and shareholder majorities are made up of entities authorised to perform statutory audits in one of the Member States of the European Union;\nd) in the companies regulated by Chapters V and VI of Title V of Book V of the Civil Code, registered non transferable shares by endorsement;\ne) in the companies regulated by Chapters V, VI and VII of Title V of Book V of the Civil Code, the majorities are made up of entities authorised to perform statutory audits in one of the Member States of the European Union;\nf) those responsible for statutory audits are natural persons in the Register. [...]\n6. Entry in the Register confers the right to use the title of statutory auditor.[...]\" (Legislative Decree no. 39 of 27 January 2010, \"Implementation of directive 2006/43/EC on statutory audits of annual accounts and consolidated accounts, amending directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC and repealing directive 84/253/EEC\"; last amended by LEGISLATIVE DECREE of 2 February 2021, n. 17; Article 2 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 36. Requirements for registration in the Register\n1. For registration in the Register it is necessary:\na) be an Italian citizen, or a citizen of a State member of the European Union or of a foreign country under the condition of reciprocity'; [...]\" (LEGISLATIVE DECREE of 28 June 2005, n. 139, \"Constitution of the Order of Chartered Accountants and Accounting Experts, pursuant to Article 2 of Law no. 34\"; last amended by LAW of 18 December 2020, n. 176; Article 36(1) [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 10. Reform of professional associations and professional partnerships [...]\n4. They can assume the status of a company between professionals company whose deed of incorporation provides: \na) the exclusive exercise of the professional activity from part of the shareholders; \nb) the admission as members of professionals only enrolled in orders, registers and colleges, even in different sections, as well as citizens of the Member States of the European Union, provided that in possession of the qualifying qualification, or subjects who are not  professionals only for technical services, or for the purpose of investment. ((In any case, the number of professional members and the participation in the share capital of professionals must be such as to determine the majority of two thirds in the resolutions o decisions of the shareholders; the absence of this condition constitutes cause of dissolution of the company and the council of the order o professional college in which the company is registered proceeds with the cancellation of the same from the register, except that the societa 'has not catered for restoring the prevalenza of the soci professionals within the peremptory term of six months)) ;[...]\" (LAW of 12 November 2011, n. 183, \"Provisions for the preparation of the annual and multi-year budget of the State (2012 Stability Law)\"; last amended by LAW of 30 December 2018, n. 145; Article 10 [google translation])","Legislative Decree no. 39 of 27 January 2010, \"Implementation of directive 2006/43/EC on statutory audits of annual accounts and consolidated accounts, amending directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC and repealing directive 84/253/EEC\"; last amended by LEGISLATIVE DECREE of 2 February 2021, n. 17; Article 2\nLEGISLATIVE DECREE of 28 June 2005, n. 139, \"Constitution of the Order of Chartered Accountants and Accounting Experts, pursuant to Article 2 of Law no. 34\"; last amended by LAW of 18 December 2020, n. 176; Article 36(1)\nLAW of 12 November 2011, n. 183, \"Provisions for the preparation of the annual and multi-year budget of the State (2012 Stability Law)\"; last amended by LAW of 30 December 2018, n. 145; Article 10","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:decreto.legislativo:2010-01-27;39\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.consob.it/web/consob-and-its-activities/laws-and-regulations/documenti/english/laws/fr_decree39_2010.htm?hkeywords=&docid=1&page=0&hits=24&nav=false\">Decree_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:decreto.legislativo:2005-06-28;139\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:legge:2011-11-12;183\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1015,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.0125","According to the Real Estate Ownership Law (No. 13 of 2019), foreign persons may not own real estate in border areas and archaeological or historical regions [not taken into account as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology]. Additionally, real estate acquisitions by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to permission issued by the Department of Land and Survey: i) Legal persons (both domestic and foreign) may acquire real estate for approved business activities in so-called organisational regions, subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; ii) They may also acquire real estate for investment purposes in line with their approved business activities outside the organisational regions, also subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; iii) Foreign natural persons may acquire real estate not exceeding 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) in area within the organisational regions, either for personal housing purposes, or for the purpose of investment in an industrial or service project, subject to authorisation and upon the condition of reciprocity; iv) Foreign natural or legal persons may lease land of more than 10 Dunums for over 3 years for business purposes or for own residential use only with the permission of the Minister of Interior; v) Foreign natural or legal persons who own real estate in the Kingdom must complete the project within 4 years if real estate is owned for residential use or within 6 years if for business purposes and cannot sell their real estate within these periods. These restrictions were in place at least since 2006, as noted on the Law on the Leasing and Sale of Immovable Property to non-Jordanians and Legal Persons. Lastly, according to the Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, legal persons with non-Jordanian shareholding not exceeding 49% may purchase land for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  \nIn sum, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own real estate, unless for business purposes or own residential use and subject to Ministerial approval [discriminatory in the case of foreign natural persons] and reciprocity. Ministerial approval is also required for land leases for more than 3 years and above 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) [discriminatory; recorded in the OECD FDI RRI as an horizontal measure in relation to land for business purposes]. Land purchases for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments is allowed with FDI limited to 49%.","\"Article 133\nChapter 7\nOwning and renting real estate by non-Jordanians and legal persons\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may own real estate in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions and objectives set forth in this chapter.\nB- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian to own real estate in the border, archaeological and historical areas.\n[...]\nArticle 134\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may acquire a right in kind in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions set forth in this chapter.\nB- The provisions of the ownership of real estate by a non-Jordanian and a legal person shall apply to his acquisition of real property rights.\n[...]\nArticle 135\nIt is not permissible for non-Jordanians and a legal person who holds the nationality of a country that is not recognized by the Kingdom to own a property or to acquire a real property right in it in any way.\n[...]\nArticle 139\nA- Subject to the provisions of legislation in force and the condition of reciprocity, a non-Jordanian may own real estate for the purpose of housing for himself or his family within the boundaries of the organization based on the approval of the concerned authorities with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers.\nI- By a decision of the director, for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, provided that the permission applicant does not have real estate owned in the Kingdom.\nII- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunams, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission requester had real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or for a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten dunums and was not permission requesting real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- The reciprocity condition stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article does not apply to non-Jordanians who hold the nationality of any Arab country.\nC- The condition of reciprocity stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article shall apply to every country whose nationality a non-Jordanian holds, in the event that the applicant for an ownership permit has the nationality of more than one country at the same time.\nArticle 140\nThe Minister may, upon the Director's recommendation, authorize a non-Jordanian to own within the boundaries of the planning areas with the intention of investing in an industrial or service project a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten acres, provided that the Jordanian is treated reciprocally. \n[...]\nArticle 142\nA non-Jordanian who holds the nationality of any Arab country may own a plot of land outside the boundaries of the planning areas, with the intention of investing in it by reclamation or cultivation, or by establishing an industrial or housing project on it, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 144\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own real estate within the boundaries of the planning areas in order to carry out his specific business within his goals listed in the legal documents for his registration, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the director for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has no real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunums, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed thirty dunums.\nC- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than thirty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 146\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own, with the intent of investing, real estate outside the boundaries of the regulation areas to carry out his specific business within his objectives listed in the legal documents for his registration with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the manager's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 148\nA- Non-Jordanians, whether natural or legal, may rent real estate in the Kingdom to conduct their business or to live with the permission of the Minister of Interior, provided that this is done in accordance with a regulation issued for this purpose.\nB- I- Subject to the provisions of Clause (II) of Paragraph (B) of this Article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for the purposes of work or housing.\nII- If the lease relates to a land area of more than ten dunams and for a total period of more than three years, the non-Jordanian person requesting the lease must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his authorized representative, under pain of nullity.\nArticle 149\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns real estate in accordance with the provisions of this law must complete the project for which the real estate is owned or any other project compatible with its objectives within four years if the ownership is for the purpose of housing, and within six years if the ownership is for any other purpose from the date of registering the real estate in his name.\n[...]\nArticle 150\nA- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns a real estate in accordance with the provisions of this chapter to dispose of the real estate in a manner than transfers ownership in any way before the lapse of the periods stipulated in Article 149 of this Law. [...]\nC- Excluded from the provisions of Paragraph (A) of this Article are real estate properties that were owned with the intention of developing them or investing them in the establishment of housing, commercial or industrial units on them for the purpose of selling them. To this end.\n[...]\nArticle 159\nExcluded from the application of the provisions of this chapter are the ownership by non-Jordanians and legal persons of real estate covered by the provisions of the Jordan Valley Development Law, the Aqaba Special Economic Zone Law, the Petra Development and Tourism Development Region Authority Law and the Investment Law, and any real estate located within the boundaries of any region whose establishment law decides to exclude the ownership of real estate located within its region from the application of the provisions of this chapter.\n[...]\nArticle 223\nA- When the provisions of this law come into force, the following laws shall be repealed: [...]\n13- Law No. 47 of Renting and Selling Immovable Property to Non-Jordanians and Legal Persons for the year 2006. [...]\" (Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA) The following words and expressions, wherever used in this Regulation, shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them, unless the context provides otherwise: [...] Non-Jordanian Investor: a natural person holding a non-Jordanian nationality or a juridical person incorporated and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA non-Jordanian investor’s ownership shall not exceed (49%) of the capital in any project within the following economic activities:\ne) Land purchase for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  [...]\" (Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016)\n--------------------------\n\"Article (2): The following words and phrases, wherever they appear in this law, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nMinister: Minister of Finance \nDirector: Director General of the Department of Lands and Survey \nNatural person: Individual, and spouses and minor children shall be considered as one individual \nLegal person: Legal person whose legal personality is established in accordance with the legislation of the state in which it is established and registered, whether Jordanian or foreign. \n[...]\nArticle (3) : Article 3 - A - Subject to the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, a non-Jordanian natural person may own immovable property for the purpose of private residence for himself or his family within the planning boundaries based on the approval of the competent authorities, in accordance with the following powers: 1 - With the approval of the Director if the ownership does not exceed two houses and an office for practicing his work. 2 - With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director for more than two houses and an office for practicing his work, provided that the area of ​​the plot of land allocated for this purpose does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose. B - Holders of the nationality of any Arab country are exempted from the condition of reciprocity stipulated in paragraph (A) of this article. C - If the natural person holds two nationalities, they must be disclosed upon registration, and the condition of reciprocity applies to the two countries of nationality, under penalty of invalidity of the sale contract.\nArticle (4) : Taking into account the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, the Minister, based on the recommendation of the Director based on the approval of the competent authorities, may allow a non-Jordanian natural person to own immovable property to practice his work or to establish industrial or service projects thereon, within the boundaries of the organization, provided that the area of ​​the plots of land designated for practicing the work or for establishing these projects thereon does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (10) : Taking into account the applicable legislation, any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own within the organizational boundaries the immovable property necessary to practice its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams.\nArticle (11) : Any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own, outside the boundaries of the planning areas, the real estate necessary for the practice of its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams.\nArticle (12) : -A- Subject to the provisions of paragraph (B) of this article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for work or residential purposes. B- If the rent relates to land with an area exceeding ten dunams and for a period exceeding three years in total, the non-Jordanian person requesting the rent must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his delegate, under penalty of nullity. The procedures related to registering such contracts shall be determined by instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (14) : No non-Jordanian natural person or any legal person who owns immovable property in accordance with the provisions of this law may dispose of it by transferring its ownership in any way before the lapse of three years from the date of ownership if it is for housing and five years if it is for any other purpose, under penalty of nullity, unless he obtains the approval of the Minister upon the recommendation of the Director, provided that the provisions of this law and the relevant applicable legislation are observed. B - Real estate owned by a non-Jordanian person are exempted from the provisions of paragraph (A) of this article if the purpose of owning it is to invest in residential or commercial projects, after the establishment of the project, provided that the instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose are adhered to.[...]\" (Regarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223\nRegulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, Articles 2 and 5\nRegarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14","Al Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign and legal persons’ ownership and leasing of property under the New Ownership of Real Estate Law\", July 2020","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3256,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/3_Regulating-Non_Jordanian-Investments.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://sub.eastlaws.com/GeneralSearch/Home/ArticlesTDetails?MasterID=279432#:~:text=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AF%D8%A9%20(14)%20%3A%20%D9%84%D8%A7%20%D9%8A%D8%AC%D9%88%D8%B2,%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%B1%20%D8%B4%D8%B1%D9%8A%D8%B7%D8%A9%20%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%A9%20%D8%A7%D8%AD%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%87%D8%B0%D8%A7\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-and-legal-persons-ownership-and-leasing-of-property-under-the-new-ownership-of-real-estate-law/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1598,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0096","A foreign equity restriction in the licensing of internal and international air services prohibits the issuance of a license unless the applicant satisfies the Authority that at least fifty-one percent of the voting rights are ultimately held by the State, a citizen of Kenya, or both, and that the aircraft used meets specified registration and operational standards.","\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“internal air service” means an air service operated within Kenya, and includes an air service which may pass through the airspace of another state without providing air service in that other state; \n“international air service\" means an air service provided between Kenya and at least one other state and excludes an air service which may pass through the airspace of another state without providing air service in that other state; \n[...]\nPART II—LICENSING OF INTERNAL AIR SERVICES\n3. A person shall not use an aircraft within Kenya for the provision of any air service except under and in accordance with the terms and conditions of a licence issued by the Authority under these Regulations. Operating without a licence is prohibited.\n[...]\n4.(1) A person who— Application for a licence under this Part.\n(a) intends to provide any air service;\n(b) intends to renew a licence for an existing air service;\n(c) intends to vary the terms or conditions specified on the licence; or\n[…]\n5. (1) A licence may be issued for any category of air service and aircraft as set out in the First and the Third Schedules respectively if the applicant satisfies the Authority that— Issuance of licence under this Part.\n(a) the applicant is a citizen of Kenya; or\n(b) in the case of a body corporate or a partnership, at least fifty one (51%) per cent of the voting rights are ultimately held by the State, a citizen of Kenya or both: Provided that the Authority may exempt any person from the requirements of this provision having regard to the special nature of the air service;\n(c) the aircraft which will be used in operating the air service is a Kenyan registered aircraft: Provided that the Authority may after considering the application, accept such other foreign registered aircraft subject to the aircraft meeting the operational and technical standards in force in Kenya;\n(d) the applicant has met the requirements of Regulations 19, 20 and 47;\n(e) the applicant is able to meet the requirements of the Authority for an air operator’s certificate for the category of service and aircraft as those set out in the First and Third schedules; and\n(f) the applicant meets the requirements of any law relating to aviation safety and security, public health, environmental protection and business operations in general.\n(2) For the purpose of this regulation \"special nature of the air service\" shall include service in the interest of social welfare, charity, for purposes of salvage on humanitarian grounds or of assistance in saving life or in the public interest [...]\" (Civil Aviation (Licensing of Air Services) Regulations, 2018)\n[...]\nPART III—LICENSING OF INTERNATIONAL AIR SERVICES  \n10. A person shall not use an aircraft for the provision of any air service, to, from or in transit through Kenya, except under and in accordance with the terms and conditions of a licence issued by the Authority under these Regulations.\n[...]\n12.  A  licence may be issued for any category of air service or aircraft as set out in the First and Third Schedules respectively, if the applicant satisfies the Authority that— \n(a)   the applicant is a citizen of Kenya; or   \n (b) in the case of a body corporate or a partnership, fifty one (51%) per cent of the voting rights are ultimately held by the State, a citizen of Kenya or both:  \nProvided that for the purposes of this regulation, the Authority may accept any applicant  eligible under a criterion set out in any multilateral agreement or arrangement to which Kenya is signatory; \n[...]\nFIRST SCHEDULE (rr.4,5,11,12,29&37) CATEGORIES OF AIR SERVICE \nPart A - Scheduled Air Service  [international and domestic] [...]\nPart B - Non-Scheduled Air Services (Return flights)  [International  and domestic]\nPart C - Aerial Work Services (Domestic/International) \nPart D - Flying instruction  \nPart E - Recreational Flying\n[...]\nTHIRD  SCHEDULE (rr.5,12&37) CATEGORIES OF AIRCRAFT \nPart A - Aircraft (fixed wing)\nCategory  1 (LIGHT)   2 (MEDIUM LIGHT)   3 (MEDIUM)  [...]\nPart B – Helicopter Category 5 \n Part C - Balloons Category 6 [...]\" (Legal Notice No. 167 - The Civil Aviation (Licensing of Air Services) Regulations, 2018)\n","Legal Notice No. 167 - The Civil Aviation (Licensing of Air Services) Regulations, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://kcaa.or.ke/sites/default/files/regulation/Legal_Notice_No_167.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3131,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0096","A foreign equity restriction in the licensing of internal and international air services prohibits the issuance of a license unless the applicant satisfies the Authority that at least fifty-one percent of the voting rights are ultimately held by the State, a citizen of Kenya, or both, and that the aircraft used meets specified registration and operational standards.","\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“internal air service” means an air service operated within Kenya, and includes an air service which may pass through the airspace of another state without providing air service in that other state; \n“international air service\" means an air service provided between Kenya and at least one other state and excludes an air service which may pass through the airspace of another state without providing air service in that other state; \n[...]\nPART II—LICENSING OF INTERNAL AIR SERVICES\n3. A person shall not use an aircraft within Kenya for the provision of any air service except under and in accordance with the terms and conditions of a licence issued by the Authority under these Regulations. Operating without a licence is prohibited.\n[...]\n4.(1) A person who— Application for a licence under this Part.\n(a) intends to provide any air service;\n(b) intends to renew a licence for an existing air service;\n(c) intends to vary the terms or conditions specified on the licence; or\n[…]\n5. (1) A licence may be issued for any category of air service and aircraft as set out in the First and the Third Schedules respectively if the applicant satisfies the Authority that— Issuance of licence under this Part.\n(a) the applicant is a citizen of Kenya; or\n(b) in the case of a body corporate or a partnership, at least fifty one (51%) per cent of the voting rights are ultimately held by the State, a citizen of Kenya or both: Provided that the Authority may exempt any person from the requirements of this provision having regard to the special nature of the air service;\n(c) the aircraft which will be used in operating the air service is a Kenyan registered aircraft: Provided that the Authority may after considering the application, accept such other foreign registered aircraft subject to the aircraft meeting the operational and technical standards in force in Kenya;\n(d) the applicant has met the requirements of Regulations 19, 20 and 47;\n(e) the applicant is able to meet the requirements of the Authority for an air operator’s certificate for the category of service and aircraft as those set out in the First and Third schedules; and\n(f) the applicant meets the requirements of any law relating to aviation safety and security, public health, environmental protection and business operations in general.\n(2) For the purpose of this regulation \"special nature of the air service\" shall include service in the interest of social welfare, charity, for purposes of salvage on humanitarian grounds or of assistance in saving life or in the public interest [...]\" (Civil Aviation (Licensing of Air Services) Regulations, 2018)\n[...]\nPART III—LICENSING OF INTERNATIONAL AIR SERVICES  \n10. A person shall not use an aircraft for the provision of any air service, to, from or in transit through Kenya, except under and in accordance with the terms and conditions of a licence issued by the Authority under these Regulations.\n[...]\n12.  A  licence may be issued for any category of air service or aircraft as set out in the First and Third Schedules respectively, if the applicant satisfies the Authority that— \n(a)   the applicant is a citizen of Kenya; or   \n (b) in the case of a body corporate or a partnership, fifty one (51%) per cent of the voting rights are ultimately held by the State, a citizen of Kenya or both:  \nProvided that for the purposes of this regulation, the Authority may accept any applicant  eligible under a criterion set out in any multilateral agreement or arrangement to which Kenya is signatory; \n[...]\nFIRST SCHEDULE (rr.4,5,11,12,29&37) CATEGORIES OF AIR SERVICE \nPart A - Scheduled Air Service  [international and domestic] [...]\nPart B - Non-Scheduled Air Services (Return flights)  [International  and domestic]\nPart C - Aerial Work Services (Domestic/International) \nPart D - Flying instruction  \nPart E - Recreational Flying\n[...]\nTHIRD  SCHEDULE (rr.5,12&37) CATEGORIES OF AIRCRAFT \nPart A - Aircraft (fixed wing)\nCategory  1 (LIGHT)   2 (MEDIUM LIGHT)   3 (MEDIUM)  [...]\nPart B – Helicopter Category 5 \n Part C - Balloons Category 6 [...]\" (Legal Notice No. 167 - The Civil Aviation (Licensing of Air Services) Regulations, 2018)\n","Legal Notice No. 167 - The Civil Aviation (Licensing of Air Services) Regulations, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://kcaa.or.ke/sites/default/files/regulation/Legal_Notice_No_167.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3131,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","I55","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2021,"0.00525","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign participation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of 3-5 star hotels.\n","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Short term accommodation activities (3-5 star hotels) (minimum registered capital: 1 billion Lak; foreign equity participation limited to 60%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nDecision of the President of Ministerial Council on Tourism, No.91/PMC, dated 04 November 1989;\nNotification No.57/MICT, dated 31 January 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2153,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","G45_472T477","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.001875","Foreign-owned companies, in which foreigners hold more than 30% of the equity capital in the case of companies and 50% in the case of partnerships, are subject to screening involving the consideration of economic interests (e.g. (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; (d) transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens) when investing in a business activity requiring a licence (see list of activities in the legal provision).","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.\n[...]\nSchedule 1: BUSINESS ACTIVITIES FOR WHICH A LICENCE IS REQUIRED\n1. Supply of Liquefied Petroleum Gas and Petroleum Products: a. Distribution and supply of liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum products; b. Retail sale of automotive fuel, liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum products in specialised stores; c. Retail sale of lubrificants\nd. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; e. Establishment for bulk processing, storage and handling of petroleum, petroleum products, liquefied gas, coal and petrol chemical products;[...]\n5. Wholesale and retail of health-related articles and products [...]\n6. Food and beverage services activities: 6.1 Fast food activities, without full restaurant services; 6.2 wholesale and retail sale of meat, including poultry, and meat products; 6.3 Wholesale and retail sale of dairy products, eggs, edible oils and fats; 6.4 Wholesale and retail sale of alcohol and alcoholic beverages not consumed on the spot; 6.5 Wholesale and retail sale of food and non alcoholic beverages;[...]\n10. Animal production: 10.1 Raising of cattle and buffaloes; 10.2 Raising of horses and other equines; 10.3 Raising of camels and camelids; 10.4 Raising of sheeps and goats; 10.5 Raising of swines/pigs; 10.6 Raising of poultry; 10.7 Raising of other animals; 10.8 Mixed farming; 10.9 Sale of livestock and livestock products.\n11. Fishing and aquaculture: 11.1 fishing; 11.2 marine fishing; 11.3 freshwater fishing; 11.4 aquaculture; 11.5 marine aquaculture; 11.6 freshwater aquaculture.\n12. Medical goods and chemicals (animals and crops): 12.1 Wholesale and retail sale of pesticides; 12.2 specialised store for wholesale and retail sale of animal drugs, plant chemicals and flora and fauna medicinal products [...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,461,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","G471_478_479","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00140625","The director of a company/establishment selling alcoholic beverages for on-site consumption (e.g. restaurants, bars) or take-away (e.g. supermarkets, alcoolholic beverages retail distributors) must be a Malagasy citizen.","SECTION II - SALE OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES\nI- Categories of sales licenses\nArticle 10.06.17.- Licenses for the sale of alcoholic beverages are divided into two categories:\n1° First category: Wholesale license for all alcoholic beverages\n2° Second category: License for the retail sale, to take away or to consume on the spot, of all alcoholic beverages.\n[...]\nII- Authorization\nArticle 10.06.22.- No outlet for alcoholic beverages to take away or to consume on site may be opened without prior authorisation.\n[...]\nArticle 10.06.25.- The license for the sale of first category alcoholic beverages is automatically issued by the Regional Director of Taxes within the jurisdiction for any natural or legal person who has obtained an authorization to manufacture alcohol or alcoholic products.\n[...]\nIII- Conditions for granting sales licenses\nAsked\nArticle 10.06.27.- Any natural or legal person intending to sell alcoholic beverages for consumption on the spot or to take away must send a request to the Regional Director of Taxes or Head of the Tax Center within the jurisdiction indicating:\n1° The surname, first names, date and place of birth, profession and domicile of the applicant;\n2° The locality where the establishment is to be opened and its exact location.\n3° If the applicant intends to operate his establishment or entrust it to a salaried manager.\nIn the latter case, the names, first names, profession, domicile, date and place of birth of the manager;\n[...]\nB- Legal capacity of the applicant\nArticle 10.06.29.- Anyone requesting authorization to open an alcoholic beverage establishment must prove that he is a Malagasy citizen.\nExemptions may be granted by the Mayor to allow foreigners to exercise the profession of retailer of alcoholic beverages.\n[...]\nC- Multiple holdings\nArticle 10.06.31.- No natural person may, subject to acquired rights, own or operate directly or indirectly or through sponsorship more than one second category debit.\nArticle 10.06.32.- No company may, subject to acquired rights, own or operate, directly or indirectly or through sponsorship, more than one second category drinking establishment unless it is a chain of \"establishments of tourist interest, located in different localities and managed by employees or agents of the said company.[...]\" (General Tax Code, according to the 2021 finance law [google translation])","General Tax Code, according to the 2021 finance law [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.impots.mg/public/wysiwyg/upload/files/CGI%20LFI%202021%20%20-%20%20modif%20en%20rouge%20.pdf\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,614,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","B07_08","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.000291667","Investors in medium and large-scale mining operations are required to give preference to Malawian-owned suppliers and contractors, as well as to Malawian citizens in their employment plans. However, they shall not be hindered from procuring goods and services outside Malawi or from other foreign-owned firms, nor from employing foreigners, whenever procured goods, services and skills are deemed available only from specialized suppliers and contractors or professionals with specialised training or long experience, and which cannot be adequately sourced from Malawian providers and professionals. ","\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“mineral” means any substance, including a radioactive\nmineral of any type, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form,\noccurring naturally in or on the earth, formed by or subject to a\ngeological process, but does not include—\n(a) water, not being water taken from a borehole, well, excavation or natural saltpan for the extraction there from of a substance in solution therein and of commercial value;\n(b) soil which is not being taken from the earth for the extraction there from of a substance of commercial value contained therein or for the manufacture there from of a production of commercial value; or\n(c) oil and gas, other than gas extracted from coal or shale deposits;[...]\n“small-scale mining” means mining using non-mechanized mining methods or limited mechanized mining methods as authorized by a small-scale mining licence;\n[...]\n33.—(1) The following mineral tenements may be granted under this Act—\n(a) non-exclusive prospecting licence, that grants the holder the non-exclusive right in the licence area, which area is defined by district boundaries, to do prospecting for all minerals;\n(b) reconnaissance licence, that grants the holder the non-exclusive right in the licence area to do reconnaissance; \n(c) exploration licence, that grants the holder the exclusive right in the licence area to explore for all mineral deposits and an exclusive priority right to apply for a mining licence;\n(d) retention licence, that grants the holder the right to maintain the exclusive right to apply for a mining licence in the licence area when exploration has been completed but other specified conditions preclude mining at the present time;\n(e) small-scale mining licence, that grants the exclusive right to mine minerals in the licence area using only small-scale mining methods as defined in section 2;\n(f) medium-scale mining licence, that grants the exclusive right to mine all minerals in the licence area provided the scale of operation does not exceed any limit specified in section 148; and\n(g) large-scale mining licence, that grants the exclusive right to mine all minerals in the licence area. \n(2) An artisanal mining permit, which is not a mineral tenement for the purposes of this Act, grants the right to the holder to temporarily mine for minerals used in local construction and handicraft, subject to restrictions on the scale of operation and manner in which the minerals can be mined.\n[...]\n163.—(1) An application for a medium-scale or large-scale mining licence shall be accompanied by the applicant’s proposed employment and training plan, which shall contain such information as is prescribed with respect to the recruitment of foreigners and the employment and training of Malawian citizens.[...]\n(3) A holder of a mining licence shall give employment preference to Malawian citizens—\n(a) to the maximum extent practicable consistent with efficient operations, and\n(b) in so far as such Malawian citizens are qualified to perform corresponding work and without hazard to the safety of mining operations.[...]\n(8) A holder of a mining licence shall not be hindered from employing employees of its own selection for technical and specialized work that, to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, requires specialised training or long experience.\n(9) Subject to other written law, the holder of a mining licence may employ a reasonable number of non-Malawian workers who have specialized skills, knowledge or experience.\n(10) For the purpose of subsection (9), a “reasonable number of non-Malawian workers” means with regard to—\n(a) initial mine development, no more than fifty percent (50%) of the mining licence holder’s workforce;\n(b) after the mining has commenced on a commercial scale, no more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the mining licence holder’s related workforce; and\n(c) after mining minerals on a commercial scale for ten (10) years, no more than ten percent of the mining licence holder’s related workforce.\n[...]\n164.—(1) An application for a medium-scale mining licence or large-scale mining licence shall be accompanied by the applicant’s proposed goods and services procurement plan, which shall contain such information as is prescribed.[...]\n(3) A holder of a mining licence required to have an approved goods and services procurement plan shall give preference to procuring goods and services from supplier and contractor entities owned by Malawian citizens, including equal opportunities to entities owned by Malawian women, provided such supplier and contractor entities offer terms as to prices, quantities, qualities and delivery schedules that are at least comparable to terms offered by non-Malawian contractors and suppliers to the maximum extent practicable consistent with efficient operations.\n(4) A holder of a mining licence required to have an approved goods and services procurement plan shall demonstrate in its goods and services procurement plan how it intends to assist Malawian suppliers and contractors, including those owned or operated by women, to build the capacity to supply a greater part of its project’s goods and services needs over time.[...]\n(6) A holder of a mining licence shall not be hindered from procuring goods and services from providers outside Malawi that, to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, are available from only specialized suppliers and contractors.\n[...]\n165.—(1) An application for a large-scale mining licence shall be accompanied by the applicant’s proposed business development assistance plan, which shall contain such information as prescribed.\n(2) A business development assistance plan shall describe how a holder of a large scale mining licence intends to assist business entities owned or operated by— (a) lawful occupiers or owners of land in the licence area; (b) persons in neighbouring communities; (c) women resident in the vicinity of the mining operations; and (d) other Malawian citizens, to build the capacity to own and operate sustainable businesses..[...]\" (Mines and Minerals Act (No. 8 of 2019))\n-------------------\nPreviously up to 2019\n-------------------\n\"37. Application for mining licence [...]\n(3) An application for the grant of a mining licence— [...]\n(j) shall be accompanied by a report on the goods and services required for the mining operations which can be obtained within Malawi and the applicant’s proposals with respect to the procurement of those goods and services;\n[...]\n39. Restriction on grant of mining licence [...] \n(4) Subject to any relevant agreement of a kind referred to in section 10, no mining licence shall be granted to an applicant unless— [...]\n(e) the applicant’s proposals with respect to the procurement of goods and services obtainable within Malawi are satisfactory; [...]\" (Mines and Minerals Act, Chapter 61:01, 8 May 1981)","Mines and Minerals Act (No. 8 of 2019)\nMines and Minerals Act, Chapter 61:01, 8 May 1981","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fao.org/faolex/results/details/en/c/LEX-FAOC199882\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/1981/1/eng@2014-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,433,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.00625","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2886,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.001875","Foreign shareholding is limited to up 70% in hypermarkets and up to 30% in convenience stores. Foreign investment in several specific wholesale and retail distribution activities is prohibited (e.g. supermarket/mini-market; provision shop/general vendor; news agent and miscellaneous goods store; medical hall (inclined towards traditional alternative medicines plus general dry foodstuff); fuel station; permanent wet market store; permanent pavement store; National Strategic Interest; and non-exclusive textile, food and beverage, jewellery shops). In other distribution activiites, such as departmental stores, superstores, specialty stores and franchise, 100% foreign ownership is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements.\n\n\"On 1 June 2020, Kuala Lumpur City Hall (DBKL) banned foreign nationals from applying licenses to open the following businesses in Kuala Lumpur:  supermarket/mini-marke; sundry shop; 24-hours convenience store; petrol station; wet market; cybercafe; bag shop; spa; jewelry shop; car workshop; computer and accessories shop; laundry service; hair salon and barbershop; five-foot-way kiosk; food and drinks kiosk; restaurant; furniture shop; retail shop; mobile phone shop; and herbal and Chinese medicine shop. The regulation aimed to control the number of foreign-owned businesses in the above sectors in Kuala Lumpur as they have impacted the revenues of the local businesses.  The regulation came into force on 1 June 2020.\" (Global Trade Alert database) \"[...] The target industries are mainly service industries such as restaurants, retail stores, and beauty salons, and some industries are excluded if they are international brands or luxury brands (see the attached document table). In addition, even if it corresponds to a specific industry, if it is not a store but a management office that manages operations and office work, it will not be subject to foreign capital regulations. In addition, before June 1, the business license of the store corresponding to a specific industry has been acquired, and this regulation does not apply in the case of renewal, but it applies in the case of a new application for a new store. Any changes to the application will also be considered as a new application. Business licenses need to be renewed annually.[...]\" (JETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that DBKL's new regulation extends only slightly the number of retail activities closed to FDI in the capital city, i.e. in the main Malaysian market.\n\n",{"$cut":{"chars":16623,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2903,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for financial market ifnrasatructure operators, such as stock exchanges, and for other financial services intermediaries, such as investment companies and fund management firms. An exception is granted to EU-incorporated financial services intermediaries which are allowed to operate through branches in the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter III - INVESTMENT COMPANIES\nSection 1. General provisions regarding investment services and activities\nArticle 33.  Types of investment services and activities\n(1) Investment companies are entitled to carry out the following investment services and activities:\n(a) receiving and transmitting orders regarding one or more financial instruments; (b) executing orders regarding financial instruments on behalf of clients; (c) trading on own account; (d) portfolio management; (e) investment consulting; (f) intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments and / or placement of financial instruments based on a firm commitment; (g) placement of financial instruments without firm commitment; (h) operation of an MTF.\n(2) In addition to the investment services and activities listed in par. (1), investment companies may provide the following ancillary services: (a) fiduciary management of investments; (b) granting a loan or loan to a client to enable him to carry out a transaction with one or more financial instruments, in which the investment company granting the credit or loan is involved; (c) consulting to joint stock companies regarding capital structure, industrial strategy and related aspects, services related to mergers and acquisitions of companies; (d) currency exchange operations, if these operations are directly linked to the provision of investment services; (e) investments research and financial analysis or any other general recommendation regarding transactions with financial instruments; (f) services related to the intermediation of the subscription of financial instruments; (g) investment services and activities, as well as the auxiliary services mentioned in par. (1) lit. a) –f) and in par. (2) regarding derivatives, if they are related to the provision of investment services or ancillary services.\n(3) Investment services and activities regarding financial instruments may be performed only by: (a) investment companies, according to the license issued by the National Commission; (b) the persons accepted, on the basis of the approval by the National Commission.\n[...]\nSection 2 - Requirements regarding the activity\nArticle 35.  Investment company license(2) In order to obtain the investment company license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, to which he attaches the documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) has the form of legal organization of joint stock company, legally constituted and registered in the Republic of Moldova; \n[...]\nArticle 36.  Accepted persons\n(1) Foreign legal persons, authorized to perform investment services and activities and supervised by the competent authorities of the Member States of the European Unions are considered to be accepted persons and do not need the license of investment firm on the basis of agreements concluded between these bodies and the National commission.\n(2) The accepted persons carry on activity in the territory of the Republic of Moldova through branches registered in the Republic of Moldova.\n(3) Persons who hold the authorization for carrying out investment services and activities granted by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union obtain the status of accepted person after approval of the National Commission.\n(4) For the obtaining of the status of accepted person applicant shall address to National Commission a request for this purpose and attach the documents confirming that the applicant holds the relevant authorizations issued by competent authorities of the member states of the European Union. \n[...]\nChapter IV - INFRASTRUCTURE OF THE CAPITAL MARKET\nSection 1. Market operators\nArticle 60.  General provisions regarding market operators and regulated markets [...]\n(5) No natural or legal person, except the market operator, is entitled to use the terms \"stock market\", \"regulated market\", \"trading system\" and their derivatives with reference to financial instruments in their own names, in the systems. of trading created in its brands and promotional materials.\n[...]\nArticle 61.  Market operator license\n(1) In order to obtain the market operator license, the applicant submits an application to this effect to the National Commission, which attaches documents confirming that the applicant cumulatively complies with the following requirements: (a) it has organizational form legal of a joint stock company, legally incorporated and registered in the Republic of Moldova; [...]\" (LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated])","LAW No. 171 of 11-07-2012 about the capital market [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=110281&lang=ro\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2714,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","F","_O","IV71","IX",2018,"0.00375","On the 5th of February 2016 the Parliament of Mongolia enacted the revised “Construction Law” (“Revised Law”) which was published in the 9th edition of the “State Gazette” publication on the 4th of March 2016. The Revised Law came into force on the day of its enactment and thus replaces the previous Construction Law (“2008 Law”) which was enacted on the 5th of February 2008. An individual of a foreign nationality must have obtained the permissions necessary to carry out his/her profession according to the relevant procedures and regulations. A foreign legal entity is required to have obtained a special license [as is the case for Mongolian entities also], under Articles 19 and 20 of the Revised Law. Further, unless stated otherwise by Mongolian laws, a foreign entity carrying out construction works financed by the state or local budget or through foreign loans will need to contract with a Mongolian entity in order to do so. This provision is discriminatory and recorded as a restriction on governemnt procurement under the OECD FDIRRI.","\"Article 4.Definition of the terms of the Law\n4.1.The following terms used in this Law shall be interpreted as follows:\n4.1.1.\"buildings and facilities\" shall mean facilities such as residential, civil, industrial, energy, communication, water, and petroleum buildings, water supply, dams, including its engineering system;\n[...]\nArticle 10.Classification of buildings and facilities\n10.1.The buildings and facilities shall be classified into the following categories depending on complexity:\n10.1.1.buildings and facilities that don't require construction work permits;\n10.1.2.buildings and facilities of low complexity;\n10.1.3.buildings and facilities of medium complexity;\n10.1.4.highly complex buildings and facilities;\n10.1.5.exclusively complex buildings and facilities.\n[...]\nArticle 18. Engage in Construction Activities\n18.1. Construction activities will be conducted on basic licenses and construction permits, according to the terms and provisions of this law.\n18.2. State administrative body for the construction of structures are classified related facilities specified in Article 10.1.2, 10.1.3, 10.1.4, 10.1.5 dispense legal entities with a license issued by authorities.\n18.3. Construction categorized as specified in Article 10.1.1 of this law does not require a license specified in Article 19.1.2 of this law, the construction of the facility.\n18.4. Registration process will be carried out by non-governmental and professional organizations to provide construction operating license set forth in Article 18.2 of this law, the construction sector entities.\nArticle 19. Licensing of Construction Activity\n19.1. The following construction activities shall be conducted on the basis of the license:\n19.1.1. Develop projects related to construction category referred to in Article 10.1.2, 10.1.3, 10.1.4, 10.1.5;\n19.1.2. Perform construction work related to construction category referred to in Article 10.1.2, 10.1.3, 10.1.4, 10.1.5;\n19.1.3. Engaging lifting plant and its parts production, assembly, repair and maintenance;\n19.1.4. Production of load-bearing structures, structures, items, materials, its raw materials and flammable, toxic, energy-saving products.\n19.2. Authorized persons referred to in Article 34 of this law maintain a register of legal entities of construction activity license and submit to the authorities referred to in Article 35, and the construction authority of the state control law.\nArticle 20. Licensing\n20.1. License the construction of a decision within 10 working days of receipt of the application.\n20.2. Tower license, support and retaining walls higher than 30 meters, 60 meters over the span of the facility, with more than 16 floors construction and design of water, heat and power supply facility and perform construction work will be for only a source of construction.\n20.3. In addition to those specified in Article 11 of the legal entity operating license application, construction operating license to submit the following documents entity referred to in Article 34 of this law:\n20.3.1. Information on the staff;\n20.3.2. List of tools, equipment, hardware and specifications, information on the production of construction;\n20.3.3. A copy of the agreement to use the party this Article 20.3.2, equipment and other necessary equipment, machinery or equipment specified in case law;\n20.3.4. Construction conclusion of the probability of the design of the facility set forth in Article 20.2 of this law.\n20.4. In connection with the awarding of construction activity license as provided in Article \n20.3 of this law shall be prohibited to require other documents.\n20.5. Licensing of construction activity will be a five-year period.\n20.6. Licensing of construction activity may extend the period specified in Article 20.5 of this law.\n20.7. Legal entities with construction activity special permission to carry out activities within the construction permit provided for in Article 26 of this Law.\n20.8. The following cases reported construction problems revoked license by the administrative body in charge on the basis of construction public opinion monitoring implementation of the organization:\n20.8.1. violation of the requirements of Article 12 of this Law, 13, 14, 15, 16;20.8.2. operations unemployed for three consecutive years specified in the license.\n20.9. Each license holder activity reports submitted in charge of construction the state administration in years, according to written construction documents construction specified in Article 33.1.17 of this law.\n20.10. Not a license to use the construction of the re-construction design specified in Article 20.2.\nArticle 21.Registration of citizen, legal entities operating construction business\n21.1.Legal entities engaged in construction scoping, geodetic and cartographic services, building and facility design development, construction material manufacturing, construction cost estimation shall submit a document evidencing their compliance of the requirements specified in Article 21.2 of this Law and be registered. Registration can be carried out electronically.\n21.2.The Cabinet member in charge of construction issues shall approve the requirements, documents and registration procedures that apply to the citizen and legal entities engaged in the business fields specified in Article 21.1 of this Law as per the categories specified in Article 10 of this Law.\n21.3.Legal entities and personnel engaged in a construction business shall be recorded into unified registry and database.\n[...]\nArticle 45.Foreign citizens and legal entities working in the construction industry\n45.1.A foreign citizen who has applied for participation in construction business shall have experience in the field and hold a work permit according to laws.\n45.2.A foreign legal entity engaged in construction business shall obtain the license specified in Articles 19 and 20 of this Law.\n45.3.Except otherwise stated in Mongolian laws and legislation, foreign legal entities shall have a joint venture/collaborate with a competent legal entity of Mongolia specified in this Law to perform construction of buildings and facilities that are funded by state and local budgets or foreign loan and aid.\n45.4.A foreign invested legal entity shall attach the certificate of construction license issued by the competent authority of the country to its application for license specified in Articles 19 and 20 of this Law.\n45.5.Foreign citizens and legal entities engaged in construction business shall be registered in accordance with Article 21 of this Law. [...]\" (Construction Law, Revised, 5 February 2016)","Construction Law, Revised, 5 February 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16532502207681\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2260,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","H5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0006","Investors in PPPs, large-scale projects and business concessions are required (i) to sell between 5% and 20% of the equity capital to Mozambican investors within 5 years from the start of operations, and (ii) to ensure the participation of Mozambican public or private legal entities in the capital of the venture/consortium, under the terms that the parties negotiate and agree on, without prejudice to the point (i).","\"Article 2\n(Object)\n1. The purpose of this Law is to establish the guidelines for the process of contracting, implementing and monitoring public-private partnership ventures, large-scale projects and business concessions.\n2. For the purposes of this Law, it constitutes:\na) public-private partnership, abbreviated as PPP, the enterprise in an area of public domain, excluding mineral and petroleum resources, or in an area of public service provision, in which, by contract and under financing, in whole or in part of the private partner, the latter undertakes, vis-à-vis the partner\npublic, to carry out the necessary investment and explore the respective activity, for the efficient provision of services or goods that the State is responsible for guaranteeing their availability to users.\nb) Large-scale project, abbreviated as PGD, the investment venture authorized or contracted by the Government, whose value exceeds, with reference to the date of 1 January\n2009, in the amount of 12,500,000,000.00MT (twelve thousand five hundred million meticais);\nc) Business concession, abbreviated as EC, the enterprise whose object is the prospecting, exploration, extraction and/or exploitation of natural resources or other national resources or heritage assets, carried out under the terms of the respective contract or other form of securitization of the rights granted by the Government within the scope of this undertaking.\n[...]\nArticle 33\n(Financial benefits)\n1. The financial benefits of the PPP, PGD and EC undertaking, for the Country, must be expressly included in the contract to be signed between the contracting party and the contracted party, namely:\na) the participation reserved for sale, via the stock market in favor of economic inclusion in commercial market terms, preferably of Mozambican individuals, in the capital of the venture or in the capital of the consortium, whether or not foreign investment is involved, guaranteed through:\n(i) from the State or another public entity indicated by it, in a percentage not lower than 5% nor higher than 20% of said capital; or\n(ii) of the entity implementing the project, of the same level of participation for its unconditional sale, under the same terms and conditions set forth in sub-item (i) above.\nb) the opportunity for Mozambican public or private legal entities to participate in the capital of the venture or in the capital of the consortium, under the terms that the parties negotiate and agree on, without prejudice to the provisions of (i) and (ii) of subparagraph a) above.\n[...]\nANNEX - GLOSSARY\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by:\n(THE) [...]\nPublic domain area - any area of natural resources or potential or activity whose property is reserved, on an exclusive basis, for the State, under the terms of the Constitution of the Republic, namely the areas of natural resources existing in the soil, subsoil, waters inland, territorial sea, continental maritime platform, exclusive economic zones, as well as roads and bridges, railways, ports and airports, energy and hydraulic potential, airspace and the telecommunications spectrum and other assets classified as such by law, in the territory of the Republic of Mozambique.[...]\" (Law No. 15/2011 establishing the guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions. [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"CHAPTER VI - Benefit sharing\nSECTION I - Financial benefits\nARTICLE 64\n(Participation of natural persons)\n1. The economic inclusion in each PPP, PGD and EC undertaking through the participation of 5% to 20% reserved for sale, through the stock market, preferably for Mozambican individuals in the share capital of the contractor or implementing entity or in the capital of the consortium, must be ensured, giving priority to the offer of shares of the aforementioned capital of the venture, under the terms provided for in subparagraph a) of paragraph 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August, and whose par value per share must be of an affordable amount for its acquisition by the majority of the Mozambican population with limited economic means.\n2. The size of the shareholding reserved for sale to individuals, up to a maximum of 20% of the share capital of the enterprise or the respective consortium, which must be guaranteed by the State or another public entity or by the implementing entity itself or under the terms in that they agree and to be explained in the contract, depends on the real purchasing capacity of its recipients, in the terms established in the previous number and in the following paragraphs 3 to 5.\n3. The sale of the participation referred to in paragraphs 1 to 2 of this article must take place in a phased manner and, at the latest, up to the fifth year from the start of operation of the enterprise, using to the banking network services throughout the Mozambican territory and ensuring the national dispersion of the sale of shares of the share capital in sale in favor of the economic inclusion of Mozambicans in each PPP, PGD and EC undertaking.\n4. The reference price for the sale, pursuant to paragraphs 1 to 3 of this article, of shares in venture or consortium capital not listed on the Stock Exchange must be determined by an independent entity selected through a tender.\n5. The provisions of paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of this article also apply in cases where the participation reserved for sale in favor of economic inclusion is guaranteed by the entity implementing the undertaking under the terms set out in subparagraph (ii) ) of paragraph a) of no. 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August.\nARTICLE 65\n(Participation of legal persons)\n1. The opportunity for Mozambican public or private legal entities to participate in PPP, PGD and EC undertakings, pursuant to subparagraph b) of paragraph 1 of article 33 of Law no. it can occur in any of the phases of the enterprise and in the terms in which the parties negotiate and agree.\n2. For the assignment of rights to exploit natural resources, the State reserves the right to negotiate a free participation, corresponding to at least 5% of the share capital, at any stage of the enterprise, pursuant to paragraph b) of no. 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August.[...]\" (Decree No. 16/2012 approving the Regulation on guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions.[google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment)","Law No. 15/2011 establishing the guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions. [google translation]\nDecree No. 16/2012 approving the Regulation on guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions.[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz165015.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz165016.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,525,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Branches of foreign security companies and stock exchanges are not allowed. Investment in these activities require local incorporation.","\"Chapter I - Title and Definition [...]\n2. The following expression contained in this Law shall have the meanings given hereunder: [...]\n(b) Securities Business means the business of carrying out any of the  followings: (i) Securities Dealing; (ii) Securities Brokerage; (iii) Securities Underwriting; (iv) securities Investment Advisory; (v) Securities Depository and Clearing; (vi) the business prescribed by notification as securities business by the Securities and Exchange Commission. [...]\"(The Securities Exchange Law, No. 20 of Pyidaungsu Hluttaw of 31 July 2013) \n------------------------------\n\"Chapter III - Securities Company [...]\n45. The company operating securities business with a licence or authorization of the same kind in a foreign country may establish a representative office with the approval of the Commission. The representative office shall not operate the securities business. But it may operate the specific business stated in the approval of the Commission. \n[...]\n73.(a) The Commission shall, upon an application  for a licence  under  section 25 of the law having been filed, examine whether the application conforms to the criteria listed in the following: [...]\n(iii) whether the granting of the securities business licence meets the economic needs of the Myanmar including the needs in the geographical area, and of the investing public. [...]\n(b) The Commission shall refuse to grant a licence for a securities business under section 25 of the law if any of the following criteria are met: [...]\n(iv) a company falls under any of the following: [...]\n(cc) a company whose additional business is found to be against the interests of the general public; [...]\n(hh) a company which has engaged in any business practices that the Commission considers to be deceitful or oppressive or otherwise improper whether unlawful or not, or which otherwise reflect discredit on its method of operating business; [...]\n[...]\nChapter VII - Stock Exchange\n130. A Stock Exchange shall be established as a limited liability company incorporated in Myanmar whether a joint venture company or not in accordance with the existing laws relating to Myanmar companies after obtaining a permit from the Commission. The operation of the Stock Exchange in relation to a stock market are to: \n(a) organize and provide method and system for the trading of securities on the stock market established by the Stock Exchange;\n(b) act as clearing house, securities depository for listed securities and render other services on securities data or similar activities;\n(c) undertake any other business other than sub-rules (a) and (b) with the approval of the Commission. [...]\" (Ministry of Finance Notification, No. (1806/ 2015), 'Securities Exchange Rules')\n------------------------------\n\"2. To participate as a Securities Company in the Yangon Stock Exchange, the SECM announces the following criteria, as per Securities Exchange Law's Article (7) A. They are:\n(a) The applicant should be registered as a private limited Company.[...]\" (Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) Announcement No. 1/2015)\n------------------------------\n\"1. Companies owned 100% by Myanmar nationals are allowed to apply for a securities certification company licence. \n2. As the securities certification business has never operated in Myanmar before, Myanmar and foreign joint venture companies will also be allowed to apply to facilitate the start-up. \n3. In the case of a joint venture between a Myanmar company and a foreign company, at least 50% of the shares held by a Myanmar company; The management team is informed that the company is a shareholder of Myanmar citizens.[...]\" (Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) Announcement No. 2/2015, 'Statement on Securities Business' [google translation])","The Securities Exchange Law, No. 20 of Pyidaungsu Hluttaw of 31 July 2013\nMinistry of Finance Notification, No. (1806/ 2015), 'Securities Exchange Rules'\nSecurities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) Announcement No. 1/2015\nSecurities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) Announcement No. 2/2015, 'Statement on Securities Business' [google translation]","VDB-Loi (2015), Myanmar Securities Business Licenses: Foreign Firms Ponder Ownership Restrictions and High Minimum Capital,  Client Briefing Note – 4 February 2015.","[<a href=\"https://secm.gov.mm/en/legal-affairs/law/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://secm.gov.mm/en/about-secm/legal-affair/rules/\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://secm.gov.mm/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/2015-1-Criteria-E-.pdf \">Announcement</a>],[<a href=\"https://secm.gov.mm/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/2015-2-Concern-Sc-M.pdf\">Announcement</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.vdb-loi.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/VDB-Loi_Client-briefing-Note_Myanmar-Securities-Business-Licenses_4Feb2015.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2815,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NLD","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000075","In principle, only nationals of the Netherlands may be appointed as captain of a Dutch flagged fishing vessel. Exemptions may be granted to EU/EEA nationals.","\"Article 29\n1 On Dutch ships only persons are appointed as captains who possess the nationality of:\na.the Kingdom of the Netherlands, or\nb.from another state, but only if they are exempted from the requirement referred to in the preamble and under a pursuant to Article 30 .\n2 Exemption from the requirement referred to in the first paragraph may be granted for fishing vessels by ministerial regulation, subject to conditions or restrictions.\nArticle 30\n1 Persons who hold the nationality of one of the member states of the European Union or of one of the other states that are parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are exempt from the nationality requirement, referred to in Article 29, first paragraph, opening words and under a , for service on Dutch ships that are not fishing vessels.\n2 Persons who have the nationality of another state may be granted an exemption from the nationality requirement, referred to in Article 29, first paragraph, opening words and under a , by order of Our Minister , for serving on Dutch ships that are not fishing vessels, provided it concerns : [...]\" (Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; last amended 01-07-2021; Articles 29 and 30 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1\nExemption from the requirement in Article 29, first paragraph, of the Seafarers Act is granted for persons who have the nationality of a Member State of the European Union, of a State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, other than of the Confederation of Switzerland, and who is appointed as captain of a Dutch sea-going fishing vessel. [...]\" (Regulations for exemption from the nationality requirement for sea fisheries captains (Minister of Transport, Public Works and Water Management, 08.23.2003); last amended on 08.20.2013; Article 1 [google translation])","Seafarers Act of 11 December 1997; last amended 01-07-2021; Articles 29 and 30\nRegulations for exemption from the nationality requirement for sea fisheries captains (Minister of Transport, Public Works and Water Management, 08.23.2003); last amended on 08.20.2013; Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0009124/2021-07-01\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0015476/2013-08-20\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,961,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.00125","Foreigners wishing to purchase non-urban land must obtain prior consent for the transaction. Consent is not required in case of an acquisition of a forestry right when the area of the relevant forestry right is less than 1 000 hectares.\nOn 16 August 2022, the Overseas Investment (Forestry) Amendment Act 2022 entered into force. Among others, the Amendment Act strengthens the rules relating to overseas investment that result in the conversion of land to production forestry. The main modification is the removal of forestry conversions from the Overseas Investment Act 2005’s ‘special forestry test’, and to instead apply the ‘benefit to New Zealand’ test to these investments. The change seeks to ensure that forestry conversions by overseas investors continue to bring broad benefits to New Zealand. The Amendment Act also makes several minor changes and technical clarifications to improve the Overseas Investment Act 2005’s existing forestry provisions.","\"16A Benefit to New Zealand test [...]\nGeneral test\n(1) The benefit to New Zealand test is met if both of the following are met:\n(a) the overseas investment will, or is likely to, benefit New Zealand (or any part of it or group of New Zealanders) to the extent required by this section, as determined by the relevant Ministers under section 17; and\n(b) if the relevant land is or includes residential land, the relevant Ministers are satisfied that the conditions that the relevant Ministers will impose on the consent in accordance with section 16B will be, or are likely to be, met.\nModified benefit test if relevant land is or includes farm land\n(1C) If the relevant land is or includes farm land that in area exceeds 5 hectares, the relevant Ministers must—\n(a) give the following factors high relative importance:\n(i) the economic benefits factor in section 17(1)﻿(a) and, in particular, the creation or retention of jobs, introduction of technology or business skills, increased export receipts, and increased processing of primary products; and \n(ii) the oversight or participation factor in section 17(1)﻿(f); and \n(b) ensure that the applicant has demonstrated, in relation to 1 or more of those factors, that the benefits of the investment are of a size or nature that represent a substantial benefit to New Zealand. [...]\n(2) Subsection (1C) does not apply if the relevant Ministers are satisfied—\n(a) that, as a result of the overseas investment, the farm land will, or is likely to, be used exclusively, or nearly exclusively, for forestry activities; and\n(b) that, whenever a crop of trees is harvested on the farm land, a new crop will be, or is likely to be, established on the farm land to replace the crop that is harvested (subject to subsection (7)); and\n(c) that the non-occupation outcome will, or is likely to, occur in relation to the farm land (where that outcome in clause 17(3) to (5) of Schedule 2 applies with necessary modifications as if the reference to residential land were a reference to the farm land).\n[...]\nSpecial test relating to forestry activities\n(4) Regulations may provide that the benefit to New Zealand test is also met if the relevant Ministers are satisfied—\n(a) that the relevant land is already used when the transaction is entered into, and will continue to be used, exclusively, or nearly exclusively, for forestry activities; and\n(b) that—\n(i) the relevant land is not residential land only; and\n(ii) if the relevant land includes any residential land, the residential land adjoins other land that is included in the relevant land but is not residential land; and\n(c) that the non-occupation outcome will, or is likely to, occur in relation to the relevant land (where that outcome in clause 17(3) to (5) of Schedule 2 applies with necessary modifications as if the reference to residential land were a reference to the relevant land); and [...]\n(4A) To avoid doubt, the reference in subsection (2)﻿(a) to the use of the farm land and the reference in subsection (4)﻿(a) to the use of the relevant land mean the use that arises under the estate or interest referred to in section 12(1)﻿(a).\n[...]\nDefinitions\n(9) In this section,— adjoins includes separated only by a public road (including a motorway or a State highway, and whether or not the road is formed)\nforestry activities means any of the following activities in respect of any trees (whether exotic or native) that are to be harvested to provide wood:\n(a) maintaining a crop of trees:\n(b) harvesting a crop of trees:\n(c) maintaining the land during the period between harvesting a crop of trees and establishing a new crop of trees:\n(d) establishing a crop of trees.\n[...]\n16B Conditions for consents relating to sensitive land that is residential land: benefit to New Zealand test\n(1) This section applies if an application for consent for an overseas investment in sensitive land is being considered under the benefit to New Zealand test and the relevant land is or includes residential land.\n(2) However, this section does not apply (and see instead section 16C)—\n(a) to the extent that the relevant land is farm land and the relevant Ministers are satisfied in accordance with section 16A(2); or\n(b) where the application is being considered in accordance with section 16A(4). [...]\n[...]\n16C Conditions for consents relating to sensitive land that will be used for forestry activities\n(1) Subsection (2) applies if an application for consent for an overseas investment in sensitive land is being considered under the benefit to New Zealand test, to the extent that the relevant land is farm land and the relevant Ministers are satisfied in accordance with section 16A(2).\n(2) If granted, the consent must be made subject to conditions for the purpose of ensuring that the requirements set out in section 16A(2) will be met, subject to section 16A(7). [...]\n[...]\n17 Factors for assessing benefit of overseas investments in sensitive land\nWhat are the factors\n(1) The factors for assessing the benefit of overseas investments in sensitive land are whether the overseas investment will, or is likely to,—\n(a) result in economic benefits for New Zealand (for example, the creation or retention of jobs, the introduction of technology or business skills, increases in productivity or export receipts, or a reduced risk of illiquid assets):\n(b) result in benefits to the natural environment (for example, protection of indigenous flora and fauna or erosion control):\n(c) result in continued or enhanced access by the public, or any section of the public, within or over the sensitive land or the features giving rise to the sensitivity (for example, access for recreational purposes or for the purposes of undertaking stewardship of, or exercising kaitiakitanga in relation to, cultural heritage or the natural environment):\n(d) result in continued or enhanced protection of cultural heritage in or on the relevant land (for example, agreement to execute a heritage covenant (or comply with existing covenants), agreement to support entry to wāhi tūpuna, wāhi tapu, or wāhi tapu areas on the New Zealand Heritage List/ Rārangi Kōrero, taking other actions under the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 to recognise or protect heritage values, or agreement to land being set apart as a Māori reservation):\n(e) give effect to or advance a significant Government policy:\n(f) involve oversight of, or participation in, the overseas investment or any relevant overseas person by persons who are not overseas persons:\n(g) result in other consequential benefits to New Zealand.\nSchedule 3 - Exemptions from requirement for consent\nExemptions in respect of overseas investments in sensitive land involving forestry rights\n6 Area of forestry right less than 1 000 hectares\n[...]\n(4) Subclause (1) or (3) (as the case may be) does not apply if, immediately after the relevant forestry investment is given effect to, the sum of the following areas is 1 000 hectares or more:\n(a) the area of the relevant forestry right:\n(b) the combined area of all unconsented forestry rights—\n(i) that related forestry investors acquire (or are treated as acquiring) in the same calendar year as that in which the relevant forestry investment is given effect to; and\n(ii) that are for a total term (as calculated in accordance with Schedule 1A) of 10 years or more. [...]\n[...]\n(7) In this clause, unconsented forestry right means a forestry right that is acquired otherwise than in reliance on any of the following:\n(a) a consent:\n(b) an exemption in, or an exemption granted under, this Act or the regulations (other than an exemption under this clause).\" (Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 16 August 2022; Sections 16A, 16B, 16C and 17; Schedule 3, Section 6)\n----------------------------\n\"6 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise,—\nacquisition includes obtaining ownership or coming into possession by any means [...]\nforestry right means—\n(a) a right created in accordance with the Forestry Rights Registration Act 1983; or\n(b) any other profit à prendre that—\n(i) relates to taking timber from a forest; and\n(ii) to the extent (if any) that the profit à prendre relates to other things, would, were the profit à prendre to be treated as a separate profit à prendre in relation to those things, fall within paragraph (b) of the definition of regulated profit à prendre in this subsection [...]\nnon-urban land means—\n(a) farm land; and\n(b) any land other than land that is both—\n(i) in an urban area; and\n(ii) used for commercial, industrial, or residential purposes\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property.\n[...]\n10 Consent required for overseas investments in sensitive New Zealand assets\n(1) A transaction requires consent under this Act if it will result in—\n(a) an overseas investment in sensitive land (see section 12):\n[...]\n11 Consent must be obtained before overseas investment given effect\n(1) Consent must be obtained for a transaction before the overseas investment is given effect under the transaction.\n(2) The procedure for obtaining consent (including who must obtain consent) is set out in subpart 2.\n12 What are overseas investments in sensitive land\nAn overseas investment in sensitive land is the acquisition by an overseas person, or an associate of an overseas person, of all or any of the following (a section 12 interest):\n(a) an estate or interest in land if—\n(i) the land that the estate or interest relates to is sensitive land under Part 1 of Schedule 1; and\n(ii) the estate or interest acquired is a freehold estate or a lease, or any other estate or interest, for a term of 3 years or more (including rights of renewal, whether of the grantor or grantee), and is not an exempted interest; or\n(b) rights or interests in securities of a person (A) if A owns or controls (directly or indirectly) an estate or interest in land described in paragraph (a) and, as a result of the acquisition,—\n(i) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has a more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(ii) the overseas person or the associate (either alone or together with its associates) has an increase in an existing more than 25% ownership or control interest in A; or\n(iii) A becomes an overseas person.\n[...]\nSchedule 1 - Sensitive land\nPart 1 - What land is sensitive\nLand is sensitive under this Act if—\n(a) the land is or includes land of a type listed in table 1 and the area of that type of land exceeds the corresponding area threshold (either alone or together with any associated land of that type), if any; or\n(b) the land (land A) adjoins land of a type listed in table 2 and the area of land A exceeds the corresponding area threshold (either alone or together with any associated land), if any.\n[...]\nTable 1\nLand is sensitive if it is or includes this type of land / and that type exceeds this area threshold (if any) [...]\nnon-urban land / 5 hectares\n[...]\nSchedule 3 - Exemptions from requirement for consent\nExemptions in respect of overseas investments in sensitive land involving forestry rights\n6 Area of forestry right less than 1 000 hectares\n(1) A transaction does not require consent for the purposes of section 10(1)﻿(a) to the extent that it will result in an overseas investment in sensitive land (the relevant forestry investment) if—\n(a) the relevant forestry investment is the acquisition of a forestry right (the relevant forestry right); and\n(b) the area of the relevant forestry right is less than 1 000 hectares.\n(2) Subclause (3) applies to a transaction that will result in an overseas investment in sensitive land (the relevant forestry investment) if—\n(a) the relevant forestry investment is the acquisition of rights or interests in securities of a person who owns or controls (directly or indirectly) a forestry right that is an interest in land described in section 12(a) (the relevant forestry right); and\n(b) the area of the relevant forestry right is less than 1 000 hectares.\n(3) To the extent that the transaction will result in the relevant forestry investment, it does not require consent for the purposes of section 10(1)﻿(a) in relation to the relevant forestry right.\n(4) Subclause (1) or (3) (as the case may be) does not apply if, immediately after the relevant forestry investment is given effect to, the sum of the following areas is 1 000 hectares or more:\n(a) the area of the relevant forestry right:\n(b) the combined area of all other forestry rights—\n(i) that related forestry investors acquire (or are treated as acquiring) in the same calendar year as that in which the relevant forestry investment is given effect to; and\n(ii) that are for a term of 3 years or more (including rights of renewal, whether of the grantor or grantee).\n(5) For the purposes of subclause (4)﻿(b)﻿(i),—\n(a) related forestry investor means—\n(i) the person who makes the relevant forestry investment; or\n(ii) any associate of that person; or\n(iii) a body corporate related to that person or to any associate of that person (as determined in accordance with section 12(2) of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013); and\n(b) a related forestry investor (B) is treated as acquiring a forestry right if—\n(i) B acquires rights or interests in securities of a person (C) who owns or controls (directly or indirectly) the forestry right and, as a result of the acquisition, B has (either alone or together with B’s associates) a more than 25% ownership or control interest in C; or\n(ii) the forestry right comes under the ownership or control (direct or indirect) of a person in whom B has (either alone or together with B’s associates) a more than 25% ownership or control interest; and\n(c) it does not matter if a forestry right is acquired (or treated as acquired) by a related forestry investor before the relevant forestry investment is given effect to.\n(6) In this clause, area, in relation to a forestry right, means the area of land covered by the forestry right (including any right, whether of the grantor or grantee, to have the original area increased).[...]\" (Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 24 November 2021; Sections 6, 7, 10, 11 and 12; Schedule 1, Part 1; Schedule 3, Section 6)","Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 16 August 2022; Sections 16A, 16B, 16C and 17; Schedule 3, Section 6\nOverseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 24 November 2021; Sections 6, 7, 10, 11 and 12; Schedule 1, Part 1; Schedule 3, Section 6\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/93.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2022/0042/latest/whole.html\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/81.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2978,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J61","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.004","Until 2021, FDI in telecommunications was limited to 40%, except for internet access providers.\nOn 9 April 2022, Act RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limits the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution to: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. Corporations engaged in activities that were previously considered as public utilities, such as telecommunications, are no longer considered as public utilities. Telecommunication companies, however, continue to be classified as \"critical infrastructure\", therefore  being subject to reciprocity conditions. Foreign nationals are allowed to own more than 50% of capital in public services engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure, but only if the country of such foreign nationals accords reciprocity to Philippine nationals under foreign law or a treaty. Reciprocity may be satisfied according to rights of similar value in other economic sectors, which shall be the subject of further rules by the National Economic Development Authority (NEDA).  Moreover, the amendment introduces preference for local workforce involved in public services relying on reciprocity too.","\"Section l. Declaration of Policy. - The State recognizes the role ofthe private sector as one ofthe main engines for national growth and development. […] These policies are fulfilled by: (a) ensuring effective regulation ofpublic services; (b) providing reasonable rate of return to public services; (c) rationalizing foreign equity restrictions by clearly defining the term “public utilities”; and (d) instituting processes for the protection of national security.\nSec. 2. Definition of Terms. - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined asfollows: [...]\n(b) Certificates refer to any franchise, certificate of public convenience, certificate of public convenience and necessity, concession, or any other appropriate form of authorization for the operation of a public service, including a public utility, as may be applicable; [...]\n(e) Critical Infrastructure refers to any public service which owns, uses, or operates systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Phlippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a detrimental impact on national security, including telecommunications and other such vital services as may be declared by the President ofthe Philippines; [...]\n(m) Telecommunications refers to any process which enables a telecommunications entity to relay and receive voice, data, electronic messages, written or printed matter, fixed or moving pictures, words, music or visible or audible signals or any control signals of any design and for any purpose by wire, radio or other electromagnetic, spectral, optical or technological means, as defined by Section 3(a) of Republic Act No. 7925, otherwise known as the “Public Telecommunications Policy Act of the Philippines”, as amended, except passive telecommunications tower infrastructure and components, such as, but not limited to, poles, fiber ducts, dark fiber cables, and passive telecommunications tower infrastructure, as defined by the Department ofInformation and Communications Technology (DICT), and value-added services, as defined in Section 3(h) of Republic Act No. 7925, as amended; [...]\n[...]\nSec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interestfor purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 25. Reciprocity Clause.- Foreign nationals shall not be allowed to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital of entities engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure unless the country of such foreign national accords reciprocity to Philippine Nationals as may be provided by foreign law, treaty orinternational agreement. Reciprocity may be satisfied by according rights of similar value in other economic sectors. [...] Unless otherwise provided by law, or by any international agreement, a public service shall employ a foreign national only after the determination of non-availability of a Philippine National who is competent, able and willing to perform the services for which the foreign nationalis desired.\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))\n----------------------\n[not reproduced here] (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n----------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n----------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146\n","Senate of the Philippines Press Release, 15 December 2021: \"Senate OKs amendments to Public Service Act\"\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2021/1215_prib1.asp#:~:text=SBN%202094%2C%20according%20to%20Poe,operate%20as%20a%20public%20utility.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3216,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ROU","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.0001","Romanian credit institutions and Romanian branches of credit institutions authorised in other EU Member States may be licensed to act as a depositary of an undertaking for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS). Under Directive 85/611/EEC, UCITS depositaries must either have their registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU  country if their registered office is in another EU country. Additionally, an Alternative Investment Funds Manager (AIFM) established in Romania may be authorised on the condition that it has its headquarters and registered office in Romania (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"Art. 2. - (1) The collective investment undertakings in securities, named in continued O.P.C.V.M., are open-end investment funds and investment companies, which cumulatively meet the following conditions:\n[...]\nArt. 52. - (1) The assets of an O.P.C.V.M. authorized by the A.S.F. are entrusted to safe storage, on the basis of a written contract, to a single depositary.\n[...]\nArt. 53. - (1) The activity of depositing the assets of an O.P.C.V.M. authorized by the A.S.F. can be carried out by:\na) The National Bank of Romania;\nb) a credit institution from Romania, authorized by the National Bank of Romania, according to the legislation applicable to credit institutions, or a Romanian branch of a credit institutions authorized in another Member State in accordance with Directive 2013/36 / EU\n[...], endorsed by the A.S.F. for the storage activity, according to the provisions of the present emergency ordinances and regulations issued by the A.S.F. in its application; or\nc) by another legal person, endorsed by the A.S.F. to carry out storage activities of the assets of the O.P.C.V.M. in accordance with regulations issued by the A.S.F. in the application of this emergency ordinances and which are subject to capital adequacy requirements, which are not are lower than the calculated requirements, depending on the approach selected, according to Article 315 or Article 317 of Regulation (EU) no. 575/2013 [...], and which holds own funds at least equal to the value of the initial capital provided in art. 7 para. (8)\nof Law no. 297/2004 regarding the capital market, with the subsequent modifications and completions. [...]\" (Emergency Ordinance on collective investment undertakings in securities and investment management companies, as well as for amending and supplementing Law no. 297/2004 regarding the capital market (No. 32/2012 of 27 June 2012), consolidated version of 23 October 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 53 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Art. 1. - (1) This regulation establishes rules for the application of Capital Market Law No. 297/2004, as subsequently amended and supplemented, hereinafter referred to as Law No. 297/2004, and of Government Emergency Ordinance No. 32/2012 on the undertakings for collective investment and the investment management companies, as well as for the amendment and supplementation of Capital Market Law No. 297/2004, hereinafter referred to as GEO No. 32/2012, on the authorisation and operation of investment management companies, hereinafter referred to as SAI, of undertakings for collective investments in transferable securities, hereinafter referred to as UCITS, and of the depositaries of UCITS. \n[...]\nArt. 60. - (1) Romanian credit institutions, authorised by NBR in compliance with the banking legislation and registered in FSA’s Public Registry as intermediaries or Romanian branches of credit institutions authorised in another Member State, licensed as depositaries, shall ensure the safe-keeping of all assets of undertakings for collective investment and an ongoing supervision, in compliance with law, of the operations carried out by the investment management company (SAI) acting on behalf of the managed UCITS. [...]\" (Financial Supervisory Authority Regulation on the Authorisation and Operation of Investment Management Companies, Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities and of the Depositaries of Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities (No. 9/2014), Articles 1 and 60 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1\n(1) This law establishes the rules regarding the authorization, conduct of business and transparency of the managers of alternative investment funds, hereinafter referred to as AIFM, which administer and / or distribute in Romania participation titles of alternative investment funds, referred to in continue FIA.\n[...]\nArticle 8\n1. The FSA shall grant the authorization of an AIFM established in Romania only if: [...]\nd) the headquarters and the registered office of the AIFM are located in Romania. [...]\" (Law on alternative investment fund managers (No. 74 of 14 April 2015), last amended by Law No. 158 of 27 July 2020, Articles 1 and 8 [google translation])","Emergency Ordinance on collective investment undertakings in securities and investment management companies, as well as for amending and supplementing Law no. 297/2004 regarding the capital market (No. 32/2012 of 27 June 2012), consolidated version of 23 October 2020, Articles 2, 52 and 53\nFinancial Supervisory Authority Regulation on the Authorisation and Operation of Investment Management Companies, Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities and of the Depositaries of Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities (No. 9/2014), Articles 1 and 60\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nLaw on alternative investment fund managers (No. 74 of 14 April 2015), last amended by Law No. 158 of 27 July 2020, Articles 1 and 8\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://asfromania.ro/uploads/articole/attachments/6086cf2de9e59744382276.pdf\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://legislatie.just.ro/Public/DetaliiDocument/167383\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,905,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SRB","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.025","Foreigners have generally the same rights in terms of acquiring rights to movable property, however, in the case of immovables, the situation is quite different. Foreign natural and legal persons who do business in Serbia are entitled to acquire ownership of immovable property provided that (i) such property is required for its respective business, and (ii) there is reciprocity. Positive list of countries with which reciprocity has been established and is published by the Minisry of Justice.\nFurthermore, a foreign natural person is entitled to acquire ownership of an apartment or a residential building, provided that there is reciprocity [regardless of whether they conduct business activity in Serbia [only natural persons; foreign legal person cannot acquire residential real estate units]. Authorities tend to interpret these conditions restrictively. Further, in general, foreigners are not entitled to acquire title to agricultural land (except for EU citizens, but even for them, the conditions for acquiring agricultural land are quite harsh). However, all of the aforementioned limitations in acquiring immovable property can easily be overcome if the foreigners incorporate an SPV in Serbia – such SPV is then considered a domestic person, so the limitations for foreigners in the acquisition of immovables would not apply to it [branches of foreign companies, however, remain prohibited from property in the absence of reciprocity]","\"Chapter VI - RIGHTS OF FOREIGN PERSONS\nArticle 82.\nForeign natural and legal persons can acquire the right of ownership of movable property as well as domestic persons.\nArticle 82a\nForeign individuals and legal entities that perform activities in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia may, under conditions of reciprocity, acquire ownership rights to immovable properties on the territory of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia that are necessary for them to perform that activity.\nA foreign natural person who does not perform activities in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia can, under conditions of reciprocity, acquire the right of ownership of an apartment and residential building, just like a citizen of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia.\nExceptionally from the provisions of para. 1 and 2 of this article, the federal law may stipulate that foreign natural and legal persons cannot acquire ownership rights to real estate located in certain areas in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia.\n[...]\nArticle 85a\nA company that performs tourism or hospitality activities may lease a tourist and other related facility to a foreign natural or legal person under conditions determined by a written contract . \nA long-term lease can be concluded for a minimum of five years and a maximum of 30 years.\nAt the end of the agreed term, the lease can be extended.[...]\" (Law on the Basics of Property Relations, \"Official Gazette of the SFRY\", no. 6 of February 8, 1980, as amended [google translation])","Law on the Basics of Property Relations, \"Official Gazette of the SFRY\", no. 6 of February 8, 1980, as amended [google translation]","CEE Legal Matters (2021), \"Real Estate Laws and Regulations in Serbia\", 21 December.","[<a href=\"http://www.pravno-informacioni-sistem.rs/SlGlasnikPortal/eli/rep/slsfrj/skupstina/zakon/1980/6/1/reg\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://ceelegalmatters.com/real-estate-2021/real-estate-serbia-2021#:~:text=The%20general%20rule%20is%20that,if%20it%20is%20so%20registered.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2324,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SRB","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.025","Foreigners have generally the same rights in terms of acquiring rights to movable property, however, in the case of immovables, the situation is quite different. Foreign natural and legal persons who do business in Serbia are entitled to acquire ownership of immovable property provided that (i) such property is required for its respective business, and (ii) there is reciprocity. Positive list of countries with which reciprocity has been established and is published by the Minisry of Justice.\nFurthermore, a foreign natural person is entitled to acquire ownership of an apartment or a residential building, provided that there is reciprocity [regardless of whether they conduct business activity in Serbia [only natural persons; foreign legal person cannot acquire residential real estate units]. Authorities tend to interpret these conditions restrictively. Further, in general, foreigners are not entitled to acquire title to agricultural land (except for EU citizens, but even for them, the conditions for acquiring agricultural land are quite harsh). However, all of the aforementioned limitations in acquiring immovable property can easily be overcome if the foreigners incorporate an SPV in Serbia – such SPV is then considered a domestic person, so the limitations for foreigners in the acquisition of immovables would not apply to it [branches of foreign companies, however, remain prohibited from property in the absence of reciprocity]","\"Chapter VI - RIGHTS OF FOREIGN PERSONS\nArticle 82.\nForeign natural and legal persons can acquire the right of ownership of movable property as well as domestic persons.\nArticle 82a\nForeign individuals and legal entities that perform activities in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia may, under conditions of reciprocity, acquire ownership rights to immovable properties on the territory of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia that are necessary for them to perform that activity.\nA foreign natural person who does not perform activities in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia can, under conditions of reciprocity, acquire the right of ownership of an apartment and residential building, just like a citizen of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia.\nExceptionally from the provisions of para. 1 and 2 of this article, the federal law may stipulate that foreign natural and legal persons cannot acquire ownership rights to real estate located in certain areas in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia.\n[...]\nArticle 85a\nA company that performs tourism or hospitality activities may lease a tourist and other related facility to a foreign natural or legal person under conditions determined by a written contract . \nA long-term lease can be concluded for a minimum of five years and a maximum of 30 years.\nAt the end of the agreed term, the lease can be extended.[...]\" (Law on the Basics of Property Relations, \"Official Gazette of the SFRY\", no. 6 of February 8, 1980, as amended [google translation])","Law on the Basics of Property Relations, \"Official Gazette of the SFRY\", no. 6 of February 8, 1980, as amended [google translation]","CEE Legal Matters (2021), \"Real Estate Laws and Regulations in Serbia\", 21 December.","[<a href=\"http://www.pravno-informacioni-sistem.rs/SlGlasnikPortal/eli/rep/slsfrj/skupstina/zakon/1980/6/1/reg\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://ceelegalmatters.com/real-estate-2021/real-estate-serbia-2021#:~:text=The%20general%20rule%20is%20that,if%20it%20is%20so%20registered.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2324,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","A014_015_0162_017","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.025","Foreign investment is not allowed in Animal or livestock keeping.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\nAnimal or livestock keeping.[...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,185,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","_H","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.005","Singapore imposes a \"minimum qualifying salary' for a foreigner to be eligible to an Employment Pass entitling him to work in a managerial, executive or specialised job in Singapore. The minimum threshold criteria includes earning a salary of at least $5,000, which is benchmarked against the top one-third of the local professional, managers, executives and technicians (PMET) salaries by age. THe threshold is higher for professionals in financial services and is periodically reviewed. While such a measure may not affect foreign investors in a critical manner, it goes in the direction of restraining the possibility of nominating foreigners to key executive positions, and can be particularly more burdensome for SMEs.","\"Employment pass\n6.—(1)  Every application for an employment pass to be issued to a foreign employee shall —\n(a)\tbe made — (i)\tby the foreign employee; and (ii)\tby the employer of the foreign employee, or on behalf of the employer by a person authorised by the employer;\n(b)\tbe made in such form as the Controller may determine;\n(c)\tbe accompanied by an undertaking from the employer or a sponsor of the foreign employee in such terms as the Controller may determine; and\n[...]\n(3)  Every employment pass issued to a foreign employee shall be subject to —\n(a)\tthe conditions set out in Part I of the Sixth Schedule and the regulatory conditions set out in Part II of the Sixth Schedule, being conditions and regulatory conditions to be complied with by his employer; and\n(b)\tthe conditions set out in Part III of the Sixth Schedule, being conditions to be complied with by the foreign employee\n[...]\nSIXTH SCHEDULE - CONDITIONS AND REGULATORY CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT PASS […]\n2.  The employer shall pay not less than the fixed monthly salary due to the foreign employee for the month. \n[...]\nPART II - REGULATORY CONDITIONS TO BE COMPLIED WITH BY EMPLOYER OF FOREIGN EMPLOYEE ISSUED WITH EMPLOYMENT PASS [...]\n2.  An employer who intends to reduce the fixed monthly salary of the foreign employee, below that of the fixed monthly salary as declared in the work pass application, shall submit a request to the Controller for reassessment of the foreign employee’s work pass eligibility, prior to such salary reduction.[...]\" (Employment of Foreign Manpower (Work Passes) Regulations – Conditions of Work Pass 2012, as amended)\n---------------------------\n\"Eligibility for Employment Pass\nOnly eligible candidates will be considered for an Employment Pass. Criteria include earning a salary of at least $5,000, which is benchmarked against the top one-third of the local professional, managers, executives and technicians (PMET) salaries by age. Use the Self-Assessment Tool to check a candidate’s eligibility before you apply.\nWho is eligible\nThe Employment Pass is for foreign professionals who:\n-Have a job offer in Singapore.\n-Work in a managerial, executive or specialised job.\n-Have acceptable qualifications, usually a good university degree, professional qualifications or specialised skills.\n-Earn a fixed monthly salary comparable to the top one-third of the local PMET workforce by age, as shown below: [...]\" (Singapore Government, \"Eligibility for Employment Pass\", Ministry of Manpower, website content)","Employment of Foreign Manpower (Work Passes) Regulations – Conditions of Work Pass 2012, as amended\nSingapore Government, \"Eligibility for Employment Pass\", Ministry of Manpower, website content.","Osborne Clark, \"Work-pass requirements tightened again for non-Singaporeans\", Legal Insights, 3 Sep 2020.","[<a href=\"https://www.mom.gov.sg/passes-and-permits/employment-pass/eligibility\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.osborneclarke.com/insights/work-pass-requirements-tightened-non-singaporeans/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1884,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0001875","Auditing services can be carried out only by audit companies, which are required to have their registered office in the Republic of Slovenia. Non-EU auditing companies may hold shares in an auditing company in Slovenia subject to a recicprocity condition. ","\"Article 3 (meaning of terms)\nTerms used in this Act mean: [...]\n35.    \"Audit company\" is an audit company organized as a company with its registered office in the Republic of Slovenia, which has a license from the Agency to provide auditing services.\n36.    \"Third country audit entity\" means an entity which, whatever its legal form, carries out audits of the individual or consolidated accounts of a third country company, other than an entity registered as an audit firm in one of the Member States and authorized by the competent authority. authority in the host Member State.\n37.    \"Audit firm\" means a legal person or any other entity, whatever its legal form, authorized by the competent authority of a Member State to carry out statutory audits.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (provision of auditing services)\n(1) Auditing services may only be performed by an auditing company.\n(2) Auditing services may be performed on behalf of an auditing company only by persons who have a license to perform the tasks of a certified auditor and are in full-time employment with this auditing company. These persons may also entrust the performance of individual audit procedures to other persons employed by the same audit firm or by any member of the network, provided that their work is carefully planned and supervised by the person or persons who are inseparably responsible for the entire auditor's work. report on the financial statements.\n(3) Auditing companies may entrust the performance of individual auditing procedures to experts and persons who are not employed by the auditing company, in accordance with auditing rules and provided that their operations are carefully planned and supervised by the person or persons who are inseparably responsible for the auditor's full report on the financial statements. They are subject to the same rules on independence and data protection as employees of the audit firm.\n(4) Auditing services may also be performed by an audit firm licensed by the competent authority of a Member State in another Member State and registered with the Agency if the key audit partner performing the audit on behalf of the audit firm meets the conditions of Article 48 of this Act.\n(5) The provisions of the second paragraph of this Article on full-time work shall not affect, reduce or restrict the rights of part-time workers specified in sectoral laws and the participation of experts in auditing.\n[...]\nArticle 48 (permission to perform the duties of an authorized auditor)\n(1) The Agency issues a permit to perform the duties of an authorized auditor if the person meets the following conditions:\n- has a level of education obtained through second-level study programs in accordance with the law governing higher education, or an education corresponding to the level of education obtained through second-level study programs,\n- that he has at least five years of work experience, of which at least three years of work experience in performing audits in the last six-year period before submitting the application for the issuance of a permit, with an auditing company or a legal auditor or an auditing company licensed by any member state,\n- completed practical training and a test of professional skills for the performance of the tasks of an authorized auditor, determined by the regulations on the acquisition of certificates of professional knowledge and content and the test of professional skills for the performance of the tasks of an authorized auditor and the regulations on the mandatory content of practical training,\n- her license to perform the duties of an authorized auditor has not been revoked in the past, or that at least five years have passed since the final revocation of her license,\n- has not been sentenced to a non-suspended sentence for an intentional crime prosecuted ex officio, and\n- has a high level of active knowledge of Slovenian.\n[...]\nArticle 50 (issuance of permits to legal auditors and audit firms)\n(1) The Agency issues a permit to a legal auditor with a permit from another member state for the cross-border performance of the duties of an authorized auditor or the temporary performance of the duties of an authorized auditor in the Republic of Slovenia, if the latter passes a test of professional skills.\n(2) The test of professional knowledge is conducted in the Slovenian language and includes a test of knowledge in the areas of Slovenian law from the first paragraph of the previous article and Slovenian accounting standards. The manner and content of the professional skills test shall be determined in more detail by the Agency.\n(3) An audit firm may perform mandatory audits if the key audit partner performing the mandatory audit on behalf of the audit firm meets the conditions from the first and second paragraphs of this article.\n(4) An audit firm that wishes to perform mandatory audits in the Republic of Slovenia, which is not its home Member State, must register with the Agency.\n(5) The Agency shall register an audit firm if it is registered with the competent authority of its home Member State. The audit firm must submit to the Agency a certificate proving its registration in the home Member State, which must not be older than three months. The Agency informs the competent authority in the home Member State about the registration of the audit firm of the Member State.\n(6) The Agency shall notify the competent authority of the home Member State in which the statutory auditor or audit firm is also registered, in the event of license withdrawal and the reasons for it.\n[...]\nArticle 51 (issuance of licenses to auditors and audit entities from third countries)\n(1) The Agency, under the condition of reciprocity, issues a license to perform the duties of an authorized auditor in the Republic of Slovenia to an auditor from a third country, if he proves to the Agency that he meets the requirements equivalent to those from the first paragraph of Article 48 of this Act and that he has passed the professional knowledge test from of the previous article.\n(2) Under the condition of reciprocity, the Agency registers an audit entity from third countries if:\n- the majority of the members of the administrative or management body of the auditing entity of the third country meet conditions equivalent to those from Article 65 of this Act;\n- a third-country auditor who performs an audit on behalf of a third-country audit entity meets conditions equivalent to those from the previous paragraph;\n- audits of annual or consolidated financial statements are carried out in accordance with auditing rules, and\n- publish an annual transparency report on its website, which includes information from Article 13 of Regulation 537/2014/EU, whether they meet equivalent disclosure requirements.\n[...]\nArticle 61 (shareholders of the auditing company)\n(1) Authorized auditors, audit companies, audit companies and audit entities of third countries are holders of audit company shares with at least 75 percent of the voting rights. [...]\n6) According to the first paragraph of this article, an audit entity of a third country can be a holder of shares only if, according to the law of the country of the audit entity's registered office, third-country audit companies with their headquarters in the Republic of Slovenia, which are licensed by the Agency to provide audit services, can be holders of shares of the audit entity in the country of headquarters of the third country audit entity.\n[...]\nArticle 65 (management of the auditing company)\n(1) The management of the audit company may have one or more members.\n(2) A person may not be appointed as a member of the audit company's management who has been sentenced to a non-suspended sentence for an intentional criminal act, which is prosecuted ex officio.\n(3) Most of the members of the management and the chairmen of the boards of audit companies must be authorized auditors. If the management has only two members, at least one of the two must be an authorized auditor.[...]\" (Auditing Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 65/08), last amended on 28 December 2018, Articles 3, 5, 50-51, 61 and 65 [google translation])","Auditing Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 65/08), last amended on 28 December 2018, Articles 3, 5, 50-51, 61 and 65","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO5273\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1029,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000075","The captain of a ship flying the Spanish flag must be an EEA national.","\"Article 9. Civil fleet and fixed platforms.\n1. For the purposes of this law, the following is considered a Spanish civil fleet:\na) The national merchant fleet.\nb) The national fishing fleet.\nc) National recreational and sporting vessels.\nd) The other Spanish civil vessels not included in the previous letters.\n2. A civil vessel is understood to be any vessel, platform or floating device, with or without displacement, suitable for navigation and not used for the service of national defense.\n3. A merchant ship is understood to be any civilian vessel used for navigation with a commercial purpose, excluding those engaged in fishing. [...]\n5. This law shall apply to the Spanish civil fleet, as well as to fixed platforms located in waters in which Spain exercises sovereignty, sovereign rights or jurisdiction.\n[...]\nArticle 253. Vessel endowments. [...]\n2. The master and the first deck officer of national ships must have the nationality of a Member State of the European Economic Area, except in the cases in which it is established by the maritime Administration that these jobs must be carried out by citizens of nationality Spanish for implying the effective exercise in a regular way of public power prerogatives that do not represent a very small part of its activities. The rest of the crew, in the case of merchant ships, must be of Spanish nationality or of some other member state of the European Economic Area, at least 50 percent. [...]\" (Royal Legislative Decree approving the Consolidated Text of the Law on State Ports and the Merchant Marine (2/2011, of September 5), last amended on 31 December 2020, Articles 9 and 253(2) [google translation])","Royal Legislative Decree approving the Consolidated Text of the Law on State Ports and the Merchant Marine (2/2011, of September 5), in force from 21 October 2011, Articles 9 and 253(2) ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2011-16467\">Decree</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,898,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.003","Legal entities where foreigners own 25% or more of its capital cannot participate in the capital of mass media company (Radio and TV broadcasting, printed media and audio-visual). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign participation in mass media companies is not allowed in excess of 25% of the voting rights.","\"Chapter 50. Features of licensing activities in the fields of television, broadcasting and the production of audio-visual works\n1. Licensed type of activity: activities in the fields of television, broadcasting and audio-visual works.\n2. Activities in the fields of television, broadcasting and audio visual works include:\n- production of television and radio programs;\n- distribution of television and radio programs;\n- production of audiovisual products (production of sound (phonogram), visual and audiovisual production).\n3. Licensing authority: Committee on Television and Radio Broadcasting under the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan. \n4. The Committee on Television and Radio Broadcasting under the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan may delegate licensing authority to the respective subordinate units.\n[...]\n15. Foreign citizens and stateless persons do not have the right to obtain a license for activities in the field of broadcasting, broadcasting organizations controlled by foreign citizens and stateless persons also cannot receive a license. Moreover, in this case, control is understood as the determining influence on decision making. [...]\" (Decree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172 \"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated])\n-----------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Basic concepts\nThe following basic concepts are used in this Law: [...]\nmass media - periodicals as well as news agencies, television and radio broadcasts, newsreels, recordings, audio and audio-visual programs that are broadcast or distributed via cable television at least once a year;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2. PROCEDURE FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT AND ORGANIZATION OF ACTIVITIES OF MASS MEDIA\n\"Section 7. The Right to Establish a Mass Media\n1. Citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan and legal entities have the right to establish mass media in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n2. Do not have the right to be the founders of the media:\n- citizens who have not reached the age of eighteen years, recognized by a court decision as legally incompetent or partially capable;\n- political parties, political movements, organizations and legal entities whose activities are limited or prohibited by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan;\n- foreign legal entities, foreign citizens and stateless persons;\n- legal entities whose authorized capital consists of more than 25 percent of foreign investment. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 19, 2013, No. 961 \"On the Periodical Press and Other Mass Media\" [google translated])","Decree of the Government of the Republic of Tajikistan dated April 3, 2007, No. 172 \"On approval of the Regulation on the features of licensing of certain types of activities (in the new edition)\" [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 19, 2013, No. 961 \"On the Periodical Press and Other Mass Media\" [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=7901\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=14834\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2846,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.003","Local incorporation is required for undertaking banking activities. Foreign bank branches are not allowed.","\"PART IV - ORGANISATION, OWNERSHIP AND MINIMUM CAPITAL\nLegal form of a bank or financial institution\n17.-(1) A bank or financial institution shall be organized in the form of a company limited by shares and incorporated under the laws of the United Republic.\n[...]\n21.-(1) A bank or financial institution shall not employ a non-Tanzanian or renew any contract of such a person unless it seeks and obtains prior approval of the Bank.\n(2) The number of non-Tanzanians in the institution shall not exceed five at any time.\n(3) Subject to sub-regulation (2), any application for an extra person shall be submitted to the Bank which may authorise any additional person, taking into consideration the following- (a) availability of qualified Tanzanians for the proposed position; (b) complexity of the functions and roles to be undertaken; (c) approval granted by Tanzania Investment Centre; (d) emergency situation which may warrant extra person; and (e) the timeframe the extra person is expected to stay in the bank or financial institution and impart knowledge to Tanzanians. [...]\" (The Banking and Financial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2014)\n","The Banking and Financial Institutions (Licensing) Regulations, 2014","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bot.go.tz/Publications/Acts,%20Regulations,%20Circulars,%20Guidelines/Regulations/en/2020021122491016565.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,353,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","_H","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.025","Foreign investors, comprising as per the Foreign Business Act all non-resident investors and majority-foreign owned firms incorporated in Thailand, are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements. Since 2019, the new Ministerial Regulation re: Minimum Capital and the Period to Bring or Remit the Minimum Capital to Thailand B.E. 2562 (2019) sets specific timelines for foreign businesses to bring or remit the minimum capital to Thailand. It applies to companies using privileges under certain treaties and trade agreements, and requires compliance by August 29, 2029. For companies not under these agreements, the regulation maintains existing capital requirements, mandating minimum capital of THB 2 million for companies not subject to a foreign business license requirement, or 25% of the average estimated expenses for three years of operation or THB 3 million, whichever is higher, for companies subject to a foreign business license requirement.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nFor the purpose of this definition, shares of a limited company represented by share certificates issued to bearers are deemed as shares held by foreigners, unless otherwise provided by the Ministerial Regulation.\n“capital” means a registered capital of a limited company or a paid-up capital of a public limited company or money invested in a partnership or a juristic person by partners or members thereof;\n“minimum capital” means, in the case where the foreigner is a juristic person registered in Thailand, a capital of a foreigner; and means, in the case where a foreigner is a juristic person not registered in Thailand or is a natural person, foreign currencies brought and used by foreigners at the commencement of the operation of businesses in Thailand; [...]\n[...]\nSection 14\nThe minimum capital to be used by a foreigner for the commencement of the operation of a business in Thailand shall not be less than that prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation, provided that it shall not be less than two million Baht.\nIn the case where the business of the foreigner under paragraph one is the business requiring permission as specified in the Lists annexed hereto, the minimum capital as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation for each business shall not be less than three million Baht.\nThe Ministerial Regulation issued under the provisions of this section may also prescribe the time within which the minimum capital must be brought or remitted into Thailand.\nThe provisions of this section shall not apply to the case where the foreigner uses money or property derived as revenues from the original business already in operation in Thailand for commencement of another business or for subscribing to shares or investing in any other undertaking or in any other juristic person.[...]\"(Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n--------------------\n\"Article 1 Under Section 14, Paragraph 1, a foreign legal entity must have a minimum capital of THB 2 million to operate a business in Thailand.\nArticle 2 Under Section 14, Paragraph 2, the required minimum capital for foreign legal entities is 25% of the average annual estimated expenses for three years of operation. This amount must be no less than THB 3 million.\n2.1   If the length of business operation is less than 3 years, the foreign legal entity will calculate average estimated expenses for the duration of business operations. The amount must be no less than THB 3 million.\n2.2   Under Paragraph 1, the term “estimated expenses” designates the amount of money that the foreign legal entity will use in Thailand in order to acquire assets and to conduct business per annum. \nArticle 3 Foreign legal entities not registered in Thailand must bring in or remit the minimum capital to operate a business in Thailand within 3 years from the date business commenced (Section 14, Paragraph 1), or 3 years from the date that permission was granted to conduct business (Section 14, Paragraph 2). At least 25% of the minimum capital must be brought in within three months, at least 50% of the minimum within one year, and thereafter at least 25% of the minimum capital per year. \n3.1   If the length of the foreign legal entity’s business operations is less than 3 years, the minimum capital must be brought in or remitted within 6 months from the date business commenced (Section 14, Paragraph 1), or 6 months from the date that permission was granted to conduct business (Section 14, Paragraph 2). \nArticle 4 Foreign-owned businesses in Thailand that are established under privileges granted by treaties and trade agreements must bring in or remit the required minimum capital to Thailand by no later than August 29, 2029. \nArticle 5 Foreign legal entities are required to submit proof of minimum capital remittance to the Department of Business Development within 15 days of it being brought into or remitted to Thailand.\nArticle 6 Foreign-owned businesses that are established under privileges granted by treaties and trade agreements, and are established before the date this regulation takes effect, are also required to bring in or remit the required minimum capital to Thailand by no later than August 29, 2029.\" (Minimum Capital and the Period to Bring or Remit the Minimum Capital to Thailand B.E. 2562 (2019) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nMinimum Capital and the Period to Bring or Remit the Minimum Capital to Thailand B.E. 2562 (2019) [unofficial translation]","Mahanakorn Partners Group: \"Updated Minimum Capital Requirements for Foreign Companies in Thailand\", 18 May 2020","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://resolution.soc.go.th/PDF_UPLOAD/2562/9933255821.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://mahanakornpartners.com/updated-minimum-capital-requirements-for-foreign-companies-in-thailand/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1904,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","H50_5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.001","Majority foreign investment in domestic water transportation services is subject to approval under list 2 of the Foreign Business Act, and all other water transportation and auxiliary services are subject to approval under List 3 of the FBA.\n[In the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that all other water transport services activities (including international) are also subject to approval under list 3 of the FBA (parag. 21). It is considered that all services sectors, which are not explicilty excluded from FBA purview nor explicitly subjected to minority foreign equity holdings under sector-specific legislation nor disqualified from FBA screening under such legislation, are subject to discriminatory screening as provided in the FBA].","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter I. Businesses related to National Safety or Security [...]\n2. Domestic transportation by land, water or air, including domestic aviation\n[...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(21) Other service businesses, with the exception of service businesses as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"By virtue of the provisions of section 46 paragraph one of the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999) and List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999), which is the law containing certain provisions in relation to the restriction of rights and liberties of persons, in respect of which section 29 in conjunction with section 33 and section 43 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Thailand so permits by virtue of provisions of law, the Minister of Commerce issues this Ministerial Regulation, as follows. The following service businesses are the service businesses excluded from (21) of List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999):\n(1) Securities business and other businesses under the law on securities and securities exchange:\n (a) securities trading; (b) serving as an investment consultant; (c) securities underwriting; (d) borrowing and lending securities; (e) mutual fund management; (f) private fund management; (g) venture capital management; (h) granting loans for securities business; (i) serving as a financial consultant; (j) serving as a securities registrar;\n (k) trusteeship of assets of securities companies’ or derivatives traders’ customers; (l) serving as a private fund custodian; (m) serving as a mutual fund supervisor; and\n (n) serving as a debentureholders’ representative;\n(2) Derivatives business under the law on derivatives:\n (a) serving as a derivatives dealer; (b) serving as a derivatives advisor; and (c) serving as a derivatives fund manager; and\n(3) Serving as a trustee under the law on trust for transactions in capital market.\n(4) financial institution business, businesses incidental to or necessary for the operation of a financial institution business and the businesses of companies in the financial group of a financial institution pursuant to the law on financial institutions [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]:\n (a) commercial banking business;  (b) bank representative office service business;  (c) Shariah financial service; (d) financial institution agent; (e) cash deposit services under terms of withdrawal on demand by a customer and custodian services; (f) private sector repurchase; (g) agent to receive applications and collect insurance premiums or service fees for export insurance and credit insurance for customers; (h) services relating to financial businesses offered to financial institutions, companies within the financial group, the Bank of Thailand and government agencies; (i) leasing of immovable property; (j) purchase or assignment of loan debts; (k) financing service; (l) documentation relating to customer’s businesses; (m) debt collection or application receiving agent;  (n) hire purchase and leasing.\n(5) life insurance business under the law on life insurance; [as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(6) insurance business under the law on insurance.”[as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(7) asset management business under the law on asset management company; [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(8) representative office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(9) regional office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(10) service business to which a government agency under the law on budgetary procedures is a party;[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(11) service business to which a state enterprise under the law on budgetary procedures is a party[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]. \"(MINISTERIAL REGULATION PRESCRIBING SERVICE BUSINESSES NOT SUBJECT TO APPLICATION FOR FOREIGN BUSINESS PERMISSION, B.E. 2556 (2013); amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017), Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1921,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.000433333","Foreign investment in the production of sugar and salt is limited to 75%of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n1. Production of sugar from sugar cane; 2. Salt farming, including non-sea salt farming;3. Production of rock salt [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1939,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00024","A license to operate the activity of supervising air services at Tunisian airports may only be granted to companies having Tunisian nationality, i.e. in which the participation of foreign investors in the composition of the capital of the company does not exceed 49%.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\n [...]\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n8. List of authorizations relating to the exercise of certain services and commercial activities [...]\n89. License to operate aircraft maintenance workshops\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must have Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of a participation of foreign investors in the capital of the company of a percentage not exceeding 59%)\n[...]\n90. License to operate the activity of supervising air services at Tunisian airports\nTerms :\n1. The promoter must be of Tunisian nationality (with the possibility of the participation of foreign investors in the composition of the capital of the company of no more than 49%).[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.[google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1753,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M711_741X","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000625","At  least  two  thirds  of  an  architecture  firm's  capital  must  be  held  by architects. To work as an architect, a person must be of Tunisian nationality. Authorisations to exercise the profession may be granted to foreign nationals subject to reciprocity.","\"Article 1. - No one may bear the title or exercise the profession of architect in Tunisia if he does not meet the following conditions:\n1) be of Tunisian nationality; [...]\n5) be registered with the Order of Architects.\nHowever, authorizations to exercise the profession of architect may be granted on a precarious and revocable basis by the Minister of Equipment under the conditions of reciprocity set by diplomatic conventions and after consulting the Council of the Order of Architects to foreign architects who would make the request. [...]\" (Law on the organization of the architectural profession (n° 74-46 of 22 May 1974), Article 1 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 18:\nIndependent Architects registered on the Roll of the Order of Architects may, for the joint exercise of the profession as an architect, to set up architectural groups among themselves or with other natural persons.\n[...]\nArticle 20:\nWhatever the social form adopted within the architectural group, it must meet the following conditions:\na- the share of the capital of each partner must be in registered form;\nb- at least two-thirds of the capital must be held by architects;\nc- the management of the architectural group can only be ensured by one or more architects.[...]\" (Decree approving the code of professional duties of architects (n° 83-1033 of 1 November 1983), Articles 18 and 20 [google translation])","Law on the organization of the architectural profession (n° 74-46 of 22 May 1974), Article 1\nDecree approving the code of professional duties of architects (n° 83-1033 of 1 November 1983), Articles 18 and 20","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/116356?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/96742?ln=fr\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1731,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M711_741X","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000625","At  least  two  thirds  of  an  architecture  firm's  capital  must  be  held  by architects. To work as an architect, a person must be of Tunisian nationality. Authorisations to exercise the profession may be granted to foreign nationals subject to reciprocity.","\"Article 1. - No one may bear the title or exercise the profession of architect in Tunisia if he does not meet the following conditions:\n1) be of Tunisian nationality; [...]\n5) be registered with the Order of Architects.\nHowever, authorizations to exercise the profession of architect may be granted on a precarious and revocable basis by the Minister of Equipment under the conditions of reciprocity set by diplomatic conventions and after consulting the Council of the Order of Architects to foreign architects who would make the request. [...]\" (Law on the organization of the architectural profession (n° 74-46 of 22 May 1974), Article 1 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 18:\nIndependent Architects registered on the Roll of the Order of Architects may, for the joint exercise of the profession as an architect, to set up architectural groups among themselves or with other natural persons.\n[...]\nArticle 20:\nWhatever the social form adopted within the architectural group, it must meet the following conditions:\na- the share of the capital of each partner must be in registered form;\nb- at least two-thirds of the capital must be held by architects;\nc- the management of the architectural group can only be ensured by one or more architects.[...]\" (Decree approving the code of professional duties of architects (n° 83-1033 of 1 November 1983), Articles 18 and 20 [google translation])","Law on the organization of the architectural profession (n° 74-46 of 22 May 1974), Article 1\nDecree approving the code of professional duties of architects (n° 83-1033 of 1 November 1983), Articles 18 and 20","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/116356?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/96742?ln=fr\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1731,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00675","A foreign individual or foreign-incorporated company can only acquire real estate in Türkiye to be used as a business office or as own residence, subject to reciprocity and quantitative limitations (up to 30 hectares across the country upon approval by the Council of MInisters or up to 10% of private owned land in a given district). Locally incorporated majority foreign-owned companies may also only acquire real estate to carry out the activities that are specified in their Articles of Association. Companies with minority foreign capital may acquire and use immovable property similarly to wholly domestic capital companies.\n","\"Article 35 – \nForeign real persons, who are citizens of countries designated by the President of the Republic, may acquire real estate and limited real rights in Turkey, provided that legal restrictions are complied with. The total area of ​​immovables acquired by real persons of foreign nationality and limited independent and permanent rights in rem cannot exceed ten percent of the district area subject to private property and thirty hectares per person throughout the country. The President is authorized to double the amount that can be obtained throughout the country per capita.\nCommercial companies with legal personality established in foreign countries according to the laws of their own countries can acquire real estate and limited real rights only within the framework of the provisions of special laws. Those other than these trading companies cannot acquire real estate and limited real rights cannot be established in their favor. The restrictions in this article do not apply to the establishment of real estate pledges in favor of these trading companies and foreign real persons.\nIn cases where the country's interests are necessary, the President may acquire real estate and limited real rights by foreign real persons and commercial companies with legal personality established in foreign countries according to the laws of their own countries; country, person, geographical region, duration, number, rate, type, quality, area and amount, limit, partially or completely suspend or prohibit.\n[...]\nArticle 36 – \nExcept for the persons within the scope of Article 28 of the Turkish Citizenship Law dated 29/5/2009 and numbered 5901, foreign real persons, legal entities established in accordance with the laws of foreign countries and international organizations hold fifty percent or more shares or the majority of persons who have the right to manage. Companies with legal personality established in Turkey, to which they have the authority to appoint or dismiss, may acquire and use immovable property or limited real rights in order to carry out the activities specified in their articles of association.\nIf the companies mentioned in the first paragraph are directly or indirectly a partner of another company established in Turkey, if the foreign investor's final shareholding rate in the partner company is fifty percent or more; The same principles also apply if foreign investors directly or indirectly acquire fifty percent or more of the shares of companies with domestic capital, which owns real estate, and if the shareholder ratio of foreign investors in companies with existing foreign capital reaches fifty percent or more as a result of share transfer.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the Military Forbidden Zones and Security Zones Law dated 18/12/1981 and numbered 2565, the acquisition of immovable property by these companies in military forbidden zones, military security zones and regions determined within the framework of Article 28 of the same Law shall be made by the Chief of General Staff or the commands authorized by it; Real estate acquisitions in private security zones are subject to the permission of the governorship of the place where the real estate is located. In the evaluations to be made within the scope of this paragraph, the compliance of the acquisition with national security is taken as a basis.\nCompanies with foreign capital outside the scope of the above paragraphs may acquire and use immovable property and limited real rights within the framework of the provisions to which domestic capital companies are subject. [...]\" (Land Registry Law (No. 2644 of 1934), last amended 7.3.2021, Articles 35 and 36 [google translation])","Land Registry Law (No. 2644 of 1934), last amended 7.3.2021, Articles 35 and 36","ADMD Law Office, \"Purchase of Real Estate by Foreigners in Turkey\", website content.","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=2644&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=3\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.admdlaw.com/purchase-of-real-estate-by-foreigners-in-turkey/#.Yv5BQHbP1nI\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1438,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.00625","Only qualified Ugandan citizens may register, practice and be partners of law firms in the country.","\"1. Interpretation\nIn this Act, except where the context otherwise requires—\n“advocate” means any person whose name is duly entered upon the Roll and—\n(a) for the purposes of subsection (2) of section 18 of this Act and Part V of this Act, includes any person mentioned in section 5 of this Act: and\n(b) for the purpose of disciplinary proceedings under this Act, includes—\n(i) any person permitted to practise under subsection (6) of section 10 of this Act; and\n(ii) any person who carries out work of a nature normally performed by an advocate or who is entitled to act or who purports to act as, or pretends to be, an advocate;\n[definition of “advocate” substituted by section 27(A) of Act 27 of 2002] [...]\n“legal practice” includes carrying out work of a nature normally performed by an advocate, such as receiving instructions to sue or defend a client in contentious matters, carrying out any form of representation in non-contentious matters such as drawing of documents of conveyancing, agreements, mortgages, floating of companies, registration of trade marks and patents, negotiations, writing legal opinions, legal correspondence, witnessing and certifying and notarising miscellaneous legal documents; [...]\n“unqualified person” means a person not qualified under section 8.\n[...]\n8. Admission and enrollment of advocates\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this section, a person to whom this section applies, shall be eligible to have his or her name entered on the Roll. [...]\n(8)\nThis section applies to a person who—\n(a) is the holder of a degree in law granted by a university in Uganda; or\n(b) is a Uganda citizen and—\n(i) a holder of a degree in law obtained from a university or other institution recognised by the Law Council in a country operating the common law system; or\n(ii) has been enrolled as a legal practitioner by whatever name called, in any country operating the common law system and designated by the Law Council by regulations; or\n(iii) holds a qualification that would qualify him or her to be enrolled in any country operating the common law system and designated by the Law Council by regulations.\n[...]\n13. Temporary admission to right to practise\n(1) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Part of this Act, the Law Council may, subject to the person obtaining a special practising certificate, admit to practise as an advocate for the purpose of any one case or matter, any legal practitioner, by whatever name called, of any country operating the common law system and designated by the Law Council under subsection (8) of section 7 of this Act, who has come or intends to come to Uganda for the purpose of appearing in that case or matter.\n[subsection (1) substituted by section 10 of Act 27 of 2002]\n(1a) A person referred to in subsection (1) is only entitled to appear or act—\n(a) in the case or matter for which that person is admitted; and\n(b) if that person is instructed by, and if when appearing in any Court in the conduct of the case or matter, that person appears together with, an advocate with a valid practising certificate or a person mentioned in section 5 of this Act.\n[...]\nPart VII – Offences\n64. Unqualified person not to practise\n(1) Any person other than an advocate who shall either directly or indirectly act as an advocate or agent for suitors, or as such sue out any summons or other process, or commence, carry on or defend any suit or other proceedings in any court, unless authorised to do so by any law, commits an offence.\n(2) Subsection (1) shall be subject to any regulations made by the Law Council for the provision of legal aid and advice to indigent persons, and no person who acts in accordance with those regulations commits an offence under that subsection. [...]\" (Advocates Act, 1970, as amended)","Advocates Act, 1970, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/1970/22/eng@2002-12-10\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3188,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00075","For radio, broadcasting, and telephone companies in regard to common carrier radio licences, US enterprises with foreign ownership exceeding 20 per cent,  aliens, and  foreign corporations may not be granted the relevant licence. When a corporation is directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation, the Federal Communications Commission may refuse to approve a licence if more than a 25 per cent interest in the controlling company is foreign and if the Commission finds it in the public interest to do so. ","\"§310. License ownership restrictions [...]\n(b) Grant to or holding by alien or representative, foreign corporation, etc.\nNo broadcast or common carrier or aeronautical en route or aeronautical fixed radio station license shall be granted to or held by-\n(1) any alien or the representative of any alien;\n(2) any corporation organized under the laws of any foreign government;\n(3) any corporation of which more than one-fifth of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens or their representatives or by a foreign government or representative thereof or by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country;\n(4) any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than one-fourth of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens, their representatives, or by a foreign government or representative thereof, or by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country, if the Commission finds that the public interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license. [...]\" (Communications Act (47 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 310)","Communications Act (47 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 310","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:47%20section:310%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title47-section310)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1576,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00075","For radio, broadcasting, and telephone companies in regard to common carrier radio licences, US enterprises with foreign ownership exceeding 20 per cent,  aliens, and  foreign corporations may not be granted the relevant licence. When a corporation is directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation, the Federal Communications Commission may refuse to approve a licence if more than a 25 per cent interest in the controlling company is foreign and if the Commission finds it in the public interest to do so. ","\"§310. License ownership restrictions [...]\n(b) Grant to or holding by alien or representative, foreign corporation, etc.\nNo broadcast or common carrier or aeronautical en route or aeronautical fixed radio station license shall be granted to or held by-\n(1) any alien or the representative of any alien;\n(2) any corporation organized under the laws of any foreign government;\n(3) any corporation of which more than one-fifth of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens or their representatives or by a foreign government or representative thereof or by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country;\n(4) any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than one-fourth of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens, their representatives, or by a foreign government or representative thereof, or by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country, if the Commission finds that the public interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license. [...]\" (Communications Act (47 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 310)","Communications Act (47 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 310","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:47%20section:310%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title47-section310)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1576,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","L68X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.0225","Starting from 1 May 2022, subject to certain minimum investment thresholds, foreign nationals have been allowed to acquire real estate under construction (with the exception of land plots) without having to be a resident/having residence permit in the country. Real estate investments (not for business and own residential purposes) by foreign persons were previously not allowed. Nonetheless, foreign citizens and non-residents of Uzbekistan have to pay higher fees for notarizing deals on purchase of residential property in new buildings than citizens of Uzbekistan.","\"3. Starting from May 1, 2022, citizens of foreign countries whose list will be approved by the Cabinet of Ministers should be given the right to invest in the following newly constructed real estate objects (excluding land plots) without requiring a residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nIn Tashkent region, Tashkent and Samarkand cities - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 150,000 US dollars based on contracts concluded during the construction period, real estate objects accepted for use not less than the equivalent value of 180,000 US dollars;\nin other regions - real estate objects worth not less than the equivalent of 70,000 US dollars based on the contracts concluded during construction, and real estate objects accepted for use not less than the value of the equivalent of 85,000 US dollars.\nIn this case, the purchase of real estate objects considered in this paragraph is not a reason for citizens of foreign countries to obtain a permanent registration and residence permit in the Republic of Uzbekistan.[...]\" (Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\")","Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan, No. PF-101 dated 08.04.2022 \"ABOUT THE NEXT REFORMS TO IMPROVE THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND CREATE CONDITIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR\"","Kosta Legal (2018),  \"Uzbekistan: Rights Of Foreign Citizens To Purchase Residential Property\", 28 December 2018.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/6359076\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mondaq.com/real-estate/767244/rights-of-foreign-citizens-to-purchase-residential-property\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3924,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0008","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign shareholding in air transport enterprises is limited to 34%. On 18 November 2019, the Viet Nam government issued Government Decree 89/2019/ND-CP to change air transport business requirements with a view to creating favorable conditions for new enterprises. Under Government Decree 89/2019/ND-CP, foreign-invested airlines will be subject to a foreign ownership cap of 34 percent, higher than the previous 30% limit applied. The decree entered into effect on 1 January 2020.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2019,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0015625","Foreign law firms established in Viet Nam (i.e. branches, subsidiaries and JV with Vietnamese law firms) are allowed to counsel on Vietnamese law if this is performed by a licensed Vietnamese lawyer, but are not not allowed to represent clients in courts. There are no restrictions to counselling on international and/or foreign law.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n20. Legal services [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n20. Legal services\n1. Provisions in the Agreements:\nLegal services (CPC 861, excluding: participating in legal proceedings as a defense counsel or representing their clients before the Vietnamese Courts; legal document services and notarization related to the law). Law of Vietnam): A foreign lawyer's organization[1] is permitted to establish a commercial presence in Vietnam in the following forms:\n- Branches of foreign lawyers' organizations.\n- Subsidiaries of foreign law organizations.\n- Foreign law firms[2].\n- A partnership between a foreign law firm and a Vietnamese law partnership.\nThe commercial presence of a foreign lawyer organization is allowed to provide Vietnamese law advice if the consulting lawyer has graduated from a Vietnamese law university and meets the requirements applicable to similar Vietnamese lawyers. \n2. Vietnamese law\n- Commit and ensure that at least two foreign lawyers, including the head of a branch or the director of a foreign law firm, are present and practice in Vietnam for 183 days or more in a consecutive twelve-month period. (Clause 2, Article 68 of Law amending Law on Lawyers 2012)\n- Scope of operation of a foreign law-practicing organization related to intellectual property: \"Not allowed to provide industrial property representation services, plant variety rights representation services, plant variety supervision services, etc. intellectual property regulations”.\n[1] “Foreign lawyer organization” means an organization of practicing lawyers established in a foreign country by one or more lawyers or law firms in any form of commercial company (including law firm, limited liability law firm, joint stock law firm, etc.).\n[2] Foreign law firm is an organization established in Vietnam by one or more foreign law organizations for the purpose of practicing law in Vietnam. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 68. Practice conditions of foreign law-practicing organizations\nA foreign law-practicing organization that has been established and is lawfully practicing law in a foreign country may practice law in Vietnam in accordance with this Law when fully meeting the following conditions:\n1. Commit and ensure compliance with the Constitution and laws of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam;\n2. Commit and ensure that at least two foreign lawyers, including the head of a branch or the director of a foreign law firm, are present and practice in Vietnam for 183 days or more in a twelve consecutive period. month;\n3. Heads of branches and directors of foreign law firms in Vietnam must have at least two consecutive years of practicing law.\nArticle 69. Practice forms of foreign law-practicing organizations\n1. Foreign law-practicing organizations practice in Vietnam in the following forms:\na) Branches of foreign law-practicing organizations (hereinafter referred to as branches);\nb) One hundred percent foreign owned limited liability law firms, limited liability law firms in the form of joint ventures, law partnerships between a foreign law-practicing organization and a partnership law firm. Vietnam (hereinafter referred to as foreign law firms).\n2. Foreign branches and law firms may be organized and operate in accordance with this Law, the law on enterprises, the law on investment and other relevant laws. \n[...]\nArticle 70. Scope of practice of foreign lawyers' organizations\nBranches of and foreign lawyer practicing organizations in Vietnam may provide legal consulting services and other services, but shall not have their foreign lawyers and Vietnamese lawyers to participate in legal proceedings in the capacity of representatives, defenders or protectors of rights and benefits of the main parties before the courts of Vietnam nor provide legal documentation and certification services related to the laws of Vietnam, [branches of and foreign lawyer practicing organizations] may have their Vietnamese lawyers to provide legal consultancy on the laws of Vietnam.[...]\nArticle 76. Scope of practice of foreign lawyers\nForeign lawyers practicing in Vietnam are entitled to foreign and international law advice, to provide other legal services related to foreign laws, and to be consulted on Vietnamese laws in case there is a problem. A bachelor's degree in Vietnamese law and fully meeting the same requirements as for a Vietnamese lawyer, may not participate in the proceedings as a representative, defense counsel, defender of rights and interests. legitimate interests of the involved parties before the Vietnamese Court. [...]\" (Law 20/2012/QH13 Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Law on Lawyers [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nLaw 20/2012/QH13 Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Law on Lawyers [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/botuphap/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=28019\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2033,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","_H","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.0375","Although not a pre-requisite for investing in Zambia, foreign investors are subject to higher (discriminatory) minimum capital requirements for accessing available tax incentives.","\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n“ foreign investor ” means a person who makes direct investment in the country and who in the case of a natural person is not a citizen or permanent resident of Zambia and in the case of a company is incorporated outside Zambia;[...]\n“ local investor ” means a person who makes direct investment in the country and who in the case of a natural person is a citizen or permanent resident and in the case of a company is incorporated in Zambia; \n[...]\nPART VIII - INCENTIVES [...]\n56. (1) A foreign investor who invests not less than five hundred thousand United States Dollars or the equivalent in convertible currency, in a priority sector, is entitled to incentives as specified by or under the Customs and Excise Act or Income Tax Act.\n(2) A local investor who invests not less than fifty thousand United States Dollars or the equivalent in convertible currency, in a priority sector, is entitled to incentives as specified by or under the Customs and Excise Act or Income Tax Act.[...]\" (THE ZAMBIA DEVELOPMENT AGENCY ACT, 2006, as amended)","THE ZAMBIA DEVELOPMENT AGENCY ACT, 2006, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.zda.org.zm/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/ZDA-Act-2006-1.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/ACT%20No.%2048%20OF%202021%2C%20THE%20ZAMBIA%20DEVELOPMENT%20AGENCY%28AMENDMENT%29%20BILL.pdf\">Amendment</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,384,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.003","Branches of foreign banks/financial institutions are not allowed. Local incorporation is required for undertaking banking activities and various other financial services.","\"2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“ financial business ” means a body corporate that conducts a financial service business, excluding acceptance of deposits;[...]\n“ financial institution ” means a company, other than a bank, providing a financial service;[...]\n“ financial service ” means any one or more of the following services:\n(a) commercial or consumer financing services; (b) brokering; (c) factoring, with or without recourse; (d) finance leasing; (e)financing of commercial transactions, including forfeiting; (f) issue and administration of credit cards, debit cards, traveller’s cheques or banker’s drafts;\n(g) issue of guarantees, performance bonds or letters of credit, excluding those issued by insurance companies; (h) lending on the security of, or dealing in, mortgages or any interest in real property; (i) payment of cheques or other demand orders drawn or issued by customers and payable from deposits held by the payer; (j) purchase and sale of foreign exchange; (k) issue of debentures and money market instruments; (l) the acceptance of deposits; (m) issue of building society and mutual society shares, with characteristics similar or identical to deposits; (n) venture capital funding; (o) micro-financing; (p) development financing; and (q) any other service that the Bank may designate, excluding the underwriting, marketing or administration of contracts of insurance or reinsurance;\n“ financial service provider ” means a bank, financial institution or financial business;[...]\n“ foreign financial service provider ” means a financial service provider that is not incorporated in Zambia;\n“ foreign company ” has the meaning assigned to the word in the Companies Act, 2017;\n“ subsidiary ” has the meaning assigned to the word in the Companies Act, 2017;\n[...]\nPART II - LICENSING OF FINANCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS\n5. The following licences shall be issued by the Bank in accordance with this Act:\n(a) a banking licence, which shall authorise a licensee to conduct a banking business;\n(b) a financial business licence, which shall authorise a licensee to conduct a financial business; and\n(c) a financial institution licence, which shall authorise a licensee to provide a financial service.\n6. (1) A company shall not conduct a banking business without a banking licence.\n(2) A body corporate shall not conduct a financial business without a financial business licence, or provide a financial service without a financial institution licence.\n[...]\n8. (1) Where an applicant meets the requirements of this Act, the Bank shall, within one hundred and twenty days of receipt of an application for a licence made in accordance with section 7, grant a licence.\n(2) A banking licence, financial business licence or financial institution licence for a subsidiary of a foreign company may be granted if—\n(a) the foreign company is a financial service provider and is authorised to engage in banking business in the country where its principal place of business is located; and\n(b) the Bank determines that the foreign financial service provider is adequately supervised by competent authorities in the country of incorporation.[...]\" (THE BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT, 2017)\n------------------\n\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“ subsidiary ” means a corporate that is a subsidiary of another corporate as provided by section 185 and includes a— (a) company in which the holding company holds more than half in value of the equity share capital, whether the company is incorporated in a jurisdiction that has or does not have nominal value for share capital; (b) company of which the holding company is a member, and whose composition of board of directors is controlled by the holding company; and (c)subsidiary of a company which is itself a subsidiary of a holding company in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b);[...]\"(Companies Act, 2017)","THE BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT, 2017\nCompanies Act, 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/The%20Banking%20and%20Finance%20Act%20No.%207%20of%202017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/Companies%20Act%2C%202017.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,378,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","B07_08","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000116667","Foreign investment in a “reserved sector of the economy” (including distribution, artisanal mining, road passenger transportation, among others) is allowed subject to approval by the Minister. In addition, the State shall also secure that at least 51% of the share capital of every designated extractive business, that is to say a company, entity or business involved in the extraction of such minerals as may be prescribed by the Minister (in consultation with the Minister responsible for Mines and the Minister responsible for Finance) shall be owned through an appropriate designated entity (i.e. Zimbabwe Mining Development Corporation, Zimbabwe Consolidated Diamond Company or the National Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Fund) with or without the participation of a community share ownership scheme or employee share ownership scheme or trust, or both. The latter restriction is not discriminatory towards foreign-owned investors and, thus, not considered a restriction under the OECD FDI RRI.","\"2. Interpretation\n\"(1) In this Act—\n“appropriate designated entity” means any of the following entities (and such other entities as may be designated by the line Minister by notice in the Gazette)—\n(a) the Zimbabwe Mining Development Corporation established in terms of the Zimbabwe Mining Development Corporation [Chapter 21:08], and any company or other entity incorporated by the Zimbabwe Mining Development Corporation or by the Republic of Zimbabwe for the purposes of section 3(2b); or\n(b) the Zimbabwe Consolidated Diamond Company, being a wholly Government-owned private limited company involved predominantly or exclusively in the extraction for profit of diamonds, that was incorporated on the 11th May, 2015; or\n(c) the National Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Fund; [definition inserted by Act 1 of 2018] [...]\n“reserved sector of the economy” means the sector comprising those kinds of businesses reserved for citizens of Zimbabwe under the First Schedule;\n[...]\n2A. Application of Act\nFor the avoidance of doubt it is declared that this Act shall not apply to any business in the national economy other than those specified in section 3(1) and those in the reserved sector of the economy, and that accordingly any person is free to invest in, form, operate, and acquire the ownership or control of any business not included in section 3(1) or in the reserved sector of the economy.\nPart II – Indigenisation and economic empowerment: General objectives and measures\n3. Objectives and measures in pursuance of indigenisation and economic empowerment\n(1) The State shall, by this Act, or through regulations under this Act or any other la secure that at least fifty- one per centum of the shares or other ownership interest of every designated extractive business, that is to say a company, entity or business involved in the extraction of—\n(a) diamonds; or [repealed by Finance Act No 10 of 2020]\n(b) platinum;  [repealed by Finance Act No 10 of 2020]\nshall be owned through an appropriate designated entity (with or without the participation of a community share ownership scheme or employee share ownership scheme or trust, or both). [...]\n3A. Reserved sectors of the economy\n(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (10), only a business owned by a person who is a citizen of Zimbabwe may operate in the reserved sector of the economy.\n(2) Every business owned by a person who is not a citizen of Zimbabwe that, before the 1st January, 2018, commenced operating in the reserved sector of the economy may continue to operate if— (a) it registers itself with— (i) the Zimbabwe Revenue Authority; (ii) the Unit, in accordance with subsection (3); and (b) it opens and maintains a bank account in accordance with the Bank Use Promotion Act [Chapter 24:24].[...]\n(4) Any person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen and who, after the 1st January, 2018, wishes to operate a business in the reserved sector of the economy shall seek the permission of the Minister referred to in subsection (10).[...]\n(10) Subject to subsection (11), a person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen may, after the 1St January, 2018, invest in a business in the reserved sector of the economy if that business meets such criteria or threshold as the Minister will prescribe based on the following objectives— (a) significant and sustainable employment creation in Zimbabwe; (b) the transfer of skills and technology for the benefit of the people of Zimbabwe; (c) the creation of sustainable value chains; (d) other prescribed socially and economically desirable objectives.\n[...]\nFirst Schedule (Section 3A(1))\nReserved/threshold sectors \n1. Transportation: passenger buses, taxes and car hire services. 2. Retail and wholesale trade. 3. Barber shops, hairdressing and beauty saloons. 4. Employment Agencies. 5. Estate Agencies. 6. Valet services. 7. Grain milling. 8. Bakeries. 9. Tobacco grading and  packaging. 10. Advertising Agencies. 11. Provision of local arts and craft, marketing and distribution. 12. Artisanal mining. [...]\" (Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended)\n-----------------------\n\"36 Amendment of section 3 of Chapter 14:33\nSection 3(1) of the Indigenisation and Empowerment Act [Chapter 14:33] is amended—\n(a) by the insertion after “extraction of” of ‘such mineral as may be prescribed by the Minister in consultation with the Minister responsible for Mines and the Minister responsible for Finance;\n(b) by the repeal of paragraphs (a) and (b). [...]\" (Finance (No. 2) Act, 2020 (Act 10 of 2020))","Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended\nFinance (No. 2) Act, 2020 (Act 10 of 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2007/14/eng@2018-03-14\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2020/10/eng@2020-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,388,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","H491","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0008","According to the supplementary finance law for 2020, foreign acquisition of equity held by other foreign parties in an Algerian entity operating in distribution activities or other strategic setors,as defined in the law, is subject to government authorization.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to the April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1819,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","J60","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.0075","Foreign investment in media activities, broadcasting, audiovisuel and printed media, is prohibited. ","\"TITLE I - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nArt. 3. By information activities, it is understood within the meaning of this organic law, any publication or dissemination of news, messages, opinions, ideas and knowledge, by any written, sound or television medium. or electronically, intended for the public or a category of public.\nArt. 4. Information activities are ensured in particular by:\n- the media belonging to the public sector,\n- media created by public institutions,\n- media owned or created by political parties or approved associations,\n- the media owned or created by legal persons governed by Algerian law and whose capital is held by natural or legal persons of Algerian nationality. [...]\" (Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation])","Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://amb-algerie.fr/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/LOI-ORGANIQUE-N%C2%B0-12-05-DU-12-JANVIER-2012-CORRESPONDANT-A-L%E2%80%99INFORMATION.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1852,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ARG","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000125","Captains and officers of fishing vessels are required to be Argentine nationals.","\"ARTICLE 40.- The crew of the fishing vessels must be constituted in accordance with the following stipulations:\na) The qualifications of captains and officers are reserved for native Argentines, by option or naturalized;[...]\" (Law No. 24.922 on Marine Fishing (6 January 1998), last amended by Regulation 145/2021 of 7 October 2021, Article 40 [google translation])","Law No. 24.922 on Marine Fishing (6 January 1998), last amended by Regulation 145/2021 of 7 October 2021, Article 40","n/a","[<a href=\"http://servicios.infoleg.gob.ar/infolegInternet/verNorma.do?id=48357\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1074,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","D3510","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0035","The Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018 creates a framework for managing critical infrastructure by establishing a non-public register of critical infrastructure assets, and by collecting and updating – via reporting obligations for interest holders – information on the operation, ownership and control of the assets in the register. The rules are asset-specific and ownership-neutral and hence apply to domestic and foreign owners alike. The Act also gives the Minister for Home Affairs a power of “last resort” to direct the operator of a listed asset in the registry to do or not do a specific measure to manage an identified national security risk in certain circumstances. Critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Act, include 'critical electricity assets', which consist of networks, systems and interconnectors for the transmission or distribution of electricity to ultimately service at least 100,000 customers; and electricity generation stations that are critical to ensuring the security and reliability of electricity networks or electricity systems in a State or Territory.\nUnder the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nCertain acquisitions are exempted from reviews by virtue of the 2015 Regulation. Generally, acquisitions by foreign non-government acquirers of an Australian business carried on by, or an acquisition of an interest in Australian land from the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body of Australia or an entity wholly owned by the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body, are exempted from reviews. However, acquisitions of an interest in Australian land if the interest is, or includes, certain infrastructure assets, are excluded from the exemption. These infrastructure assets include 'public infrastructure', which is defined in the Regulation as including also electricity generation, transmission, distribution and supply systems and facilities.\nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":18181,"head":"\"6 Meaning of interest and control information\n (1) The following information is interest and control information in relation to an entity (the first entity) and an asset (subject to subsection (3)):  [...]\n (e) the type and level of the interest the first entity holds in the asset;\n (f) information about the influence or control the first entity is in a position to directly or indirectly exercise in relation to the asset;\n [...]\n 9 Meaning of critical infrastructure asset\n (1) An asset is a critical infrastructure asset if it is:\n (a) a critical electricity asset; or\n[...]\n10 Meaning of critical electricity asset\n (1) An asset is a critical electricity asset if it is:\n (a) a network, system, or interconnector, for the transmission or distribution of electricity to ultimately service at least 100,000 customers; or\n (b) an electricity generation station that is critical to ensuring the security and reliability of electricity networks or electricity systems in a State or Territory, in accordance with subsection (2).\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), the rules may prescribe requirements for an electricity generation station to be critical to ensuring the security and reliability of electricity networks or electricity systems in a particular State or Territory.\n[...]\n26 Meaning of notifiable event\n An event is a notifiable event in relation to a critical infrastructure asset if:\n (a) the event has the effect that either of the following previously obtained by the Secretary for the purposes of this Act becomes incorrect or incomplete:\n (i) the operational information in relation to the asset;\n (ii) the interest and control information in relation to a direct interest holder and the asset; or\n [...]\n32 Direction if risk of act or omission that would be prejudicial to security\n (1) This section applies if in connection with the operation of, or the delivery of a service by, a critical infrastructure asset the Minister is satisfied that there is a risk of an act or omission that would be prejudicial to security.\nDirection to do, or refrain from doing, an act or thing\n (2) The Minister may, subject to subsections (3) and (4), give an entity that is a reporting entity for, or an operator of, a critical infrastructure asset a written direction requiring the entity to do, or refrain from doing, a specified act or thing within the period specified in the direction. [...]\"( Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018 (Act No. 29 of 2018), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Act 2020, Sections 6, 9, 10, 26 and 32)\n--------------------------\n\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity, trust or unincorporated limited partnership if:\n (a) for an entity or unincorporated limited partnership—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity or partnership; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40 Meani"}},"Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018 (Act No. 29 of 2018), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Act 2020, Sections 6, 9, 10, 26 and 32\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 5, 8AA, 28, 31 and 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 7 - Business investments, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00113\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN07_Business.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1691,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0006","Pursuant to the Qantas Sale Act 1992, at least two‑thirds of the directors and the director presiding at the meeting of the board of directors of Qantas, a privately owned flag carrier, are to be Australian citizens. The Air Navigation Act 1920 and Air Navigation Regulation 2016 do not contain similar provisions regarding the board of directors of (other) Australian international carriers. However, according to Government sources (see: Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications; Australian Business Licence and Information Service), Australian based airlines must have Australian citizens as at least two-thirds of the board members, in addition to the board chairperson, to be eligible for an International Airline License, required for operating scheduled international air services into or out of Australian territory.","\"7 Qantas’ articles of association to include certain provisions\n(1) The articles of association of Qantas must, on and from the day on which Qantas first becomes aware that a person, other than the Commonwealth or a nominee of the Commonwealth, has acquired voting shares in Qantas: [...]\n (i) require that, at all times, at least two‑thirds of the directors of Qantas are to be Australian citizens; and\n (j) require that, at a meeting of the board of directors of Qantas, the director presiding at the meeting (however described) must be an Australian citizen; and[...]\" (Qantas Sale Act 1992 (No. 196 of 1992), last amended on 05 April 2018, Section 7)\n--------------------------\n\"11A Foreign shareholdings in Australian international airlines\n (1) The Minister may, by written notice, require an Australian international airline:\n (a) to give to the Minister such information as is specified in the notice concerning the extent (if any) to which foreign persons have relevant interests in shares in the Australian international airline; or\n (b) if foreign persons have relevant interests in shares in the Australian international airline that represent, in total, more than 49% of the total value of the issued share capital of the Australian international airline—to take all necessary action to ensure that its constitution complies with subsection (2).\n (2) The constitution of an Australian international airline complies with this subsection if it:\n (a) imposes restrictions on the issue and ownership (including joint ownership) of shares in the Australian international airline so as to prevent foreign persons having relevant interests in shares in the Australian international airline that represent, in total, more than 49% of the total value of the issued share capital of the Australian international airline; and\n (c) confers the following powers on the directors of the Australian international airline to enable the directors to enforce the restrictions referred to in paragraph (a):\n (i) the power to do anything necessary to effect the transfer of shares held by a person;\n (ii) the power to remove or limit the right of a person to exercise voting rights attached to voting shares;\n (iii) the power to end the appointment of a person to the office of director of the Australian international airline.\n (3) For the purposes of this section, a person has a relevant interest in a share if, and only if, the person would be taken to have a relevant interest in the share for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 if paragraph 608(3)(a) of that Act were disregarded.\n (4) In this section:\nanother country includes any region:\n (a) that is part of a foreign country; or\n (b) that is under the protection of a foreign country; or\n (c) for whose international relations a foreign country is responsible.\nAustralian international airline means an international airline (other than Qantas) that may be permitted to carry passengers or freight, or both passengers and freight, under a bilateral arrangement as an airline designated by Australia to operate a scheduled international air service.\nAustralian person means:\n (a) an individual who is an Australian citizen or is ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (c) a person who is a nominee of the Commonwealth or of a State or a Territory; or\n (d) a Commonwealth, State or Territory authority; or\n (e) a person who is a nominee of a Commonwealth, State or Territory authority; or\n (f) a local government body (whether incorporated or not) formed by or under a law of a State or a Territory; or\n (g) a person who is a nominee of a local government body referred to in paragraph (f); or\n (h) a body corporate that:\n (i) is incorporated by or under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or a Territory; and\n (ii) is substantially owned and effectively controlled by persons referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (i); or\n (i) a person in the capacity of a trustee, or manager, of a fund in which the total interests (if any) of persons referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) represent 60% or more of the total interests in the fund.\nbilateral arrangement means an agreement or arrangement between:\n (a) Australia, or an entity or organisation nominated or otherwise similarly authorised by Australia to enter into the agreement or arrangement; and\n (b) another country;\nunder which the carriage by air of passengers or freight\n(or both) is permitted.\nforeign airline means an air transport enterprise other than:\n (a) an Australian international airline; or\n (b) Qantas; or\n (c) an air transport enterprise offering or operating an air service solely within Australian territory.\nforeign person means:\n (a) a foreign airline; or\n (b) a person (other than a foreign airline) who is not an Australian person.\nQantas means Qantas Airways Limited, as the company exists from time to time (even if its name is later changed).\nshare, in relation to a body corporate, means a share in the body’s share capital.\nvoting share has the same meaning as in the Corporations Act 2001.[...]\" (Air Navigation Act 1920 (No. 50 of 1920), last amended 21 October 2016, Section 11A)\n--------------------------\n\"Part 3—Licensing of scheduled international air services\nDivision 1—Purpose\n13 Purpose of this Part\n For section 13 of the Act, this Part makes provision in relation to the licensing of scheduled international air services operated over, into or out of Australian territory.\nDivision 2—Applying for a licence\n14 Applying for a licence\n (1) A person may apply, in writing, to the Secretary for the grant of an international airline licence in relation to a scheduled international air service.\n (2) Subject to subsection (4), the application must include the following:\n (a) the applicant’s name and address;\n (b) the applicant’s contact telephone number in Australia;\n (c) if the applicant is a corporation:\n (i) if the corporation is incorporated in Australia—its ACN and the address of its registered office; and\n (ii) if the corporation is not incorporated in Australia—its business registration details and the address of its corporate headquarters; and\n (iii) evidence of its place of incorporation and corporate existence; and\n (iv) if paragraph (d) does not apply to the applicant—evidence of the corporation’s ownership and control arrangements;\n (d) if the applicant is an airline of a relevant foreign country and subject to principal place of business arrangements under an agreement operating between the country and Australia—evidence of one or more of the following:\n (i) substantial operations and capital investment in facilities of the corporation in the relevant foreign country;\n (ii) payment of tax by the corporation in that country;\n (iii) registration of the corporation’s aircraft in that country;\n (iv) that a substantial proportion of the corporation’s employees are citizens of that country;\n (e) evidence of insurance coverage for the scheduled international air service in relation to:\n (i) passenger liability; and\n (ii) third party liability; and\n (iii) cargo and baggage liability; and\n (iv) liability for injury and loss as a result of active hostilities or civil unrest;\n (f) a copy of the relevant Air Operator’s Certificate for the scheduled international air service issued under Division 2 of Part III of the Civil Aviation Act 1988;\n (g) evidence of the relevant transport security program for the scheduled international air service approved under Part 2 of the Aviation Transport Security Act 2004;\n (h) if the applicant is an Australian carrier within the meaning of the International Air Services Commission Act 1992—details of the applicant’s capacity, as allocated by the International Air Services Commission;\n (i) details of the scheduled international air services to be covered by the licence, including the type of aircraft to be used for each service;\n (j) any other information that the Secretary requests in writing.\nDivision 3—Grant of a licence\n15 Matters to be taken into account\n In making a decision on an application made under section 14, the Secretary may take into account:\n (a) anything in the application, or in any other document, submitted by the applicant to the Secretary; and\n (b) any other matter the Secretary considers relevant.\n16 Granting a licence\n (1) The Secretary must make a decision on an application made under section 14.\n (2) The Secretary may grant an international airline licence to an applicant in relation to a scheduled international air service for:\n (a) Australian international carriage; or\n (b) air transport services by an airline of a relevant foreign country.\n (3) If the Secretary grants the licence, the Secretary must do so in the approved form.\n (4) If the Secretary grants the licence, the Secretary may do so subject to conditions.\n[...]\n19 Licence conditions\n (1) The following conditions apply to an international airline licence:\n (a) the licence holder must continue to maintain a contact telephone number in Australia;\n (b) the licence holder must provide the Secretary with compliance declarations in accordance with section 24;\n (c) if the Secretary gives the licence holder a written notice under subsection 24(3), or otherwise requests the licence holder in writing, the licence holder must provide the following documents to the Secretary:\n (i) if the licence holder is a corporation—current evidence of its corporate existence;\n (ii) current evidence of the insurance coverage mentioned in paragraph 14(2)(e);\n (iii) a copy of the Air Operator’s Certificate mentioned in paragraph 14(2)(f);\n (iv) current evidence of the transport security program mentioned in paragraph 14(2)(g);\n (d) the licence holder must comply with the following:\n (i) the Act and this instrument;\n (ii) the Air Navigation (Aircraft Noise) Regulations 2018;\n (iii) the Civil Aviation Act 1988 and any instrument made under that Act;\n (iv) the Aviation Transport Security Act 2004 and any instrument made under that Act;\n (v) the Civil Aviation (Carriers’ Liability) Act 1959 and any instrument made under that Act;\n (vi) if the licence holder is Qantas—the Qantas Sale Act 1992.\n (2) The Secretary may, at any time after granting an international airline licence, impose further conditions on the licence, whether or not the licence holder has breached any existing condition of the licence.\n (3) If the Secretary proposes to impose a further condition on an international airline licence under subsection (2), the Secretary must give the licence holder notice of the proposed variation of the licence in accordance with section 21.[...]\" (Air Navigation Regulation 2016 (24 March 2016), last amended on 29 March 2018, Sections 13, 14, 15, 16 and 19)","Qantas Sale Act 1992 (No. 196 of 1992), last amended on 05 April 2018, Section 7\nAir Navigation Act 1920 (No. 50 of 1920), last amended 21 October 2016, Section 11A\nAir Navigation Regulation 2016 (24 March 2016), last amended on 29 March 2018, Sections 13, 14, 15, 16 and 19","Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications, \"International Airline Licences—Guidance Notes\", last updated on 14 August 2019\nAustralian Business Licence and Information Service, \"International Airline Licence - Australian Government\", consulted on 9.9.2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2018C00091\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2016C00936\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2018C00201\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.infrastructure.gov.au/aviation/international/ial/index.aspx\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://ablis.business.gov.au/service/ag/international-airline-licence/137\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1661,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.03","Government approval is required for foreigners to rightfully purchase a right to a property (including land) or an apartment/commercial unit, including for commercial purposes. Detailed requirements for the acquisition of property by foreigners are regulated in the Acquisition of Property by Foreigners Act of the individual provinces. For instance, according to the Real Estate Act of Lower Austria, real estate acquisitions by foreign citizens and legal entities in predominantly foreign ownership are subject to authorisation. EU/EEA citizens and companies are exempted.","\"§ 2 - scope:\nThis law applies to inter vivos transactions through the acquisition of rights to\n1. Agricultural and forestry land, as well as on the residential buildings and commercial structures or parts of these structures used for agricultural and forestry operations;\n2. all land and buildings or parts of buildings such as apartments, if foreign persons acquire rights\n§ 3 - Definitions:\nFor the purposes of this law: [...]\n6. Foreign persons:\na) natural persons who do not have Austrian citizenship;\nb) legal persons that have their registered office abroad or whose share capital or shares in assets (such as shares, capital contributions and similar rights) are predominantly in foreign ownership;\nc) registered partnerships, the corporate assets of which are predominantly foreign-owned;\nd) Associations, the majority of which are foreign nationals, or\ne) Foundations, funds and similar legal entities, the assets or income of which, according to the purpose of the foundation or fund, are mainly attributable to foreign persons or whose management is exclusively or mainly the responsibility of foreign persons.\n[...]\n§ 15 - equality:\nThe provisions of this law on the acquisition of rights by foreign persons do not apply to\n1. Citizens who are on an equal footing with Austrian citizens on the basis of international or community law and\n2. legal persons and registered partnerships, associations, foundations or funds in the exercise of the freedom of establishment, in the exercise of the free movement of services or in the exercise of the free movement of capital, insofar as they relate to one of the freedoms specified in the EC Treaty or the Agreement on the European Economic Area (EEA Agreement) and they declare this fact to the land registry court in lieu of oath, unless such an equivalent declaration is already contained in the contract document. A form specified by ordinance of the state government must be used for the affidavit.\n[...]\n§ 17 - Legal transactions requiring approval:\n(1) Legal transactions concluded among the living require the approval of the real estate authorities if they concern the following legal acquisitions by foreign persons:\n1. Property right;\n2. Right of usufruct , right of use , easement of the apartment or any other transfer that grants the user a legal or factual position similar to that of an owner or a person entitled to an easement;\n3. Building law or the right to erect a building on third-party land or to transfer ownership of it.\n(2) Other legal transactions require the approval of the real estate authorities if they achieve the same economic purpose as a legal transaction listed in Paragraph 1 ( circumvention transactions ).\n[...]\n§ 19 - Approval requirements:\nThe authority may only grant permission to acquire rights by foreign persons if\n1. state political or other public interests are not impaired,\n2. the acquirer (§ 3 Z 6 lit. a)\na) has not been legally sentenced by a domestic court to imprisonment in excess of 6 months for one or more criminal acts committed with intent ,\nb) has not been legally sentenced to imprisonment for a financial offense by a domestic court and\n3. a) There is an economic or economic, social or cultural interest of the state or a Lower Austrian municipality in acquiring the right , or\nb) the acquirer has had his or her main residence in Austria for at least ten years.[...]\" (Real Estate Act of Lower Austria (NÖ GVG 2007, LGBl. 6800-0), last amended by LGBl. No. 38/2019, §§ 2, 3, 15, 17 and 19 [google translation])","Real Estate Act of Lower Austria (NÖ GVG 2007, LGBl. 6800-0), last amended by LGBl. No. 38/2019, §§ 2, 3, 15, 17 and 19 [google translation]","Austrian Government, \"Acquisition of property\", consulted 19.7.2021","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=LrNO&Gesetzesnummer=20001061\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.help.gv.at/Portal.Node/hlpd/public/content/163/Seite.1630000.html\">Other</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,665,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0001","A depository of an  undertaking  for  collective  investment  in  transferable securities (UCITS) must be an Austrian credit institution or a domestic branch of an EEA credit institution (Directive 2009/65/EC). Licenses to manage Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) are granted to companies with their seat and head office in Austria (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"Requirement of the custodian\n§ 39. \n(1) The safekeeping of the UCITS 'assets is to be transferred to a custodian bank within the meaning of Section 41 (1).\n[...]\nRequirements for the custodian\n§ 41.\n(1) Only a credit institution that is authorized to operate custody business (Section 1 (1) (5) BWG [Banking Act]) or a domestic branch of an EEA credit institution established in accordance with Section 9 (4) BWG [Banking Act] can be appointed as the custodian bank. The appointment requires the approval of the FMA. [...]\" (Investment Fund Act (BGBl. I Nr. 77/2011), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 62/2019, §§ 39 and 41 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Credit and financial institutions\n§ 1.\n(1) A credit institution is anyone who is entitled to conduct banking business on the basis of §§ 4 or 103 no.5 of this Federal Act or special federal statutory provisions. Banking transactions are the following activities, insofar as they are carried out commercially:\n[...]\n5. the safekeeping and administration of securities for others (custody business);\n[...]\nGrant of concession\n§ 4. \n(1) The operation of the business referred to in Section 1 (1) requires a license from the Financial Market Authority (FMA).\n[...]\n§ 5. \n(1) The license is to be granted if:\n1. The company is to be run as a credit institution in the legal form of a corporation, a cooperative or a savings bank;\n[...]\n14. the seat and the head office are in [Austria];\n[...]\" (Banking Act (BWG; BGBl. Nr. 532/1993), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 98/2021, §§ 1, 4 and 5 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Definitions\n§ 2. \n(1) For the purposes of this Federal Act, the following definitions apply:\n1. “AIF” means any collective investment undertaking, including its sub-funds, which\na) collects capital from a number of investors in order to invest it in accordance with a defined investment strategy for the benefit of these investors without the capital collected being used directly for operating activities, and\nb) no approval required in accordance with Art. 5 of Directive 2009/65 / EC.\n2. “AIFM” is any legal person whose normal business activity consists of managing one or more AIFs.\n[...]\nConditions for starting work as an AIFM\n§ 4.\n(1) The management of AIFs requires the FMA to be licensed as an AIFM. The AIFMs licensed in accordance with this federal act must comply with the licensing requirements at all times.\n[...]\nLicense requirements\n§ 6. \n(1) The license is to be granted if: [...]\n5. the seat and the head office of the AIFM are in Germany.\n[...]\nConditions for the management of EU AIFs and the provision of services in Austria by AIFMs based in another Member State\nSection 33. \n(1) An EU AIFM authorized in another member state can either directly or indirectly via a branch in Austria\n1. Manage EU AIFs, provided the EU AIFM is authorized to manage this type of EU AIF, or\n2. Provide services in accordance with Art. 6 Para. 4 of Directive 2011/61 / EU, provided that the AIFM has been granted authorization for this. [...]\"(Alternative Investment Fund Managers Act (BGBl. I Nr. 135/2013), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 9/2020, §§ 2, 4, 6 and 33 [google translation])","Investment Fund Act (BGBl. I Nr. 77/2011), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 62/2019, §§ 39 and 41\nBanking Act (BWG; BGBl. Nr. 532/1993), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 98/2021, §§ 1, 4 and 5 \nAlternative Investment Fund Managers Act (BGBl. I Nr. 135/2013), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 9/2020, §§ 2, 4, 6 and 33 ","Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=20007389\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=10004827\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=20008521\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive 2009/65/EC</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,682,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for engaging in non-deliverable over-the-counter (OTC) financial instruments trading, as well as for undertaking professional and exchange activities in securities.","\"With a view to supervise activities of legal entities on conducting operations involving non-deliverable over-the-counter (OTC) financial instruments initiated by individuals and legal entities (activities in the OTC forex market):\n1. To establish that the following entities are authorized to carry out activities on conducting operations involving non-deliverable OTC financial instruments initiated by individuals and legal entities (activities in the OTC forex market) in the Republic of Belarus: legal persons registered in the Republic of Belarus, the authorized capital of which is formed in compliance with the requirements of this Edict in the amount of not less than BYN 200 000, and included by the National Bank in the register of forex companies (hereinafter referred to as the forex companies); [...]\" (EDICT OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS No. 231 of June 4, 2015 On Carrying out Activities in the Over-the-counter Forex Market)\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 39 - PROFESSIONAL AND EXCHANGE ACTIVITIES ON SECURITIES\n396. Licensing of professional and exchange activities in securities (hereinafter referred to as licensed activities for the purposes of this chapter) is carried out by the Ministry of Finance. [...]\n398. Licensed activities are carried out by legal entities of the Republic of Belarus.[...]\" (ORDER OF THE  PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS September 1, 2010 No. 450 On licensing certain types of activities [google translated])","EDICT OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS No. 231 of June 4, 2015 On Carrying out Activities in the Over-the-counter Forex Market)\nORDER OF THE  PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS September 1, 2010 No. 450 On licensing certain types of activities [google translated])","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nbrb.by/engl/legislation/documents/e231_eng.pdf\">Edict</a>],[<a href=\"http://pravo.by/document/?guid=3871&p0=P31000450\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2244,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BEL","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00216","The right to carry out transport of goods and persons between two points on the inland waterways covered by the Revised Convention for the navigation on the Rhine is reserved to vessels owned by either nationals of Contracting States of that Convention or Member States of the EU, or companies based on the territory of any of these States, which are owned in majority and controlled by nationals of these States.","\"Article 2\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and the rafts or wooden trains coming from the Rhine will have the right to choose any route they like when crossing the Netherlands to return from the Rhine to the open sea or to Belgium and vice versa. If, as a result of natural events or works of art, one of the waterways connecting the open sea at the Rhine by Dordrecht, Rotterdam, Hellevoetsluis and Brielle, became impracticable for navigation, the waterway which would be indicated to Dutch navigation in replacement of the intercepted passage will also be open to navigation by others Riparian states. Will be considered as belonging to the navigation of the Rhine any boat having the right to fly the flag of one of the Contracting States and can justify this right by means of a document issued by the competent authority.\nArticle 3\nNo rights based solely on the fact of navigation may be levied on the ships or their loads no more than on rafts navigating on the Rhine, on its tributaries, in so far as they are located in the territory of the High Contracting Parties, and on the waterways mentioned in article 2.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine are authorized to carry out transport of goods and people between two points on the waterways mentioned in the first paragraph of article 3. The other buildings are not authorized to carry out such transport operations only under conditions determined by the Commission Central. The conditions of transport of goods and people by boats not belonging to not to the navigation of the Rhine, between a place situated on the waterways mentioned above and a place situated on the territory of a third State, are determined in agreements to conclude between the two Parties concerned. The Central Commission is consulted before the conclusion of such agreements. As regards the inland waterways mentioned above, national treatment, in all respects, will be granted to vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and to their loads.[...]\" (Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"1. The document referred to in Article 2, paragraph 3, of the Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, amended by Additional Protocol No. 2, shall be issued by the competent authorities of the State concerned only for a vessel which has a genuine link with that State, the aspects of which shall be determined on the basis of the equality of treatment between Contracting States which shall take the necessary steps to ensure its standard adoption. When the conditions for the issue of this document are no longer met, it shall cease to be valid and shall then be withdrawn by the authority which issued it.\n 2. With a view to the development of a common policy for transport and the Rhine regime, the Contracting States shall. be prepared to take the necessary steps to permit the negotiation of such amendments to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation as might prove necessary with a view to the possible accession of the European Economic Community to the international regulations on the Rhine.\n 3. With a view to this possible accession, the same treatment accorded to vessels belonging to the Rhine navigation system shall be accorded as soon as this Protocol enters into force to vessels with the right to fly the flag of any state member of the European Community. The same treatment may be accorded by a decision taken pursuant to the procedure of Article II, first paragraph, second sentence, of Additional Protocol No. 2, to vessels flying the flag of another State.\" (Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Numbers 1, 2 and 3)\n----------------------\n\"Article 1\nFor the application of this Regulation, the States referred to in the 1st sentence of paragraph 3 of the Protocol of signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of Rhine are assimilated to the Contracting States of the said Convention. The term \"Contracting State\" in the these Regulations always include each of these assimilated States.\n[...]\nArticle 3\n1. The document referred to in paragraph 1 of article 2 will only be drawn up for a boat if its owner: \na) as a natural person has the nationality of one of the Contracting States and his domicile or habitual residence in one of these States; Where\nb) as a legal person governed by public law is constituted under the legislation of a Contracting State and has its head office; Where\nc) as a legal person or company governed by private law:  aa) is incorporated in a Contracting State in accordance with its laws;  bb) has the seat and center of commercial activity as well as the place from which the operation of the vessel is directed, in that Contracting State, and  cc) is managed and directed by people, the majority of whom are nationals of States Contractors and who have their domicile or habitual residence as well as, in the case of a person moral, their seat in one of these states.\n2. However, the establishment of the document for a boat of a legal person or company of private law must be refused, if it is composed in such a way that the persons participating directly or indirectly with the majority of the financial results of the company or having the majority of the shares giving the right to the vote or to the majority of the voting rights, or are not nationals of the States Contracting parties either do not have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.\n3. In the presence of trust relationships or similar arrangements, the conditions set out above must also be completed by the persons on whose behalf or in whose interests it is processed.\n4. A Contracting State may, exceptionally, after consultation with the Central Commission, grant exceptions to the majority required in paragraphs 1, letter c) cc) and 2 above, provided that the objective of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of the Rhine is not compromise. The Central Commission may set the general conditions under which these exemptions will be granted.\nArticle 4\n1. In the case of a boat held in co-ownership, the co-owner (s) who hold the majority of the shares of the co-ownership and who manage the co-ownership must or must meet the conditions referred to in article 3.\n2. If among the co-owners concerned there are legal persons or companies governed by private law, the people who manage and direct these companies as well as those who directly or indirectly to the financial results of these must all be nationals of the Contracting States\nand have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.\" (Application Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4  [google translation])","Revised Convention for the Navigation on the Rhine, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979\nProtocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Sections 1, 2 and 3\nApplication Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/convrev_f.pdf\">Convention</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/ProtAdd2_en.pdf\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/fondjurtextes/Resolution1984-I-3_fr.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF2",1,687,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001083333","Foreign shareholding in companies undertaking certain small-scale paper, wood, furniture activities (e.g. packaging, burglar bars, gates and windows, fencing materials, school furniture etc.) is prohibited.","\"2. In this Act — […]\n“industrial licence” means a licence issued under section 8 to operate a manufacturing enterprise;\n[…]\nManufacturing enterprises requiring industrial licence\n5. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise, to manufacture for sale —\n(a) animal feed; (b) baby formula; (c) food; (d) beverages; (e) cement; f) chemical products; or (g) such other products as the Minister may prescribe,\nat any place in Botswana except in terms of an industrial licence issued by the Director, in accordance with this Act, authorising the person to manufacture such a product. [...]\n(5) The Minister may make regulations —\n(a) reserving industrial licences, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana —\n(i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises; and (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana; and\n(b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be licensed to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n(6) Regulations made under subsection (5) (b) shall impose conditions on industrial licences issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.\n6. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless he or she has been issued with an industrial licence in terms of this Act.\n(2) When applying for an industrial licence in terms of subsection (1), an applicant shall state — [...]\n(e) where the application is made by partners in a joint venture arrangement, information relating to the shareholding by the partners which demonstrates that the citizen partner has a minimum of 51 per cent shares.\n[...]\nPART III - Registration of Manufacturing Enterprises (ss 15-23)\n15. Application of Part III\n (1) This Part applies to all manufacturing enterprises that do not require to be licensed under Part II including micro manufacturing enterprises and small manufacturing enterprises.\n (2) A manufacturing enterprise requires registration under this Part where it does not-\n (a) present any health and safety concerns in its manufacturing processes or in the products or byproducts that it manufactures; or\n (b) pose a danger to public health or if, in the manufacturing process, a danger to public health will or is likely to occur.\n[...]\n16. Registration requirements\n (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless the manufacturing enterprise has been registered and the person issued with a registration certificate under this Part.\n (2) The Minister may make regulations-\n (a) reserving registration certificates, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana-\n (i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises, and  (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana;\n (b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be registered to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n (3) Regulations made under subsection (2)(b) shall impose conditions on registration certificates issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.[...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019)\n--------------------\n\"[...] Industrial licences reserved for citizens\nPART II — Industrial Licences\n3. An industrial licence to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 5 (5) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bread and confectionery; (b) ice making; (c) meat processing; (d) peanut butter; (e) purification and bottling of water; (f) traditional sour milk, and (g) sorghum.\n[...]\nPART III — Registration Certificates [...]\nRegistration certificates reserved for citizens\n11. A registration certificate to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 16 (2) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bricks; (b) burglar bars, gates and windows; (c) candles; (d) fencing materials excluding gum poles; (e) floor polish; (f) packaging; (g) protective clothing; (h) roof trusses; (i) school furniture; (j) school uniform; (k) screen printing and embroidery; (l) signage include electronic signage; (m) traditional crafts; (n) traditional leather products [...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020))\n---------------------\n\"16. Licence requirements\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall manufacture, for sale, any product at any place in Botswana unless he or she is in possession of a licence to manufacture such product at such place, issued by a licensing committee.\n(2) An application for a licence to carry on a manufacturing enterprise shall be made in the prescribed form to a licensing committee.\n(3) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of P10,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to both, and, in the case of a continuing offence shall be liable to a further fine of P500 or to imprisonment for one month in respect of each day on which the offence continues. \n[...]\n27. Certain industries to be reserved for citizens\n(1) The Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on such enterprises as may be prescribed shall be issued only to citizens of Botswana, or to companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana.\n(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that only citizens of Botswana shall be entitled to carry on a particular enterprise in such areas in the country as may be prescribed.\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on enterprises reserved for citizens and which enterprises fall within the medium or large scale category shall be issued to joint ventures between citizens and foreign partners, provided that the citizen partner holds a minimum of 51 per cent share holding in the joint venture.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008)\n----------------------\n\"13. Reservation of enterprises for Botswana citizens\n(1) The following types of small scale manufacturing enterprise shall be reserved for Botswana citizens or companies wholly owned by Botswana citizens–\n(a) the manufacture of school uniforms;\n(b) the manufacture of school furniture;\n(c) the manufacture of burglar bars;\n(d) the manufacture of protective clothing;\n(e) the milling of sorghum;\n(f) the manufacture of cement bricks and baked earth (mud) bricks;\n(g) the baking of bread and confectionery;\n(h) manufacture of peanut butter;\n(i) bottling of water;\n(j) the production of traditional sour milk;\n(k) packaging;\n(l) the manufacture of floor polish;\n(m) the manufacture of traditional leather products;\n(n) the manufacture of traditional crafts;\n(o) signage, including electronic signage;\n(p) fencing materials excluding gum poles;\n(q) the manufacture of candles;\n(r) ice making;\n(s) meat processing:\nProvided that any person engaged in the manufacturing enterprises referred to above and who is so engaged at the date of commencement of these Regulations shall be permitted to continue such manufacturing subject to compliance with other requirements of these Regulations.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008)","INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020)\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot195231.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bocra.org.bw/sites/default/files/covid19-docs/Extraordinary%20Gazette%2020th%20May%202020%20copy.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91753.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91760.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,224,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0007","For the issuance and renewal of a small-scale mining permit, mining companies with predominantly Burundian shareholders are prioritised. Like for large-scale mining, the state is entitled to a minimum ownership stake (at least 16%) in the operating company's share capital. State ownership is not considered a restriction under the OECD FDIRRI since it applies in an non-discriminatory manner.","\"Title II - Mining prospection and mining titles [...]\nChapter II - Mining Titles [...]\nParagraph 2 - about the issuance of a large mine operating permit [...]\nArticle 64: The mining exploitation title consists of the large mine exploitation permit to which a mining agreement must be annexed.\nThe mining agreement accompanying a large mine operating permit must at least contain provisions relating to the mining company's commitments in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, personnel of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of nationality Burundian. The model of this mining agreement concluded with the State is defined by decree.\n[...]\nArticle 66: The granting of a large mine exploitation permit entitles the State to a participation, as owner of the subsoil, in the share capital of the operating company of at least sixteen per cent [16%], increased by five percent [5%] with each renewal throughout the life of the mine. The participation, free of all charges, must not experience any dilution in the event of an increase in capital social.\nThe State and Burundian economic operators have a right of pre-emption for the acquisition of shares in the share capital of the operating company. This right is defined by regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 68: The mining agreement approved by the decree issuing a large mine operating permit contains at least provisions relating to: [...]\n4. the State's participation in the share capital of the mining company in the amount of at least sixteen percent [16%] increased by five percent [5%] at each renewal or the sharing of mining production in the amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal between the State and the operating company; [...]\n8. the commitments of the mining company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, staff or subcontractors of Burundian nationality;\n9. to the value of a share;\n[...]\nSection 4 - About the small mining permit\nParagraph 1: general [...]\nArticle 92: Mining companies or companies whose shareholding is predominantly Burundian are prioritized to obtain a small mining permit.\nParagraph 2: The issuance and renewal of the small mining permit\nArticle 93: The granting of a small mining permit entitles the State to a participation, as owner of the subsoil, in the share capital of the operating company of at least sixteen per cent [16%] increased by five percent [5%] with each renewal throughout the life of the mine. The participation, free of all charges, must not experience any dilution in the event of an increase in share capital.\nThe State and Burundian economic operators have a right of pre-emption for the acquisition of shares in the share capital of the operating company. This right is defined by regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 96: the agreement must at least contain provisions relating to the applicant's commitments in terms of creating jobs [...] recruiting, subject to qualification parity, personnel of Burundian nationality or contracting subcontractors of Burundian nationality [. ..]. It must also specify the conditions and modalities for sharing mining rents.\n[...]\nArticle 99: The mining agreement approved by the decree issuing a small mining permit contains at least provisions relating to: [...]\n4. the State's participation in the share capital of the mining company in the amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal or the sharing of mining production in the amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal between the State and the operating company; [...] \n8. the commitments of the mining company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of  recruitment, with equal qualifications, of staff of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of Burundian nationality; [...]\n13. clauses allowing Burundian investors to acquire shares against payment.\n[...]\nTitle III - semi-mechanized mines, artisanal mines and trading posts\nArticle 114: Only mining cooperatives or companies whose shareholding is one hundred percent [100%] Burundian, constituted according to the legislation in force, can obtain a semi-mechanized exploitation permit.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: ISSUANCE OF THE PURCHASE AND EXPORT BUREAU AUTHORIZATION OF ARTISANAL AND SEMI-MECHANIZED MINING SUBSTANCES\nArticle 140: Authorization for a purchase and export bureau of mineral substances from artisanal and semi-mechanized mining is granted for a period of three years (3) under the conditions specified by order of the Minister responsible for mines and quarries.\nBurundian shareholding is at least twenty-five percent [25%] of the bureau's share capital. However, in the event of an absence of obvious Burundian shareholders, authorization to open a counter may be granted.\n[...]\nArticle 141: Any legal entity having its head office in Burundi and whose corporate purpose is the purchase, sale and export of mineral substances from artisanal and semi-mechanized mining is eligible for the title of purchasing and exporting bureau if it meets the requirements of this Code.\n[...]\nTITLE IV - QUARRYING [...]\nCHAPTER II: INDUSTRIAL, MECHANIZED AND ARTISANAL Exploitation\nSection 1: Industrial Exploitation [...]\nArticle 163: The granting of an industrial quarry exploitation permit entitles the State to a participation, as owner of the subsoil, in the share capital of the operating company of at least sixteen per cent [16%] increased by five percent [5%] at each renewal for the life of the career. The participation, free of all charges, must not experience any dilution in the event of an increase in share capital.\nThe State and Burundian economic operators have a right of pre-emption for the acquisition of shares in the share capital of the operating company. This right is defined by regulation.\nArticle 164: An agreement is approved by the decree issuing an industrial exploitation permit for quarries and contains at least provisions relating to: [...]\n4. the State's participation in the share capital of the quarry operating company at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal or the sharing of quarry production at an amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal between the State and the operating company; [...]\n8. the commitments of the quarry operating company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, staff of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of Burundian nationality; [...]\n13. clauses allowing Burundian investors to acquire shares against payment. [...]\" (Law No. 1/19 of 04 August 2023 amending Law No. 1/21 of 15 October 2013 on the Burundi Mining Code)","Law No. 1/19 of 04 August 2023 amending Law No. 1/21 of 15 October 2013 on the Burundi Mining Code","DLA PIPER AFRICA (2023), \"Mining Alert\", August 2023.","[<a href=\"https://www.presidence.gov.bi/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/code-minier-1.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dlapiperafrica.com/export/sites/africa/burundi/insights/2023/Mining-Alert.pdf_2063069299.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3204,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0008","The president, managers and a majority of the directors of an enterprise operating an aircraft flying the Chilean flag must have Chilean nationality.","\"CHAPTER II -     Of the Registration or Registration of the Aircraft and its Nationality\n1.- Of the registration or registration [...]\nArticle 32.- The registration or registration of an aircraft in the National Aircraft Registry gives it Chilean nationality.\n[...]\n2.- Of the aircraft that can be registered in the National Aircraft Registry\nArticle 38.- The following may enroll in Chile:\na) Aircraft that belong to Chilean natural persons;\nb) Aircraft that belong to Chilean legal entities, understood as such, for these purposes, those incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean laws, and that have their main domicile and their real and effective headquarters in this country; that its president, its manager and the majority of its directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of its capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons, and\nc) Aircraft belonging to communities, provided that most of the community rights correspond to Chilean natural persons or legal entities that meet the requirements established in letter b).\nHowever, the aeronautical authority may allow the registration of aircraft belonging to foreign natural or legal persons, provided that they have or exercise a permanent job, profession or industry in the country. The same authorization may be granted with respect to foreign aircraft operated, in any capacity, by Chilean aircraft companies.[...]\" (Law no. 18.916 Approving the Aeronautical Code (8 February 1990), last amended on 30 May 2015, Articles 32 and 38 [google translation])","Law no. 18.916 Approving the Aeronautical Code (8 February 1990), last amended on 30 May 2015, Articles 32 and 38","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=30287\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1084,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.01125","Foreigners cannot own land that is within a distance of 10 km from the border and 5 km from the coast. The Ministry of Defence can extraordinarily authorise the foreign ownership of land within a distance of 5 km from the coast in some cases. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas by foreigners and foreign-owned entities is assumed for national security purposes and, hence, not considered a restrictive measure under the index; the restriction on access to land in proximity to the coast is, however, considered a restriction under the index and assumed to affect only accommodation, food service and real estate investment activities.","\"Article 6.- Public lands located up to a distance of 10 kilometers, measured from the border, may only be obtained as property, lease or under any other title, by Chilean natural or legal persons.\nThe same rule will be applied with respect to public lands located up to 5 kilometers from the coast, measured from the highest tide line. In the latter case, however, these benefits may be granted to foreigners domiciled in Chile, after a favorable report from the Undersecretariat of the Navy of the Ministry of National Defense. However, the public beach lands may not be alienated in any way, within a strip of 80 meters wide measured from the highest tide line of the coast of the coast, which will only be subject to acts of administration by the said Undersecretariat of the Ministry of National Defense and subject to the restrictions established in this article.\nHowever, the public beach lands that are located in the X Region, Los Lagos, in the XI Region, Aysén del General Carlos Ibáñez del Campo, and in the XII Region of Magallanes and Chilean Antarctica may be transferred in ownership to individuals. Chilean natural or non-profit legal persons. Disposals will be arranged in accordance with the rules of this decree-law, with a prior favorable report from the Commander in Chief of the Navy, and the acquirer must reside in the respective region in the manner and conditions determined by the corresponding Regulatory Decree. Said lands, during a period of 10 years, counted from the registration of the respective domain, may only be transferred by act between living in qualified cases, with a prior favorable report from the Ministry of National Assets and authorization from the Commander in Chief of the Navy. Within the specified period, the competent Real Estate Curator may not register any transfer that does not include the aforementioned report and authorization.\nLikewise, within this period, the purchaser of the fiscal land may not enter into any contract that deprives him of the possession, use and enjoyment of the property, unless authorized by the Ministry of National Assets granted for well-founded reasons.\nAny transfer of these lands by succession due to death, and those made after the term indicated in the previous paragraph, whether free or onerous, must be communicated by the Real Estate Curator corresponding to the Commander in Chief of the Navy , within a period of 30 days, counted from the date of registration. The provisions of the third paragraph of article 4 of this decree-law will be applicable in case of non-compliance by the Real Estate Curator, of the aforementioned obligation.\nExceptionally, by means of a founded supreme decree and prior report of the Commander in Chief of the Navy, land of public beaches, located within the 80-meter wide strip, referred to in the second paragraph of this article, may be transferred to legal persons Chilean non-profit organizations, whose object is the cultivation and propagation of letters or the arts, being forbidden, in any case, to tax or dispose of them in whole or in part.\nThe provisions of this article are without prejudice to the rules that govern border areas and other special provisions on the matter.\nArticle 7.- For reasons of national interest, it is prohibited to acquire the domain and other real rights or to exercise the possession or possession of real estate located totally or partially in the zones of the national territory, currently declared border by virtue of the decree with force of law N ° 4, of 1967, of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, to nationals of bordering countries unless there is authorization provided for in the third paragraph of this article.\nThe prohibition referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be extended to companies or legal persons with headquarters in the neighboring country, or whose capital belongs 40% or more to nationals of the same country or whose effective control is in the hands of nationals. of those countries. This provision shall not govern with respect to the real estate referred to in article 19 of Law No. 19,420.\nThe President of the Republic, by means of a supreme decree based on reasons of national interest, may expressly and by name exempt nationals of neighboring countries from the preceding prohibition and authorize them to acquire or transfer the domain or other real rights or possession or possession. of one or more specific properties, located in border areas.\nThe respective decree will be issued through the Ministry of the Interior and must also be signed by the Ministers of Foreign Affairs and National Defense, having to consult within its foundations, reports of the General Staff of National Defense and the Directorate of Borders and Limits. of the State.\nThe aforementioned authorizations will not confer privilege of any kind, and cannot be invoked, under any pretext, to evade Chilean laws and the jurisdiction of national courts.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 1939 on Rules on Acquisition, Administration and Use of Goods of the State (10 November 1977), last amended on 14 February 2019, Articles 6 and 7 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 1939 on Rules on Acquisition, Administration and Use of Goods of the State (10 November 1977), last amended on 14 February 2019, Articles 6 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6778\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1114,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.002916667","Since 2019, foreign investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited. Previously, in 2018,  foreign investment in the exploration and extraction of molybdenum, tin, antimony and fluorite was also prohibited.\n","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nII. Mining\n5. Investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nII. Mining \n5. Investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited. [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nII. Mining Industry\n5. Investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited..[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nII. Mining Industry\n(3). Petroleum and Natural Gas Extraction\n5. Exploration and development of oil and natural gas (excluding coalbed methane, oil shale, oil sands, shale gas, etc.) are limited Joint venture or cooperation.\n(4). Mining of non-ferrous metal ores or non-metallic ores, and mining support activities\n6. Investment is prohibited in exploration and extraction of tungsten, molybdenum, tin, antimony and fluorite.\n7. Investment is prohibited in rare earth exploration, mining and mineral processing.\n8. Investment in radioactive mineral exploration, mining and mineral processing.  [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3457,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CRI","H51","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0016","Air transport operating licenses for non-resident companies are subject to reciprocity.","\"Article 143.- To operate any air service, an operating certificate is required, which will be granted by the Civil Aviation Council and will be approved by the Executive Power in the case of international air services.\nSimultaneously, the General Directorate of Civil Aviation will process the granting of an operational certificate or air operator certificate, by means of which the technical suitability to provide the service will be demonstrated.\n[...]\nArticle 149.- The certificates that are issued for the operation of international air transport services, in addition to complying with the prescriptions of this law, will be granted subject to the treaties or agreements on civil aviation that have been signed and ratified by the Government of Costa Rica.\nIn the absence of treaties or agreements, the granting of said certificates shall conform to the principle of equitable reciprocity to the provisions of this law and the respective regulations.\nArticle 150.- If it is a foreign company that requests the operating certificate for air transport, in addition to complying with the requirements of articles 142 and 143, it will certify:\na) That he has authorization from his Government to carry out the proposed international service.\nb) That your Government grants or is willing to grant reciprocity to Costa Rican air transport companies.\nc) That it is expressly subject to the provisions of this law and to the jurisdiction of the Costa Rican authorities in the event of damage to passengers, cargo or checked baggage, or to the persons or goods of third parties on the surface, expressly waiving to go to the diplomatic channel.\n[...]\nArticle 156.- Operation certificates for public air services will not be granted if it is not verified, among others, that the applicant is completely up to date in the payment of taxes, and in the following cases: [...]\n4) In the case of a foreign company:\na) If the State whose nationality the applicant has has not granted the respective authorization to carry out the proposed international service, or does not provide reciprocity to Costa Rican companies.\nb) When the authorization of the service is contrary to national interests or international agreements signed by the Government of Costa Rica.\n[...]\nArticle 172.- The certificates that the Civil Aviation Technical Council issues for the operation of international air transport services, in addition to adjusting to the provisions of this law and its regulations, will be granted subject to the treaties or agreements on Civil Aviation have been signed and ratified by the Government of Costa Rica.\nThe granting of said certificates shall be in accordance with the principle of equitable reciprocity and the provisions of the respective regulations.[...]\" (General Civil Aviation Law (no. 5150, 05/14/1973), last amended by Law no. 8766 of 09/01/2009, Articles 143, 149, 150, 156 and 172 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 3 - Those interested in obtaining a certificate of operation for aeronautical services must indicate the following information and comply with the requirements indicated below: [...]\n2. In the case of legal persons, the legal constitution of the company and its legal status must be accredited.\na) Notarial or registry certification of the applicant's legal status. In the case of notarial certifications, they will be valid for two months and the registry will be those indicated in the document.\nb) Notarial or registry certification of the incorporation of the company and number of the legal identity card, with the validity previously indicated.\nc) Notarial or registry certification of the members of the Board of Directors, with the aforementioned validity\nd) Notarial or registry certification of Capital Stock, with the aforementioned validity.\n[...]\nArticle 4 - For the provision of services covered by certificates of international exploitation, interested foreign companies must also attach: [...]\nd) If there is a duly ratified Air Transport Agreement or Memorandum of Understanding, the company must have been designated by the Aeronautical Authorities of the country Party to the Agreement. The designation must be sent to the General Directorate of Civil Aviation, through diplomatic channels, as well as the translation into Spanish by an official translator endorsed or from the same consulate, when required.\ne) When there is no duly ratified Air Transport Agreement or Memorandum of Understanding, the Aeronautical Authority of the airline's country of origin must send a Letter of Reciprocity through Diplomatic channels specifying which country grants or is willing to grant reciprocity to Costa Rican air transport companies, it must also contain the translation into Spanish by an official translator endorsed or from the same consulate, when required. [...]\"(Executive Decree No. 37972-MOPT on Regulation for the granting of operating certificates (08/16/2013), last amended by Executive Decree no. 41309 of 06/06/2018, Articles 3 and 4 [google translation])","General Civil Aviation Law (no. 5150, 05/14/1973), last amended by Law no. 8766 of 09/01/2009, Articles 143, 149, 150, 156 and 172\nExecutive Decree No. 37972-MOPT on Regulation for the granting of operating certificates (08/16/2013), last amended by Executive Decree no. 41309 of 06/06/2018, Articles 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=13332&nValor3=84437&strTipM=TC\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?nValor1=1&nValor2=75878\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1126,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","_H","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.003","A foreign investor may establish or participate in establishing a company and may acquire rights and/or commitments as any domestic investor. However, foreign investors, headquartered or with residence in a non-WTO member country, need to meet the reciprocity condition. Similarly, foreign investors headquartered or with residence in a non-WTO member country need to meet the reciprocity condition in order to establish a branch in Croatia.","\"PART FOUR FOREIGN TRADE COMPANIES AND FOREIGN INVESTMENTS\nCHAPTER I - FOREIGN TRADE COMPANIES AND INDIVIDUAL TRADER\nSection 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\nArticle 611\n(1) For the purposes of this Act, a foreign company is a company validly established under the law of the country in which it has its registered office outside the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) For the purposes of this Act, a foreign foreign trader is a natural person to whom this status is recognized outside the Republic of Croatia in the country in which he has his registered office and where he runs a company operating in the Republic of Croatia.\nArticle 612\n(1) Foreign companies and sole traders, under the conditions prescribed by law, are equal in business operations in the territory of the Republic of Croatia with domestic persons.\n(2) Foreign companies and individual foreign traders may not perform activities in the territory of the Republic of Croatia until they establish a branch there.\nSection 2 - BRANCHES\nArticle 613\n(1) The regulations according to which branches are established by domestic companies shall apply to the establishment and registration of branches of persons referred to in Article 612 of this Act (founder) in the commercial register. [...]\n(4) The registration court shall, except for the reasons for which it may refuse the entry of each branch in the commercial register, reject that entry if the founder does not prove: [...]\n3. that persons from the Republic of Croatia in the country in which the founder has its registered office are enabled to establish branches under the conditions under which the founder is also enabled in the Republic of Croatia.\n(5) The founder shall be deemed to have proved that there is reciprocity referred to in paragraph 4, item 3 of this Article if the court does not invite him to submit proof of the existence of reciprocity. In case of doubt, the existence of reciprocity shall be confirmed by the Ministry of Justice at the request of the registration court. If it cannot be proved that there is reciprocity, the branch may also be registered on the basis of an approval issued by the Ministry of Economy.[...]\" (Companies Act (NN 111/1993; 29 November 1993), subsequently amended, Articles 611, 612 and 613 [google translation])\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - FOREIGN INVESTMENTS [...]\nArticle 619\n(1) For the purposes of this Act, a foreign investor is any legal person whose registered office is outside the Republic of Croatia and any natural person who is a foreign citizen, refugee or stateless person, if he acquires a share or shares in the company or invests on a contractual basis.\n(2) A foreign investor shall also be considered a citizen of the Republic of Croatia who has a permanent residence outside the Republic of Croatia.\n[...]\nArticle 620\n(1) A foreign investor, under the condition of presumed reciprocity, establishes or participates in the establishment of companies in the Republic of Croatia, acquires rights and assumes obligations in them under the same conditions and has the same position as a domestic person.\n(2) A foreign capital company may be a member who is personally liable for the company's obligations in the company of persons with registered office in the Republic of Croatia only if it is accompanied by at least one other member of the domestic capital company or a domestic natural person personally liable for these obligations.[...]\" (Companies Act (NN 111/1993; 29 November 1993), subsequently amended, Articles 611-613 and 619-620 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 5\nIn Article 613, after paragraph 5, a new paragraph 6 is added, which reads:\n\"(6) The provisions of paragraph 4 (3) and paragraph 5 of this Article shall not apply to a founder established in a Member State of the World Trade Organization.\"\nThe current paragraph 6 becomes paragraph 7.\nArticle 6\nIn Article 620, after paragraph 1, a new paragraph 2 is added, which reads:\n\"(2) The condition of reciprocity referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to a foreign investor who has his registered office or permanent residence in a member country of the World Trade Organization, or is a citizen of it.\"\nThe current paragraph 2 becomes paragraph 3.[...]\" (Law on Amendments to the Companies Act (NN 34/1999; 1 April 1999), Article 5 and 6 [google translation])","Companies Act (NN 111/1993; 29 November 1993), subsequently amended, Articles 619 and 620\nLaw on Amendments to the Companies Act (NN 34/1999; 1 April 1999), Article 6","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/1993_12_111_2133.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/1999_04_34_707.html\">Act_amend</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,1047,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.00045","According to the 2015 Insurance Act, non-EU/EEA insurance and reinsurance providers are subject to reciprocity for establishing a branch office for the purpose of providing insurance services in Croatia. The branch of a non-EU/EEA insurance undertaking may not simultaneously pursue both life and non-life insurance business in Croatia.\nAdditionally, under the 2014 Pension Insurance Companies Act, which regulates the establishment and operation of pension insurance companies in relation to the compulsory and voluntary pension insurance systems, a pension insurance company is required to be established as a joint stock company upon authorisation from the Croatian Financial Services Supervisory Agency and after meeting the requirements established in the law. The provision of compulsory pension insurance services is only permitted to companies meeting this requirement. A pension insurance company from another EU Member State, which establishes a branch in Croatia, is allowed to provide voluntary pension insurance services in relation to closed funds and support services to sponsors for the implementation of their closed voluntary pension fund.","\"Article 66\n(1) Any permanent presence of an undertaking in the territory of the Republic of Croatia shall be treated in the same way as a branch, even where that presence does not take the form of a branch, but consists merely of an office managed by the own staff of the undertaking or by a person who is independent but has permanent authority to act for the undertaking as an agency would.\n(2) The insurance undertaking with head office in another Member State which intends to operate for the first time in the Republic of Croatia under the right of establishment shall first inform the competent supervisory authority and provide the nature of the risks or commitments it intends to cover and the following information: [...]\n(4) The Agency shall systematically, or within two months of receiving the information referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article, inform the competent supervisory authorities of other Member States of the regulations to be followed by insurance undertakings which have head offices in those Member States, operate in the Republic of Croatia and whose compliance is subject to supervision by the Agency. [...]\n(8) The insurance undertaking from another Member State may establish a branch in the territory of the Republic of Croatia and start business as from the date on which the competent supervisory authority receives the information referred to in paragraph 4 of this Article or, if it does not receive this information, within two months of receiving the documentation referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article.\n[...]\nArticle 78\n(1) A third-country insurance undertaking may pursue the insurance business in the Republic of Croatia only via a branch established in the Republic of Croatia and subject to prior authorisation from the Agency for pursuing the insurance business. [...]\n(4) The Agency shall refuse the application for authorisation to set up a branch of a thirdcountry insurance undertaking if this would: [...]\n2. taking account of the regulations of that country, prevent the insurance undertakings with head office in the Republic of Croatia from pursuing the insurance business in that country or from pursuing the insurance business under the same conditions under which they are pursued by the insurance undertakings from that country.\n[...]\nArticle 82\nA third-country insurance undertaking shall not simultaneously pursue the life and non-life insurance business through the same branch established in the Republic of Croatia.\nArticle 83\n(1) A third-country reinsurance undertaking may pursue the reinsurance business in the territory of the Republic of Croatia under the right of establishment.\n(2) The provisions of this Act concerning the third-country insurance undertaking which pursues the insurance business in the territory of the Republic of Croatia through its branch shall apply mutatis mutandis to a third-country reinsurance undertaking which pursues the reinsurance business.[...]\" (Insurance Act (NN 30/2015; 11 March 2015), last amended by Law NN 63/2020 of 22 May 2020, Articles 66, 78, 82 and 83 [provisional consolidated translation including amendments up to Law NN 112/2018])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5\n(1) A pension insurance company shall be established and operate as a joint stock company with its registered office in the Republic of Croatia in accordance with the provisions of the law governing the establishment and operation of companies (hereinafter: the Company) and this Act.\n[...]\nArticle 9\n(1) The subject of the Company's business may be:\n1. payment of pensions within the mandatory pension insurance in accordance with the Company's pension programs based on individual capitalized savings of a member of the mandatory pension fund\n2. payment of pensions within the voluntary pension insurance in accordance with the Company's pension programs based on individual capitalized savings of a member of an open voluntary pension fund\n3. payment of pensions within the voluntary pension insurance in accordance with the pension programs of the Company on the basis of individual capitalized savings of a member of a closed voluntary pension fund\n4. payment of pensions based on direct one-time payments of persons to the Company\n5. performing other tasks related to pension insurance activities with the prior approval or consent of the Agency.\n(2) The tasks referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article may be performed in the Republic of Croatia only by:\n1. A company that has received a work permit from the Agency\n2. an institution for occupational pension insurance which has the right, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, directly or through a branch in the Republic of Croatia to perform the activities referred to in paragraph 1, item 3 of this Article\n3. another legal entity that has obtained the approval of the Agency to perform the activities referred to in paragraph 1, items 2 and 3 of this Article on the basis of the law governing the establishment and operation of pension companies for the management of voluntary pension funds and voluntary pension funds.\n4. a life insurance company that has a license or approval for the operation of the Agency may perform the activities referred to in paragraph 1, items 2 and 3 of this Article, in accordance with the provisions of the law governing the establishment and operation of life insurance companies. [...]\" (Pension Insurance Companies Act (NN 22/2014; 12 February 2014), as last amended by Law NN 115/2018 of 13 December 2018, Articles 5 and 9 [google translation])","Insurance Act (NN 30/2015; 11 March 2015), last amended by Law NN 63/2020 of 22 May 2020, Articles 66, 78, 82 and 83\nPension Insurance Companies Act (NN 22/2014; 12 February 2014), as last amended by Law NN 115/2018 of 13 December 2018, Articles 5 and 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2015_03_30_611.html \">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.hanfa.hr/media/4070/insurance-act-30_15-112_18-eng.pdf\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2014_02_22_399.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.hanfa.hr/media/3121/zmod_procisceno_-nn-115_18.pdf\">Act_consolidated</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,1054,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DNK","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0001","A depository of an  undertaking  for  collective  investment  in  transferable securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in  the  EU  country  if  its  registered  office  is  in  another  EU country (Directive 85/611/EEC).\n\nCompanies that manage alternative investment funds must have a permit from the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority if the assets in the alternative investment funds that the company manages exceed certain value thresholds. As a general rule for obtaining a permit, the company's head office and registered domicile must be in Denmark (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"§ 2. \nFor the purposes of this Act:\n[…]\n11) Custodian company: A bank with a registered office in this country or a branch located in this country of a similar foreign credit institution with a registered office in another country within the European Union or in a country with which the Union has entered into a financial agreement territory, and depositaries referred to in Article 2 (2). 1 (a) of Directive 2009/65 / EC of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) for UCITS domiciled in other EU or EEA countries that have been transferred\n(a) all the financial assets of a UCITS; and\n(b) the tasks set out in Sections 106-107 (b) of the Financial Business Act or Chapter IV of Directive 2009/65 / EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to certain collective funds; investment in securities (UCITS), as amended by Directive 2014/91 / EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 amending Directive 2009/65 / EC on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to collective investment undertakings in securities ( UCITS) as regards depositary functions, remuneration policies and sanctions.\n[...]\"\n(Act on Investment Associations (No. 1718 of 27/11/2020), last amended by Act no. 1163 of 08/06/2021, § 2 (11) [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"§ 1. This Act applies to\n1) managers of alternative investment funds that have registered their domicile in Denmark,\n2) managers of alternative investment funds which have their registered office in a third country and which have Denmark as their analogue country,\n3) alternative investment funds established in Denmark and which are not covered by an agreement with a manager who is licensed or registered as a manager, on the management of the fund, and\n4) alternative investment funds which are from a third country and which are not covered by an agreement with a manager who is licensed or registered as a manager, on the management of the fund, which has Denmark as its analogue country.\n[...]\n33) Analogue country: a country within the European Union or a country with which the Union has concluded an agreement for the financial area, as determined in accordance with Chapter 17th\n[...]\n\n§ 5. \nCompanies that manage alternative investment funds must have a permit to manage alternative investment funds, cf. § 11, subsection. 3, or be registered with the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority, cf. section 9, subsection 1.\n[...]\n\n§ 6. \nCompanies that manage one or more alternative investment funds must have a permit from the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority if the assets in the alternative investment funds that the company manages in total exceed a value corresponding to\n1) 100 million euro or\n2) 500 mio. provided that the company exclusively manages alternative investment funds that have not leveraged their investments and no investors in the funds are entitled to be redeemed for a period of at least 5 years after the date of the initial investment in each of the funds.\n[...]\n\n§ 7. Managers of alternative investment funds with a license who are registered in Denmark must be legal persons covered by the Companies Act.\nPCS. 2. Managers of alternative investment funds registered in a third country which has Denmark as an analogue country must be limited liability companies.\nPCS. 3. Stk. Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply if the manager is an alternative investment fund that is self-managing.\n\n§ 11. \nCompanies that exceed those in § 6, para. 1, must apply for permission to manage alternative investment funds with the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority.\n[...]\nPCS. 3. The Danish Financial Supervisory Authority grants a company permission to manage alternative investment funds when the company is able to meet the conditions in this Act and when\n[...]\n5) the company's head office and registered domicile are in Denmark, unless the company is covered by section 1, subsection 1, No. 2 or 4,\n[...]\"\n(Act on Managers of Alternative Investment Funds (No. 1047 of 14/10/2019), last amended by Act No. 1163 of 08/06/2021, §§ 1, 5, 6, 7 and 11 [google translation])","Act on Investment Associations (No. 1718 of 27/11/2020), last amended by Act no. 1163 of 08/06/2021, § 2 (11)\nAct on Managers of Alternative Investment Funds (No. 1047 of 14/10/2019), last amended by Act No. 1163 of 08/06/2021, §§ 1, 5, 6, 7 and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2020/1718\">Act on Investment Associations</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2019/1047\">Act on Managers of Alternative Investment Funds</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,79,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","_H","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.05","Foreigners cannot hold various top-level corporate positions across industries.","\"Art. 1. — The jobs specified in the list annexed to this order are exclusively reserved for Congolese.\n[…]\nAnnex List of jobs prohibited to foreigners\n1. Agriculture, fishing and livestock sector [...]\n- Administrative director[...]\n- Legal or economic adviser\n- Head of supply departmentAn accountant\n- Personnel director\n- Commercial director [...]\n2. Extractive industries sector\n- Administrative director [...]\n– Legal or economic adviser [...]\n- Director\n- Sales manager [...]\n- Personnel director\n– Director of public relations[...]\n3. Manufacturing industries sector\n- Administrative director\n– Deputy Chief Financial Officer [...]\n– Legal, economic and financial adviser [...]\n- Commercial director [...]\n- Personnel director\n– Director of public relations [...]\n4. Buildings and public works sector\n- Administrative director\n– Deputy Chief Financial Officer [...]\n– Legal, economic and financial adviser\n- Commercial director [...]\n- Personnel director\n– Director of public relations [...]\n5. Electricity, water\n– Administrative Accounting Director [...]\n- Personnel director\n– Director of Public Relations\n- Commercial director\n– Purchasing director for local products\n– Assistant Director [...]\n6. Transport, warehouses and communications [...]\n– Executive secretary\n– Executive Assistant\n- Executive assistant\n- Administrative director [...]\n– Legal, economic and financial adviser [...]\n– Director of public relations [...]\n- Commercial director\n- Sales manager [...]\nPersonnel director\n7. Commerce/banking, insurance, real estate [...]\n- Administrative director [...]\n- Commercial director\n- Sales manager\n- Sales director\n– Assistant manager\n– Deputy Assistant Director [...]\n– Economic Advisor\n- Jural advisor [...]\n- Personnel director [...]\n– Director of Public Relations\n8. Service sector [...]\n- Administrative director [...]\n- Sales manager\n- Sales director\n– Deputy Manager [...]\n– Legal, economic and financial adviser [...]\n- Personnel director\n– Director of public relations [...]\" (DEPARTMENTAL ORDINANCE 86/001 determining the list of jobs prohibited to foreigners. (JOZ, no. 7, April 1, 1987, p.36)[google translation])","DEPARTMENTAL ORDINANCE 86/001 determining the list of jobs prohibited to foreigners. (JOZ, no. 7, April 1, 1987, p.36)[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ilo.org/dyn/natlex/docs/ELECTRONIC/84839/94663/F17934817/Emplois%20interdits%20aux%20etrangers.pdf\">Ord</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,286,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","A02","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00075","Medium-sized artisanal forestry activities (i.e. up to 500 hectares) are reserved to majority-owned Congolese enterprises.","\"CHAPTER 2: TIMBER LOGGING REGIME\nSection 1'\": Operating modes\nItem 3 ...\nThe exploitation governed by this Order is aimed at the production of timber, including in particular the activities of felling the said timber, their shaping, hauling, evacuation, sawing and transport.\nIt operates in two ways: industrial exploitation and artisanal exploitation.\nArticle 4.-.\nThe industrial exploitation of timber is that operated by industrial companies, under a forest concession contract and a forest management plan. [...]\nArticle 5.·.\nArtisanal exploitation of timber is that carried out outside a forest concession, according to one of the following categories:\n1. First-category artisanal mining: is that which is operated by a natural person, of Congolese nationality, on a cutting area whose area may not exceed fifty (50) hectares. It is characterized by the use of a machete, axe, pitsaw, hard shot or chainsaw;\n2. Artisanal logging of the second category: is that which is practiced in an artisanal forestry unit, in accordance with the regulations in force in the matter, by a natural person of Congolese nationality or a company governed by Congolese law whose share capital consists of majority national participation. It is characterized by the use of specific logging equipment consisting mainly of a chainsaw and/or a mobile saw, with the exception of wheeled or caterpillar machines, as defined in Article 11, point 2. below, it covers a cutting area ranging from one hundred (100) to five hundred (500) hectares.[...]\" (Ministerial Order 84/CAB/MIN/ECN-DD/CJ/00 /RBM/2016 of October 29, 2016 on the conditions and rules for the exploitation of timber [google translation])","Ministerial Order 84/CAB/MIN/ECN-DD/CJ/00 /RBM/2016 of October 29, 2016 on the conditions and rules for the exploitation of timber [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/cng34383.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/Cng174125.pdf\">Ord</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,288,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Local incorporation for investing in several other financial services.","\"Application for an exchange licence\n12. (1) A public company may apply for an exchange licence in respect of one or more types of securities.\n[...]\nPART V - LICENSING OF DEALERS, INVESTMENT ADVISERS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES [...]\nGrant of dealer’s licence or investment adviser’s licence\n31. (1) A dealer's licence shall only be granted to a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 2009, if it meets:\n(a) the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, and, (b) minimum financial requirements as may be determined by rules of a securities exchange as approved by the Registrar.\n(2) In cases where an investment adviser intends to carry on a class of business involving the management of a portfolio of securities on behalf of clients for investment purposes, an investment adviser's licence shall only be granted if the investment adviser meets and continues to meet the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act.\n[...]\nPART VI - COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEMES [...]\nConditions for authorisation of schemes\n41. Subject to the provisions of this Part, the Registrar may only authorise a collective investment scheme if the:\n(a) scheme has both a manager and a trustee or custodian;\n(b) manager of the scheme is incorporated in Swaziland and has its registered office in Swaziland;\n[...]\nRestriction on management of collective investment schemes\n43. (1) A person who is not a company which has been registered as a manager under this Part or its authorised agent shall not manage or carry on any scheme.\n(2) A person who is not a company which: (a) is registered under the Companies Act, 2009; and, (b) meets the capital adequacy standards prescribed by the Registrar under section 74 of this Act, shall not be or remain registered as a manager in terms of this Act.\n[...]\nQualifications of trustees or custodians\n55. (1) A person other than: (a) a company registered as a company under the Companies Act, 2009; (b) an institution licensed to carry on business as a banking institution under the Financial Institutions Act, 2005; or, (c) an institution which is registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act, 2005; shall not become or act as a trustee or custodian under a scheme.\n[...]\nPART XII - CENTRAL SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES AND CLEARING AND SETTLEMENT OF SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS [...]\nLicensing of central securities depositories\n107. (1) A public company may apply to the Registrar for a licence to establish and operate a central securities depository [...]\" (SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010)","SECURITIES ACT No. 9 of 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fsra.co.sz/legal/legislation/TheSecuritiesAct2010.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,509,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0045","An authorization for a terrestrial radio or television service provided in the French language cannot be granted to a company in which more than 20% of the share capital or voting rights are held, directly or indirectly, by persons of foreign nationality.","\"Article 40\nSubject to France's international commitments, authorization for a terrestrial radio or television service provided in the French language cannot be granted to a company in which more than 20% of the share capital or voting rights are held, directly or indirectly, by persons of foreign nationality.\nSubject to the same reservation, no person of foreign nationality may make an acquisition having the effect of increasing, directly or indirectly, the share of the capital held by foreigners to more than 20% of the share capital or of the voting rights in the meetings. general terms of a company holding such authorization.\nFor the purposes of this article, any natural person of foreign nationality, any company whose majority of the share capital is not held, directly or indirectly, by natural or legal persons of French nationality, is considered as a person of foreign nationality. and any association whose leaders are of foreign nationality.\nThis article does not apply to service publishers whose capital and voting rights are at least 80% owned by public broadcasters belonging to Council of Europe states and whose share of capital and of the voting rights held by one of the companies mentioned in article 44 is at least equal to 20%.[...]\" (Law on Freedom of Communication (Law n° 86-1067 of 30 September 1986), last amended by Ordinance n°2021-650 of 26 May 2021, Article 40 [google translation])","Law on Freedom of Communication (Law n° 86-1067 of 30 September 1986), last amended by Ordinance n°2021-650 of 26 May 2021, Article 40","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/loda/id/LEGITEXT000006068930/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,737,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00288","Shipping licenses may be issued to legal persons and economic organizations established in Hungary and operating shipping vessels registered in EEA states. In order to register a seagoing vessel in Hungary, the vessel must be in majority EU ownership. Cabotage by non-EEA vessels is restricted and is subject to reciprocity.","\"12. §  \n(1) An inland waterway vessel, seagoing vessel or floating equipment the operation of which is subject to a navigation license shall be entered in the Hungarian register by the maritime authority, unless otherwise provided by an international treaty, if its Hungarian or Community ownership exceeds 50% and the floating facility is not registered in another register.\n[...]\n13. §  \n(1) For the purposes of the registration rules of this Act, Hungarian or community property:\na) a citizen of Hungary, a citizen of a Member State of the European Union or another state party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, or a party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area under an international agreement concluded between the European Community and its Member States and a state not party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area owned by a person of the same status as a national;\nb) owned by  legal entities domiciled in Hungary, a Member State of the European Union, another State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or a state of which the European Community and its Member States and a State not party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are nationals shall enjoy the same status as a national of a State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, hereinafter referred to as \"the EEA State\".\n(2) Hungarian or community ownership shall be certified by documents.\n(3) Company may be considered to be owned by Hungary or the Community if the share of ownership of a foreigner who is not domiciled or a citizen of the EEA state on the basis of his or her membership or the degree of voting rights exercised by him or her does not reach 50%. five.\n[...]\n§ 51. \n(1) Shipping activities may be carried out in possession of a shipping license.\n(2) No navigation permit is required:\n(a) shipping activities with floating facilities not subject to registration,\nb) to perform the statutory tasks of central budgetary bodies with their own resources,\nc) for the   recreational use of  watercraft, excluding shipping for educational purposes,\n(d) the operation of a floating installation as an accommodation or a port, as part of a shipping facility, other than for economic purposes,\n(e) for a shipping activity carried out on the basis of a navigation license issued by the shipping authorities of the EEA States.\n3. The navigation license shall specify the activity and area to which the license relates and the conditions for the pursuit of that activity.\n(4) The maritime authority and the police law enforcement body of the police are entitled to check whether a floating facility carrying out a shipping activity classified as subject to a permit in the territory of Hungary has a permit entitling it to carry out the activity. If a floating establishment carrying out an activity subject to a permit does not have a permit entitling it to carry out the activity, the water authority of the police shall immediately notify the maritime authority.\n(5) The maritime authority shall keep a register of issued navigation licenses, which shall include:\na) the name of the driver,\nb) the authorized shipping activity,\nc) the registration number, name or mark of the floating facilities operated,\n(d) the water area (river, lake, river kilometer, etc.) in which the authorized shipping activity may take place,\ne) the period of validity of the navigation license,\nf) an indication of the Hungarian ownership share of the applicant shipping company and the floating facility used for the shipping activity.\n(6) resulted in the shipping register of licenses paragraph (5) in respect of information contained - in paragraph (5) a) of the exception contained data - considered as official records of public credibility.\n§ 52. \n(1) navigation license may be issued to a legal person and economic organization established in Hungary operating a floating facility registered in an EEA state.\n[...]\n§ 54.  \n(1) between ports located within the borders of the country by a floating establishment not flying the flag of an EEA State\n(a) the carriage of passengers, the carriage of goods and the conveyance of floating facilities in connection therewith,\n(b) work on floating equipment\n(hereinafter together with points ( a) and (b) together: cabotage) is an activity subject to authorization.\n(2) The maritime authority shall issue the cabotage authorization, unless otherwise provided by an international agreement, in the event of reciprocity and in the event that a floating facility registered in an EEA State is not available to carry out the activity.[...]\" (Law on the management of water transport (XLII of 2000), last amended 1 July 2021, §§ 12, 13, 51, 52 and 54 [google translation])","Law on the management of water transport (XLII of 2000), last amended 1 July 2021, §§ 12, 13, 51, 52 and 54 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2000-42-00-00\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,774,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","_H","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.05","As previously the case, pursuant to the  PR 10/2021, foreign-owned companies remain subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement policy set at IDR 10 billion (minimum investment value excluding the value of land and buildings). ","\"Article 1\nUnder this Regulation of the President, the following definitions are employed:[...]\n1. Business Field is all forms of business activities which are carried out in order to produce goods or services in economic sectors.\n2. Investment is all forms of investing activities, both by domestic investors and foreign investors, in order to do business in the territory of the state of Republic of Indonesia. [...]\n5. Micro-, Small-, and Medium-Scale Enterprises (Usaha Mikro, Kecil, dan Menengah), from this point onward is referred to as UMKM, is the micro-scale business, small-scale business, and medium-scale business as referred to in Law Number 20 of 2008 on Micro-, Small-, and Medium-Scale Enterprises, as amended by Law Number 11 of 2020 on Job Creation. [...]\n7. Large-scale Business is a scale of business as referred to in Law Number 20 of 2008 on Micro-, Small-, and Medium Enterprises, as amended by Law Number 11 of 2020 on Job Creation.\n[...]\nArticle 2\n(1) All Business Fields are open for Investment activities, except Business Fields:\na. which is declared closed for Investment; or\nb. for activities that can only be carried out by the Central Government.\n(1a) Open Business Fields as referred to in paragraph (1) are Commercial Business Fields.\n(2) Business Fields declared closed for Investment as referred to in paragraph (1) letter a are:\na. Business Fields that cannot be cultivated as Business Fields listed in Article 12 of Law Number 25 of 2O2O concerning Investment as amended by Law Number 11 of 2O2O concerning Job Creation; And\nb. Alcoholic Beverage Industry (ISIC 11010), Alcoholic Beverage Industry: Wine (ISIC 11020), and Malt Containing Beverage Industry (KBLR 1 1031).\n(3) Business Fields for activities that can only be carried out by the Central Government as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are activities that are service in nature or in the framework of defense and security that are strategic in nature and cannot be carried out or cooperated with other parties.\nArticle 3\n(1) Open Business Fields as referred to in Article 2 shall consist of:\na. priority Business Fields;\nb. Business Fields allocated to or requiring partnerships with Cooperatives and UMKM;\nc. Business Fields with certain requirements; and\nd. Business fields that are not included in letter a, letter b, and letter c.\n(2) Business Fields as referred to in paragraph (1) letter d may be entered by all Investors.\n[...]\nArticle 7\n(1) Foreign Investors may only carry out business activities in Large-scale Business with an investment value of more than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah) excluding the value of land and buildings.\n(2) Foreign investment must be in the form of a limited liability company based on Indonesian law and domiciled within the territory of the Republic of Indonesia, unless stipulated otherwise by the law.\nArticle 8\n(1) The provisions regarding adultery referred to in Article 3 paragraph (1) letter c do not apply to investment activities carried out in special economic zones.\n(2) In order to encourage the strengthening of technology-based startup ecosystems, which are not only limited to funding, infrastructure, mentor networks, technology transfer, and market access, foreign investment in special economic zones in technology-based start-up business sectors can invest with investment value equal to or less than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah) excluding the value of the land and buildings.[...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. In this Board Regulation meant by: […]\n6. Foreign Investment hereinafter referred to as PMA, is the activity of investing to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia by Foreign Investors, either using fully foreign capital or joining with Domestic Investor.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - TERMS AND PROCEDURES OF INVESTMENT LICENSING\nSection One - Terms of Investment Licensing\nParagraph 1 - Terms of Starting Business and Starting Production/Operation\nArticle 10\n(1) Starting business includes the following activities:\na. establishment of new business, either for PMDN or PMA;\nb. starting business activities for the change of status into PMA, as a result of the entry of  foreign capital in the ownership of all/part of the company's capital in legal entity;\n[...]\nParagraph 2 - Terms of Investment Value and Capital\nArticle 12\n(1) PMA companies with large business qualifications shall, unless otherwise stipulated by legislations, be obliged to implement terms of investment value and capital requirements to obtain Investment Registration and/or Business License. [...]\n(3) PMA shall, in order to start the business as referred to in Article 10 paragraph (1), meet the requirements of investment and capital value as referred to in paragraph (1), unless otherwise provided by legislations, namely to comply with the following provisions:\na. total investment value greater than Rp.10.000.000.000,00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings;\nb. issued capital is equal to the paid up capital, at least Rp.2.500.000.000,00 (two billion five hundred million rupiah );\nc. investment in share capital, for each shareholder at least Rp.10.000.000.00 (ten million rupiah;\nd. the percentage of shareholding is calculated based on the par value of the shares.\n[...]\nCHAPTER XII - CONCLUSION\nArticle 127\nUpon the enactment hereof, [...]\nc. Regulation of Head of Investment Coordinating Board Number 14 of 2015 on Guidelines and Procedures of Principle Investment License (State Gazette of the Republic of Indonesia of 2015 Number 1478) as amended several times, most recently by Regulation of Head of Investment Coordinating Board Number 8 of 2016 on the Second Amendment to Regulation of Head of Investment Coordinating Board Number 14 of 2015 concerning Guidelines and Procedures of Principle Investment License (State Gazette of the Republic of Indonesia of 2016 Number 1623); [...] are revoked and declared invalid.\n[...]\nArticle 128\nThis Regulation of Board comes into force:\na. for Central PTSP of BKPM on 2 January 2018; and\nb. for Provincial DPMPTSP, Regency/Municipal DPMPTSP, PTSP KPBPB, and PTSP KEK maximum on 2 July 2018.\" (REGULATION OF INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 13 OF 2017 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES OF INVESTMENT LICENSING AND FACILITY)\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER III - CAPITAL AND SHARES\nPart One - Capital [...]\nArticle 32\n(1) Authorized capital of the Company shall be at least of Rp 50.000.000,00 (fifty million rupiah).\n(2) Laws that regulate certain business activities can determine the minimum amount of the Company’s capital which is higher than the provision of authorized capital as referred to in paragraph (1).\n(3) The change to the amount of authorized capital as referred to in paragraph (1), shall be stipulated with a Government Regulation.\nArticle 33\n(1) At least 25% (twenty five percent) of the authorized capital as referred to in Article 32 must be issued and paid-up in full. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 40 OF 2007 CONCERNING LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 13 OF 2017 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES OF INVESTMENT LICENSING AND FACILITY\nLAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 40 OF 2007 CONCERNING LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168906/peraturan-bkpm-no-13-tahun-2017\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://cdn.indonesia-investments.com/documents/Company-Law-Indonesia-Law-No.-40-of-2007-on-Limited-Liability-Companies-Indonesia-Investments.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2576,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","_H","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.05","As previously the case, pursuant to the  PR 10/2021, foreign-owned companies remain subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement policy set at IDR 10 billion (minimum investment value excluding the value of land and buildings). ","\"Article 1\nUnder this Regulation of the President, the following definitions are employed:[...]\n1. Business Field is all forms of business activities which are carried out in order to produce goods or services in economic sectors.\n2. Investment is all forms of investing activities, both by domestic investors and foreign investors, in order to do business in the territory of the state of Republic of Indonesia. [...]\n5. Micro-, Small-, and Medium-Scale Enterprises (Usaha Mikro, Kecil, dan Menengah), from this point onward is referred to as UMKM, is the micro-scale business, small-scale business, and medium-scale business as referred to in Law Number 20 of 2008 on Micro-, Small-, and Medium-Scale Enterprises, as amended by Law Number 11 of 2020 on Job Creation. [...]\n7. Large-scale Business is a scale of business as referred to in Law Number 20 of 2008 on Micro-, Small-, and Medium Enterprises, as amended by Law Number 11 of 2020 on Job Creation.\n[...]\nArticle 2\n(1) All Business Fields are open for Investment activities, except Business Fields:\na. which is declared closed for Investment; or\nb. for activities that can only be carried out by the Central Government.\n(1a) Open Business Fields as referred to in paragraph (1) are Commercial Business Fields.\n(2) Business Fields declared closed for Investment as referred to in paragraph (1) letter a are:\na. Business Fields that cannot be cultivated as Business Fields listed in Article 12 of Law Number 25 of 2O2O concerning Investment as amended by Law Number 11 of 2O2O concerning Job Creation; And\nb. Alcoholic Beverage Industry (ISIC 11010), Alcoholic Beverage Industry: Wine (ISIC 11020), and Malt Containing Beverage Industry (KBLR 1 1031).\n(3) Business Fields for activities that can only be carried out by the Central Government as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are activities that are service in nature or in the framework of defense and security that are strategic in nature and cannot be carried out or cooperated with other parties.\nArticle 3\n(1) Open Business Fields as referred to in Article 2 shall consist of:\na. priority Business Fields;\nb. Business Fields allocated to or requiring partnerships with Cooperatives and UMKM;\nc. Business Fields with certain requirements; and\nd. Business fields that are not included in letter a, letter b, and letter c.\n(2) Business Fields as referred to in paragraph (1) letter d may be entered by all Investors.\n[...]\nArticle 7\n(1) Foreign Investors may only carry out business activities in Large-scale Business with an investment value of more than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah) excluding the value of land and buildings.\n(2) Foreign investment must be in the form of a limited liability company based on Indonesian law and domiciled within the territory of the Republic of Indonesia, unless stipulated otherwise by the law.\nArticle 8\n(1) The provisions regarding adultery referred to in Article 3 paragraph (1) letter c do not apply to investment activities carried out in special economic zones.\n(2) In order to encourage the strengthening of technology-based startup ecosystems, which are not only limited to funding, infrastructure, mentor networks, technology transfer, and market access, foreign investment in special economic zones in technology-based start-up business sectors can invest with investment value equal to or less than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah) excluding the value of the land and buildings.[...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. In this Board Regulation meant by: […]\n6. Foreign Investment hereinafter referred to as PMA, is the activity of investing to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia by Foreign Investors, either using fully foreign capital or joining with Domestic Investor.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - TERMS AND PROCEDURES OF INVESTMENT LICENSING\nSection One - Terms of Investment Licensing\nParagraph 1 - Terms of Starting Business and Starting Production/Operation\nArticle 10\n(1) Starting business includes the following activities:\na. establishment of new business, either for PMDN or PMA;\nb. starting business activities for the change of status into PMA, as a result of the entry of  foreign capital in the ownership of all/part of the company's capital in legal entity;\n[...]\nParagraph 2 - Terms of Investment Value and Capital\nArticle 12\n(1) PMA companies with large business qualifications shall, unless otherwise stipulated by legislations, be obliged to implement terms of investment value and capital requirements to obtain Investment Registration and/or Business License. [...]\n(3) PMA shall, in order to start the business as referred to in Article 10 paragraph (1), meet the requirements of investment and capital value as referred to in paragraph (1), unless otherwise provided by legislations, namely to comply with the following provisions:\na. total investment value greater than Rp.10.000.000.000,00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings;\nb. issued capital is equal to the paid up capital, at least Rp.2.500.000.000,00 (two billion five hundred million rupiah );\nc. investment in share capital, for each shareholder at least Rp.10.000.000.00 (ten million rupiah;\nd. the percentage of shareholding is calculated based on the par value of the shares.\n[...]\nCHAPTER XII - CONCLUSION\nArticle 127\nUpon the enactment hereof, [...]\nc. Regulation of Head of Investment Coordinating Board Number 14 of 2015 on Guidelines and Procedures of Principle Investment License (State Gazette of the Republic of Indonesia of 2015 Number 1478) as amended several times, most recently by Regulation of Head of Investment Coordinating Board Number 8 of 2016 on the Second Amendment to Regulation of Head of Investment Coordinating Board Number 14 of 2015 concerning Guidelines and Procedures of Principle Investment License (State Gazette of the Republic of Indonesia of 2016 Number 1623); [...] are revoked and declared invalid.\n[...]\nArticle 128\nThis Regulation of Board comes into force:\na. for Central PTSP of BKPM on 2 January 2018; and\nb. for Provincial DPMPTSP, Regency/Municipal DPMPTSP, PTSP KPBPB, and PTSP KEK maximum on 2 July 2018.\" (REGULATION OF INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 13 OF 2017 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES OF INVESTMENT LICENSING AND FACILITY)\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER III - CAPITAL AND SHARES\nPart One - Capital [...]\nArticle 32\n(1) Authorized capital of the Company shall be at least of Rp 50.000.000,00 (fifty million rupiah).\n(2) Laws that regulate certain business activities can determine the minimum amount of the Company’s capital which is higher than the provision of authorized capital as referred to in paragraph (1).\n(3) The change to the amount of authorized capital as referred to in paragraph (1), shall be stipulated with a Government Regulation.\nArticle 33\n(1) At least 25% (twenty five percent) of the authorized capital as referred to in Article 32 must be issued and paid-up in full. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 40 OF 2007 CONCERNING LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 13 OF 2017 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES OF INVESTMENT LICENSING AND FACILITY\nLAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 40 OF 2007 CONCERNING LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168906/peraturan-bkpm-no-13-tahun-2017\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://cdn.indonesia-investments.com/documents/Company-Law-Indonesia-Law-No.-40-of-2007-on-Limited-Liability-Companies-Indonesia-Investments.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2576,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","K643_663","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.000666667","Foreign investment in a few 'other financial services', such as stock exchange, securities companies (including brokerage and investment advisory services), fund management (investor manager) etc., remains limited to 85% of equity interest pursuant to the sector-specific legislation.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Law what is meant by: [...]\n11. Investment Manager is a Party whose business activities are managing Securities portfolios for customers or managing collective investment portfolios for a group of customers, except for insurance companies, pension funds, and banks which carry out their own business activities based on the applicable laws and regulations.[... ]\n21. Securities Company is a Party conducting business activities as Underwriter, Broker-dealer, and or Investment Manager.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SECURITIES EXCHANGES, CLEARING AND GUARANTEE INSTITUTIONS, AND DEPOSITORY AND SETTLEMENT AGENCIES\nPart One - Stock Exchange\nParagraph 1 - Licensing\nArticle 6\n(1) Companies that can conduct business activities as Stock Exchanges have obtained business licenses from Bapepam.\n(2) The requirements and procedures for licensing the Securities Exchange as referred to in paragraph (1) are further regulated by a Government Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 8\nThose who can become stockholders of the Stock Exchange are Securities Companies that have obtained business licenses to carry out activities as Securities Broker-Dealers.\n[...]\nPart Two - Clearing Guarantee Institutions and Depository and Settlement Institutions [...]\nArticle 15\n(1) Shareholders of Clearing Guarantee Institutions and Depository and Settlement Institutions are Stock Exchanges, Securities Companies, Securities Administration Agencies, Custodian Banks, or other Parties with the approval of Bapepam.\n(2) The majority of Clearing Guarantee Institution shares must be owned by the Stock Exchange.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - SECURITIES COMPANIES, SECURITIES COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES, AND INVESTMENT ADVISORS\nArticle 30\n(1) Those that can carry out business activities as Securities Companies are Companies that have obtained business licenses from Bapepam.\n(2) A Securities Company that has obtained a business license as referred to in paragraph (1) may carry out activities as Underwriter, Broker-dealer, and or Investment Manager as well as other activities in accordance with the provisions stipulated by Bapepam.\n(3) Parties conducting business activities as Underwriters, Securities Brokers, and or Investment Managers only for debt securities with a maturity of not more than one year, certificates of deposit, insurance policies, Securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of Indonesia, or other Securities determined by Bapepam are not required to obtain a business license as a Securities Company.\n(4) Requirements and procedures for licensing Securities Companies are further regulated by Government Regulation.[...]\" (Law  No. 8 of 1995 on the Capital Market [repealed by Law no. 4 of 2023 concerning the Development and Strengthening of the Financial Sector] [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"1.  GENERAL PROVISIONS \na. Investment Manager is the Investment Manager as referred to in Law Number 8 Year 1995 concerning Capital Market.\nb. Person who may conduct business activity as an Investment Manager is a Securities Company which has already obtained business license from Capital Market and Financial Institutions Supervisory Agency (CMFISA).\nc. An Investment Manager may conduct business activities in the form of: \n1) management of Securities portfolio for the interest of a particular investor based on an individual and bilateral fund management agreement arranged according to CMFISA rules; \n2) management of collective investment portfolios for a group of investors through a vehicle or products which are regulated by CMFISA rules; and/or \n3) other activities in accordance with provisions set by CMFISA.\n d. An Investment Manager that does not have a business license as an Investment Advisor may conduct business activities as an Investment Advisor provided that such Investment Manager does not charge any fee for advice on sale or purchase of Securities offered to its clients. [...]\" (DECISION OF CHAIRMAN OF CAPITAL MARKET AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTION SUPERVISORY AGENCY NUMBER: KEP-479/BL/2009 CONCERNING LICENSING PROCEDURES FOR SECURITIES COMPANY CONDUCTING BUSINESS AS AN INVESTMENT MANAGER )\n-----------------------------------\n\"Article 1\nIn this rule, the following terminologies apply: [...]\n2. Securities Company is a Person that conducts business as an Underwriter, a Broker-Dealer and/or an Investment Manager. \n[...]\nArticle 2\n(1) Shares of a joint venture Securities Company may be owned by a foreign legal entity which engaged in financial sector other than Securities industry at maximum 85% (eighty five percent) of paid in capital.\n(2) Shares of a joint venture Securities Company may be owned by a foreign legal entity which engaged in Securities industry that has license or under Capital Market authority’s supervision in the home country at maximum 99% (ninety nine percent) of paid in capital. \nArticle 3\n(1) In the event that a national or a joint venture Securities Company conducts a Public Offering, shares of the Securities Company can be wholly owned by a Local Investor or Foreign Investor. (2) Foreign Investor as referred to in item (1) can be a Foreign Investor who is not engaged in financial sector. [...]\" (MINISTER OF FINANCE REGULATION NUMBER 153/PMK.010/2010 CONCERNING SHARE OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL OF SECURITIES COMPANY)\n-----------------------------------\n\"RULE NUMBER III.A.3 : DIRECTORS OF SECURITIES EXCHANGE [...]\n1. GENERAL a. Securities Exchange must have at least 3 (three) directors.\n[...]\n2. REQUIREMENTS FOR CANDIDATES OF DIRECTORS \na. Candidates of directors of a Securities Exchange must meet the following requirements: 1) Must be individuals who have Indonesian citizenship and are legally competent; \n[...]\n27. Office term of director of the Securities Exchange is automatically ended if the director, among other things: a. lose his/her Indonesian citizenship; [...]\" (Decision of the Chairman of Capital Market and Financial Institutions Supervisory Agency (CMFISA) Number: Kep-12/BL/2009 Date: 30 January 2009)\n","Law  No. 8 of 1995 on the Capital Market [repealed by Law no. 4 of 2023 concerning the Development and Strengthening of the Financial Sector] [google translation]\nDECISION OF CHAIRMAN OF CAPITAL MARKET AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTION SUPERVISORY AGENCY NUMBER: KEP-479/BL/2009 CONCERNING LICENSING PROCEDURES FOR SECURITIES COMPANY CONDUCTING BUSINESS AS AN INVESTMENT MANAGER\nMINISTER OF FINANCE REGULATION NUMBER 153/PMK.010/2010 CONCERNING SHARE OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL OF SECURITIES COMPANY \nDecision of the Chairman of Capital Market and Financial Institutions Supervisory Agency (CMFISA) Number: Kep-12/BL/2009 Date: 30 January 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/46197/uu-no-8-tahun-1995\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ojk.go.id/Files/regulation/capital-market/bap-rules/new/VA3-2009.pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ojk.go.id/en/kanal/pasar-modal/regulasi/peraturan-keputusan-menteri/Documents/03TerjemahanPMK153_1420163031.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ojk.go.id/en/kanal/pasar-modal/regulasi/klasifikasi-bapepam/bursa-efek/Documents/IIIA3_1391350862.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2642,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C13T15","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.005416667","As of March 2021, the number of activities reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs  [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements] or closed to FDI has slightly increased. Previously, foreign investment in a few textile and apparel-related manufacturing activities was reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs; some others were subject to partnership agreements (e.g. FDI in batik industry used to be subject to a partnership requirement and now it has been closed to FDI). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Weaving Industry (Not the Weaving of Jute Sacks and Other Sacks) (Songket Weaving Industry, Ulos Weaving Industry, Cual Weaving Industry, Ulap Doyo Weaving Industry, Grinsing Weaving Industry, Tapis Weaving Industry); Ikat Woven Fabric Industry; Embroidery Fabric Industry (Karawo Fabric Industry, Karancang Fabric Industry, Usus Embroidery Fabric Industry, Other Embroidery Fabrics that are worked without using machines); Mukena (prayer dress) and Other Traditional Clothing from Textiles/Fabrics Manufacturing Industry; Clothing Accessory Industry from Textile (Cap/Fez/Songkok Industry, Traditional Headband Industry, Traditional Belt Industry, Dance Clothing Industry): [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 10 YEAR 2021 ON INVESTMENT BUSINESS FIELDS - LIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS\n- Batik Industry: Written Batik Industry, Stamped Batik Industry, Written and Stamped Combination Batik Industry: [see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - food and others]\n- Business with specific capacities ( Dyeing of yarns from natural or artificial fibers for dyed/patterned yearns, ikat with handlooms industry, Fabrics Printing industry, Hand-drawn batik industry, Knitted/crocheted fabrics especially lace Industry, Embroidery industry [...] Moslem woman’s praying cloth, scarf, head scarf, and other traditional apparels industry ): Reserved for SMEs [...]\n[...]\n- Business with specific capacities (Stamped batik industry): Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2659,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"8.33E-05","The Regulation of Investment Advice, Investment Marketing and Investment Portfolio Management Law of 1995 requires that corporate licensees for investment advice and marketing services be incorporated in Israel.","\"Must have license\n2. (a) A person shall not engage in investment advising, except if he holds an advising license; [...]\n(b1) A person shall not engage in investment marketing, except if he holds a marketing license; [...]\n(b2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b1), an institutional body may engage in investment marketing in respect of financial assets that are managed by it or that were issued by it and only of those, even if it does not hold a marketing license; [...]\n(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b1), a portfolio management licensee may also engage in investment advising or in investment marketing, and in only one of these; however, if it is a body corporate connected to an institutional body or to a marketing licensee it shall not engage in investment advising; the provisions of this Law that apply to an advising licensee shall apply to a portfolio management licensee who engages in investment advising not in connection with the management of portfolios, and the provisions of this Law that apply to marketing licensees shall apply to it when it engages in investment marketing.\n[...]\nConditions for granting an advising license and a marketing license\n7. (a) The Authority shall grant an advising license or a marketing license, as the case may be, to an applicant who is an individual, if it finds that the following hold true for him:\n(1) he is an adult; (2) he is a resident of Israel or proved that – even though he is not a resident of Israel – he is able to comply with all the provisions under this Law and that they can be enforced on him; [...]\n(b) The Authority shall grant an advising license or a marketing license, as the case may be, to an applicant who is a partnership, if it finds that the following hold true for it: (1) the partners are licensees; (2) the partnership assumed the obligation that all persons who will engage in investment advising or in investment marketing in its name will be its employees or partners who hold appropriate licenses, or that at least one employee or partner holds an appropriate license and that the others, who will act as aforesaid in its name, are foreign dealers who may, under the provisions of section 10B, engage in investment advising or in investment marketing;\n(3) the partnership complies with the conditions and amounts set in regulations in respect of insurance;\n(4) the partnership assumed the obligation that it will not have as officer any person who it knows was convicted of an offense, and also not a person to whom applies a prohibition against serving as officer by virtue of means of enforcement said in section 52DDD of the Securities Law, imposed on him under Chapter Eight \"D\" of the Securities Law, under Chapter Seven \"B\" of this Law or under Chapter Ten \"A\" of the Joint Investment Trusts Law during a period in which the said prohibition applies to him.\n(4) the partnership undertook that it shall not have as officer any person who it knows was convicted of an offense, and also not a person to whom applies a prohibition against serving as officer by virtue of means of enforcement said in section 52DDD of the Securities Law, imposed on him under Chapter Eight \"D\" of the Securities Law, under Chapter Seven \"B\" of this Law or under Chapter Ten \"A\" of the Joint Investment Trusts Law – during the period in which the said prohibition applies to him.\n(c) The Authority shall grant an advising license or a marketing license, as the case may be, to an applicant that is a company, if it finds that the following hold true\nfor it:\n(1) the company assumed the obligation that all persons who will engage in investment advising or in investment marketing in its name will be its employees who hold appropriate licenses, or that at least one employee holds an appropriate license and that the others, who will act as aforesaid in its name, are foreign dealers who may, under the provisions of section 10B, engage in investment advising or in investment marketing;\n(2) the company assumed the obligation that it will not have as officer any person who it knows was convicted of an offense, and also not a person to whom applies a prohibition against serving as officer by virtue of means of enforcement said in section 52DDD of the Securities Law, imposed on him under Chapter Eight \"D\" of the Securities Law, under Chapter Seven \"B\" of this Law or under Chapter Ten \"A\" of the Joint Investment Trusts Law during a period in which the said prohibition applies to him.\n(3) the company has an equity that is not smaller than the amount that will be prescribed by regulations;\n(4) the company holds insurance, bank guaranties, deposits or securities in amounts, in proportions and on conditions that will be prescribed by regulations;\n(5) the company does not engage in underwriting.\n[...]\nDefinitions\n10A. In this Chapter –\n\"foreign permit\" – a permit to engage in the provision of services in a foreign state under the Law of that state;\n\"foreign individual\" – an individual who is not an Israel resident and who holds a foreign permit;\n\"foreign dealer\" – a foreign individual or a foreign body corporate;\n\"foreign body corporate\" – a body corporate for which all the following hold true:\n(1) it was incorporated abroad;\n(2) control of it is held by persons who are not Israel residents; for this purpose holding or acquiring securities together with others shall not be deemed holding with Israel residents;\n(3) it holds a foreign permit;\n(4) its activity under the foreign permit is generally carried on outside Israel;\n\"licensed body corporate\" – including a bank and also another banking corporation that under the Banking (Licensing) Law is allowed to engage in investment advising or\nin investment marketing.\n[...]\nProvision of services of a foreign dealer through a licensed body corporate\n10B. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 2, a foreign dealer may engage in the provision of services to clients of a licensed body corporate even without an\nappropriate license under this Law if the conditions specified below are complied with and subject to the provisions of this Chapter:\n(1) the foreign dealer and the licensed body corporate contracted a written agreement for provision of the said services;\n(2) the foreign permit held by the foreign dealer allows it to engage – in the state where the permit was issued – in the provision of said services, and if it is a foreign body corporate – that those engaged in its name in the provision of said services also hold aforesaid foreign permits;\n(3) the licensed body corporate may itself provide the services to its clients under the provisions of this Law;\n(4) the foreign dealer and the licensed body corporate are registered in the Register of Foreign Dealers under the provisions of Article Three.[...]\" (Regulation of Investment Advice, Investment Marketing and Portfolio Management Law (10.8.1995), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 2, 7, 10A and 10B [unofficial translation])","Regulation of Investment Advice, Investment Marketing and Portfolio Management Law (10.8.1995), last amended 10.1.2019, Sections 2, 7, 10A and 10B","OECD: Accession of Israel to the OECD. Review of international investment policies (approved by the OECD Investment Committee on 6 October 2009), p. 35","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/law01/P181K4_001.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.isa.gov.il/sites/ISAEng/1485/Documents/IsaFile_2912142.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/israel/49864025.pdf\">OECD</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1412,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00075","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include radio and television broadcasting [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1515,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","H492","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in passenger and freight road transporation services and specialized tourist transport services.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nC- The following transport services:- [...]\n3- Transport services on the roads, including the following services:-\nA- Specialized tourist transport services.\nB - Transport services for passengers and goods on the roads.\nC- Parking services.\nD. Services and agencies of cargo delivery, inspection and services of freight brokers. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014)\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016)","American Chamber of Commerce in Jordan: \"Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77 of 2016 (as amended in 2019 & 2020)\", 2020","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://assets-global.website-files.com/601b3fe900f2a66ff84d23e2/60f0d27ac46014005895c42d_jordan-investment-law-l0rnabfi.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/3_-updated-Jordan-FDI-Regulation-English-Arabic-2020.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1606,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","FDI is prohibited printing and publishing activities.","\"Article 9\nA. The correspondent of foreign periodicals and other news media should be a Jordanian, Arab, or foreign journalist allowed by the Press Association Council to perform that job with the approval of the minister.\n[...]\nArticle 11\nA. Every Jordanian and every company owned by Jordanians shall have the right to issue a press publication.\nB. Every registered Jordanian political party shall have the right to issue its press publications. \nC. The Council of Ministers, at the recommendation of the Minister, shall grant a licence to the following quarters for the issuance of publications:\ni) The Jordanian News Agency.\nii) A non-Jordanian news agency, provided that the principle of reciprocity is observed.\n[...]\nArticle 16\nEach institution mentioned in Article 15 of this law shall have a responsible director who must meet the following conditions:\nA. He must be Jordanian and permanent resident of the Kingdom. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 21\nThe proprietor of a press or specialised publication must meet the following conditions:\nA. He must be a Jordanian or a company owned by Jordanians or a registered Jordanian political party. […]\n[...]\nArticle 23\nA. Every press publication must have a responsible chief editor who must meet the following conditions:\ni) He must be a journalist.\nii) He must be Jordanian and permanent resident of the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle 25\nEvery specialised publication must have a responsible chief editor who must fulfil the following conditions:\n1. He must be Jordanian. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 40\nThe proprietor, chief editor, managing editor, journalist, or regular writer of any press publication is prohibited from receiving or accepting, by virtue of his ownership of, or association and relationship with that publication, any financial aid or grant from any Jordanian or non-Jordanian quarter.\nArticle 41\nStudies and research centres, public opinion polling centres, or anyone working in them are prohibited from receiving or accepting, by virtue of their work, any financial aid or grant or any financing from a Jordanian or non-Jordanian quarter. This does not include the financing of joints ventures, studies, or research approved by the Minister.[...]\" (The Press and Publication Law of 1998 and its Amendments (2012))","The Press and Publication Law of 1998 and its Amendments (2012)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://al-bab.com/documents-section/jordan-press-and-publications-law#:~:text=Official%20news%20agencies-,Jordan%3A%20Press%20and%20publications%20law,news%20websites%20within%20its%20remit.\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1631,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","A01","_O","IV91","IX",2018,"0.00125","Foreign natural and legal persons, as well as legal entities which are majority owned by foreign legal entities and individuals, may not own agricultural land plots but are entitled to lease them for up to 25 years. In 2016, a moratorium on land privatisation and leasing to foreigners, applicable until 31 December 2021, was introduced. Thus, currently no rights of agricultural land use are granted to foreigners. Land users who had been given such rights before the moratorium was introduced, however, enjoy their rights until the expiry of the land-use period. Additionally, foreign natural and legal persons, as well as legal entities with foreign participation, cannot lease or own agricultural land in the border zone. ","\"Article 23. Ownership of land plots of citizens and legal entities\n1. Land plots in the state ownership may be granted to the private ownership for citizens and non-state legal entities, with the exception of the land plots which in accordance with this Code may not be in the private ownership.\n1-1. Land plots located in the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan are not provided into private ownership or for temporary land use.\nThe population is allowed to use agricultural land located within the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan for grazing farm animals of own farmsteads and haymaking without the right to erect any buildings (constructions, structures).\n2. Private ownership of the citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan may include the land plots for management of peasant or agrarian economy, personal subsidiary husbandry, forest planting, gardening, personal housing and suburban construction management, as well as granted for building construction or built-up by production and non-production, including residential buildings (constructions, installations) and their complexes, including lands intended for janitorial service (constructions, installations) in accordance with their purposes. [...]\n3. Non-state legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan may own land plots (to be) provided for agricultural production, afforestation, for development or having production and non-production buildings (constructions, structures), including residential ones, and their complexes, including lands intended for the maintenance of buildings (constructions, structures) in accordance with their intended use.\n4. Foreigners, stateless persons and foreign legal entities (non-state ones) may own land plots for the purposes specified in paragraph 3 of this article, except for lands intended for agricultural production and afforestation.\nLand plots located in the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan may not be owned by foreigners, stateless persons, citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan who are married to (are spouses of) foreigners or stateless persons, and also to foreign legal entities and legal entities of the Republic Kazakhstan with foreign participation.[...]\nWhen a foreigner or stateless person, a foreign legal entity, a legal entity of the Republic of Kazakhstan with foreign participation becomes a member (shareholders) of a legal entity of the Republic of Kazakhstan, the ownership of land plots located in the frontier zone and frontier strip of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan shall be subject to re-registration or alienation in accordance with the provisions of Article 66 of this Code.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Property right to agricultural lands\n[\"Note of the RCLI! In accordance with Decree of the President of the Republic of Kazakhstan № 248 as of May 6, 2016, a moratorium to grant private property rights to state-owned agricultural land plots to individuals and legal entities was introduced until December 31, 2021.\"]\n1. Agricultural land plots owned by the state may be provided to citizens and legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan without foreign participation on the basis of the land use right in the manner and subject to conditions established by this Code. [...]\n[\"Note of the RCLI! In accordance with Decree of the President of the Republic of Kazakhstan № 248 as of May 6, 2016, a moratorium to grant the right of temporary land use as a lease of agricultural land plots to foreigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, and also legal entities with more than fifty percent of the authorized capital belonging to foreigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities was introduced until December 31, 2021.\"]\nForeigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, as well as legal entities with more than fifty percent of the authorized capital belonging to foreigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, may own agricultural land plots only on the basis of the right of temporary land use as a lease up to twenty five years. [...]\n6. Agricultural land plots located within the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan may be provided on the basis of the temporary land use right to citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan, except for citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan who are married to (are spouses of) foreigners or stateless persons, and legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan without foreign participation. [...]\nAgricultural land plots located in the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan can not belong to foreigners, stateless persons, as well as foreign legal entities and legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan with foreign participation on the basis of land use rights.[...]\" (Land Code (No. 442 of 20 June 2003), as amended by Law No. 268-VI of 28.10.2019, Articles 23 and 24 [unofficial translation])","Land Code (No. 442 of 20 June 2003), as amended by Law No. 268-VI of 28.10.2019, Articles 23 and 24","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/K030000442_\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1533,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0096","Foreign investment in air transportation shall not exceed 49%","\"SECTION I. GENERAL […]\nChapter 2. Terms and definitions […]\n28) carrier (aircraft operator) - a legal entity registered in the territory of the Kyrgyz Republic engaged in the operation of aircraft and having a valid certificate of aircraft operator; \n[...]\nSECTION VIII. COMMERCIAL AIR TRANSPORT. RESPONSIBILITY IN THE FIELD OF AIR TRANSPORTATION\nChapter 20. Commercial air transport and other aviation activities\nSection 138. Aircraft Operator Certification\n1. Aircraft operator’s certificate is issued to a legal entity registered in the Kyrgyz Republic that owns or leases (without crew) one flight suitable for flights, and also has the organizational structure, trained personnel, equipment, buildings, and facilities necessary for flight and technical operation of the aircraft and flight operations.\n2. Aircraft operator certificate is issued for a period not exceeding 24 months.\n3. The creation on the territory of the Kyrgyz Republic of airlines with the participation of foreign individuals and legal entities is allowed provided that the share of participation of foreign individuals or legal entities in the airline does not exceed 49 percent of the charter capital of the airline.\n4. The operation by an individual or legal entity of a light and ultralight aircraft of general aviation does not entail the obligation to obtain the certificate of aircraft operator by these persons.\n5. The procedure for issuing, amending, suspending or revoking an aircraft operator certificate is established by the Aviation Rules of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (\"Air Code of the Kyrgyz Republic\" dated August 6, 2015 No. 218 [google translated])","Air Code of the Kyrgyz Republic dated August 6, 2015 No. 218 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/111262?cl=ru-ru\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2829,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0096","Foreign investment in air transportation shall not exceed 49%","\"SECTION I. GENERAL […]\nChapter 2. Terms and definitions […]\n28) carrier (aircraft operator) - a legal entity registered in the territory of the Kyrgyz Republic engaged in the operation of aircraft and having a valid certificate of aircraft operator; \n[...]\nSECTION VIII. COMMERCIAL AIR TRANSPORT. RESPONSIBILITY IN THE FIELD OF AIR TRANSPORTATION\nChapter 20. Commercial air transport and other aviation activities\nSection 138. Aircraft Operator Certification\n1. Aircraft operator’s certificate is issued to a legal entity registered in the Kyrgyz Republic that owns or leases (without crew) one flight suitable for flights, and also has the organizational structure, trained personnel, equipment, buildings, and facilities necessary for flight and technical operation of the aircraft and flight operations.\n2. Aircraft operator certificate is issued for a period not exceeding 24 months.\n3. The creation on the territory of the Kyrgyz Republic of airlines with the participation of foreign individuals and legal entities is allowed provided that the share of participation of foreign individuals or legal entities in the airline does not exceed 49 percent of the charter capital of the airline.\n4. The operation by an individual or legal entity of a light and ultralight aircraft of general aviation does not entail the obligation to obtain the certificate of aircraft operator by these persons.\n5. The procedure for issuing, amending, suspending or revoking an aircraft operator certificate is established by the Aviation Rules of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (\"Air Code of the Kyrgyz Republic\" dated August 6, 2015 No. 218 [google translated])","Air Code of the Kyrgyz Republic dated August 6, 2015 No. 218 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/111262?cl=ru-ru\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2829,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","K649","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.000266667","Until 2021, Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserved several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list were various other financial services activities. The Implementation guidelines of Decree No. 01 /BOL on Microfinance Institutions, dated 19 APR 2016, imposed a 30% foreign shreholding limit in microfinance institutions (both  Deposit-Taking Microfinance Institutions (DTMFI) and Non-Deposit Taking Microfinance Institutions (NDTMFI)).\n\nOn June 20, 2022, the Bank of the Lao PDR (BOL) issued Decree No. 184/G, replacing the prior regulation (No. 460/G) from October 3, 2012, governing deposit-taking and non-deposit taking microfinance institutions. Under this new decree, foreign investors, both individuals and entities, can hold up to 51% of the share capital in Deposit-Taking Microfinance Institutions (DTMFI) and wholly own the share capital of Non-Deposit Taking Microfinance Institutions (NDTMFI) in Lao PDRs.","\"Part II - Microfinance Institutions that accept deposits [...]\nArticle 10 Foreign Investment\nForeign individuals and legal entitites can invest together with Lao individuals and legal entities to operate microfinance institutions that receive deposits in a ratio not exceeding fifty-one percent of the total number of shares.\n[...]\nPart III - Microfinance Institutions that do not accept deposits [...]\nArticle 68 Foreign Investment\nIndividuals and foreign legal entitites can operate microfinance institutions that do not accept deposits without limiting the investment ratio [...]\" (Decree on Microfinance Institutions, No. 184/G, 20 June 2022 [google translation])\n--------------------\nPreviously\n--------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Trusts, funds and similar financial entities (specifically for the establishment of trusts, non-deposit microfinance, loan and savings union)\n- Other credit granting (specifically for a pawn shop business)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)\n--------------------\n\"Chapter II - Deposit Taking Microfinance Institutions  [...]\nArticle 8 - Foreign Investment\nForeign individual and entity can invest to establish Microfinance Institutions for money deposit and the minimum proportion of the share by foreign share holder is ten per cent (10%), but maximum is thirty per cent (30%) of the capital.  The proportion of the share by foreign share holder can be changed up on the Bank of Lao PDR and comply with the laws. For foreign investments in the form of shares comply with investment law and written information to the BoL is required. \n[...]\nChapter III - Non-Deposit Taking Microfinance Institutions and Microfinance Projects [...] \nArticle 25 - Foreign Investment \nForeign individual and entity can invest to establish NDTMFI and the minimum proportion of the share by foreign share holder is ten per cent (10%), but maximum is thirty per cent (30%) of the capital. The proportion of the share by foreign share holder can be changed up on the Bank of Lao PDR and comply with the laws. For foreign investments in the form of shares comply with investment law and written information to the BoL is required. [...]\" (Implementation guidelines of Decree on Microfinance Institutions No. 01 /BOL, dated 19 APR 2016) \n","Decree on Microfinance Institutions, No. 184/G, 20 June 2022\nNotification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015\nImplementation guidelines of Decree on Microfinance Institutions No. 01 /BOL, dated 19 APR 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"https://laomfa.org/decrees-and-regulations/\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://laomfa.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Implementation__guidelines_on_MF_decree_460_Eng_19.04.16.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3032,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","K649","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"6.67E-05","Until 2021, Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserved several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list were various other financial services activities. The Implementation guidelines of Decree No. 01 /BOL on Microfinance Institutions, dated 19 APR 2016, imposed a 30% foreign shreholding limit in microfinance institutions (both  Deposit-Taking Microfinance Institutions (DTMFI) and Non-Deposit Taking Microfinance Institutions (NDTMFI)).\n\nOn June 20, 2022, the Bank of the Lao PDR (BOL) issued Decree No. 184/G, replacing the prior regulation (No. 460/G) from October 3, 2012, governing deposit-taking and non-deposit taking microfinance institutions. Under this new decree, foreign investors, both individuals and entities, can hold up to 51% of the share capital in Deposit-Taking Microfinance Institutions (DTMFI) and wholly own the share capital of Non-Deposit Taking Microfinance Institutions (NDTMFI) in Lao PDRs.","\"Part II - Microfinance Institutions that accept deposits [...]\nArticle 10 Foreign Investment\nForeign individuals and legal entitites can invest together with Lao individuals and legal entities to operate microfinance institutions that receive deposits in a ratio not exceeding fifty-one percent of the total number of shares.\n[...]\nPart III - Microfinance Institutions that do not accept deposits [...]\nArticle 68 Foreign Investment\nIndividuals and foreign legal entitites can operate microfinance institutions that do not accept deposits without limiting the investment ratio [...]\" (Decree on Microfinance Institutions, No. 184/G, 20 June 2022 [google translation])\n--------------------\nPreviously\n--------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Trusts, funds and similar financial entities (specifically for the establishment of trusts, non-deposit microfinance, loan and savings union)\n- Other credit granting (specifically for a pawn shop business)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)\n--------------------\n\"Chapter II - Deposit Taking Microfinance Institutions  [...]\nArticle 8 - Foreign Investment\nForeign individual and entity can invest to establish Microfinance Institutions for money deposit and the minimum proportion of the share by foreign share holder is ten per cent (10%), but maximum is thirty per cent (30%) of the capital.  The proportion of the share by foreign share holder can be changed up on the Bank of Lao PDR and comply with the laws. For foreign investments in the form of shares comply with investment law and written information to the BoL is required. \n[...]\nChapter III - Non-Deposit Taking Microfinance Institutions and Microfinance Projects [...] \nArticle 25 - Foreign Investment \nForeign individual and entity can invest to establish NDTMFI and the minimum proportion of the share by foreign share holder is ten per cent (10%), but maximum is thirty per cent (30%) of the capital. The proportion of the share by foreign share holder can be changed up on the Bank of Lao PDR and comply with the laws. For foreign investments in the form of shares comply with investment law and written information to the BoL is required. [...]\" (Implementation guidelines of Decree on Microfinance Institutions No. 01 /BOL, dated 19 APR 2016) \n","Decree on Microfinance Institutions, No. 184/G, 20 June 2022\nNotification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015\nImplementation guidelines of Decree on Microfinance Institutions No. 01 /BOL, dated 19 APR 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"https://laomfa.org/decrees-and-regulations/\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://laomfa.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Implementation__guidelines_on_MF_decree_460_Eng_19.04.16.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3033,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","H492","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.008","Foreign investment in road transportation activities is prohibited.","\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies [...]\nArticle 6\nIt is prohibited to establish joint-venture companies for carrying out the hereunder activities, whereas such activities shall be confined to Libyans only in exclusion to any others:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Catering services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of handling, loading and unloading in sea ports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations [...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)","Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2064,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","H501","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.00024","Only ships and vessels with Lithuanian state flag and registered in Lithuania or any European Union member state flag are allowed to provide maritime waterway cabotage services. Registration in the Lithuanian Ship Register requires that the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.","\"Article 3 . Right to provide maritime cabotage services:\nTo provide maritime cabotage services as defined in December 7 Council Regulation (EEC) No Regulation (EEC) No 3577/92 applying the principle of freedom to provide services to maritime transport within Member States (maritime cabotage) may apply in the Republic of Lithuania to vessels flying the flag of the State of Lithuania and to vessels granted such a right by this Regulation.\n\nArticle 7 . Ship's flag:\n1 . The right to fly the flag of the State of Lithuania is granted to ships registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\n\nArticle 8 . Ship registration:\n1 . A ship shall be registered in the Register of Seagoing Ships of the Republic of Lithuania if it is designed and built for navigation at sea and has documents confirming this, and the owner of the ship is a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania or a legal person registered in the Republic of Lithuania.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 3, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513), Articles 3, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/TAR.38B0127A21E8/asr\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,131,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.00125","Engineers may set up engineering firms among themselves or with other natural persons. Qualified foreign engineers can register with the Order of Engineers subject to reciprocity and residency in Madagascar for more than 2 years. Upon registration, foreign engineers can set up engineering companies at par conditions with Malagasy engineers. Foreign non-registered engineers or non-engineers must associate with a person registered with the order whose limits of shares are not defined by law. Hence, in principle, foreigners not registered with the Order are entitled to hold up to 99% of the shares of an engineering company.","\"Section 8.\nNotwithstanding the provisions of Article 11 below, no one may hold the title and quality of engineer or practice the profession of engineer in Madagasikara if he does not meet the following conditions:\n- be of Malagasy nationality; – hold an engineering degree recognized by the State; – enjoy their civic rights; – be registered on the board of the Order of Malagasy Engineers.\nArticle 9.\nOnly natural persons registered on the Roll of the Order of Engineers in accordance with the provisions of article 10 below may bear the title of engineer.\nThe legal persons below, whose activities are obligatorily called upon for the intervention of Engineers, may be registered on the Roll of the Order of Engineers.\nMandatory entries are:\n- Engineering and Consulting Engineering companies; – laboratories and test and research centers of all kinds.\nAre registered on an optional basis:\n- companies; – Industrial Companies.\nArticle 10.\nAny natural person of Malagasy nationality holding an engineering degree recognized by the Malagasy State and meeting the admission criteria defined by the National Council can be registered on his request, on the Roll of the Order of Engineers. of the Order of Engineers.\nArticle 11.\nForeign natural persons, permanent residents for more than two (2) years, can be registered on their request on the Roll of the Order under the same conditions of diploma of enjoyment of civil rights and morality as Malagasy engineers if they can take advantage of reciprocity agreements.\nIf they do not fulfill the above conditions, their case will be submitted to the appreciation of the National Council of the Order of Engineers.\nWithin the framework of the realization of a project with external financing, governmental or private, partially or totally, if a Foreign Engineer has been designated, but cannot fulfill the conditions stated above, the latter must obligatorily join in the framework of the said project to a National Engineer registered on the Roll of the Order of Engineers.\nArticle 12.\nWith a view to the exercise of their profession, engineers may set up among themselves or with other natural persons establishments likely to be eligible for the roll of the Order of Engineers.\nThese establishments can take the following forms:\n- Anonimous society ; – Limited Liability Company; – Association of Engineers.\nArticle 13.\nAny establishment mentioned in article 9 above registered on the Roll of the Order of Engineers must communicate to the National Council of the Order of Engineers its statutes and the quality of its associates as well as any modifications to these statutes.\nArticle 14.\nThe Engineer exercises either as a partner or as an employee.\nMention is made on the board of the Order of Engineers of the mode(s) of exercise chosen by the Engineer. In the event of a change, the Roll of the Order of Engineers is modified accordingly.[...]\" (LAW N° 95-024 of August 22, 1995, organizing the engineering profession and creating the Order of Malagasy Engineers [google translation])","LAW N° 95-024 of August 22, 1995, organizing the engineering profession and creating the Order of Malagasy Engineers [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ingenieurmadagascar.org/oim/?page_id=18\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,631,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.001125","Since 2019, foreign shareholding in a wholesale or retail pharmacy business has been limited to 49%. Previously, no such limitation applied.","\"Company conducting wholesale or retail pharmacy business \n33.— (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing provisions, a company may carry on a wholesale or retail pharmacy business where—\n(a) majority shareholder of at least fifty one percent is a citizen of Malawi;\n(b) it is registered under this Act;\n(c) it is shown to the satisfaction of the Authority that the business is under the personal management and control of a registered pharmacist;[...]\" (Pharmacy and Medicines Regulatory Authority Act, 2019)\n-------------------------\n\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“pharmacist” means a person registered as such under Part III; [...]\n“retail pharmacy business” means a business which consists of or includes the retail sale of medicinal products but does not include a professional practice carried on by a pharmacist;\n[...]\n17. No person to carry on pharmacy business unless registered\n(1) Except as is provided by this Act, no person other than a person registered as a pharmacist under this part shall—\n(a) conduct a retail pharmacy business;\n(b) in the course of any trade or business prepare, mix, compound or dispense any medicinal product or poison except under the supervision of a registered pharmacist; and\n(c) assume, take, exhibitor, in any way make use of, any title, emblem, description or addition reasonably calculated to suggest that he is registered as a pharmacist.\n(2) For the purpose of paragraph (c) of subsection (1), the use of the word “pharmacist” or “chemist” or “druggist” or any similar word or combination of words shall be deemed to suggest that the owner of the business or the person having control of the business on those premises is, or purports to be, a registered pharmacist.\n[...]\n19. Residence of registered persons\n(1) Subject to subsection (2), an applicant for registration as a pharmacist, pharmacy technologist or pharmacy assistant shall not be registered unless at the time of his application—\n(a) he resides in Malawi; or (b) he intends, if he is registered, to take up residence in Malawi within six months of the date of his registration.\n(2) Any person who resides in and is lawfully practising his profession or calling in such country as the Board may from time to time specify for the purposes of this subsection by notice in the Gazette, may be registered if, but for residing outside Malawi, he is otherwise qualified for registration.\n20. Persons eligible to be registered as pharmacists, pharmacy technologists or pharmacy assistants\n(1) Subject to this section, a person shall be eligible for registration under this Act as a pharmacist or pharmacy technologist or pharmacy assistant if he is a holder of a degree, diploma, certificate or other qualification which is recognized by the Board as making him eligible for registration and he satisfies the Board that he—\n(a) has acquired sufficient knowledge of science and pharmacy; (b) has an adequate knowledge of the English language; and (c) is, in all respects as to character and otherwise, a fit and proper person to be registered.\n(2) No qualification from an examination authority outside Malawi shall be recognized or accepted under subsection (1) as a qualification for registration of the holder, unless the qualification entitles the holder to registration in the country, state or territory in which the examination authority has jurisdiction.\n[...]\n29. Company may carry on a retail pharmacy business upon certain conditions\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing provisions of this Act, a company may carry on a retail pharmacy business if—\n(a) it is registered by the Board under this Act;\n(b) it is shown to the satisfaction of the Board that the business is under the personal management and control of a registered pharmacist;\n(c) a copy of the certificate of incorporation of the company is lodged with the Board; and\n(d) the other provisions of this Act are complied with.\n[...]\nClasses of Licenses\n35.- (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act and except in licences accordance with a licence granted under this section (hereinafter referred to as a \"product licence\"), no person shall, in the course of a business carried on by him-\n a) sell, supply, export or import any medicinal product;\n(b) procure for sale, supply or exportation of any medicinal product;\n(c) procure the manufacture or assembly or for the manufacture or assembly of any medicinal product for sale, supply or export.\n(2) No person shall, in the course of any business carried on by him, manufacture or assemble any medicinal product except in accordance with a licence granted for that purpose (hereinafter referred to as a \"manufacturer's licence\").\n(3) No person shall, in the course of any business carried on by him, sell, supply any medicinal product by way of wholesale dealing except in accordance with a licence granted for that purpose (hereinafter referred to as a \"wholesale dealer's licence\").\n(4) No person other than a person lawfully carrying on a retail pharmacy business shall sell or supply any medicinal product by way of dispensing except in accordance with a licence granted for that purpose (hereinafter referred to as a \"dispensing licence\").\n[...]\nMatters to be considered before issuing a licence\n38. Where an application is made for a licence under this Part, the licensing authority shall, before issuing the licence to which the application relates, consider the following- [...]\n(c) in the case of an application for a wholesale dealer's licence-\n(i) the premises on which medicinal products of the description to which the application relates will be stored;\n(ii) the equipment which is or will be available for storing medicinal products on those premises;\n(iii) the equipment and facilities which are or will be available for distributing medicinal products from those premises;\n(iv) the qualifications of the persons under whose supervision those operations will be carried out; and\n(v) the arrangements made or to be made for securing the safekeeping of, and the maintenance of adequate records in respect of, medicinal products stored on or distributed from those premises.[...]\" (Pharmacy, Medicines and Poisons Act, 1988 (No. 15 of 1988))","Pharmacy and Medicines Regulatory Authority Act, 2019\nPharmacy, Medicines and Poisons Act, 1988 (No. 15 of 1988)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://pmra.mw/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Phamacy-and-Medicines-Regulatory-Authority-Act-No-9-of-2019.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/1988/15/eng@2014-12-31#part_III\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,429,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K643_663","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.001333333","Foreign shareholding remains limited to 30% in fund management companies managing real estate investment trusts. Since January 2019, foreign shareholding in companies managing exchange-traded funds is no longer limited to 49%. No other regulated activity under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007 is subject to foreign equity restrictions.","\"[...] 35. Alongside action on transparency, sustainability and innovation, we are also looking to make our financial markets more inclusive and more accessible.[...]\n39. So to build that capacity – and to further promote investment in a broader spectrum of assets – I am pleased to announce the following liberalisation measures:\n40. First, the mandatory requirement for credit ratings will be removed, effective 1st January 2017. This will broaden the corporate bond market, and enable investors to further diversify their portfolios.\n41. A gradual approach is being adopted to provide industry players sufficient time to further refine mechanisms necessary to operate under the new regime. From 1st January 2015, flexibilities will be accorded with regards to credit ratings and the tradability of unrated bonds and sukuk.\n42. Secondly, the equity shareholding for credit rating agencies will be liberalised, and international credit rating agencies with full foreign ownership will be allowed in the Malaysian market from 1st January 2017.\n43. The entry of international agencies will further enhance the quality and standard of rating services, introduce a more competitive fee structure, and widen both expertise and the range of credit rating services on offer. Ultimately, this liberalisation will enable the Malaysian bond market to become a more cost-effective and attractive long-term financing platform.\n44. Malaysia’s financing capabilities are underpinned by the market’s ability to mobilise latent domestic savings. Unit trust funds have played a critical role in this respect. As a result, Malaysia’s unit trust industry witnessed double-digit growth over the past decade, emerging as the largest in ASEAN, with net asset value of 344 billion ringgit, equivalent to almost a fifth of stock market capitalisation.\n45. Last year, in recognition of the significant opportunities for further growth in the region, the Securities Commission Malaysia, together with the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Securities and Exchange Commission of Thailand, signed the memoranda of understanding to enable fund managers from these three jurisdictions to offer collective investment schemes to retail investors within the signatory countries. This measure aims to facilitate greater cross-border offerings of investment funds, and bring the region yet another step closer to an ASEAN passporting regime.\n46. In the spirit of the ASEAN Economic Community, and to further encourage growth and competition within the unit trust industry, I am pleased to announce today that the equity shareholding for unit trust management companies will also be liberalised.\n47. With immediate effect, foreign corporations will be allowed to own 100 percent of shares in unit trust management companies, and there will be no barrier to entry for new foreign unit trust management companies coming into Malaysia. We believe this measure will make a wider range of competitive products available to investors, and increase competition in the sector. [...]\" (Prime Minister’s speech at Invest Malaysia 2014, 9 June 2014).\n--------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1  - INTRODUCTION\n1.01 The Capital Markets and Services Act 2007 (CMSA) repeals the Securities Industry Act 1983 (SIA) and the Futures Industry Act 1993 (FIA). The CMSA, which takes effect on 28 September 2007, introduces a single licensing regime for capital market intermediaries. Under this regime, a capital market intermediary will only need one licence to carry on the business in any one or more regulated activities. This will mean less cost and paperwork for capital market intermediaries that carry on more than one regulated activity.\n[...]\n2.02 What are regulated activities?  \n(1) There are eight types of regulated activities under the CMSA. The list of regulated activities is set out in Schedule 2 of the CMSA. They are– • dealing in securities; • dealing in derivatives; • clearing for securities or derivatives; • fund management; • dealing in private retirement schemes; • advising on corporate finance; • investment advice; and • financial planning.  \n(2) The licence issued under the CMSA will set out the specific regulated activities that you can conduct. \n[...]\nChapter 4 -  LICENSING CRITERIA [...]\nIn authorising any person wishing to undertake capital market activities6, the SC will not grant authorisation unless the application is in the best interest of Malaysia. In determining the best interest of Malaysia, the SC will give regard to any one or more of the following: [...] (e) The degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the capital market. \n[...]\nWhat are the requirements for a CMSL? \n4.02 Organisational requirements\nIncorporation\n(1) If you want to carry on any of the following regulated activities, you must be a company incorporated in Malaysia: • Dealing in securities;  • Dealing in derivatives; • Clearing for securities or derivatives; • Fund management; • Dealing in private retirement schemes; • Advising on corporate finance; and • Investment advice. \n(2) However, if you want to carry on the regulated activity of financial planning, you may do so either as a company, sole proprietorship or partnership. If you are a sole proprietor or in a partnership, you will be granted a CMSL but you will not be allowed to have any licensed representative acting on your behalf. \n[...]\n4.03 Shareholder composition\n(1) Except for the shareholding requirement for investment banks which is a minimum of 30% local shareholding, there are no other specific shareholding requirements for the other regulated activities.  [...]\n(3) If you are a stockbroking company that is not an investment bank– (a) a person who wishes to acquire more than 51% of the total paid-up capital of a PO must be a company or corporation with shareholders' funds of not less than RM100 million; and (b) no individual other than a Malaysian citizen, may hold up to 10% of the total paid-up capital of a stockbroking company. The aggregate total participation of individuals in the share capital of the stockbroking company shall not be more than 49% of the total paidup capital. [...]\" (Securities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14)\n--------------------------------\n\"Chapter 3 - THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY\n3.01 A management company is a company that– (a) establishes a fund; (b) issues, offers for subscription, makes an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, units of the fund; and (c) operates and administers the fund.\n3.02 A management company must– (a) be an entity incorporated in Malaysia; and (b) have a minimum shareholders’ funds of RM10 million at all times. [...]\" (Securities Commission (2022), Guidelines on Unit Trusts Funds, November 28)\n--------------------------------\n\"Chapter 3 - THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY\nGeneral \n3.01 For the purpose of these Guidelines, a management company is a company that –  (a) establishes a REIT;  (b) issues, offers for subscription, makes an invitation to subscribe for or purchase units of the REIT; and  (c) operates and manages the REIT.  \n3.02 A management company must– (a) be an entity incorporated in Malaysia; and  (b) hold a CMSL for the regulated activity of fund management in relation to asset management restricted to REITs. [...]\" (Securities Commission (2022), Guidelines on Listed Real Estate Investment Trusts, November 28)\n--------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1 - INTRODUCTION\n1.01 The Guidelines on Real Estate Investment Trusts is issued by the SC under section 377 of the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007 (CMSA). These guidelines set out requirements to be complied with by any person intending to establish a conventional or Islamic unlisted real estate investment trust in Malaysia and issue, offer or invite any person who falls within the category of sophisticated investors to subscribe for or purchase units of the conventional or Islamic unlisted real estate investment trust\n1.01A The new Guidelines on Listed Real Estate Investment Trusts issued on 15 March 2018 has superseded all requirements in relation to listed real estate investment trusts in these guidelines.\n[...]\nChapter 3 - THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY\n[Appointment of Management Company]\n3.01 As prescribed under sections 288(2) and 289(1) of the CMSA, only a management company approved by the SC can act as a management company to a real estate investment trust.\n3.02 A management company is a company that– (a) establishes a real estate investment trust; (b) issues, offers for subscription, makes an invitation to subscribe for or purchase units of the real estate investment trust; and (c) operates and administers the real estate investment trust [...]\n[Eligibility Requirements]\n3.04 A management company must– (a) be an entity incorporated in Malaysia;[...] (c) have a minimum of 30% local equity; and (Amended on 13 July 2011); [...]\"(Securities Commission (2022), Guidelines on Real Estate Investment Trusts, November 28)\n--------------------------------\n\"Chapter 3- THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY\nGeneral\n3.01 A management company is a company that– (a) establishes an ETF; (b) issues, offers for subscription, makes an invitation to subscribe for or purchase units of the ETF; and (c) operates and manages the ETF.\n3.02 A management company must be the holder of a CMSL for the regulated activity of fund management in relation to portfolio management. [...]\" (Securities Commission (2022), Exchange-Traded Funded Guidelines, November 28)\n--------------------------------\nPreviously: until Jan-2019\n--------------------------------\n\"Chapter 3: THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY [...]\nEligibility requirements\n3.04 A management company must– (a) be an entity incorporated in Malaysia; (b) have a minimum of 30% Bumiputera equity; (c) have not more than 49% foreign equity; and (d) have minimum shareholders’ funds of RM10 million at all times; [...]\" (Securities Commission (2009), Guidelines on Exchange-Traded Funds, June 11)","Prime Minister’s speech at Invest Malaysia 2014, 9 June 2014\nSecurities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14\nSecurities Commission (2022), Guidelines on Unit Trusts Funds, November 28\nSecurities Commission (2022), Guidelines on Listed Real Estate Investment Trusts, November 28\nSecurities Commission (2022), Guidelines on Real Estate Investment Trusts, November 28\nSecurities Commission (2022), Exchange-Traded Funded Guidelines, November 28\nSecurities Commission (2009), Guidelines on Exchange-Traded Funds, June 11.","n/a","[<a href=\"n/a\">Speech</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2bb1b664-aa03-425e-9472-9cc5b1558ed1\">Handbook</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2ffbdcb5-443b-45c3-9e63-8776591991fe\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=ad5d52fc-4eb6-4184-b4e7-d341d4781086\">Guidlines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=4b41c93b-3752-4309-b773-6f2b402203d2\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=0957b33a-9afb-466b-865c-92e713b82af4\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=f9fcc4b8-3829-4835-bcfa-56c0bdecb011\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,4067,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.004","Foreign investment in road freight transportation services is limited to 49% foreign equity ownership. Foreign participation in providers of cold chain facilities (e.g. cold room and refrigerated truck facilities and related services that involving warehousing and transportation services) is equally limited to 49% equity interest. In the case of Integrated Logistics Services providers, foreign shareholding is limited to 40%. However, International Integrated Logistics Services providers, as well as shipping agents and freight forwarders are allowed to have 100% foreign equity ownership. Foreign investment in public passenger transportation services (e.g. bus, taxis etc.) is generally prohibited, except for tourism-related services (e.g. sightseeing buses, tour bus). Foreign investment in railway transportation and related services is permitted without restriction.","\"2. TRANSPORTATION SERVICES\n2.1 Licensing and Registration\nInvestors intending to provide transportation services are required to incorporate a company under the Companies Act, 1965.\nThe following licences are required to be obtained:\n(i) Licence for Commercial Vehicle and Haulage\n•  Transportation Services: Companies intending to provide transportation services to third parties using commercial vehicles are required to obtain Carrier Licence A and companies that provide services for their own use are required to obtain Carrier Licence C. Both licences must be obtained from the Land Public Transport Commission (SPAD) for operators in Peninsular Malaysia and Commercial Vehicles Licensing Board (CVLB) for operators in Sabah and Sarawak, in accordance with the Commercial Vehicles Licensing Board Act, 1987. Applications should be submitted to SPAD/CVLB. [...] \n2.2 Equity Policy\nCompanies intending to provide transportation services are required to comply with the equity conditions imposed by SPAD/CVLB as follows:\n•  Licence A application: The company must have at least 51% Malaysian equity (including 30% Bumiputera equity) and up to 49% foreign equity ownership is allowed. The approval will be subjected to the decision by the Licensing Committee. For courier services providers, up to 100% foreign equity ownership is allowed.\n•  Licence C application: Up to 100% foreign equity ownership is allowed.\n[...]\n3. FREIGHT FORWARDING/CUSTOMS CLEARANCE AND SHIPPING SERVICES\nInvestors intending to undertake freight forwarding and shipping services are required to incorporate a company under the Companies Act, 1965.\n3.2 Equity Policy\n•  Freight Forwarding Agent/Customs Agent: Before acquiring a Freight Forwarding Agent/Customs Agent Licence from the Royal Malaysian Customs Department, the company must obtain an International Integrated Logistics Services (IILS) status from MIDA.\n•  Shipping Agent: 100% foreign equity ownerships is allowed.\n4. INTEGRATED LOGISTICS SERVICES (ILS)\nThe main activities in the Integrated Logistics Services (ILS) are freight forwarding, warehousing, transportation and other related value-added services such as distribution, procurement and supply chain management in an integrated basis.[...]\n4.2 Eligibility criteria\nCompanies that meet the following criteria can apply for the ILS incentives:\n•  Incorporated under the Companies Act, 1965; \n•  At least 60% of its equity is held by Malaysians [...]\n4.3 Equity policy\nAn ILS company that is approved with tax incentive under the Promotion of Investments Act, 1986 must have at least 60% Malaysian equity.\n[...]\n5. INTERNATIONAL INTEGRATED LOGISTICS SERVICES (IILS)\nAn International Integrated Logistics Services (IILS) provider is a company that provides integrated and seamless logistics services (door-to-door) along the logistics supply chain as a single entity on a regional or global scale.[...]\n5.2 Qualifying Criteria\n(i) Local incorporation under the Companies Act, 1965. [...] (v) Use Malaysia as a hub for logistics supply chain services in the region.[...]\n5.3 Equity Policy\nA company that is approved with IILS status is allowed 100% foreign equity ownership.\n[...]\n6. COLD CHAIN FACILITIES\n6.1 Licensing and Registration\nInvestors intending to provide cold room and refrigerated truck facilities and related services that involving warehousing and transportation services are required to:\n•  Incorporate a company under the Companies Act, 1965; •  Obtain operating licences for: -Public/Private Bonded Warehouse;- Licences for Commercial Vehicles and Haulage (Class A Licence) [...](MIDA, Malaysia: Investment in The Services Sector - Policies, Incentives and Facilities -  Booklet 4: Logistics Services, 2017)\n---------------------\n\"INTERPRETATION (According to Road Transport Rules and related Acts)\n- CARRIER TRUCK 'A' A vehicle that carries goods for hire or hire for or in connection with any trade or business carried on.\n- CARRIER TRUCK 'C' A vehicle that carries its own goods for or in connection with any trade or business carried on\n[...]\nCARRIER 'A' SPECIAL POLICY\n1) Current policy\n- Open to Individuals, Partnership Companies, Sdn.Bhd Companies, Bhd Companies. and Cooperatives.\n- Foreign equity ownership is allowed up to 49% (at least 30% of the local equity is Bumiputera).\n- For courier service applications, foreign equity ownership is allowed 100%.\n2) Area of operation\n- Carrier A can operate throughout Peninsular Malaysia.\n[...]\nSPECIAL POLICY OF CARRIER A (CONTAINER) \n1) Current Policy\n- Applications from Sdn.Bhd Companies, Bhd Companies and Cooperatives only. \n- Freeze for new entrepreneurs \n- Foreign equity ownership is allowed up to 49%. (at least 30% of the local equity is Bumiputera) \n2) Area of Operation \n- Can operate throughout Peninsular Malaysia.\n[...]\nBUS \nGENERAL POLICY [...]\n8) Foreign equity ownership in public transport service license ownership is not permitted except for sightseeing buses.\n9) Application for high-tech public transport license ownership, foreign equity ownership is allowed up to 100%.\n[...]\nPUBLIC TRANSPORTATION\nSPECIAL POLICY OF BUS STOPS [...]\n4) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\niv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nCATAR BUS SPECIAL POLICY [...]\n4) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\niv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nEXPRESS BUS SPECIAL POLICY [...]\n4) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\niv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nMINI BUS SPECIAL POLICY [...]\n4) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\niv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nSPECIAL RURAL MINI BUS POLICY [...]\n5) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\niv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nINTERMEDIATE BUS SPECIAL POLICY [...]\n4) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\niv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nSPECIAL POLICY FOR EMPLOYEE BUS [...]\n4) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\nCompany Sdn. Bhd., Limited Company, Cooperative [...]\ni. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nSPECIAL SCHOOL BUS POLICY [...]\n4) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\nCompany Sdn. Bhd., Limited Company, Cooperative [...]\n  iii. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nTOURISM - TOUR BUS BUS SPECIAL POLICY [...]\n[no foreign equity restriction]\n[...]\nPUBLIC TRANSPORT - TAXIS\n[no foreign equity restriction]\n[...]\nSPECIAL RENTAL CAR POLICY [...]\n5) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\nCompany Sdn. Bhd., Limited Company, Cooperative [...]\n  viii. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nSPECIAL RENTAL CAR/DRIVE CAR POLICY [...]\n4) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\nv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians\n[...]\nSPECIAL TAXI POLICY [...]\n7) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\nCompany Sdn. Bhd., Limited Company, Cooperative [...]\niv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nSPECIAL AIRPORT TAXI POLICY [...]\n6) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\niv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nLUXURY TAXI / LIMOSINE SPECIAL POLICY [...]\n5) Eligible Applicant Criteria [...]\nv. Has 100% equity owned by Malaysians.\n[...]\nTOURIST VEHICLES - SPECIAL POLICY FOR CAR RENTAL / TOURIST GUIDE [...]\n[no foreign equity restriction] [...]\" (LICENSING POLICY GUIDE, LAND PUBLIC TRANSPORT COMMISSION (S.P.A.D) [google translation])","MIDA, Malaysia: Investment in The Services Sector - Policies, Incentives and Facilities -  Booklet 4: Logistics Services, 2017.\nLicensing Policy Guide, Public Transport Commission (SPAD).","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.mida.gov.my/home/administrator/system_files/modules/photo/uploads/20170915171921_BOOKLET%204-LOGISTICS%20SERVICES.pdf\">MIDA Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.apad.gov.my/en/source-of-information/guideline/garis-panduan-kenderaan-barangan/119-panduan-dasar-pelesenan-pengangkutan-perdagangan-bas-teksi-pelancongan/file\">SPAD Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2942,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.00035","Foreign shareholding in tour operators providing only ínbound services has been fully liberalised since September 2014. Foreign investment in outbound tour operators and travel agencies remains prohibited. Foreign investment in companies licensed for inbound tour operating services and travel agency (ticketing) services remains generally limited to 30% foreign equity ownership [ASEAN investors are subject to higher thresholds, but these are not taken into account as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology]. Foreign investment in food catering and restaurants outside hotel premises is allowed under joint-venture with Malaysian investors. Foreign investment in non-exclusive restaurant business is prohibited. Foreign investment in recreational parks is limited to 51% foreign equity ownership.\n","\"2. TOUR OPERATING/TRAVEL AGENCY BUSINESS (TOBTAB) \nThe three (3) types of businesses licensed are as follows: \n(a)  Tour operating business (Inbound & Outbound): ‘Tour operating business’ means any business of providing all or any of the following services: (i) Arranging for sale or commission any transportation, accommodation, tour services or any other incidental services for tourists within or outside Malaysia. (ii) Organising or conducting for sale or commission inbound or outbound tours. (iii) Providing conveyances for hire to tourists. (iv) Any other service incidental to any of the activities enumerated above.\n(b) ‘Travel agency business’ (Ticketing) means any business of providing all or any of the following services: (i) Selling, arranging or making available for commission tickets entitling a person to travel on any conveyance either by land, sea or air; (ii) Selling, arranging or making available for commission accommodation places within Malaysia or outside Malaysia; and (iii) any other services incidental to any of the activities enumerated above.\nApplicants must be private limited companies incorporated under the Companies Act, 2016.\n[...]\n2.3 Equity Policy\n- As of 2 September 2014, foreign equity\townership is restricted to company (not individual)\n- Companies with foreign\tequity ownership are only allowed to apply for Inbound & Ticketing licenses\n- Foreign company must be an established tour operating company in the respective country (endorsed by Tourism Malaysia Office/Malaysian Embassy/Malaysian High Commissioner)\n- 100% foreign equity ownership is restricted to Inbound licence only.\nGUIDELINES FOR EQUITY AND PAID-UP CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MALAYSIAN / FOREIGNER IN TOUR OPERATING AND TRAVEL AGENCY BUSINESS  (NEW GUIDELINES CAME INTO FORCE ON 2 SEPTEMBER 2014)\n1. Type of licence: Inbound / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (ASEAN & Non-Asean) / Maximum shareholding: 100% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM1,500,000\n2. Type of licence: Inbound & Ticketing / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (ASEAN) / Maximum shareholding: 70% - Singapore/Cambodia only & 51% other ASEAN / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM1,000,000\n3. Type of licence: Inbound & Ticketing / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (Non-ASEAN) / Maximum  shareholding: 30% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM500,000\n4. Type of licence: Outbound / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (ASEAN & Non-Asean) / Maximum shareholding: not allowed / Location of premise: not applicable / Minimum paid-up capital: not applicable\n5. Type of licence: Inbound / Equity ownership: Citizen/Local Company / Maximum shareholding: 100% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM200,000 / RM50,000\n[...]\n5. Type of licence:  Inbound & Ticketing  / Equity ownership: Citizen/Local Company / Maximum foreign shareholding: 100% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM200,000 / RM150,000\" [...]\" (MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 9: Tourism and Travel Related Services).\n--------------------------------\n\"[...] Liberalisation initiatives\nIn 2009, six sub-sectors  were liberalised to allow 100 per cent foreign equity participation: Theme Parks; Convention and Exhibition Centres (seating capacity of above 5,000); Travel Agencies and Tour Operators Services (for inbound travel only); Hotel and Restaurant services (4 and 5 star hotels only); Food Serving Services (4 and 5 star hotels only); and Beverage Serving Services for consumption on the premises (4 and 5 star hotels only).[...]\"(MITI MyServices Portal (website) > Services by Sector > Tourism & Travel Related [accessed in November 2017])\n--------------------------------\n\"Hospitality (Hotels and Tourism) [...]\nEquity Requirement \nHotels\n-1 & 2 Star: 100% Malaysian\n-3 Star: At Least 30% Malaysian\n-4 & 5 Star: No Equity Restriction\nTheme Parks\n-No Equity Restriction\nConvention Centres \n-No Equity Restriction\nRecreational Parks / Other Tourism Projects\n- At least 49% Malaysian including 30% reserved [...]\" (MIDA, \"Hospitality (Hotels & Tourism)\", website content)\n--------------------------------\n\"2 . Regulations  for Foreign Investment\n(a) Hotels (1-3 star) and Hotel Services: • Requirement of local incorporation; • The projects must be registered with the Ministry of Tourism Malaysia; • At least 70% of the shares must be held by Malaysians including 30% reserved for Bumiputera;\n(b) Hotels (4-5 star) and Tourism Projects (Theme Parks / Recreational Camps etc.)  and Convention Centres (over 5,000 capacity): • Requirement of local incorporation; • The projects must be registered with the Ministry of Tourism Malaysia; • Based on Malaysia’s offer under the ASEAN Framework Agreement on Services (AFAS) (2007), Joint venture corporation with Malaysia individuals or Malaysia – controlled corporations or both and aggregate foreign shareholding in the joint venture corporation shall not exceed 49% foreign equity.\n(c) Tour Services (tour Services, ticketing and reservation): • Requirement of license from the Ministry of Tourism and to be renewable annually.; • Requirement of specific licenses from other competent authorities.; • Joint ventures only with Malaysian individuals, or Malaysia controlled companies, and to be locally incorporated.; • Based on Malaysia’s offer under the ASEAN Framework Agreement on Services (AFAS) (2007), Joint venture corporation with Malaysia individuals or Malaysia controlled corporations or both and aggregate foreign shareholding in the joint venture corporation shall not exceed 49% foreign equity (for inbound only).; • Subject to Tourism Industry Act 1992 and other related regulations under the Act.; • Establishment of branches shall be subject to additional licensing requirements and to be renewable annually. [...]\"(ASEAN (2008), ASEAN Investemnt Tourism Guide, p. 84-85.[based on information provided by the National Tourism Agency])\n--------------------------------\n\"5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. [...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n9.0 SPECIALTY STORE\n9.1 Definition\n9.1.1 Specialty store means stores dealing with one main brand name/product/line of goods associated with one product in the following categories: 9.1.1.1  Exclusive food and beverage business; 9.1.1.2  Food/drink/tobacco 9.1.1.3  household/personal goods; 9.1.1.4  exclusive furniture; 9.1.1.5  household appliances; 9.1.1.6  electrical appliances; 9.1.1.7  healthcare products; 9.1.1.8  optical goods; 9.1.1.9  footwear; 9.1.1.10 clothing and apparel; 9.1.1.11 sports goods; 9.1.1.12 books; 9.1.1.13 jewelry; 9.1.1.14 electronic goods; 9.1.1.15 motorcycles / motor vehicles; 9.1.1.16 small machinery (e.g. industrial, agricultural equipment for     small users); 9.1.1.17 pharmacy, serviced by a pharmacist at each outlet (retailing  only drugs, health and beauty care goods); or 9.1.1.18 others. \n9.1.2 The criteria [for approval] of specialty store as categorized under paragraph 9.1.1 are as follows:  9.1.2.1 contribution to the socio-economic development in Malaysia; 9.1.2.2 generate substantial foreign direct investment; 9.1.2.3 absence of local players in proposed formats; 9.1.2.4 create employment opportunities; 9.1.2.5 transfer of technology/skills to locals; and 9.1.2.6 unique/ exclusive nature of business.\n9.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in specialty store is recommended to be in compliance with the following:\n9.2.1 Local Incorporation: All specialty store businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of specialty store.\n9.2.2 Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM1 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital. \n[...]\n12.0 VARIOUS OTHER DISTRIBUTION FORMATS  12.1 Definition 12.1.1 Various other distribution formats mean other types of distributive formats and unregulated sector, including e-commerce.  12.1.2 The criteria of various other distribution formats are as follows: a. contribution to the socio-economic development in Malaysia; b. generate substantial foreign direct investment; c. absence of local players in proposed formats; d. create employment opportunities; e. transfer of technology / skills to locals; and f. unique/ exclusive nature of business. 12.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions 12.2.1 Any foreign involvement in various other distribution formats are recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions:  12.2.1.1 Local Incorporation All various other distribution format businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition applies also to existing businesses operating under foreign branches.  12.2.1.2 Minimum Capital Requirement  The minimum capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds, which include paid-up capital is RM1 million. 12.3 Operational Conditions [...]  12.4 Feasibility and impact studies on existing local retailers and residents are to be carried out if the sales floor area is more than 5,000 square meters. \n[...]\n15.0 FOREIGN INVOLVEMENT\n15.1 The involvement of foreign business operators is subject and limited to the distributive trade sector as mentioned above. Sectors which are not applicable to foreign business operators include the following (the list of which is not exhaustive):\na. supermarket / mini market; b. provision shop / general vendor; c. news agent and miscellaneous goods store; d. medical hall (inclined towards traditional alternative medicines plus general dry foodstuff); e. fuel station; f. permanent wet market store; g. permanent pavement store; h. National Strategic Interest; and i. Non-exclusive textile, food and beverage, jewellery shops. \n[...]\n18.0 GLOSSARY [...]\n18.2  Definition of “Bumiputera” and “Malay”: a) “Bumiputera” must have the same meaning as assigned to it in Article 161A of the Federal Constitution; b) “Malay” must have the same meaning as assigned to it in Article 160 of the Federal Constitution; and  c) the expression “Bumiputera” or “Malay”  includes a company, an association or a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporate, a majority part of whose capital is owned by and the management and employees are made up of Malays or Bumiputera. [...]\n18.4  Foreign participation / Foreign Business Operator Foreign participation or foreign business operator means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises the following: i. individual (including permanent resident) who is not a Malaysian citizen;  ii. foreign company or institutions; or iii. local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (i) and/or (ii) hold more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the company or institution.[...]\n18.12 Small and Medium Enterprises (SME) The criteria to determine definition of small and medium enterprises are sales turnover and number of fulltime employees as well as the following:   i. for the manufacturing sector, SMEs are defined as firms with sales turnover not exceeding RM50 million or whereby the number of fulltime employees does not exceed 200 employees. ii. for the services and other sectors, SMEs are defined as firms with sales turnover not exceeding RM20 million or the number of fulltime employees does not exceed 75 employees. [...]\" (Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020)\n---------------------------------\n\"PREMISE LICENSE \nAppendix: LIST OF ACTIVITIES NOT PERMITTED FOR NON-CITIZEN OWNERSHIP [...]\n8. Restaurant / Bistro / Cafe (Except International or Exclusive Brands)[...] 17. Food Stalls / Kiosk [..] 20. Spa industry [...]\" (Kuala Lumpur City Hall, Frequently Asked Questions, DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT)\n---------------------------------\n\"4. SPECIALTY STORE \nStore dealing with one main brand name/product/line of goods associated with one (1) product. They may specialise in: - Food catering and restaurant services outside hotel premises; -Food-drink-tobacco (e.g. food and beverage) [...]\nSpecialty store may be allowed to operate in the above categories  if it fulfils the following criteria: (a) Contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia; (b) Generate substantial foreign direct investment; (c) Absence of local players in proposed formats; (d) Create employment opportunities; (e) Transfer of technology/skills; and (f) Unique/exclusive nature of business.\n4.1 Licensing and Registration \nAny foreign involvement in these activities is subject to the following rules and conditions:\n(i) Local Incorporation: All specialty store businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the  Companies Act, 2016. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches. \n(ii) Minimum Capital Requirement: The minimum capital investment in terms of shareholders’ funds, which include paid-up capital and reserves is RM1 million for each specialty outlet, to be reviewed every three (3) years. \n4.2 Equity Policy\nTo increase local participation in business, the Government encourages joint-ventures between Malaysian and foreign investors. \nThe Government had announced on 7 October 2011 that specialty stores would be one of the 17 services sub-sectors that would be liberalised.\n[...]\n5. OTHER DISTRIBUTIVE TRADE ACTIVITIES\nOther types of businesses  not specified will be considered  on the merit of each case with particular reference to their contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia. \nVarious other distribution formats may be allowed to operate in the above categories  if they fulfil the following criteria: (a) Contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia; (b) Generate substantial foreign direct investment; (c) Absence of local players in proposed formats; (d) Create employment opportunities; (e)\tTransfer\tof technology/skills; and (f) Unique/exclusive nature of business. \n5.1 Licensing and Registration\n Any foreign involvement in these activities is subject to the following rules and conditions: \n(i) Local Incorporation: All various other distribution businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act, 2016. This condition applies also to existing businesses operating under foreign branches. \n(ii) Minimum Capital Requirement The minimum capital investment in terms of shareholders’ funds, which include paid-up capital and reserves is RM1 million for each outlet. \n5.2 Equity Policy Foreign participation is allowed in other distributive trade activities except the following: [...] Textile, restaurant (non-exclusive), bistro, jewellery shops [...]\" (MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 8: Distributive Trade Services)","MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 9: Tourism and Travel Related Services\nMITI MyServices Portal (website) > Services by Sector > Tourism & Travel Related [accessed in November 2017]\nMIDA, \"Hospitality (Hotels & Tourism)\", website content [accesssed in November 2023]\nASEAN (2008), ASEAN Investemnt Tourism Guide, p. 84-85.[based on information provided by the National Tourism Agency]\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, Frequently Asked Questions, DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT\nMIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 8: Distributive Trade Services","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mida.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/20200131123840_BOOKLET-9-TOURISM-AND-TRAVEL-RELATED-SERVICES.pdf\">Booklet</a>],[<a href=\"http://myservices.miti.gov.my/web/guest/tourism-travel-related\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mida.gov.my/industries/services/hospitality-hotels-and-tourism/\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://asean.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/asean_tourism_investment_guide.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mida.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/20191220163621_BOOKLET-8-DISTRIBUTIVE-TRADE-SERVICES.pdf\">Booklet</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2959,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.003125","Foreign law firms and foreign lawyers are permitted to practise in Peninsular Malaysia in the manner set out in the legislation. Under the newly-created Part IVA of the LPA, licences may be issued to foreign law firms to operate either an International Partnership with a Malaysian law firm, or as a Qualified Foreign Law Firm (“QFLF”). As its name connotes, an International Partnership will be a partnership between a foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm. In this case, the Malaysian law firm should not have less than 60%, and the foreign law firm no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights and of the total number of lawyers in the International Partnership. A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. However only up to five QFLF licences will be granted and will only be granted to international law firms that have proven expertise in international Islamic finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC. Following the first 5 licenced QFLFs, foreign entry as QFLFs is assumed to be permitted only upon acquisition of previously existing QFLF firms (greenfield investment is assumed closed).\nInternational Partnerships, QFLFs and foreign lawyers employed by Malaysian law firms can only practise in the permitted practice areas.  This is defined as a transaction regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law. Practice in the permitted practice areas specifically excludes several domestic law issues, as well as any appearance or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, and finally appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia.","“Part IVa INTERNATIONAL PARTNERSHIPS, QUALIFIED FOREIGN LAW FIRMS AND REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN LAWYERS […]\nSelection Committee\n40c. (1) A Selection Committee is established under this Part to make recommendations to the Bar Council for the granting of licence for international partnerships and qualified foreign law firms and to Malaysian law firms to employ foreign lawyers and the registration of foreign lawyers to practise in the permitted practice areas.\n[...]\nInternational partnership\n40f. (1) A foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm may apply jointly to the Bar Council for an international partnership licence if they satisfy such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(2) A foreign law firm shall not be part of more than one international partnership in Malaysia at any one time.\n(3) Upon receiving the application, the Bar Council shall refer such application to the Selection Committee for consideration and recommendation.\n(4) The Bar Council shall, upon the recommendation of the Selection Committee, grant an application made under subsection (1) on such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case or refuse the application\n(6) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing— (a) impose any new or additional conditions on the licence; or (b) vary or revoke any of the conditions imposed on the licence.\n(7) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(8) An international partnership is entitled to— (a) practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be prescribed; (b) bill its clients as a single law firm; and (c) recover costs and retain payments in respect of such practice.\n(9) The permissible equity ownership and voting rights of the foreign law firm in the international partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee from time to time.\nQualified foreign law firm\n40g. (1) A foreign law firm may apply for a qualified foreign law firm licence if it satisfies such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(6) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(7) A qualified foreign law firm is entitled to practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be determined by the Bar Council.\n(8) A Malaysian lawyer employed in a qualified foreign law firm shall be disqualified from obtaining a practising certificate under Part III.\n[...]\nSuspension or revocation of licence\n40i. (1) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing, suspend or revoke the licence granted under section 40f, 40g or 40h if the Bar Council is satisfied that there is sufficient reason for doing so. [...] \n(b) there is any change in respect of any information regarding the foreign law firm which was submitted for the purposes of obtaining the international partnership licence or the qualified foreign law firm licence including but not limited to—[...] (ii) a merger of the international partnership with any other firm or body corporate; or (iii) a change of up to one-half (½) in the number of the partners in any international partnership; [...]\n(4) A licence shall not be suspended or revoked without the international partnership or qualified foreign law firm being given a reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Bar Council.\"(Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Part IVa, Art. 40c, 40f-g, 40i)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Permitted Practice Areas\n[…] The permitted practice areas in respect of an international partnership, a qualified foreign law firm (QFLF) and a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm shall be work regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law provided that in the case of a QFLF, such aspect of work regulated by Malaysian law shall be undertaken with one or more advocates and solicitors of the High Court of Malaya holding a valid Practising Certificate.[...]\n(3) Nothing in these Rules shall authorise an international partnership, a QFLF or a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm to provide any legal services in the following areas--- (a) constitutional and administrative law; (b) conveyancing; (c) criminal law; (d) family law; (e) succession law, including wills, intestacy, probate and administration; (f) trust law, where the settlor is an individual, and the law relating to charities and foundations, whether the settlor is an individual or a corporation; (g) retail banking, including corporate or commercial loans to small and medium enterprises; (h) registration of patents and trademarks; (i) appearing or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, whether or not the main purpose of which is to advise the client on the conduct of such proceedings, except where such appearance, pleading, representation or advice is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law; and (j) appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia, except where such appearance is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law.\n[...]\nInternational Partnership Licence\n3 (3) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (g) the equity ownership and voting rights of the Malaysian law firm and the foreign law firm in the International Partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee; [...]\n(j) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council; \n[...]\nQualified Foreign Law Firm Licence\n4 (2) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (i) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council;[...]\" (Legal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Guidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(1) A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. Liberalisation will begin with the initial offering of up to five QFLF licences, as this avenue has been created to support the Malaysian Government’s Malaysian International Islamic Finance Centre (“MIFC”) initiative as announced by the Prime Minister in his policy speech on 22 April 2009. QFLF licences will therefore only be granted to FLFs that have proven expertise in International Islamic Finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC initiative.[...].\"(Qualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council) \n-------------------------------------\nGuidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(7) The MLF should not have less than 60%, and the FLF no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights in the IP. The total number of foreign lawyers in the IP shall not be less than 40% of the total number of lawyers in the IP, unless otherwise determined by the Selection Committee.[...].\"(International Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.) ","Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1455] and Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1456], Part IVa, Art. 40a-40o.\nLegal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”).\nQualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council.\nInternational Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/legal_profession_act_1976/\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4585&Itemid=332\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.federalgazette.agc.gov.my/outputp/pua_20140602_P.U.%20(A)%20148-KAEDAH-KAEDAH%20LPA%20-%20DISEMAK%2020%205%202014%20-BM%20BI%20-%20final.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_details&gid=4589\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4588\">Guidance</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2890,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","F42","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign-owned construction consultants or contractors are not allowed to provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius unless in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor. Foreign-owned consultant and contractors are exempted from the application of this rule in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation. Consultants and contractors who had been operating in Mauritius during the 10 years and 20 years respectively, preceding the coming into operation of this subsection (1 March 2017) are also exempted.\n","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act—[...]\n“construction works” includes, whether for a permanent purpose or not, any of the following works –\n(a) reclaiming of land, draining or preventing subsidence of land, movement or erosion of land; [...]\n(c) constructing a building or structure, that forms or will form part of land or the sea bed, whether above or below it;\n(d) fixing or installing any thing to a building or structure, including – [...]\n(e) altering, repairing, restoring, maintaining, extending, dismantling, demolishing or removing any thing to a building or structure or any fittings as described in paragraph (d)\n(f) civil works;\n(g) any work that is preparatory to, or necessary for the completion of, any work referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e), including –[...]\n(v) site restoration and landscaping;\n(h) such other works as may be prescribed\n“consultancy services”–\n(a) means all aspects of architectural, engineering, quantity surveying, project management and any other services related to construction works; and\n(b) includes services related to such other fields of specialisation as may be prescribed;[...]\n“consultant” –\n(a) means a firm that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and\n(b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign consultant;\n“contractor” –\n(a) means a person who, or a firm that, carries out construction works in the construction industry; and (b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign contractor; [...]\n“foreign consultant” means a firm –\n(a) that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and (b) the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen;\n“foreign contractor” means –\n(a) in the case of an individual, a contractor who is a non-citizen and carries out construction works in the construction industry; or (b) a firm, the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen, that carries out construction works in the construction industry; [...]\n“non-citizen” has the same meaning as in the Non-Citizens (Property Restriction) Act;\n[...]\n3. Application of Act\n(1) This Act shall not apply to—\n(a) any person who undertakes construction works of the value specified in the First Schedule [Value of construction works: Less than one million rupees];\n(b) a statutory corporation which acts as consultant or contractor for any consultancy services or construction works, as the case may be, for or on behalf of the Government;\n(c) a foreign consultant or foreign contractor that provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works, as the case may be, in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.\n[...]\n19. Registration of consultant and contractor\n(1) No person shall offer his services as a consultant or as a contractor, unless he is registered under this Act.\n[...]\n20. Provisional or temporary registration of foreign consultant or foreign contractor\n(1) No foreign consultant or foreign contractor shall provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius, as the case may be, unless he or it undertakes to work in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor, as the case may be, and he or it is temporarily registered under this Act.[...]\n(7) (a) This section shall not apply to a –\n(i) foreign consultant –\n(A) who has been providing consultancy services in the construction industry during the 10 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its employees are citizens of Mauritius; or\n(ii) foreign contractor –\n(A) who has been carrying construction works in the construction industry during the 20 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two-thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its or his employees are as citizens of Mauritius. [...]\n(8) This section shall not apply to an individual foreign professional architect, individual foreign quantity surveyor or individual registered engineer appointed as such by the Public Service Commission.[...]\"(CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009)\n----------------\n\"2. In these regulations – [...]\n“local contractor” means a firm which –\n(a) is registered as a contractor under section 19 of the Act; and [...]\n3. (1) For the purpose of section 20(1) of the Act, no foreign contractor shall carry out construction works unless it –\n(a) collaborates with a local contractor; and (b) is temporarily registered under the Act.\n(2) The form of collaboration between a foreign contractor and a local contractor shall be a joint venture agreement, a subcontract agreement or any form of agreement between the contractors for execution of works under the project.\n(3) The conditions of the collaboration agreement between a foreign contractor and a local contractor shall be based on their experience, capability, respective input in delivering the project, and the requirements of the project concerned.\n(4) The apportioning of the contract price between a foreign contractor and a local contractor shall be commensurate with the value of works undertaken by each contractor.[...]\" (Construction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Contractors) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 252 of 2021)\n----------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius; (ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; (iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act; or\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as – (i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary, under the Foundations Act;[...]\" (NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No 22 of 1975 – 12 July 1975, as amended)","CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009  - Amended 38/11 (P13/12 – cio 2/4/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); P 25/14 (cio 1/8/14– sections 18 to 25); 2/15 (cio 1/2/15, 26/3/15); 31/16 (P 15/17 – cio 1/3/17 except for s. 5); 31/16 – P 11/19 (s. 5(a) – cio 1/4/19); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 12/21 – P 9/21 (cio 1/10/21);\nConstruction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Contractors) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 252 of 2021;\nNON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No 22 of 1975 – 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ConstructionIndustryDevelopmentBoardAct.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CIDB-Collaboration-between-Foreign-and-Local-Contractors-Regulations-2021.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,165,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","J60","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.000375","Not more than 49.9% of the directors in a radio and television broadcasting company can be foreign nationals.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n\"broadcast\" means emit sound or images by means of Hertzian waves, satellite or a wired electromagnetic system for reception by the public—\n(a) otherwise than within a self-contained building; and\n(b) extending to or connecting at least 2 buildings;\n[...]\n4. Objects of Authority\nThe Authority shall—[...]\n(e) ensure that broadcasting services are not controlled by foreign nationals;\n[...]\nPART IV – LICENSING\n18. Prohibition against broadcasting\n(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall provide a broadcasting service unless—(a) he is licensed to do so under this Act;\n[...]\n19. Application for licence\n(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a licence under this Act shall make an application to the Authority in the prescribed form.[…]\n(3) Subject to subsections (3A), (3B) and (3C), the Authority shall not grant a licence where the applicant— [...]\n(h) is a company or body corporate—\n(i) formed, registered or incorporated in a foreign country; or\n(ii) 49.9 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a foreign national, company or body corporate, where the Authority is satisfied that the control of the company or body corporate, as the case may be, is not by virtue of any shareholder agreement or other instrument, effectively vested in a foreign national, a foreign company or a foreign body corporate; or\n(iii) 49.9 per cent or more of the directors of which are foreign nationals; or\n(iv) 20 per cent or more of the shares of which are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by an individual who, or by another company or body corporate which, owns or controls, directly or indirectly, any newspaper or magazine, or any printing press publishing such newspaper or magazine.\n(3A) The Authority may grant a licence specified in item 2A of Part III of the First Schedule to a company, notwithstanding that it does not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3) (h) (ii), (iii) or (iv).\n(3B) The Authority may grant, with regard to Internet Service Providers licensed by the Information and Communcation Technologies Authority, a licence specified in Part III of the First Schedule notwithstanding the fact that the licensed Internet Service Provider did not satisfy the requirements of subsection (3)(h)(ii) and (iii).\n[...]\nFIRST SCHEDULE [Section 2]\nLICENCES [...]\nPART III – Subscription Television Broadcasting Licences [...]\n2A. Subscription Television Direct to Home Satellite Broadcasting Services Provider Licence (For companies operating only elsewhere than in Mauritius)\nTo provide subscription television direct to home satellite broadcasting services to the public elsewhere than in Mauritius, whereby television signals are transmitted by satellite for direct reception by the general public, upon payment of a monthly subscription fee.[...]\n4. Internet Protocol Television Service Licence\nTo establish and operate a service which provides scheduled television programming over a public network and which may provide additional features such as data, text and audio signals which are ancillary to the scheduled television programming.[...]\" (INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001, as amended)\n","INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY ACT No 29 of 2000 – 1 January 2001 Amended 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); GN 153/16 (cio 1/5/16); 21/16 (P56/16 – cio 15/12/16); GN 87/18 (cio 1/10/10); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 18/21 (cio 1/1/21, P14/21 – cio 4/12/21);","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.iba.mu/documents/iba_act(2021).pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2893,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0004","Foreign participation above 49% may be authorised in the administration of air terminals upon approval by the National Commission of Foreign Investments.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\ny) Regular and non-regular national air transport service; non-regular international air transport service in the form of air taxi; and, specialized air transport service. [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.\nARTICLE 8.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required for foreign investment to participate in a percentage greater than 49% in the economic activities and companies mentioned below: [...]\nIII.- Concessionary or permitting companies for public service aerodromes; [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1226,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00225","The approval to act as an insurance intermediary can be granted to natural persons of Moroccan nationality, or to legal persons governed by Moroccan law, with their headquarters in Morocco and with at least 50% of their capital held by natural persons of Moroccan nationality or legal persons governed by Moroccan law.","\"Article 304: (amended and supplemented by Law No. 39-05 of February 14, 2006 and amended by Article 132 of Law No. 64-12 of March 06, 2014) (amended by Law No. 87-18 of August 9, 2019).\nThe approval of an insurance intermediary is granted by the Authority.\nThis approval is subject to the following conditions:\n1) For natural persons:\n- be of Moroccan nationality;\n[...]\n2) For legal persons:\n- be governed by Moroccan law and have their headquarters in Morocco;\n- have fifty percent (50%) at least of the capital held by natural persons of Moroccan nationality or legal persons governed by Moroccan law, subject to free trade agreements, concluded by Morocco with other countries, duly ratified and published in the “Official Bulletin”.\nThe terms of application of this article are set by circular from the Authority.[...]\" (Insurance Code (Law No. 17-99, promulgated by Royal Decree No. 1.02.238 of 3 October 2002), as amended by Law No. 87-18 of 9 August 2019, Article 304 [google translation of consolidated French version incorporating amendements up to Law No. 87-18 of 9 August 2019])\n-----------------\nPreviously\n-----------------\n\"Article 304: The approval of an insurance intermediary cannot be granted by the administration without the opinion of the Advisory Committee on Insurance.\nThis approval is subject to the following conditions:\n1) For natural persons:\n- Being of Moroccan nationality,\n- Holding a license issued by a national university or a diploma recognized as equivalent by the administration;\n- Completing a training program;\nPassing the professional examination.\n2) For legal entities:\n- Being governed by Moroccan law and having their headquarters in Morocco;\n- Having at least fifty percent (50%) of the capital held by natural persons of Moroccan nationality or legal entities governed by Moroccan law.\nThe modalities for granting approval are established by regulatory means.[...]\" (Insurance Code (Law No. 17-99, promulgated by Royal Decree No. 1.02.238 of 3 October 2002 [google translation])","Insurance Code (Law No. 17-99, promulgated by Royal Decree No. 1.02.238 of 3 October 2002), as amended by Law No. 87-18 of 9 August 2019, Article 304\nInsurance Code (Law No. 17-99, promulgated by Royal Decree No. 1.02.238 of 3 October 2002 [google translation], Article 304","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adala.justice.gov.ma/production/html/ar/38907.htm\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.acaps.ma/sites/default/files/publication_documents/loi_ndeg_17-99_portant_code_des_assurances_dahir_ndeg_1-02-238_du_25_rejeb_1423_3_octobre_2002_telle_quelle_a_ete_modifiee_et_completee.pdf\">Code_FR</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/maroc/Maroc-Code-1999-des-assurances.pdf\">Code_FR</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3766,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.001875","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\nA Agricultura, produção animal, caça, floresta e pesca\n01 Agricultura, produção animal, caça e actividades dos serviços relacionados\nActividade Agrária numa extensão até 350 ha, com regadio e até 1000 ha, sem regadio.\n014 Produção Animal\n0142 01420 Criação de gado bovino até 50; 0144\n0143 01430 Suinicultura (criação de suínos até 3000 e/ou até 100 porcas reprodutoras); 0145\n0149 Outra produção animal (criação de animais de capoeira até 100.000). 0142 0143 0149\n016 Actividades dos serviços relacionados com a agricultura e com a produção animal, excepto serviços de veterinária\n0161 01610 Actividades dos serviços relacionados com a agricultura (sistema de irrigação para áreas até 350 ha). 0161[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,542,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2021,"0.00084375","Foreign investment in newspapers and magazines in Burmese and other local languages is forbidden. Since the entering into force of Myanmar Companies Law in August 2018, a foreign company is defined as a company in which an overseas person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than 35%. Printing of visa stickers is not considered in the OECD FDIRRI.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(B) Investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by foreign investors: [...] \nPublishing of newspapers, journals and periodicals (specifically Publishing and distribution of periodicals in ethnic languages including Myanmar); Other publishing activities (specifically: printing and issuing sticker for visa and stay permit for foreigners) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(b) investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by Foreign investors; [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n21. Myanmar citizen investors may carry out investment activity stipulated under subsection (b) of section 42 of the Law. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21.\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2804,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","A031","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2022,"0.000375","Foreign investment in freshwater fishing is forbidden (Marine fishing is not restricted). Since the entering into force of Myanmar Companies Law in August 2018, a foreign company is defined as a company in which an overseas person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than 35%.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(B) Investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by foreign investors: [...] \nFreshwater fishing (Fresh water fisheries and relevant services); [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(b) investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by Foreign investors; [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n21. Myanmar citizen investors may carry out investment activity stipulated under subsection (b) of section 42 of the Law. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2799,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6511_652_653_662","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000375","Foreign investment is life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens. Unlisted investment managing companies who administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds must equally be locally incorporated and have appointed a Namibian citizen to be its portfolio manager and Chief Executive Officer (CEO).","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on long-term insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on longterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide long-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\nPart III – CLASSIFICATION OF LONG-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS AND REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION OF INSURERS AND REINSURERS\n13. Classes of long-term insurance business\n(1) The classes of long-term insurance business in respect of which -\n(a) an insurer may be registered to carry on business other than reinsurance business;\n(b) a reinsurer may be registered to carry on reinsurance business only, in Namibia are -\n(i) disability insurance business; (ii) fund insurance business; (iii) funeral insurance business; (iv) health insurance business; (v) life insurance business; (vi) sinking fund insurance business.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of long-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen. [...]\" (Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998)\n------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations a word or an expression defined in the Act has that meaning unless the context indicates otherwise - [...]\n“principal officer” means the principal executive officer referred to in section 8 of the Act who may be a member of the body administering the fund;\n[...]\nPART 8 - INVESTMENT OF PENSION FUND ASSETS IN UNLISTED INVESTMENTS\nDefinitions for purposes of this Part\n14. (1) In this Part - [...]\n“unlisted investment manager” means a person who is registered in terms of regulation 28(3) and engages in the buying, selling or otherwise dealing with unlisted investments on behalf of a special purpose vehicle.\n[...]\nUnregistered person may not administer unlisted investments\n25. A person may not administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds pursuant to regulation 13(5), unless such a person is registered in terms of regulation 28(3).\n[...]\nRequirements for unlisted investment manager\n27. (1) A person other than a company which -\n(a) is incorporated as either a public or private company under the Companies Act and its object is to administer unlisted investments;\n(b)  has a registered office and operates in Namibia;[...]\n(f) has appointed persons, or a person, to be its portfolio manager and chief executive officer, who are, unless the registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise allows on such conditions as specified by the registrar, Namibian citizens resident in Namibia, may not be registered as an unlisted investment manager.[...]\" (PENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018))","Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998\nPENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-5-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"\">Reghttps//gazettes.africa/archive/na/2018/na-government-gazette-dated-2018-08-31-no-6697.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,265,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K661","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"4.17E-05","The managing director and the majority of the board of directors of a stock exchange entity in Namibia must be or must be composed of Namibian citizens.","\"12. Rules of stock exchange\n(1) The rules of a stock exchange shall be so designed as to ensure, to the satisfaction of the Registrar -\n(a) that no person is admitted or allowed to continue as a member unless -\n(i) such person is of good character and integrity;\n(ii) in the case of a corporate body, it is managed and controlled by a board of directors of which -\n(aa) the directors are of good character and integrity; and\n(bb) subject to subsection (1A), the managing director and at least 50 per cent of the other directors are Namibian citizens resident in Namibia;[...]\nThe Registrar may, upon application by a member of a stock exchange which is a corporate body, and if good reasons exist, grant approval to that member to appoint a person who is not a Namibian citizen as its managing director for such period as the Registrar may determine.[...]\" (Stock Exchanges Control Act, 1985, as amended)","Stock Exchanges Control Act, 1985, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1985-1-eng-2001-05-14.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,260,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Foreign acquisitions and greenfield investment concerning 'significant business assets' are subject to prior authorisation. Screening applies to the acquisition or control of more than 25% of shares or voting power in a New Zealand enterprise where the total consideration payable or the total assets of the business being acquired exceed NZD 100 million, and the establishment of a new business where the total expenditure to be incurred exceeds NZD 100 million. Additionally, 2020 amendements to the Overseas Investment Act 2005 introduced new powers to manage risks related to national security and other national interests. A ‘national interest’ test now allows the Government to decline consent for certain transactions ordinarily screened if they are considered contrary to New Zealand's national interest. Amendments also established a temporary “emergency notification regime”, subject to review every 90 days, which applies to acquisitions by foreign investors of more than 25% ownership interest in a New Zealand business, as well as certain increases in existing ownership interests, regardless of dollar value. From 7 June 2021, the Act enables the Government to review investments in 'strategically important businesses' that are not ordinarily screened (for instance, when the NZD 100 million threshold is not met). The government may block, impose conditions on or order disposal of these transactions when they pose a significant risk to New Zealand's national security or public order.",{"$cut":{"chars":22088,"head":"\"6 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise,— [...]\nsensitive assets means—\n(a) a section 12 interest; and\n(b) any rights or interests in securities, business, or property of a kind described in section 13; and\n(c) any interest in fishing quota, or rights or interests, of a kind described in section 57D of the Fisheries Act 1996; and\n(d) any rights or interests in securities or property of a kind described in section 82(2) [...]\nSIB, or strategically important business, means a business that is 1 or more of the following:\n(a) a business that researches, develops, produces, or maintains military or dual-use technology, but not of a class set out in regulations:\n(b) a business that is a critical direct supplier, but not of a class set out in regulations:\n(c) a business of a class set out in regulations that is involved in ports or airports:\n(d) a business of a class set out in regulations that is involved in electricity generation, distribution, metering, or aggregation:\n(e) a business of a class set out in regulations that is involved in drinking water, waste water, or storm water infrastructure:\n(f) a business of a class set out in regulations that is involved in telecommunications infrastructure or services:\n(g) a business of a class set out in regulations that is a financial institution or is involved in financial market infrastructure:\n(h) a business that is a media business with significant impact:\n(i) in section 20A (relating to transactions of national interest),—\n(i) a business of a class set out in regulations that is involved in an irrigation scheme:\n(ii) any other business of a class set out in regulations that is involved in a strategically important industry or that owns or controls high-risk critical national infrastructure\n(j) in section 82(2) (definition of overseas investment in SIB assets), a business of a class set out in regulations that develops, produces, maintains, or otherwise has access to sensitive information\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1)[Repealed]\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate—\n(i) that is a New Zealand listed issuer; and\n(ii) that meets the ownership test in subsection (3)﻿(a), or the control test in subsection (3)﻿(b), or both; or\n(d) a body corporate (A) (other than a New Zealand listed issuer) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust or managed investment scheme or limited partnership) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(f) a trust (A) (other than a managed investment scheme) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(g) a unit trust (A) (other than a managed investment scheme) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have "}},"Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 5 July 2021; Sections 6, 7, 10, 11, 13, 18, 18A, 20A, 20B, 20C, 20D, 20G, 81, 82, 85 and 86; Schedule 1AA, Section 27","The Treasury, Guidance Note. Foreign Investment Policy and National Interest Guidance (8 June 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/latest/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.treasury.govt.nz/publications/guide/foreign-investment-policy-and-national-interest-guidance\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1257,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000375","Until 2018, foreign investment in media broadcasting services was subject to special (and discriminatory) authorisation under the Investment Promotion Law. According to Palestinian authorities, in granting the license, the Ministry of Information should consider the following: 1) the owner of the station: i). to be Palestinian and residing in Palestine. If he was not a resident or was a foreigner, he had to obtain the approval of the competent authorities in accordance with the Investment Promotion Law and other applicable laws; and 2) the station manager had to a Palestinian and reside in Palestine. The article of the Investment Promotion Law, which required the prior approval from the Palestinian Council of Ministers to commence its work, had been repealed however. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the no longer existence of such provision was assumed not to dismiss the need for additional approval by the foreign investor as that remained a requirement in the sector-specific Decision.\nIn 2018, Cabinet Resolution No. (18) of 2018 was approved. Under the new resolution, investment in satellite broadcasting stations, foreign broadcasting stations, whether terrestrial or satellite, and religious stations still require special authorisation by the Council of Ministers. For other cases, a professional licencse from the Ministry of Information can be granted to such stations where the owner is a Palestinian (with the exception of foreign stations) and the station manager is a Palestinian residing in the country.","\"Article (2)\nIt is prohibited for any person to establish or equip any satellite broadcasting service station or company, satellite station offices, media production, or to commence work or broadcast before obtaining the necessary license in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nEach member of the committee is responsible for the following: 1. Ministry of Information: [...] C. Issuing a professional license. D. Oversight of media content and media professionals working at the station. 2. Ministry of Communications and Information Technology: [...] B. Managing, organizing, issuing and renewing a license to use frequencies. C. Granting the necessary licenses to import technical devices and equipment related to communications.\n[...]\nArticle (9)\n1. The approval of the Council of Ministers must be obtained to issue a license for satellite broadcasting stations, foreign broadcasting stations, whether terrestrial or satellite, and religious stations.\n[...]\nArticle (12)\nThe Ministry of Information grants the professional license after fulfilling the conditions stipulated in Articles (13, 14, 15, 16) of this system.\nArticle (13)\nThe station owner must meet the following conditions: 1. He must be Palestinian, with the exception of foreign stations. 2. He must be of good conduct and conduct, and not convicted of a felony or misdemeanor against honor or trust, unless he has been properly rehabilitated. 3. He must have obtained the necessary approvals from the competent government agencies, in accordance with the provisions of this system and relevant legislation.\nArticle (14)\nThe station manager must meet the following conditions: 1. He must be Palestinian and reside in the country. 2. He must be a media professional or a specialist in the station’s field of work. 3. He must be of good character and conduct, and not convicted of a felony or misdemeanor against honor or trust, unless he has been rehabilitated in accordance with the rules. 4. He must have obtained the necessary approvals from the competent government agencies in accordance with the provisions of this system and relevant legislation. 5. He must have a first university degree in media, and appropriate practical experience of no less than (5) years, or a graduate degree in media, and no less than (3) years of experience. In the absence of a first university degree, his experience must not be less than Professional for (10) years.[...]\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (18) of 2018 regarding the licensing system for terrestrial and satellite radio and television stations, satellite broadcasting service companies, satellite station offices, and media production [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article (12) - Conditions for granting the license by the Ministry of Information\nUpon granting the license, the Ministry of Information shall take into account the following:\nFirst: Concerning the owner of the station:\n1. To be a Palestinian and a resident of Palestine. If he is not a resident or is a foreigner, he shall obtain the approval of the competent authorities in accordance with the Investment Promotion Law and other applicable laws.\n2. Shall not be convicted of a felony or misdemeanor that violates honor or trust.\n[...]\nSecond: In the station manager:\n1. Be a Palestinian and reside in Palestine.\n2. Be a journalist or media person. [...]\" (Decision of the Council of Ministers No. (182) for the year 2004 regarding the licensing system for radio, television, satellite and radio stations [google translate])","Cabinet Resolution No. (18) of 2018 regarding the licensing system for terrestrial and satellite radio and television stations, satellite broadcasting service companies, satellite station offices, and media production [google translation]\nDecision of the Council of Ministers No. (182) for the year 2004 regarding the licensing system for radio, television, satellite and radio stations [google translate]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/pg/getleg.asp?id=17122\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/getLeg.aspx?pid=45737&Ed=1 \">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3760,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","D35102","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00525","FDI is limited to 40% in electricity transmission and distribution; no foreign shareholding restriction applies to electricity commercialisaiton (supply to contestable market) nor to power generation.\nOn 9 April 2022, Act RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limited the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution, but it did not alter the treatment for the following activities: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. These activities continue to be considered 'public utilities' and thus remain subject to the above-mentioned restrictions. Other activities that were previously considered as public utilities, such as surface transportation companies (excluding road transportation activities (i.e.  public utility vehicles') that continue to be considered 'public utilities'), are no longer considered  'public utilities' and thus are no longer subject to such restrictions. ","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 4. Definition of Terms. - [...]\n(h) \"Contestable Market\" refers to the electricity end-users who have a choice of a supplier of electricity, as may be determined by the ERC in accordance with this Act;\n[...]\nSection 6. Generation Sector. - Generation of electric power shall be competitive and open.\nUpon the effectivity of this Act, any new generation company shall, before it operates, secure from the Energy Regulatory Commission a certificate of compliance pursuant to the standards set forth in this Act, as well as health, safety and environmental clearances from the appropriate government agencies under existing laws.\nAny law to the contrary notwithstanding, power generation shall not be considered a public utility operation. For this purpose, any person or entity engaged or which shall engage in power generation and supply of electricity shall not be required to secure a local or national franchise.\n[...]\nSection 29. Supply Sector. - The supply of electricity to the contestable market shall require a license from the ERC, except for distribution utilities and electric cooperatives with respect to their existing franchise areas.\nFor this purpose, the ERC shall promulgate rules and regulations prescribing the qualifications of electricity suppliers which shall include, among other requirements, a demonstration of their technical capability, financial capability, and creditworthiness: Provided, That the ERC shall have authority to require electricity suppliers to furnish a bond or other evidence of the ability of a supplier to withstand market disturbances or other events that may increase the cost of providing service.\nAny law to the contrary notwithstanding, supply of electricity to the contestable market shall not be considered a public utility operation. For this purpose, any person or entity which shall engage in the supply of electricity to the contestable market shall not be required to secure a local or national franchise.[...]\" (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29 of R.A. No. 9136)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Sec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interest for purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec. 6 and Sec. 29 of R.A. No. 9136\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)","ASEAN Briefing (2022), \"Philippines Senate Passes Bill Allowing 100 Percent Foreign Ownership of Public Services\", 22 February 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2001/ra_9136_2001.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aseanbriefing.com/news/philippines-senate-passes-bill-allowing-100-percent-foreign-ownership-of-public-services/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2358,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J59","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.00075","FDI in TV broadcasting and printed media is prohibited. FDI in radio broadcasting was increased from 20% to 40% in 2018. FDI in advertising companies [assuming here to include production of audiovisual and printed commercials] is limited to 30%.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[…]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity:\n1. Mass Media, except recording (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the 1987 Constitution; Presidential Memorandum dated 05 May 1994) and internet business (DOJ Opinion No. 40, s. 1998)¹ [¹DOJ Opinion No. 40 (s. 1998) uses the term “Internet Business” to refer to internet access providers that merely serve as carriers for transmitting message, rather than being the creator of messages/information].\n[...]\nUp to Thirty Percent (30%) Foreign Equity\n14. Advertising (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the Constitution)\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n24. Private radio communications network (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution, NTC Memorandum Circular No. 10-8-91)[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n----------------------------------------\n\"SECTION 11. (1) The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly-owned and managed by such citizens. The Congress shall regulate or prohibit monopolies in commercial mass media when the public interest so requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or unfair competition therein shall be allowed. (2) The advertising industry is impressed with public interest, and shall be regulated by law for the protection of consumers and the promotion of the general welfare. Only Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least seventy per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens shall be allowed to engage in the advertising industry. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of entities in such industry shall be limited to their proportionate share in the capital thereof, and all the executive and managing officers of such entities must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XVI, Sec 11 (1) of the Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n----------------------------------------\n\"The term \"mass media\" in the Constitution refers to any medium of communication designed to reach the masses and that tends to set the standards, ideals and aims of the masses. In addition, the term \"mass media\" shall mean the gathering, transmission of news, information, messages, signals, and forms of written, oral and all visual communications and shall embrace the print medium, radio, television, film, movies, wire and radio communication services, advertising in all its phases, and their business managerial. The distinctive feature of any mass media undertaking is the dissemination of information and ideas to the public, or a portion thereof. The citizenship requirement is intended to prevent the use of such facility by aliens to influence public opinion to the detriment of the best interests of the nation. In fact, \"(t)he ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly named and managed by such citizens [...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 11-08, 3 march 2011)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2339,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","A03","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.003","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of fishery profession, although foreigners may practice the profession subject to reciprocity. Fisheries is, however, not listed among the activities under the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List where foreigners may practice through the corporate form. In this case, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred in the case of such profession may not apply to foreign corporate investments, cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3 (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). The Constitution, however, seems to allow firms with up to 40% foreign equity to explore, develop and use natural resources in lands of public domain, which include water and fisheries. Up to 40% of foreign equity is also allowed in the operation of deep sea commercial fishing vessels. As such, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that most (if not all) aquaculture and fisheries activities are open to FDI up to 40% of foreign shareholding.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination).[² Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\n7. Utilization of marine resources in archipelagic waters, territorial sea, and exclusive economic zone as well as small-scale utilization of natural resources in rivers, lakes, bays, and lagoons (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)\n[...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n16. Exploration, development and utilization of natural resources (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)7[7 7 Full foreign participation is allowed through financial or technical assistance agreement entered into with the President (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution).]\n22. Operation of deep sea commercial fishing vessels (Sec. 27 of R.A. No. 8550, as amended by R.A. No. 10654)\n[...]\nAnnex on Professions\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions: [...]\n-Fisheries (Section 27, PRC Resolution No. 2000-664)\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law: [...]\n[fisheries not present in the list of professions in item B of this Annex][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. The State shall protect the nation’s marine wealth in its archipelagic waters, territorial sea, and exclusive economic zone, and reserve its use and enjoyment exclusively to Filipino citizens.\" (Art XII, Section 2 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 27. Persons Eligible for Commercial Fishing Vessel License. - No commercial fishing vessel license shall be issued except to citizens of the Philippines, partnerships or to associations, cooperatives or corporations duly registered in the Philippines at least sixty percent (60%) of the capital stock of which is owned by Filipino citizens. No person to whom a license has been issued shall sell, transfer or assign, directly or indirectly, his stock or interest therein to any person not qualified to hold a license. Any such transfer, sale or assignment shall be null and void and shall not be registered in the books of the association, cooperative or corporation. For purposes of commercial fishing, fishing vessels owned by citizens of the Philippines, partnerships, corporations, cooperatives or associations qualified under this section shall secure Certificates of Philippine Registry and such other documents as are necessary for fishing operations from the concerned agencies: Provided, That the commercial fishing vessel license shall be valid for a period to be determined by the Department.\"(Sec. 27, RA 8550)\n------------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreignequity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)\n","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 2 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nRA 8550, Sec. 27\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra1998/ra_8550_1998.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2353,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","POL","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00002625","The members of the management board, supervisory board or audit committee of a company undertaking an activity in gambling and betting, including casinos, must have Polish citizenship. Citizens of EU, EFTA, EEA and OECD countries are exempted.","\"Art. 6\n1. Activities in the field of cylinder games, card games, dice games and slot machine games can be run after obtaining a casino license, subject to Art. 5 sec. 1 and 1b and article. 6a sec. 2.\n2. Activity in the field of cash bingo games may be conducted after obtaining a permit to operate a cash bingo hall.\n3. The activity in the field of mutual wagering may be conducted -according to the permit granted - only at reception points betting or via the Internet after obtaining a permit to arrange mutual wagering.\n4. Activities in the scope specified in par. 1-3 is conducted on the basis of principles and the conditions specified in the approved regulations and the granted concession or the granted permit, as well as those resulting from the provisions of the Act.\n5. Conducting activities consisting in arranging gambling games to the extent specified in sec. 1-3 is possible only in the form of a joint stock company or a limited liability company established in the territory of the Republic of Poland, subject to Art. 7a paragraph 1.\n6. The stocks (shares) in the companies referred to in sec. 5, may purchase or include:\n1) a legal person or a company without legal personality that has its registered office in the territory of a Member State of the European Union or a country member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) -parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area;\n2) a natural person who is a citizen of a European Union Member State or a member state of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area.\n7. The provision of para. 6 shall not apply to the companies referred to in Art. 7a paragraph. 1.\n[...]\nArt. 7a. \n1. Joint stock companies or limited liability companies, or companies operating on the terms applicable to these companies, having their registered office at territory of another Member State of the European Union or state member of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - party agreements on the European Economic Area, operating in the field of referred to in art. 6 sec. 1-3 or in art. 7 sec. 2, can carry out this activity on the territory of the Republic of Poland on the terms and conditions specified in the approved regulations, the granted license or the granted permit, as well as resulting from the provisions of the Act, provided it is established representative or in the form of a branch.\n[...]\nArt. 11. \n1. Activities within the scope referred to in Art. 6 sec. 1-3 and in art. 7paragraph 2, may be conducted, provided that: [...]\n2) members of the company's management board, supervisory board or audit committee have Polish citizenship or citizenship of a member state of the European Union, a member state of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) - parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area or Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, except that this requirement is not apply to the companies referred to in Art. 7a paragraph. 1; [...]\" (Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6, 7a and 11 [google translation])","Gambling Act (Dz.U. 2009 no. 201 item 1540), last amended by the Act of 30 March 2021, Articles 6, 7a and 11","n/a","[<a href=\"http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU20092011540\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,1201,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0008","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2281,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00576","Registration of an aircraft is only possible for aircraft owned by Slovenian or EU/EEA nationals or companies controlled by them or incorporated in the EU/EEA. Granting of an operating or AOC license for performing airline services is provided only to companies controlled by Slovenian nationals or to carriers complying with EU regulations on ownership and control (including principal place of business and activity, and majority-owned by EU Member States/nationals).","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n-------------------------\n\"Article 23 (conditions for registration)\n(1) An aircraft may be registered in the Republic of Slovenia if the following conditions are met:\n1. the owner of the aircraft is a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia,\n2. the aircraft holds a certificate of airworthiness issued by the ministry responsible for transport or a certificate of airworthiness issued by another country and recognized as valid by the ministry responsible for transport,\n3. the aircraft is not registered in any other country; and [...]\n(2) The following are equated with the citizens of the Republic of Slovenia:\n1. companies that are majority owned and under the effective control of Slovenian citizens,\n2. associations, associations and flight schools that are domestic legal entities and are majority owned and under the actual control of Slovenian citizens,\n3. the local community of the Republic of Slovenia and the Republic of Slovenia,\n4. citizens and legal entities of the European Union and the European Economic Area.\n[...]\nArticle 68 (licenses, certificates and permits)\n(1) The activity of air transport may be performed by a legal or natural person who has obtained an operating license issued by the Agency in accordance with the regulations of the European Union and this Act , if an operating license is required depending on the type of transport.\n[...]\nArticle 76 (air operator's certificate )\n(1) An Air Operator Certificate (AOC) is a document issued by an Agency proving that a legal or natural person meets the conditions regarding professional staff and the necessary organization to ensure the safe operation of aircraft in the field of aviation activities specified in in the certificate issued.\n(2) The air operator's certificate shall be issued by the Agency if it has previously established that:\n1. the applicant does not yet hold an air operator's certificate ;\n2. the applicant is a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person registered in Slovenia, which is majority owned and under the actual control of Slovenian citizens or a local community or the Republic of Slovenia;\n3. the applicant has his permanent residence or registered office in the Republic of Slovenia;[...]\" (Aviation Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 81/10), last amended on 26 July 2019, Articles 23, 68 and 76 [google translation])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAviation Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 81/10), last amended on 26 July 2019, Articles 23, 68 and 76","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO1620\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1023,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","H501","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0004","In order for a public limited company, limited liability company or cooperative to register a ship in the Swiss ship register, at least two-thirds of the members of the administrative and management bodies must be Swiss nationals.","\"Art. 17\n1 Only ships which are used or intended for the professional transport of persons or goods or for another professional activity at sea, and in respect of which the legal conditions of ownership are met, are registered in the Swiss ship register. admission to navigation, name, procedure, as well as those relating to financial means.\n2 The registration and cancellation of the vessel are published by the Office of the Swiss Ship Register in the Federal Gazette and in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce.\n[...]\nArt. 19\nSole proprietorships, trading companies and cooperative societies (companies) registered in Switzerland in the trade register and whose head office and real center of their activities are in Switzerland can register their vessels in their name in the ship register. Swiss as long as they meet the conditions set out in art. 20 to 24.\nArt. 20\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be satisfied by natural persons, owners of a sole proprietorship, partners, limited partners, shareholders, partners of a cooperative society or other beneficiaries of shares, as well as all managers of a general, limited or limited liability partnership.\nArt. 21\nAs long as international law does not provide otherwise, the Federal Council determines the conditions in matters of nationality and domicile which must be met by the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, of a limited partnership with shares. , a limited liability company or a cooperative society, as well as the persons in charge of the control of these companies.[...]\" (Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Chapter II: Of the Swiss ship\nI. Conditions for the registration of Swiss vessels and checks carried out by auditors\n1. General conditions\nArt. 5\nA ship is only registered in the Swiss Ship Register if all the conditions provided for by law and this Ordinance are met.\n2. Domicile or registered office\nArt. 5a\nMust have their domicile or registered office in Switzerland:\na. the owner of a sole proprietorship;\nb. at least three quarters of the partners or other beneficiaries of shares in a general, limited or limited liability partnership, who have at least three quarters of the corporate assets, the sponsorship or the share capital;\nc. shareholders of a public limited company or a limited partnership with shares, who have at least a majority of the share capital and at least two-thirds of the votes;\nd. at least two-thirds of the partners of a cooperative society, who at the same time have at least two-thirds of the shares in the share capital.\n3. Nationality and control\nArt. 5b\n1 The natural persons mentioned in art. 5a must be Swiss nationals.\n2 If a commercial company or a legal person has interests in the business of the Swiss shipowner as a partner, limited partner, shareholder or unitholder or if it has rights over said business as usufructuary or in another capacity, it must have an unmistakably Swiss character through its partners, limited partners, shareholders, unitholders or members, by the persons in charge of administration, as well as by its financial resources.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require the shareholders or partners who provide the necessary capital of the company pursuant to art. 24 of the law, either Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland or commercial companies or legal persons in Swiss hands within the meaning of para. 2.\n4. Administration and management\nArt. 5c\n1 At least two-thirds of the members of the administrative and management bodies of a public limited company, limited by shares, limited liability or cooperative must be Swiss nationals.\n2 When only one person is responsible for administration or management, he or she must be domiciled in Switzerland. If one of these bodies has several members, the majority of the members of each of them must be domiciled in Switzerland.\n3 If the maintenance of the Swiss character of the company so requires, the Swiss Maritime Navigation Office may require other company directors to be Swiss nationals domiciled in Switzerland.[...]\" (Maritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c [google translation])","Federal Act on Maritime Navigation (RO 1956 1395, 23 September 1953), last amended on 1 November 2020, Articles 17, 19, 20 and 21\nMaritime Navigation Ordinance (RO 1956 1458, 20 November 1956), last amended on 20 August 2013, Articles 5, 5a, 5b and 5c","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1305_1395_1407/fr\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1956/1369_1458_1473/fr\">Ordinance</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1446,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","K65_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.00075","At least 50% of the members of the Board of Directors of insurance companies need to be citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan.","\"Article 8. Insurance (reinsurance) company\n1. The insurance (reinsurance) company is created in the form of a joint stock company and a limited liability company, and the state insurance organization - in the form of a state unitary enterprise.\n[...]\n4. When creating an insurance (reinsurance) company and carrying out activities with the participation of foreign investors, the following requirements must be observed:\n- a foreign investor is required to submit documents confirming its solvency and an audit report (as of the latest date);\n- At least 50 percent of the members of the governing bodies of the insurance organization, created with the participation of foreign investors, are citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan; \n- the insurance (reinsurance) company is required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to increase the size of its authorized capital at the expense of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries to alienate their shares (shares in shares to foreign investors (including for sale to foreign investors)) in the authorized capital), and local shareholders (participants) are required to obtain the prior consent of the insurance supervisory authority to alienate their shares (shares in the authorized capital) of the insurance (re insurance) organizations in favor of foreign investors and (or) their subsidiaries (as amended by the Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated 02.01.2018, No. 1487); [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated July 23, 2016, No. 1349 \"On insurance activities\" [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=19042\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2856,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2022,"0.05","Government procurement legislation gives preference to firms majority-owned by Tanzanian citizens in respect of contracts for public works and consultancy services, and to joint venture between foreign and local firms for all procurement, including of goods, under international and national competitive tendering. ","\"3. In this Act unless the context otherwise requires - [...]\n“consultant” means a firm, company, corporation, organisation, partnership or an individual person engaged in or able to be engaged in the business of providing services in architecture, economics, engineering, surveying or any field of professional services, and who is, according to the context, a potential party or the party to a contract with the procuring entity; [...]\n“contractor” means a firm, company, corporation, organisation, partnership or an individual person engaged in civil, electrical or mechanical engineering or in construction or building work of any kind including repairs and renovation, and who is, according to the context, a potential party or the part to a procurement contract with the procuring entity; [...]\n\"local firm\" means a firm whose majority share capital is owned by citizens of the United Republic;\n[...]\n54.National preferences\n(1) Tenderers shall be allowed to participate in procurement proceedings without regard to their nationality, except where the procuring entity has limited participation in procurement proceedings on the basis of nationality in accordance with this Act, the regulations, or any provisions of any other written law.\n(2) The procuring entity shall, when procuring goods, works or services by means of international or national tendering, or when evaluating and comparing tenders, grant a margin of preference for the benefit of tenders for certain goods manufactured, mined, extracted or grown in the United Republic, for works by Tanzania contractors or services provided by Tanzania consultants, provided that this is clearly stated in the tender documents subject to the provisions prescribed in the regulations made under this Act.\n(3) Tanzania contractors or consultants shall be eligible to be granted a margin of preference as provided for in subsection (2) only if they meet the following criteria:\n(a) for individual companies- (i) are incorporated or registered in the United Republic; (ii) majority of the paid up share capital of the company is owned either by the Government or by citizens of Tanzania; or (iii) there is no arrangement whereby any major part of the net profits or other tangible benefits of the domestic company will accrue or be paid to persons who are not citizens of Tanzania or to companies which would not be eligible under this section;\n(b) for joint ventures of local companies- (i) individual member companies are incorporated or registered in the United Republic; (ii) majority of the paid up share capital of the individual companies are held by citizens of Tanzania; (iii) the joint venture itself is registered in Tanzania; or (iv) do not have arrangement whereby any major part of the net profits will accrue or be paid to persons who are not citizens of Tanzania or to companies which would not be eligible under this section; and\n(c) for partners or individual persons trading as contractors or consultants the majority are held by citizens of Tanzania.\n(4) For all procurement under international and national competitive tendering, incentives set out in the regulations made under this Act, shall be used to encourage foreign firms to team up with Tanzanian tenderers in the form of joint venture or subcontracting arrangements in the tender process and in the execution of the contract.\n55. Exclusive preference to local persons or firms\n(1) Where financial resources are exclusively provided by a Tanzanian public body, each procurement of works, goods or services that has a value not exceeding a threshold specified in the regulations shall be reserved exclusively for local persons or firms.\n(2) Where the procuring entity does not proceed with the local person or firm set-aside under subsection (1), and procures on unrestricted basis, the procuring entity shall include in the procurement file the reason or reasons for the unrestricted procurement.\n(3) Where procuring entity receives only one acceptable offer from a responsible local person or firm in response to procurement set-aside, the procuring entity may consider to make an award to that person or firm.\n(4) Where the procuring entity receives no acceptable offers from responsible local persons or firms, the set aside procurement shall be withdrawn and if the requirements are still valid, new offers shall be resolicited on unrestricted basis\n[...]\n55A. Inclusion of local firms and experts in consultancy contracts\n(1) Foreign firms competing to be awarded non-emergency consultancy assignments whether by tender or any other means recognized in this Act shall be required to include local experts and firms in their teams.\n(2) In the evaluation of foreign firms, procuring entities shall ensure that the principle of mandatory inclusion of local experts and local firms in nonemergency assignments has been observed and shall be apportioned a weight to reflect its intensity and level.\n(3) A procuring entity shall, for the purpose of subsection (1), assign weights as follows: (a) in the criteria for participation of local firms, assignment of maximum weight of fifteen percent shall be included in the request for proposal, and firms that demonstrate inclusion of local firms of at least fifty percent are granted a full score; and (b) in the criteria for participation of national experts, assignment of maximum weight of ten percent shall be included in the request for proposal, and firms that demonstrate that at least fifty percent of their key staff who are Tanzanians, are granted a full score.\n55B. Use of local experts in goods, works and non-consultancy services contract\nWhen applying the margin of preference in respect of works or non-consultancy services, a procuring entity shall comply with the guidelines issued by the Authority, and shall consider- (a) in addition to shareholding structure in the joint venture, the extent of inclusion of key\nlocal staff in the joint venture; and (b) the extent of use of materials locally manufactured, produced or mined.\n55C. Preference to local goods\nIn contracts for goods and related services to be awarded on the basis of international competitive tendering or national competitive tendering, procuring entities shall grant a margin of preference of up to fifteen percent to domestically manufactured or produced goods and related services as prescribed in the regulations.\n55D. Capacity building of local firms\n(1) A procuring entity shall, after consultation with relevant statutory bodies, set aside contracts to be used for the purpose of capacity building of local firms.\n(2) Where individual firms lack the capacity to execute the contracts, the firms may form joint ventures with a view to enhancing their capacity.\n(3) The Minister may make regulations prescribing procedures for capacity building of local firms under this section.\n55E. Ownership of share capita\nNotwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, local firm under sections 55A, 55B, 55C and 55D shall have a share capital which is wholly owned by citizens of the United Republic.”[...]\" (Public Procurement Act (Chapter 410) of 2011, last amended in 2022)","Public Procurement Act (Chapter 410) of 2011, last amended in 2022","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ppra.go.tz/2012-03-07-08-56-44/public-procurement-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,348,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","A01","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.03","Foreign investment in agriculture businesses is limited to 49% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex\nList one. Businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason:[...]\n2. Rice farming, plantation or crop growing;\n3. Livestock farming [...]\n6. Extraction of Thai medicinal herbs [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1934,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","D3510X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.000875","Unless explicitly exempted, majority foreign investment in all services sector activities is subject to approval under the Foreign Business Act (List 3, parag. 21). \n[In the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that all services sectors, which are not explicilty excluded from FBA purview nor are explicitly subjected to minority foreign equity holdings under sector-specific legislation, are subject to discriminatory screening under list 3, parag. 21 of the Foreign Business Act. The FBA does not follow a standard sector classification and electricity generation is not explicitly excluded from the list of sectors subject to approval. Since electricity generation is sometimes understood as a service sector, it is assumed to be subject to such approval requirement].","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; \n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(21) Other service businesses, with the exception of service businesses as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"By virtue of the provisions of section 46 paragraph one of the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999) and List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999), which is the law containing certain provisions in relation to the restriction of rights and liberties of persons, in respect of which section 29 in conjunction with section 33 and section 43 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Thailand so permits by virtue of provisions of law, the Minister of Commerce issues this Ministerial Regulation, as follows. The following service businesses are the service businesses excluded from (21) of List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999):\n(1) Securities business and other businesses under the law on securities and securities exchange:\n (a) securities trading; (b) serving as an investment consultant; (c) securities underwriting; (d) borrowing and lending securities; (e) mutual fund management; (f) private fund management; (g) venture capital management; (h) granting loans for securities business; (i) serving as a financial consultant; (j) serving as a securities registrar;\n (k) trusteeship of assets of securities companies’ or derivatives traders’ customers; (l) serving as a private fund custodian; (m) serving as a mutual fund supervisor; and\n (n) serving as a debentureholders’ representative;\n(2) Serivatives business under the law on derivatives:\n (a) serving as a derivatives dealer; (b) serving as a derivatives advisor; and (c) serving as a derivatives fund manager; and\n(3) Serving as a trustee under the law on trust for transactions in capital market.\n(4) financial institution business, businesses incidental to or necessary for the operation of a financial institution business and the businesses of companies in the financial group of a financial institution pursuant to the law on financial institutions [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]:\n (a) commercial banking business;  (b) bank representative office service business;  (c) Shariah financial service; (d) financial institution agent; (e) cash deposit services under terms of withdrawal on demand by a customer and custodian services; (f) private sector repurchase; (g) agent to receive applications and collect insurance premiums or service fees for export insurance and credit insurance for customers; (h) services relating to financial businesses offered to financial institutions, companies within the financial group, the Bank of Thailand and government agencies; (i) leasing of immovable property; (j) purchase or assignment of loan debts; (k) financing service; (l) documentation relating to customer’s businesses; (m) debt collection or application receiving agent;  (n) hire purchase and leasing.\n(5) life insurance business under the law on life insurance; [as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(6) insurance business under the law on insurance.”[as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(7) asset management business under the law on asset management company; [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(8) representative office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(9) regional office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(10) service business to which a government agency under the law on budgetary procedures is a party;[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(11) service business to which a state enterprise under the law on budgetary procedures is a party[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]. \"(MINISTERIAL REGULATION PRESCRIBING SERVICE BUSINESSES NOT SUBJECT TO APPLICATION FOR FOREIGN BUSINESS PERMISSION, B.E. 2556 (2013); amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017), Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nMINISTERIAL REGULATION PRESCRIBING SERVICE BUSINESSES NOT SUBJECT TO APPLICATION FOR FOREIGN BUSINESS PERMISSION, B.E. 2556 (2013)\nMinisterial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)\nMinisterial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)","n/a","[<a href=\" https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dbd.go.th/dbdweb_en/ewt_dl_link.php?nid=4059\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dbd.go.th/dbdweb_en/ewt_dl_link.php?nid=4217\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dbd.go.th/dbdweb_en/ewt_dl_link.php?nid=4219\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1915,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.012","Foreign investment in telecommunication business, with the exception of Type 1 licensed business (which include internet access service, audiotext service, resale of public switched telecommunications service; store-and-retrieve value-added service; international calling card service) is limited to 49% of equity ownership. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that all fixed telecommunication services are subject to the foreign shareholding limitation.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] CHAPTER I - TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS LICENSING\nSection 7.  Any person who wishes to operate a telecommunications business in accordance with the characteristics and categories prescribed in the Notification by the Commission under the law on the organisation to assign frequency spectrum and to regulate radio broadcasting, television and telecommunications businesses shall obtain a license from the Commission.\nThere shall be three types of a telecommunications business license as follows:\n(1)    Type One License: being a license for the telecommunications business operator who does not have his or her own telecommunications network and the characteristics of his or her business are deemed appropriate to provide services on the basis of liberalisation. When the person wishing to operate the business with such characteristics has notified the Commission, the Commission shall issue a license for business operation;\n(2)    Type Two License: being a license for the telecommunications business operator who has or does not have his or her own network and whose business is intended to provide services for a limited group of people or has no significant impacts on free and fair competition or on public interest and consumers. When the person wishing to operate the business with such characteristics has completely fulfilled the standard criteria prescribed in the Notification in advance by the Commission, the Commission shall issue a license for business operation;  \n(3)    Type Three License: being a license for the telecommunications business operator who has his or her own network and whose business is intended to provide services to a large number of the general public or may have significant impacts on free and fair competition or on public interest or requires special consumer protection. When the person wishing to operate the business with such characteristics has been considered appropriate by the Commission for the issuance of a license, such person may then commence the operation.\nThe characteristics or categories including the scope of services of telecommunications business to which the licensee under Type One, Type Two or Type Three is entitled shall be as prescribed in the Notification by the Commission, which shall be in accordance with the characteristics of business operation of each type of license under paragraph two and shall take into account the development of diverse service provisions of telecommunications business and fairness among operators.\nIn applying for a license, the applicant shall specify the type of the license to be applied for together with the characteristics or categories of telecommunications business he or she wishes to operate. If he or she wishes to engage in any additional business operation of different characteristics or categories after he or she has been licensed, he or she shall inform the Commission prior to the commencement of such operation. In this case, the Commission may prescribe conditions to be observed by the applicant. \nSection 8.  The Commission shall prescribe in the Notification and disclose to the general public the licensing criteria to enable the person who wishes to operate the business to be informed in advance of the applicant qualification, the application procedure and the license granting criteria. The granting criteria shall be determined differently in accordance with the types of license under section 7 and shall be consistent with each characteristic and category of telecommunications business and the guidelines on frequency spectrum licensing and telecommunications business licensing as stipulated in the Telecommunications Master Plan and the Frequency Plan under the law on the organisation to assign frequency spectrum and to regulate radio broadcasting, television and telecommunications businesses.\nIn the Notification under paragraph one, the Commission shall prescribe details in relation to the applicant qualification, the application procedure, the documents, evidence or information necessary for the licensing procedure, the licensing consideration procedure, the consideration period of the Commission, scope of license, maximum and minimum term of license including other conditions necessary for business operation.\nDetermination of the applicant qualification shall be in accordance with the following criteria:\n(1)     the applicant for Type Two License and Type Three License shall not be a foreigner under the law on foreign business. In this regard, the Commission may require the applicant for certain characteristics or categories of telecommunications business who is a juristic person to prescribe the prohibition of any act which has the nature of business takeover by a foreigner [as amended by the Telecommunications Business Act (No. 2), B.E. 2549 (2006).];\n(2)     the applicant shall not be bankrupt;\n(3)     the applicant shall not have previously had a telecommunications business license revoked;\n(4)     the directors, managers or persons having management power of the applicant shall not have been sentenced by a final judgment for an offence under this Act or under the law on telegraph and telephone, the law on radio communication or the law on consumer protection during a two-year period prior to the filing of the application for a license;\n(5)    the applicant for Type Three License shall have an investment plan and a service provision plan for telecommunications business that enables the efficient service provisions;\n(6)    the applicant shall have other qualifications and have no other prohibited characteristics prescribed by the Commission for each type of license under section 7. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT, B.E. 2544 (2001))\n-------------------------------\n\"[...] Appendix C - Examples of Telecommunications Business Services Requiring Type One Licence\nExamples of Telecommunications Business Services Requiring Type One Licence:\n1) Internet Access Service; 2) Audiotext Service; 3) Resale of Public Switched Telecommunications Service; 4) Store-and-Retrieve Value-Added Service; 5) Public Chain Payphone Service; 6) International Calling Card Service\nAppendix D - Examples of Licence-Free Telecommunication Business Services\nExamples of Licence-Free Telecommunications business Services:\n1) Mobile desk telephones (desk cellular phones); 2) Coin-slot pay telephones stationed at homes and shops\"(Notification of the National Telecommunications Commission - Re: Nature and Categories of Telecommunication Business Requiring Telecommunications Business Licence)","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT, B.E. 2544 (2001))\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT (No. 2), B.E. 2549 (2006).\nNotification of the National Telecommunications Commission - Re: Nature and Categories of Telecommunication Business Requiring Telecommunications Business Licence","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.krisdika.go.th/wps/portal/general_en/!ut/p/c5/04_SB8K8xLLM9MSSzPy8xBz9CP0os3g_A2czQ0cTQ89ApyAnA0__EIOAQGdXAwNDc6B8JG55dzMCuv088nNT9SP1o8wRqowczd0MHC29vAO8PUMM3Z3N9CNzUtMTkyv1C3IjyvMdFRUByl01jw!!/dl3/d3/L0lJSklna2shL0lCakFBRXlBQkVSQ0lBISEvWUZOQzFOS18yN3chLzdfTjBDNjFBNDFJMkE3RjBBOUpLUEtJVDFHQzY!/?PC_7_N0C61A41I2A7F0A9JKPKIT1GC6_WCM_CONTEXT=/wps/wcm/connect/ksdkwebcontent_en/legal+translation/legal+english/telecommunications+business+act+be+2544+%282001%29#_ftnref3\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://thailaws.com/law/t_laws/tlaw0461.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://lib.nbtc.go.th:8080/aion-streaming/access.do?p=Y29udGVudCUyRmVib29rJTJGMjAxNTA3MDJfMTQzNTgwMzM1MTU4OF8xOTc3LnBkZg==&m=stream\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1963,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","A02","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00025","Majority foreign investment in forestry businesses from planted forest is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...]\nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners: [...]\n(3) Forestry from a grown forest [...]\n(20) Cultivation, propagation or development of plant varieties [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1906,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K6512_652_662","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00009375","The establishment of insurance intermediary companies, including insurance or reinsurance broker, insurance agent or life insurance producer, requires an authorisation which may only be granted to qualified Tunisian nationals and to legal persons in which qualified Tunisian nationals are in charge of their direction and management.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n3. List of authorizations relating to the activities of the banking and financial sector, insurance and the financial market\n20. Authorization to create insurance companies\nTerms :\n1. The company must be governed by Tunisian law.\n2. It must take the form of a public limited company or a mutual company or an agricultural mutual fund.\n[...]\n21. Establishment of non-resident insurance and reinsurance business (under an agreement)\nTerms :\n1. Insurance against risks not taking place in Tunisia and insurance for persons not resident in Tunisia.\n2. Approval of the Minister of Finance of the officer of the company or the branch.\n3. Conclusion of an agreement with the Minister of Finance to benefit from the privileges.\n[...]\n22. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance agent or to exercise the activity of life insurance producer\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.\n[...]\n23. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance or reinsurance broker\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.[...]\" (Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11 , 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.)\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - INSURANCE COMPANIES AND REINSURANCE COMPANIES)\nSection I. – Approval\nArticle 48.- Are considered as \"insurance companies\" and therefore subject to approval, all companies which engage, as a regular activity, in the subscription and execution of insurance contracts such as defined in article 1 of this code.\n\"Companies specializing in reinsurance are considered to be companies which engage exclusively, as a usual activity, in the operations of acceptance and transfer of risks and which do not practice the subscription and execution of insurance contracts. are, therefore, subject, within a period of one month from the date of their constitution, to the obligation to inform the Minister of Finance and to send him a file, the content of which is fixed by decree. (Added by article 3 of law n° 2002-37 of April 1, 2002).\n“Approval applications and information files are sent to the committee which examines them. To this end, he is authorized to request all the information and documents he deems necessary. (Paragraph 3 added by article 4 of law n° 2008-\n8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 49.- Insurance companies are required to indicate, when applying for approval, the category or categories of insurance that they intend to operate.\nThe list of insurance categories is fixed by order of the “Minister of Finance on a proposal from the committee”(1).\n[...]\nSection V. – Non-resident insurance and reinsurance companies\nArticle 67.- Insurance or reinsurance organizations working mainly with non-residents and branches in Tunisia of foreign insurance and reinsurance organizations may be admitted to carry out insurance in Tunisia of risks other than those whose hedging must be carried out locally under article 44 of this Code.\nThese bodies may, by virtue of \"an agreement concluded on the advice of the committee between the Minister of Finance and the insurer or reinsurer concerned\",(1) benefit from the regime provided for by law no. 85-108 of 6 December 1985 encouraging financial and banking organizations mainly with non-residents.\nThe aforementioned agreement will determine in particular the scope of activity as well as the terms and conditions for granting the benefit of the said regime provided for by the aforementioned law and will be ratified by decree. (Paragraph 3 modified by article 5 of law n°2008-8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 68 - The organizations referred to in article 67 of the present Code as well as the reinsurance companies not having their head office in Tunisia and previously approved, must present for the acceptance of the Minister of Finance an agent specially proposed to the management of all the operations they propose to perform in Tunisia.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - INTERMEDIARIES, INSURANCE ADJUSTERS AND DAMAGE COMMISSIONERS\nSection I. – Intermediaries\nArticle 69.- Insurance operations may be presented to the public through the following intermediaries:\n1) The insurance broker: The insurance broker is the person bringing together policyholders and insurance or reinsurance companies without being bound in the choice of these for the purpose of insuring or reinsure risks. The broker is the agent of the insured and is responsible towards him.\n2) The insurance agent: The insurance agent is the person charged under a mandate to conclude insurance contracts in the name and on behalf of one or more insurance companies. He exercises individually or within the framework of a professional civil society.\n3) The life insurance producer: the life insurance producer is the natural person, salaried or not, mandated by a company carrying out life insurance operations. The producer's activity is limited to the presentation of contracts and possibly the collection of premiums. The life insurance producer can only represent one insurance company.\n[...]\nArticle 70.- With the exception of banking establishments, micro-finance institutions and the national post office, the persons referred to in article 69 of this code must prove that they possess a professional card and their registration in a register kept for this purpose by the departments of the General Insurance Committee, in order to be able to present insurance transactions. (Repealed and replaced by art. 9 of decree-law no. 2011-117 of November 5, 2011)\nThe register referred to in the preceding paragraph of this article comprises three sections according to the category of intermediaries.\nThese sections are:\n- Section 1: Brokers and insurance brokerage firms.\n- Section 2: Insurance agents and companies of insurance agents.\n- Section 3: Life insurance producers.\nArticle 71.- The professional card referred to in Article 70 of this Code is issued by the “general insurance committee”(1) after consulting a commission whose composition and operating rules are fixed by decree.\nArticle 72.- Any insurance intermediary may hold only one professional card.\nArticle 73.- The professional card can only be granted to the natural person if he meets the following conditions:\n1) Be of Tunisian nationality. [...]\nThe professional card can only be granted to legal persons if the natural persons in charge of their direction and management meet the conditions provided for in this article. [...]\" (Law n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation])","Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]\nLaw n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/113253?ln=en\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cga.gov.tn/fileadmin/contenus/pdf/Code_Assurance_Version_FR.pdf\">Code_amend</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1762,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M711_721X","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0003125","In the case of consulting firms engaged primarily in engineering, the senior manager must be an engineer. While Tunisian nationality is one of the conditions for exercising the engineering profession in Tunisia, the government may authorise foreign engineers to exercise their profession in Tunisia, with the advice of the board of the college of engineers (Ordre des ingénieurs)","\"First article. - The following conditions are required to practice the engineering profession in Tunisia:\n1) be of Tunisian nationality:\n[...]\nArt. 2. - By way of derogation from the provisions of article 1, paragraph 1 of this decree-law. [...]\n2) Authorizations to exercise the engineering profession in Tunisia on a private basis may be granted to engineers of foreign nationality by the administration after consulting the council of the order.[...]\" (Decree Law establishing the Order of engineers (No. 82-12 of 21 October 1982), as amended by Law n° 97-41 of 9 June 1997, Articles 1 and 2 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n[text not available in English] (Order of the Minister of Equipment, Housing and Territorial Development of 9 February 2009, approving the specifications relating to the exercise of the design office activity (Annex)\n---------------------------\n[text not available in English] Order of the Minister of Equipment, Housing and Territorial Development of 9 February 2009, approving the specifications relating to the exercise of the profession of consulting engineer (Annex)","Decree Law establishing the Order of engineers (No. 82-12 of 21 October 1982), as amended by Law n° 97-41 of 9 June 1997, Articles 1 and 2\nOrder of the Minister of Equipment, Housing and Territorial Development of 9 February 2009, approving the specifications relating to the exercise of the design office activity (Annex)\nOrder of the Minister of Equipment, Housing and Territorial Development of 9 February 2009, approving the specifications relating to the exercise of the profession of consulting engineer (Annex)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/115076?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/jort/2009/2009F/Jo0142009.pdf\">Orders</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/jort/2009/2009A/Ja0142009.pdf\">Order_annexes</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1729,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0096","Licences to operate commercial air transport are only granted to companies majority controlled by Turkish nationals. Cabotage is reserved to national aircraft, which are defined as aircraft owned by associations or companies formed in accordance with Turkish laws and regulations, with the voting majority held by partners of Turkish nationality.","\"Article 18 – It is a prerequisite for real and legal persons to obtain permission from the Ministry of Transport for commercial purposes, in order to carry passengers or cargo or passengers and cargo by aircraft in return for a fee, and to carry out other activities for commercial purposes.\n[...]\nArticle 31 – Passenger, mail and cargo transports for commercial purposes between two points within the country of the Republic of Turkey are carried out by Turkish aircraft.\n[...]\nArticle 49 – A civil aircraft is also considered a Turkish civil aircraft in the following cases.\nEstablished in accordance with Turkish laws;\na) Aircraft owned by professional organizations, associations, political parties, trade unions or foundations in the nature of public institutions, majority of persons constituting the administrative body are Turkish citizens,\nb) Aircraft owned by commercial companies, cooperatives and their unions registered in the Turkish Commercial Registry, majority of those authorized to manage and represent the company are Turkish citizens and the majority of votes are held by Turkish shareholders according to the company's articles of association.[...]\" (Civil Aviation Law (No. 2920 of 1983), last amended on 22.2.2019, Articles 18, 31 and 49 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"ARTICLE 9 – (1) Companies that will operate commercial air transport;\na) At least 51% of its shares are registered,\nb) The majority shares and the members of the board of directors and the majority of the voting rights and the control are held by the stakeholders who are citizens of the Republic of Turkey, [...]\n(2) It is not required that 51% of the shares of the companies that will carry out public commercial air transportation traded in BI or on international stock exchanges are registered. However, it is obligatory that the majority of the registered shares, excluding the shares traded in BI or on international stock exchanges, belong to the shareholders who are citizens of the Republic of Turkey, and that the majority of the persons authorized to represent and manage the enterprise must be citizens of the Republic of Turkey. [...]\" (Regulation of Commercial Air Transport Operations (16.11.2013), last amended on 6.1.2021, Article 9 [google translation])","Civil Aviation Law (No. 2920 of 1983), last amended on 22.2.2019, Articles 18, 31 and 49\nRegulation of Commercial Air Transport Operations (16.11.2013), last amended on 6.1.2021, Article 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=2920&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=19025&MevzuatTur=7&MevzuatTertip=5\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1430,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","K6419X","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.003","Every director of a national bank (including the President as a member of the board) must be a citizen of the United States. The Comptroller of the Currency can waive the citizenship requirement for not more than a minority of directors for a bank.","\"§72. Qualifications\nEvery director must, during his whole term of service, be a citizen of the United States, and at least a majority of the directors must have resided in the State, Territory, or District in which the association is located, or within one hundred miles of the location of the office of the association, for at least one year immediately preceding their election, and must be residents of such State or within one-hundred-mile territory of the location of the association during their continuance in office, except that the Comptroller may, in the discretion of the Comptroller, waive the requirement of residency, and waive the requirement of citizenship in the case of not more than a minority of the total number of directors.\n[...]\n§76. President of bank as member of board; chairman of board\nThe president of the bank shall be a member of the board and shall be the chairman thereof, but the board may designate a director in lieu of the president to be chairman of the board, who shall perform such duties as may be designated by the board.[...] \" (Banks and Banking Code (12 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 72 and 76)","Banks and Banking Code (12 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 72 and 76","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title12/chapter2&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1586,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0004","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Decree - Law 14,650, of May 12, 1977 and Decree 383/978, of July 3, 1978). [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,853,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","A02","_O","IV91","IX",2023,"0.00125","Agricultural and forestry land can only be granted on leasehold use basis to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for farming and animal husbandry activities and to agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities for commercial agricultural production. While the land code does not explicitly provide for the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons to access agricultural land - in marked contrast to the case of non-agricultural land, over which the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons obtaining leasehold title to non-agricultural and non-forestry land is explicitly provided for in the code - the legislation provides for the right of agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities [assuming \"enterprises with foreign investments' are covered here] for commercial agricultural production. The legislation also mentions the possibility of the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan deciding on allocating (on leasehold basis) agricultural land to agro-industrial clusters and to individual and legal entities undertaking major investment projects (USD 10 bilion or more). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that 'enteprises with foreign capital', defined under the Law on Foreign Investments as those in which foreign persons hold at least 15% of shares (unit shares) or statutory capital, are equally qualified to access agricultural and forestry land as are other legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan. However, the lease term conditions on which they are entitled to hold agricultural and forest land and the authorisation procedures they are subjected to are different than that applied in the case of domestically-owned legal entities. \nSince 16 August 2021, pursuant to the amended Land Code, land intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years (previously, agricultural land could be leased for a period of up to 50 years, and not less than 30 years). Foreign legal entities and foreign-owned companies establised in Uzbekistan are, however, explictly subject to more restrictive rules regarding the leasing of land plots, regardless if they are intended for agricultural use or not. They may only lease land for a period of up to 25 years. Furthermore, foreign-owned companies require approval by the Cabinet Ministers to obtain access to agricultural land, while domestically-owned legal entities only need district and cities khokim (governor) approval. ",{"$cut":{"chars":18249,"head":"\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18. Emergence of property rights to land plots of legal entities and individuals\nThe property rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots arise when non-agricultural land plots are privatized in accordance with the law.\nDiplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan have the right to property rights to the land plots of the building or parts of the building they use as the representative office building, including the residence of the head of the mission together with the land plots on which they are located, as well as the construction of the buildings of these representative offices. It is created when the land plots are realized in accordance with the law.\nForeign legal and natural persons - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis in enterprises with foreign investment, as well as permanent residents and residence certificates in the republic The property rights of the persons to the land plots arise when the housing buildings are realized to them along with the land plots on which these buildings are located in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation.\n[...]\nArticle 20. The right to permanent use of land plots\nBased on the decision of the governor of the region and the city of Tashkent, plots of land are given to state bodies, institutions and enterprises, self-government bodies of citizens for permanent use for public needs. \nAccording to the intended main purpose of the lands:\nlands on which administrative buildings and structures are built or lands given for the construction of such buildings and structures, lands for common use of settlements, lands occupied by tree groves in cities and settlements;\nlands intended for industrial, transport, communication, defense and other purposes;\nlands intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes;\nlands of historical and cultural significance;\nforest fund lands;\nwater fund lands;\nin the cases stipulated by the law, other categories of land of the land fund can be put to use.\nThe plot of land on which the multi-apartment house is located, as well as the plot of land adjacent to the multi-apartment house, if it does not belong to the owners of the premises in the multi-apartment house in a different way, are given to these owners by the regional and Tashkent city state authorities on the basis of the right of permanent use. is put to use.\nThe right to permanent use of the plot of land must be registered in the state register in accordance with the established procedure.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement.\nLand plots for agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\n1) on the basis of the results of an open electronic competition - to individuals and legal entities;\n2) Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nat the suggestion of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Republic of Uzbekistan for conducting research and experimental "}},"Land Code of the Republic of Uzbekistan of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2392,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0075","Foreign investment in retail activity is subject to obtaining a trading license. The criteria for issuing a trading license for a foreign-invested enterprises (i.e. 51% or more foreign-owned), is discriminatory, including considerations related to their: (i) Compatibility with the competitive level of domestic enterprises in the same operational sector; (ii) Ability to create jobs for domestic workers; (iii) Ability to contribute and level of contribution to the State budget. The establishment of retail establishments (other than the first one) is also subject to an economic needs test. Pursuant to rules under Decree 09/2018/ND-CP, foreign investors wishing to establish additional retail outlets of less than 500m2 and located in a trading centre are exempted from the ENT, except in the case of mini-supermarket or convenience stores. Unlike under the previous regulation, the establishment of additional retail outlets are now subect to ENT regardless of the size and location of the outlet. The main criteria for economic needs testing are the number of service providers present in a geographic area, market stability, and geographic size.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n22. Goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading activities of foreign service suppliers in Vietnam\n22.1 Distribution Services: Franchise Services |\n1. Provisions in the Agreements:\nMeasures apply to all subsectors of distribution services: Tobacco and cigars, books, newspapers and magazines, videotaped articles, precious metals and gems, pharmaceuticals[1], drugs Explosives, crude and processed oils, rice, cane sugar and beet sugar are excluded from the scope of commitments.\n1.1. Distribution services include:\ni) Commission agency service (CPC 621, 61111, 6113, 6121)\nii) Wholesale services (CPC 622, 61111, 6113, 6121)\niii) Retail services (CPC 631 + 632, 61112, 6113, 6121).\nThe establishment of retail establishments (other than the first one) will be considered on the basis of an economic needs test (ENT)[2]. Particularly for CPTPP and EVFTA, 5 years after the Agreement comes into effect, the economic needs test will be abolished and this reservation will expire.\n1.2. Franchise service (CPC 8929): unlimited. Allows establishment of branches. The head of the branch must be a permanent resident in Vietnam.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nClause 1, Article 3 of Decree No. 09/2018/NDCP stipulates goods trading activities and activities directly related to goods trading, including the following activities:\na) Exercising the right to export;\nb) Exercise the right to import;\nc) Exercising the right to distribute;\nd) Providing commercial assessment services;\ndd) Provide logistics services;\ne) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing;\ng) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\nh) Providing commercial intermediary services;\ni) Providing e-commerce services;\nk) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services.\n- Regarding pharmaceutical distribution: Establishments that have the right to import but are not allowed to exercise the right to distribute drugs and medicinal ingredients in Vietnam, are not allowed to carry out activities directly related to the distribution of drugs and raw materials making drugs in Vietnam, except for drugs and medicinal ingredients produced by the establishment itself (Clause 10, Article 91 of Decree No. 54/2017/ND-CP).\n[1] In this schedule of commitments, “pharmaceuticals” does not include non-pharmaceutical nutritional products in the form of tablets, capsules or powders.\n[2] The application for permission to establish more than one retail establishment must follow an established and publicly available process and the authorization must be based on objective criteria. The main criteria for economic needs testing are the number of service providers present in a geographic area, market stability, and geographic size.  [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1 - General Provisions [...]\nArticle 3 Definitions\nIn this Decree the following terms are defined as follows:\n1. Activities of goods trading and directly related activities comprise the following activities:\n(a) Exercising the right to export; (b) Exercising the right to import; (c) Exercising the right to distribute; (d) Provision of commercial assessment services; (dd) Provision of logistics services; (e) Goods leasing but excluding financial leasing; (g) Provision of trade promotion services excluding advertising services; (h) Provision of trade intermediation services; (i) Provision of e-commerce services; (k) Provision of services of arranging tendering/bidding for goods and services.\n[...]\nArticle 5 Issuance of business licences and of licences to establish retail stores [retail store licences]\n1. Business licenses are granted to foreign-invested economic organizations to carry out the following activities:\na) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods, excluding goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nb) Exercise the right to import and wholesale distribution of goods specified at Point b, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nc) Exercise the right to retail distribution of goods specified at Point c, Clause 4, Article 9 of this Decree;\nd) Provide logistics services; except for logistics service sub-sectors to which Vietnam has committed to open the market in international treaties to which Vietnam is a member;\ndd) Leasing of goods, excluding financial leasing; except for rental of construction equipment with operators;\ne) Providing trade promotion services, excluding advertising services;\ng) Providing commercial intermediary services;\nh) Providing e-commerce services;\ni) Providing services of organizing bidding for goods and services. [...]\n5. Economic organizations that fall into the cases specified at Points b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment must satisfy the following conditions and perform: Procedures for granting a business license when carrying out activities requiring a business license business; procedures for granting a license to establish a retail establishment when setting up a retail establishment, according to the provisions of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 6 Cases not requiring a business licence\n1. Apart from the activities for which a business licence is required as prescribed in article 5.1 of this Decree, any economic organization with FOC and any economic organization in the cases prescribed in sub-clauses (b) and (c) of article 23.1 of the Law on Investment has the right to conduct goods trading and directly related activities prescribed in article 3.1 of this Decree after registering such activities in relevant data in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Investment and the Law on Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Business Licences\nArticle 9 Conditions for granting a business license\n1. In case a foreign investor belonging to a country or territory that is a contracting party to an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party commits to open the market for goods trading and activities directly related to sales of goods\na) Satisfy the conditions on market access in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party; [...]\n2. In case the foreign investor does not belong to a country or territory participating in an international treaty to which Vietnam is a contracting party\na) Conditions specified at Points b and c, Clause 1 of this Article;\nb) Meet the following criteria:\n- Comply with the provisions of specialized laws;\n- Matching the level of competition of domestic enterprises in the same field of operation;\n- Ability to create jobs for domestic workers;\n- Ability and level of contribution to the state budget.\n3. In case business services have not yet been committed to market opening in international treaties to which Vietnam is a contracting party: The conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n4. If there is not yet a commitment to open the market for business in the following goods in international treaties of which Vietnam is a member, namely: oil and lubricants; rice; sugar, articles with recorded images; and books, newspapers and magazines:\na) Conditions specified in Clause 2 of this Article;\nb) For goods being lubricating oil and grease: Consider granting a license to exercise the right to import or wholesale distribution to a foreign-invested economic organization that performs one of the following activities:\n- Producing lubricating oil and grease in Vietnam;\n- Producing or being allowed to distribute in Vietnam machinery, equipment and goods using special oils and greases.\nc) For goods being rice; Street; recorded items; Books, newspapers and magazines: Consideration shall be given to licensing the exercise of retail distribution rights to foreign-invested economic organizations that already have retail establishments in the form of supermarkets, mini-marts, and convenience stores in order to conduct retail at those establishments.[...]\" (Decree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 09/2018/ND-CP dated January 15, 2018 of the Government detailing the Commercial Law and the Law on Foreign Trade Management on goods purchase and sale activities and activities directly related to the purchase and sale of goods by foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations in Vietnam. [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=127637&Keyword=09/2018/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2035,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H492","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0004","Road service licences (allowing holders to carry out goods and passenger transportation services) are granted to companies in which not less than 25% of membership and all Directors are Zambian citizens, and which are not controlled by persons who are not Zambian citizens. Notwithstanding this, the relevant authority may [exceptionally] grant a road service licence to a person who does not meet such requirements, but who is a holder of an investment licence issued in terms of the ZDA Act.","2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[…]\n\"contract car\" means a motor vehicle primarily constructed or adapted for the carriage of passengers and having seating accommodation for more than seven persons other than the driver, which is let out on hire to a hirer who is to drive oneself or provide the driver for such motor vehicle;\n\"hire car \" means a public service vehicle having seating accommodation for not more than seven persons other than the driver which is let with a driver under contract over a period \\}\\hich is not less than twenty-four hours for the carriage of passengers otherwise than at separate fares; \n\"public service vehicle\" means a motor vehicle or trailer, other than a contract car hired for conveying passengers or goods or both or otherwise used for conveying passengers or goods or both for reward:\nProvided that for the purposes of th is definition- (a) a hire-purchase agreement shall be deemed to be a hiring; and (b) goods shall be deemed to be carried for hire or reward if the person who has purchased or otherwise acquired such goods from some other person transports them to any other place, and resells or otherwise disposes of them to the person from whom that person purchased or otherwise acquired them; \n[…]\nPARTVIII - LICENSING OF PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES\n101. (1) No person shall use or cause or permit to be on a road any vehicle as a public service vehicle for the carriage of goods unless there is in force in relation to such vehicle a road service licence authorising such use. \n[...]\n102.(1) Subjecttothe provisions of PartX no person shall use or cause or permit to be used any vehicle for the purpose of standing or plying for hire or as a public service vehicle for the carriage of persons unless there is in force in relation to the vehicle a road licence  authorizing such use.\n[...]\n103. ( 1) Notwithstanding anything in this Part contained, a road service licence shall be granted for authorising the use on such terms and conditions as the Agency may determine, of any station wagon vehicle as a taxi cab or public service vehicle for the carriage of persons.\n[...]\n108. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the Director may Road service licences grant to any citizen of Zambia applying for a road service licence a road service licence in the prescribed form authorising the holder to provide such road service as may be specified in the road service licence. [...]\n(3) Notwithstanding subsection (1) the Director may grant a road service licence to; or vary the provisions of a road service licence held by a person· who is not a citizen of Zambia, but is a holder of an investment licence issued in terms of the Investment Act [ZDA Act].\n(4) In this section \" citizen of Zambia \" means-\n(a) in relation to an individual, an individual who is a citizen of Zambia;\n(b) in relation to a partnership, a partnership which is composed exclusively of persons who are citizens of Zambia;\n(c) in relation to a body corporate, a body corporate which is incorporated under the laws of Zambia and-\n(i) is certified under the hand of the Minister to be controlled by the State; or (ii) not less than seventy-five percentum of membership is exclusively composed of persons who are citizens of Zambia; (iii) whose Directors are exclusively citirens of 2.ambia; and (iv) which is not controlled by any means directly or inidirectly, outside Zambia or by persons who are not exclusively citizens of Zambia [...]\"(ROAD TRAFFIC ACT, 2002)\n\n\n","ROAD TRAFFIC ACT, 2002","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2002/11/road-traffic-act-no-11-2002.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,373,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ALB","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00675","Property (private or state-owned land plots and real estate units) may be purchased by foreign natural and legal persons, but only if the proposed investment is worth three times the price of the land. Albanian individuals as well as Albanian legal entities, including foreign-owned ones, may own real estate without such restrictions.","\"Article 1 [...]\n- Foreign investor\" means: \na) any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country; or \nb) any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Albania, but with permanent residence abroad; or\nc) any legal person, which was established according to the law of a foreign country;\nç) any \"community society\", in the sense of article 49 of the Stabilization-Association Agreement, approved by law no. 9590, dated 27.7.2006 \"On the ratification of the \"Stabilization-Association Agreement between the Republic of Albania and the European Communities and their member states,which directly or indirectly seeks to make or is making an investment in the territory of the Republic of Albania in accordance with its laws, or has made an investment in accordance with the laws pertaining to the period from 31.7.1990 onwards.[...]\" (Law No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\", last amended 13.12.2018 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 1\nSite is called the entire land that is located within the boundaries of the cities (municipalities), even though if it is used for construction, garden, arable land, etc. as well as the land outside the boundaries, which at the moment of the treatment is used or will be used for construction, providing that the documentation, which verifies its alienation, as it is not agricultural land, meadow or pasture, etc. anymore, is completed. \n[...]\nArticle 2\nThe Albanian natural and legal persons are entitled to freely buy and sell sites among themselves without any limitations.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (Added with Law No. 8260/1997)\nThe foreign natural or legal persons who make or have made investments in the territory of the Republic of Albania, in compliance with Law No. 7764, dated 2.11.1993 “On foreign investments”, are entitled to buy a site for investments, state or private property, or the site of the investments that have been made or that are being made. \nThe foreign natural or legal persons are entitled to buy a site after they have managed to make the investments in compliance with the construction permit, up to a value not smaller than three times the value of the site, according to the stipulation of the Council of Ministers.\nThe foreign physical or legal persons, who have bought or constructed objects worth three times over the price of their site, are also entitled to buy the site of these objects.  \n[...]\nArticle 7\nThe sites with museum, archaeological, historical values, the national parks the reservations of the flora and fauna, the sites with special environmental values and the ones of a military character are excluded from the sale for the foreign natural and legal persons. [...]\" (Law no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997)\n-------------------\n\"Article 1 - General Provisions (Amended by Law No. 10 316, dated 16.09.2010, Article 1)\nFor the purposes of this Law, “territory” means the territory under the sovereignty of the Republic of Albania, including the territorial waters and the maritime zone and continental shelf, on which the Republic of Albania exercises its sovereign and legal rights in accordance with international norms.\n- “Foreign Investor” means:\na) any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country; or \nb) any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Albania, but who is permanently resident abroad; or\nc) any legal person established under the law of a foreign country, which directly or indirectly intends to make or is making an investment in the territory of the Republic of Albania in accordance with its laws or has made an investment in accordance with the laws pertaining to the period from 31.7.1990 and following;\n[...]\nArticle 2 - Permission and Treatment\n1. Foreign investments in the Republic of Albania shall not be subject to prior authorization. They are permitted and treated on the basis of conditions no less favorable than those which are recognized to domestic investments under similar conditions, with the exception of land ownership, which is governed by a special law.\n2. In all cases and at any time, investments have equal and unbiased treatment, enjoy full protection and security.\n3. In any case, foreign investments have a treatment not less favorable than the one provided by the generally accepted norms of international law. [...]\" (Law No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\")","Law No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\", last amended 13.12.2018 [google translation]\nLaw no. 7980, dated 27.07.1995 “On the sale and purchase of land”, as amended on 26.11.1997\nLaw No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\"","Questionnaire responded by Government Official, for the OECD SEE Competitiveness Outlook 2017\nTonucci & Partners (2017), Business Guide: Albania 2017, Tirana. ","[<a href=\"https://qbz.gov.al/preview/b9dbfd51-dfb3-4a0d-9798-6e48daa43f9f/cons/20190104\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=73&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=68&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3649,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","The chief editor of printed media companies must an Algerian national.","\"TITLE II - INFORMATION ACTIVITY THROUGH THE WRITTEN PRESS\nChapter I - Publishing periodical publications [...]\nArt. 23. The director responsible for any periodical publication must fulfill the following conditions:\n- Hold a university degree,\n- justify a minimum of ten (10) years' experience in the field of information for periodical publications of general information and five (5) years' experience in the field of scientific competence,\ntechnical or technological in the case of a specialized periodical publication,\n- Be of Algerian nationality [...]\" (Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation])","Organic law n° 12-05 of 18 Safar 1433 corresponding to January 12, 2012 relating to information [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://amb-algerie.fr/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/LOI-ORGANIQUE-N%C2%B0-12-05-DU-12-JANVIER-2012-CORRESPONDANT-A-L%E2%80%99INFORMATION.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1854,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","K649","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"1.67E-05","Local incorporation is required for carrying out venture capital activities.","\"CHAPTER I - General Provisions\nARTICLE 1. (Object and form)\n1. This Decree regulates the exercise of venture capital investment activity through Undertakings for Collective Venture Capital Investment.\n2. Undertakings for Collective Venture Capital Investment are special collective investment undertakings, constituted in one of the following ways:\na) Venture Capital Investment Funds, abbreviated as “FCR”;\nb) Venture Capital Investment Companies, abbreviated as “SCR”;\nc) Venture Capital Investors, abbreviated as “ICR”.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Undertakings for Collective Venture Capital Investment\nSECTION I - Authorization and Registration Process\nARTICLE 4. (Authorization and registration)\n1. The start of activity by the FCR, SCR and ICR is subject to prior authorization from the CMC.\n[...]\nSECTION V - Venture Capital Investment Funds [...]\nSUBSECTION II - Management Entities\nARTICLE 13. (Management Entities)\nFCRs must be managed by entities legally qualified to manage Collective Investment Undertakings.\n[...]\nSECTION VI - Venture Capital Investment Companies\nARTICLE 35. (Legal form, representation and share capital)\n1. SCRs are investment companies incorporated as a public limited company and regulated by the provisions of the Legal Regime for Collective Investment Undertakings, without prejudice to the provisions of this Diploma.\n2. The name or name of the SCR includes, in addition to the expression “Sociedade Anónima” or the abbreviation “SA”, the expression “Sociedade de Investimento em Capital de Risco” or the corresponding abbreviation “SCR”.\n3. The names, simple or compound, that use the term «Venture Capital» may only be used by Venture Capital Investment Companies.\n4. The provisions of the Commercial Companies Law apply to the capital increase of SCRs.\n[...]\nSECTION VII - Venture Capital Investors\nARTICLE 37. (Legal form and signature)\n1. ICRs are special venture capital investment companies, which must be incorporated according to the type of joint-stock company.\n2. Only natural persons can be the sole member of ICR.[...]\" (Presidential Legislative Decree no. 4/15 of 16 September - LEGAL REGIME FOR VENTURE CAPITAL INVESTMENT [google translation])","Presidential Legislative Decree no. 4/15 of 16 September - LEGAL REGIME FOR VENTURE CAPITAL INVESTMENT [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bfa.ao/media/1372/05decreto-legislativo-presidencial-n%C2%BA-4-15-de-16-de-setembro-oic-capital-de-risco.pdf\">Decre</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,600,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0009","Authorisation to register a fishing vessel and to fly the Austrian flag is conditional on majority ownership by Austrian or EEA citizens, and is conditional on the majority of the members of a legal person (e.g. managing director, board of directors and the chairman) meeting the requirements of Austrian or EEA citizenship.","\"§ 2. \nFor the purposes of this federal law,\n1. “Austrian seagoing ship”: a seagoing ship that is approved for maritime navigation in accordance with this Federal Act;\n2. \"Seagoing ship\": a vehicle which, depending on its size, type and equipment, can be used for journeys at sea (passenger ship, cargo ship, yacht, special vehicle). A rowing and paddle boat and a type of boat that can usually only be used for trips in the immediate vicinity of the coast are not considered such [...]\n6. \"Special vehicle\": a vehicle that does not fall under Z 3 to 5, in particular [...]\nc) Tugboat, fishing vessel, launch,\n[...]\n§ 3.\n(1) The flag of the Republic of Austria at sea (sea flag) in the form in accordance with Paragraph 2 may only be carried by Austrian seagoing vessels; they are not allowed to fly the sea flag of another state.\n[...]\n§ 7. [...]\n(2) Admission to sea navigationg is associated with the right and obligation to use the sea flag.\n(3) The Federal Ministry for Transport, Innovation and Technology has to issue a certificate for admission to maritime shipping, which bears the designation Seebrief. This certificate counts as a decision.\n[...]\n§ 8. \n(1) Admission to sea navigation may only be granted\n1. a natural person if they\na) has Austrian citizenship,\n(Note: lit. b and c repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\nd) is more than 50% owner of the ocean-going vessel,\n(Note: lit. e repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\n2. a partnership under commercial law, if more than 50% of its personally liable partners who are authorized to represent the company meet the requirements according to item 1 letters a to c, the majority of these persons meet the requirements of item 1 letter e and the company is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and has met the prerequisite according to item 1 lit.d;\n3. a legal person, if the majority of the members of each of its organs (e.g. managing director, board of directors) including the chairman meet the requirements according to item 1 lit. . a to c, more than 50 per cent of Austrian citizens, the federal government, a state, a municipality or a community association are entitled to the voting rights and the legal person is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area has as well as fulfilled the requirement according to item 1 letter d;\n4. the federal government, the federal states, the municipalities and the municipal associations, if they meet the requirement according to item 1 lit.d.\n[...]\n(8) Citizens of a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are on an equal footing with Austrian citizens. [...]\" (Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 2, 3, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 3, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=10011537\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,678,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0009","Authorisation to register a fishing vessel and to fly the Austrian flag is conditional on majority ownership by Austrian or EEA citizens, and is conditional on the majority of the members of a legal person (e.g. managing director, board of directors and the chairman) meeting the requirements of Austrian or EEA citizenship.","\"§ 2. \nFor the purposes of this federal law,\n1. “Austrian seagoing ship”: a seagoing ship that is approved for maritime navigation in accordance with this Federal Act;\n2. \"Seagoing ship\": a vehicle which, depending on its size, type and equipment, can be used for journeys at sea (passenger ship, cargo ship, yacht, special vehicle). A rowing and paddle boat and a type of boat that can usually only be used for trips in the immediate vicinity of the coast are not considered such [...]\n6. \"Special vehicle\": a vehicle that does not fall under Z 3 to 5, in particular [...]\nc) Tugboat, fishing vessel, launch,\n[...]\n§ 3.\n(1) The flag of the Republic of Austria at sea (sea flag) in the form in accordance with Paragraph 2 may only be carried by Austrian seagoing vessels; they are not allowed to fly the sea flag of another state.\n[...]\n§ 7. [...]\n(2) Admission to sea navigationg is associated with the right and obligation to use the sea flag.\n(3) The Federal Ministry for Transport, Innovation and Technology has to issue a certificate for admission to maritime shipping, which bears the designation Seebrief. This certificate counts as a decision.\n[...]\n§ 8. \n(1) Admission to sea navigation may only be granted\n1. a natural person if they\na) has Austrian citizenship,\n(Note: lit. b and c repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\nd) is more than 50% owner of the ocean-going vessel,\n(Note: lit. e repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\n2. a partnership under commercial law, if more than 50% of its personally liable partners who are authorized to represent the company meet the requirements according to item 1 letters a to c, the majority of these persons meet the requirements of item 1 letter e and the company is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and has met the prerequisite according to item 1 lit.d;\n3. a legal person, if the majority of the members of each of its organs (e.g. managing director, board of directors) including the chairman meet the requirements according to item 1 lit. . a to c, more than 50 per cent of Austrian citizens, the federal government, a state, a municipality or a community association are entitled to the voting rights and the legal person is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area has as well as fulfilled the requirement according to item 1 letter d;\n4. the federal government, the federal states, the municipalities and the municipal associations, if they meet the requirement according to item 1 lit.d.\n[...]\n(8) Citizens of a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are on an equal footing with Austrian citizens. [...]\" (Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 2, 3, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 3, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=10011537\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,678,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","K6419X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.006","Botswana's bank lincensing policy seeks to promote/encourage local shareholding, but no statutory local shareholding limit has been officially stipulated.","\"3. AUTHORITY TO TRANSACT BANKING BUSINESS\n(1) No person shall transact banking business in Botswana without a valid licence issued by the Central Bank.\n[...]\n4. REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE\n(1) No foreign bank, shall, without the written authority of the Central Bank, establish a representative office in Botswana\n(2) Subject to the provisions of sections 3 and 6, no representative office shall conduct any banking business in Botswana.[...]\n(5) For the purposes of this section \"representative office\" in relation to a foreign bank means the office providing any financial or banking activities in Botswana on behalf of such foreign bank.\n[...]\n6. APPLICATION FOR BANKING LICENSE\n(1) Every application for a license to transact banking business in Botswana shall be- [...]\n(b) be accompanied by certified copies of the applicant's certificate of incorporation in Botswana, the applicant's memorandum and articles of association, and such other corporate documents, financial documents and data, in English, as the Central Bank may require.\n[...]\n8. CONDITIONS FOR ISSUING BANKING LICENSE\n(1) No applicant shall be granted a license unless it is incorporated under the Companies Act and limited by share capital, and the Central Bank is satisfied that it is a fit and proper recipient of a banking licence, and complies with such requirements as may be prescribed.[...]\" (BANKING ACT No.13 of 1995)\n-----------------\n\"3. Applications for banking licences\n(1) The following corporate documents and information shall be furnished in an application for a licence to transact banking business under the Act: [...]\n(c) details of the shareholding of the applicant and prospects for local shareholding;[...]\" (CHAPTER 46:04 - BANKING REGULATIONS, 1995)\n-----------------\n\"2. TYPES OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS TO BE LICENSED\n2.1 In accordance with the Banking Regulations, 1995, the Bank can issue banking licenses in the different categories indicated below: [...]\n(e) Representative Offices\n2.10 A foreign bank may be granted permission to establish a representative office in Botswana. Such a licence shall normally only be granted to reputable international banking organisations headquartered in jurisdictionsrecognised by the Bank, and assessed to be compliant with international standards for effective supervision of banks. A representative office shall be prohibited from carrying out traditional financial intermediation business and its activities shall be restricted to the following:\n(i) advertising, marketing and promotion business on behalf of the foreign parent bank; and\n(ii) agency services aimed at facilitating business transactions between domestic entities and the foreign parent bank.\n[...]\nMINIMUM CRITERIA FOR AUTHORISATION AND OWNERSHIP OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS\n4.1 The Bank shall, in accordance with Regulation 3 of the Banking Regulations, 1995 and Section 6(1) of the Banking Act, prescribe documents and data, to be availed upon application for a banking licence. Section 8 of the Banking Act requires the Bank to determine minimum prudential requirements and to be fully satisfied with all information necessary in processing an application for a banking licence, as follows: [...]\n(g) Local Shareholding and Incorporation\n4.25 In accordance with Section 6(1)(b) of the Banking Act (CAP. 46:04), only an application from a company incorporated or intending to be incorporated under the Companies Act shall be considered.\n4.26 A degree of local ownership in each financial institution shall be encouraged, hence consideration will be given to the applications providing for prospects for local participation as required under Regulation 3(1)(c) of the Banking Regulations, 1995.[...]\" (THE LICENSING POLICY UNDER THE BANKING ACT (CAP. 46:04))","BANKING ACT No.13 of 1995\nCHAPTER 46:04 - BANKING REGULATIONS, 1995\nTHE LICENSING POLICY UNDER THE BANKING ACT (CAP. 46:04)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bankofbotswana.bw/sites/default/files/Banking-Act-4.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bankofbotswana.bw/sites/default/files/Banking-Act-Regulations_0.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bankofbotswana.bw/sites/default/files/licensing-policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,238,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.01125","Foreign investors can lease state land for commercial, industrial use for up to 50 years, similarly to citizens and citizen-owned companies. Foreign investors are not allowed however to lease residential state land, whereas citizens can lease them for up to 99 years. ","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"state land\" means unalienated state land and reacquired state land and includes any land outside Botswana ownership whereof is vested in the Republic;\n\"unalienated state land\" means any land in Botswana other than- \n(a) land included in any tribal territory or the Barolong Farms other than land within a township established under the Townships Act;\n(b) land included in any grant thereof made by or on behalf of Her Majesty prior to the commencement of this Act or on behalf of the President under this Act;\n(c) the farms \"Ramatlabama's Kuil\" (60-JO), \"Forest Hill\" (9-KO), \"Traquair\" (10-KO) and \"Crocodile Pools\" (15-KO);\n\"reacquired state land\" means any land in Botswana not being unalienated state land, ownership whereof is vested in the Republic.\n3. Disposal of state land\nThe President may make and execute grants or other dispositions of any state land or of any interest therein.[...]\" (State Land Act (Chapter 32:01) of 1980, as amended)\n---------------\n\"b) State Land\n[...]\n13. Allocation is made through Fixed Period State Grant of 99 years in the case of residential and 50 years for business and civic and community uses. However, only citizens are eligible for allocation of residential land. Licenses of up to 5 years and leases of up to 25 years are also granted. Grants below 10 years are not registrable at the Deeds Registry. [...]\" (BOTSWANA LAND POLICY, GOVERNMENT PAPER NO. 4 OF 2015)\n","State Land Act (Chapter 32:01) of 1980, as amended\nBOTSWANA LAND POLICY, GOVERNMENT PAPER NO. 4 OF 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot39081.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot196817.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,216,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","A01","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.01","Brunei's CPTPP Annex 1 on Non-Conforming Measures lists a series of restrictions that are supposedly reflective of underlying regulations listed in the measures section of the Annex entry. In this case, the Brunei Darussalam's Long-Term Development Plan and Administrative Measures and Guidelines are said to prohibit foreign investors from using land under the control of the  Department of Agriculture, Ministry of Primary Resources and Tourism for any agriculture and services incidental to agricultural activities unless they comply with the specified local content requirements. Based on such entry alone it is unclear what is the scope and format of such restrictions, and the extent to which they actually imply a discriminatory treatment in relation to foreign-owned locally incorporated firms. The actual text of the referred underlying regulations cound not be accessed and verified. \n\nBrunei Darussalam's latest WTO Trade Policy Review (WTO, 2015) provides additional clarity to the regulatory regime in place: \"[...] Full foreign investment may be allowed in most activities, except in those that use natural resources, relate to food security, and are located in industrial sites for which 30% minimum local equity participation is required. [...]  Foreign investment in primary sectors is capped at 70% [...].\". Reply by the Bruneian Delegation to questions of WTO members on the occasion of a previous Trade Policy Review in 2008 clarifies the scope of application of local content requirements: \"[...] REPORT BY THE SECRETARIAT (WT/TPR/S/196) Summary Observations; (5) Outlook; Page xiii, Paragraph 27: The Secretariat Report notes that \"Foreign investment policies, while encouraging investment in all sectors, are unclear about limits on foreign equity holdings and the sectors in which investment is restricted\" [...]. Answer: (b) Brunei Darussalam does not have a list. However, under the ASEAN Investment Area Bold Measures Agreement signed in January 1999, Brunei Darussalam allows for 100% foreign equity ownership in high-technology manufacturing and export oriented industries. Other than that, full foreign ownership is not permitted in sectors involving local natural resources (notably fisheries and agriculture) and those relating to national food security where a minimum of 30% local participation is required. [...]\" (WTO, 2008).\n\nTherefore, for the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that foreign investment in agriculture, forestry, fisheries, mining and electricity generation is subject to joint venture with local equity partners. ","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Agriculture and Services Incidental to Agriculture\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10)\nMeasures: Brunei Darussalam Long-Term Development Plan, Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\nForeign investors may not utilise sites under the control of the Department of Agriculture, Ministry of Primary Resources and Tourism, for any agriculture and services incidental to agriculture activities unless they comply with these requirements: (a) to purchase, use or accord a preference to goods produced in Brunei Darussalam, or to purchase goods from local suppliers; (b) to achieve a given level or percentage of domestic content; or (c) to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge to persons in Brunei Darussalam, as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)","WTO (2015) Trade Policy Review of Brunei Darussalam: report by the Secretariat, WT/TPR/S/309/Rev.1, April 7.\nWTO (2008) Trade Policy Review of Brunei Darussalam: Minutes of Meeting - Addendum, WT/TPR/M/196/Add.1 , April 10.","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S006.aspx?Query=((%20@Title=%20brunei%20darussalam)%20or%20(@CountryConcerned=%20brunei%20darussalam))%20and%20(%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/s/*%20)%20or%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/m/*%20not%20add*)%20or%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/m/*%20and%20add*))&Language=ENGLISH&Context=FomerScriptedSearch&languageUIChanged=true#\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S006.aspx?Query=((%20@Title=%20brunei%20darussalam)%20or%20(@CountryConcerned=%20brunei%20darussalam))%20and%20(%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/s/*%20)%20or%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/m/*%20not%20add*)%20or%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/m/*%20and%20add*))&Language=ENGLISH&Context=FomerScriptedSearch&languageUIChanged=true#\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3035,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0009","EU/EEA investors can carry out insurance activities in Bulgaria wuithout restrictions. Non-EU/EEA investors may carry out insurance activities in Bulgaria following the establishment of a branch, subject to reciprocity requirement.","\"Section II - Carrying out an activity in the Republic of Bulgaria by a third-country insurer\nConditions for conducting business\nArt. 56. (1) An insurer from a third country shall have the right to carry out insurance activity in the territory of the Republic of Bulgaria through a branch registered under the Commercial Act, after obtaining a license from the Commission under the terms and procedure of this Code and its implementing acts. The license may cover insurance business only by classes of insurance for which the insurer has been authorized to carry out insurance business in the country of its registered office. Simultaneous activities under Section I and Section II of Annex 1 through a branch shall not be permitted.\n[...]\nRefusal to grant a license\nArt. 58. [...] (2) The Commission may refuse to grant a license even when it finds that the competent authority in the country of the insurer's domicile does not apply the principle of reciprocity in providing access to the relevant foreign insurance market to Bulgarian insurers, and where the third-country insurer poses a risk for the national security of the Republic of Bulgaria. [...]\" (Decree No. 282 on the Insurance Code of  the Republic of Bulgaria, 29 December 2015 [google translated])","Decree No. 282 on the Insurance Code of  the Republic of Bulgaria, 29 December 2015 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dv.parliament.bg/DVWeb/showMaterialDV.jsp?idMat=99637\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2316,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","J59","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.001875","In the film distribution sector, foreign takeovers of Canadian owned and controlled distribution businesses are not permitted. Foreign investments to establish new distribution businesses in Canada are only allowed to importation and distribution activities related to proprietary products (the importer owns world rights or is a major investor). Indirect and direct takeovers of foreign distribution businesses operating in Canada are allowed only if the investor undertakes to reinvest a portion of its Canadian earnings in accordance with national and cultural policies. Hence, essentially the film distribution sector is closed to FDI, except for greenfield investment for the importation and distribution activities of proprietary products and acquisition of existing foreign distribution businesses operating in Canada.","\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the production, distribution and exhibition sector of the film and video industries be compatible with national cultural policies.\nAs part of the measures to support an indigenous Canadian distribution industry, the government has also announced new Investment Canada policy on foreign investment in the Canadian film distribution sector:\n- takeovers of Canadian owned and controlled distribution businesses will not be allowed;\n- investments to establish new distribution businesses in Canada will only be allowed to importation and distribution activities related to proprietary products (the importer owns world rights or is a major investor);\n- indirect and direct takeovers of foreign distribution businesses operating in Canada will be allowed only if the investor undertakes to reinvest a portion of its Canadian earnings in accordance with national and cultural policies;\n- all applications to Investment Canada made after February 13, 1987 will be subject to the new policy.[...]\" (Government of Canada, Investment Canada policy on foreign investment in the Canadian film distribution sector, last modified on 2017-06-08)\n--------------------------\n\"Reviewable investments\n14 (1) The following investments by non-Canadians are reviewable under this Part:\n(a) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in any manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (c), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(b) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(i), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(c) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) and the limits set out in subsection (3) apply; and\n(d) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) do not apply and the limits set out in subsection (4) apply.\nCircumstances\n(2) The circumstances referred to in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) are that the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, amounts to more than fifty per cent of the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of all entities the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the transaction of which the acquisition of control of the Canadian business forms a part.\nLimits\n(3) An investment described in paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of\n(a) the assets acquired, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(c), or\n(b) the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (d),\nis five million dollars or more.\nLimits\n(4) An investment described in paragraph (1)(d) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, is fifty million dollars or more.\nLimits for WTO investors\n14.1 (1) Despite the limits set out in subsection 14(3), but subject to subsection (1.1), an investment described in paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b) by a WTO investor or — if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor — by a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, is reviewable under section 14 only if the enterprise value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets described in paragraph 14(3)(a) or (b), as the case may be, is equal to or greater than,\n(a) to (c) [Repealed, 2017, c. 20, s. 192]\n(d) for an investment implemented at any time in the period that begins on the day on which this paragraph comes into force and that ends on December 31 of the following year, $1,000,000,000; and\n(e) for an investment implemented at any time in the year that begins after the period referred to in paragraph (d), or in any subsequent year, the amount determined under subsection (2).\n[...]\nInvestments not reviewable\n(4) Despite paragraphs 14(1)(c) and (d), an investment described in either paragraph that is implemented after this subsection comes into force is not reviewable under section 14 if it is made by\n(a) a WTO investor; or\n(b) a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor.\n[...]\nException\n(5) This section does not apply in respect of an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business that is a cultural business.\nDefinitions\n(6) In this section and section 14.2,\n[...]\ncultural business means a Canadian business that carries on any of the following activities, namely,\n(a) the publication, distribution or sale of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers in print or machine readable form, other than the sole activity of printing or typesetting of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers,\n(b) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of film or video recordings,\n(c) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of audio or video music recordings,\n(d) the publication, distribution or sale of music in print or machine readable form, or\n(e) radio communication in which the transmissions are intended for direct reception by the general public, any radio, television and cable television broadcasting undertakings and any satellite programming and broadcast network services; (entreprise culturelle)\n[...]\nFactors\n20 For the purposes of section 21, the factors to be taken into account, where relevant, are\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Canada, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the effect on employment, on resource processing, on the utilization of parts, components and services produced in Canada and on exports from Canada;\n(b) the degree and significance of participation by Canadians in the Canadian business or new Canadian business and in any industry or industries in Canada of which the Canadian business or new Canadian business forms or would form a part;\n(c) the effect of the investment on productivity, industrial efficiency, technological development, product innovation and product variety in Canada;\n(d) the effect of the investment on competition within any industry or industries in Canada;\n(e) the compatibility of the investment with national industrial, economic and cultural policies, taking into consideration industrial, economic and cultural policy objectives enunciated by the government or legislature of any province likely to be significantly affected by the investment; and\n(f) the contribution of the investment to Canada’s ability to compete in world markets.\nNet benefit\n21 (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (8) and sections 22 and 23, the Minister shall, within 45 days after the certified date referred to in subsection 18(1), send a notice to the applicant that the Minister, having taken into account any information, undertakings and representations referred to the Minister by the Director under section 19 and the relevant factors set out in section 20, is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.[...]\" (Investment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21)","Government of Canada, Investment Canada policy on foreign investment in the Canadian film distribution sector, last modified on 2017-06-08\nInvestment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/film-video-policies/investment-canadian-film-distribution.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-21.8/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,701,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000075","Except as permitted by the Insurance Companies Act, no person shall have a 'significant interest' (more than 10 per cent ownership) in any class of shares of an insurance company. The Minister is prohibited from approving a transaction that would cause a company to become a subsidiary of a foreign institution that is engaged in the insurance business, that does not have any other company as its subsidiary and that is from a non-WTO member country, unless the Minister is satisfied that treatment as favourable for companies to which the Insurance Companies Act applies exists or will be provided in the jurisdiction in which the foreign institution principally carries on business, either directly or through a subsidiary.","\"Definitions\n2  (1) In this Act, [...]\nforeign institution means an entity that is\n(a) engaged in the business of banking, the trust, loan or insurance business, the business of a cooperative credit society or the business of dealing in securities or is otherwise engaged primarily in the business of providing financial services, and\n(b) incorporated or formed otherwise than by or under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province; (institution étrangère) [...]\nsignificant interest means a significant interest determined in accordance with section 8; (intérêt substantiel)\n[...]\nSignificant interest\n8 (1) A person has a significant interest in a class of shares of a company or an insurance holding company if the aggregate of\n(a) any shares of that class beneficially owned by the person, and\n(b) any shares of that class beneficially owned by entities controlled by the person exceeds 10 per cent of all of the outstanding shares of that class of shares of the company or insurance holding company, as the case may be. \nIncreasing significant interest\n(2) A person who has a significant interest in a class of shares of a company or insurance holding company increases that significant interest in the class of shares if the person or any entity controlled by the person: (a) acquires beneficial ownership of additional shares of that class, or (b) acquires control of any entity that beneficially owns shares of that class, in such number as to increase the percentage of shares of that class that are beneficially owned by the person and by any entities controlled by the person.\n[...]\nConstraining acquisition\n407 (1) No person, or entity controlled by a person, shall, without the approval of the Minister, purchase or otherwise acquire any share of a company or purchase or otherwise acquire control of any entity that holds any share of a company if\n(a) the acquisition would cause the person to have a significant interest in any class of shares of the company; or\n(b) where the person has a significant interest in a class of shares of the company, the acquisition would increase the significant interest of the person in that class of shares.\nAmalgamation, etc., constitutes acquisition\n(2) If the entity that would result from an amalgamation, a merger or a reorganization would have a significant interest in a class of shares of a company, the entity is deemed to be acquiring a significant interest in that class of shares of the company through an acquisition for which the approval of the Minister is required under subsection (1).\nExemption\n(3) On application by a company, other than a converted company in respect of which subsection (4) or (11) applies or a company to which subsection (5) or (12) applies, the Superintendent may exempt from the application of subsection (1) and section 408 any class of non-voting shares of the company if\n(a) the aggregate book value of the shares of the class is not more than 30 per cent of the aggregate book value of all the outstanding shares of the company; or\n(b) in the case of a mutual company, the aggregate book value of the shares of the class is not more than 30 per cent of the aggregate book value of all the outstanding shares of the company and the surplus of the company.\n[...]\nMatters for consideration\n420  [...] National treatment\n(2) Where a transaction in respect of which subsection 407(1) or (2) applies would cause a company to become a subsidiary of a foreign institution that is engaged in the insurance business, that does not have any other company as its subsidiary and that is a non-WTO Member foreign institution, the Minister shall not approve the transaction unless the Minister is satisfied that treatment as favourable for companies to which this Act applies exists or will be provided in the jurisdiction in which the foreign institution principally carries on business, either directly or through a subsidiary.[...]\" (Insurance Companies Act (S.C. 1991, c. 47), last amended on 2021-06-30, Sections 2, 8, 407 and 420)","Insurance Companies Act (S.C. 1991, c. 47), last amended on 2021-06-30, Sections 2, 8, 407 and 420","n/a","[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-11.8/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,708,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","J60","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.000375","The chairperson, managers, administrators, legal representatives and the majority of the board members of broadcasting concessionaires must be Chilean citizens.","\"Article 18.- Only legal persons of public or private law, constituted in Chile and domiciled in the country, may be holders of a concession of free reception television broadcasting service or make use of it, in any capacity. Its presidents, directors, managers, administrators and legal representatives must be Chilean and not have been convicted of a crime that deserves an afflictive penalty. [...]\" (Law 18.838 creating the National Board of Television (30 September 1989), last amended on 3 November 2017, Article 18 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 3.- For the purposes of this law, telecommunications services will be classified as follows:\na) Telecommunications services of free reception or broadcasting, whose transmissions are intended for free and direct reception by the general public. These services include sound, television or other broadcasts.\n[...]\nArticle 22.- The Presidents, Managers,Administrators and legal representatives of a free reception broadcasting concessionaire, in addition to the requirements established in the preceding article, must be Chilean. In the case of Directors, foreigners may integrate it, as long as they do not constitute a majority. [...]\" (Law 18.168 on Telecommunications (2 October 1982), last amended on 26 November 2020, Articles 3 and 22 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2.- For all legal purposes, social communication media are those capable of transmitting, disclosing, disseminating or propagating, in a stable and periodic manner, texts, sounds or images intended for the public, whatever the medium or instrument used.\n[...]\nArticle 9.- In cases where the law allows the owner of a social communication medium to be a natural person, he or she must have a domicile in the country and must not have been convicted of a crime that deserves an afflictive penalty. In the case of legal persons, they must have domicile in Chile and be incorporated in the country or have an agency authorized to operate in the national territory. Its president and its administrators or legal representatives must be Chilean and not have been convicted of an offense that deserves an afflictive penalty. [...]\nConcessions for free reception sound broadcasting requested by legal persons with foreign capital participation greater than ten percent, may only be granted if it is previously proven that in their country of origin, Chileans are granted rights and obligations similar to the conditions that these applicants will enjoy in Chile.\nThe same requirement must be met to acquire an existing concession. The infringement of compliance with this condition will mean the expiration of the concession.\nArticle 10.- The media must have a responsible director and at least one person to replace him.\nThe director and those who replace him must be Chilean, have domicile and residence in the country, have no jurisdiction, be in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights, not have been convicted of a crime that deserves an afflictive penalty and, in the last two years , not have been convicted as perpetrators of repeated crimes or as repeat offenders in crimes punishable by this law. [...]\nChilean nationality will not be required if the social communication medium uses a language other than Spanish.[...]\" (Law 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), last amended on 23 December 2013, Articles 2, 9 and 10 [google translation])","Law 18.838 creating the National Board of Television (30 September 1989), last amended on 3 November 2017, Article 18\nLaw 18.168 on Telecommunications (2 October 1982), last amended on 26 November 2020, Articles 3 and 22\nLaw 19.733 on the Freedoms of Opinion and Information and the Practice of Journalism (4 June 2001), last amended on 23 December 2013, Articles 2, 9 and 10","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=30214&idParte=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=29591&idParte=&idVersion=\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=186049\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1104,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0004","The captain of a ship of Chinese nationality shall be of Chinese nationality.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1 General Provisions [...]\nArticle 2.　The term \"maritime transport\" as mentioned in this Law refers to the transport of goods by sea and the transport of passengers by sea, including direct transport between seas and rivers and between rivers and seas.\nThe provisions of Chapter IV of this law on the contract of carriage of goods by sea shall not apply to the carriage of goods by sea between ports of the People's Republic of China.\n[...]\nArticle 4.　Sea transportation and towing between ports of the People's Republic of China shall be operated by ships flying the national flag of the People's Republic of China. However, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.\nWithout the approval of the competent department of communications under the State Council, foreign ships are not allowed to operate maritime transport and towage between the ports of the People's Republic of China.\nArticle 5.　Vessels have acquired the nationality of the People's Republic of China upon legal registration and have the right to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China.\n[...]\nChapter 3 -  Crew\nSection 1 - General Provisions\nArticle 31.　Crew refers to all personnel on board the ship including the captain.\nArticle 32.　The captain, driver, chief engineer, engineer, electrician, and radio operator must be held by persons with corresponding competency certificates.\nArticle 33.　Chinese seafarers of ships engaged in international voyages must hold seaman's certificates and relevant certificates issued by the Harbor Supervision Organization of the People's Republic of China [...]\" (Maritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter II - Crew Registration and Qualifications\nArticle 4.  The term \"crew\" as mentioned in these Regulations refers to the personnel who have obtained certificates of competency for seafarers in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations, including captains, senior crew members and ordinary crew members.\nThe term \"captain\" as mentioned in these Regulations refers to the person who has obtained the qualification of captain in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations and is responsible for the management and command of the ship.\n[...]\nArticle 5.　Seafarers shall obtain corresponding certificates of competency for seafarers in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations.\nTo apply for a certificate of competency for a seaman, one must meet the following conditions:\n(1) Be at least 18 years old (16 years old for interns and trainees on board) and not more than 60 years old for the first application;\n(2) have undergone basic safety training for the crew.\n[...]\nArticle 8.　The captain of a ship of Chinese nationality shall be a seaman of Chinese nationality.[...]\" (Regulations of the People's Republic of China on Crew\" 2020 Revision (Full Text)[google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The following ships shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations:\n(1) Ships owned by citizens of the People's Republic of China whose residences or principal places of business are located within the territory thereof;\n(2) Ships owned by enterprises with legal person status established under the laws of the People's Republic of China and whose principal places of business are located within the territory thereof, provided that, where foreign investment is involved, the proportion of registered capital contributed by Chinese investors shall not be less than 50 per cent;\n[...]\nArticle 3. Ships are allowed to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China only after being registered according to law and granted the nationality of the People's Republic of China. No ship may sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China without being registered.\nArticle 4. A ship shall not have dual nationality. A ship registered abroad whose former registration of nationality has not been suspended or deleted shall not be granted the Chinese nationality.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Ships of Chinese nationality shall be manned by Chinese citizens. In case it is necessary to recruit foreign seafarers, their employment shall be approved by the competent department of transport and communications under the State Council.\nSeafarers on board ships of Chinese nationality who are required to possess certificates of competency shall hold the appropriate certificates of competency issued by the People's Republic of China.[...]\" (Regulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nMaritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended\nRegulations of the People's Republic of China on Crew\" 2020 Revision (Full Text)[google translation]\nRegulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/guoqing/2020-12/24/content_5572935.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.waizi.org.cn/doc/86155.html\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2020-12/26/content_5575071.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2527,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CRI","D3510X11","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0002625","Private companies are allowed to invest in power plants in hydroelectric and non-conventional energy sources, provided that the Costa Rican Electricity Institute (Instituto Costarricense de Electricidad, ICE) purchases the electricity produced. 35% of the capital stock of the company must be owned by Costa Rican nationals. Participation of foreign capital in public or private legal persons entering into joint ventures with the Public Services Company of Heredia (ESPH) is limited to a maximum of 49% of the capital stock. There is no restriction on foreign investment in electricity generation for own consumption.","\"ARTICLE 1.- Definition.\nFor the purposes of this Law, autonomous or parallel generation is defined as the energy produced by power plants of limited capacity, belonging to private companies or cooperatives that can be integrated into the national electricity system.\nThe electrical energy generated from the municipal solid waste processing will be exempt from the provisions of this Law and may be acquired by the Costa Rican Electricity Institute (ICE) or the National Power and Light Company (CNFL), according to the rates approved by the National Electricity Service (SNE).\nARTICLE 2.- They are power plants with limited capacity, hydroelectric power plants and those not conventional that do not exceed twenty thousand kilowatts (20,000 KW).\nARTICLE 3.- Public interest.\nThe purchase of electricity, by ICE, from cooperatives and private companies in which at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the capital stock belongs to Costa Ricans, who establish power plants with limited capacity to exploit the hydraulic potential on a small scale and from non-conventional energy sources, is declared of public interest.\nARTICLE 4.- Conventional sources of energy are all those that use hydrocarbons, mineral coal or water as a basic element.\nARTICLE 5.- Powers of the SNE.\nThe (SNE) (*) will have the power to grant concessions destined to exploit power plants of limited capacity, up to a maximum of twenty thousand kilowatts (20,000 kw) and for a term not exceeding twenty years.\nLikewise, it may extend these concessions, modify or transfer them, without requiring legislative authorization; but this requirement will be essential when the exploitation exceeds twenty thousand kilowatts or the purchaser has approved concessions that, added to the new one, exceed that amount.\nThe kilowatt limit established in the previous paragraph will also apply to concessions that are granted in favor of individuals or legal entities that are not contemplated in articles 1 and 2 of this Law. From these provisions, the CNFL is exempted.\n[...]\nARTICLE 20.- Authorization for the purchase of energy.\nICE is authorized to purchase electricity from privately owned power plants, up to fifteen percent (15%) in addition to the limit indicated in Article 7 of this Law.\nThis authorization is to acquire energy from hydraulic, geothermal, wind and any other unconventional source, in blocks of no more than fifty thousand kilowatts (50,000 kw ) of maximum power.[...]\" (Law no. 7200 Authorizing Autonomous or Parallel Electricity Generation (09/28/1990), last amended by Law no. 8114 of 07/04/2001, Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 20 [google translation]) \n------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 1.- The Public Services Company of Heredia is transformed into a public utility company with an indefinite term, called Public Services Company of Heredia Sociedad Anónima, whose name may be abbreviated Empresa de Servicios Públicos de Heredia SA, hereinafter, the Company.\nThe registered office of the Company will be the city of Heredia.\n[...]\nARTICLE 15.- The Company is empowered to establish strategic alliances with persons of public or private law, provided that the latter have at least fifty-one percent (51%) of Costa Rican capital and their foreign participants have recognized technical and moral prestige. by the National University, with the purpose of financing, investing and developing the necessary projects to provide the services that have been entrusted to it. When the alliance with public law entities is established, no type of contest will be required; However, if it is carried out with private law persons, the Company will determine regulatory procedures that comply with the principles of publicity, equal opportunities, free competition and reasoned resolution.\nLikewise, for the fulfillment of its purposes, the Company may acquire by any title; movable or immovable property, real or personal rights, you may also mortgage, lease, lease, pledge in any other way or possess and dispose of them. In addition, it may grant guarantees, provided that it obtains some economic benefit from this, it may confer powers when it suits the interests of the company and establish trusts.[...]\" (Law no. 7789 on the Transformation of the Public Services Company of Heredia ESPH (04/30/1998), last amended by Law no. 8660 of 08/08/2008, Articles 1 and 15 [google translation])","Law no. 7200 Authorizing Autonomous or Parallel Electricity Generation (09/28/1990), last amended by Law no. 8114 of 07/04/2001, Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 20 \nLaw no. 7789 on the Transformation of the Public Services Company of Heredia ESPH (04/30/1998), last amended by Law no. 8660 of 08/08/2008, Articles 1 and 15","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=7591&nValor3=8139&strTipM=TC\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=39919&nValor3=73653&strTipM=TC\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1119,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CRI","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0006","Participation of foreign capital in public or private legal persons entering into joint ventures with the Public Services Company of Heredia (ESPH) is limited to a maximum of 49% of the capital stock.","\"ARTICLE 1.- The Public Services Company of Heredia is transformed into a public utility company with an indefinite term, called Public Services Company of Heredia Sociedad Anónima, whose name may be abbreviated Empresa de Servicios Públicos de Heredia SA, hereinafter, the Company .\nThe registered office of the Company will be the city of Heredia.\n[...]\nARTICLE 15.- The Company is empowered to establish strategic alliances with persons of public or private law, provided that the latter have at least fifty-one percent (51%) of Costa Rican capital and their foreign participants have recognized technical and moral prestige. by the National University, with the purpose of financing, investing and developing the necessary projects to provide the services that have been entrusted to it. When the alliance with public law entities is established, no type of contest will be required; However, if it is carried out with private law persons, the Company will determine regulatory procedures that comply with the principles of publicity, equal opportunities, free competition and reasoned resolution.\nLikewise, for the fulfillment of its purposes, the Company may acquire by any title; movable or immovable property, real or personal rights, you may also mortgage, lease, lease, pledge in any other way or possess and dispose of them. In addition, it may grant guarantees, provided that it obtains some economic benefit from this, it may confer powers when it suits the interests of the company and establish trusts.[...]\" (Law no. 7789 on the Transformation of the Public Services Company of Heredia ESPH (04/30/1998), last amended by Law no. 8660 of 08/08/2008, Articles 1 and 15 [google translation])","Law no. 7789 on the Transformation of the Public Services Company of Heredia ESPH (04/30/1998), last amended by Law no. 8660 of 08/08/2008, Articles 1 and 15","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=39919&nValor3=73653&strTipM=TC\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1117,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","K649","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000025","According to the 2018 Payment System Act, payment institutions and registered account information service providers from non-EU/EEA member states may not provide payment services in Croatia, unless they incorporate a payment institution in Croatia or within the territory of an EU/EEA member state. \nUnder the 2018 Electronic Money Act, non-EU/EEA electronic money institutions are allowed to provide electronic money payment services associated with the issuance of electronic money in Croatia either directly or through a branch established under special\nrules. Among others, a reciprocity condition applies to the establishment of a branch in Croatia in these cases. ","\"Article 7\n(1) Payment service providers in the Republic of Croatia may be:\n1) credit institutions, in particular:\na) credit institutions established in the Republic of Croatia;\nb) credit institutions established in another Member State within the meaning of Article 4, paragraph (1), item (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, including their branches within the meaning of Article 4, paragraph (1), item (17) of that Regulation when those branches are established in the Republic of Croatia;\nc) third-country credit institutions through their branches established in the Republic of Croatia;\n2) electronic money institutions, in particular:\na) electronic money institutions established in the Republic of Croatia;\nb) electronic money institutions established in another Member State, including their branches established in the Republic of Croatia;\nc) third-country electronic money institutions through their branches established in the Republic of Croatia;\n3) small electronic money institutions established in the Republic of Croatia;\n4) payment institutions, in particular:\na) payment institutions established in the Republic of Croatia;\nb) payment institutions established in another Member State, including their branches established in the Republic of Croatia;\n5) small payment institutions established in the Republic of Croatia;\n6) registered account information service providers, in particular:\na) registered account information service providers established in the Republic of Croatia;\nb) registered account information service providers established in another Member State, including their branches established in the Republic of Croatia;  [...]\" (Payment System Act (NN 66/2018; 10 July 2018), Article 7 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5\n(1) Electronic money issuers in the Republic of Croatia may be:\n1) credit institutions, in particular:\na) credit institutions established in the Republic of Croatia;\nb) credit institutions established in another Member State within the meaning of Article 4, paragraph (1), item (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, including their branches within the meaning of Article 4, paragraph (1), item (17) of that Regulation when those branches are established in the Republic of Croatia;\nc) third-country credit institutions through their branches established in the Republic of Croatia;\n2) electronic money institutions, in particular:\na) electronic money institutions established in the Republic of Croatia;\nb) electronic money institutions established in another Member State, including their branches established in the Republic of Croatia;\nc) third-country electronic money institutions through their branches established in the Republic of Croatia;\n3) small electronic money institutions established in the Republic of Croatia;\n[...]\nArticle 69\n(1) A third-country electronic money institution may issue electronic money in the territory of the Republic of Croatia only through a branch.\n(2) The Croatian National Bank shall be competent for issuing authorisations to establish a branch of a third-country electronic money institution. \n[...]\nArticle 70\n(1) A third-country electronic money institution intending to issue electronic money in the Republic of Croatia, i.e. a branch of that institution, in addition to the conditions referred to in Article 16, paragraph (1), items (1), (2), (4), (6), (8) and (11) of this Act, shall also meet the following conditions: [...]\n7) electronic money institutions having their head office in the Republic of Croatia are allowed to establish a branch in that third country at least under the same conditions applying to the electronic money institution establishing a branch in the Republic of Croatia; [...]\" (Electronic Money Act (NN 64/2018; 10 July 2018), Articles 5, 69 and 70 [unofficial translation])","Payment System Act (NN 66/2018; 10 July 2018), Article 7 \nElectronic Money Act (NN 64/2018; 10 July 2018), Articles 5, 69 and 70","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_66_1330.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.hnb.hr/documents/20182/529405/e-payment-system-act_66-2018.pdf/b6a206ea-8279-4103-8daa-e343b6347f4d\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_64_1304.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.hnb.hr/documents/20182/529405/e-electronic-money-act_64-2018.pdf/9906dc50-efef-467c-90c5-293db538b41b\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF4",1,1057,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.015","Foreign shareholding in enterprises holding a concession to exploit agricultural land is limited to 49%.","\"Section 2\nThe provisions of this law apply to the exploitation, training and agricultural research, the financing of agricultural activity as well as the marketing of agricultural products, the protection of the environment and the regimes customs and tax.\nThey do not apply to livestock, fishing and aquaculture.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2: GENERAL OBLIGATIONS\nSection 4\nThe State exercises permanent sovereignty over natural resources and plant genetic resources for food and agriculture.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2: ACQUISITION OF AGRICULTURAL LAND\nSection 1: Allocation and withdrawal of agricultural land\nSection 16\nAgricultural land is granted to farmers and developed under the conditions defined by law.\nHowever, the applicant also meets the following conditions:\na) be a natural person of Congolese nationality or a legal person under Congolese law whose shares or shares, as the case may be, are majority owned by the Congolese State and/or by nationals.\nb) have a residence, domicile or known registered office in the Democratic Republic of the Congo;\nc) present proof of registration in the commercial register, if it is a person carrying on business;\n[...]\nSection 2: Assignment of rights\nSection 20\nAgricultural concessions are assignable and transferable under the conditions provided for by law.\nSection 21\nThe dealer is subject to the eligibility conditions provided for in article 16 of this law.\n[...]\nSection 3: Farm leases\nSection 23\nSubject to the provisions of this law, farm leases are governed by common law.\nSection 24\nThe agricultural concession holder has the right to rent his concession to a third party who is bound to respect its agricultural use. He notifies the local administration having agriculture in its attributions. The concessionaire remains jointly and severally liable with the lessee vis-à-vis the State for the obligations subscribed to in the agricultural contract.\nIn this case, the concession may be subject to either a farm lease or a sharecropping lease, in accordance with the law and the rules relating to rural leases.\nSection 25\nWhen the concession for agricultural use is rented out, the lessee has a right of first refusal in the event of its transfer for consideration, provided that he complies with the requirements of article 16 above and that he does not have a concession for agricultural use that has not been developed.[...]\" (Law No. 11/022 of December 24, 2011 on fundamental principles relating to agriculture [google translation])","Law No. 11/022 of December 24, 2011 on fundamental principles relating to agriculture [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/cng109785.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,285,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","The director of publications of printed media company needs to be a Congolese national.","\"TITLE TWO: FROM THE WRITTEN PRESS\nCHAPTER I: PRESS COMPANIES\nSECTION I: PERIODIC WRITINGS [...]\nArticle 23: One or more foreign natural or legal persons may create, in association with Zairians, a press company, subject to a majority participation of Zairians in the capital of the company.\nSECTION II: DIRECTOR OF PUBLICATION\nArticle 24: Any newspaper or periodical must have a Director of publication. He must be a professional journalist, of Congolese nationality, of legal age and enjoy his civil rights.\n[…]\nCHAPTER III: THE PRIVATE SECTOR OF SOUND BROADCASTING AND TELEVISION\n SECTION 1: CONDITIONS OF OPERATION IN TERMS OF SOUND BROADCASTING AND TELEVISION [...]\nArticle 61: Natural or legal persons of foreign nationality may be authorized to create an audiovisual communication company subject to reciprocity and subject to majority participation in favor of Congolese in the capital of the company.\" (ACT N°96- 002 OF JUNE 22, 1996 FIXING THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR THE EXERCISE OF PRESS FREEDOM [google translation])","ACT N°96- 002 OF JUNE 22, 1996 FIXING THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR THE EXERCISE OF PRESS FREEDOM [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://jed-afrique.org/2000/08/10/loi-n96-002-du-22-juin-1996-fixant-les-modalites-de-lexercice-de-la-liberte-de-presse/\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,309,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.002333333","Foreign investment in mining and small-scale mining activities is subject to joint-venture requirements with Congolese investors.","\"TITLE ONE: GENERAL\nChapter One: DEFINITIONS OF TERMS, SCOPE AND FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES\nSection I: Definitions of terms and scope\nArticle 1: Definitions of terms\nUnder the terms of this Code, the following terms mean: [...]\n10. Approved trading post: any person authorized to buy artisanally mined mineral substances from traders or artisanal miners, with a view to reselling them locally or exporting them in accordance with the provisions of this Code; [...]\n22. Small-Scale Mining: any activity by which a person engages in small-scale and permanent exploitation, requiring a minimum of fixed installations using semi-industrial or industrial processes, after the discovery of a deposit; [...]\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: MINING [...]\nArticle 71 bis: Participation of natural persons of Congolese nationality in the share capital\nThe participation of natural persons of Congolese nationality is required for the constitution of share capital of mining companies.\nThe persons referred to in the preceding paragraph hold at least 10% of the share capital.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: SMALL-SCALE MINING [...]\nArticle 104: Conditions for granting the Small-Scale Mining Exploitation License\nIn addition to the conditions provided for in letters b to g of article 71 of this Code, no one may obtain a small-scale mining permit if he does not demonstrate the existence of a deposit whose technical factors do not allow not a profitable industrial operation by presenting a feasibility study accompanied by a technical framework plan for the development, construction and operation of the mine. \nIn addition to the conditions listed above, any person of foreign nationality must create a company under Congolese law in association with one or more persons of Congolese nationality whose participation may not be less than 25% of the share capital.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V: INDUSTRIALIZATION OF THE MINING SECTOR [...]\nArticle 108 quater: The processing entity and the processing plant.\n1) Of the processing entity\nAny person not holding a mining exploitation title who intends to engage solely in the processing of mineral substances requires and obtains a processing authorization from the Minister in accordance with the provisions of this Code and the Mining Regulations.\nb. From the processing plant\nAny person who proposes to engage solely in the transformation of mineral substances, complies with the legislation in this area.\nAny person not holding a mining exploitation title who proposes to engage solely in the processing of mineral substances reserves at least 50% of the share capital to the Congolese.\n[...]\nTITLE IV: ARTISANAL OPERATION OF MINES AND QUARRIES\nCHAPTER II: HOLDING, TRANSPORT AND MARKETING OF PRODUCTS OF ARTISANAL EXPLOITATION [...]\nArticle 126: Obligations of approved counters\nApproved counters must, on the one hand, submit to controls during the purchase and sale of artisanal mining products by the Mining Administration and by a public body responsible for expertise, and on the other hand, provide reports of their activities in accordance with this Code and its implementing measures.\nApproved counters are also bound by the following obligations: [...] e. have within the company a participation of at least 25% of the share capital reserved for Congolese. [...]\" (LAW N° 007/2002 OF JULY 11, 2002 ON THE MINING CODE, as amended [google translation])","LAW N° 007/2002 OF JULY 11, 2002 ON THE MINING CODE, as amended [google translation]\nLoi n°18/001 du 09 mars 2018 modifiant et complétant la Loi n° 007/2002 du 11 juillet 2002 portant Code minier [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/cng46321.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/cng197058.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,296,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0000875","The establishment of branches of foreign tourism companies in Egypt is subject to a reciprocity condition (Art 9 of the Decision of the Minister of Tourism No. 209 of 2009)","\"Article 1\nTourist companies are companies that are established to practice the tourism activity in all or some of the fields stipulated in Article (1) of the Tourism Companies Regulation Law, and they are divided into three categories: (A), (B), and (C), according to the provision of Article (2). ) of the same law.\n[...]\nArticle 2\nConditions for granting a license to tourism companies: [...]\n1- The facility applying for the license should take the form of a company, whatever the legal system it is subject to.\n2- The declared company’s contract does not include purposes other than the practice of the tourist activity in the areas stipulated in Article (1) of the Law on Regulating Tourist Companies.\n3- The company should have a headquarters in the Arab Republic of Egypt.\n4- The company should have an Egyptian general manager.\n[...]\nArticle 9\nTo obtain a license for foreign tourism companies to open branches in the Arab Republic of Egypt, the following is required:\n(A) That the company belongs to one of the countries that give Egyptian companies the right to establish branches in it, and this is verified by an official certificate from the Egyptian Ministry of Foreign Affairs.[...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Tourism No. 209 of 2009: the executive regulations of Law No. 38 of 1977 regulating tourism companies and its amendments, as amended [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe provisions of this law, in a manner that does not conflict with Law No. 28 of 1981 on civil aviation, apply to all companies, whatever the legal system they are subject to, that are established to practice tourism activity in all or some of the following fields:\n1- Organizing group or individual tourist trips inside or outside Egypt according to specific programs and implementing the related transportation, accommodation and related services.\n2- Selling or dispensing travel tickets, facilitating the transportation of luggage and reserving places on various means of transport, as well as agency on behalf of airlines, navigation and other transport companies.\n3- Operating the means of transportation from land, sea, air and river to transport tourists.\nThe Minister of Tourism may add to these areas other areas related to tourism and service for tourists.\nThe executive regulation of this law specifies the procedures for granting licenses in the aforementioned fields, provided that the company’s capital is not less than two million pounds and that it pays a financial security to the Ministry of Tourism in accordance with what is specified by the regulation, not exceeding two hundred thousand pounds.[...]\" (Law No. 38 of 1977: Regulating Tourist Companies, as amended [google translation])","Decision of the Minister of Tourism No. 209 of 2009: the executive regulations of Law No. 38 of 1977 regulating tourism companies and its amendments, as amended [google translation]\nLaw No. 38 of 1977: Regulating Tourist Companies, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/251820\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/93589\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1380,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0225","From 2017, foreign equity is allowed up to 49% in companies engaging in imports into Egypt. Moreover, the activities of commercial agents and intermediaries are reserved for companies where partners are either Egyptian nationals or Egyptian legal persons with majority Egyptian ownership. Previously, no foreign equity was allowed in companies engaging in importing activity and partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations had to be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1346,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","C19T23","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.005","A trading licence in various commercial activities, including manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail distribution, accommodation, food services and other touristic activities [listed in Schedule 1 of the referenced Regulation], shall only be granted to a non-Eswatini citizen or company not wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens where (i) there there are no available Eswatini citizens to provide the service; or (ii) where Eswatini citizens cannot meet the demand. In any case, a non-Eswatini Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Eswatini Nation Land.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,489,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","C24_25","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.006","A trading licence in various commercial activities, including manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail distribution, accommodation, food services and other touristic activities [listed in Schedule 1 of the referenced Regulation], shall only be granted to a non-Eswatini citizen or company not wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens where (i) there there are no available Eswatini citizens to provide the service; or (ii) where Eswatini citizens cannot meet the demand. In any case, a non-Eswatini Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Eswatini Nation Land.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,490,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.000140625","Without clauses of national assimilation or reciprocity, foreigners may not acquire, directly or indirectly, more than 20 per cent of the equity capital or voting rights of enterprises that issue press publications in the French language.","\"Article 1\nWithin the meaning of this law, the expression \"press publication\" designates any service using a written method of disseminating thought made available to the general public or to categories of public and appearing at regular intervals.\nBy online press service is meant any online public communication service published in a professional capacity by a natural or legal person who has editorial control of its content, consisting of the production and making available to the public of a content. original, of general interest, regularly renewed, composed of information presenting a link with current events and having been the subject of a journalistic treatment, which does not constitute a promotional tool or an accessory to an activity industrial or commercial.\nA decree specifies the conditions under which an online press service can be recognized, in particular with a view to benefiting from the advantages attached to it. For online press services of a political and general information nature, this recognition implies the employment, on a regular basis, of at least one professional journalist within the meaning of Article L. 7111-3 of the Labor Code. .\nArticle 2\nThe provisions of this law apply to publishing companies.\nWithin the meaning of this law, the expression \"publishing company\" designates any natural or legal person or legal group publishing, as owner or tenant-manager, a press publication or an online press service.\n[...]\nArticle 7\nSubject to international commitments entered into by France and comprising either a clause of national assimilation or a reciprocity clause in the field of the press, foreigners may not, from the publication of this law, proceed to a acquisition having the effect of increasing, directly or indirectly, their share to more than twenty percent of the share capital or voting rights of a company publishing a French-language publication.\nFor the application of the preceding paragraph, any company whose majority of the share capital or voting rights is held by foreigners, as well as any association of which the majority of directors are foreign, is foreign.[...]\" (Law n ° 86-897 of 1 August 1986 reforming the legal regime of the press, last amended by Law n°2019-486 of 22 May 2019, Articles 1, 2 and 7 [google translation])","Law n ° 86-897 of 1 August 1986 reforming the legal regime of the press, last amended by Law n°2019-486 of 22 May 2019, Articles 1, 2 and 7 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/loda/id/JORFTEXT000000687451/2021-08-11/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,741,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DEU","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00216","The right to carry out transport of goods and persons between two points on the inland waterways covered by the Revised Convention for the navigation on the Rhine is reserved to vessels owned by either nationals of Contracting States of that Convention or Member States of the EU, or companies based on the territory of any of these States, which are owned in majority and controlled by nationals of these States.","\"Article 2\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and the rafts or wooden trains coming from the Rhine will have the right to choose any route they like when crossing the Netherlands to return from the Rhine to the open sea or to Belgium and vice versa.\nIf, as a result of natural events or works of art, one of the waterways connecting the open sea at the Rhine by Dordrecht, Rotterdam, Hellevoetsluis and Brielle, became impracticable for navigation, the waterway which would be indicated to Dutch navigation in replacement of the intercepted passage will also be open to navigation by others Riparian states.\nWill be considered as belonging to the navigation of the Rhine any boat having the right to fly the flag of one of the Contracting States and can justify this right by means of a document issued by the competent authority.\nArticle 3\nNo rights based solely on the fact of navigation may be levied on the ships or their loads no more than on rafts navigating on the Rhine, on its tributaries, in so far as they are located in the territory of the High Contracting Parties, and on the waterways mentioned in article 2.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nThe vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine are authorized to carry out transport of goods and people between two points on the waterways mentioned in the first paragraph of article 3. The other buildings are not authorized to carry out such transport operations only under conditions determined by the Commission Central.\nThe conditions of transport of goods and people by boats not belonging to not to the navigation of the Rhine, between a place situated on the waterways mentioned above and a place situated on the territory of a third State, are determined in agreements to conclude between the two Parties concerned. The Central Commission is consulted before the conclusion of such agreements.\nAs regards the inland waterways mentioned above, national treatment, in all respects, will be granted to vessels belonging to the navigation of the Rhine and to their loads.[...]\" (Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 [google translation])\n-------------------------------\n\"1. The document referred to in Article 2, paragraph 3, of the Revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, amended by Additional Protocol No. 2, shall be issued by the competent authorities of the State concerned only for a vessel which has a genuine link with that State, the aspects of which shall be determined on the basis of the equality of treatment between Contracting States which shall take the necessary steps to ensure its standard adoption. When the conditions for the issue of this document are no longer met, it shall cease to be valid and shall then be withdrawn by the authority which issued it.\n2. With a view to the development of a common policy for transport and the Rhine regime, the Contracting States shall. be prepared to take the necessary steps to permit the negotiation of such amendments to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation as might prove necessary with a view to the possible accession of the European Economic Community to the international regulations on the Rhine.\n3. With a view to this possible accession, the same treatment accorded to vessels belonging to the Rhine navigation system shall be accorded as soon as this Protocol enters into force to vessels with the right to fly the flag of any state member of the European Community. The same treatment may be accorded by a decision taken pursuant to the procedure of Article II, first paragraph, second sentence, of Additional Protocol No. 2, to vessels flying the flag of another State.[...]\" (Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Numbers 1, 2 and 3)\n-------------------------------\n\"Article 1\nFor the application of this Regulation, the States referred to in the 1st sentence of paragraph 3 of the Protocol of signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of Rhine are assimilated to the Contracting States of the said Convention. The term \"Contracting State\" in the these Regulations always include each of these assimilated States. \n[...]\nArticle 3\n1. The document referred to in paragraph 1 of article 2 will only be drawn up for a boat if its owner:\na) as a natural person has the nationality of one of the Contracting States and his domicile or habitual residence in one of these States; Where\nb) as a legal person governed by public law is constituted under the legislation of a Contracting State and has its head office; Where\nc) as a legal person or company governed by private law:  aa) is incorporated in a Contracting State in accordance with its laws;  bb) has the seat and center of commercial activity as well as the place from which the operation of the vessel is directed, in that Contracting State, and  cc) is managed and directed by people, the majority of whom are nationals of States Contractors and who have their domicile or habitual residence as well as, in the case of a person moral, their seat in one of these states.\n2. However, the establishment of the document for a boat of a legal person or company of private law must be refused, if it is composed in such a way that the persons participating directly or indirectly with the majority of the financial results of the company or having the majority of the shares giving the right to the vote or to the majority of the voting rights, or are not nationals of the States Contracting parties either do not have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.\n3. In the presence of trust relationships or similar arrangements, the conditions set out above must also be completed by the persons on whose behalf or in whose interests it is processed.\n4. A Contracting State may, exceptionally, after consultation with the Central Commission, grant exceptions to the majority required in paragraphs 1, letter c) cc) and 2 above, provided that the objective of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for the Navigation of the Rhine is not compromise. The Central Commission may set the general conditions under which these exemptions will be granted.\nArticle 4\n1. In the case of a boat held in co-ownership, the co-owner (s) who hold the majority of the shares of the co-ownership and who manage the co-ownership must or must meet the conditions referred to in article 3.\n2. If among the co-owners concerned there are legal persons or companies governed by private law, the people who manage and direct these companies as well as those who directly or indirectly to the financial results of these must all be nationals of the Contracting States\nand have their domicile, seat or habitual residence in one of these States.[....]\" (Application Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4  [google translation])","Revised Convention for the Navigation on the Rhine, signed in Mannheim on 17 October 1868, entry into force of the revised version on 14 April 1967, Articles 2, 3 and 4, including amendments brought by Additional Protocol No. 2 of 17 October 1979\nProtocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 February 1985, Sections 1, 2 and 3\nApplication Regulation for the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the revised Convention for Rhine Navigation and numbers 1 and 3 of the Protocol of Signature of Additional Protocol No. 2 to the said Convention of 17 October 1979, Annex to Protocol 3, signed in Strasbourg on 17 October 1979, entry into force on 1 September 1982, Articles 1, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/convrev_f.pdf\">Convention</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/conventions/ProtAdd2_en.pdf\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ccr-zkr.org/files/fondjurtextes/Resolution1984-I-3_fr.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF2",1,766,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00576","Airlines established in Hungary must be majority owned  and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,773,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval. In addition, foreign investors in MBRT are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (established at US$100 million) and local content requirement (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs). Lastly, foreign invested MBRT companies are prohibited from engaging in e-commerce activities. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2462,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0015","Foreign investment in aquaculture is permitted without restrictions, but foreign participation in commercial fishing activites within India's EEZ is restricted to 49%.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.1 AGRICULTURE & ANIMAL HUSBANDRY\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/ FDI Cap | Entry Route [...]\nc) Animal Husbandry (including breeding of dogs), Pisciculture, Aquaculture, Apiculture; and  [...] \nNote: Besides the above, FDI is not allowed in any other agricultural sector/activity. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n--------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - PRELIMINARY [...]\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,[...]\n(d) “foreign vessel” means any vessel other than an Indian vessel;\n(e) “Indian vessel” mean:-\n(I) a vessel owned by Government or by a corporation established by a central Act or a Provincial or State Act, or\n(II) a vessel:-\n(i) which is owned wholly by persons to each of whom any of the following descriptions applies:\n(1) a citizen of India;\n(2) a company in which not less than sixty per cent , of the share capital is held by citizens of India;\n(3) a registered cooperative society every member whereof is a citizen of India or where any other cooperative society is a member thereof, every individual who is a member of such other cooperative society is a citizen of India; and\n(ii) which is registered under the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958, or under any other Central Act or any Provincial or State Act.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - REGULATION OF FISHING BY FOREIGN VESSELS\t \n3. Subject to the provisions of this Act, no foreign vessel shall, except under and in accordance with:\n(a) a licence granted under section 4; or\n(b) a permit granted under section 5, by the central Government, be used for fishing within any maritime zone of India.\n4. (1) The owner of a foreign vessel or any other person not being in either case any person to whom any of the descriptions specifications in sub-items (1) to (3) of item (i) of sub-clause (II) of clause (e) of section 2 any maritime zone of India, may make an application to the Central Government for the grant of a licence.\n[...]\n5. (1) Every Indian citizen and every person to whom any of the descriptions specified in sub-item (2) or (3) of item (i) of sub-clause (II) of clause (e) of section (2) applies, who intends to use any foreign vessel for fishing within any maritime zone of India, may make an application to the Central Government for a permit to use such vessel for such purpose.[...]\" (THE MARITIME ZONES OF INDIA (REGULATION OF FISHING BY FOREIGN VESSELS) ACT, 1981)\n--------------------------------\n\"POLICY INTERVENTIONS\n9. MARINE SECTOR\nFisheries Management [...]\n(x) Foreign fishing vessels will not be allowed to fish or undertake fishing related activities in India’s sovereign waters. [...]\" (NATIONAL FISHERIES POLICY, 2020)\n--------------------------------\n\"All Indian entrepreneurs, who intend to do fishing in the Exclusive Economic Zone of India [...] will have to otain a Letter of Permission (LOP) from the Department of Animal Husbandry, Dairying and Fisheries, Ministry of Agriculture, Goverment of India.\n1. The LOP will be issued to all eligible Indian entrepreneurs who satisfy the following conditions: [...]\ni) Grant of LOPs would be considered only to resource specific deep-sea fishing vessels [...]\niii) the mode of acquisition can be: a) outright purchase; b) deferred payment; and c) Joint Venture with not less than 51% Indian equity [...]\" (Public Notice No 21002/12/2011-Fy(Ind), Government of India/Ministry of Agriculture, 28 November 2014)\n--------------------------------\n\"DEFINITIONS [...]\n4. Operator: Any Indian citizen, Indian entrepreneur; Partnership Firm; Private Ltd. Company; Public Ltd. Company; Joint Venture Company (with at least 51% Indian equity), Corporation and registered Cooperative Society.\n[...]\nGuidelines:\n1. A Letter of Permission (LOP) in writting is required from the Department of Animal Husbandry, Dairying and Fisheries for operating any fishing vessel in Indian EEZ. [...]\" (Guidelines for operation of Deep Sea Fishing Vessels in the Indian Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ), 12th November, 2014)","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nTHE MARITIME ZONES OF INDIA (REGULATION OF FISHING BY FOREIGN VESSELS) ACT, 1981\nNATIONAL FISHERIES POLICY, 2020\nPublic Notice No 21002/12/2011-Fy(Ind), Government of India/Ministry of Agriculture, 28 November 2014\nGuidelines for operation of Deep Sea Fishing Vessels in the Indian Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ), 12th November, 2014","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dof.gov.in/actsandrules/maritime-zones-india-regulation-fishing-foreign-vessels-act-1981#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/ind201321.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://fisheries.maharashtra.gov.in/sites/default/files/Government_of_India_Public_Notice_Dt_28-11-2014_Regarding_Fishing_In_Exclusive_Economic_Zone_of_India_And_Obtaining_LOP_of_GOI.pdf\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://fisheries.maharashtra.gov.in/sites/default/files/GOI_Order_Dt_12-11-2014_And_Guidelines_of_Government_of_India_For_Fishing_Operation_In_Indian_Exclusive_Economic_Zone_2014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2417,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0015625","As of March 2021, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with small-sized projects are no longer restricted, but FDI in such services associated with projects using simple and medium technology (regardless of value) remains reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with small-sized projects and/or using simple and medium technology is reserved to SMEs. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that there is no material difference in impact following the removal of the project size-based restriction.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Engineering and Technical YBDI Consulting Activities Using Simple and Intermediate Technology [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs [regardless of value as previously][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER V - FOREIGN ENGINEER\nArticle 23\n(1) Foreign Engineers can carry out Engineering Practices in Indonesia after having a work permit for foreign workers in accordance with the provisions of the laws and regulations.\n(2) The work permit for foreign workers as referred to in paragraph (1) is issued by the ministry administering government affairs in the field of manpower.\n(3) To obtain a work permit for foreign workers as referred to in paragraph (1) Foreign Engineers must have an Engineer Registration Certificate.\n(4) Engineer Registration Certificate as referred to in paragraph (3) is issued by PII based on:\na. certificate of registration according to the law of the country; or\nb. Engineer Competency Certificate according to the law of the country.\n(5) Further provisions regarding the issuance of Engineer Registration Certificate for Foreign Engineers as referred to in paragraph (3) are regulated by PII.\nArticle 24\n(1) Foreign Engineers are obligated to transfer science and technology.\n(2) The transfer of knowledge and technology as referred to in paragraph (1) is carried out by:\na. develop and improve engineering practice services at the company or institution where they work;\nb. transfer their professional knowledge and abilities to Engineers; and/or\nc. provide education and/or training to educational, research, and/or development institutions in the field of engineering free of charge.\n(3) Supervision of the implementation of science and technology transfer activities as referred to in paragraph (2) is carried out by DII.\n(4) Further provisions regarding the procedure for transferring science and technology as referred to in paragraph (2) are regulated by Ministerial Regulation.[...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 25 OF 2019 CONCERNING IMPLEMENTING REGULATION OF LAW NUMBER 11 YEAR 2014 ABOUT ENGINEERING [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Architectural & engineering services]\n-Business services/construction consultancy services with simple/medium technology and/or small/medium risks and/or value less than IDR 10,000,000,000: Reserved for SMEs [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 25 OF 2019 CONCERNING IMPLEMENTING REGULATION OF LAW NUMBER 11 YEAR 2014 ABOUT ENGINEERING [google translation])\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/105550/pp-no-25-tahun-2019\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3386,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.0015625","As of March 2021, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with small-sized projects are no longer restricted, but FDI in such services associated with projects using simple and medium technology (regardless of value) remains reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. \n\nPreviously, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with small-sized projects and/or using simple and medium technology is reserved to SMEs. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that there is no material difference in impact following the removal of the project size-based restriction.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Engineering and Technical YBDI Consulting Activities Using Simple and Intermediate Technology [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs [regardless of value as previously][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER V - FOREIGN ENGINEER\nArticle 23\n(1) Foreign Engineers can carry out Engineering Practices in Indonesia after having a work permit for foreign workers in accordance with the provisions of the laws and regulations.\n(2) The work permit for foreign workers as referred to in paragraph (1) is issued by the ministry administering government affairs in the field of manpower.\n(3) To obtain a work permit for foreign workers as referred to in paragraph (1) Foreign Engineers must have an Engineer Registration Certificate.\n(4) Engineer Registration Certificate as referred to in paragraph (3) is issued by PII based on:\na. certificate of registration according to the law of the country; or\nb. Engineer Competency Certificate according to the law of the country.\n(5) Further provisions regarding the issuance of Engineer Registration Certificate for Foreign Engineers as referred to in paragraph (3) are regulated by PII.\nArticle 24\n(1) Foreign Engineers are obligated to transfer science and technology.\n(2) The transfer of knowledge and technology as referred to in paragraph (1) is carried out by:\na. develop and improve engineering practice services at the company or institution where they work;\nb. transfer their professional knowledge and abilities to Engineers; and/or\nc. provide education and/or training to educational, research, and/or development institutions in the field of engineering free of charge.\n(3) Supervision of the implementation of science and technology transfer activities as referred to in paragraph (2) is carried out by DII.\n(4) Further provisions regarding the procedure for transferring science and technology as referred to in paragraph (2) are regulated by Ministerial Regulation.[...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 25 OF 2019 CONCERNING IMPLEMENTING REGULATION OF LAW NUMBER 11 YEAR 2014 ABOUT ENGINEERING [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Architectural & engineering services]\n-Business services/construction consultancy services with simple/medium technology and/or small/medium risks and/or value less than IDR 10,000,000,000: Reserved for SMEs [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 25 OF 2019 CONCERNING IMPLEMENTING REGULATION OF LAW NUMBER 11 YEAR 2014 ABOUT ENGINEERING [google translation])\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/105550/pp-no-25-tahun-2019\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2674,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C20_21","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.001666667","As of March 2021, foreign investment in patent medicine manufacturing has been fully liberalised and foreign investment in traditional medicine processing has been opened up to 30% maximum foreign capital, but traditional cosmetics industry and traditional medicine raw material industry remain closed to FDI. Small-and micro-scale traditional medicine business activities remain reserved for SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements].. Some other activities are subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.\n\nPreviously, foreign investment in traditional medicine manufacturing was fully prohibited, whereas foreign shareholding in patent medicine manufacturing business was limited to 85%.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Patent medicine industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)\n- Traditional medicine processing [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open with condition (maximum of 30% Foreign Capital)\n- Traditional Medicine Raw Material Industry for Humans [see 2019 restrictions below]: Domestic capital: 100%\n- Traditional Cosmetics Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Domestic capital: 100% [new]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 10 YEAR 2021 ON INVESTMENT BUSINESS FIELDS - LIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIONS\n- Traditional Medicine Sector Business (Small-Scale Traditional Medicine Business/UKOT [usaha kecil obat tradisional] and Micro-Scale Traditional Medicine Business/UMOT [usaha mikro obat tradisional]): reserved for domestic SMEs.\n[...]\n- Essential oil industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Class A Medical Device Industry: Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Chemicals, pharma]\n- Business with specific capacities (Essential oils industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nP. Health Sector\n- Patent medicine industry: Foreign capital ownership: Max.85%\n- Traditional medicine processing, Traditional medicine/natural extract industry business: Domestic capital: 100% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2666,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","J611","CLAS1_1","I22","IX",2021,"0.004","Foreign capital participation, direct and/or indirect, in Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation (NTT) must be less than one-third.","\"Article 6 (1) In the case where the Company has received a request to enter or record the name and address of the person set forth in the following items who has acquired its shares, , the Company must not register or record the person's name and address in the shareholder register, if the number of direct voting rights held by the persons set forth in items (i) through (iii) and the number of voting rights prescribed by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications as the number of indirect voting rights held by these persons through the person set forth in item (iv), accounts for more than one third of the total number of voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \" ratio of the number of voting rights of foreign shareholders\" in this Article).\n(i)　any person who does not have Japanese nationality;\n(ii)　any foreign government or its representative;\n(iii)　any foreign corporation or institution;\n(iv)　any corporation or institution whose ratio of the number of direct voting rights held by the persons set forth in the preceding three items to the total number of voting rights exceeds the ratio prescribed by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications\n(2)　In cases where the number of shares held by each person set forth in the items in the preceding paragraph, who is a shareholder pertaining to the notification under the provisions of Article 152 paragraph (1) or paragraph (8) of the Act on Book-Entry Transfer of Corporate Bonds and Shares (Act No. 75 of 2001) are to be entered or recorded in the shareholder register, if the number of voting rights of foreign shareholders exceeds one third of the total number of voting rights, , the Company must register a limited number of shares in the register of substantial shareholders so that the number of voting rights of foreign shareholders may not exceed one third of the total number of voting rights, or otherwise must not register or record the number of shares which cannot be registered or recorded through the method prescribed by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications in the register of substantial shareholders, notwithstanding the provisions of that paragraph.\n(3)　Beyond what is set forth in the preceding two paragraphs, in the case where the total number of the issued shares is to be changed, the Company must take necessary measures so that the ratio of the number of voting rights of foreign shareholders will not exceed one third of the total number of voting rights. [...]\" (Act on Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation (No. 85 of December 25, 1984), Article 6 [unofficial translation])","Act on Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation (No. 85 of December 25, 1984), Article 6 ","n;a","[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=359AC0000000085\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/laws/view/3768\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1526,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.00021875","In general, the registered capital of a travel agency license applicant must be at least 5 000 Jordanian dinars. However, the capital of each travel agency in which the owner or partner is non-Jordanian must be at least 50 000 Jordanian dinars.","\"Article 6\nThe requirements for licensing the office are as follows:\nA- That the license applicant be Jordanian.\nB- The registered capital of the license applicant shall not be less than five thousand Jordanian dinars.\nC- The capital of each office in which the owner or partner is non-Jordanian should not be less than fifty thousand Jordanian dinars.\nD- The office should have a full-time manager who fulfills the following conditions:\nI- He must be of Jordanian nationality.\nII- To be the owner of the office, one of its partners, or one of the authorized persons in the commercial registry in administrative and financial matters.[...]\" (Jordanian Travel and Tourism Offices and Companies Regulations (OG No. 5418, 1.1.2016), Article 6 [google translation])","Jordanian Travel and Tourism Offices and Companies Regulations (OG No. 5418, 1.1.2016), Article 6 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6541,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1630,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","A014_015_0162_017","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.01125","Beef cattle husbandry should be carried out by enterprises in which foreign investors hold less than 50 per cent of the share capital.","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n01212 | Beef cattle raising business | Permitted if foreign investment ratio is below 50%.[...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1463,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","J611","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.003","From 2013, foreign investment by incorporated companies in facility-based telecommunications businesses is permitted up to 100% foreign ownership for countries with which Korea maintains a Free Trade Agreement (EU, EFTA, Chile and USA), with the exception of KT, SK Telecom and LG Plus - the three major players in the Korean market. A 49% equity limit continues to apply to investments made by Korean incorporated enterprises with 15% or more foreign investment from a country with which Korea does not have a Free Trade Agreement. Companies established in Korea but with more than 15% of foreign ownership will also have to go through a public-interest test prior to conducting investments in the telecommunications businesses.","\"Article 8 (Limitations on Stock Holdings by Foreign Governments or Foreigners)\n(1) A foreign government or foreigner may hold stocks (excluding different classes of shares with no voting rights prescribed in Article 344-3 (1) of the Commercial Act, but including voting stock equivalents, such as security depositary receipts, and equity shares ; hereinafter the same shall apply) of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator who meets the criteria prescribed by Presidential Decree for the type, installation area, etc. of telecommunications line equipment (referring to a person who has filed for registration under Article 6 (1) or has filed a report under the proviso to Article 6 (1); hereinafter the same shall apply) within 49/100 of the total number of outstanding stocks of the facilities-based telecommunications business operator, when aggregating all of such stocks held by foreign governments or foreigners.\n(2) Where a foreign government or foreigner (including a related person defined in subparagraph 6 (a) of Article 2 of the Act on Corporate Governance of Financial Companies; hereinafter the same shall apply) is the largest shareholder (referring to the largest shareholder) defined in subparagraph 6 (a) of Article 2 of the Act on Corporate Governance of Financial Companies; and in such cases, \"financial company\" shall be construed as \"corporation\"; hereinafter the same shall apply) who holds at least 15/100 of the total number of outstanding stocks of a corporation, such corporation (hereinafter referred to as \"deemed-foreign corporation\") shall be deemed a foreigner. \n(3) Neither of the following corporations shall be deemed a foreigner, even if it satisfies the requirements prescribed in paragraph (2): Provided, That the same shall not apply to foreigners referred to in Articles 10 (1) 3 and 86 (3) ):  \n1. Where a corporation holds less than 1/100 of the total number of outstanding stocks of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator under paragraph (1);\n2. Where the largest shareholder of a corporation is the foreign government or a foreigner of the other party to a free trade agreement determined and publicly notified by the Minister of Science and ICT, from among bilateral or multilateral free trade agreements which the Republic of Korea has entered into with foreign countries and have been ratified, and holds at least 15/100 of the total number of its outstanding stocks; and where such corporation is found by the Minister of Science and ICT unlikely to harm public interests through an examination of public benefits referred to in Article 10.\n[...]\nArticle 10 (Examinations of Public Benefits of Possession of Stocks by Facilities-Based Telecommunications Business Operators) \n(1) A Public Benefit Examination Committee (hereinafter referred to as the \"Committee\") shall be established under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Science and ICT in order to examine whether any of the following cases impairs public interests prescribed by Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as \"examination of public benefits\"), such as national security, public safety, and maintenance of order: \n1. Where a person holds at least 15/100 of the total number of outstanding stocks of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator, including those stocks held by a related person defined in subparagraph 6 (a) of Article 2 of the Act on Corporate Governance of Financial Companies (hereinafter referred to as \"related person\");\n2. Where the largest stockholder of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator changes;\n3. Where a facilities-based telecommunications business operator or any stockholder of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator concludes an agreement with a foreign government or a foreigner on important managerial matters prescribed by Presidential Decree, such as the appointment and dismissal of executive officers and the transfer or acquisition of business;\n4. Where any person who has de facto management rights for a facilities-based telecommunications business operator changes, as prescribed by Presidential Decree.[...]\n(5) Where the Minister of Science and ICT deems, as a result of an examination of public benefits prescribed in paragraph (1), that cases falling under any subparagraph of paragraph (1) are likely to impair public interests, he or she may issue an order to modify the details of an agreement, to suspend the implementation of such agreement, to suspend the exercise of voting rights, or to sell relevant stocks. \n(6) The scope of facilities-based telecommunications business operators who shall report or may request an examination of public benefits pursuant tot to paragraph (2) or (3) shall be as follows:   \n1. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator who operates and manages important communications referred to in Article 92 (2) 3;\n2. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator possessing a satellite for which a space station is established under Article 20-2 (3) of the Radio Waves Act and subparagraph 30 of Article 29 of the Enforcement Decree of the same Act;\n3. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator designated and publicly notified by the Minister of Science and ICT as a facilities-based telecommunications business operator prescribed in Articles 35 (2) 1 and 3, 39 (3), 41 (3), and 42 (3);\n4. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator referred to in Article 8 (1) who provides telecommunications services using the frequency allocated according to the Radio Waves Act: Provided, That excluded herefrom shall be a facilities-based telecommunications business operator whose telecommunications service turnover of the preceding year is less than an amount determined by Presidential Decree in consideration of the market situation, market share, etc.;\n5. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator referred to in Article 8 (1) whose telecommunications service turnover exceeds an amount publicly notified by the Minister of Science and ICT in consideration of the market situation, market share, etc., from among facilities- based telecommunications business operators whose telecommunications service turnover of the preceding year exceeds 30 billion won. [...]\"(Telecommunications Business Act (No. 3686 of 1983), last amended by Act No. 18451 of 2021, Articles 8 and 10 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------\n\"\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n61210 | Wire communication business | Permitted if the total stocks (limited to the stock with voting rights and including depositary receipts and other things equivalent to stocks with voting rights) held by foreign governments or foreigners (including foreign fictitious corporations) dose not exceed 49/100 of total issued stocks (Provided, That although no foreigner, etc. shall be allowed to become the largest stockholder of KT, permission shall be granted if he/she holds less than 5/100 of total stocks). Foreign fictitious corporation: A corporation whose largest stockholder is a foreign government or foreigner (including special persons concerned under Article 9 (1) 1 of the Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act) who holds more than 15/100 of the total issued stocks thereof. Provided That, there shall not be deemed as a foreigner a corporation considered unlikely to impair public interests by the Minister of Science and ICT as a result of an examination on public benefits under Article 10 of the Telecommunications Business Act, which is a fictitious corporation of a national of other partner state of any free trade Agreement [...].\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])\"","Telecommunications Business Act (No. 3686 of 1983), last amended by Act No. 18451 of 2021, Articles 8 and 10\nForeign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?efYd=20190625&lsiSeq=206000&ancYd=20181224&nwJoYnInfo=N&ancNo=16019&chrClsCd=010202&efGubun=Y#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/eng/engLsSc.do?menuId=2&query=TELECOMMUNICATIONS%20BUSINESS%20ACT\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1487,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.009375","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of non-specialised retail stores. Decision No. 1950/MOIC.DIT on Shopping Centers and Department Stores, dated 22 September 2015. establishes minimum capital and foreign shareholding conditions for foreign investors to participate in the business of shopping centres and department stores: 1) a 100% foreign equity is allwoed for investment projects with a total value of 160 Billion Kip or more; 2) up to 70% foreign equity is allowed for investment projects with a total value of 80 Billion to less than 160 Billion Kip; 3) up to 51% foreign equity is allowed for investment projects with a total value of 08 Billion to less than 80 Billion Kip; 4) For investment projects with a value of less than 08 Billion Kip, including shops, and sundry shops established independently and various forms of wholesale-retail outlets are reserved for Lao citizens.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Other retail in non-specialized stores [i.e. retail business] (minimum registered capital: 4-10 billion Lak, foreign equity participation limited to  50%; if registered capital is 10-20 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 70%; if registered capital is above 20 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed) [...]\n- Maintenance and repair of motor vehicles [establishment of garage for vehicle and mechanical repairs] (minimum registered capital: 1.5 billion Lak)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)\n----------------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Other retail in non-specialized stores (i.e. retail business with registered capital of less than 4 billion kip)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)\n----------------------------------\n\"Article 9 Investment in the Establishment of Shopping Centers and Department Stores by Foreign Investors\nForeign investors can invest in the establishment of shopping centers and department stores in accordance with the following conditions:\n1. Have a 100% foreign equity for investment projects with a total value of 160 Billion Kip or more;\n2. Have up to 70% foreign equity for investment projects with a total value of 80 Billion to less than 160 Billion Kip;\n3. Have up to 51% foreign equity for investment projects with a total value of 08 Billion to less than 80 Billion Kip.\nFor investment projects with a value of less than 08 Billion Kip, including shops, and sundry shops established independently and various forms of wholesale-retail outlets are reserved for Lao citizens.\" (Decision No. 1950/MOIC.DIT on Shopping Centers and Department Stores, dated 22 September 2015, Art. 9)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015\nDecision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015.\nDecision No. 1950/MOIC.DIT on Shopping Centers and Department Stores, dated 22 September 2015, Art. 9.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1005_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1950_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2139,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00576","Airlines  established  in  the  country  must  be  majority  owned  and  effectively \ncontrolled by EU and EEA states and/or nationals of EU and EEA states, unless otherwise \nprovided for by an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.\nAuthority: Law on Aviation (Official Journal No. 123 of 20.10.1994).","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\"\n(Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,122,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00576","Airlines  established  in  the  country  must  be  majority  owned  and  effectively \ncontrolled by EU and EEA states and/or nationals of EU and EEA states, unless otherwise \nprovided for by an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.\nAuthority: Law on Aviation (Official Journal No. 123 of 20.10.1994).","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\"\n(Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,122,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","K6419X","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2023,"0.0015","Since 2019, one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies are required to be composed by Lebanese nationals. Investment in a few sectors - insurance, economics [financial services and real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - are particularly affected since joint-stock companies is the only form of business incorporation allowed according to sectoral regulations. Branches of foreign companies may sometimes be allowed (e.g. banking), but such requirement remains more burdensome for established foreign investors. For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the restriciton is considered only in the affected sectors.","[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).\n","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2089,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0001","A depository of an undertaking for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU Member State as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU Member State if its registered office is in another EU Member State (Directive 2009/65/EC). Only a private limited company and a public limited company holding a license issued by the supervisory authority have the right to engage in the activities of an alternative investment fund management company (Directive 2011/61/EU).\n\n","\"Article 35 . The obligation to transfer assets to the depository and the activities of the depository\n1 . The assets of the collective investment entity are kept by one depository. [...]\n2 . The depository of a collective investment entity established in the Republic of Lithuania can be a licensed credit institution that has the right to provide investment services in the Republic of Lithuania or another member state, or a licensed financial brokerage company established in the Republic of Lithuania or having a registered office or branch in the Republic of Lithuania that has the right in the Republic of Lithuania or another in a member state to provide additional services for the storage and administration of financial instruments on behalf of clients and whose own funds and initial capital are at least 750,000 euros. [...]\" (Law on Collective Investment Undertakings (4 July 2003, No. IX-1709; last amended 30 December 2021), Article 35 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 11 . Activities of foreign financial institutions in the Republic of Lithuania:\n1 . A foreign state financial institution may establish controlled companies in the Republic of Lithuania or acquire the authorized capital and / or voting rights of already operating companies, establish branches and representative offices.\n2 . A foreign financial institution may provide financial services in the Republic of Lithuania only after obtaining the permission and (or) license of an institution established by the laws of the Republic of Lithuania (if the law provides that such permission or license is necessary) to provide financial services. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 12 . The right of financial institutions licensed in the Member States of the European Union to provide financial services in the Republic of Lithuania:\n1. A financial institution licensed in a Member State of the European Union may establish a branch in the Republic of Lithuania if the foreign supervisory authority has submitted the institution's business plan to the supervisory authority of financial institutions of the Republic of Lithuania and specified the type of activity, intended branch address, structure and information on branch managers. Upon receipt of such notification, the supervisory authority of financial institutions of the Republic of Lithuania shall prepare for supervision and shall indicate to the financial institution which operational requirements it will have to comply with. A branch may be established when a financial institution receives such a notification from the supervisory authority of financial institutions of the Republic of Lithuania, and if no notification is received - 2 months after the foreign supervisory authority has transmitted the information provided for in this Part to the supervisory authority of financial institutions of the Republic of Lithuania.\n2 . If a financial institution referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article already has at least one branch in the Republic of Lithuania, the procedure established in this Article shall not apply to the establishment of other branches thereof.\n3 . A financial institution licensed in a Member State of the European Union may, in other cases specified in the laws of the Republic of Lithuania regulating the provision of financial services, start providing financial services in the Republic of Lithuania without establishing a branch 1 month after the foreign supervisory authority. [...]\" (Law on Financial Institutions (10 September 2002, No. IX-1068; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 11 and 12 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5 . The right to engage in the activities of a management company:\n1 . Only a private limited company and a public limited company holding a license issued by the supervisory authority have the right to engage in the activities of a management company operating in accordance with this Law. A license shall be obtained when the conditions specified in Paragraph 2 of Article 2 of this Law are met, including the case specified in Paragraph 7 of Article 2. A management company license obtained in accordance with this Law entitles the holder to manage special collective investment undertakings and informed collective investment undertakings, as well as other collective investment undertakings in accordance with this Law and, where applicable, the Law on Collective Investments or the Law on Collective Investment Undertakings. requirements.\n2 . Collective investment undertakings established in the Republic of Lithuania shall also be entitled to be managed by management companies established in other Member States in accordance with the law of those Member States.\n3 . Under a financial brokerage firm's license or a credit institution's license issued by a supervisory authority or a supervisory authority of another Member State, where a credit institution's license entitles it to provide investment services, existing financial brokerage firms or credit institutions are not required to obtain a separate license to provide investment services related to a collective investment undertaking, including: financial instruments portfolio management or unit distribution services. Financial brokerage firms whether credit institutions entitled to provide investment services may, directly or indirectly, publicly or publicly offer units or shares of a collective investment undertaking to investors only if and to the extent that the units or shares may be distributed in accordance with this Law.\n4 . If the management company is licensed in another Member State and it complies with the requirements of legal acts adopted in another Member State transposing the provisions of Directive 2011/61 / EU, it may operate in the Republic of Lithuania.[...]\" (Law on Alternative Collective Investment Undertakings Managers (18 December 2014, No. XII-1467; last amended 21 May 2020), Article 5 [google translation])","Law on Collective Investment Undertakings (4 July 2003, No. IX-1709; last amended 30 December 2021), Article 35\nLaw on Financial Institutions (10 September 2002, No. IX-1068; last amended 19 December 2019), Articles 11 and 12 \nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nLaw on Alternative Collective Investment Undertakings Managers (18 December 2014, No. XII-1467; last amended 21 May 2020), Article 5\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/TAIS.215766/asr\">Law on Collective Investment Undertakings</a>],[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/TAIS.183130\">Law on Financial Institutions</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02009L0065-20200107\">Directive 2009/65/EC</a>],[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/830eea708f6111e48028e9b85331c55d/asr\">Law on Alternative Collective Investment Undertakings Managers</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,136,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_47","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.0028125","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements (e.g. utilise local professional services when available in Malaysia and have at least 30% of products in their stock/shelf space sourced from Bumiputera or Malay-owned SMEs goods / products).",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2907,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0018","Maximum foreign ownership in port operators is 40% according to the WTO Trade Policy Reviews (2014, 2013). For maritime cargo-handling and other port-auxiliary services, the maximum foreign ownership depend on the by-laws or rules of the relevant port authority. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that these services are subject to the same foreign shareholding limitation as for port operators.","\"Part IIa - Registry\n11. Qualification of Malaysian Ship\n(1) Subject to subsection (1B), a ship shall not be deemed to be a Malaysian ship unless it is owned wholly by persons of the following descriptions, namely -- (a) Malaysian citizen; (b) corporation which satisfy the following requirements: (i) the corporation is incorporated in Malaysia; [...] (iv) the majority, or if the percentage is determined by the Minister under subsection (1A) then the percentage so determined, of the shareholding, including the voting share, of the corporation is held by Malaysian citizens free of any trust or obligation in favour of non-Malaysians; and (v) the majority, or if the percentage is determined by the Minister under subsection (1A) then the percentage so determined, of the directors of the corporation are Malaysian citizens.\n(1A) The MInister may, by notification in the Gazette, determine -- (a) the percentage of the shareholding for the purpose of subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (b) of subsection (1); and (b) the percentage of the directors for the purpose of subparagraph (v) of paragraph (b) of subsection (1).\n(1B) The Minister may, if the thinks it fit, prescribe other requirements in addition to the requirements prescribed in subsection (1).\n[...]\nPart IIb - The Domestic Shipping Lincensing Board\n65A. Interpretation\nIn this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, \"domestic shipping\" means the use of a ship -- (a) to provide services, other than fishing, in the Federation waters or the exclusive economic zone; or (b) for the shipment of goods or the carriage of passengers -- (i) from any port or place in Malaysia to another port or place in Malaysia; or (ii) from any port or place in Malaysia to any place in the economic exclusive zone or vice versa. \n[...]\n65Ka. Prohibition of Non-Malaysia ships to engage in domestic shipping\n(1) No ship other than a Malaysian ship may engage in domestic shipping; (2)  A person not qualified to own a Malaysian ship as provided by section (11) shall not charter or otherwise engage any Malaysian ship for domestic shipping service except under and in accordance with such conditions as the Minister may direct or prescribe \n[...]\n65U. Exemption by Minister\nWhitout prejudice to any other powers conferred by this Part, the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, exempt any ship from any of the provisions in this Part or any regulations made hereunder upon such terms and conditions as he may deem fit.\" (Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 [Ord. 70/1952])\n------------------------------\n\"Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 - Exemption from Subsection 65KA(1):\nIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 65u of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 [Ord. 70/1952], the Minister exempts non-Malaysians ships from the provisions of subsection 65ka(1) of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 in respect of the transport of containerized transshipment cargo for the sectors between the Port of Sepangar and the Port of Klang and vice versa, between the Port of Bintulu and the Port of Klang and vice versa, between the Port of Kuching and the Port of Klang and vice versa, between the Port of Sepangar and the Port of Tanjung Pelepas and vice versa, between the Port of Bintulu and the Port of Tanjung Pelepas and vice versa and between the Port of Kuching and the Port of Tanjung Pelepas and vice versa, with effect from 3 June 2009\" (Federal Government Gazette, 3 June 2009, P.U. (B) 179).\n------------------------------\n\"Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 - Exemption from Subsection 65KA(1): \nIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 65u of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 [Ord. 70/1952], the Minister exempts non-Malaysians ships from the provisions of subsection 65ka(1) of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 in respect of cruise services from any port or place in Malaysia to another port or place in Malaysia with effect from 15 March 2012.\" (Federal Government Gazette, 7 March 2012, P.U. (B) 66).\n------------------------------\n[Port operations: no legal documentation found online in English. However, according to the WTO Trade Policy Review of Malaysia, 2014, p. 118, \"maximum foreign ownership in port operators is 49%\"; in WTO (2023), p. 119: \"The maximum foreign ownership in port operations is 40%.\"]. ","Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 [Ord. 70/1952], as amended\nFederal Government Gazette, 3 June 2009, P.U. (B) 179.\nFederal Government Gazette, 7 March 2012, P.U. (B) 66.","WTO (2014), \"Trade Policy Review of Malaysia: REPORT BY THE SECRETARIAT \", WT/TPR/S/292/Rev.2, April 8.\nWTO (2023),  \"Trade Policy Review of Malaysia: REPORT BY THE SECRETARIAT\", WT/TPR/S/436, June 16.","[<a href=\"https://www.ilo.org/dyn/natlex/natlex4.detail?p_lang=en&p_isn=89550\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mot.gov.my/SiteCollectionDocuments/Maritim/Akta-Ordinan-Warta/cruise%20vessel%20exemption%20from%20cabotage.pdf\">Gazette</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mot.gov.my/SiteCollectionDocuments/Maritim/Akta-Ordinan-Warta/Warta%20Kerajaan-Maritim.pdf\">Gazette</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S292R2.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S436R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2946,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0135","Foreign interest (foreign majority-owned) is not allowed to acquire properties (including land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; Properties built on Malay reserved land; and Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority. In addition, foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire commercial and residential units valued at RM1,000,000 and above [~USD 236k as of October 2017] only subject to approval by the State Authority.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2883,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0036","Foreign investment is permitted up to a total of 49% of equity in interior navigation and coastal sailing (other than tourist cruises and  the exploitation of dredges and other naval devices for ports), integral port administration and port pilot services for interior navigation. Full ownership may be authorised in foreign commerce shipping and port services pertaining to interior navigation subject to the approval of the National Foreign Investment Commission.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\nt) Comprehensive port administration;\nu) Port services for piloting vessels to carry out inland navigation operations under the terms of the Law on the matter;\nv) Shipping companies dedicated to the commercial exploitation of vessels for inland navigation and cabotage, with the exception of tourist cruises and the exploitation of dredgers and naval devices for the construction, conservation and port operation; [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.\nARTICLE 8.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required for foreign investment to participate in a percentage greater than 49% in the economic activities and companies mentioned below:\nI.- Port services to vessels to carry out their inland navigation operations, such as towing, rope mooring and launching;\nII.- Shipping companies dedicated to the exploitation of vessels exclusively in high-altitude traffic; [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1229,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","A02","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2023,"0.001125","Foreign investment in logging and gathering of non-wood forest products is not permitted. Since the entering into force of Myanmar Companies Law in August 2018, a foreign company is defined as a company in which an overseas person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than 35%.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(B) Investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by foreign investors: [...] \nLogging & Gathering of non-wood forest products (Manufacturing of forest products from forest area and government administered natural forest) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(b) investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by Foreign investors; [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n21. Myanmar citizen investors may carry out investment activity stipulated under subsection (b) of section 42 of the Law. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 21)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2800,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0045","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting firms is limited to 49% of the voting capital.","\"Definitions and interpretation\n1. (1) In this Act, unless the context indicates otherwise –[...]\n“broadcast” means to disseminate electronic communications –\n(a) by radio waves if that communications are intended to be received by the public or the subscribers to a particular service, directly or by the intermediary of relay stations; or\n(b) by any other means if that communications are intended to be received by the public or the subscribers to a particular service and the Authority has after following a rule-making procedure, by regulation prescribed that the specified services are broadcasting services;\nCHAPTER VI - BROADCASTING SERVICES [...]\nIssue of broadcasting licences\n85. (1) The Authority may, on such conditions as it may determine and against payment of such fees as may be prescribed, issue a broadcasting licence in the appropriate category prescribed in terms of section 84(1) conferring the right to provide the services authorised by the licence.\n(2) Subject to subsection (3) and (4), the Authority may issue a broadcasting licence only to –\n(a) a Namibian citizen; and\n(b) a juristic person of which at least 51 percent of the share holding is beneficially owned by Namibian citizens and which is not controlled directly or indirectly by persons who are not Namibian citizens and which has its principal place of business or registered office in Namibia.\n(3) The Minister may beforehand authorise the issue of a broadcasting licence to a juristic person other than a juristic person referred to in subsection (2)(b).[...]\" (Communications Act No. 8 of 2009)","Communications Act No. 8 of 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cran.na/yglilidy/2019/12/Communications_Act_8_of_2009.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,282,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","A032","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00025","The aquaculture policy stipulates that preference is to be given to Namibian citizens and to ventures beneficially controlled by Namibian citizens to benefit from the utilization of Namibia’s natural resources for aquaculture development. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, it is assumed that this takes place during the lincensing process by the Minister since no discrimination to foreign ownership is explicitly stipualted in the legislation.","\"2 GENERAL PRINCIPLES\n2.1 Principles\nNamibia is committed to observing the principle of optimum sustainable yield in the exploitation of living natural resources and ecosystems. The Government therefore has an obligation to promote and regulate responsible and sustainable development and management of aquaculture within national water bodies of all types, both natural and artificial\n1. Both marine and fresh water aquaculture is to be governed by the same basic management principles.[...]\n3. Preference is to be given to Namibian citizens and to ventures beneficially controlled by Namibian citizens to benefit from the utilization of Namibia’s natural resources for aquaculture development. [...]\" (NAMIBIA’S AQUACULTURE POLICY, 2001)\n----------------\n\"PART II - AQUACULTURE POLICY\nMinister determines policy\n2. (1) The Minister must from time to time, taking into account relevant economic, social and environmental factors and on the basis of the best scientific information available and in consultation with the advisory council, formulate the general policy with regard to aquaculture in Namibia with a view to -\n(a) the promotion of sustainable aquaculture; (b) the management, protection and conservation of marine and inland aquatic ecosystems;\n[...]\nPART III\nAQUACULTURE LICENCES\nAquaculture to be conducted only with a licence\n11. A person may not engage in aquaculture –\n(a) without a licence issued by the Minister in terms of section 13; or\n(b) contrary to any condition which may be imposed by the Minister in terms of section 14(4).\nApplication for aquaculture licence\n12. (1) An application for a licence must be made to the Minister in the prescribed manner and form and be accompanied by such documents and information as the Minister may require.[...]\n(3) When considering an application submitted under subsection (1) the Minister may have regard to – \n(a) the technical and financial ability of the applicant to exercise the rights sought in the application in a satisfactory manner; [...]\n(c) any other matters applicable to the licence that, in the opinion of the Minster, are relevant.[...]\" (AQUACULTURE ACT No.18, 2002)","NAMIBIA’S AQUACULTURE POLICY, 2001\nAQUACULTURE ACT No.18, 2002","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mfmr.gov.na/documents/411764/436209/Aquaculture+Policy%2C+March+2001.pdf/c59fae1d-293d-44b7-702c-9ca5de9e0d85\">Pol</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,255,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","Foreign investment in printed media is subject to approval by the Ministry of the Interior. A foreign news agency, however, may obtain a license from the Ministry of Information subject to reciprocity. I all cases the Editor-in-Chief needs to be a Palestinian Journalist. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that establishment/acquisitions of printed media companies by foreign non-media investors are subject to Ministerial approval, and that establishment of news agencies by foreign parent media companies is subject to reciprocity. ","\"Article (10) - Working with foreign entities \nIt is prohibited for a journalist and any person working in the press to have a working relationship with any foreign entity except under the foreign media correspondents system issued under this law.\n[…]\nArticle (13) - The conditions of the editor of the specialized publication \nA. The specialized publication must have an editor in charge of what is published in it, and the following conditions must be stipulated: \n1. Be a Palestinian. 2 - To be those who served in the Palestine Liberation Organization for those who do not hold Palestinian nationality.\n[...]\nArticle (14) - Conditions of the Director General of the Corporation \nThe publishing house, the study house, the public opinion house, the press office, the translation house, the advertising office, the printing press, the distribution house and the library must have an administrator responsible for the following: \n(a). Be a Palestinian.\n(b) Shall be those who served in the Palestine Liberation Organization for those who do not hold Palestinian nationality.\n[...]\nArticle (16) - The conditions of the owner of the periodical \nThe owner of the periodical is required to:\n(a) Be a Palestinian citizen and reside in Palestine.\n(b) The non-resident Palestinian must obtain the approval of the Ministry of the Interior.\n[...]\nArticle (17) - A printed version license \nThe license to issue a publication shall be granted to the following authorities: \n1- The journalist defined in this law and the conditions stipulated therein shall be met. \n2- The press company established and registered for the purposes of issuing press releases. \n3. The political party. \nB- The Minister may, on the recommendation of the Director, grant licenses to issue the bulletins to the following authorities: \n1- A Palestinian News Agency. 2. A foreign news agency provided reciprocity and provided the responsible editor is a Palestinian journalist.\" (Law No. (9) for the year 1995 on publications and publishing [google translation])","Law No. (9) for the year 1995 on publications and publishing [google translation]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegConsFT.aspx?LegPath=12208#A12208_18\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2082,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","D35102","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0004375","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines.\nOn 9 April 2022, Act RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limited the scope of 'public utility' services subject to foreign investment restrictions as determined in the Constitution, but it did not alter the treatment for the following activities: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. These activities continue to be considered 'public utilities' and thus remain subject to the above-mentioned restrictions. Other activities that were previously considered as public utilities, such as surface transportation companies (excluding road transportation activities (i.e.  public utility vehicles') that continue to be considered 'public utilities'), are no longer considered  'public utilities' and thus are no longer subject to such restrictions. ","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 4. Definition of Terms. - [...]\n(h) \"Contestable Market\" refers to the electricity end-users who have a choice of a supplier of electricity, as may be determined by the ERC in accordance with this Act;\n[...]\nSection 6. Generation Sector. - Generation of electric power shall be competitive and open.\nUpon the effectivity of this Act, any new generation company shall, before it operates, secure from the Energy Regulatory Commission a certificate of compliance pursuant to the standards set forth in this Act, as well as health, safety and environmental clearances from the appropriate government agencies under existing laws.\nAny law to the contrary notwithstanding, power generation shall not be considered a public utility operation. For this purpose, any person or entity engaged or which shall engage in power generation and supply of electricity shall not be required to secure a local or national franchise.\n[...]\nSection 29. Supply Sector. - The supply of electricity to the contestable market shall require a license from the ERC, except for distribution utilities and electric cooperatives with respect to their existing franchise areas.\nFor this purpose, the ERC shall promulgate rules and regulations prescribing the qualifications of electricity suppliers which shall include, among other requirements, a demonstration of their technical capability, financial capability, and creditworthiness: Provided, That the ERC shall have authority to require electricity suppliers to furnish a bond or other evidence of the ability of a supplier to withstand market disturbances or other events that may increase the cost of providing service.\nAny law to the contrary notwithstanding, supply of electricity to the contestable market shall not be considered a public utility operation. For this purpose, any person or entity which shall engage in the supply of electricity to the contestable market shall not be required to secure a local or national franchise.[...]\" (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29 of R.A. No. 9136)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec. 6 and Sec. 29 of R.A. No. 9136\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)","ASEAN Briefing (2022), \"Philippines Senate Passes Bill Allowing 100 Percent Foreign Ownership of Public Services\", 22 February 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2001/ra_9136_2001.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aseanbriefing.com/news/philippines-senate-passes-bill-allowing-100-percent-foreign-ownership-of-public-services/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2360,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J58_59_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.000375","All the executive and managing officers of mass media corporations or association must be citizens of the Philippines.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[…]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity:\n1. Mass Media, except recording (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the 1987 Constitution; Presidential Memorandum dated 05 May 1994) and internet business (DOJ Opinion No. 40, s. 1998)¹ [¹DOJ Opinion No. 40 (s. 1998) uses the term “Internet Business” to refer to internet access providers that merely serve as carriers for transmitting message, rather than being the creator of messages/information].\n[...]\nUp to Thirty Percent (30%) Foreign Equity\n14. Advertising (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the Constitution)\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n24. Private radio communications network (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution, NTC Memorandum Circular No. 10-8-91)[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n----------------------------------------\n\"SECTION 11. (1) The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly-owned and managed by such citizens. The Congress shall regulate or prohibit monopolies in commercial mass media when the public interest so requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or unfair competition therein shall be allowed. (2) The advertising industry is impressed with public interest, and shall be regulated by law for the protection of consumers and the promotion of the general welfare. Only Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least seventy per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens shall be allowed to engage in the advertising industry. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of entities in such industry shall be limited to their proportionate share in the capital thereof, and all the executive and managing officers of such entities must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XVI, Sec 11 (1) of the Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n----------------------------------------\n\"The term \"mass media\" in the Constitution refers to any medium of communication designed to reach the masses and that tends to set the standards, ideals and aims of the masses. In addition, the term \"mass media\" shall mean the gathering, transmission of news, information, messages, signals, and forms of written, oral and all visual communications and shall embrace the print medium, radio, television, film, movies, wire and radio communication services, advertising in all its phases, and their business managerial. The distinctive feature of any mass media undertaking is the dissemination of information and ideas to the public, or a portion thereof. The citizenship requirement is intended to prevent the use of such facility by aliens to influence public opinion to the detriment of the best interests of the nation. In fact, \"(t)he ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly named and managed by such citizens [...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 11-08, 3 march 2011)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2342,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000075","The captain of a ship flying the national flag must be a national of Portugal, another EU/EEA country or a Portuguese-speaking country. The restriction does not apply to ships registered in the International Shipping Register of Madeira.","\"Article 2 - Scope of application\n1 - This decree-law applies to seafarers who carry out their activity aboard commercial, fishing, local traffic, auxiliary, towing and research vessels or offshore exploration platforms flying the national flag . [...]\n4 - The regime provided for in this decree-law does not apply to ships or vessels registered in the International Shipping Register of Madeira.\n5 - This decree-law does not apply to the following ships or vessels:\na) Ships or auxiliary units of the Navy, or other ships owned or operated by the Portuguese State, exclusively dedicated to government services of a non-commercial nature;\nb) Vessels sailing exclusively in non-sea inland waters;\nc) Pleasure craft not used for commercial purposes;\nd) Ships made of traditional or primitive wood construction;\ne) Vessels at the service of the Security Forces, within the scope of their respective mission.\n[...]\nArticle 68 - Crew nationality rules\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the following paragraphs, the crew of ships or vessels flying the national flag must be Portuguese nationals or of a European Union or EEA country or of a Portuguese-speaking country.\n2 - Ships or vessels flying the national flag may be manned by seafarers from countries not included in the preceding paragraph, up to a limit of 40% of the respective crew on board, except in duly justified exceptional cases.\n3- Fishing vessels flying the national flag may be crewed by seafarers from countries not included in paragraph 1, up to a limit of 50% of the respective crew on board or three crew, whichever is more favourable, and a limit may be fixed. different in fisheries agreements concluded with third States.\n4 - Crew members who exercise the functions of commander or master of ships or vessels are not covered by paragraphs 2 and 3.[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 166/2019 (2019-10-31); entry into force 2020-01-01; Articles 2 and 68 [google translation])\n--------------\nPreviously\n--------------\n\"Article 61 - Nationality of crew members\n1 - Crew members of national vessels must have Portuguese nationality, or nationality of a member country of the European Union, and must comply with the provisions of international convention law regarding equal treatment in terms of the free exercise of maritime duties.\n2 - The crew member assigned to command functions must have Portuguese nationality, except in cases duly authorized by the IMP and based on reasons of labor shortage in the sector.\n3 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous paragraph, the use of crew members who are nationals of third countries also requires authorization from the IMP and is carried out under the conditions established in the applicable regulations.\n4 - Employment contracts concluded with foreign crew members are subject to written form, deposit, communication and other formalities set out in Law No. 20/98 of 12 May, and also to the provisions set out in the legal regime for individual employment contracts on board vessels. [...]\" (Decree-Law No. 280/2001, of October 23 [repealed by Decree-Law No. 166/2019 (2019-10-31); entry into force 2020-01-01][google translation])","Decree-Law No. 166/2019 (2019-10-31); entry into force 2020-01-01\nDecree-Law No. 280/2001, of October 23 [repealed by Decree-Law No. 166/2019]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dre.pt/dre/detalhe/decreto-lei/166-2019-125865390\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://diariodarepublica.pt/dr/detalhe/decreto-lei/280-2001-584020\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,930,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ROU","B05_06","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","On 28 February 2020, an Emergency Ordinance amending the Petroleum Law (No. 238/2004) entered into force. The amendment empowers the competent authority to refuse, for reasons of national security, the concession and execution of oil operations for the exploration, development and exploitation of an oil field by legal persons which are effectively controlled by non-EU nationals or entities. Additionally, any transfer of a concession is subject to government approval.","\"Article 1 [...]\n(2) Petroleum represents combustible mineral substances consisting of mixtures of natural hydrocarbons, accumulated in the earth's crust and which, on surface conditions, are gaseous, in the form of natural gas, or liquid, in the form of crude oil and condensate.\n[...]\nArticle 2\nFor the purposes of this law, the terms and expressions used are defined as follows: [...]\n24. oil operations means the set of activities of exploration, development, exploitation and abandonment of an oil field, underground storage, transport and transit of oil on main pipelines, as well as the operation of oil terminals;\n[...]\nArticle 3\nPetroleum operations are carried out by legal entities, Romanian or foreign, in accordance with the law, only within certain perimeters established for this purpose by the competent authority.\nArticle 3^1\n1. The competent authority may refuse, for reasons of national security, the concession and execution of oil operations for the exploration, development and exploitation of an oil field by legal persons which are effectively controlled by third countries of the European Union or third-country nationals. European.\n(2) In the case of oil agreements in force, on the proposal of the competent authority, for reasons of national security, a unilateral termination of the oil agreement may be approved by a Government decision.\n(on 28-02-2020, Chapter I was supplemented by Point 1, Article I of the EMERGENCY ORDINANCE no. 27 of 4 February 2020, published in the OFFICIAL GAZETTE no. 161 of 27 February 2020) \n[...]\nArticle 34\n(1) The holder of an oil agreement may transfer to another legal person the acquired rights and obligations assumed, only after approval, by a decision of the Government, at the proposal of the competent authority.\n(on 28-02-2020, Paragraph 1 of Article 34, Chapter IV was amended by Point 2, Article I of EMERGENCY ORDINANCE No. 27 of 4 February 2020, published in the OFFICIAL GAZETTE No. 161 of 27 February 2020)[...]\" (Petroleum Law (No. 238 of 7 June 2004), as amended by Emergency Ordinance No. 27 of 4 February 2020, Articles 1, 2, 3, 3^1 and 34 [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 1 [...]\n(2) Petroleum represents the combustible mineral substances consisting of mixtures of natural hydrocarbons, accumulated in the earth's crust and which, under surface conditions, appear in a gaseous state, in the form of natural gas, or liquid, in the form of crude oil and condensate.\n[...]\nArticle 2\nFor the purposes of this law, the terms and expressions used are defined as follows: [...]\n3. the competent authority is the National Agency for Mineral Resources, which represents the interests of the state in the field of oil resources, according to the attributions established by this law; [...]\n24. oil operations means the set of activities of exploration, development, exploitation and abandonment of an oil field, underground storage, transportation and transit of oil on main pipelines, as well as the operation of oil terminals;\n[...]\nArticle 3\nPetroleum operations are carried out by legal entities, Romanian or foreign, under the law, only within certain perimeters established for this purpose by the competent authority. [...]\" (Petroleum Law (No. 238 of 7 June 2004), as amended by Emergency Ordinance No. 40 of 28 June 2018, Articles 1, 2, and 3 [google translation])","Petroleum Law (No. 238 of 7 June 2004), as amended by Emergency Ordinance No. 27 of 4 February 2020\nPetroleum Law (No. 238 of 7 June 2004), as amended by Emergency Ordinance No. 40 of 28 June 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"http://legislatie.just.ro/Public/DetaliiDocument/52681\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://legislatie.just.ro/Public/DetaliiDocument/179761\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,906,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","I55","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.004375","Foreign investment is not allowed in accomodation services of up to 15 rooms","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\nAccommodation (hotel, guest house, letting services of furnished accommodation, self-catering establishment, Motel) of 1 to 15 rooms.","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,184,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000166667","Local incorporation required for obtaining a , Stock Exchange license, Clearing Agency License, Securities Facility License, Securities Dealer licence & Investment Advisor license.","\"Interpretation\n2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires –[…]\n“company” means a company incorporated or other body corporate wherever incorporated or constituted, and shall include a limited partnership constituted under the Limited Partnerships Act 2003;[...]\n“constitutional documents” means, in the case of a company, the certificate of incorporation and the memorandum and articles of association or other instrument of incorporation;[...]\n“recognized jurisdiction” means a jurisdiction in which a regulatory authority for a securities market is an ordinary member of the International Organisation of Securities Commissions;\n[...]\nApplication for securities exchange licence\n8. (1) Only a company incorporated under the Companies Act whose sole activity is the operation of a securities exchange may apply to the Securities Authority for a securities exchange licence.\n[...]\nApplication for clearing agency licence\n24. (1) Only a company incorporated under the Companies Act may apply to the Securities Authority for a licence to operate a clearing agency.\n[...]\nApplication for securities facility licence\n42. (1) Only a company incorporated in Seychelles may apply to the Securities Authority for a licence to operate as a securities facility.\n[...]\nLicensing of securities dealers\n45. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Part, no person shall carry on business in Seychelles dealing in securities, or hold himself out as carrying on that business, unless that person is –\n(a) licensed to do so by the Securities Authority under this Part; or (b) subject to sub-section (2), a recognized overseas securities dealer who holds current membership to deal on a Seychelles Securities Exchange (“an exempt overseas securities dealer”).\n(2) If an exempt overseas securities dealer provides services to residents of Seychelles or opens a place of business in Seychelles or otherwise becomes a resident of Seychelles, it shall cease to be an exempt overseas securities dealer and shall not carry on securities business in Seychelles unless it obtains a securities dealer’s licence under this Act.\n[...]\nGrant of securities dealer licence\n46. (1) The Securities Authority may grant a securities dealer’s licence to a company which applies in the prescribed form and manner and accompanied by―[...]\n(4) The Securities Authority shall not grant a securities dealer’s licence unless the applicant –\n(a) is a company incorporated under the Companies Act or under the laws of a recognized jurisdiction;\n[...]\nGrant of investment of advisor licence\n49. (1) The Securities Authority may grant an investment advisor licence to an individual or a company who applies in the prescribed form and manner and accompanied by –\n(a) the prescribed fee;\n(b) certified true copies of the constitutional documents of the applicant; and\n(c) any other documents or information the Securities Authority may require.[...]\" (SECURITIES ACT No 8 of 2007)","SECURITIES ACT No 8 of 2007","n/a","[<a href=\"https://fsaseychelles.sc/component/edocman/consolidated-securities-act-2007-to-9th-april-2020/download?Itemid=0\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,207,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","B","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0021","Permits for exploration and mining rights for exploitation of mineral resources may be granted to nationals and incorporated companies of the Member States of the EU, the EEA and the Swiss Confederation and the Member States of the OECD. Third-country parties may be granted an exploration permit or mining rights only subject to reciprocity.","\"Article 1 (subject to law a)\n(1) This Act determines the conditions for the search, exploration and exploitation of mineral resources, regardless of whether they are in the soil, on its surface or in waters, the conditions for abandoning their exploitation and the conditions for ensuring protection and health in the performance of works regarding the exploration, exploitation and non-exploitation of mineral resources and regulates inspections.\n(2) The provisions of this Act shall not apply to:\n1. exploration and exploitation of sand, gravel and gravel from water and coastal lands; and\n2. elimination of the consequences of natural and other disasters in areas where mines are closed in the manner and under the conditions determined by this Act .\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of the first and second paragraphs of this Article, the prospecting, exploration and exploitation of oil and natural gas at sea shall be prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 2 (meaning of terms)\nIn this law , the terms used have the following meaning: [...]\n2. Mineral resources, other than geothermal energy sources, are non-renewable natural resources that are directly or indirectly economically exploitable.\n2.1. Mineral resources are all organic and inorganic natural raw materials that are found in solid, liquid or gaseous state in natural deposits, solutions, sediments or tailings.\n2.2. A geothermal energy source is heat energy that is located in geological layers below the earth’s surface and is renewed by heat flow from the Earth’s interior.\n[...]\nArticle 6 (conditions for obtaining a exploration permit and mining rights for exploitation)\n(1) A permit for exploration and a mining right for exploitation may, in the manner and under the conditions determined by this Act, be obtained by a legal or natural person:\n-  who is established in the Member States of the European Union, the European Economic Area and the Swiss Confederation and in the Member States of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (hereinafter referred to as \"the Contracting States\") or is a national of a Contracting State, and\n- who is not from a Contracting State but from a third country, but only if the condition of material reciprocity is fulfilled. This condition is considered to be fulfilled if the interested party, which is from a third country, has its registered office or residence in the Republic of Slovenia and can perform activity in its own country under the same or similar conditions under which it can perform activity in the Republic of Slovenia. In the case of the registered office of a legal person or the residence of a natural person in several third countries, the rule of law of the country which is the strictest shall be taken into account in determining reciprocity. [...]\" (Mining Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 14/14), last amended on 2 November 2017, Articles 1, 2 and 6 [google translation])","Mining Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 14/14), last amended on 2 November 2017, Articles 1, 2 and 6","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO5706\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1027,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.027","Generally, a foreign investor may not own land, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years, renewable. ","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n\"Foreign company\" means a company as defined by the Southern Sudan Investment law. [...]\n\"Land\" means all land-based natural resources, including urban land, rural land, forest land, pastureland, swampland, floodplains, flora, and local fishing grounds, and lands under which subterranean resources exist, but not those subterranean resources themselves.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: LAND OWNERSHIP [...]\nSection 7. Ownership and Tenure System\n(1) All land in Southern Sudan is owned by the people of Southern Sudan and its usage shall be regulated by the Government. \n(2) Land may be acquired, held and transacted through the following tenure systems:-\na) Customary; b) Freehold; and c) Leasehold.\n[...]\nSection 9. Classification of Land: \nAll land in Southern Sudan shall be classified as public, community or private land.\n[...]\nSection 12. Private Land\nPrivate land includes:(1) any registered land held by any person under a freehold tenure; or (2) land held by any person under leasehold tenure; or (3) any other land that may be declared private land by law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: RIGHTS TO LAND [...]\nSection 14. Rights of Non-Citizens to Land\nSubject to the provisions of section 16 of this Act, individual or collective foreign entities may acquire leasehold or other interest in Land for a specified period and not freehold in land in Southern Sudan, for residential or investment purposes or for any other reasons in conformity with the interest of the people of Southern Sudan and in accordance with the provisions of the Investment law or any other Law. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VI DERIVATIVE RIGHTS TO LAND\nSection 18. Lease \n(1) Any person owning land in Southern Sudan may lease this right to another person or persons for a fixed period of time in accordance with the provisions of this Act. \n(2) The contract of lease shall not be more than 99 years.\n(3) Unless otherwise provided for in this Act or any other law, the provisions of subsection (1) above, shall apply to all leases including those governed by customary law and any other law. \nSection 19. Long Term Lease \n(1) A long term lease is a lease for more than one year and such a lease shall be in a written form. \n(2) A long term lease shall not exceed 99 years, and any lease for more than 99 years shall be considered a lease for 99 years with in the meaning of this section.[...]\" (Land Act, 2009, Sections 7, 14 and 27)\n---------------\n\"Article 5. Definitions\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall carry the meanings assigned to them — [...]\n\"domestic business organization\" means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n\"foreign direct investment\" means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise;\n\"foreign investor\" means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n\"national\" mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation;\n[...]\nSecond schedule. Benefits and incentives [...]\n3. Access to Land for Investment\nThe Government of Southern Sudan and the Local Authorities shall provide land for investment in any of the priority areas mentioned in First Schedule. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the law, the following conditions shall be deemed included in the decisions on investment in the priority areas listed in the First Schedule:\na. general investments in agriculture - other than forestry and paper wood - shall not exceed 30 years for a foreign investor subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nb. a foreign investor who wishes to invest in plantation forestry and depending on periods of harvest, shall not exceed 60 years subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nc. quarrying shall not exceed the life of the quarry and, subject to renewal of license, renegotiate favorable terms with the ministry concerned; and\nd. mining shall not exceed the lifespan of the mine, as defined in a concession agreement and subject to renewal of the license through favorable terms between the parties.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3)","Land Act of 2009, \nInvestment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Land-Act-2009.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3723,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","H5022","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0006","Only Tanzanian ships may be engaged in local trade (passenger and cargo cabotage); registration of a Tanzanian ship is reserved to Tanzanian nationals, individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania, and individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania.","\"2.-(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n''bareboat charter'' means hiring or leasing of a ship for a period of time during which the ship owner provides only the ship while the charterer provides the crew together with the stores and bunkers and pays all operating costs;\n[...]\nPART III - RESTRICTION ON TRADING\nRestriction 10.-(1) No ship shall trade in or from the waters of Tanzania unless on trading the ship -\n(a) is a Tanzanian ship; or\n(b) is provided with a certificate of foreign registry.\n(2) Subject to the provisions of any Regulation made under this section or of any international agreement, only Tanzanian ships may be engaged in local trade in Tanzanian waters\n[...]\nPART IV - REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF SHIP\n(a) Registration\n12. A ship shall be a Tanzanian ship for the purposes of this Act if such ship is registered in Tanzania under this Part.\n13.-(1) Subject to section 45, no ship shall be registered in Tanzania under this Act unless she is wholly owned by persons qualified to own a Tanzanian ship, namely -\n(a) nationals of Tanzania;\n(b) individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania; \n(c) individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania as may be prescribed;\n(d) such other persons as the Minister may by Order, specify.\n(2) Every ship of 50 Gross Tonnage (GT) or over that is owned by persons qualified to be owners of Tanzanian ship shall unless exempted, be registered as a Tanzanian ship:\n[...]\n(f) Licensing\n53.-(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), every ship under 50 Gross Tonnage (GT) shall be licensed under this Act.\n54.-(1) No ship shall be licensed in Tanzania unless she is owned by any of the persons referred to in section 13.\n[...]\nPART XIII - LOCAL AND COASTAL VOYAGES [...]\n(2) For the purposes of this section, a ship is deemed to be engaged in local trading when the ship takes on board passengers or cargo at a port in Tanzania to be carried to or landed at another port in Tanzania or anywhere within the East African Trading Area.[...]\" (Merchant Shipping Act, 2003)\n--------------\n\"Part III -  Qualification and entitlement for registration [...]\n6.(1). Subject to regulation 27(4) a ship shall be entitled to be registered if a majority interest in the ship is owned by one or more persons qualified to be owners of Tanzanian ships.\n(2) For the purposes of sub-regulation (1)-\n(a) one or more persons shall be treated as owning a majority interest in a ship if there is vested in that person or in those persons, taken together, the legal title to 33 or more shares; and\n(b) a body corporate shall be treated as resident in the United Republic of Tanzania if it has a place of business in  the United Republic of Tanzania.\n(3) The owner of such ship shall fulfull the following:\n(a) all ratings engaged on board of the ship shall be Tanzanian;\n[...]\nPart IV -  Qualification and entitlement of fishing vessels to be registered\n7.(1) The following persons are qualified to be owners of fishing vessels which are to be registered:\n(a) national of Tanzania;\n(b) individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania; \n(c) individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania as may be prescribed;\n(2) Subject to Regulations 8 and 27(2), (3) and (4), a ship shall be entitled to be registered only if the legal and beneficial title of the vessel are vested wholly in one or more of those persons qualified to be owners of a Tanzanian fishing vessel by virtue fo Regulation 7(1).\n8.(1) Notwithstanding that the requirements specified in Regulation 7(2) are satisfied a vessel shall not be registered unless:\n(a) it is managed, and its operations controlled and directed, from within the United Republic of Tanzania;\n(b) any charterer, manager or operator of the vessel is a person qualified to be the owner of a Tanzanian fishing vessel by virtue of Regulation 7(1)[...]\" (Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships and Lincensing of Vessels) Regulations, 2005)","Merchant Shipping Act, 2003\nMerchant Shipping (Registration of Ships and Lincensing of Vessels) Regulations, 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.tasac.go.tz/uploads/publications/sw1542642572-Merchant_Shipping_Act_21-2003.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tasac.go.tz/uploads/publications/sw1627210182-Merchant%20Shipping%20(Registration%20of%20Ships)%20Regulations,%202005.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,331,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","H5022","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.0006","Only Tanzanian ships may be engaged in local trade (passenger and cargo cabotage); registration of a Tanzanian ship is reserved to Tanzanian nationals, individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania, and individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania.","\"2.-(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n''bareboat charter'' means hiring or leasing of a ship for a period of time during which the ship owner provides only the ship while the charterer provides the crew together with the stores and bunkers and pays all operating costs;\n[...]\nPART III - RESTRICTION ON TRADING\nRestriction 10.-(1) No ship shall trade in or from the waters of Tanzania unless on trading the ship -\n(a) is a Tanzanian ship; or\n(b) is provided with a certificate of foreign registry.\n(2) Subject to the provisions of any Regulation made under this section or of any international agreement, only Tanzanian ships may be engaged in local trade in Tanzanian waters\n[...]\nPART IV - REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF SHIP\n(a) Registration\n12. A ship shall be a Tanzanian ship for the purposes of this Act if such ship is registered in Tanzania under this Part.\n13.-(1) Subject to section 45, no ship shall be registered in Tanzania under this Act unless she is wholly owned by persons qualified to own a Tanzanian ship, namely -\n(a) nationals of Tanzania;\n(b) individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania; \n(c) individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania as may be prescribed;\n(d) such other persons as the Minister may by Order, specify.\n(2) Every ship of 50 Gross Tonnage (GT) or over that is owned by persons qualified to be owners of Tanzanian ship shall unless exempted, be registered as a Tanzanian ship:\n[...]\n(f) Licensing\n53.-(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), every ship under 50 Gross Tonnage (GT) shall be licensed under this Act.\n54.-(1) No ship shall be licensed in Tanzania unless she is owned by any of the persons referred to in section 13.\n[...]\nPART XIII - LOCAL AND COASTAL VOYAGES [...]\n(2) For the purposes of this section, a ship is deemed to be engaged in local trading when the ship takes on board passengers or cargo at a port in Tanzania to be carried to or landed at another port in Tanzania or anywhere within the East African Trading Area.[...]\" (Merchant Shipping Act, 2003)\n--------------\n\"Part III -  Qualification and entitlement for registration [...]\n6.(1). Subject to regulation 27(4) a ship shall be entitled to be registered if a majority interest in the ship is owned by one or more persons qualified to be owners of Tanzanian ships.\n(2) For the purposes of sub-regulation (1)-\n(a) one or more persons shall be treated as owning a majority interest in a ship if there is vested in that person or in those persons, taken together, the legal title to 33 or more shares; and\n(b) a body corporate shall be treated as resident in the United Republic of Tanzania if it has a place of business in  the United Republic of Tanzania.\n(3) The owner of such ship shall fulfull the following:\n(a) all ratings engaged on board of the ship shall be Tanzanian;\n[...]\nPart IV -  Qualification and entitlement of fishing vessels to be registered\n7.(1) The following persons are qualified to be owners of fishing vessels which are to be registered:\n(a) national of Tanzania;\n(b) individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania; \n(c) individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania as may be prescribed;\n(2) Subject to Regulations 8 and 27(2), (3) and (4), a ship shall be entitled to be registered only if the legal and beneficial title of the vessel are vested wholly in one or more of those persons qualified to be owners of a Tanzanian fishing vessel by virtue fo Regulation 7(1).\n8.(1) Notwithstanding that the requirements specified in Regulation 7(2) are satisfied a vessel shall not be registered unless:\n(a) it is managed, and its operations controlled and directed, from within the United Republic of Tanzania;\n(b) any charterer, manager or operator of the vessel is a person qualified to be the owner of a Tanzanian fishing vessel by virtue of Regulation 7(1)[...]\" (Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships and Lincensing of Vessels) Regulations, 2005)","Merchant Shipping Act, 2003\nMerchant Shipping (Registration of Ships and Lincensing of Vessels) Regulations, 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.tasac.go.tz/uploads/publications/sw1542642572-Merchant_Shipping_Act_21-2003.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tasac.go.tz/uploads/publications/sw1627210182-Merchant%20Shipping%20(Registration%20of%20Ships)%20Regulations,%202005.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,331,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","B07_08","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"5.83E-05","A primary Mining Licence  (i.e. small-scale mining) for any minerals shall not be granted to an individual, partnership or body corporate unless-[...] (c) in the case of a body corporate, it is a company and— (i) its membership is composed exclusively of citizens of Tanzania; (ii) its directors are all citizens of Tanzania; (iii) control over the company, both direct and indirect, is exercised, from within Tanzania by persons all of whom are citizens of Tanzania. A mining licence for mining gemstones is also exclusively granted to Tanzanian applicants (assuming a company's directors must all be citizens).","\"3. Disapplication to petroleum\nThis Act does not apply to exploration for or production of petroleum.\n4. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n\"mining licence\" means a mining licence for medium scale mining operation, whose capital investment is between US$100,000 and US$ 100,000,000 or its equivalent in Tanzanian shillings; [...]\n\"Primary mining licence\" means a licence for small scale mining characterized by minimal machinery or technology of an initial capital for investment which does not exceed US dollars 5 million or its equivalent in Tanzania Shilling;\n[...]\n8. Restriction on grant of mineral rights\n(1) Mineral rights shall not be granted to— [...]\n(b) a company—\n(i) which has not established a physical and postal address in the United Republic for the purpose of serving legal notices and other correspondences;\n(ii) unless, such company is incorporated under the Companies Act and intends to carry out the business of mining under a mining licence;\n(iii) which is in liquidation other than a liquidation that forms part of a scheme for the reconstruction or amalgamation of the holder;\n(iv) which has among its directors or shareholders any person who would be disqualified in terms of paragraph (a)(iii) and (iv).\n(2) A Primary Mining Licence for any minerals shall not be granted to an individual, partnership or body corporate unless-\n(a) in the case of an individual, the individual is a citizen of Tanzania;\n(b) in the case of a partnership, it is composed exclusively of citizens of Tanzania;\n(c) in the case of a body corporate, it is a company and—\n(i) its membership is composed exclusively of citizens of Tanzania;\n(ii) its directors are all citizens of Tanzania;\n(iii) control over the company, both direct and indirect, is exercised, from within Tanzania by persons all of whom are citizens of Tanzania.\n(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), the Commission may, on recommendation of the Resident Mines Officer and upon satisfying itself that a Primary Mining Licence holder needs a technical support which cannot be sourced within Tanzania, allow the Primary Mining licence holder to contract a foreigner for the technical support.[...]\n(5) A mining licence for mining gemstones shall only be granted to applicants who are Tanzanians.\n(6) Notwithstanding subsection (5), where the Minister after consultation with the Commission determines that the development of gemstone resources in an area of land subject to a mineral right, is most likely to require specialized skills, technology or high level of investment, he may grant a mining licence for gemstones to the applicant, where he is satisfied that the licence will be held by that person together with a non-citizen whose undivided participating shares amount to not more than fifty percent either alone, in the case of one person or in the aggregate in the case of more than one person.\n[...]\nPart VIII – Local content, corporate social responsibility and integrity pledge\n102. Provision of goods and services by Tanzanian entrepreneurs\n(1) A mineral right holder shall give preference to goods which are produced or available in Tanzania and services which are rendered by Tanzanian citizens and or local companies.\n(2) Where goods required by the mineral right holder are not available in Tanzania, the goods shall be provided by a local company which has entered into a joint venture with a foreign company.\n(3) The local company referred to in subsection (2) shall own share of at least twenty five percent in the joint venture or otherwise as provided for in the regulations. [...]\n(9) For the purpose of this Act—\n\"local company\" means a company or subsidiary company incorporated under the Companies Act, which is one hundred percent owned by a Tanzanian citizen or a company that is in a joint venture partnership with a Tanzanian citizen or citizens whose participating shares are not less than fifty one percent.[...]\" (Mining Act (Chapter 123), 2010, as amended)","Mining Act (Chapter 123), 2010, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://tanzlii.org/akn/tz/act/2010/14/eng@2019-11-30\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,319,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","J612T619","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0005","Majority foreign investment in telecommunication business, with the exception of Type 1 licensed business, is limited to 49% of equity ownership. Majority foreign investment in all other services sector activities, including Type 1 licensed business, is subject to approval under the Foreign Business Act (List 3, parag. 21).\n[In the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that all services sectors, which are neither explicilty excluded from FBA purview nor are explicitly subjected to minority foreign equity holdings under sector-specific legislation, are subject to discriminatory screening as provided in the Foreign Business Act].","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...] \n(21) Other service businesses, with the exception of service businesses as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"By virtue of the provisions of section 46 paragraph one of the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999) and List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999), which is the law containing certain provisions in relation to the restriction of rights and liberties of persons, in respect of which section 29 in conjunction with section 33 and section 43 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Thailand so permits by virtue of provisions of law, the Minister of Commerce issues this Ministerial Regulation, as follows. The following service businesses are the service businesses excluded from (21) of List Three annexed to the Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999):\n(1) Securities business and other businesses under the law on securities and securities exchange:\n (a) securities trading; (b) serving as an investment consultant; (c) securities underwriting; (d) borrowing and lending securities; (e) mutual fund management; (f) private fund management; (g) venture capital management; (h) granting loans for securities business; (i) serving as a financial consultant; (j) serving as a securities registrar;\n (k) trusteeship of assets of securities companies’ or derivatives traders’ customers; (l) serving as a private fund custodian; (m) serving as a mutual fund supervisor; and\n (n) serving as a debentureholders’ representative;\n(2) Serivatives business under the law on derivatives:\n (a) serving as a derivatives dealer; (b) serving as a derivatives advisor; and (c) serving as a derivatives fund manager; and\n(3) Serving as a trustee under the law on trust for transactions in capital market.\n(4) financial institution business, businesses incidental to or necessary for the operation of a financial institution business and the businesses of companies in the financial group of a financial institution pursuant to the law on financial institutions [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]:\n (a) commercial banking business;  (b) bank representative office service business;  (c) Shariah financial service; (d) financial institution agent; (e) cash deposit services under terms of withdrawal on demand by a customer and custodian services; (f) private sector repurchase; (g) agent to receive applications and collect insurance premiums or service fees for export insurance and credit insurance for customers; (h) services relating to financial businesses offered to financial institutions, companies within the financial group, the Bank of Thailand and government agencies; (i) leasing of immovable property; (j) purchase or assignment of loan debts; (k) financing service; (l) documentation relating to customer’s businesses; (m) debt collection or application receiving agent;  (n) hire purchase and leasing.\n(5) life insurance business under the law on life insurance; [as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(6) insurance business under the law on insurance.”[as amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)]\n(7) asset management business under the law on asset management company; [amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(8) representative office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(9) regional office of foreign juristic person in international trade service pursuant to the Rules of the Prime Minister’s Office on Establishment of Visa and Work Permit Service Center B.E. 2540 (1997);[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(10) service business to which a government agency under the law on budgetary procedures is a party;[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]\n(11) service business to which a state enterprise under the law on budgetary procedures is a party[amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)]. \"(MINISTERIAL REGULATION PRESCRIBING SERVICE BUSINESSES NOT SUBJECT TO APPLICATION FOR FOREIGN BUSINESS PERMISSION, B.E. 2556 (2013); amended by Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017), Ministerial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] CHAPTER I - TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS LICENSING\nSection 7.  Any person who wishes to operate a telecommunications business in accordance with the characteristics and categories prescribed in the Notification by the Commission under the law on the organisation to assign frequency spectrum and to regulate radio broadcasting, television and telecommunications businesses shall obtain a license from the Commission.\nThere shall be three types of a telecommunications business license as follows:\n(1)    Type One License: being a license for the telecommunications business operator who does not have his or her own telecommunications network and the characteristics of his or her business are deemed appropriate to provide services on the basis of liberalisation. When the person wishing to operate the business with such characteristics has notified the Commission, the Commission shall issue a license for business operation;\n(2)    Type Two License: being a license for the telecommunications business operator who has or does not have his or her own network and whose business is intended to provide services for a limited group of people or has no significant impacts on free and fair competition or on public interest and consumers. When the person wishing to operate the business with such characteristics has completely fulfilled the standard criteria prescribed in the Notification in advance by the Commission, the Commission shall issue a license for business operation;  \n(3)    Type Three License: being a license for the telecommunications business operator who has his or her own network and whose business is intended to provide services to a large number of the general public or may have significant impacts on free and fair competition or on public interest or requires special consumer protection. When the person wishing to operate the business with such characteristics has been considered appropriate by the Commission for the issuance of a license, such person may then commence the operation.\nThe characteristics or categories including the scope of services of telecommunications business to which the licensee under Type One, Type Two or Type Three is entitled shall be as prescribed in the Notification by the Commission, which shall be in accordance with the characteristics of business operation of each type of license under paragraph two and shall take into account the development of diverse service provisions of telecommunications business and fairness among operators.\nIn applying for a license, the applicant shall specify the type of the license to be applied for together with the characteristics or categories of telecommunications business he or she wishes to operate. If he or she wishes to engage in any additional business operation of different characteristics or categories after he or she has been licensed, he or she shall inform the Commission prior to the commencement of such operation. In this case, the Commission may prescribe conditions to be observed by the applicant. \nSection 8.  The Commission shall prescribe in the Notification and disclose to the general public the licensing criteria to enable the person who wishes to operate the business to be informed in advance of the applicant qualification, the application procedure and the license granting criteria. The granting criteria shall be determined differently in accordance with the types of license under section 7 and shall be consistent with each characteristic and category of telecommunications business and the guidelines on frequency spectrum licensing and telecommunications business licensing as stipulated in the Telecommunications Master Plan and the Frequency Plan under the law on the organisation to assign frequency spectrum and to regulate radio broadcasting, television and telecommunications businesses.\nIn the Notification under paragraph one, the Commission shall prescribe details in relation to the applicant qualification, the application procedure, the documents, evidence or information necessary for the licensing procedure, the licensing consideration procedure, the consideration period of the Commission, scope of license, maximum and minimum term of license including other conditions necessary for business operation.\nDetermination of the applicant qualification shall be in accordance with the following criteria:\n(1)     the applicant for Type Two License and Type Three License shall not be a foreigner under the law on foreign business. In this regard, the Commission may require the applicant for certain characteristics or categories of telecommunications business who is a juristic person to prescribe the prohibition of any act which has the nature of business takeover by a foreigner [as amended by the Telecommunications Business Act (No. 2), B.E. 2549 (2006).];\n(2)     the applicant shall not be bankrupt;\n(3)     the applicant shall not have previously had a telecommunications business license revoked;\n(4)     the directors, managers or persons having management power of the applicant shall not have been sentenced by a final judgment for an offence under this Act or under the law on telegraph and telephone, the law on radio communication or the law on consumer protection during a two-year period prior to the filing of the application for a license;\n(5)    the applicant for Type Three License shall have an investment plan and a service provision plan for telecommunications business that enables the efficient service provisions;\n(6)    the applicant shall have other qualifications and have no other prohibited characteristics prescribed by the Commission for each type of license under section 7. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT, B.E. 2544 (2001))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Appendix C - Examples of Telecommunications Business Services Requiring Type One Licence\nExamples of Telecommunications Business Services Requiring Type One Licence:\n1) Internet Access Service; 2) Audiotext Service; 3) Resale of Public Switched Telecommunications Service; 4) Store-and-Retrieve Value-Added Service; 5) Public Chain Payphone Service; 6) International Calling Card Service\nAppendix D - Examples of Licence-Free Telecommunication Business Services\nExamples of Licence-Free Telecommunications business Services:\n1) Mobile desk telephones (desk cellular phones); 2) Coin-slot pay telephones stationed at homes and shops[...]\" (Notification of the National Telecommunications Commission - Re: Nature and Categories of Telecommunication Business Requiring Telecommunications Business Licence)","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nMINISTERIAL REGULATION PRESCRIBING SERVICE BUSINESSES NOT SUBJECT TO APPLICATION FOR FOREIGN BUSINESS PERMISSION, B.E. 2556 (2013)\nMinisterial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 2) B.E. 2559 (2016)\nMinisterial Regulation Prescribing Service Businesses Which Do Not Require a Foreign Business License (No. 3) B.E. 2560 (2017)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT, B.E. 2544 (2001))\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT (No. 2), B.E. 2549 (2006).\nNotification of the National Telecommunications Commission - Re: Nature and Categories of Telecommunication Business Requiring Telecommunications Business Licence\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dbd.go.th/dbdweb_en/ewt_dl_link.php?nid=4059\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dbd.go.th/dbdweb_en/ewt_dl_link.php?nid=4217\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dbd.go.th/dbdweb_en/ewt_dl_link.php?nid=4219\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.krisdika.go.th/wps/portal/general_en/!ut/p/c5/04_SB8K8xLLM9MSSzPy8xBz9CP0os3g_A2czQ0cTQ89ApyAnA0__EIOAQGdXAwNDc6B8JG55dzMCuv088nNT9SP1o8wRqowczd0MHC29vAO8PUMM3Z3N9CNzUtMTkyv1C3IjyvMdFRUByl01jw!!/dl3/d3/L0lJSklna2shL0lCakFBRXlBQkVSQ0lBISEvWUZOQzFOS18yN3chLzdfTjBDNjFBNDFJMkE3RjBBOUpLUEtJVDFHQzY!/?PC_7_N0C61A41I2A7F0A9JKPKIT1GC6_WCM_CONTEXT=/wps/wcm/connect/ksdkwebcontent_en/legal+translation/legal+english/telecommunications+business+act+be+2544+%282001%29#_ftnref3\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://thailaws.com/law/t_laws/tlaw0461.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://lib.nbtc.go.th:8080/aion-streaming/access.do?p=Y29udGVudCUyRmVib29rJTJGMjAxNTA3MDJfMTQzNTgwMzM1MTU4OF8xOTc3LnBkZg==&m=stream\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1925,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H4923","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0002","The majority of the board of directors, as well as the president, general director or manager, must be Tunisian nationals in companies carrying out commercial road freight transport, tourist transport, vehicle rental, freight forwarders and non-regular public road transport of passenger by taxis, hire cards and rural transport.","\"First article. - The purpose of this law is to organize the land transport of people and goods and to set the rules and conditions for the exercise of the activity in this field.\nLand transport includes, within the meaning of this law, rail transport, road transport and vehicle rental.\nInternal land transport is considered to be any transport carried out between two points located on national territory by means of road or rail transport. Other land transport operations are considered international land transport.\n[...]\nArt. 22. - The organization of non-regular public road transport of persons is fixed by decree. The maximum age of the cars used and their technical specifications, the methods for fixing the routes of collective taxis and rental cars and rural transport, as well as the general rules relating to the operation are fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport. \n[...]\nArt. 25. - The exercise of the various tourist transport activities is subject to specifications and prior declarations to the competent services of the ministry in charge of transport.\nA joint decree of the ministers responsible for transport and tourism establishes the list of these activities and approves the related specifications.\n[...]\nArt. 28. - The exercise of the activity of road transport of goods for the account of others, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight is less than or equal to a threshold fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport, is free and is not subject to authorization or declaration.\nThe exercise of this same activity, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight exceeds the threshold referred to in the first paragraph of this article, is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 30. - The operation of freight centers is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 33. - The exercise of the rental activity of each category or set of categories of vehicles intended for the transport of people or goods is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport . These specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\nArt. 34. - The person wishing to exercise one of the activities mentioned in articles 22, 25, 28, 30 and 33 of this law, must fulfill the conditions fixed by decree, relating to nationality and professional qualifications. [...]\" (Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1 - The purpose of this governmental decree is to set the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification for the exercise of the following activities:\n1- Tourist transport;\n2- Vehicle rental,\n3- Road transport of goods on behalf of others,\n4- The operation of freight centers,\n5- Non-regular public road transport of people by taxis, hire cars and rural transport.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - The legal person wishing to exercise one of the activities provided for in article 1 of this decree must be of Tunisian nationality in accordance with the provisions of Decree-Law 61-14 of August 30, 1961 referred to below or possibly obtain the agreement of the higher investment commission provided for in article 23 of the investment incentive code promulgated by law No. 93-120 of December 27, 1993 if the rate of participation of foreigners in the capital of the company is greater than 50%.\nArticle 4 - The activities provided for in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of article 1 of this government decree can only be carried out by legal persons and the activity provided for in paragraph 5 of article 1 of this government decree cannot be carried out. be exercised only by natural persons.[...]\" (Decree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Art. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"First article. - The purpose of this decree is to organize the non-regular public road transport of people by individual taxi cars, collective taxis, grand touring taxis, hire, rural transport and occasional transport.\nArt. 2. - The authorization to exercise the activity of non-scheduled public road transport of persons can be granted to a natural or legal person with the exception of rural transport which only natural persons are authorized to exercise and occasional transport that only legal persons are authorized to exercise.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - The authorization to exercise one of the activities mentioned in article 1 of this decree is granted to the legal person who justifies the following:\n- have fulfilled the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification set by Decree No. 2006-2118 of July 31, 2006 referred to above,[...]\" (Decree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1: The forwarder is the person who performs on behalf of the shipper or recipient of legal acts and material operations related to the international transport of goods.\nHe may also organize or have all or part of the international transport of goods carried out, including related operations, in particular those relating to insurance, packaging, groupage, pointing, allotment, security, etc. warehousing and delivery. It may also, subject to the regulations in force, charter any means of international transport of goods as well as containers and trailers.\nHe performs the administrative procedures required by the transport and its related operations, including customs formalities if he is authorized to do so, otherwise has them carried out.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - Persons of foreign nationality may exercise the activity of forwarding agent when authorized to do so under international agreements in force, and this, subject to reciprocity.\nIn the absence of such agreements, the exercise of the activity of forwarding agent by foreigners is subject to the laws and regulations in force governing the investments and participation of foreigners.[...]\" (Law on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4 [google translation])","Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34\nDecree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3\nDecree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4\nLaw on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.transport.tn/fr/terrestre/reglement\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/84070?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/77824?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/83267?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112612?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109855?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1719,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","_H","_O","IV61","IX",2023,"0.05","On 19 October 2022, Tunisia adopted Decree-Law No. 2022-68, whereby promotes private investment while prioritising Tunisian companies and start-ups in public contracts, with up to 10% of contract values earmarked for them. Additionally, foreign bidders must involve local firms for at least 20% of order values. Tunisian economic operators are granted a 20% advantage in contracts over foreign counterparts, while Tunisian-origin products receive preference in supply markets, provided they meet quality standards and price constraints.","\"Article 1 - The objective of this decree-law is to enact special provisions relating to the acceleration of the implementation of public projects and the promotion of private sector projects with a view to responding to the priorities of economic and social development at the level national and regional.\n[...]\nArt. 10 - The specifications obligatorily provide for the recourse of foreign bidders to local companies for the realization of a minimum percentage of 20% of the value of the orders or the supply of goods, equipment and services and this in all cases where local industries and businesses are likely to respond at a percentage which is not less than 20%.\nArt. 11 - The public buyer may provide in the specifications for the granting of an advance within the limit of 20% and not less than 10% for works, studies and supply of goods and services contracts in accordance with the legislation and regulations in force.\nArt. 12 - A preference of 20% of the overall market price is granted for the benefit of offers from Tunisian economic operators for studies, works and supply of goods and services, compared to offers from foreign economic operators.\nPreference is given to products of Tunisian origin in all markets for the supply of goods compared to all other products whatever their origin, provided that they are of equal quality and without the prices of Tunisian products exceed those of their foreign counterparts by 20%.\n[...]\nArt. 16 - Subject to the regulations in force on foreign exchange and foreign trade, resident companies may present financial offers in foreign currency for products, materials, equipment imported and not manufactured locally.\" (Decree-law No. 2022-68 of October 19, 2022, enacting special provisions for improving the efficiency of carrying out public and private projects, Articles 1, 10, 11, 12, and 16 [google translation])","Decree-law No. 2022-68 of October 19, 2022, enacting special provisions for improving the efficiency of carrying out public and private projects","UNCTAD: \"Issues law for improving the effectiveness of PPPs and promoting investment in priority sectors\", 19 October 2022\nINSTANCE GÉNÉRALE DE PARTENARIAT PUBLIC PRIVÉ: \"Decree-law No. 2022-68 of October 19, 2022, enacting special provisions for improving the efficiency of carrying out public and private projects\"","[<a href=\"https://igppp.tn/sites/default/files/D%C3%A9cret-loi2022_68.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-policy-monitor/measures/4438/tunisia-issues-law-for-improving-the-effectiveness-of-ppps-and-promoting-investment-in-priority-sectors\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://igppp.tn/fr/decret-loi-ndeg-2022-68-du-19-octobre-2022-edictant-des-dispositions-speciales-pour-lamelioration\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4043,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","D3510X11","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00004375","For a US-incorporated company to be eligible for a license to own, construct or operate an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship, the president or other executive officer, the chairman of the board of directors and a majority of the directors of the corporation must be United States citizens.","\"§9102. Definitions\nAs used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the term— [...] \n(11) \"ocean thermal energy conversion facility\" means any facility which is standing, fixed or moored in whole or in part seaward of the highwater mark and which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such facility to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any cable or pipeline used to deliver such electricity, fresh water, or product to shore, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such facility, to the extent they are located seaward of the highwater mark;\n(12) \"ocean thermal energy conversion plantship\" means any vessel which is designed to use temperature differences in ocean water while floating unmoored or moving through such water, to produce electricity or another form of energy capable of being used directly to perform work, and includes any equipment installed on such vessel to use such electricity or other form of energy to produce, process, refine, or manufacture a product, and any equipment used to transfer such product to other vessels for transportation to users, and all other associated equipment and appurtenances of such vessel; [...]\n(18) \"United States citizen\" means (A) any individual who is a citizen of the United States by law, birth, or naturalization; (B) any Federal, State, or local government in the United States, or any entity of any such government; or (C) any corporation, partnership, association, or other entity, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, or of any State, which has as its president or other executive officer and as its chairman of the board of directors, or holder of similar office, an individual who is a United States citizen and which has no more of its directors who are not United States citizens than constitute a minority of the number required for a quorum necessary to conduct the business of the board.\n[...]\n§9111. License for ownership, construction, and operation of ocean thermal energy conversion facilities or plantships\n(a) License requirement\nNo person may engage in the ownership, construction, or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility which is documented under the laws of the United States, which is located in whole or in part between the highwater mark and the seaward boundary of the territorial sea of the United States, or which is connected to the United States by pipeline or cable, except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter. No citizen of the United States may engage in the ownership, construction or operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion plantship except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to this chapter, or in accordance with a license issued by a foreign nation whose licenses are found by the Administrator, after consultation with the Secretary of State, to be compatible with licenses issued pursuant to this chapter. [...]\n(f) License eligibility\nAny United States citizen who otherwise qualifies under the terms of this chapter shall be eligible to be issued a license for the ownership, construction, and operation of an ocean thermal energy conversion facility or plantship. [...]\" (Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111)","Ocean Thermal Energy  Conversion  Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 9102 and 9111\nFederal Power Act (16 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 797\nGeothermal Steam Act (30 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 1002 and 1015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title42/chapter99&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter12/subchapter1&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title30/chapter23&edition=prelim\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1574,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0096","Only a national air transportation enterprise (empresa nacional de transporte aéreo) may operate aircraft in domestic air transportation service (cabotage) and may provide international scheduled and non-scheduled air transportation services as an Uruguayan air carrier. Only a national air works enterprise (an empresa nacional de servicios de trabajo aéreo) may operate aircraft in domestic non-transportation air services. In order to be a national air transportation or air works enterprise the company must be 51 percent owned by Uruguayan nationals domiciled in Uruguay. All crew and other personnel, including management of an empresa nacional de transporte aéreo or an empresa nacional de servicios de trabajo aéreo, must be Uruguayan nationals, unless otherwise authorized by the Dirección Nacional de Aviación Civil e Infraestructura Aeronáutica.","TITLE IV - AIRCRAFT [...]\nCHAPTER II - NATIONALITY AND REGISTRATION\nArticle 29 (Uruguayan nationality). The registration of an aircraft in the National Aircraft Registry confers Uruguayan nationality to said aircraft. This registration cancels all previous registration.\n[…]\nArticle 32 (Requirements for registration). The owners of aircraft, to request their registration, must be domiciled in the Republic. In the case of a condominium, said condition must be verified with respect to 51% (fifty-one percent) of the co-owners whose rights exceed 51% (fifty-one percent) of the value of the aircraft. Without prejudice to the expressed domiciliary requirement, the Executive Power will regulate the other conditions that must be met by aircraft owners to register them.\nArticle 33 (Registration of aircraft of national companies).- Aircraft of national companies must have Uruguayan registration. However, exceptionally, in order to ensure the provision of services or for reasons of national convenience, the aeronautical authority may allow the use of foreign-registered aircraft.\n[...]\nTITLE VI - AERONAUTICAL PERSONNEL\nCHAPTER I - GENERALITIES\nArticle 83 (Reserve). Only Uruguayan citizens may exercise functions on national aircraft, unless expressly provided otherwise by the competent authority.\n[...]\nArticle 113 (Internal air services). Internal air services will be carried out exclusively by national companies. The Aeronautical Authority may authorize domestic air services by foreign companies provided that the same rights are granted on a reciprocal basis. Unless the State operates them directly, internal air services for regular passenger, mail and cargo transport will be carried out by concessionaires and non-regular services by authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 115 (International air services by foreign companies). Foreign companies may perform international air transport services in accordance with the international agreements signed by the Republic and prior concession or authorization from the Executive Power.\nFor these purposes, the Executive Power will require:\n1. That they establish an agent in the Republic.\n2. That they constitute domicile for all legal purposes in the Republic.\n3. That they expressly submit to national jurisdiction.\nIn the case of public international transport services, the concession or authorization granted must contain at least the same obligations as those imposed on national companies that provide similar services.[...]\" (Aeronautical Code (Decree-Law No. 14.305 of 29.11.1974), last amended by Law No. 18.939 of 08.08.2012 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Chapter III - Commercial Aviation [...]\nArt. 32. (Personnel) - The personnel of the national air navigation companies must be composed entirely of Uruguayan citizens. At the beginning of the exploitation or for technical reasons, the aeronautical authority may exceptionally authorize a percentage of foreigners, for a period of time that will exceed two years [...]\" (Decree No. 325/974 AERONAUTICAL POLICY STANDARDS. APPROVAL)\n--------------------------\nCHAPTER II - PUBLIC AIR TRANSPORTATION SERVICES\nArticle 1-5\nArticle 5. (Concept).- Public air transport services are those whose purpose is the transport by air of passengers, baggage, mail or cargo, for remuneration. They can be internal or international, regular or non-regular.\n[...]\nArticle 1-35 (Requirements of national companies). National companies that provide the services established in Chapter II of these Regulations must meet the following requirements:\nA) Its real and effective headquarters must be in the Republic;\nB) The majority of the control and administration bodies must be exercised by persons with real domicile in the Republic;\nC) If the entrepreneur is a natural person, he must be a Uruguayan citizen;\nD) If it is a personal company, half plus one, at least of the partners, must be Uruguayan citizens with real domicile in the Republic and own the majority of the capital;\nE) If it is a capital company (stock company or limited company by shares), the majority of the shares, to which corresponds the majority of the computable votes, must be nominative or book-entry and owned by Uruguayan citizens. with real domicile in the Republic or to public or private legal entities incorporated in the Republic and with real domicile therein, the latter being personal companies or capital companies with nominative or book-entry shares. Compliance with the previously detailed requirements will be permanently verified by the National Board of Civil Aeronautics. [...]\" (Decree No. 39/977 AERONAUTICAL CODE. REGULATION OF SECTION II. CHAPTER II. TITLE IX)","Aeronautical Code (Decree-Law No. 14.305 of 29.11.1974), last amended by Law No. 18.939 of 08.08.2012 [google translation])\nDecree No. 325/974 AERONAUTICAL POLICY STANDARDS. APPROVAL\nDecree No. 39/977 AERONAUTICAL CODE. REGULATION OF SECTION II. CHAPTER II. TITLE IX)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/codigo-aeronautico/14305-1974\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/diariooficial/1974/05/06/2\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos/39-1977\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,851,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.006","Foreign investment in mass media outlets (radio and TV broadcasting, and printed media) cannot exceed 30% of of their authorized capital.","\"Chapter 1. General Provisions […]\nSection 2. Scope of this Law\nThis Law applies to the mass media created and operating in the Republic of Uzbekistan, as well as to the mass media of foreign countries with regard to the distribution of their products in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Media\nMass media - a form of periodic distribution of mass media registered in the manner prescribed by law, with a permanent name and published or broadcast (hereinafter referred to as “the issue”) at least once every six months in print (newspapers, magazines, statements, newsletters and other) and (or) electronic form (television, radio, video, newsreels, websites on the world Internet), and other forms of periodic dissemination of mass information.\n[...]\nChapter 2. Organization of the media\nSection 8. The Right to Establish a Mass Media\nLegal entities and individuals of the Republic of Uzbekistan have the right to establish mass media.\nThe media can be established by several founders. [...]\nThe establishment of the media by legal entities in the authorized capital of which the share of foreign investment is thirty percent or more is not allowed. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING AMENDMENTS AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON MEDIA”)","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING AMENDMENTS AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON MEDIA”","n/a","[<a href=\"http://lex.uz/ru/docs/1106875\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2400,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.003","Branches of foreign banks are not allowed.","\"Article 12. Bank founders\nThe founders of the bank can be legal entities and individuals - residents, as well as non-residents.\nThe state may be the founder and shareholder of the bank represented by the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan, as well as other state organizations on the basis of decisions of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan. Enterprises and organizations in which more than fifty percent of the authorized fund (authorized capital) belongs to the state cannot be the founders and shareholders of the bank, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nChapter 2. Minimum conditions for admission to banking\nArticle 15. Establishment of a bank\nBanks are created in the form of a joint-stock company.\nBanks receive the status of a legal entity from the moment of their state registration with the Central Bank.\nThe Bank operates in the Republic of Uzbekistan on the basis of a license for the right to carry out banking activities (hereinafter referred to as the license) issued by the Central Bank.\n[...]\nSection 17. Additional requirements for foreign founders when they create a bank or participate in the authorized capital of a bank. \nWhen a foreign bank is created or participates in the authorized capital of the bank, in addition to the documents specified in Article 16 of this Law, the following documents are additionally submitted: [...]\nThe total share of non-residents - individuals and legal entities that are not international financial institutions, foreign banks and other credit organizations, should not exceed fifty percent of the bank's authorized capital.\nThe Central Bank has the right to establish minimum requirements for capital and credit rating of the founders of the bank - non-residents who are not international financial institutions, foreign banks and other credit organizations, as well as to the rating of the state of residence of non-residents.\nThe founders and shareholders of the bank may not be non-residents whose participants (shareholders) and ultimate beneficial owners are registered in the state or in the territory that provide the preferential tax regime and (or) do not provide for the disclosure of the identity of the ultimate beneficial owner and the provision of information during financial transactions.\n[...]\nArticle 30. Branches and representative offices of foreign banks in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan\nThe creation of branches by foreign banks in the Republic of Uzbekistan is not allowed.\nA representative office of a foreign bank is a separate subdivision of a foreign bank located on the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan and representing the interests of the bank without the right to carry out banking and other commercial activities.\nA representative office of a foreign bank in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan is accredited by the Central Bank. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. ZRU-580 of 11/05/2019 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 2. Banking entities\nSubjects of banking activities are all banks established in the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 3. Basic concepts [...]\nforeign bank - a legal entity that is a bank under the laws of the foreign state in whose territory it is registered;\n[...]\nArticle 5. Licensing of bank activities\nThe bank, including foreign ones, operates in the Republic of Uzbekistan on the basis of a license issued by the Central Bank of the Republic of Uzbekistan. The license specifies the list of operations performed by the bank.\nBanking activities carried out without a license are considered illegal, and income received as a result of such activities is subject to seizure to the state budget.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Founders of the bank\nBanks are created, as a rule, in the form of a joint stock company based on any form of ownership.\nThe founders of the bank can be legal entities and individuals, including foreign ones, with the exception of government bodies, public associations and public funds, unless otherwise provided by law.\nSee  previous  edition.\nThe maximum share of participation of each shareholder in the authorized capital is established by law.\nThe acquisition of bank shares is carried out in the manner prescribed by law.\nThe bank's founders do not have the right to resign from the bank's shareholders within a year from the date of its registration.\nParticipation of a bank in the authorized capital of other banks is not permitted, except for cases of creation of banks with the participation of foreign capital and subsidiary banks, as well as other cases provided for by law.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Registration and licensing of banks' activities\nBanks receive the status of a legal entity from the moment of their registration with the Central Bank.\nThe procedure and conditions for registration are established by the Central Bank.\nSimultaneously with registration, banks are issued a license to conduct banking operations.\nRegistration of banks and issuance of licenses to them is carried out for a fee.\nBank branches are registered with the Central Bank and operate on the basis of a license issued to the bank that created them.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Additional requirements for the establishment and activities of banks with foreign capital participation\nThe Central Bank has the right to establish additional requirements for banks with foreign capital, including requiring foreign banks to confirm that the bank is under the supervision of the control body at its location and registration.\nLicenses to foreign banks are issued only if the bank of a foreign state has the right to accept cash deposits and other valuables in its country on repayment terms.\nArticle 16. Branches and representative offices of banks\nBanks can open branches in the Republic of Uzbekistan, and banks of foreign countries can open representative offices with the permission of the Central Bank.\nA bank branch is a separate division that carries out banking activities on behalf of the bank that created it.\nA representative office of a foreign bank is a separate division that represents its interests and does not carry out banking activities.\nThe heads of branches are appointed by the head of the bank that created them in agreement with the Central Bank.[...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. № 216-I of 25.04.1996, as amended [google translation])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. ZRU-580 of 11/05/2019 [google translation]\nLAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. № 216-I of 25.04.1996, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/4581971\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/12011?ONDATE=04.10.2018\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2403,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0001875","The head of a press agency, i.e. its editor-in-chief (for a print press or an online press) or the director general or director (for an audio press or a visual press), must be a Vietnamese citizen with a permanent residence address in Vietnam. According to Vietnamese law, a broadcasting station is also considered a press agency and subject to the scope of application of the Press Law.","\"Chapter III PRESS ORGANIZATIONS\nSection 1 PRESS MANAGING AGENCIES\nArticle 14. Entities permitted to establish press agencies\n1. Party agencies, state agencies, socio-political organizations, socio-politico-professional organizations, social organizations, socio-professional organizations, and religious organizations of provincial, equivalent or higher level operating lawfully in accordance with Vietnamese law may establish press agencies.\n2. Tertiary education institutions prescribed in the Law on Tertiary Education; scientific research institutions, and scientific research and technological development institutions organized in the form of academy or institute prescribed in the Law on Science and Technology; and hospitals of provincial, equivalent or higher level may publish scientific journals.\nArticle 15. Powers and tasks of a press managing agency\n1. A press managing agency is an agency or organization prescribed in Article 14 of this Law that applies for a press activity permit for, and establishes and directly manages a press agency.\n[...]\nSection 2 PRESS AGENCIES\nArticle 16. Press agency A press agency is the voice of an agency or organization prescribed in Article 14 of this Law, implementing one or some types of press and having one or several journalistic products as prescribed by this Law.\nArticle 17. Conditions for grant of a press activity permit\n1. Having identified the type of press and guiding principles and purposes conformable with the functions and tasks of the managing agency; target audience; program, time, amount of time, mode of transmission and broadcasting (for an audio press or a visual press); domain name, place of server and connection service provider (for an online press).\n2. Having an organization and personnel plan to ensure activities of the press agency; having a qualified person as prescribed in Clause 2, Article 23 of this Law to assume the position of head of the press agency.\n[...]\nSection 3 HEADS OF PRESS AGENCIES\nArticle 23. Head of a press agency\n1. The head of a press agency is the editor-in-chief (for a print press or an online press) or the director general or director (for an audio press or a visual press).\n2. Criteria for appointment of the head of a press agency include: a/ Being a Vietnamese citizen with a permanent residence address in Vietnam; [...]\"(Law on the Press No. 103/2016/QH13 of 5 April 2016 [google translation])\n","Law on the Press No. 103/2016/QH13 of 5 April 2016 [google translation]","Duane Morris Vietnam (2015), \"DOING BUSINESS IN MEDIA SECTOR IN VIETNAM\", January 6.","[<a href=\"https://wipolex-res.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/vn/vn111en.html\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://blogs.duanemorris.com/vietnam/2015/01/06/doing-business-in-media-sector-in-vietnam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1995,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J61","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.012","Foreign ownership in infrastructure-based fixed and mobile telecom and other telecom services providers (e.g. virtual private network (VPN), value-added services) is limited to 49%; foreign ownership in services-based providers is limited to 65-70% depending on the service.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS [...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n5. 5 Postal and telecommunications services [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n5.2 Telecommunications services, including: 1. Basic telecommunications services [...] 2. Value-added telecommunications services [...] |\n1. WTO, AFAS, VJEPA, VKFTA, EVFTA regulate: [...]\n1.1. WTO, VKFTA, VJEPA:\nFor basic telecommunications services: None, except\n- Services without network infrastructure: Allows joint ventures and freedom to choose partners. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 65% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Services with network infrastructure: Allows joint ventures with licensed telecommunications service providers in Vietnam. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 49% of the legal capital of the joint venture. [...]\nFor virtual private network (VPN) service: No restrictions, except:\n- Services without network infrastructure: Allows joint ventures and freedom to choose partners. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 70% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Services with network infrastructure: Allows joint ventures with licensed telecommunications service providers in Vietnam. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 49% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\nFor value-added services: None, except:\n- Services without network infrastructure: Allows business cooperation or joint venture contracts. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 65% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Services with network infrastructure: Business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with licensed telecommunications service providers in Vietnam are allowed. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 50% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n[...]\n3. Vietnamese law\na) Foreign investors may invest in the form of joint ventures or business cooperation contracts to provide basic telecommunications services.\nParticularly for the provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure, the Vietnamese partner must be a telecommunications enterprise that has been granted a license to establish a telecommunications network in Vietnam.\nb) An organization or individual that already owns more than 20% of the charter capital or shares in a telecommunications enterprise may not own more than 20% of the charter capital or shares of another telecommunications enterprise doing business in the same company. a telecommunications service market on the List of telecommunications services regulated by the Ministry of Information and Communications.\nc) Conditions on legal capital and investment commitment level specified in Articles 19, 20 and 21 of Decree No. 25/2011/ND-CP.\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbma.org.vn/storage/legal-documents/July2021/54_2019_QH14_436329.doc\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2005,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J61","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"0.008","Foreign ownership in infrastructure-based fixed and mobile telecom and other telecom services providers (e.g. virtual private network (VPN), value-added services) is limited to 49%; foreign ownership in services-based providers is limited to 65% in telecom and value-added services and 70% in relation to VPN services.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS [...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n5. 5 Postal and telecommunications services [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n5.2 Telecommunications services, including: 1. Basic telecommunications services [...] 2. Value-added telecommunications services [...] |\n1. WTO, AFAS, VJEPA, VKFTA, EVFTA regulate: [...]\n1.1. WTO, VKFTA, VJEPA:\nFor basic telecommunications services: None, except\n- Services without network infrastructure: Allows joint ventures and freedom to choose partners. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 65% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Services with network infrastructure: Allows joint ventures with licensed telecommunications service providers in Vietnam. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 49% of the legal capital of the joint venture. [...]\nFor virtual private network (VPN) service: No restrictions, except:\n- Services without network infrastructure: Allows joint ventures and freedom to choose partners. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 70% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Services with network infrastructure: Allows joint ventures with licensed telecommunications service providers in Vietnam. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 49% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\nFor value-added services: None, except:\n- Services without network infrastructure: Allows business cooperation or joint venture contracts. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 65% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Services with network infrastructure: Business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with licensed telecommunications service providers in Vietnam are allowed. The foreign capital contribution in the joint venture must not exceed 50% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n[...]\n3. Vietnamese law\na) Foreign investors may invest in the form of joint ventures or business cooperation contracts to provide basic telecommunications services.\nParticularly for the provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure, the Vietnamese partner must be a telecommunications enterprise that has been granted a license to establish a telecommunications network in Vietnam.\nb) An organization or individual that already owns more than 20% of the charter capital or shares in a telecommunications enterprise may not own more than 20% of the charter capital or shares of another telecommunications enterprise doing business in the same company. a telecommunications service market on the List of telecommunications services regulated by the Ministry of Information and Communications.\nc) Conditions on legal capital and investment commitment level specified in Articles 19, 20 and 21 of Decree No. 25/2011/ND-CP.\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbma.org.vn/storage/legal-documents/July2021/54_2019_QH14_436329.doc\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2006,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","M691","CLAS1_1","I45","IX",2022,"0.00003125","Foreign investment in commercial mediation/arbitration services is subject to a joint venture with Vietnamese partners, i.e. an arbitration centre is required to have at least five founders who are Vietnamese citizens and legally eligible to act as arbitrators.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n41. Commercial Arbitration Services, Arbitration Mediation [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n41. Commercial Arbitration Services, Arbitration Mediation (CPC 86602)\n1. Provisions in Agreements: Not limited to Arbitration and Conciliation Services (CPC 86602), except for arbitration and mediation services for commercial disputes between businesses.\nThe head of branch must be a resident of Vietnam In addition, under the CPTPP, Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to these sub-sectors.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nThe foreign commercial mediation organization operates in Vietnam in the following forms: a) The branch of the foreign commercial mediation organization (hereinafter referred to as the branch); b) Representative office of a foreign commercial mediation organization (hereinafter referred to as representative office).\nAn arbitration center is established when there are at least five founders who are Vietnamese citizens who are eligible to act as arbitrators specified in Article 20 of the Law on Commercial Arbitration and was granted an establishment license by the Minister of Justice [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Chapter IV - COMMERCIAL MEDIATION INSTITUTIONS\nArticle 18. Commercial mediation institutions\nCommercial mediation institutions include:\n1. Commercial mediation centers that are established and operate in accordance with this Decree.\n2. Arbitration centers that are established and operate in accordance with the law on commercial arbitration and carry out commercial mediation activities under Article 23 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 21. Procedures for establishment of commercial mediation centers\n1. A Vietnamese citizen who fully satisfies the criteria for a commercial mediator specified in Clause 1, Article 7 of this Decree and wishes to establish a commercial mediation center shall send 1 set of dossier to the Ministry of Justice, comprising: \n[...]\nChapter V - OPERATION OF VIETNAM-BASED FOREIGN COMMERCIAL MEDIATION INSTITUTIONS\nArticle 33. Conditions for and forms of operation of Vietnam-based foreign commercial mediation institutions\n1. Foreign commercial mediation institutions that are lawfully established and operate in foreign countries and respect the Constitution and laws of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam may operate in Vietnam in accordance with this Decree.\n2. Foreign commercial mediation institutions may operate in Vietnam in the following forms:\na/ Branches of foreign commercial mediation institutions (below referred to as branches);\nb/ Representative offices of foreign commercial mediation institutions (below referred to as representative offices).\nArticle 34. Branches and representative offices of Vietnam-based foreign commercial mediation institutions\n1. Branch is a dependent unit of a foreign commercial mediation institution, which is established to carry out commercial mediation activities in Vietnam in accordance with this Decree. A foreign commercial mediation institution shall take responsibility before Vietnamese law for the operation of its branch. The foreign commercial mediation institution shall appoint a commercial mediator to be head of its branch. The head of a branch shall act as the authorized representative of a Vietnam-based foreign commercial mediation institution.\n[...]\nArticle 36. Grant of licenses for establishment of branches or representative offices of Vietnam-based foreign commercial mediation institutions\n1. A foreign commercial mediation institution that wishes to establish a branch or representative office in Vietnam shall send 1 set of dossier to the Ministry of Justice, comprising:\na/ A written request for establishment of a branch or representative office, made according to a form issued by the Ministry of Justice;\nb/ A certified copy of the paper proving the lawful establishment of the institution, issued by a competent foreign authority;\nc/ A written introduction of the institution’s operation;\nd/ The decision appointing a commercial mediator to be the head of the branch or representative office;\ndd/ A list of commercial mediators and staff members expected to work at the branch; or a list of staff members expected to work at the representative office. [...]\" (Decree No. 22/2017/ND-CP dated February 24, 2017 of the Government on commercial mediation [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nDecree No. 22/2017/ND-CP dated February 24, 2017 of the Government on commercial mediation [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/TW/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=26117\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2050,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H492","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0004","Road service licences (allowing holders to carry out goods and passenger transportation services) are granted to companies in which not less than 25% of membership and all Directors are Zambian citizens, and which are not controlled by persons who are not Zambian citizens. Notwithstanding this, the relevant authority may [exceptionally] grant a road service licence to a person who does not meet such requirements, but who is a holder of an investment licence issued in terms of the ZDA Act.","2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[…]\n\"contract car\" means a motor vehicle primarily constructed or adapted for the carriage of passengers and having seating accommodation for more than seven persons other than the driver, which is let out on hire to a hirer who is to drive oneself or provide the driver for such motor vehicle;\n\"hire car \" means a public service vehicle having seating accommodation for not more than seven persons other than the driver which is let with a driver under contract over a period \\}\\hich is not less than twenty-four hours for the carriage of passengers otherwise than at separate fares; \n\"public service vehicle\" means a motor vehicle or trailer, other than a contract car hired for conveying passengers or goods or both or otherwise used for conveying passengers or goods or both for reward:\nProvided that for the purposes of th is definition- (a) a hire-purchase agreement shall be deemed to be a hiring; and (b) goods shall be deemed to be carried for hire or reward if the person who has purchased or otherwise acquired such goods from some other person transports them to any other place, and resells or otherwise disposes of them to the person from whom that person purchased or otherwise acquired them; \n[…]\nPARTVIII - LICENSING OF PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES\n101. (1) No person shall use or cause or permit to be on a road any vehicle as a public service vehicle for the carriage of goods unless there is in force in relation to such vehicle a road service licence authorising such use. \n[...]\n102.(1) Subjecttothe provisions of PartX no person shall use or cause or permit to be used any vehicle for the purpose of standing or plying for hire or as a public service vehicle for the carriage of persons unless there is in force in relation to the vehicle a road licence  authorizing such use.\n[...]\n103. ( 1) Notwithstanding anything in this Part contained, a road service licence shall be granted for authorising the use on such terms and conditions as the Agency may determine, of any station wagon vehicle as a taxi cab or public service vehicle for the carriage of persons.\n[...]\n108. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the Director may Road service licences grant to any citizen of Zambia applying for a road service licence a road service licence in the prescribed form authorising the holder to provide such road service as may be specified in the road service licence. [...]\n(3) Notwithstanding subsection (1) the Director may grant a road service licence to; or vary the provisions of a road service licence held by a person· who is not a citizen of Zambia, but is a holder of an investment licence issued in terms of the Investment Act [ZDA Act].\n(4) In this section \" citizen of Zambia \" means-\n(a) in relation to an individual, an individual who is a citizen of Zambia;\n(b) in relation to a partnership, a partnership which is composed exclusively of persons who are citizens of Zambia;\n(c) in relation to a body corporate, a body corporate which is incorporated under the laws of Zambia and-\n(i) is certified under the hand of the Minister to be controlled by the State; or (ii) not less than seventy-five percentum of membership is exclusively composed of persons who are citizens of Zambia; (iii) whose Directors are exclusively citirens of 2.ambia; and (iv) which is not controlled by any means directly or inidirectly, outside Zambia or by persons who are not exclusively citizens of Zambia [...]\"(ROAD TRAFFIC ACT, 2002)\n\n\n","ROAD TRAFFIC ACT, 2002","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2002/11/road-traffic-act-no-11-2002.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,374,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.009","Foreign investment in a “reserved sector of the economy” (including distribution, artisanal mining, road passenger transportation, among others) is allowed subject to approval by the Minister.","\"2. Interpretation\n\"(1) In this Act—\n“reserved sector of the economy” means the sector comprising those kinds of businesses reserved for citizens of Zimbabwe under the First Schedule;\n[...]\n2A. Application of Act\nFor the avoidance of doubt it is declared that this Act shall not apply to any business in the national economy other than those specified in section 3(1) and those in the reserved sector of the economy, and that accordingly any person is free to invest in, form, operate, and acquire the ownership or control of any business not included in section 3(1) or in the reserved sector of the economy.\nPart II – Indigenisation and economic empowerment: General objectives and measures[...]\n3A. Reserved sectors of the economy\n(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (10), only a business owned by a person who is a citizen of Zimbabwe may operate in the reserved sector of the economy.\n(2) Every business owned by a person who is not a citizen of Zimbabwe that, before the 1st January, 2018, commenced operating in the reserved sector of the economy may continue to operate if— (a) it registers itself with— (i) the Zimbabwe Revenue Authority; (ii) the Unit, in accordance with subsection (3); and (b) it opens and maintains a bank account in accordance with the Bank Use Promotion Act [Chapter 24:24].[...]\n(4) Any person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen and who, after the 1st January, 2018, wishes to operate a business in the reserved sector of the economy shall seek the permission of the Minister referred to in subsection (10).[...]\n(10) Subject to subsection (11), a person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen may, after the 1St January, 2018, invest in a business in the reserved sector of the economy if that business meets such criteria or threshold as the Minister will prescribe based on the following objectives— (a) significant and sustainable employment creation in Zimbabwe; (b) the transfer of skills and technology for the benefit of the people of Zimbabwe; (c) the creation of sustainable value chains; (d) other prescribed socially and economically desirable objectives.\n[...]\nFirst Schedule (Section 3A(1))\nReserved/threshold sectors \n1. Transportation: passenger buses, taxes and car hire services. 2. Retail and wholesale trade. 3. Barber shops, hairdressing and beauty saloons. 4. Employment Agencies. 5. Estate Agencies. 6. Valet services. 7. Grain milling. 8. Bakeries. 9. Tobacco grading and  packaging. 10. Advertising Agencies. 11. Provision of local arts and craft, marketing and distribution. 12. Artisanal mining. [...]\" (Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended)","Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2007/14/eng@2018-03-14\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2020/10/eng@2020-12-31\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,391,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","I55","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00065625","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,406,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0048","Foreign investment in maritime transportation is limited to 49%.","\"Article 1. - Pursuant to the provisions of Article 571-2 of Ordinance No. 76-80 of October 23, 1976, referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to set the conditions and procedures for operating concessions shipping services.\nArt. 2. - It is understood within the meaning of this decree by maritime transport services all the activities of transport by sea of passengers and goods. Maritime transport services are carried out in near-coastal navigation, in restricted navigation or in unrestricted navigation.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - The concession is granted to any natural or legal person as defined by the provisions of Article 571-1 of Ordinance No. 76-80 of October 23, 1976, referred to above, having the maritime transport capacities necessary for the activity and meeting the following conditions: - having the main center of its activity on Algerian territory; [...]\nArt. 5. - The concession application must be addressed to the minister in charge of the merchant navy, accompanied by a file comprising the following documents: [...]\n2. - For legal persons:\n- the statutes of the legal entity; [...]\n- the certificate of Algerian nationality of the shareholders holding the majority of the capital. [...]\" (Executive Decree No. 08-57 of 6 Safar 1429 corresponding to February 13, 2008 setting the terms and conditions of the concession for the operation of maritime transport services [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Art. 7. - Article 28 of Ordinance No. 76-80 of October 23, 1976, referred to above, is amended, supplemented and drafted as follows:\nArt. 28. - To obtain Algerian nationality, the ship must belong in full ownership to a natural person of Algerian nationality or to a legal person governed by Algerian law. In the latter case, the following must have Algerian nationality: - in partnerships, general partners or limited partners; - in limited liability companies, the owners of the majority of shares; - in joint-stock companies, the owners of the majority of the capital and, as the case may be, the chief executive officer and the majority of the members of the board of directors or the management board and the majority of the supervisory board; - in the associations, the directors and all the members. The ship must also be provided with a crew whose proportion of Algerian sailors complies with the provisions of article 413 of ordinance n° 76-80 of October 23, 1976. The ship loses the benefit of the Algerian flag, if the natural person of Algerian nationality or the legal person governed by Algerian law no longer satisfies the conditions provided for in this article.\n[...]\nSECTION IV - JURISDICTION AND PROCEDURE\nParagraph 2 - Procedures for establishing maritime offenses [...]\nArt. 43. - Article 571 of Ordinance No. 76-80 of October 23, 1976 is amended and supplemented by the provisions of Articles 571-1 to 571-3 below:\nArt. 571. - Maritime transport is public property. It can be the subject of a concession.\nArt. 571-1. - Maritime transport services are operated by natural persons of Algerian nationality, by Algerian public companies or by legal persons under Algerian law having the status of shipowner and whose main center of activity is located on Algerian territory. [...]\" (Law n° 98-05 of June 25, 1998 amending and supplementing Ordinance n° 76-80 of October 23, 1976, on the maritime code [google translation])","Executive Decree No. 08-57 of 6 Safar 1429 corresponding to February 13, 2008 setting the terms and conditions of the concession for the operation of maritime transport services [google translation]\nLaw n° 98-05 of June 25, 1998 amending and completing Ordinance n° 76-80 of October 23, 1976, on the maritime code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"Law\">Decree https//portail.mtpt.gov.dz/pdf/jo/08-57.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"\">https//www.douane.gov.dz/IMG/pdf/code_maritime.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1837,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0048","From 1999 onwards, no more restrictions apply with regard to foreign shareholding in Australian carriers operating domestic services, unless this is contrary to the national interest and with the exception of Qantas. Before that, foreign airlines flying to Australia could only expect approval to acquire up to 25% of the equity in a carrier operating domestic services individually or up to 40% in aggregate provided the proposal was not contrary to the national interest. \nSince 2000, foreign participation in locally incorporated air carriers operating international traffic (\"Australian international airlines\") has been limited to 49%. Previously, ownership by foreign airlines was limited to 35% of the share capital in aggregate, and individual holdings by foreign airlines were limited to 25%. In 2000, the legislation was amended and the ownership limit by foreign persons (including but not limited to foreign airlines) was increased to 49% in aggregate, and the separate limit for individual holdings was lifted.\nIn addition, a special regime limits foreign ownership in Qantas, a privately owned flag carrier, to 49%. Prior to 2014, in addition to the general 49% foreign equity limitation, the Qantas Sales Act 1992 limited foreign individual equity holdings in Quantas to 25% and aggregate ownership by foreign airlines to 35%. ","\"11A Foreign shareholdings in Australian international airlines\n (1) The Minister may, by written notice, require an Australian international airline:\n (a) to give to the Minister such information as is specified in the notice concerning the extent (if any) to which foreign persons have relevant interests in shares in the Australian international airline; or\n (b) if foreign persons have relevant interests in shares in the Australian international airline that represent, in total, more than 49% of the total value of the issued share capital of the Australian international airline—to take all necessary action to ensure that its constitution complies with subsection (2).\n (2) The constitution of an Australian international airline complies with this subsection if it:\n (a) imposes restrictions on the issue and ownership (including joint ownership) of shares in the Australian international airline so as to prevent foreign persons having relevant interests in shares in the Australian international airline that represent, in total, more than 49% of the total value of the issued share capital of the Australian international airline; and\n (c) confers the following powers on the directors of the Australian international airline to enable the directors to enforce the restrictions referred to in paragraph (a):\n (i) the power to do anything necessary to effect the transfer of shares held by a person;\n (ii) the power to remove or limit the right of a person to exercise voting rights attached to voting shares;\n (iii) the power to end the appointment of a person to the office of director of the Australian international airline.\n (3) For the purposes of this section, a person has a relevant interest in a share if, and only if, the person would be taken to have a relevant interest in the share for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 if paragraph 608(3)(a) of that Act were disregarded.\n (4) In this section:\nanother country includes any region:\n (a) that is part of a foreign country; or\n (b) that is under the protection of a foreign country; or\n (c) for whose international relations a foreign country is responsible.\nAustralian international airline means an international airline (other than Qantas) that may be permitted to carry passengers or freight, or both passengers and freight, under a bilateral arrangement as an airline designated by Australia to operate a scheduled international air service.\nAustralian person means:\n (a) an individual who is an Australian citizen or is ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (c) a person who is a nominee of the Commonwealth or of a State or a Territory; or\n (d) a Commonwealth, State or Territory authority; or\n (e) a person who is a nominee of a Commonwealth, State or Territory authority; or\n (f) a local government body (whether incorporated or not) formed by or under a law of a State or a Territory; or\n (g) a person who is a nominee of a local government body referred to in paragraph (f); or\n (h) a body corporate that:\n (i) is incorporated by or under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or a Territory; and\n (ii) is substantially owned and effectively controlled by persons referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (i); or\n (i) a person in the capacity of a trustee, or manager, of a fund in which the total interests (if any) of persons referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) represent 60% or more of the total interests in the fund.\nbilateral arrangement means an agreement or arrangement between:\n (a) Australia, or an entity or organisation nominated or otherwise similarly authorised by Australia to enter into the agreement or arrangement; and\n (b) another country;\nunder which the carriage by air of passengers or freight (or both) is permitted.\nforeign airline means an air transport enterprise other than:\n (a) an Australian international airline; or\n (b) Qantas; or\n (c) an air transport enterprise offering or operating an air service solely within Australian territory.\nforeign person means:\n (a) a foreign airline; or\n (b) a person (other than a foreign airline) who is not an Australian person.\nQantas means Qantas Airways Limited, as the company exists from time to time (even if its name is later changed).\nshare, in relation to a body corporate, means a share in the body’s share capital.\nvoting share has the same meaning as in the Corporations Act 2001.[...]\" (Air Navigation Act 1920 (No. 50 of 1920), last amended 21 October 2016, Section 11A)\n----------------------\n\"7 Qantas’ articles of association to include certain provisions\n (1) The articles of association of Qantas must, on and from the day on which Qantas first becomes aware that a person, other than the Commonwealth or a nominee of the Commonwealth, has acquired voting shares in Qantas:\n (a) impose restrictions on the issue and ownership (including joint ownership) of shares in Qantas so as to prevent foreign persons having relevant interests in shares in Qantas that represent, in total, more than 49% of the total value of the issued share capital of Qantas; and  [...]\n (d) confer the following powers on the directors of Qantas to enable the directors to enforce the restrictions referred to in paragraphs (a) and (c):\n (i) the power to do anything necessary to effect the transfer of shares held by a person;\n (ii) the power to remove or limit the right of a person to exercise voting rights attached to voting shares;\n (iii) the power to end the appointment of a person to the office of director of Qantas; and  [...]\n (2) For the purposes of this section, a person has a relevant interest in a share if, and only if, the person would be taken to have a relevant interest in the share for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 if paragraph 608(3)(a) of that Act were disregarded.\n (3) For the purposes of this section, the question whether a person who is not an Australian citizen is ordinarily resident in Australia at a particular time is to be determined in the same manner as that question is determined under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975.\n (4) For the purposes of this section, a reference to a substantial foreign shareholding is a reference to a shareholding of 15% or more of the voting shares in Qantas in which a particular foreign person has a relevant interest.  [...]\n (7) In this section:  [...]\nAustralian international airline means an international airline (other than Qantas) that may be permitted to carry people or goods, or both people and goods, under a bilateral arrangement as an airline designated by Australia to operate a scheduled international air service.\nAustralian person means:\n (a) an individual who is an Australian citizen or is ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (c) a person who is a nominee of the Commonwealth or of a State or a Territory; or\n (d) a Commonwealth, State or Territory authority; or\n (e) a person who is a nominee of a Commonwealth, State or Territory authority; or\n (f) a local government body (whether incorporated or not) formed by or under a law of a State or a Territory; or\n (g) a person who is a nominee of a local government body referred to in paragraph (f); or\n (h) a body corporate that:\n (i) is incorporated by or under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or a Territory; and\n (ii) is substantially owned and effectively controlled by persons referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (i); or\n (i) a person in the capacity of a trustee, or manager, of a fund in which the total interests (if any) of persons referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) represent 60% or more of the total interests in the fund.  [...]\nforeign airline means an air transport enterprise other than:\n (a) an Australian international airline; or\n (b) Qantas; or\n (c) an air transport enterprise offering or operating an air service solely within Australian territory.\nforeign person means:\n (a) a foreign airline; or\n (b) a person (other than a foreign airline) who is not an Australian person. [...]\" (Qantas Sale Act 1992 (No. 196 of 1992), last amended on 05 April 2018, Section 7)","Air Navigation Act 1920 (No. 50 of 1920), last amended 21 October 2016, Section 11A\nQantas Sale Act 1992 (No. 196 of 1992), last amended on 05 April 2018, Section 7","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2016C00936\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2018C00091\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1651,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AZE","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2021,"0.0045","The share of foreign insurance companies in the authorized capital of local insurance companies may not exceed 30% of aggregate authorized capital, and the share of one foreign natural person may not exceed 10% of capital. Except for international financial institutions to which Azerbaijan Republic is a member, foreign insurers and foreign institutional investors (banking and credit institutions, pension funds, investment funds), the general share of other foreign legal persons in the charter capital of an insurer must be less than 50% of shares. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the aggregate restriction on foreign participation is assumed equivalent in terms of restrictiveness to foreign ownership caps for the acquisition (only) of individual banks. ","\"Chapter 3 - Founders and shareholders of the insurer [...]\nArticle 20. Additional Capital Requirements\n20.1. The limit of foreign capital share in the total authorized capital of all insurers operating in the Republic of Azerbaijan and the rules for calculating this share shall be established by the financial market controlling body.\n20.2. It is prohibited for a foreign insurer to open a branch in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan.\n20.1-1. The share of one foreign individual in the authorized capital of the insurer may not exceed 10% of the shares and 30% of the total amount owned by foreign individuals.\n20.1-2. The total share of other foreign legal entities in the authorized capital of the insurer, except for international financial organizations, foreign insurers, as well as foreign institutional investors (banks and credit institutions, pension funds, investment funds), shall be less than 50% of the shares. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on Insurance activity\" dated December 25, 2007 № 519-IIIQ [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on Insurance activity\" dated December 25, 2007 № 519-IIIQ [google translated]","IMF (2020),  \"Annual Report on Exchange Arrangements and Exchange Restrictions (AREAER)\", Washington D.C. ","[<a href=\"http://www.e-qanun.az/framework/13983\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.elibrary-areaer.imf.org/Pages/Reports.aspx\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2214,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AZE","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.003125","Foreign law firms are solely entitled to provide legal consulting services on foreign/ international law. Foreign lawyers (and dual citizens) are allowed to practice in local law firms (e.g. commercial, civil & criminal cases) on the basis of reciprocity provided under treaties to which Azerbaijan is a party, but not allowed to hold equity in law firms. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regualtory Restrictiveness Index, the reciprocity is not considered becasue it is conceded only under the existence of a treaty. ","\"Article 26. Provision of legal assistance by foreigners\nI. According to the requirements of this law, the provision of legal assistance by foreign lawyers in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan is limited only to advice and opinions on the application of the laws of the state to which the foreigner belongs or international legal norms.\nII. In the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan, foreign lawyers are admitted to judicial proceedings in civil cases, criminal cases, cases related to administrative and commercial disputes, and cases related to administrative errors based on mutual relations in accordance with the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party.\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"About lawyers and advocacy activities\", dated December 28, 1999 № 783-IQ, last amended by Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan No. 150-VIQD dated June 29, 2020 [google translated])\n---------------------\n\"Article 4. Advocacy [8]\nI. A person who has been admitted to the membership of the Bar in the prescribed manner and who has taken the oath of a lawyer may carry out his lawyer activity.\n[…]\nArticle 5. General rules of representation […]\nV. Advocacy can be performed individually or in the structure of advocates (lawyers, bureaus, lawyer firms, etc.) established by a lawyer (lawyers) in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Azerbaijan. Organizational-legal form of advocacy is selected by advocates on a voluntary basis. [13]\nVI. The implementation of the advocacy activity begins after the state registration of the organization in the legal form chosen for this activity. The founders of this body should be solely lawyers.\n[...]\nArticle 8. Attorney\nII. Dual citizenship, commitment to other states, legally incompetent, or limited capacity, inability to act as a lawyer for mental disorders, legally severe, severe, or especially in the manner prescribed by law. Persons with or without conviction for committing a felony, who have come into force on the application of compulsory medical measures, may not be lawyers.\n[...]\nArticle 8-1. Assistant of Attorney [22]\nI. A citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan with higher legal education may be an assistant to a lawyer.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Legal assistance by aliens\nI. According to the requirements of this law, the provision of legal assistance by foreign lawyers in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan is limited to advice and opinions on the application of the law of the foreign country or the norms of international law.\nII. Foreign lawyers in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan shall be allowed to execute proceedings on civil cases, criminal cases, administrative and economic disputes, and administrative offenses on the basis of reciprocity in accordance with international treaties to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"About lawyers and advocacy activities\", dated December 28, 1999 № 783-IQ [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"About lawyers and advocacy activities\", dated December 28, 1999 № 783-IQ [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.e-qanun.az/framework/257\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2217,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J611","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0004","Until 2022, foreign investment in telecom tower operators and submarine cable operators was limited to 70% maximum foreign shareholding; foreign shareholding in nationwide telecommunication transmission network operators and Broadband Wireless Access Services providers was limited to 60%.  No foreign shareholding limitations applied to public switched telephone operators and international terrestrial cable (ITC) operators.\nSince 2022,  several other fixed telecommunications services that were previously closed to FDI [see related database entry] have been liberalised and are now also openned to foreign investment under joint venture associations with Bangladeshi investors, without specific foreign shareholding thresholds. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign shareholding thresholds established in the services-specific guidelines relating to tower operating, NTTI and BWA services remain applicable. In 2022, the guideline specific to submarine cable systems and services was amended. The previously applied foreign shareholding has been abrogated, and hence is no longer applicable.\n\n","\"10.1 Eligibility for Licenses:\nLicenses for IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, ITC, IP Telephony, IP-TV, international VOIP calls, submarine cables, NTTN, and Tower Sharing will be granted to:\n(a) Bangladeshi entities.\n(b) Joint ventures between Bangladeshi and foreign entities, provided they comply with relevant Bangladeshi laws and regulations.\nAll financial transactions for such entities must be conducted through Bangladeshi commercial banks.\n10.2 Submarine Cable License (Clause 10.2)\nSubmarine cable licenses will be granted to Bangladeshi entities or joint ventures with foreign entities, adhering to Bangladeshi laws and regulations. [...]\" (INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010, amended by Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) Notice No. 14.32.0000.702.42.001.19.1145, \"Amendment to the International Long Distance Telecommunications Services (ILDTS) Policy-2010\", 13 June 13 2022 [google translated])\n-----------------------\n\"4.8 ELIGIBILITY\n4.8.1 The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) invites offers/proposals from Bangladeshi companies/firms, or joint venture companies with Bangladeshi partners, or overseas companies, meeting the criteria as mentioned in Clause No. 4.3.1, having considerable experience in Telecommunication Services for granting of license to establish, maintain and operate such system for use in Bangladesh. [...]\n4.8.3 Submarine Cable Systems And Services Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, nonresident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act 1994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permitted.\nIn case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfilment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule BanV Financial Institution / Leasing Company. [n that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh. [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh, BTRC/LLISC (270)12008-177, 31 March 2011, as amended by BTRC Notification NO.14.32.0000.007.54.302.16.08, \"Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of offers/proposals for License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh\", 10 January 2022)  \n-----------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n-----------------------\n\"4.8 ELIGIBILITY\n4.8.1 The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) invites offers/proposals from Bangladeshi companies/firms or joint venture companies with Bangladeshi partners, or Bangladeshi companies' joint venture with overseas companies having considerable experience in Submarine Cable Systems and Services for granting of license to establish, maintain and operate such system for use in Bangladesh. [...]\n4.8.3 Foreign shareholding is limited to maximum 70%. The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh, BTRC/LLISC (270)12008-177, 31 March 2011)  \n-----------------------\n\"3. OBJECTIVES\nThe objectives of these guidelines are as follows: \n3.01 These Guidelines are intended to provide an overview of the licensing and regulatory framework for Applicant(s) seeking to obtain License under these guidelines to develop, build, own, acquire, rent, lease, operate and maintain Tower for providing telecommunications services in Bangladesh. No person or business entity shall be allowed to develop, build, operate and maintain Towers without a valid License issued by the Commission.\n[...]\nArticle 5. ELIGIBILITY \n(1) Bangladeshi entities (consortium, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the law(s) of Bangladesh are eligible to apply for Tower Sharing License. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible.\n(2) In case of foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity is limited to maximum 70% seventy percent). The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial institution/ Leasing Company shall be raised for the foreign part of the investment.\n(3) In case of NRB applying together with Bangladeshi partner, there is no limitation on the quantity of foreign equity. NRB shall invest directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company shall be raised for his part of the investment.\n(4) The cellular mobile operators and/or Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Operators having license from the Commission shall not be eligible to apply for this license. [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License for Tower Sharing in Bangladesh, 1 April 2018)\n-----------------------\n\"5. ELIGIBILITY \n5.01 Foreign shareholding is limited to maximum 60% (Sixty Percent). The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n5.02 For NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi), maximum 70% (Seventy Percent) of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) is allowed. The Foreign investment shall be invested directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment.\n5.03 NRB or foreign entity must have a Bangladeshi partner(s). A partnership/consortium of NRB and foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. In case of NRB and foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity from foreign entity shall not exceed 60% and the total foreign equity (both NRB and foreign entity) shall not exceed 70%. In any case Bangladeshi partner(s) shall hold minimum 30% equity. \n5.04 The mobile operators (CDMA/GSM) and Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Operators having license from the Commission and any of its existing shareholders (foreign/Bangladeshi) and any other company whose shareholders hold shares of any cellular mobile phone operator company and BWA Operators holding license from the Commission and any other person who is partner/ director/shareholder of licensed mobile operators and BWA operators in Bangladesh shall not be eligible to apply for this license. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR NATIONWIDE TELECOMMUNICATION TRANSMISSION NETWORK, No. BTRC/LL/NTTN (307)/2008-1346, 30 November 2008)\n-----------------------\n\"Invitation of proposals/offers for grant of license for Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Services\n1. The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (the Commission) invites proposals/offers from eligible Bangladeshi entities or joint venture companies with foreign/Bangladeshi partners (proprietorships, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the Companies Act 1994)  for grant of license to establish, maintain and operate Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Services. Only entities having adequate financial, technical and organizational capability to serve in the field should apply with an updated list of their business record and record of experience.\n[...]\n4.06 Eligibility\n(i)  Foreign Equity is limited to maximum 60% (sixty percent). The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(ii) For NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi), maximum 70% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) is allowed. The Foreign investment shall be invested directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(iii) The mobile operators (CDMA/GSM) having cellular mobile phone operator license from the Commission and any of its existing shareholders (foreign/Bangladeshi) and any other company whose shareholders hold shares of any cellular mobile phone operator company holding license from the Commission and any other person who is partner/ director/shareholder of licensed mobile operator in Bangladesh shall not be eligible to apply for this license. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES  FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SERVICES  IN BANGLADESH, No. BTRC/LL/BWA(275)/2008-1033, 6 August 2008)\n-----------------------\n\"Invitation to offers/proposals for granting License for Submarine Cable Systems and Services \nl. The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (the Commission) invites offers/proposals from eligible Bangladeshi entities (resident citizens, Non-Resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered with the 'Registrar of Joint Stock Companies and Firms' under the Companies Act, 1994) or joint venture with foreign entities or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies) for granting License to establish, maintain and operate Submarine Cable Systems and Services. Only entities having adequate financial, technical and organizational capability to serve in the field of the telecommunication will apply with an updated list of their business record and record ofexperiences.[...]\" (Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission, \"Invitation to offers/proposals for granting License for Submarine Cable Systems and Services\", No. 1 4.3 2.0 000.7 02.44.302.22.67, 22 February 2022)","INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010, amended by Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) Notice No. 14.32.0000.702.42.001.19.1145, \"Amendment to the International Long Distance Telecommunications Services (ILDTS) Policy-2010\", 13 June 13 2022 \nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License for Tower Sharing in Bangladesh, 1 April 2018\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR NATIONWIDE TELECOMMUNICATION TRANSMISSION NETWORK, No. BTRC/LL/NTTN (307)/2008-1346, 30 November 2008\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES  FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SERVICES  IN BANGLADESH, No. BTRC/LL/BWA(275)/2008-1033, 6 August 2008\nBangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission, \"Invitation to offers/proposals for granting License for Submarine Cable Systems and Services\", No. 1 4.3 2.0 000.7 02.44.302.22.67, 22 February 2022","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/0ad9c60f_4a1f_44e6_a88e_97aa926e80f5/2022-06-13-04-05-ec3cd813af45ba054469bfedb88b6338.pdf\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/fdc38a75_d419_4f62_a5f0_54ab70882c38/2022-02-28-07-32-9bf1fd5b551fa63904ff9393b3d549f9.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/fdc38a75_d419_4f62_a5f0_54ab70882c38/2022-02-28-07-14-f9d9cd3fd069021f9540c932f4866786.pdf\">Invitation</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-08-14-07-31-3d42560060e8f5ff919858c4a8a61fd1.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-20-05-06-6da57a5ce394368ae2cbe1c3739f1ca4.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-21-5e04bcc505e3a52fe80142aa8273a1a3.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2743,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.00015625","Foreign legal entities (including branches of foreign companies) cannot access land on the same terms as locally incorporated entities. They may only access land on a leasehold long-term basis (up to 99 years), while legal entities of the Republic of Belarus may own certain types of land and hold land on a permanent use basis. Foreign-owned locally incorporated companies are not considered foreign legal entities and, hence, are not affected. Private ownership of agricultural and forestry land is not permitted, regardless of nationality. Legal entities of of the Republic of Belarus may only obtain agricultural and forestry land under permanent use right for such purposes.","\"Article 5. Ownership of forests and forest products\n1. Forests are the exclusive property of the state.\n2. The Republic of Belarus exercises ownership, use and disposal of forests through authorized state bodies (organizations) within their competence.\n3. Forest products harvested, collected, seized in the manner prescribed by the legislation on the use, protection, protection and reproduction of forests, is the property of the persons who harvested, collected, seized it, unless otherwise established by the Constitution of the Republic of Belarus, this Code and other legislative acts or documents on the basis of which the right to forest use arises.\n4. Transactions that violate (restrict) the ownership right of the Republic of Belarus to forests are prohibited.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 5 - FOREST MANAGEMENT\nArticle 20. The right to conduct forestry\n1. The following legal entities engaged in forestry have the right to conduct forestry with the provision of forest fund plots for these purposes:\n1.1. state forestry institutions subordinate to the republican body of state administration for forestry;\n1.2. state forestry institutions subordinate to the republican body of state administration pursuing the state policy in the field of defense; [...]\n1.7. organizations subordinate to city (cities of regional subordination and the city of Minsk) executive and administrative bodies, the competence of which includes forestry management.\n2. The right to conduct forestry with the provision of forest fund plots for these purposes may be granted to other organizations not specified in paragraph 1 of this article, by decision of the President of the Republic of Belarus and on the conditions provided for by such a decision.\n3. Decisions on the provision of forest fund plots for forestry and on changing the boundaries of forest fund plots provided for forestry to legal entities engaged in forestry are taken by the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus, unless otherwise established by the President of the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nArticle 37\n1. Forest management is carried out according to the following types:\n1.1. timber harvesting; 1.2. preparation of resin; 1.3. harvesting of secondary forest resources; 1.4. secondary forest management; 1.5. forest management for research and educational purposes; 1.6. forest management for the purpose of holding cultural and health-improving, tourist, other recreational and (or) mass sports, health-improving and sporting events.\n2. Harvesting of secondary forest resources includes harvesting:\n2.1. stumps and roots; 2.2. birch bark and tree branches; 2.3. New Year's coniferous trees; 2.4. spruce serki; 2.5. bast and bark.\n3. Secondary forest management includes:\n3.1. preparation of tree juices; 3.2. collection of wild berries and mushrooms; 3.3. collection of wild fruits and nuts;  3.4. procurement of wild plants and their parts;  3.5. harvesting moss, collecting forest litter and fallen leaves;  3.6. placement of beehives and apiaries;  3.7. haymaking;  3.8. grazing;  3.9. procurement, collection of medicinal and other plants grown on fruit and berry, nut and other forest plantations;  3.10. removal of wild plants. \n4. Legal entities and individual entrepreneurs may carry out forest management for all types specified in paragraph 1 of this article.\n5. Citizens can carry out logging, logging of secondary forest resources (in terms of logging birch bark and tree branches), secondary forest management (with the exception of logging, collection of medicinal and other plants grown on fruit and berry, nut and other forest plantations, withdrawal of wild plants ).\n[...]\nArticle 39. Permits\n1. Permits are issued (except for the cases specified in subparagraph 1.10 of paragraph 1 of Article 21, paragraph 3 of Article 22, paragraph 2 of Article 29 and part one of paragraph 1 of Article 44 of this Code) for:\n1.1. logging - logging ticket;\n1.2. felling of forests by citizens with a volume of not more than 50 cubic meters of wood - an order;\n1.3. harvesting resin, harvesting secondary forest resources and secondary forest use - a forest ticket.\nA logging ticket, a forest ticket are the basis for the export of harvested forest products to intermediate timber warehouses indicated in the technological map.\nThe warrant is the basis for the export of harvested wood by citizens.\n2. Permits are issued for one or more plots of the forest fund on the basis of the documents specified in paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 40 of this Code, as well as in the cases specified in paragraph 3 of Article 22 (with the exception of felling, clearing, felling forests, carried out during the maintenance of quarterly clearings and fire breaks) of this Code.\n3. Permits are issued:\n3.1. felling ticket - by legal entities engaged in forestry;\n3.2. order - by structural subdivisions of legal entities engaged in forestry (forestries);\n3.3. forest ticket - by legal entities engaged in forestry, structural subdivisions of legal entities engaged in forestry (forestries).\n4. A felling ticket, an order shall be issued within a calendar year and shall be valid for the periods specified in them, determined in accordance with paragraph 1 of Article 71 of this Code.\nIt is allowed to extend the validity period of a logging ticket, warrant in cases of logging in hard-to-reach areas of the forest fund, as well as under adverse weather conditions in accordance with paragraph 11 of Article 71 of this Code.\n5. A forest ticket is issued to a forest user with a validity period of up to one year, with the exception of a forest ticket for harvesting resin.\nA forest ticket for the harvesting of resin is issued to the forest user for the entire period of harvesting resin, but not more than 15 years.\n[...]\nArticle 41\n1. One and the same plot of the forest fund may be provided to several forest users for forest use by different types with the definition for each forest user of the relevant conditions in the documents on the basis of which the right to forest use arises.\n2. The provision of forest fund plots for timber harvesting is carried out by legal entities engaged in forestry, their structural divisions (forestries) in accordance with the forest management project (except for the cases specified in paragraph 7 of Article 36 of this Code) in the manner established by Article 42 of this Code , by issuing logging tickets or warrants.\n[...]\nArticle 42\n1. For timber harvesting, a forest fund plot is provided by a legal entity engaged in forestry, its structural subdivision (forestry) for the period of validity of a logging ticket, warrant.\n2. For harvesting resin, harvesting secondary forest resources and secondary forest use, a forest fund plot is provided by a legal entity conducting forestry, its structural subdivision (forestry) for the duration of the forest ticket.\n3. A citizen, a legal entity, an individual entrepreneur wishing to obtain a forest fund plot for forest use (hereinafter referred to in this article as the applicant), with the exception of cases of acquiring standing timber at exchange auctions, send it to the legal entity conducting forestry, which is in charge of the requested a forest fund plot, its structural subdivision (forestry) a written application for granting a forest fund plot for forest management, which indicates:\n3.1. the purpose of obtaining a forest fund plot;\n3.2. surname, first name, patronymic (if any), place of residence of the citizen;\n3.3. the name and location of the legal entity, individual entrepreneur, their registration number in the Unified State Register of Legal Entities and Individual Entrepreneurs;\n3.4. types of forest use planned for implementation on the requested site, the volume of forest resources planned for harvesting, collection, withdrawal, use and the period for which the forest fund site is requested.\n4. A legal entity conducting forestry, its structural subdivision (forestry), within the time limits established by the legislation on administrative procedures, consider the application and the materials attached to it, and in the absence of grounds for refusing to provide a forest fund plot for forest use, provide a forest fund plot by registration and issuance of a logging ticket, warrant, forest ticket to the applicant after he has paid the forest use fee.. [...]\" (FOREST CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 24, 2015 No. 332-Z, last amended by Law of the Republic of Belarus dated January 4, 2022 No. 145-Z (National Legal Internet Portal of the Republic of Belarus, 01/11/2022, 2/2865) [google translated])","FOREST CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS December 24, 2015 No. 332-Z [google translated])","n/a","[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=hk1500332\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2225,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","C22_23","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.000833333","Foreign shareholding in companies manufacturing some non-metallic mineral products (e.g. bricks, burglar bars, gates and windows etc.) is prohibited and in other activities is limited to 49%.","\"2. In this Act — […]\n“industrial licence” means a licence issued under section 8 to operate a manufacturing enterprise;\n[…]\nManufacturing enterprises requiring industrial licence\n5. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise, to manufacture for sale —\n(a) animal feed; (b) baby formula; (c) food; (d) beverages; (e) cement; f) chemical products; or (g) such other products as the Minister may prescribe,\nat any place in Botswana except in terms of an industrial licence issued by the Director, in accordance with this Act, authorising the person to manufacture such a product. [...]\n(5) The Minister may make regulations —\n(a) reserving industrial licences, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana —\n(i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises; and (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana; and\n(b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be licensed to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n(6) Regulations made under subsection (5) (b) shall impose conditions on industrial licences issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.\n6. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless he or she has been issued with an industrial licence in terms of this Act.\n(2) When applying for an industrial licence in terms of subsection (1), an applicant shall state — [...]\n(e) where the application is made by partners in a joint venture arrangement, information relating to the shareholding by the partners which demonstrates that the citizen partner has a minimum of 51 per cent shares.\n[...]\nPART III - Registration of Manufacturing Enterprises (ss 15-23)\n15. Application of Part III\n (1) This Part applies to all manufacturing enterprises that do not require to be licensed under Part II including micro manufacturing enterprises and small manufacturing enterprises.\n (2) A manufacturing enterprise requires registration under this Part where it does not-\n (a) present any health and safety concerns in its manufacturing processes or in the products or byproducts that it manufactures; or\n (b) pose a danger to public health or if, in the manufacturing process, a danger to public health will or is likely to occur.\n[...]\n16. Registration requirements\n (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless the manufacturing enterprise has been registered and the person issued with a registration certificate under this Part.\n (2) The Minister may make regulations-\n (a) reserving registration certificates, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana-\n (i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises, and  (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana;\n (b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be registered to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n (3) Regulations made under subsection (2)(b) shall impose conditions on registration certificates issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.[...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019)\n--------------------\n\"[...] Industrial licences reserved for citizens\nPART II — Industrial Licences\n3. An industrial licence to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 5 (5) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bread and confectionery; (b) ice making; (c) meat processing; (d) peanut butter; (e) purification and bottling of water; (f) traditional sour milk, and (g) sorghum.\n[...]\nPART III — Registration Certificates [...]\nRegistration certificates reserved for citizens\n11. A registration certificate to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 16 (2) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bricks; (b) burglar bars, gates and windows; (c) candles; (d) fencing materials excluding gum poles; (e) floor polish; (f) packaging; (g) protective clothing; (h) roof trusses; (i) school furniture; (j) school uniform; (k) screen printing and embroidery; (l) signage include electronic signage; (m) traditional crafts; (n) traditional leather products [...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020))\n---------------------\n\"16. Licence requirements\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall manufacture, for sale, any product at any place in Botswana unless he or she is in possession of a licence to manufacture such product at such place, issued by a licensing committee.\n(2) An application for a licence to carry on a manufacturing enterprise shall be made in the prescribed form to a licensing committee.\n(3) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of P10,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to both, and, in the case of a continuing offence shall be liable to a further fine of P500 or to imprisonment for one month in respect of each day on which the offence continues. \n[...]\n27. Certain industries to be reserved for citizens\n(1) The Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on such enterprises as may be prescribed shall be issued only to citizens of Botswana, or to companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana.\n(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that only citizens of Botswana shall be entitled to carry on a particular enterprise in such areas in the country as may be prescribed.\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on enterprises reserved for citizens and which enterprises fall within the medium or large scale category shall be issued to joint ventures between citizens and foreign partners, provided that the citizen partner holds a minimum of 51 per cent share holding in the joint venture.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008)\n----------------------\n\"13. Reservation of enterprises for Botswana citizens\n(1) The following types of small scale manufacturing enterprise shall be reserved for Botswana citizens or companies wholly owned by Botswana citizens–\n(a) the manufacture of school uniforms;\n(b) the manufacture of school furniture;\n(c) the manufacture of burglar bars;\n(d) the manufacture of protective clothing;\n(e) the milling of sorghum;\n(f) the manufacture of cement bricks and baked earth (mud) bricks;\n(g) the baking of bread and confectionery;\n(h) manufacture of peanut butter;\n(i) bottling of water;\n(j) the production of traditional sour milk;\n(k) packaging;\n(l) the manufacture of floor polish;\n(m) the manufacture of traditional leather products;\n(n) the manufacture of traditional crafts;\n(o) signage, including electronic signage;\n(p) fencing materials excluding gum poles;\n(q) the manufacture of candles;\n(r) ice making;\n(s) meat processing:\nProvided that any person engaged in the manufacturing enterprises referred to above and who is so engaged at the date of commencement of these Regulations shall be permitted to continue such manufacturing subject to compliance with other requirements of these Regulations.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008)","INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020)\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot195231.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bocra.org.bw/sites/default/files/covid19-docs/Extraordinary%20Gazette%2020th%20May%202020%20copy.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91753.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91760.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,228,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.000375","Programming and editorial responsibilities in broadcasting companies shall be exclusively in the hands of Brazilian-born or foreign nationals who obtained Brazilian citizenship more than 10 years previously.","\"Article 222. Newspaper companies, sound broadcasting companies, or sound and image broadcasting companies, shall be owned exclusively by native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than ten years, or by legal entities incorporated under Brazilian laws and headquartered in Brazil. (CA No. 36, 2002)\nParagraph 1. In all circumstances, at least seventy per cent of the total capital stock and of the voting capital of newspaper companies, sound broadcasting companies, or sound and image broadcasting companies, shall be owned directly or indirectly by native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than ten years, who shall mandatorily exercise the management of activities and shall define the content of programming.\nParagraph 2. Editorial responsibility and the activities regarding selection and management of the programming to be disseminated shall be carried out exclusively by native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than ten years, in any social communication medium.\nParagraph 3. Electronic social communication media, regardless of the technology used to deliver the service, shall comply with the principles stipulated in article 221, as provided by specific legislation, which shall also ensure priority to Brazilian professionals in the production of Brazilian programs.\nParagraph 4. Specific legislation shall regulate the participation of foreign capital in the companies mentioned in paragraph 1.\nParagraph 5. Any alterations in the corporate control of the companies mentioned in paragraph 1 must be communicated to the National Congress.[...]\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended on May 28, 2002, Article 222 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 1 the This law regulates the participation of foreign capital in the newspaper companies and radio broadcasting and sound and images mentioned in § 4 the art. 222 of the Constitution.\nArt. 2 the participation of foreigners or naturalized Brazilians less than ten years in the capital of newspaper companies and broadcasting can not exceed thirty percent of the total capital and voting capital of these companies and will only be made indirectly, through a legal entity incorporated under Brazilian law and having its registered office in the country.\n§ 1 the The companies effectively controlled by chaining other companies or by any other indirect means, by foreigners or naturalized Brazilians less than ten years may not have full participation of more than thirty percent of the share capital, total and voting, the news and broadcasting companies.[...]\" (Law 10,610 (20 December 2002) providing for the participation of foreign capital in the newspaper and broadcasting companies, Articles 1 and 2 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 1 This Law provides for audiovisual communication with conditioned access.\nSingle paragraph. Sound and sound and image broadcasting services [free-to-air broadcasting] are excluded from the scope of this Law, except for the provisions set forth in this Law that expressly mention these services or their providers.\nArt. 2 For the purposes of this Law, it is considered: [...]\nXVIII - Brazilian Producer: company that produces audiovisual content that meets the following conditions, cumulatively:\na) be incorporated under Brazilian law;\nb) have headquarters and administration in the country;\nc) 70% (seventy percent) of the total and voting capital must be owned, directly or indirectly, by native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years;\nd) the management of the company's activities and the editorial responsibility for the content produced must be exclusive to native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years; [...]\nXXI - Brazilian Programmer: programming company that performs its programming activities in Brazilian territory and that cumulatively meets the conditions set forth in items “a” to “c” of item XVIII of this article and whose management, editorial responsibility and selection of the contents of the programming channel are private to native Brazilians or those who have been naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years;\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - CONTENT PRODUCTION, PROGRAMMING AND PACKAGING\nArt. 9 The production, programming and packaging activities are open to companies incorporated under Brazilian laws and with headquarters and administration in the country. [...]\nArt. 10. The management, editorial responsibility and selection and direction activities inherent to programming and packaging are exclusive to native Brazilians or those who have been naturalized for more than 10 (ten) years.[...]\n§ 3 For the purpose of complying with the provisions of Chapter V, Ancine may request from the programmer documents proving that the content shown is Brazilian, including the Brazilian Product Certificate, in the cases referred to in Provisional Measure No. September 6, 2001.[...]\" (Law No. 12,485, of September 12, 2011 [google translation])","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended on May 28, 2002, Article 222\nLaw 10,610 (20 December 2002) providing for the participation of foreign capital in the newspaper and broadcasting companies, Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 12,485, of September 12, 2011 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/2002/l10610.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_Ato2011-2014/2011/Lei/L12485.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1299,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H491","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0004","The majority of the senior managers in the joint venture providing rail transport services must be Brunei nationals.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-sector: Rail transport services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), \nMarket Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign nationals and enterprises may not provide rail transport services in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 49 per cent equity shareholding in the joint venture; (b) they comply with any performance requirements imposed, including requirements to transfer a particular technology or other roprietary knowledge as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam; or (c) a majority of the senior managers in the joint venture are Brunei nationals.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) ","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3089,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B05_06","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.000583333","Foreign investment in the Oil & Gas sector is required to maximise the use of local -subcontractors as per the Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry imposing local content and employment limitations on O&G operators contracting activities [see link]. Local contractors refers to enteprises fully owned by Brunei citizens [or possibly under joint-venture with Brunei citizens.",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3080,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.001166667","Foreign investment in mining of non-ferrous metal ores, except uranium and thorium ores, is allowed only through joint venture with Cambodian-owned investors. ","\"Article 1: The following investment sectors shall be restricted on the basis of national security, social welfare, or economic needs as listed in the sensitive list for the opening of industries and for the granting of national treatment in the attached annex.\nAnnex 1 \n[...] II. Industries Open with Restriction to Foreign Investors: [...] Mining of non-ferrous metal ores, except uranium and thorium ores [specifically: Exploitation of gemstones]: subject to local equity participation\" (Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1)\n---------------------------\n\"Art. 6: An Artisan Mining License may be issued only to persons of Khmer nationality for the purpose of conducting the exploration and exploitation of mineral resources by using locally available common instruments and their own labor or with the help of family with no more than 7 (seven) persons. [...]\" (Law on Mineral Resource Management and Exploitation, Royal Decree  NS/RKM/0701/09 of 13 July 2001, Art. 6)","Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1.\nLaw on Mineral Resource Management and Exploitation, Royal Decree  NS/RKM/0701/09 of 13 July 2001, Art. 6.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/khm_e/wtacckhm3a3_leg_4.pdf\">Sub-decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.cambodiainvestment.gov.kh/law-on-mineral-resource-management-and-exploitation_010713.html\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1868,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.001166667","Foreign investment in mining of non-ferrous metal ores, except uranium and thorium ores, is allowed only through joint venture with Cambodian-owned investors. ","\"Article 1: The following investment sectors shall be restricted on the basis of national security, social welfare, or economic needs as listed in the sensitive list for the opening of industries and for the granting of national treatment in the attached annex.\nAnnex 1 \n[...] II. Industries Open with Restriction to Foreign Investors: [...] Mining of non-ferrous metal ores, except uranium and thorium ores [specifically: Exploitation of gemstones]: subject to local equity participation\" (Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1)\n---------------------------\n\"Art. 6: An Artisan Mining License may be issued only to persons of Khmer nationality for the purpose of conducting the exploration and exploitation of mineral resources by using locally available common instruments and their own labor or with the help of family with no more than 7 (seven) persons. [...]\" (Law on Mineral Resource Management and Exploitation, Royal Decree  NS/RKM/0701/09 of 13 July 2001, Art. 6)","Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1.\nLaw on Mineral Resource Management and Exploitation, Royal Decree  NS/RKM/0701/09 of 13 July 2001, Art. 6.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/khm_e/wtacckhm3a3_leg_4.pdf\">Sub-decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.cambodiainvestment.gov.kh/law-on-mineral-resource-management-and-exploitation_010713.html\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1868,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","J61","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.0015","In the case of telecommunications common carriers with at least 10% market share in Canada, at least 80% of the members of the board of directors must be individual Canadians. No nationality requirement applies with regard to board members of telecommunications carriers with less than 10% market share, nor in respect of ownership and operation of international submarine cables, satellites or earth stations that provide telecommunications services by means of satellites.","\"PART II - Eligibility to Operate\nCanadian Ownership and Control\nDefinitions\n16 (1) The following definitions apply in this section.\nentity means a corporation, partnership, trust or joint venture. (entité)\njoint venture means an association of two or more entities, if the relationship among those associated entities does not, under the laws in Canada, constitute a corporation, a partnership or a trust and if all the undivided ownership interests in the assets of the Canadian carrier or in the voting interests of the Canadian carrier are or will be owned by all the entities that are so associated. (coentreprise)\nvoting interest, with respect to\n  (a) a corporation with share capital, means a voting share;\n  (b) a corporation without share capital, means an ownership interest in the assets of the corporation that entitles the owner to rights similar to those enjoyed by the owner of a voting share; and\n  (c) a partnership, trust or joint venture, means an ownership interest in the assets of the partnership, trust or joint venture that entitles the owner to receive a share of the profits and to share in the assets on dissolution. (intérêt avec droit de vote)\nEligibility\n(2) A Canadian carrier is eligible to operate as a telecommunications common carrier if\n  (a) it is an entity incorporated, organized or continued under the laws of Canada or a province and is Canadian-owned and controlled;\n  (b) it owns or operates only a transmission facility that is referred to in subsection (5); or\n  (c) it has annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada that represent less than 10% of the total annual revenues, as determined by the Commission, from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada.\nCanadian ownership and control\n(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(a), an entity is Canadian-owned and controlled if\n  (a) in the case of a corporation, not less than 80% of the members of the board of directors are individual Canadians;\n  (b) Canadians beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate and otherwise than by way of security only, not less than 80% of the entity’s voting interests; and\n  (c) the entity is not otherwise controlled by persons that are not Canadians.\nProhibition\n(4) No Canadian carrier shall operate as a telecommunications common carrier unless it is eligible under this section to operate as such.\nExemption\n(5) Paragraph (2)(a) and subsection (4) do not apply in respect of the ownership or operation of\n  (a) international submarine cables;\n  (b) earth stations that provide telecommunications services by means of satellites; or\n  (c) satellites.\nException\n(6) A Canadian carrier that is eligible to operate under paragraph (2)(c) remains eligible to operate even if it has annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada that represent 10% or more of the total annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada as long as the increase in its annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada to 10% or more of the total annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada did not result from the acquisition of control of another Canadian carrier or from the acquisition of assets used by another Canadian carrier to provide telecommunications services.\nAcquisition\n(7) A Canadian carrier to which subsection (6) applies is not authorized to acquire control of a Canadian carrier or acquire assets used by another Canadian carrier to provide telecommunications services.\nNotice\n(8) A Canadian carrier that is eligible to operate under paragraph (2)(c) shall notify the Commission when it acquires control of another Canadian carrier or acquires assets used by another Canadian carrier to provide telecommunications services.\nAffiliates\n(9) For the purposes of determining annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada under this section, the annual revenues of a Canadian carrier include the annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada of its affiliates as defined in subsection 35(3).[...]\" (Telecommunications Act (S.C. 1993, c. 38),  last amended on 2021-06-29, Section 16)","Telecommunications Act (S.C. 1993, c. 38),  last amended on 2021-06-29, Section 16","n/a","[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/T-3.4/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,711,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"4.17E-05","Securities depository companies subject to Law no. 18.876 must be constituted as special stock companies in accordance with the provisions of Article 126 of Law No. 18.046 on Public Limited Companies.","\"TITLE I - The Deposit Agreement and the Provisions\nArticle 1 .- The securities depository companies that This law regulates (hereinafter \"the companies\" or \"the company\") will be constituted as special stock companies and will have the exclusive purpose of receiving securities in deposit and facilitating the transfer operations of the same, according to the procedures contemplated in this law .\n[...]\nTITLE II - Of the Company and of the Depositors\nArticle 18 .- The companies will be subject to the following specific rules:\na.- They must be constituted in accordance with the provisions of Article 126 of Law No. 18,046, and shall be governed by the rules applicable to public limited companies in what is not contrary to this law. In their name they must include the expression \"securities depository\". [...]\" (Law no. 18.876 Establishing the Legal Framework for the Constitution and Operation of Private Securities Deposit and Custody Entities (21 December 1989), last amended on 26 October 2016, Articles 1 and 18 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"TITLE XIII - Of the Companies subject to special regulations.\nArt. 126. Insurance and reinsurance companies, joint-stock companies managing mutual funds, stock exchanges and other companies that the law expressly submits to the procedures indicated below, are formed, exist and approved by public deed, obtaining of a resolution of the Commission authorizing its existence and registration and publication of the special certificate granted by said Commission.\nPublic deeds must contain, in addition to the general mentions required by this law, the special ones required by the particular laws that govern them.\nThe Commission must verify that these companies comply with the legal and economic requirements required for this purpose, in order to authorize their existence.\nThe resolutions that revoke authorizations granted will be founded.\nOnce the existence of a company has been approved, the Commission will issue a certificate that will certify such circumstance and contain an extract of the clauses of the statute determined by said body, which will be registered in the Commercial Registry of the registered office and published in the Official Gazette within of the period of 60 days counted from the date of the resolution. [...]\" (Law no. 18.046 on Public Limited Companies (22 October 1981), last amended on 13 April 2021, Article 126 [google translation])","Law no. 18.876 Establishing the Legal Framework for the Constitution and Operation of Private Securities Deposit and Custody Entities (21 December 1989), last amended on 26 October 2016, Articles 1 and 18\nLaw no. 18.046 on Public Limited Companies (22 October 1981), last amended on 13 April 2021, Article 126","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=30249\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=29473\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1082,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.003125","Foreign participation in domestic law firms is prohibited as per the restrictions in the foreign investment 'negative list'. Legal conselling on Chinese legal affairs is also included in the prohibited category of the [foreign investment] 'Negative List'. Foreign law firms are, however, allowed to establish representative offices to practice law other than Chinese law.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVIII. Leasing and commercial service industry\n18. Investment in Chinese legal matters (except for provision of information on the impact of Chinese legal environment) shall be prohibited and foreign investors shall not be the partner of a domestic law firm. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter II - License for Legal Practice by Lawyers\nArticle 5 A person who intends to apply for the legal practice of a lawyer shall meet the following conditions:\n(1) upholding the Constitution of the People’s Republic of China;\n(2) having passed the unified national judicial examination;\n(3) having completed a full year’s internship at a law firm; and\n(4) being a person of good character and conduct.\nFor a person who applies for the legal practice of a lawyer, the lawyer’s qualification certificate he obtained before the unified national judicial examination is instituted shall be equally effective as the qualification certificate obtained after passing the unified national judicial examination.\n[...]\nArticle 13. A person who has not obtained a lawyer’s practice certificate shall not provide legal services in the name of lawyer; and he shall not act as agent ad litem or defender, unless otherwise provided for by Law.\nChapter III - Law Firms\nArticle 14. A law firm is an organization in which lawyers practice law.\nFor the establishment of a law firm, the following conditions shall be met: [...]\n(3) The person who intends to establish the firm shall be a lawyer who has a good deal of experience in the profession and, in the recent three years, who has not been suspended from legal practice by way of punishment; [...]\" (Law of the People's Republic of China on Lawyers of 15 May 1996, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 These Regulations apply to foreign law firms establishing representative offices in China (hereinafter referred to as representative offices) to engage in legal service activities.\n[...]\nChapter II Establishment, Change and Cancellation of Representative Offices\nArticle 6.　Foreign law firms shall obtain permission from the judicial administrative department of the State Council to establish representative offices and send representatives in China.\nForeign law firms, other foreign organizations or individuals are not allowed to engage in legal service activities in China in the name of consulting companies or otherwise.\n[...]\nChapter III Business Scope and Rules\nArticle 15.　Representative offices and their representatives may only engage in the following activities excluding Chinese legal affairs:\n(1) To provide the parties with consultation on the laws of the country where the lawyers of the foreign law firm have been approved to engage in legal practice, as well as consultation on international treaties and international practices;\n(2) Accepting the entrustment of the client or the Chinese law firm to handle legal affairs in the country where the lawyers of the foreign law firm have been approved to practice law;\n(3) On behalf of foreign parties, entrust Chinese law firms to handle Chinese legal affairs;\n(4) To maintain a long-term entrusted relationship with a Chinese law firm to handle legal affairs by signing a contract;\n(5) Provide information on the impact of China's legal environment.\nAccording to the agreement reached with the Chinese law firm, the representative office can directly make a request to the lawyers of the entrusted Chinese law firm.\nRepresentative offices and their representatives shall not engage in other legal service activities or other profit-making activities other than those specified in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article.\nArticle 16.　A representative office shall not employ Chinese practicing lawyers; the employed auxiliary personnel shall not provide legal services for the parties concerned. [...]\" (Regulations on Administration of Foreign Law Firms' Representative Offices in China of 22.12., as amended [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.npc.gov.cn/zgrdw/englishnpc/Law/2009-02/20/content_1471604.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2002/content_61860.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2550,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CRI","H4923","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0012","Only Costa Rican nationals or enterprises incorporated in Costa Rica, whose capital stock is at least 51% owned and directed by Costa Rican nationals may supply motorised freight cabotage transport services.","\"Article 1 - This regulation refers exclusively to local freight automotive transport services, which for that purpose are defined as those provided by motor vehicles, which within the limits of the national territory using the country's road network, or those that combine the previous one with another mode of transport, without leaving those territorial limits.\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Costa Rican natural or legal persons will be the only ones who will have the right to exploit local automotive cargo transport services, for which legal persons must also meet the following requirements:\na) That 51% of its capital, at least, belongs to Costa Ricans.\nb) That the effective control and management of the company are also in the hands of Costa Ricans.[...]\" (Executive Decree no. 15624-MOPT on Regulation of the Automotive Transport of Local Cargo (08/28/1984), effective from 09/13/1984, Articles 1 and 8 [google translation])","Executive Decree no. 15624-MOPT on Regulation of the Automotive Transport of Local Cargo (08/28/1984), effective from 09/13/1984, Articles 1 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=51553&nValor3=55775&strTipM=TC\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.015","As a rule, foreign legal entities can only acquire ownership of real estate in Croatia under the condition of reciprocity and subject to consent by the Minister of Justice, except through a company incorporated in Croatia, in which case the incorporated company will be treated as a Croatian national. Foreign legal entities cannot acquire or hold any property rights in agricultural land or forests, or in areas legally declared as restricted to foreign investors in view of protecting the interests and safety of the Republic of Croatia.\nHowever, legal entities incorporated in EU/EEA member states can acquire and own real estate assets in Croatia under the same conditions as those applied to domestic legal entities, with the exception of agricultural land and other real estate localed in protected nature areas. Pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union, citizens and legal entities of the European Union cannot acquire agricultural land for a period of seven years from the date of accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union [1 July 2013]. In 2020, the ban was extended until 30 June 2023 by a decision of the European Commission.","\"Article 355\n(1) From the standpoint of this Act, a natural person shall be considered a party when he or she does not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law. [...]\n(3) A legal person shall be considered a foreign person from the point of view of this Act when it has a registered office outside the territory of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nArticle 356 [...]\n(2) Foreign natural and legal persons may, unless otherwise provided by law, on the assumption of reciprocity, acquire ownership of real estate in the territory of the Republic of Croatia, if the consent is given by the Minister competent for justice of the Republic of Croatia.\n[…]\nArticle 358\n(1) A foreign person may not be the owner of real estate located in an area which, for the protection of the interests and security of the Republic of Croatia, has been declared an area in which foreign persons cannot have the right of ownership, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[…]\nArticle 358a\n(1) The provisions of Articles 354 to 358 of the Property and Other Real Rights Act (Official Gazette 91/96, 68/98, 137/99, 22/00, 73/00, 114/01, 79/06 and 141/06) do not apply to citizens and legal entities from the Member States of the European Union. These persons acquire the right of ownership of real estate under the preconditions that apply to the acquisition of the right of ownership for citizens of the Republic of Croatia and legal persons with a registered office in the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) The provision of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to real estate in the exempted areas:\n- agricultural land determined by a special law,\n- protected parts of nature according to a special law.[…]\" (Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2\n(1) Agricultural land is of good interest to the Republic of Croatia and has its special protection.\n(2) Foreign legal and natural persons may not be holders of land ownership rights referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, unless otherwise determined by an international agreement and a special regulation. [...]\" (Agricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia referred to in Chapter 3 of Annex V to the 2011 Act of Accession shall be extended until 30 June 2023. [...]\" (Commission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1)\n------------------------\n\"Article 56\n(1) Forests and forest lands owned by the Republic of Croatia may not be alienated from the property of the Republic of Croatia, except in cases provided for by this Act.\n(2) Foreign persons, namely natural persons when they do not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia or other Member States of the European Union and a legal person having a registered office outside the Republic of Croatia and other Member States of the European Union, may not acquire ownership of forests and forest land in owned by the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by an international agreement.[...]\" (Forestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56 [google translation])","Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a\nAgricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2\nCommission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1\nForestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2015_07_81_1548.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_03_20_402.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32020D0787\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_68_1392.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,1043,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","K6419X","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0018","The establishment of a branch office by a non-EU/EEA credit institution is subject to a reciprocity condition.","\"Article 83\n(1) A credit institution of another Member State may establish a branch in the Republic of Croatia and provide mutually recognised services that it is authorised to provide in the home Member State through that branch under the conditions laid down in this Act. \n[...]\nArticle 89\n(1) A third-country credit institution (founder) may provide banking and/or financial services within the territory of the Republic of Croatia only through a branch, provided it is authorised to provide such services in the third country.\n(2) A third-country credit institution (founder) intending to establish a branch within the territory of the Republic of Croatia shall obtain authorisation from the Croatian National Bank (hereinafter referred to as 'authorisation to establish a branch of a third-country credit\ninstitution'). \n[...]\nArticle 90 [...]\n(4) The Croatian National Bank shall refuse an application to establish a branch of a third-country credit institution if:  [...]\n6) credit institutions with head offices in the Republic of Croatia are not provided at least the same conditions for establishment of a branch in the country where the third-country credit institution (founder) has its head office as are provided to the third-country credit institution (founder) in the Republic of Croatia.[...]\" (Credit Institutions Act (NN 159/2013; 20 December 2013), as last amended by Law NN 70/2019 of 17 July 2019, Articles 83, 89 and 90 [unofficial translation])","Credit Institutions Act (NN 159/2013; 20 December 2013), as last amended by Law NN 70/2019 of 17 July 2019, Articles 83, 89 and 90","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2013_12_159_3328.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.hnb.hr/documents/20182/506024/e-zakon-o-kreditnim-institucijama_npt.pdf/2ddb8f5f-eec8-b8b4-090f-d92304af0116\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,1053,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","A01","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.00125","By virtue of the Law No. 15 of 1963, foreign ownership of agricultural land is prohibited. Law No. 143 of 1981 places limits on the ownership of desert land, which the Law defines broadly as all territory two kilometres outside city borders. Partnerships and joint stock companies can own desert land up to 42 km2 (10 000 feddans) and 210 km2 (50 000 feddans) respectively, if Egyptian nationals own at least 51% of the capital. Under the Law, being a tenant under a lease with a term of more than 50 years is also considered as ownership.","\"Foreigners, whether natural or legal persons, are prohibited from owning agricultural lands and the like cultivable, fallow and desert lands in the United Arab Republic. This prohibition includes full ownership as well as ownership of the neck or usufruct.\nIt is not considered agricultural land in the application of the provisions of this law, the lands within the scope of cities and countries to which the provisions of Law No. 52 of 1940 are referred to, if they are not subject to the lands tax.[...]\" (Law No. 15 of 1963: Prohibiting foreign ownership of agricultural lands and the like [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1\nb) With the exception of the lands stipulated in item (a), the minister concerned with land reclamation shall issue a decision defining the areas (which are covered by the\nland reclamation plan and projects. This is one of the conditions and rules required by the State Defense Affairs\nIn the application of the provisions of this law, desert lands mean lands owned by the state, privately owned, and located outside the reins after a distance of two kilometers.\n[...]\nArticle 11\nThe maximum ownership limit in the desert lands subject to the provisions of this law shall be in accordance with the irrigation methods and methods achieved\nin terms of: rationalization and economy in the use of available water sources, and in accordance with scientific developments in this field, as follows\na) If irrigation is on groundwater or modern methods are used, such as sprinkler or drip, or any irrigation method that depends on water pressure (1): The maximum\nownership limit is determined as follows: [...]\n2. Ten thousand (ten thousand) feddans for a cooperative society, with a maximum of thirty (30) feddans for a member.\n3. Ten thousand) acres for companies of persons and the recommendation of shares, taking into account that the maximum limit for the ownership of the individual does not exceed 150 (one hundred and fifty) acres.\n4. Fifty thousand (50,000) feddans for joint stock companies.\nb) If the irrigation is by the surface irrigation method that is agreed upon between the Minister concerned with Reclamation and the Minister of Public Works and Water Resources, or for the drained areas of lake lands, the maximum ownership limit shall not exceed half of the aforementioned maximum limits.\nThe ownership of Egyptians shall not be less than 51% of the company’s capital, and the individual’s ownership shall not exceed 20% of the company’s capital. [...]\" (Law No. 143 of 1981 regarding desert lands. [google translation])","Law No. 15 of 1963 on the Prohibition of Foreign Ownership of Agricultural lands, as amended by Law No. 104 of 1985\nLaw No. 143 of 1981 on Desert Lands","GAFI, \"Land and Real Estate Ownership Laws\" (consulted on 11.11.2021)\nAl Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign Ownership of Real Estate in Egypt\" (March 2017)","[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/92083\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/egy208069.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gafi.gov.eg/English/StartaBusiness/Laws-and-Regulations/Documents/LandandRealEstateOwnershipLaws.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-ownership-of-real-estate-in-egypt/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1361,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","A01","_O","IV92","IX",2022,"0.00125","By virtue of the Law No. 15 of 1963, foreign ownership of agricultural land is prohibited. Law No. 143 of 1981 places limits on the ownership of desert land, which the Law defines broadly as all territory two kilometres outside city borders. Partnerships and joint stock companies can own desert land up to 42 km2 (10 000 feddans) and 210 km2 (50 000 feddans) respectively, if Egyptian nationals own at least 51% of the capital. Under the Law, being a tenant under a lease with a term of more than 50 years is also considered as ownership.","\"Foreigners, whether natural or legal persons, are prohibited from owning agricultural lands and the like cultivable, fallow and desert lands in the United Arab Republic. This prohibition includes full ownership as well as ownership of the neck or usufruct.\nIt is not considered agricultural land in the application of the provisions of this law, the lands within the scope of cities and countries to which the provisions of Law No. 52 of 1940 are referred to, if they are not subject to the lands tax.[...]\" (Law No. 15 of 1963: Prohibiting foreign ownership of agricultural lands and the like [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1\nb) With the exception of the lands stipulated in item (a), the minister concerned with land reclamation shall issue a decision defining the areas (which are covered by the\nland reclamation plan and projects. This is one of the conditions and rules required by the State Defense Affairs\nIn the application of the provisions of this law, desert lands mean lands owned by the state, privately owned, and located outside the reins after a distance of two kilometers.\n[...]\nArticle 11\nThe maximum ownership limit in the desert lands subject to the provisions of this law shall be in accordance with the irrigation methods and methods achieved\nin terms of: rationalization and economy in the use of available water sources, and in accordance with scientific developments in this field, as follows\na) If irrigation is on groundwater or modern methods are used, such as sprinkler or drip, or any irrigation method that depends on water pressure (1): The maximum\nownership limit is determined as follows: [...]\n2. Ten thousand (ten thousand) feddans for a cooperative society, with a maximum of thirty (30) feddans for a member.\n3. Ten thousand) acres for companies of persons and the recommendation of shares, taking into account that the maximum limit for the ownership of the individual does not exceed 150 (one hundred and fifty) acres.\n4. Fifty thousand (50,000) feddans for joint stock companies.\nb) If the irrigation is by the surface irrigation method that is agreed upon between the Minister concerned with Reclamation and the Minister of Public Works and Water Resources, or for the drained areas of lake lands, the maximum ownership limit shall not exceed half of the aforementioned maximum limits.\nThe ownership of Egyptians shall not be less than 51% of the company’s capital, and the individual’s ownership shall not exceed 20% of the company’s capital. [...]\" (Law No. 143 of 1981 regarding desert lands. [google translation])","Law No. 15 of 1963 on the Prohibition of Foreign Ownership of Agricultural lands, as amended by Law No. 104 of 1985\nLaw No. 143 of 1981 on Desert Lands","GAFI, \"Land and Real Estate Ownership Laws\" (consulted on 11.11.2021)\nAl Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign Ownership of Real Estate in Egypt\" (March 2017)","[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/92083\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/egy208069.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gafi.gov.eg/English/StartaBusiness/Laws-and-Regulations/Documents/LandandRealEstateOwnershipLaws.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-ownership-of-real-estate-in-egypt/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1361,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","G471_478_479","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00375","A trading licence in various commercial activities, including manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail distribution, accommodation, food services and other touristic activities [listed in Schedule 1 of the referenced Regulation], shall only be granted to a non-Eswatini citizen or company not wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens where (i) there there are no available Eswatini citizens to provide the service; or (ii) where Eswatini citizens cannot meet the demand. In any case, a non-Eswatini Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Eswatini Nation Land.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,482,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","K6419X","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.003","The majority of the board of directors of a banking institution, as well as its Chairman and Principal Officer, must be citizens of Eswatini.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires:[...]\n\"financial institution\" means any person licensed under this Act to carry on banking business;\n[...]\nBoard of Directors.\n56. (1) Within a period of six months from the coming into force of this Act, the board of a financial institution shall consist of not fewer than five or more than fifteen directors of which at least 50% shall be Swazi citizens including the Chairman and the principal officer of\nthe financial institution shall be a member of the board. \n[...]\nBylaws.\n63. The Bank shall make Bylaws, including prescribing:[...]\n(j) minimum shareholding to be held by Swazi citizens; and\n(k) a time limit for localization of senior management positions.[...]\"(FINANCIAL INSTTTUTIONS ACT No 6 of 2005)\n","FINANCIAL INSTTTUTIONS ACT No 6 of 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.centralbank.org.sz/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/FIA-2005-optimized.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,506,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0001875","For auditors, license to practice is granted on the basis of reciprocity. In an audit firm, the majority of the shareholders (individuals or other auditing firms) have to be licenced in the EU.","\"Article 3 - Licensing of chartered accountants and auditing firms (Article 3 of the Directive) [...]\n4 . The following conditions must be met cumulatively for the granting of a professional license to an auditing company:\n(a) natural persons carrying out statutory audits on behalf of the audit firm must meet the conditions laid down in Articles 5 and 7 to 11 and / or 13 and have obtained a professional license in Greece;\n(b) most of the voting rights in an audit firm must be held by audit firms which have been professionally licensed in any Member State or by natural persons who meet at least the requirements of Articles 5, 7 to 11 and / or 13;\n(c) the majority of the management or management body of the audit firm must belong at least 2/3 to audit firms which have been granted a professional license in any Member State or to natural persons for whom the conditions laid down in Articles 5, 7 to 11 and / or 13. Where the governing body has only two members, at least one member must meet the conditions of the present case,\n(d) the audit firm meets the condition set out in Article 5.\n[...]\nArticle 13 - Licensing of chartered accountants from other Member States (Article 14 of the Directive)\n1 . Certified public accountants who have obtained a professional license in any Member State have the right to obtain a professional license in Greece, provided that they pass the special professional examinations, conducted in the Greek language within the framework defined by the case of par. .1 of article 3 of p.d. 38/2010 (AD78).\n[...]\nArticle 50 - License to practice profession in third country auditors (Article 44 of the Directive)\n1 . The E.L.T.E. by decision of the Board A professional license may be granted to a third-country auditor if, in its discretion, the conditions laid down in Articles 5 and 7 to 12 are met. The license shall be granted on the condition of reciprocity. [...]\" (Law on Compulsory audit of the annual and consolidated financial statements, public oversight of the audit work and other provisions (4449/2017), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 3, 13 and 50 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on Compulsory audit of the annual and consolidated financial statements, public oversight of the audit work and other provisions (4449/2017), last amended by Law 4706/2020, Articles 3, 13 and 50","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wEsrjP0JAlxBXdtvSoClrL8kY_IXd9bfk8pCCmqt4mgGEHlbmahCJFQEmRQwePEviF8EeCoaT0MAKztT3Sb63xk3VkL3PiCQ3RLoVYQqjKiogfu8Gq1RKKQmyoZK8o4WQMyUSqXlNq21AHMLhtR8kMm7qaMD3hr-ZLJF4vXW1wSZw..\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/251518\">Law (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,806,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISL","D3510","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.021","Foreign ownership of the exploitation rights of hydro and geothermal energy and investment in energy production and distribution by foreign persons is prohibited. Individuals and legal persons domiciled in an EEA or EFTA state or in the Faroe Islands are exempted.","\"Article 4:\nInvestment by non-residents in business operations in Iceland is subject to the following restrictions: [...]\n2.Icelandic citizens and other Icelandic persons may only own hydropower and geothermal rights other than for domestic use. The same applies to companies engaged in energy production and distribution. [Individuals residing in another Member State of the Agreement on the European Economic Area, another Member State of the Treaty establishing the European Free Trade Association or the Faroe Islands and legal entities domiciled in another Member State of the Agreement on the European Economic Area, another Member State of the Treaty establishing the European Free Trade Association] have the same rights. Investment agreements between Iceland and countries outside the European Economic Area may stipulate that individuals residing there or legal entities resident there also have the same right, provided that such agreements are submitted to Althingi for approval by a parliamentary resolution.\nNon-residents who acquire ownership and use rights over real estate in accordance with the provisions of the Act on Ownership and Use Rights of Real Estate may use geothermal energy for direct use in their business activities within the limits set out in the Energy Act.\n[...]\nFor the purposes of this Article, an Icelandic person refers to the state treasury and municipalities, as well as institutions, companies and funds in this country wholly owned by them, Icelandic citizens who are domiciled in this country and legal entities that are domiciled in this country and are wholly owned by owned by public entities in this country, Icelandic citizens who are domiciled in this country or other legal entities that are domiciled in this country and are wholly owned by Icelandic citizens who are domiciled in this country. For the purposes of this Article, an Icelandic legal entity refers to a legal entity domiciled in this country, regardless of the form of operation or ownership. A legal entity is considered to have a domicile in this country if it is registered in this country, if it considers its domicile in this country according to its articles of association or if its actual executive board is in this country. [...]\" (Act on Investment by Non-residents in Business Enterprises (34/1991), last amended 24 December 2019, Article 4 [google translation])","Act on Investment by Non-residents in Business Enterprises (34/1991), last amended 24 December 2019, Article 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.althingi.is/lagas/nuna/1991034.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,823,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0005625","Maximum foreign equity share allowed in an insurance company has been raised to 74% in 2021 [from 49% up to 2020]. FDI in pension funds remains at 49%. Such investments can be done through the automatic route (i.e., without prior approval). Branches of foreign insurance companies are not permitted, but branches of reinsurance companies are permitted (since 2015).  Insurance companies having foreign investment are now (since 2021) required to appoint a resident Indian Citizen to at least one high-level executive position among the Chairsperson of the Board, the Managing Director and the Chief Executive Officer, as well as to the majority of Director-level positions [previously the ownership and control of Indian insurance companies and Indian pension funds were required to be at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities; such 'control' restriction was assumed to refer to a requirement for the majority of the board of diretors be in the hands of resident Indian citizens. Hence, no change in this respect]. Foreign investment in intermediary (auxiliary) insurance services remains allowed up to 100%, but where foreign shareholding is majority, local incorporation is required and at least one executive from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen.","\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 74% [previously 49%] | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed seventy-four [previously forty-nine] percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d) (i) In an Indian insurance company having foreign investment - \ni. a majority of its directors;\nii. a majority of its Key Management Persons; and\niii. at least one among the Chairsperson of its Board, its Managing Director and its Chief Executive Officer \nshall be resident Indian Citizens [...]\n(i) The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following: \ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013; \nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen; \niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend;  [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)) \n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2021\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.  [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 100 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. However, the condition of Indian owned and controlled, as specified in Clause (d) above, shall not be applicable to Intermediaries and Insurance Intermediaries and composition of the Board of Directors and key management persons shall be as specified by the concerned regulators from time to time.[...]\n(i)  The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following:\ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013;\nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen;\niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend; \niv. shall bring in the latest technological, managerial and other skills;\n[...]\n5.2.23 PENSION SECTOR \nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n-------------------------\n\"2C. Prohibition of transaction of insurance business by certain persons. -- (1) Save as hereinafter provided, no person shall, after the commencement of the Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1950 (47 of 1950), begin to carry on any class of insurance business in 2[India] and no insurer carrying on any class of insurance business in 2[India] shall after the expiry of one year from such commencement, continue to carry on any such business unless he is--\n(a) a public company, or\n(b) a society registered under the Co-operative Societies Act, 1912 (2 of 1912), or under any other law for the time being in force in any State relating to co-operative societies, or\n(c) a body corporate incorporated under the law of any country outside 3[India] not being of the nature of a private company [...]\nProvided also that no insurer other than an Indian insurance company shall begin to carry on any class of insurance business in India under this Act on or after the commencement of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999).[...]\" (The Insurance Act, 1938, as amended)\n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2019\n----------------------------\n\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 (i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors(i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors (v)Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Other Conditions\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 49 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to Insurance Brokers, Third Party Administrators, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act,1999 (41 of 1999). \n[...]\n5.2.23 Pension Sector\nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)) ","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nThe Insurance Act, 1938, as amended\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn2-2021.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/2304?view_type=browse&sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/CFPC_2017_FINAL_RELEASED_28.8.17_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2484,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","As of March 2021, foreign investment in international passenger maritime transportation and port services are no longer restricted; all other maritime and inland water passenger and cargo transportation activities remain limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Domestic Liner and Tramper Sea Transportation for Passengers; Domestic Sea Transportation for Tourism; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Passengers: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Domestic Sea Transportation Liner and Tramper for Goods; Domestic Sea Transportation for Special Goods; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Goods [connecting remote areas]; Public Shipping Domestic Sea Transportation;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Overseas Liner and Tramper Marine Transportation for Goods; Overseas Sea Transportation for Special Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [overseas passenger marine tranportation now excluded];  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Interprovincial general inland water transportation; Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation; Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inner district/city general inland water transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Fixed Schedule and Regular Route; River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes; River and Lake Transportation with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes for Tourism;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for General Goods and/or Animals; River and Lake Transportation for Special Goods; River and Lake Transportation for Dangerous Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Port services/provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals; Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Domestic sea transportation, International sea transportation, Interprovincial general inland water transportation, Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation,Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation, Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation, Inner district/city general inland water transportation, River and lake transportation for passengers with fixed schedule and regular route, River and lake transportation for passengers with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for tourism with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for general freight and/or animal, River and lake transportation for Special freight, River and lake transportation for Hazardous freight, Provision of harbor facilities i.e., waste reception facilities, Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...] \n-  Provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% b. Subject to a special permits from the Ministry of Transportation for the minimum capital requirement [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3360,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","K661","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.000666667","Foreign investment in a few 'other financial services', such as stock exchange, securities companies (including brokerage and investment advisory services), fund management (investor manager) etc., remains limited to 85% of equity interest pursuant to the sector-specific legislation.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Law what is meant by: [...]\n11. Investment Manager is a Party whose business activities are managing Securities portfolios for customers or managing collective investment portfolios for a group of customers, except for insurance companies, pension funds, and banks which carry out their own business activities based on the applicable laws and regulations.[... ]\n21. Securities Company is a Party conducting business activities as Underwriter, Broker-dealer, and or Investment Manager.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SECURITIES EXCHANGES, CLEARING AND GUARANTEE INSTITUTIONS, AND DEPOSITORY AND SETTLEMENT AGENCIES\nPart One - Stock Exchange\nParagraph 1 - Licensing\nArticle 6\n(1) Companies that can conduct business activities as Stock Exchanges have obtained business licenses from Bapepam.\n(2) The requirements and procedures for licensing the Securities Exchange as referred to in paragraph (1) are further regulated by a Government Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 8\nThose who can become stockholders of the Stock Exchange are Securities Companies that have obtained business licenses to carry out activities as Securities Broker-Dealers.\n[...]\nPart Two - Clearing Guarantee Institutions and Depository and Settlement Institutions [...]\nArticle 15\n(1) Shareholders of Clearing Guarantee Institutions and Depository and Settlement Institutions are Stock Exchanges, Securities Companies, Securities Administration Agencies, Custodian Banks, or other Parties with the approval of Bapepam.\n(2) The majority of Clearing Guarantee Institution shares must be owned by the Stock Exchange.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - SECURITIES COMPANIES, SECURITIES COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES, AND INVESTMENT ADVISORS\nArticle 30\n(1) Those that can carry out business activities as Securities Companies are Companies that have obtained business licenses from Bapepam.\n(2) A Securities Company that has obtained a business license as referred to in paragraph (1) may carry out activities as Underwriter, Broker-dealer, and or Investment Manager as well as other activities in accordance with the provisions stipulated by Bapepam.\n(3) Parties conducting business activities as Underwriters, Securities Brokers, and or Investment Managers only for debt securities with a maturity of not more than one year, certificates of deposit, insurance policies, Securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of Indonesia, or other Securities determined by Bapepam are not required to obtain a business license as a Securities Company.\n(4) Requirements and procedures for licensing Securities Companies are further regulated by Government Regulation.[...]\" (Law  No. 8 of 1995 on the Capital Market [repealed by Law no. 4 of 2023 concerning the Development and Strengthening of the Financial Sector] [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"1.  GENERAL PROVISIONS \na. Investment Manager is the Investment Manager as referred to in Law Number 8 Year 1995 concerning Capital Market.\nb. Person who may conduct business activity as an Investment Manager is a Securities Company which has already obtained business license from Capital Market and Financial Institutions Supervisory Agency (CMFISA).\nc. An Investment Manager may conduct business activities in the form of: \n1) management of Securities portfolio for the interest of a particular investor based on an individual and bilateral fund management agreement arranged according to CMFISA rules; \n2) management of collective investment portfolios for a group of investors through a vehicle or products which are regulated by CMFISA rules; and/or \n3) other activities in accordance with provisions set by CMFISA.\n d. An Investment Manager that does not have a business license as an Investment Advisor may conduct business activities as an Investment Advisor provided that such Investment Manager does not charge any fee for advice on sale or purchase of Securities offered to its clients. [...]\" (DECISION OF CHAIRMAN OF CAPITAL MARKET AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTION SUPERVISORY AGENCY NUMBER: KEP-479/BL/2009 CONCERNING LICENSING PROCEDURES FOR SECURITIES COMPANY CONDUCTING BUSINESS AS AN INVESTMENT MANAGER )\n-----------------------------------\n\"Article 1\nIn this rule, the following terminologies apply: [...]\n2. Securities Company is a Person that conducts business as an Underwriter, a Broker-Dealer and/or an Investment Manager. \n[...]\nArticle 2\n(1) Shares of a joint venture Securities Company may be owned by a foreign legal entity which engaged in financial sector other than Securities industry at maximum 85% (eighty five percent) of paid in capital.\n(2) Shares of a joint venture Securities Company may be owned by a foreign legal entity which engaged in Securities industry that has license or under Capital Market authority’s supervision in the home country at maximum 99% (ninety nine percent) of paid in capital. \nArticle 3\n(1) In the event that a national or a joint venture Securities Company conducts a Public Offering, shares of the Securities Company can be wholly owned by a Local Investor or Foreign Investor. (2) Foreign Investor as referred to in item (1) can be a Foreign Investor who is not engaged in financial sector. [...]\" (MINISTER OF FINANCE REGULATION NUMBER 153/PMK.010/2010 CONCERNING SHARE OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL OF SECURITIES COMPANY)\n-----------------------------------\n\"RULE NUMBER III.A.3 : DIRECTORS OF SECURITIES EXCHANGE [...]\n1. GENERAL a. Securities Exchange must have at least 3 (three) directors.\n[...]\n2. REQUIREMENTS FOR CANDIDATES OF DIRECTORS \na. Candidates of directors of a Securities Exchange must meet the following requirements: 1) Must be individuals who have Indonesian citizenship and are legally competent; \n[...]\n27. Office term of director of the Securities Exchange is automatically ended if the director, among other things: a. lose his/her Indonesian citizenship; [...]\" (Decision of the Chairman of Capital Market and Financial Institutions Supervisory Agency (CMFISA) Number: Kep-12/BL/2009 Date: 30 January 2009)","Law  No. 8 of 1995 on the Capital Market [repealed by Law no. 4 of 2023 concerning the Development and Strengthening of the Financial Sector] [google translation]\nDECISION OF CHAIRMAN OF CAPITAL MARKET AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTION SUPERVISORY AGENCY NUMBER: KEP-479/BL/2009 CONCERNING LICENSING PROCEDURES FOR SECURITIES COMPANY CONDUCTING BUSINESS AS AN INVESTMENT MANAGER\nMINISTER OF FINANCE REGULATION NUMBER 153/PMK.010/2010 CONCERNING SHARE OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL OF SECURITIES COMPANY \nDecision of the Chairman of Capital Market and Financial Institutions Supervisory Agency (CMFISA) Number: Kep-12/BL/2009 Date: 30 January 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/46197/uu-no-8-tahun-1995\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ojk.go.id/Files/regulation/capital-market/bap-rules/new/VA3-2009.pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ojk.go.id/en/kanal/pasar-modal/regulasi/peraturan-keputusan-menteri/Documents/03TerjemahanPMK153_1420163031.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ojk.go.id/en/kanal/pasar-modal/regulasi/klasifikasi-bapepam/bursa-efek/Documents/IIIA3_1391350862.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3382,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","D35102","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00175","Under the Electricity Law of 1996, the Minister of National Infrastructures can require that the granting of a licence to provide essential services (electricity transmission, distribution and system operation) be subject to the condition that control of the licensee remains in the hands of resident Israeli nationals. The Minister is also charged with determining the maximum participation that may be held, directly or indirectly, by non-Israeli nationals or residents.","\"Definitions\n2. In this law -\n\"Israeli citizen\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1951; [...]\n\"Company\" - a company registered in Israel according to the Companies Ordinance [new version], 1983; [...]\n\"Essential service provider license\" - a license for the management of the system, for the transmission or distribution of electricity;\n[...]\nRestrictions and qualifications for licensing\n6. (a) A license under this Act, except for essential service provider license will be given to an individual who is an Israeli citizen, company or partnership; An essential service provider license will be granted to the company only.\n[...]\nRestrictions on an essential service provider\n14. (a) The Minister, in consultation with the Minister of Finance and with the approval of the Government, may at any time stipulate in an order that the holder of a particular essential service provider license or in general, the following provisions shall apply, in whole or in part:\n(1) a determination according to which control of it will be guaranteed by an Israeli citizen and a resident of Israel, including the determination of a maximum percentage of means of control that will be held, directly or indirectly, by a person who is not such a citizen or resident;\n(2) A requirement for reasons of national security that all officials and officials in it as determined, in whole or in part, shall be citizens of Israel and its residents, and that all or some of them shall have a security classification as determined.\n(B) The Minister shall not give an order as stated in subsection (a), except after giving the person to whom the order applies an opportunity to make his arguments.[...]\" (Electricity Law (21.3.1996), last amended 26.7.2018, Sections 2, 6 and 14 [google translation])","Electricity Law (21.3.1996), last amended 26.7.2018, Sections 2, 6 and 14","OECD: Accession of Israel to the OECD. Review of international investment policies (approved by the OECD Investment Committee on 6 October 2009), p. 17","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/law01/159_003.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/israel/49864025.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1410,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","D35102","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00175","Under the Electricity Law of 1996, the Minister of National Infrastructures can require that the granting of a licence to provide essential services (electricity transmission, distribution and system operation) be subject to the condition that control of the licensee remains in the hands of resident Israeli nationals. The Minister is also charged with determining the maximum participation that may be held, directly or indirectly, by non-Israeli nationals or residents.","\"Definitions\n2. In this law -\n\"Israeli citizen\" - as defined in the Citizenship Law, 1951; [...]\n\"Company\" - a company registered in Israel according to the Companies Ordinance [new version], 1983; [...]\n\"Essential service provider license\" - a license for the management of the system, for the transmission or distribution of electricity;\n[...]\nRestrictions and qualifications for licensing\n6. (a) A license under this Act, except for essential service provider license will be given to an individual who is an Israeli citizen, company or partnership; An essential service provider license will be granted to the company only.\n[...]\nRestrictions on an essential service provider\n14. (a) The Minister, in consultation with the Minister of Finance and with the approval of the Government, may at any time stipulate in an order that the holder of a particular essential service provider license or in general, the following provisions shall apply, in whole or in part:\n(1) a determination according to which control of it will be guaranteed by an Israeli citizen and a resident of Israel, including the determination of a maximum percentage of means of control that will be held, directly or indirectly, by a person who is not such a citizen or resident;\n(2) A requirement for reasons of national security that all officials and officials in it as determined, in whole or in part, shall be citizens of Israel and its residents, and that all or some of them shall have a security classification as determined.\n(B) The Minister shall not give an order as stated in subsection (a), except after giving the person to whom the order applies an opportunity to make his arguments.[...]\" (Electricity Law (21.3.1996), last amended 26.7.2018, Sections 2, 6 and 14 [google translation])","Electricity Law (21.3.1996), last amended 26.7.2018, Sections 2, 6 and 14","OECD: Accession of Israel to the OECD. Review of international investment policies (approved by the OECD Investment Committee on 6 October 2009), p. 17","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/law01/159_003.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/israel/49864025.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1410,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000375","Capital in an architecture firm must be distributed in a way that guarantees that licensed individuals possess a 2/3 majority. To enroll in the order of architects, Italian citizenship or other citizenship under the condition of reciprocity is required.","\"Art. 7. \nThe application for registration in the register must be submitted to the presidency of the order, drawn up on L. 2 stamp paper and equipped of the following documents: \na) birth certificate;  b) certificate of Italian citizenship, or the certificate of State having reciprocity treatment with Italy; [...]\" (ROYAL DECREE of 23 October 1925, n. 2537, \"Approval of the regulations for the professions of engineer and architect\"; last amended by DECREE OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC 8 July 2005, n. 169; Article 7 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Art. 10 \nReform of professional associations and professional partnerships  [...]\n4. They can assume the status of a company between professionals company whose deed of incorporation provides: \na) the exclusive exercise of the professional activity from part of the shareholders; \nb) the admission as members of professionals only enrolled in orders, registers and colleges, even in different sections, as well as citizens of the Member States of the European Union, provided that in possession of the qualifying qualification, or subjects who are not professionals only for technical services, or for the purpose of investment. ((In any case, the number of professional members and the participation in the share capital of professionals must be such as to determine the majority of two thirds in the resolutions o decisions of the shareholders; the absence of this condition constitutes cause of dissolution of the company and the council of the order of professional college in which the company is registered proceeds with the cancellation of the same from the register, except that the societa 'has not catered for restoring the prevalenza of the soci professionals within the peremptory term of six months)) ;[...]\" (LAW of 12 November 2011, n. 183, \"Provisions for the preparation of the annual and multi-year budget of the State (2012 Stability Law)\"; last amended by LAW of 30 December 2018, n. 145; Article 10 [google translation])","ROYAL DECREE of 23 October 1925, n. 2537, \"Approval of the regulations for the professions of engineer and architect\"; last amended by DECREE OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC 8 July 2005, n. 169; Article 7\nLAW of 12 November 2011, n. 183, \"Provisions for the preparation of the annual and multi-year budget of the State (2012 Stability Law)\"; last amended by LAW of 30 December 2018, n. 145; Article 10","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:regio.decreto:1925-10-23;2537!vig=2021-08-23\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:legge:2011-11-12;183!vig=2021-08-23\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1018,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","A01","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.005","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include primary industry related to agriculture.","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (4) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (4) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1497,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0001875","Key management positions in printing and publishing activities needs to be held by Jordanian nationals. ","\"Article 9\nA. The correspondent of foreign periodicals and other news media should be a Jordanian, Arab, or foreign journalist allowed by the Press Association Council to perform that job with the approval of the minister.\n[...]\nArticle 11\nA. Every Jordanian and every company owned by Jordanians shall have the right to issue a press publication.\nB. Every registered Jordanian political party shall have the right to issue its press publications. \nC. The Council of Ministers, at the recommendation of the Minister, shall grant a licence to the following quarters for the issuance of publications:\ni) The Jordanian News Agency.\nii) A non-Jordanian news agency, provided that the principle of reciprocity is observed.\n[...]\nArticle 16\nEach institution mentioned in Article 15 of this law shall have a responsible director who must meet the following conditions:\nA. He must be Jordanian and permanent resident of the Kingdom. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 21\nThe proprietor of a press or specialised publication must meet the following conditions:\nA. He must be a Jordanian or a company owned by Jordanians or a registered Jordanian political party. […]\n[...]\nArticle 23\nA. Every press publication must have a responsible chief editor who must meet the following conditions:\ni) He must be a journalist.\nii) He must be Jordanian and permanent resident of the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle 25\nEvery specialised publication must have a responsible chief editor who must fulfil the following conditions:\n1. He must be Jordanian. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 40\nThe proprietor, chief editor, managing editor, journalist, or regular writer of any press publication is prohibited from receiving or accepting, by virtue of his ownership of, or association and relationship with that publication, any financial aid or grant from any Jordanian or non-Jordanian quarter.\nArticle 41\nStudies and research centres, public opinion polling centres, or anyone working in them are prohibited from receiving or accepting, by virtue of their work, any financial aid or grant or any financing from a Jordanian or non-Jordanian quarter. This does not include the financing of joints ventures, studies, or research approved by the Minister.[...]\" (The Press and Publication Law of 1998 and its Amendments (2012))","The Press and Publication Law of 1998 and its Amendments (2012)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://al-bab.com/documents-section/jordan-press-and-publications-law#:~:text=Official%20news%20agencies-,Jordan%3A%20Press%20and%20publications%20law,news%20websites%20within%20its%20remit.\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1632,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for carrying out various financial market intermediation activities.","\"5. Eligibility for a licence\n(1) An applicant for a licence under regulation 4 shall be eligible for a licence if the applicant—\n(a) is a company incorporated in Kenya and limited by shares; [...]\" (THE CAPITAL MARKETS (ONLINE FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRADING) REGULATIONS, 2017)\n------------------------------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n\"coffee buyer\" means an incorporated company licensed under the Crops (Coffee) (General) Regulations (sub. leg) to buy clean coffee at the exchange for export, local sale or value addition or to import clean coffee for secondary processing in Kenya; [...]\n\"coffee exchange\" means a company incorporated under the Companies Act (Cap. 486) and licensed by the Authority as an exchange for trading in clean coffee;\n[...]\nPART II – COFFEE EXCHANGE\n4. Regulation of coffee exchanges\n(1) A person shall not carry on the business of a coffee exchange unless he has applied for approval and licensed as a coffee exchange by the Authority in such manner as the Authority may provide.\n(2) An application under paragraph (1) shall be made in Form A as set out in the First Schedule and accompanied by —\n(a) the copies of memorandum and articles of association, certificate of incorporation, and rules governing the operations of the exchange, which — (i)\tare in a form satisfactory to the Authority; and (ii)\trestrict the applicant to the business of operating a coffee commodity market and services incidental thereto; \n[...]\nPART III – COFFEE BROKERS [...]\n9. Consideration for grant of licence\nAn applicant seeking a licence under regulation 8 shall be required to—\n(a) be a company limited by shares; [...]\" (THE CAPITAL MARKETS (COFFEE EXCHANGE) REGULATIONS, 2020)\n------------------------------------\n\"PART II – LICENSING OF COMMODITY EXCHANGES [...]\n5. Considerations in granting a licence\nIn considering an application for a licence to operate a commodity exchange an applicant shall be required to—\n(a) be a company limited by shares; [...]\" (THE CAPITAL MARKETS (COMMODITY MARKETS) REGULATIONS, 2020)\n------------------------------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“professional” means a person giving an opinion in respect of listed securities or in relation to a public offer or listing of securities and includes—\n(a) any person responsible for the incorporation of a listed company;\n(b) an advocate, auditor, accountant, investment advisor or stockbroker, underwriter, valuer, engineer, actuary, analyst, economist, management consultant; and\n(c) other experts whose written opinion with respect to the assets, products or business affairs of the issuer appear in a prospectus or is produced to the Authority;\n[...]\nPART III – STOCKBROKERS AND DEALERS\n14. Application for licence\nAn application for a licence to operate as a stockbroker or a dealer shall be submitted to the Authority in Form 1 set out in the First Schedule.\n15. Specific requirements for approval\n(1) The application under in regulation 14 shall be submitted together with—\n(a) the certificate of incorporation;\n[...]\nPART IV – INVESTMENT ADVISERS AND FUND MANAGERS\n28. Application for license\n(1) A sole proprietor, company, partnership or limited liability partnership may apply to the Authority for a licence to operate as an investment advisor.\n(2) A company may apply to the Authority for a licence to operate as a fund manager.\n[...]\n29. Specific requirements for approval\n(1) The application under regulation 28 shall be submitted together with—\n(a) certificate of incorporation or registration;\n[...]\nPART V – INVESTMENT BANKS\n39. Application for licence and specific requirements for approval\n(1) An application for a licence to operate as an investment bank shall be submitted to the Authority in Form 1 set out in the First Schedule.\n(2) The application referred to in paragraph (1) shall be submitted together with—\n(a) the certificate of incorporation;\n[...]\n40. Authorized functions\nAn investment banks shall be a non-deposit taking institution and shall carry out all or any of the following functions—\n(a) offering advisory services on—\n(i) public offering of securities;\n(ii) corporate financial restructuring, takeover, mergers, acquisitions and privatization;\n(iii) corporate financing, options including issuance of equity or debt securities or loan syndication;\n(b) engaging in the business of a stockbroker subject to regulation 42;\n(c) engaging in the business of a dealer;\n(d) promoting or arranging underwriting or issuance of securities;\n(e) promoting and acting as a fund manager of collective investment schemes;\n(f) providing investment advisory services and contractual portfolio management.\n[...]\nPART VI – AUTHORISED SECURITIES DEALERS\n45. Application for licence\n(1) An application for a licence to operate as an authorized securities dealer shall be submitted to the Authority in Form 1 set out in the First Schedule.\n(2) An applicant shall be—\n(a) a bank licensed under the Banking Act (Cap. 488);\n(b) an investment bank or a fund manager;\n(c) an insurance company licensed under the Insurance Act (Cap. 487); or\n(d) any other person who meets the requirements of this Part and approved by the Authority,\nand who shall demonstrate effective capacity and expertise in dealing in securities.\n[...]\n46. Specific requirements for approval\nThe application under regulation 45 shall be submitted together with—\n(a) the certificate of incorporation; [...]\" (THE CAPITAL MARKETS (LICENSING REQUIREMENTS) (GENERAL) REGULATIONS, 2002, as amanded)\n","THE CAPITAL MARKETS (ONLINE FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRADING) REGULATIONS, 2017\nTHE CAPITAL MARKETS (COFFEE EXCHANGE) REGULATIONS, 2020\nTHE CAPITAL MARKETS (COMMODITY MARKETS) REGULATIONS, 2020\nTHE CAPITAL MARKETS (LICENSING REQUIREMENTS) (GENERAL) REGULATIONS, 2002, as amanded","n/a","[<a href=\"http://kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/sublegview.xql?subleg=CAP.%20485A\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3172,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","XKV","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.0015625","Foreign legal and natural persons are entitled to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo subject to reciprocity. EU Member State citizens and legal persons established under the law of an EU member state may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the citizens and legal entities of Kosovo. Under no circumstance, a foreign legal and natural person shall have the right to hold rights over the following public properties: 1.1. natural resources; 1.2. public goods for general use; 1.3. agricultural land in public ownership; 1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership; among others. Foreign persons are entitled, however, the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over such properties under the same conditions as the national persons. Long-term leases are possible.","\"Article 2 - Scope\nProvisions of this law shall be implemented by natural foreign citizens and legal persons registered in foreign countries.\nArticle 3 - Definitions\n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning:\n1.1. Natural foreign person – means any natural person who is not a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.2. Foreign legal person – means the legal person which is registered and has its seat outside the Republic of Kosovo;\n1.3. Public property - means the movable and immovable property, assets and resources which are designated for use by everyone, for various activities except those prohibited by law and which could be property of Republic of Kosovo or units of local self-governance. The content, rights, obligations and responsibilities for the administration of public properties are governed by a separate law;\n1.4. State-owned property -  means the property registered in the name of the Republic of Kosovo or in the name of central state bodies or institutions or central public enterprises that exercise ownership powers over public property provided by law, in the name of the owner of the public property;\n[…]\nArticle 4 - Acquisition of property rights by foreign persons\n1. Foreign natural and legal persons have the right to be holders of property rights in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo, based on the principle of reciprocity and requirements specified in this law or International Agreement.\n2. Foreign persons under paragraph 1. of this Article may acquire property rights over the immovable property based on the valid legal transaction, inheritance, decision of a state body or other valid ways of property acquisition as provided by law.\n3. Foreign natural and legal persons may be holders of ownership right over movable property under the same conditions as the citizens of the Republic of Kosovo.\nArticle 5 - Reciprocity\n1. Reciprocity exists when a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo or a legal person with seat in Kosovo can acquire the right to immovable property in the state of foreign citizen under the same conditions as the foreign citizen can acquire the right to immovable property in the Republic of Kosovo.\n[...]\nArticle 7 - Limitation of ownership rights to immovable property for a foreign person\n1. A foreigner shall not have the right to the following public properties envisaged in the respective Law on Public Property: \n1.1. natural resources;\n1.2. public goods for general use;\n1.3. agricultural land in public ownership;\n1.4. forests and forestry lands in public ownership;\n1.5. movable or immovable public property announced a cultural heritage of special significance;\n1.6. immovable property which is located within the radius of one (1) kilometer from the border;\n1.7. immovable property which is located in the area which presents protection of the interest and security of state and to which, by a separate law, foreign citizen shall not have the ownership right;\n1.8. immovable property in public ownership which, based on the applicable laws, cannot be transferred to private ownership of Kosovo citizens.\n2. Exceptionally from paragraph 1. of this Article, a foreign natural person can acquire the ownership rights over agricultural properties, forests and forestry lands with an area of up to five thousand (5000) m2 only if the subject of agreement relates to residential building located in that area.\n3. A foreign person may have the right to long-term rent, concession and other agreement over immovable properties from paragraph 1. subparagraph 1.1. through 1.6. of this Article, under the same conditions as the national persons.\n[...]\nArticle 9 - Property rights of citizens of European Union member states\n1. Persons of European Union member states (hereafter: EU) are the natural persons who are citizens of an EU member state and legal persons established under the law of one of the EU member states that have a representation or branch in the Republic of Kosovo.\n2. Persons of EU member states may be holders of ownership rights over immovable property under the same conditions as the Kosovo citizens, respectively legal persons under the same conditions as legal persons in Kosovo, based on the principle of non-discrimination.\n3. For the exercise of the rights specified in paragraph 1. of this Article, the EU citizens have to prove that:\n3.1. natural person is the citizen of an EU member state, or\n3.2. legal person is established based on the law of an EU member state, and\n3.3. the right of holding the property right is related to the exercise of fundamental rights guaranteed by the EU legislation. [...]\" (LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 121 [Property]\n1. Types of property shall be defined by law.\n2. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may acquire ownership rights over immovable property in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law or international agreement.\n3. Foreign natural persons and foreign organizations may, in accordance with such reasonable conditions as may be established by law, acquire concession rights and other rights to use and/or exploit publicly owned resources, including natural resources, and publicly owned infrastructure.[...]\" (Constitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 2 Definitions \n1. Terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning: [...]\n1.3. Foreign Person :\n1.3.1. any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country;\n1.3.2. any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Kosovo, but has residence abroad;\n1.3.3. a legal person established according to the Law of a foreign country. \n1.4. Investment -any asset owned or otherwise lawfully held by a Foreign Person in the Republic of Kosovo for the purpose of conducting lawful commercial activities, including but not limited to:\n1.4.1. movable and immovable property, including rights in and to such property such as a mortgage, lien, pledge, lease or servitude;\n[...]\nArticle 4 Non-discrimination\n1. Republic of Kosovo shall provide the foreign investments the same treatment, regardless of their citizenship, origin, residency, place of establishment of business or control.\n2. Foreign investors and their investments shall comply with, and have the rights and obligations established by, the law applicable in Kosovo to the same extent as domestic investors and their investments.\n[...]\nArticle 12 Respect of Rights\nPublic authorities shall recognize and respect all rights of a foreign investor relating to a foreign investment in the Republic of Kosovo, especially when such rights relate to immovable and movable property, intellectual property and other assets, contract rights, and the rights established by this Law. [...]\" (Law No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation])","LAW NO. 08/L-013 ON PROPERTY RIGHTS OF FOREIGN CITIZENS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO, 9 FEBRUARY 2022  [google translation]\nConstitution of the Republic of Kosovo, adopted on 9 April 2008, last amended 5 August 2015 [unofficial translation]\nLaw No. 04/L-220 On Foreign Investment, adopted 12 December 2013 [unofficial translation]","Boga & Associates (2022), \"Changes to Legislation in Kosovo\", April 8.","[<a href=\"https://gzk.rks-gov.net/ActDocumentDetail.aspx?ActID=53715\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/Constitution_of_the_Republic_of_Kosovo_with_amend.I-XXV_2017.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://old.kuvendikosoves.org/common/docs/ligjet/04-L-220%20a.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bogalaw.com/pdf/Changes%20to%20Legislation%20in%20Kosovo.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2970,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.00075","Local incorporation is now required for conducting insurance business in Lao PDR. Previously, foreign insurers were allowed to invest through branches.","\"Article 3 (Revised) Glossary\nThe terms used are as follows:\nInsurers refer to the insurance company and the reinsurance company, which is a form of financial institution that is established and conducts business in accordance with this law and other relevant laws of Lao PDR.\n[...]\nSection IV - Insurance business\nChapter 1 - Running an insurance business\nArticle 35. (Business) Insurance business\nInsurance business is the operation of a business related to life insurance or general insurance, including reinsurance.\nArticle 36. (Amendment) Application for insurance business license\nThose who intend to do insurance business in Lao PDR must apply for investment license and enterprise registration as stipulated in the Law on Investment Promotion and Enterprise Law and apply for a business license with the Ministry of Finance. The Ministry of Finance shall consider in accordance with the time stipulated in the relevant laws,\nIn conducting business, the legal entity is allowed to conduct only one type of insurance business.\nArticle 37. (Revised) Insurance business model\nThe insurance business must operate in the form of a public company and a limited company only.\n[...]\nArticle 100 (Revised) Effectiveness\nThis law came into force fifteen days after the President of the Lao People's Democratic Republic issued a decree promulgating it.[...]\" (Law on Insurance (Revised) No. 78 / NA, dated 29 November 2019 [google translation])\n-----------Previously-------------\n\"PART IV - INSURANCE BUSINESS OPERATIONS\nChapter 1 - Establishment and Operation of Insurance Business\nArticle 17 Establishment and Operation of Insurance Business (amended)\nAnyone wishing to establish and operate an insurance business in Lao PDR shall file an application form through the one-stop service of the Planning and Investment sector as provided in the Law on Investment Promotion .\nArticle 18 Types of Insurance Business (amended)\nThe type, form and kind of the establishment of insurance business in Lao PDR shall comply with the Law on Investment Promotion and Law on Enterprise.\n[...]\nArticle 22 Application for a License to Operate an Insurance Business(amended)\nBoth a domestic and foreign individual and legal entity fulfilling all requirements is eligible to file an application to operate an insurance business to the Planning and Investment Sector in accordance with the laws and regulations of Lao PDR.\n[...]\nArticle 29 Application for the Establishment and Operation of a Foreign-Owned Insurance Company (amended)\nAny foreign insurance company and insurance broker wishing to establish and operate an insurance business in Lao PDR shall file application documents through the one-stop service for approval as defined in the Law on Investment Promotion.[...]\" (Insurance Law Amended No. 06/NA, dated 21 December 2011)\n----------------------------------\n\"[...]Chapter I. Forms of investment\nArticle 26. Forms of investment\nInvestment consists of the following forms:\n-A wholly domestic or foreign-owned investment;\n-A joint venture between domestic and foreign investors;\n-A business cooperation by contract;\n-A joint venture between a state-owned enterprise and a private enterprise;\n-A public-private partnership (PPP).\nThe Government may participate in the equity of any concession business on a case-by-case basis as set out in relevant laws.\nArticle 27. Wholly domestic or foreign-owned investment\nA wholly domestic or foreign-owned investment is an investment entirely owned by either domestic or foreign investors, and can be either a single investor or group of investors in the enterprise or project in the Lao PDR.\n[...]\nPart VI. Rights and obligations of investors\nChapter I. Rights of investors\nArticle 67. Rights of investors\nInvestors have rights to invest as follows: [...]\n5. To establish a representative office or a branch in the Lao PDR;\n[...]\nArticle 100. Rights and duties of the industry and commerce sector authority\nIn supervising investment promotion, the industry and commerce sector authority shall have the rights and duties according to the supervision decentralization as follows:[...]\n5. Receive applications for enterprise registration for businesses outside the controlled business list and branches of foreign enterprises;[...]\" (Law on Investment Promotion, Law No. 14/NA, dated 17 November 2016)","Law on Insurance (Revised) No. 78 / NA, dated 29 November 2019\nInsurance Law Amended No. 06/NA, dated 21 December 2011\nLaw on Investment Promotion, Law No. 14/NA, dated 17 November 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"http://lsp.moic.gov.la/index.php?r=site%2Fdisplaylegal&id=496\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://laoofficialgazette.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Insurance%20Law%20(%20Amended%20).pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://policy.asiapacificenergy.org/sites/default/files/LAW%20ON%20INVESTMENT%20PROMOTION%20%28Amendment%29_2016%20%28EN%29.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2149,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.0225","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign participation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of non-specialised retail wholesale activities: 1) a 100% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital above 20 billion Lak; 2) up to 70% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 10-20 billion Lak; 3) up to 50% foreign equity is allowed in investment projects with registered capital between 4-10 billion Lak; 4) projects with registered capital below 4 billion Lak are reserved to Lao nationals according to Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade [i.e. wholesale business] (minimum registered capital: 4-10 billion Lak, foreign equity participation limited to  50%; if registered capital is 10-20 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 70%; if registered capital is above 20 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)\n----------------------------\n\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Non-specialized wholesale trade (i.e. wholesale business with registered capital of less than 4 billion kip)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2146,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","C13T15","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.001083333","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several manufacturing activities to Lao nationals. Restricted activities, however, are mosly related to sub-activites associated with Lao traditions and ethnicy.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Weaving of textiles (reserved specifically for weaving including the pattern design, patterning, supplementary west and Lao traditional ikat)\n- Knitting and sewing of textiles (reserved specifically for the sewing of Lao textiles with ancient and unique ethnic pattern) [...]\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015).","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2158,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.001875","Land usable for agriculture may only be acquired by:\n-  Latvian citizens and the citizens of other EU countries, EEA countries, Switzerland and, since 10 March 2020, OECD countries;\n-  State and self-governments and its enterprises; \n-  Enterprises  registered  in  the  Republic  of  Latvia  or  enterprises  registered  in  other  EU countries,  EEA  countries,  Switzerland or OECD countries and  registered  as  taxable  persons  in  the Republic of Latvia, which are fully jointly owned by Latvian citizens, other citizens of EU countries, citizens of EEA countries, citizens of Switzerland, citizens of OECD countries, the Latvian State or self-government, or which are owned by natural or legal persons from countries with which Latvia has signed and ratified an international agreement on the promotion and protection of investments before 31 December 1996 or an agreement signed and ratified by Latvia after that date, which provides for reciprocal rights to land acquisition. \n\nCitizens of other EU countries, EEA countries, Switzerland and OECD countries may only acquire agricultural land if they have received a document proving the knowledge of Latvian language at least according to level B2. Identical conditions apply also to the shareholder or shareholders of legal persons who jointly represent more than a half of the company’s voting capital and who have the right to represent the company.","\"Section 28. Subjects of Transactions:\nLand may be acquired into ownership by the following subjects:\n1) citizens of the Republic of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union, as well as citizens of the countries of the European Economic Area, the Swiss Confederation and the Member States of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development;\n2) the Republic of Latvia as the initial legal person governed by public law, and derived public persons;\n3) a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, as well as a capital company registered in another Member State of the European Union, European Economic Area country, Swiss Confederation or Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer in the Republic of Latvia and:\na) all shareholders of which are the subjects referred to in Clause 1 or 2 of this Paragraph each individually or all together;\nb) all shareholders of which are natural or legal persons from states, with which the Republic of Latvia has entered into international agreements regarding the promotion and protection of investments, ratified by the Saeima by 31 December 1996. The abovementioned shall also be applicable to natural or legal persons from states, with which international agreements have been entered into after 31 December 1996, if such agreements provide for the rights of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to purchase land in the relevant state;\nc) all shareholders of which are several subjects referred to in Sub-clauses \"a\" and \"b\" of this Clause together;\n4) religious organisations registered in Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the day when they were registered without the obligation to re-register, or from the day when they provided a notice to the register institution in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years;\n5) a legal entity registered in the Republic of Latvia, another Member State of the European Union, a European Economic Area country, the Swiss Confederation or a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer or registered as an economic operator in the Republic of Latvia and is:\na) an individual undertaking, the owner of which is the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nb) an individual merchant, which has been registered by the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nc) a co-operative society, all members of which are the subjects referred to in Clauses 1, 2 and 3 of this Paragraph, as well as in Sub-clauses \"a\", \"b\" and \"c\" of this Clause each individually or all together;\nd) any other legal entity established in a Member State of the European Union, in a Member State of the European Economic Area, in the Swiss Confederation or in a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, comparable to the entities referred to in this paragraph;\n[...]\n7) associations and foundations registered in the Register of Associations and Foundations of the Republic of Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the moment of registration in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years, the purpose of operation of which is related to nature protection, production of agricultural crops or produce or organisation and maintenance of a hunting farm, and which purchase land for implementation of such purposes.\n[...]\nThe subjects of transactions, which are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, may acquire land into ownership in conformity with the restrictions laid down in Section 29 of this Law and in accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 30.\n\nSection 28.1 Subjects of Transactions with Agricultural Land:\nThe transaction subjects referred to in Section 28, Paragraph one of this Law may acquire agricultural land and land, in the composition of which the dominant category of use of land is agricultural land, comparing the area occupied thereby with the sum of areas of the transaction object corresponding to other categories of use of land or the area of individual unit of land in the composition of a transaction object, as well as the undivided share of such land properties (hereinafter - the agricultural land), into ownership, if they are:\n1) natural persons who conform to all of the following conditions:\na) that are registered as performers of economic activity in the Republic of Latvia;\n[...]\nc) who certify in writing that use of such land in agricultural activity will be commenced within a year after its purchase and will be ensured henceforth, if land in the previous or current year has been applied for direct payments, or will commence within three years and ensure henceforth, if land in the previous or current year has not been applied for direct payments;\nd) the total amount of tax debts of which in Latvia or in the state where their permanent place of residence is located does not exceed EUR 150;\ne) who have obtained a document relating to knowledge of the official language at least in accordance with level B2, if they are nationals of other Member States of the European Union, Member States of the European Economic Area, the Swiss Confederation or the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, and a Union registration certificate if they are nationals of other Member States of the European Union, of the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation;\n2) legal persons who conform to all of the following conditions:\n[...]\nb) who certify in writing that use of such land in agricultural activity will be commenced within a year after its purchase and will be ensured henceforth, if land in the previous or current year has been applied for direct payments, or will commence within three years and ensure henceforth, if land in the previous or current year has not been applied for direct payments;\n[...]\nd) the beneficial owners may be indicated and it may be certified that all beneficial owners are the persons referred to in Section 28, Paragraph one, Clause 1 of this Law;\ne) the total amount of tax debts of which in Latvia or in the state where these persons are registered does not exceed EUR 150;\nf) who is the owner of its capital shares or owners who jointly represent more than half of the voting capital shares in the company, and all persons having the right to represent the company, if they are citizens of other European Union Member States, as well as citizens of states of the European Economic Area and the Swiss Confederation, who have received the registration certificate of the Union citizen and the documents regarding the proficiency of the national language at least at B2 level;\ng) is the holder or holders of shares which represent more than half of the voting rights in a company and all persons who are entitled to represent the company if they are not nationals of other Member States of the European Union, of the European Economic Area or of the Swiss Confederation , but are nationals of member countries of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development or of the countries referred to in Section 28, Paragraph one, Clause 3 (b) of this Law, have received a document of knowledge of the official language at least in accordance with level B2. \n\nWithin the meaning of this Section agricultural activity is growing and production of plant produce (also growing of tree plants, mushrooms, wild berries), stock farming produce (also rabbit-breeding, poultry farming, apiculture and fur-faming), internal water fish farming produce (pisciculture in private bodies of water) and horticulture produce (also floriculture, greenhouse farming), including pre-processing and post-processing, if it is performed in the farm itself, as well as the provision of rural tourism services and maintenance of agricultural land for pasture or crop farming in an adequate state.\n\nWithin the meaning of this Section rural tourism services are guest accommodation services, which are provided in rural areas and rural populated areas in specially equipped premises for accommodating guests or other adjusted premises, as well as additional services related to rural tourism, which are based on the local cultural and natural resources.\n\nConditions of Paragraph one, Clause 1, Sub-clause \"a\" of this Section shall not be applied to natural persons - owners of farms who perform their economic activities by using the organisational structure of a farm.\n\nSection 29. Restrictions to Transactions Involving Land Properties:\nThe persons referred to in Section 28, Paragraph four of this Law may not acquire in ownership:\n1) land in the border zone of the State;\n2) land in nature reserves and other protected nature areas in zones of nature reserves;\n3) land in the protection zone of coastal dunes of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga;\n4) land in the protection zones of public reservoirs and water courses, except sections, in which a group of constructions is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n5) the agricultural and forest land, except for sections in which construction is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n6) land in the mineral deposits of national significance. [...]\" (Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 27 February 2020), Sections 28, 28.1 and 29 [unofficial translation; translation valid up to 2.7.2019; complemented by google translation of 27.2.2020 amendments to Sections 28 and 28.1])\n----------------------\n\"Article 20. Business subjects:\n(1) Land may be acquired in ownership in accordance with the Civil Law and other laws:\n1) citizens of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union;\n2) state and local governments, state and local government enterprises (statutory companies);\n3) a statutory company (capital company) registered in the Republic of Latvia or another Member State of the European Union:\na) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to Latvian citizens, citizens of other Member States of the European Union, the State of Latvia or a local government - to each entity separately or to several of these entities together,\nb) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to natural or legal persons from countries with which the Republic of Latvia has concluded international agreements on the promotion and protection of investments approved by the Saeima until 31 December 1996. The above shall also apply to natural or legal persons from countries with which international agreements have been concluded after 31 December 1996, if these agreements provide for the right of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to acquire land in the respective country,\n(c) in which more than half of the share capital is held jointly by several of the entities referred to in points (a) and (b),\n(d) which is a public limited liability company, if its shares are listed on a stock exchange;\n4) religious organizations registered in Latvia until 21 July 1940;\n5) state and municipal higher education institutions.\n(2) Other natural and legal persons who are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section may acquire ownership of land with the restrictions specified in this Chapter.\n\nArticle 21. Restrictions on land transactions:\n(1) The land referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may be acquired as property in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 22 of this Law .\n(2) The persons referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may not acquire ownership of:\n1) land in state border zones;\n2) land in the dune protection zones of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga and in the protection zones of other public water bodies and watercourses, except in cases when they are intended for construction in accordance with the master plan of the city;\n3) agricultural and forest land in accordance with the spatial plan of the city municipality. [...]\" (Law on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21 [google translation])","Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 10 March 2020), Sections 28, 28.1 and 29 \nLaw on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21\nAmendments to the Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions, implemented 10 March 2020, Sections 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/74241-on-land-privatisation-in-rural-areas\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/doc.php?id=70467\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.vestnesis.lv/op/2020/49.2\">Amendment</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,118,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","H5011","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0008","One-third of capital shares should be held by Lebanese for companies that provide public utility services. The scope of sectors encompassed by such a restriction (art. 78 of the Commercial Code) is not clear, and sector-specific legislations may provide for exemptions (e.g. privatized electricity sector companies). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, foreign investment in the following sectors is assumed subject to ownership limitations provided in the Commercial Code: utilities [except for distribution which remains a state monopoly], telecoms [mobile only as fixed telecommunications remains a state monopoly] and transportation (assuming scheduled passenger public transportation services). ","\"TITLE III - JOINT-STOCK COMPANIES [...]\nArticle 78 (as modified by Decree-Law N° 54 of 16 June 1977)\nWhatever its object, every joint-stock company shall be subject to the laws and practices of commerce.\nAll joint-stock companies established in Lebanon shall have their Read Office in Lebanese territory, and such companies shall - as a matter of unqualified right - vested with Lebanese nationality, notwithstanding any text to the contrary.\nOne third of joint-stock companies capital whose object is the operation of a public service shall be made up of nominal shares belonging to Lebanese shareholders. In any case, such shares may not be ceded except to Lebanese shareholders, failing which cession shall be null and void. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n----------------------------\n\"Article 4: Incorporation of Privatized Companies\n1- By virtue of a decree taken by the Council of Ministers, upon the proposal of the Higher Council for Privatization, one or more joint-stock companies governed by the provisions of the Commercial Code except for Article 78 and the provisions which are in contradiction with this law, may be incorporated, known as the “Privatized Company,” whose object will be to carry out all or part of the Production and Distribution activities. Each Privatized Company shall exercise its activities after obtaining a License issued according to the provisions of the present law. [...]\n4- The shares of the Privatized Company shall be registered shares. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the shares of a Privatized Company, including the shares representing contributions in kind, shall be negotiable shares and may be acquired in their entirety by non-Lebanese persons.[...]\" (Law N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector)","Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nLaw N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector\n","Lebanense authorities responses to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://hcp.gov.lb/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Electricity-Law-462-dd-2Sep2002-EN.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2098,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","L68X3","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00135","Acquisition into ownership of land, internal waters and forests is permitted to foreign controlled  enterprises  meeting  the  criteria  of  European  and  transatlantic  integration embarked on by Lithuania. \nThe criteria of European and transatlantic integration embarked on by Lithuania are met by foreign legal persons as well as other foreign organisations set up in:\na)  the  European  Union  member  states  or  states  parties  to  the  Europe  (Association) Agreement concluded with the European Communities and their member states;\nb)  Member  states  of  the  Organisation  for  Economic  Co-operation  and  Development, North Atlantic Treaty Organisation and states parties to the European Economic Area Agreement.","\"Article 47:\nThe Republic of Lithuania has the exclusive right of ownership over: the depths of the earth, as well as inland waters of state significance, forests, parks, roads, historical, archeological and cultural objects.\n\nThe Republic of Lithuania has exclusive rights to the airspace above its territory, its continental shelf and the economic zone in the Baltic Sea.\n\nForeign entities may acquire land, inland waters and forests for ownership in the Republic of Lithuania in accordance with the constitutional law.\n\nLand plots may be owned by a foreign state in accordance with the procedure and conditions established by law for the establishment of its diplomatic and consular offices.\"\n(The Constitution  of the  Republic  of Lithuania (1992 Nr. 220; last amended 21 March 2019), Article 47 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 1 . Purpose of the law:\nImplementing the provisions of Paragraph 3 of Article 47 of the Constitution, this Law establishes:\n1 ) foreign entities which, in accordance with the procedure and conditions established in this Law, may be permitted to acquire land, inland waters and forests in Lithuania by the right of ownership;\n2 ) the conditions, procedure and restrictions under which foreign entities established by this Law may acquire land, inland waters and forests by the right of ownership.\n\nArticle 3 . Foreign entities that may be permitted to acquire land, inland waterways and forests:\nAccording to this Law, foreign entities that meet the criteria of Lithuania's chosen European and transatlantic integration may be allowed to acquire land, inland waters and forests by the right of ownership.\n\nArticle 4 . Foreign entities meeting the criteria of European and transatlantic integration:\n1 . The criteria for Lithuania's European and transatlantic integration are met by foreign legal entities, as well as other foreign organizations established in countries that are not members of political, military, economic or other alliances or alliances of states established on the basis of the former Soviet Socialist Republics. , agreements or organizations:\n1 ) the European Union;\n2 ) the North Atlantic Treaty Organization;\n3 ) the Agreement on the European Economic Area;\n4 ) Economic Cooperation and Development Organizations.\n2 . Citizens of the states referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article and permanent residents of these foreign states, as well as permanent residents of the Republic of Lithuania who do not have the citizenship of the Republic of Lithuania shall meet the criteria of Lithuania's chosen European and transatlantic integration.\n\nArticle 6 . The right of foreign entities to acquire land, inland waters and forests:\n1 . Foreign entities meeting the criteria established in Article 4 of this Law in the Republic of Lithuania have the right to acquire land, inland waters and forests by the same procedure and under the same conditions as citizens and legal persons of the Republic of Lithuania.\n2 . Foreign entities that do not meet the criteria established in Article 4 of this Law are prohibited from acquiring land, inland waters and forests by the right of ownership, however, they may manage or use these assets in accordance with the procedure established by the laws of the Republic of Lithuania.\"\n(Constitutional Law on the Implementation of Paragraph 3 of Article 47 of the Constitution of the Republic of Lithuania (20 June 1996, No. I-1392; last amended 12 January 2018), Sections 1, 3, 4 and 6 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 6.549 . Term of the land lease agreement:\n1 . The term of a private land lease agreement is determined by an agreement between the landlord and the tenant. The parties may also enter into an open-ended land lease agreement.\n2 . The term of a state land lease agreement shall be determined by agreement between the lessor and the lessee, but not longer than ninety-nine years.\n[...]\"\n(Civil Code (18 July 2000, No. VIII-1864; last amended 30 June 2020), Article 6.549 [google translation])","The Constitution  of the  Republic  of Lithuania (1992 Nr. 220; last amended 21 March 2019), Article 47\nConstitutional Law on the Implementation of Paragraph 3 of Article 47 of the Constitution of the Republic of Lithuania (20 June 1996, No. I-1392; last amended 12 January 2018), Sections 1, 3, 4 and 6\nCivil Code (18 July 2000, No. VIII-1864; last amended 30 June 2020), Article 6.549","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/TAR.47BB952431DA/asr\">The Constitution  of the  Republic  of Lithuania</a>],[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/TAIS.29275/asr \">Constitutional Law on the Implementation of Paragraph 3 of Article 47 of the Constitution of the Republic of Lithuania</a>],[<a href=\"https://e-seimas.lrs.lt/portal/legalAct/lt/TAD/TAIS.107687/asr\">Civil Code</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,137,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0375","The Business Licensing Regulations (G.N. 45/2014) issued under the Business Licensing Act restricts the carrying on of retail business by non-Malawians to only the six urban areas (central business districts) of Blantyre, Kasungu, Lilongwe, Luchenza (Thyolo), Mzuzu and Zomba. Conduct of retail business by non-Malawians in the rural areas of Blantyre, Kasungu, Lilongwe, Thyolo, Mzuzu and Zomba as well as in the other 22 districts of Malawi is prohibited.","\"Business owned by non-Malawians\n9.(1) A person, who is not a citizen of Malawi, who intends to carry out a business whose core activity is retail, in any local authority listed in the First Column of the Third Schedule hereto, shall operate within, the areas designated for that purpose in the Second Column of the Third Schedule hereto.\n(2) A person may carry on a busines outside the areas designated under sub regulation (1) upon approval of the Chief Business Licensing Officer and the Investment Approval Committee.\n[...]\nThird Schedule (reg.9) [...]\nDesignated areas for non-Malawian business\nFirst column / Second Column\nLocal authority / designated areas\nBlantyre City Council / Central Business District\nZomba City Council / Central Business District\nLilongwe City Council / Central Business District\nMzuzu City Council / Central Business District\nKasungu Municipality Council / Central Business District\nLuchenza Municipality Council / Central Business District[...]\" (Business Licensing Regulations, 2014 (G.N. 45 of 2014))\n","Business Licensing Regulations, 2014 (G.N. 45 of 2014)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.businessmalawi.com/files/Malawi-Business-Licensing-Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,421,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2022,"0.05","Locally-owned enterprises are given preference in public procurement.","2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires­[…]\n\"domestic bidder\" means any bidder whose principal place of business is within Malawi;\n\"domestic supplier\"means any supplier whose principal place of business is within Malawi; […]\n\"foreign bidder\" means a bidder other than a domestic or regional bidder;\n\"foreign supplier\" means a supplier other than a domestic or regional supplier; [...]\n\"local enterprise\" means supplier, contractor or consulting firm registered and operating in Malawi and whose shareholding is held in majority by Malawian nationals; \n[...]\n36.-(1) A procuring and disposing entity may, in the prescribed manner-\n(a) grant a margin of preference for the benefit of a bid by a micro small and medium enterprise offering goods,· works, consultancy services or other services manufactured, grown or performed by a local enterprise; and\n(b) reserve or set aside certain procurement requirements for micro, small and medium enterprises by restricting bidding to those enterprises as prescribed in the Act.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection ( 1 ), the Director General, in consultation with the Ministers responsible for trade, economic or social policy may, by order published in the Gazette, prescribe any preference or reservation for micro, small and medium enterprises.\n[...]\n44.( I) The choice of evaluation methodology shall be determined by the type, value and complexity of the procurement or disposal requirement and shal1 be done in accordance with this Act and as may be prescribed in regulations. [...]\n(6) In the evaluation of bids, a procuring and disposing entity may apply a margin of price preference in favour of domestic or regional bidders in accordance with the regulations, provided that such application has been disclosed in the bidding documents. [...]\n(10) A procuring entity shall ensure prioritization of all bids submitted to give preference to 60 per cent indigenous black Malawians and 40 per cent others for national competitive bidding. [...]\" (Public Procurement and commencement Disposal of Public Assets Act No 27 of 2016)\n-------------------------\n\"1. This Act may be cited as the Public-Private Partnership Act, 2022. 2.  In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires: [...]\n“investor” means an individual, a company, an established fund, a mutual fund, a financial institution or any other institution, entity or commercial venture whether local or foreign, and in any format of enterprise recognized as a legal entity under the laws of Malawi or under the laws from the jurisdiction of the Investor if not from Malawi, intending to invest in a state-owned enterprise or in an infrastructure facility under a public-private partnership arrangement, but does not include the Government, a local authority or a state-owned enterprise whether foreign or local; \n[...]\nPART V-PUBLIC-PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP ARRANGMENTS 27.  \n(1) A public-private partnership arrangement may be implemented through a: (a) Special Purpose Vehicle incorporated under the Companies Act specifically for this purpose; or (b) Joint Venture Agreement between the Contracting Authority and the Private Party. \n(2) The decision on whether a PPP project may be implemented through a Special Purpose Vehicle or a Joint Venture Agreement shall be made by the Commission and communicated to prospective bidders during the bidding process. \n(3) The Government, through the Minister may, after taking into account the nature of the PPP arrangement, be a shareholder in the Special Purpose Vehicle. [...]\" (Public-Private Partnership Act No. 23 of 2022)","Public Procurement and commencement Disposal of Public Assets Act No 27 of 2016\nPublic-Private Partnership Act No. 23 of 2022","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mra.mw/assets/upload/downloads/Public_Procurement_and_Disposal_of_Assets_Act_2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://api.pppc.mw/storage/547/Public-Private-Partnership-ACT-2022-and-Policy(2)-(003)-editing-(005).pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2996,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","H5012","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0001","In accordance with Section 65KA of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance of 1952, domestic shipping is limited to Malaysian vessels only. Only a company incorporated in Malaysia, majority-owned Malaysian citizens, and in which the majority of the directors are Malaysian citizens, is allowed to register a vessel for domestic shipping services. Foreign vessels may be granted a temporary domestic shipping licence if it is proven that Malaysian vessels cannot meet the demands of certain sectors. In this case, the applicant must obtain confirmation of the absence of a Malaysian vessel from MASA to use a foreign vessel. Cabotage Policy exemptions, however, have liberalised the use of foreign vessels (and thus of foreign ownership) in respect of containerised transhipment and cargo transport on selected domestic routes. Domestic passenger cruise services have been fully liberalised. For international maritime transport, no foreign ownership restriction applies. Maximum foreign ownership in port operators is 40%. ","\"Part IIa - Registry\n11. Qualification of Malaysian Ship\n(1) Subject to subsection (1B), a ship shall not be deemed to be a Malaysian ship unless it is owned wholly by persons of the following descriptions, namely -- (a) Malaysian citizen; (b) corporation which satisfy the following requirements: (i) the corporation is incorporated in Malaysia; [...] (iv) the majority, or if the percentage is determined by the Minister under subsection (1A) then the percentage so determined, of the shareholding, including the voting share, of the corporation is held by Malaysian citizens free of any trust or obligation in favour of non-Malaysians; and (v) the majority, or if the percentage is determined by the Minister under subsection (1A) then the percentage so determined, of the directors of the corporation are Malaysian citizens.\n(1A) The MInister may, by notification in the Gazette, determine -- (a) the percentage of the shareholding for the purpose of subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (b) of subsection (1); and (b) the percentage of the directors for the purpose of subparagraph (v) of paragraph (b) of subsection (1).\n(1B) The Minister may, if the thinks it fit, prescribe other requirements in addition to the requirements prescribed in subsection (1).\n[...]\nPart IIb - The Domestic Shipping Lincensing Board\n65A. Interpretation\nIn this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, \"domestic shipping\" means the use of a ship -- (a) to provide services, other than fishing, in the Federation waters or the exclusive economic zone; or (b) for the shipment of goods or the carriage of passengers -- (i) from any port or place in Malaysia to another port or place in Malaysia; or (ii) from any port or place in Malaysia to any place in the economic exclusive zone or vice versa. \n[...]\n65Ka. Prohibition of Non-Malaysia ships to engage in domestic shipping\n(1) No ship other than a Malaysian ship may engage in domestic shipping; (2)  A person not qualified to own a Malaysian ship as provided by section (11) shall not charter or otherwise engage any Malaysian ship for domestic shipping service except under and in accordance with such conditions as the Minister may direct or prescribe \n[...]\n65U. Exemption by Minister\nWhitout prejudice to any other powers conferred by this Part, the Minister may, by notification in the Gazette, exempt any ship from any of the provisions in this Part or any regulations made hereunder upon such terms and conditions as he may deem fit.\" (Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 [Ord. 70/1952])\n------------------------------\n\"Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 - Exemption from Subsection 65KA(1):\nIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 65u of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 [Ord. 70/1952], the Minister exempts non-Malaysians ships from the provisions of subsection 65ka(1) of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 in respect of the transport of containerized transshipment cargo for the sectors between the Port of Sepangar and the Port of Klang and vice versa, between the Port of Bintulu and the Port of Klang and vice versa, between the Port of Kuching and the Port of Klang and vice versa, between the Port of Sepangar and the Port of Tanjung Pelepas and vice versa, between the Port of Bintulu and the Port of Tanjung Pelepas and vice versa and between the Port of Kuching and the Port of Tanjung Pelepas and vice versa, with effect from 3 June 2009\" (Federal Government Gazette, 3 June 2009, P.U. (B) 179).\n------------------------------\n\"Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 - Exemption from Subsection 65KA(1): \nIn exercise of the powers conferred by section 65u of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 [Ord. 70/1952], the Minister exempts non-Malaysians ships from the provisions of subsection 65ka(1) of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 in respect of cruise services from any port or place in Malaysia to another port or place in Malaysia with effect from 15 March 2012.\" (Federal Government Gazette, 7 March 2012, P.U. (B) 66).\n------------------------------\n[Port operations: no legal documentation found online in English. However, according to the WTO Trade Policy Review of Malaysia, 2014, p. 118, \"maximum foreign ownership in port operators is 49%\"; in WTO (2023), p. 119: \"The maximum foreign ownership in port operations is 40%.\"]. ","Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952 [Ord. 70/1952], as amended\nFederal Government Gazette, 3 June 2009, P.U. (B) 179.\nFederal Government Gazette, 7 March 2012, P.U. (B) 66.","WTO (2014), \"Trade Policy Review of Malaysia: REPORT BY THE SECRETARIAT \", WT/TPR/S/292/Rev.2, April 8.\nWTO (2023),  \"Trade Policy Review of Malaysia: REPORT BY THE SECRETARIAT\", WT/TPR/S/436, June 16.","[<a href=\"https://www.ilo.org/dyn/natlex/natlex4.detail?p_lang=en&p_isn=89550\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mot.gov.my/SiteCollectionDocuments/Maritim/Akta-Ordinan-Warta/cruise%20vessel%20exemption%20from%20cabotage.pdf\">Gazette</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mot.gov.my/SiteCollectionDocuments/Maritim/Akta-Ordinan-Warta/Warta%20Kerajaan-Maritim.pdf\">Gazette</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S292R2.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S436R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2947,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Local incorporation is required for investment in all regulated activities under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007, except financial planning: i.e. dealing in securities; dealing in derivatives; clearing for securities or derivatives; fund management; dealing in private retirement schemes; advising on corporate finance; and investment advice.  ","\"Chapter 1  - INTRODUCTION\n1.01 The Capital Markets and Services Act 2007 (CMSA) repeals the Securities Industry Act 1983 (SIA) and the Futures Industry Act 1993 (FIA). The CMSA, which takes effect on 28 September 2007, introduces a single licensing regime for capital market intermediaries. Under this regime, a capital market intermediary will only need one licence to carry on the business in any one or more regulated activities. This will mean less cost and paperwork for capital market intermediaries that carry on more than one regulated activity.\n[...]\n2.02 What are regulated activities?  \n(1) There are eight types of regulated activities under the CMSA. The list of regulated activities is set out in Schedule 2 of the CMSA. They are– • dealing in securities; • dealing in derivatives; • clearing for securities or derivatives; • fund management; • dealing in private retirement schemes; • advising on corporate finance; • investment advice; and • financial planning.  \n(2) The licence issued under the CMSA will set out the specific regulated activities that you can conduct. \n[...]\nChapter 4 -  LICENSING CRITERIA [...]\nIn authorising any person wishing to undertake capital market activities6, the SC will not grant authorisation unless the application is in the best interest of Malaysia. In determining the best interest of Malaysia, the SC will give regard to any one or more of the following: [...] (e) The degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the capital market. \n[...]\nWhat are the requirements for a CMSL? \n4.02 Organisational requirements\nIncorporation\n(1) If you want to carry on any of the following regulated activities, you must be a company incorporated in Malaysia: • Dealing in securities;  • Dealing in derivatives; • Clearing for securities or derivatives; • Fund management; • Dealing in private retirement schemes; • Advising on corporate finance; and • Investment advice. \n(2) However, if you want to carry on the regulated activity of financial planning, you may do so either as a company, sole proprietorship or partnership. If you are a sole proprietor or in a partnership, you will be granted a CMSL but you will not be allowed to have any licensed representative acting on your behalf. \n[...]\n4.03 Shareholder composition\n(1) Except for the shareholding requirement for investment banks which is a minimum of 30% local shareholding, there are no other specific shareholding requirements for the other regulated activities.  [...]\n(3) If you are a stockbroking company that is not an investment bank– (a) a person who wishes to acquire more than 51% of the total paid-up capital of a PO must be a company or corporation with shareholders' funds of not less than RM100 million; and (b) no individual other than a Malaysian citizen, may hold up to 10% of the total paid-up capital of a stockbroking company. The aggregate total participation of individuals in the share capital of the stockbroking company shall not be more than 49% of the total paidup capital. [...]\" (Securities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14)","Securities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2bb1b664-aa03-425e-9472-9cc5b1558ed1\">Handbook</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2930,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A032","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.000015625","Foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire agricultural land (including for aquaculture) valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale [etc.]. This is subject to approval by State Authorities (not subject to EPU's approval). Otherwise, foreign interest is not allowed to acquire properties (including agricultural land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit. Long leases (not exceeding 99 years) is possible.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"agriculture\" includes the cultivation of any crop (including trees cultivated for the purpose of their produce), market gardening, the breeding and keeping of honey-bees, livestock and reptiles, and aquaculture;\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2888,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","H491","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0008","Foreign investment is allowed up to 49% of the capital of Mexican companies granted a concession for the construction, operation and exploitation of railroads or the provision of rail freight and passenger transport services. Full ownership may be authorised subject to the approval from the National Foreign Investment Commission.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 8.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required for foreign investment to participate in a percentage greater than 49% in the economic activities and companies mentioned below: [...]\nXII.- Construction, operation and exploitation of railways that are a general means of communication, and provision of the public rail transport service. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 8 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 7. A concession is required for:\nI. Build, operate and exploit railways, which are a general means of communication. [...]\nII. Provide the public rail transport service.\n[...]\nArticle 17. Concessions will only be granted to Mexican legal entities.\nForeign investment may participate up to forty-nine percent in the capital stock of the concession companies referred to in this Law.\nA favorable resolution from the National Foreign Investment Commission will be required for the investment referred to in the preceding paragraph to participate in a higher percentage. Said Commission shall consider, when resolving, that regional and technological development be fostered, and the sovereign integrity of the Nation be safeguarded.[...]\" (Railway Law (12 May 1995), last amended on 6 November 2020, Articles 7 and 17 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 8 \nRailway Law (12 May 1995), last amended on 6 November 2020, Articles 7 and 17","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/209_061120.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1232,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00075","Incorporation in Mexico as a joint stock company is required.","\"ARTICLE 48.- Institutions must be constituted as joint stock companies with fixed or variable capital, in accordance with the provisions of the General Law of Commercial Societies, insofar as it is not provided for in this Law.\n[...]\nARTICLE 54.- All the assemblies and sessions of the Board of Directors of the Institutions will be held at the registered office, which must always be within the territory of the Republic.[...]\" (Insurance and Surety Companies Law (4 April 2013), last amended on 11 May 2022, Articles 48 and 54 [google translation])","Insurance and Surety Companies Law (4 April 2013), last amended on 11 May 2022, Articles 48 and 54","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/LISF.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1238,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.00675","Local incorporation is required for doing business in Mongolia. Branches of foreign companies are generally not permitted. Branches of foreign banks and insurance companies are, however, permitted according to the relevant sector-specific legislation.","\"Article 3. Definition of terms\n1) Terms used in this Law shall be understood in the following meaning: […]\n3.1.3.\"foreign investor\" means a foreign legal entity or individual /a foreign citizen or stateless person who is a non-resident in Mongolia and a Mongolian citizen residing permanently in a foreign country/ that invests in Mongolia;\n3.1.4.\"domestic investor\" means a legal entity or individual registered in Mongolia /a Mongolian citizen and a foreign citizen or stateless person who resides permanently in Mongolia/ that makes an investment in Mongolia; [...]\n3.1.5.\"business entity with foreign investment\" means a business entity incorporated according to the legislation of Mongolia and not less than 25 percent of the total share capital is held by a foreign investor, and the investment amount by each foreign investor equals or more than USD 100,000 or its equivalent in Mongolian tugriks;\n3.1.6.\"representative office of a foreign business entity\" means a person that has no legal entity status and was established in Mongolia by a foreign legal entity for the purpose of having representation based on a power of attorney;[...]\" [Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, amended]","Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16532311213281\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2322,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","The practice of the legal profession is reserved for lawyers registered with Moroccan bar associations. Lawyers may form professional civil companies with other lawyers to practice the profession. In order to register as a lawyer with a Moroccan bar association, the candidate must be a Moroccan national or a national of a country that has signed a bilateral agreement with Morocco, authorising nationals of each country to exercise the profession in the territory of the other country.","\"Article 2\nIt is not permissible to practice the legal profession, bear its burdens, enjoy its privileges, and perform its duties, except for a lawyer registered on the roll of one of the bar associations in Morocco or a trained lawyer registered in the training regulations of one of the mentioned bodies.\nThe legal profession shall be practiced, in accordance with the requirements of this law, with due regard to acquired rights.\n[...]\nArticle 5\nA candidate for the legal profession must:\n1. To be a Moroccan or a citizen of a country that has an agreement with the Kingdom of Morocco that allows citizens of each of the two countries to practice the legal profession in the other country, taking into account the principle of reciprocity with these countries;\n[...]\nArticle 26\nA lawyer may practice his profession alone, or with other lawyers, within the scope of participation, or within a professional civil company, cohabitation or as an assistant.\nThe legal framework for professional civil companies shall be regulated by law.\nHowever, it is not permissible for a lawyer, or for the participating lawyers, to have only one office.[...]\" (Law No. 28-08 of 20 October 2008 amending Law No. 1-93-162 of 10 September 1993 organizing the practice of the legal profession (Royal Decree No. 1.08.101, OG No. 5680 of 6 November 2008), Articles 2, 5 and 26 [google translation])","Law No. 28-08 of 20 October 2008 amending Law No. 1-93-162 of 10 September 1993 organizing the practice of the legal profession (Royal Decree No. 1.08.101, OG No. 5680 of 6 November 2008), Articles 2, 5 and 26 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adala.justice.gov.ma/production/html/ar/154106.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1172,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","J60","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.000375","Directors of TV/radio broadcasting and printed media companies must be of Mozambican nationality.","\"CHAPTER I - Fundamental principles\nArticle 1 - Definition of the press\nFor the purposes of this law, press means the media whose main activity is the collection, treatment and public dissemination of information, in the form of graphic publications, radio, television, cinema or any reproduction of writings, sound or image. intended for social communication.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Information bodies\nArticle 6 - Ownership\n1. The media may be owned by the state sector or owned by cooperative, mixed or private ownership. [...]\n4. The conditions for the participation of the cooperative, mixed or private sectors in radio broadcasting and television shall be established in specific legislation, taking into account the public interest and the prerogative of the State.\n5. Only Mozambican institutions and associations and Mozambican citizens residing in the country who enjoy their civil and political rights can own the information bodies and journalistic companies.\n6. If the ownership of the media belongs to companies organized in the form of a commercial company, the direct and indirect participation of foreign capital can only occur up to a maximum proportion of twenty percent of the share capital.\n[...]\nArticle 9 - Directors of the information bodies\n1. The director of any information body must be of Mozambican nationality, residing in the country and in full enjoyment of his civil and political rights.[...]\" (Press Law 18/91 of 10 August [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"ARTICLE 3\n(Exercise of radio and television broadcasting)\n1 Radio and television broadcasting may be carried out under the terms of paragraph 4 of article 6 of Law n° 18/91, of 10 August, by entities from the mixed cooperative or private sectors, provided they have legal personality.\n2. The exercise of radio and television broadcasting is subject to licensing under the terms of this decree and other applicable domestic and international legislation.\n3. The general principles and rules concerning the exercise of the right to freedom of the press, embodied in the Press Law, are binding on the cooperative, mixed or private sectors in radio broadcasting and television.[...]\" (Decree N˚9/93 of 22 June 1993, which provides for the participation of private and cooperative enterprises in the broadcasting sector [google translation])","Press Law 18/91 of 10 August [google translation]\nDecree N˚9/93 of 22 June 1993, which provides for the participation of private and cooperative enterprises in the broadcasting sector [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.caicc.org.mz/images/stories/documentos/lei_de_imprensa.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/1993/mz-government-gazette-series-i-supplement-no-3-dated-1993-06-22-no-24.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,560,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","L68X2","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.000225","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\nF Construction\n41 410 4100 Real estate development (development of building projects); construction of buildings 4100\n41001 Real estate development; p4100\nMicro and small real estate activity;\nConsultancy activity in the areas of civil construction, bridges, hydraulic works, small construction materials yards.\n[...]\nL Real estate activities\n68 Real estate activities\nReal estate activity of micro and small dimension.[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,545,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.006","Foreign investment in radio and TV broadcasting is limited to 30%.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(D) Investment activities to be carried out with the approval of the relevant ministries:\nInvestment activities to obtain the approval of the Ministry of Information: \n- Programming and broadcasting activities (Cross ownership between Print Media and Broadcasting Media Service; Broadcasting FM radio programmes; Broadcasting Direct to Home (DTH) programmes; Broadcasting DVB-T2 programmes; Cable TV); [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(d) investment businesses to be carry out with the approval of the relevant ministries. [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"The Standard Criteria for Investment Activities to obtain the approval of the Ministry of Information under MIC Notification(15/2017) section(d) sub-section(2): [...]\n3. FM Radio Program Broadcasting Enterprise:  The foreign investors are allowed only 30% of the investment and need to have the permission of Union Government and feedback from Ministry of Information. \n4. Direct to Home (DTH), Television and Broadcasting Enterprise: The foreign investors are allowed only 30% of the investment and need to have the permission of Union Government and feedback from Ministry of Information. \n5. DVB-T2 Television and Broadcasting Enterprise: The foreign investors are allowed only 30% of the investment and need to have the permission of Union Government and feedback from Ministry of Information.\n6. Cable TV Enterprise:  The foreign investors are allow only 30% of the investment and need to have the permission of Union Government and feedback from Ministry of Information.[...]\" (The Standard Criteria for Investment Activities to obtain the approval of the Ministry of Information under MIC Notification(15/2017) section(d) sub-section(2))","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nThe Standard Criteria for Investment Activities to obtain the approval of the Ministry of Information under MIC Notification(15/2017) section(d) sub-section(2).","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/moi_-_e_22-3-2018.pdf\">Criteria</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2805,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.027","According to Notification No. 15/2017 (the Negative List), foreign investment in the construction of and real estate investment in residential buildings is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises. The list does not prohibit nor imposes other explicit discriminatory conditions on the investment by foreigners in other types of real estate assets, notably land and commercial/industrial building [some activities require approval from the relevant Ministry]. Despite this, the Myanmar Investment Law (Art. 50), specifies that foreign investors [i.e. where foreign shareholding exceeds 35%] may only lease land or building for up to 50 years after obtaining an Permit (if the investment is subject to MIC Permit) or Endorsement (for all other investments) by the Myanmar Investment Commission. Otherwise, foreign investors are only allowed to lease land for up to one year according to the Transfer of Immovable Property Restriction Act 1947. Therefore, it is assumed that foreign investment in land is limited to 35% and residential real estate is allowed  thourgh joint venture with citizen investors, and no such restriction applies for commercial real estate assets.","\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen; [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n[...]\nChapter XII Rights to Use Land\n50. (a) An Investor who obtains permit or endorsement under this Law has the right to obtain a long-term lease of land or building from the owner if it is private land or building, or from the relevant government departments or government organization if it is land managed by the government, or land or building owned by the Union in accordance with the stipulations in order to do investment. Citizen investors may invest in their own land or building in accordance with relevant laws.\n50. (b) Foreign investor may lease land or building either from the government or government organizations or from owners of private land or building from commencing on the date of receipt of the permit or endorsement of the Commission up to an initial period of (50) years in accordance with the stipulation\n50. (c) After the expiry of the term of the right to use land or building or the period of right to lease of land or building permitted under subsection (b), a consecutive period of (10) years and a further consecutive period of (10) years extension to such period of lease of land or building may be obtained with the approval of the Commission [...]\n50. (e) The Government may grant more favorable terms and conditions for the lease of land and the use of land by Myanmar citizen investors.[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 50)\n---------------------------------\n\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nConstruction of buildings & Real estate activities with own or leased property (Development, sales and lease of residential apartments and condominiums) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)\n---------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies:\n[...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2787,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MKD","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.00625","Foreign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD [including their branches in North Macedonia] may only acquire ownership over apartments and offices in North Macedonia subject to reciprocity. In the case of land, they may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease subject to both reciprocity and approval by the Government. Reciprocity, however, is not needed for foreign-owned locally-incoporated firms. EU and OECD investors can also invest in the same manner as the citizens and legal entities of North Macedonia. With regard to acquiring ownership on agricultural land in North Macedonia, this right remains exclusively reserved for North Macedonian citizens and legal entities. Foreign investors [including branches of EU and OECD resident companies] may only acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of North Macedonia under the conditions of reciprocity and subject to government approval. ","\"(PART FOUR -  REAL RIGHTS OF FOREIGN PERSONS)\nArt. 241\n[...] A foreign legal entity, according to this law, is considered to be a legal entity which has a registered headquarters outside the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, unless it is otherwise determined by law.\nArt. 244\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership of an apartment, residential building, and business premises in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as the citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD may acquire ownership over apartments and offices in Republic of Macedonia by contract only under the condition of reciprocity\nArt. 245\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as domestic legal entities and natural persons, citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeigners who reside in states who are not members of the EU or OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia under the condition of reciprocity and with the consent of the Ministry of Justice and the opinion of the Ministry of Transport and Relations and the Ministry of Finance\nArt. 246\nForeign natural persons and legal entities cannot acquire the right of ownership of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural persons and legal entities may, under the conditions of reciprocity, acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, on the basis of consent of the minister of justice, upon previously acquired opinion of the minister of agriculture, forestry and water resource management and the minister of finance [...]\" (Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation])","Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.slvesnik.com.mk/besplaten-pristap-do-izdanija.nspx#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2680,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","L68","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.135","The Law of Rent and Sale of Immovable Properties No. 40 of 1953 restricts the onwership of land by non-Jordanians, non-Palestinians or non-Arab nationality. The lease of land and iimovable property over 3 years required approval from the Council of Ministers. Foreign ownership of land and immovable property is allowed under limited circumstances, namely for business or residential purposes within Municipalities. Foreign ownership of agricultural land is not allowed since the law became effective. The employed nationality terminology is not clearly defined in the legislation. The Companies Law No 2 of 1964 specifically provides for the registration of companies with foreign ownership, either as a branch of the foreign company or incorporated in the territory. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign companies are those in which part of the voting rights are held by foreign investors (legal persons incorporated outside the Palestine Authority). It is, therefore, assumed that real estate investments are allowed only to Palestinian-owned firms. Any preferential treatment to Jordanian or Arab-owned firms is not considered. According to the Palestinian Authorities, the ban on foreign ownership extends to all immovable property, not only agricultural land. ","\"Article 1 - Designation and access \nThis law (the Law on the Rent and Sale of Immovable Property from Foreigners of 1953) is called and shall come into force one month after its publication in the Official Gazette. \nArticle 2 - Restrictions on non-Palestian rental of immovable property \nEvery non-Palestinian person (natural or legal) who wants to rent immovable property must obtain permission from the Council of Ministers for this purpose, and the permission granted to the tenant is not limited to a period of time.\nArticle No. (2) bis - Non-Palestinian lease contracts \nNon-Palestinian lease contracts that exceed three years without permission from the Council of Ministers are valid if the Council approves them, unless a definite ruling has been issued to annul the contract.\nArticle 3 - Conditions for non-Palestinian ownership of immovable property \n(A) Any person other than a Jordanian [other than a Palestinian] may possess immovable property in the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan [Palestine Authority], a condition that is owned only:\n1. In the land located within the municipal areas or in areas of the organization or country basins enough to manage his residence and not trafficking.\n2- In the agricultural lands, on the lands on which he used to dispose of or transferred the rights to dispose thereof before the effective date of this law.\n3- In the lands that fall within the area of ​​the Eastern Ghour Canal project on the area permitted by the Law of the Eastern Ghour Canal, if it is resident from the old in that region.\n4- To undertake to be subject to the laws in force in the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan.\n(B) The Council of Ministers decides to approve the matters mentioned in Paragraph (A) of this Article upon the recommendation of the Director of Lands and Survey or the authority of the Eastern Ghour Canal, each according to his jurisdiction. [...] (Law of Rent and Sale of Immovable  Property of Foreigners Law No. 40 of 1953, as amended [google translation])\n----------------------------------\n\"Article II - Doing Business \nWith the exception of persons, commercial houses and companies located in eastern Jordan and taking up their duties therein, no foreign persons, commercial houses, foreign companies, foreign commercial houses, and Jordanian companies, whose founders or foreign directors are to be employed in East Jordan Whether in particular or through mediation, unless it receives written approval from the Prime Minister and the President may revoke such approval.\nArticle III - Foreign persons and foreign commercial houses \nThe foreign companies, foreign commercial houses, foreign companies, commercial houses, and Jordanian companies, one of whose founders or foreign managers, are located in eastern Jordan after the enactment of the Defense Law for Eastern Jordan in 1935, and when the implementation of this system is in the hands of the Prime Minister, To cancel the ruling of this approval and then stand those people and those houses and companies from the abuse of work in eastern Jordan.[...]\" (The Foreign Business Control Law No. (804) of 1948 [google translation])\n----------------------------------\n\"Article(3/b) of foreign business control regulation NO(51) OF THE YEAR 1978 stipulated that the total value of the contribution of a foreigner at any time shall not exceed 49%of the capital except industrial and tourist companies and services related to tourism and banking.\" [Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]]\n----------------------------------\n\"Companies Registration Department\nThe Companies Registration Department is operating under the Jordanian Law of Companies No. 12 of 1964.\nRegistration of Companies\nFollowing are the procedures applicable for the registration of companies by type of company:\n1. Public and Private Shareholding Companies: [...]\n2.Ordinary Companies [...]\n3. Foreign Shareholding Companies and Ordinary Companies [...]\" (Ministry of National Economy, Palestine Authority, website)\n----------------------------------\n\"Jordanian Law of Companies No. 12 of 1964\nPart I [..]\nChapter VI - Ordinary foreign company\nArticle 38. Registration of foreign companies \n1- No ordinary company established outside the Kingdom and not registered therein shall, until now, be engaged in its business in the Kingdom unless it is registered in the register of companies and the foreign company shall submit to the Controller a statement signed before it or by the notary public authorized to sign it\n[...]\nPart II [...]\nChapter XII - Foreign Shareholding Companies\nArticle 219. Requirement of registration \n(A) No foreign joint stock company or foreign entity engaged in business shall engage in any business in the Kingdom unless it is registered under the provisions of this Law. \n(B) Any violation of the provisions of this article shall expose the Company to a fine not exceeding JD (250).\n[...]\nArticle 220. Application for Registration \nThe application for registration shall be submitted to the Controller with the following data and documents: \n(1) A certified copy of its Memorandum of Association, its Bylaws, or any other document,  (2) Any evidence attesting to obtaining the approval of the competent authorities in the Kingdom for the exercise of the work and investment of foreign capital therein under any Jordanian laws, regulations and instructions.\n[...]\nArticle 221. Minister's authority to accept or refuse to register \nThe Controller shall submit to the Minister the application for registration of the foreign company with the documents and other statements accompanied by his opinion. The Minister may accept or refuse to register the said company. [...]\"(Companies Law [No. 12] of 1964 [google translation])","Law of Rent and Sale of Immovable  Property of Foreigners Law No. 40 of 1953, as amended [google translation]\nThe Foreign Workers Control Law No. (804) of 1948 [google translation]\nMinistry of National Economy, Company Restriction, website.\nCompanies Law [No. 12] of 1964 [google translation]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/legislation/getLegPart.aspx?pid=A07518_4#A07518_4\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?LegPath=1948&MID=2449\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mne.gov.ps/compreg.aspx?lng=1&tabindex=100\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?lnk=2&LegPath=1964&MID=1812\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2074,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","A02","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.003","No foreign equity is allowed in the practice of forestry profession, although foreigners may practice the profession subject to reciprocity. According the Annex on Professions of the 11th Foreign Investment Negative List, the corporate practice is allowed in the Forestry sector. As for other cases, the reciprocity requirement that is concurred for the practice of such profession may not apply to foreign corporate investments, cf. SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14, 23 May 2016, p. 3 (\"[…] This means that the practice of profession by corporations should be done by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed [...]). In any case, the Constitution, seems to only allow firms with up to 40% foreign equity to explore, develop and use natural resources in lands of public domain, which includes forests. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the latter less stringent condition is assumed to apply.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n2. Practice of Professions² (Art. XII, Sec. 14 of the Constitution, Sec. 1 of R.A. No. 5181, Sec. 7[j] of R.A. No. 8981), including Radiologic and x-ray technology (R.A. No. 7431), Criminology (R.A. No. 6506), Law (Art. VIII, Section 5 of the Constitution; Rule 138, Sec. 2 of the Rules of Court of the Philippines), and Marine deck officers and marine engine officers (R.A. No. 10635), subject to the Annex on Professions attached herewith and forming an integral part of this document, indicating the professions where (a) foreigners are allowed to practice in the Philippines subject to reciprocity; and (b) where corporate practice is allowed. Foreigners may teach at higher education levels (R.A. No. 8292), provided the subject being taught is not a professional subject (i.e., included in a government board or bar examination). [²2 Section 1(b) of Professional Regulation Commission Resolution No. 2012-668 defines ‘practice of a profession” as an “activity/undertaking rendered by a registered and licensed professional or a holder of a Special Temporary Permit as defined in the scope of practice of a professional regulatory law.”]\n[...]\nANNEX ON PROFESSIONS [Law is not present in the list of professions in items A and B of this Annex]\nA. Foreigners are allowed to practice the following professions in the Philippines provided that their home country allows Filipinos to be admitted to the practice of these professions:\n-Forestry (Sections 14 and 27, RA 10690) [...]\n[...]\nB. Corporate practice is allowed in the following professions, subject to the requirements and conditions under the pertinent professional regulatory law:\n-Forestry (Section 25, RA 10690] [...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-----------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...]\nSECTION 14. The sustained development of a reservoir of national talents consisting of Filipino scientists, entrepreneurs, professionals, managers, high-level technical manpower and skilled workers and craftsmen in all fields shall be promoted by the State. The State shall encourage appropriate technology and regulate its transfer for the national benefit.\nThe practice of all professions in the Philippines shall be limited to Filipino citizens, save in cases prescribed by law.[...]\" (Art XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-----------------------------------\n\"The Ninth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (FINL-9), pursuant to theConstitution and specific laws, provides, in List A, that no foreign equity is allowed for thepractice of professions, including real estate services, as such practice is limited to Filipinocitizens, save in cases prescribed by law. This means that the practice of profession bycorporations should be done only by 100% Filipino-owned corporations, as no foreign equity is allowed.\n[...]\nBased on the foregoing, we are of the view that no foreign participation is allowed incorporations, such as a real estate brokerage company, that will engage in the practice of realestate service.[...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 Foreign Participation in a Real EstateBrokerage Company)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 2 and 14, 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSEC-OGC Opinion No. 16-14 of 23 May 2016 on Foreign Participation in a Real Estate Brokerage Company","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/2016OpinionNo16-14.pdf\">Opinion</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2380,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0045","Until 2021, FDI in retail trade was subject to exceptionally high minimum capital requirements, included for the establishment of each store (compared for instance with the levels required for domestic market enterprises to operate freely from ownership restrictions). As per the updated OECD FDIRRI methodology, the measure is thus recorded in the FDIRRI database as a 'market reservation' [ban on FDI] for a segment of the sector rather than as 'discriminatory minimum capital requirement'; the remaining segments of the sector are considered subject to minimum capital requirement.\nIn 2022, the regulatory framework applicable to retail trade business was modified and restrictions on FDI were relaxed.  On 21 January 2022, Republic Act No. 11595 (\"RA 11595\") amending the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 (RA 8762) took effect. Among others, the Act lowered the minimum paid-up capital requirement for 'foreign retail enterprises', defined as companies which are  more than 40% owned by foreign investors, and lifted the previous divestment requirement. As of 2022:\n- A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Php 25 million (approximately USD 500,000) [previously the minimum paid-up capital threshold applied was USD 2,500,000];\n- In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Php l0 million (approximately USD 200,000) [previously a minimum investment of USD 830,000 per store was required]\n- The previous requirement for foreign retailers exceeding 80% of foreign shareholding to offer a minimum of 30% of their equity to the public through the stock exchange was lifted. \n- Foreign investors in retail trade activity remain subject to a reciprocity requirement. ","\"LIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than PhP25,000,000 (Section 2 of RA 11595, amending RA 8762)(6)[Footnote 6: Foreing-owned partnerships, associations or corporations are allowed: to engage in retail trade provided that: a) the foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of P25 million; b) the foreign retailer's country of origin does not prohibit entry of Filipino retailers; and c) foreign retailer with more than one physical store must have at least P10 million minimum investment per store (Section 2 of RA No. 11595 amending RA 8762)][...]\" (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Section 5 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby amended to read as follows:\n     \"Section 5. Foreign Equity Participation. – Foreign-owned partnerships, associations, and corporations may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), engage or invest in the retail trade business, under the following conditions:\n(a) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00);\n(b) The foreign retailer’s country of origin does not prohibit the entry of Filipino retailers; and\n(c) In the case of foreign retailers engaged in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store, the minimum investment per store must be at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00): Provided, That this requirement shall not apply to foreign investors and foreign retailers who are legitimately engaged in retail trade and were not required to comply with the minimum investment per store at the time of the effectivity of this Act: Provided, further, That proof of qualification to engage in retail trade under Republic Act No. 8762 and its implementing rules and regulations is submitted to the DTI.\nThe foreign retailer shall be required to maintain in the Philippines at all times the paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), unless the foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, whichever is appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the minimum paid-up capital shall be monitored by the SEC, or by the DTI, whichever is appropriate.\"\n[...]\nSection 4. Section 7 of Republic Act No. 8762 is hereby deleted and replaced with a new Section 7, to read as follows:\n    \"Section 7. Labor Policy. – In all cases, the employment of foreign nationals by foreign retailers shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Labor Code on the determination of nonavailability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national, with due regard to the State policy under the Constitution to promote the preferential use of Filipino labor.\"\nSection 5. Sections 8 and 9 of Republic Act No. 8762 are hereby deleted.\nSection 6. A new Section is hereby inserted to read as follows:\n    \"Section 8. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. – Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines.\" [...](REPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”)\n------------------------------------------\n\"RULE I -  Definition of Terms\nSECTION 1. Definition of Terms. For the purposes of these Rules, the following are defined as follows: [...]\nd) \"Foreign Retailer\" shall mean a foreign national, partnership, association, or corporation of which more than forty percent (40%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by such foreign national, engaged in retail trade.\ne) \"Locally Manufactured Products\" shall mean products or goods manufactured, assembled or processed in the Philippines, regardless of the source of the raw materials and components used in the manufacture of such products or goods. [...]\nl) \"Reciprocity\" shall denote the relation between two States when each of them, by their respective laws or by treaty, allows the citizens or nationals of the other to undertake retail trade in their own territories.\n[...]\nRULE III - Registration\nSECTION 1. Registration of Foreign Retailers. Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporations, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); or in case of foreign-owned single proprietorships, upon registration with the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), may engage or invest in retail trade, under the following conditions:\na) A foreign retailer shall have a minimum paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00); and\nb) The foreign retailer's country of origin provides for reciprocity to Filipinos.\n[...]\nSECTION 3. Online Retailing. The registration requirements under Sections 1 and 2, Rule III of these Rules shall apply to foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade as defined herein, through purely online channels.\nSECTION 4. Philippine Nationals. The minimum paid-up capital requirement under Section 1 hereof as well as the minimum investment per store requirement under Section 2, Rule V of these Rules shall not apply to corporations engaged in retail trade of which at least sixty percent (60%) of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote is owned and held by citizens of the Philippines.\nRULE IV -  Exempt Transactions\nSECTION 1. Sales Not Considered as Retail. The following sales are not considered as retail:\na) Sales of a manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker of products manufactured, processed or produced by him to the general public whose capital does not exceed One hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00);\nb) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm, regardless of capital;\nc) Sales arising from restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount of capital, provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business;\nd) Sales through a single outlet owned by a manufacturer of products manufactured, processed or assembled in the Philippines, irrespective of capitalization;\ne) Sales to industrial and commercial users or consumers who use the products bought by them to render service to the general public and/or produce or manufacture of goods which are in turn sold by them; or\n[...]\nRULE V - Compliance Requirements\nSECTION 1. Maintenance of the Required Paid-up Capital. Registered foreign retailers shall maintain in the Philippines, at all times, a paid-up capital of Twenty-five million pesos (P25,000,000.00), which may be in cash or in property, unless the said foreign retailer has notified the SEC or the DTI, as appropriate, of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. \n[...]\nSECTION 2. Minimum Investment Requirement per Store. Registered foreign retailers that will engage in retail trade through more than one (1) physical store shall comply with the minimum investment per store of at least Ten million pesos (P10,000,000.00).\n[...]\nSECTION 5. Compliance with Labor Laws. The foreign retailer shall, in all cases, comply with the applicable provisions of labor laws, rules and regulations, including the determination of non-availability of a competent, able and willing Filipino citizen before engaging the services of a foreign national.\nSECTION 6. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. Foreign retailers are encouraged to have a stock inventory of products which are made in the Philippines through any of the following:\na) Designation of a store space as Filipino section; b) Use of locally made packaging materials such as bags, boxes, or containers; c) Utilization of locally sourced raw materials in the production of the goods; or d) Any other arrangements that will promote locally manufactured products.\nRULE VI - Prohibited Activities\nSECTION 1. Prohibited Modes of Retailing. Registered foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in retailing activities outside their stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities.[...]\" (Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595)\n------------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n3. Retail trade enterprises with paid-up capital of less than US$2,500,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. 8762)³ [³3 Full foreign participation is allowed for retail trade enterprises: (a) with paid-up capital of US$2,500,000 or more provided that investments for establishing a store is not less than US$830,000; or (b) specializing in high end or luxury products, provided that the paid-up capital is not less than US$250,000 (Sec. 5 of R.A. No. 8762).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition. - As used in this Act.\n(1) \"Retail trade\" shall mean any act, occupation or calling of habitually selling direct to the general public merchandise, commodities or good for consumption, but the restriction of this law shall not apply to the following:\n(a) Sales by manufacturer, processor, laborer, or worker, to the general public the products manufactured, processed or products by him if his capital dose not exceed One hundred thousand pesos(100,000.00);\n(b) Sales by a farmer or agriculturist selling the products of his farm;\n(c) Sales in restaurant operations by a hotel owner or inn-keeper irrespective of the amount capital: provided, that the restaurant is incidental to the hotel business; and\n(d) Sales which are limited only to products manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufactured, processed or assembled by a manufacturer though a single outlet, irrespective of capitalization.\n(2) \"High-end or luxury goods\" shall refer to goods which are not necessary for life maintenance and whose demand is generated in large part by the higher income groups. Luxury goods shall include, but are not limited to products such as; jewelry, branded or designer clothing and footwear, wearing apparel, leisure and sporting goods, electronics and other personal effects.\n[...]\nSection 5. Foreign Equity Participation. - Foreign-owned partnerships, associations and corporation formed and organized under the laws of the Philippines may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or in case of foreign owned single proprietorships, with the DTI, Engage or invest in the retail trade business, subject to the following categories.\nCategory A – Enterprises with paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Peso of the than Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) shall be reserved exclusively for Filipino citizens and corporations wholly owned by Filipino citizens.\nCategory B – Enterprises with a minimum paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of two million five hundred thousand US dollar (US$2,500,000.00) but less than Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00) may be wholly owned by foreigners except for the first two (2) years after the effectivity of this Act wherein foreign participation shall be limited to not more than sixty percent (60%) of total equity.\nCategory C – Enterprises with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Seven million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$7,500,000.00), or more may be wholly owned by foreigners: Provided, however, That in no case shall the investments for establishing a store in vestments for establishing a store in Categories B and C be less than the equivalent in Philippine pesos of Eight hundred thirty thousand US dollars (US$830,000.00).\nCategory D – Enterprises specializing in high-end or luxury products with a paid-up capital of the equivalent in Philippine Pesos of Two hundred fifty thousand US dollars (US$250,000.00) per store may be wholly owned by foreigners.\nThe foreign investor shall be required to maintain in the Philippines the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital unless the foreign investor has notified the SEC and the DTI of its intention to repatriate its capital and cease operations in the Philippines. The actual use in Philippine operations of the inwardly remitted minimum capital requirement shall be monitored by the SEC.\nFailure to maintain the full amount of the prescribed minimum capital prior to notification of the SEC and the DTI, shall subject the foreign investor to penalties or restrictions on any future trading activities/business in the Philippines.\n[...]\nSection 6. Foreign Investors Acquiring Shares of Stock of Local Retailers. - Foreign investors acquiring shares from existing retail stores whether or not publicly listed whose net worth is in the excess of the peso equivalent of Two million five hundred thousand US dollars (US$2,500,000.00) may purchase only up to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the equity thereof within the first two (2) years from the effectivity of this Act and thereafter, they may acquire the remaining percentage consistent with the allowable foreign participation as herein provided.\nSection 7. Public Offering of Shares of Stock. – All retail trade enterprises under Categories B and C in which foreign ownership exceeds eighty percent (80%) of equity shall offer a minimum of thirty percent (30%) of their equity to the public through any stock exchange in the Philippine within eight (8) years from their start of operations.\nSection 8. Qualification of Foreign Retailers. - No foreign retailer shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippine unless all the following qualifications are met:\n(a) A minimum of Two hundred million US dollar (US$200,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for Categories B and C, and Fifty million US dollar (US$50,000,000.00) net worth in its parent corporation for category D;\n(b) (5) retailing branches or franchises in operation anywhere around the word unless such retailer has at least one (1) store capitalized at a minimum of Twenty-five million US dollars (US$25,000,000.00);\n(c) Five (5)-year track record in retailing; and\n(d) Only nationals from, or juridical entities formed or incorporated in Countries which allow the entry of Filipino retailers shall be allowed to engage in retail trade in the Philippines.\nSection 9. Promotion of Locally Manufactured Products. - For ten (10) year after the effectivity of this Act, at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate cost of the stock inventory of foreign retailers falling under Categories B and C and ten percent (10%) for category D shall be made in the Philippines.\nSection 10. Prohibited Activities of Qualified Foreign Retailers. – Qualified foreign retailers shall not be allowed to engage in certain retailing activities outside their accredited stores through the use of mobile or rolling stores or carts, the use of sales representatives, door-to-door selling, restaurants and sari-sari stores and such other similar retailing activities: Provided, That a detailed list of prohibited activities shall hereafter be formulated by the DTI.[...]\" (Republic Act 8762, \"Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\")","Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 11595, December 10, 2021, AMENDING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8762, OTHERWISE AS THE “RETAIL TRADE LIBERALIZATION ACT OF 2000”\nImplementing Rules and Regulations of RA 8762 also known as Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000, as amended by RA 11595\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order no. 65) / 2018\nRepublic Act 8762, \"ReRetail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000\"","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Philippine Department of Trade and Industry issues the implementing rules and regulations of the Retail Trade Liberalization Act as amended by Republic Act No. 11595\", 24 March 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011595.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://neda.gov.ph/irr-of-ra-8762-rtla-of-2000-as-amended-by-ra-11595/\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2000/ra_8762_2000.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-philippine-department-of-trade-and-industry-issues-the-implementing-rules-and-regulations-of-the-retail-trade-liberalization-act-as-amended-by-republic-act-no-11595/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3238,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","RWA","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.00625","Foreigners, including a branch of a foreign company, may not own freehold land but may be granted emphyteutic leases and land concessions specifically for investment purposes for 99 and 49 years respectively. ","\"Article 2: Definitions\nIn this Law, the following terms have the following meanings: [...]\n30º foreigner: an individual without Rwandan nationality, individuals who co-own land, a company, an international organisation or cooperative, with legal personality from a foreign country. \n[...]\nChapter I: GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 6: Right to freehold\nA Rwandan is entitled to freehold tenure.\nA Presidential Order may, for exceptional circumstances of strategic national interest, approve grant of a freehold title to a foreigner. \nPrivate individual’s land subject to freehold cannot exceed two (2) hectares per person unless an Order of the Minister authorises otherwise.\nAn order of the Minister determines categories of lands subject to freehold, modalities of acquisition of freehold, requirements for granting freehold and compliance requirements for the freehold holder.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: LAND TENURE AND REGISTRATION\nSection One: Modalities of land tenure and certification of land rights\nArticle 9: Modalities of land tenure\nA person who acquired land through inheritance, succession, purchase, donation, exchange, land sharing or legal grant by competent authorities, owns it in accordance with one of the following tenure modalities:\n(1) emphyteutic lease;\n(2) freehold.\nArticle 10: Land allocation, period of emphyteutic lease and land concession\nWithout prejudice to provisions of Article 9 of this Law, lands are allocated by the State in form of emphyteutic lease and land concession.\nThe emphyteutic lease and land concession period does not exceed ninety-nine (99) years which may be renewed.\nWhen the emphyteutic lease period expires, the lease period for a Rwandan is renewed automatically.\nA Prime Minister’s Order determines modalities for land allocation and acquisition, emphyteutic lease, State land concession and lease, the exact duration of emphyteutic lease and State land concession and lease and its renewal.\nArticle 11: Concession on a State land\nA State land may be subject to concession for:\n(1) improvement of social welfare of the population;\n(2) strategic investment.\nA concessionaire of a State land signs a land concession and acquires a concession title in accordance with the requirements determined by a Prime Minister’s Order.\nThe term of land concession depends on the nature of the project and the land use but cannot exceed forty-nine (49) years.\n[...]\nArticle 16: Foreigner’s rights on land \nWithout prejudice to provisions of Articles 6, 10, 11 and 12 of this Law, a foreigner has rights to:  1º an emphyteutic lease;   2º a land concession.  \nThe rights referred to under Paragraph One of this Article are only allocated for investment.  \nA Presidential Order may determine other modalities of land possession by a foreigner.  [...]\" (LAW N° 27/2021 OF GOVERNING LAND)","LAW N° 27/2021 OF GOVERNING LAND","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.amategeko.gov.rw/document/legislation/2021_06_10_2021_06_10_LT_LAW_CIV_TL_Land_27_2021\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3150,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","J611","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2021,"0.008","Foreign shareholding in telecommunications services companies is limited to 60% in the case of communication service providers, and 70% in the case of communication value added services providers.","\"Article 2\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws and agreements, the authority shall issue a license for foreign capital investment in any investment activity in the Kingdom, whether permanent or temporary. [...] If the authority rejects the application within the prescribed period, the decision must be justified, and the party whose application has been rejected shall have the right to appeal such decision according to laws.\nArticle 3\nThe Council shall have the authority to issue a list of activities excluded from foreign investment.\nArticle 4\nSubject to the provisions of Article 2, the foreign investor may obtain more than one license for different activities, and the regulation shall specify the necessary requirements.\nArticle 5\nForeign investments licensed under the provisions of this Law may be in either of the two following forms: -Firms owned by a national and foreign investor; -Firms wholly owned by a foreign investor. The legal form of the firm shall be determined in accordance with Regulation and directives. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n-------------------------\n\"11.03 Types of Licenses, Minimum Capital Requirement and Percentage of Saudi Partnership [...]\n2. Communications: [...] Minimum Saudi Participation: 40% [...]\n3. Communications Value Added: [...] Minimum Saudi Participation: 30%[...]\" (Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2286,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","K6419X","_O","IV41","IX",2021,"0.00075","\"In the area of financial services, Singapore's laws do not distinguish operationally between foreign and domestic banks, except in retail banking. Foreign retail banks are subject to limitations on the number of places of business (branches and ATMs) that they may operate. Those foreign retail banks benefiting from Qualifying Full Bank (QFB) privileges are allowed to operate a total of 25 places of business and may enter into a mutual agreement to share one ATM network. Ten foreign full banks have been awarded QFB privileges (end-2015).[...] There are no foreign ownership ceilings for local banks and finance companies as the MAS removed foreign shareholding limits on local banks and finance companies in 1999 and 2002, respectively. Nonetheless, the Government of Singapore maintains that it will not allow a foreign takeover of its three local financial institutions [these are: TDBS Bank Limited, United Overseas Bank (UOB) Limited, Overseas-Chinese Banking Corp (OCBC) and their respective banking subsidiaries in Singapore].\" (WTO Trade Policy Review of Singapore, 2016).\n\nAmendment introduced in 2020 implements QFBs capped at 25 places, no branch distinction. Paragraph 6 deleted, 6A clarifies Authority's discretion on place exclusion or consolidation for ATM sharing. Before 2020, QFBs limited to 15 places, with a maximum of 10 branches. Post-2005, the limit increased to 25 places, with no restriction on the number of branches. 2004-2020 definition included offshore banks as “foreign bank”, therefore 2020 amendment narrows the scope leaving out offshore banks.","\"Definitions\n3 For the purposes of this Notice— [...]\n“foreign bank” means any foreign full bank or wholesale bank;\n“foreign full bank” means – (a) any branch or office of a full bank incorporated outside Singapore which is located within Singapore; or (b) any full bank which is incorporated in Singapore with its holding or ultimate holding company incorporated outside Singapore; \n“full bank” means any bank holding a licence granted by the Authority under the Act which permits the bank to carry on the full range of banking business; [...]\n“qualifying full bank” means any foreign full bank which is accorded qualifying full bank privileges;\n[...]\nLimit on the number of places of business\nQualifying full banks (“QFBs”)\n5 A QFB must not have more than 25 places of business.\n6 [deleted]\n6A The Authority may, on the application by any QFB— (a) exclude a place of business from the application of the limit on the number of places of business that the QFB may establish; or (b) where the QFB is not subject to a limit on the number of places of business that it may establish, allow the QFB to treat two or more of its places of business as one, for the purpose of ATM sharing agreements with other QFBs, subject to such conditions or restrictions as the Authority think fit.[...]\"(MAS Notice 603, \"BRANCHES, PLACES OF BUSINESS AND AUTOMATED TELLER MACHINES\", 22 December 2004 as amended on 25 August 2020)\n-------------\n\"Limit on the number of places of business\nQualifying full banks (“QFBs”)\n5  Subject to paragraph 6, a QFB shall not have more than 15 places of business, of which a maximum of 10 may be branches. \n6  With effect from 1 January 2005, a QFB may increase the number of its places of business, including branches, up to a maximum of 25. For the avoidance of doubt, the limit on the maximum number of branches set out in paragraph 5 shall no longer apply. 6A  6B  The Authority may, on the application by any QFB— (a) exclude a place of business from the application of the limit on the number of places of business that the QFB may establish; or (b) where the QFB is not subject to a limit on the number of places of business that it may establish, allow the QFB to treat two or more of its places of business as one, for the purpose of ATM sharing agreements with other QFBs, subject to such conditions or restrictions as the Authority think fit.  [MAS Notice 603 (Amendment) 2008] [...]\" (MAS Notice 603, \"BRANCHES, PLACES OF BUSINESS AND AUTOMATED TELLER MACHINES\", 22 December 2004 as amended on on 1 December 2013)","MAS Notice 603, \"BRANCHES, PLACES OF BUSINESS AND AUTOMATED TELLER MACHINES\", 22 December 2004, Last revised 25 August 2020\nMAS Notice 603, \"BRANCHES, PLACES OF BUSINESS AND AUTOMATED TELLER MACHINES\", 22 December 2004, as amended on 1 December 2013","WTO (2016), Trade Policy Review: Singapore, 7 June.","[<a href=\"https://www.mas.gov.sg/-/media/MAS/Regulations-and-Financial-Stability/Regulations-Guidance-and-Licensing/Commercial-Banks/Regulations-Guidance-and-Licensing/Notices/MAS-Notice-603_25082020.pdf\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/tpr_e/s343_e.pdf\">TPR</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mas.gov.sg/-/media/MAS/Notices/PDF/MAS-Notice-603_29-Nov-2013.pdf\">Notice</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1886,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0075","The national investor shall be given priority in retail commerce business.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n“domestic business organization” means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n“foreign direct investment” means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise; \n“foreign investor” means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n“national” mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation; \n“national treatment” means, with respect to all the laws, regulations and administrative instructions, that foreign investments in Southern Sudan shall be treated on same favorable conditions similar to those of domestic investments; \n“strategic list” means the list of enterprises that are partially or wholly excluded from foreign investment as published by the Board of Directors of the Investment Authority from time to time with the approval of the Council of Ministers and Sothern Sudan Legislative Assembly; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IX:. Investment guarantees\nArticle 33. Prohibition of Discrimination\n1) Subject to such strategic list as may be published by the Board with the approval of the Council of Ministers from time to time, foreign investors may own, or control business organizations in any sector of the economy of Southern Sudan as domestic business organizations.\n2) The Board may, in consultation with the appropriate Ministers, classify or declassify an activity as an activity reserved for nationals.\n3) Amendment to the list of activities reserved for nationals made in accordance with the provision of this section shall be promulgated by way of a legislative instrument within ten (10) days of their adoption, and shall be published in the Government Gazette.\n4) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (2) and (3) above, foreign investors, employees and workers, shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same duties and obligations applicable to nationals.\n5) No official, agency, law or other legal authority shall discriminate against investors from a particular country or give special treatment to prospective foreign investors based upon their country of origin or nationality.\n6) Foreign investors shall be subject to the same laws that apply to domestic business organizations, in particular —\na. any licenses or other permits for conducting specific business activities that are required of domestic business organizations shall be similarly required of foreign investments;\nb. foreign investments shall maintain business books and records in accordance with the same accounting standards that apply to similar domestic business organizations;\nc. foreign investments are subject to the same insurance requirements that apply to similar domestic business organizations; and\nd. foreign investments shall be taxed in the same manner as similar domestic business organizations.\n7) Without prejudice to the provisions of this section, section 42 and the Third Schedule herein, the Board shall facilitate, promote, encourage and protect the indigenous business and investments.\n[...]\nTHIRD SCHEDULE: Priority businesses\nFor the benefit of Southern Sudanese businesses - especially small business enterprise growth and guaranteeing business opportunities and employment to the Southern Sudanese citizens, the national investor shall be given priority in the businesses listed below:\n1. Micro-enterprises.\n2. Postal services.\n3. Cars hire and taxi operations.\n4. Public relations businesses.\n5. Retail commerce.\n6. Security services.\n7. Cooperative services.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Article 33 and Third Schedule)","Investment Promotion Act, 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3732,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWE","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.0016875","Foreign ownership in periodicals printed in Sweden is prohibited, except for natural persons domiciled in Sweden or nationals of an EEA state, and for legal entities incorporated within the EEA.","\"Chapter 2 - About the owner and proof of publication of periodicals\nGeneral provisions\nSection 1:   \nOther than the following foreign natural and legal persons may not be owners of periodicals printed in Sweden:\n   1. Foreign natural persons domiciled in Sweden.\n   2. Foreign natural persons who are nationals of a State of the European Economic Area.\n   3. Foreign legal persons established under the law of a State of the European Economic Area and having their registered office, head office or principal place of business in that area.\"\n(Law with regulations in the areas of the Freedom of the Press Ordinance and the Freedom of Expression Act (1991: 1559), last amended 1.12.2020, Chapter 2 Section 1 [google translation])","Law with regulations in the areas of the Freedom of the Press Ordinance and the Freedom of Expression Act (1991: 1559), last amended 1.12.2020, Chapter 2 Section 1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/lag-19911559-med-foreskrifter-pa_sfs-1991-1559\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF2",1,147,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.004375","Foreign investment in travel agency, tour operators, car rental and maountain climbing and trekking tour operators is prohibited.","\"2. In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise -[...]\n\"tourism facility\" means a place, thing or premises managed by a tourism operator and which regularly or occasionally provides services or products for utilization by tourists or visitors for purposes other than exercise of an activity remunerated from within the place visited;[...]\n\"tourism operator\" as used in this Act, means a tourist agent or photographic safaris operator or any person who for reward conduct an activity or operate a facility, or undertakes to provide services for tourists and other members of the public in relation to tours and travel within or outside the country;\n[...]\n58.-( 1) The Minister may specify facilities and activities which can only be operated by Tanzanian citizens, and put in place mechanism on how tourism facilities and activities can benefit local communities surrounding the same.\n(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1 ), no person who is not a Tanzanian citizen shall engage himself in a business of:\n(a) save for foreign airlines, travel agency; (b) mountain climbing or trekking; (c) tourguide; (d) car rental; or ( e) any other activity the Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, specify.\n(3) Subsections ( 1) and (2) shall not be construed as to prohibit any foreign tour leader to accompany or lead any foreign tourist or group of foreign tourists visiting Mainland Tanzania. [...]\" (THE TOURISM ACT, 2008)\n--------------\n\"5.(1) An application for the registration of any tourism agent business by a body corporate shall be in the prescribed form and be accompanied with the following: [...]\n(2) NOtwithstanding the provision of sub-regulation (1), a tour operator who is a citizen of the United Republic shall also submit the following particulars-\n(a) proof of having a fleet of not less than three four wheel drive vehicles whereby, within twenty four months, the number of cars shall be raised up to five or more whic are: (i) suitable for carrying tourists and whose ground clearance is not less than 200mm  [...]\n() where the application for tour operator is made by non-citizen, the provision of sub-regulation (1) shall apply together with the following-\n(i) proof of having a fleet of new vehicles not less than ten of the type indicated in regulation 5(2)(i) [...]\n(3) For the purpose of sub-regulation (2) and (3), \"citizen\" in case of a limited liability company means a company in which more than 50% of its subscribed shares are owned by a single citizen of the United Republic of Tanzania[...]\n(6) Without prejudice to section 58(2) of the [Tourism] Act, an application for registration of the business of travel agent, mountain climbing or trekking and car rental shall be done by citizens of Tanzania and, in case of limited liability company, the shares must be fully owned by a citizen.[...]\" (Tourism Agents (Registration and Licensing) Regulations, 2015)\n","THE TOURISM ACT, 2008\nTourism Agents (Registration and Licensing) Regulations, 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/tan85329.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.maliasili.go.tz/uploads/TOURISM_AGENTS_%28Registration_and_Licensing%290001.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,343,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.009","Foreign investment in telecommunication business, with the exception of Type 1 licensed business (which include internet access service, audiotext service, resale of public switched telecommunications service; store-and-retrieve value-added service; international calling card service) is limited to 49% of equity ownership. For the pruposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that all mobile telecommunication services, except those related to type 1 licensed business, are subject to the foreign shareholding limitation.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n-------------------------------\n\"[...] CHAPTER I - TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS LICENSING\nSection 7.  Any person who wishes to operate a telecommunications business in accordance with the characteristics and categories prescribed in the Notification by the Commission under the law on the organisation to assign frequency spectrum and to regulate radio broadcasting, television and telecommunications businesses shall obtain a license from the Commission.\nThere shall be three types of a telecommunications business license as follows:\n(1)    Type One License: being a license for the telecommunications business operator who does not have his or her own telecommunications network and the characteristics of his or her business are deemed appropriate to provide services on the basis of liberalisation. When the person wishing to operate the business with such characteristics has notified the Commission, the Commission shall issue a license for business operation;\n(2)    Type Two License: being a license for the telecommunications business operator who has or does not have his or her own network and whose business is intended to provide services for a limited group of people or has no significant impacts on free and fair competition or on public interest and consumers. When the person wishing to operate the business with such characteristics has completely fulfilled the standard criteria prescribed in the Notification in advance by the Commission, the Commission shall issue a license for business operation;  \n(3)    Type Three License: being a license for the telecommunications business operator who has his or her own network and whose business is intended to provide services to a large number of the general public or may have significant impacts on free and fair competition or on public interest or requires special consumer protection. When the person wishing to operate the business with such characteristics has been considered appropriate by the Commission for the issuance of a license, such person may then commence the operation.\nThe characteristics or categories including the scope of services of telecommunications business to which the licensee under Type One, Type Two or Type Three is entitled shall be as prescribed in the Notification by the Commission, which shall be in accordance with the characteristics of business operation of each type of license under paragraph two and shall take into account the development of diverse service provisions of telecommunications business and fairness among operators.\nIn applying for a license, the applicant shall specify the type of the license to be applied for together with the characteristics or categories of telecommunications business he or she wishes to operate. If he or she wishes to engage in any additional business operation of different characteristics or categories after he or she has been licensed, he or she shall inform the Commission prior to the commencement of such operation. In this case, the Commission may prescribe conditions to be observed by the applicant.\nSection 8.  The Commission shall prescribe in the Notification and disclose to the general public the licensing criteria to enable the person who wishes to operate the business to be informed in advance of the applicant qualification, the application procedure and the license granting criteria. The granting criteria shall be determined differently in accordance with the types of license under section 7 and shall be consistent with each characteristic and category of telecommunications business and the guidelines on frequency spectrum licensing and telecommunications business licensing as stipulated in the Telecommunications Master Plan and the Frequency Plan under the law on the organisation to assign frequency spectrum and to regulate radio broadcasting, television and telecommunications businesses.\nIn the Notification under paragraph one, the Commission shall prescribe details in relation to the applicant qualification, the application procedure, the documents, evidence or information necessary for the licensing procedure, the licensing consideration procedure, the consideration period of the Commission, scope of license, maximum and minimum term of license including other conditions necessary for business operation.\nDetermination of the applicant qualification shall be in accordance with the following criteria:\n(1)     the applicant for Type Two License and Type Three License shall not be a foreigner under the law on foreign business. In this regard, the Commission may require the applicant for certain characteristics or categories of telecommunications business who is a juristic person to prescribe the prohibition of any act which has the nature of business takeover by a foreigner [as amended by the Telecommunications Business Act (No. 2), B.E. 2549 (2006).];\n(2)     the applicant shall not be bankrupt;\n(3)     the applicant shall not have previously had a telecommunications business license revoked;\n(4)     the directors, managers or persons having management power of the applicant shall not have been sentenced by a final judgment for an offence under this Act or under the law on telegraph and telephone, the law on radio communication or the law on consumer protection during a two-year period prior to the filing of the application for a license;\n(5)    the applicant for Type Three License shall have an investment plan and a service provision plan for telecommunications business that enables the efficient service provisions;\n(6)    the applicant shall have other qualifications and have no other prohibited characteristics prescribed by the Commission for each type of license under section 7. [...]\" (TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT, B.E. 2544 (2001))\n-------------------------------\n\"[...] Appendix C - Examples of Telecommunications Business Services Requiring Type One Licence\nExamples of Telecommunications Business Services Requiring Type One Licence:\n1) Internet Access Service; 2) Audiotext Service; 3) Resale of Public Switched Telecommunications Service; 4) Store-and-Retrieve Value-Added Service; 5) Public Chain Payphone Service; 6) International Calling Card Service\nAppendix D - Examples of Licence-Free Telecommunication Business Services\nExamples of Licence-Free Telecommunications business Services:\n1) Mobile desk telephones (desk cellular phones); 2) Coin-slot pay telephones stationed at homes and shops\"(Notification of the National Telecommunications Commission - Re: Nature and Categories of Telecommunication Business Requiring Telecommunications Business Licence)","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT, B.E. 2544 (2001))\nTELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS ACT (No. 2), B.E. 2549 (2006).\nNotification of the National Telecommunications Commission - Re: Nature and Categories of Telecommunication Business Requiring Telecommunications Business Licence","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.krisdika.go.th/wps/portal/general_en/!ut/p/c5/04_SB8K8xLLM9MSSzPy8xBz9CP0os3g_A2czQ0cTQ89ApyAnA0__EIOAQGdXAwNDc6B8JG55dzMCuv088nNT9SP1o8wRqowczd0MHC29vAO8PUMM3Z3N9CNzUtMTkyv1C3IjyvMdFRUByl01jw!!/dl3/d3/L0lJSklna2shL0lCakFBRXlBQkVSQ0lBISEvWUZOQzFOS18yN3chLzdfTjBDNjFBNDFJMkE3RjBBOUpLUEtJVDFHQzY!/?PC_7_N0C61A41I2A7F0A9JKPKIT1GC6_WCM_CONTEXT=/wps/wcm/connect/ksdkwebcontent_en/legal+translation/legal+english/telecommunications+business+act+be+2544+%282001%29#_ftnref3\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://thailaws.com/law/t_laws/tlaw0461.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://lib.nbtc.go.th:8080/aion-streaming/access.do?p=Y29udGVudCUyRmVib29rJTJGMjAxNTA3MDJfMTQzNTgwMzM1MTU4OF8xOTc3LnBkZg==&m=stream\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1964,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.000541667","Majority foreign investment in the manufacturing of wood and timber processing for production of furniture and utensils is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; \n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n5. Timber processing for production of furniture and utensils\n[...]\nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners: [...]\n4. Production of plywood, veneer wood, chipboards or hardboards [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1910,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M711_721X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.000625","Consent of minister required for a foreigner to establish an architecture and engineering firm.","\"First article. - The following conditions are required to practice the engineering profession in Tunisia:\n1) be of Tunisian nationality:\n[...]\nArt. 2. - By way of derogation from the provisions of article 1, paragraph 1 of this decree-law. [...]\n2) Authorizations to exercise the engineering profession in Tunisia on a private basis may be granted to engineers of foreign nationality by the administration after consulting the council of the order.[...]\" (Decree Law establishing the Order of engineers (No. 82-12 of 21 October 1982), as amended by Law n° 97-41 of 9 June 1997, Articles 1 and 2 [google translation])","Decree Law establishing the Order of engineers (No. 82-12 of 21 October 1982), as amended by Law n° 97-41 of 9 June 1997, Articles 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/115076?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1728,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UKR","A02","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.000625","Forests can be owned only by Ukrainian citizens and legal entities. Foreign legal entities and subsidiaries of foreign companies (Ukrainian legal entities with foreign investment) are not authorised to own forests. However, they can lease forest land for up to 50 years. ","\"Article 10. The right of private ownership of forests\nForests in Ukraine may be privately owned.\nThe subjects of private ownership of forests are citizens and legal entities of Ukraine.\n[...]\nArticle 13. Emergence of the right of private ownership of forests [...]\nForests inherited by foreign nationals, stateless persons and foreign legal entities are subject to expropriation within one year.[...]\" (Forest Code (№ 3852-XII of 21.01.1994), last amended by Law № 1684-IX of 15.07.2021, Articles 10 and 13 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 19. Term of the land lease agreement\nThe term of the land lease agreement is determined by agreement of the parties, but may not exceed 50 years.[...]\" (Law on Land Lease (№ 161-XIV of 06.10.1998), last amended by Law № 1444-IX of 18.05.2021, Article 19 [google translation])","Forest Code (№ 3852-XII of 21.01.1994), last amended by Law № 1684-IX of 15.07.2021, Articles 10 and 13\nLaw on Land Lease (№ 161-XIV of 06.10.1998), last amended by Law № 1444-IX of 18.05.2021, Article 19","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/3852-12#Text\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/161-14#Text\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1179,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UKR","A02","_O","IV92","IX",2023,"0.000625","Forests can be owned only by Ukrainian citizens and legal entities. Foreign legal entities and subsidiaries of foreign companies (Ukrainian legal entities with foreign investment) are not authorised to own forests. However, they can lease forest land for up to 50 years. ","\"Article 10. The right of private ownership of forests\nForests in Ukraine may be privately owned.\nThe subjects of private ownership of forests are citizens and legal entities of Ukraine.\n[...]\nArticle 13. Emergence of the right of private ownership of forests [...]\nForests inherited by foreign nationals, stateless persons and foreign legal entities are subject to expropriation within one year.[...]\" (Forest Code (№ 3852-XII of 21.01.1994), last amended by Law № 1684-IX of 15.07.2021, Articles 10 and 13 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 19. Term of the land lease agreement\nThe term of the land lease agreement is determined by agreement of the parties, but may not exceed 50 years.[...]\" (Law on Land Lease (№ 161-XIV of 06.10.1998), last amended by Law № 1444-IX of 18.05.2021, Article 19 [google translation])","Forest Code (№ 3852-XII of 21.01.1994), last amended by Law № 1684-IX of 15.07.2021, Articles 10 and 13\nLaw on Land Lease (№ 161-XIV of 06.10.1998), last amended by Law № 1444-IX of 18.05.2021, Article 19","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/3852-12#Text\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/161-14#Text\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1179,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.00225","The Foreign Bank Supervision Enhancement Act of 1991 prohibited any branch of a foreign bank from applying for federal deposit insurance. The few branches of foreign banks that had obtained FDIC insurance before FBSEA were allowed to maintain that insurance. A foreign bank that wishes to accept retail deposits may do so only through a separately chartered subsidiary, except the few grandfathered insured branches. Foreign branches still need to deposit capital in an amount at least as high as what would be required of a national bank organized at the same location. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RRI, the restriction for a foreign bank branch to accept retail deposits is recorded as a restriction equivalent to a local incorporation requirement for retail banking operations.","\"§3102. Establishment of Federal branches and agencies by foreign bank [...]\n(g) Deposit requirements; asset requirements\n(1) Upon the opening of a Federal branch or agency in any State and thereafter, a foreign bank, in addition to any deposit requirements imposed under section 3104 of this title, shall keep on deposit, in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Comptroller may prescribe, with a member bank designated by such foreign bank, dollar deposits or investment securities of the type that may be held by national banks for their own accounts pursuant to paragraph \"Seventh\" of section 24 of this title, in an amount as hereinafter set forth. Such depository bank shall be located in the State where such branch or agency is located and shall be approved by the Comptroller if it is a national bank and by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System if it is a State Bank.\n(2) The aggregate amount of deposited investment securities (calculated on the basis of principal amount or market value, whichever is lower) and dollar deposits for each branch or agency established and operating under this section shall be not less than the greater of (1) that amount of capital (but not surplus) which would be required of a national bank being organized at this location, or (2) 5 per centum of the total liabilities of such branch or agency, including acceptances, but excluding (A) accrued expenses, and (B) amounts due and other liabilities to offices, branches, agencies, and subsidiaries of such foreign bank. The Comptroller may require that the assets deposited pursuant to this subsection shall be maintained in such amounts as he may from time to time deem necessary or desirable, for the maintenance of a sound financial condition, the protection of depositors, and the public interest, but such additional amount shall in no event be greater than would be required to conform to generally accepted banking practices as manifested by banks in the area in which the branch or agency is located.\n(3) The deposit shall be maintained with any such member bank pursuant to a deposit agreement in such form and containing such limitations and conditions as the Comptroller may prescribe. So long as it continues business in the ordinary course such foreign bank shall, however, be permitted to collect income on the securities and funds so deposited and from time to time examine and exchange such securities.\n(4) Subject to such conditions and requirements as may be prescribed by the Comptroller, each foreign bank shall hold in each State in which it has a Federal branch or agency, assets of such types and in such amount as the Comptroller may prescribe by general or specific regulation or ruling as necessary or desirable for the maintenance of a sound financial condition, the protection of depositors, creditors and the public interest. In determining compliance with any such prescribed asset requirements, the Comptroller shall give credit to (A) assets required to be maintained pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection, (B) reserves required to be maintained pursuant to section 3105(a) of this title, and (C) assets pledged, and surety bonds payable, to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to secure the payment of domestic deposits. The Comptroller may prescribe different asset requirements for branches or agencies in different States, in order to ensure competitive equality of Federal branches and agencies with State branches and agencies and domestic banks in those States.\n[...]\n§3104. Insurance of deposits [...]\n(d) Retail deposit-taking by foreign banks\n(1) In general\nAfter December 19, 1991, notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter or any provision of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.], in order to accept or maintain domestic retail deposit accounts having balances of less than an amount equal to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount, and requiring deposit insurance protection, a foreign bank shall—\n(A) establish 1 or more banking subsidiaries in the United States for that purpose; and\n(B) obtain Federal deposit insurance for any such subsidiary in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.\n(2) Exception\nDomestic retail deposit accounts with balances of less than an amount equal to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount that require deposit insurance protection may be accepted or maintained in a branch of a foreign bank only if such branch was an insured branch on December 19, 1991.\n(3) Insured banks in U.S. territories\nFor purposes of this subsection, the term \"foreign bank\" does not include any bank organized under the laws of any territory of the United States, Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, or the Virgin Islands the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.].\n(e) Standard maximum deposit insurance amount defined\nFor purposes of this section, the term \"standard maximum deposit insurance amount\" means the amount of the maximum amount of deposit insurance as determined under section 11(a)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1821(a)(1)].[...]\" (Banks and Banking Code (12 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 3102 and 3104)","Banks and Banking Code (12 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 3102 and 3104","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title12/chapter32&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1587,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H4923","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0012","Only enterprises with more than 50% of their share capital owned and effectively controlled by Uruguayan nationals may provide international cargo and passenger transport.","\"CHAPTER I - General provisions\nArticle 2.- The international transport of passengers or cargo may only be carried out by authorized companies, under the terms of this Agreement and its Annexes.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - International road transport\nArticle 20.- In order to establish international road transport services and their modalities, a prior agreement must be entered into between the signatory countries. These will grant the corresponding permits in order to make reciprocity effective, independently between passenger and cargo companies.\n[...]\nArticle 22.-\n1. The signatory countries will only grant original permits to companies incorporated in accordance with their own legislation and with real domicile in their territory. [...]\n3. More than half of the capital stock and effective control of the company will be in the hands of natural or naturalized citizens of the signatory country that grants the original permit.[...]\" (Resolution approving the International Road Transportation Agreement signed by Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay (MTOP S/N of 10/05/1991), Articles 2, 20 and 22 of Annexed text of the Agreement [google translation])\"","Resolution approving the International Road Transportation Agreement signed by Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay (MTOP S/N of 10/05/1991), Articles 2, 20 and 22 of Annexed text of the Agreement","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/resoluciones-internacional/SN99105101-1991\">Agreement</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,864,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","B07_08","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.001166667","Foreign investment in mining activities in Viet Nam are not authorised unless the Vietnamese competent authorities find the project to bring net benefits to Vietnam. This decision will be made on the basis of the following factors (Foreign investors do not have to comply with all criteria to be granted a mining license): - The impact of the investment project on the level and nature of economic activity in Vietnam, including the impact on jobs, the use of equipment, components and services made in Vietnam and export from Vietnam; - The extent and importance of the Vietnamese party involved in the investment project; - Impact of investment projects on productivity, economic efficiency, technology development and product innovation in Vietnam; etc.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS [...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n11. (1) Exploration, exploitation and processing of natural resources, minerals, oil and gas [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n11. (1) Exploration, exploitation and processing of natural resources, minerals, oil and gas | \n1. ACIA\nNational treatment, Senior Management Personnel and the Board of Directors shall not apply to any measure relating to mining and quarrying investments, including but not limited to the following areas: : (i) Investigation, exploration and exploitation of minerals; (ii) Exploiting and processing precious and rare minerals and raw materials; (iii) Exploiting and processing rare minerals, metals, rare raw materials, exploiting clay to produce building materials; high-quality sand mining for the production of construction and engineering glass; (iv) Projects to exploit precious or rare minerals must be approved by the Government of Vietnam; (v) Mineral activities related to special, toxic, precious and rare minerals including basic geological investigation, exploration, extraction and processing.\nNational Treatment and Senior Management Personnel and the Board of Directors shall not apply to any measure relating to oil and gas activities conducted within Vietnam. Investment in oil and gas activities will have to be approved by the Government of Vietnam\n2. EVFTA:\nAppendix 8-C: Viet Nam may adopt or maintain any measure relating to the operation of an enterprise as defined in points 1(e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 (Definitions). inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8-B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments).\nAppendix 8-B:\n- Exploiting crude oil and natural gas[1](ISIC rev3.1:111, 112): uncommitted\n- Mining of metal ores (ISIC rev3.1:1310, 1320): unbound\n- Mining and other quarrying (ISIC rev 3.1:1410): unbound\n3. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-31: Mining Foreign investment in the mining sector will not be approved unless the Vietnamese competent authorities find the project to bring net benefits to Vietnam. This decision will be made on the basis of the following factors (Foreign investors do not have to comply with all criteria to be granted a mining license):\n- The impact of the investment project on the level and nature of economic activity in Vietnam, including the impact on jobs, the use of equipment, components and services made in Vietnam and export from Vietnam;\n- The extent and importance of the Vietnamese party involved in the investment project;\n- Impact of investment projects on productivity, economic efficiency, technology development and product innovation in Vietnam;\n- Impact of investment projects on competition in the same industry or sectors in Vietnam;\n- The compatibility of the investment project with the national industrial, economic and cultural policy, taking into account the industrial, economic and cultural policy objectives granted by the Government or the legislature proposed by the province and may be significantly affected by the investment project;\n- Contribution of investment projects to Vietnam's competitiveness in the world market.\nb) Appendix NCM I-VN-32: Petroleum Vietnam Oil and Gas Group (PetroVietnam) is the only enterprise permitted to explore and exploit oil and gas. To carry out oil and gas activities in Vietnam, a contract with PetroVietnam is required. Sub-contracts can be signed with foreign contractors, but priority is given to Vietnamese organizations and individuals.\nThe performance of oil and gas contracts and the assignment of such contracts to other parties must be approved by the Prime Minister. In some special cases[2], the following activities need to be approved by the Prime Minister: i) extension of exploration term or term of oil and gas contract; and ii) stoppage of time, not exceeding 3 years, in case the parties to the oil and gas contract agree to stop the exercise of certain rights and obligations under the petroleum contract in the event that it is not possible to perform the contract immediately. .\nPetroVietnam has the priority right to purchase part or the whole of the oil and gas contract to be transferred.\nForeign investors are only allowed to provide flight operations services for oil and gas activities through joint venture contracts with Vietnamese companies.\n(2) Mining-related services (CPC 883) As stipulated in the Agreements:\n(i) Commitments in this section do not include activities: supply of materials, equipment and chemicals, base services, boat services, daily life services, flight services;\n(ii) The undertakings in this section shall not affect the right of the Government of Vietnam to establish the necessary regulations and procedures for the management of oil and gas-related activities within its territory or its rights. Vietnamese jurisdiction in accordance with Vietnam's rights and obligations under GATS.\nParticularly for VKFTA, EVFTA: Allowing the establishment of joint ventures with foreign capital contribution not exceeding 51%. Allowing the establishment of enterprises with 100% foreign investment capital.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2007,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","B05_06","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.000583333","Private investment in oil exploration and production is subject to local content requirement. This is assumed discriminatory since only majority Algerian-owned firms are allowed in the sector as per Finance Law of 2020 (see foreign equity entry).","\"Chapter 12 - Local Content\nArt. 125. — The hydrocarbon contract includes stipulations which grant preference to Algerian companies for the supply of goods and services produced in Algeria provided that the conditions of price, quality and delivery times are competitive.\nThe contracting parties and their subcontractors have priority recourse to Algerian labor for the needs of upstream operations. To this end, the contracting parties take charge of and ensure, directly or indirectly, at the start of the upstream operations, the training of the Algerian workforce covering all the qualifications required for the conduct of the upstream operations, in the conditions set in the hydrocarbon contract.[...]\" (Law n° 19-13 of December 11, 2019 governing hydrocarbon activities [google translation])","Law n° 19-13 of December 11, 2019 governing hydrocarbon activities [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2019/F2019079.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/jo-francais/2006/F2006048.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1832,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","B05_06","_O","IV21","IX",2023,"0.000583333","Foreign investors in oil exploration and exploitation are subject to discriminatory taxation.","\"TITLE VI - FISCAL PROVISIONS AND BASIC PRICES\nChapter 1 - Tax regime applicable to upstream activities [...]\nSection 5 - Tax on the remuneration of the foreign co-contractor\nArt. 193. — The gross remuneration of the foreign co-contractor under a production sharing contract or a risk services contract, determined in accordance with the contractual provisions, is subject annually to remuneration tax. [...]\nArt. 194. — The tax rate on the remuneration of the foreign contracting party is set at thirty percent (30%) of the gross remuneration.\n[...]\nArt. 237. — The provisions of Law No. 05-07 of April 28, 2005 relating to hydrocarbons are repealed, with the exception of:\n— the provisions of Article 12 (first paragraph);\n— the provisions of Article 101 bis and the text adopted for its application, which remain in force until the expiry of the contracts of association concerned. [...]\" (Law n° 19-13 of December 11, 2019 governing hydrocarbon activities [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Art. 101 bis. Notwithstanding the provisions of article 101 above, for the contracts of association concluded between SONATRACH and one or more foreign associates within the framework of law n° 86-14 of August 19, 1986, referred to above , a non-deductible tax on the exceptional profits made by these foreign partners is applicable to the share of production attributable to them when the arithmetic monthly average of the price of Brent oil is greater than 30 dollars per barrel. from August 1, 2006. The rate of this tax, applicable to production by foreign partners, is 5% minimum and 50% maximum. [...]\" (Law No. 13-01 of 19 Rabie Ethani 1434 corresponding to February 20, 2013 amending and supplementing Law No. 05-07 of 19 Rabie El Aouel 1426 corresponding to April 28, 2005 relating to hydrocarbons [google translation])","Law n° 19-13 of December 11, 2019 governing hydrocarbon activities [google translation]\nLaw No. 13-01 of 19 Rabie Ethani 1434 corresponding to February 20, 2013 amending and supplementing Law No. 05-07 of 19 Rabie El Aouel 1426 corresponding to April 28, 2005 relating to hydrocarbons [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2019/F2019079.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/jo-francais/2006/F2006048.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1833,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","J58_59_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.000375","The Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or General Manager of radio and TV and printed media companies must be of Angolan nationality. Information and programming directors, as well as the editors-in-chief must also be Angolan nationals.","\"ARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, the following definitions are adopted: [...]\nb) «Social Communication» - mass communication aimed at a large heterogeneous and anonymous public, from companies or media bodies, which organize and interact information from diverse sources and disseminate it through transport vehicles supported by the press written or telecommunication means that may include voice and image signals;\nf) «Company or Media Organ» – are public or private entities whose corporate purpose is the production, transmission or retransmission of information intended for the public, through telecommunications or written publications;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Media)\nThe means through which companies or media bodies disseminate content, among others, are: a) Newspapers, including electronic ones; b) Magazines, including electronic ones; c) All other periodicals; d) Sound broadcasting; e) Television; f) News agency; g) Online media; h) Cinemas and public spaces where documentaries and news are shown.\n[....]\nARTICLE 22. (Foreign press)\n1. Foreign media companies and foreign press correspondents must request authorization from the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola.\n2. Foreign press correspondents, in order to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola, must be qualified with the professional card of journalist or other equivalent professional title.\n3. The registration of these entities is done at the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication.\nCHAPTER II - Social Communication Companies [...]\nARTICLE 24. (Ownership of companies)\n1. Media companies may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in media companies cannot exceed 30%, nor, under any circumstances, be a majority.\n3. Media companies must be governed by Angolan law, with headquarters in national territory, in which Angolan citizens hold the majority of the share capital and exercise effective control.\n[...]\nSECTION II - Management Bodies\nARTICLE 31. (Management)\n1. The Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or General Manager of companies or media bodies must be of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.\n[...]\nARTICLE 32. (Content directors)\nThe Information and Program Director, Editor-in-Chief, Editors and any content managers must be journalists by profession, of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.[...]\" (Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by: [...]\nl) Television Distribution Operator (ODT) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and aggregation of channels in the form of packages, with a view to making these packages available for public use, through electronic communications networks;\nm) On-demand Audiovisual Service Operator (OSP) — is the natural or legal person who has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of programs in the form of a catalogue, with a view to providing an on-demand audiovisual service through electronic communications networks;\nn) Audiovisual Media Service Operator (OTV) — is the television operator, the Television Distribution Operator (ODT) and on-demand media service operator (OSP);\no) Television Operator (OTV) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of Television channels with a view to making them available for public use;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Scope of application)\n1. This Law applies to all television broadcasts and retransmissions, transmitted by television and distribution operators under the jurisdiction of the Angolan State.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Audiovisual Media Service Operators and Typology of Television Channels\nSECTION I - Requirements Applicable to Audiovisual Media Service Operators [...]\nARTICLE 11. (Ownership)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the following numbers, operators of audiovisual media services may be owned by collective, public and/or private persons, or cooperatives whose purpose is their exercise, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in television and distribution operators may not:\na) Exceed 30% of the share capital, nor, under any circumstances, hold a majority or assume a controlling position;\nb) Provide, in an isolated or joint way, the exercise of a decisive influence on the activity of these operators [...]\" (Law No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 10. (Property of the companies)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of articles 8 and 9 of this Law, media companies established to carry out broadcasting activities may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation, namely, commercial and the one relating to private investments.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in broadcasting companies cannot exceed 30% of the respective share capital, nor can it, under any circumstances, have a majority or assume a controlling position.[...]\" (Law no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY [google translation])","Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW [google translation]\nLaw No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://minttics.gov.ao/fotos/frontend_10/gov_documentos/pacote_legislativo_da_comunicacao_social_1__2611596306012dd9a7771d.pdf\">Laws</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,590,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ARG","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.00075","The establishment of branches of foreign insurance and reinsurance companies in Argentina is subject to reciprocity.","\"Activities covered\nARTICLE 1. The exercise of the insurance and reinsurance activity anywhere in the territory of the Nation, is subject to the regime of this law and to the control of the authority created by it. [...]\nWhen this law refers to insurance, it is understood to include any form or modality of insurance activity. Reinsurance is also included, as long as the legal reinsurance regime in force is not affected.\nEntities that can operate.\nARTICLE 2.- They can only carry out insurance operations:\na) Stock companies, cooperatives and mutual insurance;\nb) Branches or agencies of foreign companies of the types indicated in the previous paragraph;\nc) Official or mixed, national, provincial or municipal organisms and entities.\nPrior authorization.\nThe existence or creation of the companies, branches or agencies, bodies or entities indicated in this article, does not enable them to operate in insurance until they are authorized by the control authority.\n[...]\nForeign companies.\nARTICLE 5.- The branches or agencies referred to in article 2, subsection b), will be authorized to exercise the insurance activity under the conditions established by this Law for public limited companies incorporated in the country, if there is reciprocity according to the laws of their domicile. [...]\" (Law No. 20.091 on Insurance Establishments (7 February 1973), last amended by Resolution 492/2021 of 11 June 2021, Articles 1, 2 and 5 [google translation])","Law No. 20.091 on Insurance Establishments (7 February 1973), last amended by Resolution 492/2021 of 11 June 2021, Articles 1, 2 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"http://servicios.infoleg.gob.ar/infolegInternet/verNorma.do?id=20965\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1077,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.05","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, foreign persons may be required to submit a notification before acquiring an interest in commercial land in Australia. According to the Foreign Investment Review Board guidlines, \"[c]ommercial land includes vacant land and developed land, such as offices, factories, warehouses and shops. Commercial residential premises (such as hotels, motels and caravan parks) are also generally considered to be commercial land.\" Agricultural land is covered by separate rules.\nIn the case of vacant commercial land, a notification is generally needed regardless of the value of the proposed acquisition. As for developed commercial land, private foreign investors need to notify the planned acquisition only if it exceeds a specific monetary threshold. A higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April 2020) in order to protect the national interest. The prior tiered threshold regime has since been reinstated, but the threshold remains at $0 for certain land proposals. For a table of all the applicable thresholds in 2021, see Treasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\" (1 January 2021), Annex 1, p. 16.\nA land acquisition which meets the threshold test can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nCertain acquisitions are exempted from reviews by virtue of the 2015 Regulation. Generally, acquisitions by foreign non-government acquirers of an interest in Australian land from the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body of Australia or an entity wholly owned by the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body, are exempted from reviews. However, acquisitions of an interest in Australian land if the interest is, or includes, certain infrastructure assets, are excluded from the exemption. These infrastructure assets include 'public infrastructure', which is defined in the Regulation as including also electricity generation, transmission, distribution and supply systems and facilities.\nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. All foreign investors must obtain authorisation to acquire an interest in 'national security land', which is defined as defence premises or land in which the Commonwealth, as represented by an agency in the national intelligence community, has an interest that is publicly known or  could be known upon the making of reasonable inquiries. National security land is subject to a $0 screening threshold.","\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act:[...]\nAustralian land means agricultural land, commercial land, residential land or a mining or production tenement.[...]\ncommercial land means land in Australia or the seabed of the offshore area, other than land:\n(a)  used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business; or\n(b)  on which there is at least one dwelling (except commercial residential premises); or\n(c)  on which the number of dwellings (except commercial residential premises) that could reasonably be built is less than the number prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(ii) of the definition of residential land in this section.\ncommercial residential premises has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999.[...]\nforeign person means:\n(a)  an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b)  a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c)  a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d)  the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e)  the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f)  a foreign government; or\n(g)  any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.[...]\nland includes:\n(a)  a building (including a new dwelling or an established dwelling) or a part of a building; and\n(b)  subsoil of land.\n[...]\n12  Meaning of interest in Australian land\n(1)  An interest in Australian land (however described) is:\n(a)  a legal or equitable interest in Australian land, other than:\n(i)  an interest under a lease or licence or in a unit in a unit trust; or\n(ii)  an interest in an agreement giving a right (known as a profit à prendre) to take something off another person’s land, or to take something out of the soil of that land; or\n(iii)  an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land; or\n(b)  an interest in a security in an entity that owns Australian land, being a security that entitles the holder to a right to occupy a dwelling of a kind known as a flat or home unit situated on the land; or\n(c)  an interest as lessee or licensee in a lease or licence giving rights to occupy Australian land if the term of the lease or licence (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n(d)  an interest in an agreement giving a right of a kind mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii) if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n(e)  an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n(f)  an interest in a share in an Australian land corporation or agricultural land corporation; or\n(g)  an interest in a unit in an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust; or\n(h)  if the trustee of an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust is a corporation—an interest in a share in that corporation.\n(2)  An interest is an interest in Australian land even if it is the only interest that exists in the land or other thing concerned.\n(3)  A person acquires an interest in Australian land even if:\n(a)  the person has previously acquired an interest in Australian land; or\n(b)  the interest is an increase in the amount of an existing interest of the person in Australian land.\n[...]\n43  Meaning of significant action—land\nAn action is a significant action if:\n(a)  the action is for a foreign person to acquire an interest in Australian land; and\n(b)  the threshold test is met in relation to the land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n[...]\n47  Meaning of notifiable action—general\n(1)  An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2)  The first condition is that the action is any of the following:[...]\n(c)  to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3)  The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).[...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5)  The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n52  The threshold test for land\nLand without threshold value\n(1)  The threshold test is met in relation to land if the land is of a kind that is prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.\nAgricultural land where total value of interests is above threshold value [...]\nOther land where value of interest is above threshold value\n(3)  The threshold test is met in relation to land if both of the following apply:\n(a)  the land is not land prescribed for the purposes of subsection (1) or agricultural land;\n(b)  the value of the interest in the land is more than the value prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph.\n[...]\n55B  Meaning of notifiable national security action\n(1)  An action is a notifiable national security action if the action is taken, or proposed to be taken, by a foreign person and the action is any of the following:[...]\n(d)  to acquire an interest in Australian land that, at the time of acquisition, is national security land;\n(e)  to acquire a legal or equitable interest in an exploration tenement in respect of Australian land that, at the time of acquisition, is national security land.\n(2)  For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), a person acquires a legal or equitable interest in an exploration tenement even if:\n(a)  the person has previously acquired an interest in an exploration tenement; or\n(b)  the interest is an increase in the amount of an existing interest of the person in an exploration tenement.\n(3)  The regulations may provide, in relation to exemption certificates in force under regulations made for the purposes of section 63, that an action of a specified kind is not a notifiable national security action.\n[...]\n55F  Meaning of reviewable national security action—land\nAn action is a reviewable national security action if:\n(a)  the action is taken, or proposed to be taken, by a foreign person and the action is to acquire an interest in Australian land; and\n(b)  the action is or was not otherwise a significant action, a notifiable action or a notifiable national security action.\n[...]\n66A  National security review of actions\nReview allowed if action may pose a national security concern\n(1)  Subject to subsection (5), the Treasurer may review:\n(a)  a reviewable national security action; or\n(b)  a significant action that is not a notifiable action or notifiable national security action;\nif the Treasurer considers that the action may pose a national security concern.\n[...]\n67  Order prohibiting proposed actions\n(1)  The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n(a)  a significant action (other than a significant action covered by subparagraph (1A)(a)(ii)) is proposed to be taken; and\n(b)  taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n(1A)  The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n(a)  an action of any of the following kinds is proposed to be taken:\n(i)  a notifiable national security action that is not a significant action;\n(ii)  an action in respect of which the Treasurer has given a notice under subsection 66A(4);\n(iii)  a reviewable national security action notified to the Treasurer; and\n(b)  taking the action would be contrary to national security.\n(2)  The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\n[see legal source for table]\n[...]\n81  Compulsory notice of notifiable actions and notifiable national security actions\n(1)  A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action or notifiable national security action (other than because of the operation of section 18A (increasing percentage of interests without acquiring additional interests in securities)) must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n(1A)  A foreign person who takes a notifiable action or notifiable national security action because of the operation of section 18A (increasing percentage of interests without acquiring additional interests in securities) must give a notice to the Treasurer before the end of 30 days after the action is taken.\n(2)  If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action or notifiable national security action covered by the agreement.[...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 47, 52, 55B, 55F, 66A, 67 and 81)\n------------------------\n\"5  Definitions\nIn this instrument:[...]\nnational security land means:\n(a)  defence premises (within the meaning of section 71A of the Defence Act 1903, excluding subparagraph (a)(iii) of the definition of that expression); or\n(b)  land in which the Commonwealth, as represented by an agency in the national intelligence community, has an interest that:\n(i)  is publicly known; or\n(ii)  could be known upon the making of reasonable inquiries.\n[...]\nDivision 3—Exemptions for certain actions from being significant and notifiable actions\n28  Application of this Division\n(1)  This Division applies to the provisions of the Act, other than:\n(a)  the definition of foreign person in section 4 of the Act; and\n(b)  any other provision of the Act to the extent that it relates to that definition.\nThe provisions of the Act that this Division applies to are the excluded provisions.\n(2)  This Division does not apply in respect of an action that is a reviewable national security action.\n[...]\n31  Australian businesses carried on by or land acquired from government\n(1)  The excluded provisions do not (subject to subsection (2)) apply in relation to an Australian business that is carried on (whether alone or together with one or more other persons) by, or an acquisition of an interest in Australian land from, any of the following persons:\n(a)  the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body;\n(b)  a body corporate established for a public purpose by or under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory;\n(c)  an entity wholly owned by the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory, a local governing body or a body corporate covered by paragraph (b).\n(2)  However, subsection (1) does not apply in relation to:\n(a)  an acquisition of an interest by a foreign government investor; or\n(b)  an acquisition of an interest in Australian land if the interest is, or includes, an interest in any of the following infrastructure:\n(i)  public infrastructure, except in relation to public roads;\n(ii)  infrastructure for existing or proposed roads, existing or proposed railways, or existing or proposed inter‑modal transfer facilities, within the National Land Transport Network (within the meaning of the National Land Transport Act 2014);\n(iii)  infrastructure for existing or proposed roads, existing or proposed railways, or existing or proposed inter‑modal transfer facilities, that are designated under a law of a State or Territory as either significant or controlled by the State or Territory;\n(iv)  the infrastructure (or part of the infrastructure) of a telecommunications network;\n(v)  a nuclear facility; or\n(c)  an acquisition of an interest in Australian land that, at the time of the acquisition, is national security land; or\n(d)  an Australian business the assets of which include:\n(i)  an interest in Australian land to which paragraph (b) or (c) applies; or\n(ii)  a legal or equitable interest in an exploration tenement in respect of Australian land that, at the time the relevant action is taken in relation to the Australian business, is national security land; or\n(e)  an Australian business that is a national security business.\n[...]\n52  Land\nLand without threshold value\n(1)  For subsection 52(1) of the Act, the following land is prescribed:\n(a)  residential land, except residential land covered by subsection (2) of this section;\n(b)  commercial land that is vacant;\n(c)  a mining or production tenement, except a tenement being acquired by a relevant agreement country investor;\n(d)  land (including land otherwise covered by subsection (4) or (5) of this section) acquired by a foreign government investor;\n(e)  land held by an Australian land corporation or the trustee of an Australian land trust (except an agricultural land corporation or an agricultural land trust) if:\n(i)  the interest in Australian land that is acquired by a foreign person is an interest in a share in the corporation or a unit in the trust; and\n(ii)  the land is not covered by subsection (3) of this section.\nResidential land not covered by subsection (1)\n(2)  Residential land is covered by this subsection if:\n(a)  the land is also commercial land that is not vacant; and\n(b)  the area of land that is residential land (excluding any commercial residential premises) is less than 10% of the total area of the land; and\n(c)  the value of the land that is residential land (excluding any commercial residential premises) is less than 10% of the total value of the land; and\n(d)  a reasonable assessment of the area and value of the land was made in determining that the land is covered by paragraphs (b) and (c).\nLand held by Australian land corporation or trustee not covered by subsection (1)\n(3)  Land held by an Australian land corporation or the trustee of an Australian land trust is covered by this subsection if:\n(a)  the total value of interests in the following land held by the corporation or trustee is less than 10% of the value of the total assets of the corporation or trustee:\n(i)  residential land, except interests in land covered by subsection (3A);\n(ii)  commercial land that is vacant;\n(iii)  a mining or production tenement; and\n(b)  a reasonable assessment of the value of the interests was made in determining that the land is covered by paragraph (a).\n(3A)  The following land is covered by this subsection:\n(a)  residential land covered by paragraph 38(5)(a);\n(b)  residential land covered by subsection (2) of this section.\nThreshold value for agricultural land\n(4)  The following table prescribes a value for paragraph 52(2)(b) of the Act (agricultural land). [...]\nThreshold value for any other land\n(5)  The following table prescribes values for paragraph 52(3)(b) of the Act (any other land).\n[see legal source for table][...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 5, 28, 31 and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 47, 52, 55B, 55F, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 5, 28, 31 and 52","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 4: Commercial land, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN04_Commercialland.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1647,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","J61","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.004","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. Sensitive businesses, as defined in the Regulation, include transport, media and telecommunications businesses, among others. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":19549,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.[ ...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity, trust or unincorporated limited partnership if:\n (a) for an entity or unincorporated limited partnership—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity or partnership; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n26 Meaning of sensitive business\n (1) A business is a sensitive business if the business meets the conditions specified in the regulations.\n [...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n (7) However, the last condition in subsection (6) is not required to be met if:\n (a) paragraph (2)(b) applies and the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person who controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken; or\n (b) paragraph (2)(c) applies and a foreign person controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken.\n[...]\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 22 and 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1658,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","C10T12","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.002166667","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The acquisition of a direct interest in an Australian entity or business that is an agribusiness by a foreign person constitutes a significant action if a monetary threshold is met. Such acquisitions must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. Agribusiness, as defined in the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, covers entities and businesses in agriculture, forestry, fishing and certain food product manufacturing activities. Acquisition of a direct interest in an agribusiness generally refers to acquiring an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business. In principle, for an agribusiness acquisition to fall under investment screening, the value of the proposed investment must exceed a monetary threshold (55 million dollars, 2018). An exemption applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries, who are not subject to the rules regarding agribusinesses, but are instead subject to the requirements for significant and notifiable actions for general business acquisitions, to which a higher monetary threshold applies.\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. ","\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: […]\nagribusiness: an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness in the circumstances prescribed by the regulations. […]\nforeign person means:\n(a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f) a foreign government; or\n(g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n40  Meaning of significant action—entities\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n(a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n(i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n(b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n(i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n(c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n(i) an Australian unit trust; or\n(ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n41  Meaning of significant action—businesses\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n44  Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n47  Meaning of notifiable action—general\n(1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n(a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(b) an Australian unit trust; or\n(c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48  Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n51  The threshold test for entities and businesses\nThe threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n67  Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n(1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n(a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n(b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n(2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table] [...]\n(3) If the Treasurer makes an order under subsection (2), the Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, also make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n81  Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n(1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n(2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, and 81)\n-----------------------------\n\"12  When an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness\n(1) For the definition of agribusiness in section 4 of the Act, the following table prescribes the circumstances in which an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness. [see legal source for table] [...]\n(3) The business must be carried on wholly or partly in any of the following classes of the Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification Codes:\n(a) any of the classes in Division A (agriculture, forestry and fishing);\n(b) any of the classes in Subdivision 11 of Division C (food product manufacturing), other than any of the following:\n(i) class 1113 (cured meat and smallgoods manufacturing);\n(ii) class 1132 (ice cream manufacturing);\n(iii) class 1162 (cereal, pasta and baking mix manufacturing);\n(iv) a class in group 117 (bakery product manufacturing);\n(v) class 1182 (confectionery manufacturing);\n(vi) a class in group 119 (other food product manufacturing).\n[...]\n16  Meaning of direct interest in an entity or business\nFor the definition of direct interest in section 4 of the Act, a direct interest in an entity or business is:\n(a) an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business; or\n(b) an interest of at least 5% in the entity or business if the person who acquires the interest has entered a legal arrangement relating to the businesses of the person and the entity or business; or\n(c) an interest of any percentage in the entity or business if the person who acquired the interest is in a position:\n(i) to influence or participate in the central management and control of the entity or business; or\n(ii) to influence, participate in or determine the policy of the entity or business.\n[...]\n40  Action relating to agribusinesses and agricultural land for certain investors\nRelevant agreement country investors—exemption in relation to agribusinesses\n(1) Paragraphs 40(2)(a) and 41(2)(a) (significant action in relation to agribusinesses) of the Act, and any other provision of the Act to the extent that it relates to those paragraphs, do not apply in relation to relevant agreement country investors\n[...]\n50  Certain actions taken in relation to agribusinesses\nThe following table prescribes a value for section 51 of the Act (agribusinesses) to the extent that that section relates to item 1 of the table in that section.\nThreshold value for certain actions taken in relation to agribusinesses\nItem | For action taken by ... | the value (in millions of dollars) is ...\n1 | any foreign person | 55 [...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 12, 16, 40, and 50)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 12, 16, 40, and 50","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/C2004A01402/2018-09-18/text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/F2015L01854/2018-12-30/text\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3951,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","L68","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0135","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, a screening mechanism applies to foreign investments in Australian land which meet specific monetary thresholds.  'Land' includes buildings and subsoil. The applicable monetary thresholds vary depending on the type of land and investor origin. In the case of residential land and vacant commercial land, the screening threshold is $0 for all investors. As for developed commercial land, the general threshold for private investors is at $275 million, but a lower threshold applies to specific \"low threshold land\" categories and a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Australian Government temporarily reduced all screening thresholds under the Act to $0 (effective from 18 April 2020) in order to protect the national interest. The prior tiered threshold regime has since been reinstated. For a table of all the applicable thresholds in 2021, see Treasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\" (1 January 2021), Annex 1, p. 16.\nA planned land acquisition which meets the threshold test must be notified before the acquisition can take place, and it can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. In the case of residential land, whether the proposed investment will increase Australia’s housing stock is considered.\nCertain acquisitions are exempted from reviews by virtue of the 2015 Regulation. Generally, acquisitions by foreign non-government acquirers of an interest in Australian land from the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body of Australia or an entity wholly owned by the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body, are exempted from reviews. However, acquisitions of an interest in Australian land if the interest is, or includes, certain infrastructure assets, are excluded from the exemption. These infrastructure assets include 'public infrastructure', which is defined in the Regulation as including also electricity generation, transmission, distribution and supply systems and facilities.\nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. All foreign investors must obtain authorisation to acquire an interest in 'national security land', which is defined as defence premises or land in which the Commonwealth, as represented by an agency in the national intelligence community, has an interest that is publicly known or  could be known upon the making of reasonable inquiries. National security land is subject to a $0 screening threshold.\nOn 1 April 2022, the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment Regulations 2022 came into effect (the Regulations). The Regulations, which amended the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, clarified certain aspects of the foreign investment review framework and streamlined the process for certain less sensitive types of investment. The Regulations are inter alia intended to reduce the regulatory burden for foreign investors that engage in moneylending, invest in unlisted land entities or Australian media businesses, acquire shares or units under rights issues and other pro-rata offers, or transact on behalf of institutional investors as part of a custodian service (through amendments that refine the rules for the notification of these kinds of foreign investments, including raising thresholds and providing broader exemptions from foreign investment screening). The notification has, for instance, increased the threshold for an investment screening in unlisted Australian land entities from 5% to 10%. The previous 5% threshold was lower than the threshold for investments into national security businesses, despite not entailing the same risks. The change to the threshold was to ensure that the Principal Regulations only capture acquisitions that pose sufficient risks to the national interest to warrant screening.",{"$cut":{"chars":21214,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nAustralian land means agricultural land, commercial land, residential land or a mining or production tenement. [...]\ncommercial land means land in Australia or the seabed of the offshore area, other than land:\n (a) used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business; or\n (b) on which there is at least one dwelling (except commercial residential premises); or\n (c) on which the number of dwellings (except commercial residential premises) that could reasonably be built is less than the number prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(ii) of the definition of residential land in this section. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.[...]\nland includes:\n (a) a building (including a new dwelling or an established dwelling) or a part of a building; and\n (b) subsoil of land.[...]\nresidential land:\n (a) means land in Australia if:\n (i) there is at least one dwelling on the land; or\n (ii) the number of dwellings that could reasonably be built on the land is less than the number prescribed by the regulations; and\n (b) does not include land:\n (i) used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business; or\n (ii) on which the only dwellings are commercial residential premises.\nresidential land acquisition means a notifiable action to acquire an interest in residential land.\n[...]\n12 Meaning of interest in Australian land\n (1) An interest in Australian land (however described) is:\n (a) a legal or equitable interest in Australian land, other than:\n (i) an interest under a lease or licence or in a unit in a unit trust; or\n (ii) an interest in an agreement giving a right (known as a profit à prendre) to take something off another person’s land, or to take something out of the soil of that land; or\n (iii) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land; or\n (b) an interest in a security in an entity that owns Australian land, being a security that entitles the holder to a right to occupy a dwelling of a kind known as a flat or home unit situated on the land; or\n (c) an interest as lessee or licensee in a lease or licence giving rights to occupy Australian land if the term of the lease or licence (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (d) an interest in an agreement giving a right of a kind mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii) if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (e) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (f) an interest in a share in an Australian land corporation or agricultural land corporation; or\n (g) an interest in a unit in an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust; or\n (h) if the trustee of an Australian land tru"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 45, 47, 49, 52, 55B, 55F, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Amendment Regulations 2022 on 31 March 2022","Treasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021\nExplanatory Statement, Australian Treasurer, 31 March 2022;\nGuidance Notes, Foreign Investment Review Board, 13 April 2022","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2022L00465\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"https://foreigninvestment.gov.au/investing-in-australia/foreign-investment-framework\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2022L00465/Explanatory%20Statement/Text\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://foreigninvestment.gov.au/guidance\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2870,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AZE","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I22","IX",2021,"0.024","The limit of participation of the foreign capital in the banking system of the Republic of Azerbaijan must be set by the financial markets supervisory authority. The limit on participation of foreigners and foreign legal entities in local banks, with the exception of foreign banks or foreign bank holding companies, must also be set by the financial markets supervisory authority. However, such limits have not been set by supervisory authority. According to the IMF's Annual Report on Exchange Arrangements and Exchange Restrictions (AREAER) (2020), in the case of insurance companies, the share of foreign insurance companies in the authorized capital of local insurance companies may not exceed 30% of aggregate authorized capital, and the share of one foreign natural person may not exceed 10% of capital. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that an equivalent restriction to the one applied to insurance companies also applies to the banking industry. In addition,  this is assumed equivalent in terms of restrictiveness to foreign ownership caps for the acquisition (only) of individual banks. ","\"Chapter I. General Provisions [...]\nArticle 5. Participation of foreign capital in the banking system of the Republic of Azerbaijan\n5.1. The limit of participation of the foreign capital in the banking system of the Republic of Azerbaijan shall be established by the FMSA. \n5.2. The limit of participation of foreign citizens and foreign legal entities in local banks, with the exception of foreign banks or foreign bank holding companies, shall be established by the FMSA.\n5.4. Foreign citizens and foreign legal entities as well as foreign banks and foreign bank holding companies, registered in offshore zones, a list of which is established by the FMSA, may not be founders or shareholders of local banks, as well as set local subsidiary banks, open local branches and representative offices. [...]\n\nChapter II. Issuance of licenses and permits for banking activities [...]\nArticle 9. Licensing of local branches of foreign banks\n9.1. No foreign bank shall be allowed to establish branches in the Republic of Azerbaijan without the bank license, issued by the FMSA. [...]\n\nChapter III - CREDITING, MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL AUDIT OF BANKS\nArticle    19. Banks Organization\n19.1. Except as provided in Article 57-8 of this Law, a bank shall be established and operated by at least three legal entities and / or individuals in the form of an open joint stock company. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on Banks\" dated January 16, 2004 No. 90 590-IIQ [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on Banks\" dated January 16, 2004 No. 90 590-IIQ [google translated]","IMF (2020),  \"Annual Report on Exchange Arrangements and Exchange Restrictions (AREAER)\", Washington D.C. ","[<a href=\"http://www.e-qanun.az/framework/5825\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.elibrary-areaer.imf.org/Pages/Reports.aspx\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2211,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AZE","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000375","Under the new Law on Media № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021, effective as of 9 February 2022, the head of the management body of the media subject must have a higher education and be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan. Previously, the editor-in-chief of a mass media company, including TV and radio broadcasting and printed media companies, was reqruied to be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan. This is no longer the case.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Basic concepts\n1.1. For the purposes of this Law, the following basic concepts are used:\n1.1.1. mass information - information published and (or) broadcasted by media subjects in order to reach an unlimited number of people, whose acquisition, transmission, production and distribution are not limited by the laws of the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n1.1.2. media - tools and means used to carry out periodic or regular publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information, as well as the information environment formed through them;\n1.1.3. media entity - a physical (except for journalists) or legal entity whose main activity is the publication and (or) broadcasting of mass information;\n[...]\nArticle 16. Dissemination of information received from foreign sources\n16.1. Citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan have the right to obtain information directly from foreign sources, including foreign media subjects.\n16.2. Broadcasting of foreign television and radio programs using radio frequencies intended for terrestrial broadcasting in the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party.\n16.3. The distribution of foreign print media products whose editorial office is outside the borders of the Republic of Azerbaijan is allowed in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan in the cases stipulated in the international agreements to which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party. If these agreements do not provide for the distribution of foreign print media products, these issues are determined by the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority.\n[...]\nChapter 2 - Media subjects\nArticle 25. Media subjects\n25.1. Media subjects are:\n25.1.1. audiovisual media subjects;\n25.1.2. print media subjects;\n25.1.3. online media entities;\n25.1.4. information agencies.\nArticle 26. Requirements for the media subject\n26.1. The media subject requirements are as follows:\n26.1.1. if the founder is a natural person, he must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.2. if the founder is a legal entity, the majority share in its charter capital (75 percent) must belong to a citizen (citizens) of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and (or) a legal entity (legal entities) registered in the Republic of Azerbaijan;\n26.1.3. if the media subject is a natural person, he/she must be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan permanently residing in the Republic of Azerbaijan and must meet the requirements of Article 26.3 of this Law.\n26.2. The requirements stipulated in Articles 26.1.1 and 26.1.2 of this Law shall also apply to the participants of the persons who are direct and indirect participants of the legal entity that is the founder of the media entity.\n26.3. The following persons cannot be the founder (participant) of a media entity:\n26.3.1. persons previously convicted of serious or particularly serious crimes, as well as crimes against public morality;\n26.3.2. persons whose convictions have not been paid or not expunged;\n26.3.3. persons deemed by the court to be incapacitated or with limited capacity.\n26.4. Political parties and religious organizations can only be founders (participants) of print media.\n26.5. It is not allowed to finance the media subject by individuals or legal entities of foreign countries that are not its founders (participants), their branches and representative offices, legal entities established by those individuals in the Republic of Azerbaijan, as well as state institutions of foreign countries.\n26.6. The Council must be informed 1 (one) month before making any changes in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject. The Council issues a reasoned opinion within 1 (one) month that the change is in accordance with the requirements of this Law. Based on the positive opinion given, documents confirming the changes made in the composition of the participants of the audiovisual media subject must be submitted to the Council within 1 (one) month.\n26.7. Audiovisual media subjects must submit information about founders and participants, as well as the head of the management body, to the Council, and other media subjects to the body (institution) determined by the relevant executive authority by December 30.\n26.8. The head of the management body of the media subject must have a higher education, as well as meet the requirements of Articles 26.1.1 and 26.3 of this Law. \n[...]\nArticle 69. Sponsorship in print media and online media\n69.1. Activities of print media and online media subjects and broadcasting of media products can be financed by the sponsorship of citizens of the Republic of Azerbaijan and legal entities of the Republic of Azerbaijan. Persons engaged in the production and (or) sale of goods whose advertising is prohibited by the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\" cannot be sponsors.\n69.2. Legal and natural persons of foreign countries can sponsor only up to 25 (twenty-five) percent of each product of print media and online media subjects.\n69.3. Sponsorship of print media and online media entities cannot affect the journalist's independence.\n69.4. Information about this should be printed in periodical publications prepared with the sponsor's financial assistance.\n69.5. Sponsor advertisement is published in accordance with the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"On Advertising\".\n[...]\nArticle 78. Transitional provisions [...]\n78.6. From the day this Law entered into force, the Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \" On Mass Media \" (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2000, No. 2, Article 82; 2001, No. 12, Article 736; 2002, No. 3, Article 116, No. 5, Article 245; 2004, No. 2, Articles 57, 58; 2005, No. 4, Article 278; 2007, No. 8, Article 752, No. 11, Article 1079; 2009, No. 4, Article 212, No. 8, Article 611; 2010, No. 3 , Article 172; 2015, No. 2, Article 82, No. 11, Articles 1258, 1292; 2016, No. 1, Article 40, No. 5, Article 837, No. 12, Article 1986; 2017, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2254; 2018, No. 1, Article 16, No. 5, Article 891, No. 6, Article 1166; 2019, No. 3, Article 376, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6, Article 671) and \"Television and radio broadcasting about\" Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan (Legislative Collection of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2002, No. 10, Article 583; 2004, No. 1, Article 10; 2005, No. 4, Article 278, No. 6, Article 469; 2006, No. 11, Article 932, No. 12 , Article 1005; 2007, No. 6, Article 560, No. 8, Article 749, No. 11, Article 1053; 2009, No. 6, Article 394; 2010, No. 7, Article 600; 2011, No. 2, Article 70; 2015, No. 4, Article 354; 2016, No. 12, Article 1987; 2018, No. 2, Article 153, No. 6, Article 1167, No. 12 (Book I), Article 2477; 2019, No. 12, Article 1882; 2020, No. 6 , articles 671, 673) are canceled.[...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]).\n-----------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------\n\"Chapter I - GENERAL PROVİSİONS [...]\nArticle 3. Basic concepts\nDefinitions used in this Law have the following meanings: [...]\nmass media - periodicals, TV and radio programs, news agencies, internet information resources , cinematographic programs and other forms of broadcasting;\n[...]\nChapter III - THE LEGAL BASİS FOR THE ORGANİZATİON OF MASS MEDİA\nArticle 14. Establishment of Mass Media\nPermission is not required from the state authorities to establish media outlets.\nA legal or natural person wishing to establish a press release must file an official appeal to the relevant executive authority 7 days before the publication of the publication. The request should include:name, purpose, periodicity, legal address of the press; the name and surname of the founder, if any, of the publisher (editor-in-chief); registered charter if the founder or editorial board of the press is a legal entity.\n[...]\nThe right to establish mass media alone or jointly with public authorities, municipalities, political parties (for press releases only), public associations, offices, enterprises and organizations, citizens permanently residing on the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\nEstablishment of mass media in the territory of the Republic of Azerbaijan by legal entities and natural persons of foreign states is regulated by an interstate agreement signed by the Republic of Azerbaijan. (legal entity of a foreign state means legal entities with more than 30% of the authorized capital or shares of a legal entity owned by foreign legal entities or citizens or more than 1/3 of its founders are foreign legal entities or citizens).\nFinancing of mass media by state bodies, legal entities and physical persons of foreign countries is not allowed except for the cases specified in the fifth part of this article and article 21 of the present Law, as well as provided by the legislation of the Republic of Azerbaijan.\n[...]\nChapter IV - LEGAL BASİS OF PRESS RELEASE PRODUCTİON\nArticle 22. Editorial staff of the press\nThe editorial office carries out its activity on the basis of professional independence and charter . [43]\nThe editorial staff can be a legal person, founder of the periodical press, property owner, publisher and distributor. [44]\nThe editor (editor-in-chief) of the press should have higher education and be a citizen of the Republic of Azerbaijan. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on media\" № 471-VIQ dated 30 December 2021 [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Azerbaijan \"on mass media\" № 769-IQ dated 7 December 1999 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://e-qanun.az/framework/49124\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.e-qanun.az/framework/30\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2209,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BIH","M691","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000625","Reciprocity is required for a foreign lawyer to be entitled to register locally with the Bar Association and be allowed to practice the profession and establish a law firm authorised to provide legal services on domestic, home country and internaitonal law. Foreign lawyers may in individual cases represent and defend before courts and state bodies in the Republika Srpska/the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina under the condition of approval by the Ministry of Justice after consultation with the Bar Association.","\"Article 3.\nAdvocacy, among other things, includes:\n1) Providing legal advice;\n2) Drafting of various submissions (requests, lawsuits, petitions, appeals, etc.);\n3) Drafting of various documents (contracts, wills, etc.);\n4) Representation of the parties in all civil, administrative and other proceedings before all regular and other courts, other state bodies, arbitrations and legal entities;\n5) Defense and representation of the defendant in criminal, misdemeanor and other proceedings in which the responsibility of physical and legal persons is decided; and\n6) Provision of other forms of legal assistance to physical and legal persons in order to protect their rights and interests.\nAdvocacy, as a professional activity, is performed by lawyers as individuals. Lawyers can form a joint law office and law firm for the purpose of joint practice of their profession.\n[...]\nArticle 7.\nEach party has the right to freely choose a lawyer who is authorized to practice law in the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina (hereinafter: the Federation) in accordance with this law.\nA lawyer registered in the Directory of Lawyers in the Federation or the corresponding Directory in the Republic of Srpska has the right to represent and defend all natural and legal persons before courts, administrative bodies and all other organizations in the Federation.\nA citizen of another country who, according to the law of that country meets the requirements for the practice of law, has the right to be entered in the Directory of Lawyers, provided that he has reciprocity with the country of which he is a citizen.\nIn case of doubt about the existence of reciprocity, the binding interpretation is provided by the Federal Ministry of Justice.\nThe provisions of this law in no case affect the right of a foreign citizen who, according to the laws of his country, meets the requirements for practicing law, to provide legal assistance in the territory of the Federation in connection with the law of his country.\n[...]\nIII – CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING ADVOCATE ACTIVITIES\nArticle 18\nThe right to be entered in the Directory of Lawyers of the Federal Bar Association is granted to a person who, unless otherwise specified by law, meets the following conditions:\n1) that he is a citizen of Bosnia and Herzegovina;[...]\" (Law on the Legal Profession of the FBiH was passed in 2002 (Official Gazette of the FBiH no 25 of 15. 06. 2002) [google translation])\n-------------------------------------\n\"Article 29\nAny attorney registered in the Register of Attorneys in the Republika Srpska or the corresponding register in the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina shall be able to represent and defend natural and legal persons before the courts, governmental bodies and organisations in the Republika Srpska.\nCitizens of another state, who in accordance with the law of that state fulfil the conditions for the right to practice law, shall be entitled to registration into the Register of Attorneys under condition of the existence of reciprocity with the state whose citizen he/she is.\nIn the cases of doubtabout the existence of reciprocity, the Ministry of Justice of the Republika Srpska shall provide a binding opinion.\nNothing in this law shall prevent a citizen of a foreign state, who in accordance with the law of that state fulfils the conditions for the right to practice law, from providing legal advice regarding the law of that state.\n[...]\nArticle 31 \nNo one fulfilling the legal requirements for performing the attorneys’ profession may be denied the right of registration in the Register of Attorneys due to his/her national, ethnic,religious, or political background or sex.\nArticle 32\nThe right to registration in the Register of Attorneys shall be given to applicants that fulfil the following conditions unless specified otherwise in this law:\nTo be a citizen of Bosnia-Herzegovina\n[...]\nArticle 35\nAttorneys only are authorised to provide legal assistance as specified in Article 3 of this Law, unless provided for in this orother laws. \nAn attorney who has a licence for performing the practice of law from an association of attorneys of a foreign state may in individual cases represent and defend before courts and state bodies in the Republika Srpska under the condition of approval by the Ministry of Justice after consultation with the Bar Association.[...]\" (Law on Attorneys' Profession of the Republika Srpska (“Official Gazette of RS”, no 37/02, 30/07, 59/08) [google translation])\n","Law on the Legal Profession of the FBiH was passed in 2002 (Official Gazette of the FBiH no 25 of 15. 06. 2002) [google translation]\nLaw on Attorneys' Profession of the Republika Srpska (“Official Gazette of RS”, no 37/02, 30/07, 59/08) [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.advokomfbih.ba/zakon-o-advokaturi-fbih/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://advokat-prnjavorac.com/lawoffice/law_on_attorneys_profession_of_the_republika_srpska.html\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2693,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.002166667","Foreign shareholding in companies undertaking certain small-scale food and beverages activities (e.g. bread, meat, milk, sorghum cereal, drinking water etc.) is prohibited.","\"2. In this Act — […]\n“industrial licence” means a licence issued under section 8 to operate a manufacturing enterprise;\n[…]\nManufacturing enterprises requiring industrial licence\n5. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise, to manufacture for sale —\n(a) animal feed; (b) baby formula; (c) food; (d) beverages; (e) cement; f) chemical products; or (g) such other products as the Minister may prescribe,\nat any place in Botswana except in terms of an industrial licence issued by the Director, in accordance with this Act, authorising the person to manufacture such a product. [...]\n(5) The Minister may make regulations —\n(a) reserving industrial licences, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana —\n(i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises; and (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana; and\n(b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be licensed to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n(6) Regulations made under subsection (5) (b) shall impose conditions on industrial licences issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.\n6. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless he or she has been issued with an industrial licence in terms of this Act.\n(2) When applying for an industrial licence in terms of subsection (1), an applicant shall state — [...]\n(e) where the application is made by partners in a joint venture arrangement, information relating to the shareholding by the partners which demonstrates that the citizen partner has a minimum of 51 per cent shares.\n[...]\nPART III - Registration of Manufacturing Enterprises (ss 15-23)\n15. Application of Part III\n (1) This Part applies to all manufacturing enterprises that do not require to be licensed under Part II including micro manufacturing enterprises and small manufacturing enterprises.\n (2) A manufacturing enterprise requires registration under this Part where it does not-\n (a) present any health and safety concerns in its manufacturing processes or in the products or byproducts that it manufactures; or\n (b) pose a danger to public health or if, in the manufacturing process, a danger to public health will or is likely to occur.\n[...]\n16. Registration requirements\n (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless the manufacturing enterprise has been registered and the person issued with a registration certificate under this Part.\n (2) The Minister may make regulations-\n (a) reserving registration certificates, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana-\n (i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises, and  (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana;\n (b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be registered to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n (3) Regulations made under subsection (2)(b) shall impose conditions on registration certificates issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.[...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019)\n--------------------\n\"[...] Industrial licences reserved for citizens\nPART II — Industrial Licences\n3. An industrial licence to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 5 (5) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bread and confectionery; (b) ice making; (c) meat processing; (d) peanut butter; (e) purification and bottling of water; (f) traditional sour milk, and (g) sorghum.\n[...]\nPART III — Registration Certificates [...]\nRegistration certificates reserved for citizens\n11. A registration certificate to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 16 (2) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bricks; (b) burglar bars, gates and windows; (c) candles; (d) fencing materials excluding gum poles; (e) floor polish; (f) packaging; (g) protective clothing; (h) roof trusses; (i) school furniture; (j) school uniform; (k) screen printing and embroidery; (l) signage include electronic signage; (m) traditional crafts; (n) traditional leather products [...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020))\n---------------------\n\"16. Licence requirements\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall manufacture, for sale, any product at any place in Botswana unless he or she is in possession of a licence to manufacture such product at such place, issued by a licensing committee.\n(2) An application for a licence to carry on a manufacturing enterprise shall be made in the prescribed form to a licensing committee.\n(3) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of P10,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to both, and, in the case of a continuing offence shall be liable to a further fine of P500 or to imprisonment for one month in respect of each day on which the offence continues. \n[...]\n27. Certain industries to be reserved for citizens\n(1) The Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on such enterprises as may be prescribed shall be issued only to citizens of Botswana, or to companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana.\n(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that only citizens of Botswana shall be entitled to carry on a particular enterprise in such areas in the country as may be prescribed.\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on enterprises reserved for citizens and which enterprises fall within the medium or large scale category shall be issued to joint ventures between citizens and foreign partners, provided that the citizen partner holds a minimum of 51 per cent share holding in the joint venture.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008)\n----------------------\n\"13. Reservation of enterprises for Botswana citizens\n(1) The following types of small scale manufacturing enterprise shall be reserved for Botswana citizens or companies wholly owned by Botswana citizens–\n(a) the manufacture of school uniforms;\n(b) the manufacture of school furniture;\n(c) the manufacture of burglar bars;\n(d) the manufacture of protective clothing;\n(e) the milling of sorghum;\n(f) the manufacture of cement bricks and baked earth (mud) bricks;\n(g) the baking of bread and confectionery;\n(h) manufacture of peanut butter;\n(i) bottling of water;\n(j) the production of traditional sour milk;\n(k) packaging;\n(l) the manufacture of floor polish;\n(m) the manufacture of traditional leather products;\n(n) the manufacture of traditional crafts;\n(o) signage, including electronic signage;\n(p) fencing materials excluding gum poles;\n(q) the manufacture of candles;\n(r) ice making;\n(s) meat processing:\nProvided that any person engaged in the manufacturing enterprises referred to above and who is so engaged at the date of commencement of these Regulations shall be permitted to continue such manufacturing subject to compliance with other requirements of these Regulations.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008)","INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020)\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot195231.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bocra.org.bw/sites/default/files/covid19-docs/Extraordinary%20Gazette%2020th%20May%202020%20copy.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91753.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91760.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,222,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.0001","The majority of the senior managers in the joint venture providing maritime auxiliary services must be Brunei nationals as per indication in Brunei Darussalam's CPTPP list of on Non-Conforming Measures (Annex 1) including restrictions that are supposedly reflective of underlying regulations.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-sector: Maritime passenger transport services, Maritime freight transport services, Services auxiliary to maritime transport\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), \nMarket Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide maritime passenger and freight transport services as Brunei Darussalam-flagged vessels in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) they register such vessels under the Brunei Darussalam flag through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 40 per cent equity shareholding in the joint venture; (b) they comply with any performance requirements imposed, including a requirement to transfer a particular technology or other proprietary knowledge as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam; and (c) a majority of the senior managers in the joint venture are Brunei nationals.\n2. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide services auxiliary to maritime transport services at Muara Port, unless:\n(a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any such enterprise providing services auxiliary to maritime transport services; and (b) a majority of the senior managers in any such enterprise established are Brunei nationals.\n3. The number of enterprises in Brunei Darussalam providing maritime passenger and freight transport services and services auxiliary to maritime transport at Muara Port may be subject to needs-based quantitative limits.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) \n----------------------------\n\"PART 12 - LICENSING OF MARINE AND PORT SERVICES AND FACILITIES \nPublic licences authorising provision of marine or port services and facilities \n81. (1) No person shall provide - (a) any marine service or facility; or (b) any port service or facility, unless he is authorised to do so by a public licence or an exemption granted by the Authority. \n(2) Every public licence granted under this section shall be in such form and for such period and may contain such conditions as the Authority may determine. \n(3) The Authority may, with the consent of, or in accordance with the terms of a general authority given by the Minister, grant a public licence either unconditionally or subject to such conditions as the Authority may impose and specify in the public licence and either irrevocably or subject to revocation as therein specified, authorising any person to provide any marine service or facility or any port service or facility. \n(4) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection [3), a public licence may be granted either to any person, class of persons or a particular person, and may include conditions requiring the public licensee - (a) to enter into agreements or arrangements with any other person, class of persons or another public licensee for - (i) the interconnection with, access to and use of any installation of the licensee (wherever situated and whether or not used for the purpose of carrying on the activities authorised by the licence) ; and (ii) such other purpose as may be specified in the licence, and on such conditions as may be agreed to by the licensee and such other persons or, in default of agreement, as may be determined by the Authority; [...]\n(5) Conditions in a public licence may contain - (a) control and restriction, directly or indirectly, on the creation, holding or disposal of shares in the public licensee or its shareholders or interests in the undertaking of the public licensee or any part thereof; (b) restriction on the carrying on by the public licensee of any trade or business which is not related to the activity which the licensee is authorised by its public licence to carry on; [...]\" (MARITIME AND PORT AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM ORDER, 2017)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nMARITIME AND PORT AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM ORDER, 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2017/EN/S022.pdf\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3093,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","M691X2","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.000625","Foreign investment in legal service firms is only allowed in the provision of services in relation to international law or home country law, and if carried through a partnership with at least one registered Bruneian advocate and solicitor. ","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Business Services\nSub-sector: Legal services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Market Access (Article 10.5)\nMeasures: Legal Profession Act (Chapter 132)\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. A foreign national or service supplier may not supply legal services in Brunei Darussalam except in relation to international law or home country law.\n2. A foreign national or service supplier may not establish an enterprise for the supply of legal services in Brunei Darussalam in relation to international law or home country law, except through a partnership with at least one registered Bruneian advocate and solicitor. ” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n--------------------\n\"PART II - ADMISSION OF ADVOCATES AND SOLICITORS\nQualifications and procedure for admission\nQualified persons. \n3. (1) A person shall be a qualified person for the purposes of this Act if, subject to the provisions of subsection (3), he — (a) is a barrister-at-law of England or Northern Ireland or a member of the Faculty of Advocates of Scotland; (b) is a solicitor in England or Northern Ireland or a Writer to the Signet, law agent or solicitor in Scotland; (c) has been in active practice as an advocate and solicitor in Singapore or in any part of Malaysia; or (d) is a barrister, solicitor or who is a barrister and solicitor of a Supreme Court of any Australian State or Territory. \n(2) A person who is — (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam; or (b) a permanent resident,  on the date of his petition for admission shall, notwithstanding  subsection (1), be a qualified person for the purposes of this Act if he has obtained such alternative qualification as may be prescribed.\n(3) A person who is not, on the date of his petition for admission, either a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or a permanent resident, shall only apply for admission if, in addition to satisfying the requirements of subsection (1), he has been in active practice in any part of the United Kingdom, in Singapore, in any part of Malaysia, in any Australian State or Territory or in any other country or territory or part of a country or territory in the Commonwealth designated by the Attorney General by notice in the Gazette for at least 7 years immediately preceding such application.\n[...]\nAd hoc admission. \n7. (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, a Judge may, in his discretion, admit to practice for the purpose of any one case any person who satisfies the requirements either of paragraph (a) or of paragraph (b), that is to say — (a) a person who holds Her Britannic Majesty’s Patent as Queen’s Counsel; and who — (i) does not ordinarily reside in Brunei Darussalam but has come, or intends to come, to Brunei Darussalam for the purpose of appearing in the case on instructions of an advocate and solicitor; and (ii) possesses special skill and qualifications for the purpose of the case whether or not such special skill and qualifications are available in Brunei Darussalam;  (b) a person who is entitled to practise before the High Court in Malaysia, Singapore or Hong Kong or in such other Commonwealth country as the Chief Justice may specify; and who — (i) does not ordinarily reside in Brunei Darussalam but has come, or intends to come, to Brunei Darussalam for the purpose of appearing in the case on instructions of an advocate and solicitor; and (ii) has not been admitted under this section in respect of more than 2 other cases in the current calender year; and (iii) possesses special skill and qualifications for the purpose of the case which are not otherwise available in Brunei Darussalam. \n(2) Any person applying to be admitted under the provisions of this section shall do so by originating motion verified by an affidavit of the applicant or of the advocate and solicitor instructing him stating the names of the parties and brief particulars of the case in which the applicant intends to appear. The originating motion and affidavit shall be served on the Attorney General, the other parties to the case and such other persons as may be prescribed. At the time of such service the applicant shall pay a fee of $100 to the Chief Registrar.\n[...]\nDeclaration by Chief Justice that there are sufficient advocates in Brunei Darussalam. \n12. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, if the Chief Justice shall be of the opinion that the number of advocates practising in Brunei Darussalam is sufficiently adequate to serve the needs of the community he shall by notice in the Government Gazette so declare. (2) At any time after a declaration under subsection (1) has been made and until such declaration is revoked — (a) no person other than a national of Brunei Darussalam shall be entitled to be admitted as an advocate or to obtain a provisional licence under section 8; (b) His Majesty the Sultan and Yang Di-Pertuan in Council may direct that the name of any advocate on the roll who is not at the expiration of the period of 6 months next following the publication of such declaration or at any time thereafter ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam shall be deleted from the roll.\n[...]\nPART IV -PRIVILEGES OF ADVOCATES AND SOLICITORS \nPrivileges of advocates and solicitors. \n17. (1) Subject to the provisions of any written law, advocates and solicitors shall have the exclusive right to appear and plead in all Courts of justice in Brunei Darussalam.\n[...]\nQualifications to practise. \n18. (1) Subject as hereinafter provided no person shall practise as an advocate and solicitor or do any act as an advocate and solicitor unless — (a) his name is on the roll; (b) he has a valid practising certificate; and (c) he or the firm of advocates and solicitors of which he is a member or the advocate and solicitor or firm of advocates and solicitors by which he is employed maintains a place of business in Brunei Darussalam suitable for the carrying on of the practice of an advocate and solicitor or a firm of advocates and solicitors, as the case may be, and a person who is not so qualified is in this Act referred to as an “unauthorised person”.\n[...]\nNo unauthorised person to act as advocate and solicitor. \n19. (1) Any unauthorised person who — (a) acts as an advocate and solicitor or an agent for any party to proceedings or who, as such advocate and solicitor or agent or  in  any other capacity (other than as a party to an action in which he is himself a party), issues out any writ, summons or process, or commences, carries on, solicits or defends any action, suit or other proceeding in the name of any other person or in his own name in any of the Courts in Brunei Darussalam or draws or prepares any instrument relating to any proceeding in the Courts in Brunei Darussalam; or [...] shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for a term of 6 months.\n(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) any unauthorised person who either directly or indirectly — (a) draws or prepares any document or instrument relating to any immovable or movable property or to any legal proceeding; or (b) takes instructions for or draws or prepares any document or instrument on which to found or oppose a grant of probate or letters of administration; or (c) draws or prepares any document or instrument relating to the incorporation or formation of a limited company; or (d) on behalf of a claimant or person alleging himself to have a claim to a legal right writes, publishes or sends a letter or notice threatening legal proceedings other than a letter or notice that the matter will be handed to an advocate and solicitor for legal proceedings; or (e) solicits the right to negotiate, or negotiates in any way for the settlement of, or settles, any claim arising out of personal injury or death founded upon a legal right or otherwise, shall, unless he proves that the act was not done for or in expectation of any fee, gain or reward be guilty of an offence under this subsection.\n[...]\nSections 18 and 19 not to extend to arbitration proceedings\n20A. (1) Sections 18 and 19 shall not extend to - (a) any arbitrator or umpire lawfully acting in any arbitration proceedings; (b) any person representing any party in arbitration proceedings; or (c) the giving of advice, preparation of documents and any other assistance in relation to or arising out of arbitration proceedings except for the right of audience in court proceedings. \n(2) In this section, \"arbitration proceedings\" means proceedings in an arbitration which - (a) is governed by the Arbitration Order, 2009 (S 3412009) or the International Arbitration Order, 2009 (S 3512009); or (b) would have been governed by either the Arbitration Order, 2009 (S 3412009) or the International Arbitration Order, 2009 (S 3512009) had the place of arbitration been Brunei Darussalam.\n[...]\nPART VIII MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL\n Law Society of Brunei Darussalam [S 40/03] \nAuthority to establish Law Society. \n62. (1) His Majesty the Sultan and Yang Di-Pertuan in Council may by order — (a) establish a body representative of the legal profession in Brunei Darussalam to be called the Law Society of Brunei Darussalam; [...]\n(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), an order made under that subsection may — [...] (d) require that no advocate and solicitor shall practise as such unless he is a member of the Society.[...]\"(Legal Profession Act, Chapter 132, as amended)\n--------------------\n\"Qualification to practise as sole proprietor or in partnership.\n43. (1) No advocate and solicitor, who was admitted as an advocate and solicitor after the commencement of this Order, may practise as an advocate and solicitor on his own account or in partnership unless he — (a) has, since being admitted as an advocate and solicitor, been employed for not less than 3 continuous years or for 3 years out of a continuous period of 5 years in the practice of an advocate and solicitor in Brunei Darussalam; or (b) has been employed as a legal officer in the judicial or legal service of Brunei Darussalam for not less than 3 continuous years or for 3 years out of a continuous period of 5 years. \n(2) The Council may, with the approval of the Chief Justice, shorten any period referred to in sub-paragraph (1)(a) or (b) if it is satisfied that the advocate and solicitor has gained substantial experience in law in Brunei Darussalam or elsewhere. \n(3) Subsection (1) shall not apply to an advocate and solicitor who practises in partnership with any advocate and solicitor who has been in active practice in Brunei Darussalam for not less than 3 continuous years or for 3 years out of a continuous period of 5 years. [...]\" (LEGAL PROFESSION (LAW SOCIETY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM) ORDER, as amended)\n--------------------\n\"Alternative qualifications. \n2. The following qualifications are hereby prescribed as alternative qualifications for the purposes of subsection (2) of section 3 — (a) the Certificate of Legal Practice issued by the Qualifying Board pursuant of section 5 of the Legal Profession Act, 1976 of Malaysia; (b) degree in law conferred by the Universiti Islam Antarabangsa of Malaysia.; (c) degree in law conferred by the Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia; (d) degree in law conferred by the Universiti Islam Sultan Sharif Ali. [...]\" (LEGAL PROFESSION (ALTERNATIVE QUALIFICATIONS) RULES, as amended)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nLegal Profession Act (Chapter 132), as amended\nLEGAL PROFESSION (LAW SOCIETY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM) ORDER, as amended\nLEGAL PROFESSION (ALTERNATIVE QUALIFICATIONS) RULES, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap132(06).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap132subO1(06).pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Site%20Pages/The%20Laws%20of%20Brunei%20-%20L.aspx\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3042,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","M692","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.00125","Foreign investment in accounting and auditing activities is allowed through the establishment of a partnership, a limited liability partnership or accounting company meeting the following conditions among others: i) in the case of a partnership and LLP: at least two-thirds of the partners are public accountants or if the partnership has only 2 partners, one of those partners is a public accountant; the control and management of the firm must be entrusted to one or more partners who are public accountants ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam; ii) in the case of accounting corporation: at least two-thirds of he voting shares of the company or proposed company shall be owned by corporate practitioners who are registered public accountants.  The requirement for 'public accountant' applicants who are not citizens or permanent residents in Brunei include among others: being a member of the Brunei Institute of Certified Public Accountants [Bruneian antionality required; see BIPCA website] or of any professional accountancy body or organisation specified in the Second Schedule other than the Brunei Institute of Certified Public [the Global Association of Chartered Certified Accountants and other specific associations from Australia, Canada, England and Wales, Ireland, New Zealand and Scotaland are recognised]; having been residing in Brunei for at least 90 days in one year; or have at least one local partner who is a Public Accountant at the same firm. As such, for the purposes of the FDIRRI, it is considered that foreign investment in accounting and auditing firms is only limited by the need to have at least one local partner who is a public account and who control and manages the firm. ","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Business Services\nSub-sector: Auditing services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Market Access (Article 10.5)\nMeasures: Companies Act (Chapter 39), Accountants Order 2010, Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not establish financial auditing enterprises in Brunei Darussalam, except through a partnership or joint venture with at least one authorised Bruneian auditor. \n2. If they are not established in Brunei Darussalam, foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide financial auditing services in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) authorised by the Ministry of Finance; or\n(b) through a locally established auditor or enterprise provided that they are authorised by the Ministry of Finance.\n3. For greater certainty, the term “authorised” refers to a qualified person who has been authorised by the Ministry of Finance to provide financial auditing services.  ” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n-----------------------------\n\"Interpretation. \n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires \n\"accounting corporation\" means a company approved as an accounting corporation under section 20;\n\"accounting firm\" means a firm approved as an accounting firm under section 21;\n\"accounting limited liability partnership\" means a limited liability partnership approved as an accounting limited liability partnership under section 22; [...]\n\"corporate practitioner\" - (a) in relation to an accounting corporation, means a director or an employee of the corporation who is a public accountant and practising as such in that corporation; (b) in relation to an accounting Limited Liability Partnership, means a partner or an employee of the accounting Limited Liability Partnership who is a public accountant and practising as such in that accounting Limited Liability Partnership; [...]\n\"public accountancy services\" means the audit and reporting on financial statements and the doing of such other acts that are required by any written law to be done by a public accountant; \n[...]\nPART IV - REGISTRATION OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS \nQualifications for registration. \n13. jl) Any person who {a) has attained the age of 21 years; and {b) satisfies the prescribed requirements relating to ji) qualifications; [ii) practical experience; (iii) membership of the Brunei Institute of Certified Public Accountants; (iv) membership of any professional accountancy body or organisation specified in the Second Schedule other than the Brunei Institute of Certified Public Accountants, shall be entitled, on payment of the prescribed fee, to be registered as a public accountant under this Part. \n[...]\nPARTV - ACCOUNTING CORPORATIONS, ACCOUNTING FIRMS AND ACCOUNTING LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIPS\nApproval of accounting corporations.\n20. (1) A public accountant who wishes to have a company or proposed company approved as an accounting corporation may apply to the Authority for approval of fa} the company as an accounting corporation; and {bj the name or proposed name of the accounting corporation. (2) An application under subsection (ll shall be made in accordance with the prescribed requirements and shall be accompanied by the prescribed fee. \n[...]\n(3) Subject to subsection (4) and to any other provisions of this Order, the Authority may, on receiving an application made under this section, approve the company or proposed company concerned as an accounting corporation if{a} one of the primary objects of the company or proposed company is to provide public accountancy services; (b) the share capital of the company or proposed company that is paid up or to be paid up is not less than $20,000 or such other sum as may be prescribed; {c) the articles of association of the company or proposed company provide that (i) not less than two-thirds, or such other proportion as may be prescribed, of the directors (including the chairman) shall be public accountants, but (A) if the company or proposed company has only one director, that director shall be a public accountant; (B) if the company or proposed company has only 2 directors, one of those directors shall be a public accountant; (ii) not less than two-thirds, or such other proportion as may be prescribed, of the voting shares of the company or proposed company shall be owned by corporate practitioners; and (iii) only individuals may own any shares of the company or proposed company; d) the business of the company or proposed company, so far as it relates to the provision of public accountancy services in Brunei Darussalam, will be under the control and management of one or more directors of the company who are public accountants; and [...]\nApproval of accounting firms.\n 21. 11) A public accountant who wishes to have a firm or proposed firm approved as an accounting firm may apply to the Authority for approval of fa} the firm as an accounting firm; and {b) the name or proposed name of the accounting firm. (2) An application under subsection (1) shall be made in accordance with the prescribed requirements and shall be accompanied by the prescribed fee. (3) The Authority may, on receiving an application made under this section, approve the firm or proposed firm concerned as an accounting firm only if {a} one of the primary objects of the firm or proposed firm is to provide public accountancy services; {b) at least two-thirds, or such other proportion as may be prescribed, of the partners are public accountants, or if the partnership has only 2 partners, one of those partners is a public accountant; and {c) the business of the partnership, so far as it relates to the supply of public accountancy services in Brunei Darussalam, will be under the control and management of one or more partners who are public accountants ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam. \nApproval of accounting Limited Liability Partnerships. \n22. (1) A public accountant who wishes to have a limited liability partnership or proposed limited liability partnership approved as an accounting Limited Liability Partnership may apply to the Authority for the approval of {a) the limited liability partnership as an accounting Limited Liability Partnership; and {b) the name or proposed name of the accounting Limited Liability Partnership. (2) An application under subsection (1) shall be made in accordance with the prescribed requirements and shall be accompanied by the prescribed fee. \n(3) The Authority may, on receiving an application made under this section, approve the limited liability partnership or proposed limited liability partnership concerned as an accounting Limited Liability Partnership only if {a) one of the primary objects of the limited liability partnership or proposed limited liability partnership is to provide public accountancy services; {b) the capital of the limited liability partnership or proposed limited liability partnership that is paid up or to be paid up is not less than $20,000 or such other sum as may be prescribed; {c) at least two-thirds, or such other proportion as may be prescribed, of the partners are public accountants or, if the partnership has only 2 partners, one of those partners is ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam; {d) the accounting Limited Liability Partnership or proposed accounting Limited Liability Patnership is or shall be covered by professional indemnity insurance in accordance with section 33 and the prescribed requirements; and {e) the business of the accounting Limited Liability Partnership, so far as it relates to the supply of public accountancy services in Brunei Darussalam, will be under the control and management of one or more partners who are ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam. \n[...]\nSECOND SCHEDULE\n[section 13(1)] RECOGNISED ACCOUNTANCY BODIES OR ORGANISATIONS CPA Australia The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Australia The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Canada The Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ireland The Institute of Chartered Accountants of New Zealand The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland. [...]\" (ACCOUNTANTS ORDER, 2010)\n-----------------------------\n\"GUIDELINES FOR APPLICANTS OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS  WITH EFFECTIVE FROM 1ST JANUARY 2015 updated on 7th September 2022 \n1. Must be 21 years old or above.  \n2. Professional Examination  \nPassed examination in accountancy from any recognized professional accountancy body listed below: i. CPA Australia ii. The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants iii. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Australia iv. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Canada v. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales vi. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ireland vii. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of New Zealand viii. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland \n3. Practical Experience  \nAt the time of application:  Relevant audit experience of not less than three (3) years cumulatively within a five (5) year period following the qualification referred to in S.13 (1)(b)(i) and S.71(2)(c) of the Accountants Order. At least 2 out of 5 years must be post-qualification.  Detailed past and present work experience with job scope description of the position held and testimonial from current employment are required to be submitted. \n[...]\n5. Membership in Professional Accountancy Body  \na) Membership in Brunei Institute of Certified Public Accountants (BICPA); and  b) Membership in the approved professional accountancy body as mentioned in second schedule:  i. CPA Australia ii. The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants iii. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Australia iv. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Canada v. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales vi. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ireland vii. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of New Zealand viii. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland   Copy of receipt of latest subscription fees to the above Professional Accountancy Body is required to be submitted.  \n6. The Practice of Public Accountant  \nA public accountant must practice as:   a. a partner in an accounting firm; or b. a director or a public accountant employee in an accounting corporation\n[...]\n9. Other Requirements\na) Maintain a localization programme in your accounting firm or corporation  b) Must have a checking system to ensure that there is no conflict of interest in nature of their work  c) For applicants who are not citizens or permanent residents in Brunei:  (i) Must be residing in Brunei for at least 90 days in one year.  (ii) Must have at least one local partner who is a Public Accountant at the same firm.  d) For foreign applicants who cannot fulfil requirements in (c) above may be considered if he/she satisfies other requirements with regards to any other requirements prescribed by the Authority. [...]\" (Ministry of Finance and Economy, GUIDELINES FOR APPLICANTS OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS  WITH EFFECTIVE FROM 1ST JANUARY 2015 updated on 7th September 2022)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nACCOUNTANTS ORDER, 2010\nMinistry of Finance and Economy, GUIDELINES FOR APPLICANTS OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS  WITH EFFECTIVE FROM 1ST JANUARY 2015 updated on 7th September 2022","BICPA, \"General Info for BICPA Association Membership\", website content.","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2010/EN/s115.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mofe.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Revenue/Revised%20Guidelines%20for%20Applicants%20of%20Public%20Accountants.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://aseancpa.org/brunei-darussalam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3040,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","_H","CLAS1_1","I73","IX",2018,"0.0375","The Committee for the Privatization of Public Enterprises (CIP) can reserve a determined percentage of securities for transfer to Burundian citizens or companies with majority Burundian capital, while setting rules and modalities for subsequent transfers to foreign investors. By the formulation of such provision, it is implied that any such rules would impose discriminatory conditions on subsequent equity sales by the privatised asset owners. ","\"CHAPTER III: Procedures for privatization [...]\nArticle 14\nFor each company with public participation, the CIP [Committee for the Privatization of Public Enterprises] is required, after consulting the SCEP, to set the maximum number and percentage of securities that can allow popular shareholding.\nArticle 15\nUnless there is an exceptional and justified exemption from the CIP, the securities offered for sale are paid in cash. This exemption applies in particular when the CIP decides to transfer to the company's employees a determined percentage of the securities put up for sale. In this case, the terms of transfer of said securities and the payment facilities granted to the purchasers are specified in the specifications.\n[...]\nArticle 16\nIn the context of the privatization of a company with public participation, a service or a public work, the CIP is authorized to negotiate and conclude any contract with any natural or legal person of Burundian or foreign nationality, residing or not in Burundi.\nHowever, after study and upon favorable recommendation from the SCEP, the CIP may decide to proceed with the atomization of shares and reserve all or a determined percentage of the securities likely to be transferred to Burundian citizens or to companies with majority Burundian capital. At the same time, it sets the rules and modalities for subsequent transfer to foreign investors.\nArticle 17\nTender notices concerning the transfer of any company to public participation must benefit from wide dissemination in the both public and private media, in Kirundi and French in particular, and this for a period which cannot be less than one month before the sales transaction. \nArticle 18\nIn the case provided for in Article 10 of this law, the offer made to natural or legal persons of Burundian nationality is declared valid for a specific period.\nSecurities not subscribed at the end of this period are sold on the market subject to the provisions of Article 12 of this law.\nArticle 19\nThe State is authorized to renounce its prerogative as preferred creditor over companies affected by privatization and in which it holds a direct stake. However, the principles and conditions for waiving this privilege are decided, for each case, by the Council of Ministers.\nArticle 20\nThe deed of sale or the management contract or any other document necessary to complete the transactions is approved by the CIP and signed on behalf of the Government, by the President of the CIP or, in his absence, by the Vice-President and countersigned by the responsible Minister. [...]\" (Law relating to the organization of the privatization of enterprises with public participation, services and public works, 2012)","Law relating to the organization of the privatization of enterprises with public participation, services and public works, 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"https://assemblee.bi/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/loi-n%C2%B01_01_du_9_fevr_2012.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3198,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I34","IX",2021,"0.002333333","In the mining sector, at least 10% of the shares of a mining company must belong to the government and, in addition, the mining company must ensure the participation of Burundi nationals in the equity capital of the company. As reported by the IFC (2022), the government's practice is to determine in mining conventions that 39% of the capital of the licensed mining company be held by Burundi shareholders, 10% by the government of Burundi and the remaining 51% by the foreign investors (see for instance the Mining Agreement on Rare Earth Deposits Gakara).","\"Section 1: Scope of application\nArticle 1: The provisions of this Code apply to all operations of prospecting, research, industrial and artisanal exploitation, processing, detention, transport and trade as well as the closure of mines, mineral substances or fossils, thermal waters and quarry products on the territory and in the territorial waters of the Republic of Burundi, with the exception of liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons which are governed by special laws\nSection 2: Definitions\nArticle 2: For the purposes of this Code, we understand by: [...]\n29° Mining company: Company under Burundian law which engages in industrial mining\n[...]\nArticle 13: To hold a prospecting authorization, any natural or legal person must have their physical address in Burundi before the title is issued and any change in their address must be communicated to the Minister within a period not exceeding one month. . Other conditions for obtaining and exercising this authorization are defined by regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 27: Only legal entities can hold a mining title. To hold a mining title, any legal entity must have its head office in Burundi before the title is issued and any change in its address must be communicated to the Minister within a period not exceeding one month.\n[...]\nArticle 61: The mining exploitation title consists of the exploitation permit to which a mining agreement must be annexed. The mining agreement accompanying an operating permit must at least contain provisions relating to the mining company's commitments in terms of the creation of infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruitment, with equal qualifications, of personnel of nationality Burundian or subcontractors of Burundian nationality. The model of this mining agreement concluded with the State is defined by ordinance.\n[...]\nSection 3: The operating permit [...]\nArticle 63: The granting of an industrial exploitation permit gives rise to the allocation to the State of at least ten percent (10%) of the shares or shares of the operating company.\nThe State's participation cannot be diluted in the event of an increase in share capital.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the first paragraph, the State does not carry out mining activity. It plays the role of regulator.\n[...]\nArticle 65: The mining agreement accompanying an exploitation permit must at least contain provisions relating to: [...]\nc) the creation of the mixed mining company (SM);\nd) State participation of at least ten percent (10%) of the share capital of the mining company; [...]\nh) the commitments of the mining company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, staff of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of Burundian nationality; [...]\nl) clauses allowing Burundian investors to acquire shares against payment.\n[...]\nParagraph 2: The issuance of the purchasing and export counter approval for artisanal mining mineral substances\nArticle 97: Approval for a counter for the purchase and export of artisanal mineral substances is given by the Minister for a period of two years under the conditions specified by regulation.\nThe refusal of approval must be in writing, reasoned and made within one month following the submission of the application.\nAny natural person, any legal entity having its head office and administrative office in Burundi and whose corporate purpose is the purchase, sale and export of artisanal mining mineral substances is eligible for the title of purchasing and marketing counter. export of artisanal mineral substances if it meets the requirements of this Code.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: QUARRYING [...]\nArticle 120: The artisanal quarry exploitation permit is issued by the Minister to any natural person of Burundian nationality or to any legal entity under Burundian law who requests it.\nArticle 176: The provisions of Decree-Law No. 1/138 of July 17, 1976 relating to the Mining and Petroleum Code of the Republic of Burundi relating to hydrocarbons remain in force until the intervention of new legislative provisions in this area. [...]\" (LAW N°1/21 OF OCTOBER 15, 2013 PROVIDING BURUNDI MINING CODE)\n-------------------------------\n\"Article 89:\nThe holder of mining or quarry rights as well as the companies working on his behalf must give preference to Burundian companies of their choice for any contract, provided that they offer comparable prices, quantities, qualities and delivery times. .\nIn all cases, the share of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and other businesses owned or controlled by Burundians must be progressive in compliance with the minimums below unless contrary agreements duly ratified by Burundi:\nPhase | Year | Percentage\nMine development | - | 10%\nMining | 1st to 5th grade | 15%\nMining | 6th to 10th grade | 20%\nMining | 11th to 15th grade | 25%\nMining | Beyond the 15th year | 30%\nSection 90:\nIn order to promote the development of the private sector, holders of mining or quarry rights as well as companies working on their behalf must implement the support plan for the creation and/or capacity building of SMEs and other companies owned or controlled by Burundians for the supply of goods and services widely used in their activities.\nSection 91:\nEach holder of mining or quarry rights must submit annually to the Minister in charge of mines a report on their use of SMEs and other companies owned or controlled by Burundians. The report provides details on the progress of the holder of the mining or quarry right to achieve the minimum share defined in this article, as well as its activities in favor of the creation or strengthening of Burundian capacities. The report, a copy of which is submitted to the Ministry in charge of SMEs, will be published in the Official Bulletin of Burundi and on the Ministry's website.\nSection 92:\nThe holder of the mining or quarry right as well as the companies working on his behalf must comply with the requirements of labor legislation.\nSubject to the provisions of paragraph 1, the holder of the mining or quarrying right must employ as a priority Burundian executives with the required skills. To this end, the holder of a permit for the industrial exploitation of mining substances must, during the development phase, present to the ministry in charge of professional training and to the mining administration a training plan for Burundian executives to enable them to acquire the skills required by the management of the company in order to occupy management positions within the first five years from the date of the first commercial production.\nSection 93:\nThe selection procedures are announced through the press. The holder of a mining or quarry right as well as the companies working on his behalf are required to employ, as a priority, residents of the local community or neighboring communities and in all cases, exclusively Burundians for all jobs. not requiring qualification.\nThe minimum quota of Burundian employees per phase of development of the project and/or per period of operation of the company is defined below.\nPercentage during the development phase\nCategory of workers | Percentage\nExecutives | 33%\nFraming | 50%\nQualified workers | 66%\nUnskilled workers | 100%\nPercentage during the operational phase\nCategory of workers | 1st-5th year\nExecutives | 20%\nFraming | 30%\nQualified workers | 40%\nUnskilled workers | 100%\n[...]\nParagraph 2. The issuance of the operating permit [...]\nArticle 101:\nThe State participates, without payment of fees and as owner of subsoil resources, up to at least ten percent of the shares or shares of the mixed mining company.\n[...]\nSection 103:\nIn addition to what is provided for by the relevant provisions of the Mining Code, the Mining Agreement sets out the rights and obligations of the parties as well as the operating methods of the mixed mining company.\nThe Mining Agreement comes into force and ends concurrently with the exploitation permit. [...]\" (DECREE N°100/193 OF JUNE 16, 2015 PROVIDING MINING REGULATIONS OF BURUNDI)\n-------------------------------\n\"Article 13: State participation in the capital of SMEM\n$1. The State participates without payment as owner of the subsoil and for the entire duration of the Agreement, in the capital of SMEM up to ten percent (10%). The State's participation in the capital of SMEM cannot be diluted by a capital increase or any other operation.\n$2. The State has at least ten percent (10%) of the seats/votes in the General Assembly and on the Board of Directors of SMEM.\n$3. In addition to the seats/votes that the State has in the Board of Directors and in the General Assembly, the State is represented by a person assuming the position of Vice-President in each of the two bodies. The management team must include up to 40% of nationals.\n$4. In addition to the ten percent (10%) of State shares, the State and/or Burundian economic operators can acquire for consideration shares in the capital of SMEM up to 39% at the market price. [...]\" (MINING AGREEMENT ON THE RARE EARTH DEPOSITS OF GAKARA)","LAW N°1/21 OF OCTOBER 15, 2013 PROVIDING BURUNDI MINING CODE\nDECREE N°100/193 OF JUNE 16, 2015 PROVIDING MINING REGULATIONS OF BURUNDI\nMINING AGREEMENT ON GAKARA RARE EARTH DEPOSITS","IFC (2022), \"CREATING MARKETS IN BURUNDI: Leveraging Private Investment for Inclusive Growth\", COUNTRY PRIVATE SECTOR DIAGNOSTIC, World Bank Group, November 2022 ","[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bur143121.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.obm.bi/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/REGLEMENT-MINIER-EN-KIRUNDI-VALIDE_OCTOBRE-2015.docx.doc\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.rainbowrareearths.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/FinalSignedRB_GvtBdi_ML_Convention_27_3_2015.pdf\">Convention</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ifc.org/content/dam/ifc/doc/mgrt/cpsd-burundi-en.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3203,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00065","Foreign investment (i.e. in which foreign shareholding exceeds 49% of the voting capital) in the production of tobacco products is allowed only for exports. ","\"Article 1: The following investment sectors shall be restricted on the basis of national security, social welfare, or economic needs as listed in the sensitive list for the opening of industries and for the granting of national treatment in the attached annex.\nAnnex 1 \n[...] II. Industries Open with Restriction to Foreign Investors: Manufacture of tobacco products [cigarette]: Only for export (100%); Distilling, rectifying and blending of spirits; ethyl alcohol production from fermented materials [production of alcoholic beverages]: subject to prior approval from relevant Ministries [...]; Manufacture of grain mill products [rice milling]: subject to local equity participation\" (Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1)","Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/khm_e/wtacckhm3a3_leg_4.pdf\">Sub-decree</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1870,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","J59","_O","IV21","IX",2023,"0.000046875","Indirect and direct takeovers of foreign distribution businesses already operating in Canada are subject to the investor undertaking to reinvest a portion of its Canadian earnings in accordance with national and cultural policies.","\"The Investment Canada Act requires that foreign investments in the production, distribution and exhibition sector of the film and video industries be compatible with national cultural policies.\nAs part of the measures to support an indigenous Canadian distribution industry, the government has also announced new Investment Canada policy on foreign investment in the Canadian film distribution sector:\n- takeovers of Canadian owned and controlled distribution businesses will not be allowed;\n- investments to establish new distribution businesses in Canada will only be allowed to importation and distribution activities related to proprietary products (the importer owns world rights or is a major investor);\n- indirect and direct takeovers of foreign distribution businesses operating in Canada will be allowed only if the investor undertakes to reinvest a portion of its Canadian earnings in accordance with national and cultural policies;\n- all applications to Investment Canada made after February 13, 1987 will be subject to the new policy.[...]\" (Government of Canada, Investment Canada policy on foreign investment in the Canadian film distribution sector, last modified on 2017-06-08)\n--------------------------\n\"Reviewable investments\n14 (1) The following investments by non-Canadians are reviewable under this Part:\n(a) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in any manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (c), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(b) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(i), where the limits set out in subsection (3) apply;\n(c) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) and the limits set out in subsection (3) apply; and\n(d) an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business in the manner described in subparagraph 28(1)(d)(ii), where the circumstances described in subsection (2) do not apply and the limits set out in subsection (4) apply.\nCircumstances\n(2) The circumstances referred to in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) are that the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, amounts to more than fifty per cent of the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of all entities the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the transaction of which the acquisition of control of the Canadian business forms a part.\nLimits\n(3) An investment described in paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of\n(a) the assets acquired, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(c), or\n(b) the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, in the case where control of a Canadian business is acquired in the manner described in paragraph 28(1)(a), (b) or (d),\nis five million dollars or more.\nLimits\n(4) An investment described in paragraph (1)(d) is reviewable under this Part where the value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, and of all other entities in Canada, the control of which is acquired, directly or indirectly, is fifty million dollars or more.\nLimits for WTO investors\n14.1 (1) Despite the limits set out in subsection 14(3), but subject to subsection (1.1), an investment described in paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b) by a WTO investor or — if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor — by a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, is reviewable under section 14 only if the enterprise value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets described in paragraph 14(3)(a) or (b), as the case may be, is equal to or greater than,\n(a) to (c) [Repealed, 2017, c. 20, s. 192]\n(d) for an investment implemented at any time in the period that begins on the day on which this paragraph comes into force and that ends on December 31 of the following year, $1,000,000,000; and\n(e) for an investment implemented at any time in the year that begins after the period referred to in paragraph (d), or in any subsequent year, the amount determined under subsection (2).\n[...]\nInvestments not reviewable\n(4) Despite paragraphs 14(1)(c) and (d), an investment described in either paragraph that is implemented after this subsection comes into force is not reviewable under section 14 if it is made by\n(a) a WTO investor; or\n(b) a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor.\n[...]\nException\n(5) This section does not apply in respect of an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business that is a cultural business.\nDefinitions\n(6) In this section and section 14.2,\n[...]\ncultural business means a Canadian business that carries on any of the following activities, namely,\n(a) the publication, distribution or sale of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers in print or machine readable form, other than the sole activity of printing or typesetting of books, magazines, periodicals or newspapers,\n(b) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of film or video recordings,\n(c) the production, distribution, sale or exhibition of audio or video music recordings,\n(d) the publication, distribution or sale of music in print or machine readable form, or\n(e) radio communication in which the transmissions are intended for direct reception by the general public, any radio, television and cable television broadcasting undertakings and any satellite programming and broadcast network services; (entreprise culturelle)\n[...]\nFactors\n20 For the purposes of section 21, the factors to be taken into account, where relevant, are\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Canada, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the effect on employment, on resource processing, on the utilization of parts, components and services produced in Canada and on exports from Canada;\n(b) the degree and significance of participation by Canadians in the Canadian business or new Canadian business and in any industry or industries in Canada of which the Canadian business or new Canadian business forms or would form a part;\n(c) the effect of the investment on productivity, industrial efficiency, technological development, product innovation and product variety in Canada;\n(d) the effect of the investment on competition within any industry or industries in Canada;\n(e) the compatibility of the investment with national industrial, economic and cultural policies, taking into consideration industrial, economic and cultural policy objectives enunciated by the government or legislature of any province likely to be significantly affected by the investment; and\n(f) the contribution of the investment to Canada’s ability to compete in world markets.\nNet benefit\n21 (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (8) and sections 22 and 23, the Minister shall, within 45 days after the certified date referred to in subsection 18(1), send a notice to the applicant that the Minister, having taken into account any information, undertakings and representations referred to the Minister by the Director under section 19 and the relevant factors set out in section 20, is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.[...]\" (Investment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21)","Government of Canada, Investment Canada policy on foreign investment in the Canadian film distribution sector, last modified on 2017-06-08\nInvestment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 14, 14.1, 20 and 21","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.canada.ca/en/canadian-heritage/services/film-video-policies/investment-canadian-film-distribution.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-21.8/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,702,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0012","Chinese investors must hold a controlling stake in companies engaged in the construction and operation of civil airports. Foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower [controlling services not considered under the FDIRRI]. ","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2532,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","J612T619","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.002","Foreign investment in sectors/activities listed in the foreign investment 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access) requires prior government approval. This is the case of foreign investment in value-added telecom services (except for e-commerce, domestic multi-party communications, storage forwarding, and call centers) and in basic telecom services. Fixed and mobile telecom service belongs to the basic telecom service in accordance with the classification of the regulations on telecommunications.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVII. Information transmission, software, and information technology service industry \n16. Telecommunications companies: subject to telecommunications services opened up pursuant to China's WTO commitments; the foreign share ratio for value-added telecom services (except for e-commerce, domestic multi-party communications, storage forwarding, and call centers) shall not exceed 50%; and the controlling stake of basic telecom services shall be held by the Chinese side.\n17. Investment in Internet news information service, Internet publishing service, Internet audiovisual program service, cyberculture operation (except for music), and Internet public information dissemination service (except for contents opened up in China's WTO commitments) shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"A． Basic Telecom Services\nA1 Class I Basic Telecommunications Services\nA11 Fixed communication services\nA11-1 Fixed network local communication services\nA11-2 Fixed domestic long-distance communication services\nA11-3 Fixed network international long-distance communication services\nA11-4 International communication facility service business\nA12 Cellular mobile communication service\nA12-1 Second generation digital cellular mobile communication services\nA12-2 Third generation digital cellular mobile communication services\nA12-3 LTE/fourth generation digital cellular mobile communication services\nA12-4 Fifth generation digital cellular mobile communication \nA13 Class I satellite communication services\nA13-1 Mobile Satellite Communication Services\nA13-2 Fixed-satellite communication service\nA14 Class I data communication services\nA14-1 Internet international data transmission service\nA14-2 Internet domestic data transmission service\nA14-3 Internet local data transmission service\nA14-4 International data communication services\nA15 IP telephone service\n A15-1 Domestic IP telephone service\nA15-2 International IP telephone service[...]\" (Catalogue of Telecommunications Business Classification (2015 Edition)\" (full text of the 2019 revised edition)[google translation]\n","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nCatalogue of Telecommunications Business Classification (2015 Edition)\" (full text of the 2019 revised edition)[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.waizi.org.cn/doc/64122.html\">Catalogue</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2539,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.000108333","Foreign investment in sectors/activities listed in the foreign investment 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access) requires prior government approval. This is the case of foreign investment in the following manufacturing activities: printing of publication, production of satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components, and complete automobile manufacturing (except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicle).","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n6. For the printing of publication, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. \n7. Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited. \n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022).\n9. Satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components production. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2510,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COL","H501","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.004","Only Colombian nationals can own a commercial vessel registered under the Colombian flag. Cabotage services can only be provided by authorised Colombian shipping companies through Colombian-flagged vessels. Foreign-flagged vessels, chartered by authorised Colombian shipping companies, can exceptionally perform cabotage only when no other Colombian-flagged vessel is available and prior to authorisation from the Colombian Maritime Authority (DIMAR).","\"ARTICLE 1437. NATIONALITY OF VESSELS REGISTERED IN COLOMBIA.\nEvery ship registered in Colombia is of Colombian nationality and, therefore, must fly the Colombian flag.\n[...]\nARTICLE 1458. OWNERS OF THE COMMERCIAL VESSEL REGISTERED IN COLOMBIA.\nOnly Colombian nationals can own a commercial vessel registered in Colombia.[...]\" (Decree no. 410 issuing the Commercial Code (27 March 1971), last amended by Law no. 2069 of 2020, Articles 1437 and 1458 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 2.2.3.1.4. General principles.\nThe public maritime transport service will be provided under the principles of efficiency, equality, continuity and security.\nThe public service of international maritime transport of general cargo will be provided by Colombian and foreign companies legally constituted in accordance with the current regulations of the country of origin, authorized and with an operating permit.\nColombian companies that provide public service of international maritime transport of bulk cargo must be authorized and with an operating permit.\nThe public cabotage maritime transport service will be provided by Colombian companies, constituted in accordance with national provisions, duly authorized and with an operating permit, using Colombian-flagged vessels, without prejudice to the provisions of this Chapter.\n[...]\nArticle 2.2.3.1.2.4. Conditions for Colombian companies.\nTo be a national maritime transport company for international public service or cabotage, in addition to the requirements of this Chapter, you must meet any of the following conditions: \nInternational transport: \n1. To be the owner of at least one Colombian flag vessel that is suitable for the service it intends to provide. \n2. To be the owner of at least one foreign flag ship, which may be kept under that flag. \n3. Being the lessee of a Colombian or foreign flag ship. \nCabotage Transportation: \nBe the owner or lessee of at least one Colombian flag vessel, suitable for the service it intends to provide. \nParagraph 1. The lease must be bareboat and in both international and cabotage cases, it must have a minimum duration of six (6) months, extendable for equal or greater periods, of which a copy must be submitted for registration, if applicable. In a language other than Spanish, the respective translation will be attached. \nParagraph 2. When the ship is of the Colombian flag, the current Colombian legislation must be complied with, in relation to the nationality of the captain, officers and crew.\n[...]\nArticle 2.2.3.1.4.2. Cabotage service.\nThe maritime transport companies of public cabotage service may lease or charter ships or naval artifacts of foreign flag for specific trips, directly or through a charter broker licensed by the DIMAR, for the service that they have authorized, when not exist with the Colombian flag with the required capacity and aptitude, which must be verified by DIMAR, prior to the issuance of the respective authorization. \nArticle 2.2.3.1.4.3. Users.\nWhen a user demonstrates to DIMAR that the security, availability, technical and time conditions of the Colombian flag vessels offered by national cabotage companies and by national companies that provide international cabotage services, authorized and with permission of operation, they are not suitable, nor are they available for the service that is required, you can charter or lease directly, or through a charter broker licensed by DIMAR, ships or naval artifacts of foreign flag, for certain trips, for the mobilization of their own loads. \nParagraph. In order to comply with the provisions of this article, DIMAR must have updated at all times, on the website of its Entity, all the information of the cabotage maritime transport companies, authorized and with operating permission, as well as the technical information on existing Colombian-flagged ships, which allow the user to establish if there is a suitable ship, to mobilize the cargo that is intended to be transported. \nIf, based on said information, the user establishes that there is no suitable Colombian flag vessel, nor is it available to transport the cargo under the required conditions, they will consult in writing the maritime transport companies of public cabotage service that are authorized and with operating permit, so that they can state if, in their opinion, they have a Colombian ship suitable for the service or if, failing that, they can provide it with a foreign flag ship. These companies will have one (1) business day to respond to the user about their request. After this period without having spoken, it will be understood that they are not interested in providing the service. \nAfter the period indicated in the previous paragraph, the user may go out to hire a foreign ship, operated by a foreign or Colombian international maritime transport company, authorized by DIMAR, in accordance with the conditions required for the service. \nThe authorization request submitted by the user for the chartering of the ship or naval device of a foreign flag, must comply with the provisions of article 2.2.3.1.4.5 of this decree.[...]\" (Decree no. 1079 regulating the Transport Sector (26 May 2015), last amended by DECREE 478 of 2021, Articles 2.2.3.1.4, 2.2.3.1.2.4, 2.2.3.1.4.2 and 2.2.3.1.4.3 [google translation])","Decree no. 410 issuing the Commercial Code (27 March 1971), last amended by Law no. 2069 of 2020, Articles 1437 and 1458\nDecree no. 1079 regulating the Transport Sector (26 May 2015), last amended by DECREE 478 of 2021, Articles 2.2.3.1.4, 2.2.3.1.2.4, 2.2.3.1.4.2 and 2.2.3.1.4.3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.alcaldiabogota.gov.co/sisjur/normas/Norma1.jsp?i=41102\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.suin-juriscol.gov.co/viewDocument.asp?id=30019520#ver_30036960\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1144,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CRI","I55","_O","IV91","IX",2023,"0.00021875","Concessions to perform any type of development or activity in the restricted maritime-terrestrial zone (150  meters  from  the  public  zone  line,  which  includes  the  zone  within  50 meters from the high tide line) shall not be granted to foreigners who have not resided in Costa Rica for at least five years, to companies or entities domiciled abroad, to entities incorporated in the country by foreigners or to enterprises in which over 50% of the capital stock is owned by foreigners.","\"CHAPTER II - Maritime Terrestrial Zone\nArticle 9.- Maritime terrestrial zone is the strip two hundred meters wide along the entire length of the Atlantic and Pacific coastlines of the Republic, whatever their nature, measured horizontally from the ordinary high tide line and the land and rocks that expose the sea at low tide.\nFor all legal purposes, the maritime terrestrial zone includes islands, islets and maritime cliffs, as well as all land or natural formation that rises above the ocean level within the territorial sea of ​​the Republic. The Isla del Coco is excepted, which will be under the direct domain and possession of the State and those other islands whose domain or administration is determined in this law or in special laws.\nArticle 10.- The maritime terrestrial zone is made up of two sections: the PUBLIC ZONE, which is the strip of fifty meters wide from the ordinary high tide, and the areas that are uncovered during low tide; and the RESTRICTED ZONE, consisting of the strip of the remaining one hundred and fifty meters, or by the other lands in the case of islands.\nThe islets, cliffs and other small areas and natural formations that protrude from the sea correspond to the public zone.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VI - Of the Restricted Zone and its Concessions\nArticle 39.- Only in the restricted zone, concessions related to the maritime- land zone may be granted , except for special provisions of this law.\n[...]\nArticle 41.- The concessions will only be for the use and enjoyment of certain areas in the restricted zone, for the term and under the conditions that this law establishes.\n[...]\nArticle 47.- No concessions will be granted:\na) To foreigners who have not resided in the country for at least five years;  \nb) To public limited companies with bearer shares; \nc) To companies or entities domiciled abroad; \nch ) To entities incorporated in the country by foreigners; and \nd) To entities whose shares or quotas or capital correspond more than fifty percent to foreigners.\nThe entities that have concessions may not assign or transfer quotas or shares, nor their partners, to foreigners. In any case, transfers that are made in contravention of the provisions herein will be invalid.[...]\" (Law no. 6043 on the Maritime-Terrestrial Zone (03/02/1977), last amended by Law no. 9974  of 04/09/2021, Articles 9, 10, 39, 41 and 47 [google translation])","Law no. 6043 on the Maritime-Terrestrial Zone (03/02/1977), last amended by Law no. 9974  of 04/09/2021, Articles 9, 10, 39, 41 and 47","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?nValor1=1&nValor2=32006\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1109,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","H5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.00012","Foreign investment in the provision of ground handling services at Croatian airports is subject to reciprocal treatment: Whenever a country that is not a member of the EU or a party to the European Common Aviation Area agreement does not grant to Croatian air carriers and operators the mutual treatment on airport terrestrial services, the Ministry may suspend, in whole or in part, the treatment accorded to investors from such state.","\"Article 39 [...]\n(2) The performance of acceptance and dispatch of aircraft, passengers and luggage, cargo and mail and the provision of other groundhandling services may be entrusted to other undertakings, in accordance with the conditions established by regulations adopted pursuant to this Act and relevant EU regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 40\n(1) The provision of groundhandling services at airports shall be performed in accordance with EU regulations.\n(2) When a state that is not a member of the European Union or a party to the ECAA Agreement does not grant Croatian air carriers and operators mutual treatment in the provision of groundhandling services, the Ministry may suspend in whole or in part the obligations arising from paragraph 1 of this Article. airport users from that country. [...]\" (Air Traffic Act (NN 69/2009; 9 June 2009), as amended by the Act on Amendments to the Air Traffic Act (NN 127/2013; 10 October 2013), Articles 39 and 40 [google translation])","Air Traffic Act (NN 69/2009; 9 June 2009), as amended by the Act on Amendments to the Air Traffic Act (NN 127/2013; 10 October 2013), Articles 39 and 40","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2009_06_69_1663.html\">Air</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2013_10_127_2757.html\">Act_amend</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,1039,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_46","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.001125","From 2017, only the manager in charge for importation in a company engaging in imports into Egypt is required to be of Egyptian nationality (not considered a restriction under the OECD FDI RRI). Previously, all partners and directors of the partnerships and limited liability companies engaging in this activity were required to be of Egyptian nationality. In companies engaging in activities of commercial agents and intermediaries, all partners in joint liability companies and all managers or members of shareholder company council must be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0096","Since 2022, pursuant to the new Civil Aviation Authority Act of 2009, air operators in Eswatini must be Liswati or a body incorporated under the laws of Eswatini which is substantially owned and effectivelly controlled by Emaswati.","\"PART X\nAIR TRANSPORT LICENSING, LIABILITY, AND INSURANCE\nRestriction of carriage by air for reward\n88. (1) An aircraft shall not be used for the carriage by air of passengers, cargo for hire, remuneration or other valuable consideration, unless the operator of the aircraft-\n(a) holds an air transport licence; and\n(b) complies with the terms of the air transport licence\n[...]\nGrant and refusal of air transport licence\n89. (1) An application for the grant of an air transport licence shall be made in writing to an Air Transport Licensing Committee established by the Authority and is to contain the particulars specified by the Air Transport Licensing Committee. [...]\n(3) An Air Transport Licensing Committee shall refuse to grant application made by a Liswati air operator, if not satisfied that-\n(a) the applicant is a Liswati or a body incorporated under the laws of Eswatini which is substantially owned and effectivelly controlled by Emaswati [...]\" (CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT, 2022)\n--------------------\n\"Issue of air service licences.\n44. (1) The Authority may issue an air service licence to any operator for a service commencing, calling at or terminating in Swaziland, or for any service wholly within Swaziland, on such terms and conditions the Authority may consider fit.[...]\n(10) A foreign airline licencee shall, on a reciprocal basis, be allowed to establish offices in Swaziland for the promotion and sale of air transportation services and may, introduce and maintain in Swaziland managerial, commercial, operational and technical staff as required for the provision of air services.[...]\" (CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT No. 10 of 2009)","CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT, 2022\nCIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT No. 10 of 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.eswacaa.co.sz/regulationandcompliance/documents/regulations/Civil%20Aviation%20Act%20No.4%20of%202022.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.eswacaa.co.sz/regulationandcompliance/documents/regulations/CIVIL-AVIATION-AUTHORITY-ACT-2009.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3988,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","M692X2","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.0015","More than two-thirds of voting rights in a \"chartered accountant company\" (société d'expertise comptable) must be held by EU/EEA nationals or legal persons constituted in accordance with the legislation of an EU/EEA state and having their registered office, their central administration or their main establishment in an EU/EEA state, which legally exercise the profession of chartered accountant there.","\"Article 7\nI.- Natural persons who are nationals of one of the Member States of the European Union or of other States party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area as well as legal persons constituted in accordance with the legislation of one of the these States and having their registered office, their central administration or their main establishment in one of these States, which legally exercise the profession of chartered accountant there, are permitted to establish, for the exercise of their profession, legal personality, with the exception of legal forms which confer on their partners the status of trader. These companies are the only ones authorized to use the name of \"chartered accountant company\" and are entered on the roll of the order.\nChartered accountants meet the following cumulative conditions:\n1° The persons mentioned in the first paragraph hold, directly or indirectly through a company registered with the order, more than two-thirds of the voting rights; [...]\" (Ordinance No. 45-2138 of September 19, 1945 establishing the Order of Chartered Accountants and regulating the title and profession of Chartered Accountant, last amended by Ordinance n°2020-1342 of 4 November 2020, Article 7 [google translation])","Ordinance No. 45-2138 of September 19, 1945 establishing the Order of Chartered Accountants and regulating the title and profession of Chartered Accountant, last amended by Ordinance n°2020-1342 of 4 November 2020, Article 7","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/loda/id/JORFTEXT000000698851/\">Ordinance</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,744,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","L68","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0081","The acquisition of real estate by foreigners (non-EU citizens and legal entities residing outside the EU) is subject to a permit issued by the competent government office which can only be granted if it does not harm the public interest and the interest of the local government. It can also be refused to foreigners if their country of nationality does not grant the same treatment to Hungarians by virtue of a treaty or based on the principle of reciprocity. In order to obtain a permit to acquire real estate, foreign entities must be established in Hungary through a branch office or a commercial representative. Separate rules apply to the acquisition of agricultural and forest land, which may not be acquired by legal persons (both domestic and foreign) or foreign natural persons.\n","\"§ 1. \n(1) In order to authorize the acquisition of the ownership of real estate (hereinafter: real estate) not classified as agricultural and forestry land pursuant to the Act on the Turnover of Agricultural and Forestry Land by a foreign legal or natural person (hereinafter together: foreign) should be used.\n(2) The scope of this Decree does not extend to Act CXXXII of 1997 on the Branches and Commercial Representations of Foreign-Based Enterprises in Hungary . Act (hereinafter: Branch Act) in accordance with the cases specified in Section 17 (1) .\n(3) The Branch Act. In order to authorize the exemption from the alienation obligation pursuant to Section 17 (5), the rules for the authorization of the acquisition of real estate by foreigners contained in this Decree - the Branch Act . With the exceptions contained in Section 17 (5) - shall be applied accordingly.\n[...]\n§ 4. \n(1) The acquisition of real estate - with theexception specified in paragraph (2) - shall be permitted if\na) does not harm the public interest and the interest of the local government,\nb) the applicant is a member of a sole proprietor or sole proprietorship according to the law on sole proprietors and sole proprietorships and wishes to carry out economic activity in Hungary, the real estate to be acquired is necessary to continue this economic activity, ,\nc) the identity of the foreign natural person or the foreign legal person . the identity of its branch or commercial agency within the meaning of Article 1 can be established to the satisfaction of the credit institution, and\nd) the intention to transfer ownership of the property can be established. [...]\n(2) The main city and county government offices to grant authorization for paragraphs (1) a) of refuse in case of fulfillment of the conditions specified in so far as the foreign nationality of the State does not provide the Hungarian citizens and Hungarian based legal persons under international agreements or reciprocity at least the same treatment as nationals, unless\n(a) the purpose of the acquisition is to eliminate joint ownership; or\n(b) the foreign natural person has had a registered place of residence, stay or accommodation in Hungary for at least 5 years, during which time he or she has been in an employment relationship for a total of at least 3 years. [...]\n5. The reciprocity provided for in paragraph 2 shall be presumed until a different resolution is issued by the Minister responsible for foreign policy.\n§ 5. \n(1) considered a violation of the public interest if the applicant is a natural person\n(a) is subject to expulsion or a ban on entry and residence,\n(b) is the subject of an arrest warrant,\n(c) has a criminal record,\nor if the prejudice to the public interest can be established for other reasons of public security, public order or public health.\n(2) - (3) \n4. In the case of an applicant for a legal person, the damage to the public interest shall occur in particular where the branch or commercial agency:\n(a) its tax number has been suspended or canceled by the state tax authority,\n(b) is the subject of a measure restricting activity under the Law on Criminal Measures applicable to a legal person,\n(c) liquidation, compulsory cancellation, or the Branch Act. is in the process of being terminated in accordance with\n§ 6. [...]\n(2) considered a violation of the interest of a local government if the acquisition of real estate violates the obligatory interest of the local government or the local government in the area directly managed by it in the law or the local mayor competent according to the location of the property. [...]\" (Government Decree on the acquisition of property by foreigners concerning real estate not classified as agricultural or forestry land (251/2014), subsequently amended, §§ 1, 4, 5 and 6 [google translation])","Government Decree on the acquisition of property by foreigners concerning real estate not classified as agricultural or forestry land (251/2014), last amended 1 January 2021, §§ 1, 4, 5 and 6 ","DLA Piper, Real estate investment in Hungary. Country overview (2020), p. 4\nSquire Patton Boggs, The Acquisition by Foreigners of Real Property Other Than Agricultural Land. New Hungarian Regulation in Force Since October 2014 (2014)","[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2014-251-20-22.6\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dlapiperrealworld.com/export/sites/real-world/guides/downloads/Investment_Guide_Hungary_Broucher.pdf\">DLA Piper</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.squirepattonboggs.com/-/media/files/insights/publications/2014/10/the-acquisition-by-foreigners-of-real-property-o__/files/theacquisitionbyforeignersofrealpropertyothertha__/fileattachment/realestatetheacquisitionbyforeignersofrealproper__.pdf\">Squire Patton Boggs</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,784,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","K6419X","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.003","Not less than 50% of the directors of wholly-owned foreign bank subsidiaries in India must be Indian nationals/NRIs/PIOs, and subject to the condition that one-third of the directors are Indian nationals resident in India.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.18 BANKING- PRIVATE SECTOR \n5.2.18.1 Banking- Private Sector  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 74% | Entry Route: Automatic up to 49% Government route beyond 49% and up to 74%.\n5.2.18.2 OTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n (2)  The aggregate foreign investment in a private bank from all sources will be allowed up to a maximum of 74 per cent of the paid-up capital of the Bank. At all times, at least 26 per cent of the paid-up capital will have to be held by residents, except in regard to a wholly-owned subsidiary of a foreign bank.\n (4)  Other conditions in respect of permissible limits under portfolio investment schemes through stock exchanges for /FPIs and NRIs, setting-up of a subsidiary by foreign banks and limits in respect of voting rights are at Annexure-8. \n5.2.19 BANKING- PUBLIC SECTOR\n5.2.19.1 Banking- Public Sector subject to Banking Companies (Acquisition & Transfer of Undertakings) Acts 1970/80.  This ceiling (20%) is also applicable to the State Bank of India and its associate Banks. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 20% | Entry Route: Government \n[...]\nAnnexure-8  Permissible limits under portfolio investment schemes through stock exchanges for /FPIs and NRIs  \nThe permissible limits under portfolio investment schemes through stock exchanges for /FPIs and NRIs will be as follows: [...]\n(ii) Setting up of a subsidiary by foreign banks\n(a) Foreign banks will be permitted to either have branches or subsidiaries but not both.\n(b) Foreign banks regulated by banking supervisory authority in the home country and meeting Reserve Bank’s licensing criteria will be allowed to hold 100 per cent paid up capital to enable them to set up a wholly-owned subsidiary in India.\n(c) A foreign bank may operate in India through only one of the three channels viz., (i) branches (ii) a wholly-owned subsidiary and (iii) a subsidiary with aggregate foreign investment up to a maximum of 74 per cent in a private bank. \n(d) A foreign bank will be permitted to establish a wholly-owned subsidiary either through conversion of existing branches into a subsidiary or through a fresh banking license. A foreign bank will be permitted to establish a subsidiary through acquisition of shares of an existing private sector bank provided at least 26 per cent of the paid capital of the private sector bank is held by residents at all times consistent with para (i) (b) above. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n-------------------------\n\"The Scheme\n2. Branch mode or wholly owned subsidiary\na) All foreign banks which are not carrying on banking business in India and which wish to do so in the future and to whom the matters referred to in paragraph 4 apply shall carry on banking business in India only through a wholly owned subsidiary.\nb) Foreign banks which are not carrying on banking business in India and which wish to do so in the future and to whom the matters referred to in paragraph 4 do not apply have the option to carry on banking business in India either through a wholly owned subsidiary or through the branch mode.\n[...]\n3. Eligibility for setting up a wholly owned subsidiary [...]\nb) A foreign bank applying for setting up a WOS in India must satisfy RBI that it is subject to adequate prudential supervision as per internationally accepted standards, which includes consolidated supervision in its home country.\nc) The factors taken into account while considering applications for setting up WOS in India would include the following:\n- Economic and political relations with the country of incorporation of the parent bank,\n- Reciprocity with home country of the parent bank,\n[...]\n8. Corporate governance\nThe composition of the board of directors of WOS should meet the following requirements: [...]\nd) not less than 50 per cent directors should be Indian nationals/NRIs/PIOs subject to the condition that one-third of the directors are Indian nationals resident in India;[...]\" (Reserve Bank of India Scheme for Setting up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries by Foreign Banks in India)","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nReserve Bank of India Scheme for Setting up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries by Foreign Banks in India","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.rbi.org.in/Scripts/bs_viewcontent.aspx?Id=2758\">Scheme</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2469,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","K65_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0005625","Maximum foreign equity share allowed in an insurance company has been raised to 74% in 2021 [from 49% up to 2020]. FDI in pension funds remains at 49%. Such investments can be done through the automatic route (i.e., without prior approval). Branches of foreign insurance companies are not permitted, but branches of reinsurance companies are permitted (since 2015).  Insurance companies having foreign investment are now (since 2021) required to appoint a resident Indian Citizen to at least one high-level executive position among the Chairsperson of the Board, the Managing Director and the Chief Executive Officer, as well as to the majority of Director-level positions [previously the ownership and control of Indian insurance companies and Indian pension funds were required to be at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities; such 'control' restriction was assumed to refer to a requirement for the majority of the board of diretors be in the hands of resident Indian citizens. Hence, no change in this respect]. Foreign investment in intermediary (auxiliary) insurance services remains allowed up to 100%, but where foreign shareholding is majority, local incorporation is required and at least one executive from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen.","\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 74% [previously 49%] | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed seventy-four [previously forty-nine] percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d) (i) In an Indian insurance company having foreign investment - \ni. a majority of its directors;\nii. a majority of its Key Management Persons; and\niii. at least one among the Chairsperson of its Board, its Managing Director and its Chief Executive Officer \nshall be resident Indian Citizens [...]\n(i) The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following: \ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013; \nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen; \niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend;  [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)) \n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2021\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 Insurance Company  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Intermediaries or Insurance Intermediaries including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.3 OTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid-up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.  [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 100 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance consultants, corporate agents, third party administrator, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time. However, the condition of Indian owned and controlled, as specified in Clause (d) above, shall not be applicable to Intermediaries and Insurance Intermediaries and composition of the Board of Directors and key management persons shall be as specified by the concerned regulators from time to time.[...]\n(i)  The insurance intermediary that has majority shareholding of foreign investors shall undertake the following:\ni. be incorporated as a limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013;\nii. at least one from among the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or Principal Officer or Managing Director of the insurance intermediary shall be a resident Indian citizen;\niii. shall take prior permission of the Authority for repatriating dividend; \niv. shall bring in the latest technological, managerial and other skills;\n[...]\n5.2.23 PENSION SECTOR \nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n-------------------------\n\"2C. Prohibition of transaction of insurance business by certain persons. -- (1) Save as hereinafter provided, no person shall, after the commencement of the Insurance (Amendment) Act, 1950 (47 of 1950), begin to carry on any class of insurance business in 2[India] and no insurer carrying on any class of insurance business in 2[India] shall after the expiry of one year from such commencement, continue to carry on any such business unless he is--\n(a) a public company, or\n(b) a society registered under the Co-operative Societies Act, 1912 (2 of 1912), or under any other law for the time being in force in any State relating to co-operative societies, or\n(c) a body corporate incorporated under the law of any country outside 3[India] not being of the nature of a private company [...]\nProvided also that no insurer other than an Indian insurance company shall begin to carry on any class of insurance business in India under this Act on or after the commencement of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999).[...]\" (The Insurance Act, 1938, as amended)\n----------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2019\n----------------------------\n\"5.2.22 INSURANCE\n5.2.22.1 (i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors(i) Insurance Company (ii) Insurance Brokers (iii) Third Party Administrators (iv) Surveyors and Loss Assessors (v)Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 (41 of 1999) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.22.2 Other Conditions\n(a)  No Indian Insurance company shall allow the aggregate holdings by way of total foreign investment in its equity shares by foreign investors, including portfolio investors, to exceed forty-nine percent of the paid up equity capital of such Indian Insurance company. [...]\n(d)  An Indian Insurance company shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by Department of Financial Services/ Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time. [...]\n(g)  The foreign equity investment cap of 49 percent shall apply on the same terms as above to Insurance Brokers, Third Party Administrators, Surveyors and Loss Assessors and Other Insurance Intermediaries appointed under the provisions of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act,1999 (41 of 1999). \n[...]\n5.2.23 Pension Sector\nPension Sector | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Automatic\nOTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n(iii)  An Indian pension fund shall ensure that its ownership and control remains at all times in the hands of resident Indian entities as determined by the Government of India/PFRDA as per the rules/regulation issued by them from time to time.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)) ","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2021), Press Note No. 2 (2021 Series)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nThe Insurance Act, 1938, as amended\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn2-2021.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/2304?view_type=browse&sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/CFPC_2017_FINAL_RELEASED_28.8.17_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2482,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","M692","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000625","Only locally licensed individuals, i.e. chartered accountants, shall become partners and hold equity share in accounting or auditing firm. A chartered accountant can practise Accounting and Auditing either individually or in partnership with chartered accountants or in partnership with members of such other recognised professions as may be prescribed by ICAI or Government. Foreign accountants can become locally licensed Chartered Accountant (CA) on reciprocity basis according to section 29 of the Act.","\"4. Entry of names in the 4[Register of members].—(1) Any of the following persons shall be entitled to have his name entered in the 4[Register of members], namely,-[…]\n[(v) any person who has passed such other examination and completed such other training [outside India] as is recognised by the Central Government or the Council as being equivalent to the examination and training prescribed for members of the Institute: Provided that in the case of any person who is not permanently residing in India, the Central Government or the Council, as the case may be, may impose such further conditions as it may deem fit;] \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - REGISTER OF MEMBERS\n19. [Register of members].—[(1) The Council shall maintain a Register of members of the Institute in such manner as may be prescribed.]\n(2) The [Register of members] shall include the following particulars about every member of the Institute, namely,— (a) his full name, date of birth domicile, residential and professional addresses; [no citizenship requirement]\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - MISCELLANEOUS\n29. Reciprocity.—(1) Where any country, specified by the Central Government in this behalf by notification in the official Gazette, prevents persons of Indian domicile from becoming members of any institution similar to the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India or from practicing the profession of accountancy or subjects them to unfair discrimination in that country, no subject of any such country shall be entitled to become a member of the Institute or practice the profession of accountancy in India.\n(2) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (1), the Council may prescribe the conditions, if any, subject to which foreign qualifications relating to accountancy shall be recognised for the purposes of entry in the 3[Register  of members]. [...]\" (THE CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS ACT, 1949, as amended)","THE CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS ACT, 1949, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/1552?view_type=browse&sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2477,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","F","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.00375","A higher minimum capital requirement is applicable to foreign construction companies (BUJK foreign investment) and representative offices (BUJKA representative office); thereby limiting foreign investment in construction companies into only larger projects. ","\"Part Nine - Public Works and Public Housing Sector\nParagraph 1 - Undertaking Licensing\nArt 80\n1. Licensing Doing business in the public works and public housing sector consists of the following subsectors:\n- construction service; [...]\n2. Business Licensing in the construction services sub-sector as referred to in paragraph (1) letter a which is determined based on the results of the Risk level analysis of business activities consists of:\na. construction consulting services;\nb. construction work; and\nc. integrated construction work.\nArt 81\n1. Business Licensing to Support Business Activities in the construction services sub-sector consists of:\n- Construction Business Entity Certificate (SBU);\n- Construction Work Competency Certificate (SKK);\n- registration of the representative office of the Foreign Construction Service Business Entity (BUJKA);\n- license of the Construction Service Business Entity (BUJK) certification body; and\n- license of construction services professional certification body. \n[...]\nParagraph 2 - Norms and Criteria for Construction Services Subsector\nArt 84\n1. Qualifications of the construction services sub-sector business entity for construction consulting services and construction work as referred to in Article 80 paragraph (2) letter a and letter b include the following qualifications:\n- small;\n- intermediate; and\n- big\n2. The qualifications of the construction services sub-sector business entity for the integrated construction work business as referred to in Article 80 paragraph (2) letter c only include large qualifications.\n3. (2) Medium and large qualification construction consulting services business entities and construction works as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b and letter c and integrated construction work as referred to in paragraph (2) must be an Indonesian legal entity.\n4. BUJKA representative office must be a legal entity in the country of origin.\n5. BUJKA and BUJK Foreign Investment must meet major qualification requirements. [...]\n8. The highest leadership of the BUJKA representative office is held by an Indonesian citizen, as the technical person in charge.\n9. (8) The highest leadership of BUJKA representative office as referred to in paragraph (8) who is responsible for the implementation of construction for the technology transfer process can be held by a foreign citizen. \n[...]\nArt 85\n(1) The determination of the qualifications of a business entity as referred to in Article 84 paragraph (1) and paragraph (2) shall be carried out based on a feasibility assessment of the following documents:\na. annual sales;\nb. financial capacity;\nc. availability of construction workers; and\nd. ability in the provision of construction equipment.\n(2) Determination of the qualifications of a business entity as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be made for each proposed sub-classification.\n(3) The stipulation of qualifications for business entities as referred to in paragraph (2) is exempted for specialist construction consulting services business activities and specialist construction work.\n(4) In the event that a BUJK has several sub-classifications, the mention of a BUJK entity refers to the highest qualification in the sub-classification it owns.\n[...]\nArticle 90\n(1) The annual sales assessment as referred to in Article 85 paragraph (1) letter a for general construction consulting services business activities must meet the following requirements:\na. small qualifications, a maximum of Rp1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah);\nb. medium qualification, at least IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah);\nc. major qualifications, at least IDR 2,500,000,000.00 (two billion five hundred million rupiah); and\nd. large qualifications for BUJKA representative office, at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah).\n(2) The annual sales assessment as referred to in Article 85 paragraph (1) letter a for general construction work business activities must meet the following requirements:\na. mall qualifications, a maximum of IDR 2,500,000,000.00 (two billion five hundred million rupiah);\nb. medium qualification, at least IDR 2,500,000,000.00 (two billion five hundred million rupiah);\nc. major qualifications, at least IDR 50,000,000,000.00 (fifty billion rupiah); and\nd. large qualifications for BUJKA representative office, at least IDR 100,000,000,000.00 (one hundred billion rupiah).\n(3) The annual sales assessment as referred to in Article 85 paragraph (1) letter a for integrated construction work business activities must meet the following requirements:\na. major qualifications, at least IDR 50,000,000,000.00 (fifty billion rupiah); and\nb. large qualifications for BUJKA representative office, at least IDR 100,000,000,000.00 (one hundred billion rupiah).\nArt 91\n(1) Assessment of financial capacity as referred to in Article 85 paragraph (1) letter b for general construction consulting services business activities must meet the following requirements:\na. small qualification, at least IDR 100,000,000.00 (one hundred million rupiah);\nb. medium qualification, at least IDR 250,000,000.00 (two hundred and fifty million rupiahs);\nc. major qualifications, at least Rp. 500,000,000.00 (five hundred million rupiah); and\nd. large qualifications for BUJKA representative office, at least IDR 2,000,000,000.00 (two billion rupiah).\n(2) Assessment of financial capacity as referred to in Article 85 paragraph (1) letter b for general construction work business activities must meet the following requirements:\na. small qualifications, at least Rp.300,000,000.00 (three hundred million rupiah);\nb. medium qualification, at least IDR 2,000,000,000.00 (two billion rupiah);\nd. major qualifications, at least IDR 25,000,000,000.00 (twenty five billion rupiah); and\nc. large qualifications for BUJKA representative office, at least Rp.35,000.00O,000.00 (thirty five billion rupiah).\n(3) Financial capacity assessment as referred to in Article 85 paragraph (1) letter b for integrated construction work business activities must meet the following requirements:\na. major qualifications, at least IDR 25,000,000,000.00 (twenty five billion rupiah); and\nb. large qualifications for BUJKA representative office, at least IDR 35,000,000,000.00 (thirty five billion rupiah).[...]\" (Government Regulation Number 5 of 2021 concerning the Implementation of Risk-Based Business Licensing [google translation])","Government Regulation Number 5 of 2021 concerning the Implementation of Risk-Based Business Licensing [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161835/pp-no-5-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2652,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","J58_63","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.00016875","From 5 April 2001, a previous restriction on majority participation or controlling interest by foreign firms in companies that publish daily newspapers and periodicals no longer applies. Instead, activities of publishers of daily newspapers and periodicals are reserved for EU nationals and EU-incorporated companies. Foreign, non-EU nationals and non-EU incorporated companies may be allowed only on the basis of reciprocity. Newspapers and periodicals published entirely in foreign languages as well as magazines with monthly periodicity or that publish less than twelve issues per year are exempted.Activities of publishers of daily newspapers and periodicals are reserved for EU nationals and EU-incorporated companies. Foreign, non-EU nationals and companies may be allowed only on the basis of reciprocity. Newspapers and periodicals published entirely in foreign languages as well as magazines with monthly periodicity or that publish less than twelve issues per year are exempted.","\"ART. 1. (Ownership of companies)\nThe exercise of the publishing company of daily newspapers is reserved for natural persons, as well as for companies established in the form of the company in collective name, in simple partnership, with limited responsibility, for shares, in limited partnership for shares or cooperative, whose object comprises the editorial activity, exercised by means of any means and with any support, including electronic, the attivita 'tipografica, radiotelevisiva or comunque attinente to information and communication, as well as the activities connected functionally and directly to these latest.\nFor the purposes of this law, limited partnerships must in any case be constituted only by natural persons.\nWhen the company is incorporated in the form of a joint stock, limited partnership or limited liability company, the shares with voting rights or quotas must be registered in the name of individuals, general partnerships, limited partnerships or a societa 'to prevalente public participation. The transfer by simple endorsement of these shares is excluded.[...]\nThe subjects referred to in the first paragraph are admitted to carry out the business activity described therein only if in possession of the citizenship of a Member State of the European Union or, in the case of a company, if based in one of the aforementioned States. Persons not having the aforementioned requirement are admitted to the exercise of the same company only on condition that the State of which they are citizens applies a treatment of effective reciprocity. The provisions deriving from international agreements are reserved.\n[...]\nART. 18. (Extension of the legislation to certain types of periodicals and press agencies)\nPublishers of periodical newspapers and magazines who have employed no less than five full-time journalists for at least one year are subject to the obligations established by articles 1, 2, 3, 7, 11, 47 and 48.\nFor newspapers published by publishers who have not employed a minimum of five full-time journalists for at least one year, the fulfillment, by the respective publishers, of the obligations established by article 11 is a condition for accessing the benefits provided for by the this law.\n[...]\nART. 19. (Exclusions from the application of the legislation)\nNewspapers and periodicals published entirely in foreign languages as well as magazines with monthly periodicity or which publish less than twelve issues per year are not subject to the obligations established by this law.[...]\"; last amended by LAW of 17 July 2020, n. 77; Articles 1, 18 and 19 [google translation])","LAW of 5 August 1981, n. 416, \"Discipline of publishing companies and provisions for publishing\"; last amended by LAW of 17 July 2020, n. 77; Articles 1, 18 and 19 ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:legge:1981-08-05;416!vig=2021-08-20\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF2",1,993,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0001","The  establishment  of  branches of non-EU investment companies is subject to authorisation. ","\"Article 1 - Definitions\n1. In this legislative decree: [...]\nd-quater) “investment company”: the company whose usual occupation or activity consists in providing one or more investment services to third parties and/or carrying out one or more investment activities professionally; [...]\ne) “investment firm” (Sim): the investment company with a the form of a legal person with its registered office and general management in Italy, other than banks and financial intermediaries on the register specified by article 106 of the consolidated banking law authorised to carry out investment services or activities; [...]\ni) \"variable capital investment company\" (SICAV): open-ended UCI constituted in the form of a joint stock company with variable capital with registered office and general management in Italy with the exclusive purpose of the collective investment of the assets obtained by the offer of its own shares;\ni-bis) \"fixed capital investment company\" (SICAF): closed-ended UCI constituted in the form of a joint stock company with fixed capital with registered office and general management in Italy with the exclusive purpose of the collective investment of the assets obtained by the offer of its own shares and other financial instruments of equity held by the same; [...]\n5. \"Investment services and activities\" shall mean the following activities where they concern financial instruments:\na) trading for own account; b) execution of orders for clients[89];c) underwriting and/or placement based on an irrevocable commitment towards the issuer[90]; c-bis) placement without irrevocable commitment to issuers[91] d) portfolio management; e) reception and transmission of orders; f) investment consultancy[92]; g) management of multilateral trading facilities.\n[...]\nArticle 18\nPersons\n1. The professional provision of investment services and activities for the public is reserved for investment firms, EU investment companies, Italian banks, EU banks and companies of non-EU countries[323].\n[...]\nArticle 19 - Authorisation\n1. CONSOB, having consulted the Bank of Italy, authorises, within six months of the presentation of the complete application, the provision of investment services and activities by investment firms, when, in conformance with what is specified in the pertinent technical regulating and implementing norms issued by the European Commission pursuant to directive 2014/65/EU, the following conditions recur: \na) the joint stock company form is adopted;\nb) the name of the company includes the words “stockbroking company”;\n[...]\nArticle 27 [391] - Investment companies of the European Union\n1. The Investment companies of the EU may provide investment services and activities, with or without accessory additional services, in exercising the right of establishment through branches or associated agents on Italian soil.\n[...]\nArticle 28 - Companies of non-EU countries other than banks\n1. The establishment in Italy of branches by companies of non-EU countries other than banks is authorised by CONSOB, having consulted the Bank of Italy. Authorisation is subject:\na) to the existence, for the branch, of requirements corresponding to those provided for by article 19, paragraph 1, letters d) and f);\nb) to the sending of all the information, including a programme of activities, that illustrate in particular the types of transactions planned for and the organisational structures of the branch, specified pursuant to paragraph 4;\nc) to the authorisation, supervision and effective implementation in the state of origin of the investment services or activities and additional services that the applicant company intends to provide in Italy, as well as to the circumstance that the competent authority of the State of origin pays due attention to the recommendations of GAFI in the context of measures against money laundering the fight against the financing of terrorism;\nd) to the existence of collaboration agreements among the Bank of Italy, CONSOB and the competent authorities in the State of origin, including provisions disciplining the exchange of information, for the purpose of preserving the soundness of the market and guaranteeing the protection of the investors[358];\ne) to the existence of an agreement between Italy and the State of origin that fully respects the regulations referred to in article 26 of the OECD Model Tax Convention on Income and on Capital and ensures a proper exchange of tax-related information, including any multilateral tax agreements[359];\nf) to the applicant company’s adhesion to a recognised indemnity system to protect investors pursuant to article 60, paragraph 2.\n[...]\nArticle 34 - Authorisation of Italian asset management companies\n1. The Bank of Italy, after consulting CONSOB, authorises the asset management companies to provide the collective asset management service for both UCITS and AIFs, and to perform the portfolio service, the investment advisory service and the service of the reception and transmission of orders, when the following conditions are fulfilled:\na) the legal form adopted is that of a joint stock company;\nb) the registered office and the head office of the company are in Italy;\n[...]\nArticle 35-bis - Constitution\n1. The Bank of Italy, after consulting CONSOB, authorises the constitution of the SICAVs and SICAFs if the following conditions are fulfilled:\na) the company is a joint stock company which complies with the provisions of this chapter;\nb) the registered office and the general management of the company are located in the Italian Republic;\nArticle 38 - SICAVs and SICAFs which appoint an external manager\n1. The Bank of Italy, after consultation with CONSOB, authorises the constitution of SICAVs and SICAFs which designate an external manager for their assets in the following cases:\na) the company is a joint stock company which complies with the provisions of this chapter;\nb) the registered office and the general management of the company are located in the Italian Republic;\n[...]\nArticle 41-bis - EU management companies\n1. For the practice of the activities for which they are authorised pursuant to European Union provisions, the EU management companies may establish branches in the Italian Republic. The first establishment must be preceded by a communication to the Bank of Italy and CONSOB on the part of the competent authorities of the Home State. The branch can start operations two months after the communication.\n[...]\nArticle 41-ter - EU AIFMs\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of chapter II-ter, EU AIFMs can perform the collective asset management for which they are authorised pursuant to the EU provisions in the Italian Republic as the free performance of services or by the establishment of branches, providing the Bank of Italy is notified by the competent authority of the Home State. The Bank of Italy immediately transmits copy of said communication to CONSOB.\n[...]\nArticle 41-quater - Non-EU AIFMs\n1. The Bank of Italy, in accordance with CONSOB, authorises non-EU AIFMs to manage Italian and EU AIFs or to market in the EU the AIFs managed, when Italy, pursuant to Directive 2011/61/EU, is the State of reference. The Bank of Italy immediately transmits to CONSOB copy of the authorisation application of such companies. The Bank of Italy lists non-EU AIFMs in a special section of the register contemplated by article 35. The Bank of Italy notifies CONSOB of such registrations.\n2. Non-EU AIFMs authorised in another EU state which intend to manage an Italian AIF as the free performance of services or through established branches are subject, as far as compatible, to article 41-ter.\n3. Non-EU AIFMs that perform the activities referred to in paragraph 1 and chapter in Italy, through the establishment of branches, comply with the rules of conduct laid down in article 35-decies and the relative regulation and implementation regulations as well as the obligations related to the management of the conflict of interests adopted in implementation of article 6, paragraph 2, letter b-bis), number 6), and paragraph 2-bis. The Bank of Italy and CONSOB may request the Italian branches of non- EU GEIFAs, within the context of their respective competences, for the communication of data and information and the transmission of deeds and documents in the ways and under the terms they have established. The Bank of Italy and CONSOB, within the context of their respective competences, may also request information from the personnel of the Italian branches of non-EU GEIFAs even through the latter [419].\n4. After consulting CONSOB, the Bank of Italy lays down by regulation:\na) the conditions and the procedure for the issue of the authorisation referred to under paragraph 1;\nb) the enactment provisions of the EU provisions concerning the conditions and procedures that the non-EU AIFMs authorised in Italy must respect in the case of cross-border operations in the EU states in conformity with the provisions of Directive 2011/61/EU and the relative enactment provisions, without prejudice to the provisions of chapter II-ter [420].\n[...]\nArticle 47 - Custodian mandate\n1. For each UCI, the manager confers custodian mandate on a single subject, to which the assets of the UCI are entrusted as contemplated in this chapter.\n2. The job of depositary may be performed Italian banks, Italian branches of EU banks and banks of non-EU countries, investment firms and Italian branches EU Investment companies UE and companies in non-EU countries, other than banks[432] [...]\" (LEGISLATIVE DECREE of February 24, 1998, n. 58, \"Consolidated text of the provisions on financial intermediation, pursuant to articles 8 and 21 of law no. 52\"; last amended by LEGISLATIVE DECREE 2 February 2021, n. 17; Articles 1, 19, 28, 34, 35-bis, 38, 41-bis, 41-ter, 41-quater and 47 [unofficial translation])","LEGISLATIVE DECREE of February 24, 1998, n. 58, \"Consolidated text of the provisions on financial intermediation, pursuant to articles 8 and 21 of law no. 52\"; last amended by LEGISLATIVE DECREE 2 February 2021, n. 17; Articles 1, 34, 35-bis, 38, 41-bis, 41-ter, 41-quater and 47\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:decreto.legislativo:1998-02-24;58!vig=2021-08-20\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.consob.it/web/consob-and-its-activities/laws-and-regulations/documenti/english/laws/fr_decree58_1998.htm\">Decree_ENG</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1011,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","H51","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.0128","A license to operate an air transport business may be granted only to enterprises where less than one-third of the voting rights are held by non-Japanese nationals and none of its  representatives  and  less  than  one-third  of  members  of  the  board  of  directors  are  non-Japanese. Cabotage and other domestic services using aircraft are reserved to national airlines.","\"(Requirement for Registration)\nArticle 4 (1) Any aircraft owned by any person who falls under any of the following items shall not be eligible for registration.\n(i) Any person who does not have Japanese nationality\n(ii) Any foreign state or public entity or its equivalent in any foreign state\n(iii) Any juridical person or body established in accordance with the laws and ordinances of any foreign state\n(iv) Any juridical person of which the representative is any one of those listed in the preceding three items or of which one-third or more of the officers are such persons or one-third or more of voting rights are held by such persons\n(2) Any aircraft which has the registration of any foreign state shall not be eligible for registration.\n[...]\n(License)\nArticle 100 (1) Any person who operates air transport services shall obtain a license from the Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism.\n(2) Any person who intends to obtain a license set forth in the preceding paragraph shall submit an application to the Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism, describing the following matters:\n[...]\n(Licensing Standards)\nArticle 101(1) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism shall, when there has been an application under the preceding article, examine whether it conforms to each of the following: [...]\n(v) Any applicant shall not fall under any of the following categories:\n(a) Any person listed in any item of Article 4 paragraph (1) [...]\n(e) Any company whose holding company (any holding company under Article 9 paragraph (5) item (i) of the Act concerning Prohibition of Private Monopolization and Maintenance of Fair Trade (Act No.54, 1947) or affiliated company which is deemed to have effective control over the operations of the said company, as may be specified by Ordinances of Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism (hereinafter referred to as \"holding company etc.\") falls under Article 4 paragraph (1) item (iv)\n(2) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism shall, when he/she deems that the application conforms to the standards pursuant to the provision of the preceding paragraph as a result of examination under the provision of the same paragraph, issue a license for air transport services.\n[...]\n(Handling of Shares Acquired by Foreign Nationals etc,)\nArticle 120-2(1) Any domestic air carrier, which is a corporation issuing shares listed on a stock exchange or their quasi-shares specified by Ordinances of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism, and its holding companies etc. may, when it is requested by a person who has obtained its shares and falls under any of the categories listed in Article 4 paragraph (1) items (i) through (iii) (hereinafter referred to as \"foreigner nationals etc.\" to enroll or register his/her name and address in the shareholders' list, refuse to enroll or register such name and address if the domestic air carrier has come to fall under item (iv) of the same paragraph by accepting such request.\n(2) Any domestic air carrier, and its holding companies etc. set forth in the preceding paragraph shall notify publicly the percentage of foreign nationals etc. in shareholder voting rights pursuant to the provision of Ordinances of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism; provided, however, that the same shall not apply where the percentage falls short of the level specified by Ordinances of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism.\n[...]\n(Flights of Foreign Aircraft)\nArticle 126 (1) Any aircraft having the nationality of any foreign state, which is a Contracting State to the Convention on International Civil Aviation (hereinafter referred to briefly as \"Contracting State\") (except any aircraft which is used for the concerned services by any person who has obtained permission under Article 129 paragraph (1) (hereinafter referred to as \"foreign international air carrier\"), any aircraft which is used for the concerned transportation by any person who has obtained permission under Article 130-2, and any aircraft which is used by any foreign state, any public entity or any equivalent of a foreign state) shall, when it engages in any of the following flights, obtain permission from the Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism; provided, however, that the same shall not apply to any flights operated along designated airways.\n(i) Flight departing from outside of Japan and arriving in Japan\n(ii) Flight departing from Japan and arriving at outside of Japan\n(iii) Flight departing from outside of Japan through Japanese airspace without landing in Japan and arriving at outside of Japan\n(2) Any aircraft having the nationality of a Contracting State, which is used by any foreign state, any public entity or any equivalent of a foreign state, and any aircraft having the nationality of any foreign state other than a Contracting State (except any aircraft which is used for the concerned services by any foreign international carrier or any aircraft which is used for the concerned transportation by any person who has obtained permission under Article 130-2) shall, when it engages in a flight listed in any item of the preceding paragraph, obtain permission from the Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism.\n[...]\n(Use of Foreign Aircraft within Japan)\nArticle 127 No aircraft having the nationality of any foreign state (except for any aircraft which is used for the concerned services of any foreign international carrier or any aircraft which is used for the concerned transportation by any person who has obtained permission under Article 130-2 shall be used for any flights between points within Japan; provided, however, that the same shall not apply when permitted by the Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism.\n[...]\n(International Air Transport Services by Foreign Nationals)\nArticle 129(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 100 paragraph (1), any person listed to in (a) or (e) of Article 101 paragraph (1) item (v) may, upon permission by the Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism, operate services for passenger or cargo transport through any flight listed in each item of Article 126 paragraph (1) (including flights between points in Japan which are made in connection thereof) for remuneration in response to demand of other persons.\n[...]\" (Civil Aeronautics Act (No. 231 of July 15, 1952), last amended by Act No. 61 of 2020, Articles 4, 100, 101, 120-2, 126, 127 and 129 [unofficial translation])","Civil Aeronautics Act (No. 231 of July 15, 1952), last amended by Act No. 61 of 2020, Articles 4, 100, 101, 120-2, 126, 127 and 129","n/a","[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=327AC0000000231\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/law/detail/?id=37&vm=02&re=02\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1520,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","J611","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.002","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include fixed and mobile telecommunications [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1513,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","J611","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.002","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include fixed and mobile telecommunications [considerations of the impact of investments on the \"smooth operation of the Japanese economy\" are understood to apply in addition to considerations regarding national security, public order and public safety already reflected in the horizontal screening measure].","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1513,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.054","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods. Investment in bakeries (recorded under food manufacturing) and trading in firearms (not considered as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology) are wholly closed to foreign investment.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities:\nA- Retail and wholesale trade, including distribution, import and export services, except for what is necessary for the purposes of practicing economic activity and exporting the product/goods.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:- [...]\n5 - Trading in, importing and maintaining firearms and ammunition. [...]\n8- Bakeries of all kinds. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1620,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","M711_721X","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0003125","The founder of an engineering firm must be a Jordanian national. Additionally, at least half the partners and the company’s authorized signatory must be Jordanian.","\"Article 3: Registration condition of engineering work practice:\nThe engineering consultation work may only be practiced through the offices and engineering companies registered in accordance with the provisions hereof.\nArticle 4: Conditions of registration in the offices registries\n1. The Association member wishing to register an office in his name in the Offices Registry must meet the following conditions:\n1. To be a Jordanian national. [...]\n2. The engineering company registration must meet the following conditions: [...]\n5. To have the shares or stocks of the shareholders who are Jordanian members of the Association dedicated for work therein no less than 50% of the company’s capital or shares thereof.\n6. To have Jordanian members no less than half the partners in the company.\n7. To have the company’s authorized signatory been one of the Jordanian members dedicated for work therein, and to have his experience in practicing the occupation no less than seven years with three of which in the design works.[...]\" (Offices & Engineering Companies Regulation (No. 28 of 2016), Articles 3 and 4 [unofficial translation])","Offices & Engineering Companies Regulation (No. 28 of 2016), Articles 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6355,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jea.org.jo/portal/en/offices-engineering-companies-regulation/\">Reg_Eng</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1623,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.002916667","Foreign investment in quarries for natural sand and stones used for construction purposes is prohibited.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA- A non-Jordanian investor may not fully or partially own or contribute to any of the following economic activities:-\n1- Stone saws, construction sand screeds, rubble, building stone and aggregates used for construction purposes.[...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1636,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","J59","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000046875","The editor in chief of a mass media company (including \"documentaries, audiovisual record\") may not be a foreign national.","\"Article 1. Basic definitions, used in this Law\nThe following definitions are used in this Law: [...]\n 4) mass media – periodical printed publication, television- and radio channel, documentaries, audiovisual record and other form of periodical or continuous public distribution of mass information, including the web sites;\n[...]\nArticle 7.Editorial board of mass media\n1. Editorial board shall carry out preparation and production (broadcast) of mass media under commission of a possessor.\n2. Editorial board shall be headed by chief editor (editor).\n2-1. The following persons may not be a chief editor (editor): [...]\n3) foreign persons or stateless persons; [...]\" (Law On Mass Media (No. 451-I of 23 July 1999), last amended on 1.1.2015, Articles 1 and 7 [unofficial translation])","Law On Mass Media (No. 451-I of 23 July 1999), last amended on 1.1.2015, Articles 1 and 7 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/Z990000451_\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1546,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I42","IX",2018,"0.0015","In general, direct or indirect ownership of 10% or more of the shares in a Kazakh insurance or reinsurance company is subject to prior approval by the regulator. A foreign company may hold 25% or more of the shares in an insurance or reinsurance company only if it is a non-resident financial institution with the required minimum credit rating and if it is subject to consolidated supervision in its home country. This restriction applies only to direct holdings by foreign companies.","\"Article 26. An insurance holding company, a major participant of an insurance (reinsurance) company\n1. Nobody alone or jointly with the other (other) person (s) cannot, directly or indirectly, own, use, and (or) dispose of ten or more percent of outstanding (net of preferred and bought by the insurance (reinsurance) company shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company, as well as have the ability to exercise control or influence over the insurance (reinsurance) company solutions at the rate of ten percent or more percent of the outstanding (net of preferred and bought by the insurance (reinsurance) company shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company without the prior written consent of the authorized body. This requirement shall not apply to the state or national management holding company, as well as to the cases, provided by this Law.\nNon-resident legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan can obtain the consent of the authorized body to acquire the status of an insurance holding company or a major participant of an insurance (reinsurance) company in the presence of the minimum required rating of one of the rating agencies. The minimum required rating and the list of rating agencies shall be established by the regulatory legal act of the authorized body.\nThe presence of this rating shall not be required for a non-resident legal entity of the Republic of Kazakhstan, intending indirectly own ten or more percent of outstanding shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company or voting indirectly by ten percent or more percent of the voting shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company through the ownership (voting) of shares (stakes in the authorized capital) of the non-resident legal entity of the Republic of Kazakhstan that is a major participant of an insurance (reinsurance) company that directly owns ten or more percent of outstanding shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company, or having the opportunity to vote by ten or more percent of the voting shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company that has the minimum required rating.\nAn insurance holding company, a non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan that directly owns twenty-five or more percent of outstanding (net of preferred and bought by an insurance (reinsurance) company) shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company or having the opportunity to vote directly by twenty-five or more percent of the voting shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company may be only a financial institution – a non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan that subject to the consolidated supervision in the country of its location. [...]\n3. The requirements to acquire the status of an insurance holding company or a major participant of an insurance (reinsurance) company shall not apply to a person that recognized as indirectly owns (having the opportunity to vote, make decisions and (or) influence on the decision making by virtue of a contract or otherwise) of shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company through the ownership (the availability to vote, make decisions and (or) influence on decision making by virtue of a contract or otherwise) of shares of another financial institution having the status of a major participant (an insurance holding company) of the said insurance (reinsurance) company.\nThe requirements to acquire the status of an insurance holding company or a major participant of insurance (reinsurance) company shall not apply to a non-resident of the Republic Kazakhstan that indirectly owns (having the ability to vote, make decisions and (or) influence on decision making by virtue of a contract or otherwise) of shares of an insurance (reinsurance) company through the ownership of (the availability to vote, make decisions and (or) influence on the decision making by virtue of a contract or otherwise) shares of another financial institution - a non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan, that is subject to the consolidated supervision in the country of its location and has the status of a major participant (an insurance holding company) of the said insurance (reinsurance) company. [...]\" (Law On insurance activities (No. 126 of 18 December 2000), as amended by Law No. 272-VI of 25.11.2019, Article 26 [unofficial translation])","Law On insurance activities (No. 126 of 18 December 2000), as amended by Law No. 272-VI of 25.11.2019, Article 26","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/Z000000126_\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1553,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","A02","_O","IV91","IX",2018,"0.00025","Foreign natural and legal persons may not own lands intended for afforestation.","\"Article 23. Ownership of land plots of citizens and legal entities\n1. Land plots in the state ownership may be granted to the private ownership for citizens and non-state legal entities, with the exception of the land plots which in accordance with this Code may not be in the private ownership.\n1-1. Land plots located in the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan are not provided into private ownership or for temporary land use.\nThe population is allowed to use agricultural land located within the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan for grazing farm animals of own farmsteads and haymaking without the right to erect any buildings (constructions, structures).\n2. Private ownership of the citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan may include the land plots for management of peasant or agrarian economy, personal subsidiary husbandry, forest planting, gardening, personal housing and suburban construction management, as well as granted for building construction or built-up by production and non-production, including residential buildings (constructions, installations) and their complexes, including lands intended for janitorial service (constructions, installations) in accordance with their purposes. [...]\n3. Non-state legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan may own land plots (to be) provided for agricultural production, afforestation, for development or having production and non-production buildings (constructions, structures), including residential ones, and their complexes, including lands intended for the maintenance of buildings (constructions, structures) in accordance with their intended use.\n4. Foreigners, stateless persons and foreign legal entities (non-state ones) may own land plots for the purposes specified in paragraph 3 of this article, except for lands intended for agricultural production and afforestation.\nLand plots located in the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan may not be owned by foreigners, stateless persons, citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan who are married to (are spouses of) foreigners or stateless persons, and also to foreign legal entities and legal entities of the Republic Kazakhstan with foreign participation. [...]\nWhen a foreigner or stateless person, a foreign legal entity, a legal entity of the Republic of Kazakhstan with foreign participation becomes a member (shareholders) of a legal entity of the Republic of Kazakhstan, the ownership of land plots located in the frontier zone and frontier strip of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan shall be subject to re-registration or alienation in accordance with the provisions of Article 66 of this Code.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Property right to agricultural lands\n[\"Note of the RCLI! In accordance with Decree of the President of the Republic of Kazakhstan № 248 as of May 6, 2016, a moratorium to grant private property rights to state-owned agricultural land plots to individuals and legal entities was introduced until December 31, 2021.\"]\n1. Agricultural land plots owned by the state may be provided to citizens and legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan without foreign participation on the basis of the land use right in the manner and subject to conditions established by this Code. [...]\n[\"Note of the RCLI! In accordance with Decree of the President of the Republic of Kazakhstan № 248 as of May 6, 2016, a moratorium to grant the right of temporary land use as a lease of agricultural land plots to foreigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, and also legal entities with more than fifty percent of the authorized capital belonging to foreigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities was introduced until December 31, 2021.\"]\nForeigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, as well as legal entities with more than fifty percent of the authorized capital belonging to foreigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, may own agricultural land plots only on the basis of the right of temporary land use as a lease up to twenty five years. [...]\n6. Agricultural land plots located within the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan may be provided on the basis of the temporary land use right to citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan, except for citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan who are married to (are spouses of) foreigners or stateless persons, and legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan without foreign participation. [...]\n Agricultural land plots located in the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan can not belong to foreigners, stateless persons, as well as foreign legal entities and legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan with foreign participation on the basis of land use rights.[...]\" (Land Code (No. 442 of 20 June 2003), as amended by Law No. 268-VI of 28.10.2019, Articles 23 and 24 [unofficial translation])","Land Code (No. 442 of 20 June 2003), as amended by Law No. 268-VI of 28.10.2019, Articles 23 and 24","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/K030000442_\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1535,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","L68X3","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Authorisation is required for foreign persons to acquire land in specified areas: military bases and installation protection zones, and such other areas as may be necessary for national defense purposes; designated cultural heritage and protective facilities or protection zones therefor; ecological and scenery conservation areas; special districts for protection of wildlife.","\"Article 2 (Definition) The meanings of terms used in this Act are as follows. <Amended 2020. 8. 18.> [...]\n4. “Foreigner, etc.” means an individual, corporation, or organization that falls under any of the following items.\n(a) Individuals who do not possess Korean nationality\n(b). A corporation or organization established under foreign laws and regulations\n(c). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the members or members fall under item (a)\n(d). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the executives, such as employees or directors, who carry out business fall under item (a).\n(f). A corporation or organization in which a person falling under item a or a corporation or organization falling under item b holds more than 1/2 of the capital or more than 1/2 of the voting rights.\n(g). foreign government\n(h). International organization prescribed by Presidential Decree\n[...]\nChapter 3 Special provisions regarding acquisition of real estate by foreigners, etc.\nArticle 7 (Reciprocity) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport shall protect citizens of the Republic of Korea, corporations or organizations established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, or individuals or corporations of countries that prohibit or restrict the acquisition or transfer of land within their country to the Government of the Republic of Korea.The acquisition or transfer of land in the Republic of Korea may be prohibited or restricted byorganizations or the government, as prescribed by Presidential Decree . However,this does not apply if it is necessary for the implementation of a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and laws.\nArticle 8 (Report on acquisition and possession of real estate by foreigners, etc.) \n(1) When a foreigner, etc. enters into a contract to acquire real estate, etc. in the Republic of Korea ( excluding contracts under each subparagraph of Article 3, Paragraph 1 ), 60 days from the date of conclusion of the contract.It must be reported to the reporting officewithin pursuant to the Presidential Decree.\n(2) When a foreigner, etc. acquires real estate, etc. in the Republic of Korea for reasons other than inheritance, auction, or other contracts prescribed by Presidential Decree , he/she shall report to the reporting office within six months from the date of acquisition of the real estate, etc., as prescribed by Presidential Decree .\n(3) If a Korean national owning real estate, etc. in the Republic of Korea, or a corporation or organization established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, is changed to a foreigner, etc., and the foreigner, etc. intends to continue to hold the relevant real estate, etc., a Presidential Decree within 6 months from the date of change to a foreigner, etc. It must be reported to the reporting office as prescribed.\nArticle 9 (Permission for Land Transactions Conducted by Foreigners, etc.)\n(1) Notwithstanding Articles 3 and 8, where any land that a foreigner, etc. intends to acquire is located in any of the following zones, areas, etc., he/she shall obtain permission from the report-receiving authority for the acquisition of the land before entering into a contract for the land acquisition (hereinafter referred to as \"land acquisition contract\"), as prescribed by Presidential Decree: Provided, That the same shall not apply where a permission for the land transaction contract is obtained under Article 11:\n1. Military bases and installation protection zones defined in subparagraph 6 of Article 2 of the Protection of Military Bases and Installations Act, and such other areas as may be necessary to limit land especially acquisition by a foreigner, etc. for the purposes of national defense as prescribed by Presidential Decree;\n2. Designated cultural heritage defined in Article 2 (2) of the Cultural Heritage Protection Act, and protective facilities or protection zones therefor;\n3. Ecological and scenery conservation areas defined in subparagraph 12 of Article 2 of the Natural Environment Conservation Act;\n4. Special districts for protection of wildlife under Article 27 of the Wildlife Protection and Management Act.\n(2) Following consultation with the heads of related administrative agencies, a report-receiving authority shall grant permission under paragraph (1), if the acquisition of land by a foreigner, etc. in a zone, area, etc. that falls under any subparagraph of paragraph (1) does not disrupt the attainment of the purpose of designation of the relevant zone, area, etc.\n(3) A land acquisition contract concluded in violation of paragraph (1) shall be null and void.[...]\" (Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 9 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 2 (Definition) In this Act, “foreigner” means an individual, corporation, or organization that falls under any of the following items. <Amended May 20, 2014>\n1. Individuals who do not possess Korean nationality\n2. A corporation or organization that falls under any of the following items:\n(a). A corporation or organization established under foreign laws and regulations\n(b). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the members or members fall under subparagraph 1.\n(c). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the executives, such as employees or directors, who carry out business are persons who fall under subparagraph 1.\n(d). A person falling under subparagraph 1 or a corporation or organization falling under item a holds more than 1/2 of the capital or more than 1/2 of the voting rights.\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.]\nArticle 3 (Reciprocity) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport shall protect citizens of the Republic of Korea, corporations or organizations established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, or individuals or corporations of countries that prohibit or restrict the acquisition or transfer of land within their country to the Government of the Republic of Korea. ㆍThe acquisition or transfer of land in the Republic of Korea may be prohibited or restricted by organizations or the government, as prescribed by Presidential Decree. However, this does not apply if it is necessary for the implementation of a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and laws. <Amended 2013. 3. 23.>\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.]\nArticle 4 (Reporting of land acquisition according to contract, etc.) \n(1) A contract (hereinafter referred to as “land acquisition contract”) by which a foreigner, foreign government, or international organization prescribed by Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as “foreigner, etc.”) acquires land in the Republic of Korea. ) is concluded within 60 days from the date of conclusion of the contract, as prescribed by Presidential Decree, as prescribed by Presidential Decree. )ㆍMust be reported to the county governor or district head. However, this does not apply if a real estate transaction is reported pursuant to Article 27 of the Act on the Business of Licensed Real Estate Agents and Real Estate Transaction Reporting. <Amended 2015. 7. 24.>\n(2) Notwithstanding paragraph 1, if the land that a foreigner, etc. intends to acquire is in a district or region that falls under any of the following subparagraphs, permission for land acquisition may be obtained from the head of the city/county or district office as prescribed by Presidential Decree before concluding a land acquisition contract. Must receive it. However, this does not apply if permission for a land transaction contract is obtained pursuant to Article 118 of the National Land Planning and Utilization Act. <Amended 2011. 7. 28.>\n1. Military bases and military facilities protection areas under Article 2, Paragraph 6 of the Military Bases and Military Facilities Protection Act, and other areas designated by Presidential Decree as areas where land acquisition by foreigners, etc. needs to be specifically restricted for national defense purposes.\n2. Designated cultural heritage and protective objects or protection areas therefor under Article 2 (2) of the Cultural Heritage Protection Act.\n3. Ecology and landscape conservation area under Article 2, Paragraph 12 of the Natural Environment Conservation Act\n4. Wildlife special protection area under Article 27 of the Wildlife Protection and Management Act.\n(3) If the head of a city/county/district acknowledges that the acquisition of land by a foreigner, etc. in a district/region, etc. falling under any subparagraph of paragraph (2) will not impede the achievement of the purpose of designation of the district/region, etc. Permission must be granted in accordance with paragraph 2.\n(4) A land acquisition contract concluded in violation of paragraph 2 shall not take effect. [Full revision 2008. 12. 26.] [...]\" (Foreign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]]","Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 9\nForeign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=191659#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=43032&type=sogan&key=4\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/lsSc.do?menuId=1&subMenuId=17&tabMenuId=93&query=%EC%99%B8%EA%B5%AD%EC%9D%B8%ED%86%A0%EC%A7%80%EB%B2%95#undefined\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1495,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","L68X3","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","Authorisation is required for foreign persons to acquire land in specified areas: military bases and installation protection zones, and such other areas as may be necessary for national defense purposes; designated cultural heritage and protective facilities or protection zones therefor; ecological and scenery conservation areas; special districts for protection of wildlife.","\"Article 2 (Definition) The meanings of terms used in this Act are as follows. <Amended 2020. 8. 18.> [...]\n4. “Foreigner, etc.” means an individual, corporation, or organization that falls under any of the following items.\n(a) Individuals who do not possess Korean nationality\n(b). A corporation or organization established under foreign laws and regulations\n(c). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the members or members fall under item (a)\n(d). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the executives, such as employees or directors, who carry out business fall under item (a).\n(f). A corporation or organization in which a person falling under item a or a corporation or organization falling under item b holds more than 1/2 of the capital or more than 1/2 of the voting rights.\n(g). foreign government\n(h). International organization prescribed by Presidential Decree\n[...]\nChapter 3 Special provisions regarding acquisition of real estate by foreigners, etc.\nArticle 7 (Reciprocity) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport shall protect citizens of the Republic of Korea, corporations or organizations established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, or individuals or corporations of countries that prohibit or restrict the acquisition or transfer of land within their country to the Government of the Republic of Korea.The acquisition or transfer of land in the Republic of Korea may be prohibited or restricted byorganizations or the government, as prescribed by Presidential Decree . However,this does not apply if it is necessary for the implementation of a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and laws.\nArticle 8 (Report on acquisition and possession of real estate by foreigners, etc.) \n(1) When a foreigner, etc. enters into a contract to acquire real estate, etc. in the Republic of Korea ( excluding contracts under each subparagraph of Article 3, Paragraph 1 ), 60 days from the date of conclusion of the contract.It must be reported to the reporting officewithin pursuant to the Presidential Decree.\n(2) When a foreigner, etc. acquires real estate, etc. in the Republic of Korea for reasons other than inheritance, auction, or other contracts prescribed by Presidential Decree , he/she shall report to the reporting office within six months from the date of acquisition of the real estate, etc., as prescribed by Presidential Decree .\n(3) If a Korean national owning real estate, etc. in the Republic of Korea, or a corporation or organization established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, is changed to a foreigner, etc., and the foreigner, etc. intends to continue to hold the relevant real estate, etc., a Presidential Decree within 6 months from the date of change to a foreigner, etc. It must be reported to the reporting office as prescribed.\nArticle 9 (Permission for Land Transactions Conducted by Foreigners, etc.)\n(1) Notwithstanding Articles 3 and 8, where any land that a foreigner, etc. intends to acquire is located in any of the following zones, areas, etc., he/she shall obtain permission from the report-receiving authority for the acquisition of the land before entering into a contract for the land acquisition (hereinafter referred to as \"land acquisition contract\"), as prescribed by Presidential Decree: Provided, That the same shall not apply where a permission for the land transaction contract is obtained under Article 11:\n1. Military bases and installation protection zones defined in subparagraph 6 of Article 2 of the Protection of Military Bases and Installations Act, and such other areas as may be necessary to limit land especially acquisition by a foreigner, etc. for the purposes of national defense as prescribed by Presidential Decree;\n2. Designated cultural heritage defined in Article 2 (2) of the Cultural Heritage Protection Act, and protective facilities or protection zones therefor;\n3. Ecological and scenery conservation areas defined in subparagraph 12 of Article 2 of the Natural Environment Conservation Act;\n4. Special districts for protection of wildlife under Article 27 of the Wildlife Protection and Management Act.\n(2) Following consultation with the heads of related administrative agencies, a report-receiving authority shall grant permission under paragraph (1), if the acquisition of land by a foreigner, etc. in a zone, area, etc. that falls under any subparagraph of paragraph (1) does not disrupt the attainment of the purpose of designation of the relevant zone, area, etc.\n(3) A land acquisition contract concluded in violation of paragraph (1) shall be null and void.[...]\" (Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 9 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 2 (Definition) In this Act, “foreigner” means an individual, corporation, or organization that falls under any of the following items. <Amended May 20, 2014>\n1. Individuals who do not possess Korean nationality\n2. A corporation or organization that falls under any of the following items:\n(a). A corporation or organization established under foreign laws and regulations\n(b). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the members or members fall under subparagraph 1.\n(c). A corporation or organization in which more than one-half of the executives, such as employees or directors, who carry out business are persons who fall under subparagraph 1.\n(d). A person falling under subparagraph 1 or a corporation or organization falling under item a holds more than 1/2 of the capital or more than 1/2 of the voting rights.\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.]\nArticle 3 (Reciprocity) The Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport shall protect citizens of the Republic of Korea, corporations or organizations established under the laws of the Republic of Korea, or individuals or corporations of countries that prohibit or restrict the acquisition or transfer of land within their country to the Government of the Republic of Korea. ㆍThe acquisition or transfer of land in the Republic of Korea may be prohibited or restricted by organizations or the government, as prescribed by Presidential Decree. However, this does not apply if it is necessary for the implementation of a treaty concluded in accordance with the Constitution and laws. <Amended 2013. 3. 23.>\n[Full revision 2008. 12. 26.]\nArticle 4 (Reporting of land acquisition according to contract, etc.) \n(1) A contract (hereinafter referred to as “land acquisition contract”) by which a foreigner, foreign government, or international organization prescribed by Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as “foreigner, etc.”) acquires land in the Republic of Korea. ) is concluded within 60 days from the date of conclusion of the contract, as prescribed by Presidential Decree, as prescribed by Presidential Decree. )ㆍMust be reported to the county governor or district head. However, this does not apply if a real estate transaction is reported pursuant to Article 27 of the Act on the Business of Licensed Real Estate Agents and Real Estate Transaction Reporting. <Amended 2015. 7. 24.>\n(2) Notwithstanding paragraph 1, if the land that a foreigner, etc. intends to acquire is in a district or region that falls under any of the following subparagraphs, permission for land acquisition may be obtained from the head of the city/county or district office as prescribed by Presidential Decree before concluding a land acquisition contract. Must receive it. However, this does not apply if permission for a land transaction contract is obtained pursuant to Article 118 of the National Land Planning and Utilization Act. <Amended 2011. 7. 28.>\n1. Military bases and military facilities protection areas under Article 2, Paragraph 6 of the Military Bases and Military Facilities Protection Act, and other areas designated by Presidential Decree as areas where land acquisition by foreigners, etc. needs to be specifically restricted for national defense purposes.\n2. Designated cultural heritage and protective objects or protection areas therefor under Article 2 (2) of the Cultural Heritage Protection Act.\n3. Ecology and landscape conservation area under Article 2, Paragraph 12 of the Natural Environment Conservation Act\n4. Wildlife special protection area under Article 27 of the Wildlife Protection and Management Act.\n(3) If the head of a city/county/district acknowledges that the acquisition of land by a foreigner, etc. in a district/region, etc. falling under any subparagraph of paragraph (2) will not impede the achievement of the purpose of designation of the district/region, etc. Permission must be granted in accordance with paragraph 2.\n(4) A land acquisition contract concluded in violation of paragraph 2 shall not take effect. [Full revision 2008. 12. 26.] [...]\" (Foreign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]]","Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, etc. (No. 13797 of 2016), last amended by Act No. 17483 of 2020, Article 9\nForeign Land Land Act, Act No. 13435, July 24, 2015, amended by other laws [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=191659#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=43032&type=sogan&key=4\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/lsSc.do?menuId=1&subMenuId=17&tabMenuId=93&query=%EC%99%B8%EA%B5%AD%EC%9D%B8%ED%86%A0%EC%A7%80%EB%B2%95#undefined\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1495,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00075","Local incorporation is required for the provision of insurance services.","\"Chapter 2 - Creation and activities of insurance organizations in the Kyrgyz Republic [...]\nArticle 6. Features of the organization of insurance organizations\n1. An insurance organization in the Kyrgyz Republic may be created and operated only in the form of a joint stock company (closed or open type).\n2. The founders and shareholders of the insurance organization may be legal entities and individuals - residents and non-residents of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 23, 1998 No. 96 \"About the organization of insurance in the Kyrgyz Republic\" [google translated])","Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of July 23, 1998 No. 96 \"About the organization of insurance in the Kyrgyz Republic\" [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\" http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/105?cl=ru-ru\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2838,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00024","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of warehousing and services incidiental to freight transportation and other freight support activities. Foreign investment in these activies is subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement ranging from 1 billion Lak for warehousing to 10 billion Lak for international freight transportation and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49% only.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Warehousing and storage [...] and other transport support activities (domestic and international freight support activities)[ISIC code: 5229] (minimum registered capital ranging from 1 billion Lak for warehousing to 10 billion Lak for international freight transportation; foreign equity participation limited to 49% in all activities)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2177,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0028125","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is architectural and engineering services. Foreign investment in these activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy [specifically for research and feasibility study of a project, surveying and urban planning, interior and exterior design/decoration, construction consultancy, surveying, design and civil engineering] (minimum registered capital ranging from 4 to 8 billion Lak depending on the activity; foreign equity participation limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2183,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","C20_21","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.005","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the manufacturing of pharmaceutical products.  Foreign investment in pharmaceutical activities is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement of at least 1 billion Lak and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Manufacturing of pharmaceuticals, medicinal chemical and botanical products (minimum registered capital: more than 1 billion Lak; foreign equity participation limited to 49%);\"(Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2162,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","M692","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000625","Foreign participation in audit & accoutning firms is subject to reciprocity.","\"Article 1. The present Act regulates the profession of Certified Public Accountants in Lebanon.\n[...]\nArticle 2 – Definition: A Certified Public Accountant (CPA) is any/all natural person performing in his name or on behalf of another legal entity:  auditing and appraisal of all types of accounts and rendering an opinion as to the authenticity and accuracy of financial data.\nArticle 3 – No person shall act as CPA unless registered in the tables of the Association established in accordance with the present Act.\n[...]\nChapter II – The organizational structure of the Association [...]\n1- Membership Conditions:\nArticle 8 – No one is entitled to be registered in the General Table of the Association or practice the profession in Lebanon or purport to be a CPA unless he meets the following requirements:\n- Being a Lebanese citizen for more than ten years.\n[...]\n3- Rights and Obligations: [...]\nArticle 16 – In addition to his main occupation, a CPA is entitled to perform the following: [...]\nIn this respect, CPAs may jointly found professional non-trading partnerships or establish companies in collaboration with financial, management and economic experts. Contracts are to be put down in writing and mentioned in the special register (stipulated in Article 20 of the present Act) set for companies that practice the profession.\n[...]\nMembership Conditions for Arab and Foreign CPAs:\nArticle 18 – Non-Lebanese can be registered in the General Table of the Association to practice as « Certified Public Accountants » in Lebanon provided they meet, in addition to the conditions required from Lebanese CPAs, the following prerequisites:\n1-      To be from countries where laws and regulations entitle the Lebanese citizens who meet the local requirements to practice the accountancy profession, in accordance with the reciprocity principle.\n2-      To collaborate with a Lebanese Certified Public Accountant   \n3-      To have the required qualifications and skills entitling him to practice the accountancy profession in his country provided these skills are at least equal to those required from Lebanese CPAs.\n4-      To meet all required legal and regulatory conditions related to the residency and work of foreigners in Lebanon.\nArticle 19 – Foreign experts shall be registered in the Table for foreign experts, after submitting a written membership request along with all documentary evidence proving that he meets the legal conditions required for the practice of the profession in Lebanon. Once registered, the foreign expert becomes an LACPA member having the right to vote at the General Assembly, on condition of reciprocity. He is not, however, entitled to stand for Council elections.\nArticle 20 – The Council shall keep:\n1-      A table known as the  « General Table of CPAs » including the names of all Certified Public Accountants that are members of LACPA.\n2-      A table with the names of foreign CPAs.\n3-      A register for trainees.\n4-      A register for the companies that practice the profession.\nRegistration shall take place and the register - referred to in aforementioned paragraph 4 - shall be kept in accordance with the rules and regulations set forth in the Rules of Procedure of the Association. The register shall be put at the disposal of anyone wishing to obtain information on any registered company practicing the profession or to get a certified copy of a the said registration on payment of the fees provided for in the aforementioned Rules of Procedure. The issued Registration Certificates shall be signed by the president and the secretary.[...]\" (The Accountancy Profession Act of the Lebanese Association of Certified Public Accountants Law No 364)\n----------------------------\n\"Title Seven - Civil Professional Companies\nArticle 16: Practicing CPAs may establish between them Civil Professional Companies.\nArticle 17. The partnership contracted must be written, and registered at the register of civil companies before the clerk office of the relevant first instance court, and in the special register for professional companies as stated in article 20 of the law organizing the profession, and the partnership contract shall include the following information: Corporate objective; Names of the associates; Rights of the associates;  Corporate duration and headquarters; Corporate signatory(ies) by virtue of a commercial circular.\nAssociates must register the company at the special register of companies in LACPA within two months of the incorporation, and must also inform LACPA of any amendment to the corporate contract within two months from the date of modification.\nAssociates shall be prohibited from using the name of the company before the due registration under penalty of applying the disciplinary penalties stated in article 43 of the law organizing the profession.\nThe auditing financial statements reports issued by the Professional Civil Companies shall be signed according to the International Auditing Standards. [...]\" (Lebanese Association of Certified Public Accountants (LACPA) Bylaws)     ","The Accountancy Profession Act of the Lebanese Association of Certified Public Accountants Law No 364\nLebanese Association of Certified Public Accountants (LACPA) Bylaws","n/a","[<a href=\"http://lacpa.org.lb/accountancy-profession-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://lacpa.org.lb/lacpa-internal-bylaws\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2121,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","B05_06","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.000583333","Investors in oil & gas exploration and production activities are subject to local content requirements discriminating against established foreign-owned enterprises.","\"Art 27. Procurement and supply bases [...]\na) in selecting Contractors for the provision of services in relation to Petroleum Activities, the Operator shall select, when possible, individuals who are Lebanese or Entities which are majority-owned or controlled by Lebanese nationals and that provide such services through permanent establishments in Lebanon, provided that: (i) the Operator, in its judgment acting reasonably, is satisfied (on the basis of demonstrated ability, experience, quality, timely performance, workmanship and other relevant criteria) with their ability to properly perform the work entrusted to them; (ii) the costs of such services does not exceed one hundred and ten per cent (110%) of the lowest acceptable cost of equivalent or similar services offered by or otherwise available from foreign individuals or Entities that are not majority-owned or controlled by Lebanese nationals [...]\nb) in purchasing goods, the Operator shall give preference to goods which originate from Lebanon, or are manufactured or constructed in Lebanon, in each case by Entities that are majority-owned or controlled by Lebanese nationals, provided that: (i) the Operator is reasonably satisfied  [...]\" (Decree no. 4918/2019: Amending Some Articles and the Annexes of Decree 43/2017)\n-------------------------\n\"Article 67: Local content : 1- A Right Holder as well as its subcontractors shall give priority to Lebanese persons in the award of contracts for construction of a Facility and the supply of material, goods and services related to Petroleum Activities when terms and conditions offered by Lebanese suppliers are equal to their competitors. \n2-  A Right Holder as well as its subcontractors shall employ qualified personnel of Lebanese nationality whenever available. Right Holder shall also organise and fund the training of Lebanese personnel associated with Petroleum Activities.  [...]\" (Law no. 132/2010: Offshore Petroleum Resources Law)","Decree no. 4918/2019: Amending Some Articles and the Annexes of Decree 43/2017\nLaw no. 132/2010: Offshore Petroleum Resources Law","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lpa.gov.lb/Library/Assets/Gallery/asdasdas/Decrees/%D8%AA%D8%B9%D8%AF%D9%8A%D9%84%20%D8%A8%D8%B9%D8%B6%20%D9%85%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%AF%20%D9%88%D9%85%D9%84%D8%AD%D9%82%D9%8A%20%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%B3%D9%88%D9%85%2043-2017%20-%20%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%B3%D9%88%D9%85%204918-2019.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lpa.gov.lb/Library/Assets/Gallery/asdasdas/Laws/OPRL%20-%20English.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2104,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.00625","Pursuant to the National Land Code (Amendment) Act 2016, which came into force on 1 January 2017, prior approval of the State Authority is now required for the acquisition of all categories of land by 'foreign interest', inclduing foreign investors and majority-foreign owned entities established in Malaysia. Previously, 'foerign interest' acquisition of industrial land was exempted from such requirement. 'Foreign interest' acquisition of properties (including land) valued less than RM1 million per unit is prohibited; long-term leases (not exceeding 99 years) are possible for such cases.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2885,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.009375","Foreign shareholding is limited to up 70% in hypermarkets and up to 30% in convenience stores. Foreign investment in several specific wholesale and retail distribution activities is prohibited (e.g. supermarket/mini-market; provision shop/general vendor; news agent and miscellaneous goods store; medical hall (inclined towards traditional alternative medicines plus general dry foodstuff); fuel station; permanent wet market store; permanent pavement store; National Strategic Interest; and non-exclusive textile, food and beverage, jewellery shops). In other distribution activiites, such as departmental stores, superstores, specialty stores and franchise, 100% foreign ownership is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements.\n\n\"On 1 June 2020, Kuala Lumpur City Hall (DBKL) banned foreign nationals from applying licenses to open the following businesses in Kuala Lumpur:  supermarket/mini-marke; sundry shop; 24-hours convenience store; petrol station; wet market; cybercafe; bag shop; spa; jewelry shop; car workshop; computer and accessories shop; laundry service; hair salon and barbershop; five-foot-way kiosk; food and drinks kiosk; restaurant; furniture shop; retail shop; mobile phone shop; and herbal and Chinese medicine shop. The regulation aimed to control the number of foreign-owned businesses in the above sectors in Kuala Lumpur as they have impacted the revenues of the local businesses.  The regulation came into force on 1 June 2020.\" (Global Trade Alert database) \"[...] The target industries are mainly service industries such as restaurants, retail stores, and beauty salons, and some industries are excluded if they are international brands or luxury brands (see the attached document table). In addition, even if it corresponds to a specific industry, if it is not a store but a management office that manages operations and office work, it will not be subject to foreign capital regulations. In addition, before June 1, the business license of the store corresponding to a specific industry has been acquired, and this regulation does not apply in the case of renewal, but it applies in the case of a new application for a new store. Any changes to the application will also be considered as a new application. Business licenses need to be renewed annually.[...]\" (JETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that DBKL's new regulation extends only slightly the number of retail activities closed to FDI in the capital city, i.e. in the main Malaysian market.\n\n",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2905,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00225","Foreign interest (foreign majority-owned) is not allowed to acquire properties (including land) valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; Properties built on Malay reserved land; and Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority. In addition, foreign majority-owned firms are allowed to acquire commercial and residential units valued at RM1,000,000 and above [~USD 236k as of October 2017] only subject to approval by the State Authority.","\"DIVISION I - PART ONE PRELIMINARY [...]\n5.  Interpretation. [...]\n\"industrial purposes\"  has the meaning assigned thereto by paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) of section 117\n[...]\nPART 3: RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE STATE AUTHORITY - CHAPTER 2 - CLASSIFICATION AND USE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION [...]\nUSE OF LANDS ALIENATED UNDER THIS ACT  \n52.  Categories of land use and application thereof to lands alienated under this Act. (1) For the purposes of this Act there shall be three categories of land use, to be known respectively as \"agriculture\", \"building\" and \"industry\" and, subject to sub-section (5), where any land is alienated under this Act- [...]\n(b) the conditions to which the land becomes subject shall include accordingly- (i) such express conditions as may be imposed by the State Authority by virtue of section 121 or, as the case may be, 122, and (ii) such implied conditions as are applicable thereto by virtue of section 115, 116 or 117. \n[...]\nDIVISION II - DISPOSAL OF LAND - PART FIVE - DISPOSAL BY ALIENATION - CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTORY\n76. Meaning of alienation.\nThe alienation of State land under this Act shall consist of its disposal by the State Authority-\n(a) for a term not exceeding ninety-nine years;\n[...]\nDIVISION III - PART 7: CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS IN INTEREST - CHAPTER 3 [...]\nCATEGORY: BUILDING \n116.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"building\". \n(1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"building\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (3), apply thereto- (a) that, unless on the relevant date such a building already existed on the land, there shall within two years of that date be erected thereon a building suitable for use for one or more of the purposes specified or referred to in sub-section (4); [...]\n(4) The purposes referred to in paragraph (a) of sub-section (1) are the following- (a) residential purposes; (b) administrative or commercial purposes, or the purposes of passenger transport; (c) the purposes of exhibiting, selling by retail, repairing or otherwise dealing in any goods or commodities, or of providing any services; (d) the purposes of providing educational, medical, sanitary or other welfare facilities; (e) the purposes of entertainment, refreshment or recreation; \n[...]\nCATEGORY: INDUSTRY\n117.  Implied conditions affecting land subject to the category \"industry\". (1) Where any alienated land is subject by virtue of any provision of this Act to the category \"industry\", the following implied conditions shall, subject to sub-section (2), apply thereto- (a) that it shall be used only for industrial purposes, that is to say, for the purposes of the erection or maintenance of factories, workshops, foundries, warehouses, docks, jetties, railways or other buildings or installations for use for or in connection with one or more of the following purposes- (i) manufacture;   (ii) smelting; (iii) the production or distribution of power; (iv) the assembling, processing, storage, transport or distribution of goods, or other commodities; (v) such other purposes as the State Authority may prescribe for the purposes of this section by rules under section 14; \n[...]\nDIVISION IV - ALIENATED LANDS: DEALINGS - PART FIFTEEN - LEASES AND TENANCIES - CHAPTER 1 POWERS OF LEASING, ETC.\n221. Power of proprietors to lease for terms exceeding 3 years.\n(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 225 and 226, the proprietor of any alienated land may grant leases of the whole or any part thereof in accordance with the following provisions of this section.\n(2) Every lease granted pursuant to this section shall be for a term exceeding three years.\n(3) The maximum term for which any lease may be so granted shall be- (a) ninety-nine years if it relates to the whole of any alienated land, and (b) thirty years if it relates to a part only thereof.\n[...]\nDIVISION VI - GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS - PART THIRTY-THREE (A): RESTRICTIONS IN RESPECT OF NON-CITIZENS AND FOREIGN COMPANIES\n433A. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Part-\n\"foreign company\" means-\n(a) a foreign company as defined in sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Companies Act 1965; \n(b) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a non-citizen, or by a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), or by both, at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be;\n(c) a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1965 with fifty per cent or more of its voting shares being held by a company referred to in paragraph (b), or by a company referred to in paragraph (b) together with a non-citizen or a foreign company referred to in paragraph (a), at the time of the proposed acquisition of any land or any interest in land or at the time of the execution of the instrument or deed in respect of any alienated land or any interest therein, as the case may be.\n433B. Non-citizens and foreign companies may acquire, etc., land only with approval of State Authority.\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other written law-[...]\n(a) a non-citizen or a foreign company may acquire land by way of a disposal under Division II; [...] but only after the prior approval of the State Authority has been obtained upon an application in writing to the State Authority by such non-citizen or foreign company: Provided that no such approval shall be required in respect of-\n(aa) any land or any interest in land which is subject to the category \"industry\" or to any condition requiring its use for industrial purposes [(deleted by Act A1516, which came into force on 1 January 2017; since then, prior State Authority approval is required for any acquisition of industrial properties by a non-citizen or foreigner.];[...]\n(2) Where the State Authority grants any approval under sub-section (1) it may be made subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Authority and to the payment of such levy as may be prescribed.\" (National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A))\n---------------------------------\n\"II. APPLICATIONS\n2. This Guideline shall apply to the following transactions:\n2.1 All property acquisitions, except for residential units, that require approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department as follows: (a) direct acquisition of property valued at RM20 million and above, resulting in the dilution in the ownership of property held by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency; and (b) indirect acquisition of property by other than Bumiputera interest through acquisition of shares, resulting in a change of control of the company owned by Bumiputera interest and/or government agency, having property more than 50 percent of its total assets, and the said property is valued more than RM20 million.\n2.2 All property acquisitions by foreign interest that do not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but fall under the purview of the relevant Ministries and/or Government Departments as follows: (a) acquisition of commercial unit valued at RM1,000,000 and above; (b) acquisition of agricultural land valued at RM1,000,000 and above or at least five (5) acres in area for the following purposes: (i) to undertake agricultural activities on a commercial scale using modern or high technology; or (ii) to undertake agro-tourism projects; or (iii) to undertake agricultural or agro-based industrial activities for the production of goods for export. (c) acquisition of industrial land valued at RM1,000,000 and above; and (d) transfer of property to a foreigner based on family ties is only allowed among immediate family members.\n2.3 Acquisition of residential unit by foreign interest valued at RM1,000,000 and above. This acquisition, however, does not require the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department but falls under the purview of the State Authorities.\nIII. CONDITIONS FOR ACQUISITION\n[...] 4. Acquisition of property provided for in paragraphs 2.2 (a), (b) and (c) are also subject to the condition that the said property must be registered under a locally incorporated company.\n[...]\nVI. RESTRICTIONS\n10. Foreign interest is NOT ALLOWED to acquire:\n10.1 Properties valued less than RM1,000,000 per unit; \n10.2 Residential units under the category of low and low-medium cost as determined by the State Authority; \n10.3 Properties built on Malay reserved land; and \n10.4 Properties allocated to Bumiputera interest in any property development project as determined by the State Authority.\n[...]\nXIII. DEFINITIONS\n21. In this Guideline, except when the context requires otherwise:\nforeign company: means a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965. \nforeign interest: means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises: (a) individual who is not a Malaysian citizen; and/or (b) individual who is Permanent Resident; and/or (c) foreign company or institution; and/or (d) local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) hold more than 50% of the voting rights in that local company or local institution.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - EXEMPTIONS\n1. The transactions listed below are exempted from requiring the approval of the Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department: [...] 1.2 Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) status companies are allowed to acquire any property in the MSC area provided that the property is only used for their operational activities including as residence for their employees; 1.3 Acquisition of properties in the approved area in any regional development corridor by companies that have been granted the status by the local authority as determined by Government; 1.4 Acquisition of properties by a company that has obtained the endorsement from the Secretariat of the Malaysian International Islamic Financial Centre (MIFC); 1.5 Acquisition of residential units to be occupied as a hostel for company’s employees. However, local companies owned by foreign interest are only allowed to acquire residential units valued at RM100,000 and above and this matter is under the jurisdiction of the relevant state authorities; [...] 1.7 Acquisition of industrial land by manufacturing company; [...]\" (Guidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014)","National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965), PART 33(A).\nGuidelines on the Acquisition of Properties, Economic Planning Unit, Prime Minister’s Department, 2014.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/20201015_828_BI_WJW015175%20National%20Land%20Code%20Act%20828%20(Pewartaan).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.epu.gov.my/en/en/sites/default/files/GP%2520EPUJPM%2520-%2520English%25202014.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2882,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0024","Foreign investment is permitted up to a total of 49% of equity in interior navigation and coastal sailing (other than tourist cruises and  the exploitation of dredges and other naval devices for ports), integral port administration and port pilot services for interior navigation. Full ownership may be authorised in foreign commerce shipping and port services pertaining to interior navigation subject to the approval of the National Foreign Investment Commission.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\nt) Comprehensive port administration;\nu) Port services for piloting vessels to carry out inland navigation operations under the terms of the Law on the matter;\nv) Shipping companies dedicated to the commercial exploitation of vessels for inland navigation and cabotage, with the exception of tourist cruises and the exploitation of dredgers and naval devices for the construction, conservation and port operation; [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.\nARTICLE 8.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required for foreign investment to participate in a percentage greater than 49% in the economic activities and companies mentioned below:\nI.- Port services to vessels to carry out their inland navigation operations, such as towing, rope mooring and launching;\nII.- Shipping companies dedicated to the exploitation of vessels exclusively in high-altitude traffic; [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1228,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0048","International commercial air transportation services can only be carried out by air operators, the real control of which is exercised by the Republic of Moldova and / or its citizens, unless provided otherwise in international treaties to which the Republic of Moldova is a party. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that real control refers to majority ownership by citizens of the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter VII - FLIGHT OPERATION […]\nSection 30. Authorization of commercial air transportation\n(1) Air operators in the Republic of Moldova may carry out commercial air transport operations on domestic or international routes, by regular or irregular flights, only on condition that they have a valid air operator certificate, issued by the administrative authority for implementation and implementation of the of civil aviation policies.\n(2) The international air transportation of passengers, baggage, cargo and mail is regulated by international agreements and conventions in the field of air transportation, to which the Republic of Moldova is a party.\n(3) Subject to the provisions of Section 27, the air operators of the Republic of Moldova, the effective control over which is exercised by the Republic of Moldova and / or citizens of the Republic of Moldova, or - in special cases provided for by international treaties to which the Republic of Moldova is a party - the operators of other states have the right to provide international air transportation between the Republic of Moldova and other states without any restrictions with regard to carrying capacity, frequency of flights, destinations, aircraft, unless otherwise provided in the international treaties to which the Republic of Moldova is a party.\n(4) The air operator of the Republic of Moldova which has its headquarters in the Republic of Moldova and / or the effective control over which it is exercised by the Republic of Moldova and / or citizens of the Republic of Moldova has the right to exercise regular international air services between the Republic of Moldova and states that are not party to international agreements and conventions in air transportation, on the basis of a permit for scheduled flights issued by an administrative body for the implementation and implementation of a policy in the field of civil aviation, provided that it meets the following minimum requirements: (a) it has its main headquarters in the Republic of Moldova; [...[\n(7) A foreign operator engaged in air transportation that is not covered by part (2) may perform regular flights to / from the territory of the Republic of Moldova on the basis of a permit for regular flights issued by the administrative body for the implementation and implementation of the civil aviation policy in accordance with an international agreement to which the Republic of Moldova is a party, or in the public interest in accordance with the conditions approved by the Government. [...]\" (CODE No. 301 dated 12/21/2017 Aviation Code of the Republic of Moldova [google translated])","CODE No. 301 dated 12/21/2017 Aviation Code of the Republic of Moldova [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=79683&lang=ro\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2706,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","_H","_O","IV21","IX",2018,"0.05","Only those foreign investors meeting a minimum investment requirement of MZN 7,500,000 [approx. USD 117,000] (up from MZN 2,500,000 [approx. USD 39,000] until 2020) or meeting certain income, exports and employment thresholds are eligible to capital and profit repatriation guarantees.","\"ARTICLE 2\nScope of application\n1. The provisions of this Regulation apply to private investments, national and foreign, carried out under Law no. regularly constituted.\n2. The investments mentioned in this article, even if not eligible for the tax incentives defined in specific legislation, may benefit from the guarantee of exporting profits and re-exporting the invested capital.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - Foreign Direct Investment and ways of carrying it out\nArticle 6\n(Minimum amount of foreign direct investment)\n1. The minimum value of foreign direct investment, resulting from the contribution of equity capital by foreign investors, is fixed at the equivalent of 7,500,000.00MT (seven million five hundred thousand meticais), for the specific purposes of transferring profits abroad and of re-exportable invested capital.\n2. Foreign investors whose activities meet at least two of the following requirements are also eligible for the right to transfer profits and re-export invested capital: a) It generates annual sales volume not less than three times the amount established in paragraph (1), from the third year of activity; b) Annual exports of goods or services are at least in the amount equivalent to 4,500,000.00MT (four million five hundred thousand meticais); c) Create and maintain direct employment for at least twenty-five national workers, enrolled in the social security system from the second year of activity.\n3. The adjustment of the minimum amount of foreign direct investment is approved by Ministerial Diploma of the Minister who oversees the area of Finance, after consultation with the Governor of the Bank of Mozambique.[...]\" (Decree No. 43/2009 of 21 August on the Regulation of the Investment Law, as amended by Decree 20/2021 of 13 April [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)\n---------------------------\nPreviously up to 2020\n---------------------------\n\"Article 6\n(Minimum amount of foreign direct investment)\n1. For the specific purposes of eligibility for external remittance of profits and re-export of invested capital, the minimum value of foreign direct investment using the equity capital of a foreign investor is set at two million five hundred thousand Meticals (2,500,000.00 Mts).[...]\" (Decree No. 43/2009 of 21 August on the Regulation of the Investment Law [unofficial translation])","Decree No. 43/2009 of 21 August on the Regulation of the Investment Law, as amended by Decree 20/2021 of 13 April\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment\nDecree No. 43/2009 of 21 August on the Regulation of the Investment Law","CPI - Investment Promotion Centre: \"Legislation on Investment in Mozambique\"","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2021/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2021-04-13-no-69.pdf\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"http://invest.apiex.gov.mz/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2019/08/Investment-Regulations-43-2009.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.unido.or.jp/files/Legislation_on_Investment_in_Mozambique.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3989,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","A014_015_0162_017","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00075","Foreign investment in veterinary services for livestock and other animal husbandry services, more especifically the establishment of quaratine stations for import/export, is not permitted. Since the entering into force of Myanmar Companies Law in August 2018, a foreign company is defined as a company in which an overseas person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than 35%.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(B) Investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by foreign investors: [...]\nVeterinary services for livestock, Other veterinary services & Animal husbandry services (Establishment of quarantine station for exportation and importation of animals (Livestock Breeding and Veterinary Department shall undertake to inspect animals and to issue permits)\n[...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen: [...]\nVeterinary clinic (This shall be carried out in accord with the law, procedure, directive and regulation of the Livestock Breeding and Veterinary Department)[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n-----------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment:\n (a) investment activities allowed to be carried out only by the Union;\n(b) investment activities that are not allowed to be carried out by Foreign investors;\n(c) investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen; \nand (d) investment activities to be carried out with the approval of the relevant ministries. \n43. The Commission shall, with the approval of the Government, issue notifications to inform the public of investment promoted sectors and restricted investment activities under section 42. [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investmen Activity: [...]\nRestricted Investment Activities\n 17. With the approval of the Government, the Commission may, under section 43 of the Law, issue notifications of investment activities restricted under section 42 of the Law and, under section 44 of the Law, amend these notifications. A person making a restricted investment activity shall perform in accordance with the Law and other applicable laws.\n19. Notwithstanding any limitation in any other laws, an investment activity not included in the notification referred to in rule 17 shall not be stipulated to be a restricted investment activity under the Law. [...]\n21. Myanmar citizen investors may carry out investment activity stipulated under subsection (b) of section 42 of the Law. \n22. Myanmar citizen investor shall contribute 20% of the minimum direct shareholding or interest proportion in the joint venture other than businesses expressly excepted by notification under subsection (c) of section 42 of the Law. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017)\n-----------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.\nMyanmar Companies Law, The PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2759,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.018","In October 2014, Myanmar granted 9 licences to foreign banks in a first round of liberalisation of its banking sector. Foreign-owned banks were granted permission to open a branch and conduct onshore wholesale banking business only. The license includes permission to grant loans and take deposits from both foreign corporations and domestic banks in international currency and Myanmar Kyats. The licenses do not provide these banks with permission to conduct retail banking services [reserved to domestic banks]. The foreign-owned banks are allowed to open a single branch and are only allowed to offer foreign currency–denominated loans to foreign companies; any Burmese kyat–denominated loans to local companies were only allowed in partnership with local banks [not clear if through sindicated loans or joint-ventures agreements; for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that JVs were possible]. In 2016, the same rules applied for the issuance of new license to foreign-owned banks. In 2018 (see below), the CBM issued notification 6/2018, which allowed foreign-owned banks in Myanmar to provide any banking and financing to local entities, just like local banks. Previously, foreign-owned banks were only able to provide export financing as well as wholesale banking to foreign entities, foreign joint ventures and financial institutions. CBM Order No 1/2019 further confirmed [clarified] that foreign banks and financial institutions were allowed to invest in local private banks at up to 35% of the equity interest of such banks in line with the specifications of a “Myanmar Company” under the new Myanmar Companies Law (2017).  As such, the only activity that remains restricted for foreign banks [with foreign shareholding above 35%] in Myanmar is provision of retail banking services to individual Myanmar citizens.\n----------\n\"CENTRAL BANK OF MYANMAR ALLOWS FOREIGN BANKS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO LOCAL BUSINESSES [...]\nRecently, the Central Bank of Myanmar has issued Instruction No. 6/2018 allowing foreign bank branches to provide financing and other banking services to local businesses. While “other banking services” is not clearly defined in the notification, it is still a welcome step forward which will give local business access to a larger pool of resources at the same time stimulating Myanmar’s financial market.\nFormerly, even though foreign bank branches were allowed to provide full banking services to foreign investors and joint-ventures, they are only allowed to undertake export financing and its related banking services in favor of local companies. With the Instruction no. 6/2018, the only activity that is still being restricted for foreign bank branches in Myanmar is provision of retail banking services to individual Myanmar citizens. As of today, there are 13 foreign bank branches operating in Myanmar since the government tarted to issue foreign bank licenses in 2015.\" (Kelvin Chia Yangon (2018), \"Kelvin Chia Newsletter\", Issue No. 44, November 2018)","\"In May 2014 the Central Bank of Myanmar initiated a process to open the domestic banking market to foreign banks. Upon successful completion of a stringent licensing process, 9 reputable financial institutions were granted permission to open a branch and conduct onshore wholesale banking business. The Central Bank is pleased to have welcomed these reputable institutions into the country and is thankful for their initial contribution to the Myanmar economy as well as their support to deepen economic ties with corporations and investors from their respective countries. Encouraged by this success, the Central Bank of Myanmar will initiate a second round of foreign bank licensing early 2016 aiming at welcoming new foreign banks from additional neighboring and important trading partner economies. [...] The License to be granted will be a License to provide onshore wholesale banking through a branch. The Central Bank of Myanmar will apply the same stringent selection process and standards as during the first round of licensing [...]\" (Central Bank of Myanmar (2015), \"Announcement: New Foreign Bank Licensing in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar planned for 2016\", 14th December 2015)\n----------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))\n----------------------------------\n\"1. The Central Bank of Myanmar, when issuing branch licenses to foreign bank branches, foreign companies/enterprises; domestic/foreign financial instititions; allowed wholesale banking for local companies/enterprises in cooperation with local financial institutions.\n2. In addition, 2017 with Directive No. 9/2017 dated December 8, export financing and related banking services for export financing were allowed.\n3. Now, in order to increase access to finance for local businesses, the Central Bank of Myanmar has instructed foreign bank branches to provide any financing and other banking services to local corporations just like local banks.[...]\" (Central Bank of Myanmar, Notification 6/2018 [text not available in English] [google translation])\n----------------------------------\n\"1. Local private banks can accept upt to 35% equity investment from foreign banks or financial institutions, and if they want to do so, they must submit to the Central Bank of Myanmar.\n2. In presenting that, the mutually agreed venture investment ratio (equity investment ratio); it is to present the terms &conditions along with a copy of the agreement along with other necessary documents.\n3. If domestic private banks want to conduct equity investment with foreign bank branches or subsidiaries that have the right to conduct banking operations in the country, they must comply with the provisions of Section 61 of the Financial Institutions Law.[...]\" (Central Bank of Myanmar, Order No 1/2019, January 29 [text not available in English] [google translation])","Central Bank of Myanmar (2015), \"Announcement: New Foreign Bank Licensing in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar planned for 2016\", 14th December 2015.\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)\nCentral Bank of Myanmar, Notification 6/2018 \nCentral Bank of Myanmar, Order No 1/2019, January 29","Kelvin Chia Yangon (2018), \"Kelvin Chia Newsletter\", Issue No. 44, November 2018","[<a href=\"http://www.vdb-loi.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Bank-License-CBM.pdf\">Announcement</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cbm.gov.mm/sites/default/files/directive_on_extension_banking_services_for_local_corporate_for_website_5-11-2018_-5_0.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cbm.gov.mm/sites/default/files/ahmarsar_no1-2019equity_investment.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://kcyangon.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Issue-No.-44-Competition-Commission-New-Ministry-CBM-and-Foreign-Bank-Branches.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2811,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.00325","Foreign investment in the manufacturing of noodles, biscuits, sweets, cocoa and chocolate, industrialised food products (except milk and dairy products), alcoholic beverages and purified drinking water is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises. ","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nManufacture of macaroni, noodles, couscous and similar farinaceous products (Value added manufacturing and domestic distribution of cereal products such as biscuits, wafers, all kinds of noodles and vermicelli); Manufacture of cocoa, chocolate and sugar confectionery (Manufacturing and domestic distribution of all kind of confectionery including those of sweet, cocoa and chocolate); Manufacture of prepared meals and dishes (Processing, canning, manufacturing and marketing of food products except milk and dairy products); Manufacture of malt liquors and malt (Manufacturing and domestic distribution of malt and malt liquors and non-aerated products); Distilling, rectifying and blending of spirits & Manufacture of wines (Manufacturing, distilling, blending, rectifying, bottling and domestic distribution of all kinds of spirits, alcohol, alcoholic beverages and nonalcoholic beverages); Manufacture of soft drinks; production of mineral waters and other bottled waters (Manufacturing and distribution of purified drinking water);[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2794,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.00125","Foreign investors and foreign majority-owned companies in Namibia cannot acquire or lease agricultural land, as well as shares in companies owning agricultural land, without the prior written consent of the Minister.","\"Definitions\n1. In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -\n“agricultural land” means any land or an undivided share in land, other than - (a) land situated in a local authority area as defined in section l of the Local Authorities Act, 1992 (Act 23 of 1992); (b) land situated in a settlement area as defined in section 1 of the Regional  Councils Act, 1992 (Act 22 of 1992); (c) land of which the State is the owner or which is held in trust by the State or any Minister for any person; (d) land which the Minister by notice in the Gazette excludes from the provisions of this Act;\n“agricultural purposes” includes game farming;\n“alienate”, in relation to agricultural land, means sell, exchange, donate or otherwise dispose of, whether for any valuable consideration or otherwise, and includes, in the case where such land is registered in the name of - (a) a company, the sale or transfer of shares of the company to another person; or (b) a close corporation, the sale or transfer of any member’s interest in the close corporation, or any portion of such interest to another person.[...]\ncontrolling interest”, in relation to - (a) a company, means - (i) more than 50 per cent of the issued share capital of the company; (ii) more than half of the voting rights in respect of the issued shares of the company; or (iii) the power, either directly or indirectly, to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the company without the concurrence of any other person; [...]\n“foreign national” means - (a) a person who is not a Namibian citizen; (b) in relation to a company - (i) a company incorporated under the laws of any country other than Namibia; or (ii) a company incorporated in Namibia in which the controlling interest is not\nheld by Namibian citizens or by a company or close corporation in which the controlling interest is held by Namibian citizens;\n[...]\nPART VI - RESTRICTION ON ACQUISITION OF AGRICULTURAL LAND BY FOREIGN NATIONALS\nRestriction on acquisition of agricultural land by foreign nationals\n58. (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other law contained, but subject to subsection (2) and section 62, no foreign national shall, after the date of commencement of this Part, without the prior written consent of the Minister, be competent -\n(a) to acquire agricultural land through the registration of transfer of ownership in the deeds registry; or (b) to enter into an agreement with any other person whereby any right to the occupation or possession of agricultural land or a portion of such land is conferred upon the foreign national - (i) for a period exceeding 10 years; or (ii) for an indefinite period or for a fixed period of less than 10 years, but which is renewable from time to time, and without it being a condition of such agreement that the right of occupation or possession of the land concerned shall not exceed a period of 10 years in total.\n(2) If at any time after the commencement of this Part the controlling interest in any company or close corporation which is the owner of agricultural land passes to any foreign national, it shall be deemed, for the purposes of subsection (1)(a), that such company or close corporation acquired the agricultural land in question on the date on which the controlling interest so passed.\n(2A) When - (a) the Registrar of Companies becomes aware that the controlling interest in a company; or (b) the Registrar of Close Corporations becomes aware that the controlling interest in a close corporation, owning agricultural land has passed to a foreign national, he or she shall forthwith inform the Permanent Secretary in writing that such interest has so passed.[...]\n(4) An application for the Minister’s consent for the purposes of subsection (1) shall be made in the prescribed form and be submitted through the Permanent Secretary to the Minister.[...]\n(6) The Minister shall not grant an application made in terms of subsection (4), unless the Minister is satisfied - (a) that the acquisition of the land concerned or of the right to occupation or possession of such land will constitute an eligible investment as contemplated in\nsection 5 of the Foreign Investments Act, 1990 (Act 27 of 1990) in respect of which a Certificate of Status Investment has been issued or, after consultation with the Minister of Trade and Industry, will be issued to the applicant under section 7 of that Act; [...]\" (Agricultural (Commercial) Land Reform Act 6 of 1995","Agricultural (Commercial) Land Reform Act 6 of 1995","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lac.org.na/laws/annoSTAT/Agricultural%20(Commercial)%20Land%20Reform%20Act%206%20of%201995.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,252,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MKD","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.00675","Foreign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD [including their branches in North Macedonia] may only acquire ownership over apartments and offices in North Macedonia subject to reciprocity. In the case of land, they may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease subject to both reciprocity and approval by the Government. Reciprocity, however, is not needed for foreign-owned locally-incoporated firms. EU and OECD investors can also invest in the same manner as the citizens and legal entities of North Macedonia. With regard to acquiring ownership on agricultural land in North Macedonia, this right remains exclusively reserved for North Macedonian citizens and legal entities. Foreign investors [including branches of EU and OECD resident companies] may only acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of North Macedonia under the conditions of reciprocity and subject to government approval. ","\"(PART FOUR -  REAL RIGHTS OF FOREIGN PERSONS)\nArt. 241\n[...] A foreign legal entity, according to this law, is considered to be a legal entity which has a registered headquarters outside the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, unless it is otherwise determined by law.\nArt. 244\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership of an apartment, residential building, and business premises in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as the citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural and juridical persons who are not residents of Member States of the EU or OECD may acquire ownership over apartments and offices in Republic of Macedonia by contract only under the condition of reciprocity\nArt. 245\nForeign natural persons and legal entities, residents of the member states of the European Union and OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia in the same manner as domestic legal entities and natural persons, citizens of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeigners who reside in states who are not members of the EU or OECD may acquire the right of ownership and the right to a long-term lease of construction land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia under the condition of reciprocity and with the consent of the Ministry of Justice and the opinion of the Ministry of Transport and Relations and the Ministry of Finance\nArt. 246\nForeign natural persons and legal entities cannot acquire the right of ownership of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia.\nForeign natural persons and legal entities may, under the conditions of reciprocity, acquire the right to a long-term lease of agricultural land in the territory of the Republic of Macedonia, on the basis of consent of the minister of justice, upon previously acquired opinion of the minister of agriculture, forestry and water resource management and the minister of finance [...]\" (Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation])","Law on Ownership and Other Real Rights (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia” No.18/2001, 92/2008, 139/23009 and 35/2010 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.slvesnik.com.mk/besplaten-pristap-do-izdanija.nspx#\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2682,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","J60","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.00075","Only Peruvian nationals or corporations organised under Peruvian law and domiciled in Peru may be holders of broadcasting authorisations or licenses. Before 16 December 2007, the participation of foreign nationals in these corporations was limited to a maximum of 40%. After this date, the provision was declared unconstitutional and instead, a reciprocity principle applies. Moreover, if a foreign national is, directly or indirectly, a shareholder, partner, or associate in a corporation, that corporation may not hold a broadcasting authorisation in a zone bordering that foreign national’s country of origin, except in a case of public necessity authorized by the Council of Ministers. This restriction does not apply to corporations with foreign equity which have two or more current authorizations, as long as they are of the same frequency band.","\"Article 24.- Foreign participation\nOnly natural persons of Peruvian nationality or legal persons constituted and domiciled in Peru can be holders of authorizations and licenses.\nThe participation of foreigners in legal persons holding authorizations and licenses may not exceed forty percent (40%) of the total shares or shares of the capital stock, and must, in addition, be holders or have participation or shares in companies of broadcasting in their countries of origin. (*)\n(*) In accordance with the Resolution of File No. 00013-2007-PI-TC, published on December 16, 2007, the second paragraph of this article is declared unconstitutional, understanding that equality between Peruvian and foreign capital in the country must be in direct relationship with the principle of reciprocity of treatment that the foreign country grants to nationals.\nThe foreigner, neither directly nor through a sole proprietorship, may be the holder of the authorization or license. [...]\" (Radio and Television Law (Law No. 28278 of 16 July 2004), Article 24 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 20.- Foreign participation in border areas\nLegal persons with foreign participation cannot be holders of authorizations to provide the broadcasting service, within the border localities to the country of origin of their shareholders, partners or associates, or of the shareholders, partners or associates of foreign legal persons that they are made up, except in the case of public necessity authorized by supreme decree approved by the Council of Ministers.\nThis provision is not applicable to legal entities with foreign participation that have two or more current authorizations, as long as they are in the same frequency band. [...]\" (Regulations on Radio and Television (Supreme Decree No. 005-2005-MTC of 15 February 2005), Article 20 [google translation])","Radio and Television Law (Law No. 28278 of 16 July 2004), Article 24 \nRegulations on Radio and Television (Supreme Decree No. 005-2005-MTC of 15 February 2005), Article 20","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H870310\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H885716\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,908,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I53","IX",2022,"0.009","The Monetary Board must ensure that at least sixty percent(60%) of the resources or assets of the entire banking system is held by domestic banks which are majority-owned by Filipinos, which might impedes the entry of majority-foreign investors when the limit is reached. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this restriction is recorded as a restriciton on the greenfiled entry of foreign majority-owned, which is considered less stringer under the OECD FDIRRI methodology (even though acquisitions by foreign investors will also be limited when the limit is reached).","\"Section 1. Section 2 of Republic Act No. 7721 is hereby amended to read as follows:\n\"SEC. 2. Modes of Entry. – The Monetary Board may authorize foreign banks to operate in the Philippine banking system through any one of the following\" modes of entry: (i) by acquiring, purchasing or owning up to one hundred percent (100%) of the voting stock of an existing bank; (ii) by investing in up to one hundred percent (100%) of the voting stockof a new banking subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the Philippines; or (iii) by establishing branches with full banking authority.\nSection 2. Section 3 of Republic Act No. 7721 is hereby amended to read as follows:\nSEC. 3. Guidelines for Approval. – In approving entry applications of foreign banks, the Monetary Board shall: (i) ensure geographic representation and complementation; (ii) consider strategic trade and investment relationships between the Philippines and the country of incorporation of the foreign bank; (iii) study the demonstrated capacity, global reputation for financial innovations and stability in a competitive environment of the applicant; (iv) see to it that reciprocity rights are enjoyed by Philippine banks in the applicant’s country; and (v) consider willingness to fully share their technology.\nOnly established, reputable and financially sound foreign banks shall be allowed entry in accordance with Section 2 of this Act. The foreign bank applicant must be widely-owned and publicly-listed in its country of origin, unless the foreign bank applicant is owned and controlled by the government of its country of origin.\nIn the exercise of this authority, the Monetary Board shall adopt such measures as may be necessary to ensure that the control of at least sixty percent(60%) of the resources or assets of the entire banking system is held by domestic banks which are majority-owned by Filipinos.[...]\" (Sec. 1 and 2 of RA 10641)\n----------------------------------\n\"Section 7. Board of Directors.— Non-Filipino citizens may become members of the Board of Directors of a bank to the extent of the foreign participation in the equity of said bank.\" (Sec. 7 of RA 7721)","Sec. 2 RA 10641\nSec. 7 7721","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2014/ra_10641_2014.html&hl=en&gl=fr&strip=1&vwsrc=0\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bsp.gov.ph/Regulations/Banking%2520Laws/RA7721.pdf&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=fr\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2389,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","RWA","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000625","Foreign architects and engineers, as well as foreign architecture and engineering firms may obtain authorisation to practice and provide engineering and architectural services in Rwanda subject to reciprocity.","\"Chapter II – Practice  of the profession of architecture and engineering\nArticle 3 – Architecture or engineering service providers\nArchitecture or engineering services can only be performed by persons meeting all the conditions provided under this Law and falling into any of the following categories:\n1° Architects;\n2° Engineers.\n[...]\nArticle 6 – Requirements for admission to practice the profession of architecture or engineering\nFor a person to be authorized to practice the architecture or engineering profession in Rwanda, he/she must meet the following conditions:\n1° to be a Rwandan national;\nArticle 7 – Admission requirements for foreigners to practice the profession of architecture or engineering in Rwanda\nA foreigner who applies for the authorization to practice the architecture or engineering profession in Rwanda must fulfill the following conditions:\n1° to hold a required degree;\n2° to be a member of the Institute of those who practice such professions in his/her country of origin;\n3° to be a national of a country which entered into a bilateral agreement authorizing Rwandan nationals to practice such profession.\nThe Institute may issue an expatriate architect or engineer with a temporary permit for the execution of specified work but as collaborator of a member of the Institute.\nIf the Institute considers that special circumstances require it, it may issue the foreigner with a temporary permit, not as collaborator, but directly as an architect or engineer responsible for his/her works.\nArticle 8 – Admission of legal entities to provide architecture or engineering services\nAny legal entity providing architecture or engineering services willing to operate in Rwanda must first secure authorization from the Institute of Architects or Institute of Engineers, as appropriate.\nThe conditions to issue the authorization provided under Paragraph One of this Article shall be set by the Institute.\nArticle 9 – Admission of foreign legal entities to provide architectural or engineering services\nA foreign legal entity may be authorized to provide architecture or engineering services in Rwanda as long as reciprocity is admitted by the country in which it is registered, subject to bilateral agreements or regional integration treaties.\nHowever, the foreign legal entity must:\n1° be registered in Rwanda as a foreign company, in accordance with the provisions of the Law relating to companies;\n2° fulfill other requirements applicable to Rwandan legal entities. [...]\" (Law No. 26 of 2012 governing the Professions of Architecture and Engineering and Establishing the Institute of Architects and the Institute of Engineers in Rwanda)","Law No. 26 of 2012 governing the Professions of Architecture and Engineering and Establishing the Institute of Architects and the Institute of Engineers in Rwanda","n/a","[<a href=\"https://rwandalii.org/akn/rw/act/law/2012/26/eng@2012-09-10\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3162,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","RWA","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"0.002333333","Foreign participation in small-scale mining operations is prohibited. Foreign shareholding in medium-scale mining acitivities is limited to 60%. No foreign equity restriction applies to large-scale mining acitivities.","\"Article 2: Definitions of terms\nIn this Law, the following terms are defined as follows: [...]\n3° minerals: substances extracted from the soil which can be processed to increase their economic value and which include metallic and non- metallic substances with the exception of hydrocarbons and water; [..]\n14° quarry: an open surface or excavation from which geological materials are extracted for use in various works based on their physical and chemical properties;\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: MINERAL LICENCE \nTypes of mineral licences that may be granted under this Law are the following:\n1º exploration licence; \n2º mining licence: a. small-scale mining licence; b. medium-scale mining licence; c. large scale mining licence; \n3º mineral trading licence; \n4º mineral processing licence. \nThe competent authority makes regulations determining the criteria for categorisation of mines. \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: QUARRY LICENCE \nArticle 30: Types of quarry licences\nTypes of quarry licences are as follows:\n1º non-commercial quarry licence; \n2º commercial small-scale quarry licence; \n3º an industrial quarry licence. \nThe competent authority makes regulations relating to criteria for categorisation of quarries.\n[...]\nArticle 63: Procurement of local goods and services \nThe holder of a licence must: \n1º give priority to Rwandan contractors for works and services, provided that the rates, quality and time schedule for delivery are competitive to what is submitted by foreign contractors;\n2º give priority to materials produced in Rwanda, so long as they are similar in quality, quantity and price to materials and goods produced outside of Rwanda; \n3º provide periodic reports to the competent authority regarding compliance with the requirements of this Article.[...]\" (LAW N° 58/2018 OF 13/08/2018 ON MINING AND QUARRY OPERATIONS)\n---------------------------------\n\"Article 2: Definitions of terms\nIn these Regulations the following terms have the following meanings: [...]\n6° local shareholders: Rwandan citizens who hold shares in a company;\n[...]\nCHAPTER III: CRITERIA FOR CATEGORISATION OF MINES [...]\nArticle 8: Medium scale mine\nA medium-scale mine must: [...]\n6° have at least forty percent (40%) of local shareholders. \n[...]\nArticle 9: Small scale mine\nA small scale mine must: [...]\n5° be owned by Rwandan nationals.[...]\" (REGULATIONS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER N° 005/MINES/RMB/2019 OF 18/07/2019 DETERMINING POTENTIAL MINING AREAS, CRITERIA FOR CATEGORISATION OF MINES, MODALITIES AND REQUIREMENTS FOR MINERAL LICENCE APPLICATION AND FOR TENDERS)\n---------------------------------\n\"Article 4: Criteria for categorisation of commercial small scale quarry\nCriteria for categorisation of commercial small scale quarry industrial quarry are the following: [...]\n5° fully-owned by citizens of Rwanda. \n[...]\nArticle 5: Criteria for categorization of non-commercial quarry\nCriteria for categorization of a noncommercial quarry are the following: [...]\n2° being granted only to citizens of Rwanda;[...]\" (REGULATIONS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER N° 007/MINES/RMB/2019 OF 18/07/2019 DETERMINING CATEGORIES OF QUARRIES, REQUIREMENTS FOR ACQUISITION OF QUARRY LICENCE AND REPORTING )\n---------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 4: OBLIGATIONS OF THE LICENSEE\nThe Licensee shall: [...]\nxv. maintain a minimum of forty percent (40%) local shareholding [...]( ANNEX IV TO REGULATIONS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER N° 004/MINES/RMB/2019 OF 18/07/2019 DETERMINING THE FORMAT AND CONTENT OF A MINERAL LICENCE AND THE CONTENT OF AN AGREEMENT WITH A MINING OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY LICENCE HOLDER - CONTENT OF AN AGREEMENT FOR MINERAL OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY EXPLOITATION FOR MEDIUM SCALE MINING WITH A MINING OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY LICENCE HOLDER)\n---------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 4: OBLIGATIONS OF THE LICENSEE\nThe Licensee shall: [...]xv. maintain hundred per cent (100%) local shareholding; ;\\[...]\" (ANNEX V TO REGULATIONS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER N° 004/MINES/RMB/2019 OF 18/07/2019 DETERMINING THE FORMAT AND CONTENT OF A MINERAL LICENCE AND THE CONTENT OF AN AGREEMENT WITH A MINING OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY LICENCE HOLDER - CONTENT OF AN AGREEMENT FOR MINERAL OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY EXPLOITATION LICENSE FOR SMALL SCALE MINING WITH A MINING OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY LICENCE HOLDER)","LAW N° 58/2018 OF 13/08/2018 ON MINING AND QUARRY OPERATIONS\nREGULATIONS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER N° 005/MINES/RMB/2019 OF 18/07/2019 DETERMINING POTENTIAL MINING AREAS, CRITERIA FOR CATEGORISATION OF MINES, MODALITIES AND REQUIREMENTS FOR MINERAL LICENCE APPLICATION AND FOR TENDERS\nREGULATIONS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER N° 007/MINES/RMB/2019 OF 18/07/2019 DETERMINING CATEGORIES OF QUARRIES, REQUIREMENTS FOR ACQUISITION OF QUARRY LICENCE AND REPORTING \nANNEX IV TO REGULATIONS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER N° 004/MINES/RMB/2019 OF 18/07/2019 DETERMINING THE FORMAT AND CONTENT OF A MINERAL LICENCE AND THE CONTENT OF AN AGREEMENT WITH A MINING OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY LICENCE HOLDER - CONTENT OF AN AGREEMENT FOR MINERAL OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY EXPLOITATION FOR MEDIUM SCALE MINING WITH A MINING OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY LICENCE HOLDER\nANNEX V TO REGULATIONS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER N° 004/MINES/RMB/2019 OF 18/07/2019 DETERMINING THE FORMAT AND CONTENT OF A MINERAL LICENCE AND THE CONTENT OF AN AGREEMENT WITH A MINING OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY LICENCE HOLDER - CONTENT OF AN AGREEMENT FOR MINERAL OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY EXPLOITATION LICENSE FOR SMALL SCALE MINING WITH A MINING OR INDUSTRIAL QUARRY LICENCE HOLDER","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.amategeko.gov.rw/document/legislation/2018_08_13_2018_08_13_LT_LAW_BUS_TL_Mining_and_quarry_operations_58_2018\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.amategeko.gov.rw/document/legislation/2019_07_18_2019_07_29_LT_REG_CIV_TL_Criteria_for_categorisation_of_mines_and_%20requirements_for_mineral_licence_%20005_MINES_RMB_2019\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.rmb.gov.rw/index.php?eID=dumpFile&t=f&f=67531&token=6dabd13ee5d8260bacde2a383d9bfc97625828ab\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://rwandalii.org/akn/rw/officialGazette/government-gazette/2019-07-29/29%20bis/mul@2019-07-29\">Annexes</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3152,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0096","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2279,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.1","Foreign investment in activites not referenced in the First Schedule (\"ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\") or in the Second Schedule [List of economic activities with a financial limit up to which a non-Seychellois may invest], the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------------\n\"The Economic Needs Test (ENT)\n1 What is the Economic Needs Test?\nThe ENT process evaluates and determines whether the proposed economic activities are able to fill a gap in a particular sector, by allowing foreign investments.\n2 The ENT Committee\nThe ENT process is administered by the ENT Committee.\nThe ENT Committee does not approve economic activities, but rather evaluates and makes recommendations on their suitability to the local economy, as well as the merits of being undertaken by a foreigner. These are based on the ENT criteria.\nIt is to be noted that while the ENT Committee assesses the merits of an economic activity, the investor will be required to follow the appropriate licensing and certification processes.\nThe Seychelles Investment Board (SIB) acts as the Secretariat to the ENT Committee, to process applications, compile statistics, keep records and convey the decisions of the Committee to the foreign investor.\n[...]\n4 The ENT Criteria\nYour Project Memorandum will be evaluated based on the following criteria and scored. The pass mark is 75%.\nProvision of new services or products\n• Does the product or service have good international repute, with the potential of bringing brand recognition to Seychelles? Is the product or service considered a novelty; that is, it is currently not available locally?\nInnovativeness of the services or products\n• How innovative is the product or service? Does it bring better solutions that meet existing or new market requirements? E.g., Online payment platforms.\nEconomic and environmental sustainability\n• Does the product or service bring substantial benefit to Seychelles? What is the value of the investment and what is its impact on the economy? What is the investor’s educational background in relation to the proposed economic activity? Does the economic activity have a positive environmental impact?\nIntroduction of technology\n• Does the economic activity promote the use of science and technology, leading to improved technological know-how (e.g. online stock control system), efficiency and productivity?\nEmployment opportunities\n• Does the economic activity have the potential to create employment and attract skilled labour?\nCapital requirement\n• There is a capital investment criterion. Points are applied based on the amount to be invested e.g. 0 point for SCR 0- 1,000,000.\nPoints are given for each criterion and the pass mark is 75%.\" (Economic Needs Test, Seychelles Investment Board, website)\n--------------------\n\"[...] Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires [...]\n\"non Seychellois\" means -\n(a) an individual who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n(b) a foreign State or the Government of a foreign State;\n(c) a body corporate incorporated or established under the laws of a country or jurisdiction other than Seychelles;\n(d) a body of persons unincorporated of which any of its members - (i) is not a citizen of Seychelles; or (ii) is a State or Government or body or company referred to in paragraph (b), paragraph (c), paragraph (e), paragraph (f), paragraph (g) or paragraph (h);\n(e) in relation to a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Seychelles, a company of which - (i) any of its directors is not a citizen of Seychelles, not being a company under the absolute control of the Government; (ii) any of its shares, not being a share which entitles its holder to a right to participate in any distribution by way of dividends only, is held by or under the control, whether actual or ultimate, of a person or State or Government or body or company referred to in paragraph (a), paragraph (b), paragraph (c), paragraph (d), subparagraph (i) or subparagraph (iii) of this paragraph, paragraph (f), paragraph (g), paragraph (h) or paragraph (i); (iii) the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the company’s debentures, charges or other indebtedness held by a person or State or Government or body or company, other than a financial institution, referred to in paragraph (a) paragraph (b), paragraph (c), paragraph (d), subparagraph (i) or subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph, paragraph (f), paragraph (g), paragraph (h) or paragraph (i) exceeds an amount corresponding to 5% of the issued share capital of the company;         \n(f) in relation to an unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Seychelles, a company of which - (i) any of its members is a person or State or Government or body or company referred to in paragraph (a), paragraph (b), paragraph (c), paragraph (d), paragraph (e), subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph, paragraph (g), paragraph (h) or paragraph (i); (ii) 5% or more of the aggregate nominal value of the company’s debentures, charges or other indebtedness is held by a person or State or Government or body or company, other than a financial institution, referred to in paragraph (a), paragraph (b), paragraph (c), paragraph (d),  paragraph (e) of this subparagraph (i) of this paragraph, paragraph (g), paragraph (h) or paragraph (i);\n(g) a corporation established under the laws of Seychelles by a specific written law which is not under the absolute control of the Government and any shares of which is ultimate, of a person or State or Government or body or company referred to in paragraph (a), paragraph (b), paragraph (c), paragraph (d),  paragraph (e) paragraph (f) paragraph (h) or paragraph (i); [...]\" (Immovable Property (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95))\n--------------------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nImmovable Property (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95)\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","Economic Needs Test, Seychelles Investment Board, website\nUNCTAD: \"Investment Policy Review of Seychelles\", September 2020","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://greybook.seylii.org/w/se/CAP95\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/investors-guide/investor-resources/economic-needs-test\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://unctad.org/system/files/official-document/diaepcb2020d1_en_0.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,183,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0004","Foreign investment is not allowed in Clearing and Shipping Agency services.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nClearing Agency [...]\nShipping Agency [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,197,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZAF","J601","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.0001875","Commercial broadcasters are required to comply with local content requirements discriminating against foreign-owned production companies: (1) in respect of a sound broadcasting service, a broadcasting service licensee is required to broadcast a specified minimum percentage of musical works which qualify as South African music, i.e. written or performed by South African citizens etc.; (2) in respect of a television broadcasting service, a broadcasting service licensee is required to allocate a minimum percentage of its total broadcasting time to television programmes which have local television content, i.e. produced by a television broadcasting service licensee or by South African citizens or companies majority-owned by South African citizens.\nOn 4 May 2020, the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa issued Notice 252 amending ICT COVID–19 National Disaster Regulations issued in April 2020. The Notice exempted 'television broadcasting services licensees' from compliance with local television content quotas  and specific advertising and programming requirements during the National State of Disaster. 'Sound broadcasting service Licensees' were not exempt from complying with the local content music quotas, but were exempted from with specific programming requirements and promises of performance in terms of licence conditions during the National State of Disaster.\nOn 1 June 2021, the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa issued Notice 314, which reinstated local television content quotas during the National State of Disaster for 'television broadcasting services licensees'. Public and Commercial Television Broadcasting, were respectively, required to exhibit local content for a minimum of 45% and 35%, respectively, of their weekly average programming measured over a period of a year. Previously (before the temporary exemption applied on May 2020), the minimum local content quotas for public and commercial television broadcasting were 65% and 45%, respectively.","\"2. Amendment of regulation 4 of the Regulations\nRegulation 4 of the Regulations is hereby amended [...]\n(g) by the substitution for sub-regulation (8A) of the following subregulation:\n“(8A) Television broadcasting service Licensees are exempted from compliance with specific advertising requirements in terms of their licence conditions. Television broadcasting service Licensees shall comply with the local television content quotas during the National State of Disaster, to the extent reflected in the table below:\nPublic Television Broadcasting | Commercial Television Broadcasting | Community Television Broadcasting |\nMinimum weekly average of its programming measured over a year | Minimum weekly average of its programming measured over a year | Minimum weekly average of its programming \n45% | 35% | 55%. (Table1)\"\n(h) by the deletion of sub-regulations (8B) and (8C). \n(i) by the substitution for sub-regulation (8D) of the following subregulation: \n“(8D) The exemptions indicated in sub-regulation (8A) shall automatically cease three (3) months after the termination of the National State of Disaster.” [...]\" (INDEPENDENT COMMUNICATIONS AUTHORITY OF SOUTH AFRICA NOTICE  314 OF 2021,  \"ICT COVID-19 National Disaster Fifth Amendment Regulations\").\n-----------------------\n\"2. AMENDMENT OF REGULATION 4 OF THE REGULATIONS \n(a) The following regulations are hereby inserted in the Regulations, after sub regulation (8):\n“(8A) Television broadcasting service Licensees are exempted from compliance with the local television content quotas and specific advertising and programming requirements in terms of licence conditions during the National State of Disaster.\n(8B) Sound broadcasting service Licensees are exempted from compliance with specific programming requirements and promises of performance in terms of licence conditions during the National State of Disaster. \n(8C) Sound broadcasting service Licensees shall comply with the local content music quotas. \n(8D) The exemptions indicated in sub regulations (8A) and (8B) shall automatically cease upon expiry of three (3) months of termination of the National State of Disaster. [...]” (INDEPENDENT COMMUNICATIONS AUTHORITY OF SOUTH AFRICA NOTICE 252 OF 2020, \"The ICT COVID–19 National Disaster Amendment Regulations\")\n-----------------------\n\"Preservation of South African programming\n61. (1) The Authority may prescribe regulations applicable to broadcasting service licensees regarding the commissioning of independently produced South African programming.\n(2) For purposes of this section—\n(a) ‘‘local television content’’ means a television programme, excluding transmission of sporting events and compilations thereof, advertisements, teletext and continuity announcements, which is produced— (i) by a broadcasting service licensee; (ii) by a person who is a citizen of, and permanently resident in, the Republic; (iii) by a juristic person, the majority of the directors, shareholders or members of whom are citizens of, and permanently resident in, the Republic; (iv) in a co-production in which persons referred to in subparagraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) have at least a fifty percent financial interest; (v) by persons referred to in subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), in circumstances where the prescribed number of key personnel who are involved in the production of the television programme, are citizens of, and permanently resident in, the Republic; or (vi) by persons referred to in subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), in circumstances where the prescribed percentage of the production costs are incurred in the Republic; [...]\n(c) a musical work broadcast by a broadcasting service licensee qualifies as ‘‘South African music’’ if such work complies with at least two of the following criteria, namely— (i) if the lyrics (if any) were written by a South African citizen; (ii) if the music was written by a South African citizen; (iii) if the music or lyrics was or were principally performed by musicians who are South African citizens; (iv) if the musical work consists of a live performance which is— (aa) recorded wholly in the Republic; or (bb) performed wholly in the Republic and broadcast live in the Republic.\n(3) The Authority may, in respect of the television broadcasting service licence, impose and specify in that licence, such conditions, as prescribed, regarding local television content and independent television production, which without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, may include any conditions requiring the broadcasting service licensee -  (a) to annually expend a specified sum of money, subject to reasonable yearly escalation or, alternatively, a specified minimum percentage of its gross revenue, on programmes which have local television content; (b) to allocate a specified minimum percentage of its total broadcasting time to television programmes which have local television content; (c) in the case where the broadcasting service licensee has a regional or local licence area, to allocate a specified minimum percentage of broadcasting time to local television programmes which have been produced in the relevant region or locality; and (d) to allocate a specified minimum portion of the percentage referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), whichever is applicable, to a prescribed diversity of television programmes which are independent television productions.\n(4) The Authority may, in relation to a sound broadcasting service, prescribe conditions in terms of which the broadcasting service licensee is required to broadcast a specified minimum percentage of musical works which qualify as South African music.\n(5) In prescribing any amount or percentage in terms of subsections (3) or (4), the Authority may prescribe the application thereof with regard to— (a) any of the categories of broadcasting service licence referred to in sections 49, 50 and 51; (b) defined viewing and listening times, where applicable; (c) various categories of television programmes, where applicable; and (d) the period within which the broadcasting service licensee must comply with the provisions of this section. [...]\" (Electronic Communications Act 36 of 2005, as amended)\n-----------------------\n\"3.  Public Television Broadcasting\n(1) A public television broadcasting licensee must ensure that after twenty four (24) months of the gazetting of these regulations or within twenty four (24) months of issuing of a licence to a new licensee or within such longer period as the Authority may determine, a minimum weekly average of 65% of its programming, measured over the period of a year, during the South African television performance period consists of local television content and that such local television content is spread evenly throughout the said performance period and prime time.\n(2) In complying with its obligations in terms of sub -regulation (1) a public television broadcasting licensee must ensure that a minimum of all genres listed below is broadcast: (a)  35% of its drama programming consists of South African drama; (b) 80% of its current affairs programming consists of South African current affairs; (c) 50% of its documentary programming consists of South African documentary programming; (d) 50% of its knowledge building programming consists of South African knowledge building programming; (e) 60% of its educational programming consists of South African educational programming; and (f) 55% of its children's programming consists of South African children's programming.\n(3) The commercial service of a public television broadcasting licence is subject to the provisions of regulation 5.\n[...]\n5. Commercial Television Broadcasting\n(1) A commercial television broadcasting licensee must ensure that after twenty four (24) months of the gazetting of these regulations in the case of an existing licensee or within twenty four (24) months of the issuing of a licence to a new licensee, or within such longer period as the Authority may determine, a minimum weekly average  of 45% of its programming, measured over the period of a year, during the South African television performance period consists of local television content.\n(2) In complying with its obligations in terms of sub -regulation (1) above, a commercial television licensee must ensure that a minimum of all genres listed below is broadcast: (a) 20% of its drama programming consists of South African drama; (b) 50% of its current affairs programming consists of South African current affairs; (c) 30% of its documentary programming consists of South African documentary programming; (d) 30% of its knowledge- building programming consists of South African knowledge building programming; and (e) 25% of its children's programming consists of South African children's programming.[...]\" (ICASA Regulations on Local Television Content Notice of 346 of 2016, issued on 23 March 2016)\n-------------------------\n\"3. Imposition of Conditions on Sound Broadcasting Services regarding South African Music [...]\nCommercial Sound Broadcasting Service\n(2) A holder of a commercial sound broadcasting service licence must ensure that after eighteen (18) months from the date of gazetting of these Regulations, a minimum of 35% of the musical works broadcast in the performance period, consist of South African music and that such South African music is spread evenly throughout the performance period.[...]\" (ICASA Regulations on South African Music Notice of 344 of 2016, issued on 23 March 2016)","INDEPENDENT COMMUNICATIONS AUTHORITY OF SOUTH AFRICA NOTICE  314 OF 2021,  \"ICT COVID-19 National Disaster Fifth Amendment Regulations\"\nINDEPENDENT COMMUNICATIONS AUTHORITY OF SOUTH AFRICA NOTICE 252 OF 2020, \"The ICT COVID–19 National Disaster Amendment Regulations\"\nElectronic Communications Act 36 of 2005, as amended\nICASA Regulations on Local Television Content Notice of 346 of 2016, issued on 23 March 2016\nICASA Regulations on South African Music Notice of 344 of 2016, issued on 23 March 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gov.za/sites/default/files/gcis_document/202105/44631gen314.pdf\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.za/sites/default/files/gcis_document/202005/43279gen252.pdf\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.za/documents/electronic-communications-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.za/sites/default/files/gcis_document/201603/39844gon346_1.pdf\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.icasa.org.za/uploads/files/ICASA-Regulations-on-South-African-Music-Gazette-39844.pdf\">Notice</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,648,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","M691X1","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.00009375","In the case of a law firm organised as a \"Professional Society\", the majority of the members of the administrative bodies, as well as the CEOs, must be locally-licensed professionals. However, professionals can establish within the general regime, as corporations or limited societies for activities apart from those for which registration is required. Restrictions concern domestic law and representation before domestic courts or judicial bodies. Advice on home-country law, international law and third-country law is not regulated in Spain. In order to be registered with the Spanish bar, the applicant must have Spanish, EU or EEA nationality, except as provided in international treaties or conventions. Third-country nationals may apply for dispensation from the Spanish nationality requirement by request to the Ministry of Justice.","\"Article 11.\nMembership in a Bar Association is mandatory for the practice of law, except in cases expressly determined by the Law or by this General Statute. It will be enough to join a single College, which will be that of the sole or main professional domicile, to practice throughout the territory of the State.\n[...]\nArticle 13.\n1. Joining a Bar Association will require the following requirements:\na) Have Spanish nationality or a member state of the European Union or the agreement on the European Economic Area of ​​May 2, 1992, except as provided in international treaties or conventions or legal dispensation.\n[...]\nArticle 28.\n1. Lawyers may practice law collectively, through their grouping under any of the legal forms in law, including commercial companies.\n2. The group must have as its exclusive object the professional practice of law and be made up exclusively of practicing lawyers, without limitation of number. You may not share premises or services with incompatible professionals, if this affects the safeguarding of professional secrecy. Both the capital and the political and economic rights must be attributed only to the lawyers who make up the collective law firm.\n[...]\nArticle 29.\n1. Lawyers may associate in a multiprofessional collaboration regime with other non-incompatible liberal professionals, without limitation of number and without affecting their full capacity to exercise the profession before any jurisdiction and Court, using any form that is lawful in law, including commercial companies, provided that the following conditions are met:\na) The purpose of the grouping is to provide specific joint services, including specific legal services that complement those of the other professions.\nb) That the activity to be carried out does not affect the correct exercise of the legal profession by the lawyer members.\nc) That the conditions established in the previous article are met in what affects the practice of law, except as expressed under section 2 of the same, which will not be applicable, or in section 4 of which only the obligation to to record the condition of member of the multiprofessional group in the actions that are carried out and minutes that are issued in their field. [...]\" (Royal Decree approving the General Statute of Spanish Lawyers (658/2001, of June 22), last amended on 13 October 2003, Articles 11, 13, 28 and 29 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 4. Composition.\n1. They are professional partners:\na) Natural persons who meet the requirements for the exercise of the professional activity that constitutes the corporate purpose and who exercise it within it.\nb) Professional societies duly registered in the respective Professional Associations that, constituted in accordance with the provisions of this Law, participate in another professional society.\n2. As a minimum, the majority of the capital and voting rights, or the majority of the corporate assets and the number of partners in non-capitalist companies, must belong to professional partners.\n3. Likewise, at least half plus one of the members of the administrative bodies, where appropriate, of the professional societies, must be professional partners. If the management body is unipersonal, or if there are CEOs, these functions must necessarily be performed by a professional partner. In any case, the decisions of the collegiate administrative bodies will require the favorable vote of the majority of professional partners, regardless of the number of concurrent members.[...]\" (Law on professional companies (2/2007, of March 15), last amended on 23 December 2009, Article 4 [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 1. Object and purpose of the law.\n1. The purpose of this law is to regulate the conditions for obtaining the professional title of lawyer and the professional title of attorney of the courts, as collaborators in the exercise of the fundamental right to effective judicial protection, in order to guarantee the access of the citizens to quality advice, legal defense and technical representation.\n2. Obtaining the professional title of lawyer in the manner determined by this law is necessary for the performance of legal assistance in those judicial and extrajudicial processes in which current regulations impose or authorize the intervention of a lawyer, and, in any case , to provide legal assistance or legal advice using the name of lawyer; all this without prejudice to the fulfillment of any other requirements demanded by the current regulations for the practice of law.\n3. Obtaining the professional title of attorney of the courts in the manner determined by this law is necessary to perform the legal representation of the parties in judicial processes as attorney, performing the acts of communication to the parties and those other acts of cooperation with the Administration of Justice that the law authorizes, as well as to use the name of attorney of the courts, without prejudice to the fulfillment of any other requirements demanded by the current regulations for the exercise of the prosecution.\n4. Obtaining the professional titles of lawyer or solicitor will be an essential requirement for membership in the corresponding professional associations.[...]\" (Law on access to the professions of Lawyer and Court Attorney (34/2006, of October 30), last amended on 21 November 2014, Article 1 [google translation])","Royal Decree approving the General Statute of Spanish Lawyers (658/2001, of June 22), last amended on 13 October 2003, Articles 11, 13, 28 and 29 \nLaw on professional companies (2/2007, of March 15), last amended on 23 December 2009, Article 4\nLaw on access to the professions of Lawyer and Court Attorney (34/2006, of October 30), last amended on 21 November 2014, Article 1 ","Spanish General Council of the Legal Profession, \"Law practice in Spain by foreign graduates or lawyers\", consulted on 1.9.2021","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2001-13270&tn=1&p=20031013\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2007-5584\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2006-18870\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.abogacia.es/conocenos/consejo-general/ejercicio-de-la-abogacia/ejercicio-de-la-abogacia-en-espana-por-graduados-o-abogados-extranjeros/\">Guide</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,885,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.0008","Foreign investment in air transportation companies cannot exceed 49% of the charter capital, its head must be a citizen of the Republic of Tajikistan and the number of foreign citizens in the board of directors shall not exceed one third of the membership governing body.","\"CHAPTER 9. AIRCRAFT ENTERPRISES\nSection 54. Aviation Enterprise and Exploiter\nFor the purposes of this Code, an aviation enterprise is understood to be a legal entity, regardless of the legal form of ownership and ownership, having the main objectives of its activity as the implementation of air transportation of passengers, baggage, cargo, mail and (or) the performance of aviation work.\nThe creation of an aviation enterprise with the participation of foreign capital on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan is allowed under the conditions if the share of foreign capital does not exceed forty-nine percent of the charter capital of the aviation enterprise, its head is a citizen of the Republic of Tajikistan and the number of foreign citizens in the governing body of the aviation enterprise does not exceed one third of the membership governing body. [...]\" (Air Code of the Republic of Tajikistan dated November 13, 1998, No. 720 [google translated])","Air Code of the Republic of Tajikistan dated November 13, 1998, No. 720 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=323#A000000063\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2851,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2021,"0.006","Foreign shareholding in insurance companies is limited to 67%","PART III - CAPITAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF INSURERS OTHER THAN ASSOCIATIONS OF UNDERWRITERS\n15. This Part shall only apply to insurers who are not associations of underwriters.\n16.-{ 1) An insurer shall not be registered as an insurer within the United Republic unless it is a body corporate incorporated under the Companies Act or any other law in the United Republic and is deemed to be resident in Tanzania and at least one third of the controlling interest, whether in terms of shares, paid up capital or voting rights are held by citizens of Tanzania and at least one third of the members of the board of that company are citizens of Tanzania.\n(2) For the purpose of this section \"citizens of Tanzania\" includes a body corporate registered in the United Republic in which a citizen of Tanzania or the Government holds the majority ofthe shares.\n[...]\nPART VI - REGISTRATION OF INSURANCE BROKERS, AGENTS AND AGENTS FOR BROKERS, ETC.[...]\n67. An insurance broker registered to conduct business or seeking registration shall satisfy the Commissioner that-\n(a) it is a limited company, that-\n(i) has been registered under the Companies Act; (ii) has a principal office in Tanzania; (iii) is a member of Association of Insurance Brokers in Tanzania; (iv) its director, controller, manager, or principal officer who handle the day to day management of the company are all resident in Tanzania; (v) its director, manager, controller and principal officer are persons with sufficient knowledge and experience in insurance business;\n(b) at least one third ofthe controlling interest whether in terms of shares, paid-up capital or voting rights are held by citizens of Tanzania; and\n(c) ifhe is an individual person that- (i) he has a permanent established office in Tanzania; (ii) he will be a resident in Tanzania for more than two hundred days per calendar year; and (iii) he is a person with sufficient business and knowledge and experience in insurance industry.[...]\" (The Insurance Act, 2009).\n","The Insurance Act, 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.tira.go.tz/sites/default/files/Insurance%20Act%20No%2010%20of%202009.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,356,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","H501","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0008","Foreign investment in domestic water transportation services is limited to 75% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter I. Businesses related to National Safety or Security [...]\n2. Domestic transportation by land, water or air, including domestic aviation [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1957,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Foreign investment in other financial services is subject to local incorporation.","\"Section 4. In this Act: [...]\n\"securities company\" means any company, or financial institution licensed to undertake securities business under this Act.\n\"securities business\" means any of the following securities businesses:\n(1) securities brokerage; (2) securities dealing; (3) investment advisory service; (4) securities underwriting; (5) mutual fund management; (6) private fund management; (7) other businesses relating to securities as specified by the Minister upon recommendation of the SEC.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - SECURITIES BUSINESS\nDIVISION 1 - FORMATION AND ISSUANCE OF LICENSE\nSECTION 90. Securities business can be undertaken only by formation of either a limited company or a public limited company, or by a financial institution established in accordance with other laws, and after having obtained a license from the Minister upon recommendation of the SEC.\nA merger of securities companies shall be deemed as the formation of a limited company or of a public limited company, as the case may be.\nThe application for a license, application for an approval, the issuance of a license, and the granting of an approval under this Section shall be in accordance with the rules, conditions and procedures, and subject to the payment of fees, as specified in the ministerial regulations. [...]\" (Securities and Exchange Act B.E.2535 (1992) as amended by Securities and Exchange Act (No. 6) B.E. 2562, 15 April 2019 [unofficial traslation])\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Section 4 In this Act,\n“financial institution business” means the commercial banking business, finance business and credit foncier business, and shall include the undertaking of business of a specialised financial institution. [...]\n“finance business” means the undertaking of business of accepting deposits of money or accepting money from the public subject to withdrawal on demand or at the end of a specified period, which is not accepting deposits of money or accepting money in the accounts to be withdrawn by cheques, and of employing such money in one or several ways such as granting of credits, buying or selling of bills of exchange or any other negotiable instruments. [...]\n“granting of credits” means lending money or buying, discounting, rediscounting bills, becoming a creditor upon having paid or ordered that an amount of money be paid on behalf of a customer, or becoming a creditor upon having paid in accordance with an obligation specified in a letter of credit or other obligations.\n“transaction similar to granting of credits” means factoring transaction, hirepurchase transaction, leasing transaction and other transactions similar to granting of credits prescribed in the notification of the Bank of Thailand. [...]\n“finance company” means a public limited company licensed to undertake finance business.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 1 - FORMATION AND LICENSE APPLICATION\nSection 9 The commercial banking business, finance business or credit foncier business may be undertaken only by a juristic person in the type of public limited company and upon having obtained a license from the Minister with the advice of the Bank of Thailand. In granting such license, the Minister may prescribe rules as deemed appropriate. [...]\" (Financial Institutions Businesses Act B.E. 2551 (2008))","Securities and Exchange Act B.E.2535 (1992) as amended by Securities and Exchange Act (No. 6) B.E. 2562, 15 April 2019 [unofficial traslation]\nFinancial Institutions Businesses Act B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.sec.or.th/EN/Documents/ActandRoyalEnactment/Act/act-sea1992-amended.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.or.th/EN/Documents/ActandRoyalEnactment/Act/act-sea2019-no6.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bot.or.th/English/AboutBOT/LawsAndRegulations/SiteAssets/Law_E24_Institution_Sep2011.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1972,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0135","Ownership by majority-foreign owned investors (above 50% of voting capital) of commercial or residential real estate is limited to 49% of the total area of all units in the condominium. According to legal practitioners: \" [...] Foreigners can purchase any condominium project, up to 49% of the total space of all units in that condominium at the time of the application, for condominium registration without the need for permanent residence. Eligible foreigners include: 1) Those with residence permits; 2) Those who were granted permission to enter Thailand under the Investment Promotion Act; 3) Limited companies with more than 49% of its capital owned by aliens who have been registered as a foreign \"juristic person\" under Thai law; 4) Foreign juristic persons with investment promotion certificates.\nForeign individuals or juristic persons remitting foreign currency into Thailand for payment for the condominium units A foreign individual who does not hold a permanent resident certificate or foreign company purchasing a condominium unit, is required to bring 100% of the amount of the purchase price from an overseas source into Thailand.Prior to April 2004, foreigners could purchase up to 100% of a condominium project, provided it was located in Bangkok Metropolis, municipality area or other administrative area and the site area was less than five rai (two acres) as stipulated in the Condominium Act (No. 3), B.E. 2542 (A.D. 1999). This law was in effect between 1999 - 2004 and is still valid for condominiums purchased during that period. [...] (Jones Lang Lassalle, 2018)\" \nIn the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign majority investors are allowed to fully own real estate commercial and residential units in condominum up to the limit of 49% of the total area of the condominium. ","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex - List one. Businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason:\n[...] (9) Land trading [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] CHAPTER VIII - Determination of Aliens’ Right to Land\nSection 86. An alien may acquire land only by virtue of the provisions of a treaty that provides for ownership of immovable property and also subject to the provisions\nof this Code.[...]\nSection 87. The amount of land permitted under the preceding Section shall be as follows:\n(1) for residence, not more than 1 rai per family;\n(2) for commercial purposes, not more than 1 rai;\n(3) for industrial purposes, not more than 10 rai;\n(4) for agricultural purposes, not more than 10 rai per family;\n(5) for religious purposes, not more than 1 rai;\n(6) for public charity purposes, not more than 5 rai;\n(7) for cemeterial purposes, not more than 1/2 rai per family.\nIf any alien wishes to have right to land for industrial purposes in excess of that provided in (3), and if deemed appropriate, the Council of Ministers may permit acquisition of land in excess of the limit prescribed, by imposing conditions thereon, and the provisions of Section 48 shall apply mutatis mutandis.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IX - DETERMINATION OF RIGHT TO LAND OF CERTAIN TYPES OF JURISTIC PERSONS\nSection 97. The following juristic persons shall have right to land as if they were an alien:\n(1) A limited company or public limited company whose shares constituting its registered capital are held by aliens by more than forty-nine per cent of its registered capital, or whose alien shareholders are more than one-half of the total number of its shareholders, as the case may be [as amended by the Land Code Amendment Act (No. 6) B.E. 2535 (1992)];\nFor the purposes of this Chapter, if any limited company issues bearer share certificates, such a share certificate shall be deemed to be held by an alien.\n(2) A limited partnership or registered ordinary partnership whose contributions by aliens are more than forty-nine per cent of its total capital or whose alien partners are more than one-half of the total number of its partners, as the case may be [as amended by the Land Code Amendment Act (No. 6) B.E. 2535 (1992)];\n(3) An association including co-operative whose alien members are more than one-half of its total number of members or which operates exclusively or substantially for the benefit of aliens;\n(4) A foundation whose objectives are exclusively or substantially for the benefit of aliens.\n[...]\nSection 99. If a juristic person under Section 97 or Section 98 is to acquire or to dispose of right to land, the provisions of Chapter 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis, and such juristic person shall have the same duties and liabilities as those provided for aliens and persons in general [as amended by the Land Code Amendment Act (No. 12) B.E. 2551 (2008)].\nSection 100. For any juristic person which acquired land while it did not come under the provisions of Section 97 and Section 98, if subsequently it comes under the provisions of Section 97 or Section 98, the provisions of Section 95 shall apply mutatis mutandis.[...]\"(ACT PROMULGATING THE LAND CODE B.E. 2497 (1954))\n------------------------------\n\"Section 19. An alien person or a juristic person deemed alien by law may have an ownership in a unit if it satisfies the following conditions [as amended by the Condominium Act (No. 2), B.E. 2534 (1991)]:\n(1) the person obtains a residence permit in accordance with immigration law;\n(2) the person obtains a permit to enter the country in accordance with the law on investment promotion;\n(3) the person is a juristic person under section 97 and section 98 of the Land Code, registered as a juristic person under Thai law.\n(4) the person is a alien juristic person under the Announcement of the Revolutionary Council No. 281, dated the 24th November B.E. 2515 (1972), and obtains an investment promotion certificate in accordance with the law on investment promotion.\n(5) the person is an alien person or a juristic person deemed alien by law, bringing foreign currency into the country, withdrawing fund from a Thai baht account of a person having a place of residence outside of the country, or withdrawing fund from a foreign currency-based deposit account [as amended by the Condominium Act (No. 3), B.E. 2542 (1999)]\nSection 19 bis.Ownership of each condominium shall not be held by alien persons or juristic persons under section 19 greater than forty-nine percent of the total area\nof every unit in the condominium at the time of registration under section 6 [as amended by the Condominium Act (No. 4), B.E. 2551 (2008)]. [...]\" (CONDOMINIUM ACT, B.E. 2522 (1979))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nACT PROMULGATING THE LAND CODE B.E. 2497 (1954)\nCONDOMINIUM ACT, B.E. 2522 (1979),as amended by Condominium Act (No. 2), B.E. 2534 (1991), Condominium Act (No. 3), B.E. 2542 (1999) and Condominium .Act (No. 4), B.E. 2551 (2008)","Jones Lang Lassalle (2018), \"Property Investment Guide: Thailand - Restrictions on Foreign Property Ownership\".","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/Act_Promulgating_the_Land_Code_BE_2497_(1954).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.krisdika.go.th/wps/wcm/connect/8515ad004ba49805a155a38b0853d392/CONDOMINIUM+ACT%2C+B.E.+2522+%281979%29.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CACHEID=8515ad004ba49805a155a38b0853d392\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.joneslanglasallesites.com/investmentguide/country/thailand/restrictionsonforeignpropertyownership\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1975,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","J58_59_63","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00075","Foreign investment above 50% of the share capital in companies carrying various commercial activities, including mining, manufacturing, distribution, transport, banking and some other financial services, advertising, publishing and mass media and telecommunications services, are subject to a discriminatory administrative authorisation associated with the obtention of a 'foreign merchant card' whenever the relevant sector-specific legislation imposes no minority foreign shareholding condition for carrying out the related commercial acvitity.","\"First article\nThis code applies to traders and acts of commerce.\nSection 2\nA trader is anyone who, in a professional capacity, carries out acts of production, circulation, speculation, mediation, subject to the exceptions provided for by law.\nIn particular, is a merchant, anyone who, in a professional capacity, proceeds:\n- the extraction of raw materials;\n- the manufacture and processing of manufactured products;\n- the purchase and sale or rental of goods of any kind;\n- warehouse operations or management of general stores;\n- land, sea and air transport of goods and people;\n- land, sea and air insurance operations, whatever the terms and conditions;\n- to foreign exchange, banking or stock market transactions;\n- commission and brokerage operations;\n- the operation of business agencies;\n- the operation of public entertainment enterprises;\n- the operation of advertising, publishing, communication or transmission of news and information.\nHowever, anyone who exercises an agricultural profession is not a trader insofar as the interested party only transforms and sells the products of his fund.\nSection 3\nAnyone who habitually carries out the operations referred to in article 2 with a view to making a profit is subject to the laws and usages of commerce.\nSection 4\nAre subject to the provisions of this code, the facts and legal acts incidental to commercial activity.\nAre presumed accessory, unless proven otherwise, all facts and acts performed by a trader, as defined in Article 2.[...]\" (Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\nEconomic activities not included in appendix 1 of this government decree are considered not subject to authorization.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAppendix 3: List of administrative authorizations [...]\n6. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of Commerce [...]\n38- Foreign merchant card\nTerms :\nHave foreign nationality (except Algerian and Moroccan nationalities in application of bilateral agreements)\nDocuments required : [...]\nFor legal persons\n1- Application form for the foreign trader card to be withdrawn from the Department of Internal Trade\n2- Copy of the draft statutes of the company\n3- Bulletin n°3 or criminal record of the legal representative of the company (original).\n4- Certificate of non-bankruptcy in the name of the legal representative of the company (original) or a sworn statement notarized signature.\n5- Minutes of appointment of the legal representative of the company […]\nTo obtain the trader's card for commercial entities created within the framework of totally exporting foreign industrial companies in Tunisia for the sale of 30% of their productions on the local market during the previous year, the documents are required:\n1. Application on behalf of the Minister of Commerce, indicating, where applicable, the proportion of the additional range\n2. Form relating to the request for a merchant card to be collected from the Department of Internal Trade\n3. Copy of the statutes of the industrial company\n4. Copy of the API declaration of industrial companies established in Tunisia\n5. Prospectus of the product to be marketed on the local market.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Law No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1754,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.001166667","Until 2022, small-scale mining activities were reserved to Ugandan citizens and body corporates in which citizens of Uganda held at least 51% of the beneficial ownership of such a body.\nSince the enter into force of the new Mining and Minerals Act of 2022, artisanal and small-scale mining licences are reserved to Ugandan citizens and companies wholly owned by Ugandan citizens.","\"12. Acquisition of mineral right\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, a person may acquire the right to prospect, explore for, retain, mine, process, refine, smelt, fabricate or dispose of any mineral in Uganda by acquiring such right in accordance with this Act.\n[...]\n13. Restrictions on acquisition of mineral right\n(1) A mineral right shall not be granted to or held by–\n(a) an individual who(i) is not acitizenof Uganda; (ii) is under the age of eighteen years; or (iii) is or becomes an undischarged bankrupt, as a result of having been adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt under any written law; or \n(b) a company(i) which has not been registered or incorporated under the Companies Act, 2072; or (ii) which is in liquidation, except where the liquidation is part of a scheme for the reconstruction or amalgamation of such company. \n(2) For the avoidance of doubt, except for an artisanal mining licence and a small scale mining licence, a mineral right under thisAct shall only be granted to–\n(a) a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act,2012; \n(b) a body corporate registered or incorporated under the laws of Uganda;\n(c) a partnership under the Partnership Act, 2010; \n(d) a cooperative society registered under the Cooperative Societies Act; \n(e) a trustee incorporated under the Trustees Incorporation Act; or \n(f) an association or business registered under any other written law.\n[...]\nSmall Scale Mining Licence [...]\n85. Eligibility for small scale mining licence \n(1) A person who wishes to carry out small scale mining operations shall apply for a small scale mining licence in a manner prescribed by regulations. \n(2) A small scale mining licence shall be granted to–\n(a) an individual who is a citizen of Uganda;\n(b) a cooperative society or associations registered under the laws of Uganda comprising Ugandan citizens exclusively; 2022 \n(c) a partnership registered in accordance with the Partnership Ac! 2010 comprising of Ugandan citizens holding one hundred percent of the shares; or\n(d) a company registered and incorporated under the Companies Act,2012 and having one hundred percent of its shares held by Ugandan citizens.\n[...]\n96. Eligibility for artisanal mining licence\n(1) The following are eligible to apply for an artisanal mining licence under this Act–\n(a) an individual who is a citizen of Uganda; \n(b) a cooperative society, trustee or association registered or incorporated under the laws of Uganda comprising of Ugandan citizens exclusively and whose membership shall include women and marginalised groups, where applicable; \n(c) a joint venture or partnership registered in accordance with the Partnership Act, 2010 comprising of Ugandan citizens exclusively; \n(d) a business registered under the Business Names Registration Act and exclusively owned by Ugandan citizens; or \n(e) a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act,2012 and having one hundred percent of its shares held by Ugandan citizens.\n[...]\n197. Priority of goods and services available in Uganda and the region\n(1) A holder of a mineral right, licensee, contractor and subcontractor shall give preference to goods which are produced or available in Uganda and services which are rendered by Ugandan citizens and companies owned by Ugandan citizens.[...]\" (Mining and Minerals Act, 2O22)\n---------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n---------------------------------\n\"Interpretation. 2. \nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires - [...]\n\"mineral\" means any substance, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form occurring naturally in or on the earth, formed by or subject to a geological process; but does not include petroleum, as defined in the Petroleum (Exploration and Production) Act, 1985, Act 7 of 1985, water or building mineral; [...]\n\"small-scale operations\" means prospecting or mining operations which do not involve expenditure in excess of five hundred currency points or the use of   specialised technology; \n[...]\nPART IV - LOCATION LICENCE\nApplication of Act to location licence. \n54. (1) The Minister may, with the approval of the Cabinet, by statutory instrument, exclude or modify any of the provisions of this Act, which would otherwise apply to the granting of a location licence. \n(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section, \"location licence\" means a licence for prospecting and mining operations by methods which do not involve substantial expenditure and the use of specialised technology; and for the purposes of this subsection \"substantial expenditure\" means expenditure in excess of five hundred currency points necessary to bring the mine into production or such other amount as may be prescribed. \nLocation licence. \n55. (1) Any person who wishes to carry on small-scale prospecting and mining operations shall apply for a location licence.\n(2) A location licence shall be granted, in the case of an individual, only to a citizen of Uganda, and in the case of a body corporate, only where citizens of Uganda hold at least fifty one percent of the beneficial ownership of such a body.\n[...]\nPART XII – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. \nPreference for Ugandan products and employment of Uganda citizens. \n113. (1)  The holder of a mineral right shall in the conduct of his or her operations give preference to -  (a) materials and products made in Uganda; and (b) service agencies located in Uganda, to the maximum extent possible and consistent with safety, efficiency and economy. \n(2) The holder of a mineral right shall, in all phases of his or her operations, give preference in employment to citizens of Uganda to the maximum extent possible and shall carry out all operations in a manner consistent with safety, efficiency and economy. [...]\" (Mining Act, 2003)","Mining and Minerals Act, 2O22\nMining Act, 2003","Unctad (2022), \"New Mining and Minerals Act 2022 assigns the State an ownership interest in large and medium scale mines\", October 14.","[<a href=\"https://bills.parliament.ug/attachments/Mining%20and%20Minerals%20Act,%202022.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2003/2003/mining%20Act%202003.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-policy-monitor/measures/4454/new-mining-and-minerals-act-2022-assigns-the-state-an-ownership-interest-in-large-and-medium-scale-mines#:~:text=The%20new%20Act%20provides%20for,or%20commercial%20processes%20or%20applications.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3180,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","D3510X1","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.000875","To receive financial assistance under the Energy Policy Act, a company must show that its participation will be in the economic interests of the United States, as evidenced by investments in the United  States in research, development and manufacturing, and be a US-owned company or a company incorporated in the United States whose parent is incorporated in  a  country  which  (1)  affords  to  US-owned  companies  opportunities  comparable  to  those afforded  to  any  other  company  to  participate  in  such  joint  ventures;  (2)  affords  US-owned companies local investment opportunities comparable to those afforded any other company; (3) affords adequate and effective intellectual property rights of US-owned firms. ","\"§13471. Renewable energy\n(a) Program direction\nThe Secretary shall conduct a comprehensive 5-year program, in accordance with sections 13541 and 13542 of this title, to provide cost-effective options for the generation of electricity from renewable energy sources for grid and nongrid application, including field demonstrations of sufficient scale and number in operating environments to prove technical and economic feasibility for providing cost effective generation and for meeting the goal stated in section 13401(3) of this title and section 13382(a)(4) of this title.\n[...]\n§13492. Program, goals, and plan\n(a) Program direction\nThe Secretary shall conduct a program to encourage the deployment of advanced nuclear reactor technologies\n[...]\n§13525. Limits on participation by companies\nA company shall be eligible to receive financial assistance under subchapters VIII through XI of this chapter only if—\n(1) the Secretary finds that the company's participation in any program under such subchapters would be in the economic interest of the United States, as evidenced by investments in the United States in research, development, and manufacturing (including, for example, the manufacture of major components or subassemblies in the United States); significant contributions to employment in the United States; an agreement with respect to any technology arising from assistance provided under this section to promote the manufacture within the United States of products resulting from that technology (taking into account the goals of promoting the competitiveness of United States industry), and to procure parts and materials from competitive suppliers; and\n(2) either—\n(A) the company is a United States-owned company; or\n(B) the Secretary finds that the company is incorporated in the United States and has a parent company which is incorporated in a country which affords to United States-owned companies opportunities, comparable to those afforded to any other company, to participate in any joint venture similar to those authorized under this Act; affords to United States-owned companies local investment opportunities comparable to those afforded to any other company; and affords adequate and effective protection for the intellectual property rights of United States-owned companies.[...]\" (Energy Policy Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 13471, 13492 and 13525)","Energy Policy Act (42 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 13471, 13492 and 13525","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title42/chapter134&edition=prelim\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1593,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A02","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0003","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in the exploit natural forests is not allowed and in afforestation activites is subject to the Prime Minister's approval.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n15. Forestry and hunting [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n15. Forestry and hunting |\n1. WTO\nUnbound for natural forest survey, assessment and exploitation services including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wildlife, aerial photography, seeding and chemical spraying services chemicals by aircraft, management of genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture.\n2. CPTPP\nAppendix NCM II-VN-30: Forestry and hunting products (excluding CPC 881):\nViet Nam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to investment in forestry and hunting activities.\n3. EVFTA:\na) Appendix 8-B: Unbound for the Forestry Sector\nb) Appendix 8-C: (Vietnam's exception on national treatment)\nVietnam may adopt or maintain any measure relating to the operation of an enterprise within the meaning of points 1€ and 1(m) of Article 8.2 (Definitions) which is inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 2. 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8-B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments) to the forestry and hunting sub-sectors and sub-sectors.\n4. ACIA: Forestry Sector: National Treatment shall not apply to any measure related to investment in forestry activities, including but not limited to:\n- No license to exploit natural forests for foreign investors - Granting rights and obligations to foreign individuals and organizations that are different from the rights and obligations of Vietnamese individuals and organizations.\n5. Vietnamese law:\nInvestment projects of foreign investors in the field of afforestation fall under the authority of the Prime Minister to approve investment policies according to the provisions of Article 31 of the Law on Investment 2020.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2011,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","I55","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.00065625","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a company in which the majority of directors are not citizens of Zimbabwe cannot be granted a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,405,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0045","Foreign investment in tobacco distribution is reserved to Algerian-owned enteprises.","\"PRELIMINARY PROVISION\nArticle 1 - The purpose of this decree is to regulate tobacco manufacturing and distribution activities\nArticle 2 - The status of tobacco manufacturer is reserved for legal persons in the form of joint-stock companies whose capital is made up for at least 51% of public funds.\nArticle 3 - Tobacco manufacturers must be organized in partnership. By partnership, it is necessary to understand the participation in the share capital of the company of at least one shareholder justifying the exploitation of internationally renowned brands. The condition relating to the use of internationally renowned brands is not required for manufacturers of snuff or chewing tobacco.\n[...]\nSection 2 - The distribution of tobacco\nArticle 5 - Tobacco manufacturers may also be approved as distributors. This activity can be carried out through a subsidiary created for this purpose.\nArticle 6 - In addition to manufacturers, only natural persons of Algerian nationality established in Algeria or companies whose partners or shareholders are of Algerian nationality and established in Algeria can be approved as tobacco distributors [...]\" (Executive Decree No. 01-396 of 24 Ramadhan 1422 corresponding to December 9, 2001 regulating tobacco manufacturing and distribution activities [google translation])","Executive Decree No. 01-396 of 24 Ramadhan 1422 corresponding to December 9, 2001 regulating tobacco manufacturing and distribution activities [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://extranet.who.int/ncdccs/Data/Algeria_Decree_n%C2%B001-396_2001_Labelling_FR.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1851,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","C19","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.001666667","According to the supplementary finance law for 2020, foreign acquisition of equity held by other foreign parties in an Algerian entity operating in distribution activities or other strategic setors,as defined in the law, is subject to government authorization.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to the April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1815,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","C19","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.001666667","According to the supplementary finance law for 2020, foreign acquisition of equity held by other foreign parties in an Algerian entity operating in distribution activities or other strategic setors,as defined in the law, is subject to government authorization.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to the April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1815,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","M692","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000625","Registration with the Board of Accountants and Expert Accountants [auditors] is required for practicing the profession and constituting or becoming partners in accounting and auditing companies. Foreigners who are resident in Angola may register with the Board subject to reciprocity conditions.","\"Article 2. (Accounting exercise)\n1- Accounting can be exercised as a liberal profession or in a dependent manner and is governed by this law, by the statute of the Representative Entity of Accountants and Accounting Experts and by other applicable legislation.\n2- Accounting can only be performed by professionals registered with the Representative Entity of Accountants and Expert Accountants [auditors].\n3- Violation of the provisions of the previous number is considered illegal exercise of the profession and, as such, punishable under the terms of the Law. [...]\" (Law No. 3/01, of 23 March - on the exercise of accounting and auditing [google translation])\n-------------------\n\"Article 45 (Registration Conditions)\n1. The following are conditions for registering with the Order as an Accountant:\na) Have Angolan nationality, or have the status of resident foreigner and provided that, in this case, there is reciprocal treatment in their country of origin;\n[...]\nARTICLE 46. (Registration of foreigners)\n1. The special registration in the Order, as Accountant, of foreign citizens as Accountants is allowed, provided that they are domiciled in Angola, and they cumulatively satisfy the following conditions:\na) they are in their country of origin registered as technicians in the exercise of functions identical to those referred to in article 41, with the competent body;\nb) express themselves fluently in Portuguese;\nc) meet the requirements set out in paragraphs b) to d) and g) of the previous article;\nd) obtain approval in a specific exam on matters of the Angolan legal system related to the exercise of the functions of Accountant, namely commercial law and tax law; and\ne) there is reciprocal treatment by their country of origin, in relation to Angolan professionals who are in the same circumstances.\n2. The examination referred to in paragraph d) of the previous number, if there are candidates, will be held once a year, on a date to be designated by the Enrollment Board.\n[...]\nSECTION II - Expert Accountants [...]\nARTICLE 75. (Applicable provisions)\nThe corresponding articles contained in the previous section, in particular articles 42 to 46 and 48 to 70, are applicable to the Accounting Experts, with the adaptations that may eventually prove necessary.\n[...]\nArticle 82. (Admission as a Member to the Order)\nMembers of the Order, civil societies of Accountants, companies of Expert Accountants, and commercial companies governed by Angolan law may be members, under the terms to be defined by special legislation.\nArticle 83. (Registration)\nAs long as the legislation provided for in the previous article is not published, they may apply for registration with the Order in the category of accountants or accountants, as the case may be, commercial companies governed by Angolan law, whose corporate purpose includes, respectively, the provision of accounting services. and, or audit under the following conditions:\na) The management or direction of the company is, respectively, exclusively assigned to accountants or accountants registered in the Order\nb) The company is not dependent, even indirectly, on any person or economic group;\nc) The company does not have financial holdings in industrial, agricultural or banking companies, or civil societies.\n[...]\nARTICLE 106.(Reciprocity)\nThe conditions established in subparagraph a) no. 1, of article 46 of the present statute, concerning the reciprocal treatment by the country of origin of foreigners wishing to register as members of the Order, only have practical effect from the date of date of membership of the IFAC or one of the regional bodies. [...]\" (Presidential Decree No. 232/10 of October 11 - STATUTE OF THE BOARD OF ACCOUNTANTS AND ACCOUNTING EXPERTS [google translation])","Law No. 3/01, of 23 March - on the exercise of accounting and auditing [google translation]\nPresidential Decree No. 232/10 of October 11 - STATUTE OF THE BOARD OF ACCOUNTANTS AND ACCOUNTING EXPERTS [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ocpcangola.org/legislacao.aspx\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/ao/2010/ao-government-gazette-dated-2010-10-11-no-193.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,594,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.0125","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. Proposed investments in agricultural land by foreign persons generally constitute a significant action if the cumulative value of a foreign person's agricultural land holdings exceeds a specific monetary threshold. Such investments must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken.  A higher monetary threshold applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries. Agricultural land is defined in the Act as land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business. The documents of the Foreign Investment Review Board give further guidance as to what the concept of agricultural land covers (see Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance note 3 - Agricultural Land, last updated 12 April 2022).\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. In the case of acquisitions of an interest in agricultural land that will be used for a primary production business or residential development, the national interest test includes a consideration of whether there was an opportunity for Australian investors to acquire the given parcel of agricultural land or agricultural land entity, as well a the openness and transparency of the sale process.","\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nagricultural land means land in Australia that is used, or that could reasonably be used, for a primary production business [...]\nAustralian land means agricultural land, commercial land, residential land or a mining or production tenement. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n12 Meaning of interest in Australian land\n (1) An interest in Australian land (however described) is:\n (a) a legal or equitable interest in Australian land, other than:\n (i) an interest under a lease or licence or in a unit in a unit trust; or\n (ii) an interest in an agreement giving a right (known as a profit à prendre) to take something off another person’s land, or to take something out of the soil of that land; or\n (iii) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land; or\n (b) an interest in a security in an entity that owns Australian land, being a security that entitles the holder to a right to occupy a dwelling of a kind known as a flat or home unit situated on the land; or\n (c) an interest as lessee or licensee in a lease or licence giving rights to occupy Australian land if the term of the lease or licence (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (d) an interest in an agreement giving a right of a kind mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii) if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (e) an interest in an agreement involving the sharing of profits or income from the use of, or dealings in, Australian land if the term of the agreement (including any extension or renewal) is reasonably likely, at the time the interest in the agreement is acquired, to exceed 5 years; or\n (f) an interest in a share in an Australian land corporation or agricultural land corporation; or\n (g) an interest in a unit in an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust; or\n (h) if the trustee of an Australian land trust or agricultural land trust is a corporation—an interest in a share in that corporation.\n (2) An interest is an interest in Australian land even if it is the only interest that exists in the land or other thing concerned.\n (3) A person acquires an interest in Australian land even if:\n (a) the person has previously acquired an interest in Australian land; or\n (b) the interest is an increase in the amount of an existing interest of the person in Australian land.\n[...]\n43 Meaning of significant action—land\n An action is a significant action if:\n (a) the action is for a foreign person to acquire an interest in Australian land; and\n (b) the threshold test is met in relation to the land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Sections 40, 41 and 43 do not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:  [...]\n (c) to acquire an interest in Australian land.\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n (2) Section 47 does not limit the actions that may be specified by the regulations.\n[...]\n52 The threshold test for land [...]\nAgricultural land where total value of interests is above threshold value\n (2) The threshold test is met in relation to land if both of the following apply:\n (a) the land is agricultural land;\n (b) the total value of the following is more than the value prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph:\n (i) all interests in agricultural land held by the foreign person, alone or together with one or more associates;\n (ii) the consideration for the acquisition of the interest in the land.\n[...]\n55 Regulations\n (1) Regulations made for the purposes of this Part may prescribe any of, or any combination of, the following:\n (a) values of nil;\n (b) different values for different kinds of entities, businesses or land;\n (c) different values for different kinds of foreign persons;\n (d) different values for:\n (i) sensitive businesses generally; or\n (ii) different sensitive businesses for different foreign persons.\n[...]\n67 Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n (1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n (a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n (b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n (2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table.\nPowers of Treasurer to prohibit proposed significant actions\nItem | If the significant action is … | the Treasurer may make an order prohibiting …\n1 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness, or an interest in securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition.\n2 | to issue securities in an entity | the whole or a part of the proposed issue of the securities. [...]\n5 | to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness, or an interest in assets of an Australian business | the whole or a part of the proposed acquisition. [...]\n8 | to acquire an interest in Australian land | the proposed acquisition.\n9 | to take any significant action prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of section 44 | any thing prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this item.\n[...]\n81 Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n (1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n (2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\n82 Limitation on taking significant actions after notice given\n (1) This section applies in relation to a foreign person who gives a notice to the Treasurer stating that a significant action (including a significant action that is a notifiable action) is proposed to be taken.\n (2) The foreign person must not take the action before the earliest of the following:\n (a) the day that is 10 days after the end of the decision period mentioned in section 77;\n (b) if an interim order is made—the end of the period specified in the order;\n (c) the day a no objection notification is given to the person.[...] (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82)\n--------------------------\n\"40 Action relating to agribusinesses and agricultural land for certain investors [...]\nLand entities\n (3) A relevant agreement country investor, or an enterprise or national of Thailand (other than a foreign government investor), who takes an action relating to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business may, for the purposes of section 13 of this instrument, disregard the fact that the land is agricultural land.\n (4) To avoid doubt, an action taken in relation to an interest in agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business includes an action taken by acquiring a security in a land entity that holds agricultural land that is used wholly and exclusively for a primary production business.\n[...]\n52 Land [...]\nThreshold value for agricultural land\n (4) The following table prescribes a value for paragraph 52(2)(b) of the Act (agricultural land).\nThreshold value for agricultural land\nItem | For this kind of land … | the value (in millions of dollars) is …\n1 | agricultural land that is being acquired by a foreign person | 15\n2 | agricultural land that is held by an agricultural land corporation or an agricultural land trust if the interest that is being acquired by a foreign person is an interest in a share in the corporation or a unit in the trust | 15 [...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 12, 43, 44, 47, 48, 52, 55, 67, 81 and 82\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 40 and 52","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 3 - Agricultural land, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN03_Agriculture.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1682,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.1","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. Sensitive businesses, as defined in the Regulation, include transport, media and telecommunications businesses, among others. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. For a table of all the applicable thresholds in 2021, see Treasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\" (1 January 2021), Annex 1, pp. 15-16.\nCertain acquisitions are exempted from reviews by virtue of the 2015 Regulation. Generally, acquisitions by foreign non-government acquirers of an Australian business carried on by, or an acquisition of an interest in Australian land from the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body of Australia or an entity wholly owned by the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body, are exempted from reviews. However, acquisitions of an interest in Australian land if the interest is, or includes, certain infrastructure assets, are excluded from the exemption. These infrastructure assets include 'public infrastructure', which is defined in the Regulation as including also electricity generation, transmission, distribution and supply systems and facilities.\nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.\nThe Security Legislation Amendment (Critical Infrastructure) Act 2021, in force as of December 2021, expands the scope of the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018 to include critical infrastructure entities in a wider range of sectors including: communications; financial services and markets; data storage or processing; defence industry; higher education and research; energy; food and grocery; health care and medical; space technology; transport; and water and sewerage. ",{"$cut":{"chars":20010,"head":"\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act:[ ...]\nforeign person means:\n(a)  an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b)  a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c)  a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d)  the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e)  the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f)  a foreign government; or\n(g)  any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity, trust or unincorporated limited partnership if:\n(a)  for an entity or unincorporated limited partnership—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity or partnership; or\n(b)  for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40  Meaning of significant action—entities\n(1)  An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2)  The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a)  to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n(b)  to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n(c)  to issue securities in an entity;[ ...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3)  The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4)  The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n(a)  for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n(i)  a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii)  the holding entity of such a corporation;\n(b)  for any other action relating to a corporation:\n(i)  an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii)  the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n(c)  for an action relating to a unit trust:\n(i)  an Australian unit trust; or\n(ii)  a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5)  If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n(6)  If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n(7)  However, the last condition in subsection (6) is not required to be met if:\n(a)  paragraph (2)(b) applies and the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person who controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken; or\n(b)  paragraph (2)(c) applies and a foreign person controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken.\n41  Meaning of significant action—businesses\n(1)  An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2)  The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a)  to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness;\n(b)  to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business;[...]\nSecond c"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 22, 28, 31 and 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021\nSecurity Legislation Amendment (Critical Infrastructure) Act 2021 (Parliament no. 124)","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021A00124\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1645,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","On 25 July 2020, the Investment Control Act and a related amendment to the Foreign Trade Act 2011 entered into force. The legislation establishes a new investment review mechanism and abrogates the mechanism that had been in place since 2011. The new regime lowers the screening threshold for acquisitions made by foreign investors (other than EU, EEA and Swiss nationals) in “highly sensitive sectors” from 25% to 10% of voting rights in the target entity. The definition of “highly sensitive sectors” has been expanded to include critical infrastructure in food, research institutions and finance. The lower screening threshold applies temporarily to acquisitions relating to “research and development in the fields of drugs, vaccines, medical devices, and personal protective equipment” until 31 December 2022. The changes also address international cooperation in line with Regulation (EU) 2019/452 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 March 2019 establishing a framework for the screening of foreign direct investments into the Union.","\"Section 1. \nFor the purposes of this Federal Act:\n1. \"Austrian undertaking\": an undertaking within the meaning of Section 1 Para 2 of the Austrian Corporate Code (UGB), German Imperial Law Gazette p. 219/1897, having its registered office or headquarters in Austria;\n2. Foreign person:\na) a natural person without Union citizenship or citizenship of an European Economic Area state or Switzerland or\nb) a legal entity with its registered office or headquarters outside the EU, the European Economic Area, and Switzerland;\n3. \"Direct investment\": the direct or indirect acquisition of\na) an Austrian undertaking or b) voting right shares in such an undertaking or c) a controlling interest in such an undertaking d) substantial assets of such an undertaking;\n4. \"Acquiring person\": a natural person or legal entity carrying out a process pursuant to Item 3;\n5. \"Target undertaking\": an Austrian undertaking within the meaning of Item 1 in which a direct investment has been or is to be made;\n6. \"Foreign direct investment\": a process within the meaning of Item 3 in which at least one of the acquiring persons is a foreign person;\n7. \"Acquisition of a controlling interest\": the possibility of exercising a decisive influence on the activity of the target undertaking, either individually or jointly, through rights, contracts or other means, taking into account all circumstances, even if the minimum share of voting rights pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 is not reached; \n[...]\nAuthorisation obligation\nSection 2. \n(1) A foreign direct investment shall require the approval of the Federal Minister for Digital and Economic Affairs, hereinafter referred to as the \"leading responsible Member of the Federal Government\", if\n1. the target undertaking is active in one of the areas listed in the Annex and\n2. Union and international legal provisions do not preclude an obligation to obtain authorisation and\n3. by direct investment\na) within the meaning of Section 1 Item 3 lit. b, a minimum share of the voting rights pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 is reached or exceeded,\nb) a controlling interest within the meaning of Section 1 Item 3 lit. c is attained irrespective of specific shares of voting rights or\nc) a controlling interest on substantial assets of the undertaking within the meaning of Section 1 Item 3 lit. d is acquired.\n(2) Foreign direct investments in which the target undertaking is a micro enterprise, including start-up enterprises, with fewer than ten employees and an annual turnover or an annual balance sheet total of less than two million Euros shall not be subject to any authorisation requirement.\n(3) This Federal Act shall not affect the provisions of the land transfer laws of the federal provinces.\nThreat to security or public order\nSection 3. \n(1) When assessing whether a foreign direct investment may lead to a threat to security or public order, including crisis management and services of general interest within the meaning of Article 52 and Article 65 TFEU, its effects in the areas listed in the Annex shall be examined.\n(2) Moreover, when assessing a possible threat within the meaning of Para 1, particular account shall be taken of\n1. whether an acquiring person is controlled directly or indirectly by the government, including government agencies or the armed forces, of a third country, inter alia by means of ownership structure or in the form of substantial financial resources,\n2. whether an acquiring person, or a natural person who holds a senior position in an acquiring legal entity, is or has been involved in activities that have or have had an impact on security or public order in another EU Member State, and\n3. whether there is a significant risk that an acquiring person, or a natural person who holds a management position in an acquiring legal entity, is or has been involved in illegal or criminal activities.\nMinimum share of voting rights\nSection 4. \nThe relevant shares of voting rights within the meaning of Section 2 Para 1 Item 3 lit. a are:\n1. if the target company carries out an activity in one of the areas listed in Part 1 of the Annex: 10%, 25% and 50% and\n2. in all other cases: 25% and 50%.\n[...]\nAnnex\nPart 1 \nEspecially sensitive areas to which the voting rights shares apply pursuant to Section 4 Item 1 (exhaustive list)\n1. defence equipment and technologies\n2. operation of critical energy infrastructure\n3. operation of critical digital infrastructure, in particular 5G infrastructure\n4. water\n5. operating systems guaranteeing the data sovereignty of the Republic of Austria\n6. research and development in the fields of pharmaceuticals, vaccines, medical devices and personal protective equipment\n\nPart 2\nOther areas in which a threat to security or public order including crisis management and services of general interest within the meaning of Articles 52 and 65 TFEU may arise\n1. critical infrastructure (institutions, systems, facilities, processes, networks or parts thereof); these include in particular:\n1.1. energy\n1.2. information technology\n1.3. traffic and transport\n1.4. health\n1.5. food\n1.6. telecommunications\n1.7. data processing or storage\n1.8. defence\n1.9. constitutional institutions\n1.10. finance\n1.11. research institutions\n1.12. social and distribution systems\n 1.13 chemical industry\n1.14. investment in land and buildings essential for the use of the infrastructures referred to in points 1.1 to 1.13\n2. critical technologies and dual-use goods as defined in Article 2 Para 1 of Council Regulation (EC) No. 428/2009, including\n2.1. artificial intelligence\n2.2. robotics\n2.3. semiconductors\n2.4. cyber security\n2.5. defence technologies\n2.6. quantum and nuclear technologies\n2.7. nanotechnologies\n2.8. biotechnologies\n3. security of the supply of critical resources, including\n3.1. energy supply\n3.2. supply of raw materials\n3.3. food supply\n 3.4.supply of medicines and vaccines, medical devices and personal protective equipment, including research and development in these areas\n4. access to sensitive information, including personal data, or the ability to control such information\n5. freedom and plurality of the media.\n\"Critical\" are infrastructures within the meaning of Item 1, technologies within the meaning of Item 2 and resources within the meaning of Item 3 that are of essential importance for the maintenance of important social functions because their disruption, destruction, failure or loss would have serious effects on the health, safety or economic and social well-being of the population or the effective functioning of government institutions.\"\n(Investment Control Act (BGBl. I Nr. 87/2020), entry into force 25 July 2020, §§ 1-4 and annex [unofficial translation])","Investment Control Act (BGBl. I Nr. 87/2020), entry into force 25 July 2020, §§ 1-4 and annex","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=20011250\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://trade.ec.europa.eu/doclib/docs/2020/september/tradoc_158955.pdf\">Translation</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,683,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0004","Foreign investors may only establish joint-stock companies with resident Bangladeshi nationals for Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS). Where a joint-stock company is established with a Bangladeshi entitiy, foreigners may only acquire 70% ownership of a company providing Telecommunication Value Added Services TVAS for them to hold a reigstration certificate to be able to perform such services. In certain cases, the Bangladesh Telecommunications Regulatory Commission (BTRC) may approve increases in foreign equity limitations if required. However, criteria for such approvals is unspecified.","\"5. Eligibility:\n(i) Proprietorship, partnership and companies registered under 'Joint Stock of Companies and Firms'underthe Companies Act 1994 are eligible to apply for the License to establish, maintain and operate VSAT systems and network in Bangladesh. \n(ii) VSAT Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships,  partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act 1994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permitted.\nIn case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule BanV Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfillment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20o/o of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. In that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh.\n(iii) The existing VSAT providers, VSAT provider with HUB and new applicants excluding Cellular Mobile Phone Operators and BWA operators licensed from the Commission are eligible to apply to the Commission to obtain VSAT HUB OPERATOR AND VSAT USER LICENSE. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR VSAT HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I 4.32.0000.702.5 1. 102.20.15, 11 January 2022)\n------------------------\n\"Article 9: ELIGIBILITY\n(1) The Joint Venture entities having Foreign Shareholding (constitution and companies/partnerships farms registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the law(s) of Bangladesh) are eligible to apply for Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. In case of consortium, the entity shall have to form a company under the law(s) of Bangladesh before issuing the certificate. \n(2) In case of foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity is limited to maximum 70% (seventy percent). In case of any reputed foreign partner the Commission may increase the foreign equity if required. The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial institution/Leasing company shall be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(3) In case of NRB applying together with Bangladeshi partner, there is no limitation on the quantity of foreign equity. NRB shall invest directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/Financial Institution/Leasing company shall be raised for his part of the investment.\n(4) According to the license conditions of CMPO they are eligible for providing TVVAS. After issuing this guideline they will also be entitled as “CMPO-TVASP” and are allowed to provide Telecommunication Value Added Services within their own network only, following all terms & conditions mentioned in this guideline.\n(5) Bangladeshi entities (consortium, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the laws(s) of Bangladesh) or Any Bangladeshi entity holding valid trade license are eligible to apply for TVASP Registration Certificate. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. [...]\" (Regulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018)","REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR c HUB OPERATORAND VSAT USER, No. I4.32.0000.702.51.102.20.15, 11 January 2022\nRegulatory Guidelines for Issuance of Registration Certificate for Providing Telecommunication Value Added Services (TVAS) In Bangladesh, 31 May 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-27-fe49f0daa42656b8761844f4153514f7.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-02-06-57-68a10aca672e64da7ffc5b9f6fc01987.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3668,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BIH","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00075","Foreign investment in radio and TV broadcasting is subject to prior government approval.","\"Article 2\nIn terms of this law, the terms used have the following meanings:\n\"Foreign investor\": means a natural person who does not have a permanent residence in Bosnia and Herzegovina and does not have his main place of business in Bosnia and Herzegovina or a legal entity formed in accordance with foreign law that has its registered office, central administration or main place of business in a foreign country the country;\n\"Foreign direct investment\" means an investment in a newly founded company or an investment in an existing domestic company, as well as an investment in a newly founded institution or an existing institution, which can be in money, things and rights. [...]\n\"Media\"  means radio broadcasting and television broadcasting activities via terrestrial radiodiffusion.\n[...]\nArticle 4\n(a) Regardless of the policy of free direct foreign investment in Bosnia and Herzegovina established in Article 3 of this law, a foreign stake in the share capital of a business entity engaged in the production and sale of weapons, ammunition, explosives for military use, military equipment and media business will not exceed 49% of the basic capital in that business entity.\n(b) In the case of investments in sectors subject to the restrictions referred to in paragraph (a) of this Article, foreign investors must obtain prior approval from the competent authority in the corresponding Entity.[...]\" (THE LAW ON THE POLICY OF DIRECT FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA (\"Official Gazette of BiH\", no. 4/1998, 17/1998, 13/2003, 48/2010 and 22/2015) [google translation])","THE LAW ON THE POLICY OF DIRECT FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA (\"Official Gazette of BiH\", no. 4/1998, 17/1998, 13/2003, 48/2010 and 22/2015) [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.paragraf.ba/propisi/bih/zakon-o-politici-direktnih-stranih-ulaganja-u-bosni-i-hercegovini.html\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2690,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.00125","Foreign acquisition or lease of agricultural land or of a company owning agricultural land is subject to the Minister's approval and subject to discriminatory transfer duty tax (see related horizontal measure).","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"agricultural land\" means land other than tribal land or land within a township;\n\"controlled transaction\" means one of the transactions specified in section 3(1) other than that specified in section 3(3);\n\"land\" includes any estate, interest or right in land;\n[…]\n3. No dealings in agricultural land without consent of Minister\n(1) Each of the following transactions, that is to say-\n(a) the sale, transfer, lease capable of running for a period of five years or more, exchange, partition or other disposal or dealing with any agricultural land;\n(b) the division of any such agricultural land into two or more parcels to be held under separate titles;\n(c) the issue, sale, transfer, mortgage or any other disposal of or dealing with any share in a private company owning any agricultural land, shall, if the party acquiring any interest in such land or in such shares is a person who is not a citizen of Botswana, be void for all purposes unless the Minister has given his consent in respect of that transaction in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) In this section \"citizen\" shall not include a company incorporated or registered under the Companies Act, unless the majority of all classes of shares in such company are beneficially owned by individuals who are citizens of Botswana.\n[...]\n7. Grant or refusal of consent\nIn deciding whether to grant or refuse consent in respect of a controlled transaction, the Minister shall-\n(a) have regard to the effect that the grant or refusal of consent is likely to have on the economic development of the land concerned or on the maintenance or improvement of standards of good husbandry on the land concerned;\n(b) take into account any objections made under section 5(2) and, in particular, the wish of any citizen of Botswana to enter into the controlled transaction; and [...]\" (CHAPTER 32:11 LAND CONTROL Act of 1975, as amended)\n-----------------\n\"2. Imposition of transfer duty\n(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Act, a duty (hereinafter called \"transfer duty\") at the rate specified in subsection (4), shall be payable and paid upon the purchase price or value of any immovable property, whether freehold or held from Government upon quitrent or other leasehold tenure, sold or otherwise alienated or transferred. \n(2) Transfer duty shall be payable by- (a) the purchaser of any such property; [...]\n(4) The rate of transfer duty referred to in subsection (3) shall-\n (a)   in the case of a transaction involving any immovable property sold or alienated-\n  (i)   where the person liable to pay the duty is a citizen of Botswana, be P5 per centum; and\n  (ii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is not a citizen of Botswana, P30 per centum;\n  (iii)   where the person liable to pay the duty is an entity which is neither a natural person nor a company, P5 per centum; and\n (b)   in the case of a customary land grant, be calculated on the aggregate rental payable or on the value of the immovable property leased, whichever is greater.[...]\n(6) For the purposes of this section-\n\"agricultural land\" means any land, other than land in a township, used or capable of being used for the purposes of agriculture or horticulture or for breeding or keeping domestic animals, poultry or bees;\n\"citizen of Botswana\" includes a company incorporated in Botswana and of which a majority of every class of equity shares is held by citizens of Botswana.\n3. Certain share dealings to constitute transactions involving agricultural land\nWhere the effect of the issue of any shares in any company or a change in the beneficial ownership of any of the issued shares in any company is to pass the control of or entitlement to benefit from any agricultural land from one person to another, such issue of shares or change in beneficial ownership shall constitute a transaction involving agricultural land for the purposes of section 2.[...]\" (CHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891)\n-----------------\n\"The Botswana Unified Revenue Service (“BURS”) has published Guidelines to the Transfer Duty Amendment Act 5 of 2023 (“Amendment Act”), as follows:\n1) Introduction [Paragraph A] [...]\nb) The Amendment Act addressed the implementation challenges of the Transfer Duty Act 6 of 2003 (“Act”). The challenges include:\ni) The requirement for new allocations of state and tribal land to be subject to the Act;\nii) The impact of the 30% transfer duty payable by non-citizens on transfer of immoveable property;\t\niii) The cost implication on many of the citizens especially that the Act requires transfer duty to be paid on tribal land; and\t\niv) Provision of valuation reports for all transactions irrespective of exemption status.\n[...]\n4) Change in rate for non-citizens [Paragraph E]\nThe amendment Act introduces a reduction in the rate of transfer duty to non-citizens from 30% to 10% of the purchase price or value of property up to 2 million pula (“P”), and 15% of the purchase price or value of property in excess over P2 million[...]' (Botswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023) \n-----------------\n\"2. Interpretation\n In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"tribal land\" means land in a tribal area and, subject to the provisions of the Mines and Minerals Act (Cap. 66:01), the Water Act (Cap. 34:01) and the Mineral Rights in Tribal Territories Act (Cap. 66:02), includes any interest in land and anything which is either artificially or naturally attached to the land and which, by operation of the common law, accedes to it;\n[...]\n4. Vesting of tribal land in Land Boards\nAll the rights and title to land in each tribal area listed in the first column of Schedule 1 shall continue to vest in the Land Board set out in relation to it in the second column of the Schedule, in trust for the benefit and advantage of the citizens of Botswana and for the purpose of promoting the economic and social development of all the peoples of Botswana.\n[...]\n5. Powers and functions of Land Boards\n (1) All the powers previously vested in a Land Board and a subordinate Land Board under the repealed Act in relation to land, including-\n (a) the granting of rights to use any land;  (b) the cancellation of the grant of any rights to use any land;  (c) the imposition of restrictions on the use of tribal land;  (d) the authorising of any change of use of tribal land; or (e) the authorising of any transfer of tribal land,\nshall vest in and be performed by a Land Board acting in accordance with powers conferred on it by or under this Act.\n (2) Notwithstanding the generality of the provisions of subsection (1) each Land Board shall- [...] (b) ensure the equitable distribution of land to citizens of Botswana in a manner that ensures sustainable development and the protection of natural resources;[...]\n(3) A Land Board may, subject to the approval of the Minister, authorise any person in writing to exercise any of the powers conferred upon the Land Board by this Act.\n[...]\n24. Grant of land to non-citizens\nNo Land Board or subordinate Land Board shall grant any land under this Part to any person who is not a citizen of Botswana, unless that person has been specially exempted, or is a member of any class of persons who have been specially exempted, by the Minister in writing from the provisions of this section: Provided that where the Land Board makes a grant of land to a non-citizen, such grant may only be by way of common law lease.[...]\" (Tribal Land Act No. 1 of 2018).","CHAPTER 32:11 LAND CONTROL Act of 1975, as amended\nCHAPTER 53:01 TRANSFER DUTY Act of 1891, as amended\nBotswana: Unified Revenue Service – Guidelines for the Transfer Duty Amendment Act, 2023, dated 10 May 2023\nTribal Land Act No. 1 of 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot39063.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5f4d03f526204108be03058b/t/604b7f4adbb94f7623d95262/1615560524283/Transfer+Duty+Act+ch53-01.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot204211.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"www.burs.org.bw\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,213,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","F42","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.003","Foreign investment in construction activities, with the exception of construction services incidental to mining and mechanical engineering services activities, is limited depending on the project amount to up to 90% of equity ownership. This applies only for firms applying for a Certificate A, which allows them to carry out construction works for the government and private sector. Firms applying for Certificate B, which allows them to carry out construction works for the private sector only, are not bound by such equity limitations. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that existing equity restrictions applicable to Certificate A firms, which seek to serve the public sector, affect more prominently the civil engineering contructions segment.\n","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Construction Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Order 2011, Building Control Order 2011 (Draft), Building Control Regulations (Draft), Procedures of Contractors and Suppliers Registration, Ministry of Development (Edition 2009), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises are not allowed to supply construction services such as: general construction work for building services, general construction work for civil engineering, installation and assembly work services, building completion and finishing work services, except mining, and mechanical engineering services, unless: (a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they register for either Certificate A or Certificate B, as a contractor or supplier; or (c) they comply with any requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge to persons in Brunei Darussalam as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. In the case of Certificate A, a foreign national or enterprise may not own equity shareholding other than what is prescribed in the table below, in any enterprise that applies to be registered as a contractor or supplier:\nTable - Class / Project Threshold / Level of Foreign Equity Allowed\n  I / Up to BND 50 000 / None\n II / Exceeding BND 50 000 but not more than BND 250 000 / None\nIII / Exceeding BND 250 000 but not more than BND 500 000 / 20 per cent\nIV / Exceeding BND 500 000 but not more than BND 1.5 million / 50 per cent\n V / Exceeding BND 1.5 million but not more than BND 5 million / 70 per cent\nVI / Exceeding BND 5 million / 90 per cent\n Building Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\nMechanical and Electrical Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\n3. For greater certainty, Certificate A refers to certificates which are required for participating in government and private projects, whilst Certificate B refers to certificates which are required for participating in private projects only.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------\n\"PART VII -LICENSING OF BUILDERS \nInterpretation. \n42. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"building works\" means any building works to which Part II applies; \"minor specialist building works\" means (a} specialist building works associated with minor building works; (b) structural steelwork comprising fabrication and erection work for structures with a cantilever length of not more than 3 metres, a clear span of less than 6 metres and a plan area not exceeding 150 square metres; (c) pre-cast concrete work compnsmg casting of pre-cast reinforced concrete slabs or planks on site; \n(2) In this Part (a) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) general building ·works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration, or reward other than wages, but not if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, general building works only as a sub-contractor; (b) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) any specialist building works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration or reward other than wages; (c) a person carries out general building works or specialist building works whether that person carries it out personally, or directly or indirectly causes it to be carried out; (d) a person shall be deemed to carry on the business of a builder if he carries out general building works or specialist building works, as the case may be, on or in respect of a building for himself; and {e} a person undertakes to carry out general building works or specialist building works if that person enters into a contract to carry it out or submits a tender or makes an offer to carry it out. \n[...]\nProhibition against unlicensed builders.\n43. (1) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a} advertise or hold himself out or conduct himself in any way or by any means as a person who is authorised to carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam; or {b) assume, take or use (either alone or in combination with any other word, letter or device) the name, title or description of \"licensed builder\", or any name, title or description calculated to lead others to believe he is so licensed, or by words or conduct hold himself out as being so licensed, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence. \n(2) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a) carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; (b) carry on a business carrying out, or undertaking to carry out, whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business, general building works and minor specialist building works or minor specialist building works only, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; \n[...]\nClasses of builder's licences.\n44. A licence may be granted under this Part to a builder authorising him to carry on such classes of business of a builder as may be prescribed. [...]\" (BUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"[Table of requirements per class of builder licence - text not reproduced here] (Ministry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nBUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended\nMinistry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2014/EN/s069.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://abci.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Perkhidmatan%20ABCi/Pendaftaran%20Syarikat/Lesen%20Pembina/Jadual%20A1%20kelas%20I%20ke%20VI.pdf\">Table</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3044,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H491","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0048","Foreign investment in rail transport services is limited to 49% of equity ownership.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-sector: Rail transport services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), \nMarket Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign nationals and enterprises may not provide rail transport services in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 49 per cent equity shareholding in the joint venture; (b) they comply with any performance requirements imposed, including requirements to transfer a particular technology or other roprietary knowledge as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam; or (c) a majority of the senior managers in the joint venture are Brunei nationals.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) ","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3088,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0025","Foreign investment in architectural and engineering services is allowed only through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a partnership or joint venture with at least one Brunei national who is registered as an architect, professional engineer or quantity surveyor. Foreign equity in a body corporate licensed to supply Architetural, Professional Engineering or Quantity Surveying services in Brunei Darussalam is limited to 51%. A foreign natural person is eligible for registration with the Board of Architets, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors (BAPEQS) upon meeting minimum academic qualification requirements approved by recognised foreign professional institutions & regulating authorities [list inludes institutions from Australia, Canada, Malaysia, New Zealand, Singapore, United States and United Kingdom only] and upon showing evidence of one year of professional engagement fully residence in Brunei Darussalam. For the purposes of the FDIRRI, pre-establishment minimum residence requirement is considered a restriction to foreign entry. As such, the 51% foreign shareholding limit is assumed to affect all forms of FDI possible in the sector.",{"$cut":{"chars":23827,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Business Services\nSub-sector: Architectural services, Engineering services, Integrated engineering services, Quantity surveying services, Related scientific and technical consulting services, Surveying services, Urban planning and landscape services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Market Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Order 2011, Licensed Land Surveyors Act (Chapter 100), Licensed Land Surveyors (Amendment) Order (Draft), Licensed Land Surveyors Regulations (Draft), Town Planners Registration Order (Draft), Town Planners (Forms and Fees) Rules (Draft), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not supply architectural services, engineering services, integrated engineering services or quantity surveying services, unless:\n(a) they are resident in Brunei Darussalam for at least 90 days per calendar year and are registered as an architect, professional engineer or quantity surveyor in that sector with Brunei Darussalam Board of Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors;\n(b) if they are not resident in Brunei Darussalam, through a local enterprise where the services suppliers are registered as an architect, professional engineer or quantity surveyor and hold a practising certificate in that sector with Brunei Darussalam Board of Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors; or\n(c) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a partnership or joint venture with at least one Brunei national who is registered as an architect, professional engineer or quantity surveyor and holds a practising certificate in that sector with Brunei Darussalam Board of Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors. [...]\" (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation. \n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires - \"allied professional\" means - (a) an architect, other than a naval architect or a landscape architect, who is registered under this Order; (b) a professional engineer who is registered under this Order; or (c) a quantity surveyor who is registered under this Order; \"architectural services\" includes selling or supplying for gain or reward any I architectural plan, drawing, tracing or the like for use in the construction, enlargement or alteration of any building or part thereof; \n[...]\nPART III - PRIVILEGES OF ARCHITECTS, PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS \nIllegal architectural practice. \n10. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Order, no person shall draw or prepare any architectural plan, drawing, tracing, design, specification or other document intended to govern the construction, enlargement or alteration of any building or part thereof in Brunei Darussalam unless he is - (a) a registered architect who has in force a practising certificate; (b) under the direction or supervision of a registered architect who has in force a practising certificate; or (c) authorised by the Board to work in collaboration (but without a right to any independent practice) with a registered architect who has in force a practising certificate authorising the registered architect to engage in that architectural service. \n(2) The Board may grant its authorisation to any person under subsection (l)(c) subject to such conditions as it thinks fit to impose. \n(3) Subject to the provisions of this Order, no person shall sign and submit to a building authority or a public authority - (a) any architectural plan, drawing, tracing, design, specification or other document intended to govern the construction, enlargement or alteration of any building or part thereof in Brunei Darussalam; or (b) any report, certificate or other document relating to the construction, enlargeme"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nARCHITECTS, PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AND QUANTITY SURVEYORS ORDER, 2011\nArchitects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Rules, 2016\nGD: 04/2017 - Requirements Registration For Registered Foreign Professional Engineer (RFPE)\nGD: 22/2018 - Requirements Registration For Registered Foreign Architects (RFA)\nGD: 23/2018 - Guidelines For Registration (RC)\nGD: 05/2018 (1st Edition Rev.1) - ​Qualification and Examination Guidelines","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2011/EN/S033.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2016/EN/S038.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bapeqs.gov.bn/Documents/GUIDELINES/GD04-2017%20-%20RFPE.pdf\">GD</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bapeqs.gov.bn/PublishingImages/SitePages/Act%20and%20Regulation/GD22-2018%20-%20RFA.pdf\">GD</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bapeqs.gov.bn/Documents/GUIDELINES/GD23-2018%20-%20Guideline%20for%20Registration.pdf\">GD</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bapeqs.gov.bn/Documents/GUIDELINES/GD05-2018%20(1st%20Edition%20Rev.01)%20-%20Qualification%20and%20Examination%20Guidelines-.pdf\">GD</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3038,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","B09","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.000291667","Foreign investment in various auxiliary oil and gas services is restricted by the Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry imposing local content and employment limitations on O&G operators contracting activities [see link]. Namely, the provision of services falling in the categories 'Basic' and 'Development' of the 'LBD Allocation of Contract' framework are, respectively, reserved to Bumiputra and 'local companies' (i.e. those companies fully owned by Brunei Citizens). The market reservation for local companies in the 'Development' category is considered a restriction under the OECD FDIRRI [the reservation for Bumiputra is not taken into account]. Local employment targets imposed on companies providing services falling in the category 'Core' and 'Development' of theLBD Allocation of Contract' framework are equally considered a restriction on key foreign personnel (only in respect of the restriction affecting managerial positions at all levels, which limits the possibility of nominating foreigners for top executive positions).",{"$cut":{"chars":16507,"head":"\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Petroleum Mining Act (Chapter 44) (the Act), Brunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002, Petroleum (Pipe-Lines) Act (Chapter 45), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Under the Act, the State Party has exclusive ownership of and rights over petroleum in the territory of Brunei Darussalam. The State Party presently includes Brunei National Petroleum Company Sdn. Bhd. (“PetroleumBRUNEI”). Private companies may obtain exploration, exploitation, development and production rights for petroleum through petroleum mining Agreements with the State Party. \n2. The State Party may require that investment in Brunei Darussalam by an investor of another Party take the form of a joint venture or a similar arrangement with a Bruneian enterprise, which may include Petroleum BRUNEI or any of its subsidiaries.\n3. The State Party may require as a contractual term that, during the exploration or development period, all relevant costs with respect to the maximum participating interest of the Bruneian enterprise be borne by the partner that is an investor of another Party. Consequently, on the expiration of the carry interest period, the Bruneian enterprise will bear the costs of future operations in proportion to its participating interests in the petroleum mining Agreement.\n4. The State Party may require as a contractual term that a Bruneian enterprise may acquire a participating interest, or increase its participating interest, in the joint venture or similar arrangement upon the occurrence of a stipulated event.\n5. The terms “State Party”, “petroleum mining Agreement” and “petroleum” used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Act.\n[...]\nSector:  Petroleum\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\nForeign enterprises acting as operators in the upstream, midstream and downstream oil and gas industry may be: (a) contractually required to provide a portion of natural gas or manufactured petrochemical products and their derivatives in Brunei Darussalam for domestic use; or (b) required to appoint a certain percentage of Brunei nationals to management positions.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise shall not supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry in the services listed in Appendix I – A, unless as may otherwise be authorised by the Government of Brunei Darussalam.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where a foreign national or enterprise has a contract for the provision of services listed in Appendix I – A, it may only provide such services through a Brunei national or Bruneian enterprise.\n[...]\nSector:  Services supporting the petroleum industry\nObligations Concerned: Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Local Business Development Directive No. 2 of the Energy Department, Prime Minister’s Office\nDescription: Investment\n1. A foreign national or enterprise may supply, or establish an enterprise to supply services in the upstream, midstream and downstream petroleum industry other than\nthose listed in Appendix I – A.[For the list of services in APPENDIX I – A, please cf. the link to TPP Agreement] \n2. Where the total approved contract value for the supply of services in paragraph 1 is more than BND 10 million, the foreign national or enterprise must comply with the following requirements: (a) appoint at least 40 per cent or more, Bru"}},"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nPETROLEUM MINING ACT [Cap 44]\nBrunei National Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad Order, 2002\nPETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM [Cap 123], 2019\nDIRECTIVE ON BRUNEIANISATION IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY (No.1/2018)\nGUIDELINES for Directive 2 on Local Business Development Framework for the Oil & Gas Industry","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap044.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2002/EN/s006.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pa.gov.bn/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/PA-Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/Directive%20on%20Bruneianisation%20in%20the%20Oil%20and%20Gas%20Industry%20No.%201-2018.pdf\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.energy.gov.bn/Shared%20Documents/LBD/Directives%20and%20Guidelines/Directive%20Guidelines%20-%20final%20-%2019%20April%202012.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3079,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","K6419X","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.006","Foreign investment in banking is subject to reciprocity.","\"Article 14: \"Before starting business, covered entities must obtain a license from the supervisory authority. Before issuing a license, the supervisory authority shall ensure : […] The supervisory authority shall be aware of the reciprocity offered by other countries when the shareholders of a locally incorporated bank or the head offices of branches of foreign banks are from said countries.\"   (Law on banking and Financial Institutions, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/1199/13 of 19 October 1999, Art. 14)","Law on banking and Financial Institutions, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/1199/13 of 19 October 1999, Art. 14.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://cdc.gov.kh/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/LAW-ON-BANKING-AND-FINANCIAL-INSTITUTIONS_991118-.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1879,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0008","The president, managers and a majority of the directors of an enterprise operating an aircraft flying the Chilean flag must have Chilean nationality.","\"CHAPTER II -     Of the Registration or Registration of the Aircraft and its Nationality\n1.- Of the registration or registration [...]\nArticle 32.- The registration or registration of an aircraft in the National Aircraft Registry gives it Chilean nationality.\n[...]\n2.- Of the aircraft that can be registered in the National Aircraft Registry\nArticle 38.- The following may enroll in Chile:\na) Aircraft that belong to Chilean natural persons;\nb) Aircraft that belong to Chilean legal entities, understood as such, for these purposes, those incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean laws, and that have their main domicile and their real and effective headquarters in this country; that its president, its manager and the majority of its directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of its capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons, and\nc) Aircraft belonging to communities, provided that most of the community rights correspond to Chilean natural persons or legal entities that meet the requirements established in letter b).\nHowever, the aeronautical authority may allow the registration of aircraft belonging to foreign natural or legal persons, provided that they have or exercise a permanent job, profession or industry in the country. The same authorization may be granted with respect to foreign aircraft operated, in any capacity, by Chilean aircraft companies.[...]\" (Law no. 18.916 Approving the Aeronautical Code (8 February 1990), last amended on 30 May 2015, Articles 32 and 38 [google translation])","Law no. 18.916 Approving the Aeronautical Code (8 February 1990), last amended on 30 May 2015, Articles 32 and 38","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=30287\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1085,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000125","Chilean nationality is required for the president, manager and majority of the directors or administrators of an enterprise operating a vessel flying the Chilean flag. The captain, officers and crew of Chilean flag vessels must be Chilean nationals. Temporary exceptions can be granted for any of those functions, except that of the captain.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1 .-  [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.[...]\" (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1091,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","J60","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0075","Foreign investment is prohibited in radio stations, television stations, radio and television channels, radio and television transmission network (transmitter stations, relay stations, radio and television satellites, satellite uplink stations, satellite receiving stations, microwave stations, surveillance stations, and cable radio and television transmission network, etc.). Foreign investors are also prohibited to engage in radio and TV video-on-demand business and the installation services of ground receiving facilities for satellite TV broadcasting. ","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVII. Information transmission, software, and information technology service industry [...]\n17. Investment in Internet news information service, Internet publishing service, Internet audiovisual program service, cyberculture operation (except for music), and Internet public information dissemination service (except for contents opened up in China's WTO commitments) shall be prohibited. \n[...]\nXII. Culture, sports and entertainment \n27. Investment in news organizations (including but not limited to news agencies) shall be prohibited.\n28. Investment in the editing, publishing and production business of books, newspapers, periodicals, audiovisual products, and electronic publications shall be prohibited. \n29. Investment in various levels of radio stations, television stations, radio and television channels, radio and television transmission network (transmitter stations, relay stations, radio and television satellites, satellite uplink stations, satellite receiving stations, microwave stations, surveillance stations, and cable radio and television transmission network, etc.) shall be prohibited. It is also prohibited to engage in radio and TV video-on-demand business and the installation services of ground receiving facilities for satellite TV broadcasting.\n30. Investment in companies producing and operating radio and television programs (including brought-in businesses) shall be prohibited.\n31. Investment in film production companies, distribution companies, cinema companies, and film importation businesses shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2543,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.000625","Foreign investment in a some auxiliary activities to architectural and engineering services (such as geophysical, geologic and geodetic surveying, cartography services etc.) is prohibited.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIX. Scientific research and technical service industry [...]\n23. It is prohibited to invest in geodetic surveying, marine surveying, and charting, aerial photography for surveying and mapping, ground motion surveying, surveying and mapping of administrative boundaries, compilation of topographic maps, world administrative area maps, national administrative area maps, maps of administrative areas at or below the provincial level, national teaching maps, local teaching maps, true three-dimensional maps, and electronic navigation maps and surveys on regional geological mapping, mineral geology, geophysics, geochemistry, hydrogeology, environmental geology, geological disasters and remote sensing geology (the mining right holders are not subject to these special administrative measures when carrying out work within the scope of their mining rights). [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2555,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.000625","Foreign investment in a some auxiliary activities to architectural and engineering services (such as geophysical, geologic and geodetic surveying, cartography services etc.) is prohibited.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIX. Scientific research and technical service industry [...]\n23. It is prohibited to invest in geodetic surveying, marine surveying, and charting, aerial photography for surveying and mapping, ground motion surveying, surveying and mapping of administrative boundaries, compilation of topographic maps, world administrative area maps, national administrative area maps, maps of administrative areas at or below the provincial level, national teaching maps, local teaching maps, true three-dimensional maps, and electronic navigation maps and surveys on regional geological mapping, mineral geology, geophysics, geochemistry, hydrogeology, environmental geology, geological disasters and remote sensing geology (the mining right holders are not subject to these special administrative measures when carrying out work within the scope of their mining rights). [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2555,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CRI","B","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0014","Only individuals can constitute mining co-operatives, and 75% of the members of mining co-operatives must be Costa Rican nationals.","\"Article 1.- The State has the absolute, inalienable and imprescriptible domain of all the mineral resources that exist in the national territory and in its patrimonial sea, whatever the origin, physical state or nature of the substances they contain. The State will endeavor to exploit mining wealth by itself or through agencies that depend on it.\nHowever, the State may grant concessions for the recognition, exploration, exploitation and benefit of mineral resources, in accordance with this law.\n[...]\nArticle 72.- Mining cooperatives in formation and those already established in accordance with current legislation may request mining concessions. The former will be subject to the obligation to obtain their legal personality within a period of six months, counted from the date on which the concession application is submitted.\n[...]\nArticle 74.- Mining cooperatives may only be established by natural persons, and seventy-five percent of their members must be of Costa Rican nationality. These cooperatives must comply with a standard statute, which will be prepared by the Directorate, in conjunction with the National Institute for Cooperative Development.[...]\" (Mining Code (No. 6797, 10/04/1982), last amended by Law no. 9647 of 12/19/2018, Articles 1, 72 and 74 [google translation])","Mining Code (No. 6797, 10/04/1982), last amended by Law no. 9647 of 12/19/2018, Articles 1, 72 and 74","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=48839&nValor3=115415&strTipM=TC\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1129,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2022,"0.025","Public procurement legislation provides for a preferential treatment for majroity Congolese-owned small and medium-sized enterprises.","\"Section 5: National and regional preference\nArticle 37 When awarding a public contract, either by invitation to tender or by mutual agreement, preference is given to the tender presented in the following order by:\n1) a natural person of Congolese nationality;\n2) a Congolese small and medium-sized enterprise whose capital is majority-owned by natural persons of Congolese nationality or legal persons governed by Congolese law;\n3) a legal entity under Congolese law;\n4) groups of companies associating Congolese companies or providing for subcontracting of the contract to nationals under the conditions of article 59 of this law;\n5) a foreign natural person or a legal person governed by foreign law, justifying an economic activity on Congolese territory;\n6) a foreign natural person or a company governed by foreign law, a national of a State party with the Democratic Republic of Congo to a treaty, agreement or regulation under the terms of which such preference is recognized.\nThis preference may also be granted to certain categories of companies subject to social protection resulting from the legislation in force.\nIt consists of a reduction in the tenderer's financial offer. In all cases, it must be indicated and quantified in the call for tenders.\n[...]\nSection 61\nThe foreign candidate who has planned to subcontract thirty percent of the overall value of the contract for works, supplies or services to a Congolese company or to align forty percent of Congolese experts in the key team of experts will be able to benefit from a margin of preference in the form of an allowance which may not exceed five percent.[...]\" (Law No. 10/010 of April 27, 2010 on public procurement [google translation], Art. 37)","Law No. 10/010 of April 27, 2010 on public procurement, Art. 37 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.leganet.cd/Legislation/JO/2010/JOS.04.10.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1772,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000625","Foreign engineers can be admitted to the National Order of Engineers subject to a reciprocity requirement.","Section 20\nAny foreign person wishing to register with the order, in addition to the conditions set out in Article 20 of this law, must:\n1. have their academic title approved;\n2. guarantee the conditions of reciprocity with his country of origin.\nThis registration is declared admissible only if the principle of reciprocity is acquired.\n[...]\nChapter 3: PRACTICE OF THE CIVIL ENGINEERING PROFESSION\nSection 1: Practice of the profession\nSection 33\nNo one may hold the title and practice the profession of civil engineer if he does not meet the following conditions:\n1. hold a civil engineering degree;\n2. be of good moral character and not have been convicted of acts related to the civil engineering profession, unless they have been pardoned or pardoned;\n3. be entered on the roll of the Order.\nSection 34\nAll civil engineers practice their profession in one of the following ways:\n1. as a private client as a self-employed person, employee or partner;\n2. as a public official of the State.\n[...]\nSection 52\nIs eligible for the roll of the Order, on the date of the promulgation of this law, any civil engineer of Congolese nationality or any foreign engineer in service in the country for at least two years. [...]\" (Law n° 18/033 of December 13, 2018 on the creation, organization and operation of the national order of civil engineers [google translation])","Law n° 18/033 of December 13, 2018 on the creation, organization and operation of the national order of civil engineers [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.droitcongolais.info/files/713.12.18.1_loi-n-18_033-portant-creation-de-lOrdre-des-ingenieurs-civils.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,317,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","G45_472T477","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00375","A trading licence in various commercial activities, including manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail distribution, accommodation, food services and other touristic activities [listed in Schedule 1 of the referenced Regulation], shall only be granted to a non-Eswatini citizen or company not wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens where (i) there there are no available Eswatini citizens to provide the service; or (ii) where Eswatini citizens cannot meet the demand. In any case, a non-Eswatini Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Eswatini Nation Land.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,487,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00288","Non-EU nationals may not acquire more than 49 per cent of shares in a shipping company. Non-EU  ownership of Greek flag vessels is limited to 49 per cent. Cabotage is reserved to national and EU flag vessels. ","\"Article 10 - Restrictions on the acquisition of shares\n1 . Nationals or legal entities of countries which are not members of the European Union or which do not belong to the European Economic Area are prohibited from acquiring rights in rem to shares in a shipping company.\n2 . Exceptionally, it may be stipulated in the corporate agreement that the natural or legal persons referred to in paragraph 1 may acquire shares representing less than fifty per cent of the respective share capital. [...]\" (Law on the Shipping Company (959/1979), last amended by Law 2987 / 2002, Article 10  [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 5 - Terms of identification of ships as Greek\n1. Ships belonging to more than fifty percent to Greek nationals or to Greek legal entities or to nationals of other Member States of the European Union or to Companies of other European Union countries referred to in Article [48 of the Treaty establishing the European Community] shall be recognized as Greek, at the request of their shipowners, accompanied by the relevant title deed.\n2. In the case of companies of the other Member States of the European Union for the recognition of the merchant ship as Greek it is necessary to establish them within the meaning of Article 43 of the Treaty of the European Community, while for the natural persons of the other Member States of the European Union The installation requirement must be met by the time the ship is registered. In this context, the management of the ship is required to be exercised by Greece. The representative or guarantor appointed during the registration of the ship, as well as the natural person or the representative of the legal entity, who exercises the management, will be established in Greece.\n3. The provisions hereof shall apply mutatis mutandis to nationals or companies of the Member States which are Contracting Parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (EEA).[...]\" (Public Maritime Code (187/1973), last amended by Law 4770/2021, Article 5 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])\n-------------------------\n\"Article one - Maritime transport to or from island ports\n1, From 1 November 2002, the provision of maritime transport services which: a) are provided for remuneration by a shipowner of a Member State of the European Community (EC) or of the European Economic Area or the European Free Trade Association (EC, G, EC), except Switzerland, and (b) are carried out between mainland and island ports or between island ports, by regular passenger and ferry line, as well as from ships with a total tonnage of up to six hundred and fifty units of calculation, in accordance with the international convention \"On the measurement of the tonnage of ships of 1969\", ratified by Law 1373/1983 (Government Gazette 92 A), if these ships are registered in Greece or another Member State of the EC. or of E, O.X.\n2. Shipowner in this law means the person defined in the provision of paragraph 2 of article 2 of the Regulation (EOK) with Council No. 3577/1992 \"for the application of the principle of free movement of maritime transport services within the Member States (maritime cabotage) \"- L364 / 7-10 / 12-12-92,\n3 . Exceptionally, if the ships provided for in paragraph 1 are insufficient, the provision of the sea transport services by ships carrying the flag of another state, subject to reciprocity and subject to the conditions laid down in that law.[...]\" (Law on Maritime Cabotage (2932/2001), last amended by Law 4676/2020, Article 1 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on the Shipping Company (959/1979), last amended by Law 2987 / 2002, Article 10 \nPublic Maritime Code (187/1973), last amended by Law 4770/2021, Article 5\nLaw on Maritime Cabotage (2932/2001), last amended by Law 4676/2020, Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wGrY_r85_PxvndtvSoClrL8V8YeS8scMDB5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQPWSTfgyHTH_ucT1l5TAj7-cbGxnqn4cTKIXMMY0D_6w.\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/305831\">Law (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wF6rlIz2Gsd0ndtvSoClrL8_q7ut2PVjhp5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx3UnKl3nP8NxdnJ5r9cmWyJWelDvWS_18kAEhATUkJb0x1LIdQ163nV9K--td6SIuXwNRaSdoxMmeoicJgJs0hbHzGWvR-qmVSvb-xL4JzBN\">Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/500342\">Code (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wHgzIpqlooT4HdtvSoClrL8-zFLpBf_Zex5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx3UnKl3nP8NxdnJ5r9cmWyJWelDvWS_18kAEhATUkJb0x1LIdQ163nV9K--td6SIuQYGsVqrCY0Tz_hXD1YCGJeyGeIoFdQLrPavfEv6heP6\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/184769\">Law (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,800,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","F","_O","IV21","IX",2018,"0.0028125","Foreign investors in construction-development activities are allowed to exit a project upon its full completion or after development of trunk infrastructure i.e. roads, water supply, street lighting, drainage and sewerage. Notwithstanding, the investor is only permitted to exit and repatriate its capital before the completion of project under the automatic route provided that a lock-in-period of three years, calculated with reference to each tranche of foreign investment, has been completed. The locak-in period requirement, however, does not apply to the construction of Hotels &Tourist Resorts, Hospitals, Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Educational Institutions, Old Age Homes and investment by NRIs. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.1 PROHIBITED SECTORS\nFDI is prohibited in: [...]\nf) Real Estate Business or Construction of Farm Houses\n‘Real estate business’ shall not include development of townships, construction of residential /commercial premises, roads or bridges and Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) registered and regulated under the SEBI (REITs) Regulations 2014. \n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.10 CONSTRUCTION DEVELOPMENT: TOWNSHIPS, HOUSING, BUILT-UP INFRASTRUCTURE\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.10.1 Construction-development projects (which would include development of townships, construction of residential/commercial premises, roads or bridges, hotels, resorts, hospitals, educational institutions, recreational facilities, city and regional level infrastructure, townships) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.10.2\nEach phase of the construction development project would be considered as a separate project for the purposes of FDI policy. Investment will be subject to the following conditions:\n(A) (i)  The investor will be permitted to exit on completion of the project or after development of trunk infrastructure i.e. roads, water supply, street lighting, drainage and sewerage.\n(ii) Notwithstanding anything contained at (A) (i) above, a foreign investor will be permitted to exit and repatriate foreign investment before the completion of project under automatic route, provided that a lock-in-period of three years, calculated with reference to each tranche of foreign investment has been completed. Further, transfer of stake from one non-resident to another non-resident, without repatriation of investment will neither be subject to any lock-in period nor to any government approval. [...]\nNOTE:\n(i)  It is clarified that FDI is not permitted in an entity which is engaged or proposes to engage in real estate business, construction of farm houses and trading in transferable development rights (TDRs).  “Real estate business” means dealing in land and immovable property with a view to earning profit there from and does not include development of townships, construction of residential/ commercial premises, roads or bridges, educational institutions, recreational facilities, city and regional level infrastructure, townships. Further, earning of rent/ income on lease of the property, not amounting to transfer, will not amount to real estate business.\n(ii) Condition of lock-in period at (A) above will not apply to Hotels &Tourist Resorts, Hospitals, Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Educational Institutions, Old Age Homes and investment by NRIs. [...]\n(vi) Notwithstanding anything contained in Para 5.2.10 above, it is clarified that real-estate broking service does not amount to real estate business and 100% foreign investment is allowed in the activity under automatic route. \n[...]\n5.2.11 INDUSTRIAL PARKS\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \nIndustrial Parks -new and existing | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.11.1 Other conditions for investment in Industrial Parks are at Annexure-7. \n[...]\nAnnexure-7 Conditions for Industrial Parks \n1.1(i)“Industrial Park” is a project in which quality infrastructure in the form of plots of developed land or built up space or a combination with common facilities, is developed and made available to all the allottee units for the purposes of industrial activity. \n[...]\n1.2 FDI in Industrial Parks would not be subject to the conditionalities applicable for construction development projects etc. spelt out in para 5.2.10 of Chapter 5 of this Circular, provided the Industrial Parks meet with the under-mentioned conditions: \n(i) it would comprise of a minimum of 10 units and no single unit shall occupy more than 50% of the allocable area; \n(ii) the minimum percentage of the area to be allocated for industrial activity shall not be less than 66% of the total allocable area. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2430,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G45_472T477","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.0009375","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval. In addition, foreign investors in MBRT are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (established at US$100 million) and local content requirement (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs). Lastly, foreign invested MBRT companies are prohibited from engaging in e-commerce activities. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2459,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","K6419X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.006","Foreign acquisitions of privately-owned banks in India is limited to up to 74%, with investment beyond 49% requiring prior government approval. However, foreign banks are allowed to establish branches and 100% wholly-owned subsidiaries. Foreign participation in state-owned banks is limited to 20%.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.18 BANKING- PRIVATE SECTOR \n5.2.18.1 Banking- Private Sector  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 74% | Entry Route: Automatic up to 49% Government route beyond 49% and up to 74%.\n5.2.18.2 OTHER CONDITIONS [...]\n (2)  The aggregate foreign investment in a private bank from all sources will be allowed up to a maximum of 74 per cent of the paid-up capital of the Bank. At all times, at least 26 per cent of the paid-up capital will have to be held by residents, except in regard to a wholly-owned subsidiary of a foreign bank.\n (4)  Other conditions in respect of permissible limits under portfolio investment schemes through stock exchanges for /FPIs and NRIs, setting-up of a subsidiary by foreign banks and limits in respect of voting rights are at Annexure-8. \n5.2.19 BANKING- PUBLIC SECTOR\n5.2.19.1 Banking- Public Sector subject to Banking Companies (Acquisition & Transfer of Undertakings) Acts 1970/80.  This ceiling (20%) is also applicable to the State Bank of India and its associate Banks. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 20% | Entry Route: Government \n[...]\nAnnexure-8  Permissible limits under portfolio investment schemes through stock exchanges for /FPIs and NRIs  \nThe permissible limits under portfolio investment schemes through stock exchanges for /FPIs and NRIs will be as follows: [...]\n(ii) Setting up of a subsidiary by foreign banks\n(a) Foreign banks will be permitted to either have branches or subsidiaries but not both.\n(b) Foreign banks regulated by banking supervisory authority in the home country and meeting Reserve Bank’s licensing criteria will be allowed to hold 100 per cent paid up capital to enable them to set up a wholly-owned subsidiary in India.\n(c) A foreign bank may operate in India through only one of the three channels viz., (i) branches (ii) a wholly-owned subsidiary and (iii) a subsidiary with aggregate foreign investment up to a maximum of 74 per cent in a private bank. \n(d) A foreign bank will be permitted to establish a wholly-owned subsidiary either through conversion of existing branches into a subsidiary or through a fresh banking license. A foreign bank will be permitted to establish a subsidiary through acquisition of shares of an existing private sector bank provided at least 26 per cent of the paid capital of the private sector bank is held by residents at all times consistent with para (i) (b) above. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2468,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.002166667","FDI in the tobacco industry and tobacco substitutes products is prohibited.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.1 PROHIBITED SECTORS\nFDI is prohibited in: [...]\ng) Manufacturing of cigars, cheroots, cigarillos and cigarettes, of tobacco or of tobacco substitutes \n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\nMANUFACTURING\n5.2.5 MANUFACTURING\n5.2.5.1 Subject to the provisions of the FDI policy, foreign investment in ‘manufacturing’ sector is under automatic route. Manufacturing activities may be either self-manufacturing by the investee entity or contract manufacturing in India through a legally tenable contract, whether on Principal to Principal or Principal to Agent basis.  Further, a manufacturer is permitted to sell its products manufactured in India through wholesale and/or retail, including through e-commerce, without Government approval. \n5.2.5.2 Notwithstanding the FDI policy provisions on trading sector, 100% FDI under Government approval route is allowed for retail trading, including through e-commerce, in respect of food products manufactured and/or produced in India. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2422,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","J60","CLAS1_1","I51","IX",2023,"0.0009375","Foreign investment in private subscription-based TV and radio broadcasting is permitted only for expansion and development (through acquisition) and limited to 20% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Private broadcasting agency, Subscription broadcasting agency [see 2019 restrictions below]: a. Domestic capital 100% for establishment; b. Foreign capital ownership: Maximum 20% only for business expansion and development [no change]\" [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nK. Communication and Informatic Sector\n- Private broadcasting agency, Subscription broadcasting agency: a. Only for business expansion and development; b. Foreign capital ownership: Max.20% [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2614,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.00048","In the case of enterprises, in order to register an aircraft in the national register entitled to provide air transport services, the chairman, the majority of directors and the chief executive officer must be Italian citizens or citizens of another member state of the European Union. ","\"Art. 756. (((Aircraft nationality requirements).))\n ((Aircraft that fully or partially belong to the nationality requirements for registration in the national aeronautical register:\na) to the state, regions, provinces, municipalities and any other public or private body in Italy or in another member state of the European Union;\nb) to Italian citizens or citizens of another Member State of the European Union;\nc) to companies established or having a registered office in Italy or in another Member State of the European Union whose capital belongs wholly or in majority to Italian citizens or citizens of another Member State of the European Union, or to Italian legal persons or from another member state of the European Union with the same characteristics of corporate structure and whose chairman, the majority of the directors and the chief executive officer are Italian citizens or citizens of another European Union member state.\n[...]\nArt. 776. (((Intra-community air services for consideration on scheduled and non-scheduled basis).))\n((Except as provided in Chapter III, scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services for passengers, mail or freight on intra-Community routes are permitted to carry out for consideration air carriers that have obtained an operating license, as well as ', in advance, a certification as an aircraft operator, in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and Community legislation.))\n[...]\nArt. 778. (Issue of the operating license).\n((The operating license is issued by ENAC, pursuant to Council Regulation (EEC) No. 2407/92, of 23 July 1992, to companies established in Italy, whose effective control, also through a shareholding of majority, is exercised by a Member State of the European Union or by citizens of Member States of the European Union and whose main activity consists in air transport, exclusively or in conjunction with any other commercial activity that involves the exercise or repair or maintenance of aircraft.\n[...]\nArt. 781. (( (Diritti di traffico).)) \n ((Per lo svolgimento dei servizi aerei di linea e non di  linea  di cui al presente capo sono riconosciuti ai vettori aerei  titolari  di licenza comunitaria diritti di traffico sulle rotte  all'interno  del territorio nazionale ai sensi del regolamento (CEE)  n.  2408/92  del Consiglio, del 23 luglio 1992, e successive modificazioni.))[...] \" (Navigation Code (ROYAL DECREE 30 March 1942, n. 327), last amended by DECREE-LAW 14 August 2020, n. 104, Articles 756, 776, 778 and 781 [google translation])","Navigation Code (ROYAL DECREE 30 March 1942, n. 327), last amended by DECREE-LAW 14 August 2020, n. 104, Articles 756, 776, 778 and 781","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:regio.decreto:1942-03-30;327!vig=2014-09-12\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1002,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000075","The captain of a ship flying the Italian flag must be an EU/EEA national.","\"Art. 292-bis. (((Requirements for the exercise of the functions of commander and first deck officer). )) \n((On board the ships flying the Italian flag, the commander and the chief mate, if he performs the duties of the master, they must be citizens of a member state of the European Union or of another State party to the Agreement on the Economic Area European Union, made enforceable by law no. 300. Access these functions are subject to the possession of a qualification professional and a knowledge of the language and legislation Italian that allows the keeping of on-board documents and operation of the public functions of which the commander is invested.\nBy decree of the Minister of Infrastructure and Transport are determined the professional qualification programs, as well as the body competent to carry out the verification procedures of the requirements referred to in the first paragraph.))\n[...]\nArt. 318 (Nationality of crew members). \n1. The crew of armed national ships in the ports of the Repubblica must be entirely composed of Italian citizens or of other countries belonging to the European Union. (63) [...] \n3. For vessels engaged in sea fishing, the authority peripheral maritime, delegated by the Minister of Infrastructure e of transport, authorizes, upon request by the shipowner, that the on-board personnel is also composed of non-EU citizens, except for the rank of commander.)) [...]\" (Navigation Code (ROYAL DECREE 30 March 1942, n. 327), last amended by DECREE-LAW 14 August 2020, n. 104, Articles 292-bis and 318 [google translation])","Navigation Code (ROYAL DECREE 30 March 1942, n. 327), last amended by DECREE-LAW 14 August 2020, n. 104, Articles 292-bis and 318","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:regio.decreto:1942-03-30;327!vig=2014-09-12\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1009,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","A031","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.000125","In order to obtain the national flag, companies must be headquartered in Japan and their partners (unlimited partnership) and two thirds or more of their managing directors must be nationals.","\"Article 1　Left ship toss Japanese ship\n(1)　Ships belonging to the genus (2) owned by the Japanese government office or public office\n(2)　Ships belonging to the genus (2) owned by the Japanese people\n(3)　Established by Japanese law and law, all representatives of the company, and executive officers of the business.\n(4)    All of the representatives of the corporations other than the getal corporations listed in the preceding item are established by the laws and regulations of Japan.\n[...]\nArticle 3 Japanese vessels non-saleha unopened ports call at ports in Japan, goods and passengers in each port in Japan, but the law is not required. The patent of the Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism [...]\" (Ship Act (No. 46 of 1899), last amended June 13, 2014, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])","Ship Act (No. 46 of 1899), last amended June 13, 2014, Articles 1 and 3","OECD, National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises, List of Measures Reported for Transparency (2017), p. 56","[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=132AC0000000046\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/daf/inv/investment-policy/NTItransparencyENG.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1517,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","F","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.045","Foreign ownership is limited to 50%  in construction and related services.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nB- The following services:- [...]\n2 - Construction and related services. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1626,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","H501","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.008","Foreign investment in shipping companies engaged in coastal water passenger and freight transport is not permitted, except in shipping companies transporting passengers and/or cargo between North and South Korea, if foreign investors enter into joint ventures with domestic shipping companies and hold less than 50 per cent of the share capital. ","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n50121 | Coast-wise passenger transport business| Permitted if all of the following requirements are met: 1. Permissible objects: passenger or cargo transport between North and South Korea; 2. The business shall be performed jointly with a shipping company of the Republic of Korea; 3. Foreign investment ratio shall be less than 50%. \n50122 | Coast-wise cargo transport business | Same criteria as for permission of coast-wise passenger transport business. [...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1471,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","J611","CLAS1_1","I21","IX",2023,"0.005","From 2013, foreign investment by incorporated companies in facility-based telecommunications businesses is permitted up to 100% foreign ownership for countries with which Korea maintains a Free Trade Agreement (EU, EFTA, Chile and USA), with the exception of KT, SK Telecom and LG Plus - the three major players in the Korean market. A 49% equity limit continues to apply to investments made by Korean incorporated enterprises with 15% or more foreign investment from a country with which Korea does not have a Free Trade Agreement. Companies established in Korea but with more than 15% of foreign ownership will also have to go through a public-interest test prior to conducting investments in the telecommunications businesses.","\"Article 8 (Limitations on Stock Holdings by Foreign Governments or Foreigners)\n(1) A foreign government or foreigner may hold stocks (excluding different classes of shares with no voting rights prescribed in Article 344-3 (1) of the Commercial Act, but including voting stock equivalents, such as security depositary receipts, and equity shares ; hereinafter the same shall apply) of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator who meets the criteria prescribed by Presidential Decree for the type, installation area, etc. of telecommunications line equipment (referring to a person who has filed for registration under Article 6 (1) or has filed a report under the proviso to Article 6 (1); hereinafter the same shall apply) within 49/100 of the total number of outstanding stocks of the facilities-based telecommunications business operator, when aggregating all of such stocks held by foreign governments or foreigners.\n(2) Where a foreign government or foreigner (including a related person defined in subparagraph 6 (a) of Article 2 of the Act on Corporate Governance of Financial Companies; hereinafter the same shall apply) is the largest shareholder (referring to the largest shareholder) defined in subparagraph 6 (a) of Article 2 of the Act on Corporate Governance of Financial Companies; and in such cases, \"financial company\" shall be construed as \"corporation\"; hereinafter the same shall apply) who holds at least 15/100 of the total number of outstanding stocks of a corporation, such corporation (hereinafter referred to as \"deemed-foreign corporation\") shall be deemed a foreigner. \n(3) Neither of the following corporations shall be deemed a foreigner, even if it satisfies the requirements prescribed in paragraph (2): Provided, That the same shall not apply to foreigners referred to in Articles 10 (1) 3 and 86 (3) ):  \n1. Where a corporation holds less than 1/100 of the total number of outstanding stocks of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator under paragraph (1);\n2. Where the largest shareholder of a corporation is the foreign government or a foreigner of the other party to a free trade agreement determined and publicly notified by the Minister of Science and ICT, from among bilateral or multilateral free trade agreements which the Republic of Korea has entered into with foreign countries and have been ratified, and holds at least 15/100 of the total number of its outstanding stocks; and where such corporation is found by the Minister of Science and ICT unlikely to harm public interests through an examination of public benefits referred to in Article 10.\n[...]\nArticle 10 (Examinations of Public Benefits of Possession of Stocks by Facilities-Based Telecommunications Business Operators) \n(1) A Public Benefit Examination Committee (hereinafter referred to as the \"Committee\") shall be established under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Science and ICT in order to examine whether any of the following cases impairs public interests prescribed by Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as \"examination of public benefits\"), such as national security, public safety, and maintenance of order: \n1. Where a person holds at least 15/100 of the total number of outstanding stocks of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator, including those stocks held by a related person defined in subparagraph 6 (a) of Article 2 of the Act on Corporate Governance of Financial Companies (hereinafter referred to as \"related person\");\n2. Where the largest stockholder of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator changes;\n3. Where a facilities-based telecommunications business operator or any stockholder of a facilities-based telecommunications business operator concludes an agreement with a foreign government or a foreigner on important managerial matters prescribed by Presidential Decree, such as the appointment and dismissal of executive officers and the transfer or acquisition of business;\n4. Where any person who has de facto management rights for a facilities-based telecommunications business operator changes, as prescribed by Presidential Decree.[...]\n(5) Where the Minister of Science and ICT deems, as a result of an examination of public benefits prescribed in paragraph (1), that cases falling under any subparagraph of paragraph (1) are likely to impair public interests, he or she may issue an order to modify the details of an agreement, to suspend the implementation of such agreement, to suspend the exercise of voting rights, or to sell relevant stocks. \n(6) The scope of facilities-based telecommunications business operators who shall report or may request an examination of public benefits pursuant tot to paragraph (2) or (3) shall be as follows:   \n1. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator who operates and manages important communications referred to in Article 92 (2) 3;\n2. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator possessing a satellite for which a space station is established under Article 20-2 (3) of the Radio Waves Act and subparagraph 30 of Article 29 of the Enforcement Decree of the same Act;\n3. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator designated and publicly notified by the Minister of Science and ICT as a facilities-based telecommunications business operator prescribed in Articles 35 (2) 1 and 3, 39 (3), 41 (3), and 42 (3);\n4. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator referred to in Article 8 (1) who provides telecommunications services using the frequency allocated according to the Radio Waves Act: Provided, That excluded herefrom shall be a facilities-based telecommunications business operator whose telecommunications service turnover of the preceding year is less than an amount determined by Presidential Decree in consideration of the market situation, market share, etc.;\n5. A facilities-based telecommunications business operator referred to in Article 8 (1) whose telecommunications service turnover exceeds an amount publicly notified by the Minister of Science and ICT in consideration of the market situation, market share, etc., from among facilities- based telecommunications business operators whose telecommunications service turnover of the preceding year exceeds 30 billion won. [...]\"(Telecommunications Business Act (No. 3686 of 1983), last amended by Act No. 18451 of 2021, Articles 8 and 10 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------\n\"\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n61210 | Wire communication business | Permitted if the total stocks (limited to the stock with voting rights and including depositary receipts and other things equivalent to stocks with voting rights) held by foreign governments or foreigners (including foreign fictitious corporations) dose not exceed 49/100 of total issued stocks (Provided, That although no foreigner, etc. shall be allowed to become the largest stockholder of KT, permission shall be granted if he/she holds less than 5/100 of total stocks). Foreign fictitious corporation: A corporation whose largest stockholder is a foreign government or foreigner (including special persons concerned under Article 9 (1) 1 of the Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act) who holds more than 15/100 of the total issued stocks thereof. Provided That, there shall not be deemed as a foreigner a corporation considered unlikely to impair public interests by the Minister of Science and ICT as a result of an examination on public benefits under Article 10 of the Telecommunications Business Act, which is a fictitious corporation of a national of other partner state of any free trade Agreement [...].\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])\"","Telecommunications Business Act (No. 3686 of 1983), last amended by Act No. 18451 of 2021, Articles 8 and 10\nForeign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?efYd=20190625&lsiSeq=206000&ancYd=20181224&nwJoYnInfo=N&ancNo=16019&chrClsCd=010202&efGubun=Y#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/eng/engLsSc.do?menuId=2&query=TELECOMMUNICATIONS%20BUSINESS%20ACT\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1488,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","M692","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00375","The maximum foreign equity share in accounting and auditing firms is under 50%. An invidivual foreign investor accountant may only hold a less than 10% equity share. Only (domestic or foreign) certified public accountants may be shareholders.","\"Article 40-12 (Investment in Accounting Corporations) Foreign certified public accountants may invest in an accounting corporation established pursuant to Article 23 within the scope of less than 50/100 of investment share with a voting right or total amount of capital of the relevant accounting corporation. In such cases, the upper limit of the amount of investment per foreign certified public accountant shall be less than 10/100 of investment share with a voting right or total amount of capital of the relevant accounting corporation.[...]\" (Certified Public Accountant Act (No. 1797 of 1966), last amended by Act No. 18114 of 2021, Article 40-12 [unofficial translation]) ","Certified Public Accountant Act (No. 1797 of 1966), last amended by Act No. 18114 of 2021, Article 40-12","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=198537#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/eng/engLsSc.do?menuId=2&section=lawNm&query=certified+public+accountant+act&x=0&y=0#liBgcolor0\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1493,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","A031","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.000125","No foreigner (includign a majority foreign-owned Korean company) may conduct fishery activities in an Specifically Prohibited Zone [coastal zone] within the exclusive economic zone. Elsewhere, the licensing authority must consult in advance with the Minister of Oceans and Fisheries to grant a fishery business license or permit to a foreigner, a foreign corporation or a Korean-incorporated corporation with 50% or more foreign investment. An acquisition by a foreigner or foreign corporation of a right to fisheries in Korea may be banned or restricted if the foreign acquirer's country of origin bans or restricts the acquisition of any right to fisheries within its territory by Korean citizens or corporations.","\"Article 5 (Granting Fishery Business License, etc. to Foreigners)\n(1) The Mayor/Do Governor or the head of a Si/Gun/Gu shall consult in advance with the Minister of Oceans and Fisheries to grant a fishery business license or permit prescribed by Presidential Decree to a foreigner or foreign corporation. \n(2) Paragraph (1) shall also apply where a foreigner or foreign corporation makes investments in a citizen of the Republic of Korea or to a corporation (including a corporation in the course of incorporation; hereafter the same shall apply in this Article) incorporated under any Act of the Republic of Korea, for the purpose of engaging in a fishery under paragraph (1), and the ratio of the investments in such citizen or corporation reaches at least 50 percent or the voting rights so acquired takes a majority.\n(3) As to an individual, a corporation or an organization from a country that bans or restricts the acquisition of any right to fisheries within its territory to a citizen of the Republic of Korea or to a corporation or an organization established pursuant to any Act of the Republic of Korea, a ban or restriction equivalent or similar to that is imposed by such country may be imposed with respect to the acquisition of a right to fisheries within the territory of the Republic of Korea.[...]\" (Fisheries Act (No. 295 of 1953), last amended by Act No. 18288 of 2021, Article 5 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 2 (Definitions)\nThe terms used in this Act shall be defined as follows: <Amended by Act No. 11690, Mar. 23, 2013>\n1. The term \"exclusive economic zone\" means a zone created in accordance with the Exclusive\nEconomic Zone Act;\n2. The term \"foreigner\" means any of the following persons:\n(a) A person who is not a national of the Republic of Korea;\n(b) A corporation established in accordance with any foreign law (including a corporation established in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Korea with its head office or principal office in a foreign country, or a corporation with no less than 1/2 of its stocks or shares under the ownership of a foreigner);\n3. The term \"fisheries\" means a business involving the capture, picking, or cultivation of marine animals and plants;\n4. The term \"fishery activity\" means fisheries or a search and gathering activity related to fisheries; keeping, storage, and processing of fishery products; transportation of the catch and its products; supply of materials necessary for vessels; and other acts related to fisheries, as stipulated by Ordinance of the Ministry of Oceans and Fisheries.\nArticle 3 (Scope of Application, etc.)\n(1) Where a foreigner conducts fishery activities in an exclusive economic zone, the provisions of this Act shall apply, notwithstanding the Fisheries Act and the Fishery Resources Management Act.\n(2) Where any matter provided for in this Act is determined differently in an agreement with a foreign country, the agreement concerned shall take precedence.\n(3) The provisions of the Acts and subordinate statutes stipulated by Presidential Decree shall not apply to fishery activities conducted by foreigners in an exclusive economic zone, notwithstanding Article 5 (1) of the Exclusive Economic Zone Act.\nArticle 4 (Prohibition of Fishery Activities in No Take Zones)\nNo foreigner may conduct fishery activities in an exclusive economic zone set by Presidential Decree for the purpose of protecting fishery resources or regulating fisheries (hereinafter referred to as \"no take zone\").\nArticle 5 (License for Fisheries, etc.)\n(1) Each foreigner who intends to conduct fishery activities in an exclusive economic zone other than a no take zone shall obtain a license for each vessel from the Minister of Oceans and Fisheries. <Amended by Act No. 11690, Mar. 23, 2013>\n[...]\nArticle 10 (Restrictions or Conditions on Licenses, etc.)\nWhen the Minister of Oceans and Fisheries grants a license under Article 5 (1) or approval under Article 8 (1), the Minister may impose restrictions or conditions thereon, and change such restrictions or conditions. <Amended by Act No. 11690, Mar. 23, 2013>[...]\" (ACT ON THE EXERCISE OF SOVEREIGN RIGHTS ON FOREIGNERS’ FISHING, ETC. WITHIN THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE, ,Act No. 5152, Aug. 8, 1996, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"Article 2 (Specifically Prohibited Zone)\nA Specifically Prohibited Zone [coastal zone] referred to in the provisions of Article 4 of the Act on the Exercise of Sovereign Rights on Foreigners’ Fishing, etc. within the Exclusive Economic Zone (hereinafter referred to as the \"Act\") shall be listed in the annexed Table. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 19976, Mar. 27, 2007>[...]\" (ENFORCEMENT DECREE OF THE ACT ON THE EXERCISE OF SOVEREIGN RIGHTS ON FOREIGNER’S FISHING, ETC. WITHIN THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE, Presidential Decree No. 15449, Aug. 6, 1997, as amended)\n\n","Fisheries Act (No. 295 of 1953), last amended by Act No. 18288 of 2021, Article 5\nACT ON THE EXERCISE OF SOVEREIGN RIGHTS ON FOREIGNERS’ FISHING, ETC. WITHIN THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE, Act No. 5152, Aug. 8, 1996, as amended\nENFORCEMENT DECREE OF THE ACT ON THE EXERCISE OF SOVEREIGN RIGHTS ON FOREIGNER’S FISHING, ETC. WITHIN THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE, Presidential Decree No. 15449, Aug. 6, 1997, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?lsiSeq=233109&ancYd=&ancNo=&efYd=20210615&nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancYnChk=0&efGubun=Y&vSct=*#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/eng/engLsSc.do?menuId=2&query=FISHERIES%20ACT#liBgcolor3\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/kor21096.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/kor136728.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1464,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","K661","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.000333333","Foreign investment in securities companies is limited to majority joint-ventures with domestic investors (up to 51% foreign shareholding). Branches of foreign securities companies are permitted in some securities activities only, namely: brokerage, dealing on own account and others activities not defined in the legislation. They are not allowed to engage in financial and securities investment advisory and underwriting activities. On 2019, the shareholding cap for foreign securities companies was relaxed, allowing up to 100% foreign ownership for certain entities, such as foreign banks, insurance, or securities companies. The scope of branch activities remained flexible, based on LSC approval.","\"Article 55 (Amended) Requirements for a Securities Operating License\nA person, juristic person wishing to apply for a securities operating license shall be subject to the following requirements:\n1. Being a domestic or foreign commercial bank, a domestic or foreign insurance company or a foreign securities company with shareholding of up to 100 percent of the company’s total outstanding shares. For other juristic persons and persons, a joint partnership with a commercial bank, insurance company or securities company is required, with a shareholding ratio determined by the Lao Securities Commission.\n2. Having a registered capital as follows:\n- At least five billion Kip for a financial advisory;\n- At least thirty billion Kip for brokerage;\n- At least one hundred billion Kip for underwriter.\n[...]\nArticle 60 (Amended) Establishment of Branch Offices or Service Units\nThe establishment of a branch office or service unit of a local securities company in the Lao PDR and abroad require an authorization from the Lao Securities Commission.\nThe establishment of a branch office of a foreign securities company in the Lao PDR, require an authorization from the Lao Securities Commission.\nThe Lao Securities Commission determines the requirements for the establishment and scope of operation of the branch offices of local securities companies operating abroad and the branch offices of foreign securities companies operating in the Lao PDR. \nArticle 61 (Amended) Establishment of representative Offices of foreign securities companies\nA foreign securities company may establish its representative office in the Lao PDR as prescribed in relevant laws and regulations.\" (Law on Securities (Amended) No. 34 /NA, dated 03 December 2019 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2 Securities\nSecurities mean financial instruments which comprise shares, corporate bonds, public funds and other types of securities as defined by the Securities Commission or abbreviated as SC.\nArticle 3 Definitions\nTerms used in this Law have the meanings as specified below:\n1. “securities activity” means management and operation of fundraising through issuance of securities to the public, listing of securities, securities trading, clearing and settlement of securities transaction, securities depository and custodian, securities business operation, securities investment and other services relating to securities as defined by this Law; [...]\n9. “investor” means any person and institution, both domestic and foreign, who invest in securities trading;\n[...]\nArticle 6 Scope of Application of the Law\nThis Law shall apply to persons, juristic persons and organizations, both domestic and foreign, who operate securities activities in Lao PDR and foreign countries.\n[...]\nArticle 55 Establishment of Company, Branch Office and Representative Office of Foreign Securities Company\nA foreign securities company can establish a securities company in Lao PDR in the form of sole investment, joint investment with the financial institutions duly incorporated under the laws of Lao PDR or a branch office or a representative office as approved by the SC. \nThe establishment and operation of a foreign securities company shall be in accordance with the incorporation of a securities company by local persons and juristic persons.\nThe SC shall prescribe the conditions relating to the establishment and the scope of operation of a branch office or a representative office of a foreign securities company in Lao PDR. \nArticle 56 Securities Business Professional License\nA securities business professional license is a license for business operation of securities broker, financial advisor, securities analyst or public fund manager. The SC shall issue securities business professional licenses in accordance with the conditions, methods and procedures as prescribed in the specific regulations.\" (Law on Securities No. 21/NA, dated 10 December 2012 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 30. Scope of license\nA securities company shall operate its securities business activities partially or fully, as follows:\n1. Brokerage; 2. Dealing on own accounts; 3. Financial and securities investment advisory; 4. Underwriting; 5. Other securities businesses as authorized by the Commission.\n[...]\nArticle 34. Securities companies established by foreign investors  Foreign investors are allowed to establish a joint venture securities company with domestic investors. The share of capital contributed by foreign investors in a joint venture shall not exceed 51 percent of the total outstanding shares.\n[...]\nArticle 36. Scope of license regarding a branch of the foreign securities company\nA branch of the foreign securities company is allowed to undertake the securities businesses: 1. Securities brokerage; 2. Securities dealing on its own account; 3. Other kinds of securities businesses as granted by the Commission. [...] \"(Decree on Securities and Securities Market 2010, No. 255/PM of 24 May 2010 [google translation])","Law on Securities (Amended) No. 34 /NA, dated 03 December 2019\nLaw on Securities No. 21/NA, dated 10 December 2012\nDecree on Securities and Securities Market 2010, No. 255/PM of 24 May 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lsc.gov.la/Doc_legal/Law%20on%20Securities%20Eng_edited_2019_d29.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lsc.gov.la/Doc_legal/1.%20Law%20on%20Securites(Englist_version).pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://data.laos.opendevelopmentmekong.net/library_record/255-24-05-2010/resource/2a86d487-8ad7-402b-96ae-27a145e04a89\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,4086,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_472T477","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.00009375","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. discriminatory minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the maintenance and repair of motor vehicles, which is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Maintenance and repair of motor vehicles [establishment of garage for vehicle and mechanical repairs] (minimum registered capital: 1.5 billion Lak)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)\n","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2141,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","J58_63","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0001875","Decree No.377 on the Press Activities of Foreign Media Agencies, Diplomatic Missions, and International Organizations in Lao PDR, of 24 November 2015, and which entered into force on 15 January2016 requires foreign media companies to obtain government approval for establishing an office in Lao PDR. ","\"Article 8: The Establishment of Offices of Foreign Media Agencies\nAny Foreign Media Agency wishing to establish an office in the Lao PDR shall submit the necessary documents to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs which will further submit them for consideration and permission by the Government.[...]\nArticle 9: Required Documents for the Request to Establish an Office of a Foreign Media Agency\nThe documents required for the request for the establishment of an office of the Foreign Media Agency are as follows:\n1. A letter of request from the Foreign Media Agency;\n2. A document stating clear objectives and reasons for establishing an office of the Foreign Media Agency in the Lao PDR;\n3. A copy of company registration certificate or license for the establishment of the Foreign Media Agency. The copy shall be certified by the Embassy or the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the concerned country;\n4. Financial Statement of the Foreign Media Agency\nArticle 10: Opening of an Office\nAfter being granted a permission to establish an office in the Lao PDR by the Government, the Foreign Media Agency shall send its representative(s) to introduce themselves to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Lao PDR within two months prior to the official\nopening of the office. [...]\"(Decree on the Press Activities of Foreign Media Agencies, Diplomatic Missions, and International Organizations in the Lao PDR, No 377/GOC, of 24 November 2005).","Decree on the Press Activities of Foreign Media Agencies, Diplomatic Missions, and International Organizations in the Lao PDR, No 377/GOC, of 24 November 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.mofa.gov.la/images/legal-documents/Press/English%20version%20Final%20Decree%20on%20Foreign%20Media.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2167,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","B05_06","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.0000875","Land of deposits of mineral resources of State importance may only be acquired by:\n-  Latvian citizens and the citizens of other EU countries, EEA countries, Switzerland and, since 10 March 2020, OECD countries;\n-  State and self-governments and its enterprises; \n-  Enterprises  registered  in  the  Republic  of  Latvia  or  enterprises  registered  in  other  EU countries,  EEA  countries,  Switzerland or OECD countries and  registered  as  taxable  persons  in  the Republic of Latvia, which are fully jointly owned by Latvian citizens, other citizens of EU countries, citizens of EEA countries, citizens of Switzerland, citizens of OECD countries, the Latvian State or self-government, or which are owned by natural or legal persons from countries with which Latvia has signed and ratified an international agreement on the promotion and protection of investments before 31 December 1996 or an agreement signed and ratified by Latvia after that date, which provides for reciprocal rights to land acquisition. ","\"Section 28. Subjects of Transactions:\nLand may be acquired into ownership by the following subjects:\n1) citizens of the Republic of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union, as well as citizens of the countries of the European Economic Area, the Swiss Confederation and the Member States of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development;\n2) the Republic of Latvia as the initial legal person governed by public law, and derived public persons;\n3) a capital company registered in the Republic of Latvia, as well as a capital company registered in another Member State of the European Union, European Economic Area country, Swiss Confederation or Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer in the Republic of Latvia and:\na) all shareholders of which are the subjects referred to in Clause 1 or 2 of this Paragraph each individually or all together;\nb) all shareholders of which are natural or legal persons from states, with which the Republic of Latvia has entered into international agreements regarding the promotion and protection of investments, ratified by the Saeima by 31 December 1996. The abovementioned shall also be applicable to natural or legal persons from states, with which international agreements have been entered into after 31 December 1996, if such agreements provide for the rights of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to purchase land in the relevant state;\nc) all shareholders of which are several subjects referred to in Sub-clauses \"a\" and \"b\" of this Clause together;\n4) religious organisations registered in Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the day when they were registered without the obligation to re-register, or from the day when they provided a notice to the register institution in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years;\n5) a legal entity registered in the Republic of Latvia, another Member State of the European Union, a European Economic Area country, the Swiss Confederation or a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, which is a taxpayer or registered as an economic operator in the Republic of Latvia and is:\na) an individual undertaking, the owner of which is the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nb) an individual merchant, which has been registered by the person referred to in Clause 1 of this Paragraph;\nc) a co-operative society, all members of which are the subjects referred to in Clauses 1, 2 and 3 of this Paragraph, as well as in Sub-clauses \"a\", \"b\" and \"c\" of this Clause each individually or all together;\nd) any other legal entity established in a Member State of the European Union, in a Member State of the European Economic Area, in the Swiss Confederation or in a Member State of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, comparable to the entities referred to in this paragraph;\n[...]\n7) associations and foundations registered in the Register of Associations and Foundations of the Republic of Latvia, the term of activity of which, counting from the moment of registration in the Republic of Latvia, is not less than three years, the purpose of operation of which is related to nature protection, production of agricultural crops or produce or organisation and maintenance of a hunting farm, and which purchase land for implementation of such purposes.\n[...]\nThe subjects of transactions, which are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, may acquire land into ownership in conformity with the restrictions laid down in Section 29 of this Law and in accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 30.\n\nSection 29. Restrictions to Transactions Involving Land Properties:\nThe persons referred to in Section 28, Paragraph four of this Law may not acquire in ownership:\n1) land in the border zone of the State;\n2) land in nature reserves and other protected nature areas in zones of nature reserves;\n3) land in the protection zone of coastal dunes of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga;\n4) land in the protection zones of public reservoirs and water courses, except sections, in which a group of constructions is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n5) the agricultural and forest land, except for sections in which construction is intended in conformity with the territorial planning of local government;\n6) land in the mineral deposits of national significance. [...]\" (Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 27 February 2020), Sections 28 and 29 [unofficial translation; translation valid up to 2.7.2019; complemented by google translation of 27.2.2020 amendments to Section 28])\n----------------------\n\"Article 20. Business subjects:\n(1) Land may be acquired in ownership in accordance with the Civil Law and other laws:\n1) citizens of Latvia and citizens of other Member States of the European Union;\n2) state and local governments, state and local government enterprises (statutory companies);\n3) a statutory company (capital company) registered in the Republic of Latvia or another Member State of the European Union:\na) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to Latvian citizens, citizens of other Member States of the European Union, the State of Latvia or a local government - to each entity separately or to several of these entities together,\nb) in the share capital of which more than a half belongs to natural or legal persons from countries with which the Republic of Latvia has concluded international agreements on the promotion and protection of investments approved by the Saeima until 31 December 1996. The above shall also apply to natural or legal persons from countries with which international agreements have been concluded after 31 December 1996, if these agreements provide for the right of natural and legal persons registered in the Republic of Latvia to acquire land in the respective country,\n(c) in which more than half of the share capital is held jointly by several of the entities referred to in points (a) and (b),\n(d) which is a public limited liability company, if its shares are listed on a stock exchange;\n4) religious organizations registered in Latvia until 21 July 1940;\n5) state and municipal higher education institutions.\n(2) Other natural and legal persons who are not referred to in Paragraph one of this Section may acquire ownership of land with the restrictions specified in this Chapter.\n\nArticle 21. Restrictions on land transactions:\n(1) The land referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may be acquired as property in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 22 of this Law .\n(2) The persons referred to in Section 20 , Paragraph two of this Law may not acquire ownership of:\n1) land in state border zones;\n2) land in the dune protection zones of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga and in the protection zones of other public water bodies and watercourses, except in cases when they are intended for construction in accordance with the master plan of the city;\n3) agricultural and forest land in accordance with the spatial plan of the city municipality.[...]\" (Law on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21 [google translation])","Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions (32, 20.08.1992; last amended 10 March 2020), Sections 28 and 29 \nLaw on Land Reform in Towns and Cities of Republic of Latvia (14, 13.12.1991; last amended 6 June 2019), Sections 20 and 21\nAmendments to the Law  on  Land  Privatisation  in  Rural  Regions, implemented 10 March 2020, Sections 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/74241-on-land-privatisation-in-rural-areas\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/doc.php?id=70467\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.vestnesis.lv/op/2020/49.2\">Amendment</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,120,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.01","Foreign shareholding in business activities related to growing fruits and vegetables is limited to 30% in the case of a company and to 49% in the case of partnerships.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"\"Foreign Enterprise\"\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)\"","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,452,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","F","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.05625","Foreign investment in construction activities involving projects of less than 30 million dinars is prohibited.","\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies [...]\nArticle 6\nIt is prohibited to establish joint-venture companies for carrying out the hereunder activities, whereas such activities shall be confined to Libyans only in exclusion to any others:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Catering services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of handling, loading and unloading in sea ports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations\nPart Two - Foreign companies’ branches\nArticle 7\nThe foreign companies after obtaining permission from the minister of economy will open branches in the specified fields in article 9 of this decision on condition that it does not participate in a joint company working in the same field or activity and the branch’s work period will be five years subject to renewal.\n[...]\nArticle 9\nThe fields and activities of foreign companies which are permitted to open branches in Libya will be specified as follows:\nFirstly – field of contracting and civil works:\n1. Building and construction\n2. Construction of roads, bridges and dams\n3. Marine constructions such as marine quays, break waters, dry docks and deepening ports\n4. Construction of airports and runways\n5. Laying railways and construction of stations\n6. Construction of nets for transport and distribution of gas by using types and sizes of carbon steel and polyethylene pipes\n7. Installing and maintaining domestic gas network and calibration of gas measuring meters\nThe value of contracts for resuming the fields in items (1 – 5) should not be less than 50 million dinars. [...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)","Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2061,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.0125","In principle, foreign-controlled companies established in Madagascar may acquire land and other real estate for business purposes in Madagascar subject to prior authorisation from the Madagascar Economic Development Board. In practice, however, the implementing decree governing real estate acquisition authorization by foreign-owned companies in Madagascar has never been issued, rendering this possibility (real estate acquisition) obsolete and non-existent in. As such, all foreign-owned companies operating in Madagascar (branches and subsidiaries inclusive) rely on leases for accessing land for business purposes. Real estate leases can be contracted freely and without prior authorization for a maximum period of ninety-nine years, renewable.","CHAPTER V - ACCESS TO CORPORATE REAL ESTATE\nArt. 18 - Access of foreign investors to real estate property\na- Companies governed by Malagasy law whose management is placed under the control of foreigners or organizations themselves dependent on foreigners within the meaning of amended art 22 of Ordinance No. 62-041 of September 19, 1962 relating to the general provisions of domestic law and private international law are authorized to acquire real estate subject to fulfilling the two conditions following accumulations:\nthe companies must have obtained from the EDBM, prior to the final conclusion of any real estate transfer deed, an authorization called “Land Acquisition Authorization” which will be issued under the conditions set out in Article 19 below;\nthe real estate must be assigned exclusively and continuously to the exercise of a commercial activity, in particular industrial, tourist or service activity or an agricultural or fishing activity. The commercial activity cannot consist in the acquisition of the building with a view to its resale, in the state or after completion of developments or constructions.\nb- Foreign natural or legal persons cannot directly access land ownership. However, they may freely and without prior authorization contract an emphyteutic lease, for a maximum period of ninety-nine years, renewable.\nArt. 19 - Land acquisition authorization\n1. The land acquisition authorization is issued at the level of the EDBM acting on behalf of the Ministry in charge of Lands, at the request of the investor, who, for this purpose, files a file with the EDBM containing the following parts:\n- written request presented on a printed form provided by the EDBM;\n- presentation of the planned activity and the reasons justifying the acquisition of the building intended for its exercise;\n- Certificate of legal status of the building whose acquisition is envisaged if the building is already registered or cadastralized;\n- and all other documents required, depending on the case, by the administration in charge of Domains, in support of a request to acquire a building.\nThe EDBM gives the applicant a receipt for submitting the file.\n2. Said authorization does not constitute in any case a title deed on the building which is the subject of it, but only the document allowing the parties to carry out the formalities legally provided for the transfer of a building.\n3. Real estate acquired on the Land Acquisition Authorization may be freely assigned or transferred, with the exception of assignments or transfers for the benefit of foreign persons.\nThe property may also be transferred to companies governed by Malagasy law whose management is placed under the control of foreigners or dependent organizations themselves of foreigners, subject to obtaining a Land Acquisition Authorization issued in accordance with the provisions of article 17 above and of this article..\"[...]\" (Law N° 2007-036 of January 14, 2008 on Investments in Madagascar [google translation])","Law N° 2007-036 of January 14, 2008 on Investments in Madagascar [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.assemblee-nationale.mg/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Loi-n%C2%B0-2007-036-sur-les-Inv.%C3%A0-Mcar.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,605,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","B05_06","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.000583333","Upstream O&G activities are reserved to the National Oil Company. Private participation is possible only through a joint-venture or production sharing arrangement with the national oil company. Foreign-owned companies, however, face restrictions in accessing local financing from banks etc for financing their local operational needs. Since 2019, however, the Government has decided to suspend all oil promotion. To date, thenafter, there has not been any official statement regarding new contracts or contract renewals.","\"Art.6- For the purposes of this Code, the following terms mean:\n - \"upstream activities\", all operations of prospecting, research, exploration, exploitation, transformation and transport of liquid, solid or gaseous hydrocarbons produced;\n[...]\nArt.13- Any type of contract commonly used in the international oil industry may be adopted to set the rights and obligations relating to \"UPSTREAM\" activities in the national mining domain, in particular that of production sharing and association in joint venture.\nAs needed, the national company with the agreement of the Technical Body can conclude a production sharing contract with oil companies. In this case, the National Company may transfer to its co-contractor all or part of its rights and obligations relating to a mining title it holds.\nWithin the framework of a joint-venture association, the contract will be signed between the oil companies and the National Company.\n[...]\nArt.40- In the exploration phase, contracting companies of foreign origin are required to domicile in a bank in Madagascar from foreign capital the funds necessary to cover all of their local needs.\n[...]\nArt.42- From the start of exploitation of any hydrocarbon deposit declared of commercial interest within the framework of a contract, the contracting companies of foreign origin may hold outside the sales revenue from the their share of hydrocarbons.\nHowever, the said companies are required to domicile in a bank in Madagascar, from foreign capital, the funds necessary to cover all of its local needs.\n[...]\nArt.44- Contracting companies of foreign origin shall not have the right to resort either to credit from Malagasy banks or to pledges or to loans between companies or enterprises operating in Madagascar, to cover their local needs referred to in Articles 40 and 42 above. [...]\" (LAW N 96-018 of September 23, 1996 bearing the PETROLEUM CODE [google translation])","LAW N 96-018 of September 23, 1996 bearing the PETROLEUM CODE [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.omnis.mg/images/documents/CodPetFr.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,609,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","G45_47","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign investors are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (USD$250,000).","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“business” means any form of trade, commerce, craftsmanship or specified profession carried on for profit and to which this Act applies;\n[...]\nPart IV – Licensing of business activities\n12. Regulated and unregulated businesses\n(1) Subject to this Act, no person shall conduct a regulated or unregulated business in Malawi without obtaining a Business Licence, or otherwise than in accordance with the Business Licence.\n(2) The owner, manager or person in charge of a regulated business who wishes to have his business licensed under this Act shall—\n(a) produce to the Business Licensing Officer evidence of compliance with the relevant regulatory statute; and\n(b) produce to the Business Licensing Officer a certificate issued under the Business Registration Act,\nbefore a Business Licence is issued under this Act. [Cap. 46:02]\n(3) Subject to section 16, any business which is not regulated by any written law shall, upon application and payment of the prescribed fee, be issued with a Business Licence.\n(4) A Business Licence shall authorise the holder thereof to carry on business at premises, stated in the Business Licence, issued to him in relation to the business.\n13. Exemptions\n(1) No Business Licence under this Act shall be required by—\n(a) any person specially appointed to conduct a sale of any goods in execution of any order of any court;\n(b) a sheriff or his deputy selling in execution of his lawful duty;\n(c) any person selling any goods solely as a necessary incident to the provision of any professional or other personal services;\n(d) the owner or operator of any aircraft, ship, or railway coach in respect of sales made on board to passengers travelling thereon;\n(e) any religious organization selling only religious literature;\n(f) any person selling goods for charitable purposes only;\n(g) any person selling goods to any member of any naval, military or police service in any canteen, institute or mess recognised as such by the Ministry:\nProvided that this paragraph shall not apply to any person who is not a member of the force and who conducts the canteen for profit;\n(h) any person who sells goods or carries on business in a market established under any Act;\n(i) any person who sells goods by way of business, or carrying on any business from temporary premises, at a show or exhibition; or\n(j) any person who sells otherwise by retail goods manufactured, grown or produced in Malawi by him.\n(2) The Minister may, from time to time, by notice published in the Gazette, exempt from all or any of the provisions of this Act generally or in any area and subject to conditions that he may find fit, any person who sells goods by way of business or carries on a business, for which a licence is required under this Act, in circumstances that make it desirable in the public interest that the exemption be granted.\n[...]\nPart VIII – Businesses by non-Malawians\n30. Businesses by non-Malawians\n(1) No Business Licence shall be issued to a non-Malawian unless he holds a valid permit under laws relating to immigration, citizenship or refugees and otherwise satisfies the requirements of this Act.\n(2) A Business Licence shall not be issued to a non-Malawian unless he provides evidence showing that he is investing Malawi capital of not less than $250,000 brought from outside Malawi.\n(3) Where applicable, on application or renewal of a Business Licence under section 14, the applicant shall file a statement, in addition to any other documents, describing the participation in the management or finances of the business by a Malawian partner.\n(4) The Minister may by order published in the Gazette vary the monetary limits referred to in subsection (2).\n(5) For the purposes of this Part, “capital” means all cash contribution, plant, machinery, equipment, buildings, spare parts, and other business assets other than goodwill which are not consumed in the regular operations of the business and have a life of more than twelve months.\n[...]\nPart XI – Miscellaneous provisions\n36. Reserved businesses\nThe Minister may, for purposes of promoting the participation of Malawians in economic activity, by order published in the Gazette, reserve some businesses to be carried out by Malawians only.[...]\" (Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013)","Businesses Licensing Act [Chapter 46:01] of 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/2012/27/eng@2014-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2757,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.002916667","Since the entry into force of the Mines and Minerals Act (No. 8 of 2019), foreign shareholding has not been permitted in mining companies holding the following licences: non-exclusive prospecting licence, small-scale mining licence and artisanal mining permit.\nPreviously, foreign shareholding were only prohibited from engaging in \"non-exclusive prospecting\" licensed activities. These were reserved to citizens of Malawi and legal entities wholly owned by citizens of Malawi, or in their benefit.\n","\"2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“mineral” means any substance, including a radioactive\nmineral of any type, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form,\noccurring naturally in or on the earth, formed by or subject to a\ngeological process, but does not include—\n(a) water, not being water taken from a borehole, well, excavation or natural saltpan for the extraction there from of a substance in solution therein and of commercial value;\n(b) soil which is not being taken from the earth for the extraction there from of a substance of commercial value contained therein or for the manufacture there from of a production of commercial value; or\n(c) oil and gas, other than gas extracted from coal or shale deposits;[...]\n“small-scale mining” means mining using non-mechanized mining methods or limited mechanized mining methods as authorized by a small-scale mining licence;\n[...]\n33.—(1) The following mineral tenements may be granted under this Act—\n(a) non-exclusive prospecting licence, that grants the holder the non-exclusive right in the licence area, which area is defined by district boundaries, to do prospecting for all minerals;\n(b) reconnaissance licence, that grants the holder the non-exclusive right in the licence area to do reconnaissance; \n(c) exploration licence, that grants the holder the exclusive right in the licence area to explore for all mineral deposits and an exclusive priority right to apply for a mining licence;\n(d) retention licence, that grants the holder the right to maintain the exclusive right to apply for a mining licence in the licence area when exploration has been completed but other specified conditions preclude mining at the present time;\n(e) small-scale mining licence, that grants the exclusive right to mine minerals in the licence area using only small-scale mining methods as defined in section 2;\n(f) medium-scale mining licence, that grants the exclusive right to mine all minerals in the licence area provided the scale of operation does not exceed any limit specified in section 148; and\n(g) large-scale mining licence, that grants the exclusive right to mine all minerals in the licence area. \n(2) An artisanal mining permit, which is not a mineral tenement for the purposes of this Act, grants the right to the holder to temporarily mine for minerals used in local construction and handicraft, subject to restrictions on the scale of operation and manner in which the minerals can be mined.\n[...]\nPART IV—NON-EXCLUSIVE PROSPECTING LICENCE\n89.—(1) A non-exclusive prospecting licence holder shall be—\n(a) an individual who is a Malawian citizen;\n(b) a cooperative mining society registered pursuant to section 299;\n(c) a mining partnership registered pursuant to section 299;\n(d) a company registered under the Companies Act, that is one hundred per cent owned by Malawian citizens; or\n(e) a company duly incorporated under the Companies Act, that is one hundred per cent owned by Malawian citizens; or\n(f) an association incorporated under the Trustees Incorporation Act, that comprises only Malawian citizens.\n[...]\nPART IX—SMALL-SCALE MINING LICENCE\n184. A small-scale mining licence holder shall be—\n(a) an individual who is a Malawian citizen;\n(b) a mining cooperative society registered pursuant to section 299;\n(c) a mining partnership registered pursuant to section 299;\n(d) a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act, that is one hundred percent (100%) owned by Malawian citizens; or\n(e) an association incorporated under the Trustees Incorporation Act that comprises only Malawian citizens.\n[...]\n202.—(1) An artisanal mining permit holder shall be—\n(a) an individual who is a Malawian citizen;\n(b) a company registered under the Companies Act, that is one hundred percent owned by Malawian citizens; or\n(c) a company duly incorporated under the Companies Act, that is one hundred percent (100%) owned by Malawian citizens.\n[...]\n299.—(1) Any group comprising individual persons, each of whom is a Malawian citizen, that desire to pool their technical, financial and other resources for the purpose of prospecting or small-scale mining may apply to the Registrar to register as a cooperative mining society or mining partnership.[...]\" (Mines and Minerals Act (No. 8 of 2019))\n------------------------\nPreviously up to 2019\n------------------------\n\"3. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n“company” means a corporate body incorporated under the Companies Act; [...]\n“corporation” means a corporate body incorporated in or outside Malawi, whether by Act or otherwise, but does not include a company;\n[...]\n13. Restriction on persons to whom Mineral Right may be granted\nNo Mineral Right—\n(a) shall be granted to an individual unless he is a citizen of Malawi or has been ordinarily resident in Malawi during the period of four years immediately preceding the date on which his application for the grant of a Mineral Right is made;\n(b) being a reconnaissance licence or an exclusive prospecting licence, shall be granted to a body corporate unless the body corporate is—\n(i) a company; (ii) a corporation incorporated in Malawi; or (iii) a corporation (not being a corporation of a kind referred to in subparagraph (ii)) approved by the Minister; or\n(c) being a mining licence, shall be granted to a body corporate unless the body corporate is—\n(i) a company; or (ii) a corporation incorporated in Malawi.\n[...]\n[...]\n73. Non-exclusive prospecting licence\n(1) Subject to this section, the Commissioner may issue to any person a non-exclusive prospecting licence.\n(2) Subject to subsection (5), a non-exclusive prospecting licence—\n(a) shall not be issued to an individual unless he is a citizen of Malawi;\n(b) shall not be issued to a company unless it is a company whose entire share capital is beneficially owned by citizens of Malawi or by a corporation which, in the opinion of the Minister, has been established for a public purpose, or partly by such citizens and partly by such a corporation;\n(c) shall not be issued to a corporation unless it is a corporation incorporated in Malawi.\n(3) A non-exclusive prospecting licence shall not be issued to a person unless the Commissioner is satisfied that that person intends, within the limits of his competence and resources, to undertake prospecting operations.\n(4) The power to issue a non-exclusive prospecting licence is subject to the Regulations.\n(5) Where the Minister is satisfied that it is in the public interest to do so and so certifies to the Commissioner, the Commissioner may issue a non-exclusive prospecting licence—\n(a) to an individual who is not a citizen of Malawi but who has been ordinarily resident in Malawi during the period of four years immediately preceding the date on which his application for the grant of a licence is made; or\n(b) to a company or corporation other than one of a kind referred to in subsection (2) (b) or (c).\n[...]\n76. Pegging of claim\n(1) Subject to this Act, the holder of a non-exclusive prospecting licence may peg a claim or claims in accordance with the Regulations.\n[...]\n77. Restriction on registration of claim\n(1) A claim shall not be registered pursuant to section 76 in respect of land in which the person applying for registration of the claim is not entitled to prospect.\n[...]\n79. Rights and duties of holder of claim\n(1) Subject to this Act and the conditions of the claim, the holder of a claim has the right to enter a claim area and the exclusive right, while the claim is registered, to prospect and mine therein, and to remove therefrom and dispose of, the minerals in respect of which the claim is registered pursuant to section 76.[...]\" (Mines and Minerals Act [Chapter 61:01] of 1981, as amended)","Mines and Minerals Act (No. 8 of 2019)\nMines and Minerals Act, Chapter 61:01, 8 May 1981","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fao.org/faolex/results/details/en/c/LEX-FAOC199882\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://malawilii.org/akn/mw/act/1981/1/eng@2014-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,432,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","D3510X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.004375","Foreign participation in electricity generation and transmission activity is subject to the prevailing government policy on foreign equity holdings. Evidence suggests that foreign ownership of less than or equal to 49% is currently permitted (see below). According to the government Guidelines on Lincensing under the Electricity Supply Act of 1990, no foreign equity restriction is applied in relation to distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n--------------\n\"Malaysia’s fourth competitive bidding programme (dubbed the LSS@MEnTARI and generally referred to by the industry as “LSS4”) for the development of large-scale solar (“LSS”) power plants was launched at the end of May 2020, with bid closing scheduled for 5.00pm, 2 September 2020. The programme deviated from the past three rounds in that this was the first time that participation was limited only to Malaysians. The previous three LSS rounds allowed foreign parties to hold up to 49% of the equity interest whereas the criteria for this round came as a surprise to many, as participation was open only to locally-incorporated companies 100% owned by Malaysians and companies listed on the local stock exchange (Bursa Malaysia) which have at least 75% of their shares held by Malaysians.[...]\" (Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March)","\"Appendix 12 - Frequently Asked Questions\nCriteria of Licence Application [...]\n4. Is there any restriction on foreign equity holdings for each type of licence?\n- There is no restriction for distribution activity, cogeneration activity and licence for private installation.\n- For licence of generation and transmission activity, the restriction on foreign equity holdings is subject to the prevailing government policy. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016)\n--------------------------------\n\"Announcement: Coal fired power plant open bidding\nThe Energy Commission (EC) is calling for Request For Qualification (RFQ) responses for the development of a 1000 MW (Fast Track Project 3A) supercritical/ultra-supercritical coal fired power plant to be commissioned in Oct 2017, and another 2 x 1000MW (Project 3B) coal plant at a new site that is scheduled to be in operation in stages in Oct 2018 and April 2019. Foreign developers with relevant experience are encouraged to form relationships with Malaysian partners as early as possible. Maximum allowable foreign equity is 49% and suitable foreign developer will be allowed to lead a consortium. The pre-qualification exercise is to screen the prospective bidder/consortium, proposed site and power evacuation line. [...]\" (Energy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012)\n--------------------------------\n\"Appendix B - LSS Program Process Flow Chart\nGovernment Policy [...] Implementation Mechanism [...] Foreign ownership is less than or equal to 49% [...]\" (GUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B, pp. 20)\n--------------------------------\n\"Part I -Preliminary\n[...] Interpretation\n2. In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires - \"foreign person\" means -- [...] (c) a foreign company as defined in the Companies Act 1965 [Act 125] or any other foreign entity; (d) a Malaysian entity in which the individual, foreign company or other foreign entity specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), as the case may be, holds more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares);\n[...]\nPart II - Application for Feed-in Approval\nEligibility criteria to apply for a feed in approval\n3. An eligible producer shall be as follows: (a) a Malaysian citizen of not less than twenty-one years of age; [...] (c) a company incorporated in Malaysia other than -- (i) a company in which a foreign person holds, directly or indirectly, more than forty-nine per centum of the voting power or issued share capital (excluding preference shares); [...]\" (Renewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011)","Energy Commission, Guidelines on Licensing Under Section 9 of the Electricity Supply Act No. 447 of 1990, Guidelines/ST/No5/2016\nEnergy Commission, Call for RFQ, 18 December 2012.\nGUIDELINES ON LARGE SCALE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY NETWORKS GP/ST/ No. 1/2016, Appendix B.\nRenewable Energy (Feed-in-Approval and Feed-in Tariff Rate) Rules 2011.","Christopher & Lee Ong, Client Update: Malaysia, 2021 March","[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/ms/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2016/Guideline_Licensee_Nov2016.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.st.gov.my/en/web/general/details/238\">RFQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.st.gov.my/contents/publications/guidelines_electricity/2017/Guidelines%20on%20Large%20Scale%20Solar%20Photovoltaic%20Plant%20for%20Connection%20to%20Electricity%20Networks_Feb2017.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://policy.asiapacificenergy.org/sites/default/files/RE%20%28Feed-in%20Approval%20and%20Feed-in%20Tariff%20Rate%29%20Rules%202011.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.christopherleeong.com/media/4341/2021_3_clo_lss4_results_analysis.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2919,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_46","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2023,"0.00225","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is allowed subject to the appointment of Bumiputera or Malay nationals for director/directors positions. The number of local directors to be appointed is not specified.",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2912,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.0014","Foreign shareholding in tour operators providing only ínbound services has been fully liberalised since September 2014. Foreign investment in outbound tour operators and travel agencies remains prohibited. Foreign investment in companies licensed for inbound tour operating services and travel agency (ticketing) services remains generally limited to 30% foreign equity ownership [ASEAN investors are subject to higher thresholds, but these are not taken into account as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology]. Foreign investment in food catering and restaurants outside hotel premises is allowed under joint-venture with Malaysian investors. Foreign investment in non-exclusive restaurant business is prohibited. Foreign investment in recreational parks is limited to 51% foreign equity ownership.\n","\"2. TOUR OPERATING/TRAVEL AGENCY BUSINESS (TOBTAB) \nThe three (3) types of businesses licensed are as follows: \n(a)  Tour operating business (Inbound & Outbound): ‘Tour operating business’ means any business of providing all or any of the following services: (i) Arranging for sale or commission any transportation, accommodation, tour services or any other incidental services for tourists within or outside Malaysia. (ii) Organising or conducting for sale or commission inbound or outbound tours. (iii) Providing conveyances for hire to tourists. (iv) Any other service incidental to any of the activities enumerated above.\n(b) ‘Travel agency business’ (Ticketing) means any business of providing all or any of the following services: (i) Selling, arranging or making available for commission tickets entitling a person to travel on any conveyance either by land, sea or air; (ii) Selling, arranging or making available for commission accommodation places within Malaysia or outside Malaysia; and (iii) any other services incidental to any of the activities enumerated above.\nApplicants must be private limited companies incorporated under the Companies Act, 2016.\n[...]\n2.3 Equity Policy\n- As of 2 September 2014, foreign equity\townership is restricted to company (not individual)\n- Companies with foreign\tequity ownership are only allowed to apply for Inbound & Ticketing licenses\n- Foreign company must be an established tour operating company in the respective country (endorsed by Tourism Malaysia Office/Malaysian Embassy/Malaysian High Commissioner)\n- 100% foreign equity ownership is restricted to Inbound licence only.\nGUIDELINES FOR EQUITY AND PAID-UP CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MALAYSIAN / FOREIGNER IN TOUR OPERATING AND TRAVEL AGENCY BUSINESS  (NEW GUIDELINES CAME INTO FORCE ON 2 SEPTEMBER 2014)\n1. Type of licence: Inbound / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (ASEAN & Non-Asean) / Maximum shareholding: 100% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM1,500,000\n2. Type of licence: Inbound & Ticketing / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (ASEAN) / Maximum shareholding: 70% - Singapore/Cambodia only & 51% other ASEAN / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM1,000,000\n3. Type of licence: Inbound & Ticketing / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (Non-ASEAN) / Maximum  shareholding: 30% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM500,000\n4. Type of licence: Outbound / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (ASEAN & Non-Asean) / Maximum shareholding: not allowed / Location of premise: not applicable / Minimum paid-up capital: not applicable\n5. Type of licence: Inbound / Equity ownership: Citizen/Local Company / Maximum shareholding: 100% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM200,000 / RM50,000\n[...]\n5. Type of licence:  Inbound & Ticketing  / Equity ownership: Citizen/Local Company / Maximum foreign shareholding: 100% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM200,000 / RM150,000\" [...]\" (MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 9: Tourism and Travel Related Services).\n--------------------------------\n\"[...] Liberalisation initiatives\nIn 2009, six sub-sectors  were liberalised to allow 100 per cent foreign equity participation: Theme Parks; Convention and Exhibition Centres (seating capacity of above 5,000); Travel Agencies and Tour Operators Services (for inbound travel only); Hotel and Restaurant services (4 and 5 star hotels only); Food Serving Services (4 and 5 star hotels only); and Beverage Serving Services for consumption on the premises (4 and 5 star hotels only).[...]\"(MITI MyServices Portal (website) > Services by Sector > Tourism & Travel Related [accessed in November 2017])\n--------------------------------\n\"Hospitality (Hotels and Tourism) [...]\nEquity Requirement \nHotels\n-1 & 2 Star: 100% Malaysian\n-3 Star: At Least 30% Malaysian\n-4 & 5 Star: No Equity Restriction\nTheme Parks\n-No Equity Restriction\nConvention Centres \n-No Equity Restriction\nRecreational Parks / Other Tourism Projects\n- At least 49% Malaysian including 30% reserved [...]\" (MIDA, \"Hospitality (Hotels & Tourism)\", website content)\n--------------------------------\n\"2 . Regulations  for Foreign Investment\n(a) Hotels (1-3 star) and Hotel Services: • Requirement of local incorporation; • The projects must be registered with the Ministry of Tourism Malaysia; • At least 70% of the shares must be held by Malaysians including 30% reserved for Bumiputera;\n(b) Hotels (4-5 star) and Tourism Projects (Theme Parks / Recreational Camps etc.)  and Convention Centres (over 5,000 capacity): • Requirement of local incorporation; • The projects must be registered with the Ministry of Tourism Malaysia; • Based on Malaysia’s offer under the ASEAN Framework Agreement on Services (AFAS) (2007), Joint venture corporation with Malaysia individuals or Malaysia – controlled corporations or both and aggregate foreign shareholding in the joint venture corporation shall not exceed 49% foreign equity.\n(c) Tour Services (tour Services, ticketing and reservation): • Requirement of license from the Ministry of Tourism and to be renewable annually.; • Requirement of specific licenses from other competent authorities.; • Joint ventures only with Malaysian individuals, or Malaysia controlled companies, and to be locally incorporated.; • Based on Malaysia’s offer under the ASEAN Framework Agreement on Services (AFAS) (2007), Joint venture corporation with Malaysia individuals or Malaysia controlled corporations or both and aggregate foreign shareholding in the joint venture corporation shall not exceed 49% foreign equity (for inbound only).; • Subject to Tourism Industry Act 1992 and other related regulations under the Act.; • Establishment of branches shall be subject to additional licensing requirements and to be renewable annually. [...]\"(ASEAN (2008), ASEAN Investemnt Tourism Guide, p. 84-85.[based on information provided by the National Tourism Agency])\n--------------------------------\n\"5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. [...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n9.0 SPECIALTY STORE\n9.1 Definition\n9.1.1 Specialty store means stores dealing with one main brand name/product/line of goods associated with one product in the following categories: 9.1.1.1  Exclusive food and beverage business; 9.1.1.2  Food/drink/tobacco 9.1.1.3  household/personal goods; 9.1.1.4  exclusive furniture; 9.1.1.5  household appliances; 9.1.1.6  electrical appliances; 9.1.1.7  healthcare products; 9.1.1.8  optical goods; 9.1.1.9  footwear; 9.1.1.10 clothing and apparel; 9.1.1.11 sports goods; 9.1.1.12 books; 9.1.1.13 jewelry; 9.1.1.14 electronic goods; 9.1.1.15 motorcycles / motor vehicles; 9.1.1.16 small machinery (e.g. industrial, agricultural equipment for     small users); 9.1.1.17 pharmacy, serviced by a pharmacist at each outlet (retailing  only drugs, health and beauty care goods); or 9.1.1.18 others. \n9.1.2 The criteria [for approval] of specialty store as categorized under paragraph 9.1.1 are as follows:  9.1.2.1 contribution to the socio-economic development in Malaysia; 9.1.2.2 generate substantial foreign direct investment; 9.1.2.3 absence of local players in proposed formats; 9.1.2.4 create employment opportunities; 9.1.2.5 transfer of technology/skills to locals; and 9.1.2.6 unique/ exclusive nature of business.\n9.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in specialty store is recommended to be in compliance with the following:\n9.2.1 Local Incorporation: All specialty store businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of specialty store.\n9.2.2 Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM1 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital. \n[...]\n12.0 VARIOUS OTHER DISTRIBUTION FORMATS  12.1 Definition 12.1.1 Various other distribution formats mean other types of distributive formats and unregulated sector, including e-commerce.  12.1.2 The criteria of various other distribution formats are as follows: a. contribution to the socio-economic development in Malaysia; b. generate substantial foreign direct investment; c. absence of local players in proposed formats; d. create employment opportunities; e. transfer of technology / skills to locals; and f. unique/ exclusive nature of business. 12.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions 12.2.1 Any foreign involvement in various other distribution formats are recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions:  12.2.1.1 Local Incorporation All various other distribution format businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition applies also to existing businesses operating under foreign branches.  12.2.1.2 Minimum Capital Requirement  The minimum capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds, which include paid-up capital is RM1 million. 12.3 Operational Conditions [...]  12.4 Feasibility and impact studies on existing local retailers and residents are to be carried out if the sales floor area is more than 5,000 square meters. \n[...]\n15.0 FOREIGN INVOLVEMENT\n15.1 The involvement of foreign business operators is subject and limited to the distributive trade sector as mentioned above. Sectors which are not applicable to foreign business operators include the following (the list of which is not exhaustive):\na. supermarket / mini market; b. provision shop / general vendor; c. news agent and miscellaneous goods store; d. medical hall (inclined towards traditional alternative medicines plus general dry foodstuff); e. fuel station; f. permanent wet market store; g. permanent pavement store; h. National Strategic Interest; and i. Non-exclusive textile, food and beverage, jewellery shops. \n[...]\n18.0 GLOSSARY [...]\n18.2  Definition of “Bumiputera” and “Malay”: a) “Bumiputera” must have the same meaning as assigned to it in Article 161A of the Federal Constitution; b) “Malay” must have the same meaning as assigned to it in Article 160 of the Federal Constitution; and  c) the expression “Bumiputera” or “Malay”  includes a company, an association or a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporate, a majority part of whose capital is owned by and the management and employees are made up of Malays or Bumiputera. [...]\n18.4  Foreign participation / Foreign Business Operator Foreign participation or foreign business operator means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises the following: i. individual (including permanent resident) who is not a Malaysian citizen;  ii. foreign company or institutions; or iii. local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (i) and/or (ii) hold more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the company or institution.[...]\n18.12 Small and Medium Enterprises (SME) The criteria to determine definition of small and medium enterprises are sales turnover and number of fulltime employees as well as the following:   i. for the manufacturing sector, SMEs are defined as firms with sales turnover not exceeding RM50 million or whereby the number of fulltime employees does not exceed 200 employees. ii. for the services and other sectors, SMEs are defined as firms with sales turnover not exceeding RM20 million or the number of fulltime employees does not exceed 75 employees. [...]\" (Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020)\n---------------------------------\n\"PREMISE LICENSE \nAppendix: LIST OF ACTIVITIES NOT PERMITTED FOR NON-CITIZEN OWNERSHIP [...]\n8. Restaurant / Bistro / Cafe (Except International or Exclusive Brands)[...] 17. Food Stalls / Kiosk [..] 20. Spa industry [...]\" (Kuala Lumpur City Hall, Frequently Asked Questions, DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT)\n---------------------------------\n\"4. SPECIALTY STORE \nStore dealing with one main brand name/product/line of goods associated with one (1) product. They may specialise in: - Food catering and restaurant services outside hotel premises; -Food-drink-tobacco (e.g. food and beverage) [...]\nSpecialty store may be allowed to operate in the above categories  if it fulfils the following criteria: (a) Contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia; (b) Generate substantial foreign direct investment; (c) Absence of local players in proposed formats; (d) Create employment opportunities; (e) Transfer of technology/skills; and (f) Unique/exclusive nature of business.\n4.1 Licensing and Registration \nAny foreign involvement in these activities is subject to the following rules and conditions:\n(i) Local Incorporation: All specialty store businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the  Companies Act, 2016. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches. \n(ii) Minimum Capital Requirement: The minimum capital investment in terms of shareholders’ funds, which include paid-up capital and reserves is RM1 million for each specialty outlet, to be reviewed every three (3) years. \n4.2 Equity Policy\nTo increase local participation in business, the Government encourages joint-ventures between Malaysian and foreign investors. \nThe Government had announced on 7 October 2011 that specialty stores would be one of the 17 services sub-sectors that would be liberalised.\n[...]\n5. OTHER DISTRIBUTIVE TRADE ACTIVITIES\nOther types of businesses  not specified will be considered  on the merit of each case with particular reference to their contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia. \nVarious other distribution formats may be allowed to operate in the above categories  if they fulfil the following criteria: (a) Contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia; (b) Generate substantial foreign direct investment; (c) Absence of local players in proposed formats; (d) Create employment opportunities; (e)\tTransfer\tof technology/skills; and (f) Unique/exclusive nature of business. \n5.1 Licensing and Registration\n Any foreign involvement in these activities is subject to the following rules and conditions: \n(i) Local Incorporation: All various other distribution businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act, 2016. This condition applies also to existing businesses operating under foreign branches. \n(ii) Minimum Capital Requirement The minimum capital investment in terms of shareholders’ funds, which include paid-up capital and reserves is RM1 million for each outlet. \n5.2 Equity Policy Foreign participation is allowed in other distributive trade activities except the following: [...] Textile, restaurant (non-exclusive), bistro, jewellery shops [...]\" (MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 8: Distributive Trade Services)","MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 9: Tourism and Travel Related Services\nMITI MyServices Portal (website) > Services by Sector > Tourism & Travel Related [accessed in November 2017]\nMIDA, \"Hospitality (Hotels & Tourism)\", website content [accesssed in November 2023]\nASEAN (2008), ASEAN Investemnt Tourism Guide, p. 84-85.[based on information provided by the National Tourism Agency]\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, Frequently Asked Questions, DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT\nMIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 8: Distributive Trade Services","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mida.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/20200131123840_BOOKLET-9-TOURISM-AND-TRAVEL-RELATED-SERVICES.pdf\">Booklet</a>],[<a href=\"http://myservices.miti.gov.my/web/guest/tourism-travel-related\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mida.gov.my/industries/services/hospitality-hotels-and-tourism/\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://asean.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/asean_tourism_investment_guide.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mida.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/20191220163621_BOOKLET-8-DISTRIBUTIVE-TRADE-SERVICES.pdf\">Booklet</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2957,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.003","FDI is limited to 70% in insurance and Islamic insurance operators. Higher shares can be considered on case-by-case basis for players deemed able to facilitate the consolidation of the insurance industry.","\"PRESS STATEMENT: LIBERALISATION OF THE FINANCIAL SECTOR\n[…]\nFlexibility will be accorded for an increase in the foreign equity limits from 49% to 70% of investment banks, Islamic banks, insurance companies and takaful operators. Such alliances will strengthen business potential and enhance growth prospects of financial institutions through the international expertise and global networks of foreign shareholders. The foreign equity limit for domestic commercial banks will remain at the current 30%;[...]\" (Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009)\n---------------------------\n\"Calendar of Events: April – June 2009 [...]\nHighlights of the measures to liberalise Malaysia’s financial services industry:[...]\nII. Increase in foreign equity limits -- Raising of foreign equity limit in domestic Islamic banks, investment banks, insurance companies and takaful operators from 49% to 70% with immediate effect. A higher foreign equity limit beyond 70% for insurance companies will be considered on a case-by-case basis for players who can facilitate consolidation and rationalization of the insurance industry.[...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2009), Economic and Financial Developments in the Malaysian Economy in the Second Quarter of 2009, Quaterly Bulletin, p. 73)\n---------------------------\n\"PART III - AUTHORIZATION AND REGISTRATION\nDivision 1 - Authorized business   \nAuthorized business to be carried on by authorized person\n8.(1) No person shall carry on any authorized business unless it is— (a) licensed by the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business or investment banking business; or (b) approved by the Bank under section 11 to carry on any of the businesses set out in Division 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n[...]\nApplication for authorization\n9. An applicant for a licence under section 10 or an approval under section 11 to carry on an authorized business shall submit the application in writing to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank.\nGrant of licence by Minister\n10.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any licensed business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n(2)   Upon making an assessment under subsection (1) and where the Bank is satisfied that such applicant may be granted a licence, the Bank shall make a recommendation to the Minister to grant a licence under subsection (4) with or without conditions.\n[...]\nApproval by Bank\n11.(1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any approved business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. \n[...]\nPART VI - OWNERSHIP, CONTROL AND TRANSFER OF BUSINESS [...]\nAcquisition of interest in shares requiring approval\n87.(1) Subject to section 92 and except with the prior written approval of the Bank, no person— (a) shall enter into an agreement or arrangement, to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate interest of five per cent or more in the shares of the licensed person; or [...]\n(2)   Notwithstanding subsection (1), no person shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate of more than fifty per cent of the interest in shares of the licensed person, without obtaining the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nControl over licensed person prohibited in some cases \n88.(1) Subject to subsection (2), no person shall have control over a licensed person, unless such person obtains the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank. \n[...]\nDisposal of interest in shares requiring approval \n89. Except with the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, no person who has an aggregate interest in shares of a licensed person of— (a) more than fifty per cent; or (b) fifty per cent or less but has control over the licensed person, shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to dispose any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, such disposal would result in the person holding an interest in shares of less than fifty per cent or in any way ceasing to have control over the licensed person. \nApplication procedures for section 87, 88 or 89 90.\n(1) An application for an approval of— (a) the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88(1), or section 89, as the case may be, shall be made by submitting the application to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank. \n(2) In assessing the suitability of an applicant for the purposes of— (a) granting an approval of the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) recommending to the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88 (1), the Bank shall take into consideration matters that the Bank considers relevant including any of the factors set out in Schedule 6, and any standards as may be specified by the Bank under subsection 91(1). \n[...]\nPower of bank to specify standards on shareholder suitability\n91.(1) The Bank may specify standards on shareholder suitability to give full effect to Schedule 6.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 5 [Sections 10 and 11]  - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING APPLICATION FOR LICENCE UNDER SECTION 10 OR APPROVAL UNDER SECTION 11 [...]\n7.   Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 6 [Subsections 90(2), 91(1) and 112(2)] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING SHAREHOLDER SUITABILITY [...]\n6. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to—\n(a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Malaysia, including the effect on productivity, efficiency and quality of financial services; \n(b) the contribution towards enhancing international trade and investment linkages between Malaysia and other countries; \n(c) the effect of the investment on the stability of the financial system, including on conduct and behaviours that could pose a risk to the financial system; or \n(d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [...]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])\n---------------------------------\n\"1 Introduction\n1.1  Pursuant to section 10 of the Financial Services Act 2013 (FSA) and the Islamic Financial Services Act 2013 (IFSA), Bank Negara Malaysia (the Bank) shall assess an application for a licence to carry on banking business, Islamic banking business, insurance business, takaful business or investment banking business, having regard to relevant factors including prudential requirements and whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia.\n1.2 This policy document aims to set out the application and assessment process for– (a) prospective applicants under section 10 of the FSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) banking business; (ii) investment banking business; (iii) life business; (iv) general business; or (v) professional reinsurer business; or (b) prospective applicants under section 10 of the IFSA to obtain a licence to carry on: (i) Islamic banking business; (ii) international Islamic banking business; (iii) family takaful business; (iv) general takaful business; (v) professional retakaful business; or (vi) international takaful operator business. \n[...]\n4 Effective Date\n4.1 This policy document comes into effect on 27 December 2019. \n[...]\n8 Considerations under the law\n8.1 Pursuant to section 10 of the FSA and IFSA, in assessing an application to carry on any licensed business under the respective Act, the Bank shall consider all the factors set out in Part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA, and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n8.3 The factors set out in Schedule 5 of the FSA or IFSA are as follows– [...](h) whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to– (iv) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector; and  \n[...]\nForm of Establishment\n9.4 Subject to paragraph 9.5, all licensed persons are required to be public companies incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act 20165.\n9.5 A professional reinsurer, a professional retakaful operator, a licensed international Islamic bank, and a licensed international takaful operator may be established as a branch of a foreign institution. [...]\" (Bank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27)","Government of Malaysia (2009), \"Liberalisation of the Services Sector\", Prime Minister‘s Office press release, 22 April 2009.\nBank Negara Malaysia (2009), Economic and Financial Developments in the Malaysian Economy in the Second Quarter of 2009, Quaterly Bulletin, p. 73.\nFinancial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]\nBank Negara Malaysia (2019), \"Application Procedures for New Licences under Financial Services Act 2013 and  Islamic Financial Services Act 2013\" , BNM/RH/PD 030-4, December 27","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pmo.gov.my/home.php?menu=news&news_id=44&news_cat=4&page=1729&sort_year=2009&sort_month=04\">Press</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bnm.gov.my/files/publication/qb/2009/Q2/p00.pdf\">Bulletin</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/820862/Financial+Services+Act+2013.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124/938039/PD+030-4_Licensing+Guide_FDI_FSA-IFSA.pdf/3ddc8322-3358-a22c-b751-2d4ab1e33e96?t=1592251348473\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2925,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","M691X2","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0003125","Foreign law firms have to show that they have the relevant legal expertise and experience in the permitted practice areas (i.e. international law), as well as submit their business plan demonstrating their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market. In the case of a foreign law firm applying to be licensed as a QFLF, it will have to prove in addition that it has the relevant expertise and experience in international Islamic finance and would be in a position to support and contribute to the Government’s MIFC initiative. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered as a discriminatory screening policy.","“Part IVa INTERNATIONAL PARTNERSHIPS, QUALIFIED FOREIGN LAW FIRMS AND REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN LAWYERS […]\nSelection Committee\n40c. (1) A Selection Committee is established under this Part to make recommendations to the Bar Council for the granting of licence for international partnerships and qualified foreign law firms and to Malaysian law firms to employ foreign lawyers and the registration of foreign lawyers to practise in the permitted practice areas.\n[...]\nInternational partnership\n40f. (1) A foreign law firm and a Malaysian law firm may apply jointly to the Bar Council for an international partnership licence if they satisfy such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(2) A foreign law firm shall not be part of more than one international partnership in Malaysia at any one time.\n(3) Upon receiving the application, the Bar Council shall refer such application to the Selection Committee for consideration and recommendation.\n(4) The Bar Council shall, upon the recommendation of the Selection Committee, grant an application made under subsection (1) on such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case or refuse the application\n(6) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing— (a) impose any new or additional conditions on the licence; or (b) vary or revoke any of the conditions imposed on the licence.\n(7) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(8) An international partnership is entitled to— (a) practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be prescribed; (b) bill its clients as a single law firm; and (c) recover costs and retain payments in respect of such practice.\n(9) The permissible equity ownership and voting rights of the foreign law firm in the international partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee from time to time.\nQualified foreign law firm\n40g. (1) A foreign law firm may apply for a qualified foreign law firm licence if it satisfies such conditions as the Bar Council may think fit to impose in any particular case. [...]\n(6) The Bar Council may renew a licence granted under this section for such period and upon such conditions as the Bar Council may specify.\n(7) A qualified foreign law firm is entitled to practise in the permitted practice areas in accordance with such conditions as may be determined by the Bar Council.\n(8) A Malaysian lawyer employed in a qualified foreign law firm shall be disqualified from obtaining a practising certificate under Part III.\n[...]\nSuspension or revocation of licence\n40i. (1) The Bar Council may, by notice in writing, suspend or revoke the licence granted under section 40f, 40g or 40h if the Bar Council is satisfied that there is sufficient reason for doing so. [...] \n(b) there is any change in respect of any information regarding the foreign law firm which was submitted for the purposes of obtaining the international partnership licence or the qualified foreign law firm licence including but not limited to—[...] (ii) a merger of the international partnership with any other firm or body corporate; or (iii) a change of up to one-half (½) in the number of the partners in any international partnership; [...]\n(4) A licence shall not be suspended or revoked without the international partnership or qualified foreign law firm being given a reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Bar Council.\"(Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Part IVa, Art. 40c, 40f-g, 40i)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Permitted Practice Areas\n[…] The permitted practice areas in respect of an international partnership, a qualified foreign law firm (QFLF) and a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm shall be work regulated by Malaysian law and at least one other national law, or a transaction regulated solely by any law other than Malaysian law provided that in the case of a QFLF, such aspect of work regulated by Malaysian law shall be undertaken with one or more advocates and solicitors of the High Court of Malaya holding a valid Practising Certificate.[...]\n(3) Nothing in these Rules shall authorise an international partnership, a QFLF or a foreign lawyer employed by a Malasian law firm to provide any legal services in the following areas--- (a) constitutional and administrative law; (b) conveyancing; (c) criminal law; (d) family law; (e) succession law, including wills, intestacy, probate and administration; (f) trust law, where the settlor is an individual, and the law relating to charities and foundations, whether the settlor is an individual or a corporation; (g) retail banking, including corporate or commercial loans to small and medium enterprises; (h) registration of patents and trademarks; (i) appearing or pleading in any court of justice in Malaysia, representing a client in any proceedings instituted in such a court or giving advice, whether or not the main purpose of which is to advise the client on the conduct of such proceedings, except where such appearance, pleading, representation or advice is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law; and (j) appearing in any hearing before a quasi-judicial or regulatory body, authority or tribunal in Malaysia, except where such appearance is otherwise permitted under the Act or these Rules or any other written law.\n[...]\nInternational Partnership Licence\n3 (3) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (g) the equity ownership and voting rights of the Malaysian law firm and the foreign law firm in the International Partnership shall be as determined by the Selection Committee; [...]\n(j) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council; \n[...]\nQualified Foreign Law Firm Licence\n4 (2) Subject to the recommendation of the Selection Committee, no licence shall be granted unless the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm both satisfy the following conditions: [...] (i) the foreign law firm and the Malaysian law firm have jointly submitted a plan satisfactory to the Bar Council describing the business plan of the international partnership which shall include but not be limited to any plan for transfer of technology and expertise in the appropriate permitted practice areas and their proposed contribution to growth and development of the Malaysian legal services market, as well the implementation of the plan and have undertaken that no material modification shall be made to the plan without the prior written approval of the Bar Council;[...]\" (Legal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”))\n-------------------------------------\n\"Guidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(1) A foreign law firm licensed as a QFLF will not require a Malaysian law firm as a partner. Liberalisation will begin with the initial offering of up to five QFLF licences, as this avenue has been created to support the Malaysian Government’s Malaysian International Islamic Finance Centre (“MIFC”) initiative as announced by the Prime Minister in his policy speech on 22 April 2009. QFLF licences will therefore only be granted to FLFs that have proven expertise in International Islamic Finance, and which would be able to support and contribute to the MIFC initiative.[...].\"(Qualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council) \n-------------------------------------\nGuidance Note For Applicants - Qualified Foreign Law Firm [...]\n(7) The MLF should not have less than 60%, and the FLF no more than 40%, of the equity and voting rights in the IP. The total number of foreign lawyers in the IP shall not be less than 40% of the total number of lawyers in the IP, unless otherwise determined by the Selection Committee.[...].\"(International Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.) ","Legal Profession Act 1976, as amended by Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 [Act A1444], Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2012 (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1455] and Legal Profession (Amendment) Act 2013 [Act A1456], Part IVa, Art. 40a-40o.\nLegal Profession (Licensing of International Partnerships and Qualified Foreign Law Firms and Registration of Foreign Lawyers) Rules 2014 (“the “Rules”).\nQualified Foreign Law Firm - Guidance Note for Applicants, Malaysian Bar Council.\nInternational Partnership - Guidance Note for Applicants,  Malaysian Bar Council.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/legal_profession_act_1976/\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4585&Itemid=332\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.federalgazette.agc.gov.my/outputp/pua_20140602_P.U.%20(A)%20148-KAEDAH-KAEDAH%20LPA%20-%20DISEMAK%2020%205%202014%20-BM%20BI%20-%20final.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_details&gid=4589\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.malaysianbar.org.my/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=4588\">Guidance</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2894,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.001125","Foreign investment in newspapers for national distribution may not exceed a total of 49% of equity.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\nq) Printing and publication of newspapers for exclusive circulation in the national territory; [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1236,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.045","Foreign invested enterprises are not allowed own or possess land. They can only obtain land use rights for specific purposes, terms and conditions set forth in this Law and the Government shall set the relevant term/duration. ","\"Article 5. Land Owners \n5.1. Any land other than that granted for ownership to citizens of Mongolia shall be the state property. \n5.2. Land, excluding pastureland, land for common tenure and land for the state special state needs, may be given for ownership to citizens of Mongolia only. \n5.3. Issues related to giving land for ownership to citizens of Mongolia shall be regulated by the relevant law.\nArticle 6. Land Possessors and Land Users\n6.1. Mongolian citizens of 18 years and over (hereinafter referred to as \"citizens\"), companies and organizations may possess or use land in compliance with this law. \n6.2. Unless otherwise provided in law, following land, shall be used for common purpose under relevant government agency’s control and regulation: \n6.2.1. pasturelands, water points in pasturelands, wells and salt licks; \n6.2.2. public tenure lands in cities, villages and other settlements; \n6.2.3. land under roads and networks; \n6.2.4. lands with forest resources; \n6.2.5. lands with water resources. \n6.3. Foreign countries, international organizations, foreign legal entities, entities with foreign investment, foreign citizens and stateless persons may become users of land for a specific purpose and period of time subject to contract conditions and in compliance with the law. \n6.4. Those plots of land developed as attachment of the main building in compliance to building requirements for inhabitants and owners of apartment building, such as green grass, trees, bush and vegetation, children’s playground, shade erections, pedestrian path and automobile roads and parking space can be \n[...]\nArticle 17. The power of the State Ikh Khural \n17.1. The State Ikh Khural shall have the following power with respect to land issues: \n17.1.1. to formulate the unified state policy on land issues; \n17.1.2. to make decisions on giving land for use to foreign countries, international organizations and foreign legal entities under lease and concession agreements for a certain period of time; \n17.1.3. to take land for the state special needs for the purposes referred to in provisions 16.1.2-16.1.4 and 16.1.9 of this law or to release it from special state needs and to determine the size and boundaries of these areas; \n17.1.4. to determine size and location of land for implementation of regional international projects and events. \n[...]\nArticle 30.Duration of Land Possession\n30.1.The state-owned land may be given possession to Mongolian citizens, economic entities and organizations for duration of 15 to 60 years. The land possession certificate may be extended for not longer than 40 years at a time.\n[...]\nArticle 44. Giving Land for Use \n44.1. The issue of giving land for use to foreign countries, international organizations and foreign legal entities shall be dealt in compliance with provisions 17.1.2 and 18.1.6 of this Law. \n44.2. The principle of reciprocity shall be applied if it is necessary to establishing the size of land and the amount of fees for land to be used by foreign diplomatic missions and consulates, as well as resident offices of international organizations. \n44.3. Terms and procedures for use of land by foreign diplomatic missions and consulates, as well as resident representatives’ offices of international \norganizations shall be settled by international treaties of Mongolia.\n44.4. Governors of relevant levels shall make decision on giving land for use to foreign citizens and stateless persons permanently residing in Mongolia (for more than 183 days) through land auctions for household needs only. \n44.5. Foreign invested economic entities can use land for specific purposes, terms and conditions set forth in this Law and the Government shall set the relevant term/duration. \n44.6. Citizens referred to in provision 44.4 of this Law may be given land for use not exceeding 0,05 ha for a residential lot, and not exceeding 0,1 ha for cultivating vegetables, fruits and berries. Land may be given for use for up to 5 years on a contract. Land use contract may be extended by up to 5 years at a time. \n44.7. Foreign citizens and stateless persons shall obtain a certification from the relevant authority in charge of foreign citizens' issues before submitting their requests for land use. \n44.8. Procedures of provisions 32, 33.1.2, 33.2, 34.1-34.5, 34.6.1-34.6.8, 34.6.10, 34.6.11 and 34.7-34.10 of this Law shall be followed in making requests for land use, reviewing requests and making decisions on the requests, determining contents of land use contracts, and concluding such contracts. \n44.9. Contracts of land possession and utilization will be terminated for Mongolian citizens, economic entities and organizations that gave the land for utilization to foreign citizens, stateless persons and legal persons without prior approval from the authorized organization, and shall  bear compensation for damages deriving from the land utilization.  [LAW OF MONGOLIA ON LAND, 1 January, 2003]","LAW OF MONGOLIA ON LAND (revised version), 1 January 2003","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16231470738171\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2321,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0006","Investors in PPPs, large-scale projects and business concessions are required (i) to sell between 5% and 20% of the equity capital to Mozambican investors within 5 years from the start of operations, and (ii) to ensure the participation of Mozambican public or private legal entities in the capital of the venture/consortium, under the terms that the parties negotiate and agree on, without prejudice to the point (i).","\"Article 2\n(Object)\n1. The purpose of this Law is to establish the guidelines for the process of contracting, implementing and monitoring public-private partnership ventures, large-scale projects and business concessions.\n2. For the purposes of this Law, it constitutes:\na) public-private partnership, abbreviated as PPP, the enterprise in an area of public domain, excluding mineral and petroleum resources, or in an area of public service provision, in which, by contract and under financing, in whole or in part of the private partner, the latter undertakes, vis-à-vis the partner\npublic, to carry out the necessary investment and explore the respective activity, for the efficient provision of services or goods that the State is responsible for guaranteeing their availability to users.\nb) Large-scale project, abbreviated as PGD, the investment venture authorized or contracted by the Government, whose value exceeds, with reference to the date of 1 January\n2009, in the amount of 12,500,000,000.00MT (twelve thousand five hundred million meticais);\nc) Business concession, abbreviated as EC, the enterprise whose object is the prospecting, exploration, extraction and/or exploitation of natural resources or other national resources or heritage assets, carried out under the terms of the respective contract or other form of securitization of the rights granted by the Government within the scope of this undertaking.\n[...]\nArticle 33\n(Financial benefits)\n1. The financial benefits of the PPP, PGD and EC undertaking, for the Country, must be expressly included in the contract to be signed between the contracting party and the contracted party, namely:\na) the participation reserved for sale, via the stock market in favor of economic inclusion in commercial market terms, preferably of Mozambican individuals, in the capital of the venture or in the capital of the consortium, whether or not foreign investment is involved, guaranteed through:\n(i) from the State or another public entity indicated by it, in a percentage not lower than 5% nor higher than 20% of said capital; or\n(ii) of the entity implementing the project, of the same level of participation for its unconditional sale, under the same terms and conditions set forth in sub-item (i) above.\nb) the opportunity for Mozambican public or private legal entities to participate in the capital of the venture or in the capital of the consortium, under the terms that the parties negotiate and agree on, without prejudice to the provisions of (i) and (ii) of subparagraph a) above.\n[...]\nANNEX - GLOSSARY\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by:\n(THE) [...]\nPublic domain area - any area of natural resources or potential or activity whose property is reserved, on an exclusive basis, for the State, under the terms of the Constitution of the Republic, namely the areas of natural resources existing in the soil, subsoil, waters inland, territorial sea, continental maritime platform, exclusive economic zones, as well as roads and bridges, railways, ports and airports, energy and hydraulic potential, airspace and the telecommunications spectrum and other assets classified as such by law, in the territory of the Republic of Mozambique.[...]\" (Law No. 15/2011 establishing the guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions. [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"CHAPTER VI - Benefit sharing\nSECTION I - Financial benefits\nARTICLE 64\n(Participation of natural persons)\n1. The economic inclusion in each PPP, PGD and EC undertaking through the participation of 5% to 20% reserved for sale, through the stock market, preferably for Mozambican individuals in the share capital of the contractor or implementing entity or in the capital of the consortium, must be ensured, giving priority to the offer of shares of the aforementioned capital of the venture, under the terms provided for in subparagraph a) of paragraph 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August, and whose par value per share must be of an affordable amount for its acquisition by the majority of the Mozambican population with limited economic means.\n2. The size of the shareholding reserved for sale to individuals, up to a maximum of 20% of the share capital of the enterprise or the respective consortium, which must be guaranteed by the State or another public entity or by the implementing entity itself or under the terms in that they agree and to be explained in the contract, depends on the real purchasing capacity of its recipients, in the terms established in the previous number and in the following paragraphs 3 to 5.\n3. The sale of the participation referred to in paragraphs 1 to 2 of this article must take place in a phased manner and, at the latest, up to the fifth year from the start of operation of the enterprise, using to the banking network services throughout the Mozambican territory and ensuring the national dispersion of the sale of shares of the share capital in sale in favor of the economic inclusion of Mozambicans in each PPP, PGD and EC undertaking.\n4. The reference price for the sale, pursuant to paragraphs 1 to 3 of this article, of shares in venture or consortium capital not listed on the Stock Exchange must be determined by an independent entity selected through a tender.\n5. The provisions of paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of this article also apply in cases where the participation reserved for sale in favor of economic inclusion is guaranteed by the entity implementing the undertaking under the terms set out in subparagraph (ii) ) of paragraph a) of no. 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August.\nARTICLE 65\n(Participation of legal persons)\n1. The opportunity for Mozambican public or private legal entities to participate in PPP, PGD and EC undertakings, pursuant to subparagraph b) of paragraph 1 of article 33 of Law no. it can occur in any of the phases of the enterprise and in the terms in which the parties negotiate and agree.\n2. For the assignment of rights to exploit natural resources, the State reserves the right to negotiate a free participation, corresponding to at least 5% of the share capital, at any stage of the enterprise, pursuant to paragraph b) of no. 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August.[...]\" (Decree No. 16/2012 approving the Regulation on guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions.[google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment)","Law No. 15/2011 establishing the guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions. [google translation]\nDecree No. 16/2012 approving the Regulation on guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions.[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz165015.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz165016.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,526,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","L68X1","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.000225","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\nF Construction\n41 410 4100 Real estate development (development of building projects); construction of buildings 4100\n41001 Real estate development; p4100\nMicro and small real estate activity;\nConsultancy activity in the areas of civil construction, bridges, hydraulic works, small construction materials yards.\n[...]\nL Real estate activities\n68 Real estate activities\nReal estate activity of micro and small dimension.[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,544,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","M691","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000625","Only Namibian citizens, persons lawfully admitted to Namibia for permanent residence and that ordinarily reside in Namibia; or holder of an employment permit for the purpose of employment in the service of the State are eligible to practice the legal profession and be partners in a law firm. Permanent residence permits can only be granted to foreign nationals who are spouse, dependent, parent of a person permanently resident in Namibia who is able and undertakes in writing to maintain him or her. Foreign lawyers resident in a country declared as a reciprocating country may also be admitted by the Minister of Justice. The conditions subject to which such lawyers, once registered, may practise in Namibia have not yet been regulated. The Chief Justice or, in his or her absence, the Judge-President may grant, having regard to the complexity or special circumstances of a matter [exceptional basis], may grant a certificate authorising a lawyer who has special expertise relating to the matter to practice in Namibia in relation to the matter for which the certificate was granted.\nFor the purpose of the OECD FDI RR Index, it is assumed that, subject to reciprocity, foreign lawyers may be admitted and practice at par conditions with locally registered lawyers.\n\n","\"3. Admission of legal practitioners\nNo person shall be admitted and authorised to practise as a legal practitioner or be enrolled as such, except in accordance with the provisions of this Act.\n4. Persons qualified to be admitted as legal practitioners and application for admission\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Court shall admit and authorise to practise as a legal practitioner any person who, upon application made by him or her, satisfies the Court that he or she -\n(a) is a fit and proper person to be so admitted and authorised;\n(b) is duly qualified in accordance with the provisions of section 5; and\n(c) (i) is a Namibian citizen; or (ii) has been lawfully admitted to Namibia for permanent residence therein and is ordinarily resident in Namibia; or (iii) is the holder of an employment permit issued in terms of section 27 of the Immigration Control Act, 1993 (Act 7 of 1993) for the purpose of employment in the service of the State.\n[...]\n7. Juristic person may conduct a practice\n(1) A private company may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, conduct a practice if -\n(a) such company is incorporated and registered as a private company under the Companies Act, 1973 (Act 61 of 1973), with a share capital, and its memorandum of association provides that all present and past directors of the company shall be liable jointly and severally with the company for the debts and liabilities of the company contracted during their periods of office;[The Companies Act 61 of 1973 has been replaced by the Companies Act 28 of 2004.]\n(b) only natural persons who are legal practitioners and who are in possession of current fidelity fund certificates are members or shareholders of the company or persons having an interest in the shares of the company;\n(c) the name of the company consists solely of the name or names of any of the present or past members of the company or of persons who conducted, either on their own account or in partnership, any practice which may reasonably be regarded as a predecessor of the practice of the company: Provided that the words “and associates” or “and company” may be included in the name of the company.\n(2) Every shareholder of the company shall be a director of the company, and no person other than a shareholder of the company shall be a director thereof. \n[...]\n81. Regulations\n(1) The Minister, after consultation with the Board, may make regulations prescribing anything which in terms of Part I is to be prescribed or which the Minister considers it necessary or expedient to prescribe for the purposes of any provision of this Act.\n(2) The Minister may, after consultation with the Chief Justice, make regulations - [...]\n(b) specifying the conditions subject to which lawyers resident in a country declared as a reciprocating country under section 85(1) may be registered and the conditions subject to which such lawyers, once registered, may practise in Namibia;\n[...]\n85. Reciprocal arrangements and certificates of authorization to act in Namibia\n(1) Where the Minister is satisfied that the law of a foreign country permits the admission or authorization otherwise of legal practitioners resident in Namibia to practise law in that country, whether generally or in particular cases, the Minister may, after consultation with the Chief Justice and by notice in the Gazette, declare such country to be a reciprocating country for the purposes of this Act.\n(2) Where the Chief Justice or, in his or her absence, the Judge-President is satisfied that, having regard to the complexity or special circumstances of a matter, it is fair and reasonable for a person to obtain the services of a lawyer who has special expertise relating to the matter and that the lawyer is not resident in Namibia or a reciprocating country, he or she may, upon application made to him or her in that behalf, grant to such lawyer a certificate authorising him or her to act in Namibia in relation to that matter.\n(3) A certificate granted under subsection (2) shall be subject to the condition that the lawyer concerned shall not engage in the practising of law in Namibia except in relation to the matter for which the certificate was granted. [...]\n(5) A lawyer from a reciprocating country permitted to practise in Namibia in accordance with regulations made under section 81(2)(b) and a lawyer acting under a certificate granted under subsection (2), shall not be entitled to accept, receive or hold trust money.[...]\" (Legal Practitioners Act No 15 of 1995, as amended)\n-------------\n\"Part V – LIMITATION OF ENTRY INTO, AND RESIDENCE IN, NAMIBIA PERMANENT RESIDENCE PERMITS, EMPLOYMENT PERMITS, STUDENTS’ PERMITS AND VISITORS’ ENTRY PERMITS\n24. Limitation or entry into, and residence in, Namibia\nSubject to the provisions of section 35, no person shall -\n(a) enter or reside in Namibia with a view to permanent residence therein, unless such person is in possession of a permanent residence permit issued to him or her in terms of section 26; \n[...]\n26. Application for permanent residence permits [...]\n(3) The board may authorize the issue of a permit to enter and to be in Namibia for the purpose of permanent residence therein to the applicant and make the authorization subject to any condition the board may deem appropriate: Provided that the board shall not authorize the issue of such a permit unless the applicant satisfies the board that - [...]\n(g) he or she is the spouse or dependent child, or a destitute, aged or infirm parent of a person permanently resident in Namibia who is able and undertakes in writing to maintain him or her.[...]\" (Immigration Control Act No. 7 of 1993)","Legal Practitioners Act No 15 of 1995, as amended\nImmigration Control Act No. 7 of 1993","n/a","[<a href=\"https://namiblii.org/akn/na/act/1995/15/eng@2005-11-01\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1993-7-eng-1993-08-19.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,280,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","M691","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000625","Only Namibian citizens, persons lawfully admitted to Namibia for permanent residence and that ordinarily reside in Namibia; or holder of an employment permit for the purpose of employment in the service of the State are eligible to practice the legal profession and be partners in a law firm. Permanent residence permits can only be granted to foreign nationals who are spouse, dependent, parent of a person permanently resident in Namibia who is able and undertakes in writing to maintain him or her. Foreign lawyers resident in a country declared as a reciprocating country may also be admitted by the Minister of Justice. The conditions subject to which such lawyers, once registered, may practise in Namibia have not yet been regulated. The Chief Justice or, in his or her absence, the Judge-President may grant, having regard to the complexity or special circumstances of a matter [exceptional basis], may grant a certificate authorising a lawyer who has special expertise relating to the matter to practice in Namibia in relation to the matter for which the certificate was granted.\nFor the purpose of the OECD FDI RR Index, it is assumed that, subject to reciprocity, foreign lawyers may be admitted and practice at par conditions with locally registered lawyers.\n\n","\"3. Admission of legal practitioners\nNo person shall be admitted and authorised to practise as a legal practitioner or be enrolled as such, except in accordance with the provisions of this Act.\n4. Persons qualified to be admitted as legal practitioners and application for admission\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Court shall admit and authorise to practise as a legal practitioner any person who, upon application made by him or her, satisfies the Court that he or she -\n(a) is a fit and proper person to be so admitted and authorised;\n(b) is duly qualified in accordance with the provisions of section 5; and\n(c) (i) is a Namibian citizen; or (ii) has been lawfully admitted to Namibia for permanent residence therein and is ordinarily resident in Namibia; or (iii) is the holder of an employment permit issued in terms of section 27 of the Immigration Control Act, 1993 (Act 7 of 1993) for the purpose of employment in the service of the State.\n[...]\n7. Juristic person may conduct a practice\n(1) A private company may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, conduct a practice if -\n(a) such company is incorporated and registered as a private company under the Companies Act, 1973 (Act 61 of 1973), with a share capital, and its memorandum of association provides that all present and past directors of the company shall be liable jointly and severally with the company for the debts and liabilities of the company contracted during their periods of office;[The Companies Act 61 of 1973 has been replaced by the Companies Act 28 of 2004.]\n(b) only natural persons who are legal practitioners and who are in possession of current fidelity fund certificates are members or shareholders of the company or persons having an interest in the shares of the company;\n(c) the name of the company consists solely of the name or names of any of the present or past members of the company or of persons who conducted, either on their own account or in partnership, any practice which may reasonably be regarded as a predecessor of the practice of the company: Provided that the words “and associates” or “and company” may be included in the name of the company.\n(2) Every shareholder of the company shall be a director of the company, and no person other than a shareholder of the company shall be a director thereof. \n[...]\n81. Regulations\n(1) The Minister, after consultation with the Board, may make regulations prescribing anything which in terms of Part I is to be prescribed or which the Minister considers it necessary or expedient to prescribe for the purposes of any provision of this Act.\n(2) The Minister may, after consultation with the Chief Justice, make regulations - [...]\n(b) specifying the conditions subject to which lawyers resident in a country declared as a reciprocating country under section 85(1) may be registered and the conditions subject to which such lawyers, once registered, may practise in Namibia;\n[...]\n85. Reciprocal arrangements and certificates of authorization to act in Namibia\n(1) Where the Minister is satisfied that the law of a foreign country permits the admission or authorization otherwise of legal practitioners resident in Namibia to practise law in that country, whether generally or in particular cases, the Minister may, after consultation with the Chief Justice and by notice in the Gazette, declare such country to be a reciprocating country for the purposes of this Act.\n(2) Where the Chief Justice or, in his or her absence, the Judge-President is satisfied that, having regard to the complexity or special circumstances of a matter, it is fair and reasonable for a person to obtain the services of a lawyer who has special expertise relating to the matter and that the lawyer is not resident in Namibia or a reciprocating country, he or she may, upon application made to him or her in that behalf, grant to such lawyer a certificate authorising him or her to act in Namibia in relation to that matter.\n(3) A certificate granted under subsection (2) shall be subject to the condition that the lawyer concerned shall not engage in the practising of law in Namibia except in relation to the matter for which the certificate was granted. [...]\n(5) A lawyer from a reciprocating country permitted to practise in Namibia in accordance with regulations made under section 81(2)(b) and a lawyer acting under a certificate granted under subsection (2), shall not be entitled to accept, receive or hold trust money.[...]\" (Legal Practitioners Act No 15 of 1995, as amended)\n-------------\n\"Part V – LIMITATION OF ENTRY INTO, AND RESIDENCE IN, NAMIBIA PERMANENT RESIDENCE PERMITS, EMPLOYMENT PERMITS, STUDENTS’ PERMITS AND VISITORS’ ENTRY PERMITS\n24. Limitation or entry into, and residence in, Namibia\nSubject to the provisions of section 35, no person shall -\n(a) enter or reside in Namibia with a view to permanent residence therein, unless such person is in possession of a permanent residence permit issued to him or her in terms of section 26; \n[...]\n26. Application for permanent residence permits [...]\n(3) The board may authorize the issue of a permit to enter and to be in Namibia for the purpose of permanent residence therein to the applicant and make the authorization subject to any condition the board may deem appropriate: Provided that the board shall not authorize the issue of such a permit unless the applicant satisfies the board that - [...]\n(g) he or she is the spouse or dependent child, or a destitute, aged or infirm parent of a person permanently resident in Namibia who is able and undertakes in writing to maintain him or her.[...]\" (Immigration Control Act No. 7 of 1993)","Legal Practitioners Act No 15 of 1995, as amended\nImmigration Control Act No. 7 of 1993","n/a","[<a href=\"https://namiblii.org/akn/na/act/1995/15/eng@2005-11-01\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1993-7-eng-1993-08-19.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,280,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00625","The Law on the legal Profession does not provide for the legal personality of law firms. Instead, it makes reference to law being a freelance profession and that only registerd Palestinian lawyers or Arab-licensed lawyers may provide such services. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed the constitution of a law firm (legal person) for the provision of legal is not permitted, and therefore the restriction on the practice of the profession by non-Palestinian citizens inviably imposes a restriction for foreign participation in the sector.","\"Chapter Two - Legal Practice\n Article 2\nLaw is a freelance profession that shares with the judicial power the embodiment of rule of law and guarantees peoples' rights and liberty.\nOnly lawyers can practice this profession. They shall practice it independently without subjection to any power except the power of law an their conscience.\nThe legal practice includes:\n1. Accepts powers of attorney as plaintiff for rights and the defense thereof before:\nA- all courts regardless of their type and instance. \nB- arbitrators and the prosecution general.\nC- official entities and the public and private institutions.\n2. Contracting and measures related thereto.\n3. providing legal advice.\nChapter Three - Terms of Registration in the Lawyers Registry\nArticle 3\n1. To be registered, lawyers must fulfill the following terms:\n2. Be of Palestinian citizenship.\n3. Hold a degree in law from a Palestinian university or the equivalent thereof from any other university in accordance to the provisions of the law.\n4. Be resident in Palestine.\n[...]\nArticle 4\n1-     Any Arab lawyer who is a permanent resident in Palestine and is registered in the Lawyers Registry of any Arab Bar Association has the right to request registration in the Palestinian Bar when there is reciprocity.\n2-     Any Arab lawyer member in any bar, shall have the right to co-plea with any registered Palestinian lawyer before courts in a specific case pursuant to a permit issued by the Board or the Chair of the Bar Association - if the Board is not convened for whatever reason – after verification of the status of the lawyer requesting the right to plea, provided that there is reciprocity.\" (Law No. (3) for the Year 1999 On Regulating Legal Practice)","Law No. (3) for the Year 1999 On Regulating Legal Practice","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/en/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?LegPath=1999&MID=13210 \">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2085,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","B","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.00175","The Constitution requires the use of local scientific and technical resources (local content requirement) in the case of agreements with foreign-owned companies (limited to 40% foreign ownership) allowing them to exploit mineral resources.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity [...]\n6. Small-scale mining (Sec. 3 of R.A. 7076)\n[...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\nExploration, development and utilization of natural resources (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)7 [7  Full foreign participation is allowed through financial or technical assistance agreement entered into with the President (Art. XII, Sec. 2 of the Constitution)][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. All lands of the public domain, waters, minerals, coal, petroleum, and other mineral oils, all forces of potential energy, fisheries, forests or timber, wildlife, flora and fauna, and other natural resources are owned by the State. With the exception of agricultural lands, all other natural resources shall not be alienated. The exploration, development, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State. The State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture, or production-sharing agreements with Filipino citizens, or corporations or associations at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens. Such agreements may be for a period not exceeding twenty-five years, renewable for not more than twenty-five years, and under such terms and conditions as may be provided by law. [...] The President may enter into agreements with foreign-owned corporations involving either technical or financial assistance for large-scale exploration, development, and utilization of minerals, petroleum, and other mineral oils according to the general terms and conditions provided by law, based on real contributions to the economic growth and general welfare of the country. In such agreements, the State shall promote the development and use of local scientific and technical resources. \" (Art XII, Section 2 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n ----------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definitions. – For purposes of this Act, the following terms shall be defined as follows: [...]\n(b) “Small-scale mining” refers to mining activities which rely heavily on manual labor using simple implement and methods and do not use explosives or heavy mining equipment;[...]\" (REPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Sec 2 of the Constitution\nREPUBLIC ACT NO. 7076, June 27, 1991","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dayananconsulting.com/republic-act-7076/\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2352,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","M692X2","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","Certified accountants must hold at least 51% of the share capital and respective voting rights of accounting firms. Non-EU nationals can only register with the Order of Certified Accountants subject to reciprocity.","\"Article 9 - Professional title and practice of the profession\n1 - Professionals registered with the Order are designated as certified accountants, under the terms of these Statutes, being assigned, exclusively, the use of that professional title, as well as the exercise of the respective profession.\n2 - They are also certified accountants, after registration with the Order and for the purposes set out in the previous number:\na) Professionals who are nationals of Member States of the European Union and the European Economic Area, who obtain recognition of their respective professional qualifications, pursuant to Law No. 9/2009, of March 4, amended by Laws no. 41/2012, of August 28, and 25/2014, of May 2, pursuant to these Bylaws;\nb) Professionals who have obtained the qualifications outside Portugal, under reciprocal conditions, provided that they obtain the same qualifications as necessary and meet the other requirements for registration, under the terms provided for in this Statute and in other legislation in force.\n[...]\nArticle 16 - registration conditions\n1 - The general conditions for registration as a certified accountant are: [...]\n4 - Non-European Union citizens who are domiciled in Portugal and who meet the other conditions required in paragraph 1 are allowed to register, provided that there is reciprocal treatment by their country of origin, and the requirements may be required of the next issue.\n[...]\nArticle 116 - Legal nature and types\n1 - Professional companies of certified accountants are civil companies, endowed with legal personality, and may adopt the legal types provided for in the Commercial Companies Code or others legally provided for.\n2 - The share capital and respective voting rights of professional companies of certified accountants are held in at least 51% by certified accountants, and the management or administrative bodies of said companies must be integrated in at least 51% of certified accountants.[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 452/99 (1999-11-05), as amended by Law No. 139/2015 (2015-09-07), Articles 9, 16 and 116 [google translation])","Decree-Law No. 452/99 (1999-11-05), as amended by Law No. 139/2015 (2015-09-07), Articles 9, 16 and 116","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dre.pt/dre/legislacao-consolidada/decreto-lei/1999-185970002\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,936,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","F42","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0075","Foreign investment in certain construction-related activities (e.g. EPC contracts) is subjet to joint venture with a Saudi partner. Minimum 25% of Saudi shareholding participation is required. ","\"Article 2\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws and agreements, the authority shall issue a license for foreign capital investment in any investment activity in the Kingdom, whether permanent or temporary. [...] If the authority rejects the application within the prescribed period, the decision must be justified, and the party whose application has been rejected shall have the right to appeal such decision according to laws. [...]\nArticle 4\nSubject to the provisions of Article 2, the foreign investor may obtain more than one license for different activities, and the regulation shall specify the necessary requirements.\nArticle 5\nForeign investments licensed under the provisions of this Law may be in either of the two following forms: -Firms owned by a national and foreign investor; -Firms wholly owned by a foreign investor. The legal form of the firm shall be determined in accordance with Regulation and directives. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019) [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)\n--------------------------\n\"11.03 Types of Licenses, Minimum Capital Requirement and Percentage of Saudi Partnership [...]\n8. Management of Construction projects, detailed engineering design and EPC contracts: Minimum Saudi Participation (%): 25% [...]\" (Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2268,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SRB","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.000166667","The new Law on the Capital Market, in force since 5 January 2022 and applicable from 6 January 2023, allows the establishment of third-country (non-Serbian and non-EU) firms for the provision of any investment services or the performance of investment activities with or without any ancillary services in the territory of Serbia. However, the relevant articles providing for the provision of investment services through branches will only enter into force from the day of the Republic's accession to the EU (see Art. 418)",{"$cut":{"chars":18145,"head":"\"I. BASIC PROVISIONS\nPurpose and subject of editing\nArticle 1.\nThis law regulates:\n1) granting permission and conditions for carrying out activities of investment companies, market organizers, data delivery service providers and other capital market participants;\n2) conditions for public offering of securities and inclusion of securities in trading on the regulated market;\n3) regulated market, multilateral trading platform, organized trading platform and OTC markets in the Republic of Serbia;\n[...]\nThis law applies to:\n1) investment companies;\n2) market organizers;\n3) data delivery service providers;\n4) foreign companies that provide investment services or perform investment activities through a branch established in the Republic of Serbia (hereinafter: the Republic);\n5) credit institutions that have received a license in accordance with the law regulating banks, i.e. in accordance with the law regulating credit institutions.\nInvestment services and activities from Article 2, paragraph 1, item 2) and 3) of this law in the Republic may perform:\n1) an investment company that received the Commission's permission in accordance with this law;\n2) a credit institution established in accordance with the law governing banks, that is, in accordance with the law governing credit institutions, and which received the Commission's permission in accordance with this law;\n3) a branch of an investment company from a third country that has received the Commission's permission to provide investment services and activities from paragraph 1 of this article through a branch.\nTo credit institutions of member states of the European Union (hereinafter referred to as the EU) that have received a license to operate in accordance with the law governing the performance of activities of credit institutions and prudential supervision of credit institutions, when providing one or more investment services and/or performing investment activities the following provisions of this law apply: \n[...]\nVI REGULATED MARKETS\nMarket Operators\nArticle 106 Only a market operator headquartered in the Republic may operate a regulated market in the Republic (hereinafter: stock exchange), provided that it is authorized by the compliance with this Law and the Commission regulations. Commission, in The market operator is a legal person incorporated as a joint stock company in compliance with the law governing companies, unless otherwise provided by this Law.\n[...]\nVIII. INVESTMENT COMPANIES\nConditions for obtaining a permit, establishment\nArticle 148.\nThe provision of investment services and/or the professional performance of investment activities as a regular activity or business can only be performed by an investment company that has received a permit from the Commission to perform the activities of an investment company.\nAs an exception to paragraph 1 of this article, the Commission issues a license to each market organizer to manage MTP or OTP, where it is necessary to check its compliance with this chapter beforehand.\nEvery investment company must be organized as a joint-stock company and the provisions of the law governing commercial companies are applied to it, unless otherwise specified by this law.\nEvery investment company with a registered seat in the Republic must have an actual seat in the Republic.\n[...]\nFreedom to provide investment services and perform investment activities\nArticle 198\nInvestment companies licensed and supervised by competent authorities of other member states in accordance with EU regulations on financial instrument markets and credit institutions in accordance with EU regulations on access to the activities of credit institutions and prudential supervision of credit institutions may freely provide investment services and/or to perform investment activities and additional services on the territory of the Republic, provided that their license provides for these services and activities, and in the case of credit institutions - under the conditions prescribed by the law governing credit institutions in the Republic. Additional services may on"}},"Law on Capital Market, Adopted 28 December 2021, in force since 05 January 2022\nLaw on Capital Market, No. 31 of May 9, 2011, last amended 21 December 2020 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.rs/index.php/en/regulations/legislation/laws/7492-law-on-the-capital-market-2021/viewdocument\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://reg.pravno-informacioni-sistem.rs/api/viewdoc?uuid=456bb2dc-c06f-4ea0-b742-733082eb9cf4&regactid=431321&doctype=reg\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3689,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0045","The Broadcasting Act limits foreign interests in a broadcasting company to 49%.\n[Obs.: For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the Ministerial approval requirement, which apparently may grant foreign investors with the right to hold more than 49% of the voting capital of a broadcasting firm, is considered to be rather the exception than a recurrent policy of the government, i.e. the primary policy is assumed to be the equity restriction, and only in exceptional occasions, the Minister may authorise otherwise].","\"PART X - OWNERSHIP AND CONTROL OF BROADCASTING COMPANIES [...]\nBroadcasting company owned by foreign source\n44.—(1)  A company must not, unless the Minister otherwise approves, be granted or hold a relevant licence if the Minister is satisfied that —\n(a) any foreign source, alone or together with one or more other foreign sources —\n(i) holds at least 49% of the shares in the company or its holding company; or\n(ii) is in a position to control voting power of at least 49% in the company or its holding company; or\n(b) all or a majority of the persons having the direction, control or management of the company or its holding company are —\n(i) appointed by; or\n(ii) accustomed or under an obligation, whether formal or informal, to act in accordance with the directions, instructions or wishes of,\nany foreign source, whether acting alone or together with one or more other foreign sources.[...]\" (Broadcasting Act, 1994, Chapter 28, Sec. 44, last amended 01 April 2022)","Broadcasting Act, 1994, Chapter 28, Sec. 44, last amended 01 April 2022","n/a","[<a href=\"https://sso.agc.gov.sg/Act/BA1994\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1890,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZAF","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0005625","Before 2018, Insurance companies must be registered as South African public companies and have their head office in South Africa. Branches of foreign insurers are not allowed. As of 1 July 2018, conduction of insurance business via a branch is allowed for foreign reinsurers only. Others remain subject to a local incorporation requirement.","\"Definitions\n1. (1) In this Act, unless the context indicates otherwise—[…]\n‘‘branch of a foreign reinsurer’’ means an operating entity of a foreign reinsurer that is not a legal entity separate from the foreign reinsurer;[…]\n‘‘foreign branch of an insurer’’means an operating entity of an insurer that is part of the insurer in terms of its organisation and is not a legal entity separate from the insurer, but is established outside of the Republic;\n‘‘foreign reinsurer’’ means an institution authorised and supervised by a regulatory authority to perform business similar to reinsurance business as defined in this Act under the laws of a country other than the Republic;\n[...]\nPart 3 -  Branches of foreign reinsurers and Lloyd’s underwriters\nConducting of insurance business by branches of foreign reinsurers and Lloyd’s underwriters\n6. (1) A foreign reinsurer may conduct insurance business in the Republic through a branch of that foreign reinsurer if the foreign reinsurer— (a) is granted a licence under Chapter 4; (b) establishes a representative office in the Republic in accordance with Chapter 5; and (c) establishes a trust in the Republic in accordance with Chapter 6.\n[...]\nRequirements for licence\n22. (1) In order to qualify for licensing as an insurer—\n(a) a person—\n(i) in the case of a person that intends to conduct microinsurance business only, must be a profit company or a non-profit company registered under the Companies Act, or a co-operative registered under the Co-operatives Act;\n(ii) in the case of a person that intends to conduct reinsurance business only, must be a public company or state-owned company registered under the Companies Act, a co-operative registered under the Co-operatives Act or a branch of a foreign reinsurer; and \n(iii) in any other case, subject to section 70, must be a public company or state-owned company registered under the Companies Act, or a co-operative registered under the Co-operatives Act; [...]\" (Insurance Act No 18 of 2017, as amended)","Insurance Act No 18 of 2017, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.resbank.co.za/en/home/publications/publication-detail-pages/prudential-authority/pa-post-insurance/act/2018/8571\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,651,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","A01","_O","IV91","IX",2021,"0.0125","Generally, a foreign investor may not own land, but may lease land for a period of up to 99 years, renewable.  However, in the case of agricultural and forestry  land, a foreign investor may only lease such lands for up to 30 and 60 years, respectively. These can be renewed upon mutual consent by the parties.","\"Section 4. Interpretations\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires the following words and expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them- [...]\n\"Foreign company\" means a company as defined by the Southern Sudan Investment law. [...]\n\"Land\" means all land-based natural resources, including urban land, rural land, forest land, pastureland, swampland, floodplains, flora, and local fishing grounds, and lands under which subterranean resources exist, but not those subterranean resources themselves.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II: LAND OWNERSHIP [...]\nSection 7. Ownership and Tenure System\n(1) All land in Southern Sudan is owned by the people of Southern Sudan and its usage shall be regulated by the Government. \n(2) Land may be acquired, held and transacted through the following tenure systems:-\na) Customary; b) Freehold; and c) Leasehold.\n[...]\nSection 9. Classification of Land: \nAll land in Southern Sudan shall be classified as public, community or private land.\n[...]\nSection 12. Private Land\nPrivate land includes:(1) any registered land held by any person under a freehold tenure; or (2) land held by any person under leasehold tenure; or (3) any other land that may be declared private land by law.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: RIGHTS TO LAND [...]\nSection 14. Rights of Non-Citizens to Land\nSubject to the provisions of section 16 of this Act, individual or collective foreign entities may acquire leasehold or other interest in Land for a specified period and not freehold in land in Southern Sudan, for residential or investment purposes or for any other reasons in conformity with the interest of the people of Southern Sudan and in accordance with the provisions of the Investment law or any other Law. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VI DERIVATIVE RIGHTS TO LAND\nSection 18. Lease \n(1) Any person owning land in Southern Sudan may lease this right to another person or persons for a fixed period of time in accordance with the provisions of this Act. \n(2) The contract of lease shall not be more than 99 years.\n(3) Unless otherwise provided for in this Act or any other law, the provisions of subsection (1) above, shall apply to all leases including those governed by customary law and any other law. \nSection 19. Long Term Lease \n(1) A long term lease is a lease for more than one year and such a lease shall be in a written form. \n(2) A long term lease shall not exceed 99 years, and any lease for more than 99 years shall be considered a lease for 99 years with in the meaning of this section.[...]\" (Land Act, 2009, Sections 7, 14 and 27)\n---------------\n\"Article 5. Definitions\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall carry the meanings assigned to them — [...]\n\"domestic business organization\" means a business organization that is owned by the national; [...]\n\"foreign direct investment\" means an investment where the investor is not a national as defined in this Act and has majority shares, financing, managerial, administrative and technical personnel in an enterprise;\n\"foreign investor\" means any natural or juridical person who is a resident or a citizen of a foreign county, any legal entity that was founded and registered under the law of a foreign country or was founded under the law applicable in Southern Sudan with a legal address or principal place of business in a foreign country; [...]\n\"national\" mean any citizen of Southern Sudan or any company, partnership, association or body, whether corporate or non corporate in which the majority capital or financial interest is owned by citizens of Southern Sudan and includes a statutory corporation;\n[...]\nSecond schedule. Benefits and incentives [...]\n3. Access to Land for Investment\nThe Government of Southern Sudan and the Local Authorities shall provide land for investment in any of the priority areas mentioned in First Schedule. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the law, the following conditions shall be deemed included in the decisions on investment in the priority areas listed in the First Schedule:\na. general investments in agriculture - other than forestry and paper wood - shall not exceed 30 years for a foreign investor subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nb. a foreign investor who wishes to invest in plantation forestry and depending on periods of harvest, shall not exceed 60 years subject to renewal by mutual consent by the parties;\nc. quarrying shall not exceed the life of the quarry and, subject to renewal of license, renegotiate favorable terms with the ministry concerned; and\nd. mining shall not exceed the lifespan of the mine, as defined in a concession agreement and subject to renewal of the license through favorable terms between the parties.[...]\" (Investment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3)","Land Act of 2009, \nInvestment Promotion Act, 2009, Second Schedule, Section 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Land-Act-2009.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Investment-Promotion-Act-2009.pdf \">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3721,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","L68X2","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.00225","Until the entry into force of the new Housing Code of 2022, only citizens had the right to obtain land for the construction of residential property and to be beneficiaries of privatised residential real estate. Legal entities were not entitled to hold residential property. This has change with the the new Housing Code of 2022. Legal entities established in Tajiskistan are now entitled to hold residential property. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the previous was assumed not discriminatory towards foreign-owned juridical persons, only foreign natural persons. For other types of real estate, except land, there were no other restriction. Foreign legal entities were allowed to buy and sell buildings and structures as locally incorporated companies. ","\"SECTION I. GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nPrivatization of housing is carried out by free transfer or sale into the ownership of citizens on a voluntary basis of the premises they occupy in the state housing fund.\nSection 2.\nCitizens occupying residential premises in the houses of the state housing fund under a lease or rental agreement shall have the right, with the consent of all cohabiting adult family members, to acquire these premises in the property under the conditions provided for by this Law and other regulatory acts of the Republic of Tajikistan.\nSection 3.\nCitizens who become owners of residential premises own, use, dispose of them in accordance with applicable law and have the right to sell, give, bequeath, lease, and make other transactions with them that do not contradict the current legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n[...]\nSection 17.\nThe housing fund managed by enterprises and organizations, or transferred to operational management by institutions, in case of privatization of these enterprises, institutions and organizations shall be privatized together with them under the conditions established by this Law, or transferred to the appropriate executive authority (hukumat) in whose territory is. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of November 4, 1995 No. 114 \"On Privatization of the Housing Fund of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translated])\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 8. CONSTRUCTION OF PRIVATE HOUSING\nArticle 56. The right of citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan to build private housing\n1. Citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan have the right to build a private residential building on a plot of land allocated in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan for these purposes.\n2. The right of citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan to build housing is ensured by the development and protection by the state of the existing individual housing stock, the promotion of individual housing construction, and the fair distribution of land on the basis of the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan. [...]\" (Code of the Republic of Tajikistan dated December 28, 2012, No. 933 \"Town Planning Code of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translated])\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 2. RESIDENTIAL PREMISES AND HOUSING STOCK\nArticle 8. Residential premises and its types\nResidential premises include: 1) a residential building, part of a residential building; 2) an apartment in an apartment building, part of an apartment; 3) room.\nArticle 9. Purpose and use of residential premises\n1. Residential premises are intended for the residence of citizens.\n2. The use of residential premises is carried out in compliance with the rights and legitimate interests of citizens, sanitary and hygienic, environmental, architectural and urban planning, fire safety and other requirements stipulated by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan. Standard rules for the use of residential premises are approved by the authorized state body in the housing sector.\n3. The use of residential premises or part thereof for the implementation of professional activities or individual entrepreneurial activities by citizens residing therein is permitted with the consent of the owner and residents of this premises, if this does not violate the rights and legitimate interests of other citizens, as well as the requirements that the residential premises must meet.\n4. Placement of industrial production facilities in residential premises is prohibited\n[...]\nArticle 10. Types of housing stock\n1. The housing stock, depending on the form of ownership, is divided into: 1) state housing stock; 2) private housing stock.\n2. The state housing stock consists of the republican, municipal housing stock and the housing stock of self-government bodies of settlements and villages.\n3. The private housing stock consists of residential premises owned by citizens or non-governmental legal entities or their associations.\n[...]\nArticle 19. Ownership rights to a constructed residential building or apartment building\n1. The construction of a residential or multi-apartment building is carried out by citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan, legal entities, local executive bodies of state power, self-government bodies of settlements and villages in the manner established by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n2. The right of ownership to a constructed residential building or apartment building belongs, respectively, to a citizen of the Republic of Tajikistan, legal entities, a state body, and self-government bodies of settlements and villages, at whose expense the financing of the construction of a residential building or apartment building was carried out.\n3. When financing the construction of a residential building or apartment building through the shared participation of citizens, legal entities, government agencies, and self-government bodies of settlements and villages, they acquire the right of ownership of residential premises in such residential premises in proportion to their share of participation, unless otherwise provided by law or by agreement of the parties.\n[...]\nArticle 115. Residential Lease Agreement\n1. Under a residential lease agreement, one party - the owner of the residential premises or a person authorized by him (the lessor) undertakes to provide the other party - a citizen (the lessee) with residential premises for possession and use for living, for a fee.\n2. A legal entity uses residential premises only for living. [...]\" (Housing code of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 18, 2022 No. 1852 [google translation])\n----------------------------\nPrevious Housing Code\n----------------------------\n\"SECTION 1. GENERAL\nArticle 1. The right of citizens of Tajikistan to housing\nIn accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Tajikistan, every citizen has the right to housing.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Housing Fund\nThe housing fund is comprised of residential buildings, residential premises located on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan, as well as other buildings credited to the housing fund after they are accepted for operation and legal registration in the manner prescribed by the Law.\nThe non-residential premises in residential buildings intended for commercial, domestic and other non-industrial needs are not included in the housing stock.\nArticle 5. Types of housing stock\nHousing fund includes:\n1. State housing fund - residential buildings and premises in buildings owned by the state.\n2. Public housing fund - residential buildings and premises in buildings owned by collective farms, cooperative organizations, associations, trade unions and other public organizations.\n3. Housing cooperatives fund - residential buildings owned by housing cooperatives.\n4. Individual housing stock - residential buildings owned by citizens, as well as privatized residential premises (apartments) located in the houses of the state and public housing stock.\nThe housing fund also includes residential buildings owned by state-collective farm and other state-cooperative associations, enterprises and organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Appointment of residential buildings and premises\nDwelling houses and residential premises are intended for citizens to live in the manner prescribed by law, as well as for use as official residential premises and dormitories.\nThe use of residential buildings and residential premises for non-residential purposes is prohibited.\n[...]\nSECTION 3. PROVISION OF CITIZENS BY RESIDENTIAL PREMISES. RENT A RESIDENTIAL ROOM [...]\nCHAPTER 8. OWNERSHIP OF CITIZENS APARTMENT (RESIDENTIAL HOUSE)\nSection 110. Use of an Apartment (Apartment Building) Owned by a Citizen by Ownership\nCitizens who own an apartment (residential buildings) use them for personal residence and residence of members of their families. They have the right to instill other citizens in apartments (houses), rent these apartments (houses) to other citizens or organizations, and also use residential houses for labor management.\nThe ownership of an apartment (apartment building) is confirmed by documents notarized and issued by local executive authorities.\nThe owner of an apartment or apartment building (including an unfinished one) has the right to freely sell at his discretion an apartment (house), determining the conditions of sale, donate it, bequeath to others and dispose of the apartment (house) in a manner not prohibited by legislative acts. Relations related to the exercise of the right of ownership to apartments (residential buildings) are regulated by the legislation on property, taking into account the features established by this Code.\n[...]\nArticle 112. Construction of a residential building\nThe construction of a residential building is carried out by citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan on a land plot allocated by the relevant local authority for individual housing construction and maintenance of a residential building in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n[...]\nArticle 113. Acquisition of an apartment (apartment building) by way of civil law transactions\nAn apartment (residential building), including unfinished or part of an apartment (residential building) can be acquired into ownership through transactions of purchase and sale, exchange, donation or other civil transactions not prohibited by law.\nThe contract of purchase and sale or donation of an apartment (apartment building) located in a city, region or located in a rural locality must be notarized and registered with the executive authorities. Failure to comply with these rules entails the invalidity of the contract.\n[...]\nArticle 117. The right to common ownership of a residential building\nTwo or more citizens can acquire the right of common ownership of a house in two or more apartments in case of joint construction, purchase of a house through civil law transactions or by inheritance, redemption of a house as a result of privatization, payment of the entire share contribution by members of the cooperative and other cases. Each of these citizens acquires ownership of the respective apartment, and parts of the house that are in common use are recognized as their common property. [...]\" (Housing Code of the Republic of Tajikistan of December 27, 1997 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of November 4, 1995 No. 114 \"On Privatization of the Housing Fund of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translation]\nCode of the Republic of Tajikistan dated December 28, 2012, No. 933 \"Town Planning Code of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translation]\nHousing code of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 18, 2022 No. 1852 [google translation]\nHousing Code of the Republic of Tajikistan of December 27, 1997 [repealed by Code No. 1852 of 2022] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=18\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=14736\">Code</a>],[<a href=\" http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=25819\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=327\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4020,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0045","Foreign shareholding in companies holding a content services licence (i.e.radio and TV broadcasting license) is limited to 49%.","PART III - SPECIFIC CONDITIONS FOR INDIVIDUAL LICENCES\n3. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires:- [...]\n“commercial content services licensee” means an entity authorized to provide radio or television broadcasting free to air or content services by subscription;\n\n20.-(1) The Authority shall, from time to time, through a competitive process invite applications for Network Facilities, Network Services and Content Services Licences which require spectrum.\n[…]\n22.-(1) An applicant shall, when applying for a licence, submit the following:-\n(a) in the case of network facilities licence, network services licence, application services licence, memorandum and articles of associations with a minimum of twenty five percent of its authorized share capital as an ongoing obligation throughout the life of its licence;\n(b) in the case of content services licence memorandum and articles of associations with a minimum of fifty percent local (Tanzanian citizen) shares ownership. [...]\" (THE ELECTRONIC AND POSTAL COMMUNICATIONS (LICENSING) REGULATIONS, 2018)\n","THE ELECTRONIC AND POSTAL COMMUNICATIONS (LICENSING) REGULATIONS, 2018, last amended in 2022","n/a","[<a href=\"https://tadio.co.tz/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/6._GN._57__Electronic_and_Postal_Communications_Licensing_Regulations_2018-3.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tcra.go.tz/uploads/newsdocs/sw-1651236980-Public%20Notice%20-%20Ammendment%20of%20Electronic%20and%20Postal%20Communications%20Regulations,2022.pdf\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,350,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C13T15","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.000216667","Majority foreign investment in in Thai silk products is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; \n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...]\nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter II. Businesses Having Impacts on Arts, Culture, Traditions, Customs and Folklore Handicrafts  [...]\n3. Silkworm raising, production of Thai silk yarn, weaving of Thai silk or printing of Thai silk patterns [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1911,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C22_23","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.000166667","Foreign investment in the production of Thai crockery or porcelains is limited to 75% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter II. Businesses Having Impacts on Arts, Culture, Traditions, Customs and Folklore Handicrafts [...]\n6. Production of crockery or porcelains representing Thai arts and culture [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1947,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00001","Entities providing epayment and e-money services are granted a license provided they meet certain requirements, including having their operations located in Türkiye through a commercial presence (in the form of a joint-stock company).  "," \"Definitions\nARTICLE 3 – (1) In the implementation of this Law: [...]\nt) Payment service provider: Organizations specified in Article 13 of this Law,\nu) Payment transaction: Fund deposit, transfer or withdrawal activity carried out upon the instruction of the sender or receiver,\nü) Payment institution: Legal entity authorized under this Law to provide and perform payment services, [...]\nz) System: Payment system and securities settlement system,\naa) System operator: The legal entity that is responsible for the daily operation of the system and has the operating license required for system operation,\n[...]\nOperating permit of the system operator\nARTICLE 5 – (1) The system operator may operate the system within the scope of this Law, provided that it obtains permission from the Bank.\n(2) The system operator;\na) Establishment as a joint stock company,\n[...]\nPayment service provider\nARTICLE 13 – (1) In accordance with this Law;\na) Banks within the scope of Law No. 5411,\nb) Electronic money institutions,\nc) Payment institutions,\nç) (Added: 17/4/2017-KHK/690-68 art.; Accepted as is: 1/2/2018-7077/58 art.) Postal and Telegraph Organization Joint Stock Company,\nis a payment service provider.\n(2) Persons other than banks and payment service providers cannot provide payment services.\n[...]\nPayment institution [2]\nARTICLE 14 – (1) Payment institutions that wish to operate in the field of payment services within the scope of this Law may do so provided that they obtain permission from the Bank.\n(2) Payment institution;\na) Establishment as a joint stock company,\n[...]\nCHAPTER FIVE - Export of Electronic Money through Electronic Money Institutions\nElectronic money issuers[6]\nARTICLE 18 – (1) Persons other than banks operating in accordance with Law No. 5411, Post and Telegraph Organization Joint Stock Company and electronic money institutions that are permitted to issue electronic money within the scope of this Law are prohibited from engaging in electronic money issuance activities. [7]\n(2) An electronic money institution that wishes to issue electronic money within the scope of this Law may operate provided that it obtains permission from the Bank.\n(3) Electronic money institution;\na) Establishment as a joint stock company, [...]\" (Law No. 6493 of 20 June 2013 on Payment and Securities Settlement Systems, Payment Services and Electronic Money Institutions [google translation])","Law No. 6493 of 20 June 2013 on Payment and Securities Settlement Systems, Payment Services and Electronic Money Institutions [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=6493&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF5",1,3538,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UKR","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","Unspecified restrictions exist on foreign direct investment in sectors of strategic importance for national security reasons. The Commercial Code stipulates that Ukrainian affiliates wholly owned by foreigners or foreign legal entities cannot be created in sectors of strategic importance for the State Security. These sectors are to be defined by law. There is no statutory definition of such sectors of strategic importance to national security where foreign investments would be prohibited or restricted. Ukraine's national security legislation currently in force does not provide a clear definition of strategic sectors nor does it provide for the measures to be applicable by the relevant authorities for safeguarding Ukraine's interest in respect of foreign investment activities. The legislation, however, adopts a somewhat stricter language on the potential threats to national security and national interests as compared to the previous legislation (repealed in 2018) which alluded extensively to various economic interests encompassed under 'national interests'. On 18 November 2019, the Ministry for Development of Economy, Trade, and Agriculture published a draft law proposing a new investment screening mechanism to safeguard Ukraine’s essential security interests. A second draft law was published on 5 May 2020, which is substantially similar but identifies a slightly different list of sectors covered by the law. Neither of the proposals includes a proposed mechanism for legal recourse against screening decisions. Following public consultation, the Cabinet of Ministers approved a bill on 20 January 2021 which was submitted to the Ukrainian parliament [approval is pending].","\"Article 117. Foreign enterprise\n1. A foreign enterprise is a unitary or corporate enterprise established under the legislation of Ukraine, operating exclusively on the basis of property of foreigners or foreign legal entities, or an operating enterprise acquired entirely in the ownership of these persons.\n2. Foreign enterprises may not be established in areas defined by law that are of strategic importance for the security of the state.[...]\" (Commercial Code (№ 436-IV of 16.01.2003), last amended by Law № 1667-IX of 15.07.2021, Article 117 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1. Definition of terms\nThe terms given in this Law are used in the following sense:\nnational security - protection of the vital interests of a person and citizen, society and the state, which ensures the sustainable development of society, timely detection, prevention and neutralization of real and potential threats to national interests in the areas of law enforcement, fight against corruption, border operations and defense, migration policy , health care, childhood care, education and science, science and technology and innovation policy, cultural development of the population, ensuring freedom of speech and information security, cyber security and cyber protection, social policy and pension provision, housing and communal services, financial services market, protection of property rights, stock markets and circulation of securities, tax-budgetary and customs policy, trade and entrepreneurial activity,market of banking services, investment policy, audit activity, monetary and currency policy, information protection, licensing, industry and agriculture, transport and communication, information technology, energy and energy conservation, functioning of natural monopolies, use of subsoil, land and water resources, of minerals, protection of ecology and natural environment and other spheres of state administration in the event of negative trends to create potential or real threats to national interests;use of subsoil, land and water resources, minerals, protection of ecology and natural environment and other spheres of state administration in the event of negative trends to create potential or real threats to national interests;use of subsoil, land and water resources, minerals, protection of ecology and natural environment and other spheres of state administration in the event of negative trends to create potential or real threats to national interests;\nnational interests - vital material, intellectual and spiritual values ​​of the Ukrainian people as the bearer of sovereignty and the only source of power in Ukraine, defining needs of society and the state, the implementation of which guarantees the state sovereignty of Ukraine and its progressive development;\nthreats to national security - existing and potentially possible phenomena and factors that create danger to the vital national interests of Ukraine;\n[...]\nArticle 7. Threats to the national interests and national security of Ukraine\nAt the current stage, the main real and potential threats to Ukraine's national security and stability in society are: [...]\nin the economic sphere:\n-significant reduction of gross domestic product, reduction of investment and innovation activity and scientific, technical and technological potential, reduction of research in strategically important areas of innovative development;\n-weakening of the system of state regulation and control in the field of economy;\n-instability in the legal regulation of relations in the economic sphere, including the financial (fiscal) policy of the state; lack of an effective financial crisis prevention program; growth of credit risks;\n-the critical state of the main production assets in the leading industries, the agro-industrial complex, and life support systems;\n-insufficient rates of reproductive processes and overcoming structural deformation in the economy;\n-critical dependence of the national economy on the conditions of foreign markets, low rates of expansion of the domestic market;\n-irrational export structure with mainly raw materials and low specific weight of products with a high share of added value;\n-high debt dependence of the state, critical volumes of state external and internal debts;\n-the growth of the share of foreign capital in strategic sectors of the economy is dangerous for the economic independence of Ukraine;\n-ineffectiveness of antimonopoly policy and mechanisms of state regulation of natural monopolies, which makes it difficult to create a competitive environment in the economy;\n-critical situation with food supply of the population;\n-ineffective use of fuel and energy resources, insufficient rates of diversification of their supply sources and lack of an active energy conservation policy, which poses a threat to the energy security of the state;\n-\"tinization\" of the national economy;\n-the predominance of personal, corporate, regional interests over national interests in the activities of management structures;[...]\" (Law No. 964-IV “On Fundamentals of National Security of Ukraine” (19 June 2003), repealed by Law No. 2469-VIII dated 06/21/2018 [google translation])\n------------------------\nArticle 1. Definition of terms\n1. The terms given in this Law are used in the following sense: [...]\n6) threats to the national security of Ukraine - phenomena, trends and factors that make it impossible or difficult or may make impossible or difficult the realization of national interests and the preservation of national values ​​of Ukraine;[...]\n9) national security of Ukraine - protection of state sovereignty, territorial integrity, democratic constitutional system and other national interests of Ukraine from real and potential threats;\n10) national interests of Ukraine - vital interests of a person, society and the state, the implementation of which ensures the state sovereignty of Ukraine, its progressive democratic development, as well as safe living conditions and well-being of its citizens;\n[...]\nArticle 3. Principles of state policy in the spheres of national security and defense [..]\n3. The fundamental national interests of Ukraine are:\n1) state sovereignty and territorial integrity, democratic constitutional system, non-interference in the internal affairs of Ukraine;\n2) sustainable development of the national economy, civil society and the state to ensure the growth of the level and quality of life of the population;\n3) integration of Ukraine into the European political, economic, security, and legal space, acquisition of membership in the European Union and the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, development of equal and mutually beneficial relations with other states.\n4. State policy in the spheres of national security and defense is aimed at ensuring military, foreign policy, state, economic, informational, environmental security, security of critical infrastructure, cyber security of Ukraine and other areas.\n5. Threats to the national security of Ukraine and the corresponding priorities of the state policy in the spheres of national security and defense are defined in the National Security Strategy of Ukraine, the Military Security Strategy of Ukraine, the Cyber ​​Security Strategy of Ukraine, other documents on national security and defense matters approved by the National Security and Defense Council of Ukraine and approved by decrees of the President of Ukraine.\n[...]\nChapter VI - FINAL AND TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS\n3. Recognize as invalid:\n1) Law of Ukraine \"On the Basics of National Security of Ukraine\" (Vedomosti Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine, 2003 p., No. 39, Article 351 with subsequent amendments);[...]\" (Law No. 2469-VIII \"About the national security of Ukraine\" (21 June 2018) [google translation])\n","Commercial Code (№ 436-IV of 16.01.2003), last amended by Law № 1667-IX of 15.07.2021, Article 117 [google translation]\nLaw No. 964-IV “On Fundamentals of National Security of Ukraine” (19 June 2003) [google translation]\nLaw No. 2469-VIII \"About the national security of Ukraine\" (21 June 2018) [google translation]","Ministry of Economy of Ukraine, Press release of 20.01.2021\nBaker McKenzie, \"Ukraine to introduce a foreign investment screening regime\" (28.01.2021)","[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/en/436-15?lang=uk#Text\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/964-15#Text\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.me.gov.ua/News/Detail?lang=uk-UA&id=a13cd07c-99ee-4334-aa0e-01ab08a401d9&title=VUkrainiVpersheZapratsiuSkriningInozemnikhInvestitsiiDliaZakhistuNatsionalnikhInteresiv-IgorPetrashko\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://foreigninvestment.bakermckenzie.com/2021/01/28/ukraine-to-introduce-a-foreign-investment-screening-regime/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1189,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0024","The State reserves itself the provision of national and international passenger services (both regularly scheduled and non-regularly scheduled), but grants concessions and permits to private enterprises. Only Uruguayan nationals or enterprises may be granted such concessions and permits for regular passenger transport. Uruguayan enterprises are those (i) managed, (ii) controlled, and (iii) in which more than 50% of the capital is owned by Uruguayan nationals domiciled in Uruguay.\nAdditionally, by virtue of the International Road Transportation Agreement signed by Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay, only enterprises with more than 50% of their share capital owned and effectively controlled by Uruguayan nationals may provide international passenger transport.","\"Article 5.1.- National companies, individuals or legal entities may only manage authorizations for regular collective passenger transport services by road. Those in which the management, effective control of the company and more than half of the share capital belong to natural or legal citizens with real domicile in the country will be considered as such.[...]\" (Decree approving regulation for the exploitation of regular services of transportation of people by road (No. 285/006 of 22/08/2006), Article 5.1 of Annex [google translation])\n-------------------------------\n\"\"CHAPTER I - General provisions\nArticle 2.- The international transport of passengers or cargo may only be carried out by authorized companies, under the terms of this Agreement and its Annexes.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - International road transport\nArticle 20.- In order to establish international road transport services and their modalities, a prior agreement must be entered into between the signatory countries. These will grant the corresponding permits in order to make reciprocity effective, independently between passenger and cargo companies.\n[...]\nArticle 22.-\n1. The signatory countries will only grant original permits to companies incorporated in accordance with their own legislation and with real domicile in their territory. [...]\n3. More than half of the capital stock and effective control of the company will be in the hands of natural or naturalized citizens of the signatory country that grants the original permit.[...]\" (Resolution approving the International Road Transportation Agreement signed by Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay (MTOP S/N of 10/05/1991), Articles 2, 20 and 22 of Annexed text of the Agreement [google translation])\"","Decree approving regulation for the exploitation of regular services of transportation of people by road (No. 285/006 of 22/08/2006), Article 5.1 of Annex\nResolution approving the International Road Transportation Agreement signed by Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay (MTOP S/N of 10/05/1991), Articles 2, 20 and 22 of Annexed text of the Agreement","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-reglamento/285-2006\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/resoluciones-internacional/SN99105101-1991\">Agreement</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,862,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0006","Pursuant to the “Prohibited Market Access List” (Appendix I-A) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in a few auxiliary services to maritime transportation is prohibited. \nPursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign shareholding in companies providing container handling services in support of sea transport services, as well as shipping agency services cannot exceed 50%. ",{"$cut":{"chars":26455,"head":"\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees o"}},"Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1986,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0003","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign investment in new construction projects of airports and air passenger transportation business, as well as port infrastructure is subject to the approval of the Prime Minister.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n18. Construction, operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports | [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n18. Construction, operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports |\n1. EVFTA: Appendix 8-C (Vietnam Exception on National Treatment): Vietnam may adopt or maintain any measure related to the operation of an enterprise as defined in point 1. (e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 (Definitions) that are inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8 -B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments) for the operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports.\n2. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-9: Construction, operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to the construction , operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports. This reservation shall not be used to nullify the obligations set forth in Schedule I.\n3. Vietnamese law:\nThe following projects fall under the Prime Minister's authority to approve investment policies:\n§ New construction investment projects: airports, airfields; runways of airports and airfields; passenger terminals of international airports; cargo terminals of airports or airfields with a capacity of 01 million tons/year or more;\n§ New investment project for air passenger transportation business;\n§ New construction investment projects: wharves, port areas belonging to special seaports; wharves, port areas with investment capital of 2,300 billion VND or more belong to class I seaports [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2012,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0003","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign investment in new construction projects of airports and air passenger transportation business, as well as port infrastructure is subject to the approval of the Prime Minister.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n18. Construction, operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports | [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n18. Construction, operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports |\n1. EVFTA: Appendix 8-C (Vietnam Exception on National Treatment): Vietnam may adopt or maintain any measure related to the operation of an enterprise as defined in point 1. (e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 (Definitions) that are inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8 -B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments) for the operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports.\n2. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-9: Construction, operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to the construction , operation and management of river ports, seaports and airports. This reservation shall not be used to nullify the obligations set forth in Schedule I.\n3. Vietnamese law:\nThe following projects fall under the Prime Minister's authority to approve investment policies:\n§ New construction investment projects: airports, airfields; runways of airports and airfields; passenger terminals of international airports; cargo terminals of airports or airfields with a capacity of 01 million tons/year or more;\n§ New investment project for air passenger transportation business;\n§ New construction investment projects: wharves, port areas belonging to special seaports; wharves, port areas with investment capital of 2,300 billion VND or more belong to class I seaports [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2013,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","B05_06","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.000116667","Small-scale mining and mineral trading activities (excluding holders of mining licences) can only be undertaken by a citizen-owned, citizen-influenced or citizen-empowered company.","2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“ artisanal mining ” means an artisan’s mining operation undertaken by a citizen pursuant to a mining licence granted under Part III;\n“ citizen ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Constitution, and in relation to a partnership, means a partnership which is composed exclusively of citizens;\n“ citizen-empowered company ” means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n“ citizen-influenced company ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006;\n“ citizen-owned company ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006; [...]\n“ mineral ” means any substance, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form, occurring naturally in or on the earth or under water, formed by or subjected to a geological process, or any substance occurring in tailing dams, slag dumps, waste rock dumps, residue waste rock dumps, residue stockpiles or residue deposit, but excludes — [...](b) petroleum; [...]\n“ small-scale mining ” means mining over an area covering a minimum of three cadastre units and not exceeding one hundred and twenty cadastre units;\n[...]\n13. (1) The following mining rights may be granted under this Act:\n(a) an exploration licence; and (b) a mining licence.\n(2) The following non-mining rights may be granted under this Act—\n(a) a mineral processing licence; (b) a mineral trading permit; (c) mineral import permit; (d) mineral export permit; and (e) gold panning certificate.\n(3) A mining right over an area between a minimum of two cadastre units and a maximum of one hundred and twenty cadastre units in extent shall only be granted to the following companies:\n(a) citizen-influenced company; (b) citizen-empowered company; and (c) citizen-owned company.\n[...]\nPreference for Zambian products, contractors and services and employment of citizens\n20.(1) A holder of a mining right or a mineral processing licence shall, in the conduct of mining operations or mineral processing operations and in the purchase, construction, installation and decommissioning of facilities, give preference to the —\n(a) materials and products made in Zambia; and (b) contractors, suppliers and service agencies located in Zambia and owned by citizens or citizen-owned companies.\n[...]\nDivision 3 - Mining Licence\n29. (1) A person who intends to carry on any artisanal mining, small-scale mining or large-scale mining shall apply for a mining licence under this Part.\n(2) Artisanal mining shall only be undertaken by a citizen or a co-operative wholly composed of citizens.\n(3) Small-scale mining shall only be undertaken by a citizen-owned, citizen-influenced or citizen-empowered company.\n[...]\nDivision 5— Gold Panning Certificate\n42. (1) A citizen or a cooperative consisting only of citizens may apply to the Director of Mines for a gold panning certificate in the prescribed manner and form upon payment of the prescribed fee.\n[...]\nDivision 6 — Mineral Trading Permit\n44. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a person shall not trade in minerals without a mineral trading permit issued under this Part.\n(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a holder of a mining licence.\n45. (1) A citizen, a citizen-influenced company, a citizen-empowered company or a citizen-owned company may apply for a mineral trading permit to the Director of Mines in the prescribed manner and form upon payment of the prescribed fee.[...]\" (MINES AND MINERALS DEVELOPMENT ACT, 2015)\n-------------\n3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006))","MINES AND MINERALS DEVELOPMENT ACT, 2015\nCitizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/zam191114.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,370,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","C10T12","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.000108333","Foreign investment in a “reserved sector of the economy” (including distribution, artisanal mining, road passenger transportation, among others) is allowed subject to approval by the Minister.","\"2. Interpretation\n\"(1) In this Act—\n“reserved sector of the economy” means the sector comprising those kinds of businesses reserved for citizens of Zimbabwe under the First Schedule;\n[...]\n2A. Application of Act\nFor the avoidance of doubt it is declared that this Act shall not apply to any business in the national economy other than those specified in section 3(1) and those in the reserved sector of the economy, and that accordingly any person is free to invest in, form, operate, and acquire the ownership or control of any business not included in section 3(1) or in the reserved sector of the economy.\nPart II – Indigenisation and economic empowerment: General objectives and measures[...]\n3A. Reserved sectors of the economy\n(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (10), only a business owned by a person who is a citizen of Zimbabwe may operate in the reserved sector of the economy.\n(2) Every business owned by a person who is not a citizen of Zimbabwe that, before the 1st January, 2018, commenced operating in the reserved sector of the economy may continue to operate if— (a) it registers itself with— (i) the Zimbabwe Revenue Authority; (ii) the Unit, in accordance with subsection (3); and (b) it opens and maintains a bank account in accordance with the Bank Use Promotion Act [Chapter 24:24].[...]\n(4) Any person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen and who, after the 1st January, 2018, wishes to operate a business in the reserved sector of the economy shall seek the permission of the Minister referred to in subsection (10).[...]\n(10) Subject to subsection (11), a person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen may, after the 1St January, 2018, invest in a business in the reserved sector of the economy if that business meets such criteria or threshold as the Minister will prescribe based on the following objectives— (a) significant and sustainable employment creation in Zimbabwe; (b) the transfer of skills and technology for the benefit of the people of Zimbabwe; (c) the creation of sustainable value chains; (d) other prescribed socially and economically desirable objectives.\n[...]\nFirst Schedule (Section 3A(1))\nReserved/threshold sectors \n1. Transportation: passenger buses, taxes and car hire services. 2. Retail and wholesale trade. 3. Barber shops, hairdressing and beauty saloons. 4. Employment Agencies. 5. Estate Agencies. 6. Valet services. 7. Grain milling. 8. Bakeries. 9. Tobacco grading and  packaging. 10. Advertising Agencies. 11. Provision of local arts and craft, marketing and distribution. 12. Artisanal mining. [...]\" (Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended)","Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2007/14/eng@2018-03-14\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2020/10/eng@2020-12-31\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,389,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ALB","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.00015625","Agricultural and forest land cannot be purchased by foreign natural and legal persons, but may be rented for up to 99 years. However, agricultural and forest land may be owned by Albanian legal entities, including foreign-owned ones, without restrictions.","\"Article 1\nThe purpose of this law is the legal regulation of the transfer of ownership of agricultural, forest, meadow and pasture lands for the Albanian natural and legal entities. \n[…]\nArticle 4\nThe transfer of the right of the ownership of the agricultural, forest, meadow and pasture land shall not be recognized to the foreign natural and legal entities. The foreign natural and legal entities are entitled to rent it up to 99 years. Renting the agricultural, forest, meadow \nand pasture land shall be carried out according to the provisions of the Civil Code. [...]\" (Law no. 8337, dated 30.04.1998 “On the Ownership Transfer of Agricultural Land, Forests, Pastures and Meadows\")\n------------------------\n\"Article 1 - General Provisions (Amended by Law No. 10 316, dated 16.09.2010, Article 1)\nFor the purposes of this Law, “territory” means the territory under the sovereignty of the Republic of Albania, including the territorial waters and the maritime zone and continental shelf, on which the Republic of Albania exercises its sovereign and legal rights in accordance\nwith international norms.\n- “Foreign Investor” means:\na) any natural person who is a citizen of a foreign country; or\nb) any natural person who is a citizen of the Republic of Albania, but who is permanently resident abroad; or\nc) any legal person established under the law of a foreign country, which directly or indirectly intends to make or is making an investment in the territory of the Republic of Albania in accordance with its laws or has made an investment in accordance with the laws pertaining to the period from 31.7.1990 and following;\n[...]\nArticle 2 - Permission and Treatment\n1. Foreign investments in the Republic of Albania shall not be subject to prior authorization. They are permitted and treated on the basis of conditions no less favorable than those which are recognized to domestic investments under similar conditions, with the exception of land ownership, which is governed by a special law.\n2. In all cases and at any time, investments have equal and unbiased treatment, enjoy full protection and security.\n3. In any case, foreign investments have a treatment not less favorable than the one provided by the generally accepted norms of international law. [...]\" (Law No. 7764, dated 02.11.1993 \"For Foreign Investments\")","Law no. 8337, dated 30.04.1998 “On the Ownership Transfer of Agricultural Land, Forests, Pastures and Meadows\"","Questionnaire responded by Government Official, for the OECD SEE Competitiveness Outlook 2017\nTonucci & Partners (2017), Business Guide: Albania 2017, Tirana. ","[<a href=\"https://euralius.eu/index.php/en/library/property-legislation/laws?task=download.send&id=31&catid=117&m=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://tonucci.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/TP_businessguide2017_ita_16.03.17.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1779,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","C20_21","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.005","Until 2019, foreign shareholding in all Algerian companies were limited to 49% of its voting capital. In 2020, the supplementary finance law for 2020, published in the Official Gazette on 4 June 2020, repealed the previouslly applied 51/49 rule that prevented foreigners from acquisition majority-ownership in Algeria companies, except for distribution activities and strategic sectors for which the 51/49 rule remains applicable.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.[...]\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1804,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ARG","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0004","The president of the board of directors, the managers and at least two-thirds of the directors or administrators of a company providing domestic air transport services must be Argentine nationals.","\"CHAPTER II: INTERNAL AIR TRANSPORT SERVICES\nSECTION A: Exploitation [...]\nARTICLE 97. - The operation of internal air transport services will be carried out by individuals or commercial companies that comply with the prescriptions of this code. Joint ventures and state-owned companies are subject to these rules as soon as they are applicable.\nForeign airlines may not take passengers, cargo or correspondence in the Argentine Republic, for transportation to another part of the country. However, the Executive Power, for reasons of general interest, may authorize said companies to perform such services under the condition of reciprocity.\nARTICLE 98. - Individuals who operate internal air transport services must be Argentine and maintain their real domicile in the Republic.\nARTICLE 99. - The companies will be constituted in any of the ways authorized by the laws, conditioned in particular to the following requirements:\n1) The domicile of the company must be in the Republic.\n2) The control and direction of the company must be in the hands of people with real domicile in the Republic.\n3) If it is a partnership, at least half plus one of the partners must be Argentines with domicile in the Republic and possess the majority of the capital stock;\n4) If it is a capital company, the majority of the shares, to which the majority of computable votes correspond, must be nominal and belong to Argentines with real domicile in the Republic. The transfer of these shares may only be carried out with the authorization of the board of directors, which will notify the aeronautical authority, within eight days of the transfer, the details of the authorization agreed.\n5) The president of the board of directors or board of directors, the managers and at least two thirds of the directors or administrators must be Argentine. [...]\" (Aeronautical Code (Law No. 17.285 of 17 May 1967), last amended by Resolution 336/2021 of 18 October 2021, Articles 97, 98 and 99 [google translation])","Aeronautical Code (Law No. 17.285 of 17 May 1967), last amended by Resolution 336/2021 of 18 October 2021, Articles 97, 98 and 99","n/a","[<a href=\"http://servicios.infoleg.gob.ar/infolegInternet/verNorma.do?id=24963\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1069,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","C10T12","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The acquisition of a direct interest in an Australian entity or business that is an agribusiness by a foreign person constitutes a significant action if a monetary threshold is met. Such acquisitions must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. Agribusiness, as defined in the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, covers entities and businesses in agriculture, forestry, fishing and certain food product manufacturing activities. Acquisition of a direct interest in an agribusiness generally refers to acquiring an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business. In principle, for an agribusiness acquisition to fall under investment screening, the value of the proposed investment must exceed a monetary threshold (60 million dollars from 1.1.2021). An exemption applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries, who are not subject to the rules regarding agribusinesses, but are instead subject to the requirements for significant and notifiable actions for general business acquisitions, to which a higher monetary threshold applies. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. \nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":18405,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: [...]\nagribusiness: an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness in the circumstances prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.c[...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following: [...]\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n44 Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n [...]\n47 Meaning of notifiable action—general\n (1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in:\n (i) an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; or\n (ii) an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\n (4) If subparagraph (2)(a)(i) or paragraph (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n (a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (b) an Australian unit trust; or\n (c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48 Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n (1) The regulations"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 26, 40, 41, 44, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 12, 16, 40 and 50","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance 7 - Business investments, last updated 9 July 2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/guidance-notes/GN07_Business.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1681,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00576","Airlines established in Austria must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,681,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","_H","_O","IV71","IX",2021,"0.0375","Government tenders of goods and services of up to P10,000,000 (approx. USD 871,000) is reserved to citizen-owned enteprises.","\"IN EXERCISE of the powers of the Minister of Finance and Economic Development by section 72(1) of the Public Procurement and Asset Disposal Act, the following Order is hereby made-[...]\n2. All works, supplies and services tenders up to the sum of P10 000 000 issued by the Central Government, State-owned entities or other entities falling within the scope of section 3, as read with section 8 of the Act, shall be reserved for 100% citizen-owned small, medium and micro enterprises with a maximum annual turnover not exceeding P10 000 000.\n3. An exemption from the provisions of paragraph 2 may apply with the prior approval of the Board or the Committee, where the Central Government [...] is satisfied that no 100% citizen-owned enterprise that is suitable and qualifies for the tender is available.\" (Statutory Instrument No 23 of 2020, Public Procurement and Asset Disposal (Reservation of Government Tenders for Citizen-Owned Enterprises) Order, 2020)\n--------------------\n\"[...] PART VIII - Reserved and Preferential Treatment (ss 66-76)\n66. Economic and social objectives and procurement\n(1) Pursuant to its economic and social objectives, the Government may from time to time introduce reserved and preferential procurement and asset disposal schemes, which shall be consistent with its external obligations and its stable, market oriented, macro-economic framework.\n[...]\n67. Empowerment of citizen contractors\nIn order to promote the empowerment of citizen contractors-\n(a) all citizen contractors shall, in relation to their respective classification be treated fairly and equitably in respect of all procurement and disposal activities;[...]\n(c) the extent of reservation or preference extended to them shall be proportional to their assessed capacities to fully comply with the applicable specifications, specific instructions and conditions in the relevant bidding packages;\n[...]\n71. Reserved schemes\nReservation schemes shall apply to procurement and disposal activities of the following nature-\n(a) low complexity; (b) limited scale; (c) repetitive in nature; (d) having a financial ceiling;  (e) open only to citizen contractors; and (f) based only on competition among the eligible contractors in the classification in question. \n[...]\n73. Scale of preference\n(1) The level of preference shall be applied in the following descending order-\n(a) joint ventures between citizen contractors; (b) sole citizen contractors; (c) joint ventures between citizen and non-citizen contractors; and (d) association arrangements between citizen subcontractors and foreign contractors.\n(2) The preferences to be accorded under paragraphs (c) and (d) of subsection (1) shall be proportional to the percentage of the contract to be actually executed by the citizen contractors or subcontractors. [...]\" (CHAPTER 42:08 PUBLIC PROCUREMENT AND ASSET DISPOSAL of 2001)\n","Statutory Instrument No 23 of 2020, Public Procurement and Asset Disposal (Reservation of Government Tenders for Citizen-Owned Enterprises) Order, 2020\nCHAPTER 42:08 PUBLIC PROCUREMENT AND ASSET DISPOSAL of 2001\n","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ppadb.co.bw/Manuals%20%20Acts/Statutory%20Instrument%20No.%2023%20of%202020%20-%20Reservation%20of%20Government%20Tenders.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.ppadb.co.bw/Manuals%20%20Acts/PPAD_Act_revised.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,217,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.0025","Commercial fishing is reserved to citizens only. There no restrictions on foreign investment in aquaculture activities.","\"2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires - […]\n\"commercial fishing\" means the catching of fish by the use of factory-made gill nets or any gill net made out of factory-made materials such as leads, twines, corks, etc; \n[…]\nApplication for commercial fishing licence\n6. (1) An applicationfor a commercial fishing licence shall be made in Form A set out in Schedule 1.\n(2) An authorised officer may issue a commercial fishing licence to anyone who-\n(a) is a citizen of Botswana; [...]\" (Fish Protection Regulations, 2016 (S.I. No. 16 of 2016))\n","Fish Protection Regulations, 2016 (S.I. No. 16 of 2016)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot174293.pdf\">Regulation</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,218,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0013","Foreign shareholding in companies undertaking certain medium/large-scale paper, wood, furniture activities (e.g. packaging, burglar bars, gates and windows, fencing materials, school furniture etc.) is limited to 49%.","\"2. In this Act — […]\n“industrial licence” means a licence issued under section 8 to operate a manufacturing enterprise;\n[…]\nManufacturing enterprises requiring industrial licence\n5. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise, to manufacture for sale —\n(a) animal feed; (b) baby formula; (c) food; (d) beverages; (e) cement; f) chemical products; or (g) such other products as the Minister may prescribe,\nat any place in Botswana except in terms of an industrial licence issued by the Director, in accordance with this Act, authorising the person to manufacture such a product. [...]\n(5) The Minister may make regulations —\n(a) reserving industrial licences, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana —\n(i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises; and (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana; and\n(b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be licensed to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n(6) Regulations made under subsection (5) (b) shall impose conditions on industrial licences issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.\n6. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless he or she has been issued with an industrial licence in terms of this Act.\n(2) When applying for an industrial licence in terms of subsection (1), an applicant shall state — [...]\n(e) where the application is made by partners in a joint venture arrangement, information relating to the shareholding by the partners which demonstrates that the citizen partner has a minimum of 51 per cent shares.\n[...]\nPART III - Registration of Manufacturing Enterprises (ss 15-23)\n15. Application of Part III\n (1) This Part applies to all manufacturing enterprises that do not require to be licensed under Part II including micro manufacturing enterprises and small manufacturing enterprises.\n (2) A manufacturing enterprise requires registration under this Part where it does not-\n (a) present any health and safety concerns in its manufacturing processes or in the products or byproducts that it manufactures; or\n (b) pose a danger to public health or if, in the manufacturing process, a danger to public health will or is likely to occur.\n[...]\n16. Registration requirements\n (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless the manufacturing enterprise has been registered and the person issued with a registration certificate under this Part.\n (2) The Minister may make regulations-\n (a) reserving registration certificates, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana-\n (i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises, and  (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana;\n (b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be registered to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n (3) Regulations made under subsection (2)(b) shall impose conditions on registration certificates issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.[...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019)\n--------------------\n\"[...] Industrial licences reserved for citizens\nPART II — Industrial Licences\n3. An industrial licence to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 5 (5) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bread and confectionery; (b) ice making; (c) meat processing; (d) peanut butter; (e) purification and bottling of water; (f) traditional sour milk, and (g) sorghum.\n[...]\nPART III — Registration Certificates [...]\nRegistration certificates reserved for citizens\n11. A registration certificate to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 16 (2) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bricks; (b) burglar bars, gates and windows; (c) candles; (d) fencing materials excluding gum poles; (e) floor polish; (f) packaging; (g) protective clothing; (h) roof trusses; (i) school furniture; (j) school uniform; (k) screen printing and embroidery; (l) signage include electronic signage; (m) traditional crafts; (n) traditional leather products [...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020))\n---------------------\n\"16. Licence requirements\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall manufacture, for sale, any product at any place in Botswana unless he or she is in possession of a licence to manufacture such product at such place, issued by a licensing committee.\n(2) An application for a licence to carry on a manufacturing enterprise shall be made in the prescribed form to a licensing committee.\n(3) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of P10,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to both, and, in the case of a continuing offence shall be liable to a further fine of P500 or to imprisonment for one month in respect of each day on which the offence continues. \n[...]\n27. Certain industries to be reserved for citizens\n(1) The Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on such enterprises as may be prescribed shall be issued only to citizens of Botswana, or to companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana.\n(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that only citizens of Botswana shall be entitled to carry on a particular enterprise in such areas in the country as may be prescribed.\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on enterprises reserved for citizens and which enterprises fall within the medium or large scale category shall be issued to joint ventures between citizens and foreign partners, provided that the citizen partner holds a minimum of 51 per cent share holding in the joint venture.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008)\n----------------------\n\"13. Reservation of enterprises for Botswana citizens\n(1) The following types of small scale manufacturing enterprise shall be reserved for Botswana citizens or companies wholly owned by Botswana citizens–\n(a) the manufacture of school uniforms;\n(b) the manufacture of school furniture;\n(c) the manufacture of burglar bars;\n(d) the manufacture of protective clothing;\n(e) the milling of sorghum;\n(f) the manufacture of cement bricks and baked earth (mud) bricks;\n(g) the baking of bread and confectionery;\n(h) manufacture of peanut butter;\n(i) bottling of water;\n(j) the production of traditional sour milk;\n(k) packaging;\n(l) the manufacture of floor polish;\n(m) the manufacture of traditional leather products;\n(n) the manufacture of traditional crafts;\n(o) signage, including electronic signage;\n(p) fencing materials excluding gum poles;\n(q) the manufacture of candles;\n(r) ice making;\n(s) meat processing:\nProvided that any person engaged in the manufacturing enterprises referred to above and who is so engaged at the date of commencement of these Regulations shall be permitted to continue such manufacturing subject to compliance with other requirements of these Regulations.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008)","INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020)\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot195231.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bocra.org.bw/sites/default/files/covid19-docs/Extraordinary%20Gazette%2020th%20May%202020%20copy.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91753.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91760.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,225,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.001875","Foreign investment in construction activities, with the exception of construction services incidental to mining and mechanical engineering services activities, is limited depending on the project amount to up to 90% of equity ownership. This applies only for firms applying for a Certificate A, which allows them to carry out construction works for the government and private sector. Firms applying for Certificate B, which allows them to carry out construction works for the private sector only, are not bound by such equity limitations. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that existing equity restrictions applicable to Certificate A firms, which seek to serve the public sector, affect more prominently the civil engineering contructions segment.\n","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Construction Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Order 2011, Building Control Order 2011 (Draft), Building Control Regulations (Draft), Procedures of Contractors and Suppliers Registration, Ministry of Development (Edition 2009), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises are not allowed to supply construction services such as: general construction work for building services, general construction work for civil engineering, installation and assembly work services, building completion and finishing work services, except mining, and mechanical engineering services, unless: (a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they register for either Certificate A or Certificate B, as a contractor or supplier; or (c) they comply with any requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge to persons in Brunei Darussalam as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. In the case of Certificate A, a foreign national or enterprise may not own equity shareholding other than what is prescribed in the table below, in any enterprise that applies to be registered as a contractor or supplier:\nTable - Class / Project Threshold / Level of Foreign Equity Allowed\n  I / Up to BND 50 000 / None\n II / Exceeding BND 50 000 but not more than BND 250 000 / None\nIII / Exceeding BND 250 000 but not more than BND 500 000 / 20 per cent\nIV / Exceeding BND 500 000 but not more than BND 1.5 million / 50 per cent\n V / Exceeding BND 1.5 million but not more than BND 5 million / 70 per cent\nVI / Exceeding BND 5 million / 90 per cent\n Building Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\nMechanical and Electrical Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\n3. For greater certainty, Certificate A refers to certificates which are required for participating in government and private projects, whilst Certificate B refers to certificates which are required for participating in private projects only.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------\n\"PART VII -LICENSING OF BUILDERS \nInterpretation. \n42. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"building works\" means any building works to which Part II applies; \"minor specialist building works\" means (a} specialist building works associated with minor building works; (b) structural steelwork comprising fabrication and erection work for structures with a cantilever length of not more than 3 metres, a clear span of less than 6 metres and a plan area not exceeding 150 square metres; (c) pre-cast concrete work compnsmg casting of pre-cast reinforced concrete slabs or planks on site; \n(2) In this Part (a) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) general building ·works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration, or reward other than wages, but not if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, general building works only as a sub-contractor; (b) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) any specialist building works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration or reward other than wages; (c) a person carries out general building works or specialist building works whether that person carries it out personally, or directly or indirectly causes it to be carried out; (d) a person shall be deemed to carry on the business of a builder if he carries out general building works or specialist building works, as the case may be, on or in respect of a building for himself; and {e} a person undertakes to carry out general building works or specialist building works if that person enters into a contract to carry it out or submits a tender or makes an offer to carry it out. \n[...]\nProhibition against unlicensed builders.\n43. (1) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a} advertise or hold himself out or conduct himself in any way or by any means as a person who is authorised to carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam; or {b) assume, take or use (either alone or in combination with any other word, letter or device) the name, title or description of \"licensed builder\", or any name, title or description calculated to lead others to believe he is so licensed, or by words or conduct hold himself out as being so licensed, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence. \n(2) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a) carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; (b) carry on a business carrying out, or undertaking to carry out, whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business, general building works and minor specialist building works or minor specialist building works only, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; \n[...]\nClasses of builder's licences.\n44. A licence may be granted under this Part to a builder authorising him to carry on such classes of business of a builder as may be prescribed. [...]\" (BUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"[Table of requirements per class of builder licence - text not reproduced here] (Ministry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nBUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended\nMinistry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2014/EN/s069.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://abci.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Perkhidmatan%20ABCi/Pendaftaran%20Syarikat/Lesen%20Pembina/Jadual%20A1%20kelas%20I%20ke%20VI.pdf\">Table</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3050,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K649","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.000125","Foreign investment in finance companies, as well as in remittance business, is subject to local incorporation.","\"ANNEX III - Section A \nSector: Financial Services\nSub-Sector: Finance companies\nObligations Concerned: Market Access for Financial Institutions (Article 11.5)\nLevel of Government: Central\nMeasures: Finance Companies Act (Chapter 89)\nDescription: A finance company must be established as a company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam.\" (ANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------------------\n\"PART I - PRELIMINARY [...]\nInterpretation.\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires — [...]\n“financing business” means the business of — (a) borrowing money from the public, by acceptance of deposits and issuing certificates or other documents acknowledging or evidencing indebtedness to the public and undertaking to repay the money on call or after an agreed maturity period; (b) lending money to the public or to a company on the basis that the public or the company undertakes to repay the money, whether within an agreed period of time or not, or by installments, and shall include the business of financing hire-purchase  transactions arising out of hire-purchase agreements, where the money used, or to be used, for such business is borrowed from the public; \n[...]\n“public company” means a company incorporated in Brunei Darussalam other than a private company. \n[...]\nPART II - LICENSING OF FINANCE COMPANIES\nApplication for licence.\n6. (1) As from the date of the coming into operation of this Act, any public company proposing to conduct financing business or Islamic financing business in Brunei Darussalam shall, before commencing any such business, apply in writing to the Authority for a licence under this Act. [...]\"(Finance Companies Act, 2013 [CAP. 89])\n---------------------------------\n\" 5. (1) No person shall carry on any money-changing business unless he is in possession of a valid money-changer's licence.\n[...]\n6. (1) No person shall carryon any remittance business unless he is in possession of a valid remittance licence.\n[...]\n7. (1) Any person who desires to obtain a licence shall make an application to the Authority in such form as the Authority may require. \n2) Upon receiving an application under subsection (1), the Authority shall consider the application and may grant a licence with or without conditions o rrefuse to grant a licence without assigning any reason therefor. [...]\" (MONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended)\n---------------------------------\n\"I. Application for Remmitance Licence\nThe following sets-out the Authority's expectations when considering applications for a remittance licence under section 7 of the Money-Changing and Remittance Business Act [...]\nLicensing criteria:\nGeneral criteria\nAn applicant must be incorporated as a company in Brunei Darussalam and fullfill governance and ownership requirements set out below:\nGovernance and Ownership Requirements:\nApplicants must be incorporated in Brunei Darussalam and have at least two directors.\n- If there are only two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and the other director must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\n- If there are more than two directors, one of the executive directors must be a citizen of Brunei Darussalam and at least two of the other directors must be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam.\nWhere a company is locally owned, more than 50% of the equity shareholdings must be beneficially owned and effectively controlled by citizens of Brunei Darussalam and a majority of the board of directors of the company must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (Brunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024)","ANNEX III - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nFinance Companies Act, 2013 [CAP. 89]\nMONEY-CHANGING AND REMITTANCE BUSINESSES ACT, as amended\nBrunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-III.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap089.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.174.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Guide%20to%20Brunei%20Darussalam%20Financial%20Sector%20(as%20of%202%20January%202024).pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3063,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.00225","For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that corporations, domestically-owned or foreign, cannot own landed property (land); foreign-owned enterprises may own or lease commercial or residential property (strata units) up to 99 years, but may not own or lease more than 70 per cent of the individual strata titles in a single property [assumed similar to a JV requirement for real estate developers].","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Land\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4)\nMeasures: Land Code (Chapter 40), Land Acquisition (Chapter 41), Land Code (Strata) Act (Chapter 189)\nDescription: Investment\nSubject to review and approval by the relevant committee (Komiti bagi Mempertimbangkan Permohonan Pindahmilik Strata) chaired by the Minister of Development, or his authorised representative, a foreign national or enterprise: (a) may own or lease non-landed property (strata title) for up to a maximum of: (i) 99 years where the property is situated on land which is held in perpetuity (freehold); or (ii) one day less than the term of the lease where the land held is leasehold land; and (b) may not own or lease more than 70 per cent of the individual strata titles in a single property” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n--------------------------\n\"Insertion of new section 1A into Chapter 40\n2. The Land Code in this Order referred to as the Code, is amended by inserting the following new section immediately after section 1 - \nInterpretation - 1A. In this Code, unless the context otherwise requires - [...] \"non-citizen\" means any person who is not a subject 'of His Majesty the Sultan and Yang Di-Pertuan of Brunei Darussalam; \n[...]\nInsertion of new sections 3A, 3B and 3C\n3. The Code is amended by inserting the following three new sections immediately after section 3 --\n\"Prohibition on transfer to, or purchase or acquisition by, non-citizen of land etc\n3A. (1) No -- \n(a)  person shall, whether for consideration or by way of gift inter vivos or otherwise, transfer any land or any estate or interest therein to a non-citizen; (b) person shall create any trust in respect of any land or any estate or interest therein in favour of a non-citizen; and (c) non-citizen shall purchase or acquire any land or any estate or interest therein except by way of a charge, lease or sub-lease.\n[...] \n(3) This section shall apply to a legal person, a statutory body \\ constituted under any written law, a society registered under the Societies Act (Chapter 203) and a co-operative society registered under the Cooperative Societies Act (Chapter 84) unless such legal person, statutory body, society and co-operative society is exempted under section 4.\"8 (LAND CODE (AMENDMENT) ORDER, 2016).\n--------------------------\n\"Application of Land Code.\n4. The Land Code (Chapter 40) and the regulations made under that Act insofar as they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act or of any regulations made under this Act, shall apply in all respects to land registered in any folio of the subsidiary strata land register, except that nothing in section 7, 8, subsection (4) or (5) of section 9, section 15 or 21 of the Land Code, will apply to such land.\n[...]\nPART II - SUBDIVISION INTO STRATUM ESTATES [...]\nEffect of certification of strata plan.\n9. (1) The subdivision of land so as to provide for units shall be effective upon certification of a strata plan by the Commissioner.\n(2) The certification by the Commissioner of a strata plan shall have the effect of creating in each unit a stratum estate, which shall comprise — (a) an estate in the unit determinable or subject to lapse in accordance with any of the provisions of sections 54, 59, 60 and 62; and (b) the undivided share in common property to which the proprietor of the unit is entitled by virtue of section 22.\n(3) Every stratum estate in a unit shall be for such term of years as shall be approved by the Commissioner but that period shall not exceed — (i) a term of 99 years from the date of certification of the strata plan by the Commissioner; or (ii) subject to subsection (2) of section 8, the remainder of the term of years for which the lot is held by the original proprietor, whichever is the lesser.\n[...]\nTransfer stratum estate.\n10. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, upon the creation of a stratum estate in a unit, that estate may devolve or be transferred, leased, charged or settled in accordance with the Land Code (Chapter 40) and any transfer, lease, charge or settlement shall have the same effect as if the stratum estate were an estate under the Land Code for a term of years but none of the component parts of a stratum estate shall, except as provided in section 22, be capable of devolving or being dealt with independently of the others. \n(2) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (1), any proprietor of a unit may grant an easement over the unit in favour of any other unit or any other registered land. \n(3) No easement granted under subsection (2) shall be granted for a period in excess of the term of years of the stratum estate in the unit concerned.[...]\"(Land Code (Strata), Chapter 189, as amended by LAND CODE (STRATA) ACT (AMENDMENT) ORDER, 2009)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nLand Code (Chapter 40)\nLAND CODE (AMENDMENT) ORDER, 2016\nLand Code (Strata) Act (Chapter 189)","WTO (2015), Trade Policy Review of Brunei Darussalam, Minutes of the Meeting Addendum, WT/TPR/M/309/Add.1, March 31.\nJones Lang Lasalle (2016), Brunei Property Investment Guide.","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap040.pdf\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2016/EN/S037.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"Other\">Acthttps//www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap189.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"Other\">https//docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/FE_Search/FE_S_S006.aspx?Query=((%20@Title=%20brunei%20darussalam)%20or%20(@CountryConcerned=%20brunei%20darussalam))%20and%20(%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/s/*%20)%20or%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/m/*%20not%20add*)%20or%20(%20@Symbol=%20wt/tpr/m/*%20and%20add*))&Language=ENGLISH&Context=FomerScriptedSearch&languageUIChanged=true#</a>],[<a href=\"\">http//www.jll.com/investmentguide/uploads/attachments/pig2016-brunei-v5.pdf?jllsites</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3107,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.1","A review requirement under the Investment Canada Act applies to acquisitions of large Canadian businesses by foreign investors. For private investors from WTO member countries, the review threshold is $1.043 billion in enterprise value for 2021. For investors that are state-owned enterprises from WTO member countries, the review threshold is $415 million in asset value for 2021. Indirect acquisitions of Canadian businesses by WTO investors, including by state-owned investors are not reviewable, but are nonetheless subject to notification. However, this exception does not apply to cultural businesses, which are always subject to review. The review threshold for investors who are from non-WTO member countries is $5 million in asset value for direct acquisitions of Canadian businesses and $50 million in asset value for indirect acquisitions. For all non-Canadian investors, acquisitions of Canadian cultural businesses are also reviewable at these lower thresholds ($5 million and $50 million in asset value). The thresholds for direct acquisitions of non-cultural Canadian businesses by WTO members is also automatically adjusted annually according to a formula in the Act to reflect changes in GDP. \n\nImplementing a reviewable foreign investment is prohibited unless the investment has been reviewed and the Minister is satisfied or is deemed to be satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada. In the assessment of whether the investment is likely to be of net benefit, the following factors are taken into account: (a) the effect of the investment on the level and nature of economic activity in Canada, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the effect on employment, on resource processing, on the utilization of parts, components and services produced in Canada and on exports from Canada; (b) the degree and significance of participation by Canadians in the Canadian business or new Canadian business and in any industry or industries in Canada of which the Canadian business or new Canadian business forms or would form a part; (c) the effect of the investment on productivity, industrial efficiency, technological development, product innovation and product variety in Canada; (d) the effect of the investment on competition within any industry or industries in Canada; (e) the compatibility of the investment with national industrial, economic and cultural policies, taking into consideration industrial, economic and cultural policy objectives enunciated by the government or legislature of any province likely to be significantly affected by the investment; and (f) the contribution of the investment to Canada’s ability to compete in world markets.\n\nOn 18 April 2020, the Canadian Government published a Policy Statement on Foreign Investment Review and COVID-19 that announces “enhanced scrutiny” of “foreign direct investments of any value, controlling or non-controlling, in Canadian businesses that are related to public health or involved in the supply of critical goods and services to Canadians or to the Government”. This measure was taken, according to the Canadian government in response to “opportunistic investment behaviour” caused by declines in valuations of Canadian businesses as well as by investment of state-owned enterprises that “may be motivated by non-commercial imperatives that could harm Canada’s economic or national security interests, a risk that is amplified in the current context”. The approach is temporary until the economy has recovered from the fallout of the COVID-19 pandemic.",{"$cut":{"chars":23311,"head":"\"Definitions\n3 In this Act, [...]\nCanadian means\n(a) a Canadian citizen,\n(b) a permanent resident within the meaning of subsection 2(1) of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act who has been ordinarily resident in Canada for not more than one year after the time at which he or she first became eligible to apply for Canadian citizenship,\n(c) a Canadian government, whether federal, provincial or local, or an agency thereof, or\n(d) an entity that is Canadian-controlled, as determined under subsection 26(1) or (2) and in respect of which there has been no determination made under any of subsections 26(2.1), (2.11) and (2.31) or declaration made under subsection 26(2.2) or (2.32); (Canadien)\nCanadian business means a business carried on in Canada that has\n(a) a place of business in Canada,\n(b) an individual or individuals in Canada who are employed or self-employed in connection with the business, and\n(c) assets in Canada used in carrying on the business; (entreprise canadienne)\n[...]\nnew Canadian business, in relation to a non-Canadian, means a business that is not already being carried on in Canada by the non-Canadian and that, at the time of its establishment,\n(a) is unrelated to any other business being carried on in Canada by that non-Canadian, or\n(b) is related to another business being carried on in Canada by that non-Canadian but falls within a prescribed specific type of business activity that, in the opinion of the Governor in Council, is related to Canada’s cultural heritage or national identity; (nouvelle entreprise canadienne)\n[...]\nPART II - Exemptions\nExempt transactions\n10 (1) This Act, other than Part IV.1, does not apply in respect of\n(a) the acquisition of voting shares or other voting interests by any person in the ordinary course of that person’s business as a trader or dealer in securities;\n(b) the acquisition of voting interests by any person in the ordinary course of a business carried on by that person that consists of providing, in Canada, venture capital on terms and conditions not inconsistent with such terms and conditions as may be fixed by the Minister;\n(c) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business in connection with the realization of security granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for any purpose related to the provisions of this Act, if the acquisition is subject to approval under the Bank Act, the Cooperative Credit Associations Act, the Insurance Companies Act or the Trust and Loan Companies Act;\n(d) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business for the purpose of facilitating its financing and not for any purpose related to the provisions of this Act on the condition that the acquirer divest himself of control within two years after it is acquired or within such longer period as is approved by the Minister;\n(e) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business by reason of an amalgamation, a merger, a consolidation or a corporate reorganization following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of the Canadian business, through the ownership of voting interests, remains unchanged;\n(f) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business carried on by an agent of Her Majesty in right of Canada or a province or by a Crown corporation within the meaning of the Financial Administration Act;\n(g) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business carried on by a corporation the taxable income of which is exempt from tax under Part I of the Income Tax Act by virtue of paragraph 149(1)(d) of that Act;\n(h) any transaction to which Part XII.01 of the Bank Act applies;\n(i) the involuntary acquisition of control of a Canadian business on the devolution of an estate or by operation of law;\n(j) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business by\n(i) an insurance company incorporated in Canada that is a company or a provincial company to which the Insurance Companies Act applies, on the condition that the gross investment revenue of the company from the Canadian business is included in computing the income of the company under subsection 138(9) of the Income Ta"}},"Investment Canada Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.)), last amended on 2021-04-01, Sections 3, 10, 11, 14, 14.1, 14.11, 15, 16, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25.1, 25.3, 25.4 and 28\nGovernment of Canada, Policy Statement on Foreign Investment Review and COVID-19 (18 April 2020, modified 19 April 2020)\nTime Limits and Other Periods Act (COVID-19) (S.C. 2020, c. 11, s. 11), in force from 27 July 2020\nOrder Respecting Time Limits and Other Periods Established By or Under Certain Acts and Regulations for which the Minister of Industry is Responsible (COVID-19) (S.C. 2020, c. 11, s. 11), of 31 July 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-21.8/index.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ic.gc.ca/eic/site/ica-lic.nsf/eng/lk81224.html\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/T-11.1/page-1.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.ic.gc.ca/eic/site/693.nsf/eng/h_00184.html\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,697,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H492","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0024","International road transportation service between Chile and Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, Peru or Uruguay is reserved to companies majority-owned and controlled by nationals of those countries. ","\"Article 2.- The international transport of passengers or cargo may only be carried out by authorized companies, under the terms of this Agreement and its Annexes.\n[...]\nArticle 22.-\n1. The signatory countries will only grant original permits to companies incorporated in accordance with their own legislation and with real domicile in their territory.[...]\n3. More than half of the capital stock and effective control of the company will be in the hands of natural or naturalized citizens of the signatory country that grants the original permit.[...]\" (Decree 257 adopting the International Road Transportation Agreement signed by Argentina, Brazil, Bolivia, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Chile (17 October 1991), Articles 2 and 22)","Decree 257 adopting the International Road Transportation Agreement signed by Argentina, Brazil, Bolivia, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Chile (17 October 1991), Articles 2 and 22","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=11600\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1097,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0015","Since 2020, companies engaged in the selection of new corn varieties and seed production shall be controlled by the Chinese investors. Previously, breed of new varieties of both wheat and corn and seed production were reserved to Chinese-controlled companies.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nI. Agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry, and fishery \n1. The Chinese side shall hold no less than 34% of the shares for the selection of new wheat varieties and seed production, and the selection of new corn varieties and seed production shall be controlled by the Chinese side. \n2. Investment in research and development, cultivation and plantation of Chinese rare and unique precious fine varieties, as well as manufacturing of the relevant propagating materials, (including fine genes of planting, animal husbandry, and aquaculture), shall be prohibited. \n3.  Investment in breeding genetically modified varieties of crop seeds, livestock and poultry breeds and aquatic breeds, as well as manufacturing of genetically modified seeds (seedlings) thereof, shall be prohibited. \n4. Investment in fishing of aquatic products in sea areas and inland waters under Chinese jurisdiction shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version):\n1. Agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry and fishery\nSeed industry\n1.1 The Chinese shareholding ratio in the selection and breeding of new wheat varieties and seed production shall not be less than 34%, and the selection and breeding of new maize varieties and seed production must be controlled by the Chinese party. \n1.2. Investment in R&D, cultivation and plantation of Chinese rare and unique precious fine varieties, as well as manufacturing of the relevant propagative materials (including excellent genes of planting, husbandry and aquaculture) shall be prohibited.\n1.3. It is forbidden to invest in the selection of genetically modified varieties of crops, breeding livestock and aquatic products and their genetically modified seeds. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version):\n1. Agriculture, forestry, animal husbandry and fishery\nSeed industry\n1.1 Breeding of new varieties of wheat and corn and seed production must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n1.2. It is forbidden to invest in R&D, breeding, planting and related breeding materials of China's rare and special varieties. Production of [relevant breeding] materials (including planting, animal husbandry, and excellent genes in aquaculture). \n1.3. It is forbidden to invest in the selection of genetically modified varieties of crops, breeding livestock and aquatic products and their genetically modified seeds.  [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2500,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00576","Investment by non-EU persons, whether directly or indirectly, in air transportation services firms in Croatia is limited to 49% of the voting and controlling rights.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n--------------------------\n\"Article 22\n(1) Commercial air transport, other commercial operations and non-commercial operations may be performed only by those undertakings that meet the conditions established by regulations adopted on the basis of this Act or EU regulations and who have licenses, certificates or approvals when required by those regulations. [...]\" (Air Traffic Act (NN 69/2009; 9 June 2009), as amended by the Act on Amendments to the Air Traffic Act (NN 127/2013; 10 October 2013), Article 22 [google translation])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAir Traffic Act (NN 69/2009; 9 June 2009), as amended by the Act on Amendments to the Air Traffic Act (NN 127/2013; 10 October 2013), Article 22","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2009_06_69_1663.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2013_10_127_2757.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1038,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","_H","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.05","Foreign investors are required to engage Congolese-owned sub-crontractors unless exceptionally when local expertise is unavailable or inaccessible and subject to government approval.","\"Section 2: Scope\nSection 2\nSubcontracting concerns all sectors of activity, except for legal provisions governing certain sectors of activity or certain professions.\nIt relates to related activities, ancillary or part of the main activity.\n[...]\nChapter II. Definitions\nSection 3\nFor the purposes of this law, the following terms mean:\n1. main activity: activity reported as the main activity in the Trade and Personal Property Credit Register of the company or that which is the subject of the contract;\n2. ancillary activity: any activity which contributes indirectly to the performance of the main activity by providing goods and services, in particular the transport of products or staff, staff catering, laundry, industrial guarding, anti-corruption police. - fire, taking charge of staff health care;\n3. related activity: any service, any production which the company needs and which is linked to the performance of the main activity;[....]\n5. main company or main contractor: natural or legal person who has mobilized the financial, human and technical resources for the production of the goods or the provision of the services;[....]\n8. subcontractor or subcontractor company: natural or legal person whose activity, on a regular, temporary or occasional basis, is linked, by a contract or agreement, to the performance of the main activity or to the execution of a contract of a principal company;\n9. subcontracting: activity or operation carried out by a so-called subcontractor company, on behalf of a so-called main company and which contributes to the performance of the main activity of this company, or to the execution of one or more services of a contract of the main company;\n10. capacity or conjunctural subcontracting: operation by which the main company temporarily calls on another company to carry out a task or manufacture a product that it can carry out itself in order to meet to additional commands;\n11. specialty subcontracting: operation by which the main company uses the services of a specialized company for the execution of a task requiring specific equipment or skills which it does not have, for the purpose of carrying out the main activity;\n12. contract subcontracting: operation by which a main company holding a contract uses another company for the performance of certain obligations of the contract or the contract.\n[...]\nTITLE II: PRINCIPLES AND CONDITIONS FOR THE EXERCISE OF SUBCONTRACTING\nChapter 1: Principles [...]\nSection 6\nThe subcontracting activity is reserved for companies with Congolese capital promoted by the Congolese, whatever their legal form, whose head office is located on the national territory.\nHowever, when there is unavailability or inaccessibility of the expertise set out in the paragraph above, and on condition of providing proof thereof to the competent authority, the main contractor may resort to any other company governed by Congolese law. or to a foreign company provided that the activity does not exceed six months; failing this, it creates a company under Congolese law.\nThe sector Minister or the local authority is informed beforehand.[...]\" (LAW N° 17/001 OF FEBRUARY 08, 2017 FIXING THE RULES APPLICABLE TO SUBCONTRACTING IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR [google translation])\n-------------------\n\"Articles 2, 12 and 14 of Decree No. 18/018 of May 24, 2018 implementing measures for Law No. 17/001 of February 8, 2017 setting the rules applicable to subcontracting in the private sector are modified as follows:\n“Article 2:\nIn application of the provisions of articles 2 and 3 of Law No. 17/§001 of February 8, 2017 establishing the rules relating to subcontracting in the private sector, private placement services, insurance (reinsurance, co-insurance and brokerage insurance), banks and the liberal professions (Lawyers, Chartered Accountants, Notaries, Bailiffs, Doctors, Pharmacists, etc.) are, in principle, excluded from the scope of subcontracting.\nHowever, if in the execution of its main activity, the subject of a market or a contract named within the meaning of the Code of Contracts or conventional obligations, a given Company subcontracts part of its activity or becomes subcontractor of another company, this new legal link complies with the legislation on subcontracting\".[...]\" ( Decree No. 20/024 of October 12, 2020 amending and supplementing Decree No. 18/018 of May 24, 2018, implementing measures for Law No. 17/001 of February 8, 2017, setting the rules applicable to the sub - contracting in the private sector [google translation])","LAW N° 17/001 OF FEBRUARY 08, 2017 FIXING THE RULES APPLICABLE TO SUBCONTRACTING IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR [google translation]\nDecree No. 20/024 of October 12, 2020 amending and supplementing Decree No. 18/018 of May 24, 2018, implementing measures for Law No. 17/001 of February 8, 2017, setting the rules applicable to the sub - contracting in the private sector [google translation]","DALDEWOLF (2021), \"Le régime legal de la sous-traitance dans le secteur privé en République Démocratique du Congo\", 21 January 2021.","[<a href=\"https://www.leganet.cd/Legislation/Droit%20civil/Dobligations/Loi.17.001.08.02.2017.html\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.leganet.cd/Legislation/Droit%20civil/Dobligations/Decret.20.024.12.10.2020.html\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.daldewolf.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Régime-legal-de-la-sous-traitance-dans-le-secteur-privé-en-RDC.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3820,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.00075","Ownership of large pieces of agricultural land and forest (exceeding 10 hectares) can be transferred to foreigners and foreign legal persons only with the authorisation of the council of the local government. Citizens of EEA states or OECD member states are not subject to any restrictions.  Restrictions also do not apply to legal persons whose seat is in an EEA state or OECD member state, provided that the purchaser has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in forest management or agricultural production.","\"Chapter 1 - General Provisions  \n§ 1.  Area of regulation of Act:\n (1) This Act provides the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables used as profit yielding land arising from public interest and the restrictions on the acquisition of immovables arising from national security reasons. For the purposes of this Act, public interest is, in particular, development of the management for specific purposes and sustainable management of immovables used as profit yielding land which contain agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, agricultural land is a land parcel in the land use type category of land under cultivation or natural grassland or both such lands of an immovable used as profit yielding land or a part thereof.\n[...]\n\nChapter 2 - Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Used as Profit Yielding Land\n§ 4.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of Contracting States:\n (1) A citizen of Estonia or another country which is a contracting party to the EEA Agreement or a member state of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (hereinafter Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land without restrictions.\n(2) A legal person the seat of which is in a Contracting State (hereinafter legal person of a Contracting State) has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total without restrictions.\n(3) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products listed in Annex I to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, except fishery products and cotton (hereinafter agricultural product).\n[...]\n(5) A legal person of a Contracting State has the right to acquire an immovable which contains less than ten hectares of agricultural land and less than ten hectares of forest land, but ten hectares or more of agricultural and forest land in total, if the legal person has been engaged, for three years immediately preceding the year of making the transaction of acquisition of the immovable, in production of agricultural products or forest management.\n (6) If a legal person of a Contracting State does not meet the requirements provided for in subsections (3)–(5) of this section, the legal person may acquire an immovable which contains ten hectares or more of agricultural land, forest land or agricultural and forest land in total only with the authorisation of the council of the local government of the location of the immovable to be acquired (hereinafter council).\n\n§ 5.  Acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land by persons of third countries:\n (1) A citizen of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural or forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the citizen has resided in Estonia permanently for a period of at least six months immediately before applying for the authorisation or if the citizen has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, as a sole proprietor in:\n 1) production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains agricultural land, or\n 2) forest management or production of agricultural products if the immovable to be acquired contains forest land or both agricultural and forest land.\n (2) For the purposes of this Act, a citizen of a third country is a natural person who is not a citizen of a Contracting State.\n (3) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains agricultural land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n[...]\n (5) A legal person of a third country has the right to acquire an immovable which contains both agricultural and forest land only with the authorisation of the council if the legal person has been engaged in Estonia, for one year immediately preceding the year of applying for the authorisation, in production of agricultural products or forest management and if a branch of the legal person is entered in the Estonian commercial register.\n (6) For the purposes of this Act, a legal person of a third country is a legal person whose seat is not in a Contracting State.\n\n§ 7.  Processing of applications for authorisation for acquisition of immovables which contain agricultural or forest land:\n[...]\n(4) The council may make a decision on refusal to grant authorisation for acquisition of an immovable if:\n 1) the applicant or the application for authorisation does not meet requirements provided for in this Act;\n 2) the grant of authorisation is contrary to the public interest within the meaning of this Act and there is no other predominant public interest;\n 3) the grant of authorisation prevents the local government to perform the functions assigned thereto by law.\n[...]\"\n(Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7 [unofficial translation])","Restrictions on Acquisition of Immovables Act (RT I, 23.02.2012, 11; last amended 14 June 2017), Chapter 1, §1; Chapter 2, §§4, 5 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/514112013013/consolide/current\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,67,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EST","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.0001","A depository of  an  undertaking  for  collective  investment  in  transferable securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country (Directive 2009/65/EC). A fund manager of a UCITS, alternative fund or pension fund may operate only as a public limited company or European company (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"§ 286.  Persons entitled to perform fund depositary functions:\n (1) Credit institutions or investment firms may be depositaries. A depositary of a UCITS may also be the central bank of an EEA Member State.\n\n (2) The depositary of a fund established or founded in Estonia must be entered in the Estonian commercial register as a public limited company or a branch of a foreign company.\n\n (3) The depositary of a fund offered in Estonia and established or founded in an EEA Member State may be a foreign credit institution or investment firm if it has the right pursuant to the law of its home country to provide services equivalent to the securities of holding services specified in clause 44 1) of the Securities Market Act and the level of supervision exercised over it is equivalent to supervision exercised over a credit institution or investment firm of the European Union.\n\n (4) The depositary of a non-public alternative fund, which units or shares are not redeemed within five years after founding or establishment of the fund and pursuant to the investment policy of which the assets of the fund are in general not invested in securities traded on regulated securities markets, may be other legal entities, which perform depositary functions as part of their professional or business activities and in respect of which such entities are subject to mandatory professional registration, in addition to credit institutions and investment firms.\n\n[...]\n\n (6) The persons specified in subsection (4) of this section must notify the Financial Supervision Authority before commencement of provision of the services of a depositary. The specified notification shall be deemed by the Financial Supervision Authority to grant the right to act as a depositary. Upon exercise of supervision over the persons specified in subsection (4) of this section, the Financial Supervision Authority shall have the right to implement all the measures provided for in this Act.\n\n§ 333.  Share capital and initial capital and legal form of fund managers:\n (1) A fund manager of a UCITS, alternative fund or pension fund may operate only as a public limited company or European company.\n[...]\"\n(Investment Funds Act (RT I, 31.12.2016, 3; last amended 12.05.2021), §§286 and 333 [unofficial translation])","Investment Funds Act (RT I, 31.12.2016, 3; last amended 12.05.2021), §§286 and 333\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/ee/508062021001/consolide/current\">Investment Funds Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive 2009/65/EC</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,69,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","J602","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.0001125","France's audiovisual legislation requires 60% of airtime to be dedicated to European works, defined as those produced or majority-financed by companies established in the EU. To qualify, these companies must not be controlled, directly or indirectly, by non-EU producers, and key management positions must be held by EU nationals.","\"Article 6\nAudiovisual works originating in the European Economic Community and cinematographic works originating in the European Economic Community are those which:\n1. Are produced by an enterprise whose registered office is located in a Member State of the European Economic Community and whose chairman, director or manager and the majority of whose administrators are nationals of one of these States, provided that this enterprise personally takes or shares jointly and severally the initiative and the financial, technical and artistic responsibility for the production of the works in question and guarantees their successful completion and that it is not controlled, within the meaning of Article 355-1 of Law No. 66-537 of 24 July 1966, referred to above, by one or more producers established outside the European Economic Community;\n2. Are financed with contributions of at least 50% of their final cost provided by nationals of Member States of the European Economic Community or by companies having headquarters in one of these States;\n3. Are subject, at least two-thirds of the final cost, to production expenditure in the European Economic Community;\n4. Are produced with the participation of performing artists, creative collaborating technicians and authors, in particular directors, screenwriters, dialogue writers, musicians, residents of a Member State of the European Economic Community in a proportion of two thirds;\n5. Use technical services carried out two-thirds of which are carried out in film studios, laboratories or sound studios located in the European Economic Community.\n[...]\nArticle 13\nI. - For each of their programmes, television service publishers reserve, in the total time devoted annually to the broadcasting of audiovisual works, at least:\n1. 60% for the distribution of European works;\n2. 40% for the distribution of works of original French expression. [...]\" (Decree No. 90-66 of January 17, 1990, Articles 6 and 13 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article L233-3\nI. - A company is considered, for the application of sections 2 and 4 of this chapter, as controlling another:\n1.  When it directly or indirectly holds a fraction of the capital giving it the majority of voting rights in the general meetings of this company;\n2. When it alone holds the majority of voting rights in this company by virtue of an agreement concluded with other partners or shareholders and which is not contrary to the interests of the company;\n3. When it actually determines, by the voting rights it has, the decisions in the general meetings of this company.\nII. - It is presumed to exercise this control when it has, directly or indirectly, a fraction of the voting rights greater than 40% and no other partner or shareholder holds, directly or indirectly, a fraction greater than its own.\nArticle L233-4\nAny shareholding even less than 10% held by a controlled company is considered to be held indirectly by the company which controls this company.\" (Commercial Code, implemented 21 September, 2000, Articles L233-3 and L233-4 [google translation])","Decree No. 90-66 of January 17, 1990, Articles 6 and 13 [google translation]\nCommercial Code, implemented 21 September, 2000 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/loda/id/JORFTEXT000000342173\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/codes/section_lc/LEGITEXT000005634379/LEGISCTA000006161293/?anchor=LEGIARTI000031564650#LEGIARTI000031564650\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,4034,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","B05_06","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0007","Transactions related to the acquisition of coal mining rights by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to prior approval. Likewise, change of control of a concessionaire holding hydrocarbons prospecting, exploration and/or exploitation rights, from EU to non­EU controlling countries or nationals (either directly or indirectly), is not allowed without the prior consent of the Ministerial Council. Non­EU nationals (whether natural or legal persons) may be granted hydrocarbons prospecting, exploration and exploitation rights as long as the principle of reciprocity with the country of origin applies. However, the Ministerial Council may refuse the granting or the transfer of such rights to to any entity which is effectively controlled by a third country or third country nationals on grounds of national security.\n","\"Article 1 - Minerals\nFor the application of the present mineral materials, as they are found in nature, are legally distinguished into Mineral minerals or ores and Quarry minerals.\nArticle 2 - Mineral minerals\n1. The following minerals are considered as Mineral minerals or ores:\na) The metals in their natural state (such as copper, gold, etc.).\nb) The compounds of all metals (such as aluminum, silver, arsenic, antimony, vanadium, barium, bis, tungsten, potassium, zirconium, cadmium, tin, cobalt, platinum, manganese, magnesium, magnesium, molybdenum, molybdenum, molybdenum , mercury, copper, gold, chromium, zinc, etc.).\nc) The minerals of the metals of the group of rare earths.\nd) The minerals of the radioactive elements.\ne) Natural sulfur, graphite, phosphorite, fluorite, asbestos, talc, alunite, mica, astrium, alum, sodium chloride, compounds, boron, bromine, iodine , dolomite with a magnesium oxide content greater than 21%.\nf) The precious stones.\ng) Solid fuels and fossil fuels, including peat (coal).\nh) The natural deposits of organic fertilizers.\ni) Hydrocarbons of all kinds in solid liquids or gaseous states, as well as their oxidation products (ozocerite, asphalt, bitumen, bituminous limestones and shales, etc.).\nj) Resinous mineral materials.\nk) The gaseous sun and the native gases.\nl) the geothermal potential\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Acquisition by foreigners\n1. The drawing up of any contract which has as its object the transfer of mining rights to foreign natural or legal persons in general or the granting of the use and exercise of such rights in their favor requires, prior to its conclusion and on the penalty of absolute invalidity, the prior approval of the Minister of Industry subject to the provisions of Articles 74, 75, 76 and 77 hereof.\n2. Prior approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Industry, is also required for the acquisition of shares of domestic companies, acquired in general mining rights, by persons referred to in paragraph 1 of this article.\n3. The approval of the Council of Ministers is not required for the preparation of pre-contracts referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, provided that such pre-agreements shall include a clause in which the final contracts are subject to the condition of their prior approval of the the Council of Ministers.\n4. In case of compulsory auction of mines, regardless of the region in which they are not located, foreigners, natural or legal persons, may bid only if they submit to the auctioneer the approval of the Council of Ministers under paragraph 1 of this article.\n[...]\nArticle 11\nFor the application of the provisions of articles 8 and 9 of this company, acquired legal personality or other legal entities having their registered office in the country, are considered foreigners, if at the discretion of the \"Minister of Development\" they are under legal or financial dependence or influence of foreigners. taking into account the nationality of the majority of its shareholders, the nationality of the company's capital and other critical data in each specific case.  \nArticle 12\nForeign, natural or legal persons bearing shares of Societes Anonymes acquired rights to mines, may not, during the dissolution of the Company and distribution of corporate property, acquire rights over the mines of the dissolved Societe Anonyme, without the prior approval of the Deputy Minister.[...]\" (Mining Code (210/1973), last amended by Law 4512/2018, Articles 1, 2, 8, 11 and 13 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER AND\nEXERCISE OF PUBLIC RIGHTS\nArticle 1 - Definitions\nFor the application of the provisions of this law are defined as:\n1. Hydrocarbons: all kinds of mineral petroleum in solid, liquid or gaseous state and in particular crude oil, natural gas, as well as all kinds of minerals or substances that are extracted with them from porous and permeable geological formations. Shale oil and shale gas are not included. [...]\n6. Lessor: The State on whose behalf EDEY SA enters into a lease agreement with third parties.\n7. Employer: The State on whose behalf EDEY SA enters into a production distribution contract with third parties.\n8. Contractor: The one who concludes a lease contract or a production distribution contract with EDEY SA, as well as the licensee in accordance with paragraphs 4 to 8 of article 7 of this.\n9. Associate: Company or other legal entity or natural person, directly or indirectly controlled by the Contractor, as well as any company or other legal or natural person, which is controlled or controlled directly or indirectly by a company or legal or natural person, which is controlled or controlled directly or indirectly by the Contractor. A person is considered to have control of a company, when he holds at least thirty percent (30%) of the voting capital or when he has, according to special provisions, the right to appoint the management of the company. Especially for the application of par. 5 of article 7 of the present, as a control of the company is considered the participation in its capital in percentages bigger than fifty percent (50%).\n[...]\nArticle 4 - Contractors\n1 . The contractors, concluded in accordance with the provisions hereof, may be natural and legal persons, alone or more than one in the form of a consortium, provided that they are nationals of a Member State of the European Union or of a third country, subject to reciprocity. \n2 . By decision of the Council of Ministers, upon the recommendation of the Minister of Industry, Energy and Technology, participation in the procedures of Articles 2 and 3 and the granting of a search permit or the conclusion of contracts for the lease or distribution of production and the transfer of these rights may be prohibited. according to paragraphs 4 to 8 of article 7 of this law, to a person who is substantially controlled by a third country or by third country nationals or to a consortium in which such person participates, for reasons of national security. \n3. After the conclusion of the contract, the Contractor is prohibited from coming under the direct or indirect control of a foreign state that is not a member of the European Union or under the direct or indirect control of a national of such state, without prior approval of the Council of Ministers, which decides after an opinion. of the Minister of Industry, Energy and Technology. Violation of the previous provision entails the reduction of the Contractor by a decision of the Council of Ministers. [...]\" (Law no. 2289/95 \"Exploration, exploration and exploitation of hydrocarbons and other provisions\" [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER B SEPARATION OF GAS TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS\nArticle 61 - Gas Transmission System Operators\n1. Every company that owns the Natural Gas Transmission System, exercises the responsibilities of the administrator of that System in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n2. Exceptions to the provisions of Part Three of this Law may be granted for a specified period of time under the terms and conditions of Article 36 of Directive 2009/73 / EC, as specifically provided for in Article 76, or derogations under the terms and conditions of paragraphs 4 and 5 of Article 49 of Directive 2009/73 / EC.\nArticle 62 - Separate System Operators Gas Transmission (Article 9 of Directive 2009/73 / EC)\n1. In order to exercise the responsibilities of a Natural Gas Transmission System Operator, the following conditions must be cumulatively met: [...]\n3. The obligation set out in Article 61 (1) shall be deemed to be fulfilled where two or more undertakings in the possession of Gas Transmission Systems have set up a consortium acting as a Transmission System Operator in two or more Member States for these Gas Transmission Systems. No other undertaking may participate in the consortium unless it has been approved in accordance with Article 14 of Directive 2009/73 / EC as an independent system operator or has been certified as an independent transmission operator for the purposes of Chapter IV of Directive 2009/73/EC.\n[...]\nCHAPTER D - INDEPENDENT GAS SYSTEMS\nArticle 74 - ASFA License\n1. Right of construction and ownership or, in case of an underground Storage Facility, the holders of ASFA License have the right to use the ASFA. The ASFA License is granted only to legal entities by decision of RAE and in case the License grants the right to build and own transmission systems only to companies falling under Article 1 of Directive 2009/101 / EC, in accordance with the provisions of the License Regulation. [...]\n(e) In the event that the License grants the right to build and own Gas Transmission Systems, to meet the criteria of paragraph 1 of Article 61 and Article 62. [...]\" (Law 4001/2011 \"On the operation of Energy Markets for Electricity and Natural Gas, for Research, Production and Hydrocarbon transmission networks and other regulations\" [google translation])","Mining Code (210/1973), last amended by Law 4512/2018, Articles 1, 2, 8, 11 and 13\nLaw no. 2289/95 \"Exploration, exploration and exploitation of hydrocarbons and other provisions\" [google translation]\nLaw 4001/2011 \"On the operation of Energy Markets for Electricity and Natural Gas, for Research, Production and Hydrocarbon transmission networks and other regulations\" [google translation]","Norton Rose Fulbright (2015), \"Oil and gas in Greece\", March.\n","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wF6rlIz2Gsd0ndtvSoClrL8Joyc7XVao2V5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ-l1L3i_XyoFo0CVxavc6cpKl790hlD4bhahm--xzmLg.\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/525606\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/gre51962.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/216036/nomos-2289-1995\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://storage.googleapis.com/cclow-staging/02qbtbtvhcw9vaph1z4n7lec42av?GoogleAccessId=laws-and-pathways-staging%40soy-truth-247515.iam.gserviceaccount.com&Expires=1656086007&Signature=S%2F4glmgNqkFMDnr0oIoHKbSayXkpcvsmlWvmHKa7Qeu1OnescMtO6QUcbTWbKlzjtpfhEQZUrz4geq6Qp6TPXKWWGJKLj15oAMlirsz93514LLZR%2B3gGxwc4tf%2F%2F4MEr5a4inP07WuboPRZMQY1vxRGKraVrmsz4az1AEaUB7n9f0s7%2BHR4Lnp3w%2FWP3O3gXdNKjp%2FHLvDcvvjYP5Ifevq2W1HgeGrlSsWuT6wiHZtXbPArdfp4UOVx96OF5etXl2KMlGYVGc7gS6MVUwEP7qUlrT0RdI3zjraVD2eVBpezaxeQvENKggkEXiz5HOhKUeo4hJmtQ2UqGzsH4Yo%2BGJQ%3D%3D&response-content-disposition=inline%3B+filename%3D%22f%22%3B+filename%2A%3DUTF-8%27%27f&response-content-type=application%2Fpdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=256ab402-cae8-4353-be39-73e7b6256c15\">Other</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,794,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISL","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","Foreign investment may be blocked if it is considered to threaten national security, public order, public safety or public health, or in the event of serious economic, social or environmental difficulties in particular economic sectors or particular areas, which are likely to be of a lasting nature.","\"Article 12:\n If the Minister considers that particular foreign investment threatens national security, public order, public safety or public health or in the event of serious economic, social or environmental difficulties in particular economic sectors or particular areas which are likely to be of a lasting nature, he may suspend such an investment, provided that he announces his decision within eight weeks of becoming aware of the investment in question. In the case of investment by a state entity within the European Economic Area, the provisions of Articles 112 and 113 of the Agreement on the European Economic Area shall be observed, cf. Act no. 2/1993. In the case of an investment by a Member State of the European Free Trade Association, the provisions of Articles 40 and 41 shall be observed in the Memorandum of Association.\nThe Minister may suspend foreign investment in systemically important companies when such investment involves systemic risk.\nThe Minister is authorized to stop foreign investment according to Art. Paragraphs 2 and 3 on the basis of suggestions from competent authorities.\n[Minister] in the first half of each year, the Althingi shall submit a report on foreign investment in business operations in Iceland the year before. It shall include information on the government's measures to increase foreign investment in Iceland, on foreign investment and total investment by industry and on the application of security provisions pursuant to Art. Paragraph 2 and government remedies according to Article 5.[...]\" (Act on Investment by Non-residents in Business Enterprises (34/1991), last amended 24 December 2019, Article 12 [google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"ICELAND\nA. Exceptions at national level\nI. Investment by established foreign-controlled enterprises\nTrans-sectoral: Foreign investment is accepted under reciprocity conditions. Transactions may be blocked if foreign investment is deemed to \"seriously reduce competition\" or to have an \"undesirable effect on the Icelandic Economy\". \nTrans-sectoral: Investment by foreign states or state-owned enterprises is prohibited unless an authorisation is granted.[...]\" (OECD, National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises)","Act on Investment by Non-residents in Business Enterprises (34/1991), last amended 24 December 2019, Article 12\nOECD, National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.althingi.is/lagas/nuna/1991034.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/investment/investment-policy/nationaltreatmentinstrument.htm#:~:text=%22National%20Treatment%22%20is%20the%20commitment,domestic%20enterprises%20in%20like%20situations.\">NTI</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,821,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISL","L68","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.0648","The acquisition of rights to own or use real property by non-EEA nationals - other than for direct business use - is restricted, with the exception of acquisitions by limited liability companies in which non-residents do not own more than 20% of the capital and do not hold a majority of the total voting power.","\"Article 1:\nNo one may acquire the right to own or use real property in Iceland, including fishing and hunting rights, water rights or other real property rights, whether by free assignation or enforcement measures, marriage, inheritance or deed of transfer, unless the following conditions are met:\n1. In the case of an individual, he shall be an Icelandic citizen or have domicile in Iceland.\n2. If several individuals are involved in a company, and each bears unlimited liability for the debts of the company, they shall all be Icelandic citizens or shall have been domiciled in Iceland for at least five continuous years.\n3. In the case of a company in which some members bear unlimited liability, and others only limited liability, for the company's debts, all those who bear unlimited liability shall be Icelandic citizens or shall have been domiciled in Iceland for at least five continuous years.\n4. In the case of a company in which none of the members bears unlimited liability for the company's debts, or an institution, the company or institution shall have its domicile and venue in Iceland and all its directors shall be Icelandic citizens or shall have been domiciled in Iceland for at least five continuous years. In the case of joint-stock companies, 4/5 of the share capital shall be owned by Icelandic citizens, and Icelandic citizens shall exercise the majority of the votes at shareholders' meetings.\n[...]\nThe minister may grant permission to deviate from the conditions of the first paragraph:\n1. in accordance with applications from natural or legal persons for which it is necessary to acquire the right of ownership, or the right of utilisation, over properties and the appurtenant property rights, for the purpose of direct utilisation in their business operations, or\n2. in accordance with an application from a natural person if he or she is considered as having a strong connection with Iceland, e.g. by reason of marriage to an Icelandic citizen.\n[...]\nNotwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 1-6, the permission of the Minister shall not be required in the following cases:\n1. In the case of the hire of real property or the rights concerning real property, providing that the hire period or the period applying to other rights is three years or shorter, or where the right is reserved to terminate the agreement with one year's notice or less.\n2. When the party involved enjoys rights in Iceland under the rules of the Agreement on the European Economic Area applying to the free movement of persons, the right of establishment, services or movement of capital or corresponding clauses in the Convention establishing the European Free Trade Association. The Minister shall set further rules specifying the types of real property covered by these rights and other matters concerning the execution of these rights.[...]\" (Act on the Right of Ownership and Use of Real Property (19/1966), last amended 21 July 2020, Article 1 [unofficial translation])","Act on the Right of Ownership and Use of Real Property (19/1966), last amended 21 July 2020, Article 1 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.althingi.is/lagas/nuna/1966019.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.government.is/Publications/Legislation/Lex/?newsid=353f66b8-f153-11e7-9421-005056bc4d74\">Translation</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,822,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J602","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0001875","Foreign shareholding in radio (FM) broadcasting companies and in ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels is limited to 49%, and the investment is subject to prior gorvernmental approval. Foreign shareholding in digital media outlets disseminating (uploading/streaming) news & current affairs is limited to 26% and such investment is equally subject to prior governemnt approval. Since 2019, approval by the Reserve Bank of India is no longer required for the openning of branch offices of foreign companies  in defence, telecom, information and broadcasting and private security services, provided that they have an approval of the regulator and the ministry concerned.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.7 BROADCASTING\n5.2.7.1 BROADCASTING CARRIAGE SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.1.1\n(1)Teleports(setting up of up-linking HUBs/Teleports);\n(2)Direct to Home (DTH);\n(3)Cable Networks (Multi System operators (MSOs) operating at National or State or District level and undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability);\n(4)Mobile TV;\n(5)Headend-in-the Sky Broadcasting Service(HITS) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.7.1.2 Cable Networks(Other MSOs not undertaking upgradation of networks towards digitalization and addressability and Local Cable Operators (LCOs))  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \nNote [to parag. 5.2.7.1.1-2]: Infusion of fresh foreign investment, beyond 49% in a company not seeking license/permission from sectoral Ministry, resulting in change in the ownership pattern or transfer of stake by existing investor to new foreign investor, will require Government approval. \n5.2.7.2 BROADCASTING CONTENT SERVICES \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.7.2.1 Terrestrial Broadcasting FM (FM Radio), subject to such terms and conditions, as specified from time to time, by Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, for grant of permission for setting up of FM Radio stations | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.2  Up-linking of ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 49% | Entry Route:  Government\n5.2.7.2.3 Uploading/Streaming of News & Current Affairs through Digital Media | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 26% | Entry Route: Government\n5.2.7.2.4 Up-linking of Non- ‘News & Current Affairs’ TV Channels/ Down-linking of TV Channels | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.7.3 Detailed guidelines on the Broadcasting Sector are given in Annexure-6. \n[...]\nAnnexure-6 Conditions for Broadcasting Sector  \n1.3 Foreign investment in the aforestated broadcasting carriage services will be subject to the following security conditions/terms:  Mandatory Requirement for Key Executives of the Company (i) The majority of Directors on the Board of the Company shall be Indian citizens. (ii) The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Officer in-charge of technical network operations and Chief Security Officer should be resident Indian citizens.  Security Clearance of Personnel (iii) The Company, all Directors on the Board of Directors and such key executives like Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Security Officer (CSO), Chief Technical Officer (CTO), Chief Operating Officer (COO), shareholders who individually hold 10% or more paid-up capital in the company and any other category, as may be specified by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting from time to time, shall require to be security cleared.  [...]\nNational Security Conditions  (xviii)It shall be open to the licensor to restrict the Licensee Company from operating in any sensitive area from the National Security angle. The Government of India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting shall have the right to temporarily suspend the permission of the permission holder/Licensee in public interest or for national security for such period or periods as it may direct. The company shall immediately comply with any directives issued in this regard failing which the permission issued shall be revoked and the company disqualified to hold any such permission in future for a period of five years. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n--------------\n[not repoduced here] (Reserve Bank of India, Notification No. FEMA 22 (R)/(2)/2019-RB, Foreign Exchange Management (Establishment in India of a branch office or a liaison office or a project office or any other place of business) (Amendment) Regulations, 2019)","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nReserve Bank of India, Notification No. FEMA 22 (R)/(2)/2019-RB, Foreign Exchange Management (Establishment in India of a branch office or a liaison office or a project office or any other place of business) (Amendment) Regulations, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/NotificationUser.aspx?Id=11519&Mode=0\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2436,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","L68","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.10125","Foreign acquisitions of land and real estate units unless for business purposes is prohibited. However, real estate investments in the development of townships, construction of residential /commercial premises is permitted.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n3.7   OTHER CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT BESIDES ENTRY CONDITIONS [...]\n3.7.2 Establishment of branch office, liaison office or project office or any other place of business in India shall be governed by the Foreign Exchange Management (Establishment in India of a branch office or a liaison office or a project office or any other place of business) Regulations, 2016. Further, acquisition or transfer of immovable property in India by citizens of certain countries shall be regulated as per the relevant provisions under the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019, as amended from time to time. \n[...]\n5.1 PROHIBITED SECTORS\nFDI is prohibited in: [...]\nf) Real Estate Business or Construction of Farm Houses\n‘Real estate business’ shall not include development of townships, construction of residential /commercial premises, roads or bridges and Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) registered and regulated under the SEBI (REITs) Regulations 2014. \n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.10 CONSTRUCTION DEVELOPMENT: TOWNSHIPS, HOUSING, BUILT-UP INFRASTRUCTURE\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.10.1 Construction-development projects (which would include development of townships, construction of residential/commercial premises, roads or bridges, hotels, resorts, hospitals, educational institutions, recreational facilities, city and regional level infrastructure, townships) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.10.2\nEach phase of the construction development project would be considered as a separate project for the purposes of FDI policy. Investment will be subject to the following conditions:\n(A) (i)  The investor will be permitted to exit on completion of the project or after development of trunk infrastructure i.e. roads, water supply, street lighting, drainage and sewerage.\n(ii) Notwithstanding anything contained at (A) (i) above, a foreign investor will be permitted to exit and repatriate foreign investment before the completion of project under automatic route, provided that a lock-in-period of three years, calculated with reference to each tranche of foreign investment has been completed. Further, transfer of stake from one non-resident to another non-resident, without repatriation of investment will neither be subject to any lock-in period nor to any government approval. [...]\nNOTE:\n(i)  It is clarified that FDI is not permitted in an entity which is engaged or proposes to engage in real estate business, construction of farm houses and trading in transferable development rights (TDRs). \n“Real estate business” means dealing in land and immovable property with a view to earning profit there from and does not include development of townships, construction of residential/ commercial premises, roads or bridges, educational institutions, recreational facilities, city and regional level infrastructure, townships. Further, earning of rent/ income on lease of the property, not amounting to transfer, will not amount to real estate business.\n(ii) Condition of lock-in period at (A) above will not apply to Hotels &Tourist Resorts, Hospitals, Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Educational Institutions, Old Age Homes and investment by NRIs. [...]\n(iv) It is clarified that 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in completed projects for operation and management of townships, malls/ shopping complexes and business centres. Consequent to foreign investment, transfer of ownership and/or control of the investee company from residents to non-residents is also permitted.  However, there would be a lock-in-period of three years, calculated with reference to each tranche of FDI, and transfer of immovable property or part thereof is not permitted during this period. [...]\n(vi) Notwithstanding anything contained in Para 5.2.10 above, it is clarified that real-estate broking service does not amount to real estate business and 100% foreign investment is allowed in the activity under automatic route. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER II - GENERAL CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL INVESTORS\n3. Restriction on investment in India by a person resident outside India.- Save as otherwise provided in the Act or rules or regulations made thereunder, no person resident outside India shall make any investment in India : \n[...]\nCHAPTER IX - ACQUISITION AND TRANSFER OF IMMOVABLE PROPERTY IN INDIA \n24. Acquisition and transfer of property in India by a NRI or an OCI - A NRI or an OCI may - (a)  acquire immovable property in India other than an agricultural land or farm house or plantation property: \n[...]\n25. Joint acquisition by the spouse of a NRI or an OCI : A person resident outside India, not being an NRI or an OCI, who is a spouse of an NRI or an OCI may acquire one immovable property (other than agricultural land or farm house or plantation property), jointly with his or her NRI or OCI spouse : \n[...]\n26. Acquisition of immovable property for carrying on a permitted activity - A person resident outside India who has established in India in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Management (Establishment in India of a Branch office or a liaison office or a project office or any other place of business) Regulations, 2016, as amended from time to time, a branch, office or other place of business for carrying on in India any activity, excluding a liaison office, may - \n(a)  acquire any immovable property in India, which is necessary for or incidental to carrying on such activity: [...]\nProvided that no person of Pakistan or Bangladesh or Sri Lanka or Afghanistan or China or Iran or Hong Kong or Macau or Nepal or Bhutan or Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK) shall acquire immovable property, other than on lease not exceeding five years, without prior approval of the Reserve Bank. \n[...]\n28. Acquisition by a long-term visa holder - A person being a citizen of Afghanistan, Bangladesh or Pakistan belonging to minority communities in those countries, namely, Hindus, Sikhs, Buddhists, Jains, Parsis and Christians who is residing in India and has been granted a Long Term Visa (LTV) by the Central Government may purchase only one residential immovable property in India as dwelling unit for self-occupation and only one immovable property for carrying out self-employment subject to the following conditions\n[...]\n29. Repatriation of sale proceeds - (1) A person referred to in sub-section (5) of section 6 of the Act, or his successor shall not, except with the general or specific permission of the Reserve Bank, repatriate outside India the sale proceeds of any immovable property referred to in that sub- section.[...]\" (Foreign Exchange Management Non-Debt Instrument Rules (Foreign Exchange Management Non-Debt Instrument Rules, as amended)","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nForeign Exchange Management Non-Debt Instrument Rules, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://egazette.nic.in/WriteReadData/2019/213332.pdf\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2480,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.01875","As of March 2021, foreign investment in low value construction works is no longer restricted, but foreign investment in construction activities using simple and medium technology remains reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs regardless of value [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Besides, Law No. 2 of 2017 on Construction Services as amended by the Omnibus Law (the Construction Services Law) continues to require foreign investors to establish an Indonesian construction service company through a joint venture with a locally-owned construction service company. The Construction Services Law does not, however, prescribe the minimum shareholding which must be held by locally owned construction service companies. Despite the New Investment List seemingly removing several construction services business activities from foreign ownership restrictions, pursuant to the Construction Services Law, foreign-owned Indonesian construction services companies are still only permitted to provide services for high-risk, high technology, and/or high-value construction works. Further, the New Investment List prescribes that the construction of buildings and industrial buildings must be undertaken in partnership with local cooperatives, micro, small and medium enterprises (CMSMEs). The New Investment List does not provide any guidance to foreign investors on how the requirement for such partnership with CMSMEs may be satisfied. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that previous interpretation, whereby the required partnership arrangement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.\nPreviously, investment in low value works using simple technology and/or of value of up to IDR 50 billion was reserved to indonesian-owned SMEs. ","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Building Construction Using Simple and Madva Technology: (Residence Building; Shopping Building Includes Department Store, Shop, Shop House (shop), and Warung; Health Building Includes Puskesmas, Medical Center and the Health Services Building;Education Building Includes Educational Facilities, Course Sites, Laboratories and Educational Support Buildings Other; Lodging Building Includes Hostel and Inn; Building for Entertainment and Sports Includes Cinema, Culture / Arts Building, Tourism and Recreation Building and Sports Building; Other Buildings Include Places of Worship, Hall Buildings; Meeting, Warehouse, Generator Building, Pump House, Depa, Electrical Substation Building, and Signal Substation Building; Prefabricated Building Construction Work Services Include Installation of Factory-Produced Materials such as Precast Concrete, Steel, Plastics, Rubber, and Other Factory Products with Fabrication, Erection, and / or Assembly Methods for Buildings.\n- Construction of Civil Road Buildings Includes Maintenance, Highway Buildings Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Installation of Prefabricated Buildings for Construction of Irrigation and Drainage Networks: Construction of Irrigation Networks Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Construction of Processing, Distribution and Storage of Drainage Buildings Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Installation of Prefabricated Buildings for Construction of Drinking Water Processing, Distribution and Storage Buildings\n- Construction of Wastewater Treatment, Distribution and Storage Buildings and / or Small and Medium Risks\n- Construction of Civil Buildings, Telecommunications for Transportation Infrastructure: Construction of Telecommunication Assistance to Navigation and River Signs Using Simple and Intermediate Technology; Air Navigation Telecommunication Construction Using Simple and Intermediate Technology; Construction of Railway Signals and Telecommunications Using Simple and Intermediate Technology;\n- Construction Central Telecommunication Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Making / Drilling Groundwater Well Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Construction of Electrical Civil Buildings Using Simple and Intermediate Technology: Other Civil Building Construction YTDL Using Simple and Intermediate Technology; Construction of Electrical Networks and Other Telecommunications Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Installation of Prefabricated Buildings for Construction of Irrigation, Communication and Waste Channel Networks Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Construction of Buildings Using Simple and Intermediate Technology: Water resources; Non-Fisheries Port; Fishing Port;\n- Installation of Prefabricated Buildings for Construction of Other Civil Buildings Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Disassembly Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Land Preparation Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Installation Using Simple and Intermediate Technology: Telecommunication; Railway Signals and Telecommunications; Highway Signals and Signs; Electronics; Water channel (plumbing); Heating and Geothermal; Oil and gas; Air Conditioning and Ventilation; Mechanical; Other Construction YTDL Covers Installation and Maintenance of Mining and Manufacturing Facilities Installations such as Loading and Discharging Stations, Winding Shafts, Chemical Plants, Iron Foundaries, Blast Furnaces and Coke Ovens; Installation of treatment systems and equipment for seawater, brackish water, fresh water becomes mummified water in power plants\n- Works Using Simple and Intermediate Technology: Installation of Glass and Aluminum; Floor, Wall, Sanitary ware and Ceiling; Painting\n- Decoration Using Simple and Intermediate Technology: interior, exterior, Other Building Construction Completions\n- Installation of Construction Using Simple and Intermediate Technology: Installation of Foundations and Piles; Installation of Scaffolding (Steiger); Roof Covering; Steel Framework; Rental of Construction Tools with Operators; Using Simple and Intermediate Technology\n- Other Special Constructions YTDL Using Simple and Intermediate Technology Not Classified in Groups 43901 s.d. 43905\n- Architectural Activities Using Simple and Intermediate Technology [architectural services related]\n- YBDI Engineering and Technical Consultancy activities Using Simple and Intermediate Technology [engineering services related]\n- Laboratory Testing Services Using Simple and Intermediate Technology [engineering services related]\n- Installation Engineering Inspection Services Using Simple and Intermediate Technology [engineering services related]\n>Condition: Reserved for SMEs [...] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Construction]\n-Construction services (construction contractors) with simple and medium technology and/or small and medium risks and/or work value of up to IDR 50,000,000,000 // Business services /construction consultancy services with simple/medium technology and/or small/medium risks and/or value less than IDR 10,000,000,000 [architecture, engineering services related]: Reserved for SMEs [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2650,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.006","The previous restriction concerning foreign investment in rural banks is no longer listed in the investment negative list (PR 49/2021). However, foreign investment in rural banks remains prohibited as per the Law on Banking and Sharia commercial banks.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Conventional smallholder’s credit bank, Sharia smallholder’s credit bank [rural banks] [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER IV - LICENSING, FORM OF LEGAL ENTITY, AND OWNERSHIP\nPart One - Licensing [...]\nArticle 17\nIn order to obtain a business license as a Commercial Bank in the form of a joint venture bank, the requirements as referred to in Article 16 paragraph (3) and paragraph (6) must be met, as well as the provisions stipulated in a Government Regulation, which regulates:\na. the amount of permitted foreign ownership and management;\nb. parties that are allowed to cooperate;\nc. other matters which according to the Monetary Board need to be regulated in the interests of national development.\n[...]\nArticle 20.\n(1) A Branch Office, a sub-branch office, and a representative office of a Bank whose head office is domiciled overseas (foreign Bank), may only be established pursuant to a license granted by the Chairmen of Bank Indonesia.\n(2) The establishment of a sub-branch office of a bank referred to in paragraph (1) shall be reported to Bank Indonesia.\n(3) The requirements and procedures for the establishment of offices as referred to in paragraph (1) and paragraph (2) shall be provided in further detail in a Government Regulation.\n(4) The requirements and procedures for the establishment of offices of a Commercial Bank as referred to in paragraph (1), paragraph (2), and paragraph (3) shall be stipulated by Bank Indonesia.\n[...]\nPart Three - Ownership\nArticle 22\n(1) Commercial Banks can be established by:\na. Indonesian citizens;\nb. Indonesian legal entity; or\nc. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities with foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities in partnership.\n(2) Further provisions regarding the establishment requirements that must be met by the parties as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be stipulated by the Financial Services Authority.\nArticle 23\n(1) Rural Banks can only be established and owned by Indonesian citizens, Indonesian legal entities whose owners are all Indonesian citizens, local governments, or can be jointly owned by the three of them.\n[...]\nArticle 26\n(1) Commercial Banks may issue shares through the stock exchange in Indonesia.\n(2) Indonesian citizens, foreign nationals, Indonesian legal entities and/or foreign legal entities may purchase Commercial Bank shares that are sold based on the provisions referred to in paragraph (1).\n(3) Foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities may purchase Commercial Bank shares through the stock exchange, provided that they do not become a majority.\n(4) Specifically for state-owned Commercial Banks, the issuance of shares as referred to in paragraph (1) can only be carried out without causing a change in the majority share ownership by the state.\n(5) The implementation of the provisions referred to in paragraph (2), paragraph (3), and paragraph (4) shall be further regulated by a Government Regulation. [...]\"(Law (No. 7 of 1992 on Banking, as amended [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Article 9\n(1) Sharia Commercial Banks can only be established and/or owned by:\na. Indonesian citizens;\nb. Indonesian legal entity;\nc. Local government; or\nd. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities with foreign citizens and/or foreign legal entities in partnership.\n(2) Sharia Rural Banks can only be established and/or owned by:\na. Indonesian citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities wholly owned by Indonesian citizens;\nb. Local government; or\nc. two or more parties as referred to in letter a and letter b.\n(3) The maximum ownership of Islamic Commercial Banks by foreign legal entities is determined in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations in the field of investment. [...]\" (Law Number 21 of 2008 concerning Sharia Banking, as amended [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nM. Banking Sector\n- Conventional smallholder’s credit bank, Sharia smallholder’s credit bank [rural banks]: Domestic capital 100% [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nLaw (No. 7 of 1992 on Banking, as amended [google translation]\nLaw Number 21 of 2008 concerning Sharia Banking, as amended [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/46599/uu-no-7-tahun-1992\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/39655/uu-no-21-tahun-2008\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2634,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","K661","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"1.67E-05","Directors of a Securities Exchange must have Indonesian citizenship.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Law what is meant by: [...]\n11. Investment Manager is a Party whose business activities are managing Securities portfolios for customers or managing collective investment portfolios for a group of customers, except for insurance companies, pension funds, and banks which carry out their own business activities based on the applicable laws and regulations.[... ]\n21. Securities Company is a Party conducting business activities as Underwriter, Broker-dealer, and or Investment Manager.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SECURITIES EXCHANGES, CLEARING AND GUARANTEE INSTITUTIONS, AND DEPOSITORY AND SETTLEMENT AGENCIES\nPart One - Stock Exchange\nParagraph 1 - Licensing\nArticle 6\n(1) Companies that can conduct business activities as Stock Exchanges have obtained business licenses from Bapepam.\n(2) The requirements and procedures for licensing the Securities Exchange as referred to in paragraph (1) are further regulated by a Government Regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 8\nThose who can become stockholders of the Stock Exchange are Securities Companies that have obtained business licenses to carry out activities as Securities Broker-Dealers.\n[...]\nPart Two - Clearing Guarantee Institutions and Depository and Settlement Institutions [...]\nArticle 15\n(1) Shareholders of Clearing Guarantee Institutions and Depository and Settlement Institutions are Stock Exchanges, Securities Companies, Securities Administration Agencies, Custodian Banks, or other Parties with the approval of Bapepam.\n(2) The majority of Clearing Guarantee Institution shares must be owned by the Stock Exchange.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - SECURITIES COMPANIES, SECURITIES COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES, AND INVESTMENT ADVISORS\nArticle 30\n(1) Those that can carry out business activities as Securities Companies are Companies that have obtained business licenses from Bapepam.\n(2) A Securities Company that has obtained a business license as referred to in paragraph (1) may carry out activities as Underwriter, Broker-dealer, and or Investment Manager as well as other activities in accordance with the provisions stipulated by Bapepam.\n(3) Parties conducting business activities as Underwriters, Securities Brokers, and or Investment Managers only for debt securities with a maturity of not more than one year, certificates of deposit, insurance policies, Securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of Indonesia, or other Securities determined by Bapepam are not required to obtain a business license as a Securities Company.\n(4) Requirements and procedures for licensing Securities Companies are further regulated by Government Regulation.[...]\" (Law  No. 8 of 1995 on the Capital Market [repealed by Law no. 4 of 2023 concerning the Development and Strengthening of the Financial Sector] [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"1.  GENERAL PROVISIONS \na. Investment Manager is the Investment Manager as referred to in Law Number 8 Year 1995 concerning Capital Market.\nb. Person who may conduct business activity as an Investment Manager is a Securities Company which has already obtained business license from Capital Market and Financial Institutions Supervisory Agency (CMFISA).\nc. An Investment Manager may conduct business activities in the form of: \n1) management of Securities portfolio for the interest of a particular investor based on an individual and bilateral fund management agreement arranged according to CMFISA rules; \n2) management of collective investment portfolios for a group of investors through a vehicle or products which are regulated by CMFISA rules; and/or \n3) other activities in accordance with provisions set by CMFISA.\n d. An Investment Manager that does not have a business license as an Investment Advisor may conduct business activities as an Investment Advisor provided that such Investment Manager does not charge any fee for advice on sale or purchase of Securities offered to its clients. [...]\" (DECISION OF CHAIRMAN OF CAPITAL MARKET AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTION SUPERVISORY AGENCY NUMBER: KEP-479/BL/2009 CONCERNING LICENSING PROCEDURES FOR SECURITIES COMPANY CONDUCTING BUSINESS AS AN INVESTMENT MANAGER )\n-----------------------------------\n\"Article 1\nIn this rule, the following terminologies apply: [...]\n2. Securities Company is a Person that conducts business as an Underwriter, a Broker-Dealer and/or an Investment Manager. \n[...]\nArticle 2\n(1) Shares of a joint venture Securities Company may be owned by a foreign legal entity which engaged in financial sector other than Securities industry at maximum 85% (eighty five percent) of paid in capital.\n(2) Shares of a joint venture Securities Company may be owned by a foreign legal entity which engaged in Securities industry that has license or under Capital Market authority’s supervision in the home country at maximum 99% (ninety nine percent) of paid in capital. \nArticle 3\n(1) In the event that a national or a joint venture Securities Company conducts a Public Offering, shares of the Securities Company can be wholly owned by a Local Investor or Foreign Investor. (2) Foreign Investor as referred to in item (1) can be a Foreign Investor who is not engaged in financial sector. [...]\" (MINISTER OF FINANCE REGULATION NUMBER 153/PMK.010/2010 CONCERNING SHARE OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL OF SECURITIES COMPANY)\n-----------------------------------\n\"RULE NUMBER III.A.3 : DIRECTORS OF SECURITIES EXCHANGE [...]\n1. GENERAL a. Securities Exchange must have at least 3 (three) directors.\n[...]\n2. REQUIREMENTS FOR CANDIDATES OF DIRECTORS \na. Candidates of directors of a Securities Exchange must meet the following requirements: 1) Must be individuals who have Indonesian citizenship and are legally competent; \n[...]\n27. Office term of director of the Securities Exchange is automatically ended if the director, among other things: a. lose his/her Indonesian citizenship; [...]\" (Decision of the Chairman of Capital Market and Financial Institutions Supervisory Agency (CMFISA) Number: Kep-12/BL/2009 Date: 30 January 2009)\n","Law  No. 8 of 1995 on the Capital Market [repealed by Law no. 4 of 2023 concerning the Development and Strengthening of the Financial Sector] [google translation]\nDECISION OF CHAIRMAN OF CAPITAL MARKET AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTION SUPERVISORY AGENCY NUMBER: KEP-479/BL/2009 CONCERNING LICENSING PROCEDURES FOR SECURITIES COMPANY CONDUCTING BUSINESS AS AN INVESTMENT MANAGER\nMINISTER OF FINANCE REGULATION NUMBER 153/PMK.010/2010 CONCERNING SHARE OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL OF SECURITIES COMPANY \nDecision of the Chairman of Capital Market and Financial Institutions Supervisory Agency (CMFISA) Number: Kep-12/BL/2009 Date: 30 January 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/46197/uu-no-8-tahun-1995\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ojk.go.id/Files/regulation/capital-market/bap-rules/new/VA3-2009.pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ojk.go.id/en/kanal/pasar-modal/regulasi/peraturan-keputusan-menteri/Documents/03TerjemahanPMK153_1420163031.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ojk.go.id/en/kanal/pasar-modal/regulasi/klasifikasi-bapepam/bursa-efek/Documents/IIIA3_1391350862.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2643,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0009","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include oil-related wholesale and retail distribution.","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1503,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0009","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include oil-related wholesale and retail distribution.","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014)","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1503,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.0045","Foreigners or foreign-controlled enterprises are not granted licenses to operate broadcasting stations, nor are they approved as broadcasters. Enterprises are considered as foreign-controlled if any of their executive directors is a foreigner or if no less than one-fifth (in the case of terrestrial broadcasting stations, including indirect investment) or one-third (\"facility-supplying broadcasters\") of voting rights in the aggregate are owned by foreigners. Restrictions do not apply to cable television and broadcast of telecommunications services.","\"Article 93　(1)　Persons intending to conduct basic broadcasting operations (excluding those intending to receive or who have already received a basic terrestrial broadcasting station license for use in the operations of the basic broadcasting pursuant to the provisions of the Radio Act) must obtain the approval of the Minister of Internal Affairs and Communications with regard to coming under all of the following requirements: [...]\n(vii)　the person intending to conduct such operations does not come under any of the following of (a) through (k) inclusive (excluding (e) in cases of conducting the operations of basic satellite broadcasting or basic terrestrial broadcasting for mobile reception):\n(a)　a person who does not have Japanese nationality\n(b)　a foreign government or its representative\n(c)　a foreign corporation or organization\n(d)　a corporation or organization where the person given in (a) through (c) is a specified officer or where the person holds one-fifth or more of the voting rights\n(e)　a corporation or organization where the ratio obtained by adding the ratio of the voting rights directly held by the person given in 1. and the ratio provided for by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications as the ratio of the voting rights indirectly held by the person given in 2. through the person accounts for one-fifth or more of the voting rights (excluding cases coming under (d)).\n1.　The person given in (a) through (c)\n2.　A corporation or organization where the ratio of the voting rights held directly by the person given in 1. is the same as or more than the ratio stipulated by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications[...]\" (Broadcasting Act (No. 132 of 1950), last amended by Law No. 23 of 2019, Article 93 [unofficial translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 5　(1)　No radio station license is granted to any person who falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　a person who does not have Japanese nationality\n(ii)　a foreign government or its representative\n(iii)　a foreign corporation or organization\n(iv)　A corporation or organization, which is represented by any person listed in the preceding three items, or one third or more officers of which are those persons, or one third or more voting rights of which are made up of the aggregate of voting rights held by those persons [...]\n(4)　With respect to radio stations that transmit radio communications intended to be received directly by the general public (hereinafter referred to as \"broadcast\" except in Article 99-2) and use the radio frequencies (meaning the \"frequencies assignable to core broadcasting\" in Article 7, paragraphs (3) and (4)) given in Article 26, paragraph (2), item (v) (a) (hereinafter referred to as \"core broadcasting\") (except radio stations that broadcast relay-broadcasting for preventing reception obstructions, satellite core broadcasting (meaning the \"satellite core broadcasting\" set forth under Article 2, item (xiii) of the Broadcast Act) and terrestrial core broadcasting for mobile reception (meaning the \"terrestrial core broadcasting for mobile reception\" set forth under item (xiv) of the same Article; hereinafter the same applies)), notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) and the preceding paragraph, a radio license is not to be granted to any person who falls under any of the following items:\n(i) any person listed in paragraph (1) items (i) through (iii) [...]\n(ii) a corporation or organization, of which any person listed in paragraph (1) items (i) through (iii) is a specified officer set forth under Article 2 item (xxxi) of the Broadcast Act, or in which any persons listed in paragraph (1) items (i) through (iii) holds one fifth or more of its total voting rights\n(iii)　a corporation or organization, in which the aggregate of the proportion of voting rights possessed directly by the persons listed in (a) and the proportion of voting rights specified by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications as the proportion of voting rights possessed indirectly by the persons listed in (b) through those listed in accounts for one fifth or more of its total voting rights (except cases that fall under the preceding item)\n(a)　Any person listed in paragraph (1) items (i) through (iii)\n(b)　A corporation or organization, in which the proportion of voting rights possessed directly by the persons listed in (a) is not less than the proportion specified by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications [...]\" (Radio Act (No. 131 of 1950), last amended by Law No. 19 of 2021, Article 5 [unofficial translation])","Broadcasting Act (No. 132 of 1950), last amended by Law No. 23 of 2019, Article 93\nRadio Act (No. 131 of 1950), last amended by Law No. 19 of 2021, Article 5","n;a","[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=325AC0000000132\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/laws/view/2954\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=325AC0000000131\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/laws/view/3205\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1529,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","B05_06","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.001166667","By virtue of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (FEFTA) and its implementing regulations, submitting a prior notification is required for certain inward foreign direct investment in specified business areas where it is considered that the investment could have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy. These specified business sectors include crude petroleum and natural gas production.","\"(Definitions)\nArticle 26 (1) The term \"foreign investor\" means any of the following persons that conducts inward direct investment, etc. set forth in the items of the following paragraph or specified acquisition prescribed in paragraph (3):\n(i)　an individual who is a non-resident;\n(ii)　a corporation or any other organization established under foreign laws and regulations, or a corporation or any other organization that has its principal office in a foreign country (excluding the specified partnership, etc. prescribed in item (iv));\n(iii)　a company in which the ratio of the number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights directly held by the persons set forth in the preceding two items [...] and the number of voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those indirectly held by them via another company, to the number of voting rights held by all shareholders or all members of the company (referred to as the \"total voting rights\" in the following paragraph), is 50 percent or more;\n(iv)　a partnership, etc. [...] under which the parties agree to engage in the business of investment in companies [...], an investment limited partnership (LPS) [...], or an organization established based on the laws and regulations of a foreign country which is similar to any of these partnerships [...], in which the ratio of the total of the amounts of capital contributions by the persons set forth in item (i) and other persons specified by Cabinet Order, to the total amount of capital contributions by all partners of the partnership, etc. (or all members of an organization similar to a specified partnership) is 50 percent or more, or the persons set forth in that item and other persons specified by Cabinet Order account for the majority of executive partners of the partnership, etc. [...]; or\n(v)　beyond what is set forth in the preceding three items, a corporation or any other organization in which the persons set forth in item (i) account for the majority of its officers (meaning a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto, and including a person, irrespective of their title such as advisor or consultant, who is found to have control over a corporation or any other organization that is equal to or greater than that of a member who executes the business, a director, an executive officer, a representative, an administrator, or any other person equivalent thereto; hereinafter the same applies in this item) or the majority of its officers having the authority to represent.\n(2)　The term \"inward direct investment, etc.\" means any of the following acts:\n(i)　the acquisition of shares or equity in a company (excluding the acquisition through the transfer from any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph, and the acquisition of shares of a company that has issued shares listed on a financial instruments exchange prescribed in Article 2, paragraph (16) of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act or shares specified by Cabinet Order as those equivalent thereto (hereinafter referred to as a \"listed company, etc.\" in this Article));\n(ii)　the transfer of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. that a person has continued to own since before becoming a non-resident (limited to the transfer from an individual who is a non-resident to any of the persons set forth in the items of the preceding paragraph);\n(iii)　the acquisition of shares of a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the number of shares obtained by aggregating the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the shares (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of shares\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to own after the acquisition, the number of shares of the listed company, etc. owned by a person closely related to the acquirer of shares, and the number of shares of the listed company, etc. that are subject to the investment in shares if the acquirer of shares and the person closely related to the acquirer of shares make investment in shares (including giving instructions to do so, and limited to investment in shares that satisfies the requirements specified by Cabinet Order) as entrusted by another person based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate shares among these shares, if any), to the total number of issued shares of the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent);\n(iv)　the acquisition of voting rights in a listed company, etc. (limited to the acquisition as a result of which the ratio of the net number of voting rights obtained by aggregating the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract (meaning voting rights held in one's own name or in another person's name and voting rights specified by Cabinet Order as those exercisable based on a discretionary investment contract or any other contract; hereinafter the same applies in this item and the following item) in the listed company, etc. that the person that has acquired the voting rights (hereinafter referred to as the \"acquirer of voting rights\" in this item and paragraph (4)) is to hold after the acquisition, and the number of voting rights held or otherwise exercisable under contract in the listed company, etc. by a person closely related to the acquirer of voting rights (on the basis of the net total calculated by deducting the number of duplicate voting rights among these voting rights, if any; the same applies in the following item), to the total voting rights in the listed company, etc., is not less than the ratio specified by Cabinet Order which does not fall below 1 percent, and excluding the acquisition involving the act set forth in the preceding item); [...]\n(vi)　the establishment of a branch office, etc. in Japan, or a substantial change of the type or business purpose of a branch office, etc. in Japan (limited to the establishment or change specified by Cabinet Order that is conducted by the person set forth in item (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph); [...]\n(viii)　the business succession from a resident (limited to a corporation) as a result of the acquisition of a business, an absorption-type company split, and a merger (excluding the business succession involving any of the acts set forth in items (i) through (iii)); or\n(ix)　an act specified by Cabinet Order as being equivalent to any of the acts set forth in the preceding items.\n(3)　The term \"specified acquisition\" means the acquisition of shares or equity in a company other than a listed company, etc. from any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1).\n(4)　The term \"person closely related\" prescribed in paragraph (2), items (iii) through (v) means any of the persons set forth in the items of paragraph (1) and specified by Cabinet Order as a person having a permanent economic relationship based on ownership of shares, a family relationship, or any other special relationship with the acquirer of shares, acquirer of voting rights, or consenter.\n[...]\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 27　(1)　If a foreign investor [...] intends to conduct inward direct investment, etc. [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the inward direct investment, etc.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding inward direct investment, etc. must not conduct the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification; [...].\n(3)　If the notification under the provisions of paragraph (1) has been made, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find it to be necessary to examine whether the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification falls within any of the following categories of inward direct investment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as \"inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc.\"), they may extend the period during which the inward direct investment, etc. stated in the notification must not be conducted, only for four months from the day on which they receive the notification:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. which is likely to cause the situation set forth in (a) or (b) [...]:\n(a)　it would undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　it would have a significant adverse effect on the smooth operation of the Japanese economy;\n(ii)　inward direct investment, etc. which is to be conducted by a foreign investor of a country with which Japan does not have a treaty or any other international agreement concerning inward direct investment, etc., [...]; or\n(iii)　inward direct investment, etc. regarding which it is found necessary to modify the substance or discontinue because the whole or part of the inward direct investment, etc. constitutes a capital transaction for which the obligation to obtain permission is imposed pursuant to the provisions of Article 21, paragraph (1) or (2) in light of the use of funds and other circumstances [...]\n(14)　With regard to any act equivalent to inward direct investment, etc. conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (12) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Notification and Recommendation of Modification Regarding Specified Acquisition)\nArticle 28　(1)　If a foreign investor intends to conduct specified acquisition [...] specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute specified acquisition that requires the examination under the provisions of paragraph (3), the foreign investor must, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, notify the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business, in advance, of matters specified by Cabinet Order, such as the business purpose, the amount, and the time of execution regarding the specified acquisition.\n(2)　A foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of the preceding paragraph regarding specified acquisition must not conduct the specified acquisition in the notification until 30 days have passed from the day on which the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business receive the notification;[...].\n(9)　With regard to any act equivalent to specified acquisition conducted by a person (including a corporation or any other organization) other than a foreign investor on behalf of the foreign investor but not in the name of the foreign investor, the person other than a foreign investor is deemed to be a foreign investor, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) and Article 29, paragraphs (1) through (4) apply thereto.\n(Order for Measures)\nArticle 29　(1)　In the following cases, when the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business find that inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition falls within the category of inward direct investment, etc. involving national security, etc. or the category of specified acquisition involving national security, the ministers may, pursuant to the provisions of Cabinet Order, after hearing opinions from the Council on Customs, Tariff, Foreign Exchange and Other Transactions, order the foreign investor that has conducted the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition to dispose of all or part of the shares or equity acquired through the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition or take any other necessary measures:\n(i)　if a foreign investor that must make a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition without making the notification; or\n(ii)　if a foreign investor that has made a notification under the provisions of Article 27, paragraph (1) or Article 28, paragraph (1) conducts the inward direct investment, etc. or specified acquisition stated in the notification before the expiration of the prohibition period. [...]\" (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), last amended by Law No. 60 of 2019, Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Article 3 [...]\n(2)　Inward direct investment, etc. specified by Cabinet Order as being likely to constitute inward direct investment, etc. that requires the examination as prescribed in Article 27, paragraph (1) of the Act is inward direct investment, etc. that falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　inward direct investment, etc. involved in a business type specified by order of the competent ministry as a business type that falls under either (a) or (b) (with regard to inward direct investment, etc. set forth in Article 26, paragraph (2), items (i) through (v) of the Act and paragraph (16), items (i) and (iii) through (vii) of the preceding Article: including the case where a subsidiary company of a listed company, etc. or any other company prescribed in these provisions, and a company specified by order of the competent ministry as another company on which the relevant company has a material influence in terms of decisions on its financial and operational or business policies (excluding a subsidiary company) operate a business of any of the business types specified by order of the competent ministry):\n(a)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. that is likely to undermine national security, disturb the maintenance of public order, or interfere with the protection of public safety; or\n(b)　a business type involving inward direct investment, etc. for which Japan has lodged a reservation pursuant to Article 2-b of the Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; [...]\" (Cabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"(Notification of Inward Direct Investment, etc.)\nArticle 3 [...]\n(3)　The business types specified by order of the competent ministry as prescribed in Article 3, paragraph (2), item (i) of the Cabinet Order are the business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the competent minister for the business. [...]\" (Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3 [unofficial translation])\n------------------\n\"Pursuant to the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (Order No. 1 [...] of 1980), business types specified by the Minister of Finance and the minister having jurisdiction over the business are business types falling under those listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table 2 and business types (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1 and Appended Table2) not falling under those listed in Appended Table 3 (other than business types listed in Appended Table 1). [...] [please consult the legal source for the appendices]\" (Public Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment, etc. (No. 1 of 2014) [unofficial translation])","Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Act (No. 228 of 1949), Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29\nCabinet Order on Inward Direct Investment (No. 261 of 1980), as amended by Cabinet Order No. 154 of 2020, Articles 3 and 3-2\nOrder on Inward Direct Investment (No. 1 of 1980), as amended by Order No. 1 of 2020, Article 3\nPublic Notice Specifying Business Types to Be Specified by the Minister of Finance and the Minister Having Jurisdiction over the Business Pursuant to the Provisions of Article 3, Paragraph (3) of the Order on Inward Direct Investment","Ministry of Finance (2021), \"Update of the List of Classifications of Listed Companies regarding the Prior-notification Requirements on Inward Direct Investment\", (2 November 2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3700\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3701\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/ja/laws/view/3702\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/notices/view/109\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mof.go.jp/english/policy/international_policy/fdi/20211102.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1500,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0225","According to the Real Estate Ownership Law (No. 13 of 2019), foreign persons may not own real estate in border areas and archaeological or historical regions [not taken into account as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology]. Additionally, real estate acquisitions by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to permission issued by the Department of Land and Survey: i) Legal persons (both domestic and foreign) may acquire real estate for approved business activities in so-called organisational regions, subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; ii) They may also acquire real estate for investment purposes in line with their approved business activities outside the organisational regions, also subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; iii) Foreign natural persons may acquire real estate not exceeding 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) in area within the organisational regions, either for personal housing purposes, or for the purpose of investment in an industrial or service project, subject to authorisation and upon the condition of reciprocity; iv) Foreign natural or legal persons may lease land of more than 10 Dunums for over 3 years for business purposes or for own residential use only with the permission of the Minister of Interior; v) Foreign natural or legal persons who own real estate in the Kingdom must complete the project within 4 years if real estate is owned for residential use or within 6 years if for business purposes and cannot sell their real estate within these periods. These restrictions were in place at least since 2006, as noted on the Law on the Leasing and Sale of Immovable Property to non-Jordanians and Legal Persons. Lastly, according to the Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, legal persons with non-Jordanian shareholding not exceeding 49% may purchase land for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  \nIn sum, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own real estate, unless for business purposes or own residential use and subject to Ministerial approval [discriminatory in the case of foreign natural persons] and reciprocity. Ministerial approval is also required for land leases for more than 3 years and above 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) [discriminatory; recorded in the OECD FDI RRI as an horizontal measure in relation to land for business purposes]. Land purchases for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments is allowed with FDI limited to 49%.","\"Article 133\nChapter 7\nOwning and renting real estate by non-Jordanians and legal persons\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may own real estate in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions and objectives set forth in this chapter.\nB- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian to own real estate in the border, archaeological and historical areas.\n[...]\nArticle 134\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may acquire a right in kind in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions set forth in this chapter.\nB- The provisions of the ownership of real estate by a non-Jordanian and a legal person shall apply to his acquisition of real property rights.\n[...]\nArticle 135\nIt is not permissible for non-Jordanians and a legal person who holds the nationality of a country that is not recognized by the Kingdom to own a property or to acquire a real property right in it in any way.\n[...]\nArticle 139\nA- Subject to the provisions of legislation in force and the condition of reciprocity, a non-Jordanian may own real estate for the purpose of housing for himself or his family within the boundaries of the organization based on the approval of the concerned authorities with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers.\nI- By a decision of the director, for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, provided that the permission applicant does not have real estate owned in the Kingdom.\nII- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunams, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission requester had real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or for a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten dunums and was not permission requesting real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- The reciprocity condition stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article does not apply to non-Jordanians who hold the nationality of any Arab country.\nC- The condition of reciprocity stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article shall apply to every country whose nationality a non-Jordanian holds, in the event that the applicant for an ownership permit has the nationality of more than one country at the same time.\nArticle 140\nThe Minister may, upon the Director's recommendation, authorize a non-Jordanian to own within the boundaries of the planning areas with the intention of investing in an industrial or service project a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten acres, provided that the Jordanian is treated reciprocally. \n[...]\nArticle 142\nA non-Jordanian who holds the nationality of any Arab country may own a plot of land outside the boundaries of the planning areas, with the intention of investing in it by reclamation or cultivation, or by establishing an industrial or housing project on it, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 144\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own real estate within the boundaries of the planning areas in order to carry out his specific business within his goals listed in the legal documents for his registration, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the director for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has no real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunums, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed thirty dunums.\nC- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than thirty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 146\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own, with the intent of investing, real estate outside the boundaries of the regulation areas to carry out his specific business within his objectives listed in the legal documents for his registration with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the manager's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 148\nA- Non-Jordanians, whether natural or legal, may rent real estate in the Kingdom to conduct their business or to live with the permission of the Minister of Interior, provided that this is done in accordance with a regulation issued for this purpose.\nB- I- Subject to the provisions of Clause (II) of Paragraph (B) of this Article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for the purposes of work or housing.\nII- If the lease relates to a land area of more than ten dunams and for a total period of more than three years, the non-Jordanian person requesting the lease must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his authorized representative, under pain of nullity.\nArticle 149\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns real estate in accordance with the provisions of this law must complete the project for which the real estate is owned or any other project compatible with its objectives within four years if the ownership is for the purpose of housing, and within six years if the ownership is for any other purpose from the date of registering the real estate in his name.\n[...]\nArticle 150\nA- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns a real estate in accordance with the provisions of this chapter to dispose of the real estate in a manner than transfers ownership in any way before the lapse of the periods stipulated in Article 149 of this Law. [...]\nC- Excluded from the provisions of Paragraph (A) of this Article are real estate properties that were owned with the intention of developing them or investing them in the establishment of housing, commercial or industrial units on them for the purpose of selling them. To this end.\n[...]\nArticle 159\nExcluded from the application of the provisions of this chapter are the ownership by non-Jordanians and legal persons of real estate covered by the provisions of the Jordan Valley Development Law, the Aqaba Special Economic Zone Law, the Petra Development and Tourism Development Region Authority Law and the Investment Law, and any real estate located within the boundaries of any region whose establishment law decides to exclude the ownership of real estate located within its region from the application of the provisions of this chapter.\n[...]\nArticle 223\nA- When the provisions of this law come into force, the following laws shall be repealed: [...]\n13- Law No. 47 of Renting and Selling Immovable Property to Non-Jordanians and Legal Persons for the year 2006. [...]\" (Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA) The following words and expressions, wherever used in this Regulation, shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them, unless the context provides otherwise: [...] Non-Jordanian Investor: a natural person holding a non-Jordanian nationality or a juridical person incorporated and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA non-Jordanian investor’s ownership shall not exceed (49%) of the capital in any project within the following economic activities:\ne) Land purchase for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  [...]\" (Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016)\n--------------------------\n\"Article (2): The following words and phrases, wherever they appear in this law, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nMinister: Minister of Finance \nDirector: Director General of the Department of Lands and Survey \nNatural person: Individual, and spouses and minor children shall be considered as one individual \nLegal person: Legal person whose legal personality is established in accordance with the legislation of the state in which it is established and registered, whether Jordanian or foreign. \n[...]\nArticle (3) : Article 3 - A - Subject to the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, a non-Jordanian natural person may own immovable property for the purpose of private residence for himself or his family within the planning boundaries based on the approval of the competent authorities, in accordance with the following powers: 1 - With the approval of the Director if the ownership does not exceed two houses and an office for practicing his work. 2 - With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director for more than two houses and an office for practicing his work, provided that the area of ​​the plot of land allocated for this purpose does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose. B - Holders of the nationality of any Arab country are exempted from the condition of reciprocity stipulated in paragraph (A) of this article. C - If the natural person holds two nationalities, they must be disclosed upon registration, and the condition of reciprocity applies to the two countries of nationality, under penalty of invalidity of the sale contract.\nArticle (4) : Taking into account the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, the Minister, based on the recommendation of the Director based on the approval of the competent authorities, may allow a non-Jordanian natural person to own immovable property to practice his work or to establish industrial or service projects thereon, within the boundaries of the organization, provided that the area of ​​the plots of land designated for practicing the work or for establishing these projects thereon does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (10) : Taking into account the applicable legislation, any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own within the organizational boundaries the immovable property necessary to practice its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams.\nArticle (11) : Any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own, outside the boundaries of the planning areas, the real estate necessary for the practice of its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams.\nArticle (12) : -A- Subject to the provisions of paragraph (B) of this article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for work or residential purposes. B- If the rent relates to land with an area exceeding ten dunams and for a period exceeding three years in total, the non-Jordanian person requesting the rent must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his delegate, under penalty of nullity. The procedures related to registering such contracts shall be determined by instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (14) : No non-Jordanian natural person or any legal person who owns immovable property in accordance with the provisions of this law may dispose of it by transferring its ownership in any way before the lapse of three years from the date of ownership if it is for housing and five years if it is for any other purpose, under penalty of nullity, unless he obtains the approval of the Minister upon the recommendation of the Director, provided that the provisions of this law and the relevant applicable legislation are observed. B - Real estate owned by a non-Jordanian person are exempted from the provisions of paragraph (A) of this article if the purpose of owning it is to invest in residential or commercial projects, after the establishment of the project, provided that the instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose are adhered to.[...]\" (Regarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223\nRegulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, Articles 2 and 5\nRegarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14","Al Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign and legal persons’ ownership and leasing of property under the New Ownership of Real Estate Law\" (July 2020)","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3256,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/3_Regulating-Non_Jordanian-Investments.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://sub.eastlaws.com/GeneralSearch/Home/ArticlesTDetails?MasterID=279432#:~:text=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AF%D8%A9%20(14)%20%3A%20%D9%84%D8%A7%20%D9%8A%D8%AC%D9%88%D8%B2,%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%B1%20%D8%B4%D8%B1%D9%8A%D8%B7%D8%A9%20%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%A9%20%D8%A7%D8%AD%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%87%D8%B0%D8%A7\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-and-legal-persons-ownership-and-leasing-of-property-under-the-new-ownership-of-real-estate-law/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1603,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2021,"0.0045","One third of the paid-up capital of an insurer should be owned by citizens of the East African Community Partner States.","\"PART III – LICENSING OF INSURERS [...]\n22. Prohibition of licensing of certain persons\nSubject to section 23, a person may be licensed as an insurer under this Act only if—\n(a) the person is a body corporate licensed under the Companies Act (Cap. 486); and\n(b) at least one third of the controlling interest in the body (whether in terms of shares, paid up share capital or voting rights) is wholly under the control of—\n(i)\tcitizens of a Partner State of the East African Community;\n(ii)\ta partnership whose partners are all citizens of a Partner State of the East African Community; or\n(iii)\ta body corporate whose shares are wholly owned by citizens of a Partner State of the East African Community or the Government, or a combination of them.\n[...]\n27. One-third of boards to be citizens of Kenya\nA person being a body corporate incorporated in Kenya with or without a share capital shall not be licensed and if licensed shall have his license cancelled, if at least one third of the members of his board of directors or managing board are not citizens of Kenya.\n[...]\nPART XV – INTERMEDIARIES, RISK MANAGERS, MOTOR ASSESSORS, INSURANCE INVESTIGATOR, LOSS ADJUSTERS, INSURANCE SURVEYORS MEDICAL, INSURANCE PROVIDER AND CLAIMS SETTLING AGENTS\n150. Only licensed brokers, agents, risk managers, motor assessors, insurance investigator, loss adjusters, insurance surveyor, medical insurance provider and claims setting agents to carry on business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of three months from the appointed date, commence, transact or carry on in Kenya the business of a broker, agent, risk manager, motor assessor, insurance investigator, loss adjuster, insurance surveyor, medical insurance provider, or claims settling agent unless he is licensed under this Act.\n[...]\n153. Licensing and re-licensing [...]\n(2) A broker shall be licensed under this Act only if registered as a company under the Companies Act (Cap. 486) and if the company has a paid up capital of not less than one million shillings of which not less than sixty percent is owned —\n(a) by Kenya citizens;\n(b) by a partnership whose partners are all citizens of Kenya; or\n(c) by a corporate body whose shares are wholly owned by citizens of Kenya or which is wholly owned by the Government.\nThis subsection is subject to subsection (3) and has effect despite any other provision of this Act to the contrary.\n(3) A broker already carrying on business as an insurance broker on the appointed date without complying with the provisions of subsection (2) relating to paid up capital may be licensed as a broker, but at the time of each subsequent renewal of the registration until he complies fully with the requirement his registration shall not be renewed unless he has acquired after the immediately preceding licensing or renewal of a license, as the case may be, paid up capital or additional paid up capital equal to not less than one-third of the deficiency which existed on the appointed date.\n(4) Subject to subsection (3), a broker already carrying on business as an insurance broker on the appointed date without complying with the minimum shareholding by Kenya citizens as required under subsection (2) shall comply with that requirement before the expiry of three years from the appointed date. [...]\" (Insurance Act No. 1 of 1985, as amended)","Insurance Act No. 1 of 1985, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20487\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3132,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00375","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015, requires foreign investors in wholesale and retail business [only foreign investors - no equivalent provision exist to domestic investors] to obtain regulatory approval regarding the location of business operations. For the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered a discriminatory approval since it explicitly mentions foreign investors, and no other similar provision seems to apply to domestic investors.","\"Article 13 Establishment and Wholesale and Retail Business Operation for foreign investors: \nForeign investors (individuals or juridical persons) can establish and operate wholesale and retail business in Lao PDR as follows: [...]\n2. Locate business operation office in a shopping mall or department store or places that approved by government specifically to each case; [...]\"(Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015)","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1005_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2142,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00375","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015, requires foreign investors in wholesale and retail business [only foreign investors - no equivalent provision exist to domestic investors] to obtain regulatory approval regarding the location of business operations. For the OECD FDIRRI, this is considered a discriminatory approval since it explicitly mentions foreign investors, and no other similar provision seems to apply to domestic investors.","\"Article 13 Establishment and Wholesale and Retail Business Operation for foreign investors: \nForeign investors (individuals or juridical persons) can establish and operate wholesale and retail business in Lao PDR as follows: [...]\n2. Locate business operation office in a shopping mall or department store or places that approved by government specifically to each case; [...]\"(Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015)","Decision on Wholesale and Retail Business No.1005/MOIC.DTD, dated 22 May 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Decision1005_2015ENG.pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2142,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LVA","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0001","A depository of an undertaking  for  collective  investment  in  transferable  securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country (Directive 2009/65/EC). An alternative investment fund manager must be a joint stock company or a limited liability company (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"Section 63. Deposits in Credit Institutions:\n(1) Fund assets may be deposited in a credit institution which has received a licence for the operation of a credit institution in a Member State or a state which is a Member State of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development and which has been recognised in accordance with Regulation No 575/2013 as a state where credit institutions are subject to the supervisory and operational regulatory requirements equivalent to those applicable in the European Union.\n[...]\"\n(Law On Investment Management Companies (342/345, 30.12.1997; last amended 20 June 2019), Section 63 [unofficial translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Section 6. Firm Name and Commencement of Activities of the Manager:\n(1) The manager shall be founded as a capital company in Latvia. The manager shall constitute a financial institution acting in accordance with this Law, the directly applicable legal acts of the European Union, the Commercial Law, other laws and regulations, and articles of association.\n[...]\"\n(Law on Alternative Investment Funds and Managers Thereof (142, 24.07.2013; last amended 20 June 2019), Section 6 [unofficial translation])","Law On Investment Management Companies (342/345, 30.12.1997; last amended 20 June 2019), Section 63\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nLaw on Alternative Investment Funds and Managers Thereof (142, 24.07.2013; last amended 20 June 2019), Section 6\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","The Financial and Capital Market Commission of Latvia, \"Alternative investment fund managers\" (consulted 17.6.2021)","[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/52953-on-investment-management-companies\">Law On Investment Management Companies</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02009L0065-20200107\">Directive 2009/65/EC</a>],[<a href=\"https://likumi.lv/ta/en/en/id/258477-law-on-alternative-investment-funds-and-managers-thereof\">Law on Alternative Investment Funds and Managers Thereof</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.fktk.lv/en/licensing/alternative-investment-fund-managers/alternative-investment-fund-managers/\">The Financial and Capital Market Commission of Latvia</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,124,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0048","Foreign investment in maritime transportation and fishery activities is limited to Lebanese vessels, which can only be owned by companies where Lebanese nationals hold the majority of the capital.","\"Chapter II: - In the ship's subordination and identification\nArticle 2 (amended by Law 61/1964 ) (amended by Act 10/1954)(As amended by the laws of 21 K 1 in 1954) 30/12/64 and 14/2/66 ):\nAccording to Table No. 9 of the Budget Law No. 280 T 15/12/93:  The Lebanese ship is considered to be Lebanese if it is connected to a Lebanese port, at least half of which is owned by Lebanese or Lebanese companies, where majority of the shareholders and members of the board of directors are Lebanese nationals.\nAll Lebanese vessels destined for long-range navigation shall be deemed to be Lebanese, regardless of the nationality of their owners, if they are attached to a Lebanese port, provided that their registration is subject to a prior license given by a decision of the Minister of Public Works.\nThe paragraphs shall be added by virtue of Law No. 280 of 15/12/93 and amended by Decision No. 107 / 23/7/99: \na) The ship shall also be considered Lebanese if it is connected to a Lebanese port and at least half of it is owned by:\n- A partnership company with all its Lebanese partners. \n- An ordinary company in which all responsible partners are Lebanese.\n- A limited liability company where most partners, including the Director, and most of the companies are Lebanese .\n(B) The text of paragraph (b) was amended in accordance with table 9 of Law No 107 dated 23/7/1999, and the text of item B was canceled by Decree No. 4022/2/2007, GR 12 (2007 Budget) (10%) of these revenues, which shall be applied to all extension stations and licensed guides in all ports and estuaries.  \n(C) The previous fees which are contrary to these fees shall be canceled and any reduction or deduction Given to Lebanese ships\n[...]\nArticle 4\nLebanese vessels only have the right to fish on the coast and the right of coastal commercial navigation between the Lebanese ports and Qatar ships in their entry into and exit from these ports. [...]\" (Maritime Trade Law of 1947 (18/2/1947))","Maritime Trade Law of 1947 (18/2/1947)","Lex Mundi (2018), Guide to Doing Business: Lebanon, Prepared by Lex Mundi member firm, Moghaizel Law Office.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexmundi.com/CountryGuides/PDF/Guide_Lebanon.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2103,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","K649","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.000266667","Foreign ownership in money exchange institutions is limited to one-third of the equity capital.","\"Law 347 of August 6, 2001 - Regulating the Money Changer Profession in Lebanon\nArticle 1: Institutions other than banks, financial institutions and financial intermediation institutions registered with the Banque du Liban (BDL) are prohibited from undertaking exchange operations before obtaining a license from the Banque du Liban, in accordance with the provisions of this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 2: Exchange institutions may be established in Lebanon in the form of sole proprietorships or companies, provided their activities are restricted to exchange operations.\n[...]\nArticle 4: 1- The shares of an exchange institution established as a joint-stock company must be in a nominal form, with their two thirds at least owned by Lebanese natural persons, or by Lebanese partnerships that consist entirely of Lebanese natural persons, or by Lebanese joint-stock companies with nominal shares, of which two thirds at least are owned by Lebanese natural persons. The by-laws of such exchange institutions must stipulate that the above-mentioned two thirds may be assigned only to Lebanese natural persons. \n2- In an exchange institution established as a partnership, or as a limited liability company, two thirds at least of the partners’ shares must be owned by Lebanese persons, as specified above.\n3- Exchange institutions in the form of sole proprietorships can only be established by Lebanese natural persons.\n4- Any assignment of shares in an exchange institution must be pre-approved by the Banque du Liban, in accordance with regulations set up by the Banque du Liban for this purpose. [...]\" (Law 347 of August 6, 2001 Regulating the Money Changer Profession in Lebanon.)","Law 347 of August 6, 2001 Regulating the Money Changer Profession in Lebanon.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.bdl.gov.lb/laws/download/49/en\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2119,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LUX","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.000075","Registration of a fishing vessel under the Luxembourg flag is subject to more than 50% ownership by EU residents or EU-incorporated companies, and the captain of such ship must be a person whose nationality is that of one of the Member States of the European Union.","\"Art. 4. Definitions [...]\nShip: for the purposes of the implementation of this Law, all ships with a tonnage of at least twenty-five tonnes which are used, or are intended to be regularly used, for the transport by sea of persons or things, or for fishing, towing or any other gainful seafaring activity, shall be considered to be ships. \n[...]\nArt. 5. Field of application\nShips which are owned to the extent of more than 50% by residents of the European Union or by commercial companies which have their registered office in a Member State of the European Union, together with ships chartered on a bareboat basis and ships operated by such persons, shall be eligible for entry in the Luxembourg shipping register, provided that all or a significant part of the management of the ship is carried on in Luxembourg.\n[...]\nSection 2 - Provisions concerning ships[...]\nArt. 20. Command of ships\nThe command of a ship flying the Luxembourg flag shall be entrusted to a person whose nationality is that of one of the Member States of the European Union and who is the holder of a diploma awarded by a school of navigation that is recognized in Luxembourg. Derogations from this nationality requirement may be granted by virtue of a specific authorization by the Minister in special cases, and in particular where the needs of commerce or of seafaring justify such a derogation, or else in the light of the origin of the ships which are applying for registration.[...]\" (Act of 9 November 1990 to Establish a Luxembourg Maritime Register, Mém. A58 of 12/11/1990; as amended by the Act of 17th June 1994; Articles 4, 5 and 20 [unofficial translation])","Act of 9 November 1990 to Establish a Luxembourg Maritime Register, Mém. A58 of 12/11/1990; as amended by the Act of 17th June 1994; Articles 4, 5 and 20","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legilux.public.lu/eli/etat/leg/loi/1990/11/09/n1/jo\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.maritime.lu/sites/maritime.lu/files/files/pdf/maritime-act-1990_en.pdf\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,844,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","L68","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.081","Foreign investors, including majority foreign-owned companies in Malawi, are only allowed to lease land for business purposes for a period up to 50 years (exceptional extensions are possible), whereas citizens can hold land to up 99 years according to the Government.","2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[…]\n“person who is not a citizen of Malawi” includes a company or other corporate or unincorporated body with majority ownership or control in the persons who are not citizens of Malawi;\n[…]\nPart III—General\n7.—(1) Land shall be categorized as either public land or private land.\n(2) Public land shall be classified either as Government land or unallocated customary land.\n(3) Private land shall be classified as freehold, leasehold or customary estate.\n8. All land is vested in perpetuity in the Republic.\n[...]\n10.—(1) Land shall not be assured to or for the benefit of, or acquired by or on behalf of a body corporate, unless the body corporate is authorized by a licence issued by the Minister in consultation with die President to hold land in Malawi, but this section shall not apply to a body corporate incorporated in Malawi in accordance with the Companies Act or a body corporate established by or under a written law which empowers it to hold land in Malawi.\n[...]\nPart V — Private Land\n(1) The Minister may, upon application by any person in a land which prescribed manner, grant or allocate leasehold or customary estate may grant to such person on such terms and conditions as the Minister considers appropriate.\n[...]\n37. —{1} Any grant of private land to any person who is not a citizen of Malawi, whether by way of sale, conveyance, assignment, lease, transfer or other transaction, shall not be for an estate greater than a lease of fifty years unless, for reasons fully explained in writing accompanying the application for the registration of the grant, a greater estate is required for the realization of investment.\n(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), where, at the time of transaction, the existing interest in the private land concerned is for an estate greater than fifty years, a grant of private land may be made extending up to the entire remaining estate.\n38. —(1) Without prejudice to the requirements of section 37 or any other provision of this Act, a person shall not sell, whether by private transaction or by tender, auction or other means, any private land to a person who is not a citizen of Malawi, unless—\n(a) the intention to sell the private land has been published in a newspaper in daily circulation in Malawi not less than twenty-one days before the date of sale, specifying the price, location and size of the private land, any developments thereon and any other\nparticulars sufficient to identify the land: Provided that the government valuer appointed by the Minister shall be at liberty to verify the advertised purchase price prior to the sale;\n(b) following the publication referred to in paragraph (a), no person who is a citizen of Malawi has made an offer, or has been able, to purchase the private land at a price that is not lower than the published price; and\n(c) the purchaser, if not a citizen of Malawi, has purchased the private land at a price that is not lower than the published price. [...]\" (Land Act No. 16 of 2016)","Land Act No. 16 of 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/mlw170885.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,444,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.009","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is subject to approval by the Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism. Conditions for approval vary depending on the format of the distribution services envisaged but generally include consideration of contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia.\n",{"$cut":{"chars":16623,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2911,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","K643_663","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.000333333","Foreign investment in banking, insurance and other financial services sector is subject to discriminatory approval criteria (i.e. approval takes into consideration the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector). ","\"PART III – CAPITAL MARKETS SERVICES\nDivision 1 – Licensing and regulation \nRequirement for Capital Markets Services Licence\n58. (1) No person shall whether as a principal or agent, carry on a business in any regulated activity or hold himself out as carrying on such business unless he is the holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence or is a registered person; \n[...]\nRegistered persons\n76. (1) A person is a registered person for the purposes of subsection 58(1) where such person is– (a) specified to be a registered person in Schedule 4; [...]\n(5) In respect of registered persons referred to in paragraph 1(a) as specified in the third column of Part 1 of Schedule 4, the registered person shall comply with any guideline issued by the Commission under section 377 in respect of the carrying on of the particular regulated activity by the registered person.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 4 [Paragraph 76(1)(a)]\nRegistered persons - Part 1\nSecond Column / Activities: 1. Dealing in securities [various activities]; 2. Advising on corporate finance [various activities]; 3. Investment advice [various activities]; 4. Fund Management [various activities]; 5. Dealing in derivatives [various activities]; 6. Dealing in private retirement schemes.\nThird Column / Categories of Registered Persons: Islamic banks and all licensed institutions (e.g.licensed banks, KAF Investment Bank Berhad, licensed finance companies, insurance companies and takaful operators).\"(Capital Markets and Services Act  2007 [Act 671]).\n------------------------\n\"Chapter 1  - INTRODUCTION\n1.01 The Capital Markets and Services Act 2007 (CMSA) repeals the Securities Industry Act 1983 (SIA) and the Futures Industry Act 1993 (FIA). The CMSA, which takes effect on 28 September 2007, introduces a single licensing regime for capital market intermediaries. Under this regime, a capital market intermediary will only need one licence to carry on the business in any one or more regulated activities. This will mean less cost and paperwork for capital market intermediaries that carry on more than one regulated activity.\n[...]\n2.02 What are regulated activities?  \n(1) There are eight types of regulated activities under the CMSA. The list of regulated activities is set out in Schedule 2 of the CMSA. They are– • dealing in securities; • dealing in derivatives; • clearing for securities or derivatives; • fund management; • dealing in private retirement schemes; • advising on corporate finance; • investment advice; and • financial planning.  \n(2) The licence issued under the CMSA will set out the specific regulated activities that you can conduct. \n[...]\nChapter 4 -  LICENSING CRITERIA [...]\nIn authorising any person wishing to undertake capital market activities6, the SC will not grant authorisation unless the application is in the best interest of Malaysia. In determining the best interest of Malaysia, the SC will give regard to any one or more of the following: [...] (e) The degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the capital market [...]\" (Securities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14)\n------------------------\n\"PART III - AUTHORIZATION AND REGISTRATION\nDivision 1 - Authorized business\n[Authorized business to be carried on by authorized person]: \n8. (1) No person shall carry on any authorized business unless it is— (a) licensed by the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank, under section 10 to carry on banking business, insurance business or investment banking business; or (b) approved by the Bank under section 11 to carry on any of the businesses set out in Division 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n(2) Paragraph (1)(b) shall not apply, in respect of financial advisory business, to persons set out in Division 2 of Part 1 of Schedule 1. \n[...]\n[Grant of licence by Minister] \n10. (1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any licensed business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in part 1 and Part 2 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant. [...]\n[Approval by Bank] \n11. (1) In assessing an application duly made under section 9 to carry on any approved business, the Bank shall have regard to all the factors set out in Part 1 of Schedule 5 and such other matters that the Bank considers relevant.\n[...] \nPART VI - OWNERSHIP, CONTROL AND TRANSFER OF BUSINESS [...]\n[Acquisition of interest in shares requiring approval]\n87. (1) Subject to section 92 and except with the prior written approval of the Bank, no person—  (a) shall enter into an agreement or arrangement, to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate interest of five per cent or more in the shares of the licensed person [...];\n(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), no person shall enter into an agreement or arrangement to acquire any interest in shares of a licensed person by which, if the agreement or arrangement is carried out, he would hold (together with any interest in shares of that licensed person which are already held by such person) an aggregate of more than fifty per cent of the interest in shares of the licensed person, without obtaining the prior written approval of the Minister, on the recommendation of the Bank.\n[...]\n[Application procedures for section 87, 88 or 89]\n90. (1) An application for an approval of— (a) the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88(1), or section 89, as the case may be, shall be made by submitting the application to the Bank together with such documents or information as may be specified by the Bank.\n(2) In assessing the suitability of an applicant for the purposes of— (a) granting an approval of the Bank under subsection 87(1); or (b) recommending to the Minister under subsection 87(2) or 88 (1), the Bank shall take into consideration matters that the Bank considers relevant including any of the factors set out in Schedule 6, and any standards as may be specified by the Bank under subsection 91(1). \n[...]\n[Power of bank to specify standards on shareholder suitability]\n91. (1) The Bank may specify standards on shareholder suitability to give full effect to Schedule 6.\n(2) Any person who has obtained the approval of the Bank under paragraph 90(3)(a) or the Minister under subsection 90(6) in respect of subsection 87(2) or 88(1), shall at all times comply with the standards as may be specified under subsection (1) to the satisfaction of the Bank \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1 [Subsection 2(1), sections 8, 33, 35, 36, 156 and 278] - APPROVED AND REGISTERED BUSINESSES \nPART 1 - Approved business - Division 1\nBusinesses which require approval:\n1. Operation of a payment system which— (a) enables the transfer of funds from one banking account to another, which includes any debit transfer, credit transfer or standing instructions but does not include the operation of a remittance system approved under section 40 of the Money Services Business Act 2011; or (b) provides payment instrument network operation which enables payments to be made through the use of a payment instrument; 2. Issuance of a designated payment instrument; 3. Insurance broking business; 4. Money-broking business; 5. Financial advisory business; \nDivision 2\nPersons who do not require approval for financial advisory business:\n6. A licensed person or an approved insurance broker under this Act; 7. An insurance agent; 8. A company registered under the Trust Companies Act 1949 [Act 100].\nPART 2 - Registered business\n9. Merchant acquiring services; 10. Adjusting business.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 5 [Sections 10 and 11] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING APPLICATION FOR LICENCE UNDER SECTION 10 OR APPROVAL UNDER SECTION 11 \nPART 1 [...] 7. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to— [...] (d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE 6 [Subsections 90(2), 91(1) and 112(2)] - FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION IN ASSESSING SHAREHOLDER SUITABILITY\n[...] 6. Whether the application will be in the best interest of Malaysia, having regard to— (d) the degree and significance of participation of Malaysians in the financial sector. [..]\" (Financial Services Act 2013 [Act 758])","Capital Markets and Services Act  2007 [Act 671]\nSecurities Commission (2023), Licensing Handbook, April 14\nFinancial Services Act 2013 [Act 758]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2093f82c-7929-47e8-9279-f88e3b85dbbf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sc.com.my/api/documentms/download.ashx?id=2bb1b664-aa03-425e-9472-9cc5b1558ed1\">Handbook</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bnm.gov.my/documents/20124///35ed2b4c-1995-f91d-3891-75d69d247d55\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2931,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.00015625","Acquisition of land used for agriculture, livestock or forestry purposes is not permitted. However, “T” shares which represent the value of such land may be purchased by foreign-controlled enterprises up to 49% of the value of the land.","\"Article 27. [...]\nThe ability to acquire ownership of the lands and waters of the Nation shall be governed by the following prescriptions:\nI. Only Mexicans by birth or naturalization and Mexican companies have the right to acquire ownership of lands, waters and their accessions or to obtain mining or water exploitation concessions. The State may grant the same right to foreigners, provided that they agree before the Secretary of Relations to consider themselves as nationals with respect to said goods and not therefore invoke the protection of their governments with respect to them; under the penalty, in case of breach of the agreement, of losing for the benefit of the Nation, the goods that they have acquired by virtue of it. [...]\nIV. Trading companies by shares may be owners of rustic land but only to the extent necessary for the fulfillment of their purpose. In no case may companies of this class own land dedicated to agricultural, livestock or forestry activities to a greater extent than the respective equivalent to twenty-five times the limits indicated in section XV of this article. The regulatory law will regulate the capital structure and the minimum number of partners of these companies, so that the lands owned by the company do not exceed the limits of the small property in relation to each partner. In this case, all individual share ownership, corresponding to rustic land, will be cumulative for computational purposes. Likewise, the law will establish the conditions for foreign participation in said companies. [...]\" (Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\nr) Series “T” shares of companies that own agricultural, livestock and forestry lands; [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7 [google translation])\"\n-------------------------\n\"TITLE SIX - OWNERSHIP OF AGRICULTURAL, LIVESTOCK OR FOREST LAND\nArticle 125.- The provisions of this Title are applicable to commercial or civil companies that own agricultural, livestock or forestry lands.\n[...]\nArticle 130.- In the companies referred to in this title, foreigners may not have a participation that exceeds 49% of the shares or social shares of series T. [...]\" (Agrarian Law (26 February 1992), last amended on 25 June 2018, Articles 125 and 130 [google translation])","Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27\nForeign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7\nAgrarian Law (26 February 1992), last amended on 25 June 2018, Articles 125 and 130","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/1_280521.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/13_250618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1213,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","H5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0002","Reciprocity is required for a foreign investor to engage in airport ground handling services.","\"Chapter XII - RECIPROCITY\n43. Without prejudice to international commitments and obligations when a state:\n1) does not offer to the providers of ground handling services or to the users of the airport with its own handling of the Republic of Moldova a treatment, de jure or de facto, that is similar to the one provided by the Republic of Moldova to the providers of ground handling services or to the users of the airport with own handling in the respective country; or\n2) does not, de jure or de facto, offer the national treatment to the ground handling service providers or the users of the airport with their own handling in the Republic of Moldova; or\n3) offers to the providers of ground handling services or to the users of the airport with their own handling from other countries a preferential treatment over the one offered to those from the Republic of Moldova, the central specialized body in the field of civil aviation may suspend, in whole or in part, the obligations arising from this Regulation towards the providers of ground handling services or the users of airport with own handling in that country [...]\" (DECISION No. 971 of 15-11-2017 for the approval of the Regulation regarding the access to the market of ground handling services at the airports of the Republic of Moldova [google translated])","DECISION No. 971 of 15-11-2017 for the approval of the Regulation regarding the access to the market of ground handling services at the airports of the Republic of Moldova [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=87894&lang=ro\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2704,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00225","Foreign investment in printed media cannot exceed 49% of the authorized capital.","\"Chapter II - ORGANIZATION OF ACTIVITIES OF PERIODIC PUBLICATIONS AND PRESS AGENCIES\nSection 5. The right to establish periodicals and press agencies\n(1) The right to establish periodicals and press agencies, regardless of their legal form, is granted to any legal entity of the Republic of Moldova, as well as an individual who is a citizen of the Republic of Moldova who has reached 18 years of age and has been living for its territory.\n(2) A periodical or press agency may be established by two or more individuals or legal entities, which in this case are recognized as co-founders.\n(3) Foreign individuals and legal entities are entitled to be only co-founders of periodicals and press agencies, and they may own no more than 49 percent of the authorized capital.\n[...]\nSection 8. Management of a periodical and a press agency\n(1) The management of a periodical and a press agency shall be carried out by the founder (co-founders) or a person appointed by him. [...]\n(5) The professional management of a periodical and a print agency is carried out by the editor (editor-in-chief) and the head of the agency.\n(6) Only citizens of the Republic of Moldova may be editors (chief editors) of periodicals and heads of press agencies. [...]\n(8) The editor (chief editor) of the periodical and the head of the press agency shall head the editorial board, the editorial board of the periodical and the staff of the press agency, represent them in relations with the founder (co-founders), publisher, authors, other individuals and legal entities, as well as in court.\n(9) The editor (chief editor) of a periodical and the head of a press agency are responsible for the activities of the periodical and press agency. [...]\" (LAW No. 243 from 26-10-1994 on the Press [google translated])","LAW No. 243 from 26-10-1994 on the Press [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=109428&lang=ru\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2707,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0008","The board of directors or the management board of the air carrier providing scheduled or non-scheduled public transport air services (passengers and freight) must be chaired by a natural person of Moroccan nationality. ","\"TITLE II: AIR PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES \"CHAPTER ONE: DOMESTIC AND INTERNATIONAL TRANSPORT\nArticle 127: Internal transport\nPublic transport air services between any two points in Moroccan territory are provided by Moroccan companies.\nArticle 128: International transport - (modified by decree n° 851-67 of 01/26/1970)\nInternational air transport services, from or to Morocco, can be provided by Moroccan, foreign or international companies.\nThe admission of foreign companies on regular or non-regular international services is authorized by the Minister of Public Works in accordance with the terms of multilateral or bilateral conventions and agreements concluded by Morocco.\nForeign companies, whose State of origin has not concluded an air agreement with Morocco, may however obtain an authorization for the operation of regular international services on certain lines, provided that the State of origin of these companies grants reciprocity to Moroccan companies, and provided that a new service is not likely to cause ruinous competition for Moroccan companies.\n[...]\nArticle 134: Aircraft used - (modified by decree n° 2-99-1077 of 04/05/2000)\nAll aircraft used by Moroccan public transport companies must be registered in Morocco.\n[...]\nTITLE III: AERIAL WORK\nArticle 170: Companies\nAerial work services may be provided by Moroccan or foreign companies, duly authorized in accordance with article 122 of this decree.\nArticle 171: Aircraft used - (modified by decree n° 2-01-332 of 04/07/2002).\nMoroccan companies wishing to operate aerial work services must use aircraft registered in Morocco.[...]\" (Decree N° 2-61-161 of 07 Safar 1382 (July 10, 1962) regulating civil aeronautics [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1: object\nThe purpose of these specifications is to define the conditions to be met by Moroccan companies to obtain authorization for regular or non-scheduled public transport air services (passengers and freight) within the framework of the regulations in force. , in particular the decree of the Minister of Transport and the Merchant Marine n° 544-00 of November 2, 2000 setting the conditions relating to obtaining the authorization to operate public transport and aerial work air services such as it was modified by decree of the Minister of Transport and the Merchant Marine n° 953-02 of May 31, 2002.\nArticle 2: request for authorization\nThe application for authorization to operate non-scheduled scheduled public transport air services is subject to the following conditions:\n- The operator must be a public limited company, domiciled in Morocco, governed by Moroccan law;\n- The board of directors or the management board of the company must be chaired by a natural person of Moroccan nationality. [...]\" (ANNEX 3: SPECIFICATIONS SETTING THE CONDITIONS FOR GRANTING AUTHORIZATION TO OPERATE SCHEDULED AND NON-SCHEDULED PUBLIC TRANSPORT AIR SERVICES [google translation])","Decree N° 2-61-161 of 07 Safar 1382 (July 10, 1962) regulating civil aeronautics [google translation]\nANNEX 3: SPECIFICATIONS SETTING THE CONDITIONS FOR GRANTING AUTHORIZATION TO OPERATE SCHEDULED AND NON-SCHEDULED PUBLIC TRANSPORT AIR SERVICES [google translation]"," ITF (2019), Liberalisation of Air Transport, ITF Research Reports, OECD Publishing, Paris.\nWTO (2016), TRADE POLICY REVIEW - REPORT BY THE SECRETARIAT: KINGDOM OF MOROCCO, WT/TPR/S/329/Rev.1, June 15.","[<a href=\"http://www.equipement.gov.ma/aerien/reglementation/Documents/DNA/SCA/Decret-2-61-161.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dac-maroc.gov.ma/site%20dac/fichier_pdf/cahier_decharge.pdf\">Annex</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.itf-oecd.org/sites/default/files/docs/liberalisation_air_transport_1.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S329R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1163,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","J60","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2023,"0.0001875","It is the policy of the High Authority for Audiovisual Communication of Morocco to require radio and television service companies to prioritise staff, including directors, of Moroccan nationality. Morocco's commitment under the OECD National Treatment instrument is slightly more strict, stipulating that at least one member of the board of directors of radio and television service companies must be of Moroccan nationality. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RR Index, the commiment under the OECD instrument has been retained as the most common practice.","\"Clause 8\nAudiovisual communication operators must: [...]\n· promote Moroccan artistic creation and encourage local production; [...]\n· give preference to national audiovisual production in the composition of their program offer;\nmake maximum use of Moroccan resources for the creation of audiovisual works and the presentation of their programming, unless such a practice proves difficult to achieve due to the nature of the service, in particular its specialized content or format or the the use made therein of other languages;\n[...]\nChapter II: License\nSection 18\nTo be a candidate for a license, the applicant must meet the following conditions:\n· be a public limited company under Moroccan law, whose shares representing the capital must be registered;\n[...]\nSection 26\nThe specifications must specify in particular:\n1. The purpose of the license, its duration as well as the terms and conditions for its modification and renewal;\n2. The name of the beneficiary, its legal form, the composition of its share capital, the identity of the directors and shareholders holding more than 5% of the capital, any shareholders' pacts, the origin of the financial resources ( equity, pricing of services to subscribers, advertising, sponsorship, etc., forecasts of their amount for a period at least equal to the duration of the license;\n3. The contractor's commitments, in particular with regard to: [...]\nthe priority use of Moroccan human resources;[...]\" (Dahir n°1-04-257 of 25 kaâda 1425 (January 7, 2005) promulgating law n° 77-03 relating to audiovisual communication [google translate])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 3: Presentation of the operator and the legal requirements governing it [...]\nThe operator undertakes, on a permanent basis, to give priority to human resources, including managers, of Moroccan nationality. [...]\" (HACA (2018), Specifications: The television service “TELE DECOUVERTE” Edited by SOCIETE HIT RADIO S.A., July 26 [google translation]\n-----------------------\n\"MOROCCO\n1. Measures reported for transparency at the level of national government [...]\nII. Other measures reported for transparency\na. Corporate organisation [...]\nAudiovisual services: At least one member of the board of directors of radio and television service companies must be of Moroccan nationality.\nSources: Dahir No. 1-02-212 of 31 August 2002 creating the High Authority on Audiovisual Communication (HACA)\nDecree-law No. 2-02-663 of 10 September 2002 abolishing the State monopoly in radio and elevision broadcasting\nLaw No. 77-03 of 7 January 2005 on audiovisual communication [...]\" (OECD, National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises: List of measures reported for transparency, 2017)","Dahir n°1-04-257 of 25 kaâda 1425 (January 7, 2005) promulgating Law n° 77-03 relating to audiovisual communication [google translate]\nHACA (2018), Specifications: The television service “TELE DECOUVERTE” Edited by SOCIETE HIT RADIO S.A., July 26 [google translate]\nOECD, National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises: List of measures reported for transparency, 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.haca.ma/fr/dahir-n%C2%B01-04-257-du-7-janvier-2005-portant-promulgation-de-la-loi-n%C2%B0-77-03-relative-%C3%A0-la\">Dahir</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.haca.ma/sites/default/files/upload/CC%20TELE%20DECOUVERTE%20VF.pdf\">Cahier des charges</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/daf/inv/investment-policy/NTItransparencyENG.pdf\">Nti</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1173,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","K6511_652_653_662","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","Local incorporation required for pension fund management, unless if carried out by an authorized \"life\" insurance [branches of foreign insurance companies are permitted].","\"TITLE III - MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL STRUCTURES OF PENSION FUNDS\nCHAPTER I - PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT ENTITIES\nSECTION I - General provisions\nArticle 35 (Management Entities)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of no. 5 of article 39 of Law no. 4/2007, of 7 February, pension funds may be managed by one or more of the following management entities:\na) Companies incorporated exclusively for this purpose, under the terms of this Regulation, designated as management companies;\nb) Insurers authorized to exercise, in the Republic of Mozambique, their activity in the “Life” branch.\n[...]\nSECTION II - Conditions of access and exercise of management companies\nArticle 41 (Constitution requirements)\n1. Pension fund management companies must be incorporated as a public limited company and meet the following requirements:\na) Obey the criteria of opportunity and convenience, fundamentally related to the economic-financial interest or the market that the same constitution applies to the Republic of Mozambique.\nb) Having as its exclusive object the management of pension funds;\nc) Have a share capital of at least 3,750,000.00MT, except as provided for in the following paragraph;\nd) Have a share capital of at least 1,250,000.00MT in the case of\n statutorily, the purpose of the company is to manage a single closed pension fund;\ne) Adopt in the respective name the expression «Sociedade Gestora de Fundos de Pensões»;\nf) Have the registered office and the main and effective administration in the Republic of Mozambique.\n2. The subscribed share capital must, on the date of incorporation of the company, be fully paid up and represented by registered or registered bearer shares.[...]\" (Decree No. 25/2009, of 17 August: REGULATION ON THE CONSTITUTION AND MANAGEMENT OF PENSION FUNDS IN SCOPE OF COMPLEMENTARY SOCIAL SECURITY [google translation])","Decree No. 25/2009, of 17 August: REGULATION ON THE CONSTITUTION AND MANAGEMENT OF PENSION FUNDS IN SCOPE OF COMPLEMENTARY SOCIAL SECURITY [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://issm.gov.mz/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Decreto-n.-%c2%a6-25.2009-de-17-de-Agosto-1.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,565,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2021,"0.025","Foreign ownership of land and buildings for business purposes is prohibited. Foreign investors are only allowed to lease land for up to 50 years, renewable twice up to 70 years. ","\"Chapter XII Rights to Use Land\n50. (a) An Investor who obtains permit or endorsement under this Law has the right to obtain a long-term lease of land or building from the owner if it is private land or building, or from the relevant government departments or government organization if it is land managed by the government, or land or building owned by the Union in accordance with the stipulations in order to do investment. Citizen investors may invest in their own land or building in accordance with relevant laws.\n50. (b) Foreign investor may lease land or building either from the government or government organizations or from owners of private land or building from commencing on the date of receipt of the permit or endorsement of the Commission up to an initial period of (50) years in accordance with the stipulation\n50. (c) After the expiry of the term of the right to use land or building or the period of right to lease of land or building permitted under subsection (b), a consecutive period of (10) years and a further consecutive period of (10) years extension to such period of lease of land or building may be obtained with the approval of the Commission [...]\n50. (e) The Government may grant more favorable terms and conditions for the lease of land and the use of land by Myanmar citizen investors.[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 50)","Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 50.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2808,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","A031","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.00005","Foreign investment in some fishery-related distribution services and research activities is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nWarehousing and storage (Construction for fish Landing site/Fishing Harbour and Fish Auction Market); Research and experimental development services in agricultural sciences (Research activities related with fishery)[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2792,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","As of 1 January 2019, a new investment screening mechanism is in effect covering investments in certain companies whose activities are essential to national security interests, including, national financial stability and autonomy. The screening mechanism applies to direct or indirect acquisitions of 10% (as of 1 July 2023; previously one-third) of the share capital, assets or voting rights or transactions that otherwise enable the acquirer to exercise significant control over the company. Investments that impose a “not insignificant” risk to national security interests may be blocked or subjected to further conditions. The mechanism applies to both domestic and foreign investors.","\"§ 1-3. Decision that the law shall apply to other businesses\nA ministry shall, within its area of ​​responsibility, make a decision that the Act shall apply in whole or in part to enterprises which\na) processes security-graded information\nb) has information, information systems, objects or infrastructure that are crucial for basic national functions\nc) conducts activities that are crucial to basic national functions.\nThe enterprises shall be notified in advance of decisions pursuant to the first paragraph.\nThe safety authority may, on its own initiative, submit a proposal to a ministry to make a decision pursuant to the first paragraph. If the Ministry does not make a decision in accordance with the security authority's recommendation, the security authority may bring the matter before a final decision to the ministry that has overall responsibility for preventive security work in the civil sector or the ministry that has overall responsibility for preventive security work in the defense sector.\nThe safety authority shall make decisions pursuant to the first paragraph to undertakings that are not covered by any ministry's area of ​​responsibility. The Ministry is the appellate body.\n[...]\n§ 10-1. Obligation to notify when acquiring a business\nAnyone who directly or indirectly wants to acquire an ownership interest in a business that is subject to this chapter in accordance with § 1-3 , or who is subject to the law pursuant to § 1-2 second paragraph and holds a clearance as mentioned in § 9-3 , must send notification to the ministry when the acquisition will result in the acquirer directly or indirectly obtaining a total of at least 10 per cent of the share capital, share or votes in the business (a qualified shareholding). The same applies when the acquisition will lead to\na.\tthe acquirer's qualified share is increased to at least 20 per cent, one third, 50 per cent, two thirds or 90 per cent of the share capital, shares or votes in the business\nb.\tthe acquirer obtains significant influence over the management of the business in another way\nc.\tthe acquirer together with his close relatives, cf. the Securities Trading Act § 2-5 , obtains a qualified ownership interest or a position as mentioned in letter a or b.\nThe reporting obligation applies correspondingly to the transferor and the business acquired, when the transferee will collectively obtain a direct ownership stake of at least 10 per cent of the share capital, share or votes in the business. The same applies when the acquisition will lead to\na.\tthe acquirer obtains a direct share which constitutes a share as mentioned in the first paragraph, second sentence, letter a\nb.\tthe acquirer obtains a position as mentioned in the first paragraph, second sentence, letter b or c. [...]\nAn acquisition as mentioned in the first paragraph cannot be carried out until the notification has been processed in accordance with section 10-2 . \n[...]\n§ 10-3. Decision to suspend acquisition of business\nIf an acquisition pursuant to § 10-1 may entail a not insignificant risk that national security interests are threatened, the King may in a Council of Ministers make a decision that the acquisition cannot be completed, or that conditions be set for its implementation. This also applies if an agreement on the acquisition has already been entered into. If no decision is made pursuant to the first sentence, the Ministry shall inform the acquirer of this. [...]\" (National Security Act (LOV-2018-06-01-24), as amended, §§ 1-3, 10-1 and 10-3 [google translation])","National Security Act (LOV-2018-06-01-24), as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/2018-06-01-24\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3269,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","_H","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.025","Up to 2021, foreign investment in a domestic oriented enterprise was subject to 40% foreign shareholding limitation if the amount of investment was below the following threshold: US$200,000 or US$100,000 if investment involve advanced technology or employ at least fifty (50) direct employees. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this restriction is recorded as a minimum capital requirement applicable for foreign investors whishing to establish domestic oriented enterprises only and without any foreign equity limitation.\nOn March 4, 2022, the Government amended the Foreign Investments Act, allowing foreign investment in more sectors and reducing the scope of application of minimum capital requirement rules. The foreign equity restriction on domestic market enterprises now applies to micro or small domestic market enterprises with paid-in equity of less than the equivalent of USD 200,000. Previously the restriction applied to all domestic enterprises with paid-in equity of less than the equivalent of USD 200,000, regardless of its size classification. Such minimum capital rules are reduced to USD 100,000 for those micro or small domestic market enterprises that (i) involve advanced technology; (ii) are endorsed as start-ups or start-up enablers by the Department of Trade and Industry, Department of Information and Communications Technology, and Department of Science and Technology; or (iii) have Filipinos as majority of their direct employees (but not less than 15 Filipino employees).","“Sec. 3. Definitions. - As used in this Act: [...]\n(c) The term “foreign investment” shall mean an equity investment made by a non-Philippine national in the form of foreign exchange and/or other assets actually transferred to the Philippines and duly registered with the Bangko Sentral ngPihpinas;\n[...]\nSec. 5. Registration of Investments of Non-Philippine Nationals. - Without need of prior approval, a non-Philippine national, as that term is defined in Section 3(a), and not otherwise disqualified by law may, upon registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), or the DTI in the case of single proprietorships, do business as defined in Section 3(d) of this Act or invest in a domestic enterprise up to one hundred percent (100%) of its capital, unless participation of non-Philippine nationals in the enterprise is prohibited or limited to a smaller percentage by existing law and/or under the provisions ofthis Act. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 8. List of Investment Areas Reserved to Philippine Nationals (Foreign Investment Negative List).- [...] Except as otherwise provided under Republic Act No; 8762, otherwise known as the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 and other relevant laws, micro and small domestic market enterprises with paid-in equity capital less than the equivalent of Two hundred thousand US dollars (US$200,000.00), are reserved to Philippine nationals:  Provided, That if: 1) they involve advanced technology as determined by the Department of Science and Technology, or (2) they are endorsed as startup or startup enablers by the lead host agencies pursuant to Republic Act No. 11337, otherwise known as the Innovative Startup Act; or (3) a majority of their direct employees are Filipinos, but in no case shall the number of Filipino employees be less than fifteen (15), then a minimum paid-in capital of One hundred thousand US dollars (US$100,000.00) shall be allowed to non-Philippine nationals [...]\" (Republic Act 11647, 2 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 300 and Senate Bill No. 1156))\n-----------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Twelveth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST B: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED FOR REASONS OF SECURITY, DEFENSE, RISK TO HEALTH AND MORALS AND PROTECTION OF SMALL AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES \nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n5.    Micro and small domestic market enterprises with paid-in equity capital of less than the equivalent of US$200,000 (R.A. 7042 as amended by R.A. 11647)\n6.    Micro and small domestic market enterprises: (i) that involve advanced technology as determined by the Department of Science and Technology (DOST); or (ii) are endorsed as startup or startup enablers by the lead host agencies, namely the Department of Trade and Industry, Department of Information and Communications Technology or DOST, pursuant to R.A. 11337, otherwise known as \"Innovative Startup Act\"; or (iii) with a majority of their direct employees as Filipinos, but in no case shall the number of Filipino employees be less than fifteen (15), with paid-in equity capital of less than the equivalent of US$100,000 (R.A. 7042 as amended by R.A. 11647)[...]\" (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)))\n-----------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n-----------------------------\n\"Except as otherwise provided under the Republic Act No. 8762, otherwise known as the Retail Trade Liberalization Act of 2000 and other relevant laws, micro and small domestic market enterprises with paid-in equity capital less than the equivalent of two hundred thousand US dollars (US$200,000.00), are reserved to Philippine nationals: Provided, That if: [...]\n(3) a majority of their direct employees are Filipinos, but in no case shall the number of Filipino employees be less than fifteen (15), then a minimum paid-in capital of One hundred thousan US dollars (US$100,000.00) shall be allowed to non-Philippine nationals. [...]\" (Foreign Investments Act of 1991, Republic Act No. 7042, as amended by Republic Act No. 11647)\n-----------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST B: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED FOR REASONS OF SECURITY, DEFENSE, RISK TO HEALTH AND MORALS AND PROTECTION OF SMALL AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES \nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n6.      Domestic market enterprises with paid-in equity capital of less than the equivalent of US$200,000 (R.A. 7042 as amended by R.A. 8179)\n7.      Domestic market enterprises which involve advanced technology or employ at least fifty (50) direct employees with paid-in equity capital of less than the equivalent of US$100,000 (R.A. 7042 as amended by R.A. 8179) [...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 3. [...] f): \"the term “domestic market enterprise” shall mean an enterprise which produces goods for sale, or renders services to the domestic market entirely or if exporting a portion of its output fails to consistently export at least sixty percent (60%) thereof;\" (RA 7042 amended by RA 8179)","Republic Act 11647, 2 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 300 and Senate Bill No. 1156)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nForeign Investments Act of 1991, Republic Act No. 7042, as amended by Republic Act No. 11647\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nRA 7042 amended by RA 8179","Baker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011647.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra1991/ra_7042_1991.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2375,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0024","Until 2022, FDI was limited to 40% in water transport and related auxiliary services.\nOn 9 April 2022, RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limits the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution to: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. Corporations engaged in activities that were previously considered as public utilities, such as water transportation companies, are no longer considered as public utilities. They remain, however, classified as as \"critical infrastructure\", therefore  being subject to reciprocity conditions. Foreign nationals are allowed to own more than 50% of capital in public services engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure, but only if the country of such foreign nationals accords reciprocity to Philippine nationals under foreign law or a treaty. Reciprocity may be satisfied according to rights of similar value in other economic sectors, which shall be the subject of further rules by the National Economic Development Authority (NEDA).  Moreover, the amendment introduces preference for local workforce involved in public services relying on reciprocity too.\nHence, as of 2022, only seaports remain subject to a 40% foreign shareholding limitation. The remaining water transportation activities are subject to reciprocity conditions.","\"Sec. 3. Definition of Terms - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined as follows: [...]\n(d) Critical infrastructure refers to systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Philippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a debilitating impact on national security. It shall specifically refer to: (i) Telecommunications; (ii) Air carriers; (iii) Domestic Shipping; and (iv) Railways and subways. [...]\n(g) Domestic shipping refers to the transport of passenger or cargo, or both, by ships duly registered and licensed under Philippine law to engage in trade and commerce between Philippine ports and within Philippine territorial or internal waters, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent occasional or incidental, with or without fixed routes, and done for contractual or commercial purposes, as defined by Republic Act No. 9295 or the Domestic Shipping Development Act of 2004;\" (Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021)\n--------------------------------------\n\"Section l. Declaration of Policy. - The State recognizes the role ofthe private sector as one ofthe main engines for national growth and development. […] These policies are fulfilled by: (a) ensuring effective regulation ofpublic services; (b) providing reasonable rate of return to public services; (c) rationalizing foreign equity restrictions by clearly defining the term “public utilities”; and (d) instituting processes for the protection of national security.\nSec. 2. Definition of Terms. - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined asfollows: [...]\n(b) Certificates refer to any franchise, certificate of public convenience, certificate of public convenience and necessity, concession, or any other appropriate form of authorization for the operation of a public service, including a public utility, as may be applicable; [...]\n(e) Critical Infrastructure refers to any public service which owns, uses, or operates systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Phlippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a detrimental impact on national security, including telecommunications and other such vital services as may be declared by the President ofthe Philippines; [...]\n[...]\nSec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interestfor purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 25. Reciprocity Clause.- Foreign nationals shall not be allowed to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital of entities engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure unless the country of such foreign national accords reciprocity to Philippine Nationals as may be provided by foreign law, treaty orinternational agreement. Reciprocity may be satisfied by according rights of similar value in other economic sectors. [...]\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))\nc\n--------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","Senate of the Philippines Press Release, 15 December 2021: \"Senate OKs amendments to Public Service Act\"\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/lis/bill_res.aspx?congress=18&q=SBN-2094\">Bill</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2021/1215_prib1.asp#:~:text=SBN%202094%2C%20according%20to%20Poe,operate%20as%20a%20public%20utility.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3222,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0001875","Foreign investment in printed media has been liberalised in 2019, subject to the condition of nominating a Saudi managing director approved by the Ministry.","\"The Cabinet [...] Decides:\nDelete the list of services subject to the system of publications and publishing mentioned in paragraph (7 / b) of item (First) of the Supreme Economic Council (Canceled) No. (1-28) date 5-3-1428 AH. [...]\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (105) dated 2-2-1441 AH deleting the list of services subject to the system of publications and publishing mentioned in paragraph (7 / b) of item first from the list of types of activity excluded for foreign investment issued by the Supreme Economic Council’s decision (canceled) No. (1/28) and the date 3/5/1428 A) \n--------------------------------\n\"The Cabinet [...] Decides:\nAmendment to Paragraph (A / 1) of Article (Fifth) of the Printing and Publishing System - Including the conditions for licensing to practice activities subject to the system - issued by Royal Decree No. (M / 32) and the date of 3/9-1421 AH, as amended by Royal Decree No. (M / 20) And the date of 11/4/1433 AH, to be in the following text:\n“He must be a Saudi national, and it is permissible - by a decision of the Board of Directors of the General Investment Authority - to exclude any of the activities mentioned in Article (second) of the system from this condition.”\nA draft royal decree has been prepared accordingly, accompanying this. [...] (Resolution No. (104) dated 2-2-1441 AH to amend paragraph (A / 1) of Article (5) of the Press and Publications System) \n--------------------------------\n\"[...] 3. Controls Presses Representation Office\nAny printing press may open one or more duty-free offices as an outlet for the marketing of tis products after the approval of the Ministry, according to the following: \nTo nominate a Saudi director for Approval by the Minister [...]\" (Investor Guide For Media Licenses, 2019)","Cabinet Resolution No. (105) dated 2-2-1441 AH [2-10-2019]\nCabinet Resolution No. (104) dated 2-2-1441 AH [2-10-2019]\nInvestor Guide For Media Licenses, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.uqn.gov.sa/articles/1570645928775170300/\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.uqn.gov.sa/articles/1570645311125160600/\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://lcsys.gov.sa/img/daleel-en-v2.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2285,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.1","Under the previous Foreign Investment Law of 2000 and the new Foreign Investment Law of 2019, SAGIA shall issue a license for foreign capital investment in any investment activity in the Kingdom, whether permanent or temporary. There is some limit to its discretionary powers as the authority must issue a license for reasons specified in the law and with the possibility of appeal, but the procedure remains discriminatory vis-à-vis Saudi investors. ","\"Article 2\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws and agreements, the authority shall issue a license for foreign capital investment in any investment activity in the Kingdom, whether permanent or temporary. [...] If the authority rejects the application within the prescribed period, the decision must be justified, and the party whose application has been rejected shall have the right to appeal such decision according to laws.\nArticle 3\nThe Council shall have the authority to issue a list of activities excluded from foreign investment.\nArticle 4\nSubject to the provisions of Article 2, the foreign investor may obtain more than one license for different activities, and the regulation shall specify the necessary requirements.\nArticle 5\nForeign investments licensed under the provisions of this Law may be in either of the two following forms: -Firms owned by a national and foreign investor; -Firms wholly owned by a foreign investor. The legal form of the firm shall be determined in accordance with Regulation and directives. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2019)","Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nForeign Investment Law, Royal Decree No. (M/1) dated 5/1/1421H (Corresponding to 10/4/2000AD) ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.trade.gov.tw/Files/PageFile/9f518dfd-5a1e-4f6c-a4b1-8f4644e48268.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2264,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","H5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0002","Foreign equity ownership is limited to 49% for domestic air transportation, and the chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel must be citizens of the Kingdom. Reciprocity is required for foreign air carriers and airport ground services providers to be allowed to establish in the Kingdom. ","\"Chapter Two - Air Carriage Regulation\nSection One - Policies and Implementation [...]\nArticle (18): Prohibition of internal air carriage\nSubject to the provisions of the Foreign Investment Law, no foreign operator may carry passengers, cargo or mail for a fee or consideration between two points within the territory of the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the Authority may authorize such carriage to cater for exceptional or special circumstances or to finish an incoming international flight. [...]\nSection Two - Licensing and Operating Aviation Companies\n[...]\nArticle (28): Licensing of offices, representation and agencies\n1. No foreign air carriage or airline company or establishment may establish an office or representation thereof in the Kingdom without obtaining the necessary license from the Authority on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. Foreign air carriage or airline companies or establishments may only assign representations or agencies in the Kingdom to licensed Saudi companies or agencies upon the approval of the Authority.\nArticle (29): Conducting aircraft ground services\nAircraft ground services may not be provided in civil aerodromes in the Kingdom without obtaining a license from the Authority. Such licenses may only be issued to foreign air carriage companies and establishments on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter Four - Aircraft\nSection One - Aircraft Registration\nArticle (53): Striking aircraft off the Register\n1. An aircraft shall be stricken off the Register in the following cases:\na- If the owner or lessee thereof loses the Saudi nationality.\nb- If ownership thereof is transferred to a foreigner. [...] (Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005) \n-----------------------------------\n\"Chapter One - Authority and Definitions [...]\nDefinitions\n(A) The following words and expressions in these regulations shall have the meanings shown before each of them, unless the context requires a dispute that: [...]\n(21) \"Foreign citizen\": a citizen of a country other the Kingdom;\n(22) “Citizen of the Kingdom” means:\n(i) An individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom;\n(ii) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the Kingdom; or\n(iii) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the Kingdom where: \n(A) The chief executive officer and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other key personnel are citizens of the Kingdom;\n(B) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the Kingdom; and\n(C) The corporation or association is effectively owned and controlled by citizens of the Kingdom. The absence of such effective ownership and control is determined on a caseby-case basis by examining the totality of the corporation’s or association’s circumstances, including but not limited to the following factors: 1. Maximum total foreign equity ownership of the corporation or association is greater than forty-nine percent (49%); 2. Contracts with a foreign citizen(s), such as those comprising a significant portion of corporation’s or association’s revenue, are used to control the corporation or association; 3. Debt-instrument clauses or bankruptcy agreements allow a foreign citizen(s) to control the corporation or association; 4. Close business, employment or personal relationships between a foreign citizen(s) and the corporation’s or association’s leadership permit the foreign citizen(s) to exert control over the corporation or association; 5. Foreign citizens own or control significant portions of the corporation’s or association’s stock such that they exert disproportionate influence with their voting rights; 6. Minority foreign citizens possess veto rights over major corporate decisions concerning the corporation or association, or control other fundamental corporate actions, such as the exercise of buy-out clauses, which would jeopardize the corporation’s or association’s financial or operational ability to continue in business; 7. The corporation or association is a direct successor to a foreign entity and/or continues to do business as part of a system of foreign-controlled entities; and 8. Multiple and important links exist between the corporation or association and a foreign citizen(s). [...]\" (GACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS)\n-----------------------------------\n\"Types of licenses / description / requirements / duration / Fees [...]\nRequirements: The entity must be wholly Saudi or a mixed entity provided that the foreign partner does not exceed 49% [...]\" (GACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018))","Civil Aviation Law Royal Decree No. M/44, 18 Rajab 1426H / 23 August 2005\nGACA ECONOMIC REGULATIONS\nGACA Investor Guide in Civil Aviation Sector in Saudi Arabia (2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442842616346&ssbinary=true\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobheadername1=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=inline&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1442853660609&ssbinary=true\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://gaca.gov.sa/scs/Satellite?c=GACA_Media_C&cid=1440409543772&pagename=GACA%2FGACA_Media_C%2FGACA_LinkDocument_PT\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2283,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","I55","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0035","Foreign shareholding in hotels and other lodging services with 16-24 rooms and located on Mahe, Praslin, La Digue, Silhouette, Cerf Island and Ste Anne Islands are limited to 80%. Above 24 rooms, 1005 foreign ownership is permitted.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\n4. Hotels and other lodging services 16-24 rooms, excluding staff quarters, located on Mahe, Praslin, La Digue, Silhouette, Cerf Island and Ste Anne Island: foreign equity limited to 80%\n5. Letting services of furnished accommodation of 16 to 24 rooms located on Mahe, Praslin, La Digue, Silhouette, Cerf Island and Ste Anne Island, excluding rooming, boarding houses, cabins, and staff quarters:  foreign equity limited to 80% [...] (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,182,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","L68X2","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.001125","Foreign investors in residential property in Singapore are subject to a discriminatory additional buyer’s stamp duty (“ABSD”). This is, however, not applicable to legal entities, only foreign citizens. ","\"2. ABSD Rate Structure\n2.1 Additional buyer’s stamp duty (“ABSD”) is payable on the acquisition of residential properties, based on the higher of the consideration or market value. The ABSD rate applicable depends on the profile of the buyer. For acquisitions made jointly by two or more parties of different profiles, the ABSD rate applicable will be based on the profile with the highest ABSD rate on the entire property value acquired.\n[...]\n2.2 To maintain a stable and sustainable property market, the ABSD rates would be adjusted and apply to acquisitions on or after 6 Jul 2018 (see Table 1 below).\nTable 1 – ABSD Rates2\nProfile of buyer Former [...] New ABSD Rates - On/after 6 Jul 2018:\nSingapore Citizens (SC^ buying 1st residential property [...] Not applicable\nSC buying 2nd residential property [...] 12%\nSC buying 3rd and subsequent residential property [...] 15%\nSingapore Permanent Residents (SPR) buying 1st residential property [...] 5%\nSPR buying 2nd and subsequent residential property [...] 15%\nForeigners (FR) buying any residential property [...] 20%\nEntities buying any residential property [...] 25%,plus additional 5% for housing developer (i.e. entities in the business of housing development: construction and sale of housing units with respect to the subject property acquired)(non-remittable)[...]\" (FACT SHEET ON THE ADJUSTED ABSD RATES FOR ACQUISITIONS MADE ON / AFTER 6 JULY 2018)","FACT SHEET ON THE ADJUSTED ABSD RATES FOR ACQUISITIONS MADE ON / AFTER 6 JULY 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.iras.gov.sg/irashome/uploadedFiles/IRASHome/Other_Taxes/Stamp_Duty_for_Property/Other_services/ABSD%20Fact%20Sheet_2018-07-06.pdf\">Factsheet</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1895,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00024","The captain of a ship flying the Spanish flag must be an EEA national.","\"Article 253. Vessel endowments. [...]\n2. The master and the first deck officer of national ships must have the nationality of a Member State of the European Economic Area, except in the cases in which it is established by the maritime Administration that these jobs must be carried out by citizens of nationality Spanish for implying the effective exercise in a regular way of public power prerogatives that do not represent a very small part of its activities. The rest of the crew, in the case of merchant ships, must be of Spanish nationality or of some other member state of the European Economic Area, at least 50 percent. [...]\" (Royal Legislative Decree approving the Consolidated Text of the Law on State Ports and the Merchant Marine (2/2011, of September 5), last amended on 31 December 2020, Article 253(2) [google translation])","Royal Legislative Decree approving the Consolidated Text of the Law on State Ports and the Merchant Marine (2/2011, of September 5), last amended on 31 December 2020, Article 253(2) ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2011-16467\">Decree</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,894,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00576","Airlines established in Spain must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory. Cabotage is reserved to national airlines. Aircraft may be registered in the national registry by natural or legal persons who enjoy Spanish or EEA nationality.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n------------------\n\"Article 18\nThe following are registrable in the Aircraft Registration Registry of the Spanish State:\n1.º Those belonging to natural or legal persons who enjoy Spanish nationality or one of the member countries of the European Economic Area.\n2. At the request of the lessee, the aircraft leased to those who possess Spanish nationality or those of a member country of the European Economic Area.\n3.º Aircraft for private use owned or leased to natural or legal persons from third States that have, respectively, their habitual residence or a permanent establishment in Spain.\n[...]\nArticle 68 [...]\nCabotage traffic includes all transport of passengers, cargo or mail that takes place between places of Spanish sovereignty, even if for this purpose it flies over the territory or jurisdictional waters of another State.\n[...]\nArticle 71\nCabotage services will be reserved for national companies.[...]\" (Air Navigation Law (48/1960, of July 21), last amended on 30 December 2020, Articles 18, 68 and 71 [google translation])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAir Navigation Law (48/1960, of July 21), last amended on 30 December 2020, Articles 18, 68 and 71","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-1960-10905&tn=1&p=20201230\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,870,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","L68","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.081","The acquisition of real estate by a person abroad, including a foreign-owned company incorporated in Switzerland in which one-third or more of its share capital is held by a person abroad, is subject to authorisation by the competent cantonal authority if the acquired property is not for business purposes or own residential use. In addition, authorisations for holiday homes are subject to quotas. With some exceptions (e.g. investment by foreign insurance companies), real estate investments of a purely financial nature by foreign investors are not permitted.","\"Art. 5 Foreign non-residents\n«Foreign non-residents» means:\na. the following persons, unless they are legally and de facto resident in Switzerland:\n1. citizens of a member state of the European Union or the European Free Trade Association,\n2. citizens of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland who are covered by Article 22 number 2 of the Agreement of 25 February 201914 between the Swiss Confederation and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on Citizens' Rights following the Withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union and the Free Movement of Persons Agreement;\n[...]\nArt. 7 Other exemptions from authorisation\nThe following persons do not require authorisation: [...]\nj. the following persons, provided they are cross-border commuters and acquire a second home in the region of their place of work:\n1. citizens of member states of the European Union or the European Free Trade Association,\n2. citizens of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, who are covered by Article 22 number 3 of the Agreement of 25 February 201927 between the Swiss Confederation and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on Citizens' Rights following the Withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union and the Free Movement of Persons Agreement.\" (Federal law on the acquisition of real estate by persons abroad (RO 1984 1148, 16 December 1983), last amended on 1 March 2021, Articles 5 and 7 [google translation])\n------------------\n\"Art. 1 Goal\nThis law restricts the acquisition of real estate by persons abroad in order to prevent foreign influence on Swiss soil.\nArt. 2 Authorization regime\n1 The acquisition of buildings by persons abroad is subject to authorization from the competent cantonal authority.\n2 Authorization is not required:\na. if the building serves as a permanent establishment for trading, operating a factory or carrying out any other industry in commercial form as well as for carrying out a craft activity or a liberal profession;\nb. if the building serves as the main residence of the natural person who acquires it, instead of his legal and effective domicile;\nc. if there is another exception within the meaning of art. 7.6\n3 In the event of the acquisition of a building in accordance with para. 2, let. a, the housing required by the regulations relating to housing quotas, as well as the areas reserved for this purpose, may be acquired simultaneously.\n[...]\nArt. 4 Acquisition of buildings\n1 By acquisition of buildings we mean:\na. the acquisition of a right of ownership, surface, habitation or usufruct on a building;\nb. participation in a company without legal personality but having the capacity to acquire and whose real purpose is the acquisition of real estate;\nc. the acquisition of a right of ownership or of usufruct on a part of a real estate fund when this is not the subject of a regular market, or on a part of a similar heritage;\ncbis. the acquisition of a right of ownership or of usufruct on a share of a real estate SICAV whose shares are not the subject of a regular market, or on a share of a similar heritage.\nd. ...\ne. the acquisition of a right of ownership or usufruct on a part of a legal person whose real purpose is the acquisition of buildings, if the shares of this legal person are not listed on a stock exchange in Swiss;\nf. the constitution and exercise of a right of purchase, pre-emption or repurchase on a building or a share within the meaning of let. b, c and e;\ng. the acquisition of other rights, which give their holder a position similar to that of the owner of a building.\n2 The fact, for a legal person or a company without legal personality but having the capacity to acquire, to retain, during the transfer abroad of its registered or real seat, is considered to be an acquisition of real estate. a building whose acquisition is not exempt from the authorization regime under art. 2, al. 2, let. a.\nArt. 5 People abroad\n1 By persons abroad we mean:\na. nationals of member states of the European Community or of the European Free Trade Association who do not have their legally constituted and effective domicile in Switzerland;\nabis. nationals of other foreign states who do not have the right to settle in Switzerland;\nb. legal persons or companies without legal personality, but having the capacity to acquire, which have their registered or real seat abroad;\nc. legal persons or companies without legal personality, but having the capacity to acquire, which have their registered and real seat in Switzerland, and in which persons abroad have a dominant position;\nd. natural persons as well as, legal persons or companies without legal personality, but having the capacity to acquire, who are not persons abroad within the meaning of let. a, abis and c, when they acquire real estate on behalf of persons abroad.\nArt. 6 Dominant position\n1 A person abroad has a dominant position when, because of the importance of his financial participation, the extent of his voting rights or for other reasons, he can exercise, alone or with others people abroad, a preponderant influence on the administration or management.\n2 A legal person is presumed to be dominated by persons abroad when they:\na. own more than a third of the share capital or the share capital;\nb. have more than one third of the votes that may be cast at the general meeting or at the shareholders' meeting;\nc. constitute the majority of board members or beneficiaries of a private law foundation;\nd. have made repayable funds available to the legal person, the sum of which exceeds half of the difference between all the assets of the legal person and all the debts contracted by the latter with persons not subject to the authorization.\n[...]\nArt. 7 Other exceptions [to the application of the authorization regime]\nAre not subject to the authorization regime:\na. legal heirs, within the meaning of Swiss law, in the devolution of an estate;\nb. the parents in the ascending or descending line of the alienator as well as his spouse or registered partner;\nc. the purchaser, when he is already a co-owner or common owner of the building;\nd. holders of a multi-storey property right for the exchange, in the same building, of their shares of ownership;\ne. the purchaser of a replacement building during an expropriation, consolidation or reorganization of plots under federal or cantonal law;\nf. the purchaser of an immovable acquired as a replacement for that which he has alienated to a corporation or to an establishment governed by public law;\ng. the purchaser of a small area due to a boundary rectification or, in the case of multi-storey ownership, an increase in the value of the quota;\nh. the purchaser when the best interests of the Confederation so require; however, the area should not be greater than what is required by the use of the building;\ni. natural persons who acquire housing following the liquidation of a legal person whose real purpose is the acquisition of buildings and which was founded before 1 February 1974, if they have acquired, in accordance with the legal provisions which were then in force, shares of the legal person corresponding to this accommodation;\nj. nationals of member states of the European Community or of the European Free Trade Association who, as cross-border workers, acquire a second home in the region of their place of work.\nArt. 8 General grounds for authorization\n1 Authorization is granted when the building must:\na. ...\nb. be used for the investment of capital originating from the activity of a foreign insurance institution or under foreign domination authorized to practice in Switzerland, provided that generally accepted investment principles are respected and that the value of all the properties of the purchaser does not exceed the reserves that the insurance supervisory authority deems technically necessary for Swiss activities;\nc. be used for a provident purpose in favor of the staff of permanent establishments in Switzerland or exclusively for purposes of public interest, when the purchaser is exempt, for the property in question, from direct federal tax;\nd. be assigned to the coverage of debts, guaranteed by pledge, of foreign banks or insurance institutions or under foreign domination authorized to practice in Switzerland, during forced executions or debt restructuring liquidations.\n2 The heir subject to the authorization regime, who cannot invoke any reason for obtaining it, is however authorized to acquire the immovable, on condition that he alienate it within two years. If he can prove that he has close and worthy protection links with the building, the authorization can be granted without this charge.\n3 In case of hardship, a natural person who has no reason for authorization, for lack of cantonal provisions or following a local blocking of authorizations, is authorized to acquire from another natural person a principal residence, a second or vacation home, or an apartment in an aparthotel. There is a case of hardship when the alienator finds himself in an after-the-fact and unforeseeable situation of distress, which can only be ruled out by the alienation of the building to a person abroad.\nArt. 9 Grounds for authorization in the cantons\n1 The cantons may provide, by law, that the authorization is granted when the building:\na. is intended for the construction, without federal aid, of social housing within the meaning of cantonal legislation in places where there is a housing shortage, or includes such housing if they are of recent construction;\nb. ...\nc. serves as a secondary residence for a natural person in a place with which he maintains extremely close relations and worthy of protection, as long as they subsist.\n2 The cantons may also provide, by law, that the authorization may be granted, within the limits of their quota, to a natural person who acquires a building as vacation accommodation or as an apartment in an aparthotel.\n3 The cantons determine the places where the acquisition of holiday accommodation or apartments in aparthotels by people abroad is necessary for the development of tourism.\n4 The authorization is not charged against the quota:\na. when the alienator has already been granted an authorization to acquire holiday accommodation or an apartment in an aparthotel;\nb. when granted under art. 8, al. 3;\nc. in the event of the acquisition of a part of the co-ownership of a holiday accommodation or of an apartment in an aparthotel when the acquisition of another part of the co-ownership of the same accommodation or apartment in an aparthotel has already been charged to the quota.\nArt. 10 Aparthotels\nThe aparthotel is a new hotel or a hotel to be renovated subject to multi-storey ownership and belonging to the hotelier, to persons abroad and, where applicable, to third parties, when the following conditions are met:\na. the facilities necessary for hotel operations and the apartments are owned by the hotelier at least 51% of the total;\nb. the sustainable use of at least 65% of the quotas relating to accommodation, including those belonging to the hotelier, is ensured in the hotel form;\nc. the provision of services, the appropriate hotel construction and operation as well as the probable profitability of the hotel are confirmed by an expert report from the Swiss Hotel Credit Society.\nArt. 11 Authorization quotas\n1 The Federal Council sets, within the limits of a maximum number provided for the whole country, the annual cantonal quotas for authorizations relating to the acquisition of holiday accommodation and apartments in aparthotels; in doing so, it takes into account the best interests of the country and its economic interests.\n2 The maximum number set in para. 1 must not exceed 1500 contingency units.\n3 The Federal Council fixes the quotas of the cantons taking into account their tourist vocation, their tourist development program and the part of land ownership which, on their territory, is in foreign hands.\n4 The cantons establish the rules relating to the distribution of their quota.\nArt. 12 Mandatory grounds for refusal\nThe authorization to acquire is refused in any event, when:\na. the building is used for an investment of capital that this law does not authorize;\nb. the area of the building is larger than required for its allocation;\nc. the purchaser attempted to evade the law;\nd. the purchaser of a second home within the meaning of art. 9, al. 1, let. c, a holiday accommodation or an apartment in an aparthotel, his spouse, registered partner or children under the age of 18 already own such a building in Switzerland;\ne. ...\nf. the acquisition is against the best interests of the country.[...]\" (Federal law on the acquisition of real estate by persons abroad (RO 1984 1148, 16 December 1983), last amended on 1 March 2013, Articles 1, 2, 4 to 12 [google translation])","Federal law on the acquisition of real estate by persons abroad (RO 1984 1148, 16 December 1983), last amended on 1 March 2021, Articles 5 and 7 \nFederal law on the acquisition of real estate by persons abroad (RO 1984 1148, 16 December 1983), last amended on 1 March 2013, Articles 1, 2, 4-12","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1984/1148_1148_1148/fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/1984/1148_1148_1148/fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1444,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2018,"0.0003","Foreign shareholding in a shipping agent company is limited to 40%.","\"3. In these Regulations, unless the contextotherwise requires-[...]\n\"shipping agent” means the Corporation or a company engaged in providing shipping agency services for sea ports and inland waterways ports in Mainland Tanzania in accordance with the Act and these Regulations;[...]\nPART II - LICENCING PROCEDURES\n4..-(1) Subject to section 6 of the Act, a companywhich intends to carry on business as a shipping agent shall apply to the Corporation in Form No 1 set out inthe First Schedule to these Regulations.[...]\n5. A company shall be eligible for licence if it-(a) is not a ship owner, ship operator or a ship charterer;(b) possesses the prescribed qualifications forthe proper carrying on the business of shipping agency provided under the Act and these Regulations;(c) has a proper registered place of business in Mainland Tanzania;[...] (e) is incorporated under the Companies Act in which sixty per cent or more of the share capital is held by citizen of Tanzania; \n[...]\nPART V - CAPITAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPPING AGENTS\n25. The amount of authorized capital required to establish a shipping agency business shall be: (a) in case of sea ports :(i) not less than United States Dollars ten thousand or its equivalent in Tanzanian shillings for a company wholly owned by Tanzania citizen; or (ii) not less than United States Dollars one hundred thousand or its equivalent in Tanzanian Shillings for a company owned jointly by Tanzania citizen and foreigner, and(b) in case of an inland waterways port: (i) not less than United States Dollars two thousand or its equivalent in Tanzanian shillings for a company wholly owned by Tanzanian citizen; or (ii) not less than United States Dollars twenty five thousand or its equivalent in Tanzanian shillings for a company owned jointly by Tanzanian citizen and foreigner.[...] (TANZANIA SHIPPING AGENCIES (SHIPPING AGENTS) REGULATIONS, 2018)","TANZANIA SHIPPING AGENCIES (SHIPPING AGENTS)REGULATIONS, 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.tasac.go.tz/uploads/publications/sw1538385594-SHIPPING%20AGENTS%20REGULATIONS-2018_GN.NO.339%20(1).pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,335,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C25","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00015","Majority foreign investment in the production of goldware, silverware etc. is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; \n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter II. Businesses Having Impacts on Arts, Culture, Traditions, Customs and Folklore Handicrafts [...]\n5. Production of goldware, silverware, nielloware, bronzeware or lacquerware [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1912,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","G45_47","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.00375","Commercial  activities,  including  wholesale  and  retail  trade, are reserved for enterprises where Tunisian natural or legal persons constitute the majority of members of the Board of Directors or the governance or oversight body. The president and the board chairman must be individuals of Tunisian nationality.","\"Art. 2. - Natural and legal persons, who do not have Tunisian nationality, may directly or indirectly exercise a commercial activity only under the conditions defined by the texts in force and the provisions of this decree-law.\nArt. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.\n[...]\nArt. 8. - The exercise of the following activities, in any form whatsoever, and whatever the mode of their taxation [...] is, except exemption granted by the Secretary of State for Planning and Finance, prohibited to natural or legal persons, not possessing Tunisian nationality:\n1- building manager;\n2- commission agent, broker, commercial agent;\n3- general or special agent of insurance companies;\n4- concessionaire, consignee, general representative, general or sales agent, whatever the name under which this activity is carried out;\n5- traveler, usher, sales representative. [...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation])","Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8\nLaw No. 59-129 of October 5, 1959, promulgating of the Commercial Code, as amended, Articles 2-4  [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/118037?ln=en\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.droit-afrique.com/upload/doc/tunisie/Tunisie-Code-2010-commerce.pdf\">Law_amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1726,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.00075","Investment in insurance or reinsurance activity is generally subject to a local requirement. Branches of foreign insurance and reinsurance companies may only be admitted to provide insurance against risks not taking place in Tunisia and insurance for persons not resident in Tunisia, and subject to prior Ministerial approval.","\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\nAnnex 1: List of authorizations relating to economic activities, their deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting [...]\n3. List of authorizations relating to the activities of the banking and financial sector, insurance and the financial market\n20. Authorization to create insurance companies\nTerms :\n1. The company must be governed by Tunisian law.\n2. It must take the form of a public limited company or a mutual company or an agricultural mutual fund.\n[...]\n21. Establishment of non-resident insurance and reinsurance business (under an agreement)\nTerms :\n1. Insurance against risks not taking place in Tunisia and insurance for persons not resident in Tunisia.\n2. Approval of the Minister of Finance of the officer of the company or the branch.\n3. Conclusion of an agreement with the Minister of Finance to benefit from the privileges.\n[...]\n22. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance agent or to exercise the activity of life insurance producer\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.\n[...]\n23. Authorization to exercise the activity of insurance or reinsurance broker\nTerms :\n1. Have Tunisian nationality.[...]\" (Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11 , 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification.)\n------------------------\n\"CHAPITRE III - DISPOSITIONS DIVERSES [...]\nArticle 44.- The risks located in Tunisia and the persons who are domiciled there can only be insured by contracts taken out with insurance companies having the status of resident companies.\nHowever, the “Minister of Finance on the proposal of the Committee”(1)\nmay grant an exceptional exemption to take out, outside Tunisian territory, insurance contracts covering the consequences of the professional civil liability of the maritime carrier or the maritime shipowner. (Paragraph 2 added by article 3 of law n°2002-37 of April 1, 2002).\n[...]\nTITLE II - ORGANIZATION OF PROFESSIONS SPECIFIC TO THE INSURANCE SECTOR\nCHAPTER I - INSURANCE COMPANIES AND REINSURANCE COMPANIES\nSection I. – Approval\nArticle 48.- Are considered as \"insurance companies\" and therefore subject to approval, all companies which engage, as a regular activity, in the subscription and execution of insurance contracts such as defined in article 1 of this code.\n\"Companies specializing in reinsurance are considered to be companies which engage exclusively, as a usual activity, in the operations of acceptance and transfer of risks and which do not practice the subscription and execution of insurance contracts. are, therefore, subject, within a period of one month from the date of their constitution, to the obligation to inform the Minister of Finance and to send him a file, the content of which is fixed by decree. (Added by article 3 of law n° 2002-37 of April 1, 2002).\n“Approval applications and information files are sent to the committee which examines them. To this end, he is authorized to request all the information and documents he deems necessary. (Paragraph 3 added by article 4 of law n° 2008-\n8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 49.- Insurance companies are required to indicate, when applying for approval, the category or categories of insurance that they intend to operate.\nThe list of insurance categories is fixed by order of the “Minister of Finance on a proposal from the committee”(1).\n[...]\nSection II. – Forms of insurance companies and reinsurance companies)\nArticle 53.- To be approved, insurance companies must be under Tunisian law and constituted in one of the following forms:\n* Anonimous society\n* Mutual company\n* Agricultural mutual fund set up in accordance with the specific texts governing it.\n\"Reinsurance undertakings may not carry out their activities\nonly if they are constituted in one of the forms provided for above\" (Added by article 3 of law n° 2002-37 of April 1, 2002).\n[...]\nSection V. – Non-resident insurance and reinsurance companies\nArticle 67.- Insurance or reinsurance organizations working mainly with non-residents and branches in Tunisia of foreign insurance and reinsurance organizations may be admitted to carry out insurance in Tunisia of risks other than those whose hedging must be carried out locally under article 44 of this Code.\nThese bodies may, by virtue of \"an agreement concluded on the advice of the committee between the Minister of Finance and the insurer or reinsurer concerned\",(1) benefit from the regime provided for by law no. 85-108 of 6 December 1985 encouraging financial and banking organizations mainly with non-residents.\nThe aforementioned agreement will determine in particular the scope of activity as well as the terms and conditions for granting the benefit of the said regime provided for by the aforementioned law and will be ratified by decree. (Paragraph 3 modified by article 5 of law n°2008-8 of February 13, 2008)\nArticle 68 - The organizations referred to in article 67 of the present Code as well as the reinsurance companies not having their head office in Tunisia and previously approved, must present for the acceptance of the Minister of Finance an agent specially proposed to the management of all the operations they propose to perform in Tunisia.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - INTERMEDIARIES, INSURANCE ADJUSTERS AND DAMAGE COMMISSIONERS\nSection I. – Intermediaries\nArticle 69.- Insurance operations may be presented to the public through the following intermediaries:\n1) The insurance broker: The insurance broker is the person bringing together policyholders and insurance or reinsurance companies without being bound in the choice of these for the purpose of insuring or reinsure risks. The broker is the agent of the insured and is responsible towards him.\n2) The insurance agent: The insurance agent is the person charged under a mandate to conclude insurance contracts in the name and on behalf of one or more insurance companies. He exercises individually or within the framework of a professional civil society.\n3) The life insurance producer: the life insurance producer is the natural person, salaried or not, mandated by a company carrying out life insurance operations. The producer's activity is limited to the presentation of contracts and possibly the collection of premiums. The life insurance producer can only represent one insurance company.\n[...]\nArticle 70.- With the exception of banking establishments, micro-finance institutions and the national post office, the persons referred to in article 69 of this code must prove that they possess a professional card and their registration in a register kept for this purpose by the departments of the General Insurance Committee, in order to be able to present insurance transactions. (Repealed and replaced by art. 9 of decree-law no. 2011-117 of November 5, 2011)\nThe register referred to in the preceding paragraph of this article comprises three sections according to the category of intermediaries.\nThese sections are:\n- Section 1: Brokers and insurance brokerage firms.\n- Section 2: Insurance agents and companies of insurance agents.\n- Section 3: Life insurance producers.\nArticle 71.- The professional card referred to in Article 70 of this Code is issued by the “general insurance committee”(1) after consulting a commission whose composition and operating rules are fixed by decree.\nArticle 72.- Any insurance intermediary may hold only one professional card.\nArticle 73.- The professional card can only be granted to the natural person if he meets the following conditions:\n1) Be of Tunisian nationality. [...]\nThe professional card can only be granted to legal persons if the natural persons in charge of their direction and management meet the conditions provided for in this article. [...]\" (Law n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation])","Decree No. 2018-417 of May 11, 2018 relating to the publication of the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of authorizations administrative requirements for carrying out projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Articles 2, 3 and 8 [google translation]\nLaw n° 92-24 of March 9, 1992, promulgating the insurance code, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/76961?ln=en\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/113253?ln=en\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cga.gov.tn/fileadmin/contenus/pdf/Code_Assurance_Version_FR.pdf\">Code_amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1764,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","J61","CLAS1_1","I35","IX",2023,"0.003","Telecommunication companies, existing and new, must list 20% of their stake on local securities exchange to renew or obtain a national telecom operator license. ","\"PART IV: Licensing of Communications\nRadio, telecommunications and other communications licenses [...]\n22. Licence for telecommunications.\nA person shall not, establish a telecommunications station, provide telecommunications services or construct, maintain or operate telecommunications apparatus without a licence issued by the Commission. [...]\" (Uganda Communications Act, 2013)\n-----------------------------------\n\"PART A: Description of Telecom Licenses\nLicense Category: National Telecom Operator (NTO) license\nLicense Description: This licence shall be granted to an operator that demonstrates financial and technical capacity to establish and operate a telecommunications network spanning across the entire geographical boundary of Uganda. The NTO license will allow the license holder to establish and provide both telecommunication infrastructure and services across the entire country.The NTO license shall be for a period of 20 (twenty) years, renewable in accordance with the Uganda Communications Act 2013. The following are some of the salient features of this license: [...]\n(e) The licensee shall be required to list at least 20% percent of its shares on the Uganda Securities Exchange (USE) within two (2) years from the date of grant/ issuance of license. This shall be undertaken in accordance with the existing listing rules as prescribed by the Uganda Capital Markets Authority. [...]\" (Uganda Communications Commission (2023), \"Description of Telecom Licenses and Authorisations\"). ","Uganda Communications Act, 2013\nUganda Communications Commission (2023), \"Description of Telecom Licenses and Authorisations\"","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ucc.co.ug/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/UCC-Act-2013.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ucc.co.ug/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/DESCRIPTION-OF-TELECOM-LICENSES-AND-AUTHORISATIONS.pdf\">Description</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3184,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0001875","Only an Uruguayan national may be the redactor or responsible editor or manager of a newspaper, magazine, or periodical published in Uruguay.","CAPITULO II - LIBERTADES DE PRENSA Y DE IMPRENTA [...]\nArticle 6 (Qualities required to be a responsible editor or manager).\nTo be able to be an editor or responsible manager of a communication medium, you need:\n1º Be no less than twenty-one years of age and not be in any of the cases that determine the suspension of the exercise of citizenship in accordance with Chapter IV of Section III of the Constitution of the Republic.\n2º Effectively and truly integrate the writing of the press body and exercise decision-making authority or, if appropriate, its rejection.\n3º Not enjoying privileges or immunities.\nThe conditions established in this article will be required of those responsible for broadcasting and television stations, in any of their forms, sound or audiovisual recordings, but not of the other editors or managers, nor of the editor-in-chief or director, if so. there is and it is not the responsible editor, in accordance with this law. [...]\" (Ley N° 16099 de Prensa - Libertad en los Medios de Comunicacion de 4 Noviembre 1989 [google translate])","Ley N° 16099 de Prensa - Libertad en los Medios de Comunicacion de 4 Noviembre 1989 [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16099-1989\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,869,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00625","Foreign participation in law firms is not allowed.","\"Article 3. Attorney\nAttorney in the Republic of Uzbekistan may be a citizen of the Republic of Uzbekistan, which has a higher legal education and received a license on the right to exercise with law activities (hereinafter — the license) in the established order.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Principles and organizational forms of the activities of advocacy\nThe Advocacy carries out its activities on the basis of the rule of law, independence and other democratic principles.\nA person who has received in the established order of the license shall be entitled to carry out advocacy activities individually by opening advocacy bureau, or form with other attorneys (partners) advocacy firm, or board of attorneys on the basis of membership, or join in one of these existing advocacy structures, or to engage in advocacy activities, working in legal consultation office. Attorney has the right to carry out his/her activities only in one advocacy structure. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON ADVOCACY No. 349-I of 27/12/1996, as amended)","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON ADVOCACY No. 349-I of 27/12/1996, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4528029\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2405,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.00035","Foreign investment in travel agency, tour operator and tourist guide services is allowed only in relation to services provided for inbound tourists and through joint-venture with Vietnamese enterprises.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n24. Travel services [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n24. Travel services\n24.1 Travel agency and tour operator services (CPC 7471) |\n1. Provisions in the Agreements:\nForeign service providers are allowed to provide services in the form of joint ventures with Vietnamese partners without limitation on foreign capital contribution.\nForeign-invested service-providing enterprises are only allowed to provide services of bringing tourists into Vietnam (inbound) and domestic travel for tourists entering Vietnam as part of their services to bring tourists to Vietnam tourism.\nTour guides in foreign-invested enterprises must be Vietnamese citizens.\n2. Vietnamese law\n2.1. Conditions on the scope of travel service business: Foreign-invested enterprises may only provide international travel services for international tourists to Vietnam, except in the case of international treaties to which the country is a member. The Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a member with different regulations.\n2.2. Conditions for doing business in international travel services include: (i) Being an enterprise established in accordance with the law on enterprises; (ii) Deposit for international travel service business at the bank; (iii) The person in charge of the travel service business must have a college degree or higher in tourism; If you graduate from a college or higher in another major, you must have an international tourism management certificate.\n2.3. Conditions for foreign-invested enterprises providing travel services: (i) Foreign investors may contribute capital with Vietnamese partners to establish a travel service business in accordance with Vietnamese law. South and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory; (ii) Conditions, documents, order,\nprocedures and competence for granting, re-granting, renewing and withdrawing travel service business licenses for foreign-invested enterprises comply with the provisions of Articles 31, 33, 34, 35 and 36 Tourism Law 2017; (iii) Foreign-invested enterprises providing travel services have the rights and obligations specified in Clause 2, Article 37 of the Law on Tourism 2017.\n2.4. Conditions for establishment of a representative office in Vietnam of a foreign tour operator: (i) The establishment of a representative office in Vietnam of a foreign tour operator according to the provisions of the law on commerce. (ii) The specialized tourism agency of the province shall receive, appraise the application, grant, re-issue, adjust, extend and revoke the license to establish a representative office in Vietnam of the service business enterprise. foreign travel service.\n[...]\n24.2 Tour guide service\nAFAS and VKFTA open unlimitedly for Tour Guide Services (as a sub-sector of Travel Agency and Tour Operator Services - CPC 7471)\nUnder the CPTPP, Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to tour guide services.   [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2036,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.036","Land -not for business purposes, can be alienated to foreign nationals having permanent resident in the Republic of Zambia and foreign-owned companies, in which less than 25% of the issued shares are owned by non-Zambians, commercial banks and some other non-Zambian persons. However, foreign-owned companies, in which foreigners hold more than 25% of the issue shares, are not entitled to hold alienated land, unless in terms of short-term (not exceeding five years) leases or tenancy agreement.\n","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"land\" means any interest in land whether the land is virgin, bare or has improvements, but does not include any mining right as defined in the Mines and Minerals Act in respect of any land;[...]\n\"Permanent Resident\" means an established resident or a person holding an entry permit in accordance with the Immigration and Deportation Act;\n[...]\nPart II – Administration of land\n3. All land to vest in the President\n(1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other law, instrument or document, but subject to this Act, all land in Zambia shall vest absolutely in the President and shall be held by him in perpetuity for and on behalf of the people of Zambia.\n(2) Subject to subsection (4) and to any other law, the President may alienate land vested in him to any Zambian.\n(3) Subject to any other provisions and procedures relating to alienation of land, the President may alienate land to a non-Zambian under the following circumstances:\n(a) where the non-Zambian is a permanent resident in the Republic of Zambia;\n(b) where the non-Zambian is an investor within the meaning of the Investment Act or any other law relating to the promotion of investment in Zambia;\n(c) where the non-Zambian has obtained the President's consent in writing under his hand;\n(d) where the non-Zambian is a company registered under the Companies Act, and less than twenty-five per centum of the issued shares are owned by non-Zambians;\n(e) where the non-Zambian is a statutory corporation created by an Act of Parliament;\n(f) where the non-Zambian is a co-operative society registered under the Co-operative Societies Act and less than twenty-five per centum of the members are non-Zambians;\n(g) where the non-Zambian is a body registered under the Land (Perpetual Succession) Act and is a non-profit making, charitable, religious, educational or philanthropic organization or institution which is registered and is approved by the Minister for the purposes of this section;\n(h) where the interest or right in question arises out of a lease, sub-lease, or under-lease, for a period not exceeding five years, or a tenancy agreement;\n(i) where the interest or right in land is being inherited upon death or is being transferred under a right of survivorship or by operation of law;\n(j) where the non-Zambian is a Commercial Bank registered under the Companies Act and the Banking and Financial Services Act; or\n(k) where the non-Zambian is granted a concession or right under the National Parks and Wildlife Act.\n(4) Notwithstanding subsection (3), the President shall not alienate any land situated in a district or an area where land is held under customary tenure-[...]\n(6) The President shall not alienate any land under subsection (2) or (3) for a term exceeding ninety-nine years unless-\n(a) the President considers it necessary in the national interest or in the fulfilment of any obligations of the Republic; and\n(b) it is approved by a two-thirds majority of the members of the National Assembly.[...]\" (Lands Act (Chapter 184) of 1995)\n----------------\n\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires —[...]\n“foreign investor ” means a person who makes direct investment in the country and who in the case of a natural person is not a citizen or permanent resident of Zambia and in the case of a company is incorporated outside Zambia;[...]\" (Zambia Development Agency Act No. 11 of 2006 [repealed by ZDA Act No. 17 of 2022])\n----------------\n\"2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“ established resident ” means, in relation to any date, a person who is not a citizen or a prohibited immigrant and who has been ordinarily and lawfully resident in Zambia or the former Protectorate of Northern Rhodesia, or both, for the period of four years immediately preceding that date, except that no period during which a person— (a) has been confined in a prison consequent on a sentence of imprisonment imposed by a court, which sentence has not, on appeal or review, been quashed or varied to a fine; (b) has been an inmate of a mental institution; or (c) has remained in Zambia as an ordinary visitor or in terms of a permit allowing such person for a limited period only so to remain; shall be counted for the purpose of this definition;[...]\" (Immigration and Deportation Act No. 18 of 2010)\n\n","Lands Act (Chapter 184) of 1995\nZambia Development Agency Act No. 11 of 2006 [repealed by ZDA Act No. 17 of 2022]\nImmigration and Deportation Act No. 18 of 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zambialii.org/akn/zm/act/1995/29/eng@1996-12-31\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.zda.org.zm/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/ZDA-Act-2006-1.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/node/10750\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/The%20Immigration%20and%20Deportation%20%20Act.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,361,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","B07_08","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.000583333","Mining companies, including coal mining mining, are required to give preference to contractors, suppliers and service agencies located in Zambia and owned by citizens or citizen-owned companies.","2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“ artisanal mining ” means an artisan’s mining operation undertaken by a citizen pursuant to a mining licence granted under Part III;\n“ citizen ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Constitution, and in relation to a partnership, means a partnership which is composed exclusively of citizens;\n“ citizen-empowered company ” means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n“ citizen-influenced company ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006;\n“ citizen-owned company ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006; [...]\n“ mineral ” means any substance, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form, occurring naturally in or on the earth or under water, formed by or subjected to a geological process, or any substance occurring in tailing dams, slag dumps, waste rock dumps, residue waste rock dumps, residue stockpiles or residue deposit, but excludes — [...](b) petroleum; [...]\n“ small-scale mining ” means mining over an area covering a minimum of three cadastre units and not exceeding one hundred and twenty cadastre units;\n[...]\n13. (1) The following mining rights may be granted under this Act:\n(a) an exploration licence; and (b) a mining licence.\n(2) The following non-mining rights may be granted under this Act—\n(a) a mineral processing licence; (b) a mineral trading permit; (c) mineral import permit; (d) mineral export permit; and (e) gold panning certificate.\n(3) A mining right over an area between a minimum of two cadastre units and a maximum of one hundred and twenty cadastre units in extent shall only be granted to the following companies:\n(a) citizen-influenced company; (b) citizen-empowered company; and (c) citizen-owned company.\n[...]\nPreference for Zambian products, contractors and services and employment of citizens\n20.(1) A holder of a mining right or a mineral processing licence shall, in the conduct of mining operations or mineral processing operations and in the purchase, construction, installation and decommissioning of facilities, give preference to the —\n(a) materials and products made in Zambia; and (b) contractors, suppliers and service agencies located in Zambia and owned by citizens or citizen-owned companies.\n[...]\nDivision 3 - Mining Licence\n29. (1) A person who intends to carry on any artisanal mining, small-scale mining or large-scale mining shall apply for a mining licence under this Part.\n(2) Artisanal mining shall only be undertaken by a citizen or a co-operative wholly composed of citizens.\n(3) Small-scale mining shall only be undertaken by a citizen-owned, citizen-influenced or citizen-empowered company.\n[...]\nDivision 5— Gold Panning Certificate\n42. (1) A citizen or a cooperative consisting only of citizens may apply to the Director of Mines for a gold panning certificate in the prescribed manner and form upon payment of the prescribed fee.\n[...]\nDivision 6 — Mineral Trading Permit\n44. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a person shall not trade in minerals without a mineral trading permit issued under this Part.\n(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a holder of a mining licence.\n45. (1) A citizen, a citizen-influenced company, a citizen-empowered company or a citizen-owned company may apply for a mineral trading permit to the Director of Mines in the prescribed manner and form upon payment of the prescribed fee.[...]\" (MINES AND MINERALS DEVELOPMENT ACT, 2015)\n-------------\n3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006))","THE PETROLEUM (EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION) ACT, 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2008/10/peapa2008416.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,371,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001875","Foreign investment in tobacco distribution is reserved to Algerian-owned enteprises.","\"PRELIMINARY PROVISION\nArticle 1 - The purpose of this decree is to regulate tobacco manufacturing and distribution activities\nArticle 2 - The status of tobacco manufacturer is reserved for legal persons in the form of joint-stock companies whose capital is made up for at least 51% of public funds.\nArticle 3 - Tobacco manufacturers must be organized in partnership. By partnership, it is necessary to understand the participation in the share capital of the company of at least one shareholder justifying the exploitation of internationally renowned brands. The condition relating to the use of internationally renowned brands is not required for manufacturers of snuff or chewing tobacco.\n[...]\nSection 2 - The distribution of tobacco\nArticle 5 - Tobacco manufacturers may also be approved as distributors. This activity can be carried out through a subsidiary created for this purpose.\nArticle 6 - In addition to manufacturers, only natural persons of Algerian nationality established in Algeria or companies whose partners or shareholders are of Algerian nationality and established in Algeria can be approved as tobacco distributors [...]\" (Executive Decree No. 01-396 of 24 Ramadhan 1422 corresponding to December 9, 2001 regulating tobacco manufacturing and distribution activities [google translation])","Executive Decree No. 01-396 of 24 Ramadhan 1422 corresponding to December 9, 2001 regulating tobacco manufacturing and distribution activities [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://extranet.who.int/ncdccs/Data/Algeria_Decree_n%C2%B001-396_2001_Labelling_FR.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1850,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.003375","Investment in real estate development requires local incorporation. ","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nSection 1 - Definitions [...]\n— real estate developer: is a real estate developer, within the meaning of this law, any natural or legal person initiating the realization of new projects, the restoration, the rehabilitation, the renovation, the restructuring, or the reinforcement of constructions requiring one of these interventions or the development and upgrading of networks, with a view to selling or renting them; [...]\" (Law n° 11-04 of 14 Rabie El Aouel 1432 corresponding to February 17, 2011 laying down the rules governing the activity of real estate development [google translation])\n---------------------------------\n\"Art. 2 - Is considered as a real estate developer any natural or legal person, duly approved, who exercises the activity of real estate development as defined by law n ° 11-04 of 14 Rabie El Aouel 1432 corresponding to February 17, 2011, above. [...]\nCHAPTER II - APPROVAL OF REAL ESTATE DEVELOPERS [...]\nArt. 6 - No one can apply for an approval for the exercise of the profession of real estate developer if he does not fulfill the following conditions: [...]\n2- For the legal entity: - be under Algerian law; [...]\" (Executive Decree No. 12-84 Corresponding to February 20, 2012 setting the procedures for granting approval for the exercise of the profession of real estate developer as well as the procedures for keeping the national table of real estate developers [google translate])","Law n° 11-04 of 14 Rabie El Aouel 1432 corresponding to February 17, 2011 laying down the rules governing the activity of real estate development [google translation]\nExecutive Decree No. 12-84 Corresponding to February 20, 2012 setting the procedures for granting approval for the exercise of the profession of real estate developer as well as the procedures for keeping the national table of real estate developers [google translate]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/alg135543.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/dz/2012/dz-government-gazette-dated-2012-02-26-no-11.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1863,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","_H","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.025","Inter-company loans used to finance FDI operations in Angola cannot exceed 30% of the amount of investment made by the company, and may not be repaid during the first three years from the date of being recorded as a liability in the borrowing company’s accounts.","\"ARTICLE 3\n(Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is considered: [...]\ne) «Foreign Investment», carrying out an investment project through the introduction or use in the national territory of freely convertible currency held by non-residents, who may, in addition to monetary means, also adopt the form of technology and knowledge or equipment and other goods; [...]\nj) «Foreign Investor», any person, natural or legal, foreign exchange non-resident who carries out an investment under the terms of subparagraph e) of this article;\n[...]\nARTICLE 11\n(Supplies for foreign investment operations)\nShareholders' or partners' loans made for foreign investment purposes cannot exceed 30% of the value of the investment made by the incorporated company, and are only reimbursable after 3 (three) years from the date of registration in the company's accounts. [...]\" (Law No. 10/18 of 26 June - Private Investment Law, as amended by Law No. 10/21, of April 22, modifying the Private Investment Law  [google translation])","Law No. 10/18 of 26 June - Private Investment Law, as amended by Law No. 10/21, of April 22, modifying the Private Investment Law  [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/ao/2018/ao-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2018-06-26-no-92.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ucm.minfin.gov.ao/cs/groups/public/documents/document/aw4x/mzgz/~edisp/minfin1383752.pdf\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,571,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","A02","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0005","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. The acquisition of a direct interest in an Australian entity or business that is an agribusiness by a foreign person constitutes a significant action if a monetary threshold is met. Such acquisitions must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. Agribusiness, as defined in the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015, covers entities and businesses in agriculture, forestry, fishing and certain food product manufacturing activities. Acquisition of a direct interest in an agribusiness generally refers to acquiring an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business. In principle, for an agribusiness acquisition to fall under investment screening, the value of the proposed investment must exceed a monetary threshold (55 million dollars, 2018). An exemption applies to investors from specified trade agreement partner countries, who are not subject to the rules regarding agribusinesses, but are instead subject to the requirements for significant and notifiable actions for general business acquisitions, to which a higher monetary threshold applies.\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. ","\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act: […]\nagribusiness: an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness in the circumstances prescribed by the regulations. […]\nforeign person means:\n(a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f) a foreign government; or\n(g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations.\n[...]\n40  Meaning of significant action—entities\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n(a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n(i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n(b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n(i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n(c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n(i) an Australian unit trust; or\n(ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n41  Meaning of significant action—businesses\n(1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the Australian business (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the third condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n[...]\n44  Meaning of significant action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a significant action (including by providing that a specified action is a significant action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n47  Meaning of notifiable action—general\n(1) An action is a notifiable action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity, business or land (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4) If paragraph (2)(a) or (b) applies, the third condition is that the entity is:\n(a) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(b) an Australian unit trust; or\n(c) an Australian entity that is the holding entity of an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5) The last condition (whether paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c) applies) is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\n48  Meaning of notifiable action—actions prescribed by the regulations\n(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is a notifiable action (including by providing that a specified action is a notifiable action if specified conditions are met).\n[...]\n51  The threshold test for entities and businesses\nThe threshold test is met in relation to an entity or business for a significant action mentioned in column 1 of the following table if the value mentioned in column 2 of the table is more than the value prescribed by the regulations. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n67  Order prohibiting proposed significant actions\n(1) The Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, make an order under subsection (2) if the Treasurer is satisfied that:\n(a) a significant action is proposed to be taken; and\n(b) taking the significant action would be contrary to the national interest.\n(2) The Treasurer may make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table] [...]\n(3) If the Treasurer makes an order under subsection (2), the Treasurer may, by notifiable instrument, also make an order in accordance with the following table. [see legal source for table]\n[...]\n81  Compulsory notice of notifiable actions\n(1) A foreign person who proposes to take a notifiable action must give a notice to the Treasurer before taking the action.\n(2) If a person takes an action by entering an agreement, the notice must deal with each notifiable action covered by the agreement.\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, and 81)\n-----------------------------\n\"12  When an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness\n(1) For the definition of agribusiness in section 4 of the Act, the following table prescribes the circumstances in which an Australian entity or Australian business is an agribusiness. [see legal source for table] [...]\n(3) The business must be carried on wholly or partly in any of the following classes of the Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification Codes:\n(a) any of the classes in Division A (agriculture, forestry and fishing);\n(b) any of the classes in Subdivision 11 of Division C (food product manufacturing), other than any of the following:\n(i) class 1113 (cured meat and smallgoods manufacturing);\n(ii) class 1132 (ice cream manufacturing);\n(iii) class 1162 (cereal, pasta and baking mix manufacturing);\n(iv) a class in group 117 (bakery product manufacturing);\n(v) class 1182 (confectionery manufacturing);\n(vi) a class in group 119 (other food product manufacturing).\n[...]\n16  Meaning of direct interest in an entity or business\nFor the definition of direct interest in section 4 of the Act, a direct interest in an entity or business is:\n(a) an interest of at least 10% in the entity or business; or\n(b) an interest of at least 5% in the entity or business if the person who acquires the interest has entered a legal arrangement relating to the businesses of the person and the entity or business; or\n(c) an interest of any percentage in the entity or business if the person who acquired the interest is in a position:\n(i) to influence or participate in the central management and control of the entity or business; or\n(ii) to influence, participate in or determine the policy of the entity or business.\n[...]\n40  Action relating to agribusinesses and agricultural land for certain investors\nRelevant agreement country investors—exemption in relation to agribusinesses\n(1) Paragraphs 40(2)(a) and 41(2)(a) (significant action in relation to agribusinesses) of the Act, and any other provision of the Act to the extent that it relates to those paragraphs, do not apply in relation to relevant agreement country investors\n[...]\n50  Certain actions taken in relation to agribusinesses\nThe following table prescribes a value for section 51 of the Act (agribusinesses) to the extent that that section relates to item 1 of the table in that section.\nThreshold value for certain actions taken in relation to agribusinesses\nItem | For action taken by ... | the value (in millions of dollars) is ...\n1 | any foreign person | 55 [...]\" (Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 12, 16, 40, and 50)","Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended 18 September 2018, Sections 4, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 51, 67, and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended 30 December 2018, Sections 12, 16, 40, and 50","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/C2004A01402/2018-09-18/text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/F2015L01854/2018-12-30/text\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3943,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00144","Authorisation to engage in maritime shipping and to fly the Austrian flag is conditional on majority ownership by Austrian or EEA citizens.","\"§ 3.\n(1) The flag of the Republic of Austria at sea (sea flag) in the form in accordance with Paragraph 2 may only be carried by Austrian seagoing vessels; they are not allowed to fly the sea flag of another state.\n[...]\n§ 7. [...]\n(2) Admission to maritime shipping is associated with the right and obligation to use the sea flag.\n(3) The Federal Ministry for Transport, Innovation and Technology has to issue a certificate for admission to maritime shipping, which bears the designation Seebrief. This certificate counts as a decision.\n[...]\n§ 8. \n(1) Admission to maritime shipping may only be granted\n1. a natural person if they\na) has Austrian citizenship,\n(Note: lit. b and c repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\nd) is more than 50% owner of the ocean-going vessel,\n(Note: lit. e repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\n2. a partnership under commercial law, if more than 50% of its personally liable partners who are authorized to represent the company meet the requirements according to item 1 letters a to c, the majority of these persons meet the requirements of item 1 letter e and the company is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and has met the prerequisite according to item 1 lit.d;\n3. a legal person, if the majority of the members of each of its organs (e.g. managing director, board of directors) including the chairman meet the requirements according to item 1 lit. . a to c, more than 50 per cent of Austrian citizens, the federal government, a state, a municipality or a community association are entitled to the voting rights and the legal person is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area has as well as fulfilled the requirement according to item 1 letter d;\n4. the federal government, the federal states, the municipalities and the municipal associations, if they meet the requirement according to item 1 lit.d.\n[...]\n(8) Citizens of a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are on an equal footing with Austrian citizens.[...]\"(Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 3, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 3, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=10011537\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,675,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00144","Authorisation to engage in maritime shipping and to fly the Austrian flag is conditional on majority ownership by Austrian or EEA citizens.","\"§ 3.\n(1) The flag of the Republic of Austria at sea (sea flag) in the form in accordance with Paragraph 2 may only be carried by Austrian seagoing vessels; they are not allowed to fly the sea flag of another state.\n[...]\n§ 7. [...]\n(2) Admission to maritime shipping is associated with the right and obligation to use the sea flag.\n(3) The Federal Ministry for Transport, Innovation and Technology has to issue a certificate for admission to maritime shipping, which bears the designation Seebrief. This certificate counts as a decision.\n[...]\n§ 8. \n(1) Admission to maritime shipping may only be granted\n1. a natural person if they\na) has Austrian citizenship,\n(Note: lit. b and c repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\nd) is more than 50% owner of the ocean-going vessel,\n(Note: lit. e repealed by Federal Law Gazette I No. 46/2012 )\n2. a partnership under commercial law, if more than 50% of its personally liable partners who are authorized to represent the company meet the requirements according to item 1 letters a to c, the majority of these persons meet the requirements of item 1 letter e and the company is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and has met the prerequisite according to item 1 lit.d;\n3. a legal person, if the majority of the members of each of its organs (e.g. managing director, board of directors) including the chairman meet the requirements according to item 1 lit. . a to c, more than 50 per cent of Austrian citizens, the federal government, a state, a municipality or a community association are entitled to the voting rights and the legal person is based in Austria or in the territory of another contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area has as well as fulfilled the requirement according to item 1 letter d;\n4. the federal government, the federal states, the municipalities and the municipal associations, if they meet the requirement according to item 1 lit.d.\n[...]\n(8) Citizens of a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area are on an equal footing with Austrian citizens.[...]\"(Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 3, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Maritime Shipping Act (BGBl. Nr. 174/1981), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 82/2018, §§ 3, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=10011537\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,675,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5012","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00015","Pursuant to the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019, unless in accordance with international agreements between Bangladesh and its trading partners or subject to a waiver issued by the relevant authority (the Shippinng Department), at least 50% of the sea-borne cargoes relating to the country's foreign trade shall be carried by Bangladesh-flagged vessels and no foreign vessel shall carry coastal trade in Bangladesh. Permission (waiver) by the authority may be issued in favour of foreign vessels only when (a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available; (b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. A general waiver is currently applied to cargo trade with the United States and Canada, and to all foreign trade relationships with respect to the transport of cars carried by car carriers. According to the Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping, can register and qualify to fly the Bangladesh flag only those vessels owned by Bangladesh citizens or companies whose principal place of business is in Bangladesh and more than 50% of its voting capital is held by Bangladesh citizens, the majority of the directors of the company and either the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors are citizens of Bangladesh. As such, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, is is considered that foreign investors may only hold up to 49% of the equity of companies providing maritime cabotage and international transportation services (in excess of 50% of Bangladesh's sea-borne cargoes trading). Waivers are not considered as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology.\n","\"Part I. INTRODUCTION, Chapter I. PRELIMINARY\nArticle 2. Definitions\n(3) “Bangladesh ship” means a ship belonging to a statutory corporation or a ship acquired and owned by a foreign national or company and leased out to the Government or a citizen of Bangladeshi or a Bangladesh company under such an agreement that the ownership of the ship shall be transferred after a specified period of time to the Government or such citizen or company in accordance with the terms of the agreement or a ship owned wholly by persons each of whom is-\na)\ta citizen of Bangladesh, or\nb)\ta company which fulfils the following conditions, namely:-\ni.\tthe principal place of business of the company is in Bangladesh,\nii.\tshares representing more than fifty per cent of the share capital of the company or shares carrying more than fifty per cent of the total voting power of the company are held by citizen of Bangladesh,\niii.\tthe majority of the directors of the company are citizens of Bangladesh,\niv.\teither the Chairman or the Managing Director of the Board of Directors of the company is a citizen of Bangladesh\n(4) “coasting ship” means a ship not exceeding one thousand five hundred tons gross which is exclusively employed in trading coastwise within ports or places in Bangladesh or between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Calcutta, or Burma not beyond Akyab, or between Akyab and Calcutta;  \n(5) “coasting trade” means the carriage by sea of passengers or goods between ports or places in Bangladesh or from any such port or place to a port or place in India not beyond Calcutta or to a port or place in Burma not beyond Akyab or between Akyab and Calcutta; [...]\n(17) “foreign going ship” means a ship employed in trading between any port or place in Bangladesh and any other port or place outside Bangladesh, but does not include a coasting ship or a home trade ship; [...]\n(20) “home trade ship” means a ship not exceeding three thousand tons gross which is employed in trading between ports or places in Bangladesh and India not beyond Vishakkhapatnam or between ports and places in Bangladesh and Burma not beyond Moulmein; [...]\n(42) “sailing vessel” means any description of vessel- (a) which is fitted exclusively with sails, or  (b) which is provided with sufficient sail area for navigation under sails alone and, if fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, such means are meant for auxiliary purposes only, and includes a rowing boat or canoe, but does not include a pleasure craft; \n[...]\nPART III  CONTROL OF SHIPPING  CHAPTER 6  LICENSING OF CERTAIN SHIPS\n64. This Part applies only to such power driven sea going ships as are of not less than one hundred and fifty tons gross or of such other tonnage as the Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, fix.  \n[...]\nLicences for taking ships to sea    \n66. (1) No Bangladesh ship, and no ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh or by a company, officer or other authority shall be taken to sea from a port or place within or outside Bangladesh except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nLicences for coasting trade  \n67. (1) No ship, not being a Bangladesh ship or a ship chartered by a citizen of Bangladesh, or by a company, officer or other authority, shall be engaged in coasting trade except under a licence granted in this behalf by the Shipping Authority. \n[...]\nRestriction on the use of certain ships, etc\n70. (1) No ship, other than a Bangladesh ship, shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, be engaged or used in lighterage of foodgrains and other cargo or transhipment of any cargo other than foodgrains at any point within the territorial waters of Bangladesh for carriage to any destination within Bangladesh.\n(2) No foreign ship shall, except with the previous permission in writing of the Shipping Authority, use, for the purpose of loading and unloading of bulk cargo within the territorial waters of Bangladesh, any device or equipment which is not permanently attached to the ship. \n[...].\nForeign sailing vessels not to engage in coasting trade without permission   \n 411. (1) A sailing vessel not owned by a citizen of Bangladesh or a company which fulfils the condition set out in sub clause (b) of clause (3) of section 2 shall not engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh without the previous permission in writing of the Government.  \n(2) The Government may, when granting such permission, impose such terms and conditions as it thinks fit and may require the owner or other person in charge of the vessel to deposit such amount as it thinks necessary as security for the due fulfilment of such terms and conditions. \n(3) The Collector of Customs shall not grant a port clearance to a sailing vessel not registered under this Chapter which engages or attempts to engage in the coasting trade of Bangladesh until after the production by the owner or person in charge of the vessel of the permission under sub section (1).  [...]\" (Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping)\n-------------------------------------\n\"2. Definitions-\nIn this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-\n(1) “Bangladesh Flag Vessel” means a vessel registered in Bangladesh; \n[...]\n3. Limitation on carriage of cargoes by sea.-\n(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, at least fifty percent [50%] of the sea-borne cargoes relating to foreign trade of Bangladesh shall, subject to the other provisions of this Act, be carried by Bangladesh flag vessels : \nProvided that this provision shall not apply to the following cases,  namely :-\n(a) any cargo, subject to the no-objection from the Prescribed Authority, which is required to be carried by any other vessel in accordance with any reciprocal arrangement made between the two trading partners;\n(b) any cargo in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority;\n(c) any cargo in respect of which a general waiver is announced by the Prescribed Authority; \n(d) carriage of cargoes to such places where no Bangladesh flag vessel is operated for transporting cargoes directly between Bangladesh and its trading partners. \n(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the sea-borne cargoes to be carried at the expense of the public fund shall be carried through any state-owned shipping corporation. \n(3) For obtaining the certificate of waiver under clause (b) of subsection(1), the owner of the vessel or his agent shall have to make an application to the Prescribed Authority at least 15 (Fifteen) working days before loading of cargoes.\n4. Carriage of cargoes by third country flag vessels.-\nThe Prescribed Authority may permit the carriage or cargoes from of to Bangladesh by a third country flag vessel, if-\n(a) no Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of the trading partner country concerned is available;\n(b) the cargoes cannot be carried, for any reason, by any Bangladesh flag vessel or flag vessel of that country. \n5. Prohibition on carriage of coastal trade cargoes by the flag vessel of a foreign country.-\nNo vessel of a foreign country which is not a Bangladesh flag vessel shall carry coastal trade cargoes of Bangladesh : \nProvided that this restriction shall not apply to a vessel in respect of which a certificate of waiver is issued by the Prescribed Authority. [...]\" (Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019)\n-------------------------------------\n\"General Waiver Notification\n1. This is to inform all concern that due to increased no of Bangladesh flag vessels presently available for trade the Prescribed Authority hereby amend the waiver notification No. DGA{TLISHIPPING/201316023(7), dated 04.08.2013 to liberates the carriage of cargo by a third country flag vessel, in accordance with the section 4 of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019 and declares general waiver, in accordance with Section 3(c) of the said act, and the relevant section of the Bangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection) Act-2019, as follows : \n(1) Any cargo when carried between Bangladesh and \n(a) United states of America;\n(b) Canada \n(2) Any of the following Cargo when carried between Bangladesh and any other countries : \n(a) All kinds of Car carried by Car Carrier. [...]\" (Notification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021)","Ordinance No. 26 of 30 June 1983 on Bangladesh Merchant Shipping\nBangladesh Flag Vessels (Protection of Interest) Act, 2019\nNotification by the Department of Shipping, \"General Waiver Notification\" No. 18.17.0000.012.01.06.20(85C)/583, dated 02 February 2021","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act-642.html\">Ordinance</a>],[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/upload/act/2022-01-31-10-52-20-59.The-Bangladesh-Flag-Vessels-(Protecstion-of-Interest)-Act,-2019.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://dos.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/dos.portal.gov.bd/office_order/7094dc25_6c28_4d04_8d18_e456308721fe/2021-02-03-16-04-bfa481f29907ed947bbdffebde604691.pdf\">Not</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2735,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.009","Compulsory insurance market is a monopoly of state-owned insurance companies and insurance companies in which the state holds over 50% of their authorised capital. Foreign investment in voluntary insurance activities is subject to a quota of 30% at the aggregate private insurance industry level. Foreign ownership is limited to 49% in insurance companies involved in the provision of voluntary life insurance, property insurance related to delivery of goods, supplying services or performing contractor work for state needs, and insurance of the valuable interests of Belarus and its territorial administrative units. Local incorporation is required for foreign insurance companies to enter the market. Foreign investment approval is required for the acquisition of participation in locally-incorporate insurance firms for other purposes than controlling compliance with foreign ownerhsip quota level, but including to 'protect the interests of national insurance organizations'. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is assumed that foreign investors face ownership restrictions in all insurance markets open to private participation in the most restrictive manner (capped at 49% at the individual enterprise level; the industry cap being assumed to affect a minor share of the sector). It is also considered that the foreign investment approval mechanism is  discriminaotry and not for strictly national security purposes given the explict mentioning to the objective of 'protecting the interests of national insurance organizations' and considering the share the reserved to state-owned insurance companies. ","\"SECTION I - BASIC PROVISIONS\nCHAPTER 1- BASIS OF INSURANCE ACTIVITY [...]\n3. Insurance may be in voluntary and compulsory forms.insurance [...]\nCompulsory insurance is provided by state insurance organizations and (or) insurance organizations in whose authorized funds more than 50percent of shares (ordinary (ordinary) or other voting shares) arein the ownership of the Republic of Belarus and (or) its administrative-territorialunits and (or) in the ownership of legal entities in whose authorized funds more than 50percent of shares (shares) are owned by the Republic of Belarus and (or) its administrative-territorial units, unless otherwise provided by acts of the PresidentThe Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 3 - STATE REGISTRATION, REORGANIZATION, LIQUIDATION OF INSURERS AND INSURANCE BROKERS\n19. Quota of foreign investors in the authorized capital of insurance organizations Of the Republic of Belarus is established by the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus oncoordination with the President of the Republic of Belarus.If this quota is exceeded, the Ministry of Finance ceases registration insurance organizations with the participation of foreign investors and (or) issuance of such organizations of special permits (licenses) for insurance activities.\n20. The insurance company must obtain prior authorization from the Ministry of Finance for the following:\n-increase in the size of its authorized capital at the expense of foreign investorsand (or) insurance organizations that are subsidiary (dependent) business entities companies in relation to these foreign investors;\n-alienation shares in its authorized capital (shares) of 5% or more authorized capital of an insurance organization;\n-alienation of shares in its authorized capital (shares) in favor of foreign investors and(or) insurance organizations that are subsidiary (dependent) business entitiescompanies in relation to these foreign investors.\nParticipants of insurance organizations of the Republic of Belarus are required to obtain preliminary permission of the Ministry of Finance for alienation (acquisition) shares in the authorized capital (shares) of insurance organizations. Such prior authorization is refused if: \n-the quota specified in part one of clause 19 of these Regulations is exceeded or will be exceeded when performing the actions referred to in this paragraph;\n-legal entity to which the insurer, insurer participant intends to alienate his shares in the authorized capital (shares), has been operating for less than three years and has no profit on the basis of implementationits activities in the last three years;\n-there is a need to ensure the national security of the Republic Belarus, including in the economic sphere, protecting the interests of national insurance organizations.\n21. Insurance organizations that are subsidiaries (dependent) business companies with respect to foreign investors and (or) having a share of foreign investors in their authorized capital of more than 49 percent, can create separate divisions in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, as well as be founders (participants) of other insurance organizations after obtaining prior permission from the Ministry of Finance.\nSuch permission shall not be issued upon exceeding the quota indicated in the first part of clause 19 of these Regulations.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - FEATURES OF ACTIVITIES OF INSURERS, INSURANCE BROKERS AND INSURANCE AGENTS\n30. Insurance companies that are subsidiaries or affiliates in relation to foreign investors cannot carry out life insurance in the Republic of Belarus, compulsory insurance, including compulsory state insurance, property insurance related to the supply, provision of services or performance of work for state needs , as well as insurance of property interests of the Republic of Belarus and its administrative-territorial units, except as provided in part two of this article.\nInsurance companies that are subsidiaries or affiliates in relation to foreign investors are entitled to carry out types of insurance in the Republic of Belarus related to life insurance, subject to conclusion of insurance contracts only with individuals.[...]\" (Edict of the President of Belarus on Insurance Activities of 25 August 2006 No. 530 [google translated]).\n------------------------------\n\"The Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus DECIDES:\n1. To establish a quota of foreign investors in the authorized capital of all insurance organizations of the Republic of Belarus in the amount of 30 percent, the total amount of all contributions (shares) of subsidiaries in the authorized funds of insurance companies registered in the Republic of Belarus to the total authorized fund of all insurance organizations, registered ny in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, multiplied by 100. [...]\"  (RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF MINISTERS OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS September 11, 2006 No. 1174 On establishing quotas for foreign investors in statutory funds of insurance organizations of the Republic Belarus [google translated])","Edict of the President of Belarus on Insurance Activities of 25 August 2006 No. 530 [google translated]\nRESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF MINISTERS OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS September 11, 2006 No. 1174 On establishing quotas for foreign investors in statutory funds of insurance organizations of the Republic Belarus [google translated])","n/a","[<a href=\"https://pravo.by/document/?guid=3871&p0=p30600530\">Edict</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.minfin.gov.by/upload/insurance/acts/postsm_110906_1174.pdf\">Resolution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2241,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","I55","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.000875","Foreign shareholding in small accommodation structures (e.g. guest houses) is prohibited.","\"23. (1) The Minister may make regulations reserving certain licences of prescribed tourist enterprises for citizens or to companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana to ensure their active involvement and participation in areas where their involvement is otherwise deemed minimal.\n(2) Regulations made in accordance with subsection (1) may further provide that only citizens of Botswana shall be entitled -\n(a) to carry on a tourist enterprise in such areas in the country as may be prescribed, or\n(b) to engage in specific categories of tourist enterprises.\n24. A tourist enterprise licensed under section 23 shall -\n(a) maintain the shareholding in the tourist enterprise at a 100 per centum citizens; and [...]\" (TOURISM ACT No 16 of 2009)\n----------------\n\"2. The following tourist enterprises are hereby reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies which are wholly owned by citizens of Botswana —\n(a) guest houses (except corporate guest houses); (b) mobile safaris; (c) motorboats; (d) tourist transfers; (e) camp and caravan sites; and (f) mekoro.\" (TOURISM (RESERVATION OF TOURIST ENTERPRISES FOR CITIZENS) REGULATIONS, 2010 (S.I. No 87 of 2010))","TOURISM ACT No 16 of 2009\nTOURISM (RESERVATION OF TOURIST ENTERPRISES FOR CITIZENS) REGULATIONS, 2010 (S.I. No 87 of 2010)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://botswanalaws.com/StatutesActpdf/2009Actpdf/TOURISM%20ACT,%2016%20OF%202009.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://botswanalaws.com/StatutesActpdf/2010Subsidiarypdf/TOURISM%20(RESERVATION%20OF%20TOURIST%20ENTERPRISES%20FOR%20CITIZENS)%20REGULATIONS,%20S.%20I.%20NO.%2087%20OF%202010.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,232,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","C13T15","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.001083333","Foreign shareholding in companies undertaking certain small-scale textile and leather activities (e.g. protective clothing, school uniforms, traditional leather products etc.) is prohibited.","\"2. In this Act — […]\n“industrial licence” means a licence issued under section 8 to operate a manufacturing enterprise;\n[…]\nManufacturing enterprises requiring industrial licence\n5. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise, to manufacture for sale —\n(a) animal feed; (b) baby formula; (c) food; (d) beverages; (e) cement; f) chemical products; or (g) such other products as the Minister may prescribe,\nat any place in Botswana except in terms of an industrial licence issued by the Director, in accordance with this Act, authorising the person to manufacture such a product. [...]\n(5) The Minister may make regulations —\n(a) reserving industrial licences, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana —\n(i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises; and (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana; and\n(b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be licensed to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n(6) Regulations made under subsection (5) (b) shall impose conditions on industrial licences issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.\n6. (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless he or she has been issued with an industrial licence in terms of this Act.\n(2) When applying for an industrial licence in terms of subsection (1), an applicant shall state — [...]\n(e) where the application is made by partners in a joint venture arrangement, information relating to the shareholding by the partners which demonstrates that the citizen partner has a minimum of 51 per cent shares.\n[...]\nPART III - Registration of Manufacturing Enterprises (ss 15-23)\n15. Application of Part III\n (1) This Part applies to all manufacturing enterprises that do not require to be licensed under Part II including micro manufacturing enterprises and small manufacturing enterprises.\n (2) A manufacturing enterprise requires registration under this Part where it does not-\n (a) present any health and safety concerns in its manufacturing processes or in the products or byproducts that it manufactures; or\n (b) pose a danger to public health or if, in the manufacturing process, a danger to public health will or is likely to occur.\n[...]\n16. Registration requirements\n (1) A person shall not operate a manufacturing enterprise unless the manufacturing enterprise has been registered and the person issued with a registration certificate under this Part.\n (2) The Minister may make regulations-\n (a) reserving registration certificates, for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana-\n (i) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises, and  (ii) to operate certain manufacturing enterprises in specific areas within Botswana;\n (b) specifying which medium or large manufacturing enterprises reserved for citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana may be registered to operate as joint ventures by citizens and non-citizens.\n (3) Regulations made under subsection (2)(b) shall impose conditions on registration certificates issued to joint ventures including a condition that in any joint venture arrangement a citizen partner must hold a minimum of 51 per cent shareholding in the joint venture.[...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019)\n--------------------\n\"[...] Industrial licences reserved for citizens\nPART II — Industrial Licences\n3. An industrial licence to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 5 (5) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bread and confectionery; (b) ice making; (c) meat processing; (d) peanut butter; (e) purification and bottling of water; (f) traditional sour milk, and (g) sorghum.\n[...]\nPART III — Registration Certificates [...]\nRegistration certificates reserved for citizens\n11. A registration certificate to operate any of the following manufacturing enterprises shall be reserved for citizens in terms of section 16 (2) (a) of the Act —\n(a) bricks; (b) burglar bars, gates and windows; (c) candles; (d) fencing materials excluding gum poles; (e) floor polish; (f) packaging; (g) protective clothing; (h) roof trusses; (i) school furniture; (j) school uniform; (k) screen printing and embroidery; (l) signage include electronic signage; (m) traditional crafts; (n) traditional leather products [...]\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020))\n---------------------\n\"16. Licence requirements\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall manufacture, for sale, any product at any place in Botswana unless he or she is in possession of a licence to manufacture such product at such place, issued by a licensing committee.\n(2) An application for a licence to carry on a manufacturing enterprise shall be made in the prescribed form to a licensing committee.\n(3) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of P10,000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to both, and, in the case of a continuing offence shall be liable to a further fine of P500 or to imprisonment for one month in respect of each day on which the offence continues. \n[...]\n27. Certain industries to be reserved for citizens\n(1) The Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on such enterprises as may be prescribed shall be issued only to citizens of Botswana, or to companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana.\n(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that only citizens of Botswana shall be entitled to carry on a particular enterprise in such areas in the country as may be prescribed.\n(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Minister may make regulations providing that licences to carry on enterprises reserved for citizens and which enterprises fall within the medium or large scale category shall be issued to joint ventures between citizens and foreign partners, provided that the citizen partner holds a minimum of 51 per cent share holding in the joint venture.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008)\n----------------------\n\"13. Reservation of enterprises for Botswana citizens\n(1) The following types of small scale manufacturing enterprise shall be reserved for Botswana citizens or companies wholly owned by Botswana citizens–\n(a) the manufacture of school uniforms;\n(b) the manufacture of school furniture;\n(c) the manufacture of burglar bars;\n(d) the manufacture of protective clothing;\n(e) the milling of sorghum;\n(f) the manufacture of cement bricks and baked earth (mud) bricks;\n(g) the baking of bread and confectionery;\n(h) manufacture of peanut butter;\n(i) bottling of water;\n(j) the production of traditional sour milk;\n(k) packaging;\n(l) the manufacture of floor polish;\n(m) the manufacture of traditional leather products;\n(n) the manufacture of traditional crafts;\n(o) signage, including electronic signage;\n(p) fencing materials excluding gum poles;\n(q) the manufacture of candles;\n(r) ice making;\n(s) meat processing:\nProvided that any person engaged in the manufacturing enterprises referred to above and who is so engaged at the date of commencement of these Regulations shall be permitted to continue such manufacturing subject to compliance with other requirements of these Regulations.\" (INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008)","INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT No 23 of 2019\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 81 of 2020)\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT S.I. 22, 2008\nINDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS SECTION 33, 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot195231.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bocra.org.bw/sites/default/files/covid19-docs/Extraordinary%20Gazette%2020th%20May%202020%20copy.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91753.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91760.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,223,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"0.0008","Foreign participation in maritime auxiliary services is limited to 51% as per indication in Brunei Darussalam's CPTPP list of on Non-Conforming Measures (Annex 1) including restrictions that are supposedly reflective of underlying regulations.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-sector: Maritime passenger transport services, Maritime freight transport services, Services auxiliary to maritime transport\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), \nMarket Access (Article 10.5), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Administrative Measures and Guidelines\nDescription: Investment\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide maritime passenger and freight transport services as Brunei Darussalam-flagged vessels in Brunei Darussalam, unless:\n(a) they register such vessels under the Brunei Darussalam flag through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 40 per cent equity shareholding in the joint venture; (b) they comply with any performance requirements imposed, including a requirement to transfer a particular technology or other proprietary knowledge as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam; and (c) a majority of the senior managers in the joint venture are Brunei nationals.\n2. Foreign nationals and enterprises may not provide services auxiliary to maritime transport services at Muara Port, unless:\n(a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam that is a joint venture, where the foreign national or enterprise does not own more than 51 per cent equity shareholding in any such enterprise providing services auxiliary to maritime transport services; and (b) a majority of the senior managers in any such enterprise established are Brunei nationals.\n3. The number of enterprises in Brunei Darussalam providing maritime passenger and freight transport services and services auxiliary to maritime transport at Muara Port may be subject to needs-based quantitative limits.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)) \n----------------------------\n\"PART 12 - LICENSING OF MARINE AND PORT SERVICES AND FACILITIES \nPublic licences authorising provision of marine or port services and facilities \n81. (1) No person shall provide - (a) any marine service or facility; or (b) any port service or facility, unless he is authorised to do so by a public licence or an exemption granted by the Authority. \n(2) Every public licence granted under this section shall be in such form and for such period and may contain such conditions as the Authority may determine. \n(3) The Authority may, with the consent of, or in accordance with the terms of a general authority given by the Minister, grant a public licence either unconditionally or subject to such conditions as the Authority may impose and specify in the public licence and either irrevocably or subject to revocation as therein specified, authorising any person to provide any marine service or facility or any port service or facility. \n(4) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection [3), a public licence may be granted either to any person, class of persons or a particular person, and may include conditions requiring the public licensee - (a) to enter into agreements or arrangements with any other person, class of persons or another public licensee for - (i) the interconnection with, access to and use of any installation of the licensee (wherever situated and whether or not used for the purpose of carrying on the activities authorised by the licence) ; and (ii) such other purpose as may be specified in the licence, and on such conditions as may be agreed to by the licensee and such other persons or, in default of agreement, as may be determined by the Authority; [...]\n(5) Conditions in a public licence may contain - (a) control and restriction, directly or indirectly, on the creation, holding or disposal of shares in the public licensee or its shareholders or interests in the undertaking of the public licensee or any part thereof; (b) restriction on the carrying on by the public licensee of any trade or business which is not related to the activity which the licensee is authorised by its public licence to carry on; [...]\" (MARITIME AND PORT AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM ORDER, 2017)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nMARITIME AND PORT AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM ORDER, 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2017/EN/S022.pdf\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3092,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.003125","Foreign investment in legal service firms is only allowed in the provision of services in relation to international law or home country law, and if carried through a partnership with at least one registered Bruneian advocate and solicitor. ","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Business Services\nSub-sector: Legal services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11), Market Access (Article 10.5)\nMeasures: Legal Profession Act (Chapter 132)\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. A foreign national or service supplier may not supply legal services in Brunei Darussalam except in relation to international law or home country law.\n2. A foreign national or service supplier may not establish an enterprise for the supply of legal services in Brunei Darussalam in relation to international law or home country law, except through a partnership with at least one registered Bruneian advocate and solicitor. ” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n--------------------\n\"PART II - ADMISSION OF ADVOCATES AND SOLICITORS\nQualifications and procedure for admission\nQualified persons. \n3. (1) A person shall be a qualified person for the purposes of this Act if, subject to the provisions of subsection (3), he — (a) is a barrister-at-law of England or Northern Ireland or a member of the Faculty of Advocates of Scotland; (b) is a solicitor in England or Northern Ireland or a Writer to the Signet, law agent or solicitor in Scotland; (c) has been in active practice as an advocate and solicitor in Singapore or in any part of Malaysia; or (d) is a barrister, solicitor or who is a barrister and solicitor of a Supreme Court of any Australian State or Territory. \n(2) A person who is — (a) a citizen of Brunei Darussalam; or (b) a permanent resident,  on the date of his petition for admission shall, notwithstanding  subsection (1), be a qualified person for the purposes of this Act if he has obtained such alternative qualification as may be prescribed.\n(3) A person who is not, on the date of his petition for admission, either a citizen of Brunei Darussalam or a permanent resident, shall only apply for admission if, in addition to satisfying the requirements of subsection (1), he has been in active practice in any part of the United Kingdom, in Singapore, in any part of Malaysia, in any Australian State or Territory or in any other country or territory or part of a country or territory in the Commonwealth designated by the Attorney General by notice in the Gazette for at least 7 years immediately preceding such application.\n[...]\nAd hoc admission. \n7. (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, a Judge may, in his discretion, admit to practice for the purpose of any one case any person who satisfies the requirements either of paragraph (a) or of paragraph (b), that is to say — (a) a person who holds Her Britannic Majesty’s Patent as Queen’s Counsel; and who — (i) does not ordinarily reside in Brunei Darussalam but has come, or intends to come, to Brunei Darussalam for the purpose of appearing in the case on instructions of an advocate and solicitor; and (ii) possesses special skill and qualifications for the purpose of the case whether or not such special skill and qualifications are available in Brunei Darussalam;  (b) a person who is entitled to practise before the High Court in Malaysia, Singapore or Hong Kong or in such other Commonwealth country as the Chief Justice may specify; and who — (i) does not ordinarily reside in Brunei Darussalam but has come, or intends to come, to Brunei Darussalam for the purpose of appearing in the case on instructions of an advocate and solicitor; and (ii) has not been admitted under this section in respect of more than 2 other cases in the current calender year; and (iii) possesses special skill and qualifications for the purpose of the case which are not otherwise available in Brunei Darussalam. \n(2) Any person applying to be admitted under the provisions of this section shall do so by originating motion verified by an affidavit of the applicant or of the advocate and solicitor instructing him stating the names of the parties and brief particulars of the case in which the applicant intends to appear. The originating motion and affidavit shall be served on the Attorney General, the other parties to the case and such other persons as may be prescribed. At the time of such service the applicant shall pay a fee of $100 to the Chief Registrar.\n[...]\nDeclaration by Chief Justice that there are sufficient advocates in Brunei Darussalam. \n12. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, if the Chief Justice shall be of the opinion that the number of advocates practising in Brunei Darussalam is sufficiently adequate to serve the needs of the community he shall by notice in the Government Gazette so declare. (2) At any time after a declaration under subsection (1) has been made and until such declaration is revoked — (a) no person other than a national of Brunei Darussalam shall be entitled to be admitted as an advocate or to obtain a provisional licence under section 8; (b) His Majesty the Sultan and Yang Di-Pertuan in Council may direct that the name of any advocate on the roll who is not at the expiration of the period of 6 months next following the publication of such declaration or at any time thereafter ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam shall be deleted from the roll.\n[...]\nPART IV -PRIVILEGES OF ADVOCATES AND SOLICITORS \nPrivileges of advocates and solicitors. \n17. (1) Subject to the provisions of any written law, advocates and solicitors shall have the exclusive right to appear and plead in all Courts of justice in Brunei Darussalam.\n[...]\nQualifications to practise. \n18. (1) Subject as hereinafter provided no person shall practise as an advocate and solicitor or do any act as an advocate and solicitor unless — (a) his name is on the roll; (b) he has a valid practising certificate; and (c) he or the firm of advocates and solicitors of which he is a member or the advocate and solicitor or firm of advocates and solicitors by which he is employed maintains a place of business in Brunei Darussalam suitable for the carrying on of the practice of an advocate and solicitor or a firm of advocates and solicitors, as the case may be, and a person who is not so qualified is in this Act referred to as an “unauthorised person”.\n[...]\nNo unauthorised person to act as advocate and solicitor. \n19. (1) Any unauthorised person who — (a) acts as an advocate and solicitor or an agent for any party to proceedings or who, as such advocate and solicitor or agent or  in  any other capacity (other than as a party to an action in which he is himself a party), issues out any writ, summons or process, or commences, carries on, solicits or defends any action, suit or other proceeding in the name of any other person or in his own name in any of the Courts in Brunei Darussalam or draws or prepares any instrument relating to any proceeding in the Courts in Brunei Darussalam; or [...] shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for a term of 6 months.\n(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) any unauthorised person who either directly or indirectly — (a) draws or prepares any document or instrument relating to any immovable or movable property or to any legal proceeding; or (b) takes instructions for or draws or prepares any document or instrument on which to found or oppose a grant of probate or letters of administration; or (c) draws or prepares any document or instrument relating to the incorporation or formation of a limited company; or (d) on behalf of a claimant or person alleging himself to have a claim to a legal right writes, publishes or sends a letter or notice threatening legal proceedings other than a letter or notice that the matter will be handed to an advocate and solicitor for legal proceedings; or (e) solicits the right to negotiate, or negotiates in any way for the settlement of, or settles, any claim arising out of personal injury or death founded upon a legal right or otherwise, shall, unless he proves that the act was not done for or in expectation of any fee, gain or reward be guilty of an offence under this subsection.\n[...]\nSections 18 and 19 not to extend to arbitration proceedings\n20A. (1) Sections 18 and 19 shall not extend to - (a) any arbitrator or umpire lawfully acting in any arbitration proceedings; (b) any person representing any party in arbitration proceedings; or (c) the giving of advice, preparation of documents and any other assistance in relation to or arising out of arbitration proceedings except for the right of audience in court proceedings. \n(2) In this section, \"arbitration proceedings\" means proceedings in an arbitration which - (a) is governed by the Arbitration Order, 2009 (S 3412009) or the International Arbitration Order, 2009 (S 3512009); or (b) would have been governed by either the Arbitration Order, 2009 (S 3412009) or the International Arbitration Order, 2009 (S 3512009) had the place of arbitration been Brunei Darussalam.\n[...]\nPART VIII MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL\n Law Society of Brunei Darussalam [S 40/03] \nAuthority to establish Law Society. \n62. (1) His Majesty the Sultan and Yang Di-Pertuan in Council may by order — (a) establish a body representative of the legal profession in Brunei Darussalam to be called the Law Society of Brunei Darussalam; [...]\n(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), an order made under that subsection may — [...] (d) require that no advocate and solicitor shall practise as such unless he is a member of the Society.[...]\"(Legal Profession Act, Chapter 132, as amended)\n--------------------\n\"Qualification to practise as sole proprietor or in partnership.\n43. (1) No advocate and solicitor, who was admitted as an advocate and solicitor after the commencement of this Order, may practise as an advocate and solicitor on his own account or in partnership unless he — (a) has, since being admitted as an advocate and solicitor, been employed for not less than 3 continuous years or for 3 years out of a continuous period of 5 years in the practice of an advocate and solicitor in Brunei Darussalam; or (b) has been employed as a legal officer in the judicial or legal service of Brunei Darussalam for not less than 3 continuous years or for 3 years out of a continuous period of 5 years. \n(2) The Council may, with the approval of the Chief Justice, shorten any period referred to in sub-paragraph (1)(a) or (b) if it is satisfied that the advocate and solicitor has gained substantial experience in law in Brunei Darussalam or elsewhere. \n(3) Subsection (1) shall not apply to an advocate and solicitor who practises in partnership with any advocate and solicitor who has been in active practice in Brunei Darussalam for not less than 3 continuous years or for 3 years out of a continuous period of 5 years. [...]\" (LEGAL PROFESSION (LAW SOCIETY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM) ORDER, as amended)\n--------------------\n\"Alternative qualifications. \n2. The following qualifications are hereby prescribed as alternative qualifications for the purposes of subsection (2) of section 3 — (a) the Certificate of Legal Practice issued by the Qualifying Board pursuant of section 5 of the Legal Profession Act, 1976 of Malaysia; (b) degree in law conferred by the Universiti Islam Antarabangsa of Malaysia.; (c) degree in law conferred by the Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia; (d) degree in law conferred by the Universiti Islam Sultan Sharif Ali. [...]\" (LEGAL PROFESSION (ALTERNATIVE QUALIFICATIONS) RULES, as amended)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nLegal Profession Act (Chapter 132), as amended\nLEGAL PROFESSION (LAW SOCIETY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM) ORDER, as amended\nLEGAL PROFESSION (ALTERNATIVE QUALIFICATIONS) RULES, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap132(06).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Cap132subO1(06).pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Site%20Pages/The%20Laws%20of%20Brunei%20-%20L.aspx\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3041,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","B09","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.000583333","For the authorisation of a purchase and export counter/bureau of mineral substances from artisanal and semi-mechanized operations, at least twenty-five percent of the counter's share capital must be held by Burundian shareholders, with exceptions only if no Burundian shareholders are present.","\"Title II - Mining prospection and mining titles [...]\nChapter II - Mining Titles [...]\nParagraph 2 - about the issuance of a large mine operating permit [...]\nArticle 64: The mining exploitation title consists of the large mine exploitation permit to which a mining agreement must be annexed.\nThe mining agreement accompanying a large mine operating permit must at least contain provisions relating to the mining company's commitments in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, personnel of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of nationality Burundian. The model of this mining agreement concluded with the State is defined by decree.\n[...]\nArticle 66: The granting of a large mine exploitation permit entitles the State to a participation, as owner of the subsoil, in the share capital of the operating company of at least sixteen per cent [16%], increased by five percent [5%] with each renewal throughout the life of the mine. The participation, free of all charges, must not experience any dilution in the event of an increase in capital social.\nThe State and Burundian economic operators have a right of pre-emption for the acquisition of shares in the share capital of the operating company. This right is defined by regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 68: The mining agreement approved by the decree issuing a large mine operating permit contains at least provisions relating to: [...]\n4. the State's participation in the share capital of the mining company in the amount of at least sixteen percent [16%] increased by five percent [5%] at each renewal or the sharing of mining production in the amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal between the State and the operating company; [...]\n8. the commitments of the mining company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, staff or subcontractors of Burundian nationality;\n9. to the value of a share;\n[...]\nSection 4 - About the small mining permit\nParagraph 1: general [...]\nArticle 92: Mining companies or companies whose shareholding is predominantly Burundian are prioritized to obtain a small mining permit.\nParagraph 2: The issuance and renewal of the small mining permit\nArticle 93: The granting of a small mining permit entitles the State to a participation, as owner of the subsoil, in the share capital of the operating company of at least sixteen per cent [16%] increased by five percent [5%] with each renewal throughout the life of the mine. The participation, free of all charges, must not experience any dilution in the event of an increase in share capital.\nThe State and Burundian economic operators have a right of pre-emption for the acquisition of shares in the share capital of the operating company. This right is defined by regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 96: the agreement must at least contain provisions relating to the applicant's commitments in terms of creating jobs [...] recruiting, subject to qualification parity, personnel of Burundian nationality or contracting subcontractors of Burundian nationality [. ..]. It must also specify the conditions and modalities for sharing mining rents.\n[...]\nArticle 99: The mining agreement approved by the decree issuing a small mining permit contains at least provisions relating to: [...]\n4. the State's participation in the share capital of the mining company in the amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal or the sharing of mining production in the amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal between the State and the operating company; [...] \n8. the commitments of the mining company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of  recruitment, with equal qualifications, of staff of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of Burundian nationality; [...]\n13. clauses allowing Burundian investors to acquire shares against payment.\n[...]\nTitle III - semi-mechanized mines, artisanal mines and trading posts\nArticle 114: Only mining cooperatives or companies whose shareholding is one hundred percent [100%] Burundian, constituted according to the legislation in force, can obtain a semi-mechanized exploitation permit.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: ISSUANCE OF THE PURCHASE AND EXPORT BUREAU AUTHORIZATION OF ARTISANAL AND SEMI-MECHANIZED MINING SUBSTANCES\nArticle 140: Authorization for a purchase and export bureau of mineral substances from artisanal and semi-mechanized mining is granted for a period of three years (3) under the conditions specified by order of the Minister responsible for mines and quarries.\nBurundian shareholding is at least twenty-five percent [25%] of the bureau's share capital. However, in the event of an absence of obvious Burundian shareholders, authorization to open a counter may be granted.\n[...]\nArticle 141: Any legal entity having its head office in Burundi and whose corporate purpose is the purchase, sale and export of mineral substances from artisanal and semi-mechanized mining is eligible for the title of purchasing and exporting bureau if it meets the requirements of this Code.\n[...]\nTITLE IV - QUARRYING [...]\nCHAPTER II: INDUSTRIAL, MECHANIZED AND ARTISANAL Exploitation\nSection 1: Industrial Exploitation [...]\nArticle 163: The granting of an industrial quarry exploitation permit entitles the State to a participation, as owner of the subsoil, in the share capital of the operating company of at least sixteen per cent [16%] increased by five percent [5%] at each renewal for the life of the career. The participation, free of all charges, must not experience any dilution in the event of an increase in share capital.\nThe State and Burundian economic operators have a right of pre-emption for the acquisition of shares in the share capital of the operating company. This right is defined by regulation.\nArticle 164: An agreement is approved by the decree issuing an industrial exploitation permit for quarries and contains at least provisions relating to: [...]\n4. the State's participation in the share capital of the quarry operating company at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal or the sharing of quarry production at an amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal between the State and the operating company; [...]\n8. the commitments of the quarry operating company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, staff of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of Burundian nationality; [...]\n13. clauses allowing Burundian investors to acquire shares against payment. [...]\" (Law No. 1/19 of 04 August 2023 amending Law No. 1/21 of 15 October 2013 on the Burundi Mining Code)\n---------------------\n\"CHAPTER IX: TRANSPORT AND STORAGE AUTHORIZATIONS FOR QUARRY MATERIALS\nArticle 77: Eligibility\nOnly individuals, mining cooperatives or companies owned one hundred percent (100%) by Burundians can request authorization to transport or store quarry materials. [...]\" (Decree No. 100/224 of November 23, 2023 relating to the modalities of application of Law No. 1/19 of August 4, 2023 relating to the Mining Code of Burundi in relation to the artisanal mine, the semi-mechanized mine, the artisanal quarry and the mechanized career)","Law No. 1/19 of 04 August 2023 amending Law No. 1/21 of 15 October 2013 on the Burundi Mining Code\nDecree No. 100/224 of November 23, 2023 relating to the modalities of application of Law No. 1/19 of August 4, 2023 relating to the Mining Code of Burundi in relation to the artisanal mine, the semi-mechanized mine, the artisanal quarry and the mechanized career","DLA PIPER AFRICA (2023), \"Mining Alert\", August 2023.","[<a href=\"https://www.presidence.gov.bi/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/code-minier-1.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://investburundi.bi/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/DECRET-N_100_224.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dlapiperafrica.com/export/sites/africa/burundi/insights/2023/Mining-Alert.pdf_2063069299.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3207,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BDI","B09","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001166667","Foreign investment in companies providing transport and storage of quarry materials is prohibited.","\"Title II - Mining prospection and mining titles [...]\nChapter II - Mining Titles [...]\nParagraph 2 - about the issuance of a large mine operating permit [...]\nArticle 64: The mining exploitation title consists of the large mine exploitation permit to which a mining agreement must be annexed.\nThe mining agreement accompanying a large mine operating permit must at least contain provisions relating to the mining company's commitments in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, personnel of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of nationality Burundian. The model of this mining agreement concluded with the State is defined by decree.\n[...]\nArticle 66: The granting of a large mine exploitation permit entitles the State to a participation, as owner of the subsoil, in the share capital of the operating company of at least sixteen per cent [16%], increased by five percent [5%] with each renewal throughout the life of the mine. The participation, free of all charges, must not experience any dilution in the event of an increase in capital social.\nThe State and Burundian economic operators have a right of pre-emption for the acquisition of shares in the share capital of the operating company. This right is defined by regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 68: The mining agreement approved by the decree issuing a large mine operating permit contains at least provisions relating to: [...]\n4. the State's participation in the share capital of the mining company in the amount of at least sixteen percent [16%] increased by five percent [5%] at each renewal or the sharing of mining production in the amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal between the State and the operating company; [...]\n8. the commitments of the mining company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, staff or subcontractors of Burundian nationality;\n9. to the value of a share;\n[...]\nSection 4 - About the small mining permit\nParagraph 1: general [...]\nArticle 92: Mining companies or companies whose shareholding is predominantly Burundian are prioritized to obtain a small mining permit.\nParagraph 2: The issuance and renewal of the small mining permit\nArticle 93: The granting of a small mining permit entitles the State to a participation, as owner of the subsoil, in the share capital of the operating company of at least sixteen per cent [16%] increased by five percent [5%] with each renewal throughout the life of the mine. The participation, free of all charges, must not experience any dilution in the event of an increase in share capital.\nThe State and Burundian economic operators have a right of pre-emption for the acquisition of shares in the share capital of the operating company. This right is defined by regulation.\n[...]\nArticle 96: the agreement must at least contain provisions relating to the applicant's commitments in terms of creating jobs [...] recruiting, subject to qualification parity, personnel of Burundian nationality or contracting subcontractors of Burundian nationality [. ..]. It must also specify the conditions and modalities for sharing mining rents.\n[...]\nArticle 99: The mining agreement approved by the decree issuing a small mining permit contains at least provisions relating to: [...]\n4. the State's participation in the share capital of the mining company in the amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal or the sharing of mining production in the amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal between the State and the operating company; [...] \n8. the commitments of the mining company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of  recruitment, with equal qualifications, of staff of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of Burundian nationality; [...]\n13. clauses allowing Burundian investors to acquire shares against payment.\n[...]\nTitle III - semi-mechanized mines, artisanal mines and trading posts\nArticle 114: Only mining cooperatives or companies whose shareholding is one hundred percent [100%] Burundian, constituted according to the legislation in force, can obtain a semi-mechanized exploitation permit.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV: ISSUANCE OF THE PURCHASE AND EXPORT BUREAU AUTHORIZATION OF ARTISANAL AND SEMI-MECHANIZED MINING SUBSTANCES\nArticle 140: Authorization for a purchase and export bureau of mineral substances from artisanal and semi-mechanized mining is granted for a period of three years (3) under the conditions specified by order of the Minister responsible for mines and quarries.\nBurundian shareholding is at least twenty-five percent [25%] of the bureau's share capital. However, in the event of an absence of obvious Burundian shareholders, authorization to open a counter may be granted.\n[...]\nArticle 141: Any legal entity having its head office in Burundi and whose corporate purpose is the purchase, sale and export of mineral substances from artisanal and semi-mechanized mining is eligible for the title of purchasing and exporting bureau if it meets the requirements of this Code.\n[...]\nTITLE IV - QUARRYING [...]\nCHAPTER II: INDUSTRIAL, MECHANIZED AND ARTISANAL Exploitation\nSection 1: Industrial Exploitation [...]\nArticle 163: The granting of an industrial quarry exploitation permit entitles the State to a participation, as owner of the subsoil, in the share capital of the operating company of at least sixteen per cent [16%] increased by five percent [5%] at each renewal for the life of the career. The participation, free of all charges, must not experience any dilution in the event of an increase in share capital.\nThe State and Burundian economic operators have a right of pre-emption for the acquisition of shares in the share capital of the operating company. This right is defined by regulation.\nArticle 164: An agreement is approved by the decree issuing an industrial exploitation permit for quarries and contains at least provisions relating to: [...]\n4. the State's participation in the share capital of the quarry operating company at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal or the sharing of quarry production at an amount of at least sixteen percent increased by five percent at each renewal between the State and the operating company; [...]\n8. the commitments of the quarry operating company in terms of creating infrastructure, socio-economic contributions and in terms of recruiting, with equal qualifications, staff of Burundian nationality or subcontractors of Burundian nationality; [...]\n13. clauses allowing Burundian investors to acquire shares against payment. [...]\" (Law No. 1/19 of 04 August 2023 amending Law No. 1/21 of 15 October 2013 on the Burundi Mining Code)\n---------------------\n\"CHAPTER IX: TRANSPORT AND STORAGE AUTHORIZATIONS FOR QUARRY MATERIALS\nArticle 77: Eligibility\nOnly individuals, mining cooperatives or companies owned one hundred percent (100%) by Burundians can request authorization to transport or store quarry materials. [...]\" (Decree No. 100/224 of November 23, 2023 relating to the modalities of application of Law No. 1/19 of August 4, 2023 relating to the Mining Code of Burundi in relation to the artisanal mine, the semi-mechanized mine, the artisanal quarry and the mechanized career)","Law No. 1/19 of 04 August 2023 amending Law No. 1/21 of 15 October 2013 on the Burundi Mining Code\nDecree No. 100/224 of November 23, 2023 relating to the modalities of application of Law No. 1/19 of August 4, 2023 relating to the Mining Code of Burundi in relation to the artisanal mine, the semi-mechanized mine, the artisanal quarry and the mechanized career","DLA PIPER AFRICA (2023), \"Mining Alert\", August 2023.","[<a href=\"https://www.presidence.gov.bi/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/code-minier-1.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://investburundi.bi/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/DECRET-N_100_224.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dlapiperafrica.com/export/sites/africa/burundi/insights/2023/Mining-Alert.pdf_2063069299.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3208,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COL","I55","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.00021875","Foreigners are not authorised to own land along the Colombian  coastlines and in border regions with neighbouring countries. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas is assumed for national security reasons and, hence, not considered as a restriction. Only the restriction on access to land in coast areas is taken into account.","\"Article 5 The vacant lots located on the national coasts and in the border regions with the neighboring nations, whether it is the intermediate lots reserved by article 52 of the Fiscal Code or the non-reserved ones, will henceforth be adjudicated in accordance with the Current provisions on the matter, only to Colombians by birth. \nParagraph. The vacant land acquired in accordance with this article may not be transferred to foreigners under any title.[...]\" (Decree no. 1415 regarding assignment of vacant land (18 July 1940), Article 5 [google translation])","Decree no. 1415 regarding assignment of vacant land (18 July 1940), Article 5 ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.suin-juriscol.gov.co/viewDocument.asp?ruta=Decretos/1282551\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1139,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","A031","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000125","The captain of an Egyptian flagged-vessel must an Egyptian national.","\"Natural or legal persons may engage in maritime transport, loading and unloading, maritime agency, ship catering, repair and maintenance, maritime supplies and other activities related to maritime transport to be specified by a decision of the Minister of Transport and Communications with a license issued by him.\nThe consideration for the use of the license to carry out the business referred to in the previous paragraph shall be determined with the approval of the Prime Minister based on the proposal of the Minister of Transport and Communications.[...]\" (Law No. 12 of 1964: Establishing the Egyptian General Organization for Maritime Transport [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5\nWithout prejudice to the provisions stipulated in special laws, the ship acquires the Egyptian nationality if it is registered in one of its ports, and it is owned by a natural or legal person enjoying this nationality.\nArticle 6\n(1) Every Egyptian ship shall fly the flag of the Arab Republic of Egypt, and it is not permissible to raise another flag except in cases where maritime custom is based on that.\n[...]\nArticle 7\n(1) Foreigners residing in the Arab Republic of Egypt must obtain a license from the competent administrative authority in the event of using the pleasure ships owned by them in the Egyptian territorial waters, and request their registration in the relevant register. The license shall be canceled if the ship is used for purposes other than the picnic, and the registration office shall be notified of this in order to cancel the registration.\nArticle 8\n(1) It is not permissible for ships other than those of Egyptian nationality to fish, tow , or pilot in the territorial waters, nor to coastal navigation between Egyptian ports.\n(2) It is permissible, by a decision of the competent minister, to license ships of foreign nationality to carry out one or more of the works mentioned in the preceding paragraph, for a specified period of time. (3) And whoever violates the provisions of this article shall be punished by imprisonment and a fine not exceeding five thousand pounds, or by one of these two penalties.\n[...]\nArticle 23\n(1) Every owner in the community has the right to dispose of his share without the consent of the other owners, unless the disposal would result in the ship losing the Egyptian nationality, in which case all the owners must agree to it.\n(2) However, the owner may not mortgage his share in the ship except with the approval of the owners who own at least three quarters of the shares.\n(3) The owner who disposed of his share shall remain liable for the debts relating to the communal until the date of the disposition is published in the ship's record sheet.[...]\" (Law No. 8 of 1990: Issuing the Maritime Trade Law, as amended [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Terms and Conditions - Related to Shipping agency Activity and License Utility Fees\nArticle (8)\nSubject to the provisions of Chapter One of this Regulation, the license to engage in the shipping agency activity in Ports shall be permitted on the following conditions: \n1- The Shipping agent shall have an administrative and professional structure of the highest standards of professional experience, a permanent headquarters of the company in the Arab Republic of Egypt, [...]\n2- The issued capital shall not be less than the following amounts: [...]\n2-5 The share of the Egyptian partner in the capital referred to in the preceding paragraphs shall not be less than 51% for the joint venture companies which exercise the activity of shipping agency as a main activity. The maritime transport companies practicing tangible investment activity in Egypt; shall be exempted from that stipulation - as long as it owns at least one vessel flying the Egyptian flag and does not practice shipping agency except as a subsidiary activity for serving its own interests. \nIn that case the licensed shipping agency activity shall be exclusively serving its owned vessels (Egyptian or Foreign) provided that the following standards are taken into consideration:\n2-5-1 It is a joint stock company.\n2-5-2 The share of the Egyptian partner in the capital is sustained. In case the Egyptian partner exits the company or the vessel flying the Egyptian flag is sold, an Egyptian partner with the same share in the capital or more has to come into the company or the vessel has to be replaced by another flying the Egyptian flag with the same total gross tonnage or more for the license to remain valid.[...]\" (Decree No. 800 of 2016: Regulation Organizing Maritime Transport Related Activities and Undertakings)\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe phrase “coastal maritime transport” in this law means maritime transport or towing between two or more ports of the United Arab Republic, as well as the operation of marine units within the ports.\nArticle 2\nCoastal maritime transport is limited to ships registered under the flag of the Arab Republic.\nThe General Authority for Maritime Transport may, with the approval of the Ministry of War, authorize transportation for foreign ships.\nIt is not permissible for any marine unit to operate within the ports of the Republic unless it is all owned by a person who enjoys the nationality of the United Arab Republic.\nArticle 3\nForeign ships may sail between the ports of the Republic to take passengers or goods at foreign ports or to disembark passengers or goods imported from foreign ports.[...]\" (Law No. 63 of 1961: Concerning Coastal Maritime Transport [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1\nNo ship may sail under the Egyptian flag unless it is registered in accordance with the provisions of this law.\nSailing ships designated for fishing and pleasure yachts whose total tonnage does not exceed ten tons and which usually do not sail for a distance of more than twelve nautical miles from the shore, as well as “barges” , “barges”, “barges”, “boats” and “tugs” are exempted from registration. And “boats”, “dredging”, “submersible boats” and other floating installations that usually operate inside the port.\nNevertheless, these ships or facilities may be registered if their owners so request.\n[...]\nThe Department of Ports and Lighthouses cancels the ship’s registration in the event that the requirements of Egyptian nationality that must be met by sailors,\nnavigation officers, marine engineers, and the captain, or the requirements for marine students, are not observed.\nThese conditions are determined by a decision of the Minister of Transport. [...]\" (Law No. 84 of 1949: Concerning the Registration of Commercial Vessels, as amended [google translation])","Law No. 12 of 1964: Establishing the Egyptian General Organization for Maritime Transport [google translation]\nLaw No. 8 of 1990: Issuing the Maritime Trade Law, as amended [google translation]\nDecree No. 800 of 2016: Regulation Organizing Maritime Transport Related Activities and Undertakings\nLaw No. 63 of 1961: Concerning Coastal Maritime Transport [google translation]\nLaw No. 84 of 1949: Concerning the Registration of Commercial Vessels, as amended [google translation]","WTO (2018), \"TRADE POLICY REVIEW REPORT BY THE SECRETARIAT: EGYPT\", WT/TPR/S/367/Rev.1, June 20.","[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/92252\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/167613\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mts.gov.eg/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/800-3.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/91807\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/91214\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S367R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1378,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I33","IX",2022,"0.005625","From 2017, foreign equity is allowed up to 49% in companies engaging in imports into Egypt. Moreover, the activities of commercial agents and intermediaries are reserved for companies where partners are either Egyptian nationals or Egyptian legal persons with majority Egyptian ownership. Previously, no foreign equity was allowed in companies engaging in importing activity and partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations had to be of Egyptian nationality.\nOn 29 October 2023, Egypt's Importer Registry Law No. 121/1982 was amended to allow companies fully owned by non-Egyptians to obtain importation licenses for trading. Previously, a 51% Egyptian ownership was required. Eligible companies must meet criteria including a minimum share capital of EGP 2,000,000, a minimum turnover of at least EGP 5,000,000 during the year preceding the application (as recorded in the tax return), and payment of an insurance amount of EGP 200,000. Importation licenses are issued for up to 10 years, renewable once for another 10 years with Cabinet approval [expired that period, it is assumed that the foreign investor must divest from its majority interest]. The activities of commercial agents and intermediaries remain reserved for companies with majority Egyptian ownership.","\"(Article 1)\nAs an exception to the first paragraph of clause (II/e) of Article (2) of Law No. 121 of 1982 regarding the Importers' Register, joint stock companies or joint stock companies may be registered limited liability companies, limited liability companies or private companies whose whose partners' shares or quotas are not owned by Egyptians or are owned by Egyptians with a percentage less than (51%) in the importers' register, provided that the total period of registration in the register shall not exceed Ten years from the effective date of the provisions of this Law, which may be extended for only one term not exceeding ten years by a decision of the Council of Ministers based on the proposal of the Minister in charge of Foreign Trade Affairs.[...]\" (Law No. 173 of 2023 amending the Importers Registry Law No. 121 of 1982 [google translation])\n------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In addition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The companies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. [...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. [...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as per the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability companies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 173 of 2023 amending the Importers Registry Law No. 121 of 1982\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017)\nLaw No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982)\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982)","Baker & McKenzie (2023), \"Egypt lifts the Egyptian ownership requirement for importation for commercial trading\", 6 November 2023.\nRiad&Riad (2023), \"Egypt Removes Restrictions on Foreign Companies to Obtain Importation License\", 4 November 2023.","[<a href=\"https://manshurat.org/content/stthn-qyd-bd-lshrkt-gyr-lmmlwk-llmsryyn-w-lmmlwk-lhm-bnsb-51-mn-bd-hkm-qnwn-sjl-lmstwrdyn\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/international-commercial-trade/egypt-lifts-the-egyptian-ownership-requirement-for-importation-for-commercial-trading\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://riad-riad.com/egypt-removes-restrictions-on-obtaining-importation-license/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3318,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.00225","Foreign shareholding in an insurance company is restricted. At least 25% of the shares of an insurance company shall be held by citizens of Eswatini or other legal entities majority-owned (51% or more) owned by citizens of Eswatini. ","\"Interpretation\n2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires: [...]\n\"domestic insurer\" means an insurer registered in terms of this Act;[...]\n\"foreign insurer\" means an insurer other than a domestic insurer;[...]\n\"insurance agent\" means a person who is neither an insurance broker, nor an employee of an insurer, underwriter or insurance broker and who undertakes the selling or servicing of any kind of insurance business on behalf of such an insurance company underwriter or insurance broker;[...]\n\"insurance broker\" means a person, other than an employee of an insurer, who is not an insurance agent, and who, on behalf of any other person, negotiates insurance business including reinsurance as his principal business; \n[...]\nPART II - TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND REGISTRATION OF INSURERS\nProhibition of unregistered insurers\n3. (1) After the expiry of a period of 12 months from the commencement of this Act no person shall carry on insurance business in the Kingdom of Swaziland unless he has been registered as an insurer in terms of section 4 or section 6 of this Act.\n[...]\nTransitional measures concerning current insurance business\n4. (1) The Swaziland Royal Insurance Corporation established in terms of the Swaziland Royal Insurance Corporation Order, 1973 shall, for purposes of this Act, be regarded as being a registered insurer and shall, within a period of 12 months after the commencement of this Act, be registered as an insurer by the Registrar and be issued with a certificate of registration. [...]\n(4) A person, other than the Swaziland Royal Insurance Corporation, who was carrying on insurance business in Swaziland immediately before the commencement of this Act, whether lawfully or unlawfully, shall within 3 months of such commencement submit to the Registrar a scheme for the transfer of his business to a domestic who is either: (a) a domestic insurer registered in terms of this Act; or (b) a domestic insurer which is a subsidiary company of a foreign insurer incorporated in Swaziland and which has been registered in terms of this Act.\n[...]\nContracts with foreign insurers prohibited\n5. (1) After the commencement of this Act, no person shall enter into a contract of insurance with any foreign insurer except as allowed for in terms of this Act. \n[...]\nRegistration of insurers\n6. (1) A person wishing to conduct insurance business in Swaziland after the commencement of this Act and who has been registered in terms of the Companies Act shall apply for registration as an insurer in terms of regulation 1 of this Act. [...]\n(4) The Registrar shall refuse to register a company as an insurer if the conditions of Section 7 or any other request that he may have made in terms of subsection (3) have not been fulfilled. \n[...]\nQualifying requirements for registration as an insurer\n7. (1) Only a public company may apply for registration as an insurer. [...]\n(5) At least 25% of the issued shares of the company contemplated in subsection 7(1) shall be held by a person who:\n(a) if he is a natural person, is a Citizen of Swaziland;\n(b) if he is a juristic person, then: (i) at least 51% of the issued voting share of that person is owned by a person who is a Citizen of Swaziland; (ii) at least 51% of the interest in that person is owned by a person who is a Citizen of Swaziland; or (iii) where the person is a retirement fund, at least 51% of its members must be Citizens of Swaziland.\n(c) if an association of persons established for the mutual benefit of its members only, at least 80% of its members must be Citizens of Swaziland and the aforementioned members must have a claim to at least 51% of the association assets.\n(6) At least 25% of the directors of the company contemplated in subsection 7(1) shall be Citizens of Swaziland.\n[...]\nPART III - TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS AND REGISTRATIONS OF INTERMEDIARIES [...]\nApplication for licence to carry on the business of an insurance broker\n15. (1) Any person wishing to carry on the business of an insurance broker after the expiry of a period of 12 months from the commencement of this Act must apply for a licence to conduct such business in terms of the regulations.\n[...]\nQualifying requirements for registration as a broker\n17. (1) After the expiry of a period of 12 months from the commencement of this Act any person who was lawfully carrying on the business of an insurance broker at the commencement of this Act may continue his operations provided that he has applied for and is granted a licence in terms of section 15.\n(2) Any person who applies for registration as a broker and who commenced operations after the commencement of this Act shall:\n(a) if it is not a public company, be wholly owned by one or more citizens of Swaziland; or\n(b) if it is a public company at least 51% of the interest in the company is owned by one or more citizens of Swaziland or a person registered in Swaziland where: (i) if the person is a public company then at least 51% of the interest in that person is owned by citizens of Swaziland; or, (ii) if the person is any other business or organisation, citizens of Swaziland have a claim to at least 80% of the person’s assets. \n[...]\nRegistration and operation of insurance agents\n19. (1) A person shall not be registered an insurance agent unless that person is a Swazi citizen. [...]\" (INSURANCE ACT, 2005)","INSURANCE ACT, 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fsra.co.sz/legal/legislation/TheInsuranceAct2005.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,507,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","C13T15","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.001083333","Trading licence in some commercial activities, including manufacturing-related, wholesale and retail-related and food services-related activities among others [listed in Schedule 2 of the referenced Regulation], are reserved to Eswatini citizens and companies wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,495,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FIN","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.0001","A depositary of an  undertaking  for  collective  investment  in  transferable securities (UCITS) must either be a Finnish limited liability company headquartered in Finland, a European Company (SE) which intends to transfer its registered office to Finland, a credit institution authorised in accordance with the Act on Credit Institutions, or a foreign EEA credit institution which has a branch in Finland (Directive 2009/65/EC). Licences for Alternative Investment Funds Managers (AIFM) are granted to Finnish limited liability companies (Directive 2011/61/EU).","\"PART VII - DEPOSITARY\nChapter 20 - Authorization to act as depositary\n\nSection 2 - Application for a depositary license:\nUpon application, the Financial Supervision Authority issues a depositary license. [...]\n\nSection 3 - Conditions for granting a license:\nA depositary license must be granted to a Finnish limited liability company if the report provides that the company's owners meet the requirements set out in section 8 and its management in section 7 and that the company meets the capital requirements in section 9 and the company's operations in section 11 and chapter 21. Requirements provided in section 8. A prerequisite for granting the license is also that the company has its head office in Finland. A license may also be granted to a company to be established before its registration.\n\nSection 10 - European company as depositary:\nThe authorization referred to in section 2 shall also be granted to a European company within the meaning of the European Company Regulation which has obtained a similar authorization in another EEA State and which intends to transfer its registered office to Finland in accordance with Article 8 of that Regulation. In addition, the financial supervisory authority shall request the opinion of the authority supervising the activities of UCITS and management companies in that State. The same applies to the establishment of a European company by merger, so that the receiving company, which is domiciled in another state, is registered as a European company in Finland.\n\nSection 12 - Other depositary:\nNotwithstanding the provisions of section 2, the depositary may be the Bank of Finland or a credit institution referred to in Chapter 1, Section 7, Subsection 1 of the Act on Credit Institutions.\nIn addition, a foreign EEA credit institution referred to in Chapter 1, Section 7, Subsection 3 of the Act on Credit Institutions may act as a depositary if:\n1) it has a branch in Finland;\n2) it meets the capital requirements provided for in section 9 of this Chapter; and\n3) it is entitled in its home Member State to engage in depositary activities within the meaning of the [Directive 2009/65/EC on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS)].\"\n(Act on Common Funds (213/2019), Chapter 20, Sections 2, 3, 10, 12 [google translation])\n\n******\n\n\"PART I - ACCESS TO THE ACTIVITY OF CREDIT INSTITUTIONS\nChapter 1 - General provisions\nSection 7 - Credit institution:\nA credit institution is an undertaking authorised in accordance with Chapter 4 to carry on credit institution activity. [...]\n\nChapter 4 - Granting and withdrawal of an authorisation as well as restriction of business activity\nSection 3 - Conditions for granting authorisation:\nAn authorisation shall be granted if, on the basis of the account received, it can be ascertained that the owners and founders of the credit institution fulfil the requirements provided in section 4 and the credit institution fulfils the requirements provided for the activity and financial position of a credit institution in Chapters 5 and 10. [...]\n\nSection 5 - Granting of an authorisation to a European company and a European Cooperative Society:\nAn authorisation shall also be granted to a European company referred to in Council Regulation (EC) No. 2157/2001 on the Statute for a European company (SE), hereinafter the SE Regulation and correspondingly authorised in an EEA Member State, which intends to transfer its registered office to Finland in accordance with Article 8. [...]\"\n(Act on Credit Institutions (610/2014), Chapter 1, Section 7, and Chapter 4, Sections 3 and 5 [unofficial translations, amendments up to 395/2019 included])\n\n******\n\n\"Chapter 1 - General provisions\nSection 2 - Lower limit of the licensing obligation:\nAn alternative fund manager must be licensed in accordance with this Act (licensed alternative fund manager) if the aggregate assets of the alternative funds it manages are:\n1) more than EUR 100 million, including leverage; or\n2) more than EUR 500 million and the assets are unleveraged and in no managed alternative fund the right to demand redemption can be exercised for five years from the initial investment in each fund.\n[...]\n\nChapter 4 - Licensing\nSection 3 - Conditions for granting a license:\nA license shall be granted to a Finnish limited liability company whose industry entered in the trade register shows its activities as an alternative fund manager and if the received information ensures that the alternative fund manager's owners meet the requirements of section 4 and the alternative fund manager complies with chapters 6–11 requirements provided for in subsection 3.\n[...]\n\nChapter 19 - EEA States\nSection 2 - The right of the manager of EEA alternative funds to manage the alternative fund and provide investment services in Finland:\nAn EEA alternative fund manager may manage alternative funds or provide asset management referred to in Chapter 3, Section 2, Subsection 2 and ancillary services referred to in Section 3 in Finland without establishing a subsidiary or branch under the same conditions as alternative fund managers licensed in accordance with this Act.\n[...]\"\n(Act on Alternative Investment Funds Managers (162/2014), Chapter 1, Section 2; Chapter 4, Section 3; Chapter 19, Section 2 [google translation])","Act on Common Funds (213/2019), Chapter 20, Sections 2, 3, 10, 12\nAct on Credit Institutions (610/2014), Chapter 1, Section 7, and Chapter 4, Sections 3 and 5\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nAct on Alternative Investment Funds Managers (162/2014), Chapter 1, Section 2; Chapter 4, Section 3; Chapter 19, Section 2\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/2019/20190213\">Act on Common Funds</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.finlex.fi/en/laki/kaannokset/2014/en20140610.pdf\">Act on Credit Institutions</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive 2009/65/EC</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/2014/20140162\">Act on Alternative Investment Funds Managers</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive 2011/61/EU</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,103,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","H51","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.00048","Airlines established in Greece must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory. In order to be recognised as Greek, aircraft must be (at a minimum) majority owned by EEA nationals or Greek legal entities majority owned by EEA nationals. In the case of limited liability companies, 75% of company shares must be owned by EEA nationals and the directors and three quarters of the partners/company shares must be owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries. In the case of public limited companies, all shares must be registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are EEA nationals and 2/3 of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers must be natural persons who are EEA nationals. Cabotage is reserved to national and EU airline companies. ","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2 - Traffic conditions [...]\n3 . The commercial transport of passengers and goods between two points of Greek territory as well as the transport of mail is reserved for Greek aircraft without prejudice to special and temporary and certainly not exclusive concessions to foreign aircraft, as long as they do not affect the interests of Greek air transport.\n[...]\nArticle 18 - Aircraft nationality\n 1. Greek aircraft are those aircraft, which belong to natural persons who have the citizenship of countries of the European Economic Area in a percentage greater than fifty percent (50%).\n 2. Aircraft belonging to Greek legal entities by more than fifty percent (50%) are also recognized as Greek aircraft, provided that:\n a. in general partnerships, all partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n b. in limited liability companies, all general partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and the share capital is paid by two thirds of natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n c. in limited liability companies, the directors and three quarters of the partners are natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and three quarters of the company shares are owned by natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries,\n d. in public limited companies all shares are registered and belong by an absolute majority to natural persons who are nationals of European Economic Area countries and two thirds of the members of the Board of Directors, its Chairman, the General Manager and any authorized or managing directors advisers are natural persons who are nationals of countries of the European Economic Area,\n e. in cooperatives or unions two thirds of the members, as well as all the members of the Board of Directors and the Supervisory Board are natural persons who have the citizenship of the countries of the European Economic Area.[...]\" (Aviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAviation Code (1815/1988), last amended by Law 3333/2005, Articles 2 and 18 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wFWG2Ogb2ANFndtvSoClrL8cSHdHNezY5d5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx3UnKl3nP8NxdnJ5r9cmWyJWelDvWS_18kAEhATUkJb0x1LIdQ163nV9K--td6SIufiWDmXHs3QQEjK2p4lAsYRV_7yMZcWloaY561F-Ujtm\">Aviation Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/260972\">Aviation Code (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,798,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G471_478_479","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00375","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval. In addition, foreign investors in MBRT are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement (established at US$100 million) and local content requirement (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs). Lastly, foreign invested MBRT companies are prohibited from engaging in e-commerce activities. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2465,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0048","Majority FDI in scheduled and regional air transport service is subject to government approval, and FDI in domestic scheduled air transport services is limited to 49%. Foreign investment in Indian companies, operating both scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services, is also up to the limit of 49% of their paid-up capital, where as no foreign shareholding limits apply to investment in companies providing only non-scheduled air transport services. Lastly, FDI in AIr India is also limited to 49%.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.9 CIVIL AVIATION\n5.2.9.1 AIRPORTS \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\n(a) Greenfield projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(b)  Existing projects  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n5.2.9.2 AIR TRANSPORT SERVICES\n(1) (a) Scheduled Air Transport Service*/ Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline\n(b) Regional Air Transport Service  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route:  Automatic up to 49% (Automatic up to 100% for NRIs) & Government route beyond 49%\n(2) Non-Scheduled Air Transport Services | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(3) Helicopter services/seaplane services requiring DGCA approval | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n[*As per Schedule XI of Aircraft Rules, 1937, Air Operator Certificate to operate Scheduled air transport services (including Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airline or Regional Air Transport Service) may be granted to a company or a body corporate provided that: - (a) it is registered and has its principal place of business within India;  (b) the Chairman and at least two-thirds of its Directors are citizens of India; and (c) its substantial ownership and effective control is vested in Indian nationals]\n5.2.9.3 OTHER SERVICES UNDER CIVIL AVIATION SECTOR \n(1) Ground Handling Services subject to sectoral regulations and security clearance | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic  \n(2) Maintenance and Repair organizations; flying training institutes; and technical training institutions. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n[...]\nOTHER CONDITIONS\n(a)  Air Transport Services would include Domestic Scheduled Passenger Airlines; NonScheduled Air Transport Services, helicopter and seaplane services.\n(b)  Foreign airlines are allowed to participate in the equity of companies operating Cargo airlines, helicopter and seaplane services, as per the limits and entry routes mentioned above.\n(c)  Foreign airlines are also allowed to invest in the capital of Indian companies, operating scheduled and non-scheduled air transport services, up to the limit of 49% of their paidup capital. Such investment would be subject to the following conditions: (i) It would be made under the Government approval route, (ii)  The 49% limit will subsume FDI and FPI investment, [...]\n(d) In addition to the above conditions, foreign investment in M/s Air India Ltd. shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Foreign investment(s) in M/s Air India Ltd., including that of foreign airline(s) shall not exceed 49% either directly or indirectly except in case of those NRIs, who are Indian Nationals, where foreign investment(s) is permitted up to100% under automatic route.  (ii) Substantial ownership and effective control of M/s Air India Ltd. shall continue to be vested in Indian Nationals as stipulated in Aircraft Rules, 1937.[...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2442,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.003125","On 13 March 2023, the Bar Council of India notified the “Bar Council of India Rules for Registration and Regulation of Foreign Lawyers and Foreign Law Firms in India, 2022”. Foreign lawyers and firms can now practice foreign law, diverse international legal issues, and international arbitration matters in India, subject to a reciprocity condition. However, the foreign lawyers or foreign law firms shall not be permitted to appear before any courts, tribunals or other statutory or regulatory authorities.The Bar Council of India has further clarified in a press release of 19 March 2023 that foreign lawyers and law firms shall be allowed to advise their clients about foreign laws and international laws only. Therefore, domestic law counselling and court representation remain closed for foreign investment.\nPrior to 2023, foreign law firms were not permitted to establish business in India. This issue was considered by the Bombay High Court in a judgment delivered in 2009 reviewing the judgment delivered on the so-called Lawyers Collective Case (W.P. 1526/1995) at the direction of the Supreme Court. In 2009, the Court ruled that the correct interpretation of the Advocates Act 1961 was that the 'profession of law' must be interpreted to include non-litigious as well as litigious areas of work and consequently both would be reserved to Indian Advocates. The Court therefore upheld the original 1995 judgement that the licences granted to three foreign law firms in 1991 by the Reserve Bank of India to establish representative offices were unlawful. This was later affirmed by the Supreme Court of India in Bar Council Of India vs A.K. Balaji case in 2018. A priori, the Advocates Act 1961 also provides for foreign lawyers to practice in India under reciprocity condition [similarly to chartered accountants]. However, this is not extended to their right to establish law practices in India as indicated per the above rulings. Rather, foreign lawyers have been able to practice in India on a temporary, \"fly in - fly out\" basis, as confirmed by the High Court of Madras judgement of 21 February 2012 (case no. W.P. 5614/2010). The \"fly in - fly out\" regime has been subsequently codified by the Bar Council of India Rules for Registration and Regulation of Foreign Lawyers and Foreign Law Firms in India, 2022.\n\nForeign law firms are not permitted to establish business in India. This issue was considered by the Bombay High Court in a judgment delivered in 2009 reviewing the judgment delivered on the so-called Lawyers Collective Case (W.P. 1526/1995) at the direction of the Supreme Court. In 2009, the Court ruled that the correct interpretation of the Advocates Act 1961 was that the 'profession of law' must be interpreted to include non-litigious as well as litigious areas of work and consequently both would be reserved to Indian Advocates. The Court therefore upheld the original 1995 judgement that the licences granted to three foreign law firms in 1991 by the Reserve Bank of India to establish representative offices were unlawful. This was later affirmed by the Supreme Court of India in Bar Council Of India vs A.K. Balaji case in 2018. A priori, the Advocates Act 1961 also provides for foreign lawyers to practice in India under reciprocity condition [similarly to chartered accountants]. However, this might be limited to the right to practice of the profession under specific circumstances, and not extended to their right to establish law practices in India as indicated per the above rulings.","\"2. Definitions. :- [...]\n(iii) ‘Foreign lawyer’ means a person, including a law firm, limited liability partnership, company or a corporation, by whatever name called or described, who/which is entitled to practice law in a foreign country. [...]\n(iv) ‘Foreign Country’ means a country, which is recognized as such by the Government of India and it includes a constituent State thereof in case such as a foreign country has a federal structure of governance and such constituent State has its own justice-delivery system and a separate class of persons entitled to practice law.\n(v) ‘Country of the primary qualification’ means a foreign country in which the foreign lawyer is entitled to practice law as per law of that country.\n(vi) ‘Foreign law’ means a law, which is or was effective, in the country of primary qualification.\n[...]\n3. Registration of foreign lawyers or foreign law firms and eligibility criteria there for.:–\n(1) A foreign lawyer or foreign law firm shall not be entitled to practice law in India unless he/it is registered with the Bar Council of India under these Rules: Provided that this prohibition will not apply to law practice by a foreign lawyer or foreign law firm in case such practice is done on a ‘fly in and fly out basis’ for the purpose of giving legal advice to the client in India regarding foreign law and on diverse international legal issues and provided further that such expertise/advise of such a foreign lawyer or foreign law firm had been procured by the client in a foreign country and foreign lawyer or foreign law firm does not maintain an office in India for the purpose of such practice and lastly such practice in India for one or more periods does not, in aggregate, exceed 60 days in any period of 12 months.\n(2) ‘Right to practice law’ in the concerned ‘foreign country of the primary qualification’ shall be the primary qualification for practicing law in India under these rules.\n[...]\n8. Law practice by a foreign lawyer: nature and extent thereof:-\n(1) A foreign lawyer registered under rules shall be entitled to practice law in India in non-litigious matters only subject to such exceptions, conditions and limitations as are laid down under these Rules and he/it shall be deemed to be an advocate within the meaning sections 29, 30 and 33 of the Act qua such acts and deeds as are envisaged to be performed by him under these Rules as a foreign lawyer. [...]\n(2) The areas of practice of law by a foreign lawyer or Foreign Law Firm shall be laid down by Bar Council of India And if need be, the Bar Council of India may consult the Govt. of India, Ministry of Law and Justice in this regard. The foreign lawyers or foreign Law Firms shall not be permitted to appear before any courts, tribunals or other statutory or regulatory authorities. They shall be allowed to practice on transactional work /corporate work such as joint ventures, mergers and acquisitions, intellectual property matters, drafting of contracts and other related matters on reciprocal basis. They shall not be involved or permitted to do any work pertaining to conveyancing of property, Title investigation or other similar works. [...]\" (Bar Council of India Rules for Registration and Regulation of Foreign Lawyers and Foreign Law Firms in India, 2022, Notification 10 March 2023, Sections 2, 3 and 8 [unofficial translation])\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER III - ADMISSION AND ENROLMENT OF ADVOCATES […]\n24. Persons who may be admitted as advocates on a State roll.―(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, and the rules made thereunder, a person shall be qualified to be admitted as an advocate on a State roll, if he fulfils the following conditions, namely:― \n(a) he is a citizen of India:  \nProvided that subject to the other provisions contained in this Act, a national of any other country may be admitted as an advocate on a State roll, if citizens of India, duly qualified, are permitted to practise law in that other country; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - RIGHT TO PRACTISE\n29. Advocates to be the only recognised class of persons entitled to practise law.―Subject to the provisions of this Act and any rules made thereunder, there shall, as from the appointed day, be only one class of persons entitled to practise the profession of law, namely, advocates. \n[...]\n33. Advocates alone entitled to practise.―Except as otherwise provided in this Act or in any other law for the time being in force, no person shall, on or after the appointed day, be entitled to practise in any court or before any authority or person unless he is enrolled as an advocate under this Act\n[...]\nCHAPTER VI - MISCELLANEOUS [...]\n47. Reciprocity.―(1) Where any country, specified by the Central Government in this behalf by notification in the Official Gazette, prevents citizens of India from practising the profession of law or subjects them to unfair discrimination in that country, no subject of any such country shall be entitled to practise the profession of law in India. \n(2) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (1), the Bar Council of India may prescribe the conditions, if any, subject to which foreign qualifications in law obtained by persons other than citizens of India shall be recognised for the purpose of admission as an advocate under this Act. [...]\" (The Advocates Act 1961, as amended, Sections 24, 29, 33, 47)\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER - III (Conditions for right to practice) (Rules under Section 49 (1) (ah) of the Act) [...]\n2. An advocate shall not enter into a partnership or any other arrangement for sharing remuneration with any person or legal practitioner who is not an advocate. [which includes not locally licensed lawyers].[...]\" (Bar Council of India Rules 1975, as amended, Chapter III)","Bar Council of India Rules for Registration and Regulation of Foreign Lawyers and Foreign Law Firms in India, 2022, Notification 10 March 2023, Sections 2, 3 and 8\nThe Advocates Act 1961, as amended\nBar Council of India Rules 1975, as amended","Bar Council of India (2023), \"True Facts About BCI's Rules Regarding Entry, Rules and Regulations of Foreign Lawyers and Law Firms in India\", Press Release, 19 March 2023.","[<a href=\"https://cdn.vahura.com/site/media/docs/Download-Files/The-Gazette-of-India-Foreign-Law-Firms-in-India-BCI-Rules-2023.pdf?v=1679057358\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/1631?sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://upload.indiacode.nic.in/showfile?actid=AC_CEN_3_46_00001_196125_1517807320172&type=rule&filename=BCI%20Rules,%20Part-V%20to%20IX.pdf\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://images.assettype.com/barandbench/2023-03/57a2a39d-a1a9-4d43-ae22-aa1a5fbf3e8d/Press_Release_Dated_19_03_2023.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3261,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.001083333","As of March 2021, the number of manufacturing activities reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements] has been considerably reduced, and only a few ones remain closed to FDI. Some others are subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Soybean Processing Industry: Soybean Tempe Industry, Soybean Tofu Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Fish Wet Preservation (Pemindangan) Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Salt Processing Industries that already acquired Geographical Indications: Amed Bali Salt, Mount Krayan salt, Kusamba Bali salt: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs [new]\n[...]\n- Coffee Processing Industry that already acquired Geographical Indications: [see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital. [new]\n- Rendang Industry (traditional Indonesian dish): [see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital. [new]\n- Crackers, Chips, Peyek Industry and the like (Manufacturing and Non- Manufacturing): [see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital \n[...]\n- Fishery Product Processing Business (Usaha Pengolahan Hasil Perikanan/UPI): Salting / Drying Fish and Other Aquatic Biota; Smoking Fish and Other Aquatic Biota; Fermenting Fish and Other Cooked Products (for fish extraction and jelly business); Ground and Surimi Meat-Based Industry: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Fish Canning: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Food Industry from Soybeans and Beans Other than Soy Sauce, Tempe and Tofu [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Essential Oil Industry: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Sugar Industry: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - food and others]\n- Business with specific capacities (Crude vegetable and animal oils industry (edible oils), Copra, fiber, coconut shell charcoal, dust, nata de coco industry, Coconut oil Industry, Palm oil Industry, Cotton seeds Industry, Peeling, cleaning, drying, and sorting of plantation products Industry (cocoa and coffee beans) Industry, Cashew for dried cashew nut and cashew nut shell liquid (CNSL) Industry, Peppercorn for dried white peppercorn and dried black peppercorn Industry, Cane sugar, sugar cane top and sugar cane bagasse Industry, Black tea/green tea Industry, Dried tobacco leaves Industry, Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry, Jatrophacurcas oil industry [...] Fish preservation industry, Soybean tempe industry, Soybean tofu industry, Moist Cake industry, Industry of food from soybean and legumes, other than soya sauce, tempe, and tofu, Industry of crackers, chips, crispy peanut fritters (peyek), and the like, Red sugar industry, Tuber peeling and cleaning industry, [...]: Reserved for SMEs.\n- Fishery product processing business : salting/drying of fish and other water biota industry, Fishery product processing business : smoking fish and other water biota industry, Fishery product processing business : yeasting/fermentation fish and other cooked products (for extraction and fish jelly)industry, Fishery product processing business : Minced fish and surimi processing-based industry, [...] Pickled fruits and vegetables industry, Soy sauce industry , Powdered and sweetened condensed milk industry, Dried tobacco and processed tobacco industry, [...] Manufacture of jewelry articles of precious metal for personal use, Manufacture of jewelry articles of precious metal for non-personal use, Manufacture of jewelry articles of non-precious metal for non-personal use, Precious stone industry, Handicraft industry that is not classified elsewhere, Sugar Industry (white crystal sugar, refined crystal sugar and raw crystal sugar) based on partnership in the form of nucleus plasma, in an area 20% of the farmland area.: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nB. Industrial Sector\n- Clove cigarette industry, Regular cigarette industry, Other cigarette industry: Subject to the recommendation from the Ministry of Industry: a. For business expansion, it is only cigarette industry that already has Industrial Business License (IUI) in similar business fields; or b. For new investment, only small and medium-scale cigarette industry that partners with large-scale cigarette industry that already has Industrial Business License in similar business field. [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2654,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.05","The purchase, including for business purposes, of land administered by the Israel Land Administration (ILA) by foreign nationals and foreign-controlled legal entities is subject to prior approval by the ILA.","\"Restriction on the purchase or transfer of rights in real estate to foreigners\n2 a. (A)  In this section -\n\"Rights in real estate\" - a right of ownership, or a right of tenancy for periods that cumulatively exceed five years or with which there is a choice to extend its period for a total period exceeding five years, including a right under an undertaking to transfer or transfer ownership or lease for such period;\n\"Foreigner\" - any of the following:\n(1) An individual who is not one of the following:\n(A) an Israeli citizen or resident of Israel;\n(B) a person who is entitled to immigrate to Israel according to the Law of Return, 5711-1950;\n(2) a corporation controlled by one or more individuals, who is not one of the subscribers in paragraph (1);\n(3) a person who works for an individual or corporation as stated in paragraphs (1) or (2);\n\"Israel Land Authority Law\" - Israel Land Authority Law, 5755-1960;\n\"Chairman of the Israel Land Council\" - as defined in the Israel Land Authority Law;\n\"State\" - including any of the following:\n(1) a union, member or organization founded by at least two states, or by organizations founded by at least two states;\n(2) an organ, authority or representation of a State or of a Union of States;\n(3) a political entity that is not a state determined by the Minister of Justice, with the approval of the Constitution, Law and Justice Committee of the Knesset;\n\"Director of the Israel Land Authority\" - as defined in the Israel Land Authority Law;\n\"Israel Land\" - including land in which the right of ownership has been granted under the Israel Land Authority Law;\n\"Control\" - as defined in the Banking (Licensing) Law, 1981.\n(B) (1) A person shall not buy or transfer rights in Israeli land to a foreigner, whether in return or not in return, except in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(2) an applicant for conferring or transferring rights in Israeli land to a foreigner, shall submit an application for approval of the purchase or transfer to the chairman of the Israel Land Council;\n(3) The Chairman of the Israel Land Council may grant approval for the purchase or transfer of rights in Israeli land to a foreigner, on the recommendation of a subcommittee of the Israel Land Council and after consultation with the Minister of Defense and Foreign Minister, and in accordance with regulations As stated in section 4 (b);\n(4) In making a decision regarding the granting of an approval as stated in paragraph (3), the Chairman of the Israel Land Council shall take into account, inter alia, the following considerations:\n(A) the public good and security;\n(B) the foreigner's connection to Israel, including his personal data, periods of residence in Israel and his family closeness to a non-foreigner;\n(C) the purpose for which the foreigner requests that the land be purchased or transferred to him;\n(D) the extent of the land purchased by the same foreigner or transferred to him, prior to the date of the application;\n(E) the characteristics of the requested land, including the size of the requested area, the location of the land and their designation;\n(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) and (3), the director of the Israel Land Authority or a person authorized by him from among the employees of the authority, may approve the purchase or transfer of rights in Israel land to one of the following:\n(A) a foreigner who is not a corporation, who wishes to purchase one residential unit in real estate designated for residential purposes according to a plan, provided that he does not have rights in real estate in another residential unit; In this regard, \"plan\" - as defined in the Planning and Building Law, 5755-1965;\n(B) a foreigner approved by the Investment Center Administration to be granted a grant under the Capital Investment Encouragement Law, for the purpose of implementing the plan for which the grant was approved; In this regard -\n\"Capital Investment Encouragement Law\" - Capital Investment Encouragement Law, 5719-1959;\n\"Investment Center Administration\" - as defined in the Capital Investment Encouragement Law;\n(C) A State, in accordance with the obligation of the State of Israel in an international agreement, for the purpose of managing the affairs of that State in Israel within the framework of the undertaking given.\n(C) The provisions of subsection (b) shall also apply to the purchase or transfer of rights in real estate by way of sale of foreclosed real estate, realization of its mortgage, execution of a judgment or other document executable as a judgment, or sale of property by the Execution Bureau or other authority by law.\n(D) (1) shall not be valid for the purchase or transfer of rights in real estate or an undertaking for such purchase or transfer made in contravention of the provisions of this section;\n(2) no transaction shall be registered in the land registers contrary to the provisions of this section;\n(3) The Attorney General or his proxy, or a stakeholder, may apply to the court for a declaration of cancellation of a transaction made in contravention of the provisions of this section, or for any other remedy appropriate to the circumstances of the case, including deletion of registration from the land registers.[...]\" (Israel Lands Law (25.07.1960), last amended 5.4.2011, Article 2A [google translation])","Israel Lands Law (25.07.1960), last amended 5.4.2011, Article 2A","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.nevo.co.il/law_html/Law01/286_041.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1417,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISR","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","On 30 October 2019, Israel announced the establishment of an “Advisory Committee on Foreign Investment” by the Security Cabinet. The Committee, which is not established by legislation, became operational on 1 January 2020. It is headed by the Ministry of Finance and involves several other Ministries. It is mandated with examining national security aspects in the process of approving foreign investment. The Committee would only consider investments that require government approval, in the fields of finance, communications, infrastructure, transport and energy, and only upon voluntary referral by the respective responsible regulators; investors or acquisition targets are not subject to any notification obligation.\nOn 12 October 2022, Israelian authorities published Resolution B/41, a Decision by the Ministerial Committee on National Security Affairs on the Amendments of the Process and Mechanism for Evaluating National Security Aspects. This Resolution replaces Resolution No. 372/B while also including, among its modifications, a reduction in the minimum foreign ownership threshold, enabling the screening committee to assess an investment (from 25% ownership to 20%). Furthermore, this Decision instructs the Chief Economist’s Department to compile and update an advisory committee led by the Ministry of Finance on information regarding foreign investments each year. Section 13 instructs various government agencies to advance “amended legislation in order to regularise the authority of regulators to take national security considerations under advisement when deciding whether to approve a foreign investment.” ","\"Terms\n\"Foreign Entity\" – An entity for which one of the following applies: [...]\n2. For a body of persons– A body of persons where control is in the hands of someone who is not a citizen or resident of Israel; or if at least 20% of the means of control are in the hands of someone who is not a citizen or resident of Israel; and in unusual cases where the advisory committee believes that there is reason for concern that there could be considerable harm to interests related to national security aspects, someone who is not a citizen or resident of Israel who is a stakeholder in the body of persons.\" [...]\n\"Foreign Investment\" – A transaction or activity by a foreign entity whose execution requires the approval of the regulators by law.\n[...]\n13. Further to the recommendations of the report submitted to the Cabinet by the advisory committee on June 2, 2020, regarding regulators' authority to take national security considerations under advisement when approving foreign investments, to instruct the minister of finance, together with the Ministries of Justice, Economy and Industry, Foreign Affairs, and Energy, and other government ministries and relevant regulatory bodies, to advance amended legislation in order to regularize the authority of regulators to take national security considerations under advisement when deciding whether to approve a foreign investment, subject to the State of Israel's international obligations.\"\n(Resolution B\\41 by the Ministerial Committee on National Security Affairs (State Security Cabinet) (October 12, 2022) [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Definitions\n\"Foreign party\" – A party fulfilling one of the following, whichever relevant:\n(1) For a natural person – someone who is neither an Israeli citizen nor a resident of Israel;\n(2) For a body of persons – a case in which control is not in the hands of an Israeli citizen or resident of Israel, including an enterprise incorporated outside of Israel and which does not have a controlling stake and in which no Israeli citizen or a resident of Israel holds 25% ownership or more. For this purpose, \"control\" has the same meaning as in the Banking (Licensing) Law – 1981.\n\"Regulators\" – the Bank of Israel; Israel Securities Authority; Capital Market, Insurance, and Savings Authority; and ministers and parties in the Ministry of Finance, the Ministry of Transport and Road Safety, the Ministry of Communications, and the Ministry of National Infrastructure, Energy, and Water Resources including the Israel Water and Sewage Authority, the Public Utilities Authority (Electricity), and the Israel National Gas Authority, which are legally authorized to approve foreign investments.\n\"Approval\" – a permit for controlling or holding a concession or license.\n\"Foreign investment\" – a transaction or activity by a foreign party for which approval by the regulators is legally required in order to carry it out.\n\"The interests in national security aspects\" – the following interests:\n(1) Preventing the creation of a position of substantial influence on the object of the foreign investment by a foreign party that might detract from the state's security or its foreign relations;\n(2) Preventing the exposure or disclosure of information, the exposure or disclosure of which to a foreign party might detract from the state's security or its foreign relations;\nto the extent that these interests affect the national security of Israel.\n\"Defense, foreign relations, and cyber security agencies\" – the Israel Security Agency, the Mossad, the Ministry of Defense, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, and the National Cyber Directorate.\n[...]\nThe Advisory Board Headed by the Ministry of Finance\n1. To establish, at the Ministry of Finance, an advisory committee for the purpose of evaluating national security aspects of foreign investments (hereafter – the advisory committee), headed by the Chief Economist in the Ministry of Finance or a senior representative on its behalf, with participation of a senior representative from the National Security Council (hereafter – \"NSC\") and a senior representative from the Ministry of Defense. The committee's functions shall be as set forth in paragraphs 2-5 below.\n2. An inquiry submitted to the advisory committee concerning a foreign investment:\nA. Before granting approval for a foreign investment, the regulators may, at their discretion, subject to their legal authority and to the extent that they believe that granting such approval may create concerns about negatively affecting interests in national security aspects, to address an annotated inquiry to the advisory committee for the purpose of receiving its assessment.\nB. In exceptional cases, the advisory committee may, subject to the agreement of its members, to actively request a regulator to submit an inquiry to the committee in order to receive its assessment concerning an approval of a foreign investment. For avoidance of doubt, such a request by the advisory committee does not obligate the regulator and any inquiry is at the regulator's discretion.\n3. An assessment by the advisory committee to an inquiry it received:\nA. The advisory committee may send to the regulator its detailed response to an inquiry regarding interests in national security aspects pertaining to approval of the foreign investment.\nThe response will be subject to Israel's international commitments, taking into account also relevant economic aspects. [...]\nD. The advisory committee shall send its detailed response to the regulator who made the inquiry within 30 days of the date on which the inquiry was received. The advisory committee is may notify the regulator within 10 days of receiving the inquiry that it does not intend to send a response to the regulator's query. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified that the submission of an inquiry by the regulator need not delay its approval of the foreign investment.\nE. If the advisory committee did not send its assessment by the end of the period cited in subparagraph D, or if it announced that it did not intend to send an evaluation, as cited in subsection D above, the advisory committee shall be considered as having given an assessment that it did not find a reason for the regulator not to continue the procedures for approving the foreign investment. [...]\n7. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby emphasized that nothing in this decision authorizes the regulator to weigh national security considerations when he has not been granted the legal authority to do so. Furthermore, nothing in this decision shall derogate from the legal authority of the regulator who submitted an inquiry to the advisory committee, including its authority to make the final decision about approval of a foreign investment, including when its final decision conflicts with the committee's assessment.[...]\" (Resolution B\\372 by the Ministerial Committee on National Security Affairs (State Security Cabinet): Establishment of a Process and Mechanism for Evaluating National Security Aspects of Foreign Investments (October 30, 2019) [unofficial translation])","Resolution B\\41 by the Ministerial Committee on National Security Affairs (State Security Cabinet) (October 12, 2022)\nResolution B\\372 by the Ministerial Committee on National Security Affairs (State Security Cabinet): Establishment of a Process and Mechanism for Evaluating National Security Aspects of Foreign Investments (October 30, 2019)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gov.il/en/departments/policies/resolution-b-41\">Amended Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.il/BlobFolder/pmopolicy/dec372_2019/he/372.pdf\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.il/en/departments/policies/foreign-investment-board\">Resolution_Eng</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2985,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JPN","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00028125","Foreigners or foreign-controlled enterprises are not granted licenses to operate broadcasting stations, nor are they approved as broadcasters. Enterprises are considered as foreign-controlled if any of their executive directors is a foreigner or if no less than one-fifth (in the case of terrestrial broadcasting stations, including indirect investment) or one-third (\"facility-supplying broadcasters\") of voting rights in the aggregate are owned by foreigners. Restrictions do not apply to cable television and broadcast of telecommunications services.","\"Article 93　(1)　Persons intending to conduct basic broadcasting operations (excluding those intending to receive or who have already received a basic terrestrial broadcasting station license for use in the operations of the basic broadcasting pursuant to the provisions of the Radio Act) must obtain the approval of the Minister of Internal Affairs and Communications with regard to coming under all of the following requirements: [...]\n(vii)　the person intending to conduct such operations does not come under any of the following of (a) through (k) inclusive (excluding (e) in cases of conducting the operations of basic satellite broadcasting or basic terrestrial broadcasting for mobile reception):\n(a)　a person who does not have Japanese nationality\n(b)　a foreign government or its representative\n(c)　a foreign corporation or organization\n(d)　a corporation or organization where the person given in (a) through (c) is a specified officer or where the person holds one-fifth or more of the voting rights\n(e)　a corporation or organization where the ratio obtained by adding the ratio of the voting rights directly held by the person given in 1. and the ratio provided for by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications as the ratio of the voting rights indirectly held by the person given in 2. through the person accounts for one-fifth or more of the voting rights (excluding cases coming under (d)).\n1.　The person given in (a) through (c)\n2.　A corporation or organization where the ratio of the voting rights held directly by the person given in 1. is the same as or more than the ratio stipulated by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications[...]\" (Broadcasting Act (No. 132 of 1950), last amended by Law No. 23 of 2019, Article 93 [unofficial translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 5　(1)　No radio station license is granted to any person who falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　a person who does not have Japanese nationality\n(ii)　a foreign government or its representative\n(iii)　a foreign corporation or organization\n(iv)　A corporation or organization, which is represented by any person listed in the preceding three items, or one third or more officers of which are those persons, or one third or more voting rights of which are made up of the aggregate of voting rights held by those persons [...]\n(4)　With respect to radio stations that transmit radio communications intended to be received directly by the general public (hereinafter referred to as \"broadcast\" except in Article 99-2) and use the radio frequencies (meaning the \"frequencies assignable to core broadcasting\" in Article 7, paragraphs (3) and (4)) given in Article 26, paragraph (2), item (v) (a) (hereinafter referred to as \"core broadcasting\") (except radio stations that broadcast relay-broadcasting for preventing reception obstructions, satellite core broadcasting (meaning the \"satellite core broadcasting\" set forth under Article 2, item (xiii) of the Broadcast Act) and terrestrial core broadcasting for mobile reception (meaning the \"terrestrial core broadcasting for mobile reception\" set forth under item (xiv) of the same Article; hereinafter the same applies)), notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) and the preceding paragraph, a radio license is not to be granted to any person who falls under any of the following items:\n(i)　any person listed in paragraph (1) items (i) through (iii) [...]\n(ii) a corporation or organization, of which any person listed in paragraph (1) items (i) through (iii) is a specified officer set forth under Article 2 item (xxxi) of the Broadcast Act, or in which any persons listed in paragraph (1) items (i) through (iii) holds one fifth or more of its total voting rights\n(iii)　a corporation or organization, in which the aggregate of the proportion of voting rights possessed directly by the persons listed in (a) and the proportion of voting rights specified by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications as the proportion of voting rights possessed indirectly by the persons listed in (b) through those listed in accounts for one fifth or more of its total voting rights (except cases that fall under the preceding item)\n(a)　Any person listed in paragraph (1) items (i) through (iii)\n(b)　A corporation or organization, in which the proportion of voting rights possessed directly by the persons listed in (a) is not less than the proportion specified by Order of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications [...]\" (Radio Act (No. 131 of 1950), last amended by Law No. 19 of 2021, Article 5 [unofficial translation])","Broadcasting Act (No. 132 of 1950), last amended by Law No. 23 of 2019, Article 93\nRadio Act (No. 131 of 1950), last amended by Law No. 19 of 2021, Article 5","n;a","[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=325AC0000000132\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/laws/view/2954\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/document?lawid=325AC0000000131\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.japaneselawtranslation.go.jp/en/laws/view/3205\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1531,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in construction and related services, including architectural services.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nB- The following services:-\n1 - Engineering services and consultations.\n2 - Construction and related services.[...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1624,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00375","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in construction and related services, including architectural services.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nB- The following services:-\n1 - Engineering services and consultations.\n2 - Construction and related services.[...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1624,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","J60","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00375","Foreign investment in radio and TV broadcasting is generally not permitted. Previously, program providing broadcasting (excluding the comprehensive programming channels and the specialised news program providers) and cable broadcasting were allowed when foreign investment  was 49% or less, and satellite broadcasting was allowed when foreign investment was 33% or less. Following 2009 amendments to the Broadcasting Act, program providing broadcasting (excluding the comprehensive programming channels and the specialised news program providers), cable broadcasting and now also satellite broadcasting are allowed when foreign investment is 49% or less. Foreign investment is now allowed up to 20% in program providers engaging in general programming and in CATV relay broadcasting business entities, and up to 10% in program providers engaging in specialized programming of news reports.","\"Article 14 (Foreign Capital Investment and Contribution) \n(1) No terrestrial broadcasting business entity or community radio broadcasting business entity shall receive an investment or a contribution of property from any of the following entities: Provided, That it may receive property contributions from a foreign organization operated for facilitating education, athletics, religion, charity and other international friendship, if it has obtained approval from the Korea Communications Commission: \n1. A foreign government or organization;\n2. A foreigner;\n3. A corporation, stocks or equity shares of which are owned by a foreign government or organization or a foreigner in excess of the ratio prescribed by Presidential Decree.\n(2) A program provider engaging in general programming or a CATV relay broadcasting business entity shall not receive an investment or contribution of property from any of the entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1), in excess of 20/100 of the total stocks or equity shares of the relevant corporation; and a program provider engaging in specialized programming of news reports shall not receive an investment or contribution of property from any of the entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1) in excess of 10/100 of the total stocks or equity shares of the relevant corporation. \n(3) A CATV broadcasting business entity, satellite broadcasting business entity and program provider (excluding a person engaging in general programming or specialized programming of news reports) or a signal transmission network business entity shall not receive an investment or contribution of property from any of the entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1) in excess of 49/100 of the total stocks or equity shares of the relevant corporation: Provided, That in cases of program provider (excluding a person engaging in general programming, specialized programming of news reports, or specialized programming featuring and marketing products), no corporation, the stocks or equity shares of which are owned by the government,an organization or a national of the contracting country of any free trade agreement determined and notified by the Minister of Science and ICT, among the free trade agreements that the Republic of Korea entered into with a foreign country bilaterally or multi-laterally and has taken effect , shall deem an entity referred to in paragraph (3) 1 although it meets the requirements provided in paragraph (3) 1.  \n(4) The stocks or equity shares owned by all entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1) shall be aggregated for the application of paragraphs (2) and (3). \n[...]\"\n(Broadcasting Act (No. 1535 of 1963), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 14 [unofficial translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree.\n[...]\"\n(Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\n\nClassification   Type of Business              Criteria for Permission                                                                                                                           [...]\n[...]\n60100                   Radio broadcasting         <Not opened>\n                               business                       \n60210                   Terrestrial broadcast-    <Not opened>\n                               ing business                                                                                           \n60221                   Program-providing          Permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed 49% (Provided, That a\n                               business                              program provider engaged in general programming shall be permitted if foreign\n                                                                               investment ratio dose not exceed 20%, and a program provider engaged\n                                                                               in specialized programming of news reports shall be permitted if foreign\n                                                                               investment ratio dose not exceed 10%).\n                                                                               ※ Program providing business shall refer to the program providing business \n                                                                               under the Broadcasting Act.\n                                                                               [...]\n60222                   Cable broadcasting         CATV broadcasting business shall be permitted if foreign investment ratio\n                               business                              is dose not exceed 49% (Provided, That CATV relay broadcasting business\n                                                                               shall be permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed 20%).\n60229                   Satellite and other          Permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed 49% (Provided,\n                               broadcasting busi-          That an Internet multimedia broadcasting contents business operator\n                               ness                                      engaged in general programming or specialized programming of news\n                                                                               reports shall be permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed\n                                                                               20%).\n                                                                               [...]\n[...]\"\n(Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Broadcasting Act (No. 1535 of 1963), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 14\nForeign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=202688#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/eng/engLsSc.do?menuId=2&query=BROADCASTING%20ACT\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1480,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.005625","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the construction of roads, bridges and railroads, site preparation for construction work, other construction installation and completing and finshing buidling, such as interior decoration [considered under architectural services in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. Essentially, foreign ownership in 'small-scale' civil engineering construction works (up to 240 billion Lak) is limited to 49%; wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed in 'large-scale' works. In supporting construction activities (e.g. site preparation, other installation work etc.), foreign investment is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement and foreign shareholding is limited to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Road and Railway Construction (minimum registered capital: from 1 to 240 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%; if registered capital is above 240 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed);\n- Site preparation for construction [clearing construction sites, including excavation and landfill] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\n- Other construction installation [specifically assembling of building parts] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%);\n- Completing and finishing buildings [specifically for interior and exterior design/decorating (final phase)] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2130,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.00035","The 2005 Law on Tourism restricts foreign investment in some tourism-related activities, including in and transnational tour operator activitity which is reserved to joint ventures with domestic investors.","\"[...] For the business of transnational guided tours, the State permits foreign legal entities to jointly invest with domestic investors. Foreign individuals or organisations shall not be permitted to conduct certain tourism business reserved for Lao citizens, [such as]: the tour guide profession, the business of domestic guided tours, the tour business in a specific area, guesthouses, and daily room services. Detailed regulations on [obtaining] permission for investment and establishment of tourism enterprises in the Lao PDR by foreign individuals or legal entities are separately stipulated\" (Art. 64, Law on Tourism, 2005)","Law on Tourism No.10/NA, of 09 November 2005, Art. 64.\nNotification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.vientianetimes.org.la/Laws%20in%20English/62.%20Law%20on%20Tourism%20(2005)%20Eng.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2156,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","D3510X1","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.007","One-third of capital shares should be held by Lebanese for companies that provide public utility services. The scope of sectors encompassed by such a restriction (art. 78 of the Commercial Code) is not clear, and sector-specific legislations may provide for exemptions (e.g. privatized electricity sector companies). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, foreign investment in the following sectors is assumed subject to ownership limitations provided in the Commercial Code: utilities [except for distribution which remains a state monopoly], telecoms [mobile only as fixed telecommunications remains a state monopoly] and transportation (assuming scheduled passenger public transportation services). ","\"TITLE III - JOINT-STOCK COMPANIES [...]\nArticle 78 (as modified by Decree-Law N° 54 of 16 June 1977)\nWhatever its object, every joint-stock company shall be subject to the laws and practices of commerce.\nAll joint-stock companies established in Lebanon shall have their Read Office in Lebanese territory, and such companies shall - as a matter of unqualified right - vested with Lebanese nationality, notwithstanding any text to the contrary.\nOne third of joint-stock companies capital whose object is the operation of a public service shall be made up of nominal shares belonging to Lebanese shareholders. In any case, such shares may not be ceded except to Lebanese shareholders, failing which cession shall be null and void. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n----------------------------\n\"Article 4: Incorporation of Privatized Companies\n1- By virtue of a decree taken by the Council of Ministers, upon the proposal of the Higher Council for Privatization, one or more joint-stock companies governed by the provisions of the Commercial Code except for Article 78 and the provisions which are in contradiction with this law, may be incorporated, known as the “Privatized Company,” whose object will be to carry out all or part of the Production and Distribution activities. Each Privatized Company shall exercise its activities after obtaining a License issued according to the provisions of the present law. [...]\n4- The shares of the Privatized Company shall be registered shares. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the shares of a Privatized Company, including the shares representing contributions in kind, shall be negotiable shares and may be acquired in their entirety by non-Lebanese persons.[...]\" (Law N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector)","Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nLaw N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector\n","Lebanense authorities responses to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://hcp.gov.lb/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Electricity-Law-462-dd-2Sep2002-EN.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2095,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2022,"0.0125","Only a foreign-owned enterprise in which at least 20% of the capital is held by Lesotho citizens are allowed to hold title to land, and provided the land is needed for investment purposes and subject to screening involving economic interests. Otherwise foreign investors may lease land for business purposes.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires –[...]\n“foreign enterprise” means: (a)partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or (b)a body corporate which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen;\n“land” includes land covered with water, all things natural or man-made growing on land, and buildings or other structures permanently affixed or attached to land\n[...]\nPersons who may hold title to land\n6. (1) The persons who may hold title to land are –\n(a)the Government of Lesotho; (b)a citizen of Lesotho who is not less than 18 years of age except – (i) where the person is married; (ii) where title is a result of a gift; and (iii)where title is a result of inheritance; (c)a foreign enterprise for investment purposes, provided Basotho, whose land may be valued so that it may form part of the shareholding in such a partnership, form at least 20% of the membership or shareholding of the enterprise; (d)a company duly incorporated or registered under the laws of Lesotho, of which shareholders are Basotho and carrying on business in Lesotho; (e)a partnership carrying on business in Lesotho of which shareholders are Basotho; (f)a cooperative society, friendly society and a society or body of persons registered under the laws of Lesotho; (g)an association established under the laws of Lesotho; and (h)Commonwealth or foreign governments or public international organizations for which Lesotho enjoys similar reciprocity for purposes relevant to their activities.[...]\n(3) Sub-section (1) shall not be construed as prohibiting any person disqualified under it from holding any right subsidiary to a lease, including a sub-lease or mortgage, subject to the consent of the Commissioner being obtained where so required under this Act.\n(4) In considering a grant or allocation of land to a foreign enterprise under sub-section (1)(c) the following factors should be considered - (a)the magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets; (b)employment generation; (c)strategic nature of the enterprise; (d)whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise; (e)advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens; and (f)environment protection.\n[...]\nPART VI - LEASE RIGHTS AND TRANSACTIONS [...]\nDuration of leases\n32. (1) A lease shall not be granted for a term exceeding –\n(a) 90 years, where the lease is for – (i) residential purposes; (ii) agricultural purposes; (iii) purposes of exercising a profession or calling; or (iv) any devotional, religious, benevolent, educa­tional, recreational, charitable and medical purposes;\n(b) 60 years, where the lease is for – (i) heavy industrial purposes; (ii) commercial or light industrial purposes, other than the sale of petroleum by retail; or (iii) hotel purposes;\n(c) 30 years, where the lease is for – (i) purposes of sales of petroleum or oil; or (ii) purposes of wholesale storage of petroleum or oil.\n(2) A lease shall not be granted for a term of less than 10 years.\n(3) On application by a lessee made not later than 6 months before expiry of the term of the lease, the lessee shall be entitled to the grant of a new lease on terms set by the Minister on condition that the land or part thereof is not required for any public purpose.[...]\" (LAND ACT NO. 8 OF 2010)","LAND ACT NO. 8 OF 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lesotholii.org/ls/legislation/act/2010/8/land_act_2010_pdf_31029.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,463,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.075","Foreign investment in retail and wholesale distribution activities is prohibited.\nDecree 944/2022 on the Participation of Foreigners, Branches and Representative Offices of Foreign Companies in Libya maintained the previous ban on foreign investment in retail and wholesale activities.","\"Article 5 Prohibitions\nForeigners and entities subject to this regulation are prohibited from practicing the activities mentioned in this article. These activities are limited to national persons only per the following terms:\n1. Wholesale and retail trade.\n2. Import and export business.\n3. Catering services.\n4. The work of commercial agencies of all kinds and fields.\n5. Inspection activity on all imported and exported merchandise\n6. Accounting, auditing, financial advisory, legal advisory, and lawyers’ business only with the permission of the Bar Association and in accordance with special legislation.\n7. The act of bringing in foreign labor and the act of recruitment.\n8. Security work.\n9. Non-profit business.\n10. Ground [road] transportation.\n11. Any field restricted to Libyan persons in accordance with the legislation in force or by a decision from the Minister.\n[...]\nArticle 18 Property Distribution\nForeigners' contribution to the joint venture for its duration may not exceed 75% seventy-five per cent. However, this ownership may extend to 89% eighty-nine percent by a decision from the Minister after providing the reasons in the application submitted to the Minister.[...]\" (Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022  [Translation provided by Libya's Ministry of Economy])\n---------------------\n\"Article 1\nIn implementation of the provisions of the legislation regulating commercial activity prohibiting non-Libyans from practicing all retail or wholesale commercial activities, municipal guard offices, labor inspection offices, and all regulatory authorities are responsible for taking legal measures regarding any violations that are caught, especially foreigners practicing the following activities:\n1. Buying and selling transactions, whether directly or on behalf of others.\n2. Rent bakeries and shops for themselves.\n3. Carrying out real estate brokerage work.[...]\" (Resolution No. 508 of 2022 AD regarding the report on provisions for commercial activity [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies [...]\nArticle 6\nIt is prohibited to establish joint-venture companies for carrying out the hereunder activities, whereas such activities shall be confined to Libyans only in exclusion to any others:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Catering services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of handling, loading and unloading in sea ports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations [...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1 \nArticle Two of Resolution No. 207 of 2013 referred to in the preamble to this resolution is amended as follows: \nJoint companies take the form of a joint-stock company in accordance with the provisions of Commercial Activity Law No. 23 of 2010, provided that its subscribed capital is not less than one million dinars, three-tenths of which was paid upon incorporation. These companies may practice economic activities in all fields in Libya in accordance with the legislation in force, with the exception of the fields specified in Article 6 of Resolution No. 207 of 2012 referred to.\nArticle 2 \nIn addition to the activities prohibited by joint companies stipulated in Article 6 of Resolution No. 207 of 2012 AD, which are restricted to Libyan persons exclusively, the activity of shipping agencies.\nArticle 3 \nThe activity of drilling wells is added to the field of contracting and civil works for the fields and activities in which foreign companies are authorized to open branches in Libya.[...]\" (Resolution No. 823 of 2013 AD stating provisions in Resolution No. 207 of 2012 AD of the Minister of Economy [google translation])","Decree No. 944 on the Foreigners’ Participation and Foreign Companies’ Branches and Representative Offices in Libya, 13 October 2022\nResolution No. 508 of 2022 AD regarding the report on provisions for commercial activity [google translation]\nDecision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya, as amended\nResolution No. 823 of 2013 AD stating provisions in Resolution No. 207 of 2012 AD of the Minister of Economy","Amereller (2022), \" Libya – Decree 944/2022 on the Regulation of the Activities of Foreign Enterprises in Libya\", Client Alert, October 19.\nItkan Law Firm (2022), \"The Provisions of Law No. 9 of 2010 on Promoting Investment\", September 30.\nLibyaHerald (2023), \"Recent legal opinion on foreign investment in Libya does not impose blanket ban in oil sector: Tumi Law Firm\", February 2.","[<a href=\"https://euroly.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/Decree-No.-944-on-the-Foreigners-Participation-and-Foreign-Companies-Branches-and-Representative-Offices-in-Libya.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawsociety.ly/legislation/%d9%82%d8%b1%d8%a7%d8%b1-%d8%b1%d9%82%d9%85-508-%d9%84%d8%b3%d9%86%d8%a9-2022-%d9%85-%d8%a8%d8%b4%d8%a3%d9%86-%d8%aa%d9%82%d8%b1%d9%8a%d8%b1-%d8%a3%d8%ad%d9%83%d8%a7%d9%85-%d8%a8%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%86/\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawsociety.ly/legislation/%d9%82%d8%b1%d8%a7%d8%b1-%d8%b1%d9%82%d9%85-823-%d9%84%d8%b3%d9%86%d8%a9-2013-%d9%85-%d8%a8%d8%aa%d9%82%d8%b1%d9%8a%d8%b1-%d8%a3%d8%ad%d9%83%d8%a7%d9%85-%d9%81%d9%8a-%d9%82%d8%b1%d8%a7%d8%b1-%d9%88/\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=20374709-5734-4d8e-a159-90af5a3394b2\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://itkan.ly/the-provisions-of-law-no-9-of-2010-on-promoting-investment/#:~:text=9%20of%202010%20is%20a,stretched%20beyond%20what%20it%20bears.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://libyaherald.com/2023/02/recent-legal-opinion-on-foreign-investment-in-libya-does-not-impose-blanket-ban-in-oil-sector-tumi-law-firm/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3027,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","H502","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.00012","Inland waterway cabotage is partly restricted. Natural and legal persons of the Republic of Lithuania, natural and legal persons of another Member State of the European Union or a Member State of the World Trade Organization, as well as other Member States of the European Union or the World Trade Organization have the right to transport cargo by inland freight vessels with a deadweight of more than 200 tonnes at maximum draft.","\"Article 4.1 . Procedure for Carriage of Goods by Inland Freight Vessels with a Deadweight of more than 200 tonnes at Maximum Draft by the Republic of Lithuania and International Inland Waterways:\n\n1 . Natural and legal persons of the Republic of Lithuania, as well as other subdivisions of persons or other organizations holding a license to engage in cargo transportation by inland waterway vessels of the Republic of Lithuania and international inland waterways (hereinafter in this Article - a license).\n\n2 . Natural and legal persons of another Member State of the European Union or a Member State of the World Trade Organization, as well as other Member States of the European Union or the World Trade Organization shall have the right to transport cargo by inland waterway vessels with a deadweight of more than 200 tons at maximum draft. Subdivisions of legal persons or other organizations of a Member State of the World Trade Organization holding a document issued by the competent authorities of that Member State authorizing the carriage of goods by inland waterway vessels on international inland waterways (hereinafter referred to as the \"carrier's document\").\n\n3 . The requirements established in Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall not apply to the carriage of goods by passenger and freight ferries on the inland waterways of the Republic of Lithuania and internationally.\n\n4 . Entities referred to in Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article, seeking to engage in cargo transportation by inland waterway vessels of the Republic of Lithuania and international inland waterways, must comply with the following requirements:\n[...]\n\n5 . The Transport Safety Administration shall enter the entities referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article in the list of Entities transporting goods by inland waterway vessels, warn them about the suspension of the license, suspend the license, revoke the suspension of the license and remove the entities referred to in paragraph 1 from the Entities transporting goods. cargo inland waterway vessels.\n\n6 . Entities referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article seeking to transport cargo by inland waterway vessels of the Republic of Lithuania and international inland waterways shall submit the application and other documents confirming compliance with the requirements set out in paragraph 4 of this Article at a distance, by electronic means through a contact center or directly to Transport Safety Administration.\n\n[...]\n\n8 . The entities referred to in paragraph 1 shall, upon submission of the request and documents referred to in paragraph 6, be entered on the list of entities carrying goods by inland waterway vessels containing the information referred to in paragraph 19 on the day following the request and documentation. the dates specified in the application, if this day is later than the date of submission of the application and documents.\n\n[...]\"\n(Inland Waterway Transport Code (24 September 1996, No. I-1534; last amended 13 May 2021), Article 4.1 [google translation])","Inland Waterway Transport Code (24 September 1996, No. I-1534; last amended 13 May 2021), Article 4.1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/TAR.DEBA0718FB0F/asr\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,132,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00375","Architects may set up architecture firms among themselves or with other natural persons, but the majority of shares must be held by registered architects. Qualified foreign architects can register with the Order of Architects subject to reciprocity and residency in Madagascar for more than 5 years. Upon registration, foreign architects can set up architecture firm at par conditions with Malagasy architects. Foreign non-registered architects or non-architects can, therefore, associate themselves with registered architects being entitled to hold up to 49% of the shares of the company.","\"TITLE II - Of the exercise of the profession of Architect.\nARTICLE 7: No one may bear the title of Architect or practice the profession of Architect in Madagascar if he does not meet the following conditions:\n▪ be of Malagasy nationality; ▪ hold an Architect diploma recognized by the State; ▪ enjoy their civic rights; ▪ be registered with the Order of Malagasy Architects.\nARTICLE 8: Only natural persons registered on the roll of the Order of Architects, in accordance with the provisions of Articles 9 and 10 below, may bear the title of Architect.\nLegal persons registered on the roll of the Order of Architects in accordance with the provisions of Article 13 below may only bear the title of Architectural Society.\nARTICLE 9: Individuals of Malagasy nationality, who enjoy their civic rights, present the necessary guarantees of morality and fulfill the following condition, are registered on their request on the roll of the Order of Architects: hold a diploma of Architect recognized by the Malagasy State and obtained at the end of study cycles.\nARTICLE 10: Foreign natural persons residing permanently for more than five (05) years, are registered, at their request, on the roll of the Order under the same conditions of diploma, enjoyment of civic rights and morality as Malagasy Architects , if they can take advantage of reciprocity agreements.\nIf they do not fulfill the aforementioned conditions, their case will be submitted to the appreciation of the National Council of the Order of Architects.\nWithin the framework of the realization of a project with external financing, governmental or private, partially or totally, if a foreign Architect has been appointed, but cannot fulfill the conditions set out above, the latter must obligatorily associate, within the framework of the said project, to a national Architect registered on the roll of the Order of Architects.\nARTICLE 11: With a view to the joint exercise of their profession, Architects may establish between themselves or with other natural persons Architectural Companies.\nThey can take the following forms: ▪ Société Anonyme; ▪ Limited Liability Company; ▪ Association of Architects.\nAny Architectural Society must be registered on the roll of the Order of Architects and communicate to the National Council of the Order its statutes and the quality of its associates as well as any modification made to its statutes.\nARTICLE 12: When an Architecture Company is constituted in the form of a Public Limited Company or a Limited Liability Company, it must comply with the following rules:\n1) the Company's shares must be in nominal form;\n2) more than half of the share capital must be held by Architects. [...]\" (ORDINANCE N° 93018 of April 26, 1993 establishing the Order of Malagasy Architects and the regulation of the profession [google translation])","ORDINANCE N° 93018 of April 26, 1993 establishing the Order of Malagasy Architects and the regulation of the profession [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.oam-madagascar.com/\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,633,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G45_46","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.0045","Foreign investment in wholesale and retail distribution is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements (e.g. utilise local professional services when available in Malaysia and have at least 30% of products in their stock/shelf space sourced from Bumiputera or Malay-owned SMEs goods / products).",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2914,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00075","Foreign investment in fisheries activities is prohibited, except for high seas tuna fishing, in which foreign shareholding is imited to 49%.","\"PART I - PRELIMINARY […]\nInterpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires― \n―fishing vessel‖ means any boat, craft, ship or other vessel which is used for, equipped to be used for, or of a type used for— (a) fishing; (aa) aquaculture; or (b) aiding or assisting any other boat, craft, ship or other vessel in the performance of any activity related to fishing, including any of the activities of preparation, processing, refrigeration, storage, supply or transportation of fish; [...]\n―local fishing vessel‖ means any fishing vessel— (a) which is not registered outside Malaysia and which is wholly owned by— (i) a natural person who is a citizen or natural persons who are citizens of Malaysia; (ii) a statutory corporation established under any of the laws of Malaysia; (iii)the Government of Malaysia or the Government of a State in Malaysia; or (iv)a body corporate or unincorporate established in Malaysia, and wholly owned by any of the persons described in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) or this definition; or (b) which is chartered, subchartered, leased or subleased by any person, statutory corporation, Government or body corporate described under subparagraph (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of this definition;\n[...]\nPART IV - GENERAL LICENSING PROVISIONS [...]\nOffence for fishing without licence or in contravention of condition or direction\n8. Any person who undertakes any fishing activity, operates, or allows to be operated, in Malaysian fisheries waters any local fishing vessel for the purpose of fishing—(a) without a valid licence issued under this Part; (b) in contravention of any condition in the licence issued in respect of such vessel; or (c) in contravention of any direction in writing issued by the Director General under this Act,— shall be guilty of an offence.\n[...]\nConditions in licence and directions\n10. (1) The Director General shall in issuing a licence under this Part impose such conditions as he thinks fit which shall include conditions relating to the following matters: (a) the permanent marking of the fishing vessel with such letters and numbers or other means of identification as may be assigned to it by the Director General in such manner as may be prescribed in regulations made under this Act; (b) the nationality and number of persons to be employed or carried on the fishing vessel; and (c) in addition to complying with the requirement of any other written law that may be applicable, the requirement that a person who is not a Malaysian citizen shall not engage in any fishing activity related to the fishing vessel without the written approval of the Director General. \n[...]\nPART V - FOREIGN FISHING VESSELS\nFishing, etc., by foreign fishing vessel in Malaysian fisheries waters\n15. (1) Subject to subsection (2), no foreign fishing vessel shall do any of the following in Malaysian fisheries waters -- (a) fish or attempt to fish; or (b) subject to subsection (1A) conduct any techno-economic research or survey of any fishery;  -- unless authorized so to do under an international fishery agreement in force between the Government of Malaysia and the government of the country, or between the Government of Malaysia and the international organization, to which such vessel belongs or in which such vessel is registered, as the case may be, and under a permit issued under section 19. [..] (2) No foreign fishing vessel shall load or unload any fish, fuel or supplies or tranship any fish in Malaysian fisheries waters without the written approval of the Director General. \n[...]\nDirector General to take account of certain matters in considering application for permit  18.  (1) The Director General shall in considering an application for a permit under section 19 in respect of a foreign fishing vessel take into account the following matters: [...] (e) the reciprocity of treatment given to local fishing vessels by the relevant country or relevant international organization. \n(2)  In this section, ―relevant country‖ means the country or territory in which the foreign fishing vessel is registered or to which it belongs, and ―relevant international organization‖ means the international organization to which the foreign fishing vessel belongs.[...]\"(Fisheries Act, 1985)\n-------------------------------\n\"Vessel Permit Application and Sea Fishing Equipment in Zone C2 [from the shore: 30 nautical miles to EEZ]\nApplication Category\n1. A company registered with the Companies Commission of Malaysia (SSM) and wholly owned (100%) by Malaysian citizens.\n2. A cooperative registered with the Malaysian Cooperative Commission (SKM) and wholly owned (100%) by Malaysian citizens. [...]\" (Department of Fisheries Malaysia (2023), \"Deep Sea Licensing\", website content).\n-------------------------------\n\"Application Conditions and Guidelines\nApplicant Category\n1. Companies registered with the Companies Commission of Malaysia (SSM) with at least 51% equity owned by Malaysian citizens.\n2. A cooperative registered with the Malaysian Cooperative Commission (SKM) and wholly owned (100%) by Malaysian citizens.. [...]\" (Department of Fisheries Malaysia (2023), \"Tuna Licensing\", website content).\n-------------------------------\nPreviously: \n-------------------------------\n\"TERMS AND GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF SEA PERMIT / TUNA [...]\n1. Category of Applicant: (i) Individuals - Malaysian citizens; (ii) Company - at least 51% owned by a Malaysian citizen;\"(Terms and Conditions and Guidelines for Deep Sea & Tuna Permit Application, Department of Fisheries Malaysia [accessed November, 2017]).","Fisheries Act 1985 [Act 317], Part I, Art. 2. \nDepartment of Fisheries Malaysia (2023), \"Deep Sea Licensing\", website content\nDepartment of Fisheries Malaysia (2023), \"Tuna Licensing\", website content\nTerms and Conditions and Guidelines for Deep Sea & Tuna Permit Application, Department of Fisheries Malaysia [accessed November, 2017].\n\n","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.agc.gov.my/agcportal/uploads/files/Publications/LOM/EN/Act%20317%20-%20Fisheries%20Act%201985.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gov.my/en/services/captured-fisheries/tuna-licensing/\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gov.my/en/services/captured-fisheries/deep-marine-licensing/\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dof.gov.my/dof2/resources/user_1/UploadFile/Muat%20Turun%20Borang/Panduan_Penyediaan_Kertas_Kerja.pdf\">Application Form</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2935,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0075","Foreign-owned construction consultants or contractors are not allowed to provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius unless in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor. Foreign-owned consultant and contractors are exempted from the application of this rule in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation. Consultants and contractors who had been operating in Mauritius during the 10 years and 20 years respectively, preceding the coming into operation of this subsection (1 March 2017) are also exempted.\n","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act—[...]\n“construction works” includes, whether for a permanent purpose or not, any of the following works –\n(a) reclaiming of land, draining or preventing subsidence of land, movement or erosion of land; [...]\n(c) constructing a building or structure, that forms or will form part of land or the sea bed, whether above or below it;\n(d) fixing or installing any thing to a building or structure, including – [...]\n(e) altering, repairing, restoring, maintaining, extending, dismantling, demolishing or removing any thing to a building or structure or any fittings as described in paragraph (d)\n(f) civil works;\n(g) any work that is preparatory to, or necessary for the completion of, any work referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e), including –[...]\n(v) site restoration and landscaping;\n(h) such other works as may be prescribed\n“consultancy services”–\n(a) means all aspects of architectural, engineering, quantity surveying, project management and any other services related to construction works; and\n(b) includes services related to such other fields of specialisation as may be prescribed;[...]\n“consultant” –\n(a) means a firm that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and\n(b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign consultant;\n“contractor” –\n(a) means a person who, or a firm that, carries out construction works in the construction industry; and (b) in relation to sections 23 to 26, includes a foreign contractor; [...]\n“foreign consultant” means a firm –\n(a) that provides consultancy services in the construction industry; and (b) the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen;\n“foreign contractor” means –\n(a) in the case of an individual, a contractor who is a non-citizen and carries out construction works in the construction industry; or (b) a firm, the control of which is vested in a person who is a non-citizen, that carries out construction works in the construction industry; [...]\n“non-citizen” has the same meaning as in the Non-Citizens (Property Restriction) Act;\n[...]\n3. Application of Act\n(1) This Act shall not apply to—\n(a) any person who undertakes construction works of the value specified in the First Schedule [Value of construction works: Less than one million rupees];\n(b) a statutory corporation which acts as consultant or contractor for any consultancy services or construction works, as the case may be, for or on behalf of the Government;\n(c) a foreign consultant or foreign contractor that provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works, as the case may be, in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a foreign State, or a foreign financial or banking institution, or by an international financial organisation.\n[...]\n19. Registration of consultant and contractor\n(1) No person shall offer his services as a consultant or as a contractor, unless he is registered under this Act.\n[...]\n20. Provisional or temporary registration of foreign consultant or foreign contractor\n(1) No foreign consultant or foreign contractor shall provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius, as the case may be, unless he or it undertakes to work in collaboration with a local consultant or local contractor, as the case may be, and he or it is temporarily registered under this Act.[...]\n(7) (a) This section shall not apply to a –\n(i) foreign consultant –\n(A) who has been providing consultancy services in the construction industry during the 10 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its employees are citizens of Mauritius; or\n(ii) foreign contractor –\n(A) who has been carrying construction works in the construction industry during the 20 years preceding the coming into operation of this subsection; and (B) where at least two-thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its or his employees are as citizens of Mauritius. [...]\n(8) This section shall not apply to an individual foreign professional architect, individual foreign quantity surveyor or individual registered engineer appointed as such by the Public Service Commission.[...]\"(CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009)\n----------------\n\"2. In these regulations – [...]\n“local contractor” means a firm which –\n(a) is registered as a contractor under section 19 of the Act; and [...]\n3. (1) For the purpose of section 20(1) of the Act, no foreign contractor shall carry out construction works unless it –\n(a) collaborates with a local contractor; and (b) is temporarily registered under the Act.\n(2) The form of collaboration between a foreign contractor and a local contractor shall be a joint venture agreement, a subcontract agreement or any form of agreement between the contractors for execution of works under the project.\n(3) The conditions of the collaboration agreement between a foreign contractor and a local contractor shall be based on their experience, capability, respective input in delivering the project, and the requirements of the project concerned.\n(4) The apportioning of the contract price between a foreign contractor and a local contractor shall be commensurate with the value of works undertaken by each contractor.[...]\" (Construction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Contractors) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 252 of 2021)\n----------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“non-citizen” means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius; (ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; (iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act; or\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as – (i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary, under the Foundations Act;[...]\" (NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No 22 of 1975 – 12 July 1975, as amended)\n--------------------------\n\"3. Application of Act\n(1) This Act shall not apply to— (a) any person who undertakes construction works of the value specified in the First Schedule;\n(b) a statutory corporation which acts as consultant or contractor for any consultancy services or construction works, as the case may be, for or on behalf of the Government;\n(c) a foreign consultant or foreign contractor that provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works, as the case may be, in relation to a project under an agreement or arrangement between Mauritius and a  foreign State.\n(2) (a) Where a statutory corporation acts as a consultant or contractor pursuant to subsection (1) (b), that statutory corporation shall inform the Council accordingly.\n(b) Where a foreign consultant or foreign contractor provides consultancy services or undertakes construction works pursuant to subsection (1) (c), the Ministry or such other body to whom responsibility for that project is assigned shall inform the Council of the name of the foreign consultant or foreign contractor.\n[...]\n20. Provisional or temporary registration of foreign consultant or foreign contractor\n(1) No foreign consultant or foreign contractor shall provide consultancy services or carry out construction works in Mauritius, as the case may be, unless he or it is temporarily registered under this Act. [...]\n(7) (a) This section shall not apply to a—\n(i) foreign consultant—\n(A) who has been providing consultancy services in the construction industry during the 10 years preceding 1 March 2017; and\n(B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its employees are citizens of Mauritius; or\n(ii) foreign contractor—\n(A) who has been carrying construction works in the construction industry during the 20 years preceding 1 March 2018; and\n(B) where at least two thirds, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, of the total number of its or his employees are as citizens of Mauritius.\n(b) A foreign consultant or contractor referred to in paragraph (a) shall, for the purpose of registration, make an application under section 19.\" (CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009, last amended 1 March 2017)","CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009  - Amended 38/11 (P13/12 – cio 2/4/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); P 25/14 (cio 1/8/14– sections 18 to 25); 2/15 (cio 1/2/15, 26/3/15); 31/16 (P 15/17 – cio 1/3/17 except for s. 5); 31/16 – P 11/19 (s. 5(a) – cio 1/4/19); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 12/21 – P 9/21 (cio 1/10/21);\nConstruction Industry Development Board (Collaboration between Foreign and Local Contractors) Regulations 2021, Government Notice No. 252 of 2021;\nNON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No 22 of 1975 – 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)\nCONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No 35 of 2008 – 1 February 2009, last amended 1 March 2017","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/ConstructionIndustryDevelopmentBoardAct.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.mu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CIDB-Collaboration-between-Foreign-and-Local-Contractors-Regulations-2021.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://mauritiuslii.org/akn/mu/act/2008/35/eng@2017-06-30#sec_20\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3602,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.00046875","Foreign law firms can establish a local office (branch office) for the purposes of providing legal services on foreign and international law, as well as establish a joint venture with a locally-owned law firm in order to provide advice or legal services on, or in relation to, Mauritian law. Foreign law firms can also fully own an entity licensed as a Global Legal Advisory Services under Section 77A of the Financial Services Act 2007 to provide legal services in relation to laws pertaining to global business, international arbitration, corporate laws, taxation law and foreign and international law.","\"[...] 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n“foreign law firm” means a corporate entity licensed or registered as a law firm in a foreign country and having a local office registered in accordance with section 10G;\n“foreign lawyer” means an individual who is admitted to practise law in a foreign country and is registered in accordance with section 10L;\n“Global Legal Advisory Services” means the activity referred to under section 77A(1) of the Financial Services Act;\n“Global Legal Advisory Services licence” means a Global Legal Advisory Services licence issued under the Financial Services Act; [...]\n“legal services” means—\n(a) in relation to a law firm or joint law venture, any services which a law practitioner may lawfully provide under this Act; and\n(b) in relation to a foreign law firm, services relating to foreign law or international law;[...]\n“local office” means an office set up in Mauritius by a foreign law firm as a branch of its main office and registered in accordance with section 10G;\n[...]\n2A. Application of Act\nThis Act shall, subject to sections 10AA and 10B, not apply to the holder of a\nGlobal Legal Advisory Services licence under the Financial Services Act.\n[...]\n3. Provision of legal services\n(1) Subject to this Act, no person shall provide legal services unless—\n(a) his name has been entered on the Roll as a barrister, an attorney or notary;\nand\n(b) he is a member—\n(i) in the case of a barrister, of the Mauritius Bar Association;\n(ii) in the case of an attorney, of the Mauritius Law Society; or\n(iii) in the case of a notary, of the Association of Notaries; or\n(c) he is a foreign lawyer duly registered in his home jurisdiction and practising as such in a law firm, foreign law firm or joint law venture.\n(2) Nothing in this Act shall be deemed to prevent a legal consultant from giving legal advice, for a fee or other reward, to any other person.\n\n4. Qualifications of law practitioners\n(1) Any citizen of Mauritius may apply for admission to practise law in Mauritius under section 6 where he satisfies the requirements of subsection (2).\n[...]\n6. Application for admission\n(1) Any person who wishes to be admitted to practise law in Mauritius shall make a written application addressed to the Chief Justice and lodged with the Registrar.\n(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be accompanied by evidence such as to satisfy the Chief Justice that the applicant—\n(a) is a citizen of Mauritius;\n[...]\n10C. Acts of law firm and its members\n(1) Subject to subsection (2), a law firm—\n(a) may perform any function that a law practitioner can lawfully perform; and\n(b) shall do everything that a law practitioner is lawfully required to do.\n(2) A law firm shall not perform any of the functions, under subsection (1), of a barrister, an attorney or a notary, unless the law firm comprises at least one member who is a barrister, an attorney or a notary, as the case may be.\n[...]\n10E. Shares in law firm\n(1) (a) No person other than a law practitioner or a legal consultant shall hold shares in a law firm.\n(b) No shares in a law firm may be held by a person as nominee for another person.\n[...]\n10G. Opening of local office by foreign law firm\n(1) A corporate entity licensed or registered as a law firm in a foreign country may make a written application to the Attorney-General, in such form and manner as may be prescribed, for registration of a local office.\n(2) The Attorney-General may, on receiving an application under subsection (1), cause the name of the firm to be entered in the Register where he is satisfied that— \n(a) it has given a written undertaking not to provide or put itself forward as providing advice or legal services on, or in relation to, Mauritian law;\n(b) it is qualified, licensed or regulated as a firm in the home jurisdiction, the law of which it professes to practise;\n(c) it has at least 2 lawyers in its office in Mauritius who are qualified under the law of the home jurisdiction to practise the law of that jurisdiction and have been registered pursuant to section 10K; and\n(d) it has a physical establishment in Mauritius.\n[...]\n10H. Approval of joint law venture\n(1) Subject to section 10J, the Attorney-General may, on written application made to him in such form and manner as may be prescribed, approve the setting up of a joint law venture by a foreign law firm and a law firm, on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.[...]\n(5) A law firm which is constituent of a joint law venture shall cease to provide legal services in foreign and international law.\n[...]\n10J. Practice of foreign law firm and joint law venture\n(1) A foreign law firm shall not be a constituent of a joint law venture unless it gives notice of its intention to constitute a joint law venture to the Attorney-General and asks to be deregistered as a foreign law firm.\n[...]\n10K. Foreign lawyer\n(1) A foreign lawyer may make a written application to the Attorney-General, in such form and manner as may be prescribed, for registration and the right to provide legal services within a law firm, foreign law firm or a joint law venture.[...]\n(3) A foreign lawyer may only provide legal services in accordance with section 10M.\n[...]\n\n10M. Scope of practice of foreign lawyers\n(1) A foreign lawyer may provide legal services—\n(a) in relation to arbitration proceedings;\n(b) in relation to proceedings before bodies other than Courts, being proceedings in which the body concerned is not required to apply the rules of evidence and in which knowledge of the law of a country other than Mauritius is essential;\n(c) for conciliation, mediation and such other forms of consensual dispute resolution as may be prescribed; or \n(d) by tendering legal advice in relation to foreign law or international law.\n(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), a foreign lawyer may advise on the effect of a Mauritian law where—\n(a) the giving of advice on Mauritian law is necessarily incidental to the practice of foreign law or international law; and\n(b) the advice is expressly based on advice given on the Mauritian law by a law practitioner.[...]\" (LAW PRACTITIONERS ACT No 55 of 1984 – 1 April 1985, as amended)\n--------------------\n\"[...] 77A. Global Legal Advisory Services\n(1) Subject to this section, an entity whose main activity is to provide legal services pertaining to global business, international arbitration, corporate law, taxation law and foreign and international law, shall apply to the Commission for a Global Legal Advisory Services licence. [...]\n(4) For avoidance of doubt, this section shall not apply to a person authorised to provide legal services or give legal advice under the Law Practitioners Act. \n77B. Application for Global Legal Advisory Services licence\n(1) An entity which is licensed or registered as a law firm in a foreign country may make a written application to the Commission, in such form and manner as may be prescribed, for a Global Legal Advisory Services licence.\n(2) The Commission may, on an application made under subsection (1), grant a licence where it is satisfied that –\n(a) the parent law firm is qualified, licensed or regulated as a firm entitled to practise law in its home jurisdiction;\n(b) 2 foreign lawyers qualified in the foreign jurisdiction referred to in subsection (1) to practise the law of that jurisdiction are employed by or are part of the entity; and\n(c) the applicant has a physical establishment in Mauritius. [...]\" (FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT No. 14 of 2007 – 28 September 2007, as amended)","LAW PRACTITIONERS ACT No 55 of 1984 – 1 April 1985 Amended 30/11 (P2/12 – cio 3/9/12); 18/16 (cio 7/9/16); 2416 (P 60/16 – 3/1/17)\nFINANCIAL SERVICES ACT No 14 of 2007 – 28 September 2007  Amended 38/11; 15/12 (P41/12 – cio 1/11/12); 27/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 32/15 (cio 29/1/16); 18/16 (cio 7/9/16); GN 196/16 (cio 1/10/16); GN 241/16 (cio 15/11/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 – P53/17 (cio 15/1/18);11/18 (cio 1/10/18, 1/1/19); GN 34/19 (cio 30/11/18); 9/19 (cio 29/5/19); 21/18 – P7/19 (cio 1/3/19); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19; GN 3/2020 (cio 27/12/19); GN 63 of 2020 (cio 5/3/2020); 1/20 (cio 23/3/2020); 5/20 (cio 9/7/2020); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 15/2021 (cio 5/8/2021)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lawsociety.mu/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Law-Practitioners-ACT.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.fscmauritius.org/media/84940/financial-services-act-2007pdf.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,177,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","H501","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0002","Foreign investment is permitted up to a total of 49% of equity in interior navigation and coastal sailing (other than tourist cruises and  the exploitation of dredges and other naval devices for ports), integral port administration and port pilot services for interior navigation. Full ownership may be authorised in foreign commerce shipping and port services pertaining to interior navigation subject to the approval of the National Foreign Investment Commission.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\nt) Comprehensive port administration;\nu) Port services for piloting vessels to carry out inland navigation operations under the terms of the Law on the matter;\nv) Shipping companies dedicated to the commercial exploitation of vessels for inland navigation and cabotage, with the exception of tourist cruises and the exploitation of dredgers and naval devices for the construction, conservation and port operation; [...]\nThe limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.\nARTICLE 8.- A favorable resolution of the Commission is required for foreign investment to participate in a percentage greater than 49% in the economic activities and companies mentioned below:\nI.- Port services to vessels to carry out their inland navigation operations, such as towing, rope mooring and launching;\nII.- Shipping companies dedicated to the exploitation of vessels exclusively in high-altitude traffic; [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1230,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDA","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","The chief editor of a periodical and the head of a press agency needs to be a citizen of the Republic of Moldova.","\"Chapter II - ORGANIZATION OF ACTIVITIES OF PERIODIC PUBLICATIONS AND PRESS AGENCIES\nSection 5. The right to establish periodicals and press agencies\n(1) The right to establish periodicals and press agencies, regardless of their legal form, is granted to any legal entity of the Republic of Moldova, as well as an individual who is a citizen of the Republic of Moldova who has reached 18 years of age and has been living for its territory.\n(2) A periodical or press agency may be established by two or more individuals or legal entities, which in this case are recognized as co-founders.\n(3) Foreign individuals and legal entities are entitled to be only co-founders of periodicals and press agencies, and they may own no more than 49 percent of the authorized capital.\n[...]\nSection 8. Management of a periodical and a press agency\n(1) The management of a periodical and a press agency shall be carried out by the founder (co-founders) or a person appointed by him. [...]\n(5) The professional management of a periodical and a print agency is carried out by the editor (editor-in-chief) and the head of the agency.\n(6) Only citizens of the Republic of Moldova may be editors (chief editors) of periodicals and heads of press agencies. [...]\n(8) The editor (chief editor) of the periodical and the head of the press agency shall head the editorial board, the editorial board of the periodical and the staff of the press agency, represent them in relations with the founder (co-founders), publisher, authors, other individuals and legal entities, as well as in court.\n(9) The editor (chief editor) of a periodical and the head of a press agency are responsible for the activities of the periodical and press agency. [...]\" (LAW No. 243 from 26-10-1994 on the Press [google translated])","LAW No. 243 from 26-10-1994 on the Press [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.legis.md/cautare/getResults?doc_id=109428&lang=ru\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2708,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","K6419X","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","On 17 May 2012, the Law on foreign investment in strategic sectors - SFIL (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) came into force. Under this law, government approval is required for the acquisition of, or the right to acquire, 33% or more of the shares in a business entity of strategic importance (BESI) by a foreign investor. Government approval is also required if as a result of a proposed acquisition of an interest in an BESI, a foreign investor has the right, regardless of percentage of equity interest to: (1) solely appoint the executive management or a majority of the board; (2) veto decisions of the executive management or board of directors, or (3) determine or implment decisions and/or operations. Parliament approval is required  if a foreign investor stake in companies operating in strategic industries exceeds 49% and the investment amount exceeds MNT100bn (US$70mn). On 19 April 2013, Mongolia's parliament passed amendments to the SFIL to ease restrictions on foreign investors. The new amendment removed parliamentary approvals for foreign non-state owned companies and threshold of MNT100bn (US$70mn). A notification is however required in the case a foreign investor acquires an interest in a BESI of between 5% and 33%, and government approval is required if private foreign investment exceeds 49% stake. The investments of state owned or state participated companies still need parliamentary approval in case the investment exceeds 49% stake.  \nOn 3 Oct 2013, Mongolian parliament approved the country's new Investment Law. The new law abolishes the previous Law (from 17 May 2012) on foreign investment in strategic sectors (banking, finance, mining, media and communications) and the 1993 Foreign Investment Law. The new Investment Law does not maintain the governmental approval requirement (which had been introduced in 2012 by SFIL), with the exception of cases where a foreign state-owned entity (which is defined as an entity which has at least 50% of its shares owned by a foreign states) attempt to acquire 33% or more of the shares of a Mongolian legal entity operating in a strategic sector. The screening of investment by foreign SOEs is not considered a restriction under the FDIRRI, and is therefore only recorded for transparency purposes as 'screning for safeguarding essentials ecurity interests'.","\"Article 3. Definition of terms\n1) Terms used in this Law shall be understood in the following meaning: […]\n3.1.3.\"foreign investor\" means a foreign legal entity or individual /a foreign citizen or stateless person who is a non-resident in Mongolia and a Mongolian citizen residing permanently in a foreign country/ that invests in Mongolia;\n3.1.4.\"domestic investor\" means a legal entity or individual registered in Mongolia /a Mongolian citizen and a foreign citizen or stateless person who resides permanently in Mongolia/ that makes an investment in Mongolia; [...]\n3.1.5.\"business entity with foreign investment\" means a business entity incorporated according to the legislation of Mongolia and not less than 25 percent of the total share capital is held by a foreign investor, and the investment amount by each foreign investor equals or more than USD 100,000 or its equivalent in Mongolian tugriks;\n3.1.6.\"representative office of a foreign business entity\" means a person that has no legal entity status and was established in Mongolia by a foreign legal entity for the purpose of having representation based on a power of attorney;\n[...]\nCHAPTER SIX - INVESTMENT BY A FOREIGN STATE OWNED LEGAL ENTITY\nArticle 21.Investment by a foreign state-owned legal entities\n21.1.Permit shall be obtained if foreign state-owned legal entities holds 33 or more of the total issued shares of Mongolian legal entities operating in the following fields:\n21.1.1.mining;\n21.1.2.bank and finance;\n21.1.3.the media and communications.[...]\" [Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, amended]\n","Law On Investment, 1 November 2013, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16532311213281\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2252,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNE","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.003125","By the Law on advocacy, only advocates enrolled in the directory of Bar association are allowed to practice the profession. Only qualified lawyers who are Montenegrin citizens are admitted to the Bar. Pursuant to the Law, qualified [lawyers] EU citizens and law firms will be allowed to enter the directory of foreign lawyers and give advice on the law of the home country, the law of the European Union and international law from the day of Montenegro's accession to the European Union. Furthermore, upon accession, qualified [lawyers] EU citizens will also be allowed to pass the Montenegro Bar exam and be admitted to fully practice as a Montenegrin advocate. Qualified lawyers from another states may only represent before administrative and judicial tribunals subject to reciprocity [for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this is assumed to be admitted on exceptional cases only]. Nonetheless, the law permits law firms from EU or WTO Member States to open a branch office in Montenegro to provide advice on law from their home country in Montenegro, on law of the European Union and international law.","\"Article 2\nAdvocacy is an independent and independent service, which provides legal assistance to individuals and legal entities.\nLawyers can practice law independently, in a joint law office or in a law firm partnership, registered in the directory of the Bar Association, in accordance with this law.\nArticle 3\nLegal aid includes:\n  1) providing legal advice and opinions;\n  2) drafting lawsuits, appeals, petitions, petitions and other submissions;\n  3) drawing up contracts, wills, statements, general and individual acts and other documents;\n  4) representation and defense of natural and legal persons before courts and other state bodies, companies and other legal persons;\n  5) representation of natural and legal persons in their legal affairs;\n  6) performance of other legal aid work in the name and for the account of natural or legal persons, on the basis of which these persons exercise some right.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nA lawyer acquires the right to practice law by registering in the directory of lawyers and taking an oath.\nArticle 5\nA person who meets the following conditions has the right to be entered in the directory of lawyers:\n  1) that he is a Montenegrin citizen;\n  2) having completed a four-year program at the Faculty of Law VII1 level of educational qualification;\n  3) that it has passed the bar and bar exam;\n  4) that he is not employed;\n  5) not to perform other registered activities;\n6) that it is worthy of practicing law in accordance with the Code of Professional Ethics of Lawyers (hereinafter: the Code);\n  6a) that he has not been dismissed as a judge, state prosecutor, notary or public bailiff;\n  7) that he has not been convicted of a criminal offense that makes him unfit to practice law.\nA person who is a citizen of a member state of the European Union and who meets the requirements from paragraph 1, point 2 to 7 of this article has the right to be registered in the directory of lawyers.\nArticle 5a\nA lawyer from a member state of the European Union has the right to be registered in the directory of foreign lawyers if he meets the requirements of Article 5 paragraph 1 point. 4, 5, 6 and 7 of this law and if he passes the bar exam according to the program for taking the bar exam prescribed by the law regulating the passing of the bar exam and the bar exam in accordance with this law, in the Montenegrin language.\nThe lawyer referred to in paragraph 1 of this article is registered in the directory of foreign lawyers and performs legal activities in Montenegro under the title \"lawyer\".\nAlong with the request for registration in the directory of foreign lawyers, the lawyer from paragraph 1 of this article is obliged to submit proof of citizenship of a member state of the European Union, proof that he has the right to practice law in a member state of the European Union (hereinafter: home state), as and other evidence of meeting the requirements from paragraph 1 of this article.\nDocuments proving the facts from paragraph 3 of this article will be taken into account if three months have not passed since the day of their issuance and must be submitted in a certified translation into the Montenegrin language.\nA lawyer from paragraph 1 of this article, who is registered in the directory of foreign lawyers, has the right and duty to perform legal aid work from article 3 of this law, with all rights and duties in the performance of legal services.\n[...]\nArticle 5c\nThe right to be registered in the directory of foreign lawyers, in order to practice law in Montenegro under the name under which he is registered in the home country in the official language or in one of the official languages of the home country, has the right of a lawyer from a member state of the European Union who is registered in the register for practicing law activity in the home country, who is a citizen of a member state of the European Union and who is insured against professional liability.\nAlong with the request for registration in the directory of foreign lawyers, the lawyer referred to in paragraph 1 of this article is obliged to submit proof that he is registered in the register for practicing law in his home country, proof that he is a citizen of a member state of the European Union and proof that he is insured against professional liability.\nDocuments proving the facts from paragraph 1 of this article will be taken into account if three months have not passed since the date of their issuance and must be submitted in a certified translation into the Montenegrin language.\nA lawyer who is registered in the directory of foreign lawyers in accordance with paragraph 1 of this article, performs legal activities under the name under which he is registered in his home country, with the indication of the competent body with which he is registered in his home country.\nA lawyer who is registered in the directory of foreign lawyers in accordance with paragraph 1 of this article may practice law as a law firm or a joint law firm with a name from the home country, and may use the name of the law firm or joint law firm of which he is a member in the home country, about which he is obliged to submit evidence from his home country to the Bar Association.\nA lawyer registered in the directory of foreign lawyers in accordance with paragraph 1 of this article may give advice on the law of the home country, the law of the European Union and international law.\n[...]\nArticle 5d[bis]\nJobs from Article 5v paragraph. 6 and 7 of this law can be performed by a lawyer from a member state of the European Union who is not registered in the directory of foreign lawyers.\nA lawyer from a member state of the European Union is obliged to submit a written notification to the Bar Association about the intention to carry out the activities referred to in paragraph 1 of this article and attach proof of registration in the register for practicing law in the home state and proof of professional liability insurance in the home state.\nAlong with the notification from paragraph 2 of this article, a lawyer from a member state of the European Union is obliged to provide the Bar Association with information about his address or about the attorney he has designated for receiving documents in Montenegro.\nBased on the notification, evidence and data from para. 2 and 3 of this article, the Bar Association issues a certificate to a lawyer from a member state of the European Union that he can perform duties in accordance with paragraph 1 of this article.\n[...]\nArticle 8\nA lawyer registered in the directory of lawyers of another country has the right to act before judicial and other state bodies in the Republic, under the condition of reciprocity.\nThe confirmation of the existence of reciprocity is issued by the ministry responsible for judicial affairs, with the previously obtained opinion of the Bar Association.\n[...]\nArticle 73a\nA citizen of a member state of the European Union can be registered in the directory of lawyers in accordance with Article 5 paragraph 2 of this law from the day of Montenegro's accession to the European Union.\nArticle 73b\nThe provisions of Art. 5a to 5d and the provisions of Chapter VIIIa of this law, will be applied from the day of Montenegro's accession to the European Union. [...]\" (Law on Advocacy (Zakon o Advokaturi), OG MNE No. 079/06 of 26.12.2006, as amended [google translation])","Law on Advocacy (Zakon o Advokaturi), OG MNE No. 079/06 of 26.12.2006, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://sluzbenilist.me/pregled-dokumenta-2/?id={59DAEC5A-C1AC-4F05-BEB0-73F416A7E66A}\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2493,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","M692","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.005","The audit and accounting professions and the relevant professional bodies are regulated by Law No. 15-89 on public accountants (expert comptable) and Law No. 127-12 on chartered accountants (comptable agréé). At least 75% of the shares or corporate rights of audit and accounting firms must be held by members of the relevant professional body. To become a member of the professional body, the candidate must be a Moroccan national. In the case of public accountants (expert comptable), the candidate may also be a national of a State with which Morocco has signed an agreement authorising nationals of the two countries to exercise the profession in each other's territories.","\"Article 1\nThe [public accountant (expert comptable)] is the one whose usual profession is to review, estimate and organize the accounts of establishments and bodies with which he is not bound by a work contract. He alone has the capacity to:\n- Proof of correctness and truthfulness of budgets, results accounts, and accounting and financial statements;\n- Delivery of any type of certificate that includes expressing his opinion on one or several accounts for various establishments and bodies;\n- Performing the duties of corporate account auditor.\nHe may also:\n- evaluating the in-kind shares offered as a contribution to companies;\n- analysis and organization of accounting systems;\n- Opening, maintaining, evaluating, centralizing, tracking and accounting accounts;\n- Expressing advice and opinion and carrying out work of a legal, tax, economic, financial and regulatory nature related to the activities of establishments and bodies.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nNo one may exercise the profession of [public accountant (expert comptable)] whatever the form in which he exercises it, or hold the title of [public accountant (expert comptable)], unless he is registered with the Order of Chartered Accountants established under Title II of this law.\n[...]\nArticle 7\n[Public accountants (experts comptables)]  may form partnerships for the exercise of their profession on condition that all partners are members of the Order of [Public Accountants (experts comptables)].\nArticle 8\n[Public accountants (experts comptables)] are also allowed to establish, for the exercise of their profession, joint stock companies and limited liability companies under the following conditions: [...]\n2.justify that at least three-quarters of their shares or their shares, as the case may be, are held by [public accountants (experts comptables)]  registered with the Order's roll, the remainder of the capital being held by persons linked to the company by an employment contract.\n[...]\nArticle 20\nNo one can be registered with the Order if he does not meet the following conditions:\n- be of Moroccan nationality or a national of a State which has concluded an agreement with Morocco authorizing the nationals of each State to exercise the profession of [public accountant (expert comptable)] on the territory of the other. [...]\" (Law governing the profession of public accountants and instituting the Order of Public Accountants (Law No. 15-89 of 8 January 1993), Articles 1, 3, 7, 8 and 20 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA [chartered accountant (comptable agréé)] is the one whose usual profession is to keep the accounts of the contracting companies and the bodies that resort to his services and which are not related to a work contract and to compile these accounts, open them, account for them, track them and correct them.\nA [chartered accountant (comptable agréé)] can also do the following:\n- analysis and organization of accounting systems;\n- Opening, maintaining, evaluating, centralizing, tracking and accounting accounts;\n- Providing advice and carrying out work of a legal, tax, economic, financial and regulatory nature and related to the activity of companies and organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nNo one may hold the title of [chartered accountant (comptable agréé)] and practice the profession freely if he is not registered in the schedule of the Organization of [Chartered Accountants (comptables agréés)] established under Section Two of this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 7\n[Chartered accountants (comptables agréés)] may establish companies of persons to practice their profession, provided that all participants in them are members of the professional organization of [chartered accountants (comptables agréés)].\nArticle 8\n[Chartered accountants (comptables agréés)] may establish, in order to practice their profession, companies by shares or limited liability companies, provided that: [...]\n2. That at least three-quarters of its shares or shares, as the case may be, are owned by [chartered accountants (comptables agréés)] registered in the list of the professional organization of [chartered accountants (comptables agréés)];\n[...]\nArticle 20\nNo person may be registered in the organization's list unless he fulfills the following conditions:\n- to be Moroccan; [...]\" (Royal Decree No. 1.15.111 of 4 August 2015 implementing Law No. 127.12 regulating the profession of chartered accountant and the creation of the Professional Organization for Chartered Accountants (OG No. 6388 of 20 August 2015), Articles 1, 3, 7, 8 and 20 [google translation])","Law governing the accounting profession and instituting the College of Accountants (Law No. 15-89 of 8 January 1993), Articles 1, 3, 7, 8 and 20\nRoyal Decree No. 1.15.111 of 4 August 2015 implementing Law No. 127.12 regulating the profession of chartered accountant and the creation of the Professional Organization for Chartered Accountants (OG No. 6388 of 20 August 2015), Articles 1, 3, 7, 8 and 20","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adala.justice.gov.ma/production/html/ar/62483.htm\">Law No. 15-89</a>],[<a href=\"https://adala.justice.gov.ma/production/html/ar/190359.htm\">Law No. 127.12</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1171,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","G45_472T477","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0028125","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\nG Wholesale and retail trade; car and motorcycle repair\n47 Retail trade, except of motor vehicles and motorcycles\n472 Retail sale of food, beverages and tobacco in specialized stores\n4721 47211 47212 47213 47214 47219 Retail sale of food products, including canned goods, bread, milk and dairy products, fresh products including fruits and vegetables, vegetables, potatoes, tomatoes, onions, fish, seafood, meat and meat products, in stores specialized.\n4721 4722 47220 Retail sale of beverages in specialized stores; 4722\n473 4730 47300 Retail sale of Mineral oils, lubricants and lighting oil in specialized stores. 4730\n475 Retail sale of other household equipment in specialized stores\n4752 47520 Retail sale of tools, hardware and construction materials and drugstore items, including paints, varnishes, glass, brushes and the like, wood and derivatives, in specialized stores. 4752\n4759 47591 Retail sale of electrical goods and radios, electrical appliances for domestic use and refrigerators of all kinds, lanterns, lamps and dry batteries, electric and decorative floor lamps, recorded discs and tapes, including audio cassettes, in specialized stores 4759\n47592 Retail sale of office furniture and typewriters, calculators, accounting and similar machines, computer equipment, their belongings and spare parts, in specialized stores. p4759\n47593 Retail sale of household items, electrical items, glass and porcelain articles for household use, toys, crockery and trinkets including toys and cutlery, doormats, bathroom rugs, brooms and brushes, handicrafts and typical regional articles . Cleaning and similar articles for domestic use, non-electric grills and toasters, oil stoves and accessories, stoppers, wooden spoons and artificial flowers, handbags, wallets, purses and belts. Travel, barn and mail items. Typically oriental items, tapestries, oilcloths and upholstery items. Furniture, bedding and the like, floor coverings, pictures and decorative items. Glaciers, gas and oil stoves and water heaters and pressure rails. Musical instruments, sheet music and other musical items. Memories and toys. Vases, vases, plastic solitaires, porcelain, glass, plastic, metal and glass bead and all accessories related to florist art, in specialized establishments; p4759\n476 Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialized stores\n4762 47620 Retail sale of photographic articles, optics and precision instruments, televisions, videos, VCRs, communication equipment and materials, in specialized stores. 4762\n477 Retail sale of other goods in specialized stores\n4773 Other retailing of new products in specialized stores; 4773\n47731 Retail sale of watches, gold and jewelery articles in specialized stores; p4773\n47732 Rural retail trade carried out in establishments such as: canteen, tent, stall or stall and street trading.[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,534,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","J61","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.008","Investors in PPPs, large-scale projects and business concessions are required (i) to sell between 5% and 20% of the equity capital to Mozambican investors within 5 years from the start of operations, and (ii) to ensure the participation of Mozambican public or private legal entities in the capital of the venture/consortium, under the terms that the parties negotiate and agree on, without prejudice to the point (i).","\"Article 2\n(Object)\n1. The purpose of this Law is to establish the guidelines for the process of contracting, implementing and monitoring public-private partnership ventures, large-scale projects and business concessions.\n2. For the purposes of this Law, it constitutes:\na) public-private partnership, abbreviated as PPP, the enterprise in an area of public domain, excluding mineral and petroleum resources, or in an area of public service provision, in which, by contract and under financing, in whole or in part of the private partner, the latter undertakes, vis-à-vis the partner\npublic, to carry out the necessary investment and explore the respective activity, for the efficient provision of services or goods that the State is responsible for guaranteeing their availability to users.\nb) Large-scale project, abbreviated as PGD, the investment venture authorized or contracted by the Government, whose value exceeds, with reference to the date of 1 January\n2009, in the amount of 12,500,000,000.00MT (twelve thousand five hundred million meticais);\nc) Business concession, abbreviated as EC, the enterprise whose object is the prospecting, exploration, extraction and/or exploitation of natural resources or other national resources or heritage assets, carried out under the terms of the respective contract or other form of securitization of the rights granted by the Government within the scope of this undertaking.\n[...]\nArticle 33\n(Financial benefits)\n1. The financial benefits of the PPP, PGD and EC undertaking, for the Country, must be expressly included in the contract to be signed between the contracting party and the contracted party, namely:\na) the participation reserved for sale, via the stock market in favor of economic inclusion in commercial market terms, preferably of Mozambican individuals, in the capital of the venture or in the capital of the consortium, whether or not foreign investment is involved, guaranteed through:\n(i) from the State or another public entity indicated by it, in a percentage not lower than 5% nor higher than 20% of said capital; or\n(ii) of the entity implementing the project, of the same level of participation for its unconditional sale, under the same terms and conditions set forth in sub-item (i) above.\nb) the opportunity for Mozambican public or private legal entities to participate in the capital of the venture or in the capital of the consortium, under the terms that the parties negotiate and agree on, without prejudice to the provisions of (i) and (ii) of subparagraph a) above.\n[...]\nANNEX - GLOSSARY\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by:\n(THE) [...]\nPublic domain area - any area of natural resources or potential or activity whose property is reserved, on an exclusive basis, for the State, under the terms of the Constitution of the Republic, namely the areas of natural resources existing in the soil, subsoil, waters inland, territorial sea, continental maritime platform, exclusive economic zones, as well as roads and bridges, railways, ports and airports, energy and hydraulic potential, airspace and the telecommunications spectrum and other assets classified as such by law, in the territory of the Republic of Mozambique.[...]\" (Law No. 15/2011 establishing the guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions. [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"CHAPTER VI - Benefit sharing\nSECTION I - Financial benefits\nARTICLE 64\n(Participation of natural persons)\n1. The economic inclusion in each PPP, PGD and EC undertaking through the participation of 5% to 20% reserved for sale, through the stock market, preferably for Mozambican individuals in the share capital of the contractor or implementing entity or in the capital of the consortium, must be ensured, giving priority to the offer of shares of the aforementioned capital of the venture, under the terms provided for in subparagraph a) of paragraph 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August, and whose par value per share must be of an affordable amount for its acquisition by the majority of the Mozambican population with limited economic means.\n2. The size of the shareholding reserved for sale to individuals, up to a maximum of 20% of the share capital of the enterprise or the respective consortium, which must be guaranteed by the State or another public entity or by the implementing entity itself or under the terms in that they agree and to be explained in the contract, depends on the real purchasing capacity of its recipients, in the terms established in the previous number and in the following paragraphs 3 to 5.\n3. The sale of the participation referred to in paragraphs 1 to 2 of this article must take place in a phased manner and, at the latest, up to the fifth year from the start of operation of the enterprise, using to the banking network services throughout the Mozambican territory and ensuring the national dispersion of the sale of shares of the share capital in sale in favor of the economic inclusion of Mozambicans in each PPP, PGD and EC undertaking.\n4. The reference price for the sale, pursuant to paragraphs 1 to 3 of this article, of shares in venture or consortium capital not listed on the Stock Exchange must be determined by an independent entity selected through a tender.\n5. The provisions of paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of this article also apply in cases where the participation reserved for sale in favor of economic inclusion is guaranteed by the entity implementing the undertaking under the terms set out in subparagraph (ii) ) of paragraph a) of no. 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August.\nARTICLE 65\n(Participation of legal persons)\n1. The opportunity for Mozambican public or private legal entities to participate in PPP, PGD and EC undertakings, pursuant to subparagraph b) of paragraph 1 of article 33 of Law no. it can occur in any of the phases of the enterprise and in the terms in which the parties negotiate and agree.\n2. For the assignment of rights to exploit natural resources, the State reserves the right to negotiate a free participation, corresponding to at least 5% of the share capital, at any stage of the enterprise, pursuant to paragraph b) of no. 1 of article 33 of Law no. 15/2011, of 10 August.[...]\" (Decree No. 16/2012 approving the Regulation on guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions.[google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment)","Law No. 15/2011 establishing the guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions. [google translation]\nDecree No. 16/2012 approving the Regulation on guidelines for the contracting, implementing and monitoring process of public-private partnerships, large-scale projects and business concessions.[google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz165015.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/moz165016.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,528,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0054","\"On 25 May 2020, the Ministry of Commerce (MOC) announced, via Notification No. 38/2020 (\"Notification 38\"), a lifting of the restrictions on importation of alcohol, specifically spirits/liquor. The MOC also released, through Notification No. 39/2020 (\"Notification 39\"), information on the requisite procedure with regard to the applications for liquor import registration certificates and liquor import licences. The lifting of the restrictions on importation of foreign liquor is a further step towards market liberalisation in the industry following the MOC's notification in March 2015 allowing foreign wine to be imported into the country. Importation of beer[ and cigarettes] remains restricted under Notification 38. Additionally, Notification 39 allows a \"Myanmar company\" incorporated under the Myanmar Companies Law (MCL) to apply for liquor import permits. Relevant authorities have clarified that a local company (i.e. a company incorporated under the Myanmar Companies Law with no more than 35% foreign shareholding) should be entitled to apply for the permits. Foreign investors who have been looking at expanding their market share in this area may take the opportunity to collaborate with reputable local partners and establish a business presence in Myanmar.\" (Baker Mckenzie, \"Myanmar: Lifting of restrictions on importation of alcohol\", June 3). ","\"Chapter 3 - Companies eligible for the import of liquor and import permit procedure\n4. A company applying for permission to import liquor from abroad -\n(a) shall be a Myanmar company incorporated according to the Myanmar Companies Law;\n(b) shall have an exporter/importer registration certificate;\n(c) shall have one director holding an FL-11 license (license for the wholesale vend of foreign alcoholic liquor);\n(d) shall be in an exclusive distributorship or exclusive dealership with one or more than one foreign liquor manufacturer; [...]\"  (Ministry of Commerce, Notification No. 39/2020 dated 25 May 2020) \n--------------------------------\n\"The Ministry of Commerce hereby issues this notification according to the authority conferred by section 13(b) Export and Import of Goods Law.\nOrder amending the list of goods that are prohibited from being imported\n1. The list of goods that are prohibited from being imported according to the Export and Import of Goods Law is hereby amended as follows -\n(a) Beer;\n(b) cigarettes;\n(c) other goods that are restricted or prohibited according to a law in force.\n2. Notification No. 8/2013 dated 4th February 2013 issued by the Ministry of Commerce is repealed by this notification.[...]\" (Ministry of Commerce, Notification No. 38/2020 dated 25 May 2020) \n--------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Ministry of Commerce, Notification No. 39/2020 dated 25 May 2020\nMinistry of Commerce, Notification No. 38/2020 dated 25 May 2020\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Baker Mckenzie (2020), \"Myanmar: Lifting of restrictions on importation of alcohol\", June 3.","[<a href=\"https://www.lincolnmyanmar.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/MoC-Notifictions-38-and-39-2020.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lincolnmyanmar.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/MoC-Notifictions-38-and-39-2020.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=002c463a-ba2b-43e9-8167-328ebe2889fa\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2790,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","C13T15","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.000433333","Foreign investment in the manufacturing of leather products, except footwear, is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nManufacture of leather and related products (excluding footwear) (Manufacturing and domestic distribution of leather products);[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2795,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000125","Only incorporated local entities are eligible to administer and hold custody of investments in listed securities on behalf of other persons in Namibia.","\"REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTRATION AS AN INVESTMENT MANAGER\nAn application for registration as an Investment Manager in terms of ection 4 (1) (f) of the Stock Exchanges Control Act, 1985 (Act No. 1 of 1985) (“the Act”) must comply with the requirements and be accompanied by the information and documentation set out herein:\nA. Requirements for approval\nThe applicant is required to:\n1. Register a Namibian public or private company with the Companies Registration Office (Ministry of Trade and Industry);\n[...]\nB. Information and documentation[...]\n8. Details of the proposed Portfolio Manager: [...]\nd) certified proof of Namibian citizenship or permanent residence\n[...]\n9. Details of the proposed Compliance Officer: [...]\nk) certified proof of Namibian citizenship or permanent residence [...]\" (NAMFISA (2019), \"REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTRATION AS AN INVESTMENT MANAGER\")\n-------------------\n\"4. Restrictions on administration and custody of investments in listed securities on behalf of other persons\n(1) No person shall, as a regular feature of his business, administer or hold in safe custody on behalf of any other person any investments in listed securities or any investments of which listed securities form part unless he is -\n(a) a stock-broker; or\n(b) a banking institution registered under the Banks Act, 1965 (Act No. 23 of 1965) [The Banks Act 23 of 1965 has been replaced by the Banking Institutions Act 2 of 1998.];  or\n(c) a company which is registered as a management company under the Unit Trusts Control Act, 1981 (Act No. 54 of 1981), or a company or institution which is registered as a trustee under that Act; or \n(d) an attorney practising as such on his own account or in partnership or as a member of a professional company; or\n(e) an accountant or auditor registered in terms of the Public Accountants’ and Auditors’ Act, 1951 (Act No. 51 of 1951), as an accountant and auditor and engaged in public practice as such; or\n(f) a person approved by the Registrar or a person who is a member of a category of persons approved by the Registrar, and complies with such conditions as the Minister may determine from time to time by notice in the Gazette.\n[...]\n\"12. Rules of stock exchange\n(1) The rules of a stock exchange shall be so designed as to ensure, to the satisfaction of the Registrar -\n(a) that no person is admitted or allowed to continue as a member unless -\n(i) such person is of good character and integrity;\n(ii) in the case of a corporate body, it is managed and controlled by a board of directors of which -\n(aa) the directors are of good character and integrity; and\n(bb) subject to subsection (1A), the managing director and at least 50 per cent of the other directors are Namibian citizens resident in Namibia;[...]\nThe Registrar may, upon application by a member of a stock exchange which is a corporate body, and if good reasons exist, grant approval to that member to appoint a person who is not a Namibian citizen as its managing director for such period as the Registrar may determine.[...]\" (Stock Exchanges Control Act No 1 of 1985)\n-------------------\n\"Part V – LIMITATION OF ENTRY INTO, AND RESIDENCE IN, NAMIBIA PERMANENT RESIDENCE PERMITS, EMPLOYMENT PERMITS, STUDENTS’ PERMITS AND VISITORS’ ENTRY PERMITS\n24. Limitation or entry into, and residence in, Namibia\nSubject to the provisions of section 35, no person shall -\n(a) enter or reside in Namibia with a view to permanent residence therein, unless such person is in possession of a permanent residence permit issued to him or her in terms of section 26; \n[...]\n26. Application for permanent residence permits [...]\n(3) The board may authorize the issue of a permit to enter and to be in Namibia for the purpose of permanent residence therein to the applicant and make the authorization subject to any condition the board may deem appropriate: Provided that the board shall not authorize the issue of such a permit unless the applicant satisfies the board that - [...]\n(g) he or she is the spouse or dependent child, or a destitute, aged or infirm parent of a person permanently resident in Namibia who is able and undertakes in writing to maintain him or her.[...]\" (Immigration Control Act No. 7 of 1993)","NAMFISA (2019), \"REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTRATION AS AN INVESTMENT MANAGER\"\nStock Exchanges Control Act No 1 of 1985\nImmigration Control Act No. 7 of 1993","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.namfisa.com.na/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/REQUIREMENTS-FOR-REGISTRATION-AS-AN-INVESTMENT-MANAGER-.pdf\">Req</a>],[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1985-1-eng-2001-05-14.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1993-7-eng-1993-08-19.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,277,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0012","Only nationals may apply for a license to provide public passenger transportation on specified routes [assumes it applies to legal persons, although not clear from the law] and to run a collective taxi [vans] enterprise. Majority Palestinian ownership is required in a private transport company (bus/passenger). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign ownership of passenger road transporation activities are restricted to minority stakes. According to PIPA authorities, there is no restriction prevention foreign-owned companies to obtaining licences for freight transportation services.","\"Article (2) - Determination of new operating licenses\nThe Ministry shall determine the number of new operating licenses which the Ministry intends to issue on public transportation lines [to operate a public passenger vehicle on a specified route] or taxi offices according to studies carried out by the Ministry.\nArticle (3) - Declaration of ownership of operating licenses\nIn the local daily newspapers and the Ministry's website, the Ministry announces the number of operating licenses to be issued for each line [public transportation].\nArticle (4) - Conditions for applying\nThe applicant must have the following conditions:  1. Be a Palestinian citizen. 2. Have good conduct and conduct. 3. Fulfill the obligations set by the Ministry. [...]\"(Decision of the Council of Ministers No. (4) for the year 2010 system ownership of licenses for the operation of public transportation [google translation])\n-------------------------------\n\"Obtaining an office license for a private transport company (bus):\n[...] Place of service: Department of Private Transport in Directorates\nTerms of service: The applicant shall be registered with the Controller of Companies in the Ministry of National Economy as a joint stock company, the main purpose of which shall be the transfer of passengers for a lump sum. The proportion of the Palestinian shareholders shall be more than 51% of the shareholders of the company. Seats must be at least 161 seats, provided there are at least two buses with at least 51 seats. The buses shall comply with the conditions of the Traffic Controller and the time specified in the application. A licensee may not transfer ownership without the written approval of the Traffic Controller. The licensee shall not have the right to own or operate an additional bus without the approval of the Traffic Controller. The Traffic Controller shall, upon issuance of the license, require the type of buses to be operated in the private transport. [...]\" (Palestine Cabinet, Directory of Government Services, website, [google translation])","Decision of the Council of Ministers No. (4) for the year 2010 system ownership of licenses for the operation of public transportation [google translation]\nPalestine Cabinet, Directory of Government Services, website, [google translation]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?LegPath=2010&MID=16148\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"http://palestinecabinet.gov.ps/GovService/ViewService?ID=3003\">Website</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2077,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000375","Until 2018, foreign investment in media broadcasting services was subject to special (and discriminatory) authorisation under the Investment Promotion Law. According to Palestinian authorities, in granting the license, the Ministry of Information should consider the following: 1) the owner of the station: i). to be Palestinian and residing in Palestine. If he was not a resident or was a foreigner, he had to obtain the approval of the competent authorities in accordance with the Investment Promotion Law and other applicable laws; and 2) the station manager had to a Palestinian and reside in Palestine. The article of the Investment Promotion Law, which required the prior approval from the Palestinian Council of Ministers to commence its work, had been repealed however. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the no longer existence of such provision was assumed not to dismiss the need for additional approval by the foreign investor as that remained a requirement in the sector-specific Decision.\nIn 2018, Cabinet Resolution No. (18) of 2018 was approved. Under the new resolution, investment in satellite broadcasting stations, foreign broadcasting stations, whether terrestrial or satellite, and religious stations still require special authorisation by the Council of Ministers. For other cases, a professional licencse from the Ministry of Information can be granted to such stations where the owner is a Palestinian (with the exception of foreign stations) and the station manager is a Palestinian residing in the country.","\"Article (2)\nIt is prohibited for any person to establish or equip any satellite broadcasting service station or company, satellite station offices, media production, or to commence work or broadcast before obtaining the necessary license in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nEach member of the committee is responsible for the following: 1. Ministry of Information: [...] C. Issuing a professional license. D. Oversight of media content and media professionals working at the station. 2. Ministry of Communications and Information Technology: [...] B. Managing, organizing, issuing and renewing a license to use frequencies. C. Granting the necessary licenses to import technical devices and equipment related to communications.\n[...]\nArticle (9)\n1. The approval of the Council of Ministers must be obtained to issue a license for satellite broadcasting stations, foreign broadcasting stations, whether terrestrial or satellite, and religious stations.\n[...]\nArticle (12)\nThe Ministry of Information grants the professional license after fulfilling the conditions stipulated in Articles (13, 14, 15, 16) of this system.\nArticle (13)\nThe station owner must meet the following conditions: 1. He must be Palestinian, with the exception of foreign stations. 2. He must be of good conduct and conduct, and not convicted of a felony or misdemeanor against honor or trust, unless he has been properly rehabilitated. 3. He must have obtained the necessary approvals from the competent government agencies, in accordance with the provisions of this system and relevant legislation.\nArticle (14)\nThe station manager must meet the following conditions: 1. He must be Palestinian and reside in the country. 2. He must be a media professional or a specialist in the station’s field of work. 3. He must be of good character and conduct, and not convicted of a felony or misdemeanor against honor or trust, unless he has been rehabilitated in accordance with the rules. 4. He must have obtained the necessary approvals from the competent government agencies in accordance with the provisions of this system and relevant legislation. 5. He must have a first university degree in media, and appropriate practical experience of no less than (5) years, or a graduate degree in media, and no less than (3) years of experience. In the absence of a first university degree, his experience must not be less than Professional for (10) years.[...]\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (18) of 2018 regarding the licensing system for terrestrial and satellite radio and television stations, satellite broadcasting service companies, satellite station offices, and media production [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article (12) - Conditions for granting the license by the Ministry of Information\nUpon granting the license, the Ministry of Information shall take into account the following:\nFirst: Concerning the owner of the station:\n1. To be a Palestinian and a resident of Palestine. If he is not a resident or is a foreigner, he shall obtain the approval of the competent authorities in accordance with the Investment Promotion Law and other applicable laws.\n2. Shall not be convicted of a felony or misdemeanor that violates honor or trust.\n[...]\nSecond: In the station manager:\n1. Be a Palestinian and reside in Palestine.\n2. Be a journalist or media person. [...]\" (Decision of the Council of Ministers No. (182) for the year 2004 regarding the licensing system for radio, television, satellite and radio stations [google translate])","Cabinet Resolution No. (18) of 2018 regarding the licensing system for terrestrial and satellite radio and television stations, satellite broadcasting service companies, satellite station offices, and media production [google translation]\nDecision of the Council of Ministers No. (182) for the year 2004 regarding the licensing system for radio, television, satellite and radio stations [google translate]","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/pg/getleg.asp?id=17122\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/getLeg.aspx?pid=45737&Ed=1 \">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2079,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0048","Investment in domestic commercial aviation services is reserved to Peruvian natural persons and corporations. At least 51% of capital must be owned by Peruvian nationals and be under the real and effective control of Peruvian shareholders or partners permanently domiciled in Peru. This limitation shall not apply to the enterprises constituted under law No. 24882, which may maintain the ownership percentages set in such law (70% of foreign ownership). Six months after the company is authorized to provide commercial air transportation services, foreign nationals or foreign citizens may own up to 70 percent of the company’s capital.","\"Article 79.- Of the National Commercial Aviation\n79.1 National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons.\n79.2 A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements within its corporate constitution:\na) Have established their main domicile in the territory of the Republic;\nb) At least half plus one of the directors, managers and persons in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality or have permanent domicile in Peru, and\nc) The property of the legal person must be substantially national. At least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the company's capital stock must be Peruvian-owned and under the real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality with permanent domicile in Peru. The regulations shall establish the term of validity of this limitation.[...]\" (Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 159.- National Commercial Aviation is reserved for Peruvian natural and legal persons. A Peruvian legal entity is considered to be one that meets the following requirements:\na) Be constituted in accordance with Peruvian laws and have its domicile in Peru and indicate in its corporate purpose the commercial aviation activity, to which it will be dedicated. To be considered domiciled, it must develop its main activities and install its administration in Peru;\nb) Half plus one of the directors, managers and persons who are in charge of the control and direction of the company must be of Peruvian nationality with domicile in Peru or, in the case of being foreigners, must have domicile or habitual residence in Peru;\nc) At least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the legal entity must be owned by Peruvians and be under real and effective control of shareholders or partners of Peruvian nationality who have domicile or habitual residence in the Peru;\nArticle 160.- The percentage of the capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained for six (6) months from the effective date of the operation permit, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%). (*)\n(*) Article modified by Article One of Supreme Decree No. 038-2007-MTC, published on October 26, 2007, the text of which is as follows:\n\"Article 160.- The percentage of capital stock owned by Peruvians referred to in subsection c) of Article 79.2 of the Law and subsection c) of the preceding article, will be maintained during the first six (6) months from of the validity of the first operating permit obtained by the Peruvian legal entity, after which the percentage of capital stock owned by foreigners may be up to seventy percent (70%).\nFor this purpose, in the case of public limited companies, the shares without voting rights are not computable in the determination of the percentage of the capital stock.\"\n[...]\nTitle XIX - Complementary Provisions [...]\nSixth.- The limitation established in literal c) of Article 79.2 of the Law, will not be applicable to those companies that were established under Law No. 24882, who may maintain the ownership percentages within the margins established therein.[...]\" (Regulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision [google translation])","Civil  Air  Transport  Law  (Law  No.  27261 of  10  May  2000),  Article  79\nRegulations  on  Civil  Air  transport  Law  (Supreme  Decree  N°  050-2001-MTC of  26 December 2001), Articles 159 and 160 and the sixth complementary provision","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H790663\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H818624\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,910,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H492","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0004","Until 2021, all the executives and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services needed to be citizens of the Philippines. \nOn 9 April 2022, Act RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limited the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution to: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. Corporations engaged in activities that were previously considered as public utilities, such as surface transportation companies (excluding road transportation activities (i.e.  public utility vehicles') that continue to be considered 'public utilities'), are no longer considered as public utilities. Hence, previous restrictions on key foreign personnel no longer apply to these activities. The amendment, nonetheless, introduces preference for local workforce in companies engaged in critical infrastructure services. In such cases, employment of foreign personnel is now subject to a labour market test [not covered under the FDIRRI]. Hence, as of 2022, only road transportation companies remain subject to restrictions on the employment of foreign key executives.","\"Sec. 3. Definition of Terms - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined as follows: [...]\n(d) Critical infrastructure refers to systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Philippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a debilitating impact on national security. It shall specifically refer to: (i) Telecommunications; (ii) Air carriers; (iii) Domestic Shipping; and (iv) Railways and subways. [...]\" (Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021)\n--------------------------------------\n\"Section l. Declaration of Policy. - The State recognizes the role ofthe private sector as one ofthe main engines for national growth and development. […] These policies are fulfilled by: (a) ensuring effective regulation ofpublic services; (b) providing reasonable rate of return to public services; (c) rationalizing foreign equity restrictions by clearly defining the term “public utilities”; and (d) instituting processes for the protection of national security.\nSec. 2. Definition of Terms. - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined asfollows: [...]\n(b) Certificates refer to any franchise, certificate of public convenience, certificate of public convenience and necessity, concession, or any other appropriate form of authorization for the operation of a public service, including a public utility, as may be applicable; [...]\n(e) Critical Infrastructure refers to any public service which owns, uses, or operates systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Phlippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a detrimental impact on national security, including telecommunications and other such vital services as may be declared by the President ofthe Philippines; [...]\n(k) Public Utility Vehicles (PUVs) refer to internal combustion engine vehicles that carry passengers and/or domestic cargo for a fee, offering services to the public, namely trucks-for-hire, UV express service, public utility buses (PUBs), public utility jeepneys (PUJs), tricycles, filcabs, and taxis: Provided, That transport vehicles accredited with and operating through transport network corporations shall not be considered as public utility vehicles;\n[...]\nSec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interestfor purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 25. Reciprocity Clause.- Foreign nationals shall not be allowed to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital of entities engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure unless the country of such foreign national accords reciprocity to Philippine Nationals as may be provided by foreign law, treaty orinternational agreement. Reciprocity may be satisfied by according rights of similar value in other economic sectors. [...] Unless otherwise provided by law, or by any international agreement, a public service shall employ a foreign national only after the determination of non-availability of a Philippine National who is competent, able and willing to perform the services for which the foreign national is desired. Any foreign national seeking admission to the Phihppines for employment purposes and any public service which desires to engage a foreign national for employment in the Philippines must obtain an employment permit pursuant to Presidential Decree No. 442, otherwise known as the “Labor Code of the Philippines”, as amended.\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))\n------------------------------------\n\"LIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Sec. 11, Art XII of the Constitution;¹²[...] [Footnote 12: The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution)[...]\" (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","Senate of the Philippines Press Release, 15 December 2021: \"Senate OKs amendments to Public Service Act\"\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/lis/bill_res.aspx?congress=18&q=SBN-2094\">Bill</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2021/1215_prib1.asp#:~:text=SBN%202094%2C%20according%20to%20Poe,operate%20as%20a%20public%20utility.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3237,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","M711_721X","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000375","Since 2015, non-EU/EEA nationals can be registered with the Order of Portuguese Engineers and the Order of Portuguese Technical Engineers on the basis of reciprocity. Registration is a prerequisite to practice and to become controlling partners in Engineering firms. ","\"Article 3. Degrees in engineering prior to the application of Decree-Law No. 74/2006, of March 24\nFor the purposes of the provisions of the Statute of the Order of Engineers contained in annex i to this law, namely for the purposes of registration, determination of the internship period, and attribution of professional titles, it is considered that they also satisfy the condition set out in paragraph a) of the paragraph 1 of article 15 of the aforementioned Statute in a specialty in the field of engineering, those who satisfy one of the following conditions:\na) Hold a bachelor's degree in an engineering field awarded by a Portuguese higher education institution within the framework of the study organization prior to the application of Decree-Law no. 74/2006, of March 24, as amended by the Decrees-Laws Nos. 107/2008, of June 25th, 230/2009, of September 14th, and 115/2013, of August 7th;\nb) Hold a foreign higher academic degree in a field of engineering that has been granted equivalence to the degree referred to in the previous paragraph, or that has been recognized at the same level.\n[...]\nANNEX I (referred to in article 2) [...]\nArticle 8. Right of establishment\n1 - The recognition of professional qualifications of nationals of a member state of the European Union or the European Economic Area obtained outside Portugal for registration as a member of the Order is regulated by Law No. 9/2009, of March 4, as amended by Laws 41/2012, of 28 August, and 25/2014, of 2 May, without prejudice to special conditions of reciprocity if the qualifications in question were obtained outside the European Union or the European Economic Area.\n2 - The professional who wishes to register with the Order under the terms of the previous number and who provides services, in a subordinate or autonomous manner or as a member or who acts as a manager or administrator in the Member State of origin, within the scope of an associative organization of professionals, observing the provisions of no. 4 of article 37 of Law no. 2/2013, of 10 January, must identify the organization in question in the request submitted under the terms of article 47 of Law no. 9/2009, of March 4th, amended by Laws no. 41/2012, of August 28th, and 25/2014, of May 2nd.\n3 - If the fact to be communicated under the terms of the previous paragraph occurs after the submission of the request for recognition of qualifications, the associative organization in question must be identified before the Order within a maximum period of 60 days.\n[...]\nArticle 11. Engineering societies\n1 - Engineers established in the national territory may exercise their profession in groups, forming or joining engineering societies as partners.\n2 - The following may also be professional members of engineering societies:\na) Societies of engineers previously constituted and registered as members of the Order;\nb) Associative organizations of professionals equivalent to engineers constituted in another Member State of the European Union or the European Economic Area whose capital and voting rights belong mainly to the professionals in question.\n3 - The capital requirement referred to in paragraph b) of the previous paragraph is not applicable if the company does not have share capital.\n4 - The judgment of equivalence referred to in paragraph b) of paragraph 2 is governed by:\na) Regarding nationals of a member state of the European Union or the European Economic Area, by paragraph 4 of article 1 of Law no. 9/2009, of March 4, amended by Law no. 41/2012 , of August 28th, and 25/2014, of May 2nd;\nb) Regarding nationals of third countries whose qualifications were obtained outside Portugal, under the internationally valid reciprocity regime.\n5 - Engineering societies enjoy the rights and are subject to the duties applicable to professional members of the Order that are compatible with their nature, with the exception of the right to vote, and are in particular subject to the ethical principles and rules contained in this Statute.\n6 - Members of the executive body of professional engineering societies, regardless of their status as members of the Order, must respect the ethical principles and rules, technical and scientific autonomy and the guarantees granted to engineers by law and by this Statute.\n7 - Engineering societies may also carry out any other activities that are not incompatible with the activity of engineering, nor in relation to which there is an impediment, under the terms of this Statute, and these activities are not subject to the control of the Order.\n8 - The constitution and operation of professional societies is set out in a separate statute.\n9 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the majority of the share capital with voting rights of engineering companies, if any, belongs to engineers established in national territory, to engineering companies established under national law, or to other forms of an associative organization of similar professionals constituted in another Member State of the European Union or the European Economic Area registered with the Order under the terms of the following article.\nArticle 12. Associations of professionals from other member states\n1 - Associative organizations of professionals equivalent to engineers established in another Member State of the European Union or the European Economic Area for the exercise of professional activity whose manager or administrator is a professional and whose capital with voting rights belongs mainly to the professionals in question and or other associative organizations whose capital and voting rights belong mainly to those professionals may register their respective permanent representations in Portugal, constituted under the terms of commercial law, as members of the Order, being as such equivalent to engineering societies for the purposes of this Statute.\n2 - The capital requirements referred to in the previous paragraph are not applicable if the associative organization does not have share capital, applying, instead, the requirement of attributing the majority of voting rights to the professionals referred to there.\n3 - The judgment of equality referred to in paragraph 1 is governed by:\na) Regarding nationals of a member state of the European Union or the European Economic Area, by paragraph 4 of article 1 of Law no. 9/2009, of March 4, amended by Law no. 41/2012 , of August 28th, and 25/2014, of May 2nd;\nb) Regarding nationals of third countries whose qualifications were obtained outside Portugal, under the internationally valid reciprocity regime.\n4 - The legal regime for the registration of professional associations from other member states is set out in the legal regime for the constitution and operation of professional societies that are subject to public professional associations.\nArticle 13. Third country nationals\n1 - Nationals of third countries may register with the Order, for the purpose of exercising the engineering profession on national territory, under agreements under reciprocal conditions.\n2 - The candidates mentioned in the previous paragraphs may be required to undertake a professional internship, attend training in ethics and professional deontology and carry out assessment tests, under the terms set out in this Statute and in the regulations approved by the Order for candidates whose qualifications have been obtained in Portugal. \n[...]\nArticle 29. Collective members\n1 - As collective members, legal persons who establish a written agreement with it and who carry out relevant training, research or dissemination of knowledge in an area directly related to engineering can register with the Order.\n2 - In the case of associations, it is also necessary, for the purposes of the provisions of the previous paragraph, that at least 50% of their members are registered with the Order. [...]\"(Law no. 123/2015 of 2 September, first amendment to the Statute of the Order of Engineers [google translation])\n---------------------------\nPreviously up to 2015\n---------------------------\n\"Article 4. Engineer title\nFor the purposes of this Statute, an engineer is defined as a holder of a degree, or legal equivalent, in an Engineering course, enrolled in the Order as an effective member, and who is responsible for applying the sciences and techniques relating to the different branches of engineering in activities of research, conception, study, design, manufacture, construction, production, supervision and quality control, including the coordination and management of these activities and others related to them.\nArticle 5. Nationals of Community States\n1 - Nationals of other Member States of the European Community may register with the Order of Engineers, for the purpose of exercising the engineering profession in Portugal, when they hold the academic and professional qualifications legally required for the exercise of this profession in their respective State of origin. .\n2 - The competent bodies of the Order may require nationals of Member States of the European Community who have requested, under the terms of the previous paragraph, to register to attend internships or take aptitude tests, in accordance with applicable legislation.\n[...]\nArticle 14. Collective members\n1 - Legal persons who establish a written agreement with the Order and who carry out relevant training, research or dissemination of knowledge in an area directly related to engineering may be registered as collective members.\n2 - In the case of associations, it is also necessary, for the purposes of the previous paragraph, that at least 50% of their members are registered with the Order. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 119/92 of 30 June that approves the Statute of the Order of Engineers [google translation])","Law no. 123/2015 of 2 September, first amendment to the Statute of the Order of Engineers \nDecree-Law no. 119/92 of 30 June that approves the Statute of the Order of Engineers","n/a","[<a href=\"https://diariodarepublica.pt/dr/detalhe/lei/123-2015-70171988\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://diariodarepublica.pt/dr/detalhe/decreto-lei/119-1992-304358\">Decree-law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3535,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.0045","Foreign investment in retail and wholesale activities was liberalised in 2016 to allow 100% foreign ownership with conditions as per the following: i) minimum capital of SR 30 million [approx. USD 8 million] is required for being entitled to 100% foreign ownership; ii) minimum capital of SR20 million [approx. USD 5.3 million] is required for being entitled to invest in partnership with Saudi local partner and hold up to 75% foreign ownership. Further conditions on employment of Saudi individuals and local procurement also apply. ","\"Summary:\nThe controls included: allowing foreigners to invest in the wholesale and retail trade sector with a percentage of ownership (100%) limited to companies who have a presence in (3) markets according to the controls and conditions stated in the decision, companies excluded from some provisions, exemption from some controls and conditions, reviewing the terms and conditions and results Apply them and give opinions and suggestions\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (377), dated 8/9/1437H [14/6/2016])\n---------------------------\n\"03.07 Commercial License\nConsidering the importance of commercial activities in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the pursuit the Kingdom to facilitate the entry of foreign entities to perform an activity in the wholesale trade and retail trade in the Saudi market, according to specific guidelines and conditions, it has introduced a number of options for ambitious foreign, namely:\n1. Commercial license with Saudi shareholder under the service number (03.07.01) of this manual.\n2. 100% foreign commercial license under the service number (03.07.02) of this manual.\n03.07.01 Commercial license with Saudi shareholder\n- Service Description: \nThis Service is provided to foreign entities that are interested in the activity of wholesale and retail trade in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia with a Saudi shareholder. [...]\n- Service Rules and Restrictions\n1. The existence of a Saudi shareholder in the investment license with a share of not less than 25% of the company.\n[...]\n03.07.02 100% foreign commercial license\n- Service Description\nThis Service is provided to 100% foreign entities that are interested in the activity of wholesale and retail trade and e-commerce in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. [...]\n Service Rules and Restrictions\n1- This service is limited to the foreign companies that have a presence at least in (3) regional or international markets. [...]\n3- The company shall comply to achieve following standards during the first five years:\n The company shall comply to achieve the localization rates as determined by the Ministry of Labor and Social Development. The company shall develop and implement\na plan to locate them in senior management posts in the first five years and to ensure their continuation.\n The company is complying with train (30%) of Saudi employees annually.[...]\n4- The company shall comply to achieve one of the following options:\n Option 1: the company shall comply with investing an amount of no less than 300 million Saudi Riyals (including 30 million Saudi Riyals as the cash capital of the company) over five years starting from the date of obtaining the investment license.\n Option 2: the company shall comply with investing an amount of no less than 200 million Saudi Riyals (including 30 million Saudi Riyals as the cash capital of the company) over five years starting from the date of obtaining the investment license, in addition to achieving one or more of the following requirements during the first five years:\nManufacturing - The minimum requirement:  % 30 or more of the company's products distributed locally shall be manufactured in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia\nResearch and development programs -The minimum requirement: % 5 or more of total sales shall be allocated to the establishment of a research and development programs in the Kingdom\nLogistics and distribution - The minimum requirement: The establishment of a unified center to provide those services, and provide after-sales services [...]\" (Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)","Cabinet Resolution No. (377), dated 8/9/1437H [14/6/2016]\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"http://ncar.gov.sa/Documents/Details?Id=AeG3gtq%2BOuLBp0om2yDe%2FQ%3D%3D\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">Manual</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2276,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SRB","A01","_O","IV91","IX",2018,"0.0125","Foreign ownership of agricultural land is prohibited, except for EU citizens who, since 1 September 2017, have been allowed to acquire ownership of agricultural land provided that he/she has been a permanent resident of the local self-government unit in which agricultural land situated for at least 10 years. Otherwise, foreign individuals and legal entities are expressly forbidden from acquiring ownership over agricultural land in Serbia. Previously, this strict rule could be circumvented by a foreigner establishing a company in Serbia and then purchasing the land through such company. Since 1 September 2017, this rule can no longer be circumvented because only citizens and domestic legal persons, which have been registered in the Register of Agricultural farms and is in active status for 3 years or more, may obtain ownership rights over agricultural land. Natural or legal persons may lease state-owned land for up to 30 years (40 years in the case of vineyards).","\"Subject\nArticle 1. [...]\nThe owner of agricultural land cannot be a foreign natural or legal person, unless this law provides otherwise in accordance with the Stabilization and Association Agreement between the European Communities and their member states, on the one hand, and the Republic of Serbia, on the other hand (\"Official Gazette of RS - International Agreements\", No. 83/08 and 12/14 - hereinafter: Agreement)\n[...]\nConcepts\nArticle 2.\nCertain terms used in this law have the following meanings:\n1) agricultural land is land that is used for agricultural production (fields, gardens, orchards, vineyards, meadows, pastures, ponds, reeds and wetlands) and land that can be brought to the purpose of agricultural production;\n[...]\nProhibition of using arable agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes\nArticle 22.\nThe use of arable agricultural land of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth cadastral classes for non-agricultural purposes is prohibited.\nException to the ban on the use of arable agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes\nArticle 23.\nArable agricultural land can be used for non-agricultural purposes in the following cases:\n1) for the establishment of artificial meadows and pastures on arable agricultural land of the fourth and fifth cadastral class, as well as for the establishment of forests regardless of the class of the land, upon prior approval of the Ministry;\n[...]\nArticle 61. [...]\nState-owned agricultural land can be used without paying compensation to state-owned legal entities registered for forestry operations.\nIf state-owned agricultural land has not been issued for at least the last three agro-economic years and has not been subject to use, through public bidding at an initial price of 0 dinars, that agricultural land can be given for use for agricultural production to natural and legal persons registered in the Register of Agricultural farms and is in active status, for a period of up to five years.\nAgricultural land from paragraph 5 of this article under the same conditions can be given to persons engaged in the production of energy from renewable sources of biomass and animal husbandry, with the fact that the period of use can be up to 30 years, with approval for investment works granted by the Ministry and in accordance with Article 67 of this law.\nOn the basis of legally binding decisions from para. 4, 5 and 6 of this article, the Ministry and the user conclude a contract on the use of state-owned agricultural land without payment of compensation.\nThe period of use of agricultural land from paragraph 5 of this article can be extended up to 25 years if the agricultural inspector determines that the user is using the land for agricultural purposes, and for areas over 10 ha, the period of use of agricultural land can be extended only if the user receives approval for investment works issued by the Ministry in accordance with Article 67 of this law.\n[...]\n2.1. Lease of state-owned agricultural land\nLease\nArticle 62.\nState-owned agricultural land and land referred to in Article 3 of this law may be leased, if the annual program for the protection, arrangement and use of agricultural land referred to in Article 60 of this law provides for leasing to a natural or legal person for a period not exceeding it can be shorter than one year or longer than 30 years , and for ponds and vineyards 40 years.\nState-owned agricultural land that is leased cannot be subleased.\n[...]\nThe right of priority of lease and the right of first lease\nArticle 64a\nThe right of priority of lease for a period of up to 30 years belongs to a legal entity that is registered in the Register of Agricultural Holdings and is in an active status and that submits an investment plan to which approval is given, along with the proposed measures for the realization of the lease, by the commission, with the fact that the total area intended for leasing on this basis cannot amount to more than 30% of the total area of ​​state-owned agricultural land intended for leasing in a local self-government unit.\n[...]\nAlienation of state-owned agricultural land\nArticle 72.\nState-owned agricultural land cannot be alienated except under the conditions stipulated by this law .\nArticle 72a\nState-owned agricultural land can be acquired by a natural person through a legal transaction under the conditions prescribed by this law, except in the area of ​​the administrative line towards the Autonomous Province of Kosovo and Metohija.\nAgricultural land in state ownership can be acquired by a natural person if:\n1) is a citizen of the Republic of Serbia;\n2) has a registered agricultural holding in active status for at least three years or is the holder of a family agricultural holding in active status for at least three years; \n[...]\nArticle 72c\nBased on the final decision on the sale of state-owned agricultural land, the Ministry and the buyer conclude a contract on the sale of state-owned agricultural land.\nState-owned agricultural land that is the subject of a sales contract may not be alienated, leased for at least fifteen years from the date of sale, or subject to mortgage or other encumbrances, except in the case prescribed in paragraph 5 of this article. [...]\nAfter the deadline from para. 2. and 3. of this article, the Republic of Serbia has the right of first refusal if the purchased land is subject to sale.\nThe contract for the purchase and sale of state-owned agricultural land may stipulate the payment of the price in installments within a period of no longer than ten years from the date of conclusion of the purchase contract with the provision of security.\n[...]\nConditions for the transfer of agricultural land in private ownership \nArticle 72 of the\nA citizen of a member state of the European Union may acquire agricultural land in private ownership, based on the Agreement, through a legal transaction with or without compensation under the conditions prescribed by this law.\nPrivately owned agricultural land may be acquired by a person from paragraph 1 of this article if:\n1) has been a permanent resident of the local self-government unit in which agricultural land is traded for at least ten years;\n2) cultivates agricultural land that is the subject of a legal transaction for at least three years with or without compensation;\n3) has a registered agricultural holding in active status as the holder of a family agricultural holding, in accordance with the law regulating agriculture and rural development without interruption for at least ten years;\n4) owns machinery and equipment for agricultural production.\nThe subject of the legal transaction referred to in paragraph 1 of this article may be privately owned agricultural land if:\n1) it is not agricultural land that is designated as construction land in accordance with a special law;\n2) does not belong to protected natural assets;\n3) does not belong to or does not border a military installation and military complex and is not located in protective zones around military installations, military complexes, military facilities and military infrastructure facilities, nor does it belong to and does not border the territory of the Land Security Zone. \nThe subject of the legal transaction referred to in paragraph 1 of this article cannot be agricultural land in private ownership located at a distance of up to 10 km from the border of the Republic of Serbia.[...]\" (Law on Agricultural Land, Official Gazette of RS no. 62 of July 19, 2006, as amended [google translation])","Law on Agricultural Land, Official Gazette of RS no. 62 of July 19, 2006, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pravno-informacioni-sistem.rs/SlGlasnikPortal/eli/rep/sgrs/skupstina/zakon/2006/62/7/reg\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2323,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"1.67E-05","Local incorporation not required for mutual fund and fund management companies. However, all licensees under the International Corporate Service Providers Act, 2003 (the regulatory legislation for the issuance of international corporate services, international trustee services and foundation services licences) are required to be a company incorporated in Seychelles under the Companies Act, 1972.","PART 2 - LICENSING OF FUNDS\nLicensing\n3. (l) No mutual fund shall, unless exempted under subsection (14), operate in or from Seychelles except under the authority of, and in accordance with, a fund licence.\n(2) A fund licence may be granted to—\n(a) a company incorporated in Seychelles or a recognised jurisdiction, including without limitation, a company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act, 1994, a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1972, including a company incorporated in accordance with the Companies (Special License) Act, 2003 or a company incorporated under the Protected Cell Companies Act, 2003;\n(b) a limited partnership registered in Seychelles or a recognised jurisdiction including, without limitation, a limited partnership registered under the Limited Partnership Act, 2003;\n(c) a unit trust registered in Seychelles or a recognised jurisdiction, including, without limitation, a unit trust registered under the International Trusts Act, 1994.\n[..]\nSpecial requirements, accounts and other duties\n6. (1) A licensed fund which is not incorporated or otherwise established in Seychelles shall have an agent for service in Seychelles, which agent shall be a person licensed under the International Corporate Service Providers Act, 2003 or under the Financial Institutions Act,\n2004 or otherwise approved in writing by the Authority.\n[...]\nFund Administrator's licence application\n10. An application for a Seychelles fund administrator's licence or a restricted Seychelles fund administrator's licence shall be in such form as the Authority shall provide, shall state the particulars as required by Schedule 8, and shall be accompanied by—[...]\nPower to grant licence\n11. (1) Upon receiving an application under section 10, the Authority may, at its discretion, grant or refuse to grant —\n(a) a Seychelles fund administrator's licence; or (b) a restricted Seychelles fund administrator's licence, as the case may be.[...]\n(4) The Authority shall not grant a licence under this section unless it is satisfied that—\n(a) the applicant has, in the case of a Seychelles fund administrator's licence, either its registered office or a principal place of business in Seychelles;\n(b) in the case of an applicant which is not incorporated in Seychelles, the applicant has an agent for service in Seychelles, which agent is licensed under the International Corporate Service Providers Act, 2003 or the Financial Institutions Act, 2004 or is otherwise approved in writing by the Authority; [...]\" (THE MUTUAL FUND AND HEDGE FUND ACT No 10 of 2008, as amended)\n-----------------------\n\"[...]Interpretation\n2. (1) In this Act —[...]\n“foundation services” means any of the following services provided in or from within Seychelles —\n(a) services connected with the formation, registration, management or administration of a foundation;[...]\n“international corporate services” means the following services provided in or from Seychelles:\n(a) services connected with the formation management or administration of a specified entity; [...]\n“trustee services” means the following services provided in or from Seychelles:\n(a) services connected with the formation registration or administration of a trust; [...]\n“specified entity” means —\n(a) an international business company;\n(b) a company incorporated in accordance with the Companies (Special Licences) Act;\n(c) a limited partnership established under the Limited Partnerships Act; or\n(d) such other corporate body as may be prescribed.\n[...]\n(2) An application for a licence to provide international corporate services or trustee services or foundation services may be made to the Authority —\n(a) by a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1972;\n(b) in the form provided by the Authority and accompanied by such information and documents as the Authority may specify.[...]\" (INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE SERVICE PROVIDERS ACT No 10 of 2003, as amended)\n","THE MUTUAL FUND AND HEDGE FUND ACT No 10 of 2008, as amended\nINTERNATIONAL CORPORATE SERVICE PROVIDERS ACT No 10 of 2003, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://fsaseychelles.sc/component/edocman/consolidated-mutual-fund-and-hedge-fund-act-2007-to-31st-january-2020/download?Itemid=0\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://fsaseychelles.sc/component/edocman/consolidated-international-corporate-service-providers-act-2003-to-6th-august-2021/download?Itemid=0\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,208,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"1.67E-05","Local incorporation not required for mutual fund and fund management companies. However, all licensees under the International Corporate Service Providers Act, 2003 (the regulatory legislation for the issuance of international corporate services, international trustee services and foundation services licences) are required to be a company incorporated in Seychelles under the Companies Act, 1972.","PART 2 - LICENSING OF FUNDS\nLicensing\n3. (l) No mutual fund shall, unless exempted under subsection (14), operate in or from Seychelles except under the authority of, and in accordance with, a fund licence.\n(2) A fund licence may be granted to—\n(a) a company incorporated in Seychelles or a recognised jurisdiction, including without limitation, a company incorporated under the International Business Companies Act, 1994, a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1972, including a company incorporated in accordance with the Companies (Special License) Act, 2003 or a company incorporated under the Protected Cell Companies Act, 2003;\n(b) a limited partnership registered in Seychelles or a recognised jurisdiction including, without limitation, a limited partnership registered under the Limited Partnership Act, 2003;\n(c) a unit trust registered in Seychelles or a recognised jurisdiction, including, without limitation, a unit trust registered under the International Trusts Act, 1994.\n[..]\nSpecial requirements, accounts and other duties\n6. (1) A licensed fund which is not incorporated or otherwise established in Seychelles shall have an agent for service in Seychelles, which agent shall be a person licensed under the International Corporate Service Providers Act, 2003 or under the Financial Institutions Act,\n2004 or otherwise approved in writing by the Authority.\n[...]\nFund Administrator's licence application\n10. An application for a Seychelles fund administrator's licence or a restricted Seychelles fund administrator's licence shall be in such form as the Authority shall provide, shall state the particulars as required by Schedule 8, and shall be accompanied by—[...]\nPower to grant licence\n11. (1) Upon receiving an application under section 10, the Authority may, at its discretion, grant or refuse to grant —\n(a) a Seychelles fund administrator's licence; or (b) a restricted Seychelles fund administrator's licence, as the case may be.[...]\n(4) The Authority shall not grant a licence under this section unless it is satisfied that—\n(a) the applicant has, in the case of a Seychelles fund administrator's licence, either its registered office or a principal place of business in Seychelles;\n(b) in the case of an applicant which is not incorporated in Seychelles, the applicant has an agent for service in Seychelles, which agent is licensed under the International Corporate Service Providers Act, 2003 or the Financial Institutions Act, 2004 or is otherwise approved in writing by the Authority; [...]\" (THE MUTUAL FUND AND HEDGE FUND ACT No 10 of 2008, as amended)\n-----------------------\n\"[...]Interpretation\n2. (1) In this Act —[...]\n“foundation services” means any of the following services provided in or from within Seychelles —\n(a) services connected with the formation, registration, management or administration of a foundation;[...]\n“international corporate services” means the following services provided in or from Seychelles:\n(a) services connected with the formation management or administration of a specified entity; [...]\n“trustee services” means the following services provided in or from Seychelles:\n(a) services connected with the formation registration or administration of a trust; [...]\n“specified entity” means —\n(a) an international business company;\n(b) a company incorporated in accordance with the Companies (Special Licences) Act;\n(c) a limited partnership established under the Limited Partnerships Act; or\n(d) such other corporate body as may be prescribed.\n[...]\n(2) An application for a licence to provide international corporate services or trustee services or foundation services may be made to the Authority —\n(a) by a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1972;\n(b) in the form provided by the Authority and accompanied by such information and documents as the Authority may specify.[...]\" (INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE SERVICE PROVIDERS ACT No 10 of 2003, as amended)\n","THE MUTUAL FUND AND HEDGE FUND ACT No 10 of 2008, as amended\nINTERNATIONAL CORPORATE SERVICE PROVIDERS ACT No 10 of 2003, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://fsaseychelles.sc/component/edocman/consolidated-mutual-fund-and-hedge-fund-act-2007-to-31st-january-2020/download?Itemid=0\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://fsaseychelles.sc/component/edocman/consolidated-international-corporate-service-providers-act-2003-to-6th-august-2021/download?Itemid=0\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,208,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.002166667","Foreign investment is not allowed in bacca, lapire (sugar cane-based alcohol and juice) manufacturing and distribution, as well as in primary and secondary processing of all plants products.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nBacca manufacturing / distribution [...]\nLapire manufacturer/ distribution [...]\nPrimary and secondary processing of all plants products [...]\nTerms\n1. “Primary Processing” means from harvesting, drying, conditioning to comminuting of plant materials.\n2. “Secondary Processing” means oil extraction through process of distillation, centrifugal and/or other extracting mediums and turning resulting by-products into co-products.[...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,187,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZAF","J60","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.000375","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting companies is limited to 20% and not more than 20% of directors of those firms may be foreigners.","\"Definitions\n1. In this Act, unless the context indicates otherwise—[...]\n‘‘broadcasting’’ means any form of unidirectional electronic communications intended for reception by— (a) the public; (b) sections of the public; or (c) subscribers to any broadcasting service, whether conveyed by means of radio frequency spectrum or any electronic communications network or any combination thereof, and ‘‘broadcast’’ is\nconstrued accordingly; [...]\n‘‘broadcasting service’’ means any service which consists of broadcasting and which service is conveyed by means of an electronic communications network, but does not include—(a) a service which provides no more than data or text, whether with or without associated still images; (b) a service in which the provision of audio-visual material or audio material is incidental to the provision of that service, or (c) a service or a class of service, which the Authority may prescribe as not falling within this definition; [...]\n‘‘commercial broadcasting’’ means a broadcasting service operating for profit or as part of a profit entity but excludes any public broadcasting service; [...]\n‘‘electronic communications’’ means the emission, transmission or reception of\ninformation, including without limitation, voice, sound, data, text, video, animation, visual images, moving images and pictures, signals or a combination thereof\nby means of magnetism, radio or other electromagnetic waves, optical, electro\n[...]\nPreservation of South African programming\n61. (1) The Authority may prescribe regulations applicable to broadcasting service licensees regarding the commissioning of independently produced South African\nprogramming.\n(2) For purposes of this section—\n(a) ‘‘local television content’’ means a television programme, excluding transmission of sporting events and compilations thereof, advertisements, teletext\nand continuity announcements, which is produced— (i) by a broadcasting service licensee; (ii) by a person who is a citizen of, and permanently resident in, the\nRepublic; (iii) by a juristic person, the majority of the directors, shareholders or members of whom are citizens of, and permanently resident in, the Republic; (iv) in a co-production in which persons referred to in subparagraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) have at least a fifty percent financial interest; (v) by persons referred to in subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), in circumstances where the prescribed number of key personnel who are involved in the production of the television programme, are citizens of, and permanently resident in, the Republic; or (vi) by persons referred to in subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), in circumstances where the prescribed percentage of the production costs are incurred in the Republic; [...]\n(c) a musical work broadcast by a broadcasting service licensee qualifies as\n‘‘South African music’’ if such work complies with at least two of the following criteria, namely— (i) if the lyrics (if any) were written by a South African citizen; (ii) if the music was written by a South African citizen; (iii) if the music or lyrics was or were principally performed by musicians who are South African citizens; (iv) if the musical work consists of a live performance which is— (aa) recorded wholly in the Republic; or (bb) performed wholly in the Republic and broadcast live in the Republic.\n(3) The Authority may, in respect of the television broadcasting service licence, impose and specify in that licence, such conditions, as prescribed, regarding local television content and independent television production, which without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, may include any conditions requiring the broadcasting service licensee -  (a) to annually expend a specified sum of money, subject to reasonable yearly escalation or, alternatively, a specified minimum percentage of its gross revenue, on programmes which have local television content; (b) to allocate a specified minimum percentage of its total broadcasting time to television programmes which have local television content; (c) in the case where the broadcasting service licensee has a regional or local licence area, to allocate a specified minimum percentage of broadcasting time to local television programmes which have been produced in the relevant region or locality; and (d) to allocate a specified minimum portion of the percentage referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), whichever is applicable, to a prescribed diversity of television programmes which are independent television productions.\n(4) The Authority may, in relation to a sound broadcasting service, prescribe conditions in terms of which the broadcasting service licensee is required to broadcast a specified minimum percentage of musical works which qualify as South African music.\n(5) In prescribing any amount or percentage in terms of subsections (3) or (4), the Authority may prescribe the application thereof with regard to— (a) any of the categories of broadcasting service licence referred to in sections 49, 50 and 51; (b) defined viewing and listening times, where applicable; (c) various categories of television programmes, where applicable; and (d) the period within which the broadcasting service licensee must comply with the provisions of this section.\n[...]\nLimitations on foreign control of commercial broadcasting services\n64. (1) A foreigner may not, whether directly or indirectly—\n(a) exercise control over a commercial broadcasting licensee; or\n(b) have a financial interest or an interest either in voting shares or paid-up capital in a commercial broadcasting licensee, exceeding twenty (20) percent.\n(2) Not more than twenty (20) percent of the directors of a commercial broadcasting licensee may be foreigners.[...]\" (Electronic Communications Act 36 of 2005, as amended)\n\n","Electronic Communications Act 36 of 2005, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gov.za/documents/electronic-communications-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,647,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ESP","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00002625","Gambling activities may only be carried out by natural or legal persons, public or private entities, with Spanish nationality or from a country belonging to the European Economic Area and who have at least one permanent representative in Spain. Only legal persons in the form of a public limited company whose sole corporate purpose is the organization, marketing and exploitation of games, may participate in the general licensing procedure for the exploitation and commercialization of games that are not occasional, constituting said effect, as gambling or betting operators.","\"Article 1. Purpose.\nThe purpose of this Law is the regulation of gambling activity, in its different modalities, which is developed at the state level in order to guarantee the protection of public order, fight against fraud, prevent addictive behaviors, protect the rights of minors and safeguard the rights of the participants in the games, without prejudice to the provisions of the Statutes of Autonomy.\nThe Law regulates, in particular, the gambling activity referred to in the previous paragraph when it is carried out through electronic, computer, telematic and interactive channels, in which the face-to-face media must have an accessory character, as well as the games developed by the entities designated by this Law to carry out activities subject to reservation, regardless of their marketing channel.\nArticle 2. Scope of application.\n1. Within the object defined in the previous article, the following gambling activities are included in the scope of this Law when the activity carried out has a state scope:\na) Gambling activities of lotteries, bets and any other, in which amounts of money or economically assessable objects are risked in any way, on future and uncertain results, and that allow their transfer among the participants, regardless of whether it predominates. in them the degree of skill of the players or are exclusively or fundamentally luck, stake or chance.\nb) Raffles and contests, in which participation is made through an economic consideration.\nc) Occasional games, which differ from the rest of the games provided in the previous sections due to their sporadic nature.\nd) Cross-border gambling activities, that is, those carried out by natural or legal persons based outside of Spain who organize or offer gambling activities to residents of Spain.\nAlso included in the scope of this Law are advertising, promotion and sponsorship activities related to the gaming activities listed in this section.\n2. The following are excluded from the scope of application of this Law:\na) Games or competitions of pure leisure, pastime or recreation that constitute social uses and are developed at the state level, provided that these do not produce economically assessable transfers, except for the price for the use of the necessary means for their development and when this does not constitute any economic benefit for the promoter or the operators.\nb) Gambling activities carried out through electronic, computer, telematic or interactive means whose scope is not state.\nc) Random combinations for advertising or promotional purposes, without prejudice to the provisions of Title VII of this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 13. The operators.\n1. The organization and exploitation of the activities object of this Law may be, according to each case, carried out by natural or legal persons, public or private entities, with Spanish nationality or from a country belonging to the European Economic Area and who have at least one permanent representative in Spain.\nOnly legal persons in the form of a public limited company whose sole corporate purpose is the organization, marketing and exploitation of games, may participate in the general licensing procedure for the exploitation and commercialization of games that are not occasional, constituting said effect, as gambling or betting operators.\nThe companies that request the exploitation or organization of the games provided for in this Law must prove technical, economic and financial solvency, in the terms established by regulation.\nThe direct or indirect participation of non-EU capital will be limited by what is established in the current legislation on foreign investment in Spain. [...]\" (Gambling Law (13/2011, of May 27), last amended on 31 December 2020, Articles 1, 2 and 13 [google translation])","Gambling Law (13/2011, of May 27), last amended on 31 December 2020, Articles 1, 2 and 13 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-2011-9280&tn=1&p=20201231\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF6",1,875,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWE","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00576","Airlines established in Sweden must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\"\n(Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\n------------------------\n\"Chapter 7 - Permission to operate aviation\nSection 3:   \nAn operating permit may only be granted to\n   1. the Swedish state,\n   2. Swedish municipalities or regions,\n   3. citizens of a country within the European Union (EU country) that is domiciled in Sweden or to the estate of such a person,\n   4. Swedish trading companies that only have members who are citizens of an EU country,\n   5. Swedish associations, societies or foundations, which on the board only have members who are citizens of an EU country,\n   6. Swedish limited companies, if the majority of the capital value and the voting value is owned by citizens of an EU country or by someone who can obtain a permit in accordance with this section,\n   7. European economic interest groups that have their registered office in Sweden.\nIf the owner of a limited liability company that applies for a permit according to this section is another limited liability company, what is said in the first paragraph 6 shall also apply to that company.\nA permit expires if the requirements in the first and second paragraphs are no longer met and correction is not made within the time determined by the authority that issued the permit.\nThe government or the authority designated by the government may, if there are special reasons, in an individual case decide on exemptions from this section.\"\n(Aviation Act (2010:500), last amended 15.10.2020, Chapter 7 Section 3 [google translation])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAviation Act (2010:500), last amended 15.10.2020, Chapter 7 Section 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/luftfartslag-2010500_sfs-2010-500\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,145,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","K6419X","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.003","Foreign investment in the banking sector may be subject to a reciprocity requirement if foreigners hold more than half of the votes or otherwise control a Swiss-incorporated bank.","\"Art. 1\n1 This law governs banks, private bankers (individual reasons, general partnerships and limited partnerships) and savings banks. All of these companies are hereinafter referred to as banks.\n2 Natural or legal persons who are not subject to this law may not accept deposits from the public on a professional basis. The Federal Council may provide for exceptions if the protection of depositors is guaranteed. The issuance of loans is not considered to be accepting deposits from the public on a professional basis.\n3 This law does not apply in particular:\na. to stockbrokers and brokerage houses which limit themselves to trading in securities and carrying out related transactions directly, without carrying out banking activities;\nb. asset managers, notaries and business agents who limit themselves to administering their clients' funds without carrying out banking activities.\n4 Only institutions that have received authorization from the Federal Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) as banks may include the term “bank” or “banker” in their corporate name or in the designation of their social purpose or use it for advertising purposes. Art. 2, al. 3, is reserved. \n5 The Swiss National Bank and the mortgage bond issuers are only subject to this law in so far as it expressly provides.\n[...]\nArt. 3\n1 The bank can only start its activity after obtaining authorization from FINMA; it cannot register in the commercial register before having received this authorization.\n[...]\nArt. 3bis \n1 FINMA may also make the granting of the authorization to establish in Switzerland subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions, in the case of a bank organized under Swiss law but which is in foreign hands , a branch or the permanent representative of a foreign bank:\na. reciprocity is guaranteed by the states where foreigners holding qualifying holdings have their civil domicile or registered office; the differing provisions of international commitments are reserved;\nb. the corporate name of the bank must not lead to the conclusion that the establishment is Swiss or suggest such a character;\nc. ...\n1bis When a bank is part of a financial group or a financial conglomerate, FINMA may make the granting of its authorization subject to the approval of the competent foreign authorities.\n2 The bank is required to inform the National Bank about the business it deals with as well as about its relations with foreign countries.\n3 The provisions of para. 1 apply to a bank organized under Swiss law and in which the qualified foreign direct or indirect participations amount to more than half of the votes or which is otherwise dominated by foreigners. The following are considered foreign:\na. natural persons who do not have Swiss nationality and do not have a business permit;\nb. legal persons and partnerships which have their registered office abroad or which, if they have their registered office in Switzerland, are in the hands of foreign persons within the meaning defined under let. a.[...]\" (Federal Banking Act (RO 51 121, 8 November 1934), last amended on 1 January 2020, Articles 1, 3 and 3bis [google translation])","Federal Banking Act (RO 51 121, 8 November 1934), last amended on 1 January 2020, Articles 1, 3 and 3bis ","n/a","[<a href=\"\">https//www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/51/117_121_129/fr</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1457,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","K6419X","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.00075","Foreign persons cannot be appointed as executive employees [i.e.the chairman of the credit organization and his deputies, the chairman of the board and other members, the chief accountant of the credit organization, as well as the head and chief accountant of a branch of a credit organization] of credit unions.","\"SECTION I. GENERAL PROVISIONS [...]\n2. Credit partnership - a legal entity that is not a bank, formed for the purpose of lending and servicing its participants, operating on the basis of a license from the National Bank of Tajikistan for conducting loan operations and other types of banking operations. A credit partnership is a commercial organization. The activities of credit partnerships are regulated by the Law of the Republic of Tajikistan \"On Banks and Banking Activities\" and other legislative acts that do not contradict the requirements of the current banking legislation.\n[...]\nSECTION II. ORDER OF CREATION AND LICENSING OF CREDIT PARTNERS [...]\n9. Executive employees of a credit partnership are appointed to positions with the consent of the National Bank of Tajikistan and must be citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan. Data submitted for candidates for senior positions in a credit partnership may be verified by the National Bank of Tajikistan (Banking Supervision Authority). [...]\n10. Foreign founders (participants) non-residents of the Republic of Tajikistan must submit a written notification to the state or supervisory authority of their country that it allows this legal entity or individual to participate in the charter capital of a credit partnership created in the Republic of Tajikistan.[...]\" (Regulation No. 83 \"On Credit Partnerships\" [google translated])\n------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Basic concepts\nThe following basic concepts are used in this Law: [...]\n- executive employees - the chairman of the credit organization and his deputies, the chairman of the board and other members, the chief accountant of the credit organization, as well as the head and chief accountant of a branch of a credit organization, including a branch of a foreign bank; [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan dated May 19, 2009 No. 524 \"On Banking\" [google translated])","Regulation No. 83 \"On Credit Partnerships\" [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Tajikistan dated May 19, 2009 No. 524 \"On Banking\" [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=1453\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=11063\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2855,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","K649","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"4.17E-05","Local incorporation is required for undertaking financial leasing, microfinance, mortgage financing activities.","\"3. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“foreign owned microfinance service provider” means a microfinance service provider incorporated in Tanzania and whose majority owners or shareholders are foreigners; \n[...]\nPART II - LICENSING\nEstablishment\n4. A person who intends to undertake microfinance business under Tier 2, shall -\n(a) formally be established under the Companies Act or any other relevant laws; or \n(b) in case of individual money lender, register a business name as a sole proprietor under the Business Licensing Act.\n(4) An application made by a foreign owned microfinance service provider shall, in addition to the requirements stipulated under subregulation (3), be accompanied with- (a) a training plan indicating specific time frames for imparting microfinance skills and expertise to Tanzanian staff; and (b) a succession plan and strategies on mode, time and contents of the extent to which Tanzanian staff shall occupy senior management positions in the microfinance service provider.[...]\" (THE MICROFINANCE (NON-DEPOSIT TAKING MICROFINANCE SERVICE PROVIDERS) REGULATIONS, 2019)\n----------------\n\"PART II - LICENSING REQUIREMENTS [...]\n6. A housing finance company shall be incorporated as a company limited by shares under the laws of Tanzania.[...]\" (THE BANKING AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (MORTGAGE FINANCE) REGULATIONS, 2015)\n----------------\n\"PART III - APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE\nStatus of an Applicant\n 6. Any financial leasing company shall be incorporated as a limited liability company under the laws of Tanzania.[…]\" (THE BANKING AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (FINANCIAL LEASING) REGULATIONS, 2011)","THE MICROFINANCE (NON-DEPOSIT TAKING MICROFINANCE SERVICE PROVIDERS) REGULATIONS, 2019\nTHE BANKING AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (MORTGAGE FINANCE) REGULATIONS, 2015\nTHE BANKING AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (FINANCIAL LEASING) REGULATIONS, 2011","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bot.go.tz/Publications/Acts,%20Regulations,%20Circulars,%20Guidelines/Regulations/en/2020031803224012.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bot.go.tz/Publications/Acts,%20Regulations,%20Circulars,%20Guidelines/Regulations/en/2020021122490967551.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bot.go.tz/Publications/Acts,%20Regulations,%20Circulars,%20Guidelines/Regulations/en/2020021122490980555.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,355,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","H502","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2023,"0.0001","Foreign investment in domestic water transportation services is limited to 75% of equity ownership and at least two-fifths of directors need to be Thai citizens.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter I. Businesses related to National Safety or Security [...]\n2. Domestic transportation by land, water or air, including domestic aviation [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1956,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C13T15","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2018,"5.42E-05","Foreign investment in Thai silk products is limited to 75% of equity ownership and at least two-fifths of directors need to be Thai citizens.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter II. Businesses Having Impacts on Arts, Culture, Traditions, Customs and Folklore Handicrafts  [...]\n3. Silkworm raising, production of Thai silk yarn, weaving of Thai silk or printing of Thai silk patterns [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1944,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H501","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0002","Under Article 6 of the Law on the organization of maritime professions, foreign participation in maritime transport services is allowed according to international agreements and subject to reciprocity, or according to laws and regulations in force governing investments and participation of foreigners. By virtue of Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities, legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet specified conditions, including that the majority of the board of directors, as well as the president, general director or manager, must be Tunisian nationals.","\"Article 1 - The organization of maritime professions is governed by this law, the provisions of which are applicable to persons who carry out or contribute to the operation, upkeep and maintenance of merchant ships when these persons are established in Tunisia or when they exercise their activities on Tunisian territory or in waters under Tunisian sovereignty.\nThe provisions of this law do not apply to the operation of foreign vessels in national cabotage or in international transport from or to Tunisia, which remains governed by the appropriate provisions of international law and Tunisian law.\nArt. 2 - Are considered as maritime profession, within the meaning of this law, the professions exercised by the following persons:\n1- The pilot, the owner, the maritime carrier, the consignee of ships, the consignee of the cargo and the handling contractor as defined respectively in articles 64, 130, 165, 167, 168 and 169 of the maritime trade code.\n2- The charter broker: this is the broker who undertakes to find a person to put him in touch with another, in return for a commission, in order to carry out the following operations:\n- maritime transport,\n- the sale and charter of ships,\n[...]\nArt. 3 - With the exception of the professions of maritime surveyor and pilot, maritime professions can only be exercised by a legal person.\n[...]\nArt. 6 - Persons of foreign nationality may exercise one of the maritime professions when they are authorized to do so under the international agreements in force, and this, subject to reciprocity.\nIn the absence of such agreements, the exercise of one of the maritime professions by persons of foreign nationality is subject to the laws and regulations in force governing the investments and participation of foreigners.[...]\" (Law on the organization of maritime professions (n ° 2008-44 of 21 July 2008), Articles 1, 2, 3 and 6 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Art. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3 [google translation])","Law on the organization of maritime professions (n ° 2008-44 of 21 July 2008), Articles 1, 2, 3 and 6 \nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109856?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1711,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C10T18_31_32","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1287,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H51","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0128","Cabotage is reserved to national air carriers, which are required to be under the actual control of citizens of the United States. Additionally, at least 75 percent of the voting interest in a national carrier must be owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the United States.","\"§41101. Requirement for a certificate\n(a) General.—Except as provided in this chapter or another law—\n(1) an air carrier may provide air transportation only if the air carrier holds a certificate issued under this chapter authorizing the air transportation;\n(2) a charter air carrier may provide charter air transportation only if the charter air carrier holds a certificate issued under this chapter authorizing the charter air transportation; and\n(3) an air carrier may provide all-cargo air transportation only if the air carrier holds a certificate issued under this chapter authorizing the all-cargo air transportation.\n[...]\n§41102. General, temporary, and charter air transportation certificates of air carriers\n(a) Issuance.—The Secretary of Transportation may issue a certificate of public convenience and necessity to a citizen of the United States authorizing the citizen to provide any part of the following air transportation the citizen has applied for under section 41108 of this title:\n(1) air transportation as an air carrier.\n(2) temporary air transportation as an air carrier for a limited period.\n(3) charter air transportation as a charter air carrier.\n[...]\n§41103. All-cargo air transportation certificates of air carriers\n(a) Applications.-A citizen of the United States may apply to the Secretary of Transportation for a certificate authorizing the citizen to provide all-cargo air transportation. [...]\n§41301. Requirement for a permit\nA foreign air carrier may provide foreign air transportation only if the foreign air carrier holds a permit issued under this chapter authorizing the foreign air transportation.[...]\" (Transportation Code (49 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 41101, 41102, 41103 and 41301)\n-----------------------\n\"§ 204.2 Definitions.\nAs used in this part:  [...]\n(c) Citizen of the United States  means: \n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States; \n(2) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the United States; or \n(3) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the United States or a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States, of which the president and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other managing officers are citizens of the United States, which is under the actual control of citizens of the United States, and in which at least 75 percent of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the United States. [...]\" (Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) § 204.2)","Transportation Code (49 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 41101, 41102 and 41103\nCode of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) § 204.2","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title49-subtitle7-partA-subpart2&saved=%7CZ3JhbnVsZWlkOlVTQy1wcmVsaW0tdGl0bGU0OS1zZWN0aW9uNDExMDM%3D%7C%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-14/chapter-II/subchapter-A/part-204/subpart-A/section-204.2\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1577,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","K643_663","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0005","Foreign investors who are licensed at their home country to undertake banking, securities, insurance activites for more than 2 years, and whose home licensing authority has entered into a mutual or multilateral agreement on information exchange, managment inspection, securities activities and securities market with Viet Nam's State Securities Commission (SSC), are entitled to establish and invest in securities and fund management companies incorporated in Viet Nam. Otherwise, foreign shareholding in Vietnamese securities and fund management companies is limited to 49% of their charter capital.",{"$cut":{"chars":18257,"head":"\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws"}},"Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nLaw on Securities No. 54/2019/QH14 of 26 November 2019\n","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbma.org.vn/storage/legal-documents/July2021/54_2019_QH14_436329.doc\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2000,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","K643_663","_O","IV21","IX",2018,"0.000125","Foreign investment in asset management is allowed subject to local incorporation. Managers and trustees of 'internal' (domestic) collective investment must be locally incorporated.","\"5. Asset managers to be registered\n(1) Subject to this section, no person shall carry on the business of asset management unless the person–\n(a) is incorporated as a private or public company in terms of the Companies Act [Chapter 24:03]; and\n(b) in the case of–\n(i) a person who carried on the business of asset management before the 17th September, 2004, is registered in terms of Statutory Instrument 16 of 2004 on or before the 31st January, 2004;\n(ii) a person who wishes to carry on the business of asset management after the 17th September, 2004, is registered in terms of this Act before commencing the business.[...]\" (Asset Management Act (Chapter 24:26) of 2004, as amended)\n---------------\n\"Part IV – Internal schemes\n10. Application of Part IV\nThis Part shall apply to internal schemes, that is to say, to any unit trust scheme which is constituted by a trust deed executed in Zimbabwe and which is operated wholly or mainly in Zimbabwe.\n[...]\n12. Manager and trustee\n(1) No person other than a company which is— (a) registered and resident in Zimbabwe; and (b) licensed in terms of section thirteen; shall be or act as the manager or trustee of an internal scheme.\n[...]\n13. Licensing of manager and trustee [...]\n(2) Upon receipt of an application in terms of subsection (1), the Chief Executive Officer shall issue a licence to the applicant permitting it to be the manager or trustee, as the case may be, of an internal scheme if the Chief Executive Officer is satisfied—\n(a) that the applicant is a company registered in Zimbabwe and that its affairs are managed and controlled in Zimbabwe; and\n[...]\nPart V – External schemes\n19. Application of Part V\nThis Part shall apply to external schemes, that is to say, to any unit trust scheme which is established and managed outside Zimbabwe. \n[...]\n21. Manager of external scheme to maintain local office\nThe manager of every registered external scheme shall maintain an office in Zimbabwe where—\n(a) the scheme’s operations in Zimbabwe shall be conducted; and\n(b) all communications and notices may be addressed and all process may be served; and\nshall inform the Chief Executive Officer of the address of the office and of any change in that address.[...]\" (Collective Investment Schemes Act (Chapter 24:19) of 1998, as amended)\n","Asset Management Act (Chapter 24:26) of 2004, as amended\nCollective Investment Schemes Act (Chapter 24:19) of 1998, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2004/15/eng@2016-12-31\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1997/25/eng@2016-12-31\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,416,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","H501","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0004","The chief executive officer and the majority of the members of the board of directors or the management board of a maritime transportation company needs to be Algerian. ","\"Article 1. - Pursuant to the provisions of Article 571-2 of Ordinance No. 76-80 of October 23, 1976, referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to set the conditions and procedures for operating concessions shipping services.\nArt. 2. - It is understood within the meaning of this decree by maritime transport services all the activities of transport by sea of passengers and goods. Maritime transport services are carried out in near-coastal navigation, in restricted navigation or in unrestricted navigation.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - The concession is granted to any natural or legal person as defined by the provisions of Article 571-1 of Ordinance No. 76-80 of October 23, 1976, referred to above, having the maritime transport capacities necessary for the activity and meeting the following conditions: - having the main center of its activity on Algerian territory; [...]\nArt. 5. - The concession application must be addressed to the minister in charge of the merchant navy, accompanied by a file comprising the following documents: [...]\n2. - For legal persons:\n- the statutes of the legal entity; [...]\n- the certificate of Algerian nationality of the shareholders holding the majority of the capital. [...]\" (Executive Decree No. 08-57 of 6 Safar 1429 corresponding to February 13, 2008 setting the terms and conditions of the concession for the operation of maritime transport services [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"Art. 7. - Article 28 of Ordinance No. 76-80 of October 23, 1976, referred to above, is amended, supplemented and drafted as follows:\nArt. 28. - To obtain Algerian nationality, the ship must belong in full ownership to a natural person of Algerian nationality or to a legal person governed by Algerian law. In the latter case, the following must have Algerian nationality: - in partnerships, general partners or limited partners; - in limited liability companies, the owners of the majority of shares; - in joint-stock companies, the owners of the majority of the capital and, as the case may be, the chief executive officer and the majority of the members of the board of directors or the management board and the majority of the supervisory board; - in the associations, the directors and all the members. The ship must also be provided with a crew whose proportion of Algerian sailors complies with the provisions of article 413 of ordinance n° 76-80 of October 23, 1976. The ship loses the benefit of the Algerian flag, if the natural person of Algerian nationality or the legal person governed by Algerian law no longer satisfies the conditions provided for in this article.\n[...]\nSECTION IV - JURISDICTION AND PROCEDURE\nParagraph 2 - Procedures for establishing maritime offenses [...]\nArt. 43. - Article 571 of Ordinance No. 76-80 of October 23, 1976 is amended and supplemented by the provisions of Articles 571-1 to 571-3 below:\nArt. 571. - Maritime transport is public property. It can be the subject of a concession.\nArt. 571-1. - Maritime transport services are operated by natural persons of Algerian nationality, by Algerian public companies or by legal persons under Algerian law having the status of shipowner and whose main center of activity is located on Algerian territory. [...]\" (Law n° 98-05 of June 25, 1998 amending and supplementing Ordinance n° 76-80 of October 23, 1976, on the maritime code [google translation])","Executive Decree No. 08-57 of 6 Safar 1429 corresponding to February 13, 2008 setting the terms and conditions of the concession for the operation of maritime transport services [google translation]\nLaw n° 98-05 of June 25, 1998 amending and completing Ordinance n° 76-80 of October 23, 1976, on the maritime code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"Law\">Decree https//portail.mtpt.gov.dz/pdf/jo/08-57.pdf</a>],[<a href=\"\">https//www.douane.gov.dz/IMG/pdf/code_maritime.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1838,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","L68","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.00675","Foreign participation in real estate agency services is prohibited.","\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArt. 2. A real estate agent is considered to be any natural or legal person who, under a mandate and for remuneration, undertakes to provide services of a commercial nature in the field of intermediation in the field of real estate or in the field of real estate administration and management on behalf of or for the benefit of owners. [...]\nArt. 5bis - The profession of real estate agent is open exclusively to natural persons of Algerian nationality residing in Algeria and to legal persons under Algerian law whose entire capital is held by one or more natural persons of Algerian nationality, residing in Algeria. [...]\" (Executive Decree No. 09 - 18 of 23 Moharram 1430 corresponding to January 20, 2009 amended and supplemented, laying down the regulations relating to the exercise of the profession of real estate agent [google translation])\n---------------------------------\n\"Art. 2. — The provisions of articles 5, 7, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 32, 36, 37 and 38 of Executive Decree No. 09-18 of Moharram 23, 1430 corresponding to January 20, 2009, referred to above, are amended, supplemented and drafted as follows:\nArt. 10. — The application for approval as a real estate agent must be submitted by the applicant to the department responsible for housing in the wilaya against delivery of an acknowledgment of receipt.\nThe request must be accompanied by the following documents:\nB) For legal persons: [...] — certificates of [Algerian] nationality and residence of the holder(s) of the entire capital [...]\" (Executive Decree No. 19-242 of 8 Moharram 1441 corresponding to September 8, 2019 amending and supplementing Executive Decree No. 09-18 of 23 Moharram 1430 corresponding to January 20, 2009 laying down the regulations relating to the exercise of the profession of real estate agent [google translation])","Executive Decree No. 09 - 18 of 23 Moharram 1430 corresponding to January 20, 2009 amended and supplemented, laying down the regulations relating to the exercise of the profession of real estate agent [google translation]\nExecutive Decree No. 19-242 of 8 Moharram 1441 corresponding to September 8, 2019 amending and supplementing Executive Decree No. 09-18 of 23 Moharram 1430 corresponding to January 20, 2009 laying down the regulations relating to the exercise of the profession of agent real estate [google translate])","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/jo-francais/2009/F2009006.PDF\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2019/F2019055.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,1862,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000375","The Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or General Manager of radio and TV and printed media companies must be of Angolan nationality. Information and programming directors, as well as the editors-in-chief must also be Angolan nationals.","\"ARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, the following definitions are adopted: [...]\nb) «Social Communication» - mass communication aimed at a large heterogeneous and anonymous public, from companies or media bodies, which organize and interact information from diverse sources and disseminate it through transport vehicles supported by the press written or telecommunication means that may include voice and image signals;\nf) «Company or Media Organ» – are public or private entities whose corporate purpose is the production, transmission or retransmission of information intended for the public, through telecommunications or written publications;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Media)\nThe means through which companies or media bodies disseminate content, among others, are: a) Newspapers, including electronic ones; b) Magazines, including electronic ones; c) All other periodicals; d) Sound broadcasting; e) Television; f) News agency; g) Online media; h) Cinemas and public spaces where documentaries and news are shown.\n[....]\nARTICLE 22. (Foreign press)\n1. Foreign media companies and foreign press correspondents must request authorization from the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola.\n2. Foreign press correspondents, in order to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola, must be qualified with the professional card of journalist or other equivalent professional title.\n3. The registration of these entities is done at the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication.\nCHAPTER II - Social Communication Companies [...]\nARTICLE 24. (Ownership of companies)\n1. Media companies may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in media companies cannot exceed 30%, nor, under any circumstances, be a majority.\n3. Media companies must be governed by Angolan law, with headquarters in national territory, in which Angolan citizens hold the majority of the share capital and exercise effective control.\n[...]\nSECTION II - Management Bodies\nARTICLE 31. (Management)\n1. The Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or General Manager of companies or media bodies must be of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.\n[...]\nARTICLE 32. (Content directors)\nThe Information and Program Director, Editor-in-Chief, Editors and any content managers must be journalists by profession, of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.[...]\" (Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by: [...]\nl) Television Distribution Operator (ODT) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and aggregation of channels in the form of packages, with a view to making these packages available for public use, through electronic communications networks;\nm) On-demand Audiovisual Service Operator (OSP) — is the natural or legal person who has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of programs in the form of a catalogue, with a view to providing an on-demand audiovisual service through electronic communications networks;\nn) Audiovisual Media Service Operator (OTV) — is the television operator, the Television Distribution Operator (ODT) and on-demand media service operator (OSP);\no) Television Operator (OTV) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of Television channels with a view to making them available for public use;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Scope of application)\n1. This Law applies to all television broadcasts and retransmissions, transmitted by television and distribution operators under the jurisdiction of the Angolan State.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Audiovisual Media Service Operators and Typology of Television Channels\nSECTION I - Requirements Applicable to Audiovisual Media Service Operators [...]\nARTICLE 11. (Ownership)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the following numbers, operators of audiovisual media services may be owned by collective, public and/or private persons, or cooperatives whose purpose is their exercise, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in television and distribution operators may not:\na) Exceed 30% of the share capital, nor, under any circumstances, hold a majority or assume a controlling position;\nb) Provide, in an isolated or joint way, the exercise of a decisive influence on the activity of these operators [...]\" (Law No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 10. (Property of the companies)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of articles 8 and 9 of this Law, media companies established to carry out broadcasting activities may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation, namely, commercial and the one relating to private investments.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in broadcasting companies cannot exceed 30% of the respective share capital, nor can it, under any circumstances, have a majority or assume a controlling position.[...]\" (Law no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY [google translation])","Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW [google translation]\nLaw No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://minttics.gov.ao/fotos/frontend_10/gov_documentos/pacote_legislativo_da_comunicacao_social_1__2611596306012dd9a7771d.pdf\">Laws</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,589,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ARM","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0045","Foreign ownership of TV and radio broadcasting companies is limited to up to 49%.","\"Article 3. Basic concepts used in the law\n1. The following basic concepts are used in this law:\n1) audio-visual media service provider (hereinafter: Broadcaster, audio-visual media service provider: Broadcaster of Audio-visual programs) an organization established by the Republic of Armenia or a natural or legal person authorized by a regulatory state body, which compiles and presents audio-visual information to the consumer and bears editorial responsibility for the content of audio-visual products;\n2) regulatory state body - an independent state body that ensures the freedom, independence and diversity of broadcast media, monitors the activities of Broadcasters, operators and distributors of audiovisual programs;\n3) operator: a network or multiplex operator that offers a communication service (networks, audio-visual systems, slots, etc.) and is responsible for delivering an audio-visual signal to consumers through the operation of the technical infrastructure;\n4) multiplex operator - a natural or legal entity that exclusively ensures the technical operation of the distribution and infrastructure of the multiplex and uses the limited frequency resource;\n5) network operator: a natural or legal entity that owns a cable or other network (except for the cases of using a limited frequency resource) and ensures the technical operation of the given infrastructure;\n6) public broadcaster , a Broadcaster owned by a company 100 percent owned by the Republic of Armenia.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Establishment of Private Broadcasters\n1. At the time of foundation (creation) of broadcasters or after that, the share of foreign capital participation should not be equal to fifty percent or more than fifty percent of the shares necessary for the adoption of decisions of the given organization, unless otherwise stipulated by an international agreement.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Establishment of a private multiplex operator\n1. The activity of a private multiplex operator is carried out on the basis of a license issued by the regulatory state body in accordance with the law, by a legal entity or an individual registered in the Republic of Armenia, the share of foreign capital participation of the legal entity at the time of its foundation (creation) or after that should not be equal to or greater than the decisions of the multiplex operator. from 50 percent of the shares required for admission, unless otherwise stipulated by an international agreement.\n2. The spread area of ​​a private multiplex should not be smaller than the area of ​​one marz or Yerevan city.\" (Law about Television and Radio, 2000, as amended by Law HO-395-N, implemented 16 July 2020 [google translation])\n---------------------------\nPreviously up to 2019\n---------------------------\n\"Article 3. The basic concepts used in the law: \nThe following basic concepts are used in this law:\nMultiplex, digital TV and a combined stream of additional data integrity, which covers the digital broadcast single frequency network.\nPrivate Multiplexer, a licensed legal entity that provides technical exploitation of multiplexed broadcast or broadcast infrastructure.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 3 - TV AND RADIO COMPANIES\nArticle 16 Founders of TV and Radio Company:\n1. Founders of the TV and Radio Company may be legal and natural persons, except for the cases stipulated by this Law.\n2. The share of participation of foreign capital in or after the establishment of a broadcasting company shall not be more than or equal to fifty per cent of the share capital required for the decision of the broadcasting organization. A larger share can be settled by interstate agreements.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 6.1. PRIVATE MULTIPLEXOR LICENSING [the head is supplemented by HO-202-N of 18.12.15]\nArticle 55.1. General Provisions on Private Multiplexion\n1. A private multiplexer shall be exercised by a legal entity established in the Republic of Armenia based on a license issued by the Commission in the manner prescribed by law, during which the share of foreign equity participation shall not be equal or greater than 50 percent of the shares required for the issuance of the broadcasting organization : A larger share can be settled by interstate agreements. [...]\" (Law about Television and Radio, 2000, as amended)","Law about Television and Radio, 2000, as amended by Law HO-395-N, implemented 16 July 2020 [google translation]\nLaw about Television and Radio, 2000, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.arlis.am/documentview.aspx?docid=145079\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.arlis.am/DocumentView.aspx?DocID=122030\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1792,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","H4911","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.00004","Foreign investment in certain transport activities (e.g. the management of dining cars and sleeping cars of domestic and foreign railway companies by foreign companies when traveling from abroad through Austria or from abroad to Austria or vice versa, and the management of ship restaurants and buffets on watercraft of foreign shipping companies by foreign companies when traveling from abroad through Austria or from abroad to Austria or vice versa) may be subject to a reciprocity requirement. ","\"§ 2.(1) This Federal Act shall not be applied to the activities listed in the following provisions, notwithstanding other expressly ordered exceptions by special federal provisions: [...]\n15. the operation of railway companies and their ancillary facilities and their ancillary activities, including the operation of cable cars within the meaning of the Cable Car Act 2003, Federal Law Gazette I No. 103, in the case of reciprocity, the management of dining cars and sleeping cars of domestic and foreign railway companies by foreign companies for journeys from Abroad from Austria or from abroad to Austria or vice versa, the operation of shipping companies with watercraft, in the case of reciprocity, the management of ship restaurants and buffets on watercraft of foreign shipping companies by foreign companies when sailing from abroad through Austria or from abroad to Austria Austria or vice versa, the operation of ferries (ferries) and of motor transport companies;\n16. the operation of air transport companies (air transport companies and aircraft rental companies), civil airport companies and auxiliary operations of air transport and civil airport companies; [...]\" (Trade Regulations Act (BGBl. Nr. 194/1994),  last amended by BGBl. I No. 65/2020, § 2 (15) [google translation])\n---------------\n\"AUSTRIA [...]\nii) Investment in the transport sector (air transport services, road freight, taxis, buses) is subject to a reciprocity requirement; [...]\" (OECD Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements, Annex E).","Trade Regulations Act (BGBl. Nr. 194/1994),  last amended by BGBl. I No. 65/2020, § 2 (15) [google translation]\nOECD Code of Liberalisation of Capital Movements, Annex E","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=10007517\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/investment/investment-policy/Code-capital-movements-EN.pdf\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,661,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0006","Foreign shareholding in logistics companies providing freight clearing and forwarding services is limited to 49% since 2017 (up from 40% applicable in the previous year).","\"2. Definitions.- Unless there is anything contrary to the subject or context, in these Rules-\n(a) “Act” means the Customs Act, 1969 (Act No. IV of 1969);\n(b) “customs agent” means any person or establishment engaged in carrying out any work related to the entry or exit of any vehicle or the import or export of any goods or baggage, whether or not for the purposes of section 207 of the Act;  \n[...]\n8. Restrictions on grant of licence.- Notwithstanding anything contained in other provisions of these Rules, no license shall be granted under these Rules to a wholly foreign owned establishment: \nHowever, it is provided that the company established under domestic and foreign joint ownership will be eligible to get a license, if the amount of shares held by the foreign owner or owners does not exceed 40 (forty) percent of the total shares of the said company.[...]\" (Customs and Freight Agents Licensing Rules, 2016, as amended [google translation]). \n--------------------------------------\n\"SRO No. 247-Act/2017/62/Customs. - Customs Act, 1969 (Act No. IV of 1969) vide section 219 (1), vide item 21 of the THIRD SCHEDULE, by virtue of the powers conferred therein, the National Board of Revenue amended the Customs Agents Licensing Rules, 2016 as under, namely:- \n40 (forty) numbers, brackets and words mentioned in the provision 8 of the aforesaid rules. Instead the number, brackets and words “49 (fifty nine)” shall be substituted. [...]\" (National Board of Revenue SRO No. 247-Act/2017/62/Customs, dated 23 July 2017 [google translation])","Customs and Freight Agents Licensing Rules, 2016, as amended [google translation]\nNational Board of Revenue SRO No. 247-Act/2017/62/Customs, dated 23 July 2017 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://nbr.gov.bd/uploads/rules/16.pdf\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bangladeshtradeportal.gov.bd/index.php?r=site/display&id=990\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2752,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J611","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0008","Until 2022, foreign investment in telecom tower operators and submarine cable operators was limited to 70% maximum foreign shareholding; foreign shareholding in nationwide telecommunication transmission network operators and Broadband Wireless Access Services providers was limited to 60%.  No foreign shareholding limitations applied to public switched telephone operators and international terrestrial cable (ITC) operators.\nSince 2022,  several other fixed telecommunications services that were previously closed to FDI [see related database entry] have been liberalised and are now also openned to foreign investment under joint venture associations with Bangladeshi investors, without specific foreign shareholding thresholds. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign shareholding thresholds established in the services-specific guidelines relating to tower operating, NTTI and BWA services remain applicable. In 2022, the guideline specific to submarine cable systems and services was amended. The previously applied foreign shareholding has been abrogated, and hence is no longer applicable.\n\n","\"10.1 Eligibility for Licenses:\nLicenses for IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, ITC, IP Telephony, IP-TV, international VOIP calls, submarine cables, NTTN, and Tower Sharing will be granted to:\n(a) Bangladeshi entities.\n(b) Joint ventures between Bangladeshi and foreign entities, provided they comply with relevant Bangladeshi laws and regulations.\nAll financial transactions for such entities must be conducted through Bangladeshi commercial banks.\n10.2 Submarine Cable License (Clause 10.2)\nSubmarine cable licenses will be granted to Bangladeshi entities or joint ventures with foreign entities, adhering to Bangladeshi laws and regulations. [...]\" (INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010, amended by Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) Notice No. 14.32.0000.702.42.001.19.1145, \"Amendment to the International Long Distance Telecommunications Services (ILDTS) Policy-2010\", 13 June 13 2022 [google translated])\n-----------------------\n\"4.8 ELIGIBILITY\n4.8.1 The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) invites offers/proposals from Bangladeshi companies/firms, or joint venture companies with Bangladeshi partners, or overseas companies, meeting the criteria as mentioned in Clause No. 4.3.1, having considerable experience in Telecommunication Services for granting of license to establish, maintain and operate such system for use in Bangladesh. [...]\n4.8.3 Submarine Cable Systems And Services Operator's license will be issued to all, irrespective of Bangladeshi (resident citizens, nonresident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act 1932 and companies registered under 'Joint Stock Companies and firms under the Companies Act 1994) or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies). Foreign Partnership or Joint Venture is also permitted.\nIn case of foreign investment, the entity shall invest foreign currency directly according to its percentage of ownership and shall not be allowed to take any loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company. After fulfilment of rollout obligation, if loan is required for operational purpose/business expansion, the entity can take maximum 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule BanV Financial Institution / Leasing Company. [n that case, the entity shall take prior permission from the Commission. The existing licensee having loan more than 20% of its total loan from any Bangladeshi Schedule Bank/ Financial Institution / Leasing Company shall reduce their loan to 20% within 05 years from the date of amendment of this Guideline. By any means this License shall not be assigned or pledged as security when taking loans. The foreign entity shall comply with all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of Bangladesh. [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh, BTRC/LLISC (270)12008-177, 31 March 2011, as amended by BTRC Notification NO.14.32.0000.007.54.302.16.08, \"Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of offers/proposals for License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh\", 10 January 2022)  \n-----------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n-----------------------\n\"4.8 ELIGIBILITY\n4.8.1 The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) invites offers/proposals from Bangladeshi companies/firms or joint venture companies with Bangladeshi partners, or Bangladeshi companies' joint venture with overseas companies having considerable experience in Submarine Cable Systems and Services for granting of license to establish, maintain and operate such system for use in Bangladesh. [...]\n4.8.3 Foreign shareholding is limited to maximum 70%. The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain Submarine Cable Systems and Services in Bangladesh, BTRC/LLISC (270)12008-177, 31 March 2011)  \n-----------------------\n\"3. OBJECTIVES\nThe objectives of these guidelines are as follows: \n3.01 These Guidelines are intended to provide an overview of the licensing and regulatory framework for Applicant(s) seeking to obtain License under these guidelines to develop, build, own, acquire, rent, lease, operate and maintain Tower for providing telecommunications services in Bangladesh. No person or business entity shall be allowed to develop, build, operate and maintain Towers without a valid License issued by the Commission.\n[...]\nArticle 5. ELIGIBILITY \n(1) Bangladeshi entities (consortium, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the law(s) of Bangladesh are eligible to apply for Tower Sharing License. However, Bangladeshi entity may have NRB and/or foreign entity as partner. A partnership/consortium of NRB and/or foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible.\n(2) In case of foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity is limited to maximum 70% seventy percent). The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial institution/ Leasing Company shall be raised for the foreign part of the investment.\n(3) In case of NRB applying together with Bangladeshi partner, there is no limitation on the quantity of foreign equity. NRB shall invest directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company shall be raised for his part of the investment.\n(4) The cellular mobile operators and/or Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Operators having license from the Commission shall not be eligible to apply for this license. [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License for Tower Sharing in Bangladesh, 1 April 2018)\n-----------------------\n\"5. ELIGIBILITY \n5.01 Foreign shareholding is limited to maximum 60% (Sixty Percent). The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n5.02 For NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi), maximum 70% (Seventy Percent) of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) is allowed. The Foreign investment shall be invested directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment.\n5.03 NRB or foreign entity must have a Bangladeshi partner(s). A partnership/consortium of NRB and foreign entity without Bangladeshi partner(s) is not eligible. In case of NRB and foreign entity applying together with Bangladeshi partner, foreign equity from foreign entity shall not exceed 60% and the total foreign equity (both NRB and foreign entity) shall not exceed 70%. In any case Bangladeshi partner(s) shall hold minimum 30% equity. \n5.04 The mobile operators (CDMA/GSM) and Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Operators having license from the Commission and any of its existing shareholders (foreign/Bangladeshi) and any other company whose shareholders hold shares of any cellular mobile phone operator company and BWA Operators holding license from the Commission and any other person who is partner/ director/shareholder of licensed mobile operators and BWA operators in Bangladesh shall not be eligible to apply for this license. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR NATIONWIDE TELECOMMUNICATION TRANSMISSION NETWORK, No. BTRC/LL/NTTN (307)/2008-1346, 30 November 2008)\n-----------------------\n\"Invitation of proposals/offers for grant of license for Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Services\n1. The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (the Commission) invites proposals/offers from eligible Bangladeshi entities or joint venture companies with foreign/Bangladeshi partners (proprietorships, partnerships and companies registered under ‘Joint Stock of Companies and Firms’ under the Companies Act 1994)  for grant of license to establish, maintain and operate Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) Services. Only entities having adequate financial, technical and organizational capability to serve in the field should apply with an updated list of their business record and record of experience.\n[...]\n4.06 Eligibility\n(i)  Foreign Equity is limited to maximum 60% (sixty percent). The foreign partner shall invest in foreign currency directly equal to his percentage of ownership and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(ii) For NRB (Non-Resident Bangladeshi), maximum 70% of FDI (Foreign Direct Investment) is allowed. The Foreign investment shall be invested directly in foreign currency and no bank loan from any Bangladeshi Scheduled Bank/ Financial Institution/ Leasing Company can be raised for the foreign part of the investment. \n(iii) The mobile operators (CDMA/GSM) having cellular mobile phone operator license from the Commission and any of its existing shareholders (foreign/Bangladeshi) and any other company whose shareholders hold shares of any cellular mobile phone operator company holding license from the Commission and any other person who is partner/ director/shareholder of licensed mobile operator in Bangladesh shall not be eligible to apply for this license. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES  FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SERVICES  IN BANGLADESH, No. BTRC/LL/BWA(275)/2008-1033, 6 August 2008)\n-----------------------\n\"Invitation to offers/proposals for granting License for Submarine Cable Systems and Services \nl. The Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (the Commission) invites offers/proposals from eligible Bangladeshi entities (resident citizens, Non-Resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registered with the 'Registrar of Joint Stock Companies and Firms' under the Companies Act, 1994) or joint venture with foreign entities or Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies) for granting License to establish, maintain and operate Submarine Cable Systems and Services. Only entities having adequate financial, technical and organizational capability to serve in the field of the telecommunication will apply with an updated list of their business record and record ofexperiences.[...]\" (Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission, \"Invitation to offers/proposals for granting License for Submarine Cable Systems and Services\", No. 1 4.3 2.0 000.7 02.44.302.22.67, 22 February 2022)","INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010, amended by Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) Notice No. 14.32.0000.702.42.001.19.1145, \"Amendment to the International Long Distance Telecommunications Services (ILDTS) Policy-2010\", 13 June 13 2022 \nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License for Tower Sharing in Bangladesh, 1 April 2018\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR NATIONWIDE TELECOMMUNICATION TRANSMISSION NETWORK, No. BTRC/LL/NTTN (307)/2008-1346, 30 November 2008\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES  FOR INVITATION OF PROPOSALS/OFFERS FOR ISSUING LICENSE FOR ESTABLISHING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SERVICES  IN BANGLADESH, No. BTRC/LL/BWA(275)/2008-1033, 6 August 2008\nBangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission, \"Invitation to offers/proposals for granting License for Submarine Cable Systems and Services\", No. 1 4.3 2.0 000.7 02.44.302.22.67, 22 February 2022","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/0ad9c60f_4a1f_44e6_a88e_97aa926e80f5/2022-06-13-04-05-ec3cd813af45ba054469bfedb88b6338.pdf\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/fdc38a75_d419_4f62_a5f0_54ab70882c38/2022-02-28-07-32-9bf1fd5b551fa63904ff9393b3d549f9.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/fdc38a75_d419_4f62_a5f0_54ab70882c38/2022-02-28-07-14-f9d9cd3fd069021f9540c932f4866786.pdf\">Invitation</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-08-14-07-31-3d42560060e8f5ff919858c4a8a61fd1.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-20-05-06-6da57a5ce394368ae2cbe1c3739f1ca4.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-21-5e04bcc505e3a52fe80142aa8273a1a3.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3665,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.000375","The editor-in-chief of the media company needs to be a citizen of the Republic of Belarus.","\"CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Basic terms used in this Law and their definitions [...]\n2. Type of mass media - a newspaper, magazine, bulletin, radio, television, video, newsreel program, online publication, other set of information messages and (or) materials (transmissions) of a periodic nature and intended for an indefinite circle of persons . [...]\n26. A legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of a mass media is a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus that produces and issues a mass media on the basis of a decision of the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the decision on the editorial office of the mass media) or, if the specified legal entity is not the founder of the mass media or is one of the co-founders, on the basis of an agreement between this legal entity and the founder (founders) of the mass media (hereinafter referred to as the agreement on the editorial office of the mass media).\n[...]\nArticle 8. Financing of the media\n1. Sources of financing the media may be funds of the founder (s), funds of the republican and local budgets, as well as other sources not prohibited by the legislation of the Republic of Belarus.\n2. It is forbidden to receive money and other property in order to finance the media from:\n2.1. foreign legal entities, foreign citizens and stateless persons who do not permanently reside in the territory of the Republic of Belarus, with the exception of cases of participation of these persons in the authorized capital of a legal entity that is entrusted with the functions of the media editorial office, as well as other cases provided for by legislative acts of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - PROCEDURE FOR ESTABLISHMENT AND STATE REGISTRATION (RE-REGISTRATION) OF MASS MEDIA\nSection 10. Establishment of Mass Media\n1. Individuals, state bodies, political parties, other public associations, other legal entities, with the exception of those listed in subparagraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of paragraph 3 of this article, establish mass media in the manner and on the terms established by this Law and other legislative acts of the Republic Belarus.\n2. Excluded.\n3. The following may not act as a founder of a mass media:\n3.1. an individual who has not reached the age of eighteen years, with the exception of cases when, in accordance with the civil legislation of the Republic of Belarus, a minor acquires full legal capacity before reaching the age of eighteen;\n3.2. an individual serving a sentence by a court verdict or declared legally incompetent by a court decision;\n3.3. an individual who previously acted as the founder of the mass media, the release of which was discontinued on the grounds provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 51 of this Law, - within three years from the date of entry into force of a court decision to terminate the release of the mass media;\n3.4. an individual who is deprived of the right to engage in activities related to the production and release of mass media in the prescribed manner;\n3.5. a foreign legal entity, as well as a foreign citizen and a stateless person;\n3.6. a legal entity whose shares in the authorized capital of 20 percent or more directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are owned individually or collectively by a foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal a person (organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a stateless person, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a legal entity are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of mass media\n1. The grounds for refusal of state registration (re-registration) of the mass media are: \n1.1. non-compliance with the requirements provided for in paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law; [...]\n1.5. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a commercial organization, whose shares, shares (stakes) in the authorized capital of which are at least 20 percent directly or indirectly (through other organizations and (or) individuals) are individually or collectively owned foreign state, foreign and (or) international legal entity (organization that is not a legal entity), foreign citizen, stateless person, legal entity, share of foreign participation in the authorized capital of which constitutes 20 percent or more, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a commercial organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus;\n1.6. the assignment of the functions of the media editorial office to a legal entity - a non-profit organization, 20% or more of the founders (participants, members) of which are a foreign state, a foreign and (or) international legal entity (an organization that is not a legal entity), a foreign citizen, a person without citizenship, with the exception of cases when the founders of such a non-profit organization are foreign states together with the Republic of Belarus;\n1.7.  appointment as editor-in-chief of a mass media outlet of a person who does not meet the requirement provided for in paragraph 1 1 of Article 31 of this Law;\n1.8. assigning the functions of the media editorial office to a person who is not a legal entity of the Republic of Belarus;\n[...]\nArticle 31\n1. The editor-in-chief of a mass media may be the head of the legal entity entrusted with the functions of the editorial office of the mass media, or a person authorized by him, carrying out his professional activities in accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Belarus, this Law and other acts of legislation.\n1 1 . The editor-in-chief of a mass medium cannot be individuals specified in  subparagraphs 3.1–3.6 of paragraph 3 of Article 10 of this Law.\n2. The editor-in-chief of the media makes the final decision regarding the production and release of the media.\n3. The editor-in-chief of the media is responsible for compliance with the requirements for the activities of the media by this Law and other legislative acts.\nArticle 32\nNews agencies, as well as the mass media established by them, shall be registered in accordance with the procedure provided for by Articles 11-13 of this Law for mass media.[...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS July 17, 2008 No. 427-З About the media [google translated])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS July 17, 2008 No. 427-З About the media [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://etalonline.by/document/?regnum=h10800427&q_id=1432122\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2235,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BLR","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.003","Local incorporation is required for engaging in banking activities, as well as on-bank credit and financial organization. Foreign banks are only allowed to establish representative offices in addition to subsidiaries.","\"GENERAL PART\nSECTION I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nCHAPTER 1 - MAIN PROVISIONS [...]\nArticle 8. Bank\nA bank is a legal person that has the exclusive right to perform the following banking operations, combined: (a )attracting monetary means of natural persons in accounts and/or deposits; (b) placement of attracted monetary means specified in indent two of this part in the own name and at the own costs on the conditions of repayment, interest payment, and maturity; (c) to open and operate bank accounts for natural and/or legal persons.\nA bank is entitled to perform other banking operations and engage in other kinds of activities stipulated in Article 14 of this Code.\nArticle 9. Non-bank credit and financial organization\nA non-bank credit and financial organization is a legal person which has the right to perform certain banking operations and activities stipulated in Article 14 of this Code.\nThe list of banking operations which may be performed by non-bank credit and financial organizations and their permissible combinations are prescribed by the National Bank.\nDispositions stipulated for banks apply when non-bank credit and financial organizations are created, reorganized, operated and liquidated, unless otherwise established by this Code and other banking legislation of the Republic of Belarus.\n[...]\nSECTION III - BANKS AND NON-BANK CREDIT AND FINANCIAL ORGANIZATIONS\nCHAPTER 8 - GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO BANKS\nArticle 70. Bank Status\nA bank is a commercial organization registered in the order established by this Code and having, on the basis of a license to carry out bank activities, an exclusive right to perform, in the aggregate, banking operations stipulated by part one of Article 8 of this Code.\nA bank is entitled to perform other banking operations specified in the license to carry out bank activities.\nArticle 71. Creation of the Bank\nThe bank is created in the form of a joint-stock company in the order established by this Code and other legislation of the Republic of Belarus and must have at least two founders.\n[...]\nArticle 91. Foreign bank’s representative office\nA foreign bank is entitled to establish in the territory of the Republic of Belarus representative offices in the order established by the National Bank.\nA representative office of a foreign bank is not a legal person and carries out its activity on the basis of regulations approved by the bank that has established it.\nA representative office of a foreign bank has no right to carry out banking operations and other activities stipulated by Article 14 of this Code, with the exception of protecting and representing the interests of the bank that has established it, including by providing counseling and/or information services. [...]\" (Banking Code of the Republic of Belarus of 25.10.2000 № 441-Z)","Code: Banking Code of the Republic of Belarus of 25.10.2000 № 441-Z\nResolution of the Board of the National Bank of the Republic of Belarus of September 1, 2008 No. 129 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.law.by/document/?guid=3871&p0=Hk0000441e\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2240,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Branches are not allowed for \"securities business\" and \"securities infrastructure business\" entities. Local incorporation is required.","\"2.(1) In this Act unless the context otherwise requires - [...]\n\"securities business\" means the carrying on of the business of - \n(a) buying and selling of securities; (b) a securities exchange; (c) a central securities depository; (d) a central counterpart; (e) a transfer agent or transfer secretary; (f) providing custodial business; (g) a participant in the central securities depository of Botswana; (h) a market maker; (i) a securities broker or dealer; (j) an asset manager; (k) an investment advisor, whether as a principal or agent; [...]\n\"securities infrastructure business\" means - \n(a) securities exchange; (b) a central securities depository; (c) a clearance settlement and system other than a central securities depository; or (d) a central counterparty;\n\"securities institution\" means a licensed non-bank financial institution, which may be a company or other entity recognised by any written law as a person, which conducts a securities business;[...]\" (SECURITIES ACT No. 26 of 2014)\n-----------------\n\"4.(1) A person shall not establish or operate a securities institution unless that person has been issued with a licence in accordance with Section 3 of the [Securities] Act. [...]\n5.(1) The Regulatory Authority shall grant a licence, in accordance with Section 4 of the Act only if the Regulatory Authority is satisfied that the applicant and the applicant's key persons and controllers meet the requirements of these Regulations.\n   (2) In respect of the applicant under subregulation (1), the Regulatory Authority shall, before granting such applicant a licence, be satisfied that - \n   (a) the corporate governance of the applicant is in compliance with the Non-Bank Financial Institutions Regulatory Authority (Securities Business Corporate Governance) Rules; [...]\" (SECURITIES (INSTITUTIONS LICENSING) REGULATIONS, 2017 (S. I. No. 31 of 201))\n-----------------\n\"5.(1) The Regulatory Authority shall, where an applicant and the applicant's key person and controller satisfy the requirements specified in subregulation (2), grant the applicant a licence in accordance with Section 4 of the Act.\n(2) An applicant shall, before the applicant is granted a licence in accordance with Section 4 of the Act, satisfy the Regulatory Authority that - [...]\n (b) the corporate governance of the applicant is in compliance with the Non-Bank Financial Institutions Regulatory Authority (Securities Business Corporate Governance) Rules;[...]\" (SECURITIES (PERSONS OPERATING A SECURITIES INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS) REGULATIONS, 2017 (S. I. No. 32 of 2017))\n-----------------\n\"4. Legal Form\n(1) The securities business shall be a company limited by shares incorporated under the Companies Act (Ch. 42:01) unless sub rule 2 applies.\n(2) Where the securities business is a market intermediary, it may be conducted in a form other than a company if:\na. the Regulatory Authority is satisfied that the business can be safely conducted in the form proposed;\nb. there are at least two key persons registered with the Regulatory Authority as having responsibility for the conduct of the business; and \nc. the securities business has a registered office or place of business or agent in Botswana.[...]\" (NON-BANK FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS REGULATORY AUTHORITY (SECURITIES BUSINESS CORPORATE GOVERNANCE) RULES 2012)","SECURITIES ACT No. 26 of 2014\nSECURITIES (INSTITUTIONS LICENSING) REGULATIONS, 2017 (S. I. No. 31 of 2017)\nSECURITIES (PERSONS OPERATING A SECURITIES INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS) REGULATIONS, 2017 (S. I. No. 32 of 2017)\nNON-BANK FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS REGULATORY AUTHORITY (SECURITIES BUSINESS CORPORATE GOVERNANCE) RULES 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.nbfira.org.bw/sites/default/files/SECURITIES%20ACT.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.nbfira.org.bw/sites/default/files/Securities%20Institutions%20Licensing%20Regulations%202017.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.nbfira.org.bw/sites/default/files/Securities%28Persons%20Operating%20A%20Securities%20Infrastructure%20Business%29%20Regulations%2C%202017.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.nbfira.org.bw/sites/default/files/NBFIRA%20%28Securities%20Business%20Corporate%20Governance%29%20Rules%202012.pdf\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,241,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","F42","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00225","Foreign investment in construction activities, with the exception of construction services incidental to mining and mechanical engineering services activities, is limited depending on the project amount to up to 90% of equity ownership. This applies only for firms applying for a Certificate A, which allows them to carry out construction works for the government and private sector. Firms applying for Certificate B, which allows them to carry out construction works for the private sector only, are not bound by such equity limitations. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that existing equity restrictions applicable to Certificate A firms, which seek to serve the public sector, affect more prominently the civil engineering contructions segment.\n","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Construction Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Order 2011, Building Control Order 2011 (Draft), Building Control Regulations (Draft), Procedures of Contractors and Suppliers Registration, Ministry of Development (Edition 2009), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises are not allowed to supply construction services such as: general construction work for building services, general construction work for civil engineering, installation and assembly work services, building completion and finishing work services, except mining, and mechanical engineering services, unless: (a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they register for either Certificate A or Certificate B, as a contractor or supplier; or (c) they comply with any requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge to persons in Brunei Darussalam as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. In the case of Certificate A, a foreign national or enterprise may not own equity shareholding other than what is prescribed in the table below, in any enterprise that applies to be registered as a contractor or supplier:\nTable - Class / Project Threshold / Level of Foreign Equity Allowed\n  I / Up to BND 50 000 / None\n II / Exceeding BND 50 000 but not more than BND 250 000 / None\nIII / Exceeding BND 250 000 but not more than BND 500 000 / 20 per cent\nIV / Exceeding BND 500 000 but not more than BND 1.5 million / 50 per cent\n V / Exceeding BND 1.5 million but not more than BND 5 million / 70 per cent\nVI / Exceeding BND 5 million / 90 per cent\n Building Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\nMechanical and Electrical Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\n3. For greater certainty, Certificate A refers to certificates which are required for participating in government and private projects, whilst Certificate B refers to certificates which are required for participating in private projects only.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------\n\"PART VII -LICENSING OF BUILDERS \nInterpretation. \n42. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"building works\" means any building works to which Part II applies; \"minor specialist building works\" means (a} specialist building works associated with minor building works; (b) structural steelwork comprising fabrication and erection work for structures with a cantilever length of not more than 3 metres, a clear span of less than 6 metres and a plan area not exceeding 150 square metres; (c) pre-cast concrete work compnsmg casting of pre-cast reinforced concrete slabs or planks on site; \n(2) In this Part (a) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) general building ·works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration, or reward other than wages, but not if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, general building works only as a sub-contractor; (b) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) any specialist building works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration or reward other than wages; (c) a person carries out general building works or specialist building works whether that person carries it out personally, or directly or indirectly causes it to be carried out; (d) a person shall be deemed to carry on the business of a builder if he carries out general building works or specialist building works, as the case may be, on or in respect of a building for himself; and {e} a person undertakes to carry out general building works or specialist building works if that person enters into a contract to carry it out or submits a tender or makes an offer to carry it out. \n[...]\nProhibition against unlicensed builders.\n43. (1) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a} advertise or hold himself out or conduct himself in any way or by any means as a person who is authorised to carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam; or {b) assume, take or use (either alone or in combination with any other word, letter or device) the name, title or description of \"licensed builder\", or any name, title or description calculated to lead others to believe he is so licensed, or by words or conduct hold himself out as being so licensed, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence. \n(2) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a) carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; (b) carry on a business carrying out, or undertaking to carry out, whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business, general building works and minor specialist building works or minor specialist building works only, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; \n[...]\nClasses of builder's licences.\n44. A licence may be granted under this Part to a builder authorising him to carry on such classes of business of a builder as may be prescribed. [...]\" (BUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"[Table of requirements per class of builder licence - text not reproduced here] (Ministry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nBUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended\nMinistry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2014/EN/s069.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://abci.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Perkhidmatan%20ABCi/Pendaftaran%20Syarikat/Lesen%20Pembina/Jadual%20A1%20kelas%20I%20ke%20VI.pdf\">Table</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3045,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0006","For air transport, companies must be effectively controlled, directly or indirectly by EU/EEA Member States or EU/EEA nationals; this is, they must exercise a decisive influence on the process of making decisions relevant to the operation and business of the company. These measures are also applicable to the management and operation of civilian airports in Bulgaria (Article 48c of the Civil Aviation Act).","\"Chapter Four - AIRPORTS\nArticle 43\n(2) (Amended, SG No. 85/1998) Civilian airports shall encompass:\n1. (amended, SG No. 81/2011) airports for public use for the provision of international and domestic carriage services, commercial operations by aircraft and other services in return for payment;\n2. (amended, SG No. 34/2001, SG No. 52/2004, SG No. 81/2011) airports serving flights performed for the provision of commercial aviation service inclusive of one-off air carriage flights involving aircraft with maximum take-off mass of up to 5,700 kg, or with a passenger capacity of up to 19 seats;\n[...]\nArticle 43b \n(1) Civilian airports for public use which constitute State property shall be used under the terms established by this Act by airport-operator merchants who have been awarded a works concession or a services concession according to the procedure established by the Concession Act or by commercial corporations wherein the State is the sole owner of the capital.\n(2) A services concession may furthermore be granted according to the procedure established by the Concessions Act and under the terms established by this Act to civil airports for public use constituting State property for:\n1. passenger handling and/or freight, baggage and mail handling, and/or carrying out an accessory activity in a self-contained part of an airport designated by an effective master plan for the development of the airport, and/or\n2. a service provided within the perimeter of the airport, other than the groundhandling activities referred to in Article 48e (3). [...]\n(4) The concessionaire selection procedure for a concession referred to in Paragraph (1), the requirement for an airport operator referred to in Items 2 and 3 of Article 48d (2) shall be established as a condition for participation in the procedure. By the tenders thereof, the participants in the procedure shall submit proposals regarding the organisation, equipment and technology whereby they will ensure conformity to the established standards and procedures for ensuring flight safety and security at the airport concerned, as well as proposals regarding the manner of management and operation of the airport. An airport operator licence shall be issued to the concessionaire after the conclusion of the concession contract within the time limits agreed therein where the concessionaire meets the requirements for the issuing of a licence, as defined by this Act.\n[...]\nArt. 43f.\n(1) Natural or legal persons registered as merchants, who use or have investment initiative for building or enlargement of a civil airport for public use, apart from the cases of civil airports for public use – public state property or municipal property, shall submit an application to Chief Directorate \"Civil Aviation Administration\". \n[...]\n[...]\nArticle 48c\n(New, SG No. 85/1998, amended, SG No. 34/2001, SG No. 52/2004)\n(1) (Supplemented, SG No. 10/2007) The activities of management and operation of a civil airport under art. 43, para 2, item 1 and 2 shall be carried out by entrepreneurs registered under the Commerce Act or persons registered as traders under a legislation of an European Union Member State or of another country – a party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, to whom a licence for airport operator has been issued. \n[...]\nArticle 48d \n(1) An airport operator's license shall be issued to attest to the fact that the organization, technical equipment, technology and personnel of the licensed entity comply with the standards and requirements of safe and reliable maintenance of the airport operability.\n(2) An airport operator's license shall be issued subject to condition that:\n1. the applicant has procured a valid certificate of airport operability;\n2. the applicant has presented proof of financialstability;\n3. the airport manpower have the qualifications, professional experience, and length of service requisite to conduct this business;\n[...]\nArticle 48e\n(New, SG No. 34/2001, amended, SG No. 52/2004)\n(1) (Supplemented, SG No. 10/2007) Any activities pertinent to the ground service of a civilian airport as per Article 43 (2) items 1 and 2 shall be performed by commercial entities registered as per the Commercial Act or persons registered as merchants under the legislation of an European Union member state or another country signatory to the European Economic Area Agreement to which a ground service operator's license has been duly issued.[...]\n(3) A ground service operator's license shall be granted in respect of each of the activities to be performed at the respective airport:\n1. ground administration and supervision; 2. passenger service;3. luggage processing; 4. cargo and mail processing; 5. dock service of aircraft; 6. general service of aircraft; 7. provision of aircraft with fuel and lubricants; 8. technical servicing of aircraft; 9. flight operation and crew administration; 10. ground transportation; 11. on-board catering.\n[...]\nChapter Five - FLIGHTS [...]\nArticle 64\n(Amended, SG No. 85/1998)\n(1) (Amended, SG No. 52/2004, supplemented, SG No. 10/2007, amended, SG No. 66/2008, effective 25.07.2008) An aircraft operator is an entity registered pursuant to the Commerce Act or registered as a merchant under the legislation of an European Union member state or another country signatory to the European Economic Area Agreement, in possession of an aircraft operator's certificate attesting to the fact that the operator has the professional competence and logistical capacity to ensure the safe operation of aircraft in the performance of the air navigation activities listed in the said licence.\n(2) (New, SG No. 66/2008, effective 25.07.2008) The right to perform specialized aviation operations, other than commercial air carriage, shall be evidenced by an aircraft operator's license for the performance of specialized aviation operations. An aircraft operator performing specialized aviation operations shall be an entity registered under the Commerce Act or registered as a merchant under the relevant legislation of a European Union member state, or another country signatory to the European Economic Area Agreement. [...]\" (Civil Aviation Act, State Gazette No. 94/1.12.1972, as amended)\n-----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER II - OPERATING LICENCE\nArticle 3 - Operating licence\n1.   No undertaking established in the Community shall be permitted to carry by air passengers, mail and/or cargo for remuneration and/or hire unless it has been granted the appropriate operating licence.\n2.   The competent licensing authority shall not grant operating licences or maintain them in force where any of the requirements of this Chapter are not complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n(a) its principal place of business is located in that Member State;\n(b) it holds a valid AOC issued by a national authority of the same Member State whose competent licensing authority is responsible for granting, refusing, revoking or suspending the operating licence of the Community air carrier;\n(c) it has one or more aircraft at its disposal through ownership or a dry lease agreement;\n(d) its main occupation is to operate air services in isolation or combined with any other commercial operation of aircraft or the repair and maintenance of aircraft;\n(e) its company structure allows the competent licensing authority to implement the provisions of this Chapter;\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community) ","Civil Aviation Act, State Gazette No. 94/1.12.1972, as amended\nRegulation (EC) No 1008/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.minfin.bg/upload/38252/Civil_Aviation_Act.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?qid=1457094596807&uri=CELEX:32008R1008\">Regulation</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,2310,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","J58_63","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000375","Foreign investment in publishing of newspaper, journals and periodicals is subject to approval [assuming discriminatory as stipulated in specific legislation applying to foreign investors and without any mentioning of other standard approval process to which domestic investors may be suject to].","\"Article 1: The following investment sectors shall be restricted on the basis of national security, social welfare, or economic needs as listed in the sensitive list for the opening of industries and for the granting of national treatment in the attached annex.\nAnnex 1 \n[...] IV. Manufacturing Related Services: Publishing of newspaper, journals and periodicals: subject to discussion with Ministry of Information and Ministry of Culture and Fine Arts \" (Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1)\n----------------------------\n\"Article 18: The total number of all Khmer language newspapers owned/possessed by foreigners shall not exceed 20 percent of the total of all Khmer language newspapers that are actually being published in the Kingdom of Cambodia. Once the newspapers owned/possessed by foreigners have been authorized to publish, may not be closed because of the decreasing of total number of Khmer language newspapers.\"(Law on the Regime of the Press, of 18 July 1995, Art. 18)","Sub-decree 80/ANK/BK on Measures Restricting Certain Investment Sectors, 27 August 1999, Art. 1 and Annex 1.\nLaw on the Regime of the Press, 1995, Art. 18","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/khm_e/wtacckhm3a3_leg_4.pdf\">Sub-decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.google.fr/search?q=law+on+the+press+cambodia&oq=law+on+the+press+cambodia&aqs=chrome..69i57j0l5.5359j0j4&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1876,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHL","H5022","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0024","Ownership of Chilean flag merchant vessels is limited to Chilean natural persons, Chilean majority-owned corporations with principal domicile and real effective seat in Chile, and to co-ownerships in which a majority of members are Chilean naturals residing in Chile and in which the majority of rights belong to Chileans. Cabotage services are, in principle, reserved for Chilean flag vessels. Foreign vessels may be authorised to transport merchandise that weighs more than 900 tons if no Chilean vessels are available or through contracts awarded by public tender. Tugging activities performed in Chilean ports are reserved to Chilean flag vessels. Activities of stowage and dockage on Chilean ports must be carried out by Chilean majority-owned enterprises.","\"Art. 4 The ships are classified into merchant and special ships and, depending on their size, into major and minor ships.\nMerchant ships are those that serve transportation, whether national or international.\nSpecial vessels are those used for specific services, tasks or purposes, with their own characteristics for the functions for which they are intended, such as tugboats, fishing boats, dredgers, etc. scientific or pleasure boats, and so on.\nMajor ships are those of more than fifty tons of thick register, and smaller ships, those of fifty or less tons of thick register.\n[...]\nArt. 11. To register a ship in Chile it is required that its owner be Chilean and that the other requirements established in this title are met.\nIf the ship is owned by more than one person or is owned by a legal person, the following rules must be applied:\na) If the owner of a ship is a company, it will be considered Chilean as long as it has its main domicile in Chile and its real and effective headquarters; that its president, manager and majority of directors or administrators, as the case may be, be Chilean; and that the majority of the capital stock belongs to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nb) If the ship belongs to a community, it will be considered Chilean provided that the majority of the community members are Chilean, are domiciled and reside in Chile; that its administrators, where appropriate, be Chilean; and that most of the rights in the community belong to Chilean natural or legal persons.\nc) For the purposes provided in the two previous letters, it will be considered that the legal persons that are members of a company that owns ships or community members in their domain, are Chilean when they meet the requirements established in the preceding letters, respectively.\nSpecial vessels may also be registered in Chile With the exception of fishing companies, belonging to foreign natural or legal persons domiciled in the country, provided that they have the main seat of their business in Chile, or they exercise a profession or industry in the country on a permanent basis. These facts must be verified to the satisfaction of the maritime authority. The direction may, for reasons of national security, impose on these vessels special restrictive rules for their operations.\nNotwithstanding the foregoing, applying the principle of international reciprocity, the maritime authority may release from the requirements of this article, under conditions of equivalence, fishing companies incorporated in Chile with majority participation of foreign capital, when in the country of origin of said capital there are registration requirements for foreign vessels and provisions for the development of fishing activities in accordance with said principle, to which natural or legal persons of Chile can be accommodated. For the purposes of determining reciprocity and equivalence, prior certification from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will be required.\n[...]\nArt. 41. In towing tasks, or in other maneuvers in Chilean ports, only national flag tugs may be used.\nHowever, the Directorate may authorize, in qualified cases, the use of foreign flag tugboats.\n[...]\nArt. 49. To be a captain it is necessary to be Chilean and possess the title of such conferred by the Director.\n[...]\nArt. 61. Except as provided in article 68, to be an officer of national ships it will be necessary to possess such a title and a boarding license, granted by the Director; be Chilean and be registered in the Register of Officers of Ships of the Directorate. In this category will also be included the aspiring officers who make their training trip.\n[...]\nArt. 65. To be a crew member of national vessels it is necessary to be Chilean, have a registration or permit issued by the Maritime Authority and be registered in the respective Registry. As proof of registration, the Maritime Authority will grant each crew member a registration booklet.\n[...]\nArt. 68. The professional titles and licenses granted in a foreign country will be valid to perform as an officer in national ships, when the Director so orders it by reasoned resolution.\n[...]\nArt. 70. Larger ships will be under the command of a captain.\nMajor special ships may also be commanded by a deck officer or a skipper. The respective regulations will establish the title required by the officer to send a special ship.\nArt. 71. Skipper is the person of Chilean nationality who, in possession of the title of such granted by the Director, is authorized to command smaller ships and certain larger special ships. [...]\" (Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11, 41, 49, 61, 65, 68, 70 and 71 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 .- [...]\nFor the purposes of applying this law, \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\" will be understood as the natural or legal person who meets the requirements to flag a ship in Chile, in accordance with article 11 of Decree Law No. 2,222, of 1978; is engaged in the maritime transport trade and is the owner or lessee of a merchant ship or ships under Chilean registration and flag. Likewise, they will be considered \"Chilean shipping company\" or \"Chilean shipping company\", the natural or legal persons that, complying with the other requirements demanded in this article, are considered ships in accordance with the provisions of the fourth and fifth paragraphs of article 6.\n[...]\nArticle 3.- The cabotage is reserved for Chilean vessels, with the exceptions indicated in this law. It will be understood by such the maritime, river or lake transport of cargo between points of the national territory, and between theseand naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone.\nCabotage of passengers shall be understood as the transport maritime, river or lake of passengers, whose origin and destination are points of the national territory and between these and naval devices installed in the territorial sea or in the exclusive economic zone. Foreign passenger ships may participate in maritime cabotage between ports, as long as their transport capacity is equal to or greater than 400 passengers, they have overnight capacity on board and their function is to transport passengers for tourist purposes. The requirement that the cabotage of passengers by foreign ships must be developed only between ports will not be applicable to the calls of said ships in the Juan Fernández Archipelago and on Easter Island.\nForeign merchant ships may participate in the defined cabotage in the first paragraph, in the case of cargo volumes greater than 900 tons, after a public tender carried out by the user, summoned with due anticipation. In this case and for the sole purpose of awarding the tender, the offers with foreign merchant ships will be increased by a percentage similar to that of the general rate of the customs duty, in accordance with the procedure indicated in the Regulation.\nThe award of cargo shipments through the bidding process indicated in the previous paragraph, may be claimed by the Chilean shipping companies that participated in the bidding within a period of three business days, counted from the date of its award before the Commission mentioned in the following article, which must be resolved in the session immediately after the date of the claim, be it ordinary or extraordinary. After 30 days from the date of the claim without a pronouncement from the Commission, the award of the tender will be deemed approved.\nOnce the award has been made, and even when there is a pending claim, the Ministry of Transport and Telecommunications will authorize the foreign vessel to carry out the cabotage transport of the indicated cargoes.\nIf the claim is accepted and the user embarks, the user must pay a fine of 1% to 25% of the value of the freight, which will be applied by the Commission indicated in article 4. In this case, the sanctions referred to in article 18 will not be applied.\nIn the case of cargo volumes equal to or less than 900 tons and there is no availability of ships under the Chilean flag, the Maritime Authorityima will authorize the shipment of said cargo on foreign merchant ships. Likewise, said authorization must be given in the case of exclusive passenger transport. The Regulation will determine when it will be understood that there is no availability of ships within the term that it will set for this purpose.\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the corresponding Local Maritime Authority may exclude one or more extra merchant shipsCabotage authorities when, in their opinion, there are sufficient reasons to dispose of it. In any case, the shipowner or operator of the ship may request the reconsideration of this measure, even by telegraphic means, to the General Director of the Maritime Territory and the Merchant Marine.\nTransportation of empty containers entre the points indicated in the first paragraph of this article, it may only be carried out by foreign shipowners or operators when there is identical power for Chilean shipping companies in the countries of nationality and domicile of the respective shipowner or operator of the ship.\nHowever, if by nationality and / or domicile a foreign shipowner or operator is linked to a group of countries with a common shipping policy, it will also be necessary for Chilean shipping companies to be empowered to transport empty containers in and between the countries of the group in question.[...]\" (Decree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2.- Set the following consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Supreme Decree No. 48 of the Ministry of Labor and Social Welfare, of February 27, 1986, modified by Supreme Decree No. 60 and Supreme Decree 90 of 1999, which approves the Regulation on Port Work.\n\"Article 2: They can only perform as dock companies who were registered as such in the Dock Companies Registry. The maritime, customs, labor, port authorities and, in general, the administrative authorities, will not allow the performance of the docking company functions referred to in this regulation, to natural or legal persons that are not registered in this Registry. .\nArticle 3: The docking company shall meet the following requirements:\nI.- If they are natural persons:\na) Be Chilean and have sufficient legal capacity to exercise the activity of agent by himself. These same requirements will apply to their representatives and proxies.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate, in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful compliance with their labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Not having been convicted of a crime or simple crime that deserves an afflictive penalty.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed since the elimination.\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\nII.- If they are legal persons or communities:\na) Be Chilean. It will be considered as such the legal person or the community that has its main domicile and its real and effective headquarters in Chile, whose administrators, president, managers or directors, as the case may be, are Chilean, and whose share capital or assets belong tomore than fifty percent to Chilean natural or legal persons. For these purposes, it will be understood that the shareholders or partners are Chilean legal persons if they are incorporated in Chile in accordance with Chilean law.\nb) Have an established office that has with the minimum human and technical resources for the proper functioning of the docking company in each place where it has to carry out its activities.\nc) Maintain own capital and constitute the real guarantees in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate in the form and amounts determined by article 10 or grant in favor of the respective Labor Inspectorate a guarantee of faithful fulfillment of its labor and social security obligations, for the amounts and in the form established in article 13.\nd) Appoint one or more attorneys who will act on their behalf, who must be Chilean.\ne) Not having been eliminated from the respective Registry for any of the reasons expressed in article 8 of this regulation, unless more than five years have elapsed from the elimination, and\nf) Do not register more than four fines for labor and / or social security infractions in the year prior to the presentation of the application referred to in article 4.\"[...] (Decree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2 [google translation])","Decree-Law no. 2222 substituting the Navigation Law (31 May 1978), last amended on 16 February 2018, Articles 4, 11 and 41\nDecree-Law no. 3059 for the Promotion of the Merchant Navy (22 December 1979), last amended on 26 February 2019, Articles 1 and 3\nDecree no. 90 setting a consolidated, coordinated and systematized text of Decree no. 48 of 1968 that approves the regulation on port work (24 January 2000), Article 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=6855\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=7052\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcn.cl/leychile/navegar?idNorma=152054\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3623,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H502","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0008","Foreign investment in sectors/activities listed in the foreign investment 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access) requires prior government approval. This is the case of foreign investment in domestic water transport companies [including inland water transportation and domestic maritime transportation (cabotage)].","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2526,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.0001875","As a rule, foreign legal entities can only acquire ownership of real estate in Croatia under the condition of reciprocity and subject to consent by the Minister of Justice, except through a company incorporated in Croatia, in which case the incorporated company will be treated as a Croatian national. Foreign legal entities cannot acquire or hold any property rights in agricultural land or forests, or in areas legally declared as restricted to foreign investors in view of protecting the interests and safety of the Republic of Croatia.\nHowever, legal entities incorporated in EU/EEA member states can acquire and own real estate assets in Croatia under the same conditions as those applied to domestic legal entities, with the exception of agricultural land and other real estate localed in protected nature areas. Pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty on the Accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union, citizens and legal entities of the European Union cannot acquire agricultural land for a period of seven years from the date of accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union [1 July 2013]. In 2020, the ban was extended until 30 June 2023 by a decision of the European Commission.","\"Article 355\n(1) From the standpoint of this Act, a natural person shall be considered a party when he or she does not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law. [...]\n(3) A legal person shall be considered a foreign person from the point of view of this Act when it has a registered office outside the territory of the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nArticle 356 [...]\n(2) Foreign natural and legal persons may, unless otherwise provided by law, on the assumption of reciprocity, acquire ownership of real estate in the territory of the Republic of Croatia, if the consent is given by the Minister competent for justice of the Republic of Croatia.\n[…]\nArticle 358\n(1) A foreign person may not be the owner of real estate located in an area which, for the protection of the interests and security of the Republic of Croatia, has been declared an area in which foreign persons cannot have the right of ownership, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[…]\nArticle 358a\n(1) The provisions of Articles 354 to 358 of the Property and Other Real Rights Act (Official Gazette 91/96, 68/98, 137/99, 22/00, 73/00, 114/01, 79/06 and 141/06) do not apply to citizens and legal entities from the Member States of the European Union. These persons acquire the right of ownership of real estate under the preconditions that apply to the acquisition of the right of ownership for citizens of the Republic of Croatia and legal persons with a registered office in the Republic of Croatia.\n(2) The provision of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to real estate in the exempted areas:\n- agricultural land determined by a special law,\n- protected parts of nature according to a special law.[…]\" (Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 2\n(1) Agricultural land is of good interest to the Republic of Croatia and has its special protection.\n(2) Foreign legal and natural persons may not be holders of land ownership rights referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, unless otherwise determined by an international agreement and a special regulation. [...]\" (Agricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia referred to in Chapter 3 of Annex V to the 2011 Act of Accession shall be extended until 30 June 2023. [...]\" (Commission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1)\n------------------------\n\"Article 56\n(1) Forests and forest lands owned by the Republic of Croatia may not be alienated from the property of the Republic of Croatia, except in cases provided for by this Act.\n(2) Foreign persons, namely natural persons when they do not have the citizenship of the Republic of Croatia or other Member States of the European Union and a legal person having a registered office outside the Republic of Croatia and other Member States of the European Union, may not acquire ownership of forests and forest land in owned by the Republic of Croatia, unless otherwise provided by an international agreement.[...]\" (Forestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56 [google translation])","Property and Other Real Rights Act (NN 81/2015; consolidated text of 7/22/2015), Articles 355, 356, 358 and 358a\nAgricultural Land Act (NN 20/2018; 22 February 2018), Article 2\nCommission Decision (EU) 2020/787 of 16 June 2020 extending the transitional period concerning the acquisition of agricultural land in Croatia (OJ L 192, 17.6.2020, p. 1–3), Article 1\nForestry Act (NN 68/2018; 19 July 2018), Article 56","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2015_07_81_1548.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_03_20_402.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32020D0787\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2018_07_68_1392.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1046,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0008","Foreign investment in air transport is allowed up to 49% in companies involved in regular international and domestic flights (for both passenger and cargo services).  ","\"Article 75 Establishment of Companies:\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the laws governing the establishment of companies and facilities, no company or facility may be established to practice any of the civil aviation activities specified under a decree by the competent Minister, or adding one of such activities to existing companies unless upon his/her approval after submitting the technical and economic feasibility study. \nThe companies and facilities referred to in the preceding paragraph shall not practice the activity unless obtaining authorization to practice the civil aviation activity and the Air Operator Certificate (AOC).[...]\" (Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"121.1 Applicability\n(a) Except as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, this Part prescribes rules governing the certification and operations of the following:\n(1) Each air operator engaging in international or domestic air transportation under an air operator certificate (AOC) issued by the Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority (ECAA).\nThis includes both air carrier and air taxi certificates;\n(2) Each AOC holder covered by this section when engaging in charter flights or other special service operations; and\n(3) Each AOC holder when it engages in the carriage of persons or property for compensation or hire under an air operator certificate issued by the ECAA.\n[...]\n121.2 Definitions for the purpose of this Part\n(a) “Passenger-carrying aircraft” or “passenger-carrying operation” means one carrying any person other than a person listed in 121.583, or carrying any person other than a cockpit crewmember or other crewmember, company employee, authorized government representative, or person accompanying a shipment.\n(b) “Air Taxi Operations“  Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of less than 50, including any required crewmember seat or a maximum certificated take-off mass of less than 20,500 kg.\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this operation\n(c) “Air carrier Operations“ Operations conducted by Egyptian air operator, in an air transport service, of any of the following:\n(1) Airplane having a maximum seating capacity of (50 or more ) including any required crewmember seat and a maximum certificated take-off mass of (20,500 or more ).\n(2) Any aircraft that is authorized by the ECAA president to be operated under this Subpart.\n(d) “Egyptian citizen” means one of the following:\n(1) An individual who is a citizen of Egypt;\n(2) A partnership of which each member is such an individual; and\n(3) A corporation or association created or organized under the Egyptian laws of which the president and two-thirds or more of the board of directors and other managing officers thereof are such individuals and in which at least 51 percent of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons who are Egyptian citizens.\n(e) “Common carriage” means the carriage of persons or property for compensation and hire.\nA ”common carrier\" means an operation in which the main purpose is for compensation and hire.\n121.3 General requirements\nA person may not operate as an air operator unless that person:\n(a) Is a citizen of the Arab Republic of Egypt;\n(b) Obtains an air carrier or air taxi certificate; and [...]\" (Ministry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3 [unofficial translation])","Civil Aviation Law (Law No. 28 of 1981), as amended by Law No. 136 of 2010, Article 75\nMinistry of Civil Aviation, Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority, Civil Aviation Regulations Part 121, \"Certification and Operations: Air Carriers and Air Taxi\" (October 2020), Sections 121.1, 121.2 and 121.3","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/ecaa/5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.civilaviation.gov.eg/download/solta/617\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1343,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FIN","K6511_652_653_662","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0000225","One  of  the  founders of an insurance fund that conducts non-commercial insurance activities in compliance with the Employee’s or Self-employed Person’s Pensions Act or the Health Insurance Act must  have  an  EU  nationality,  must  be  an  EU undertaking  or  be  a  foundation  whose  home  member  state  is  an  EU  country,  unless  the Financial Supervision Authority has granted an exemption.","\"Section 1:\nThe Insurance Fund is an insurance institution which, without engaging in insurance business, grants in its area of ​​activity:\n1) old-age, invalidity, unemployment, survivors' and part-time pensions;\n2) compensation for death, illness, defect or injury;\n3) compensation for the costs of rehabilitation provided for the prevention of illness or incapacity for work or for the improvement of work and earning capacity;\n4) funeral allowance;\n5) voluntary additional benefits referred to in the Act on Contribution-Based Supplementary Pension Schemes in Pension Foundations and Pension Funds (173/2009);\n6) other benefits that can be considered to be covered by social personal insurance activities.\n\nThe activities referred to in subsection 1 above may be carried out, unless otherwise provided elsewhere in law, only by the Insurance Fund under this Act.\n\nThis Act does not apply to an unemployment fund within the meaning of the Unemployment Insurance Act (603/84).\n\nSection 2:\nThe provisions of this Act shall apply to an insurance fund which carries out activities pursuant to the Employees' Pensions Act (395/2006), the Self-employed Person's Pensions Act (1272/2006), the Health Insurance Act (1224/2004) or the Social Insurance Institution's Rehabilitation Benefits and Rehabilitation Benefits Act (566/2005), unless otherwise provided in said Acts.\n[...]\n\nSection 10:\nThe insurance fund may be established by one or more founders. The founder must be a citizen of Finland or an EEA state or an association or foundation domiciled in Finland or another EEA state. A general partnership or a limited partnership may be the founder, provided that the partners who are personally liable for the company's obligations are citizens of Finland or another EEA state. With the permission of the Financial Supervision Authority, another entity or foundation may be a founder.\n\nThe central administration of a pension fund engaged in supplementary pension activities must be located in Finland. The seat of the central administration means the place where the key strategic decisions of the EEA Supplementary Pension Fund are taken.\n[...]\"\n(Act on Insurance Funds (1164/1992), Sections 1, 2 and 10 [google translation])","Act on Insurance Funds (1164/1992), Sections 1, 2 and 10","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/1992/19921164\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF5",1,100,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FIN","K6511_652_653_662","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0000225","One  of  the  founders of an insurance fund that conducts non-commercial insurance activities in compliance with the Employee’s or Self-employed Person’s Pensions Act or the Health Insurance Act must  have  an  EU  nationality,  must  be  an  EU undertaking  or  be  a  foundation  whose  home  member  state  is  an  EU  country,  unless  the Financial Supervision Authority has granted an exemption.","\"Section 1:\nThe Insurance Fund is an insurance institution which, without engaging in insurance business, grants in its area of ​​activity:\n1) old-age, invalidity, unemployment, survivors' and part-time pensions;\n2) compensation for death, illness, defect or injury;\n3) compensation for the costs of rehabilitation provided for the prevention of illness or incapacity for work or for the improvement of work and earning capacity;\n4) funeral allowance;\n5) voluntary additional benefits referred to in the Act on Contribution-Based Supplementary Pension Schemes in Pension Foundations and Pension Funds (173/2009);\n6) other benefits that can be considered to be covered by social personal insurance activities.\n\nThe activities referred to in subsection 1 above may be carried out, unless otherwise provided elsewhere in law, only by the Insurance Fund under this Act.\n\nThis Act does not apply to an unemployment fund within the meaning of the Unemployment Insurance Act (603/84).\n\nSection 2:\nThe provisions of this Act shall apply to an insurance fund which carries out activities pursuant to the Employees' Pensions Act (395/2006), the Self-employed Person's Pensions Act (1272/2006), the Health Insurance Act (1224/2004) or the Social Insurance Institution's Rehabilitation Benefits and Rehabilitation Benefits Act (566/2005), unless otherwise provided in said Acts.\n[...]\n\nSection 10:\nThe insurance fund may be established by one or more founders. The founder must be a citizen of Finland or an EEA state or an association or foundation domiciled in Finland or another EEA state. A general partnership or a limited partnership may be the founder, provided that the partners who are personally liable for the company's obligations are citizens of Finland or another EEA state. With the permission of the Financial Supervision Authority, another entity or foundation may be a founder.\n\nThe central administration of a pension fund engaged in supplementary pension activities must be located in Finland. The seat of the central administration means the place where the key strategic decisions of the EEA Supplementary Pension Fund are taken.\n[...]\"\n(Act on Insurance Funds (1164/1992), Sections 1, 2 and 10 [google translation])","Act on Insurance Funds (1164/1992), Sections 1, 2 and 10","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/1992/19921164\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF5",1,100,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DEU","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00576","Airlines established in Germany must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory. Cabotage can be reserved for domestic carriers.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\"\n--------------------------------\n\"§ 23 \nSubject to the aviation law of the European Union, the commercial transport of people and objects by aircraft between locations in Germany can be reserved for German air carriers.[...]\" (Aviation Act (May 10, 2007; Federal Law Gazette I p. 698), last amended by the Act of July 5, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I p. 2287), Section 23 [google translation])","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)\nAviation Act (May 10, 2007; Federal Law Gazette I p. 698), last amended by the Act of July 5, 2021 (Federal Law Gazette I p. 2287), Section 23","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/luftvg/\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,763,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","M691","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0001875","Law firms are directed by members that can only be attorneys. Non-EEA nationals cannot qualify as an attorney, and hence cannot become members either.","\"Section 58 \n(1) The regional bar association shall, upon request, admit as an attorney-at-law anyone who:\na) is a citizen of any State that is a party to the Treaty on the European Economic Area,\n[...]\nSection 87 \n(1) A law office is a legal entity established by one or more attorneys-at-law or European Community lawyers for the purpose of jointly performing the professional activities of an attorney-at-law as a business-like activity, where a member’s obligation comprises the provision of assets and other services to the law office as determined in the deed of foundation.\n[...]\nSection 91 \n(1) The decision-making organ of a law office shall be the members’ meeting, consisting of the members of the law office.\n(2) In the case of a single-member law office, the powers of the decision-making organ shall be exercised by the single member who shall make decisions in writing on all matters falling within the powers of the decision-making organ.\n(3) Managing the affairs of the law office shall be carried out by one or more office managers elected from the members.[...]\" (Act on the professional activities of attorneys-at-law (LXXVIII of 2017), last amended 1 July 2021, Sections 58, 87 and 91 [unofficial translation as in force on 1 January 2018])","Act on the professional activities of attorneys-at-law (LXXVIII of 2017), subsequently amended, Sections 58 and 87 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2017-78-00-00\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/translation/J2017T0078P_20180101_FIN.pdf\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,789,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","G45_472T477","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.00140625","Foreign equity up to 51% is allowed for Multi-Brand Retail Trading (MBRT) subject to prior government approval and discriminatory conditions on minimum capital (see related entry) and local content requirements (at least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian MSMEs).\nForeign investment in Single-Brand Retail Trade (SBRT) is generally open to 100% foreign equity under the automatic route (without the need to obtain prior government approval), but the following conditions also apply:\n - Majority foreign investments in SBRT are subject to a discriminatory local content requirement policy whereby the sourcing of 30% of the value of goods purchased must be done from India. Note, however, that a 3-year exemption can be granted starting from the commencement of the business for products that are technologically relevant and where local sourcing is not possible.\n- Foreign investment in SBRT engaging in both physical and online (e-commerce) SBRT activities is permitted. However, foreign investment in online SBRT activity is prohibited as it would be subject to the FDI Policy on e-commerce activity which establishes that e-commerce is only allowed for business to business trading and not in retail trading. \n- FDI in the SBRT of Indian brands is not permitted. Pursuant to the FDI Policy, [SBRT of] Indian brands should be owned and controlled by resident Indian citizens and/or companies which are owned and controlled by resident Indian citizens. ","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.15 TRADING [...]\n5.2.15.2 E-COMMERCE ACTIVITIES\nE-commerce activities  | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.15.2.1 Subject to provisions of FDI Policy, e-commerce entities would engage only in Business to Business (B2B) e-commerce [classified as wholesale activity] and not in Business to Consumer (B2C) e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.2 DEFINITIONS:\ni) E-commerce- E-commerce means buying and selling of goods and services including digital products over digital & electronic network. [...]\niii) Inventory based model of e-commerce- Inventory based model of e-commerce means an e-commerce activity where inventory of goods and services is owned by e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.\niv) Marketplace based model of e-commerce- Marketplace based model of e-commerce means providing of an information technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital & electronic network to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. \n5.2.15.2.3  GUIDELINES FOR FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT ON E-COMMERCE SECTOR \ni) 100% FDI under automatic route is permitted in marketplace model of e-commerce. \nii)  FDI is not permitted in inventory-based model of e-commerce. \n5.2.15.2.4  OTHER CONDITIONS \nii) Marketplace e-commerce entity will be permitted to enter into transactions with sellers registered on its platform on B2B basis.\niii) E-commerce marketplace may provide support services to sellers in respect of warehousing, logistics, order fulfillment, call centre, payment collection and other services. iv)  E-commerce entity providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over the inventory will render the business into inventory-based model. Inventory of a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or its group companies. v) An entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run by such marketplace entity.\n[...]\n5.2.15.3 SINGLE BRAND PRODUCT RETAIL TRADING \nSingle Brand Product Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n[...]\n(2) FDI in Single Brand product retail trading would be subject to the following conditions: [...]\n(e) In respect of proposals involving foreign investment beyond 51%, sourcing of 30% of the value of goods purchased, will be done from India, preferably from MSMEs, village and cottage industries, artisans and craftsmen, in all sectors. The quantum of domestic sourcing will be self-certified by the company, to be subsequently checked, by statutory auditors, from the duly certified accounts which the company will be required to maintain. This procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the goods procured, beginning 1st April of the year of the commencement of SBRT business (i.e. opening of the first store or start of online retail, whichever is earlier). Thereafter, SBRT entity shall be required to meet the 30% local sourcing norms on an annual basis. For the purpose of ascertaining the sourcing requirement, the relevant entity would be the company, incorporated in India, which is the recipient of foreign investment for the purpose of carrying out single-brand product retail trading. \n(f)    For the purpose of meeting local sourcing requirement laid down at para (e) above, all procurements made from India by the SBRT entity for that single brand shall be counted towards local sourcing, irrespective of whether the goods procured are sold in India or exported. SBRT entity is also permitted to set off sourcing of goods from India for global operations against the mandatory sourcing requirement of 30%. For this purpose, ‘sourcing of goods from India for global operations’ shall mean value of goods sourced from India for global operations for that single brand (in INR terms) in a particular financial year directly by the entity undertaking SBRT or its group companies (resident or non-resident), or indirectly by them through a third party under a legally tenable agreement.\n(g) An SBRT entity operating through brick and mortar stores can also undertake retail trading through e-commerce. However, retail trading through e-commerce can also be undertaken prior to opening of brick and mortar stores, subject to the condition that the entity opens brick and mortar stores within 2 years from date of start of online retail. \nNOTE:\n(i) Conditions mentioned at Para 5.2.15.3 (2) (b) & 5.2.15.3 (2) (d) will not be applicable for undertaking SBRT of Indian brands.\n(ii) Indian brands should be owned and controlled by resident Indian citizens and/or companies which are owned and controlled by resident Indian citizens. \n(iii)Sourcing norms will not be applicable up to three years from commencement of the business i.e. opening of the first store or start of online retail, whichever is earlier for entities undertaking single brand retail trading of products having ‘state-of-art’ and ‘cutting-edge’ technology and where local sourcing is not possible. Thereafter, provisions of Para 5.2.15.3 (2) (e) will be applicable. A Committee under the Chairmanship of Secretary, DPIIT, with representatives from NITI Aayog, concerned Administrative Ministry and independent technical expert(s) on the subject will examine the claim of applicants on the issue of the products being in the nature of ‘state-of-art’ and ‘cutting-edge’ technology where local sourcing is not possible and give recommendations for such relaxation.\n[...]\n5.2.15.4 MULTI BRAND RETAIL TRADING\nMulti Brand Retail Trading | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 51% | Entry Route: Government\n(1) FDI in multi brand retail trading, in all products, will be permitted, subject to the following conditions: (i) Fresh agricultural produce, including fruits, vegetables, flowers, grains, pulses, fresh poultry, fishery and meat products, may be unbranded. (ii) Minimum amount to be brought in, as FDI, by the foreign investor, would be US $ 100 million. \n(iii) At least 50% of total FDI brought in the first tranche of US $ 100 million, shall be invested in 'back-end infrastructure' within three years, where ‘back-end infrastructure’ will include capital expenditure on all activities, excluding that on front-end units; for instance, back-end infrastructure will include investment made towards processing, manufacturing, distribution, design improvement, quality control, packaging, logistics, storage, ware-house, agriculture market produce infrastructure etc.  Expenditure on land cost and rentals, if any, will not be counted for purposes of backend infrastructure. Subsequent investment in backend infrastructure would be made by the MBRT retailer as needed, depending upon its business requirements.\n(iv) At least 30% of the value of procurement of manufactured/processed products purchased shall be sourced from Indian micro, small and medium industries, which have a total investment in plant & machinery not exceeding US $ 2.00 million. This valuation refers to the value at the time of installation, without providing for depreciation. The ‘small industry’ status would be reckoned only at the time of first engagement with the retailer, and such industry shall continue to qualify as a ‘small industry’ for this purpose, even if it outgrows the said investment of US $ 2.00 million during the course of its relationship with the said retailer. Sourcing from agricultural co-operatives and farmers co-operatives would also be considered in this category. The procurement requirement would have to be met, in the first instance, as an average of five years’ total value of the manufactured/processed products purchased, beginning 1st April of the year during which the first tranche of FDI is received. Thereafter, it would have to be met on an annual basis. [...]\n(vi) Retail sales outlets may be set up only in cities with a population of more than 10 lakh as per 2011 Census or any other cities as per the decision of the respective State Governments, and may also cover an area of 10 kms around the municipal/urban agglomeration limits of such cities; retail locations will be restricted to conforming areas as per the Master/Zonal Plans of the concerned cities and provision will be made for requisite facilities such as transport connectivity and parking. [...]\n(viii)  The above policy is an enabling policy only and the State Governments/Union Territories would be free to take their own decisions in regard to implementation of the policy.  Therefore, retail sales outlets may be set up in those States/Union Territories which have agreed, or agree in future, to allow FDI in MBRT under this policy. The list of States/Union Territories which have conveyed their agreement is at (2) below. Such agreement, in future, to permit establishment of retail outlets under this policy, would be conveyed to the Government of India through the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade and additions would be made to the list at (2) below accordingly. The establishment of the retail sales outlets will be in compliance of applicable State/Union Territory laws/ regulations, such as the Shops and Establishments Act etc.\n(ix)  Retail trading, in any form, by means of e-commerce, would not be permissible, for companies with FDI, engaged in the activity of multi-brand retail trading. \n[...]\n5.2.15.5 DUTY FREE SHOPS \nDuty Free Shops | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2455,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0096","As of March 2021, foreign investment in all passenger and cargo air transportation activities remains limited to 49% of equity interest. The \"2020 [negative] investment list\" adopts a somewhat different language/terminology, and indicates only some of the related industrial (KBLI) codes, but no material regulatory change has been implemented in relation to foreign investment restrictions in air transporation services [See restrictions indicated in the OSS Ministry of Investment/BKPM]. Regulatory changes enshrined in the new negative list refer only to airport services and other auxiliary services to air transportation.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Domestic Scheduled Commercial Air Transport for Passengers or Passengers and Cargo (KBLI 51101): a. Foreign capital ownership: Maximum 49%; b. The national capital must outnumber the whole foreign capital (single majority).\n- Domestic Non-Scheduled Commercial Air Transport for Passengers or Passengers and Cargo (KBLI 51102): a. Foreign capital ownership: Maximum 49%; b. The national capital must outnumber the whole foreign capital (single majority).\n- Other air transporttation activities (KBLI 51109): a. Foreign capital ownership: Maximum 49%; b. The national capital must outnumber the whole foreign capital (single majority).\n- International non-scheduled commercial air transportation [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Domestic scheduled commercial air transportation, International scheduled commercial air transportation, Nonscheduled commercial air transportation, Noncommercial air transportation: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%; b. National capital must outnumber the whole foreign capital (single majority).\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","OSS Ministry of Investment/BKPM, \"STANDARD CLASSIFICATION OF INDONESIAN BUSINESS FIELDS (KBLI) 2020>51201\", website content.","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://oss.go.id/informasi/kbli-detail/0229d259-9d38-48b4-8a15-7b9d8a7819b5\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2618,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","Law  of 11 May 2012, n. 56: In the sectors of energy, transport, and communications the goverment's special powers consist in: the veto on or the authorisation of, under specific conditions, decisions, acts, or operations concerning strategic assets; the imposition of specific conditions to make affective acquisitions by non EU investors of companies owning strategic assets. In exceptional cases and when the above-mentioned acquisitions determines control rights, the Government has the right of opposition to the entire acquisition by buyers from outside the EU (in compliance with article 49 of the treaty of the Functioning of the European Union). This system was put in place to overcome the retirement of the \"golden share\" system contested by the EU. With respect to the Energy, Transportation and Communications sectors, the Decree requires that a company notify the Italian Government of any resolutions it adopts that would have the effect of changing such company’s ownership structure or purpose, or winding up such company’s business. The Italian government is entitled to impose specific conditions to those resolutions, acts or transactions that would give rise to an exceptional situation of an actual threat of serious injury to public interests relating to the security and functioning of networks and systems and the continuity of supplies.\nThe Decree-Law 21 September 2019, n.105, converted into law, with amendments, by Law 18 November 2019, n.133 brought changes to Italy’s rules on special powers that are laid down in Law No.56 of 11 May 2012. Among others, the changes:\n- broaden the criteria for the evaluation of investment projects under the scope of the “golden powers” regime by adding to the factors to consider: government-control of the would-be acquirer; previous actions that threated essential security interests of Italy or another EU Member State; and the probability that the would-be acquirer engage in illegal activities; and\n- strengthen the sanctions regime associated with the review mechanisms.\nIn response to the economic circumstances that resulted from the COVID-19 pandemic, Italy made temporary modifications to the “golden powers” mechanism with effect from 9 April 2020. The changes temporarily expand the scope of the powers to cover additional sectors that are declared strategic; enables the authorities to open reviews ex-officio where companies do not fulfil the notifications obligations; and expand the scope of the powers to acquisitions from within the EU and lower the trigger threshold for acquisitions from outside the EU to 10%.\nOn 25 December 2020, Law No.176 of 18 December 2020, entered into force. Among others, the law extends the temporary application of changes to the investment review mechanism that had initially been brought by Decree Law 8 April 2020, n.23. until 30 June 2021. On 30 April 2021, the application of the temporary rules was further extended until 31 December 2021 pursuant to Decree-Law No. 56 of 30 April 2021.\nOn 14 January 2021, Decrees of the President of the Council of Ministers No.179 and No.180 entered into force. The Decrees identify which assets and interests are subject to Italy’s foreign investment review mechanisms. The new measures clarify and expand the scope of application of the review of acquisitions that require prior government approval. The process covers assets and sectors of strategic importance to the national interest, and include sectors such as energy, water, health, data and sensitive information, financial services, artificial intelligence and media, as well as transport (ports, airports etc.), and broadband and ultra-broadband services.\nOn 21 March 2022, the Italian Government issued Decree-Law n. 21, adopting urgent measures to counter the Ukrainian crisis, which confirmed the regime introduced in the COVID-19 pandemic context and amended the foreign investment review mechanism, known as “Golden Powers”, established by Decree-Law n.21 of 15 March 2012 converted, with amendments, into law by Law n.65 of 11 May 2012. The Decree-Law: adds transactions that affect the ownership, control of availability of defence and national security assets to the sectors that are subject to the prior notification procedure; imposes prior notification obligation hitherto applicable only to would-be acquirers also to the acquisition targets; expands the industrial sectors considered strategic for the national security beyond the sectors of energy, transport and communication; and provides for the possibility that the Government establish a simplified prior notification procedure. The Decree-Law entered into force on 22 March 2022 with the exception of the extension of the industrial sectors considered strategic for the national security, which will enter into force only on 1 January 2023. The Decree-Law was converted with modifications into Law no.51 of 20 May 2022.\nThrough Law No.51/2022, which converted the Decree-Law No. 21 of 15 March 2022, the Parliament amended para 5bis and inserted a para 7 bis to Art.2 of the Decree-Law No.21 of 14 March 2002. The changes include: 1) the expansion of the foreign investment review by the government, covering the acquisition of control in companies holding strategic assets and greenfield investment in companies carrying activities or holding assets that are strategic for the foreign investment review purposes, if one or more non-EU individuals or entities hold at least 10% of the capital or voting rights; and the 2) the definition of non-EU individuals or entities, which was extended and now cover: any non-EU citizen or a citizen who is not resident, or does not have the main place of business, in the EU or in the European Economic Area (EEA); any entity that does not have its registered office, place of management or main place of business within the EU or the EEA; any entity that has its registered office, place of management or main place of business within the EU or the EEA, but which is directly or indirectly controlled by individuals or entities that fall within the categories above; or any individual or entity that has EU or EEA citizenship/nationality or established therein the residency, registered office, place of management or main place of business, if there are elements that suggest the intent to circumvent the rules.\nOn 21 September 2022, Decree No.189 entered into force, which introduces measures to coordinate the regimes for tender procedures and mandatory notifications under the “golden powers”, the Italian screening mechanism. Furthermore, the Decree provides for simplification measures for the notification of foreign direct investments in the specific case of concessions.\nOn 24 September 2022, Decree No.133 entered into force. The Act introduced an option for investors to file a pre-notification notice on a prospected transaction. With 30 days from the filing, the Presidency of the Council shall notify if the transaction falls within the scope of the screening procedure. In case of a positive answer, it shall also specify whether there are grounds for the exercise of the special powers. The Act also introduces simplification measures for all cases of non-exercise of the special powers.\nOn 10 October 2023, Law No. 136/2023 entered into effect. The Law converts Decree-Law No. 104/2023 into law and expands the scope of application of the special powers regime to include certain asset acquisitions in a list of critical technologies, when these assets are covered by intellectual property rights.",{"$cut":{"chars":31235,"head":"“Article 1 Special powers in the areas of defense and national security\n1. […] the following special powers may be exercised in the event of a threat of serious damage to the essential interests of defense and national security: […]\nb) veto on the adoption of resolutions, acts or operations of the assembly or administrative bodies of a company referred to in letter a), which have the effect of changing ownership, control or availability((of the assets identified pursuant to the same letter a) )), including those relating to the merger or split of the company, the transfer of the company or branches thereof or of controlled companies, the transfer of the registered office abroad, the modification of the corporate purpose, the dissolution of the company, the modification of statutory clauses possibly adopted pursuant to article 2351, third paragraph, of the civil code or introduced pursuant to article 3, paragraph 1, of the legislative decree of 31 May 1994, n. 332 , converted, with amendments, by law 30 July 1994, n. 474 , as last amended by article 3 of this decree, the transfers of real or use rights relating to tangible or intangible assets, the assignment of the same as a guarantee or the assumption of constraints that condition their use , also due to the company being subjected to insolvency proceedings;\nc) opposition to the purchase, for any reason, of shareholdings in a company referred to in letter a) by a person other than the Italian State, Italian public bodies or subjects controlled by them, if the buyer comes to hold, directly or indirectly, including through subsequent acquisitions, through third parties or through entities otherwise connected, a level of shareholding in the capital with voting rights capable of compromising the interests of defense and national security in the specific case. [...]\n3-bis. If the purchase of the shareholdings referred to in paragraph 1, letters a) and c), is carried out by a party outside the European Union, referred to in article 2, paragraph 5-bis, the Government may also consider the following circumstances:\na) that the buyer is directly or indirectly controlled by the public administration, including state bodies or armed forces, of a country not belonging to the European Union, including through ownership structure or substantial financing;\nb) that the buyer has already been involved in activities that affect security or public order in a Member State of the European Union;\nc) that there is a serious risk that the buyer will engage in illegal or criminal activities. […]\n5. For the purposes of the possible exercise of the powers referred to in paragraph 1, letters a) and c), anyone who acquires a shareholding in companies that carry out activities of strategic importance for the national defense and security system, where possible jointly with the company whose shareholdings are the subject of the purchase, notify the same acquisition within ten days to the Presidency of the Council of Ministers […]\nThe power to impose specific conditions referred to in paragraph 1, letter a), or to oppose the purchase pursuant to paragraph 1, letter c), is exercised within forty-five days from the date of notification. […]\nArt. 1-bis (Special powers relating to 5G, cloud-based and other active broadband electronic communications services)\n1. For the purposes of exercising the special powers referred to in this article, broadband electronic communications services based on 5G technology constitute activities of strategic importance for the national defense and security system. For the same purposes referred to in this article, further services, goods, relationships, activities and technologies relevant to cyber security, including those relating to cloud technology, may be identified with one or more decrees of the President of the Council of Ministers […].\n2. Without prejudice to the obligations established pursuant to the legislative decree of 21 September 2019, n. 105 , converted, with amendments, by law 18 November 2019, n. 133 , companies which, also through contracts or agreements,"}},"(DECREE-LAW of 15 March 2012, n. 21, \"Rules on the special powers over corporate assets in the sectors of defence and national security, as well as over the activities of strategic importance in the fields of energy, transport and communications\", converted into law by LAW of 11 May 2012, n. 56; last amended by DECREE-LAW of 10 August 2023, n. 104 (converted into law and modified by LAW of 9 October 2023, n. 136)\nDECREE OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE COUNCIL OF MINISTERS 1 August 2022, n. 133\nDECREE OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE COUNCIL OF MINISTERS 1 September 2022 n. 189\nDECREE-LAW 21 March 2022, n. 21 \"Urgent measures to counter the economic and humanitarian effects of the Ukrainian crisis\", last amended by Law 20 May 2022, n. 51\nDECREE-LAW of 21 September 2019, n. 105, \"Urgent provisions regarding the perimeter of national cyber security ((and the regulation of special powers in sectors of strategic importance))\"; last amended by LAW of June 17, 2021, n. 87\nDecree of the President of the Council of Ministers, 23 December 2020, n. 180, Articles, 1, 2, 3, and 4\nDecree of the President of the Council of Ministers, 18 December 2020, n. 179, Articles 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.normattiva.it/atto/caricaDettaglioAtto?atto.dataPubblicazioneGazzetta=2012-03-15&atto.codiceRedazionale=012G0040&tipoDettaglio=multivigenza&qId=\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2022/09/09/22G00138/sg\">DECREE</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2022/12/06/22G00196/sg\">DECREE</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.normattiva.it/atto/caricaDettaglioAtto?atto.dataPubblicazioneGazzetta=2022-03-21&atto.codiceRedazionale=22G00032&atto.articolo.numero=0&atto.articolo.sottoArticolo=1&atto.articolo.sottoArticolo1=10&qId=e75bd720-2f7c-48c1-b9cf-bba4767638ed&tabID=0.5951720554060962&title=lbl.dettaglioAtto\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:decreto.legge:2019-09-21;105!vig=2021-08-19\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.normattiva.it/esporta/attoCompleto?atto.dataPubblicazioneGazzetta=2020-12-30&atto.codiceRedazionale=20G00200\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.normattiva.it/esporta/attoCompleto?atto.dataPubblicazioneGazzetta=2020-12-30&atto.codiceRedazionale=20G00199\">Decree</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3266,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0096","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in scheduled and nonscheduled passenger, freight and mail air transport services.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nC- The following transport services:-[...]\n2 - Air transport and their services, including:\nA- Regular and non-scheduled air transport services for passengers, goods and mail.\nB - the examination.\nC- Goods agent agencies.\nD- Air freight brokers.[...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","American Chamber of Commerce in Jordan: \"Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77 of 2016 (as amended in 2019 & 2020)\", 2020","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://assets-global.website-files.com/601b3fe900f2a66ff84d23e2/60f0d27ac46014005895c42d_jordan-investment-law-l0rnabfi.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/3_-updated-Jordan-FDI-Regulation-English-Arabic-2020.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1612,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","A01","CLAS1_1","I53","IX",2023,"0.00375","Foreign natural and legal persons, as well as legal entities which are majority owned by foreign legal entities and individuals, may not own agricultural land plots but are entitled to lease them for up to 25 years. In 2016, a moratorium on land privatisation and leasing to foreigners, applicable until 31 December 2021, was introduced. Thus, currently no rights of agricultural land use are granted to foreigners. Land users who had been given such rights before the moratorium was introduced, however, enjoy their rights until the expiry of the land-use period. Hence, during the period, foreign investment was limited to aquisition of interest in companies holding agricultural land up to permitted levels (for the purposes of the OECD FDI RRI, this is considered equivalent to a restriction on greenfield investment). Additionally, foreign natural and legal persons, as well as legal entities with foreign participation, cannot lease or own agricultural land in the border zone. ","\"Article 23. Ownership of land plots of citizens and legal entities\n1. Land plots in the state ownership may be granted to the private ownership for citizens and non-state legal entities, with the exception of the land plots which in accordance with this Code may not be in the private ownership.\n1-1. Land plots located in the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan are not provided into private ownership or for temporary land use.\nThe population is allowed to use agricultural land located within the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan for grazing farm animals of own farmsteads and haymaking without the right to erect any buildings (constructions, structures).\n2. Private ownership of the citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan may include the land plots for management of peasant or agrarian economy, personal subsidiary husbandry, forest planting, gardening, personal housing and suburban construction management, as well as granted for building construction or built-up by production and non-production, including residential buildings (constructions, installations) and their complexes, including lands intended for janitorial service (constructions, installations) in accordance with their purposes. [...]\n3. Non-state legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan may own land plots (to be) provided for agricultural production, afforestation, for development or having production and non-production buildings (constructions, structures), including residential ones, and their complexes, including lands intended for the maintenance of buildings (constructions, structures) in accordance with their intended use.\n4. Foreigners, stateless persons and foreign legal entities (non-state ones) may own land plots for the purposes specified in paragraph 3 of this article, except for lands intended for agricultural production and afforestation.\nLand plots located in the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan may not be owned by foreigners, stateless persons, citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan who are married to (are spouses of) foreigners or stateless persons, and also to foreign legal entities and legal entities of the Republic Kazakhstan with foreign participation.[...]\nWhen a foreigner or stateless person, a foreign legal entity, a legal entity of the Republic of Kazakhstan with foreign participation becomes a member (shareholders) of a legal entity of the Republic of Kazakhstan, the ownership of land plots located in the frontier zone and frontier strip of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan shall be subject to re-registration or alienation in accordance with the provisions of Article 66 of this Code.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Property right to agricultural lands\n[\"Note of the RCLI! In accordance with Decree of the President of the Republic of Kazakhstan № 248 as of May 6, 2016, a moratorium to grant private property rights to state-owned agricultural land plots to individuals and legal entities was introduced until December 31, 2021.\"]\n1. Agricultural land plots owned by the state may be provided to citizens and legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan without foreign participation on the basis of the land use right in the manner and subject to conditions established by this Code. [...]\n[\"Note of the RCLI! In accordance with Decree of the President of the Republic of Kazakhstan № 248 as of May 6, 2016, a moratorium to grant the right of temporary land use as a lease of agricultural land plots to foreigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, and also legal entities with more than fifty percent of the authorized capital belonging to foreigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities was introduced until December 31, 2021.\"]\nForeigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, as well as legal entities with more than fifty percent of the authorized capital belonging to foreigners, stateless persons, foreign legal entities, may own agricultural land plots only on the basis of the right of temporary land use as a lease up to twenty five years. [...]\n6. Agricultural land plots located within the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan may be provided on the basis of the temporary land use right to citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan, except for citizens of the Republic of Kazakhstan who are married to (are spouses of) foreigners or stateless persons, and legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan without foreign participation. [...]\nAgricultural land plots located in the frontier zone of the State Border of the Republic of Kazakhstan can not belong to foreigners, stateless persons, as well as foreign legal entities and legal entities of the Republic of Kazakhstan with foreign participation on the basis of land use rights.[...]\" (Land Code (No. 442 of 20 June 2003), as amended by Law No. 268-VI of 28.10.2019, Articles 23 and 24 [unofficial translation])","Land Code (No. 442 of 20 June 2003), as amended by Law No. 268-VI of 28.10.2019, Articles 23 and 24","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/K030000442_\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1534,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0096","On 1 January 2016 restrictions on foreign equity share in the air services companies were abolished until 10 May 2017, when they were reintroduced into the legislation (see amendments № 435-V and № 64-VI to the Law). Following the 2017 amendment, foreign investors have the right to hold not more than 49% of shares in the aviation company.","\"Article 74.The right of carrying out the airborne transportations. Airline carriers\n1. The right to carry out air transportation of passengers, baggage, cargo and postal items for payment or for hire (commercial air transportations) by regular and non-regular flights is available to airlines with a valid operator's certificate. [...]\n3. Airline carriers, performing the regular airborne transportations shall be established in the form of joint stock company in the manner, established by the Laws of the Republic of Kazakhstan.\n[...]\nArticle 74-1. Restrictions on foreign participation (control) in an airline established in the form of a joint-stock company\n1. A foreign legal entity, a foreign organization that is not a legal entity, a foreigner and (or) a stateless person is prohibited independently or in conjunction with other foreign legal entities, foreign organizations that are not legal entities, foreigners and (or) stateless persons:\n1) directly and (or) indirectly own, use and (or) dispose of the shares of the airline established in the form of a joint-stock company and (or) derivative securities issued in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Kazakhstan or a foreign state, the underlying asset of which is the shares of the airline , created in the form of a joint-stock company, in an amount exceeding forty-nine and more percent of the total number of placed (minus the shares of the said airline itself repurchased);\n2) exercise effective control over the airline established in the form of a joint-stock company. [...]\nNote: For the purposes of this article, the following concepts apply: [...]\n2) effective control - the ability to determine the decisions of a legal entity or a foreign organization that is not a legal entity, arising in the presence of one of the following conditions:\n-direct and (or) indirect ownership, use and (or) disposal of more than fifty percent of the placed (minus the preferred and redeemed by a legal entity) shares, participatory interests, shares or other forms of equity participation in a legal entity or foreign organization that is not a legal entity;\n-the ability to directly or indirectly elect at least half of the composition of the management body or executive body of a legal entity or a foreign organization that is not a legal entity;\n-the ability of one person to independently or jointly with one or more persons directly or indirectly determine the decisions of a legal entity or a foreign organization that is not a legal entity, on the basis of a legislative act of the Republic of Kazakhstan, a court decision, by virtue of an agreement (supporting documents) or otherwise in cases stipulated by the rules for limiting foreign participation (control) in an airline established in the form of a joint-stock company.[...]\" (Law On Use of Air Space of the Republic of Kazakhstan and Aviation Activity (No. 339-IV of 15 July 2010), as amended by Law No. 284-VІ of 26 December 2019, Articles 74 and 74-1 [unofficial translation])","Law On Use of Air Space of the Republic of Kazakhstan and Aviation Activity (No. 339-IV of 15 July 2010), as amended by Law No. 284-VІ of 26 December 2019, Articles 74 and 74-1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/Z100000339_\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3315,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.001125","Foreign investment in radio and TV broadcasting is generally not permitted. Previously, program providing broadcasting (excluding the comprehensive programming channels and the specialised news program providers) and cable broadcasting were allowed when foreign investment  was 49% or less, and satellite broadcasting was allowed when foreign investment was 33% or less. Following 2009 amendments to the Broadcasting Act, program providing broadcasting (excluding the comprehensive programming channels and the specialised news program providers), cable broadcasting and now also satellite broadcasting are allowed when foreign investment is 49% or less. Foreign investment is now allowed up to 20% in program providers engaging in general programming and in CATV relay broadcasting business entities, and up to 10% in program providers engaging in specialized programming of news reports.","\"Article 14 (Foreign Capital Investment and Contribution) \n(1) No terrestrial broadcasting business entity or community radio broadcasting business entity shall receive an investment or a contribution of property from any of the following entities: Provided, That it may receive property contributions from a foreign organization operated for facilitating education, athletics, religion, charity and other international friendship, if it has obtained approval from the Korea Communications Commission: \n1. A foreign government or organization;\n2. A foreigner;\n3. A corporation, stocks or equity shares of which are owned by a foreign government or organization or a foreigner in excess of the ratio prescribed by Presidential Decree.\n(2) A program provider engaging in general programming or a CATV relay broadcasting business entity shall not receive an investment or contribution of property from any of the entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1), in excess of 20/100 of the total stocks or equity shares of the relevant corporation; and a program provider engaging in specialized programming of news reports shall not receive an investment or contribution of property from any of the entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1) in excess of 10/100 of the total stocks or equity shares of the relevant corporation. \n(3) A CATV broadcasting business entity, satellite broadcasting business entity and program provider (excluding a person engaging in general programming or specialized programming of news reports) or a signal transmission network business entity shall not receive an investment or contribution of property from any of the entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1) in excess of 49/100 of the total stocks or equity shares of the relevant corporation: Provided, That in cases of program provider (excluding a person engaging in general programming, specialized programming of news reports, or specialized programming featuring and marketing products), no corporation, the stocks or equity shares of which are owned by the government,an organization or a national of the contracting country of any free trade agreement determined and notified by the Minister of Science and ICT, among the free trade agreements that the Republic of Korea entered into with a foreign country bilaterally or multi-laterally and has taken effect , shall deem an entity referred to in paragraph (3) 1 although it meets the requirements provided in paragraph (3) 1.  \n(4) The stocks or equity shares owned by all entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1) shall be aggregated for the application of paragraphs (2) and (3). \n[...]\"\n(Broadcasting Act (No. 1535 of 1963), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 14 [unofficial translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree.\n[...]\"\n(Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\n\nClassification   Type of Business              Criteria for Permission                                                                                                                           [...]\n[...]\n60100                   Radio broadcasting         <Not opened>\n                               business                       \n60210                   Terrestrial broadcast-    <Not opened>\n                               ing business                                                                                           \n60221                   Program-providing          Permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed 49% (Provided, That a\n                               business                              program provider engaged in general programming shall be permitted if foreign\n                                                                               investment ratio dose not exceed 20%, and a program provider engaged\n                                                                               in specialized programming of news reports shall be permitted if foreign\n                                                                               investment ratio dose not exceed 10%).\n                                                                               ※ Program providing business shall refer to the program providing business \n                                                                               under the Broadcasting Act.\n                                                                               [...]\n60222                   Cable broadcasting         CATV broadcasting business shall be permitted if foreign investment ratio\n                               business                              is dose not exceed 49% (Provided, That CATV relay broadcasting business\n                                                                               shall be permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed 20%).\n60229                   Satellite and other          Permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed 49% (Provided,\n                               broadcasting busi-          That an Internet multimedia broadcasting contents business operator\n                               ness                                      engaged in general programming or specialized programming of news\n                                                                               reports shall be permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed\n                                                                               20%).\n                                                                               [...]\n[...]\"\n(Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Broadcasting Act (No. 1535 of 1963), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 14\nForeign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=202688#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/eng/engLsSc.do?menuId=2&query=BROADCASTING%20ACT\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1481,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0045","Foreign participation in companies involved in the production and distribution of alcohol and alcoholic drinks shall not exceed 49%.","\"Article 2. Basic concepts used in this Law\nforeign legal entity - a legal entity that has one of the following characteristics:\n- created and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state;\n- wholly owned by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities;\n- is controlled or managed by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities through: a written contract, the right to sell the majority of voting shares, the right to appoint a majority of the members of the executive or supervisory body;\n- registered in the Kyrgyz Republic and has at least 49 percent of the authorized capital owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons or legal entities referred to in this concept;\n- created on the basis of an interstate agreement or agreement; [...]\nEthyl alcohol - a product obtained by rectification of alcohol brews or rectification of crude ethyl alcohol produced from grain, potatoes, sugar beets, molasses, molasses, raw sugar, fruits and other sugar and starch-containing edible vegetable raw materials, from wine material by direct or double distillation (cognac alcohol) and in another way from non-food raw materials;\n[...]\nArticle 5. Requirements for the production and turnover of ethyl alcohol and (or) alcohol products [...]\nThe production and distribution of ethyl alcohol by foreign legal entities is prohibited. [...]\" (Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of October 13, 2009 No. 269 \"On state regulation of the production and distribution of ethyl, alcoholic beverages,tonic non-alcoholic and low-alcohol drinks [google translated])","Law of the Kyrgyz Republic of October 13, 2009 No. 269 \"On state regulation of the production and distribution of ethyl, alcoholic beverages,tonic non-alcoholic and low-alcohol drinks [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/202669/90?cl=ru-ru&mode=tekst\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2826,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","F41_43","_O","IV51","IX",2023,"0.00046875","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the construction of roads, bridges and railroads, site preparation for construction work, other construction installation and completing and finshing buidling, such as interior decoration [considered under architectural services in the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index]. Essentially, foreign ownership in 'small-scale' civil engineering construction works (up to 240 billion Lak) is limited to 49%; wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed in 'large-scale' works. In supporting construction activities (e.g. site preparation, other installation work etc.), foreign investment is subject to a discriminatory minimum capital requirement and foreign shareholding is limited to 49%.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Road and Railway Construction (minimum registered capital: from 1 to 240 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%; if registered capital is above 240 billion Lak, wholly-owned foreign investment is allowed);\n- Site preparation for construction [clearing construction sites, including excavation and landfill] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\n- Other construction installation [specifically assembling of building parts] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%);\n- Completing and finishing buildings [specifically for interior and exterior design/decorating (final phase)] (minimum registered capital: 8 billion Lak, foreign equity participation is limited to 49%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2131,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","K643_663","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.003333333","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is various other financial services activities.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Trusts, funds and similar financial entities (specifically for the establishment of trusts, non-deposit microfinance, loan and savings union)\n- Other credit granting (specifically for a pawn shop business)\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2152,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","H4911","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"0.0008","One-third of capital shares should be held by Lebanese for companies that provide public utility services. The scope of sectors encompassed by such a restriction (art. 78 of the Commercial Code) is not clear, and sector-specific legislations may provide for exemptions (e.g. privatized electricity sector companies). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, foreign investment in the following sectors is assumed subject to ownership limitations provided in the Commercial Code: utilities [except for distribution which remains a state monopoly], telecoms [mobile only as fixed telecommunications remains a state monopoly] and transportation (assuming scheduled passenger public transportation services). ","\"TITLE III - JOINT-STOCK COMPANIES [...]\nArticle 78 (as modified by Decree-Law N° 54 of 16 June 1977)\nWhatever its object, every joint-stock company shall be subject to the laws and practices of commerce.\nAll joint-stock companies established in Lebanon shall have their Read Office in Lebanese territory, and such companies shall - as a matter of unqualified right - vested with Lebanese nationality, notwithstanding any text to the contrary.\nOne third of joint-stock companies capital whose object is the operation of a public service shall be made up of nominal shares belonging to Lebanese shareholders. In any case, such shares may not be ceded except to Lebanese shareholders, failing which cession shall be null and void. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n----------------------------\n\"Article 4: Incorporation of Privatized Companies\n1- By virtue of a decree taken by the Council of Ministers, upon the proposal of the Higher Council for Privatization, one or more joint-stock companies governed by the provisions of the Commercial Code except for Article 78 and the provisions which are in contradiction with this law, may be incorporated, known as the “Privatized Company,” whose object will be to carry out all or part of the Production and Distribution activities. Each Privatized Company shall exercise its activities after obtaining a License issued according to the provisions of the present law. [...]\n4- The shares of the Privatized Company shall be registered shares. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the shares of a Privatized Company, including the shares representing contributions in kind, shall be negotiable shares and may be acquired in their entirety by non-Lebanese persons.[...]\" (Law N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector)","Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nLaw N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector\n","Lebanense authorities responses to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://hcp.gov.lb/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Electricity-Law-462-dd-2Sep2002-EN.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2099,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0008","Foreign investment in air transportation services in lebanon is only allowed if carried out through a company incorporated as a Lebanese joint-stock company, provided that the chairman of its board of directors and the majority of its board members are Lebanese.","\"Title Four: Nationality – Registration – Rights on Aircrafts\nChapter One - Registration and Nationality of Aircraf\nArticle 12. Obligation of Registration:\nNo aircraft ought to fly or land on the Lebanese territories or lift off from said territories unless it is registered in the registry according to the provisions of this Act, or registered in a contracting state or in any other foreign country, thus in execution of a special convention between said state and Lebanon allowing aircraft registered in aforesaid foreign country to operate in Lebanon.\nThe provisions of this article are not applicable on captive balloons, kites, model aircraft, hang gliders as well as the other aircraft determined by the civil aviation administration by virtue of resolutions issued by it.\n[...]\nArticle 14.  The parties having competency to register aircraft in Lebanon\nRegistration shall be carried out in the Lebanese register only for aircraft owned by one of the following parties: \n1- The Lebanese State\n2- A Lebanese citizen\n3- A Lebanese Air Club\n4- A Lebanese institute for training air operators \n5- A joint liability company constituted exclusively of Lebanese partners.\n6- A limited partnership company, provided that all the partners in charge are Lebanese.\n7- A Lebanese joint stock company, provided that the chairman of its board of directors and the majority of its board members are Lebanese.\n8- A foreign national resident in Lebanon for five years at least, taking into account that he may lose his right to registration in case he stops residing in Lebanon on a continuous basis for a year.\n9- A foreign juridical person practicing his activity in Lebanon and having Lebanese wagers or employees. In that case, the use of the aircraft is limited exclusively to the objectives of its activities.\nIn the above-mentioned cases, the juridical person ought to have a workplace in Lebanon.\nIt is plausible, in exceptional cases, to authorize the registration of aircraft to a party other than the above-mentioned parties by virtue of a decree adopted by the Cabinet pursuant to the proposal of the Minister. [...]\" (Civil Aviation Safety Act No. 663, Official Gazette – Issue 6 – 10/02/2005)\n----------------------------\n\"Part II / Subpart 2 / Aircraft Marking and Registration\n- Aircraft Registration -\n202.09 Registration of Aircraft - General\n(1) This Section does not apply in respect of an aircraft that is a hang glider or a model aircraft.\n(2) Except as otherwise authorized pursuant to subsection 202.10(1), 202.27(3) or 202.28(1), no person shall operate an aircraft in Lebanon unless it is registered in Lebanon, in a contracting state to the ICAO convention or in a foreign state that has an agreement in force with Lebanon that allows an aircraft that is registered in that foreign state to be operated in Lebanon.\n(3) No person shall operate an aircraft on Lebanese AOC unless the aircraft age is equal or below 15 years.\n[...]\n700.04 Eligibility for Air Operator Certificate\n(1) A Lebanese is eligible to hold an air operator certificate.\n(2) A person who is a citizen, permanent resident or corporation of a foreign state is eligible to hold an air operator certificate that authorizes the person to operate an air transport service in Lebanon if the person:\n(a) holds a similar document of entitlement issued by the foreign state; and (b) meets the requirements of Subpart 1.\n(3) An Accountable Manager at all times of commercial operations, as specified in Appendix I of this subpart.\n700.05 Aircraft Requirements\n(1) No Lebanese air operator shall operate an aircraft in a commercial air service unless: (a) in the case of an aircraft registered in Lebanon under Part II of the LARs, a type certificate acceptable to the Minister, and a Lebanese flight authority have been issued for the aircraft under Part V; and (b) in the case of an aircraft registered in another contracting state, the Minister has authorized its operation under Part II and, the aircraft has been approved for operation under Part V.\n(2) No air operator that is a citizen, permanent resident or corporation of a foreign state shall operate an aircraft in a commercial air service in Lebanon unless:\n(a) the aircraft is registered in Lebanon under Part II or in the foreign state; and (b) the aircraft has been approved for operation under Part V.\n700.06 Extended Charter\nNo air operator shall operate an aircraft on an extended charter unless the air operator (a) is authorized to do so in its air operator certificate; and (b) complies with the Commercial Air Services Standards. [...]\" (Lebanese Aviation Regulations, 2002, as amended)","Civil Aviation Safety Act No. 663, Official Gazette – Issue 6 – 10/02/2005)\nLebanese Aviation Regulations, 2002, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dgca.gov.lb/index.php/en/rr-law-en/file/276-civil-aviation-safety-english-act-no663\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dgca.gov.lb/index.php/en/pd-cat-9-lar7-en/file/74-lars-part-vii-subpart-0-commercial-air-services-new-1-sept-2012\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dgca.gov.lb/index.php/en/pd-cat-9-lar7-en/file/75-lars-part-vii-subpart-0-commercial-air-services\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dgca.gov.lb/index.php/en/pd-cat-4-lar2-en/file/2-lars-part-ii-aicraft-identification-registration-and-leasing\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2110,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","G471_478_479","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.001875","Foreign-owned companies, in which foreigners hold more than 30% of the equity capital in the case of companies and 50% in the case of partnerships, are subject to screening involving the consideration of economic interests (e.g. (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; (d) transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens) when investing in a business activity requiring a licence (see list of activities in the legal provision).","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.\n[...]\nSchedule 1: BUSINESS ACTIVITIES FOR WHICH A LICENCE IS REQUIRED\n1. Supply of Liquefied Petroleum Gas and Petroleum Products: a. Distribution and supply of liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum products; b. Retail sale of automotive fuel, liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum products in specialised stores; c. Retail sale of lubrificants\nd. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; e. Establishment for bulk processing, storage and handling of petroleum, petroleum products, liquefied gas, coal and petrol chemical products;[...]\n5. Wholesale and retail of health-related articles and products [...]\n6. Food and beverage services activities: 6.1 Fast food activities, without full restaurant services; 6.2 wholesale and retail sale of meat, including poultry, and meat products; 6.3 Wholesale and retail sale of dairy products, eggs, edible oils and fats; 6.4 Wholesale and retail sale of alcohol and alcoholic beverages not consumed on the spot; 6.5 Wholesale and retail sale of food and non alcoholic beverages;[...]\n10. Animal production: 10.1 Raising of cattle and buffaloes; 10.2 Raising of horses and other equines; 10.3 Raising of camels and camelids; 10.4 Raising of sheeps and goats; 10.5 Raising of swines/pigs; 10.6 Raising of poultry; 10.7 Raising of other animals; 10.8 Mixed farming; 10.9 Sale of livestock and livestock products.\n11. Fishing and aquaculture: 11.1 fishing; 11.2 marine fishing; 11.3 freshwater fishing; 11.4 aquaculture; 11.5 marine aquaculture; 11.6 freshwater aquaculture.\n12. Medical goods and chemicals (animals and crops): 12.1 Wholesale and retail sale of pesticides; 12.2 specialised store for wholesale and retail sale of animal drugs, plant chemicals and flora and fauna medicinal products [...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,460,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LTU","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00024","The captain of a ship must be a citizen of the Republic of Lithuania, another Member State of the European Union or other European Economic Area country or the Swiss Confederation.","\"Article 11 . Crew composition:\nThe ship's crew ( including the ship's captain) must consist of at least half of the citizens of the Republic of Lithuania, other Member States of the European Union or other European Economic Area countries and the Swiss Confederation (hereinafter - Member State) and other natural persons using European Union legislation. movement within the Member States. Only nationals of a Member State may hold the office of master. The master of a ship transporting passengers and (or) cargo to (from) the ports (ports) of the Republic of Lithuania or at least one of the assistants to the master of such a ship must speak Lithuanian.\"\n(Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Article 11 [google translation])","Law on Merchant Shipping (12 September 1996, No.I-1513; last amended 19 December 2019), Article 11 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.e-tar.lt/portal/lt/legalAct/TAR.38B0127A21E8/asr\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,130,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","J602","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","Foreign communication and press agencies may establish in Madagascar subject to reciprocity.","\"Article One.- For the purposes of this Code, the following terms mean: [...]\n40- Press organ: company that provides journalistic elements drawing its main resource from this data.\n[...]\nTITLE II - THE PRINCIPLE OF FREE MOVEMENT\nSOME INFORMATION [...]\nArticle 8.- Any natural or legal person of Malagasy nationality or of foreign nationality residing on the national territory, has the right to transmit and receive, to undertake, to create communication and information services.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III\nPress organs\nArticle 106.- Any press organ must comply with national legislation relating to the creation of businesses.\nArticle 107.- Foreign communication and press agencies may establish themselves in Madagascar subject to reciprocity and in accordance with the conditions provided for in this Code.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Of the radio and television broadcasting service for private use [...]\nArticle 126.- National audiovisual coverage is reserved for public radio and television stations.\nArticle 127.- The activities authorized under this Code are of a commercial or non-commercial nature.\nAny natural or legal person under Malagasy private law may apply for and be authorized to create, install and operate a private radio and television broadcasting service, to distribute radio or television broadcasts by any technical medium and to use radio frequencies or other  regulated techniques.\nHowever, private radio stations cannot broadcast on short wave.[...]\" (Law n°2016-029 of 14/07/2016 on the mediated communication code [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 126. National coverage is recognized for all public and private media subject to their switch to the DTT transmission mode and the related legislation. Their specifications determine the authorized means of transmission and dissemination.\nPrivate radio and television stations choose between seven (07) themes, namely education, information, sport, entertainment, art and culture, economy and music. A license corresponds to a theme.\nThe allocation of licenses for each theme is done through a call for tenders.[...]\" (Law n°2016-029 of 14/07/2016 on the mediated communication code, as amended by Law n°2020-006 [google translation])","Law n°2016-029 of 14/07/2016 on the mediated communication code [google translation]\nLaw n°2016-029 of 14/07/2016 on the mediated communication code, as amended by Law n°2020-006 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.justice.mg/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/L2016-029.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.assemblee-nationale.mg/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Loi-n%C2%B02020-006_Comm_-m%C3%A9diatis%C3%A9e.pdf\">Amendment</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,625,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.0015","Foreign shareholding is limited to up 70% in hypermarkets and up to 30% in convenience stores. Foreign investment in several specific wholesale and retail distribution activities is prohibited (e.g. supermarket/mini-market; provision shop/general vendor; news agent and miscellaneous goods store; medical hall (inclined towards traditional alternative medicines plus general dry foodstuff); fuel station; permanent wet market store; permanent pavement store; National Strategic Interest; and non-exclusive textile, food and beverage, jewellery shops). In other distribution activiites, such as departmental stores, superstores, specialty stores and franchise, 100% foreign ownership is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements.\n\n\"On 1 June 2020, Kuala Lumpur City Hall (DBKL) banned foreign nationals from applying licenses to open the following businesses in Kuala Lumpur:  supermarket/mini-marke; sundry shop; 24-hours convenience store; petrol station; wet market; cybercafe; bag shop; spa; jewelry shop; car workshop; computer and accessories shop; laundry service; hair salon and barbershop; five-foot-way kiosk; food and drinks kiosk; restaurant; furniture shop; retail shop; mobile phone shop; and herbal and Chinese medicine shop. The regulation aimed to control the number of foreign-owned businesses in the above sectors in Kuala Lumpur as they have impacted the revenues of the local businesses.  The regulation came into force on 1 June 2020.\" (Global Trade Alert database) \"[...] The target industries are mainly service industries such as restaurants, retail stores, and beauty salons, and some industries are excluded if they are international brands or luxury brands (see the attached document table). In addition, even if it corresponds to a specific industry, if it is not a store but a management office that manages operations and office work, it will not be subject to foreign capital regulations. In addition, before June 1, the business license of the store corresponding to a specific industry has been acquired, and this regulation does not apply in the case of renewal, but it applies in the case of a new application for a new store. Any changes to the application will also be considered as a new application. Business licenses need to be renewed annually.[...]\" (JETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that DBKL's new regulation extends only slightly the number of retail activities closed to FDI in the capital city, i.e. in the main Malaysian market.\n\n",{"$cut":{"chars":16627,"head":"\"4.5 Exemptions\nFor the purpose of these Guidelines, the following distributive trades are exempted: \n4.5.1  Companies with manufacturing licenses which only distribute products under the same production line; and \n4.5.2  Companies which are granted the status of regional establishments by the Malaysian Industrial Development Authority (MIDA), which includes International Procurement Centres (IPC), Regional Distribution Centres (RDC), Operational Headquarters (OHQ) and Principal Hub (PH).\n[...]\n5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. \n[...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n6.0 HYPERMARKET \n6.1 Definition:  Hypermarket means a self-service distribution store with a sales floor area of 5,000 square meters or more, selling a wide variety of mainly consumer goods, comprising a combination of food and non-food products and in different forms of packaging. \n6.2 Incorporation, Capital and Equity Structure Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a hypermarket is recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions: \n6.2.1.  Local Incorporation: All hypermarket businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of hypermarkets.\n6.2.2  Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM50 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital.\n6.2.3  Equity Structure: Hypermarket operators must provide at least 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure. However, a grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be granted by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA upon the approval of the applications made by the operators. This requirement also applies to  13  operations established prior to the coming into effect of these Guidelines. Henceforth, hypermarket operators are not allowed to open additional branches unless it has fulfilled the requirement of 30 percent Bumiputera or Malay ownership in the company’s equity structure.  \n6.3 Operational Conditions [...]\n6.3.6 At least 30 percent of total stock keeping unit (SKU) displayed on the shelf space are to be allocated for Bumiputera or Malay small medium enterprise’s (SME) goods / products. A grace period of three (3) years for compliance may be given by MDTCA. \n[...]\n7.0 DEPARTMENTAL STORE\n7.1 Definition: Departmental store means a distribution store with sales floor area of varying sizes, usually engaged in retailing an extensive assortment of consumer goods that are departmentalized by gender, age or lifestyle, through self-service or with sales assistance and generally under one common store management. A departmental store may include a supermarket of not less than 1,000 square meters or 15 percent of the total sales floor area with a maximum of 4,999 square metres. \n7.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in a departmental "}},"Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nKuala Lumpur City Hall, \"Frequently Asked Questions\", DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT.\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services, Ministry of Domestic Trade Co-Operatives and Consumerism, 2010.","Global Trade Alert database\nJETRO (2020), \"Foreign capital restrictions on business licenses for some service industries in Kuala Lumpur\", published on 4 December 2020, in Japanese [google translated]","[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://elesen.dbkl.gov.my/Borang/FAQ_JPPP_PREMIS_EN.pdf\">FAQ</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.kpdnkk.gov.my/kpdnkk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/guidelines-on-foreign-participation-in-the-distributive-trade-services-malaysia.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.globaltradealert.org/intervention/83645/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/malaysia-foreigners-banned-from-opening-certain-types-of-business-in-kuala-lumpur\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jetro.go.jp/biznews/2020/12/5d091ce79df50e70.html\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2904,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","J61","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.004","Foreign investment in the telecom sector is subject to screening taking into account economic interests criteria (e.g. the need to encourage local ICT firms (majority-owned by Malaysians), particularly in the applications services market; and the level of technology and innovation the applicant proposes to provide).","\"In line with the government effort to undertake autonomous liberalization in priority areas as mentioned in the 2012 Budget Speech by the Honorable Prime Minister on 7 Oct 2011, the Ministry of Information, Communication and Culture would like to announce that effective 1 April 2012, the telecommunication and couriers service are autonomously liberalize with maximum foreign equity according to category of services as follow: Network Service Providers (NSP) - Maximum foreign equity: 70%; Network Facilities Providers (NSP) - Maximum foreign equity: 70%; Application Service Providers (ASP) - Maximum foreign equity: 100%; Courier Services - Maximum foreign equity: 100%. Remark: This autonomous liberalization subject to licensing condition including equity for bumiputra participation.\"(Press release, Ministry of Information, Communication and Culture)\n------------------------\n\"Under the Communications and Multimedia Act, 1998 (CMA), there are four (4) categories of licensable activities. Within the activity categories, there are two (2) key types of licences: (i) Individual licence requires a high degree of regulatory control which is for a specified person to conduct a specified activity and may include special conditions; and (ii) Class licence is a ‘light-handed’ form of regulation which is designed to promote industry growth and development with easy market access.\nLicence: Individual / Type of available licence: Network Facilities Provider (NFP); Network Services Provider (NSP) and Content Applications Service Provider (CASP).\nLicence: Class / Type of available licence: Network Facilities Provider (NFP); Network Services Provider (NSP), Content Applications Service Provider (CASP) and Applications Service Provider (ASP).\n[...]\n(a) Network Facilities Providers – are the owners/providers of network facilities infrastructure such as cables, towers, satellite earth stations, broadband fibre optic cables, telecommunications lines and exchanges, radio communications transmission equipment, mobile communications base stations and broadcasting transmission towers and equipment. [...]\n(b) Network Services Providers – provide the basic connectivity and bandwidth to support a variety of applications. A network service provider is generally also the owner of the network facilities. However, a connectivity service may be provided by a person using network facilities owned by another licensee.\n(c) Application Service Providers – provide particular functions such as voice services, data services and Internet access.[...]\n(d) Content Applications Service Providers – are special subset of applications service providers including television and radio broadcast services and services such as online publishing (currently exempt from licensing requirements) and information services.\" (MITI Booklet 6: Information and Communication Technology Services, Series: Malaysia: Investment in the Service Sector).\n------------------------\n\"[...] DEFINITION: ASP  licence  allows  a  business entity  to  provide  particular functions  such  as  voice  services, data  services,  content-based services,  electronic  commerce and transmission services. \n83152 - Application service provisioning (CPC 2.0) This subclass includes:\n- Provision of leased software  applications from a centralized,  hosted, and managed computing environment: • with integration to the systems and infrastructure of the client (Frequently, consulting, customization and systems integration services are bundled with the hosting and management of the application.) • where the leased application is not customized and not  Integrated with other applications of the client (The  application is usually accessed  over the Word Wide Web. A  common example is office suite  software applications.)\"(MITI Services Portal, Autonomous Liberalization (sub-sector framework details).\n------------------------\n\"Chapter 3 - Ministerial Declaration  \n13. Declaration by the Minister.\n(1) The Minister may, from time to time, make a written declaration that an individual licence, or a class of individual licences, or a class licence —  (a) is subject to such conditions; or  (b) enjoys such benefits, as the Minister deems fit.\n(2) Any declaration on the conditions of licence shall relate to the matters set out in the Schedule. \n[...]\n30. Grant of an individual licence.\n(1) The Minister shall have due regard to the recommendation of the Commission given under section 29 before making a decision.\n(2) The Minister may, acting on the recommendation of the Commission, by written notice—  (a) grant an individual licence in accordance with the provisions of this Part; and (b) declare that an individual licence granted under this Part be subject to special or additional conditions. [...]\n(4) Notwithstanding subsection (2), all individual licences shall be deemed to include the relevant standard licence conditions specified in the Schedule.  \n[...]\n32. Compliance with the conditions of an individual licence.\nAn individual licensee shall comply with—  (a) the relevant standard conditions of the individual licence as set out in the Schedule; and  (b) any special or additional conditions of the individual licence as declared by the Minister and included in the individual licence. \n[...]\nChapter 2 - Class Licence  \n44. Minister may grant class licence.\n(1) The Minister may grant a class licence in respect of any matter requiring a licence under this Act.\n(2) A class licence granted under subsection (1) may include the relevant standard conditions as set out in the Schedule and/or such other standard conditions as may be declared by the Minister from time to time. \n[...]\nPART VI - ECONOMIC REGULATION\nChapter 1 - Licensing \n126. Licensing of network facilities, network services and applications services.   \n(1) Subject to such exemptions as may be determined by the Minister by order published in the Gazette, no person shall—  (a) own or provide any network facilities;  (b) provide any network services; or   (c) provide any applications services,   except under and in accordance with the terms and conditions of—  (aa) a valid individual licence granted under this Act; or   (bb) a class licence granted under this Act, expressly authorising the ownership or provision of the facilities or services. \n(2) A person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and shall, on conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding five hundred thousand ringgit or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years or to both and shall also be liable to a further fine of one thousand ringgit for every day or part of a day during which the offence is continued after conviction.  \n127. Compliance with licence conditions.   \n(1) The relevant standard conditions of a licence under this Part shall be in accordance with the Schedule. \n(2) Any special or additional conditions of a licence may be declared by the Minister and included in the licence. \n(3) A licensee under this Part shall not provide any facility or service except in accordance with the conditions of the licence granted to that licensee under this Part or the conditions of a class licence to which the licensee is subject. \n[...]\nSCHEDULE \n1. Network Facilities Provider Individual Licence    \nStandard licence conditions:\n- The licensee shall be a company that is incorporated in Malaysia. \n- The shareholding of the company shall comply with relevant Malaysian foreign investment restrictions. [...]\n3. Network Service Provider Individual Licence\nStandard licence conditions:\n- The licensee shall be a company that is incorporated in Malaysia. \n- The shareholding of the company shall comply with relevant Malaysian foreign investment restrictions. [...]\n5. Applications Service Provider Individual Licence     \nStandard licence conditions: \n- The licensee shall be a company that is incorporated in Malaysia. \n- The shareholding of the company shall comply with relevant Malaysian foreign investment restrictions. [..]\n7. Content Applications Service Provider Individual Licence\n Standard licence conditions:\n-  The licensee shall be a company that is incorporated in Malaysia.  \n-The shareholding of the company shall comply with relevant Malaysian foreign investment restrictions. [...]\" (Communications and Multimedia Act 1998(Act 588), as amended)\n------------------------\n\"PART III - INDIVIDUAL LICENCE\nRegulation 5. Ineligibility\nThe following persons or classes of persons shall be ineligible to apply for an individual licence: (a) a foreign company as defined under the Companies Act 1965 [Act 125]; (b) an individual or a sole proprietorship; (c) a partnership; and (d) such other persons or classes of persons as may be decided by the Minister from time to time.\n[...]\nPART IV - CLASS LICENCE\nRegulation 23. Ineligibility\n(1) The following persons or class of persons shall be ineligible to be registered as a class licensee: (a) a foreign individual who is not a permanent resident; and (b) a foreign company as defined under the Companies Act 1965.  \n(2) Notwithstanding subregulation (1) , the Minister may, for good cause or as the public interest may require, permit any person in paragraph (1)(a) or (b) to apply to be registered as a class licensee\"(COMMUNICATIONS AND MULTIMEDIA (LICENSING) REGULATIONS 2000 [P.U.(A) 129/2000]\n------------------------\n\"5. Licensing Criteria (Individual Licence)\n5.1. MCMC will consider an application together with the accompanying information on its merits. However, the merits of each application will be evaluated against a set of criteria which may include, but is not limited to the following: [...] \nd) Shareholdings: I. In assessing the shareholding structure of any one applicant, MCMC will take into account the need to encourage more local SMIs (i.e. locally incorporated companies and where the majority of shares are held by Malaysians) to participate in the local ICT industry, particularly the applications services market; II. MCMC will also take into account any specific policy determined by the Minister in relation to shareholdings in companies applying for CASP licence [...]\ng) Technological and Service Innovations: MCMC will consider technological and/or service innovations the applicant proposes to provide. [...]\" (Malaysia Communications and Multimedia Commission, Licence Application Procedure and Licensing Criteria, 2019)","Prime Minister, Budget Speech, 2012.\nMITI Booklet 6: Information and Communication Technology Services, Series: Malaysia: Investment in the Service Sector.\nMITI Services Portal, Autonomous Liberalization (sub-sector framework details).\nCommunications and Multimedia Act 1998 [Act 588], as amended\nCommunications and Multimedia (Licensing) Regulations 2000 [PU (A) 129/2000].\nMalaysia Communications and Multimedia Commission, Licence Application Procedure and Licensing Criteria, 2019.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pmo.gov.my/dokumenattached/speech/files/Budget2012.pdf\">PM Speech</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mida.gov.my/home/administrator/system_files/modules/photo/uploads/20170915172214_BOOKLET%206-INFORMATION%20AND%20COMMUNICATION%20TECHNOLOGY%20SERVICES.pdf\">Booklet</a>],[<a href=\"http://myservices.miti.gov.my/documents/10180/c1a2319f-7522-4b52-a0bc-38235e71138b\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mcmc.gov.my/skmmgovmy/media/General/pdf/Act588bi_3.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mcmc.gov.my/legal/acts/communications-and-multimedia-act-1998-reprint-200/communications-and-multimedia-(licensing)-regulati\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mcmc.gov.my/skmmgovmy/media/General/pdf/Licensing_Guidelines_2019.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2949,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","A02","_O","IV81","IX",2023,"0.00125","A non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire immovable property in Mauritius, whether freehold or leasehold land, needs an authorization from the Economic Development Board, after it has obtained an approval from the Minister, except in some cases as specified in the Non-Citizens (Property Restriction) Act (e.g. (i)​ Holding of immovable property for commercial purposes under a lease agreement not exceeding 20 years; ​(ii) Holding of shares in companies which do not own immoveable property;​ ​(iii) Holding of immovable property by inheritance or effect of marriage to a citizen under ‘régime legal de communauté’.​ ​(iv) ​Holding of shares in companies listed on the Stock Exchange of Mauritius; and ​(v) ​Through a unit trust scheme or any collective investment vehicle as defined in the Securities Act. \nThere are also exceptions for non-citizens who wish to buy freehold land and property under specific investment schemes, namely the Invest Hotel Scheme; Smart City Scheme; Property Development Scheme, Integrated Resort Scheme, Real Estate Scheme, Local Apartments (in condominium developments of at least two levels above ground (G+2). These are typically subject to minimum investment amounts.","\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[…]\n―Minister means the Minister to whom responsibility for the subject of internal affairs is assigned [The Prime Minister's Office].\n―non-citizen means—\n(a) a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(b) an association or body of persons, whether corporate or incorporate, where—\n(i) it is not domiciled in Mauritius;\n(ii) it is quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market established under the Securities Act and its control or management is vested in one or more persons who are not citizens of Mauritius; or\n(iii) it is not so quoted or admitted and one of its shareholders is not a citizen of Mauritius;\n(c) a trust in so far as it is involved in any transaction referred to in section 22 of the Trusts Act;\n(d) a foundation which has a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius as –\n(i) a founder; (ii) a beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner; or (iii) a beneficiary,\nunder the Foundations Act;\n\n―property—\n(a) means an immovable property, whether freehold or leasehold, in Mauritius; and\n(b) includes—\n(i) in relation to a trust or otherwise, any right or interest in immovable property, whether legal or beneficial; or\n(ii) any share;\n[...]\n―resident in Mauritius‖ means—\n(a) in relation to an individual, a person who has his domicile in Mauritius;\n(b) in relation to a body corporate, a body incorporated or registered under the law of Mauritius;[...]\n\n3. Non-citizens’ property rights\n(1) Subject to subsection (3), a non-citizen who wishes to hold, purchase or otherwise acquire a property shall make a written application to the Minister giving, wherever applicable—\n[...]\n(d) the reason for which the application is made; and\n(e) such other information as the Minister may require\n[...]\n(2) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the Minister may issue to the applicant a certificate authorising him to hold, purchase or other-wise acquire the property, subject to such terms and conditions as the Minister may determine.\n(3) No certificate shall be required—\n(a) to enable a non-citizen to hold property in virtue of—\n(i) a lease agreement for industrial or commercial purposes, other than a lease agreement or a sublease agreement in respect of a residential property, for a term not exceeding 20 years;\n(ii) a deed of concession under the Fisheries and Marine Resources Act; or\n(iii) a tenancy agreement for a term not exceeding 4 years;\n\n(b) in the case of a non-citizen—\n(i) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires any property in accordance with any other enactment or any convention to which Mauritius is a party;\n(ii) who holds, purchases or otherwise acquires property—\n(A) while he is the spouse, married in accordance with the régime légal de communauté, of a citizen;\n(B) by inheritance; or\n(C) by the effect of marriage;\n[...]\n(c) in the case of a non-citizen or a person not resident in Mauritius who—\n(i) holds, purchase or otherwise acquires, sells or otherwise deals with shares or other securities of a company which is desirous of being admitted for quotation on the Official List of the Stock Exchange through a public issue, offer for sale of shares and private placement of shares, or quoted on the Official List of the Stock Exchange or admitted to any Second Market which may be established under the Stock Exchange Act; or\n(ii) invests in a unit trust scheme and any other collective investment vehicle;\n(iii) purchases or otherwise acquires any luxury villa, apartment, penthouse or other similar properties used, or available for use, as residence with or without attending services or amenities from a company holding a certificate under the Invest Hotel Scheme, Property Development Scheme or Smart City Scheme, prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(iv) purchases or otherwise acquires an immovable property, a right to immovable property or part of a building, for business purposes, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(v) purchases or otherwise acquires an apartment used, or available for use, as residence, in a building of at least 2 floors above ground floor, provided the purchase price is not less than 6 million rupees or its equivalent in any other hard convertible foreign currency, or in such other amount as may be prescribed, on production of an authorisation from the Economic Development Board granted after it has obtained the approval of the Minister;\n(vi) purchases or acquires a plot of service land for the construction of a residence from a company holding a certificate under the Smart City Scheme prescribed under the Economic Development Board Act 2017;\n(vii) notwithstanding the repeal of the provisions relating to the IRS certificate or RES certificate under the Economic Development Board Act 2017, purchases or otherwise acquires a residential property from a company holding an IRS certificate or a RES certificate.[...]\" (NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975, as amended)\n","NON-CITIZENS (PROPERTY RESTRICTION) ACT No. 22 of 12 July 1975 Amended 38/11; 26/12 (cio 22/12/12); 27/13 (cio 21/12/13); 9/15 (cio 14/5/15); 33/16 (cio 22/12/16); 10/17 (cio 24/7/17); 11/17 (P53/17 – cio 15/1/18); 11/18 (cio 9/8/18); 13/19 (cio 25/7/19); 7/2020 (cio 7/8/2020); 2/2021 (cio 29/4/2021)\n\n","Economic Development Board (Property Development Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nInvestment Promotion (Invest Hotel Scheme) Regulations 2015;\nGuidelines for Buyers of Residential Property under the IRS / RES / PDS;\nGuidelines Acquisition of Residential Properties by Non-Citizens;\n","[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/Non%20-%20Citizen%20%28Property%20Restriction%29%20Act%20-%205.5.21.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/economic-development-board-property-development-scheme-regulations-2015-rev-2019_0.pdf\">PDS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/investment-promotion-invest-hotel-scheme-regulations-2015-v17.pdf\">IHS Regulation</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/inline-files/guidelines-for-irs-res-pds-jul-20_3.pdf\">IRS/RES/PDS Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.edbmauritius.org/sites/default/files/2021-11/Guidelines%20acquisition%20of%20apartment%28s%29%20incl.residency.pdf\">Guidelines</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,154,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNE","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.0003125","Foreign-owned companies, including those incorporated in Montenegro and in which foreign shareholding exceeds 10%, are not allowed to acquire agricultural/forestry land but are allowed to lease it on a long-term basis, while domestic companies are allowed to acquire it. EU/EEA investors are not subject to such restrictions as per the Stabilisation and Association Agreement of May 2010. However, as per the OECD FDIRRI methodology, the preferential treatment accorded to EU/EEA invesrtors or any other investor as per commitments under international agreements is not taken into account. Per the FDIRRI methodology, which draws on the OECD's Code of Liberalisation on Capital Movements rules, only preferential treatment arising from EU/EEA membership is admitted to be reflected in the FDIRRI. ","\"Chapter XII - Rights of Foreign Persons [...]\nArt. 415: Limitations of Foreign Persons’ Rights\nA foreign person cannot have an ownership right on:\n1. natural resource;\n2. goods in general use;\n3. agricultural land;\n4. forest and forest land;\n5. cultural monument of special importance;\n6. immovable property located in the area that is, for the purpose of protection of interests and safety of the country, proclaimed by law as the area that a foreign person cannot have the ownership right on.\n7. immovable things that is in the area of which is to protect the interests and security of the land law declared area in which a foreign person can not have the right to property.\nSpecial law in the sense of paragraph 1 point 7 of this Article, the way and the procedure prescribed for the adoption of this law.\nExceptionally, a foreign physical person may acquire the ownership right on agricultural land, forests and forest land of a surface up to 5,000 m2, only if a residential building located on this land is subject to the contract of divestiture (sale, gift, exchange, etc.).\nA foreign person can be entitled to a long-term lease, concession and BOT on the immovable property referred to in items 1 to 6, paragraph 1 of this Article, as well as local people. [...]\" (Law on Property Relations (Zakon o svojinsko-pravnim odnosima), OG MNE No. 19/09 of 13/03/2009)\n-----------------------------\n\"I. General provisions [...]\nArticle 2\nFor the purpose of this Law, a foreign investor shall be:\n- Foreign legal entity or individual;\n- Legal entity having at least 10% share of foreign capital into the total entity’s capital;\n- Legal entity established in Montenegro by a foreign individual;\n- Citizen of Montenegro having place of residence abroad.\nFor the purpose of this Law, a foreign investor shall also be considered a person who has been granted Montenegrin citizenship in accordance with the Law, based on the executed investments. [...]\" (Law on Foreign Investment, OG MNE, No. 18/11 dated 01 April 2011 [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"TITLE V - MOVEMENT OF WORKERS, ESTABLISHMENT, SUPPLY OF SERVICES, CAPITAL [...]\nCHAPTER II - Establishment [...]\nArticle 53\n1.   Montenegro shall facilitate the setting-up of operations on its territory by Community companies and nationals. To that end, Montenegro shall grant, upon entry into force of this Agreement:\n(a) as regards the establishment of Community companies on the territory of Montenegro, treatment no less favourable than that accorded to its own companies or to any third country company, whichever is the better;\n(b) as regards the operation of subsidiaries and branches of Community companies on the territory of Montenegro once established, treatment no less favourable than that accorded to its own companies and branches or to any subsidiary and branch of any third country company, whichever is the better. [...]\n5.   Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article:\n(a) Subsidiaries and branches of Community companies shall have, from the entry into force of this Agreement, the right to use and rent real property in Montenegro;\n(b) Subsidiaries and branches of Community companies shall from the entry into force of this Agreement have the right to acquire and enjoy ownership rights over real property as Montenegrin companies and as regards public goods/goods of common interest, the same rights as enjoyed by Montenegrin companies respectively where these rights are necessary for the conduct of the economic activities for which they are established.[...]\" (Consolidated text: Stabilisation and Association Agreement between the European Communities and their Member States, of the one part, and the Republic of Montenegro, of the other part, Document 02010A0429(01)-20220209)\n-----------------------------\n\"Title XII - [...] LEASE\nSUBTITLE 6 - TERMINATION OF LEASE\nExpiration of Designated Time\nArticle 623\nA lease contract entered into for a definite period shall be terminated by the expiration of the time covered by the contract, or specified by law.\nImplicit Renewal of Lease\nArticle 624\n(1) Should after the expiration of time covered by contract of lease, the lessee continue to use the object without the lessor's objection, a new lease contract shall be considered to have been concluded for an indefinite period, and under the same terms and conditions as the previous one.\n(2) Performance pledges of third persons for the first lease shall be terminated after the expiration of that lease period.\nTermination by Notice\nArticle 625\n(1) A lease contract whose duration period is not determined or which can not be determined on the ground of circumstances of the case or of local trade practice, shall be terminated by notice, which may be given by each party, while honoring an agreed period of notice. \n[...]\nTitle XIV - LEASE OF BUSINESS PREMISSES [...]\nSUBTITLE 4 - TERMINATION OF LEASE CONCLUDED FOR AN UNDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME\nTermination by Notice\nArticle 651\nContract on lease of business premises concluded for an indefinite period of time shall not terminate by notice prior to expiry of six months from the date of concluding of the contract, unless otherwise stipulated. [...]\" (Law on Obligations (Zakon o Obligacionim Odnosima), OG  MNE No. 47/08 of 7 August 2008) ","Law on Property Relations (Zakon o svojinsko-pravnim odnosima), OG MNE No. 19/09 of 13/03/2009.\nLaw on Foreign Investment, OG MNE, No. 18/11 dated 01 April 2011 [google translation]\nConsolidated text: Stabilisation and Association Agreement between the European Communities and their Member States, of the one part, and the Republic of Montenegro, of the other part, Document 02010A0429(01)-20220209\nLaw on Obligations (Zakon o Obligacionim Odnosima), OG  MNE No. 47/08 of 7 August 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"http://sluzbenilist.me/pregled-dokumenta-3/?id={AB7581A7-EAE6-4A63-B94F-EB19B4409AEB}\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://sluzbenilist.me/pregled-dokumenta-2/?id={654BD3C5-3CC6-41E8-A668-8AE5E6B0340D}\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/121/montenegro-foreign-investment-law\">Law_ENG</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/agree_internation/2010/224/2022-02-09\">Agreement</a>],[<a href=\"http://sluzbenilist.me/pregled-dokumenta-3/?id={36F0683C-D02D-4EB4-BA0D-49AFEDAF4F95}\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2487,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0001875","Directors of TV/radio broadcasting and printed media companies must be of Mozambican nationality.","\"CHAPTER I - Fundamental principles\nArticle 1 - Definition of the press\nFor the purposes of this law, press means the media whose main activity is the collection, treatment and public dissemination of information, in the form of graphic publications, radio, television, cinema or any reproduction of writings, sound or image. intended for social communication.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Information bodies\nArticle 6 - Ownership\n1. The media may be owned by the state sector or owned by cooperative, mixed or private ownership. [...]\n4. The conditions for the participation of the cooperative, mixed or private sectors in radio broadcasting and television shall be established in specific legislation, taking into account the public interest and the prerogative of the State.\n5. Only Mozambican institutions and associations and Mozambican citizens residing in the country who enjoy their civil and political rights can own the information bodies and journalistic companies.\n6. If the ownership of the media belongs to companies organized in the form of a commercial company, the direct and indirect participation of foreign capital can only occur up to a maximum proportion of twenty percent of the share capital.\n[...]\nArticle 9 - Directors of the information bodies\n1. The director of any information body must be of Mozambican nationality, residing in the country and in full enjoyment of his civil and political rights.[...]\" (Press Law 18/91 of 10 August [google translation])","Press Law 18/91 of 10 August [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.caicc.org.mz/images/stories/documentos/lei_de_imprensa.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,562,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NAM","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.000375","Foreign investment is life insurance is only allowed through the registration of a locally incorporated public company managed by a board of directors which the managing director and at least 50% of the other directors are Namibian citizens. Unlisted investment managing companies who administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds must equally be locally incorporated and have appointed a Namibian citizen to be its portfolio manager and Chief Executive Officer (CEO).","\"1. Definitions\n(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -[...]\n“director” means a person holding office as director or alternate director of a company incorporated in terms of the Companies Act;[...]\n“public company” means a public company with a share capital incorporated in Namibia in terms of the Companies Act or any law repealed by that Act;[...]\n“short-term insurance business” means any transaction in connection with the business of assuming the obligations of any insurer or reinsurer under any class of short-term insurance business specified in Schedule 1, and includes reinsurance business, but does not include - (a) the activities of an association of persons established for the purposes of rendering aid to its members or their dependents, commonly called a friendly society, and registered as such, or exempted from registration, in terms of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act 25 of 1956), and which does not at any time after the commencement of this Act employ a person whose main remunerated occupation consists of inducing persons to become members of the association or collecting from those members contributions or subscriptions towards the funds of the association; (b) any transaction connected with and subsidiary to any business other than insurance or reinsurance, which in the opinion of the Registrar is not short-term insurance business as ordinarily understood; (c) any such business as may be prescribed which shall be deemed not to be short-term insurance business for the purposes of this Act;\n[...]\n2. Unregistered person may not carry on long-term insurance business\n(1) No person shall, after the expiry of 90 days from the commencement of this Act, carry on longterm insurance business in Namibia unless such person is registered to carry on such business.\n(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1), the Registrar may, if he or she is satisfied that no registered insurer or reinsurer can in any particular case provide long-term insurance cover at equitable terms, grant exemption to any foreign insurer or foreign reinsurer to issue a policy payable in Namibia in the currency of Namibia to provide such cover.\n[...]\nPart III – CLASSIFICATION OF LONG-TERM INSURANCE BUSINESS AND REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION OF INSURERS AND REINSURERS\n13. Classes of long-term insurance business\n(1) The classes of long-term insurance business in respect of which -\n(a) an insurer may be registered to carry on business other than reinsurance business;\n(b) a reinsurer may be registered to carry on reinsurance business only, in Namibia are -\n(i) disability insurance business; (ii) fund insurance business; (iii) funeral insurance business; (iv) health insurance business; (v) life insurance business; (vi) sinking fund insurance business.\n[...]\n16. Requirements for registration of insurers and reinsurers, including capital and reserves\n(1) No person shall be registered as an insurer or a reinsurer in respect of any class of long-term insurance business unless such person -\n(a) is a public company managed by a board of directors of which -\n(i) the managing director; and\n(ii) at least 50 per cent of the other directors,\nshall, having regard to the provisions of section 19(1)(b), be Namibian citizens resident in Namibia: Provided that the Registrar may in exceptional circumstances grant written permission that a managing director may, for such period as may be determined by the Registrar, be a person other than a Namibian citizen;\n[...]\n19. Principal office and principal officer\n(1) Every registered insurer and reinsurer shall -\n(a) establish and maintain a principal office in Namibia; and\n(b) appoint a fit and proper person to be its principal officer in Namibia and who shall, unless the Registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise determines, be a person who is a Namibian citizen. [...]\" (Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998)\n------------------\n\"Definitions\n1. In these regulations a word or an expression defined in the Act has that meaning unless the context indicates otherwise - [...]\n“principal officer” means the principal executive officer referred to in section 8 of the Act who may be a member of the body administering the fund;\n[...]\nPART 8 - INVESTMENT OF PENSION FUND ASSETS IN UNLISTED INVESTMENTS\nDefinitions for purposes of this Part\n14. (1) In this Part - [...]\n“unlisted investment manager” means a person who is registered in terms of regulation 28(3) and engages in the buying, selling or otherwise dealing with unlisted investments on behalf of a special purpose vehicle.\n[...]\nUnregistered person may not administer unlisted investments\n25. A person may not administer unlisted investments on behalf of pension funds pursuant to regulation 13(5), unless such a person is registered in terms of regulation 28(3).\n[...]\nRequirements for unlisted investment manager\n27. (1) A person other than a company which -\n(a) is incorporated as either a public or private company under the Companies Act and its object is to administer unlisted investments;\n(b)  has a registered office and operates in Namibia;[...]\n(f) has appointed persons, or a person, to be its portfolio manager and chief executive officer, who are, unless the registrar in exceptional circumstances otherwise allows on such conditions as specified by the registrar, Namibian citizens resident in Namibia, may not be registered as an unlisted investment manager.[...]\" (PENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018))","Long-term Insurance Act No 5 of 1998\nPENSION FUNDS REGULATIONS: PENSION FUNDS ACT, 1956 (Government Notice No 211 of 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.namiblii.org/files/legislation/akn-na-act-1998-5-eng-2016-11-28.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"\">Reghttps//gazettes.africa/archive/na/2018/na-government-gazette-dated-2018-08-31-no-6697.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,266,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NLD","J61","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","On 1 October 2020, the Act amending the Telecommunication Act against undesired control in the telecom sector and a related implementing decree entered into force. The new rules introduce a mandatory notification requirement for any investor – regardless of nationality – who seeks to obtain a “predominant control” in a “telecommunication party” leading to a “relevant influence” in the telecom sector. The government may prohibit or unwind a transaction that meets these criteria if it would jeopardize national security or public order.","\"Chapter 14a. Unwanted control over telecommunications parties [...]\nArticle 14a.2\n1 A person who intends to acquire predominant control in a telecommunications party shall notify Our Minister of this intention if this control leads to relevant influence in the telecommunications sector as referred to in Article 14a.4, subsection 3 . A notification does not have to be made by a legal entity independent of a listed telecommunications party whose object is to represent the interests of the telecommunications party and an affiliated company and which, after the announcement of a public offer for a maximum period of two years to protect the telecommunications party. [...]\n3 Our Minister will decide within eight weeks of receipt of the notification whether a ban will be imposed on the basis of Article 14a.4, first paragraph . If further investigation is necessary, Our Minister may extend the term by six months. [...] \n5 If, after a notification as referred to in the first paragraph, it appears that there is a foreign direct investment that falls within the scope of Regulation (EU) 2019/452 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 March 2019 establishing a framework for the screening of foreign direct investments in the Union (OJEU 2019, L 79), the term referred to in the third paragraph, second sentence, can be extended by a maximum of three months.\n[...]\nArticle 14a.3\nPredominant control exists if the holder or acquirer of that control after the acquisition:\na.alone or together with persons acting in mutual consultation, directly or indirectly has at least 30 percent of the votes in the general meeting of a legal person;\nb.may appoint or dismiss more than half of the directors or supervisory directors of a legal entity, whether or not by agreement with others, alone or together with persons with whom they act in concert, even if all persons entitled to vote vote;\nc.has one or more shares with a special statutory right to control;\nd.has a branch office, being a telecommunications party;\ne.as a partner becomes fully liable to creditors for the debts of the company acting under its own name, or\nf.owns a sole proprietorship.\nArticle 14a.4\n1 If, in the opinion of Our Minister, existing or forthcoming predominant control in a telecommunications party by a certain party may lead to a threat to the public interest, Our Minister shall prohibit him or her subject to conditions precedent from retaining or acquiring predominant control. in this telecommunications party. If Our Minister intends to impose a ban, he will ask the telecommunications party for an opinion on the intended decision. He sets a time limit for submitting his opinion.\n2 There can only be a threat to the public interest if the predominant control leads to relevant influence in the telecommunications sector as referred to in the third paragraph, and:\na.the transferee or holder is an undesirable person or is a state, entity or person known or reasonably suspected of intent to influence a telecommunications party to facilitate misuse or intentional outages,\nb.the acquirer or holder has close ties with or is under the influence of a state, entity or person as referred to under a, or is a person in respect of whom there are grounds to suspect such ties or influence,\nc.the acquirer or holder has such a track record that the risk that the consequences referred to in the third paragraph under a to d will occur is considerably increased,\nd.the identity of the actual holder or transferee cannot be established, or\ne.the acquirer or holder does not cooperate or does not cooperate sufficiently with the investigation into the circumstances under a to d.\n3 There is relevant influence in the telecommunications sector if misuse or intentional failure of the telecommunications party, referred to in the first paragraph, and any other telecommunications parties in which the holder or acquirer or the group of which the holder or acquirer is a part retains or acquires predominant control until:\na.an unlawful breach of the confidentiality of the communication, or an interruption of the internet access service or telephone service of more than a number of end users to be determined by order in council;\nb.an interruption of the availability or verification of services and applications specified by order in council that are provided via the internet insofar as those services exceed a threshold to be determined by that order in council;\nc.an interruption in the availability, reliability or confidentiality of a product or service designated by order in council for the purpose of a public task in the field of national security, defence, the maintenance of the legal order or assistance;\nd.an unlawful infringement or interruption as referred to in parts a or b with regard to a combination of services and applications as referred to in those parts that together exceed a threshold value set by that order in council;\ne.other serious consequences referred to by order in council with regard to the continuity of services by a telecommunications party or the confidentiality of communications. [...]\" (Telecommunications Act of October 19, 1998; as amended by the Act of 20 May 2020; Articles 14a.2, 14a.3 and 14a.4 [google translation])","Telecommunications Act of October 19, 1998; as amended by the Act of 20 May 2020; Articles 14a.2, 14a.3 and 14a.4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0009950/2021-07-01\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,967,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","K6419X","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.006","Foreign investment in banking is subject to reciprocity","\"Section 1. Section 2 of Republic Act No. 7721 is hereby amended to read as follows:\n\"SEC. 2. Modes of Entry. – The Monetary Board may authorize foreign banks to operate in the Philippine banking system through any one of the following\" modes of entry: (i) by acquiring, purchasing or owning up to one hundred percent (100%) of the voting stock of an existing bank; (ii) by investing in up to one hundred percent (100%) of the voting stockof a new banking subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the Philippines; or (iii) by establishing branches with full banking authority.\nSection 2. Section 3 of Republic Act No. 7721 is hereby amended to read as follows:\nSEC. 3. Guidelines for Approval. – In approving entry applications of foreign banks, the Monetary Board shall: (i) ensure geographic representation and complementation; (ii) consider strategic trade and investment relationships between the Philippines and the country of incorporation of the foreign bank; (iii) study the demonstrated capacity, global reputation for financial innovations and stability in a competitive environment of the applicant; (iv) see to it that reciprocity rights are enjoyed by Philippine banks in the applicant’s country; and (v) consider willingness to fully share their technology.\nOnly established, reputable and financially sound foreign banks shall be allowed entry in accordance with Section 2 of this Act. The foreign bank applicant must be widely-owned and publicly-listed in its country of origin, unless the foreign bank applicant is owned and controlled by the government of its country of origin.\nIn the exercise of this authority, the Monetary Board shall adopt such measures as may be necessary to ensure that the control of at least sixty percent(60%) of the resources or assets of the entire banking system is held by domestic banks which are majority-owned by Filipinos.[...]\" (Sec. 1 and 2 of RA 10641)\n----------------------------------\n\"Section 7. Board of Directors.— Non-Filipino citizens may become members of the Board of Directors of a bank to the extent of the foreign participation in the equity of said bank.\" (Sec. 7 of RA 7721)","Sec. 2 RA 10641\nSec. 7 7721","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lawphil.net/statutes/repacts/ra2014/ra_10641_2014.html&hl=en&gl=fr&strip=1&vwsrc=0\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bsp.gov.ph/Regulations/Banking%2520Laws/RA7721.pdf&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=fr\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2387,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H492","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0048","Until 2021, FDI was limited to 40% ownership in rail and road transport and related auxiliary services, excluding warehousing businesses.\nOn 9 April 2022, RA 11659 amending the Public Service Act entered into force. The Act limits the scope of 'public utility' services subject to the 40% foreign ownership limitation under the Constitution to: (a) distribution and transmission of electricity; (b) petroleum and petroleum products pipeline transmission systems; (c) water pipeline distribution systems; (d) wastewater and sewerage pipeline systems; (e) seaports; and (f) public utility vehicles. Corporations engaged in road transportation activities (i.e.  public utility vehicles') continue to be considered 'public utilities', and therefore subject to a 40% foreign shareholding limitation. Companies operating railways and rail infrastructure, as well as road transport infrastructure, are no longer considered as such, but are assumed to classify as \"critical infrastructure\", therefore  being subject to reciprocity conditions. Foreign nationals are allowed to own more than 50% of capital in public services engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure, but only if the country of such foreign nationals accords reciprocity to Philippine nationals under foreign law or a treaty. Reciprocity may be satisfied according to rights of similar value in other economic sectors, which shall be the subject of further rules by the National Economic Development Authority (NEDA).  Moreover, the amendment introduces preference for local workforce involved in public services relying on reciprocity too.\nHence, as of 2022, only road passenger and cargo transporation activities remain subject to a 40% foreign shareholding limitation. The remaining transportation and auxiliary infrastructure activities are assumed to be subject to reciprocity conditions, with the exception of warehouses which were exempt from restriction under previous legislation.","\"Sec. 3. Definition of Terms - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined as follows: [...]\n(d) Critical infrastructure refers to systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Philippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a debilitating impact on national security. It shall specifically refer to: (i) Telecommunications; (ii) Air carriers; (iii) Domestic Shipping; and (iv) Railways and subways. [...]\" (Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021)\n--------------------------------------\n\"Section l. Declaration of Policy. - The State recognizes the role ofthe private sector as one ofthe main engines for national growth and development. […] These policies are fulfilled by: (a) ensuring effective regulation ofpublic services; (b) providing reasonable rate of return to public services; (c) rationalizing foreign equity restrictions by clearly defining the term “public utilities”; and (d) instituting processes for the protection of national security.\nSec. 2. Definition of Terms. - For the purposes of this Act, the terms below shall be defined asfollows: [...]\n(b) Certificates refer to any franchise, certificate of public convenience, certificate of public convenience and necessity, concession, or any other appropriate form of authorization for the operation of a public service, including a public utility, as may be applicable; [...]\n(e) Critical Infrastructure refers to any public service which owns, uses, or operates systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the Republic of the Phlippines that the incapacity or destruction of such systems or assets would have a detrimental impact on national security, including telecommunications and other such vital services as may be declared by the President ofthe Philippines; [...]\n(k) Public Utility Vehicles (PUVs) refer to internal combustion engine vehicles that carry passengers and/or domestic cargo for a fee, offering services to the public, namely trucks-for-hire, UV express service, public utility buses (PUBs), public utility jeepneys (PUJs), tricycles, filcabs, and taxis: Provided, That transport vehicles accredited with and operating through transport network corporations shall not be considered as public utility vehicles;\n[...]\nSec. 13. (a) The Commission shall have jurisdiction and supervision over all public services, including public utilities, [...] \n(d) Public Utility. — Public utility refers to a public service that operates, manages or controls for public use any ofthe following: (1) Distribution of Electricity; (2) Transmission of Electricity; (3) Petroleum and Petroleum Products Pipeline Transmission Systems; (4) Water Pipeline Distribution Systems and Wastewater Pipeline Systems, including sewerage pipeline systems; (5) Seaports; and (6) Public Utility Vehicles. [...] A public service which is not classified as a public utility under this Act shall be considered a business affected with public interestfor purposes of Sections 17 and 18 of Article XII of the Constitution. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have the power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act:\n(a) To issue certificates authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner: Provided, That any certificate authorizing the operation, management or control of a pubhc service shall only be issued to corporations, partnerships, associations or joint stock companies that are constituted and organized under the laws ofthe Philippines. [...]\n[...]\nSec. 25. Reciprocity Clause.- Foreign nationals shall not be allowed to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital of entities engaged in the operation and management of critical infrastructure unless the country of such foreign national accords reciprocity to Philippine Nationals as may be provided by foreign law, treaty orinternational agreement. Reciprocity may be satisfied by according rights of similar value in other economic sectors. [...] Unless otherwise provided by law, or by any international agreement, a public service shall employ a foreign national only after the determination of non-availability of a Philippine National who is competent, able and willingto perform the services for which the foreign nationalis desired.\" (Republic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094))\n-------------------------------------\n[not reproduced here] (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n------------------------------------\n\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Senate Bill No. 2094, 15 December 2021\nRepublic Act No. 11659, 21 March 2022, (consolidation of House Bill No. 78 and Senate Bill No. 2094)\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nEleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","Senate of the Philippines Press Release, 15 December 2021: \"Senate OKs amendments to Public Service Act\"\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Former president of the Philippines issues Twelfth Regular Foreign Investment Negative List\", 07 Jul 2022.","[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/lis/bill_res.aspx?congress=18&q=SBN-2094\">Bill</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011659.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.sec.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/2024_20220627-EO-175-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://legacy.senate.gov.ph/press_release/2021/1215_prib1.asp#:~:text=SBN%202094%2C%20according%20to%20Poe,operate%20as%20a%20public%20utility.\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/mergers-acquisitions_5/philippines-president-of-the-philippines-issues-twelfth-regular-foreign-investment-negative-list\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3224,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00024","The captain of a ship flying the national flag must be a national of Portugal, another EU/EEA country or a Portuguese-speaking country. The restriction does not apply to ships registered in the International Shipping Register of Madeira.","\"Article 2 - Scope of application\n1 - This decree-law applies to seafarers who carry out their activity aboard commercial, fishing, local traffic, auxiliary, towing and research vessels or offshore exploration platforms flying the national flag . [...]\n4 - The regime provided for in this decree-law does not apply to ships or vessels registered in the International Shipping Register of Madeira.\n5 - This decree-law does not apply to the following ships or vessels:\na) Ships or auxiliary units of the Navy, or other ships owned or operated by the Portuguese State, exclusively dedicated to government services of a non-commercial nature;\nb) Vessels sailing exclusively in non-sea inland waters;\nc) Pleasure craft not used for commercial purposes;\nd) Ships made of traditional or primitive wood construction;\ne) Vessels at the service of the Security Forces, within the scope of their respective mission.\n[...]\nArticle 68 - Crew nationality rules\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the following paragraphs, the crew of ships or vessels flying the national flag must be Portuguese nationals or of a European Union or EEA country or of a Portuguese-speaking country.\n2 - Ships or vessels flying the national flag may be manned by seafarers from countries not included in the preceding paragraph, up to a limit of 40% of the respective crew on board, except in duly justified exceptional cases.\n3- Fishing vessels flying the national flag may be crewed by seafarers from countries not included in paragraph 1, up to a limit of 50% of the respective crew on board or three crew, whichever is more favourable, and a limit may be fixed. different in fisheries agreements concluded with third States.\n4 - Crew members who exercise the functions of commander or master of ships or vessels are not covered by paragraphs 2 and 3.[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 166/2019 (2019-10-31); entry into force 2020-01-01; Articles 2 and 68 [google translation])\n--------------\nPreviously\n--------------\n\"Article 61 - Nationality of crew members\n1 - Crew members of national vessels must have Portuguese nationality, or nationality of a member country of the European Union, and must comply with the provisions of international convention law regarding equal treatment in terms of the free exercise of maritime duties.\n2 - The crew member assigned to command functions must have Portuguese nationality, except in cases duly authorized by the IMP and based on reasons of labor shortage in the sector.\n3 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous paragraph, the use of crew members who are nationals of third countries also requires authorization from the IMP and is carried out under the conditions established in the applicable regulations.\n4 - Employment contracts concluded with foreign crew members are subject to written form, deposit, communication and other formalities set out in Law No. 20/98 of 12 May, and also to the provisions set out in the legal regime for individual employment contracts on board vessels. [...]\" (Decree-Law No. 280/2001, of October 23 [repealed by Decree-Law No. 166/2019 (2019-10-31); entry into force 2020-01-01][google translation])","Decree-Law No. 166/2019 (2019-10-31); entry into force 2020-01-01\nDecree-Law No. 280/2001, of October 23 [repealed by Decree-Law No. 166/2019]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dre.pt/dre/detalhe/decreto-lei/166-2019-125865390\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://diariodarepublica.pt/dr/detalhe/decreto-lei/280-2001-584020\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,927,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ROU","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Romania operates a national security review mechanism as part of its merger control regime under the Competition Law (No. 21/1996), empowering the Government, at the proposal of the Supreme Council of National Defence (CSAT), to prohibit an operation to take over the control of undertakings or assets which raises risks for the national security. In its Decision No. 73/2012, CSAT has set out sectors in which mergers could trigger such risks. However, the legal framework does not contain specific rules on foreign investment.\nBetween 15 September and 6 October 2020, the Romanian government held a public consultation on a draft Emergency Ordinance on Measures to Implement EU Regulation 452/2019 of the European Parliament and of the European Council of 19 March 2019 and a related amendment of the Competition Law. The draft Emergency Ordinance proposes, among other things, to create a new inter-ministerial commission to review inward foreign investment to safeguard Romania’s essential security interests and public order, establish new powers for the Prime Minister to authorise or prohibit proposed acquisitions based on the commission’s recommendations and develop a list of factors to determine whether a proposed acquisition is likely to affect adversely Romania’s essential security interests or public order.","\"Article 47 [...]\n(9) In situations where an operation to take control of certain enterprises or assets poses risks to national security, the Government, on the proposal of the Supreme Council of National Defense, shall issue a decision prohibiting it, in compliance with competence of the European Commission in this field. The Competition Council will inform the Supreme Council of National Defense about the economic concentration operations that are notified to it, which can be analyzed from the point of view of national security. [...]\" (Competition Law (No. 21 of 10 April 1996; republished in OG No. 153 of 29 February 2016), last amended by Emergency Ordinance No. 23 of 31 March 2021, Article 47 [google translation]) ","Competition Law (No. 21 of 10 April 1996; republished in OG No. 153 of 29 February 2016), last amended by Emergency Ordinance No. 23 of 31 March 2021, Article 47\nSupreme Council of National Defence Decision No. 73 (27 September 2012)","Draft Emergency Ordinance on Measures to Implement EU Regulation 452/2019 of the European Parliament and of the European Council of 19 March 2019 and a related amendment of Competition Law No. 21/1996","[<a href=\"http://legislatie.just.ro/Public/DetaliiDocument/8005 \">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://csat.presidency.ro/files/documente/Hotararea_CSAT_73_(2012).pdf\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.consiliulconcurentei.ro/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Proiect-de-OUG-FDI_-dezbatere-publica-15-sept-003.pdf\">Ordinance</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,901,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.01125","Foreign investment in retail and wholesale activities was liberalised in 2016 to allow 100% foreign ownership with conditions as per the following: i) minimum capital of SR 30 million [approx. USD 8 million] is required for being entitled to 100% foreign ownership; ii) minimum capital of SR20 million [approx. USD 5.3 million] is required for being entitled to invest in partnership with Saudi local partner and hold up to 75% foreign ownership. Further conditions on employment of Saudi individuals and local procurement also apply. ","\"Summary:\nThe controls included: allowing foreigners to invest in the wholesale and retail trade sector with a percentage of ownership (100%) limited to companies who have a presence in (3) markets according to the controls and conditions stated in the decision, companies excluded from some provisions, exemption from some controls and conditions, reviewing the terms and conditions and results Apply them and give opinions and suggestions\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (377), dated 8/9/1437H [14/6/2016])\n---------------------------\n\"03.07 Commercial License\nConsidering the importance of commercial activities in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the pursuit the Kingdom to facilitate the entry of foreign entities to perform an activity in the wholesale trade and retail trade in the Saudi market, according to specific guidelines and conditions, it has introduced a number of options for ambitious foreign, namely:\n1. Commercial license with Saudi shareholder under the service number (03.07.01) of this manual.\n2. 100% foreign commercial license under the service number (03.07.02) of this manual.\n03.07.01 Commercial license with Saudi shareholder\n- Service Description: \nThis Service is provided to foreign entities that are interested in the activity of wholesale and retail trade in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia with a Saudi shareholder. [...]\n- Service Rules and Restrictions\n1. The existence of a Saudi shareholder in the investment license with a share of not less than 25% of the company.\n[...]\n03.07.02 100% foreign commercial license\n- Service Description\nThis Service is provided to 100% foreign entities that are interested in the activity of wholesale and retail trade and e-commerce in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. [...]\n Service Rules and Restrictions\n1- This service is limited to the foreign companies that have a presence at least in (3) regional or international markets. [...]\n3- The company shall comply to achieve following standards during the first five years:\n The company shall comply to achieve the localization rates as determined by the Ministry of Labor and Social Development. The company shall develop and implement\na plan to locate them in senior management posts in the first five years and to ensure their continuation.\n The company is complying with train (30%) of Saudi employees annually.[...]\n4- The company shall comply to achieve one of the following options:\n Option 1: the company shall comply with investing an amount of no less than 300 million Saudi Riyals (including 30 million Saudi Riyals as the cash capital of the company) over five years starting from the date of obtaining the investment license.\n Option 2: the company shall comply with investing an amount of no less than 200 million Saudi Riyals (including 30 million Saudi Riyals as the cash capital of the company) over five years starting from the date of obtaining the investment license, in addition to achieving one or more of the following requirements during the first five years:\nManufacturing - The minimum requirement:  % 30 or more of the company's products distributed locally shall be manufactured in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia\nResearch and development programs -The minimum requirement: % 5 or more of total sales shall be allocated to the establishment of a research and development programs in the Kingdom\nLogistics and distribution - The minimum requirement: The establishment of a unified center to provide those services, and provide after-sales services [...]\" (Ministry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020)","Cabinet Resolution No. (377), dated 8/9/1437H [14/6/2016]\nMinistry of Investment, Services Manual [8th edition], Jan 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"http://ncar.gov.sa/Documents/Details?Id=AeG3gtq%2BOuLBp0om2yDe%2FQ%3D%3D\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.misa.gov.sa/media/1128/moi-service-manual-8th-edition-en-v4.pdf\">Manual</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2273,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SRB","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0096","Majority foreign ownership in commercial air transport companies is prohibited. While Serbia, as other SEE countries, is a signatory of the ECAA, it has not yet transposed obligations into national legislation. Hence, since it is not yet a member of the European Union, the treaty remains only a bilateral obligation.","\"2. Commercial flying [...]\nOperating license\nArticle 77.\nPublic air transport can be performed by a company that has a valid operating license (air carrier).\nAn operating license is issued to a business company if:\n1) has its headquarters in the Republic of Serbia;\n2) has a valid aviation operator's certificate;\n3) has at least one aircraft on the basis of ownership or on the basis of lease of unmanned aircraft;\n4) is registered for the performance of public air transportation as a predominant activity;\n5) its internal organization enables the application of the provisions of this article;\n6) is majority owned by the Republic of Serbia or citizens of the Republic of Serbia and under their actual control, direct or indirect, unless otherwise determined by a confirmed international agreement;[...]\" (Law on Air Traffic, \"Official Gazette of RS\", no. 73 of October 12, 2010, as amended [google translation])","Law on Air Traffic, \"Official Gazette of RS\", no. 73 of October 12, 2010, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pravno-informacioni-sistem.rs/SlGlasnikPortal/eli/rep/sgrs/skupstina/zakon/2010/73/4/reg\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2326,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","F42","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.028125","Foreign investment is not allowed in certain construction buildings and works, notably those requiring contractor class ii, iii and iv licences.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nContractor class ii; Contractor class iii; Contractor class iv [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n--------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nContractor class iii\nContractor class iv\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nConstruction Class ii Foreign equity limited to 49%\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,191,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.002625","Foreign shareholding in restaurants with fewer than 21 covers, as well as in tour operator services (excluding travel agents services) are limited to 49%.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\n6. Restaurants fewer than 21 covers: foreign equity limited to 49%;\n7. Tour operator services excluding travel agents: foreign equity limited to 49%[...] (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,181,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","_H","_O","IV81","IX",2018,"0.015","Acquision of ownership of real estate, including for business purposes, by natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia and legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia is subject to reciprocity. The reciprocity condition also applies to acquisition of a building right on real estate.","\"Article 1 (content of the law)\nThis Act regulates the manner and procedure for determining the reciprocity determined by this Act as a condition for the acquisition of the property right of foreigners and foreign countries on real estate in the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 2 (foreigners)\nForeigners and foreigners (hereinafter: foreigners) under this Act are:\n- natural persons who are not citizens of the Republic of Slovenia,\n- legal entities having their registered office outside the Republic of Slovenia.\nArticle 3 (application of the law and right to reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act shall be established in the event that an alien acquires ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia, if so provided by law or an international agreement governing the conditions for acquiring ownership of aliens in real estate, regardless of other conditions for acquiring ownership. on real estate. Reciprocity is determined for each property separately.\n(2) The right to establish reciprocity under this Act may be exercised by an alien who acquires the right of ownership over real estate in the manner and under the conditions determined for the acquisition of the right of ownership by the law or international agreement referred to in the preceding paragraph.\n[...]\nArticle 5 (reciprocity in building rights)\nThe existence of reciprocity shall, under the conditions determined by this Act, also be established in the case of the acquisition of a building right on real estate.\n\nArticle 6 (exceptions)\n(1) Reciprocity need not be established for the acquisition of ownership of real estate on the basis of a legal transaction concluded in the expropriation procedure, if the expropriation beneficiary is the state or a self-governing local community.\n(2) Reciprocity need not be established in the case of acquiring the right of ownership on the basis of an exchange contract, if the subject of the exchange contract are identical real estate located in the same area of ​​land in the Republic of Slovenia and are identical in area or smaller area. The opinion on the stated properties of the real estate, which is the subject of the exchange contract, is given by the competent geodetic authority. The opinion of the competent geodetic authority must be submitted by the contracting parties to the land registry permit.\n(3) Reciprocity need not be established if the alien acquires the right of ownership over the real estate on which he already holds a co-ownership share. The same applies if the alien is registered in the land register as a joint owner.\nArticle 7 (material reciprocity)\n(1) Reciprocity under this Act exists if a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person established in the Republic of Slovenia may acquire ownership of real estate in an alien country under the same or similar conditions under which they may acquire ownership of real estate in the Republic of Slovenia. aliens and the fulfillment of which is not significantly more difficult for a citizen of the Republic of Slovenia or a legal person with a registered office in the Republic of Slovenia than the fulfillment of conditions for aliens (material reciprocity) in the legal order of the Republic of Slovenia. [...]\" (Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7 [google translation])","Reciprocity Determination Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 27/17), in force from  17/06/2017, Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO7397\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,1024,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVN","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.0001","A depository of an undertaking for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) must either have its registered office in the same EU country as that of the undertaking or be established in the EU country if its registered office is in another EU country (Directive 85/611/EEC). An authorisation to provide Alternative Investment Fund (AIF) management services can be granted to Alternative Investment Fund Managers (AIFMs) with their registered office and head office in the Republic of Slovenia. AIFMs from other EU countries may provide AIF management services through a branch (Directive 2011/61/EU). Only banks and brokerage companies that have their registered office in the Republic of Slovenia, and credit institutions and investment firms that have their registered office in a Member State and a branch in the Republic of Slovenia, can be authorised to perform AIF depositary functions, subject to certain conditions.","\"Article 3 (Definition of abbreviations and terms) [...]\n(2) Terms:\n1. bank, Member State bank and third country bank shall have the same meaning as in the Act governing banking;\n[...]\nArticle 16 (Depositaries)\n(1) A depositary shall mean the depositary of the assets of a UCITS that meets the conditions referred to in Subsection 6.3.1 of this Act.\n(2) The depositary of an APIF shall mean the depositary of the assets of an APIF that meets the conditions referred to in the Act governing alternative investment fund managers, and also additional conditions referred to in this Act.\n[...]\n6.3.1 The depositary of an investment fund's assets\nArticle 164 (General provisions)\n(1) The assets of an investment fund shall be entrusted to a depositary for safekeeping.\n(2) An investment fund may have only one depositary.\n(3) The provisions of the Act governing alternative investment fund managers, of Article 167 of this Act, and of Subsection 6.3.4 of this Act shall apply to depositaries of APIFs.\n[...]\nArticle 166 (Authorisation to perform depositary functions)\n(1) The depositary functions referred to in the preceding Article shall only be performed by:\n1. a bank authorised by the Bank of Slovenia to perform depositary functions;\n2. a Member State bank having authorisation from the competent authority of a Member State and a branch in the Republic of Slovenia.\n(2) The Bank of Slovenia shall grant authorisation to the bank referred to in point 1 of the preceding paragraph to perform depositary functions upon the prior opinion of the Agency.\n(3) The Act governing banking shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to authorisation to perform depositary functions issued by the Bank of Slovenia.[...]\" (Investment Funds and Management Companies Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 31/15), last amended on 30.11.2018, Articles 3, 16, 164 and 166 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 (The content of the Act)\nThis Act determines the following:\n1. the conditions for and the method of management of alternative investment funds (hereinafter: AIFs);\n[...]\nArticle 3 (Scope of the Act)\n(1) This Act shall apply to:\n1. managers of AIFs that have their registered office in the Republic of Slovenia and that manage one or more AIFs irrespective of the country in which the AIF is established (hereinafter: AIFMs);\n2. AIFMs that have their registered office in another Member State and are authorised to manage AIFs on the basis of the law or other regulation of the Member State adopted for the transposition of Directive 2011/61/EU (hereinafter: EU AIFMs);\n3. AIFMs that have their registered office in a third country and are not AIFMs referred to in point 1 or 2 of this paragraph (hereinafter: non-EU AIFMs). \n[...]\nArticle 112 (Depositary of an AIF)\n(1) For AIFs, the depositary functions referred to in Article 115 of this Act may be performed by: \n1. a bank that has its registered office in the Republic of Slovenia and is authorised by the Bank of Slovenia to carry out depositary functions;\n2. a credit institution that has its registered office in a Member State and is authorised by the competent authority of the Member State and has a branch in the Republic of Slovenia;\n3. a brokerage company that has its registered office in the Republic of Slovenia and is authorised by the Agency to provide the service of safekeeping and administration of financial instruments for the account of clients, and has the minimum level of own funds calculated on the basis of the application, mutatis mutandis, of the law governing banking in connection with Article 193 of the ZTFI, and initial capital of at least EUR 730,000.\n4. an investment firm that has its registered office in a Member State and a branch in the Republic of Slovenia and meets the following conditions:\na) it is authorised by the competent authority to provide the service of safekeeping and administration of financial instruments for the account of clients in accordance with the regulation of the Member State adopted for the transposition of Directive 2004/39/EC;\nb) it calculates own funds requirements in accordance with the regulation of the Member State adopted for the transposition of Article 20 of Directive 2006/49/EC; and\nc) it has initial capital of at least EUR 730,000. \n[...]\nArticle 127 (Decision-making regarding authorisation to provide AIF management services)\n(1) The Agency shall grant authorisation to provide AIF management services if: [...]\n6. the AIFM has its registered office and head office in the Republic of Slovenia.\n[...]\nArticle 135 (Management of AIFs in the Republic of Slovenia by an EU AIFM)\n(1) An EU AIFM may, under the conditions determined by this Subsection, directly or through a branch provide the following services in the Republic of Slovenia:\n1. management of AIFs;\n2. provision of the portfolio management services or non-core services referred to in Subsection 2.4.14. of this Act for which it is authorised by the competent authority of its home Member State. \n(2) An EU AIFM may manage only those types of AIFs in the Republic of Slovenia that it is allowed to manage in its home Member State.\n(3) If an EU AIFM establishes a branch in the Republic of Slovenia, Article 63, Articles 67 to 69, and Articles 165 and 167 of this Act shall apply to the operation of such a branch.\n[...]\nArticle 137 (Provision of AIF management services in the Republic of Slovenia by a non-EU AIFM)\n(1) A non-EU AIFM may manage AIFs or market units of AIFs, EU AIFs or non-EU AIFs in the Republic of Slovenia if it acquires prior authorisation to manage AIFs in the Republic of Slovenia or if it acquires such authorisation in another Member State of reference on the basis of the regulation of the Member State adopted for the transposition of Directive 2011/61/EU.\n(2) The operation of a non-EU AIFM whose Member State of reference is the Republic of Slovenia shall be in compliance with the provisions of this Act and of other regulations governing the operation of AIFMs in the Republic of Slovenia, with the exception of Subsections 2.4.12.1., 4.2.1. and 4.2.2. of this Act.\n(3) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph of this Article, a non-EU AIFM shall not be obliged to comply with the provisions of this Act and of other regulations governing the business of AIFMs in the Republic of Slovenia with regard to which it has authorisation from the Agency in accordance with Article 144 of this Act.\nArticle 138  (Legal representative)\n(1) A non-EU AIFM shall appoint a legal representative in its Member State of reference.\n(2) The legal representative established in the Member State of reference of the non-EU AIFM shall represent the non-EU AIFM in the Member State and shall be the contact point of the non-EU AIFM responsible for any official correspondence between the competent authorities and the non-EU AIFM and between the EU investors in the relevant AIF managed by that non-EU AIFM and the non-EU AIFM.\n(3) The legal representative and the non-EU AIFM shall ensure that the management of AIFs and the marketing of units of AIFs, EU AIFs or non-EU AIFs are in compliance with this Act and other regulations governing the operation of AIFMs in the Republic of Slovenia or regulations governing the operation of AIFs.[...]\" (Alternative Investment Fund Managers Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 32/15), last amended on 30. 11. 2018, Articles 1, 3, 112, 127, 135, 137 and 138 [unofficial translation])","Investment Funds and Management Companies Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 31/15), last amended on 30.11.2018, Articles 3, 16, 164 and 166\nAlternative Investment Fund Managers Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia, No. 32/15), last amended on 30. 11. 2018, Articles 1, 3, 112, 127, 135, 137 and 138\nDirective 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS), Article 23\nDirective 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO6671\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.a-tvp.si/eng/rs-legislation/rs-legislation/the-investment-funds-and-management-companies-act-zisdu-3\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.pisrs.si/Pis.web/pregledPredpisa?id=ZAKO6623\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.a-tvp.si/storage/app/media/Documents/ENG/ZUAIS/ZUAIS_EN.pdf\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX%3A32009L0065\">Directive</a>],[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02011L0061-20190113\">Directive</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1020,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","_H","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.1","Foreign investors may not own small businessees as these are reserved for South Sudanese nationals only. ","\"CHAPTER VIII - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  [...]\nProvisions Not Applicable to Small Companies\nArticle 323. Provisions not Applicable to Small Size private Companies. [...]\n(3)  For the purposes of this part, a company shall qualify as a small size private company where –\n(a)  its turnover in respect of its last preceding accounting period, is less than such amount as may be prescribed by Order of the Minister in consultation with the minister of finance;\n(b)  it employs not more than seven employees; and\n(c)  its share capital does not exceed an amount to be prescribed by the Minister\nNationals Participation in private companies \n(4) Small size private companies shall be the domain of South Sudanese nationals only\n(5) Medium and large size private companies shall be open to non-South Sudanese investors on the condition that financially able South Sudanese shall have not less than 31% shareholding in such companies\n(6)  A Medium or large size private company shall be one whose share capital shall not be less than such amount as may be prescribed by the minister\n(7)  Minister, for purposes of this section, means the Minister responsible for commerce.\n[...]\nCHAPTER X - COMPANIES INCORPORATED OUTSIDE SOUTH SUDAN. \nProvisions as to Establishment of Place of Business in South Sudan. \n360. Application.  \nThis Chapter shall apply to a foreign company only if it has a place of business or is carrying on business in South Sudan and for the purposes of this Chapter, “foreign company” means a company incorporated outside South Sudan. \n361. Meaning of “Carrying on Business”. \n(1) For the purposes of this Chapter, a reference to a foreign company carrying on business in South Sudan includes a reference to the foreign company – (a) (b) establishing or using a share transfer office or a share registration office in South Sudan ; or administering, managing or dealing with property in South Sudan as an agent, personal representative or trustee, whether through its employees or an agent or in any other manner.\n[...]\n368. Obligation to State Name of Foreign Company, Whether Limited and Country Where Incorporated.\n(1) A foreign company shall – (a) (b) (c) (d) in every prospectus inviting subscription for its shares or debentures in South Sudan state the country in which the company is incorporated; conspicuously exhibit in legible characters on every place where it carries on business in South Sudan the name of the company and the country in which the company is incorporated; cause the name of the company and of the country in which the company is incorporated to be stated in legible letters in all Act heads and letter paper and in all notices and other official publication of the company; and if the liability of the members of the company is limited, cause notice of that fact to be stated in the English language in legible characters in every prospectus referred to in paragraph (a) and in all Act heads, letter paper, notices and other official publications of the company in South Sudan and to be affixed on every place where it carries on its business.  [...]\" (\n\n[...]\" (Companies Act, 2012, Article 323)","Companies Act, 2012","USDS (2023), \"2023 Investment Climate Statements: South Sudan\".","[<a href=\"https://mojca.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Companies-Act-2012.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.state.gov/reports/2023-investment-climate-statements/south-sudan/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3718,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","L68X3","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00225","Foreign legal entities cannot access land on the same terms as locally incorporated entities. They may only access land under a leasehold basis without the right to alienate them directly to other individuals and legal entities. Foreign-owned locally incorporated companies are not considered foreign legal entities and, hence, are not affected. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this restriction is reflected as an incorporation requirement for real estate investments, while horizontally it is considered a restrictions on land use.","\"Chapter 1. General Provisions\nArticle 2. Ownership of land\nLand in the Republic of Tajikistan is the exclusive property of the state, and the state guarantees its effective use in the interests of the people.\nThe collection of lands previously owned by their ancestors is not allowed.\nIndividuals and legal entities of the Republic of Tajikistan may alienate the right to use a land plot on the grounds, conditions and to the extent established by this Code and civil law.\nLand plots are provided to foreign individuals and legal entities without the right to alienate the right to use these land plots.\n[...]\nSection 2 (2). The right to use the land as an object of civil rights\nThe right to use a land plot with the right to alienate it is a special object of civil legal relations and may be the subject of sale, gift, barter, lease, pledge and other transactions, and may also be transferred to another person by inheritance or universal succession established by this Code and civil law.\nThe right to use a land plot with the right to alienate it is granted to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Tajikistan by local executive bodies of state power in cities and regions on a gratuitous or reimbursable basis.\nLand plots, the rights of use of which were obtained (acquired) with the right of alienation, are used only in accordance with their intended purpose.\nNo one may be deprived of the right to use a land plot except on the grounds provided for in this Code \n[...]\nArticle 13. Temporary [fixed-term[ use of land\nFor temporary use, land plots can be transferred to individuals and legal entities for a certain period of time.\nTemporary use of land can be short-term - up to three years and long-term - from three to twenty years, with the exception of cases provided for by this Code.\nSection 14. Land Lease\nLand users can lease land under a contract.\nThe land lease agreement is concluded without changing the purpose of the land.\nLand is leased for up to 20 years. The relations of land users on the lease of land are carried out in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n[...]\nSection 17 (1). Grounds for the emergence of a right to use a land plot with the right to alienate it [...]\nWhen a citizen with the right to use a land plot with the right to alienate him leaves the citizenship of the Republic of Tajikistan, this right shall be alienated to individuals or legal entities of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Provision of land for agricultural needs\nLand suitable for agricultural needs is provided to individuals and legal entities for production, agricultural products.\nThe right to use agricultural land plots with the right to alienate them is granted only to individuals and legal entities of the Republic of Tajikistan directly involved in agricultural production.\nThe suitability of land for agricultural needs is determined by the authorized state body in the field of regulation of land relations and its local bodies on the basis of soil, geobotanical, irrigation and drainage, agroeconomic and other surveys.\n[...]\nSection 25. Provision of Land to Foreign Citizens and Foreign Legal Entities\nLand plots can be granted for foreign use for a term of up to 50 years to foreign citizens and foreign legal entities.\nAgricultural lands and lands of specially protected territories are not provided to foreign citizens and foreign legal entities.\nWhen transferring the right to use a land plot of agricultural purpose with the right of alienation to a foreign individual or legal entity, this right shall be alienated to an individual or legal entity of the Republic of Tajikistan within one year from the date of acquisition of the right to a land plot.\nIf for any reason the alienation of the right to use such a land plot to a physical or legal person of the Republic of Tajikistan is not possible, the right to use the land plot shall be transferred to the local executive body of state power on a reimbursable basis at the market value of the right to use the land plot.\nIn case of failure to comply with the requirements of parts three and four of this article, the seizure of the land, the right of use of which has been transferred to a foreign individual or legal entity, is carried out in court. [...]\" (LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF TAJIKISTAN dated December 13, 1996 No. 327 [google translated])","LAND CODE OF THE REPUBLIC OF TAJIKISTAN dated December 13, 1996 No. 327 [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://cis-legislation.com/document.fwx?rgn=2150\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2862,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","K65_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.009","Foreign shareholding in insurance activities is limited up to 49% of total voting capital and the majority of the board of directors must be Thai citizens.\n[Obs.: as indicated by legal practitioners in Thailand: the notification issued in Janurary 2017 by the Minister of Finance does not change the foreign shareholding limits established by the law; it only clarifies the rules, conditions and procedures for an insurance company to request the authorisation of the Ministry of Finance to hold foreign shareholding in excess of the limitations established by law. This, however, is only possible on an exceptional basis in the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the Thailand's insurance business industry (For more information, please see Kennedys, 2017 and Tilleke & Gibbins International, 2017)].","\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 109. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\nIn case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors. \nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph. The application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.When permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the\nOffice of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette [...]\"(LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Chapter I - Company [...]\nSection 9. A company must have Thai nationals holding at least 75 percent of the total number of its voting shares that have been sold, and not less than three-fourths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals. In case where the Commission deems it appropriate, the Commission may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to 49 percent of the total number of voting shares that have been sold, and permit persons of non-Thai nationality to serve as directors in a number exceeding onefourth, but less than one-half, of the total number of directors.\nIn the event that the company's standing or operations are of a condition that might cause damage to the insured or the public, or for the purpose of strengthening the stability of any company or the stability of the non-life insurance business, the Minister, upon the recommendation of the Commission, is empowered to grant a waiver to permit the company to have shareholders or directors other than as specified in the second paragraph.\nThe application for, and the granting of, permission under the second paragraph, as well as the application for, and the granting of, a waiver under the third paragraph shall be in accordance with the regulations, procedures, and conditions or time limits prescribed by the Commission or the Minister.\nWhen permission is granted by the Commission, or a waiver is granted by the Minister, the Office of Insurance Commission shall announce that permission or waiver, together with the reasons and conditions or time limits, in the Government Gazette.[...]\"(Non-Life Insurance Act B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria: (1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Life Insurance Companies; and (2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the life insurance company and life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications: (1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business; (2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations; (3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and (4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability. [...]\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))\"\n------------------------------\n\"Clause 4. A company that wishes to file an application with the Minister for relaxation of the regulation, upon the recommendation of the Commission under this notification, in order for a non-Thai person to hold shares in excess of 49 percent of its total voting shares sold, or for directors who are non-Thai persons to comprise more than one-half of the total number of its directors, must meet the following criteria:\n(1) have a capital adequacy ratio (\"CAR\") not lower than the rate specified in the Notification of the Insurance Commission re: Prescribing the Types and Categories of Capital Funds, Including the Rules, Procedures, and Conditions for Calculating Capital Funds of Non-Life Insurance Companies; and\n(2) have a business operation plan to strengthen the security of the non-life insurance company and non-life insurance business as a whole.\nClause 5. A non-Thai person for whom relaxation will be sought by the company in order to hold its shares according to clause 4 must be an insurance company, or a company in a business sector that is related to and supports the undertaking of an insurance business, and must have the following qualifications:\n(1) have no less than 10 years of expertise and experience that are relevant to and support the undertaking of an insurance business;\n(2) have financial and operational security, with a credit rating of itself or its parent company not below \"A\" from a recognized credit rating agency, and with an international network of business operations;\n(3) have an explicit business operation policy and a plan for the transfer of technology and expertise, in order to develop the company's management system and enhance its business operation capability and competitiveness; and\n(4) be able to provide financial support to enable the company to implement the business operation plan specified in clause 4(2) as well as to continue its business with security and stability.\"(Notification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Non-Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Non-Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016))","LIFE INSURANCE ACT, B.E. 2535 (1992), as amended by Life Insurance Act No. 2, B.E. 2551(2008))\nNON-LIFE INSUREANCE ACT B.E. 2535 (Amended by Non-Life Insurance Act (No. 2) B.E. 2551 and (No. 3) B.E. 2558)\nNotification of the Ministry of Finance Re: Rules, Procedures, and Conditions, or Time Limits for the Application for, and the Granting of, Relaxation for a Non-Thai Person to Hold Shares in Excess of 49 Percent of the Total Voting Shares Sold, or for Directors who are Non-Thai Persons to Comprise More than One-half of the Total Number of Directors in Order to Strengthen the Security of a Life Insurance Company, or to Strengthen the Security of Life Insurance Business, B.E. 2559 (2016)","Tilleke & Gibbins International (2017), \"Thailand Insurance Market Liberalization: Relaxation of Foreign Shareholding Limits\", Bangkok.\nKennedys (2017), \"Thailand: Clarity on Obtaining Permission for Majority Foreign Ownership in Insurers\",  Bangkok.","[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/84240/883-4137.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/86505/unofficial-non-life-insurance-act-b.e.2535-amended-2551-and-2558.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88133/87.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.oic.or.th/sites/default/files/content/88134/88.prakaaskrathrwngkaarkhlang-ministry-finance-notification-non-thai-holding-more-49-percent-shares.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tilleke.com/sites/default/files/2017_Feb_Thailand_Insurance_Market_Liberalization.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kennedyslaw.com/thought-leadership/article/thailand-clarity-on-obtaining-permission-for-majority-foreign-ownership-in-insurers\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1967,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","K649","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.000125","Foreign shareholding in financial institutions, including in non-banking institutions such as finance companies and credit foncier institutions, is limited up to 49% of total voting capital and the majority of the board of directors must be Thai citizens.","\"Section 4 In this Act,\n“financial institution business” means the commercial banking business, finance business and credit foncier business, and shall include the undertaking of business of a specialised financial institution.[...]\n“finance business” means the undertaking of business of accepting deposits of money or accepting money from the public subject to withdrawal on demand or at the end of a specified period, which is not accepting deposits of money or accepting money in the accounts to be withdrawn by cheques, and of employing such money in one or several ways such as granting of credits, buying or selling of bills of exchange or any other negotiable instruments.\n“credit foncier business” means the undertaking of business of accepting deposits of money or accepting money from the public subject to withdrawal at the end of a specified period and of employing such money in one or several ways listed below: (1) lending money by way of taking mortgage of immovable property; (2) buying immovable property by way of sale with right of redemption.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - STRUCTURE OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTION\nDIVISION 1 - Shares and Shareholders […]\nSection 16. The amount of shares of a financial institution held by persons of Thai nationality must not be less than seventy-five per cent of the total number of voting shares sold and the number of its directors who are persons of Thai nationality must not be less than three-fourths of the total number of directors. Where the Bank of Thailand deems appropriate, the Bank of Thailand may permit persons of non-Thai nationality to hold shares up to forty-nine per cent of the total number of voting shares sold, and may permit the number of directors of non-Thai nationality to be more than one-fourth but less than one-half of the total number of directors.\nWhere it is necessary to rectify the operation’s condition or to enhance the stability of any financial institution or for the stability of the financial institution system, the Minister may, with the advice of the Bank of Thailand, grant relaxation  for any financial institution to have the number of shares or directors other than that prescribed in the second paragraph. In this regard, rules or time clause on the relaxation may also be prescribed. [...]\"(FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS BUSINESSES ACT, B.E. 2551 (2008))","FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS BUSINESSES ACT, B.E. 2551 (2008), Section 16.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bot.or.th/English/AboutBOT/LawsAndRegulations/SiteAssets/Law_E24_Institution_Sep2011.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1970,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","L68X1","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0135","Ownership by majority-foreign owned investors (above 50% of voting capital) of commercial or residential real estate is limited to 49% of the total area of all units in the condominium. According to legal practitioners: \" [...] Foreigners can purchase any condominium project, up to 49% of the total space of all units in that condominium at the time of the application, for condominium registration without the need for permanent residence. Eligible foreigners include: 1) Those with residence permits; 2) Those who were granted permission to enter Thailand under the Investment Promotion Act; 3) Limited companies with more than 49% of its capital owned by aliens who have been registered as a foreign \"juristic person\" under Thai law; 4) Foreign juristic persons with investment promotion certificates.\nForeign individuals or juristic persons remitting foreign currency into Thailand for payment for the condominium units A foreign individual who does not hold a permanent resident certificate or foreign company purchasing a condominium unit, is required to bring 100% of the amount of the purchase price from an overseas source into Thailand.Prior to April 2004, foreigners could purchase up to 100% of a condominium project, provided it was located in Bangkok Metropolis, municipality area or other administrative area and the site area was less than five rai (two acres) as stipulated in the Condominium Act (No. 3), B.E. 2542 (A.D. 1999). This law was in effect between 1999 - 2004 and is still valid for condominiums purchased during that period. [...] (Jones Lang Lassalle, 2018)\" \nIn the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign majority investors are allowed to fully own real estate commercial and residential units in condominum up to the limit of 49% of the total area of the condominium. ","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex - List one. Businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason:\n[...] (9) Land trading [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"[...] CHAPTER VIII - Determination of Aliens’ Right to Land\nSection 86. An alien may acquire land only by virtue of the provisions of a treaty that provides for ownership of immovable property and also subject to the provisions\nof this Code.[...]\nSection 87. The amount of land permitted under the preceding Section shall be as follows:\n(1) for residence, not more than 1 rai per family;\n(2) for commercial purposes, not more than 1 rai;\n(3) for industrial purposes, not more than 10 rai;\n(4) for agricultural purposes, not more than 10 rai per family;\n(5) for religious purposes, not more than 1 rai;\n(6) for public charity purposes, not more than 5 rai;\n(7) for cemeterial purposes, not more than 1/2 rai per family.\nIf any alien wishes to have right to land for industrial purposes in excess of that provided in (3), and if deemed appropriate, the Council of Ministers may permit acquisition of land in excess of the limit prescribed, by imposing conditions thereon, and the provisions of Section 48 shall apply mutatis mutandis.\n[...]\nCHAPTER IX - DETERMINATION OF RIGHT TO LAND OF CERTAIN TYPES OF JURISTIC PERSONS\nSection 97. The following juristic persons shall have right to land as if they were an alien:\n(1) A limited company or public limited company whose shares constituting its registered capital are held by aliens by more than forty-nine per cent of its registered capital, or whose alien shareholders are more than one-half of the total number of its shareholders, as the case may be [as amended by the Land Code Amendment Act (No. 6) B.E. 2535 (1992)];\nFor the purposes of this Chapter, if any limited company issues bearer share certificates, such a share certificate shall be deemed to be held by an alien.\n(2) A limited partnership or registered ordinary partnership whose contributions by aliens are more than forty-nine per cent of its total capital or whose alien partners are more than one-half of the total number of its partners, as the case may be [as amended by the Land Code Amendment Act (No. 6) B.E. 2535 (1992)];\n(3) An association including co-operative whose alien members are more than one-half of its total number of members or which operates exclusively or substantially for the benefit of aliens;\n(4) A foundation whose objectives are exclusively or substantially for the benefit of aliens.\n[...]\nSection 99. If a juristic person under Section 97 or Section 98 is to acquire or to dispose of right to land, the provisions of Chapter 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis, and such juristic person shall have the same duties and liabilities as those provided for aliens and persons in general [as amended by the Land Code Amendment Act (No. 12) B.E. 2551 (2008)].\nSection 100. For any juristic person which acquired land while it did not come under the provisions of Section 97 and Section 98, if subsequently it comes under the provisions of Section 97 or Section 98, the provisions of Section 95 shall apply mutatis mutandis.[...]\"(ACT PROMULGATING THE LAND CODE B.E. 2497 (1954))\n------------------------------\n\"Section 19. An alien person or a juristic person deemed alien by law may have an ownership in a unit if it satisfies the following conditions [as amended by the Condominium Act (No. 2), B.E. 2534 (1991)]:\n(1) the person obtains a residence permit in accordance with immigration law;\n(2) the person obtains a permit to enter the country in accordance with the law on investment promotion;\n(3) the person is a juristic person under section 97 and section 98 of the Land Code, registered as a juristic person under Thai law.\n(4) the person is a alien juristic person under the Announcement of the Revolutionary Council No. 281, dated the 24th November B.E. 2515 (1972), and obtains an investment promotion certificate in accordance with the law on investment promotion.\n(5) the person is an alien person or a juristic person deemed alien by law, bringing foreign currency into the country, withdrawing fund from a Thai baht account of a person having a place of residence outside of the country, or withdrawing fund from a foreign currency-based deposit account [as amended by the Condominium Act (No. 3), B.E. 2542 (1999)]\nSection 19 bis.Ownership of each condominium shall not be held by alien persons or juristic persons under section 19 greater than forty-nine percent of the total area\nof every unit in the condominium at the time of registration under section 6 [as amended by the Condominium Act (No. 4), B.E. 2551 (2008)]. [...]\" (CONDOMINIUM ACT, B.E. 2522 (1979))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)\nACT PROMULGATING THE LAND CODE B.E. 2497 (1954)\nCONDOMINIUM ACT, B.E. 2522 (1979),as amended by Condominium Act (No. 2), B.E. 2534 (1991), Condominium Act (No. 3), B.E. 2542 (1999) and Condominium .Act (No. 4), B.E. 2551 (2008)","Jones Lang Lassalle (2018), \"Property Investment Guide: Thailand - Restrictions on Foreign Property Ownership\".","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/Act_Promulgating_the_Land_Code_BE_2497_(1954).pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.krisdika.go.th/wps/wcm/connect/8515ad004ba49805a155a38b0853d392/CONDOMINIUM+ACT%2C+B.E.+2522+%281979%29.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CACHEID=8515ad004ba49805a155a38b0853d392\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.joneslanglasallesites.com/investmentguide/country/thailand/restrictionsonforeignpropertyownership\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1974,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C10T12","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.000216667","Majority foreign investment in the production of sugar, salt and rice and flour is subject to approval.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...]\nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...]\nChapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n1. Production of sugar from sugar cane; 2. Salt farming, including non-sea salt farming; 3. Production of rock salt\n[...]\nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners: \n1. Rice milling and production of flour from rice and economic plants\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1909,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","C13T15","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.000433333","Foreign investment in Thai silk products is limited to up to 75% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter II. Businesses Having Impacts on Arts, Culture, Traditions, Customs and Folklore Handicrafts  [...]\n3. Silkworm raising, production of Thai silk yarn, weaving of Thai silk or printing of Thai silk patterns [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1943,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","K6419X","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.003","The  CEO  of  a  credit  institution  must  be  of  Tunisian  nationality.  When the bylaws provide for separation of the functions of the board chairman and president, or those of the  chairs  of  the  management  board  and  the  oversight  body,  one  of  these  functions  must  be performed by a person of Tunisian nationality.","\"Art. 27. - The CEO of a credit institution, governed by this law, must be of Tunisian nationality.\nHowever, when the statutes of a credit institution provide for the dissociation between the function of chairman of the board of directors and that of managing director, or the dissociation between the function of the chairman of the management board and that of the chairman of the supervisory board, one of these functions must be performed by a person of Tunisian nationality. [...]\" (Law on credit institutions (n° 2001-65 of 10 July 2001), as amended by Law n° 2006-19 of 02 May 2006, Article 27 [google translation])","Law on credit institutions (n° 2001-65 of 10 July 2001), as amended by Law n° 2006-19 of 02 May 2006, Article 27 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/111441?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1744,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M692X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0015625","Tunisian nationality is required to exercise the profession of accountant (comptable) and register with the professional association. Only registered accountants are authorised to establish accountancy firms.","\"Art. 2. - No one can exercise the functions of accountant within the meaning of article 1 of this law if he is not registered in the register of the order of accountants of Tunisia provided for by chapter 2 of this law. However, chartered accountants registered on the list of the order of chartered accountants of Tunisia and subject to the provisions of law no.88-108 of August 18, 1988, overhauling the legislation relating to the profession of chartered accountant, are authorized to perform these functions.\nTo be registered on the roll of the company of accountants of Tunisia, as a member, the candidate must meet the following conditions:\n1- have been Tunisian for at least five years,\n[...]\nArt 13 - The members of the order of accountants of Tunisia can constitute civil or commercial companies for the exercise of their profession, with the double condition: - that all the associates are members of the order of accountants of Tunisia; - that the company is registered at the order of accountants of Tunisia.\nA member of the order of accountants of Tunisia may participate in the management or administration of only one company registered at the order of accountants of Tunisia.[...]\" (Law on the organization of the profession of accountants (n° 2002-16 of 4 February 2002), as amended by Law n° 2004-88 of 31 December 2004, Article 2 [google translation])","Law on the organization of the profession of accountants (n° 2002-16 of 4 February 2002), as amended by Law n° 2004-88 of 31 December 2004, Article 2 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/111317?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1737,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C19T23","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1288,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","J611","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0002","The granting of cable landing rights to non-resident firms is subject to a reciprocity requirement. The  Federal  Communications  Commission  (FCC),  under  delegated authority from the President of the  United States with concurrence of the State Department, is authorised to issue licenses to land or operate in the United States any submarine cable directly or  indirectly  connecting  the  United  States  with  any  foreign  country.  Under  the  Submarine Cable Landing Licence Act of 1921, the FCC may withhold or revoke licences if such action will assist, inter alia, in securing cable landing rights for US citizens in foreign countries. ","\"§34. Licenses for landing or operating cables connecting United States with foreign country; necessity for\nNo person shall land or operate in the United States any submarine cable directly or indirectly connecting the United States with any foreign country, or connecting one portion of the United States with any other portion thereof, unless a written license to land or operate such cable has been issued by the President of the United States. The conditions of sections 34 to 39 of this title shall not apply to cables, all of which, including both terminals, lie wholly within the continental United States.\n§35. Withholding or revoking of licenses by President; terms and conditions of licenses\nThe President may withhold or revoke such license when he shall be satisfied after due notice and hearing that such action will assist in securing rights for the landing or operation of cables in foreign countries, or in maintaining the rights or interests of the United States or of its citizens in foreign countries, or will promote the security of the United States, or may grant such license upon such terms as shall be necessary to assure just and reasonable rates and service in the operation and use of cables so licensed. The license shall not contain terms or conditions granting to the licensee exclusive rights of landing or of operation in the United States. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit the power and jurisdiction of the Federal Communications Commission with respect to the transmission of messages.[...]\" (Cable Landing License Act (47 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 34 and 35)\n------------------------\n\"Part IV. The Federal Communications Commission\nSec. 5. (a) The Federal Communications Commission is hereby designated and empowered to exercise, without the approval, ratification, or other action of the President, all authority vested in the President by the act of May 27, 1921, ch. 12, 42 Stat. 8 (47 U.S.C. 34 to 39, inclusive), including the authority to issue, withhold, or revoke licenses to land or operate submarine cables in the United States: Provided, That no such license shall be granted or revoked by the Commission except after obtaining approval of the Secretary of State and such advice from any executive department or establishment of the Government as the Commission may deem necessary. The Commission is authorized and directed to receive all applications for the said licenses. [...]\" (Executive Order No. 10530, 19 Fed. Reg. 2709 (May 10, 1954), Section 5)","Cable Landing License Act (47 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 34 and 35\nExecutive Order No. 10530, 19 Fed. Reg. 2709 (May 10, 1954), Section 5","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title47-chapter2&saved=%7CKHRpdGxlOjQ3IHNlY3Rpb246MzQgZWRpdGlvbjpwcmVsaW0pIE9SIChncmFudWxlaWQ6VVNDLXByZWxpbS10aXRsZTQ3LXNlY3Rpb24zNCk%3D%7CdHJlZXNvcnQ%3D%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.archives.gov/federal-register/codification/executive-order/10530.html\">Order</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1570,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","In Viet Nam, investment projects in several economic activities, and regardless of the investor nationality, are subject to prior approval by the National Assembly, the Prime Minister or the Provincial People’s Committees depending on the project. Foreign investors and majority foreign-invested companies (i.e. majority foreign shareholding) are, nonetheless, subject to discriminatory approval requirement in relation to certain projects.\nAs of 2021, the range of activities where foreign investors are subject to such a discriminatory cross-sectoral approval mechanism (Prime Minister’s approval or provincial People’s Committees) has been further narrowed: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press; and businesses executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security. Previously, in addition to projects where both foreign and domestic investment projects required prior approval, foreign investment in the following sectors were subject to the Prime Minister’s approval: maritime transportation; telecommunications services with network infrastructure; forestry; publication and press (incl. broadcasting); and establishment of scientific and technological organization or enterprise with one hundred per cent (100%) foreign owned capital.\nIn addition, contrary to domestic investors, majority foreign-investors are required to obtain an 'investment registration certificate' in order to carry out activities in Viet Nam. Although discriminatory and potentially administrative burdensome to foreign investors, the IRC process is assumed to amount to a simple registration procedure of capital contribution or purchase of shares by the foreign investor, not a proper screening of foreign investment. Therefore, the IRC process is not considered a restriction in the OECD FDIRRI; only the above-mentioned discriminatory project approval requirement is taken into account (recorded in each relevant sector).","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 22. Investment in establishment of a business organization\nEvery investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with the following regulations:\na/ A domestic investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with regulations of law on enterprises and law corresponding to each type of business organization;\nb/ A foreign investor that establishes a business organization shall satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in Article 9 of this Law;\nc/ Before establishing a business organization, the foreign investor must have an investment project and follow the procedures for issuance or adjustment of an investment registration certificate, except for establishment of a small and medium-sized start-up enterprise and a  startup investment fund in accordance with regulations of the Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Conduct of investment activities by foreign-invested business organizations\n1. When establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract in one of the following cases, the foreign investor must satisfy the conditions and follow investment procedures applied to foreign investors:\na/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) or the majority of the general partners are foreigners if the business organization is a partnership;\nb/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) and a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause.\n2. Business organizations other than those mentioned in Points a, b and c Clause 1 of this Article shall satisfy conditions and follow investment procedures applied to domestic investors when establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract.\n3. If a foreign-invested business organization that is established in Vietnam has a new investment project, procedures for executing such investment project shall be followed without having to establish a new business organization.\n4. The Government shall elaborate procedures for establishing business organizations, and conduct of investment activities by foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing capital contributions\n1. Investors are entitled to contribute capital, purchase shares or purchase stakes of business organizations.\n2. Foreign investors making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares and purchasing stakes of business organizations must:\na/ satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors as prescribed in Article 9 of this Law;\nb/ ensure national defense and security in accordance with this Law;\nc/ comply with regulations of the law on land and conditions for receipt of land use rights and conditions for use of land on islands or border or coastal communes.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Procedures for making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes\n1. Upon contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization, the investor shall satisfy conditions and follow procedures for change of members or shareholders in accordance with regulations of law applicable to each type of business organization.\n2. A foreign investor shall follow procedures for registration of capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of a business organization prior to change of members or shareholders in one of the following cases:\na/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes increases the ownership ratio by foreign investors in a business organization conducting business in the restricted business lines;\nb/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes results in a foreign investor or business organization specified in Points a, b and c Clause 1 Article 23 of this Law holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization in the following cases: The holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased from less than or equal to 50% to over 50%; the holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased while such foreign investor is holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization.\nc/ The foreign investor that contributes capital, purchases shares or stakes of a business organization has a certificate of rights to use land on an island or in a border or coastal commune; in a coastal commune; in another area that affects national defense and security.\n3. Investors other than those mentioned in Clause 2 of this Article shall follow procedures for changing shareholders/members as prescribed by law when contributing capital, purchasing shares or stakes of business organizations. If such investors wish to register their capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of business organizations, regulations in Clause 2 of this Article shall be complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 31. The Prime Minister’s power to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects mentioned in Article 30 of this Law, the Prime Minister shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\n1. Investment projects regardless of capital sources in any one of the following cases: [...]\n2. Foreign investors’ investment projects in the following fields: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press;\n[...]\nArticle 32. The power of provincial People’s Committees to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects set out in Articles 30 and 31 of this Law, the provincial People’s Committees shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\nd/ Investment projects of foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Applications for and contents of appraisal of requests for investment guideline approval [...]\n3. Contents of appraisal of the request for investment guideline approval include: [...]\nc/ Preliminary assessment of the socio-economic efficiency of the project; [...]\ndd/ Assessment of the technology to be used in the investment project if the project requires appraisal and collection of opinions on the technology in accordance with the Law on Technology Transfer; [...]\n[...]\nSection 3. PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE, ADJUSTMENT AND REVOCATION OF INVESTMENT REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE\nArticle 37. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is required\n1. The investment registration certificate is required in the following cases:\na/ Investment projects of foreign investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 1 Article 23 of this Article.\n2. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is not required:\na/ Investment projects of domestic investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 2 Article 23 of this Article;\n[...]\nArticle 38. Procedures for issuance of the investment registration certificate\n1. If the investment project is subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investment registration authority shall issue the investment registration certificate to the investor within: [...]\n2. If the investment project is not subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investor shall be issued with the investment registration certificate if the following conditions are met:\na/ The investment project does not involve any banned business line;\nb/ There is a location for execution of the investment project;\nc/ The investment project is conformable with the planning specified in Point a Clause 3 Article 33 of this Law;\nd/ The investment per m2 (or investment per employee) is not smaller than the minimum requirement.\ndd) Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are satisfied. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1979,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H4912","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0024","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), a foreign service supplier is entitled to provide freight services through the establishment of a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner in which the foreign capital contribution is must not exceed 49% of the total legal capital. A higher foreign shareholding threshold (70%) is allowed to Asean Member States [preferential treatment not considered in the OECD FDIRRI]","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline\n13.1. Rail transport services ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 7111); b) Cargo transportation (CPC 7112) |\nProvisions in the Agreements:\nUnbound, except: foreign service suppliers are allowed to provide freight services through the establishment of joint ventures with Vietnamese partners in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 49%. total legal capital.\nParticularly AFAS:\nThe foreign capital contribution is allowed not to exceed 70% of the total legal capital.\nAt the same time, adding towing and towing service (CPC 7113): establishing a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 70% of the total legal capital. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2015,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","C30","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0000625","Foreign investment in the production of motorcycles may be subject to discriminatory national treatment policies as per treaty commitments mentioned in Viet Nam's negative list. Considering the measures reported in Viet Nam's negative list, it seems that domestic manufacturer of motorcycles may be prioritized in terms of production volume to meet domestic market demand and location preference. For the purposes of the OECD FDRRI, this is assumed to imply the existence of a screening mechanism applied in a systematic manner.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n35. Aircraft manufacturing \n36. Manufacture of locomotives and railway carriages  [...]\n39. Building and repairing ships [...]\n47. Assembling motorcycles [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n35. Aircraft manufacturing\nACIA, CPTPP and EVFTA: only allow the establishment of joint ventures and the capital contribution of foreign investors does not exceed 49% in the field of aircraft manufacturing.\n[...]\n36. Manufacture of locomotives and railway carriages\nACIA, CPTPP, EVFTA: Only form of joint venture and foreign equity participation not exceeding 49% of the legal capital of the joint venture are allowed.\n[...]\n39. Ship building and repair services\nAFAS and EVFTA: Ship maintenance and repair services (CPC 8868): establish a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 70%.\nParticularly, EVFTA adds regulations on Shipbuilding and ship repair as follows: No commitment for foreign investment in the production of cargo ships under 10,000 DWT; container ships under 800 TEU; passenger ships of less than 500 seats and barges (ISIC 3511).\nOnly joint ventures are allowed and the capital contribution of foreign investors must not exceed 50%. \n[...]\n47. Assembling motorcycles\n1. ACIA: must comply with the Government's planning which may have more incentives for domestic investors.\nFor vehicle manufacturing and assembly sub-sectors: production projects/investments in these industries must comply with specific requirements for local materials, engineering, and/or environment and/or quality that may be inconsistent with the national treatment provision in ACIA.\n2. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-28\nFor the sub-sector of manufacturing and assembling buses and vehicles with more than 29 seats: Vietnam reserves the right to apply and maintain measures not consistent with Article II.9.1.(h) against enterprises with foreign investment capital in the above sub-sectors.\n3. EVFTA: Appendix 8-B:\n- For the production of motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers: None, except that investment in car production and assembly (ISIC 3410) must be based on the Government's planning, this may give more incentives to domestic investors.[2]\n- For motorcycle production (part of ISIC rev 3.1: 3591): No restrictions, except that investment in motorcycle production and assembly (ISIC 3591) must be based on the Government's planning, and this plan may give more incentives to domestic investors.\n[1] For greater clarity, the requirement for domestic raw materials is not a requirement for localization.\n[2] To illustrate, a domestic manufacturer of motorcycles may be prioritized in terms of production volume to meet domestic market demand and location preference. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2041,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00075","Law mandates that licensed insurers, reinsurers, or insurance brokers must establish and maintain their principal office within Zambia.","\"50. (1) A licensed insurer, reinsurer or insurance broker shall—\n(a) set up and maintain the licensed insurer’s, reinsurer’s or insurance broker’s principal office in the Republic; and\n(b) furnish the Registrar with the details of the address of the principal office.\n(2) A licensed insurer, reinsurer or insurance broker shall not use the licensed insurer’s, reinsurer’s or insurance broker’s principal office for transacting business other than the business for which the licensed insurer, reinsurer or insurance broker is licensed to carry on.[...]\" (Insurance Act No 38 of 2021)\n-------------------------\nPreviously\n-------------------------\n\"11. (1) A registered insurer shall, for the sole purpose of transacting insurance business, maintain a principal office in Zambia and shall notify the Registrar of the address thereof and, if it is proposed to change that address, shall notify the Registrar of the new address of the principal office not less than three weeks in advance of the change.\n[...]\n24. (1) A registered broker shall for the sole purpose of transacting business as a broker maintain a principal office in Zambia and shall notify the Registrar of the address thereof and, if it is proposed to change that address, shall notify the Registrar of the new address not less than three weeks in advance of the change.[...]\" (Insurance Act No. 27 of 1997, as amended)","Insurance Act No 38 of 2021\nInsurance Act No. 27 of 1997, as amended","Bowmans (2023), \"Zambia: New insurance law takes effect\", 6 February 2023.\nA.L.N (2021), \"Requirements to have Zambian Shareholding in Insurance Companies\", 9 July 2021.","[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/Act%20No.%2038%20OF%202021%2C%20THE%20INSURANCE%20ACTpdf_0.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3837,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","J60","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.0075","Foreign shareholding in radio and television broadcasting companies is typically prohibited. Notwithstanding, the Minister may at his or her absolute discretion grant exemptions from those provisions and permit the Authority to issue any broadcasting licence to an individual or body corporate approved by the Minister in which the controlling interest or any portion thereof is held by persons who are not citizens of Zimbabwe. As per the OECD FDI RRI methodology, such measure is recorded as a 'foreign equity restriction' instead of 'foreign investment screening' due to its exceptional character, i.e. only under exceptional circumstances may the Minister approve foreign shareholding in broadcasting companies. ","\"2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act—[...]\n\"broadcasting service\" means any service which delivers television or radio programmes to persons having equipment appropriate for receiving that service, whether the delivery is effected by means of or uses the radiofrequency spectrum, cable, optical fibre, satellite or any other means or a combination of those means, and includes any of the services referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j) of subsection (2) of section seven;\n[...]\n7. Broadcasting and signal carrier licences\n(1) Subject to this Act, and the Zimbabwe Broadcasting Corporation Act [Chapter 12:01], no person shall provide a broadcasting service or operate as a signal carrier in Zimbabwe except in accordance with a broadcasting licence or a signal carrier licence, as the case may be.\n(2) A broadcasting licence shall authorise the licensee to provide any one of the following classes of broadcasting service— (a) a commercial broadcasting service; (b) a community broadcasting service; (c) a subscription satellite broadcasting service; (d) a subscription cable broadcasting service; (e) a subscription narrowcasting service; (f) an open narrowcasting service; (g) a datacasting service; (h) a roadcasting service; (i) a railcasting service; (j) a webcasting service.\n(3) A signal carrier licence shall authorise a licensee to operate a signal transmitting station for the purpose of transmitting a radio or television broadcasting service.\n[...]\n8. Persons disqualified to be licensed\n(1) Subject to subsection (3), a broadcasting licence shall be issued only to individuals who are citizens of Zimbabwe or to a body corporate in which a controlling interest is held, whether through any individual, company or association or otherwise, by one or more individuals who are citizens of Zimbabwe.\n(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) \"controlling interest\" means—\n(a) in relation to the corporate structure of the body corporate— (i) all of the securities in the body corporate; or (ii) securities representing all of the share capital of the body corporate; or (iii) securities equivalent in value to one hundred per centum of the share capital of the body corporate; or (iv) securities entitling the holders thereof to all the votes in the affairs of the body corporate.\n(b) in relation to the governance of the body corporate, that the majority of persons who— (i) determine the policy of the broadcasting service; or (ii) manage the day-to-day operations of the broadcasting service;\nare Zimbabwean citizens.[...]\n(6) No person—\n(a) whose broadcasting service or signal transmission station is wholly or partly funded by foreign donations or contributions; or\n(b) which is a subsidiary company as defined in section 143 the Companies Act [Chapter 24:03], or whose broadcasting service is provided as agent for, or under a franchise from, another person; or\n(c) convicted of an offence in terms of this Act, the Postal and Telecommunications Act [Chapter 12:05] or the Radiocommunication Services Act [Chapter 12:04] before its repeal by the Postal and Telecommunications Act [Chapter 12:05];\nshall be licensed. [...]\n(8) Notwithstanding subsection (1) and (2) the Minister may at his or her absolute discretion grant exemptions from those provisions and permit the Authority to issue any broadcasting licence to an individual or body corporate approved by the Minister in which the controlling interest or any portion thereof is held by persons who are not citizens of Zimbabwe.\n[...]\n22. Prohibition against non citizens becoming directors of licensees\nNo person other than a citizen of Zimbabwe shall be a director of a licensee. [...]\" (Broadcasting Services Act (Chapter 12:06) of 2001, as amended)\n--------------\n\"36 Persons disqualified to be licensed\n(1) The Authority shall not issue a cellular telecommunication licence, postal licence or telecommunication licence to any person other than a body corporate in which a controlling interest is held, directly or indirectly, whether through any individual, company or association or otherwise, by one or more individuals who are citizens of Zimbabwe and ordinarily resident in Zimbabwe: Provided that a licence may be issued to a body corporate in which no such controlling interest is held, subject to the condition that, within a period specified in the licence, a controlling interest is held by one or more such individuals.\n(2) For the purposes of this section “controlling interest”, in relation to a body corporate holding a cellular telecommunication licence, postal licence, radio station licence or telecommunication licence, means\n(a) the majority of shares in the body corporate; or (b) shares representing more than half the share capital of the body corporate; or (c) shares of a value in excess of half the share capital of the body corporate; or (d) shares entitling the holders thereof to a majority or preponderance of votes in the affairs of the body corporate.\n(3) The Authority shall not, without the authority in writing of the Minister, issue a radio station licence to a person who is not a citizen of Zimbabwe or ordinarily resident in Zimbabwe or to a body corporate other than a body corporate in which a controlling interest is held in terms of subsections (1) and (2). \n[...]\n71 Certificates of competency required in respect of the working of certain radio stations\n(1) No person shall work a radio station of a class or type prescribed except in accordance with a certificate of competency issued by the Authority.\n(2) The Authority shall not issue a certificate of competency in terms of subsection (1) to a person who is not citizen of Zimbabwe without the authority in writing of the Minister.[...]\" (POSTAL AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT (CHAPTER 12:05), 2001, as amended)","Broadcasting Services Act (Chapter 12:06) of 2001, as amended\nPOSTAL AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT (CHAPTER 12:05) of 2001, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.jsc.org.zw/jscbackend/upload/Acts/2014/1206updated.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.jsc.org.zw/jscbackend/upload/Acts/2014/1205updated.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,411,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","D35102","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0105","Until 2019, foreign shareholding in all Algerian companies were limited to 49% of its voting capital. In 2020, the supplementary finance law for 2020, published in the Official Gazette on 4 June 2020, repealed the previouslly applied 51/49 rule that prevented foreigners from acquisition majority-ownership in Algeria companies, except for distribution activities and strategic sectors in which the 51/49 rule remains applicable, including the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy.\n","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.[...]\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1806,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","B07_08","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.001166667","According to the supplementary finance law for 2020, foreign acquisition of equity held by other foreign parties in an Algerian entity operating in distribution activities or other strategic setors, as defined in the law, is subject to government authorization.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to the April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1813,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ARG","A01","_O","IV81","IX",2021,"0.0125","The Law No. 26.737 limits the amount of rural land foreigners can purchase in Argentina and subjects such acquisitions to an authorisation certificate issued by the National Registry of Rural Lands. \"Rural land\" is defined as all land that is outside of an urban area. Total foreign ownership of rural land cannot exceed 15% of Argentina's total land mass, and foreign individual owners cannot own more than 1 000 hectares in \"core areas\". Foreign legal entities are defined as any legal entity registered as an owner of rural lands (whether incorporated in Argentina or abroad) in which foreign individuals or legal entities, directly or indirectly, control the majority vote. Since 2016, restrictions no longer apply with regard to land located in industrial zones, industrial areas or industrial parks. These lands are no longer considered to determine the hectares of rural land owned by a foreign person or entity.","\"ARTICLE 1 - This law governs the entire territory of the Argentine Nation, as a matter of public order.\nIt must be observed according to the respective jurisdictions, by the authorities of the federal, provincial and municipal governments, and will apply to all natural and legal persons who, by themselves or through a third party, own rural lands, whether for agricultural or forestry uses or production. , tourist or other uses.\nFor the purposes of this law, rural lands shall be understood to be any property located outside the urban ejido, regardless of its location or destination.\n[...]\nARTICLE 3 - For the purposes of this law, foreign ownership of the property or possession of rural lands shall be understood as any acquisition, transfer, assignment of possessory rights, whatever the form, denomination imposed by the parties, and extension temporary of the same, in favor of:\na) Natural persons of foreign nationality, whether or not they have their real domicile in the territory of the Argentine Nation, with the exceptions established in article 4 of this law;\nb) Legal persons, according to the framework provided in article 32 of the Civil Code, constituted in accordance with the corporate laws of the Argentine Nation or abroad, whose capital stock, in proportion greater than fifty-one percent (51%), or in proportion necessary to form majority corporate will regardless of the shareholding percentage, whether owned by natural or legal persons, of foreign nationality, under the conditions described in the preceding paragraph. [...]\nARTICLE 8 -The limit to all ownership of domain or possession of rural lands in the national territory is established at fifteen percent (15%), with respect to the persons and cases regulated by this chapter. Said percentage will also be computed on the territory of the province, municipality, or equivalent administrative entity in which the rural property is located.\nARTICLE 9 - In no case may natural or legal persons of the same foreign nationality exceed thirty percent (30%) of the percentage assigned in the preceding article to foreign ownership or possession of rural lands.\nARTICLE 10. -The rural lands of the same foreign owner may not exceed one thousand hectares (1,000 ha) in the core zone, or equivalent area, depending on the territorial location.\n[...]\nARTICLE 14. - The National Registry of Rural Lands is created within the scope of the Ministry of Justice and Human Rights, with integration of the Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries of the Nation, which will be the enforcement authority with the following specific functions: [...]\nc) Issue the authorization certificates for all acts by which property or possession rights are transferred over rural lands in the cases covered by this law. The authorization certificates will be regulated by the regulations of this law and will be processed by the notary public or judicial authority involved; [...]\" (Law No. 26.737 on Rural Land (22 December 2011), Articles 1, 3, 8, 9, 10 and 14 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 2 - [...]\n2.2. Counting of rural land area in special cases [...]\n(viii) Legal persons considered foreign according to Law No. 26,737: The area must be computed to the legal person considered foreign according to Law No. 26,737, owner of the domain of rural lands. In addition, for the sole purpose of computing the limit provided for in Article 10 of Law No. 26,737, the area must be computed to the foreign controlling human or legal person in proportion to their holdings, or to the foreign controlling human or legal persons in case of control jointly, or to foreign human or legal persons in the event that there is no control.\nARTICLE 3 - 3.1. For the purposes of Article 3, subsection b) of Law No. 26,737, a foreign legal entity shall be understood to be one in which foreign persons -human and / or legal-, directly or indirectly, form the majority will, regardless of their social participation. It is presumed, unless proven otherwise, that in the event that a foreign person - or more than one in the case of joint control - is the owner of more than FIFTY-ONE PERCENT (51%) of the capital stock of a legal entity, said person legal entity will be considered foreign for the purposes of Law No. 26,737.\n[...]\nARTICLE 14. - 14.1. For the purposes of article 14, subsection c) of Law No. 26,737, the notary or judicial authority involved must request from the NATIONAL REGISTRATION OF RURAL LANDS the authorization certificates for the acts of transfer of ownership of rural lands in favor of human persons or legal requirements reached by law. The request for the authorization certificate must contain the information that the NATIONAL REGISTRATION OF RURAL LANDS determines for each case, and will be made by the interested parties or professionals involved, who must accompany the duplicate of the cadastral plan and the corresponding report of ownership of the object property transfer.\nThe qualification certificate will have a validity period of ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY (120) days computed from its issuance.\nThe notary public or professional involved must notify the NATIONAL REGISTRATION OF RURAL LANDS the granting of the act within the period of TWENTY (20) days of authorization, in accordance with the form determined by said Registry.\nIn addition, within said period, the notary public must communicate the domain transfers that he had authorized, granted by foreigners in favor of persons not covered by Law No. 26,737.\n14.2. Authorization certificate should not be requested in the following cases: [...]\n(iii) Transfer of ownership of rural lands that, regardless of their cadastral nomenclature, are located within an “Industrial Zone”, “Industrial Area” or “Industrial Park”. In addition, said area will not be computed for the purposes of the limits set by articles 8 to 10 of Law No. 26,737. [...]\" (Decree No. 274/2012 approving the regulation of Law No. 26.737 on Rural Land (28 February 2012), as amended by Decree No. 820/2016 of 30 June 2016, Articles 2, 3 and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 26.737 on Rural Land (22 December 2011), as amended by Regulatory Decree 820/2016 of 30 June 2016, Articles 1, 3, 8, 9, 10 and 14\nDecree No. 274/2012 approving the regulation of Law No. 26.737 on Rural Land (28 February 2012), as amended by Decree No. 820/2016 of 30 June 2016, Articles 2, 3 and 14","n/a","[<a href=\"http://servicios.infoleg.gob.ar/infolegInternet/verNorma.do?id=192150\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://servicios.infoleg.gob.ar/infolegInternet/verNorma.do?id=194378\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1072,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. The national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nAdditionally, any 'notifiable action' must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken. A notifiable action is a proposed action by a foreign person to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity or Australian business that is an agribusiness, to acquire a substantial interest (generally at least 20%) in an Australian entity or to acquire an interest in Australian land. Generally, the action is notifiable when a monetary threshold test is met. The monetary screening thresholds concern either the amount paid for an interest or the value of an entity or assets. The relevant threshold depends on the type of investor and type of action taken. Generally, a higher threshold applies for investors from certain countries with which Australia has free trade agreements when these investors invest in non-sensitive businesses. Sensitive businesses, as defined in the Regulation, include transport, media and telecommunications businesses, among others. From 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. For a table of all the applicable thresholds in 2021, see Treasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\" (1 January 2021), Annex 1, pp. 15-16.\nCertain acquisitions are exempted from reviews by virtue of the 2015 Regulation. Generally, acquisitions by foreign non-government acquirers of an Australian business carried on by, or an acquisition of an interest in Australian land from the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body of Australia or an entity wholly owned by the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or a local governing body, are exempted from reviews. However, acquisitions of an interest in Australian land if the interest is, or includes, certain infrastructure assets, are excluded from the exemption. These infrastructure assets include 'public infrastructure', which is defined in the Regulation as including also electricity generation, transmission, distribution and supply systems and facilities.\nFrom 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.\nThe Security Legislation Amendment (Critical Infrastructure) Act 2021, in force as of December 2021, expands the scope of the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018 to include critical infrastructure entities in a wider range of sectors including: communications; financial services and markets; data storage or processing; defence industry; higher education and research; energy; food and grocery; health care and medical; space technology; transport; and water and sewerage. ",{"$cut":{"chars":20010,"head":"\"4  Dictionary of definitions\nIn this Act:[ ...]\nforeign person means:\n(a)  an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n(b)  a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(c)  a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(d)  the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n(e)  the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n(f)  a foreign government; or\n(g)  any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity, trust or unincorporated limited partnership if:\n(a)  for an entity or unincorporated limited partnership—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity or partnership; or\n(b)  for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40  Meaning of significant action—entities\n(1)  An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2)  The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a)  to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n(b)  to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n(c)  to issue securities in an entity;[ ...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n(3)  The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n(4)  The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n(a)  for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n(i)  a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii)  the holding entity of such a corporation;\n(b)  for any other action relating to a corporation:\n(i)  an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n(ii)  the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n(c)  for an action relating to a unit trust:\n(i)  an Australian unit trust; or\n(ii)  a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n(5)  If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n(6)  If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n(7)  However, the last condition in subsection (6) is not required to be met if:\n(a)  paragraph (2)(b) applies and the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person who controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken; or\n(b)  paragraph (2)(c) applies and a foreign person controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken.\n41  Meaning of significant action—businesses\n(1)  An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n(2)  The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n(a)  to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness;\n(b)  to acquire interests in assets of an Australian business;[...]\nSecond c"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 22, 28, 31 and 51","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021\nSecurity Legislation Amendment (Critical Infrastructure) Act 2021 (Parliament no. 124)","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021A00124\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1646,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0004","Foreign air operators providing commercial air transport services in Bangladesh must appoint a general sales agent (GSA) company wholly owned by a Bangladeshi citizen that is responsible for selling air transport services for passenger, cargo, mail on behalf of the foreign airline.","\"CHAPTER II - Certificates, Licenses, Permits, etc [...]\n4. (1) No civil aircraft shall be operated in Bangladesh unless it is registered under this Act.\n(2) An application to the Chairman shall be made subject to fulfillment of prescribed procedures and conditions for registration of any civil aircraft.\n(3) On receipt of the application under sub-section (2), if the Chairman is satisfied that the prescribed conditions have been fulfilled, he shall register the said aircraft and issue a registration certificate.\n(4) Any civil aircraft registered under this Act shall be recognized as a Bangladeshi aircraft.\n(5) The provisions of this section shall not apply to aircraft registered under the laws of any foreign country.\n[...]\n7. (1) No person shall operate a commercial aircraft without an air operator's certificate.\n(2) Application for Air Operator Certificate shall be made to the Chairman subject to the prescribed procedure and fulfillment of conditions.\n(3) On receipt of an application under sub-section (2), if the Chairman is satisfied that the applicant has fulfilled the prescribed conditions, he shall issue an air operator certificate in his favor to the applicant.\n[...]\n9. (1) No foreign air operator shall provide any commercial air transport service in Bangladesh without a permit:\nProvided, however, that in case of operation of scheduled flights by any foreign air operator in Bangladesh, there should be an air traffic agreement with the concerned state.\n(2) The foreign air operator shall apply to the Chairman for a permit in the prescribed manner.\n(3) On receipt of an application under sub-section (2), if the Chairman is satisfied that the foreign air operator concerned has fulfilled the prescribed conditions, he shall issue a permit in his favour.\n(4) If any foreign air operator wishes to provide commercial air transport services in Bangladesh, the said air operator shall appoint a company wholly owned by a Bangladeshi citizen and registered in Bangladesh as sole sales representative.\n(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, in the event of any dispute between a foreign air operator and its sales representative, the air transport services of such foreign air operator shall not be suspended during the said dispute and, if necessary, such foreign air operator shall , subject to compliance with the provisions of sub-section (4), may temporarily appoint new sales representatives.[...]\" (Civil Aviation Act No 18 of 2017)\n---------------------------------------\n\"1.1.1 APPLICABILITY\ni. ANO (AOC) applies to the carriage of passengers, cargo or mail by aircraft for remuneration/payment or promise of remuneration/ payment or hire by person(s) whose principal place of business or permanent residence is located in BANGLADESH.\nii. This ANO prescribes requirements for the original certification and continued compliance of air operator certificate (AOC) issued by BANGLADESH. \niii. Except where specifically noted, ANO (AOC) applies to all commercial air transport operations by AOC holders for which BANGLADESH is the State of the Operator under the definitions provided in Annex 6 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation. \n1.1.2 ABBREVIATIONS \nThe following abbreviations are used in ANO (AOC). \n(a) AOC – Air Operator Certificate  \n(b) OPS SPEC- Operations Specifications \n(c) AMO – Approved Maintenance Organization \n(d) MRO- Maintenance Repair and Overhaul \n[...]\n1.1.5 COMPLIANCE WITH AN AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATE  \ni. No operator shall operate an aircraft in commercial air transport unless that operator holds an AOC for the operations being conducted. \n[...]\n1.1.8 CATEGORIES OF AOC Based on the type and class of operations, Air Operator Certificate is categorized as mentioned below and shall include: \nCategory A1:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (passenger & cargo) both in international and domestic sectors by Aeroplane.  \nCategory A2:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (passenger & cargo) in domestic sectors by Aeroplane. \nCategory B1:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (passenger & cargo) both in international and domestic sectors by Helicopter.  \nCategory B2:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (passenger & cargo) in domestic sectors by Helicopter. \nCategory C1:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (all cargo) both in international and domestic sectors by Aeroplane.  \nCategory C2:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (all cargo) in domestic sectors by Aeroplane. \nNote 1: Requirements for issue of AOC mentioned in this ANO shall be applicable for all categories. Type and class of operation shall not be exchanged from one category to another. AOC holder in the category A2 or B2 shall be entitled to attain Category-A1 or B1 respectively (A2 to A1, B2 to B1) subject to fulfillment of minimum 01 (one) year of satisfactory domestic operations. However, upon application of an applicant/operator, CAAB may issue an AOC in the category C1 or C2 directly subject to comply with the applicable requirements of CAAB. \n[...]\n1.2  AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION AND CONTINUED VALIDITY \n1.2.1 APPLICABILITY  \nSubpart 1.2 provides requirements applicable to the certification and continued validity of all AOC holders. \n1.2.2 ADMINISTRATION \n1.2.2.1 BASE OF OPERATIONS   \ni. Each AOC holder shall maintain a principal base of operations in Bangladesh.  \nii. Each AOC holder that is authorized to conduct maintenance under CAAB ANO (AW) Part-145 requirements shall maintain a principal base of operations and principal base of maintenance either at the same location or at separate locations in Bangladesh. [...]\" (Air Navigation Order on Air Operator Certification and Continued Compliance, dated 30 November 2021)\n---------------------------------------\n\"3. Applicability and Scope of the Circular:\n3.1 This Air Transport Circular shall be applicable to all Bangladeshi Companies/ Enterprises/ organizations/ Firms and any other legal entities duly registered under the rules and regulations of the Government of Bangladesh, intend to hold or have held any License from CAAB to provide Operational Services to the Foreign Air Operators/ Airlines/ Agencies intending to operate Non-schedule Flights by Foreign registered aircraft into or in transit across Bangladesh. \n3.2 Any Organization/Agency/Entity must possess a valid OSPL issued by CAAB to provide Operational Services to the Foreign Air Operators/Airlines/Agencies intending to operate Non-schedule Flights by Foreign registered aircraft into or in transit across Bangladesh. \n[...]\n4. Types of Operational Services: \nAny of the following services will be considered as operational services provided to the foreign air operators/airlines/agencies intending to operate Non-schedule Flights by foreign registered aircraft: a. Getting flight clearance(s), b. Preparing flight documentation(s), c. Flight planning, d. Providing ground transports for the crew and passengers to and from the aircraft, e Handling of excess baggage formalities, f. Handling of customs and immigration formalities etc. g. Assisting the operators to pay aeronautical/non-aeronautical bills/charges. h. Any other assistances/logistics, having prior approval of CAAB, for the safe, efficient & expeditious conduct of the flight. \n[...]\nPre-qualification for Application of License\n8.1 Eligibility The applicant intending to get license to provide the operational services to nonschedule flights by foreign registered aircraft shall fulfill the following requirements:\na. The organization/company/enterprise/entity/agency shall be formally registered with the Joint Stocks Companies and Firms in accordance with the rules and regulations of Government of Bangladesh. \nb. Shall be owned by Bangladeshi national(s) and at least one of the owners shall have minimum 3 (Three) years' experience in flight operation activities. \nc. In case of interested foreign investors, a Joint Venture is required where a minimum of 51% shares of the company must be held by Bangladeshi person(s). In this case, the Chairman or the Managing Director has to be a Bangladeshi national throughout the tenure of their operation as an OSPL holder and one of the Bangladeshi Director/Partner shall have a minimum of 3 (Three) years' experience in flight operation activities. [...]\" (AIR TRANSPORT CIRCULAR No. 01/2018 on Provisions of Operational Services to Non-schedule Flights by Foreign Registered Aircraft into or in transit across Bangladesh, dated 11 September 2018)\n---------------------------------------\n\" 1. Introduction and Statement\nCivil Aviation Authority of Bangladesh (CAAB) as the owner and operator of all airports, has established these requirements which shall be considered as minimum requirements applicable to any person / organization providing or seeking to provide business services of Approved Maintenance Organization (AMO) / Maintenance, Repair and Overhaul (MRO) as CAAB Part-145 Approved Maintenance Organization for line and base maintenance for aircraft and/or components in Bangladesh. \n[...]\n2. Definitions: [...]\n“Operator” shall mean an organization providing the services of Aircraft Maintenance Organization (AMO) / Maintenance, Repair and Overhaul (MRO) as Part-145 Approved Maintenance Organization in Bangladesh.\n[...]\n9. General Requirements \n9.1 Applicability This ANO is applicable for the organization intends to provide services in the field of aircraft and/or component maintenance not having any registered aircraft in Bangladesh. [...]\n9.10 Provision of Joint Venture with any Foreign AMO/MRO  \n9.10.1 Applicant may establish an AMO/MRO in Bangladesh through joint venture with any Part-145 approved foreign organization.   \n9.10.2 In case of such arrangement, the applicant must be registered in the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies & Firms (RJSC) in Bangladesh as per company law and Joint Venture is required where a minimum of 51% shares must be held by Bangladeshi person(s).   \n9.10.3 Any foreign entity willing to establish the AMO/MRO in Bangladesh shall fall under this provision. [...]\"(Air Navigation Order on the Establishment of AMO/MRO  in Bangladesh, 8 May 2017)\n---------------------------------------\n\"2. DEFINITIONS Following terms, when used in this ANO, have the meanings assigned to them. Any term used hereunder but not defined, shall have the same meaning as given in Civil Aviation Authority Act, 2017 and Civil Aviation Act, 2017 and relevant Annexes of the ICAO. [...]\n2.9 GROUND HANDLING: means:  2.9.1 Ramp handling which shall include the activities of aircraft handling, aircraft servicing, aircraft cleaning, loading and unloading, cargo handling, fueling, catering, ground service equipment handling & security;  2.9.2 Traffic handling which shall include the activities of passenger handling, terminal services, flight operations, surface transport, representational services, security screening; and  2.9.3 Any other activity specified by the Chairman, Civil Aviation Authority of Bangladesh to be a part of either ramp handling or traffic handling.  \n2.10 GROUND HANDLING SERVICE PROVIDER: A person, company, provider, airlines, organization or enterprise engaged in or offering to engage in ground handling of aircraft operation in accordance with the requirements of Civil Aviation Authority of Bangladesh. \n[...]\n4. APPLICABILITY 4.1 This Air Navigation Order is applicable to any service provider intends to provide Ground Handling Services at any airport(s) in Bangladesh which is, hereinafter referred to as the GHSP. \n[...]\n11. CATEGORY OF LICENSE \n11.1 Category-A (International & Domestic) Ground Handling Service to any international and domestic airlines operating to and from Bangladesh. \n11.2 Category-B (Domestic) Ground Handling Service to any domestic airlines operating within Bangladesh. \n11.3 Category-C (Self Handling) This license is limited to Bangladeshi AOC holders to provide ground handling service for the aircrafts operated under their AOC. \n[...]\n13. ADMINISTRATIVE QUALIFICATION\n13.1 The intended GHSP must be registered in the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies & Firms (RJSC) in Bangladesh as per company law. \n13.2 In case of interested foreign companies, a Joint Venture is required where a minimum of 51% shares must be held by Bangladeshi person(s). In the joint venture company, the Chairman or the Managing Director has to be a Bangladeshi national throughout the tenure of their operation as a GHSP.  \n13.3 Basic Qualification for application:  \n13.3.1 For Category-A, intended GHSP must possess minimum 2 (two) years’ experience in providing ground handling service as Category-B in any international airport or 4 (four) years’ experience in providing ground handling service as CategoryC in any international airport.  \n13.3.2 For Category-B, intended GHSP must possess minimum 2 (two) years’ experience as Ground Handling Service Provider to any domestic/international airport as Category-C. \n13.4 Basic qualification for application involving foreign entity: \n13.4.1 In case of Category-A, interested foreign company must have minimum 05 (five) years of experience as Ground Handling Service Provider to at least 3 (three) international airports of minimum 2 (two) different countries with a minimum capability to provide ground handling services for 30 aircrafts (minimum weight 64,000 kg each) per day.  \n13.4.2 For Category-B, only the foreign allied company must have minimum 03 (three) years of experience as Ground Handling Service Provider to at least 3 (three) international airports with a minimum capability to provide ground handling services for 20 aircrafts (minimum weight 19,505 kg each) per day.  \n13.5 In case of Joint Venture with foreign company, the foreign allied company’s qualification shall be treated as minimum qualification for GHSP and assessed as per the requirements under the purview of this ANO.  Moreover, personnel appointed by the foreign allied company must have valid work permit and complete all formalities as per government requirements. Any foreign entity willing to get the GHSP license in Bangladesh shall fall under this provision.  \n13.6 Adequate insurance coverage covering third party liabilities (damage of any infrastructure, other moveable or immovable properties, equipment, lives and any public property within and outside airport premises on which the license issued) must be ensured by GHSP. [...]\" (Air Navigation Order on Ground Handling Service of 2018 No. CAAB/101/130/FSR/ANO-30-01/2018-69)\n---------------------------------------\n\" [text not reproduced] (Circular on Requirements to Appoint a General Sales Agent (GSA) by Foreign Air Operators in Bangladesh)","Civil Aviation Act No 18 of 2017\nAir Navigation Order on Air Operator Certification and Continued Compliance, dated 30 November 2021\nAIR TRANSPORT CIRCULAR No. 01/2018 on Provisions of Operational Services to Non-schedule Flights by Foreign Registered Aircraft into or in transit across Bangladesh, dated 11 September 2018\nAir Navigation Order on the Establishment of AMO/MRO  in Bangladesh, 8 May 2017\nAir Navigation Order on Ground Handling Service of 2018 No. CAAB/101/130/FSR/ANO-30-01/2018-69\nCircular No 3 of 2018 on Requirements to Appoint a General Sales Agent (GSA) by Foreign Air Operators in Bangladesh, No. CAAB/101/92/FSR/371, 3 December 2018.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/upload/act/2023-03-22-10-17-05-78.বেসরকারি-বিমান-চলাচল-আইন,-২০১৭.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/ano/anoaocairn.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/AT/7.pdf\">Circular</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/ano/amomro.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/ano/aocgh.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/AT/3.pdf\">Circular</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2738,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.0004","Foreign air operators providing commercial air transport services in Bangladesh must appoint a general sales agent (GSA) company wholly owned by a Bangladeshi citizen that is responsible for selling air transport services for passenger, cargo, mail on behalf of the foreign airline.","\"CHAPTER II - Certificates, Licenses, Permits, etc [...]\n4. (1) No civil aircraft shall be operated in Bangladesh unless it is registered under this Act.\n(2) An application to the Chairman shall be made subject to fulfillment of prescribed procedures and conditions for registration of any civil aircraft.\n(3) On receipt of the application under sub-section (2), if the Chairman is satisfied that the prescribed conditions have been fulfilled, he shall register the said aircraft and issue a registration certificate.\n(4) Any civil aircraft registered under this Act shall be recognized as a Bangladeshi aircraft.\n(5) The provisions of this section shall not apply to aircraft registered under the laws of any foreign country.\n[...]\n7. (1) No person shall operate a commercial aircraft without an air operator's certificate.\n(2) Application for Air Operator Certificate shall be made to the Chairman subject to the prescribed procedure and fulfillment of conditions.\n(3) On receipt of an application under sub-section (2), if the Chairman is satisfied that the applicant has fulfilled the prescribed conditions, he shall issue an air operator certificate in his favor to the applicant.\n[...]\n9. (1) No foreign air operator shall provide any commercial air transport service in Bangladesh without a permit:\nProvided, however, that in case of operation of scheduled flights by any foreign air operator in Bangladesh, there should be an air traffic agreement with the concerned state.\n(2) The foreign air operator shall apply to the Chairman for a permit in the prescribed manner.\n(3) On receipt of an application under sub-section (2), if the Chairman is satisfied that the foreign air operator concerned has fulfilled the prescribed conditions, he shall issue a permit in his favour.\n(4) If any foreign air operator wishes to provide commercial air transport services in Bangladesh, the said air operator shall appoint a company wholly owned by a Bangladeshi citizen and registered in Bangladesh as sole sales representative.\n(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, in the event of any dispute between a foreign air operator and its sales representative, the air transport services of such foreign air operator shall not be suspended during the said dispute and, if necessary, such foreign air operator shall , subject to compliance with the provisions of sub-section (4), may temporarily appoint new sales representatives.[...]\" (Civil Aviation Act No 18 of 2017)\n---------------------------------------\n\"1.1.1 APPLICABILITY\ni. ANO (AOC) applies to the carriage of passengers, cargo or mail by aircraft for remuneration/payment or promise of remuneration/ payment or hire by person(s) whose principal place of business or permanent residence is located in BANGLADESH.\nii. This ANO prescribes requirements for the original certification and continued compliance of air operator certificate (AOC) issued by BANGLADESH. \niii. Except where specifically noted, ANO (AOC) applies to all commercial air transport operations by AOC holders for which BANGLADESH is the State of the Operator under the definitions provided in Annex 6 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation. \n1.1.2 ABBREVIATIONS \nThe following abbreviations are used in ANO (AOC). \n(a) AOC – Air Operator Certificate  \n(b) OPS SPEC- Operations Specifications \n(c) AMO – Approved Maintenance Organization \n(d) MRO- Maintenance Repair and Overhaul \n[...]\n1.1.5 COMPLIANCE WITH AN AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATE  \ni. No operator shall operate an aircraft in commercial air transport unless that operator holds an AOC for the operations being conducted. \n[...]\n1.1.8 CATEGORIES OF AOC Based on the type and class of operations, Air Operator Certificate is categorized as mentioned below and shall include: \nCategory A1:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (passenger & cargo) both in international and domestic sectors by Aeroplane.  \nCategory A2:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (passenger & cargo) in domestic sectors by Aeroplane. \nCategory B1:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (passenger & cargo) both in international and domestic sectors by Helicopter.  \nCategory B2:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (passenger & cargo) in domestic sectors by Helicopter. \nCategory C1:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (all cargo) both in international and domestic sectors by Aeroplane.  \nCategory C2:  Schedule and/or non-schedule operations (all cargo) in domestic sectors by Aeroplane. \nNote 1: Requirements for issue of AOC mentioned in this ANO shall be applicable for all categories. Type and class of operation shall not be exchanged from one category to another. AOC holder in the category A2 or B2 shall be entitled to attain Category-A1 or B1 respectively (A2 to A1, B2 to B1) subject to fulfillment of minimum 01 (one) year of satisfactory domestic operations. However, upon application of an applicant/operator, CAAB may issue an AOC in the category C1 or C2 directly subject to comply with the applicable requirements of CAAB. \n[...]\n1.2  AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION AND CONTINUED VALIDITY \n1.2.1 APPLICABILITY  \nSubpart 1.2 provides requirements applicable to the certification and continued validity of all AOC holders. \n1.2.2 ADMINISTRATION \n1.2.2.1 BASE OF OPERATIONS   \ni. Each AOC holder shall maintain a principal base of operations in Bangladesh.  \nii. Each AOC holder that is authorized to conduct maintenance under CAAB ANO (AW) Part-145 requirements shall maintain a principal base of operations and principal base of maintenance either at the same location or at separate locations in Bangladesh. [...]\" (Air Navigation Order on Air Operator Certification and Continued Compliance, dated 30 November 2021)\n---------------------------------------\n\"3. Applicability and Scope of the Circular:\n3.1 This Air Transport Circular shall be applicable to all Bangladeshi Companies/ Enterprises/ organizations/ Firms and any other legal entities duly registered under the rules and regulations of the Government of Bangladesh, intend to hold or have held any License from CAAB to provide Operational Services to the Foreign Air Operators/ Airlines/ Agencies intending to operate Non-schedule Flights by Foreign registered aircraft into or in transit across Bangladesh. \n3.2 Any Organization/Agency/Entity must possess a valid OSPL issued by CAAB to provide Operational Services to the Foreign Air Operators/Airlines/Agencies intending to operate Non-schedule Flights by Foreign registered aircraft into or in transit across Bangladesh. \n[...]\n4. Types of Operational Services: \nAny of the following services will be considered as operational services provided to the foreign air operators/airlines/agencies intending to operate Non-schedule Flights by foreign registered aircraft: a. Getting flight clearance(s), b. Preparing flight documentation(s), c. Flight planning, d. Providing ground transports for the crew and passengers to and from the aircraft, e Handling of excess baggage formalities, f. Handling of customs and immigration formalities etc. g. Assisting the operators to pay aeronautical/non-aeronautical bills/charges. h. Any other assistances/logistics, having prior approval of CAAB, for the safe, efficient & expeditious conduct of the flight. \n[...]\nPre-qualification for Application of License\n8.1 Eligibility The applicant intending to get license to provide the operational services to nonschedule flights by foreign registered aircraft shall fulfill the following requirements:\na. The organization/company/enterprise/entity/agency shall be formally registered with the Joint Stocks Companies and Firms in accordance with the rules and regulations of Government of Bangladesh. \nb. Shall be owned by Bangladeshi national(s) and at least one of the owners shall have minimum 3 (Three) years' experience in flight operation activities. \nc. In case of interested foreign investors, a Joint Venture is required where a minimum of 51% shares of the company must be held by Bangladeshi person(s). In this case, the Chairman or the Managing Director has to be a Bangladeshi national throughout the tenure of their operation as an OSPL holder and one of the Bangladeshi Director/Partner shall have a minimum of 3 (Three) years' experience in flight operation activities. [...]\" (AIR TRANSPORT CIRCULAR No. 01/2018 on Provisions of Operational Services to Non-schedule Flights by Foreign Registered Aircraft into or in transit across Bangladesh, dated 11 September 2018)\n---------------------------------------\n\" 1. Introduction and Statement\nCivil Aviation Authority of Bangladesh (CAAB) as the owner and operator of all airports, has established these requirements which shall be considered as minimum requirements applicable to any person / organization providing or seeking to provide business services of Approved Maintenance Organization (AMO) / Maintenance, Repair and Overhaul (MRO) as CAAB Part-145 Approved Maintenance Organization for line and base maintenance for aircraft and/or components in Bangladesh. \n[...]\n2. Definitions: [...]\n“Operator” shall mean an organization providing the services of Aircraft Maintenance Organization (AMO) / Maintenance, Repair and Overhaul (MRO) as Part-145 Approved Maintenance Organization in Bangladesh.\n[...]\n9. General Requirements \n9.1 Applicability This ANO is applicable for the organization intends to provide services in the field of aircraft and/or component maintenance not having any registered aircraft in Bangladesh. [...]\n9.10 Provision of Joint Venture with any Foreign AMO/MRO  \n9.10.1 Applicant may establish an AMO/MRO in Bangladesh through joint venture with any Part-145 approved foreign organization.   \n9.10.2 In case of such arrangement, the applicant must be registered in the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies & Firms (RJSC) in Bangladesh as per company law and Joint Venture is required where a minimum of 51% shares must be held by Bangladeshi person(s).   \n9.10.3 Any foreign entity willing to establish the AMO/MRO in Bangladesh shall fall under this provision. [...]\"(Air Navigation Order on the Establishment of AMO/MRO  in Bangladesh, 8 May 2017)\n---------------------------------------\n\"2. DEFINITIONS Following terms, when used in this ANO, have the meanings assigned to them. Any term used hereunder but not defined, shall have the same meaning as given in Civil Aviation Authority Act, 2017 and Civil Aviation Act, 2017 and relevant Annexes of the ICAO. [...]\n2.9 GROUND HANDLING: means:  2.9.1 Ramp handling which shall include the activities of aircraft handling, aircraft servicing, aircraft cleaning, loading and unloading, cargo handling, fueling, catering, ground service equipment handling & security;  2.9.2 Traffic handling which shall include the activities of passenger handling, terminal services, flight operations, surface transport, representational services, security screening; and  2.9.3 Any other activity specified by the Chairman, Civil Aviation Authority of Bangladesh to be a part of either ramp handling or traffic handling.  \n2.10 GROUND HANDLING SERVICE PROVIDER: A person, company, provider, airlines, organization or enterprise engaged in or offering to engage in ground handling of aircraft operation in accordance with the requirements of Civil Aviation Authority of Bangladesh. \n[...]\n4. APPLICABILITY 4.1 This Air Navigation Order is applicable to any service provider intends to provide Ground Handling Services at any airport(s) in Bangladesh which is, hereinafter referred to as the GHSP. \n[...]\n11. CATEGORY OF LICENSE \n11.1 Category-A (International & Domestic) Ground Handling Service to any international and domestic airlines operating to and from Bangladesh. \n11.2 Category-B (Domestic) Ground Handling Service to any domestic airlines operating within Bangladesh. \n11.3 Category-C (Self Handling) This license is limited to Bangladeshi AOC holders to provide ground handling service for the aircrafts operated under their AOC. \n[...]\n13. ADMINISTRATIVE QUALIFICATION\n13.1 The intended GHSP must be registered in the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies & Firms (RJSC) in Bangladesh as per company law. \n13.2 In case of interested foreign companies, a Joint Venture is required where a minimum of 51% shares must be held by Bangladeshi person(s). In the joint venture company, the Chairman or the Managing Director has to be a Bangladeshi national throughout the tenure of their operation as a GHSP.  \n13.3 Basic Qualification for application:  \n13.3.1 For Category-A, intended GHSP must possess minimum 2 (two) years’ experience in providing ground handling service as Category-B in any international airport or 4 (four) years’ experience in providing ground handling service as CategoryC in any international airport.  \n13.3.2 For Category-B, intended GHSP must possess minimum 2 (two) years’ experience as Ground Handling Service Provider to any domestic/international airport as Category-C. \n13.4 Basic qualification for application involving foreign entity: \n13.4.1 In case of Category-A, interested foreign company must have minimum 05 (five) years of experience as Ground Handling Service Provider to at least 3 (three) international airports of minimum 2 (two) different countries with a minimum capability to provide ground handling services for 30 aircrafts (minimum weight 64,000 kg each) per day.  \n13.4.2 For Category-B, only the foreign allied company must have minimum 03 (three) years of experience as Ground Handling Service Provider to at least 3 (three) international airports with a minimum capability to provide ground handling services for 20 aircrafts (minimum weight 19,505 kg each) per day.  \n13.5 In case of Joint Venture with foreign company, the foreign allied company’s qualification shall be treated as minimum qualification for GHSP and assessed as per the requirements under the purview of this ANO.  Moreover, personnel appointed by the foreign allied company must have valid work permit and complete all formalities as per government requirements. Any foreign entity willing to get the GHSP license in Bangladesh shall fall under this provision.  \n13.6 Adequate insurance coverage covering third party liabilities (damage of any infrastructure, other moveable or immovable properties, equipment, lives and any public property within and outside airport premises on which the license issued) must be ensured by GHSP. [...]\" (Air Navigation Order on Ground Handling Service of 2018 No. CAAB/101/130/FSR/ANO-30-01/2018-69)\n---------------------------------------\n\" [text not reproduced] (Circular on Requirements to Appoint a General Sales Agent (GSA) by Foreign Air Operators in Bangladesh)","Civil Aviation Act No 18 of 2017\nAir Navigation Order on Air Operator Certification and Continued Compliance, dated 30 November 2021\nAIR TRANSPORT CIRCULAR No. 01/2018 on Provisions of Operational Services to Non-schedule Flights by Foreign Registered Aircraft into or in transit across Bangladesh, dated 11 September 2018\nAir Navigation Order on the Establishment of AMO/MRO  in Bangladesh, 8 May 2017\nAir Navigation Order on Ground Handling Service of 2018 No. CAAB/101/130/FSR/ANO-30-01/2018-69\nCircular No 3 of 2018 on Requirements to Appoint a General Sales Agent (GSA) by Foreign Air Operators in Bangladesh, No. CAAB/101/92/FSR/371, 3 December 2018.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/upload/act/2023-03-22-10-17-05-78.বেসরকারি-বিমান-চলাচল-আইন,-২০১৭.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/ano/anoaocairn.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/AT/7.pdf\">Circular</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/ano/amomro.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/ano/aocgh.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caab.gov.bd/AT/3.pdf\">Circular</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2738,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BWA","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.005625","Several trading businesses, including those requiring a \"fresh produce\" and \"general dealer\" licences  (e.g. markets and groceries shops), are reserved for citizens and companies wholly owned by citizens. Joint ventures with at least 51% citizen shareholding are possible when involving medium and large enteprises. Foreign shareholding above 49% can be exceptionally accepted subject to approval by the Minister.","\"17. (1) The Minister may, by Order published in the Gazette, declare a trade or business to be a reserved trade or business.\n(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Minister may make regulations prescribing that only citizens or companies wholly owned by citizens shall —\n(a) be entitled to carry on a reserved trade or business — (i) in such areas in the country, as may be prescribed, or (ii) from such premises, as may be prescribed; or \n(b) engage in specific types of businesses.\n(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), a joint venture of a medium enterprise or large enterprise between a citizen and a non-citizen may be issued a trading licence or business registration certificate in a reserved trade or business where the citizen has a minimum beneficial ownership of 51 per cent of the joint venture: Provided that in such cases, as may be approved by the Minister in writing upon the written application of the citizen, that citizen may hold less than 51 per cent in the joint venture.[...]\" (TRADE ACT No 25 of 2019)\n-------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —[...]\n´fresh produce\" means a business that primarily sells dairy products, fruits and vegetables, bread, meat and meat products, poultry and poultry products, seafood, seasoning and spices;[...]\n´general dealer\" means a business selling a wide range of groceries and general merchandise, including unscheduled medicines or drugs;[...]\n´takeaway\" means a business that prepares and sells meals, refreshments and non-alcoholic beverages, for consumption off the premises;\n[...]\n24. The following business registration certificates shall be reserved for citizens or for companies wholly owned by citizens —\n(a) Agent's business registration certificate\n(b) Auctioneer's business registration certificate\n(c) Car Wash business registration certificate\n(d) Cellphone Shop business registration certificate\n(e) Cleaning Services business registration certificate\n(f) Curio Shop business registration certificate\n(g) Dry-clean depot business registration certificate \n(h) Florist business registration certificate\n(i) General Dealer's business registration certificate\n(j) General Hire Service business registration certificate\n(k) Imported pre-owned motor dealer business registration certificate\n(l) Internet Café or Copy Shop business registration certificate; and\n(m) Laundromat business registration certificate.\n[...]\n35. The following licences shall be reserved for citizens or for companies wholly owned by citizens —\n (a) Fresh Produce licence\n (b) Funeral Parlour licence\n (c) Hair or Beauty Parlour Licence\n (d) takeaway licence.[...]\" (TRADE REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 82 of 2020))\n-----------------------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n\"fresh produce\" means a business that primarily sells dairy products, fruits and vegetables, meat and meat products; [...]\n\"general clothing\" means a shop, not being a boutique, which sells clothes, shoes and other accessories; [...]\n\"general dealer\" means a store selling a wide range of groceries and generalmerchandise;\n[...]\n15. Certain trades and businesses to be reserved for citizens\n(1) The Minister may make regulations declaring any trade or business to be a reserved trade or business and a licence for such reserved trade or business shall be issued only to citizens of Botswana or companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana.\n(2) Regulations made in accordance with subsection (1) may further provide that only citizens of Botswana shall—\n(a) be entitled to carry on trade or transact business—\n(i) in such areas in the country as may be prescribed, or\n(ii) from such premises as may be prescribed; or\n(b) engage in specific types of businesses.\n(3) A joint venture of a medium business enterprise between a citizen and a non citizen may be granted a licence in a reserved trade or business where the citizen has a minimum beneficial ownership of 51 per cent of the joint venture:\nProvided that in such cases as may be approved by the Minister in writing upon the written application of the citizen partner, that citizen partner may hold less than 51 per cent in the joint venture.\n(4) A reserved trade or business such as a bakery or take away shall be run in a non citizen owned supermarket or chain store only where the person who owns that reserved trade or business is a citizen who is licensed to run such trade or business.\n(5) For the purposes of this section, \"medium business enterprise\" means a business which employs less than 100 people and has an annual sales turnover of between P1,500,000 and P5,000,000.\" (Trade Act of 2008)\n-----------------------------\n\"28. Licences reserved for citizens\n(1) The following licences shall be reserved for citizens of Botswana or for companies wholly owned by citizens of Botswana—\n(a) auctioneer’s licence;\n(b) car wash licence;\n(c) cleaning services licence;\n(d) curio shop licence;\n(e) fresh produce licence;\n(f) funeral parlour licence;\n(g) general clothing licence;\n(h) general dealer’s licence;\n(i) hairdresser’s licence;\n(j) hire services licence;\n(k) laundromat licence;\n(l) petrol filling station licence; and\n(m) takeaway licence.\n(2) A licensee shall transfer a licence referred to in subregulation (1), to a citizen of Botswana only.\" (Trade Regulations of 2008)\n","TRADE ACT No 25 of 2019\nTRADE REGULATIONS, 2020 (S.I. No 82 of 2020)\nTrade Act of 2008\nTrade Regulations of 2008","n/a","[<a href=\"https://botswanalaws.com/Botswana2019Pdf/25of2019.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bocra.org.bw/sites/default/files/covid19-docs/Extraordinary%20Gazette%2020th%20May%202020%20copy.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91758.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/bot91759.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,234,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","F42","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.005625","Foreign investment in construction activities, with the exception of construction services incidental to mining and mechanical engineering services activities, is limited depending on the project amount to up to 90% of equity ownership. This applies only for firms applying for a Certificate A, which allows them to carry out construction works for the government and private sector. Firms applying for Certificate B, which allows them to carry out construction works for the private sector only, are not bound by such equity limitations. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that existing equity restrictions applicable to Certificate A firms, which seek to serve the public sector, affect more prominently the civil engineering contructions segment.\n","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: Construction Services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Performance Requirements (Article 9.10), Local Presence (Article 10.6)\nMeasures: Architects, Professional Engineers and Quantity Surveyors Order 2011, Building Control Order 2011 (Draft), Building Control Regulations (Draft), Procedures of Contractors and Suppliers Registration, Ministry of Development (Edition 2009), Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n1. Foreign nationals and enterprises are not allowed to supply construction services such as: general construction work for building services, general construction work for civil engineering, installation and assembly work services, building completion and finishing work services, except mining, and mechanical engineering services, unless: (a) through an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam; (b) they register for either Certificate A or Certificate B, as a contractor or supplier; or (c) they comply with any requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge to persons in Brunei Darussalam as long as such requirement to transfer technology or other proprietary knowledge does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the owner of technology or proprietary knowledge and is not for the purposes of commercial exploitation by Brunei Darussalam.\n2. In the case of Certificate A, a foreign national or enterprise may not own equity shareholding other than what is prescribed in the table below, in any enterprise that applies to be registered as a contractor or supplier:\nTable - Class / Project Threshold / Level of Foreign Equity Allowed\n  I / Up to BND 50 000 / None\n II / Exceeding BND 50 000 but not more than BND 250 000 / None\nIII / Exceeding BND 250 000 but not more than BND 500 000 / 20 per cent\nIV / Exceeding BND 500 000 but not more than BND 1.5 million / 50 per cent\n V / Exceeding BND 1.5 million but not more than BND 5 million / 70 per cent\nVI / Exceeding BND 5 million / 90 per cent\n Building Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\nMechanical and Electrical Specialist and Supplier / No threshold / 90 per cent\n3. For greater certainty, Certificate A refers to certificates which are required for participating in government and private projects, whilst Certificate B refers to certificates which are required for participating in private projects only.” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n---------------------\n\"PART VII -LICENSING OF BUILDERS \nInterpretation. \n42. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires \"building works\" means any building works to which Part II applies; \"minor specialist building works\" means (a} specialist building works associated with minor building works; (b) structural steelwork comprising fabrication and erection work for structures with a cantilever length of not more than 3 metres, a clear span of less than 6 metres and a plan area not exceeding 150 square metres; (c) pre-cast concrete work compnsmg casting of pre-cast reinforced concrete slabs or planks on site; \n(2) In this Part (a) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) general building ·works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration, or reward other than wages, but not if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, general building works only as a sub-contractor; (b) a person carries on the business of a builder if the person carries out, or undertakes to carry out, (whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business) any specialist building works for or on behalf of another person for a fixed sum, percentage, or valuable consideration or reward other than wages; (c) a person carries out general building works or specialist building works whether that person carries it out personally, or directly or indirectly causes it to be carried out; (d) a person shall be deemed to carry on the business of a builder if he carries out general building works or specialist building works, as the case may be, on or in respect of a building for himself; and {e} a person undertakes to carry out general building works or specialist building works if that person enters into a contract to carry it out or submits a tender or makes an offer to carry it out. \n[...]\nProhibition against unlicensed builders.\n43. (1) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a} advertise or hold himself out or conduct himself in any way or by any means as a person who is authorised to carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam; or {b) assume, take or use (either alone or in combination with any other word, letter or device) the name, title or description of \"licensed builder\", or any name, title or description calculated to lead others to believe he is so licensed, or by words or conduct hold himself out as being so licensed, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence. \n(2) Subject to this Order, no person shall - (a) carry on the business of a builder in Brunei Darussalam unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; (b) carry on a business carrying out, or undertaking to carry out, whether exclusively or in conjunction with any other business, general building works and minor specialist building works or minor specialist building works only, unless he is in possession of a builder's licence; \n[...]\nClasses of builder's licences.\n44. A licence may be granted under this Part to a builder authorising him to carry on such classes of business of a builder as may be prescribed. [...]\" (BUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"[Table of requirements per class of builder licence - text not reproduced here] (Ministry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate)\n","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nBUILDING CONTROL ORDER, 2014, as amended\nMinistry of Development, Builder License Registration Requirement and Contractor Registration Certificate","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/Gazette_PDF/2014/EN/s069.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"http://abci.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Perkhidmatan%20ABCi/Pendaftaran%20Syarikat/Lesen%20Pembina/Jadual%20A1%20kelas%20I%20ke%20VI.pdf\">Table</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3043,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGR","_H","_O","IV91","IX",2021,"0.015","Companies established outside the EU/EEA can only acquire land (for real estate and business purposes) by virtue of an international treaty or by inheritance. Otherwise local incorporation is required or short-term leases are possible. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the preferential treatment accorded through international treaties is not considered.","\"3.   FREE MOVEMENT OF CAPITAL\nTreaty establishing a Constitution for Europe\n1. Notwithstanding the obligations under the Treaty establishing a Constitution for Europe, Bulgaria may maintain in force for five years from the date of accession the restrictions laid down in its legislation, existing at the time of signature of the Treaty of Accession, on the acquisition of ownership over land for secondary residences by nationals of the Member States or the States which are a party to the European Economic Area Agreement (EEAA) non-resident in Bulgaria and by legal persons formed in accordance with the laws of another Member State or of an EEAA State.\nNationals of the Member States and nationals of the States which are a party to the European Economic Area Agreement who are legally resident in Bulgaria shall not be subject to the provisions of the preceding subparagraph or to any rules and procedures other than those to which nationals of Bulgaria are subject. [...]\" (PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005)\n-----------------------------\n\"Chapter one - FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES [...]\nArt. 22.\n(1) (amend., SG 18/05,in force from 1 January 2007) Foreigners and foreign legal entities may acquire property over land under the conditions ensuing from Bulgaria's accession to the European Union, or by virtue of an international treaty that has been ratified, promulgated and entered into force for the Republic of Bulgaria, as well as through inheritance by operation of the law.\n(2) The law ratifying the international treaty referred to in para 1 shall be adopted by a majority of two thirds of all members of the Parliament.\n(3) The land regime shall be established by law. [...]\" (Constitution of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG 56/13 JUL 1991, as amended)\n-----------------------------\n\"Art. 228. Under the contract of lease the lessor is bound to provide a property to the lessee for temporary use, and the lessee undertakes to pay him a certain price.\nArt. 229. The contract of lease may not be signed for a period longer than 10 years. Persons who are capable only of activities of simple management shall not conclude contracts of lease for a period longer than three years. [...]\" (Law of Obligations and Contracts, SG. 2/3 Jan 1950)","PROTOCOL Concerning the conditions and arrangements for admission of the republic of Bulgaria and Romania to the European Union, Official Journal of the European Union, L 157/29, 21.6.2005\nConstitution of the Republic of Bulgaria, SG 56/13 JUL 1991, as amended.\nLaw of Obligations and Contracts, SG. 2/3 Jan 1950","n/a","[<a href=\"http://data.europa.eu/eli/treaty/acc_2005/pro_1/sign\">Protocol</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.bg/en/const/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.bulgaria-law-of-obligations.bg/\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,2300,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","J61","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.024","Foreign ownership of voting shares of telecommunications common carriers is limited to 20% in the case of carriers with at least 10% market share in Canada. No foreign ownership restrictions apply to telecommunications carriers with less than 10% market share, nor in respect of ownership and operation of international submarine cables, satellites or earth stations that provide telecommunications services by means of satellites.","\"PART II - Eligibility to Operate\nCanadian Ownership and Control\nDefinitions\n16 (1) The following definitions apply in this section.\nentity means a corporation, partnership, trust or joint venture. (entité)\njoint venture means an association of two or more entities, if the relationship among those associated entities does not, under the laws in Canada, constitute a corporation, a partnership or a trust and if all the undivided ownership interests in the assets of the Canadian carrier or in the voting interests of the Canadian carrier are or will be owned by all the entities that are so associated. (coentreprise)\nvoting interest, with respect to\n  (a) a corporation with share capital, means a voting share;\n  (b) a corporation without share capital, means an ownership interest in the assets of the corporation that entitles the owner to rights similar to those enjoyed by the owner of a voting share; and\n  (c) a partnership, trust or joint venture, means an ownership interest in the assets of the partnership, trust or joint venture that entitles the owner to receive a share of the profits and to share in the assets on dissolution. (intérêt avec droit de vote)\nEligibility\n(2) A Canadian carrier is eligible to operate as a telecommunications common carrier if\n  (a) it is an entity incorporated, organized or continued under the laws of Canada or a province and is Canadian-owned and controlled;\n  (b) it owns or operates only a transmission facility that is referred to in subsection (5); or\n  (c) it has annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada that represent less than 10% of the total annual revenues, as determined by the Commission, from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada.\nCanadian ownership and control\n(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(a), an entity is Canadian-owned and controlled if\n  (a) in the case of a corporation, not less than 80% of the members of the board of directors are individual Canadians;\n  (b) Canadians beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate and otherwise than by way of security only, not less than 80% of the entity’s voting interests; and\n  (c) the entity is not otherwise controlled by persons that are not Canadians.\nProhibition\n(4) No Canadian carrier shall operate as a telecommunications common carrier unless it is eligible under this section to operate as such.\nExemption\n(5) Paragraph (2)(a) and subsection (4) do not apply in respect of the ownership or operation of\n  (a) international submarine cables;\n  (b) earth stations that provide telecommunications services by means of satellites; or\n  (c) satellites.\nException\n(6) A Canadian carrier that is eligible to operate under paragraph (2)(c) remains eligible to operate even if it has annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada that represent 10% or more of the total annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada as long as the increase in its annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada to 10% or more of the total annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada did not result from the acquisition of control of another Canadian carrier or from the acquisition of assets used by another Canadian carrier to provide telecommunications services.\nAcquisition\n(7) A Canadian carrier to which subsection (6) applies is not authorized to acquire control of a Canadian carrier or acquire assets used by another Canadian carrier to provide telecommunications services.\nNotice\n(8) A Canadian carrier that is eligible to operate under paragraph (2)(c) shall notify the Commission when it acquires control of another Canadian carrier or acquires assets used by another Canadian carrier to provide telecommunications services.\nAffiliates\n(9) For the purposes of determining annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada under this section, the annual revenues of a Canadian carrier include the annual revenues from the provision of telecommunications services in Canada of its affiliates as defined in subsection 35(3).[...]\" (Telecommunications Act (S.C. 1993, c. 38),  last amended on 2021-06-29, Section 16)","Telecommunications Act (S.C. 1993, c. 38),  last amended on 2021-06-29, Section 16","n/a","[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/T-3.4/index.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,710,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0024","Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1 General Provisions [...]\nArticle 2.　The term \"maritime transport\" as mentioned in this Law refers to the transport of goods by sea and the transport of passengers by sea, including direct transport between seas and rivers and between rivers and seas.\nThe provisions of Chapter IV of this law on the contract of carriage of goods by sea shall not apply to the carriage of goods by sea between ports of the People's Republic of China.\n[...]\nArticle 4.　Sea transportation and towing between ports of the People's Republic of China shall be operated by ships flying the national flag of the People's Republic of China. However, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.\nWithout the approval of the competent department of communications under the State Council, foreign ships are not allowed to operate maritime transport and towage between the ports of the People's Republic of China.\nArticle 5.　Vessels have acquired the nationality of the People's Republic of China upon legal registration and have the right to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China. [...]\" (Maritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The following ships shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations:\n(1) Ships owned by citizens of the People's Republic of China whose residences or principal places of business are located within the territory thereof;\n(2) Ships owned by enterprises with legal person status established under the laws of the People's Republic of China and whose principal places of business are located within the territory thereof, provided that, where foreign investment is involved, the proportion of registered capital contributed by Chinese investors shall not be less than 50 per cent;\n[...]\nArticle 3. Ships are allowed to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China only after being registered according to law and granted the nationality of the People's Republic of China. No ship may sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China without being registered.\nArticle 4. A ship shall not have dual nationality. A ship registered abroad whose former registration of nationality has not been suspended or deleted shall not be granted the Chinese nationality.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Ships of Chinese nationality shall be manned by Chinese citizens. In case it is necessary to recruit foreign seafarers, their employment shall be approved by the competent department of transport and communications under the State Council.\nSeafarers on board ships of Chinese nationality who are required to possess certificates of competency shall hold the appropriate certificates of competency issued by the People's Republic of China.[...]\" (Regulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nMaritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended\nRegulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/guoqing/2020-12/24/content_5572935.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2020-12/26/content_5575071.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2524,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COL","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0002","All vessels with a Colombian registration certificate must have a Colombian captain, officers and no less than 80% of remaining crew must be Colombian nationals. ","\"Article 99. Additional requirements for Colombian-registered ships. In ships with Colombian registration, the Captain, the Officers and at least eighty percent (80%) of the rest of the crew, must be Colombian. Spanish must be used in the verbal and written command and service orders of the ship and in the annotations, books or required documents. The General Maritime and Port Directorate will authorize shipowners to hire foreign personnel, when in the country they have not trained or qualified in sufficient numbers.\"\n(Decree no. 2324 Reorganising the General Direction of Maritime and Port Affairs (18 September 1984), last amended by Decree no. 2106 of 2019, Article 99 [google translation])","Decree no. 2324 Reorganising the General Direction of Maritime and Port Affairs (18 September 1984), last amended by Decree no. 2106 of 2019, Article 99","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.suin-juriscol.gov.co/viewDocument.asp?id=1436346\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1146,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DNK","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.00045","Licenses to operate as a bank, mortgage bank, securities trader or insurance company are conditional on the applicant having its head office and domicile in Denmark. Branches of EU-licensed undertakings are allowed.\n","\"§ 7. \nCompanies that carry out business that consists of receiving deposits or other funds from the public that must be repaid and of granting loans for their own account, however not on the basis of the issuance of mortgage bonds, cf. § 8, subsection. 3, must be licensed as a bank. [...]\n\n§ 8. \nCompanies that grant loans against registered mortgages on real estate on the basis of the issuance of mortgage bonds must be licensed as a mortgage bank. [...]\n\n§ 9. \nCompanies, if a permanent business or on a professional basis provides investment services or performs investment activities mentioned in Annex 4, section A, are securities traders and must be licensed as securities traders [...]\n\n§ 10. \nCompanies must have a license as an investment management company to perform the day-to-day management of investment associations and administer other UCITS, cf. Appendix 6. [...]\n\n§ 11. \nCompanies that carry out insurance business, including reinsurance business, must have a license as an insurance company or captive reinsurance company, cf., however, §§ 30 and 31. [...]\n\n§ 14. \nThe Danish FSA grants permission when\n1) the requirements in §§ 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 are met,\n[...]\n9) The applicant has his head office and domicile in Denmark and\n10) pcs. 2 or §§ 18-21 and para. 2, 1st sentence, is fulfilled.\n[...]\n\n§ 30.\nA foreign undertaking which has been authorized to carry on the business referred to in §§ 7-11 in another country within the European Union or in a country with which the Union has concluded an agreement in the financial field may commence business in this country through a branch 2 months after the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority has received notification of this from the supervisory authorities in the home country, cf. 4 and 6-9. The branch may carry out the activities mentioned in Annexes 2-4, 7 and 8, provided that these are covered by the company's license in the home country. 1. pkt. shall apply mutatis mutandis to credit institutions and investment firms authorized to carry out activities referred to in Annex 4 in another country within the European Union or in a country with which the Union has concluded an agreement in the financial field,and who will carry out such activities in this country through an affiliated agent established in this country, if the activities are covered by the permission of the institute or company in the home country.\n[...]\"\n(Financial Business Act (No. 1447 of 11/09/2020), last amended by Act no. 1166 of 08/06/2021, §§ 7-11, 14 and 30 [google translation])","Financial Business Act (No. 1447 of 11/09/2020), last amended by Act no. 1166 of 08/06/2021, §§ 7-11, 14 and 30","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2020/1447\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,78,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DNK","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00045","Licenses to operate as a bank, mortgage bank, securities trader or insurance company are conditional on the applicant having its head office and domicile in Denmark. Branches of EU-licensed undertakings are allowed.\n","\"§ 7. \nCompanies that carry out business that consists of receiving deposits or other funds from the public that must be repaid and of granting loans for their own account, however not on the basis of the issuance of mortgage bonds, cf. § 8, subsection. 3, must be licensed as a bank. [...]\n\n§ 8. \nCompanies that grant loans against registered mortgages on real estate on the basis of the issuance of mortgage bonds must be licensed as a mortgage bank. [...]\n\n§ 9. \nCompanies, if a permanent business or on a professional basis provides investment services or performs investment activities mentioned in Annex 4, section A, are securities traders and must be licensed as securities traders [...]\n\n§ 10. \nCompanies must have a license as an investment management company to perform the day-to-day management of investment associations and administer other UCITS, cf. Appendix 6. [...]\n\n§ 11. \nCompanies that carry out insurance business, including reinsurance business, must have a license as an insurance company or captive reinsurance company, cf., however, §§ 30 and 31. [...]\n\n§ 14. \nThe Danish FSA grants permission when\n1) the requirements in §§ 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 are met,\n[...]\n9) The applicant has his head office and domicile in Denmark and\n10) pcs. 2 or §§ 18-21 and para. 2, 1st sentence, is fulfilled.\n[...]\n\n§ 30.\nA foreign undertaking which has been authorized to carry on the business referred to in §§ 7-11 in another country within the European Union or in a country with which the Union has concluded an agreement in the financial field may commence business in this country through a branch 2 months after the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority has received notification of this from the supervisory authorities in the home country, cf. 4 and 6-9. The branch may carry out the activities mentioned in Annexes 2-4, 7 and 8, provided that these are covered by the company's license in the home country. 1. pkt. shall apply mutatis mutandis to credit institutions and investment firms authorized to carry out activities referred to in Annex 4 in another country within the European Union or in a country with which the Union has concluded an agreement in the financial field,and who will carry out such activities in this country through an affiliated agent established in this country, if the activities are covered by the permission of the institute or company in the home country.\n[...]\"\n(Financial Business Act (No. 1447 of 11/09/2020), last amended by Act no. 1166 of 08/06/2021, §§ 7-11, 14 and 30 [google translation])","Financial Business Act (No. 1447 of 11/09/2020), last amended by Act no. 1166 of 08/06/2021, §§ 7-11, 14 and 30","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2020/1447\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,78,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0016875","Foreign investors may not hold any shareholding stake in a (paper or electronic) newspaper entitling them to the right to manage the newspaper.","\"Article 1\nIn applying the provisions of this law, the following words and phrases shall have the meaning indicated next to each of them: [...]\nPress institutions: institutions and publishing and distribution companies that issue paper or electronic newspapers.\n[...]\nChapter Three: Press Institutions\nChapter One: Ownership and Establishment of the Press Institution\nArticle 33\nEgyptians, whether natural or legal persons, public or private, have the right to own newspapers or participate in their ownership in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nArticle 36\nIt is not permissible for an individual, family, or legal person to combine ownership of a daily newspaper with a contribution to another daily, and it is not permissible to own a percentage of shares that entitles management in more than one daily newspaper, and this provision applies to electronic newspapers.\nIt is also not permissible for non-Egyptian shareholders, whether natural or legal persons, to own a percentage of the shares that entitle them to the right of management, and it is not permissible to dispose of the newspaper or part thereof in whole or in part to third parties or merge with or in another institution without obtaining a written consent Advances from the Supreme Council, all in accordance with the conditions it sets. [...]\" (Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 33 and 36 [google translation])","Law No. 180 of 2018 on the Organisation of Press, Media and the Supreme Council of Media (27 August 2018), Articles 1, 33 and 36","n/a","[<a href=\"https://wipolex.wipo.int/en/text/578755\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1370,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2022,"0.0025","Non-Egyptians (including companies in which Egyptians do not own the majority of its capital) are allowed to own real estate (vacant or built) under the following conditions: i) Ownership is limited to two real estate properties in Egypt that serve as accommodation for the owner and his family (spouses and minors) in addition to the right to own real estate needed for activities licensed by the Egyptian Government; ii) The area of each real estate property does not exceed 4,000 m²; iii) The real estate is not considered a historical site. Exemption from first and second conditions is possible subject to the approval of the Prime Minister. Ownership in tourist areas and new communities is subject to conditions established by the Cabinet of Ministers. Furthermore, non-Egyptians owning vacant real estate in Egypt must build within a period of five years from the date their ownership is registered by a notary public. Non-Egyptians may only sell their real estate five years after registration of ownership, unless the consent of the Prime Minister for an exemption is obtained.\nForeign investors (including companies with minority foreign shareholding) are, however, not entitled to acquire land and real estate for business purposes in the Sinai peninsula (Decree-Law 14 of 2012), border land zones, islands in the Red and Mediterranean seas and other areas designated by a Prime Ministerial decree (No.350 of 2007). Similarly, by virtue of the Law No. 15 of 1963, foreign ownership of agricultural land is prohibited (see sectoral entry - Agriculture). Law No. 143 of 1981 also places limits on the ownership of desert land, which the Law defines broadly as all territory two kilometres outside city borders. Partnerships and joint stock companies can own desert land up to 42 km2 (10 000 feddans) and 210 km2 (50 000 feddans) respectively, if Egyptian nationals own at least 51% of the capital. Under the Law, being a tenant under a lease with a term of more than 50 years is also considered as ownership (idem). Presidential Decree No 128 for 2022 established new rules for accessing land in certain regions in Sinai (Dahab, Sharm Al Sheikh and the Gulf of Aqaba sector). The new decree reinforces that only Egyptian natural or legal persons have the right to own lands and real estate in these specified regions in Sinai. However, lands or real estate that are owned privately by the government may be accessed by way of a  “Usufruct Right” of no more than 75 years with the approval of the ministries of Defense and Interior Affairs, and the Public Intelligence.","\"(Article 1) \nThe cities of Sharm El-Sheikh and Dahab and the Gulf of Aqaba tourist sector in the South Sinai Governorate are excluded, according to the cadastral plates and lists of coordinates accompanying this decision, from being subject to all the provisions of the aforementioned Integrated Development Law in the Sinai Peninsula, while adhering to the provisions contained in this decision.\n(Article 2)\nOwnership of lands and real estate built in the areas subject to the provisions of this decision shall be granted to natural persons holding Egyptian citizenship and to Egyptian legal persons whose capital is entirely owned by Egyptians. \nWithout prejudice to acquired rights, the disposal by the state authorities of lands or built properties owned by the state shall be private property in the aforementioned areas for individuals and private legal persons, with a usufruct system such that the total duration of the usufruct does not exceed 75 years, with the right of the disposer to own the facilities. Which he resides on the usufruct land for the duration of the usufruct, and it is permissible to dispose of the built facilities by selling them without the lands on which they are built, all in accordance with the secured model contracts accompanying this decision. \nIn all cases, it is not permissible to own or allocate lands, real estate, or units for the purpose of residence, grant usufruct, or conduct any real estate or real estate transactions therein, whether to Egyptians or foreigners, except after obtaining the approval of the Ministries of Defense, Interior, and General Intelligence exclusively, and any contract shall be absolutely null and void. It shall be concluded otherwise, and any interested party may claim the invalidity or request a ruling thereon, and the court must decide it on its own initiative.\n(Article 3) \nThe state authorities will continue to consider applications for ownership or usufruct by squatters before the effective date of the provisions of the aforementioned Integrated Development Law in the Sinai Peninsula, for the lands on which they have built or reclaimed and cultivated, after the approval of the Ministries of Defense, Interior, General Intelligence, and the National Authority for the Development of the Sinai Peninsula. In accordance with the provisions of the aforementioned Prime Minister’s Resolution No. 48 of 2017.\n(Article 4)\nAn investment or development project for non-Egyptians, in the areas subject to the provisions of this decision, must take the form of an Egyptian joint stock company. \nAny change in the names of the founders, the lineage or shares of the partners, or the amendment of some articles of the contracts, the articles of association, the form of the companies, or the offering of securities or public or private subscription, shall not be implemented vis-à-vis everyone except after obtaining the approvals of the Ministry of Defence, the Ministry of Interior, General Intelligence, the General Authority for Investment and Free Zones, or The General Authority for Financial Supervision, as the case may be. \nTrading in securities listed on the stock exchange for the companies referred to in this article is subject to the aforementioned provisions of the Capital Market Law and its Executive Regulations.\n(Article 5)\nThe National Authority for the Development of the Sinai Peninsula shall refer all applications related to lands, real estate, projects, and companies within the areas subject to the provisions of this decision, in their condition, to the South Sinai Governorate, the state or jurisdiction authorities, the General Authority for Investment and Free Zones, or the General Authority for Financial Supervision, as the case may be, and the state authorities shall supervise and follow up on compliance. With the provisions stipulated in this decision in coordination with the relevant authorities referred to.\n Companies whose activities in the Sinai Peninsula are limited to the areas subject to the provisions of this decision are subject to the provisions of this decision, provided that their bylaws or articles of association are amended in accordance with the laws regulating that, after the approval of the Ministries of Interior Defense and General Intelligence exclusively.\" (Presidential Decree number 128 for 2022 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nWithout prejudice to the actions that took place prior to the date of enforcement of the aforementioned Law No. 94 of 2005, companies and establishments have the right to own the lands and real estate necessary to carry out or expand their activity, regardless of the nationality of the partners or shareholders, their place of residence, or the percentage of their participation or contribution in its capital, with the exception of lands and real estate. specified in Articles Two and Three.\nArticle 2\nCompanies and establishments may not own or have the right to use lands and real estate located in the following areas:\n- Strategic areas of military importance defined by Presidential Decree No. 152 of 2001 in accordance with the aforementioned Law No. 7 of 1991.\n- The areas adjacent to securing the international borders of the Arab Republic of Egypt:\n(A) The western borders in accordance with Presidential Decree No. 560 of 1986.\n(B) The southern border in accordance with Presidential Decree No. 413 of 1988.\n(C) The eastern borders in accordance with Presidential Decree No. 298 of 1995.\n- The islands located in the Red Sea and the Mediterranean Sea.\n- Archaeological areas and their security areas.\n- Natural Reserves .\n- The sanctuary of the Red Sea, the Mediterranean and the Suez Canal in accordance with the aforementioned Environmental Law No. 4 of 1994.\n- Roads of all kinds and these roads are prohibited in accordance with the aforementioned Roads Law No. 84 of 1968.\nArticle 3\nCompanies and establishments are not allowed to own any lands or real estate in the Sinai Peninsula, including the lands located in it and which fall within the geographical space of the governorates of Suez, Ismailia and Port Said.\nArticle 4\nWith the exception of the lands stipulated in Article Two, companies and establishments may exploit the lands and real estate located in the Sinai Peninsula by usufruct only and under the following conditions:\n1- Concluding a usufruct contract for a limited period of one to 99 years with the authority that has jurisdiction over the land according to the nature of each activity, and this period may be renewed for similar periods by agreement.\n2- Obtaining, before allocating the land or concluding the usufruct contract, the necessary approvals from (Ministry of Defense - Ministry of Interior - National Security Authority - the competent governorate).\n3- Buildings and facilities erected on the land granted under the usufruct right at the end of its term shall be transferred to the original owner of the land.[...]\" (Prime Minister's Decision No. 350 of 2007: Concerning the Right of Companies and Establishments to Own the Land and Real Estate Necessary to Commence or Expand their Activities [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nIn applying the provisions of this Decree-Law, the following terms shall mean the definition shown next to each of them:\n1- Sinai Peninsula :\nIt is the entire governorates of North and South Sinai and the areas located within the administrative borders of the governorates of Suez, Ismailia and Port Said.\n2- Region :\nThe Sinai Peninsula area, the islands within its territorial waters, the continental extension area, the special economic zone, and the adjacent areas to be specified by a decision of the Minister of Defense.\n[...]\nArticle 2\nOwnership of lands and real estate built in the zone shall be for natural persons of Egyptian nationality alone, without any other nationalities, and of Egyptian parents, and for Egyptian legal persons whose capital is entirely owned by Egyptians. It is up to the court to rule it out on its own.\nIf any property (land or real estate) in the area devolved to non-Egyptians by legal inheritance, will or gift, the heirs, bequeathed or donated to them must do the following:\nRelinquishing the right of the neck to these notables, and retaining the right of usufruct, whether for themselves or for non-Egyptians, while retaining the ownership of the facilities erected below the land.\nOr the disposal of those notables for Egyptians who hold the Egyptian nationality alone and not from any other nationalities and from Egyptian parents.\nAnd all of that within a maximum period of six months from the date of death, will or gift, otherwise the ownership of these objects will be transferred to the state at the same price. [...]\nHowever, the Board of Directors may, for reasons it deems appropriate, after approval of the Ministries of Defense, Interior and General Intelligence, approve the following :\nOwning the facilities built only for natural and legal persons of dual Egyptians and non-Egyptians in the area without the land on which it is built.\nDetermining the usufruct of non-Egyptians in units for the purpose of residing therein in the region for a maximum period of 50 years.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nThe right of usufruct does not arise pursuant to that decision by law on lands and real estate except in accordance with contracts concluded for this purpose, provided that those contracts include the rules and conditions governing that use, in particular the following :\n1- The period of the usufruct right should be up to 50 years according to the nature of each activity, and this period may be renewed for other periods so that the total period of the usufruct does not exceed 75 years, after the approval of the board of directors, provided that the usufruct term expires in any of the following cases:\n(A) The termination of the legal entity of the usufruct right for any reason.\n(B) The death of the beneficiary.\n(C) Expiry of the usufruct period without renewal.\n(D) The expiry of the total period of the usufruct right up to (75 years). [...]\n5- The Egyptians and the companies stipulated in this Law by Decree may have the right to use the lands and real estate built in the area.\n6- The exploitation of lands and real estate built by natural and legal persons, Egyptians and foreigners, in the development areas shall be under the usufruct system, without any other original rights in kind.\nAnd every action or disposal of the right of usufruct in violation of the previous provisions shall be null and void, and it is not permissible to declare either of them, and any interested party may hold to the invalidity or request a ruling on it, and the court shall rule on it on its own.[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 14 of 2012 on the integrated development in the Sinai Peninsula, as amended [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of the Investment Law promulgated by Law 230 of 1989, ownership by non-Egyptians, whether natural or legal persons, of built real estate or vacant lands in the Arab Republic of Egypt - whatever the reason for acquiring ownership other than inheritance - is in accordance with the provisions of this law.\nOwnership, within the scope of the provisions of this law, means full ownership, ownership of the neck and usufruct rights. [...]\nIn the application of the provisions of this law, a non-Egyptian company is considered any company - whatever its legal form - that Egyptians do not own the majority of its capital, even if it was established in Egypt in accordance with the provisions of the Egyptian law.\nArticle 2\nA non-Egyptian may own real estate, whether built or vacant, under the following conditions:\n1- The ownership of at most two real estate in all parts of the Republic for the purpose of private housing for him and his family, without prejudice to the right to own real estate necessary for the conduct of the private activity licensed by the competent Egyptian authorities\n2 - The area of ​​each real estate shall not exceed four thousand square meters.\n3 - The real estate should not be considered an antiquity in the application of the provisions of the Antiquities Protection Law, and the Prime Minister may make an exception from the two conditions mentioned in Clauses (1 and 2) of this article in the cases he deems appropriate.\nThe Council of Ministers may set conditions and rules for ownership in tourist areas and urban communities to be determined by it.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nA non-Egyptian who has acquired the ownership of vacant land by applying the provisions of this law must start building on it within a period not exceeding the five years following the month of disposal. Building .\nArticle 5\nA non-Egyptian who has acquired ownership of a real estate in accordance with the provisions of this law may not dispose of it in any manner of actions transferring ownership before the lapse of five years from the date of acquiring the ownership.\nHowever, the Prime Minister may, in the cases he deems fit, give permission to dispose of the property before the lapse of this period. [...]\"(Law No. 230 of 1996: regulating non-Egyptian ownership of built real estate and vacant lands [google translation])","Presidential Decree number 128 for 2022 [google translation]\nPrime Ministerial decree Regulating enterprises’ ownership to lands and real estates (No. 350 of 2007), implementing Law No. 94 of 2005\nDecree Law No. 14 of 2012 on the integrated development in the Sinai Peninsula, as amended [google translation]\nLaw No. 230 of 1996: regulating non-Egyptian ownership of built real estate and vacant lands [google translation]\n","GAFI, \"Land and Real Estate Ownership Laws\" (consulted on 11.11.2021)\nBaker & McKenzie, \"Doing Business in Egypt\" (2016), pp. 21-22","[<a href=\"https://manshurat.org/content/stthn-mdynty-shrm-lshykh-wdhb-wqt-khlyj-lqb-lsyhy-mn-lkhdw-lhkm-qnwn-ltnmy-ltkml-fy-syn\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://urbanlex.unhabitat.org/law/430\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/259688\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/210759\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gafi.gov.eg/English/StartaBusiness/Laws-and-Regulations/Documents/LandandRealEstateOwnershipLaws.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bakermckenzie.com/-/media/files/insight/publications/2016/03/bk_egypt_dbi_2016.pdf?la=en\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3993,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","J60","CLAS1_1","I62","IX",2018,"0.0015","Foreign shareholding in any radio and TV broadcasting company listed in the stock exchange is limited to 30%. ","\"Interpretation\n2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires –[...]\n“licensed service” means any service provided in terms of an electronic communications network licence, electronic communications service licence, or radio frequency spectrum licence; \n[...]\nPART II - LICENCE TYPES [...]\nIndividual Licence\n5. (1) The Commission may issue an individual licence for –(a) electronic communications services, requiring the use of numbering resources; (b) electronic communications networks; (c) use of certain frequency spectrum bands. […]\n(4) The bidding criteria, shall be determined on a case-by-case basis, having due regard to the type of licence to be issued, the development of the market at the time, and the market structure.\n(5) Notwithstanding sub-regulation (4) the bidding criteria shall be developed to ensure that only bona fides bidders participate as per section 11(8) of the Act and shall take into account, amongst other things– (a) national universal access and service objectives; (b) local ownership requirements;\n[...]\nPART V- OWNERSHIP AND CONTROL [...]\nChange in Ownership and Control [...]\n17. (1) The Licensee shall notify and obtain the prior approval of the Commission in respect of –[...]\n(4) The provisions of this section shall not preclude the shares of any licensee from being listed on the Swaziland Stock Market, provided that such listing shall not have the effect of vesting more than thirty percent (30%) of the issued voting share capital of the licence in – (a) any non citizen of the Kingdom of Swaziland; (b) a manufacturer or supplier of equipment; or (c) a company which is either wholly owned by, or the majority of whose shareholders are non Swazi\ncitizens. [...] (THE ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS (LICENSING) REGULATIONS, 2016)\n\n","THE ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS (LICENSING) REGULATIONS, 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.esccom.org.sz/regulations/The-Electronic-CommunicationsLicencing-Regulations2016.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,502,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FIN","H50_5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0006","Until 2008, only Finnish citizens were authorised to act as the master of a Finnish merchant ship. Since then, Finnish and EU/EEA citizens may act as the master of a Finnish merchant ship.","\"Chapter 6 - Master of the vessel\nSection 1 - Nationality of master:\nOnly a citizen of a Member State of the European Union or a state belonging to the European Economic Area may act as the master of a Finnish merchant ship.\"\n(Maritime Act (674/1994), Chapter 6, Section 1 [google translation])","Maritime Act (674/1994), Chapter 6, Section 1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/1994/19940674\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,91,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0009","Non-EU  ownership of Greek flag vessels is limited to 49 per cent.","\"Article 3 - Concept of the ship.\n1. A ship, within the meaning of this Code, is any vessel, destined as it moves on water for the transport of persons or things, towing, maritime assistance, fishing, recreation, scientific research or any other purpose.\n[...]\nArticle 5 - Terms of identification of ships as Greek\n1. Ships belonging to more than fifty percent to Greek nationals or to Greek legal entities or to nationals of other Member States of the European Union or to Companies of other European Union countries referred to in Article [48 of the Treaty establishing the European Community] shall be recognized as Greek, at the request of their shipowners, accompanied by the relevant title deed.\n2. In the case of companies of the other Member States of the European Union for the recognition of the merchant ship as Greek it is necessary to establish them within the meaning of Article 43 of the Treaty of the European Community, while for the natural persons of the other Member States of the European Union The installation requirement must be met by the time the ship is registered. In this context, the management of the ship is required to be exercised by Greece. The representative or guarantor appointed during the registration of the ship, as well as the natural person or the representative of the legal entity, who exercises the management, will be established in Greece.\n 3. The provisions hereof shall apply mutatis mutandis to nationals or companies of the Member States which are Contracting Parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (EEA). [...]\" (Public Maritime Code (187/1973), last amended by Law 4770/2021, Articles 3 and 5 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])\n--------------------------\n\"Article one - Maritime transport to or from island ports\n1, From 1 November 2002, the provision of maritime transport services which: a) are provided for remuneration by a shipowner of a Member State of the European Community (EC) or of the European Economic Area or the European Free Trade Association (EC, G, EC), except Switzerland, and (b) are carried out between mainland and island ports or between island ports, by regular passenger and ferry line, as well as from ships with a total tonnage of up to six hundred and fifty units of calculation, in accordance with the international convention \"On the measurement of the tonnage of ships of 1969\", ratified by Law 1373/1983 (Government Gazette 92 A), if these ships are registered in Greece or another Member State of the EC. or of E, O.X.\n2. Shipowner in this law means the person defined in the provision of paragraph 2 of article 2 of the Regulation (EOK) with Council No. 3577/1992 \"for the application of the principle of free movement of maritime transport services within the Member States (maritime cabotage) \"- L364 / 7-10 / 12-12-92,\n3 . Exceptionally, if the ships provided for in paragraph 1 are insufficient, the provision of the sea transport services by ships carrying the flag of another state, subject to reciprocity and subject to the conditions laid down in that law.[...]\" (Law on Maritime Cabotage (2932/2001), last amended by Law 4676/2020, Article 1 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Public Maritime Code (187/1973), last amended by Law 4770/2021, Articles 3 and 5\nLaw on Maritime Cabotage (2932/2001), last amended by Law 4676/2020, Article 1","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wF6rlIz2Gsd0ndtvSoClrL8_q7ut2PVjhp5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx3UnKl3nP8NxdnJ5r9cmWyJWelDvWS_18kAEhATUkJb0x1LIdQ163nV9K--td6SIuXwNRaSdoxMmeoicJgJs0hbHzGWvR-qmVSvb-xL4JzBN\">Code (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/500342\">Code (unofficial)</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wHgzIpqlooT4HdtvSoClrL8-zFLpBf_Zex5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx3UnKl3nP8NxdnJ5r9cmWyJWelDvWS_18kAEhATUkJb0x1LIdQ163nV9K--td6SIuQYGsVqrCY0Tz_hXD1YCGJeyGeIoFdQLrPavfEv6heP6\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/184769\">Law (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,801,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ISL","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.00045","Branches are only allowed from countries that allow Icelandic insurance companies to establish branches (reciprocity condition)","\"Article 2: The following parties may conduct insurance business in this country:\n1. Public limited companies that have been granted an operating license in this country pursuant to Art. Article 26\n2. Insurance companies headquartered in another Member State that have been granted an operating license in their home state, cf. Articles 66 and 67\n3. European companies according to Act no. 26/2004 who have been granted an operating license in a Member State, cf. Articles 66 and 67\n4. Insurance companies with headquarters in a state other than a member state that receive a license to operate a branch in this country, cf. Article 73\n[...]\nArticle 73 - Foreign insurance companies in Iceland with headquarters outside the European Economic Area:\nForeign insurance companies headquartered outside a Member State that have a license to conduct insurance business in their home country may obtain a license from the Financial Supervisory Authority to operate a branch in Iceland in accordance with this Act, provided that Icelandic insurance companies have no inferior rights in their home country.\nBefore insurance companies with headquarters outside a Member State receive an operating license in Iceland, the parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area must consult on the granting of the license.[...]\" (Act on Insurance Activities (56/2010), last amended 1.1.2020, Articles 2 and 73 [google translation])","Act on Insurance Activities (56/2010), last amended 1.1.2020, Articles 2 and 73","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.althingi.is/lagas/nuna/2010056.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,819,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M711_741X","_O","IV61","IX",2022,"0.000234375","As of March 2021, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with large-sized projects or using advanced technology is no longer subject to foreign equity limitations, but foreign architectes are still required to partner with domestic ones according to government regulation. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, as in respect to required partnership agreements with SMEs in certain sectors, it is assumed that a partnership requirement for architects is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. It is assumed that the partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement. The employment of local architects is not sufficient to satisfy the partnership requirement.\n\nPreviously, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with large-sized projects or using advanced technology was limited to 67%. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Business service / Construction consultant service using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 10,000,000,000 [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER V - PROCEDURES FOR TRANSFER OF EXPERTISE AND TRANSFER OF KNOWLEDGE OF FOREIGN ARCHITECTS\nPart One - General\nArticle 51\n(1) Foreign Architects can carry out Architect services by:\na. at the request of a business entity in Indonesia;\nb. at the initiative of a Foreign Architect Business Entity;\nc. at the request of the Architect; and\nd. at the request of the office or institution where the Foreign Architect works.\n(2) Foreign Architect service practices as referred to in paragraph (1) must meet the following requirements:\na. have a work permit in Indonesia in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations regarding the use of foreign workers;\nb. have a valid Architect competency certificate issued by an official certification body or body recognized by the country of origin or another country that has been verified and registered by the Board; and\nc. partner with Architects.\nArt 52\n(1) Business Entities and / or Architects that will collaborate with Foreign Architects must report to the Council and comply with the provisions of laws and regulations regarding foreign workers.\n(2) Foreign Architect Business Entities that will carry out Architectural Practice services in Indonesia must report to the Council and comply with the provisions of laws and regulations regarding foreign workers.\nArt 53\n(1) Foreign Architects who carry out Architect Practices in Indonesia are required to transfer expertise and transfer knowledge.\n(2) The transfer of expertise and transfer of knowledge as referred to in paragraph (1) is a situation of exchanging expertise and knowledge on an equal basis between foreign architects and architects.\n(3) Transfer of expertise and transfer of knowledge as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be carried out by:\na. develop and improve the services of the Architect's Practice in the workplace;\nb. transferring professional knowledge and abilities to Architects; and / or\nc. provide education and / or training to educational institutions, research institutions, and / or development institutions in the field of Architecture free of charge.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VI - IMPOSITION OF ADMINISTRATIVE SANCTIONS \nPart One - General\nArt 56\n(1) The government has the authority to impose administrative sanctions for violations.\n(2) The administrative sanctions as referred to in paragraph (1) are imposed for violations: [...]\nd. transfer of expertise and transfer of knowledge of Foreign Architects;\ne. Foreign Architect partnerships with Architects; and [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 15 of 2021 concerning Implementation Regulations of Law Number 6 of 2017 concerning Architects [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nG. Public Works Sector\n- Business service / Construction consultant service using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 10,000,000,000: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownershipby ASEAN countries’ investors:Max.70%\n [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nGovernment Regulation Number 15 of 2021 concerning Implementation Regulations of Law Number 6 of 2017 concerning Architects [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\n","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161845/pp-no-15-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2672,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C16T18_31_32","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.000108333","As previously, foreign investment in a few wood-related manufacturing activities remains reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Some others are subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Plaited Goods Industry: Rattan and Bamboo; Plaited Items from Pandan Plants, Agel, Mendong, Ketak, Purun, Water Hyacinth, Water Taro; Kitchen Appliances Industry from Wood, Rattan and Bamboo; Other Wood, Rattan, Cork Products Industry YTDL (That Cannot Be Classified Elsewhere): [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Home Appliances Industry from Clay/Ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Wooden Building Products Industry; Non-Furniture Wood Carving Industry: Wood Carving, Reliefs, Masks, Sculptures, Puppets: [see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital. [new]\n[...]\n- Sawn Timber Industry with a Production Capacity of Less Than 2000 M3 Per Year; Industry of Preservation of Rattan, Bamboo and the like: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - food and others]\n- Business with specific capacities (Sawmill industry (production capacity of up to 2000M3/year, Rattan processing primary industry, Rattan and bamboo plaiting industry, Non rattan and bamboo plaiting industry, Carving handy craft industry from wood except furniture industry, Kitchenware industry from wood, rattan and bamboo, Wood, rattan, and cork industry that is not elsewhere classified): Reserved for SMEs\n[...]\n- Business with specific capacities (Processed rattan industry, Preserved rattan, bamboo and the like industry, Wooden goods industry (moldings and construction material components industry): Partnership [with local SMEs] \n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nB. Industrial Sector\n- Pulp industry (from wood), Manufacture of securities (such as: bank notes paper, cheque paper, watermark paper): Raw materials from Industrial Forest Plan (HTI) or from imported chip, if domestic raw material is insufficient \n- Manufacture of securities (such as: bank notes paper, cheque paper, watermark paper), Money printing industry and specific printing/security document printing industry (among others: stamp, stamp duty, securities bond, passport, demography document and holograms: a. Operational license from BOTASUPAL/BIN; and b. Recommendation from the Ministry of Industry [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2658,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IRL","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00576","Airlines established in Ireland must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,828,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ITA","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.000525","he establishment in Italy of non-EU/EFTA tourism businesses is  subject to a reciprocity requirement.","\"ART. 4 (Tourism businesses) \n1. For the purposes of this legislative decree, they are tourism businesses those that exercise economic activities, organized for the production, marketing, brokerage and management of products, services, including bathing establishments, of infrastructures and businesses, including administration ones belonging to the local tourist systems, competing with formation of the tourist offer.\n[...]\n4. Tourism businesses not established in accordance with the legislation of a Member State of the European Union or of a State EFTA may be authorized to settle and practice their activities in Italy, according to the principle of reciprocity, upon registration in the register referred to in paragraph 2, and on condition that possess the requisites required by state and regional laws, as well as the guidelines referred to in article 44 of the decree legislative 31 March 1998, n. 112.\n[...]\nART. 6 (Definition)\n1. Tourist professions are those activities, having as their object the provision of services for the promotion of the tourist activity, as well as services of hospitality, assistance, accompaniment and guide, aimed at allowing tourists the best use of the trip and of the holiday , also in terms of knowledge of the places visited. [...]\"(LEGISLATIVE DECREE of 23 May 2011, n. 79, \"Code of state legislation on tourism organization and market , pursuant to article 14 of the law of 28 November 2005, n. 246, as well as implementation of Directive 2008/122 / EC, relating to timeshare contracts, contracts relating to long-term holiday products, resale and exchange contracts\"; last amended by LAW of 24 April 2020, n. 27; Annex I, Article 4 [google translation])","LEGISLATIVE DECREE of 23 May 2011, n. 79, \"Code of state legislation on tourism organization and market , pursuant to article 14 of the law of 28 November 2005, n. 246, as well as implementation of Directive 2008/122 / EC, relating to timeshare contracts, contracts relating to long-term holiday products, resale and exchange contracts\"; last amended by LAW of 24 April 2020, n. 27; Annex I, Article 4","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.normattiva.it/uri-res/N2Ls?urn:nir:stato:decreto.legislativo:2011-05-23;79!vig=2021-08-19\">Decree</a>]","EU1","STF3",1,991,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","H501","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","Foreign ownership is limited to 50% in maritime passenger and freight transport, except for transport on vessels owned by non-Jordanians.","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (3)\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health, the non-Jordanian investor may, in any percentage, complete any project in any economic activity, except for the economic activities set forth in Articles (4) and (5) of this system, unless there is a provision in the relevant legislation establishing the relevant legislation.\n[...]\nArticle (4)\nA non-Jordanian investor may acquire a percentage of (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities: [...]\nC- The following transport services:-\n1 - Sea transport and their services, including:\nA- Transport for passengers and goods, with the exception of transport on ships owned by non-Jordanians.\nB - Maritime survey.\nC- Supplying ships.\nD- Sea freight brokerage services.\nE- Services of shipping agents. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1608,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000140625","The editor in chief of a mass media company (including periodical printed publications and news agencies) may not be a foreign national.","\"Article 1. Basic definitions, used in this Law\nThe following definitions are used in this Law: [...]\n 4) mass media – periodical printed publication, television- and radio channel, documentaries, audiovisual record and other form of periodical or continuous public distribution of mass information, including the web sites;\n[...]\nArticle 7.Editorial board of mass media\n1. Editorial board shall carry out preparation and production (broadcast) of mass media under commission of a possessor.\n2. Editorial board shall be headed by chief editor (editor).\n2-1. The following persons may not be a chief editor (editor): [...]\n3) foreign persons or stateless persons; [...]\" (Law On Mass Media (No. 451-I of 23 July 1999), last amended on 1.1.2015, Articles 1 and 7 [unofficial translation])","Law On Mass Media (No. 451-I of 23 July 1999), last amended on 1.1.2015, Articles 1 and 7 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/Z990000451_\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1545,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","D3510X12","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.00525","In electric power generation sector (except nuclear power generation which is closed to foreign investment), foreign investment is permitted to the extent that total power generation capacity in the hands of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the total domestic power generation facilities.","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n35112 | Hydroelectric power generation business | Total generation units to be purchased by foreigners from Korea Electric Power Corporation shall not exceed 30% of total domestic generation units. Permitted only in case of Korea Electric Power Corporation (including the affiliated company) purchasing it.\n35113 | Thermal power generation business | [idem]\n35114 | Solar power generation business | [idem]\n35119 | Other power generation business | [idem] [...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1468,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0015","Publishing of newspapers issued daily or three or more times per week is permitted to enterprises in which foreign investors hold less than 30 per cent of the share capital. Publishing of magazines and periodicals (containing weekly newspapers) is permitted to foreign-controlled enterprises with foreign investment ratio less than 50 per cent. In news agencies, foreign investment ratio shall be less than 25 per cent.","\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\nClassification | Type of Business | Criteria for Permission [...]\n58121 | Newspaper publishing business | Permitted if, in cases of a daily newspaper, its foreign investment ratio is below 30%).\n58122 | Magazine and Periodical publishing business | Permitted if foreign investment ratio is below 50%.\n63910 | News providing business | Permitted if foreign investment ratio is below 25% [...]\" (Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1472,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00075","No foreigner (includign a majority foreign-owned Korean company) may conduct fishery activities in an Specifically Prohibited Zone [coastal zone] within the exclusive economic zone. Elsewhere, the licensing authority must consult in advance with the Minister of Oceans and Fisheries to grant a fishery business license or permit to a foreigner, a foreign corporation or a Korean-incorporated corporation with 50% or more foreign investment. An acquisition by a foreigner or foreign corporation of a right to fisheries in Korea may be banned or restricted if the foreign acquirer's country of origin bans or restricts the acquisition of any right to fisheries within its territory by Korean citizens or corporations.","\"Article 5 (Granting Fishery Business License, etc. to Foreigners)\n(1) The Mayor/Do Governor or the head of a Si/Gun/Gu shall consult in advance with the Minister of Oceans and Fisheries to grant a fishery business license or permit prescribed by Presidential Decree to a foreigner or foreign corporation. \n(2) Paragraph (1) shall also apply where a foreigner or foreign corporation makes investments in a citizen of the Republic of Korea or to a corporation (including a corporation in the course of incorporation; hereafter the same shall apply in this Article) incorporated under any Act of the Republic of Korea, for the purpose of engaging in a fishery under paragraph (1), and the ratio of the investments in such citizen or corporation reaches at least 50 percent or the voting rights so acquired takes a majority.\n(3) As to an individual, a corporation or an organization from a country that bans or restricts the acquisition of any right to fisheries within its territory to a citizen of the Republic of Korea or to a corporation or an organization established pursuant to any Act of the Republic of Korea, a ban or restriction equivalent or similar to that is imposed by such country may be imposed with respect to the acquisition of a right to fisheries within the territory of the Republic of Korea.[...]\" (Fisheries Act (No. 295 of 1953), last amended by Act No. 18288 of 2021, Article 5 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 2 (Definitions)\nThe terms used in this Act shall be defined as follows: <Amended by Act No. 11690, Mar. 23, 2013>\n1. The term \"exclusive economic zone\" means a zone created in accordance with the Exclusive Economic Zone Act;\n2. The term \"foreigner\" means any of the following persons:\n(a) A person who is not a national of the Republic of Korea;\n(b) A corporation established in accordance with any foreign law (including a corporation established in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Korea with its head office or principal office in a foreign country, or a corporation with no less than 1/2 of its stocks or shares under the ownership of a foreigner);\n3. The term \"fisheries\" means a business involving the capture, picking, or cultivation of marine animals and plants;\n4. The term \"fishery activity\" means fisheries or a search and gathering activity related to fisheries; keeping, storage, and processing of fishery products; transportation of the catch and its products; supply of materials necessary for vessels; and other acts related to fisheries, as stipulated by Ordinance of the Ministry of Oceans and Fisheries.\nArticle 3 (Scope of Application, etc.)\n(1) Where a foreigner conducts fishery activities in an exclusive economic zone, the provisions of this Act shall apply, notwithstanding the Fisheries Act and the Fishery Resources Management Act.\n(2) Where any matter provided for in this Act is determined differently in an agreement with a foreign country, the agreement concerned shall take precedence.\n(3) The provisions of the Acts and subordinate statutes stipulated by Presidential Decree shall not apply to fishery activities conducted by foreigners in an exclusive economic zone, notwithstanding Article 5 (1) of the Exclusive Economic Zone Act.\nArticle 4 (Prohibition of Fishery Activities in No Take Zones)\nNo foreigner may conduct fishery activities in an exclusive economic zone set by Presidential Decree for the purpose of protecting fishery resources or regulating fisheries (hereinafter referred to as \"no take zone\").\nArticle 5 (License for Fisheries, etc.)\n(1) Each foreigner who intends to conduct fishery activities in an exclusive economic zone other than a no take zone shall obtain a license for each vessel from the Minister of Oceans and Fisheries. <Amended by Act No. 11690, Mar. 23, 2013>\n[...]\nArticle 10 (Restrictions or Conditions on Licenses, etc.)\nWhen the Minister of Oceans and Fisheries grants a license under Article 5 (1) or approval under Article 8 (1), the Minister may impose restrictions or conditions thereon, and change such restrictions or conditions. <Amended by Act No. 11690, Mar. 23, 2013>[...]\" (ACT ON THE EXERCISE OF SOVEREIGN RIGHTS ON FOREIGNERS’ FISHING, ETC. WITHIN THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE, ,Act No. 5152, Aug. 8, 1996, as amended)\n---------------------\n\"Article 2 (Specifically Prohibited Zone)\nA Specifically Prohibited Zone [coastal zone] referred to in the provisions of Article 4 of the Act on the Exercise of Sovereign Rights on Foreigners’ Fishing, etc. within the Exclusive Economic Zone (hereinafter referred to as the \"Act\") shall be listed in the annexed Table. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 19976, Mar. 27, 2007>[...]\" (ENFORCEMENT DECREE OF THE ACT ON THE EXERCISE OF SOVEREIGN RIGHTS ON FOREIGNER’S FISHING, ETC. WITHIN THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE, Presidential Decree No. 15449, Aug. 6, 1997, as amended)\n\n","Fisheries Act (No. 295 of 1953), last amended by Act No. 18288 of 2021, Article 5\nACT ON THE EXERCISE OF SOVEREIGN RIGHTS ON FOREIGNERS’ FISHING, ETC. WITHIN THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE, Act No. 5152, Aug. 8, 1996, as amended\nENFORCEMENT DECREE OF THE ACT ON THE EXERCISE OF SOVEREIGN RIGHTS ON FOREIGNER’S FISHING, ETC. WITHIN THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE, Presidential Decree No. 15449, Aug. 6, 1997, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?lsiSeq=233109&ancYd=&ancNo=&efYd=20210615&nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancYnChk=0&efGubun=Y&vSct=*#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/eng/engLsSc.do?menuId=2&query=FISHERIES%20ACT#liBgcolor3\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/kor21096.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/kor136728.pdf\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1465,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","XKV","M691","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.000625","Lawyers from the Member States of the European Union and United States of America may practice bar on the territory of the Republic of Kosovo. Reciprocity conditions applies for other countries. Foreign lawyers are registered in the special Register of Lawyers of the KCA of the Republic of Kosovo, and as such can form a Law firm in the country.","\"CHAPTER II - CONDITIONS TO PRACTICE BAR\nArt.10\n1. KCA takes the decision to register a candidate who meets the following conditions, except if otherwise provided in this Law:\n1.1. citizenship of the Republic of Kosovo;\n[…]\nCHAPTER VI - WAYS OF PRACTICING THE BAR\nArticle 30: Law Firms\n1. Two or more lawyers registered in the KCA, may establish a law firm.\n2. Only a lawyer may be e member of law firm.\n3. Only lawyers and law firm interns may provide legal aid in the law firm.\n4. Law firm may employ lawyers who are not members of law firm.\n5. The independence of lawyers in exercising their profession shall be protected by general rules of law firm.\n6. A lawyer working in a law firm shall provide the legal aid as assigned by the firm, if not otherwise provided in the contract.\n7. Law firm structure and manag management shall be regulated through sub-legal acts of KCA and the Law on Business Organizations\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PRACTICING BAR BY FOREIGN LAWYERS IN THE REPUBLIC OF KOSOVO\nArticle 40\n1. Lawyers from other countries may practice bar in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo under the reciprocity conditions.\n2. The confirmation that there is a reciprocity agreement shall be given by the Ministry of Justice after taking the preliminary measure of the opinion of the Chamber of Advocates.\n3. With the Statute of KCA are regulated the conditions, terms and the proceedings according to which the lawyers from other countries may practice the bar in the territory of the Republic of Kosovo.\n4. Lawyers from the Member States of the European Union and United States of America may practice bar on the territory of the Republic of Kosovo.\n5. By registering on the special Register of Lawyers of the KCA of the Republic of Kosovo, lawyer from paragraph 1 and 4 of this Article shall represent the document of Chamber of Advocates that proofs that they are registered on their own states as lawyers and they practice bar, and also the documents for fulfilling the conditions under Article 10, paragraph 1, sub-paragraphs 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of this Law. [...]\" (Law No. 04/L-193 On The Bar, 31 MAY 2013)","Law No. 04/L-193 On The Bar, 31 MAY 2013","Questionnaire responded by Government Official, for the OECD SEE Competitiveness Outlook 2017","[<a href=\"https://cps.rks-gov.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/LAW_No._04_L-193_ON_THE_BAR.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2194,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","I55","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.00065625","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign participation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations) in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of 3-5 star hotels.\n","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Short term accommodation activities (3-5 star hotels) (minimum registered capital: 1 billion Lak; foreign equity participation limited to 60%)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nDecision of the President of Ministerial Council on Tourism, No.91/PMC, dated 04 November 1989;\nNotification No.57/MICT, dated 31 January 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2154,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","D35102","_O","IV71","IX",2018,"0.0004375","When awarding a PPP contract, the government accords preference to bidders commiting to entrust part of the execution of the PPP contract to companies majority-owned by Malagasy nationals. This contracts to Madagascar's general public procurement regime which only provides for preferential treatment to Malagasy nationals and companies incorporated in the country, regardless of the nationality of the owners. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RR, PPPs are assumed to affect only energy and transport infrastructures.","Article 3. General and sectoral scope of application\nThe provisions of this law apply to all economic and social sectors including those managed by special regulations, excluding the mining and hydrocarbons sectors.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Criteria for awarding the PPP contract\nThe award criteria are defined in the final version of the tender dossier communicated in advance to potential candidates. The award criteria necessarily include:\n- the overall cost of the offer, which includes the cost and amount of the financing offered, the total cost of the works as well as the charges related to the operation of the works, installations and equipment, the amount of the tariffs, royalties, fees, subsidies or rents paid by users and/or the contracting public entity, as well as other revenue collected by the Holder over the entire duration of the PPP,\n- the performance objectives defined according to the subject of the PPP contract,\n- the robustness of the financial arrangement according to the expected results,\n- the allocation of risks between the parties.\nEconomic and social criteria may also be taken into account, such as the share of execution of the PPP contract that the candidate undertakes to entrust to companies governed by Malagasy law, majority owned by Malagasy nationals, or to Malagasy craftsmen, as well as environmental, social and governance criteria.\nOther criteria, related to the subject of the PPP contract, may be retained, in particular the technical quality and the innovative nature of the offer, the deadline for carrying out the works or equipment, their aesthetic or functional quality. [...]\" (LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]).","LAW N° 2015-039 On Public-Private Partnership [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ore.mg/TextesDoc/Loi-2015-039PPP.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,617,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","J60","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00075","Foreign investment in the media sector is subject to screening taking into account economic interests criteria (e.g. the need to encourage local ICT firms (majority-owned by Malaysians), particularly in the applications services market; and the level of technology and innovation the applicant proposes to provide).","\"5. Licensing Criteria (Individual Licence)\n5.1. MCMC will consider an application together with the accompanying information on its merits. However, the merits of each application will be evaluated against a set of criteria which may include, but is not limited to the following: [...] \nd) Shareholdings: \nI. In assessing the shareholding structure of any one applicant, MCMC will take into account the need to encourage more local SMIs (i.e. locally incorporated companies and where the majority of shares are held by Malaysians) to participate in the local ICT industry, particularly the applications services market; \nII. MCMC will also take into account any specific policy determined by the Minister in relation to shareholdings in companies applying for CASP licence [...]\nf) Benefits/Impact Analysis:  MCMC will also consider the benefits that will be brought by the applicant to the overall communications and multimedia industry.  \ng) Technological and Service Innovations: MCMC will consider technological and/or service innovations the applicant proposes to provide. [...]\" (Malaysia Communications and Multimedia Commission, Licence Application Procedure and Licensing Criteria, 2019)","Malaysia Communications and Multimedia Commission, Licence Application Procedure and Licensing Criteria, 2019.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mcmc.gov.my/skmmgovmy/media/General/pdf/Licensing_Guidelines_2019.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2951,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","I56_N79_R90T93","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.0004375","Foreign investment in inbound tour operating services and travel agency (ticketing) services, as well as food catering and restaurants outside hotel premises is allowed subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and local content requirements [not considered in the OECD FDIRRI in relation to food service activities].","\"2. TOUR OPERATING/TRAVEL AGENCY BUSINESS (TOBTAB) \nThe three (3) types of businesses licensed are as follows: \n(a)  Tour operating business (Inbound & Outbound): ‘Tour operating business’ means any business of providing all or any of the following services: (i) Arranging for sale or commission any transportation, accommodation, tour services or any other incidental services for tourists within or outside Malaysia. (ii) Organising or conducting for sale or commission inbound or outbound tours. (iii) Providing conveyances for hire to tourists. (iv) Any other service incidental to any of the activities enumerated above.\n(b) ‘Travel agency business’ (Ticketing) means any business of providing all or any of the following services: (i) Selling, arranging or making available for commission tickets entitling a person to travel on any conveyance either by land, sea or air; (ii) Selling, arranging or making available for commission accommodation places within Malaysia or outside Malaysia; and (iii) any other services incidental to any of the activities enumerated above.\nApplicants must be private limited companies incorporated under the Companies Act, 2016.\n[...]\n2.3 Equity Policy\n- As of 2 September 2014, foreign equity\townership is restricted to company (not individual)\n- Companies with foreign\tequity ownership are only allowed to apply for Inbound & Ticketing licenses\n- Foreign company must be an established tour operating company in the respective country (endorsed by Tourism Malaysia Office/Malaysian Embassy/Malaysian High Commissioner)\n- 100% foreign equity ownership is restricted to Inbound licence only.\nGUIDELINES FOR EQUITY AND PAID-UP CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MALAYSIAN / FOREIGNER IN TOUR OPERATING AND TRAVEL AGENCY BUSINESS  (NEW GUIDELINES CAME INTO FORCE ON 2 SEPTEMBER 2014)\n1. Type of licence: Inbound / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (ASEAN & Non-Asean) / Maximum shareholding: 100% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM1,500,000\n2. Type of licence: Inbound & Ticketing / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (ASEAN) / Maximum shareholding: 70% - Singapore/Cambodia only & 51% other ASEAN / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM1,000,000\n3. Type of licence: Inbound & Ticketing / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (Non-ASEAN) / Maximum  shareholding: 30% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM500,000\n4. Type of licence: Outbound / Equity ownership: Foreign Company (ASEAN & Non-Asean) / Maximum shareholding: not allowed / Location of premise: not applicable / Minimum paid-up capital: not applicable\n5. Type of licence: Inbound / Equity ownership: Citizen/Local Company / Maximum shareholding: 100% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM200,000 / RM50,000\n[...]\n5. Type of licence:  Inbound & Ticketing  / Equity ownership: Citizen/Local Company / Maximum foreign shareholding: 100% / Location of premise: city/rural / Minimum paid-up capital: RM200,000 / RM150,000\" [...]\" (MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 9: Tourism and Travel Related Services).\n--------------------------------\n\"5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONDITIONS\n5.1  Approval by the Distributive Trade Committee of MDTCA must be obtained for any applications on foreign involvement in the distributive trade, including the following applications: a. acquisition of interest; b. mergers and / or takeovers by foreign participation; c. opening of new branches / outlets / chain stores; d. relocation of branches / outlets / chain stores; e. expansion of existing branches / outlets / chain stores; f. buying over / taking over of outlets of other operators; and g. purchase and sale of properties to operate distributive trade activities prior to obtaining the approval / license from local authorities and other agencies to operate distributive trade activities. [...]\n5.4 All distributive trade companies with foreign involvement must adhere to the following recommendations: \na. to appoint Bumiputera or Malay director/directors; \nb. to hire local (Malaysian) personnel at all levels particularly for the management positions and above; [...]\ne. to encourage Bumiputera or Malay participation in the distributive trade sector; [...]\nh. to encourage utilisation of local professional services which are available in Malaysia; \n[...]\n9.0 SPECIALTY STORE\n9.1 Definition\n9.1.1 Specialty store means stores dealing with one main brand name/product/line of goods associated with one product in the following categories: 9.1.1.1  Exclusive food and beverage business; 9.1.1.2  Food/drink/tobacco 9.1.1.3  household/personal goods; 9.1.1.4  exclusive furniture; 9.1.1.5  household appliances; 9.1.1.6  electrical appliances; 9.1.1.7  healthcare products; 9.1.1.8  optical goods; 9.1.1.9  footwear; 9.1.1.10 clothing and apparel; 9.1.1.11 sports goods; 9.1.1.12 books; 9.1.1.13 jewelry; 9.1.1.14 electronic goods; 9.1.1.15 motorcycles / motor vehicles; 9.1.1.16 small machinery (e.g. industrial, agricultural equipment for     small users); 9.1.1.17 pharmacy, serviced by a pharmacist at each outlet (retailing  only drugs, health and beauty care goods); or 9.1.1.18 others. \n9.1.2 The criteria [for approval] of specialty store as categorized under paragraph 9.1.1 are as follows:  9.1.2.1 contribution to the socio-economic development in Malaysia; 9.1.2.2 generate substantial foreign direct investment; 9.1.2.3 absence of local players in proposed formats; 9.1.2.4 create employment opportunities; 9.1.2.5 transfer of technology/skills to locals; and 9.1.2.6 unique/ exclusive nature of business.\n9.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions: Any foreign involvement in specialty store is recommended to be in compliance with the following:\n9.2.1 Local Incorporation: All specialty store businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches of specialty store.\n9.2.2 Minimum Capital Requirement: The capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds is RM1 million at the minimum, which includes paid-up capital. \n[...]\n12.0 VARIOUS OTHER DISTRIBUTION FORMATS  12.1 Definition 12.1.1 Various other distribution formats mean other types of distributive formats and unregulated sector, including e-commerce.  12.1.2 The criteria of various other distribution formats are as follows: a. contribution to the socio-economic development in Malaysia; b. generate substantial foreign direct investment; c. absence of local players in proposed formats; d. create employment opportunities; e. transfer of technology / skills to locals; and f. unique/ exclusive nature of business. 12.2 Incorporation and Capital Conditions 12.2.1 Any foreign involvement in various other distribution formats are recommended to be in compliance with the following conditions:  12.2.1.1 Local Incorporation All various other distribution format businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act 2016 [Act 777]. This condition applies also to existing businesses operating under foreign branches.  12.2.1.2 Minimum Capital Requirement  The minimum capital investment in terms of a company’s shareholders funds, which include paid-up capital is RM1 million. 12.3 Operational Conditions [...]  12.4 Feasibility and impact studies on existing local retailers and residents are to be carried out if the sales floor area is more than 5,000 square meters. \n[...]\n15.0 FOREIGN INVOLVEMENT\n15.1 The involvement of foreign business operators is subject and limited to the distributive trade sector as mentioned above. Sectors which are not applicable to foreign business operators include the following (the list of which is not exhaustive):\na. supermarket / mini market; b. provision shop / general vendor; c. news agent and miscellaneous goods store; d. medical hall (inclined towards traditional alternative medicines plus general dry foodstuff); e. fuel station; f. permanent wet market store; g. permanent pavement store; h. National Strategic Interest; and i. Non-exclusive textile, food and beverage, jewellery shops. \n[...]\n18.0 GLOSSARY [...]\n18.2  Definition of “Bumiputera” and “Malay”: a) “Bumiputera” must have the same meaning as assigned to it in Article 161A of the Federal Constitution; b) “Malay” must have the same meaning as assigned to it in Article 160 of the Federal Constitution; and  c) the expression “Bumiputera” or “Malay”  includes a company, an association or a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporate, a majority part of whose capital is owned by and the management and employees are made up of Malays or Bumiputera. [...]\n18.4  Foreign participation / Foreign Business Operator Foreign participation or foreign business operator means any interest, associated group of interests or parties acting in concert which comprises the following: i. individual (including permanent resident) who is not a Malaysian citizen;  ii. foreign company or institutions; or iii. local company or local institution whereby the parties as stated in item (i) and/or (ii) hold more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the company or institution.[...]\n18.12 Small and Medium Enterprises (SME) The criteria to determine definition of small and medium enterprises are sales turnover and number of fulltime employees as well as the following:   i. for the manufacturing sector, SMEs are defined as firms with sales turnover not exceeding RM50 million or whereby the number of fulltime employees does not exceed 200 employees. ii. for the services and other sectors, SMEs are defined as firms with sales turnover not exceeding RM20 million or the number of fulltime employees does not exceed 75 employees. [...]\" (Guidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020)\n---------------------------------\n\"4. SPECIALTY STORE \nStore dealing with one main brand name/product/line of goods associated with one (1) product. They may specialise in: - Food catering and restaurant services outside hotel premises; -Food-drink-tobacco (e.g. food and beverage) [...]\nSpecialty store may be allowed to operate in the above categories  if it fulfils the following criteria: (a) Contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia; (b) Generate substantial foreign direct investment; (c) Absence of local players in proposed formats; (d) Create employment opportunities; (e) Transfer of technology/skills; and (f) Unique/exclusive nature of business.\n4.1 Licensing and Registration \nAny foreign involvement in these activities is subject to the following rules and conditions:\n(i) Local Incorporation: All specialty store businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the  Companies Act, 2016. This condition also applies to existing businesses operating under foreign branches. \n(ii) Minimum Capital Requirement: The minimum capital investment in terms of shareholders’ funds, which include paid-up capital and reserves is RM1 million for each specialty outlet, to be reviewed every three (3) years. \n4.2 Equity Policy\nTo increase local participation in business, the Government encourages joint-ventures between Malaysian and foreign investors. \nThe Government had announced on 7 October 2011 that specialty stores would be one of the 17 services sub-sectors that would be liberalised. [...]\n4.4 Environment and Public Interest Conditions\nImpact study on existing local retailers should be carried out if a specialty store is to be operational in a stand-alone building or if the business floor area is not less than 5,000 square meters.\n[...]\n5. OTHER DISTRIBUTIVE TRADE ACTIVITIES\nOther types of businesses  not specified will be considered  on the merit of each case with particular reference to their contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia. \nVarious other distribution formats may be allowed to operate in the above categories  if they fulfil the following criteria: (a) Contribution to the socio-economic development of Malaysia; (b) Generate substantial foreign direct investment; (c) Absence of local players in proposed formats; (d) Create employment opportunities; (e)\tTransfer\tof technology/skills; and (f) Unique/exclusive nature of business. \n5.1 Licensing and Registration\n Any foreign involvement in these activities is subject to the following rules and conditions: \n(i) Local Incorporation: All various other distribution businesses with foreign equity must be incorporated locally under the Companies Act, 2016. This condition applies also to existing businesses operating under foreign branches. \n(ii) Minimum Capital Requirement The minimum capital investment in terms of shareholders’ funds, which include paid-up capital and reserves is RM1 million for each outlet. \n5.2 Equity Policy Foreign participation is allowed in other distributive trade activities except the following: [...] Textile, restaurant (non-exclusive), bistro, jewellery shops [...]\n5.4 Environment and Public Interest Conditions\nImpact study on existing local retailers should be carried out if the business is to be operational in a stand-alone building or if the business floor area is 5,000 square meters.[...]\" (MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 8: Distributive Trade Services)","MIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 9: Tourism and Travel Related Services\nGuidelines on Foreign Participation in the Distributive Trade Services Malaysia, 2020\nMIDA (2020), Malaysia: Investment in the Services Sectors - Booklet 8: Distributive Trade Services","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mida.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/20200131123840_BOOKLET-9-TOURISM-AND-TRAVEL-RELATED-SERVICES.pdf\">Booklet</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kpdnhep.gov.my/images/FINAL_GP_2020.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mida.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/20191220163621_BOOKLET-8-DISTRIBUTIVE-TRADE-SERVICES.pdf\">Booklet</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2962,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","I55","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0004375","Foreign investors in certain types of tourism accommodation, notably guesthouse and tourist residences, cannot nominate a foreigner for the position of Managing Director, except for the investor him(her)self and subject to track record in managing similar structures.","\"INTRODUCTION\nThis Application Guide defines the process to be followed when seeking a a Letter of Approval from the Ministry of Tourism.\n[...]\nPROJECTS INVOLVING NON-CITIZENS:\nA non-citizen is not allowed to invest in and to manage a guesthouse or tourist residence.\nA non-citizen is only allowed to manage residential property as Tourist Residence under the following schemes:\ni. Integrated Resort Scheme;\nii. Real Estate Scheme;\niii. Property Development Scheme and should satisfy the following criteria:\ni. An individual owner of a residential property under IRS/RES/PDS cannot rent except if the application is made by the IRS/RES/PDS Company or a Property Management Company designated by the IRS/RES/PDS Company.\nii. The non-citizen must have a track record in management and show evidence of previous managerial positions held in similar establishments.\niii. Except for the Managing Director, all employees should be locals.\" (Application Guide, Issue of Letter of Approval by the Ministry of Tourism for projects with respect to the Accommodation Sector, 2017)\n----------------\n\"A. IMPORTANT NOTE\n1. *New Guesthouse / Tourist Residence means project proposal for construction of new guesthouse/tourist residence or conversion of an existing building into guesthouse/tourist residence\n2. *Existing Guesthouse / Tourist Residence means a guesthouse/tourist residence holder of a valid Tourist Accommodation Certificate from the Tourism Authority\n3. The acquisition of an immovable property by a non-citizen is governed by the provisions of the Non-citizens (Property Restriction) Act. Pursuant to section 3(3)(iv) of the Act, a non-citizen who intends to acquire an immovable property for business purpose, including a guesthouse or tourist residence, requires an authorisation from the Economic Development Board (EDB) prior to signing the deed witnessing the transfer of the immovable property.[...]\n5. For investors wishing to acquire shares within a company that does not hold any immovable property, the minimum investment shall be at least Rs 10m.[...]\nB. ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA\n8. A non-citizen cannot submit an application to acquire or lease a guesthouse or tourist residence unless:\na. the non-citizen is a company incorporated under the Companies Act 2001\nb. the non-citizen holds a letter of no objection in respect of the project proposal from the Ministry of Tourism\nc. the minimum investment, excluding land cost, in the acquisition or lease of an existing guesthouse or tourist residence, shall be at least Rs 10 million\nd. the minimum investment, excluding land cost, of developing a new guesthouse or tourist residence shall be at least Rs 30 million. [...]\nD. Management\n11. Management must be tied up with investment. However:\na. In case the investor has no managerial expertise, a local Manager shall be appointed.\nb. In case the investor will also act as the manager, he must show a track record in management and show evidence of previous managerial positions held in similar establishments abroad for at least 5 years.\nE. Local staff\n12. Except for the owner/Manager, all other employees should be locals. [...]\" (Policy on Investment by a non-citizen in a NEW / EXISTING * and MANAGEMENT of a stand-alone (not within IRS/RES/PDS) Guesthouse/Tourist Residence, 2019)","Application Guide, Issue of Letter of Approval by the Ministry of Tourism for projects with respect to the Accommodation Sector, 2017;\nPolicy on Investment by a non-citizen in a NEW / EXISTING * and MANAGEMENT of a stand-alone (not within IRS/RES/PDS) Guesthouse/Tourist Residence, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/file/Application%20Guide%20for%20processing%20of%20projects%20approved%20by%20Minister%2012%20oct%202017%20MT%2040%20158%205%20V5.pdf\">Guide</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/file/Final%20Policy%20Paper%20Investment%20by%20Non-Citizen.pdf\">Pol</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,172,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","H492","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.004","The provision of domestic road freight and passenger transport services is only permitted to Mexicans nationals or Mexican companies, with no foreign participation allowed. International transport is not subject to foreign equity limits.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 6.- The economic activities and companies mentioned below are exclusively reserved for Mexicans or Mexican companies with a foreigner exclusion clause:\nI.- National land transportation of passengers, tourism and cargo, not including courier and parcel services; [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 6 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 6","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1231,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0015","Foreign investment is permitted up to 49% in fishing in coastal and fresh waters or in the Exclusive Economic Zone.","\"ARTICLE 2.- For the purposes of this Law, it shall be understood as: [...]\nII.- Foreign investment:\na) The participation of foreign investors, in any proportion, in the capital stock of Mexican companies;\nb) That carried out by Mexican companies with a majority of foreign capital; and\nc) The participation of foreign investors in the activities and acts contemplated by this Law.\nIII.- Foreign investor: to the natural or legal person of a nationality other than Mexican and foreign entities without legal personality;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3.- For the purposes of this Law, that made by foreigners in the country with the condition of Permanent Resident stay is equated to Mexican investment, except for that carried out in the activities contemplated in Titles One and Two of this Law.\nARTICLE 4.- Foreign investment may participate in any proportion in the capital stock of Mexican companies, acquire fixed assets, enter new fields of economic activity or manufacture new product lines, open and operate establishments, and expand or relocate existing ones, except for the provisions of this Law.\nThe rules on the participation of foreign investment in the activities of the financial sector contemplated in this Law shall be applied without prejudice to what is established in the specific laws for those activities.\nFor purposes of determining the percentage of foreign investment in economic activities subject to maximum participation limits, foreign indirect investment will not be counted, is carried out in such activities through Mexican companies with a majority of Mexican capital, provided that the latter are not controlled by foreign investment.\n[...]\nARTICLE 7.- In the economic activities and companies mentioned below, foreign investment may participate in the following percentages: [...]\nIII.- Up to 49% in: [...]\ns) Fishing in fresh water, coastal and in the exclusive economic zone, not including aquaculture; [...] The limits for the participation of foreign investment indicated in this article may not be exceeded directly, or through trusts, agreements, social or statutory agreements, schemes of pyramiding, or any other mechanism that grants control or a participation greater than that established, except for the provisions of Title Five of this Law.[...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7 [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 7","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1222,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MNG","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.003","Foreign participation in savings and loans cooperatives is prohibited.","\"Article 3.Definitions of the terms of the Law\n3.1.The terms used in this Law shall have the following meanings:\n3.1.1.\"Saving and Credit Cooperatives\" shall mean a non-profit legal entity with democratic governance and collective supervision, which provides licensed saving and loan services to their members to meet common economic and social and cultural needs of the members;\n[..]\nCHAPTER TWO - ESTABLISHMENT OF THE SAVING AND CREDIT COOPERATIVES\nArticle 5.Establishment of the Saving and Credit Cooperatives\n5.1.A citizen of Mongolia may establish a Saving and Credit Cooperative.\n5.2.Decisions shall to be made about the founding meeting if founders meet the following requirements:\n5.2.1.the number of founding members of the Saving and Credit Cooperative reached to 20;\n5.2.2.the charter of the Saving and Credit Cooperative is drafted in compliance with relevant laws;\n5.2.3.the founding members of the Saving and Credit Cooperative accumulated in cash more than 30% of the agreed total share capital to establish it.\n[...]\nCHAPTER FOUR - MEMBERSHIP OF THE SAVING AND CREDIT COOPERATIVE\nArticle 19.Membership of the Saving and Credit Cooperative\n19.1.The Saving and Credit Cooperative shall have not less than 20 members.\n19.2.Citizens and legal entities of Mongolia with full legal capacity who meet the requirements established by this Law and the charter of the Savings and Credit Cooperative approved in accordance with the Law may become members of the cooperative. [...]\n19.5.Not more than 10% of the members can be legal entities. [...]\" (Law on Savings and Credit Cooperatives, 27 October 2011, as amended)","Law on Savings and Credit Cooperatives, 27 October 2011, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legalinfo.mn/en/edtl/16532496975891\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2262,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","F41_43","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.000375","Foreign investors (foreign legal persons and foreign majority-owned companies established in Mozambique) are not eligible for the prior notification nor the simplified licensing regimes available to other Mozambican investors in many commercial and services activities, thus being discriminatorily subject to the screening procedures for investing in these same activities.","\"ARTICLE 2 (Object)\n1. The present Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities aims to establish the simplified license regime and the certificate of the mere prior communication of economic activities which, by their nature, do not entail negative impacts on the environment, public health , security and the economy in general.\n2. Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous number, the present Legal Regime also includes economic activities that may cause negligible, insignificant or minimal negative impacts included in Category C of Environmental Impact Assessment.\nARTICLE 6 (Eligibility)\nThe application for a simplified license and the mere prior communication may be submitted by a national natural or legal person and by a foreign natural person.\n[...]\nARTICLE 9 (Activities subject to mere prior communication)\nThe following activities are exempt from the simplified license and subject only to prior communication:\na) Commerce\ni) [...]: retail sale of bookstores and stationery, bookbinding, office supplies, including drawing and painting material, school supplies, excluding furniture and machinery, in non-specialized establishments; ii) : retail sale of sports, camping and leisure articles in specialized establishments; iii) [...]: retail of fabrics, fashions and apparel, articles of clothing for men, women and children, costume jewelery and similar adornments, aprons, powder, crockery and socks, curtains and their accessories, in non-specialized establishments; iv) [...]: retail sale of shoes, footwear and footwear in non-specialised stores.\nb) Provision of services\ni) [...]: provision of legal services; ii) [...]: provision of accounting and auditing services; iii) [...]: head office activities; iv) [...]: business and management consulting activities; v) [...]: provision of architectural services; vi) [...]: provision of engineering and related technical services; vii) [...]: Other Personal Service Activities, n.e.s.; decoration and entertainment activities for events, photocopying services, translators and interpreters.\n[...]\nARTICLE 11 (Validity)\nThe certificate replaces the license and is valid indefinitely.\nSECTION II - Procedures for obtaining the Simplified License [...]\nARTICLE 13 (Activities subject to Simplified Licensing)\n1. The following are areas of economic activities subject to simplified licensing:\na) Agriculture; b) Commerce; c) Communications; d) Civil Construction; and culture; f) Industry; g) Fishing; h) Provision of Services; i) Tourism.\n2. The economic activities of the areas indicated in paragraph (1) appear in the table that constitutes the Annex 5 of the present Legal Regime.\n[...]\nANNEX V [...]\nF Construction\n41 410 4100 Real estate development (development of building projects); construction of buildings 4100\n41001 Real estate development; p4100\nMicro and small real estate activity;\nConsultancy activity in the areas of civil construction, bridges, hydraulic works, small construction materials yards.[...]\" (Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]).\n----------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory; [...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;\nr. Mozambican person — any citizen of Mozambican nationality or any company or institution formed and registered under Mozambican laws, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, and in which the respective share capital belongs at least 50% (Fifty percent) to Mozambican citizens, companies or institutions, whether private or public;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 39/2017 of 28 July Approving the Simplified Legal Regime for Licensing for the Exercise of Economic Activities, which comprises the Simplified License and the Mere Prior Communication Certificate [google translate]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/2017/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2017-07-28-no-118.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,533,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","L68X3","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.027","Foreign investors, including foreign majority-owned firms established in Mozambique, are allowed to hold land use rights (Direito de Uso e Aproveitamento da Terra or DUAT) provided its for business purposes and subject to approval by the administration.","\"ARTICLE 1\n(Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by: [...]\n8. National legal person: any company or institution constituted and registered under the terms of Mozambican legislation, with headquarters in the Republic of Mozambique, whose share capital belongs, at least in fifty percent, to national citizens, Mozambican companies or institutions, private or public .\n9. Foreign legal persons: any company or institution constituted under the terms of Mozambican or foreign legislation, whose share capital is held by more than fifty percent of foreign citizens, companies or institutions.\n10. National individual: any citizen of Mozambican nationality.\n11. Foreign natural person: any natural person whose nationality is not Mozambican.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - RIGHT TO USE AND USE LAND\nARTICLE 10\n(National persons)\n1. National, collective and individual persons, men and women, as well as local communities may be subjects of the right to use and benefit from the land.\n2. National natural or legal persons may obtain the right to use and benefit from the land, individually or jointly with other natural or legal persons, in the form of joint ownership.\n3. The right to use and enjoy the land of local communities complies with the principles of joint ownership, for all purposes of this Law.\nARTICLE II\n(Foreign persons)\nForeign natural and legal persons may be subject to the right to use and benefit from the land, provided that they have a duly approved investment project and observe the following conditions:\na) being natural persons, provided that they have resided for at least five years in the Republic of Mozambique;\nb) being legal persons, provided that they are incorporated or registered in the Republic of Mozambique.[...]\" (Land Law No. 19/97 of 1st October 1997 [google translation])","Land Law No. 19/97 of 1st October 1997  [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://invest.apiex.gov.mz/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2019/08/Land-Law-19-97.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,530,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","C20_21","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.001666667","Foreign investment in the manufacturing of basic chemicals and other chemicals products is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises. There are no longer restrictions to foreign investment in the manufacturing of fertilizers and synthetic rubber and man-made fibres.","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nManufacture of basic chemicals & Manufacture of other chemical products (Manufacturing and domestic distribution of chemicals based on available natural resources; Manufacturing and domestic distribution of flammable solid, liquid, gaseous fuels and aerosol (Acetylene, Propane, Hair Sprays, Perfume, Deodorant, Insect pray); Manufacturing and domestic distribution of oxidants (Oxygen, Hydrogen Peroxide), compressed Gases (Acetone, Argon, Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Acetylene); Manufacturing and domestic distribution of corrosive chemicals (Sulphuric Acid, Nitric Acid); Manufacturing and distribution of industrial chemical gases including compressed, liquefied and solid forms);\nManufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and polishing preparations, perfumes and toilet preparations & (Manufacturing and domestic distribution of all kinds of soap; Manufacturing and domestic wholesale of all kinds of cosmetic products)[...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment: [...]\n(c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2796,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NZL","L68X2","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.001125","Foreign investors wishing to purchase land falling within the scope of 'sensitive land' must seek prior approval for the acquisition. 'Sensitive land' includes rural land, residential land, offshore islands, etc. exceeding specified areal thresholds. One of the criteria which may be considered when assessing a foreign investment in sensitive land is whether a so-called 'benefit to New Zealand test' is met. Such benefit is assessed against various economic and non-economic factors. ",{"$cut":{"chars":19643,"head":"\"6 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act, unless the context requires otherwise,—\nacquisition includes obtaining ownership or coming into possession by any means [...]\nfarm land means land (other than residential (but not otherwise sensitive) land) used exclusively or principally for agricultural, horticultural, or pastoral purposes, or for the keeping of bees, poultry, or livestock [...]\nnon-urban land means—\n(a) farm land; and\n(b) any land other than land that is both—\n(i) in an urban area; and\n(ii) used for commercial, industrial, or residential purposes [...]\nresidential (but not otherwise sensitive) land means land that—\n(a) is or includes residential land; but\n(b) is not otherwise sensitive under Part 1 of Schedule 1\nresidential dwelling—\n(a) means a building or group of buildings, or part of a building or group of buildings, that is—\n(i) used, or intended to be used, only or mainly for residential purposes; and\n(ii) occupied, or intended to be occupied, exclusively as the home or residence of not more than 1 household; but\n(b) does not include any dwelling—\n(i) to the extent that it is, or is part of, a long-term accommodation facility or an excluded accommodation facility; or\n(ii) within a class set out in regulations as a class of dwellings not to be treated as residential dwellings in this Act\nresidential land—\n(a) means land that has a property category of residential or lifestyle in, or for the purpose of, the relevant district valuation roll (for example, the land’s first character category code is “R” or “L”); and\n(b) includes a residential flat in a building owned by a flat-owning company (regardless of whether the building is on land within a property category referred to in paragraph (a)), and, for that purpose, references in this Act to interest include a licence to occupy that flat, where terms in this paragraph have a meaning corresponding to those in section 121A of the Land Transfer Act 1952 or section 122 of the Land Transfer Act 2017\n[...]\n7 Who are overseas persons\n(1) The purpose of this definition is to provide that persons are overseas persons if they themselves are overseas persons (for example, not a New Zealand citizen or ordinarily resident in New Zealand or, for companies, incorporated overseas) or they are more than 25% owned or controlled by an overseas person or persons.\n(2) In this Act, overseas person means—\n(a) an individual who is neither a New Zealand citizen nor ordinarily resident in New Zealand; or\n(b) a body corporate that is incorporated outside New Zealand or is a more than 25% subsidiary of a body corporate incorporated outside New Zealand; or\n(c) a body corporate (A) if an overseas person or persons have—\n(i) more than 25% of any class of A’s securities; or\n(ii) the power to control the composition of more than 25% of A’s governing body; or\n(iii) the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(d) a partnership, unincorporated joint venture, or other unincorporated body of persons (other than a trust or unit trust) (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s partners or members are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s profits or assets (including on A’s winding up); or\n(iii) an overseas person or persons have the right to exercise or control the exercise of more than 25% of the voting power at a meeting of A; or\n(e) a trust (A) if—\n(i) more than 25% of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of A’s trust property; or\n(iii) more than 25% of the persons having the right to amend or control the amendment of A’s trust deed are overseas persons; or\n(iv) more than 25% of the persons having the right to control the composition of A’s governing body are overseas persons; or\n(f) a unit trust (A) if—\n(i) the manager or trustee, or both, are overseas persons; or\n(ii) an overseas person or persons have a beneficial interest in or entitlement to more than 25% of"}},"Overseas Investment Act (2005 No 82); last amended on 1 December 2020; Sections 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16 and 16A; Schedule 1, Part 1; Schedule 2, Sections 10, 11, 17 and 20; Schedule 3, Section 4","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2005/0082/51.0/DLM356881.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1264,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.000375","All the executive and managing officers of mass media corporations or association must be citizens of the Philippines.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[…]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS\nNo Foreign Equity:\n1. Mass Media, except recording (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the 1987 Constitution; Presidential Memorandum dated 05 May 1994) and internet business (DOJ Opinion No. 40, s. 1998)¹ [¹DOJ Opinion No. 40 (s. 1998) uses the term “Internet Business” to refer to internet access providers that merely serve as carriers for transmitting message, rather than being the creator of messages/information].\n[...]\nUp to Thirty Percent (30%) Foreign Equity\n14. Advertising (Art. XVI, Sec. 11 of the Constitution)\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n24. Private radio communications network (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution, NTC Memorandum Circular No. 10-8-91)[...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n----------------------------------------\n\"SECTION 11. (1) The ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly-owned and managed by such citizens. The Congress shall regulate or prohibit monopolies in commercial mass media when the public interest so requires. No combinations in restraint of trade or unfair competition therein shall be allowed. (2) The advertising industry is impressed with public interest, and shall be regulated by law for the protection of consumers and the promotion of the general welfare. Only Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least seventy per centum of the capital of which is owned by such citizens shall be allowed to engage in the advertising industry. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of entities in such industry shall be limited to their proportionate share in the capital thereof, and all the executive and managing officers of such entities must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XVI, Sec 11 (1) of the Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n----------------------------------------\n\"The term \"mass media\" in the Constitution refers to any medium of communication designed to reach the masses and that tends to set the standards, ideals and aims of the masses. In addition, the term \"mass media\" shall mean the gathering, transmission of news, information, messages, signals, and forms of written, oral and all visual communications and shall embrace the print medium, radio, television, film, movies, wire and radio communication services, advertising in all its phases, and their business managerial. The distinctive feature of any mass media undertaking is the dissemination of information and ideas to the public, or a portion thereof. The citizenship requirement is intended to prevent the use of such facility by aliens to influence public opinion to the detriment of the best interests of the nation. In fact, \"(t)he ownership and management of mass media shall be limited to citizens of the Philippines, or to corporations, cooperatives or associations, wholly named and managed by such citizens [...]\" (SEC-OGC Opinion No. 11-08, 3 march 2011)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2343,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","POL","L68","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0486","As a general rule, foreign nationals, foreign corporations and Polish-incorporated entities controlled by foreign nationals or foreign corporations are required to obtain an authorisation to acquire real estate located in Poland. A foreign-controlled company is \"a company in which a foreigner or foreigners holds or hold, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of votes at the meeting of partners or the general meeting of shareholders or has or have a dominating position within the meaning of the Code of Commercial Partnerships and Companies\". Authorisation is issued if \"the purchase of real estate by the foreigner does not pose any risk to state defence, security or public order and is not in contradiction to social policy and public health considerations\", and if \"the foreign person proves that there are circumstances which confirm their ties with the Republic of Poland\". Circumstances which confirm ties with Poland include, for instance, \"holding a permanent or temporary residence permit (except for the permit referred to in Article 176 and Article 181(1) of the Act of 12 December 2013 on foreigners) or a long-term resident’s EU residence permit\". EU/EEA nationals and entrepreneurs are exempted from the authorisation requirement. Other exemptions from the authorisation requirement include, for instance, \"acquisition of real estate by a foreigner residing in the Republic of Poland for at least 5 years after being granted a permanent residence permit or EU’s long-term residence permit\". However, exemptions do not apply to real estate located in the border zone and to agricultural land with an area exceeding 1 hectare. Agricultural land with an area exceeding 1 hectare may only be acquired by a farmer by virtue of a separate legal act regulating the purchase of agricultural land. Agricultural land with an area exceeding 1 hectare may only be acquired by a farmer by virtue of a separate legal act regulating the purchase of agricultural land.","\"Art. 1. \n1. Acquisition of real estate by a foreigner requires a permit.The permit is issued, by way of an administrative decision, by the minister competent for internal affairs, if no objection is raised by the Minister of Defense National, and in the case of agricultural real estate, if there is no objection either will be brought by the minister responsible for rural development. [...]\n2. A foreigner within the meaning of the Act is:\n1) a natural person who does not have Polish citizenship;\n2) a legal person established abroad;\n3) a company of persons mentioned in point 1 or 2 without legal personality,established abroad, established in accordance with the laws of the states aliens;\n4) a legal person and a commercial company without legal personality having headquarters in the territory of the Republic of Poland, directly controlled or indirectly through the persons or companies mentioned in points 1, 2 and 3.3. In the case of a commercial company that is controlled, within the meaning of the Act,a company in which a foreigner or foreigners have direct disposal is considered or indirectly over 50% of votes at the shareholders' meeting or at the general meetingto the meeting, also as a pledgee, usufructuary or on the basis of agreements with other persons or have a dominant position within the meaning of Art. 4 § 1 point 4 lit. b or c, or e the Act of September 15, 2000 - Code of Commercial Companies (Journal of Laws of 2017, item 1577).\n4. The acquisition of real estate within the meaning of the Act is the acquisition of the ownership right real estate or perpetual usufruct rights, based on each event legal.\n5. The acquisition of a second home within the meaning of the provisions of the Act is the acquisition by a foreigner referred to in art. 1 clause 2, paragraph 1, of the property intended for housing development or for recreational and leisure purposes, which will not constitute the permanent place of residence of a foreigner. This does not apply to acquisition an independent apartment within the meaning of the Act of June 24, 1994. on ownership of premises (Journal of Laws of 2015, item 1892 and of 2017, item 1529).\nArt. 1a. \n1. The permit referred to in Art. 1 clause 1, is issued to a foreigner's application if:\n1) the acquisition of real estate by a foreigner will not cause any danger defense, state security or public order, and no it is opposed by social policy and health considerations;\n2) he proves that there are circumstances that confirm his ties with the Republic of Poland.\n2. Circumstances confirming the foreigner's ties with the Republic of Poland may include in particular:\n1) having Polish nationality or Polish origin;\n2) entering into marriage with a citizen of the Republic of Poland;\n3) having a residence permit:\na) temporary, with the exception of the permit referred to in Art. 176 and art. 181paragraph 1 of the Act of 12 December 2013 on foreigners (Journal of Laws of 2016,item 1990, 1948 and 2066 and of 2017, item 60, 858 and 1543), or\nb) permanent, or\nc) long-term resident of the European Union;\n4) membership in the management body of entrepreneurs listed in art. 1paragraph 2 point 4;\n5) performing economic activity on the territory of the Republic of Poland or agricultural, in accordance with the provisions of Polish law. [...]\n5. The area of ​​real estate acquired by a foreigner for the purpose satisfying his vital needs may not exceed 0.5 ha, and in the case of specified in paragraph 2 point 5 should be justified by the actual needs resulting from based on the nature of the business activity performed.\n6. Acquisition of agricultural real estate by foreigners takes place additionally, in compliance with the provisions of the Act of April 11, 2003 on the shaping of the system agricultural (Journal of Laws of 2016, items 2052 and 2260 and of 2017, items 60 and 624).\n[...]\nArt. 8. \n1. No permit is required, subject to para. 3:\n1) the acquisition of an independent dwelling within the meaning of the Act of June 24, 1994 on ownership of premises;\n1a) the purchase of an independent commercial premises intended for a garage or participate in such premises, if it is related to meeting the needs housing buyer or owner or independent owner a residential premises;\n2) purchase of real estate by a foreigner residing in the Republic of Poland for at least 5 years from the granting of a permanent residence permit or long-term resident's European Union residence permit;\n3) the acquisition by a foreigner who is a spouse of a Polish citizen and residing in the Republic of Poland for at least 2 years from the grant permanent residence permit or resident permit long-term European Union real estate, which as a result of the acquisition they will constitute the statutory commonality of the spouses;\n4) the acquisition of real estate by an alien, if it is available on the date of purchase entitled to statutory inheritance within the meaning of Polish law after the seller of the real estate and the seller of the real estate is its owner or perpetual usufructuary of at least 5 years;\n5) acquisition by an entity referred to in art. 1 clause 2, paragraph 4, for its purposes statutory, undeveloped real estate, the total area of ​​which in the whole country it does not exceed 0.4 ha in the area of ​​cities;\n6) purchase of real estate by a foreigner who is a bank and at the same time a mortgage creditor, in the course of taking over the property as a result of an unsuccessful auction in enforcement proceedings;\n7) acquisition or coverage by a bank that is a legal person referred to in Art. 1 clause 2point 4 of stocks or shares in the company referred to in Art. 3e, in connection with the bank pursuing claims resulting from the activities performed banking.\n2. It is not required to obtain a permit by foreigners who are citizens or entrepreneurs of states - parties to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation, with the exception of the acquisition of:\n1) agricultural and forest real estate, for a period of 12 years from the date of accession The Republic of Poland to the European Union;\n2) a second home, for a period of 5 years from the date of accession of the Republic of Poland to the European Union.\n2a. It is not required to obtain a permit by foreigners who are citizens of states - parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area, or The Swiss Confederation during the periods referred to in paragraph 2, in the case of:\n1) acquisition of agricultural real estate located in:\na) in the following voivodships: Dolnośląskie, Kujawsko-Pomorskie, Lubuskie,Opole,PomeranianWarmian-Masurian, Greater Poland,Zachodniopomorskie - after 7 years from the date of the contract lease with a date certain, if for that period they have personally run on this real estate agricultural activity and legally resident on territory of the Republic of Poland,\nb) in the following voivodeships: Lubelskie, Łódzkie, Małopolskie, Mazowieckie,Podkarpackie, Podlasie, Śląskie, Świętokrzyskie - after 3 years from the day of concluding the lease agreement with a certain date, if for this period they personally conducted agricultural activities on the property and legally they resided on the territory of the Republic of Poland;\n2) purchase of a second home:\na) if the acquirer has legally resided continuously for at least 4 years the territory of the Republic of Poland or\nb) in order to perform an economic activity consisting in rendering tourism services, but this exemption does not apply to citizens Swiss Confederation.\n2b. Nationals of states - parties to the agreement on the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation, which is on the day it is obtained by the Republic of Poland of membership in the European Union as shareholders of companies commercial with headquarters in the territory of the Republic of Poland, may for periods the lease referred to in paragraph 2a, point 1, include the real estate lease period agricultural by the company, if during that period, being shareholders or stockholders companies, personally conducted agricultural activities on this property and legally they resided on the territory of the Republic of Poland.\n3. The exemptions referred to in par. 1, does not apply to real estate located in the border zone and agricultural land with an area of exceeding 1 ha. [...]\" (Act on Purchase of Real Estate by Foreigners (Dz.U. 1920 nr 31 item 178), last amended by the Act of 2 December 2016, Articles 1, 1a and 8 [google translation])\n----------------------------\n\"Art. 2. \nWhenever the Act mentions:\n1) \"agricultural property\" - it should be understood as agricultural property within the meaning of the Civil Code, with the exception of located real estate in areas designated in spatial development plans for purposes other than agricultural; [...]\n5) \"agricultural land\" - it shall mean arable land, orchards, permanent meadows,permanent pastures, built-up agricultural land, land under ponds and land under ditches;\n[...]\nArt. 2a. \n1. Only a farmer may be the purchaser of an agricultural property individual, unless the law provides otherwise.\n2. The area of ​​the purchased agricultural property, including the area agricultural real estate belonging to the acquirer's family farm may not exceed the area of ​​300 ha of agricultural land determined in accordance with Art. 5 sec. 2 and 3.\n3. The provisions of para. 1 and 2 do not apply to the acquisition of agricultural property: [...]\n1A) with an area of ​​less than 1 ha;\n[...]\nArt. 2b. \n1. The purchaser of agricultural real estate is obliged to lead a farm, which includes the acquired agricultural property, by a period of at least 5 years from the date of purchase of the property by him, and in the case of a natural person, run the farm personally.\n2. During the period referred to in sec. 1, the acquired property may not be neither sold nor given to other entities. [...]\" (Act on the shaping of the agricultural system (Dz.U. 2003 No. 64 item 592), last amended by Act of 17 December 2020, Articles 2, 2a and 2b [google translation])\"","Act on Purchase of Real Estate by Foreigners (Dz.U. 1920 nr 31 item 178), last amended by the Act of 2 December 2016, Articles 1, 1a and 8\nAct on the shaping of the agricultural system (Dz.U. 2003 No. 64 item 592), last amended by Act of 17 December 2020, Articles 2, 2a and 2b","Website of the Republic of Poland, \"Apply for a permit to acquire real estate, shares, stocks by foreign citizens\", consulted on 25.8.2021\nPolish Investment & Trade Agency, \"Purchase of real estate by foreigners\", consulted on 25.8.2021","[<a href=\"http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU19200310178\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU20030640592\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.pl/web/mswia-en/apply-for-a-permit-to-acquire-real-estate-shares-stocks-by-foreign-citizens\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.paih.gov.pl/polish_law/purchase_of_real_estate_in_poland\">Other</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1194,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","M691","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000375","Only lawyers and law firms registered with the Portuguese Bar Association can hold shares in law firms, and multidisciplinary practice in the form of commercial association between lawyers and other professionals is prohibited. Additionally, only registered lawyers can be directors and managers.  Lawyers from other EU and EEA countries may exercise in Portugal under their home country title provided that they register with the Bar. EU/EEA lawyers may represent parties in court only in association with a Portuguese lawyer, unless they pass the Portuguese Bar exam in order to practice under the Portuguese title of lawyer. Lawyers from outside the EU may register with Bar Association subject to reciprocal treatment of Portuguese lawyers in the home country of the foreign legal practitioner.","\"Article 66 - Practice of law in national territory\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of article 205, only lawyers with current registration with the Bar Association may, throughout the national territory, practice acts specific to law, under the terms defined in Law no. 49/2004, of August 24th.\n2 - Acts carried out by a lawyer through a document are only considered as such if they are signed or certified by him in accordance with the terms defined by the Bar Association.\n3 - The judicial mandate, representation and assistance by a lawyer are always admissible and cannot be impeded before any jurisdiction, authority or public or private entity, namely for the defense of rights, sponsorship of controversial legal relationships, composition of interests or in legal proceedings. mere investigation, even if administrative, unofficial or of any other nature.\n4 - Trainee lawyers may only perform their own acts under the terms set out in this Statute.\nArticle 67 - Forensic warrant\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of Law no. 49/2004, of 24 August, the following is considered a forensic mandate:\na) The judicial mandate to be exercised in any court, including arbitration courts or commissions and justices of the peace;\nb) The exercise of the mandate with representation, with powers to negotiate the constitution, alteration or termination of legal relationships;\nc) The exercise of any mandate with representation in administrative procedures, including tax, before any public legal entities or respective bodies or services, even if only questions of fact are raised or discussed.\n2 - The forensic mandate cannot be subject, in any way, to a measure or agreement that prevents or limits the personal and free choice of the agent by the principal.\nArticle 68 - Legal consultation\nThe exercise of legal consultation under the terms defined in Law No. 49/2004, of August 24, constitutes the proper act of a lawyer.\n[...]\nArticle 107.º - Fee breakdown\nLawyers are prohibited from sharing fees, even as a commission or other form of compensation, except with lawyers, trainee lawyers and solicitors with whom they collaborate or who have collaborated with them.\n[...]\nArticle 200\nRegistration of jurists of recognized merit, masters and other doctors in Law\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous article, the registration in the Bar Association of jurists of recognized merit and of masters and other doctors in Law whose title is recognized in Portugal depends on the prior completion of an aptitude exam, without the need to carry out a internship.\n2 - The purpose of the aptitude exam is to assess knowledge of the ethical rules that govern the exercise of the profession.\n3 - Jurists of recognized merit are considered to be Law graduates who demonstrate that they have sufficient knowledge and professional experience in the field of Portuguese domestic law or international law to carry out legal consultancy, with the dignity and competence required of the profession.\n4 - For the purposes of paragraph 1, jurists of recognized merit are presumed to be jurists who have actually carried out professional activity for at least 10 consecutive years.\n5 - Jurists of recognized merit, masters and other doctors in Law registered with the Bar under the terms of this article may only practice acts of legal consultation, with the provisions of this Statute and other regulations applying, with the necessary adaptations. \nArticle 201 - Practice of law by foreigners\n1 - Foreigners from non-Member States of the European Union who have been awarded one of the academic degrees referred to in paragraphs a) and b) of article 194 by a Portuguese higher education institution may enroll in the Order of Lawyers, on the same terms as the Portuguese, if their country grants reciprocity to them.\n2 - Brazilian lawyers whose higher academic training was completed in Brazil or Portugal may register with the Bar Association on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nChapter V - Lawyers from other member states of the European Union and the European Economic Area\nArticle 203.º - Recognition of professional title\n1 - Persons who, in their respective member countries of the European Union and the European Economic Area, are authorized to exercise their legal profession are recognized in Portugal as lawyers, and as such authorized to exercise their respective profession. professional activities with one of the following professional titles:\n(see original document)\n2 - The same recognition regime applies to lawyers from other countries who enjoy freedom to provide services under European Union law.\nArticle 204 - Professional exercise modes\n1 - Any of the lawyers identified in the previous article, hereinafter referred to as European Union lawyers, may, in accordance with the provisions of the following article, carry out their activity in Portugal with their original professional title, expressed in the respective official language and with the indication of the professional organization to which he belongs or the jurisdiction to which he is admitted under the terms of the law of his State of origin.\n2 - Without prejudice to the provisions of the previous paragraph, judicial representation and mandate before the Portuguese courts can only be exercised by lawyers from the European Union who carry out their activity with their original professional title under the guidance of a lawyer registered with the Order of Lawyers.\n3 - European Union lawyers may also practice in Portugal with the title of lawyer, upon prior registration with the Bar Association.\n[...]\nArticle 208.º - Registration in the Bar Association\n1 - The establishment in Portugal of lawyers from the European Union who wish to practice their activity with the professional title of lawyer, in full equality of rights and duties with Portuguese lawyers, depends on prior registration with the Bar Association.\n2 - The use of the professional title of lawyer does not prejudice the right to use the professional title of origin, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 of article 205.\n[...]\nArticle 210 - Law firms established in Portugal\nLawyers established in national territory may practice their profession as a group, establishing or joining as partners or associates in law firms, with the limits resulting from paragraph 7 of article 213.\nArticle 211 - Associations of professionals from other member states\n1 - Associative organizations of professionals equivalent to lawyers established in another Member State of the European Union for the exercise of professional activity whose manager or administrator is a professional and whose capital with voting rights belongs mainly to the professionals in question or to other associative organizations whose capital and voting rights fall mainly to those professionals can register their respective permanent representations in Portugal, constituted in accordance with commercial law, as members of the Bar Association, being as such equivalent to law firms for the purposes of this Statute, with the limits resulting from the paragraph 7 of article 213.º\n2 - The capital requirements referred to in the previous paragraph are not applicable if the company does not have share capital, applying, instead, the requirement of attributing a majority of voting rights to the professionals referred to there.\n3 - The judgment of equality referred to in paragraph 1 is governed by:\na) Regarding nationals of Member States of the European Union, by paragraph 4 of article 1 of Law no. 9/2009, of March 4, amended by Laws no. 41/2012, of August 28 , and 25/2014, of May 2;\nb) Regarding third country nationals whose qualifications were obtained outside Portugal, under the current reciprocity regime.\n4 - The legal regime for the registration of professional associations from other member states is set out in the legal regime for the constitution and operation of professional societies that are subject to public professional associations.\n[...]\nArticle 213. Law firms\n1 - Lawyers can practice their profession by forming or joining law firms, as partners or associates.\n2 - The following may also be members of law firms:\na) Law firms previously constituted and registered with the Bar Association;\nb) Associative organizations of professionals equivalent to lawyers incorporated in another Member State of the European Union whose capital and voting rights belong mainly to the professionals in question.\n3 - The capital requirement referred to in paragraph b) of the previous paragraph is not applicable if the company does not have share capital.\n4 - The judgment of equivalence referred to in paragraph b) of paragraph 2 is governed by:\na) Regarding nationals of Member States of the European Union, by paragraph 4 of article 1 of Law no. 9/2009, of March 4, amended by Laws no. 41/2012, of August 28 , and 25/2014, of May 2;\nb) Regarding third country nationals whose qualifications were obtained outside Portugal, under the current reciprocity regime.\n5 - Law firms enjoy the rights and are subject to the duties applicable to lawyers that are compatible with their nature, being in particular subject to the ethical principles and rules contained in this Statute, as well as to the disciplinary power of the Bar Association.\n6 - Members of the executive body of law firms, regardless of their status as lawyers registered with the Bar Association, must respect the ethical principles and rules, technical and scientific autonomy and the guarantees granted to lawyers by law and by this Statute.\n7 - Law firms are not permitted to carry out their activity directly or indirectly in any type of association or integration with other professions, activities and entities whose corporate purpose is not the exclusive practice of law.\n8 - The constitution and operation of law firms is included in the legal regime for the constitution and operation of professional societies that are subject to the regime of public professional associations.\n9 - Relations between lawyers who are part of the companies, namely between partners, associates and interns, as well as contractual relationships with other lawyers who provide services to these companies, are subject to specific regulations.\n10 - Companies must opt, at the time of their incorporation, for one of the following two types, depending on the liability regime for social debts to be adopted, and the company name must contain a mention of the adopted regime:\na) Unlimited liability companies, RI;\nb) Limited liability companies, RL.\n11 - Liability for social debts includes those generated by actions or omissions attributed to partners, associates and interns, in the exercise of the profession.\n12 - In unlimited liability companies, the partners are personally, unlimitedly and jointly liable for the company's debts, without prejudice to the provisions of the following paragraph.\n13 - The creditors of the unlimited liability company may only demand payment of company debts from the partners after prior excussion of the company's assets.\n14 - In limited liability companies, only the company is liable for social debts, up to the limit of mandatory civil liability insurance.\n15 - The tax regime provided for companies incorporated in commercial form is applicable to law firms. [...]\" (Statute of the Portuguese Bar Association - Law no. 145/2015 of 9 September, as amended and effective as of 30 December 2023 [google translation]))\n--------------------------\n\"Article 1 - Acts specific to lawyers and solicitors \n1 - Only law graduates with current registration with the Bar Association and solicitors registered with the Chamber of Solicitors may practice the acts specific to lawyers and solicitors.\n2 - Lawyers of recognized merit and masters and doctors in Law whose degree is recognized in Portugal, registered for this purpose with the Bar Association under the terms of a special process to be defined in the Statute of the Bar Association, may also exercise legal consultation.\n3 - The preparation of written opinions by professors from Law faculties is exempt from the provisions of paragraph 1.\n4 - Within the scope of the competence resulting from article 173.º-C of the Statute of the Bar Association and article 77.º of the Statute of the Chamber of Solicitors, acts specific to lawyers and solicitors may be carried out by anyone who is not licensed in Right.\n5 - Without prejudice to the provisions of procedural laws, the following are acts specific to lawyers and solicitors:\na) The exercise of the forensic mandate;\nb) Legal consultation.\n6 - The following are also acts specific to lawyers and solicitors:\na) The drafting of contracts and the practice of preparatory acts aimed at the constitution, amendment or termination of legal transactions, particularly those carried out at registry offices and notary offices;\nb) Negotiation aimed at collecting credits;\nc) The exercise of the mandate in the context of complaints or challenges to administrative or tax acts.\n7 - Acts specific to lawyers and solicitors are considered to be acts that, in accordance with the previous paragraphs, are carried out in the interests of third parties and within the scope of professional activity, without prejudice to the specific powers attributed to other professions or activities whose access or exercise is regulated by law.\n8 - For the purposes of the provisions of the previous paragraph, acts carried out by legal representatives, employees, officials or agents of natural or legal persons, public or private, in that capacity, are not considered to have been carried out in the interests of third parties, unless, in the case of debt collection, this constitutes the main object or activity of these people.\n9 - Acts specific to lawyers are also all those that result from the exercise of the right of citizens to be accompanied by a lawyer before any authority.\n10 - In cases where the criminal process determines that the accused be assisted by a defender, this function must be performed by a lawyer, in accordance with the law.\n11 - The exercise of the forensic mandate and legal consultation by solicitors is subject to the limits of their statute and procedural legislation.\nArticle 2 - Forensic mandate\nA judicial mandate is considered to be a judicial mandate granted to be exercised in any court, including arbitration courts or commissions and justices of the peace.\nArticle 3 - Legal consultation \nLegal consultancy is considered to be the legal advice activity that consists of the interpretation and application of legal norms upon request from a third party. [...]\" (Law no. 49/2004, of 24 August, repealed by Law no. 10/2024, of 19 January of 2024 [google translation])\n--------------------------\nPreviously from 2005 to 2014\n--------------------------\n\"Article 194 - Practice of law by foreigners\n1 - Foreigners graduated from any Faculty of Law in Portugal may register with the Bar Association, under the same terms as the Portuguese, if their country grants reciprocity to them.\n2 - Brazilian lawyers graduated from any law school in Brazil or Portugal may register with the Bar Association on a reciprocal basis.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Lawyers from other member states of the European Union\nArticle 196 - Recognition of professional title\nPersons who, in their respective member countries of the European Union, are authorized to carry out professional activities with one of the professional titles are recognized in Portugal as lawyers, and as such authorized to exercise their respective profession. following:\nIn Belgium - Avocat/Advocaat/Rechtsanwalt; [...]\" (Law no. 15/2005 of January 26th which approves the Statute of the Bar Association and revokes Decree-Law no. 145/2015, of September 9])","Statute of the Portuguese Bar Association - Law no. 145/2015 of 9 September, as amended and effective as of 30 December 2023\nLaw no. 49/2004, of 24 August, repealed by Law no. 10/2024, of 19 January of 2024\nLaw no. 15/2005 of January 26th which approves the Statute of the Bar Association [repealed by Decree-Law no. 145/2015, of September 9]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://diariodarepublica.pt/dr/legislacao-consolidada/lei/2015-105332944\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pgdlisboa.pt/leis/lei_mostra_articulado.php?nid=84&tabela=leis&so_miolo\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3575,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ROU","L68X3","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0027","Under Law No. 312/2005, the acquisition of land by foreign third-country nationals and legal entities may not occur on more favorable terms than that applicable to the national of a Member State and to the legal person established in accordance with the law of a Member State (reciprocity condition). However, legal entities incorporated or established in Romania may freely acquire land (and any real rights over real estate) for business purposes regardless of the level of foreign capital participation. EU/EEA nationals and legal entities may also acquire land under the same conditions as Romanian nationals and legal entities.","\"Chapter I General provisions\nArticle 1\n(1) The object of this law is the regulation of the acquisition of the right of private property over the lands by foreign citizens and stateless persons, as well as by foreign legal entities.\n[...]\nArticle 2\nFor the purposes of this law, the terms and expressions below have the following meanings:\na) Member State - any Member State of the European Union or of the European Economic Area;\nb) third State - any State other than the Member States;\nc) resident - the foreigner who has the right of residence on the territory of Romania or, as the case may be, the foreign legal person who has at least one secondary headquarters on the territory of Romania, in accordance with the law;\nd) self-employed farmer - any natural person who carries out agricultural or forestry activity, in order to produce vegetable or animal agricultural products, as well as for storage and processing of products obtained from his own activity or who carry out an activity in order to produce products timber and non-timber of the forest fund, as defined by the law in force.\nChapter II Acquisition of ownership of land by nationals of Member States and legal persons having the nationality of such States, as well as by stateless persons domiciled in a Member State or in Romania\nArticle 3\nThe citizen of a Member State, the stateless person domiciled in a Member State or in Romania, as well as the legal person constituted in accordance with the legislation of a Member State may acquire ownership of the land under the same conditions as those provided by law for Romanian citizens and Romanian legal persons\n[...]\nArticle 5\n1. A national of a Member State, a stateless person domiciled in a Member State or in Romania, as well as a legal person established in accordance with the law of a Member State, may acquire ownership of agricultural land, forests and forest land on completion of a period of 7 years since Romania's accession to the European Union.\n(2) The provisions of par. 1. shall not apply to self-employed farmers and shall, as appropriate:\na) nationals of Member States or stateless persons domiciled in a Member State, who are resident in Romania;\nb) stateless persons domiciled in Romania. [...]\n(4) The persons provided in par. (2) acquire the property right over the agricultural lands, forests and forest lands in the same conditions as those applicable to the Romanian citizens, from the date of Romania's accession to the European Union.\n[...]\nChapter III Acquisition of ownership of land by foreign nationals, stateless persons and legal persons belonging to third countries\nArticle 6\n1. The foreign national, the stateless person and the legal person belonging to third States may acquire ownership of the land, under conditions governed by international treaties, on the basis of reciprocity.\n2. The foreign national, the stateless person and the legal person belonging to third States may not acquire ownership of the land on more favorable terms than that applicable to the national of a Member State and to the legal person established in accordance with the law of a Member State.\nChapter IV Final provisions\nArticle 7\nArticle 6 of the Government Emergency Ordinance no. 92/1997 on the stimulation of direct investments, published in the Official Gazette of Romania, Part I, no. 386 of December 30, 1997, approved with amendments and completions by Law no. 241/1998 , with subsequent amendments, is amended and will have the following content:\nArticle 6\nA company, resident or non-resident legal entity, may acquire any real rights over real estate, to the extent necessary to carry out its activity, according to the corporate purpose, in compliance with the legal provisions on the acquisition of private ownership of land by foreigners and stateless persons, such as and by foreign legal entities.\n[...]\nArticle 9\nThis law enters into force on the date of Romania's accession to the European Union. [...]\" (Law on the acquisition of private ownership of land by foreign nationals and stateless persons, as well as by foreign legal entities (No. 312 of 10 November 2005), Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9 [google translation])","Law on the acquisition of private ownership of land by foreign nationals and stateless persons, as well as by foreign legal entities (No. 312 of 10 November 2005), Articles 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9","Deloitte, Investing in Romania (2020), pp. 24-25","[<a href=\"http://legislatie.just.ro/Public/DetaliiDocument/65858\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www2.deloitte.com/content/dam/Deloitte/ro/Documents/about-deloitte/Brosura%20Investing%20in%20Romania%202020.pdf?nc=1\">Other</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,904,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVK","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0001875","In an auditing company, a majority of voting rights have to be held by authorised auditors. Non-EU-EEA auditors and auditing companies can qualify for registration as statutory auditors on the basis of reciprocity."," \"SECOND PART - STATUTORY AUDITOR, AUDITING COMPANY AND ASSISTANT TO THE STATUTORY AUDITOR\n§ 3 Conditions for performance of statutory audit\n(1) A condition for the performance of a statutory audit is the acquisition of a certificate of competence for the performance of a statutory audit (hereinafter referred to as the \"certificate\"), issued by the office to the applicant, if\na) is fully competent for legal acts,\nb) has a good reputation\nc) has completed a second-level university education,\nd) has at least five years of professional experience in accounting,\ne) participated in continuous education of statutory auditor assistants,\nf) submitted to the office officially certified copies of certificates and licenses from other member states and third countries that he holds, including the name of the authority by which they were issued and their number,\ng) passed the audit exam according to § 15 .\n(2) Assistant to the statutory auditor during professional practice according to paragraph 1 letter d) is obliged to complete, on the basis of a written contract with a statutory auditor or an auditing company, at least three years of practical training focused on the field of statutory auditing, assurance and related auditing services in the amount of at least 2,100 hours, of which two thirds with a statutory auditor or an auditing company, who are registered in the list of statutory auditors or the list of audit companies (hereinafter referred to as the \"relevant list\"), with a European auditor or in an audit company from another Member State.\n(3) The period during which the scope of practical training according to paragraph 2 is evaluated can last a maximum of six years, including the interruption of practice according to § 13 par. 6 .\n(4) The assistant statutory auditor carries out practical training under the guidance of the trainer of the assistant statutory auditor (hereinafter referred to as the \"trainer\"), who\na) performs the activity of a statutory auditor as the main activity throughout the year,\nb) has at least five years of experience in the profession of statutory auditor or European auditor,\nc) has a good reputation\nd) he was not imposed a disciplinary measure according to § 49 par. 1 and sanctions according to § 64 or disciplinary measures and sanctions in another member state,\ne) he has fulfilled his obligations towards the chamber or, in the case of a European auditor, towards the relevant professional organization, if he is a member of it in another member state,\nf) is kept in the list of trainers by the chamber if he is a member of the chamber or in the list of trainers kept by the office if the trainer is a European auditor.\n(5) The certificate will also be issued by the office to the European auditor who meets the conditions according to paragraph 1 letter a) and b), if\na) is proven by a valid certificate issued in another member state,\nb) is proven by a confirmation from the authority that issued the license, or from the authority that controls compliance with the requirement of continuous education, which documents their participation in continuous education in the immediately preceding period,\nc) passed the aptitude test according to § 16 .\n(6) On the basis of reciprocity, the office can issue a certificate to an auditor from a third country who meets the conditions according to paragraph 1 letter a) and b), and enable him to perform a statutory audit according to this Act, if\na) is proven by a valid license issued in a third country and submits proof that the audit test he performed in a third country meets the requirements according to § 15 par. 2 ,\nb) is proven by a confirmation from the authority that issued the license or from the authority that controls compliance with the requirement of continuing education, by which they document their participation in continuing education in the immediately preceding period,\nc) passed the aptitude test according to § 16.\n[...]\n§ 5 Conditions for registration in the list of auditing companies\n(1) The Office shall enter in the list of audit companies within two months from the date of delivery of the written request, the details of which are determined by the internal regulations of the Office, a legal entity,\na) in which the majority of voting rights belong to statutory auditors, audit firms, European auditors or audit firms from another Member State who are entered in the relevant list maintained by an office or competent authority in another Member State,\nb) in which the majority of the members of the statutory body of the audit firm are statutory auditors or European auditors; if this legal entity has two members of the statutory body, at least one of them must be a statutory auditor or a European auditor,\n[...]\n§ 7 Registration of third-country auditors and third-country audit firms\n(1) The Office shall also register an auditor from a third country and an auditing company from a third country in the relevant list, if\na) submit an auditor's report regarding the financial statements of an accounting entity registered outside the territory of member countries whose transferable securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market in the Slovak Republic, except for an accounting entity that is the issuer of only outstanding debt securities admitted to trading on a regulated market in the Slovak Republic republic\n1. before December 31, 2010, whose nominal value on the day of issue is at least EUR 50,000 per security or, in the case of debt securities issued in another currency, their nominal value on the day of issue is equal to at least EUR 50,000 per security; an auditor's report regarding the financial statements, issued by an auditor from a third country or an auditing company from a third country, who are not registered in the relevant list, has no legal effects in the Slovak Republic,\n2. from December 31, 2010, whose nominal value on the day of issue is at least EUR 100,000 per security or, in the case of debt securities issued in another currency, their nominal value on the day of issue is equal to at least EUR 100,000 per security; an auditor's report regarding the financial statements, issued by an auditor from a third country or an auditing company from a third country, who are not registered in the relevant list, has no legal effects in the Slovak Republic,\nb) an auditor from a third country performing a statutory audit on behalf of an auditing company from a third country meets conditions that are equivalent to the conditions according to § 3 par. 1 and 2 and § 21 ,\nc) the majority of the members of the statutory body of the auditing company from a third country meet the conditions that are equivalent to the conditions according to § 3 par. 1 and 2 ,\nd) the statutory audit in the accounting unit according to letter a) was performed according to international auditing standards and in accordance with § 21 and § 23 par. 8,\ne) within four months of the end of the accounting period, they published a transparency report on their website, which contains equivalent information to the transparency report according to special regulation 1 ) for the immediately preceding accounting period.\n(2) The Office will not register an auditor from a third country or an auditing company from a third country in the relevant list if they do not prove that they publish a transparency report on their website every year in accordance with paragraph 1 letter e).\n(3) The data provided by the auditor from the third country and the audit company from the third country pursuant to paragraph 1 shall be signed by the auditor or the statutory representative of the audit company. If this information is provided electronically, a guaranteed electronic signature or a guaranteed electronic seal must be used. 17 )\n(4) An auditor from a third country and an auditing company from a third country are obliged to notify the office of a change or deletion of data in accordance with paragraph 1 without delay, no later than within one month.\n(5) An auditor from a third country and an audit company from a third country registered pursuant to paragraph 1 are not subject to a statutory audit quality assurance check pursuant to § 35, if the system of statutory audit quality assurance checks in this country is recognized by the European Commission as equivalent and in the previous three years it was with this auditor or in this audit company has been audited for the quality assurance of the statutory audit by a competent authority in another member state or in a third country.\n(6) An auditor from a third country and an audit company from a third country registered pursuant to paragraph 1 are not subject to supervision pursuant to § 36 and sanctions pursuant to § 64 if they are included in the system of supervision and disciplinary responsibility in the third country and if this system is recognized as equivalent by the European Commission.[...]\" (Act on Statutory Audit No. 423/2015 Coll as amended [google translation])","Act on Statutory Audit No. 423/2015 Coll as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.slov-lex.sk/pravne-predpisy/SK/ZZ/2015/423/\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3536,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZAF","H51","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0064","Foreign shareholding in air carriers providing domestic is limited to 25% of the voting capital and to 50% in South African air carriers entitled to international air transport services.","\"1. Definitions.—In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates—[...]\n“resident of the Republic” means a person who has his or her ordinary residence in the Republic and who is a South African citizen by virtue of the provisions of the South African Citizenship Act, 1995 (Act No. 88 of 1995);\n[...]\n2. Application of Act.—This Act shall apply only to the operation of a domestic air service.\n[…]\n12. Operating of air service.—(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall operate or attempt to operate an air service, unless it is or is to be operated under and in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of an air service licence issued to that person in terms of this Act or deemed to have been so issued.\n[...]\n16. Adjudication of application.—[...] (4) An application is granted and a licence issued or amended, subject to the provisions of this Act, if the applicant satisfies the council—\n(a) that the air service will be operated in a safe and reliable manner;\n(b) [deleted];\n(c) that, subject to the provisions of subsection (5), the applicant— (i) if the applicant is a natural person, is a resident of the Republic; or (ii) if the applicant is not a natural person, is incorporated in the Republic and at least 75 per cent of the voting rights in respect of such person is held by residents of the Republic;\n(d) that the person referred to in paragraph (c) will be actively and effectively in control of the air service; and\n(e) that, subject to the provisions of subsection (6), the aircraft which will be used in operating the air service is a South African aircraft as defined in section 1 of the Aviation Act, 1962 (Act No. 74 of 1962). [...]\" (AIR SERVICES LICENSING ACT NO. 115 OF 1990, as amended)\n----------------------\n\"1. Definitions.—In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates—[...]\n“resident of the Republic” means a resident of the Republic as defined in section 1 of the Air Services Licensing Act, 1990 (Act No. 115 of 1990);\n[...]\n2. Application of Act.—This Act shall apply only to the operation of an international air service.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - INTERNATIONAL AIR SERVICES\n13. Operating of international air service.—(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall use or attempt to use an aircraft to operate an international air service, except under and in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of an international air service licence issued to that person in terms of this Act or deemed to have been so issued.\n(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3), a licence referred to in subsection (1) shall not be required if an aircraft visiting the Republic from time to time and registered in another State is used to operate an international air service, provided that such air service is operated under and in accordance with the provisions and subject to the conditions of— (a) the International Air Services Transit Agreement, signed at Chicago on 7 December 1944; (b) an air transport service agreement; or (c) a foreign licence.\n[...]\n17. Adjudication of application for licence.—[...] (4) The council may, subject to the provisions of this Act, in its discretion grant an application referred to in subsection (1) and issue or amend a licence if the council is satisfied—\n(a) that the applicant is fit and able to operate the international air service; and\n(b) that the international air service concerned can be operated within the structure of the existing international air service system in the Republic.\n(5) For the purposes of subsection (4) (a), an applicant is fit if such applicant satisfies the council—\n(a) that, subject to the provisions of subsection (9), he— (i) if he is a natural person, is a resident of the Republic; or (ii) if he is not a natural person, is incorporated in the Republic and that the voting rights in respect of such person are substantially held by residents of the Republic;\n(b) that the person referred to in paragraph (a) will be actively and effectively in control of the international air service;\n(c) that, subject to the provisions of subsection (10), the aircraft which will be used in operating the international air service is a South African aircraft as defined in section 1 of the Aviation Act, 1962 (Act No. 74 of 1962).[...]\" (INTERNATIONAL AIR SERVICES ACT NO. 60 OF 1993, as amended)","AIR SERVICES LICENSING ACT NO. 115 OF 1990, as amended\nINTERNATIONAL AIR SERVICES ACT NO. 60 OF 1993, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://caa.mylexisnexis.co.za/\">Acts</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,644,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHE","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"8.33E-05","Foreign fund management companies may not establish branches in Switzerland.","\"Art. 52 Duty to obtain authorisation\n1 Authorisation from FINMA is required by financial institutions that have their registered office abroad (foreign financial institutions) and that wish to establish a branch in Switzerland that employs persons who perform any of the following activities in the name of the foreign financial institution on a permanent commercial basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland: [...]\n2 Foreign fund management companies may not establish branches in Switzerland. [...]\" (Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Article 52 [unofficial translation])","Federal Act on Financial Institutions (RO 2018 5247, 15 June 2018), last amended on 18 February 2020, Article 52","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2018/801/en\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1460,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","C19","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.003333333","Foreign investment in midstream and downstream Oil & Gas activities is subject to partnership with Tanzanian-owned local companies holding not less than 25% of the interests in the business.","\"Sub-Part II - Petroleum Rights, Licences and Agreement\n(b) Petroleum Rights and Conditions […]\nExclusive rights conferred to the National Oil Company\n44.-(1) The petroleum operations rights shall be granted to the National Oil Company\n(2) The National Oil Company shall have exclusive right over all petroleum rights granted under this Part. [...]\n(4) The National Oil Company may, subject to the Minister’s consent and on advice by PURA, enter into partnership with a Tanzanian or a foreign entity through an open tendering process or a direct award of a block.\n(5) The licence granted under subsection (1) shall require the National Oil Company to maintain a participating interest of not less than twenty five per cent unless the National Oil Company decides otherwise.\n(6) A company wishing to carry out petroleum operations in Tanzania outside the scope of a reconnaissance permit shall do so together with the National Oil Company. \nPersons who may partner with the National Oil Company\n45. A person is qualified to enter into partnership with the National Oil Company if-\n(a) is a body corporate registered under the Companies Act or any other written law; and\n(b) such entity is of recognized capacity, technical knowledge and financial capability.\n[...]\nSub-Part IV - Licensing of Midstream and Downstream activities\n(a) General requirement for undertaking Mid and downstream activities [...]\nConsideration of the application \n132. In considering an application for a licence, EWURA shall take into account: [...]\n(j) participation of Tanzanians including local companies with not less than twenty five percent participating shares in the business as the case may be in the regulated activities;\n[...]\nPART VIII - GOVERNMENT PARTICIPATION, LOCAL CONTENT, CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND INTEGRITY PLEDGE\nGovernment participation in petroleum and gas activities\n218.-(1) The Government may, through National Oil Company participate in petroleum operations under this Act through a specified participating interest of a licence or contract granted under this Act and in a joint venture established by a joint operating agreement.\n[...]\nProvision of goods and services by Tanzanian entrepreneurs \n219.-(1) A licence holder, contractors and subcontractors shall give preference to goods which are produced or available in Tanzania and services which are rendered by Tanzanian citizens or Local Companies.\n(2) Where goods and services required by the contactor, subcontractor or licence holder are not available in Tanzania, such goods and services shall be provided by a company which has entered into a joint venture with a local company.\n(3) The local company referred to in subsection (2) shall own share of at least twenty five percent in the joint venture or as otherwise provided for in the regulations. \n(4) For purposes of subsections (1) and (2), a licence holder, contractor and subcontractor shall prepare and submit to PURA a procurement plan for a duration of at least five years indicating among others, use of local services in insurance, financial, legal, accounts and health matters and goods produced in Tanzania. [...]\n(9) For the purpose of this section “local company” means a company or subsidiary company incorporated under the Companies Act, which is one hundred percent owned by a Tanzanian citizen or a company that is in a joint venture partnership with a Tanzanian citizen or citizens whose participating share is not less than fifteen percent.\" (THE PETROLEUM ACT, 2015)","THE PETROLEUM ACT, 2015","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.tanzania.go.tz/egov_uploads/documents/THE_PETROLEUM_ACT_2015_No_sw.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,323,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","F41_43","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.001875","Majority foreign investment in construction services, with the exception of structures for delivery of infrastructure public services in the sphere of public utilities or transportation requiring the use of special technology, expertise or apparatus is subject to approval.\n[in the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that in general civil engineering works would qualify under the exception, and therefore is not considered to be restricted]","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; \n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList three. Businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not ready to compete with foreigners  [...]\n10. Construction, with the exception of:\na. Construction of structures for delivery of infrastructure public services in the sphere of public utilities or transportation requiring the use of special apparatuses, machines, technology or expertise, with the minimum capital of five hundred million Baht or upwards from foreigners;\nb. Construction of other types as prescribed in the Ministerial Regulation [...] \"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1916,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00225","Foreign investment in printed media (press) is limited to 49% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex - List one. Businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason:\n1. The Press, radio broadcasting station or radio and television station business[...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"Section 4. In this Act: [...]\n“newspaper” means a printed matter which has the same name thereon and is issued or intended to be issued in continuing sequences, irrespective of whether the time interval is determined or whether there are continuous texts, and shall include a magazine, a journal and a similar printed matter which is called with other name; [...]\n“newspaper proprietor” means a person who owns a newspaper business;\n[...]  \nSection 15. A newspaper proprietor who is a natural person, a printer or a publisher must have the qualifications and not be under any of the prohibitions as follows:\n(1) being not less than twenty years of age; (2) being of Thai nationality; (3) having a regular domicile in the Kingdom; [...]\" (Printing Recordation Act, B.E. 2550 (2007))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).\nPrinting Recordation Act, B.E. 2550 (2007).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/Printing_Recordation_Act_BE_2550_(2007).pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1961,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00225","Foreign investment in printed media (press) is limited to 49% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex - List one. Businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason:\n1. The Press, radio broadcasting station or radio and television station business[...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"Section 4. In this Act: [...]\n“newspaper” means a printed matter which has the same name thereon and is issued or intended to be issued in continuing sequences, irrespective of whether the time interval is determined or whether there are continuous texts, and shall include a magazine, a journal and a similar printed matter which is called with other name; [...]\n“newspaper proprietor” means a person who owns a newspaper business;\n[...]  \nSection 15. A newspaper proprietor who is a natural person, a printer or a publisher must have the qualifications and not be under any of the prohibitions as follows:\n(1) being not less than twenty years of age; (2) being of Thai nationality; (3) having a regular domicile in the Kingdom; [...]\" (Printing Recordation Act, B.E. 2550 (2007))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).\nPrinting Recordation Act, B.E. 2550 (2007).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://web.krisdika.go.th/data/outsitedata/outsite21/file/Printing_Recordation_Act_BE_2550_(2007).pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1961,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H4921_4922","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0002","The majority of the board of directors, as well as the president, general director or manager, must be Tunisian nationals in companies carrying out commercial road freight transport, tourist transport, vehicle rental, freight forwarders and non-regular public road transport of passenger by taxis, hire cards and rural transport.","\"First article. - The purpose of this law is to organize the land transport of people and goods and to set the rules and conditions for the exercise of the activity in this field.\nLand transport includes, within the meaning of this law, rail transport, road transport and vehicle rental.\nInternal land transport is considered to be any transport carried out between two points located on national territory by means of road or rail transport. Other land transport operations are considered international land transport.\n[...]\nArt. 22. - The organization of non-regular public road transport of persons is fixed by decree. The maximum age of the cars used and their technical specifications, the methods for fixing the routes of collective taxis and rental cars and rural transport, as well as the general rules relating to the operation are fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport. \n[...]\nArt. 25. - The exercise of the various tourist transport activities is subject to specifications and prior declarations to the competent services of the ministry in charge of transport.\nA joint decree of the ministers responsible for transport and tourism establishes the list of these activities and approves the related specifications.\n[...]\nArt. 28. - The exercise of the activity of road transport of goods for the account of others, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight is less than or equal to a threshold fixed by order of the Minister in charge of transport, is free and is not subject to authorization or declaration.\nThe exercise of this same activity, by means of vehicles whose total authorized weight exceeds the threshold referred to in the first paragraph of this article, is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 30. - The operation of freight centers is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport.\nThese specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\n[...]\nArt. 33. - The exercise of the rental activity of each category or set of categories of vehicles intended for the transport of people or goods is subject to specifications and a prior declaration to the competent services of the ministry responsible for transport . These specifications are approved by order of the Minister responsible for transport.\nArt. 34. - The person wishing to exercise one of the activities mentioned in articles 22, 25, 28, 30 and 33 of this law, must fulfill the conditions fixed by decree, relating to nationality and professional qualifications. [...]\" (Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1 - The purpose of this governmental decree is to set the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification for the exercise of the following activities:\n1- Tourist transport;\n2- Vehicle rental,\n3- Road transport of goods on behalf of others,\n4- The operation of freight centers,\n5- Non-regular public road transport of people by taxis, hire cars and rural transport.\n[...]\nArt. 3 - The legal person wishing to exercise one of the activities provided for in article 1 of this decree must be of Tunisian nationality in accordance with the provisions of Decree-Law 61-14 of August 30, 1961 referred to below or possibly obtain the agreement of the higher investment commission provided for in article 23 of the investment incentive code promulgated by law No. 93-120 of December 27, 1993 if the rate of participation of foreigners in the capital of the company is greater than 50%.\nArticle 4 - The activities provided for in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of article 1 of this government decree can only be carried out by legal persons and the activity provided for in paragraph 5 of article 1 of this government decree cannot be carried out. be exercised only by natural persons.[...]\" (Decree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Art. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"First article. - The purpose of this decree is to organize the non-regular public road transport of people by individual taxi cars, collective taxis, grand touring taxis, hire, rural transport and occasional transport.\nArt. 2. - The authorization to exercise the activity of non-scheduled public road transport of persons can be granted to a natural or legal person with the exception of rural transport which only natural persons are authorized to exercise and occasional transport that only legal persons are authorized to exercise.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - The authorization to exercise one of the activities mentioned in article 1 of this decree is granted to the legal person who justifies the following:\n- have fulfilled the conditions relating to nationality and professional qualification set by Decree No. 2006-2118 of July 31, 2006 referred to above,[...]\" (Decree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 1: The forwarder is the person who performs on behalf of the shipper or recipient of legal acts and material operations related to the international transport of goods.\nHe may also organize or have all or part of the international transport of goods carried out, including related operations, in particular those relating to insurance, packaging, groupage, pointing, allotment, security, etc. warehousing and delivery. It may also, subject to the regulations in force, charter any means of international transport of goods as well as containers and trailers.\nHe performs the administrative procedures required by the transport and its related operations, including customs formalities if he is authorized to do so, otherwise has them carried out.\n[...]\nArt. 4. - Persons of foreign nationality may exercise the activity of forwarding agent when authorized to do so under international agreements in force, and this, subject to reciprocity.\nIn the absence of such agreements, the exercise of the activity of forwarding agent by foreigners is subject to the laws and regulations in force governing the investments and participation of foreigners.[...]\" (Law on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4 [google translation])","Law on the organization of land transport (No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004), as amended by Law n° 2006-55 of 28 July 2006, Articles 1, 22, 25, 28, 30, 33 and 34\nDecree setting the conditions relating to the nationality and professional qualification of the person wishing to exercise one of the planned activities in Articles 22, 25, 28, 30, and 33 of Law No. 2004-33 of 19 April 2004 on the organization of land transport (No. 2006-2118 of 31 July 2006), as amended and supplemented by Decree No. 2016-1101 of 15 August 2016, Articles 1, 3 and 4\nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3\nDecree on the organization of non-regular road public transport of people (n° 2007-2202 of 3 September 2007), as amended by Decree n° 2012-3128 of 4 December 2012, Articles 1, 2 and 4\nLaw on freight forwarders (n ° 95-32 of 14 April 1995), as amended by Law n° 2008-43 of 21 July 2008, Articles 1 and 4","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.transport.tn/fr/terrestre/reglement\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/84070?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/77824?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/83267?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112612?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109855?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1718,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.0001","Auxiliary services to maritime transport, with the exception of port infrastructure operation, may be carried out by Tunisian natural or legal persons. By virtue of Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities, legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet specified conditions, including that the majority of the board of directors, as well as the president, general director or manager, must be Tunisian nationals.","\"Article 2 - Sea ports are created by the State or within the framework of a construction and operation concession granted by the State under a contract and specifications approved by decree on a proposal from the Minister concerned by the port's activity.\nThe conditions and procedures for the creation and extension of seaports are set by decree on a proposal from the Minister responsible for equipment after consulting the Minister responsible for transport, the Minister responsible for fisheries and the Minister responsible for tourism.\n[...]\nArticle 22 - The concession of the public domain of ports, tools, equipment and port services is granted in accordance with the legislation in force.\n[...]\nArticle 119 - With the exception of the professions provided for by the legislation in force and relating to the maritime professions, freight forwarders and customs brokers, the exercise of professions in the port is subject to the following conditions:\n- the natural or legal person wishing to exercise one of the professions in the port must be of Tunisian nationality, [...]\" (Maritime Ports Code (Law n° 2009-48 of 8 July 2009), Articles 2, 22 and 119 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1 - The organization of maritime professions is governed by this law, the provisions of which are applicable to persons who carry out or contribute to the operation, upkeep and maintenance of merchant ships when these persons are established in Tunisia or when they exercise their activities on Tunisian territory or in waters under Tunisian sovereignty.\nThe provisions of this law do not apply to the operation of foreign vessels in national cabotage or in international transport from or to Tunisia, which remains governed by the appropriate provisions of international law and Tunisian law.\nArt. 2 - Are considered as maritime profession, within the meaning of this law, the professions exercised by the following persons:\n1- The pilot, the owner, the maritime carrier, the consignee of ships, the consignee of the cargo and the handling contractor as defined respectively in articles 64, 130, 165, 167, 168 and 169 of the maritime trade code.\n2- The charter broker: this is the broker who undertakes to find a person to put him in touch with another, in return for a commission, in order to carry out the following operations:\n- maritime transport,\n- the sale and charter of ships,\n[...]\nArt. 3 - With the exception of the professions of maritime surveyor and pilot, maritime professions can only be exercised by a legal person.\n[...]\nArt. 6 - Persons of foreign nationality may exercise one of the maritime professions when they are authorized to do so under the international agreements in force, and this, subject to reciprocity.\nIn the absence of such agreements, the exercise of one of the maritime professions by persons of foreign nationality is subject to the laws and regulations in force governing the investments and participation of foreigners.[...]\"\n(Law on the organization of maritime professions (n ° 2008-44 of 21 July 2008), Articles 1, 2, 3 and 6 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Art. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3 [google translation])","Maritime Ports Code (Law n° 2009-48 of 8 July 2009), Articles 2, 22 and 119\nLaw on the organization of maritime professions (n ° 2008-44 of 21 July 2008), Articles 1, 2, 3 and 6 \nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109702?ln=fr\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109856?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1713,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","M691X1","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2021,"0.000078125","The members of the board of directors, the managers and the members of the supervisory board of a law firm (société professionnelle d'avocats) must be registered lawyers. Tunisian nationality (for at least five years prior) is required in order to register as a lawyer (avocat).","\"Art. 2 - The lawyer is exclusively invested with the mission of representing the parties, whatever their legal status, of defending them, assisting them, advising them and carrying out on their behalf all the procedures before the courts and all the judicial bodies, administrative, disciplinary and regulatory matters as well as before the judicial police, in accordance with the legislative provisions relating to civil, commercial, fiscal and criminal proceedings.\nThe lawyer has exclusive competence in terms of drafting the articles of association of companies, increasing or reducing their capital, whenever there is a contribution to goodwill.\nHe is also exclusively competent in matters of drafting of contracts and deeds of transfer of real estate property and contracts of real estate contributions in the capital of commercial companies, without however encroaching on the area, reserved by law, to notaries and drafters of 'acts relating to the conservation of land ownership.\nActs performed by a person other than those mentioned above are null and void.\nThe lawyer can in particular exercise missions of arbitration, mediation, conciliation, sequestration, amicable liquidation, as he can be in charge of the contracts of mandate and the operations of negotiation and representation with the tax and administrative services as well as training missions.\nHe can represent his clients or assist them in general meetings or in collective management structures in accordance with the provisions mentioned in the statutes of commercial companies.\nThe lawyer registered in cassation can be a member of the boards of directors or of the supervisory boards of commercial companies.\nWithin the framework of his skills, the lawyer performs the missions assigned to him by the courts as well as other bodies\njurisdictional or regulatory.\nHe can also exercise the functions of sports agent or artist's agent or agent in matters of intellectual or industrial property or undertake missions of federation.\nThe lawyer may move freely outside his office and, if necessary, outside Tunisian territory for the purpose of performing the aforementioned tasks as long as this does not derogate from the laws and regulations in force in the States concerned.\nArt. 3 - While taking into account international conventions, practice the profession of lawyer, on a permanent or temporary basis, only those who are registered on the list of lawyers. The candidate for registration must meet the following conditions:\n- have been of Tunisian nationality for at least five years,\n[...]\nArt. 18 - The non-practicing lawyer is the lawyer previously listed on the order board and who has suffered an incident which prevents him from continuing to practice his profession.\n[...]\nArt. 21 - The retired lawyer is entered in the third part of the list of lawyers. The honorary title is conferred on the retired lawyer by decision of the Council of the National Bar Association, in recognition of the important services he has rendered in favor of the profession. This decision is notified by the President of the Bar to the Minister of Justice and to the person concerned.\n[...]\nArt. 27 - The lawyer practices his profession individually or in partnership with other lawyers within the framework of a professional society of lawyers governed by the legislation in force.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the organization of the legal profession (No. 2011-79 of 20 August 2011), Articles 2, 3, 18, 21 and 27 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Art. 4. - The profession of lawyer can be exercised within the framework of public limited companies or limited liability companies subject to the provisions of this law as well as those of the Commercial Code which are not contrary to them.\nArt. 5. - The share capital is made up of contributions from lawyers practicing in the company. Lawyers in a state of non-practice or retirement may participate in the share capital provided that the total of their contributions does not exceed one third.\n[...]\nArt. 9. - The members of the board of directors, the managers of the professional society and the members of the supervisory board must be included among the lawyers registered, at least, in the list of lawyers at the court of appeal.\nArt. 10. - Shares in professional limited companies can only be registered and are not negotiable on the stock exchange. The transfer of shares is free between the partners unless otherwise stipulated in the constituting act, and provided that at least two-thirds of the share capital remains in the property of the practicing lawyer partners.\nShares in professional limited companies can only be transferred to lawyers outside the company with the consent of two-thirds of the number of practicing partners. In professional limited liability companies, shares may only be transferred to third party lawyers with the consent of three quarters of the number of practicing partners.[...]\" (Law relating to professional associations of lawyers (n° 98-65 of 20 July 1998), Articles 4, 5, 9 and 10 [google translation])","Decree-Law on the organization of the legal profession (No. 2011-79 of 20 August 2011), Articles 2, 3, 18, 21 and 27\nLaw relating to professional associations of lawyers (n° 98-65 of 20 July 1998), Articles 4, 5, 9 and 10","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/80408?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/112095?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1735,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0008","The president and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other managing officers of a national air carrier must be citizens of the United States.","\"§41101. Requirement for a certificate\n(a) General.—Except as provided in this chapter or another law—\n(1) an air carrier may provide air transportation only if the air carrier holds a certificate issued under this chapter authorizing the air transportation;\n(2) a charter air carrier may provide charter air transportation only if the charter air carrier holds a certificate issued under this chapter authorizing the charter air transportation; and\n(3) an air carrier may provide all-cargo air transportation only if the air carrier holds a certificate issued under this chapter authorizing the all-cargo air transportation.\n[...]\n§41102. General, temporary, and charter air transportation certificates of air carriers\n(a) Issuance.—The Secretary of Transportation may issue a certificate of public convenience and necessity to a citizen of the United States authorizing the citizen to provide any part of the following air transportation the citizen has applied for under section 41108 of this title:\n(1) air transportation as an air carrier.\n(2) temporary air transportation as an air carrier for a limited period.\n(3) charter air transportation as a charter air carrier.\n[...]\n§41103. All-cargo air transportation certificates of air carriers\n(a) Applications.-A citizen of the United States may apply to the Secretary of Transportation for a certificate authorizing the citizen to provide all-cargo air transportation. [...]\n§41301. Requirement for a permit\nA foreign air carrier may provide foreign air transportation only if the foreign air carrier holds a permit issued under this chapter authorizing the foreign air transportation.[...]\" (Transportation Code (49 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 41101, 41102, 41103 and 41301)\n-----------------------\n\"§ 204.2 Definitions.\nAs used in this part:  [...]\n(c) Citizen of the United States  means: \n(1) An individual who is a citizen of the United States; \n(2) A partnership each of whose partners is an individual who is a citizen of the United States; or \n(3) A corporation or association organized under the laws of the United States or a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States, of which the president and at least two-thirds of the board of directors and other managing officers are citizens of the United States, which is under the actual control of citizens of the United States, and in which at least 75 percent of the voting interest is owned or controlled by persons that are citizens of the United States. [...]\" (Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) § 204.2)","Transportation Code (49 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), §§ 41101, 41102 and 41103\nCode of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) § 204.2","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid%3AUSC-prelim-title49-subtitle7-partA-subpart2&saved=%7CZ3JhbnVsZWlkOlVTQy1wcmVsaW0tdGl0bGU0OS1zZWN0aW9uNDExMDM%3D%7C%7C%7C0%7Cfalse%7Cprelim&edition=prelim\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-14/chapter-II/subchapter-A/part-204/subpart-A/section-204.2\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1579,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.006","No foreign citizen or corporation organized under foreign laws may hold a broadcast license directly. Direct foreign ownership in a US corporation holding a broadcast license is limited to 20%. Indirect foreign ownership is limited to 25% unless the Federal Communications Commission finds that it would serve the public interest.","\"§310. License ownership restrictions [...]\n(b) Grant to or holding by alien or representative, foreign corporation, etc.\nNo broadcast or common carrier or aeronautical en route or aeronautical fixed radio station license shall be granted to or held by-\n(1) any alien or the representative of any alien;\n(2) any corporation organized under the laws of any foreign government;\n(3) any corporation of which more than one-fifth of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens or their representatives or by a foreign government or representative thereof or by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country;\n(4) any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than one-fourth of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens, their representatives, or by a foreign government or representative thereof, or by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country, if the Commission finds that the public interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license. [...]\" (Communications Act (47 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 310)","Communications Act (47 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 310","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:47%20section:310%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title47-section310)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1575,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H502","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0048","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Decree - Law 14,650, of May 12, 1977 and Decree 383/978, of July 3, 1978). [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,856,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H51","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2023,"0.0024","Domestic air transport operations are reserved to citizen-owned, citizen empowered company or citizen influenced companies. Foreign air operators can, however, be authorised by the Minister to perform international air transport services. ","2. (1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“ airport services ” means services provided at an aerodrome which are essential for safe air traffic operations and includes but is not limited to the following: (a) ground handling of civil aircraft, passengers, baggage, freight or mail;\n(b) fire fighting; (c) medical services for flight crew members and passengers; (d) the supply of civil aircraft with fuel and lubricants; (e) protection services against acts of unlawful interference to civil aircraft; (f) in flight catering services; (g) conveniences for passengers and other airport users; and (h) services by self-service handling provider;[...]\n“ air service ” means any scheduled air service performed by aircraft for the public transport of passengers, mail or cargo; [...]\n“ citizen ” means— (a) an individual who is a Zambian citizen; (b) a partnership of which each member is a Zambian citizen; or (c) a citizen owned company, citizen empowered company or citizen influenced company, as defined in the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act,\n2006;\n[...]\nPART IV - AIR SERVICES [...]\n29. (1) An application for an air services permit shall be made to the Minister in a prescribed form and shall be accompanied with such fees as may be prescribed in accordance with section forty-four.\n(2) An application for an air services permit shall— [...]\n(c) comply with sections fifty-three, fifty-four, fifty-eight and fifty-nine of the Civil Aviation Authority Act, 2012.\n[...]\n105. (1) A person shall not provide airport services without a permit for the provision of airport services issued under this Part.\n(2) A commercial entity shall not be granted a permit for provision of airport services unless—\n(a) its principal place of business and its registered office are located in Zambia;\n(b) a minimum of ten percent of the commercial entity’s shares are owned by citizens; and\n(c) it pays the prescribed fee for issuance of the permit. \n[...]\n113. If the Minister, in consultation with the Authority, determines that other countries have not provided providers of airport services who are citizens of Zambia with—\n(a) the same treatment that providers of airport services of those countries have in Zambia; or\n(b) the same treatment received by providers of airport services from third parties;\nthe Minister shall wholly or partially cease the obligations arising from those countries.[...]\" (CIVIL AVIATION ACT, 2016)\n-------------------\n\"(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires –[...]\n\"air operator\" means any person who undertakes to engage in domestic commercial air transport or international commercial air transport, whether directly or indirectly or by a lease or any other arrangement;\n\"air operator certificate\" means a certificate authorising an operator to carry out specified commercial air transport operations and attesting to the fact that the operator is properly and adequately equipped for safe operations in commercial air transport and maintenance of aircraft;\n\"citizen\" means –\n(a) an individual who is a Zambian citizen;\n(b) a partnership of which each member is a Zambian citizen; or\n(c) a citizen-owned company, a citizen-empowered company, citizen-influenced company, as defined in the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 [Act No. 9 of 2006];\n[...]\n52. Air operator certificate\n(1) A person desiring to operate as an air operator, and who is a citizen, may file, with the Director-General, an application for an air operator certificate in the form, and containing such information, as may be prescribed under section fifty-five.\n[...]\n53. Commercial air transport permit\n(1) An air operator shall not engage in any commercial air transport unless the operator holds a permit issued by the Minister under the Air Services Act [Cap. 446] and complies with this Act.\n[...]\n54. Permit to foreign air operator\n(1) A foreign air operator shall not engage in commercial air transport within, to and from Zambia unless the operator holds a permit issued by the Minister under the Air Services Act [Cap 446] and complies with this Act.\n(2) Notwithstanding the Air Services Act [Cap 446], the Minister may issue a commercial air transport permit to a foreign operator if the Minister finds that the applicant is- (a) capable of properly performing international commercial air transport and to conforming to the provisions of this Act and the regulations, orders, notices, circulars, directives, and requirements issued under this Act; and\n(b) qualified, and has been designated by the applicant's government, to perform international commercial air transport under the terms of an agreement with Zambia, or that such transportation shall be in the public interest.[...]\" (Civil Aviation Authority Act, 2012)\n-------------\n3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006))\n","CIVIL AVIATION ACT, 2016\nCIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT, 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.parliament.gov.zm/sites/default/files/documents/acts/The%20Civil%20Aviation%20Act,%202016.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.caa.co.zm/ajax/viewfile.php?id=121\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,376,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","K661","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.000166667","Investement advisor and securities brokerage firms are required to be locally incorporated in Zambia. Branches of foreign companies are not allowed.","SCHEDULE (Rules 4-7)\nPART I-  STRUCTURE AND OPERATION OF A COLLECTIVE INVESTMENT SCHEME\nSECTION A-ROLE OF THE TRUSTEE/CUSTODIAN\n2. A trustee/custodian shall be- Qualifications for appointment\n(a) a bank registered under the Banking Act, or licensed or registered under any Act amending or replacing that Act; or (b) a trust company which is a subsidiary of such a bank; or (c) a trust company registered under the Companies Act; or (d) a banking institution or trust company incorporated outside Zambia, which has a subsidiary incorporated in Zambia, and which is acceptable to the Commission.\n[...]\nSECTION B-ROLE OF THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY AND AUDITOR\n7. Every collective investment scheme for which authorisation is requested shall appoint a management company acceptable to the Commission, except as provided for self-managed schemes below.\n8. A management company shall- Requirements for management company\n(a) be engaged primarily in the business of fund management; (b) have sufficient financial resources at its disposal to enable it to conduct its business effectively and meet its liabilities; in particular, it shall have a minimum issued and paid-up capital and capital reserves of\nten million kwacha or its equivalent in foreign currency; (c) not lend to a material extent; and (d) maintain at all times a positive net asset position.\n[...]\n12. (1) The type of licence required depends on the functions performed by the management company in Zambia. \n(2) Except as provided by subclause (3), a management company that is incorporated in Zambia shall be licensed as an investment adviser under the Act.\n(3) However, should it undertake the distribution function in Zambia or otherwise deal in securities, it shall be licensed as a dealer.[...]\" (Securities (Collective Investment Schemes) Rules, S. I 1631 of 1993)\n","Securities (Collective Investment Schemes) Rules, S. I 1631 of 1993","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.seczambia.org.zm/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/THE-SECURITIES-COLLECTIVE-INVESTMENT-SCHEMES-RULES.pdf\">Rule</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,381,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","J60","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.000375","Directors of a radio & TV broadcasting company must be Zimbabwean citizens. ","\"8. Persons disqualified to be licensed\n(1) Subject to subsection (3), a broadcasting licence shall be issued only to individuals who are citizens of Zimbabwe or to a body corporate in which a controlling interest is held, whether through any individual, company or association or otherwise, by one or more individuals who are citizens of Zimbabwe.\n(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) \"controlling interest\" means—\n(a) in relation to the corporate structure of the body corporate—\n(i) all of the securities in the body corporate; or\n(ii) securities representing all of the share capital of the body corporate; or\n(iii) securities equivalent in value to one hundred per centum of the share capital of the body corporate; or\n(iv) securities entitling the holders thereof to all the votes in the affairs of the body corporate.\n(b) in relation to the governance of the body corporate, that the majority of persons who—\n(i) determine the policy of the broadcasting service; or\n(ii) manage the day-to-day operations of the broadcasting service;\nare Zimbabwean citizens. [...]\n(8) Notwithstanding subsection (1) and (2) the Minister may at his or her absolute discretion grant exemptions from those provisions and permit the Authority to issue any broadcasting licence to an individual or body corporate approved by the Minister in which the controlling interest or any portion thereof is held by persons who are not citizens of Zimbabwe.\n[...]\n22. Prohibition against non citizens becoming directors of licensees\nNo person other than a citizen of Zimbabwe shall be a director of a licensee[...]\" (Broadcasting Services Act (Chapter 12:06), 2001)","Broadcasting Services Act (Chapter 12:06), 2001","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.jsc.org.zw/jscbackend/upload/Acts/2014/1206updated.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,412,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","J61","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.024","Foreign shareholding in a telecommunications company is limited to 49%.","\"2 Interpretation\n(1) In this Act - [...]\n“cellular telecommunication licence” means a licence that authorises the licensee to provide a cellular telecommunication service or operate a cellular telecommunication system; [...]\n“licence” means a cellular telecommunication licence, a postal licence, a radio station licence, a telecommunication licence or a private telecommunication licence, as the case may be, issued in terms of section thirty-seven; [...]\n“telecommunication licence” means a licence authorising the licensee to provide a telecommunication service or operate a telecommunication system, other than a private telecommunication service or system; [...]\n“telecommunication system” means any system by means of which signs, signals, sounds, pictures or communications are conveyed by the agency of electricity, magnetism or electromagnetism or by any agency of a like nature, whether with or without the aid of wires, and includes telephony and telegraphy and any improvements and developments thereof; \n[...]\n36 Persons disqualified to be licensed\n(1) The Authority shall not issue a cellular telecommunication licence, postal licence or telecommunication licence to any person other than a body corporate in which a controlling interest is held, directly or indirectly, whether through any individual, company or association or otherwise, by one or more individuals who are citizens of Zimbabwe and ordinarily resident in Zimbabwe: Provided that a licence may be issued to a body corporate in which no such controlling interest is held, subject to the condition that, within a period specified in the licence, a controlling interest is held by one or more such individuals.\n(2) For the purposes of this section “controlling interest”, in relation to a body corporate holding a cellular telecommunication licence, postal licence, radio station licence or telecommunication licence, means (a) the majority of shares in the body corporate; or (b) shares representing more than half the share capital of the body corporate; or (c) shares of a value in excess of half the share capital of the body corporate; or (d) shares entitling the holders thereof to a majority or preponderance of votes in the affairs of the body corporate.[...]\" (Postal and Telecommunications Act, [Chapter 12:05] of 2001, as amended)","Postal and Telecommunications Act, [Chapter 12:05] of 2001, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.jsc.org.zw/jscbackend/upload/Acts/2014/1205updated.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,413,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","G45_46","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.009","According to the supplementary finance law for 2020, foreign acquisition of equity held by other foreign parties in an Algerian entity operating in distribution activities or other strategic setors,as defined in the law, is subject to government authorization.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n---------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to the April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.commerce.gov.dz/reglementation/decret-executif-n-deg-21-145-du-17-avril-2021-jo-n-deg-30-du-22-avril-2021\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1817,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","G45_47","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.045","Until 2019, foreign shareholding in all Algerian companies were limited to 49% of its voting capital. In 2020, the supplementary finance law for 2020, published in the Official Gazette on 4 June 2020, repealed the previouslly applied 51/49 rule that prevented foreigners from acquisition majority-ownership in Algeria companies, except for distribution activities (including wholesale and retail activities) and strategic sectors (such as energy, mining, defense, transportation, infrastructure, and pharmaceuticals manufacturing (excluding innovative products) for which the 51/49 rule remained applicable.\nOn 30 December 2021, the Algerian Government enacted the Finance Act for 2022. The Act re-confirmed the application of the 51/49 ownership rule for companies engaged in distribution and strategic activities, and further clarified/added that the activity of 'importing raw materials' is also those subject to the 51/49 rule.","\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. —  Excluding the activity of importing raw materials, products and goods intended for resale as is and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 of Law No. 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 relating to the complementary finance law for 2020, which remain subject to a 51% resident national shareholding participation, any other activity of production of goods and services, is open to foreign investment without obligation of association with a local partner.” (Law No. 21-16 of 25 Joumada El Oula 1443 corresponding to December 30, 2021 relating to the finance law for 2022, Article 49 [google translation])\n-----------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------\n\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 49. — Excluding product purchase and resale activities and those of a strategic nature, falling within the sectors defined in Article 50 below, which remain subject to participation by resident national shareholders of up to 51 %, any other activity of production of goods and services is open to foreign investment without the obligation of association with a local party.\nArt. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries of non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the network for the distribution and transmission of electrical energy by cable and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by overhead or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to military industries under the Ministry of National Defence;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments related to the manufacture of essential innovative products, with high added value, requiring complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export.\nThe terms of application of this measure are specified, as necessary, by regulation.\n[...]\nArt. 52. — Any transfer of shares by foreign parties to other foreign parties, of the share capital of an entity governed by Algerian law carrying out one of the strategic activities defined in article 51 of this law, is subject to authorization from the Government. [...]\" (Law n° 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020)\n-----------------------\n\"Article 1. — Pursuant to the provisions of Article 50, as amended, of Law No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 referred to above, the purpose of this decree is to establish the list of activities with a strategic nature falling within the sectors of energy and mining, the pharmaceutical industry and transport, subject to a participation of resident national shareholders of up to 51%.\n[...]\nArt. 3. — The list of activities of a strategic nature relating to the sectors referred to in Article 1 above, is set out in the appendix attached to this decree.[...]\" (Executive Decree No. 21-145 of 5 Ramadhan 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature)","Law No. 21-16 of 25 Joumada El Oula 1443 corresponding to December 30, 2021 relating to the finance law for 2022, Article 49\nLaw No. 20-07 of Chaoual 12, 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 on the supplementary finance law for 2020\nExecutive Decree No. 21-145 of Ramadhan 5, 1442 corresponding to April 17, 2021 setting the list of activities of a strategic nature","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.joradp.dz/FTP/jo-francais/2021/F2021100.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"Law\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"Decree\">https//www.joradp.dz/FTP/JO-FRANCAIS/2020/F2020033.pdf</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3013,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.00075","Commercial fishing in Angola's territorial sea and interior waters is reserved to Angolan citizens and companies (defined as companies wholly or majority-owned and controlled by Angolan citizens). Commercial fishing licenses for fisihng in Angola's Exclusive Economic Zone can be granted to foerign and foreign majority-owned firms in association with in Angolan companies.","\"Article 1 (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this law and its regulations, it is understood as: [...]\n1. 'Fisheries-related activities' means all activities related to the exploitation of aquatic biological resources and include, in particular, the processing, storage, transport and marketing of fish and/or fish-derived products, as well as aquaculture. [...]\n28. 'foreign fishing vessel' means a vessel registered in a foreign country under the legislation applicable in that country.\n29. «Angolan fishing vessel» means a fishing vessel registered in Angola which: a) Is fully owned or over which one or more Angolan persons exercise control powers; b) Has renounced the foreign flag, if applicable; c) Be registered with the Captaincy of Porto and with the Commercial Registry Office of Angola.\n30. «Angolan company»:\na) a company in an individual name or in a corporate form, legally or regularly established or incorporated, with headquarters in national territory, which is entirely owned by Angolan citizens, either individually or in the family, or which, at least, 51% of the share capital is property of Angolan citizens or Angolan companies in which the majority or all of the share capital is held by Angolan citizens and that these exercise effective control of the company or society; [...]\n64. «Angolan person»:\na) the Angolan citizen under the terms of the Nationality Law;\nb) the Angolan company as defined in paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by the present law;\nc) any other legal person, wholly or mainly owned by Angolan citizens or Angolan companies, as defined in subparagraph a) of paragraph 30 of article 1, as amended by this law, and where they exercise effective control over the legal person.\n[...]\nArticle 31 (Ownership of Fishing Rights)\n1. Natural or legal persons, nationals or foreigners, who fulfill the requirements set out in this law and in the legislation that regulates it, may be holders of fishing rights.\n2. Commercial fishing rights are only granted to natural or legal persons with good repute and technical capacity for the type of fishing they intend to carry out and who fulfill other requirements set out in this law and in a regulation approved by the Council of Ministers.\n3. Artisanal fishing rights are only granted to Angolan people.\nArticle 32 (Priorities in the Granting of Fishing Rights)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, the SADC Fisheries Protocol and international agreements to which Angola is a party, Angolan people have preference in granting fishing rights.\n2. Fishing rights in the territorial sea are granted exclusively to Angolan persons or to natural or legal persons who are nationals of SADC member states in relation to which there is reciprocity.\n3. Fishing rights in international rivers and in continental waters under Angolan jurisdiction are exclusively granted to Angolan people.\n4. Fishing rights at sea beyond 12 nautical miles are only granted to foreign natural or legal persons, provided they are in association with Angolan persons.\n[...]\nArticle 118 (Licensing)\n1. The exercise of fishing activities on the high seas by vessels flying the Angolan flag is subject to licensing by the competent Ministry, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.\n2. The attribution of a fishing license on the high seas to fishing vessels flying a foreign flag is prohibited.\n[...]\nArticle 205 (Licensing of Activities)\n1. Aquaculture activities can only be carried out after licensing, under the terms that may be defined in regulation, by the Ministry, by the competent provincial or municipal bodies.\n2. All natural or legal persons, national or foreign, who intend to carry out aquaculture activities must apply for a license to the competent Minister, under the terms that may be defined in the regulation.[...]\" (Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation])","Law No. 6-A/04 on Aquatic Biological Resources [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang50971.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,577,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUS","J58_63","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, certain 'significant actions' can be prohibited by the Treasury if considered to be contrary to the 'national interest'. These include actions to acquire interests in securities, assets or Australian land, and actions taken in relation to entities (being corporations and unit trusts) and businesses, that have a connection to Australia. In general, a change in control and meeting a monetary threshold test are required for an action to be significant. \nHowever, in the case of 'Australian media businesses' (publishing daily newspapers, broadcasting television or radio, certain electronic service providers who deliver content consisting predominately of news), the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 stipulates that a foreign person acquiring an interest of at least 5% in an entity or business that wholly or partly carries on an Australian media business is both a significant action and a 'notifiable action'. Hence, no monetary threshold test nor a requirement for a change of control apply to such acquisitions.  As a 'notifiable action', the foreign acquisition in an Australian media business must be notified to the Treasury before the action can be taken.\nThe national interest, and what would be contrary to it, is not defined in the Act or the Regulation. Assessments are made on a case-by-case basis. However, a Foreign Investment Policy document states that the Government typically considers the following factors when assessing foreign investment proposals: national security; competition; other Australian government policies, including tax; impact on the economy and the community and the character of the investor. \nFrom 1 January 2021, the temporary $0 screening thresholds, introduced in 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, no longer apply. Instead, the prior tiered threshold regime is reinstated. However, as explained above, no threshold test (or, in other words, a $0 threshold) applies with regard to media businesses. From 1 January 2021, amendments to the Act and Regulation introduced, among other changes, the possibility to screen certain investments under a narrower 'national security test' when these investments do not meet the monetary and control thresholds of the already existing mechanisms but nonetheless pose national security concerns. For the purposes of the national security test, two new categories of actions, 'notifiable national security actions' and 'revieweable national security actions', and the concept of 'national security business', were introduced in the Act and Regulation. Examples of national security businesses include responsible entities and direct interest holders of critical infrastructure assets, as defined in the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018, and carriers or nominated carriage service providers to which the Telecommunications Act 1997 applies.",{"$cut":{"chars":20268,"head":"\"4 Dictionary of definitions\n In this Act: [...]\nforeign person means:\n (a) an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia; or\n (b) a corporation in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (c) a corporation in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (d) the trustee of a trust in which an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government holds a substantial interest; or\n (e) the trustee of a trust in which 2 or more persons, each of whom is an individual not ordinarily resident in Australia, a foreign corporation or a foreign government, hold an aggregate substantial interest; or\n (f) a foreign government; or\n (g) any other person, or any other person that meets the conditions, prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nnational security business has the meaning prescribed by the regulations. [...]\nsubstantial interest: a person holds a substantial interest in an entity, trust or unincorporated limited partnership if:\n (a) for an entity or unincorporated limited partnership—the person holds an interest of at least 20% in the entity or partnership; or\n (b) for a trust (including a unit trust)—the person, together with any one or more associates, holds a beneficial interest in at least 20% of the income or property of the trust.\n[...]\n40 Meaning of significant action—entities\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian entity that is an agribusiness;\n (b) to acquire interests in securities in an entity;\n (c) to issue securities in an entity; [...]\nSecond condition—threshold\n (3) The second condition is that the threshold test is met in relation to the entity (see Subdivision B of Division 4).\nThird condition—kinds of entities covered\n (4) The third condition (except if paragraph (2)(a) applies) is that the entity is the following:\n (a) for an acquisition of interests in shares or an issue of shares:\n (i) a corporation that is a relevant entity that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity of such a corporation;\n (b) for any other action relating to a corporation:\n (i) an Australian corporation that carries on an Australian business, whether alone or together with one or more other persons; or\n (ii) the holding entity (other than a foreign corporation) of such a corporation;\n (c) for an action relating to a unit trust:\n (i) an Australian unit trust; or\n (ii) a holding entity of an Australian unit trust.\nLast condition—action taken by a foreign person\n (5) If paragraph (2)(a) applies, the last condition is that the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person.\nLast condition—action results in change in control\n (6) If any of paragraphs (2)(b) to (e) apply, the last condition is that there would be or has been a change in control of the entity as a result of the action (see Subdivision C of Division 4).\n (7) However, the last condition in subsection (6) is not required to be met if:\n (a) paragraph (2)(b) applies and the action is or is to be taken by a foreign person who controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken; or\n (b) paragraph (2)(c) applies and a foreign person controls the entity (whether alone or together with one or more associates) immediately before the action is or is to be taken.\n41 Meaning of significant action—businesses\n (1) An action is a significant action if the conditions in this section are met.\nFirst condition—kinds of action\n (2) The first condition is that the action is any of the following:\n (a) to acquire a direct interest in an Australian business that is an agribusiness"}},"Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Act No. 92 of 1975), last amended by Australia’s Foreign Relations (State and Territory Arrangements) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2020 on  1 January 2021, Sections 4, 40, 41, 47, 51, 55B, 55D, 55E, 66A, 67 and 81\nForeign Acquisitions and Takeovers Regulation 2015 (SLI 2015 No. 217), last amended by Foreign Investment Reform (Protecting Australia’s National Security) Regulations 2020 on 1 January 2021, Sections 8AA, 13A, 22 and 55","Foreign Investment Review Board, Guidance notes, consulted on 10.9.2021\nTreasury, \"Australia's Foreign Investment Policy\", 1 January 2021","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2021C00022/Html/Text\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2021C00062\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/guidance-notes\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://firb.gov.au/sites/firb.gov.au/files/2021-01/Australias_foreign_investment_policy.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1696,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","_H","_O","IV21","IX",2022,"0.025","Prior approval from the Central Bank is required for the repatriation of sales proceeds of non-residents equity investment in public and private limited companies that are not listed with the stock exchange companies, when the amount of proceeds to be remitted exceeds Tk. 100 million or equivalent in foreign currency (about USD 1 million as of June 2023) based on fair value determined in accordance with the relevant regulation. Repatriation of sale proceeds below Tk.10 million or equivalent in foerign currency do not require prior approval by the Bangladesh Bank nor a valuation report from independent valuer as is the case for repatriation of higher amounts. Prior approval applies only to the liquidation of direct investment. Post-tax dividends and capital gains from sale proceeds of listed shares are credited to their 'nonresident investor taka accounts' (NITA) and the balance lying in NITA are freely remittable abroad.","\"Chapter 9, Section I. FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN BANGLADESH [...]\nArticle 3. Remittance of sales proceeds of non-residents' investment (direct/portfolio) in Bangladesh\nGuidelines for effecting remittance of sales proceeds of non-residents' investment in Bangladesh are as under: [...]\n(B). Shares of the public limited companies not listed with stock exchange and private limited companies Prior approval of Bangladesh bank is required for repatriation of sales proceeds of non-residents equity investment in the: \n(1) public limited companies that are not listed with the stock exchange companies; and (2) private limited companies. There being no established market price for such investment, Bangladesh Bank will accept fair value of the shares as on the date of sale based on appropriate combination of three valuation approaches (viz. net asset value approach, market value approach and discounted cash flow approach) depending on the nature of the company. Application for repatriation of sale proceeds of shares shall be submitted to FEID at head office of Bangladesh Bank with a Valuation Certificate of shares issued by a Merchant banker licensed by BSEC or a Chartered Accountant experienced in company valuation. Appendix-6/3 of this Guidelines provides indicative guidelines for arriving at fair value. The valuation certificates by eligible valuers will have to be supported by full explanation justifying the fair value arrived at. Full set of audited financial statements of the company will have to be submitted to Bangladesh Bank along with application for remittance approval. If not fully satisfied about appropriateness of the valuation arrived at, Bangladesh Bank reserves the right to obtain second opinion from another qualified valuer of its choice.\nIf calculated fair value (accepted by Bangladesh Bank) exceeds the face value of the share of the company concerned, capital gain derived therefrom may also be repatriated. However, only accepted fair value shall be considered as repatriable/or for re-investment in Bangladesh.[...]\" (GUIDELINES on Bangladesh Bank Foreign Exchange (Volume I) of 2018)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Please refer to Paragraph 3(B), Chapter 9 of the Guidelines for Foreign Exchange\nTransactions- 2018 (GFET) Volume 1 on the captioned subject.\n02. Paragraph 3(B), Chapter 9 of GFET stated that the sale proceeds of nonresident equity investment in public limited companies not listed with the stock exchanges and private limited companies are repatriable abroad with prior Bangladesh Bank approval as on the date of share sales, based on latest audited financial statements. \n[...]\n03. To bring rationalization and simplicity in valuation process, it has been decided that-\n(a) In case of transfer of shares from non-resident to resident in public limited companies not listed with the stock exchanges and private limited companies, the Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) for share sale-purchase agreement between buyer and seller needs to be concluded on receipt of approval from Bangladesh Bank regarding determination of the fair value of shares. Bangladesh Bank will accept the fair value of the shares as repatriable abroad /or for re-investment in Bangladesh determined as on the date of MoU for share sale-purchase agreement based on the latest audited financial statements of the target company. The fair value of the shares shall be determined by weighted average calculation of all the 3 (three) valuation approaches (viz. net asset value approach, market value approach and discounted cash flow approach) or on any of the suitable approaches depending on the nature of the company, having justified ground.\nThe MoU shall be executed at the fair value approved by Bangladesh Bank, subject to observance of the following instructions-\n(i) Permission requests for transfer of shares and repatriation of sale proceeds of shares shall be submitted to the Foreign Exchange Investment Department, Bangladesh Bank, Head Office, Dhaka with a Valuation report issued by a Merchant Banker licensed by Bangladesh Securities and Exchange Commission (BSEC) or a Chartered Accountant experienced in company valuation and listed by Bangladesh Bank and/or BSEC for auditing banks, financial institutions and listed companies; \n(ii) Professional valuation report is not mandatory if the applied value for the repatriation does not exceed BDT 1.00 (One) million. Also such report is not mandatory in case the net asset value is higher than the deal value. In such cases Bangladesh Bank will work out the fair value of share based on the audited financial statements and the documents enclosed in Annexure-B of the target company;\n(iii) The valuation certificates by eligible valuer will have to be supported by full explanation justifying the fair value arrived at. If not fully satisfied about appropriateness of the valuation arrived at, Bangladesh Bank reserves the right to reassess the value, based on financial statements submitted along with the application;\n(iv) Authorized Dealer (AD) shall forward the permission request for repatriation of sale proceeds of shares in favor of non-resident only after being satisfied that the target company has complied with the provision of Paragraph 2(A) and 2(B), Chapter 9 of GFET regarding issue and transfer of shares in favor of or by non-resident. \nb) Sale of shares owned by resident shareholder to non-resident is subject to fair value determined by Merchant Banker licensed by BSEC or a Chartered Accountant, for sales/transfer value of shares exceeding BDT 1.00 (One) million. Resident shareholder receiving payment against sales of shares shall submit valuation report to the AD and MoU for share sale-purchase agreement together with Form-C for encashment of  inward remittances on account of sales proceeds of shares. AD shall report the share transactions to the Foreign Exchange Investment Department, Bangladesh Bank, Head Office, Dhaka giving details of documents within 14 days of transfer of shares as per Paragraph 2(B), Chapter 9 of GFET.[...]\" (Bangladesh Bank FEID Circular No.- 1, 6 May 2018)","GUIDELINES on Bangladesh Bank Foreign Exchange (Volume I) of 2018\nBangladesh Bank FEID Circular No.- 1, 6 May 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bb.org.bd/aboutus/regulationguideline/foreignexchange/fegvol1.php\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bb.org.bd/mediaroom/circulars/feid/may062018feid01e.pdf\">Circular</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2749,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BEL","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.00576","Airlines established in Belgium must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that:\n[...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))\"","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,691,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BEL","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.001875","In principle, according to the Judicial Code, only Belgian and EU nationals can use the title of lawyer and practice the profession. The nationality condition is waived with regard to foreigners who have resided in Belgium for six years; or three years if the foreigner is married to a Belgian national or has one or more ascendants or descendants residing in Belgium for at least three years. In addition to the prior residency requirement, the foreign applicant must produce \"a certificate issued by the Minister of Foreign Affairs under the terms of which national law or an international convention authorizes reciprocity\" in order for the nationality condition to be waived. Locally licensed or EU lawyers can create a commercial entity with other professionals, but the Bar can deny the creation of the entity if all or a part of the capital is owned by, and/or if the decision-making power is exercised by persons who do not have the status of lawyer within the meaning of the provisions of the Judicial Code.","\"Art. 428. No one may use the title of lawyer or practice it unless he is Belgian or a national of a member state of the European Union, holder of a doctorate or law degree, if he is has taken the oath referred to in section 429 and is entered on the roll of the Order or on the list of trainees.\nThe nationality condition may be waived in the cases determined by the King, on the advice (of the French-speaking and German-speaking Bar Association and of the Orde van Vlaamse balies).\n[...]\nArt. 428bis. Nationals of a member state of the European Union who meet the following conditions may also bear the title of lawyer and practice it:\n1 ° hold a diploma, certificate or other title [referred to in Directive 2005/36 / EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on the recognition of professional qualifications], and from which it follows that the holder has professional qualifications to access the profession of lawyer in a Member State of the European Union; [...]\n3 ° have passed an aptitude test, organized by (the Order of French-speaking and German-speaking bars or by the Orde van Vlaamse balies, depending on the bar to which he is applying for registration,) when the training he has received bears on subjects which are substantially different from those covered by the Belgian law degree (unless the knowledge which the person concerned has acquired during his professional experience is such as to compensate, in whole or in part, for these substantial differences).\n[...]\nArt. 477octies. \n§ 1. One or more persons registered on the list of lawyers who practice their profession under the professional title of another member state of the European Union and members of the same group in the member state of origin, may practice their professional activity in Belgium within the framework of a branch or a secondary firm. [...]\n§ 2. Two or more persons coming from the same group or from the same member state of origin and registered on the list of lawyers who exercise their profession under the professional title of another member state of the European Union may practice their profession in a group, under the conditions set for lawyers registered on the roll of a Belgian Order.\n§ 3. §§ 1 and 2 are also applicable to the joint exercise of the profession in Belgium:\na) between several people working under their original professional title and coming from different Member States;\nb) between one or more persons referred to in point a) and one or more lawyers registered on the roll of a Belgian Order.\n§ 4. The person wishing to practice under his original professional title informs the bar with which he is applying for registration, in accordance with article 477quinquies, of the fact that he is a member of a group in an original member state and gives all the useful information about this group.\n§ 5. By way of derogation from §§ 1 to 4, the Bar Council with which a person is registered or requests registration on the list of lawyers who practice their profession under the professional title of another member state of the European Union, may refuse to practice the profession in Belgium as a member of a group comprising people outside the profession.\nThe group referred to in paragraph 1 includes people outside the profession if at least one of the following conditions is met:\n1 ° the capital of the latter is held in whole or in part by persons who do not have the status of lawyer within the meaning of the provisions of this Code;\n2 ° the name under which it operates is used by the persons referred to in 1 °;\n3 ° the decision-making power is exercised there, in fact or in law, by the persons referred to in 1 °.\nThe Bar Council of each arrondissement can also oppose the opening of a branch or a secondary law firm wishing to register on the list of lawyers who practice their profession under the professional title of 'another member state of the European Union if it appears that this group of lawyers includes people from outside the profession, within the meaning of the previous paragraph.[...]\" (Judicial Code (1967101053, 31-10-1967), last amended 12-07-2021, Articles 428, 428bis and 477octies [google translation])\n-------------------\n\"Article 1. The nationality condition provided for in Article 428, paragraph 1 of the Judicial Code is waived in favor of foreigners: \n1 ° who has established his domicile in Belgium for at least six years on the date of the request registration; \n2 ° which justifies, if it has been registered with a foreign bar, that it has not been omitted for reasons calling into question its private or professional good repute; \n3 ° which produces, except in the case provided for in Article 2, d, a certificate issued by the Minister of Foreign Affairs under the terms of which national law or an international convention authorizes reciprocity; \n4 ° which at the time of the registration request has not kept in foreign country, neither domicile, nor residence within the meaning of article 36 of the Judicial Code, nor registration with a foreign bar, and undertakes not to have one.\nArt. 2. The period of domicile provided for in article 1 is reduced to three years for foreigners who meet one of the following conditions: \na) be the spouse of a Belgian person by birth; \nb) have one or more ascendants or descendants residing in Belgium for at least three years; \nc) be a national of one of the Member States of the European Economic Community; \nd) be recognized as a refugee by application of the convention relating to the status of refugees, signed in Geneva July 28, 1951 and approved by the law of June 26, 1953.[...]\" (Royal Decree derogating from the nationality condition provided for in article 428 of the Judicial Code relating to the title and exercise of the profession of lawyer (1970082402, 08-09-1970), entry into force 10-09-1970, Articles 1 and 2 [google translation])","Judicial Code (1967101053, 31-10-1967), last amended 12-07-2021, Articles 428, 428bis and 477octies\nRoyal Decree derogating from the nationality condition provided for in article 428 of the Judicial Code relating to the title and exercise of the profession of lawyer (1970082402, 08-09-1970), entry into force 10-09-1970, Articles 1 and 2","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ejustice.just.fgov.be/eli/loi/1967/10/10/1967101053/justel\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.ejustice.just.fgov.be/eli/arrete/1970/08/24/1970082402/justel\">Decree</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,690,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BEL","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0001875","The majority of the voting rights of audit firms must be held by audit firms or licensed auditors. Auditor license is subject to EU nationality; however, nationals of third countries and audit firms with their registered office in a third country can be granted a license on the basis of reciprocity.","\"Section 2. - Granting of the status of statutory auditor, registration and registration\nArt. 5.\n§ 1. By virtue of the delegation referred to in Article 41 and in accordance with the terms and conditions provided for in this Article, the status of statutory auditor is granted by the Institute to any natural person who requests it and who meets the following conditions:\n1 ° be a national of a Member State and have an establishment, in a Member State, or have an establishment in Belgium;\n[...]\nArt. 6.\n§ 1. By virtue of the delegation referred to in article 41 and in accordance with the procedures provided for in this article, the status of statutory auditor is granted by the Institute to any legal person or other entity, whatever its legal form, having its registered office in a Member State, which fulfills the following conditions:\n1 ° the natural persons who carry out the statutory audit of accounts on behalf of this legal person or entity have the capacity of statutory auditor;\n2 ° the majority of the voting rights of this legal person or entity are held by audit firms, statutory auditors and / or company auditors;\n3 ° a majority of the members of the management body of this legal person or entity is made up of audit firms, statutory auditors and / or company auditors.\n[...]\nArt. 7.\n§ 1. By virtue of the delegation referred to in Article 41 and in accordance with the procedures provided for in this article, the status of statutory auditor is granted by the Institute to natural persons from third countries when they meet the following conditions:\n1 ° be a national of a State which grants statutory auditors in its territory the benefit of reciprocity with regard to the conditions of access to the profession;[...]\n4 ° undertake to have an establishment in Belgium where professional activities will be effectively carried out and where deeds, documents and correspondence relating thereto will be kept;\n [...]\nArt. 8 By virtue of the delegation referred to in Article 41 and in accordance with the procedures provided for in this article, the status of statutory auditor is granted by the Institute to entities governed by the law of third countries, other than a natural person, when they meet the following conditions:\n1 ° all partners, as well as managers and administrators, must be authorized in the State where they have their main establishment to exercise the statutory audit of accounts; if a partner is a legal person, the same condition applies to the partners of the latter;\n2 ° have their registered office and their main establishment in a State which grants statutory auditors the benefit of reciprocity in its territory with regard to access to the profession;\n3 ° be incorporated in a form, under a statute and under conditions comparable to those which allow statutory auditors to associate in Belgium; For the exercise of its activities as a company auditor in Belgium, it undertakes to make itself known by a company name which can only include the name of one or more associated natural persons, managers or directors or the name of 'one or more natural persons having had the quality of partner;\n4 ° at least one director or manager is an auditor and is responsible for the management of an establishment in Belgium; in the case of a plurality of persons responsible for this management, the majority of these are company auditors;\n5 ° all partners, administrators and managers who habitually exercise a professional activity in Belgium are statutory auditors;\n6 ° undertake to have an establishment in Belgium where professional activities will be effectively carried out and where deeds, documents and correspondence relating thereto will be kept;[...]\" (Law on the organization of the profession and public supervision of company auditors (2016011493, 13-12-2016), last amended 11-07-2022, Articles 5-8 [google translation])","Law on the organization of the profession and public supervision of company auditors (2016011493, 7-12-2016), entry into force 31-12-2016, Articles 5-8 ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.ejustice.just.fgov.be/eli/loi/2016/12/07/2016011493/justel\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,689,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","J58_63","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00009375","Editorial responsibilities in newspaper and magazine companies shall be exclusively in the hands of Brazilian-born or foreign nationals who obtained Brazilian citizenship more than 10 years previously.","\"Article 222. Newspaper companies, sound broadcasting companies, or sound and image broadcasting companies, shall be owned exclusively by native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than ten years, or by legal entities incorporated under Brazilian laws and headquartered in Brazil. (CA No. 36, 2002)\nParagraph 1. In all circumstances, at least seventy per cent of the total capital stock and of the voting capital of newspaper companies, sound broadcasting companies, or sound and image broadcasting companies, shall be owned directly or indirectly by native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than ten years, who shall mandatorily exercise the management of activities and shall define the content of programming.\nParagraph 2. Editorial responsibility and the activities regarding selection and management of the programming to be disseminated shall be carried out exclusively by native Brazilians or those naturalized for more than ten years, in any social communication medium.\nParagraph 3. Electronic social communication media, regardless of the technology used to deliver the service, shall comply with the principles stipulated in article 221, as provided by specific legislation, which shall also ensure priority to Brazilian professionals in the production of Brazilian programs.\nParagraph 4. Specific legislation shall regulate the participation of foreign capital in the companies mentioned in paragraph 1.\nParagraph 5. Any alterations in the corporate control of the companies mentioned in paragraph 1 must be communicated to the National Congress.[...]\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended on May 28, 2002, Article 222 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Art 3. For the purposes of this Decree-Law, a journalistic company is considered to be one whose activity is the edition of a newspaper or magazine, or the distribution of news, with effective operation, financial suitability and legal registration.\n§ 1º A journalistic company is equivalent to the section or service of a broadcasting, television or cinematographic dissemination company, or of an advertising agency, where the activities provided for in article 2 are carried out. [...]\" (Decree-Law No. 972, of October 17, 1969 about the exercise of the profession of journalist [google translation]).","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended on May 28, 2002, Article 222\nDecree-Law No. 972, of October 17, 1969 about the exercise of the profession of journalist [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/decreto-lei/del0972.htm\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1307,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","_H","CLAS1_3","III22","IX",2021,"0.025","According to the Companies Act, a company must have at least two directors and one of the two directors or, where there are more than two directors, at least two of them shall be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam. A prior minimum stay of 183 in Brunei Darussalam is required for one person to qualify as resident for the purposes of the law. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI,due to the prior residency requirement, it is assumed that such a restriction constitutes a barrier for nominating foreigners as directors; hence it is scored as a nationality requirement for at least one member of the board of directors.","\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM\nSector: All\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4), Senior Management and Boards of Directors (Article 9.11)\nMeasures: Companies Act (Chapter 39), Business Names Act (Chapter 92), Miscellaneous Licences Act (Chapter 127), Co-operative Societies Act (Chapter 84), \nEmployment Agencies Order 2004, Administrative Measures and Guidelines\n[...] \nDescription: Investment […]\n3. Company Directorship:  A foreign national may not sit on the board of directors of an enterprise established in Brunei Darussalam unless one of the two directors or, where there are more than two directors, at least two of them shall be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam. For the purposes of this entry, a foreign national shall apply to the Ministry of Finance in order to be considered as being “ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam” (ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP))\n--------------------------------\n\"Interpretation 2. (1) In this Act —[...]\n“director” includes any person occupying the position of director of a corporation by whatever name called and includes a person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of a corporation are accustomed to act and an alternate or substitute director;[...]\n“resident in Brunei Darussalam” has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Income Tax Act (Chapter 35);\n[...]\nDIRECTORS AND MANAGERS\nNumber of directors\n138. (1) Every company registered after 1st January 1957, being the date of commencement of this Act, shall have at least two directors. (2) One of the two directors or, where there are more than two directors, at least two of them shall be ordinarily resident in Brunei Darussalam. [...]\" (COMPANIES ACT, 1956 [Cap 39], as amended)\n--------------------------------\n\"Interpretation. \n2. In this Act, unless the subject or context otherwise requires — [...]\n“resident in Brunei Darussalam”— (a) in relation to an individual, means a person who, in the year preceding the year of assessment, resides in Brunei Darussalam except for such temporary absences therefrom as to the Collector may consider reasonable and not inconsistent with a claim by such person to be resident in Brunei Darussalam, and includes a person who is physically present or who exercises an employment (other than as a director of a company) in Brunei Darussalam for 183 days or more during the year preceding the year of assessment; (b) in relation to a company or a body of persons, means a company or a body of persons the control and management of whose business is exercised in Brunei Darussalam; [...]\" (Income Tax Act (Chapter 35), as amended)","ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF BRUNEI DARUSSALAM, Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP)\nCOMPANIES ACT, 1956 [Cap 39], as amended\nIncome Tax Act (Chapter 35), as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mfat.govt.nz/assets/Trade-agreements/TPP/Annexes-ENGLISH/Annex-I.-Brunei.pdf\">CPTPP</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap39bb.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/cap035.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3068,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","J60","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.000375","The majority of the members of the board of directors and the CEO of a broadcasting company must Bruneian citizens.","\"Part IX - Ownership and control of broadcasting companies\nApplication of this Part to broadcasting companies.\n34. (1) This Part shall apply to every broadcasting company unless exempted in writing by the Minister.\n(2) For the purposes ofthis Part- \"broadcasting company\" means a broadcasting company registered under the Companies Act (Chapter 39) which holds a relevant licence; \"relevant licence\" means - (a) any free-to-air licence; or (b) any broadcasting licence under which subscription broadcasting service may be provided, a\nwhich permits broadcast which is capable of being received in ten thousand dwelling-houses or more, but does not include a class licence; or (c) such other broadcasting licence as the Minister may from time to time specify in the public interest or in the interests of public security or national defence.\nSpecial features of broadcasting company.\n35. (1) Subject to subsection (2), the chief executive officer of a broadcasting company and at least one-half of its directors must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam. (2) The Minister may in writing approve the appointment of any person who is not a citizen of Brunei Darussalam as a chief executive officer or director of a broadcasting company. (3) This section has effect notwithstanding the provisions of any other written law or of the memorandum or articles of association, or other constitution, of a broadcasting company. [...]\" (Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180)","Broadcasting Act, 2000 - Chapter 180","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.agc.gov.bn/AGC%20Images/LAWS/ACT_PDF/Chp.180.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3077,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KHM","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0135","Foreign nationals and entities (i.e. in which foreign shareholding exceeds 49%) can own private units in certain circumstances in accordance with the Law on Providing Foreigners with Ownership Rights in Private Units of Co-owned Buildings and its implementation Sub-Decree. Foreigners have ownership rights over the private parts of the co-owned buildings only from the first floor up - the ground floor and under-ground floor shall not be owned by the foreigners - and in the limit of 70% of the total private areas of co-owned buildings.","\"Article 44. All persons, individually or collectively, shall have the right to ownership. Only natural person or legal entity of Khmer nationality shall have the right to land ownership.[...]\" (The Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia of 21 September 1993, Art. 44)\n--------------------------\n\"122. (Component of a land; principle rule)\nThings attached to land or comprising a part thereof, particularly buildings or structures immovably constructed on land [...] are components of the land unless they are severed from the land, and may not, except as otherwise provided by law, be the subject of rights separate from those applicable to the land.\n123. (Component of a land; exceptional rule)\nWhere the holder of a right [to occupy or use] a land of another has constructed buildings or structures [...] the land in the course of exercising such right, those constructed or grown shall not become components of the land [...]\n124. (Building built based on exercise of right [to occupy or use] land owned by another)\nFor the purposes of Article 123(Component of a land; exceptional rule), buildings and other structures built on land by a right-holder [...] shall be deemed components of the right [to occupy or use] the land of another. \n244. (Definition of perpetual leases)\nPerpetual lease” refers to a long-term lease of immovable for a term of not less than 15 years. \n247. (Term of perpetual lease)\n(1) The term of a perpetual lease may not exceed 50 years. If a perpetual lease is established with a term exceeding 50 years, it shall be shortened to 50 years.\n(2) A perpetual lease may be renewed; provided that the renewed term may not exceed 50 years counting from the date of renewal.\" (The Civil Code of Cambodia, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/1207/030 of 8 December 2007, Arts. 122-124, 244, 247)\n--------------------------\n\"Article 101: Nationality\nA company shall be deemed to be of Khmer nationality only if: (a) The company has a place of business and a registered office located in the Kingdom of Cambodia; (b) More than 51% of the voting shares of the company are held by natural or legal persons of Khmer nationality.\" (Law on Commercial Enterprises, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/0605/019 of 19 June 2005, Art. 101)\n--------------------------\n\"Article 13: Joint Ventures\nA QIP may be in the form of a joint venture. A joint venture may be formed between Cambodian Entities, between Cambodian Entities and Foreign Entities and between Foreign Entities themselves and may include a joint venture with institutions of the Royal Government. There are no limitations based on nationality or the share-holding proportions of each shareholder, other than if the joint venture owns, or intends to own, land, or an interest in land in the Kingdom of Cambodia. In such case, the maximum combined share-holding of all persons who are not Cambodian Entities must not exceed 49 (forty nine) percent. \nArticle 19: Ownership \n19.1 Ownership: The Land Ownership serving the Investment Activity is to be vested in a Cambodian natural person or legal entity in compliance with the Law in force [...]\n19.3 Ownership Rights: Under the Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia, the foreign natural person or legal entity may not own land in the Kingdom of Cambodia.\nArticle 20: Use of Land\n20.1 Cambodian Legal Entity: In addition to the Ownership Rights, the Cambodian Investor is entitled to use land in various forms, including concession, lease, transfer, and as securities; 20.2 Foreign Legal Entity: A Foreign Legal Entity may use the land in various forms, including concession, long term lease for 15 (fifteen) years or more, and renewable short term lease. Land Use rights include the rights on buildings, arrangements, or improvements made by the lessee for a duration specified in the contract, provided that the uses are exercised in compliance with the law in force; 20.3 Lease of State Land: Any natural or legal entity who leased any piece of land from the State shall act in compliance with regulations regarding the management of the State property; 20.4 Sub-Lease: Any natural or legal entity who leased any piece of land from the State may sub-lease such land to a third party only if he/she obtained express prior approval or authorization from the competent authority. \" (Sub-Decree on the Implementation of the Law on Investment, No. 111/ANK/BK of 27 September 2005, Arts. 13, 19-20)\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 4: The terms use in this law shall be defined as below:\n- Foreigner: refer to a natural or legal person of foreign national, and has no Khmer nationality, without any discrimination regardless of nationality, belief, religion or origin.\n- Legally Qualified Foreigners: refer to foreigners, who enjoy legal capacity of Cambodian laws, and have legally entered into Cambodia.\nArticle 6: Foreigners have ownership rights over the private parts of the co-owned buildings only from the first floor up. The ground floor and under-ground floor shall not be owned by the foreigners. For a co-owned building, proportion and the way of measuring of the private parts that can be the ownership of a foreigner shall be defined by the Sub Decree.  This ownership offering, is only made to the private parts of the co-owned building. For the common parts of the co-owned buildings shall keep for the benefits of all co-owners in the co-owned buildings.  In whatever situation, the plot of land of a co-owned buildings located, cannot be objective of ownership of the special co-owners. Foreigners are not permitted to have ownership rights over the private parts of the co-owned buildings situated of 30 (thirty) kilometers distance from land border, and other areas defined by the royal government, except the co-owned buildings located in the Special Economic Zone, important public meeting, and other areas defined by the royal government. In the case that the co-owned buildings constructed on the rent land from the third party, the foreigner have right to permanent rent on the private parts as Cambodian citizen.\" (Law on Providing Foreigners with Ownership Rights Over Private Part of the Co-Owned Buildings, Royal Decree NS/RKM/0510/006 of 27 April 2010, Arts. 4 and 6)\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2: Legally qualified foreigners may have ownership right in private units of co-owned buildings not exceeding 70 (Seventy) percent of the total private areas of co-owned buildings\" (Sub-Decree No. 82-2010 on Determining The Proportion And Calculation Of The Private Areas Owned By Foreigners In A Co-owned Building, of 29 July 2010, Art. 2)\n--------------------------\n\"Art. 8: Only natural persons or legal entities of Khmer nationality have the right to ownership of land in the Kingdom of Cambodia.\" (Law on Land of 20 July 2001, Art. 8).","The Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia of 21 September 1993, Art. 44.\nThe Civil Code of Cambodia, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/1207/030 of 8 December 2007, Arts. 122-124, 244, 247.\nLaw on Commercial Enterprises, Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/0605/019 of 19 June 2005, Art. 101.\nLaw on Investment (Royal Kram No. NS/RKM/1021/014), dated 15 October 2021;\nSub-Decree on the Implementation of the Law on Investment, No. 111/ANK/BK of 27 September 2005, Arts. 13, 19-20.\nLaw on Providing Foreigners with Ownership Rights Over Private Part of the Co-Owned Buildings, Royal Decree NS/RKM/0510/006 of 27 April 2010, Arts. 4 and 6.\nSub-Decree No. 82-2010 on Determining The Proportion And Calculation Of The Private Areas Owned By Foreigners In A Co-owned Building, of 29 July 2010, Art. 2\nLand Law, 20 July 2001.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/kh/kh009en.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.ilo.org/dyn/natlex/docs/ELECTRONIC/93489/109310/F757909474/KHM93489%20Eng.pdf\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.businessregistration.moc.gov.kh/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Law-Commercial-Enterprises-En1.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://perma.cc/5KMW-JMD6\">Law on Investment</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.cambodiainvestment.gov.kh/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sub-Decree-111-on-Implementation-LOI_050927.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://kansophano.files.wordpress.com/2012/03/law-on-providing-foreigners-with-ownership-rights-over-private-part-of-co-owned-buildings_en.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1866,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CAN","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0015","Enterprises which have more than 49 per cent foreign ownership are not permitted to hold Canadian commercial fishing licences. ","\"Definitions\n2  (1) In this Act, [...]\nCanadian fisheries waters means all waters in the fishing zones of Canada, all waters in the territorial sea of Canada and all internal waters of Canada; (eaux de pêche canadiennes)\nCanadian fishing vessel means a fishing vessel\n(a) that is registered or licensed under the Canada Shipping Act, 2001 , or\n(b) that is not registered or licensed under the Canada Shipping Act, 2001 or under the laws of another state but is owned by one or more persons each of whom is\n(i) a Canadian citizen,\n(ii) in the case of a vessel that is not required to be registered or licensed under that Act, a person resident and domiciled in Canada, or\n(iii) a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada or a province, having its principal place of business in Canada; (bateau de pêche canadien) [...]\nforeign fishing vessel means a fishing vessel that is not a Canadian fishing vessel; (bateau de pêche étranger)\n[...]\nEntry of foreign vessels into Canadian fisheries waters\n3  No foreign fishing vessel shall enter Canadian fisheries waters for any purpose unless authorized by this Act or the regulations, any other law of Canada or a treaty.\nFishing, etc., in Canada and Canadian fisheries waters\n4 (1) No person, being aboard a foreign fishing vessel or being a member of the crew of or attached to or employed on a foreign fishing vessel, shall in Canada or in Canadian fisheries waters\n(a) fish or prepare to fish, (b) unload, land or tranship any fish, outfit or supplies, (c) ship or discharge any crew member or other person, (d) purchase or obtain bait or any supplies or outfits, or (e) take or prepare to take marine plants, unless authorized by this Act or the regulations, any other law of Canada or a treaty.\nFishing of sedentary species\n(2) No person, being aboard a foreign fishing vessel or being a member of the crew of or attached to or employed on a foreign fishing vessel, shall fish or prepare to fish for a sedentary species of fish in any portion of the continental shelf of Canada that is beyond the limits of Canadian fisheries waters, unless authorized by this Act or the regulations or any other law of Canada.\nDefinition of sedentary species\n(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), sedentary species means any living organism that, at the harvestable stage, either is immobile on or under the seabed or is unable to move except in constant physical contact with the seabed or subsoil.\n[...]\nProhibition on fishing vessels without nationality\n5.5 No fishing vessel without nationality shall\n(a) in an area of the sea designated under subparagraph 6(e)(ii), fish or prepare to fish or contravene a measure or regulation designated under subparagraph 6(e)(i); or\n(b) in an area of the sea designated under subparagraph 6(f)(ii), fish or prepare to fish or contravene a measure or regulation designated under subparagraph 6(f)(i).\nRegulations\n6  The Governor in Council may make regulations for carrying out the purposes and provisions of this Act including, but not limited to, regulations\n(a) for authorizing, by means of licences, permits or otherwise,  (i) foreign fishing vessels to enter Canadian fisheries waters for any purpose specified in the regulations,   (ii) persons to do all or any of the things described in paragraphs 4(1)(a) to (e), subsection 4(2) or section 5, or   (iii) foreign fishing vessels that have been ordered to proceed to a Canadian port by their flag state, or foreign fishing vessels that have been ordered to proceed to a port by their flag state and that proceed to a Canadian port, to enter Canadian fisheries waters for any purpose related to verifying compliance with a law related to fisheries of a foreign state, with any conservation or management measures of a fisheries management organization or with any international fisheries treaty or arrangement to which Canada is party, including any conservation, management or enforcement measures taken under the treaty or arrangement;\n(b) respecting the issuance, suspension and cancellation of any licences or permits provided for under paragraph (a) and prescribing their forms, the fees payable therefor and their terms and conditions, which are in addition to such terms and conditions, if any, as the Minister may specify therein; [...]\" (Coastal Fisheries Protection Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. C-33), last amended on 2019-06-16, Sections 2, 3, 4, 5.5 and 6)\n--------------------\n\"Optional registration\n47 Unless they are registered, listed or otherwise recorded in a foreign state, the following vessels may be registered under this Part:\n(a) a pleasure craft that is wholly owned by qualified persons;\n(a.1) a vessel that is exempted under the regulations from the registration requirement in subsection 46(1) and that is wholly owned by qualified persons;\n(b) a vessel that is owned by a corporation incorporated under the laws of a foreign state if one of the following is acting with respect to all matters relating to the vessel, namely,   (i) a subsidiary of the corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada or a province,   (ii) an employee or a director in Canada of a branch office of the corporation that is carrying on business in Canada, or   (iii) a ship management company incorporated under the laws of Canada or a province; and\n(c) a vessel that is in the exclusive possession of a qualified person under a financing agreement under which the person will acquire ownership on completion of the agreement.[...]\" (Canada Shipping Act, 2001 (S.C. 2001, c. 26), last amended on 2019-07-30, Section 47)\n--------------------\n\"14. Foreign Ownership\n(1) Subject to subsection (2), if foreign interests acquire over 49 percent of the common (voting) shares of a Canadian owned corporation which holds fishing licences, the licences will not be reissued to that corporation upon expiry of the licences.\n(2) If such a foreign corporation having a subsidiary in Canada which holds fishing licences is taken over by another foreign-owned corporation from the same country, the licences may be reissued to that corporation as part of its continuing Canadian operation (i.e. no net increase in foreign ownership).\n(3) If a foreign interest purchases a minority ownership interest in a Canadian corporation or establishes a jointly-owned subsidiary with a Canadian corporation in which the Canadian corporation owns more than half the voting shares, licence eligibility will not be affected.[...]\"\n(Commercial fisheries licensing policy for Eastern Canada (1996), Section 14)\n--------------------\n\"18. FOREIGN OWNERSHIP\n18.1. Subject to section 18.2, if foreign interests acquire more than 49 percent of the common (voting) shares of a Canadian owned corporation which holds fishing licences, the corporation will not be eligible to renew these licences.\n18.2. If such a foreign corporation having a subsidiary in Canada which holds fishing licences is taken over by another foreign corporation based in the same country, the licences may continue to be issued to that Canadian corporation as part of the foreign corporation’s continuing operation in Canada (i.e. no net increase in foreign ownership).\n18.3. If foreign interests purchase a minority ownership interest in a Canadian corporation or establishes a jointly owned subsidiary with a Canadian corporation in which the Canadian corporation owns more than half the voting shares, licence eligibility will not be affected.[...]\" (Commercial Fisheries Licensing Policy for the Gulf Region (10 August 2010), last updated 17 March 2021, Section 18)\n--------------------\n\"5. Coastal sector eligibility\nFor a list of all fisheries included in this sector, see Annex I. Unless otherwise specified in a species-specific section of this policy, the following requirements apply.\n5.1 Coastal sector commercial licences will only be issued to a Canadian citizen or permanent resident who holds a valid PFR for the current year.\n[...]\n6. Inshore sector eligibility\nFor a list of all fisheries included in this sector, see Annex I.\n6.1 Inshore sector commercial licences will only be issued to a Canadian citizen or permanent resident who holds a valid PFR for the current year.\n7. Exempted Fleets, Midshore and Offshore sector eligibility\n7.1 Licences can be issued to: a. a Canadian citizen or permanent resident; or b. a company incorporated under federal or provincial legislation that is at a minimum 51% Canadian owned.[...]\" (Maritimes Region Commercial Fisheries Licensing Policy (1996), last updated on 4 June 2021)\n--------------------\n\"CANADA\nA. Exceptions at national level\nI. Investment by established foreign-controlled enterprises [...]\nFishing: Enterprises which have more than 49 per cent foreign ownership are not permitted to hold Canadian commercial fishing licences.[...]\" (OECD (2017), National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises, Paris)","Coastal Fisheries Protection Act (R.S.C., 1985, c. C-33), last amended on 2019-06-16, Sections 2, 3, 4, 5.5 and 6\nCanada Shipping Act, 2001 (S.C. 2001, c. 26), last amended on 2019-07-30, Section 47\nCommercial fisheries licensing policy for Eastern Canada (1996), Section 14\nCommercial Fisheries Licensing Policy for the Gulf Region (10 August 2010), last updated 17 March 2021, Section 18\nMaritimes Region Commercial Fisheries Licensing Policy (1996), last updated on 4 June 2021\nFisheries Licensing Policy Newfoundland and Labrador Region, last updated on 1 April 2021\nOECD (2017), National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises, Paris","n/a","[<a href=\"https://laws.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/C-33/index.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/C-10.15/index.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/reports-rapports/regs/licences-permis/index-eng.htm\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.glf.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/folios/00164/docs/licensing_policy_gulf-eng.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/reports-rapports/regs/licences-permis/maritimes/licensing-pol-permis-peche-eng.htm\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/reports-rapports/regs/licences-permis/index-nfld-Labrador-tn-labrador-eng.htm\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/investment/investment-policy/national-treatment-instrument-english.pdf\">NTI</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,713,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0002","The captain of a ship of Chinese nationality shall be of Chinese nationality.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1 General Provisions [...]\nArticle 2.　The term \"maritime transport\" as mentioned in this Law refers to the transport of goods by sea and the transport of passengers by sea, including direct transport between seas and rivers and between rivers and seas.\nThe provisions of Chapter IV of this law on the contract of carriage of goods by sea shall not apply to the carriage of goods by sea between ports of the People's Republic of China.\n[...]\nArticle 4.　Sea transportation and towing between ports of the People's Republic of China shall be operated by ships flying the national flag of the People's Republic of China. However, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.\nWithout the approval of the competent department of communications under the State Council, foreign ships are not allowed to operate maritime transport and towage between the ports of the People's Republic of China.\nArticle 5.　Vessels have acquired the nationality of the People's Republic of China upon legal registration and have the right to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China.\n[...]\nChapter 3 -  Crew\nSection 1 - General Provisions\nArticle 31.　Crew refers to all personnel on board the ship including the captain.\nArticle 32.　The captain, driver, chief engineer, engineer, electrician, and radio operator must be held by persons with corresponding competency certificates.\nArticle 33.　Chinese seafarers of ships engaged in international voyages must hold seaman's certificates and relevant certificates issued by the Harbor Supervision Organization of the People's Republic of China [...]\" (Maritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter II - Crew Registration and Qualifications\nArticle 4.  The term \"crew\" as mentioned in these Regulations refers to the personnel who have obtained certificates of competency for seafarers in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations, including captains, senior crew members and ordinary crew members.\nThe term \"captain\" as mentioned in these Regulations refers to the person who has obtained the qualification of captain in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations and is responsible for the management and command of the ship.\n[...]\nArticle 5.　Seafarers shall obtain corresponding certificates of competency for seafarers in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations.\nTo apply for a certificate of competency for a seaman, one must meet the following conditions:\n(1) Be at least 18 years old (16 years old for interns and trainees on board) and not more than 60 years old for the first application;\n(2) have undergone basic safety training for the crew.\n[...]\nArticle 8.　The captain of a ship of Chinese nationality shall be a seaman of Chinese nationality.[...]\" (Regulations of the People's Republic of China on Crew\" 2020 Revision (Full Text)[google translation])\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The following ships shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations:\n(1) Ships owned by citizens of the People's Republic of China whose residences or principal places of business are located within the territory thereof;\n(2) Ships owned by enterprises with legal person status established under the laws of the People's Republic of China and whose principal places of business are located within the territory thereof, provided that, where foreign investment is involved, the proportion of registered capital contributed by Chinese investors shall not be less than 50 per cent;\n[...]\nArticle 3. Ships are allowed to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China only after being registered according to law and granted the nationality of the People's Republic of China. No ship may sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China without being registered.\nArticle 4. A ship shall not have dual nationality. A ship registered abroad whose former registration of nationality has not been suspended or deleted shall not be granted the Chinese nationality.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Ships of Chinese nationality shall be manned by Chinese citizens. In case it is necessary to recruit foreign seafarers, their employment shall be approved by the competent department of transport and communications under the State Council.\nSeafarers on board ships of Chinese nationality who are required to possess certificates of competency shall hold the appropriate certificates of competency issued by the People's Republic of China.[...]\" (Regulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nMaritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended\nRegulations of the People's Republic of China on Crew\" 2020 Revision (Full Text)[google translation]\nRegulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/guoqing/2020-12/24/content_5572935.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.waizi.org.cn/doc/86155.html\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2020-12/26/content_5575071.htm\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2528,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0002","Foreign investment in sectors/activities listed in the foreign investment 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access) requires prior government approval. This is the case of foreign investment in the construction and operation of civil airports.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2531,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.0050625","Since July 2006, foreign companies and individuals are no longer permitted to directly acquire and hold PRC real estate for “investment purposes” (eg, greenfield development projects and acquisition of buildings for investment holding and/or leasing). Foreign investments in real estate are, since then, only authorised via a locally incorporated 'Real Estate Development Enterprise' set up to carry out real estate construction and development projects, and subject to additional capital conditions where foreign investment exceeds USD 10million. Nonetheless, foreign companies established in China (including their branches and representative offices) and foreign individuals may still directly acquire real estate in China for “self-use” (business purpose) or “self-residence” purposes in certain limited circumstances (e.g. only foreign individuals who work or study in China may purchase real estate for self-use or self-residence based on actual needs).(See Baker & Mckenzie (2021 for more information). Since 2015, the previous requirement that foreign-invested real estate enterprises must pay in full the registered capital for domestic loans, overseas loans, and foreign exchange loan settlements no longer applies.","\"In order to implement the State Council's \"Notice on Resolutely Curbing the Excessive Rise of House Prices in Some Cities\" (Guofa [2010] No. 10), we are hereby strengthening the \"Opinions on Regulating the Access and Management of Foreign Investment in the Real Estate Market\" (Jianfang [2006] No. 171) ), and further standardize the management of overseas institutions and individuals to purchase houses. The notice is as follows:\n1. Overseas individuals can only buy one house for self-occupation in China. Overseas institutions that set up branches and representative offices in China can only purchase non-residential houses needed for office work in the registered city. Except as otherwise provided by laws and regulations.[...]\" (Notice on Further Regulating the Management of Overseas Institutions and Individuals Purchasing Houses, Jianfang [2010] No. 186 [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\n\"In order to promote the healthy development of the real estate market, with the approval of the State Council, the following opinions on regulating the access and management of foreign capital in the real estate market are hereby offered:\n1. Regulating foreign investment in real estate market access\n(1) Overseas institutions and individuals investing in real estate for non-self-use in China shall follow the principle of commercial existence and apply for the establishment of foreign-invested enterprises in accordance with the relevant regulations on foreign investment in real estate; only after approval by relevant departments and relevant registration procedures can they be approved in accordance with the relevant regulations. Engage in related businesses within the scope of business.\n(2) For the establishment of real estate enterprises with foreign investment, if the total investment exceeds 10 million US dollars (including 10 million US dollars), the registered capital shall not be less than 50% of the total investment . If the total investment is less than US$ 10 million, the registered capital shall still be implemented according to the current regulations.\n[...]\n2. Strengthen the management of real estate development and management of foreign-invested enterprises\n(6) Overseas investors who have not obtained the \"Certificate of Approval for Foreign-Invested Enterprises\" and \"Business License\" for investing in real estate are not allowed to conduct real estate development and business operations.\n(7) If the registered capital of a foreign-invested real estate enterprise has not been paid in full, if the \"state-owned land use certificate\" has not been obtained, or if the capital of the development project has not reached 35% of the total investment of the project, it is not allowed to apply for domestic or overseas loans, and the foreign exchange management department The foreign exchange settlement of the enterprise's foreign exchange loans shall not be approved.\n[...]\n3. Strict management of foreign institutions and individuals buying houses\n(10) Branches and representative offices established by overseas institutions in China (except for enterprises approved to engage in the real estate industry) and overseas individuals who have worked and studied in China for more than one year may purchase commercial houses for self-use and self-occupancy that meet actual needs, and may not Buy commercial housing not for self-use or self-occupancy. Overseas institutions that have not established branches or representative offices in China and overseas individuals who work or study in China for less than one year are not allowed to purchase commercial housing. Residents from Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan and overseas Chinese may purchase a certain area of ​​self-occupied commercial housing within the territory due to their living needs. [...]\" (Opinions of the Ministry of Construction of the People's Republic of China, the Ministry of Commerce, the National Development and Reform Commission, the People's Bank of China, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Regulating the Access and Management of Foreign Investment in the Real Estate Market, Jianfang [2006] No. 171 [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The term \"real estate development and operation\" as mentioned　in these Regulations refers to the behavior of real estate development enterprises to carry out infrastructure construction and housing construction on state-owned land within urban planning areas, and transfer real estate development projects or sell or lease commercial housing. [...]\nChapter II Real Estate Development Enterprises\nArticle 5　To establish a real estate development enterprise, in addition to meeting the enterprise establishment conditions stipulated in relevant laws and administrative regulations, the following conditions shall also be met:\n(1) Having a registered capital of more than 1 million yuan;\n(2) There are more than 4 full-time technical personnel holding qualification certificates in real estate and construction engineering, and more than 2 full-time accounting personnel holding qualification certificates.\nThe people's governments of provinces, autonomous regions, and municipalities directly under the Central Government may, according to their local actual conditions, make regulations higher than the preceding paragraph on the registered capital and professional and technical personnel requirements for establishing real estate development enterprises.\nArticle 6 The establishment of a real estate development enterprise with foreign investment shall not only comply with the provisions of Article 5 of these Regulations, but also comply with the provisions of foreign investment laws and administrative regulations.[...]\" (Regulations on Urban Real Estate Development and Operation Management, Order No. 248 of the State Council of the People's Republic of China of 20 July 1998, as amended [google translation])","Notice on Further Regulating the Management of Overseas Institutions and Individuals Purchasing Houses, Jianfang [2010] No. 186 [google translation]\nOpinions of the Ministry of Construction of the People's Republic of China, the Ministry of Commerce, the National Development and Reform Commission, the People's Bank of China, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Regulating the Access and Management of Foreign Investment in the Real Estate Market, Jianfang [2006] No. 171 [google translation]\nRegulations on Urban Real Estate Development and Operation Management, Order No. 248 of the State Council of the People's Republic of China of 20 July 1998, as amended [google translation]","Baker & Mckenzie (2021), \"Global Corporate Real Estate Guide - China\".","[<a href=\"https://www.safe.gov.cn/safe/2010/1115/5472.html\">Notice</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.safe.gov.cn/safe/2006/0711/5467.html\">Opinion</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2020-12/26/content_5574296.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://resourcehub.bakermckenzie.com/en/resources/global-corporate-real-estate-guide\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2566,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","K643_663","_O","IV31","IX",2023,"0.0001","According to the 2014 Voluntary Pension Funds Act, voluntary pension fund management activities may only be performed by a pension company incorporated in Croatia. However, a pension company from another EU member state is allowed to establish a branch in Croatia or directly carry out basic and auxiliary voluntary pension fund activities from its home office, but only in relation to closed funds. By virtue of the 2014 Mandatory Pension Funds Act, the performance of compulsory pension fund management services is restricted to pension companies incorporated in Croatia, without exceptions.\nAdditionally, only credit institutions headquartered in Croatia and branches of credit institutions of other EU Member States, established in Croatia in accordance with the relevant legislation, are allowed to be appointed as depositaries of mandatory and voluntary pension funds. Moreover, the Law on Open-end Investment Funds with Public Offering of 2016 establishes that only fund management companies incorporated in Croatia or in another EU Member State may carry out the activity of managing UCITS funds in Croatia. ","\"Article 3 (OG 29/18, 115/18)\nCertain terms in the sense of this Act have the following meaning:\n1. pension company is a legal entity with its registered office in the Republic of Croatia, which operates separately from the sponsor and which, based on the approval of the Agency, performs the management activity voluntary pension fund\n[...]\nArticle 9\n(1) A pension company is established and operates as a limited liability company orjoint stock company with its registered office in the Republic of Croatia, according to the provisions in terms of provisionsthe law governing the establishment and organization of companies.\n[...]\nArticle 15 (OG 115/18)\n(1) The activities of a pension company in the Republic of Croatia may be performed by:\n1. a pension company that has received a work permit from the Agency\n2. a pension company from another Member State which, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, establishes a branch in the Republic of Croatia or is authorized to directly perform basic and auxiliary activities in the Republic of Croatia, but only in relation to closed-end funds\n3. a mandatory pension fund management company that has been approved to operate since Agencies\n4. a UCITS fund management company that has been approved by the Agency\n5. a manager established in another Member State, as defined in Article 14 (1) of this Regulation Of the Act, but only in relation to closed-end funds.\n[...]\nArticle 245 (OG 115/18)\n(1) The assets of the fund shall be entrusted to the depository by the pension company for storage and administration.\n(2) The depositary may be:\n1. a credit institution with its registered office in the Republic of Croatia, [...]\n2. a branch of a credit institution of another Member State, established in the Republic of Croatia [...].  [...]\" (Voluntary Pension Funds Act (NN 19/2014; 5 February 2014), as last amended by Law NN 115/2018, Articles 3, 9, 15 and 245 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 2 (OG 64/18)\nCertain terms, in the sense of this Law, have the following meaning:\n1. A pension company is a joint stock company or a limited liability company which manages mandatory pension funds.\n[...]\nArticle 5\n(1) A pension company is a company in the sense of the law governing the establishment and business operations of companies established in the legal form of a joint stock company or a company with limited liability.\n[...]\nArticle 170\n(1) The assets of the pension fund shall be entrusted to the depositary for safekeeping and administration.\n(2) [...] The depositary can be:\n1. a credit institution with its registered office in the Republic of Croatia, [...]\n2. a branch of a credit institution of another Member State, established in the Republic of Croatia [...]. [...]\" (Mandatory Pension Funds Act (NN 19/2014; 5 February 2014), as last amended by Law NN 58/2020, Articles 2, 5 and 170 [google translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 4 (OG 126/2019)\n(1) Certain terms, in the sense of this Act, have the following meaning: [...]\n8. management company is a legal entity with its registered office in the Republic of Croatia which, based on the approval Agency, performs the activity of managing UCITS funds.\n[...]\nArticle 12\n(1) A management company shall be established and operate as a limited liability company or a joint stock company a company with its registered office in the Republic of Croatia, according to the provisions of the law governing the establishment of business operations of companies, unless otherwise provided by this Law.\n[...]\nArticle 122\n(1) A management company from another Member State may perform activities in the Republic of Croatia for which has been approved by the competent authority of the home Member State in accordance with the rules laid down in the legal order of the management company's home Member State transposes the provisions of Directive 2009/65 / EC, directly or through a branch. [...]\" (Law on Open-end Investment Funds with Public Offering (NN 44/2016; 3 May 2016), as last amended by Law NN 126/2019, Articles 4, 12 and 122 [google translation])","Voluntary Pension Funds Act (NN 19/2014; 5 February 2014), as last amended by Law NN 115/2018, Articles 3, 9, 15 and 245\nMandatory Pension Funds Act (NN 19/2014; 5 February 2014), as last amended by Law NN 58/2020, Articles 2, 5 and 170\nLaw on Open-end Investment Funds with Public Offering (NN 44/2016; 3 May 2016), as last amended by Law NN 126/2019, Articles 4, 12 and 122","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2014_02_19_362.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.hanfa.hr/media/4182/zakon-o-dobrovoljnim-mirovinskim-fondovima-procisceno.pdf\">Act_consolidated</a>],[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2014_02_19_361.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.hanfa.hr/media/4663/zakon-o-obveznim-mirovinskim-fondovima-procisceno.pdf\">Act_consolidated</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.hanfa.hr/media/4387/zoifjp_216-2019_pro%C4%8Di%C5%A1%C4%87eni-tekst.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1056,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","COD","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00075","Local incorporation is required for undertaking insurance and reinsurance activities.","TITLE I: LEGAL REGIME AND RULES OF CONSTITUTION AND OPERATION\nChapter 1: General provisions[...]\nArticle 285: Forms of insurance and reinsurance companies\nAny insurance or reinsurance company which seeks approval to operate in the insurance or reinsurance sector is required to constitute itself in the form of a non-single-member public limited company or mutual fund and to establish its registered office in the Democratic Republic of Congo.\nA foreign company may only carry out on the national territory one of the operations mentioned in article 404 of this law or reinsurance activities if it satisfies the provisions of the preceding paragraph.\nHowever, the Minister responsible for the insurance sector may only authorize a foreign company to carry out insurance or reinsurance activities when it is found, after consulting the insurance regulatory and control authority, that adequate insurance or reinsurance cover for a risk or category of risk cannot be found on the national market.\"[...]\" (LAW N°15/005 OF MARCH 17, 2015 ON THE INSURANCE CODE [google translation])","LAW N°15/005 OF MARCH 17, 2015 ON THE INSURANCE CODE [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.leganet.cd/Legislation/Droit%20economique/Ass/Loi%2015%20mars%202015.html\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,313,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","F","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.045","Foreign investment in construction is only allowed in the form of joint-venture companies in which foreign equity shall not exceed 49%. In addition, foreign participation in electrical wiring and other building completion and finishing work is restricted to projects valued at over USD 10 million. \nFurther clarification can be found at Soliman-Hashish-Partners (2021), Lexis® Middle East: Construction 2021, Legal Guide (see links): \"1. Is a local partner required in any part of the construction process? Under the Egyptian Building Law, Egypt Law No. 119/2008 (as amended) (the Building Law), any construction works exceeding 350,000 Egyptian Pounds should be awarded to a contractor who is registered in the Egyptian Federation for Construction and Building Contractors (EFCBC) in the relevant classification for the construction works in question. This registration may be with a local company incorporated in Egypt and satisfying certain conditions to be qualified for this registration.\nAccording to the Implementing Regulation of the EFCBC Law, Egypt Regulation No. 104/1992 (the EFCBC Law) and the internal regulations of EFCBC, foreign construction contractors performing works in Egypt of at least 40,000,000 Egyptian Pounds should register themselves as foreign correspondents at EFCBC and participate or sub-contract at least 51% of the awarded works to an Egyptian contractor registered with EFCBC in the relevant classification to these awarded works.\nExceptions to these restrictions will be determined by EFCBC, taking into account reciprocity between Egypt and the country of the foreign company, public interest or technical necessity of the project, correspondent members of foreign countries providing loans or grants approved by the Egyptian Parliament which provides for awarding projects to contractors of specific nationalities.[...]\" (Soliman-Hashish-Partners (2021), Lexis® Middle East: Construction 2021, Legal Guide)","\"Article 1\nA general federation for contracting works shall be established in the Arab Republic of Egypt, to be called the Egyptian Federation of Construction and Building Contractors.\nThe federation shall not include persons whose activity is limited to supplying the materials necessary for the works referred to in the previous paragraph, or providing the necessary labor for them, or carrying out the industries or professions necessary and related thereto.\n[...]\nArticle 5\nThe federation includes all those engaged in contracting activity stipulated in Article (1) in their capacity as working members, whether they are natural or legal persons, and whatever legal system they follow. It also includes non-Egyptians engaged in the same activity during the period of their activity in Egypt as correspondent members.\nThe Executive Regulations shall specify the rules, procedures and conditions for granting membership in the Federation . \n[...]\nArticle 7\nWithout prejudice to the provisions of contracting contracts financed by loans or grants and approved by the People’s Assembly, it is not permissible to assign or engage in works that are involved in contracting activity, with more than fifty thousand pounds in a single operation for non-members of the federation.\nThe executive regulation defines the works that the correspondent members carry out and the conditions to be followed when the Egyptian participation in each of these types of works.\nThis does not apply to contracting works for which the public interest requires contracting with foreign parties within the limits of the laws regulating this and with the approval of the Council of Ministers.[...]\" (Law No. 104 of 1992 establishing the Egyptian Federation of Construction and Building Contractors [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"Article 2\nThe union establishes a general register to register all members working in the union and sub-registers to register members according to their specializations in construction and building works. Each of these specializations is considered a qualitative division in the application of the provisions of the law. The Federation establishes a register for the registration of the correspondent members of the foreign contractors during the period of their activity in Egypt.\n[...]\nArticle 6\nIt is not permissible to assign the contractor’s contract or part of it, except to a contractor registered in the union, provided that it is registered in the same division and classified in the same category in which the original contractor was classified, or in the less direct category in the case of waiving part of the contracting contract.\nArticle 7\nIn the case of assigning integrated works or complementary works to another subcontractor, this may not be done except for a contractor registered in the Federation in the same division in which the original contractor is registered and classified in the category that corresponds to the value of the works to be assigned to him.\nArticle 8\nWhoever engages in the activity of construction and building contracting, public works , land reclamation, installations, dredging, marine construction works and any other works of the nature of these works, whether he is a natural or legal person, and whatever the legal system he follows, shall submit an application for registration to obtain the working membership in the Federation. This is subject to the following conditions: \nFirst - for a natural person\n1- He must be of Egyptian nationality, an adult, of full age of majority, with full eligibility; [...]\nSecond - with regard to the legal person:\n1 - He must have taken one of the prescribed legal forms and fulfill the procedures for his publicity and registration in the commercial register\n2 - The general partners in partnership companies, the founding members and the legal representatives of other companies must meet the conditions set out in 1,\n3, 5 From item (first)\nThe application must be accompanied by all documents indicating the fulfillment of the aforementioned conditions, and the application shall indicate the type of activity that the applicant engages in in the field of construction and building activities.\n[...]\nArticle 9\nAny foreigner who practices in Egypt one of the construction and building contracting activities stipulated in the previous article, whether he is a natural or legal person, must submit an application for his registration as a corresponding member of the federation, provided that he fulfills all the conditions necessary to conduct the activity in the country to which he belongs.\nAll documents supporting this and a certified copy of the contracts concluded to carry out these works inside, and a copy of the partnership contracts or sub-contracting with Egyptian contractors, without prejudice to the provisions of Articles 6 and 7 of this regulation, stipulated in the previous article, and the term of membership is limited to the period necessary to practice its activity in Egypt.[...]\" (Minister of Construction Decision No. 205 of 1993: Issuing the implementing regulations for Law No. 104 of 1992 establishing the Egyptian Federation of Construction and Building Contractors [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"EGYPT\nA. Exceptions at national level\nI. Investment by established foreign-controlled enterprises [...]\nConstruction: Foreign investment is only allowed in the form of joint-venture companies in which foreign equity shall not exceed 49%. In addition, foreign participation in electrical wiring and other building completion and finishing work is restricted to projects valued at over $10 million.\nAuthority: Law 104 of 1992 [...]\" (OECD (2017), \"National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises: Including Adhering Country Exceptions to National Treatment, Paris)\n--------------------\n\"The Conditions to extract the Egyptian Federation for Constructions & Building Contractors membership card \n1 - Request to extract membership card including power of attorney\n2 - Contract of the Project\n3 - Letter from owner including date of starting & of finishing the project\n4 - Recent extractor from the Commercial Register Issued by the Investment Project Authority including the Contractor of the project\n5 - Egyptian Contractors with 51% [...]\" (Egyptian Federation of Construction and Building Contractors, \"Registration of foreign companies\" [Guidance], website content)","Law No. 104 of 1992 establishing the Egyptian Federation of Construction and Building Contractors [google translation]\nMinister of Construction Decision No. 205 of 1993: Issuing the implementing regulations for Law No. 104 of 1992 establishing the Egyptian Federation of Construction and Building Contractors [google translation])\nOECD (2017), \"National Treatment for Foreign-Controlled Enterprises: Including Adhering Country Exceptions to National Treatment, Paris.\nEgyptian Federation of Construction and Building Contractors, \"Registration of foreign companies\" [Guidance], website content.\n","Soliman-Hashish-Partners (2021), Lexis® Middle East: Construction 2021, Legal Guide.","[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/168207\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://elpai.idsc.gov.eg/Legislations/Item/173723\">Decision</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oecd.org/daf/inv/investment-policy/national-treatment-instrument-english.pdf\">NTI</a>],[<a href=\"https://tasheed.org/%D9%82%D9%8A%D8%AF%20%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B4%D8%B1%D9%83%D8%A7%D8%AA%20%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A7%D8%AC%D9%86%D8%A8%D9%8A%D8%A9\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.shandpartners.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Egypt_Lexis-Middle-East_Soliman-Hashish-Partners_Construction-Legal-Guide_2021_pdf.pdf\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1374,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","EGY","G45_46","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.001125","From 2017, only the manager in charge for importation in a company engaging in imports into Egypt is required to be of Egyptian nationality (not considered a restriction under the OECD FDI RRI). Previously, all partners and directors of the partnerships and limited liability companies engaging in this activity were required to be of Egyptian nationality. In companies engaging in activities of commercial agents and intermediaries, all partners in joint liability companies and all managers or members of shareholder company council must be of Egyptian nationality.","\"Article 1\nNo natural or legal person shall import goods for the purpose of trading unless registered in the importers register prepared for this by the competent authority in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade in accordance with the provisions of this law and in the application of the provisions of the previous article, the import of goods by the commercial agent is considered an import for the purpose of trading.\nArticle 2\nThe person requesting to be registered in the importers register shall fulfill the following conditions:\nFirst: Registration of natural persons: [...]\nB. Shall be of Egyptian nationality. As for who acquired the Egyptian nationality, a period of no less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality.\nC. Shall practice commercial business for at least two consecutive years prior to the application for registration, [...].\n[...]\nSecond: Registration for Companies\n(a) The company shall be registered in the commercial register. As for partnerships, shall be registered for at least one year prior this. Companies holding an import card at the time of application of this law or with a capital not less than EGP 20000 (twenty thousand Egyptian pounds) shall be exempted from the condition of term.\n(b) Headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab republic of Egypt. [...]\n(e) the shares or stakes of the partners in the joint-stock companies and the limited partnership companies shall be owned by Egyptians, taking into account the lapse of a period of not less than ten years from the date of acquisition of the Egyptian citizenship.\n(f) The partners and directors of the partnerships, directors, chairmen and members of the boards of directors of associations are of Egyptian nationality. For the ones who acquire the Egyptian nationality, a period of not less than ten years shall be passed from the date of acquiring this nationality. \n[...]\nLimited liability companies are treated as partnerships in the field of enforcing this Law.[...]\" (Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"(Article 1)\nThe provisions of sections (b),(c),(d),(e) and (f) of Clause (1), sections (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Clause (2) of Article (2), sections (a) and (c) of Article (3), Article (6), Article (8), first section of Article (10) and Article (11) of the Importers’ RecordLaw shall be replaced by the following:\nArticle (2):\nClause (1): regarding registration of the natural persons\n(b) Shall be of Egyptian Nationality.\n(c) Shall be practicing the commercial activities for at least two consecutive years prior to registration application. [...] \n[...]\nClause (2): Regarding Registration of Companies\n(a) Shall be a company registered within the Commercial Register. Regarding the partnerships and limited liability companies, shall be registered for at least one year. In\naddition, the volume of business during the last year according to Tax Declaration provided to Tax Authority shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds. The\ncompanies which have Import Card at the time of application of the Executive Regulations of this law shall be exempted from the condition of the volume of business. \n(b) The headquarters of the company shall be in the Arab Republic of Egypt and the company shall be incorporated according to the provisions of the Egyptian laws. [...]\n(e) the issued share capital of the Joint stock companies or companies limited by shares shall not be less than five million Egyptian Pounds, in addition, at least (51%) of the shares or stocks of the shareholders within the joint stock companies, the companies limited by shares, limited liability companies, or partnerships shall be held by Egyptian citizens. \n[...]\n(f) The Company’s manager in charge for importation shall be of Egyptian nationality. [...]\" (Law No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1\nA commercial agent is meant to be, in the field of applications of the provisions of this law, a natural or judicial person who usually, without being connected to a work contract or a Service rental contract, submit bids or conclude purchases, selling, rental or present services on behalf of producers, merchants, distributors for himself or for one of those aforementioned.\nA commercial broker is the person whose activity is confined in searching for a contractor or who negotiates to persuade someone to make contract even if for one deal. Besides, a commercial broker is the one who carries out any works of commercial agency even if he is not accustomed to that or he did it for once or he is connected with a contract with the following producer, a merchant or a distributor.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nWithout prejudice to provisions of law No. 34 of 1976, it is prohibited to carry out any business of the commercial agency or brokers, except for those whose name is registered in the register of commercial agents and brokers prepared for this in the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade. Those who will be registered in this record have to satisfy the following conditions:\nFirst: as for the natural persons:\nA. To be of Egyptian nationality. Those who acquired the Egyptian nationality, at least ten years must have passed since they acquired their Egyptian nationality.\n[...]\nSecond: with regard of companies’ registration\nA. The main headquarter of the company shall be in Egypt.\nB. Carrying out works of agency and mediation business is to be among of its activities according to its main system or establishing contract.\nC. The capital has to be owned completely to Egyptian partners taking into consideration that a time laps of ten years has passed since the acquisition of Egyptian nationality. If the partner is a juridical person, he must be of Egyptian nationality and most of the capital owned by Egyptians or a time laps of ten years has passed since their acquisition of the Egyptian nationality.\nD. All Partners in joint liability companies, all managers or members of shareholder company council should satisfy the stipulated conditions in the first paragraph.\nE. The capital of individual companies shall not be less than 20000 L.E according to the company’s latest balance sheet delivered by the company to the tax authority as\nper the previous financial fiscal year or by submitting a certificate proving that this sum has been deposited in any of the accredited banks on starting the company’s activities. Public sector companies shall be exempted from the conditions of (c) and (D) in case the import process is connected to its activity and limited liability\ncompanies will be treated as individual companies on applying the provision of this law.[...]\" (Law No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3 [unofficial translation])\"","Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 21 (a), 5 August 1982), Articles 1 and 2\nLaw No. 7 of 2017, Amendment of some provisions of Law No. 121 of 1982 Regarding the Importers Register (OG Vol. 9 bis (a), 7 March 2017), Article 1\nLaw No. 120 of 1982 Concerning the law of organizing commercial agency and Some commercial mediation businesses (26 July 1982), Articles 1 and 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/405.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/385.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.goeic.gov.eg/upload/online/2017/10/documents/files/en/404.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1354,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.009375","Trading licence in some commercial activities, including manufacturing-related, wholesale and retail-related and food services-related activities among others [listed in Schedule 2 of the referenced Regulation], are reserved to Eswatini citizens and companies wholly-owned by Eswatini citizens.",{"$cut":{"chars":18113,"head":"\"20. The Minister may make regualtions - \n(b) declaring any trade or business to be reserved and licenced only to Swazi citizens and companies wholly owned by Swazi citizens\"[...]\" (TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975), as amended)\n---------------------\n\"TRADES OR BUSINESSES TO BE RESERVED FOR SWAZI CITIZENS\n(a) The businesses or trades listed in Schedule 1 are reserved for Swazi Citizens.\n(b) Notwithstanding sub regulation (1) a non-Swazi Citizen may obtain a license to conduct a business or trade under schedule 1 save for a business or trade listed in Schedule 2.\n(c) The Licensing Officer shall only grant a non-Swazi a license under sub regulation where there is a reasonable justification for such a grant, such justification may include; – \ni. where there are no available Swazi citizens to provide the service; or\nii. where Swazi citizens cannot meet the demand.\n(d) A non-Swazi Citizen shall not conduct any business or trade under Swazi Nation Land.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 1\nItem1.   PEDDLER [...]\nItem2.  HAWKER (EACH VEHICLE OR CARRIER) [...]\nItem3. PRODUCE AND HANDWORK VENDOR\nThis license shall be required from every person who sells produce of handwork. For the purpose of this section “produce” includes eggs, home-made non-alcoholic beverages, fresh fruit and vegetables and “handwork” shall mean handwork made within Swaziland \nItem4. VENDOR’S CART\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on business by selling or exchanging or offering or exposing for sale or exchange goods, wares and foodstuffs –  i. which he conveys from place to place, whether by cart or movable structure;[...]\nItem5.  STREET PHOTOGRAPHER [...]\nItem6.  SHOES REPAIRING [...]\nItem7.  DEALER IN FARM PRODUCE\n(a) The holder of this license shall be entitled to carry on the business of buying farm produce for the purpose of sale, consignment, barter or exchange, whether by auction or out of hand, and whether or not the person dealing has a recognized place of business.\n(b) Every such license, save as herein after provided, shall be issued in the name of an individual only, and shall be required by any person who conducts such business on behalf of the license.\n(c) Provided that when this license is issued to a company or partnership, the license shall also bear the name of the individual using such license.\nItem8.  BAKERY \n(a) A bakery license holder shall be entitle to carry on the business / trade of making, baking or selling whether by wholesale or retail, bread, biscuits, rusks, pastry, rolls, tarts and other flour confectionery\n(b) A holder of this license may also in terms of the license \ni. sell or offer or expose his products for sale a wholesale or retail on the business premises where they are baked or made.\nii. sell and deliver his products from a vehicle  which he is the owner, to a holder of license who may in terms of the license sell products, and\niii. Acquire any product referred to in paragraph 1, from another baker and deal therewith as contemplated in sub-paragraph (a) or (b).\nItem9.  PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR / FREELANCER JOURNALIST [...]\nItem10. BILLIARD AND SNOOKER TABLE KEEPER [...]\nItem11. MILLER (PURCHASING, SALE AND CUSTOMERS)\nThe holder of a miller license shall be entitled to carry on business in respect of every mill by any person who carries on the trade or business of purchasing and milling, or grinding sugar cane, nuts, cotton or any seed into sugar, flour, meal or other products for sale and in the case cereals, only for sale as a whole grain or who carries on the trade or business of milling sugar, grinding nuts, cotton or other seeds into flour, meal or other products for reward in cash or kind.      \nItem12.  COBBLER [...]\n(a) The holder of a cobbler license shall be entitled to carry on the business of making, repairing and selling foot-ware.\n(b) The holder if this license may also sell footwear made by him or her\nItem13. BLACKSMITH OR FARRIER\nThe holder of a blacksmith or farrier license shall be entitled to carry on the business of a blacksmith and this license shall entitle the holder thereof to sell ma"}},"TRADING LICENCES ORDER (ORDER NO.20 of 1975)\nTHE RESERVATION OF CERTAIN TRADES OR BUSINESSES FOR SWAZI CITIZENS, REGULATIONS, 2017 (Under section 20)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Order-20-of-1975.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.osall.org.za/docs/2011/03/Swaziland-Trading-Licences-Amendment-Act-9-of-2011.pdf\">Amend</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.sz/images/MOCIT/%20LegalNotice-ReservationsRegulations-with-tracked-changes.doc\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,497,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","K65_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2022,"0.00045","A majority of the board of directors of every Greek insurance company must consist of Greek/EU citizens.","\"Article 2 - Scope of use of the term insurer (Article 2 of Directive 2009/138 / EC)\n1 . The provisions of this law apply:\n(a) to reinsurance undertakings established in Greece, or wishing to acquire a registered office in Greece, for all life and non-life insurance undertakings which they carry out within the European Union, whether under establishment or freedom to provide services;\n(b) to reinsurance undertakings; and who carry out only reinsurance activities, established in Greece, or who wish to acquire a seat in Greece, for all reinsurance operations carried out within the European Union, either under the status of establishment or freedom to provide services, with the exception of the provisions of Part Four currently,\nc) insurance and reinsurance undertakings established in a third country operating in Greece, under the provisions of Chapter I of this Part,\nd) insurance and reinsurance undertakings established in any Member State of the European Union operating in Greece either under establishment or under the freedom to provide services, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter H of this Part.\n[...]\nArticle 29 - Responsibility of the Management Board - members of the Management Board (Article 40 of Directive 2009/138 / EC) [...]\n3 . The board of directors of every Greek insurance company consists of a majority of Greek citizens or citizens of other Member States of the European Union.[...]\" (Law on private insurance (4364/2016), subsequently amended, Articles 2 and 29 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])","Law on private insurance (4364/2016), subsequently amended, Articles 2 and 29","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wFHp_31M9ESQXdtvSoClrL8mwqrihVEQjztIl9LGdkF53UIxsx942CdyqxSQYNuqAGCF0IfB9HI6qSYtMQEkEHLwnFqmgJSA5WIsluV-nRwO1oKqSe4BlOTSpEWYhszF8P8UqWb_zFijK4lFLd8irAy-Rzl6RA49YK0rB3jO_gmp97WYtstl7bJ\">Law (official)</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/164885\">Law (unofficial)</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,811,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GRC","B05_06","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0007","Transactions related to the acquisition of coal mining rights by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to prior approval. Likewise, change of control of a concessionaire holding hydrocarbons prospecting, exploration and/or exploitation rights, from EU to non­EU controlling countries or nationals (either directly or indirectly), is not allowed without the prior consent of the Ministerial Council. Non­EU nationals (whether natural or legal persons) may be granted hydrocarbons prospecting, exploration and exploitation rights as long as the principle of reciprocity with the country of origin applies. However, the Ministerial Council may refuse the granting or the transfer of such rights to to any entity which is effectively controlled by a third country or third country nationals on grounds of national security.\n","\"Article 1 - Minerals\nFor the application of the present mineral materials, as they are found in nature, are legally distinguished into Mineral minerals or ores and Quarry minerals.\nArticle 2 - Mineral minerals\n1. The following minerals are considered as Mineral minerals or ores:\na) The metals in their natural state (such as copper, gold, etc.).\nb) The compounds of all metals (such as aluminum, silver, arsenic, antimony, vanadium, barium, bis, tungsten, potassium, zirconium, cadmium, tin, cobalt, platinum, manganese, magnesium, magnesium, molybdenum, molybdenum, molybdenum , mercury, copper, gold, chromium, zinc, etc.).\nc) The minerals of the metals of the group of rare earths.\nd) The minerals of the radioactive elements.\ne) Natural sulfur, graphite, phosphorite, fluorite, asbestos, talc, alunite, mica, astrium, alum, sodium chloride, compounds, boron, bromine, iodine , dolomite with a magnesium oxide content greater than 21%.\nf) The precious stones.\ng) Solid fuels and fossil fuels, including peat (coal).\nh) The natural deposits of organic fertilizers.\ni) Hydrocarbons of all kinds in solid liquids or gaseous states, as well as their oxidation products (ozocerite, asphalt, bitumen, bituminous limestones and shales, etc.).\nj) Resinous mineral materials.\nk) The gaseous sun and the native gases.\nl) the geothermal potential\n[...]\nArticle 8 - Acquisition by foreigners\n1. The drawing up of any contract which has as its object the transfer of mining rights to foreign natural or legal persons in general or the granting of the use and exercise of such rights in their favor requires, prior to its conclusion and on the penalty of absolute invalidity, the prior approval of the Minister of Industry subject to the provisions of Articles 74, 75, 76 and 77 hereof.\n2. Prior approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Industry, is also required for the acquisition of shares of domestic companies, acquired in general mining rights, by persons referred to in paragraph 1 of this article.\n3. The approval of the Council of Ministers is not required for the preparation of pre-contracts referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, provided that such pre-agreements shall include a clause in which the final contracts are subject to the condition of their prior approval of the the Council of Ministers.\n4. In case of compulsory auction of mines, regardless of the region in which they are not located, foreigners, natural or legal persons, may bid only if they submit to the auctioneer the approval of the Council of Ministers under paragraph 1 of this article.\n[...]\nArticle 11\nFor the application of the provisions of articles 8 and 9 of this company, acquired legal personality or other legal entities having their registered office in the country, are considered foreigners, if at the discretion of the \"Minister of Development\" they are under legal or financial dependence or influence of foreigners. taking into account the nationality of the majority of its shareholders, the nationality of the company's capital and other critical data in each specific case.  \nArticle 12\nForeign, natural or legal persons bearing shares of Societes Anonymes acquired rights to mines, may not, during the dissolution of the Company and distribution of corporate property, acquire rights over the mines of the dissolved Societe Anonyme, without the prior approval of the Deputy Minister.[...]\" (Mining Code (210/1973), last amended by Law 4512/2018, Articles 1, 2, 8, 11 and 13 [google translation based on unofficial text at kodiko.gr])\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER AND\nEXERCISE OF PUBLIC RIGHTS\nArticle 1 - Definitions\nFor the application of the provisions of this law are defined as:\n1. Hydrocarbons: all kinds of mineral petroleum in solid, liquid or gaseous state and in particular crude oil, natural gas, as well as all kinds of minerals or substances that are extracted with them from porous and permeable geological formations. Shale oil and shale gas are not included. [...]\n6. Lessor: The State on whose behalf EDEY SA enters into a lease agreement with third parties.\n7. Employer: The State on whose behalf EDEY SA enters into a production distribution contract with third parties.\n8. Contractor: The one who concludes a lease contract or a production distribution contract with EDEY SA, as well as the licensee in accordance with paragraphs 4 to 8 of article 7 of this.\n9. Associate: Company or other legal entity or natural person, directly or indirectly controlled by the Contractor, as well as any company or other legal or natural person, which is controlled or controlled directly or indirectly by a company or legal or natural person, which is controlled or controlled directly or indirectly by the Contractor. A person is considered to have control of a company, when he holds at least thirty percent (30%) of the voting capital or when he has, according to special provisions, the right to appoint the management of the company. Especially for the application of par. 5 of article 7 of the present, as a control of the company is considered the participation in its capital in percentages bigger than fifty percent (50%).\n[...]\nArticle 4 - Contractors\n1 . The contractors, concluded in accordance with the provisions hereof, may be natural and legal persons, alone or more than one in the form of a consortium, provided that they are nationals of a Member State of the European Union or of a third country, subject to reciprocity. \n2 . By decision of the Council of Ministers, upon the recommendation of the Minister of Industry, Energy and Technology, participation in the procedures of Articles 2 and 3 and the granting of a search permit or the conclusion of contracts for the lease or distribution of production and the transfer of these rights may be prohibited. according to paragraphs 4 to 8 of article 7 of this law, to a person who is substantially controlled by a third country or by third country nationals or to a consortium in which such person participates, for reasons of national security. \n3. After the conclusion of the contract, the Contractor is prohibited from coming under the direct or indirect control of a foreign state that is not a member of the European Union or under the direct or indirect control of a national of such state, without prior approval of the Council of Ministers, which decides after an opinion. of the Minister of Industry, Energy and Technology. Violation of the previous provision entails the reduction of the Contractor by a decision of the Council of Ministers. [...]\" (Law no. 2289/95 \"Exploration, exploration and exploitation of hydrocarbons and other provisions\" [google translation])\n-----------------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER B SEPARATION OF GAS TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS\nArticle 61 - Gas Transmission System Operators\n1. Every company that owns the Natural Gas Transmission System, exercises the responsibilities of the administrator of that System in accordance with the provisions of this law.\n2. Exceptions to the provisions of Part Three of this Law may be granted for a specified period of time under the terms and conditions of Article 36 of Directive 2009/73 / EC, as specifically provided for in Article 76, or derogations under the terms and conditions of paragraphs 4 and 5 of Article 49 of Directive 2009/73 / EC.\nArticle 62 - Separate System Operators Gas Transmission (Article 9 of Directive 2009/73 / EC)\n1. In order to exercise the responsibilities of a Natural Gas Transmission System Operator, the following conditions must be cumulatively met: [...]\n3. The obligation set out in Article 61 (1) shall be deemed to be fulfilled where two or more undertakings in the possession of Gas Transmission Systems have set up a consortium acting as a Transmission System Operator in two or more Member States for these Gas Transmission Systems. No other undertaking may participate in the consortium unless it has been approved in accordance with Article 14 of Directive 2009/73 / EC as an independent system operator or has been certified as an independent transmission operator for the purposes of Chapter IV of Directive 2009/73/EC.\n[...]\nCHAPTER D - INDEPENDENT GAS SYSTEMS\nArticle 74 - ASFA License\n1. Right of construction and ownership or, in case of an underground Storage Facility, the holders of ASFA License have the right to use the ASFA. The ASFA License is granted only to legal entities by decision of RAE and in case the License grants the right to build and own transmission systems only to companies falling under Article 1 of Directive 2009/101 / EC, in accordance with the provisions of the License Regulation. [...]\n(e) In the event that the License grants the right to build and own Gas Transmission Systems, to meet the criteria of paragraph 1 of Article 61 and Article 62. [...]\" (Law 4001/2011 \"On the operation of Energy Markets for Electricity and Natural Gas, for Research, Production and Hydrocarbon transmission networks and other regulations\" [google translation])","Mining Code (210/1973), last amended by Law 4512/2018, Articles 1, 2, 8, 11 and 13\nLaw no. 2289/95 \"Exploration, exploration and exploitation of hydrocarbons and other provisions\" [google translation]\nLaw 4001/2011 \"On the operation of Energy Markets for Electricity and Natural Gas, for Research, Production and Hydrocarbon transmission networks and other regulations\" [google translation]","Norton Rose Fulbright (2015), \"Oil and gas in Greece\", March.\n","[<a href=\"http://www.et.gr/idocs-nph/search/pdfViewerForm.html?args=5C7QrtC22wF6rlIz2Gsd0ndtvSoClrL8Joyc7XVao2V5MXD0LzQTLWPU9yLzB8V68knBzLCmTXKaO6fpVZ6Lx9hLslJUqeiQ-l1L3i_XyoFo0CVxavc6cpKl790hlD4bhahm--xzmLg.\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/525606\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/gre51962.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.kodiko.gr/nomothesia/document/216036/nomos-2289-1995\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://storage.googleapis.com/cclow-staging/02qbtbtvhcw9vaph1z4n7lec42av?GoogleAccessId=laws-and-pathways-staging%40soy-truth-247515.iam.gserviceaccount.com&Expires=1656086007&Signature=S%2F4glmgNqkFMDnr0oIoHKbSayXkpcvsmlWvmHKa7Qeu1OnescMtO6QUcbTWbKlzjtpfhEQZUrz4geq6Qp6TPXKWWGJKLj15oAMlirsz93514LLZR%2B3gGxwc4tf%2F%2F4MEr5a4inP07WuboPRZMQY1vxRGKraVrmsz4az1AEaUB7n9f0s7%2BHR4Lnp3w%2FWP3O3gXdNKjp%2FHLvDcvvjYP5Ifevq2W1HgeGrlSsWuT6wiHZtXbPArdfp4UOVx96OF5etXl2KMlGYVGc7gS6MVUwEP7qUlrT0RdI3zjraVD2eVBpezaxeQvENKggkEXiz5HOhKUeo4hJmtQ2UqGzsH4Yo%2BGJQ%3D%3D&response-content-disposition=inline%3B+filename%3D%22f%22%3B+filename%2A%3DUTF-8%27%27f&response-content-type=application%2Fpdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=256ab402-cae8-4353-be39-73e7b6256c15\">Other</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,793,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HUN","M691","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00375","Law firms can only be established and owned by attorneys. Non-EEA nationals cannot qualify as an attorney, and hence cannot own law firms either.","\"Section 58 \n(1) The regional bar association shall, upon request, admit as an attorney-at-law anyone who:\na) is a citizen of any State that is a party to the Treaty on the European Economic Area,\n[...]\nSection 87 \n(1) A law office is a legal entity established by one or more attorneys-at-law or European Community lawyers for the purpose of jointly performing the professional activities of an attorney-at-law as a business-like activity, where a member’s obligation comprises the provision of assets and other services to the law office as determined in the deed of foundation. [...]\" (Act on the professional activities of attorneys-at-law (LXXVIII of 2017), subsequently amended, Sections 58 and 87 [unofficial translation as in force on 1 January 2018])","Act on the professional activities of attorneys-at-law (LXXVIII of 2017), last amended 1 July 2021, Sections 58 and 87 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/2017-78-00-00\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://njt.hu/translation/J2017T0078P_20180101_FIN.pdf\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,787,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.001875","FDI in construction activity has been largely liberalised; FDI is only prohibited in the 'Real Estate Business or Construction of Farm Houses' (excluding the development of townships, construction of residential /commercial premises, roads or bridges and Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)).","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.1 PROHIBITED SECTORS\nFDI is prohibited in: [...]\nf) Real Estate Business or Construction of Farm Houses\n‘Real estate business’ shall not include development of townships, construction of residential /commercial premises, roads or bridges and Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) registered and regulated under the SEBI (REITs) Regulations 2014. \n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.10 CONSTRUCTION DEVELOPMENT: TOWNSHIPS, HOUSING, BUILT-UP INFRASTRUCTURE\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.10.1 Construction-development projects (which would include development of townships, construction of residential/commercial premises, roads or bridges, hotels, resorts, hospitals, educational institutions, recreational facilities, city and regional level infrastructure, townships) | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.10.2\nEach phase of the construction development project would be considered as a separate project for the purposes of FDI policy. Investment will be subject to the following conditions:\n(A) (i)  The investor will be permitted to exit on completion of the project or after development of trunk infrastructure i.e. roads, water supply, street lighting, drainage and sewerage.\n(ii) Notwithstanding anything contained at (A) (i) above, a foreign investor will be permitted to exit and repatriate foreign investment before the completion of project under automatic route, provided that a lock-in-period of three years, calculated with reference to each tranche of foreign investment has been completed. Further, transfer of stake from one non-resident to another non-resident, without repatriation of investment will neither be subject to any lock-in period nor to any government approval. [...]\nNOTE:\n(i)  It is clarified that FDI is not permitted in an entity which is engaged or proposes to engage in real estate business, construction of farm houses and trading in transferable development rights (TDRs).  “Real estate business” means dealing in land and immovable property with a view to earning profit there from and does not include development of townships, construction of residential/ commercial premises, roads or bridges, educational institutions, recreational facilities, city and regional level infrastructure, townships. Further, earning of rent/ income on lease of the property, not amounting to transfer, will not amount to real estate business.\n(ii) Condition of lock-in period at (A) above will not apply to Hotels &Tourist Resorts, Hospitals, Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Educational Institutions, Old Age Homes and investment by NRIs. [...]\n(vi) Notwithstanding anything contained in Para 5.2.10 above, it is clarified that real-estate broking service does not amount to real estate business and 100% foreign investment is allowed in the activity under automatic route. \n[...]\n5.2.11 INDUSTRIAL PARKS\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route \nIndustrial Parks -new and existing | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic \n5.2.11.1 Other conditions for investment in Industrial Parks are at Annexure-7. \n[...]\nAnnexure-7 Conditions for Industrial Parks \n1.1(i)“Industrial Park” is a project in which quality infrastructure in the form of plots of developed land or built up space or a combination with common facilities, is developed and made available to all the allottee units for the purposes of industrial activity. \n[...]\n1.2 FDI in Industrial Parks would not be subject to the conditionalities applicable for construction development projects etc. spelt out in para 5.2.10 of Chapter 5 of this Circular, provided the Industrial Parks meet with the under-mentioned conditions: \n(i) it would comprise of a minimum of 10 units and no single unit shall occupy more than 50% of the allocable area; \n(ii) the minimum percentage of the area to be allocated for industrial activity shall not be less than 66% of the total allocable area. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2429,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","_H","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.00625","Only Indonesian individuals are permitted to hold an ownership title [hak milik-the closest to a freehold title] and a few other special bodies designated by the Government can obtain the right of ownership (hak milik), such as State-owned banks, associations of agricultural cooperation (perkumpulan koperasi pertanian), religious bodies that have been appointed by the Head of the National Land Agency (Badan Pertanohan Nasional) and social organisations that have been appointed by the Head of the National Land Agency (Badan Pertanohan Nasional) (Allens, 2014). Other corporations, including domestic and foreign-owned ones, cannot own land [hak milik] but may obtain long-term rights over land for business purposes through the following renewable initial rights: (1) long-term leasehold rights (95 years) [Hak Guna Usaha]; (2) right of building (80 years) [Hak Guna Usaha]; and (3) right of use (70 years) [Hak pakai]. The right of building (Hak Guna Bangunan/HGB), which is the most extensive form of land title in Indonesia available for corporations in Indonesia, including foreign controlled Indonesian legal entities, is however only allowed to Indonesian legal entities (including foreign investment (PMA) companies). Domestic investors establishing indirect branches for carrying out their investment activities are indirectly favoured in this matter because they can access land through their incorporated parent entity. Foreign investors, on the other hand, are prohibited from establishing direct branches in Indonesia, thus being required to invest through a locall incorporated company (PMA). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, since a foreign-owned company cannot access land on perfectly equal terms with domestic investors [because incorporation is required], the measure is taken into account in the FDIRRI, even though the extent of discrimination is not major.","\"CHAPTER 11 - THE RIGHTS ON LAND WATER AND AIR SPACE, AND LAND REGISTRATION [...]\nPART III: RIGTH OF OWNERSHIP [Hak Milik]\nArticle 20.\n(1) The right of ownership is hereditary right and be strongest and fullest right one can have on land that may be possessed by citizen, considering the provision laid down in Article 6.\n(2) The right of ownership may go over to and transferred to another party.\nArticle 21.\n(1). Only an Indonesia citizen may have rights of ownership.\n(2). Corporations which may posses the right of ownership and its requirements shall be determined by Government.\n[...]\nPART IV: THE RIGHT OF EXPLOITATION\nArticle 28.\n(1) The right of exploitation is the right to cultivate the land which is directly controlled by the State for a period of time as stipulated in Article 29 for enterprises in the field  of agriculture, fishery or cattle breeding. \n[...]\nArticle 29.\n(1). The right of exploitation is granted for a period of not longer than 25 years.\n(2). To an enterprise that needs a longer period, a right of exploitation for not longer than 35 years may be granted.\n(3). At the request of the holder of the right and considering the situation of his enterprise the period of time as meant in paragraph (1) and (2) of this Article, may be extended with a period of not longer than 25 years.\nArticle 30.\n(1) Those who may have the right of exploitation are: \na. Indonesian citizens; b. Corporation which has been establish according to the Indonesian law and have their seat in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART V: THE RIGHT OF BUILDING\nArticle 35.\n(1) The right of building is the right to build and to own buildings on land which is not one’s property for a period of not longer than 30 years.\n(2) At the request of the holder of the right and considering the necessity as well as the condition of the building, the period of time meant in paragraph (1) can be extended by a period not longer than 20 years.\n(3) The right of building may go over to and be transferred to another party.\nArticle 36.\n(1) Those who may posses the right of building are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Corporation established according to Indonesia Law and having their domicile in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VI: THE RIGHT OF USE\nArticle 41.\n(1) The right of use is the right to use and/or to collect the product, from land directly controlled by the State, or land owned by other persons which gives the rights and obligations stipulated in the decision upon grating this right by the authorized official, or in the agreement to work the land, as far as it not conflict with the spirit and the provision of this law.\n(2) The right of use may be granted:\na. for a certain period of time as long as the land is utilized for a specific purpose; b. gratis, against payment, or against services in whatever form.\n(3) The granting of the right of use may not be accompanied of conditions bearing elements of extortion.\nArticle 42.\nThose who may obtain the right of use are:\na. Indonesian citizen; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which have been established according to Indonesian Law and having they seat in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporations having a representation in Indonesia.\n[...]\nPART VII: THE RIGHT TO LEASE LAND FOR BUILDING\nArticle 44.\n(1) A person or a corporation has the right to lease land, if he is entitled to utilize land owned by another for the purpose of building, by paying to its owner an amount of money as rent.\n(2) The payment of rent may be effected: a. Once or at intervals; b. Before or after use of the land.\n(3) Agreement for the leas of land meant in this Article may not be accompanied by conditions having the elements of extortion.\nArticle 45.\nThose who may become holders of the right to lease are:\na. Indonesian citizens; b. Foreigner residing in Indonesia; c. Corporation which has been established according to Indonesia law and having their seats in Indonesia; d. Foreign corporation having a representative in Indonesia;\nPART VIII: THE RIGHT OF OPENING-UP LAND OF COLLECTING FOREST PRODUCT\nArticle 46.\n(1) The right of opening-up land and of collecting forest products may only be possessed by Indonesian citizens and is regulated by Government Regulation.\n(2) By using right to collect forest products legally, it does not naturally simply ownership with regard to that land. [...]\" (ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation])\n---------------------------------------\n\"Chapter X. Investment facility [...]\nArticle 21\nIn addition to facilities set forth in Article 18, Government will provide service and/or licensing convenience to investment companies in obtaining:\na. land rights;\n[...]\nArticle 22\n1) Ease of service and/or land right permit set forth in Article 21(a) may be given, extended and renewed in advance simultaneously and may be further renewed upon request of investors in form of:\na. Hak Guna Usaha (Leasehold) may be given for 95 (ninety-five) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 60 (sixty) years, and it may be further renewed for 35 (thirty-five) years.\nb. Hak Guna Bangunan (Building Rights) may be given for 80 (eighty) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 50 (fifty) years, and it may be further renewed for 30 (thirty) years.\nc. Hak Pakai (Right of Use) may be given for 70 (seventy) years and simultaneously renewed in advance for 45 (forty-five) years, and it may be further renewed for 25 (twenty-five) years.\n2) Land Rights set forth at Article 21(a) may be granted and simultaneously renewed in advance for any investment activity, with, among others, the following conditions :\na. such investment is for long term and associated with the structural change of Indonesian economy into the more competitive one;\nb. such investment is with the level of investment risk requiring long-term return on investment according to the types of the investment activity;\nc. such investment does not require extensive area;\nd. such investment uses state-owned land rights; and \ne. such investment does not interrupt the sense of impartiality in the community as well as public interest.\n3) Land Rights may be renewed after being evaluated that the land can be further used according to the condition, nature, and objective of granting such rights.\n4) The granting and the simultaneous renewal of land rights in advance and further renewal set forth in paragraph (1) and (2) above may be halted or annulled by the Government if the investment company abandons the land, inflicts damage to public interest, uses or make use of the land in violation with the purpose and objective of such granting of land rights, or violates any rules of law applicable to land matters.\" (Law Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]).","ACT NO. 5 OF 1960 CONCERNING BASIC REGULATIONS ON AGRARIAN PRINCIPLES [google translation]\nLaw Concerning Investment No. 67/2007 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/1960/UU0051960.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.go.id/common/dokumen/ln/2007/uu25-2007.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2580,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C10T12","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.000108333","As of March 2021, the number of manufacturing activities reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements] has been considerably reduced, and only a few ones remain closed to FDI. Some others are subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Soybean Processing Industry: Soybean Tempe Industry, Soybean Tofu Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Fish Wet Preservation (Pemindangan) Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Salt Processing Industries that already acquired Geographical Indications: Amed Bali Salt, Mount Krayan salt, Kusamba Bali salt: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs [new]\n[...]\n- Coffee Processing Industry that already acquired Geographical Indications: [see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital. [new]\n- Rendang Industry (traditional Indonesian dish): [see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital. [new]\n- Crackers, Chips, Peyek Industry and the like (Manufacturing and Non- Manufacturing): [see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital \n[...]\n- Fishery Product Processing Business (Usaha Pengolahan Hasil Perikanan/UPI): Salting / Drying Fish and Other Aquatic Biota; Smoking Fish and Other Aquatic Biota; Fermenting Fish and Other Cooked Products (for fish extraction and jelly business); Ground and Surimi Meat-Based Industry: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Fish Canning: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Food Industry from Soybeans and Beans Other than Soy Sauce, Tempe and Tofu [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Essential Oil Industry: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Sugar Industry: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - food and others]\n- Business with specific capacities (Crude vegetable and animal oils industry (edible oils), Copra, fiber, coconut shell charcoal, dust, nata de coco industry, Coconut oil Industry, Palm oil Industry, Cotton seeds Industry, Peeling, cleaning, drying, and sorting of plantation products Industry (cocoa and coffee beans) Industry, Cashew for dried cashew nut and cashew nut shell liquid (CNSL) Industry, Peppercorn for dried white peppercorn and dried black peppercorn Industry, Cane sugar, sugar cane top and sugar cane bagasse Industry, Black tea/green tea Industry, Dried tobacco leaves Industry, Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry, Jatrophacurcas oil industry [...] Fish preservation industry, Soybean tempe industry, Soybean tofu industry, Moist Cake industry, Industry of food from soybean and legumes, other than soya sauce, tempe, and tofu, Industry of crackers, chips, crispy peanut fritters (peyek), and the like, Red sugar industry, Tuber peeling and cleaning industry, [...]: Reserved for SMEs.\n- Fishery product processing business : salting/drying of fish and other water biota industry, Fishery product processing business : smoking fish and other water biota industry, Fishery product processing business : yeasting/fermentation fish and other cooked products (for extraction and fish jelly)industry, Fishery product processing business : Minced fish and surimi processing-based industry, [...] Pickled fruits and vegetables industry, Soy sauce industry , Powdered and sweetened condensed milk industry, Dried tobacco and processed tobacco industry, [...] Manufacture of jewelry articles of precious metal for personal use, Manufacture of jewelry articles of precious metal for non-personal use, Manufacture of jewelry articles of non-precious metal for non-personal use, Precious stone industry, Handicraft industry that is not classified elsewhere, Sugar Industry (white crystal sugar, refined crystal sugar and raw crystal sugar) based on partnership in the form of nucleus plasma, in an area 20% of the farmland area.: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nB. Industrial Sector\n- Clove cigarette industry, Regular cigarette industry, Other cigarette industry: Subject to the recommendation from the Ministry of Industry: a. For business expansion, it is only cigarette industry that already has Industrial Business License (IUI) in similar business fields; or b. For new investment, only small and medium-scale cigarette industry that partners with large-scale cigarette industry that already has Industrial Business License in similar business field. [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3399,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C22_23","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.001666667","Foreign investment in clay/ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) and in in rubber fumigation industry remains reserved to indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry was also reserved for local SMEs. Foreign invetment in several non-metallic mineral activities is subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Home Appliances Industry from Clay/Ceramic (Pottery, Decorative Ceramics) [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber Fumigation Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: reserved for domestic SMEs\n- Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[...]\"\n[...]\n- Brick Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Other Goods Industry from Clay/Ceramic; Lime Industry; Cement Products Industry; Limestone Products Industry; Other Goods Industry from Cement and Limestone: [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Metals, Machinery and other Minerals]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay made household necessities industry especially earthenware, Hand tools Industry for agricultural for land preparation production process, harvesting, post-harvest and cultivation except hoe and spades, Manual or semi mechanical processed hand tools industry for handwork and cutting),: Reserved for SMEs \n- Business with specific capacities (Rubber for sheet, concentrated latex Industry, [...] Rubber fumigation industry: Reserved for SMEs \n[...]\n- Business with specific capacities (Clay/ceramics bricks industry, Other clay/ceramic products industry, Lime industry, Goods made from cement industry, Goods made from lime industry, Other goods made from cement and lime industry, Nail, nut, and bolt industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nB. Industrial Sector\n- Lead smelting industry: Recommendation from the Ministry of Environment and Ministry of Industry for industry using used accu raw materials\n- Cyclamate and saccharine industry: According to the requirement stipulated by BPOM and Ministry of Trade \n- Special ink industry, Crumb rubber industry : Specific license from the Minister of Industry only if integrated into the development of rubber estates: a. Sourcing of raw materials at least 20% of the production capacity comes from own rubber farms, and b. Sourcing of raw materials not exceeding 80% in a partnership system, at least 20% of the total farm area shall be a plasma farm.  [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2662,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","L68X2","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00225","According to the Real Estate Ownership Law (No. 13 of 2019), foreign persons may not own real estate in border areas and archaeological or historical regions [not taken into account as per the OECD FDI RRI methodology]. Additionally, real estate acquisitions by foreign natural or legal persons are subject to permission issued by the Department of Land and Survey: i) Legal persons (both domestic and foreign) may acquire real estate for approved business activities in so-called organisational regions, subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; ii) They may also acquire real estate for investment purposes in line with their approved business activities outside the organisational regions, also subject to authorisation [not discriminatory]; iii) Foreign natural persons may acquire real estate not exceeding 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) in area within the organisational regions, either for personal housing purposes, or for the purpose of investment in an industrial or service project, subject to authorisation and upon the condition of reciprocity; iv) Foreign natural or legal persons may lease land of more than 10 Dunums for over 3 years for business purposes or for own residential use only with the permission of the Minister of Interior; v) Foreign natural or legal persons who own real estate in the Kingdom must complete the project within 4 years if real estate is owned for residential use or within 6 years if for business purposes and cannot sell their real estate within these periods. These restrictions were in place at least since 2006, as noted on the Law on the Leasing and Sale of Immovable Property to non-Jordanians and Legal Persons. Lastly, according to the Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, legal persons with non-Jordanian shareholding not exceeding 49% may purchase land for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  \nIn sum, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own real estate, unless for business purposes or own residential use and subject to Ministerial approval [discriminatory in the case of foreign natural persons] and reciprocity. Ministerial approval is also required for land leases for more than 3 years and above 10 Dunums (approximately 10,000 sq. metres) [discriminatory; recorded in the OECD FDI RRI as an horizontal measure in relation to land for business purposes]. Land purchases for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments is allowed with FDI limited to 49%.","\"Article 133\nChapter 7\nOwning and renting real estate by non-Jordanians and legal persons\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may own real estate in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions and objectives set forth in this chapter.\nB- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian to own real estate in the border, archaeological and historical areas.\n[...]\nArticle 134\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person may acquire a right in kind in the Kingdom after obtaining permission to do so in accordance with the provisions set forth in this chapter.\nB- The provisions of the ownership of real estate by a non-Jordanian and a legal person shall apply to his acquisition of real property rights.\n[...]\nArticle 135\nIt is not permissible for non-Jordanians and a legal person who holds the nationality of a country that is not recognized by the Kingdom to own a property or to acquire a real property right in it in any way.\n[...]\nArticle 139\nA- Subject to the provisions of legislation in force and the condition of reciprocity, a non-Jordanian may own real estate for the purpose of housing for himself or his family within the boundaries of the organization based on the approval of the concerned authorities with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers.\nI- By a decision of the director, for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, provided that the permission applicant does not have real estate owned in the Kingdom.\nII- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunams, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission requester had real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or for a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten dunums and was not permission requesting real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- The reciprocity condition stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article does not apply to non-Jordanians who hold the nationality of any Arab country.\nC- The condition of reciprocity stipulated in Paragraph (A) of this Article shall apply to every country whose nationality a non-Jordanian holds, in the event that the applicant for an ownership permit has the nationality of more than one country at the same time.\nArticle 140\nThe Minister may, upon the Director's recommendation, authorize a non-Jordanian to own within the boundaries of the planning areas with the intention of investing in an industrial or service project a plot of land whose area does not exceed ten acres, provided that the Jordanian is treated reciprocally. \n[...]\nArticle 142\nA non-Jordanian who holds the nationality of any Arab country may own a plot of land outside the boundaries of the planning areas, with the intention of investing in it by reclamation or cultivation, or by establishing an industrial or housing project on it, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 144\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own real estate within the boundaries of the planning areas in order to carry out his specific business within his goals listed in the legal documents for his registration, with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the director for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five acres, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has no real estate in the Kingdom.\nB- By a decision of the Minister based on the Director's recommendation for an apartment, a floor, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed five dunums, whether it is built-up or a space, and the permission applicant has real estate in the Kingdom other than the property required to be owned, or a plot of land whose area does not exceed thirty dunums.\nC- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than thirty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 146\nA legal person, whether Jordanian or non-Jordanian, may own, with the intent of investing, real estate outside the boundaries of the regulation areas to carry out his specific business within his objectives listed in the legal documents for his registration with a permission granted in accordance with the following powers:\nA- By a decision of the Minister based on the manager's recommendation for a plot of land whose area does not exceed fifty dunums.\nB- By a decision of the Council based on the Minister's recommendation for a plot of land with an area of more than fifty dunums.\n[...]\nArticle 148\nA- Non-Jordanians, whether natural or legal, may rent real estate in the Kingdom to conduct their business or to live with the permission of the Minister of Interior, provided that this is done in accordance with a regulation issued for this purpose.\nB- I- Subject to the provisions of Clause (II) of Paragraph (B) of this Article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for the purposes of work or housing.\nII- If the lease relates to a land area of more than ten dunams and for a total period of more than three years, the non-Jordanian person requesting the lease must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his authorized representative, under pain of nullity.\nArticle 149\nA- A non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns real estate in accordance with the provisions of this law must complete the project for which the real estate is owned or any other project compatible with its objectives within four years if the ownership is for the purpose of housing, and within six years if the ownership is for any other purpose from the date of registering the real estate in his name.\n[...]\nArticle 150\nA- It is prohibited for a non-Jordanian and a legal person who owns a real estate in accordance with the provisions of this chapter to dispose of the real estate in a manner than transfers ownership in any way before the lapse of the periods stipulated in Article 149 of this Law. [...]\nC- Excluded from the provisions of Paragraph (A) of this Article are real estate properties that were owned with the intention of developing them or investing them in the establishment of housing, commercial or industrial units on them for the purpose of selling them. To this end.\n[...]\nArticle 159\nExcluded from the application of the provisions of this chapter are the ownership by non-Jordanians and legal persons of real estate covered by the provisions of the Jordan Valley Development Law, the Aqaba Special Economic Zone Law, the Petra Development and Tourism Development Region Authority Law and the Investment Law, and any real estate located within the boundaries of any region whose establishment law decides to exclude the ownership of real estate located within its region from the application of the provisions of this chapter.\n[...]\nArticle 223\nA- When the provisions of this law come into force, the following laws shall be repealed: [...]\n13- Law No. 47 of Renting and Selling Immovable Property to Non-Jordanians and Legal Persons for the year 2006. [...]\" (Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA) The following words and expressions, wherever used in this Regulation, shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them, unless the context provides otherwise: [...] Non-Jordanian Investor: a natural person holding a non-Jordanian nationality or a juridical person incorporated and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (5)\nA non-Jordanian investor’s ownership shall not exceed (49%) of the capital in any project within the following economic activities:\ne) Land purchase for construction, sale and rental of residential apartments.  [...]\" (Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016)\n--------------------------\n\"Article (2): The following words and phrases, wherever they appear in this law, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nMinister: Minister of Finance \nDirector: Director General of the Department of Lands and Survey \nNatural person: Individual, and spouses and minor children shall be considered as one individual \nLegal person: Legal person whose legal personality is established in accordance with the legislation of the state in which it is established and registered, whether Jordanian or foreign. \n[...]\nArticle (3) : Article 3 - A - Subject to the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, a non-Jordanian natural person may own immovable property for the purpose of private residence for himself or his family within the planning boundaries based on the approval of the competent authorities, in accordance with the following powers: 1 - With the approval of the Director if the ownership does not exceed two houses and an office for practicing his work. 2 - With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director for more than two houses and an office for practicing his work, provided that the area of ​​the plot of land allocated for this purpose does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose. B - Holders of the nationality of any Arab country are exempted from the condition of reciprocity stipulated in paragraph (A) of this article. C - If the natural person holds two nationalities, they must be disclosed upon registration, and the condition of reciprocity applies to the two countries of nationality, under penalty of invalidity of the sale contract.\nArticle (4) : Taking into account the provisions of the applicable legislation and subject to reciprocity, the Minister, based on the recommendation of the Director based on the approval of the competent authorities, may allow a non-Jordanian natural person to own immovable property to practice his work or to establish industrial or service projects thereon, within the boundaries of the organization, provided that the area of ​​the plots of land designated for practicing the work or for establishing these projects thereon does not exceed ten dunams, and the common share is considered full ownership for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (10) : Taking into account the applicable legislation, any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own within the organizational boundaries the immovable property necessary to practice its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (30) thirty dunams.\nArticle (11) : Any legal person, in accordance with its registration documents, may own, outside the boundaries of the planning areas, the real estate necessary for the practice of its business, in accordance with the following: A- With the approval of the Minister based on the recommendation of the Director, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams. B- With the approval of the Council of Ministers based on the recommendation of the Minister, after consulting the opinion of the competent authority, if the area of ​​the lands it intends to own does not exceed (50) fifty dunams.\nArticle (12) : -A- Subject to the provisions of paragraph (B) of this article, non-Jordanian persons may rent immovable property in the Kingdom for work or residential purposes. B- If the rent relates to land with an area exceeding ten dunams and for a period exceeding three years in total, the non-Jordanian person requesting the rent must obtain the approval of the Minister of Interior or his delegate, under penalty of nullity. The procedures related to registering such contracts shall be determined by instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose.\n[...]\nArticle (14) : No non-Jordanian natural person or any legal person who owns immovable property in accordance with the provisions of this law may dispose of it by transferring its ownership in any way before the lapse of three years from the date of ownership if it is for housing and five years if it is for any other purpose, under penalty of nullity, unless he obtains the approval of the Minister upon the recommendation of the Director, provided that the provisions of this law and the relevant applicable legislation are observed. B - Real estate owned by a non-Jordanian person are exempted from the provisions of paragraph (A) of this article if the purpose of owning it is to invest in residential or commercial projects, after the establishment of the project, provided that the instructions issued by the Minister for this purpose are adhered to.[...]\" (Regarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14 [google translation])","Law No. 13 of 2019 on the Ownership of Real Estate (OG No. 5573, 16 May 2019), Articles 133, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 149, 150, 159 and 223\nRegulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 77/2016, Articles 2 and 5\nRegarding the law on the leasing and sale of immovable property to non-Jordanians and legal persons, Law No. 47 of 2006, Articles 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, and 14","Al Tamimi & Co., \"Foreign and legal persons’ ownership and leasing of property under the New Ownership of Real Estate Law\" (July 2020)","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3256,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://amcham.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/3_Regulating-Non_Jordanian-Investments.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://sub.eastlaws.com/GeneralSearch/Home/ArticlesTDetails?MasterID=279432#:~:text=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%AF%D8%A9%20(14)%20%3A%20%D9%84%D8%A7%20%D9%8A%D8%AC%D9%88%D8%B2,%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%AF%D9%8A%D8%B1%20%D8%B4%D8%B1%D9%8A%D8%B7%D8%A9%20%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%A7%D8%A9%20%D8%A7%D8%AD%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%87%D8%B0%D8%A7\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tamimi.com/law-update-articles/foreign-and-legal-persons-ownership-and-leasing-of-property-under-the-new-ownership-of-real-estate-law/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1600,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","H492","CLAS1_1","I35","IX",2021,"0.00008","Companies wishing to be considered for a Postal and Courier Operators license must allot a minimum of 20% of their total shares to individual Kenyan citizens at the end of three years of operation.","\"• Equity participation - At least 20% of the shareholding should be owned by Kenyans at the end of three years of    operation in case of a company fully owned by foreigners  and conform to Capital Market Authority (CMA) rules and  regulations \n[...]\nFirms that require a licence All firms offering postal/courier services are legally subject to licensing.  These include: • The Public Postal Licensee, that is the Postal Corporation of Kenya (PCK) • All courier firms •  Delivery companies, i.e., transporters, freight and forwarding companies that handle documents and parcels appropriately falling under the definitions given by the Act [...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, Procedure for Licensing Postal/Courier Operators)","Communications Authority of Kenya, Procedure for Licensing Postal/Courier Operators","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/CA/Licensing%20Procedures/Procedure-for-Licensing-Postal-and-Courier-Operators.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3140,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","H492","CLAS1_1","I35","IX",2023,"0.00008","Companies wishing to be considered for a Postal and Courier Operators license must allot a minimum of 20% of their total shares to individual Kenyan citizens at the end of three years of operation.","\"• Equity participation - At least 20% of the shareholding should be owned by Kenyans at the end of three years of    operation in case of a company fully owned by foreigners  and conform to Capital Market Authority (CMA) rules and  regulations \n[...]\nFirms that require a licence All firms offering postal/courier services are legally subject to licensing.  These include: • The Public Postal Licensee, that is the Postal Corporation of Kenya (PCK) • All courier firms •  Delivery companies, i.e., transporters, freight and forwarding companies that handle documents and parcels appropriately falling under the definitions given by the Act [...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, Procedure for Licensing Postal/Courier Operators)","Communications Authority of Kenya, Procedure for Licensing Postal/Courier Operators","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/CA/Licensing%20Procedures/Procedure-for-Licensing-Postal-and-Courier-Operators.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3140,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.00375"," A foreign firm may only be registered as an engineering consulting firm if the firm is incorporated in Kenya and a minimum of 51% of its shares are held by Kenyan citizens. ","\"PART III – PROVISIONS RELATING TO REGISTRATION\n16.Qualifications for registration as Professional or Consulting engineers\nSubject to the provisions of this Act, a person shall be eligible for registration under this Act as a professional or consulting engineer if—\n(a)for a professional engineer, that person—\n(i)\tis registered as a graduate engineer and has obtained practical experience as prescribed under this Act;\n(ii)\thas passed professional assessment examination conducted by the Board; and\n(iii)\tis a corporate member of the Institution of Engineers of Kenya;\n(b)for a consulting engineer, that person—\n(i)\thas practised in a specialized engineering field as a professional engineer for a period determined by the Board; and\n(ii)\thas achieved a standard of competence to enable him to practise as a consulting engineer in that particular specialization.\n[...]\n18. Qualifications for registration as graduate engineer\nSubject to provisions of this Act, a person shall be eligible for registration under this Act as a graduate engineer if that person—\n(a) holds a degree in engineering from a recognised university or such other qualifications as the Board may determine; and\n(b) is a citizen or a permanent resident of Kenya.\n[...]\n20. Registration of an engineering consulting firm\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, a person may register an engineering consulting firm if—\n(a) the firm has a certificate of registration of a business name or a certificate of incorporation;\n(b) it has at least one partner or principal shareholder who is registered as consulting engineer and who has a valid licence in a specified discipline;\n(c) at least fifty one percent of the shares in the firm are held by Kenyan citizens; and\n(d) he fulfills any other condition as may be stipulated by the Board.\n(2) The Board may register engineering consulting firms in different categories and disciplines based on a criteria as shall be established by the Board.\n[...]\n22. Restrictions on registration of foreigners\nA foreign person or firm shall not be registered as a professional engineer or consulting engineer or engineering consulting firm unless—\n(a) in the case of a natural person—\n(i) that person possesses the necessary qualifications recognized for the practice of engineering as a professional engineer in the country where he normally practises and that immediately before entering Kenya he was practising as a professional engineer and holds a valid licence; and\n(ii) he is a resident of Kenya with a valid working permit;\n(b) in the case of a firm, the firm is incorporated in Kenya and a minimum of fifty one percent of its shares are held by Kenyan citizens. [...]\"(Engineers Act No. 43 of 2011, as amended)","Engineers Act No. 43 of 2011, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.kenyalaw.org:8181/exist/kenyalex/actview.xql?actid=CAP.%20530\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3138,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0015","Foreign investment in radio and TV broadcasting is generally not permitted. Previously, program providing broadcasting (excluding the comprehensive programming channels and the specialised news program providers) and cable broadcasting were allowed when foreign investment  was 49% or less, and satellite broadcasting was allowed when foreign investment was 33% or less. Following 2009 amendments to the Broadcasting Act, program providing broadcasting (excluding the comprehensive programming channels and the specialised news program providers), cable broadcasting and now also satellite broadcasting are allowed when foreign investment is 49% or less. Foreign investment is now allowed up to 20% in program providers engaging in general programming and in CATV relay broadcasting business entities, and up to 10% in program providers engaging in specialized programming of news reports.","\"Article 14 (Foreign Capital Investment and Contribution) \n(1) No terrestrial broadcasting business entity or community radio broadcasting business entity shall receive an investment or a contribution of property from any of the following entities: Provided, That it may receive property contributions from a foreign organization operated for facilitating education, athletics, religion, charity and other international friendship, if it has obtained approval from the Korea Communications Commission: \n1. A foreign government or organization;\n2. A foreigner;\n3. A corporation, stocks or equity shares of which are owned by a foreign government or organization or a foreigner in excess of the ratio prescribed by Presidential Decree.\n(2) A program provider engaging in general programming or a CATV relay broadcasting business entity shall not receive an investment or contribution of property from any of the entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1), in excess of 20/100 of the total stocks or equity shares of the relevant corporation; and a program provider engaging in specialized programming of news reports shall not receive an investment or contribution of property from any of the entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1) in excess of 10/100 of the total stocks or equity shares of the relevant corporation. \n(3) A CATV broadcasting business entity, satellite broadcasting business entity and program provider (excluding a person engaging in general programming or specialized programming of news reports) or a signal transmission network business entity shall not receive an investment or contribution of property from any of the entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1) in excess of 49/100 of the total stocks or equity shares of the relevant corporation: Provided, That in cases of program provider (excluding a person engaging in general programming, specialized programming of news reports, or specialized programming featuring and marketing products), no corporation, the stocks or equity shares of which are owned by the government,an organization or a national of the contracting country of any free trade agreement determined and notified by the Minister of Science and ICT, among the free trade agreements that the Republic of Korea entered into with a foreign country bilaterally or multi-laterally and has taken effect , shall deem an entity referred to in paragraph (3) 1 although it meets the requirements provided in paragraph (3) 1.  \n(4) The stocks or equity shares owned by all entities referred to in the subparagraphs of paragraph (1) shall be aggregated for the application of paragraphs (2) and (3). \n[...]\"\n(Broadcasting Act (No. 1535 of 1963), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 14 [unofficial translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 4 (Liberalization, etc. of Foreign Investment)   \n(1) Except as otherwise prescribed by the Acts of the Republic of Korea, a foreigner may engage in, without restraint, various activities of foreign investment in the Republic of Korea.\n(2) No foreigner shall be restricted from making any foreign investment prescribed in this Act, except in the following circumstances:\n1. Where he or she threatens national security and public order;\n2. Where he or she has harmful effects on public health and sanitation or environmental preservation or is against Korean morals and customs;\n3. Where he or she violates any Act or statutes of the Republic of Korea.\n(3) The categories of businesses in which foreign investment is restricted in accordance with any of the subparagraphs of paragraph (2) and the details of restrictions shall be prescribed by Presidential Decree.\n[...]\"\n(Foreign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4 [unofficial translation])\n\n******\n\n\"Article 5 (Types of Business Restricted by Foreign Investment) \n(1) In accordance with Article 5 (1) 1 of the Decree, the types of businesses subject to restrictions on foreign investment announced by the Minister of Trade, Industry and Energy in consultation with the competent minister are as shown in Attached Table 2.\n(2) When a foreign investor invests in a business that has permissible standards among the industries listed in Attached Table 2, foreign investment may be made within the permissible standard.\n[...]\n\n[Appendix 2] Categories of Business with Restrictive Foreign Investment and Criteria for Permission (pursuant to Article 5)\n\nClassification   Type of Business              Criteria for Permission                                                                                                                           [...]\n[...]\n60100                   Radio broadcasting         <Not opened>\n                               business                       \n60210                   Terrestrial broadcast-    <Not opened>\n                               ing business                                                                                           \n60221                   Program-providing          Permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed 49% (Provided, That a\n                               business                              program provider engaged in general programming shall be permitted if foreign\n                                                                               investment ratio dose not exceed 20%, and a program provider engaged\n                                                                               in specialized programming of news reports shall be permitted if foreign\n                                                                               investment ratio dose not exceed 10%).\n                                                                               ※ Program providing business shall refer to the program providing business \n                                                                               under the Broadcasting Act.\n                                                                               [...]\n60222                   Cable broadcasting         CATV broadcasting business shall be permitted if foreign investment ratio\n                               business                              is dose not exceed 49% (Provided, That CATV relay broadcasting business\n                                                                               shall be permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed 20%).\n60229                   Satellite and other          Permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed 49% (Provided,\n                               broadcasting busi-          That an Internet multimedia broadcasting contents business operator\n                               ness                                      engaged in general programming or specialized programming of news\n                                                                               reports shall be permitted if foreign investment ratio dose not exceed\n                                                                               20%).\n                                                                               [...]\n[...]\"\n(Regulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2 [google translation / unofficial translation of Table 2, source: Kotra])","Broadcasting Act (No. 1535 of 1963), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 14\nForeign Investment Promotion Act (No. 5559 of 1998), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 4\nRegulations on Foreign Investment (Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy Notice No. 1999-58 of 1999), last amended by Notice No. 2021-106 of 2021, Article 5 and attached Table 2","Kotra (Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency), Business in Korea 2020 (April 2020), Appendix 2, pp. 235-237 ","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsEfInfoP.do?lsiSeq=202688#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/eng/engLsSc.do?menuId=2&query=BROADCASTING%20ACT\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancNo=16131&chrClsCd=010202&efYd=20190401&lsiSeq=206503&efGubun=Y&ancYd=20181231#0000\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=44627&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/admRulLsInfoP.do?chrClsCd=&admRulSeq=2100000136409#AJAX\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"http://openknowledge.kotra.or.kr/handle/2014.oak/23472\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1482,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KOR","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2021,"0.00075","Incorporation is required for the following activities: mutual savings banks, short-term financing businesses, credit information companies, merchant banks.","\"Article 3 (Form of Mutual Savings Banks)\nEach mutual savings bank shall be a stock company.\n[...]\nArticle 7 (Restriction on Establishment of Branches)\n(1) A mutual savings bank shall not establish any branch office or liaison office (which includes a branch office or administration office that performs part of its business affairs, or any other similar place; hereinafter referred to as \"branch office or similar\"), other than its principal office: Provided, That the foregoing shall not apply where a branch office or similar is established by the relevant mutual savings bank within the business area under Article 4 after obtaining a license from the Financial Services Commission as prescribed by Presidential Decree.\n(2) Notwithstanding the proviso of paragraph (1), a mutual savings bank prescribed by Presidential Decree may establish a branch office or similar outside the business area under Article 4 when it obtains a license as provided by Presidential Decree.\n(3) A mutual savings bank seeking to establish a branch office or similar under the proviso of paragraph (1) or paragraph (2) shall, for each of such branch office or similar, increase the capital by at least the amount prescribed by Presidential Decree. In such cases, the capital means paid-in capital.\n(4) The Financial Services Commission may attach conditions to a license granted pursuant to the proviso of paragraph (1) and paragraph (2).[...]\" (Mutual Savings Banks Act (No. 2333 of 1972), last amended by Act No. 17915 of 2021, Articles 3 and 7 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\" Article 360 (Short-term Financing Business of Financial Institutions)   \n(1) Any person who intends to run the business prescribed by Presidential Decree as the business of issuing, discounting, trading, arranging and underwriting bills, the maturities of which come within the period prescribed by Presidential Decree for up to one year, the business of guarantee, and any business incidental thereto prescribed by Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as \"short-term financing business\"), shall obtain authorization from the Financial Services Commission.\n(2) Any person who intends to obtain authorization under paragraph (1) shall meet each of the following requirements:\n1. The person is required to be a bank or other financial institution prescribed by Presidential Decree; [...]\" (Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act (No. 8635 of 2007), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 360 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 5 (Qualified Licensee by Type of Credit Information Business)\n(1) A person who may be licensed to engage in credit inquiry business, credit investigation business, and claims collection business, shall be limited to any person falling under any of the following subparagraphs: \n1. A corporation, at least 50/100 of the capital of which is invested by financial institutions, etc. prescribed by Presidential Decree;\n2. The Korea Credit Guarantee Fund established pursuant to the Credit Guarantee Fund Act;\n3. The Korea Technology Finance Corporation established pursuant to the Korea Technology Finance Corporation Act;\n4. A credit guarantee foundation established pursuant to the Regional Credit Guarantee Foundation Act;\n5. The Korea Trade Insurance Corporation established pursuant the Trade Insurance Act;\n6. A corporation, at least 50/100 of the capital of which is invested by a person who is licensed to engage in all or some of the operations referred to in Article 4 (1) 1 through 3: Provided, That cases where an investor engages in the same kind of operation with the corporation invested, shall be excluded.[...]\" (Credit Information Use and Protection Act (No. 4866 of 1995), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 5 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 3 (Business Authorization, etc.)   \n(1) Those who intend to be engaged in the businesses prescribed by each subparagraph of Article 7 (1) shall obtain authorization from the Financial Services Commission. \n(2) Those who are eligible to obtain authorization under paragraph (1) shall satisfy the requisites falling under any of the following subparagraphs: \n1. They shall be stock companies whose paid-in capital is not less than 30 billion won; [...]\" (Merchant Banks Act (No. 2825 of 1975), last amended by Act No. 8635 of 2007, Article 3 [unofficial translation])","Mutual Savings Banks Act (No. 2333 of 1972), last amended by Act No. 17915 of 2021, Articles 3 and 7 \nFinancial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act (No. 8635 of 2007), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 360\nCredit Information Use and Protection Act (No. 4866 of 1995), last amended by Act No. 17799 of 2020, Article 5\nMerchant Banks Act (No. 2825 of 1975), last amended by Act No. 8635 of 2007, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/lsSc.do?section=&menuId=1&subMenuId=15&tabMenuId=81&eventGubun=060101&query=%EC%83%81%ED%98%B8%EC%A0%80%EC%B6%95%EC%9D%80%ED%96%89#undefined\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=49397&type=part&key=23\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsSc.do?section=&menuId=1&subMenuId=15&tabMenuId=81&eventGubun=060101&query=%EC%9E%90%EB%B3%B8+%EC%8B%9C%EC%9E%A5#undefined\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_service/lawView.do?hseq=43324&lang=ENG\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/LSW/lsInfoP.do?lsiSeq=213953&ancYd=&ancNo=&efYd=20210804&nwJoYnInfo=Y&ancYnChk=0&efGubun=Y&vSct=%EC%8B%A0%EC%9A%A9%20%EC%A0%95%EB%B3%B4#\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=46276&type=part&key=23\">Act_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.law.go.kr/lsSc.do?menuId=1&subMenuId=17&tabMenuId=93&query=%EC%A2%85%ED%95%A9#undefined\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://elaw.klri.re.kr/kor_service/lawView.do?lang=ENG&hseq=4180&joseq=JO0003000\">Act_Eng</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1475,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KGZ","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.036","Foreign legal entities, including foreign-owned firms established in KZ with foreign shareholding in excess of 20%, cannot own residential land plots. Complementary information available at the Investment Promotion and Protection Agency of the Kyrgyz Republic website suggests that foreign persons may acquire buildings and structures as long as they refer to non-residential assets (see below). The housing code establishes that \"Citizens, as well as legal entities, have the right to have private property in residential premises [...] [google translate]\". Legal entities are not defined in the legislation. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that foreign persons as defined in the Land Code are not allowed to own residential land plots and any residential structure and buildings attached to it. They may only acquire leasehold rights over residential assets. Foreign investors are not restricted from acquiring non-residential buildings and structures.\n--------------------\nComplementary information available at the Investment Promotion and Protection Agency of the Kyrgyz Republic website > Investor's guide> real estate section:\n\"Restrictions on Foreign Ownership of Immovable Property\nThere are no restrictions in Kyrgyz legislation on the right of foreign persons to acquire buildings and structures as long as they refer to non-residential assets.\nForeign persons may not own recreation, infrastructure or tourism assets, but they may use such assets for a maximum of 49 years subject to permission of the Kyrgyz Government and consent of Kyrgyz Parliament.\"","\"SECTION I - BASIC PROVISIONS\nChapter One - General Provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions Used in This Code\nThe following concepts apply in this Code: [...]\n11) foreign legal entity - a legal entity that has one of the following characteristics:\na) created and registered in accordance with the legislation of a foreign state;\nb) belongs wholly to one or more foreign individuals or legal entities;\nc) is controlled or managed by one or more foreign individuals or legal entities through: a written contract, the right to sell the majority of voting shares, the right to appoint a majority of the members of the executive or supervisory body;\nd) is registered in the Kyrgyz Republic and has at least twenty percent of the authorized capital owned by foreign citizens, stateless persons or legal entities referred to in this paragraph;\ne) created on the basis of an interstate agreement or agreement; [...]\n18) transfer of a land plot in the manner of universal succession - the occurrence of a right of ownership or the right to use a land plot upon inheritance or upon reorganization of a legal entity;\n[...]\nSection 5. Right to a Land Plot of Foreign Persons\n1. The granting and transfer of ownership of agricultural land to foreign persons is not allowed, unless otherwise provided by this article.\nThe transfer to an alien of a land plot of agricultural purpose in the manner of universal succession entails the consequences provided for in paragraphs 2, 3 of Article 37 of this Code.\n2. Land plots within the boundaries of a settlement (cities, villages, rural settlements) may be provided to foreign persons, foreign legal entities on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use or may be transferred into ownership in case of mortgage financing of housing construction with the obligation of subsequent alienation of the land plot within two years from the moment of the ownership right in accordance with the Mortgage law of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. Land plots outside settlements except agricultural land, may be allocated to foreign persons on the rights of fixed-term (temporary) use by the Government of the Kyrgyz Republic. In other cases, lands outside settlements shall be allocated, transferred, assigned to foreign persons in the procedure of universal succession for fixed-term (temporary) use.\n3-1. For foreign citizens, stateless persons and foreign legal entities, with the exception of kayrylman, land plots located in the border territories cannot be granted temporary (temporary) use rights.\nLand for the use of subsoil is provided to foreign persons for temporary use in the same manner as for subsoil users - citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n4. Agricultural lands transferred into ownership by foreign banks and specialized financial and credit institutions upon foreclosure of a land plot shall be alienated by these entities within two years from the moment of the creation of the right of ownership in the manner established by the legislation on pledge. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 7. Term of Utilization of a Land Plot by Land Users\n1. The use of a land plot may be termless (without indication of term) or fixed-term (temporary).\n2. The fixed-term (temporary) use of the land plot including the use right on the conditions of the lease agreement shall be recognized the use of land limited in term up to 50 years.After this period, by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended.\n3. Land plots shall be provided to foreigners  for fixed-term (temporary) use only.\n4. Agricultural land from the State Agricultural Land Fund is leased for 5 years, with the exception of land of arable land and occupied by perennial plantings, land for seed, pedigree, experimental farming, research, experimental selection, varietal testing and agricultural cooperatives which are provided for up to 20 years. After the expiration of these terms by agreement of the parties, the terms of use of the land may be extended.\n[...]\nSECTION II -  RIGHT TO LAND PLOT AS OBJECT OF CIVIL RIGHTS\nChapter Three - The right to a land plot as an object of civil rights and transactions with it [...]\n§ 4. Transfer of title to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\nArticle 37. Transfer of the right to a land plot in the manner of universal succession\n1. The right to a land plot may freely transfer from one natural and legal person to another in the manner of universal succession (inheritance, reorganization) in accordance with the civil legislation of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n2. If the heir to the agricultural land is a foreign person, it is obliged within one year from the moment the right to the land plot arises to alienate it to a citizen of the Kyrgyz Republic.\n3. In the event that the alien did not alienate the right to a land plot that was inherited within the time periods specified in clause 2 of this article, the alienation is carried out in the manner prescribed by article 283 of the Civil Code of the Kyrgyz Republic. [...]\" (Land Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated])\n------------------------------\n\"Section I - General Provisions\nSection II - Ownership and other rights to housing\nChapter 3 - Ownership of residential premises […]\nArticle 15. Ownership of residential premises\n1. Citizens, as well as legal entities, have the right to have private property in residential premises. The number of premises owned by citizens and legal entities is not limited. \n[...]\nArticle 26. The right to use residential premises\n1. The right of temporary use, including under lease terms for residential premises, may be exercised by citizens of the Kyrgyz Republic, foreign citizens, stateless persons, legal entities, foreign legal entities, state bodies and local governments. [...]\" (Housing Code of the Kyrgyz Republic dated July 9, 2013 No. 117 [google translated])","Land Code of the Kyrgyz Republic of June 2, 1999 No. 45 [google translated]\nHousing Code of the Kyrgyz Republic dated July 9, 2013 No. 117 [google translated]","National Investments Agency under the President of the Kyrgyz Republic (2021), \"INVESTOR’S GUIDE\", website content.","[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/8/510?cl=ru-ru&mode=tekst\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/act/view/ru-ru/203926/30?cl=ky-kg#%D1%8013\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://invest.gov.kg/investors-guide/real-estate/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2842,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","H5210_5223T5229","_O","IV51","IX",2021,"0.00005","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, establishes conditions on foreign partcipation (e.g. minimum registered capital and foreign ownerhsip limitations)  in a number of activities. Included in this restriction is the operation of warehousing and services incidiental to freight transportation and other freight support activities. Foreign investment in these activies is subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirement ranging from 1 billion Lak for warehousing to 10 billion Lak for international freight transportation and foreign shareholding is permitted up to 49% only.","\"List of Business Activities for Foreign Investors [with conditions]:\n- Warehousing and storage [...] and other transport support activities (domestic and international freight support activities)[[ISIC code: 5229] (minimum registered capital ranging from 1 billion Lak for warehousing to 10 billion Lak for international freight transportation; foreign equity participation limited to 49% in all activities)\" (Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015)","Notification No. 1327/DERM, List D 02-2015, of 13 July 2015.\nNotification on the Establishment of Controlled Business for Public Work and Transportation Sector, No.13779/MPWT, dated 21 August 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/Notification1327_2015ENG.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2179,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","J59","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0009375","Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015, reserves several activities to Lao nationals. Included in the list is music recording and commercialisation.","\"Business Activities Reserved for Lao Nationals (Revised): [...]\n- Songs publishing and sounds recording\" (Notification 1328/MOIC, List C 02-2015)","Notification 1328/MOIC, 13 July 2015, List C 02-2015.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.laotradeportal.gov.la/kcfinder/upload/files/MOIC_1328_2015_Eng.pdf\">Notification</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2166,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2021,"0.008","One-third of capital shares should be held by Lebanese for companies that provide public utility services. The scope of sectors encompassed by such a restriction (art. 78 of the Commercial Code) is not clear, and sector-specific legislations may provide for exemptions (e.g. privatized electricity sector companies). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, foreign investment in the following sectors is assumed subject to ownership limitations provided in the Commercial Code: utilities [except for distribution which remains a state monopoly], telecoms [mobile only as fixed telecommunications remains a state monopoly] and transportation (assuming scheduled passenger public transportation services). ","\"TITLE III - JOINT-STOCK COMPANIES [...]\nArticle 78 (as modified by Decree-Law N° 54 of 16 June 1977)\nWhatever its object, every joint-stock company shall be subject to the laws and practices of commerce.\nAll joint-stock companies established in Lebanon shall have their Read Office in Lebanese territory, and such companies shall - as a matter of unqualified right - vested with Lebanese nationality, notwithstanding any text to the contrary.\nOne third of joint-stock companies capital whose object is the operation of a public service shall be made up of nominal shares belonging to Lebanese shareholders. In any case, such shares may not be ceded except to Lebanese shareholders, failing which cession shall be null and void. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n----------------------------\n\"Article 4: Incorporation of Privatized Companies\n1- By virtue of a decree taken by the Council of Ministers, upon the proposal of the Higher Council for Privatization, one or more joint-stock companies governed by the provisions of the Commercial Code except for Article 78 and the provisions which are in contradiction with this law, may be incorporated, known as the “Privatized Company,” whose object will be to carry out all or part of the Production and Distribution activities. Each Privatized Company shall exercise its activities after obtaining a License issued according to the provisions of the present law. [...]\n4- The shares of the Privatized Company shall be registered shares. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the shares of a Privatized Company, including the shares representing contributions in kind, shall be negotiable shares and may be acquired in their entirety by non-Lebanese persons.[...]\" (Law N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector)","Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nLaw N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector\n","Lebanense authorities responses to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://hcp.gov.lb/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Electricity-Law-462-dd-2Sep2002-EN.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2096,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"0.008","One-third of capital shares should be held by Lebanese for companies that provide public utility services. The scope of sectors encompassed by such a restriction (art. 78 of the Commercial Code) is not clear, and sector-specific legislations may provide for exemptions (e.g. privatized electricity sector companies). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, foreign investment in the following sectors is assumed subject to ownership limitations provided in the Commercial Code: utilities [except for distribution which remains a state monopoly], telecoms [mobile only as fixed telecommunications remains a state monopoly] and transportation (assuming scheduled passenger public transportation services). ","\"TITLE III - JOINT-STOCK COMPANIES [...]\nArticle 78 (as modified by Decree-Law N° 54 of 16 June 1977)\nWhatever its object, every joint-stock company shall be subject to the laws and practices of commerce.\nAll joint-stock companies established in Lebanon shall have their Read Office in Lebanese territory, and such companies shall - as a matter of unqualified right - vested with Lebanese nationality, notwithstanding any text to the contrary.\nOne third of joint-stock companies capital whose object is the operation of a public service shall be made up of nominal shares belonging to Lebanese shareholders. In any case, such shares may not be ceded except to Lebanese shareholders, failing which cession shall be null and void. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n----------------------------\n\"Article 4: Incorporation of Privatized Companies\n1- By virtue of a decree taken by the Council of Ministers, upon the proposal of the Higher Council for Privatization, one or more joint-stock companies governed by the provisions of the Commercial Code except for Article 78 and the provisions which are in contradiction with this law, may be incorporated, known as the “Privatized Company,” whose object will be to carry out all or part of the Production and Distribution activities. Each Privatized Company shall exercise its activities after obtaining a License issued according to the provisions of the present law. [...]\n4- The shares of the Privatized Company shall be registered shares. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the shares of a Privatized Company, including the shares representing contributions in kind, shall be negotiable shares and may be acquired in their entirety by non-Lebanese persons.[...]\" (Law N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector)","Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nLaw N° 462 Regulation of the Electricity Sector\n","Lebanense authorities responses to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://hcp.gov.lb/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Electricity-Law-462-dd-2Sep2002-EN.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2096,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","M692","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00625","Foreign investment in auditing and accounting services is prohibited.","\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies [...]\nArticle 6\nIt is prohibited to establish joint-venture companies for carrying out the hereunder activities, whereas such activities shall be confined to Libyans only in exclusion to any others:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Catering services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of handling, loading and unloading in sea ports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations [...]\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)","Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2069,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MDG","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0002","National cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag. The crew [including its captain] of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality.","\"CHAPTER 3 - Naturalization\nArt. 2.3.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.3.02. - Definition\nNaturalization is the administrative act which gives the ship the right to fly the Malagasy flag with the privileges attached to it.\nArt. 2.3.03. - Possession of an act of naturalization\nAny Malagasy vessel setting sail must have its naturalization certificate on board.\nThe maritime administrative authority may exempt from the act of naturalization certain ships of less than ten tons of gross tonnage.\nArt. 2.3.04. - Conditions of naturalization\nTo be naturalized Malagasy, a vessel must meet the following conditions:\n1. belong either to a natural person residing on Malagasy territory, or to a company having its registered office in Madagascar;\n2. produce the documents required in article 2.2.08;\n3. have undergone a commissioning visit by the central safety committee;\n4. be manned by a Malagasy crew. However, an exemption may be granted by the central service of the Merchant Navy in the event of a shortage of Malagasy officers. In return, the shipowner will pay a special contribution to the operating budget of the National School of Maritime Education of Mahajanga, the amount of which will be fixed by decree.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 4 - Genres and titles of navigation\nArt. 2.4.01. - Application domain\nAll ships, with the exception of warships, are subject to the provisions of this chapter.\nArt. 2.4.02. - Types of navigation\nCommerce navigation is subdivided into:\n- port navigation\n- navigation at boundary;\n- cabotage navigation;\n- long-distance navigation;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 2 - Conditions for exercising the profession of seafarer\nArt. 3.2.01. - Nationality\nThe quality of Malagasy sailor is reserved for Malagasy nationals holding a passport or a sailor's identity booklet.\n[...]\nCHAPTER 9 - Function on board and composition of the crew\nArt. 3.9.01. - Authority of the captain\nThe crew of a ship constitutes a hierarchical society under the authority of the captain who is the sole judge of the conduct of the expedition and the decisions to be made.\n[...]\nArt. 3.9.05. - Nationality of the crew\nThe crew of a Malagasy vessel must be of Malagasy nationality, except for derogation provided for in article 2.3.04 paragraph b, or have, subject to reciprocity, the nationality of one of the States having concluded with the Republic of Madagascar special agreements.\n[...]\nBOOK IV - THE ORGANIZATION OF MARITIME TRANSPORT\nCHAPTER ONE - General organization [...]\n[...]\n4.1.02. - Reserved transport\nNational cabotage, demarcation and inland transport are reserved for vessels flying the Malagasy flag, unless waived by the maritime administrative authority. However, the above provisions do not apply in the event of assistance and rescue. [...]\" (Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation])","Law n°99-028 of February 3, 2000 revising the Maritime Code [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.apmf.mg/sites/default/files/inline-files/Code%20maritime.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,621,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MWI","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2022,"0.0125","Foreign investors, including majority foreign-owned companies in Malawi, are only allowed to lease land for business purposes for a period up to 50 years (exceptional extensions are possible), whereas citizens can hold land to up 99 years according to the Government.","2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—[…]\n“person who is not a citizen of Malawi” includes a company or other corporate or unincorporated body with majority ownership or control in the persons who are not citizens of Malawi;\n[…]\nPart III—General\n7.—(1) Land shall be categorized as either public land or private land.\n(2) Public land shall be classified either as Government land or unallocated customary land.\n(3) Private land shall be classified as freehold, leasehold or customary estate.\n8. All land is vested in perpetuity in the Republic.\n[...]\n10.—(1) Land shall not be assured to or for the benefit of, or acquired by or on behalf of a body corporate, unless the body corporate is authorized by a licence issued by the Minister in consultation with die President to hold land in Malawi, but this section shall not apply to a body corporate incorporated in Malawi in accordance with the Companies Act or a body corporate established by or under a written law which empowers it to hold land in Malawi.\n[...]\nPart V — Private Land\n(1) The Minister may, upon application by any person in a land which prescribed manner, grant or allocate leasehold or customary estate may grant to such person on such terms and conditions as the Minister considers appropriate.\n[...]\n37. —{1} Any grant of private land to any person who is not a citizen of Malawi, whether by way of sale, conveyance, assignment, lease, transfer or other transaction, shall not be for an estate greater than a lease of fifty years unless, for reasons fully explained in writing accompanying the application for the registration of the grant, a greater estate is required for the realization of investment.\n(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), where, at the time of transaction, the existing interest in the private land concerned is for an estate greater than fifty years, a grant of private land may be made extending up to the entire remaining estate.\n38. —(1) Without prejudice to the requirements of section 37 or any other provision of this Act, a person shall not sell, whether by private transaction or by tender, auction or other means, any private land to a person who is not a citizen of Malawi, unless—\n(a) the intention to sell the private land has been published in a newspaper in daily circulation in Malawi not less than twenty-one days before the date of sale, specifying the price, location and size of the private land, any developments thereon and any other\nparticulars sufficient to identify the land: Provided that the government valuer appointed by the Minister shall be at liberty to verify the advertised purchase price prior to the sale;\n(b) following the publication referred to in paragraph (a), no person who is a citizen of Malawi has made an offer, or has been able, to purchase the private land at a price that is not lower than the published price; and\n(c) the purchaser, if not a citizen of Malawi, has purchased the private land at a price that is not lower than the published price. [...]\" (Land Act No. 16 of 2016)","Land Act No. 16 of 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/mlw170885.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,418,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MYS","F","_O","IV51","IX",2022,"0.001875","Foreign investors are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements in respect to construction works up to RM10 million. Minimum capital requirements for local contractors - including local construction firms where FDI does not exceed 30% - increase as their grade increases (up to grade-7 level).  Foreign contractors, i.e. companies incorporated outside of Malaysia or where FDI exceeds 30%, are allowed to participate in the construction market subject to meeting a minimum capital requirement (RM750K) equivalent to that of grade-7 'local contractors'. Grade-7 is the highest possible grade. Grade-7 contractors are allowed to carry out all types of construction works irrespective of their size in monetary terms. Grade-6 local contractors, for instance, cannot carry out works exceeding RM10 million. Hence, foreign contractors are subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements in respect to projects up to RM10 million.","\"PART VI - REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION OF CONTRACTORS  \nRegistration of contractors  \n25. (1) No person shall carry out or complete, undertake to carry out or complete any construction work or hold himself out as a contractor, unless he is registered with the Lembaga and holds a valid certificate of registration issued by the Lembaga under this Act.\n(2) Every certificate of registration shall be in the prescribed manner and form. \n(3)  The Lembaga may, for the purpose of the registration of contractors, impose such conditions as it thinks fit. [...]\" (MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended)\n-----------------------------------\n\"[...] 5.4 Listed local construction companies having foreign equity/participation – refusal on renewal registration application\n5.4.1 The issue\nUnder the CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, local contractor means a company incorporated in Malaysia which has a local equity holding of not less than seventy per cent (70%). Foreign equity from citizens of ASEAN countries are permitted but shall not exceed fifty-one per cent (51%) of the total paid up capital or accumulated capital. Because of the above ruling, CIDB declined renewal registration application made by locally incorporated listed construction company whose foreign equity holding exceeds 30 percent (30%) at the point of applying for renewal registration [...].\"(Malaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76). \n-----------------------------------\n\"B - Definition\nLocal contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia and having seventy percent (70%) local equity holdings and above, unless the equity holdings are set out in Appendix 8.\nForeign contractor - Companies incorporated in Malaysia or abroad and hold foreign equity holdings or foreign companies more than thirty percent (30%) and above unless the equity holdings are stated in Appendix 8.\n[...]\nD – PERAKUAN PENDAFTARAN KONTRAKTOR TEMPATAN (PPK) \n[...] Financial Eligibility [for local contractor]\nThe applicant shall possess and maintain a financial source sufficient during the duration of their registration. Minimum financial limit (Paid capital / accumulated capital) that the applicant must possess is as in Table E. [Maximum RM750,000.00 for Grade 7 contractors, i.e. those licensed to participate in ternders or undertake construction works without any size limitations. For information, Grade 6 contractors are limited to projects under RM10,000,000.00]\n[...]\nE - GOVERNMENT WORK CERTIFICATE (SPKK)\n[...] 7.0 Terms of Use for Government Procurement Certificates (SPKK)\n7.4 Government Procurement Value Limit for Local Equity / Local & Foreign Equity Contractors:\n(a) Construction contractor companies with 100% local equity can participate in tenders according to the limit of the working value in the grades and categories registered;\n(b) Local G7 grade companies with local equity of at least 70% can participate in tenders exceeding 30 million;\n(c) Malaysian companies listed on Bursa Malaysia, those companies incorporated and incorporated in Malaysia by a Malaysian citizen on condition that the holding of foreign individual shares does not exceed thirty percent (30%) and the Board, management and employees comprise one hundred percent (100% by Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tender between RM30 million and RM50 million;\n(d) A joint venture company incorporated in Malaysia (whether or not listed on Bursa Malaysia or not) provided that foreign equity holdings are not more than forty-nine percent (49%) and the majority of Board members, management and employees are Malaysian citizens. The company can participate in tenders above RM50 million.[...]\n[...]\nH - REGISTRATION AS A FOREIGN CONTRACTOR\n\"[...] Foreign contractors must apply for Temporary Registration Certificate before joining any tender in Malaysia\nConditions of Registration [...]\nc) Have a minimum financial source of RM750,000.00 / equivalent with the value of the home country.\n[...]\nAppendix 8\nForeign Equity\n1. Permissible foreign equity is not more than thirty percent (30%) of total paid-up capital or cumulative capital\n2. Foreign equity among ASEAN countries is permissible but not exceeding fifty one per cent (51%) of the total paid - up capital or accumulated capital.\" (CIDB’s Registration Requirements and Procedure, July 2018 [google translation])","MALAYSIA CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD ACT No. 520 of 1994, as amended\nMalaysia Productivity Commission (2016), Reducing Unnecessary Regulatory Burdens on Business: Construction (May 2016), p. 76.\nConstruction Industry Development Board’s Registration Requirements and Procedures, July 2018 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lom.agc.gov.my/ilims/upload/portal/akta/LOM/EN/Act%20520%2024.5.2017.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.mpc.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Final-Draft-Report-Construction-23_2_16.pdf\">Report</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cidb.gov.my/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Keperluan-dan-Prosedur-Pendaftaran.pdf\">Procedures</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2902,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MUS","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00175","Foreign investment in businesses requiring an Tourist Enterprise Licence, including bars, restaurants, travel agency and tour operators etc., are subject to approval by the Ministry of Tourism. ","\"Criteria for Investment by Non-Citizens in Tour Operator Activities\na) Local incorporation\nThe Company must be locally- incorporated.[…]\nc) Letter of Intent\nThe potential investor must produce a copy of letter of intent(s) or contracts from international tour operator(s) from the source market(s) where they intend to operate.\nd) Bank Guarantee\nThe tour operator shall furnish and maintain a bank guarantee in the sum of Rs.20 million in the favour of the Tourism Authority.[...]\ng) Sustainability\nThe promoter should demonstrate how the project will benefit the local community.\" (Criteria for Investment by Non-Citizens in Tour Operator Activities)\n------------------\n\"Tourist Enterprise Licence[...]\nCriteria for Investment by Non-Citizen for these categories of tourist enterprises: [...]\n-Restaurant-Foreign participation is authorised in new and existing restaurant projects provided added value is bought in terms of investment, innovation, new cuisines, filling-in gaps in the tourism product portfolio and quality standards.\n-Diving Centres-Foreign shareholding is allowed up to 30%\n-Boat House-Foreign Investment in Boathouses is favourably entertained in cases where the promoter\n1. is holder of a permanent residence permit; 2. is the spouse of a Mauritian citizen in accordance with the “regime legal de communauté” (\"Tourist Enterprise Licence\", Tourism Authority website)\n------------------\n\"[...] Application for a Tourist Enterprise Licence\nPUB – Checklist [...]\n5) Clearance from Ministry of Tourism, in case Investment from non-citizens is involved\n[...]\nRESTAURANT – Checklist [...]\n4) Clearance from Ministry of Tourism, in case Investment from non-citizens is involved\n[...]\nOPERATING TRAVEL AGENCY - Checklist [...]\n4) Clearance from Ministry of Tourism, in case Investment from non-citizens is involved\n[...]\nPROVIDING TOUR OPERATOR SERVICE (DMC AND TOUR ORGANISER) - Checklist [...]\nIn case investment from non-citizens is involved\n13) Clearance from Ministry of Tourism\n14) Copy of letter of intent(s) or contracts from international tour operator(s) from the source market(s) where they intend to operate.\n15) Qualifications and experience of the non-citizen shareholder/s and director/s\n16) A bank guarantee in the sum of Rs 20 million in the favour of the Tourism Authority (to be submitted before approval)[...]\" (Checklist for new application for Tourist Enterprise Licence, Tourism Authority, 2021)\n","Criteria for Investment by Non-Citizens in Tour Operator Activities;\n\"Tourist Enterprise Licence\", Tourism Authority website;\nChecklist for new application for Tourist Enterprise Licence, Tourism Authority, 2021.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/Annex%209-%20Criteria-Non%20Citizen-Tour%20Operator.pdf\">Criteria</a>],[<a href=\" http://www.tourismauthority.mu/en/licence-categories-11/tourist-enterprise-licence-14.html\">Criteria</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.tourismauthority.mu/userfiles/OCT%202021%20Checklist%20New%20applications%20TEL-TAC(2).pdf\">Checklist</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,173,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MEX","L68X1","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.0005625","In principle, only Mexicans and Mexican companies may acquire ownership of land in the Mexican territory. Other persons may lease land generally for a term not exceeding 10 years for residential use and 20 years for commercial and industrial use [although this may vary depending on Mexican state-level civil codes which contaim most provisions governing lease agreements (each state has its own applicable civil code)]. Nevertheless, the State may allow foreigners to acquire land through an agreement in which they renounce the possibility of invoking the protection of their Government regarding said property. However, under no circumstance may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters.within a \"restricted zone\" consisting of a 100-kilometre strip alongside the Mexican land border and a 50-kilometre strip inland from the Mexican coast. For the purposes of the OECD FDI RR Index, the restriction on access to land in border areas by foreigners and foreign-owned entities is assumed for national security purposes and, hence, not considered a restrictive measure under the index; the restriction on access to land in proximity to the coast is, however, considered a restriction under the index and assumed to affect only accommodation, food service and real estate investment activities.","\"Article 27. [...]\nThe ability to acquire ownership of the lands and waters of the Nation shall be governed by the following prescriptions:\nI. Only Mexicans by birth or naturalization and Mexican companies have the right to acquire ownership of lands, waters and their accessions or to obtain mining or water exploitation concessions. The State may grant the same right to foreigners, provided that they agree before the Secretary of Relations to consider themselves as nationals with respect to said goods and not therefore invoke the protection of their governments with respect to them; under the penalty, in case of breach of the agreement, of losing for the benefit of the Nation, the goods that they have acquired by virtue of it. In a strip of one hundred kilometers along the borders and fifty on the beaches, for no reason may foreigners acquire direct control over land and waters. [...]\nIV. Trading companies by shares may be owners of rustic land but only to the extent necessary for the fulfillment of their purpose. In no case may companies of this class own land dedicated to agricultural, livestock or forestry activities to a greater extent than the respective equivalent to twenty-five times the limits indicated in section XV of this article. The regulatory law will regulate the capital structure and the minimum number of partners of these companies, so that the lands owned by the company do not exceed the limits of the small property in relation to each partner. In this case, all individual share ownership, corresponding to rustic land, will be cumulative for computational purposes. Likewise, the law will establish the conditions for foreign participation in said companies. [...]\" (Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"ARTICLE 10.- In accordance with the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, Mexican companies with an exclusion clause for foreigners or that have entered into the agreement to which said provision refers, may acquire the domain of real estate in the national territory.\nIn the case of companies whose statutes include the agreement provided for in section I of Article 27 of the Constitution, the following will apply:\nI.- They may acquire the domain of real estate located in the restricted area, destined to carry out non-residential activities, having to give notice of said acquisition to the Ministry of Foreign Relations, within sixty business days following the one in which the acquisition is made, and\nII.- They may acquire rights to real estate in the restricted area, which are intended for residential purposes, in accordance with the provisions of the following chapter.\nARTICLE 10 A.- Foreigners who intend to acquire real estate outside the restricted area, or obtain concessions for the exploration and exploitation of mines and waters in the national territory, must previously submit a document in which they agree the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States and obtain the corresponding permission from said agency. [...]\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may determine, through general agreements that will be published in the Official Gazette of the Federation, cases in which foreigners, in order to have the right referred to in this article, should only submit to said agency a letter in the that agree to the provisions of section I of article 27 of the Constitution, without requiring the corresponding permission of said agency.\nARTICLE 11.- Permission from the Ministry of Foreign Relations is required for credit institutions to acquire as trustees, rights over real estate located within the restricted area, when the purpose of the trust is to allow the use and exploitation of such assets without constituting real rights over them, and the trustees are:\nI.- Mexican companies without a foreigner exclusion clause in the case provided for in section II of article 10 of this Law; and\nII.- Foreign individuals or legal entities.\nARTICLE 12.- The use and exploitation of real estate located in the restricted area will be understood as the rights to use or enjoy them, including where appropriate, obtaining fruits, products and, in general, any resulting performance of the profitable operation and exploitation, through third parties or the fiduciary institution.\nARTICLE 13.- The duration of the trusts referred to in this chapter will be for a maximum period of fifty years, which may be extended at the request of the interested party.\nThe Ministry of Foreign Relations may verify at any time compliance with the conditions under which the permits provided for in this Title are granted, as well as the presentation and veracity of the content of the notices provided therein.\nARTICLE 14.- The Ministry of Foreign Relations will decide on the permits referred to in this chapter, considering the economic and social benefit that the performance of these operations implies for the Nation. [...]\" (Foreign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14 [google traslation])","Mexican Constitution (5 February 1917), last amended on 28 May 2021, Article 27 \nForeign Investment Law (27 December 1993), last amended on 15 June 2018, Articles 10 - 14","World Trade Organisation, Trade Policy Review. Report by the Secretariat. Mexico (23 June 2017), p. 43\nBaker Mckenzie (2018), GLOBAL CORPORATE REAL ESTATE GUIDE.","[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/1_280521.pdf\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/44_150618.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://docs.wto.org/dol2fe/Pages/SS/directdoc.aspx?filename=q:/WT/TPR/S352R1.pdf&Open=True\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"\">Otherhttps//resourcehub.bakermckenzie.com/en/resources/global-corporate-real-estate-guide/latin-america/mexico/topics/real-estate-law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1215,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","L68X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.03375","Foreign ownership, including of foreign majority-owned firms established in mozambique, of properties that have historically belonged to the State, or have been nationalized by the State at some point, is not allowed. Foreigners can only acquire real estate in Mozambique that has never belonged to or been nationalized by the state.","\"Article 1 - (1). The State may proceed with the sale of properties owned by it in favor of the respective tenants. in accordance with the provisions of Law n.' 5/91. of January 9, and in the present diploma.\n(two). Legal persons or companies that comply with the provisions of paragraph (2) of article 4 of Decree-Law No. 5/76, of February 5th, will be considered foreigners [For the purposes of Decree-Law No. 5/76: legal persons or foreign companies are those whose majority of the share capital or partners are foreigners. Legal persons or foreign companies that, being legally authorized to carry out their activities in Mozambique, needed the respective properties for the pursuit of their corporate purpose were excluded].\n[...]\nArt. 16. Future transfers of ownership are only possible in favor of national citizens or companies.[...]\" (Decree No. 02/1991 - Determines the procedures concerning the sale of real estate in favor of tenants [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 3 (rural area)\nFor the purposes of this diploma, \"rural area\" is understood to mean the entire national territory with the exception of cities.\nArticle 4 (Eligibility for Disposal)\n1. National citizens and national legal persons or companies, even if they are not tenants of commercial properties located in rural areas, may transfer them under the terms of this Decree.\n2. Property leased to national citizens. legal persons or national companies, can only be sold to them.\n3. Legal persons or companies that meet the conditions set out in paragraph 2 of article 4 of Decree-Law no. 5/76 of 5 February are considered to be foreign entities [see explanation above].\n4. Transmissions can only be made to national citizens and national legal persons or companies.[...]\" (Ministerial Order No. 81/2008 – Establishes the procedures for the sale of real estate intended for the exercise of commercial activity located in rural areas and defines the powers of the bodies involved in it [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1 - 1. Properties in ruins that reverted to the State under article 10 of Decree-Law No. 16/75, of 13 February, and unfinished properties that became the property of the State by virtue of article 16 of Decree-Law no. 5/76, of 5 February, may be sold under the terms of this diploma.\n2. The disposal referred to in the previous number as well as future transfers can only be made to national citizens and companies.\n3. Ruined or unfinished properties that have always belonged to the State are also covered by the provisions of paragraph 1 of this article.\nArt. 2 - 1. For the purposes of this law, buildings in ruins are understood not only to be buildings that only present part of their structure, but also those that are in an advanced state of degradation, even if they maintain their roof and other structural components. .\n2. For the purposes of this diploma, a national company is considered to be one that is incorporated and has its headquarters in the country.[...]\" (Ministerial Order 97/92 of 8 July (the sale of ruined buildings, unfinished buildings and dilapidated buildings [google translation])","Decree No. 02/1991 - Determines the procedures concerning the sale of real estate in favor of tenants [google translation]\nMinisterial Order No. 81/2008 – Establishes the procedures for the sale of real estate intended for the exercise of commercial activity located in rural areas and defines the powers of the bodies involved in it [google translation]\nMinisterial Order 97/92 of 8 July (the sale of ruined buildings, unfinished buildings and dilapidated buildings [google translation]","Sal & Caldeira Advogados e Consultores (2014), \"A Proibição de Alienação de Imóveis a estrangeiros\", website article.","[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/pt/publicacoes/artigoss/doc_download/16-decreto-n-02-1991-determina-os-procedimentos-concernentes-a-alienacao-de-imoveis-a-favor-de-inquilinos\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/pt/publicacoes/artigoss/doc_download/23-diploma-ministral-n-81-2008-estabelece-os-procedimentos-para-alienacao-dos-imoveis-destinados-ao-exercicio-da-actividade-comercial-situados-nas-zonas-rurais-e-define-as-competencias-dos-orgaos-nele-intervenientes\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/1992/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-1992-07-08-no-28.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/en/publications/articles/doc_download/343-a-proibicao-de-alienacao-de-imoveis-a-estrangeiros\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,549,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","L68X1","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.03375","Foreign ownership, including of foreign majority-owned firms established in mozambique, of properties that have historically belonged to the State, or have been nationalized by the State at some point, is not allowed. Foreigners can only acquire real estate in Mozambique that has never belonged to or been nationalized by the state.","\"Article 1 - (1). The State may proceed with the sale of properties owned by it in favor of the respective tenants. in accordance with the provisions of Law n.' 5/91. of January 9, and in the present diploma.\n(two). Legal persons or companies that comply with the provisions of paragraph (2) of article 4 of Decree-Law No. 5/76, of February 5th, will be considered foreigners [For the purposes of Decree-Law No. 5/76: legal persons or foreign companies are those whose majority of the share capital or partners are foreigners. Legal persons or foreign companies that, being legally authorized to carry out their activities in Mozambique, needed the respective properties for the pursuit of their corporate purpose were excluded].\n[...]\nArt. 16. Future transfers of ownership are only possible in favor of national citizens or companies.[...]\" (Decree No. 02/1991 - Determines the procedures concerning the sale of real estate in favor of tenants [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 3 (rural area)\nFor the purposes of this diploma, \"rural area\" is understood to mean the entire national territory with the exception of cities.\nArticle 4 (Eligibility for Disposal)\n1. National citizens and national legal persons or companies, even if they are not tenants of commercial properties located in rural areas, may transfer them under the terms of this Decree.\n2. Property leased to national citizens. legal persons or national companies, can only be sold to them.\n3. Legal persons or companies that meet the conditions set out in paragraph 2 of article 4 of Decree-Law no. 5/76 of 5 February are considered to be foreign entities [see explanation above].\n4. Transmissions can only be made to national citizens and national legal persons or companies.[...]\" (Ministerial Order No. 81/2008 – Establishes the procedures for the sale of real estate intended for the exercise of commercial activity located in rural areas and defines the powers of the bodies involved in it [google translation])\n------------------------\n\"Article 1 - 1. Properties in ruins that reverted to the State under article 10 of Decree-Law No. 16/75, of 13 February, and unfinished properties that became the property of the State by virtue of article 16 of Decree-Law no. 5/76, of 5 February, may be sold under the terms of this diploma.\n2. The disposal referred to in the previous number as well as future transfers can only be made to national citizens and companies.\n3. Ruined or unfinished properties that have always belonged to the State are also covered by the provisions of paragraph 1 of this article.\nArt. 2 - 1. For the purposes of this law, buildings in ruins are understood not only to be buildings that only present part of their structure, but also those that are in an advanced state of degradation, even if they maintain their roof and other structural components. .\n2. For the purposes of this diploma, a national company is considered to be one that is incorporated and has its headquarters in the country.[...]\" (Ministerial Order 97/92 of 8 July (the sale of ruined buildings, unfinished buildings and dilapidated buildings [google translation])","Decree No. 02/1991 - Determines the procedures concerning the sale of real estate in favor of tenants [google translation]\nMinisterial Order No. 81/2008 – Establishes the procedures for the sale of real estate intended for the exercise of commercial activity located in rural areas and defines the powers of the bodies involved in it [google translation]\nMinisterial Order 97/92 of 8 July (the sale of ruined buildings, unfinished buildings and dilapidated buildings [google translation]","Sal & Caldeira Advogados e Consultores (2014), \"A Proibição de Alienação de Imóveis a estrangeiros\", website article.","[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/pt/publicacoes/artigoss/doc_download/16-decreto-n-02-1991-determina-os-procedimentos-concernentes-a-alienacao-de-imoveis-a-favor-de-inquilinos\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/pt/publicacoes/artigoss/doc_download/23-diploma-ministral-n-81-2008-estabelece-os-procedimentos-para-alienacao-dos-imoveis-destinados-ao-exercicio-da-actividade-comercial-situados-nas-zonas-rurais-e-define-as-competencias-dos-orgaos-nele-intervenientes\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/mz/1992/mz-government-gazette-series-i-dated-1992-07-08-no-28.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.salcaldeira.com/index.php/en/publications/articles/doc_download/343-a-proibicao-de-alienacao-de-imoveis-a-estrangeiros\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,549,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0045","Foreign investment in the construction of and real estate investment in residential buildings is subject to joint-venture with Myanmar citizen/enterprises, with an exception for registered condominium projects, in which foreigners may own units not exceeding 40 percent of the private space/units. ","\"List of Restricted Investment Activities\n1. In exercise of the powers conferred under section 42 and section 100(b) of Myanmar Investment Law, with the approval of the Union Government, Myanmar Investment Commission issued the list of  restricted investment activities  as follows: [...]\n(C) Investment activities allowed only in the form of a joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen :\nConstruction of buildings & Real estate activities with own or leased property (Development, sales and lease of residential apartments and condominiums) [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities')\n---------------------------------\n\"42. The following types of investment businesses shall be stipulated as restricted investment:\n[...] (c) investment businesses allowed only in the form of joint venture with any citizen owned entity or any Myanmar citizen; [...]\"(Myanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter II Types of Investment: Restricted Investment Activities […] \n22. For the purpose of section 42(c) of the Law, subject to any express exception in the relevant notification, the minimum direct shareholding or interest of a Myanmar Citizen Investor in the joint venture is 20%. [...]\" (Myanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22)\n---------------------------------\n\"Chapter (5) -  Registration and establishment of a condominium: [...] \n15. The developer - (a) shall, upon receiving the permit issued under section 14, construct the condominium on the registered collectively owned land as prescribed; (b) may sell not more than 40% of units in a condominium to foreigners according to this law; (c) may develop a condominium on land which is state-owned or under the control of a government department or governmental organization or city development committee or any city development organization with the approval of the Union government.\n[...]\nChapter (7) - The rights and duties of developers\n24. The rights of developers are as follows- (a) May appoint a co-developer with the approval of the relevant management committee; (b) May sell the units in advance before the construction of the condominium is completed; (c) May sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to foreigners in accordance with this law. \n[...]\nChapter (8) - Rights and duties of co-owners\n26. The rights of co-owners are as follows - [...] (d) (i) shall have the right to lease or mortgage the unit to a foreigner or allow a foreigner to occupy it; (ii) shall have the right to sell not more than 40% of the units in a condominium to a foreigner; [...]\"(The Condomium Law, No. 24/2016, Art. 12, 24 and 26)","Myanmar Investment Commission, Notification No. 15/2017, 'List of Restricted Investment Activities'\nMyanmar Investment Law, The Pyidaungsu Hluttaw Law No. 40/2016 of 18 October 2016, Art. 42.\nMyanmar Investment Rules, Notification No. 35/2017 of 30 March 2017, Art. 22.\nThe Condominium Law, Law No. 24/2016 of 29 January 2016, art. 12, 24 and 26.","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/20170419_eng_42_update.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/myanmar_investment_law_official_translation_3-1-2017.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/mir_english_0.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lincolnmyanmar.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/The-Condominium-Law.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2786,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","A031","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0015","Foreign investment in vessels used for commercial fishing is limited to 40 per cent of the capital.","\"Chapter II. Acquisition permit\n§ 4. Requirement for an acquisition permit\nA vessel may not be used for commercial fishing or fishing without a permit from the Ministry. Conditions may be set for such a permit.\nAn acquisition permit is granted to the vessel's owner for a specific vessel. The permit does not give the right to use another vessel. Other than the natural or legal person holding the permit, may not fish or catch with the vessel without their own permit.\nAn acquisition permit only gives the right to fish or catch in accordance with the provisions laid down at any time in or pursuant to the Act on the Management of Wild Marine Resources or the Act here.\n§ 5. Nationality requirements\nAn employment permit can only be granted to a Norwegian citizen or on an equal footing with a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway is considered equal to a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway can only be granted an employment permit when the vessel's maximum length is less than 15 meters.\nThe following companies and associations are considered equal to a Norwegian citizen:\na. limited liability company, public limited company and other limited liability company when the company's head office and board seat are in Norway, when the majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, consists of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived here for the past two years, and when Norwegian citizens own shares or participations corresponding to at least 6/10 of the company's capital and may exercise voting rights in the company with at least 6/10 of the votes.\nb. partner shipping company or other Norwegian company when the members are unlimitedly liable for the company's obligations, and when Norwegian citizens are co-owners for at least 6/10.\nc. limited partnerships when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the subordinated capital, and when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the limited partnerships.\nFor the purposes of this section, what is owned by Norwegian citizens shall be deemed to be owned by the Norwegian state, institution or fund controlled by the Norwegian state and Norwegian municipalities.[...]\" (Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5 [google translation])","Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1999-03-26-15\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,978,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","NOR","A031","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2023,"0.000125","The majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, must consist of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived in Norway for the past two years.","\"Chapter II. Acquisition permit\n§ 4. Requirement for an acquisition permit\nA vessel may not be used for commercial fishing or fishing without a permit from the Ministry. Conditions may be set for such a permit.\nAn acquisition permit is granted to the vessel's owner for a specific vessel. The permit does not give the right to use another vessel. Other than the natural or legal person holding the permit, may not fish or catch with the vessel without their own permit.\nAn acquisition permit only gives the right to fish or catch in accordance with the provisions laid down at any time in or pursuant to the Act on the Management of Wild Marine Resources or the Act here.\n§ 5. Nationality requirements\nAn employment permit can only be granted to a Norwegian citizen or on an equal footing with a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway is considered equal to a Norwegian citizen. A foreigner residing in Norway can only be granted an employment permit when the vessel's maximum length is less than 15 meters.\nThe following companies and associations are considered equal to a Norwegian citizen:\na. limited liability company, public limited company and other limited liability company when the company's head office and board seat are in Norway, when the majority of the board, including the chairman of the board, consists of Norwegian citizens who reside in Norway and have lived here for the past two years, and when Norwegian citizens own shares or participations corresponding to at least 6/10 of the company's capital and may exercise voting rights in the company with at least 6/10 of the votes.\nb. partner shipping company or other Norwegian company when the members are unlimitedly liable for the company's obligations, and when Norwegian citizens are co-owners for at least 6/10.\nc. limited partnerships when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the subordinated capital, and when Norwegian citizens own at least 6/10 of the limited partnerships.\nFor the purposes of this section, what is owned by Norwegian citizens shall be deemed to be owned by the Norwegian state, institution or fund controlled by the Norwegian state and Norwegian municipalities.[...]\" (Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5 [google translation])","Act on the right to participate in fishing (LOV-1999-03-26-15), last amended 01.01.2021, §§ 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/1999-03-26-15\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,980,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PER","H501","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0004","Maritime cabotage and inland water transport services were previously reserved for national shipping companies with majority Peruvian ownership (51% of the paid-in capital owned by Peruvian citizens) and where the Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager were Peruvian nationals. The captain and crew of the ships of national shipping companies were also required to hold Peruvian nationality.\nIn 2018, maritime cabotage transport of passengers and cargo (except for the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas) was liberalised by Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 stipulates that cabotage may be carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru with foreign or national capital, lifting the previous Peruvian majority ownership and nationality requirements for directors and management for such a legal entity. Shipping companies carrying out maritime cabotage are also exempted from the requirement to have a crew consisting exclusively of Peruvian nationals, including the captain of the ship. Companies engaging in the transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas remain subject to the previously applied restrictions. The Legislative Decree No. 1413 of 2018 entered into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of its implementing regulations.","\"Article 4.- Definitions\nFor the application of this Law, it is understood by:\n1. National Shipowner or National Shipping Company.- To the natural person of Peruvian nationality or legal person incorporated in Peru, with main domicile, real and effective headquarters in the country, that is dedicated to the service of water transport in national traffic or cabotage and / or international traffic and is the owner or lessee under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with compulsory purchase option, of at least one Peruvian-flag merchant ship and has obtained the corresponding Operation Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport.\nThe property of the legal entity must be national and that at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital stock of the company, subscribed and paid, must be owned by Peruvian citizens. The Chairman of the Board, the majority of Directors and the General Manager must be of Peruvian nationality and reside in Peru.\n[...]\nArticle 6.- On the Operation Permits for the Merchant Marine\n6.1 The Operation Permit is the administrative authorization with an indefinite term to carry out maritime, river and lake transport activities granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport to a national shipowner or national shipping company, certifying that it has submitted all the documentation and complied with the requirements indicated in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision. Said permit must be issued within seven (7) calendar days of the application.\nThe General Directorate of Aquatic Transportation will issue a conditional Operation Permit, valid for one hundred and eighty (180) days, which enables the acquisition of the ship in the modalities established by paragraph 1 of article 4. Said permit automatically becomes indefinite from the date of moment in which the shipowner acquires the ship and delivers the proofs of compliance, at the same time, of the requirements established in paragraph 1 of article 4 and in the second transitory and final provision of the Capital Law.\n[...]\nArticle 7.- Cabotage transport\n7.1 Commercial water transport in national or cabotage traffic is reserved exclusively for Peruvian-flag merchant ships owned by the National Shipowner or National Shipping Company or under the modalities of Financial Leasing or Bareboat Charter, with a mandatory purchase option; Except as provided in section 7.4.\n7.2 For water transport between Peruvian ports only, and in cases of non-existence of own or leased vessels under the modalities referred to in paragraph 7.1, the chartering of foreign flag vessels will be allowed to be operated only by national shipowners or national shipping companies, for a period of three years from the issuance of the respective operating permit granted by the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications. Said period can be extended for a period of up to a maximum of one year, by the Ministry of Transport and Communications at the request of the national shipowner or national shipping company\n7.3 The National Shipowners or National Shipping Companies must send a copy of the charter contract to the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport. The General Directorate of Aquatic Transport will issue the charter certificate of foreign flag vessels, upon verification of the absence of national flag vessels.\n[...]\nArticle 13.- Of the competition regime [...]\n13.6 The captain and crew of the ships of the national shipping companies will be of Peruvian nationality in their entirety, authorized by the General Directorate of Captaincies and Coast Guard. In exceptional cases and after the finding of non-availability of Peruvian personnel duly qualified and with experience in the type of ship in question, the contracting of services of foreign nationality could be authorized, up to a maximum of fifteen percent (15%) of the total crew of each ship and for the limited time. This exception does not apply to the captain of the ship.[...]\" (Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Article 2. Scope of application\n2.1. This Legislative Decree applies to all natural or legal persons, under public or private law and entities of the Public Administration linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast.\n2.2. The maritime transport of bulk liquids, other than liquefied natural gas, is excluded from the effects of this Legislative Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Access to maritime cabotage for passengers and cargo\nThe maritime cabotage traffic of passengers and cargo is carried out by a natural person or legal entity incorporated in Peru, with social capital of national or foreign origin and that has obtained the corresponding Operating Permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transportation and Communications, excepting the provisions of paragraph 1 of article 4, in paragraphs 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 of article 7, in paragraph 13.6 of article 13 and in the Second Transitory and Final Provision of Law No. 28583, Law of Reactivation and Promotion of the National Merchant Marine.\n[...]\nFinal Supplementary Provisions [...]\nSECOND. Validity\nThis Legislative Decree enters into force as of the day following the publication of its Regulations.\n[...]\nTransitional Supplementary Provision\nONLY. Temporary exception for national and foreign shipping companies\nExcept for the natural person or legal entity, with social capital of national or foreign origin linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for a period of three (3) years from the effective date of this Legislative Decree, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding operating permit from the General Directorate of Aquatic Transport of the Ministry of Transport and Communications, in order to generate a greater supply of vessels to meet the needs of the maritime transport by cabotage traffic, for the benefit of users and the competitiveness of the country.\nThe Ministry of Transportation and Communications must evaluate the continuity of this provision according to the benefits that are registered after the expiration of the three (3) year period from the effective date of this regulation.\nIf applicable, the extension of the term is established by a supreme decree endorsed by the Minister of Transport and Communications.\n(*) In accordance with the First Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, the national or foreign natural person or the legal person with capital is excepted company of national or foreign origin, linked to the maritime transport of passengers and cargo on the Peruvian coast, for the period indicated in this Provision, of the obligation to have the requirement of incorporation in the country and to obtain the corresponding permission of operation issued by the DTA. As long as the indicated exception lasts, the natural or legal persons mentioned above are only obliged to obtain the Certificate of Transport Safety Conditions.\n(*) In accordance with the Third Transitory Complementary Provision of the Regulation approved by Article 1 of Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC, published on August 06, 2019, it is provided that the Ministry of Transportation and Communications within a period of one (1 ) year before the end of the three (3) years, indicated in this Provision, performs the impact assessment that allows evaluating the continuity or not of the exemption for national or foreign natural or legal persons.[...]\" (Legislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision [google translation])","Law  on  National  Merchant  Navy  Reactivation  and  Promotion  (Law  No. 28583 of 22 July 2005), as amended by Law No. 30580 of 8 June 2017, Articles 4, 6, 7 and 13\nLegislative Decree to Promote and Facilitate Cabotage (No. 1413 of 13 September 2018; entry into force on 7 August 2019 following the publication of implementing Regulations, approved by Supreme Decree No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018), Articles 2 and 4, Second final supplementary provision, and Single transitional supplementary provision\nSupreme Decree approving the Regulation of Legislative Decree No. 1413 (No. 029-2019-MTC of 6 August 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H896669\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1216098\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://spij.minjus.gob.pe/spij-ext-web/detallenorma/H1241083\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,921,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","C10T12","CLAS1_1","I33","IX",2018,"0.000325","FDI is limited to 40% in milling, processing of rice and corn in the medium-term framework (with 30 years from the start of operations, foreign shareholding must be divested to a level below 40% of the total equity).","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n20. Culture, production, milling, processing, trading except retailing, of rice and corn and acquiring, by barter, purchase or otherwise, rice and corn and the by-products thereof (Sec. 5 of P.D. No. 194)¹¹ [¹¹ Full foreign participation is allowed provided that with the 30-year period from start of operation, the foreign investor shall divest a minimum of sixty-percent (60%) of their equity to Filipino citizens (Sec. 5 of PD No. 194; NFA Council Resolution No. 193, s. 1998)][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n\n","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2377,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SRB","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0004","The Captain of sea-going vessels flying the national flag must be Serbian or EU/EEA citizens.","\"Crew of seagoing ships registered in the National Register of Seagoing Ships\nArticle 51.\nOn seagoing ships registered in the National Register of Seagoing Ships, the captain and at least 50 percent of the crew members must be local citizens or citizens of one of the member states of the European Union and the EEA, who reside in the Republic of Serbia or a member state of the European Union and the EEA.\nCrew of seagoing ships registered in the International Register of Seagoing Ships\nArticle 52.\nOn seagoing ships registered in the International Register of Seagoing Ships, the master or first officer, as well as the engine manager or other engine officer must be domestic citizens or citizens of one of the member states of the European Union and EEA, while other crew members may be citizens of other states.[...]\" (Law on the nationality and vessel registration, \"Official Gazette of RS\", no. 10 of January 30, 2013, as amended [google translation])","Law on the nationality and vessel registration, \"Official Gazette of RS\", no. 10 of January 30, 2013, as amended [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pravno-informacioni-sistem.rs/SlGlasnikPortal/eli/rep/sgrs/skupstina/zakon/2015/18/3\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2329,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SRB","L68","_O","IV31","IX",2022,"0.00675","Foreigners have generally the same rights in terms of acquiring rights to movable property, however, in the case of immovables, the situation is quite different. Foreign natural and legal persons who do business in Serbia are entitled to acquire ownership of immovable property provided that (i) such property is required for its respective business, and (ii) there is reciprocity. Positive list of countries with which reciprocity has been established and is published by the Minisry of Justice. Furthermore, a foreign natural person is entitled to acquire ownership of an apartment or a residential building, provided that there is reciprocity [regardless of whether they conduct business activity in Serbia [only natural persons; foreign legal person cannot acquire residential real estate units]. Authorities tend to interpret these conditions restrictively. In addition, in general, foreigners are not entitled to acquire title to agricultural land (except for EU citizens, but even for them, the conditions for acquiring agricultural land are quite harsh) [recorded under Agriculture in the OECD FDIRRI].\nHowever, all of the aforementioned limitations in acquiring immovable property can easily be overcome if the foreigners incorporate an SPV in Serbia – such SPV is then considered a domestic person, so the limitations for foreigners in the acquisition of immovables would not apply to it. hence, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, this is recorded as a 'local incorporation requirement'.","\"Chapter VI - RIGHTS OF FOREIGN PERSONS\nArticle 82.\nForeign natural and legal persons can acquire the right of ownership of movable property as well as domestic persons.\nArticle 82a\nForeign individuals and legal entities that perform activities in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia may, under conditions of reciprocity, acquire ownership rights to immovable properties on the territory of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia that are necessary for them to perform that activity.\nA foreign natural person who does not perform activities in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia can, under conditions of reciprocity, acquire the right of ownership of an apartment and residential building, just like a citizen of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia.\nExceptionally from the provisions of para. 1 and 2 of this article, the federal law may stipulate that foreign natural and legal persons cannot acquire ownership rights to real estate located in certain areas in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia.\n[...]\nArticle 85a\nA company that performs tourism or hospitality activities may lease a tourist and other related facility to a foreign natural or legal person under conditions determined by a written contract . \nA long-term lease can be concluded for a minimum of five years and a maximum of 30 years.\nAt the end of the agreed term, the lease can be extended.[...]\" (Law on the Basics of Property Relations, \"Official Gazette of the SFRY\", no. 6 of February 8, 1980, as amended [google translation])","Law on the Basics of Property Relations, \"Official Gazette of the SFRY\", no. 6 of February 8, 1980, as amended [google translation]","CEE Legal Matters (2021), \"Real Estate Laws and Regulations in Serbia\", 21 December.","[<a href=\"http://www.pravno-informacioni-sistem.rs/SlGlasnikPortal/eli/rep/slsfrj/skupstina/zakon/1980/6/1/reg\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://ceelegalmatters.com/real-estate-2021/real-estate-serbia-2021#:~:text=The%20general%20rule%20is%20that,if%20it%20is%20so%20registered.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2325,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SGP","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I73","IX",2021,"0.00045","Foreign shareholding in the PSA Corporation is limited to 49% pursuant to an administrative policy of the Government of Singapore, which has been enshrined in the Memorandum and Articles of Association of PSA Corporation. Likewise, only local service suppliers, including companies in which foreign shareholding does not exceed 49%, are allowed to operate and manage cruise and ferry terminals."," \"The “aggregate of foreign shareholdings”* is defined as the total number of shares owned by: (a) Any individual who is not a Singapore citizen; and (b) Any corporation which is not more than 50% owned by Singapore citizens or by the Singapore Government; and (c) Any other enterprise which is not owned or controlled by the Singapore Government.\" (Memorandum and Articles of Association of PSA Corporation)\n---------------------------\n\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF SINGAPORE\nThe aggregate of foreign shareholdings in PSA Corporation or its successor body is subject to a 49 per cent limit. The “aggregate of foreign shareholdings” is defined as the total number of shares owned by: (a) any individual who is not a Singapore citizen; (b) any corporation which is not more than 50 per cent owned by Singapore citizens or by the Singapore Government; or (c) any other enterprise which is not owned or controlled by the Singapore Government. [...]\" (Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement, Annex I, Schedule of Singapore of Non-Conforming Measures)\n---------------------------\n\"ANNEX I - SCHEDULE OF SINGAPORE\nSector: Transport Services\nSub-Sector: Maritime transport services\nObligations Concerned: National Treatment (Article 9.4 and Article 10.3), Market Access (Article 10.5)\nLevel of Government: Central\nMeasures: Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore Act, Cap. 170A, 1997 Rev Ed, Section 81\nDescription: Investment and Cross-Border Trade in Services - Only local service suppliers shall be allowed to operate and manage cruise and ferry terminals. Local service suppliers are either Singapore citizens or legal persons which are more than 50 per cent owned by Singapore citizens.\"(Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement, Annex I, Schedule of Singapore of Non-Conforming Measures)","Memorandum and Articles of Association of PSA Corporation\nTrans-Pacific Partnership Agreement, Annex I, Schedule of Singapore of Non-Conforming Measures","n/a","[<a href=\"https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/TPP-Final-Text-Annex-I-Non-Conforming-Measures-Singapore.pdf\">TPP</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,1899,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SSD","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2023,"0.002916667","Only South Sudanese citizens and companies fully owned by South Sudanese citizens may be granted small-scale and artisanal mining licenses.","\"CHAPTER VI: SMALL-SCALE MINING LICENCE \n55. Person Qualified to Hold a Small-Scale Mining Licence\n(1)  An individual or community cooperative involved in Small-scale Mining; provided that they cooperate and respect the exclusive rights granted to Licence Title Holders in the Exploration and Mining Areas.   \n(2) Subject to Subsection (1) of this Section, a Small-Scale Mining Licence Title Holder shall be an individual or company duly incorporated under the Companies Act 2012 or its successor legislation who are citizens of South Sudan or all shareholders of the company being citizens of South Sudan with the technical competence and financial ability to fulfil the Licence obligations and who are not disqualified under Section 7(2). \n[...]\nCHAPTER VII: LARGE-SCALE MINING LICENCE \n62. Company Qualified to Hold Large-Scale Mining Licence\nA Large-Scale Mining Licence Title Holder shall be a company, duly incorporated or registered as a company under the Companies Act 2012 or its successor legislation, which has the technical competence and financial ability to fulfil the Licence obligations and which is not disqualified under Section 7(2).\n[...]\nArticle 64. Grant of Large-Scale Mining Licence [...]\n(3) Upon the issuance of a Mining Licence, the Government shall have the right to acquire up to a maximum of 15% working interest participation in the proposed Mine in the following manner: \n(a) upon its exercise of its option the Government shall be issued a USD$ 1.00 (or equivalent of South Sudanese Pound) special share at par which shall carry the right to appoint up to 2 directors, with alternatives, and \n(b) to receive all dividends or other distributions in respect of its working interest percentage.\n[...]\n74.  Maximum Production under an Artisanal Mining Licence \n(1) An Artisanal Mining Licence shall be subject to the same provisions as are applicable to a Small Scale Mining Licence pursuant to Chapter VI provided, however, that no Artisanal Mining Licence may authorise the exploitation of more than twelve thousand (12,000) cubic meters of raw ore in any calendar year. \n[...]\n75. Application [...]\nAn Artisanal Mining Licence shall only be issued to a South Sudanese citizen and who is not disqualified under Section 7(2).\n[...]\nCHAPTER XII:  EXPLORATION AND MINING AGREEMENT\n100.  Party Qualifying for an Exploration and Mining Agreement\n(1) A party to an Exploration and Mining Agreement, other than the Government, shall be a company, duly incorporated or registered as a foreign company under the Companies Law, which shall have the technical competence and financial ability to fulfil all obligations of the agreement. \n(2) A company is ineligible to enter into an Exploration and Mining Agreement if any director or shareholder of that company is not in compliance with the requirements of Section 7(2). [...]\" (Mining Act, 2012, Article 64)","Mining Act, 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mom.gov.ss/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/Mining-Act-2012.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3730,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001875","Only Tanzanian nationals can own pharmacy retail outlets in rural and peri-urban zones.","\"2. These Regulations shall apply to- (a) every person or group of persons permitted or otherwise allowed by the Minister to dispense medicines or operate an Outlet pursuant to section 40 of the Act. \n[...]\n3. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires: [...]\n“Outlet” also prescribed as “ADDO”, “DLDM” or “Duka la Dawa Muhimu” means premises accredited under these Regulations to provide drugs dispensing services to the communities in rural or peri-urban areas;\n[...]\nPART IV - STANDARDS OF OPERATION OF OUTLETS [...]\nADDO owner’s requirements\n26.-(1) Save as otherwise provided in these Regulations, a person shall not own an Outlet unless the person-\n(a) is a Tanzanian adult who is mentally fit; [...]\" (PHARMACY (ACCREDITED DRUGS DISPENSING OUTLETS) (STANDARDS AND ETHICS FOR DISPENSATION OF MEDICINES) REGULATIONS, 2019)\n","PHARMACY (ACCREDITED DRUGS DISPENSING OUTLETS) (STANDARDS AND ETHICS FOR DISPENSATION OF MEDICINES) REGULATIONS, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"https://media.tanzlii.org/files/legislation/tz-act-gn-2019-185-publication-document.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,342,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TZA","H5021","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0006","Only Tanzanian ships may be engaged in local trade (passenger and cargo cabotage); registration of a Tanzanian ship is reserved to Tanzanian nationals, individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania, and individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania.","\"2.-(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n''bareboat charter'' means hiring or leasing of a ship for a period of time during which the ship owner provides only the ship while the charterer provides the crew together with the stores and bunkers and pays all operating costs;\n[...]\nPART III - RESTRICTION ON TRADING\nRestriction 10.-(1) No ship shall trade in or from the waters of Tanzania unless on trading the ship -\n(a) is a Tanzanian ship; or\n(b) is provided with a certificate of foreign registry.\n(2) Subject to the provisions of any Regulation made under this section or of any international agreement, only Tanzanian ships may be engaged in local trade in Tanzanian waters\n[...]\nPART IV - REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF SHIP\n(a) Registration\n12. A ship shall be a Tanzanian ship for the purposes of this Act if such ship is registered in Tanzania under this Part.\n13.-(1) Subject to section 45, no ship shall be registered in Tanzania under this Act unless she is wholly owned by persons qualified to own a Tanzanian ship, namely -\n(a) nationals of Tanzania;\n(b) individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania; \n(c) individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania as may be prescribed;\n(d) such other persons as the Minister may by Order, specify.\n(2) Every ship of 50 Gross Tonnage (GT) or over that is owned by persons qualified to be owners of Tanzanian ship shall unless exempted, be registered as a Tanzanian ship:\n[...]\n(f) Licensing\n53.-(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), every ship under 50 Gross Tonnage (GT) shall be licensed under this Act.\n54.-(1) No ship shall be licensed in Tanzania unless she is owned by any of the persons referred to in section 13.\n[...]\nPART XIII - LOCAL AND COASTAL VOYAGES [...]\n(2) For the purposes of this section, a ship is deemed to be engaged in local trading when the ship takes on board passengers or cargo at a port in Tanzania to be carried to or landed at another port in Tanzania or anywhere within the East African Trading Area.[...]\" (Merchant Shipping Act, 2003)\n--------------\n\"Part III -  Qualification and entitlement for registration [...]\n6.(1). Subject to regulation 27(4) a ship shall be entitled to be registered if a majority interest in the ship is owned by one or more persons qualified to be owners of Tanzanian ships.\n(2) For the purposes of sub-regulation (1)-\n(a) one or more persons shall be treated as owning a majority interest in a ship if there is vested in that person or in those persons, taken together, the legal title to 33 or more shares; and\n(b) a body corporate shall be treated as resident in the United Republic of Tanzania if it has a place of business in  the United Republic of Tanzania.\n(3) The owner of such ship shall fulfull the following:\n(a) all ratings engaged on board of the ship shall be Tanzanian;\n[...]\nPart IV -  Qualification and entitlement of fishing vessels to be registered\n7.(1) The following persons are qualified to be owners of fishing vessels which are to be registered:\n(a) national of Tanzania;\n(b) individuals or corporations owning ships hired out on bareboat charters to nationals of Tanzania; \n(c) individuals or corporations in bona fide joint venture shipping enterprise relationships with nationals of Tanzania as may be prescribed;\n(2) Subject to Regulations 8 and 27(2), (3) and (4), a ship shall be entitled to be registered only if the legal and beneficial title of the vessel are vested wholly in one or more of those persons qualified to be owners of a Tanzanian fishing vessel by virtue fo Regulation 7(1).\n8.(1) Notwithstanding that the requirements specified in Regulation 7(2) are satisfied a vessel shall not be registered unless:\n(a) it is managed, and its operations controlled and directed, from within the United Republic of Tanzania;\n(b) any charterer, manager or operator of the vessel is a person qualified to be the owner of a Tanzanian fishing vessel by virtue of Regulation 7(1)[...]\" (Merchant Shipping (Registration of Ships and Lincensing of Vessels) Regulations, 2005)","Merchant Shipping Act, 2003\nMerchant Shipping (Registration of Ships and Lincensing of Vessels) Regulations, 2005","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.tasac.go.tz/uploads/publications/sw1542642572-Merchant_Shipping_Act_21-2003.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tasac.go.tz/uploads/publications/sw1627210182-Merchant%20Shipping%20(Registration%20of%20Ships)%20Regulations,%202005.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,330,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","J60","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0045","Foreign investment in radio and TV broadcasting services is limited to 49% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nAnnex - List one. Businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason:\n1. The Press, radio broadcasting station or radio and television station business[...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))\n------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - BROADCASTING AND TELEVISION BUSINESSES OPERATION\nSection 7. Any person who operates sound broadcasting business or television business shall obtain a license from the Commission in accordance with the provision of this chapter\n[...]\nSection 8. An applicant for a license under this Act shall be of Thai nationality and shall not be under license suspension nor shall have previously had a license revoked during a period of less than three years prior to the application.\n[...]\nSection 10. There shall be three types of license to operate sound broadcasting business or television business using frequency spectrum as follows:\n(1) license to operate public services: being a license issued for the business operation which has the main objectives to provide public services. [...]\n(2) license to operate community services: being a license for the business operation which has the same objectives as those of the public services business, provided that it must provide the benefit that meets the needs of the community or locality receiving the services;\n(3) license to operate business services: being a license for the business operation which has the objectives as intended by the operator for profit making, in accordance with the criteria prescribed in the Notification by the Commission. This can at least be divided into three types: (a) Business Services License at National Level, which shall be issued for the sound broadcasting business or television business whose service areas cover all regions of the country; (b) Business Services License at Regional Level, which shall be issued for the sound broadcasting business or television business whose service areas cover a group of provinces; (c) Business Services License at Local Level, which shall be issued for the sound broadcasting business or television business whose service areas cover an individual province.\n[...]\nSection 13. The applicant for a license to operate business services shall be a juristic person established under Thai law and shall have the following characteristics: (1) the applicant for Business Services License at Regional and Local Levels shall be a juristic person in which at least one-third of the equity shareholders or investors have a domicile in such region or locality, as the case may be, and shall have stable financial status, an accounting audit system and any other qualifications that can guarantee the stability of the business operation as prescribed in the Notification by the Commission; (2) the applicant for a license to operate any other types of business than (1) shall be a State enterprise or a company established under Thai law which has the main objectives for operating sound broadcasting business or television business.\n[...]\nSection 15. The applicant for a license under section 13, in addition to having the qualifications and possessing no prohibited characteristics under section 8 and section 14, shall have the following qualifications:\n(1) being a juristic person in which the persons of Thai nationality invest or hold equity shares in the amount of not less than three quarters of the total capital of such juristic person; (2) being a juristic person in which the persons of Thai nationality have the power under the law or articles of association or through an agreement to vote of not less than three quarters of the total number of votes entitled to vote of such juristic person. In the case where the applicant for a license under section 13 is a company, at least three quarters of the total number of the directors and the director(s) authorised to bind such juristic person shall be of Thai nationality. In the case where the applicant for a license under section 13 is a limited partnership or registered ordinary partnership, the managing partner or the manager shall be of Thai nationality.\nThe Commission may prescribe the prohibition of any act which has the nature of business takeover by a foreigner to be observed by the applicant. For the purpose of this section, it shall be deemed that a person of Thai nationality means a person who is not a foreigner under the law on foreign business, and in casting a vote, each share held or invested by a person of Thai nationality shall be counted as one vote. [...]\"(Broadcasting and Television Businesses Act, B.E. 2551 (2008))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).\nBroadcasting and Television Businesses Act, B.E. 2551 (2008)","n/a","[<a href=\" https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.krisdika.go.th/wps/wcm/connect/d51cc5004ba4484f9efcbf8b0853d392/BROADCASTING+AND+TELEVISION+BUSINESSES+ACT,+B.E.+2551+(2008).pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CACHEID=d51cc5004ba4484f9efcbf8b0853d392\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1962,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","THA","B","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.007","Foreign investment in mining is limited to 75% of equity ownership.","\"Section 4\nIn this Act, “foreigner” means:\n1. a natural person who is not of Thai nationality;\n2. a juristic person not registered in Thailand;\n3. a juristic person registered in Thailand, being of the following descriptions: \na. being a juristic person at least one half of capital shares of which are held by persons under (1) or (2) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1) or (2) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof;\nb. being a limited partnership or a registered ordinary partnership the managing partner or the manager of which is the person under (1);\n4. a juristic person registered in Thailand at least one half of the capital shares of which are held by persons under (1), (2) or (3) or a juristic person in which investment has been placed by the persons under (1), (2) or (3) in the amount at least equivalent to one half of the total capital thereof; [...]\n[...]\nSection 8\nSubject to section 6, section 7, section 10 and section 12:\n1. no foreigner may operate such businesses stricto sensu not permissible to foreigners by special reason, as prescribed in List One;\n2. no foreigner may operate such businesses related to national safety or security, businesses having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or businesses having impacts on natural resources or the environment, as prescribed in List Two, unless upon obtaining permission from the Minister with the\napproval of the Council of Ministers;\n3. no foreigner may operate such businesses in respect of which Thai nationals are not yet ready to compete with foreigners, as prescribed in List Three, unless upon obtaining permission from the Director-General with the approval of the Commission.\n[...]\nSection 15\nA foreigner which is a juristic person may operate any business specified in List Two only where not less than forty percent of its shares are held by Thai nationals or juristic persons which are not foreigners under this Act, save that, where there is a reasonable cause, the Minister with the approval of the Council of Ministers may reduce the proportion in this matter, provided that the required shareholding must not be less than twenty five percent and that not less than two-fifths of the total number of its directors must be Thai nationals.\n[...]\nAnnex [...] \nList two. Businesses related to national safety or security or having impacts on arts, culture, traditions, customs and folklore handicrafts or natural resources and the environment [...] Chapter III. Businesses Having Impacts on Natural Resources or the Environment [...]\n4. Mining, including rock blasting or rock crushing [...]\"((Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999))","Foreign Business Act, B.E. 2542 (1999).","n/a","[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/40/thailand-foreign-business-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1937,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","H501","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0002","Under Article 6 of the Law on the organization of maritime professions, foreign participation in maritime transport services is allowed according to international agreements and subject to reciprocity, or according to laws and regulations in force governing investments and participation of foreigners. By virtue of Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities, legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet specified conditions, including that the majority of the board of directors, as well as the president, general director or manager, must be Tunisian nationals.","\"Article 1 - The organization of maritime professions is governed by this law, the provisions of which are applicable to persons who carry out or contribute to the operation, upkeep and maintenance of merchant ships when these persons are established in Tunisia or when they exercise their activities on Tunisian territory or in waters under Tunisian sovereignty.\nThe provisions of this law do not apply to the operation of foreign vessels in national cabotage or in international transport from or to Tunisia, which remains governed by the appropriate provisions of international law and Tunisian law.\nArt. 2 - Are considered as maritime profession, within the meaning of this law, the professions exercised by the following persons:\n1- The pilot, the owner, the maritime carrier, the consignee of ships, the consignee of the cargo and the handling contractor as defined respectively in articles 64, 130, 165, 167, 168 and 169 of the maritime trade code.\n2- The charter broker: this is the broker who undertakes to find a person to put him in touch with another, in return for a commission, in order to carry out the following operations:\n- maritime transport,\n- the sale and charter of ships,\n[...]\nArt. 3 - With the exception of the professions of maritime surveyor and pilot, maritime professions can only be exercised by a legal person.\n[...]\nArt. 6 - Persons of foreign nationality may exercise one of the maritime professions when they are authorized to do so under the international agreements in force, and this, subject to reciprocity.\nIn the absence of such agreements, the exercise of one of the maritime professions by persons of foreign nationality is subject to the laws and regulations in force governing the investments and participation of foreigners.[...]\" (Law on the organization of maritime professions (n ° 2008-44 of 21 July 2008), Articles 1, 2, 3 and 6 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Art. 3. - Legal persons have Tunisian nationality when they meet all of the following conditions:\n1. be constituted in accordance with the laws in force and have their registered office in Tunisia;\n2. have their capital represented at least 50% by registered securities held by Tunisian natural or legal persons;\n3. have their board of directors, management or supervision, made up in majority by natural persons of Tunisian nationality;\n4. have their presidency, their general direction or their management ensured by natural persons of Tunisian nationality.\nFor public limited companies, and in the event of dissociation between the functions of chairman of the board of directors and those of managing director, the managing director must have the status of resident within the meaning of the foreign exchange regulations in force.\nIn addition, Tunisian companies having their head office in Tunisia and in which the State or local public authorities directly or indirectly hold a capital participation.[...]\" (Decree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3 [google translation])","Law on the organization of maritime professions (n ° 2008-44 of 21 July 2008), Articles 1, 2, 3 and 6 \nDecree-Law on the conditions for exercising certain commercial activities (n° 61-14 of 30 August 1961), as amended by Law n° 85-84 of 11 August 1985, Article 3","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/109856?ln=fr\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/106431?ln=fr\">Decree-Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1712,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUN","L68","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0135","An acquisition of real property is in principle subject to prior consent of the governor of the region where the property is located. However, the acquisition or lease of real property (lands and buildings) in industrial or tourist zones, for the pursuit of economic projects, is exempted from the authorisation requirement. The waiver also covers improved lots acquired for industrial or agricultural use in the context of urban development plans.","\"Article 1 - To be valid and until otherwise ordered, transfers inter vivos, of property and enjoyment, as well as all dismemberments of property, relating to buildings or real estate rights located in Tunisia, concerning agricultural land as well as unbuilt land and not allotted, and listed below, must be authorized by the Governor of the constituency where the building is located:\n1. Transfer for consideration or free of charge inter vivos of full ownership or usufruct;\n2. Constitution of enzel;\n3. Establishment of easement;\n4. Company contribution;\n5. Any sharing or any act or transaction having the effect of transmitting or attributing, in any way whatsoever, to a partner or to a third party, full ownership or usufruct of buildings dependent on the assets of 'a society;\n6. Real estate pledge, mortgage or antichresis consitutuion.\nThe above provisions also apply to leases with a firm term of more than nine years.\n[...]\nArticle 7 - The operations referred to in Article 1, carried out by the State, the Municipalities and the Governorates, are expressly exempt from prior authorization.\nAlso exempt from prior authorization are the acquisition or lease by foreigners of land and premises built in industrial zones and land in tourist areas, for the realization of economic projects.\nAn industrial zone or tourist zone is considered to be any zone to which the industrial or tourist character has been given in accordance with the legislation in force relating to the development of industrial zones and the development of tourist zones and to the legislation in force relating to the protection of agricultural land as well as developed subdivisions which have acquired an industrial or tourist character within the framework of urban development plans.\nThe transfer of ownership of land and buildings in industrial zones as well as land located in tourist areas developed in accordance with the legislation in force within the meaning of the previous paragraph and resulting from merger operations or merger or split or transformation of the legal form or transfer to third parties of companies or subsidiaries of companies whose capital is predominantly foreign, on condition of maintaining their economic activity.[...]\" (Decree of the Minister of Agriculture of June 4, 1957, relating to real estate operations; as amended by Law n° 2005-40 of 11 May 2005, Articles 1 and 7 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"\"Article 2: Within the meaning of this government decree, the following terms mean:\nAuthorizations: the prior approval granted by the administrative authority to the applicant fulfilling the legal conditions required for the exercise of the economic activity or for the realization of a project. The concessions granted by the competent authorities, the licenses subject to a call for tenders or the authorizations granted by the assembly of the representatives of the people within the meaning of the article 13 of the constitution.\n[...]\nArticle 3: The exercise of economic activities related to the following sectors and provided for in Annex 1 of this Governmental Decree requires the prior approval of the competent administrative authority:\n- natural resources and useful substances,\n- land, sea and air transport,\n- banks, finance, insurance and the financial market,\n- dangerous or polluting industries,\n- health,\n- teaching,\n- telecommunications,\n- some commercial activities and some service activities.\nAnnex 1 of this Governmental Decree exclusively sets the detailed list of economic activities in the aforementioned sectors requiring an authorization as well as the deadlines, procedures and conditions for granting them.\n[...]\nArticle 4.: Annex 2 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of economic activities for which the authorizations to exercise have been abolished. These activities will remain subject to the authorizations in force on the date of publication of this government decree for a maximum period of six (06) months from the date of its entry into force.\nThe ministries and the competent administrative authorities may, within a period not exceeding six (06) months referred to above, subject the economic activities provided for in Annex 2 of this governmental decree to specifications which will be published by a joint order of the authority concerned and the minister in charge of investment.\nArticle 5: Annex 3 of this Governmental Decree establishes the list of administrative authorizations for the realization of a project, the deadlines, the procedures and the conditions for their granting provided for by the legislative and regulatory texts in force on the date of publication. of this government decree.\n[...]\nAnnex 2: List of authorizations to be deleted [...]\n3. List of authorizations linked to the Ministry of Equipment, Housing and Territorial Development\n9. Authorization to exercise the profession of property developer\nTerms :\n1. Company with Tunisian capital. Resident or non-resident foreigners are free to contribute a minority share in the capital of a Tunisian company for real estate development\nProcedures adopted: [...]\nFor resident and non-resident foreigners who want to participate in the capital of real estate development companies with 50% or more of the capital, the agreement of the higher investment council is requested.\n[...]\nAnnex 3: List of administrative authorizations\n1. List of administrative authorizations linked to the Ministry of the Interior [...]\n4- Authorization from the Governor for real estate transactions with a foreigner (Pre-authorization)\nLand and premises built outside industrial zones and apart from land in tourist zones, for the realization of economic projects.[...]\" (Government Decree No. the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation])","Decree of the Minister of Agriculture of June 4, 1957, relating to real estate operations; as amended by Law n° 2005-40 of 11 May 2005, Articles 1 and 7\nGovernment Decree No. the exclusive list of economic activities subject to authorization and the list of administrative authorizations required for the realization of projects, the related provisions and their simplification [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/107744?ln=fr\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pist.tn/record/110770?ln=fr\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1747,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","M692X2","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0003125","Only locally licensed accountants can own shares in an accounting firm. In principle, Turkish citizenship is required to become a locally licensed accountant, but foreign professionals may be approved in accordance with the principle of reciprocity.","\"Article 2 – A) Subject of the profession of accounting and financial advisor:\nEnterprises and businesses belonging to real and legal persons;\na) To keep the books, to prepare the balance sheet, profit and loss statements, statements and other documents in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles and the provisions of the relevant legislation, and to perform similar works.\nb) Establishing and developing accounting systems, arranging business, accounting, finance, financial legislation and their applications, or providing consultancy on these issues.\nc) To conduct examinations, analyzes, audits, to give written opinions on matters related to financial statements and declarations, to prepare reports and the like, to perform arbitration, expertise and similar works on the subjects written in the above paragraph, based on the documents.\nThe works listed above; Those who do not be affiliated with a workplace are called independent accountants and financial advisors.\nB) Subject of chartered accountant profession:\nIn addition to carrying out the works written in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of paragraph (a), it is to carry out certification works within the framework of the regulation to be issued in accordance with Article 12 of the Law.\nCertified public accountants cannot keep accounting books, open accounting offices and cannot be partners in accounting offices.\n[...]\nArticle 4 – The general conditions of being a member of the profession are as follows:\na) Being a Turkish citizen (the provision about foreign public accountants and financial advisors is reserved).\n[...]\nArticle 8 – The services within the scope of Article 2 from the rights they have obtained in their home country of the persons who are nationals of a foreign state who have officially regulated the profession of public accountant and financial advisor, provided that they have the qualifications sought in the independent accountant financial advisory service under the title of independent accountant financial advisor with the condition of reciprocity. They may be allowed to do so in Turkey with the approval of the President.[...]\" (Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8 [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 30 - Members of more than one profession may engage in professional activities by establishing partnership offices or companies.\nIn this case;\na) The activities carried out by the members of the profession in these offices or companies are not considered commercial activities.\nb) A partnership office or company can only be established between professionals with the same title.\nc) They cannot engage in other business other than their field of activity specified in the law.\nd) The company or partnership office can only be represented by the partner or partners in the works related to the practice of the profession. [...]\" (Regulation on the Procedures and Principles of operations of Independent Accountant, Independent Accountant and Financial Advisor and Sworn-in Certified Accountant (03.01.1990), last amended on 22.05.2015, Article 30 [google translation])","Independent Accountant Financial Advisory and Sworn Financial Advisory Law (No. 3568 of 1989), last amended by Law No. 700 of 2018, Articles 2, 4 and 8 \nRegulation on the Procedures and Principles of operations of Independent Accountant, Independent Accountant and Financial Advisor and Sworn-in Certified Accountant (03.01.1990), last amended on 22.05.2015, Article 30","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=3568&MevzuatTur=1&MevzuatTertip=5\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=4650&MevzuatTur=7&MevzuatTertip=5\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1420,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C24_25","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2018,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1289,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C24_25","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1289,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C24_25","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2022,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1289,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","C24_25","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2023,"Not scored/considered","The Industry Act (1975) gives the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry the powers necessary to prohibit a proposed transfer of control of an important UK manufacturing undertaking to a non-resident where the transfer is considered contrary to the interests of the UK or a substantial part of it.  For these purposes “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health. If it is considered that the national interest cannot appropriately be protected in any other way, property in such a proposal or completed transfer may be compulsorily acquired against compensation. Both prohibition and vesting orders are subject to Parliamentary approval.","\"Part II - Powers in relation to Transfers of Control of Important Manufacturing Undertakings to Non-Residents\n 11 General extent of powers in relation to control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(1)The powers conferred by this Part of this Act shall have effect in relation to changes of control of important manufacturing undertakings.\n(2)In this Part of this Act—\n“important manufacturing undertaking” means an undertaking which, in so far as it is carried on in the United Kingdom, is wholly or mainly engaged in manufacturing industry and appears to the Secretary of State to be of special importance to the United Kingdom or to any substantial part of the United Kingdom.\n12 Meaning of “change of control”.\n(1)There is a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking for the purposes of this Part of this Act only upon the happening of a relevant event.\n(2)In subsection (1) above “relevant event” means any event as a result of which—\n(a)the person carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom;\n(b)a person not resident in the United Kingdom acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(c)a body corporate resident in the United Kingdom but controlled by a person not so resident acquires the whole or part of the undertaking;\n(d)a person not resident in the United Kingdom becomes able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body; or\n(e)a person resident in the United Kingdom and able to exercise or control the exercise of the first, second or third qualifying percentage of votes in a body corporate carrying on the whole or part of the undertaking or in any other body corporate which is in control of such a body ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom.\n(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) above—\n(a)a body corporate or individual entitled to cast 30 per cent. or more of the votes that may be cast at any general meeting of a body corporate is in control of that body; and\n(b)control of a body corporate which has control of another body corporate gives control of the latter body.\n(4)Any power to direct the holder of shares or stock in a body corporate as to the exercise of his votes at a general meeting of that body corporate is to be treated as entitlement to cast the votes in respect of the shares or stock in question.\n(5)Two or more persons acting together in concert may be treated as a single person for the purposes of any provision of this Part of this Act relating to change of control.\n(6)For the purposes of this Part of this Act—\n(a)the first qualifying percentage of votes is 30 per cent.;\n(b)the second qualifying percentage is 40 per cent.; and\n(c)the third qualifying percentage is 50 per cent.;and the references to votes in this subsection are references to votes that may be cast at a general meeting.\n13 Power to make orders.\n(1)If it appears to the Secretary of State—\n(a)that there is a serious and immediate probability of a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking; and\n(b)that that change of control would be contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,he may by order (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “prohibition order”) specify the undertaking and—\n(i)prohibit that change of control; and\n(ii)prohibit or restrict the doing of things which in his opinion would constitute or lead to it;and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(2)Subject to subsection (3) below, if—\n(a)the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) above are satisfied, or\n(b)a prohibition order has been made in relation to an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(c)the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances which appear to him to constitute a change of control of an important manufacturing undertaking, occurring on or after 1st February 1975, and is satisfied that that change is contrary to the interests of the United Kingdom, or contrary to the interests of any substantial part of the United Kingdom,the Secretary of State may by order made with the approval of the Treasury (in this Part of this Act referred to as a “vesting order”) direct that on a day specified in the order—\n(i)share capital and loan capital to which this subsection applies, or\n(ii)any assets which are employed in the undertaking,shall vest in . . . in himself or in nominees for  . . . himself and may make such incidental or supplementary provision in the order as appears to him to be necessary or expedient.\n(3)A vesting order may only be made if the Secretary of State is satisfied that the order is necessary in the national interest and that, having regard to all the circumstances, that interest cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected in any other way.\n(4)The share capital and loan capital to which subsection (2) above applies are—\n(a)in any case where the Secretary of State considers that the interests mentioned in subsection (2)(c) above cannot, or cannot appropriately, be protected unless all the share capital of any relevant body corporate vests by virtue of the order, the share capital of that body corporate, together with so much (if any) of the loan capital of that body as may be specified in the order,\n(b)in any other case, that part of the share capital of any relevant body corporate which, at the time that the draft of the order is laid before Parliament under section 15(3) below, appears to the Secretary of State to be involved in the change of control.\n(5)In this section “relevant body corporate” means—\n(a)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of its business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, or\n(b)a body corporate incorporated in the United Kingdom—\n(i)which is the holding company of a group of companies carrying on in the United Kingdom as the whole or the major part of their business there the whole or part of an important manufacturing undertaking, and\n(ii)as to which one of the conditions specified in subsection (6) below is satisfied.\n(6)The conditions mentioned in subsection (5) above are—\n(a)that it appears to the Secretary of State that there is a serious and immediate probability of the happening of an event in relation to the company which would constitute a change of control of the undertaking, or\n(b)that the Secretary of State has learnt of circumstances relating to the company which appear to him to constitute a change of control of the undertaking on or after 1st February 1975.\n[(7)In sections (1)(b) and (2)(c) “interests” means interests which relate to public policy, public security or public health.\n(8)In subsection (3) “the national interest” means the national interest in relation to public policy, public security or public health.][...]\" (Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13)","Industry Act 1975 (UKPGA 1975 c. 68), last amended on 1.10.2008, Sections 11, 12 and 13","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1975/68/introduction\">Industry Act 1975</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1289,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","A01","_O","IV41","IX",2018,"0.0125","Obtaining special government emergency loans for agricultural purposes is subject to a requirement that a majority interest in the applicant legal entity is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States.","\"SUBCHAPTER III—EMERGENCY LOANS [...]\n§1961. Eligibility for loans\n(a) Persons eligible\nThe Secretary shall make and insure loans under this subchapter only to the extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to (1) established farmers or ranchers (including equine farmers or ranchers), or persons engaged in aquaculture, who are citizens of the United States and who are (in the case of farm ownership loans in accordance with subchapter I) owner-operators or operators, or (in the case of loans for a purpose under subchapter II) operators of not larger than family farms, and (2) farm cooperatives, private domestic corporations, partnerships, joint operations, trusts, or limited liability companies, or such other legal entities as the Secretary considers appropriate (A) that are engaged primarily in farming or ranching (including equine farming or ranching) or aquaculture, and (B) in which a majority interest is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States [...], where the Secretary finds that the applicants' farming, ranching, or aquaculture operations have been substantially affected by a quarantine imposed by the Secretary under the Plant Protection Act [7 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.] or the animal quarantine laws (as defined in section 136a of title 21), a natural disaster in the United States, or a major disaster or emergency designated by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.): Provided, That they have experience and resources necessary to assure a reasonable prospect for successful operation with the assistance of such loan and are not able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere. [...]\" (Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961)","Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:7%20section:1961%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title7-section1961)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1594,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","A01","_O","IV41","IX",2021,"0.0125","Obtaining special government emergency loans for agricultural purposes is subject to a requirement that a majority interest in the applicant legal entity is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States.","\"SUBCHAPTER III—EMERGENCY LOANS [...]\n§1961. Eligibility for loans\n(a) Persons eligible\nThe Secretary shall make and insure loans under this subchapter only to the extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to (1) established farmers or ranchers (including equine farmers or ranchers), or persons engaged in aquaculture, who are citizens of the United States and who are (in the case of farm ownership loans in accordance with subchapter I) owner-operators or operators, or (in the case of loans for a purpose under subchapter II) operators of not larger than family farms, and (2) farm cooperatives, private domestic corporations, partnerships, joint operations, trusts, or limited liability companies, or such other legal entities as the Secretary considers appropriate (A) that are engaged primarily in farming or ranching (including equine farming or ranching) or aquaculture, and (B) in which a majority interest is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States [...], where the Secretary finds that the applicants' farming, ranching, or aquaculture operations have been substantially affected by a quarantine imposed by the Secretary under the Plant Protection Act [7 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.] or the animal quarantine laws (as defined in section 136a of title 21), a natural disaster in the United States, or a major disaster or emergency designated by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.): Provided, That they have experience and resources necessary to assure a reasonable prospect for successful operation with the assistance of such loan and are not able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere. [...]\" (Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961)","Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:7%20section:1961%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title7-section1961)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1594,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","A01","_O","IV41","IX",2022,"0.0125","Obtaining special government emergency loans for agricultural purposes is subject to a requirement that a majority interest in the applicant legal entity is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States.","\"SUBCHAPTER III—EMERGENCY LOANS [...]\n§1961. Eligibility for loans\n(a) Persons eligible\nThe Secretary shall make and insure loans under this subchapter only to the extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to (1) established farmers or ranchers (including equine farmers or ranchers), or persons engaged in aquaculture, who are citizens of the United States and who are (in the case of farm ownership loans in accordance with subchapter I) owner-operators or operators, or (in the case of loans for a purpose under subchapter II) operators of not larger than family farms, and (2) farm cooperatives, private domestic corporations, partnerships, joint operations, trusts, or limited liability companies, or such other legal entities as the Secretary considers appropriate (A) that are engaged primarily in farming or ranching (including equine farming or ranching) or aquaculture, and (B) in which a majority interest is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States [...], where the Secretary finds that the applicants' farming, ranching, or aquaculture operations have been substantially affected by a quarantine imposed by the Secretary under the Plant Protection Act [7 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.] or the animal quarantine laws (as defined in section 136a of title 21), a natural disaster in the United States, or a major disaster or emergency designated by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.): Provided, That they have experience and resources necessary to assure a reasonable prospect for successful operation with the assistance of such loan and are not able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere. [...]\" (Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961)","Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:7%20section:1961%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title7-section1961)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1594,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","A01","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.0125","Obtaining special government emergency loans for agricultural purposes is subject to a requirement that a majority interest in the applicant legal entity is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States.","\"SUBCHAPTER III—EMERGENCY LOANS [...]\n§1961. Eligibility for loans\n(a) Persons eligible\nThe Secretary shall make and insure loans under this subchapter only to the extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to (1) established farmers or ranchers (including equine farmers or ranchers), or persons engaged in aquaculture, who are citizens of the United States and who are (in the case of farm ownership loans in accordance with subchapter I) owner-operators or operators, or (in the case of loans for a purpose under subchapter II) operators of not larger than family farms, and (2) farm cooperatives, private domestic corporations, partnerships, joint operations, trusts, or limited liability companies, or such other legal entities as the Secretary considers appropriate (A) that are engaged primarily in farming or ranching (including equine farming or ranching) or aquaculture, and (B) in which a majority interest is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States [...], where the Secretary finds that the applicants' farming, ranching, or aquaculture operations have been substantially affected by a quarantine imposed by the Secretary under the Plant Protection Act [7 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.] or the animal quarantine laws (as defined in section 136a of title 21), a natural disaster in the United States, or a major disaster or emergency designated by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.): Provided, That they have experience and resources necessary to assure a reasonable prospect for successful operation with the assistance of such loan and are not able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere. [...]\" (Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961)","Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:7%20section:1961%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title7-section1961)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1594,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0001","A reciprocity requirement applies to air freight forwarding. Registration as a foreign air freight forwarder is rejected in the absence of effective reciprocity.","\"§ 297.2 Applicability.\nThis part applies to interstate air transportation of property and to foreign air transportation of property outbound from the United States by foreign indirect air carriers. It also applies to applications for registration as a foreign indirect air carrier of property.\n§ 297.3 Definitions.\nFor purpose of this part: \n(a) Foreign air freight forwarder  means a foreign indirect air carrier that is responsible for the transportation of property from the point of receipt to point of destination, and utilizes for the whole or any part of such transportation the services of a direct air carrier or its agent, of another foreign indirect cargo air carrier as defined in part 296 of this chapter.  [...]\n(d) Foreign indirect air carrier  means any person, not a citizen of the United States, who undertakes indirectly to engage in the air transportation of property.\n[...]\n§ 297.20 Filing for registration.\n(a) Not later than 60 days before the start of operations as a foreign indirect air carrier, every foreign air freight forwarder and foreign cooperative shippers association shall apply for registration with the Department, unless upon a showing of good cause, the Director, Office of International Aviation, allows application at a later time.\n[...]\n§ 297.22 Procedure on receipt of registration application.\nAfter review of a registration form filed under § 297.20, the Department will take one or more of the following actions: \n(a) Indicate by stamp on OST Form 4506 the effective date of registration, and return to the carrier the duplicate copy of OST Form 4506 as evidence of registration with the Department under this part; \n(b) Reject an application for registration for failure to comply with this part, for reasons relating to the failure of effective reciprocity, or if the Department finds that it is in the public interest to do so.  [...]\" (Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) §§ 297.2, 297.3, 297.20 and 297.22)","Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) §§ 297.2, 297.3, 297.20 and 297.22","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-14/chapter-II/subchapter-A/part-297\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1580,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0001","A reciprocity requirement applies to air freight forwarding. Registration as a foreign air freight forwarder is rejected in the absence of effective reciprocity.","\"§ 297.2 Applicability.\nThis part applies to interstate air transportation of property and to foreign air transportation of property outbound from the United States by foreign indirect air carriers. It also applies to applications for registration as a foreign indirect air carrier of property.\n§ 297.3 Definitions.\nFor purpose of this part: \n(a) Foreign air freight forwarder  means a foreign indirect air carrier that is responsible for the transportation of property from the point of receipt to point of destination, and utilizes for the whole or any part of such transportation the services of a direct air carrier or its agent, of another foreign indirect cargo air carrier as defined in part 296 of this chapter.  [...]\n(d) Foreign indirect air carrier  means any person, not a citizen of the United States, who undertakes indirectly to engage in the air transportation of property.\n[...]\n§ 297.20 Filing for registration.\n(a) Not later than 60 days before the start of operations as a foreign indirect air carrier, every foreign air freight forwarder and foreign cooperative shippers association shall apply for registration with the Department, unless upon a showing of good cause, the Director, Office of International Aviation, allows application at a later time.\n[...]\n§ 297.22 Procedure on receipt of registration application.\nAfter review of a registration form filed under § 297.20, the Department will take one or more of the following actions: \n(a) Indicate by stamp on OST Form 4506 the effective date of registration, and return to the carrier the duplicate copy of OST Form 4506 as evidence of registration with the Department under this part; \n(b) Reject an application for registration for failure to comply with this part, for reasons relating to the failure of effective reciprocity, or if the Department finds that it is in the public interest to do so.  [...]\" (Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) §§ 297.2, 297.3, 297.20 and 297.22)","Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) §§ 297.2, 297.3, 297.20 and 297.22","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-14/chapter-II/subchapter-A/part-297\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1580,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2022,"0.0001","A reciprocity requirement applies to air freight forwarding. Registration as a foreign air freight forwarder is rejected in the absence of effective reciprocity.","\"§ 297.2 Applicability.\nThis part applies to interstate air transportation of property and to foreign air transportation of property outbound from the United States by foreign indirect air carriers. It also applies to applications for registration as a foreign indirect air carrier of property.\n§ 297.3 Definitions.\nFor purpose of this part: \n(a) Foreign air freight forwarder  means a foreign indirect air carrier that is responsible for the transportation of property from the point of receipt to point of destination, and utilizes for the whole or any part of such transportation the services of a direct air carrier or its agent, of another foreign indirect cargo air carrier as defined in part 296 of this chapter.  [...]\n(d) Foreign indirect air carrier  means any person, not a citizen of the United States, who undertakes indirectly to engage in the air transportation of property.\n[...]\n§ 297.20 Filing for registration.\n(a) Not later than 60 days before the start of operations as a foreign indirect air carrier, every foreign air freight forwarder and foreign cooperative shippers association shall apply for registration with the Department, unless upon a showing of good cause, the Director, Office of International Aviation, allows application at a later time.\n[...]\n§ 297.22 Procedure on receipt of registration application.\nAfter review of a registration form filed under § 297.20, the Department will take one or more of the following actions: \n(a) Indicate by stamp on OST Form 4506 the effective date of registration, and return to the carrier the duplicate copy of OST Form 4506 as evidence of registration with the Department under this part; \n(b) Reject an application for registration for failure to comply with this part, for reasons relating to the failure of effective reciprocity, or if the Department finds that it is in the public interest to do so.  [...]\" (Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) §§ 297.2, 297.3, 297.20 and 297.22)","Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) §§ 297.2, 297.3, 297.20 and 297.22","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-14/chapter-II/subchapter-A/part-297\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1580,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","H5210_5223T5229","_O","IV11","IX",2023,"0.0001","A reciprocity requirement applies to air freight forwarding. Registration as a foreign air freight forwarder is rejected in the absence of effective reciprocity.","\"§ 297.2 Applicability.\nThis part applies to interstate air transportation of property and to foreign air transportation of property outbound from the United States by foreign indirect air carriers. It also applies to applications for registration as a foreign indirect air carrier of property.\n§ 297.3 Definitions.\nFor purpose of this part: \n(a) Foreign air freight forwarder  means a foreign indirect air carrier that is responsible for the transportation of property from the point of receipt to point of destination, and utilizes for the whole or any part of such transportation the services of a direct air carrier or its agent, of another foreign indirect cargo air carrier as defined in part 296 of this chapter.  [...]\n(d) Foreign indirect air carrier  means any person, not a citizen of the United States, who undertakes indirectly to engage in the air transportation of property.\n[...]\n§ 297.20 Filing for registration.\n(a) Not later than 60 days before the start of operations as a foreign indirect air carrier, every foreign air freight forwarder and foreign cooperative shippers association shall apply for registration with the Department, unless upon a showing of good cause, the Director, Office of International Aviation, allows application at a later time.\n[...]\n§ 297.22 Procedure on receipt of registration application.\nAfter review of a registration form filed under § 297.20, the Department will take one or more of the following actions: \n(a) Indicate by stamp on OST Form 4506 the effective date of registration, and return to the carrier the duplicate copy of OST Form 4506 as evidence of registration with the Department under this part; \n(b) Reject an application for registration for failure to comply with this part, for reasons relating to the failure of effective reciprocity, or if the Department finds that it is in the public interest to do so.  [...]\" (Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) §§ 297.2, 297.3, 297.20 and 297.22)","Code of Federal Regulations, 14 C.F.R. (last amended on 10/06/2021) §§ 297.2, 297.3, 297.20 and 297.22","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-14/chapter-II/subchapter-A/part-297\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1580,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","A032","_O","IV41","IX",2018,"0.000125","Obtaining special government emergency loans for aquaculture purposes is subject to a requirement that a majority interest in the applicant legal entity is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States.","\"SUBCHAPTER III—EMERGENCY LOANS [...]\n§1961. Eligibility for loans\n(a) Persons eligible\nThe Secretary shall make and insure loans under this subchapter only to the extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to (1) established farmers or ranchers (including equine farmers or ranchers), or persons engaged in aquaculture, who are citizens of the United States and who are (in the case of farm ownership loans in accordance with subchapter I) owner-operators or operators, or (in the case of loans for a purpose under subchapter II) operators of not larger than family farms, and (2) farm cooperatives, private domestic corporations, partnerships, joint operations, trusts, or limited liability companies, or such other legal entities as the Secretary considers appropriate (A) that are engaged primarily in farming or ranching (including equine farming or ranching) or aquaculture, and (B) in which a majority interest is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States [...], where the Secretary finds that the applicants' farming, ranching, or aquaculture operations have been substantially affected by a quarantine imposed by the Secretary under the Plant Protection Act [7 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.] or the animal quarantine laws (as defined in section 136a of title 21), a natural disaster in the United States, or a major disaster or emergency designated by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.): Provided, That they have experience and resources necessary to assure a reasonable prospect for successful operation with the assistance of such loan and are not able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere. [...]\" (Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961)","Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:7%20section:1961%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title7-section1961)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1595,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","A032","_O","IV41","IX",2021,"0.000125","Obtaining special government emergency loans for aquaculture purposes is subject to a requirement that a majority interest in the applicant legal entity is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States.","\"SUBCHAPTER III—EMERGENCY LOANS [...]\n§1961. Eligibility for loans\n(a) Persons eligible\nThe Secretary shall make and insure loans under this subchapter only to the extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to (1) established farmers or ranchers (including equine farmers or ranchers), or persons engaged in aquaculture, who are citizens of the United States and who are (in the case of farm ownership loans in accordance with subchapter I) owner-operators or operators, or (in the case of loans for a purpose under subchapter II) operators of not larger than family farms, and (2) farm cooperatives, private domestic corporations, partnerships, joint operations, trusts, or limited liability companies, or such other legal entities as the Secretary considers appropriate (A) that are engaged primarily in farming or ranching (including equine farming or ranching) or aquaculture, and (B) in which a majority interest is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States [...], where the Secretary finds that the applicants' farming, ranching, or aquaculture operations have been substantially affected by a quarantine imposed by the Secretary under the Plant Protection Act [7 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.] or the animal quarantine laws (as defined in section 136a of title 21), a natural disaster in the United States, or a major disaster or emergency designated by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.): Provided, That they have experience and resources necessary to assure a reasonable prospect for successful operation with the assistance of such loan and are not able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere. [...]\" (Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961)","Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:7%20section:1961%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title7-section1961)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1595,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","A032","_O","IV41","IX",2022,"0.000125","Obtaining special government emergency loans for aquaculture purposes is subject to a requirement that a majority interest in the applicant legal entity is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States.","\"SUBCHAPTER III—EMERGENCY LOANS [...]\n§1961. Eligibility for loans\n(a) Persons eligible\nThe Secretary shall make and insure loans under this subchapter only to the extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to (1) established farmers or ranchers (including equine farmers or ranchers), or persons engaged in aquaculture, who are citizens of the United States and who are (in the case of farm ownership loans in accordance with subchapter I) owner-operators or operators, or (in the case of loans for a purpose under subchapter II) operators of not larger than family farms, and (2) farm cooperatives, private domestic corporations, partnerships, joint operations, trusts, or limited liability companies, or such other legal entities as the Secretary considers appropriate (A) that are engaged primarily in farming or ranching (including equine farming or ranching) or aquaculture, and (B) in which a majority interest is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States [...], where the Secretary finds that the applicants' farming, ranching, or aquaculture operations have been substantially affected by a quarantine imposed by the Secretary under the Plant Protection Act [7 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.] or the animal quarantine laws (as defined in section 136a of title 21), a natural disaster in the United States, or a major disaster or emergency designated by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.): Provided, That they have experience and resources necessary to assure a reasonable prospect for successful operation with the assistance of such loan and are not able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere. [...]\" (Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961)","Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:7%20section:1961%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title7-section1961)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1595,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","USA","A032","_O","IV41","IX",2023,"0.000125","Obtaining special government emergency loans for aquaculture purposes is subject to a requirement that a majority interest in the applicant legal entity is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States.","\"SUBCHAPTER III—EMERGENCY LOANS [...]\n§1961. Eligibility for loans\n(a) Persons eligible\nThe Secretary shall make and insure loans under this subchapter only to the extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to (1) established farmers or ranchers (including equine farmers or ranchers), or persons engaged in aquaculture, who are citizens of the United States and who are (in the case of farm ownership loans in accordance with subchapter I) owner-operators or operators, or (in the case of loans for a purpose under subchapter II) operators of not larger than family farms, and (2) farm cooperatives, private domestic corporations, partnerships, joint operations, trusts, or limited liability companies, or such other legal entities as the Secretary considers appropriate (A) that are engaged primarily in farming or ranching (including equine farming or ranching) or aquaculture, and (B) in which a majority interest is held by individuals who are citizens of the United States [...], where the Secretary finds that the applicants' farming, ranching, or aquaculture operations have been substantially affected by a quarantine imposed by the Secretary under the Plant Protection Act [7 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.] or the animal quarantine laws (as defined in section 136a of title 21), a natural disaster in the United States, or a major disaster or emergency designated by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.): Provided, That they have experience and resources necessary to assure a reasonable prospect for successful operation with the assistance of such loan and are not able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere. [...]\" (Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961)","Agriculture Code (7 U.S.C. current through Pub. L. 117-49), § 1961","n/a","[<a href=\"http://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=(title:7%20section:1961%20edition:prelim)%20OR%20(granuleid:USC-prelim-title7-section1961)&f=treesort&edition=prelim&num=0&jumpTo=true\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1595,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0004","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Decree - Law 14,650, of May 12, 1977 and Decree 383/978, of July 3, 1978). [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,857,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0004","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Decree - Law 14,650, of May 12, 1977 and Decree 383/978, of July 3, 1978). [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,857,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.0004","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Decree - Law 14,650, of May 12, 1977 and Decree 383/978, of July 3, 1978). [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,857,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","URY","H502","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.0004","Maritime cabotage and IWT are reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels. Waivers permitting foreign-flagged vessels to perform cabotage services may be granted by the Executive branch on an exceptional basis when Uruguayan-flagged vessels are not available. Vessels entitled to provide cabotage transportation services are subject to the following requirements: if owned by an enterprise: (i) 51 percent of the owners of such enterprise must be Uruguayan nationals; (ii) 51 percent of the voting shares must be owned by Uruguayan nationals; and (iii) the enterprise must be controlled and managed by Uruguayan nationals. The captain of a merchant vessel flying the national flag must also be a Uruguayan citizen. Furthermore, half of all cargo transportation of Uruguayan foreign trade (imports and exports) is reserved to Uruguayan-flagged vessels meeting the above-mentioned ownership requirements. Waivers, however, may be granted on an exceptional basis to foreign-flagged vessels to carry the reserved portion of the foreign trade. ","\"CHAPTER I - DOMESTIC VESSELS\nArticle 1\nNavigation and cabotage trade, that is, that which is carried out between ports of the Republic, as well as port and beach services, salvage operations, cargo, and those carried out by tugboats, launches and other smaller vessels in waters of Uruguayan jurisdiction, are reserved for national flag vessels.\nThe Executive Branch may authorize, as an exception in these operations, the use of foreign-flagged vessels when there are no national-flagged vessels available.\nTransport trailers and trailers for convoys of vessels that carry out international cabotage are excepted. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 4\nFor the purposes of this law, cabotage vessels will be considered those that are registered in the respective registration, are commanded by captains or employers who are natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, have at least one third of their crew made up of citizens and are subject to to the regulations on cabotage merchant shipping. [...]\"(Law No. 12091 LAW ON NATIONAL NAVIGATION AND DOMESTIC TRADE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nFor the purposes of this law, a merchant ship is considered to be any floating construction, self-propelled or not, of a civil nature, whose purpose is the transport of goods or people for a commercial purpose, in the maritime, fluvial or lacustrine sphere. (*)\nArticle 2\nMerchant ships that have been provisionally or definitively registered shall have the right to fly the national flag, within the conditions established in the following regulations. The ship will be considered for all purposes as imported, once the definitive registration has been obtained. [...]\" (Decree - Law 14,650, of May 12, 1977 and Decree 383/978, of July 3, 1978). [...]\" (Law No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"CHAPTER II - RESERVATION OF LOADS\nArticle 2\nThe Eastern Republic of Uruguay reserves the right to transport, on its flag vessels, at least 50% (fifty percent) of the merchandise, goods or products that are traded abroad by sea, river or lake, for which it will regulate its traffic based on what is provided in the following articles.\nA) IMPORTS\nArticle 3\nThe transport of merchandise, goods or imported products that is carried out by sea, river or lake without prejudice to the provisions of international agreements, must be done in national flag vessels that meet the conditions set forth in articles 9 and 10 of this law, except that none of them is in a loading position and with an available warehouse.\n[...]\nCHAPTER III - SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL MERCHANT MARINE\nArticle 9\nNational flag vessels that comply with traffic or services approved by the Ministry of Transportation and Public Works, and the merchandise, products and goods that they transport, will enjoy the benefits of this law, provided that they comply with the requirements listed. next: [...]\nB) When their owners, participants or shipowners (article 1045 of the Commercial Code) are private, state or mixed legal entities (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic), they must prove, as appropriate:\n1) Its registered office in the national territory.\n2) Control and direction of the company exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) Have a duly accredited representative domiciled in the national territory.\n4) Registration and justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it or owned by it.\nFor the cases in which the traffic or service to which the ship is destined must be carried out exclusively within the national territory, they must prove, as appropriate: [...]\nB) When the owners, participants or shipowners are legal entities, state or mixed (article 188 of the Constitution of the Republic):\n1) That half plus one of the partners is made up of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens, domiciled in the Republic.\n2) By accounting and notarial record, that the majority of the shares, representing at least 51% (fifty-one percent) of the computable votes, is made up of registered shares, owned by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n3) That the control and direction of the company are exercised by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\n4) Justification of being up to date with the obligations established by social and tax laws corresponding to the company, to ships armed by it, or owned by it.\nIn all the indicated cases, registration in the Public Registry of Owners and Shipowners and in the National Registry of Commerce will be necessary.\nThe benefits established in this law are subject to the resolutory condition of compliance with the requirements demanded above.[...]\" (Decree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS  [google translation])\n-----------------\n\"Article 2 (Integration of the crew). The crew of the national merchant ships will be integrated as follows:\nA) 90% (ninety percent) of the officers, including captain, chief engineer and radio operator, by natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.\nB) With no less than 90% (ninety percent) of the rest of the crew of natural or legal Uruguayan citizens.[...]\" (Law on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation])","Law No. 12091 LAW ON NAVIGATION AND NATIONAL CABOTAGE TRADE [google translation]\nLaw No. 16387 MERCHANT MARINE [google translation]\nDecree Law No. 14650 NATIONAL FLAG MERCHANT MARINE - VESSELS [google translation]\nLaw on the Crewing of National Merchant Vessels (No. 18.498 of 12 June 2009), Article 2 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/12091-1954\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/16387-1993\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/decretos-ley/14650-1977\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.impo.com.uy/bases/leyes/18498-2009\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,857,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","A01","_O","IV91","IX",2021,"0.0125","Agricultural and forestry land can only be granted on leasehold use basis to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for farming and animal husbandry activities and to agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities for commercial agricultural production. While the land code does not explicitly provide for the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons to access agricultural land - in marked contrast to the case of non-agricultural land, over which the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons obtaining leasehold title to non-agricultural and non-forestry land is explicitly provided for in the code - the legislation provides for the right of agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities [assuming \"enterprises with foreign investments' are covered here] for commercial agricultural production. The legislation also mentions the possibility of the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan deciding on allocating (on leasehold basis) agricultural land to agro-industrial clusters and to individual and legal entities undertaking major investment projects (USD 10 bilion or more). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that 'enteprises with foreign capital', defined under the Law on Foreign Investments as those in which foreign persons hold at least 15% of shares (unit shares) or statutory capital, are equally qualified to access agricultural and forestry land as are other legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan. However, the lease term conditions on which they are entitled to hold agricultural and forest land and the authorisation procedures they are subjected to are different than that applied in the case of domestically-owned legal entities. \nSince 16 August 2021, pursuant to the amended Land Code, land intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years (previously, agricultural land could be leased for a period of up to 50 years, and not less than 30 years). Foreign legal entities and foreign-owned companies establised in Uzbekistan are, however, explictly subject to more restrictive rules regarding the leasing of land plots, regardless if they are intended for agricultural use or not. They may only lease land for a period of up to 25 years. Furthermore, foreign-owned companies require approval by the Cabinet Ministers to obtain access to agricultural land, while domestically-owned legal entities only need district and cities khokim (governor) approval. ",{"$cut":{"chars":18249,"head":"\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18. Emergence of property rights to land plots of legal entities and individuals\nThe property rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots arise when non-agricultural land plots are privatized in accordance with the law.\nDiplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan have the right to property rights to the land plots of the building or parts of the building they use as the representative office building, including the residence of the head of the mission together with the land plots on which they are located, as well as the construction of the buildings of these representative offices. It is created when the land plots are realized in accordance with the law.\nForeign legal and natural persons - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis in enterprises with foreign investment, as well as permanent residents and residence certificates in the republic The property rights of the persons to the land plots arise when the housing buildings are realized to them along with the land plots on which these buildings are located in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation.\n[...]\nArticle 20. The right to permanent use of land plots\nBased on the decision of the governor of the region and the city of Tashkent, plots of land are given to state bodies, institutions and enterprises, self-government bodies of citizens for permanent use for public needs. \nAccording to the intended main purpose of the lands:\nlands on which administrative buildings and structures are built or lands given for the construction of such buildings and structures, lands for common use of settlements, lands occupied by tree groves in cities and settlements;\nlands intended for industrial, transport, communication, defense and other purposes;\nlands intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes;\nlands of historical and cultural significance;\nforest fund lands;\nwater fund lands;\nin the cases stipulated by the law, other categories of land of the land fund can be put to use.\nThe plot of land on which the multi-apartment house is located, as well as the plot of land adjacent to the multi-apartment house, if it does not belong to the owners of the premises in the multi-apartment house in a different way, are given to these owners by the regional and Tashkent city state authorities on the basis of the right of permanent use. is put to use.\nThe right to permanent use of the plot of land must be registered in the state register in accordance with the established procedure.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement.\nLand plots for agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\n1) on the basis of the results of an open electronic competition - to individuals and legal entities;\n2) Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nat the suggestion of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Republic of Uzbekistan for conducting research and experimental "}},"Land Code of the Republic of Uzbekistan of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2391,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","A01","_O","IV91","IX",2022,"0.0125","Agricultural and forestry land can only be granted on leasehold use basis to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for farming and animal husbandry activities and to agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities for commercial agricultural production. While the land code does not explicitly provide for the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons to access agricultural land - in marked contrast to the case of non-agricultural land, over which the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons obtaining leasehold title to non-agricultural and non-forestry land is explicitly provided for in the code - the legislation provides for the right of agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities [assuming \"enterprises with foreign investments' are covered here] for commercial agricultural production. The legislation also mentions the possibility of the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan deciding on allocating (on leasehold basis) agricultural land to agro-industrial clusters and to individual and legal entities undertaking major investment projects (USD 10 bilion or more). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that 'enteprises with foreign capital', defined under the Law on Foreign Investments as those in which foreign persons hold at least 15% of shares (unit shares) or statutory capital, are equally qualified to access agricultural and forestry land as are other legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan. However, the lease term conditions on which they are entitled to hold agricultural and forest land and the authorisation procedures they are subjected to are different than that applied in the case of domestically-owned legal entities. \nSince 16 August 2021, pursuant to the amended Land Code, land intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years (previously, agricultural land could be leased for a period of up to 50 years, and not less than 30 years). Foreign legal entities and foreign-owned companies establised in Uzbekistan are, however, explictly subject to more restrictive rules regarding the leasing of land plots, regardless if they are intended for agricultural use or not. They may only lease land for a period of up to 25 years. Furthermore, foreign-owned companies require approval by the Cabinet Ministers to obtain access to agricultural land, while domestically-owned legal entities only need district and cities khokim (governor) approval. ",{"$cut":{"chars":18249,"head":"\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18. Emergence of property rights to land plots of legal entities and individuals\nThe property rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots arise when non-agricultural land plots are privatized in accordance with the law.\nDiplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan have the right to property rights to the land plots of the building or parts of the building they use as the representative office building, including the residence of the head of the mission together with the land plots on which they are located, as well as the construction of the buildings of these representative offices. It is created when the land plots are realized in accordance with the law.\nForeign legal and natural persons - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis in enterprises with foreign investment, as well as permanent residents and residence certificates in the republic The property rights of the persons to the land plots arise when the housing buildings are realized to them along with the land plots on which these buildings are located in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation.\n[...]\nArticle 20. The right to permanent use of land plots\nBased on the decision of the governor of the region and the city of Tashkent, plots of land are given to state bodies, institutions and enterprises, self-government bodies of citizens for permanent use for public needs. \nAccording to the intended main purpose of the lands:\nlands on which administrative buildings and structures are built or lands given for the construction of such buildings and structures, lands for common use of settlements, lands occupied by tree groves in cities and settlements;\nlands intended for industrial, transport, communication, defense and other purposes;\nlands intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes;\nlands of historical and cultural significance;\nforest fund lands;\nwater fund lands;\nin the cases stipulated by the law, other categories of land of the land fund can be put to use.\nThe plot of land on which the multi-apartment house is located, as well as the plot of land adjacent to the multi-apartment house, if it does not belong to the owners of the premises in the multi-apartment house in a different way, are given to these owners by the regional and Tashkent city state authorities on the basis of the right of permanent use. is put to use.\nThe right to permanent use of the plot of land must be registered in the state register in accordance with the established procedure.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement.\nLand plots for agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\n1) on the basis of the results of an open electronic competition - to individuals and legal entities;\n2) Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nat the suggestion of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Republic of Uzbekistan for conducting research and experimental "}},"Land Code of the Republic of Uzbekistan of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2391,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","A01","_O","IV91","IX",2023,"0.0125","Agricultural and forestry land can only be granted on leasehold use basis to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for farming and animal husbandry activities and to agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities for commercial agricultural production. While the land code does not explicitly provide for the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons to access agricultural land - in marked contrast to the case of non-agricultural land, over which the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons obtaining leasehold title to non-agricultural and non-forestry land is explicitly provided for in the code - the legislation provides for the right of agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities [assuming \"enterprises with foreign investments' are covered here] for commercial agricultural production. The legislation also mentions the possibility of the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan deciding on allocating (on leasehold basis) agricultural land to agro-industrial clusters and to individual and legal entities undertaking major investment projects (USD 10 bilion or more). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that 'enteprises with foreign capital', defined under the Law on Foreign Investments as those in which foreign persons hold at least 15% of shares (unit shares) or statutory capital, are equally qualified to access agricultural and forestry land as are other legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan. However, the lease term conditions on which they are entitled to hold agricultural and forest land and the authorisation procedures they are subjected to are different than that applied in the case of domestically-owned legal entities. \nSince 16 August 2021, pursuant to the amended Land Code, land intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years (previously, agricultural land could be leased for a period of up to 50 years, and not less than 30 years). Foreign legal entities and foreign-owned companies establised in Uzbekistan are, however, explictly subject to more restrictive rules regarding the leasing of land plots, regardless if they are intended for agricultural use or not. They may only lease land for a period of up to 25 years. Furthermore, foreign-owned companies require approval by the Cabinet Ministers to obtain access to agricultural land, while domestically-owned legal entities only need district and cities khokim (governor) approval. ",{"$cut":{"chars":18249,"head":"\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18. Emergence of property rights to land plots of legal entities and individuals\nThe property rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots arise when non-agricultural land plots are privatized in accordance with the law.\nDiplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan have the right to property rights to the land plots of the building or parts of the building they use as the representative office building, including the residence of the head of the mission together with the land plots on which they are located, as well as the construction of the buildings of these representative offices. It is created when the land plots are realized in accordance with the law.\nForeign legal and natural persons - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis in enterprises with foreign investment, as well as permanent residents and residence certificates in the republic The property rights of the persons to the land plots arise when the housing buildings are realized to them along with the land plots on which these buildings are located in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation.\n[...]\nArticle 20. The right to permanent use of land plots\nBased on the decision of the governor of the region and the city of Tashkent, plots of land are given to state bodies, institutions and enterprises, self-government bodies of citizens for permanent use for public needs. \nAccording to the intended main purpose of the lands:\nlands on which administrative buildings and structures are built or lands given for the construction of such buildings and structures, lands for common use of settlements, lands occupied by tree groves in cities and settlements;\nlands intended for industrial, transport, communication, defense and other purposes;\nlands intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes;\nlands of historical and cultural significance;\nforest fund lands;\nwater fund lands;\nin the cases stipulated by the law, other categories of land of the land fund can be put to use.\nThe plot of land on which the multi-apartment house is located, as well as the plot of land adjacent to the multi-apartment house, if it does not belong to the owners of the premises in the multi-apartment house in a different way, are given to these owners by the regional and Tashkent city state authorities on the basis of the right of permanent use. is put to use.\nThe right to permanent use of the plot of land must be registered in the state register in accordance with the established procedure.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement.\nLand plots for agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\n1) on the basis of the results of an open electronic competition - to individuals and legal entities;\n2) Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nat the suggestion of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Republic of Uzbekistan for conducting research and experimental "}},"Land Code of the Republic of Uzbekistan of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2391,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.009","Foreign investors, unless foreign banks and other international financial institutions, cannot hold more than 50% of the voting capital of a bank established in Uzbekistan. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, although not fully precluding majority foreign ownership of banking institutions in Uzbekistan, the measure remains discriminatory against potential foreign investors. For this reason, the score is adjusted to reflect the measure's more limited scope and reduced degree of restrictiveness.","\"Article 12. Bank founders\nThe founders of the bank can be legal entities and individuals - residents, as well as non-residents.\nThe state may be the founder and shareholder of the bank represented by the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan, as well as other state organizations on the basis of decisions of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan. Enterprises and organizations in which more than fifty percent of the authorized fund (authorized capital) belongs to the state cannot be the founders and shareholders of the bank, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nChapter 2. Minimum conditions for admission to banking\nArticle 15. Establishment of a bank\nBanks are created in the form of a joint-stock company.\nBanks receive the status of a legal entity from the moment of their state registration with the Central Bank.\nThe Bank operates in the Republic of Uzbekistan on the basis of a license for the right to carry out banking activities (hereinafter referred to as the license) issued by the Central Bank.\n[...]\nSection 17. Additional requirements for foreign founders when they create a bank or participate in the authorized capital of a bank. \nWhen a foreign bank is created or participates in the authorized capital of the bank, in addition to the documents specified in Article 16 of this Law, the following documents are additionally submitted: [...]\nThe total share of non-residents - individuals and legal entities that are not international financial institutions, foreign banks and other credit organizations, should not exceed fifty percent of the bank's authorized capital.\nThe Central Bank has the right to establish minimum requirements for capital and credit rating of the founders of the bank - non-residents who are not international financial institutions, foreign banks and other credit organizations, as well as to the rating of the state of residence of non-residents.\nThe founders and shareholders of the bank may not be non-residents whose participants (shareholders) and ultimate beneficial owners are registered in the state or in the territory that provide the preferential tax regime and (or) do not provide for the disclosure of the identity of the ultimate beneficial owner and the provision of information during financial transactions.\n[...]\nArticle 30. Branches and representative offices of foreign banks in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan\nThe creation of branches by foreign banks in the Republic of Uzbekistan is not allowed.\nA representative office of a foreign bank is a separate subdivision of a foreign bank located on the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan and representing the interests of the bank without the right to carry out banking and other commercial activities.\nA representative office of a foreign bank in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan is accredited by the Central Bank. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. ZRU-580 of 11/05/2019 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 2. Banking entities\nSubjects of banking activities are all banks established in the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 3. Basic concepts [...]\nforeign bank - a legal entity that is a bank under the laws of the foreign state in whose territory it is registered;\n[...]\nArticle 5. Licensing of bank activities\nThe bank, including foreign ones, operates in the Republic of Uzbekistan on the basis of a license issued by the Central Bank of the Republic of Uzbekistan. The license specifies the list of operations performed by the bank.\nBanking activities carried out without a license are considered illegal, and income received as a result of such activities is subject to seizure to the state budget.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Founders of the bank\nBanks are created, as a rule, in the form of a joint stock company based on any form of ownership.\nThe founders of the bank can be legal entities and individuals, including foreign ones, with the exception of government bodies, public associations and public funds, unless otherwise provided by law.\nSee  previous  edition.\nThe maximum share of participation of each shareholder in the authorized capital is established by law.\nThe acquisition of bank shares is carried out in the manner prescribed by law.\nThe bank's founders do not have the right to resign from the bank's shareholders within a year from the date of its registration.\nParticipation of a bank in the authorized capital of other banks is not permitted, except for cases of creation of banks with the participation of foreign capital and subsidiary banks, as well as other cases provided for by law.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Registration and licensing of banks' activities\nBanks receive the status of a legal entity from the moment of their registration with the Central Bank.\nThe procedure and conditions for registration are established by the Central Bank.\nSimultaneously with registration, banks are issued a license to conduct banking operations.\nRegistration of banks and issuance of licenses to them is carried out for a fee.\nBank branches are registered with the Central Bank and operate on the basis of a license issued to the bank that created them.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Additional requirements for the establishment and activities of banks with foreign capital participation\nThe Central Bank has the right to establish additional requirements for banks with foreign capital, including requiring foreign banks to confirm that the bank is under the supervision of the control body at its location and registration.\nLicenses to foreign banks are issued only if the bank of a foreign state has the right to accept cash deposits and other valuables in its country on repayment terms.\nArticle 16. Branches and representative offices of banks\nBanks can open branches in the Republic of Uzbekistan, and banks of foreign countries can open representative offices with the permission of the Central Bank.\nA bank branch is a separate division that carries out banking activities on behalf of the bank that created it.\nA representative office of a foreign bank is a separate division that represents its interests and does not carry out banking activities.\nThe heads of branches are appointed by the head of the bank that created them in agreement with the Central Bank.[...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. № 216-I of 25.04.1996, as amended [google translation])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. ZRU-580 of 11/05/2019 [google translation]\nLAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. № 216-I of 25.04.1996, as amended [google translation]","Dentons (2020), \"Changes in the Uzbek banking system\", February 5.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/4581971\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/12011?ONDATE=04.10.2018\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dentons.com/en/insights/articles/2020/february/5/changes-in-the-uzbek-banking-system\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2402,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.009","Foreign investors, unless foreign banks and other international financial institutions, cannot hold more than 50% of the voting capital of a bank established in Uzbekistan. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, although not fully precluding majority foreign ownership of banking institutions in Uzbekistan, the measure remains discriminatory against potential foreign investors. For this reason, the score is adjusted to reflect the measure's more limited scope and reduced degree of restrictiveness.","\"Article 12. Bank founders\nThe founders of the bank can be legal entities and individuals - residents, as well as non-residents.\nThe state may be the founder and shareholder of the bank represented by the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan, as well as other state organizations on the basis of decisions of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan. Enterprises and organizations in which more than fifty percent of the authorized fund (authorized capital) belongs to the state cannot be the founders and shareholders of the bank, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nChapter 2. Minimum conditions for admission to banking\nArticle 15. Establishment of a bank\nBanks are created in the form of a joint-stock company.\nBanks receive the status of a legal entity from the moment of their state registration with the Central Bank.\nThe Bank operates in the Republic of Uzbekistan on the basis of a license for the right to carry out banking activities (hereinafter referred to as the license) issued by the Central Bank.\n[...]\nSection 17. Additional requirements for foreign founders when they create a bank or participate in the authorized capital of a bank. \nWhen a foreign bank is created or participates in the authorized capital of the bank, in addition to the documents specified in Article 16 of this Law, the following documents are additionally submitted: [...]\nThe total share of non-residents - individuals and legal entities that are not international financial institutions, foreign banks and other credit organizations, should not exceed fifty percent of the bank's authorized capital.\nThe Central Bank has the right to establish minimum requirements for capital and credit rating of the founders of the bank - non-residents who are not international financial institutions, foreign banks and other credit organizations, as well as to the rating of the state of residence of non-residents.\nThe founders and shareholders of the bank may not be non-residents whose participants (shareholders) and ultimate beneficial owners are registered in the state or in the territory that provide the preferential tax regime and (or) do not provide for the disclosure of the identity of the ultimate beneficial owner and the provision of information during financial transactions.\n[...]\nArticle 30. Branches and representative offices of foreign banks in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan\nThe creation of branches by foreign banks in the Republic of Uzbekistan is not allowed.\nA representative office of a foreign bank is a separate subdivision of a foreign bank located on the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan and representing the interests of the bank without the right to carry out banking and other commercial activities.\nA representative office of a foreign bank in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan is accredited by the Central Bank. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. ZRU-580 of 11/05/2019 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 2. Banking entities\nSubjects of banking activities are all banks established in the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 3. Basic concepts [...]\nforeign bank - a legal entity that is a bank under the laws of the foreign state in whose territory it is registered;\n[...]\nArticle 5. Licensing of bank activities\nThe bank, including foreign ones, operates in the Republic of Uzbekistan on the basis of a license issued by the Central Bank of the Republic of Uzbekistan. The license specifies the list of operations performed by the bank.\nBanking activities carried out without a license are considered illegal, and income received as a result of such activities is subject to seizure to the state budget.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Founders of the bank\nBanks are created, as a rule, in the form of a joint stock company based on any form of ownership.\nThe founders of the bank can be legal entities and individuals, including foreign ones, with the exception of government bodies, public associations and public funds, unless otherwise provided by law.\nSee  previous  edition.\nThe maximum share of participation of each shareholder in the authorized capital is established by law.\nThe acquisition of bank shares is carried out in the manner prescribed by law.\nThe bank's founders do not have the right to resign from the bank's shareholders within a year from the date of its registration.\nParticipation of a bank in the authorized capital of other banks is not permitted, except for cases of creation of banks with the participation of foreign capital and subsidiary banks, as well as other cases provided for by law.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Registration and licensing of banks' activities\nBanks receive the status of a legal entity from the moment of their registration with the Central Bank.\nThe procedure and conditions for registration are established by the Central Bank.\nSimultaneously with registration, banks are issued a license to conduct banking operations.\nRegistration of banks and issuance of licenses to them is carried out for a fee.\nBank branches are registered with the Central Bank and operate on the basis of a license issued to the bank that created them.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Additional requirements for the establishment and activities of banks with foreign capital participation\nThe Central Bank has the right to establish additional requirements for banks with foreign capital, including requiring foreign banks to confirm that the bank is under the supervision of the control body at its location and registration.\nLicenses to foreign banks are issued only if the bank of a foreign state has the right to accept cash deposits and other valuables in its country on repayment terms.\nArticle 16. Branches and representative offices of banks\nBanks can open branches in the Republic of Uzbekistan, and banks of foreign countries can open representative offices with the permission of the Central Bank.\nA bank branch is a separate division that carries out banking activities on behalf of the bank that created it.\nA representative office of a foreign bank is a separate division that represents its interests and does not carry out banking activities.\nThe heads of branches are appointed by the head of the bank that created them in agreement with the Central Bank.[...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. № 216-I of 25.04.1996, as amended [google translation])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. ZRU-580 of 11/05/2019 [google translation]\nLAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. № 216-I of 25.04.1996, as amended [google translation]","Dentons (2020), \"Changes in the Uzbek banking system\", February 5.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/4581971\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/12011?ONDATE=04.10.2018\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dentons.com/en/insights/articles/2020/february/5/changes-in-the-uzbek-banking-system\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2402,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","K6419X","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.009","Foreign investors, unless foreign banks and other international financial institutions, cannot hold more than 50% of the voting capital of a bank established in Uzbekistan. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, although not fully precluding majority foreign ownership of banking institutions in Uzbekistan, the measure remains discriminatory against potential foreign investors. For this reason, the score is adjusted to reflect the measure's more limited scope and reduced degree of restrictiveness.","\"Article 12. Bank founders\nThe founders of the bank can be legal entities and individuals - residents, as well as non-residents.\nThe state may be the founder and shareholder of the bank represented by the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan, as well as other state organizations on the basis of decisions of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan. Enterprises and organizations in which more than fifty percent of the authorized fund (authorized capital) belongs to the state cannot be the founders and shareholders of the bank, unless otherwise provided by law.\n[...]\nChapter 2. Minimum conditions for admission to banking\nArticle 15. Establishment of a bank\nBanks are created in the form of a joint-stock company.\nBanks receive the status of a legal entity from the moment of their state registration with the Central Bank.\nThe Bank operates in the Republic of Uzbekistan on the basis of a license for the right to carry out banking activities (hereinafter referred to as the license) issued by the Central Bank.\n[...]\nSection 17. Additional requirements for foreign founders when they create a bank or participate in the authorized capital of a bank. \nWhen a foreign bank is created or participates in the authorized capital of the bank, in addition to the documents specified in Article 16 of this Law, the following documents are additionally submitted: [...]\nThe total share of non-residents - individuals and legal entities that are not international financial institutions, foreign banks and other credit organizations, should not exceed fifty percent of the bank's authorized capital.\nThe Central Bank has the right to establish minimum requirements for capital and credit rating of the founders of the bank - non-residents who are not international financial institutions, foreign banks and other credit organizations, as well as to the rating of the state of residence of non-residents.\nThe founders and shareholders of the bank may not be non-residents whose participants (shareholders) and ultimate beneficial owners are registered in the state or in the territory that provide the preferential tax regime and (or) do not provide for the disclosure of the identity of the ultimate beneficial owner and the provision of information during financial transactions.\n[...]\nArticle 30. Branches and representative offices of foreign banks in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan\nThe creation of branches by foreign banks in the Republic of Uzbekistan is not allowed.\nA representative office of a foreign bank is a separate subdivision of a foreign bank located on the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan and representing the interests of the bank without the right to carry out banking and other commercial activities.\nA representative office of a foreign bank in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan is accredited by the Central Bank. [...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. ZRU-580 of 11/05/2019 [google translation])\n----------------------\n\"Article 2. Banking entities\nSubjects of banking activities are all banks established in the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 3. Basic concepts [...]\nforeign bank - a legal entity that is a bank under the laws of the foreign state in whose territory it is registered;\n[...]\nArticle 5. Licensing of bank activities\nThe bank, including foreign ones, operates in the Republic of Uzbekistan on the basis of a license issued by the Central Bank of the Republic of Uzbekistan. The license specifies the list of operations performed by the bank.\nBanking activities carried out without a license are considered illegal, and income received as a result of such activities is subject to seizure to the state budget.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Founders of the bank\nBanks are created, as a rule, in the form of a joint stock company based on any form of ownership.\nThe founders of the bank can be legal entities and individuals, including foreign ones, with the exception of government bodies, public associations and public funds, unless otherwise provided by law.\nSee  previous  edition.\nThe maximum share of participation of each shareholder in the authorized capital is established by law.\nThe acquisition of bank shares is carried out in the manner prescribed by law.\nThe bank's founders do not have the right to resign from the bank's shareholders within a year from the date of its registration.\nParticipation of a bank in the authorized capital of other banks is not permitted, except for cases of creation of banks with the participation of foreign capital and subsidiary banks, as well as other cases provided for by law.\n[...]\nArticle 10. Registration and licensing of banks' activities\nBanks receive the status of a legal entity from the moment of their registration with the Central Bank.\nThe procedure and conditions for registration are established by the Central Bank.\nSimultaneously with registration, banks are issued a license to conduct banking operations.\nRegistration of banks and issuance of licenses to them is carried out for a fee.\nBank branches are registered with the Central Bank and operate on the basis of a license issued to the bank that created them.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Additional requirements for the establishment and activities of banks with foreign capital participation\nThe Central Bank has the right to establish additional requirements for banks with foreign capital, including requiring foreign banks to confirm that the bank is under the supervision of the control body at its location and registration.\nLicenses to foreign banks are issued only if the bank of a foreign state has the right to accept cash deposits and other valuables in its country on repayment terms.\nArticle 16. Branches and representative offices of banks\nBanks can open branches in the Republic of Uzbekistan, and banks of foreign countries can open representative offices with the permission of the Central Bank.\nA bank branch is a separate division that carries out banking activities on behalf of the bank that created it.\nA representative office of a foreign bank is a separate division that represents its interests and does not carry out banking activities.\nThe heads of branches are appointed by the head of the bank that created them in agreement with the Central Bank.[...]\" (LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. № 216-I of 25.04.1996, as amended [google translation])","LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. ZRU-580 of 11/05/2019 [google translation]\nLAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN ON INTRODUCING CHANGES AND ADDITIONS TO THE LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN “ON BANKS AND BANKING ACTIVITIES” No. № 216-I of 25.04.1996, as amended [google translation]","Dentons (2020), \"Changes in the Uzbek banking system\", February 5.","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/4581971\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/docs/12011?ONDATE=04.10.2018\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dentons.com/en/insights/articles/2020/february/5/changes-in-the-uzbek-banking-system\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2402,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A01","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.005","Foreign ownership limited to 51% in services related to agriculture, husbandry and forestry.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n34. Services related to agriculture, forestry and fishery [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n34. Services related to agriculture, forestry and fishery\nProvisions in the Agreements:\nOnly joint ventures or business cooperation contracts are allowed. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\nUnbound for natural forest survey, assessment and exploitation services including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wildlife, aerial photography, seeding and chemical spraying services chemicals by aircraft, managing genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture. To clarify the contents of the commitment, the breeding service and the development of the seed fund are within the scope of the commitment. Access to certain geographical areas may be restricted. To further clarify the content of the commitment, this restriction allows the maintenance or application of restrictions for the sake of national security and public order in accordance with Articles XIV and XIV bis of the GATS.\nParticularly, ACIA adds the following regulations: No investment licenses for foreign investors in the Service industries related to Fisheries, including:\n+ Services related to the manufacture of fishing nets and twine for fisheries (CPC 88200)\n+ Repair and maintenance services for fishing boats (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to freshwater fishing (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to quarantine, quality control of aquaculture and product processing (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to processing and preserving aquatic products (CPC 8841)\n+ Services for canning aquatic products (CPC 8841)\n[...]\n44. Cultivation, production or processing of rare and precious plants, breeding and breeding of rare and precious wild animals and processing and handling of these animals or plants, including live animals and preparations products from them\n1. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-11: Cultivation, production or processing of rare and precious crops, breeding and breeding of rare and precious wild animals and processing and handling of animals or plants crops (including live animals and preparations thereof)\nViet Nam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any investment-related measure in the sectors and sub-sectors mentioned above.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nA list of rare plants and animals can be found at: www.kiemlam.org.vn [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2046,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A01","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2021,"0.005","Foreign ownership limited to 51% in services related to agriculture, husbandry and forestry.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n34. Services related to agriculture, forestry and fishery [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n34. Services related to agriculture, forestry and fishery\nProvisions in the Agreements:\nOnly joint ventures or business cooperation contracts are allowed. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\nUnbound for natural forest survey, assessment and exploitation services including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wildlife, aerial photography, seeding and chemical spraying services chemicals by aircraft, managing genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture. To clarify the contents of the commitment, the breeding service and the development of the seed fund are within the scope of the commitment. Access to certain geographical areas may be restricted. To further clarify the content of the commitment, this restriction allows the maintenance or application of restrictions for the sake of national security and public order in accordance with Articles XIV and XIV bis of the GATS.\nParticularly, ACIA adds the following regulations: No investment licenses for foreign investors in the Service industries related to Fisheries, including:\n+ Services related to the manufacture of fishing nets and twine for fisheries (CPC 88200)\n+ Repair and maintenance services for fishing boats (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to freshwater fishing (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to quarantine, quality control of aquaculture and product processing (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to processing and preserving aquatic products (CPC 8841)\n+ Services for canning aquatic products (CPC 8841)\n[...]\n44. Cultivation, production or processing of rare and precious plants, breeding and breeding of rare and precious wild animals and processing and handling of these animals or plants, including live animals and preparations products from them\n1. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-11: Cultivation, production or processing of rare and precious crops, breeding and breeding of rare and precious wild animals and processing and handling of animals or plants crops (including live animals and preparations thereof)\nViet Nam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any investment-related measure in the sectors and sub-sectors mentioned above.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nA list of rare plants and animals can be found at: www.kiemlam.org.vn [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2046,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A01","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"0.005","Foreign ownership limited to 51% in services related to agriculture, husbandry and forestry.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n34. Services related to agriculture, forestry and fishery [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n34. Services related to agriculture, forestry and fishery\nProvisions in the Agreements:\nOnly joint ventures or business cooperation contracts are allowed. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\nUnbound for natural forest survey, assessment and exploitation services including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wildlife, aerial photography, seeding and chemical spraying services chemicals by aircraft, managing genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture. To clarify the contents of the commitment, the breeding service and the development of the seed fund are within the scope of the commitment. Access to certain geographical areas may be restricted. To further clarify the content of the commitment, this restriction allows the maintenance or application of restrictions for the sake of national security and public order in accordance with Articles XIV and XIV bis of the GATS.\nParticularly, ACIA adds the following regulations: No investment licenses for foreign investors in the Service industries related to Fisheries, including:\n+ Services related to the manufacture of fishing nets and twine for fisheries (CPC 88200)\n+ Repair and maintenance services for fishing boats (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to freshwater fishing (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to quarantine, quality control of aquaculture and product processing (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to processing and preserving aquatic products (CPC 8841)\n+ Services for canning aquatic products (CPC 8841)\n[...]\n44. Cultivation, production or processing of rare and precious plants, breeding and breeding of rare and precious wild animals and processing and handling of these animals or plants, including live animals and preparations products from them\n1. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-11: Cultivation, production or processing of rare and precious crops, breeding and breeding of rare and precious wild animals and processing and handling of animals or plants crops (including live animals and preparations thereof)\nViet Nam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any investment-related measure in the sectors and sub-sectors mentioned above.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nA list of rare plants and animals can be found at: www.kiemlam.org.vn [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2046,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A01","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2023,"0.005","Foreign ownership limited to 51% in services related to agriculture, husbandry and forestry.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n34. Services related to agriculture, forestry and fishery [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n34. Services related to agriculture, forestry and fishery\nProvisions in the Agreements:\nOnly joint ventures or business cooperation contracts are allowed. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\nUnbound for natural forest survey, assessment and exploitation services including logging and hunting, trapping of rare and precious wildlife, aerial photography, seeding and chemical spraying services chemicals by aircraft, managing genetic funds of plants, animals and microorganisms used in agriculture. To clarify the contents of the commitment, the breeding service and the development of the seed fund are within the scope of the commitment. Access to certain geographical areas may be restricted. To further clarify the content of the commitment, this restriction allows the maintenance or application of restrictions for the sake of national security and public order in accordance with Articles XIV and XIV bis of the GATS.\nParticularly, ACIA adds the following regulations: No investment licenses for foreign investors in the Service industries related to Fisheries, including:\n+ Services related to the manufacture of fishing nets and twine for fisheries (CPC 88200)\n+ Repair and maintenance services for fishing boats (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to freshwater fishing (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to quarantine, quality control of aquaculture and product processing (CPC 88200)\n+ Services related to processing and preserving aquatic products (CPC 8841)\n+ Services for canning aquatic products (CPC 8841)\n[...]\n44. Cultivation, production or processing of rare and precious plants, breeding and breeding of rare and precious wild animals and processing and handling of these animals or plants, including live animals and preparations products from them\n1. CPTPP: Appendix NCM II-VN-11: Cultivation, production or processing of rare and precious crops, breeding and breeding of rare and precious wild animals and processing and handling of animals or plants crops (including live animals and preparations thereof)\nViet Nam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any investment-related measure in the sectors and sub-sectors mentioned above.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nA list of rare plants and animals can be found at: www.kiemlam.org.vn [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2046,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.0032","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign shareholding in the operation of airports and related auxiliary services is limited to 30%. Air navigation services are a state monopoly, as it is the operation of airports of national importance for defence. As per the OECD FDIRRI methodology, state monopolies are not considered","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n49. Air freight support services; Providing ground technical services at airports and airfields; In-flight meal service; Information services, navigation and surveillance, aviation meteorological services [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. \n[...]\n49. Air freight support services; Providing ground technical services at airports and airfields; In-flight meal service; Information services, navigation and surveillance, aviation meteorological services\n1. EVFTA\n- Appendix 8B: Ground services, excluding aircraft maintenance and cleaning, ground transportation, airport management and flight operations assurance services: Unbound. 5 years after Vietnam allows private supplier access to an airport or airport terminal, the foreign service supplier is only allowed to provide services at that airport or airport terminal through a joint venture with Vietnamese enterprises with foreign capital contribution not exceeding 49%. Three years later, the foreign capital limit was raised to 51%.\nThe list of operations and the number of service providers at each airport depends on the size of the airport.\nFor greater certainty, Vietnam reserves the right to consider licensing the above-mentioned joint ventures based on the following factors, among many others: (i) the real socio-economic benefits to which the investor is concerned. EU investors can make, including but not limited to long-term commitments, capacity building and technology transfer to Vietnam, their priority contribution to the Vietnamese economy; (ii) financial capacity and relevant experience; and (iii) possible impact on the national security of Vietnam.\nAllowing private suppliers access to the aforesaid industry means allowing the participation of at least one 100% privately owned Vietnamese company or a joint venture in which the private equity of Vietnam accounts for at least 51%.\n- Appendix 8-B: In-flight meal service\nA foreign service supplier is only allowed to provide services through the establishment of a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 49%.\n2. CPTPP\nAppendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport:\nVietnam reserves the right to maintain or adopt any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service\n3. Vietnamese law\nAviation services at airports and airfields include:\na) Passenger terminal operation services; b) Airport operation services; c) Terminal and warehouse operation services; d) Aviation fuel supply service; dd) Ground-based commercial technical services; e) Aviation catering services; g) Repair and maintenance services for aviation vehicles and equipment; h) Aviation technical services; i) Aviation security assurance services.\nMinimum capital to establish and maintain an airline service provider at an airport or aerodrome:\na) Providing passenger terminal operation services: 30 billion Vietnam dong;\nb) Provision of terminal and warehouse operation services: VND 30 billion;\nc) Providing aviation petroleum services: 30 billion Vietnam dong.\nFor enterprises providing passenger terminal, cargo terminal operation services, aviation petroleum services, ground commercial technical services, airport operation services, the capital contribution ratio of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2017,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.0032","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign shareholding in the operation of airports and related auxiliary services is limited to 30%. Air navigation services are a state monopoly, as it is the operation of airports of national importance for defence. As per the OECD FDIRRI methodology, state monopolies are not considered","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n49. Air freight support services; Providing ground technical services at airports and airfields; In-flight meal service; Information services, navigation and surveillance, aviation meteorological services [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. \n[...]\n49. Air freight support services; Providing ground technical services at airports and airfields; In-flight meal service; Information services, navigation and surveillance, aviation meteorological services\n1. EVFTA\n- Appendix 8B: Ground services, excluding aircraft maintenance and cleaning, ground transportation, airport management and flight operations assurance services: Unbound. 5 years after Vietnam allows private supplier access to an airport or airport terminal, the foreign service supplier is only allowed to provide services at that airport or airport terminal through a joint venture with Vietnamese enterprises with foreign capital contribution not exceeding 49%. Three years later, the foreign capital limit was raised to 51%.\nThe list of operations and the number of service providers at each airport depends on the size of the airport.\nFor greater certainty, Vietnam reserves the right to consider licensing the above-mentioned joint ventures based on the following factors, among many others: (i) the real socio-economic benefits to which the investor is concerned. EU investors can make, including but not limited to long-term commitments, capacity building and technology transfer to Vietnam, their priority contribution to the Vietnamese economy; (ii) financial capacity and relevant experience; and (iii) possible impact on the national security of Vietnam.\nAllowing private suppliers access to the aforesaid industry means allowing the participation of at least one 100% privately owned Vietnamese company or a joint venture in which the private equity of Vietnam accounts for at least 51%.\n- Appendix 8-B: In-flight meal service\nA foreign service supplier is only allowed to provide services through the establishment of a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 49%.\n2. CPTPP\nAppendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport:\nVietnam reserves the right to maintain or adopt any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service\n3. Vietnamese law\nAviation services at airports and airfields include:\na) Passenger terminal operation services; b) Airport operation services; c) Terminal and warehouse operation services; d) Aviation fuel supply service; dd) Ground-based commercial technical services; e) Aviation catering services; g) Repair and maintenance services for aviation vehicles and equipment; h) Aviation technical services; i) Aviation security assurance services.\nMinimum capital to establish and maintain an airline service provider at an airport or aerodrome:\na) Providing passenger terminal operation services: 30 billion Vietnam dong;\nb) Provision of terminal and warehouse operation services: VND 30 billion;\nc) Providing aviation petroleum services: 30 billion Vietnam dong.\nFor enterprises providing passenger terminal, cargo terminal operation services, aviation petroleum services, ground commercial technical services, airport operation services, the capital contribution ratio of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2017,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2022,"0.0032","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign shareholding in the operation of airports and related auxiliary services is limited to 30%. Air navigation services are a state monopoly, as it is the operation of airports of national importance for defence. As per the OECD FDIRRI methodology, state monopolies are not considered","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n49. Air freight support services; Providing ground technical services at airports and airfields; In-flight meal service; Information services, navigation and surveillance, aviation meteorological services [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. \n[...]\n49. Air freight support services; Providing ground technical services at airports and airfields; In-flight meal service; Information services, navigation and surveillance, aviation meteorological services\n1. EVFTA\n- Appendix 8B: Ground services, excluding aircraft maintenance and cleaning, ground transportation, airport management and flight operations assurance services: Unbound. 5 years after Vietnam allows private supplier access to an airport or airport terminal, the foreign service supplier is only allowed to provide services at that airport or airport terminal through a joint venture with Vietnamese enterprises with foreign capital contribution not exceeding 49%. Three years later, the foreign capital limit was raised to 51%.\nThe list of operations and the number of service providers at each airport depends on the size of the airport.\nFor greater certainty, Vietnam reserves the right to consider licensing the above-mentioned joint ventures based on the following factors, among many others: (i) the real socio-economic benefits to which the investor is concerned. EU investors can make, including but not limited to long-term commitments, capacity building and technology transfer to Vietnam, their priority contribution to the Vietnamese economy; (ii) financial capacity and relevant experience; and (iii) possible impact on the national security of Vietnam.\nAllowing private suppliers access to the aforesaid industry means allowing the participation of at least one 100% privately owned Vietnamese company or a joint venture in which the private equity of Vietnam accounts for at least 51%.\n- Appendix 8-B: In-flight meal service\nA foreign service supplier is only allowed to provide services through the establishment of a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 49%.\n2. CPTPP\nAppendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport:\nVietnam reserves the right to maintain or adopt any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service\n3. Vietnamese law\nAviation services at airports and airfields include:\na) Passenger terminal operation services; b) Airport operation services; c) Terminal and warehouse operation services; d) Aviation fuel supply service; dd) Ground-based commercial technical services; e) Aviation catering services; g) Repair and maintenance services for aviation vehicles and equipment; h) Aviation technical services; i) Aviation security assurance services.\nMinimum capital to establish and maintain an airline service provider at an airport or aerodrome:\na) Providing passenger terminal operation services: 30 billion Vietnam dong;\nb) Provision of terminal and warehouse operation services: VND 30 billion;\nc) Providing aviation petroleum services: 30 billion Vietnam dong.\nFor enterprises providing passenger terminal, cargo terminal operation services, aviation petroleum services, ground commercial technical services, airport operation services, the capital contribution ratio of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2017,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2023,"0.0032","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign shareholding in the operation of airports and related auxiliary services is limited to 30%. Air navigation services are a state monopoly, as it is the operation of airports of national importance for defence. As per the OECD FDIRRI methodology, state monopolies are not considered","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n49. Air freight support services; Providing ground technical services at airports and airfields; In-flight meal service; Information services, navigation and surveillance, aviation meteorological services [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. \n[...]\n49. Air freight support services; Providing ground technical services at airports and airfields; In-flight meal service; Information services, navigation and surveillance, aviation meteorological services\n1. EVFTA\n- Appendix 8B: Ground services, excluding aircraft maintenance and cleaning, ground transportation, airport management and flight operations assurance services: Unbound. 5 years after Vietnam allows private supplier access to an airport or airport terminal, the foreign service supplier is only allowed to provide services at that airport or airport terminal through a joint venture with Vietnamese enterprises with foreign capital contribution not exceeding 49%. Three years later, the foreign capital limit was raised to 51%.\nThe list of operations and the number of service providers at each airport depends on the size of the airport.\nFor greater certainty, Vietnam reserves the right to consider licensing the above-mentioned joint ventures based on the following factors, among many others: (i) the real socio-economic benefits to which the investor is concerned. EU investors can make, including but not limited to long-term commitments, capacity building and technology transfer to Vietnam, their priority contribution to the Vietnamese economy; (ii) financial capacity and relevant experience; and (iii) possible impact on the national security of Vietnam.\nAllowing private suppliers access to the aforesaid industry means allowing the participation of at least one 100% privately owned Vietnamese company or a joint venture in which the private equity of Vietnam accounts for at least 51%.\n- Appendix 8-B: In-flight meal service\nA foreign service supplier is only allowed to provide services through the establishment of a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner in which the foreign capital contribution cannot exceed 49%.\n2. CPTPP\nAppendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport:\nVietnam reserves the right to maintain or adopt any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service\n3. Vietnamese law\nAviation services at airports and airfields include:\na) Passenger terminal operation services; b) Airport operation services; c) Terminal and warehouse operation services; d) Aviation fuel supply service; dd) Ground-based commercial technical services; e) Aviation catering services; g) Repair and maintenance services for aviation vehicles and equipment; h) Aviation technical services; i) Aviation security assurance services.\nMinimum capital to establish and maintain an airline service provider at an airport or aerodrome:\na) Providing passenger terminal operation services: 30 billion Vietnam dong;\nb) Provision of terminal and warehouse operation services: VND 30 billion;\nc) Providing aviation petroleum services: 30 billion Vietnam dong.\nFor enterprises providing passenger terminal, cargo terminal operation services, aviation petroleum services, ground commercial technical services, airport operation services, the capital contribution ratio of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2017,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J59","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0015","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in production and distribution of cultural products is permitted subject to conditions, such as but not limited to:\n(1) Film production services (CPC 96112, excluding videotapes), film distribution (CPC 96113, excluding videotapes), film projection (CPC 96121):\n+ Only in the form of a business cooperation contract or a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner who has been authorized to provide these services in Vietnam. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n(2) For movie screening services (CPC 96121), foreign investors are not allowed to enter into business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with cultural houses, public cinema clubs and associations, mobile projection teams, or the owner or operator of Vietnam's temporary cinemas.\n(3) For the recording sub-sector: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to sound recording services except allowing foreign ownership of up to 51% of enterprises operating in the sound recording sector.\n","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n3. In addition to the market access conditions for the industries and trades specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations when conducting business investment activities Businesses in Vietnam must satisfy the following conditions (if any):\na) Use of land and labor; natural resources, minerals;\nb) Producing and supplying public goods and services or goods and services that are monopolistic in the state;\nc) Owning and trading in houses and real estate;\nd) Applying forms of support and subsidies of the State to a number of branches and fields or developing regions or territories;\ndd) Participating in the program and plan for the equitization of state-owned enterprises;\ne) Other conditions as prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government and international treaties on investment that do not allow allow or restrict market access for foreign-invested economic organizations.\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n2. For business investment activities carried out in Vietnam, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and hold foreign citizenship are entitled to choose to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as follows: regulations applicable to domestic or foreign investors. In the case of choosing to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as prescribed for domestic investors, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and have foreign nationality are not entitled to exercise their rights. and regulatory obligations for foreign investors.\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed. for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access. Schools are posted according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS [...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS\n1. Manufacture and distribution of media products, including video recordings.\n2. Manufacture, distribution, broadcasting of TV programs, stage performances and cinematic works.\n3. Provision of audio and television broadcasting services. [...]\n6. Advertising services.\n7. Printing and publishing services.[...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here]\n1 Production and distribution of cultural products, including video recordings |\n1. WTO, VKFTA, VJEPA, AFAS: can't exercise the right to distribute the recorded items.\n- Film production services (CPC 96112, excluding videotapes), film distribution (CPC 96113, excluding videotapes), film projection (CPC 96121):\n+ All movies must be censored by Vietnamese competent authorities.\n+ Only in the form of a business cooperation contract or a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner who has been authorized to provide these services in Vietnam. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Particularly for movie screening services (CPC 96121): cultural houses, cinema venues, clubs and associations of public cinema, Vietnamese mobile cinema teams are not allowed to participate in the contract. business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with foreign service suppliers.\nNote: This industry is on the list of Most Favored Nation exemptions under the WTO Commitments.\n2. ACIA: limited to publications: (i) Publishing of books, music books and other publications (ISIC 2211); (ii) Publishing newspapers, magazines, periodicals (ISIC 2212); (iii) Publishing of video tapes (ISIC 2213); (iv) Other types of publication (ISIC 2219).\n3. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-9:\nFor film production (CPC 96112), film distribution (CPC 96113) and projection (CPC 96121):\n+ Do not provide film production, distribution and screening services except through a business cooperation contract or joint venture with a Vietnamese partner authorized to provide these services, or purchase shares of a Vietnamese enterprise. Nam is authorized to provide these services. In case of joint venture or share purchase, the foreign party's contributed capital must not exceed 51%.\n+ For movie screening, foreign investors are not allowed to enter into business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with cultural houses, public cinema clubs and associations, mobile projection teams, or the owner or operator of Vietnam's temporary cinemas.\n+ Cinemas must show Vietnamese films on major national holidays.\nThe ratio of Vietnamese films to the total number of films shown annually will not be less than 20%. Cinemas must show at least one Vietnamese film between 18:00-22:00.\nb) Appendix NCM I-VN-25:\nForeign investment is prohibited in Vietnam's state-owned commercial enterprises that are currently allowed to import certain video products, as outlined in Table 8c in the Working Party Report on Vietnam's accession to the WTO. For greater certainty and consistency with Article 9.11.1.c (Forwards only, not backward), the liberalization of one SOE does not entail the requirement to liberalize all SOEs. .\nc) Appendix NCM II-VN-14:\nFor the recording sub-sector: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to sound recording services except allowing foreign ownership of up to 51% of enterprises operating in the sound recording sector. .\nd) Appendix NCM II-VN-20:\nFor the video tape production and distribution industry: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to the investment in the production and distribution of video tapes on any medium.\n4. EVFTA Annex 8-C: Vietnam may adopt or maintain any measure related to the operation of an enterprise as defined at points 1(e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 (The definition) that is inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8-B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments).\n5. Vietnamese law:\n(i) Foreign organizations and individuals may distribute phonograms and video recordings with content of art performances in the Vietnamese territory in accordance with the provisions of Decree 144/2020/ND-CP dated December 14 The Government's 2020 regulations on performing arts activities and other relevant provisions of law are not inconsistent with international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n(Conditions for circulation of phonograms and video recordings with content of artistic performances for commercial purposes are specified in Article 22 of Decree 144/2020/ND-CP: (1) Being a public non-business unit with a function performing arts; organizations and individuals that register for business in phonograms and video recordings in accordance with law (2) Make a deposit according to the provisions of Article 23 of this Decree.\n(ii) Foreign organizations and individuals are not allowed to directly distribute video recordings with content of art performances in the Vietnamese territory.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.\nDuane Morris Vietnam (2015), \"DOING BUSINESS IN MEDIA SECTOR IN VIETNAM\", January 6.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vanbanphapluat.co/decree-of-government-no-06-2016-nd-cp-management-provision-and-utilization-of-radio-television-services\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://blogs.duanemorris.com/vietnam/2015/01/06/doing-business-in-media-sector-in-vietnam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1990,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J59","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2021,"0.0015","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in production and distribution of cultural products is permitted subject to conditions, such as but not limited to:\n(1) Film production services (CPC 96112, excluding videotapes), film distribution (CPC 96113, excluding videotapes), film projection (CPC 96121):\n+ Only in the form of a business cooperation contract or a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner who has been authorized to provide these services in Vietnam. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n(2) For movie screening services (CPC 96121), foreign investors are not allowed to enter into business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with cultural houses, public cinema clubs and associations, mobile projection teams, or the owner or operator of Vietnam's temporary cinemas.\n(3) For the recording sub-sector: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to sound recording services except allowing foreign ownership of up to 51% of enterprises operating in the sound recording sector.\n","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n3. In addition to the market access conditions for the industries and trades specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations when conducting business investment activities Businesses in Vietnam must satisfy the following conditions (if any):\na) Use of land and labor; natural resources, minerals;\nb) Producing and supplying public goods and services or goods and services that are monopolistic in the state;\nc) Owning and trading in houses and real estate;\nd) Applying forms of support and subsidies of the State to a number of branches and fields or developing regions or territories;\ndd) Participating in the program and plan for the equitization of state-owned enterprises;\ne) Other conditions as prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government and international treaties on investment that do not allow allow or restrict market access for foreign-invested economic organizations.\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n2. For business investment activities carried out in Vietnam, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and hold foreign citizenship are entitled to choose to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as follows: regulations applicable to domestic or foreign investors. In the case of choosing to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as prescribed for domestic investors, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and have foreign nationality are not entitled to exercise their rights. and regulatory obligations for foreign investors.\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed. for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access. Schools are posted according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS [...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS\n1. Manufacture and distribution of media products, including video recordings.\n2. Manufacture, distribution, broadcasting of TV programs, stage performances and cinematic works.\n3. Provision of audio and television broadcasting services. [...]\n6. Advertising services.\n7. Printing and publishing services.[...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here]\n1 Production and distribution of cultural products, including video recordings |\n1. WTO, VKFTA, VJEPA, AFAS: can't exercise the right to distribute the recorded items.\n- Film production services (CPC 96112, excluding videotapes), film distribution (CPC 96113, excluding videotapes), film projection (CPC 96121):\n+ All movies must be censored by Vietnamese competent authorities.\n+ Only in the form of a business cooperation contract or a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner who has been authorized to provide these services in Vietnam. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Particularly for movie screening services (CPC 96121): cultural houses, cinema venues, clubs and associations of public cinema, Vietnamese mobile cinema teams are not allowed to participate in the contract. business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with foreign service suppliers.\nNote: This industry is on the list of Most Favored Nation exemptions under the WTO Commitments.\n2. ACIA: limited to publications: (i) Publishing of books, music books and other publications (ISIC 2211); (ii) Publishing newspapers, magazines, periodicals (ISIC 2212); (iii) Publishing of video tapes (ISIC 2213); (iv) Other types of publication (ISIC 2219).\n3. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-9:\nFor film production (CPC 96112), film distribution (CPC 96113) and projection (CPC 96121):\n+ Do not provide film production, distribution and screening services except through a business cooperation contract or joint venture with a Vietnamese partner authorized to provide these services, or purchase shares of a Vietnamese enterprise. Nam is authorized to provide these services. In case of joint venture or share purchase, the foreign party's contributed capital must not exceed 51%.\n+ For movie screening, foreign investors are not allowed to enter into business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with cultural houses, public cinema clubs and associations, mobile projection teams, or the owner or operator of Vietnam's temporary cinemas.\n+ Cinemas must show Vietnamese films on major national holidays.\nThe ratio of Vietnamese films to the total number of films shown annually will not be less than 20%. Cinemas must show at least one Vietnamese film between 18:00-22:00.\nb) Appendix NCM I-VN-25:\nForeign investment is prohibited in Vietnam's state-owned commercial enterprises that are currently allowed to import certain video products, as outlined in Table 8c in the Working Party Report on Vietnam's accession to the WTO. For greater certainty and consistency with Article 9.11.1.c (Forwards only, not backward), the liberalization of one SOE does not entail the requirement to liberalize all SOEs. .\nc) Appendix NCM II-VN-14:\nFor the recording sub-sector: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to sound recording services except allowing foreign ownership of up to 51% of enterprises operating in the sound recording sector. .\nd) Appendix NCM II-VN-20:\nFor the video tape production and distribution industry: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to the investment in the production and distribution of video tapes on any medium.\n4. EVFTA Annex 8-C: Vietnam may adopt or maintain any measure related to the operation of an enterprise as defined at points 1(e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 (The definition) that is inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8-B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments).\n5. Vietnamese law:\n(i) Foreign organizations and individuals may distribute phonograms and video recordings with content of art performances in the Vietnamese territory in accordance with the provisions of Decree 144/2020/ND-CP dated December 14 The Government's 2020 regulations on performing arts activities and other relevant provisions of law are not inconsistent with international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n(Conditions for circulation of phonograms and video recordings with content of artistic performances for commercial purposes are specified in Article 22 of Decree 144/2020/ND-CP: (1) Being a public non-business unit with a function performing arts; organizations and individuals that register for business in phonograms and video recordings in accordance with law (2) Make a deposit according to the provisions of Article 23 of this Decree.\n(ii) Foreign organizations and individuals are not allowed to directly distribute video recordings with content of art performances in the Vietnamese territory.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.\nDuane Morris Vietnam (2015), \"DOING BUSINESS IN MEDIA SECTOR IN VIETNAM\", January 6.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vanbanphapluat.co/decree-of-government-no-06-2016-nd-cp-management-provision-and-utilization-of-radio-television-services\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://blogs.duanemorris.com/vietnam/2015/01/06/doing-business-in-media-sector-in-vietnam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1990,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J59","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2022,"0.0015","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in production and distribution of cultural products is permitted subject to conditions, such as but not limited to:\n(1) Film production services (CPC 96112, excluding videotapes), film distribution (CPC 96113, excluding videotapes), film projection (CPC 96121):\n+ Only in the form of a business cooperation contract or a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner who has been authorized to provide these services in Vietnam. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n(2) For movie screening services (CPC 96121), foreign investors are not allowed to enter into business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with cultural houses, public cinema clubs and associations, mobile projection teams, or the owner or operator of Vietnam's temporary cinemas.\n(3) For the recording sub-sector: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to sound recording services except allowing foreign ownership of up to 51% of enterprises operating in the sound recording sector.\n","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n3. In addition to the market access conditions for the industries and trades specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations when conducting business investment activities Businesses in Vietnam must satisfy the following conditions (if any):\na) Use of land and labor; natural resources, minerals;\nb) Producing and supplying public goods and services or goods and services that are monopolistic in the state;\nc) Owning and trading in houses and real estate;\nd) Applying forms of support and subsidies of the State to a number of branches and fields or developing regions or territories;\ndd) Participating in the program and plan for the equitization of state-owned enterprises;\ne) Other conditions as prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government and international treaties on investment that do not allow allow or restrict market access for foreign-invested economic organizations.\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n2. For business investment activities carried out in Vietnam, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and hold foreign citizenship are entitled to choose to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as follows: regulations applicable to domestic or foreign investors. In the case of choosing to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as prescribed for domestic investors, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and have foreign nationality are not entitled to exercise their rights. and regulatory obligations for foreign investors.\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed. for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access. Schools are posted according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS [...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS\n1. Manufacture and distribution of media products, including video recordings.\n2. Manufacture, distribution, broadcasting of TV programs, stage performances and cinematic works.\n3. Provision of audio and television broadcasting services. [...]\n6. Advertising services.\n7. Printing and publishing services.[...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here]\n1 Production and distribution of cultural products, including video recordings |\n1. WTO, VKFTA, VJEPA, AFAS: can't exercise the right to distribute the recorded items.\n- Film production services (CPC 96112, excluding videotapes), film distribution (CPC 96113, excluding videotapes), film projection (CPC 96121):\n+ All movies must be censored by Vietnamese competent authorities.\n+ Only in the form of a business cooperation contract or a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner who has been authorized to provide these services in Vietnam. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Particularly for movie screening services (CPC 96121): cultural houses, cinema venues, clubs and associations of public cinema, Vietnamese mobile cinema teams are not allowed to participate in the contract. business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with foreign service suppliers.\nNote: This industry is on the list of Most Favored Nation exemptions under the WTO Commitments.\n2. ACIA: limited to publications: (i) Publishing of books, music books and other publications (ISIC 2211); (ii) Publishing newspapers, magazines, periodicals (ISIC 2212); (iii) Publishing of video tapes (ISIC 2213); (iv) Other types of publication (ISIC 2219).\n3. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-9:\nFor film production (CPC 96112), film distribution (CPC 96113) and projection (CPC 96121):\n+ Do not provide film production, distribution and screening services except through a business cooperation contract or joint venture with a Vietnamese partner authorized to provide these services, or purchase shares of a Vietnamese enterprise. Nam is authorized to provide these services. In case of joint venture or share purchase, the foreign party's contributed capital must not exceed 51%.\n+ For movie screening, foreign investors are not allowed to enter into business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with cultural houses, public cinema clubs and associations, mobile projection teams, or the owner or operator of Vietnam's temporary cinemas.\n+ Cinemas must show Vietnamese films on major national holidays.\nThe ratio of Vietnamese films to the total number of films shown annually will not be less than 20%. Cinemas must show at least one Vietnamese film between 18:00-22:00.\nb) Appendix NCM I-VN-25:\nForeign investment is prohibited in Vietnam's state-owned commercial enterprises that are currently allowed to import certain video products, as outlined in Table 8c in the Working Party Report on Vietnam's accession to the WTO. For greater certainty and consistency with Article 9.11.1.c (Forwards only, not backward), the liberalization of one SOE does not entail the requirement to liberalize all SOEs. .\nc) Appendix NCM II-VN-14:\nFor the recording sub-sector: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to sound recording services except allowing foreign ownership of up to 51% of enterprises operating in the sound recording sector. .\nd) Appendix NCM II-VN-20:\nFor the video tape production and distribution industry: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to the investment in the production and distribution of video tapes on any medium.\n4. EVFTA Annex 8-C: Vietnam may adopt or maintain any measure related to the operation of an enterprise as defined at points 1(e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 (The definition) that is inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8-B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments).\n5. Vietnamese law:\n(i) Foreign organizations and individuals may distribute phonograms and video recordings with content of art performances in the Vietnamese territory in accordance with the provisions of Decree 144/2020/ND-CP dated December 14 The Government's 2020 regulations on performing arts activities and other relevant provisions of law are not inconsistent with international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n(Conditions for circulation of phonograms and video recordings with content of artistic performances for commercial purposes are specified in Article 22 of Decree 144/2020/ND-CP: (1) Being a public non-business unit with a function performing arts; organizations and individuals that register for business in phonograms and video recordings in accordance with law (2) Make a deposit according to the provisions of Article 23 of this Decree.\n(ii) Foreign organizations and individuals are not allowed to directly distribute video recordings with content of art performances in the Vietnamese territory.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.\nDuane Morris Vietnam (2015), \"DOING BUSINESS IN MEDIA SECTOR IN VIETNAM\", January 6.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vanbanphapluat.co/decree-of-government-no-06-2016-nd-cp-management-provision-and-utilization-of-radio-television-services\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://blogs.duanemorris.com/vietnam/2015/01/06/doing-business-in-media-sector-in-vietnam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1990,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","J59","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2023,"0.0015","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), majority foreign investment in production and distribution of cultural products is permitted subject to conditions, such as but not limited to:\n(1) Film production services (CPC 96112, excluding videotapes), film distribution (CPC 96113, excluding videotapes), film projection (CPC 96121):\n+ Only in the form of a business cooperation contract or a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner who has been authorized to provide these services in Vietnam. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n(2) For movie screening services (CPC 96121), foreign investors are not allowed to enter into business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with cultural houses, public cinema clubs and associations, mobile projection teams, or the owner or operator of Vietnam's temporary cinemas.\n(3) For the recording sub-sector: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to sound recording services except allowing foreign ownership of up to 51% of enterprises operating in the sound recording sector.\n","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail. [...]\n3. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the sequence and procedures for business investment and investment security [guarantee], then implementation shall accord with this Law except for the following cases: [...]\n(d) Implementation of investment projects for construction, for residential housing and for urban zones are implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Construction, the Law on Residential Housing and the Law on Real Estate Business after the competent agency has approved the investment policy or the amended investment policy in accordance with the provisions of this Law;\n(dd) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment implemented in accordance with the Law on Credit Institutions, the Law on Insurance Business, and the Law on Petroleum;\n(e) Authority, sequence, procedures and conditions for business investment and activities on the securities market implemented in accordance with the Law on Securities.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines;\nb/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization;\nb/ Investment method;\nc/ Scope of investment;\nd/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities;\ndd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n3. In addition to the market access conditions for the industries and trades specified in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Article, foreign investors and foreign-invested economic organizations when conducting business investment activities Businesses in Vietnam must satisfy the following conditions (if any):\na) Use of land and labor; natural resources, minerals;\nb) Producing and supplying public goods and services or goods and services that are monopolistic in the state;\nc) Owning and trading in houses and real estate;\nd) Applying forms of support and subsidies of the State to a number of branches and fields or developing regions or territories;\ndd) Participating in the program and plan for the equitization of state-owned enterprises;\ne) Other conditions as prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government and international treaties on investment that do not allow allow or restrict market access for foreign-invested economic organizations.\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n2. For business investment activities carried out in Vietnam, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and hold foreign citizenship are entitled to choose to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as follows: regulations applicable to domestic or foreign investors. In the case of choosing to apply market access conditions and investment procedures as prescribed for domestic investors, investors who are Vietnamese citizens and have foreign nationality are not entitled to exercise their rights. and regulatory obligations for foreign investors.\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed. for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access. Schools are posted according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nAPPENDIX I - LIST OF INDUSTRY AND LINES LIMITED MARKET ACCESS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS [...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS\n1. Manufacture and distribution of media products, including video recordings.\n2. Manufacture, distribution, broadcasting of TV programs, stage performances and cinematic works.\n3. Provision of audio and television broadcasting services. [...]\n6. Advertising services.\n7. Printing and publishing services.[...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here]\n1 Production and distribution of cultural products, including video recordings |\n1. WTO, VKFTA, VJEPA, AFAS: can't exercise the right to distribute the recorded items.\n- Film production services (CPC 96112, excluding videotapes), film distribution (CPC 96113, excluding videotapes), film projection (CPC 96121):\n+ All movies must be censored by Vietnamese competent authorities.\n+ Only in the form of a business cooperation contract or a joint venture with a Vietnamese partner who has been authorized to provide these services in Vietnam. The capital contribution of the foreign side must not exceed 51% of the legal capital of the joint venture.\n- Particularly for movie screening services (CPC 96121): cultural houses, cinema venues, clubs and associations of public cinema, Vietnamese mobile cinema teams are not allowed to participate in the contract. business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with foreign service suppliers.\nNote: This industry is on the list of Most Favored Nation exemptions under the WTO Commitments.\n2. ACIA: limited to publications: (i) Publishing of books, music books and other publications (ISIC 2211); (ii) Publishing newspapers, magazines, periodicals (ISIC 2212); (iii) Publishing of video tapes (ISIC 2213); (iv) Other types of publication (ISIC 2219).\n3. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-9:\nFor film production (CPC 96112), film distribution (CPC 96113) and projection (CPC 96121):\n+ Do not provide film production, distribution and screening services except through a business cooperation contract or joint venture with a Vietnamese partner authorized to provide these services, or purchase shares of a Vietnamese enterprise. Nam is authorized to provide these services. In case of joint venture or share purchase, the foreign party's contributed capital must not exceed 51%.\n+ For movie screening, foreign investors are not allowed to enter into business cooperation contracts or joint ventures with cultural houses, public cinema clubs and associations, mobile projection teams, or the owner or operator of Vietnam's temporary cinemas.\n+ Cinemas must show Vietnamese films on major national holidays.\nThe ratio of Vietnamese films to the total number of films shown annually will not be less than 20%. Cinemas must show at least one Vietnamese film between 18:00-22:00.\nb) Appendix NCM I-VN-25:\nForeign investment is prohibited in Vietnam's state-owned commercial enterprises that are currently allowed to import certain video products, as outlined in Table 8c in the Working Party Report on Vietnam's accession to the WTO. For greater certainty and consistency with Article 9.11.1.c (Forwards only, not backward), the liberalization of one SOE does not entail the requirement to liberalize all SOEs. .\nc) Appendix NCM II-VN-14:\nFor the recording sub-sector: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to sound recording services except allowing foreign ownership of up to 51% of enterprises operating in the sound recording sector. .\nd) Appendix NCM II-VN-20:\nFor the video tape production and distribution industry: Vietnam reserves the right to adopt and maintain any measure related to the investment in the production and distribution of video tapes on any medium.\n4. EVFTA Annex 8-C: Vietnam may adopt or maintain any measure related to the operation of an enterprise as defined at points 1(e) and 1(m) of Article 8.2 (The definition) that is inconsistent with paragraph 2 of Article 8.5 (National Treatment), provided that the measure is not inconsistent with the commitments set out in Annex 8-B (Vietnam's Schedule of Specific Commitments).\n5. Vietnamese law:\n(i) Foreign organizations and individuals may distribute phonograms and video recordings with content of art performances in the Vietnamese territory in accordance with the provisions of Decree 144/2020/ND-CP dated December 14 The Government's 2020 regulations on performing arts activities and other relevant provisions of law are not inconsistent with international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n(Conditions for circulation of phonograms and video recordings with content of artistic performances for commercial purposes are specified in Article 22 of Decree 144/2020/ND-CP: (1) Being a public non-business unit with a function performing arts; organizations and individuals that register for business in phonograms and video recordings in accordance with law (2) Make a deposit according to the provisions of Article 23 of this Decree.\n(ii) Foreign organizations and individuals are not allowed to directly distribute video recordings with content of art performances in the Vietnamese territory.[...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.\nDuane Morris Vietnam (2015), \"DOING BUSINESS IN MEDIA SECTOR IN VIETNAM\", January 6.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://vanbanphapluat.co/decree-of-government-no-06-2016-nd-cp-management-provision-and-utilization-of-radio-television-services\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://blogs.duanemorris.com/vietnam/2015/01/06/doing-business-in-media-sector-in-vietnam/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1990,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A02","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00025","In Viet Nam, investment projects in several economic activities, and regardless of the investor nationality, are subject to prior approval by the National Assembly, the Prime Minister or the Provincial People’s Committees depending on the project. Foreign investors and majority foreign-invested companies (i.e. majority foreign shareholding) are, nonetheless, subject to discriminatory approval requirement in relation to certain projects.\nAs of 2021, the range of activities where foreign investors are subject to such a discriminatory cross-sectoral approval mechanism (Prime Minister’s approval or provincial People’s Committees) has been further narrowed: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press; and businesses executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security. Previously, in addition to projects where both foreign and domestic investment projects required prior approval, foreign investment in the following sectors were subject to the Prime Minister’s approval: maritime transportation; telecommunications services with network infrastructure; forestry; publication and press (incl. broadcasting); and establishment of scientific and technological organization or enterprise with one hundred per cent (100%) foreign owned capital.\nIn addition, contrary to domestic investors, majority foreign-investors are required to obtain an 'investment registration certificate' in order to carry out activities in Viet Nam. Although discriminatory and potentially administrative burdensome to foreign investors, the IRC process is assumed to amount to a simple registration procedure of capital contribution or purchase of shares by the foreign investor, not a proper screening of foreign investment. Therefore, the IRC process is not considered a restriction in the OECD FDIRRI; only the above-mentioned discriminatory project approval requirement is taken into account (recorded in each relevant sector).","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 22. Investment in establishment of a business organization\nEvery investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with the following regulations:\na/ A domestic investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with regulations of law on enterprises and law corresponding to each type of business organization;\nb/ A foreign investor that establishes a business organization shall satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in Article 9 of this Law;\nc/ Before establishing a business organization, the foreign investor must have an investment project and follow the procedures for issuance or adjustment of an investment registration certificate, except for establishment of a small and medium-sized start-up enterprise and a  startup investment fund in accordance with regulations of the Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Conduct of investment activities by foreign-invested business organizations\n1. When establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract in one of the following cases, the foreign investor must satisfy the conditions and follow investment procedures applied to foreign investors:\na/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) or the majority of the general partners are foreigners if the business organization is a partnership;\nb/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) and a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause.\n2. Business organizations other than those mentioned in Points a, b and c Clause 1 of this Article shall satisfy conditions and follow investment procedures applied to domestic investors when establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract.\n3. If a foreign-invested business organization that is established in Vietnam has a new investment project, procedures for executing such investment project shall be followed without having to establish a new business organization.\n4. The Government shall elaborate procedures for establishing business organizations, and conduct of investment activities by foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing capital contributions\n1. Investors are entitled to contribute capital, purchase shares or purchase stakes of business organizations.\n2. Foreign investors making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares and purchasing stakes of business organizations must:\na/ satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors as prescribed in Article 9 of this Law;\nb/ ensure national defense and security in accordance with this Law;\nc/ comply with regulations of the law on land and conditions for receipt of land use rights and conditions for use of land on islands or border or coastal communes.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Procedures for making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes\n1. Upon contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization, the investor shall satisfy conditions and follow procedures for change of members or shareholders in accordance with regulations of law applicable to each type of business organization.\n2. A foreign investor shall follow procedures for registration of capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of a business organization prior to change of members or shareholders in one of the following cases:\na/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes increases the ownership ratio by foreign investors in a business organization conducting business in the restricted business lines;\nb/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes results in a foreign investor or business organization specified in Points a, b and c Clause 1 Article 23 of this Law holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization in the following cases: The holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased from less than or equal to 50% to over 50%; the holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased while such foreign investor is holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization.\nc/ The foreign investor that contributes capital, purchases shares or stakes of a business organization has a certificate of rights to use land on an island or in a border or coastal commune; in a coastal commune; in another area that affects national defense and security.\n3. Investors other than those mentioned in Clause 2 of this Article shall follow procedures for changing shareholders/members as prescribed by law when contributing capital, purchasing shares or stakes of business organizations. If such investors wish to register their capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of business organizations, regulations in Clause 2 of this Article shall be complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 31. The Prime Minister’s power to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects mentioned in Article 30 of this Law, the Prime Minister shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\n1. Investment projects regardless of capital sources in any one of the following cases: [...]\n2. Foreign investors’ investment projects in the following fields: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press;\n[...]\nArticle 32. The power of provincial People’s Committees to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects set out in Articles 30 and 31 of this Law, the provincial People’s Committees shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\nd/ Investment projects of foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Applications for and contents of appraisal of requests for investment guideline approval [...]\n3. Contents of appraisal of the request for investment guideline approval include: [...]\nc/ Preliminary assessment of the socio-economic efficiency of the project; [...]\ndd/ Assessment of the technology to be used in the investment project if the project requires appraisal and collection of opinions on the technology in accordance with the Law on Technology Transfer; [...]\n[...]\nSection 3. PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE, ADJUSTMENT AND REVOCATION OF INVESTMENT REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE\nArticle 37. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is required\n1. The investment registration certificate is required in the following cases:\na/ Investment projects of foreign investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 1 Article 23 of this Article.\n2. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is not required:\na/ Investment projects of domestic investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 2 Article 23 of this Article;\n[...]\nArticle 38. Procedures for issuance of the investment registration certificate\n1. If the investment project is subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investment registration authority shall issue the investment registration certificate to the investor within: [...]\n2. If the investment project is not subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investor shall be issued with the investment registration certificate if the following conditions are met:\na/ The investment project does not involve any banned business line;\nb/ There is a location for execution of the investment project;\nc/ The investment project is conformable with the planning specified in Point a Clause 3 Article 33 of this Law;\nd/ The investment per m2 (or investment per employee) is not smaller than the minimum requirement.\ndd) Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are satisfied. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1980,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A02","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.00025","In Viet Nam, investment projects in several economic activities, and regardless of the investor nationality, are subject to prior approval by the National Assembly, the Prime Minister or the Provincial People’s Committees depending on the project. Foreign investors and majority foreign-invested companies (i.e. majority foreign shareholding) are, nonetheless, subject to discriminatory approval requirement in relation to certain projects.\nAs of 2021, the range of activities where foreign investors are subject to such a discriminatory cross-sectoral approval mechanism (Prime Minister’s approval or provincial People’s Committees) has been further narrowed: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press; and businesses executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security. Previously, in addition to projects where both foreign and domestic investment projects required prior approval, foreign investment in the following sectors were subject to the Prime Minister’s approval: maritime transportation; telecommunications services with network infrastructure; forestry; publication and press (incl. broadcasting); and establishment of scientific and technological organization or enterprise with one hundred per cent (100%) foreign owned capital.\nIn addition, contrary to domestic investors, majority foreign-investors are required to obtain an 'investment registration certificate' in order to carry out activities in Viet Nam. Although discriminatory and potentially administrative burdensome to foreign investors, the IRC process is assumed to amount to a simple registration procedure of capital contribution or purchase of shares by the foreign investor, not a proper screening of foreign investment. Therefore, the IRC process is not considered a restriction in the OECD FDIRRI; only the above-mentioned discriminatory project approval requirement is taken into account (recorded in each relevant sector).","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 22. Investment in establishment of a business organization\nEvery investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with the following regulations:\na/ A domestic investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with regulations of law on enterprises and law corresponding to each type of business organization;\nb/ A foreign investor that establishes a business organization shall satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in Article 9 of this Law;\nc/ Before establishing a business organization, the foreign investor must have an investment project and follow the procedures for issuance or adjustment of an investment registration certificate, except for establishment of a small and medium-sized start-up enterprise and a  startup investment fund in accordance with regulations of the Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Conduct of investment activities by foreign-invested business organizations\n1. When establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract in one of the following cases, the foreign investor must satisfy the conditions and follow investment procedures applied to foreign investors:\na/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) or the majority of the general partners are foreigners if the business organization is a partnership;\nb/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) and a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause.\n2. Business organizations other than those mentioned in Points a, b and c Clause 1 of this Article shall satisfy conditions and follow investment procedures applied to domestic investors when establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract.\n3. If a foreign-invested business organization that is established in Vietnam has a new investment project, procedures for executing such investment project shall be followed without having to establish a new business organization.\n4. The Government shall elaborate procedures for establishing business organizations, and conduct of investment activities by foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing capital contributions\n1. Investors are entitled to contribute capital, purchase shares or purchase stakes of business organizations.\n2. Foreign investors making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares and purchasing stakes of business organizations must:\na/ satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors as prescribed in Article 9 of this Law;\nb/ ensure national defense and security in accordance with this Law;\nc/ comply with regulations of the law on land and conditions for receipt of land use rights and conditions for use of land on islands or border or coastal communes.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Procedures for making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes\n1. Upon contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization, the investor shall satisfy conditions and follow procedures for change of members or shareholders in accordance with regulations of law applicable to each type of business organization.\n2. A foreign investor shall follow procedures for registration of capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of a business organization prior to change of members or shareholders in one of the following cases:\na/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes increases the ownership ratio by foreign investors in a business organization conducting business in the restricted business lines;\nb/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes results in a foreign investor or business organization specified in Points a, b and c Clause 1 Article 23 of this Law holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization in the following cases: The holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased from less than or equal to 50% to over 50%; the holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased while such foreign investor is holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization.\nc/ The foreign investor that contributes capital, purchases shares or stakes of a business organization has a certificate of rights to use land on an island or in a border or coastal commune; in a coastal commune; in another area that affects national defense and security.\n3. Investors other than those mentioned in Clause 2 of this Article shall follow procedures for changing shareholders/members as prescribed by law when contributing capital, purchasing shares or stakes of business organizations. If such investors wish to register their capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of business organizations, regulations in Clause 2 of this Article shall be complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 31. The Prime Minister’s power to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects mentioned in Article 30 of this Law, the Prime Minister shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\n1. Investment projects regardless of capital sources in any one of the following cases: [...]\n2. Foreign investors’ investment projects in the following fields: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press;\n[...]\nArticle 32. The power of provincial People’s Committees to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects set out in Articles 30 and 31 of this Law, the provincial People’s Committees shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\nd/ Investment projects of foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Applications for and contents of appraisal of requests for investment guideline approval [...]\n3. Contents of appraisal of the request for investment guideline approval include: [...]\nc/ Preliminary assessment of the socio-economic efficiency of the project; [...]\ndd/ Assessment of the technology to be used in the investment project if the project requires appraisal and collection of opinions on the technology in accordance with the Law on Technology Transfer; [...]\n[...]\nSection 3. PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE, ADJUSTMENT AND REVOCATION OF INVESTMENT REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE\nArticle 37. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is required\n1. The investment registration certificate is required in the following cases:\na/ Investment projects of foreign investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 1 Article 23 of this Article.\n2. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is not required:\na/ Investment projects of domestic investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 2 Article 23 of this Article;\n[...]\nArticle 38. Procedures for issuance of the investment registration certificate\n1. If the investment project is subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investment registration authority shall issue the investment registration certificate to the investor within: [...]\n2. If the investment project is not subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investor shall be issued with the investment registration certificate if the following conditions are met:\na/ The investment project does not involve any banned business line;\nb/ There is a location for execution of the investment project;\nc/ The investment project is conformable with the planning specified in Point a Clause 3 Article 33 of this Law;\nd/ The investment per m2 (or investment per employee) is not smaller than the minimum requirement.\ndd) Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are satisfied. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1980,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A02","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.00025","In Viet Nam, investment projects in several economic activities, and regardless of the investor nationality, are subject to prior approval by the National Assembly, the Prime Minister or the Provincial People’s Committees depending on the project. Foreign investors and majority foreign-invested companies (i.e. majority foreign shareholding) are, nonetheless, subject to discriminatory approval requirement in relation to certain projects.\nAs of 2021, the range of activities where foreign investors are subject to such a discriminatory cross-sectoral approval mechanism (Prime Minister’s approval or provincial People’s Committees) has been further narrowed: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press; and businesses executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security. Previously, in addition to projects where both foreign and domestic investment projects required prior approval, foreign investment in the following sectors were subject to the Prime Minister’s approval: maritime transportation; telecommunications services with network infrastructure; forestry; publication and press (incl. broadcasting); and establishment of scientific and technological organization or enterprise with one hundred per cent (100%) foreign owned capital.\nIn addition, contrary to domestic investors, majority foreign-investors are required to obtain an 'investment registration certificate' in order to carry out activities in Viet Nam. Although discriminatory and potentially administrative burdensome to foreign investors, the IRC process is assumed to amount to a simple registration procedure of capital contribution or purchase of shares by the foreign investor, not a proper screening of foreign investment. Therefore, the IRC process is not considered a restriction in the OECD FDIRRI; only the above-mentioned discriminatory project approval requirement is taken into account (recorded in each relevant sector).","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 22. Investment in establishment of a business organization\nEvery investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with the following regulations:\na/ A domestic investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with regulations of law on enterprises and law corresponding to each type of business organization;\nb/ A foreign investor that establishes a business organization shall satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in Article 9 of this Law;\nc/ Before establishing a business organization, the foreign investor must have an investment project and follow the procedures for issuance or adjustment of an investment registration certificate, except for establishment of a small and medium-sized start-up enterprise and a  startup investment fund in accordance with regulations of the Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Conduct of investment activities by foreign-invested business organizations\n1. When establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract in one of the following cases, the foreign investor must satisfy the conditions and follow investment procedures applied to foreign investors:\na/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) or the majority of the general partners are foreigners if the business organization is a partnership;\nb/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) and a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause.\n2. Business organizations other than those mentioned in Points a, b and c Clause 1 of this Article shall satisfy conditions and follow investment procedures applied to domestic investors when establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract.\n3. If a foreign-invested business organization that is established in Vietnam has a new investment project, procedures for executing such investment project shall be followed without having to establish a new business organization.\n4. The Government shall elaborate procedures for establishing business organizations, and conduct of investment activities by foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing capital contributions\n1. Investors are entitled to contribute capital, purchase shares or purchase stakes of business organizations.\n2. Foreign investors making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares and purchasing stakes of business organizations must:\na/ satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors as prescribed in Article 9 of this Law;\nb/ ensure national defense and security in accordance with this Law;\nc/ comply with regulations of the law on land and conditions for receipt of land use rights and conditions for use of land on islands or border or coastal communes.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Procedures for making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes\n1. Upon contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization, the investor shall satisfy conditions and follow procedures for change of members or shareholders in accordance with regulations of law applicable to each type of business organization.\n2. A foreign investor shall follow procedures for registration of capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of a business organization prior to change of members or shareholders in one of the following cases:\na/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes increases the ownership ratio by foreign investors in a business organization conducting business in the restricted business lines;\nb/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes results in a foreign investor or business organization specified in Points a, b and c Clause 1 Article 23 of this Law holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization in the following cases: The holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased from less than or equal to 50% to over 50%; the holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased while such foreign investor is holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization.\nc/ The foreign investor that contributes capital, purchases shares or stakes of a business organization has a certificate of rights to use land on an island or in a border or coastal commune; in a coastal commune; in another area that affects national defense and security.\n3. Investors other than those mentioned in Clause 2 of this Article shall follow procedures for changing shareholders/members as prescribed by law when contributing capital, purchasing shares or stakes of business organizations. If such investors wish to register their capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of business organizations, regulations in Clause 2 of this Article shall be complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 31. The Prime Minister’s power to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects mentioned in Article 30 of this Law, the Prime Minister shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\n1. Investment projects regardless of capital sources in any one of the following cases: [...]\n2. Foreign investors’ investment projects in the following fields: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press;\n[...]\nArticle 32. The power of provincial People’s Committees to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects set out in Articles 30 and 31 of this Law, the provincial People’s Committees shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\nd/ Investment projects of foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Applications for and contents of appraisal of requests for investment guideline approval [...]\n3. Contents of appraisal of the request for investment guideline approval include: [...]\nc/ Preliminary assessment of the socio-economic efficiency of the project; [...]\ndd/ Assessment of the technology to be used in the investment project if the project requires appraisal and collection of opinions on the technology in accordance with the Law on Technology Transfer; [...]\n[...]\nSection 3. PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE, ADJUSTMENT AND REVOCATION OF INVESTMENT REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE\nArticle 37. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is required\n1. The investment registration certificate is required in the following cases:\na/ Investment projects of foreign investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 1 Article 23 of this Article.\n2. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is not required:\na/ Investment projects of domestic investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 2 Article 23 of this Article;\n[...]\nArticle 38. Procedures for issuance of the investment registration certificate\n1. If the investment project is subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investment registration authority shall issue the investment registration certificate to the investor within: [...]\n2. If the investment project is not subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investor shall be issued with the investment registration certificate if the following conditions are met:\na/ The investment project does not involve any banned business line;\nb/ There is a location for execution of the investment project;\nc/ The investment project is conformable with the planning specified in Point a Clause 3 Article 33 of this Law;\nd/ The investment per m2 (or investment per employee) is not smaller than the minimum requirement.\ndd) Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are satisfied. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1980,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","A02","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.00025","In Viet Nam, investment projects in several economic activities, and regardless of the investor nationality, are subject to prior approval by the National Assembly, the Prime Minister or the Provincial People’s Committees depending on the project. Foreign investors and majority foreign-invested companies (i.e. majority foreign shareholding) are, nonetheless, subject to discriminatory approval requirement in relation to certain projects.\nAs of 2021, the range of activities where foreign investors are subject to such a discriminatory cross-sectoral approval mechanism (Prime Minister’s approval or provincial People’s Committees) has been further narrowed: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press; and businesses executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security. Previously, in addition to projects where both foreign and domestic investment projects required prior approval, foreign investment in the following sectors were subject to the Prime Minister’s approval: maritime transportation; telecommunications services with network infrastructure; forestry; publication and press (incl. broadcasting); and establishment of scientific and technological organization or enterprise with one hundred per cent (100%) foreign owned capital.\nIn addition, contrary to domestic investors, majority foreign-investors are required to obtain an 'investment registration certificate' in order to carry out activities in Viet Nam. Although discriminatory and potentially administrative burdensome to foreign investors, the IRC process is assumed to amount to a simple registration procedure of capital contribution or purchase of shares by the foreign investor, not a proper screening of foreign investment. Therefore, the IRC process is not considered a restriction in the OECD FDIRRI; only the above-mentioned discriminatory project approval requirement is taken into account (recorded in each relevant sector).","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: \n1. Investment policy approval means the competent/authorized State agency approves the objectives, location, scale, schedule and duration/term of project implementation; and the investor or form of investor selection and special mechanisms or policies (if any) in order to implement the investment project […]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law. \n11. Investment registration certificate [\"IRC\"] means a written or electronic document recording information registered by an investor about an investment project. [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 22. Investment in establishment of a business organization\nEvery investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with the following regulations:\na/ A domestic investor shall establish a business organization in accordance with regulations of law on enterprises and law corresponding to each type of business organization;\nb/ A foreign investor that establishes a business organization shall satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in Article 9 of this Law;\nc/ Before establishing a business organization, the foreign investor must have an investment project and follow the procedures for issuance or adjustment of an investment registration certificate, except for establishment of a small and medium-sized start-up enterprise and a  startup investment fund in accordance with regulations of the Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Conduct of investment activities by foreign-invested business organizations\n1. When establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract in one of the following cases, the foreign investor must satisfy the conditions and follow investment procedures applied to foreign investors:\na/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) or the majority of the general partners are foreigners if the business organization is a partnership;\nb/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Over 50% of its charter capital or more is held by a foreign investor(s) and a business organization(s) mentioned in Point a of this Clause.\n2. Business organizations other than those mentioned in Points a, b and c Clause 1 of this Article shall satisfy conditions and follow investment procedures applied to domestic investors when establishing a business organization, when making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization or when making investment under a business cooperation contract.\n3. If a foreign-invested business organization that is established in Vietnam has a new investment project, procedures for executing such investment project shall be followed without having to establish a new business organization.\n4. The Government shall elaborate procedures for establishing business organizations, and conduct of investment activities by foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 24. Making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing capital contributions\n1. Investors are entitled to contribute capital, purchase shares or purchase stakes of business organizations.\n2. Foreign investors making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares and purchasing stakes of business organizations must:\na/ satisfy market access conditions applied to foreign investors as prescribed in Article 9 of this Law;\nb/ ensure national defense and security in accordance with this Law;\nc/ comply with regulations of the law on land and conditions for receipt of land use rights and conditions for use of land on islands or border or coastal communes.\n[...]\nArticle 26. Procedures for making investment by contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes\n1. Upon contributing capital, purchasing shares or purchasing stakes of a business organization, the investor shall satisfy conditions and follow procedures for change of members or shareholders in accordance with regulations of law applicable to each type of business organization.\n2. A foreign investor shall follow procedures for registration of capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of a business organization prior to change of members or shareholders in one of the following cases:\na/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes increases the ownership ratio by foreign investors in a business organization conducting business in the restricted business lines;\nb/ The capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes results in a foreign investor or business organization specified in Points a, b and c Clause 1 Article 23 of this Law holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization in the following cases: The holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased from less than or equal to 50% to over 50%; the holding of charter capital by the foreign investor is increased while such foreign investor is holding over 50% of the charter capital of the business organization.\nc/ The foreign investor that contributes capital, purchases shares or stakes of a business organization has a certificate of rights to use land on an island or in a border or coastal commune; in a coastal commune; in another area that affects national defense and security.\n3. Investors other than those mentioned in Clause 2 of this Article shall follow procedures for changing shareholders/members as prescribed by law when contributing capital, purchasing shares or stakes of business organizations. If such investors wish to register their capital contribution or purchase of shares or stakes of business organizations, regulations in Clause 2 of this Article shall be complied with.\n[...]\nArticle 31. The Prime Minister’s power to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects mentioned in Article 30 of this Law, the Prime Minister shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\n1. Investment projects regardless of capital sources in any one of the following cases: [...]\n2. Foreign investors’ investment projects in the following fields: provision of telecommunications services with network infrastructure; afforestation; publication, press;\n[...]\nArticle 32. The power of provincial People’s Committees to approve investment guidelines\nExcept for the investment projects set out in Articles 30 and 31 of this Law, the provincial People’s Committees shall grant approval for investment guidelines of the following investment projects: [...]\nd/ Investment projects of foreign investors and foreign-invested business organizations executed on islands or in border or coastal communes; in other areas affecting national defense and security.\n[...]\nArticle 33. Applications for and contents of appraisal of requests for investment guideline approval [...]\n3. Contents of appraisal of the request for investment guideline approval include: [...]\nc/ Preliminary assessment of the socio-economic efficiency of the project; [...]\ndd/ Assessment of the technology to be used in the investment project if the project requires appraisal and collection of opinions on the technology in accordance with the Law on Technology Transfer; [...]\n[...]\nSection 3. PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE, ADJUSTMENT AND REVOCATION OF INVESTMENT REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE\nArticle 37. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is required\n1. The investment registration certificate is required in the following cases:\na/ Investment projects of foreign investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 1 Article 23 of this Article.\n2. Cases in which the investment registration certificate is not required:\na/ Investment projects of domestic investors;\nb/ Investment projects of the business organizations mentioned in Clause 2 Article 23 of this Article;\n[...]\nArticle 38. Procedures for issuance of the investment registration certificate\n1. If the investment project is subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investment registration authority shall issue the investment registration certificate to the investor within: [...]\n2. If the investment project is not subject to approval for its investment guidelines as prescribed in Article 30, Article 31 and Article 32 of this Law, the investor shall be issued with the investment registration certificate if the following conditions are met:\na/ The investment project does not involve any banned business line;\nb/ There is a location for execution of the investment project;\nc/ The investment project is conformable with the planning specified in Point a Clause 3 Article 33 of this Law;\nd/ The investment per m2 (or investment per employee) is not smaller than the minimum requirement.\ndd) Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are satisfied. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1980,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H4912","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0018","Investment in certain sectors/activities (e.g. poultry and domestic haulage sectors, commercial cleaning services and transportation of heavy and bulk commodities by road) are reserved to targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizen-empowered or citizen-owned companies as per the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act and its implementing regulations.","\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n21. (1) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act, the Ministry responsible for commerce, trade and industry shall reserve, as prescribed by the President, specific areas of commerce, trade and industry for targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies.\n(2) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act- (a) where any business deals with technological developments, as prescribed by the President, targeted citizens and companies specified under subsection (1) shall be granted concessionary licences; (b) licences to foreign investors to engate in specific businesses, as prescribed by the President, shall be granted on the basis of joint ventures and partnerships with citizens and citizen empowered companies; \n(c) every State institution shall apply criteria, prescribed by the President, for any particular license or concession in relation to any specific business, prescribed by the President, when granting any licence or concession to any person to operate an asset or enterprise on its behalf; and (d) priority for concessions, licences and incentives given under any law shall be granted to companies that are implementing broad based economic empowerment programmes under this Act.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise reqmres- [...]\n\"market\"has the meaning assigned to it in the Markets and Bus Stations Act, 2007; and\n\"reservation scheme\" means the area of business within the poultry and domestic haulage sectors or sub-sectors that are reserved for targeted citizens, citizen- influenced, citizen-empowered and citizen- owned companies.\n[...]\n4. ( 1) Domestic haulage for alI public procurement works is reserved for targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizenempowered and citizen- owned companies.\n(2) Non-targeted citizens and companies may continue to operate for private haulage transactions only.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"commercial cleaning\" means the provision of a  cleaning service on a contractual basis;\n[...]\n3. (1) Commercial cleaning is reserved for targeted citizens, citizen influenced companies, citizen empowered companies and citizen owned companies.[...]\n(3)    A non-targeted company wishing to engage or continue engaging in commercial cleaning shall become a citizen influenced company, citizen empowered company or citizen owned company. ( 4) A state institution and non-state institution shali not engage a non-targeted citizen or company in commercial cleaning.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“commodity” means a heavy and bulky commodity set out inthe Schedule;[...]\n“local  road  transporter”  means  a  citizen  empoweredcompany,  citizen  owned  company,  citizen  influencedcompany and a targeted citizen;\n[...]\n3.(1) Subject  to  the  Railways  (Transportation  of  Heavy Goods)  Regulations,  2018,  a  person  who  intends  to  transport  a commodity by road shall give preference to a local road transporter in accordance with these Regulations.\n(2)These Regulations apply to—(a) a producer, manufacturer or user of a raw material of acommodity;(b) an oil supplier;(c) the following companies:(i) a logistics company;(ii) a clearing and forwarding company; and(iii) an oil marketing company; and(d) the transportation by road of a commodity to a person’splant, industry or place of business.\n4.A person who intends to export a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, from the Republic to another country, shall ensurethat at least fifty percent of the commodity is transported by a localroad  transporter.\n5.A person who intends to transport a commodity referred toin the Schedule within the Republic shall ensure that the commodityis transported only by a local road transporter.\n6.A person who intends to import a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, into the Republic, shall ensure that at least fifty percentof the commodity is transported by a local road transporter.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE(Regulations 5, 6 and 7)\nPREFERENTIAL ROAD FREIGHT COMMODITIES\nA. EXPORT COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Fertilizer; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nB. DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Coal; Fertilizer; Fuels-Local; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nC. IMPORT COMMODITY\nFertilizer; Petroleum; Maize [...]\" (Citizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021)\n\n","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019\nCitizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/zam172589.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/14097\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/statutory-instrument/2021/no35-2021\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3832,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H4912","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0018","Investment in certain sectors/activities (e.g. poultry and domestic haulage sectors, commercial cleaning services and transportation of heavy and bulk commodities by road) are reserved to targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizen-empowered or citizen-owned companies as per the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act and its implementing regulations.","\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n21. (1) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act, the Ministry responsible for commerce, trade and industry shall reserve, as prescribed by the President, specific areas of commerce, trade and industry for targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies.\n(2) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act- (a) where any business deals with technological developments, as prescribed by the President, targeted citizens and companies specified under subsection (1) shall be granted concessionary licences; (b) licences to foreign investors to engate in specific businesses, as prescribed by the President, shall be granted on the basis of joint ventures and partnerships with citizens and citizen empowered companies; \n(c) every State institution shall apply criteria, prescribed by the President, for any particular license or concession in relation to any specific business, prescribed by the President, when granting any licence or concession to any person to operate an asset or enterprise on its behalf; and (d) priority for concessions, licences and incentives given under any law shall be granted to companies that are implementing broad based economic empowerment programmes under this Act.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise reqmres- [...]\n\"market\"has the meaning assigned to it in the Markets and Bus Stations Act, 2007; and\n\"reservation scheme\" means the area of business within the poultry and domestic haulage sectors or sub-sectors that are reserved for targeted citizens, citizen- influenced, citizen-empowered and citizen- owned companies.\n[...]\n4. ( 1) Domestic haulage for alI public procurement works is reserved for targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizenempowered and citizen- owned companies.\n(2) Non-targeted citizens and companies may continue to operate for private haulage transactions only.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"commercial cleaning\" means the provision of a  cleaning service on a contractual basis;\n[...]\n3. (1) Commercial cleaning is reserved for targeted citizens, citizen influenced companies, citizen empowered companies and citizen owned companies.[...]\n(3)    A non-targeted company wishing to engage or continue engaging in commercial cleaning shall become a citizen influenced company, citizen empowered company or citizen owned company. ( 4) A state institution and non-state institution shali not engage a non-targeted citizen or company in commercial cleaning.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“commodity” means a heavy and bulky commodity set out inthe Schedule;[...]\n“local  road  transporter”  means  a  citizen  empoweredcompany,  citizen  owned  company,  citizen  influencedcompany and a targeted citizen;\n[...]\n3.(1) Subject  to  the  Railways  (Transportation  of  Heavy Goods)  Regulations,  2018,  a  person  who  intends  to  transport  a commodity by road shall give preference to a local road transporter in accordance with these Regulations.\n(2)These Regulations apply to—(a) a producer, manufacturer or user of a raw material of acommodity;(b) an oil supplier;(c) the following companies:(i) a logistics company;(ii) a clearing and forwarding company; and(iii) an oil marketing company; and(d) the transportation by road of a commodity to a person’splant, industry or place of business.\n4.A person who intends to export a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, from the Republic to another country, shall ensurethat at least fifty percent of the commodity is transported by a localroad  transporter.\n5.A person who intends to transport a commodity referred toin the Schedule within the Republic shall ensure that the commodityis transported only by a local road transporter.\n6.A person who intends to import a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, into the Republic, shall ensure that at least fifty percentof the commodity is transported by a local road transporter.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE(Regulations 5, 6 and 7)\nPREFERENTIAL ROAD FREIGHT COMMODITIES\nA. EXPORT COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Fertilizer; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nB. DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Coal; Fertilizer; Fuels-Local; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nC. IMPORT COMMODITY\nFertilizer; Petroleum; Maize [...]\" (Citizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021)\n\n","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019\nCitizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/zam172589.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/14097\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/statutory-instrument/2021/no35-2021\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,365,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H4912","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.0018","Investment in certain sectors/activities (e.g. poultry and domestic haulage sectors, commercial cleaning services and transportation of heavy and bulk commodities by road) are reserved to targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizen-empowered or citizen-owned companies as per the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act and its implementing regulations.","\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n21. (1) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act, the Ministry responsible for commerce, trade and industry shall reserve, as prescribed by the President, specific areas of commerce, trade and industry for targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies.\n(2) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act- (a) where any business deals with technological developments, as prescribed by the President, targeted citizens and companies specified under subsection (1) shall be granted concessionary licences; (b) licences to foreign investors to engate in specific businesses, as prescribed by the President, shall be granted on the basis of joint ventures and partnerships with citizens and citizen empowered companies; \n(c) every State institution shall apply criteria, prescribed by the President, for any particular license or concession in relation to any specific business, prescribed by the President, when granting any licence or concession to any person to operate an asset or enterprise on its behalf; and (d) priority for concessions, licences and incentives given under any law shall be granted to companies that are implementing broad based economic empowerment programmes under this Act.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise reqmres- [...]\n\"market\"has the meaning assigned to it in the Markets and Bus Stations Act, 2007; and\n\"reservation scheme\" means the area of business within the poultry and domestic haulage sectors or sub-sectors that are reserved for targeted citizens, citizen- influenced, citizen-empowered and citizen- owned companies.\n[...]\n4. ( 1) Domestic haulage for alI public procurement works is reserved for targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizenempowered and citizen- owned companies.\n(2) Non-targeted citizens and companies may continue to operate for private haulage transactions only.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"commercial cleaning\" means the provision of a  cleaning service on a contractual basis;\n[...]\n3. (1) Commercial cleaning is reserved for targeted citizens, citizen influenced companies, citizen empowered companies and citizen owned companies.[...]\n(3)    A non-targeted company wishing to engage or continue engaging in commercial cleaning shall become a citizen influenced company, citizen empowered company or citizen owned company. ( 4) A state institution and non-state institution shali not engage a non-targeted citizen or company in commercial cleaning.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“commodity” means a heavy and bulky commodity set out inthe Schedule;[...]\n“local  road  transporter”  means  a  citizen  empoweredcompany,  citizen  owned  company,  citizen  influencedcompany and a targeted citizen;\n[...]\n3.(1) Subject  to  the  Railways  (Transportation  of  Heavy Goods)  Regulations,  2018,  a  person  who  intends  to  transport  a commodity by road shall give preference to a local road transporter in accordance with these Regulations.\n(2)These Regulations apply to—(a) a producer, manufacturer or user of a raw material of acommodity;(b) an oil supplier;(c) the following companies:(i) a logistics company;(ii) a clearing and forwarding company; and(iii) an oil marketing company; and(d) the transportation by road of a commodity to a person’splant, industry or place of business.\n4.A person who intends to export a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, from the Republic to another country, shall ensurethat at least fifty percent of the commodity is transported by a localroad  transporter.\n5.A person who intends to transport a commodity referred toin the Schedule within the Republic shall ensure that the commodityis transported only by a local road transporter.\n6.A person who intends to import a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, into the Republic, shall ensure that at least fifty percentof the commodity is transported by a local road transporter.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE(Regulations 5, 6 and 7)\nPREFERENTIAL ROAD FREIGHT COMMODITIES\nA. EXPORT COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Fertilizer; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nB. DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Coal; Fertilizer; Fuels-Local; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nC. IMPORT COMMODITY\nFertilizer; Petroleum; Maize [...]\" (Citizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021)\n\n","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019\nCitizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/zam172589.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/14097\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/statutory-instrument/2021/no35-2021\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,365,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZMB","H4912","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2023,"0.0018","Investment in certain sectors/activities (e.g. poultry and domestic haulage sectors, commercial cleaning services and transportation of heavy and bulk commodities by road) are reserved to targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizen-empowered or citizen-owned companies as per the Citizens Economic Empowerment Act and its implementing regulations.","\"3. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires -\n\"broad-based economic empowerment\" means the economic empowerment of -\n(a) targeted citizens; (b) citizens empowerment companies (c) citizen influenced companies; and (d) citizen owned companies; [...]\n\"citizen\" means a citizen of Zambia;\n\"Citizen empowerment company\" means a company where twenty-five to fifty percent of its equity is owned by citizens;\n\"citizen influenced company\" means a company where five to twenty-five percent of its equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company;\n\"citizen owned company\" means a company where at least fifty point one percent of it equity is owned by citizens and in which citizens and in which citizens have significant control of the management of the company; [...]\n\"targeted citizens\" means a citizen who is or has been marginalized or disadvantaged and whose access to economic resources and development capacity has been constrained due to various factors including race, sex, educational background, status and disability;\n[...]\n21. (1) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act, the Ministry responsible for commerce, trade and industry shall reserve, as prescribed by the President, specific areas of commerce, trade and industry for targeted citizens, citizen empowered companies, citizen influenced companies and citizen owned companies.\n(2) Notwithstanding any other law, after the commencement of this Act- (a) where any business deals with technological developments, as prescribed by the President, targeted citizens and companies specified under subsection (1) shall be granted concessionary licences; (b) licences to foreign investors to engate in specific businesses, as prescribed by the President, shall be granted on the basis of joint ventures and partnerships with citizens and citizen empowered companies; \n(c) every State institution shall apply criteria, prescribed by the President, for any particular license or concession in relation to any specific business, prescribed by the President, when granting any licence or concession to any person to operate an asset or enterprise on its behalf; and (d) priority for concessions, licences and incentives given under any law shall be granted to companies that are implementing broad based economic empowerment programmes under this Act.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006)).\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise reqmres- [...]\n\"market\"has the meaning assigned to it in the Markets and Bus Stations Act, 2007; and\n\"reservation scheme\" means the area of business within the poultry and domestic haulage sectors or sub-sectors that are reserved for targeted citizens, citizen- influenced, citizen-empowered and citizen- owned companies.\n[...]\n4. ( 1) Domestic haulage for alI public procurement works is reserved for targeted citizens and citizen-influenced, citizenempowered and citizen- owned companies.\n(2) Non-targeted citizens and companies may continue to operate for private haulage transactions only.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-\n\"commercial cleaning\" means the provision of a  cleaning service on a contractual basis;\n[...]\n3. (1) Commercial cleaning is reserved for targeted citizens, citizen influenced companies, citizen empowered companies and citizen owned companies.[...]\n(3)    A non-targeted company wishing to engage or continue engaging in commercial cleaning shall become a citizen influenced company, citizen empowered company or citizen owned company. ( 4) A state institution and non-state institution shali not engage a non-targeted citizen or company in commercial cleaning.[...]\" (Citizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019)\n---------------\n\"2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n“commodity” means a heavy and bulky commodity set out inthe Schedule;[...]\n“local  road  transporter”  means  a  citizen  empoweredcompany,  citizen  owned  company,  citizen  influencedcompany and a targeted citizen;\n[...]\n3.(1) Subject  to  the  Railways  (Transportation  of  Heavy Goods)  Regulations,  2018,  a  person  who  intends  to  transport  a commodity by road shall give preference to a local road transporter in accordance with these Regulations.\n(2)These Regulations apply to—(a) a producer, manufacturer or user of a raw material of acommodity;(b) an oil supplier;(c) the following companies:(i) a logistics company;(ii) a clearing and forwarding company; and(iii) an oil marketing company; and(d) the transportation by road of a commodity to a person’splant, industry or place of business.\n4.A person who intends to export a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, from the Republic to another country, shall ensurethat at least fifty percent of the commodity is transported by a localroad  transporter.\n5.A person who intends to transport a commodity referred toin the Schedule within the Republic shall ensure that the commodityis transported only by a local road transporter.\n6.A person who intends to import a commodity referred to inthe Schedule, into the Republic, shall ensure that at least fifty percentof the commodity is transported by a local road transporter.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE(Regulations 5, 6 and 7)\nPREFERENTIAL ROAD FREIGHT COMMODITIES\nA. EXPORT COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Fertilizer; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nB. DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION COMMODITY\nAnode; Cobalt; Cement; Clinker; Concentrates; Copper; Cotton; Coal; Fertilizer; Fuels-Local; Lime; Maize; Maize Bran; Manganese; Mealie Meal; Molasses; Nickel; Potato; Silicone; Soya Cake; Steel; Sugar; Sulphuric Acid; Tobacco; Wheat; Wood/Timber; Zinc\nC. IMPORT COMMODITY\nFertilizer; Petroleum; Maize [...]\" (Citizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021)\n\n","Citizens Economic Empowerment Act, 2006 (No. 9 of 2006).\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2017\nCitizens Economic Empowerment (Reservation Scheme) Regulations, 2019\nCitizens  Economic  Empowerment  (Transportation  of Heavy  and  Bulk  Commodities  by  Road)  (Reservation) Regulations,  2021","n/a","[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/act/2006/9/cea2006284.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/zam172589.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/node/14097\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zambialii.org/zm/legislation/statutory-instrument/2021/no35-2021\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,365,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0075","Foreign investment in a “reserved sector of the economy” (including distribution, artisanal mining, road passenger transportation, among others) is allowed subject to approval by the Minister.","\"2. Interpretation\n\"(1) In this Act—\n“reserved sector of the economy” means the sector comprising those kinds of businesses reserved for citizens of Zimbabwe under the First Schedule;\n[...]\n2A. Application of Act\nFor the avoidance of doubt it is declared that this Act shall not apply to any business in the national economy other than those specified in section 3(1) and those in the reserved sector of the economy, and that accordingly any person is free to invest in, form, operate, and acquire the ownership or control of any business not included in section 3(1) or in the reserved sector of the economy.\nPart II – Indigenisation and economic empowerment: General objectives and measures[...]\n3A. Reserved sectors of the economy\n(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (10), only a business owned by a person who is a citizen of Zimbabwe may operate in the reserved sector of the economy.\n(2) Every business owned by a person who is not a citizen of Zimbabwe that, before the 1st January, 2018, commenced operating in the reserved sector of the economy may continue to operate if— (a) it registers itself with— (i) the Zimbabwe Revenue Authority; (ii) the Unit, in accordance with subsection (3); and (b) it opens and maintains a bank account in accordance with the Bank Use Promotion Act [Chapter 24:24].[...]\n(4) Any person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen and who, after the 1st January, 2018, wishes to operate a business in the reserved sector of the economy shall seek the permission of the Minister referred to in subsection (10).[...]\n(10) Subject to subsection (11), a person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen may, after the 1St January, 2018, invest in a business in the reserved sector of the economy if that business meets such criteria or threshold as the Minister will prescribe based on the following objectives— (a) significant and sustainable employment creation in Zimbabwe; (b) the transfer of skills and technology for the benefit of the people of Zimbabwe; (c) the creation of sustainable value chains; (d) other prescribed socially and economically desirable objectives.\n[...]\nFirst Schedule (Section 3A(1))\nReserved/threshold sectors \n1. Transportation: passenger buses, taxes and car hire services. 2. Retail and wholesale trade. 3. Barber shops, hairdressing and beauty saloons. 4. Employment Agencies. 5. Estate Agencies. 6. Valet services. 7. Grain milling. 8. Bakeries. 9. Tobacco grading and  packaging. 10. Advertising Agencies. 11. Provision of local arts and craft, marketing and distribution. 12. Artisanal mining. [...]\" (Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended)","Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2007/14/eng@2018-03-14\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2020/10/eng@2020-12-31\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,390,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0075","Foreign investment in a “reserved sector of the economy” (including distribution, artisanal mining, road passenger transportation, among others) is allowed subject to approval by the Minister.","\"2. Interpretation\n\"(1) In this Act—\n“reserved sector of the economy” means the sector comprising those kinds of businesses reserved for citizens of Zimbabwe under the First Schedule;\n[...]\n2A. Application of Act\nFor the avoidance of doubt it is declared that this Act shall not apply to any business in the national economy other than those specified in section 3(1) and those in the reserved sector of the economy, and that accordingly any person is free to invest in, form, operate, and acquire the ownership or control of any business not included in section 3(1) or in the reserved sector of the economy.\nPart II – Indigenisation and economic empowerment: General objectives and measures[...]\n3A. Reserved sectors of the economy\n(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (10), only a business owned by a person who is a citizen of Zimbabwe may operate in the reserved sector of the economy.\n(2) Every business owned by a person who is not a citizen of Zimbabwe that, before the 1st January, 2018, commenced operating in the reserved sector of the economy may continue to operate if— (a) it registers itself with— (i) the Zimbabwe Revenue Authority; (ii) the Unit, in accordance with subsection (3); and (b) it opens and maintains a bank account in accordance with the Bank Use Promotion Act [Chapter 24:24].[...]\n(4) Any person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen and who, after the 1st January, 2018, wishes to operate a business in the reserved sector of the economy shall seek the permission of the Minister referred to in subsection (10).[...]\n(10) Subject to subsection (11), a person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen may, after the 1St January, 2018, invest in a business in the reserved sector of the economy if that business meets such criteria or threshold as the Minister will prescribe based on the following objectives— (a) significant and sustainable employment creation in Zimbabwe; (b) the transfer of skills and technology for the benefit of the people of Zimbabwe; (c) the creation of sustainable value chains; (d) other prescribed socially and economically desirable objectives.\n[...]\nFirst Schedule (Section 3A(1))\nReserved/threshold sectors \n1. Transportation: passenger buses, taxes and car hire services. 2. Retail and wholesale trade. 3. Barber shops, hairdressing and beauty saloons. 4. Employment Agencies. 5. Estate Agencies. 6. Valet services. 7. Grain milling. 8. Bakeries. 9. Tobacco grading and  packaging. 10. Advertising Agencies. 11. Provision of local arts and craft, marketing and distribution. 12. Artisanal mining. [...]\" (Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended)","Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2007/14/eng@2018-03-14\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2020/10/eng@2020-12-31\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,390,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2022,"0.0075","Foreign investment in a “reserved sector of the economy” (including distribution, artisanal mining, road passenger transportation, among others) is allowed subject to approval by the Minister.","\"2. Interpretation\n\"(1) In this Act—\n“reserved sector of the economy” means the sector comprising those kinds of businesses reserved for citizens of Zimbabwe under the First Schedule;\n[...]\n2A. Application of Act\nFor the avoidance of doubt it is declared that this Act shall not apply to any business in the national economy other than those specified in section 3(1) and those in the reserved sector of the economy, and that accordingly any person is free to invest in, form, operate, and acquire the ownership or control of any business not included in section 3(1) or in the reserved sector of the economy.\nPart II – Indigenisation and economic empowerment: General objectives and measures[...]\n3A. Reserved sectors of the economy\n(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (10), only a business owned by a person who is a citizen of Zimbabwe may operate in the reserved sector of the economy.\n(2) Every business owned by a person who is not a citizen of Zimbabwe that, before the 1st January, 2018, commenced operating in the reserved sector of the economy may continue to operate if— (a) it registers itself with— (i) the Zimbabwe Revenue Authority; (ii) the Unit, in accordance with subsection (3); and (b) it opens and maintains a bank account in accordance with the Bank Use Promotion Act [Chapter 24:24].[...]\n(4) Any person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen and who, after the 1st January, 2018, wishes to operate a business in the reserved sector of the economy shall seek the permission of the Minister referred to in subsection (10).[...]\n(10) Subject to subsection (11), a person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen may, after the 1St January, 2018, invest in a business in the reserved sector of the economy if that business meets such criteria or threshold as the Minister will prescribe based on the following objectives— (a) significant and sustainable employment creation in Zimbabwe; (b) the transfer of skills and technology for the benefit of the people of Zimbabwe; (c) the creation of sustainable value chains; (d) other prescribed socially and economically desirable objectives.\n[...]\nFirst Schedule (Section 3A(1))\nReserved/threshold sectors \n1. Transportation: passenger buses, taxes and car hire services. 2. Retail and wholesale trade. 3. Barber shops, hairdressing and beauty saloons. 4. Employment Agencies. 5. Estate Agencies. 6. Valet services. 7. Grain milling. 8. Bakeries. 9. Tobacco grading and  packaging. 10. Advertising Agencies. 11. Provision of local arts and craft, marketing and distribution. 12. Artisanal mining. [...]\" (Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended)","Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2007/14/eng@2018-03-14\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2020/10/eng@2020-12-31\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,390,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","G45_47","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2023,"0.0075","Foreign investment in a “reserved sector of the economy” (including distribution, artisanal mining, road passenger transportation, among others) is allowed subject to approval by the Minister.","\"2. Interpretation\n\"(1) In this Act—\n“reserved sector of the economy” means the sector comprising those kinds of businesses reserved for citizens of Zimbabwe under the First Schedule;\n[...]\n2A. Application of Act\nFor the avoidance of doubt it is declared that this Act shall not apply to any business in the national economy other than those specified in section 3(1) and those in the reserved sector of the economy, and that accordingly any person is free to invest in, form, operate, and acquire the ownership or control of any business not included in section 3(1) or in the reserved sector of the economy.\nPart II – Indigenisation and economic empowerment: General objectives and measures[...]\n3A. Reserved sectors of the economy\n(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (10), only a business owned by a person who is a citizen of Zimbabwe may operate in the reserved sector of the economy.\n(2) Every business owned by a person who is not a citizen of Zimbabwe that, before the 1st January, 2018, commenced operating in the reserved sector of the economy may continue to operate if— (a) it registers itself with— (i) the Zimbabwe Revenue Authority; (ii) the Unit, in accordance with subsection (3); and (b) it opens and maintains a bank account in accordance with the Bank Use Promotion Act [Chapter 24:24].[...]\n(4) Any person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen and who, after the 1st January, 2018, wishes to operate a business in the reserved sector of the economy shall seek the permission of the Minister referred to in subsection (10).[...]\n(10) Subject to subsection (11), a person who is not a Zimbabwean citizen may, after the 1St January, 2018, invest in a business in the reserved sector of the economy if that business meets such criteria or threshold as the Minister will prescribe based on the following objectives— (a) significant and sustainable employment creation in Zimbabwe; (b) the transfer of skills and technology for the benefit of the people of Zimbabwe; (c) the creation of sustainable value chains; (d) other prescribed socially and economically desirable objectives.\n[...]\nFirst Schedule (Section 3A(1))\nReserved/threshold sectors \n1. Transportation: passenger buses, taxes and car hire services. 2. Retail and wholesale trade. 3. Barber shops, hairdressing and beauty saloons. 4. Employment Agencies. 5. Estate Agencies. 6. Valet services. 7. Grain milling. 8. Bakeries. 9. Tobacco grading and  packaging. 10. Advertising Agencies. 11. Provision of local arts and craft, marketing and distribution. 12. Artisanal mining. [...]\" (Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended)","Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Act (Chapter 14:33) of 2008, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2007/14/eng@2018-03-14\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2020/10/eng@2020-12-31\">Amend</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,390,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00065625","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,409,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00065625","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,409,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2022,"0.00065625","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,409,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2023,"0.00065625","Unless upon (exceptional) approval by the Minister, a foreigner cannot be the manager of a company holding a liquor licence. This applies to restaurants, bar, retail and wholesale outlets, hotels etc.","2. Interpretation\n(1) In this Act— [...]\n“approved manager” means a person who, in terms of Part VIII, has been approved as the manager of licensed premises and includes the deputy of such person appointed in terms of that Part;[...]\n“licensed premises”, in relation to—\n(a) a licensee, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the holder of the licence;\n(b) an approved manager, means the licensed premises in respect of which he is the manager;\n(c) a licence, means the premises in respect of which the licence is issued;\n[...]\nPart VIII – Approved managers [...]\n67. Qualifications of approved manager\n(1) No person shall be approved as manager who—\n(a) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe unless the Minister has given him exemption in terms of section one hundred and twenty-one; or\n[...]\nPart IX – General considerations relating to licences [...]\n72. Persons to whom licences may not be granted\n(1) No authority for the issue, renewal or transfer of a licence shall be granted in favour of, and no licence shall be issued to, any person who—[...]\n(d) in the case of an individual— (i) is not a citizen of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given him exemption from this subparagraph; or [...]\n(e) in the case of a company—(i) has a majority of directors who are not citizens of Zimbabwe, unless the Minister has given the company exemption from this subparagraph; or\n[...]\nSCHEDULE (Section 20)\nLIQUOR LICENCES\nPART I\n1. Extended hours (occasional) liquor licence. 2. Temporary retail liquor licence. 3. Temporary removal liquor licence. 4. Temporary transfer liquor licence.\nPART II\n1. Agent’s liquor licence. 2. Airport liquor licence. 3. Airport bottle liquor licence. 4. Bar liquor licence. 5. Beer-hall liquor licence. 6. Bottle liquor licence. 7. Camp and caravan park liquor licence. 8. Casino liquor licence. 9. Club liquor licence. 10. Hotel liquor licence. 11. Hotel (private) liquor licence. 12. Night-club liquor licence. 13. Park area liquor licence. 14. Passenger vessel liquor licence. 15. Restaurant (ordinary) liquor licence. 16. Restaurant (special) liquor licence. 17. Special Bottle Liquor Licence. 18. Theatre liquor licence. 19. Theatre club liquor licence. 20. Wholesale liquor licence. 21. Wine producer’s liquor licence.[...]\" (Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended)","Liquor Act (Chapter 14:12) 1965, as amended","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/1984/9/eng@2016-12-31#att_1\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,409,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.0003125","The right to own agricultural land is reserved to Zimbabwean citizens. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are entitled to lease agricultural land for up to 99 years.","\"72 Rights to agricultural land\n(1) In this section—\n“agricultural land” means land used or suitable for agriculture, that is to say for horticulture, viticulture, forestry or aquaculture or for any purpose of husbandry, including— (a) the keeping or breeding of livestock, game, poultry, animals or bees; or (b) the grazing of livestock or game; but does not include Communal Land or land within the boundaries of an urban local authority or within a township established under a law relating to town and country planning or as defined in a law relating to land survey;\n“land” includes anything permanently attached to or growing on land;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 16 - AGRICULTURAL LAND\n288 Interpretation of Chapter 16\nIn this Chapter—\n“agricultural land” has the meaning given to it by section 72.\n289 Principles guiding policy on agricultural land\nIn order to redress the unjust and unfair pattern of land ownership that was brought about by colonialism, and to bring about land reform and the equitable access by all Zimbabweans to the country’s natural resources, policies regarding agricultural land must be guided by the following principles—\n(a) land is a finite natural resource that forms part of Zimbabweans’ common heritage;\n(b) subject to section 72, every Zimbabwean citizen has a right to acquire, hold, occupy, use, transfer, hypothecate, lease or dispose of agricultural land regardless of his or her race or colour; [...]\" (Constitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013)\n--------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“lease” means a ninety-nine year lease or lease with a purchase option or other lease of agricultural land, and “lease” shall be construed accordingly;\n[...]\n21. Regulations under Part IV\n(1) The Minister shall have power to make such regulations as he or she may deem expedient to give force or effect to this Part or for its better administration.\n(2) The appropriate Minister may make regulations in terms of subsection (1) providing for—[...]\n(c) restricting the right of—\n(i) individuals who are not indigenous citizens of Zimbabwe to own, lease or otherwise occupy State land in Zimbabwe;\n(ii) individuals who are not residents or citizens of Zimbabwe, or companies or bodies corporate whose activities are controlled by individuals who are not resident in Zimbabwe, to own, lease or otherwise occupy land in Zimbabwe.[...]\" (LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008)","LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008\nConstitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2017/12/eng@2018-02-26\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zimlii.org/zw/legislation/num-act/2013/Amendment%20No.%2020%20of%20The%20Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe/Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe%20-%2020th%20Amendment%2022%20May%202013.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,394,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2021,"0.0003125","The right to own agricultural land is reserved to Zimbabwean citizens. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are entitled to lease agricultural land for up to 99 years.","\"72 Rights to agricultural land\n(1) In this section—\n“agricultural land” means land used or suitable for agriculture, that is to say for horticulture, viticulture, forestry or aquaculture or for any purpose of husbandry, including— (a) the keeping or breeding of livestock, game, poultry, animals or bees; or (b) the grazing of livestock or game; but does not include Communal Land or land within the boundaries of an urban local authority or within a township established under a law relating to town and country planning or as defined in a law relating to land survey;\n“land” includes anything permanently attached to or growing on land;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 16 - AGRICULTURAL LAND\n288 Interpretation of Chapter 16\nIn this Chapter—\n“agricultural land” has the meaning given to it by section 72.\n289 Principles guiding policy on agricultural land\nIn order to redress the unjust and unfair pattern of land ownership that was brought about by colonialism, and to bring about land reform and the equitable access by all Zimbabweans to the country’s natural resources, policies regarding agricultural land must be guided by the following principles—\n(a) land is a finite natural resource that forms part of Zimbabweans’ common heritage;\n(b) subject to section 72, every Zimbabwean citizen has a right to acquire, hold, occupy, use, transfer, hypothecate, lease or dispose of agricultural land regardless of his or her race or colour; [...]\" (Constitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013)\n--------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“lease” means a ninety-nine year lease or lease with a purchase option or other lease of agricultural land, and “lease” shall be construed accordingly;\n[...]\n21. Regulations under Part IV\n(1) The Minister shall have power to make such regulations as he or she may deem expedient to give force or effect to this Part or for its better administration.\n(2) The appropriate Minister may make regulations in terms of subsection (1) providing for—[...]\n(c) restricting the right of—\n(i) individuals who are not indigenous citizens of Zimbabwe to own, lease or otherwise occupy State land in Zimbabwe;\n(ii) individuals who are not residents or citizens of Zimbabwe, or companies or bodies corporate whose activities are controlled by individuals who are not resident in Zimbabwe, to own, lease or otherwise occupy land in Zimbabwe.[...]\" (LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008)","LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008\nConstitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2017/12/eng@2018-02-26\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zimlii.org/zw/legislation/num-act/2013/Amendment%20No.%2020%20of%20The%20Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe/Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe%20-%2020th%20Amendment%2022%20May%202013.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,394,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2022,"0.0003125","The right to own agricultural land is reserved to Zimbabwean citizens. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are entitled to lease agricultural land for up to 99 years.","\"72 Rights to agricultural land\n(1) In this section—\n“agricultural land” means land used or suitable for agriculture, that is to say for horticulture, viticulture, forestry or aquaculture or for any purpose of husbandry, including— (a) the keeping or breeding of livestock, game, poultry, animals or bees; or (b) the grazing of livestock or game; but does not include Communal Land or land within the boundaries of an urban local authority or within a township established under a law relating to town and country planning or as defined in a law relating to land survey;\n“land” includes anything permanently attached to or growing on land;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 16 - AGRICULTURAL LAND\n288 Interpretation of Chapter 16\nIn this Chapter—\n“agricultural land” has the meaning given to it by section 72.\n289 Principles guiding policy on agricultural land\nIn order to redress the unjust and unfair pattern of land ownership that was brought about by colonialism, and to bring about land reform and the equitable access by all Zimbabweans to the country’s natural resources, policies regarding agricultural land must be guided by the following principles—\n(a) land is a finite natural resource that forms part of Zimbabweans’ common heritage;\n(b) subject to section 72, every Zimbabwean citizen has a right to acquire, hold, occupy, use, transfer, hypothecate, lease or dispose of agricultural land regardless of his or her race or colour; [...]\" (Constitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013)\n--------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“lease” means a ninety-nine year lease or lease with a purchase option or other lease of agricultural land, and “lease” shall be construed accordingly;\n[...]\n21. Regulations under Part IV\n(1) The Minister shall have power to make such regulations as he or she may deem expedient to give force or effect to this Part or for its better administration.\n(2) The appropriate Minister may make regulations in terms of subsection (1) providing for—[...]\n(c) restricting the right of—\n(i) individuals who are not indigenous citizens of Zimbabwe to own, lease or otherwise occupy State land in Zimbabwe;\n(ii) individuals who are not residents or citizens of Zimbabwe, or companies or bodies corporate whose activities are controlled by individuals who are not resident in Zimbabwe, to own, lease or otherwise occupy land in Zimbabwe.[...]\" (LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008)","LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008\nConstitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2017/12/eng@2018-02-26\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zimlii.org/zw/legislation/num-act/2013/Amendment%20No.%2020%20of%20The%20Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe/Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe%20-%2020th%20Amendment%2022%20May%202013.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,394,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","ZWE","A02","_O","IV93","IX",2023,"0.0003125","The right to own agricultural land is reserved to Zimbabwean citizens. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies are entitled to lease agricultural land for up to 99 years.","\"72 Rights to agricultural land\n(1) In this section—\n“agricultural land” means land used or suitable for agriculture, that is to say for horticulture, viticulture, forestry or aquaculture or for any purpose of husbandry, including— (a) the keeping or breeding of livestock, game, poultry, animals or bees; or (b) the grazing of livestock or game; but does not include Communal Land or land within the boundaries of an urban local authority or within a township established under a law relating to town and country planning or as defined in a law relating to land survey;\n“land” includes anything permanently attached to or growing on land;\n[...]\nCHAPTER 16 - AGRICULTURAL LAND\n288 Interpretation of Chapter 16\nIn this Chapter—\n“agricultural land” has the meaning given to it by section 72.\n289 Principles guiding policy on agricultural land\nIn order to redress the unjust and unfair pattern of land ownership that was brought about by colonialism, and to bring about land reform and the equitable access by all Zimbabweans to the country’s natural resources, policies regarding agricultural land must be guided by the following principles—\n(a) land is a finite natural resource that forms part of Zimbabweans’ common heritage;\n(b) subject to section 72, every Zimbabwean citizen has a right to acquire, hold, occupy, use, transfer, hypothecate, lease or dispose of agricultural land regardless of his or her race or colour; [...]\" (Constitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013)\n--------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act—[...]\n“lease” means a ninety-nine year lease or lease with a purchase option or other lease of agricultural land, and “lease” shall be construed accordingly;\n[...]\n21. Regulations under Part IV\n(1) The Minister shall have power to make such regulations as he or she may deem expedient to give force or effect to this Part or for its better administration.\n(2) The appropriate Minister may make regulations in terms of subsection (1) providing for—[...]\n(c) restricting the right of—\n(i) individuals who are not indigenous citizens of Zimbabwe to own, lease or otherwise occupy State land in Zimbabwe;\n(ii) individuals who are not residents or citizens of Zimbabwe, or companies or bodies corporate whose activities are controlled by individuals who are not resident in Zimbabwe, to own, lease or otherwise occupy land in Zimbabwe.[...]\" (LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008)","LAND COMMISSION ACT [CHAPTER 20:29], 2008\nConstitution of Zimbabwe Amendment (No. 20) Act, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zimlii.org/akn/zw/act/2017/12/eng@2018-02-26\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.zimlii.org/zw/legislation/num-act/2013/Amendment%20No.%2020%20of%20The%20Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe/Constitution%20of%20Zimbabwe%20-%2020th%20Amendment%2022%20May%202013.pdf\">Constitution</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,394,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.006","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting and programming production companies, as well as in printed media companies is limited to 30% and cannot, in any cirscumstance, be a majority.","\"ARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, the following definitions are adopted: [...]\nb) «Social Communication» - mass communication aimed at a large heterogeneous and anonymous public, from companies or media bodies, which organize and interact information from diverse sources and disseminate it through transport vehicles supported by the press written or telecommunication means that may include voice and image signals;\nf) «Company or Media Organ» – are public or private entities whose corporate purpose is the production, transmission or retransmission of information intended for the public, through telecommunications or written publications;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Media)\nThe means through which companies or media bodies disseminate content, among others, are: a) Newspapers, including electronic ones; b) Magazines, including electronic ones; c) All other periodicals; d) Sound broadcasting; e) Television; f) News agency; g) Online media; h) Cinemas and public spaces where documentaries and news are shown.\n[....]\nARTICLE 22. (Foreign press)\n1. Foreign media companies and foreign press correspondents must request authorization from the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola.\n2. Foreign press correspondents, in order to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola, must be qualified with the professional card of journalist or other equivalent professional title.\n3. The registration of these entities is done at the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication.\nCHAPTER II - Social Communication Companies [...]\nARTICLE 24. (Ownership of companies)\n1. Media companies may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in media companies cannot exceed 30%, nor, under any circumstances, be a majority.\n3. Media companies must be governed by Angolan law, with headquarters in national territory, in which Angolan citizens hold the majority of the share capital and exercise effective control.\n[...]\nSECTION II - Management Bodies\nARTICLE 31. (Management)\n1. The Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or General Manager of companies or media bodies must be of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.\n[...]\nARTICLE 32. (Content directors)\nThe Information and Program Director, Editor-in-Chief, Editors and any content managers must be journalists by profession, of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.[...]\" (Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by: [...]\nl) Television Distribution Operator (ODT) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and aggregation of channels in the form of packages, with a view to making these packages available for public use, through electronic communications networks;\nm) On-demand Audiovisual Service Operator (OSP) — is the natural or legal person who has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of programs in the form of a catalogue, with a view to providing an on-demand audiovisual service through electronic communications networks;\nn) Audiovisual Media Service Operator (OTV) — is the television operator, the Television Distribution Operator (ODT) and on-demand media service operator (OSP);\no) Television Operator (OTV) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of Television channels with a view to making them available for public use;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Scope of application)\n1. This Law applies to all television broadcasts and retransmissions, transmitted by television and distribution operators under the jurisdiction of the Angolan State.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Audiovisual Media Service Operators and Typology of Television Channels\nSECTION I - Requirements Applicable to Audiovisual Media Service Operators [...]\nARTICLE 11. (Ownership)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the following numbers, operators of audiovisual media services may be owned by collective, public and/or private persons, or cooperatives whose purpose is their exercise, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in television and distribution operators may not:\na) Exceed 30% of the share capital, nor, under any circumstances, hold a majority or assume a controlling position;\nb) Provide, in an isolated or joint way, the exercise of a decisive influence on the activity of these operators [...]\" (Law No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 10. (Property of the companies)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of articles 8 and 9 of this Law, media companies established to carry out broadcasting activities may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation, namely, commercial and the one relating to private investments.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in broadcasting companies cannot exceed 30% of the respective share capital, nor can it, under any circumstances, have a majority or assume a controlling position.[...]\" (Law no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY [google translation])","Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW\nLaw No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY\nLaw no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-1-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-3-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-4-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,587,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","J60","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.006","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting and programming production companies, as well as in printed media companies is limited to 30% and cannot, in any cirscumstance, be a majority.","\"ARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, the following definitions are adopted: [...]\nb) «Social Communication» - mass communication aimed at a large heterogeneous and anonymous public, from companies or media bodies, which organize and interact information from diverse sources and disseminate it through transport vehicles supported by the press written or telecommunication means that may include voice and image signals;\nf) «Company or Media Organ» – are public or private entities whose corporate purpose is the production, transmission or retransmission of information intended for the public, through telecommunications or written publications;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Media)\nThe means through which companies or media bodies disseminate content, among others, are: a) Newspapers, including electronic ones; b) Magazines, including electronic ones; c) All other periodicals; d) Sound broadcasting; e) Television; f) News agency; g) Online media; h) Cinemas and public spaces where documentaries and news are shown.\n[....]\nARTICLE 22. (Foreign press)\n1. Foreign media companies and foreign press correspondents must request authorization from the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola.\n2. Foreign press correspondents, in order to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola, must be qualified with the professional card of journalist or other equivalent professional title.\n3. The registration of these entities is done at the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication.\nCHAPTER II - Social Communication Companies [...]\nARTICLE 24. (Ownership of companies)\n1. Media companies may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in media companies cannot exceed 30%, nor, under any circumstances, be a majority.\n3. Media companies must be governed by Angolan law, with headquarters in national territory, in which Angolan citizens hold the majority of the share capital and exercise effective control.\n[...]\nSECTION II - Management Bodies\nARTICLE 31. (Management)\n1. The Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or General Manager of companies or media bodies must be of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.\n[...]\nARTICLE 32. (Content directors)\nThe Information and Program Director, Editor-in-Chief, Editors and any content managers must be journalists by profession, of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.[...]\" (Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by: [...]\nl) Television Distribution Operator (ODT) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and aggregation of channels in the form of packages, with a view to making these packages available for public use, through electronic communications networks;\nm) On-demand Audiovisual Service Operator (OSP) — is the natural or legal person who has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of programs in the form of a catalogue, with a view to providing an on-demand audiovisual service through electronic communications networks;\nn) Audiovisual Media Service Operator (OTV) — is the television operator, the Television Distribution Operator (ODT) and on-demand media service operator (OSP);\no) Television Operator (OTV) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of Television channels with a view to making them available for public use;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Scope of application)\n1. This Law applies to all television broadcasts and retransmissions, transmitted by television and distribution operators under the jurisdiction of the Angolan State.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Audiovisual Media Service Operators and Typology of Television Channels\nSECTION I - Requirements Applicable to Audiovisual Media Service Operators [...]\nARTICLE 11. (Ownership)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the following numbers, operators of audiovisual media services may be owned by collective, public and/or private persons, or cooperatives whose purpose is their exercise, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in television and distribution operators may not:\na) Exceed 30% of the share capital, nor, under any circumstances, hold a majority or assume a controlling position;\nb) Provide, in an isolated or joint way, the exercise of a decisive influence on the activity of these operators [...]\" (Law No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 10. (Property of the companies)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of articles 8 and 9 of this Law, media companies established to carry out broadcasting activities may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation, namely, commercial and the one relating to private investments.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in broadcasting companies cannot exceed 30% of the respective share capital, nor can it, under any circumstances, have a majority or assume a controlling position.[...]\" (Law no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY [google translation])","Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW\nLaw No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY\nLaw no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-1-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-3-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-4-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,587,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","HRV","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.000625","Commercial freshwater fishing shall not be conducted by a domestic legal person wholly or partly owned by a foreign natural or legal person, unless otherwise provided in an international agreement.","\"Article 79\n(1) Foreign natural and legal persons may engage in commercial fishing in the fresh waters of the Republic of Croatia only in cases determined by an international agreement. [...]\n(4) Commercial fishing in the fishing waters of the Republic of Croatia may not be performed by:\n1. domestic legal entity to which the founder is a foreign natural or legal person,\n2. a domestic legal entity that is wholly or partly owned by a foreign natural or legal person.[...]\" (Freshwater Fisheries Act (NN 49/2005), consolidated text of 4/15/2005, Article 79 [google translation])","Freshwater Fisheries Act (NN 49/2005), consolidated text of 4/15/2005, Article 79","n/a","[<a href=\"https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2005_04_49_949.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,1034,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C20_21","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.000833333","As of March 2021, foreign investment in patent medicine manufacturing has been fully liberalised and foreign investment in traditional medicine processing has been opened up to 30% maximum foreign capital, but traditional cosmetics industry and traditional medicine raw material industry remain closed to FDI. Small-and micro-scale traditional medicine business activities remain reserved for SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements].. Some other activities are subject to partnership agreements. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.\nPreviously, foreign investment in traditional medicine manufacturing was fully prohibited, whereas foreign shareholding in patent medicine manufacturing business was limited to 85%.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Patent medicine industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)\n- Traditional medicine processing [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open with condition (maximum of 30% Foreign Capital)\n- Traditional Medicine Raw Material Industry for Humans [see 2019 restrictions below]: Domestic capital: 100%\n- Traditional Cosmetics Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Domestic capital: 100% [new]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 10 YEAR 2021 ON INVESTMENT BUSINESS FIELDS - LIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIONS\n- Traditional Medicine Sector Business (Small-Scale Traditional Medicine Business/UKOT [usaha kecil obat tradisional] and Micro-Scale Traditional Medicine Business/UMOT [usaha mikro obat tradisional]): reserved for domestic SMEs.\n[...]\n- Essential oil industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Class A Medical Device Industry: Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Chemicals, pharma]\n- Business with specific capacities (Essential oils industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nP. Health Sector\n- Patent medicine industry: Foreign capital ownership: Max.85%\n- Traditional medicine processing, Traditional medicine/natural extract industry business: Domestic capital: 100% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3404,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","C26","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00035","As of 2019, FDI in the activity of maintenance of radio or television broadcasting transmitters is no longer limited to 49% foreign shareholding. ","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Article (2)\nA- The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in this system, shall have the meanings assigned to them below, unless the text indicates otherwise: [...]\nNon-Jordanian investor: a natural person who holds a non-Jordanian nationality, or a legal person that was established and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nNon-Jordanian Investor: a natural person holding a nonJordanian nationality or a juridical person incorporated and registered outside the Kingdom.\n[...]\nArticle (5) [repealed by Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 80/2019]\nA non-Jordanian investor’s ownership shall not exceed (49%) of the capital in any project within the following economic activities: [...]\nd) Maintenances of radio or television broadcasting transmitters. [...]\" (Regulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5 [google translation])","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 5","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,4054,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","K643T649_661_663","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0005","Since 2019, one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies are required to be composed by Lebanese nationals. Investment in a few sectors - insurance, economics [financial services and real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - are particularly affected since joint-stock companies is the only form of business incorporation allowed according to sectoral regulations. Branches of foreign companies may sometimes be allowed (e.g. banking), but such requirement remains more burdensome for established foreign investors. For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the restriciton is considered only in the affected sectors.","[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3800,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.001","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2365,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.001","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2365,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","RWA","J602","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.000140625","Until 2021, at least fifty percent of all content provided by radio broadcasters and free-to-air TV licensees must be produced by Rwandan citizens or legal entities majority-owned by Rwandan citizens, with an additional five percent sourced from independent local producers.\nSince 2022, qualifying conditions for 'local content' are no longer associated with ownership by Rwandan citizens. Hence, these are no longer recorded as restrictions under the OECD FDI RRI.","\"Article 2:  Definition of terms\nFor the purpose of this Regulation, the following terms mean:\n1. Broadcasting service:  any service which consists of the broadcasting of audio or audio-visual programs to the public, group of the public or subscribers to such service or a class of provided services;\n7. Local content: means an FM radio and Freeto-Air television content program having one of the following requirements: \n- at least fifty percent of actors or artistes of the produced content are Rwandans; \n- The place of shooting, in case of audiovisual content or area of performance was in Rwanda; \n- The produced content is in Kinyarwanda.\n- The produced content deals with issues that are unique and relevant to social, culture, economic and education context of Rwanda. \n[...]\nArticle 32:  Local content A minimum of fifty per cent (50%) of the broadcasting time of local FM broadcasting radio and Free-to-Air TV channel must be allocated to local content program. [...]\" (REGULATION Nº017/R/MR-ICT/ RURA/2022 OF 17/01/22 GOVERNING BROADCASTING SERVICES IN RWANDA)\n--------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n--------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: Programme content [...]\nArticle 28: Local content \nA minimum of fifty (50) per cent of all content provided by the radio broadcaster and free to air licensee, measured as a weekly average over the period of a year, must be produced by: \n(a) a natural person who is a citizen of, and permanently resident in Rwanda ;\n(b) a legal person, the majority of whose directors or shareholders are citizens and permanently residing in Rwanda ;\nNotwithstanding the provisions above, the radio broadcaster and free to air licensee shall ensure that at least five (5) per cent of local content aired by the licensee shall be produced and supplied to the licensee by independent local producers.[...]\" (Regulations for Broadcasting services, 2013)\n","REGULATION Nº017/R/MR-ICT/ RURA/2022 OF 17/01/22 GOVERNING BROADCASTING SERVICES IN RWANDA\nRegulations for Broadcasting services, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://rura.rw/fileadmin/Documents/ICT/Laws/FINAL_REGULATION_GOVERNING__BROADCASTING_SERVICES_IN_RWANDA_.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"rura.rw/fileadmin/docs/Board_Decisions/broadcasting-regulations-final-web.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","RWA","J602","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.000140625","Until 2021, at least fifty percent of all content provided by radio broadcasters and free-to-air TV licensees must be produced by Rwandan citizens or legal entities majority-owned by Rwandan citizens, with an additional five percent sourced from independent local producers.\nSince 2022, qualifying conditions for 'local content' are no longer associated with ownership by Rwandan citizens. Hence, these are no longer recorded as restrictions under the OECD FDI RRI.","\"Article 2:  Definition of terms\nFor the purpose of this Regulation, the following terms mean:\n1. Broadcasting service:  any service which consists of the broadcasting of audio or audio-visual programs to the public, group of the public or subscribers to such service or a class of provided services;\n7. Local content: means an FM radio and Freeto-Air television content program having one of the following requirements: \n- at least fifty percent of actors or artistes of the produced content are Rwandans; \n- The place of shooting, in case of audiovisual content or area of performance was in Rwanda; \n- The produced content is in Kinyarwanda.\n- The produced content deals with issues that are unique and relevant to social, culture, economic and education context of Rwanda. \n[...]\nArticle 32:  Local content A minimum of fifty per cent (50%) of the broadcasting time of local FM broadcasting radio and Free-to-Air TV channel must be allocated to local content program. [...]\" (REGULATION Nº017/R/MR-ICT/ RURA/2022 OF 17/01/22 GOVERNING BROADCASTING SERVICES IN RWANDA)\n--------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n--------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: Programme content [...]\nArticle 28: Local content \nA minimum of fifty (50) per cent of all content provided by the radio broadcaster and free to air licensee, measured as a weekly average over the period of a year, must be produced by: \n(a) a natural person who is a citizen of, and permanently resident in Rwanda ;\n(b) a legal person, the majority of whose directors or shareholders are citizens and permanently residing in Rwanda ;\nNotwithstanding the provisions above, the radio broadcaster and free to air licensee shall ensure that at least five (5) per cent of local content aired by the licensee shall be produced and supplied to the licensee by independent local producers.[...]\" (Regulations for Broadcasting services, 2013)\n","REGULATION Nº017/R/MR-ICT/ RURA/2022 OF 17/01/22 GOVERNING BROADCASTING SERVICES IN RWANDA\nRegulations for Broadcasting services, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://rura.rw/fileadmin/Documents/ICT/Laws/FINAL_REGULATION_GOVERNING__BROADCASTING_SERVICES_IN_RWANDA_.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"rura.rw/fileadmin/docs/Board_Decisions/broadcasting-regulations-final-web.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3157,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0025","Until 2023, only citizens were authorised to carry out fishing activities in Uganda. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed, by extension, that only companies owned by Ugandan citizens were eligible for fishing licenses.\nIn 2023, the Fisheries and Aquaculture Act of 2022 entered into force and repealed the previous Fish Act. The new Act does not contain any provision explictly prohibiting or restricting fishing activities by non-citizens. Hence, assuming no foreign ownership restrictions applies anymore.","\"Part V - Licenses and Permits \n32. Prohibition of fisheries and aquaculture activities with licence or permit\nA person shall not engage in any fisheries or aquaculture activity without the relevant Lcence or perntt lssued under thts Act\n[...]\n34. Fishing vessel licence\n(1) A vessel shall not be used for lishrng unless– (a) the vessel is registered under the Inland Water Transport Act, 2021, and (b) there in in force, in respect of that vessel. a valid fishing vessel licence.\n[...]\n38. Prohibition of foreign fishing vessels\n(1) A foreign fishing vessel shall not be used for commercial fishing in the waters of Uganda. \n[...]\n45. Local fishing\nLocal fishing shall be regulated in accordance with the Local Governments Act, subuject to any restrictions imposed by the Chief Fisheries Officer as may be required to minimise threats to fisheries resources. \n[...]\nPart VI - Regulation of Aquaculture [...]\n62. Aquaculture activity licence\n(1) A person shall not engage in an aquacultue activity without a valid liccence issued by the Chief Fisheries Oflicer in respect of that aquaculture activity under thts Part.\n[...]\nPart Xl  - Repeal, Savings and Transitional\n123. Repeal of Cap. 197 [Fish Act] and Cap. 199\n(1) The Frsh Act rs repealed [...]\" (Fisheries and Aquaculture Act 2022)\n--------------------------\n\"PART Ill-REGISTRATION AND LICENSING \n7. Obligation to register a vessel \nA person who intends to employ a vessel in navigation of inland waterways or fly a Ugandan flag shall register the vessel with the Maritime Administration. \n[...]\n22. Licensing of vessels to carry on business \n(1) A person who intends to use a vessel for trade in carriage of goods or passengers on inland waterways shall apply to the Maritime Administration for a licence. \n(2)  This section does not apply to fishing vessels.\n23. Vessels eligible for application for a licence \nA vessel owned by–(a) the Government of Uganda; (b) a citizen of Uganda; (c) a company, organisation or partnership registered m Uganda; (d) an individual or company in possession of a vessel registered outside Uganda; or (e) an individual or corporation on bare boat charter in Uganda, is eligible to apply for a licence under section 22. [...]\" (Inland Water Transport, 2021)\n--------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n--------------------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n(b) \"angling\" means fishing for pleasure with a single rod, reel or line where any fish caught are not intended for sale or barter;\n[...]\n6. Restriction on fishing and processing of fish\n(1) Any person who, without a valid specific licence issued for that purpose—\n(a) engages in the processing of fish or any fish product in any prescribed place or area; or\n(b) engages, in any prescribed place or area, in the marketing, purchase or sale of fish, \ncommits an offence.\n(2) No person who is not a citizen of Uganda shall fish in any waters of Uganda for the purpose of obtaining fish for sale unless he or she holds a valid specific licence issued for that purpose.\n[...]\n11. Restriction on noncitizens using vessels\n(1) A person who is not a citizen of Uganda who, for the purposes of fishing, uses any vessel licensed under this Act unless he or she is in possession of a valid special licence commits an offence against this Act.\n(2) It shall not be unlawful for a person who is not a citizen of Uganda to fish by angling or hand line from any vessel whether the vessel is licensed or not.\n(3) Except as is permitted by subsection (2), any person, other than a person who is in possession of a valid angling licence, who fishes by angling in any waters of Uganda commits an offence. [...]\"\n--------------------------\n\"2. Purpose.\nThe purpose of this Act is to repeal redundant business licences and to rationalise and simplify business licensing practices and procedures in order to eliminate multiplicity and overlap of business licences.\n3. Repeals.\nThe enactments specified in column1 of the Schedule are amended to the extent specified in the corresponding entry in column 2.\nSCHEDULE -  REPEALED ENACTMENTS\nColumn 1: Title of the Act | Column 2:  Extent of Amendment\n[...]\nThe Fish Act, Cap.197 | Subsections (2) and (3) of section 11 are repealed [...]\" (Business Licences (Miscellaneous Repeals) Act, 2015)\n--------------------------\n\"11. Dealings by non-citizens \nA non-citizen may engage in the marketing of fish or the purchase, sale, processing, canning or freezing of fish without a specific licence or permit for that purpose; except that the purchase of fish by a non-citizen without a licence or permit shall be permissible in the places and areas and in accordance with the conditions prescribed in Schedule 2.\nPART IV—LICENCES, PERMITS AND FEES \n12. Fishing without licence or permit \n(1) A person shall not engage in any fishing activity without a licence or permit issued under these Rules by the Chief Fisheries Officer or an authorised licensing officer. \n(2) Fishing activity in subrule (1) means fishing, transportation of fish, artisanal processing of fish, fish processing, fish net manufacturing, boat building and  recreational fishing.\n13. Application for licences and permits \nAn application for a licence or permit under these Rules shall be in the form set in Schedule 3.\n[...]\n16. Certificate of vessel ownership and fishing vessel identification plate \n(1) A person issued with a fishing vessel licence under these Rules shall, together with the licence, be issued with— (a) a certificate of vessel ownership relating to that vessel; and (b) a fishing vessel identification plate. \n(2) A certificate of vessel ownership and a fishing vessel identification plate issued under subrule (1) shall meet the specifications set out in Schedule 5. \n(3) The fishing vessel identification plate issued under subrule (1) shall be displayed on the licensed vessel at all times.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 2 Rule 11  - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE OF FISH BY NON-CITIZEN.\nA non-citizen may purchase fish without a specific licence or permit for that purpose anywhere in Uganda, if the purchase is made— \n(a) on behalf of a hotel, eating house or restaurant for consumption by a guest or customer;\n(b) by an employer for consumption by his or her employees; or \n(c) by an individual for consumption by himself or herself or members of his or her family. [...]\" (Fish (Fishing) Rules, 2010)","Fisheries and Aquaculture Act 2022\nInland Water Transport, 2021\nFish Act, 1970, as amended\nBusiness Licences (Miscellaneous Repeals) Act, 2015\nFish (Fishing) Rules, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/uga219095.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2021/18/eng@2021-10-01\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/ord/1950/47/eng@2000-12-31\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2015/6/eng@2015-06-05\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ugandatrades.go.ug/media/S.I.%20No.%2033%20of%202010.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://fisheries.go.ug/?dad=info&jc=file&id=9\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3189,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0025","Until 2023, only citizens were authorised to carry out fishing activities in Uganda. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed, by extension, that only companies owned by Ugandan citizens were eligible for fishing licenses.\nIn 2023, the Fisheries and Aquaculture Act of 2022 entered into force and repealed the previous Fish Act. The new Act does not contain any provision explictly prohibiting or restricting fishing activities by non-citizens. Hence, assuming no foreign ownership restrictions applies anymore.","\"Part V - Licenses and Permits \n32. Prohibition of fisheries and aquaculture activities with licence or permit\nA person shall not engage in any fisheries or aquaculture activity without the relevant Lcence or perntt lssued under thts Act\n[...]\n34. Fishing vessel licence\n(1) A vessel shall not be used for lishrng unless– (a) the vessel is registered under the Inland Water Transport Act, 2021, and (b) there in in force, in respect of that vessel. a valid fishing vessel licence.\n[...]\n38. Prohibition of foreign fishing vessels\n(1) A foreign fishing vessel shall not be used for commercial fishing in the waters of Uganda. \n[...]\n45. Local fishing\nLocal fishing shall be regulated in accordance with the Local Governments Act, subuject to any restrictions imposed by the Chief Fisheries Officer as may be required to minimise threats to fisheries resources. \n[...]\nPart VI - Regulation of Aquaculture [...]\n62. Aquaculture activity licence\n(1) A person shall not engage in an aquacultue activity without a valid liccence issued by the Chief Fisheries Oflicer in respect of that aquaculture activity under thts Part.\n[...]\nPart Xl  - Repeal, Savings and Transitional\n123. Repeal of Cap. 197 [Fish Act] and Cap. 199\n(1) The Frsh Act rs repealed [...]\" (Fisheries and Aquaculture Act 2022)\n--------------------------\n\"PART Ill-REGISTRATION AND LICENSING \n7. Obligation to register a vessel \nA person who intends to employ a vessel in navigation of inland waterways or fly a Ugandan flag shall register the vessel with the Maritime Administration. \n[...]\n22. Licensing of vessels to carry on business \n(1) A person who intends to use a vessel for trade in carriage of goods or passengers on inland waterways shall apply to the Maritime Administration for a licence. \n(2)  This section does not apply to fishing vessels.\n23. Vessels eligible for application for a licence \nA vessel owned by–(a) the Government of Uganda; (b) a citizen of Uganda; (c) a company, organisation or partnership registered m Uganda; (d) an individual or company in possession of a vessel registered outside Uganda; or (e) an individual or corporation on bare boat charter in Uganda, is eligible to apply for a licence under section 22. [...]\" (Inland Water Transport, 2021)\n--------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n--------------------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n(b) \"angling\" means fishing for pleasure with a single rod, reel or line where any fish caught are not intended for sale or barter;\n[...]\n6. Restriction on fishing and processing of fish\n(1) Any person who, without a valid specific licence issued for that purpose—\n(a) engages in the processing of fish or any fish product in any prescribed place or area; or\n(b) engages, in any prescribed place or area, in the marketing, purchase or sale of fish, \ncommits an offence.\n(2) No person who is not a citizen of Uganda shall fish in any waters of Uganda for the purpose of obtaining fish for sale unless he or she holds a valid specific licence issued for that purpose.\n[...]\n11. Restriction on noncitizens using vessels\n(1) A person who is not a citizen of Uganda who, for the purposes of fishing, uses any vessel licensed under this Act unless he or she is in possession of a valid special licence commits an offence against this Act.\n(2) It shall not be unlawful for a person who is not a citizen of Uganda to fish by angling or hand line from any vessel whether the vessel is licensed or not.\n(3) Except as is permitted by subsection (2), any person, other than a person who is in possession of a valid angling licence, who fishes by angling in any waters of Uganda commits an offence. [...]\"\n--------------------------\n\"2. Purpose.\nThe purpose of this Act is to repeal redundant business licences and to rationalise and simplify business licensing practices and procedures in order to eliminate multiplicity and overlap of business licences.\n3. Repeals.\nThe enactments specified in column1 of the Schedule are amended to the extent specified in the corresponding entry in column 2.\nSCHEDULE -  REPEALED ENACTMENTS\nColumn 1: Title of the Act | Column 2:  Extent of Amendment\n[...]\nThe Fish Act, Cap.197 | Subsections (2) and (3) of section 11 are repealed [...]\" (Business Licences (Miscellaneous Repeals) Act, 2015)\n--------------------------\n\"11. Dealings by non-citizens \nA non-citizen may engage in the marketing of fish or the purchase, sale, processing, canning or freezing of fish without a specific licence or permit for that purpose; except that the purchase of fish by a non-citizen without a licence or permit shall be permissible in the places and areas and in accordance with the conditions prescribed in Schedule 2.\nPART IV—LICENCES, PERMITS AND FEES \n12. Fishing without licence or permit \n(1) A person shall not engage in any fishing activity without a licence or permit issued under these Rules by the Chief Fisheries Officer or an authorised licensing officer. \n(2) Fishing activity in subrule (1) means fishing, transportation of fish, artisanal processing of fish, fish processing, fish net manufacturing, boat building and  recreational fishing.\n13. Application for licences and permits \nAn application for a licence or permit under these Rules shall be in the form set in Schedule 3.\n[...]\n16. Certificate of vessel ownership and fishing vessel identification plate \n(1) A person issued with a fishing vessel licence under these Rules shall, together with the licence, be issued with— (a) a certificate of vessel ownership relating to that vessel; and (b) a fishing vessel identification plate. \n(2) A certificate of vessel ownership and a fishing vessel identification plate issued under subrule (1) shall meet the specifications set out in Schedule 5. \n(3) The fishing vessel identification plate issued under subrule (1) shall be displayed on the licensed vessel at all times.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 2 Rule 11  - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE OF FISH BY NON-CITIZEN.\nA non-citizen may purchase fish without a specific licence or permit for that purpose anywhere in Uganda, if the purchase is made— \n(a) on behalf of a hotel, eating house or restaurant for consumption by a guest or customer;\n(b) by an employer for consumption by his or her employees; or \n(c) by an individual for consumption by himself or herself or members of his or her family. [...]\" (Fish (Fishing) Rules, 2010)","Fisheries and Aquaculture Act 2022\nInland Water Transport, 2021\nFish Act, 1970, as amended\nBusiness Licences (Miscellaneous Repeals) Act, 2015\nFish (Fishing) Rules, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/uga219095.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2021/18/eng@2021-10-01\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/ord/1950/47/eng@2000-12-31\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2015/6/eng@2015-06-05\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ugandatrades.go.ug/media/S.I.%20No.%2033%20of%202010.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://fisheries.go.ug/?dad=info&jc=file&id=9\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3189,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.0025","Until 2023, only citizens were authorised to carry out fishing activities in Uganda. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed, by extension, that only companies owned by Ugandan citizens were eligible for fishing licenses.\nIn 2023, the Fisheries and Aquaculture Act of 2022 entered into force and repealed the previous Fish Act. The new Act does not contain any provision explictly prohibiting or restricting fishing activities by non-citizens. Hence, assuming no foreign ownership restrictions applies anymore.","\"Part V - Licenses and Permits \n32. Prohibition of fisheries and aquaculture activities with licence or permit\nA person shall not engage in any fisheries or aquaculture activity without the relevant Lcence or perntt lssued under thts Act\n[...]\n34. Fishing vessel licence\n(1) A vessel shall not be used for lishrng unless– (a) the vessel is registered under the Inland Water Transport Act, 2021, and (b) there in in force, in respect of that vessel. a valid fishing vessel licence.\n[...]\n38. Prohibition of foreign fishing vessels\n(1) A foreign fishing vessel shall not be used for commercial fishing in the waters of Uganda. \n[...]\n45. Local fishing\nLocal fishing shall be regulated in accordance with the Local Governments Act, subuject to any restrictions imposed by the Chief Fisheries Officer as may be required to minimise threats to fisheries resources. \n[...]\nPart VI - Regulation of Aquaculture [...]\n62. Aquaculture activity licence\n(1) A person shall not engage in an aquacultue activity without a valid liccence issued by the Chief Fisheries Oflicer in respect of that aquaculture activity under thts Part.\n[...]\nPart Xl  - Repeal, Savings and Transitional\n123. Repeal of Cap. 197 [Fish Act] and Cap. 199\n(1) The Frsh Act rs repealed [...]\" (Fisheries and Aquaculture Act 2022)\n--------------------------\n\"PART Ill-REGISTRATION AND LICENSING \n7. Obligation to register a vessel \nA person who intends to employ a vessel in navigation of inland waterways or fly a Ugandan flag shall register the vessel with the Maritime Administration. \n[...]\n22. Licensing of vessels to carry on business \n(1) A person who intends to use a vessel for trade in carriage of goods or passengers on inland waterways shall apply to the Maritime Administration for a licence. \n(2)  This section does not apply to fishing vessels.\n23. Vessels eligible for application for a licence \nA vessel owned by–(a) the Government of Uganda; (b) a citizen of Uganda; (c) a company, organisation or partnership registered m Uganda; (d) an individual or company in possession of a vessel registered outside Uganda; or (e) an individual or corporation on bare boat charter in Uganda, is eligible to apply for a licence under section 22. [...]\" (Inland Water Transport, 2021)\n--------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n--------------------------\n\"2. Interpretation\nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— [...]\n(b) \"angling\" means fishing for pleasure with a single rod, reel or line where any fish caught are not intended for sale or barter;\n[...]\n6. Restriction on fishing and processing of fish\n(1) Any person who, without a valid specific licence issued for that purpose—\n(a) engages in the processing of fish or any fish product in any prescribed place or area; or\n(b) engages, in any prescribed place or area, in the marketing, purchase or sale of fish, \ncommits an offence.\n(2) No person who is not a citizen of Uganda shall fish in any waters of Uganda for the purpose of obtaining fish for sale unless he or she holds a valid specific licence issued for that purpose.\n[...]\n11. Restriction on noncitizens using vessels\n(1) A person who is not a citizen of Uganda who, for the purposes of fishing, uses any vessel licensed under this Act unless he or she is in possession of a valid special licence commits an offence against this Act.\n(2) It shall not be unlawful for a person who is not a citizen of Uganda to fish by angling or hand line from any vessel whether the vessel is licensed or not.\n(3) Except as is permitted by subsection (2), any person, other than a person who is in possession of a valid angling licence, who fishes by angling in any waters of Uganda commits an offence. [...]\"\n--------------------------\n\"2. Purpose.\nThe purpose of this Act is to repeal redundant business licences and to rationalise and simplify business licensing practices and procedures in order to eliminate multiplicity and overlap of business licences.\n3. Repeals.\nThe enactments specified in column1 of the Schedule are amended to the extent specified in the corresponding entry in column 2.\nSCHEDULE -  REPEALED ENACTMENTS\nColumn 1: Title of the Act | Column 2:  Extent of Amendment\n[...]\nThe Fish Act, Cap.197 | Subsections (2) and (3) of section 11 are repealed [...]\" (Business Licences (Miscellaneous Repeals) Act, 2015)\n--------------------------\n\"11. Dealings by non-citizens \nA non-citizen may engage in the marketing of fish or the purchase, sale, processing, canning or freezing of fish without a specific licence or permit for that purpose; except that the purchase of fish by a non-citizen without a licence or permit shall be permissible in the places and areas and in accordance with the conditions prescribed in Schedule 2.\nPART IV—LICENCES, PERMITS AND FEES \n12. Fishing without licence or permit \n(1) A person shall not engage in any fishing activity without a licence or permit issued under these Rules by the Chief Fisheries Officer or an authorised licensing officer. \n(2) Fishing activity in subrule (1) means fishing, transportation of fish, artisanal processing of fish, fish processing, fish net manufacturing, boat building and  recreational fishing.\n13. Application for licences and permits \nAn application for a licence or permit under these Rules shall be in the form set in Schedule 3.\n[...]\n16. Certificate of vessel ownership and fishing vessel identification plate \n(1) A person issued with a fishing vessel licence under these Rules shall, together with the licence, be issued with— (a) a certificate of vessel ownership relating to that vessel; and (b) a fishing vessel identification plate. \n(2) A certificate of vessel ownership and a fishing vessel identification plate issued under subrule (1) shall meet the specifications set out in Schedule 5. \n(3) The fishing vessel identification plate issued under subrule (1) shall be displayed on the licensed vessel at all times.\n[...]\nSCHEDULE 2 Rule 11  - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE OF FISH BY NON-CITIZEN.\nA non-citizen may purchase fish without a specific licence or permit for that purpose anywhere in Uganda, if the purchase is made— \n(a) on behalf of a hotel, eating house or restaurant for consumption by a guest or customer;\n(b) by an employer for consumption by his or her employees; or \n(c) by an individual for consumption by himself or herself or members of his or her family. [...]\" (Fish (Fishing) Rules, 2010)","Fisheries and Aquaculture Act 2022\nInland Water Transport, 2021\nFish Act, 1970, as amended\nBusiness Licences (Miscellaneous Repeals) Act, 2015\nFish (Fishing) Rules, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/uga219095.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2021/18/eng@2021-10-01\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/ord/1950/47/eng@2000-12-31\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ulii.org/akn/ug/act/2015/6/eng@2015-06-05\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://ugandatrades.go.ug/media/S.I.%20No.%2033%20of%202010.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://fisheries.go.ug/?dad=info&jc=file&id=9\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3189,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","K6512_652_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0015","Foreign investment in insurance companies is subject to discriminatory screening procedures [where foreign shareholding exceeds 50%, it requires approval of the Council of Ministers as opposed to the Minister of Finance in the case of domestic investors] and foreign shareholding is limited to 70% (the remaining 30% must be subscribed by national natural or legal persons [majority-owned by Angolan citizens]).","\"ARTICLE 3. (Specific and prior authorization)\n1. The activity referred to in article 1 may only be carried out by companies that have been authorized to be incorporated under the terms provided for in this law.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to authorize the incorporation of the companies referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, this authorization being granted for the entire national territory.\n3. Insurance companies whose shareholders are non-resident natural or legal persons are excluded when the subscribed capital, in whole or in part, exceeds 50% of the share capital, whose authorization is the responsibility of the Council of Ministers, under prior opinion of the Minister of Finance.\n[...]\nARTICLE 22. (Insurers with foreign capital)\n1. The following applies to the constitution of an insurance company using foreign investment:\na) that at least 60% of the foreign capital to be invested comes from insurance and financial institutions;\nb) that at least 30% of the subscribed, paid-up and/or authorized share capital comes from national, private, public, mixed, corporate or individual entities, as well as from public funds with own revenues not budgeted by the State;\nc) certificate from the competent authority in your country proving your suitability and experience in the insurance business;\nd) bylaws of the company;\ne) other applicable elements, provided for in article 14 of this law.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to regulate the terms and conditions for transferring dividends or distributed profits abroad.\n3. Without prejudice to the provisions of this law, the Foreign Investment Law shall apply with regard to the protection and fulfillment of general obligations.\n[...]\nARTICLE 41. (Applicable regime)\n1. With the exception of the constitution regime provided for in article 14 to article 17, the provisions of this law are applicable, mutatis mutandis, to insurance and reinsurance mediation.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to regulate the activity of insurance and reinsurance mediation by executive decree, without prejudice to the following paragraph.\n3. The exercise of insurance and/or reinsurance mediation and brokerage can only be extended to foreign citizens provided that, under the same conditions, Angolan citizens can carry out the aforementioned activities in that country, in accordance with the rights of reciprocity.\nARTICLE 42. (Legal forms and categories of mediators)\nLegal or natural persons who carry out the activity of mediation in the following ways can be insurance intermediaries: a) fundraisers; b) agents; c) insurance and/or reinsurance brokers.[...]\" (Law nº 1/00 ​​of 3 February – Law on Insurance Activities [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"ARTICLE 8. (Foreign mediators)\n1. The exercise of the activity of mediation may be extended to foreign citizens, residing in the country for at least five years, provided that Angolan citizens can exercise the activity of mediation in that country under the same conditions, in accordance with article 41 no. 3, of Law no. 1/00, General Law on Insurance Activity, without prejudice to the following number.\n2. A resident foreign citizen will only be granted authorization provided that he meets the requirements of Articles 5 or 6, as the case may be, and the Insurance Supervision Institute may request, when appropriate, all information relevant to the authorization to be granted, namely the certificate from the competent authority in your country, proving your suitability and experience in the activity.\n3. In the case of legal persons, registration with the Insurance Supervision Institute must also meet the requirements of subparagraph b) of article 22 of Law No. 1/00, General Law on Insurance Activities.[...]\" (EXECUTIVE DECREE N.º 7/03 OF JANUARY 24 - regulation on insurance mediation and brokerage [google translation])","Law nº 1/00 ​​of 3 February – Law on Insurance Activities\nEXECUTIVE DECREE N.º 7/03 OF JANUARY 24 - regulation on insurance mediation and brokerage","n/a","[<a href=\"https://owa.arseg.ao/api/v1/public/download?f=QsGRL8hOi%2bmrHWkNXbMq8AA2FyOPPw6mbnncd1%2bJXogufCqOzwsjLEpXVS06g1C%2bUkIkj3tAC%2bAonq021OcwdA%3d%3d\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://owa.arseg.ao/api/v1/public/download?f=QsGRL8hOi%2bmrHWkNXbMq8AA2FyOPPw6mbnncd1%2bJXojXDxm0EkEIUJg%2f04J%2fvBuyWg6%2bh2oEYjcsOPtUu2KmYXYD7cy%2fAvIhhGFd3beT4Xw%3d\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,591,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","K6512_652_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0015","Foreign investment in insurance companies is subject to discriminatory screening procedures [where foreign shareholding exceeds 50%, it requires approval of the Council of Ministers as opposed to the Minister of Finance in the case of domestic investors] and foreign shareholding is limited to 70% (the remaining 30% must be subscribed by national natural or legal persons [majority-owned by Angolan citizens]).","\"ARTICLE 3. (Specific and prior authorization)\n1. The activity referred to in article 1 may only be carried out by companies that have been authorized to be incorporated under the terms provided for in this law.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to authorize the incorporation of the companies referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, this authorization being granted for the entire national territory.\n3. Insurance companies whose shareholders are non-resident natural or legal persons are excluded when the subscribed capital, in whole or in part, exceeds 50% of the share capital, whose authorization is the responsibility of the Council of Ministers, under prior opinion of the Minister of Finance.\n[...]\nARTICLE 22. (Insurers with foreign capital)\n1. The following applies to the constitution of an insurance company using foreign investment:\na) that at least 60% of the foreign capital to be invested comes from insurance and financial institutions;\nb) that at least 30% of the subscribed, paid-up and/or authorized share capital comes from national, private, public, mixed, corporate or individual entities, as well as from public funds with own revenues not budgeted by the State;\nc) certificate from the competent authority in your country proving your suitability and experience in the insurance business;\nd) bylaws of the company;\ne) other applicable elements, provided for in article 14 of this law.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to regulate the terms and conditions for transferring dividends or distributed profits abroad.\n3. Without prejudice to the provisions of this law, the Foreign Investment Law shall apply with regard to the protection and fulfillment of general obligations.\n[...]\nARTICLE 41. (Applicable regime)\n1. With the exception of the constitution regime provided for in article 14 to article 17, the provisions of this law are applicable, mutatis mutandis, to insurance and reinsurance mediation.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to regulate the activity of insurance and reinsurance mediation by executive decree, without prejudice to the following paragraph.\n3. The exercise of insurance and/or reinsurance mediation and brokerage can only be extended to foreign citizens provided that, under the same conditions, Angolan citizens can carry out the aforementioned activities in that country, in accordance with the rights of reciprocity.\nARTICLE 42. (Legal forms and categories of mediators)\nLegal or natural persons who carry out the activity of mediation in the following ways can be insurance intermediaries: a) fundraisers; b) agents; c) insurance and/or reinsurance brokers.[...]\" (Law nº 1/00 ​​of 3 February – Law on Insurance Activities [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"ARTICLE 8. (Foreign mediators)\n1. The exercise of the activity of mediation may be extended to foreign citizens, residing in the country for at least five years, provided that Angolan citizens can exercise the activity of mediation in that country under the same conditions, in accordance with article 41 no. 3, of Law no. 1/00, General Law on Insurance Activity, without prejudice to the following number.\n2. A resident foreign citizen will only be granted authorization provided that he meets the requirements of Articles 5 or 6, as the case may be, and the Insurance Supervision Institute may request, when appropriate, all information relevant to the authorization to be granted, namely the certificate from the competent authority in your country, proving your suitability and experience in the activity.\n3. In the case of legal persons, registration with the Insurance Supervision Institute must also meet the requirements of subparagraph b) of article 22 of Law No. 1/00, General Law on Insurance Activities.[...]\" (EXECUTIVE DECREE N.º 7/03 OF JANUARY 24 - regulation on insurance mediation and brokerage [google translation])","Law nº 1/00 ​​of 3 February – Law on Insurance Activities\nEXECUTIVE DECREE N.º 7/03 OF JANUARY 24 - regulation on insurance mediation and brokerage","n/a","[<a href=\"https://owa.arseg.ao/api/v1/public/download?f=QsGRL8hOi%2bmrHWkNXbMq8AA2FyOPPw6mbnncd1%2bJXogufCqOzwsjLEpXVS06g1C%2bUkIkj3tAC%2bAonq021OcwdA%3d%3d\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://owa.arseg.ao/api/v1/public/download?f=QsGRL8hOi%2bmrHWkNXbMq8AA2FyOPPw6mbnncd1%2bJXojXDxm0EkEIUJg%2f04J%2fvBuyWg6%2bh2oEYjcsOPtUu2KmYXYD7cy%2fAvIhhGFd3beT4Xw%3d\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,591,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","K65_662","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0015","On 20 September 2019, Law No. 13,874 entered into force, repealing the previous reciprocity requirement for foreign insurance companies to establish and conduct business in Brazil.","\"Art 5 The private insurance policy will aim to:\nI - Promote the expansion of the insurance market and provide operational conditions necessary for its integration into the country's economic and social process;\nII - Avoid currency evasion, by balancing the balance of the results of exchange, business with abroad;\nIII - Establish the principle of reciprocity in insurance operations, conditioning the authorization for the operation of foreign companies and firms and equal conditions in the country of origin. (Repealed by Provisional Measure No. 881, of 2019) (Repealed by Law No. 13,874, of 2019)\n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - From the National Private Insurance Council\nArt 32. The National Private Insurance Council - CNSP is created, which is exclusively responsible for: [...]\nX - apply to foreign insurance companies authorized to operate in the country the same seals or restrictions equivalent to those in force in the matrix countries, in relation to Brazilian insurance societies installed there or that they wish to establish themselves; [...] (Repealed by Provisional Measure No. 881, of 2019) (Repealed by Law No. 13,874, of 2019)[...]\" (Decree-Law No. 73 of 21 November 1966, Providing for the National Private Insurance System, regulates insurance and reinsurance operations and provides other measures [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"Art. 19. The following are revoked: [...]\nII - the following provisions of Decree-Law No. 73, of November 21, 1966:\na) item III of the caput of art. 5th; It is\nb) item X of the caput of art. 32;[...]\" (Law No. 13,874, of 20 September 2019)","Decree-Law No. 73 of 21 November 1966, Providing for the National Private Insurance System, regulates insurance and reinsurance operations and provides other measures [google translation]\nLaw No. 13,874, of 20 September 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/decreto-lei/Del0073.htm\">Decree-law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_Ato2019-2022/2019/Lei/L13874.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3312,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","K6419X","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.006","Article 52 of Transitory measures of the Constitution forbids the establishment of branches of foreign financial institutions in Brazil as well as the increase of foreign participation in the capital of Brazilian financial institutions, unless an authorisation is granted resulting from international agreements, reciprocity or expressed interest of the Brazilian Government. For this purpose, financial institutions include banking institutions, credit societies (finance companies), brokerage firms and security dealer companies. \nSince September 2019, the recognition that the envisaged foreign investment is in line with the Brazilian government’s interest can be made by the Brazilian Central Bank (Decree 10.029/2019). \nOn 24 January 2020, the Central Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 came into effect. It repeals Circular 3,317 of 29 March 2006 and rescinds the previous authorisation requirements for foreign investment in financial institutions based in Brazil and applies the principle of national treatment of foreign investors to this sector. It implements the Presidential Decree No.10,029 of 26 September 2019, which delegated regulatory power to the Central Bank.\nOn 30 December 2022, a new law on the foreign exchange market (Lei No. 14.286, de 29 de dezembro de 2021) entered into force, recognising equal treatment of foreign and national capital. Among others, the new law eliminated previous restrictions on the possibility of banks headquartered in countries where Brazilian banks cannot fully operate to acquire more than 30% of voting rights within Brazilian banks.  \n","\"Article 192. The national financial system, structured to promote the balanced development of the country and to serve the collective interests, in all of the component elements of the system, including credit cooperatives, shall be regulated by supplementary laws which shall also provide for the participation of foreign capital in the institutions that make up the said system.\n[...]\n[Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act]\n Article 52.  Until such time as the conditions referred to in article 192 are established, the following are forbidden: (CA No. 40, 2002)\nI – the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad;\nII – increase of percentual participation of individuals and legal entities resident or domiciled abroad in the capital of financial institutions with headquarters in Brazil.\nSole paragraph. The prohibition referred to in this article does not apply to the authorizations resulting from international agreements, from reciprocity or from interest of the Brazilian Government.[...]\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended by Constitutional Amendment No. 40 of 2002, Article 192 and Article 52 of the Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Art. 50. The same prohibitions or restrictions equivalent to those that the legislation in force in the places where their headquarters are based impose on Brazilian banks that wish to establish themselves will be applied to foreign banks authorized to operate in Brazil. [Repaled by Law No. 14,286, of 2021]\nSingle paragraph. The Currency and Credit Superintendence Council will issue the necessary instructions so that the provisions of this article are complied with, within two years, in relation to foreign banks already operating in the country. [Repaled by Law No. 14,286, of 2021]\nArt. 51. Foreign banks whose headquarters are headquartered in areas where legislation imposes restrictions on the operation of Brazilian banks are prohibited from acquiring more than 30% (thirty percent) of shares with voting rights from national banks. [Repaled by Law No. 14,286, of 2021] [...]\" (Law No. 4,131, of 3 September 1962, Regulating the investment of foreign capital and remittances of values abroad and provides other measures [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Art. 1 The Central Bank of Brazil is authorized to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government:\nI - the installation, in the Country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad; and\nII - the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad. [...]\" (Decree No. 10.029 Authorising the Central Bank of Brazil to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad and the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad (26 September 2019), Article 1 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"The Board of Directors of the Central Bank of Brazil, in a meeting held on January 22, 2020, based on Decree no. 10,029, of September 26, 2019, and in view of the provisions of article 52, sole paragraph, of the Transitional Constitutional Provisions Act, R E S O L V E S:\nArticle 1. The Central Bank of Brazil recognizes as of interest to the Brazilian Government the participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in Brazil, by natural or legal persons resident or domiciled abroad.\nSole Paragraph. The participation mentioned in the heading of this article must comply with the requirements and the procedures foreseen in the regulation in effect for establishment, authorization to operate, cancellation of authorization, control changes and corporate reorganizations of financial institutions.\nArticle 2. The Circular no. 3,317, of March 29, 2006 is hereby revoked.[...]\" (Central Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 of 24 January 2020)\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1. This Law regulates the Brazilian foreign exchange market, the Brazilian capital abroad, the foreign capital in Brazil, and information disclosure to the Central Bank of Brazil, with the purpose of compiling official macroeconomic statistics. [...]\nCHAPTER III - ON THE BRAZILIAN CAPITAL ABROAD AND ON FOREIGN CAPITAL IN BRAZIL \nArticle 8. For the purposes of the provisions of this Law, the following definitions apply: \nI – Brazilian capital abroad: values, goods, rights, and assets of any nature held outside the national territory by residents;\nII – foreign capital in Brazil: values, goods, rights, and assets of any nature held in the national territory by nonresidents. [...]\n[...]\nArticle 9. Foreign capital in Brazil shall be accorded the same legal treatment as the one accorded to national capital, on equal terms.\n[...]\nArticle 28. The following are hereby revoked:  [...]\nXVIII - the following provisions of Law No. 4,131, of September 3, 1962: [...]\nh) arts. 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56 and 57;\n[...]\nArticle 29. This Law enters into force 1 (one) year after the date of its official publication. [...]\" (Law Nr. 14,286, of 29 December 2021  [unofficial translation])","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended by Constitutional Amendment No. 40 of 2002, Article 192 and Article 52 of the Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act\nLaw No. 4,131, of 3 September 1962, Regulating the investment of foreign capital and remittances of values abroad and provides other measures [google translation]\nDecree No. 10.029 Authorising the Central Bank of Brazil to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad and the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad (26 September 2019)\nCentral Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 of 24 January 2020\nLaw Nr. 14,286, of 29 December 2021  [unofficial translation]\n","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2019-2022/2019/decreto/D10029.htm\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcb.gov.br/content/config/Documents/Central_Bank_of_Brazil_BCB_Circular_3977-2020.pdf\">Circular</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcb.gov.br/content/about/legislation_norms_docs/Law_FX_14.286.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3304,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.0006","Up to 2020, the ratio of foreign shares in life insurance companies could not exceed 51% and foreign investment in insurance asset management companies was limited to 25%.\nSince then, only foreign investment in insurance asset management companies remains limited to 25%.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\n[No longer listed since the 2020 Special Administrative Measures ['Negative List'): \n29.The ratio of foreign shares in life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021)] [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Article 9 The total shares held by domestic insurance companies in insurance asset management companies shall not be less than 75%.\nThe “domestic insurance companies” mentioned in the preceding paragraph refer to insurance companies and insurance holding (group) companies with legal personality that are established with the approval of the China Insurance Regulatory Commission and registered in accordance with the law. [...]\" (Interim Provisions on the Administration of Insurance Asset Management Companies, China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order (2004) No. 2 April 21, 2004 [google translation] [The Order has been abolished by Regulations on the Management of Insurance Asset Management Companies (issued by the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission Order No. 2 of 2022 on July 28, 2022 and effective from September 1, 2022)]\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The term \"insurance company\" as mentioned in these Measures refers to an insurance company established with the approval of the China Insurance Regulatory Commission (hereinafter referred to as the \"China Insurance Regulatory Commission\") and registered in accordance with the law, where foreign shareholders contribute capital or hold less than 25% of the company's registered capital. [...]\" (China Insurance Regulatory Commission, \"Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies\" on May 4, 2010 (CIRC Order No. 6 of 2010), as amended by CIRC Order No. 4, 2014 [google translation] [The order has been abolished by Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies (China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order No. 5 of 2018 on March 2, 2018 will come into effect on April 10, 2018)]\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n[24 The foreign shareholding ratio of life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding will be lifted in 2021) [Lifted in 2020 already]] [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n24 The foreign shareholding ratio of life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding will be lifted in 2021).[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n29. Foreign investment in life insurance companies must not exceed 51%. (the ration limit on foreign investment is to be abolished in 2021)  [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nInterim Provisions on the Administration of Insurance Asset Management Companies, China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order (2004) No. 2 April 21, 2004, repealed by CBIRC Order No. 2/2022\nChina Insurance Regulatory Commission issued the \"Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies\" on May 4, 2010 (CIRC Order No. 6 of 2010), abolished by CIRC Order No. 5 of 2018\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","Baker & Mckenzie (2021), \"China: New standards for shareholding administration of foreign-invested insurance companies\", 21 April.","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cbirc.gov.cn/cn/view/pages/ItemDetail.html?docId=372768&itemId=928&generaltype=0\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.moj.gov.cn/pub/sfbgw/flfggz/flfggzbmgz/201503/t20150306_145508.html\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2018/content_5294432.htm\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=d5aa1343-3c07-4179-bf9c-6d8d7f1ef91f\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3441,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.0006","Up to 2020, the ratio of foreign shares in life insurance companies could not exceed 51% and foreign investment in insurance asset management companies was limited to 25%.\nSince then, only foreign investment in insurance asset management companies remains limited to 25%.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\n[No longer listed since the 2020 Special Administrative Measures ['Negative List'): \n29.The ratio of foreign shares in life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021)] [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Article 9 The total shares held by domestic insurance companies in insurance asset management companies shall not be less than 75%.\nThe “domestic insurance companies” mentioned in the preceding paragraph refer to insurance companies and insurance holding (group) companies with legal personality that are established with the approval of the China Insurance Regulatory Commission and registered in accordance with the law. [...]\" (Interim Provisions on the Administration of Insurance Asset Management Companies, China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order (2004) No. 2 April 21, 2004 [google translation] [The Order has been abolished by Regulations on the Management of Insurance Asset Management Companies (issued by the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission Order No. 2 of 2022 on July 28, 2022 and effective from September 1, 2022)]\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The term \"insurance company\" as mentioned in these Measures refers to an insurance company established with the approval of the China Insurance Regulatory Commission (hereinafter referred to as the \"China Insurance Regulatory Commission\") and registered in accordance with the law, where foreign shareholders contribute capital or hold less than 25% of the company's registered capital. [...]\" (China Insurance Regulatory Commission, \"Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies\" on May 4, 2010 (CIRC Order No. 6 of 2010), as amended by CIRC Order No. 4, 2014 [google translation] [The order has been abolished by Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies (China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order No. 5 of 2018 on March 2, 2018 will come into effect on April 10, 2018)]","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nInterim Provisions on the Administration of Insurance Asset Management Companies, China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order (2004) No. 2 April 21, 2004, repealed by CBIRC Order No. 2/2022\nChina Insurance Regulatory Commission issued the \"Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies\" on May 4, 2010 (CIRC Order No. 6 of 2010), abolished by CIRC Order No. 5 of 2018","Baker & Mckenzie (2021), \"China: New standards for shareholding administration of foreign-invested insurance companies\", 21 April.","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cbirc.gov.cn/cn/view/pages/ItemDetail.html?docId=372768&itemId=928&generaltype=0\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.moj.gov.cn/pub/sfbgw/flfggz/flfggzbmgz/201503/t20150306_145508.html\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2018/content_5294432.htm\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=d5aa1343-3c07-4179-bf9c-6d8d7f1ef91f\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2561,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","H501","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.00048","Nationals of countries that are not members of the EU or the EEA may not engage in cabotage. In order to be registered in France, fishing vessels must either: a) be owned at least 50 per cent by physical persons of the EU; b) be owned at least 50 per cent by moral persons established in the EU; c) be owned at least 50 per cent by physical persons, as described in (a), and by moral persons, as described in (b). In the case of ownership by moral persons established in the EU, their head office may be located in a State which does not belong to the EU when, in application of an agreement concluded between France and this State, a company incorporated in accordance with French law can regularly exercise its activity on the territory of the said State and have its registered office there. The ship must then also be managed and controlled from a permanent establishment located on French territory.","\"Article 219\nI. - To be French-language, a vessel armed for commerce or pleasure, which has undergone a security check in accordance with the regulations in force, must meet the following conditions: [...]\n2 ° A. - Or at least half belong to nationals of a Member State of the European Union or of a State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area who, if they reside in the territory of the French Republic for less than six months a year, must elect domicile there for all administrative or judicial matters relating to the property and condition of the ship. If the vessel is jointly owned, each of the managers must reside in France or, if they reside there for less than six months per year, elect domicile there;\nB. - Or at least half of companies having their registered office or their main establishment in the territory of the French Republic or of another Member State of the European Union or of another State party to the agreement in the European Economic Area, subject, in these last two cases, that the ship is managed and controlled from a permanent establishment located on French territory.\nHowever, the head office may be located in a State which does not belong to the European Union or which is not a party to the agreement on the European Economic Area when, in application of an agreement concluded between France and this State, a company incorporated in accordance with French law may regularly exercise its activity in the territory of the said State and have its registered office there. The ship must then also be managed and controlled from a permanent establishment located on French territory;\nC. - Or at least half belong to nationals of a Member State of the European Union or of a State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area fulfilling the conditions set out in A and to companies fulfilling the conditions provided for in B;\nD. - Either be intended to belong after exercise of the option open for the acquisition of the property by a leasing operation:\na) Or at least half to nationals of a Member State of the European Union or of a State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area who meet the conditions set out in A;\nb) Or at least half to companies fulfilling the conditions set out in B;\nc) Or at least half to nationals of a Member State of the European Union or of a State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area who meet the conditions provided for in A and to companies which meet the conditions provided for at B;\nE. - Or be bareboat chartered by:\na) A natural person fulfilling the nationality and residence conditions defined in A;\nb) Or a company fulfilling the conditions of nationality, registered office or permanent establishment defined in B;\nF. - Or be a vessel whose nautical management meets the following criteria:\na) It is effectively carried out from France by a permanent establishment of the owner company or of a French company contractually linked with the owner to ensure the nautical management;\nb) The ship manager holds a document of compliance in application of the international safety management code and meets the conditions of nationality, residence, head office or main establishment defined in A or B. When the ship is outside the scope of the international security management code and that its manager does not therefore hold a document of conformity within the meaning of the code mentioned in the first sentence of this b, the manager proves, failing this, that he has been providing since France the equivalent management measures necessary for the operation of the vessel;\n3 ° Independently of the cases provided for in 2 °, the francization of a commercial or pleasure vessel may be granted by special approval under conditions fixed by decree when, in one of the cases provided for in the same 2 °, the rights of natural or legal persons fulfilling the conditions of nationality, residence, registered office or main establishment defined in said 2 ° do not extend to half but at least a quarter of the vessel and, in addition, on condition that the management of the ship is provided by these persons themselves or, failing this, entrusted to other persons fulfilling the conditions provided for in A or B of the same 2 °.\nII. - When it is bareboat chartered, a French-language merchant or pleasure vessel can only keep the French flag on condition that it is, during the charter period, managed and controlled from a permanent establishment located on French territory.\n[...]\nArticle 257\nTransport between the ports of mainland France is reserved for ships operated by shipowners who are nationals of a Member State of the European Community or of another State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and registered in a State member of the European Community or in another State party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and flying the flag of the same State.\nHowever, the administrative authority may, under conditions fixed by decree, authorize a ship which does not meet these conditions to provide specific transport.[...]\" (Customs Code, last amended by Law n°2021-1017 of 2 August 2021, Articles 219 and 257 [google translation])","Customs Code, last amended by Law n°2021-1017 of 2 August 2021, Articles 219 and 257 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/codes/id/LEGITEXT000006071570/\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,725,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","D3510X1","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.002625","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in large power plants was limited to 95%. If under PPP, 100% foreign ownership was permitted; and in small-scale geothermal was limited to 67%.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n[Energy and Mineral Resources Sector]\n- Power plant < 1 MW [see 2019 restrictions below]: Allocated to MSME/cooperatives [no material change]\n- Small-scale power plant (1-10 MW) [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Geothermal power plant with a capacity of ≤ 10 MW [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Power plant > 10 MW [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed][...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nD. Energy and Mineral Resources Sector\n- Power plant < 1 MW: Domestic capital 100% \n- Small-scale power plant (1-10 MW): Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%\n- Geothermal power plant with a capacity of ≤ 10 MW: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%\n- Power plant > 10 MW: Foreign capital ownership: Max.95% (Maximum 100% for the purpose of Public Private Partnership / KPS during concession period) [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3341,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0008","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in some air transportation auxialiary services was limited to 67% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Air transportation supporting services (computer-based reservation system passenger and cargo ground handling and aircraft leasing), Airport supporting services, Air freight forwarding services, Airline general sales agents (GSA) [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Air transportation support service(computer-based reservation system passenger and cargo ground handling and aircraft leasing), Airport activities service, Air freight forwarding services, Airline general sales agents (GSA): a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%  [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3365,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","B09","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.000583333","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in offshore drilling, platform construction and geothermal-related services was permitted with majority, but not full foreign ownership.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Oil and gas construction services (Platform), [...] Offshore oil and gas drilling services [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] \n- Geothermal surveying services, Geothermal drilling services [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed]\n- Geothermal operation and maintenance services [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed][...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2020\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nD. Energy and Mineral Resources Sector\n-Oil and gas construction services (Platform): Foreign capital ownership Max.75%\n-Geothermal surveying services: Foreign capital ownership: Max.95%\n-Offshore oil and gas drilling services : Foreign capital ownership: Max.75%\n-Geothermal drilling services: Foreign capital ownership: Max.95%\n-Geothermal operation and maintenance services: Max.90% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3396,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","B09","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.005833333","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in O&G onshore drilling and other services was prohibited.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Oil and gas construction services (Onshore oil and gas upstream production installation,  onshore pipeline installation, Horizontal/vertical tank, onshore oil and gas storage and marketing installation), Onshore oil and gas drilling services, Oil and gas supporting services (well operation and maintenance service, oil and gas design and engineering service,  technical inspection service) [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed][...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2020\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nD. Energy and Mineral Resources Sector\n- Oil and gas construction services (Onshore oil and gas upstream production installation,  onshore pipeline installation, Horizontal/vertical tank, onshore oil and gas storage and marketing installation), Onshore oil and gas drilling services, Oil and gas supporting services (well operation and maintenance service, oil and gas design and engineering service,  technical inspection service): Domestic capital: 100% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3397,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","Since the Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019 entered into force, foreign shareholding in many retail business (e.g. all retail in non-specialised stores, via internet or mail orders, as well as retail of certain goods in stalls and markets ( food, beverages, tobacco, textiles, clothing and footwear in stalls and markets) and in specialised stores (motor dealerships (inlcuding repair and maintenance services); household fuels, bottled gas and coal; cultural and recreation goods; business agents and brokers activities in specialise stores, including of health-related products; animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; bread and confectionary products; motor vehicle and motorcyle parts and accessoires, including repair activities; alcoholic beverages; meat and meat products, including poultry; fruits and vegetables; prepared meat and meat dishes; hardware, paints and glass products; pharmaceuticals and medical products, including cosmetics and toilet products; health-related products) is limited to 30% in the case of a company and to 49% in the case of partnerships. Previously, in accordance to the Trading Enterprises Order and its regulations, foreign shareholding in mini supermarkets is completely restricted.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shall be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,4098,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00375","Since the Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019 entered into force, foreign shareholding in many retail business (e.g. all retail in non-specialised stores, via internet or mail orders, as well as retail of certain goods in stalls and markets ( food, beverages, tobacco, textiles, clothing and footwear in stalls and markets) and in specialised stores (motor dealerships (inlcuding repair and maintenance services); household fuels, bottled gas and coal; cultural and recreation goods; business agents and brokers activities in specialise stores, including of health-related products; animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; bread and confectionary products; motor vehicle and motorcyle parts and accessoires, including repair activities; alcoholic beverages; meat and meat products, including poultry; fruits and vegetables; prepared meat and meat dishes; hardware, paints and glass products; pharmaceuticals and medical products, including cosmetics and toilet products; health-related products) is limited to 30% in the case of a company and to 49% in the case of partnerships. Previously, in accordance to the Trading Enterprises Order and its regulations, foreign shareholding in mini supermarkets is completely restricted.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shall be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,4098,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GBR","H51","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00576","Airlines established in the United Kingdom must be majority owned and effectively controlled by EU states and/or nationals of EU states, unless otherwise provided for through an international agreement to which the EU is a signatory.","\"Article 4 - Conditions for granting an operating licence:\nAn undertaking shall be granted an operating licence by the competent licensing authority of a Member State provided that: [...]\n(f) Member States and/or nationals of Member States own more than 50 % of the undertaking and effectively control it, whether directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate undertakings, except as provided for in an agreement with a third country to which the Community is a party; [...]\" (Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f))","Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community, Article 4(f)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008R1008-20201218\">Reg</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,1281,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.001125","Foreign investment in insurance companies is subject to discriminatory screening procedures [where foreign shareholding exceeds 50%, it requires approval of the Council of Ministers as opposed to the Minister of Finance in the case of domestic investors] and foreign shareholding is limited to 70% (the remaining 30% must be subscribed by national natural or legal persons [majority-owned by Angolan citizens]).","\"ARTICLE 3. (Specific and prior authorization)\n1. The activity referred to in article 1 may only be carried out by companies that have been authorized to be incorporated under the terms provided for in this law.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to authorize the incorporation of the companies referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, this authorization being granted for the entire national territory.\n3. Insurance companies whose shareholders are non-resident natural or legal persons are excluded when the subscribed capital, in whole or in part, exceeds 50% of the share capital, whose authorization is the responsibility of the Council of Ministers, under prior opinion of the Minister of Finance.\n[...]\nARTICLE 22. (Insurers with foreign capital)\n1. The following applies to the constitution of an insurance company using foreign investment:\na) that at least 60% of the foreign capital to be invested comes from insurance and financial institutions;\nb) that at least 30% of the subscribed, paid-up and/or authorized share capital comes from national, private, public, mixed, corporate or individual entities, as well as from public funds with own revenues not budgeted by the State;\nc) certificate from the competent authority in your country proving your suitability and experience in the insurance business;\nd) bylaws of the company;\ne) other applicable elements, provided for in article 14 of this law.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to regulate the terms and conditions for transferring dividends or distributed profits abroad.\n3. Without prejudice to the provisions of this law, the Foreign Investment Law shall apply with regard to the protection and fulfillment of general obligations.\n[...]\nARTICLE 41. (Applicable regime)\n1. With the exception of the constitution regime provided for in article 14 to article 17, the provisions of this law are applicable, mutatis mutandis, to insurance and reinsurance mediation.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to regulate the activity of insurance and reinsurance mediation by executive decree, without prejudice to the following paragraph.\n3. The exercise of insurance and/or reinsurance mediation and brokerage can only be extended to foreign citizens provided that, under the same conditions, Angolan citizens can carry out the aforementioned activities in that country, in accordance with the rights of reciprocity.\nARTICLE 42. (Legal forms and categories of mediators)\nLegal or natural persons who carry out the activity of mediation in the following ways can be insurance intermediaries: a) fundraisers; b) agents; c) insurance and/or reinsurance brokers.[...]\" (Law nº 1/00 ​​of 3 February – Law on Insurance Activities [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"ARTICLE 8. (Foreign mediators)\n1. The exercise of the activity of mediation may be extended to foreign citizens, residing in the country for at least five years, provided that Angolan citizens can exercise the activity of mediation in that country under the same conditions, in accordance with article 41 no. 3, of Law no. 1/00, General Law on Insurance Activity, without prejudice to the following number.\n2. A resident foreign citizen will only be granted authorization provided that he meets the requirements of Articles 5 or 6, as the case may be, and the Insurance Supervision Institute may request, when appropriate, all information relevant to the authorization to be granted, namely the certificate from the competent authority in your country, proving your suitability and experience in the activity.\n3. In the case of legal persons, registration with the Insurance Supervision Institute must also meet the requirements of subparagraph b) of article 22 of Law No. 1/00, General Law on Insurance Activities.[...]\" (EXECUTIVE DECREE N.º 7/03 OF JANUARY 24 - regulation on insurance mediation and brokerage [google translation])","Law nº 1/00 ​​of 3 February – Law on Insurance Activities\nEXECUTIVE DECREE N.º 7/03 OF JANUARY 24 - regulation on insurance mediation and brokerage","n/a","[<a href=\"https://owa.arseg.ao/api/v1/public/download?f=QsGRL8hOi%2bmrHWkNXbMq8AA2FyOPPw6mbnncd1%2bJXogufCqOzwsjLEpXVS06g1C%2bUkIkj3tAC%2bAonq021OcwdA%3d%3d\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://owa.arseg.ao/api/v1/public/download?f=QsGRL8hOi%2bmrHWkNXbMq8AA2FyOPPw6mbnncd1%2bJXojXDxm0EkEIUJg%2f04J%2fvBuyWg6%2bh2oEYjcsOPtUu2KmYXYD7cy%2fAvIhhGFd3beT4Xw%3d\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,592,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.001125","Foreign investment in insurance companies is subject to discriminatory screening procedures [where foreign shareholding exceeds 50%, it requires approval of the Council of Ministers as opposed to the Minister of Finance in the case of domestic investors] and foreign shareholding is limited to 70% (the remaining 30% must be subscribed by national natural or legal persons [majority-owned by Angolan citizens]).","\"ARTICLE 3. (Specific and prior authorization)\n1. The activity referred to in article 1 may only be carried out by companies that have been authorized to be incorporated under the terms provided for in this law.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to authorize the incorporation of the companies referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, this authorization being granted for the entire national territory.\n3. Insurance companies whose shareholders are non-resident natural or legal persons are excluded when the subscribed capital, in whole or in part, exceeds 50% of the share capital, whose authorization is the responsibility of the Council of Ministers, under prior opinion of the Minister of Finance.\n[...]\nARTICLE 22. (Insurers with foreign capital)\n1. The following applies to the constitution of an insurance company using foreign investment:\na) that at least 60% of the foreign capital to be invested comes from insurance and financial institutions;\nb) that at least 30% of the subscribed, paid-up and/or authorized share capital comes from national, private, public, mixed, corporate or individual entities, as well as from public funds with own revenues not budgeted by the State;\nc) certificate from the competent authority in your country proving your suitability and experience in the insurance business;\nd) bylaws of the company;\ne) other applicable elements, provided for in article 14 of this law.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to regulate the terms and conditions for transferring dividends or distributed profits abroad.\n3. Without prejudice to the provisions of this law, the Foreign Investment Law shall apply with regard to the protection and fulfillment of general obligations.\n[...]\nARTICLE 41. (Applicable regime)\n1. With the exception of the constitution regime provided for in article 14 to article 17, the provisions of this law are applicable, mutatis mutandis, to insurance and reinsurance mediation.\n2. It is incumbent upon the Minister of Finance to regulate the activity of insurance and reinsurance mediation by executive decree, without prejudice to the following paragraph.\n3. The exercise of insurance and/or reinsurance mediation and brokerage can only be extended to foreign citizens provided that, under the same conditions, Angolan citizens can carry out the aforementioned activities in that country, in accordance with the rights of reciprocity.\nARTICLE 42. (Legal forms and categories of mediators)\nLegal or natural persons who carry out the activity of mediation in the following ways can be insurance intermediaries: a) fundraisers; b) agents; c) insurance and/or reinsurance brokers.[...]\" (Law nº 1/00 ​​of 3 February – Law on Insurance Activities [google translation])\n--------------------\n\"ARTICLE 8. (Foreign mediators)\n1. The exercise of the activity of mediation may be extended to foreign citizens, residing in the country for at least five years, provided that Angolan citizens can exercise the activity of mediation in that country under the same conditions, in accordance with article 41 no. 3, of Law no. 1/00, General Law on Insurance Activity, without prejudice to the following number.\n2. A resident foreign citizen will only be granted authorization provided that he meets the requirements of Articles 5 or 6, as the case may be, and the Insurance Supervision Institute may request, when appropriate, all information relevant to the authorization to be granted, namely the certificate from the competent authority in your country, proving your suitability and experience in the activity.\n3. In the case of legal persons, registration with the Insurance Supervision Institute must also meet the requirements of subparagraph b) of article 22 of Law No. 1/00, General Law on Insurance Activities.[...]\" (EXECUTIVE DECREE N.º 7/03 OF JANUARY 24 - regulation on insurance mediation and brokerage [google translation])","Law nº 1/00 ​​of 3 February – Law on Insurance Activities\nEXECUTIVE DECREE N.º 7/03 OF JANUARY 24 - regulation on insurance mediation and brokerage","n/a","[<a href=\"https://owa.arseg.ao/api/v1/public/download?f=QsGRL8hOi%2bmrHWkNXbMq8AA2FyOPPw6mbnncd1%2bJXogufCqOzwsjLEpXVS06g1C%2bUkIkj3tAC%2bAonq021OcwdA%3d%3d\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://owa.arseg.ao/api/v1/public/download?f=QsGRL8hOi%2bmrHWkNXbMq8AA2FyOPPw6mbnncd1%2bJXojXDxm0EkEIUJg%2f04J%2fvBuyWg6%2bh2oEYjcsOPtUu2KmYXYD7cy%2fAvIhhGFd3beT4Xw%3d\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,592,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00075","Up to 2020, foreign investments in life insurance were subject to prior governemnt approval (in addition to needed approval by the regulatory authority) as it featured among the activities under the foreign investment 'negative list'.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\n[No longer listed since the 2020 Special Administrative Measures ['Negative List'): \n29.The ratio of foreign shares in life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021)] [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Article 9 The total shares held by domestic insurance companies in insurance asset management companies shall not be less than 75%.\nThe “domestic insurance companies” mentioned in the preceding paragraph refer to insurance companies and insurance holding (group) companies with legal personality that are established with the approval of the China Insurance Regulatory Commission and registered in accordance with the law. [...]\" (Interim Provisions on the Administration of Insurance Asset Management Companies, China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order (2004) No. 2 April 21, 2004 [google translation] [The Order has been abolished by Regulations on the Management of Insurance Asset Management Companies (issued by the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission Order No. 2 of 2022 on July 28, 2022 and effective from September 1, 2022)]\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The term \"insurance company\" as mentioned in these Measures refers to an insurance company established with the approval of the China Insurance Regulatory Commission (hereinafter referred to as the \"China Insurance Regulatory Commission\") and registered in accordance with the law, where foreign shareholders contribute capital or hold less than 25% of the company's registered capital. [...]\" (China Insurance Regulatory Commission, \"Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies\" on May 4, 2010 (CIRC Order No. 6 of 2010), as amended by CIRC Order No. 4, 2014 [google translation] [The order has been abolished by Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies (China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order No. 5 of 2018 on March 2, 2018 will come into effect on April 10, 2018)]\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n[24 The foreign shareholding ratio of life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding will be lifted in 2021) [Lifted in 2020 already]] [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n24 The foreign shareholding ratio of life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding will be lifted in 2021).[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n29. Foreign investment in life insurance companies must not exceed 51%. (the ration limit on foreign investment is to be abolished in 2021)  [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nInterim Provisions on the Administration of Insurance Asset Management Companies, China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order (2004) No. 2 April 21, 2004, repealed by CBIRC Order No. 2/2022\nChina Insurance Regulatory Commission issued the \"Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies\" on May 4, 2010 (CIRC Order No. 6 of 2010), abolished by CIRC Order No. 5 of 2018\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","Baker & Mckenzie (2021), \"China: New standards for shareholding administration of foreign-invested insurance companies\", 21 April.","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cbirc.gov.cn/cn/view/pages/ItemDetail.html?docId=372768&itemId=928&generaltype=0\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.moj.gov.cn/pub/sfbgw/flfggz/flfggzbmgz/201503/t20150306_145508.html\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2018/content_5294432.htm\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=d5aa1343-3c07-4179-bf9c-6d8d7f1ef91f\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3439,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0075","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in seeding and cultivation of a variety of crops, including rice, corn and soybean, in an area or more than 25Ha was limited to 49% of the equity capital. Foreign investment in the seeding and cultivation of vegetables and fruits was limited to 30%.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Seeding/seedling business of staple food crops in an area of more than 25 Ha  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)\n- Cultivation business of staple food crops in an area of more than 25 Ha [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)\n- Business with the same or exceeding a certain capacity [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2020\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS\nA. Agricultural Sector\n-Seeding/seedling business of staple food crops in an area of more than 25 Ha (rice, corn, soybean, Groundnut, Mung bean, other food crops, such as cassava and sweet potato): Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%\n-Cultivation business of staple food crops in an area of more than 25 Ha (rice, corn, soybean, Groundnut, Mung bean, other food crops, such as cassava and sweet potato): Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%\n-Business with the same or exceeding a certain capacity ([...] Annual fruit crop seeding, Grape seeding, Tropical fruits seeding, Citrus fruits seeding, Apples, pome and stone fruits seeding, Berries seeding, Annual vegetable seeding, Perennial vegetable seeding, Herbal medicinal plant seeding, Mushroom seeding, Floriculture crop seeding, Annual fruit cultivating, Grape cultivating, Tropical fruit cultivating, Citrus fruit cultivating, Apples, pome and stone fruit cultivating, Berries cultivating, Leafy vegetable cultivating (cabbages, mustard, scallion, celery), Root vegetable cultivating (red onion, garlic, potatoes, carrots), Fruit bearing vegetable cultivating (tomatoes, cucumbers), Chili pepper, paprika cultivating, Mushroom cultivating, Ornamental plant cultivating, Non-flower ornamental plant cultivating, Horticultural crop processing industry: fruits and vegetables postharvest business, Horticultural research business and horticultural quality control laboratory business, Horticultural agrotourism business, Horticultural post-harvest service business, Flower arrangement/florist/decorator business, Horticultural development consultant, Horticultural landscaping, Horticultural course services, Research and development on agricultural genetic resources science and engineering, Research and development on GMO (Genetically Modified Organism) product science and engineering (genetic engineering), Breeding and raising of pigs in a total of more than 125 pigs): Foreign capital ownership: Max.30%. [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3338,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","M711_741X","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000375","Up to 2019, the admission of non-EU/EEA architectst to the Portuguese Order of the Architects was subject to a reciprocity condition for recognising professional qualifications acquired abroad (or thourh bilateral agreements between Portugal and third countries), and only architects could be partners in architectural firms.  Foreigners falling outside the preferential system had, therefore, to redo their university degree in Portugal.\nSince 2024, non-architects professionals are also allowed to be partners in architectural firms.",{"$cut":{"chars":18656,"head":"\"Article 5. Effective members\n1 - Holders of qualifications in the field of architecture who have successfully completed a professional internship under the terms of this Statute may register as full members.\n2 - For the purposes of the provisions of the previous paragraph, the following are considered as qualifying training in the field of architecture:\na) Holding a degree in architecture or in the field of architecture that meets the requirements of paragraphs 1 and 2 of article 43 9/2009, of March 4th, amended by Laws no. 41/2012, of August 28th, and 25/2014, of May 2nd, conferred following a cycle of studies carried out within the framework of the study organization prior to the study organization regime introduced by Decree-Law no. 74/2006, of March 24th, amended by Decree-Laws no. , of September 14th, and 115/2013, of August 7th;\nb) Holding a master's degree in architecture or in the field of architecture that meets the requirements of paragraphs 1 and 2 of article 43 of Law no. 9/2009, of March 4, as amended by Laws no. 41/2012, of August 28, and 25/2014, of May 2, awarded following an integrated master's degree study cycle carried out within the framework of the study organization introduced by Decree-Law No. 74/2006, of March 24th, amended by Decree-Laws no. 107/2008, of June 25th, 230/2009, of September 14th, and 115/2013, of August 7th;\nc) Holding a foreign higher academic degree in the field of architecture that has been granted equivalence to the degrees referred to in paragraphs a) or b) or that have been recognized at their level.\n3 - (Repealed.)\n4 - In exceptional cases, and by order of the member of the Government responsible for supervision, the professional titles of architect may be granted on a transitional basis to architects whose training was obtained in a third State, provided that it is recognized by a Member State of the European Union, after hearing the Order.\nArticle 6. Right of establishment\n1 - The recognition of professional qualifications of nationals of a Member State of the European Union or the European Economic Area obtained outside Portugal, for registration as a member of the Order, is regulated by Law no. 9/2009, of 4 March .\n2 - The professional who wishes to register with the Order, under the terms of the previous number, and who provides services, in a subordinate or autonomous manner or as a partner or who acts as a manager or administrator in the Member State of origin, within the scope of associative organization of professionals, in compliance with the provisions of paragraph 4 of article 37 of Law no. 2/2013, of January 10, must identify the organization in question in the request submitted under the terms of article 47 of the Law No. 9/2009, of March 4th.\n3 - If the fact to be communicated under the terms of the previous paragraph occurs after the submission of the request for recognition of qualifications, the associative organization in question must be identified before the Order within a maximum period of 60 days.\n[...]\nArticle 47. Professional architectural societies\n1 - Architects may establish or join as partners in professional architectural societies, under their own rules.\n2 - (Revoked.)\n3 - (Revoked.)\n4 - (Revoked.)\n5 - A professional member can only participate in professional architectural societies if he is not prevented from exercising the activity of architect by judicial or disciplinary decision, nor is he in a situation of incompatibility or impediment.\n6 - (Revoked.)\n7 - Members of the executive body of professional architectural societies must respect the ethical principles and rules, technical and scientific autonomy and the guarantees granted to architects by law and by this Statute.\n8 - Without prejudice to the provisions of Law no. 53/2015, of 11 June, which establishes the legal regime for the constitution and operation of professional societies that are subject to public professional associations, they may be partners, managers or administrators of the companies architectural professionals are people who do not have the professional qualifications"}},"Decree-Law N. 176/98 of 3 July 1998 on the Statute of the Association of Portuguese Architects, as amended Decree-Law N. 113/2015 of 28 August 2015 [google translation]\nDecree-Law No. 283/83 of June 21, 1983, revoked by Decree-Law No. 66/2018 of August 16, 2018 (effective January 1, 2019 [google translation]\nRegulation No. 322/2016 of 29 March on the Constitution and Operation of Societies of Architectural Professionals [google translation]\nDecree-Law N. 176/98 of 3 July 1998 on the Statute of the Association of Portuguese Architects, as amended Decree-Law N. 12/2024 of 19 January 2024 [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.pgdlisboa.pt/leis/lei_mostra_articulado.php?nid=2479&tabela=leis&so_miolo=\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://diariodarepublica.pt/dr/detalhe/decreto-lei/283-1983-452538\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://diariodarepublica.pt/dr/detalhe/decreto-lei/66-2018-116068880\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://ordemdosarquitectos.org/backend/uploads/Regulamento_sobre_a_Constituicao_e_o_Funcionamento_das_Sociedades_de_Profissionais_de_Arquitectura_9120e3f701.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pgdlisboa.pt/leis/lei_mostra_articulado.php?nid=2479&tabela=lei_velhas&nversao=2&so_miolo=\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3533,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","RWA","J601","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.0001875","Until 2021, at least fifty percent of all content provided by radio broadcasters and free-to-air TV licensees must be produced by Rwandan citizens or legal entities majority-owned by Rwandan citizens, with an additional five percent sourced from independent local producers.\nSince 2022, qualifying conditions for 'local content' are no longer associated with ownership by Rwandan citizens. Hence, these are no longer recorded as restrictions under the OECD FDI RRI.","\"Article 2:  Definition of terms\nFor the purpose of this Regulation, the following terms mean:\n1. Broadcasting service:  any service which consists of the broadcasting of audio or audio-visual programs to the public, group of the public or subscribers to such service or a class of provided services;\n7. Local content: means an FM radio and Freeto-Air television content program having one of the following requirements: \n- at least fifty percent of actors or artistes of the produced content are Rwandans; \n- The place of shooting, in case of audiovisual content or area of performance was in Rwanda; \n- The produced content is in Kinyarwanda.\n- The produced content deals with issues that are unique and relevant to social, culture, economic and education context of Rwanda. \n[...]\nArticle 32:  Local content A minimum of fifty per cent (50%) of the broadcasting time of local FM broadcasting radio and Free-to-Air TV channel must be allocated to local content program. [...]\" (REGULATION Nº017/R/MR-ICT/ RURA/2022 OF 17/01/22 GOVERNING BROADCASTING SERVICES IN RWANDA)\n--------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n--------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: Programme content [...]\nArticle 28: Local content \nA minimum of fifty (50) per cent of all content provided by the radio broadcaster and free to air licensee, measured as a weekly average over the period of a year, must be produced by: \n(a) a natural person who is a citizen of, and permanently resident in Rwanda ;\n(b) a legal person, the majority of whose directors or shareholders are citizens and permanently residing in Rwanda ;\nNotwithstanding the provisions above, the radio broadcaster and free to air licensee shall ensure that at least five (5) per cent of local content aired by the licensee shall be produced and supplied to the licensee by independent local producers.[...]\" (Regulations for Broadcasting services, 2013)\n","REGULATION Nº017/R/MR-ICT/ RURA/2022 OF 17/01/22 GOVERNING BROADCASTING SERVICES IN RWANDA\nRegulations for Broadcasting services, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://rura.rw/fileadmin/Documents/ICT/Laws/FINAL_REGULATION_GOVERNING__BROADCASTING_SERVICES_IN_RWANDA_.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"rura.rw/fileadmin/docs/Board_Decisions/broadcasting-regulations-final-web.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3156,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","RWA","J601","_O","IV61","IX",2021,"0.0001875","Until 2021, at least fifty percent of all content provided by radio broadcasters and free-to-air TV licensees must be produced by Rwandan citizens or legal entities majority-owned by Rwandan citizens, with an additional five percent sourced from independent local producers.\nSince 2022, qualifying conditions for 'local content' are no longer associated with ownership by Rwandan citizens. Hence, these are no longer recorded as restrictions under the OECD FDI RRI.","\"Article 2:  Definition of terms\nFor the purpose of this Regulation, the following terms mean:\n1. Broadcasting service:  any service which consists of the broadcasting of audio or audio-visual programs to the public, group of the public or subscribers to such service or a class of provided services;\n7. Local content: means an FM radio and Freeto-Air television content program having one of the following requirements: \n- at least fifty percent of actors or artistes of the produced content are Rwandans; \n- The place of shooting, in case of audiovisual content or area of performance was in Rwanda; \n- The produced content is in Kinyarwanda.\n- The produced content deals with issues that are unique and relevant to social, culture, economic and education context of Rwanda. \n[...]\nArticle 32:  Local content A minimum of fifty per cent (50%) of the broadcasting time of local FM broadcasting radio and Free-to-Air TV channel must be allocated to local content program. [...]\" (REGULATION Nº017/R/MR-ICT/ RURA/2022 OF 17/01/22 GOVERNING BROADCASTING SERVICES IN RWANDA)\n--------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n--------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3: Programme content [...]\nArticle 28: Local content \nA minimum of fifty (50) per cent of all content provided by the radio broadcaster and free to air licensee, measured as a weekly average over the period of a year, must be produced by: \n(a) a natural person who is a citizen of, and permanently resident in Rwanda ;\n(b) a legal person, the majority of whose directors or shareholders are citizens and permanently residing in Rwanda ;\nNotwithstanding the provisions above, the radio broadcaster and free to air licensee shall ensure that at least five (5) per cent of local content aired by the licensee shall be produced and supplied to the licensee by independent local producers.[...]\" (Regulations for Broadcasting services, 2013)\n","REGULATION Nº017/R/MR-ICT/ RURA/2022 OF 17/01/22 GOVERNING BROADCASTING SERVICES IN RWANDA\nRegulations for Broadcasting services, 2013","n/a","[<a href=\"https://rura.rw/fileadmin/Documents/ICT/Laws/FINAL_REGULATION_GOVERNING__BROADCASTING_SERVICES_IN_RWANDA_.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"rura.rw/fileadmin/docs/Board_Decisions/broadcasting-regulations-final-web.pdf\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3156,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","G45_47","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.001875","Foreign investors in retail and wholesale activities, including foreign-owned legal persons established in Angola, are only allowed to invest/operate medium and/or large commercial establishments.","\"Article 4 (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this law and unless otherwise expressly indicated in the text itself, the words and expressions used therein have the following meaning, provided that the definitions in the singular apply equally in the plural and vice versa:\n1. Commercial activity — activity carried out professionally by legal entities, national or foreign, that have civil, commercial and financial capacity to carry out commercial acts, with the objective of obtaining profit.\n2. Acts of commerce — all acts of commerce are considered to be those that are specially regulated in this law and other complementary legislation and, in addition to them, all contracts and obligations of traders that are not exclusively civil in nature, if the opposite of the act itself not result.\n[...]\nSECTION IV - Classification of Commercial Activities\nArticle 11 (Commercial Activities)\nThe following commercial activities are considered:\na) Wholesale trade; b) Retail trade; d) General trade;\ne) Precarious trade; f) Fair trade; g) Itinerant trade; h) Representative trade; i) Provision of commercial services; j) Import; k) Export.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Conditions for the Exercise of Commercial Activity\nSECTION I - Licensing of Commercial Activity\nArticle 15 (Access to internal commercial activity)\n1. Under the terms of the present law, any natural or legal person, national or foreign, who is civilly capable, has financial and commercial capacity and owns a commercial establishment as owner or lessee, may exercise commercial activity, except for the exceptions provided for in present law.\n2. In addition to fulfilling the requirements set out in the previous number, foreign natural or legal persons with legal residence and residence in the country must observe the following:\na) Own a medium and/or large commercial establishment; b) Prioritize national labor in its services.[...]\" (Law No. 1/07, of 14 May - Law of Commercial Activities [google translation])","Law No. 1/07, of 14 May - Law of Commercial Activities [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.vertic.org/media/National%20Legislation/Angola/AO_Lei_das_Actividades_Comerciais.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,575,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","B05_06","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.001166667","Since 2019, the exploration and development of oil and natural gas (excluding coalbed methane, oil shale, oil sands, shale gas, etc.) are no longer limited to Joint venture.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nII. Mining\n5. Investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nII. Mining \n5. Investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited. [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nII. Mining Industry\n5. Investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited..[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nII. Mining Industry\n(3). Petroleum and Natural Gas Extraction\n5. Exploration and development of oil and natural gas (excluding coalbed methane, oil shale, oil sands, shale gas, etc.) are limited Joint venture or cooperation.\n(4). Mining of non-ferrous metal ores or non-metallic ores, and mining support activities\n6. Investment is prohibited in exploration and extraction of tungsten, molybdenum, tin, antimony and fluorite.\n7. Investment is prohibited in rare earth exploration, mining and mineral processing.\n8. Investment in radioactive mineral exploration, mining and mineral processing.  [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3455,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K661","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.001","Up to 2020, foreign shareholding in securities companies, securities investment fund management companies and in futures companies could not exceed 51%. This restriction no longer applies since then.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\n[No longer listed since the 2020 Special Administrative Measures ('Negative List'): \n\"Financial Services\n27. The proportion of foreign investments in securities companies and securities investment fund management companies shall not exceed 51% (restrictions on the proportion of foreign investment shall be cancelled in 2021)\n28. The proportion of foreign investment futures companies shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021)] [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n[The ratio of foreign shares in securities companies shall not exceed 51%, and the ratio of foreign shares in securities investment fund management companies shall not exceed 51%.(Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021) [Removed in 2020]\n[The foreign shareholding ratio of a futures company shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021) [Removed in 2020] [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n27. The ratio of foreign shares of a securities company shall not exceed 51%, and the ratio of foreign shares of a securities investment fund management company shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of foreign shares ratio limit in 2021)\n28. The ratio of foreign shares of futures companies does not exceed 51%. (Removal of foreign shares ratio limit in 2021)[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3444,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K643_663","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.001","Up to 2020, foreign shareholding in securities companies, securities investment fund management companies and in futures companies could not exceed 51%. This restriction no longer applies since then.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\n[No longer listed since the 2020 Special Administrative Measures ('Negative List'): \n\"Financial Services\n27. The proportion of foreign investments in securities companies and securities investment fund management companies shall not exceed 51% (restrictions on the proportion of foreign investment shall be cancelled in 2021)\n28. The proportion of foreign investment futures companies shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021)] [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3449,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","H51","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0016","Pursuant to the former Civil Aviation Authority Act No. 10 of 2009, reciprocity was required for a foreign airline licencee to be allowed to establish offices in Eswatini for the promotion and sale of air transportation services. This requirement has been lifted with the enactment of the new new Civil Aviation Authority Act of 2022.","\"PART X\nAIR TRANSPORT LICENSING, LIABILITY, AND INSURANCE\nRestriction of carriage by air for reward\n88. (1) An aircraft shall not be used for the carriage by air of passengers, cargo for hire, remuneration or other valuable consideration, unless the operator of the aircraft-\n(a) holds an air transport licence; and\n(b) complies with the terms of the air transport licence\n[...]\nGrant and refusal of air transport licence\n89. (1) An application for the grant of an air transport licence shall be made in writing to an Air Transport Licensing Committee established by the Authority and is to contain the particulars specified by the Air Transport Licensing Committee. [...]\n(3) An Air Transport Licensing Committee shall refuse to grant application made by a Liswati air operator, if not satisfied that-\n(a) the applicant is a Liswati or a body incorporated under the laws of Eswatini which is substantially owned and effectivelly controlled by Emaswati [...]\" (CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT, 2022)\n--------------------\n\"Issue of air service licences.\n44. (1) The Authority may issue an air service licence to any operator for a service commencing, calling at or terminating in Swaziland, or for any service wholly within Swaziland, on such terms and conditions the Authority may consider fit.[...]\n(10) A foreign airline licencee shall, on a reciprocal basis, be allowed to establish offices in Swaziland for the promotion and sale of air transportation services and may, introduce and maintain in Swaziland managerial, commercial, operational and technical staff as required for the provision of air services.[...]\" (CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT No. 10 of 2009)","CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT, 2022\nCIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT No. 10 of 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.eswacaa.co.sz/regulationandcompliance/documents/regulations/Civil%20Aviation%20Act%20No.4%20of%202022.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.eswacaa.co.sz/regulationandcompliance/documents/regulations/CIVIL-AVIATION-AUTHORITY-ACT-2009.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,501,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SWZ","H51","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0016","Pursuant to the former Civil Aviation Authority Act No. 10 of 2009, reciprocity was required for a foreign airline licencee to be allowed to establish offices in Eswatini for the promotion and sale of air transportation services. This requirement has been lifted with the enactment of the new new Civil Aviation Authority Act of 2022.","\"PART X\nAIR TRANSPORT LICENSING, LIABILITY, AND INSURANCE\nRestriction of carriage by air for reward\n88. (1) An aircraft shall not be used for the carriage by air of passengers, cargo for hire, remuneration or other valuable consideration, unless the operator of the aircraft-\n(a) holds an air transport licence; and\n(b) complies with the terms of the air transport licence\n[...]\nGrant and refusal of air transport licence\n89. (1) An application for the grant of an air transport licence shall be made in writing to an Air Transport Licensing Committee established by the Authority and is to contain the particulars specified by the Air Transport Licensing Committee. [...]\n(3) An Air Transport Licensing Committee shall refuse to grant application made by a Liswati air operator, if not satisfied that-\n(a) the applicant is a Liswati or a body incorporated under the laws of Eswatini which is substantially owned and effectivelly controlled by Emaswati [...]\" (CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT, 2022)\n--------------------\n\"Issue of air service licences.\n44. (1) The Authority may issue an air service licence to any operator for a service commencing, calling at or terminating in Swaziland, or for any service wholly within Swaziland, on such terms and conditions the Authority may consider fit.[...]\n(10) A foreign airline licencee shall, on a reciprocal basis, be allowed to establish offices in Swaziland for the promotion and sale of air transportation services and may, introduce and maintain in Swaziland managerial, commercial, operational and technical staff as required for the provision of air services.[...]\" (CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT No. 10 of 2009)","CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT, 2022\nCIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY ACT No. 10 of 2009","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.eswacaa.co.sz/regulationandcompliance/documents/regulations/Civil%20Aviation%20Act%20No.4%20of%202022.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.eswacaa.co.sz/regulationandcompliance/documents/regulations/CIVIL-AVIATION-AUTHORITY-ACT-2009.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,501,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J611","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.002","Maximum foreign equity share allowed is 100% for telecom services since 2014 (until then it was 74%). The FDI Policy Press Note No 4 of 2021 Series allows 100% FDI to be through automatic route which was earlier only up to 49%.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.14 TELECOM SERVICES\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\nTelecom Services (including Telecom Infrastructure Providers Category-I) All telecom services including Telecom Infrastructure Providers Category-I,  viz. Basic, Cellular, United Access Services, Unified License (Access Services), Unified License, National/International Long Distance, Commercial V-Sat, Public Mobile Radio Trunked Services (PMRTS), Global Mobile Personal Communications Services (GMPCS), All types of ISP licenses, Voice Mail/Audiotex/UMS, Resale of IPLC, Mobile Number Portability Services, Infrastructure Provider Category-I (providing dark fibre, right of way, duct space, tower) except Other Service Providers. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic up to 49% & Government route beyond 49%\n5.2.14.1 OTHER CONDITION FDI in Telecom sector is subject to observance of licensing and security conditions by licensee as well as investors as notified by the Department of Telecommunications (DoT) from time to time, except “Other Service Providers”, which are allowed 100% FDI on the automatic route. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n---------------------------\n\"Subject: Review of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) Policy on Telecom Sector. \nThe Government of India has reviewed the extant FDI policy on Telecom sector and has made the following amendment under the Consolidated FDI Policy Circular of 2020, as amended from time to time (FDI Policy): Para 5.2.14 of the FDI Policy is amended to be read as under: \n5.2.14 TELECOM SERVICES\n5.2.14.1 Telecom Services (including Telecom Infrastructure Providers Category-I) All telecom services including Telecom Infrastructure Providers Category-I, viz. Basic, Cellular, United Access Services, Unified license (Access services), Unified License, National/International Long Distance, Commercial V-Sat, Public Mobile Radio Trunked Services (PMRTS), Global Mobile Personal Communications Services (GMPCS), all types of ISP licenses, Voice Mail/Audiotex/UMS, Resale of IPLC, Mobile Number Portability services, Infrastructure Provider Category-I (providing dark fibre, right of way, duct space, tower), Other Service Providers and such other services as may be permitted by the Department of Telecommunications (DoT). | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\nIt is clarified that notwithstanding the provisions of Para 5.2.14 of the FDI Policy as amended above, foreign investment in Telecom Services will be subject to the provisions of Para 3.1.1 of the FDI Policy [as amended vide Press Note 3 (2020 Series) dated 17.04.2020]. Accordingly, cases requiring prior Government approval under the provisions of Para 3.1.1 of the FDI Policy [. investment by bordering countries], will continue to be on the Government route. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2021), Press Note No. 4 (2021 Series))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2021), Press Note No. 4 (2021 Series)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4-2021.PDF\">PN</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2450,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","J612T619","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.002","Maximum foreign equity share allowed is 100% for telecom services since 2014 (until then it was 74%). The FDI Policy Press Note No 4 of 2021 Series allows 100% FDI to be through automatic route which was earlier only up to 49%.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.14 TELECOM SERVICES\nSector/Activity | % of Equity/FDI Cap | Entry Route\nTelecom Services (including Telecom Infrastructure Providers Category-I) All telecom services including Telecom Infrastructure Providers Category-I,  viz. Basic, Cellular, United Access Services, Unified License (Access Services), Unified License, National/International Long Distance, Commercial V-Sat, Public Mobile Radio Trunked Services (PMRTS), Global Mobile Personal Communications Services (GMPCS), All types of ISP licenses, Voice Mail/Audiotex/UMS, Resale of IPLC, Mobile Number Portability Services, Infrastructure Provider Category-I (providing dark fibre, right of way, duct space, tower) except Other Service Providers. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic up to 49% & Government route beyond 49%\n5.2.14.1 OTHER CONDITION FDI in Telecom sector is subject to observance of licensing and security conditions by licensee as well as investors as notified by the Department of Telecommunications (DoT) from time to time, except “Other Service Providers”, which are allowed 100% FDI on the automatic route. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n---------------------------\n\"Subject: Review of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) Policy on Telecom Sector. \nThe Government of India has reviewed the extant FDI policy on Telecom sector and has made the following amendment under the Consolidated FDI Policy Circular of 2020, as amended from time to time (FDI Policy): Para 5.2.14 of the FDI Policy is amended to be read as under: \n5.2.14 TELECOM SERVICES\n5.2.14.1 Telecom Services (including Telecom Infrastructure Providers Category-I) All telecom services including Telecom Infrastructure Providers Category-I, viz. Basic, Cellular, United Access Services, Unified license (Access services), Unified License, National/International Long Distance, Commercial V-Sat, Public Mobile Radio Trunked Services (PMRTS), Global Mobile Personal Communications Services (GMPCS), all types of ISP licenses, Voice Mail/Audiotex/UMS, Resale of IPLC, Mobile Number Portability services, Infrastructure Provider Category-I (providing dark fibre, right of way, duct space, tower), Other Service Providers and such other services as may be permitted by the Department of Telecommunications (DoT). | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\nIt is clarified that notwithstanding the provisions of Para 5.2.14 of the FDI Policy as amended above, foreign investment in Telecom Services will be subject to the provisions of Para 3.1.1 of the FDI Policy [as amended vide Press Note 3 (2020 Series) dated 17.04.2020]. Accordingly, cases requiring prior Government approval under the provisions of Para 3.1.1 of the FDI Policy [. investment by bordering countries], will continue to be on the Government route. [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2021), Press Note No. 4 (2021 Series))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2021), Press Note No. 4 (2021 Series)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4-2021.PDF\">PN</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2449,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H492","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in passenger and cargo road transportation was limited to 49% of equity interest. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Cargo land transportation, Special cargo land transportation, Passenger land transportation scheduled routes (intercity and inter provincial transport suburban/rural transport in-province intercity transport, urban/suburban/rural transport, and crossborder transport), Passenger land transportation on non-scheduled routes (taxi transport, tourism transport, specific destination transport, specific area transport), Operation of passenger land transport terminal facilities (public facilities and general cargo terminals only  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Cargo land transportation, Special cargo land transportation, Passenger land transportation scheduled routes (intercity and inter provincial transport suburban/rural transport in-province intercity transport, urban/suburban/rural transport, and crossborder transport), Passenger land transportation on non-scheduled routes (taxi transport, tourism transport, specific destination transport, specific area transport), Operation of passenger land transport terminal facilities (public facilities and general cargo terminals only: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3359,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","As of March 2021, foreign greenfield investment in printed media is prohibited, but foreign acquisitions of up to 49% of the equity capital of printed media companies through the capital market is now  permitted for expansion and development purposes. Previously, foreign investment in printed media was fully closed to FDI. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Publishing of newspaper, magazine, and bulletin (press) [see 2019 restrictions below]: open with condition (a. Domestic capital 100% for establishment; b. Foreign capital ownership: Maximum 49% (through the capital market) only for business expansion and development)[previously closed]. \n- Film promotional facility, advertisement, poster, stills, photo, slide, negative, banner, pamphlet, billboard, folder etc.[see 2019 restrictions below]:  Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nK. Communication and Informatic Sector\n- Publishing of newspaper, magazine, and bulletin (press): Domestic capital: 100% [...] \n- Field: Film promotional facility, advertisement, poster, stills, photo, slide, negative, banner, pamphlet, billboard, folder etc. a. Domestic capital: 100%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.51% \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3375,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","J59","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.000375","As of March 2021, foreign investment in a few other visual media services, such as film promotional facility and advertisement among others, have been fully liberalised. Previously, foreign investment in  such media services were fully closed to FDI. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Publishing of newspaper, magazine, and bulletin (press) [see 2019 restrictions below]: open with condition (a. Domestic capital 100% for establishment; b. Foreign capital ownership: Maximum 49% (through the capital market) only for business expansion and development)[previously closed]. \n- Film promotional facility, advertisement, poster, stills, photo, slide, negative, banner, pamphlet, billboard, folder etc.[see 2019 restrictions below]:  Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nK. Communication and Informatic Sector\n- Publishing of newspaper, magazine, and bulletin (press): Domestic capital: 100% [...] \n- Field: Film promotional facility, advertisement, poster, stills, photo, slide, negative, banner, pamphlet, billboard, folder etc. a. Domestic capital: 100%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.51% \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3372,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M711_721X","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.001875","As of March 2021, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with large-sized projects or using advanced technology is no longer subject to foreign equity limitations. Pursuant to GR 25/2019 concerning the engineering profession, foreign engineers are required o transfer science and technology to local professionals, but differently from the regulation on the architectural profession, it does not require them to partner with local engineers. As such, for the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that no partnership requirement involving equity or revenue sharing mechanisms are necessary; the employment of local engineers and training is assumed sufficient to satisfy the knowledge transfer requirement. Previously, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with large-sized projects or using advanced technology was limited to 67%. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Business service / Construction consultant service using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 10,000,000,000 [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER V - FOREIGN ENGINEER\nArticle 23\n(1) Foreign Engineers can carry out Engineering Practices in Indonesia after having a work permit for foreign workers in accordance with the provisions of the laws and regulations.\n(2) The work permit for foreign workers as referred to in paragraph (1) is issued by the ministry administering government affairs in the field of manpower.\n(3) To obtain a work permit for foreign workers as referred to in paragraph (1) Foreign Engineers must have an Engineer Registration Certificate.\n(4) Engineer Registration Certificate as referred to in paragraph (3) is issued by PII based on:\na. certificate of registration according to the law of the country; or\nb. Engineer Competency Certificate according to the law of the country.\n(5) Further provisions regarding the issuance of Engineer Registration Certificate for Foreign Engineers as referred to in paragraph (3) are regulated by PII.\nArticle 24\n(1) Foreign Engineers are obligated to transfer science and technology.\n(2) The transfer of knowledge and technology as referred to in paragraph (1) is carried out by:\na. develop and improve engineering practice services at the company or institution where they work;\nb. transfer their professional knowledge and abilities to Engineers; and/or\nc. provide education and/or training to educational, research, and/or development institutions in the field of engineering free of charge.\n(3) Supervision of the implementation of science and technology transfer activities as referred to in paragraph (2) is carried out by DII.\n(4) Further provisions regarding the procedure for transferring science and technology as referred to in paragraph (2) are regulated by Ministerial Regulation.[...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 25 OF 2019 CONCERNING IMPLEMENTING REGULATION OF LAW NUMBER 11 YEAR 2014 ABOUT ENGINEERING [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nG. Public Works Sector\n- Business service / Construction consultant service using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 10,000,000,000: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownershipby ASEAN countries’ investors:Max.70%\n [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 25 OF 2019 CONCERNING IMPLEMENTING REGULATION OF LAW NUMBER 11 YEAR 2014 ABOUT ENGINEERING [google translation])\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/105550/pp-no-25-tahun-2019\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3388,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","L68","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.00675","Since 2019, one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies are required to be composed by Lebanese nationals. Investment in a few sectors - insurance, economics [financial services and real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - are particularly affected since joint-stock companies is the only form of business incorporation allowed according to sectoral regulations. Branches of foreign companies may sometimes be allowed (e.g. banking), but such requirement remains more burdensome for established foreign investors. For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the restriciton is considered only in the affected sectors.","[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3804,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00875","Foreign shareholding in Snack Bar and General Cafes is fully restricted.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shall be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,4095,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00875","Foreign shareholding in Snack Bar and General Cafes is fully restricted.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shall be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,4095,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0007","Until 2022, small-scale mining activities were reserved to Ugandan citizens and body corporates in which citizens of Uganda held at least 51% of the beneficial ownership of such a body.\nSince the enter into force of the new Mining and Minerals Act of 2022, artisanal and small-scale mining licences are reserved to Ugandan citizens and companies wholly owned by Ugandan citizens.","\"12. Acquisition of mineral right\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, a person may acquire the right to prospect, explore for, retain, mine, process, refine, smelt, fabricate or dispose of any mineral in Uganda by acquiring such right in accordance with this Act.\n[...]\n13. Restrictions on acquisition of mineral right\n(1) A mineral right shall not be granted to or held by–\n(a) an individual who(i) is not acitizenof Uganda; (ii) is under the age of eighteen years; or (iii) is or becomes an undischarged bankrupt, as a result of having been adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt under any written law; or \n(b) a company(i) which has not been registered or incorporated under the Companies Act, 2072; or (ii) which is in liquidation, except where the liquidation is part of a scheme for the reconstruction or amalgamation of such company. \n(2) For the avoidance of doubt, except for an artisanal mining licence and a small scale mining licence, a mineral right under thisAct shall only be granted to–\n(a) a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act,2012; \n(b) a body corporate registered or incorporated under the laws of Uganda;\n(c) a partnership under the Partnership Act, 2010; \n(d) a cooperative society registered under the Cooperative Societies Act; \n(e) a trustee incorporated under the Trustees Incorporation Act; or \n(f) an association or business registered under any other written law.\n[...]\nSmall Scale Mining Licence [...]\n85. Eligibility for small scale mining licence \n(1) A person who wishes to carry out small scale mining operations shall apply for a small scale mining licence in a manner prescribed by regulations. \n(2) A small scale mining licence shall be granted to–\n(a) an individual who is a citizen of Uganda;\n(b) a cooperative society or associations registered under the laws of Uganda comprising Ugandan citizens exclusively; 2022 \n(c) a partnership registered in accordance with the Partnership Ac! 2010 comprising of Ugandan citizens holding one hundred percent of the shares; or\n(d) a company registered and incorporated under the Companies Act,2012 and having one hundred percent of its shares held by Ugandan citizens.\n[...]\n96. Eligibility for artisanal mining licence\n(1) The following are eligible to apply for an artisanal mining licence under this Act–\n(a) an individual who is a citizen of Uganda; \n(b) a cooperative society, trustee or association registered or incorporated under the laws of Uganda comprising of Ugandan citizens exclusively and whose membership shall include women and marginalised groups, where applicable; \n(c) a joint venture or partnership registered in accordance with the Partnership Act, 2010 comprising of Ugandan citizens exclusively; \n(d) a business registered under the Business Names Registration Act and exclusively owned by Ugandan citizens; or \n(e) a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act,2012 and having one hundred percent of its shares held by Ugandan citizens..[...]\" (Mining and Minerals Act, 2O22)\n---------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n---------------------------------\n\"Interpretation. 2. \nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires - [...]\n\"mineral\" means any substance, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form occurring naturally in or on the earth, formed by or subject to a geological process; but does not include petroleum, as defined in the Petroleum (Exploration and Production) Act, 1985, Act 7 of 1985, water or building mineral; [...]\n\"small-scale operations\" means prospecting or mining operations which do not involve expenditure in excess of five hundred currency points or the use of   specialised technology; \n[...]\nPART IV - LOCATION LICENCE\nApplication of Act to location licence. \n54. (1) The Minister may, with the approval of the Cabinet, by statutory instrument, exclude or modify any of the provisions of this Act, which would otherwise apply to the granting of a location licence. \n(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section, \"location licence\" means a licence for prospecting and mining operations by methods which do not involve substantial expenditure and the use of specialised technology; and for the purposes of this subsection \"substantial expenditure\" means expenditure in excess of five hundred currency points necessary to bring the mine into production or such other amount as may be prescribed. \nLocation licence. \n55. (1) Any person who wishes to carry on small-scale prospecting and mining operations shall apply for a location licence.\n(2) A location licence shall be granted, in the case of an individual, only to a citizen of Uganda, and in the case of a body corporate, only where citizens of Uganda hold at least fifty one percent of the beneficial ownership of such a body. [...]\" (Mining Act, 2003)","Mining and Minerals Act, 2O22\nMining Act, 2003","Unctad (2022), \"New Mining and Minerals Act 2022 assigns the State an ownership interest in large and medium scale mines\", October 14.","[<a href=\"https://bills.parliament.ug/attachments/Mining%20and%20Minerals%20Act,%202022.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2003/2003/mining%20Act%202003.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-policy-monitor/measures/4454/new-mining-and-minerals-act-2022-assigns-the-state-an-ownership-interest-in-large-and-medium-scale-mines#:~:text=The%20new%20Act%20provides%20for,or%20commercial%20processes%20or%20applications.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3179,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UGA","B07_08","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0007","Until 2022, small-scale mining activities were reserved to Ugandan citizens and body corporates in which citizens of Uganda held at least 51% of the beneficial ownership of such a body.\nSince the enter into force of the new Mining and Minerals Act of 2022, artisanal and small-scale mining licences are reserved to Ugandan citizens and companies wholly owned by Ugandan citizens.","\"12. Acquisition of mineral right\n(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, a person may acquire the right to prospect, explore for, retain, mine, process, refine, smelt, fabricate or dispose of any mineral in Uganda by acquiring such right in accordance with this Act.\n[...]\n13. Restrictions on acquisition of mineral right\n(1) A mineral right shall not be granted to or held by–\n(a) an individual who(i) is not acitizenof Uganda; (ii) is under the age of eighteen years; or (iii) is or becomes an undischarged bankrupt, as a result of having been adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt under any written law; or \n(b) a company(i) which has not been registered or incorporated under the Companies Act, 2072; or (ii) which is in liquidation, except where the liquidation is part of a scheme for the reconstruction or amalgamation of such company. \n(2) For the avoidance of doubt, except for an artisanal mining licence and a small scale mining licence, a mineral right under thisAct shall only be granted to–\n(a) a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act,2012; \n(b) a body corporate registered or incorporated under the laws of Uganda;\n(c) a partnership under the Partnership Act, 2010; \n(d) a cooperative society registered under the Cooperative Societies Act; \n(e) a trustee incorporated under the Trustees Incorporation Act; or \n(f) an association or business registered under any other written law.\n[...]\nSmall Scale Mining Licence [...]\n85. Eligibility for small scale mining licence \n(1) A person who wishes to carry out small scale mining operations shall apply for a small scale mining licence in a manner prescribed by regulations. \n(2) A small scale mining licence shall be granted to–\n(a) an individual who is a citizen of Uganda;\n(b) a cooperative society or associations registered under the laws of Uganda comprising Ugandan citizens exclusively; 2022 \n(c) a partnership registered in accordance with the Partnership Ac! 2010 comprising of Ugandan citizens holding one hundred percent of the shares; or\n(d) a company registered and incorporated under the Companies Act,2012 and having one hundred percent of its shares held by Ugandan citizens.\n[...]\n96. Eligibility for artisanal mining licence\n(1) The following are eligible to apply for an artisanal mining licence under this Act–\n(a) an individual who is a citizen of Uganda; \n(b) a cooperative society, trustee or association registered or incorporated under the laws of Uganda comprising of Ugandan citizens exclusively and whose membership shall include women and marginalised groups, where applicable; \n(c) a joint venture or partnership registered in accordance with the Partnership Act, 2010 comprising of Ugandan citizens exclusively; \n(d) a business registered under the Business Names Registration Act and exclusively owned by Ugandan citizens; or \n(e) a company registered or incorporated under the Companies Act,2012 and having one hundred percent of its shares held by Ugandan citizens..[...]\" (Mining and Minerals Act, 2O22)\n---------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n---------------------------------\n\"Interpretation. 2. \nIn this Act, unless the context otherwise requires - [...]\n\"mineral\" means any substance, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form occurring naturally in or on the earth, formed by or subject to a geological process; but does not include petroleum, as defined in the Petroleum (Exploration and Production) Act, 1985, Act 7 of 1985, water or building mineral; [...]\n\"small-scale operations\" means prospecting or mining operations which do not involve expenditure in excess of five hundred currency points or the use of   specialised technology; \n[...]\nPART IV - LOCATION LICENCE\nApplication of Act to location licence. \n54. (1) The Minister may, with the approval of the Cabinet, by statutory instrument, exclude or modify any of the provisions of this Act, which would otherwise apply to the granting of a location licence. \n(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section, \"location licence\" means a licence for prospecting and mining operations by methods which do not involve substantial expenditure and the use of specialised technology; and for the purposes of this subsection \"substantial expenditure\" means expenditure in excess of five hundred currency points necessary to bring the mine into production or such other amount as may be prescribed. \nLocation licence. \n55. (1) Any person who wishes to carry on small-scale prospecting and mining operations shall apply for a location licence.\n(2) A location licence shall be granted, in the case of an individual, only to a citizen of Uganda, and in the case of a body corporate, only where citizens of Uganda hold at least fifty one percent of the beneficial ownership of such a body. [...]\" (Mining Act, 2003)","Mining and Minerals Act, 2O22\nMining Act, 2003","Unctad (2022), \"New Mining and Minerals Act 2022 assigns the State an ownership interest in large and medium scale mines\", October 14.","[<a href=\"https://bills.parliament.ug/attachments/Mining%20and%20Minerals%20Act,%202022.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://old.ulii.org/system/files/legislation/act/2003/2003/mining%20Act%202003.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-policy-monitor/measures/4454/new-mining-and-minerals-act-2022-assigns-the-state-an-ownership-interest-in-large-and-medium-scale-mines#:~:text=The%20new%20Act%20provides%20for,or%20commercial%20processes%20or%20applications.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3179,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0024","Up until 2019, foreign shareholding in companies undertaking regular passenger transportation was limited to 50%.","\"CHAPTER I \nArticle 1 (Object)\nThis Diploma establishes the Rules for the Exercise of Regular Public Passenger Transport Activity.\nArticle 2 (Scope of Application)\nThe Diploma applies to legal entities, which operate the activity of regular road transport of passengers, carried out using heavy motor vehicles, built or adapted for the transport of people, commonly known as buses.\nArticle 3 (Definitions \nFor the purposes of the provisions of this Diploma, the following definitions apply:\na)- «Regular Public Transport Services Collective Passengers», passenger transport service of economic interest, carried out according to previously defined routes, stops, times and prices in which the overall capacity of the vehicle is made available to the entire public, without distinction ;\nb)- «Occasional Public Passenger Transport Service», carried out without regularity, according to routes that can be established on a case-by-case basis, whether the overall capacity of the vehicle is made available to a single customer, or whether it is made available to a plurality of customers;\n[...]\nArticle 7 (Activity Licensing)\n1. The activity of road transport of passengers for hire, national or international, using heavy passenger vehicles, can only be carried out by public and private companies, licensed by the entities described in paragraph g) of article 3 of this Diploma.\n2. Authorization to carry out the activity of road transport of passengers for hire, is carried out by obtaining a license, issued for a period not exceeding 5 (five) years, and the interested party must submit the instructional documents provided for in Annex III, which is an integral part of this Diploma.\n3. In order to ensure a good distribution of traffic and market balance, the National Institute of Road Transport is responsible for determining the contingent supply for interprovincial and international routes, based on the study of the network dimension.\n4. The determination of the contingent provided for in the previous number, for urban, interurban and intermunicipal careers, is the responsibility of the Provincial Government or the Local Authority.\" (Presidential Decree No. 355/19 of December 9 [google translation])\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - General Provisions\nARTICLE 1. (Scope)\nThe present diploma applies to the regular road transport of passengers, carried out by means of heavy vehicles, built or adapted for the transport of people, commonly known as buses.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Access to Activity\nARTICLE 6. (Activity licensing)\n1. The activity of road transport of passengers on behalf of others, national or international, by means of heavy passenger vehicles, can only be carried out by legal persons, licensed by the National Directorate of Road Transport.[...]\n3. In the licensing of companies for regular careers, foreign entities may only hold up to 50% of the share capital of the companies to be licensed.[...]\" (Presidential Decree No. 154/10 of 26 July: TRANSPORT REGULATION REGULAR PASSENGER HIGHWAYS [google translation])\n-----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - General Provisions\nARTICLE 1. (Scope)\nThe present diploma applies to occasional road transport of passengers, carried out by means of light or heavy vehicles, built or adapted for the transport of people.\nARTICLE 2. (Occasional road transport of passengers)\n1. Occasional road transport of passengers is those carried out on a non-regular basis, according to itineraries that can be established on a case-by-case basis, whether the overall capacity of the vehicle is made available to a single customer or is made available to a plurality of customers .\n2. For the purposes of the provisions of this law, occasional road transport of passengers is also known as rental transport.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Access to Activity\nARTICLE 4. (Activity licensing)\n1. The activity of passenger rental transport, in light vehicles and in heavy road passenger vehicles, on behalf of others, can only be carried out by natural or legal persons, licensed by the National Directorate of Road Transport.\n5. In the licensing of legal persons, foreign entities may only hold up to 50% of the share capital.[...]\" (Presidential Decree No. 128/10 of 6 July: REGULATION ON OCCASIONAL PASSENGER ROAD TRANSPORT [google translation])","Presidential Decree No. 154/10 of 26 July: TRANSPORT REGULATION REGULAR PASSENGER HIGHWAYS\nPresidential Decree No. 128/10 of 6 July: REGULATION ON OCCASIONAL PASSENGER ROAD TRANSPORT\nPresidential Decree No. 355/19 of December 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.dtser.pn.gov.ao/ddtser/comunicao_e_imagem/documentos/2020/Regulamento%20De%20Transporte%20rodovi%C3%A1rio%20Regulares%20De%20Passageiros.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.dtser.pn.gov.ao/ddtser/comunicao_e_imagem/documentos/2020/Regulamento%20de%20Transportes%20%20Rodovi%C3%A1rio%20Ocasionais%20de%20Passageiros.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/presidente-da-republica/2019/decreto-presidencial-n-o-355-19-de-09-de-dezembro/\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,583,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0001","Up to October 2016, all FDI projects in China were subject to prior central or local government approval (FDI screening). Since then, only those foreign investments in 'restricted' activities listed in the 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures for Access of Foreign Investment (Negative List)) are subject to prior government approval. Since 2019, this is no longer the case for domestic shipping agency companies, which have been removed from the 'negative list'. ","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Special Administrative Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition) [...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and postal services\n14. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side.\n[Domestic shipping agency companies must be controlled by the Chinese side: no longer listed]. [...]\" ((Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Special Administrative Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition) [...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and postal services\n18. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side.\n19. Domestic shipping agency companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n[International marine transportation companies (limited to Sino-foreign equity or contractual joint ventures): no longer listed] [...]\" ((Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1 General Provisions [...]\nArticle 2.　The term \"maritime transport\" as mentioned in this Law refers to the transport of goods by sea and the transport of passengers by sea, including direct transport between seas and rivers and between rivers and seas.\nThe provisions of Chapter IV of this law on the contract of carriage of goods by sea shall not apply to the carriage of goods by sea between ports of the People's Republic of China.\n[...]\nArticle 4.　Sea transportation and towing between ports of the People's Republic of China shall be operated by ships flying the national flag of the People's Republic of China. However, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.\nWithout the approval of the competent department of communications under the State Council, foreign ships are not allowed to operate maritime transport and towage between the ports of the People's Republic of China.\nArticle 5.　Vessels have acquired the nationality of the People's Republic of China upon legal registration and have the right to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China. [...]\" (Maritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The following ships shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations:\n(1) Ships owned by citizens of the People's Republic of China whose residences or principal places of business are located within the territory thereof;\n(2) Ships owned by enterprises with legal person status established under the laws of the People's Republic of China and whose principal places of business are located within the territory thereof, provided that, where foreign investment is involved, the proportion of registered capital contributed by Chinese investors shall not be less than 50 per cent;\n[...]\nArticle 3. Ships are allowed to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China only after being registered according to law and granted the nationality of the People's Republic of China. No ship may sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China without being registered.\nArticle 4. A ship shall not have dual nationality. A ship registered abroad whose former registration of nationality has not been suspended or deleted shall not be granted the Chinese nationality.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Ships of Chinese nationality shall be manned by Chinese citizens. In case it is necessary to recruit foreign seafarers, their employment shall be approved by the competent department of transport and communications under the State Council.\nSeafarers on board ships of Chinese nationality who are required to possess certificates of competency shall hold the appropriate certificates of competency issued by the People's Republic of China.[...]\" (Regulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nMaritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended\nRegulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation]\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/guoqing/2020-12/24/content_5572935.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2020-12/26/content_5575071.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3429,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.001125","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in automobile maintenance and repair was limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Automobile Maintenance and repair, E-commerce transaction providers (platform-based market place, daily deals, price grabber, online classified advertising) with an investment value of less than IDR100,000,000,000 [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Distribution - retail]\n- Automobile Maintenance and repair, E-commerce transaction providers (platform-based market place, daily deals, price grabber, online classified advertising) with an investment value of less than IDR100,000,000,000: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3355,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A02","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.0000125","Foreign investment in a few forestry activities are no longer subject to partnerships with indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]; they are now reserved to them. The list of forestry activities that are reserved to indonesian-owned SMEs under the most recent investment (PR49/2021) has become slightly longer than previously the case. Under the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary require an equity partnership/joint-venture obligation. ","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Collection of Forest Products: oleo pine, bamboo; Shellac, Gaharu, Palm Sugar, Frankincense, Masohi Bark, Lawang Bark, Cinnamon, Other Gums, Wallet's Bird's Nest in Nature and Beekeeping Miscellaneous; Rattan; Eucalyptus Leaves; Resin; Honey; Silkworm cocoon business (natural silk farming): reserved for SMEs. [...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2020\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Forestry Sector]\n-Other Forest Plantation Businesses (Sugar Palm, Pecan, Tamarind Seed, Charcoal Raw Material, Cinnamon), Primary forest product processing industry: Oleo pine resin, Primary forest product processing industry : Bamboo, Production of swallow nest in nature , Sawmill industry (production capacity of up to 2000M3/year, Rattan processing primary industry.:Reserved Sector for SMEs.\n-Forest business : rattan, oleo pine resin, bamboo, shoreajavanica,  agarwood Shellac, alternative food crops (sago), latex, and honeybee businesses, Silkworm cocoon business (natural silk farming): Partnership [with local SMEs] [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3380,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LAO","K661","CLAS1_1","I44","IX",2018,"0.000333333","Foreign investment in securities companies is limited to majority joint-ventures with domestic investors (up to 51% foreign shareholding). Branches of foreign securities companies are permitted in some securities activities only, namely: brokerage, dealing on own account and others activities not defined in the legislation. They are not allowed to engage in financial and securities investment advisory and underwriting activities. On 2019, the shareholding cap for foreign securities companies was relaxed, allowing up to 100% foreign ownership for certain entities, such as foreign banks, insurance, or securities companies. The scope of branch activities remained flexible, based on LSC approval.","\"Article 55 (Amended) Requirements for a Securities Operating License\nA person, juristic person wishing to apply for a securities operating license shall be subject to the following requirements:\n1. Being a domestic or foreign commercial bank, a domestic or foreign insurance company or a foreign securities company with shareholding of up to 100 percent of the company’s total outstanding shares. For other juristic persons and persons, a joint partnership with a commercial bank, insurance company or securities company is required, with a shareholding ratio determined by the Lao Securities Commission.\n2. Having a registered capital as follows:\n- At least five billion Kip for a financial advisory;\n- At least thirty billion Kip for brokerage;\n- At least one hundred billion Kip for underwriter.\n[...]\nArticle 60 (Amended) Establishment of Branch Offices or Service Units\nThe establishment of a branch office or service unit of a local securities company in the Lao PDR and abroad require an authorization from the Lao Securities Commission.\nThe establishment of a branch office of a foreign securities company in the Lao PDR, require an authorization from the Lao Securities Commission.\nThe Lao Securities Commission determines the requirements for the establishment and scope of operation of the branch offices of local securities companies operating abroad and the branch offices of foreign securities companies operating in the Lao PDR. \nArticle 61 (Amended) Establishment of representative Offices of foreign securities companies\nA foreign securities company may establish its representative office in the Lao PDR as prescribed in relevant laws and regulations.\" (Law on Securities (Amended) No. 34 /NA, dated 03 December 2019 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 2 Securities\nSecurities mean financial instruments which comprise shares, corporate bonds, public funds and other types of securities as defined by the Securities Commission or abbreviated as SC.\nArticle 3 Definitions\nTerms used in this Law have the meanings as specified below:\n1. “securities activity” means management and operation of fundraising through issuance of securities to the public, listing of securities, securities trading, clearing and settlement of securities transaction, securities depository and custodian, securities business operation, securities investment and other services relating to securities as defined by this Law; [...]\n9. “investor” means any person and institution, both domestic and foreign, who invest in securities trading;\n[...]\nArticle 6 Scope of Application of the Law\nThis Law shall apply to persons, juristic persons and organizations, both domestic and foreign, who operate securities activities in Lao PDR and foreign countries.\n[...]\nArticle 55 Establishment of Company, Branch Office and Representative Office of Foreign Securities Company\nA foreign securities company can establish a securities company in Lao PDR in the form of sole investment, joint investment with the financial institutions duly incorporated under the laws of Lao PDR or a branch office or a representative office as approved by the SC. \nThe establishment and operation of a foreign securities company shall be in accordance with the incorporation of a securities company by local persons and juristic persons.\nThe SC shall prescribe the conditions relating to the establishment and the scope of operation of a branch office or a representative office of a foreign securities company in Lao PDR. \nArticle 56 Securities Business Professional License\nA securities business professional license is a license for business operation of securities broker, financial advisor, securities analyst or public fund manager. The SC shall issue securities business professional licenses in accordance with the conditions, methods and procedures as prescribed in the specific regulations.\" (Law on Securities No. 21/NA, dated 10 December 2012 [unofficial translation])\n--------------------------\n\"Article 30. Scope of license\nA securities company shall operate its securities business activities partially or fully, as follows:\n1. Brokerage; 2. Dealing on own accounts; 3. Financial and securities investment advisory; 4. Underwriting; 5. Other securities businesses as authorized by the Commission.\n[...]\nArticle 34. Securities companies established by foreign investors  Foreign investors are allowed to establish a joint venture securities company with domestic investors. The share of capital contributed by foreign investors in a joint venture shall not exceed 51 percent of the total outstanding shares.\n[...]\nArticle 36. Scope of license regarding a branch of the foreign securities company\nA branch of the foreign securities company is allowed to undertake the securities businesses: 1. Securities brokerage; 2. Securities dealing on its own account; 3. Other kinds of securities businesses as granted by the Commission. [...] \"(Decree on Securities and Securities Market 2010, No. 255/PM of 24 May 2010 [google translation])","Law on Securities (Amended) No. 34 /NA, dated 03 December 2019\nLaw on Securities No. 21/NA, dated 10 December 2012\nDecree on Securities and Securities Market 2010, No. 255/PM of 24 May 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.lsc.gov.la/Doc_legal/Law%20on%20Securities%20Eng_edited_2019_d29.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lsc.gov.la/Doc_legal/1.%20Law%20on%20Securites(Englist_version).pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://data.laos.opendevelopmentmekong.net/library_record/255-24-05-2010/resource/2a86d487-8ad7-402b-96ae-27a145e04a89\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,4085,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","L68","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0081","Foreign investment in real estate services [assuming trading/broker activities] is subect to incorporation as a joint-stock company.\nSince 2019, board members of joint-stock companies are no longer required to be shareholders of the company. Hence, the remaining requirement for one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies to be of Lebanese nationality no longer represent a limitation to foreign shareholding anymore. This affects particularly investments in the following sectors: insurance, economics [financial services & real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - since a joint-stock company is the only form of business permitted in these sectors. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRI, it is assumed there is no longer an equity restriction in place in this regard, unless otherwise restricted in sectorals laws.\n\n\n where Lebanese national hold a majority in the Board of Director and the majority of the capital share of the company. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assmumed that this measure found on the IDAL's website (the Government Investment Promotion Agency) applies, although the underlyign regulation could not be identified/verified.\n\nSince 2019, one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies are required to be composed by Lebanese nationals. Investment in a few sectors - insurance, economics [financial services and real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - are particularly affected since joint-stock companies is the only form of business incorporation allowed according to sectoral regulations. Branches of foreign companies may sometimes be allowed (e.g. banking), but such requirement remains more burdensome for established foreign investors. For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the restriciton is considered only in the affected sectors.","\"[...] JOINT-STOCK COMPANY (S.A.L) \nA Lebanese Joint Stock Company is governed by Decree-Law No 304 of January 24, 1942 and its amendments and is commonly referred to in Lebanon as S.A.L. An SAL is constituted amongst shareholders who are only liable to the extent of their contribution in the capital of the company and who subscribe to negotiable instruments referred to as ‘shares’. Lebanese joint stock companies must necessarily have the Lebanese nationality, and must by all means establish their registered office in Lebanon.\nIN BRIEF\n-Capital: minimum of LBP 30,000,000 divided into negotiable instruments, the shares\n-Shareholders: minimum of 3\n-No restrictions on foreign ownership of shares except for certain restricted sectors (mainly the public sector, media, commercial representation, real estate and other specially regulated industries [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))\n---------------------------\n[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. \n[...]\nArticle 147 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 14028 of ----------- (16 March 1970\nThe general meeting elects the members of the Board of Directors from among those shareholders who hold a minimum number of shares as fixed in the Articles [of Association of the company]. Such shares shall remain registered; they shall be struck with the \"not negotiable\" stamp and deposited in the company's treasury.\nThey shall be assigned to provide security for the individual and collective liability of the Directors for all acts of mismanagement of which they might be guilty. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL)\nLaw No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3807,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","Since the Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019 entered into force, foreign shareholding in many retail business (e.g. all retail in non-specialised stores, via internet or mail orders, as well as retail of certain goods in stalls and markets (food, beverages, tobacco, textiles, clothing and footwear in stalls and markets) and in specialised stores (motor dealerships (inlcuding repair and maintenance services); household fuels, bottled gas and coal; cultural and recreation goods; business agents and brokers activities in specialise stores, including of health-related products; animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; bread and confectionary products; motor vehicle and motorcyle parts and accessoires, including repair activities; alcoholic beverages; meat and meat products, including poultry; fruits and vegetables; prepared meat and meat dishes; hardware, paints and glass products; pharmaceuticals and medical products, including cosmetics and toilet products; health-related products) is limited to 30% in the case of a company and to 49% in the case of partnerships. Previously, in accordance to the Trading Enterprises Order and its regulations, foreign shareholding in Basotho beer shops, butcheries, dairy shops, greengroceries, and tentage dealing was completely restricted.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,4101,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LSO","G45_472T477","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.00375","Since the Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019 entered into force, foreign shareholding in many retail business (e.g. all retail in non-specialised stores, via internet or mail orders, as well as retail of certain goods in stalls and markets (food, beverages, tobacco, textiles, clothing and footwear in stalls and markets) and in specialised stores (motor dealerships (inlcuding repair and maintenance services); household fuels, bottled gas and coal; cultural and recreation goods; business agents and brokers activities in specialise stores, including of health-related products; animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; bread and confectionary products; motor vehicle and motorcyle parts and accessoires, including repair activities; alcoholic beverages; meat and meat products, including poultry; fruits and vegetables; prepared meat and meat dishes; hardware, paints and glass products; pharmaceuticals and medical products, including cosmetics and toilet products; health-related products) is limited to 30% in the case of a company and to 49% in the case of partnerships. Previously, in accordance to the Trading Enterprises Order and its regulations, foreign shareholding in Basotho beer shops, butcheries, dairy shops, greengroceries, and tentage dealing was completely restricted.","\"Interpretation\n2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-[...]\n\"foreign business\" means - (a) an individual who is not a citizen of Lesotho; (b) a partnership in which the majority of the partners are not citizens of Lesotho; (c) a company in which thirty percent or more of the shareholders are not citizens of Lesotho.[...]\n\"medium enterprise\" means an enterprise which employs between 21 and 50 employees including the owner, with an annual turnover of less than M5,000,000.\n[...]\nPart II - Licensing of Business\n4.(1) No person shall engage in a business activity set out in Schedule 1 without a licence and, in the case of a foreign business, a business permit issued in accordance with this Act.[...]\n(4) The Licensing Officer shall not issue a business permit unless the foreign business submits a business plan with the following details- (a) capital resources of not less than M2,000,000; (b) employment generation of not less than 6 employees who are resiednts or citizens of Lesotho; (c) strategic nature of the business to the Lesotho economy; transfer of technology and business expertise; and (e) advancement of business undertaking owned by citizens.[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019)\n------------------\n\"List of Reserved Business Activities\n34.(1) For the purposes of the promotion and development of local entrepreneurship and micro, small and medium enterprises, the business activities set out in schedule 16 shall be reserved exclusively for citizens of Lesotho, excluding a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho.\n(2) A licence issued to a naturalised and registered citizen of Lesotho, or an enterprise of which the proprietor, shareholder, partner or director is not a citizen of Lesotho shall remanin in force until the expiry of the licence.\n[...]\nSchedule 16\nList of reserved items\n1. International road freight transport and logistics; 2. Road transport and logistics; 3. Motor dealer; 4. Real estate agency; 5. Clearing agent; 6. Warehousing activities; 7. Retail sale of household fuel, bottled gas and coal; 8. Fast food activities without full restaurant services; 9. Hair dressing and beauty treatment (Division 9302); 10. Repairs and maintenance of Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle; 11. Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel; 12. Cleaning of Motor Vehicles; 13. Raising of horses; 14. Raising of sheep and goats; 15. Raising of swine and pigs; 16. Raising of poultry; 17. Sale of livestock and livestock products; 18. Tour operators activities (Division 79); 19. Cleaning activities (Division 81); 20. Landscape care and maintenance services activities (Division 8130); 21. Photographic activities (Division 7420); 22. Retail sale via stalls and market of food, beverages and tobacco products (Division 4781, Retail sale via stalls and market of textiles, clothing and footwear) (4782); 23. Retail sale of cultural and recreational goods in specialised stores (Division 476); 24. Activities of business agents and brokers (Division 6622) articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health-related articles or products; 25. Retail sale of animal feeds, including animal and crops medical goods and chemicals; 26. Retail sale of bread and confectionary products; 27. Retail sale of motor vehicle parts and accessories; 28. Repairs of motor vehicle parts including vehicle tyres and motor-cycle parts; 29. Retails sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories; 30. Wholesale and retail sale of alcoholic beverages whether or not consumed on the spot (off-sale, tavern, shebeen and public bar); 31. Wholesale and retail sale of meat and meat products, including poultry; 32. Retail sale of fruits and vegetables; 33. Growing of fruits and vegetables\n34. Retail sale of prepared meat and meat dishes whether consumed on the spot (ChesaNama) without full restaurant services; 35. Supply of liquified petroleum gas and petroleum products; 36. Retail sale in non-specialised stores (Division 471); 37. Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass products; 38. Retail sale of second-hand goods; 39. Retail sale not in stress, stalls or markets; 40. Wholesale and retail sale of pharmaceuticals and medical goods, cosmetics and toilet articles in specialised stores, including wholesale and retail sale of health related articles or products; 41. Mobile food services and other food services; 42. Printing and business support services; 43. Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support services; 44. Electrical, plumbing and other construction installation activities (Division 432); 45. Welding services; 46. Repair of footwear and clothing; 47. Metal waste or scraps[...]\" (Business Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020)\n---------------------------\n\"Interpretation\n2. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires,\n“Board” means the Trading Enterprises Board established under section 3;\n“citizen” means a person who is a citizen of Lesotho;\n“Commissioner” means the person appointed as Commissioner of Trade under section 7;\n“Commercial Officer” means a person appointed as such under section 9;\n“enterprise” means an individual, any entities or such other legal persons, recognized by any law for the time being in force in Lesotho, engaged in trading activities;\n[...]\nCriteria for Licensing\n5. (1) In considering applications for trading licences, the Board shall take into account the merits of a particular applicant and national priorities\n(2) Without the prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the Board shall take into account the following factors:\n(a) The magnitude and origin of the tangible and intangible assets;\n(b) Employment generation;\n(c) Strategic nature of enterprises;\n(d) Whether the business in relation to the application provides for the transfer of business expertise;\n(e) Advancement of business undertakings owned by citizens; and\n(f) Environmental protection\n[...]\nLicences\n14. (1) Any person who carries on lawful trade or occupation under this Order shall possess a licence\n(2) An application for a licence shall be submitted to the Commissioner in the prescribed for.\n[...]\nRegulations\n 34. (1) The Minister may make regulations for the purposes of giving effect to the provisions of this Order.\n (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the regulations may prescribe: [...]\n (n) The types of licences which may not be issued to certain enterprises [...]\" (Trading Enterprises Order, 1993)\n-----------------------------\n\"Trading Enterprises Regulations 1999\nPursuant to section 34 of the Trading Enterprises Order 1993 \n[...]\nInterpretation\n2. In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires, [...]\n\"Foreign Enterprise\" means -\n(a) a sole proprietor who is a non-citizen;\n(b) a partnership in which any partner is a non-citizen; or\n(c) a body corporate in which any of the directors or shareholders is a non-citizen\n[...]\nApplication for licences\n11. (1) An application for the grant, renewal or transfer of a licence for any of the trades or occupations specified in Part I of the Fist Schedule shail be -\n(a) addressed to the Commissioner or Commercial Officer in whose district the business is to be carried on;\n(b) submitted to the chairman of the pre-selection Committee;\n[...]\nReserved License\n14. Licences to carry on the following businesses shall not be issued or transferred to foreign enterprises:\n(a) Agent of a foreign firm\n(b) Barber\n(c) Basotho beer shop\n(d) Butcher\n(e) Snack bar\n(f) Domestic Fuel Dealer\n(g) Dairy shop\n(h) General café\n(i) General Dealer\n(j) Greengrocer\n(k) Hawker\n(l) Street photographer\n(m) Broker\n(n) Mini Supermarket\n(o) Hair and beauty salon\n(p) Petrol dealer\n(q) Tentage dealer\n[...]\nINDEX OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE PART I\nAdvertising Agent\nAgent of a Foreign Firm\nAuctioneer\nBarber Shop\nBasotho Beer shop\nBroker\nBuilder and Contractor\nButcher \nCinema Theatre \nClearing Agent \nConsultant\nCurioshop\nDairy shop\nDealer in Furniture and Household Articles\nDry Cleaner\nDomestic Fuel Dealer\nFlorist\nFootwear and Textle Dealer\nFuneral Undertaker\nGeneral Cafe\nGeneral Dealer\nGreengrocer\nHair and Beauty Salon\nHardware Store\nHawker\nLaundry\nMini-Supermarket\nMotor Dealer\nMotor Garage\nMusic Shop\nPetrol Dealer\nPharmacy\nPhotographic Studio \nScrapyard Dealer\nSecurity Agent\nSnack Bar\nSpecialised Dealer\nStreet Photographer\nSupermarket\t\nTeniage Dearer \nWholesaler \nWorkshop\" (Trading Enterprises Regulations, 1999)","Business Licensing and Registration Act No 3 of 2019\nBusiness Licensing and Registration Regulations, 2020\nTrading Enterprises Order, 1993\nTrading Enterprises Regulations, 1999","Webber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Business Licensing Act, 2019: Uncertain times for foreign investment?\", 19 November 2020\nWebber Newdigate Attorneys: \"Where are we now- Business Licensing and Registration Act, 2019\", 05 August 2022","[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration%20Act%20-%20copie.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Business%20Licensing%20Registration%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Order%201993.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://lesotho.eregulations.org/media/Trading%20Enterprises%20Regulations%201999_2.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.webbernew.com/a15/general-articles/business-licensing-act,-2019:-uncertain-times-for-foreign-investment?.html\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://webbernew.com/a47/general-articles/where-are-we-now--business-licensing-and-registration-act,-2019.html#:~:text=Author%3A%20Pamela%20Bubb%2C%20head%20of,Commercial%20Practice%20and%20Sifiso%20Rerayi&text=The%20Business%20Licensing%20and%20Registration,1st%20of%20August%202022.\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,4101,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0018","FDI is limited to 40% in transport and transport-related actitivites, excluding warehousing businesses","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2372,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0018","FDI is limited to 40% in transport and transport-related actitivites, excluding warehousing businesses","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2372,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UKR","H501","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.004","Until 2021, cabotage transportation (i.e. between Ukrainian ports, including as part of international transportation) was reserved to vessels under Ukrainian flags, unless a special permit was issued by the State Inspectorate for Maritime and Inland Water Transport Safety. According to Article 32 of the Merchant Marine code, only vessels owned by Ukrainian citizens or by a Ukrainian legal entity whose shareholders were all Ukrainian citizens could fly the Ukrainian flag. Foreign vessels hired by Ukrainian citizens under a bareboat charter arrangement could fly the Ukrainian flag for the duration of the arrangement. \nSince 2022, the right to sail under the State Flag of Ukraine can be granted to a vessel owned by a legal entity registered on the territory of Ukraine, regardless of the nationality of its owners, except where shareholders and/or ultimate beneficiaries are from a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying power, and/or are natural and legal persons to whom special economic and other restrictive measures (sanctions) have been applied in accordance with the Law of Ukraine on Sanctions.","\"Article 32. National ownership of the ship. The right to sail under the State flag of Ukraine\nThe term \"Ukrainian vessel\" or \"vessel of Ukraine\" means the national ownership of a vessel over which the jurisdiction of Ukraine extends.\nThe nationality of the vessel is determined by its state registration in Ukraine and obtaining the right to sail under the State flag of Ukraine.\nThe right to sail under the State Flag of Ukraine belongs to a vessel that is owned by a natural person - a citizen of Ukraine, a natural person - an entrepreneur, a legal entity registered on the territory of Ukraine, or a vessel used by the specified persons under the terms of a bareboat charter contract (except for vessels owned by or shipowners of which are citizens of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, legal entities registered on the territory of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, legal entities registered on the territory of Ukraine, participants (shareholders, members) or whose ultimate beneficiaries are citizens of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying power, or legal entities registered on the territory of Ukraine, participants (shareholders, members) or ultimate beneficiaries of which is a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying power, natural and legal persons to whom special economic and other restrictive measures (sanctions) have been applied in accordance with the Law of Ukraine \"On Sanctions\").[Article 32 as amended by Law No. 1054-IX dated 03.12.2020]\n[...]\nArticle 131. Cabotage transportation\nTransportation between ports of Ukraine is carried out by vessels flying the State flag of Ukraine, as well as by vessels flying a foreign flag (except for vessels flying the flag of the aggressor state and vessels owned or shipowners or participants (shareholders, members) or ultimate beneficiaries of the owners or shipowners of which are citizens of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, legal entities registered on the territory of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, physical and legal persons to whom special economic and other restrictive measures (sanctions) have been applied in accordance with the Law of Ukraine \"On Sanctions\").\n{Article 131 as amended in accordance with Laws No. 5502-VI dated 20.11.2012 , No. 1054-IX dated 03.12.2020 }\nArticle 132. International transportation\nTransportation between ports of Ukraine and foreign ports can be carried out both by vessels flying the State flag of Ukraine and, subject to reciprocity, by vessels flying a foreign flag. [...]\" (Merchant Marine Code (№ 176/95-BP of 23.05.1995), as amended by Law № 1054-IX of 3.12.2020, in force as of 1 January 2022 [google translation])\n--------------------------\nPreviously\n--------------------------\n\"Article 32. Nationality of the vessel. The right to sail under the State flag of Ukraine\nThe term \"Ukrainian vessel\" or \"vessel of Ukraine\" means the nationality of the vessel to which the jurisdiction of Ukraine extends.\nThe nationality of a vessel is determined by its state registration in Ukraine and obtaining the right to sail under the State Flag of Ukraine.\nThe right to sail under the State Flag of Ukraine belongs to a vessel that is state-owned or owned by a natural citizen of Ukraine, as well as a legal entity in Ukraine founded exclusively by Ukrainian owners, or a vessel owned by these persons under a bareboat charter agreement.\n[...]\nArticle 131. Cabotage transportations\nTransportation between the ports of Ukraine is carried out by vessels flying the State flag of Ukraine, as well as vessels flying the foreign flag, subject to obtaining permission from the central executive body, which ensures the formation of state policy in the field of transport.[...]\" (Merchant Marine Code (№ 176/95-BP of 23.05.1995), last amended by Law № 440-IX of 14.01.2020, Articles 32 and 131 [google translation])","Merchant Marine Code (№ 176/95-BP of 23.05.1995), as amended by Law № 1054-IX of 3.12.2020, in force as of 1 January 2022 [google translation]\nMerchant Marine Code (№ 176/95-BP of 23.05.1995), last amended by Law № 440-IX of 14.01.2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/176/95-%D0%B2%D1%80#Text\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/176/95-%D0%B2%D1%80/ed20211219#Text\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1185,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UKR","H501","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.004","Until 2021, cabotage transportation (i.e. between Ukrainian ports, including as part of international transportation) was reserved to vessels under Ukrainian flags, unless a special permit was issued by the State Inspectorate for Maritime and Inland Water Transport Safety. According to Article 32 of the Merchant Marine code, only vessels owned by Ukrainian citizens or by a Ukrainian legal entity whose shareholders were all Ukrainian citizens could fly the Ukrainian flag. Foreign vessels hired by Ukrainian citizens under a bareboat charter arrangement could fly the Ukrainian flag for the duration of the arrangement. \nSince 2022, the right to sail under the State Flag of Ukraine can be granted to a vessel owned by a legal entity registered on the territory of Ukraine, regardless of the nationality of its owners, except where shareholders and/or ultimate beneficiaries are from a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying power, and/or are natural and legal persons to whom special economic and other restrictive measures (sanctions) have been applied in accordance with the Law of Ukraine on Sanctions.","\"Article 32. National ownership of the ship. The right to sail under the State flag of Ukraine\nThe term \"Ukrainian vessel\" or \"vessel of Ukraine\" means the national ownership of a vessel over which the jurisdiction of Ukraine extends.\nThe nationality of the vessel is determined by its state registration in Ukraine and obtaining the right to sail under the State flag of Ukraine.\nThe right to sail under the State Flag of Ukraine belongs to a vessel that is owned by a natural person - a citizen of Ukraine, a natural person - an entrepreneur, a legal entity registered on the territory of Ukraine, or a vessel used by the specified persons under the terms of a bareboat charter contract (except for vessels owned by or shipowners of which are citizens of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, legal entities registered on the territory of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, legal entities registered on the territory of Ukraine, participants (shareholders, members) or whose ultimate beneficiaries are citizens of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying power, or legal entities registered on the territory of Ukraine, participants (shareholders, members) or ultimate beneficiaries of which is a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying power, natural and legal persons to whom special economic and other restrictive measures (sanctions) have been applied in accordance with the Law of Ukraine \"On Sanctions\").[Article 32 as amended by Law No. 1054-IX dated 03.12.2020]\n[...]\nArticle 131. Cabotage transportation\nTransportation between ports of Ukraine is carried out by vessels flying the State flag of Ukraine, as well as by vessels flying a foreign flag (except for vessels flying the flag of the aggressor state and vessels owned or shipowners or participants (shareholders, members) or ultimate beneficiaries of the owners or shipowners of which are citizens of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, legal entities registered on the territory of a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, a state recognized by Ukraine as an aggressor state or an occupying state, physical and legal persons to whom special economic and other restrictive measures (sanctions) have been applied in accordance with the Law of Ukraine \"On Sanctions\").\n{Article 131 as amended in accordance with Laws No. 5502-VI dated 20.11.2012 , No. 1054-IX dated 03.12.2020 }\nArticle 132. International transportation\nTransportation between ports of Ukraine and foreign ports can be carried out both by vessels flying the State flag of Ukraine and, subject to reciprocity, by vessels flying a foreign flag. [...]\" (Merchant Marine Code (№ 176/95-BP of 23.05.1995), as amended by Law № 1054-IX of 3.12.2020, in force as of 1 January 2022 [google translation])\n--------------------------\nPreviously\n--------------------------\n\"Article 32. Nationality of the vessel. The right to sail under the State flag of Ukraine\nThe term \"Ukrainian vessel\" or \"vessel of Ukraine\" means the nationality of the vessel to which the jurisdiction of Ukraine extends.\nThe nationality of a vessel is determined by its state registration in Ukraine and obtaining the right to sail under the State Flag of Ukraine.\nThe right to sail under the State Flag of Ukraine belongs to a vessel that is state-owned or owned by a natural citizen of Ukraine, as well as a legal entity in Ukraine founded exclusively by Ukrainian owners, or a vessel owned by these persons under a bareboat charter agreement.\n[...]\nArticle 131. Cabotage transportations\nTransportation between the ports of Ukraine is carried out by vessels flying the State flag of Ukraine, as well as vessels flying the foreign flag, subject to obtaining permission from the central executive body, which ensures the formation of state policy in the field of transport.[...]\" (Merchant Marine Code (№ 176/95-BP of 23.05.1995), last amended by Law № 440-IX of 14.01.2020, Articles 32 and 131 [google translation])","Merchant Marine Code (№ 176/95-BP of 23.05.1995), as amended by Law № 1054-IX of 3.12.2020, in force as of 1 January 2022 [google translation]\nMerchant Marine Code (№ 176/95-BP of 23.05.1995), last amended by Law № 440-IX of 14.01.2020","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/176/95-%D0%B2%D1%80#Text\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/176/95-%D0%B2%D1%80/ed20211219#Text\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1185,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","_H","_O","IV41","IX",2018,"0.05","The access of foreign-controlled companies to the national financial system may be restricted by the Central Bank in case of balance of payments disequilibrium. ","\"SECTION IV - Access of foreign capital companies to the national financial system\nArticle 22. In periods of imbalance in the balance of payments, recognized by the National Monetary Council, the Central Bank, by adopting measures to contain credit, may limit recourse to the country's financial system, in the case of companies that have access to the market international financial\n§ 1 For the purposes of this article, it is considered that they have access to the international financial market:\na) branches of foreign companies;\nb) companies headquartered in the country whose capital is wholly owned by residents or domiciled abroad;\nc) companies headquartered in the country controlled by persons residing or domiciled abroad.\n§ 2 A company is considered to be controlled by persons residing or domiciled abroad, when they directly or indirectly hold the majority of the voting capital.\nArt. 23. The limit of access to the financial system referred to in art. 22 cannot be set at a lower level:\na) 150% (one hundred and fifty percent) of own resources belonging to residents or domiciled abroad;\nb) 250% (two hundred and fifty percent) of own resources belonging to residents or domiciled in the country. [...]\n§ 4 The national financial system, for the purposes of this article, comprises the capital market and all financial institutions, public or private, headquartered or authorized to operate in the country.[...]\n§ 6 The provisions of this article and the following article do not apply to financial institutions, whose limits will be fixed in accordance with Law n. 4,595, of December 31, 1964.[...]\" (Law No. 4,728 on Capital Markets (14 July 1965), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 22 and 23 [google translation])","Law No. 4,728 on Capital Markets (14 July 1965), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 22 and 23","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/l4728.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1332,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","_H","_O","IV41","IX",2021,"0.05","The access of foreign-controlled companies to the national financial system may be restricted by the Central Bank in case of balance of payments disequilibrium. ","\"SECTION IV - Access of foreign capital companies to the national financial system\nArticle 22. In periods of imbalance in the balance of payments, recognized by the National Monetary Council, the Central Bank, by adopting measures to contain credit, may limit recourse to the country's financial system, in the case of companies that have access to the market international financial\n§ 1 For the purposes of this article, it is considered that they have access to the international financial market:\na) branches of foreign companies;\nb) companies headquartered in the country whose capital is wholly owned by residents or domiciled abroad;\nc) companies headquartered in the country controlled by persons residing or domiciled abroad.\n§ 2 A company is considered to be controlled by persons residing or domiciled abroad, when they directly or indirectly hold the majority of the voting capital.\nArt. 23. The limit of access to the financial system referred to in art. 22 cannot be set at a lower level:\na) 150% (one hundred and fifty percent) of own resources belonging to residents or domiciled abroad;\nb) 250% (two hundred and fifty percent) of own resources belonging to residents or domiciled in the country. [...]\n§ 4 The national financial system, for the purposes of this article, comprises the capital market and all financial institutions, public or private, headquartered or authorized to operate in the country.[...]\n§ 6 The provisions of this article and the following article do not apply to financial institutions, whose limits will be fixed in accordance with Law n. 4,595, of December 31, 1964.[...]\" (Law No. 4,728 on Capital Markets (14 July 1965), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 22 and 23 [google translation])","Law No. 4,728 on Capital Markets (14 July 1965), last amended by Law No. 13,986 of 2020, Articles 22 and 23","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/l4728.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1332,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","F42","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0001875","Up to 2020, foreign investment in the construction and operation of pipeline networks for gas, heat, and water supply and sewage in cities with a population of more than 500,000 was subject to Chinese-investor contronlling shareholding, and subject to prior government approval since it was listed in the foreign investment 'negative list'.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIV. Production and supply of electricity, heat, gas, and water\n8.For the construction and operation of nuclear power plants, the controlling stake shall be held by Chinese investors. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nIV. Production and supply of electricity, heat, gas, and water\n10. The controlling stake in the construction and operation of nuclear power plants shall be held by the Chinese side.[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nIV. Production and supply of electricity, heat, gas, and water\n11. The construction and operation of nuclear power plants must be controlled by the Chinese party.\n12. The construction and operation of urban water supply and drainage pipeline networks with a population of more than 500,000 must be controlled by the Chinese party.[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nIV. Electricity, Heating, Gas and Water Production and Supply Industries\n15. The Chinese side must have controlling interest in construction and operation of nuclear power plants.\n16. The Chinese side must have a controlling interest in the construction and operation of municipal gas, heating, and sewage for cities with a population over 500,000. [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (2017 Revision) [...]\nSpecial Management Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List for Foreign Investment Access) \nPart I - Catalogue of Restricted Industries for Foreign Investment\n12. Construction and operation of nuclear power stations (with Chinese party as the controlling shareholder) \n13. Construction and operation of power grid (with Chinese party as the controlling shareholder) [not listed in 2018 anymore]\n14. Construction and operation of pipeline networks for gas, heat, and water supply and sewage in cities with a population of more than 500,000 (with Chinese party as the controlling shareholder) [...]\" (Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (2017 Revision))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)\nCatalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (Revision 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.szlh.gov.cn/English/doingbusiness/Investmentguide/content/post_8533847.html\">Catalogue</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3487,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C29","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.005625","Since 2022, foreign investment in automotive manufacturing is no longer restricted. Previously, since 2020, except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, Chinese investors were required to hold no less than 50% of the shares of complete automobile manufacturing companies producing passenger cars. Before, such a foreign shareholding restriction applied to commercia vehicles as well.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n6. For the printing of publication, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. \n7. Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited. \n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022).\n9. Satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components production. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry [...]\n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022). .[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry [...]\n9. Except for special-purpose vehicles and new energy vehicles, the Chinese shareholding ratio in complete vehicle manufacturing shall not be less than 50%. The same foreign investor may establish two or less joint ventures in China to produce similar complete vehicle products. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in commercial vehicle manufacturing will be lifted in 2020. In 2022, restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in passenger car manufacturing will be lifted, as well as restrictions on the same foreign company being able to establish two or less joint ventures in China that produce similar vehicle products).[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry [...]\n12. Except for special-purpose vehicles and new energy vehicles, the Chinese shareholding ratio in vehicle manufacturing shall not be less than 50%. The same foreign investor may establish two or less joint ventures in China to produce similar vehicle products. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in commercial vehicle manufacturing will be lifted in 2020. In 2022, restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in passenger car manufacturing will be lifted, as well as restrictions on the same foreign company being able to establish two or less joint ventures in China that produce similar vehicle products). [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3475,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C29","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.001875","Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, Chinese investors must hold no less than 50% of the shares in a company engaging in complete automobile manufacturing. In addition, a foreign investor may only establish up to two joint ventures with Chinese investors to manufacture the same type of complete automobile products [The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products were set to be removed in 2022]. ","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n6. For the printing of publication, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. \n7. Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited. \n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022).\n9. Satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components production. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2513,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CRI","H4921_4922","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0012","Permits to supply international remunerated passenger road transport services can only be granted only to enterprises whose capital was at least 60% owned by Central American nationals. This restriction has been lifted as of 13 December 2019 due to amendments to the Executive Decree No. 41404-MOPT on Regulations for international public paid collective transport of persons (TIPC).","\"Article 1-This regulation regulates the general provisions applicable to the services of International Public Transport Paid Collective of Persons (TIPC), regardless of whether the authorization has been issued by the Public Transport Council or by foreign public bodies.\nArticle 2-In the TIPC service, the TIPC International Line (LI) is understood to be that service in which at least one of the terminal points (origin or destination) is located outside the national territory, or when such service transits through it , using it as part of its route, in which case these LIs must be subject to the conditions of this regulation, even if they do not have terminals in the national territory.\n[...]\nArticle 13.- To operate a TIPC service, the permit granted by the Public Transportation Council is necessary, in accordance with the requirements established in the Law of Traffic on Public Land Roads and Road Safety, Law No. 9078 and its reforms, the Central American Agreement on Road Circulation and these regulations. \nArticle 14.- The permission referred to in article 13 may be granted to national or foreign companies. In the latter case, the provisions of Articles 226, 227 and those consistent with the Costa Rican Commercial Code, Law No. 3284, must be complied with.[...]\" (Executive Decree No. 41404-MOPT on Regulations for international public paid collective transport of persons (TIPC) (10/19/2018), as amended by Executive Decree no. 42072 of 10/15/2019 effective from 12/13/2019, Articles 1, 2, 13 and 14 [google translation])","Executive Decree No. 41404-MOPT on Regulations for international public paid collective transport of persons (TIPC) (10/19/2018), as amended by Executive Decree no. 42072 of 10/15/2019 effective from 12/13/2019, Articles 1, 2, 13 and 14","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=90232&nValor3=118737&strTipM=TC\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1122,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I55","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.00175","As of March 2021, foreign investment in 2-stars hotels is no longer restricted, but investments in 1-star, budget (non-star) hotels, guesthouses/motels, cottage and villas for renting are now reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements]. Previously, foreign investment in the referred activities was limited to 67% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n-  Two-star hotel, Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] \n- One-star hotel, budget/non-start hotel, guesthouses and motels  [see 2019 restrictions]:  reserved for domestic SMEs[...]\n- Homestay(cottage) [no change] [...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Two-star hotel, One-star hotel, Non-star hotel, guesthouses and motesl, Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67% [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3367,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A031","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0025","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in commercial fishing, excluding acquaculture, in Indonesian water territory and open sea was prohibited.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\nBusiness Fields:\n-Capture fishery using fishing ship in Indonesian water territory and open sea  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed]\n-Cultivation of coral / decorative coral  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed][...][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2020\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nC. Marine Affairs and Fisheries Sector\n-Capture fishery using fishing ship in Indonesian water territory and open sea : 100% domestic capital, and subject to a special license from the Ministry of Marine Affairs and Fisheries on fishery resources allocation and fishing coordinates\n-Cultivation of coral / decorative coral: Recommendation from the Ministry of Environment and Forestry [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3392,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","J61","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.008","Up to 2023, under the National Information Communications and Technology Policy Guidelines, 2020, only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership were licensed to provide ICT services, including telecommunicatons and broadcasting services (up from 20% under the 2006 policy).. This equity restriction was lifted by an amendment to the Guidelines, published on 22 August 2023. (For more informaiton, see Bowmans (2023))","\"4. Application for licence. \n(1) A person who wishes to operate any communication system or provide a communications service requiring a licence under the Act, shall apply to the Commission for a licence. [...]\n(3) An entity applying for a licence under these Regulations shall ensure that its shareholding conforms to the prevailing communications sector policy. \n[...]\n9. Change in shareholding. \n(1) A licensee shall ensure that its shareholding complies, at all times with the Government’s Communications Sector Policy, published from time to time. [...]\" (Kenya Information and Communications (Licensing and Quality of Service) Regulations, 2010)\n------------------------\n\"Telecommunications licensing requirements\nThe licensing process commences with the submission of a duly completed application form. Application forms are available for download at the License Application Forms section of this page.\nWithin the form, details of the minimum requirements for acceptance of an application for each type of license and applicable fees are available. Generally, all applicants for commercial licenses should meet the following minimum conditions:\nThe entity should be registered in Kenya as a company, sole proprietor or partnership.\nHave a duly registered office and permanent premises in Kenya.\nProvide details of shareholders and directors.\nIssue at least 30% of its shares to Kenyans on or before the end of three years after receiving a license.\nProvide evidence of compliance with tax requirement.[...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, \"Licensing Procedures\", website content)\n------------------------\n\"6.2.4 Rules [...]\nEquity Participation \nThe government strongly encourages Kenyans to participate in the ICT and Science and Technology sector through equity participation. It is the policy that only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership, either corporate or individual will be licensed to provide ICT services. For purposes of this rule, companies without majority Kenyan ownership will not be considered Kenyan, and may thus not be calculated as part of the 30% Kenyan ownership calculus. Licensees will have 3 years to meet the local equity ownership threshold; they may apply for a one year extension with appropriate acceptable justifications.[...]\" (National ICT Policy Guidelines 2020)\n------------------------\n\"ANNEX 4: SECTOR POLICY REQUIREMENT Note that companies wishing to be considered for a licence in the communications sector must  allot  a  minimum  of  30%  of  their  total shares to individual Kenyan citizens in line with ICT sector policy. [...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER LICENCE UNDER THE UNIFIED LICENSING FRAMEWORK CA/F/LCS/TL 3.7 (FEBRUARY 2021))\n------------------------\n\"ANNEX 2: SECTOR POLICY REQUIREMENT Note that companies wishing to be considered for a licence in the communications sector must allot  a  minimum  of  30%  of  their  total shares to individual Kenyan citizens.[...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE AS A TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR, CA/F/LCS/TL 2.5 (FEBRUARY 2021) )\n------------------------\n\"4. THAT I have submitted the following copies of our documents in support of the said application: 4.1. Registration  and ownership status: [...]\n[Note that companies wishing to be considered for a licence in the communications  sector  must  allot  a  minimum  of  30%  of  their  total shares to individual Kenyan citizens [...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION  FOR   SUBMARINE CABLE LANDING RIGHTS  LICENCE CA/F/LCS/TL 6.4 (FEBRUARY 2021))\n","Kenya Information and Communications (Licensing and Quality of Service) Regulations, 2010\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, \"Licensing Procedures\", website content\nNational ICT Policy Guidelines 2020\nCommunications Authority of Kenya,APPLICATION FOR AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER LICENCE UNDER THE UNIFIED LICENSING FRAMEWORK CA/F/LCS/TL 3.7 (FEBRUARY 2021)\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE AS A TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR, CA/F/LCS/TL 2.5 (FEBRUARY 2021)\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER LICENCE UNDER THE UNIFIED LICENSING FRAMEWORK CA/F/LCS/TL 3.7 (FEBRUARY 2021)\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION  FOR   SUBMARINE CABLE LANDING RIGHTS  LICENCE CA/F/LCS/TL 6.4 (FEBRUARY 2021)","PWC (2021), \"Regulatory Alert: BPOs exempt from the local equity participation rule and other amendments to the 2020 ICT Policy\", April.\nBowmans (2023), \"Kenya: Cabinet Secretary Removes Local Equity Requirement for All ICT Sector Players with Immediate Effect\", August 23.","[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/2023-06/Licensing-and-Quality-of-Service-Regulations-2010-1.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/licensing-procedures\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/CA/Statutes%20and%20Regulations/National-ICT-Policy-Guidelines-2020.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/articles/Telecoms%20Forms/Application-Form-For-Electronic-Communications-Services1-TL-3.7.pdf\">Form</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/articles/Telecoms%20Forms/Application-For-Telecommunications-Contractors-Licence-Form-TL-2.5.pdf\">Form</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/articles/Telecoms%20Forms/Application-for-Submarine-Cable-Landing-Rights-TL-6.4.pdf\">Form</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pwc.com/ke/en/assets/pdf/regulatory-alert-2020-ict-policy.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://bowmanslaw.com/insights/kenya-cabinet-secretary-removes-local-equity-requirement-for-all-ict-sector-players-with-immediate-effect/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3141,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","J61","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.008","Up to 2023, under the National Information Communications and Technology Policy Guidelines, 2020, only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership were licensed to provide ICT services, including telecommunicatons and broadcasting services (up from 20% under the 2006 policy).. This equity restriction was lifted by an amendment to the Guidelines, published on 22 August 2023. (For more informaiton, see Bowmans (2023))","\"4. Application for licence. \n(1) A person who wishes to operate any communication system or provide a communications service requiring a licence under the Act, shall apply to the Commission for a licence. [...]\n(3) An entity applying for a licence under these Regulations shall ensure that its shareholding conforms to the prevailing communications sector policy. \n[...]\n9. Change in shareholding. \n(1) A licensee shall ensure that its shareholding complies, at all times with the Government’s Communications Sector Policy, published from time to time. [...]\" (Kenya Information and Communications (Licensing and Quality of Service) Regulations, 2010)\n------------------------\n\"Telecommunications licensing requirements\nThe licensing process commences with the submission of a duly completed application form. Application forms are available for download at the License Application Forms section of this page.\nWithin the form, details of the minimum requirements for acceptance of an application for each type of license and applicable fees are available. Generally, all applicants for commercial licenses should meet the following minimum conditions:\nThe entity should be registered in Kenya as a company, sole proprietor or partnership.\nHave a duly registered office and permanent premises in Kenya.\nProvide details of shareholders and directors.\nIssue at least 30% of its shares to Kenyans on or before the end of three years after receiving a license.\nProvide evidence of compliance with tax requirement.[...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, \"Licensing Procedures\", website content)\n------------------------\n\"6.2.4 Rules [...]\nEquity Participation \nThe government strongly encourages Kenyans to participate in the ICT and Science and Technology sector through equity participation. It is the policy that only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership, either corporate or individual will be licensed to provide ICT services. For purposes of this rule, companies without majority Kenyan ownership will not be considered Kenyan, and may thus not be calculated as part of the 30% Kenyan ownership calculus. Licensees will have 3 years to meet the local equity ownership threshold; they may apply for a one year extension with appropriate acceptable justifications.[...]\" (National ICT Policy Guidelines 2020)\n------------------------\n\"ANNEX 4: SECTOR POLICY REQUIREMENT Note that companies wishing to be considered for a licence in the communications sector must  allot  a  minimum  of  30%  of  their  total shares to individual Kenyan citizens in line with ICT sector policy. [...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER LICENCE UNDER THE UNIFIED LICENSING FRAMEWORK CA/F/LCS/TL 3.7 (FEBRUARY 2021))\n------------------------\n\"ANNEX 2: SECTOR POLICY REQUIREMENT Note that companies wishing to be considered for a licence in the communications sector must allot  a  minimum  of  30%  of  their  total shares to individual Kenyan citizens.[...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE AS A TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR, CA/F/LCS/TL 2.5 (FEBRUARY 2021) )\n------------------------\n\"4. THAT I have submitted the following copies of our documents in support of the said application: 4.1. Registration  and ownership status: [...]\n[Note that companies wishing to be considered for a licence in the communications  sector  must  allot  a  minimum  of  30%  of  their  total shares to individual Kenyan citizens [...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION  FOR   SUBMARINE CABLE LANDING RIGHTS  LICENCE CA/F/LCS/TL 6.4 (FEBRUARY 2021))\n","Kenya Information and Communications (Licensing and Quality of Service) Regulations, 2010\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, \"Licensing Procedures\", website content\nNational ICT Policy Guidelines 2020\nCommunications Authority of Kenya,APPLICATION FOR AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER LICENCE UNDER THE UNIFIED LICENSING FRAMEWORK CA/F/LCS/TL 3.7 (FEBRUARY 2021)\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE AS A TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR, CA/F/LCS/TL 2.5 (FEBRUARY 2021)\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER LICENCE UNDER THE UNIFIED LICENSING FRAMEWORK CA/F/LCS/TL 3.7 (FEBRUARY 2021)\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION  FOR   SUBMARINE CABLE LANDING RIGHTS  LICENCE CA/F/LCS/TL 6.4 (FEBRUARY 2021)","PWC (2021), \"Regulatory Alert: BPOs exempt from the local equity participation rule and other amendments to the 2020 ICT Policy\", April.\nBowmans (2023), \"Kenya: Cabinet Secretary Removes Local Equity Requirement for All ICT Sector Players with Immediate Effect\", August 23.","[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/2023-06/Licensing-and-Quality-of-Service-Regulations-2010-1.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/licensing-procedures\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/CA/Statutes%20and%20Regulations/National-ICT-Policy-Guidelines-2020.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/articles/Telecoms%20Forms/Application-Form-For-Electronic-Communications-Services1-TL-3.7.pdf\">Form</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/articles/Telecoms%20Forms/Application-For-Telecommunications-Contractors-Licence-Form-TL-2.5.pdf\">Form</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/articles/Telecoms%20Forms/Application-for-Submarine-Cable-Landing-Rights-TL-6.4.pdf\">Form</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pwc.com/ke/en/assets/pdf/regulatory-alert-2020-ict-policy.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://bowmanslaw.com/insights/kenya-cabinet-secretary-removes-local-equity-requirement-for-all-ict-sector-players-with-immediate-effect/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3141,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","J61","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.008","Up to 2023, under the National Information Communications and Technology Policy Guidelines, 2020, only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership were licensed to provide ICT services, including telecommunicatons and broadcasting services (up from 20% under the 2006 policy).. This equity restriction was lifted by an amendment to the Guidelines, published on 22 August 2023. (For more informaiton, see Bowmans (2023))","\"4. Application for licence. \n(1) A person who wishes to operate any communication system or provide a communications service requiring a licence under the Act, shall apply to the Commission for a licence. [...]\n(3) An entity applying for a licence under these Regulations shall ensure that its shareholding conforms to the prevailing communications sector policy. \n[...]\n9. Change in shareholding. \n(1) A licensee shall ensure that its shareholding complies, at all times with the Government’s Communications Sector Policy, published from time to time. [...]\" (Kenya Information and Communications (Licensing and Quality of Service) Regulations, 2010)\n------------------------\n\"Telecommunications licensing requirements\nThe licensing process commences with the submission of a duly completed application form. Application forms are available for download at the License Application Forms section of this page.\nWithin the form, details of the minimum requirements for acceptance of an application for each type of license and applicable fees are available. Generally, all applicants for commercial licenses should meet the following minimum conditions:\nThe entity should be registered in Kenya as a company, sole proprietor or partnership.\nHave a duly registered office and permanent premises in Kenya.\nProvide details of shareholders and directors.\nIssue at least 30% of its shares to Kenyans on or before the end of three years after receiving a license.\nProvide evidence of compliance with tax requirement.[...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, \"Licensing Procedures\", website content)\n------------------------\n\"6.2.4 Rules [...]\nEquity Participation \nThe government strongly encourages Kenyans to participate in the ICT and Science and Technology sector through equity participation. It is the policy that only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership, either corporate or individual will be licensed to provide ICT services. For purposes of this rule, companies without majority Kenyan ownership will not be considered Kenyan, and may thus not be calculated as part of the 30% Kenyan ownership calculus. Licensees will have 3 years to meet the local equity ownership threshold; they may apply for a one year extension with appropriate acceptable justifications.[...]\" (National ICT Policy Guidelines 2020)\n------------------------\n\"ANNEX 4: SECTOR POLICY REQUIREMENT Note that companies wishing to be considered for a licence in the communications sector must  allot  a  minimum  of  30%  of  their  total shares to individual Kenyan citizens in line with ICT sector policy. [...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER LICENCE UNDER THE UNIFIED LICENSING FRAMEWORK CA/F/LCS/TL 3.7 (FEBRUARY 2021))\n------------------------\n\"ANNEX 2: SECTOR POLICY REQUIREMENT Note that companies wishing to be considered for a licence in the communications sector must allot  a  minimum  of  30%  of  their  total shares to individual Kenyan citizens.[...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE AS A TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR, CA/F/LCS/TL 2.5 (FEBRUARY 2021) )\n------------------------\n\"4. THAT I have submitted the following copies of our documents in support of the said application: 4.1. Registration  and ownership status: [...]\n[Note that companies wishing to be considered for a licence in the communications  sector  must  allot  a  minimum  of  30%  of  their  total shares to individual Kenyan citizens [...]\" (Communications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION  FOR   SUBMARINE CABLE LANDING RIGHTS  LICENCE CA/F/LCS/TL 6.4 (FEBRUARY 2021))\n","Kenya Information and Communications (Licensing and Quality of Service) Regulations, 2010\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, \"Licensing Procedures\", website content\nNational ICT Policy Guidelines 2020\nCommunications Authority of Kenya,APPLICATION FOR AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER LICENCE UNDER THE UNIFIED LICENSING FRAMEWORK CA/F/LCS/TL 3.7 (FEBRUARY 2021)\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE AS A TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR, CA/F/LCS/TL 2.5 (FEBRUARY 2021)\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION FOR AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER LICENCE UNDER THE UNIFIED LICENSING FRAMEWORK CA/F/LCS/TL 3.7 (FEBRUARY 2021)\nCommunications Authority of Kenya, APPLICATION  FOR   SUBMARINE CABLE LANDING RIGHTS  LICENCE CA/F/LCS/TL 6.4 (FEBRUARY 2021)","PWC (2021), \"Regulatory Alert: BPOs exempt from the local equity participation rule and other amendments to the 2020 ICT Policy\", April.\nBowmans (2023), \"Kenya: Cabinet Secretary Removes Local Equity Requirement for All ICT Sector Players with Immediate Effect\", August 23.","[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/2023-06/Licensing-and-Quality-of-Service-Regulations-2010-1.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/licensing-procedures\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/CA/Statutes%20and%20Regulations/National-ICT-Policy-Guidelines-2020.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/articles/Telecoms%20Forms/Application-Form-For-Electronic-Communications-Services1-TL-3.7.pdf\">Form</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/articles/Telecoms%20Forms/Application-For-Telecommunications-Contractors-Licence-Form-TL-2.5.pdf\">Form</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/articles/Telecoms%20Forms/Application-for-Submarine-Cable-Landing-Rights-TL-6.4.pdf\">Form</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pwc.com/ke/en/assets/pdf/regulatory-alert-2020-ict-policy.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://bowmanslaw.com/insights/kenya-cabinet-secretary-removes-local-equity-requirement-for-all-ict-sector-players-with-immediate-effect/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3141,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H491","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0004","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2371,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H491","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.0004","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2371,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SVK","A01","_O","IV91","IX",2018,"0.0075","From 1 June 2014 to 11 February 2019: ownership of agricultural land (except land with an area less than 2 000 m2 outside the built-up area of the municipality) could only be transferred to:\na) a person who carried out agricultural production as a business for at least 3 years before the date of conclusion of the contract on the transfer of ownership of agricultural land in the municipality in which the agricultural land is located,\nb) co-owner of agricultural land, if it is a co-ownership share according to special regulations, \nc) a close person according to § 116 of the Civil Code and a related person according to § 117 of the Civil Code.\n[only in accordance with a specific procedure] d) a person who has been a permanent resident or registered office in the Slovak Republic for at least 10 years and carries out agricultural production as a business for at least 3 years before the date of conclusion of the contract on transfer of ownership of agricultural land \n- in a municipality adjacent to the municipality in which the transferred agricultural land is located, or\n- regardless of the place of business.\nIn addition, the acquisition of agricultural land by foreigners is subject to reciprocity. The reciprocity requirement does not apply to EU/EEA/Swiss nationals and EU/EEA/Swiss-incorporated companies.\nHence, real estate investment in agricultural land is prohibited (for all investors, both domestic and foreign). Foreign acquisition of agricultural land for business purposes requires incorporation or reciprocity, and 10 years prior residency in the Slovak Republic and 3 years prior agricultural production business (or 3 years prior agricultural production business in the municipality where the agricultural land is located).\nAgricultural land can be leased for an indefinite period, but the contract can be terminated by one party with a notice addressed to the other contract party respecting a 5 year notice period. Where a land lease contract is concluded for a fixed-term, it may not exceed 25 years, but this can vary for special agricultural uses of the land.","\"§ 2 Agricultural land\n(1) Unless paragraph 2 provides otherwise, for the purposes of this Act, agricultural land shall mean agricultural land or land built up for construction purposes for agricultural purposes until 24 June 1991.\n(2) It is not considered to be agricultural land under this Act\na) garden,\nb) land in the built-up area of ​​the village, \nc) land outside the built-up area of ​​the municipality, if\n1. is intended for non-agricultural use according to special regulations, \n2. the possibility of its agricultural use is limited according to special regulations, \n3. its area is less than 2 000 m 2 ,\n4. it is adjacent to the building, with which its location and use form a functional unit.\n[...]\n§ 4 Procedure for the transfer of ownership of agricultural land\n(1) The owner or another person entitled to transfer ownership of agricultural land (hereinafter referred to as the \"transferor\") may, without using the procedure under paragraphs 3 to 10 and under § 5 and 6 , transfer agricultural land\na) a person who carries out agricultural production 9 ) as a business for at least three years before the date of conclusion of the contract on the transfer of ownership of agricultural land in the municipality in which the agricultural land is located,\nb) co-owner of agricultural land, if it is a co-ownership share according to special regulations, 10 )\nc) a close person according to § 116 of the Civil Code and a related person according to § 117 of the Civil Code .\n(2) The transferor may transfer ownership of agricultural land to a person other than the person referred to in paragraph 1 only in accordance with the procedure under paragraphs 3 to 8 and pursuant to Sections 5 and 6 .\n(3) The transferor is obliged to publish an offer for the transfer of ownership of agricultural land for at least 15 days in the Register of Publication of Offers for the Transfer of Ownership of Agricultural Land (hereinafter \"register\") on the website of the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development of the Slovak Republic (hereinafter \"ministry\"). publish the offer at the same time on the official notice board in the municipality where the agricultural land is located. Publication of the offer on the official notice board is free of charge.\n(4) A person entitled to acquire ownership of agricultural land is a person who has been a permanent resident or registered office in the Slovak Republic for at least ten years and carries out agricultural production as a business for at least three years before the date of conclusion of the contract on transfer of ownership of agricultural land (hereinafter \"acquirer\").\na) in a municipality adjacent to the municipality in which the transferred agricultural land is located, or\nb) regardless of the place of business.\n(5) If, after the publication of the offer pursuant to paragraph 4 letter a) the acquirer from the municipality where the offered agricultural land is registered is interested, he has priority over the acquirer from the neighboring municipality when accepting the offer. Preference shall also apply to tenders under paragraph 4 (a). b) the acquirer from the municipality and in the second order the acquirer from the neighboring municipality before the acquirer, regardless of the place of business.\n(6) The transferor may extend the offer for persons pursuant to paragraph 4 letter (b) if no acquirer under paragraph 4 (a) (a) has not expressed an interest in acquiring ownership of the agricultural land, nor has the transferor transferred ownership of the agricultural land offered by him.\n(7) If a person fulfilling the conditions under paragraph 4 does not show interest in the transfer of ownership of agricultural land or the transfer of agricultural land does not take place, the transferring agricultural land may transfer for the price or value according to § 5 par. 1 letter d) to a person who has had a permanent residence or registered office in the territory of the Slovak Republic for at least ten years, but no later than six months from the unsuccessful completion of the tender procedure pursuant to paragraph 6.\n(8) The procedure and conditions referred to in paragraphs 3 to 6 shall also apply to the gratuitous transfer by donation of agricultural land.\n(9) Under the same conditions as the acquirer, a natural person who carries out agricultural production for at least three years before the date of conclusion of a contract for the transfer of agricultural land in an employment relationship, a similar employment relationship or another employment relationship with a person carrying out agricultural land may acquire ownership of agricultural land. production as a person under paragraph 1 (a) (a) or business.\n(10) Per person according to paragraph 1 letter (a) who is a young farmer, 11 ) or an acquirer who is a young farmer, 11 ) the provision on the obligation to carry out agricultural production as a business for at least three years shall not apply. A young farmer may not lease, sell or donate agricultural land for three years from the acquisition of ownership of the agricultural land.\n[...]\n§ 7 Prohibition on the acquisition of ownership of agricultural land\n(1) The state, a citizen of the state, a natural person residing or a legal person domiciled in a state whose legal system does not allow citizens of the Slovak Republic, natural persons residing in the Slovak Republic or legal persons domiciled in the Slovak Republic may not acquire ownership of agricultural land. land; this does not apply to the inheritance of agricultural land.\n(2) The provision of paragraph 1 shall not apply to the states of the European Union, the European Economic Area, Switzerland or the states for which this results from an international agreement by which the Slovak Republic is bound; the provision shall not apply to their nationals or to natural or resident or legal persons established in those States. [...]\" (Act on the acquisition of ownership of agricultural land (140/2014 Coll.), as amended by Act no. 125/2016 Coll. of 18 November 2015, §§ 2, 4 and 7 [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"FIRST PART - LAND RENT FOR AGRICULTURAL PURPOSES\n§ 1\n(1) The lease agreement on the lease of land for agricultural purposes is governed by the provisions of the Civil Code on the lease agreement, unless this law provides otherwise; the same procedure is followed when subleasing land for agricultural purposes.\n(2) Land for agricultural purposes under this Act is such land or part thereof which is\na) agricultural land, 2 )\nb) registered in the real estate cadastre in register \"C\" as a built-up area and a courtyard, used for agricultural purposes or a plot of land built with a structure used for agricultural purposes, or\nc) other land left for agricultural purposes; the provisions of special regulation 9 ) are not affected thereby.\n[...]\n§ 6\nA contract for the lease of land for agricultural purposes agreed for an indefinite period can be terminated as of November 1. The notice period is one year, unless otherwise agreed.\n[...]\n§ 8\n(1) The land is leased to the lessee for agricultural purposes while operating the business for at least five years. If the contract on the lease of land for agricultural purposes is concluded for a certain period, the lease period is a maximum of 25 years.\n(2) A contract for the lease of land for agricultural purposes during the operation of a business can be concluded for a certain period of time\na) for a maximum of 25 years, if it concerns the establishment or renewal of an orchard,\nb) for a maximum of 30 years, if it concerns the establishment or renewal of a nursery for fruit trees or ornamental trees, the establishment or renewal of a vineyard, the establishment or renewal of a hop farm,\nc) for a maximum of 15 years, if it concerns the establishment or restoration of an asparagus stand or a small fruit stand,\nd) at least for 50 years, if it concerns the establishment of a repository that is registered, 6 )\ne) for at least ten years, if it concerns the establishment of a research workplace that is registered. 7 )\n[...]\n§ 12 [...]\n(2) If it is a contract for the lease of land for agricultural purposes during the operation of a business agreed for an indefinite period, it can only be terminated in writing; the notice period must not end before the end of the rental period according to § 8 , unless otherwise agreed..[...]\" (Act No 504/2003 Coll. on the lease of agricultural land, agricultural enterprise and forest land and on the amendment of certain acts [google translation])","Act on the acquisition of ownership of agricultural land (140/2014 Coll.), as amended by Act no. 125/2016 Coll. of 18 November 2015, §§ 2, 4 and 7\nAct No 504/2003 Coll. on the lease of agricultural land, agricultural enterprise and forest land and on the amendment of certain acts","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.slov-lex.sk/static/SK/ZZ/2014/140/20160701.html\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.slov-lex.sk/pravne-predpisy/SK/ZZ/2003/504/20130701.html\">Act</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,948,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","D35102","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0035","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in power transmission and distribution was limited to 95%. If under PPP, 100% foreign ownership was permitted.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- - Power plant transmission, Power plant distribution [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nD. Energy and Mineral Resources Sector [...]\n- Power plant transmission, Power plant distribution: Foreign capital ownership: Max.95% (Maximum 100% for the purpose of Public Private Partnership / KPS during concession period) [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3344,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0012","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in airport services was limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Airport services [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed][...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Airport services: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3364,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I55","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.0007","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in agritourism activities was limited to 30% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Nature tourism business in the form of provision of ecotourism facilities; Horticultural agrotourism business [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Nature tourism business in the form of provision of ecotourism facilities, activities and services within forest areas including water tourism, natural adventure tourism and cave tourism: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%; b. Foreign capital ownershipMax.70% for investors from ASEAN countries. \n- Horticultural agrotourism business: Foreign capital ownership: Max.30%.[...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3369,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","K65_662","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00075","Under the Insurance Business Law of 1999 (No. 33 of 1999), insurance companies had to ensure that all of their employees were Jordanians. They could employ foreigners if the foreign workers had experience and qualifications that were not available by a decision of the Minister of Labor. The Insurance Business Law of 1999 has been repealed by the Insurance Business Law No. 12 of 2021, which contains no nationality requirement for employees. For the purpose of the OECD FDI RRI, it is assumed that the former policy allowing foreign participation subject to labour market test applied to high-level corporate executive positions and only exceptionally were foreigners granted the permission to occupy such positions. As of 2021, it is assumed that the policy is no longer applied.","\"Article 2\nDefinitions\nThe following words and phrases, wherever they appear in this law, shall have the meanings assigned to them below unless the context indicates otherwise: [...]\nInsurer/Company: Any Jordanian insurance company or a branch of a foreign insurance company in the Kingdom that has a license to practice insurance business under the provisions of this law.\n[...]\nArticle 3\nInsurance business and its types\nA- Notwithstanding what is stated in any other legislation, insurance business is divided into two main types, namely life insurance and general insurance, and in any of them, every activity considered by custom and custom as insurance business is included.\n[...]\nArticle 4\nInsurance business includes activities related to the two types of insurance provided for in Article 3 of this Law and instructions issued pursuant thereto also include reinsurance business actuaries and insurance agents and its mediators, and to attract the insurance contract, acceptance and convert it, as well as estimate the claim related and its estimate of the settlement and any insurance services contract related.\n[...]\nArticle 30\nThe company is obligated to ensure that all of its employees are Jordanians, but it may employ non-Jordanians if they have experience and qualifications that are not available by a decision of the Minister of Labor based on the recommendation of the Director General.[...]\" (Insurance Business Law (No. 33 of 1999), repealed by Law No. 12 of 2021, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 30 [google translation]) ","Insurance Business Law (No. 33 of 1999), repealed by Law No. 12 of 2021, Articles 2, 3, 4 and 30","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:1634,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1635,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","K65_662","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00075","From 16 December 2020, foreign insurance and reinsurance companies are allowed to open their branches in Kazakhstan, subject to compliance with current legislation and certain additional requirements.","\"Article 30-1. Opening a branch of a non-resident insurance (reinsurance) company of the Republic of Kazakhstan\n1. An insurance (reinsurance) company-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan has the right to apply to the authorized body to obtain permission to open a branch in the territory of the Republic of Kazakhstan, if the following conditions are met:\n1) the total assets of the insurance (reinsurance) company-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan must not be less than the amount equivalent to five billion US dollars;\n2) the insurance (reinsurance) company-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan has at least ten years of experience in the implementation of insurance (reinsurance) in all industries and classes of insurance;\n3) the state, the resident of which is the insurance (reinsurance) organization-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan, is a participant in international cooperation in the field of prevention and counteraction to legalization (laundering) of proceeds from crime and financing of terrorism, and also cooperates with the Group for the development of financial measures to combat money laundering (FATF);\n4) the existence of an agreement between the authorized body and the financial supervision body of the state, the resident of which is the insurance (reinsurance) organization-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan.\nThe agreement between the authorized body and the financial supervision body of the state, the resident of which is the insurance (reinsurance) organization-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan, must contain the procedure for the exchange of confidential information constituting a commercial secret in the securities market, bank secrets, insurance secrets or other secrets protected by law, the procedure cooperation on the opening of a branch of a non-resident insurance (reinsurance) company of the Republic of Kazakhstan, licensing, approval of executives, regulation, control and supervision (including inspections of activities) and termination of the activities of a non-resident insurance (reinsurance) company and its branch, as well as other issues of interaction for the purposes of exercising control and supervisory functions;\n5) the presence of a written notification of the financial supervision body of the state, the resident of which is the insurance (reinsurance) organization-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan, that he does not object to the opening of a branch of the insurance (reinsurance) organization-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan in the territory of the Republic of Kazakhstan, or statements of the body financial supervision of the specified state that such a permit is not required under the legislation of the state, the resident of which is the insurance (reinsurance) organization-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan;\n6) the presence of a written confirmation of the financial supervision body of the state, the resident of which is the insurance (reinsurance) organization-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan, that the insurance (reinsurance) organization-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan has a valid license for the right to carry out insurance (reinsurance) activities.\n2. An application for permission to open a branch of a non-resident insurance (reinsurance) company of the Republic of Kazakhstan in Kazakh or Russian is submitted in the form established by the regulatory legal act of the authorized body, with the following documents attached: [...]\n3. Refusal to issue a permit to open a branch of an insurance (reinsurance) company-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan is made on any of the following grounds:\n1) non-compliance with the requirements specified in paragraph 1 of this article;\n2) non-compliance of the submitted documents with the requirements specified in paragraph 2 of this article;\n3) non-elimination of the comments of the authorized body on the submitted documents within the time period established by it;\n4) non-compliance with the requirements established by subparagraphs 8) and 11) of part one of paragraph 2 of this article;\n5) the grounds specified in subparagraphs 4) and 7) of paragraph 1 of paragraph 8 of this Law;\n6) inconsistency of the name of the branch of the insurance (reinsurance) company-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan with the requirements of paragraph 7 of Article 23 of this Law;\n7) providing the authorized body with inaccurate information regarding the insurance (reinsurance) company-non-resident of the Republic of Kazakhstan. [...]\" (Law On insurance activities (No. 126 of 18 December 2000), as amended by Law No. 399-VI of 2.1.2021 (in effect from 16.12.2020), Article 30-1 [google translation])","Law On insurance activities (No. 126 of 18 December 2000), as amended by Law No. 399-VI of 2.1.2021 (in effect from 16.12.2020), Article 30-1 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/Z000000126_\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3505,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","J60","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0015","Up to 2023, under the National Information Communications and Technology Policy Guidelines, 2020, only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership were licensed to provide ICT services, including telecommunicatons and broadcasting services (up from 20% under the 2006 policy). This equity restriction was lifted by an amendment to the Guidelines, published on 22 August 2023. (For more informaiton, see Bowmans (2023))","\"In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“local content” means the total of all television or radio programmes which fulfill any five of the following conditions: (a) the production is made in either Kenya’s native languages or official languages of Kenya; (b) production was done in Kenya; (c) the content deals with issues that are unique and relevant to Kenyan audiences; (d) at least twenty per centum of the share of the production company are owned by Kenyans; (e) a majority of the artistes are Kenyans; (f) the location of shooting, in case of audiovisual programmes or performance was in Kenya; (g) the author thereof must be a Kenyan national and in case of co-authorship or multi-authorship fifty per centum or more of the authors must be Kenyan; (h) the production is made under Kenyan creative and technical control; but does not include news and commentaries; \n[...]\nPART II – LICENSING [...]\n6. Obligations relating to broadcasting services. [...]\n(3) In the case of free-to-air broadcasting services the Commission shall ensure that the services— (a) provide the amount of local content as specified in the licence;\n[...]\n10. Ownership and control. [Cap. 485A] \n(1) No persons other than the public broadcaster shall be directly or indirectly, entitled to more than one broadcast frequency or channel for radio or television broadcasting in the same coverage area. Provided the Commission shall prescribe a timeframe for existing stations to comply with this requirement. \n(2) The shareholding of a licensee shall at all times comply with the Government’s Communications Sector Policy, as may be published from time to time. \n[...]\n12. Commercial free-to air broadcasting service. [...]\n(2) The Commission shall, in consultation with the Minister in charge of information, license foreign commercial broadcasters, subject to availability of frequencies or channels. \n[...]\n14. Subscription broadcasting service licenses and subscription management services. \n(1) The Commission may upon application, in the prescribed form, grant a subscription broadcasting services licence for— (a) satellite broadcasting services; (b) cable broadcasting services; and (c) subscription Management services. [...]\n(4) A subscription management services provider shall not enter into contractual arrangements with a foreign multi-channel satellite provider unless the foreign multi-channel satellite provider has landing rights in Kenya. \n(5) A subscription management services licensee shall be required to have minimum local equity participation of twenty per centum. \n[...]\n35. Local content. \n(1) The Commission may require a licensee to commit the minimum amount of time, as maybe specified in the licence, to broadcast of local content or as may be prescribed from time to time by the Commission by notice in the gazette: Provided that where a broadcaster is, unable to comply with the foregoing, the Commission shall require such broadcaster to pay such an amount of money, as may be prescribed by the Commission into the Fund. \n(2) The Commission shall from time to time prescribe a minimum local content quota for foreign broadcasting stations that broadcast in Kenya. [...]\" (Kenya Information and Communications (Broadcasting) Regulations, 2009)\n------------------------\n\"6.2.4 Rules [...]\nEquity Participation \nThe government strongly encourages Kenyans to participate in the ICT and Science and Technology sector through equity participation. It is the policy that only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership, either corporate or individual will be licensed to provide ICT services. For purposes of this rule, companies without majority Kenyan ownership will not be considered Kenyan, and may thus not be calculated as part of the 30% Kenyan ownership calculus. Licensees will have 3 years to meet the local equity ownership threshold; they may apply for a one year extension with appropriate acceptable justifications.[...]\" (National ICT Policy Guidelines 2020)","Kenya Information and Communications (Broadcasting) Regulations, 2009\nNational ICT Policy Guidelines 2020","PWC (2021), \"Regulatory Alert: BPOs exempt from the local equity participation rule and other amendments to the 2020 ICT Policy\", April.\nBowmans (2023), \"Kenya: Cabinet Secretary Removes Local Equity Requirement for All ICT Sector Players with Immediate Effect\", August 23.","[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/2023-06/Broadcasting-Regulations-2009-1.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/CA/Statutes%20and%20Regulations/National-ICT-Policy-Guidelines-2020.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pwc.com/ke/en/assets/pdf/regulatory-alert-2020-ict-policy.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://bowmanslaw.com/insights/kenya-cabinet-secretary-removes-local-equity-requirement-for-all-ict-sector-players-with-immediate-effect/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3143,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","J60","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2021,"0.0015","Up to 2023, under the National Information Communications and Technology Policy Guidelines, 2020, only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership were licensed to provide ICT services, including telecommunicatons and broadcasting services (up from 20% under the 2006 policy). This equity restriction was lifted by an amendment to the Guidelines, published on 22 August 2023. (For more informaiton, see Bowmans (2023))","\"In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“local content” means the total of all television or radio programmes which fulfill any five of the following conditions: (a) the production is made in either Kenya’s native languages or official languages of Kenya; (b) production was done in Kenya; (c) the content deals with issues that are unique and relevant to Kenyan audiences; (d) at least twenty per centum of the share of the production company are owned by Kenyans; (e) a majority of the artistes are Kenyans; (f) the location of shooting, in case of audiovisual programmes or performance was in Kenya; (g) the author thereof must be a Kenyan national and in case of co-authorship or multi-authorship fifty per centum or more of the authors must be Kenyan; (h) the production is made under Kenyan creative and technical control; but does not include news and commentaries; \n[...]\nPART II – LICENSING [...]\n6. Obligations relating to broadcasting services. [...]\n(3) In the case of free-to-air broadcasting services the Commission shall ensure that the services— (a) provide the amount of local content as specified in the licence;\n[...]\n10. Ownership and control. [Cap. 485A] \n(1) No persons other than the public broadcaster shall be directly or indirectly, entitled to more than one broadcast frequency or channel for radio or television broadcasting in the same coverage area. Provided the Commission shall prescribe a timeframe for existing stations to comply with this requirement. \n(2) The shareholding of a licensee shall at all times comply with the Government’s Communications Sector Policy, as may be published from time to time. \n[...]\n12. Commercial free-to air broadcasting service. [...]\n(2) The Commission shall, in consultation with the Minister in charge of information, license foreign commercial broadcasters, subject to availability of frequencies or channels. \n[...]\n14. Subscription broadcasting service licenses and subscription management services. \n(1) The Commission may upon application, in the prescribed form, grant a subscription broadcasting services licence for— (a) satellite broadcasting services; (b) cable broadcasting services; and (c) subscription Management services. [...]\n(4) A subscription management services provider shall not enter into contractual arrangements with a foreign multi-channel satellite provider unless the foreign multi-channel satellite provider has landing rights in Kenya. \n(5) A subscription management services licensee shall be required to have minimum local equity participation of twenty per centum. \n[...]\n35. Local content. \n(1) The Commission may require a licensee to commit the minimum amount of time, as maybe specified in the licence, to broadcast of local content or as may be prescribed from time to time by the Commission by notice in the gazette: Provided that where a broadcaster is, unable to comply with the foregoing, the Commission shall require such broadcaster to pay such an amount of money, as may be prescribed by the Commission into the Fund. \n(2) The Commission shall from time to time prescribe a minimum local content quota for foreign broadcasting stations that broadcast in Kenya. [...]\" (Kenya Information and Communications (Broadcasting) Regulations, 2009)\n------------------------\n\"6.2.4 Rules [...]\nEquity Participation \nThe government strongly encourages Kenyans to participate in the ICT and Science and Technology sector through equity participation. It is the policy that only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership, either corporate or individual will be licensed to provide ICT services. For purposes of this rule, companies without majority Kenyan ownership will not be considered Kenyan, and may thus not be calculated as part of the 30% Kenyan ownership calculus. Licensees will have 3 years to meet the local equity ownership threshold; they may apply for a one year extension with appropriate acceptable justifications.[...]\" (National ICT Policy Guidelines 2020)","Kenya Information and Communications (Broadcasting) Regulations, 2009\nNational ICT Policy Guidelines 2020","PWC (2021), \"Regulatory Alert: BPOs exempt from the local equity participation rule and other amendments to the 2020 ICT Policy\", April.\nBowmans (2023), \"Kenya: Cabinet Secretary Removes Local Equity Requirement for All ICT Sector Players with Immediate Effect\", August 23.","[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/2023-06/Broadcasting-Regulations-2009-1.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/CA/Statutes%20and%20Regulations/National-ICT-Policy-Guidelines-2020.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pwc.com/ke/en/assets/pdf/regulatory-alert-2020-ict-policy.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://bowmanslaw.com/insights/kenya-cabinet-secretary-removes-local-equity-requirement-for-all-ict-sector-players-with-immediate-effect/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3143,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KEN","J60","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2022,"0.0015","Up to 2023, under the National Information Communications and Technology Policy Guidelines, 2020, only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership were licensed to provide ICT services, including telecommunicatons and broadcasting services (up from 20% under the 2006 policy). This equity restriction was lifted by an amendment to the Guidelines, published on 22 August 2023. (For more informaiton, see Bowmans (2023))","\"In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires—[...]\n“local content” means the total of all television or radio programmes which fulfill any five of the following conditions: (a) the production is made in either Kenya’s native languages or official languages of Kenya; (b) production was done in Kenya; (c) the content deals with issues that are unique and relevant to Kenyan audiences; (d) at least twenty per centum of the share of the production company are owned by Kenyans; (e) a majority of the artistes are Kenyans; (f) the location of shooting, in case of audiovisual programmes or performance was in Kenya; (g) the author thereof must be a Kenyan national and in case of co-authorship or multi-authorship fifty per centum or more of the authors must be Kenyan; (h) the production is made under Kenyan creative and technical control; but does not include news and commentaries; \n[...]\nPART II – LICENSING [...]\n6. Obligations relating to broadcasting services. [...]\n(3) In the case of free-to-air broadcasting services the Commission shall ensure that the services— (a) provide the amount of local content as specified in the licence;\n[...]\n10. Ownership and control. [Cap. 485A] \n(1) No persons other than the public broadcaster shall be directly or indirectly, entitled to more than one broadcast frequency or channel for radio or television broadcasting in the same coverage area. Provided the Commission shall prescribe a timeframe for existing stations to comply with this requirement. \n(2) The shareholding of a licensee shall at all times comply with the Government’s Communications Sector Policy, as may be published from time to time. \n[...]\n12. Commercial free-to air broadcasting service. [...]\n(2) The Commission shall, in consultation with the Minister in charge of information, license foreign commercial broadcasters, subject to availability of frequencies or channels. \n[...]\n14. Subscription broadcasting service licenses and subscription management services. \n(1) The Commission may upon application, in the prescribed form, grant a subscription broadcasting services licence for— (a) satellite broadcasting services; (b) cable broadcasting services; and (c) subscription Management services. [...]\n(4) A subscription management services provider shall not enter into contractual arrangements with a foreign multi-channel satellite provider unless the foreign multi-channel satellite provider has landing rights in Kenya. \n(5) A subscription management services licensee shall be required to have minimum local equity participation of twenty per centum. \n[...]\n35. Local content. \n(1) The Commission may require a licensee to commit the minimum amount of time, as maybe specified in the licence, to broadcast of local content or as may be prescribed from time to time by the Commission by notice in the gazette: Provided that where a broadcaster is, unable to comply with the foregoing, the Commission shall require such broadcaster to pay such an amount of money, as may be prescribed by the Commission into the Fund. \n(2) The Commission shall from time to time prescribe a minimum local content quota for foreign broadcasting stations that broadcast in Kenya. [...]\" (Kenya Information and Communications (Broadcasting) Regulations, 2009)\n------------------------\n\"6.2.4 Rules [...]\nEquity Participation \nThe government strongly encourages Kenyans to participate in the ICT and Science and Technology sector through equity participation. It is the policy that only companies with at least 30% substantive Kenyan ownership, either corporate or individual will be licensed to provide ICT services. For purposes of this rule, companies without majority Kenyan ownership will not be considered Kenyan, and may thus not be calculated as part of the 30% Kenyan ownership calculus. Licensees will have 3 years to meet the local equity ownership threshold; they may apply for a one year extension with appropriate acceptable justifications.[...]\" (National ICT Policy Guidelines 2020)","Kenya Information and Communications (Broadcasting) Regulations, 2009\nNational ICT Policy Guidelines 2020","PWC (2021), \"Regulatory Alert: BPOs exempt from the local equity participation rule and other amendments to the 2020 ICT Policy\", April.\nBowmans (2023), \"Kenya: Cabinet Secretary Removes Local Equity Requirement for All ICT Sector Players with Immediate Effect\", August 23.","[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/2023-06/Broadcasting-Regulations-2009-1.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ca.go.ke/sites/default/files/CA/Statutes%20and%20Regulations/National-ICT-Policy-Guidelines-2020.pdf\">Guidelines</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.pwc.com/ke/en/assets/pdf/regulatory-alert-2020-ict-policy.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://bowmanslaw.com/insights/kenya-cabinet-secretary-removes-local-equity-requirement-for-all-ict-sector-players-with-immediate-effect/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3143,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MMR","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0045","As of April 2019, the insurance sector is no longer closed to foreign companies [i.e. those with foreign shareholding above 35% as per the new Myanmar Companies Law of 2017, in force since August 2018]. In January 2019, the Ministry of Planning and Finance had announced its plans to liberalise the insurance market for foreign participation, under the following conditions: (a) foreign non-life insurance companies would be allowed to enter the market only via joint ventures with local life insurance companies; and (b) in the case of foreign life insurance companies, not more than 3 licenses would be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurance companies. Other licences would only be allowed to enter the market via joint ventures with local life insurance companies. In April 2019, the MOPF started to implement its plan. It gave provisional licenses to foreign life insurance licenses and allowed six joint venture insurance companies to provide services in the country (three life insurance companies and three non-life insurance companies). As such, since 2019, foreign investors are subject to joint-venture requirements [foreign shareholding remains limited to up to 35%] only in respect to non-life insurance business, besides being bound by the limitation in the number of licenses (3 maximum) to be granted to wholly-owned foreign life insurers. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the latter is considered equivalent to a restriction on greenfield investments since it constraint prospective foreign investors to enter the market via the acquisition of other foreign insurers or via JVs and minority participation (up to 35%) in a local insurance company. \n\n","\"1. In practice of the prerrogative granted under the Insurance Business Law, Section 29, 'the Ministry of Planning and Finance, the Republic of the Union  of Myanmar may, with the approval of the Government, grant permission to a company which wishes to operate the business of insurance, underwriting agency or insurance broking with foreign investment'.\n[...]\n4. Therefore, the MoPF invites interest local and foreign insurers the Expression of Interest (EoI) and/or the Request for Proposal (RFP) in order to transact insurance business in Myanmar. The Financial Regulatory Department (FRD) will facilitate the clarifications and discussions on the EoI and/or RFP.\n[...]\n6. The following methods of licensing shall  be implemented in accord with the Myanmar Insurance Sector Liberalisation Roadmap:\n(a) Life insurance companies:\n- Option 1: Allowing not more than 3 licenses for foreign life insurers as 100% wholly owned subsidiaries.\n- Option 2: Allowing foreign life insurers with a life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local life insurers\n(b) Non-life insurance companies:\n- Allowing foreign non-life insurers with a non-life/composite representative office in Myanmar to form joint ventures with local non-life insurers.[...]\" (Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar).\n--------------------------------\n\"PART A – PROPOSAL CONDITIONS\n1.0 INTRODUCTION\n1.1 Authority [...]\n1.1.2 This RFP is pursuant to the Invitation Letter for the Expression of Interest (“EOI”) to form Joint Ventures in order to carry out the Life Insurance Business in Myanmar (“the EOI Invitation Letter”) which was released on 18 January 2019 for local Myanmar life insurers interested to form JVs with foreign insurers. The EOI had set the motion for a RFP on JVs between local and foreign insurers for the non-life insurance sector. Successful EOI Applicants at the EOI stage have been invited to participate in this RFP.\n1.1.3 Local composite insurers have been mandated to split their licenses by forming separate legal entities that cover the life insurance business. Following from the announcement made by the MoPF on 2 January 2019 under the Announcement No. 1/ 2019, all local insurers, including local composite insurers that have successfully split their operations into life and non-life insurance entities, can now enter into joint ventures with foreign insurers. The maximum permitted percentage shareholding for foreign insurers in each joint venture has now been set to a maximum of 35% [...]\" (MINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL - LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“LIFE INSURANCE JV”), 17 May 2019)\n--------------------------------\n\"PART I - COMMENCEMENT AND DEFINITIONS\nDivision 1 - Name, commencement and definitions \n1. Citation and commencement of this Law and definitions\n(a) This Law shall be called the Myanmar Companies Law.\n(b) This Law commences on the date of notification determined by the President of the Union.\n(c) In this Law, unless the context otherwise implies: [...]\n(xiv) “foreign company” means a company incorporated in the Union in which an overseas corporation or other foreign person (or combination of them) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest of more than thirty-five per cent; [...]\" (Myanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017))","Ministry of Planning and Finance of Myanmar, Announcement No. 1/2019 of 2 January 2019, Insurance Market Liberalization for Foreign Entities in Myanmar.\nMINISTRY OF PLANNING AND FINANCE, REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL - LIFE INSURANCE BUSINESS IN MYANMAR TO BE OPERATED BY A JOINT VENTURE BETWEEN A MYANMAR INSURER AND A FOREIGN INSURER (“LIFE INSURANCE JV”), 17 May 2019\nMyanmar Companies Law (PyidaungsuHluttaw Law No.29, 6th December 2017)","Tilleke & Gibbins (2022), \"Insurance and Reinsurance in Myanmar: Overview\", December 2022.","[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/01/Announcement%20E.pdf\">Announcement</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mopfi.gov.mm/sites/default/files/upload_pdf/2019/05/RFP%20Life%20Insurance%20JV.pdf\">RFP</a>],[<a href=\"https://dica.gov.mm/sites/dica.gov.mm/files/document-files/final_mcl_english_version_6_dec_president_signed_version_cl_0.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\" https://uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com/w-018-8356?transitionType=Default&contextData=(sc.Default)&firstPage=true#co_anchor_a992988\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4011,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","D3510X11","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00525","Until 2019, foreign investment in renewable energy generation was subject to a 40% foreign shareholding limitation as per the Section 19 of the Rules and Regulations Implementing Republic Act No. 9513, otherwise known as the Renewable Energy Act of 2008 (\"RE Act IRR\").\nSince October 2019, pursuant to DOE Circular No. DC2019-10-0013, issued on October 1, 2019, 100% foreign ownership in biomass and waste-to-energy projects has been allowed. The circular has also clarified that 100% foreign ownership is allowed in large-scale geothermal exploration, development, and utilization projects, provided certain conditions are met: (1) the investment must be large-scale, with a minimum cost of approximately US$50 million, and (2) it must be implemented under a Financial and Technical Assistance Agreement (FTAA) as stipulated by the Constitution.\nOn November 15, 2022, the Department of Energy (DOE) in the Philippines introduced Circular No. 2022-11-0034, which brought significant amendments to the 2008 Renewable Energy Act. Effective as of 8 December 2022, the Circular removed Filipino ownership requirements previously imposed on the exploration, development and utilization (EDU) of solar, wind, hydro and ocean or tidal energy resources, allowing thereafter full foreign ownership in renewable energy projects. The prior imposition of the Filipino ownership requirement in the EDU of solar, wind, hydropower and ocean or tidal energy was based on the interpretation that such activities constituted the EDU of natural resources. Under Section 2, Article XII of the Constitution, the EDU of natural resources can only be undertaken by Filipino citizens or juridical entities that are at least 60% Filipino-owned. The DOE Department Circular was issued after the Department of Justice (DOJ) released Opinion No. 21, Series of 2022 (\"DOJ Opinion\") stating that the Filipino ownership requirements under Section 2, Article XII of the 1987 Philippine Constitution relating to the EDU of natural resources should not apply to the EDU of solar, wind, hydro and ocean or tidal energy resources (See Baker & Mckenzie, 2022 for more details)","\"Section 1. Deletion of the text of Section 19 (A) of the RE Act IRR. The text of Section 19 (A) of DC No. DC2009-05-0008 is hereby deleted and replaced with [deleted]\nSection 2. Amendment to Section 19 (B) of the RE Act IRR. Section 19 (B) of DC No. DC2009-05-0008 is hereby to read as it follows:\nB. Parties to a Service/Operating Contract\nThe State may directly undertake the exploration, development, production and utilization of RE resources, or it may enter into RE Service or Operating Contracts with Filipino and/or foreign-owned corporations or associations [...]\" (Department Circular No. DC2022-11-0034, PRESCRIBING AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 19 OF DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR NO. DC2009-05-0008, Department of Energy, 15 November 2022)\n--------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition of Terms. As used in this Circular and in other issuance of the DOE, the following terms shall be understood to mean, as follows: [...]\n3.22. \"RE Developer\" shall refer to an individual or juridical entity created, registered and/or authorized to operate in the Philippines in accordance with existing Philippine laws, and engaged in the exploration, development and/or utilization of RE Resources, and actual operation of RE Project. It shall include existing entities engaged in the exploration, development and/or utilization of RE Resources, or the generation of electricity from RE Resources, or both. [...]\n3.28. \"RE Service Contract\" shall refer to a service agreement between the Philippine Government, through the President or the DOE Secretary, and RE Developer, covering an appropriate period as stated therein, in which the RE Developer shall have the exclusive right to explore, develop and utilize geothermal, hydropower, wind, ocean and other RE Resources within a particular area.\n[...]\nSection 4. RE Contract — Modes of Award and Qualifications. [...]\n4.2. Who May Apply. — Any Person, local or foreign, may apply for RE Contracts, subject to the limits provided in this Circular.\n4.2.1. The RE Applicant must be a Filipino or, if a corporation, must be a Filipino corporation duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), with at least sixty percent (60%) of its capitalization duly owned and controlled by Filipinos, unless the application is for biomass development and/or uses waste-to-energy technology, in which case, the 60% Filipino capitalization requirement shall not apply. This provision shall retroact to all RE Applications for biomass resource development and utilization that are being evaluated prior to the effectivity of this Circular.\n4.2.2. For the large-scale exploration, development and utilization of geothermal resources, defined under Section 4(s) of the RE Act as a mineral resource, the Government through the President may enter into agreements with foreign-owned corporations involving technical or financial assistance pursuant to Article XII, Section 2 of the Philippine Constitution.\n4.2.3. In case the RE Applicant is a joint venture or a consortium, the partners of the joint venture or members of the consortium shall organize themselves as a corporation registered under the Corporation Code of the Philippines and shall comply with the nationality requirements as provided for in the preceding paragraph.[...]\" (DOE Circular No. DC2019-10-0013 (or the Omnibus Guidelines Governing the Award and Administration of Renewable Energy Contracts and the Registration of Renewable Energy Developers), 1 October 2019)\n--------------------------------\n\"LIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n16. Exploration, development and utlization of natural resources (Section 2, Article XII of the Constitution)(10) [Footnote 10: Full foreign participation is allowed through financial or technical asssistance agreements entered into with the President (Section 2, Article XII of the Constitution). [...]\n18. Operation of public utilities (Sec. 11, Art XII of the Constitution;¹²[...] [Footnote 12: The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution)[...]\" (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n--------------------------------\n\"SECTION 1. Title and Scope\nThis Department Circular shall be known as the “Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of Republic Act No. 9513,” otherwise known as the “Renewable Energy Act of 2008,” and hereinafter referred to as the “Act” in this IRR.\nThe scope of this IRR is to provide rules, regulations, and guidelines for the:\n(a)\tExploration, development, utilization and commercialization of renewable energy resources such as biomass, solar, wind, hydropower, geothermal and ocean energy sources, including application of hybrid systems and other emerging renewable energy technologies in the Philippines for the generation, transmission, distribution, sale and use of electricity, and fuel generated from renewable energy resources; [...]\n[...]\nSEC. 19 Renewable Energy Service/Operating Contact\nA. All forces of potential energy and other natural resources are owned by the State and shall not be alienated. These include potential energy sources such as kinetic energy from water, marine current and wind; thermal energy from solar, ocean, geothermal and biomass.\nB. Parties to a Service/Operating Contract\nThe exploration, development, production, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State.\nThe State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture or co-production sharing agreements with Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least sixty percent (60%) of whose capital is owned by Filipinos. Foreign RE Developers may also be allowed to undertake RE development through an RE Service/Operating Contract with the government subject to Article XII, Section 2 of the Philippine Constitution.[...]\" (Department Circular No. DC2009-05-0008, RULES AND REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9513 otherwise known as the \"THE RENEWABLE ENERGY ACT OF 2008\", Department of Energy, 25 May 2009)","Department Circular No. DC2022-11-0034, PRESCRIBING AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 19 OF DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR NO. DC2009-05-0008, Department of Energy, 15 November 2022\nDOE Circular No. DC2019-10-0013 (or the Omnibus Guidelines Governing the Award and Administration of Renewable Energy Contracts and the Registration of Renewable Energy Developers), 1 October 2019\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nDepartment Circular No. DC2009-05-0008, RULES AND REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9513 otherwise known as the \"THE RENEWABLE ENERGY ACT OF 2008\", Department of Energy, 25 May 2009","ASEAN Briefing (2023), \"Philippines Opens Renewable Energy to Full Foreign Ownership\", 11 January 2023.\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Renewable energy sector is now open to full foreign ownership\", 07 Dec 2022.\nUNCTAD (2020), \"Allowing foreign investors full ownership of large-scale geothermal projects\", 20 October 2020.","[<a href=\"https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2022-11-0034.pdf\">Circular</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2009-05-0008.pdf\">Circular</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aseanbriefing.com/news/philippines-opens-renewable-energy-to-full-foreign-ownership/\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/projects/philippines-renewable-energy-sector-is-now-open-to-full-foreign-ownership\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-policy-monitor/measures/3572/philippines-allowing-foreign-investors-full-ownership-of-large-scale-geothermal-projects\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3829,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","D3510X11","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0039375","Until 2019, foreign investment in renewable energy generation was subject to a 40% foreign shareholding limitation as per the Section 19 of the Rules and Regulations Implementing Republic Act No. 9513, otherwise known as the Renewable Energy Act of 2008 (\"RE Act IRR\").\nSince October 2019, pursuant to DOE Circular No. DC2019-10-0013, issued on October 1, 2019, 100% foreign ownership in biomass and waste-to-energy projects has been allowed. The circular has also clarified that 100% foreign ownership is allowed in large-scale geothermal exploration, development, and utilization projects, provided certain conditions are met: (1) the investment must be large-scale, with a minimum cost of approximately US$50 million, and (2) it must be implemented under a Financial and Technical Assistance Agreement (FTAA) as stipulated by the Constitution.\nOn November 15, 2022, the Department of Energy (DOE) in the Philippines introduced Circular No. 2022-11-0034, which brought significant amendments to the 2008 Renewable Energy Act. Effective as of 8 December 2022, the Circular removed Filipino ownership requirements previously imposed on the exploration, development and utilization (EDU) of solar, wind, hydro and ocean or tidal energy resources, allowing thereafter full foreign ownership in renewable energy projects. The prior imposition of the Filipino ownership requirement in the EDU of solar, wind, hydropower and ocean or tidal energy was based on the interpretation that such activities constituted the EDU of natural resources. Under Section 2, Article XII of the Constitution, the EDU of natural resources can only be undertaken by Filipino citizens or juridical entities that are at least 60% Filipino-owned. The DOE Department Circular was issued after the Department of Justice (DOJ) released Opinion No. 21, Series of 2022 (\"DOJ Opinion\") stating that the Filipino ownership requirements under Section 2, Article XII of the 1987 Philippine Constitution relating to the EDU of natural resources should not apply to the EDU of solar, wind, hydro and ocean or tidal energy resources (See Baker & Mckenzie, 2022 for more details)","\"Section 1. Deletion of the text of Section 19 (A) of the RE Act IRR. The text of Section 19 (A) of DC No. DC2009-05-0008 is hereby deleted and replaced with [deleted]\nSection 2. Amendment to Section 19 (B) of the RE Act IRR. Section 19 (B) of DC No. DC2009-05-0008 is hereby to read as it follows:\nB. Parties to a Service/Operating Contract\nThe State may directly undertake the exploration, development, production and utilization of RE resources, or it may enter into RE Service or Operating Contracts with Filipino and/or foreign-owned corporations or associations [...]\" (Department Circular No. DC2022-11-0034, PRESCRIBING AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 19 OF DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR NO. DC2009-05-0008, Department of Energy, 15 November 2022)\n--------------------------------\n\"Section 3. Definition of Terms. As used in this Circular and in other issuance of the DOE, the following terms shall be understood to mean, as follows: [...]\n3.22. \"RE Developer\" shall refer to an individual or juridical entity created, registered and/or authorized to operate in the Philippines in accordance with existing Philippine laws, and engaged in the exploration, development and/or utilization of RE Resources, and actual operation of RE Project. It shall include existing entities engaged in the exploration, development and/or utilization of RE Resources, or the generation of electricity from RE Resources, or both. [...]\n3.28. \"RE Service Contract\" shall refer to a service agreement between the Philippine Government, through the President or the DOE Secretary, and RE Developer, covering an appropriate period as stated therein, in which the RE Developer shall have the exclusive right to explore, develop and utilize geothermal, hydropower, wind, ocean and other RE Resources within a particular area.\n[...]\nSection 4. RE Contract — Modes of Award and Qualifications. [...]\n4.2. Who May Apply. — Any Person, local or foreign, may apply for RE Contracts, subject to the limits provided in this Circular.\n4.2.1. The RE Applicant must be a Filipino or, if a corporation, must be a Filipino corporation duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), with at least sixty percent (60%) of its capitalization duly owned and controlled by Filipinos, unless the application is for biomass development and/or uses waste-to-energy technology, in which case, the 60% Filipino capitalization requirement shall not apply. This provision shall retroact to all RE Applications for biomass resource development and utilization that are being evaluated prior to the effectivity of this Circular.\n4.2.2. For the large-scale exploration, development and utilization of geothermal resources, defined under Section 4(s) of the RE Act as a mineral resource, the Government through the President may enter into agreements with foreign-owned corporations involving technical or financial assistance pursuant to Article XII, Section 2 of the Philippine Constitution.\n4.2.3. In case the RE Applicant is a joint venture or a consortium, the partners of the joint venture or members of the consortium shall organize themselves as a corporation registered under the Corporation Code of the Philippines and shall comply with the nationality requirements as provided for in the preceding paragraph.[...]\" (DOE Circular No. DC2019-10-0013 (or the Omnibus Guidelines Governing the Award and Administration of Renewable Energy Contracts and the Registration of Renewable Energy Developers), 1 October 2019)\n--------------------------------\n\"LIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity [...]\n16. Exploration, development and utlization of natural resources (Section 2, Article XII of the Constitution)(10) [Footnote 10: Full foreign participation is allowed through financial or technical asssistance agreements entered into with the President (Section 2, Article XII of the Constitution). [...]\n18. Operation of public utilities (Sec. 11, Art XII of the Constitution;¹²[...] [Footnote 12: The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution)[...]\" (Executive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL))\n--------------------------------\n\"SECTION 1. Title and Scope\nThis Department Circular shall be known as the “Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of Republic Act No. 9513,” otherwise known as the “Renewable Energy Act of 2008,” and hereinafter referred to as the “Act” in this IRR.\nThe scope of this IRR is to provide rules, regulations, and guidelines for the:\n(a)\tExploration, development, utilization and commercialization of renewable energy resources such as biomass, solar, wind, hydropower, geothermal and ocean energy sources, including application of hybrid systems and other emerging renewable energy technologies in the Philippines for the generation, transmission, distribution, sale and use of electricity, and fuel generated from renewable energy resources; [...]\n[...]\nSEC. 19 Renewable Energy Service/Operating Contact\nA. All forces of potential energy and other natural resources are owned by the State and shall not be alienated. These include potential energy sources such as kinetic energy from water, marine current and wind; thermal energy from solar, ocean, geothermal and biomass.\nB. Parties to a Service/Operating Contract\nThe exploration, development, production, and utilization of natural resources shall be under the full control and supervision of the State.\nThe State may directly undertake such activities, or it may enter into co-production, joint venture or co-production sharing agreements with Filipino citizens or corporations or associations at least sixty percent (60%) of whose capital is owned by Filipinos. Foreign RE Developers may also be allowed to undertake RE development through an RE Service/Operating Contract with the government subject to Article XII, Section 2 of the Philippine Constitution.[...]\" (Department Circular No. DC2009-05-0008, RULES AND REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9513 otherwise known as the \"THE RENEWABLE ENERGY ACT OF 2008\", Department of Energy, 25 May 2009)","Department Circular No. DC2022-11-0034, PRESCRIBING AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 19 OF DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR NO. DC2009-05-0008, Department of Energy, 15 November 2022\nDOE Circular No. DC2019-10-0013 (or the Omnibus Guidelines Governing the Award and Administration of Renewable Energy Contracts and the Registration of Renewable Energy Developers), 1 October 2019\nExecutive Order (EO) No. 175 promulgating the 12th Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (RFINL)\nDepartment Circular No. DC2009-05-0008, RULES AND REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9513 otherwise known as the \"THE RENEWABLE ENERGY ACT OF 2008\", Department of Energy, 25 May 2009","ASEAN Briefing (2023), \"Philippines Opens Renewable Energy to Full Foreign Ownership\", 11 January 2023.\nBaker & Mckenzie (2022), \"Philippines: Renewable energy sector is now open to full foreign ownership\", 07 Dec 2022.\nUNCTAD (2020), \"Allowing foreign investors full ownership of large-scale geothermal projects\", 20 October 2020.","[<a href=\"https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2022-11-0034.pdf\">Circular</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2009-05-0008.pdf\">Circular</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.aseanbriefing.com/news/philippines-opens-renewable-energy-to-full-foreign-ownership/\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://insightplus.bakermckenzie.com/bm/projects/philippines-renewable-energy-sector-is-now-open-to-full-foreign-ownership\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-policy-monitor/measures/3572/philippines-allowing-foreign-investors-full-ownership-of-large-scale-geothermal-projects\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3245,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H491","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0048","FDI is limited to 40% in transport and transport-related actitivites","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2370,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H491","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.0048","FDI is limited to 40% in transport and transport-related actitivites","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2370,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","A02","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.000625","Agricultural and forestry land can only be granted on leasehold use basis to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for farming and animal husbandry activities and to agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities for commercial agricultural production. While the land code does not explicitly provide for the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons to access agricultural land - in marked contrast to the case of non-agricultural land, over which the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons obtaining leasehold title to non-agricultural and non-forestry land is explicitly provided for in the code - the legislation provides for the right of agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities [assuming \"enterprises with foreign investments' are covered here] for commercial agricultural production. The legislation also mentions the possibility of the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan deciding on allocating (on leasehold basis) agricultural land to agro-industrial clusters and to individual and legal entities undertaking major investment projects (USD 10 bilion or more). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that 'enteprises with foreign capital', defined under the Law on Foreign Investments as those in which foreign persons hold at least 15% of shares (unit shares) or statutory capital, are equally qualified to access agricultural and forestry land as are other legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan. However, the lease term conditions on which they are entitled to hold agricultural and forest land and the authorisation procedures they are subjected to are different than that applied in the case of domestically-owned legal entities. \nSince 16 August 2021, pursuant to the amended Land Code, land intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years (previously, agricultural land could be leased for a period of up to 50 years, and not less than 30 years). Foreign legal entities and foreign-owned companies establised in Uzbekistan are, however, explictly subject to more restrictive rules regarding the leasing of land plots, regardless if they are intended for agricultural use or not. They may only lease land for a period of up to 25 years. Furthermore, foreign-owned companies require approval by the Cabinet Ministers to obtain access to agricultural land, while domestically-owned legal entities only need district and cities khokim (governor) approval. ",{"$cut":{"chars":18249,"head":"\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18. Emergence of property rights to land plots of legal entities and individuals\nThe property rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots arise when non-agricultural land plots are privatized in accordance with the law.\nDiplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan have the right to property rights to the land plots of the building or parts of the building they use as the representative office building, including the residence of the head of the mission together with the land plots on which they are located, as well as the construction of the buildings of these representative offices. It is created when the land plots are realized in accordance with the law.\nForeign legal and natural persons - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis in enterprises with foreign investment, as well as permanent residents and residence certificates in the republic The property rights of the persons to the land plots arise when the housing buildings are realized to them along with the land plots on which these buildings are located in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation.\n[...]\nArticle 20. The right to permanent use of land plots\nBased on the decision of the governor of the region and the city of Tashkent, plots of land are given to state bodies, institutions and enterprises, self-government bodies of citizens for permanent use for public needs. \nAccording to the intended main purpose of the lands:\nlands on which administrative buildings and structures are built or lands given for the construction of such buildings and structures, lands for common use of settlements, lands occupied by tree groves in cities and settlements;\nlands intended for industrial, transport, communication, defense and other purposes;\nlands intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes;\nlands of historical and cultural significance;\nforest fund lands;\nwater fund lands;\nin the cases stipulated by the law, other categories of land of the land fund can be put to use.\nThe plot of land on which the multi-apartment house is located, as well as the plot of land adjacent to the multi-apartment house, if it does not belong to the owners of the premises in the multi-apartment house in a different way, are given to these owners by the regional and Tashkent city state authorities on the basis of the right of permanent use. is put to use.\nThe right to permanent use of the plot of land must be registered in the state register in accordance with the established procedure.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement.\nLand plots for agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\n1) on the basis of the results of an open electronic competition - to individuals and legal entities;\n2) Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nat the suggestion of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Republic of Uzbekistan for conducting research and experimental "}},"Land Code of the Republic of Uzbekistan of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3992,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","VNM","H51","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.0128","Pursuant to the “Limited Market Access List” (Appendix I-B) of Decree 31/2021/ND-CP (“Decree 31”) supporting the implementation of the new Law on Investment (LOI 2020), foreign shareholding in air transport enterprises is limited to 34%. On 18 November 2019, the Viet Nam government issued Government Decree 89/2019/ND-CP to change air transport business requirements with a view to creating favorable conditions for new enterprises. Under Government Decree 89/2019/ND-CP, foreign-invested airlines will be subject to a foreign ownership cap of 34 percent, higher than the previous 30% limit applied and which had been established since 2016. The decree entered into effect on 1 January 2020.","\"Article 3. Definitions\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms below are construed as follows: [...]\n10. “market access conditions applied to foreign investors” mean those which must be satisfied by foreign investors to make investment in the List of business lines with prohibited and restricted market access (hereinafter referred to as “the Negative List for Market Access”) specified in Clause 2 Article 9 of this Law.  [...]\n19. “foreign investor” means an individual holding a foreign nationality or an organization established under foreign laws and carrying our business investment activities in Vietnam.\n20. “domestic investor” means an individual holding Vietnamese nationality or a business organization whose members or shareholders are not foreign investors. \n[...]\nArticle 4. Application of the Law on Investment and relevant laws\n1. Business investment activities in the territory of Vietnam [must] comply with the Law on investment [this Law] and other relevant laws.\n2. If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Law and those of another law issued before the effective date of this Law in relation to the industries and trades in which business investment is prohibited, or industries and trades in which business investment is conditional, then the provisions of the Law on investment [this Law] shall prevail.\n[...]\nArticle 9. Business lines with prohibited and restricted market access and market access conditions applied to foreign investors\n1. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors are the same as those applied to domestic investors, except for the case specified in Clause 2 of this Article.\n2. Pursuant to Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory, the Government shall promulgate a Negative List for Market Access, including:\na/ Prohibited business lines; b/ Restricted business lines.\n3. Market access conditions applied to foreign investors specified in the Negative List for Market Access include:\na/ Holding of charter capital by the foreign investor in a business organization; b/ Investment method; c/ Scope of investment; d/ Capacity of the investor; partners participating in the investment activities; dd) Other conditions specified in the Laws and Resolutions of the National Assembly, Ordinances and Resolutions of the Standing Committee of the National Assembly, Decrees of the Government and international treaties to which the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is a signatory.\n[...]\nArticle 23. Implementation of investment activities by foreign-invested economic organizations\n1. When making investment in establishment of other economic organizations; contribution of capital to, or purchase of shares or capital contributions at, other economic organizations; or investment in the form of BCC, economic organizations must meet the conditions and shall carry out investment procedures according to regulations applicable to foreign investors if falling into one of the following cases:\na/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors, or having a majority of their general partners being foreign individuals, for partnerships;\nb/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause;\nc/ Having over 50% of their charter capital held by a foreign investor/foreign investors and an economic organization/economic organizations specified at Point a of this Clause. [...]\" (Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation])\n------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. SECTORS, LINES AND MARKET ACCESS CONDITIONS FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS\nArticle 15. Sectors and trades restricted from market access for foreign investors\n1. Sectors and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors and restrictions on market access for such industries and trades are prescribed in laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions. of the National Assembly Standing Committee, Government decrees and international treaties on investment. The list of industries and trades with restrictions on market access for foreign investors is published in Appendix I of this Decree.\n2. Market access conditions for foreign investors shall be applied in the forms specified in Clause 3, Article 9 of the Law on Investment and posted and updated according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n[...]\nArticle 16. Subjects of application of the List of industries and trades restricted from market access\n1. The list of industries and trades with restricted market access applies to:\na) Foreign investors as prescribed in Clause 19, Article 3 of the Law on Investment ;\nb) The economic organization specified at Points a, b and c, Clause 1, Article 23 of the Law on Investment when investing in the establishment of other economic organizations; make capital contribution, purchase shares, purchase capital contribution portion of other economic organizations; investment in the form of BCC contract.\n(In this Section, the subjects specified at Points a and b of this Clause, hereinafter collectively referred to as foreign investors, unless otherwise provided for by this Decree).\n[...]\nArticle 17. Principles of applying restrictions on market access for foreign investors\n1. Except for the industries and trades on the List of industries and trades with restricted market access for foreign investors specified in Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors are entitled to market access as prescribed for domestic investors.\n2. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries and trades that have not yet been able to access the market as prescribed in Section A, Appendix I of this Decree.\n3. For industries and trades with conditional market access for foreign investors as prescribed in Section B, Appendix I of this Decree, foreign investors must satisfy the conditions for market access according to the provisions of Article 18 of this Decree.\n4. Market access conditions for industries and trades that Vietnam has not yet committed to market access to for foreign investors are applied as follows:\na) Where laws and resolutions of the National Assembly, ordinances and resolutions of the National Assembly Standing Committee, decrees of the Government (hereinafter referred to as Vietnamese law) do not contain provisions restricting access to the market for that industry or trade, foreign investors may access the market as prescribed for domestic investors;\nb) Where Vietnamese law already contains provisions on restricting foreign investors' market access for such industries or trades, the provisions of Vietnamese law shall apply. [...]\n7. Foreign investors belonging to countries or territories that are not members of the WTO and conducting investment activities in Vietnam are entitled to the same market access conditions as those applicable to national investors. a territory that is a member of the WTO, unless otherwise provided for by Vietnamese law or an international treaty between Vietnam and that country or territory.\n[...]\nB. BUSINESS LINES WITH RESTRICTED MARKET ACCESS [...]\n13. passenger by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\"(Government Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation] (Decree 31), which provides guidance on the implementation of the new Law on Investment [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"INDUSTRY, SECTOR | CONDITIONS LIMITED MARKET ACCESS | LEGAL BASIS [not reproduced here] [...]\n13. passengers by rail, air, road, river, sea, pipeline [...]\n13.2.1. Transportation services by air ((a) Passenger transport (CPC 731); b) Freight transport (CPC 732)) |\n1. CPTPP:\na) Appendix NCM I-VN-37: Air transport, including international and domestic air transport services:\nThe total capital contribution or shares held by foreign countries is limited to less than 30% of the total charter capital or shares of a Vietnamese airline. A Vietnamese individual or Vietnamese legal entity that is not a foreign-invested enterprise must hold the largest share of charter capital or shares in that airline.\nAt least 2/3 of the total number of members of the Executive Board of a foreign-invested airline must be Vietnamese. The general director (or director) and legal representative of a foreign-invested airline established in Vietnam must be Vietnamese.\nb) Appendix NCM II-VN-7: Services related to air transport Vietnam reserves the right to maintain or enact any measure relating to:\n- Special flight services (except for commercial flight training);\n- Ground operations;\n- Airport operation service.\n2. Vietnamese law:\nForeign-invested air transport enterprises must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for no more than 34% of the charter capital;\nb) There must be at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person has foreign investment capital contributing capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the legal person. [...]\" (Government of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Article 1. Amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No. 92/2016 / ND-CP dated July 1, 2016, providing for conditional business lines and trades in the field of civil aviation as follows:[...]\n4. To amend and supplement Article 7 as follows:\n“Article 7. Organizational conditions\n1. Having an organized apparatus to implement a system of safety and security management, aircraft operations, aircraft maintenance, flight training, ground exploitation.\n2. Persons appointed to the position in charge of the system of safety and security management, aircraft operation, aircraft maintenance and flight training must have at least 3 consecutive years' experience working in the field. be appointed, have diplomas and certificates issued or recognized in accordance with the civil aviation law.\n3. For a foreign-invested enterprise, the number of foreign members must not exceed one-third of the total number of members participating in the executive apparatus. The executive apparatus used to calculate the rates required by this Clause includes:\na) General Director (Director), Deputy General Directors (Deputy Directors);\nb) Chief accountant;\nc) Persons in charge of: safety management system; aircraft operators; aircraft maintenance; flight crew training and equivalent position holders determined by the organizational apparatus of the business.\"\n5. To amend and supplement Article 8 as follows:\n“Article 8. Capital conditions [...]\n3. A foreign-invested air transport enterprise must satisfy the following conditions:\na) Foreign investors account for not more than 34% of the charter capital [previously capped at 30%];\nb) Must have at least one Vietnamese individual or one Vietnamese legal entity holding the largest share of the charter capital;\nc) In case a Vietnamese legal person with foreign invested capital contributes capital, the foreign capital contribution shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of the juridical person.\"\n[...]\n14. To amend and supplement Article 14 as follows:\n“Article 14. Conditions for granting airport business licenses [...]\n2. Meet the following capital requirements:\na) Minimum capital amount to establish and maintain an airport enterprise: 100 billion Vietnam Dong;\nb) The capital ratio of foreign investors does not exceed 30% of the charter capital. ”\n15. To amend and supplement Article 16 as follows:\n“Article 16. Conditions for the grant of an airport service provision license at an airport or airport [...]\n3. For enterprises providing passenger terminal operation services, cargo terminals, aviation petrol and oil services, services for ground-based commercial and technical services, flight zone operation services, capital ratio contribution of foreign individuals and organizations must not exceed 30% of the charter capital of the enterprise. \"\n[...]\nEffect of implementation\n1. This Decree takes effect from January 1, 2020.[...]\" (Government Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 5. Eligibility requirements for air transport service business\n1. Conform to the air transport development plan.\n2. Meet requirements concerning plans to ensure availability of aircraft for operations, organizational machinery, capital, business plans and product development tactics referred to in Article 6, 7, 8, 9 hereof.\n3. Obtain an air transport business license issued by the Ministry of Transport according to the Prime Minister’s permission.\n4. Regulations laid down in this Chapter shall not apply to training, coaching or mentoring services provided to crew members, and coaches.\n[...]\nArticle 8. Requirements concerning capital\n3. A foreign-invested airline must conform to the following requirements:\na) Foreign ownership shall not exceed 30% of the charter capital;\nb) There is at least one Vietnamese natural or legal entity owning the highest share of charter capital. In cases where a Vietnamese legal entity has foreign investment capital, the foreign share of equity participation shall not exceed 49% of the charter capital of that entity.\" (Decree 92/2016/NĐ-CP providing for conditional business sectors or activities in the civil aviation industry [unofficial translation])","Law on Investment No. 61/2020/QH14 of 17 June 2020 [google translation]\nGovernment Decree on the Elaboration of Some Articles of the Law on Investment No. 31/2021/ND-CP of 26 March 2021 [google translation]\nGovernment of Viet Nam, List B: List of occupations with conditional market access for foreign investors: Conditions (updated 2020), webpage [google translation]\nGovernment Decree No. 89/2019/ND-CP AMENDING A NUMBER OF ARTICLES OF THE GOVERNMENT'S DECREE NO.92 / 2016 / ND-CP DATED JULY 1, 2016 REGULATING CONDITIONED BUSINESS SECTORIES IN THE FIELD OF CIVIL AIRPORT AND DECREE NO.30 / 2013 / ND-CP DATED APRIL 8, 2013 OF THE GOVERNMENT ON AIR TRANSPORTATION AND GENERAL AIR ACTIVITIES [google translation]\nDecree 92/2016/NĐ-CP providing for conditional business sectors or activities in the civil aviation industry [unofficial translation]","Venture North Law Limited (2022), \"A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF DECREE 31/2021 IMPLEMENTING THE INVESTMENT LAW 2020\", March 30.\nAllen & Gledhill (2021), \"Vietnam issues new guidance on foreign investment\", knowledge insights, June 28.","[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpqen-toanvan.aspx?dvid=312&ItemID=11133\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://vbpl.vn/bokehoachvadautu/Pages/vbpq-toanvan.aspx?ItemID=147720&Keyword=31/2021/ND-CP\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://vietnaminvest.gov.vn/SitePages/News_Detail.aspx?ChuyenMuc=3&ItemId=16\">Webpage</a>],[<a href=\"https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Thuong-mai/Decree-89-2019-ND-CP-amendments-to-conditional-business-lines-in-the-civil-aviation-industry-443641.aspx\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://lawnet.vn/en/vb/Decree-92-2016-ND-CP-providing-conditional-business-sectors-activities-civil-aviation-industry-4DF72.html\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://static1.squarespace.com/static/50c0b136e4b01ad287768e06/t/6246f475c7499050ffab3d02/1648817271960/2022+3+30+Decree+31.2021+implementing+Investment+Law+2020+1.2.pdf\">Other</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.allenandgledhill.com/vn/perspectives/articles/18840/vnkh-issues-new-guidance-on-foreign-investment\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4074,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","DZA","_H","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.6","Until 2019, pursuant to the 2016 Finance Law, foreign shareholding in an Algerian-based company was limited to 49%. The law explicitly covered foreign investment in all economic sectors. Since 2020, the supplementary finance law for 2020, published in the Official Gazette on 4 June 2020, repealed the previously applied 51/49 rule that prevented foreigners from acquisition majority-ownership in Algeria companies, except for distribution activities and strategic sectors in which the 51/49 remain applicable (scored sectorally).","\"Art. 50. — The following sectors are considered strategic:\n— The exploitation of the national mining domain, as well as any underground or surface resource relating to an extractive activity on the surface or underground, excluding quarries for non-mineral products;\n— Upstream of the energy sector and any other activity governed by the law on hydrocarbons, as well as the operation of the distribution and transportation network of electrical energy by cables and gaseous or liquid hydrocarbons by aerial or underground pipes;\n— Industries initiated or related to industries military personnel under the Ministry of National Defense;\n— Railways, ports and airports;\n— Pharmaceutical industries, with the exception of investments linked to the manufacturing of innovative essential products, with high added value, requiring  complex and protected technology, intended for the local market and for export. [...]\" (Law No. 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 relating to the complementary finance law for 2020 [google translation])\n---------------------------\n\"Art. 66. — The exercise of production activities of goods and services, of a strategic nature for the national economy, is subject to the constitution of a company under Algerian law in which the capital is held, at least, at 51% by resident national shareholders.\nThe minister responsible for finance presents a presentation, before the finance and budget committee of the National People's Assembly, on the production activities of goods and services of strategic interest for the national economy.\nThe list of production activities of goods and services, of strategic interest for the economy national level is set by regulation.\" (Law n° 15-18 of 18 Rabie El Aouel 1437 corresponding to December 30, 2015 on the finance law for 2016, as amended 30 December 2019 [google translation])\n---------------------------\nPreviously up to 2019\n---------------------------\n\"Section 4 - Miscellaneous […]\nArt. 66. The exercise of activities of production of goods, services and importation by foreigners is subject to the constitution of a company whose capital is held at least 51% by the resident national shareholders. Any modification of the registration in the commercial register entails, beforehand, the bringing into conformity of the company with the rules of distribution of the above-mentioned capital. However, these modifications are not subject to this obligation, the purpose of which is to:\ni) the modification of the share capital (increase or decrease) which does not lead to a change in the proportions of distribution of the share capital set out above; ii) the transfer or exchange, between former and new directors, of guarantee shares provided for in Article 619 of the Commercial Code, without the value of said shares exceeding 1% of the company's share capital; (iii) the deletion of an activity or the addition of a related activity; (iv) the modification of the activity following the modification of the nomenclature of activities; (iv) appointment of the director or officers of the company; (v) change of address of the registered office. [...]\" (Law n° 15-18 of 18 Rabie El Aouel 1437 corresponding to December 30, 2015 on the finance law for 2016)","Law No. 20-07 of 12 Chaoual 1441 corresponding to June 4, 2020 relating to the complementary finance law for 2020 [google translation]\nLaw n° 15-18 of 18 Rabie El Aouel 1437 corresponding to December 30, 2015 on the finance law for 2016, as amended 30 December 2019 [google translation]\nLaw n° 15-18 of 18 Rabie El Aouel 1437 corresponding to December 30, 2015 on the finance law for 2016","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.droit-afrique.com/uploads/Algerie-LF-2020-rectificative.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mf.gov.dz/images/pdf/Algerie-LF-2020.pdf\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.droit-afrique.com/uploads/Algerie-LF-2016.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4023,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","J58_59_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.006","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting and programming production companies, as well as in printed media companies is limited to 30% and cannot, in any cirscumstance, be a majority.","\"ARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, the following definitions are adopted: [...]\nb) «Social Communication» - mass communication aimed at a large heterogeneous and anonymous public, from companies or media bodies, which organize and interact information from diverse sources and disseminate it through transport vehicles supported by the press written or telecommunication means that may include voice and image signals;\nf) «Company or Media Organ» – are public or private entities whose corporate purpose is the production, transmission or retransmission of information intended for the public, through telecommunications or written publications;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Media)\nThe means through which companies or media bodies disseminate content, among others, are: a) Newspapers, including electronic ones; b) Magazines, including electronic ones; c) All other periodicals; d) Sound broadcasting; e) Television; f) News agency; g) Online media; h) Cinemas and public spaces where documentaries and news are shown.\n[....]\nARTICLE 22. (Foreign press)\n1. Foreign media companies and foreign press correspondents must request authorization from the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola.\n2. Foreign press correspondents, in order to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola, must be qualified with the professional card of journalist or other equivalent professional title.\n3. The registration of these entities is done at the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication.\nCHAPTER II - Social Communication Companies [...]\nARTICLE 24. (Ownership of companies)\n1. Media companies may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in media companies cannot exceed 30%, nor, under any circumstances, be a majority.\n3. Media companies must be governed by Angolan law, with headquarters in national territory, in which Angolan citizens hold the majority of the share capital and exercise effective control.\n[...]\nSECTION II - Management Bodies\nARTICLE 31. (Management)\n1. The Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or General Manager of companies or media bodies must be of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.\n[...]\nARTICLE 32. (Content directors)\nThe Information and Program Director, Editor-in-Chief, Editors and any content managers must be journalists by profession, of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.[...]\" (Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by: [...]\nl) Television Distribution Operator (ODT) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and aggregation of channels in the form of packages, with a view to making these packages available for public use, through electronic communications networks;\nm) On-demand Audiovisual Service Operator (OSP) — is the natural or legal person who has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of programs in the form of a catalogue, with a view to providing an on-demand audiovisual service through electronic communications networks;\nn) Audiovisual Media Service Operator (OTV) — is the television operator, the Television Distribution Operator (ODT) and on-demand media service operator (OSP);\no) Television Operator (OTV) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of Television channels with a view to making them available for public use;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Scope of application)\n1. This Law applies to all television broadcasts and retransmissions, transmitted by television and distribution operators under the jurisdiction of the Angolan State.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Audiovisual Media Service Operators and Typology of Television Channels\nSECTION I - Requirements Applicable to Audiovisual Media Service Operators [...]\nARTICLE 11. (Ownership)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the following numbers, operators of audiovisual media services may be owned by collective, public and/or private persons, or cooperatives whose purpose is their exercise, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in television and distribution operators may not:\na) Exceed 30% of the share capital, nor, under any circumstances, hold a majority or assume a controlling position;\nb) Provide, in an isolated or joint way, the exercise of a decisive influence on the activity of these operators [...]\" (Law No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 10. (Property of the companies)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of articles 8 and 9 of this Law, media companies established to carry out broadcasting activities may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation, namely, commercial and the one relating to private investments.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in broadcasting companies cannot exceed 30% of the respective share capital, nor can it, under any circumstances, have a majority or assume a controlling position.[...]\" (Law no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY [google translation])","Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW\nLaw No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY\nLaw no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-1-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-3-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-4-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,588,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","J58_59_63","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2021,"0.006","Foreign shareholding in radio and TV broadcasting and programming production companies, as well as in printed media companies is limited to 30% and cannot, in any cirscumstance, be a majority.","\"ARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, the following definitions are adopted: [...]\nb) «Social Communication» - mass communication aimed at a large heterogeneous and anonymous public, from companies or media bodies, which organize and interact information from diverse sources and disseminate it through transport vehicles supported by the press written or telecommunication means that may include voice and image signals;\nf) «Company or Media Organ» – are public or private entities whose corporate purpose is the production, transmission or retransmission of information intended for the public, through telecommunications or written publications;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Media)\nThe means through which companies or media bodies disseminate content, among others, are: a) Newspapers, including electronic ones; b) Magazines, including electronic ones; c) All other periodicals; d) Sound broadcasting; e) Television; f) News agency; g) Online media; h) Cinemas and public spaces where documentaries and news are shown.\n[....]\nARTICLE 22. (Foreign press)\n1. Foreign media companies and foreign press correspondents must request authorization from the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola.\n2. Foreign press correspondents, in order to carry out their activity in the Republic of Angola, must be qualified with the professional card of journalist or other equivalent professional title.\n3. The registration of these entities is done at the Ministerial Department responsible for Social Communication.\nCHAPTER II - Social Communication Companies [...]\nARTICLE 24. (Ownership of companies)\n1. Media companies may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in media companies cannot exceed 30%, nor, under any circumstances, be a majority.\n3. Media companies must be governed by Angolan law, with headquarters in national territory, in which Angolan citizens hold the majority of the share capital and exercise effective control.\n[...]\nSECTION II - Management Bodies\nARTICLE 31. (Management)\n1. The Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or General Manager of companies or media bodies must be of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.\n[...]\nARTICLE 32. (Content directors)\nThe Information and Program Director, Editor-in-Chief, Editors and any content managers must be journalists by profession, of Angolan nationality, in full enjoyment of their civil and political rights.[...]\" (Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 2. (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is understood by: [...]\nl) Television Distribution Operator (ODT) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and aggregation of channels in the form of packages, with a view to making these packages available for public use, through electronic communications networks;\nm) On-demand Audiovisual Service Operator (OSP) — is the natural or legal person who has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of programs in the form of a catalogue, with a view to providing an on-demand audiovisual service through electronic communications networks;\nn) Audiovisual Media Service Operator (OTV) — is the television operator, the Television Distribution Operator (ODT) and on-demand media service operator (OSP);\no) Television Operator (OTV) — is the legal person that has editorial responsibility for the selection and organization of Television channels with a view to making them available for public use;\n[...]\nARTICLE 3. (Scope of application)\n1. This Law applies to all television broadcasts and retransmissions, transmitted by television and distribution operators under the jurisdiction of the Angolan State.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Audiovisual Media Service Operators and Typology of Television Channels\nSECTION I - Requirements Applicable to Audiovisual Media Service Operators [...]\nARTICLE 11. (Ownership)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of the following numbers, operators of audiovisual media services may be owned by collective, public and/or private persons, or cooperatives whose purpose is their exercise, under the terms established in the applicable legislation.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in television and distribution operators may not:\na) Exceed 30% of the share capital, nor, under any circumstances, hold a majority or assume a controlling position;\nb) Provide, in an isolated or joint way, the exercise of a decisive influence on the activity of these operators [...]\" (Law No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY [google translation])\n------------------------\nARTICLE 10. (Property of the companies)\n1. Without prejudice to the provisions of articles 8 and 9 of this Law, media companies established to carry out broadcasting activities may be owned by any entity, under the terms established in the applicable legislation, namely, commercial and the one relating to private investments.\n2. The direct or indirect participation of foreign capital in broadcasting companies cannot exceed 30% of the respective share capital, nor can it, under any circumstances, have a majority or assume a controlling position.[...]\" (Law no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY [google translation])","Law 1/17 of 23 January: PRESS LAW\nLaw No. 3/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF TELEVISION ACTIVITY\nLaw no. 4/17 of 23 January: LAW ON THE EXERCISE OF BROADCASTING ACTIVITY","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-1-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-3-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.ao/docs/assembleia-nacional/2017/lei-n-o-4-17-de-23-de-janeiro/\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,588,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","K661","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.000166667","Article 52 of Transitory measures of the Constitution forbids the establishment of branches of foreign financial institutions in Brazil as well as the increase of foreign participation in the capital of Brazilian financial institutions, unless an authorisation is granted resulting from international agreements, reciprocity or expressed interest of the Brazilian Government. For this purpose, financial institutions include banking institutions, credit societies (finance companies), brokerage firms and security dealer companies. \nSince September 2019, the recognition that the envisaged foreign investment would be in line with the Brazilian government’s interest can be made by the Brazilian Central Bank (Decree 10.029/2019). \nOn 24 January 2020, the Central Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 came into effect. It repeals Circular 3,317 of 29 March 2006 and rescinds the previous authorisation requirements for foreign investment in financial institutions based in Brazil and applies the principle of national treatment of foreign investors to this sector. It implements the Presidential Decree No.10,029 of 26 September 2019, which delegated regulatory power to the Central Bank.\n\n","\"Article 192. The national financial system, structured to promote the balanced development of the country and to serve the collective interests, in all of the component elements of the system, including credit cooperatives, shall be regulated by supplementary laws which shall also provide for the participation of foreign capital in the institutions that make up the said system.\n[...]\n[Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act]\n Article 52.  Until such time as the conditions referred to in article 192 are established, the following are forbidden: (CA No. 40, 2002)\nI – the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad;\nII – increase of percentual participation of individuals and legal entities resident or domiciled abroad in the capital of financial institutions with headquarters in Brazil.\nSole paragraph. The prohibition referred to in this article does not apply to the authorizations resulting from international agreements, from reciprocity or from interest of the Brazilian Government.\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended by Constitutional Amendment No. 40 of 2002, Article 192 and Article 52 of the Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Art. 1 The Central Bank of Brazil is authorized to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government:\nI - the installation, in the Country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad; and\nII - the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad. [...]\" (Decree No. 10.029 Authorising the Central Bank of Brazil to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad and the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad (26 September 2019), Article 1 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"The Board of Directors of the Central Bank of Brazil, in a meeting held on January 22, 2020, based on Decree no. 10,029, of September 26, 2019, and in view of the provisions of article 52, sole paragraph, of the Transitional Constitutional Provisions Act, R E S O L V E S:\nArticle 1. The Central Bank of Brazil recognizes as of interest to the Brazilian Government the participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in Brazil, by natural or legal persons resident or domiciled abroad.\nSole Paragraph. The participation mentioned in the heading of this article must comply with the requirements and the procedures foreseen in the regulation in effect for establishment, authorization to operate, cancellation of authorization, control changes and corporate reorganizations of financial institutions.\nArticle 2. The Circular no. 3,317, of March 29, 2006 is hereby revoked.[...]\" (Central Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 of 24 January 2020)","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended by Constitutional Amendment No. 40 of 2002, Article 192 and Article 52 of the Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act\nDecree No. 10.029 Authorising the Central Bank of Brazil to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad and the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad (26 September 2019)\nCentral Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 of 24 January 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2019-2022/2019/decreto/D10029.htm\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcb.gov.br/content/config/Documents/Central_Bank_of_Brazil_BCB_Circular_3977-2020.pdf\">Circular</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3305,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","M711_721X","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.00015625","Foreign-incorporated engineering and agronomy companies are required to partner with a Brazilian company. The partnership must be based on a limited-term contract that specifies the service to be provided. Furthermore, it must demonstrate that the Brazilian company is able to acquire the know-how used in the process.","\"Article 1 - A foreign legal entity providing services or carrying out an engineering, architecture or agronomy work may only exercise activity in the national territory, provided that it is consortiumd with a Brazilian legal entity, after registration with the Regional Council of Engineering, Architecture and Agronomy, to whose jurisdiction the service or work belongs.\n[...]\nArticle 4 - Temporary registration of a foreign legal entity will only be carried out if the capacity of the Brazilian legal entity to assimilate technical experience (\"Know how\") is proven, in the judgment of the Regional Council, in the provision of the service or execution of the work to which the consortium aims.[...]\" (CONFEA [Federal Coulcil of Engineering, Architecture and Agronomy]Resolution No. 209 for the registration of foreign legal entities (1 September 1972), Articles 1 and 4, Repealed by CONFEA [Federal Coulcil of Engineering, Architecture and Agronomy] Resolution No. 1.121 for the registration of legal entities in the Regional Councils of Engineering and Agronomy (13 December 2019) [google translation])","CONFEA [Federal Coulcil of Engineering, Architecture and Agronomy] Resolution No. 209 for the registration of foreign legal entities (1 September 1972), Repealed by CONFEA Resolution No. 1.121 for the registration of legal entities in the Regional Councils of Engineering and Agronomy (13 December 2019)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://normativos.confea.org.br/Media/VersaoCompilada?p=257\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://normativos.confea.org.br/Ementas/Visualizar?id=68720\">Resolution</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1338,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K661","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.000333333","Since 2019, foreign-invested institutions are able to obtain type-A principal underwriting licenses in the interbank bond market, allowing them to act as the lead underwriter of all types of bonds. Previously, foreign-invested institutions were only eligible to acquire type-B principal underwriting licenses for underwriting panda bonds (i.e. reinminbi-denominated bonds issued by foreign entities). \nSince 2019, foreign-invested rating agencies are also able to give credit ratings to all types of bonds traded on China’s interbank bond market and exchange-traded bond market. Since 2017, credit rating agencies no longer featured in the 'foreign investment negative list', but remained foreign-invested agencies remained prohibited from serving the bond market.","\"In order to implement the decisions and arrangements of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council on further advancing opening-up, and according to the principle of taking actions “faster rather than slower and sooner rather than later”, the following 11 measures for further opening up the financial sector are hereby released on the basis of thorough research and assessment:\n1. Foreign-funded institutions will be permitted to conduct credit rating business on all types of bonds in China’s inter-bank and exchange bond markets.\n2. Overseas financial institutions will be encouraged to participate in the establishment of and equity investment in asset and wealth management subsidiaries of commercial banks.\n3. Overseas asset management institutions will be permitted to co-establish foreign-controlled asset management companies together with subsidiaries of Chinese banks or insurers.\n4. Overseas financial institutions will be permitted to invest in the establishment of or make equity investment in pension management companies.\n5. Foreign capital will be supported in wholly-owned currency brokerage establishment and equity participation.\n6. The transitional period for raising the foreign ownership cap on life insurers from 51 percent to 100 percent will be brought forward to 2020 from 2021.\n7. The requirement that the total share of an insurance asset management company held by domestic insurers shall be no less than 75 percent will be removed, and the foreign ownership will be permitted to exceed 25 percent.\n8. Entry conditions of foreign insurers will be eased by removing the requirement of over-30-year operation.\n9. The removal of foreign ownership limits on securities, fund management and futures companies will be advanced by one year to 2020.\n10. Foreign institutions will be permitted to obtain Type-A lead underwriting licenses in the inter-bank bond market.\n11. China will further facilitate the investments of overseas institutions in the inter-bank bond market.\" (State Council’s Office of Financial Stability and Development Committee (2019), \"Measures for Further Opening Up the Financial Sector\", 20 July 2019)\n--------------------------\n\"1. Foreign-funded institutions will be permitted to conduct credit rating business on all types of bonds in China’s inter-bank and exchange bond markets.\nIt is a pivotal measure of China to open up its financial market through promoting the opening-up of the credit rating market and supporting foreign credit rating agencies’ entry into China’s inter-bank and exchange bond markets as well as their conduction of credit rating on all types of bonds. Credit rating is an important fundamental institutional arrangement of the financial market. As the internationalization of China’s financial market speeds up, introducing international credit rating agencies (CRAs) to China’s credit rating market will help satisfy diversified demands of international investors and improve the rating quality of China’s credit rating industry, thus benefiting the regulated and healthy development of China’s financial market.\nOver the past several years, the PBC and the China Securities Regulatory Commission (CSRC) along with other relevant departments have been pushing for the steady opening-up of credit rating services. In July 2017, the PBC issued an announcement on issues concerning the opening-up of the credit rating industry (Announcement No. 7 [2017] of the PBC), declaring to open the inter-bank bond market to foreign CRAs. Meanwhile, as China forges ahead with the opening-up of its credit rating industry, wholly-owned companies or subsidiaries controlled by overseas CRAs in China may apply to the CSRC for providing credit rating services in the domestic securities market according to the Securities Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Company Law of the People’ s Republic of China, the Administrative License Law of the People’s Republic of China and the Interim Measures for Administration of Credit Rating Business on the Securities Market. In March 2018, the National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors (NAFMII) released supporting rules to specify procedures and requirements in terms of the registration evaluation of such agencies. Foreign-funded CRAs may apply for credit rating businesses in relation to corresponding bonds and submit documents for registration evaluation. Those who have passed registration evaluation are permitted to provide credit rating services in the approved categories. On September 4, 2018, the Announcement of the People’s Bank of China and the China Securities Regulatory Commission on Issues Concerning the Provision of Bond Rating Services by Credit Rating Agencies on the Inter-bank Bond Market and the Stock Exchange Bond Market (Announcement No. 14 [2018] of the PBC and the CSRC) was released. It is stipulated that the PBC, the CSRC and the NAFMII would work together on the review of the qualification or registration procedures of CRAs, with a green channel set up for mutual accreditation of qualifications for CRAs that have been in operation in the inter-bank or exchange bond market. On January 28, 2019, S&P Ratings (China) Co., Ltd. was authorized to provide a full spectrum of credit rating services in China’s inter-bank bond market, including credit rating in relation to bonds issued by financial institutions, debt financing instruments for non-financial institutions, structured products and bonds issued by foreign entities in China’s inter-bank bond market.\nGoing forward, the PBC and the CSRC will advance the opening-up of the credit rating sector, continuously expand the rating scope of foreign CRAs, permit more qualified foreign CRAs to conduct all kinds of credit rating businesses in China’s inter-bank and exchange bond markets, push for a higher level of openness in the financial sector and promote the regulated and healthy development of China’s financial market.\n2. Foreign institutions will be permitted to obtain Type-A lead underwriting licenses in the inter-bank bond market.\nIn recent years, the opening-up of China’s bond market has been gathering speed with growing overseas issuers, boosting investment by overseas investors and increasing number of foreign-funded intermediary institutions. At present, six foreign-funded banks have obtained Type-B lead underwriting or underwriting licenses for debt financing instruments of non-financial enterprises.\nIn order to implement the decisions and arrangements of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council on promoting a new configuration of all-round opening-up and beefing up the opening-up in financial service sector, the PBC has guided the NAFMII to study expansion of business scope of foreign-funded banks. After market evaluation, eligible foreign banks will be granted Type-A lead underwriting licenses, which permits them to expand business from debt financing instruments of overseas non-financial enterprises to all categories of debt financing instruments. Meanwhile, given that overseas parent companies of foreign-funded banks are interconnected in business with their subsidiaries in China, we will enhance examination on parent companies in terms of rules. The measure is going through procedures and will be released in the near future.\nPermitting foreign banks to conduct Type-A lead underwriting business will enhance foreign institutions’ capacity to serve China’s real economy, enable them to participate in China’s economic growth in a wider and deeper manner and push forward the supply-side structural reform in the financial sector. It will also bring in more overseas investment to finance domestic enterprises through bond issuance, thus facilitating the financing and cost cut of the real economy, and easing difficulties in and high costs of financing. Meanwhile, it will bolster the sharing of achievements and opportunities of China’s economic growth with the international community, promote economic globalization, and achieve mutual benefits and win-win results. [...]\" (PBC (2019), \"PBC Official Interprets Measures for Further Opening Up the Financial Sector\", 24 July 2019.)","State Council’s Office of Financial Stability and Development Committee (2019), \"Measures for Further Opening Up the Financial Sector\", 20 July 2019\nPBC (2019), \"PBC Official Interprets Measures for Further Opening Up the Financial Sector\", 24 July 2019.","King & Wood Mallesons (2019), \"China’s 11 measures to further open up its financial sector\", 31 July 2019.","[<a href=\"https://english.www.gov.cn/services/investment/202102/24/content_WS6035aa9fc6d0719374af960c.html\">Measures</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.pbc.gov.cn/en/3688241/3688636/3688660/3864659/index.html\">PBC</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3452,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","D3510X11","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.00035","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in in small-scale geothermal was limited to 67%.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n[Energy and Mineral Resources Sector]\n- Power plant < 1 MW [see 2019 restrictions below]: Allocated to MSME/cooperatives [no material change]\n- Small-scale power plant (1-10 MW) [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Geothermal power plant with a capacity of ≤ 10 MW [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Power plant > 10 MW [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed][...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nD. Energy and Mineral Resources Sector\n- Power plant < 1 MW: Domestic capital 100% \n- Small-scale power plant (1-10 MW): Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%\n- Geothermal power plant with a capacity of ≤ 10 MW: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%\n- Power plant > 10 MW: Foreign capital ownership: Max.95% (Maximum 100% for the purpose of Public Private Partnership / KPS during concession period) [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3342,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0075","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in a few construction activities, such as construction of high value works using advanced technology, was limited to 67%. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Construction service (construction implementation service) using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 50,000,000,000 (CPC 511, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, and 518) [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Contruction - civil engineering]\n- Construction service (construction implementation service) using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 50,000,000,000 (CPC 511, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, and 518): a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownershipby ASEAN countries’ investors:Max.70% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3346,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I55","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.000525","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in ecotourism was limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Nature tourism business in the form of provision of ecotourism facilities; Horticultural agrotourism business [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Nature tourism business in the form of provision of ecotourism facilities, activities and services within forest areas including water tourism, natural adventure tourism and cave tourism: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%; b. Foreign capital ownershipMax.70% for investors from ASEAN countries. \n- Horticultural agrotourism business: Foreign capital ownership: Max.30%.[...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3368,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","J611","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.008","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in fixed and mobile telecommunication services was limited to 67% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Fixed telecommunication network services, Internet interconnection services (Network Access Point), other multimedia services, Public internet telephony services  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nK. Communication and Informatic Sector\n- Fixed telecommunication network services, Internet interconnection services (Network Access Point), other multimedia services), Public internet telephony services:: 67% [...]  \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3377,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C13T15","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"5.42E-05","As of March 2021, the number of activities reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs  [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements] or closed to FDI has slightly increased. Previously, foreign investment in a few textile and apparel-related manufacturing activities was reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs; some others were subject to partnership agreements (e.g. FDI in batik industry used to be subject to a partnership requirement and now it has been closed to FDI). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Weaving Industry (Not the Weaving of Jute Sacks and Other Sacks) (Songket Weaving Industry, Ulos Weaving Industry, Cual Weaving Industry, Ulap Doyo Weaving Industry, Grinsing Weaving Industry, Tapis Weaving Industry); Ikat Woven Fabric Industry; Embroidery Fabric Industry (Karawo Fabric Industry, Karancang Fabric Industry, Usus Embroidery Fabric Industry, Other Embroidery Fabrics that are worked without using machines); Mukena (prayer dress) and Other Traditional Clothing from Textiles/Fabrics Manufacturing Industry; Clothing Accessory Industry from Textile (Cap/Fez/Songkok Industry, Traditional Headband Industry, Traditional Belt Industry, Dance Clothing Industry): [see 2019 restrictions below]: Reserved for domestic SMEs\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 10 YEAR 2021 ON INVESTMENT BUSINESS FIELDS - LIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS\n- Batik Industry: Written Batik Industry, Stamped Batik Industry, Written and Stamped Combination Batik Industry: [see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - food and others]\n- Business with specific capacities ( Dyeing of yarns from natural or artificial fibers for dyed/patterned yearns, ikat with handlooms industry, Fabrics Printing industry, Hand-drawn batik industry, Knitted/crocheted fabrics especially lace Industry, Embroidery industry [...] Moslem woman’s praying cloth, scarf, head scarf, and other traditional apparels industry ): Reserved for SMEs [...]\n[...]\n- Business with specific capacities (Stamped batik industry): Partnership [with local SMEs][...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3401,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","K6419X","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.003","Since 2019, one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies are required to be composed by Lebanese nationals. Investment in a few sectors - insurance, economics [financial services and real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - are particularly affected since joint-stock companies is the only form of business incorporation allowed according to sectoral regulations. Branches of foreign companies may sometimes be allowed (e.g. banking), but such requirement remains more burdensome for established foreign investors. For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the restriciton is considered only in the affected sectors.","[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3792,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MOZ","_H","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.05","Foreign investment up to MZN 1.5M is subject to discriminatory screening procedures: while approval from the Pronvincial Governor is required for national investment projects up to MZN 1.5M, foreign investment projects up to MZN 2.5M require approval of Director General of the CPI.","\"ARTICLE 1\nDefinitions\nFor the purposes of this Regulation, it is considered: [...]\ne) Investment Promotion Centre, abbreviated as CPI – organ of the State Apparatus responsible for promoting, receiving, analyzing, monitoring and verifying investments made in the country, with the exception of ZEE's and ZFI's. [...]\nm) Office of the Economic Zones for Accelerated Development, abbreviated as \"GAZEDA\" – an organ of the State Apparatus responsible for coordinating all actions related to the creation, development and management of Special Economic Zones and Industrial Free Zones;\n[...]\nARTICLE 2\nScope of application\n1. The provisions of this Regulation apply to private investments, national and foreign, carried out under Law no. regularly constituted.\n2. The investments mentioned in this article, even if not eligible for the tax incentives defined in specific legislation, may benefit from the guarantee of exporting profits and re-exporting the invested capital.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - Competencies and deadlines for project authorization\nARTICLE 12 - Power to decide on investment projects\n1. The decision on investment projects received at the CPI is the responsibility of:\na) To the Governor of the Province, within a maximum period of three (3) working days after receipt of each proposal, regarding the realization of national investment projects of values ​​not exceeding the equivalent of one billion five hundred million meticais (1,500,000,000 .00Mt);\nb) To the Director General of the CPI, within a maximum period of three (3) working days after the receipt of each proposal, regarding the realization of national and/or foreign investment projects of amounts not exceeding the equivalent of two billion five hundred million of meticais (2,500,000,000.00Mt);\nc) To the Minister who oversees the Planning and Development area, within a maximum period of three (3) working days after receipt of each proposal, regarding the realization of national and/or foreign investment projects, provided that the total amount involved does not exceed the equivalent of thirteen billion, five hundred million meticais (13,500,000,000.00Mt);[...]\n3. Considering the complexity or implications of a political, economic and social nature, both the Director General of the CPI and the Director-General of GAZEDA may submit proposals for investment projects within their scope for consideration by the Minister who oversees the Planning and Development area.[...]\" (Decree No. 43/2009 of 21 August on the Regulation of the Investment Law [google translation])\n---------------------\n\"Chapter I. General provisions\nArticle 1. Definitions\n1) For the purposes of this Law, the following definitions shall apply: [...]\nj. Foreign investor — individual or corporate person bringing to Mozambique from abroad capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of the said person, with a view of carrying out direct foreign investment as defined in paragraph 1m) of this Article, in a project under this Law;\nl. National investor — individual or corporate person who makes available capital and resources belonging to or at the own account and risk of said person, with the aim of carrying out direct national investment, as defined in paragraph In) of this Article, in a project approved in accordance with this Law;\nm. Direct foreign investment — any form of foreign capital contribution valuable in monetary terms which constitutes own equity capital or resources at the own account and risk of the foreign investor, brought from external sources and to be used in an investment project for carrying out an economic activity, through a company registered in Mozambique and operating from Mozambican territory;[...]\nq. Foreign person — any individual whose nationality is not Mozambican, or, in the case of a corporate person, the company originally formed under the legislation of another country, or which, having been formed in the Republic of Mozambique under Mozambican laws, has more than 50% (Fifty percent) of the respective share capital held by foreign persons, as provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article;[...]\" (Law No. 3/93 of 24 June on Invesment)","Decree No. 43/2009 of 21 August on the Regulation of the Investment Law [google translation]\nLaw No. 3/93 of 24 June on Investment","n/a","[<a href=\"http://invest.apiex.gov.mz/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2019/08/Investment-Regulations-43-2009.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/108/mozambique-investment-law\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,522,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","_H","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.6","According to the Palestinian Authorities, foreign ownership in companies in the country shall not exceed 49% of the capital, except in industrial and tourist companies and services related to tourism and banking. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, all sectors are assumed to be subject to minority FDI shareholding, except manufacturing, banking, hotels and restaurants. It is assumed that this restriction applies whenever sector-specific legislation is silent with regards to foreign participation.","\"Article II - Doing Business\nWith the exception of persons, commercial houses and companies located in eastern Jordan and taking up their duties therein, no foreign persons, commercial houses, foreign companies, foreign commercial houses, and Jordanian companies, whose founders or foreign directors are to be employed in East Jordan Whether in particular or through mediation, unless it receives written approval from the Prime Minister and the President may revoke such approval.\nArticle III - Foreign persons and foreign commercial houses\nThe foreign companies, foreign commercial houses, foreign companies, commercial houses, and Jordanian companies, one of whose founders or foreign managers, are located in eastern Jordan after the enactment of the Defense Law for Eastern Jordan in 1935, and when the implementation of this system is in the hands of the Prime Minister, To cancel the ruling of this approval and then stand those people and those houses and companies from the abuse of work in eastern Jordan.[...]\" (Foreign business control regulation, No. (804) of the Year 1948)[google translation])\n---------------------------------\n\"Article(3/b) of foreign business control regulation NO(51) OF THE YEAR 1978 stipulated that the total value of the contribution of a foreigner at any time shall not exceed 49% of the capital except industrial and tourist companies and services related to tourism and banking.\" [Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]]","Foreign business control regulation, No. (804) of the Year 1948)","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?lnk=2&LegPath=1948&MID=2449\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2071,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PSE","_H","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.6","According to the Palestinian Authorities, foreign ownership in companies in the country shall not exceed 49% of the capital, except in industrial and tourist companies and services related to tourism and banking. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, all sectors are assumed to be subject to minority FDI shareholding, except manufacturing, banking, hotels and restaurants. It is assumed that this restriction applies whenever sector-specific legislation is silent with regards to foreign participation.","\"Article II - Doing Business\nWith the exception of persons, commercial houses and companies located in eastern Jordan and taking up their duties therein, no foreign persons, commercial houses, foreign companies, foreign commercial houses, and Jordanian companies, whose founders or foreign directors are to be employed in East Jordan Whether in particular or through mediation, unless it receives written approval from the Prime Minister and the President may revoke such approval.\nArticle III - Foreign persons and foreign commercial houses\nThe foreign companies, foreign commercial houses, foreign companies, commercial houses, and Jordanian companies, one of whose founders or foreign managers, are located in eastern Jordan after the enactment of the Defense Law for Eastern Jordan in 1935, and when the implementation of this system is in the hands of the Prime Minister, To cancel the ruling of this approval and then stand those people and those houses and companies from the abuse of work in eastern Jordan.[...]\" (Foreign business control regulation, No. (804) of the Year 1948)[google translation])\n---------------------------------\n\"Article(3/b) of foreign business control regulation NO(51) OF THE YEAR 1978 stipulated that the total value of the contribution of a foreigner at any time shall not exceed 49% of the capital except industrial and tourist companies and services related to tourism and banking.\" [Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]]","Foreign business control regulation, No. (804) of the Year 1948)","Palestine Authority answers to the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Questionnaire [not publicly available]","[<a href=\"http://muqtafi.birzeit.edu/Legislation/GetLegFT.aspx?lnk=2&LegPath=1948&MID=2449\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2071,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","F41_43","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.005625","Foreign investment is not allowed in certain construction buildings and works, notably those requiring contractor class iii and iv licences, while construction license ii limits foreign equity to 49%.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nContractor class ii; Contractor class iii; Contractor class iv [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n--------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nContractor class iii\nContractor class iv\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nConstruction Class ii Foreign equity limited to 49%\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,4109,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","_H","_O","IV41","IX",2018,"0.0125","Until 2021, access to local finance by foreign majority-owned companies was only possible after having fully implemented the respective investment projects: they cannot raise loans/debt for capital investment purposes with resident financial institutions, only for their business operations after the investment project has been fully implemented.","\"ARTICLE 3\n(Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this Law, it is considered: [...]\ne) «Foreign Investment», carrying out investment projects through the use of capital held by foreign exchange non-residents, which may, in addition to monetary means, also adopt the form of technology and knowledge or of equipment and other goods ; [...]\nj) «Foreign Investor», any person, natural or legal, foreign exchange non-resident who carries out an investment under the terms of subparagraph e) of this article;\n[...]\nARTICLE 20. (Recourse to credit)\n1. Private investors may resort to internal and external credit, under the terms of the legislation in force.\n2. External investors and companies majority-owned by them are only eligible for internal credit after having fully implemented the respective investment projects.[...]\" (Law No. 10/18 of 26 June - Private Investment Law [google translation])","Law No. 10/18 of 26 June - Private Investment Law [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://gazettes.africa/archive/ao/2018/ao-government-gazette-series-i-dated-2018-06-26-no-92.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,572,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","K6419X","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.006","Article 52 of Transitory measures of the Constitution forbids the establishment of branches of foreign financial institutions in Brazil as well as the increase of foreign participation in the capital of Brazilian financial institutions, unless an authorisation is granted resulting from international agreements, reciprocity or expressed interest of the Brazilian Government. For this purpose, financial institutions include banking institutions, credit societies (finance companies), brokerage firms and security dealer companies. \nSince September 2019, the recognition that the envisaged foreign investment would be in line with the Brazilian government’s interest can be made by the Brazilian Central Bank (Decree 10.029/2019). \nOn 24 January 2020, the Central Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 came into effect. It repeals Circular 3,317 of 29 March 2006 and rescinds the previous authorisation requirements for foreign investment in financial institutions based in Brazil and applies the principle of national treatment of foreign investors to this sector. It implements the Presidential Decree No.10,029 of 26 September 2019, which delegated regulatory power to the Central Bank.\n\n","\"Article 192. The national financial system, structured to promote the balanced development of the country and to serve the collective interests, in all of the component elements of the system, including credit cooperatives, shall be regulated by supplementary laws which shall also provide for the participation of foreign capital in the institutions that make up the said system.\n[...]\n[Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act]\n Article 52.  Until such time as the conditions referred to in article 192 are established, the following are forbidden: (CA No. 40, 2002)\nI – the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad;\nII – increase of percentual participation of individuals and legal entities resident or domiciled abroad in the capital of financial institutions with headquarters in Brazil.\nSole paragraph. The prohibition referred to in this article does not apply to the authorizations resulting from international agreements, from reciprocity or from interest of the Brazilian Government.[...]\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended by Constitutional Amendment No. 40 of 2002, Article 192 and Article 52 of the Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Art. 1 The Central Bank of Brazil is authorized to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government:\nI - the installation, in the Country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad; and\nII - the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad. [...]\" (Decree No. 10.029 Authorising the Central Bank of Brazil to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad and the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad (26 September 2019), Article 1 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"The Board of Directors of the Central Bank of Brazil, in a meeting held on January 22, 2020, based on Decree no. 10,029, of September 26, 2019, and in view of the provisions of article 52, sole paragraph, of the Transitional Constitutional Provisions Act, R E S O L V E S:\nArticle 1. The Central Bank of Brazil recognizes as of interest to the Brazilian Government the participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in Brazil, by natural or legal persons resident or domiciled abroad.\nSole Paragraph. The participation mentioned in the heading of this article must comply with the requirements and the procedures foreseen in the regulation in effect for establishment, authorization to operate, cancellation of authorization, control changes and corporate reorganizations of financial institutions.\nArticle 2. The Circular no. 3,317, of March 29, 2006 is hereby revoked.[...]\" (Central Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 of 24 January 2020)","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended by Constitutional Amendment No. 40 of 2002, Article 192 and Article 52 of the Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act\nDecree No. 10.029 Authorising the Central Bank of Brazil to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad and the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad (26 September 2019)\nCentral Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 of 24 January 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2019-2022/2019/decreto/D10029.htm\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcb.gov.br/content/config/Documents/Central_Bank_of_Brazil_BCB_Circular_3977-2020.pdf\">Circular</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3303,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","B05_06","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.000583333","Foreign investment in sectors/activities listed in the foreign investment 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access) requires prior government approval. In the case of mining of energy producing materials, since 2019 this is no longer applicable as the exploration and development of oil and natural gas (excluding coalbed methane, oil shale, oil sands, shale gas, etc.), which used ot be limited to Joint venture, have been liberalised and removed from the 'foreign investment negative list'.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nII. Mining\n5. Investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nII. Mining \n5. Investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited. [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nII. Mining Industry\n5. Investment in exploration, mining, and beneficiation of rare earth, radioactive minerals, and tungsten shall be prohibited..[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nII. Mining Industry\n(3). Petroleum and Natural Gas Extraction\n5. Exploration and development of oil and natural gas (excluding coalbed methane, oil shale, oil sands, shale gas, etc.) are limited Joint venture or cooperation.\n(4). Mining of non-ferrous metal ores or non-metallic ores, and mining support activities\n6. Investment is prohibited in exploration and extraction of tungsten, molybdenum, tin, antimony and fluorite.\n7. Investment is prohibited in rare earth exploration, mining and mineral processing.\n8. Investment in radioactive mineral exploration, mining and mineral processing.  [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3462,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","GEO","A01","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.003125","Pursuant to the Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership of 2019, foreign persons cannot own agricultural land in Georgia, and legal entities registered in Georgia, which are 50% or more owned by aliens and/or by legal entities registered abroad, may only own agricultural land under the following cirscuntances: i) on the basis of an investment plan, according to the decision of the Government of Georgia (typically for government 'endorsed' projects, such as infrastructure); and (ii) by a financial institution if the title to an agricultural land parcel arises within the scope of its activities as permitted by the legislation of Georgia (including if a creditor purchases a collateral). Leasehold of agricultural land by foreign and majority foreign-owned persons registered in Georgia is authorised. The maximum lease term for a state-owned agricultural land plot is 49 years, while there is no legal term limit for agricultural land leases between private parties. \nPreviously, only foreign natural persons and legal entities registered abroad were restricted from owning agricultural land, being obliged to alienate any agricultural land in their possession to a Georgian citizen, household and/or legal person registered in Georgia within six months from the origination of their title to such an agricultural land.","\"Chapter I – General Provisions\nArticle 1 – Scope of the Law\nThis Law applies to the agricultural land within the territory of Georgia. This Law regulates the relations related to the ownership of agricultural land parcels. \n[...]\nArticle 3 – Definition of terms\nFor the purposes of this Law, the terms used herein have the following meanings:\na) agricultural land – land area of either a pasture, a hayfield, an arable land (including the land under perennial crops) or a homestead land category, which is used or may be used for agricultural purposes with or without buildings and structures on it;\nb) a citizen of Georgia – a citizen of Georgia, including a citizen of Georgia who is at the same time a citizen of a foreign country as provided for by the legislation of Georgia;\nc) an alien – a natural person who is neither a citizen of Georgia nor a person having a status of stateless person in Georgia;\nd) a dominant partner – a partner or a group of partners of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia that owns more than 50 per cent of the equity/shares/units and/or constitutes a majority of the partners (in the case of partners of a general partnership or general partners (komplementars) of a limited partnership) or the founders/members (in the case of a non-entrepreneurial (non-commercial) legal entity) and, at the same time, has a practical ability to have a decisive influence on the decision of a legal entity in relation to agricultural land;\ne) an investment plan – the documents on the use of an agricultural land parcel that provide for making investments in the production of agricultural products and/or other products, the introduction of innovation activities, the development of tourism infrastructure, the fulfilment of the projects of international, state and/or local importance, that will facilitate social and economic development of the state, protection of national security and creation of new workplaces.\nChapter II – Title to Agricultural Land\nArticle 4 – Title to agricultural land\n1. Agricultural land may be:\na) in the ownership of the state of Georgia, an autonomous republic of Georgia, a municipality of Georgia;\nb) in the ownership of a legal entity under public law of Georgia in the cases provided for by the legislation of Georgia;\nc) in the ownership of a citizen of Georgia;\nd) in the ownership of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose dominant partner is an entity determined by sub-paragraphs (a)-(c) of this paragraph;\ne) in the ownership of an organisational entity, that is not a legal person, if the entities determined by sub-paragraphs (a)-(d) of this paragraph constitute the majority of its members and at the same time have a practical ability to have a decisive influence on the decisions of the organisational entity in relation to agricultural land.\n2. Taking into consideration the limitations established by this Law, agricultural land may be:\na) in the ownership of an alien if the land was inherited by the alien;\nb) in the ownership of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose dominant partner is an alien and/or a legal entity registered abroad or whose dominant partner cannot be established under paragraph 1(d) of this article, on the basis of an investment plan, according to the decision of the Government of Georgia.\n3. The limitations established by this Law shall not apply to an international financial institution determined by an ordinance of the Government of Georgia or a financial institution determined by the legislation of Georgia, whose dominant partner is an alien and/or a legal entity registered abroad, or whose dominant partner cannot be established under paragraph 1(d) of this article if the title to an agricultural land parcel arises within the scope of activities, permitted by the legislation of Georgia, that are carried out by international financial institutions or financial institutions (including if a creditor purchases a collateral).\n4. The title to an agricultural land parcel of a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, whose partner is a legal entity under private law registered in Georgia, shall be determined in accordance with the dominant partner of a partner legal entity, taking into consideration the procedures established by paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article. This rule shall apply to each subsequent partner legal entity. [...]\" (Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership was adopted on June 25, 2019)\n----------------------------\n\"Chapter Six - Lease of agricultural land\nArticle 592 – Concept\n1. Under a farm lease contract, a plot of land is transferred for agricultural use, with or without residential or utility buildings (enterprise) intended for economic use.\n2. The rules governing lease contracts shall apply to a farm lease unless otherwise prescribed by the farm lease.\n[...]\nArticle 605 – Termination of lease upon expiry of its period\nThe lease relationship shall terminate by the lapse of the term of the contract. A contract concluded for a term of more than three years may be extended for an indefinite term if an offer of one party to extend the lease is not rejected by the other party within three months. The offer and the rejection shall be made in writing. [...]\" (Civil Code of Georgia, June 26, 1997, as amended)\n----------------------------\nChapter II - State-owned Agricultural Land\nArticle 7 - Forms of privatisation of state-owned agricultural land and agencies conducting privatisation\n1. The forms of privatisation of state-owned agricultural land are:\na) an auction;\nb) direct sale: b.a) direct sale; b.b) competitive direct sale; b.c) direct sale of leased agricultural land;\nc) transfer of title free of charge.\n1¹ . A legal entity of private law registered in Georgia defined in Article 4 (2) (b ) of the Organic Law of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership may acquire agricultural land under paragraph 1 (b) of this Article, in the form of privatization provided for in subparagraph (b).\n[...]\nChapter VII - Use of State Property [...]\nArticle 36 - Procedure for transfer of state property for use to natural persons and legal entities under private law [...]\nA state-owned agricultural land plot may be transferred for use to natural persons and legal entities under private law for a maximum term of 49 years, except for the cases determined by law. With the consent of the property administrator, the National Forestry Agency, a legal entity under public law operating within the system of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia, and in the case of the Autonomous Republic of Ajara, the LEPL Ajara Forestry Agency, a legal entity under public law operating within the system of the subordinate authority of the Government of the Autonomous Republic of Ajara, the Department of Environment and Natural Resources Protection shall transfer for use the lands of the state forest fund for agricultural purposes for a maximum term of 10 years, and for non-agricultural purposes for a maximum term of 49 years. [...] (Law on State Property, July 21, 2010,as amended  [google translation])\n---------------------\nPreviously: up to 2018\n---------------------\n\"Article 4. Ownership of agricultural land\n1. The following have the right to own agricultural land (including inherited land):\na) a citizen of Georgia, a household, a legal entity registered in Georgia by a citizen of Georgia in accordance with the legislation of Georgia;\nb) a foreigner, a legal entity registered abroad, a legal entity registered by a foreigner in Georgia in accordance with the legislation of Georgia.\n1(1). Foreigners  and legal entities registered abroad are obliged to alienate agricultural plots of land in their possession within six months from the origination of ownership rights to Georgian citizens, households and/or legal entities registered in Georgia in accordance with Georgian legislation. \n[The words \"foreign and\" of paragraph 1 of Article 4 shall be declared invalid  - Decision No. 3/1/512  of the Constitutional Court of Georgia dated June 26, 2012 - website, 07.04.2012].\n1(2). In case of non-fulfilment of the obligations provided for in paragraph 1(​1) of this article, a foreigner and a legal entity registered abroad will be deprived of their agricultural plots of land in favor of the state by a court decision and due compensation.\n1 3 . When confiscating agricultural land, the norms established by the law of Georgia \"On the procedure for confiscation of property for essential public needs\" are used. [...]\" (Law of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership, 22 March 1996 [unofficial translation])","Organic Law on Agricultural Land Ownership, June 25, 2019\nCivil Code of Georgia, June 26, 1997, as amended.\nLaw on State Property, July 21, 2010,as amended \nLaw of Georgia on Agricultural Land Ownership, 22 March 1996","n/a","[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/4596123?publication=0\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/31702?impose=original&publication=103\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/ka/document/view/112588?publication=36\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://matsne.gov.ge/en/document/view/32998?publication=17\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3681,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","_H","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2018,"0.3","As per the Decision of the Minister of Economy No 207/2012, provided a minimum capital investment of LYD 5 million or LYD 2 million in case the company is owned for a least 50% by Libyan Nationals, foreign investors are allowed to constitute wholly-owned specific investment vehicles in Libya in order to carry out investing operations in the following areas of business: industry, heath care, tourism, services, and agriculture, with the exception of oil and gas business. Otherwise, foreign investment in Libya is permitted only through joint-ventures with local investors with foreign shareholding up to 49% (exceptionally with Ministerial permission this may be raised to up to 60%) and subject to ministerial approval or branches in specified sectors, also subject to Ministerial approval. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is considered that the above-cited regulatory framework: \n1) allows the establishment of wholly foreign-owned special purpose entities subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval in all sectors covered by the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, except in oil & gas and in those sectors specifically reserved to Libyan nationals/enterprises as per Decree 207/2012;\n2) allows the establishment of a local branch in specified sectors (incl. Oil&Gas) subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval;\n3) precludes the foreign acquisition of majority-stakes in local companies in all openned sectors, requiring the establishment of joint-venture with minority foreign shareholding subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval.","\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies\nArticle 1\nSubject to the unity of object and specialization, formation of joint-venture companies shall be between the Libyan national and body corporate persons and the foreign national and body corporate persons according to their specialties as registered with the official departments in the country of abode of their main domicile, after obtaining permission from the Minister of Economy, provided the joint-venture shall not be a holding company.\nThe chairman of board of directors of the joint-venture (joint-sock) company or the manager of joint-venture (limited liability) company should be of Libyan nationality.\nArticle 2\nThe joint-venture companies shall take the legal form and status of a joint-stock company under the provisions of commercial activity law No. (23) of the year 2010 provided that its paid up capital upon incorporation shall not be less than one million dinars or three tenths (3/10) of the cash capital subscribed, whichever is the greater.\nSuch forms of companies may carry on economic activities in all fields in Libya under the effective legislations except the fields specified under article (6) hereof.\nThe joint-venture company may also take the form of limited liability company formed by natural body persons (Libyans and foreigners) and the capital in such case shall not be less than fifty thousand Libyan dinars in the fields stated in the List appended with this decision.\nArticle 3\nThe participation of foreigners in the capital of the joint-venture company, throughout its existence, shall not exceed (49%) forty-nine percent.\nHowever, for certain considerations concerning the nature of activity, its location, technical or technological requirements and under justifiable decision from the Minister of Economy, the foreigner's participation may exceed the portion stipulated but by no means shall surpass (60%) sixty percent.\n[...]\nArticle 6\nEstablishment of joint companies to resume the activities in the following items is restricted; and these activities to be performed by Libyans only:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Supplying services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of stevedoring, loading and discharging in airports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations\n[...]\nSection Two - Branches of Foreign Companies\nArticle (7)\nForeign companies, after taking out permission from the Minister of Economy, shall have the right to open branches thereof in the fields specified under article (9) of this decision, provided they shall not be participating in a joint-venture company operating in the same field or activity. The duration of the branch shall be five (5) years subject to renewal.\nArticle (8)\nApplication for obtaining permission, provided for in the preceding article, should be appended with the following documents:\n1) Decision of Company's Board of Directors, approving the opening a branch for the Company in Libya that includes the following:\na) Define the activity of the Branch provided it should be falling within the activities permitted for foreign company branches to carry on in Libya.\nb) Amount allocated for opening and running the branch, should not be less than (LYD 250,000) two hundred and fifty thousand Libyan dinars.\nc) Nominate the branch's manager and his deputy, provided either of them should be Libyan.[...]\nArticle (9)\nFields and activities permitted for foreign companies to open branches and practice them in Libya are specified as follows:\nI. Contracting and Civil Works\n1- Building and construction./ 2- Construction of roads, bridges, viaducts and dams./ 3- Naval structures such as marine quays, breakwaters, ship building and maintenance docks and dredging in ports./ 4- Construction of airports and airfields./ 5- Construction of railways and their stations./6- Construction of gas conveyance and distribution networks using carbonsteel and polyethylene pipes of all types and sizes./ 7- Installation and maintenance of household gas networks and calibration of gas meters of all types.\nAs a condition for carrying on the fields referred to in the items from (1 to 5), the contract value shall not be less than (LYD 50,000,000) fifty million Libyan dinars.\nII. Electricity Works\n1- Construction and maintenance of power stations including those depending on renewable energies as well as transformer sub-stations of all types./ 2- Construction and maintenance of cable networks for transmission of electric power./ 3- Construction of desalination plants depending on thermal methods, membranes and renewable energies.\nIII. Oil Activities\n1- Oil exploration including subsurface strata survey by the various geological, geophysical and geochemical means … etc./ 2- Data processing and analysis and conducting geological and reservoir studies./ 3- Oil wells drilling and workover, installation and maintenance of drilling rigs / equipment, submersible and submerging pumps./ 4- Cementation, mud and drilling fluid services./ 5- Construction tanks, terminals, oil and gas conveyance pipelines and /pumping stations, their maintenance and cathodic protection thereof as necessary./ 6- Construction of floating marine platforms for oil and gas prospecting./ 7- Installation and maintenance of oil refineries and petrochemical plants./ 8- Rendering maritime transport services for materials, equipment and machinery for drilling operation in offshore areas./ 9- Mines clearing from oil fields and other sites.\nIV. Communications\n1- Installation and maintenance of telecommunication systems and stations./ 2- Construction of stations, towers, antennas for telecommunication and aeronautic stations and maintenance thereof.\nV. Industry\n1- Electrical, mechanical, electro-mechanical and technological works necessary for installation of factory machines and maintenance thereof./ 2- Mining, exploration and extraction of metals, excluding oil materials./ 3- Construction and maintenance of blast furnaces necessary for the different plants./ 4- Installation and maintenance of safety and industrial security systems.\nVI. Surveying & Planning\n1- Surveying and mapping work by various means and for different purposes./ 2- Providing engineering consultancy for city planning and urban areas./ 3- Preparation of studies and design for engineering projects.\nVII. Environment Protection\n1- Construction of stations for environmental sanitation./ 2- Treatment, processing and recycling of wastes./ 3- Environmental pollution remedy of, installation and maintenance of relevant equipment./ 4- Treatment of seawater encroachment with ground water and maintenance of water conveyance and wastewater systems and boosting stations.\nVIII. Computer\n1- Installation of automatic control systems and development of the relevant programs / software and maintenance thereof.\nIX. Consultancy, Technical Studies and Training\n1- Training and preparation of studies in the field of information technology, telecommunications and control systems, provision of the necessary consultancy in this respect and construction supervision./ 2- Training, capacity building and skills formation to answer the needs of labour market and without conflict with law No. (18) of the year 2010 regarding education./ 3- Preparation of technical studies and provision of engineering designs necessary of the execution of major industrial and constructional projects./ 4- Construction supervision of engineering projects.\nX. Health\n1. Installation, maintenance and calibration of medical machines and equipment./ 2. Management of hospitals and medical units.\nXI. Air Transport\n- According to the rules and conditions specified under the law.\nArticle (10)\nThe decision approving opening of a branch shall not involve combination between more than one of the fields and activities provided for under article (9) hereof. A separate permission shall be given for each field.\nArticle (11)\nAll national and foreign bodies operating in Libya are barred from engaging with foreign companies to carry out works inside Libya unless they have duly obtained the permission stipulated under article (7) hereof.\n[...]\nList attached to the Decision of Minister of Economy No. (207) of the year 2012 quoting the Activities permitted for Foreign Companies to practice through Limited Liability Companies in Participation with Foreign Natural Persons\n- Design, installation and maintenance of electronic systems and development of software.\n- Manufacture and maintenance of communication equipment, audio and video sets and appliances.\n- Establishment and running of medical laboratories.\n- Manufacture of spare parts.\n- Manufacture of medical equipment and requirements.\n- Food industry, vegetables and fruits conservation.\n- Wood industry, joinery and furniture.\n- Paper industry, Fishery, fish conservation and canning.\n- Manufacture of building materials and paints.\n- Manufacture of cleaning materials and insecticides.\n- Clothes and footwear industry.\n- Manufacture of pipes of different sizes and for different uses.\n- Industries feeding mechanical and electrical industries … etc.\n- Any other activities needed by development requirements permitted by the Minister in coordination with the ministries concerned.\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)","Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2055,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBY","_H","CLAS1_1","I23","IX",2021,"0.3","As per the Decision of the Minister of Economy No 207/2012, provided a minimum capital investment of LYD 5 million or LYD 2 million in case the company is owned for a least 50% by Libyan Nationals, foreign investors are allowed to constitute wholly-owned specific investment vehicles in Libya in order to carry out investing operations in the following areas of business: industry, heath care, tourism, services, and agriculture, with the exception of oil and gas business. Otherwise, foreign investment in Libya is permitted only through joint-ventures with local investors with foreign shareholding up to 49% (exceptionally with Ministerial permission this may be raised to up to 60%) and subject to ministerial approval or branches in specified sectors, also subject to Ministerial approval. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is considered that the above-cited regulatory framework: \n1) allows the establishment of wholly foreign-owned special purpose entities subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval in all sectors covered by the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, except in oil & gas and in those sectors specifically reserved to Libyan nationals/enterprises as per Decree 207/2012;\n2) allows the establishment of a local branch in specified sectors (incl. Oil&Gas) subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval;\n3) precludes the foreign acquisition of majority-stakes in local companies in all openned sectors, requiring the establishment of joint-venture with minority foreign shareholding subject to discriminatory minimum capital requirements and government approval.","\"Section One - Joint-Venture Companies\nArticle 1\nSubject to the unity of object and specialization, formation of joint-venture companies shall be between the Libyan national and body corporate persons and the foreign national and body corporate persons according to their specialties as registered with the official departments in the country of abode of their main domicile, after obtaining permission from the Minister of Economy, provided the joint-venture shall not be a holding company.\nThe chairman of board of directors of the joint-venture (joint-sock) company or the manager of joint-venture (limited liability) company should be of Libyan nationality.\nArticle 2\nThe joint-venture companies shall take the legal form and status of a joint-stock company under the provisions of commercial activity law No. (23) of the year 2010 provided that its paid up capital upon incorporation shall not be less than one million dinars or three tenths (3/10) of the cash capital subscribed, whichever is the greater.\nSuch forms of companies may carry on economic activities in all fields in Libya under the effective legislations except the fields specified under article (6) hereof.\nThe joint-venture company may also take the form of limited liability company formed by natural body persons (Libyans and foreigners) and the capital in such case shall not be less than fifty thousand Libyan dinars in the fields stated in the List appended with this decision.\nArticle 3\nThe participation of foreigners in the capital of the joint-venture company, throughout its existence, shall not exceed (49%) forty-nine percent.\nHowever, for certain considerations concerning the nature of activity, its location, technical or technological requirements and under justifiable decision from the Minister of Economy, the foreigner's participation may exceed the portion stipulated but by no means shall surpass (60%) sixty percent.\n[...]\nArticle 6\nEstablishment of joint companies to resume the activities in the following items is restricted; and these activities to be performed by Libyans only:\n1. Retail and wholesale trade\n2. Importation\n3. Supplying services\n4. All types and fields of commercial agencies\n5. Road transport services\n6. Inspection activity of all imported and exported commodities and goods\n7. Activity of stevedoring, loading and discharging in airports\n8. Accountancy and auditing duties as well as financial, legal and economical consultancies\n9. Crushing of stones (Crushers)\n10. To bring ordinary and trained laborers as well as medium and high cadres according the conditions and controls which are set by ministry of labour and habitation\n11. Contracting and civil works including activity of building and construction in respect of contracts less than 30 million dinars\n12. Any other fields which are restricted to Libyans according the effective regulations\n[...]\nSection Two - Branches of Foreign Companies\nArticle (7)\nForeign companies, after taking out permission from the Minister of Economy, shall have the right to open branches thereof in the fields specified under article (9) of this decision, provided they shall not be participating in a joint-venture company operating in the same field or activity. The duration of the branch shall be five (5) years subject to renewal.\nArticle (8)\nApplication for obtaining permission, provided for in the preceding article, should be appended with the following documents:\n1) Decision of Company's Board of Directors, approving the opening a branch for the Company in Libya that includes the following:\na) Define the activity of the Branch provided it should be falling within the activities permitted for foreign company branches to carry on in Libya.\nb) Amount allocated for opening and running the branch, should not be less than (LYD 250,000) two hundred and fifty thousand Libyan dinars.\nc) Nominate the branch's manager and his deputy, provided either of them should be Libyan.[...]\nArticle (9)\nFields and activities permitted for foreign companies to open branches and practice them in Libya are specified as follows:\nI. Contracting and Civil Works\n1- Building and construction./ 2- Construction of roads, bridges, viaducts and dams./ 3- Naval structures such as marine quays, breakwaters, ship building and maintenance docks and dredging in ports./ 4- Construction of airports and airfields./ 5- Construction of railways and their stations./6- Construction of gas conveyance and distribution networks using carbonsteel and polyethylene pipes of all types and sizes./ 7- Installation and maintenance of household gas networks and calibration of gas meters of all types.\nAs a condition for carrying on the fields referred to in the items from (1 to 5), the contract value shall not be less than (LYD 50,000,000) fifty million Libyan dinars.\nII. Electricity Works\n1- Construction and maintenance of power stations including those depending on renewable energies as well as transformer sub-stations of all types./ 2- Construction and maintenance of cable networks for transmission of electric power./ 3- Construction of desalination plants depending on thermal methods, membranes and renewable energies.\nIII. Oil Activities\n1- Oil exploration including subsurface strata survey by the various geological, geophysical and geochemical means … etc./ 2- Data processing and analysis and conducting geological and reservoir studies./ 3- Oil wells drilling and workover, installation and maintenance of drilling rigs / equipment, submersible and submerging pumps./ 4- Cementation, mud and drilling fluid services./ 5- Construction tanks, terminals, oil and gas conveyance pipelines and /pumping stations, their maintenance and cathodic protection thereof as necessary./ 6- Construction of floating marine platforms for oil and gas prospecting./ 7- Installation and maintenance of oil refineries and petrochemical plants./ 8- Rendering maritime transport services for materials, equipment and machinery for drilling operation in offshore areas./ 9- Mines clearing from oil fields and other sites.\nIV. Communications\n1- Installation and maintenance of telecommunication systems and stations./ 2- Construction of stations, towers, antennas for telecommunication and aeronautic stations and maintenance thereof.\nV. Industry\n1- Electrical, mechanical, electro-mechanical and technological works necessary for installation of factory machines and maintenance thereof./ 2- Mining, exploration and extraction of metals, excluding oil materials./ 3- Construction and maintenance of blast furnaces necessary for the different plants./ 4- Installation and maintenance of safety and industrial security systems.\nVI. Surveying & Planning\n1- Surveying and mapping work by various means and for different purposes./ 2- Providing engineering consultancy for city planning and urban areas./ 3- Preparation of studies and design for engineering projects.\nVII. Environment Protection\n1- Construction of stations for environmental sanitation./ 2- Treatment, processing and recycling of wastes./ 3- Environmental pollution remedy of, installation and maintenance of relevant equipment./ 4- Treatment of seawater encroachment with ground water and maintenance of water conveyance and wastewater systems and boosting stations.\nVIII. Computer\n1- Installation of automatic control systems and development of the relevant programs / software and maintenance thereof.\nIX. Consultancy, Technical Studies and Training\n1- Training and preparation of studies in the field of information technology, telecommunications and control systems, provision of the necessary consultancy in this respect and construction supervision./ 2- Training, capacity building and skills formation to answer the needs of labour market and without conflict with law No. (18) of the year 2010 regarding education./ 3- Preparation of technical studies and provision of engineering designs necessary of the execution of major industrial and constructional projects./ 4- Construction supervision of engineering projects.\nX. Health\n1. Installation, maintenance and calibration of medical machines and equipment./ 2. Management of hospitals and medical units.\nXI. Air Transport\n- According to the rules and conditions specified under the law.\nArticle (10)\nThe decision approving opening of a branch shall not involve combination between more than one of the fields and activities provided for under article (9) hereof. A separate permission shall be given for each field.\nArticle (11)\nAll national and foreign bodies operating in Libya are barred from engaging with foreign companies to carry out works inside Libya unless they have duly obtained the permission stipulated under article (7) hereof.\n[...]\nList attached to the Decision of Minister of Economy No. (207) of the year 2012 quoting the Activities permitted for Foreign Companies to practice through Limited Liability Companies in Participation with Foreign Natural Persons\n- Design, installation and maintenance of electronic systems and development of software.\n- Manufacture and maintenance of communication equipment, audio and video sets and appliances.\n- Establishment and running of medical laboratories.\n- Manufacture of spare parts.\n- Manufacture of medical equipment and requirements.\n- Food industry, vegetables and fruits conservation.\n- Wood industry, joinery and furniture.\n- Paper industry, Fishery, fish conservation and canning.\n- Manufacture of building materials and paints.\n- Manufacture of cleaning materials and insecticides.\n- Clothes and footwear industry.\n- Manufacture of pipes of different sizes and for different uses.\n- Industries feeding mechanical and electrical industries … etc.\n- Any other activities needed by development requirements permitted by the Minister in coordination with the ministries concerned.\" (Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya)","Decision of the Minister of Economy No. 207 of the year 2012 in respect of foreigners participation in foreign companies, branches and representative offices of foreign companies in Libya","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.chambre-de-commerce-franco-libyenne.org/uploads/D%C3%A9cision%20207%20(traduction%20anglaise).pdf\">Decision</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2055,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.0001875","The majority of the members of the governing bodies of audit firms must be licensed auditors or auditing entities of Member States. Foreigners can only register with the Order of Statutory Auditors subject to reciprocity or fulfilling certain conditions, including providing proof of residence in Portugal for at least three years.","\"Article 118 - Requirements of Statutory Auditors\n1 - Only entities that meet the following requirements may be registered as statutory auditors:\na) The majority of the share capital and voting rights must always belong to statutory auditors, statutory auditors, auditors or auditing entities of Member States, the rest may be held by any natural or legal person;\nb) The majority of the members of the governing bodies must be statutory auditors, statutory auditors, auditors or auditing entities of Member States;\nc) The firm of statutory auditors must comply with the requirement of suitability established for statutory auditors.\n[...]\nArticle 149 - foreign registration\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of title vi, the registration of foreigners is admitted whenever the following conditions are cumulatively met:\na) Are registered and have full rights to exercise the profession in an organization of the respective country, recognized by the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC);\nb) Provide proof of residence in Portugal for at least three years;\nc) Pass the law and taxation modules, as defined in the examination test for access to statutory auditor.\n2 - The registration of members registered with similar bodies in the respective States may also be admitted, provided that Portuguese statutory auditors are admitted to practice their profession on equal terms with their nationals, in accordance with what is legally established. [...]\" (Law No. 140/2015 (2015-09-07), in force from 2016-01-01, Articles 118 and 149 [google translation])","Law No. 140/2015 (2015-09-07), in force from 2016-01-01, Articles 118 and 149","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dre.pt/dre/legislacao-consolidada/lei/2015-177026851\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,939,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PRT","M692X1","_O","IV11","IX",2021,"0.0001875","The majority of the members of the governing bodies of audit firms must be licensed auditors or auditing entities of Member States. Foreigners can only register with the Order of Statutory Auditors subject to reciprocity or fulfilling certain conditions, including providing proof of residence in Portugal for at least three years.","\"Article 118 - Requirements of Statutory Auditors\n1 - Only entities that meet the following requirements may be registered as statutory auditors:\na) The majority of the share capital and voting rights must always belong to statutory auditors, statutory auditors, auditors or auditing entities of Member States, the rest may be held by any natural or legal person;\nb) The majority of the members of the governing bodies must be statutory auditors, statutory auditors, auditors or auditing entities of Member States;\nc) The firm of statutory auditors must comply with the requirement of suitability established for statutory auditors.\n[...]\nArticle 149 - foreign registration\n1 - Without prejudice to the provisions of title vi, the registration of foreigners is admitted whenever the following conditions are cumulatively met:\na) Are registered and have full rights to exercise the profession in an organization of the respective country, recognized by the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC);\nb) Provide proof of residence in Portugal for at least three years;\nc) Pass the law and taxation modules, as defined in the examination test for access to statutory auditor.\n2 - The registration of members registered with similar bodies in the respective States may also be admitted, provided that Portuguese statutory auditors are admitted to practice their profession on equal terms with their nationals, in accordance with what is legally established. [...]\" (Law No. 140/2015 (2015-09-07), in force from 2016-01-01, Articles 118 and 149 [google translation])","Law No. 140/2015 (2015-09-07), in force from 2016-01-01, Articles 118 and 149","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dre.pt/dre/legislacao-consolidada/lei/2015-177026851\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,939,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","_H","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.025","Foreign legal entities and foreign-owned companies establised in Uzbekistan are not allowed to own land, but may hold lease titles to non-agricultural land for a period of up to 25 years since 16 August 2021 (previously they were allowed to hold leases up to 50 years). In turn, domestically-owned enterprises can own and lease land up to 100 years. Foreign legal entities and companies with foreign investment are also subject to different rules regarding the needed State authorisation to lease land. Foreign investors and foreign-owned companies require approval by the Cabinet Ministers, while domestically-owned legal entities only need district and cities khokim (governor) approval.\n",{"$cut":{"chars":18249,"head":"\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18. Emergence of property rights to land plots of legal entities and individuals\nThe property rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots arise when non-agricultural land plots are privatized in accordance with the law.\nDiplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan have the right to property rights to the land plots of the building or parts of the building they use as the representative office building, including the residence of the head of the mission together with the land plots on which they are located, as well as the construction of the buildings of these representative offices. It is created when the land plots are realized in accordance with the law.\nForeign legal and natural persons - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis in enterprises with foreign investment, as well as permanent residents and residence certificates in the republic The property rights of the persons to the land plots arise when the housing buildings are realized to them along with the land plots on which these buildings are located in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation.\n[...]\nArticle 20. The right to permanent use of land plots\nBased on the decision of the governor of the region and the city of Tashkent, plots of land are given to state bodies, institutions and enterprises, self-government bodies of citizens for permanent use for public needs. \nAccording to the intended main purpose of the lands:\nlands on which administrative buildings and structures are built or lands given for the construction of such buildings and structures, lands for common use of settlements, lands occupied by tree groves in cities and settlements;\nlands intended for industrial, transport, communication, defense and other purposes;\nlands intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes;\nlands of historical and cultural significance;\nforest fund lands;\nwater fund lands;\nin the cases stipulated by the law, other categories of land of the land fund can be put to use.\nThe plot of land on which the multi-apartment house is located, as well as the plot of land adjacent to the multi-apartment house, if it does not belong to the owners of the premises in the multi-apartment house in a different way, are given to these owners by the regional and Tashkent city state authorities on the basis of the right of permanent use. is put to use.\nThe right to permanent use of the plot of land must be registered in the state register in accordance with the established procedure.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement.\nLand plots for agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\n1) on the basis of the results of an open electronic competition - to individuals and legal entities;\n2) Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nat the suggestion of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Republic of Uzbekistan for conducting research and experimental "}},"Land Code of the Republic of Uzbekistan of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3919,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AUT","M691X1","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.001125","Only domestic lawyers (Austrian or EU/EEA/Swiss citizenship required), European lawyers (EU/EEA/Swiss citizenship required) or \"internationally active lawyers\" (citizenship of a GATS member state required) may be partners of a law firm. As of 2020, the shares and voting rights of internationally active lawyers in a law firm may not exceed a total of 25%. Previously, foreign investment in law firms [providing domestic law services only] by non-EU citizens was restricted to 49%. From 2020, a stricter 25% limit applies to law firms providing both domestic and international law services.","\"Lawyers' Regulations\nI. section - Requirements for practicing the legal profession\n§ 1.\n(1) To exercise the legal profession in (Note: now: Republic of Austria) no official appointment is required, only proof of fulfillment of the following requirements and entry in the list of lawyers. (§§ 5 and 5a)\n[...]\n(2) These requirements are:\na) (Note: now: Austrian citizenship) ;\n[...]\n(3) Citizenship of a member state of the European Union or another signatory state to the Agreement on the European Economic Area or the Swiss Confederation is equivalent to Austrian citizenship. [...]\n[...]\n§ 1a.\n(1) The legal profession can also be practiced in a law firm in the legal form of a company under civil law, a registered partnership (legal partnership) or a corporation, with the exception of the legal form of a stock corporation. If the requirements of §§ 21a and 21c are complied with and the company concerned is effectively set up in accordance with the applicable law, the legal profession may also work in another member state of the European Union or another signatory state to the Agreement on the European Union Economic area or the Swiss Confederation for exercising the legal profession are exercised as a partnership or corporation, this with the exception of the legal form of a stock corporation (or a corporation of the same type). [...]\n[...]\n§ 21c. \nThe following requirements must be met at all times for companies to practice law:\n1. Partners may only be:\na) Domestic lawyers, lawyers within the meaning of the Annex to EIRAG [European lawyers] and internationally active lawyers under the conditions and to the extent of Section 41 (2) EIRAG [...]\nG) Companies with limited liability as well as corporations of the same type within the meaning of Section 1a (1), second sentence, if they are the sole general partner of a legal partnership in the form of a limited partnership or a similar partnership within the meaning of Section 1a (1), second sentence.\n[...]\n11. Lawyers must have a majority in the company's capital and a decisive influence on the decision-making process. The exercise of the mandate by the lawyer belonging to the company may not be tied to instructions or the consent of the shareholders (shareholders' meeting).[...]\" (Lawyers' Act (RGBl. Nr. 96/1868), last amended by BGBl. I No. 106/2021, §§ 1, 1a and 21c [google translation])\n-----------------------\n\"§ 1.\n(1) This Federal Act regulates in its 2nd, 3rd and 4th parts the exercise of the free movement of services and the establishment to exercise the legal profession in Austria by citizens of the member states of the European Union and the other contracting states of the Agreement on the European Economic Area as well as Swiss Confederation who are entitled to practice as a lawyer under one of the designations listed in the annex to this federal law (European lawyers).\n[...]\n(2) Part 5 of this Federal Act regulates the provision of legal services by lawyers who are citizens of a member state of the General Agreement on Trade in Services ( Federal Law Gazette No. 1/1995 ) and who belong to the professional organization of this member state and in are entitled to practice as a lawyer in this country (home country) (internationally active lawyers).\n[...]\n§ 41.[...]\n(2) The admissibility as well as the possible extent of participation of an internationally active lawyer in a law firm entered in the list of law firms of a bar association are based on the obligations entered into by the Republic of Austria in international trade agreements or similar international agreements; the shares and voting rights of internationally active lawyers may not exceed a total of 25%. An extension of the substantive powers of the internationally active lawyer in Austria (§ 40) is not associated with such participation.[...]\" (Act on the freedom to provide services and the establishment of European lawyers and the provision of legal services by internationally active lawyers in Austria (EIRAG; BGBl. I Nr. 27/2000), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 157/2020, §§ 1 and 41 [google translation])","Lawyers' Act (RGBl. Nr. 96/1868), subsequently amended by BGBl. I No. 106/2021\nAct on the freedom to provide services and the establishment of European lawyers and the provision of legal services by internationally active lawyers in Austria (EIRAG; BGBl. I Nr. 27/2000), last amended by BGBl. I Nr. 157/2020, §§ 1 and 41 ","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=10001673\">Lawyers' Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/GeltendeFassung.wxe?Abfrage=Bundesnormen&Gesetzesnummer=20000673\">EIRAG</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3285,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J611","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.005","Since 2020, foreign investment in internet services provider has been allowed in with respect to Nationwide ISP licensee(s). Divisional and district-specific ISP licences remain reserved to wholly-owned Bangladesh investors only. Pursuant to the International Long Distance Telecommunication Services (ILDTS) Policy of 2010, several other telecommunications services are also closed to FDI, e.g., International Gateway (IGW), Interconnection Exchange (ICX), International Internet Gateway (IIG), National Internet Exchange (NIX), IP Telephony, International VoIP Call Termination, IP -TV and ITC licenses.  International Terrestrial Cable (ITC) Systems and Services are also closed to FDI. In addition, foreign investment in other telecommunications services are subject to foreign equity limitations, such as submarine cable operators and telecom tower operators (70% maximum foreign shareholding allowed), and nationwide telecommunication transmission network operators (60% maximum foreign shareholding allowed) [see related entry]. No foreign shareholding limitations applies to public switched telephone operators and international terrestrial cable (ITC) operators.\nIn 2022, the International Long Distance Telecommunication Services (ILDTS) Policy of 2010 was amended to allow joint ventures between Bangladeshi and foreign investors in all referred services, e.g. IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, ITC, IP Telephony, IP-TV, international VOIP calls, submarine cables, NTTN, and Tower Sharing.","\"10.1 Eligibility for Licenses:\nLicenses for IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, ITC, IP Telephony, IP-TV, international VOIP calls, submarine cables, NTTN, and Tower Sharing will be granted to:\n(a) Bangladeshi entities.\n(b) Joint ventures between Bangladeshi and foreign entities, provided they comply with relevant Bangladeshi laws and regulations.\nAll financial transactions for such entities must be conducted through Bangladeshi commercial banks.\n10.2 Submarine Cable License (Clause 10.2)\nSubmarine cable licenses will be granted to Bangladeshi entities or joint ventures with foreign entities, adhering to Bangladeshi laws and regulations. [...]\" (INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010, amended by Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) Notice No. 14.32.0000.702.42.001.19.1145, \"Amendment to the International Long Distance Telecommunications Services (ILDTS) Policy-2010\", 13 June 13 2022 [google translated])\n--------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n--------------------\n\"5. TYPES OF ISP LICENSES\nIntemet Service Provider (ISP) License shall be categorized as Nationwide, Divisional, District, tJpazilalThana. The definition of category of ISPs are as follows: \n5.1 Nationwide ISP License: The Licensee shall provide ISP services anywhere in Bangladesh. \n5.2 Divisional ISP License: Divisional ISP license shall be issued for providing ISP services to administrative area of a particular division. Licensee will be authorised to provide ISP services in the administrative area of that division. One entity shall be issued with only one Divisional ISP license.\n5.3 District ISP License: District ISP license shall be issued for providing ISP services to administrative area of a particulardistrict. Licensee will be authorised to provide ISP services in the administrative area of that district. One entity shall be issued with only one District ISP license. \n5.4 Upazila/Thana ISP License: UpazilalThana ISP license shall be issued for providing ISP services to administrative area of a particular Upazila/Thana. Licensee will be authorised to provide ISP services in the administrative area of that Upazila/Thana. One entity shall be issued with only one UpazilalThana ISP license.\n[...]\n7. ELIGIBILITY\n7.1 Proprietorship, partnership and companies registered under 'Joint Stock of Companies and Firms' under the Companies Act 1994 are eligible to apply for the License to build, maintain and operate Internet Service Provider (ISP) systems and services in Bangladesh.\n7.2 Foreign Direct Investment shall be applicable only for Nationwide ISP licensee(s). In case of foreign investment, the entity shall follow the Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policy of the Govemment and all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the license. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INTERNET SERVTCE PROVIDER (ISP), 15 December 2020)\n--------------------\nPreviously up to 2019\n--------------------\n\"9.  OPERATOR LICENSES \n9.1 The following categories of Operator Licenses will be issued by the Government/ BTRC under the guidelines to be formulated and approved by the government as and when required: for introducing IP Telephony services in the country\n9.1.1  IGW Operator License.  9.1.2 ICX Operator License. 9.1.3  IIG License. 9.1. 4 IP Telephony License.  9.1.5 NIX Operator License. 9.1. 6 Submarine Cable (SC) License. 9.1. 7 International Terrestrial cable (ITC) License. 9.1. 8 International VoIP Call Termination license. 9.1. 9   IP-TV Services License. 9.1.10 Any other Licenses relevant to this policy. \n10. ELIGIBILITY OF LICENSEES \n10.1 IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, IP Telephony, International VoIP Call Termination, IP -TV and ITC licenses will be issued to Bangladeshi entities (resident citizens, Non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships and companies registered under „Joint Stock of Companies and Firms‟ under the Companies Act, 1994). Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies) are not be eligible to be Owners/ Directors/ Shareholders/Investors/Partners of these licensee entities. All financial transactions must be through a scheduled Bank of Bangladesh. 10.2   SC operator licenses will be issued to the Bangladeshi entity or joint venture with foreign entity.   10.3   One business entity will be allowed to get more than one licenses of IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, IP Telephony, International VoIP Call Termination, IP-TV, SC and ITC category.  [...]\" (INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010)\n--------------------\n\"10. ELIGIBILITY \n10.01 IGW operator license will be issued or y to Bangladeshi entities (resident citizens, Non-resident Bangaleshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registercd under 'Joint Stock Companics and liims' undcr thc Companics Act, 1994). Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies) shall not be eligible to be Owners/ Directors/ Shareholders/ lnvestors/ Partners ofthese licensee entities. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES ON International Gateway (IGW) Services, No. 1 4.32.0000.702.42.001.18.17 47, 19 September 2018)\n-----------------------\n\"4.11 Eligibility\nITC Licences will be issued to Bangladesh entities (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), propriertorships, partnerships and companies registered with the 'Joint Stock of Companies and Firms'). Foreign entities (citizens, companies (subsidiary or holding) whatsoever) or firms) are not elegible to be owners/directors/sahreholders/investors/partners of these licensee entities [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain International Terrestrial Cable (ITC) Systems and Services in Brangladesh, 31 March 2011)\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Interconnection Exchange (ICX) Services Establishing, Operating and Maintaining in Brangladesh, 20 October 2011 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to National Internet Exchange (NIX), 27 June 2012 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Establishing, Operating and Maintaining International Gateway (IGW) Services in Brangladesh, 19 September 2018 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Establishing, Operating and Maintaining  International Internet Gateway (IIG) Services in Brangladesh, 20 October 2011 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(AMENDED REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR  INTERNET PROTOCOL TELEPHONY SERVICE PROVIDER LICENSE, No. BTRC/LL/IP Telephony (276)/2008-260(1), 4 June 2009 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to VoIP Service Provider (VOIP) in Bangladesh, 22 July 2012 [not reproduced here])","INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010, amended by Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) Notice No. 14.32.0000.702.42.001.19.1145, \"Amendment to the International Long Distance Telecommunications Services (ILDTS) Policy-2010\", 13 June 13 2022 \nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INTERNET SERVTCE PROVIDER (ISP), 15 December 2020\nINTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES ON International Gateway (IGW) Services, No. 1 4.32.0000.702.42.001.18.17 47, 19 September 2018\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain International Terrestrial Cable (ITC) Systems and Services in Brangladesh, 31 March 2011\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License Fo Interconnection Exchange (ICX) Services Establishing, Operating and Maintaining in Brangladesh, 20 October 2011\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to National Internet Exchange (NIX), 27 June 2012\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Establishing, Operating and Maintaining International Gateway (IGW) Services in Brangladesh, 19 September 2018\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Establishing, Operating and Maintaining  International Internet Gateway (IIG) Services in Brangladesh, 20 October 2011\nAMENDED REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR  INTERNET PROTOCOL TELEPHONY SERVICE PROVIDER LICENSE, No. BTRC/LL/IP Telephony (276)/2008-260(1), 4 June 2009 [not reproduced here]\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to VoIP Service Provider (VOIP) in Bangladesh, 22 July 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/0ad9c60f_4a1f_44e6_a88e_97aa926e80f5/2022-06-13-04-05-ec3cd813af45ba054469bfedb88b6338.pdf\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-08-22-04-48-d209d32d1b4d7b5b7031b990b6681752.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://ptd.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/ptd.portal.gov.bd/page/508a35d2_177c_4c29_adec_6c04c39e6464/ILDTS_Policy_2010.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-20-05-06-6da57a5ce394368ae2cbe1c3739f1ca4.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://lims.btrc.gov.bd/uploads/service_guideline/IGW%20Licensing%20Guidelines.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-04-36-178d8b6c0bc4ff2985dc9a94edc982e3.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-20-05-12-09a8a1c1b5d091b5be3b383e6ab068f0.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-08-14-07-23-92a487d631cfd10f8f709692241029e0.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-16-96669b4b329d0a9e2e19a335eec70458.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-19-4a8b14e027048ab78e447e5e15778799.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-02-03-49-37c4a6305a2bc8e638b9fca221c0a721.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-04-35-2f312087d0cfff8c2cbe6677e1e80ba6.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3663,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BGD","J611","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.002","Since 2020, foreign investment in internet services provider has been allowed in with respect to Nationwide ISP licensee(s). Divisional and district-specific ISP licences remain reserved to wholly-owned Bangladesh investors only. Pursuant to the International Long Distance Telecommunication Services (ILDTS) Policy of 2010, several other telecommunications services are also closed to FDI, e.g., International Gateway (IGW), Interconnection Exchange (ICX), International Internet Gateway (IIG), National Internet Exchange (NIX), IP Telephony, International VoIP Call Termination, IP -TV and ITC licenses.  International Terrestrial Cable (ITC) Systems and Services are also closed to FDI. In addition, foreign investment in other telecommunications services are subject to foreign equity limitations, such as submarine cable operators and telecom tower operators (70% maximum foreign shareholding allowed), and nationwide telecommunication transmission network operators (60% maximum foreign shareholding allowed) [see related entry]. No foreign shareholding limitations applies to public switched telephone operators and international terrestrial cable (ITC) operators.\nIn 2022, the International Long Distance Telecommunication Services (ILDTS) Policy of 2010 was amended to allow joint ventures between Bangladeshi and foreign investors in all referred services, e.g. IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, ITC, IP Telephony, IP-TV, international VOIP calls, submarine cables, NTTN, and Tower Sharing.","\"10.1 Eligibility for Licenses:\nLicenses for IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, ITC, IP Telephony, IP-TV, international VOIP calls, submarine cables, NTTN, and Tower Sharing will be granted to:\n(a) Bangladeshi entities.\n(b) Joint ventures between Bangladeshi and foreign entities, provided they comply with relevant Bangladeshi laws and regulations.\nAll financial transactions for such entities must be conducted through Bangladeshi commercial banks.\n10.2 Submarine Cable License (Clause 10.2)\nSubmarine cable licenses will be granted to Bangladeshi entities or joint ventures with foreign entities, adhering to Bangladeshi laws and regulations. [...]\" (INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010, amended by Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) Notice No. 14.32.0000.702.42.001.19.1145, \"Amendment to the International Long Distance Telecommunications Services (ILDTS) Policy-2010\", 13 June 13 2022 [google translated])\n--------------------\nPreviously up to 2021\n--------------------\n\"5. TYPES OF ISP LICENSES\nIntemet Service Provider (ISP) License shall be categorized as Nationwide, Divisional, District, tJpazilalThana. The definition of category of ISPs are as follows: \n5.1 Nationwide ISP License: The Licensee shall provide ISP services anywhere in Bangladesh. \n5.2 Divisional ISP License: Divisional ISP license shall be issued for providing ISP services to administrative area of a particular division. Licensee will be authorised to provide ISP services in the administrative area of that division. One entity shall be issued with only one Divisional ISP license.\n5.3 District ISP License: District ISP license shall be issued for providing ISP services to administrative area of a particulardistrict. Licensee will be authorised to provide ISP services in the administrative area of that district. One entity shall be issued with only one District ISP license. \n5.4 Upazila/Thana ISP License: UpazilalThana ISP license shall be issued for providing ISP services to administrative area of a particular Upazila/Thana. Licensee will be authorised to provide ISP services in the administrative area of that Upazila/Thana. One entity shall be issued with only one UpazilalThana ISP license.\n[...]\n7. ELIGIBILITY\n7.1 Proprietorship, partnership and companies registered under 'Joint Stock of Companies and Firms' under the Companies Act 1994 are eligible to apply for the License to build, maintain and operate Internet Service Provider (ISP) systems and services in Bangladesh.\n7.2 Foreign Direct Investment shall be applicable only for Nationwide ISP licensee(s). In case of foreign investment, the entity shall follow the Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policy of the Govemment and all the rules, regulations and instructions of Bangladesh Bank, Bangladesh Investment Development Authority (BIDA) and any other competent authority of the Government shall be binding to the license. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INTERNET SERVTCE PROVIDER (ISP), 15 December 2020)\n--------------------\nPreviously up to 2019\n--------------------\n\"9.  OPERATOR LICENSES \n9.1 The following categories of Operator Licenses will be issued by the Government/ BTRC under the guidelines to be formulated and approved by the government as and when required: for introducing IP Telephony services in the country\n9.1.1  IGW Operator License.  9.1.2 ICX Operator License. 9.1.3  IIG License. 9.1. 4 IP Telephony License.  9.1.5 NIX Operator License. 9.1. 6 Submarine Cable (SC) License. 9.1. 7 International Terrestrial cable (ITC) License. 9.1. 8 International VoIP Call Termination license. 9.1. 9   IP-TV Services License. 9.1.10 Any other Licenses relevant to this policy. \n10. ELIGIBILITY OF LICENSEES \n10.1 IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, IP Telephony, International VoIP Call Termination, IP -TV and ITC licenses will be issued to Bangladeshi entities (resident citizens, Non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships and companies registered under „Joint Stock of Companies and Firms‟ under the Companies Act, 1994). Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies) are not be eligible to be Owners/ Directors/ Shareholders/Investors/Partners of these licensee entities. All financial transactions must be through a scheduled Bank of Bangladesh. 10.2   SC operator licenses will be issued to the Bangladeshi entity or joint venture with foreign entity.   10.3   One business entity will be allowed to get more than one licenses of IGW, ICX, IIG, NIX, IP Telephony, International VoIP Call Termination, IP-TV, SC and ITC category.  [...]\" (INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010)\n--------------------\n\"10. ELIGIBILITY \n10.01 IGW operator license will be issued or y to Bangladeshi entities (resident citizens, Non-resident Bangaleshi (NRB), proprietorships, partnerships-under the Partnership Act, 1932 and companies registercd under 'Joint Stock Companics and liims' undcr thc Companics Act, 1994). Foreign entities (citizens, companies or subsidiaries or holding companies) shall not be eligible to be Owners/ Directors/ Shareholders/ lnvestors/ Partners ofthese licensee entities. [...]\" (REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES ON International Gateway (IGW) Services, No. 1 4.32.0000.702.42.001.18.17 47, 19 September 2018)\n-----------------------\n\"4.11 Eligibility\nITC Licences will be issued to Bangladesh entities (resident citizens, non-resident Bangladeshi (NRB), propriertorships, partnerships and companies registered with the 'Joint Stock of Companies and Firms'). Foreign entities (citizens, companies (subsidiary or holding) whatsoever) or firms) are not elegible to be owners/directors/sahreholders/investors/partners of these licensee entities [...]\" (Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain International Terrestrial Cable (ITC) Systems and Services in Brangladesh, 31 March 2011)\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Interconnection Exchange (ICX) Services Establishing, Operating and Maintaining in Brangladesh, 20 October 2011 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to National Internet Exchange (NIX), 27 June 2012 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Establishing, Operating and Maintaining International Gateway (IGW) Services in Brangladesh, 19 September 2018 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Establishing, Operating and Maintaining  International Internet Gateway (IIG) Services in Brangladesh, 20 October 2011 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(AMENDED REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR  INTERNET PROTOCOL TELEPHONY SERVICE PROVIDER LICENSE, No. BTRC/LL/IP Telephony (276)/2008-260(1), 4 June 2009 [not reproduced here])\n--------------------\n(Regulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to VoIP Service Provider (VOIP) in Bangladesh, 22 July 2012 [not reproduced here])","INTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010, amended by Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) Notice No. 14.32.0000.702.42.001.19.1145, \"Amendment to the International Long Distance Telecommunications Services (ILDTS) Policy-2010\", 13 June 13 2022 \nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR INTERNET SERVTCE PROVIDER (ISP), 15 December 2020\nINTERNATIONAL LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATION  SERVICES (ILDTS) POLICY-2010, May 2010\nREGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES ON International Gateway (IGW) Services, No. 1 4.32.0000.702.42.001.18.17 47, 19 September 2018\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to Build, Operate and Maintain International Terrestrial Cable (ITC) Systems and Services in Brangladesh, 31 March 2011\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License Fo Interconnection Exchange (ICX) Services Establishing, Operating and Maintaining in Brangladesh, 20 October 2011\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to National Internet Exchange (NIX), 27 June 2012\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Establishing, Operating and Maintaining International Gateway (IGW) Services in Brangladesh, 19 September 2018\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Invitation of Offers/Proposals for Issuing License For Establishing, Operating and Maintaining  International Internet Gateway (IIG) Services in Brangladesh, 20 October 2011\nAMENDED REGULATORY AND LICENSING GUIDELINES FOR  INTERNET PROTOCOL TELEPHONY SERVICE PROVIDER LICENSE, No. BTRC/LL/IP Telephony (276)/2008-260(1), 4 June 2009 [not reproduced here]\nRegulatory and Licensing Guidelines for Issuing License to VoIP Service Provider (VOIP) in Bangladesh, 22 July 2012","n/a","[<a href=\"https://btrc.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/notices/0ad9c60f_4a1f_44e6_a88e_97aa926e80f5/2022-06-13-04-05-ec3cd813af45ba054469bfedb88b6338.pdf\">Amendment</a>],[<a href=\"http://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-08-22-04-48-d209d32d1b4d7b5b7031b990b6681752.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://ptd.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/ptd.portal.gov.bd/page/508a35d2_177c_4c29_adec_6c04c39e6464/ILDTS_Policy_2010.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-20-05-06-6da57a5ce394368ae2cbe1c3739f1ca4.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://lims.btrc.gov.bd/uploads/service_guideline/IGW%20Licensing%20Guidelines.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-04-36-178d8b6c0bc4ff2985dc9a94edc982e3.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-11-20-05-12-09a8a1c1b5d091b5be3b383e6ab068f0.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-08-14-07-23-92a487d631cfd10f8f709692241029e0.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-16-96669b4b329d0a9e2e19a335eec70458.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-03-05-19-4a8b14e027048ab78e447e5e15778799.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2024-06-02-03-49-37c4a6305a2bc8e638b9fca221c0a721.pdf\">Guideline</a>],[<a href=\"https://btrc.portal.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/btrc.portal.gov.bd/page/1c1ea1c0_f8ef_4cdf_9005_d8a34b9ca554/2022-02-27-04-35-2f312087d0cfff8c2cbe6677e1e80ba6.pdf\">Guideline</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,2741,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.005625","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in e-commerce platforms was limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Automobile Maintenance and repair, E-commerce transaction providers (platform-based market place, daily deals, price grabber, online classified advertising) with an investment value of less than IDR100,000,000,000 [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Distribution - retail]\n- Automobile Maintenance and repair, E-commerce transaction providers (platform-based market place, daily deals, price grabber, online classified advertising) with an investment value of less than IDR100,000,000,000: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3351,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0024","As of March 2021, foreign investment in international passenger maritime transportation and port services are no longer restricted; all other maritime and inland water passenger and cargo transportation activities remain limited to 49% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Domestic Liner and Tramper Sea Transportation for Passengers; Domestic Sea Transportation for Tourism; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Passengers: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Domestic Sea Transportation Liner and Tramper for Goods; Domestic Sea Transportation for Special Goods; Pioneer Domestic Sea Transportation for Goods [connecting remote areas]; Public Shipping Domestic Sea Transportation;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Overseas Liner and Tramper Marine Transportation for Goods; Overseas Sea Transportation for Special Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [overseas passenger marine tranportation now excluded];  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Interprovincial general inland water transportation; Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation; Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation [connecting remote areas]: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Inner district/city general inland water transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Fixed Schedule and Regular Route; River and Lake Transportation for Passengers with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes; River and Lake Transportation with Non-Fixed and Irregular Routes for Tourism;: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- River and Lake Transportation for General Goods and/or Animals; River and Lake Transportation for Special Goods; River and Lake Transportation for Dangerous Goods: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [no change;  see 2019 restrictions below]\n- Port services/provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals; Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nJ. Transportation Sector\n- Domestic sea transportation, International sea transportation, Interprovincial general inland water transportation, Interprovincial pioneering inland water transportation,Inter-district/intercity general inland water transportation, Inter-district/intercity pioneering inland water transportation, Inner district/city general inland water transportation, River and lake transportation for passengers with fixed schedule and regular route, River and lake transportation for passengers with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for tourism with non-fixed schedule and irregular route, River and lake transportation for general freight and/or animal, River and lake transportation for Special freight, River and lake transportation for Hazardous freight, Provision of harbor facilities i.e., waste reception facilities, Provision and operation on crossing harbors, Provision and operation of river and lake harbors , Multimode transportation: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...] \n-  Provision of harbor facilities (jetties, building, tugs at cargo container terminals, at liquid-bulk terminals, at dry-bulk terminals, and at Roll of (Ro-Ro) terminals: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% b. Subject to a special permits from the Ministry of Transportation for the minimum capital requirement [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3362,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","F42","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.001125","Up to 2020, foreign investment in the construction and operation of pipeline networks for gas, heat, and water supply and sewage in cities with a population of more than 500,000 was subject to Chinese-investor contronlling shareholding, and subject to prior government approval since it was listed in the foreign investment 'negative list'.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIV. Production and supply of electricity, heat, gas, and water\n8.For the construction and operation of nuclear power plants, the controlling stake shall be held by Chinese investors. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nIV. Production and supply of electricity, heat, gas, and water\n10. The controlling stake in the construction and operation of nuclear power plants shall be held by the Chinese side.[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nIV. Production and supply of electricity, heat, gas, and water\n11. The construction and operation of nuclear power plants must be controlled by the Chinese party.\n12. The construction and operation of urban water supply and drainage pipeline networks with a population of more than 500,000 must be controlled by the Chinese party.[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nIV. Electricity, Heating, Gas and Water Production and Supply Industries\n15. The Chinese side must have controlling interest in construction and operation of nuclear power plants.\n16. The Chinese side must have a controlling interest in the construction and operation of municipal gas, heating, and sewage for cities with a population over 500,000. [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (2017 Revision) [...]\nSpecial Management Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List for Foreign Investment Access) \nPart I - Catalogue of Restricted Industries for Foreign Investment\n12. Construction and operation of nuclear power stations (with Chinese party as the controlling shareholder) \n13. Construction and operation of power grid (with Chinese party as the controlling shareholder) [not listed in 2018 anymore]\n14. Construction and operation of pipeline networks for gas, heat, and water supply and sewage in cities with a population of more than 500,000 (with Chinese party as the controlling shareholder) [...]\" (Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (2017 Revision))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)\nCatalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (Revision 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.szlh.gov.cn/English/doingbusiness/Investmentguide/content/post_8533847.html\">Catalogue</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3486,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","M691X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.003125","Foreign law firms are not permitted to establish business in India. This issue was considered by the Bombay High Court in a judgment delivered in 2009 reviewing the judgment delivered on the so-called Lawyers Collective Case (W.P. 1526/1995) at the direction of the Supreme Court. In 2009, the Court ruled that the correct interpretation of the Advocates Act 1961 was that the 'profession of law' must be interpreted to include non-litigious as well as litigious areas of work and consequently both would be reserved to Indian Advocates. The Court therefore upheld the original 1995 judgement that the licences granted to three foreign law firms in 1991 by the Reserve Bank of India to establish representative offices were unlawful. This was later affirmed by the Supreme Court of India in Bar Council Of India vs A.K. Balaji case in 2018. A priori, the Advocates Act 1961 also provides for foreign lawyers to practice in India under reciprocity condition [similarly to chartered accountants]. However, this might be limited to the right to practice of the profession under specific circumstances, and not extended to their right to establish law practices in India as indicated per the above rulings.\n\n","\"CHAPTER III - ADMISSION AND ENROLMENT OF ADVOCATES […]\n24. Persons who may be admitted as advocates on a State roll.―(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, and the rules made thereunder, a person shall be qualified to be admitted as an advocate on a State roll, if he fulfils the following conditions, namely:― \n(a) he is a citizen of India:  \nProvided that subject to the other provisions contained in this Act, a national of any other country may be admitted as an advocate on a State roll, if citizens of India, duly qualified, are permitted to practise law in that other country; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - RIGHT TO PRACTISE\n29. Advocates to be the only recognised class of persons entitled to practise law.―Subject to the provisions of this Act and any rules made thereunder, there shall, as from the appointed day, be only one class of persons entitled to practise the profession of law, namely, advocates. \n[...]\n33. Advocates alone entitled to practise.―Except as otherwise provided in this Act or in any other law for the time being in force, no person shall, on or after the appointed day, be entitled to practise in any court or before any authority or person unless he is enrolled as an advocate under this Act\n[...]\nCHAPTER VI - MISCELLANEOUS [...]\n47. Reciprocity.―(1) Where any country, specified by the Central Government in this behalf by notification in the Official Gazette, prevents citizens of India from practising the profession of law or subjects them to unfair discrimination in that country, no subject of any such country shall be entitled to practise the profession of law in India. \n(2) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (1), the Bar Council of India may prescribe the conditions, if any, subject to which foreign qualifications in law obtained by persons other than citizens of India shall be recognised for the purpose of admission as an advocate under this Act. [...]\" (The Advocates Act 1961, as amended)\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER - III (Conditions for right to practice) (Rules under Section 49 (1) (ah) of the Act) [...]\n2. An advocate shall not enter into a partnership or any other arrangement for sharing remuneration with any person or legal practitioner who is not an advocate. [which includes not locally licensed lawyers].[...]\" (Bar Council of India Rules 1975, as amended)","The Advocates Act 1961, as amended\nBar Council of India Rules 1975, as amended"," International Bar Association (2019), \"[Chapter: India] The IBA Global Cross Border Legal Services in Asia Report\". ","[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/1631?sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://upload.indiacode.nic.in/showfile?actid=AC_CEN_3_46_00001_196125_1517807320172&type=rule&filename=BCI%20Rules,%20Part-V%20to%20IX.pdf\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/document?id=ITILS-Asia-2019\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2476,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","M691X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.003125","Foreign law firms are not permitted to establish business in India. This issue was considered by the Bombay High Court in a judgment delivered in 2009 reviewing the judgment delivered on the so-called Lawyers Collective Case (W.P. 1526/1995) at the direction of the Supreme Court. In 2009, the Court ruled that the correct interpretation of the Advocates Act 1961 was that the 'profession of law' must be interpreted to include non-litigious as well as litigious areas of work and consequently both would be reserved to Indian Advocates. The Court therefore upheld the original 1995 judgement that the licences granted to three foreign law firms in 1991 by the Reserve Bank of India to establish representative offices were unlawful. This was later affirmed by the Supreme Court of India in Bar Council Of India vs A.K. Balaji case in 2018. A priori, the Advocates Act 1961 also provides for foreign lawyers to practice in India under reciprocity condition [similarly to chartered accountants]. However, this might be limited to the right to practice of the profession under specific circumstances, and not extended to their right to establish law practices in India as indicated per the above rulings.\n\n","\"CHAPTER III - ADMISSION AND ENROLMENT OF ADVOCATES […]\n24. Persons who may be admitted as advocates on a State roll.―(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, and the rules made thereunder, a person shall be qualified to be admitted as an advocate on a State roll, if he fulfils the following conditions, namely:― \n(a) he is a citizen of India:  \nProvided that subject to the other provisions contained in this Act, a national of any other country may be admitted as an advocate on a State roll, if citizens of India, duly qualified, are permitted to practise law in that other country; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - RIGHT TO PRACTISE\n29. Advocates to be the only recognised class of persons entitled to practise law.―Subject to the provisions of this Act and any rules made thereunder, there shall, as from the appointed day, be only one class of persons entitled to practise the profession of law, namely, advocates. \n[...]\n33. Advocates alone entitled to practise.―Except as otherwise provided in this Act or in any other law for the time being in force, no person shall, on or after the appointed day, be entitled to practise in any court or before any authority or person unless he is enrolled as an advocate under this Act\n[...]\nCHAPTER VI - MISCELLANEOUS [...]\n47. Reciprocity.―(1) Where any country, specified by the Central Government in this behalf by notification in the Official Gazette, prevents citizens of India from practising the profession of law or subjects them to unfair discrimination in that country, no subject of any such country shall be entitled to practise the profession of law in India. \n(2) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (1), the Bar Council of India may prescribe the conditions, if any, subject to which foreign qualifications in law obtained by persons other than citizens of India shall be recognised for the purpose of admission as an advocate under this Act. [...]\" (The Advocates Act 1961, as amended)\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER - III (Conditions for right to practice) (Rules under Section 49 (1) (ah) of the Act) [...]\n2. An advocate shall not enter into a partnership or any other arrangement for sharing remuneration with any person or legal practitioner who is not an advocate. [which includes not locally licensed lawyers].[...]\" (Bar Council of India Rules 1975, as amended)","The Advocates Act 1961, as amended\nBar Council of India Rules 1975, as amended"," International Bar Association (2019), \"[Chapter: India] The IBA Global Cross Border Legal Services in Asia Report\". ","[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/1631?sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://upload.indiacode.nic.in/showfile?actid=AC_CEN_3_46_00001_196125_1517807320172&type=rule&filename=BCI%20Rules,%20Part-V%20to%20IX.pdf\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/document?id=ITILS-Asia-2019\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2476,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","M691X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2022,"0.003125","Foreign law firms are not permitted to establish business in India. This issue was considered by the Bombay High Court in a judgment delivered in 2009 reviewing the judgment delivered on the so-called Lawyers Collective Case (W.P. 1526/1995) at the direction of the Supreme Court. In 2009, the Court ruled that the correct interpretation of the Advocates Act 1961 was that the 'profession of law' must be interpreted to include non-litigious as well as litigious areas of work and consequently both would be reserved to Indian Advocates. The Court therefore upheld the original 1995 judgement that the licences granted to three foreign law firms in 1991 by the Reserve Bank of India to establish representative offices were unlawful. This was later affirmed by the Supreme Court of India in Bar Council Of India vs A.K. Balaji case in 2018. A priori, the Advocates Act 1961 also provides for foreign lawyers to practice in India under reciprocity condition [similarly to chartered accountants]. However, this might be limited to the right to practice of the profession under specific circumstances, and not extended to their right to establish law practices in India as indicated per the above rulings.\n\n","\"CHAPTER III - ADMISSION AND ENROLMENT OF ADVOCATES […]\n24. Persons who may be admitted as advocates on a State roll.―(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, and the rules made thereunder, a person shall be qualified to be admitted as an advocate on a State roll, if he fulfils the following conditions, namely:― \n(a) he is a citizen of India:  \nProvided that subject to the other provisions contained in this Act, a national of any other country may be admitted as an advocate on a State roll, if citizens of India, duly qualified, are permitted to practise law in that other country; \n[...]\nCHAPTER IV - RIGHT TO PRACTISE\n29. Advocates to be the only recognised class of persons entitled to practise law.―Subject to the provisions of this Act and any rules made thereunder, there shall, as from the appointed day, be only one class of persons entitled to practise the profession of law, namely, advocates. \n[...]\n33. Advocates alone entitled to practise.―Except as otherwise provided in this Act or in any other law for the time being in force, no person shall, on or after the appointed day, be entitled to practise in any court or before any authority or person unless he is enrolled as an advocate under this Act\n[...]\nCHAPTER VI - MISCELLANEOUS [...]\n47. Reciprocity.―(1) Where any country, specified by the Central Government in this behalf by notification in the Official Gazette, prevents citizens of India from practising the profession of law or subjects them to unfair discrimination in that country, no subject of any such country shall be entitled to practise the profession of law in India. \n(2) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (1), the Bar Council of India may prescribe the conditions, if any, subject to which foreign qualifications in law obtained by persons other than citizens of India shall be recognised for the purpose of admission as an advocate under this Act. [...]\" (The Advocates Act 1961, as amended)\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER - III (Conditions for right to practice) (Rules under Section 49 (1) (ah) of the Act) [...]\n2. An advocate shall not enter into a partnership or any other arrangement for sharing remuneration with any person or legal practitioner who is not an advocate. [which includes not locally licensed lawyers].[...]\" (Bar Council of India Rules 1975, as amended)","The Advocates Act 1961, as amended\nBar Council of India Rules 1975, as amended"," International Bar Association (2019), \"[Chapter: India] The IBA Global Cross Border Legal Services in Asia Report\". ","[<a href=\"https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/1631?sam_handle=123456789/1362\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://upload.indiacode.nic.in/showfile?actid=AC_CEN_3_46_00001_196125_1517807320172&type=rule&filename=BCI%20Rules,%20Part-V%20to%20IX.pdf\">Rule</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ibanet.org/document?id=ITILS-Asia-2019\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2476,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.009","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in commission agent and liquor wholesale activity were prohibited.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Commission agent  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Liquor wholesale trade (importer, distributor, and sub-distributor)[see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Distribution - retail]\n- Commission agent: Domestic capital 100%\n- Liquor wholesale trade (importer, distributor, and sub-distributor):  Must have: a. Business License Certificate of Liquor (SIUP-MB); b. Distribution network and specific place. \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3358,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","MAR","A01","_O","IV93","IX",2018,"0.003125","Pursuant to the provisions of the Dahir dated 23 April 1975 relating to the purchase of agricultural land in rural areas, foreign individuals, or entities whose share capital is held at least in part by foreign entities, were not allowed to acquire agricultural land for agricultural purposes. The acquisition of agricultural land located outside urban areas was permitted only for non-agricultural needs. Foreigners couldy lease agricultural land for up to 99 years according to the Moroccan authorities.\nSince 2021, following the adoption of the new Law No 62-19 dated 14 July 2021 promulgating special provisions relating to the acquisition of agricultural lands by joint-stock companies (sociétés anonymes) or limited liability partnerships (sociétés en commandite par actions), such companies have been allowed to acquire agricultural lands intended for agricultural purposes, even if they are held by foreigners.","\"Chapter I [...]\nFirst article\nThe provisions of article 1 of the dahir carrying law n°1-73-645 of 11 rebia II 1395 (April 23, 1975) relating to the acquisition of agricultural or agricultural properties outside urban perimeters, as it has been modified and supplemented, are modified and supplemented as follows:\n\" First article. – The acquisition of agricultural properties “or for agricultural purposes located, in whole or in part, outside the urban perimeters is reserved for the following “Moroccan natural persons or legal persons subject to” Moroccan legislation:\n  – the State;\n – ………………………. ;\n – ………………………..;\n – …………………………. ;\n – Soulaliyate communities governed by the provisions of “Law No. 62-17 on administrative supervision of Soulaliyate communities and the management of their property;\n– ……………………………..;\n– ………………………………;\n– public limited companies and partnerships limited by shares, subject to the provisions of article 2 below;\n– other legal entities under private law whose associates or members are Moroccan individuals. \".\nSection 2\nThe provisions of article 2 of the Dahir carrying the aforementioned law n° 1-73-645 are repealed and replaced as follows:\n“Article 2. – Public limited companies and partnerships limited by shares provided for in Article 1 above, wishing to acquire agricultural or agricultural properties outside urban perimeters, are required to comply with the following:\n– that the agricultural or agricultural property, object of the acquisition is eligible for sale and registered or in the process of registration;\n – that the property in question is intended for agricultural investment;\n– obtain the prior agreement for the acquisition from the unified regional investment commission provided for by law n° 47-18 on the reform of regional investment centers and the creation of unified regional investment commissions, promulgated by the dahir n° 1-19-18 of 7 joumada II 1440 (February 13, 2019), on the basis of the conditions and formalities provided for in the sales contract and in the specifications, of which their models and the related documents are fixed by regulatory route. The property in question remains subject to the conditions prohibiting assignment, mortgage, seizure and rental, until the beneficiary company has obtained the release certificate, in accordance with the provisions of this law.\nHowever, the unified regional commission of investment can give its authorization to public limited companies and partnerships limited by shares having obtained the prior agreement of the acquisition, to mortgage the property to benefit from a loan intended for the financing of the project. which takes into consideration the value of the property and the cost of the investments to be made above.\n[...]\nNotwithstanding the provisions of article 2 of the dahir carrying law n°1-73-213 of 26 Moharrem 1393 (March 2, 1973) relating to the transfer to the State of the ownership of agricultural or agricultural buildings belonging to natural persons foreigners or legal persons, the ownership of the property concerned is transferred to the State following its request, according to its situation on the date of the conclusion of the acquisition contract. The land registrar makes public the transfer of the aforementioned property in the land title or in the application for registration of the property concerned, on the basis of the decision of the commission having pronounced the withdrawal of the agreement, and this, after accomplishment of notification. If the State renounces the transfer, on its own account, of the ownership of the property, the property is sold at public auction.\n[...]\nChapter II [...]\nSection 4\nThe provisions of article 7 of the dahir carrying law n°1-73-213 of 26 moharrem 1393 (March 2, 1973) relating to the transfer to the State of the ownership of agricultural or agricultural buildings belonging to foreign natural persons or to legal persons, as amended and supplemented, are amended and supplemented as follows:\n“Article 7. – The provisions of this dahir do not apply:\n1- to public establishments ………… to Soulaliyate communities governed by the provisions of Law No. 62-17 relating to the administrative supervision of Soulaliyate communities and the management of their property\n2 -………………………………………;\n3 -………………………………………;\n4- public limited companies and partnerships limited by shares which have acquired agricultural or agricultural properties in accordance with the conditions provided for by articles 1 and 2 of the dahir laying down law n ° 1-73-645 of 11 rebia II 1395 (23 April 1975) relating to the acquisition of agricultural or agricultural properties outside urban perimeters.[...]\" (Dahir No. 1-21-70 of 3 hija 1442 (July 14, 2021) promulgating Law No. 62-19 enacting special provisions relating to the acquisition by public limited companies or partnerships limited by shares, of properties agricultural or with an agricultural vocation outside the urban perimeters [google translation])\n----------------------------\nPreviously up to 2020\n----------------------------\n\"Article 1\nThe acquisition of agricultural or cultivable real estate located in whole or in part outside urban circles is reserved for the Moroccan natural or legal persons as follows:\nThe state ;\nLocal groups ;\npublic institutions;\nThe communes in progress are subject to the requirements of the Sharif Decree issued on Rajab 26 1337 (April 27, 1919) regulating the administrative guardianship over the communes and controlling the assignment and management of communal property;\nnatural persons;\nAgricultural cooperative companies, whose members are Moroccans only, as well as their unions;\nLegal persons subject to private law, whose partners or members are Moroccan natural persons, with the exception of companies with shares.[...]\" (Decree concerning the acquisition of agricultural properties or land for agricultural use outside urban areas (No. 1-73-645  of 23 April 1975), Article 1 [google translation])","Decree No. 1-21-70 of 3 hija 1442 (July 14, 2021) promulgating Law No. 62-19 enacting special provisions relating to the acquisition by public limited companies or partnerships limited by shares, of properties agricultural or with an agricultural vocation outside the urban perimeters [google translation]\nDecree concerning the acquisition of agricultural properties or land for agricultural use outside urban areas (No. 1-73-645  of 23 April 1975), Article 1 [google translation]","Gide Loyrette Nouel (2022), \"Real Estate 2022: Morocco\", March 6.","[<a href=\"https://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/mor206357.pdf\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://adala.justice.gov.ma/reference/html/Fr/115648.htm\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://practiceguides.chambers.com/practice-guides/comparison/664/8754/14000-14005-14017-14028-14036-14042-14065-14073\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1160,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.00015","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2373,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H5210_5221_5224T5229","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.00015","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,2373,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H50_5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.012","FDI is limited to 40% in transport and transport-related actitivites","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2368,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H50_5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.012","FDI is limited to 40% in transport and transport-related actitivites","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2368,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.012","FDI is limited to 40% in transport and transport-related actitivites","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2364,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","H51_5210_5223T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.012","FDI is limited to 40% in transport and transport-related actitivites","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2364,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","G45_46","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.00225","Foreign investors in retail and wholesale activities, including foreign-owned legal persons established in Angola, are only allowed to invest/operate medium and/or large commercial establishments.","\"Article 4 (Definitions)\nFor the purposes of this law and unless otherwise expressly indicated in the text itself, the words and expressions used therein have the following meaning, provided that the definitions in the singular apply equally in the plural and vice versa:\n1. Commercial activity — activity carried out professionally by legal entities, national or foreign, that have civil, commercial and financial capacity to carry out commercial acts, with the objective of obtaining profit.\n2. Acts of commerce — all acts of commerce are considered to be those that are specially regulated in this law and other complementary legislation and, in addition to them, all contracts and obligations of traders that are not exclusively civil in nature, if the opposite of the act itself not result.\n[...]\nSECTION IV - Classification of Commercial Activities\nArticle 11 (Commercial Activities)\nThe following commercial activities are considered:\na) Wholesale trade; b) Retail trade; d) General trade;\ne) Precarious trade; f) Fair trade; g) Itinerant trade; h) Representative trade; i) Provision of commercial services; j) Import; k) Export.\n[...]\nCHAPTER II - Conditions for the Exercise of Commercial Activity\nSECTION I - Licensing of Commercial Activity\nArticle 15 (Access to internal commercial activity)\n1. Under the terms of the present law, any natural or legal person, national or foreign, who is civilly capable, has financial and commercial capacity and owns a commercial establishment as owner or lessee, may exercise commercial activity, except for the exceptions provided for in present law.\n2. In addition to fulfilling the requirements set out in the previous number, foreign natural or legal persons with legal residence and residence in the country must observe the following:\na) Own a medium and/or large commercial establishment; b) Prioritize national labor in its services.[...]\" (Law No. 1/07, of 14 May - Law of Commercial Activities [google translation])","Law No. 1/07, of 14 May - Law of Commercial Activities [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.vertic.org/media/National%20Legislation/Angola/AO_Lei_das_Actividades_Comerciais.pdf\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,576,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","K661","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000166667","Article 52 of Transitory measures of the Constitution forbids the establishment of branches of foreign financial institutions in Brazil as well as the increase of foreign participation in the capital of Brazilian financial institutions, unless an authorisation is granted resulting from international agreements, reciprocity or expressed interest of the Brazilian Government. For this purpose, financial institutions include banking institutions, credit societies (finance companies), brokerage firms and security dealer companies. \nSince September 2019, the recognition that the envisaged foreign investment would be in line with the Brazilian government’s interest can be made by the Brazilian Central Bank (Decree 10.029/2019). \nOn 24 January 2020, the Central Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 came into effect. It repeals Circular 3,317 of 29 March 2006 and rescinds the previous authorisation requirements for foreign investment in financial institutions based in Brazil and applies the principle of national treatment of foreign investors to this sector. It implements the Presidential Decree No.10,029 of 26 September 2019, which delegated regulatory power to the Central Bank.\n\n","\"Article 192. The national financial system, structured to promote the balanced development of the country and to serve the collective interests, in all of the component elements of the system, including credit cooperatives, shall be regulated by supplementary laws which shall also provide for the participation of foreign capital in the institutions that make up the said system.\n[...]\n[Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act]\n Article 52.  Until such time as the conditions referred to in article 192 are established, the following are forbidden: (CA No. 40, 2002)\nI – the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad;\nII – increase of percentual participation of individuals and legal entities resident or domiciled abroad in the capital of financial institutions with headquarters in Brazil.\nSole paragraph. The prohibition referred to in this article does not apply to the authorizations resulting from international agreements, from reciprocity or from interest of the Brazilian Government.\" (Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended by Constitutional Amendment No. 40 of 2002, Article 192 and Article 52 of the Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act [unofficial translation])\n-------------------------\n\"Art. 1 The Central Bank of Brazil is authorized to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government:\nI - the installation, in the Country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad; and\nII - the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad. [...]\" (Decree No. 10.029 Authorising the Central Bank of Brazil to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad and the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad (26 September 2019), Article 1 [google translation])\n-------------------------\n\"The Board of Directors of the Central Bank of Brazil, in a meeting held on January 22, 2020, based on Decree no. 10,029, of September 26, 2019, and in view of the provisions of article 52, sole paragraph, of the Transitional Constitutional Provisions Act, R E S O L V E S:\nArticle 1. The Central Bank of Brazil recognizes as of interest to the Brazilian Government the participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in Brazil, by natural or legal persons resident or domiciled abroad.\nSole Paragraph. The participation mentioned in the heading of this article must comply with the requirements and the procedures foreseen in the regulation in effect for establishment, authorization to operate, cancellation of authorization, control changes and corporate reorganizations of financial institutions.\nArticle 2. The Circular no. 3,317, of March 29, 2006 is hereby revoked.[...]\" (Central Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 of 24 January 2020)","Brazilian Federal Constitution (October 5, 1988), as amended by Constitutional Amendment No. 40 of 2002, Article 192 and Article 52 of the Temporary Constitutional Provisions Act\nDecree No. 10.029 Authorising the Central Bank of Brazil to recognize as in the interest of the Brazilian Government the installation, in the country, of new branches of financial institutions domiciled abroad and the increase in the percentage of participation, in the capital of financial institutions headquartered in the country, of individuals or legal entities resident or domiciled abroad (26 September 2019)\nCentral Bank of Brazil Circular No.3,977 of 24 January 2020","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Constituicao/Constituicao.htm\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.oas.org/es/sla/ddi/docs/acceso_informacion_base_dc_leyes_pais_b_1_en.pdf\">Constitution_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2019-2022/2019/decreto/D10029.htm\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bcb.gov.br/content/config/Documents/Central_Bank_of_Brazil_BCB_Circular_3977-2020.pdf\">Circular</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3306,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRN","K649","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0001","Previously, foreign investment in pawnbrokering financial services was limited to 49% of equity ownership. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that this is no longer the case as we could not find evidence of the policy being in place anymore.","\"No person to carry on business of pawnbroker without licence. \n9. No person shall carry on the business of a pawnbroker unless he is the holder ofa licence.. [...]\" (Pawnbrokers Order, 2022, as amended)\n---------------------------------\n\"H. Application for Pawnbroking licence\nThe Pawnbrokers Order requires any companies or individuals to apply for a licence to conduct the business of pawnbroker [...]\nGeneral requirements\n- T proposed business must be conducted in accordance with Hukum Syara;\n- Any person may apply whether or not professing the Islamic religion;\n- Must be able to provide minimum paid-up capital of BND50,000 [...]\" (Brunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024)​\n---------------------------------\nPreviously\n---------------------------------\n\"Frequently Asked Questions​​​​​​ > Regulatory Department: […]\nPAWNBROKING\n1. What are the main conditions imposed under the pawnbroker license?\nThe pawn broker must provide a minimum paid-up capital of BND50,000 to carry out the business of a pawnbroker. Applicants who are sole proprietors must be citizens of Brunei Darussalam, and for partnerships or limited companies, at least 50% share must be owned by citizens of Brunei Darussalam. Any other conditions as required by the Licensing Officer from time to time may be imposed. [...]\"(Autoriti Monetary Brunei Darussalam, Website>FAQs [accessed: June 2018])","Pawnbrokers Order, 2002\nBrunei Darussalam Central Bank, \"Guide to Brunei's Darussalam Financial Sector: Opprtunited in the Financial Sector\", January 2024","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/images/Legislation_Regulations/Appendix_10/Pawnbrokers%20Order%202002.pdf\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.bdcb.gov.bn/SiteAssets/Guide%20to%20Brunei%20Darussalam%20Financial%20Sector%20(as%20of%202%20January%202024).pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,4117,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K6511_652_653_662","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.003","Up to 2020, the ratio of foreign shares in life insurance companies could not exceed 51% and foreign investment in insurance asset management companies was limited to 25%.\nSince then, only foreign investment in insurance asset management companies remains limited to 25%.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\n[No longer listed since the 2020 Special Administrative Measures ['Negative List'): \n29.The ratio of foreign shares in life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021)] [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Article 9 The total shares held by domestic insurance companies in insurance asset management companies shall not be less than 75%.\nThe “domestic insurance companies” mentioned in the preceding paragraph refer to insurance companies and insurance holding (group) companies with legal personality that are established with the approval of the China Insurance Regulatory Commission and registered in accordance with the law. [...]\" (Interim Provisions on the Administration of Insurance Asset Management Companies, China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order (2004) No. 2 April 21, 2004 [google translation] [The Order has been abolished by Regulations on the Management of Insurance Asset Management Companies (issued by the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission Order No. 2 of 2022 on July 28, 2022 and effective from September 1, 2022)]\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The term \"insurance company\" as mentioned in these Measures refers to an insurance company established with the approval of the China Insurance Regulatory Commission (hereinafter referred to as the \"China Insurance Regulatory Commission\") and registered in accordance with the law, where foreign shareholders contribute capital or hold less than 25% of the company's registered capital. [...]\" (China Insurance Regulatory Commission, \"Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies\" on May 4, 2010 (CIRC Order No. 6 of 2010), as amended by CIRC Order No. 4, 2014 [google translation] [The order has been abolished by Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies (China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order No. 5 of 2018 on March 2, 2018 will come into effect on April 10, 2018)]\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n[24 The foreign shareholding ratio of life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding will be lifted in 2021) [Lifted in 2020 already]] [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n24 The foreign shareholding ratio of life insurance companies shall not exceed 51%. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding will be lifted in 2021).[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nVII. Finance Industry\n29. Foreign investment in life insurance companies must not exceed 51%. (the ration limit on foreign investment is to be abolished in 2021)  [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nInterim Provisions on the Administration of Insurance Asset Management Companies, China Insurance Regulatory Commission Order (2004) No. 2 April 21, 2004, repealed by CBIRC Order No. 2/2022\nChina Insurance Regulatory Commission issued the \"Measures for the Equity Management of Insurance Companies\" on May 4, 2010 (CIRC Order No. 6 of 2010), abolished by CIRC Order No. 5 of 2018\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","Baker & Mckenzie (2021), \"China: New standards for shareholding administration of foreign-invested insurance companies\", 21 April.","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.cbirc.gov.cn/cn/view/pages/ItemDetail.html?docId=372768&itemId=928&generaltype=0\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.moj.gov.cn/pub/sfbgw/flfggz/flfggzbmgz/201503/t20150306_145508.html\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2018/content_5294432.htm\">Order</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=d5aa1343-3c07-4179-bf9c-6d8d7f1ef91f\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3438,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K661","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00025","Up to 2020, foreign investments in in securities companies, securities investment fund management companies and in futures companies were subject to prior governemnt approval (in addition to needed approval by the regulatory authority) as it featured among the activities under the foreign investment 'negative list'. Goverment approval is no longer required since then.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\n[No longer listed since the 2020 Special Administrative Measures ('Negative List'): \n\"Financial Services\n27. The proportion of foreign investments in securities companies and securities investment fund management companies shall not exceed 51% (restrictions on the proportion of foreign investment shall be cancelled in 2021)\n28. The proportion of foreign investment futures companies shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021)] [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3445,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K643_663","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.00025","Up to 2020, foreign investments in in securities companies, securities investment fund management companies and in futures companies were subject to prior governemnt approval (in addition to needed approval by the regulatory authority) as it featured among the activities under the foreign investment 'negative list'. Goverment approval is no longer required since then.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\n[No longer listed since the 2020 Special Administrative Measures ('Negative List'): \n\"Financial Services\n27. The proportion of foreign investments in securities companies and securities investment fund management companies shall not exceed 51% (restrictions on the proportion of foreign investment shall be cancelled in 2021)\n28. The proportion of foreign investment futures companies shall not exceed 51%. (Removal of restrictions on foreign equity ratio in 2021)] [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3450,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CZE","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.00075","The operation of a branch as a “mortgage bank” to the extent that a “mortgage bank” is an institution authorised to issue mortgage securities on domestic markets, which is reserved to financial institutions incorporated under domestic law","\"Mortgage Bonds\nArticle 28 […]\n(2) Mortgage bonds may be issued only by a bank pursuant to a special legal rule governing the activity of banks with its registered office in the Czech Republic (hereinafter “issuer of mortgage bonds“). [...]\" (Act on Bonds 190/2004 Coll. of 1 April 2004, as amended by 183/2017 Coll..)[repealed by Act No. 307/2018 Coll].\n----------------------------\n\"CZECH REPUBLIC\nList A, I/A Direct investment:\n– In the country concerned by non-residents. [...]\nRemark: The reservation applies to: [...]\nii) the operation of a branch as a “mortgage bank” to the extent that a “mortgage bank” is an institution authorised to issue mortgage securities on domestic markets, which is reserved to financial institutions incorporated under domestic law;[...]\" (OECD (2021), Code of Liberalisation and Capital Movements, Paris)","Act on Bonds 190/2004 Coll. of 1 April 2004, as amended by 230/2008 Coll.\nOECD (2021), Code of Liberalisation and Capital Movements, Paris.","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.ebrd.com/downloads/legal/securities/czbond.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.mfcr.cz/assets/cs/media/Zakon_2019-01-04_Bonds-Act-040119-EN.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"www.oecd.org/investment/codes.htm\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3555,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","FRA","A031","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.00015","In order to be registered in France, fishing vessels must either: a) be owned at least 50 per cent by physical persons of the EU; b) be owned at least 50 per cent by moral persons established in the EU; c) be owned at least 50 per cent by physical persons, as described in (a), and by moral persons, as described in (b). In the case of ownership by moral persons established in the EU, their head office may be located in a State which does not belong to the EU when, in application of an agreement concluded between France and this State, a company incorporated in accordance with French law can regularly exercise its activity on the territory of the said State and have its registered office there. The ship must then also be managed and controlled from a permanent establishment located on French territory.","\"Article 219a [Repealed by Ordinance n°2021-1843 of December 22, 2021 - art. 7]\nI. - To be French-language, a vessel armed for fishing must meet the following conditions: [...]\n2 ° A. - Or at least half belong to nationals of a Member State of the European Union who, if they reside in the territory of the French Republic for less than six months per year, must elect domicile there for all administrative or legal matters relating to the ownership and condition of the vessel. If the vessel is jointly owned, each of the managers must reside in France or, if they reside there for less than six months per year, elect domicile there;\nB. - Or at least half of companies having their registered office or their main establishment in the territory of the French Republic or of another Member State of the European Union, subject, in the latter case, that the vessel is managed and controlled from a permanent establishment located on French territory. However, the head office may be located in a State which does not belong to the European Union when, in application of an agreement concluded between France and this State, a company incorporated in accordance with French law can regularly exercise its activity on the territory of the said State and have its registered office there. The ship must then also be managed and controlled from a permanent establishment located on French territory;\nC. - Or at least half belong to nationals of a Member State of the European Union fulfilling the conditions provided for in A and to companies meeting the conditions provided for in B;\nD. - Either be intended to belong after exercise of the option open for the acquisition of the property by a leasing operation:\na) Or at least half to nationals of a Member State of the European Union fulfilling the conditions provided for in A; b) Or at least half to companies fulfilling the conditions set out in B; c) Or at least half to nationals of a Member State of the European Union fulfilling the conditions provided for in A and to companies fulfilling the conditions provided for in B;\nE. - Or be bareboat chartered by:\na) A natural person fulfilling the nationality and residence conditions defined in A; b) Or a company fulfilling the conditions of nationality, registered office or permanent establishment defined in B;\n3 ° Independently of the cases provided for in 2 °, the francization of a vessel armed for fishing may be granted by special approval under conditions fixed by decree when, in one of the cases provided for in the same 2 °, the rights of persons physical or legal fulfilling the conditions of nationality, residence, registered office or main establishment defined in said 2 ° do not extend to half but at least a quarter of the vessel.\nII. - When bareboat chartered, a French-language vessel equipped for fishing can only keep the French flag on condition that it is, during its charter period, managed and controlled from a permanent establishment located on French territory. [...]\nIII. - The French vessel and armed for fishing must have a real economic link with French territory. The company's corporate officer or his representative must reside on French territory.[...]\" (Customs Code, last amended by Law n°2021-1017 of 2 August 2021, Article 219a [google translation])","Customs Code, last amended by Law n°2021-1017 of 2 August 2021, Article 219a","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/codes/id/LEGITEXT000006071570/\">Code</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,727,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","M711_741X","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.001875","As of March 2021, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with large-sized projects or using advanced technology is no longer subject to foreign equity limitations, but foreign architectes are still required to partner with domestic ones according to government regulation. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, as in respect to required partnership agreements with SMEs in certain sectors, it is assumed that a partnership requirement for architects is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. It is assumed that the partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement. Hence, not only via contractual forms implying some sort of joint-venture/'profit sharing' agreements. The employment of local architects is not sufficient to satisfy the partnership requirement. Previously, foreign investment in architectural and engineering services associated with large-sized projects or using advanced technology was limited to 67%. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Business service / Construction consultant service using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 10,000,000,000 [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER V - PROCEDURES FOR TRANSFER OF EXPERTISE AND TRANSFER OF KNOWLEDGE OF FOREIGN ARCHITECTS\nPart One - General\nArticle 51\n(1) Foreign Architects can carry out Architect services by:\na. at the request of a business entity in Indonesia;\nb. at the initiative of a Foreign Architect Business Entity;\nc. at the request of the Architect; and\nd. at the request of the office or institution where the Foreign Architect works.\n(2) Foreign Architect service practices as referred to in paragraph (1) must meet the following requirements:\na. have a work permit in Indonesia in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations regarding the use of foreign workers;\nb. have a valid Architect competency certificate issued by an official certification body or body recognized by the country of origin or another country that has been verified and registered by the Board; and\nc. partner with Architects.\nArt 52\n(1) Business Entities and / or Architects that will collaborate with Foreign Architects must report to the Council and comply with the provisions of laws and regulations regarding foreign workers.\n(2) Foreign Architect Business Entities that will carry out Architectural Practice services in Indonesia must report to the Council and comply with the provisions of laws and regulations regarding foreign workers.\nArt 53\n(1) Foreign Architects who carry out Architect Practices in Indonesia are required to transfer expertise and transfer knowledge.\n(2) The transfer of expertise and transfer of knowledge as referred to in paragraph (1) is a situation of exchanging expertise and knowledge on an equal basis between foreign architects and architects.\n(3) Transfer of expertise and transfer of knowledge as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be carried out by:\na. develop and improve the services of the Architect's Practice in the workplace;\nb. transferring professional knowledge and abilities to Architects; and / or\nc. provide education and / or training to educational institutions, research institutions, and / or development institutions in the field of Architecture free of charge.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VI - IMPOSITION OF ADMINISTRATIVE SANCTIONS \nPart One - General\nArt 56\n(1) The government has the authority to impose administrative sanctions for violations.\n(2) The administrative sanctions as referred to in paragraph (1) are imposed for violations: [...]\nd. transfer of expertise and transfer of knowledge of Foreign Architects;\ne. Foreign Architect partnerships with Architects; and [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 15 of 2021 concerning Implementation Regulations of Law Number 6 of 2017 concerning Architects [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nG. Public Works Sector\n- Business service / Construction consultant service using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 10,000,000,000: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownershipby ASEAN countries’ investors:Max.70%\n [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nGovernment Regulation Number 15 of 2021 concerning Implementation Regulations of Law Number 6 of 2017 concerning Architects [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161845/pp-no-15-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3389,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","B09","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00175","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in some O&G services was limited to up to 49% equity holdings.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Oil and gas construction services (spherical tank,  offshore pipeline installation), Oil and gas, geology and geophysical surveying services  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed].[...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2020\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nD. Energy and Mineral Resources Sector\n-Business Field : Oil and gas construction services (spherical tank,  offshore pipeline installation), Oil and gas, geology and geophysical surveying services: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3395,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","C30","_O","IV61","IX",2018,"0.0000625","As of March 2021, foreign investment in the traditional shipbuilding industry is now closed to FDI. Previously, foreign investment in manufacturing of a few transport equipment products, including traditional shipbuilding activities, was subject to partnertship agreeements with local SMEs.  For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, such a partnership requirement is assumed equivalent to a 'local content requirement' because it does not necessary impose an equity partnership or joint-venture obligation. The partnership requirement may be satisfied in the form of a contractual profit sharing, operational cooperation (kerja sama operasional), outsourcing, distribution or subcontracting arrangement, remains applicable.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n- Two and Three-Wheeled Motor Vehicle Components and Equipment Industry [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Wooden Boats Equipment and Fittings Industry for Marine Tourism and Fishing [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n- Repair Services for Ships, Boats and Floating Buildings; Other Transportation Equipment Repair Services, Not Motor Vehicles [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs][new]\n- Four or More Wheeled Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories Industry, includes: Leaf Sporing, Radiators, Fuel Tanks, Muffles, Brakes, Gearboxes/Persnelling, Axles, Road Wheels, Suspension Shock Absorber, Radiators, Silencers, Exhaust Pipes, Change Catalysts, Clutches, Steering Wheel, Steering Column System and Steering Box; Spare Parts and Accessories for Motor Vehicle Body, such as Seat Belts, Doors, Bumpers, Airbags; Car Seats; Motor Vehicle Electrical Equipment, such as Generators, Alternators, Spark Plugs, Ignition Wiring Harnesses / Starters, Automatic Door And Window Opening Systems, Taximeter Installation Into the Instrument Panel, Voltage Regulator [see 2019 restrictions below]: Partnership [with local SMEs]\n[...]\nAPPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 10 YEAR 2021 ON INVESTMENT BUSINESS FIELDS - LIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS\n- Shipbuilding Industry (Phinisi [traditional Indonesia motor-sailing boat]; Outrigger (cadik); Other Wooden Ships with Unique Traditional Design)[see 2019 restrictions below]: 100% domestic capital [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nIn this Agency Regulation what is meant by: [...]\n12. Domestic Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMDN, is an investment activity to conduct business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Domestic Investors using domestic capital.\n13. Foreign Investment, hereinafter abbreviated as PMA, is an investment activity to carry out business in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia carried out by Foreign Investors, both those who use foreign capital completely and those who jointly with Domestic Investors. [...]\n41. Micro and Small Enterprises, hereinafter referred to as UMK, are micro and small enterprises as referred to in the Law on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nPart Two - Business Licensing Applicant\nArticle 9\n(1) Business Actors who can apply for a Business Permit consist of: a. natural person; b. business entity; c. representative office; and D. foreign business entity. [...]\n(8) Investments made by business entities as referred to in paragraph (1) letter b are categorized into PMDN and PMA.\n(9) The PMA as referred to in paragraph (8) must be in the form of a limited liability company under Indonesian law and domiciled in the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia, unless otherwise stipulated by law.\n[...]\nPart Four Provisions on Investment Value and Capital\nPart 1 - UMK-M [SME]\nArticle 11\n(1) Provisions on the value of investment and capital for complying with the criteria for business capital as stipulated in the government regulation concerning facilitation, protection and empowerment of cooperatives and micro, small and medium enterprises.\n(2) The criteria for business capital as referred to in paragraph (1) are regulated as follows:\na. micro businesses have business capital up to a maximum of IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises;\nb. small business has business capital of more than IDR 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah) up to a maximum of IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) excluding land and buildings for business premises; And\nc. medium enterprises having business capital of more than IDR 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiahs) up to a maximum of IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiahs) excluding land and buildings for business premises.\nPart 2 - Big Business\nArticle 12\n(1) Business entities as referred to in Article 9 paragraph (1) letter b classified as PMA [foreign-invested companies] are categorized as large businesses and are required to comply with minimum investment value provisions, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.\n(2) Provisions for the minimum investment value for PMA as referred to in paragraph (1), namely the total investment is greater than IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), excluding land and buildings per business sector KBLI 5 (five) digits per project location. [...]\n(6) In addition to the provisions on the minimum investment value as referred to in paragraph (2), for PMA, minimum capital requirements are regulated.\n(7) The minimum capital requirements for PMA as referred to in paragraph (6) are issued/paid up capital of at least IDR 10,000,000,000.00 (ten billion rupiah), unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations.[...]\" (REGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Two - Partnership Patterns\nParagraph 1 - General\nArticle 104\n(1) Partnerships between Micro Enterprises, Small Enterprises and Cooperatives with Medium Enterprises and large enterprises shall be carried out by taking into account the principle of partnership and upholding sound business ethics.\n(2) The principle of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) includes the principle of mutual:\na. need;\nb. trust;\nc. strengthen; And\nd. profitable.\n[...]\nArticle 105\n(1) The partnership includes the process of transferring skills in the fields of production and processing, marketing, capital, human resources and technology in accordance with the partnership pattern.\n(2) Transfer of skills as referred to in paragraph (1) is provided through training, capacity building, apprenticeship and mentoring to Micro and Small Enterprises.\nArticle 106\n(1) The partnership as referred to in Article 105 is carried out through the pattern of:\na. plasma-nucleus;\nb. subcontract;\nc. franchise;\nd. general trading;\ne. distribution and agency;\nf. supply chain; And\ng. other forms of partnership.\n(2) Other forms of partnership as referred to in paragraph (1) letter g, at least:\na. profit sharing;\nb. operational cooperation;\nc. joint venture (joint uenfitre); And [...]\" (GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS: RESERVED FOR OR IN PARTNERSHIP WITH MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM-SCALE ENTERPRISES AND COOPERATIVES\n[Manufacturing - Transport Equipment]\n- Business with specific capacities (Component and spare parts to start up motor industry, Pump and compressor industry, Two- and three-wheeled motor vehicle components and fittings industry, Bicycle and pedicab fittings Industry, Manufacture of agricultural machinery industry using medium technology such as paddy threshers, corn peeler and hand tractor, Wooden ships for marine tourism and fishing industry, Wooden ship tools and equipmentsmarine and fishing industry, ): Partnership [with local SMEs] [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [google translation])","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nREGULATION OF THE INVESTMENT COORDINATING BOARD OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 4 OF 2021 CONCERNING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR RISK-BASED BUSINESS LICENSING AND INVESTMENT FACILITIES [google translation]\nGOVERNMENT REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 7 YEAR 202I REGARDING EASE, PROTECTION AND EMPOWERMENT OF COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES [google translaiton]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT\nGovernment Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises [repealed by Government Regulation (PP) Number 7 of 2021 on Ease, Protection, and Empowerment of Cooperatives and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://jdih-storage.bkpm.go.id/jdih/userfiles/documents/2021/10/2021PerBKPM004.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161837/pp-no-7-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/5349/pp-no-17-tahun-2013\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3408,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.002","Foreign investment in several services incidential to water transport, including cargo handling activities among others, is prohibited.","\"SECTION II Exercise of Port Activities [arts. 116th to 121st]\nSUBSECTION I General Principles [arts. 116th and 117th]\nArticle 116 General access regime\n1. This Law enshrines the principle of freedom of access to port and logistical activities, including ancillary, complementary or subsidiary activities, and others compatible with these, to be carried out in port areas, subject to compliance with the requirements and legal and regulatory obligations and the award of certain activities on an exclusive basis, without prejudice to the provisions of national legislation.\n2. Activities of a logistical nature are considered, namely, commercial activities related to the movement of cargo and passenger traffic in ports that do not embody the port operation activity, as well as industrial activities related, namely, with the maritime sector , such as shipyards, support activities for fishing and nautical recreation.\n3. Activities compatible with activities of a port nature or of a logistic nature are considered to be the use of renewable energies, the economic exploitation of offshore and the recreational and tourist use of the riverbed and shore.\n4. The exercise by private parties of licensed activities, given the underlying public interest, is subject to compliance with the requirements and obligations set out in the license or concession contract, namely, when applicable, public service.\n5. Due to their characteristics, public interest and strategic relevance, the activities mentioned in this article can only be carried out preferentially by national citizens or companies constituted in accordance with Angolan law, without prejudice to the provisions of the applicable legislation.\nArticle 117. Concessionable activities\n1. The provision of port activities to the public, including ancillary, complementary or subsidiary activities, subject to the fulfillment of certain requirements and obligations, namely public service, to be pursued by private entities, in areas of the public port domain, must be object of a concession, namely under a public service regime.\n2. The activities mentioned in the previous number are, namely, the following: a) the loading and unloading of ships; b) handling, parking, storage, consolidation and deconsolidation of port cargo;\nc) pilotage; d) the trailer; e) the mooring; f) waste collection; g) the exploitation of recreational and sports navigation infrastructures; h) the exploitation of fishing ports, safeguarding the powers and responsibilities of other bodies in this type of activity, as well as other specific applicable legislation; i) the exploration of terminals to support the petroleum activity, safeguarding the competences and responsibilities of other bodies in this type of activity, as well as other specific applicable legislation; j) the operation of dry ports; k) passenger traffic; l) the water supply.\n3. The exercise of the activities referred to in paragraphs a), b), c), d), e), f), g), h), k) and l) of the previous number is exclusively reserved for companies constituted by national citizens. [...](Law on Merchant Marine, Ports and Related Activities - Law No. 27/12, of 28 August [google translation])","Law on Merchant Marine, Ports and Related Activities - Law No. 27/12, of 28 August [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang116896.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,584,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","AGO","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.002","Foreign investment in several services incidential to water transport, including cargo handling activities among others, is prohibited.","\"SECTION II Exercise of Port Activities [arts. 116th to 121st]\nSUBSECTION I General Principles [arts. 116th and 117th]\nArticle 116 General access regime\n1. This Law enshrines the principle of freedom of access to port and logistical activities, including ancillary, complementary or subsidiary activities, and others compatible with these, to be carried out in port areas, subject to compliance with the requirements and legal and regulatory obligations and the award of certain activities on an exclusive basis, without prejudice to the provisions of national legislation.\n2. Activities of a logistical nature are considered, namely, commercial activities related to the movement of cargo and passenger traffic in ports that do not embody the port operation activity, as well as industrial activities related, namely, with the maritime sector , such as shipyards, support activities for fishing and nautical recreation.\n3. Activities compatible with activities of a port nature or of a logistic nature are considered to be the use of renewable energies, the economic exploitation of offshore and the recreational and tourist use of the riverbed and shore.\n4. The exercise by private parties of licensed activities, given the underlying public interest, is subject to compliance with the requirements and obligations set out in the license or concession contract, namely, when applicable, public service.\n5. Due to their characteristics, public interest and strategic relevance, the activities mentioned in this article can only be carried out preferentially by national citizens or companies constituted in accordance with Angolan law, without prejudice to the provisions of the applicable legislation.\nArticle 117. Concessionable activities\n1. The provision of port activities to the public, including ancillary, complementary or subsidiary activities, subject to the fulfillment of certain requirements and obligations, namely public service, to be pursued by private entities, in areas of the public port domain, must be object of a concession, namely under a public service regime.\n2. The activities mentioned in the previous number are, namely, the following: a) the loading and unloading of ships; b) handling, parking, storage, consolidation and deconsolidation of port cargo;\nc) pilotage; d) the trailer; e) the mooring; f) waste collection; g) the exploitation of recreational and sports navigation infrastructures; h) the exploitation of fishing ports, safeguarding the powers and responsibilities of other bodies in this type of activity, as well as other specific applicable legislation; i) the exploration of terminals to support the petroleum activity, safeguarding the competences and responsibilities of other bodies in this type of activity, as well as other specific applicable legislation; j) the operation of dry ports; k) passenger traffic; l) the water supply.\n3. The exercise of the activities referred to in paragraphs a), b), c), d), e), f), g), h), k) and l) of the previous number is exclusively reserved for companies constituted by national citizens. [...](Law on Merchant Marine, Ports and Related Activities - Law No. 27/12, of 28 August [google translation])","Law on Merchant Marine, Ports and Related Activities - Law No. 27/12, of 28 August [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://faolex.fao.org/docs/pdf/ang116896.pdf\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,584,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","H5210_5222_5224T5229","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.0006","Since 2019, no longer restricted. Previously, in 2018, domestic shipping agency companies needed to be controlled by Chinese investors.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and mail industries \n12. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n13. The controlling stake of public air transport companies shall be held by the Chinese side, with no more than 25% investment ratio of a foreign investor and its affiliates, and its legal representative shall be a Chinese citizen. The legal representative of general airlines must also be a Chinese citizen and general airlines for agriculture, forestry and fishery are subject to the form of equity joint venture, and for other general airlines, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side.\n14. For the construction and operation of civil airports, a comparative controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. And foreign parties shall not participate in the construction and operation of the airport tower.\n15.  Investment in postal companies and domestic express mail business shall be prohibited. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Special Administrative Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition) [...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and postal services\n14. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side.\n[Domestic shipping agency companies must be controlled by the Chinese side: no longer listed]. [...]\" ((Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Special Administrative Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition) [...]\nVI. Transportation, warehousing and postal services\n18. Domestic water transport companies must be controlled by the Chinese side.\n19. Domestic shipping agency companies must be controlled by the Chinese side. \n[International marine transportation companies (limited to Sino-foreign equity or contractual joint ventures): no longer listed] [...]\" ((Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"Chapter 1 General Provisions [...]\nArticle 2.　The term \"maritime transport\" as mentioned in this Law refers to the transport of goods by sea and the transport of passengers by sea, including direct transport between seas and rivers and between rivers and seas.\nThe provisions of Chapter IV of this law on the contract of carriage of goods by sea shall not apply to the carriage of goods by sea between ports of the People's Republic of China.\n[...]\nArticle 4.　Sea transportation and towing between ports of the People's Republic of China shall be operated by ships flying the national flag of the People's Republic of China. However, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.\nWithout the approval of the competent department of communications under the State Council, foreign ships are not allowed to operate maritime transport and towage between the ports of the People's Republic of China.\nArticle 5.　Vessels have acquired the nationality of the People's Republic of China upon legal registration and have the right to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China. [...]\" (Maritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"Article 2 The following ships shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations:\n(1) Ships owned by citizens of the People's Republic of China whose residences or principal places of business are located within the territory thereof;\n(2) Ships owned by enterprises with legal person status established under the laws of the People's Republic of China and whose principal places of business are located within the territory thereof, provided that, where foreign investment is involved, the proportion of registered capital contributed by Chinese investors shall not be less than 50 per cent;\n[...]\nArticle 3. Ships are allowed to sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China only after being registered according to law and granted the nationality of the People's Republic of China. No ship may sail under the national flag of the People's Republic of China without being registered.\nArticle 4. A ship shall not have dual nationality. A ship registered abroad whose former registration of nationality has not been suspended or deleted shall not be granted the Chinese nationality.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Ships of Chinese nationality shall be manned by Chinese citizens. In case it is necessary to recruit foreign seafarers, their employment shall be approved by the competent department of transport and communications under the State Council.\nSeafarers on board ships of Chinese nationality who are required to possess certificates of competency shall hold the appropriate certificates of competency issued by the People's Republic of China.[...]\" (Regulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation])","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nMaritime Law of the People's Republic of China of 1 July 1993, as amended\nRegulations of the People's Republic of China Governing the Registration of Ships of 01.01.1995, as amended [google translation]\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/guoqing/2020-12/24/content_5572935.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2020-12/26/content_5575071.htm\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3423,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C26","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"5.83E-05","Foreign investment in sectors/activities listed in the foreign investment 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access) requires prior government approval. This is the case of foreign investment in the production of satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n6. For the printing of publication, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. \n7. Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited. \n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022).\n9. Satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components production. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry\n9. The printing of publications must be controlled by the Chinese party.\n10. Investment in radioactive mineral smelting and processing and nuclear fuel production is prohibited.\n11. It is prohibited to invest in the application of processing technologies such as steaming, frying, broiling, and calcining of traditional Chinese medicine pieces and the production of confidential prescription products of proprietary Chinese medicines.\n12. Except for special-purpose vehicles and new energy vehicles, the Chinese shareholding ratio in vehicle manufacturing shall not be less than 50%. The same foreign investor may establish two or less joint ventures in China to produce similar vehicle products. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in commercial vehicle manufacturing will be lifted in 2020. In 2022, restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in passenger car manufacturing will be lifted, as well as restrictions on the same foreign company being able to establish two or less joint ventures in China that produce similar vehicle products)\n13. Production of satellite TV broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components.\n14. Investment in the production of rice paper and ink ingots is prohibited.  [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3470,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C26","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"5.83E-05","Foreign investment in sectors/activities listed in the foreign investment 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access) requires prior government approval. This is the case of foreign investment in the following manufacturing activities: printing of publication, production of satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components, and complete automobile manufacturing (except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicle).","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n6. For the printing of publication, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. \n7. Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited. \n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022).\n9. Satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components production. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,2511,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C24","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0015","Up to 2020, foreign investment in radioactive mineral smelting, or processing and nuclear fuel production was prohibited.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIV. Production and supply of electricity, heat, gas, and water\n8.For the construction and operation of nuclear power plants, the controlling stake shall be held by Chinese investors. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n[It is forbidden to invest in radioactive mineral smelting, processing, and nuclear fuel production] [no longer listed][...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n7. Investment is prohibited in radioactive mineral smelting, or processing and nuclear fuel production.[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing [...]\n10. Investment is prohibited in radioactive mineral smelting, or processing and nuclear fuel production. [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (2017 Revision) [...]\nSpecial Management Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List for Foreign Investment Access) \nPart I - Catalogue of Restricted Industries for Foreign Investment [...]\n6. Smelting and separation of rare earth (limited to Sino-foreign equity or contractual joint ventures); smelting of tungsten\n[...]\nPart II - Catalogue of Prohibited Industries for Foreign Investment [...]\n8. Smelting and processing of radioactive minerals, and production of nuclear fuels [...]\" (Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (2017 Revision))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)\nCatalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (Revision 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.szlh.gov.cn/English/doingbusiness/Investmentguide/content/post_8533847.html\">Catalogue</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3482,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","JOR","J59","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.000225","As of 2019, FDI in advertising services and photographic services [including photocopying services as per previous regulation No. 54/2000] are no longer restricted. ","\"Chapter One\nIncentives and advantages Outside the Development Zones and Free Zones\nArticle (10)\nsubject to the provisions of any other legislation:\na- Any Non-Jordanian person shall have the right to invest in the Kingdom through possession, partnership or sharing according to the basis and conditions set out pursuant to a regulation issued for this purpose provided that the economic activities and the percentage within which the non-Jordanian investor may participate or share.\nb- subject to the provisions of para (a) hereof the non-Jordanian investor shall be treated as the Jordanian investor.[...]\" (Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10 [unofficial translation])\n---------------------\n\"Article 1\nThis system is called (a system amending the system for organizing investments for non-Jordanians for the year 2019) and it reads with the system No. (77) for the year 2016 referred to below in the original system, one system and it works from the date of its publication in the Official Gazette.\nArticle 2\nThe text of Article (3) of the original system shall be canceled and replaced by the following text:\n-Article 3\nWithout prejudice to the considerations of national security, public order, public morals, and public health for a non-Jordanian investor to own any percentage of any project in any economic activity except for the economic activities outlined in Articles 4 and 5 of this system unless a text is provided in the relevant legislation that sets A restriction on that ownership or that contribution.\nArticle 3\nThe text of Article (4) of the original system shall be canceled and replaced by the following text:\n-Article 4\nThe non-Jordanian investor may own less than (50%) of the capital of any project in the following economic activities:\n[advertising services, including advertising agencies and services are no longer listed][...]\" (Regulation on Non-Jordanian Investments No. 80/2019, amending Regulation on non-Jordanian investors No. 77 of 2016)","Investment Law (No. 30 of 2014), Article 10\nRegulation of Non-Jordanian Investments (No. 77 of 2016), last amended 16 June 2020, Articles 2, 3 and 4","n;a","[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:3339,LegislationType:2,isMod:false\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.jic.gov.jo/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Investment-Law-ENGLISH-2014.pdf\">Law_Eng</a>],[<a href=\"https://lob.gov.jo/?v=1.13&url=ar/LegislationDetails?LegislationID:6587,LegislationType:3,isMod:false\">Reg</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,1644,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","KAZ","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.003","From 16 December 2020, foreign banks are allowed to open their branches in Kazakhstan, subject to compliance with current legislation and certain additional requirements.","\"Article 13-1. Opening a branch of a non-resident bank in the Republic of Kazakhstan\n1. A non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan has the right to apply to the authorized body for obtaining permission to open a branch in the territory of the Republic of Kazakhstan, provided that the following conditions are met:\n1) the sum of the total assets of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan must not be less than an amount equivalent to twenty billion US dollars;\n( FATF);\n3) the existence of an agreement between the authorized body and the financial supervision body of the state, the resident of which is the non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan.\nThe agreement between the authorized body and the financial supervision body of the state, the resident of which is a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan, must contain the procedure for the exchange of confidential information constituting a commercial secret in the securities market, bank secrets, insurance secrets or other secrets protected by law, the procedure for cooperation on opening a branch of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan, licensing, coordination of executives, regulation, control and supervision (including conducting inspections of activities) and termination of activities of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan and its branch, as well as other issues of interaction for the purpose of exercising control and supervisory functions ;\n4) the presence of a written notification of the financial supervision body of the state, the resident of which is the non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan, that it does not object to the opening of a branch of the non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan in the territory of the Republic of Kazakhstan, or a statement of the financial supervision body of the said state that such permission is not required under the legislation of the state, the resident of which is the non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan;\n5) the presence of a written confirmation of the financial supervision body of the state, the resident of which is the non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan, that the non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan has a valid banking license.\n2. An application for permission to open a branch of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan in Kazakh or Russian is submitted in the form established by the regulatory legal act of the authorized body, with the following documents attached: [...]\n3. Refusal to issue a permit to open a branch of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan is made on any of the following grounds:\n1) non-compliance with the requirements established by paragraph 1 of this article;\n2) non-compliance with the requirements established by subparagraphs 8) and 11) of part one of paragraph 2 of this article;\n3) the business plan and other submitted documents do not show that:\n-after the expiration of the first three financial (operating) years, the activities of a branch of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan will be profitable;\n-a branch of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan intends to comply with the requirements for limiting risk and create an appropriate management structure;\n-a branch of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan has an organizational structure corresponding to the plans of its activities;\n-a branch of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan has an accounting and control structure corresponding to the plans of its activities;\n 4) inconsistency of the name of the branch of a non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan with the requirements of paragraph 2 of Article 4-1 of this Law;\n 5) non-elimination of the comments of the authorized body on the submitted documents within the time period established by it.\n The authorized body shall notify the non-resident bank of the Republic of Kazakhstan in writing about the grounds for refusal. [...]\" (Law On Banks and Banking Activities (No. 2444 of 31 August 1995), as amended by Law No. 399-VI of 02.01.2021 (in effect from 16.12.2020), Article 13-1 [google translation])","Law On Banks and Banking Activities (No. 2444 of 31 August 1995), as amended by Law No. 399-VI of 02.01.2021 (in effect from 16.12.2020), Article 13-1","n/a","[<a href=\"https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/Z950002444_\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3504,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","H512","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.0004","Since 2019, one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies are required to be composed by Lebanese nationals. Investment in a few sectors - insurance, economics [financial services and real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - are particularly affected since joint-stock companies is the only form of business incorporation allowed according to sectoral regulations. Branches of foreign companies may sometimes be allowed (e.g. banking), but such requirement remains more burdensome for established foreign investors. For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the restriciton is considered only in the affected sectors.","[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3788,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","_H","CLAS1_1","I63","IX",2018,"0.15","On 26 June 2019, the “Instructions for Foreign Strategic Investors’ Ownership in Listed Companies” (the FSI Instructions) became effective. The FSI Instructions removed the existing limit on foreign ownership of a Saudi-listed company to foreign strategic investors. Under the new regulations, foreign ownership of stocks will no longer be limited to qualified foreign investors (QFIs) (i.e. financial firms with at least US$500 million in assets under management). Also, the previous minimum or maximum ownership limits for strategic investors have been abolished. Holding periods of 24 months continue to apply. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, it is assumed to have been fully liberalised and, thus, no longer scored.","\"Summary:\nThe decision included: Allowing the Capital Market Authority to open the way for foreign financial institutions to buy and sell shares listed in the Saudi financial market, according to the rules it sets in this regard. […]\" (Council of Ministers’ Resolution No. (388) dated 24/9/1435H [21/7/2014])\n---------------------------------\n\"Article 1: Preliminary\na. The purpose of these Rules is to set out the procedures, requirements and conditions for qualifying foreign investors to invest in listed securities, and to specify their obligations and the obligations of authorised persons in this regard.\nb. These Rules shall be read in conjunction with and in addition to the Capital Market Law and its Implementing Regulations, including, the Rules of Offering Securities and Continuing Obligations, the Market Conduct Regulations, the Authorised Persons Regulations, the Merger and Acquisition Regulations and the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing Rules.\nc. Without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Article (15) of these Rules, these Rules shall not apply to Citizens of the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf.\nd. Qualified foreign investors (“QFIs”) are entitled to exercise all rights related to listed securities owned by them, including trading in rights issues.\n[...]\nPART 3: CONTINIOUING OBLIGATIONS\nArticle 13: Compliance with laws and regulations\nA QFI must at all times comply with the applicable provisions stated in the Capital Market Law and\nits Implementing Regulations, as well as the rules and the regulations of the Exchange and other\nrelevant laws.\nArticle 14: Investment limits\na. Investments of QFIs shall be subject to the following limitations:\n1) Each QFI, may not own 10% or more of the shares of any issuer whose shares are listed or convertible debt instrument of the issuer.\n2) The maximum proportion of the shares of any issuer whose shares are listed or convertible debt instrument of the issuer that may be owned by all foreign investors (in all categories, whether residents or non-residents, except the foreign strategic investors pursuant to the Instructions for the Foreign Strategic Investors' Ownership in Listed Companies) in aggregate is 49%. [....] (Rules for Qualified Foreign Financial Institutions Investment in Listed Securities Issued by the Board of the Capital Market Authority Pursuant to its Resolution Number 1-42-2015,dated 15/7/1436H [4/5/2015]).\n---------------------------------\n\"Part 2: Categories of Non-resident foreigners whom are allowed to invest in the Parallel Market\nThe following categories of foreigners who do not reside in the kingdom are allowed to invest in the Parallel Market:\n1. Qualified foreign investor according to the Rules for Qualified Foreign Financial Institutions Investment in Listed Securities.\n2. Ultimate beneficiary in Swap agreement with an authorized person.\n3. Legal person allowed to open an investment account in the Kingdom and an account at the Depositary Center and are licensed or incorporated in a jurisdiction that applies regulatory and monitoring standards equivalent to those of the Authority or acceptable to it in accordance with the list of jurisdictions issued by the Authority as required in sub-paragraph (2), and sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph (a) of article 6 of the Rules for Qualified Foreign Financial Institutions Investment in Listed Securities.\n[...]\nPart 3: Investment restrictions\nThe investments of non-resident foreigners of all categories in the Parallel Market are subject to the following limitations:\n1. Each non-resident foreign investor may not own 10% or more of the shares of any issuer whose shares are listed or convertible debt instrument of the issuer.\n2. The maximum proportion of the shares of any issuer whose shares are listed or convertible debt instrument of the issuer that may be owned by all foreign investors (in all categories, whether residents or non-residents, except the foreign strategic investors pursuant to the Instructions for the Foreign Strategic Investors' Ownership in Listed Companies) in aggregate is 49%. [...]\" (Guidance Note for the investment of NonResident Foreigners in the Parallel Market Issued by the Board of the Capital Market Authority Pursuant to Resolution Number 4-59-7102 Dated 72/01/1439H [16/10/2017]) \n---------------------------------\n\"Part 1: Preliminary\na) The purpose of these Instructions is to set out the provisions, requirements and conditions necessary for the Foreign Strategic Investors ownership of Strategic Shareholdings in listed companies, and determine their obligations and the obligations of the Authorised Persons in this regard.\nb) These Instructions shall have no prejudice to the provisions of the Capital Market Law and its Implementing Regulations, especially the Rules on the Offer of Securities and Continuing Obligations and the Merger and Acquisition Regulations, and the other related laws.\nc) The Foreign Strategic Investors are entitled to exercise all rights related to the shares of the listed companies they own, including trading in rights issue.\nd) The Rules for Qualified Foreign Financial Institutions Investment in Listed Securities shall not apply to the Foreign Strategic Investors\n[...]\nPart 2: Definitions [...]\nForeign Strategic Investor: a foreign legal entity that aims to own a Strategic Shareholding in listed companies.\nStrategic Shareholding: the direct ownership percentage in the listed company's shares, and through which the aim is to contribute in promoting the financial or operational performance of the listed company\n[...]\nPart 6: Investment Limits\na) The investments of the Foreign Strategic Investor shall be subject to the following limitations:\n1. The limitations set forth in the Articles of Association of the listed companies or any instructions issued by the regulatory and supervisory authorities which such companies are subject to.\n2. Other legislative limitations on foreigner’s ownership in joint stock companies.\n3. The Foreign Strategic Investor, may not dispose of any of the shares it owned in accordance with these Instructions within a period of two years after the date of ownership of such shares. [...] (INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE FOREIGN STRATEGIC INVESTORS OWNERSHIP IN LISTED COMPANIES Issued by the Board of the Capital Market Authority Pursuant to its Resolution Number 3-65-2019, Dated 14/10/1440H [17/6/2019])\n---------------------------------\n\"[...]The aforementioned Board Decision further included amending subparagraph (a\\2) of Article (14) of the Rules for Qualified Foreign Financial Institutions Investment in Listed Securities and paragraph (2) of Part (3) of the Guidance Note for the investment of Non-Resident Foreigners in the Parallel Market by adding the following statement: \"except the foreign strategic investors pursuant to the Instructions for the Foreign Strategic Investors' Ownership in Listed Companies\" to be read as follows: \"The maximum proportion of the shares of any issuer whose shares are listed or convertible debt instrument of the issuer that may be owned by all foreign investors (in all categories, whether residents or non-residents, except the foreign strategic investors pursuant to the Instructions for the Foreign Strategic Investors' Ownership in Listed Companies) in aggregate is 49%. [...]\" (CMA Announcement on the Adoption of the Instructions for the Foreign Strategic Investors' Ownership in Listed Companies, 26/06/2019)","Council of Ministers’ Resolution No. (388) dated 24/9/1435H [21/7/2014]\nRules for Qualified Foreign Financial Institutions Investment in Listed Securities Issued by the Board of the Capital Market Authority Pursuant to its Resolution Number 1-42-2015,dated 15/7/1436H [4/5/2015])\nGuidance Note for the investment of NonResident Foreigners in the Parallel Market Issued by the Board of the Capital Market Authority Pursuant to Resolution Number 4-59-7102 Dated 72/01/1439H [16/10/2017]\nINSTRUCTIONS FOR THE FOREIGN STRATEGIC INVESTORS OWNERSHIP IN LISTED COMPANIES Issued by the Board of the Capital Market Authority Pursuant to its Resolution Number 3-65-2019, Dated 14/10/1440H [17/6/2019]\nCMA Announcement on the Adoption of the Instructions for the Foreign Strategic Investors' Ownership in Listed Companies, 26/06/2019","n/a","[<a href=\"http://ncar.gov.sa/Documents/Details?Id=I5nxkvo6lyo%2FD7ZwJdfSbw%3D%3D\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://cma.org.sa/en/RulesRegulations/Regulations/Documents/QFI_18_en.pdf\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://cma.org.sa/en/RulesRegulations/Regulations/Documents/QFI_PM_en.pdf\">Guidance</a>],[<a href=\"https://cma.org.sa/en/RulesRegulations/Regulations/Documents/Instructions-FSI-Ownership-Listed-Companies-en.pdf\">Instruction</a>],[<a href=\"https://cma.org.sa/en/Market/NEWS/Pages/CMA_N_2589.aspx\">Announcement</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4059,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.00375","Foreign investment in printed media has been liberalised in 2019, subject to the condition of nominating a Saudi managing director approved by the Ministry.","\"The Cabinet [...] Decides:\nDelete the list of services subject to the system of publications and publishing mentioned in paragraph (7 / b) of item (First) of the Supreme Economic Council (Canceled) No. (1-28) date 5-3-1428 AH. [...]\" (Cabinet Resolution No. (105) dated 2-2-1441 AH deleting the list of services subject to the system of publications and publishing mentioned in paragraph (7 / b) of item first from the list of types of activity excluded for foreign investment issued by the Supreme Economic Council’s decision (canceled) No. (1/28) and the date 3/5/1428 A) \n--------------------------------\n\"The Cabinet [...] Decides:\nAmendment to Paragraph (A / 1) of Article (Fifth) of the Printing and Publishing System - Including the conditions for licensing to practice activities subject to the system - issued by Royal Decree No. (M / 32) and the date of 3/9-1421 AH, as amended by Royal Decree No. (M / 20) And the date of 11/4/1433 AH, to be in the following text:\n“He must be a Saudi national, and it is permissible - by a decision of the Board of Directors of the General Investment Authority - to exclude any of the activities mentioned in Article (second) of the system from this condition.”\nA draft royal decree has been prepared accordingly, accompanying this. [...] (Resolution No. (104) dated 2-2-1441 AH to amend paragraph (A / 1) of Article (5) of the Press and Publications System) \n--------------------------------\n\"[...] 3. Controls Presses Representation Office\nAny printing press may open one or more duty-free offices as an outlet for the marketing of tis products after the approval of the Ministry, according to the following: \nTo nominate a Saudi director for Approval by the Minister [...]\" (Investor Guide For Media Licenses, 2019)","Cabinet Resolution No. (105) dated 2-2-1441 AH [2-10-2019]\nCabinet Resolution No. (104) dated 2-2-1441 AH [2-10-2019]\nInvestor Guide For Media Licenses, 2019","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.uqn.gov.sa/articles/1570645928775170300/\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.uqn.gov.sa/articles/1570645311125160600/\">Resolution</a>],[<a href=\"https://lcsys.gov.sa/img/daleel-en-v2.pdf\">Guide</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4062,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UKR","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.001125","Foreign ownership in news agencies is limited to 35% of the charter capital. ","\"\"Section II. SUBJECTS IN THE SPHERE OF MEDIA\nArticle 13. Entities in the field of media\n1. For the purposes of this Law, subjects in the field of media are:\n1) subjects in the field of audiovisual media; 2) entities in the field of print media; 3) entities in the field of online media; 4) providers of audiovisual services; 5) video sharing platform providers; 6) providers of electronic communication services for broadcasting needs using the radio frequency spectrum.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Entities in the field of print media\n1. For the purposes of this Law, a person exercising editorial control over the creation or selection, organization and distribution of mass information in the form of print media is considered a subject in the field of print media.\n2. Subjects in the field of print media can be citizens of Ukraine, foreigners and stateless persons who have a place of residence in Ukraine, legal entities of Ukraine registered in accordance with the procedure established by law.\nA subject in the field of print media cannot be a person whose ownership structure includes state bodies, local self-government bodies, their associations, except for exceptions provided by law, as well as legal entities established by such bodies, except for scientific institutions, educational institutions and institutions cultures\n{Part two of Article 15 as amended by Law No. 3136-IX dated 30.05.2023 }\n[...]\nArticle 25. Requirements for the ownership structure\n1. The ownership structure of the subject in the media sphere must be transparent.\n2. The ownership structure of a media entity is transparent if the following requirements are simultaneously met: [...]\n3) there are no legal entities registered in offshore zones, the list of which is approved by the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine, among the owners of significant participation in the subject in the field of media at all levels of the ownership structure.\nIn the event that the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine includes a certain country (territory) in the list of offshore zones, a subject in the field of media, the owner of which is a legal entity registered in such a country (in such a territory), is obliged within six months from the date of recruitment to bring its ownership structure into compliance with the requirements of paragraph 3 of this part by the relevant resolution of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine.\n[...]\nSection IX. FEATURES OF THE LEGAL REGULATION OF MEDIA ACTIVITIES IN THE CONDITIONS OF ARMED AGGRESSION\nArticle 118. Effect of the provisions of this section in time\n1. The provisions of this section are effective from the moment the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine recognizes a certain state as an aggressor state (occupier state) and within five years from the day the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine adopts a decision to cancel such status. During such a five-year period, the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine is obliged to annually review the necessity of applying the restrictions provided for in this section and adopt a resolution on the extension or cancellation of the provisions of this section.\n2. In the event of succession to the aggressor state (occupier state), the provisions of this section shall apply to all entities recognized as legal successors of the aggressor state (occupier state).\n[...]\nArticle 120. Restrictions on the structure of ownership and financing of the media during armed aggression\n1. The subject in the field of media in Ukraine cannot be:\n1) a natural person who is a citizen of the aggressor state (occupier state), with the exception of persons who have a temporary or permanent residence permit in Ukraine;\n2) a legal entity registered in the aggressor state (occupier state) or located in such a state;\n3) a legal entity, in which the ultimate beneficial owner, key participant or owner of a significant participation at any level of the chain of ownership of corporate rights is a natural person who is a citizen or resident of the aggressor state (occupier state), or a legal entity registered in to such a state or with a location in such a state;\n4) a legal entity that receives financing (credits, loans, loans, investments, sponsor contributions, charitable contributions, other financial assistance) from natural persons who are citizens of the aggressor state (occupier state), legal entities registered in such a state or domiciled in such a state.\n2. The National Council refuses to register and does not allow the entities specified in the first part of this article to participate in the competition for obtaining a license, in accordance with the procedure established by this Law. [...]\" (Law on Media No. 2849-IX of 13.12.2022, in force as of 31.03.2023 [google translation])\n-------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1. Definition of news agencies\nAccording to this Law, information agencies are registered as legal entities subjects of information activity that act for the purpose of providing information services.\n[...]\nArticle 5. Activities of news agencies\nThe activities of news agencies are the collection, processing, creation, storage, preparation of information for distribution, release and distribution of information products.\nIssuance and distribution by news agencies of their own products for profit is a business activity in this area and is carried out on the basis of this Law and current legislation of Ukraine.\n[...]\nArticle 9. The right to establish news agencies\nThe right to establish an information agency in Ukraine belongs to citizens and legal entities of Ukraine. Foreigners and foreign legal entities have the right to be co-founders of Ukrainian news agencies.\nThe establishment and operation of news agencies in the authorized capital of which the total share owned by foreigners and / or foreign legal entities is more than 35 percent is prohibited.[...]\" (Law on News Agencies (№ 74/95-BP of 28.02.1995), last amended by Law № 2704-VIII of 25.01.2019, Articles 1, 5 and 9 [google translation])","Law on News Agencies (№ 74/95-BP of 28.02.1995), last amended by Law № 2704-VIII of 25.01.2019, Articles 1, 5 and 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/74/95-%D0%B2%D1%80#Text\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1183,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UKR","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.001125","Foreign ownership in news agencies is limited to 35% of the charter capital. ","\"\"Section II. SUBJECTS IN THE SPHERE OF MEDIA\nArticle 13. Entities in the field of media\n1. For the purposes of this Law, subjects in the field of media are:\n1) subjects in the field of audiovisual media; 2) entities in the field of print media; 3) entities in the field of online media; 4) providers of audiovisual services; 5) video sharing platform providers; 6) providers of electronic communication services for broadcasting needs using the radio frequency spectrum.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Entities in the field of print media\n1. For the purposes of this Law, a person exercising editorial control over the creation or selection, organization and distribution of mass information in the form of print media is considered a subject in the field of print media.\n2. Subjects in the field of print media can be citizens of Ukraine, foreigners and stateless persons who have a place of residence in Ukraine, legal entities of Ukraine registered in accordance with the procedure established by law.\nA subject in the field of print media cannot be a person whose ownership structure includes state bodies, local self-government bodies, their associations, except for exceptions provided by law, as well as legal entities established by such bodies, except for scientific institutions, educational institutions and institutions cultures\n{Part two of Article 15 as amended by Law No. 3136-IX dated 30.05.2023 }\n[...]\nArticle 25. Requirements for the ownership structure\n1. The ownership structure of the subject in the media sphere must be transparent.\n2. The ownership structure of a media entity is transparent if the following requirements are simultaneously met: [...]\n3) there are no legal entities registered in offshore zones, the list of which is approved by the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine, among the owners of significant participation in the subject in the field of media at all levels of the ownership structure.\nIn the event that the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine includes a certain country (territory) in the list of offshore zones, a subject in the field of media, the owner of which is a legal entity registered in such a country (in such a territory), is obliged within six months from the date of recruitment to bring its ownership structure into compliance with the requirements of paragraph 3 of this part by the relevant resolution of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine.\n[...]\nSection IX. FEATURES OF THE LEGAL REGULATION OF MEDIA ACTIVITIES IN THE CONDITIONS OF ARMED AGGRESSION\nArticle 118. Effect of the provisions of this section in time\n1. The provisions of this section are effective from the moment the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine recognizes a certain state as an aggressor state (occupier state) and within five years from the day the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine adopts a decision to cancel such status. During such a five-year period, the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine is obliged to annually review the necessity of applying the restrictions provided for in this section and adopt a resolution on the extension or cancellation of the provisions of this section.\n2. In the event of succession to the aggressor state (occupier state), the provisions of this section shall apply to all entities recognized as legal successors of the aggressor state (occupier state).\n[...]\nArticle 120. Restrictions on the structure of ownership and financing of the media during armed aggression\n1. The subject in the field of media in Ukraine cannot be:\n1) a natural person who is a citizen of the aggressor state (occupier state), with the exception of persons who have a temporary or permanent residence permit in Ukraine;\n2) a legal entity registered in the aggressor state (occupier state) or located in such a state;\n3) a legal entity, in which the ultimate beneficial owner, key participant or owner of a significant participation at any level of the chain of ownership of corporate rights is a natural person who is a citizen or resident of the aggressor state (occupier state), or a legal entity registered in to such a state or with a location in such a state;\n4) a legal entity that receives financing (credits, loans, loans, investments, sponsor contributions, charitable contributions, other financial assistance) from natural persons who are citizens of the aggressor state (occupier state), legal entities registered in such a state or domiciled in such a state.\n2. The National Council refuses to register and does not allow the entities specified in the first part of this article to participate in the competition for obtaining a license, in accordance with the procedure established by this Law. [...]\" (Law on Media No. 2849-IX of 13.12.2022, in force as of 31.03.2023 [google translation])\n-------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1. Definition of news agencies\nAccording to this Law, information agencies are registered as legal entities subjects of information activity that act for the purpose of providing information services.\n[...]\nArticle 5. Activities of news agencies\nThe activities of news agencies are the collection, processing, creation, storage, preparation of information for distribution, release and distribution of information products.\nIssuance and distribution by news agencies of their own products for profit is a business activity in this area and is carried out on the basis of this Law and current legislation of Ukraine.\n[...]\nArticle 9. The right to establish news agencies\nThe right to establish an information agency in Ukraine belongs to citizens and legal entities of Ukraine. Foreigners and foreign legal entities have the right to be co-founders of Ukrainian news agencies.\nThe establishment and operation of news agencies in the authorized capital of which the total share owned by foreigners and / or foreign legal entities is more than 35 percent is prohibited.[...]\" (Law on News Agencies (№ 74/95-BP of 28.02.1995), last amended by Law № 2704-VIII of 25.01.2019, Articles 1, 5 and 9 [google translation])","Law on News Agencies (№ 74/95-BP of 28.02.1995), last amended by Law № 2704-VIII of 25.01.2019, Articles 1, 5 and 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/74/95-%D0%B2%D1%80#Text\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1183,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UKR","J58_63","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2022,"0.001125","Foreign ownership in news agencies is limited to 35% of the charter capital. ","\"\"Section II. SUBJECTS IN THE SPHERE OF MEDIA\nArticle 13. Entities in the field of media\n1. For the purposes of this Law, subjects in the field of media are:\n1) subjects in the field of audiovisual media; 2) entities in the field of print media; 3) entities in the field of online media; 4) providers of audiovisual services; 5) video sharing platform providers; 6) providers of electronic communication services for broadcasting needs using the radio frequency spectrum.\n[...]\nArticle 15. Entities in the field of print media\n1. For the purposes of this Law, a person exercising editorial control over the creation or selection, organization and distribution of mass information in the form of print media is considered a subject in the field of print media.\n2. Subjects in the field of print media can be citizens of Ukraine, foreigners and stateless persons who have a place of residence in Ukraine, legal entities of Ukraine registered in accordance with the procedure established by law.\nA subject in the field of print media cannot be a person whose ownership structure includes state bodies, local self-government bodies, their associations, except for exceptions provided by law, as well as legal entities established by such bodies, except for scientific institutions, educational institutions and institutions cultures\n{Part two of Article 15 as amended by Law No. 3136-IX dated 30.05.2023 }\n[...]\nArticle 25. Requirements for the ownership structure\n1. The ownership structure of the subject in the media sphere must be transparent.\n2. The ownership structure of a media entity is transparent if the following requirements are simultaneously met: [...]\n3) there are no legal entities registered in offshore zones, the list of which is approved by the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine, among the owners of significant participation in the subject in the field of media at all levels of the ownership structure.\nIn the event that the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine includes a certain country (territory) in the list of offshore zones, a subject in the field of media, the owner of which is a legal entity registered in such a country (in such a territory), is obliged within six months from the date of recruitment to bring its ownership structure into compliance with the requirements of paragraph 3 of this part by the relevant resolution of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine.\n[...]\nSection IX. FEATURES OF THE LEGAL REGULATION OF MEDIA ACTIVITIES IN THE CONDITIONS OF ARMED AGGRESSION\nArticle 118. Effect of the provisions of this section in time\n1. The provisions of this section are effective from the moment the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine recognizes a certain state as an aggressor state (occupier state) and within five years from the day the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine adopts a decision to cancel such status. During such a five-year period, the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine is obliged to annually review the necessity of applying the restrictions provided for in this section and adopt a resolution on the extension or cancellation of the provisions of this section.\n2. In the event of succession to the aggressor state (occupier state), the provisions of this section shall apply to all entities recognized as legal successors of the aggressor state (occupier state).\n[...]\nArticle 120. Restrictions on the structure of ownership and financing of the media during armed aggression\n1. The subject in the field of media in Ukraine cannot be:\n1) a natural person who is a citizen of the aggressor state (occupier state), with the exception of persons who have a temporary or permanent residence permit in Ukraine;\n2) a legal entity registered in the aggressor state (occupier state) or located in such a state;\n3) a legal entity, in which the ultimate beneficial owner, key participant or owner of a significant participation at any level of the chain of ownership of corporate rights is a natural person who is a citizen or resident of the aggressor state (occupier state), or a legal entity registered in to such a state or with a location in such a state;\n4) a legal entity that receives financing (credits, loans, loans, investments, sponsor contributions, charitable contributions, other financial assistance) from natural persons who are citizens of the aggressor state (occupier state), legal entities registered in such a state or domiciled in such a state.\n2. The National Council refuses to register and does not allow the entities specified in the first part of this article to participate in the competition for obtaining a license, in accordance with the procedure established by this Law. [...]\" (Law on Media No. 2849-IX of 13.12.2022, in force as of 31.03.2023 [google translation])\n-------------------------\nPreviously up to 2022\n-------------------------\n\"Article 1. Definition of news agencies\nAccording to this Law, information agencies are registered as legal entities subjects of information activity that act for the purpose of providing information services.\n[...]\nArticle 5. Activities of news agencies\nThe activities of news agencies are the collection, processing, creation, storage, preparation of information for distribution, release and distribution of information products.\nIssuance and distribution by news agencies of their own products for profit is a business activity in this area and is carried out on the basis of this Law and current legislation of Ukraine.\n[...]\nArticle 9. The right to establish news agencies\nThe right to establish an information agency in Ukraine belongs to citizens and legal entities of Ukraine. Foreigners and foreign legal entities have the right to be co-founders of Ukrainian news agencies.\nThe establishment and operation of news agencies in the authorized capital of which the total share owned by foreigners and / or foreign legal entities is more than 35 percent is prohibited.[...]\" (Law on News Agencies (№ 74/95-BP of 28.02.1995), last amended by Law № 2704-VIII of 25.01.2019, Articles 1, 5 and 9 [google translation])","Law on News Agencies (№ 74/95-BP of 28.02.1995), last amended by Law № 2704-VIII of 25.01.2019, Articles 1, 5 and 9","n/a","[<a href=\"https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/74/95-%D0%B2%D1%80#Text\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,1183,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","H51","CLAS1_1","I12","IX",2018,"0.0128","Since 2019, a concession or authorization to provide public air transport services may only be granted to a legal entity incorporated under Brazilian laws, with headquarters and administration in the country. Before, foreign participation in air transport companies was limited to 20% and directors of such companies had to be exclusively Brazilian nationals.","\"Art. 180. The exploitation of public air services will always depend on prior concession, in the case of regular air transport, or authorization in the case of non-scheduled air transport or specialized services.\nArt. 181. The concession or authorization will only be granted to a legal entity incorporated under Brazilian laws, with headquarters and administration in the country.\nI - headquartered in Brazil; [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019]\nII - at least 4/5 (four fifths) of the capital with voting rights, belonging to Brazilians, this limitation prevailing in the eventual increases of the capital stock; [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019]\nIII - direction entrusted exclusively to Brazilians. [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019]\n§ 1° Shares with voting rights must be nominative if they are companies incorporated in the form of a corporation, whose statutes must expressly prohibit the conversion of preferred shares without voting rights into shares with voting rights. [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019] \n§ 2 The issuance of preferred shares may be allowed up to the limit of 2/3 (two thirds) of the total number of shares issued, with restrictions not provided for in this Code not prevailing. [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019]\n§ 3 The transfer to foreigners of shares with voting rights, which are included in the margin of 1/5 (one fifth) of the capital referred to in item II of this article, depends on the approval of the aeronautical authority. [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019][...]\" (Aeronautical Code (Law No. 7,565 of December 19, 1986), as amended by Law No. 13.842 of 2019, Articles 180 and 181 [google translation])","Aeronautical Code (Law No. 7,565 of December 19, 1986), as amended by Law No. 13.842 of 2019\nLaw No. 13,842, of June 17, 2019, Amending Law No. 7,565, of December 19, 1986 (Brazilian Aeronautical Code). ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Leis/L7565.htm\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2019-2022/2019/lei/L13842.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1316,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","BRA","H51","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.0008","Since 2019, a concession or authorization to provide public air transport services may only be granted to a legal entity incorporated under Brazilian laws, with headquarters and administration in the country. Before, foreign participation in air transport companies was limited to 20% and directors of such companies had to be exclusively Brazilian nationals.","\"Art. 180. The exploitation of public air services will always depend on prior concession, in the case of regular air transport, or authorization in the case of non-scheduled air transport or specialized services.\nArt. 181. The concession or authorization will only be granted to a legal entity incorporated under Brazilian laws, with headquarters and administration in the country.\nI - headquartered in Brazil; [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019]\nII - at least 4/5 (four fifths) of the capital with voting rights, belonging to Brazilians, this limitation prevailing in the eventual increases of the capital stock; [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019]\nIII - direction entrusted exclusively to Brazilians. [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019]\n§ 1° Shares with voting rights must be nominative if they are companies incorporated in the form of a corporation, whose statutes must expressly prohibit the conversion of preferred shares without voting rights into shares with voting rights. [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019] \n§ 2 The issuance of preferred shares may be allowed up to the limit of 2/3 (two thirds) of the total number of shares issued, with restrictions not provided for in this Code not prevailing. [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019]\n§ 3 The transfer to foreigners of shares with voting rights, which are included in the margin of 1/5 (one fifth) of the capital referred to in item II of this article, depends on the approval of the aeronautical authority. [repealed by Law No. 13.842 of 2019][...]\" (Aeronautical Code (Law No. 7,565 of December 19, 1986), as amended by Law No. 13.842 of 2019, Articles 180 and 181 [google translation])","Aeronautical Code (Law No. 7,565 of December 19, 1986), as amended by Law No. 13.842 of 2019\nLaw No. 13,842, of June 17, 2019, Amending Law No. 7,565, of December 19, 1986 (Brazilian Aeronautical Code). ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/Leis/L7565.htm\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2019-2022/2019/lei/L13842.htm\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3293,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C16T18_31_32","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001083333","Since 2019, foreign investment in the production of rice paper and ink ingots is no longer prohibited.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n6. For the printing of publication, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. \n7. Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited. \n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022).\n9. Satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components production. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry\n6. Printing of publications must be controlled by the Chinese Party.[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry\n6. Printing of publications must be controlled by the Chinese Party.[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry\n9. Printing of publications must be controlled by the Chinese Party. [...]\n14. Investment in the production of rice paper and ink ingots is prohibited.  [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF6",1,3466,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IND","B05_06","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.001166667","Since 2019, 100% FDI under the automatic route has been allowed in the sale of coal and coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject. \nPreviously, FDI was allowed without restrictions only in (1) coal & lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Nationalization) Act, 1973, and (2) coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing.","\"CHAPTER 3: GENERAL CONDITIONS ON FDI [...]\n3.4   ENTRY ROUTES FOR INVESTMENT 3.4.1 Investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, through the Automatic Route or the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from Government of India for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign investment under Government Route, are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/Department. \n[...]\n3.5   CAPS ON INVESTMENTS\n3.5.1 Investments can be made by person resident outside India in the capital of a resident entity only to the extent of the percentage of the total capital as specified in the FDI policy. The caps in various sector(s) are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular. \n3.6   ENTRY CONDITIONS ON INVESTMENT\n3.6.1 Investments by non-residents can be permitted in the capital of a resident entity in certain sectors/activity with entry conditions. Such conditions may include norms for minimum capitalization, lock-in period, etc. The entry conditions in various sectors/activities are detailed in Chapter 5 of this Circular.\n[...]\n5.2 PERMITTED SECTORS\na) In the following sectors/activities, FDI up to the limit indicated against each sector/activity is allowed, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. In sectors/activities not listed below, FDI is permitted up to100% on the automatic route, subject to applicable laws/regulations; security and other conditionalities. [...]\nc) Foreign investment in sectors under Government approval route resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to nonresident entities will be subject to Government approval. Foreign investment in sectors under automatic route but with conditionalities, resulting in transfer of ownership and/or control of Indian entities from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, will be subject to compliance of such conditionalities. \n[...]\n5.2.3 MINING \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/ FDI Cap | Entry Route \n5.2.3.1  Mining and Exploration of metal and non-metal ores including diamond, gold, silver and precious ores but excluding titanium bearing minerals and its ores; subject to the Mines and Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.2  Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.\n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing.\n(3) For sale of coal, coal mining activities including associated processing infrastructure subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Act, 2015 and the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 as amended from time to time and other relevant Acts on the subject. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n[...]\n5.2.3.3.2 OTHER CONDITIONS \n(ii)  FDI will not be allowed in mining of “prescribed substances” listed in the Notification No. S.O. 61(E), dated 18.1.2006, issued by the Department of Atomic Energy.\n(iii) “Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic) [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020))\n------------------------------\n\"S.O. 1592(E).—In pursuance of clauses (f) and (g) of sub-section (1) of Section 2 and Section 3 of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 (No. 33 of 1962) and in supersession of the notifications of the Government of India in the Department of Atomic Energy vide number S.O. 61(E) dated 20th January 2006, the Central Government hereby notifies the substances, equipment and technology specified in the Schedule appended hereto as ‘Prescribed Substances, Prescribed Equipment and Technology’. \nSCHEDULE \nCategory 0 Nuclear materials, nuclear-related other materials, equipment and technology\n0A  PRESCRIBED SUBSTANCES \nNote: Any radioactive material in Category 0A shall additionally attract the provisions of Radiation Protection Rules, 2004 made under the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 and the provisions of Section-16 of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962. \n0A1 Source Material\n0A101 Uranium containing the mixture of isotopes occurring in nature.\n0A102 Uranium depleted in the isotope 235.\n0A103 Thorium. \n[...]\n0A2 Special Fissionable Material\n0A201 Plutonium-239.\n0A202 Uranium-233. \n[...]\n0A3 Other Materials\n‘Other Materials’ means non-nuclear materials for reactors, nuclear related dual-use materials indicated below and such materials as determined by the Central Government from time to time. [e.g. Deuterium, Zirconium, Beryllium, Lithium, Niobbium and Tantalum, Tritium, Radium, Boron, Helium]\n[...]\n0B Prescribed Equipment\n0B001 Nuclear Reactors; associated equipment, components, and systems especially designed, prepared, or adapted or used or intended to be used in such reactors including but not limited to:- [...]\n0B002 Plants for processing, production, concentration, conversion or recovery of Prescribed Substances (such as uranium, plutonium, thorium, deuterium, heavy water, tritium, lithium); associated equipment, components and systems especially designed, prepared or adapted or used or intended to be used in such plants including but not limited to:\n[...]\n0C Technology and software \nTechnology and software for the development, production or use of prescribed substances or prescribed equipment specified in 0A or 0B. [...]\" (DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY  NOTIFICATION F. No. 32/02/2016-ER, \"Update of the List of Prescribed Substances, Prescribed Equipment and Technology Under Atomic Energy Act 1962, 28 April, 2016)\n------------------------------\nPreviously up to 2019\n------------------------------\n\"5.2.3 MINING \nSector/Activity | % of Equity/ FDI Cap | Entry Route\n5.2.3.1  Mining and Exploration of metal and non-metal ores including diamond, gold, silver and precious ores but excluding titanium bearing minerals  and its ores; subject to the Mines and Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n5.2.3.2  Coal & Lignite\n(1) Coal & Lignite mining for captive consumption by power projects, iron & steel and cement units and other eligible activities permitted under and subject to the provisions of Coal Mines (Nationalization) Act, 1973. \n(2) Setting up coal processing plants like washeries subject to the condition that the company shall not do coal mining and shall not sell washed coal or sized coal from its coal processing plants in the open market and shall supply the washed or sized coal to those parties who are supplying raw coal to coal processing plants for washing or sizing. | % of Equity/FDI Cap: 100% | Entry Route: Automatic\n[...]\n5.2.3.3.2 OTHER CONDITIONS \n(ii)  FDI will not be allowed in mining of “prescribed substances” listed in the Notification No. S.O. 61(E), dated 18.1.2006, issued by the Department of Atomic Energy.\n(iii) “Associated Processing Infrastructure\" as contained at Para 5.2.3.2 above includes coal washery, crushing, coal handling, and separation (magnetic and non-magnetic) [...]\" (Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017))","Government of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2020), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from October 15, 2020)\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce & Industry (2019), Press Note Press Note No. 4 (2019 Series)\nDEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY  NOTIFICATION F. No. 32/02/2016-ER, \"Update of the List of Prescribed Substances, Prescribed Equipment and Technology Under Atomic Energy Act 1962, 28 April, 2016\nGovernment of India/Ministry of Commerce and Industry (2017), Consolidated FDI Policy (Effective from August 28, 2017)","n/a","[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/FDI-PolicyCircular-2020-29October2020_0.pdf\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/pn4_2019.pdf\">PN</a>],[<a href=\"https://dae.gov.in/writereaddata/pres_subs_0516.pdf\">Notification</a>],[<a href=\"https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/CFPC_2017_FINAL_RELEASED_28.8.17_0.pdf\">Policy</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3977,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","F42","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00225","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in a few construction activities, such as some utility installation activities, was limited to 49%. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Oil and gas construction services: offshore pipeline installation,  Construction and installation of electric power: Installation of high/extra–high voltage electric power utilization  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Contruction - civil engineering]\n-  Oil and gas construction services: offshore pipeline installation,  Construction and installation of electric power: Installation of high/extra–high voltage electric power utilization: Foreign capital ownership Max.49% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3347,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LUX","M691","_O","IV11","IX",2018,"0.000375","Up to 2021, law firms could be created only by Luxembourg or EU licensed lawyers. In principle, only nationals of Luxembourg and of other EU states could become licensed lawyers. Third-country nationals were exceptionally authorised to obtain a license and participate in a law firm subject to reciprocity.\nSince 2021, nationality and reciprocity conditions are no longer a pre-requisite for admission to the legal profession.  ","\"Art. 2.\n(1) Lawyers alone may assist or represent the parties, apply and plead for them before courts of any nature whatsoever, receive their documents and titles in order to represent them to judges, carry out and sign the acts necessary for regularity of the procedure and put the case ready to receive judgment.\nThe provisions of the preceding paragraph do not prevent the application of special legislative provisions and the faculty:\na)\tinsured persons to be represented or assisted, before the Social Security Arbitration Council or the Higher Social Security Council, by a delegate of their professional or trade union organization, their spouse or partner within the meaning of the amended law of July 9 2004 relating to the legal effects of certain partnerships, their relatives or allies in the direct line or their relatives or allies in the collateral line up to the third degree inclusive; representatives must demonstrate special power;\nb)\tthe National Health Fund, the Sickness Fund for civil servants and public employees, the Sickness Fund for civil servants and municipal employees, the Mutual Medical Assistance of the Luxembourg National Railway Company, the Employers' Mutuality, of the Accident Insurance Association, the National Pension Insurance Fund, the Compensation Fund, the National Family Benefits Fund, the Joint Social Security Center, the National Solidarity Fund, social and welfare offices any other administration or service of the State to be represented or assisted by one of their agents, duly authorized by the relevant minister respectively the president of the body concerned, before the Social Security Arbitration Council or the Superior Council of social Security;\nc)\tlitigants to act by themselves or to be represented or assisted by a chartered accountant or a company auditor, duly authorized to practice his profession, before the administrative court called to hear an appeal regarding contributions direct;\nd)\tof the State, municipalities and other legal entities under public law to be represented or assisted by a duly authorized official or agent of their administration, before the justice of the peace, before the president of the district court or the judge who replaces him, ruling on summary proceedings;\ne)\tof the public prosecutor, to represent parties in court in the cases provided for by law.\n(2) No one may, directly or through an intermediary, give, on a regular basis and for remuneration, legal consultations, or draw up documents under private signature for others, if he is not authorized under the terms of this law , to practice the profession of lawyer.\n[...]\nArticle 5\nNo one may practice the profession of lawyer unless they have obtained registration on the roll of a Bar Association established in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.\nArticle 6\n(1) To be entered on the roll as a lawyer practicing in an individual capacity, you must:\na)\tpresent the necessary guarantee of good repute.\nb)\tProof of the fulfillment of the conditions of admission to the internship or fulfill the conditions to be registered as a lawyer practicing in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg under his original professional title, in application of the law of November 13, 2002 transposing into Luxembourg law of Directive 98/5/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of February 16, 1998 aimed at facilitating the permanent exercise of the profession of lawyer in a Member State other than that where the qualification was acquired.\nExceptionally, the Council of the Order may exempt people who have completed their professional internship in their State of origin and can attest to professional practice of at least five years, from certain conditions of admission to the internship.\nc) [repealed by  Law of 20 July 2021, Mém. A627]  \t\nd)\tmaster the language of legislation and administrative and judicial languages ​​within the meaning of the law of February 24, 1984 on the language regime without prejudice to article 31-1. The level of skills to be achieved for the Luxembourgish and German languages ​​is level B2 of the Common European Framework of Reference for oral comprehension and level B1 for oral expression and for the German language level B2 for written comprehension. For the French language, level B2 of the same framework is required both for comprehension and for written and oral expression.\nBy way of derogation from the preceding paragraph, European lawyers referred to in Article 10 of Directive 98/5/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 February 1998 aimed at facilitating the permanent exercise of the profession of lawyer in a Member State other than that where the qualification was acquired as well as lawyers covered by Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of September 7, 2005 relating to the recognition of professional qualifications as amended by Directive 2013/ 55/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of November 20, 2013, at the time of their admission to list I of the roll of a Bar Association must master the language of the legislation within the meaning of the law of February 24, 1984 on the regime languages ​​to the extent that they limit their professional activities to those which do not require mastery of other languages ​​within the meaning of the law of February 24, 1984 . The level of language knowledge required is that indicated in the preceding paragraph.\n(2) Before being registered on the roll of lawyers, candidate lawyers, upon presentation by the President of the Order or his delegate, take the oath before the Court of Cassation in these terms “I swear loyalty to the Grand Duke, obedience to the Constitution and laws of the State; not to deviate from the respect due to the courts; not to advise or defend any cause that I do not believe is right in my soul and conscience.\n[...]\nArt. 34.\n(1) Lawyers may associate with each other within a lawyers' association. They can also associate themselves within a legal entity under Luxembourg law or foreign law.\n(2) All partners in an association of lawyers or in a legal entity practicing the profession of lawyer must be lawyers registered with a Bar or an organization representing the competent authority of a Member State of the European Union .\nThe Council of the Order may authorize association with lawyers registered with an Order or an organization representing the professional authority of a non-member State of the European Union on the condition of noting that this Order or this organization ensures conditions of registration, exercise of the profession and association equivalent to those provided for in this law.\nArt. 34-1.\n(1) The partners of an association of lawyers decide on the legal form and terms of their association, its representation with regard to third parties and the rights and duties of the partners.\n(2) Within two weeks of the conclusion of the association contract or the amending act, a copy is sent by registered letter to the Council of the Order which may, within one month of receipt, give formal notice to the associated lawyers to modify the agreement so that it complies with professional rules. The associated lawyers may appeal this decision to the Disciplinary and Administrative Council by request within forty days of sending the decision.\n[...]\nArt. 34-3.\n(1) Legal entities under Luxembourg law or foreign law admitted to the roll of an Order have as sole activity the exercise of the profession of lawyer.\n(2) The name of the legal entity must be followed or preceded by the legal form in which it is organized and if it acts through its establishment in Luxembourg, by the words “registered with the bar of Luxembourg/Diekirch”.\n(3) The securities representing the capital of the legal entity under Luxembourg law or foreign law practicing the profession of lawyer must be nominative and can only be held by a person meeting the conditions to be a partner in a legal entity practicing the profession lawyer in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.\n(4) The constitutive documents of any legal entity practicing the profession of lawyer in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg must include:\n- the terms of the transfer of shares or shares inter vivos or upon death;\n- the rights and obligations of the partner who has lost the status of practicing professional and of his beneficiaries; And\n- the description of his activity consisting solely in the exercise of the legal profession.\n(5) A legal entity under Luxembourg law or foreign law practicing the profession of lawyer cannot be or remain registered on list V of the table of the Order of its headquarters if it does not include one or more partners registered on the list I of the table of the Order practicing their profession permanently in Luxembourg who exercise a significant influence on the activity of the legal entity in Luxembourg. A legal entity under Luxembourg law or foreign law practicing the profession of lawyer cannot be or remain registered on list VI of the table of the Order of its headquarters if it does not include at least one partner registered on list I or in list IV of the table of the Order who practices his profession permanently in Luxembourg.\n(6) The members of the management bodies of a legal entity practicing the legal profession must be partners of the legal entity. [...]” (Law of August 10, 1991 on the profession of lawyer, Mém. A58 of 08/27/1991, as amended by Law of 20 July 2021, Articles 5, 6 and 34 [google translation])\n---------------------\npreviously up to 2021\n---------------------\n\"Artcile 2\n(1) Lawyers alone can assist or represent the parties, apply and plead for them before courts of any kind, receive their documents and titles in order to present them to the judges, carry out and sign the acts necessary for the regularity of the procedure and put the case ready to receive judgment.\nThe provisions of paragraph (1) do not prevent the faculty\n- socially insured persons to be assisted or represented by a delegate of their professional or trade union organization before the Arbitration Council or the Superior Council of Social Insurance,\n- litigants to be represented or assisted by a chartered accountant or a company auditor, duly authorized to practice their profession, before the courts sitting in matters of direct contributions,\n- of the public prosecutor to represent parties in court in the cases provided for by law.\n(2) No one may, directly or through an intermediary, give, on a regular basis and for remuneration, legal consultations, or draw up documents under private signature for others, if he is not authorized, under the terms of this law, to practice the legal profession.\n[...]\nArt. 5.\nNo one may practice the profession of lawyer if he has not obtained registration on the roll of a Bar Association established in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.\nArt. 6.\n(1) Pour être inscrit au tableau, il faut:\na)\tprésenter la garantie nécessaire d'honorabilité.\nb)\tjustifier de l'accomplissement des conditions d'admission au stage. Exceptionnellement, le Conseil de l'ordre peut dispenser les personnes ayant accompli leur stage professionnel dans leur Etat d'origine et pouvant attester d'une pratique professionnelle d'au moins cinq ans, de certaines conditions d'admission au stage.\nc)\têtre de nationalité luxembourgeoise ou être ressortissant d'un Etat membre des Communautés Européennes. Le Conseil de l'ordre,après avoir pris l'avis du ministre de la Justice, peut, sur la preuve de la réciprocité de la part du pays non-membre de la Communauté Européenne dont le candidat est ressortissant, dispenser de cette condition. Il en est de même des candidats qui ont le statut de réfugié politique et qui bénéficient du droit d'asile au Grand-Duché de Luxembourg.\n(2) Avant d'être inscrits au tableau des avocats, les candidats-avocats,sur présentation par le Bâtonnier de l'Ordre ou de son délégué, prêtent devant la Cour de cassation le serment en ces termes «Je jure fidélité au Grand-Duc, obéissance à la Constitution et aux lois de l'Etat; de ne pas m'écarter du respect dû aux tribunaux; de ne conseiller ou défendre aucune cause que je ne croirais pas juste en mon âme et conscience».\n[...]\nArt. 34.\n(1) Lawyers may associate with one another and decide on the legal form and terms of their association, its representation with regard to third parties, and the rights and duties of partners. All partners must be registered with the Orders provided for by this law or with a Bar Association or other organization representing the professional authority of a Member State of the European Communities.\n(2) The Bar Council may, by way of derogation from the foregoing, allow the association with lawyers registered with a Bar Association or with another organization representing the professional authority of lawyers of a State which is not a member of the European Communities. the condition of noting that this order or association ensures, in addition to reciprocity, conditions of registration, exercise of the profession and association equivalent to those provided for by this law.[...]\" (Law of August 10, 1991 on the profession of lawyer, Mém. A58 of 08/27/1991, Articles 5, 6 and 34 [google translation])","Law of August 10, 1991 on the profession of lawyer, Mém. A58 of 08/27/1991, as amended by Law of 20 July 2021;\nLaw of August 10, 1991 on the profession of lawyer, Mém. A58 of 08/27/1991","n/a","[<a href=\"https://legilux.public.lu/eli/etat/leg/loi/1991/08/10/n3/consolide/20210822\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://legilux.public.lu/eli/etat/leg/loi/1991/08/10/n3/jo\">Law</a>]","EU1","STF1",1,3511,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","_H","_O","IV51","IX",2018,"0.05","The previous dicriminatory minimum capital requirement for foreign investment in business in general has been abolished with the new Foreign Investment Law of 2019 and its implementing Executive Rules. Previously, the Executive rules set discriminatory minimum capital requirements: SAR 25 million for agricultural entities, SAR 5 million for industrial entities, and SAR 2 million for other entities. For the purposes of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, any remaining discriminatory sector-specific minimum capital rquirement is scored under the respective sector. ","\"Article 6\nThe conditions for granting a Foreign Investment license by The Authority shall include the following:\n1. The investment activity to be licensed should not be in the List of Excluded activities from Foreign Investment.\n2. The intended Product should comply with the Kingdom’s rules and regulations, or the laws of the European Union or the United States of America in the absence of those laws, in terms of standards and specifications, raw materials and production processes.\n3. The license applicant should be a natural or nominal person who has come to the Kingdom for investment.\n4. The Foreign Investor should not have been convicted in the past for substantial violations of the provisions of The Act.\n5. The Foreign Investor should not have been convicted in the past of financial or commercial violations whether in the Kingdom or in other countries.\n6. The grant of a license shall not result in the breach of any international or regional agreement to which the Kingdom is a party. [...]\" (New Executive Rules of the Foreign Investment Act of 2019)\n------------\n\"Fourth: Licensing Conditions and Criteria\nArticle 6: \nThe conditions for granting a Foreign Investment license by The Authority shall include the following: \nThe investment activity to be licensed should not be in the List of Excluded activities from Foreign Investment. \nThe intended Product should comply with the Kingdom's rules and regulations, or the laws of the European Union or the United States of America in the absence of those laws, in terms of standards and specifications, raw materials and production processes. \n(a) The amount of capital invested shall not be less than twenty five million Saudi Riyals for agricultural entities. \n(b) The amount of capital invested shall not be less than five million Saudi riyals for industrial entities. \n(c) The amount of capital invested shall not be less than two million Saudi riyals for other entities in accordance to detailed conditions and criteria laid down by Board of Directors. \nThe Board of Directors may reduce the minimum invested capital in projects established in areas specified by it or in projects which require high technical experiences or export projects. \nThe Foreign Investor should not have been convicted in the past for substantial violations of the provisions of The Act. \nThe Foreign Investor should not have been convicted in the past of financial or commercial violations whether in the Kingdom or in other countries. \nThe grant of a license shall not result in the breach of any international or regional agreement to which the Kingdom is a party.[...]\" (Foreing Investment Act - Executive Rules, 2000) ","Executive Rules of the Foreign Investment Law of Saudi Arabia, 2019\nForeing Investment Act - Executive Rules, 2000","n/a","[<a href=\"https://mci.gov.sa/en/Regulations/Pages/details.aspx?lawId=cdc59d89-7c3b-456e-a66b-a81e0098e03b\">Rules</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.saudiembassy.net/foreign-investment-act-and-executive-rules\">Rules</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4115,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CRI","K6419X","_O","IV31","IX",2018,"0.003","Private banks and financial service providers, including insurance intermediaries, must incorporate under Costa Rican laws and obtain authorization from the General Superintendence of Financial Entities","\"CHAPTER I\nConstitution, purposes, domicile and duration\nArticle 1.- The National Banking System shall be composed of:\n1) The Central Bank of Costa Rica;\n2) The National Bank of Costa Rica;\n3) The Bank of Costa Rica; [...]\n6) Any other State bank that may be created in the future; and\n7) Private commercial banks, established and managed in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of this law.\nThe System shall be governed by this law, the Organic Law of the Central Bank of Costa Rica and other applicable laws, as well as by the respective regulations.\n[...]\nArticle 141.- Private banks must necessarily be established as corporations or as cooperative unions or federations, in accordance with the legal regulations that govern such entities, insofar as they are not specifically modified by this law.\n[...]\nArticle 142.- No private bank may operate without the express authorization of the General Superintendence of Financial Entities, in accordance with the regulations that it issues for this purpose. This authorization may not be transferred, sold or assigned. (As amended by article 162, paragraph l), of the Organic Law of the Central Bank of Costa Rica No. 7558 of November 3, 1995) [...]\" (Organic Law of the National Banking System, implemented 26 September 1953, last amended 12 September 2018, Articles 1, 141, and 142 [google translation])","Organic Law of the National Banking System, implemented 26 September 1953, last amended 12 September 2018","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.pgrweb.go.cr/scij/Busqueda/Normativa/Normas/nrm_texto_completo.aspx?param1=NRTC&nValor1=1&nValor2=9925&nValor3=113567&strTipM=TC\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3289,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","D3510X1","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.00105","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in small scale power plants was limited to 49%.","\"APPENDIX II - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS ALLOCATED OR PARTNERSHIPS WITH COOPERATIVES AND MICRO, SMALL, AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES\n[Energy and Mineral Resources Sector]\n- Power plant < 1 MW [see 2019 restrictions below]: Allocated to MSME/cooperatives [no material change]\n- Small-scale power plant (1-10 MW) [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Geothermal power plant with a capacity of ≤ 10 MW [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Power plant > 10 MW [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed][...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nD. Energy and Mineral Resources Sector\n- Power plant < 1 MW: Domestic capital 100% \n- Small-scale power plant (1-10 MW): Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%\n- Geothermal power plant with a capacity of ≤ 10 MW: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%\n- Power plant > 10 MW: Foreign capital ownership: Max.95% (Maximum 100% for the purpose of Public Private Partnership / KPS during concession period) [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF5",1,3343,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","G471_478_479","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0075","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in some non-specialised retail activities, namely department store with retail space of 400 m2 – 2,000 m2, was limited to 67% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Department store with retail space of 400 m2 – 2,000 m2  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed].[...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"Part Three - Shopping Centers and Supermarkets\nParagraph 1 - General\nArt 86 [...]\n2. In the case of a supermarket in the form of a department store, the establishment of a department store by Business Actors who are:\na. foreign investors must be integrated with Shopping Centers that already have Business Licenses; or\nb. Domestic investors can be done independently or integrated with Shopping Centers that already have Business Licenses and / or buildings or other areas.[...]\" (Government Regulation No.29 of 2021 on Implementation of Trading Sector [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Distribution - retail]\n- Department store with retail spaceextent of 400 m2 – 2,000 m2: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max of 67%; and b. Specific license from the Ministry of Trade only if 1.Located in a mall and not stand alone 2.Addition of outlet stores shall be based on export performance (pay performance). \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nGovernment Regulation No.29 of 2021 on Implementation of Trading Sector [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161870/pp-no-29-tahun-2021\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3352,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.036","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in wholesale distribution business not affiliated to production, and warehousing were limited to 67% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Distributor’s business not affiliated to production  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Distribution - retail]\n- Distributor’s business not affiliated to production, warehouse: Foreign capital ownership of 67% [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3357,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","I56_N79_R90T93","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0035","As of March 2021, no longer restricted, except for specifc travel agency services for Umrah and Special Hajj, which is now closed to FDI. Previously, foreign investment in catering and travel bureau agencies and in a few other touristic activities was limited to 67% of equity interest [up from 51% previously]. Foreign investment in travel agents and tour guiding companies was reserved for indonesian-owned SMEs [foreign-invested companies do not qualify as SMEs because of minimum capital requirements].","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\n- Tourism travel bureau [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (with the following condition: Domestic capital 100% and Muslim for activities of the Travel Bureau for Umrah and Special Hajj [Islamic religious pilgrimage])\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nI. Tourism and Creative Economy Sector\n- Catering, Golf court, Bowling, Organization of Meeting, Incentive, Convention, and Exhibition: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70% \n- Natural tourism object business outside conservation areas, Singing room / karaoke: Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%[...]\n- Tourism travel bureau [agency]: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownership by ASEAN countries’ investors: Max.70%. [...] \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3371,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","J612T619","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.008","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in fixed and mobile telecommunication services was limited to 67% of equity interest.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n-  Mobile telecommunication network services, Telecommunication network provider integrated with telecommunication services, Content telecommunication services (ringtone, premium short message services, etc), Call centers and other added-value telephony services, Internet service providers, Data communication system services [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nK. Communication and Informatic Sector\n- Mobile telecommunication network services, Telecommunication network provider integrated with telecommunication services, Content telecommunication services (ringtone, premium short message services, etc), Call centers and other added-value telephony services, Internet service providers, Data communication system services: Domestic capital: 67% [...]  \"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3378,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","_H","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.3","Since 2019, board members of joint-stock companies are no longer required to be shareholders of the company. Hence, the remaining requirement for one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies to be of Lebanese nationality no longer represent a limitation to foreign shareholding anymore. This affects particularly investments in the following sectors: insurance, economics [financial services & real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - since a joint-stock company is the only form of business permitted in these sectors. For the purpose of the OECD FDIRI, it is assumed there is no longer a restriction in place in this regard, unless otherwise restricted in sectorals laws.","[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n---------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. \n[...]\nArticle 147 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 14028 of ----------- (16 March 1970\nThe general meeting elects the members of the Board of Directors from among those shareholders who hold a minimum number of shares as fixed in the Articles [of Association of the company]. Such shares shall remain registered; they shall be struck with the \"not negotiable\" stamp and deposited in the company's treasury.\nThey shall be assigned to provide security for the individual and collective liability of the Directors for all acts of mismanagement of which they might be guilty. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3780,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","D3510X1","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.000875","Since 2019, one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies are required to be composed by Lebanese nationals. Investment in a few sectors - insurance, economics [financial services and real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - are particularly affected since joint-stock companies is the only form of business incorporation allowed according to sectoral regulations. Branches of foreign companies may sometimes be allowed (e.g. banking), but such requirement remains more burdensome for established foreign investors. For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the restriciton is considered only in the affected sectors.","[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).\n","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3784,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","LBN","K65_662","CLAS1_3","III21","IX",2018,"0.00075","Since 2019, one-third [previously the majority] of the board of directors of joint-stock companies are required to be composed by Lebanese nationals. Investment in a few sectors - insurance, economics [financial services and real estate], supplies [utilities], organized air freight [air transportation], banking or finance - are particularly affected since joint-stock companies is the only form of business incorporation allowed according to sectoral regulations. Branches of foreign companies may sometimes be allowed (e.g. banking), but such requirement remains more burdensome for established foreign investors. For the purpose of the OECD FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, the restriciton is considered only in the affected sectors.","[Text of the Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce: not found in French or English]\n---------------------------\n[Previous legislation]\n\"CHAPTER 3 - Operation of joint-stock companies\nSection 1 - Directors\nArticle 144 (as modified by the Law promulgated by Decree N° 9798 of 4 May 1968)\nThe management of the joint-stock company shall be entrusted to a Board of Directors consisting of three members, at least, and of twelve members, at most.\nWithout prejudice to what could be provided by special legislation for certain joint-stock companies, the majority at least of the members of the Board of Directors must be of Lebanese nationality.\nThe Hoard of Directors must appoint one of its members for the chairmanship. [...]\" (Lebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942)\n---------------------------\n\"Limited Liability Company S.A.R.L\nThe object of an S.A.R.L may not be related to insurance, economics, supplies, organized air freight, banking or finance. [...]\" (Government of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL))","Law No.126 of 29/03/2019 modifying certain provisions of the Lebanese Code of Commerce\nLebanon Code of Commerce: Legislative Decree N° 304 of 24 December 1942.\nGovernment of Lebanon,\"Business Structures in Lebanon\", Investment Development Authority of Lebanon (IDAL).","ALDIC - LEBANON, \"LAW NO.126 OF 29/03/2019 MODIFYING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEBANESE CODE OF COMMERCE (LEGISLATIVE-DECREE NO. 304 OF 24/12/1942)\", webpage.","[<a href=\"http://www.databank.com.lb/doc.asp?ID=940\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinlebanon.gov.lb/en/doing_business/starting_a_business/choose_a_business_structure\">Website</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.aldic.net/law-no-126-of-29032019-modifying-certain-provisions-of-the-lebanese-code-of-commerce-legislative-decree-no-304-of-24121942/\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3796,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.0225","Until the entry into force of the new Housing Code of 2022, only citizens had the right to obtain land for the construction of residential property and to be beneficiaries of privatised residential real estate. Legal entities were not entitled to hold residential property. This has change with the the new Housing Code of 2022. Legal entities established in Tajiskistan are now entitled to hold residential property. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the previous was assumed not discriminatory towards foreign-owned juridical persons, only foreign natural persons. For other types of real estate, except land, there were no other restriction. Foreign legal entities were allowed to buy and sell buildings and structures as locally incorporated companies. ","\"SECTION I. GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nPrivatization of housing is carried out by free transfer or sale into the ownership of citizens on a voluntary basis of the premises they occupy in the state housing fund.\nSection 2.\nCitizens occupying residential premises in the houses of the state housing fund under a lease or rental agreement shall have the right, with the consent of all cohabiting adult family members, to acquire these premises in the property under the conditions provided for by this Law and other regulatory acts of the Republic of Tajikistan.\nSection 3.\nCitizens who become owners of residential premises own, use, dispose of them in accordance with applicable law and have the right to sell, give, bequeath, lease, and make other transactions with them that do not contradict the current legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n[...]\nSection 17.\nThe housing fund managed by enterprises and organizations, or transferred to operational management by institutions, in case of privatization of these enterprises, institutions and organizations shall be privatized together with them under the conditions established by this Law, or transferred to the appropriate executive authority (hukumat) in whose territory is. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of November 4, 1995 No. 114 \"On Privatization of the Housing Fund of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translated])\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 8. CONSTRUCTION OF PRIVATE HOUSING\nArticle 56. The right of citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan to build private housing\n1. Citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan have the right to build a private residential building on a plot of land allocated in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan for these purposes.\n2. The right of citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan to build housing is ensured by the development and protection by the state of the existing individual housing stock, the promotion of individual housing construction, and the fair distribution of land on the basis of the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan. [...]\" (Code of the Republic of Tajikistan dated December 28, 2012, No. 933 \"Town Planning Code of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translated])\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 2. RESIDENTIAL PREMISES AND HOUSING STOCK\nArticle 8. Residential premises and its types\nResidential premises include: 1) a residential building, part of a residential building; 2) an apartment in an apartment building, part of an apartment; 3) room.\nArticle 9. Purpose and use of residential premises\n1. Residential premises are intended for the residence of citizens.\n2. The use of residential premises is carried out in compliance with the rights and legitimate interests of citizens, sanitary and hygienic, environmental, architectural and urban planning, fire safety and other requirements stipulated by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan. Standard rules for the use of residential premises are approved by the authorized state body in the housing sector.\n3. The use of residential premises or part thereof for the implementation of professional activities or individual entrepreneurial activities by citizens residing therein is permitted with the consent of the owner and residents of this premises, if this does not violate the rights and legitimate interests of other citizens, as well as the requirements that the residential premises must meet.\n4. Placement of industrial production facilities in residential premises is prohibited\n[...]\nArticle 10. Types of housing stock\n1. The housing stock, depending on the form of ownership, is divided into: 1) state housing stock; 2) private housing stock.\n2. The state housing stock consists of the republican, municipal housing stock and the housing stock of self-government bodies of settlements and villages.\n3. The private housing stock consists of residential premises owned by citizens or non-governmental legal entities or their associations.\n[...]\nArticle 19. Ownership rights to a constructed residential building or apartment building\n1. The construction of a residential or multi-apartment building is carried out by citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan, legal entities, local executive bodies of state power, self-government bodies of settlements and villages in the manner established by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n2. The right of ownership to a constructed residential building or apartment building belongs, respectively, to a citizen of the Republic of Tajikistan, legal entities, a state body, and self-government bodies of settlements and villages, at whose expense the financing of the construction of a residential building or apartment building was carried out.\n3. When financing the construction of a residential building or apartment building through the shared participation of citizens, legal entities, government agencies, and self-government bodies of settlements and villages, they acquire the right of ownership of residential premises in such residential premises in proportion to their share of participation, unless otherwise provided by law or by agreement of the parties.\n[...]\nArticle 115. Residential Lease Agreement\n1. Under a residential lease agreement, one party - the owner of the residential premises or a person authorized by him (the lessor) undertakes to provide the other party - a citizen (the lessee) with residential premises for possession and use for living, for a fee.\n2. A legal entity uses residential premises only for living. [...]\" (Housing code of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 18, 2022 No. 1852 [google translation])\n----------------------------\nPrevious Housing Code\n----------------------------\n\"SECTION 1. GENERAL\nArticle 1. The right of citizens of Tajikistan to housing\nIn accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Tajikistan, every citizen has the right to housing.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Housing Fund\nThe housing fund is comprised of residential buildings, residential premises located on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan, as well as other buildings credited to the housing fund after they are accepted for operation and legal registration in the manner prescribed by the Law.\nThe non-residential premises in residential buildings intended for commercial, domestic and other non-industrial needs are not included in the housing stock.\nArticle 5. Types of housing stock\nHousing fund includes:\n1. State housing fund - residential buildings and premises in buildings owned by the state.\n2. Public housing fund - residential buildings and premises in buildings owned by collective farms, cooperative organizations, associations, trade unions and other public organizations.\n3. Housing cooperatives fund - residential buildings owned by housing cooperatives.\n4. Individual housing stock - residential buildings owned by citizens, as well as privatized residential premises (apartments) located in the houses of the state and public housing stock.\nThe housing fund also includes residential buildings owned by state-collective farm and other state-cooperative associations, enterprises and organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Appointment of residential buildings and premises\nDwelling houses and residential premises are intended for citizens to live in the manner prescribed by law, as well as for use as official residential premises and dormitories.\nThe use of residential buildings and residential premises for non-residential purposes is prohibited.\n[...]\nSECTION 3. PROVISION OF CITIZENS BY RESIDENTIAL PREMISES. RENT A RESIDENTIAL ROOM [...]\nCHAPTER 8. OWNERSHIP OF CITIZENS APARTMENT (RESIDENTIAL HOUSE)\nSection 110. Use of an Apartment (Apartment Building) Owned by a Citizen by Ownership\nCitizens who own an apartment (residential buildings) use them for personal residence and residence of members of their families. They have the right to instill other citizens in apartments (houses), rent these apartments (houses) to other citizens or organizations, and also use residential houses for labor management.\nThe ownership of an apartment (apartment building) is confirmed by documents notarized and issued by local executive authorities.\nThe owner of an apartment or apartment building (including an unfinished one) has the right to freely sell at his discretion an apartment (house), determining the conditions of sale, donate it, bequeath to others and dispose of the apartment (house) in a manner not prohibited by legislative acts. Relations related to the exercise of the right of ownership to apartments (residential buildings) are regulated by the legislation on property, taking into account the features established by this Code.\n[...]\nArticle 112. Construction of a residential building\nThe construction of a residential building is carried out by citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan on a land plot allocated by the relevant local authority for individual housing construction and maintenance of a residential building in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n[...]\nArticle 113. Acquisition of an apartment (apartment building) by way of civil law transactions\nAn apartment (residential building), including unfinished or part of an apartment (residential building) can be acquired into ownership through transactions of purchase and sale, exchange, donation or other civil transactions not prohibited by law.\nThe contract of purchase and sale or donation of an apartment (apartment building) located in a city, region or located in a rural locality must be notarized and registered with the executive authorities. Failure to comply with these rules entails the invalidity of the contract.\n[...]\nArticle 117. The right to common ownership of a residential building\nTwo or more citizens can acquire the right of common ownership of a house in two or more apartments in case of joint construction, purchase of a house through civil law transactions or by inheritance, redemption of a house as a result of privatization, payment of the entire share contribution by members of the cooperative and other cases. Each of these citizens acquires ownership of the respective apartment, and parts of the house that are in common use are recognized as their common property. [...]\" (Housing Code of the Republic of Tajikistan of December 27, 1997 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of November 4, 1995 No. 114 \"On Privatization of the Housing Fund of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translation]\nCode of the Republic of Tajikistan dated December 28, 2012, No. 933 \"Town Planning Code of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translation]\nHousing code of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 18, 2022 No. 1852 [google translation]\nHousing Code of the Republic of Tajikistan of December 27, 1997 [repealed by Code No. 1852 of 2022] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=18\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=14736\">Code</a>],[<a href=\" http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=25819\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=327\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2863,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TJK","L68X2","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2021,"0.0225","Until the entry into force of the new Housing Code of 2022, only citizens had the right to obtain land for the construction of residential property and to be beneficiaries of privatised residential real estate. Legal entities were not entitled to hold residential property. This has change with the the new Housing Code of 2022. Legal entities established in Tajiskistan are now entitled to hold residential property. For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, the previous was assumed not discriminatory towards foreign-owned juridical persons, only foreign natural persons. For other types of real estate, except land, there were no other restriction. Foreign legal entities were allowed to buy and sell buildings and structures as locally incorporated companies. ","\"SECTION I. GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1\nPrivatization of housing is carried out by free transfer or sale into the ownership of citizens on a voluntary basis of the premises they occupy in the state housing fund.\nSection 2.\nCitizens occupying residential premises in the houses of the state housing fund under a lease or rental agreement shall have the right, with the consent of all cohabiting adult family members, to acquire these premises in the property under the conditions provided for by this Law and other regulatory acts of the Republic of Tajikistan.\nSection 3.\nCitizens who become owners of residential premises own, use, dispose of them in accordance with applicable law and have the right to sell, give, bequeath, lease, and make other transactions with them that do not contradict the current legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n[...]\nSection 17.\nThe housing fund managed by enterprises and organizations, or transferred to operational management by institutions, in case of privatization of these enterprises, institutions and organizations shall be privatized together with them under the conditions established by this Law, or transferred to the appropriate executive authority (hukumat) in whose territory is. [...]\" (Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of November 4, 1995 No. 114 \"On Privatization of the Housing Fund of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translated])\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 8. CONSTRUCTION OF PRIVATE HOUSING\nArticle 56. The right of citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan to build private housing\n1. Citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan have the right to build a private residential building on a plot of land allocated in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan for these purposes.\n2. The right of citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan to build housing is ensured by the development and protection by the state of the existing individual housing stock, the promotion of individual housing construction, and the fair distribution of land on the basis of the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan. [...]\" (Code of the Republic of Tajikistan dated December 28, 2012, No. 933 \"Town Planning Code of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translated])\n----------------------------\n\"CHAPTER 2. RESIDENTIAL PREMISES AND HOUSING STOCK\nArticle 8. Residential premises and its types\nResidential premises include: 1) a residential building, part of a residential building; 2) an apartment in an apartment building, part of an apartment; 3) room.\nArticle 9. Purpose and use of residential premises\n1. Residential premises are intended for the residence of citizens.\n2. The use of residential premises is carried out in compliance with the rights and legitimate interests of citizens, sanitary and hygienic, environmental, architectural and urban planning, fire safety and other requirements stipulated by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan. Standard rules for the use of residential premises are approved by the authorized state body in the housing sector.\n3. The use of residential premises or part thereof for the implementation of professional activities or individual entrepreneurial activities by citizens residing therein is permitted with the consent of the owner and residents of this premises, if this does not violate the rights and legitimate interests of other citizens, as well as the requirements that the residential premises must meet.\n4. Placement of industrial production facilities in residential premises is prohibited\n[...]\nArticle 10. Types of housing stock\n1. The housing stock, depending on the form of ownership, is divided into: 1) state housing stock; 2) private housing stock.\n2. The state housing stock consists of the republican, municipal housing stock and the housing stock of self-government bodies of settlements and villages.\n3. The private housing stock consists of residential premises owned by citizens or non-governmental legal entities or their associations.\n[...]\nArticle 19. Ownership rights to a constructed residential building or apartment building\n1. The construction of a residential or multi-apartment building is carried out by citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan, legal entities, local executive bodies of state power, self-government bodies of settlements and villages in the manner established by the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n2. The right of ownership to a constructed residential building or apartment building belongs, respectively, to a citizen of the Republic of Tajikistan, legal entities, a state body, and self-government bodies of settlements and villages, at whose expense the financing of the construction of a residential building or apartment building was carried out.\n3. When financing the construction of a residential building or apartment building through the shared participation of citizens, legal entities, government agencies, and self-government bodies of settlements and villages, they acquire the right of ownership of residential premises in such residential premises in proportion to their share of participation, unless otherwise provided by law or by agreement of the parties.\n[...]\nArticle 115. Residential Lease Agreement\n1. Under a residential lease agreement, one party - the owner of the residential premises or a person authorized by him (the lessor) undertakes to provide the other party - a citizen (the lessee) with residential premises for possession and use for living, for a fee.\n2. A legal entity uses residential premises only for living. [...]\" (Housing code of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 18, 2022 No. 1852 [google translation])\n----------------------------\nPrevious Housing Code\n----------------------------\n\"SECTION 1. GENERAL\nArticle 1. The right of citizens of Tajikistan to housing\nIn accordance with the Constitution of the Republic of Tajikistan, every citizen has the right to housing.\n[...]\nArticle 4. Housing Fund\nThe housing fund is comprised of residential buildings, residential premises located on the territory of the Republic of Tajikistan, as well as other buildings credited to the housing fund after they are accepted for operation and legal registration in the manner prescribed by the Law.\nThe non-residential premises in residential buildings intended for commercial, domestic and other non-industrial needs are not included in the housing stock.\nArticle 5. Types of housing stock\nHousing fund includes:\n1. State housing fund - residential buildings and premises in buildings owned by the state.\n2. Public housing fund - residential buildings and premises in buildings owned by collective farms, cooperative organizations, associations, trade unions and other public organizations.\n3. Housing cooperatives fund - residential buildings owned by housing cooperatives.\n4. Individual housing stock - residential buildings owned by citizens, as well as privatized residential premises (apartments) located in the houses of the state and public housing stock.\nThe housing fund also includes residential buildings owned by state-collective farm and other state-cooperative associations, enterprises and organizations.\n[...]\nArticle 7. Appointment of residential buildings and premises\nDwelling houses and residential premises are intended for citizens to live in the manner prescribed by law, as well as for use as official residential premises and dormitories.\nThe use of residential buildings and residential premises for non-residential purposes is prohibited.\n[...]\nSECTION 3. PROVISION OF CITIZENS BY RESIDENTIAL PREMISES. RENT A RESIDENTIAL ROOM [...]\nCHAPTER 8. OWNERSHIP OF CITIZENS APARTMENT (RESIDENTIAL HOUSE)\nSection 110. Use of an Apartment (Apartment Building) Owned by a Citizen by Ownership\nCitizens who own an apartment (residential buildings) use them for personal residence and residence of members of their families. They have the right to instill other citizens in apartments (houses), rent these apartments (houses) to other citizens or organizations, and also use residential houses for labor management.\nThe ownership of an apartment (apartment building) is confirmed by documents notarized and issued by local executive authorities.\nThe owner of an apartment or apartment building (including an unfinished one) has the right to freely sell at his discretion an apartment (house), determining the conditions of sale, donate it, bequeath to others and dispose of the apartment (house) in a manner not prohibited by legislative acts. Relations related to the exercise of the right of ownership to apartments (residential buildings) are regulated by the legislation on property, taking into account the features established by this Code.\n[...]\nArticle 112. Construction of a residential building\nThe construction of a residential building is carried out by citizens of the Republic of Tajikistan on a land plot allocated by the relevant local authority for individual housing construction and maintenance of a residential building in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Tajikistan.\n[...]\nArticle 113. Acquisition of an apartment (apartment building) by way of civil law transactions\nAn apartment (residential building), including unfinished or part of an apartment (residential building) can be acquired into ownership through transactions of purchase and sale, exchange, donation or other civil transactions not prohibited by law.\nThe contract of purchase and sale or donation of an apartment (apartment building) located in a city, region or located in a rural locality must be notarized and registered with the executive authorities. Failure to comply with these rules entails the invalidity of the contract.\n[...]\nArticle 117. The right to common ownership of a residential building\nTwo or more citizens can acquire the right of common ownership of a house in two or more apartments in case of joint construction, purchase of a house through civil law transactions or by inheritance, redemption of a house as a result of privatization, payment of the entire share contribution by members of the cooperative and other cases. Each of these citizens acquires ownership of the respective apartment, and parts of the house that are in common use are recognized as their common property. [...]\" (Housing Code of the Republic of Tajikistan of December 27, 1997 [google translated])","Law of the Republic of Tajikistan of November 4, 1995 No. 114 \"On Privatization of the Housing Fund of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translation]\nCode of the Republic of Tajikistan dated December 28, 2012, No. 933 \"Town Planning Code of the Republic of Tajikistan\" [google translation]\nHousing code of the Republic of Tajikistan of March 18, 2022 No. 1852 [google translation]\nHousing Code of the Republic of Tajikistan of December 27, 1997 [repealed by Code No. 1852 of 2022] [google translation]","n/a","[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=18\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=14736\">Code</a>],[<a href=\" http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=25819\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"http://portali-huquqi.tj/publicadliya/view_qonunhoview.php?showdetail=&asosi_id=327\">Code</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,2863,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","UZB","A01","_O","IV92","IX",2018,"0.00625","Agricultural and forestry land can only be granted on leasehold use basis to citizens of the Republic of Uzbekistan for farming and animal husbandry activities and to agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities for commercial agricultural production. While the land code does not explicitly provide for the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons to access agricultural land - in marked contrast to the case of non-agricultural land, over which the right of enterprises with foreign investments and foreign juridical persons obtaining leasehold title to non-agricultural and non-forestry land is explicitly provided for in the code - the legislation provides for the right of agricultural cooperatives, enterprises, institutions, organizations, as well as other legal entities [assuming \"enterprises with foreign investments' are covered here] for commercial agricultural production. The legislation also mentions the possibility of the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan deciding on allocating (on leasehold basis) agricultural land to agro-industrial clusters and to individual and legal entities undertaking major investment projects (USD 10 bilion or more). For the purposes of the OECD FDIRRI, it is assumed that 'enteprises with foreign capital', defined under the Law on Foreign Investments as those in which foreign persons hold at least 15% of shares (unit shares) or statutory capital, are equally qualified to access agricultural and forestry land as are other legal entities of the Republic of Uzbekistan. However, the lease term conditions on which they are entitled to hold agricultural and forest land and the authorisation procedures they are subjected to are different than that applied in the case of domestically-owned legal entities. \nSince 16 August 2021, pursuant to the amended Land Code, land intended for agricultural purposes may be leased for a period of thirty years (previously, agricultural land could be leased for a period of up to 50 years, and not less than 30 years). Foreign legal entities and foreign-owned companies establised in Uzbekistan are, however, explictly subject to more restrictive rules regarding the leasing of land plots, regardless if they are intended for agricultural use or not. They may only lease land for a period of up to 25 years. Furthermore, foreign-owned companies require approval by the Cabinet Ministers to obtain access to agricultural land, while domestically-owned legal entities only need district and cities khokim (governor) approval. ",{"$cut":{"chars":18249,"head":"\"CHAPTER 4. LAND OWNERSHIP, RIGHTS OF LEGAL AND NATURAL PERSONS TO LAND PLOTS\nArticle 16. Ownership of land in the Republic of Uzbekistan\nLand is national wealth, it must be used wisely and it is protected by the state.\nArticle 17. Rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots\nLegal entities may acquire land plots on the basis of ownership, permanent use and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nIndividuals may own plots of land on the basis of ownership and lease rights in accordance with this Code and other legal documents.\nForeign citizens and legal entities, enterprises with foreign investments may own land plots only on the basis of lease, except for the cases stipulated in the second and third parts of Article 18 of this Code and international agreements of the Republic of Uzbekistan.\n[...]\nArticle 18. Emergence of property rights to land plots of legal entities and individuals\nThe property rights of legal entities and individuals to land plots arise when non-agricultural land plots are privatized in accordance with the law.\nDiplomatic missions and equivalent international organizations accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan have the right to property rights to the land plots of the building or parts of the building they use as the representative office building, including the residence of the head of the mission together with the land plots on which they are located, as well as the construction of the buildings of these representative offices. It is created when the land plots are realized in accordance with the law.\nForeign legal and natural persons - employees of the diplomatic corps, representatives of the press accredited in the Republic of Uzbekistan, employees of permanent representative offices of firms, companies and international organizations, persons working on a permanent basis in enterprises with foreign investment, as well as permanent residents and residence certificates in the republic The property rights of the persons to the land plots arise when the housing buildings are realized to them along with the land plots on which these buildings are located in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation.\n[...]\nArticle 20. The right to permanent use of land plots\nBased on the decision of the governor of the region and the city of Tashkent, plots of land are given to state bodies, institutions and enterprises, self-government bodies of citizens for permanent use for public needs. \nAccording to the intended main purpose of the lands:\nlands on which administrative buildings and structures are built or lands given for the construction of such buildings and structures, lands for common use of settlements, lands occupied by tree groves in cities and settlements;\nlands intended for industrial, transport, communication, defense and other purposes;\nlands intended for nature protection, health and recreation purposes;\nlands of historical and cultural significance;\nforest fund lands;\nwater fund lands;\nin the cases stipulated by the law, other categories of land of the land fund can be put to use.\nThe plot of land on which the multi-apartment house is located, as well as the plot of land adjacent to the multi-apartment house, if it does not belong to the owners of the premises in the multi-apartment house in a different way, are given to these owners by the regional and Tashkent city state authorities on the basis of the right of permanent use. is put to use.\nThe right to permanent use of the plot of land must be registered in the state register in accordance with the established procedure.\n[...]\nArticle 24\nLease of a land plot is a term, paid possession and use of a land plot under the terms of a lease agreement.\nLand plots for agricultural purposes on the right of lease are provided:\n1) on the basis of the results of an open electronic competition - to individuals and legal entities;\n2) Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Uzbekistan:\nat the suggestion of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Republic of Uzbekistan for conducting research and experimental "}},"Land Code of the Republic of Uzbekistan of 30/04/1998, as amended [google translated]\nLaw of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated December 25, 2019 No. 598 “On Investments and Investment Activities”  [google translated]","n/a","[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/en/docs/149947\">Code</a>],[<a href=\"https://lex.uz/ru/docs/4751834\">Law</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,3921,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","K643_663","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.000833333","Since 2019, foreign financial institutions are now allowed to set up or invest in pension fund management companies. Previously, only domestic pension fund management companies were permitted to operate.","\"In order to implement the decisions and arrangements of the CPC Central Committee and the State Council on further advancing opening-up, and according to the principle of taking actions “faster rather than slower and sooner rather than later”, the following 11 measures for further opening up the financial sector are hereby released on the basis of thorough research and assessment:\n1. Foreign-funded institutions will be permitted to conduct credit rating business on all types of bonds in China’s inter-bank and exchange bond markets.\n2. Overseas financial institutions will be encouraged to participate in the establishment of and equity investment in asset and wealth management subsidiaries of commercial banks.\n3. Overseas asset management institutions will be permitted to co-establish foreign-controlled asset management companies together with subsidiaries of Chinese banks or insurers.\n4. Overseas financial institutions will be permitted to invest in the establishment of or make equity investment in pension management companies.\n5. Foreign capital will be supported in wholly-owned currency brokerage establishment and equity participation.\n6. The transitional period for raising the foreign ownership cap on life insurers from 51 percent to 100 percent will be brought forward to 2020 from 2021.\n7. The requirement that the total share of an insurance asset management company held by domestic insurers shall be no less than 75 percent will be removed, and the foreign ownership will be permitted to exceed 25 percent.\n8. Entry conditions of foreign insurers will be eased by removing the requirement of over-30-year operation.\n9. The removal of foreign ownership limits on securities, fund management and futures companies will be advanced by one year to 2020.\n10. Foreign institutions will be permitted to obtain Type-A lead underwriting licenses in the inter-bank bond market.\n11. China will further facilitate the investments of overseas institutions in the inter-bank bond market.\" (State Council’s Office of Financial Stability and Development Committee (2019), \"Measures for Further Opening Up the Financial Sector\", 20 July 2019)","State Council’s Office of Financial Stability and Development Committee (2019), \"Measures for Further Opening Up the Financial Sector\", 20 July 2019","King & Wood Mallesons (2019), \"China’s 11 measures to further open up its financial sector\", 31 July 2019.","[<a href=\"https://english.www.gov.cn/services/investment/202102/24/content_WS6035aa9fc6d0719374af960c.html\">Measures</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3453,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C29","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2018,"0.0009375","Since 2022, foreign investment in automotive manufacturing is no longer restricted. Previously, since 2020, except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, Chinese investors were required to hold no less than 50% of the shares of complete automobile manufacturing companies producing passenger cars. Before, such a foreign shareholding restriction applied to commercia vehicles as well.","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n6. For the printing of publication, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. \n7. Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited. \n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022).\n9. Satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components production. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )\n------------------------------\n\"2020 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2020 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry [...]\n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022). .[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2019 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2019 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry [...]\n9. Except for special-purpose vehicles and new energy vehicles, the Chinese shareholding ratio in complete vehicle manufacturing shall not be less than 50%. The same foreign investor may establish two or less joint ventures in China to produce similar complete vehicle products. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in commercial vehicle manufacturing will be lifted in 2020. In 2022, restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in passenger car manufacturing will be lifted, as well as restrictions on the same foreign company being able to establish two or less joint ventures in China that produce similar vehicle products).[...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition))\n------------------------------\n\"2018 Special Administrative Measures for Admission of Foreign Investments (Negative List) (2018 version): [...]\nIII. Manufacturing Industry [...]\n12. Except for special-purpose vehicles and new energy vehicles, the Chinese shareholding ratio in vehicle manufacturing shall not be less than 50%. The same foreign investor may establish two or less joint ventures in China to produce similar vehicle products. (Restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in commercial vehicle manufacturing will be lifted in 2020. In 2022, restrictions on foreign shareholding ratios in passenger car manufacturing will be lifted, as well as restrictions on the same foreign company being able to establish two or less joint ventures in China that produce similar vehicle products). [...]\"(Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition))","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) \nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2020 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2019 Edition)\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2018 Edition)","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/202006/P020200624549035288187.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://images.mofcom.gov.cn/wzs/201906/20190629212130154.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.ndrc.gov.cn/xxgk/zcfb/fzggwl/201806/W020190905495140644002.pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF2",1,3477,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","CHN","C29","CLAS1_2","II11","IX",2021,"0.0003125","Foreign investment in sectors/activities listed in the foreign investment 'negative list' (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access) requires prior government approval. This is the case of foreign investment in the following manufacturing activities: printing of publication, production of satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components, and complete automobile manufacturing (except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicle).","\"Article 2. This Law shall apply to foreign investment within the territory of the People's Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the territory of China).\nThe term \"foreign investment\" as mentioned in this Law refers to investment activities conducted directly or indirectly in China by foreign natural persons, enterprises or other organizations (hereinafter referred to as foreign investors), including the following situations:\n(1) A foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise in China alone or jointly with other investors;\n(2) Foreign investors acquire shares, equities, property shares or other similar rights and interests of enterprises within the territory of China;\n(3) Foreign investors alone or jointly with other investors invest in new projects in China;\n(4) Investment in other forms prescribed by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.\nThe term \"foreign-invested enterprises\" as mentioned in this Law refers to enterprises wholly or partly invested by foreign investors and registered and established within the territory of China in accordance with Chinese laws.\n[...]\nArticle 4. The state implements a pre-establishment national treatment plus negative list management system for foreign investment.\nThe pre-establishment national treatment referred to in the preceding paragraph refers to the treatment given to foreign investors and their investments at the stage of investment access no less than that given to domestic investors and their investments; Special access management measures for investment implementation. The state shall give national treatment to foreign investment outside the negative list.\n[...]\nChapter IV - Investment Management\nArticle 28. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in fields that are prohibited from investing in the negative list for foreign investment access.\nForeign investors should meet the conditions stipulated in the negative list to invest in the areas where investment is restricted by the negative list for foreign investment access.\nFields outside the negative list for foreign investment access shall be managed in accordance with the principle of consistency between domestic and foreign investment.\nArticle 29. Foreign investors who need to go through investment project approval and filing shall follow the relevant state regulations.\nArticle 30. Foreign investors who invest in industries and fields that require licensing according to law shall go through relevant licensing procedures according to law.\nRelevant competent departments shall review foreign investors' applications for permits in accordance with the same conditions and procedures as those for domestic investment, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.[...]'\" (Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended)\n------------------------------\n\"I. The Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (hereinafter referred to as the “Negative List”) uniformly set out special administrative measures for foreign investment access regarding equity requirements and requirements for senior management. Sectors not covered in the Negative List shall be subject to administration in accordance with the principle of equal treatment for domestic and foreign investments.\n[...]\nIII. Overseas investors are forbidden to engage in investment activities as owners of individual businesses, investors of sole proprietorships, or members of farmers’ professional cooperatives. \n[...]\nVI. Where the Mainland and Hong Kong Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Mainland and Macao Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement and its follow-up agreements, the Cross-Straits Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement and its follow-up agreements, and any international convention or treaty of which China is a contracting state or to which China has acceded, set out provisions on access treatment for overseas investors that are more preferential, such provisions shall apply. If more preferential opening-up measures are taken for eligible investors in special economic zones such as pilot free trade zones, relevant provisions shall apply. \n[...]\nIII. Manufacturing\n6. For the printing of publication, the controlling stake shall be held by the Chinese side. \n7. Investment in the application of processing techniques of Chinese herbal medicine such as steaming, stir-frying, moxibustion, and calcination as well as the production of confidential prescription products of Chinese patent medicine shall be prohibited. \n8. Except for special purpose vehicles, new energy vehicles, and commercial vehicles, the Chinese side shall hold no less than 50% of the shares in complete automobile manufacturing, and a foreign investor may establish in China two or fewer joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products. (The restriction on the shareholding percentage of foreign investors in the manufacturing of passenger cars and the restriction that one foreign investor may establish in China not more than two joint ventures which manufacture the same type of complete automobile products will be removed in 2022).\n9. Satellite television broadcasting ground receiving facilities and key components production. [...]\" (Special Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) )","Foreign Investment Law of the People's Republic of China of 15 March 2019, as amended\nSpecial Administrative Measures  for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List) (2021 Edition) ","n/a","[<a href=\"http://www.gov.cn/xinwen/2019-03/20/content_5375360.htm\">Law</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.tjftz.gov.cn/tisip/upload/files/2022/4/TheSpecialAdministrativeMeures(NegativeList)forForeignInvestmentAccess(2021Edition).pdf\">List</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,2512,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A011T013_0161_0163_0164","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0025","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in plantation seeding and business in an area of 25 Ha or more was limited 95% foreign equity ownership and subject to the 20% \"plasma obligation\" (i.e. the investor needed to provide the local community with a plantation area of at least 20% of the total area given to the company as stated in its plantation business license).","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Plantation with a total area of at least 25 hectare with/without processing unit (in general) [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)\n- Palm oil – seed plantation with a total area of at least 25 hectare [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2020\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS\nA. Agricultural Sector [...]\n-Plantation seeding business industry in an area of 25 Ha or more (Jatrophacurcascrops, Other sweetener crops, Sugarcane crops, Tobacco crops, Textile raw materials and cotton crops, Cashew crops, Coconut palm crops, Oil palm crops , Beverage material crops (tea, coffee and cocoa) , Peppercorn crops , Clove crops , Essential oil crops , Medicinal crops /pharmaceutical material crops, Other spice crops, Rubber and other latex-producing crops , Other crops not elsewhere classified ): a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.95%; b. Obligation of 20% Plasma Plantation.\n-Plantation business in an area of 25 Ha or more up to a specified area without processing units (Jatrophacurcas plantation, Other sweetener plantation, Sugar cane plantation, Tobacco plantation,  Textile raw materials and cotton plantation, Cashew plantation, Coconut palm plantation, Oil palm plantation , Beverage material plantation (tea, coffee and cocoa) , Peppercorn plantation , Clove plantation, Essential oil plantation, Medicinal/pharmaceutical material plantation, Other spice plantation, Rubber and other latex producing plantation):  a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.95%; b. Obligation of 20% Plasma Plantation.\n-Plantation business in a total area of 25 Ha or more integrated to the processing units with the same or exceeding a certain capacity [specific crops similar to the above; for specific informaiton see the link]:  a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.95%; b. Obligation of 20% Plasma Plantation.\n-Business with the same or exceeding a certain capacity (Industry of crude vegetable and animal oils (edible oils), Copra, fiber, shell charcoal, dust, nata de coco Industry, Coconut oil Industry , Palm oil Industry, Peeling, cleaning, drying, and sorting of plantation products Industry (cocoa beans and coffee beans),  Industry of sugarcane, cane tops, and bagasse, Black tea/green tea Industry, Dried tobacco leaves Industry, Granular jathropa oil Industry, Cotton fiber and cotton seed Industry, Industry of Rubber to be sheets, concentrated latex , Industry of cashew to be dried cashew nut and cashew nut shell liquid (CNSL) , Industry of Peppercorn to be dried white peppercorn and dried black peppercorn , Dried clove bud industry [...]:  a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.95%; b. Obligation of 20% Plasma Plantation.[...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3339,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","F42","CLAS1_1","I14","IX",2018,"0.0075","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in a few construction activities, such as construction of high value works using advanced technology, was limited to 67%. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Construction service (construction implementation service) using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 50,000,000,000 (CPC 511, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, and 518) [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition) [no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Contruction - civil engineering]\n- Construction service (construction implementation service) using advanced technology and/or high risk and/or the work value is more than IDR 50,000,000,000 (CPC 511, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, and 518): a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.67%; b. Foreign capital ownershipby ASEAN countries’ investors:Max.70% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3348,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","F42","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.001875","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in a few construction activities, such as the construction of electric power plants, was limited to 95%. ","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Construction and installation of electric power: Installation of electric power supply, Electric power installation operation and maintenance [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[no longer listed] [...]\" (Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\n[Contruction - civil engineering]\n- Construction and installation of electric power: Installation of electric power supply, Electric power installation operation and maintenance: Foreign capital ownership Max.95% [...]\"(PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,3349,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","IDN","A02","CLAS1_1","I15","IX",2018,"0.0005","As of March 2021, no longer restricted. Previously, foreign investment in a few forest plantation business (e.e.g Rubber and other latex-producing crops) were subject to 95% maximum foreign ownership and and subject to the 20% \"plasma obligation\" (i.e. the investor needed to provide the local community with a plantation area of at least 20% of the total area given to the company as stated in its plantation business license). Some other forestry-related manufacturing (e.g. sawn timber industry with production capacity above 2,000 M3/yea, and veneer, plywood, laminated veneer lumber (LVL), wood chip, and industries) and tourism activities (e.g.ecotourism facilities, activities and services within forest areas including water tourism, natural adventure tourism and cave tourism) were subject, respectively, to a recommendation requirement [approval] by the Ministry of Environment and Forestry and to minority foreign shareholding limitation. These measures were considered under their respective economic sectors under the FDIRRI.","\"APPENDIX III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 49 OF 2021 CONCERNING AMENDMENT TO PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION NUMBER 10 OF 2021 CONCERNING THE INVESTMENT BUSINESS SECTOR\nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS WITH CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS\n- Plantation seeding business industry in an area of 25 Ha or more (Rubber and other latex-producing crops ); Plantation business in an area of 25 Ha or more up to a specified area without processing units (Rubber and other latex producing plantation); Plantation business in a total area of 25 Ha or more integrated to the processing units with the same or exceeding a certain capacity (Rubber plantation and industry of sheet, concentrated latex)  [see 2019 restrictions below]: Open (without condition)[...]\"(Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation])\n-----------------------------------\nPreviously: up to 2020\n-----------------------------------\n\"APPENDIX  III - REGULATION OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITION TO INVESTMENT - \nLIST OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS [...]\nA. Agriculture Sector\n-Plantation seeding business industry in an area of 25 Ha or more (Rubber and other latex-producing crops ); Plantation business in an area of 25 Ha or more up to a specified area without processing units (Rubber and other latex producing plantation); Plantation business in a total area of 25 Ha or more integrated to the processing units with the same or exceeding a certain capacity (Rubber plantation and industry of sheet, concentrated latex): a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.95%; b. Obligation of 20% Plasma Plantation\n[...]\nB. Forestry Sector\n-Business Field : Hunting in Hunting Parks and Hunting Blocks business: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%\n-Wildlife and plant breeding and conservation institutions: Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%\n-Nature tourism business in the form of provision of ecotourism facilities, activities and services within forest areas including water tourism, natural adventure tourism and cave tourism: a. Foreign capital ownership: Max.49%; b. Foreign capital ownershipMax.70% for investors from ASEAN countries.\n-Development of technology utilization on plant and wildlife genetics: Statement on partnership with accredited institution/ laboratory in Indonesia/national research and development institutions appointed by the Ministry of Environment and Forestry\n-Sawn timber industry with production capacity above 2,000 M3/year:  Recommendation of continued raw material supply from the Ministry of Environment and Forestry\n-Veneer industry:  Recommendation of continued raw material supply from the Ministry of Environment and Forestry\n-Plywood industry:  Recommendation of continued raw material supply from the Ministry of Environment and Forestry\n-Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL) industry:  Recommendation of continued raw material supply from the Ministry of Environment and Forestry\n-Wood chip industry: Recommendation of continued raw material supply from the Ministry of Environment and Forestry\n-Wood pellet industry:  Recommendation of continued raw material supply from the Ministry of Environment and Forestry\n-Exploitation of timber forest products of natural forest:100% domestic capital\n-Procurement and distribution of forest plant seeds and seedlings (export and import of forest plant’s seed and seedling): 100% domestic capital\n-Utilization of water environment services business in forest areas: 100% domestic capital\n-Catching and propagating plants and wildlife from natural habitat: a. Domestic 100% local capital; b. Recommendation from the Ministry of the Environment and Forestry [...]\" (PRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT)\n-----------------------------------\n\"CHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS\nArticle 1. Referred to herein as: [...]\n13. Partnership shall be cooperation in business linkage, both directly and indirectly, based on mutual need, trust, consolidation, and benefit principles engaging actors of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises as well as Large Enterprises.\n[...]\nCHAPTER V - BUSINESS CLIMATE ENGENDERING\nArticle 7. (1) The Government and Regional Governments shall engender Business Climate by stipulating laws and regulations as well as policies that include the following aspects: [...] d. partnership; \n[...]\nArticle 11. Partnership aspect as intended in Article 7 paragraph (1) sub-paragraph d shall be aimed at: a. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; b. materializing partnership among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; c. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; d. stimulating mutual benefit relationship in the implementation of business transactions among Micro, Small, Medium, and Large Enterprises; e. developing cooperation to improve bargaining position of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; f. stimulating the formation of market structure that guarantees the growth of fair business competition and protect consumers; and g. preventing the occurrence of market control and business concentration by individual persons or certain groups that harms Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises. \n[...]\nCHAPTER VIII - PARTNERSHIP\nArticle 25. [...] (2) Partnership among Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Partnership between Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises and Large Enterprises shall include skill transfer process in the field of production and processing, marketing, capitals, human resources, and technology. \n[...]\nArticle 26. Partnership shall be conducted under the following systems: a. core-plasma; b. subcontract; c. franchise; d. general trade; e. distribution and agency; and f. other forms of partnership, such as: profit sharing, operational cooperation, joint venture, and outsourcing. [...]\" (Government Regulation Number 17 Year 2013 concerning Implementation of Law Number 20 Year 2008 concerning Micro, Small, and Medium-scale Enterprises)","Presidential Regulation (PERPRES) No. 49 of 2021 Concerning Amendments to Presidential Regulation Number 10 of 2021 concerning Investment Business Fields [google translation]\nPRESIDENTIAL REGULATION OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA NUMBER 44 YEAR 2016 CONCERNING LISTS OF BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE CLOSED TO AND BUSINESS FIELDS THAT ARE OPEN WITH CONDITIONS TO INVESTMENT","n/a","[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/168534/perpres-no-49-tahun-2021\">PR49</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/161806/perpres-no-10-tahun-2021\">PR10</a>],[<a href=\"https://peraturan.bpk.go.id/Home/Details/40374/perpres-no-44-tahun-2016\">PR44</a>]","EU0","STF3",1,3379,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J61","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.024","FDI in telecommunications is limited to 40%, except for internet access providers.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2362,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J61","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2021,"0.024","FDI in telecommunications is limited to 40%, except for internet access providers.","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2362,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J61","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2018,"0.002","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines. ","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2363,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","PHL","J61","CLAS1_3","III11","IX",2021,"0.002","All the executive and managing officers of corporation or association providing 'public ulity' services must be citizens of the Philippines. ","\"Only the investment areas and/or activities listed in the attached Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List shall be reserved for Philippine nationals, subject to the exceptions and conditions indicated therein.\n[...]\nLIST A: FOREIGN OWNERSHIP IS LIMITED BY MANDATE OF THE CONSTITUTION AND SPECIFIC LAWS [...]\nUp to Forty Percent (40%) Foreign Equity\n18. Operation of public utilities (Art. XII, Sec. 11 of the Constitution; Sec. 16 of C.A. No. 146; Sec. 2(a) of R.A. No. 7718),8 except power generation and the supply of electricity to the contestable market (Sec. 6 and Sec. 29, respectively, of R.A. No. 9136) and such other like businesses or services not covered by the definition of public utilities9 [8 The Participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines (Article XII, Section 11 of the Constitution); 9 A “public utility” is a business or service engaged in regularly supplying the public with some commodity or service of consequence such as electricity, gas, water, transportation, telephone or telegraph service (Supreme Court ruling in JG Summit Holdings v. Court of Appeals, et al., September 24, 2003).][...]\" (Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018))\n-------------------------------------\n\"ARTICLE XII - National Economy and Patrimony [...]\nSECTION 11. No franchise, certificate, or any other form of authorization for the operation of a public utility shall be granted except to citizens of the Philippines or to corporations or associations organized under the laws of the Philippines at least sixty per centum of whose capital is owned by such citizens, nor shall such franchise, certificate, or authorization be exclusive in character or for a longer period than fifty years. Neither shall any such franchise or right be granted except under the condition that it shall be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the Congress when the common good so requires. The State shall encourage equity participation in public utilities by the general public. The participation of foreign investors in the governing body of any public utility enterprise shall be limited to their proportionate share in its capital, and all the executive and managing officers of such corporation or association must be citizens of the Philippines.\" (Art XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 2. Definition of Terms. - The following terms used in this Act shall have the meanings stated below:\n(a) Private sector infrastructure or development projects - The general description of infrastructure or development projects normally financed and operated by the public sector but which will now be wholly or partly implemented by the private sector, including but not limited to, power plants, highways, ports, airports, canals, dams, hydropower projects, water supply, irrigation, telecommunications, railroads and railways, transport systems, land reclamation projects, industrial estates or townships, housing, government buildings, tourism projects, markets, slaughterhouses, warehouses, solid waste management, information technology networks and database infrastructure, education and health facilities, sewerage, drainage, dredging, and other infrastructure and development projects as may be authorized by the appropriate agency/LGU pursuant to this Act. Such projects shall be undertaken through contractual arrangements as defined hereunder and such other variations as may be approved by the President of the Philippines.\nFor the construction stage of these infrastructure projects, the project proponent may obtain ﬁnancing from foreign and/or domestic sources and/or engage the services of a foreign and/or Filipino contractor: Provided, That, in case an infrastructure or a development facility’s operation requires a public utility franchise, the facility operator must be a Filipino or if a corporation, it The Philippine BOT Law must be duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and owned up to at least sixty percent (60%) by Filipinos: Provided, further, That in the case of foreign contractors, Filipino labor shall be employed or hired in the different phases of construction where Filipino skills are available: Provided, ﬁnally, That projects which would have difﬁculty in sourcing funds may be ﬁnanced partly from direct government appropriations and/or from Ofﬁcial Development Assistance (ODA) of foreign governments or institutions not exceeding ﬁfty percent (50%) of the project cost, and the balance to be provided by the project proponent.\" (Sec.2(a) of RA 7718)\n-------------------------------------\n\"Section 13(b). The term \"public service\" includes every person that now or hereafter may own, operate, manage, or control in the Philippines, for hire or compensation, with general or limited clientele, whether permanent, occasional or accidental, and done for general business purposes, any common carrier, railroad, street railway, traction railway, sub-way motor vehicle, either for freight or passenger, or both with or without fixed route and whether may be its classification, freight or carrier service of any class, express service, steamboat or steamship line, pontines, ferries, and water craft, engaged in the transportation of passengers or freight or both, shipyard, marine railways, marine repair shop, [warehouse] wharf or dock, ice plant, ice-refrigeration plant, canal, irrigation system, gas, electric light, heat and power water supply and power, petroleum, sewerage system, wire or wireless communications system, wire or wireless broadcasting stations and other similar public services\n[...]\nSection 14. The following are exempted from the provisions of the preceding section: (a) Warehouses; (b) Vehicles drawn by animals and bancas moved by oar or sail, and tugboats and lighters; (c) Airships within the Philippines except as regards the fixing of their maximum rates on freight and passengers; (d) Radio companies except with respect to the fixing of rates; (e) Public services owned or operated by any instrumentality of the National Government or by any government-owned or controlled corporation, except with respect to the fixing of rates. (As amended by Com. Act 454, RA No. 2031, and RA No. 2677)\nSection 15. With the exception of those enumerated in the preceding section, no public service shall operate in the Philippines without possessing a valid and subsisting certificate from the Public Service Commission known as \"certificate of public convenience,\" or \"certificate of public convenience and necessity,\" as the case may be, to the effect that the operation of said service and the authorization to do business will promote the public interests in a proper and suitable manner.\n[...]\nSection 16. Proceedings of the Commission, upon notice and hearing. - The Commission shall have power, upon proper notice and hearing in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Act, subject to the limitations and exceptions mentioned and saving provisions to the contrary : (a) To issue certificates which shall be known as certificates of public convenience, authorizing the operation of public service within the Philippines whenever the Commission finds that the operation of the public service proposed and the authorization to do business will promote the public interest in a proper and suitable manner. Provided, That thereafter, certificates of public convenience and certificates of public convenience and necessity will be granted only to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States or to corporations, co-partnerships, associations or joint-stock companies constituted and organized under the laws of the Philippines; Provided, That sixty per centum of the stock or paid-up capital of any such corporations, co-partnership, association or joint-stock company must belong entirely to citizens of the Philippines or of the United States: Provided, further, That no such certificates shall be issued for a period of more than fifty years. [...]\" (Sec. 13-16, CA 146)","Eleventh Regular Foreign Investment Negative List (Executive Order No. 65 / 2018)\nArt XII, Section 11 1987 Constitution of the Republic of The Philippines\nSec 2a of RA 7718\nSec 13-16, CA 146","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2018/10oct/20181029-EO-65-RRD.pdf\">List</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/constitutions/1987-constitution/\">Constitution</a>],[<a href=\"https://ppp.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Republic-Act-7718.pdf\">Act</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.lawphil.net/statutes/comacts/ca_146_1936.html\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,2363,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SAU","G45_46","CLAS1_1","I11","IX",2018,"0.09","Foreign investment in pharmaceutical wholesale activity and some other pharmaceutical related activities (e.g. medicinal Consultation and Analytical Centres) is no longer restricted. Before, such activities were reserved to Saudi investors and management.","\"Third: As an exception to the provisions of Article (forty-first) of the system, the provisions relating to the pharmacy and the facility for the sale of herbal preparations, stipulated in the system of pharmaceutical establishments and preparations, issued by Royal Decree No. (M / 31) dated 06/01/1425 AH, shall continue to be enforced, until such time as The issuance of provisions related to these two facilities, and work according to them\n[...]\nArticle 1:\nThe following words and expressions - wherever they appear in this bylaw - have the meanings indicated opposite each of them, unless the context requires otherwise:[...]\nPharmacy: The facility prepared for preparing, dispensing or selling pharmaceutical and herbal preparations.\nWarehouse for trade in pharmaceutical and herbal preparations: the pharmaceutical establishment that imports, distributes or sells pharmaceutical and herbal preparations in bulk.\nScientific Office: The pharmaceutical facility that provides scientific, technical and marketing information for pharmaceutical and herbal preparations in the Kingdom.\nThe plant for selling herbal preparations: the facility prepared for the preparation and sale of herbal preparations.\nCenter for drug consultation or analysis of pharmaceutical and herbal preparations: A pharmaceutical facility that provides drug consultations, analyzes pharmaceutical and herbal preparations, studies availability and bioequivalence, controls the specific quality of drugs, and determines drug levels in biological fluids\n[...]\nArticle Three:\nThe requirements for licensing a drug consulting center or analysis of pharmaceutical and herbal preparations are as follows:\n-The director must be a full-time pharmacist licensed to practice the profession. \n-The center must fulfill the conditions and specifications specified by the regulations.\nArticle Four:\nThe following conditions are required for licensing to the warehouse for trading in pharmaceutical and herbal preparations:\n- The manager must be a full-time pharmacist or pharmacy technician licensed to practice the profession.\n- The warehouse must fulfill the conditions and specifications specified by the regulations.\nFifth Article:\nIn order to grant a license to a pharmaceutical and herbal preparations factory, the following are required:\n- Obtaining an industrial license from the competent authority.\n- The technical director must be a full-time Saudi pharmacist licensed to practice the profession.\n- The factory must fulfill the conditions and specifications specified by the regulations.\nArticle Six:\nEvery company or establishment for the manufacture of pharmaceutical or herbal preparations - that has a factory registered in the Kingdom - must have a scientific office, and the following conditions are required for granting a license to the office:\n- His manager must be a full-time Saudi pharmacist licensed to practice the profession.\n- To fulfill the conditions and specifications specified by the regulations\n[...]\nArticle Ten:\nOnly a full-time Saudi pharmacist who is licensed to practice the profession may work in the field of advertising and introducing pharmaceutical and herbal preparations. The president may exempt from the nationality requirement if the sufficient number of Saudi pharmacists is not available.\n[...]\nArticle Fourteen:\nThe retail sale of pharmaceutical preparations is limited to pharmacies, with the exception of what the president decides may be sold elsewhere.\nThe retail sale of herbal preparations is restricted to pharmacies and establishments that sell herbal preparations, with the exception of what the President decides may be sold elsewhere. [...]\"(System of establishments and pharmaceutical and herbal preparations, Royal Decree No. (M / 108) dated 22/08/1441 AH [google translated])\n----------------------------------\nup to 2019: see below\n----------------------------------\n\"Article 1:\nThe following words or phrases, wherever mentioned in the system, have the meanings mentioned before them, unless the context requires  otherwise: [...] \nThe pharmaceutical establishment: the pharmacy or facility selling herbal preparations, or pharmaceuticals factory, or wholesale warehouse for trading in pharmaceutical and herbal preparations, or the scientific office of the pharmaceutical company, or the center for drug advice and analysis of pharmaceutical preparations.\nPharmacy: The pharmacy facility prepared for the preparation and dispensing of pharmaceutical preparations.\nWarehouse for trading in pharmaceutical and herbal preparations: A pharmaceutical facility licensed to import, distribute or sell wholesale pharmaceutical and herbal preparations [...]\nPlant selling herbal preparations: A pharmacy facility intended for the preparation and dispensing of herbal preparations.\nCenter for Drug Consultation and Analysis of Pharmaceutical Preparations: A pharmaceutical facility that provides drug consultations, analyzes pharmaceutical and herbal preparations, studies availability and bioequivalence, controls the quality of drugs, and determines drug levels in biological fluids.\n[...]\nArticle Three:\nThe ownership of a pharmacy, a facility selling herbal preparations, or a center for drug consulting and analysis of pharmaceutical preparations is restricted to Saudis, and the following conditions are required for granting the license:\na - That the owner or one of the partners be a pharmacist licensed to practice the profession, with the exception of existing establishments except in cases of death, sale or Waiver, and the Minister may be satisfied with the requirement of nationality in the remote areas specified by the regulations.\nB - That the director of the pharmacy, facility, or center is a full-time Saudi pharmacist licensed to practice the profession, and the minister may exempt from the nationality requirement if there is not a sufficient number of Saudi pharmacists.\nC - That the pharmacy, establishment, or center fulfill the conditions and specifications specified by the regulations\nArticle Four:\nTo grant a license to open a warehouse for the wholesale trade of pharmaceutical and herbal preparations, the following conditions\nmust be met : A - The nationality of the applicant for the license must be Saudi, and if he is an individual, his age must not be less than twenty one years\nB - He should not have been convicted of a crime involving dishonor or dishonesty, unless he has been rehabilitated.\nC - That the warehouse manager is a full-time pharmacist or pharmacy technician licensed to practice the profession.\nD - That the warehouse fulfill the conditions and specifications specified by the regulations.\nFifth Article:\nIn order to grant a license to open a factory for pharmaceutical and herbal preparations, the following are required:\nA - Obtaining an industrial license from the competent authority.\nB - That the technical director of the factory be a branched Saudi pharmacist licensed to practice the profession.\nC - That the factory fulfill the conditions and specifications specified by the regulations.\nArticle Six:\nEvery company or establishment for the manufacture of pharmaceuticals must have a factory registered in the Kingdom; A scientific office, and to grant a license to the office , the following conditions\nmust be met : A - The office manager must be a full-time Saudi pharmacist licensed to practice the profession.\nB - That the office fulfill the conditions and specifications specified by the regulations.\n[...]\nArticle Eleven:\nOnly a full-time Saudi pharmacist licensed to practice the profession may work in the field of advertising and introducing pharmaceutical and herbal preparations, and the Minister may exempt from the nationality requirement if the sufficient number of Saudi pharmacists is not available. \n[...]\nArticle Sixteen:\nPharmaceutical preparations are not sold retail except in pharmacies. With an exception, the Minister issues a list of pharmaceutical preparations that are permitted to be sold retail in other than pharmacies.\nArticle Seventeen:\nHerbal preparations according to a decision issued by the Minister are not sold except in pharmacies or establishments that sell herbal preparations [...]\" (The system of establishments and pharmaceuticals, Royal Decree No. M / 31 dated 6/1/1425 [google translated])","System of establishments and pharmaceutical and herbal preparations, Royal Decree No. (M / 108) dated 22/08/1441 AH\nThe system of establishments and pharmaceuticals, Royal Decree No. M / 31 dated 6/1/1425","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.wipo.int/wipolex/en/legislation/details/20289\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"https://laws.boe.gov.sa/BoeLaws/Laws/LawDetails/e14d5204-6b1f-432e-b139-a9a700f28765/1\">Decree</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,4061,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","SYC","F42","CLAS1_1","I13","IX",2018,"0.005625","Foreign investment is not allowed in certain construction buildings and works, notably those requiring contractor class iii and iv licences, while construction license ii limits foreign equity to 49%.","\"2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires — \n“Economic Needs Test” means a process by which the Economic Needs Test (ENT) committee carry out an assessment to evaluate applications by nonSeychellois to carry out activities, in which a nonSeychellois may wish to invest, based on a needs test, keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered in the interest of the domestic economy and consumers;[…]\n“Non-Seychellois” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the Immovable (Transfer Restriction) Act, 1963 (Cap 95);[...]\n“Reserved Economic Activity” means the list of activities prepared as per the Reserved Economic Activity Policy in which any investment may be made only by a Seychellois;\n“Seychellois” means —\n(a) a person who is a citizen of Seychelles; and\n(b) a body of persons whether corporate or unincorporated, which is beneficially owned by and under which the control and management whether actual or ultimate, is vested in persons who are citizens of Seychelles.'\n3. Open and restricted economic activities\n(1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which investment may be made by both a Seychellois and a NonSeychellois.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a Non-Seychellois may invest to the extent of the limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) Any economic activity not listed in First Schedule and Second Schedule of these regulations, the Reserved Economic Activity Policy or any other investment regulation shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH NON-SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [subject to a financial limit up to which a nonSeychellois may invest] [...]\n[see list in the linked attachment]\"(Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020)\n--------------\n\"[...] 2. The Policy\n2.1. Government maintains that certain activities that are doable and affordable to the Seychellois investors and businesses shall remain reserved for them.\n2.2. This list of activities is as per the Schedule annexed to this policy document and which is mainly derived from Schedule 1 of the current SI 71.\n2.3. This policy is to be used alongside the schedules of SI 71 (as revised) when considering applications by non-Seychellois to engage in economic activities in Seychelles.\n2.4. Should the said application be for any activity featuring on this reserved list, the application shall immediately be rejected.\n2.5. Should the application be for any activity not listed in this policy or in the schedules of the revised SI 71 regulation, it shall be subjected to the Economic Needs Test (ENT).\n[...]\nActivities Reserved for Seychellois Investors\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST [...]\nContractor class ii; Contractor class iii; Contractor class iv [...]\" (Reserved Economic Activities Policy 2020)\n--------------\n\"In exercise of the powers conferred by section 30 of the Seychelles Investment Act, 2010, the Minister of Finance, Trade and Investment hereby makes the following regulations —\n1. These regulations may be cited as the Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014.\n2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires —\n“foreigner” means a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles;\n“Seychellois” means a person who is a citizen of Seychelles.\n3. (1) The economic activities listed in the First Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which any investment may be made by a Seychellois only.\n(2) The economic activities listed under column (1) of the Second Schedule appended to these regulations are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest to the extent of the financial limit specified in the corresponding entry under column (2) of that Schedule.\n(3) The economic activities listed in the Third Schedule are the activities in which a foreigner may be allowed to invest, based on the need keeping in view the development of the economic activity in Seychelles, to the extent it may be considered appropriate in the interest of the economic activity.\n[...]\nFIRST SHEDULE [Regulation 3(1)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH ONLY SEYCHELLOIS MAY INVEST\n[see list in the linked attachment]\nContractor class iii\nContractor class iv\n\nSECOND SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(2)]\nECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN WHICH FOREIGNER MAY INVEST\nConstruction Class ii Foreign equity limited to 49%\nTHIRD SCHEDULE [Regulation 3(3)]\nAnimal or livestock keeping.\nBakery.\nFruit and vegetable farming.\nGarage services.\nHairdresser.\nProduction of input services for agriculture.\nRetailing.\nSpa and Massages.\" (Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014)\n--------------------------\n\"Section 2. Interpretation\nIn this Act— [...]\n\"investor\" —\na. means any person carrying on or who intends to carry on any investment; and\nb. includes\ni. a person who is not a citizen of Seychelles; or\nii. a body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate, the control or management of which is vested in persons who are not citizens of Seychelles, and registered as an investor under this Act;\n[...]\nSection 10. Assistance of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) An investor may request the Seychelles Investment Board for its assistance to obtain the support and cooperation of public sector agencies to facilitate and implement the investments.\n2) The provisions of this Act shall apply to all Exclusion of investments made in Seychelles prior to or after the prior claims commencement of this Act, except that the Act shall not apply to a claim arising out of any decision taken by a public sector agency prior to that date.\n[...]\nSection 14. Establishment of the Seychelles Investment Board\n1) There shall be a Seychelles Investment Board.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall be a body corporate.\nSection 15. Objectives\nThe objectives of the Seychelles Investment Board shall be—\na. to stimulate the development, expansion and growth of the economy by promoting Seychelles as an international investment, business and service centre;\nb. to promote and facilitate the development of investment and business activities;\nc. to formulate investment promotion policies, plans and marketing strategies and undertake promotional activities to attract foreign and local investments; and\nd. to advise the Government on strategies for investment policies, national investment marketing and investment after care and economic and industrial planning.\nSection 16. Functions\n1) The functions of the Seychelles Investment Board Functions are to ensure that necessary steps are taken to most effectively—\na. improve investment and business environment and undertake such other activities as may be necessary to promote Seychelles as an attractive base for investments and as an international financial centre;\nb. prepare, fund, implement and monitor programmes relating to strategies for promoting investments in Seychelles;\nc. conduct research and studies for identifying investment opportunities;\nd. maximise opportunities and arrangements for the development of investments and business activities in Seychelles;\ne. highlight policy issues and make policy recommendations to the Government on increasing investments and attaining Government's economic objectives;\nf. co-ordinate investment-related promotional and marketing activities of Seychelles;\ng. provide support services to investors, including assistance to procure a relevant permit for establishing and operating enterprises and leasing or purchasing real estate for their activities;\nh. ensure co-ordination and cooperation between the public sector and the private sector on matters relating to investment and policy decisions impacting on investments;\ni. provide information to potential investors on matters relating to investments; and\nj. carry out periodic surveys to assess the socio¬economic impact of investments and the general investment climate prevailing in Seychelles;\nk. act as the Government's representative in coordinating, facilitating and implementing public-private partnership projects;\nl. set up such technical committees as it deems fit to assist it in the discharge of its functions under this Act; and\nm. do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the fulfilment of its objectives.\n[...]\nSection 22. Powers of the Minister\n1) The Minister may, in relation to the exercise by the Seychelles Investment Board of any of its powers under this Act, after consultation with the Board of Directors give such directions of a general character to the Seychelles Investment Board as the Minister considers necessary in the public interest, and the Seychelles Investment Board shall comply with those directions.\n2) The Seychelles Investment Board shall furnish to the Minister such information with respect to its activities as the Minister may require.\" (Seychelles Investment Act, 2010)","Seychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2020\nReserved Economic Activities Policy 2020\nSeychelles Investment (Economic Activities) Regulations, 2014\nSeychelles Investment Act, 2010","n/a","[<a href=\"https://www.gazette.sc/sites/default/files/2020-12/SI%20148%202020%20-%20Seychelles%20Investment%20%28Economic%20Activities%29%20Regulations.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investinseychelles.com/component/edocman/reserved-economic-activities-policy,-april-2020/download\">Policy</a>],[<a href=\"https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/syc_e/wtaccsyc61_leg_4.pdf\">Reg</a>],[<a href=\"https://investmentpolicy.unctad.org/investment-laws/laws/69/seychelles-investment-act\">Act</a>]","EU0","STF4",1,4110,5,0,"A"]
["OECD.DAF.INV:DSD_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE@DF_FDIRRI_REG_DATABASE(1.0)","TUR","_H","CLAS1_2","II21","IX",2021,"Not scored/considered","A Presidential Decree adopted on and effective from 14 October 2020 establishes the Industrialization Executive Committee and enables it to, among other functions, \"take measures to prevent any changes in the equity structure of companies in favor of foreigners that are critical for the country in terms of national security and the continuity of domestic production.\" (Global Trade Alert) The companies or categories of companies which are considered critical are not specified in the Presidential Decree, nor are any procedural aspects of the control to be exercised by the Committee.","\"ARTICLE 2- (1) This Presidential Decree covers the structure and activities of the Industrialization Executive Committee to be established for the purpose of developing domestic production and technological capabilities, and the works and transactions to be carried out within this scope.\n[...]\nARTICLE 4 - (1) Under the chairmanship of the President, the Committee consists of the Vice President to be appointed by the President, the Minister of Industry and Technology, the Minister of Treasury and Finance, the Minister of Commerce and the Head of Strategy and Budget. If the President deems it necessary, representatives of institutions and organizations related to the agenda may be invited to the Committee meetings.\n(2) The Committee convenes upon the invitation of the President. The meeting agenda is determined by the President.\n(3) The duties and powers of the Committee are as follows: [...]\ne) To take decisions regarding the changes to be made in the partnership structures of companies that are critical for the country, which may jeopardize the continuity of domestic production and national security.[...]\" (Presidential Decree on Industrialization Executive Committee (No. 68 of 14 October 2020), Articles 2 and 4 [google translation])","Presidential Decree on Industrialization Executive Committee (No. 68 of 14 October 2020), Articles 2 and 4","Global Trade Alert, \"Turkey: Introduction of a new legislation on investment protection and local sourci [sic]\" (consulted on 18.10.2021)","[<a href=\"https://www.mevzuat.gov.tr/mevzuat?MevzuatNo=68&MevzuatTur=19&MevzuatTertip=5\">Decree</a>],[<a href=\"http://www.gta-dev.globaltradealert.org/intervention/82800/fdi-entry-and-ownership-rule/turkey-introduction-of-a-new-legislation-on-investment-protection-and-local-sourci\">Other</a>]","EU0","STF1",1,1440,5,0,"A"]